TY - JOUR TI - Association between self-reported prior wrist fractures and risk of subsequent hip and radiographic vertebral fractures in older women: A prospective study T2 - Journal of Bone and Mineral Research J2 - J. Bone Miner. Res. VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 100 EP - 106 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1359/jbmr.2005.20.1.100 SN - 08840431 (ISSN) AU - Schousboe, J.T. AU - Fink, H.A. AU - Taylor, B.C. AU - Stone, K.L. AU - Hillier, T.A. AU - Nevitt, M.C. AU - Ensrud, K.E. AD - Park Nicollet Health Services, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Geriatric Research and Educational Center, VA Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Section of General Internal Medicine, VA Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Division of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, University of California at San Francisco, San Francisco, CA, United States AD - Center for Health Research, Kaiser Permanente Northwest/Hawaii, Portland, OR, United States AD - Section of Rheumatology, Park Nicollet Clinic, 3800 Park Nicollet Blvd., Minneapolis, MN 55416, United States AB - In this large prospective cohort study of elderly women, the relationships between prior wrist fracture and incident hip and radiographic vertebral fractures were significantly attenuated when adjusted for BMD. This study suggests that BMD thresholds for drug therapy to prevent osteoporotic fracture should be only modestly adjusted in those with prior wrist fracture compared with those without prior wrist fracture. Validation of such an approach would require intervention trials in patients with prior wrist fracture. Introduction: Prior wrist fracture has been identified as a risk factor for incident hip and vertebral fractures and proposed as a criterion for determining who should be offered drug therapy to prevent osteoporotic fracture, even if their hip BMD T score is > -2.5. Previously published studies of the relationships between prior wrist fracture and incident hip and vertebral fractures did not adjust for BMD. Materials and Methods: We ascertained prior history of wrist fracture since age 50, measured calcaneal and hip BMD, and performed lateral spine films in a cohort of 9704 elderly community-dwelling women, and then followed them prospectively for incident vertebral and hip fractures. Incident vertebral fractures were defined by morphometry using lateral spine radiography at the first examination and an average of 3.7 years later. Incident hip fractures were confirmed with radiographic reports over a mean follow-up period of 10.1 years. Results: Prior wrist fracture was associated with an age-adjusted 72% increased odds of incident radiographic vertebral fracture (odds ratio [OR], 1.72; 95% CI, 1.31-2.25). After adjustment for calcaneal BMD, the association of prior wrist fracture with incident radiographic vertebral fracture was attenuated (OR, 1.39; 95% CI, 1.05-1.83). Prior wrist fracture was also associated with an age-adjusted 43% excess rate of incident hip fracture (hazards ratio [HR], 1.43; 95% CI, 1.17-1.74). After adjustment for hip BMD, the association of prior wrist fracture with rate of incident hip fracture was no longer statistically significant (HR, 1.12; 95% CI, 0.92-1.38). Conclusion: In elderly women, prior wrist fracture is a risk factor for radiographic vertebral fracture independent of BMD. The association between prior wrist fracture and incident hip fracture is largely explained by hip BMD. Modest adjustment of BMD drug treatment thresholds for prevention of osteoporotic fractures in those with prior wrist fracture compared with those without prior wrist fracture may be reasonable, but validation of such an approach would require intervention trials in patients with prior wrist fracture. © 2005 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. KW - BMD KW - Hip fracture KW - Vertebral fracture KW - Wrist fracture KW - aged KW - article KW - bone density KW - calcaneus KW - controlled study KW - demography KW - disease association KW - female KW - follow up KW - fragility fracture KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - morphometrics KW - prospective study KW - risk factor KW - scoring system KW - spine radiography KW - vertebra fracture KW - wrist fracture KW - age KW - cohort analysis KW - fracture KW - hip fracture KW - incidence KW - radiography KW - risk KW - spine fracture KW - wrist injury KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Bone Density KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk KW - Spinal Fractures KW - Wrist Injuries N1 - Cited By :37 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMRE C2 - 15619675 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Schousboe, J.T.; Section of Rheumatology, Park Nicollet Clinic, 3800 Park Nicollet Blvd., Minneapolis, MN 55416, United States; email: schouj@parknicollet.com N1 - References: Hodgson, S.F., Watts, N.B., American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists 2001 Medical Guidelines for Clinical Practice for the prevention and management of postmenopausal osteoporosis (2001) Endocr Pract, 7, pp. 293-312; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 390-406; Brown, J.P., Josse, R.G., Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Osteoporosis in Canada (2002) CMAJ, 167 (10 SUPPL.), pp. S1-S34; Wainwright, S.A., Phipps, K.R., Stone, J.V., Cauley, J.A., Vogt, M.T., Black, D.M., A large proportion of fractures in postmenopausal women occur with baseline bone mineral density T-score >-2.5 (2001) J Bone Miner Res, 16, pp. S1; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Wasnich, R.D., Davis, J.W., Ross, P.D., Spine fracture risk is predicted by non-spine fractures (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 1-5; Taylor, B.C., Schreiner, P.J., Stone, K.L., Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Ensrud, K.E., Long-term prediction of incident hip fracture risk in older white women (2001) J Bone Miner Res, 16, pp. S1; Cuddihy, M.-T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., Atkinson, E.J., Tabini, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Osteoporosis intervention following distal forearm fracture: A missed opportunity? (2002) Arch Intern Med, 162, pp. 421-426; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Sembo, I., Redlund-Johnell, I., Dawson, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Long-term risk of osteoporotic fracture in Malmö (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 669-674; Singer, B.R., McLauchlan, G.J., Robinson, J.M., Christie, J., Epidemiology of fractures in 15,000 adults (1998) J Bone Joint Surg Br, 80, pp. 243-248; Huopio, J., Kröger, H., Honkanen, R., Saarikoski, S., Alhava, E., Risk factors for peri-menopausal fractures: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 219-227; Mallmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessen, T., Krusemo, U.-B., Bergström, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Lauritzen, J.B., Schwarz, P., McNair, P., Lund, B., Transbøl, I., Radial and humeral fractures as predictors of subsequent hip, radial, or humoral fractures in women, and their seasonal variation (1993) Osteoporos Int, 3, pp. 133-137; Cuddihy, M.-T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.J., Cauley, J.A., Genant, H.K., Mascioli, S.R., Vogt, T.M., Appendicular bone density and age predict hip fracture in women (1990) JAMA, 263, pp. 665-668; Steiger, P., Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Spencer, N.E., Genant, H.K., Age-related decrements in bone mineral density in women over age 65 (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 625-632; Ensrud, K.E., Palermo, L., Black, D.M., Cauley, J., Jergas, M., Orwoll, E.S., Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Hip and calcaneal bone loss increase with advancing age: Longitudinal results from the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1778-1787; Black, D.M., Palermo, L., Nevitt, M.C., Genant, H.K., Christianson, L., Cummings, S.R., Defining incident vertebral deformity: A prospective comparison of several approaches (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 90-101; Ginsberg, A.P., A new contrast sensitivity vision test chart (1984) Am J Optom Physiol Opt, 64, pp. 403-407; Gibson, J.J., (1950) The Perception of the Visual World, , Houghton Mifflin, Boston, MA, USA; Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Browner, W.S., Seeley, D.G., Cauley, J.A., Vogt, T.M., Black, D.M., The accuracy of self-report of fractures in elderly women: Evidence from a prospective study (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 490-499; Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W., Cauley, J., Ensrud, K., Genant, H.K., Vogt, T.M., Bone density at various sites for prediction of hip fractures (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 72-75; Joakimsen, R.M., Fønnebø, V., Johanne Søgaard, A., Tollan, A., Størmer, J., Magnus, J.H., The Tromsø Study: Registration of fractures, how good are self-reports, a computerized register, and a discharge register? (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 1001-1005; Honkanen, K., Honkanen, R., Heikkinen, L., Kröger, H., Saarikoski, S., Validity of self-reports of fractures in perimenopausal women (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 511-516; Beard, C.M., Melton III, L.J., Cedel, S.L., Richelson, L.S., Riggs, B.L., Ascertainment of risk factors for osteoporosis: Comparison of interview data with medical record review (1990) J Bone Miner Res, 5, pp. 691-698; Haentjens, P., Autier, P., Collins, J., Velkeniers, B., Vanderschueren, D., Boonen, S., Colles fracture, spine fracture, and subsequent risk of hip fracture in men and women (2003) J Bone J Surg Am, 85, pp. 1936-1943 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21644449411&doi=10.1359%2fjbmr.2005.20.1.100&partnerID=40&md5=147279855fcb618e01d03e15892e97c0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parent-child relationships and health problems in adulthood in three UK national birth cohort studies T2 - European Journal of Public Health J2 - Eur. J. Public Health VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 640 EP - 646 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1093/eurpub/cki049 SN - 11011262 (ISSN) AU - Stewart-Brown, S.L. AU - Fletcher, L. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - Warwick Medical School, University of Warwick, Coventry, United Kingdom AD - Biostatistician, Department of Public Health and General Practice, University of Otago, Christchurch, New Zealand AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, Royal Free and University College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Division of Health in the Community, Warwick Medical School, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom AB - Background: Event-based measures suggest that emotional adversity in childhood has a long-term health impact, but less attention has been paid to chronic emotional stressors such as family conflict, harsh discipline or lack of affection. This study aimed to assess the impact of the latter on health problems and illness in adulthood. Methods: Logistic regression and multinomial logistic regression analyses of data collected in three UK national birth cohort studies at ages 43 and 16 years covering subjective report of relationship quality from the 'child', and number of health problems and illnesses reported in adulthood at ages 43, 33 and 26 years adjusted for social class, sex and, in 1946 and 1970 cohorts, for symptoms of mental illness. Results: Reports of abuse and neglect (1946 cohort), poor quality relationship with mother and father (1958 cohort), and a range of negative relationship descriptors (1970 cohort) predicted reports of three or more illnesses or health problems in adulthood. Results were inconsistent with respect to one or two illnesses or health problems. Adjustment for sex, social class and poor mental health attenuated the odds of poor health, but measures of relationship quality retained a significant independent effect. Conclusions: Poor quality parent-child relationships could be a remediable risk factor for poor health in adulthood. © The Author 2005. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Public Health Association. All rights reserved. KW - Adult health KW - Longitudinal studies KW - Parent-child relationships KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - adult disease KW - birth KW - child parent relation KW - cohort analysis KW - conflict KW - controlled study KW - emotional stress KW - father KW - father child relation KW - female KW - human KW - information processing KW - logistic regression analysis KW - long term exposure KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - mental health KW - mother KW - mother child relation KW - multivariate logistic regression analysis KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - qualitative analysis KW - review KW - risk assessment KW - sex ratio KW - social class KW - statistical significance KW - symptom KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Family Relations KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Love KW - Male KW - Parent-Child Relations N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJPHF C2 - 16093299 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Stewart-Brown, S.L.; Division of Health in the Community, Warwick Medical School, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom; email: sarah.stewart-brown@warwick.ac.uk N1 - References: Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Wilkinson, R.J., Family conflict and slow growth (1997) Arch Dis Childhood, 77, pp. 326-330; Ely, M., Richards, M.P.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Elliott, B.J., Secular changes in the association of parental divorce and children's educational attainment; evidence from 3 British birth cohorts (1999) J Social Policy, 28, pp. 437-455; Robins, L.N., Rutter, M.E., (1990) Straight and Devious Pathways from Childhood to Adulthood, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Loebe, R., Dishion, T., Early predictors of male delinquency: A review (1983) Psychol Bull, 94, pp. 68-99; Neeleman, J., Wessely, S., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Predictors of suicide, accidental death and premature natural death in a general population cohort (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 93-97; Rogers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1289-1309; Amato, P., Loomis, L., Booth, A., Parental divorce, marital conflict and offspring wellbeing during early adulthood (1995) Social Forces, 73, pp. 895-915; Kaplan, H.B., Robbins, C., Martin, S.S., Antecedents of psychological distress in young adults: Self rejection, deprivation of social support and life events (1983) J Health Soc Behav, 24, pp. 230-244; Hightower, E., Adolescent interpersonal and familial precursors of positive mental health at midlife (1990) J Youth Adolesc, 19, pp. 257-275; Paterson, G.R., DeBaryshe, B., Ramsey, E., A developmental perspective on antisocial behaviour (1989) Am J Psychol, 44, pp. 329-335; Egeland, B., Mediators of the effects of child maltreatment on developmental adaption in adolescence (1997) Trauma: Perspectives on Theory, Research and Intervention, pp. 403-434. , Cicchetti D, Toth SL, editors, Rochester, New York: University of Rochester Press; Fergusson, D.M., Lynskey, M.T., Suicide attempts and suicidal ideation in a birth cohort of 16-year-old New Zealanders (1995) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 34, pp. 1308-1317; Roberts, R.E.L., Bengtson, V.L., Relationship with parents, self esteem and psychological well-being in young adulthood (1993) Soc Psychol Q, 56, pp. 263-315; Rodgers, B., Reported parental behaviour and adult affective symptoms 1: Associations and moderating factors (1996) Psychol Med, 26, pp. 51-61; Stewart-Brown, S., Shaw, R., The roots of social capital: Relationships in the home during childhood and health in later life (2004) Social Capital for Health: Issues of Definition Measurement and Links to Health, pp. 157-185. , Morgan A, Swann C, editors, London: Health Development Agency; Russek, L.G., Schwartz, G.E., Narrative descriptions of parental love and caring predict health status in midlife: A 35-year follow-up of the Harvard Mastery of Stress Study (1996) Altern Ther Health Med, 2, pp. 55-62; Russek, L.G., Schwartz, G.E., Feelings of parental caring predict health status in midlife: A 35-year follow-up of the Harvard Mastery of Stress Study (1997) J Behav Med, 20, pp. 1-13; Russek, L.G., Schwartz, G.E., Perceptions of parental caring predict health status in midlife: A 35-year follow-up of the Harvard Mastery of Stress Study (1997) Psychosom Med, 59, pp. 144-149; Pulkkinen, L., Home atmosphere and adolescent future orientation (1990) Eur J Psychol Educ, 5, pp. 33-43; Pulkkinen, L., Life-Styles in Personality Development (1992) Eur J Personality, 6, pp. 139-155; Thomas, C.B., Precursors of premature disease and death: The predictive potential of habits and family attitudes (1976) Ann Internal Med, 85, pp. 653-658; Thomas, C.B., Duszynski, K.R., Shaffer, J.W., Family attitudes reported in youth as potential predictors of cancer (1979) Psychosom Med, 41, pp. 287-302; Lundberg, O., The impact of childhood living conditions on illness and mortality in adulthood (1993) Soc Sci Med, 36, pp. 1047-1052; Lundberg, O., Childhood conditions, sense of coherence, social class and adult ill health: Exploring their theoretical and empirical relations (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 821-831; Sweeting, H., West, P., Family life and health in adolescence: A role for culture in the health inequalities debate? (1995) Soc Sci Med, 40, pp. 163-175; Mechanic, D., Hansell, S., Divorce, family conflict, and adolescents' well-being (1989) J Health Soc Behav, 30, pp. 105-116; Johnston, J.R., Gonzalez, R., Campbell, E.G., Ongoing post divorce conflict and child disturbance (1987) J Abnorm Child Psychol, 15, pp. 493-509; Holler, B., Hurrelmann, K., The role of parent and peer contacts for adolescents' state of health (1990) Health Hazards in Adolescence. Prevention and Intervention in Childhood and Adolesence, 8, pp. 409-432. , Hurrelmann K, Loesel F, editors, New York: Walter de Gruyter; Gottman, J.M., Katz, L.F., Hooven, C., Parental meta-emotion philosophy and the emotional life of families: Theoretical models and preliminary data (1996) J Family Psychol, 10, pp. 243-268; Feldman, S.S., Fisher, L., Seitel, L., The effect of parents' marital satisfaction on young adult's adaptation: A longitudinal study (1997) J Res Adolesc, 7, pp. 55-80; Wickrama, K.A., Lorenz, F.O., Conger, R.D., Parental support and adolescent physical health status: A latent growth-curve analysis (1997) J Health Soc Behav, 38, pp. 149-163; Higley, J.D., Thompson, W.W., Champoux, M., Paternal and maternal genetic and environmental contributions to cerebrospinal fluid monoamine metabolites in Rhesus monkeys (1993) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 50, pp. 615-623; Meaney, A.S., Coatsworth, J.D., The development of competence in favourable and unfavourable conditions (1998) Am Psychol, 53, pp. 205-220; Quinton, D., Pickles, A., Maughan, B., Rutter, M., Partners, peers, and pathways: Assortative pairing and continuities in conduct disorder (1993) Dev Psychopathol, 5, pp. 763-783; Berkman, L.F., Syme, S.L., Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year follow-up study of Alameda County residents (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 186-204; House, J.S., Robbins, C., Metzner, H.L., The association of social relationships and activities with mortality: Prospective evidence from the Tecumseh Community Health Study (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 16, pp. 123-140; Orth Gomer, K., Rosengren, A., Wilhelmsen, L., Lack of social support and incidence of coronary heart disease in middle-aged Swedish men (1993) Psychosomat Med, 55, pp. 37-43; Medalie, J.H., Goldbourt, U., Angina pectoris among 10,000 men. II. Psychosocial and other risk factors as evidenced by a multivariate analysis of a five year incidence study (1976) Am J Med, 60, pp. 910-921; Bosma, H., Marmot, M.G., Hemingway, H., Nicholson, A.C., Brunner, E., Stansfeld, S.A., Low job control and risk of coronary heart disease in Whitehall II (prospective cohort) study (1997) Br Med J, 314, pp. 558-565; Reynolds, P., Kaplan, G.A., Social connections and risk for cancer: Prospective evidence from the Alameda County study (1990) Behav Med, 16, pp. 101-110; Hemingway, H., Marmot, M., Evidence based cardiology: Psychosocial factors in the aetiology and prognosis of coronary heart disease. Systematic review of prospective cohort studies (1999) Br Med J, 318, pp. 1460-1467; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Cohen, R.D., Brand, R.J., Syme, S.L., Puska, P., Social connections and mortality from all causes and from cardiovascular disease: Prospective evidence from eastern Finland (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 370-380; Lloyd, K.R., Jenkins, R., Mann, A., Long term outcome of patients with neurotic illness in general practice (1996) Br Med J, 313, pp. 26-28; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, C., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1973) British Births 1970 Vol 1: The First Week of Life, , London: Heinemann; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, C., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970 Vol 2: The First Week of Life, 2. , London: Heinemann; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Fogelman, K.R., (1983) Growing Up in Britain: Collected Papers from the National Child Development Study, , London: Macmillan; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow Up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau and City University; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1970) Twenty Something in the 1990s; Getting on, Getting by, Getting Nowhere, , Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing; Parker, G., The Parental Bonding Instrument. A decade of research (1990) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatric Epidemiol, 25, pp. 281-282; Lindelow, M., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Development of a scale to measure symptoms of anxiety and depression in the general population: The Psychiatric Symptom Frequency (PSF) Scale (1994) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 51, pp. 549-557; Goldberg, D.P., Hillier, V.F., A scaled version of the General Health Questionnaire (1979) Psychol Med, 9, pp. 189-272; Giovannoni, J.M., Definitional issues in child maltreatment (1989) Child Maltreatment: Theory and Research on Causes and Consequences of Child Abuse and Neglect, pp. 3-37. , Cicchetti D and Carlson V, editors, New York: Cambridge University Press; Ghate, D., Daniels, A., (1997) Talking about My Generation: A Survey of 8-15 Year Olds Growing Up in the 1990s, , London: NSPCC; Hart, T., Risley, T.R., (1995) Meaningful Differences in the Everyday Experiences of Young American Children, , Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes; Brown, J., Cohen, P., Johnson, J.G., Salzinger, S., A longitudinal analysis of risk factors for child maltreatment: Findings of a 17 year prospective study of officially recorded and self-reported child abuse and neglect (1998) Child Abuse Neglect, 22, pp. 1065-1078; Marshall, J., Watt, P., (1999) Child Behaviour Problems: A Literature Review of the Size and Nature of the Problem and Prevention Interventions in Childhood, , Perth, Western Australia: The Inter agency Committee on Children's Futures; Barlow, J., Stewart Brown, S., Behavior problems and group-based parent education programs (2000) J Dev Behav Pediat, 21, pp. 356-370 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-29044433845&doi=10.1093%2feurpub%2fcki049&partnerID=40&md5=7e684dc05cc923c403c112056e0ca1a5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Work related mortality from gastrointestinal diseases and alcohol among seafarers employed in British merchant shipping from 1939 to 2002. T2 - International maritime health. J2 - Int Marit Health VL - 56 IS - 1-4 SP - 29 EP - 47 PY - 2005 SN - 16419251 (ISSN) AU - Roberts, S.E. AD - School of Medicine, Swansea University, Singleton Park, Swansea SA2 8PP, UK. AB - OBJECTIVES: To investigate work related mortality from gastrointestinal diseases and from alcohol among seafarers who were employed in British merchant shipping from 1939 to 2002. METHODS: A longitudinal study, based on official mortality files from 1976-2002 and official mortality returns from 1939-1975, with a population of 7.29 million seafarer-years at risk. RESULTS: From 1939 to 2002, there were 864 deaths from gastrointestinal diseases and 72 from alcoholism. Overall mortality from gastrointestinal diseases fell from 18.4 per 100,000 in 1939-49 to 9.3 in 1970-79 and 0.3 in 1990-2002. Mortality from alcoholism, and from alcohol-related diseases such as liver cirrhosis and diseases of the pancreas, increased up to the 1960s or 1970s, but fell thereafter. From 1950 to 1972, mortality from gastrointestinal diseases was 1.8 times higher among Asian seafarers compared to British seafarers, largely because of liver disease, peritonitis and peptic ulcer. At the time of the last censuses of seamen in 1961 and 1971, compared with the general British male working aged population, morality among British seafarers was greatly increased for peritonitis and alcoholism but not for most other gastrointestinal diseases. CONCLUSIONS: Sharp reductions in mortality from gastrointestinal diseases and from alcoholism since the 1970s contrasts with increases among the general British population, and are largely because of the "flagging-out" of most British deep sea ships, and consequent reductions in long voyages, as well as reductions in alcohol consumption among seafarers at work. Largely because of the healthy worker effect, seafarers were usually only at increased risks from particularly acute diseases. KW - alcoholism KW - article KW - commercial phenomena KW - gastrointestinal disease KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - medicine KW - mortality KW - occupational health KW - ship KW - United Kingdom KW - workplace KW - Alcoholism KW - Commerce KW - England KW - Gastrointestinal Diseases KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Naval Medicine KW - Occupational Health KW - Ships KW - Workplace N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 16532583 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Roberts, S.E.email: stephen.e.roberts@swan.ac.uk UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33745545498&partnerID=40&md5=4c76f882fe1fedf99cec8b57ba164f27 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cancer incidence and cancer mortality in a cohort of UK semiconductor workers, 1970-2002 T2 - Occupational Medicine J2 - Occup. Med. VL - 55 IS - 8 SP - 625 EP - 630 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1093/occmed/kqi156 SN - 09627480 (ISSN) AU - Nichols, L. AU - Sorahan, T. AD - Institute of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, West Midlands B15 2TT, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To examine cancer risks in a cohort of workers employed in the manufacture of semiconductors. Methods: The mortality (1970-2002) and cancer morbidity (1971-2001) experienced by a cohort of 1807 male and female workforce employees from a semiconductor factory in the West Midlands (UK) have been investigated. Standardized mortality ratios (SMRs) and standardized registration ratios (SRRs) were used to assess mortality and morbidity, respectively. Results: Overall mortality was close to expectation in males [SMR 99, 95% (confidence interval) CI 79-122] and significantly below expectation in females (SMR 74, 95% CI 65-85). Incidence of all sites of cancer was somewhat elevated in males (SRR 130, 95% CI 95-173) but close to expectation in females (SRR 94, 95% CI 82-109). There were significant deficits of deaths from cancer of the oesophagus in males and females combined and from cancer of the breast in females. Significantly elevated SRRs were found in males for cancer of the rectum [Observed (Obs) 6, SRR 284, 95% CI 104-619], in females for cancer of the pancreas (Obs 10, SRR 226, 95% CI 108-415) and malignant melanoma (Obs 11, SRR 221, 95% CI 110-396) and in males and females combined for cancer of the rectum (Obs 19, SRR 199, 95% CI 120-310) and malignant melanoma (Obs 12, SRR 217, 95% CI 112-379). Detailed work history data were unavailable for analysis. The finding of excess morbidity was not mirrored in the corresponding mortality findings. Conclusions: The study found elevated morbidity for a number of cancer sites that may be unconnected with occupation. Elimination of all possible occupational causes will, however, require more detailed analyses of cancer risks in relation to exposure histories. © The Author 2005. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Society of Occupational Medicine. All rights reserved. KW - Cohort study KW - Mortality KW - Semiconductor industry KW - article KW - breast cancer KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - esophagus cancer KW - female KW - human KW - industrial area KW - industrial worker KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - morbidity KW - occupational cancer KW - occupational exposure KW - pancreas cancer KW - priority journal KW - rectum cancer KW - semiconductor KW - sex difference KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Risk Factors KW - Semiconductors N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OCMEE C2 - 16234257 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sorahan, T.; Institute of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, West Midlands B15 2TT, United Kingdom; email: t.m.sorahan@bham.ac.uk N1 - References: Sorahan, T., Waterhouse, J.A.H., McKiernan, M.J., Aston, R.H.R., Cancer incidence and cancer mortality in a cohort of semiconductor workers (1985) Br J Ind Med, 42, pp. 546-550; Sorahan, T., Pope, D.J., McKiernan, M.J., Cancer incidence and cancer mortality in a cohort of semiconductor workers: An update (1992) Br J Ind Med, 49, pp. 215-216; McElvenny, D.M., Darnton, A.J., Hodgson, J.T., Clarke, S.D., Elliott, R.C., Osman, J., Investigation of cancer incidence and mortality at a Scottish semiconductor manufacturing facility (2003) Occup Med (Lond), 53, pp. 419-430; Bailar, J.C., Greenberg, M., Farrison, R., LaDou, J., Richter, E., Watterson, A., Cancer risk in the semiconductor industry: A call for action (2002) Int J Occup Environ Health, 8, pp. 163-168; Fisher, J., Cancer in the semiconductor industry (2002) Arch Environ Health, 57, pp. 95-97; Nichols, L., Sorahan, T., Update of cancer incidence and cancer mortality in a cohort of semiconductor workers (2004), HSE Publication RR265. Sudbury: HSE Books; Coleman, M., Douglas, A., Herman, C., Peto, J., Cohort study analysis with a Fortran computer program (1986) Int J Epidemiol, 15, pp. 134-137; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume II - The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, , IARC Scientific Publication No. 82. Lyon: IARC UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-30744473973&doi=10.1093%2foccmed%2fkqi156&partnerID=40&md5=5e42cbcc9d5b50593b43e12ed1219e43 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Influences of perinatal conditions on adult body size and intellectual performance: A register-based cohort study T2 - Norsk Epidemiologi J2 - Nor. Epidemiol. VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 40 PY - 2005 SN - 08032491 (ISSN) AU - Eide, M.G. AD - Section for Epidemiology and Medical Statistics, Department of Public Health and Primary Health Care, University of Bergen, Norway KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body size KW - body weight KW - cohort analysis KW - environmental factor KW - gestational age KW - health status KW - human KW - infant KW - intellect KW - intelligence quotient KW - male KW - perinatal period KW - register N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Eide, M.G.; Section for Epidemiology and Medical Statistics, Department of Public Health and Primary Health Care, University of BergenNorway; email: martha.eide@mfr.uib.no N1 - References: Barker, D.J., (1994) Mothers, Babies, and Disease in Later Life, , London: BMJ Publishing Group; Barker, D.J., The developmental origins of adult disease (2004) J Am Coll Nutr, 23, pp. 588S-95S; Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (2004) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, 2nd Edn., , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Eide, M.G., Øyen, N., Skjærven, R., Nilsen, S.T., Bjerkedal, T., Tell, G.S., Size at birth and gestational age as predictors of adult height and weight (2005) Epidemiology, 16, pp. 175-181; Eide, M.G., Øyen, N., Skjærven, R., Irgens, L.M., Bjerkedal, T., Nilsen, S.T., Breech delivery and intelligence: A population-based study of 8,738 breech infants (2005) Obstet Gynecol, 105, pp. 4-11; Bjerkedal, T., Beckstrøm, J.R., Brevik, J.I., Skåden, K., Height, weight and body mass index measured among men born 1967-80 (2001) Tidsskr Nor Lœgeforen, 121, pp. 674-677; Brundtland, G.H., Liestol, K., Walloe, L., Height, weight and menarcheal age of Oslo schoolchildren during the last 60 years (1980) Ann Hum Biol, 7, pp. 307-322; Hirschhorn, J.N., Lindgren, C.M., Daly, M.J., Kirby, A., Schaffner, S.F., Burtt, N.P., Genomewide linkage analysis of stature in multiple populations reveals several regions with evidence of linkage to adult height (2001) Am J Hum Genet, 69, pp. 106-116; Waaler, H.T., Height, weight and mortality. The Norwegian experience (1984) Acta Med Scand Suppl, 679, pp. 1-56; Engeland, A., Bjørge, T., Selmer, R.M., Tverdal, A., Height and body mass index in relation to total mortality (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 293-299; Karlberg, J., Luo, Z.C., Foetal size to final height (2000) Acta Paediatr, 89, pp. 632-636; Leon, D.A., Smith, G.D., Shipley, M., Strachan, D., Adult height and mortality in London: Early life, socioeconomic confounding, or shrinkage? (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 5-9; Peck, A.M., Vagerø, D.H., Adult body height, self perceived health and mortality in the Swedish population (1989) J Epidemiol Community Health, 43, pp. 380-384; Bjørge, T., Tretli, S., Engeland, A., Relation of height and body mass index to renal cell carcinoma in two million Norwegian men and women (2004) Am J Epidemiol, 160, pp. 1168-1176; Bielicki, T., Charzewski, J., Body height and upward social mobility (1983) Ann Hum Biol, 10, pp. 403-408; Calle, E.E., Thun, M.J., Petrelli, J.M., Rodriguez, C., Heath Jr., C.W., Body-mass index and mortality in a prospective cohort of U.S. adults (1999) N Engl J Med, 341, pp. 1097-1105; Calle, E.E., Rodriguez, C., Walker-Thurmond, K., Thun, M.J., Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of U.S. adults (2003) N Engl J Med, 348, pp. 1625-1638; Gortmaker, S.L., Must, A., Perrin, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Dietz, W.H., Social and economic consequences of overweight in adolescence and young adulthood (1993) N Engl J Med, 329, pp. 1008-1012; Willett, W.C., Dietz, W.H., Colditz, G.A., Guidelines for healthy weight (1999) N Engl J Med, 341, pp. 427-434; Jung, R.T., Obesity as a disease (1997) Br Med Bull, 53, pp. 307-321; (2002) Weight Control and Physical Activity, , Lyon: IARC Press, International Agency for Research on Cancer; Gottfredson, L., Maintream science on intellignece: An editorial with 52 signatories, history, and bibliography (1997) Intelligence, 24, pp. 13-23; Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Longitudinal cohort study of childhood IQ and survival up to age 76 (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 819; Kuh, D., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Butterworth, S., Wadsworth, M.E., Childhood cognitive ability and deaths up until middle age: A post-war birth cohort study (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 408-413; Osler, M., Andersen, A.M., Due, P., Lund, R., Damsgaard, M.T., Holstein, B.E., Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function, and adult mortality. A longitudinal study of Danish men born in 1953 (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 681-686; Batty, G.D., Deary, I.J., Early life intelligence and adult health (2004) BMJ, 329, pp. 585-586; Gunnell, D., Magnusson, P.K., Rasmussen, F., Low intelligence test scores in 18 year old men and risk of suicide: Cohort study (2005) BMJ, 330, p. 167; Deary, I.J., Whiteman, M.C., Starr, J.M., Whalley, L.J., Fox, H.C., The impact of childhood intelligence on later life: Following up the Scottish mental surveys of 1932 and 1947 (2004) J Pers Soc Psychol, 86, pp. 130-147; Gottfredson, L.S., Intelligence: Is it the epidemiologists' elusive "fundamental cause" of social class inequalities in health? (2004) J Pers Soc Psychol, 86, pp. 174-199; Singh-Manoux, A., Ferrie, J.E., Lynch, J.W., Marmot, M., The role of cognitive ability (intelligence) in explaining the association between socioeconomic position and health: Evidence from the Whitehall II prospective cohort study (2005) Am J Epidemiol, 161, pp. 831-839; Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Barker, D.J., Fetal origins of coronary heart disease (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 171-174; Lucas, A., Programming by early nutrition in man (1991) Ciba Found Symp, 156, pp. 38-50; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Kuh, D., A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 285-293; Singhal, A., Lucas, A., Early origins of cardiovascular disease: Is there a unifying hypothesis? (2004) Lancet, 363, pp. 1642-1645; Leon, D.A., Fetal growth and adult disease (1998) Eur J Clin Nutr, 52, pp. S72-S78; Joseph, K.S., Kramer, M.S., Review of the evidence on fetal and early childhood antecedents of adult chronic disease (1996) Epidemiol Rev, 18, pp. 158-174; Huxley, R., Neil, A., Collins, R., Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis: Is there really an inverse association between birthweight and subsequent blood pressure? (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 659-665; Gillman, M.W., Rich-Edwards, J.W., The fetal origin of adult disease: From sceptic to convert (2000) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 14, pp. 192-193; Gillman, M.W., Epidemiological challenges in studying the fetal origins of adult chronic disease (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 294-299; Egeland, G.M., Skjærven, R., Irgens, L.M., Birth characteristics of women who develop gestational diabetes: Population based study (2000) BMJ, 321, pp. 546-547; Rich-Edwards, J.W., Kleinman, K., Michels, K.B., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Rexrode, K.M., Hibert, E.N., Willett, W.C., Longitudinal study of birth weight and adult body mass index in predicting risk of coronary heart disease and stroke in women (2005) BMJ, 330, p. 1115; Godfrey, K.M., Barker, D.J., Fetal nutrition and adult disease (2000) Am J Clin Nutr, 71, pp. 1344S-1352S; Trichopoulos, D., Hypothesis: Does breast cancer originate in utero? (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 939-940; Møller, H., Skakkebæk, N.E., Testicular cancer and cryptorchidism in relation to prenatal factors: Case-control studies in Denmark (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 904-912; Ekbom, A., Wuu, J., Adami, H.O., Lu, C.M., Lagiou, P., Trichopoulos, D., Hsieh, C., Duration of gestation and prostate cancer risk in offspring (2000) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 9, pp. 221-223; Weir, H.K., Marrett, L.D., Kreiger, N., Darlington, G.A., Sugar, L., Pre-natal and peri-natal exposures and risk of testicular germ-cell cancer (2000) Int J Cancer, 87, pp. 438-443; Pietilainen, K.H., Kaprio, J., Rasanen, M., Winter, T., Rissanen, A., Rose, R.J., Tracking of body size from birth to late adolescence: Contributions of birth length, birth weight, duration of gestation, parents' body size, and twinship (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 154, pp. 21-29; Sørensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M., Fischer, P., Sørensen, T.I., Relation between weight and length at birth and body mass index in young adulthood: Cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, p. 1137; Karlberg, J., Albertsson-Wikland, K., Growth in full-term small-for-gestational-age infants: From birth to final height (1995) Pediatr Res, 38, pp. 733-739; Tuvemo, T., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Prediction of male adult stature using anthropometrie data at birth: A nationwide population-based study (1999) Pediatr Res, 46, pp. 491-495; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Prediction of adult height and risk of overweight in females born small-for-gestational-age (2003) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 17, pp. 156-163; Rasmussen, F., Johansson, M., The relation of weight, length and ponderal index at birth to body mass index and overweight among 18-year-old males in Sweden (1998) Eur J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 373-380; Martorell, R., Stein, A.D., Schroeder, D.G., Early nutrition and later adiposity (2001) J Nutr, 131, pp. 874S-880S; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Chaturvedi, N., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight, childhood growth and abdominal obesity in adult life (2002) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 26, pp. 40-47; Whitaker, R.C., Wright, J.A., Pepe, M.S., Seidel, K.D., Dietz, W.H., Predicting obesity in young adulthood from childhood and parental obesity (1997) N Engl J Med, 337, pp. 869-873; Kvaavik, E., Tell, G.S., Klepp, K.I., Predictors and tracking of body mass index from adolescence into adulthood: Follow-up of 18 to 20 years in the Oslo Youth Study (2003) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 157, pp. 1212-1218; Morgane, P.J., Austin-LaFrance, R., Bronzino, J., Tonkiss, J., Diaz-Cintra, S., Cintra, L., Kemper, T., Galler, J.R., Prenatal malnutrition and development of the brain (1993) Neurosci Biobehav Rev, 17, pp. 91-128; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Intellectual and psychological performance in males born small for gestational age with and without catch-up growth (2001) Pediatr Res, 50, pp. 91-96; Sørensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M.W., Fischer, P., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85, pp. 189-196; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Intellectual and psychological performance in males born small for gestational age (2003) Horm Res, 59 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 139-141; Hack, M., Flannery, D.J., Schluchter, M., Cartar, L., Borawski, E., Klein, N., Outcomes in young adulthood for very-low-birth-weight infants (2002) N Engl J Med, 346, pp. 149-157; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, p. 305; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood: A systematic review (2004) Psychol Bull, 130, pp. 989-1013; Martyn, C.N., Gale, C.R., Sayer, A.A., Fall, C., Growth in utero and cognitive function in adult life: Follow up study of people born between 1920 and 1943 (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1393-1396; Pearce, M.S., Deary, I.J., Young, A.H., Parker, L., Growth in early life and childhood IQ at age 11 years: The Newcastle Thousand Families Study (2005) Int J Epidemiol, 34, pp. 673-677; Barker, D.J., Godfrey, K.M., Osmond, C., Bull, A., The relation of fetal length, ponderal index and head circumference to blood pressure and the risk of hypertension in adult life (1992) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 6, pp. 35-44; Forsen, T., Eriksson, J., Tuomilehto, J., Reunanen, A., Osmond, C., Barker, D., The fetal and childhood growth of persons who develop type 2 diabetes (2000) Ann Intern Med, 133, pp. 176-182; Nilsen, T.I., Romundstad, P.R., Troisi, R., Potischman, N., Vatten, L.J., Birth size and colorectal cancer risk: A prospective population-based study (2005) Gut, 54, pp. 1728-1732; Sørensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M., Steffensen, F.H., Fischer, P., Sørensen, T.I., Birth weight and length as predictors for adult height (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 726-729; Leger, J., Limoni, C., Collin, D., Czernichow, P., Prediction factors in the determination of final height in subjects born small for gestational age (1998) Pediatr Res, 43, pp. 808-812; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Birth characteristics and different dimensions of intellectual performance in young males: A nationwide population-based study (2003) Acta Paediatr, 92, pp. 1138-1143; Markestad, T., Kaaresen, P.I., Ronnestad, A., Reigstad, H., Lossius, K., Medbo, S., Early death, morbidity, and need of treatment among extremely premature infants (2005) Pediatrics, 115, pp. 1289-1298; Michels, K.B., Trichopoulos, D., Robins, J.M., Rosner, B.A., Manson, J.E., Hunter, D.J., Birthweight as a risk factor for breast cancer (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1542-1546; Barker, D.J., Edwards, J.H., Obstetric complications and school performance (1967) BMJ, 3, pp. 695-699; Gilbert, W.M., Hicks, S.M., Boe, N.M., Danielsen, B., Vaginal versus cesarean delivery for breech presentation in California: A population-based study (2003) Obstet Gynecol, 102, pp. 911-917; Hofmeyr, G.J., Hannah, M.E., Planned caesarean section for term breech delivery (2003) The Cochrane Library, (3). , Oxford: Update Software; Hannah, M.E., Hannah, W.J., Hewson, S.A., Hodnett, E.D., Saigal, S., Willan, A.R., Planned caesarean section versus planned vaginal birth for breech presentation at term: A randomised multicentre trial (2000) Lancet, 356, pp. 1375-1383. , Term Breech Trial Collaborative Group; Danielian, P.J., Wang, J., Hall, M.H., Long-term outcome by method of delivery of fetuses in breech presentation at term: Population based follow up (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1451-1453; Pradhan, P., Mohajer, M., Deshpande, S., Outcome of term breech births: 10-year experience at a district general hospital (2005) BJOG, 112, pp. 218-222; Nilsen, S.T., Bergsjø, P., Males born in breech presentation 18 years after birth (1985) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 64, pp. 323-325; McBride, W.G., Black, B.P., Brown, C.J., Dolby, R.M., Murray, A.D., Thomas, D.B., Method of delivery and developmental outcome at five years of age (1979) Med J Aust, 1, pp. 301-304; Sørensen, H.T., Steffensen, F.H., Olsen, J., Sabroe, S., Gillman, M.W., Fischer, P., Rothman, K.J., Long-term follow-up of cognitive outcome after breech presentation at birth (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 554-556; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Langenberg, C., Richards, M., Wadsworth, M.E., Mortality in adults aged 26-54 years related to socioeconomic conditions in childhood and adulthood: Post war birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 1076-1080; Luo, Y., Waite, L.J., The impact of childhood and adult SES on physical, mental, and cognitive well-being in later life (2005) J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci, 60, pp. S93-S101; Smith, G.D., Hart, C., Blane, D., Hole, D., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause specific adult mortality: Prospective observational study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1631-1635; Kramer, M.S., Goulet, L., Lydon, J., Seguin, L., McNamara, H., Dassa, C., Socio-economic disparities in preterm birth: Causal pathways and mechanisms (2001) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 15 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 104-123; Kramer, M.S., Seguin, L., Lydon, J., Goulet, L., Socio-economic disparities in pregnancy outcome: Why do the poor fare so poorly? (2000) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 14, pp. 194-210; Nilsen, S.T., (1985) Males with Perinatal Risk Factors Examined at 18 Years of Age, , (dissertation). Bergen: University of Bergen; Irgens, L.M., The Medical Birth Registry of Norway. Epidemiological research and surveillance throughout 30 years (2000) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 79, pp. 435-439; Ros, H.S., Lichtenstein, P., Ekbom, A., Cnattingius, S., Tall or short? Twenty years after preeclampsia exposure in utero: Comparisons of final height, body mass index, waist-to-hip ratio, and age at menarche among women, exposed and unexposed to preeclampsia during fetal life (2001) Pediatr Res, 49, pp. 763-769; Paz, I., Seidman, D.S., Danon, Y.L., Laor, A., Stevenson, D.K., Gale, R., Are children born small for gestational age at increased risk of short stature? (1993) Am J Dis Child, 147, pp. 337-339; Ulander, V.M., Gissler, M., Nuutila, M., Ylikorkala, O., Are health expectations of term breech infants unrealistically high? (2004) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 83, pp. 180-186; Munstedt, K., Von Georgi, R., Reucher, S., Zygmunt, M., Lang, U., Term breech and long-term morbidity - Cesarean section versus vaginal breech delivery (2001) Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol, 96, pp. 163-167; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Stevenson, D.K., Mashiach, S., Danon, Y.L., Long-term effects of vacuum and forceps deliveries (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 1583-1585; Roemer, F.J., Rowland, D.Y., Long-term developmental outcomes of method of delivery (1994) Early Hum Dev, 39, pp. 1-14; Nilsen, S.T., Boys born by forceps and vacuum extraction examined at 18 years of age (1984) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 63, pp. 549-554; Wesley, B.D., Van Den Berg, B.J., Reece, E.A., The effect of forceps delivery on cognitive development (1993) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 169, pp. 1091-1095; Wilcox, A., Russell, I., Why small black infants have a lower mortality rate than small white infants: The case for population-specific standards for birth weight (1990) J Pediatr, 116, pp. 7-10; Wilcox, A.J., On the importance - and the unimportance - of birthweight (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, pp. 1233-1241; Bakketeig, L.S., Cnattingius, S., Knudsen, L.B., Socioeconomic differences in fetal and infant mortality in Scandinavia (1993) J Public Health Policy, 14, pp. 82-90; Cavelaars, A.E., Kunst, A.E., Geurts, J.J., Crialesi, R., Grotvedt, L., Helmert, U., Differences in self reported morbidity by educational level: A comparison of 11 western European countries (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 219-227; Winkleby, M.A., Jatulis, D.E., Frank, E., Fortmann, S.P., Socioeconomic status and health: How education, income, and occupation contribute to risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 816-820; Emanuel, I., Kimpo, C., Moceri, V., The association of grandmaternal and maternal factors with maternal adult stature (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 1243-1248; Eriksson, J.G., The fetal origins hypothesis - 10 Years on (2005) BMJ, 330, pp. 1096-1097 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-32244433156&partnerID=40&md5=78ee2e4a3f5af977db0ef78bbeddd252 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Impact of life course determinants on work participation among young Norwegian men T2 - Norsk Epidemiologi J2 - Nor. Epidemiol. VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 74 PY - 2005 SN - 08032491 (ISSN) AU - Kristensen, P. AU - Bjerkedal, T. AU - Irgens, L.M. AU - Gravseth, H.M. AU - Brevik, J.I. AD - National Institute of Occupational Health, Oslo, Norway AD - Section for Preventive Medicine and Epidemiology, Institute of General Practice and Community Medicine, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway AD - Division of Military Medical Research and Development, Joint Norwegian Medical Services, Oslo, Norway AD - Medical Birth Registry of Norway, Locus of Registry Based Epidemiology, University of Bergen, Bergen, Norway AD - Norwegian Institute of Public Health, Oslo, Norway AD - National Institute of Occupational Health, P.O. Box 8149, 0033 Oslo, Norway AB - Background: We have earlier found that birthweight below the mean, parental factors, and childhood disease were associated with unemployment at age 29. We reanalysed data because we wanted to examine if the association between birthweight and subsequent unemployment was mediated by intellectual performance at conscript. Methods: Through linkage between several national registers, containing personal information from birth into adult age, we established a longitudinal, population-based cohort. Study participants were all 158 026 male singletons born in Norway in 1967-1971 as registered by the Medical Birth Registry of Norway who were national residents at age 29. Study outcome was unemployment defined as a lack of personal income among persons who were not under education in the calendar year of their 29th birthday. We computed unemployment risk in separate strata, and adjusted risk ratios and population attributable risks as measures of association and impact, respectively. Results: The association between birthweight and unemployment found earlier was mainly mediated through intellectual performance at conscript, in accordance with the study hypothesis. Birthweight, childhood disease and seven parental factors relating to income, disability, and family pattern, were independently associated with subsequent unemployment, each with population attributable risks ranging from 2% to 12%. Intellectual performance in young adult age, educational attainment, and marital status contributed substantially to the unemployment risk. Conclusion: Differentials in work participation among young men emerge in childhood. Circumstances throughout the life course contribute to the unemployment risk. KW - Adult KW - Birthweight KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Education KW - Employment KW - Follow-up studies KW - Intellectual Performance KW - Social Environment KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - childhood disease KW - cohort analysis KW - disability KW - education KW - family KW - human KW - income KW - intellect KW - life event KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - marriage KW - Norway KW - outcome assessment KW - register KW - risk assessment KW - unemployment N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kristensen, P.; National Institute of Occupational Health, P.O. Box 8149, 0033 Oslo, Norway; email: petter.kristensen@stami.no N1 - References: Kristensen, P., Bjerkedal, T., Irgens, L.M., Birthweight and work participation in adulthood (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 849-856; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 342-348; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-308; Martyn, C.N., Gale, C.R., Sayer, A.A., Fall, C., Growth in utero and cognitive function in adult life: Follow up study of people born between 1920 and 1943 (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1393-1397; Toft Sørensen, H., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M.W., Fischer, P., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Stevenson, D.K., Mashiach, S., Danon, Y.L., Birth weight and intellectual performance in late adolescence (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 79, pp. 543-546; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Birth characteristics and different dimensions of intellectual performance in young males: A nationwide population-based study (2003) Acta Paediatr, 92, pp. 1138-1143; Ericson, A., Källén, B., Very low birthweight boys at the age of 19 (1998) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 78, pp. F171-F174; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood: A systematic review (2004) Psychol Bull, 130, pp. 989-1013; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85, pp. 189-197; Lawlor, D.A., Bor, W., O'Callaghan, M.J., Williams, G.M., Najman, J.M., Intrauterine growth and intelligence within sibling pairs: Findings from the Mater-University study of pregnancy and its outcomes (2004) J Epidemiol Community Health, 59, pp. 279-282; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Susser, E., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 310-314; Osler, M., Andersen, A.-M.N., Due, P., Lund, R., Damsgaard, M.T., Holstein, B.E., Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function, and adult mortality. A longitudinal study of Danish men born in 1953 (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 681-686; Record, R.G., McKeown, T., Edwards, J.H., The relation of measured intelligence to birth weight and duration of gestation (1969) Ann Hum Genet, 33, pp. 71-79; Weindrich, D., Jennen-Steinmetz, C., Laucht, M., Schmidt, M.H., Late sequelae of low birthweight: Mediators of poor school performance at 11 years (2003) Dev Med Child Neurol, 45, pp. 463-469; Hansen, B.M., Dinesen, J., Hoff, B., Greisen, G., Intelligence in preterm children at four years of age as a predictor of school function: A longitudinal controlled study (2002) Dev Med Child Neurol, 44, pp. 517-521; Kuh, D., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Butterworth, S., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Childhood cognitive ability and deaths up until middle age: A post-war birth cohort study (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 408-413; Irgens, L.M., Epidemiological research and surveillance throughout 30 years (2000) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 79, pp. 435-439. , The Medical Birth Registry of Norway; (1997) Births in Norway Through 30 Years, , Bergen: Medical Birth Registry of Norway; Sundet, J.M., Barlaug, D.G., Torjussen, T.M., The end of the Flynn effect? A study of secular trends in the mean intelligence test scores of Norwegian conscripts during half a century (2004) Intelligence, 32, pp. 349-362; (2003) Norwegian Standard Classification of Education. Revised 2000, , Oslo-Kongsvinger: Statistics Norway; Greenland, S., Model-based estimation of relative risks and other epidemiologic measures in studies of common outcomes and in case-control studies (2004) Am J Epidemiol, 160, pp. 301-305; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Kuh, D., A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 285-293; Victora, C.G., Huttly, S.R., Fuchs, S.C., Olinto, M.T.A., The role of conceptual frameworks in epidemiological analysis: A hierarchical approach (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 224-227; Lamont, D., Parker, L., White, M., Unwin, N., Bennett, S.M.A., Cohen, M., Richardson, D., Craft, A.W., Risk of cardiovascular disease measured by carotid intima-media thickness at age 49-51: Lifecourse study (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 273-278; Weitkunat, R., Wildner, M., Exploratory causal modeling in epidemiology: Are all factors created equal? (2002) J Clin Epidemiol, 55, pp. 436-444; Greenland, S., Pearl, J., Robins, J.M., Causal diagrams for epidemiologic research (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 37-48; Greenland, S., Application of stratified analysis methods (1997) Modern Epidemiology. 2nd Edition, pp. 281-300. , Rothman KJ, Greenland S, editors. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven; Hosmer, D.W., Lemeshow, S., Confidence interval estimation of interaction (1992) Epidemiology, 3, pp. 452-456; Kristensen, P., Bjerkedal, T., Brevik, J.I., Long term effects of parental disability: A register based life course follow-up of Norwegians born in 1967-1976 (2004) Nor J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 97-105 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-32244441891&partnerID=40&md5=c06f58fdc3fb66ac3233f2a7196ed6c8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early education and children's outcomes: How long do the impacts last? T2 - Fiscal Studies J2 - Fisc. Stud. VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 513 EP - 548 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1475-5890.2005.00022.x SN - 01435671 (ISSN) AU - Goodman, A. AU - Sianesi, B. AD - Institute for Fiscal Studies, United Kingdom AB - We evaluate the effects of undergoing any early education (before the compulsory starting age of 5) and of pre-school on a cohort of British children born in 1958. In contrast to most available studies, we are able to assess whether any effects on cognition and socialisation are long-lasting, as well as to estimate their net impact on subsequent educational attainment and labour market performance. Controlling for a particularly rich set of child, parental, family and neighbourhood characteristics, we find some positive and long-lasting effects from early education. Specifically, pre-compulsory education (pre-school or school entry prior to age 5) was found to yield large improvements in cognitive tests at age 7, which, though diminished in size, remained significant throughout the schooling years, up to age 16. By contrast, attendance of pre-school (nursery or playgroup) was found to yield a positive but short-lived impact on test scores. The effects on socialisation appear to be more mixed: we found some positive, though short-lasting, effects of pre-compulsory education on teachers reports of social adjustment (only at age 7); on the other hand, we found some adverse behavioural effects according to parental reports at age 7 which persisted up to age 11. In adulthood, pre-compulsory education was found to increase the probabilities of obtaining qualifications and of being employed at age 33. For both pre-compulsory education and pre-school per se, we found evidence of a marginally significant 3-4 per cent wage gain at age 33. © Institute for Fiscal Studies, 2005. N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Goodman, A.; Institute for Fiscal StudiesUnited Kingdom; email: a.goodman@ifs.org.uk N1 - References: Barnett, W.S., Long-term effects of early childhood programs on cognitive and school outcomes (1995) The Future of Children, 5 (3), pp. 25-50; Blackstone, T., (1971) A Fair Start: The Provision of Pre-school Education, , London School of Economics Studies on Education, London: Allen Lane The Penguin Press; Blundell, R., Dearden, L., Sianesi, B., Evaluating the effect of education on earnings: Models, methods and results from the National Child Development Survey (2005) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 168, pp. 473-512; Cleveland, G., Krashinsky, M., (1998) The Benefits and Costs of Good Child Care - The Economic Rationale for Public Investment in Young Children: A Policy Study, , Toronto: Childcare Resource and Research Unit, Department of Economics, University of Toronto; Currie, J., Early childhood education programs (2001) Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15, pp. 213-238; (1999) EPPE - The Effective Provision of Pre-School Education Project, , http://k1.ioe.ac.uk/schools/ecpe/eppe/, London: DfES and Institute of Education, University of London; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 70, pp. 73-97; Robertson, D., Symons, J., Pre-school education and attainment in the NCDS and BCS (1998) Human Resources Programme Paper No. 382, 382. , Centre for Economic Performance; Karoly, L.A., Greenwood, P.W., Everingham, S.S., Hoube, J., Kilburn, M.R., Rydell, C.P., Sanders, M., Chiesa, J., (1998) Investing in Our Children: What We Know and Dont Know about the Costs and Benefits of Early Childhood Interventions, , Santa Monica, CA: RAND; Krueger, A.B., Experimental estimates of education production functions (1999) Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114, pp. 497-532; Magnuson, K.A., Ruhm, C.J., Waldfogel, J., Does prekindergarten improve school preparation and performance? (2004) Working Paper No. 10452, , National Bureau of Economic Research; (1993) Study of Early Child Care (SECC), , http://www.nichd.nih.gov/od/secc/pubs.htm, Bethesda, MD: National Institute of Child Health and Human Development; Osborn, A.F., Milbank, J.E., (1987) The Effects of Early Education: A Report from the Child Health and Education Study, , Oxford: Clarendon Press; Sammons, P., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E.C., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Taggart, B., Elliot, K., Marsh, A., (2004) The Continuing Effects of Pre-School Education at Age 7 Years, , Effective Provision of Pre-School Education (EPPE) Project, Technical Paper no. 11, London: DfES and Institute of Education, University of London; Todd, P.E., Wolpin, K.I., On the specification and estimation of the production function for cognitive achievement (2003) Economic Journal, 113, pp. F3-33; Waldfogel, J., Early childhood interventions and outcomes (1999) CASEpaper No. 21, 21. , London: Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-28844448705&doi=10.1111%2fj.1475-5890.2005.00022.x&partnerID=40&md5=a6849cb4711c1379b6604d6854773c44 ER - TY - SER TI - Survival and complications in thalassemia T2 - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences J2 - Ann. New York Acad. Sci. VL - 1054 SP - 40 EP - 47 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1196/annals.1345.006 SN - 00778923 (ISSN) AU - Borgna-Pignatti, C. AU - Cappellini, M.D. AU - De Stefano, P. AU - Del Vecchio, G.C. AU - Forni, G.L. AU - Gamberini, M.R. AU - Ghilardi, R. AU - Origa, R. AU - Piga, A. AU - Romeo, M.A. AU - Zhao, H. AU - Cnaan, A. AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Ferrara, Ferrara, Italy AD - Department of Medicine, IRCCS Ospedale Maggiore-Policlinico, University of Milan, Milan, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, IRCCS San Matteo, Pavia, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Bari, Bari, Italy AD - Division of Pediatrics, Ospedali Galliera, Geneva, Italy AD - Division of Pediatrics, Ferrara Hospital, Ferrara, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Milan, Milan, Italy AD - Ospedale Microcitemico, Department of Biomedical Sciences and Biotechnology, University of Cagliari, Cagliari, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Turin, Turin, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Catania, Catania, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA 19104, United States AD - Clinica Pediatrica, Università di Ferrara, Via Savonarola 9, 44100 Ferrara, Italy AB - The life expectancy of patients with thalassemia major has significantly increased in recent years, as reported by several groups in different countries. However, complications are still frequent and affect the patients' quality of life. In a recent study from the United Kingdom, it was found that 50% of the patients had died before age 35. At that age, 65% of the patients from an Italian long-term study were still alive. Heart disease is responsible for more than half of the deaths. The prevalence of complications in Italian patients born after 1970 includes heart failure in 7%, hypogonadism in 55%, hypothyroidism in 11%, and diabetes in 6%. Similar data were reported in patients from the United States. In the Italian study, lower ferritin levels were associated with a lower probability of experiencing heart failure and with prolonged survival. Osteoporosis and osteopenia are common and affect virtually all patients. Hepatitis C virus antibodies are present in 85% of multitransfused Italian patients, 23% of patients in the United Kingdom, 35% in the United States, 34% in France, and 21% in India. Hepatocellular carcinoma can complicate the course of hepatitis. A survey of Italian centers has identified 23 such cases in patients with a thalassemia syndrome. In conclusion, rates of survival and complication-free survival continue to improve, due to better treatment strategies. New complications are appearing in long-term survivors. Iron overload of the heart remains the main cause of morbidity and mortality. © 2005 New York Academy of Sciences. KW - Causes of death KW - Chelation KW - Hemosiderosis KW - Mortality KW - Survival KW - Thalassemia KW - hepatitis C antibody KW - blood transfusion KW - cause of death KW - conference paper KW - diabetes mellitus KW - France KW - heart disease KW - heart failure KW - hepatitis KW - human KW - hypogonadism KW - hypothyroidism KW - India KW - iron overload KW - Italy KW - life expectancy KW - liver cell carcinoma KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - osteopenia KW - osteoporosis KW - quality of life KW - survival rate KW - thalassemia major KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - beta-Thalassemia KW - Blood Transfusion KW - Bone Diseases, Metabolic KW - Carcinoma, Hepatocellular KW - Cardiomyopathies KW - Cause of Death KW - Chelation Therapy KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Disease-Free Survival KW - Female KW - Ferritins KW - Hepatitis C KW - Humans KW - Hypogonadism KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Iron Overload KW - Italy KW - Life Expectancy KW - Liver Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Osteoporosis KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications, Hematologic KW - Prevalence KW - Hepatitis C virus N1 - Cited By :219 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANYAA C2 - 16339650 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Borgna-Pignatti, C.; Clinica Pediatrica, Università di Ferrara, Via Savonarola 9, 44100 Ferrara, Italy; email: c.borgna@unife.it N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Ferritins, 9007-73-2 N1 - References: Thomas, E.D., Buckner, C.D., Sanders, J.E., Marrow transplantation for thalassaemia (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 227-229; Borgna-Pinatti, C., Rugolotto, S., De Stefano, P., (2004) Survival and Complications in Patients with Thalassemia Major Treated with Transfusion and Deferoxamine, 89, pp. 1187-1193; Prati, D., Zanella, A., Farma, E., A multicenter prospective study on the risk of acquiring liver disease in anti-hepatitis C virus negative patients affected from homozygous beta-thalassemia (1998) Blood, 92, pp. 3460-3464; Cunningham, M.J., Macklin, E.A., Neufeld, E.J., Cohen, A.R., Thalassemia Clinical Research Network. Complications of beta-thalassemia major in North America (2004) Blood, 104, pp. 34-39; Borgna Pignatti, C., Vergine, G., Lombardo, T., Hepatocellular carcinoma in the thalassemia syndromes (2004) Br. J. Haematol., 124, pp. 114-117; Mancuso, A., Rigano, P., Renda, D., Hepatocellular carcinoma on cirrhosis-free liver in a HCV-infected thalassemic (2005) Am. J. Hematol., 78, pp. 158-159; Borgna Pignatti, C., Carnelli, V., Caruso, V., Thromboembolic events in beta thalassemia major: An Italian multicenter study (1998) Acta Haematol., 99, pp. 76-79; Eldor, A., Durst, R., Hy-Am, E., A chronic hypercoagulable state in patients with beta-thalassaemia major is already present in childhood (1999) Br. J. Haematol., 107, pp. 739-746; Cappellini, M.D., Robbiolo, L., Bottasso, B.M., Venous thromboembolism and hypercoagulability in splenectomized patients with thalassaemia intermedia (2000) Br. J. Haematol., 111, pp. 467-473; Skordis, N., Christou, S., Koliou, M., Fertility in female patients with thalassemia (1998) J. Pediatr. Endocrinol. Metab., 11, pp. 935-943; Angastiniotis, M., Pavlides, N., Aristidou, K., Bone pain in thalassaemia: Assessment of DEXA and MRI findings (1998) J. Pediatr. Endocrinol. Metab., 11, pp. 779-784; Jensen, C.E., Tuck, S.M., Agnew, J.E., High incidence of osteoporosis in thalassaemia major (1998) J. Pediatr. Endocrinol. Metab., 11, pp. 975-977; Modell, B., Khan, M., Darlison, M., Survival in beta-thalassaemia major in the UK: Data from the UK Thalassaemia Register (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 2051-2052; Piga, A., Longo, F., Consolati, A., Mortality and morbidity in thalassemia with conventional treatment. Third International Conference on Bone Marrow Transplantation in Thalassemia (1997) Bone Marrow Transplant., 19, pp. 11-13; Anderson, L.J., Wonke, B., Prescott, E., Comparison of effects of oral deferiprone and subcutaneous desferrioxamine on myocardial iron concentrations and ventricular function in beta-thalassaemia (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 516-520; Pennell, D.J., Sechtem, U.P., Higgins, C.B., Clinical indications for cardiovascular magnetic resonance (CMR): Consensus Panel report (2004) J. Cardiovasc. Magn. Reson., 6, pp. 727-765; Hershko, C., Link, G., Konijn, A.M., The iron-loaded gerbil model revisited: Effects of deferoxamine and deferiprone treatment (2002) J. Lab. Clin. Med., 139, pp. 50-58; Piga, A., Gaglioti, C., Fogliacco, E., Tricta, F., Comparative effects of deferiprone and deferoxamine on survival and cardiac disease in patients with thalassemia major: A retrospective analysis (2003) Haematologica, 88, pp. 489-496; Hershko, C., Cappellini, M.D., Galanello, R., Purging iron from the heart (2004) Br. J. Haematol., 125, pp. 545-551; Origa, R., Fiumana, E., Gamberini, M.R., Osteoporosis in β-thalassemia: Clinical and genetic aspects (2005) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1054, pp. 451-456 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-29744459415&doi=10.1196%2fannals.1345.006&partnerID=40&md5=196ecefa2b5f62aac91536a432e58aa3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Monitoring the decrease in breast cancer mortality in Europe T2 - European Journal of Cancer Prevention J2 - Eur.J. Cancer Prev. VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 497 EP - 502 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1097/00008469-200512000-00002 SN - 09598278 (ISSN) AU - Levi, F. AU - Bosetti, C. AU - Lucchini, F. AU - Negri, E. AU - La Vecchia, C. AD - Registres Vaudois et Neuchâtelois des Tumeurs, Institut Universitaire de Médecine Sociale et Préventive, CHUV-Falaises 1, 1011 Lausanne, Switzerland AD - Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Via Eritrea 62, 20157 Milan, Italy AD - Unité d'Épidémiologie du Cancer, Institut Universitaire de Médecine Sociale et Préventive, Bugnon 17, 1005 Lausanne, Switzerland AD - Istituto di Biometria e Statistica Medica, Università degli Studi di Milano, Via Venezian 1, 20133 Milan, Italy AD - Registre Vaudois des Tumeurs, CHUV-Falaises 1, CH 1011 Lausanne, Switzerland AB - Trends in mortality from breast cancer over the period 1970-2000 were analysed for 38 European countries and the European Union (EU). Age-standardized mortality rates were computed by the direct method, and joinpoint analysis was used to identify significant changes in rates. A favourable pattern in breast cancer mortality in the 25 countries of the EU (as defined in May 2004) was observed after 1989, leading to a fall in overall rates from 21.3/ 100 000 in 1990 to 18.9 in 2000. The annual percentage change in the EU was -2.1% between 1995 and 2000. Most northern European countries, including several Scandinavian countries and the UK, but also some central and southern European countries like Germany, Poland, the Czech Republic, Austria, Switzerland, Italy and Spain showed appreciable falls in rates (i.e. between 8 and 19% in the last 5 calendar years). The declines were larger below age 50, approaching 20% in several countries. The falls were smaller in France, Greece, Portugal and most eastern European countries. In the Russian Federation, all-age breast cancer mortality increased from 16.1 to 17.3/ 100 000 (+7.5% over the last 5 calendar years). These patterns reflect converging trends in breast cancer rates across Europe, which can be related to the more uniform reproductive and lifestyle habits. The fall in breast cancer mortality observed in most European countries over the last decade has to be attributed to earlier detection and improved treatment, although the definite reasons for the different trends in various countries remain at least in part unclear. © 2005 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. KW - Breast cancer KW - Europe KW - Mortality KW - Trends KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - Austria KW - breast cancer KW - cancer diagnosis KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer therapy KW - Czech Republic KW - Europe KW - European Union KW - female KW - France KW - Germany KW - Greece KW - human KW - Italy KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - monitoring KW - Poland KW - Portugal KW - priority journal KW - Russian Federation KW - Scandinavia KW - sexual behavior KW - Spain KW - Switzerland KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Cohort Studies KW - Death Certificates KW - Epidemiologic Studies KW - Europe KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Population Surveillance N1 - Cited By :85 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJUPE C2 - 16284493 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Levi, F.; Registre Vaudois des Tumeurs, CHUV-Falaises 1, CH 1011 Lausanne, Switzerland; email: fabio.levi@hospvd.ch N1 - References: Botha, J.L., Bray, F., Sankila, R., Parkin, D.M., Breast cancer incidence and mortality trends in 16 European countries (2003) Eur J Cancer, 39, pp. 1718-1729; Boyle, P., Relative value of incidence and mortality data in cancer research (1989) Recent Results Cancer Res, 114, pp. 41-63; Boyle, P., Mezzetti, M., La Vecchia, C., Franceschi, S., Decarli, A., Robertson, C., Contribution of three components to individual cancer risk predicting breast cancer risk in Italy (2004) Eur J Cancer Prev, 13, pp. 183-191; Breast cancer and hormonal contraceptives: Collaborative reanalysis of individual data on 53 297 women with breast cancer and 100 239 women without breast cancer from 54 epidemiological studies (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1713-1727; Breast cancer and breastfeeding: Collaborative reanalysis of individual data from 47 epidemiological studies in 30 countries, including 50 302 women with breast cancer and 96 973 women without the disease (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 187-195; Doll, R., Smith, P.G., Comparison between registries: Age-standardized rates (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 4, pp. 671-675. , Waterhouse JAH, Muir CS, Shanmugaratnam K, Powell J, Peacham D, Whelan S, editors. Lyon: IARC Sci Publ No. 42; Tamoxifen for early breast cancer: An overview of the randomized trials (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1451-1467; Polychemotherapy for early breast cancer: An overview of the randomized trials (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 930-942; Social determinants of human reproduction (2001) Hum Reprod, 16, pp. 1518-1526; Fisher, B., Jeong, J.H., Bryant, J., Anderson, S., Dignam, J., Fisher, E.R., Wolmark, N., Treatment of lymph-node negative, oestrogen-receptor-positive breast cancer: Long-term findings from National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project randomised clinical trials (2004) Lancet, 364, pp. 858-868; Fracheboud, J., Otto, S.J., Van Dijk, J.A.A.M., Broeders, M.J.M., Verbeek, A.L.M., De Koning, H.J., Decreased rates of advanced breast cancer due to mammography screening in the Netherlands (2004) Br J Cancer, 91, pp. 861-867; Fyles, A.W., McCready, D.R., Manchul, L.A., Trudeau, M.E., Merante, P., Pintilie, M., Tamoxifen with or without breast irradiation in women 50 years of age or older with early breast cancer (2004) N Engl J Med, 351, pp. 963-970; Garattini, S., La Vecchia, C., Perspectives in cancer chemotherapy (2001) Eur J Cancer, 37, pp. S128-S147; Henderson, B.E., Pike, M.C., Bernstein, L., Ross, R.K., Breast cancer (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 1822-1839. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF Jr., editors. New York: Oxford University Press; Breast cancer screening (2002) IARC Handbooks for Cancer Prevention, 7. , Vainio H, Bianchini F, editors. Lyon: IARC Press; Jemal, A., Clegg, L.X., Ward, E., Ries, L.A., Wu, X., Jamison, P.M., Wingo, P.A., Howe, H.L., Annual report to the nation on the status of cancer, 1975-2001, with a special feature regarding survival (2004) Cancer, 101, pp. 3-27; Kim, H.-J., Fay, M.P., Feuer, E.J., Midthune, D.N., Permutation tests for joinpoint regression with application to cancer rates (2000) Stat Med, 19, pp. 335-351; Lacey, J.V., Devesa, S.S., Brinton, L.A., Recent trends in breast cancer incidence and mortality (2002) Environ Mol Mutagenesis, 39, pp. 82-88; La Vecchia, C., Diet in the etiology of cancer: A review (1994) Eur J Cancer, 30, pp. 224-225; La Vecchia, C., Franceschi, S., Levi, F., Epidemiological research on cancer with a focus on Europe (2003) Eur J Cancer Prev, 12, pp. 5-14; Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., La Vecchia, C., The fall in breast cancer mortality in Europe (2001) Eur J Cancer, 37, pp. 1409-1412; Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Boyle, P., La Vecchia, C., Cancer mortality in Europe, 1995-1999, and an overview of trends since 1960 (2004) Int J Cancer, 110, pp. 155-169; Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Zatonski, W., Boyle, P., La Vecchia, C., Trends in cancer mortality in the European Union and accession countries, 1980-2000 (2004) Ann Oncol, 15, pp. 1425-1431; Mezzetti, M., La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Boyle, P., Talamini, R., Franceschi, S., Population attributable risk for breast cancer: Diet, nutrition, and physical exercise (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 389-394; Pagano, R., La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., Trends in overweight and obesity among Italian adults, 1983 through 1994 (1997) Am J Public Health, 87, pp. 1869-1870; Percy, C., Staneck, E., Gloecker, L., Accuracy of cancer death certification and its effects on mortality statistics (1981) Am J Publ Health, 71, pp. 241-250; Peto, R., Boreham, J., Clarke, M., Davies, C., Beral, V., UK and USA breast cancer deaths down 25% in year 2000 at ages 20-69 years (2000) Lancet, 355, p. 1822; Quinn, M.J., D'Onofrio, A., Moller, B., Black, R., Martinez-Garcia, C., Moller, H., Cancer mortality trends in the EU and acceding countries up to 2005 (2003) Ann Oncol, 14, pp. 1148-1152; Rooney, C., Devis, T., Mortality trends by cause of death in England and Wales 1980-94: The impact of introducing automated cause coding and related changes in 1993 (1996) Popul Trends, 86, pp. 29-35; Shkolnikov, V., McKee, M., Vallin, J., Aksel, E., Leon, D., Chenet, L., Mesle, F., Cancer mortality in Russia and Ukraine: Validity, competing risks and cohort effects (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 19-28; Tavani, A., Braga, C., La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., Russo, A., Franceschi, S., Attributable risks for breast cancer in Italy: Education, family history, and reproductive and hormonal factors (1997) Int J Cancer, 70, pp. 159-163; Tyczynski, J.E., Plesko, I., Aareleid, T., Primic-Zakelj, M., Dalmas, M., Kurtinaitis, J., Breast cancer mortality patterns and time trends in 10 new EU member states: Mortality declining in young women, but still increasing in the elderly (2004) Int J Cancer, 112, pp. 1056-1064; (1967) International Classification of Disease. 8th Rev., , Geneva: World Health Organization; (1977) International Classification of Disease. 9th Rev., , Geneva: World Health Organization; (1992) International Statistical Classification of Disease and Related Health Problems. 10th Rev., , Geneva: World Health Organization; (2004) Statistical Information System. WHO Mortality Database, , http://www3.who.int/whosis/menu.cfm, Geneva: World Health Organization UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-28044472458&doi=10.1097%2f00008469-200512000-00002&partnerID=40&md5=25889e70d28ec94195d2982a3dd03ea5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Excess mortality in Black compared with White patients with Type 1 diabetes: An examination of underlying causes T2 - Diabetic Medicine J2 - Diabetic Med. VL - 22 IS - 12 SP - 1636 EP - 1641 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1464-5491.2005.01671.x SN - 07423071 (ISSN) AU - Bosnyak, Z. AU - Nishimura, R. AU - Hughes, M.H. AU - Tajima, N. AU - Becker, D. AU - Tuomilehto, J. AU - Orchard, T.J. AD - Department of Epidemiology, Graduate School of Public Health, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, United States AD - Division of Diabetes, Department of Internal Medicine, Metabolism and Endocrinology, Jikei University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan AD - Department of Pediatrics, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh, PA, United States AD - Diabetes and Genetic Epidemiology Unit, National Public Health Institute, Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Public Health, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland AD - Diabetes and Lipid Research, University of Pittsburgh, 3512 Fifth Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15213, United States AB - Aims: Excess mortality in Type 1 diabetes has previously been found among Black individuals. The aim of the present study was therefore to determine underlying causes. Methods: A longitudinal study of 1261 [1184 White (93.9%) and 76 Black (6.0%)] individuals diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes between 1965 and 1979, at age < 17 years from the Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh registries. Subjects were contacted in 1999 to determine living status and, where appropriate, cause of death. Living status was determined in 1183 participants (93.8%). Results: Of the 200 deaths overall, cause of death was determined in 157 subjects (79%); 31 dying from acute and 101 from chronic complications, and 25 from non-diabetes related causes. Seven deaths were investigated but no cause determined. Black participants had a significantly higher mortality rate compared with White participants for acute complications (hazard ratio = 4.9, 95% confidence interval: 2.0, 11.6), but not for any other cause. There was a temporal decline in the 20-year mortality rates in both racial groups across the three cohorts diagnosed in 1965-69, 1970-74 and 1975-79. Conclusions: These results show that the excess mortality in Black people was attributed to acute complications which therefore should be a focus for prevention. © 2005 Diabetes UK. KW - Acute complications KW - Cause-specific mortality KW - Race KW - Type 1 diabetes KW - adult KW - African American KW - article KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - diabetic coma KW - diabetic ketoacidosis KW - European American KW - female KW - hazard assessment KW - human KW - hyperglycemia KW - hypoglycemia KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - Adolescent KW - African Americans KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Pennsylvania N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DIMEE C2 - 16401305 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Orchard, T.J.; Diabetes and Lipid Research, University of Pittsburgh, 3512 Fifth Ave, Pittsburgh, PA 15213, United States; email: tjo@pitt.edu N1 - References: Dorman, J.S., Laporte, R.E., Kuller, L.H., Cruickshanks, K.J., Orchard, T.J., Wagener, D.K., The Pittsburgh insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) morbidity and mortality study. Mortality results (1984) Diabetes, 33, pp. 271-276; Major cross-country differences in risk of dying for people with IDDM (1991) Diabetes Care, 14, pp. 49-54; International-evaluation of cause-specific mortality and IDDM (1991) Diabetes Care, 14, pp. 55-60; International analysis of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus mortality: A preventable mortality perspective (1995) Am J Public Health, 142, pp. 612-618; Nishimura, R., Laporte, R.E., Dorman, J.S., Tajima, N., Becker, D.J., Orchard, T.J., Mortality trends in Type 1 diabetes: The Allegheny county (Pennsylvania) registry 1965-99 (2001) Diabetes Care, 24, pp. 824-837; McNally, P.G., Raymond, N.T., Burden, M.L., Burton, P.R., Botha, J.L., Swift, P.G., Trends in mortality of childhood onset insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Leicestershire: 1940-91 (1995) Diabet Med, 12, pp. 961-966; Borch-Johnsen, K., Kreiner, S., Deckert, T., Mortality of type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in Denmark: A study of relative mortality in 2930 Danish type 1 diabetic patients diagnosed from 1933 to 1972 (1986) Diabetologia, 29, pp. 767-772; Deckert, T., Poulsen, J.E., Larsen, M., Prognosis of diabetics with diabetes onset before age 31: Survival, cause of death and complications (1978) Diabetologia, 14, pp. 363-367; Christlieb, A.R., Warram, J.H., Krolewski, A.S., Busick, E.J., Ganda, O.P., Asmal, A.C., Hypertension: The major risk factor in juvenile-onset insulin-dependent diabetes (1981) Diabetes, 30, pp. 90-96; LaPorte, R.E., Fishbein, H.A., Drash, A.L., Kuller, L.H., Schneider, B.B., Orchard, T.J., The Pittsburgh insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) registry: The incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania (1965-76) (1981) Diabetes, 30, pp. 279-284; Orchard, T.J., Dorman, J.S., Maser, R.E., Becker, D.J., Ellis, D., LaPorte, R.E., Factors associated with avoidance of severe complications after 25 years of IDDM. Pittsburgh Epidemiology of Diabetes Complications Study I (1990) Diabetes Care, 13, pp. 741-747; Orchard, T.J., Dorman, J.S., Maser, R.E., Becker, D.J., Drash, A.L., Ellis, D., Prevalence of complications in IDDM by sex and duration. Pittsburgh Epidemiology of Diabetes Complications Study II (1990) Diabetes, 39, pp. 1116-1124; The classification of mortality in IDDM: The Diabetes Epidemiology Research International experience (1989) Pediatr Adolesc Endocrinol, 18, pp. 179-184; Crow, E.L., Gardner, R.S., Confidence intervals for the expectation of a Poisson variable (1959) Biometrika, 46, pp. 441-453; Tull, E.S., Barinas, E., The Pittsburgh DERI Mortality Study Group: A twofold excess mortality among black compared with white IDDM patients in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania (1996) Diabetes Care, 19, pp. 1344-1347; Dorman, J.S., Tajima, N., LaPorte, R.E., Becker, D.J., Cruickshanks, K.J., Wagener, D.K., The Pittsburgh Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus (IDDM) Morbidity and Mortality Study: Case-control analyses of risk factors for mortality (1984) Diabetes Care, 8, pp. 54-60; Hanson, C.L., Henggeler, S.W., Burghen, G.A., Race and sex differences in metabolic control of adolescents with IDDM. A function of psychosocial variables? (1987) Diabetes Care, 10, pp. 313-318; Vanelli, M., Chiari, G., Ghizzoni, L., Costi, G., Giacalone, T., Chiarelli, F., Effectiveness of a prevention program for diabetic ketoacidosis in children: An 8-year study in schools and private practices (1999) Diabetes Care, 22, pp. 7-9; Laing, S.P., Swerdlow, A.J., Slater, S.D., Botha, J.L., Burden, A.C., Waugh, N.R., British Diabetic Association Cohort Study II. Cause-specific mortality in patients with insulin-treated diabetes mellitus (1999) Diabet Med, 16, pp. 466-471; Scibilia, J., Finegold, D., Dorman, J., Becker, D., Drash, A., Why do children with diabetes die? (1986) Acta Endocrinologica Suppl, 279, pp. 326-333; Hirasing, R.A., Bohm, F.J., Reeser, H.M., Oei, Y.B., Vaandrager, G.J., Verloove-Vanhorick, S.P., Onset mortality of type I diabetes in 0- to 19-year-old children in the Netherlands, 1988-1990 (1995) Acta Paediatr, 84, pp. 1197-1198; Thordarson, H., Sovik, O., Dead in bed syndrome in young diabetic patients in Norway (1995) Diabet Med, 12, pp. 495-496; West, K.M., Epidemiology of diabetes and its macrovascular complications (1979) Diabetes Care, 2, pp. 63-64; LaPorte, R.E., Orchard, T.J., Kuller, L.H., Wagener, D.K., Drash, A.L., Schneider, B.B., The Pittsburgh insulin dependent diabetes mellitus registry: The relationship of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus incidence to social class (1981) Am J Epidemiol, 114, pp. 379-384; Morrison, E.Y., Ragoobirsingh, D., Thompson, H., Fletcher, C., Smith Richardson, S., Mcfarlane, S., Phaisc insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: Manifestations and cellular mechanisms (1995) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 80, pp. 1996-2001 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-30044438173&doi=10.1111%2fj.1464-5491.2005.01671.x&partnerID=40&md5=db40cda24365f2b446acc988ed1e6974 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Rethinking the youth phase of the life-course: The case for Emerging Adulthood? T2 - Journal of Youth Studies J2 - J. Youth Stud. VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 367 EP - 384 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1080/13676260500431628 SN - 13676261 (ISSN) AU - Bynner, J. AD - Bedford Group for Life Course and Statistical Studies, Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H OAL, United Kingdom AB - A whole flurry of new thinking and research about young people in the USA has been stimulated by Jeffery Arnett's theory of 'Emerging Adulthood'. This argues for recognition of a new stage of the life-course between adolescence and adulthood reflecting the extension of youth transitions to independence brought about by globalization and technological change. Although the perspective aligns with developmental psychology's conception of 'stages of development', its appeal extends across the social science disciplines and policy domains. However, the rich theorizing of the same manifestations of social change in young people's experience in European Youth Studies appear to have been largely overlooked by Arnett. This paper attempts to redress this balance by drawing into the framework of Emerging Adulthood a wider set of theoretical concerns with structural factors and exclusion mechanisms to which (late) modern youth are subjected. The argument is exemplified by age-30 cohort comparisons across three British longitudinal studies starting in 1946, 1958 and 1970, demonstrating rising opportunities accompanied by increased social inequality. The paper concludes with a re-appraisal of the concept of youth as a phase of the late modern life-course in which the properties Arnett attributes to Emergent Adulthood are just one significant feature. N1 - Cited By :196 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bynner, J.; Bedford Group for Life Course and Statistical Studies, Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H OAL, United Kingdom; email: jb@bg.ioe.ac.uk N1 - References: Arnett, J.J., Emerging adulthood: A theory of development from the late teens through the twenties (2000) American Psychologist, 55, pp. 469-480; Arnett, J.J., (2004) Emerging Adulthood: The Winding Road from Late Teens Through the Twenties, , Oxford University Press, Oxford; Bachman, J.G., Wadsworth, K.N., O'Malley, P., Schulenberg, J., Johnstone, L.D., Marriage, divorce and parenthood during the transition to young adulthood: Drug use and abuse (1997) Health Risks and Developmental Transitions during Adulthood, , eds J. Schulenberg, J. L. Maggs & K. Hurrelmann, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Baethge, M., Individualization as hope and disaster: A socio-economic perspective (1989) The Social World of Adolescents, , eds K. Hurrelmann & U. Engel, de Gruyter, Berlin; Beck, U., (1992) Risk Society, , Sage, London; Beck, U., Giddens, A., Lash, S., (1994) Reflexive Modernization: Politics, Tradition and Aesthetics in the Modern Social Order, , Polity Press, Cambridge; Backer, G.S., (1975) Human Capital, , National Bureau of Economic Research, Washington DC; Blustein, D.L., Devenis, L.E., Kidney, B.A., Relationship between the identity formation process and career development (1989) Journal of Counselling Psychology, 36, pp. 196-202; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development; Experiments by Nature and by Design, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA; Bynner, J., Social change and the sequencing of developmental transitions (2000) Negotiating Adolescence in Times of Social Change, , eds L. Crockett & R. K. Silbereisen, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Bynner, J., British youth transitions in comparative perspective (2001) Journal of Youth Studies, 4, pp. 5-23; Bynner, J., Chisholm, L., Comparative youth transition research: Methods, meanings and research relations (1998) European Sociological Review, 14, pp. 131-150; Bynner, J., Parsons, S., Social exclusion and the transition from school to work: The case of young people not in education, employment or training (NEET) (2002) Journal of Vocational Behaviour, 60, pp. 289-309; Bynner, J., Parsons, S., Social participation, values and crime (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives: Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, , eds E. Ferri, J. Bynner & M. E. Wadsworth, Institute of Education, London; Bynner, J., Silbereisen, R.K., Introduction: The life course and social change (2000) Adversity and Challenge in Life in the New Germany and in England, , eds J. Bynner & R. K. Silbereisen, Macmillan, Basingstoke; Bynner, J., Chisholm, L., Furlong, A., (1997) Youth, Citizenship and Social Change, , Ashgate Press, Aldershot; Bynner, J., Londra, M., Jones, G., (2004) The Impact of Government Policy on Social Exclusion among Young People, , 04SEU 02461, Office of the Deputy Prime Minister, Social Exclusion Unit, London; Catan, L., (2004) Becoming Adult: Changing Youth Transitions in the 21st Century: A Synthesis of Findings from the ESRC Youth Research Programme 'Youth, Citizenship and Social Change', , Trust for the Study of Adolescence, Brighton; Coleman, J., (1974) The Nature of Adolescence, , Routledge and Kegan Paul, London; Coleman, J., Social capital in the creation of human capital (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 94 (SUPPL.), pp. 95-120; Coleman, J., Adolescence in a changing world (1993) Adolescence and Its Social Worlds, , eds S. Jackson & H. Rodriguez-Tomé, Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ; Coles, R., (1995) Youth and Social Policy, , UCL Press, London; Coles, R., Changing patterns of youth transitions: Vulnerable groups, welfare Careers and Social Exclusion (2000) Adversity and Challenge in Life in the New Germany and England, , eds J. Bynner & R. Silbereisen, Macmillan, London; Côté, J.E., Sociological perspective on identity formation: The culture-identity link (1996) Journal of Adolescence, 19, pp. 417-428; Côté, J.E., The role of identity capital in the transition to adulthood: The individualization thesis examined (2002) Journal of Youth Studies, 5, pp. 117-134; Côté, J.E., Levine, C.G., (2002) Identity Formation, Agency and Culture, , Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ; Dearden, L., Goodman, A., Saunders, P., Income and living standards (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives: Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, , eds E. Ferri, J. Bynner & M. E. Wadsworth, Institute of Education, London; (2004) 14-19 Curriculum and Qualifications Reform, , Final Report of the Working Group on 14-19 Reform chaired by Mike Tomlinson, DfES Publications, Annesley; Elder Jr., G.H., (1974) Children of the Great Depression: Social Change in Life Experience, , University of Chicago Press, Chicago; Elder, G.H., The life course and human development (1998) Handbook of Child Psychology, Volume 1: Theoretical Models of Human Development, 1. , ed. R. M. Lerner, Wiley, New York; Erikson, E.H., (1963) Childhood and Society, , W. W. Norton, New York; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J., Are American rates of social mobility exceptionally high? New evidence on an old issue (1985) European Sociological Review, 1, pp. 1-22; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J., (1992) The Constant Flux: Study of Class Mobility in Industrial Societies, , Clarendon Press, Oxford; (1990) European Commission Population and Social Conditions Statistics; (1994) European Commission Population and Social Conditions Statistics; Evans, K., Taking control of their lives? Agency in young adult transitions in England and the new Germany (2002) Journal of Youth Studies, 5, pp. 245-270; Evans, K., Heinz, W.R., (1994) Becoming Adults in the 1990s, , Anglo German Foundation, London; Evans, K., Behrens, M., Kaluza, J., (2000) Learning and Work in the Risk Society; Lessons for the Labour Markets of Europe from Eastern Germany, , Macmillan, London; Ferri, E., Smith, K., Partnerships and parenthood (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives: Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, , eds E. Ferri, J. Bynner & M. E. Wadsworth, Institute of Education, London; Ferri, E., Bynner, J., Wadsworth, M.E., (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives: Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, , Institute of Education, London; Furlong, A., Cartmel, R., (1997) Young People and Social Change: Individualization and Risk in Late Modernity, , Open University Press, Buckingham; Gaiser, W., Müller, H.U., The importance of peer groups in different regional contexts and biographical stages (1989) The Social Life of Adolescents, , eds K. Hurrelmann & U. Engel, de Gruyter, New York; Giele, J.Z., Longitudinal studies and life-course research: Innovations investigators and policy ideas (2002) Looking at Lives: American Longitudinal Studies of the Twentieth Century, pp. 15-36. , eds E. Phelps, F. F. Furstenberg & A. Colby, Sage Foundation, New York; Giele, J.Z., Elder, G.H., Life course research; development of a field (1998) Methods of Life Course Research: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, pp. 5-27. , eds J. Z. Giele & G. H. Elder, Sage Publications, London; Hamilton, S.F., Hamilton, M.A., Creating new pathways to adulthood by adapting German apprenticeship in the United States (1999) From Education to Work: Cross-National Perspectives, pp. 194-213. , ed. W. R. Heinz, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Heinz, W.R., The transition from school to work in crisis (1990) Journal of Adolescence Research, 2, pp. 127-141; Heinz, W.R., Status passages, social risks and the life course: A conceptual framework (1991) Theoretical Advances in Life Course Research. Volume I Status Passages and the Life Course, 1. , ed. W. R. Heinz, Deutscher Studien Verlag, Weinheim; Heinz, W.R., Job-entry patterns in a life-course perspective (1999) From Education to Work: Cross-National Perspectives, pp. 214-231. , ed. W. R. Heinz, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Hendry, L.B., Kloep, M., (2002) Lifespan Development: Resources, Challenges and Risks, , Thomson Learning, London; Hurrelmann, K., (1988) Social Structure and Personality Development, , Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Hurrelmann, K., The social world of adolescents: A sociological perspective (1989) The Social World of Adolescents, , eds K. Hurrelmann & U. Engel, de Gruyter, Berlin; Jones, G., Wallace, C., (1992) Youth, Family and Citizenship, , Open University Press, Buckingham; Kenniston, K., Youth as a stage of life (1970) American Scholar, 39, pp. 631-654; (1990) Employment in Europe. Meeting the Employment Challenge, , HD 3830. SE567 1998; Lerner, R.M., (1998) Handbook of Child Psychology, Volume 1: Theoretical Models of Human Development, 1. , Wiley, New York; Marcia, J.E., Development and validation of ego identity (1966) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, pp. 551-558; McDonald, R., Dangerous youth and the dangerous class (1997) Youth, the 'Underclass' and Social Exclusion, , ed. R. Macdonald, Routledge, London; Plug, W., Zeijl, E., Du Bois-Reymond, M., Young people's perceptions on youth and adulthood. A longitudinal study from the Netherlands (2003) Journal of Youth Studies, 6, pp. 127-144; Putnam, D., (1999) Bowling Alone, the Collapse and Revival of American Community, , Simon and Schuster, New York; Raffe, D., Pathways linking education and work: A review of concepts, research and policy debates (2003) Journal of Youth Studies, 6, pp. 3-20; Roberts, K., Parsell, G., Recent changes in the pathways from school to work (1989) The Social World of Adolescents, , eds K. Hurrelmann & U. Engel, de Gruyter, New York; Roberts, K., Clark, S.C., Wallace, C., Flexibility and individualisation: A comparison of transitions into employment in England and Germany (1994) Sociology, 20, pp. 31-54; Sampson, R.J., Laub, J.H., (1993) Crime in the Making: Pathways and Turning Points Through Life, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA; Savickas, M.L., Identity in vocational development (1985) Journal of Vocational Behaviour, 27, pp. 329-1327; Schwartz, B., (2004) The Paradox of Choice, , Harper Collins, New York; Stephens, D.E., Squires, P.A., Adults don't realize how sheltered they are. A contribution to the debate on youth transitions from some voices on the margins (2003) Journal of Youth Studies, 6, pp. 145-164; (1999) Bridging the Gap: New Opportunities for 16-18 Year-olds Not in Education Employment or Training, , The Stationery Office, London; Utting, D., (1995) Family and Parenthood, , Joseph Rowntree Foundation, York; Vondracek, F.W., Lerner, R.M., Schulenberg, J.E., (1986) Career Development: A Life-span Developmental Approach, , Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ; Wallace, C., Kovatcheva, S., (1998) Youth in Society: The Construction and Deconstruction of Youth in East and West Europe, , MacMillan, Basingstoke; Williamson, H., Status zer0 youth and the underclass (1997) Youth, the Underclass and Social Exclusion, , ed. R. Macdonald, Routledge, London; Zinneker, J., What does the future hold? Youth and sociocultural change in the FRG (1990) Childhood, Youth and Social Change: A Comparative Perspective, , eds L. Chisholm, P. Büchner, H.-H Krüger & P. Brown, The Falmer Press, Basingstoke UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-29244463364&doi=10.1080%2f13676260500431628&partnerID=40&md5=a66c62fd076b42d364e23ce4c997f65a ER - TY - JOUR TI - The effect of breastfeeding on mean body mass index throughout life: A quantitative review of published and unpublished observational evidence T2 - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition J2 - Am. J. Clin. Nutr. VL - 82 IS - 6 SP - 1298 EP - 1307 PY - 2005 SN - 00029165 (ISSN) AU - Owen, C.G. AU - Martin, R.M. AU - Whincup, P.H. AU - Davey-Smith, G. AU - Gillman, M.W. AU - Cook, D.G. AD - Division of Community Health Sciences, St. George's, University of London, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Ambulatory Care and Prevention, Harvard Medical School, Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, Boston, MA, United States AD - Division of Community Health Sciences, St. George's, University of London, Cranmer Terrace, London SW17 ORE, United Kingdom AB - Background: Evidence from observational studies has suggested that breastfeeding may reduce the prevalence of obesity in later life. Objective: The objective was to examine whether initial breastfeeding is related to lower mean body mass index (BMI; in kg/m2) throughout life. Design: The study was a systematic review of published studies investigating the association between infant feeding and a measure of obesity or adiposity in later life, which was supplemented with data from unpublished sources. Analyses were based on the mean differences in BMI between those subjects who were initially breastfed and those who were formula-fed (expressed as breastfed minus bottle-fed), which were pooled by using fixed-effects models throughout. Results: From 70 eligible studies, 36 mean differences in BMI (from 355 301 subjects) between those breastfed and those formula-fed (reported as exclusive feeding in 20 studies) were obtained. Breastfeeding was associated with a slightly lower mean BMI than was formula feeding (-0.04; 95% CI: -0.05, -0.02). The mean difference in BMIs appeared larger in 15 small studies of <1000 subjects (-0.19; 95% CI: -0.31, -0.08) and smaller in larger studies of ≥1000 subjects (-0.03; 95% CI: -0.05, -0.02). An Egger test was statistically significant (P = 0.002). Adjustment for socioeconomic status, maternal smoking in pregnancy, and maternal BMI in 11 studies abolished the effect (-0.10; 95% CI: -0.14, -0.06 before adjustment; -0.01; 95% CI: -0.05, 0.03 after adjustment). Conclusions: Mean BMI is lower among breastfed subjects. However, the difference is small and is likely to be strongly influenced by publication bias and confounding factors. Promotion of breastfeeding, although important for other reasons, is not likely to reduce mean BMI. © 2005 American Society for Nutrition. KW - Body mass index KW - Infant feeding KW - Systematic review KW - artificial milk KW - body mass KW - breast feeding education KW - cigarette smoking KW - epidemiology KW - human KW - infant feeding KW - obesity KW - outcome assessment KW - pregnancy KW - publication KW - quantitative analysis KW - review KW - socioeconomics KW - adult KW - artificial milk KW - baby food KW - breast feeding KW - breast milk KW - clinical trial KW - female KW - infant KW - infant nutrition KW - male KW - meta analysis KW - newborn KW - obesity KW - risk KW - risk factor KW - Adult KW - Body Mass Index KW - Breast Feeding KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant Food KW - Infant Formula KW - Infant Nutrition Physiology KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Milk, Human KW - Obesity KW - Odds Ratio KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :308 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJCNA C2 - 16332664 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Owen, C.G.; Division of Community Health Sciences, St. George's, University of London, Cranmer Terrace, London SW17 ORE, United Kingdom; email: c.owen@sgul.ac.uk N1 - References: James, P.T., Rigby, N., Leach, R., The obesity epidemic, metabolic syndrome and future prevention strategies (2004) Eur J Cardiovasc Prev Rehabil, 11, pp. 3-8; De Onis, M., Blossner, M., Prevalence and trends of overweight among preschool children in developing countries (2000) Am J Clin Nutr, 72, pp. 1032-1039; Von Kries, R., Koletzko, B., Sauerwald, T., Breast feeding and obesity: Cross sectional study (1999) BMJ, 319, pp. 147-150; Li, L., Parsons, T.J., Power, C., Breastfeeding and obesity in childhood: Cross sectional study (2003) BMJ, 327, pp. 904-905; Parsons, T.J., Power, C., Manor, O., Infant feeding and obesity through the lifecourse (2003) Arch Dis Child, 88, pp. 793-794; Owen, C.G., Martin, R.M., Whincup, P.H., Davey Smith, G., Cook, D.G., Effect of infant feeding on the risk of obesity across the life course: A quantitative review of published evidence (2005) Pediatrics, 115, pp. 1367-1377; Arenz, S., Ruckerl, R., Koletzko, B., Von Kries, R., Breast-feeding and childhood obesity - A systematic review (2004) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 28, pp. 1247-1256; Dewey, K.G., Is breastfeeding protective against child obesity? (2003) J Hum Lact, 19, pp. 9-18; Shaper, A.G., Wannamethee, S.G., Walker, M., Body weight: Implications for the prevention of coronary heart disease, stroke, and diabetes mellitus in a cohort study of middle aged men (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 1311-1317; Chan, J.M., Rimm, E.B., Colditz, G.A., Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., Obesity, fat distribution, and weight gain as risk factors for clinical diabetes in men (1994) Diabetes Care, 17, pp. 961-969; Bergmann, K.E., Bergmann, R.L., Von Kries, R., Early determinants of childhood overweight and adiposity in a birth cohort study: Role of breast-feeding (2003) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 27, pp. 162-172; Rich-Edwards, J.W., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Breastfeeding during infancy and the risk of cardiovascular disease in adulthood (2004) Epidemiology, 15, pp. 550-556; Bogen, D.L., Hanusa, B.H., Whitaker, R.C., The effect of breast-feeding with and without formula use on the risk of obesity at 4 years of age (2004) Obes Res, 12, pp. 1527-1535; Bynner, J.M., (2003) 1970 British Cohort Study: Twenty Six-Year Follow-up, 1996 [Computer File], , Colchester, Essex: UK Data Archive [distributor]; SN 3833; Rona, R.J., Qureshi, S., Chinn, S., Factors related to total cholesterol and blood pressure in British 9 year olds (1996) J Epidemiol Community Health, 50, pp. 512-518; Owen, C.G., Whincup, P.H., Odoki, K., Gilg, J.A., Cook, D.G., Infant feeding and blood cholesterol: A study in adolescents and a systematic review (2002) Pediatrics, 110, pp. 597-608; Whincup, P.H., Cook, D.G., Shaper, A.G., Early influences on blood pressure: A study of children aged 5-7 years (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 587-591; Taittonen, L., Nuutinen, M., Turtinen, J., Uhari, M., Prenatal and postnatal factors in predicting later blood pressure among children: Cardiovascular risk in young Finns (1996) Pediatr Res, 40, pp. 627-632; Martin, R.M., Ness, A.R., Gunnell, D., Emmett, P., Davey, S.G., Does breastfeeding in infancy lower blood pressure in childhood? The Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children (ALSPAC) (2004) Circulation, 109, pp. 1259-1266; Martin, R.M., Davey, S.G., Mangtani, P., Tilling, K., Frankel, S., Gunnell, D., Breastfeeding and cardiovascular mortality: The Boyd Orr cohort and a systematic review with meta-analysis (2004) Eur Heart J, 25, pp. 778-786; Martin, R.M., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Gunnell, D., Ellwood, P., Yarnell, J.G., Davey, S.G., Breastfeeding and cardiovascular disease risk factors, incidence and mortality: The Caerphilly Study (2005) J Epidemiol Community Health, 59, pp. 121-129; Victora, C.G., Barros, F., Lima, R.C., Horta, B.L., Wells, J., Anthropometry and body composition of 18 year old men according to duration of breast feeding: Birth cohort study from Brazil (2003) BMJ, 327, p. 901; Langnase, K., Mast, M., Danielzik, S., Spethmann, C., Muller, M.J., Socioeconomic gradients in body weight of German children reverse direction between the ages of 2 and 6 years (2003) J Nutr, 133, pp. 789-796; Agostoni, C., Riva, E., Scaglioni, S., Marangoni, F., Radaelli, G., Giovannini, M., Dietary fats and cholesterol in Italian infants and children (2000) Am J Clin Nutr, 72, pp. 1384S-1391S; Butte, N.F., Wong, W.W., Hopkinson, J.M., Smith, E.O., Ellis, K.J., Infant feeding mode affects early growth and body composition (2000) Pediatrics, 106, pp. 1355-1366; De Bruin, N.C., Degenhart, H.J., Gal, S., Westerterp, K.R., Stijnen, T., Visser, H.K., Energy utilization and growth in breast-fed and formula-fed infants measured prospectively during the first year of life (1998) Am J Clin Nutr, 67, pp. 885-896; Fomon, S.J., Rogers, R.R., Ziegler, E.E., Nelson, S.E., Thomas, L.N., Indices of fatness and serum cholesterol at age eight years in relation to feeding and growth during early infancy (1984) Pediatr Res, 18, pp. 1233-1238; Gillman, M.W., Rifas-Shiman, S.L., Camargo Jr., C.A., Risk of overweight among adolescents who were breastfed as infants (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 2461-2467; Leeson, C.P., Kattenhorn, M., Deanfield, J.E., Lucas, A., Duration of breast feeding and arterial distensibility in early adult life: Population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 643-647; Ravelli, A.C., Van Der Meulen, J.H., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J., Bleker, O.P., Infant feeding and adult glucose tolerance, lipid profile, blood pressure, and obesity (2000) Arch Dis Child, 82, pp. 248-252; Fall, C.H., Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Winter, P.D., Clark, P.M., Hales, C.N., Relation of infant feeding to adult serum cholesterol concentration and death from ischaemic heart disease (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 801-805; Grummer-Strawn, L.M., Mei, Z., Does breastfeeding protect against pediatric overweight? Analysis of longitudinal data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Pediatric Nutrition Surveillance System (2004) Pediatrics, 113, pp. e81-e86; Boulton, J., Nutrition in childhood and its relationships to early somatic growth, body fat, blood pressure, and physical fitness (1981) Acta Paediatr Scand Suppl, 284, pp. 1-85; Charney, E., Goodman, H.C., McBride, M., Lyon, B., Pratt, R., Childhood antecedents of adult obesity. Do chubby infants become obese adults? (1976) N Engl J Med, 295, pp. 6-9; Eid, E.E., Follow-up study of physical growth of children who had excessive weight gain in first six months of life (1970) Br Med J, 2, pp. 74-76; Hitchcock, N.E., Coy, J.F., The growth of healthy Australian infants in relation to infant feeding and social group (1989) Med J Aust, 150, pp. 306-311; Oakley, J.R., Differences in subcutaneous fat in breast- and formula-fed infants (1977) Arch Dis Child, 52, pp. 79-80; Richter, J., Influence of duration of breast-feeding on body-weight-development (1981) Arztl Jugendkd, 72, pp. 166-169; Taitz, L.S., Infantile overnutrition among artificially fed infants in the Sheffield region (1971) Br Med J, 1, pp. 315-316; Wilkinson, P.W., Parkin, J.M., Pearlson, J., Philips, P.R., Sykes, P., Obesity in childhood: A community study in Newcastle upon Tyne (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 350-352; Indicators for assessing breast-feeding practices. Division of Diarrhoeal and Acute Respiratory Disease Control (1991) Report of An Informal Meeting, , Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; Armstrong, J., Reilly, J.J., Breastfeeding and lowering the risk of childhood obesity (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 2003-2004; Baranowski, T., Bryan, G.T., Rassin, D.K., Harrison, J.A., Henske, J.C., Ethnicity, infant-feeding practices, and childhood adiposity (1990) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 11, pp. 234-239; Poulton, R., Williams, S., Breastfeeding and risk of overweight (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 1449-1450; Hediger, M.L., Overpeck, M.D., Kuczmarski, R.J., Ruan, W.J., Association between infant breastfeeding and overweight in young children (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 2453-2460; Fall, C.H., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J., Fetal and infant growth and cardiovascular risk factors in women (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 428-432; Frye, C., Heinrich, J., Trends and predictors of overweight and obesity in East German children (2003) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 27, pp. 963-969; Liese, A.D., Hirsch, T., Von Mutius, E., Keil, U., Leupold, W., Weiland, S.K., Inverse association of overweight and breast feeding in 9 to 10-y-old children in Germany (2001) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 25, pp. 1644-1650; Maffeis, C., Micciolo, R., Must, A., Zaffanello, M., Pinelli, L., Parental and perinatal factors associated with childhood obesity in north-east Italy (1994) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 18, pp. 301-305; Martin, R.M., Davey Smith, G., Mangtani, P., Frankel, S., Gunnell, D., Association between breast feeding and growth: The Boyd-Orr cohort study (2002) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 87, pp. F193-F201; Michaelsen, K.F., Nutrition and growth during infancy. The Copenhagen Cohort Study (1997) Acta Paediatr Suppl, 420, pp. 1-36; O'Callaghan, M.J., Williams, G.M., Andersen, M.J., Bor, W., Najman, J.M., Prediction of obesity in children at 5 years: A cohort study (1997) J Paediatr Child Health, 33, pp. 311-316; Scaglioni, S., Agostoni, C., Notaris, R.D., Early macronutrient intake and overweight at five years of age (2000) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 24, pp. 777-781; Sung, R.Y., Tong, P.C., Yu, C.W., High prevalence of insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome in overweight/obese preadolescent Hong Kong Chinese children aged 9-12 years (2003) Diabetes Care, 26, pp. 250-251; Toschke, A.M., Vignerova, J., Lhotska, L., Osancova, K., Koletzko, B., Von Kries, R., Overweight and obesity in 6- to 14-year-old Czech children in 1991: Protective effect of breast-feeding (2002) J Pediatr, 141, pp. 764-769; Wadsworth, M., Marshall, S., Hardy, R., Paul, A., Breast feeding and obesity. Relation may be accounted for by social factors (1999) BMJ, 319, p. 1576. , letter; Light, R.J., Pillemar, D.B., (1984) Summing Up: The Science of Reviewing Research, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Begg, C.B., Mazumdar, M., Operating characteristics of a rank correlation test for publication bias (1994) Biometrics, 50, pp. 1088-1101; Egger, M., Davey Smith, G., Schneider, M., Minder, C., Bias in meta-analysis detected by a simple, graphical test (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 629-634; Chinn, S., A simple method for converting an odds ratio to effect size for use in meta-analysis (2000) Stat Med, 19, pp. 3127-3131; Egger, M., Davey Smith, G., Schneider, M., Systematic reviews of observational studies (2001) Systematic Reviews in Health Care: Meta-Analysis in Context, pp. 211-227. , Egger M, Davey Smith G, Altman DG, eds. London, United Kingdom: BMJ Publishing Group; Barker, D.J., Gluckman, P.D., Godfrey, K.M., Harding, J.E., Owens, J.A., Robinson, J.S., Fetal nutrition and cardiovascular disease in adult life (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 938-941; Singhal, A., Lucas, A., Early origins of cardiovascular disease: Is there a unifying hypothesis? (2004) Lancet, 363, pp. 1642-1645; Kramer, M.S., Guo, T., Platt, R.W., Breastfeeding and infant growth: Biology or bias? (2002) Pediatrics, 110, pp. 343-347; Heinig, M.J., Nommsen, L.A., Peerson, J.M., Lonnerdal, B., Dewey, K.G., Energy and protein intakes of breast-fed and formula-fed infants during the first year of life and their association with growth velocity: The DARLING Study (1993) Am J Clin Nutr, 58, pp. 152-161; Lucas, A., Sarson, D.L., Blackburn, A.M., Adrian, T.E., Aynsley-Green, A., Bloom, S.R., Breast vs bottle: Endocrine responses are different with formula feeding (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 1267-1269; Makrides, M., Neumann, M., Simmer, K., Pater, J., Gibson, R., Are long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids essential nutrients in infancy? (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1463-1468; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Breast feeding and later psychosocial adjustment (1999) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 13, pp. 144-157; Lucas, A., Brooke, O.G., Morley, R., Cole, T.J., Bamford, M.F., Early diet of preterm infants and development of allergic or atopic disease: Randomised prospective study (1990) BMJ, 300, pp. 837-840 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-32144453859&partnerID=40&md5=84041b3c81f898fd7fb94c0d85eb15bf ER - TY - JOUR TI - The relationship between childbearing and transitions from marriage and cohabitation in Britain T2 - Demography J2 - Demography VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 647 EP - 673 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1353/dem.2005.0038 SN - 00703370 (ISSN) AU - Steele, F. AU - Kallis, C. AU - Goldstein, H. AU - Joshi, H. AD - University of Bristol, 35 Berkeley Square, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Education, University of London, London, United Kingdom AB - In this article, we describe a general framework for the analysis of correlated event histories, with an application to a study of partnership transitions and fertility among a cohort of British women. Using a multilevel, multistate competing-risks model, we examine the relationship between prior fertility outcomes (the presence and characteristics of children and current pregnancy) and the dissolution of marital and cohabiting unions and movements from cohabitation to marriage. Using a simultaneous-equations model, we model these partnership transitions jointly with fertility, allowing for correlation between the unobserved woman-level characteristics that affect each process. The analysis is based on the partnership and birth histories that were collected for the 1958 birth cohort (National Child Development Study) aged 16-42. The findings indicate that preschool children have a stabilizing effect on their parents' partnership, whether married or cohabiting, but the effect is weaker for older children. There is also evidence that although pregnancy precipitates marriage among cohabitors, the odds of marriage decline to prepregnancy levels following a birth. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - birth rate KW - child KW - child parent relation KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - demography KW - divorce KW - education KW - female KW - fertility KW - human KW - marriage KW - parity KW - pregnancy KW - proportional hazards model KW - psychological aspect KW - social class KW - spouse KW - statistics KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Rate KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Divorce KW - Female KW - Fertility KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Marital Status KW - Marriage KW - Parent-Child Relations KW - Parity KW - Pregnancy KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Social Mobility KW - Spouses KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 16463915 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Steele, F.; Centre for Multilevel Modelling, Graduate School of Education, University of Bristol, 35 Berkeley Square, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom; email: Fiona.Steele@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Aassve, A., Burgess, S., Propper, C., Dickson, M., "Employment, Family Union, and Child-bearing Decisions in Great Britain" (2004), Working paper. Institute of Economic and Social Research, University of Essex, Essex, England; Aassve, A., Burgess, S., Propper, C., Dickson, M., "Change and Continuity in Family Formation Among Young Adults in Britain" (2003), S3RI Applications and Policy Working Paper A03/04. Southampton Statistical Sciences Research Institute, University of Southampton, Southampton, England; Berrington, A., Diamond, I., "Marital Dissolution Among the 1958 British Birth Cohort: The Role of Cohabitation" (1999) Population Studies, 53, pp. 19-38; Blossfeld, H.-P., Manting, D., Rohwer, G., "Patterns of Change in Family Formation in the Federal Republic of Germany and the Netherlands: Some Consequences for Solidarity Between Generations" (1993) Solidarity of Generations. Demographic, Economic and Social Change, and Its Consequences, pp. 175-196. , edited by H.A. Becker and P.L.J. Hermkens. Amsterdam: Thesis Publishers; Böheim, R., Ermisch, J., "Partnership Dissolution in the UK - The Role of Economic Circumstances" (2001) Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 63, pp. 197-208; Brien, M.J., Lillard, L.A., Waite, L.J., "Interrelated Family-Building Behaviors: Cohabitation, Marriage, and Nonmarital Conception" (1999) Demography, 36, pp. 535-551; Browne, W.J., (2003) MCMC Estimation in MLwiN, , London: Institute of Education; Di Salvo, P., (1995) NCDS5 Partnership Histories, , Data Note 2. Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London; Di Salvo, P., (1995) NCDS5 Child Histories: Reconciling Self-Completion and Interview Data, , Data Note 10. Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London; Dodgeon, B., (2002) Pregnancy Histories in the Combined NCDS/BCS70 1999/2000 Data, , CLS Cohort Studies Data Note 2. Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., "Cohabitation in Great Britain: Not for Long, but Here to Stay" (2000) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 163, pp. 153-172. , Series A; Ermisch, J., Pevalin, D., "Does a Teen Birth Have Longer-Term Impact on the Mother? Evidence From the 1970 British Cohort Study" (2003), Working Paper No. 2003-28. Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of Essex, Colchester, England; Ferri, E., Smith, K., "Step-parenting in the 1990s" (1998), Research report. Joseph Rowntree Foundation/Family Policy Studies Centre, York, England; Goldstein, H., (2003) Multilevel Statistical Models, , 3rd ed. London: Arnold; Goldstein, H., Pan, H., Bynner, J., "A Flexible Procedure for Analysing Longitudinal Event Histories Using a Multilevel Model" (2004) Understanding Statistics, 3, pp. 85-99; Hawkes, D., Plewis, I., "Modelling Non-response in the National Child Development Study" (2004), Paper presented at the conference on Statistical Methods for Attrition and Non-response in Social Surveys, Royal Statistical Society, London, May 28; Joshi, H., Cooksey, E.C., Wiggins, R.D., McCulloch, A., Verropoulou, G., Clarke, L., "Diverse Family Living Situations and Child Development: A Multi-level Analysis Comparing Longitudinal Evidence from Britain and the United States" (1999) International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 13, pp. 292-314; Kallis, K., (2005) NCDS5 and NCDS6 Partnership Histories, , Data Note. Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London; Kiernan, K., "The Rise of Cohabitation and Childbearing Outside Marriage in Western Europe" (2001) International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 15, pp. 1-21; Kiernan, K.E., Cherlin, A.J., "Parental Divorce and Partnership Dissolution in Adulthood: Evidence From a British Cohort Study" (1999) Population Studies, 53, pp. 39-48; Koo, H.P., Janowitz, B.K., "Interrelationships Between Fertility and Marital Dissolution: Results of a Simultaneous Logit Model" (1983) Demography, 20, pp. 129-145; Lillard, L., "Simultaneous Equations for Hazards: Marriage Duration and Fertility Timing" (1993) Journal of Econometrics, 56, pp. 189-217; Lillard, L.A., Brien, M.J., Waite, L.J., "Premarital Cohabitation and Subsequent Marital Dissolution: A Matter of Self-Selection?" (1995) Demography, 22, pp. 437-457; Lillard, L., Waite, L., "A Joint Model of Marital Childbearing and Marital Disruption" (1993) Demography, 30, pp. 653-681; Loomis, L.S., Landale, N.S., "Nonmarital Cohabitation and Childbearing Among Black and White American Women" (1994) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 56, pp. 949-962; Manning, W.D., Smock, P.J., "Why Marry? Race and the Transition to Marriage Among Cohabitors" (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 509-520; Murphy, M., "Demographic and Socio-economic Influences on Recent British Marital Breakdown Patterns" (1985) Population Studies, 39, pp. 441-460; Murphy, M., "The Evolution of Cohabitation in Britain, 1960-95" (2000) Population Studies, 54, pp. 43-56; (2004) Review of the Registrar General on Births and Patterns of Family Building in England and Wales, 2002, , Office for National Statistics. Report, Series FM1 No.31. Office for National Statistics, London; Rendall, M.S., Clarke, L., Peters, H.E., Ranjit, N., Verropoulou, G., "Incomplete Reporting of Men's Fertility in the United States and Britain: A Research Note" (1999) Demography, 36, pp. 135-144; Rasbash, J., Steele, F., Browne, W.J., Prosser, B., (2004) A User's Guide to MLwiN, , Version 2.0. London: Institute of Education; Rindfuss, R.R., Vandenheuvel, A., "Cohabitation - A Precursor to Marriage or an Alternative to Being Single?" (1990) Population Development Review, 16, pp. 703-726; Shepherd, P., (1997) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Origins of the Study and the Methods of Data Collection, , Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London; Steele, F., Diamond, I., Amin, S., "Immunization Uptake in Rural Bangladesh: A Multilevel Analysis" (1996) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 159, pp. 289-299. , Series A; Steele, F., Diamond, I., Wang, D., "The Determinants of the Duration of Contraceptive Use in China: A Multilevel Multinomial Discrete Hazards Modelling Approach" (1996) Demography, 33, pp. 12-33; Steele, F., Goldstein, H., Browne, W., "A General Multistate Competing Risks Model for Event History Data, With an Application to the Study of Contraceptive Use Dynamics" (2004) Statistical Modelling, 4, pp. 145-159; Steele, F., Joshi, H., Kallis, C., Goldstein, H., "Changes in the Relationship Between the Outcomes of Cohabiting Partnerships and Fertility Among Young British Women: Evidence From the 1958 and 1970 Birth Cohort Studies" (2005), Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Population Association of America, Philadelphia, March 31-April 2; Steele, F., Kallis, C., Joshi, H., "The Formation and Outcomes of Cohabiting and Marital Partnerships in Early Adulthood: The Role of Previous Partnership Experience" (2005), Working paper. University of Bristol; Upchurch, D.M., Lillard, L.A., Panis, C.W.A., "Nonmarital Childbearing: Influences of Education, Marriage, and Fertility" (2002) Demography, 39, pp. 311-329; Waite, L.J., Lillard, L.A., "Children and Marital Disruption" (1991) American Journal of Sociology, 96, pp. 930-953; Wu, Z., "The Stability of Cohabitation Relationships: The Role of Children" (1995) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 57, pp. 231-236; Wu, Z., Balakrishnan, T.R., "Dissolution of Premarital Cohabitation in Canada" (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 521-532 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33646542368&doi=10.1353%2fdem.2005.0038&partnerID=40&md5=1da3e0cddbb09813c15bc8703c827776 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does birth weight predict childhood diet in the Avon longitudinal study of parents and children? T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 59 IS - 11 SP - 955 EP - 960 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1136/jech.2005.034413 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Shultis, W.A. AU - Leary, S.D. AU - Ness, A.R. AU - Bain, C.J. AU - Emmett, P.M. AD - Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Department of Community-Based Medicine, University of Bristol, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Department of Community-Based Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - School of Population Health, University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD, Australia AB - Study objective: Low birth weight predicts cardiovascular disease in adulthood, and one possible explanation is that children with lower birth weight consume more fat than those born heavier. Therefore, the objective of this study was to investigate associations between birth weight and childhood diet, and in particular, to test the hypothesis that birth weight is inversely related to total and saturated fat intake. Design: Prospective cohort study. Setting: South west England. Participants: A subgroup of children enrolled in the Avon longitudinal study of parents and children, with data on birth weight and also diet at ages 8, 18, 43 months, and 7 years (1152, 998, 848, and 771 children respectively). Main results: Associations between birth weight and diet increased in strength from age 8 to 43 months, but had diminished by age 7 years. Fat, saturated fat, and protein intakes were inversely, and carbohydrate intake was positively associated with birth weight at 43 months of age, after adjusting for age, sex, and energy intake. After adjustment for other confounders, all associations were weakened, although there was still a suggestion of a relation with saturated fat (-0.48 (95% CI -0.97, 0.02) g/day per 500 g increase in birth weight. Similar patterns were seen in boys and girls separately, and when the sample was restricted to those with complete data at all ages. Conclusions: A small inverse association was found between birth weight and saturated fat intake in children at 43 months of age but this was not present at 7 years of age. This study therefore provides little evidence that birth weight modifies subsequent childhood diet. KW - carbohydrate KW - fat KW - child health KW - adult KW - anthropometric parameters KW - article KW - birth weight KW - carbohydrate intake KW - cardiovascular disease KW - child KW - child growth KW - child nutrition KW - dietary intake KW - fat intake KW - human KW - infant KW - longitudinal study KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - social class KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Weight KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diet Records KW - Dietary Fats KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Pregnancy N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 16234423 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Leary, S.D.; Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Department of Community-Based Medicine, University of Bristol, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom; email: s.d.leary@bristol.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Dietary Fats N1 - References: Hales, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Phillips, D.I., Barker, D.J., Hales, C.N., Thinness at birth and insulin resistance in adult life (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 150-154; Frankel, S., Elwood, P., Sweetnam, P., Birthweight, body mass index in middle age, and incident coronary heart disease (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1478-1480; Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , London: Churchill Livingstone; Rich-Edwards, J.W., Colditz, G.A., Stampfer, M.J., Birthweight and the risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus in adult women (1999) Ann Intern Med, 130, pp. 278-284; Huxley, R.R., Shiell, A.W., Law, C.M., The role of size at birth and postnatal catch-up growth in determining systolic blood pressure: A systematic review of the literature (2000) J Hypertens, 18, pp. 815-831; Rich-Edwards, J.W., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Birth weight and risk of cardiovascular disease in a cohort of women followed up since 1976 (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 396-400; Law, C.M., Gordon, G.S., Shiell, A.W., Thinness at birth and glucose tolerance in seven-year-old children (1995) Diabet Med, 12, pp. 24-29; Bavdekar, A., Yajnik, C.S., Fall, C.H., Insulin resistance syndrome in 8-year-old Indian children: Small at birth, big at 8 years, or both? (1999) Diabetes, 48, pp. 2422-2429; Whincup, P.H., Bredow, M., Payne, F., Size at birth and blood pressure at 3 years of age. The Avon longitudinal study of pregnancy and childhood (ALSPAC) (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 730-739. , The ALSPAC Study Team; Lucas, A., Programming by early nutrition: An experimental approach (1998) J Nutr, 128, pp. 401S-406S; Hattersley, A.T., Tooke, J.E., The fetal insulin hypothesis: An alternative explanation of the association of low birth weight with diabetes and vascular disease (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 1789-1792; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Stafford, M., Lucas, A., Possible association between low birth weight and later heart disease needs to be investigated further (1998) BMJ, 316, p. 1247; Gregory, J.R., Collins, D.L., Davies, P.S.W., (1995) The Diet and Nutrition Survey: Children Aged 1 1/2 to 4 1/2 Years. Volume 1: Report of the Diet and Nutrition Survey, 1. , London: HMSO; Golding, J., Pembrey, M., Jones, R., ALSPAC-the Avon longitudinal study of parents and children. I. Study methodology (2001) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 15, pp. 74-87; (1995) Standard Occupational Classification, , London: HMSO; Price, G.M., Paul, A.A., Key, F.B., Measurement of diet in a large national survey: Comparison of computerized and manual coding of records in household measures (1995) J Hum Nutr, 8, pp. 417-428; (1993) Food Portion Sizes. 2nd Ed., , London: HMSO; Holland, B., Welch, A.A., Unwin, I.D., (1991) McCance and Widdowson's the Composition of Foods, , London: The Royal Society of Chemistry and MAFF; Cowin, I., Emmett, P., Diet in a group of 18-month-old children in South West England, and comparison with the results of a national survey (2000) J Hum Nutr Diet, 13, pp. 87-100; Noble, S., Emmett, P., Food and nutrient intake in a cohort of 8 month old infants in the south west of England in 1993 (2001) Eur J Clin Nutr, 55, pp. 698-707; Emmett, P., Rogers, I., Symes, C., Food and nutrient intakes of a population sample of 3 year old children in the South West of England in 1996 (2002) Public Health Nutr, 5, pp. 55-64; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Is there a sex difference in the association between birth weight and systolic blood pressure in later life? Findings from a meta-regression analysis (2002) Am J Epidemiol, 156, pp. 1100-1104 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-27344433536&doi=10.1136%2fjech.2005.034413&partnerID=40&md5=946ccb54a5b6e3dfe260727cc9157d60 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mental health and hostility as predictors of temporary employment: Evidence from two prospective studies T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 61 IS - 10 SP - 2084 EP - 2095 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.04.028 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Virtanen, M. AU - Kivimäki, M. AU - Elovainio, M. AU - Vahtera, J. AU - Kokko, K. AU - Pulkkinen, L. AD - Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland AD - National Research and Development Centre for Welfare and Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, Turku, Finland AD - University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland AD - Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, Department of Psychology, Topeliuksenkatu 41 a A, FIN-00250 Helsinki, Finland AB - We used two studies to examine whether mental health and hostility predicted temporary employment. Study 1 involved a cohort of 970 Finnish hospital employees (102 men, 868 women) who had temporary job contracts at baseline. After adjustment for demographics, organisational tenure and part-time work status, doctor-diagnosed psychiatric disorder predicted continuing in temporary employment instead of receiving a permanent job by the end of the 2-year follow-up. A higher level of hostility was also associated with temporary employment, but only among employees in low socioeconomic positions. In Study 2, anxiety and aggressive behaviour were measured in a cohort of 226 Finnish school children (116 boys, 110 girls) at 8 years of age. Anxiety in childhood predicted temporary employment at age 42. Aggressive behaviour in childhood was related to ongoing temporary employment status in adulthood among individuals in low socioeconomic positions. Our findings suggest that selection by individual characteristics operates between the temporary and permanent workforces. Mental health problems, a part of which are already seen in childhood, seem to restrict individuals' possibilities to gain secure labour market positions. Hostility and aggressiveness seem to be related to labour market prospects only among individuals in low socioeconomic positions. © 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Depression KW - Employment KW - Finland KW - Health-related selection KW - Hostility KW - Inequality KW - Mental health KW - employment KW - medical geography KW - mental health KW - socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - aggression KW - anxiety KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - demography KW - employment KW - female KW - Finland KW - follow up KW - hostility KW - human KW - job performance KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - mental health KW - prediction KW - social status KW - work KW - Adult KW - Anxiety KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Hostility KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mental Health KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 15941612 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Virtanen, M.; Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, Department of Psychology, Topeliuksenkatu 41 a A, FIN-00250 Helsinki, Finland; email: marianna.virtanen@ttl.fi N1 - References: Bartley, M., Unemployment and health: Selection or causation - A false antithesis? (1988) Sociology of Health & Illness, 10, pp. 41-67; Bartley, M., Owen, C., Relation between socioeconomic status, employment and health during economic change, 1973-93 (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 445-449; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socio-economic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Bauer, T., Truxillo, D., Temp-to-permanent employees: A longitudinal study of stress and selection success (2000) Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 5, pp. 337-346; Bosma, H., Peter, R., Siegrist, J., Marmot, M., Two alternative job stress models and the risk of coronary heart disease (1998) American Journal of Public Health, 88, pp. 68-74; Bungener, M., Horrelou-Lafarge, A., Louis, M.V., (1982) Chomage et Sante, , Economica Paris; Caspi, A., Wright, B.R.E., Moffitt, T.E., Silva, P.A., Early failure in the labor market: Childhood and adolescent predictors of unemployment in the transition to adulthood (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 424-451; Cohen, J., Cohen, P., (1983) Applied Multiple Regression/correlation Analysis for the Behavioural Sciences, , Erlbaum Hillsdale; Coie, J.D., Dodge, K.A., Aggression and antisocial behavior (1998) Handbook of Child Psychology. Social, Emotional, and Personality Development, 3, pp. 779-862. , W. Damon N. Eisenberg Wiley New York; De Witte, H., Näswall, K., 'Objective' vs. 'Subjective' Job Insecurity: Consequences of Temporary Work for Job Satisfaction and Organizational Commitment in Four European Countries (2003) Economic and Industrial Democracy, 24, pp. 149-188; Dohrenwend, B.P., Levav, I., Shrout, P., Schwartz, S., Naveh, G., Link, B.G., Skodol, A., Stueve, A., Socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorders: The causation-selection issue (1992) Science, 255, pp. 946-952; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Mental health, educational, and social role outcomes of adolescents with depression (2002) Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, pp. 225-231; Ferrie, J.E., Is job insecurity harmful to health? (2001) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 94, pp. 71-76; Hammarström, A., Janlert, U., Nervous and depressive symptoms in a longitudinal study of youth unemployment - Selection or exposure? (1997) Journal of Adolescence, 20, pp. 293-305; Houston, B.K., Kelly, K.E., Hostility in employed women: Relation to work and marital experiences, social support, stress, and anger expression (1989) Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, pp. 175-182; Joukamaa, M., Veijola, J., Mielenterveyshäiriöiden epidemiologia. [Epidemiology of mental health disorders] (2002) Suomen Lääkärilehti, 44, pp. 4473-4475; Julkunen, J., Salonen, R., Kaplan, G.A., Chesney, M.A., Salonen, J.T., Hostility and the progression of carotid atherosclerosis (1994) Psychosomatic Medicine, 56, pp. 519-525; Kessler, R.C., Foster, C.L., Saunders, W.B., Stang, P.E., Social consequences of psychiatric disorders I: Educational attainment (1995) American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, pp. 1026-1032; Kivimäki, M., Elovainio, M., Kokko, K., Pulkkinen, L., Kortteinen, M., Tuomikoski, H., Hostility, unemployment and health status: Testing three theoretical models (2003) Social Science and Medicine, 56, pp. 2139-2152; Kivimäki, M., Elovainio, M., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Stansfeld, S.A., Association between organizational inequity and incidence of psychiatric disorders in female employees (2003) Psychological Medicine, 33, pp. 319-326; Kivimäki, M., Vahtera, J., Koskenvuo, M., Uutela, A., Pentti, J., Response of hostile individuals to stressful change in their working lives: Test of a psychosocial vulnerability model (1998) Psychological Medicine, 28, pp. 903-913; Kivimäki, M., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Elovainio, M., Pentti, J., Ferrie, J.E., Temporary employment and risk of overall and cause-specific mortality (2003) American Journal of Epidemiology, 158, pp. 663-668; Kokko, K., Pulkkinen, L., Aggression in childhood and long-term unemployment in adulthood: A cycle of maladaptation and some protective factors (2000) Developmental Psychology, 36, pp. 463-472; Kokko, K., Pulkkinen, L., Puustinen, M., Selection into long-term unemployment and its psychological consequences (2000) International Journal of Behavioural Development, 24, pp. 310-320; Koskenvuo, M., Kaprio, J., Rose, R.J., Kesäniemi, A., Sarna, S., Heikkilä, K., Langinvainio, H., Hostility as a risk factor for mortality and ischemic heart disease in men (1988) Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, pp. 330-340; Krausz, M., Brandwein, T., Fox, S., Work attitudes and emotional responses of permanent, voluntary, and involuntary temporary-help employees: An exploratory study (1995) Applied Psychology: An International Review, 44, pp. 217-232; Leino-Arjas, P., Liira, J., Mutanen, P., Malmivaara, A., Matikainen, E., Predictors and consequences of unemployment among construction workers: Prospective cohort study (1999) British Medical Journal, 319, pp. 600-605; Letourneux, V., (1997) Precarious Employment and Working Conditions in the European Union. European Foundation for the Improvement of Living and Working Conditions, , Office for Official Publications of the European Communities Luxembourg; Lynn, R., Hampson, S., Magee, M., Home background, intelligence, personality and education as predictors of unemployment in young people (1984) Personality and Individual Differences, 5, pp. 549-557; Metcalfe, C., Davey Smith, G., Sterne, J.C., Heslop, P., MacLeod, J., Hart, C., Frequent job change and associated health (2003) Social Science and Medicine, 56, pp. 1-15; Miller, T.Q., Smith, T.W., Turner, C.W., Guijarro, M.L., Hallet, A.J., A meta-analytic review of research on hostility and physical health (1996) Psychological Bulletin, 119, pp. 322-348; Mittlböck, M., Schemper, M., Explained variation for logistic regression (1996) Statistics in Medicine, 15, pp. 1987-1997; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Cook, D.G., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Health and social precursors of unemployment in young men in Great Britain (1996) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 50, pp. 415-422; Pattani, S., Constantinovici, N., Williams, S., Who retires early from the NHS because of ill health and what does it cost? a national cross sectional study (2001) British Medical Journal, 322, pp. 208-209; Pitkänen, L., (1969) A Descriptive Model of Aggression and Nonaggression with Applications to Chidren's Behaviour, p. 19. , University of Jyväskylä. Jyväskylä studies in education, psychology and social research; Pulkkinen, L., Self-control and continuity from childhood to late adolescence (1982) Life Span Development and Behavior, 4, pp. 63-105. , B.P. Baltes O.G. Brim Jr. Academic Press Orlando, FL; Pulkkinen, L., (1988) Nuoren Aikuisen Elämänrakenne [Life Structure of Young Adults], p. 293. , Reports from the Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä; Pulkkinen, L., Antisocial behavior in childhood and adolescence (2001) International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences, 1, pp. 549-553. , N. Smelser P. Baltes Pergamon Oxford, UK; Pulkkinen, L., Fyrsten, S., Kinnunen, U., Kinnunen, M.-L., Pitkänen, T., Kokko, K., (2003) 40+ Erään Ikäluokan Selviytymistarina [40+ Coping of One Age-cohort], p. 349. , Reports from the Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä; Pulkkinen, L., Ohranen, M., Tolvanen, A., Personality antecedents of career orientation and stability among women compared to men (1999) Journal of Vocational Behaviour, 54, pp. 37-58; Quinlan, M., Mayhew, C., Bohle, P., The global expansion of precarious employment, work disorganisation, and consequences for occupational health: A review of recent research (2001) International Journal of Health Services, 31, pp. 335-414; Reilly, P.A., Balancing flexibility - Meeting the interests of employer and employee (1998) European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 7, pp. 7-22; Rönkä, A., Kinnunen, U., Pulkkinen, L., The accumulation of problems of social functioning as a long-term process: Women and men compared (2000) International Journal of Behavioural Development, 24, pp. 442-450; Rönkä, A., Pulkkinen, L., Accumulation of problems in social functioning in young adulthood: A developmental approach (1995) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, pp. 381-391; Siegler, I.C., Costa, P.T., Brummett, B.H., Helms, M.J., Barefoot, J.C., Williams, R.B., Dahlstrom, W.G., Rimer, B.K., Patterns of change in hostility from college to midlife in the UNC Alumni Heart Study predict high-risk status (2003) Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, pp. 738-745; Siegler, I.C., Peterson, B.L., Barefoot, J.C., Williams, R.B., Hostility during late adolescence predicts coronary risk factors at mid-life (1992) American Journal of Epidemiology, 136, pp. 146-154; Sillanaukee, P., Kiianmaa, K., Roine, R., Seppä, K., Criteria for heavy alcohol consumption (in Finnish) (1992) Suomen Lääkärilehti, 47, pp. 2919-2921; Sinkkonen, M., Pulkkinen, L., (1996) Elämänrakenne Parhaassa Aikuisiässä [Life Structure in the Best Years of Adulthood], p. 333. , Reports from the Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä; Smith, T.W., Hostility and health: Current status of a psychosomatic hypothesis (1992) Health Psychology, 11, pp. 139-150; Smith, V., The fractured world of the temporary worker: Power, participation, and fragmentation in the contemporary workplace (1998) Social Problems, 45, pp. 411-430; Sosiaali- ja terveydenhuollon tilastollinen vuosikirja 2002. Stakes, Suomen Virallinen Tilasto. Sosiaaliturva 2002:4 (2002) Statistical Yearbook of Social and Health Care, , Official statistics in Finland. Social security; (1998) Tilastotietoa, Suomi Lukuina, Työelämä, Työttömyys. [Statistics, Finland in Figures, Working Life, Unemployment, 1998], , http://www.stat.fi/tk/tp/tasku/taskut/en.html; Sutela, H., Vänskä, J., Notkola, V., (2001) Pätkätyöt Suomessa 1990-luvulla. [Temporary Employment in Finland in 1990s], 67, p. 98. , Työmarkkinat 1, Helsinki: Tilastokeskus; Taylor, S.E., Repetti, R.L., Seeman, T., Health psychology: What is an unhealthy environment and how does it get under the skin? (1997) Annual Review of Psychology, 48, pp. 411-447; Vahtera, J., Kivimäki, M., Koskenvuo, M., Pentti, J., Hostility and registered sickness absences: A prospective study of municipal employees (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 693-701; Virtanen, M., Kivimäki, M., Elovainio, M., Vahtera, J., Selection from fixed-term to permanent employment: Prospective study on health, job satisfaction, and behavioural risks (2002) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 56, pp. 693-699; Virtanen, M., Kivimäki, M., Elovainio, M., Vahtera, J., Ferrie, J.E., From insecure to secure employment: Changes in work, health, health-related behaviours and sickness absence (2003) Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 60, pp. 948-953; Virtanen, M., Kivimäki, M., Joensuu, M., Virtanen, P., Elovainio, M., Vahtera, J., Temporary employment and health: A review International Journal of Epidemiology, , doi:10.1093/ije/dyi024, (in press); West, P., Rethinking the health selection explanation for health inequalities (1991) Social Science and Medicine, 32, pp. 373-384; Whooley, M.A., Kiefe, C., Chesney, M.A., Markowitz, J.H., Matthews, K., Hulley, S.B., Depressive symptoms, unemployment, and loss of income. the CARDIA Study (2002) Archives of Internal Medicine, 162, pp. 2614-2620 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-24344497310&doi=10.1016%2fj.socscimed.2005.04.028&partnerID=40&md5=550b0a62b3d443a7420b15e84c75de7f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Rate of forearm bone loss is associated with an increased risk of fracture independently of bone mass in postmenopausal women: The OFELY study T2 - Journal of Bone and Mineral Research J2 - J. Bone Miner. Res. VL - 20 IS - 11 SP - 1929 EP - 1935 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1359/JBMR.050704 SN - 08840431 (ISSN) AU - Sornay-Rendu, E. AU - Munoz, F. AU - Duboeuf, F. AU - Delmas, P.D. AD - INSERM Research Unit 403, Claude Bernard University, Lyon, France AD - INSERM Unit 403, Pavillon F, Hopital E. Herriot, 69437 Lyon Cedex 03, France AB - BMD is a major determinant of the risk of fragility fractures, but the role of the rate of postmenopausal bone loss is still unclear. In 671 postmenopausal women from the OFELY cohort, we found that the rate of bone loss was significantly associated with fracture risk independently of other well-known predictors including BMD and previous fractures. Introduction: The level of BMD is a major determinant of the risk of fragility fractures, but the role of the rate of postmenopausal bone loss is still unclear. Materials and Methods: In the OFELY study, we analyzed the risk of fracture in 671 postmenopausal women (mean age, 62.2 ± 9 years), according to the rate of bone loss. BMD was measured annually by DXA at the forearm, with a mean number of measurements of 10.3 ± 2.6. Peripheral fractures, all confirmed by radiographs, were prospectively registered, and vertebral fractures were evaluated with spine radiographs every 4 years. Results: During a median (interquartile range [IQ]) of 11.2 years (11-12.3 years) of follow-up, 183 incident fragility fractures including 53 vertebral and 130 nonvertebral fractures were recorded in 134 women. The annual median ± IQ rate of bone loss, calculated from the slope, was -0.30 ± 0.76% at the mid-radius, -0.55 ± 0.79% at the distal radius, and -0.40 ± 0.96% at the ultradistal radius. Women with incident fracture had a rate of bone loss (before fracture) higher by 38-53% than those without fracture (p = 0.0003-0.016). Using multivariate Cox regression models, we found that bone loss in the highest tertile at the mid-radius, distal radius, and ultradistal radius was associated with a significant increased risk of all fractures with an hazard ratio from 1.45 to 1.70 (p = 0.02 top = 0.009 after adjusting for age, previous fractures, maternal history of fracture, physical activity, grip strength, falls, and baseline BMD). Conclusions: The rate of bone loss in postmenopausal women is significantly associated with fracture risk independently of other well-known predictors such as BMD and history of fractures. © 2005 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. KW - BMD KW - Bone loss KW - Fragility fractures KW - Postmenopausal women KW - Prospective study KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - bone densitometry KW - bone density KW - bone radiography KW - disease association KW - falling KW - female KW - forearm KW - fracture KW - fragility fracture KW - grip strength KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - multivariate analysis KW - osteolysis KW - physical activity KW - postmenopause osteoporosis KW - prospective study KW - regression analysis KW - risk assessment KW - spine radiography KW - vertebra fracture KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Bone Density KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Forearm KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis, Postmenopausal KW - Postmenopause KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Assessment KW - Risk Factors KW - Spinal Fractures N1 - Cited By :47 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMRE C2 - 16234965 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sornay-Rendu, E.; INSERM Unit 403, Pavillon F, Hopital E. Herriot, 69437 Lyon Cedex 03, France; email: rendu@lyon.inserm.fr N1 - References: Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W., Cauley, J., Ensrud, K., Genant, H.K., Vogt, T.M., Bone density at various sites for prediction for prediction of hip fractures (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 72-75; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1254-1259; Stone, K.L., Seeley, D.G., Lui, L.Y., Cauley, J.A., Ensrud, K., Browner, W.S., Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., BMD at multiple sites and risk of fracture of multiple types: Long-term results from the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 1947-1954; Siris, E.S., Miller, P.D., Barrett-Connor, E., Faulkner, K.G., Wehren, L.E., Abbott, T.A., Berger, M.L., Sherwood, L.M., Identification and fracture outcomes of undiagnosed low bone mineral density in postmenopausal women. Results from the National Osteoporosis Risk Assessment (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 2815-2822; (1994) Assessment of Fracture Risk and Its Application to Screening for Postmenopausal Osteoporosis, , World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; Leslie, W.D., Metge, C., Ward, L., Contribution of clinical risk factors to bone density-based absolute fracture risk assessment in postmenopausal women (2003) Osteoporos Int, 14, pp. 334-338; Miller, P.D., Siris, E.S., Barrett-Connor, E., Faulkner, K.G., Wehren, L.E., Abbott, T.A., Chen, Y.T., Sherwood, L.M., Prediction of fracture risk in postmenopausal white women with peripheral bone densitometry: Evidence from the National Osteoporosis Risk Assessment (2002) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 2222-2230; Schuit, S.C.E., Van Der Klift, M., Weel, A.E.A.M., De Laet, C.E.D.H., Burger, H., Seeman, E., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A.P., Fracture incidence and association with bone mineral density in elderly men and women. The Rotterdam Study (2004) Bone, 34, pp. 195-202; Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P., Kelly, P., Jones, G., Lord, S., Freund, J., Eisman, J., Prediction of osteoporotic fractures by postural instability and bone density (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1111-1115; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures research Group (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Hui, S.L., Slemenda, C.W., Johnston, C.C., Age and bone mass as predictors of fracture in a prospective study (1988) J Clin Invest, 81, pp. 1804-1809; Allolio, B., Risk factors for hip fracture not related to bone mass and their therapeutic implications (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. S9-S16; Albrand, G., Munoz, F., Sornay-Rendu, E., Duboeuf, F., Delmas, P.D., Independents predictors of all osteoporosis related fractures in healthy postmenopausal women. The OFELY study (2003) Bone, 32, pp. 78-91; Hansen, M.A., Overgaard, K., Riis, B.J., Christiansen, C., Role of peak bone mass and bone loss in postmenopausal osteoporosis: 12 Year study (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 961-964; Christiansen, C., Riis, B.J., Rodbro, P., Prediction of rapid bone loss in postmenopausal women (1987) Lancet, 329, pp. 1105-1108; Nordin, B.E.C., Cleghorn, D.B., Chatterton, B.E., Morris, H.A., Need, A.G., A 5-year longitudinal study of forearm bone mass in 307 postmenopausal women (1993) J Bone Miner Res, 8, pp. 1427-1432; Riis, B.J., Hansen, M.A., Jensen, A.M., Overgaard, K., Christiansen, C., Low bone mass and fast rate of bone loss at menopause: Equal risk factors for future fracture: A 15-year follow-up study (1996) Bone, 19, pp. 9-12; Gnudi, S., Malavolta, N., Lisi, L., Ripamonti, C., Bone mineral density and bone loss measured at the radius to predict the risk of nonspinal osteoporotic fracture (2001) J Bone Miner Res, 16, pp. 1130-1135; Arlot, M.E., Sornay-Rendu, E., Garnero, P., Vey-Marty, B., Delmas, P.D., Apparent pre- and postmenopausal bone loss evaluated by DXA at different skeletal sites in women: The OFELY Cohort (1997) J Bone Miner Res, 12, pp. 683-690; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Chapuy, M.C., Delmas, P.D., Increased bone turnover in late postmenopausal women is a major determinant of osteoporosis (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 337-349; Genant, H.K., Wu, C.Y., Van Kuijk, C., Nevitt, M.C., Vertebral fracture assessment using a semi quantitative technique (1993) J Bone Miner Res, 8, pp. 1137-1148; Riggs, B.L., Melton III, L.J., Robb, R.A., Camp, J.J., Atkinson, E.J., Peterson, J.M., Rouleau, P.A., Khosla, S., Population-based study of age and sex differences in bone volumetric density, size, geometry, and structure at different skeletal sites (2004) J Bone Miner Res, 19, pp. 1945-1954; Melton III, L.J., Khosla, S., Atkinson, E.J., Oconnor, M.K., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Cross-sectional versus longitudinal evaluation of bone loss in men and women (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 592-599; Jones, G., Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P., Kelly, P.J., Eisman, J.A., Progressive loss of bone in the femoral neck in elderly people: Longitudinal findings from the Dubbo osteoporosis epidemiology study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 691-695; Kado, D.M., Browner, W.S., Blackwell, T., Gore, R., Cummings, S.R., Rate of bone loss is associated with mortality in older women: A prospective study (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 1974-1980; Riggs, B.L., Wahner, H.W., Melton, L.J., Richelson, L.S., Judd, H.L., Offord, K.P., Rates of bone loss in the appendicular and axial skeletons of women (1986) J Clin Invest, 77, pp. 1487-1491; Warming, L., Hassager, C., Christiansen, C., Changes in bone mineral density with age in men and women: A longitudinal study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 105-112; Duboeuf, F., Sornay-Rendu, E., Garnero, P., Bourgeaud-Lignot, A., Delmas, P.D., Cross-sectional and longitudinal assessment of pre- and postmenopausal bone loss with a portable forearm X-ray device. The OFELY Study (2000) Bone, 26, pp. 131-135; Taylor, B.C., Schreiner, P.J., Stone, K.L., Fink, H.A., Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Bowman, P.J., Ensrud, K.E., Long-term prediction of incident hip fracture risk in elderly white women: Study of osteoporotic fractures (2004) J Am Geriatr Soc, 52, pp. 1479-1486; Melton III, L.J., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Wahner, H.W., Riggs, B.L., Relative contributions of bone density, bone turnover, and clinical risk factors to long-term fracture prediction (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 312-318; Van Meurs, J.B., Dhonukshe-Rutten, R.A., Pluijm, S.M., Van Der Klift, M., De Jonge, R., Lindemans, J., De Groot, L.C., Uitterlinden, A.G., Homocysteine levels and the risk of osteoporotic fracture (2004) N Engl J Med, 350, pp. 2033-2041; Siris, E.S., Miller, P.D., Barrett-Connor, E., Faulkner, K.G., Wehren, L.E., Abbott, T.A., Berger, M.L., Sherwood, L.M., Identification and fracture outcomes of undiagnosed low bone mineral density in postmenopausal women. Results from the National Osteoporosis Risk Assessment (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 2815-2822; Cuddihy, M.T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Tromp, A.M., Ooms, M.E., Popp-Snijders, C., Roos, J.C., Lips, P., Predictors of fractures in elderly women (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 134-140; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., Ofallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Malmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessen, T., Krusemo, U.B., Bergstrom, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with a 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A british cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbott III, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the litterature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-727; Lindsay, R., Silverman, S.L., Cooper, C., Hanley, D.A., Barton, I., Broy, S.B., Licata, A., Seeman, E., Risk of new vertebral fracture in the year following a fracture (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 320-323; Uebelhart, D., Schlemmer, A., Johansen, J.S., Gineyts, E., Christiansen, C., Delmas, P.D., Effect of menopause and hormone replacement therapy on the urinary excretion of pyridinium cross-links (1991) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 72, pp. 367-373; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Duboeuf, F., Delmas, P.D., Markers of bone turnover predict postmenopausal forearm bone loss over 4 years. The OFELY study (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 1614-1621; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Claustrat, B., Delmas, P.D., Biochemical markers of bone turnover, endogenous hormones and the risk of fractures in postmenopausal women: The OFELY study (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 1526-1536; Parfitt, A.M., Mathews, C.H., Villanueva, A.R., Kleerekoper, M., Frame, B., Rao, D.S., Relationships between surface, volume, and thickness of iliac trabecular bone in aging and in osteoporosis. Implications for the microanatomic and cellular mechanisms of bone loss (1983) J Clin Invest, 72, pp. 1396-1409 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-27444437924&doi=10.1359%2fJBMR.050704&partnerID=40&md5=4b008701d0f21907e44c49dac92c8fda ER - TY - JOUR TI - Longitudinal analysis of the effect of prenatal nicotine exposure on subsequent smoking behavior of offspring T2 - Nicotine and Tobacco Research J2 - Nicotine Tob. Res. VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 801 EP - 808 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1080/14622200500262840 SN - 14622203 (ISSN) AU - Roberts, K.H. AU - Munafò, M.R. AU - Rodriguez, D. AU - Drury, M. AU - Murphy, M.F.G. AU - Neale, R.E. AU - Nettle, D. AD - Cancer Research UK, General Practice Research Group, Department of Clinical Pharmacology, Oxford, United Kingdom AD - Department of Experimental Psychology, University of Bristol, 8 Woodland Road, Bristol BS8 1TN, United Kingdom AD - Tobacco Use Research Center, Department of Psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, United States AD - Childhood Cancer Research Group, Department of Pediatrics, University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AD - Queensland Institute of Medical Research, Population Studies and Human Genetics, Royal Brisbane Hospital, Brisbane, QLD, Australia AD - Division of Psychology, Brain and Behavior, University of Newcastle, Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom AB - We explored the influence of maternal smoking during pregnancy on the likelihood of smoking among offspring in adolescence and adulthood using data from two similar British birth cohort surveys, the 1958 National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Birth Survey. Similar information was available in each cohort on maternal age at delivery, offspring sex, maternal smoking during pregnancy, parental and offspring socioeconomic status, and parental smoking at the time offspring smoking was assessed at age 16 years. Offspring smoking at 16 years and at 30/33 years were the primary outcomes of interest. Our data support an association between maternal smoking during pregnancy and an increased risk of offspring smoking later in life among female offspring but not among male offspring. Female offspring of mothers who smoked during pregnancy were more likely to smoke at 16 years than were their male counterparts. Moreover, in this same subgroup, female offspring smoking at 16 years was associated with an increased likelihood of smoking at 30/33 years. Further investigation in larger studies with greater detail of factors shaping smoking in childhood and adulthood and biochemically verified outcome measures would be desirable to clarify the relationship. © 2005 Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco. KW - nicotine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child development KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - delivery KW - female KW - gender KW - health behavior KW - health survey KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - maternal behavior KW - outcomes research KW - parental behavior KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal exposure KW - priority journal KW - progeny KW - risk assessment KW - sex difference KW - social status KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Ganglionic Stimulants KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Nicotine KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NTREF C2 - 16191751 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Munafò, M.R.; Department of Experimental Psychology, University of Bristol, 8 Woodland Road, Bristol BS8 1TN, United Kingdom; email: marcus.munafo@bris.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: nicotine, 54-11-5; Ganglionic Stimulants; Nicotine, 54-11-5 N1 - References: Abreu-Villaça, Y., Seidler, F.J., Slotkin, T.A., Does prenatal nicotine exposure sensitize the brain to nicotine-induced neurotoxicity in adolescence? (2004) Neuropsychopharmacology, 29, pp. 1440-1450; Abreu-Villaça, Y., Seidler, F.J., Tate, C.A., Cousins, M.M., Slotkin, T.A., Prenatal nicotine exposure alters the response to nicotine administration in adolescence: Effects on cholinergic systems during exposure and withdrawal (2004) Neuropsychopharmacology, 29, pp. 879-890; Bell, G.L., Lau, K., Perinatal and neonatal issues of substance abuse (1995) Pediatric Clinics of North America, 42, pp. 261-281; Brook, J.S., Brook, D.W., Whiteman, M., The influence of maternal smoking during pregnancy on the toddler's negativity (2000) Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 154, pp. 381-385; Buka, S.L., Shenassa, E.D., Niaura, R., Elevated risk of tobacco dependence among offspring of mothers who smoked during pregnancy: A 30-year prospective study (2003) American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, pp. 1978-1984; Butler, N.R., Goldstein, H., Smoking in pregnancy and subsequent child development (1973) British Medical Journal, 4, pp. 573-574; Cnattingius, S., Lindmark, G., Meirik, O., Who continues to smoke while pregnant? (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 218-221; Conrad, K.M., Flay, B.R., Hill, D., Why children start smoking cigarettes: Predictors of onset (1992) British Journal of Addiction, 87, pp. 1711-1724; Cornelius, M.D., Leech, S.L., Goldschmidt, L., Day, N.L., Prenatal tobacco exposure: Is it a risk factor for early tobacco experimentation? (2000) Nicotine & Tobacco Research, 2, pp. 45-52; Day, N.L., Richardson, G., Goldschmidt, L., Cornelius, M., Effects of prenatal tobacco exposure on preschoolers' behaviour (2000) Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 21, pp. 180-188; DiFranza, J.R., Lew, R.A., Effect of maternal cigarette smoking on pregnancy complications and sudden death syndrome (1995) Journal of Family Practice, 40, pp. 385-394; Dunn, H.G., McBurney, A.K., Cigarette smoking and the fetus and child (1977) Pediatrics, 60, p. 772; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Lynskey, M.T., Maternal smoking before and after pregnancy: Effects on behavioural outcomes in middle childhood (1993) Pediatrics, 92, pp. 815-822; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Horwood, L.J., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and psychiatric adjustment in late adolescence (1998) Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, pp. 721-727; Fried, P.A., Watkinson, B., Differential effects of cognitive functioning in 9- to 12-year olds prenatally exposed to cigarettes and marihuana (1988) Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 20, pp. 293-306; Fried, P.A., Watkinson, B., Siegel, L.S., Reading and language in 9- to 12-year olds prenatally exposed to cigarettes and marihuana (1997) Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 19, pp. 171-183; Griesler, P.C., Kandel, D.B., Davies, M., Maternal smoking in pregnancy, child behaviour problems, and adolescent smoking (1988) Journal of Research on Adolescence, 8, pp. 159-185; Heath, A.C., Martin, N.G., Lynskey, M.T., Todorov, A.A., Madden, P.A., Two-stage models for genetic influences on alcohol, tobacco or drug use initiation and dependence vulnerability in twin and family data (2002) Twin Research, 5, pp. 113-124; Kandel, D.B., Udry, R.J., Prenatal effects of maternal smoking on daughters' smoking: Nicotine or testosterone exposure? (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89, pp. 1377-1383; Kandel, D.B., Wu, P., Davies, M., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and smoking by adolescent daughters (1994) American Journal of Public Health, 84, pp. 1407-1413; Kardia, S.L.R., Pomerleau, C.S., Rosek, L.S., Marks, J.L., Association of parental smoking history with nicotine dependence, smoking rate, and psychological cofactors in adult smokers (2002) Addictive Behaviors, 870, pp. 1-6; Muthén, L.K., Muthén, B.O., (2004) MPlus User's Guide, , (3rd ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Author; Naeye, R.L., Effects of maternal cigarette smoking on the fetus and placenta (1978) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 85, pp. 732-737; Olds, D.L., Henderson, C.R., Tatelbaum, R., Intellectual impairment in children of women who smoke cigarettes during pregnancy (1994) Pediatrics, 93, pp. 221-227; O'Loughlin, J., Paradis, G., Renaud, L., Gomez, L.S., One-year predictors of smoking initiation and of continued smoking among elementary schoolchildren in multiethnic, low-income, inner-city neighbourhoods (1998) Tobacco Control, 7, pp. 268-275; Oncken, C., McKee, S., Krishnan-Sarin, S., O'Malley, S., Mazure, C., Gender effects of reported in utero tobacco exposure on smoking initiation, progression and nicotine dependence in adult offspring (2004) Nicotine & Tobacco Research, 6, pp. 829-833; (1996) General Household Survey 1996, , Office for National Statistics. London: HMSO; (2002) General Household Survey 2002, , Office for National Statistics. London: HMSO; Osler, M., Clausen, J., Ibsen, K.K., Jensen, G., Maternal smoking during childhood and increased risk of smoking in young adulthood (1995) International Journal of Epidemiology, 24, pp. 710-714; (2000) Infant Feeding Survey, , U.K. Department of Health London: HMSO; Statistics on smoking: England, 1976 to 1996 (2003) Statistical Bulletin, 25, pp. 1-43. , U.K. Department of Health; Wald, N., Nicolaides-Bouman, A., (1991) UK Smoking Statistics, , (2nd ed.). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-28244480733&doi=10.1080%2f14622200500262840&partnerID=40&md5=0d18582abf4f83ae4c65d992dfd4ddc9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Television viewing in early childhood predicts adult body mass index T2 - Journal of Pediatrics J2 - J. Pediatr. VL - 147 IS - 4 SP - 429 EP - 435 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.jpeds.2005.05.005 SN - 00223476 (ISSN) AU - Viner, R.M. AU - Cole, T.J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer St, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom AB - Objectives: To examine the effects of duration, timing and type of television (TV) viewing at age 5 years on body mass index (BMI) in adult life. Study design and methods: 1970 British Birth Cohort, followed up at 5 (N = 13,135), 10 (N = 14,875), and 30 years (N = 11,261). Outcome measures: Weekday and weekend TV viewing at 5 years, type of programs, and maternal attitudes toward TV at age 5 years. BMI z-score at 10 and 30 years. Results: Mean daily hours of TV viewed at weekends predicted higher BMI z-score at 30 years (coefficient = 0.03, 95% CI: 0.01, 0.05, P = .01) when adjusted for TV viewing and activity level at 10 years, sex, socioeconomic status, parental BMIs, and birth weight. Each additional hour of TV watched on weekends at 5 years increased risk of adult obesity (BMI ≥30 kg/m2) by 7% (OR = 1.07, 95% CI 1.01, 1.13, P = .02). Weekday viewing, type of program and maternal attitudes to TV at 5 years were not independently associated with adult BMI z-score. Conclusions: Weekend TV viewing in early childhood continues to influence BMI in adulthood. Interventions to influence obesity by reducing sedentary behaviors40 must begin in early childhood. Interventions focusing on weekend TV viewing may be particularly effective. Copyright © 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body mass KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - follow up KW - human KW - maternal behavior KW - normal human KW - obesity KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - scoring system KW - sitting KW - social status KW - statistical analysis KW - television KW - Adult KW - Attitude KW - Body Mass Index KW - Child Rearing KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Life Style KW - Male KW - Mothers KW - Social Class KW - Sports KW - Television KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :132 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOPDA C2 - 16227025 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Viner, R.M.; Department of Paediatrics, Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer St, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom; email: R.Viner@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: Health Foundation, Health Foundation N1 - Funding details: Mental Health Research UK, Mental Health Research UK N1 - Funding text: Russell Viner is part funded by a Fellowship from the Health Foundation, UK. N1 - References: Bassett, M.T., Perl, S., Obesity: The public health challenge of our time (2004) Am J Public Health, 94, p. 1477; Coon, K.A., Tucker, K.L., Television and children's consumption patterns. a review of the literature (2002) Minerva Pediatr, 54, pp. 423-436; Giammattei, J., Blix, G., Marshak, H.H., Wollitzer, A.O., Pettitt, D.J., Television watching and soft drink consumption: Associations with obesity in 11- to 13-year-old schoolchildren (2003) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 157, pp. 882-886; Gordon-Larsen, P., Adair, L.S., Popkin, B.M., Ethnic differences in physical activity and inactivity patterns and overweight status (2002) Obes Res, 10, pp. 141-149; Crespo, C.J., Smit, E., Troiano, R.P., Bartlett, S.J., MacEra, C.A., Andersen, R.E., Television watching, energy intake, and obesity in US children: Results from the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-1994 (2001) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 155, pp. 360-365; Andersen, R.E., Crespo, C.J., Bartlett, S.J., Cheskin, L.J., Pratt, M., Relationship of physical activity and television watching with body weight and level of fatness among children: Results from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (1998) JAMA, 279, pp. 938-942; Dennison, B.A., Erb, T.A., Jenkins, P.L., Television viewing and television in bedroom associated with overweight risk among low-income preschool children (2002) Pediatrics, 109, pp. 1028-1035; Gortmaker, S.L., Must, A., Sobol, A.M., Peterson, K., Colditz, G.A., Dietz, W.H., Television viewing as a cause of increasing obesity among children in the United States, 1986-1990 (1996) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 150, pp. 356-362; Dietz Jr., W.H., Gortmaker, S.L., Do we fatten our children at the television set? Obesity and television viewing in children and adolescents (1985) Pediatrics, 75, pp. 807-812; Proctor, M.H., Moore, L.L., Gao, D., Cupples, L.A., Bradlee, M.L., Hood, M.Y., Television viewing and change in body fat from preschool to early adolescence: The Framingham Children's Study (2003) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 27, pp. 827-833; Kaur, H., Choi, W.S., Mayo, M.S., Harris, K.J., Duration of television watching is associated with increased body mass index (2003) J Pediatr, 143, pp. 506-511; Summerbell, C.D., Ashton, V., Campbell, K.J., Edmunds, L., Kelly, S., Waters, E., (2004) Interventions for Treating Obesity in Children (Cochrane Review). the Cochrane Library, Issue 2, , John Wiley & Sons Chichester, UK; Hancox, R.J., Milne, B.J., Poulton, R., Association between child and adolescent television viewing and adult health: A longitudinal birth cohort study (2004) Lancet, 364, pp. 257-262; Ludwig, D.S., Gortmaker, S.L., Programming obesity in childhood (2004) Lancet, 364, pp. 226-227; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , Pergamon Press Oxford; Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., The design and conduct of the 1999-2000 surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Birth Cohort Study. UK Data Archive (2002) CLS Cohort Studies Working Paper 1, , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education; Creeser, R., Household Grid Variables in the Combined NCDS/BCS70 1999/2000 Data: Data Note 3 (2002) CLS Cohort Studies Data Note 3, , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies; Jenkins, A., Makepeace, G., Appendix 7: Highest qualification (2002) NCDS/BCS70 1999-2000 Follow-ups: Guide to the Combined Dataset (Revised December 2002), pp. 138-A162. , J. Bynner N. Butler E. Ferri P. Shepherd K. Smith Centre for Longitudinal Studies London; Parsons, S., Appendix 5: Basic skills and other variables (2002) NCDS/BCS70 1999-2000 Follow-ups: Guide to the Combined Dataset (Revised December 2002), , J. Bynner N. Butler E. Ferri P. Shepherd K. Smith Centre for Longitudinal Studies London; Butler, N.R., Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., (2000) The 1970 British Birth Cohort Study: Ten Year Follow-up: A Guide to the BCS70 Ten-year Data Available at the Economic and Social Research Council Data Archive, , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education; Cole, T.J., Freeman, J.V., Preece, M.A., Body mass index reference curves for the UK, 1990 (1995) Arch Dis Child, 73, pp. 25-29; Power, C., Manor, O., Matthews, S., Child to adult socioeconomic conditions and obesity in a national cohort (2003) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 27, pp. 1081-1086; Lake, J.K., Power, C., Cole, T.J., Child to adult body mass index in the 1958 British birth cohort: Associations with parental obesity (1997) Arch Dis Child, 77, pp. 376-381; Sallis, J.F., Broyles, S.L., Frank-Spohrer, G., Berry, C.C., Davis, T.B., Nader, P.R., Child's home environment in relation to the mother's adiposity (1995) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 19, pp. 190-197; Burdette, H.L., Whitaker, R.C., Kahn, R.S., Harvey-Berino, J., Association of maternal obesity and depressive symptoms with television-viewing time in low-income preschool children (2003) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 157, pp. 894-899; Wake, M., Hesketh, K., Waters, E., Television, computer use and body mass index in Australian primary school children (2003) J Paediatr Child Health, 39, pp. 130-134; Maffeis, C., Talamini, G., Tato, L., Influence of diet, physical activity and parents' obesity on children's adiposity: A four-year longitudinal study (1998) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 22, pp. 758-764; Tremblay, M.S., Willms, J.D., Is the Canadian childhood obesity epidemic related to physical inactivity? (2003) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 27, pp. 1100-1105; American Academy of Pediatrics: Children, adolescents, and television (2001) Pediatrics, 107, pp. 423-426; Spencer, E.A., Appleby, P.N., Davey, G.K., Key, T.J., Validity of self-reported height and weight in 4808 EPIC-Oxford participants (2002) Public Health Nutr, 5, pp. 561-565; Bolton-Smith, C., Woodward, M., Tunstall-Pedoe, H., Morrison, C., Accuracy of the estimated prevalence of obesity from self reported height and weight in an adult Scottish population (2000) J Epidemiol Community Health, 54, pp. 143-148; Goodman, E., Strauss, R.S., Self-reported height and weight and the definition of obesity in epidemiological studies (2003) J Adolesc Health, 33, pp. 140-141; Matheson, D.M., Killen, J.D., Wang, Y., Varady, A., Robinson, T.N., Children's food consumption during television viewing (2004) Am J Clin Nutr, 79, pp. 1088-1094; Kay, J.P., Alemzadeh, R., Langley, G., D'Angelo, L., Smith, P., Holshouser, S., Beneficial effects of metformin in normoglycemic morbidly obese adolescents (2001) Metabolism, 50, pp. 1457-1461; Saelens, B.E., Sallis, J.F., Nader, P.R., Broyles, S.L., Berry, C.C., Taras, H.L., Home environmental influences on children's television watching from early to middle childhood (2002) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 23, pp. 127-132; Boynton-Jarrett, R., Thomas, T.N., Peterson, K.E., Wiecha, J., Sobol, A.M., Gortmaker, S.L., Impact of television viewing patterns on fruit and vegetable consumption among adolescents (2003) Pediatrics, 112, pp. 1321-1326; Klesges, R.C., Shelton, M.L., Klesges, L.M., Effects of television on metabolic rate: Potential implications for childhood obesity (1993) Pediatrics, 91, pp. 281-286; Borzekowski, D.L., Robinson, T.N., The 30-second effect: An experiment revealing the impact of television commercials on food preferences of preschoolers (2001) J Am Diet Assoc, 101, pp. 42-46; (2004) A Short History of British Television Advertising, , http://www.nmpft.org.uk/insight/downloads/ AShortHistoryOfBritishTelevisionAdvertising.asp, UK, National Museum of Photography, Film and Television; Robinson, T.N., Reducing children's television viewing to prevent obesity: A randomized controlled trial (1999) JAMA, 282, pp. 1561-1567 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-26844516301&doi=10.1016%2fj.jpeds.2005.05.005&partnerID=40&md5=416c6ed22805397c011cbf3c116a6ba1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Obesity and overweight in relation to organ-specific cancer mortality in London (UK): Findings from the original Whitehall study T2 - International Journal of Obesity J2 - Int. J. Obes. VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 1267 EP - 1274 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1038/sj.ijo.0803020 SN - 03070565 (ISSN) AU - Batty, G.D. AU - Shipley, M.J. AU - Jarrett, R.J. AU - Breeze, E. AU - Marmot, M.G. AU - Smith, G.D. AD - MRC Social and Public Health Sciences Unit, University of Glasgow, 4 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - Bishopsthorpe Road, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - MRC Social and Public Health Sciences Unit, University of Glasgow, 4 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZE, United Kingdom AB - OBJECTIVE: To examine the relation of obesity and overweight with organ-specific cancer mortality. METHODS: In the Whitehall prospective cohort study of London-based government employees, 18 403 middle-age men participated in a medical examination between 1967 and 1970. Subjects were followed up for cause-specific mortality for up to 35y (median: interquartile range (25th-75th centile); 28.1y: 18.6-33.8). RESULTS: There were over 3000 cancer deaths in this cohort. There was a raised risk of mortality from carcinoma of the rectum, bladder, colon, and liver, and for lymphoma in obese or overweight men following adjustment for range of covariates, which included socioeconomic position and physical activity. These relationships held after exclusion of deaths occurring in the first 20y of follow-up. CONCLUSION: Avoidance of obesity and overweight in adult life may reduce the risk of developing some cancers. © 2005 Nature Publishing Group All rights reserved. KW - Cancer KW - Cohort study KW - Overweight KW - Whitehall KW - adult KW - article KW - bladder carcinoma KW - cancer mortality KW - cohort analysis KW - colon carcinoma KW - controlled study KW - follow up KW - government KW - human KW - liver carcinoma KW - lymphoma KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - obesity KW - physical activity KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - rectum carcinoma KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - London KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Obesity KW - Overweight KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :88 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJOBD C2 - 15997248 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Batty, G.D.; MRC Social and Public Health Sciences Unit, University of Glasgow, 4 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZE, United Kingdom; email: david-b@msoc.mrc.gla.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine N1 - Funding details: Wellcome, Wellcome N1 - Funding details: British Heart Foundation, British Heart Foundation N1 - Funding details: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, Washington State Department of Social and Health Services N1 - Funding details: The Research Council, The Research Council N1 - Funding details: University of Copenhagen, Københavns Universitet N1 - Funding details: Research Councils UK, Research Councils UK N1 - Funding text: We are grateful to the civil servants who gave of their time to take part in the baseline study. The original screening of participants in the Whitehall study was funded by the Department of Health and Social Security and the Tobacco Research Council. Martin Shipley and Elizabeth Breeze are supported by the British Heart Foundation; Michael Marmot by the UK Medical Research Council (MRC). When work on this report began, David Batty was financed by the UK MRC at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine and subsequently by a University Senior Research Fellowship at the University of Copenhagen. He is now the recipient of a Wellcome Advanced Training Fellowship. N1 - References: (1913) Medico-actuarial Mortality Investigation, , Spector Company: New York; Whitlock, G., Lewington, S., Ni Mhurchu, C., Coronary heart disease and body mass index: A systematic review of the evidence from larger prospective cohort studies (2002) Seminars in Vascular Medicine Classical and Emerging Risk Factors for Cardiovascular Disease, Part 2, 4, pp. 369-381; (1997) Food, Nutrition and the Prevention of Cancer: A Global Perspective, , American Institute for Cancer Research: Washington; Weight control and physical activity (2002) IARC Handbooks of Cancer Prevention, 6. , International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyons, France; Bianchini, F., Kaaks, R., Vainio, H., Overweight, obesity, and cancer risk (2002) Lancet Oncol, 3, pp. 565-574; Batty, G.D., Confounding effect of socioeconomic position in the study of height in relation to prostate cancer risk (2004) Br J Cancer, 90, p. 1875; Batty, G.D., Thune, I., Does physical activity prevent cancer? Evidence suggests protection against colon cancer and probably breast cancer (2000) BMJ, 321, pp. 1424-1425; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J.S., McCartney, P., Rose, G., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Rose, G., Cardiorespiratory disease and diabetes among middle-aged male civil servants (1974) Lancet, 1, pp. 469-473; Jarrett, R.J., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Weight and mortality in the Whitehall Study (1982) Br Med J (Clin Res Edn), 285, pp. 535-537; Jarrett, R.J., Is there an ideal body weight? (1986) Br Med J (Clin Res Edn), 293, pp. 493-495; Fitzgerald, A.P., Jarrett, R.J., Body weight and coronary heart disease mortality: An analysis in relation to age and smoking habit. 15 Years follow-up data from the Whitehall Study (1992) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 16, pp. 119-123; Davey Smith, G., Leon, D., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Socioeconomic differentials in cancer among men (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 339-345; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J., McCartney, P., Rose, G., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Smoking and other risk factors for coronary heart-disease in British civil servants (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 979-984; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Intermittent claudication, heart disease risk factors, and mortality. The Whitehall Study (1990) Circulation, 82, pp. 1925-1931; Rose, G., McCartney, P., Reid, D.D., Self-administration of a questionnaire on chest pain and intermittent claudication (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 42-48; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field studies (1962) Bull World Health Organ, 27, pp. 645-658; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 775-779; Ben Shlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Marmot, M.G., Magnitude and causes of mortality differences between married and unmarried men (1993) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 47, pp. 200-205; Batty, G.D., Shipley, M., Marmot, M., Davey Smith, G., Physical activity and cause-specific mortality in men: Further evidence from the Whitehall study (2002) Eur J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 863-869; Batty, G.D., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M., Davey Smith, G., Physical activity and cause-specific mortality in men with type 2 diabetes/impaired glucose tolerance: Evidence from the Whitehall study (2002) Diabetes Med, 19, pp. 580-588; Rose, G., Hamilton, P.S., Keen, H., Reid, D.D., McCartney, P., Jarrett, R.J., Myocardial ischaemia, risk factors and death from coronary heart-disease (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 105-109; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M.G., Rose, G., Plasma cholesterol concentration and mortality. The Whitehall Study (1992) JAMA, 267, pp. 70-76; Batty, G.D., Shipley, M., Marmot, M., Davey Smith, G., Diabetes status and post-load plasma glucose concentration in relation to site-specific cancer mortality: Findings from the original Whitehall study (2004) Cancer Causes Control, 15, pp. 873-881; Batty, G.D., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M.G., Davey Smith, G., Blood pressure and site-specific cancer mortality: Evidence from the original Whitehall study (2003) Br J Cancer, 89, pp. 1243-1247; Keen, H., Thomas, B.J., Jarrett, R.J., Fuller, J.H., Nutrient intake, adiposity, and diabetes (1979) Br Med J, 1, pp. 655-658; Calle, E.E., Rodriguez, C., Walker-Thurmond, K., Thun, M.J., Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of US adults (2003) N Engl J Med, 348, pp. 1625-1638; Henley, S.J., Flanders, W.D., Manatunga, A., Thun, M.J., Leanness and lung cancer risk: Fact or artifact? (2002) Epidemiology, 13, pp. 268-276; Berrington, D.G., Sweetland, S., Spencer, E., A meta-analysis of obesity and the risk of pancreatic cancer (2003) Br J Cancer, 89, pp. 519-523; Physical status: The use and interpretation of anthropometry: report of a WHO expert committee (1995) WHO Technical Report Series, , WHO: Geneva; (1967) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death (8th Revision), , World Health Organisation: Geneva; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death (9th Revision), , WHO: Geneva; (1992) International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (10th Revision), , WHO: Geneva; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J Roy Stat Soc Ser B, 34, pp. 187-220; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Batty, G.D., Morris, J.N., Marmot, M., Physical activity and cause-specific mortality in the Whitehall study (2000) Public Health, 114, pp. 308-315; Coleman, M.P., Rachet, B., Woods, L.M., Mitry, E., Riga, M., Cooper, N., Quinn, M.J., Esteve, J., Trends and socioeconomic inequalities in cancer survival in England and Wales up to 2001 (2004) Br J Cancer, 90, pp. 1367-1373; (1989) SAS/STAT(R) User's Guide Version 6, 1-2. , SAS Institute Inc.: Cary, NC; Haenszel, W., Correa, P., Cancer of the large intestine: Epidemiologic findings (1973) Dis Colon Rectum, 16, pp. 371-377; Tamakoshi, K., Wakai, K., Kojima, M., Watanabe, Y., Hayakawa, N., Toyoshima, H., Yatsuya, H., Tamakoshi, A., A prospective study of body size and colon cancer mortality in Japan: The JACC Study (2004) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 28, pp. 551-558; Nomura, A., Heilbrun, L.K., Stemmermann, G.N., Body mass index as a predictor of cancer in men (1985) J Natl Cancer Inst, 74, pp. 319-323; Chyou, P.H., Nomura, A.M., Stemmermann, G.N., A prospective study of weight, body mass index and other anthropometric measurements in relation to site-specific cancers (1994) Int J Cancer, 57, pp. 313-317; Wolk, A., Gridley, G., Svensson, M., Nyren, O., McLaughlin, J.K., Fraumeni, J.F., Adam, H.O., A prospective study of obesity and cancer risk (Sweden) (2001) Cancer Causes Control, 12, pp. 13-21; Moller, H., Mellemgaard, A., Lindvig, K., Olsen, J.H., Obesity and cancer risk: A Danish record-linkage study (1994) Eur J Cancer, 30 A, pp. 344-350; Hill, M.J., Nutrition and human cancer (1997) Ann NY Acad Sci, 833, pp. 68-78; Giovannucci, E., Insulin and colon cancer (1995) Cancer Causes Control, 6, pp. 164-179; Jones, J.I., Clemmons, D.R., Insulin-like growth factors and their binding proteins: Biological actions (1995) Endocr Rev, 16, pp. 3-34; Renehan, A.G., Zwahlen, M., Minder, C., O'Dwyer, S.T., Shalet, S.M., Egger, M., Insulin-like growth factor (IGF)-I, IGF binding protein-3, and cancer risk: Systematic review and meta-regression analysis (2004) Lancet, 363, pp. 1346-1353; Thissen, J.P., Ketelslegers, J.M., Underwood, L.E., Nutritional regulation of the insulin-like growth factors (1994) Endocr Rev, 15, pp. 80-101; Calle, E.E., Rodriguez, C., Walker-Thurmond, K., Thun, M.J., Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of US adults (2003) N Engl J Med, 348, pp. 1625-1638; Weiss, N.S., Can the 'specificity' of an association be rehabilitated as a basis for supporting a causal hypothesis? (2002) Epidemiology, 13, pp. 6-8; Bradford Hill, A., The environment and disease: Association or causation? (1965) Proc Roy Soc Med, 58, pp. 295-300; Batty, G.D., Lee, I.M., Physical activity and coronary heart disease (2004) BMJ, 328, pp. 1089-1090; Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Life-course approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause-specific adult mortality (2001) Poverty, Inequality and Health. An International Perspective, , Leon D, Walt G (eds) OUP: Oxford UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-29844444501&doi=10.1038%2fsj.ijo.0803020&partnerID=40&md5=0c9a34c8a1b6bfd2f8b83a66a200459c ER - TY - JOUR TI - For Japanese children to have a strong and healthy future: The first issue, a preliminary research of Sukusuku-cohort in Mie T2 - IRYO - Japanese Journal of National Medical Services J2 - IRYO Jpn. J. Natl. Med. Serv. VL - 59 IS - 10 SP - 533 EP - 538 PY - 2005 SN - 00211699 (ISSN) AU - Yamamoto, H. AU - Tamaki, J. AU - Ohtani, N. AU - Obata, M. AU - Bonno, M. AU - Yamakawa, N. AU - Tanaka, S. AU - Ido, M. AB - In 2004, the Japan Science and Technology Agency started a mission-oriented research program to identify which factors influence the cognitive-behavioral development of children in Japan. As the regional center in Mie Prefecture we are undertaking this research in cooperation with the departments of health and welfare and the education authorities of local governments. The results of preliminary research carried out in Fiscal 2004 are reported in this manuscript. In the beginning of the research, the research structure and a committee to promote this mission were organized involving the local government and mother and child care centers. Secondly, a research room to observe child development was established on the basement floor of our medical center. There are an interview section, a waiting corner and a feeding room as well as an observation booth needed for research. Thirdly, symposia on the subject of "the pursuit of child development - the responsibilities of the 21st century" were held to deepen the comprehension of general citizens. The number of attendees at the Owase and Tsu symposia were 75 and 64 people, respectively. A lot of audience manifested interest in this research. Moreover, the recruitment of subjects for a pilot study was carried out as part of this preliminary research. Fifty-one percent of families with newborn infants were informed about this research and 29% of these informed subjects, in other words 15% of the total of families with newborns, consented to the research. It was necessary to inform more than three times as many families to secure a sufficient number of subjects for research. Improving the enrollment rate for the pilot study is a major challenge. KW - Children KW - Cognitive-behavioral development KW - Japan KW - Mission-oriented research program III KW - Sukusuku cohort study KW - child behavior KW - child development KW - cognition KW - day care KW - education KW - feeding KW - futurology KW - government KW - history of medicine KW - human KW - Japan KW - medical research KW - newborn care KW - observational method KW - pilot study KW - review KW - waiting room N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IRYOA LA - Japanese N1 - References: Kaiser, J., NIH launches controversial long term study of 100000 U.S. kids (2005) Science, 306, p. 1883; Plewis, I., Calderwood, L., Hawkes, L., (2004) National Child Development Study and 1970 British Cohort Study Technical Report. Changes in the NCDS and BCS70 Populations and Samples over Time; Nathan, G., A review of sample attrition and representativeness in three longitudinal surveys (1999) Government Statistical Service Methodology Series, 13; Japanese source; Yamamoto, H., Obata, M., Bonno, M., The features of immunological potential in neonates (2005) Recent Res Devel Haematol, 2, pp. 21-32 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-29344440674&partnerID=40&md5=4e5d25c584d85d28028439133407d001 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in cigarette smoking initiation and cessation among birth cohorts of 1926-1970 in Germany T2 - European Journal of Cancer Prevention J2 - Eur.J. Cancer Prev. VL - 14 IS - 5 SP - 477 EP - 483 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1097/01.cej.0000174777.98518.7e SN - 09598278 (ISSN) AU - Schulze, A. AU - Mons, U. AD - German Cancer Research Center, Executive Office Cancer Prevention, WHO Collaborating Centre for Tobacco Control, Heidelberg, Germany AD - German Cancer Research Center, Executive Office Cancer Prevention, WHO Collaborating Centre for Tobacco Control, Im Neuenheimer Feld 280, 69120 Heidelberg, Germany AB - This study examines temporal differences in cigarette smoking initiation and cessation among male and female birth cohorts of 1926-1970 born in Germany. Based on the German Federal Health Survey 1998 the sample is divided into a series of 5-year sex-birth cohorts, beginning with those born between 1926 and 1930 and extending to those born between 1966 and 1970. The final data file consists of a sample of 5110 people. Ever-smoking prevalence among men varies from 60 to 70% between the birth cohorts, while in women born 1926-1930 ever-smoking increases from 20 to about 50% in those born 1966-1970. A reduction of the median age at starting smoking also takes place between the cohorts. With 8.5 years this decrease is more incisive among women, compared with a drop of 2 years among men. Regarding cessation patterns the analysis shows a shift towards a shorter duration of smoking with succeeding birth cohorts, again this shift is more incisive in women. But even in the youngest cohort still more than 50% of ever-smokers smoke regularly for more than 25 years. In Germany tobacco-control activities are required in order to take antismoking actions that especially prevent youth from starting to smoke and that support smokers in quitting. © 2005 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. KW - Cigarette smoking KW - Cohort analysis KW - Gender differences KW - Germany KW - Smoking cessation KW - Smoking initiation KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - Germany KW - health program KW - human KW - male KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - smoking cessation KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Germany KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Smoking Cessation N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJUPE C2 - 16175053 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Schulze, A.; German Cancer Research Center, Executive Office Cancer Prevention, WHO Collaborating Centre for Tobacco Control, Im Neuenheimer Feld 280, 69120 Heidelberg, Germany; email: a.schulze@dkfz.de N1 - References: Amos, A., Haglund, M., From social taboo to 'torch of freedom'. The marketing of cigarettes to women (2000) Tobacco Control, 9, pp. 3-8; Birkett, N.J., Trends in smoking by birth cohort for births between 1940 and 1975: A reconstructed cohort analysis of the 1990 Ontario Health Survey (1997) Prevent Med, 26, pp. 534-541; Brenner, H., A birth cohort analysis of the smoking epidemic in West Germany (1993) J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, pp. 54-58; Clarke, P.B., Nicotinic receptor blockade therapy and smoking cessation (1991) Br J Addict, 86, pp. 501-505; Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., Sutherland, I., Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years' observations on male British doctors (2004) BMJ, 328, pp. 1519-1527; Ezzati, M., Lopez, A.D., Estimates of global mortality attributable to smoking in 2000 (2003) Lancet, 362, pp. 847-852; Fernandez, E., Schiaffino, A., Borras, J.M., Shafey, O., Villalbi, J.R., La Vecchia, C., Prevalence of cigarette smoking by birth cohort among males and females in Spain, 1910-1990 (2003) Eur J Cancer Prev, 12, pp. 57-62; Flanders, W.D., Lally, C.A., Zhu, B.P., Henley, S.J., Thun, M.J., Lung cancer mortality in relation to age, duration of smoking, and daily cigarette consumption: Results from Cancer Prevention Study II (2003) Cancer Res, 63, pp. 6556-6562; Forey, B., Wald, N., (2000) International Smoking Statistics. A Collection of Historical Data from 30 Economically Developed Countries, , New York: Oxford University Press; Gourlay, S.G., Benowitz, N.L., Is clonidine an effective smoking cessation therapy? (1995) Drugs, 50, pp. 197-207; Harris, J.E., Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900-80 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 473-479; Huber, G.L., Pandina, P.J., The economics of tobacco use (1997) The Tobacco Epidemic, pp. 12-63. , Bolliger CT, Fagerstrom K, (editors). Basel: Karger; (2004) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of the Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, Tobacco Smoke and Involuntary Smoking, , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; John, U., Hanke, M., Tobacco smoking attributable mortality in Germany (2001) Gesundheitswesen, 63, pp. 363-369; Johnson, R.A., Gerstein, D.R., Initiation of use of alcohol, cigarettes, marijuana, cocaine, and other substances in US birth cohorts since 1919 (1998) Am J Public Health, 88, pp. 27-33; Kemm, J.R., A birth cohort analysis of smoking by adults in Great Britain 1974-1998 (2001) J Public Health Med, 23, pp. 306-311; Krall, E.A., Garvey, A.J., Garcia, R.I., Smoking relapse after 2 years of abstinence: Findings from the VA Normative Aging Study (2002) Nicotine Tobacco Res, 4, pp. 95-100; La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Pagano, R., Prevalence of cigarette smoking among subsequent cohorts of Italian males and females (1986) Prevent Med, 15, pp. 606-613; Laaksonen, M., Uutela, A., Vartiainen, E., Jousilahti, P., Helakorpi, S., Puska, P., Development of smoking by birth cohort in the adult population in eastern Finland 1972-97 (1999) Tobacco Control, 8, pp. 161-168; Lampert, T., Burger, M., Smoking habits in Germany - Results of the German National Telephone Health Survey 2003 (2004) Gesundheitswesen, 66, pp. 511-517; Pelletier, F., Marcil-Graton, N., Légaré, J., A cohort approach to tobacco use and mortality: The case of Quebec (1996) Prevent Med, 25, pp. 730-740; Peto, R., Lopez, A.D., Boreham, J., Thun, M., Heath Jr., C., (1994) Mortality from Smoking in Developed Countries 1950-2000, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Peto, R., Lopez, A.B., Boreham, J., Thun, M., Heath, C., Doll, R., Mortality from smoking worldwide (1996) Br Med Bull, 52, pp. 12-21; Pierce, J.P., Gilpin, E.A., A historical analysis of tobacco marketing and the uptake of smoking by youth in the United States: 1890-1977 (1995) Health Psychol, 14, pp. 500-508; Proctor, R.N., The global smoking epidemic: A history and status report (2004) Clin Lung Cancer, 5, pp. 371-376; Ronneberg, A., Lund, C.E., Hafstad, A., Lifetime smoking habits among Norwegian men and women born between 1890 and 1974 (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 267-276; (2001) Sondergutachten 2000/2001: Bedarfsgerechtigkeit und Wirtschaftlichkeit. Band III. Über-, Unter- und Fehlversorgung, 3. , Baden-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft; Shafey, O., Fernandez, E., Thun, M., Schiaffino, A., Dolwick, S., Cokkinides, V., Cigarette advertising and female smoking prevalence in Spain, 1982-1997: Case studies in International Tobacco Surveillance (2004) Cancer, 100, pp. 1744-1749; (2000) Statistisches Jahrbuch 2000 für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland, , Wiesbaden: Metzler-Poeschel; (2003) Statistisches Jahrbuch 2003 für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland, , Wiesbaden: Metzler-Poeschel; Thefeld, W., Stolzenberg, H., Bellach, B.M., The Federal Health Survey: Response, composition of participants and non-responder analysis (1999) Gesundheitswesen, 61 (SPEC. NO.), pp. S57-S61; (1997) Changes in Cigarette-Related Disease Risks and Their Implication for Prevention and Control. Smoking and Tobacco Control Monograph No. 8, , 1997. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Insitute of Health, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD; (2004) The Health Consequences of Smoking: A Report of the Surgeon General, , US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health; Weinkam, J.J., Sterling, T.D., Age related changes in age of starting to smoke (1990) J Clin Epidemiol, 43, pp. 133-140; Weite, R., König, H.H., Leidl, R., The costs of health damage and productivity losses attributable to cigarette smoking in Germany (2000) Eur J Public Health, 10, pp. 31-38 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-26444458773&doi=10.1097%2f01.cej.0000174777.98518.7e&partnerID=40&md5=7fba57c1eeea626ad0a715a8dfdab993 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Schooling effects on subsequent university performance: Evidence for the UK university population T2 - Economics of Education Review J2 - Econ. Educ. Rev. VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 549 EP - 562 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.econedurev.2004.07.016 SN - 02727757 (ISSN) AU - Smith, J. AU - Naylor, R. AD - Department of Economics, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom AB - From a unique data set identifying the school attended prior to university for a full cohort of UK university students; we examine the determinants of final degree classification. We exploit the detailed school-level information and focus on the influence of school characteristics; such as school type; on subsequent performance of students at university. We estimate that; on average; a male (female) graduate who attended an Independent school is 6.5 (5.4) percentage points less likely to obtain a 'good' degree than is a student who attended an LEA (that is; state-sector) school; ceteris paribus. We also find considerable variation around this average figure across different Independent schools. We find that; for males; the variation in the probability of attaining a 'good' degree according to the Independent school attended can largely be explained by the level of school fees. © 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Degree performance KW - Independent schools KW - School fees KW - university sector N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, J.; Department of Economics, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom; email: jeremy.smith@warwick.ac.uk N1 - References: Bee, M., Dolton, P., Degree class and pass rates: An inter-university comparison (1985) Higher Education Review, 17, pp. 45-52; Bekhradnia, B., Thompson, J., Who does best at university? (2002), Manuscript, Higher Education Funding Council of England; Betts, J.R., Morell, D., The determinants of undergraduate grade point average: The relative importance of family background, high school resources, and peer group effects (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34, pp. 268-293; Blundell, R., Dearden, L., Goodman, A., Reed, H., Higher education, employment and earnings in Britain (1997), London: Institute for Fiscal Studies; Bratti, M., Does the choice of university matter? A study of the difference across UK universities in life science students' degree performance (2002) Economics of Education Review, 21, pp. 431-443; Bratti, M., Naylor, R.A., Smith, J., Variations in the returns to a first degree, evidence from BCS70 (2003), Manscript, University of Warwick; Chapman, K., An analysis of degree results in geography by gender (1996) Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 21, pp. 293-311; Chapman, K., Entry qualifications, degree results and value-added in UK universities (1996) Oxford Review of Education, 22, pp. 251-262; Chevalier, A., Conlon, A., Galindo-Rueda, F., McNally, S., The returns to higher education teaching (2002), Research report to the Department of Education and Skills, Centre for the Economics of Education; Dearden, L., Ferri, J., Meghir, C., The effect of school quality on educational attainment and wages (2002) Review of Economics and Statistics, 84, pp. 1-20; Dolton, P., Vignoles, A., The return on pot-compulsory mathematics study (2002) Economica, 69, pp. 113-141; Eide, E., Showalter, M., The effect of school quality on student performance: A quantile regression approach (1998) Economics Letters, 58, pp. 345-350; Hoskins, S.L., Newstead, S.E., Dennis, I., Degree performance as a function of age, gender, prior qualifications and discipline studied (1997) Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 22, pp. 317-328; Johnes, J., Taylor, J., Performance indicators in higher education (1990), Oxford:. SRHE/OUP; Krueger, A., Experimental estimates of education production functions (1999) Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114, pp. 497-532; McNabb, R., Sarmistha, P., Sloane, P., Gender differences in student attainment: The case of university students in the UK (2002) Economica, 69, pp. 481-503; Naylor, R.A., Smith, J., McKnight, A., Why is there a graduate earnings premium for students from independent schools? (2002) Bulletin of Economic Research, 54, pp. 315-339; Naylor, R.A., Smith, J., McKnight, A., Returns to educational performance, evidence from UK graduates' first destination labour market outcomes (2003), Manuscript, University of Warwick; Peers, I., Johnston, M., Influence of learning context on the relationship between A-level attainment and final degree performance (1994) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 64, pp. 1-18; Rudd, E., A comparison between the results achieved by women and men studying for first degrees in British universities (1984) Studies in Higher Education, 9, pp. 47-57; Sear, K., The correlation between A-level grades and degree results in England and Wales (1983) Higher Education, 12, pp. 609-619; Smith, J., McKnight, A., Naylor, R.A., Graduate employability: Policy and performance in higher education in the UK (2000) Economic Journal, 110, pp. F382-F411; Smith, J., Naylor, R.A., Determinants of degree performance in UK universities: A statistical analysis of the 1993 student cohort (2001) Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 63, pp. 29-60 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20344376160&doi=10.1016%2fj.econedurev.2004.07.016&partnerID=40&md5=1454942fbe7e9d217ca4c0efefa2b5e8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Identification of osteopenic women at high risk of fracture: The OFELY study T2 - Journal of Bone and Mineral Research J2 - J. Bone Miner. Res. VL - 20 IS - 10 SP - 1813 EP - 1819 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1359/JBMR.050609 SN - 08840431 (ISSN) AU - Sornay-Rendu, E. AU - Munoz, F. AU - Garnero, P. AU - Duboeuf, F. AU - Delmas, P.D. AD - INSERM Research Unit 403, E. Herriot Hospital, Lyon Cedex 03, France AD - INSERM Unit 403, Pavilion F, Hopital E. Herriot, 69437 Lyon Cedex 03, France AB - About one-half of women with incident fractures have BMD above the WHO diagnostic threshold of osteoporosis. In the OFELY study, low BMDD, increased markers of bone turnover, and prior fracture could be used to identify, within osteopenic women, those at high risk of fracture. Introduction: Recent data suggest that about one-half of women with incident fractures have BMD above the World Health Organization (WHO) diagnostic threshold of osteoporosis (T score ≤ -2.5). We aimed to identify, within osteopenic women, those at high risk of fracture. Materials and Methods: In the 671 postmenopausal women (mean age: 62 years) belonging to the Os des Femmes de Lyon (OFELY) population-based prospective cohort, we measured at baseline BMD by DXA at the spine and total hip, bone turnover markers (BTM) and clinical risk factors for osteoporosis. All fragility vertebral or nonvertebral fractures, confirmed by radiographs, were assessed during a median follow-up of 9.1 years (IQ: 2.3). Results: 158 incident fractures were recorded in 116 women: 8% in normal, 48% in osteopenic, and 44% in osteoporotic women. Among osteopenic women, low BMD (-2.5 < T score ≤ -2.0) was associated with an increased fracture risk with an age-adjusted hazard ratio (HR) of 2.5 (1.3-4.6). In addition, age, prior fracture, and high BTM-but not other risk factors-were independently associated with an increased fracture risk with an age-adjusted HR of 2.2 (1.2-4.3) for prior fractures and 2.2 (1.4-3.8) for bone alkaline phosphatase (BALP) in the highest quartile. In the whole group of osteopenic women, a large majority of incident fractures occurred in those with a low BMD, prior fractures, or BALP in the highest quartile, with an age-adjusted HR of 5.3 (2.3-11.8). The 10-year probability of fracture in osteopenic women was 26% if at least one predictor was present, contrasting with 6% in those without any of the three risk factors. Conclusions: In postmenopausal women with osteopenia, low BMD, increased BTM, and prior fracture are associated with an increased risk of fracture in the subsequent 10 years. Their assessment may play an important role in identifying women at high risk of fracture who could not be adequately detected by BMD measurement alone and who may benefit from a therapeutic intervention. © 2005 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. KW - Bone densitometry KW - Bone turnover markers KW - Fracture KW - Osteopenic women KW - Risk factors KW - alkaline phosphatase bone isoenzyme KW - osteocalcin KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - bone density KW - bone fragility KW - bone turnover KW - clinical examination KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - dual energy X ray absorptiometry KW - female KW - follow up KW - fracture KW - France KW - high risk population KW - hip KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - osteopenia KW - osteoporosis KW - physical examination KW - postmenopause KW - prediction KW - probability KW - prospective study KW - risk factor KW - spine KW - vertebra fracture KW - world health organization KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Bone Density KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis, Postmenopausal KW - Postmenopause KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :228 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMRE C2 - 16160738 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sornay-Rendu, E.; INSERM Unit 403, Pavilion F, Hopital E. Herriot, 69437 Lyon Cedex 03, France; email: rendu@lyon.inserm.fr N1 - Chemicals/CAS: osteocalcin, 136461-80-8 N1 - References: Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P., Kelly, P., Jones, G., Lord, S., Freund, J., Eisman, J., Prediction of osteoporotic fractures by postural instability and bone density (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1111-1115; Stegman, M.R., Recker, R.R., Davies, K.M., Ryan, R.A., Heaney, R.P., Fracture risk as determined by prospective and retrospective study designs (1992) Osteoporos Int, 2, pp. 290-297; Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W., Cauley, J., Ensrud, K., Genant, H.K., Vogt, T.M., Bone density at various sites for prediction for prediction of hip fractures (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 72-75; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1254-1259; (1994) Assessment of Fracture Risk and Its Application to Screening for Postmenopausal Osteoporosis, , WHO, Geneva, Switzerland; Leslie, W.D., Metge, C., Ward, L., Contribution of clinical risk factors to bone density-based absolute fracture risk assessment in postmenopausal women (2003) Osteoporos Int, 14, pp. 334-338; Lauritzen, J.B., Hip fractures: Incidence, risk factors, energy absorption and prevention (1996) Bone, 18, pp. 65S-75S; Siris, E.S., Miller, P.D., Barrett-Connor, E., Faulkner, K.G., Wehren, L.E., Abbott, T.A., Berger, M.L., Sherwood, L.M., Identification and fracture outcomes of undiagnosed low bone mineral density in postmenopausal women. Results from the National Osteoporosis Risk Assessment (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 2815-2822; Miller, P.D., Siris, E.S., Barrett-Connor, E., Faulkner, K.G., Wehren, L.E., Abbott, T.A., Chen, Y.T., Sherwood, L.M., Prediction of fracture risk in postmenopausal white women with peripheral bone densitometry: Evidence from the National Osteoporosis Risk Assessment (2002) J Bone Miner Res, 17, pp. 2222-2230; Schuit, S.C.E., Van Der Klift, M., Weel, A.E.A.M., De Laet, C.E.D.H., Burger, H., Seeman, E., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A.P., Fracture incidence and association with bone mineral density in elderly men and women. The Rotterdam Study (2004) Bone, 34, pp. 195-202; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Dawson, A., Ten-year risk of osteoporotic fracture and the effect of risk factors on screening strategies (2002) Bone, 30, pp. 251-258; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773. , Study of Osteoporotic Fractures research Group; Hui, S.L., Slemenda, C.W., Johnston, C.C., Age and bone mass as predictors of fracture in a prospective study (1988) J Clin Invest, 81, pp. 1804-1809; Allolio, B., Risk factors for hip fracture not related to bone mass and their therapeutic implications (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. S9-S16; Albrand, G., Munoz, F., Sornay-Rendu, E., Duboeuf, F., Delmas, P.D., Independents predictors of all osteoporosis related fractures in healthy postmenopausal women. The OFELY study (2003) Bone, 32, pp. 78-91; Garnero, P., Dargent-Molina, P., Hans, D., Schott, A.M., Breart, G., Meunier, P.J., Delmas, P.D., Do markers of bone resorption add to bone mineral density and ultrasonographic heel measurement for the prediction of hip fracture in elderly women? The EPIDOS prospective study (1998) Osteoporos Int, 8, pp. 563-569; Ross, P.D., Kress, B.C., Parson, R.E., Wasnich, R.D., Armour, K.A., Mizrahi, I.A., Serum bone alkaline phosphatase and calcaneus bone density predict fractures: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 76-82; Van Daele, P.L., Seibel, M.J., Burger, H., Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., Van Leeuwen, J.P., Birkenhager, J.C., Pols, H.A., Case-control analysis of bone resorption markers, disability, and hip fracture risk: The Rotterdam study (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 482-483; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Claustrat, B., Delmas, P.D., Biochemical markers of bone turnover, endogenous hormones and the risk of fractures in postmenopausal women: The OFELY study (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 1526-1536; Johnell, O., Odén, A., De Laet, C., Garnero, P., Delmas, P.D., Kanis, J.A., Biochemical indices of bone turnover and the assessment of fracture probability (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 523-526; Arlot, M.E., Sornay-Rendu, E., Garnero, P., Vey-Marty, B., Delmas, P.D., Apparent pre- and postmenopausal bone loss evaluated by DXA at different skeletal sites in women: The OFELY Cohort (1997) J Bone Miner Res, 12, pp. 683-690; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Chapuy, M.C., Delmas, P., Increased bone turnover in late postmenopausal women is a major determinant of osteoporosis (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 337-349; Genant, H.K., Wu, C.Y., Van Kuijk, C., Nevitt, M.C., Vertebral fracture assessment using a semi quantitative technique (1993) J Bone Miner Res, 8, pp. 1137-1148; National Osteoporosis Foundation Physician's Guide to Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis, , http://www.nof.org; Siris, E.S., Chen, Y.T., Abbott, T.A., Barrett-Connor, E., Miller, P.D., Wehren, L.E., Berger, M.L., Bone mineral density thresholds for pharmacological intervention to prevent fractures (2004) Arch Intern Med, 164, pp. 1108-1112; Cuddihy, M.T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Tromp, A.M., Ooms, M.E., Popp-Snijders, C., Roos, J.C., Lips, P., Predictors of fractures in elderly women (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 134-140; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Malmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessen, T., Krusemo, U.B., Bergstrom, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with a 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbott III, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-727; Lindsay, R., Silverman, S.L., Cooper, C., Hanley, D.A., Barton, I., Broy, S.B., Licata, A., Seeman, E., Risk of new vertebral fracture in the year following a fracture (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 320-323; Delmas, P.D., Genant, H.K., Crans, G.G., Stock, J.L., Wong, M., Siris, E., Adachi, J.D., Severity of prevalent vertebral fractures and the risk of subsequent vertebral and nonvertebral fractures: Results from the MORE trial (2003) Bone, 33, pp. 522-532; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 821-828; Garnero, P., Dargent-Molina, P., Hans, D., Schott, A.M., Breart, G., Meunier, P.J., Delmas, P.D., Do markers of bone resorption add to bone mineral density and ultrasonographic heel measurement for the prediction of hip fracture in elderly women? The EPIDOS prospective study (1998) Osteoporos Int, 6, pp. 563-569; Ross, P.D., Kress, B.C., Parson, R.E., Wasnich, R.D., Armour, K.A., Mizrahi, I.A., Serum bone alkaline phosphatase and calcaneus bone density predict fractures: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 76-82; Akesson, K., Ljunghall, S., Jonsson, B., Sernbo, I., Johnell, O., Gardsell, P., Obrant, K.J., Assessment of biochemical markers of bone metabolism in relation to the occurrence of fracture: A retrospective and prospective population-based study of women (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1823-1829; Garnero, P., Hausherr, E., Chapuy, M.C., Marcelli, C., Grandjean, H., Muller, C., Cormier, C., Delmas, P.D., Markers of bone resorption predict hip fracture in elderly women: The Epidos prospective study (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1531-1538; Melton III, L.J., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Wahner, H.W., Riggs, B.L., Relative contributions of bone density, bone turnover, and clinical risk factors to long-term fracture prediction (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 312-318; Delmas, P.D., Eastell, R., Garnero, P., Seibel, M.J., Stepan, J., The use of biochemical markers of bone turnover in osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11 (SUPPL. 6), pp. S2-S17; Miller, P.D., Barlas, S., Brenneman, S.K., Abbott, T.A., Chen, Y.T., Barrett-Connor, E., Siris, E.S., An approach to identifying osteopenic women at increased short-term risk of fracture (2004) Arch Intern Med, 164, pp. 1113-1120; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 390-406; Kanis, J.A., Black, D., Cooper, C., Dargent, P., Dawson-Hughes, B., De Laet, C., Delmas, P., Tenenhouse, A., A new approach to the development of assessment guidelines for osteoporosis (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 527-536; McClung, M., Geusens, P., Miller, P.D., Zippel, H., Bensen, W.G., Roux, C., Adami, S., Reginster, J.Y., Effect of risedronate on the risk of hip fracture in elderly women (2001) N Engl J Med, 344, pp. 333-340; Black, D.M., Thompson, D., Quandt, S., Palermo, L., Ensrud, K., Johnell, O., Alendronate reduces the risk of vertebral fracture in women with BMD T-scores above -2.5: Results from the Fracture Intervention Trial (FIT) (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, p. 827; Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Thompson, D.E., Applegate, W.B., Barrett-Connor, E., Musliner, T.A., Palermo, L., Lacroix, A.Z., Effect of alendronate on risk of fracture in women with low bone density but without vertebral fractures: Results from the Fracture Intervention Trial (1998) JAMA, 280, pp. 2077-2082; Chesnut, C.H., Delmas, P.D., Christiansen, C., Mahoney, P., Schimmer, R.C., Ibandronate is highly efficacious in postmenopausal women with high baseline bone turnover rates (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. F336; Bauer, D.C., Garnero, P., Hochberg, M.C., Santora, A., Delmas, P., Ewing, S.K., Black, D.M., Pre-treatment bone turnover and fracture efficacy of alendronate: The Fracture Intervention Trial (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, p. 1214 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-25444438208&doi=10.1359%2fJBMR.050609&partnerID=40&md5=c4fff56b9b7ab4b0626ad20c7efe223e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Same-gender sex among U.S. Adults: Trends across the twentieth century and during the 1990s T2 - Public Opinion Quarterly J2 - Public Opin. Q. VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 439 EP - 462 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1093/poq/nfi025 SN - 0033362X (ISSN) AU - Turner, C.F. AU - Villarroel, M.A. AU - Chromy, J.R. AU - Eggleston, E. AU - Rogers, S.M. AD - Department of Applied Social Research, City University of New York (Queens College and the Graduate Center) AD - Program in Health and Behavior Measurement, RTI International, United States AD - RTI's Program in Health and Behavior Measurement AD - RTI's Statistical Research Division AB - Trends in reporting of same-gender sex are assessed using data from the 1998-2002 General Social Surveys (Ns = 9,487 males and 12,336 females). Analyses indicate that the reported prevalence of female-female sexual contact increased substantially and monotonically across twentieth-century birth cohorts, rising from 1.6 percent (Standard error [SE] = 0.60) for the cohort of U.S. women born prior to 1920 to 6.9 percent (SE = 0.81) for women born in 1970 and afterward. Increases in the reported prevalence of female-female contacts also occurred within the 1990s. These trends persist when statistical controls are introduced for changes in attitudes toward same-gender sexual behavior. No parallel trend is observed in the reporting of male-male sexual contacts during adulthood, although the proportion of U.S. men reporting such contacts in the past year and in the past five years increased during the 1990s. N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Department of Applied Social Research, City University of New York (Queens College and the Graduate Center)email: cft@rti.org N1 - References: (2000) Standard Definitions: Final Dispositions of Case Codes and Outcome Rates for Surveys, , Lenexa, KS: AAPOR; Anderson, J.E., Stall, R., Increased reporting of male-to-male sexual activity in a national survey (2001) Sexually Transmitted Diseases, 29, pp. 643-646; Baumeister, R.F., Gender differences in erotic plasticity: The female sex drive as socially flexible and responsive (2000) Psychological Bulletin, 126, pp. 347-374; Black, D., Gates, G., Sanders, S., Taylor, L., Demographics of the Gay and Lesbian population in the United States: Evidence from available systematic data sources (2000) Demography, 37, pp. 139-154; Butler, A.C., Gender differences in same-sex sexual partnering trends, 1988-2002 (2004) Annual Meeting of the Population Association of America, , http://paa2004.princeton.edu/download.asp?submissionId=40247, Paper presented at the, Boston, MA (accessed June 2005); Davis, J.A., Smith, T.W., Marsden, P.V., (2003) General Social Surveys, 1972-2002: Cumulative File [Computer File]. ICPSR Version, , Chicago: National Opinion Research Center [producer]. Storrs, CT: Roper Center for Public Opinion Research, University of Connecticut, and Ann Arbor, Ml: Inter-University Consortium for Political and Social Research [distributors]; Fay, R.E., Turner, C.F., Klassen, A.D., Gagnon, J., Prevalence and patterns of same-gender sexual contact among men (1989) Science, 243, pp. 338-348; Johnson, A.M., Mercer, C.H., Erens, B., Copas, A.J., McManus, S., Wellings, K., Fenton, K.A., Sexual behaviour in Britain: Partnerships, practices, and HIV risk behaviours (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 1835-1842; Laumann, E.O., Gagnon, J., Michael, R.T., Michaels, S., (1994) The Social Organization of Sexuality, , Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Loftus, J., America's liberalization in attitudes toward homosexuality, 1973 to 1998 (2001) American Sociological Review, 66, pp. 762-782; Michael, R.T., Laumann, E.O., Gagnon, J.H., Smith, T.W., Number of sex partners and potential risk of exposure to human immunodeficiency virus (1988) Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 37 (37), pp. 565-584; Raghunathan, T.E., Solenberger, P.W., Van Hoewyk, J., (2002) IVEware: Imputation and Variance Estimation Software, , Ann Arbor: Survey Methodology Program, Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan; Rogers, S.M., Turner, C.F., Patterns of same-gender sexual contact among men in the U.S.A., 1970-1990 (1991) Journal of Sex Research, 28, pp. 491-519; Smith, T.W., A methodological analysis of the sexual behavior questions on the general social survey (1992) Journal of Official Statistics, 8, pp. 309-325; (1993) SPSS Statistical Software. Version 6, , Chicago: SPSS, Inc; (2000) Intercooled Stata Software: Release 6.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporation; Turner, C.F., Danella, R., Rogers, S.M., Sexual behavior in the United States, 1930-1990: Trends and methodological problems (1995) Sexually Transmitted Diseases, 22 (3), pp. 173-190; Turner, C.F., Miller, H.G., Moses, L., (1989) AIDS, Sexual Behavior, and Intravenous Drug Use, , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Turner, C.F., Villarroel, M.A., Chromy, J.R., Eggleston, E., Rogers, S.M., Supplementary materials for same-gender sex among U.S. adults: Trends across the twentieth century and during the 1990s (2004) Technical Papers in Health and Behavior Measurement, 63. , www.soc.qc.edu/Staff/turner/TechPDFs/63_SGS_SuppTrends.pdf, Washington, DC: Program in Health and Behavior Measurement, RTI International; Villarroel, M.A., Turner, C.F., Eggleston, E., Al-Tayyib, A.A., Rogers, S.M., Same-gender sex in the USA: Impact of interview methodology and time on prevalence estimates (2002) Annual Meeting of the American Public Health Association, , Paper presented at the, Philadelphia, PA (Abstract #44782); Villarroel, M.A., Turner, C.F., Eggleston, E., Al-Tayyib, A.A., Rogers, S.M., Roman, A.M., Cooley, P.C., Gordek, H., Same-gender sexual contacts in the U.S.A.: Impact of new telephone survey technology on prevalence estimates Public Opinion Quarterly, , In press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-25144439086&doi=10.1093%2fpoq%2fnfi025&partnerID=40&md5=aee3631333bfdfab1052462c0724b403 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does mother's IQ explain the association between birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood? T2 - Intelligence J2 - Intelligence VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 445 EP - 454 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.intell.2005.05.004 SN - 01602896 (ISSN) AU - Deary, I.J. AU - Der, G. AU - Shenkin, S.D. AD - University of Edinburgh, 7 George Square, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, United Kingdom AD - MRC Social and Public Health, Sciences Unit, Glasgow, United Kingdom AB - There is a significant association between birth weight and cognitive test scores in childhood, even among individuals born at term and with normal birth weight. The association is not explained by the child's social background. Here we examine whether mother's cognitive ability accounts for the birth weight-cognitive ability association. We analysed mother and child data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1979. Random effects models were employed to utilise fully the repeated cognitive tests on the same child, and to include all children of each mother. Mother's score on the Armed Forces Qualification Test (AFQT) was significantly related to child's birth weight. Birth weight was significantly related to the child's scores on the Peabody Individual Achievement Test. This association was attenuated by up to two-thirds after taking into account mother's AFQT score. In this large sample the association between birth weight and cognitive ability was substantially explained by mother's IQ. © 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NTLLD LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Deary, I.J.; Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, 7 George Square, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, United Kingdom; email: I.Deary@ed.ac.uk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , 2nd ed. Edinburgh, UK: Churchill Livingstone; Barker, D.J.P., Developmental origins of adult health and disease (2004) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 58, pp. 114-115; Baumler, E.R., Carvajal, S., Harrist, R.B., Analysis of repeated measures data (2003) Multilevel Modeling: Methodological Advances, Issues, and Applications, pp. 140-156. , S.P. Reise & N. Duan (Eds.) Lawrence Erlbaum New Jersey; Bhutta, A.T., Cleves, M.A., Casey, P.H., Cradock, M.M., Anand, K.J.S., Cognitive and behavioral outcomes of school-aged children who were born preterm: A meta-analysis (2002) Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, pp. 728-737; Boardman, J.D., Powers, D.A., Padilla, Y.C., Hummer, R.A., Low birth weight, social factors, and developmental outcomes among children in the United States (2002) Demography, 39, pp. 353-368; Boomsma, D.I., van Beijsterveldt, C.E.M., Rietveld, M.J.H., Bartels, M., van Baal, G.C.M., Genetics mediate relation of birth weight to childhood IQ (2001) British Medical Journal, 323, p. 1426; Bouchard, T.J., McGue, M., Genetic and environmental influences on human psychological differences (2003) Journal of Neurobiology, 54, pp. 4-45; (2002) NLSY79 Child and Young Adult Data Users Guide, , Center for Human Resource Research Columbus, OH: The Ohio State University; Cnaan, A., Laird, N.M., Slasor, P., Using the general linear mixed model to analyse unbalanced repeated measures and longitudinal data (1997) Statistics in Medicine, 16, pp. 2349-2380; Devlin, B., Daniels, M., Roeder, K., The heritability of IQ (1997) Nature, 388, pp. 468-471; Diggle, P.J., Liang, K.L., Zeger, S.L., (1994) Analysis of Longitudinal Data, , Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models, , London, UK: Arnold; Gorman, B.K., Birth weight and cognitive development in adolescence: Causal relationship or social selection? (2002) Social Biology, 49, pp. 13-34; Guo, G., Harris, K.M., The mechanisms mediating the effects of poverty on children's intellectual development (2000) Demography, 37, pp. 431-447; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 305-310; Kenward, M.G., Roger, J.H., Small sample inference for fixed effects from restricted maximum likelihood (1997) Biometrics, 53, pp. 983-997; Kiweon, K., The effect of poverty on children's academic performance (1992), p. 2124. , (Doctoral dissertation, The University of Texas at Dallas, 1992). Dissertation Abstracts International, 53; Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (2004) A Lifecourse Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, , (Eds.) Oxford University Press Oxford, UK; (1999) NLSY79 User's Guide, , National Longitudinal Surveys US Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics; Padilla, Y.C., Boardman, J.D., Hummer, R.A., Espitia, M., Is the Mexican American "epidemiologic paradox" advantage at birth maintained through early childhood? (2002) Social Forces, 80, pp. 1101-1123; Plomin, R., DeFries, J.C., McClearn, G.E., McGuffin, P., (2001) Behavioral Genetics, , 4th ed. New York: W.H. Freeman; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) International Journal of Epidemiology, 31, pp. 342-348; Rowe, D.C., IQ, birth weight, and number of sexual partners in white, African American, and mixed race adolescents (2002) Population and Environment, 23, pp. 513-524; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood: A systematic review (2004) Psychological Bulletin, 130, pp. 989-1013; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 85, pp. 189-196; Singer, J.D., Using SAS PROC MIXED to fit multilevel models, hierarchical models, and individual growth models (1998) Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 23, pp. 323-355; Turkheimer, E., Haley, A., Waldron, M., D'Onofrio, B., Gottesman, I.I., Socioeconomic status modifies heritability of IQ in young children (2003) Psychological Science, 14, pp. 623-628; Willett, J.B., Singer, J.D., Martin, N.C., The design and analysis of longitudinal studies of development and psychopathology in context: Statistical models and methodological recommendations (1998) Development and Psychopathology, 10, pp. 395-426 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-23844535106&doi=10.1016%2fj.intell.2005.05.004&partnerID=40&md5=606d1fcc25bd68aa683e03327892fa6f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Big and tall parents have more sons: Further generalizations of the Trivers-Willard hypothesis T2 - Journal of Theoretical Biology J2 - J. Theor. Biol. VL - 235 IS - 4 SP - 583 EP - 590 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.jtbi.2005.02.010 SN - 00225193 (ISSN) AU - Kanazawa, S. AD - Interdisciplinary Institute of Management, London School of Economics and Political Science, Houghton Street, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom AB - This paper proposes the generalized Trivers-Willard hypothesis (gTWH), which suggests that parents who possess any heritable trait which increases male reproductive success at a greater rate than female reproductive success in a given environment will have a higher-than-expected offspring sex ratio, and parents who possess any heritable trait which increases female reproductive success at a greater rate than male reproductive success in a given environment will have a lower-than-expected offspring sex ratio. Since body size (height and weight) is a highly heritable trait which increases male (but not female) reproductive success, the paper hypothesizes that bigger and taller parents have more sons. The analysis of both surviving children and recent pregnancies among respondents of the National Child Development Survey and the British Cohort Survey largely supports the hypothesis. © 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Evolutionary psychology KW - Generalized Trivers-Willard hypothesis (gTWH) KW - Offspring sex ratio KW - body size KW - heritability KW - reproductive success KW - sex ratio KW - body height KW - body size KW - body weight KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - demography KW - economic aspect KW - empiricism KW - evolution KW - health survey KW - heritability KW - human KW - hypothesis KW - pregnancy KW - priority journal KW - progeny KW - reproduction KW - review KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - survival rate KW - theoretical study KW - Body Constitution KW - Body Height KW - Body Size KW - Body Weight KW - Evolution KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Models, Genetic KW - Parents KW - Sex Ratio N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JTBIA C2 - 15935175 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kanazawa, S.; Interdisciplinary Institute of Management, London School of Economics and Political Science, Houghton Street, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: s.kanazawa@lse.ac.uk N1 - References: Austad, S.N., Sunquist, M.E., Sex ratio manipulation in the common opossum (1986) Nature, 324, pp. 58-60; Baron-Cohen, S., The extreme male brain theory of autism (1999) Neurodevelopmental Disorders, pp. 401-429. , T. Tager-Flusberg MIT Press Cambridge; Baron-Cohen, S., The extreme male brain theory of autism (2002) Trends Cognitive Sci., 6, pp. 248-254; Baron-Cohen, S., (2003) The Essential Difference, , Penguin London; Baron-Cohen, S., Hammer, J., Is autism an extreme form of the male brain? (1997) Adv. Infancy Res., 11, pp. 193-217; Baron-Cohen, S., Lutchmaya, S., Knickmeyer, R., (2004) Prenatal Testosterone in Mind: Amniotic Fluid Studies, , MIT Press Cambridge; Betzig, L.L., (1986) Despotism and Differential Reproduction: A Darwinian View of History, , Aldine New York; Betzig, L., Weber, S., Presidents preferred sons (1995) Polit. Life Sci., 14, pp. 61-64; Booth, A., Osgood, D.W., The influence of testosterone on deviance in adulthood: Assessing and explaining the relationship (1993) Criminology, 31, pp. 93-117; Brown, G.R., Sex-biased investment in nonhuman primates: Can Trivers & Willard's theory be tested? (2001) Anim. Behav., 61, pp. 683-694; Brown, G.R., Silk, J.B., Reconsidering the null hypothesis: Is maternal rank associated with sex ratios in primate groups? (2002) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci., 99, pp. 11252-11255; Burley, N., Sex-ratio manipulation in color-banded populations of zebra finches (1986) Evolution, 40, pp. 1191-1206; Buss, D.M., Sex differences in human mate preferences: Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures (1989) Behav. Brain Sci., 12, pp. 1-49; Chambers, M.L., Hewitt, J.K., Schmitz, S., Corley, R.P., Fulker, D.W., Height, weight, and body mass index (2001) Infancy to Early Childhood: Genetic and Environmental Influences on Developmental Change, pp. 292-306. , J.K. Hewitt R.N. Emde Oxford University Press London; Clutton-Brock, T.H., Albon, S.D., Guinness, F.E., Great expectations: Maternal dominance, sex ratios and offspring reproductive success in red deer (1986) Anim. Behav., 34, pp. 460-471; Cronk, L., Preferential parental investment in daughters over sons (1991) Human Nature, 2, pp. 387-417; Dabbs Jr., J.M., Morris, R., Testosterone, social class, and antisocial behavior in a sample of 4462 men (1990) Psychol. Sci., 1, pp. 209-211; Freese, J., Powell, B., Sociobiology, status, and parental investment in sons and daughters: Testing the Trivers-Willard hypothesis (1999) Am. J. Sociol., 106, pp. 1704-1743; Gaulin, S.J.C., Robbins, C.J., Trivers-Willard effect in contemporary north American Society (1991) Am. J. Phys. Anthropol., 85, pp. 61-69; Grant, V.J., (1998) Maternal Personality, Evolution, and the Sex Ratio: Do Mothers Control the Sex of the Infant?, , Routledge London; Harris, J.A., Vernon, P.A., Boomsma, D.I., The heritability of testosterone: A study of Dutch adolescent twins and their parents (1998) Behav. Genet., 28, pp. 165-171; Kanazawa, S., Why we love our children (2001) Am. J. Sociol., 106, pp. 1761-1776; Kanazawa, S., Can evolutionary psychology explain reproductive behavior in the contemporary United States? (2003) Sociol. Quart., 44, pp. 291-301; Kanazawa, S., (2004) Battered Women Have More Sons: A Possible Evolutionary Reason Why Some of Them Stay, , Interdisciplinary Institute of Management. London School of Economics and Political Science; Kanazawa, S., Kovar, J.L., Why beautiful people are more intelligent (2004) Intelligence, 32, pp. 227-243; Kanazawa, S., Vandermassen, G., Engineers have more sons, nurses have more daughters: An evolutionary psychological extension of Baron-Cohen's extreme male brain theory of autism and its empirical implications (2005) J. Theor. Biol., 233, pp. 589-599; Keller, M.C., Nesse, R.M., Hofferth, S., The Trivers-Willard hypothesis of parental investment: No effect in the contemporary United States (2001) Evol. Human Behav., 22, pp. 343-360. , 10.1016/S1090-5138(01)00075-7; Koziel, S., Ulijaszek, S., Waiting for Trivers and Willard: Do the rich really favor sons? (2001) Am. J. Phys. Anthropol., 115, pp. 71-79; Leimar, O., Life history analysis of the Trivers-Willard sex-ratio problem (1996) Behav. Ecol., 7, pp. 316-325; Mueller, U., Social status and sex (1993) Nature, 363, p. 490; Myers, J.H., Sex ratio adjustment under food stress: Maximization of quality or number of offspring? (1978) Am. Nat., 112, pp. 381-388; Nettle, D., Height and reproductive success in a cohort of British men (2002) Human Nature, 13, pp. 473-491; Nettle, D., Women's height, reproductive success and the evolution of sexual dimorphism in modern humans (2002) Proc. R. Soc. London Ser. B - Biol. Sci., 269, pp. 1919-1923; Pawlowski, B., Dunbar, R.I.M., Lipowicz, A., Tall men have more reproductive success (2000) Nature, 403, p. 156; Silventoinen, K., Kaprio, J., Lahelma, E., Viken, R.J., Rose, R.J., Sex differences in genetic and environmental factors contributing to body-height (2001) Twin Res., 4, pp. 25-29; Soler, H., Vinayak, P., Quadgno, D., Biosocial aspects of domestic violence (2000) Psychoneuroendocrinology, 25, pp. 721-739; Symington, M.M., Sex ratio and maternal rank in wild spider monkeys: When daughters disperse (1987) Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 20, pp. 421-425; Tallal, P., Ross, R., Curtiss, S., Unexpected sex-ratios in families of language/learning-impaired children (1989) Neuropsychologia, 27, pp. 987-998; Trivers, R.L., Parental investment and sexual selection (1972) Sexual Selection and the Descent of Man 1871-1971, pp. 136-179. , B. Campbell Aldine Chicago; Trivers, R., (2002) Natural Selection and Social Theory: Selected Papers of Robert Trivers, , Oxford University Press Oxford; Trivers, R.L., Willard, D.E., Natural selection of parental ability to vary the sex ratio of offspring (1973) Science, 179, pp. 90-92 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20344366558&doi=10.1016%2fj.jtbi.2005.02.010&partnerID=40&md5=648697bd9145ec6566040e642822f614 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood cognitive ability and age at menopause: Evidence from two cohort studies T2 - Menopause J2 - Menopause VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 475 EP - 482 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1097/01.GME.0000153889.40119.4C SN - 10723714 (ISSN) AU - Kuh, D. AU - Butterworth, S. AU - Kok, H. AU - Richards, M. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AU - Leon, D.A. AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free and University College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Julius Center for Health Sciences and Primary Care, University Medical Center, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - Noncommunicable Disease Epidemiology Unit, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London, United Kingdom AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free and University College Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To investigate whether poorer cognitive ability in childhood is associated with an earlier menopause. Design: Two cohorts were included: a nationally representative British birth cohort study of 1,350 women born in March 1946 and followed up to age 54 years, and an Aberdeen cohort study of 3,465 women born in Aberdeen from 1950 to 1956 and followed up to age 44 to 50 years. Both cohorts had prospective information on childhood cognitive ability at age 7 or 8 years. Results: In both cohorts, women with lower cognitive scores in childhood reached menopause earlier than women with higher scores. With follow-up of menopause to 49 years, the hazard ratio (HR) for one standard deviation of the cognitive score was 0.80 (95% CI, 0.72-0.90) in the Aberdeen cohort and 0.84 (95% CI, 0.73-0.97) in the older 1946 birth cohort. The effect was still evident in the 1946 birth cohort with follow-up of menopause to 53 years (HR = 0.87; 95% CI, 0.79-0.95). These ratios were weakly attenuated by adjustment for potential confounding effects of lifetime socioeconomic circumstances, parity, and smoking. Conclusions: The association between early cognitive ability and timing of menopause only partially reflects common risk factors, although residual confounding remains a possibility. Alternatively, early environmental or genetic programming may explain this association, perhaps through setting lifelong patterns of hormone release or causing transient hormonal changes at sensitive periods of development. These findings have implications for the interpretation of studies investigating an association between age at menopause and adult cognitive function. © 2005 The North American Menopause Society. KW - Childhood cognition KW - Cohort study KW - Menopause KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - cognition KW - cohort analysis KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - follow up KW - hormonal regulation KW - hormone release KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - menopause KW - parity KW - socioeconomics KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cognition KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Menopause KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupations KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Prospective Studies KW - Smoking KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: MENOF C2 - 16037764 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.; MRC National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free and University College Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: d.kuh@nhsd.mrc.ac.uk N1 - References: Van Der Schouw, Y.T., Van Der, G.Y., Steyerberg, E.W., Eijkemans, J.C., Banga, J.D., Age at menopause as a risk factor for cardiovascular mortality (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 714-718; Hu, F.B., Grodstein, F., Hennekens, C.H., Age at natural menopause and risk of cardiovascular disease (1999) Arch Intern Med, 159, pp. 1061-1066; Kelsey, J.L., Gammon, M.D., John, E.M., Reproductive factors and breast cancer (1993) Epidemiol Rev, 15, pp. 36-47; Cooper, G.S., Sandler, D.P., Age at natural menopause and mortality (1998) Ann Epidemiol, 8, pp. 229-235; Balasch, J., Sex steroids and bone: Current perspectives (2003) Hum Reprod Update, 9, pp. 207-222; Ginsburg, J., What determines the age at the menopause? (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 1288-1289; Wise, P.M., Neuroendocrine modulation of the "menopause": Insights into the aging brain (1999) Am J Physiol, 277, pp. E965-E970; Sneider, A., MacGregor, A.J., Spector, T.D., Genes control the cessation of a woman's reproductive life: A twin study of hysterectomy and age at menopause (1998) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 83, pp. 1875-1880; Treloar, S.A., Do, K.-A., Martin, N.G., Genetic influences on the age at menopause (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 1084-1085; De Bruin, J.P., Bovenhuis, H., Van Noord, P.A., The role of genetic factors in age at natural menopause (2001) Hum Reprod, 16, pp. 2014-2018; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and gynaecological disorders: A life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 64-85. , Kuh D, Hardy R, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Richards, M., Kuh, D.L., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime cognitive function and timing of natural menopause (1999) Neurology, 53, pp. 308-314; Batty, G.D., Morton, S.M.B., Campbell, D., The Aberdeen Children of the 1950s cohort study: Background, methods, and follow-up information on a new resource for the study of life course and intergenerational influences on health (2004) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 18, pp. 221-239; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S., Hardy, R.J., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and costs associated with study longevity (2003) Soc Sci Med, 57, pp. 2193-2205; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menopause Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; Brambilla, D., McKinlay, S.M., Johannes, C.B., Defining the perimenopause for application in epidemiologic investigations (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 1091-1095; Batty, G.D., Clark, H., Morton, S.M.B., Intelligence in childhood and mortality, migration, questionnaire response rate, and self-reported morbidity and risk factor levels in adulthood: Preliminary findings from the Aberdeen "Children of the 1950s" study (2002) J Epidemiol Community Health, 56 (SUPPL. 2), pp. A1; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M., Smoking, body mass index, socioeconomic status and the age at menopause transition in a British national cohort (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 845-851; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Social and environmental conditions across the life course and age at menopause in a British birth cohort study (2005) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 112, pp. 346-354; Whalley, L.J., Fox, H.C., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Age at natural menopause and cognition (2004) Maturitas, 49, pp. 148-156; Shinberg, D.S., An event history analysis of age at last menstrual period: Correlates of natural and surgical menopause among midlife Wisconsin women (1998) Soc Sci Med, 46, pp. 1381-1396; Gold, E.B., Bromberger, J., Crawford, S., Factors associated with age at natural menopause in a multiethnic sample of midlife women (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 153, pp. 865-874; Welberg, L.A., Seckl, J.R., Prenatal stress, glucocorticoids and the programming of the brain (2001) J Neuroendocrinol, 13, pp. 113-128; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 342-348; Chrousos, G.P., Torpy, D.J., Gold, P.W., Interactions between the hupothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis and the female reproductive system (1998) Ann Intern Med, 129, pp. 229-240; Ellison, P.T., Developmental influences on adult ovarian hormonal function (1996) Am J Hum Biol, 8, pp. 725-734; Nunez De La Mora, A., Chatterton, R.T., Choudhury, O., Napolitano, D., Hochman, J., Bentley, G.R., Developmental effects on salivary progesterone levels in migrant Bangladeshi women (2003) Am J Hum Biol, 15, p. 277; Worthman, C.M., Endocrine pathways in differential well-being across the life course (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 197-232. , Kuh D, Hardy R, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Susser, E., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 310-314; Cresswell, J.L., Egger, P., Fall, C.H.D., Osmond, C., Fraser, R.B., Barker, D.J.P., Is the age of menopause determined in-utero? (1997) Early Hum Dev, 49, pp. 143-148; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Does early growth influence timing of the menopause (2002) Hum Reprod, 17, pp. 2474-2479; Richards, M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Rahimi-Foroushani, A., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Paul, A., Infant nutrition and cognitive development in the first offspring of a national UK born cohort (1998) Dev Med Child Neurol, 40, pp. 163-167; Rodgers, B., Feeding in infancy and later ability and attainment: A longitudinal study (1978) Dev Med Child Neurol, 20, pp. 421-426; Richards, M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Long-term effects of early adversity on cognitive function (2004) Arch Dis Child, 89, pp. 922-927; Van Asselt, K.M., Kok, H.S., Putter, H., Linkage analysis of extremely discordant and concordant sibling pairs identifies quantitative trait loci influencing variation in human menopausal age (2004) Am J Hum Genet, 74, pp. 444-453; Steyaert, J., Legius, E., Borghgraef, M., Fryns, J.P., A distinct neurocognitive phenotype in female fragile-X premutation carriers assessed with visual attention tasks (2003) Am J Med Genet, 116 A, pp. 44-51; Block, S.S., Brusca-Vega, R., Pizzi, W.J., Berry-Kravis, E., Maino, D.M., Treitman, T.M., Cognitive and visual processing skills and their relationship to mutation size in full and premutation female fragile X carriers (2000) Optom Vis Sci, 77, pp. 592-599; Aittomaki, K., Lucena, J.L., Pakarinen, P., Mutation in the follicle-stimulating hormone receptor gene causes hereditary hypergonadotropic ovarian failure (1995) Cell, 82, pp. 959-968; Ji, Y., Urakami, K., Wada-Isoe, K., Adachi, Y., Nakashima, K., Estrogen receptor gene polymorphisms in patients with Alzheimer's disease, vascular dementia, and alcohol-associated dementia (2000) Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord, 11, pp. 119-122; Lambert, J.C., Harris, J.M., Mann, D., Are the estrogen receptors involved in Alzheimer's disease? (2001) Neurosci Lett, 306, pp. 193-197; Turic, D., Fisher, P.J., Plomin, R., Owen, M.J., No association between apolipoprotein E polymorphisms and general cognitive ability in children (2001) Neurosci Lett, 299, pp. 97-100; Deary, I.J., Whiteman, M.C., Pattie, A., Cognitive change and apoE4 allele (2002) Nature, 418, p. 932; Richards, M., Sacker, A., Lifetime antecedents of cognitive reserve (2003) J Clin Exp Neuropsychol, 25, pp. 614-624; Deary, I.J., Whalley, L.J., Lemmon, H., The stability of individual differences in mental ability from childhood to old age: Follow-up of the 1932 Scottish mental survey (2000) Intelligence, 28, pp. 57-68 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-23244468555&doi=10.1097%2f01.GME.0000153889.40119.4C&partnerID=40&md5=6c632ba457119cba63023b23116b8243 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Smoking during pregnancy and bulimia nervosa in offspring T2 - Journal of Perinatal Medicine J2 - J. Perinat. Med. VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 206 EP - 211 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1515/JPM.2005.038 SN - 03005577 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Ehlin, A. AU - Ekbom, A. AD - Clinical Research Center, Örebro University Hospital, Örebro, Sweden AD - Clinical Epidemiology Unit, Department of Medicine, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Universitetssjukhuset Örebro, Kliniskt Forskningscentrum, 701 85 Örebro, Sweden AB - Because smoking during pregnancy is implicated in influencing appetite and impulse control in offspring, the aim of this study was to establish if it is associated with bulimia nervosa in offspring. Bulimia was identified at age 30 years among 4046 females, born 5-11 April, 1970. After adjustment for potential confounding factors including body mass index (BMI) and maternal psychiatric morbidity, smoking during pregnancy was associated with bulimia in offspring by age 30 years. Compared with non-smoking mothers, the adjusted odds ratios (95% confidence intervals) for bulimia in offspring were 0.74 (0.25-2.21) for those who gave up before pregnancy, 3.04 (1.16-7.95) for giving up during pregnancy and 2.64 (1.47-4.74) for smoking throughout pregnancy. Smoking during pregnancy was not associated with anorexia nervosa in offspring. Neither BMI nor variation between childhood and adult BMI explain the association. If the association of smoking during pregnancy with bulimia in offspring is causal, then it may operate through compromised central nervous system development and its influence on impulse or appetite control. The increased risk associated with mothers who gave up smoking during pregnancy emphasizes the importance of smoking cessation prior to conception. Copyright © by Walter de Gruyter. KW - Anorexia nervosa KW - Appetite KW - Bulimia nervosa KW - Longitudinal KW - Pregnancy KW - Smoking KW - adult KW - anorexia nervosa KW - appetite KW - article KW - birth KW - body mass KW - bulimia KW - central nervous system KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - female KW - high risk pregnancy KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - maternal morbidity KW - mental disease KW - mother KW - nervous system development KW - pregnancy KW - priority journal KW - progeny KW - smoking KW - smoking cessation KW - Adult KW - Anorexia Nervosa KW - Body Mass Index KW - Breast Feeding KW - Bulimia KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Maternal Exposure KW - Odds Ratio KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPEMA C2 - 15914342 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Universitetssjukhuset Örebro, Kliniskt Forskningscentrum, 701 85 Örebro, Sweden; email: scott.montgomery@medks.ki.se N1 - References: Cole, T.J., Bellizzi, M.C., Flegal, K.M., Dietz, W.H., Establishing a standard definition for child overweight and obesity worldwide: International survey (2000) Br Med J, 320, p. 1240; Fairburn, C.G., Harrison, P.J., Eating disorders (2003) Lancet, 361, p. 407; Ferri, E., Bynner, J., Wadsworth, M., (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives, , Institute of Education Press, London; Grummer-Strawn, L.M., Zuguo, M., Does breastfeeding protect against pediatric overweight? Analysis of longitudinal data from the centers for disease control and prevention pediatric nutrition surveillance system (2004) Pediatrics, 113, p. 81; Guss, J.L., Kissileff, H.R., Devlin, M.J., Zimmerli, E., Walsh, B.T., Binge size increases with body mass index in women with binge-eating disorder (2002) Obes Res, 10, p. 1021; Hediger, M.L., Overpeck, M.D., Kuczmarski, R.J., Ruan, W.J., Association between infant breastfeeding and overweight in young children (2001) JAMA, 285, p. 2453; Henderson, J.J., Evans, S.F., Straton, J.A.Y., Priest, S.R., Hagan, R., Impact of postnatal depression on breastfeeding duration (2003) Birth Issues Perinat Care, 30, p. 175; Levin, E.D., Wilkerson, A., Jones, J.P., Christopher, N.C., Briggs, S.J., Prenatal nicotine effects on memory in rats: Pharmacological and behavioural challenges (1996) Dev Brain Res, 97, p. 207; Montgomery, S.M., Ekbom, A., Smoking during pregnancy and diabetes mellitus in a British longitudinal birth cohort (2002) Br Med J, 324, p. 26; Parsons, T.J., Power, C., Manor, O., Infant feeding and obesity through the lifecourse (2003) Arch Dis Child, 88, p. 793; Plewis, I., (1985) Analysing Change, , Wiley, London; Power, C., Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Fetal environment and subsequent obesity: A study of maternal smoking (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, p. 413; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry Psychiatric Epidemiol, 34, p. 333; Simondon, K.B., Costes, R., Delaunay, V., Diallo, A., Simondon, F., Children's height, health and appetite influence mother's weaning decisions in rural Senegal (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, p. 476; Toschke, A.M., Ehlin, A.G.C., Von Kries, R., Ekbom, A., Montgomery, S.M., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and appetite control in offspring (2003) J Perinat Med, 31, p. 251; Toschke, A.M., Montgomery, S.M., Pfeiffer, U., Von Kries, R., Early intrauterine exposure to tobacco-inhaled products and obesity (2003) Am J Epidemiol, 158, p. 1068; Von Kries, R., Toschke, A.M., Koletzko, B., Slikker Jr., W., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and childhood obesity (2002) Am J Epidemiol, 156, p. 954; Diet, nutrition and the prevention of chronic diseases (2002) WHO Tech Rep Ser, 916, p. 61; Wideroe, M., Vik, T., Jacobsen, G., Bakketeig, L.S., Does maternal smoking during pregnancy cause childhood overweight (2003) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 17, p. 171; Xu, Z., Seidler, F.J., Ali, S.F., Slikker Jr., W., Slotkin, T.A., Fetal and adolescent nicotine administration: Effects on CNS serotonergic systems (2001) Brain Res, 914, p. 166; Yanai, J., Pick, C.G., Rogel-Fuchs, Y., Zahalka, E.A., Alterations in hippocampal cholinergic receptors and hippocampal behaviors after early exposure to nicotine (1992) Brain Res Bull, 29, p. 363 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-23044467929&doi=10.1515%2fJPM.2005.038&partnerID=40&md5=8e378724a8effb3656454253ead909b4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Young fatherhood and subsequent disadvantage in the United Kingdom T2 - Journal of Marriage and Family J2 - J. Marriage Fam. VL - 67 IS - 3 SP - 735 EP - 753 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1741-3737.2005.00166.x SN - 00222445 (ISSN) AU - Sigle-Rushton, W. AD - London School of Economics and Political Science, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Policy, Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom AB - Although there has been increasing attention to the importance of fathers and their relationships with their children, few studies have examined young parenthood and its consequences for fathers' life chances. In recent years, this has begun to change, and research is examining, to a far greater extent, the experiences of young fathers. Using data from a cohort of British men born in 1970, this paper uses a propensity score-matching technique to compare the well-being of 344 men who reported becoming fathers before the age of 22 with men from similar backgrounds who did not. The findings suggest that selection into young fatherhood is substantial but, for some outcomes, significant differences remain. KW - British cohort study KW - Fatherhood KW - Propensity score matching N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JMFAA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sigle-Rushton, W.; London School of Economics and Political ScienceUnited Kingdom; email: w.siglerushton@lse.ac.uk N1 - References: Becker, S.O., Ichino, A., Estimation of average treatment effects based on propensity scores (2002) Stata Journal, 2, pp. 358-377; Boheim, R., Ermisch, J., Partnership dissolution in the UK: The role of economic circumstances (2001) Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 63, pp. 197-208; Brien, M.J., Willis, R.J., Costs and consequences for the fathers (1997) Kids Having Kids: Economic Costs and Social Consequences of Teen Pregnancy, pp. 95-143. , R. A. Maynard (Ed.). Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press; Burchardt, T., Legrand, J., Piachaud, D., Degrees of exclusion: Developing a dynamic, multidimensional measure (2002) Understanding Social Exclusion, pp. 30-44. , J. Hills, J. LeGrand, & D. Piachaud (Eds.). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press; Card, J.J., Wise, L.L., Teenage mothers and teenage fathers: The impact of early childbearing on the parents' personal and professional lives (1978) Family Planning Perspectives, 10, pp. 199-205; Collins, D., Deepchand, K., Fitzgerald, R., Perry, J., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Smith, K., (2001) Stability, Change, and Development in the British Population, , London: Joint Centre for Longitudinal Research; Dearden, K., Hale, C., Alvarez, J., The educational antecedents of teen fatherhood (1992) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 62, pp. 139-147; Dearden, K., Hale, C., Blankson, M., Family structure, function, and the early transition to fatherhood in Great Britain: Identifying antecedents using longitudinal data (1994) Journal of Marriage and Family, 56, pp. 844-852; Dearden, K., Hale, C., Woolley, T., Home, school, and society: Identifying the antecedents of teen fatherhood (1995) American Journal of Public Health, 58, pp. 551-554; Dehejia, R., Wahba, S., (1998) Propensity Score Matching Methods for Non-experimental Causal Studies, , (NBER Working Paper No. 6829). Cambridge, MA: NBER; Despotiduou, S., Shepherd, P., (1998) 1970 British Cohort Study, Twenty Six Year Follow Up, , London: Statistics Research Unit, City University; Elder Jr., G.H., Time, human agency, and social change: Perspectives on the life course (1994) Social Psychology Quarterly, 57, pp. 4-15; Gottfredson, M., Hirschi, T., (1990) A General Theory of Crime, , Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University Press; Halle, T., (2002) Charting Parenthood: A Statistical Portrait of Fathers and Mothers in America, , Washington, DC: Child Trends; Hanson, S.L., Morrison, D.R., Ginsburg, A.L., The antecedents of teenage fatherhood (1989) Demography, 26, pp. 579-596; Heckman, J., Ichimura, H., Smith, J., Todd, P., Characterizing selection bias using experimental data (1998) Econometrica, 66, pp. 1017-1098; Hobcraft, J.N., (1998) Intergenerational and Life-course Transmission of Social Exclusion: Influences of Child Poverty, Family Disruption, and Contact with the Police, , (CASE Paper No. 15). London: ESRC Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Hobcraft, J.N., Kiernan, K.E., Child poverty, early motherhood, and adult social exclusion (2001) British Journal of Sociology, 52, pp. 495-517; Hotz, V.J., McElroy, S.W., Sanders, S.G., The impacts of teenage childbearing on the mothers and the consequences of those impacts for government (1997) Kids Having Kids: Economic Costs and Social Consequences of Teen Pregnancy, pp. 54-94. , R. A. Maynard (Ed.). Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press; Jaffee, S.R., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Taylor, A., Dickson, N., Predicting early fatherhood and whether young fathers live with their children: Prospective findings and policy reconsiderations (2001) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, pp. 803-815; Kiernan, K.E., The impact of family disruption in childhood on transitions made in adult life (1992) Population Studies, 46, pp. 213-234; Kiernan, K.E., Diamond, I., The age at which childbearing starts - A longitudinal study (1983) Population Studies, 37, pp. 363-380; Kiernan, K.E., Mueller, G., Who divorces? (1999) Changing Britain: Families and Households in the 1990s, pp. 377-403. , S. McRae (Ed.). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press; Lerman, R.I., A national profile of young unwed fathers (1993) Young Unwed Fathers: Changing Roles, Emerging Policies, pp. 27-51. , R. I. Lerman & T. J. Ooms (Eds.). Philadelphia: Temple University Press; Lichter, D.T., Graefe, D.R., Finding a mate? The marital and cohabitation histories of unwed mothers (2001) Out of Wedlock: Causes and Consequences of Nonmarital Childbearing, pp. 317-343. , L. L. Wu & B. Wolfe (Eds.). New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Michael, R.T., Tuma, N.B., Entry in marriage and parenthood by young men and women: The influence of family background (1985) Demography, 22, pp. 515-544; Moore, K.A., Morrison, D.R., Greene, A.D., Effects on the children born to adolescent mothers (1997) Kids Having Kids: Economic Costs and Social Consequences of Teen Pregnancy, pp. 145-180. , R. A. Maynard (Ed.). Washington, DC: Urban Institute Press; Moore, K.A., Myers, D., Morrison, D.R., Nord, C., Brown, B., Edmonstron, B., Age at first childbirth and later poverty (1993) Journal of Research on Adolescence, 3, pp. 393-422; Neugarten, B.L., Adaptation and the life cycle (1976) Counseling Psychologist, 6, pp. 16-20; Nock, S.L., The consequences of premarital fatherhood (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 250-263; Nock, S.L., (1998) Marriage in Men's Lives, , New York: Oxford University Press; Parke, R.D., (1996) Fatherhood, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Plewis, I., Calderwood, L., Hawkes, D., Nathan, G., (2004) National Child Development Study and 1970 British Cohort Study Technical Report: Changes in the NCDS and BCS70 Populations and Samples over Time, , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies; Richman, N., Depression in mothers of young children (1978) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 71, pp. 489-493; Rosenbaum, P.R., Rubin, D.B., The central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects (1983) Biometrika, 70, pp. 41-55; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Graham, P., Isle of wight studies: 1964-1974 (1976) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 689-700; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health, and Behavior, , London: Longman; Sampson, R.J., Laub, J.H., (1993) Crime in the Making: Pathways and Turning Points Through Life, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Sigle-Rushton, W., (2004) Intergenerational and Life-course Transmission of Social Exclusion in the 1970 British Cohort Study, , (CASE Paper No. 78). London: ESRC Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Smith, H.L., Matching with multiple controls to estimate treatment effects in observational studies (1997) Sociological Methodology, 27, pp. 325-353; Stouthamer-Loeber, M., Wei, E.H., The precursors of young fatherhood and its effect on delinquency of teenage males (1998) Journal of Adolescent Health, 22, pp. 56-65; Thornberry, T.P., Smith, C.A., Howard, G.G., Risk factors for teenage fatherhood (1997) Journal of Marriage and Family, 59, pp. 505-522; Tzeng, J.M., Mare, R.D., Labor market and socioeconomic effects on marital stability (1995) Social Science Research, 24, pp. 329-351; Wright, B.R.E., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Silva, P.A., Low self-control, social bonds, and crime: Social causation, social selection, or both? (1999) Criminology, 37, pp. 479-514 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-32144455367&doi=10.1111%2fj.1741-3737.2005.00166.x&partnerID=40&md5=42008fab7d14800dcdfc1fdd2a9ba466 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parental divorce and subsequent disadvantage: A cross-cohort comparison T2 - Demography J2 - Demography VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 427 EP - 446 PY - 2005 SN - 00703370 (ISSN) AU - Sigle-Rushton, W. AU - Hobcraft, J. AU - Kiernan, K. AD - Department of Social Policy, London School of Economics, Houghton Street, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Policy and Social Work, University of York, Heslington, York, United Kingdom AB - Although many studies have examined the link between parental divorce and subsequent well-being, some theories of the effects of divorce suggest that the negative associations should have declined over time. However, few studies have examined the extent to which the associations have remained stable over time. Using data from two British cohorts, we analyzed both shorter- and longer-term outcomes of children who experienced parental divorce and the extent to which the associations have changed over time. Estimating similar models for both cohorts, we found little evidence of any change in the size of the relationship as divorce became more commonplace. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - child welfare KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - cross-sectional study KW - divorce KW - female KW - human KW - information processing KW - male KW - parent KW - psychological aspect KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child Welfare KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Data Collection KW - Divorce KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Parents N1 - Cited By :56 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 16235607 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sigle-Rushton, W.; Department of Social Policy, London School of Economics, Houghton Street, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: w.sigle-rushton@lse.ac.uk N1 - References: Amato, P.R., Keith, B., "Parental Divorce and the Well-being of Children: A Meta-Analysis" (1991) Psychological Bulletin, 110, pp. 26-46; Amato, P.R., Keith, B., "Parental Divorce and Adult Well-being: A Meta-Analysis" (1991) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 53, pp. 43-58; Biblarz, T.J., Raftery, A., "Family Structure, Educational Attainment, and Socioeconomic Success: Rethinking the 'Pathology of the Matriarchy'" (1999) American Journal of Sociology, 105, pp. 321-365; Burrows, R., (1997) Contemporary Patterns of Residential Mobility in Relation to Social Housing in England, , York, England: Centre for Housing Policy, University of York; Bynner, J., Elias, P., McKnight, A., Pan, H., Pierre, G., (2002) Young People's Changing Routes to Independence, , London: Joseph Rowntree Association; Bynner, J., Joshi, H., "Equality and Opportunity in Education: Evidence From the 1958 and 1970 Birth Cohort Studies" (2002) Oxford Review of Education, 28, pp. 405-425; Cherlin, A.J., Furstenberg, F.F., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Kiernan, K., Robins, P.K., Morrison, D.R., Teitler, J.O., "Longitudinal Studies of Effects of Divorce on Children in Great Britain and the United States" (1991) Science, 252, pp. 1386-1389. , (June 7); Cherlin, A.J., Kiernan, K., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., "Parental Divorce in Childhood and Demographic Outcomes in Young Adulthood" (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 299-318; Collins, D., Deepchand, K., Fitzgerald, R., Perry, J., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Smith, K., (2001) Stability, Change, and Development in the British Population, , Technical Report. London: Joint Centre for Longitudinal Research; Despotiduou, S., Shepherd, P., (1998) 1970 British Cohort Study, Twenty Six Year Follow Up, , Guide to data available at the ESRC Data Archive, Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London; Ely, M., Richards, M.P.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Elliot, B.J., "Secular Changes in the Association of Parental Divorce and Children's Educational Attainment? Evidence From Three British Cohorts" (1999) Journal of Social Policy, 28, pp. 437-455; Furstenberg, F.F., Kiernan, K., "Delayed Parental Divorce: How Much Do Children Benefit?" (2001) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 63, pp. 446-457; Hobcraft, J.N., "Intergenerational and Life-Course Transmission of Social Exclusion: Influences of Child Poverty, Family Disruption, and Contact With the Police" (1998), CASE Paper 15, ESRC Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Jekielek, S.M., "Parental Conflict, Marital Disruption, and Children's Emotional Well-being" (1998) Social Forces, 76, pp. 905-935; Kiernan, K., "The Impact of Family Disruption in Childhood on Transitions Made in Young Adult Life" (1992) Population Studies, 46, pp. 213-234; Kiernan, K., "The Legacy of Parental Divorce: Social, Economic, and Demographic Experiences in Adulthood" (1997), CASE Paper 1. Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Kiernan, K., "Cohabitation and Divorce Across Nations and Generations" (2004) Human Development Across Lives and Generations: The Potential for Change, pp. 139-1370. , edited by P.L. Chase-Lansdale, K. Kiernan, and R. Friedman. New York: Cambridge University Press; Lee, P., Murie, A., (1997) Poverty, Housing Tenure, and Social Exclusion, , Bristol, England: The Policy Press; McLanahan, S.S., Sandefur, G., (1994) Growing Up With a Single Parent: What Hurts, What Helps?, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Morrison, D.R., Cherlin, A.J., "The Divorce Process and Young Children's Well-being: A Prospective Analysis" (1995) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 57, pp. 800-812; Murie, A., Niner, P., Watson, C., (1976) Housing Policy and the Housing System, , London: Allen and Unwin; Richman, N., "Depression in Mothers of Young Children" (1978) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 71, pp. 489-493; Rogers, B., Pryor, J., (1998) Divorce and Separation: The Outcomes for Children, , York, England: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Graham, P., "Isle of Wight Studies: 1964-1974" (1976) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 689-700; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health, and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Sigle-Rushton, W., McLanahan, S.S., "Father Absence and Child Well-being: A Critical Review" (2004) The Future of the Family, pp. 116-158. , edited by D.P. Moynihan, T. Smeeding, and L. Rainwater. New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Stolzenberg, R.M., Relles, D., "Testing Theory in a World of Constrained Research Design" (1990) Sociological Methods and Research, 18, pp. 395-415; Wadsworth, M.E., MacLean, A., "Parents' Divorce and Children's Life Chances" (1986) Children and Youth Services Review, 8 (2), pp. 145-159; West, A., Pennell, H., (2003) Underachievement in Schools, , London: Routledge Falmer; Wolfinger, N.H., "Trends in the Intergenerational Transmission of Divorce" (1999) Demography, 36, pp. 415-420 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-26044438843&partnerID=40&md5=10003ef01568b7ca5ce2b78333f762f8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Socio-economic position across the life course and hysterectomy in three British cohorts: A cross-cohort comparative study T2 - BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology J2 - BJOG Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 112 IS - 8 SP - 1126 EP - 1133 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2005.00654.x SN - 14700328 (ISSN) AU - Cooper, R. AU - Lawlor, D.A. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Ebrahim, S. AU - Leon, D.A. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AU - Kuh, D. AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Population Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To examine the association between indicators of lifetime socio-economic position and rates of hysterectomy in three British cohorts. Design: Cross-cohort comparative study. Setting: Two cohorts: England, Scotland and Wales. Third cohort: Aberdeen, Scotland. Population: Three thousand two hundred and eight women born between 1919 and 1940, participating in the British Women's Heart and Health Study (BWHHS); 1394 women from the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (NSHD), followed up since birth in 1946; 3208 women born between 1950 and 1955, participating in the Aberdeen Children of the 1950s study, all with complete information on lifetime socio-economic position and hysterectomy status. Methods: Relative indices of inequality were derived for markers of socio-economic position in childhood and adulthood. Cox's regression models were used to test the association between these markers and hysterectomy. Main outcome measure: Self-reported hysterectomy with or without oophorectomy. Results: Adverse socio-economic position in childhood and as indicated by educational status was associated with reduced rates of hysterectomy in the oldest of the three cohorts (BWHHS), whereas conversely in the NSHD and Aberdeen cohorts it was associated with increased rates of hysterectomy. The unadjusted hazards ratios for hysterectomy comparing worst to best socio-economic position for father's social class were 0.73 (0.56, 0.96) for women from the BWHHS, 1.77 (1.19, 2.65) for those from the NSHD and 2.06 (1.46, 2.89) for those from the Aberdeen cohort. Associations between markers of adult socio-economic position and hysterectomy tended to be weaker in all three cohorts and often did not reach conventional levels of statistical significance. Conclusions: Our results show that hysterectomy rates are influenced by childhood socio-economic position and educational attainment, but that the nature of this association varies across these three British cohorts born in different decades of the 20th century. That there were no consistent or strong associations between adult SEP and hysterectomy rates suggest that social factors influencing rates of hysterectomy are likely to be those experienced or which develop in early life rather than those which develop later. © RCOG 2005 BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - hysterectomy KW - infant KW - lifespan KW - major clinical study KW - newborn KW - ovariectomy KW - priority journal KW - self report KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - educational status KW - middle aged KW - regression analysis KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - statistics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Hysterectomy KW - Middle Aged KW - Ovariectomy KW - Regression Analysis KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BIOGF C2 - 16045529 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cooper, R.; Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Maresh, M.J.A., Metcalfe, M.A., McPherson, K., The VALUE national hysterectomy study: Description of the patients and their surgery (2002) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 109, pp. 302-312; Vessey, M.P., Villard-Mackintosh, L., McPherson, K., Coulter, A., Yeates, D., The epidemiology of hysterectomy: Findings in a large cohort study (1992) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 99, pp. 402-407; Kasper, A.S., Hysterectomy as social process (1985) Women Health, 10, pp. 109-127; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and gynaecological disorders: A life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 64-85. , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Dharmalingam, A., Pool, I., Dickson, J., Biosocial determinants of hysterectomy in New Zealand (2000) Am J Public Health, 90, pp. 1455-1458; Harlow, B.L., Barbieri, R.L., Influence of education on risk of hysterectomy before age 45 years (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 843-847; Kjerulff, K., Langenberg, P., Guzinski, G., The socioeconomic correlates of hysterectomies in the United States (1993) Am J Public Health, 83, pp. 106-108; Kuh, D., Stirling, S., Socioeconomic variation in admission for diseases of female genital system and breast in a national cohort aged 15-43 (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 840-843; Marks, N.F., Shinberg, D.S., Socioeconomic differences in hysterectomy: The Wisconsin longitudinal study (1997) Am J Public Health, 87, pp. 1507-1514; Marshall, S.F., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D., Socioeconomic variation in hysterectomy up to age 52: National, population based, prospective cohort study (2000) BMJ, 320, p. 1579; Marshall, S., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Changes with age in the socioeconomic gradient in hysterectomy: Findings from a national cohort (2000) J Epidemiol Community Health, 54, p. 782; Meilahn, E.N., Matthews, K.A., Egeland, G., Kelsey, S.F., Characteristics of women with hysterectomy (1989) Maturitas, 11, pp. 319-329; Santow, G., Bracher, M., Correlates of hysterectomy in Australia (1992) Soc Sci Med, 34, pp. 929-942; Seltnes, A., Jorgensen, T., Hysterectomy in a Danish cohort. Prevalence, incidence and socio-demographic characteristics (1996) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 75, pp. 274-280; Coulter, A., McPherson, K., Socioeconomic variations in the use of common surgical operations (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 183-187; Ross, C.E., Wu, C., The links between education and health (1995) Am Social Rev, 60, pp. 719-745; Kuh, D., Power, C., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Socioeconomic pathways between childhood and adult health (2004) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, pp. 371-395. , Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Sacker, A., Schoon, I., Bartley, M., Social inequality in educational achievement and psychosocial adjustment throughout childhood: Magnitude and mechanisms (2002) Soc Sci Med, 55, pp. 863-880; Lake, J., Power, C., Cole, T., Significant social class gradient in menstrual disorders (1995) BMJ, 311, p. 1503; Power, C., Parsons, T., Overweight and obesity from a life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 304-328. , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Davey Smith, G., Lynch, J., Life course approaches to socioeconomic differentials in health (2004) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, pp. 77-115. , Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Lawlor, D.A., Bedford, C., Taylor, M., Ebrahim, S., Geographical variation in cardiovascular disease, risk factors, and their control in older women: British Women's Heart and Health Study (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 134-140; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., The association of socio-economic position across the life course and age at menopause: The British Women's Heart and Health Study (2003) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 110, pp. 1078-1087; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menopause Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; Batty, G.D., Morton, S.M.B., Campbell, D., The Aberdeen Children of the 1950s cohort study: Background, methods, and follow-up information on a new resource for the study of life course and intergenerational influences on health (2004) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 18, pp. 221-239; Mackenbach, J.P., Kunst, A.E., Measuring the magnitude of socio-economic inequalities in health: An overview of available measures illustrated with two examples from Europe (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 757-771; Kennedy, T.M., Jones, R.H., The epidemiology of hysterectomy and irritable bowel syndrome in a UK population (2000) Int J Clin Prac, 54, pp. 647-650; Brett, K.M., Madans, J.H., Hysterectomy use: The correspondence between self-reports and hospital records (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, pp. 1653-1655; (1934) The Registrar-General's Decennial Supplement, England and Wales 1931: Part IIa. Occupational Mortality, , London: HMSO; Thompson, B., Baird, D., Follow-up of 186 sterilised women (1968) Lancet, 1, pp. 1023-1027; Baird, D., Sterilization and therapeutic abortion in Aberdeen (1967) Br J Psychiatry, 113, pp. 701-709; Baird, D., The Galton Lecture 1970: The obstetrician and society (1971) J Biosoc Sci, (SUPPL. 3), pp. 93-111 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-24344442957&doi=10.1111%2fj.1471-0528.2005.00654.x&partnerID=40&md5=d4719b6e62b0790acca228979fb2af4b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early life predictors of childhood intelligence: Evidence from the Aberdeen children of the 1950s study T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 59 IS - 8 SP - 656 EP - 663 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1136/jech.2004.030205 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Lawlor, D.A. AU - Batty, G.D. AU - Morton, S.M.B. AU - Deary, I.J. AU - Macintyre, S. AU - Ronalds, G. AU - Leon, D.A. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - MRC Social and Public Health Sciences Unit, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - School of Population Health, University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand AD - Department of Epidemiology and Population Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To identify the early life predictors of childhood intelligence. Design: Cohort study of 10 424 children who were born in Aberdeen (Scotland) between 1950 and 1956. Results: Social class of father around the time of birth, gravidity, maternal age, maternal physical condition, whether the child was born outside of marriage, prematurity, intrauterine growth, and childhood height were all independently associated with childhood intelligence at ages 7, 9, and 11. The effect of social class at birth was particularly pronounced, with a graded linear association across the distribution even with adjustment for all other covariates (p<0.001 for linear trend). Those from the lowest social class (V) had intelligence scores that were on average 0.9-1.0 of a standard deviation lower than those from the higher groups (I and II) at each of the three ages of intelligence testing. Collectively, the early life predictors that were examined explained 16% of the variation in intelligence at each age. Conclusions: Father's social class around the time of birth was an important predictor of childhood intelligence, even after adjustment for maternal characteristics and perinatal and childhood factors. Studies of the association of childhood intelligence with future adult disease need to ensure that the association is not fully explained by socioeconomic position. KW - educational attainment KW - social status KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body height KW - body mass KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - intelligence KW - intelligence test KW - male KW - maternal age KW - normal human KW - parity KW - prediction KW - preeclampsia KW - prematurity KW - prenatal growth KW - school child KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Fathers KW - Female KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Premature KW - Intelligence KW - Male KW - Marital Status KW - Maternal Age KW - Mothers KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Scotland KW - Sex Distribution KW - Social Class KW - Aberdeen [Aberdeen (UNA)] KW - Aberdeen [Scotland] KW - Eastern Hemisphere KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - Scotland KW - United Kingdom KW - Western Europe KW - World N1 - Cited By :55 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 16020642 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lawlor, D.A.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: d.a.lawlor@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Starr, J.M., Taylor, M.D., Hart, C.L., Childhood mental ability and blood pressure at midlife: Linking the Scottish mental survey 1932 and the Midspan studies (2004) J Hypertens, 22, pp. 893-897; Hart, C.L., Taylor, M.D., Davey Smith, G., Childhood IQ, social class, deprivation, and their relationships with mortality and morbidity risk in later life: Prospective observational study linking the Scottish mental survey 1932 and the midspan studies (2003) Psychosom Med, 65, pp. 877-883; Osier, M., Andersen, A.M., Due, P., Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function, and adult mortality. A longitudinal study of Danish men born in 1953 (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 681-686. , Correction appears in J Epidemiol Community Health 2003;57:995; Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Longitudinal cohort study of childhood IQ and survival up to age 76 (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 819; Kuh, D., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Childhood cognitive ability and deaths up until middle age: A post-war birth cohort study (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 408-413; Batty, G.D., Deary, I.J., Early life intelligence and adult health. Emerging associations, plausible mechanisms, and public health importance (2004) BMJ, 329, pp. 585-586; Taylor, M.D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Childhood mental ability and smoking cessation in adulthood: Prospective observational study linking the Scottish mental survey 1932 and the midspan studies (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 464-465; Turkheimer, E., Haley, A., Waldron, M., Socioeconomic status modifies heritability of IQ in young children (2003) Psychol Sci, 14, pp. 623-628; Turkheimer, E., Individual and group differences in adoption studies of IQ (1991) Psychol Bull, 110, pp. 392-405; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood: A systematic review (2004) Psychol Bull, 130, pp. 989-1013; Breslau, N., Chilcoat, H., Deldotto, J., Low birth weight and neurocognitive status at six years of age (1996) Biol Psychiatry, 40, pp. 389-397; Sorensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population basea study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish mental survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Childhood, 85, pp. 189-197; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, p. 305; Gordon, M., Crouthamel, C., Post, E.M., Psychosocial aspects of constitutional short stature: Social competence, behavior problems, self-esteem, and family functioning (1982) J Pediatr, 101, pp. 477-480; Stabler, B., Clopper, R.R., Siegel, P.T., Academic achievement and psychological adjustment in short children. The national cooperative growth study (1994) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 15, pp. 1-6; Stathis, S.L., O'Callaghan, M.J., Williams, G.M., Behavioural and cognitive associations of short stature at 5 years (1999) Journal of Paediatrics and Child Health, 35, pp. 562-567; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 342-348; Boardman, J.D., Powers, D.A., Padilla, Y.C., Low birth weight, social factors, and developmental outcomes among children in the United States (2002) Demography, 39, pp. 353-368; O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G.M., Andersen, M.J., Social and biological risk factors for mild and borderline impairment of language comprehension in a cohort of five-year-old children (1995) Dev Med Child Neurol, 37, pp. 1051-1061; McLoyd, V.C., Socioeconomic disadvantage and child development (1998) Am Psychol, 53, pp. 185-204; Gomez-Sanchiz, M., Canete, R., Rodero, I., Influence of breast-feeding on mental and psychomotor development (2003) Clin Pediatr, 42, pp. 35-42; Guo, G., Harris, K.M., The mechanisms mediating the effects of poverty on children's intellectual development (2000) Demography, 37, pp. 431-447; Rowe, D.C., Jacobson, K.C., Van Den Oord, E.J., Genetic and environmental influences on vocabulary IQ: Parental education level as moderator (1999) Child Dev, 70, pp. 1151-1202; Batty, G.D., Morton, S.M.B., Campbell, D., The Aberdeen children of the 1950s cohort study: Background, methods, and follow-up information on a new resource for the study of life-course and intergenerational effects on health (2004) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 18, pp. 221-239; Illsley, R., Wilson, F., Longitudinal studies in Aberdeen, Scotland. C. The Aberdeen child development survey (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research. An Empirical Basis for the Primary Prevention of Psychosocial Disorders, pp. 66-68. , Mednick S, Baert A, Bachmann B, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Birch, H.G., Richardson, S.A., Baird, D., (1970) Mental Subnormality in the Community: A Clinical and Epidemiologic Study, , Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins; (1951) Classification of Occupations 1950, , London: General Registrar Office; Royston, P., Multiple imputation of missing values (2004) Stata Journal, 4, pp. 227-241; Korenman, S., Miller, J., Sjaastad, J., Long-term poverty and child development in the United States: Results from the NLSY (1995) Children and Youth Services Review, 17, pp. 127-155; Flamin, R., Craig, I., Genetics, environment and cognitive abilities: Review and work in progress towards a genome scan for quantitative trait locus associations using DNA pooling (2001) Br J Psychiatry Suppl, 40, pp. s41-8; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Is there a sex difference in the association between birth weight and systolic blood pressure in later life? Findings from a meta-regression analysis (2002) Am J Epidemiol, 156, pp. 1100-1104; Mackenzie, H., (1953) The Third Statistical Account of Scotland. The City of Aberdeen, , Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd; Thomson, B., Hewitt, A., Skipper, D., (1985) Having a First Baby-experiences in 1951 and 1985 Compared: Two Social, Obstetric and Dietary Studies of Married Primigraviddae in Aberdeen, , Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press; Hofferth, S.L., Smith, J., McLoyd, V.C., Achievement and behavior among children of welfare recipients, welfare leavers, and low-income single mothers (2000) Journal of Social Issues, 56, pp. 747-774 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-23144442024&doi=10.1136%2fjech.2004.030205&partnerID=40&md5=d6f95de6b497e432c3ba5bb5a9103c29 ER - TY - JOUR TI - You'll never walk alone: Childhood influences and male career path clusters T2 - Labour Economics J2 - Labour Econ. VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 511 EP - 530 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.labeco.2005.05.008 SN - 09275371 (ISSN) AU - Anyadike-Danes, M. AU - McVicar, D. AD - Economic Research Institute of Northern Ireland, 2-14 East Bridge Street, Belfast BT1 3NQ, United Kingdom AD - School of Management and Economics, Queens University Belfast, University Road, Belfast BT7 1NN, United Kingdom AB - This paper examines career paths for a cohort of British 29 year old males born in 1970. A typology of careers is identified using sequence methods and cluster analysis. Among the clear 'types' are several paths dominated by unemployment and other forms of non-employment. These types are strongly correlated with individual characteristics and parental background factors observed at birth, age 10 and age 16. By estimating a multinomial logit model of career types we show how policy makers might identify early on those young men likely to experience long-term unemployment or inactivity as adults, potentially enabling better targeted preventative policy intervention. © 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. KW - Careers KW - Cluster analysis KW - Inactivity KW - Optimal matching KW - Unemployment N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LECOE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Anyadike-Danes, M.; Economic Research Institute of Northern Ireland, 2-14 East Bridge Street, Belfast BT1 3NQ, United Kingdom; email: M.Anyadike-Danes@qub.ac.uk N1 - References: Abbott, A., (2001) Time Matters On Theory and Method, , Chicago: U.P; Abbott, A., Forrest, J., Optimal matching methods for historical data (1986) Journal of Interdisciplinary History, 16, pp. 473-496; Abbott, A., Hrycak, A., Measuring resemblance in social sequences (1990) American Journal of Sociology, 96, pp. 144-185; Beatty, C., Fothergill, S., Macmillan, R., A theory of employment, unemployment and sickness (2000) Regional Studies, 34, pp. 617-630; Bynner, J., Education and family components of identity in the transition from school to work (1998) International Journal of Behavioural Development, 22 (1), pp. 29-53; Bynner, J., Elias, P., McKnight, A., Pan, H., Pierre, G., (2002) Young People's Changing Routes to Independence, , York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Cramer, J.S., Ridder, G., Pooling states in the multinomial logit model (1991) Journal of Econometrics, 47, pp. 267-272; Eberts, R., O'Leary, C., Wandner, S., (2002) Targeting Employment Services, , UpJohn Institute Kalamazoo, Michigan; Gregg, P., The impact of youth unemployment on adult unemployment in the NCDS (2001) Economic Journal, 111, pp. F626-F653; Halpin, B., Tracks through time and continuous processes: Transitions, sequences and social structure' (2003), Paper Presented for the Conference, 'Frontiers in Social and Economic Mobility, Cornell University, March 27-29 2003; Halpin, B., Chan, T.-W., Class careers as sequences (1998) European Sociological Review, 14 (2), pp. 111-130; Hasluck, C., 'Targeting services in the individual customer strategy: The role of profiling-a review of the research evidence' (2004), Report No. 192, Jobcentre Plus Analysis Division, UK Department of Work and Pensions, London; Jenkins, S., Rigg, J.A., Disability and disadvantage: Selection, onset and duration effects (2003), Institute for Social and Economic Research Working Paper No. 2003-18, University of Essex; Levine, J.H., But what have you done for us lately? (2000) Sociological Methods and Research, 29 (1), pp. 34-40; Machin, S., Manning, A., The causes and consequences of long term unemployment in Europe (1999) Handbook of Labor Economics, 3 C. , O. Ashenfelter D. Card (Eds) Elsevier Amsterdam; Magnac, T., Subsidised training and youth employment: Distinguishing unobserved heterogeneity from state dependence in labour market histories (2000) Economic Journal, 110, pp. 805-837; Mano, M.A., Munoz-Bullon, F., Employment status mobility from a life-cycle perspective: A sequence analysis of work histories in the BHPS (2003) Demographic Research, 9, pp. 120-160; McVicar, D., Anyadike-Danes, M., Predicting successful and unsuccessful transitions from school to work by using sequence methods (2002) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A, 165 (2), pp. 317-334; Morgan, B.J.T., Ray, A.P.G., Non-uniqueness and inversions in cluster analysis (1995) Applied Statistics, 44, pp. 117-134; Nathan, G., A Review of Sample Attrition and Representativeness in Three Longitudinal Surveys (1999) Government Statistical Service Methodology Series, 13; Pollock, G., Antcliff, V., Ralph, R., Work orders: Analyzing employment histories using sequence data (2002) International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 5 (2), pp. 91-105; Sankoff, D., Kruskal, J.B., (1983) Time Warps, String Edits and Macromolecules, , Addison Wesley Reading MA; Scherer, S., Early career patterns: A comparison of Great Britain and Germany (1999) European Sociological Review, 17 (2), pp. 119-144; Schoon, I., McCullough, A., Joshi, H., Wiggins, R., Bynner, J., Transitions from school to work in a changing social context (2001) Young, 9, pp. 4-22; Wolpin, K., Estimating a structural search model: The transition from school to work (1987) Econometrica, 55, pp. 801-817; Wu, L.L., Some comments on "sequence analysis and optimal matching methods in sociology: Review and prospect (2000) Sociological Methods and Research, 29 (1), pp. 41-64 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-24044531939&doi=10.1016%2fj.labeco.2005.05.008&partnerID=40&md5=1ebbf9dde50f3dd747144439658ad5b7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Multinational impact of the 1968 Hong Kong influenza pandemic: Evidence for a smoldering pandemic T2 - Journal of Infectious Diseases J2 - J. Infect. Dis. VL - 192 IS - 2 SP - 233 EP - 248 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1086/431150 SN - 00221899 (ISSN) AU - Viboud, C. AU - Grais, R.F. AU - Lafont, B.A.P. AU - Miller, M.A. AU - Simonsen, L. AD - Fogarty International Center, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - Fogarty International Center, National Institutes of Health, 16 Center Dr., Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AB - Background. The first pandemic season of A/H3N2 influenza virus (1968/1969) resulted in significant mortality in the United States, but it was the second pandemic season of A/H3N2 influenza virus (1969/1970) that caused the majority of deaths in England. We further explored the global pattern of mortality caused by the pandemic during this period. Methods. We estimated the influenza-related excess mortality in 6 countries (United States, Canada, England and Wales, France, Japan, and Australia) using national vital statistics by age for 1967-1978. Geographical and temporal pandemic patterns in mortality were compared with the genetic drift of the influenza viruses by analyzing hemagglutinin and neuraminidase sequences from GenBank. Results. In North America, the majority of influenza-related deaths in 1968/1969 and 1969/1970 occurred during the first pandemic season (United States, 70%; Canada, 54%). Conversely, in Europe and Asia, the pattern was reversed: 70% of deaths occurred during the second pandemic season. The second pandemic season coincided with a drift in the neuraminidase antigen. Conclusion. We found a consistent pattern of mortality being delayed until the second pandemic season of A/H3N2 circulation in Europe and Asia. We hypothesize that this phenomenon may be explained by higher pre-existing neuraminidase immunity (from the A/H2N2 era) in Europe and Asia than in North America, combined with a subsequent drift in the neuraminidase antigen during 1969/1970. KW - virus antigen KW - virus hemagglutinin KW - virus sialidase KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - Australia KW - Canada KW - child KW - controlled study KW - epidemic KW - follow up KW - France KW - genetic drift KW - geographic distribution KW - Hong Kong KW - human KW - infant KW - influenza KW - Influenza virus A KW - Japan KW - major clinical study KW - mortality KW - pandemic KW - phylogeny KW - priority journal KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - vital statistics KW - Disease Outbreaks KW - Geography KW - Hong Kong KW - Humans KW - Influenza A virus KW - Influenza, Human KW - North America KW - Phylogeny KW - Seasons KW - United States N1 - Cited By :112 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JIDIA C2 - 15962218 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Viboud, C.; Fogarty International Center, National Institutes of Health, 16 Center Dr., Bethesda, MD 20892, United States; email: viboudc@mail.nih.gov N1 - References: Smith, D.J., Lapedes, A.S., De Jong, J.C., Mapping the antigenic and genetic evolution of influenza virus (2004) Science, 305, pp. 371-376; Nicholson, K., Hay, A., (1998) Textbook of Influenza, , Oxford: Blackwell; Kilbourne, E.D., Perspectives on pandemics: A research agenda (1997) J Infect Dis, 176 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S29-S31; Nguyen-Van-Tam, J.S., Hampson, A.W., The epidemiology and clinical impact of pandemic influenza (2003) Vaccine, 21, pp. 1762-1768; Noble, G., Epidemiological and clinical aspects of influenza (1982) Basic and Applied Influenza Research, , Bear A, ed. Boca Raton: CRC Press; Simonsen, L., Clarke, M.J., Schonberger, L.B., Arden, N.H., Cox, N.J., Fukuda, K., Pandemic versus epidemic influenza mortality: A pattern of changing age distribution (1998) J Infect Dis, 178, pp. 53-60; Cockburn, W.C., Delon, P.J., Ferreira, W., Origin and progress of the 1968-69 Hong Kong influenza epidemic (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 345-348; Longini Jr., I.M., Fine, P.E., Thacker, S.B., Predicting the global spread of new infectious agents (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 123, pp. 383-391; Miller, D.L., Pereira, M.S., Clarke, M., Epidemiology of the Hong Kong-68 variant of influenza A2 in Britain (1971) Br Med J, 1, pp. 475-479; Stuart-Harris, C.H., Pandemic influenza: An unresolved problem in prevention (1970) J Infect Dis, 122, pp. 108-115; Stuart-Harris, C., Epidemiology of influenza in man (1979) Br Med Bull, 35, pp. 3-8; Cox, N.J., Subbarao, K., Global epidemiology of influenza: Past and present (2000) Annu Rev Med, 51, pp. 407-421; Sharrar, R.G., National influenza experience in the USA, 1968-69 (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 361-366; Cameron, A.S., Roder, D.M., Esterman, A.J., Moore, B.W., Mortality from influenza and allied infections in South Australia during 1968-1981 (1985) Med J Aust, 142, pp. 14-17; Fukumi, H., Summary report on Hong Kong influenza in Japan (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 353-359; Roden, A.T., National experience with Hong Kong influenza in the United Kingdom, 1968-69 (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 375-380; Ferris, A.A., Influenza in Melbourne, Australia, 1969 (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, p. 399; Influenza A2/Hong-Kong/68 in the world (1969) Wkly Epidemiol Rec, 44, pp. 187-188; Influenza - Worldwide 1969-70 (1970) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 19, pp. 105-106; Monto, A.S., Kendal, A.P., Effect of neuraminidase antibody on Hong Kong influenza (1973) Lancet, 1, pp. 623-625; Monto, A.S., Davenport, F.M., Napier, J.A., Francis Jr., T., Modification of an outbreak of influenza in Tecumseh, Michigan by vaccination of schoolchildren (1970) J Infect Dis, 122, pp. 16-25; Monto, A.S., Kioumehr, F., The Tecumseh study of respiratory illness. IX. Occurrence of influenza in the community, 1966-1971 (1975) Am J Epidemiol, 102, pp. 553-563; Monto, A.S., Cavallaro, J.J., The Tecumseh study of respiratory illness. II. Patterns of occurrence of infection with respiratory pathogens, 1965-1969 (1971) Am J Epidemiol, 94, pp. 280-289; Davignon, L., Williams, M.C., Surveillance of influenza in Quebec 1968-71 (1974) Can J Public Health, 65, pp. 284-291; Macken, C., Lu, H., Goodman, J., Boykin, L., The value of a database in surveillance and vaccine selection (2001) Options for the Control of Influenza IV, pp. 103-106. , Osterhaus AD, Cox N, Hampson AW, eds. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Serfling, R., Methods for current statistical analysis of excess pneumonia-influenza deaths (1963) Public Health Rep, 78, pp. 494-506; Langmuir, A.D., Housworth, J., A critical evaluation of influenza surveillance (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 393-398; Mortality at ages 65 and older - United States, Canada, and western Europe (1971) Stat Bull, 52, pp. 8-11; Serfling, R.E., Sherman, I.L., Houseworth, W.J., Excess pneumonia-influenza mortality by age and sex in three major influenza A2 epidemics, United States, 1957-58, 1960 and 1963 (1967) Am J Epidemiol, 86, pp. 433-441; Stroup, D.F., Thacker, S.B., Herndon, J.L., Application of multiple time series analysis to the estimation of pneumonia and influenza mortality by age 1962-1983 (1988) Stat Med, 7, pp. 1045-1059; Assaad, F., Cockburn, W.C., Sundaresan, T.K., Use of excess mortality from respiratory diseases in the study of influenza (1973) Bull World Health Organ, 49, pp. 219-233; Simonsen, L., Reichert, T.A., Miller, M.A., The virtues of antigenic sin: Consequences of pandemic recycling on influenza-associated mortality (2004) Options for the Control of Influenza V, pp. 791-794. , Kawaoka Y, ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Housworth, W.J., Spoon, M.M., The age distribution of excess mortality during A2 Hong Kong influenza epidemics compared with earlier A2 outbreaks (1971) Am J Epidemiol, 94, pp. 348-350; Alling, D.W., Blackwelder, W.C., Stuart-Harris, C.H., A study of excess mortality during influenza epidemics in the United States, 1968-1976 (1981) Am J Epidemiol, 113, pp. 30-43; Clifford, R.E., Smith, J.W., Tillett, H.E., Wherry, P.J., Excess mortality associated with influenza in England and Wales (1977) Int J Epidemiol, 6, pp. 115-128; Influenza in the world (1969) Wkly Epidemiol Rec, 44, pp. 12-27; Sohier, R., Henry, M., Epidemiological data on Hong Kong influenza in France (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 402-404; Lindstrom, S.E., Cox, N.J., Klimov, A., Genetic analysis of human H2N2 and early H3N2 influenza viruses, 1957-1972: Evidence for genetic divergence and multiple reassortment events (2004) Virology, 328, pp. 101-119; Rocchi, G., Ragona, G., De Felici, A., Muzzi, A., Epidemiological evaluation of influenza in Italy (1974) Bull World Health Organ, 50, pp. 401-406; Sprenger, M.J., Mulder, P.G., Beyer, W.E., Van Strik, R., Masurel, N., Impact of influenza on mortality in relation to age and underlying disease, 1967-1989 (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 334-340; Werner, J., Schudrowitz, C., Kohler, H., Antigenic variation of neuraminidase of human type A influenza (H3N2) viruses isolated in Berlin (West) (1975) Zentralbl Bakteriol [Orig A], 233, pp. 440-446; Schild, G.C., Henry-Aymard, M., Pereira, M.S., Antigenic variation in current human type A influenza viruses: Antigenic characteristics of the variants and their geographic distribution (1973) Bull World Health Organ, 48, pp. 269-278; Aymard-Henry, M., Schild, G.C., Newman, R.W., Antigenic variation in the neuraminidases of human influenza A strains: Evidence of antigenic shift in neuraminidase predating changes in hemagglutinin (1973) Influenza Vaccine for Men and Horses, pp. 28-30. , Regamey RH, Perkins FT, eds. Basel: Karger; Davenport, F.M., Minuse, E., Hennessy, A.V., Francis Jr., T., Interpretations of influenza antibody patterns of man (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 453-460; Masurel, N., Marine, W.M., Recycling of Asian and Hong Kong influenza A virus hemagglutinins in man (1973) Am J Epidemiol, 97, pp. 44-49; Fukumi, H., Interpretation of influenza antibody patterns in man: Existence and significance of Hong Kong antibody in old people prior to the Hong Kong influenza epidemic (1969) Bull World Health Organ, 41, pp. 469-473; IRI/LDEO Climate Data Library., , http://ingrid.ldeo.columbia.edu; Simonsen, L., Olson, D., Viboud, C., Miller, M., Pandemic influenza and mortality: Past evidence and projections for the future (2004) Forum on Microbial Threats. Pandemic Influenza: Assessing Capabilities for Prevention and Response, , Knobler S, Oberholtzer K, eds. Washington, DC: Institute of Medicine, The National Academy of Sciences; Reichert, T.A., Sharma, A., Prado, S., A global pattern for influenza activity (2001) Options for the Control of Influenza IV, pp. 87-94. , Osterhaus AD, Cox N, Hampson AW, eds. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Kaiser, J., Influenza: Girding for disaster. Facing down pandemic flu, the world's defenses are weak (2004) Science, 306, pp. 394-397; Gill, P.W., Babbage, N.F., Gunton, P.E., Flower, W., Garrett, D.A., Did the Asian virus protect us from Hong Kong influenza? (1971) Med J Aust, 2, pp. 53-54; Simonsen, L., Reichert, T.A., Viboud, C., Blackwelder, W.C., Miller, M.A., Impact of influenza vaccination on seasonal mortality in the US elderly (2005) Arch Intern Med, 165, pp. 265-272; Foy, H.M., Cooney, M.K., Allan, I., Kenny, G.E., Rates of pneumonia during influenza epidemics in Seattle, 1964 to 1975 (1979) JAMA, 241, pp. 253-258 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-22244452609&doi=10.1086%2f431150&partnerID=40&md5=05400a74294cb7b6730124b93b095622 ER - TY - JOUR TI - An evaluation of the childhood family structure measures from the sixth wave of the British Household Panel Survey T2 - Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series A: Statistics in Society J2 - J. R. Stat. Soc. Ser. A Stat. Soc. VL - 168 IS - 3 SP - 539 EP - 566 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1467-985X.2005.00362.x SN - 09641998 (ISSN) AU - Francesconi, M. AD - University of Essex, Colchester, United Kingdom AD - Department of Economics, University of Essex, Wivenhoe Park, Colchester, CO4 3SQ, United Kingdom AB - The paper performs an evaluation of the data that were collected in the sixth wave of the British Household Panel Survey (BHPS) on childhood family structure. After comparing such data with a large number of studies by using external sources, we find that the BHPS data over-estimate the proportion of people who report an experience of life in a non-intact family during childhood by about 10%. Although an explanation based on recall error that deteriorates with the age of the BHPS respondents is possible, the overestimation is likely to be accounted for by non-ignorable attrition that may affect most of the comparison studies based on longitudinal data. Conversely, comparisons with other independent measurements from the BHPS itself reveal that the wave 6 data underestimate the proportion of young people who have lived at least part of their childhood in a non-intact family by about 8%. The probability of disagreement between these two sets of measures is strongly associated with poor interview characteristics, which may affect the comparison measure more than the wave 6 measure. Despite such differences, there is therefore a substantial degree of similarity between the family structure information that was collected in the sixth wave of the BHPS and the host of highly diverse records against which it has been compared. © 2005 Royal Statistical Society. KW - Childhood family structure KW - Intergenerational links KW - Interviewer effects KW - Recall error KW - Retrospective data N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Francesconi, M.; Department of Economics, University of Essex, Wivenhoe Park, Colchester, CO4 3SQ, United Kingdom; email: mfranc@essex.ac.uk N1 - References: Antecol, H., Bedard, K., Does single parenthood increase the probability of teenage promiscuity, substance use and crime? (2003) Mimeo, , Department of Economics, University of California, Santa Barbara; Biemer, P.B., Groves, R.M., Lyberg, L.E., Mathiowetz, N.A., Sudman, S., (1991) Measurement Errors in Surveys, , New York: Wiley; Cannell, C.F., Henson, R., Incentives, motives, and response bias (1974) Ann. Econ. Socl Psychol., 2, pp. 526-595; Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Cherlin, A.J., Kiernan, K.E., The long-term effects of parental divorce on the mental health of young adults: A developmental perspective (1995) Chld Devlpmnt, 66, pp. 1614-1634; Cheesbrough, S., (2001) Childhood Family Disruption and Outcomes in Young Adulthood: Evidence from the 1970 British Cohort Study, , PhD Thesis. Department of Social Statistics, University of Southampton, Southampton; Cherlin, A.J., Kiernan, K.E., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Parental divorce in childhood and demographic outcomes in young adulthood (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 299-318; Clarke, L., Joshi, H., Di Salvo, P., Children's family change: Reports and records of mothers, fathers and children compared (2000) Popln Trends, 102, pp. 24-33; Conover, W.J., (1999) Practical Nonparametric Statistics, 3rd Edn., , New York: Wiley; Dearden, L., Ability, families, education and earnings in Britain (1998) Working Paper, W98-14. , Institute for Fiscal Studies, London; Dex, S., The reliability of recall data: A literature review (1995) Bull. Methodol. Sociol., 49, pp. 58-89; Douglas, J.W.B., Broken families and child behaviour (1970) J. R. Coll. Physiens Lond, 4, pp. 203-210; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., (1997) Consequences of Growing up Poor, , New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Dunn, J., Deater-Deckard, K., Pickering, K., O'Connor, T.G., Goodman, R., Golding, J., Children's adjustment and prosocial behavior in step-, single-parent, and non-stepfamily settings: Findings from a community study (1998) J. Chld Psychol. Psychiatr., 39, pp. 1083-1095; Ely, M., Richards, M.P.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Elliot, B.J., Secular changes in the association of parental divorce and children's educational attainment - Evidence from three British birth cohorts (1999) J. Socl Poly, 28, pp. 437-455; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., Family structure and children's achievements (2001) J. Popln Econ., 14, pp. 249-270; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., Parental employment and children's welfare (2004) Labour Market Participation of Women and Fertility: The Effect of Social Policies, , (eds T. Boeri and D. Del Boca). Oxford: Oxford University Press. To be published; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., Pevalin, D.J., Parental partnership and joblessness in childhood and their influence on young people's outcomes (2004) J. R. Statist. Soc. A, 167, pp. 69-101; Estaugh, V., Power, C., Family disruption in early life and drinking in young adulthood (1991) Alc. Alcholsm, 26, pp. 639-644; Ferri, E., (1984) Stepchildren: A National Study, , Windsor: National Foundation for Educational Research-Nelson; Fikree, F.F., Gray, R.H., Shah, F., Can men be trusted?: A comparison of pregnancy histories reported by husbands and wives (1993) Am. J. Epidem., 138, pp. 237-242; Francesconi, M., An evaluation of the childhood family structure measures from the sixth wave of the British Household Panel Survey (2002) Working Paper, 2002 (25). , Institute for Social and Economic Research, University of Essex, Colchester; Ginther, D.K., Pollak, R.A., Does family structure affect children's educational outcomes? (2000) Working Paper, 2000 (13 A). , Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Atlanta; Green, G., Macintyre, S., West, P., Ecob, R., Do children of lone parents smoke more because their mothers do? (1990) Br. J. Addictn, 85, pp. 1497-1500; Gregg, P., Machin, S., Childhood disadvantage and success or failure in the labour market (1999) Youth Employment and Joblessness in Advanced Countries, pp. 247-288. , (eds D. Blanchflower and R. Freeman). Cambridge: National Bureau of Economic Research; Haskey, J., Stepfamilies and stepchildren in Great Britain (1994) Popln Trends, 76, pp. 17-28; Haskey, J., Children who experience divorce in their family (1997) Popln Trends, 87, pp. 5-10; Hauser, R.M., Sweeney, M.M., Does poverty in adolescence affect the life chances of high school graduates? (1997) Consequences of Growing up Poor, pp. 541-595. , (eds G. J. Duncan and J. Brooks-Gunn). New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Hobcraft, J., Intergenerational and life-course transmission of social exclusion: Influences of childhood poverty, family disruption, and contact with the police (1998) CASE Paper, 15. , London School of Economics and Political Science, London; Hope, S., Power, C., Rodgers, B., The relationship between parental separation in childhood and problem drinking in adulthood (1998) Addiction, 93, pp. 505-514; Joshi, H., Cooksey, E.C., Wiggins, R.D., McCulloch, A., Verropoulou, G., Clarke, L., Diverse family living situations and child development: A multilevel analysis comparing longitudinal evidence from Britain and the United States (1999) Int. J. Law Poly Famly, 13, pp. 292-314; Joshi, H.E., McCulloch, A., Child development and family resources: Evidence from the second generation of the 1958 British birth cohort (2002) J. Popln Econ., 15, pp. 283-304; Joshi, H., Verropoulou, G., (2000) Maternal Employment and Child Outcomes, , London: Smith Institute; Kiernan, K.E., The impact of family disruption in childhood and transitions made in young adult life (1992) Popln Stud., 46, pp. 213-234; Kiernan, K.E., The legacy of parental divorce: Social, economic and demographic experiences in adulthood (1997) CASE Paper, 1. , London School of Economics and Political Science, London; Kiernan, K.E., Hobcraft, J., Parental divorce during childhood: Age at first intercourse, partnership and parenthood (1997) Popln Stud., 51, pp. 41-55; Kuh, D., Maclean, M., Women's childhood experience of parental separation and their subsequent health and socioeconomic status in adulthood (1990) J. Biosocl Sci., 22, pp. 121-135; Landis, J.R., Koch, G.G., The measurement of observer agreement for categorical data (1977) Biometrics, 33, pp. 159-174; Lynn, P., Remember, remember the 5th of November (or was it October?): The effects of respondent recall error on survey estimates of crime victimisation (2003) Mimeo, , Institute for Social and Economic Research, University of Essex, Colchester; Machin, S., Montgomery, S.J., Thomas, J., (1997) Childhood Family Disruption and Juvenile Delinquency: Evidence from the 1970 British Cohort Study, , Unpublished. University College London, London; Maclean, M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The interests of children after parental divorce: A long-term perspective (1988) Int. J. Law Famly, 2, pp. 155-166; Maddala, G.S., (1983) Limited-dependent and Qualitative Variables in Econometrics, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Manski, C.F., Sandefur, G.D., McLanahan, S., Powers, D., Alternative estimates of the effect of family structure during adolescence on high school graduation (1992) J. Am. Statist. Ass., 87, pp. 25-37; McLanahan, S.S., Parent absence or poverty: Which matters more? (1997) Consequences of Growing up Poor, pp. 35-48. , (eds G. J. Duncan and J. Brooks-Gunn). New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Monck, E., Graham, P., Richman, N., Dobbs, R., Adolescent girls I: Self-reported mood disturbance in a community population (1994) Br. J. Psychiatr., 165, pp. 760-769; Ni Bhrolcháin, M., Chappell, R., Diamond, I., Educational and sociodemographic outcomes among children of disrupted and intact marriages (1994) Population, 6, pp. 1585-1612; Ni Bhrolcháin, M., Chappell, R., Diamond, I., Jameson, C., Parental divorce and outcome for children: Evidence and interpretation (2000) Eur. Social. Rev., 16, pp. 67-91; O'Connor, T.G., Hawkins, N., Dunn, J., Thorpe, K.J., Golding, J., Family type and depression in pregnancy: Factors mediating risk in a community sample (1998) J. Marr. Famly, 60, pp. 757-770; Rendall, M.S., Clarke, L., Peters, E.H., Ranjit, N., Verropoulou, G., Incomplete reporting of men's fertility in the United States and Britain: A research note (1999) Demography, 36, pp. 135-144; Rodgers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) J. Chid Psychol. Psychiatr., 35, pp. 1289-1308; Rodgers, B., Power, C., Hope, S., Parental divorce and adult psychological distress: Evidence from a national birth cohort (1997) J. Chid Psychol. Psychiatr., 38, pp. 867-872; Rodgers, B., Pryor, J., (1998) Divorce and Separation: The Outcomes for Children, , York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Sweeting, H., West, P., Richards, M., Teenage family life, lifestyles and life changes: Associations with family structure, conflicts with parents and joint family activity (1998) Int. J. Law Poly Famly, 12, pp. 15-46; Verropoulou, G., Joshi, H., Wiggins, R.D., Migration, family structure and children's well-being: A multi-level analysis of the second generation of the 1958 birth cohort study (2002) Chid. Soc., 16, pp. 219-231; Wadsworth, J., Burnell, I., Taylor, B., Butler, N., Family type and accident in preschool children (1983) J. Epidem. Commty Hlth, 37, pp. 100-104; Wadsworth, J., Burnell, I., Taylor, B., Butler, N., The influence of family type on children's behaviour and development at five years (1985) J. Chid Psychol. Psychiatr., 26, pp. 245-254; Walker, A., Maher, J., Coulthard, M., Goddard, E., Thomas, M., (2001) Living in Britain: Results from the 2000 General Household Survey, , London: Stationery Office UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21244505075&doi=10.1111%2fj.1467-985X.2005.00362.x&partnerID=40&md5=accac66ad4078b223e93afad65cb39c0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent demographic developments in France T2 - Population J2 - Population VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 371 EP - 414 PY - 2005 DO - 10.2307/4148180 SN - 16342941 (ISSN) AU - Prioux, F. AD - Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133 bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France AB - In 2004, a year marked by a sharp drop in the number of deaths and a small increase in births, natural increase was relatively high. France is one of the few European countries whose population is rising primarily due to natural growth. Immigration increased again in 2003, t hough at a slightly slower pace than in 2002. The total fertility rate increased slightly to 1.9 children per women in 2004. Completed fertility drops sharply after the 1960 cohort however, and may fall below 2 children per women from the 1970 cohort. The number of induced abortions has remained relatively stable. Though the number of civil unions (PACS) is still increasing, the number of marriages has been falling since 2000. The proportion of ever-married men and women at age 50 decreases from one cohort to the next, while the mean age at first marriage is increasing. The frequency of union dissolution (divorces and separation of unmarried couples) has increased considerably. These changes in conjugal behaviour are raising the number of adult men and women who live alone. Life expectancy regis tered an exceptional increase in 2004 (+0.9 years for women and +0.8 years for men), and this cannot be explained solely by a "harvest effect" following the exceptional mortality in 2003 due to the August heatwave, or by the absence of an influenza epidemic in 2004. Mortality among the elderly is continuing to decline, and this decrease is largely responsible for the increase in mean length of life, for women in particular. KW - birth rate KW - cohort analysis KW - demographic survey KW - demographic trend KW - fertility KW - life expectancy KW - mortality KW - social change KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - France KW - Western Europe N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Prioux, F.; Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133 bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France; email: prioux@ined.fr N1 - References: Beaumel, C., Richet-Mastain, L., Vatan, M., (2005) La Situation Démographique En 2003. Mouvement De La Population, p. 45. , Insee résultats, Société no41, + CD-ROM; (2005) La Population De La France. Évolutions Démographiques Depuis 1946, 1-2, p. 884. , Bergouignan C., Blayo C., Parant A., Sardon J.-P., Tribalat M. (eds.), CUDEP; Borrel, C., Durr, J.-M., "Enquêtes annuelles de recensement: Premiers résultats de la collecte 2004. Principales caractéristiques de la population et des logements" (2005) Insee Première, (1001); (2005) Recent Demographic Developments in Europe, 2004, p. 128. , Council of Europe, Council of Europe Publishing, + CD-ROM; Delmeyre, Y., "Histoire des unions dans les cohortes" (2005) La Population De La France. Évolutions Démographiques Depuis 1946, 1, pp. 143-168. , in Bergouignan et al. (eds.), CUDEP; Desplanques, G., Royer, J.-F., "Enquêtes annuelles de recensement: Premiers résultats de la collecte 2004. 62 millions d'habitants en France an ler, janvier 2004" (2005) Insee Première, (1000); Duchêne-Lacroix, C., "Les Français établis hors de France: Une population méconnue et en transformation" (2005) La Population De La France. Évolutions Démographiques Depuis 1946, 2, pp. 847-858. , in Bergouignan et al. (eds.), CUDEP; Gentil, B., "La population française immatriculée à l'étranger est en forte hausse" (2003) Insee Première, (919); Héran, F., Toulemon, L., "What happens when the census population figure does not match the estimates?" (2005) Population and Societies, (411). , April 2005; (2005) Bulletin Mensuel De Statistique, (8). , INSEE; Meslé, F., "Espérance de vie et mortalité aux âges élevés" (2005) Retraite Et Société, (45), pp. 90-113; Prioux, F., "Recent demographic developments in France" (2003) Population-E, 58 (5), pp. 525-558; Prioux, F., "Recent demographic developments in France" (2004) Population-E, 59 (5), pp. 595-634; Prioux, F., "Mariage, vie en couple et rupture d'union sous l'angle de la démographie" (2005) Informations Sociales, (122), pp. 38-50; Richet-Mastain, L., "Bilan démographique 2004. Nette diminution des décès" (2005) Insee Première, (1004); Rossier, C., Pirus, C., "Combien, d'interruptions volontaires de grossesses en France? Une analyse de sources de données divergentes" (2005), Poster paper at the 25th International Population Conference, Tours, 18-23 July 2005; Sardon, J.-P., "Recent demographic trends in the developed countries" (2004) Population-E, 59 (2), pp. 263-314; Thierry, X., "Recent immigration trends in France and elements for a comparison with the United Kingdom" (2004) Population-E, 59 (5), pp. 635-672; Toulemon, L., "Cohabitation, is here to stay" (1997) Population: An English Selection, 9, pp. 11-46; Toulemon, L., "Fertility among immigrant women: New data, a new approach" (2004) Population and Societies, (400); Toulemon, L., Barbieri, M., "The mortality impact of the August 2003 heat wave in France" (2005), Paper at the 25th International Population Conference, Tours, 18-23 July 2005; Tribalat, M., "Fécondité des immigrées et apport démographique de l'immigration étrangère" (2005) La Population De La France. Évolutions Démographiques Depuis 1946, 2, pp. 727-768. , in Bergouignan et al. (eds.), CUDEP; Vilain, A., "Les interruptions volontaires de grossesse en 2002" (2004) Études Et Résultats, (348) UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33750603536&doi=10.2307%2f4148180&partnerID=40&md5=acf70129282d8ea00d0d7d2f184038d5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Has the reciprocal relationship between employment and marriage changed for men? An analysis of the life histories of men born in the Netherlands between 1930 and 1970 T2 - Population Studies J2 - Popul. Stud. VL - 59 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 231 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1080/00324720500099587 SN - 00324728 (ISSN) AU - Kalmijn, M. AU - Luijkx, R. AD - Department of Social Cultural Sciences, Tilburg University, Tilburg, Netherlands AB - The study presented here analyses the reciprocal relationship for men between employment career and union formation and examines whether this relationship changed across twentieth-century birth cohorts. Competing hypotheses about trends are described, using notions of role-specialization, spouse support, and uncertainty. The study is based on an investigation of the life histories of 2,795 men in the Netherlands who were born between the 1930s and the 1960s, and confirms earlier findings by showing that employment fosters marriage while marriage protects men from becoming unemployed. There is also a relationship between employment and cohabitation but it is weaker in both directions. However, the relationship between marriage or cohabitation and occupational mobility is less clear, suggesting that the economic benefits of marriage cannot be generalized to the occupational domain. Although it is commonly believed that the link for men between career and marriage has weakened over time, our comparison of birth cohorts shows that in fact this is not the case. © 2005 Population Investigation Committee. KW - Cohabitation KW - Employment KW - Marriage KW - Netherlands KW - Occupation KW - demographic trend KW - employment KW - life history KW - marriage KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - employment KW - epidemiology KW - family size KW - human KW - information processing KW - male KW - marriage KW - middle aged KW - Netherlands KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cohort Effect KW - Data Collection KW - Employment KW - Family Characteristics KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Marriage KW - Men KW - Middle Aged KW - Netherlands KW - Benelux KW - Eastern Hemisphere KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - Netherlands KW - Western Europe KW - World N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: POSTA C2 - 16096199 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kalmijn, M.; Department of Social Cultural Sciences, Tilburg University, Tilburg, Netherlands; email: m.kalmijn@uvt.nl N1 - References: Bernard, J., (1976) The Future of Marriage, , Toronto: Bantam Books; Bernasco, W., de Graaf, P.M., Ultee, W.C., Coupled careers: Effects of spouses' resources on occupational attainment in the Netherlands (1998) European Sociological Review, 14 (1), pp. 15-31; Blackburn, M., Korenman, S., The declining marital-status earning differential (1994) Journal of Population Economics, 7, pp. 247-270; Blau, P.M., Duncan, O.D., (1967) The American Occupational Structure, , New York: John Wiley; Blossfeld, H.-P., Huinink, J., Human capital investments or norms of role transition? How women's schooling and career affect the process of family formation (1991) American Journal of Sociology, 97, pp. 143-168; Blossfeld, H.-P., (1995) The New Role of Women: Family Formation in Modern Societies, , (ed.). Boulder, CO: Westview Press; Blossfeld, H.-P., Drobnič, S., (2001) Careers of Couples in Contemporary Society, , (eds.). Oxford: Oxford University Press; Blossfeld, H.-P., Klijzing, E., Mills, M., Kurz, K., (2005) Globalization, Uncertainty and Youth in Society, , (eds.). London: Routledge; Bracher, M., Santow, G., Economic independence and union formation in Sweden (1998) Population Studies, 52 (3), pp. 275-294; Brines, J., Joyner, K., The ties that bind: Principles of cohesion in cohabitation and marriage (1999) American Sociological Review, 64 (3), pp. 333-355; Brown, S.L., Union transitions among cohabitors: The significance of relationship assessments and expectations (2000) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62 (3), pp. 833-846; Burgess, S., Propper, C., Rees, H., Shearer, A., The class of 1981: The effects of early career unemployment on subsequent unemployment experiences (2003) Labour Economics, 10, pp. 291-309; De Graaf, A., Steenhof, L., Union and family formation 1945-1979 (1999) Maandstatistiek Van De Bevolkolking, pp. 21-37. , December; De Graaf, P.M., Ultee, W.C., Labour market transitions of husbands and wives in the Netherlands between 1980 and 1986 (1991) Netherlands' Journal of Social Sciences, 27 (1), pp. 43-59; De Graaf, P.M., Vermeulen, H., Female labour-market participation in the Netherlands: Developments in the relationship between family cycle and employment (1997) Between Equalization and Marginalization: Women Working Part-time in Europe and the United States of America, pp. 191-209. , H.-P. Blossfeld and C. Hakim (eds.), Oxford: Oxford University Press; De Grip, A., Hoevenberg, J., Willems, E., A typical employment in the European Union (1997) International Labour Review, 136 (1), pp. 49-71; Easterlin, R.A., (1980) Birth and Fortune, , New York: Basic Books; Ganzeboom, H.B.G., de Graaf, P.M., Treiman, D.J., A standard international socio-economic index of occupational status (1992) Social Science Research, 21 (1), pp. 1-56; Ganzeboom, H.B.G., Treiman, D.J., Internationally comparable measures of occupational status for the 1988 International Standard Classification of Occupations (1996) Social Science Research, 25 (3), pp. 201-239; Gray, J.S., The fall in men's return to marriage: Declining productivity effects or changing selection (1997) Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), pp. 479-504; Hajnal, J., European marriage patterns in perspective (1965) Population in History: Essays in Historical Demography, pp. 101-143. , D. V. Glass and D. E. C. Eversley (eds.), London: Edward Arnold; Horwitz, A.V., White, H.R., Howell-White, S., The use of multiple outcomes in stress research: A case study of gender differences in responses to marital dissolution (1996) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 37 (3), pp. 278-291; Joung, I., Strouks, K., van de Mheen, H., van Poppel, F.W.A., van der Meer, J.B.W., Mackenbach, J.P., The contribution of intermediary factors to marital status differences in self-reported health (1997) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 59 (2), pp. 476-490; Kalmijn, M., Assortative mating by cultural and economic occupational status (1994) American Journal of Sociology, 100 (2), pp. 422-452; Kalmijn, M., Married or not: Changes and explanations of cohabitation and marriage since World War II (1994) Sociale Wetenschappen, 37 (4), pp. 34-64; Kaufman, G., Uhlenberg, P., The influence of parenthood on the work effort of married men and women (2000) Social Forces, 78 (3), pp. 931-949; Keuzenkamp, S., Oudhof, K., (2000) Emancipatiemonitor 2000 [Emancipation Monitor 2000], , Den Haag: Sociaal en Cultureel Planbureau/Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek; Korenman, S., Neumark, D., Does marriage really make men more productive? (1991) Journal of Human Resources, 26 (2), pp. 282-307; Kravdal, Ø., Does marriage require a stronger economic underpinning than informal cohabitation? (1999) Population Studies, 53 (1), pp. 63-80; Lichter, D.T., McLaughlin, D.K., Kephart, G., Landry, D.J., Race and the retreat from marriage: A shortage of marriageable men? (1992) American Sociological Review, 57 (6), pp. 781-799; Liefbroer, A.C., The choice between a married and unmarried first union for young adults: A competing risk analysis (1991) European Journal of Population, 7 (3), pp. 273-298; Liefbroer, A.C., Corijn, M., Who, what, where, and when? Specifying the impact of educational attainment and labour force participation on family formation (1999) European Journal of Population, 15, pp. 45-76; Lloyd, K.M., South, S.J., Contextual influences on young men's transition to first marriage (1996) Social Forces, 74 (3), pp. 1097-1120; Loh, E.-S., Productivity differences and the marriage wage premium for white males (1996) Journal of Human Resources, 31 (3), pp. 566-589; Manting, D., The changing meaning of cohabitation and marriage (1996) European Sociological Review, 12 (2), pp. 53-65; Monden, C.W.S., van Lenthe, F., de Graaf, N.D., Kraaykamp, G., Partner's and own education: Does who you live with matter for self-assessed health, smoking and excessive alcohol consumption (2003) Social Science & Medicine, 57 (10), pp. 1901-1912; Oppenheimer, V.K., A theory of marriage timing: Assortative mating under varying degrees of uncertainty (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 94 (3), pp. 563-591; Oppenheimer, V.K., Kalmijn, M., Lim, N., Men's career development and marriage timing during a period of rising inequality (1997) Demography, 34 (3), pp. 311-330; Oppenheimer, V.K., Cohabiting and marriage during young men's career-development process (2003) Demography, 40 (1), pp. 127-149; Sassler, S., Schoen, R., The effect of attitudes and economic activity on marriage (1999) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 61 (1), pp. 147-159; Sassler, S., McNally, J., Cohabiting couples' economic circumstances and union transitions: A re-examination using multiple imputation techniques (2003) Social Science Research, 32 (4), pp. 553-578; Sassler, S., Goldscheider, F., Revisiting Jane Austen's theory of marriage timing: Changes in union formation among American men in the late 20th century (2004) Journal of Family Issues, 25 (2), pp. 139-166; Smock, P.J., Manning, W.D., Cohabiting partners economic circumstances and marriage (1997) Demography, 34 (3), pp. 331-341; Smulders, P., Klein Hesselink, J., The Netherlands no forerunner in flexible labour markets (1997) Economisch Statistische Berichten, 82 (4129), pp. 888-890; Sociaal en Cultureel Rapport (1998), Sociaal en Cultureel Planbureau. Den Haag: SDU; Sweeney, M.M., Two decades of family change: The shifting economic foundations of marriage (2002) American Sociological Review, 67 (1), pp. 132-147; Thornton, A., Axinn, W.G., Hill, D.H., Reciprocal effects of religiosity, cohabitation, and marriage (1992) American Journal of Sociology, 98 (3), pp. 628-651; Treiman, D.J., (1977) Occupational Prestige in Comparative Perspective, , New York: Academic Press; Ultee, W.C., Ganzeboom, H.B.G., (1992) Netherlands Family Survey 1992-1993, , [machine-readable data file]. Department of Sociology, University of Nijmegen [producer]; Amsterdam: Netherlands Institute for Scientific Information Services (NIWI) [distributor] (NFS92); Van der Lippe, T., van Doorne-Huiskes, A., Changes in gender stratification? (1995) Verschuivende Ongelijkheid in Nederland: Sociale Gelaagdheid En Mobiliteit [Social Inequality in the Netherlands: Social Stratification and Mobility], pp. 104-124. , J. Dronkers and W. C. Ultee (eds.), Assen: Van Gorcum; Visser, J., Hemerijck, A., (1997) A Dutch Miracle; Job Growth, Welfare Reform and Corporatism in the Netherlands, , Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press; Waite, L.J., Does marriage matter? (1995) Demograph, 32 (4), pp. 483-507; Weesie, J., Kalmijn, M., (1995) Households in the Netherlands 1995, , [machine-readable data file]. ICS/ISCORE, University of Utrecht [producer]; Amsterdam: Netherlands Institute for Scientific Information Services (NIWI) [distributor] (HIN95); Xie, Y., Raymo, J.M., Goyette, K., Thornton, A., Economic potential and entry into marriage and cohabitation (2003) Demography, 40 (2), pp. 351-367; Yamaguchi, K., (1991) Event History Analysis, , Newbury Park, CA: Sage UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-22144434700&doi=10.1080%2f00324720500099587&partnerID=40&md5=af82f8bdb57a1dac5134011397d9be04 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Supplement use is associated with health status and health-related behaviors in the 1946 British Birth Cohort T2 - Journal of Nutrition J2 - J. Nutr. VL - 135 IS - 7 SP - 1782 EP - 1789 PY - 2005 SN - 00223166 (ISSN) AU - McNaughton, S.A. AU - Mishra, G.D. AU - Paul, A.A. AU - Prynne, C.J. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - MRC Human Nutrition Research, Elsie Widdowson Laboratory, Cambridge CB1 9NL, United Kingdom AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, University College and Royal Free Medical School, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Use of dietary supplements may be one of a number of health-related behaviors that cluster together. The current study investigated the underlying diet, health-related characteristics, and behaviors of users and nonusers of dietary supplements in a longitudinal study of health. Participants (n = 1776) completed a 5-d food diary including information on dietary supplement use (vitamins, minerals, and nutraceuticals) at age 53 y. Sociodemographic information and data on smoking, alcohol, and physical activity were obtained along with anthropometric measurements, blood pressure, and a blood sample (nonfasting subjects). A significantly greater percentage of women reported supplement use compared with men (45.1 vs. 25.2%). Supplement use was associated with lower BMI, lower waist circumference, higher plasma folate and plasma vitamin B-12 concentrations, nonsmoking, participation in physical activity, and nonmanual social class in women and with plasma folate concentrations and participation in physical activity in men, Nonsupplement users tended to be nonconsumers of breakfast cereals, fruit, fruit juice, yogurt, oily fish, and olive oil and had lower dietary intakes of potassium, magnesium, phosphorus, iron, and vitamin C even after adjustment for sociodemographic and behavioral factors. Overall, supplement users tended to differ from nonsupplement users on a range of health-related behaviors and health status indicators, although there were fewer significant associations in men. Similarly, dietary supplements users tended to have underlying diets that, were healthier and those taking supplements may be the least likely to need them. These results support the notion of a clustering of healthy behaviors and cardiovascular risk factors, particularly for women. © 2005 American Society for Nutritional Sciences. KW - Cardiovascular disease risk KW - Dietary intake KW - Dietary supplements KW - Health status KW - Life-style behaviors KW - ascorbic acid KW - cyanocobalamin KW - folic acid KW - iron KW - magnesium KW - olive oil KW - phosphorus KW - potassium KW - yoghurt KW - adult KW - blood pressure KW - body mass KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cereal KW - conference paper KW - controlled study KW - diet supplementation KW - female KW - fish KW - food composition KW - fruit KW - fruit juice KW - health status KW - human KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - sex difference KW - United Kingdom KW - waist circumference KW - Cohort Studies KW - Demography KW - Diet Records KW - Dietary Supplements KW - England KW - Female KW - Health Behavior KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Random Allocation KW - Sex Characteristics KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Trace Elements N1 - Cited By :50 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JONUA C2 - 15987865 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McNaughton, S.A.; MRC Human Nutrition Research, Elsie Widdowson Laboratory, Cambridge CB1 9NL, United Kingdom; email: sarah.mcnaughton@mrc-hnr.cam.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: ascorbic acid, 134-03-2, 15421-15-5, 50-81-7; cyanocobalamin, 53570-76-6, 68-19-9, 8064-09-3; folic acid, 59-30-3, 6484-89-5; iron, 14093-02-8, 53858-86-9, 7439-89-6; magnesium, 7439-95-4; olive oil, 8001-25-0; phosphorus, 7723-14-0; potassium, 7440-09-7; Trace Elements N1 - References: Ford, E.S., Vitamin supplement use and diabetes mellitus incidence among adults in the United States (2001) Am. J. Epidemiol., 153, pp. 892-897; Kiely, M., Flynn, A., Harrington, K.E., Robson, P.J., O'Connor, N., Hannon, E.M., O'Brien, M.M., Strain, J.J., The efficacy and safety of nutritional supplement use in a representative sample of adults in the North/South Ireland Food Consumption Survey (2001) Public Health Nutr., 4, pp. 1089-1097; (2002) National Diet & Nutrition Survey: Adults Aged 19 to 64. Vol. 1. Types and Quantities of Food Consumed, 1. , HMSO, Norwich, UK; Kirk, S.F.L., Cade, J.E., Barrett, J.H., Conner, M., Diet and lifestyle characteristics associated with dietary supplement use in women (1999) Public Health Nutr., 2, pp. 69-73; Beitr, R., Mensink, G.B., Hintzpeter, B., Fischer, B., Erbersdobler, H.F., Do users of dietary supplements differ from nonusers in their food consumption? (2004) Eur. J. Epidemiol., 19, pp. 335-341; Frank, E., Bendich, A., Denniston, M., Use of vitamin-mineral supplements by female physicians in the United States (2000) Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 72, pp. 969-975; Harrison, R.A., Holt, D., Pattison, D.J., Elton, P.J., Are those in need taking dietary supplements? A survey of 21 923 adults (2004) Br. J. Nutr., 91, pp. 617-623; Shikany, J.M., Patterson, R.E., Agurs-Collins, T., Anderson, G., Antioxidant supplement use in Women's Health Initiative participants (2003) Prev. Med., 36, pp. 379-387; Yu, S.M., Kogan, M.D., Huang, Z.J., Vitamin-mineral supplement use among US women, 2000 (2003) J. Am. Med. Womens Assoc., 58, pp. 157-164; Brustad, M., Braaten, T., Lund, E., Predictors for cod-liver oil supplement use-the Norwegian Women and Cancer Study (2004) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 58, pp. 128-136; Greger, J.L., Dietary supplement use: Consumer characteristics and interests (2001) J. Nutr., 131, pp. 1339S-1343S; (2003) Safe Upper Levels for Vitamins and Minerals, , Food Standards Agency, London, UK; Palmer, M.E., Haller, C., McKinney, P.E., Klein-Schwartz, W., Tschirgi, A., Smolinske, S.C., Woolf, A., Landzberg, B.R., Adverse events associated with dietary supplements: An observational study (2003) Lancet, 361, pp. 101-106; Bjelakovic, G., Nikolova, D., Simonetti, R.G., Gluud, C., Antioxidant supplements for prevention of gastrointestinal cancers: A systematic review and meta-analysls (2004) Lancet, 364, pp. 1219-1228; Willett, W.C., Stampfer, M.J., Clinical practice: What vitamins should I be taking, doctor? (2001) N. Engl. J. Med., 345, pp. 1819-1824; Opie, L.H., What vitamins should I be taking? (2002) N. Engl. J. Med., 346, pp. 1914-1915. , Letter to Editor; Knight, J., Safety concerns prompt US ban on dietary supplement (2004) Nature (Lond.), , 90/doi:10.1038/427090b; Wadsworth, M.E., Butterworth, S.L., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D.J., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., Hilder, W.S., Connor, M., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Soc. Sci. Med., 57, pp. 2193-2205; (1980) Classification of Occupations, , HMSO, London, UK; Skidmore, P.M., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D.J., Langenberg, C., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and lipids in a national birth cohort study (2004) Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol., 24, pp. 588-594; Kuh, D., Langenberg, C., Hardy, R.J., Kok, H., Cooper, R., Butterworth, S., Wadsworth, M.E., Cardiovascular risk at age 53 years in relation to the menopause transition and use of hormone replacement therapy: A prospective British birth cohort study (2005) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 112, pp. 476-485. , 112/doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2005.00416.x; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Langenberg, C., Wadsworth, M.E., Birthweight, childhood social class, and change in adult blood pressure in the 1946 British birth cohort (2003) Lancet, 362, pp. 1178-1183; Wadsworth, M.E., Cripps, H.A., Midwinter, R.E., Colley, J.R., Blood pressure in a national birth cohort at the age of 36 related to social and familial factors, smoking, and body mass (1985) Br. Med. J., 291, pp. 1534-1538; Price, G.M., Paul, A.A., Key, F.B., Harter, A., Cole, T., Day, K., Wadsworth, M., Measurement of diet in a large national survey: Comparison of computerised and manual coding in household measures (1995) J. Hum. Nutr. Diet., 8, pp. 417-428; Paul, A.A., Southgate, D.A.T., (1978) McCance and Widdowson's the Composition of Foods, , HM Stationery Office, London, UK; (2002) McCance and Widdowson's the Composition of Foods, 6th Summary Ed., , Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK; Prynne, C.J., Paul, A.A., Mishra, G.D., Greenberg, D.C., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Changes in intake of key nutrients over 17 years during adult life of a British birth cohort (2005) Br. J. Nutr., , in press; Mishra, G.D., Prynne, C.J., Paul, A.A., Greenberg, D.C., Bolton-Smith, C., The impact of inter-generational social and regional circumstances on dietary intake patterns of British adults: Results from the 1946 British birth cohort (2004) Public Health Nutr., 7, pp. 737-744; Smith, A.S., Campbell, D.R., Elmer, P.J., Martini, M.C., Slavin, J.L., Potter, J.D., The University of Minnesota Cancer Prevention Research Unit vegetable and fruit classification scheme (United States) (1995) Cancer Causes Control, 6, pp. 292-302; (1994) Definition and Classification of Commodities, , FAO, Rome, Italy; Tumilty, M.K., Paul, A.A., Greenberg, D.C., Wadsworth, M.E., Bolton-Smith, C., Food choices and supplement consumption in adults from a British birth cohort (2001) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 60, pp. 158A; Foote, J.A., Murphy, S.P., Wilkens, L.R., Hankin, J.H., Henderson, B.E., Kolonel, L.N., Factors associated with dietary supplement use among healthy adults of five ethnicities: The Multiethnic Cohort Study (2003) Am. J. Epidemiol., 157, pp. 888-897; Knudsen, V.K., Rasmussen, L.B., Haraldsdottir, J., Ovesen, L., Bulow, I., Knudsen, N., Jorgensen, T., Perrild, H., Use of dietary supplements in Denmark is associated with health and former smoking (2002) Public Health Nutr., 5, pp. 463-468; Radimer, K., Bindewald, B., Hughes, J., Ervin, B., Swanson, C., Picciano, M.F., Dietary supplement use by US adults: Data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1999-2000 (2004) Am. J. Epidemiol., 160, pp. 339-349; Kirk, S.F.L., Cade, J.E., Conner, M., Barrett, J., Characterizing dietary supplement use in women (1998) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 58, pp. 11A; Messerer, M., Johansson, S.E., Wolk, A., Sociodemographic and health behaviour factors among dietary supplement and natural remedy users (2001) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 55, pp. 1104-1110; Marques-Vidal, P., Arveiler, D., Evans, A., Montaye, M., Ruidavets, J.B., Haas, B., Yarnell, J., Ducimetiere, P., Characteristics of male vitamin supplement users aged 50-59 years in France and Northern Ireland: The PRIME Study (2000) Int. J. Vitam. Nutr. Res., 70, pp. 102-109; Lyle, B.J., Mares-Perlman, J.A., Klein, B.E., Klein, R., Greger, J.L., Supplement users differ from nonusers in demographic, lifestyle, dietary and health characteristics (1998) J. Nutr., 128, pp. 2355-2362; Margetts, B.M., Nelson, M., (1997) Design Concepts in Nutritional Epidemiology, , Oxford University Press, New York, NY; Bates, C.J., Prentice, A., Van Der Pols, J.C., Walmsley, C., Pentieva, K.D., Finch, S., Smithers, G., Clarke, P.C., Estimation of the use of dietary supplements in the National Diet and Nutrition Survey: People aged 65 years and over. An observed paradox and a recommendation (1998) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 52, pp. 917-923; Murphy, S.P., Wilkens, L.R., Hankin, J.H., Foote, J.A., Monroe, K.R., Henderson, B.E., Kolonel, L.N., Comparison of two instruments for quantifying intake of vitamin and mineral supplements: A brief questionnaire versus three 24-hour recalls (2002) Am. J. Epidemiol., 156, pp. 669-675; Willett, W., Lenart, E., Reproducibilty and validity of food-frequency questionnaires (1998) Nutritional Epidemiology, , (Willett, W., ed.). Oxford University Press, New York, NY; Ishihara, J., Sobue, T., Yamamoto, S., Sasaki, S., Tsugane, S., Demographics, lifestyles, health characteristics, and dietary intake among dietary supplement users in Japan (2003) Int. J. Epidemiol., 32, pp. 546-553; Ishihara, J., Sobue, T., Yamamoto, S., Sasaki, S., Akabane, M., Tsugane, S., Validity and reproducibility of a self-administered questionnaire to determine dietary supplement users among Japanese (2001) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 55, pp. 360-365; Neuhouser, M.L., Kristal, A.R., Patterson, R.E., Goodman, P.J., Thompson, I.M., Dietary supplement use in the Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial: Implications for prevention trials (2001) Nutr. Cancer, 39, pp. 12-18; Briefel, R.R., Johnson, C.L., Secular trends in dietary intake in the United States (2004) Annu. Rev. Nutr., 24, pp. 401-431; Church, T.S., Earnest, C.P., Wood, K.A., Kampert, J.B., Reduction of C-reactive protein levels through use of a multivitamin (2003) Am. J. Med., 115, pp. 702-707; Pronk, N.P., Anderson, L.H., Crain, A.L., Martinson, B.C., O'Connor, P.J., Sherwood, N.E., Whitebird, R.R., Meeting recommendations for multiple healthy lifestyle factors (2004) Am. J. Prev. Med., 27, pp. 25-33; Schuit, A.J., Van Loon, A.J., Tijhuis, M., Ocke, M., Clustering of lifestyle risk factors in a general adult population (2002) Prev. Med., 35, pp. 219-224; (1997) Food, Nutrition and the Prevention of Cancer: A Global Perspective, , American Institute for Cancer Research, Washington, DC; (2000) National Service Framework for Coronary Heart Disease. Modern Standards and Service Models, , Department of Health, London, UK UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-22144491543&partnerID=40&md5=1b14fbfe1a2d101c3d5b041c3e9796d6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Alcohol intake as a risk factor for fracture T2 - Osteoporosis International J2 - Osteoporosis Int. VL - 16 IS - 7 SP - 737 EP - 742 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1007/s00198-004-1734-y SN - 0937941X (ISSN) AU - Kanis, J.A. AU - Johansson, H. AU - Johnell, O. AU - Oden, A. AU - De Laet, C. AU - Eisman, J.A. AU - Pols, H. AU - Tenenhouse, A. AD - WHO Collaborating Centre for Metabolic Bone Diseases, University of Sheffield Medical School, Beech Hill Road, Sheffield, S10 2RX, United Kingdom AD - Department of Orthopaedics, Malmo General Hospital, S-214 01 Malmo, Sweden AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus Medical Center, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Garvan Institute of Medical Research, St. Vincent's Hospital, University of NSW, Sydney, NSW, Australia AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Division of Bone Metabolism, Montreal General Hospital, Montreal, Que., Canada AB - High intakes of alcohol have adverse effects on skeletal health, but evidence for the effects of moderate consumption are less secure. The aim of this study was to quantify this risk on an international basis and explore the relationship of this risk with age, sex, and bone mineral density (BMD). We studied 5,939 men and 11,032 women from three prospectively studied cohorts comprising CaMos, DOES, and the Rotterdam Study. Cohorts were followed for a total of 75,433 person-years. The effect of reported alcohol intake on the risk of any fracture, any osteoporotic fracture, and hip fracture alone was examined using a Poisson model for each sex from each cohort. Covariates examined included age and BMD. The results of the different studies were merged using weighted β-coefficients. Alcohol intake was associated with a significant increase in osteoporotic and hip fracture risk, but the effect was nonlinear. No significant increase in risk was observed at intakes of 2 units or less daily. Above this threshold, alcohol intake was associated with an increased risk of any fracture (risk ratio [RR]=1.23; 95% CI, 1.06-1.43), any osteoporotic fracture (RR=1.38; 95% CI, 1.16-1.65), or hip fracture (RR=1.68; 95% CI, 1.19-2.36). There was no significant interaction with age, BMD, or time since baseline assessment. Risk ratios were moderately but not significantly higher in men than in women, and there was no evidence for a different threshold for effect by gender. We conclude that reported intake of alcohol confers a risk of some importance beyond that explained by BMD. The validation of this risk factor on an international basis permits its use in case-finding strategies. © International Osteoporosis Foundation and National Osteoporosis Foundation 2004. KW - Alcohol KW - Hip fracture KW - Meta-analysis KW - Osteoporotic fracture KW - Risk factors KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - bone density KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - osteoporosis KW - Poisson distribution KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - quantitative analysis KW - risk factor KW - sex ratio KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Bone Density KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Assessment KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :312 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OSINE C2 - 15455194 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kanis, J.A.; WHO Collaborating Centre for Metabolic Bone Diseases, University of Sheffield Medical School, Beech Hill Road, Sheffield, S10 2RX, United Kingdom; email: w.j.pontefract@shef.ac.uk N1 - References: Seeman, E., Melton III, L.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Risk factors for spinal osteoporosis in men (1983) Am J Med, 75, pp. 977-983; Holbrook, T.L., Barrett-Connor, E., A prospective study of alcohol consumption and bone mineral density (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 1506-1509; Johnell, O., Kristenson, H., Redlund-Johnell, I., Lower limb fractures and the registration for alcoholism (1985) Scand J Soc Med, 13, pp. 95-97; Felson, D.T., Zhang, Y., Hannan, M.T., Alcohol intake and bone mineral density in elderly men and women. The Framingham Study (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 485-492; Orwoll, E.S., Bevan, L., Phipps, K.R., Determinants of bone mineral density in older men (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 815-821; Hoidrup, S., Gronbaek, M., Gottschau, A., Lauritzen, J.B., Schroll, M., Alcohol intake, beverage preference and risk of hip fracture in men and women (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 933-1001; Nguyen, T.V., Eisman, J.A., Kelly, P.J., Sambrook, P.N., Risk factors for osteoporotic fractures in elderly men (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 144, pp. 255-263; Tuppurainen, M., Kroger, H., Honkanen, R., Puntila, E., Huopio, J., Saarikoski, S., Alhava, E., Risks of perimenopausal fractures: A prospective population based study (1995) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 74, pp. 624-628; Felson, D.T., Kiel, D.P., Anderson, J.J., Kannel, W.B., Alcohol consumption and hip fractures: The Framingham Study (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 1102-1110; Fujiwara, S., Kasagi, F., Yamada, M., Kodama, K., (1997) Risk Factors for Hip Fracture in a Japanese Cohort, 12, pp. 998-1004; Osteoporosis: Review of the evidence for prevention, diagnosis and treatment and cost-effectiveness analysis (1998) Osteoporos Int, 8 (4 SUPPL.), pp. 1-88; (1998) Physician's Guide to Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis, pp. 1-38. , NOF, Washington DC; Recommendations for the prevention and treatment of glucocorticoid- induced osteoporosis (2001) Arthritis Rheum, 44, pp. 1496-1503. , Ad Hoc Committee on Glucocorticosteroid-Induced Osteoporosis; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 390-406; (1999) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment, , RCP, London; (2000) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment. Update on Pharmacological Interventions and An Algorithm for Management, , RCP, London; Brown, J.P., Josse, R.G., 2002 Clinical practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (2002) Can Med Ass J, 167 (10 SUPPL.), pp. S1-S34; (1998) Report on Osteoporosis in the European Community: Action on Prevention, p. 112. , Luxembourg Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, Luxembourg; Kreiger, N., Tenenhouse, A., Joseph, L., The Canadian Multicenter Osteoporosis Study (CaMos): Background, rationale, methods (1999) Can J Aging, 18, pp. 376-387; Jones, G., Nguyen, T.V., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilbert, C., Eisman, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women. The Dubbo Osteoporosis Epidemiology Study, DOES (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 277-282; Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., De Jong, P.T., Van Den Ouweland, F.A., Determinants of disease and disability in the elderly: The Rotterdam study (1991) Eur J Epidemiol, 7, pp. 403-422; De Laet, C.E.D.H., Van Hout, B.A., Burger, H., Hofman, A., Weel, A.E.A.M., Pols, H.A.P., Hip fracture prediction in elderly men and women: Validation of the Rotterdam study (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 1587-1593; Kanis, J.A., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Dawson, A., The burden of osteoporotic fractures: A method for setting intervention thresholds (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 417-427; Johnell, O., Gullberg, B., Kanis, J.A., Allander, E., Elffors, L., Dequeker, J., Dilsen, G., Ribot, C., Risk factors for hip fracture in European women: The MEDOS study (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1802-1815; Midanik, L.T., Validity of self-reported alcohol use: A literature review and assessment (1988) Br J Addict, 83, pp. 1019-1030; (1989) Drinking Problems: A Challenge for Every Doctor, , HMSO, London; La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., Levi, F., Cigarette smoking, body mass and other risk factors for fractures of the hip in women (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 671-677; Grisso, J.A., Kelsey, J.L., O'Brien, L.A., Risk factors for hip fracture in men (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 786-793; Grisso, J.A., Kelsey, J.L., Strom, B.L., Risk factors for falls as a cause of hip fracture in women (1991) N Engl J Med, 324, pp. 1326-1331; Cumming, R.G., Klineberg, R.J., Case-control study of risk factors for hip fractures in the elderly (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 493-503; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Gullberg, B., Allander, E., Elffors, L., Ranstam, J., Dequeker, J., Ribot, C., Risk factors for hip fracture in men from Southern Europe: The MEDOS study (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 45-54; Paganini-Hill, A., Chao, A., Ross, R.K., Exercise and other factors in the prevention of hip fracture: The Leisure World Study (1991) Epidemiology, 2, pp. 16-25; Huang, Z., Himes, J.H., McGovern, P.G., Nutrition and subsequent hip fracture risk among a national cohort of white women (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 144, pp. 124-134; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Hemenway, D., Azrael, D.R., Rimm, E.B., Feskanich, D., Willet, W.C., Risk factors for hip fracture in US men aged 40 through 75 years (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, pp. 1843-1845; Holbrook, T.L., Barrett-Connor, E., Wingard, D.L., Dietary calcium and risk of hip fracture: 14-Year prospective population study (1988) Lancet, 2, pp. 1046-1049; Huopio, J., Kroger, H., Honkanen, R., Saarikoski, S., Alhava, E., Risk factors for perimenopausal fractures: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 219-227; Sowers, M.R., Clark, M.K., Hollis, B., Wallace, R.B., Jannausch, M., Radial bone mineral density in pre- and perimenopausal women: A prospective study of rates and risk factors for loss (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 647-657; Roy, D.K., O'Neill, T.W., Finn, J.D., Determinants of incident vertebral fracture in men and women: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (EPOS) (2003) Osteoporos Int, 14, pp. 19-26; Laitinen, K., Valimaki, M., Alcohol and bone (1991) Calcif Tissue Int, 49 (SUPPL.), pp. S70-S73; Dymling, J.F., Ljungberg, O., Hillyard, C.J., Greenberg, P.B., Evans, I.M.A., MacIntyre, I., Whiskey: A new provocative test for calcitonin secretion (1976) Acta Endocrinol, 82, pp. 500-509; Rico, H., Alcohol and bone disease (1990) Alcohol, 25, pp. 345-352; Malmivaara, A., Heliovaara, M., Knekt, P., Risk factors for injurious falls leading to hospitalisation or death in a cohort of 19,500 adults (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 138, pp. 384-394; Gunnes, M., Mellstrom, D., Johnell, O., How well can a previous fracture indicate a new fracture? A questionnaire study of 29,802 postmenopausal women (1998) Acta Orthop Scand, 69, pp. 508-512; Ensrud, K.E., Nevitt, M.C., Yunis, C., Cauley, J.A., Seeley, D.G., Fox, K.M., Correlates of impaired function in older women (1994) J Am Geriatr Soc, 42, pp. 481-489; Nelson, H.D., Nevitt, M.E., Scott, J.C., Stone, K.L., Cummings, S.R., Smoking, alcohol and neuromuscular and physical function of older women (1994) JAMA, 272, pp. 1825-1831; Kanis, J.A., Diagnosis of osteoporosis and assessment of fracture risk (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 1929-1936; Delmas, P.D., Eastell, R., Garnero, P., Seibel, M.J., Stepan, J., The use of biochemical markers of bone turnover in osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11 (6 SUPPL.), pp. S2-S17; (2002) Glucocorticoid-induced Osteoporosis: Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment, , Bone and Tooth Society of Great Britain, National Osteoporosis Society, and Royal College of Physicians. RCP, London; Klotzbeucher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbot, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) JBMR, 15, pp. 721-739; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21644466407&doi=10.1007%2fs00198-004-1734-y&partnerID=40&md5=8eb34aa1792558a7056a55394e10e3d8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Investigating the effects of pre-school provision: Using mixed methods in the EPPE research T2 - International Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory and Practice J2 - Int. J. Soc. Res. Methodol.: Theory Pract. VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 207 EP - 224 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1080/13645570500154840 SN - 13645579 (ISSN) AU - Sammons, P. AU - Siraj-Blatchford, I. AU - Sylva, K. AU - Melhuish, E. AU - Taggart, B. AU - Elliot, K. AD - Department of Education, University of Nottingham, United Kingdom AD - Department of Early Childhood Education, Institute of Education, University of London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Educational Psychology, University of Oxford, Department of Educational Studies, United Kingdom AD - Human Development at Birkbeck, University of London, United Kingdom AD - Effective Pre-school and Primary Education (EPPE), Institute of Education AD - Institute of Education AD - School of Education, University of Nottingham, Jubilee Campus, Nottingham NG8 6BB, United Kingdom AB - The Effective Provision of Pre-school Education (EPPE) project is a longitudinal study of young children between the ages of 3 and 7 years. Research began in 1997 and both quantitative and qualitative methods were used to explore the effects of pre-school education on children's attainment and social/behavioural development at entry to school, and of any continuing effects on such outcomes at the end of Key Stage 1 (age 7). The sample included over 3,000 children and 141 pre-school centres drawn from six different types of providers. In addition, a home sample of children who had not attended a pre-school centre was included. In order to identify the processes that might influence centre effectiveness, observational data were collected and centre managers interviewed. In-depth case studies of 12 more effective centres were used to explore and illuminate the processes, particularly in relation to pedagogy, associated with better child outcomes. A mixed method approach was adopted to simultaneously answer both confirmatory and exploratory questions, to support user engagement and provide triangulation. The paper argues that the mixed method approach supported the development of stronger research inferences. © 2005 Taylor & Francis Group Ltd. N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sammons, P.; School of Education, University of Nottingham, Jubilee Campus, Nottingham NG8 6BB, United Kingdom; email: pam.sammons@nottingham.ac.uk N1 - References: Arnett, J., Caregivers in day-care centres: Does training matter? (1989) Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 10, pp. 541-552; Ball, C., (1994) Start Right: The Importance of Early Learning, , London: RSA; Bruner, J., (1980) Under Five in Britain, , Ypsilanti, MI: High/Scope; Bryant, P., Bradley, L., (1985) Children's Reading Problems, , Oxford, UK: Blackwell; Creswell, J.W., (1994) Research Design: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, , Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage; Davies, J., Brember, I., The effects of pre-school experience on reading attainment: A four year cross-sectional study (1997) Educational Psychology, 178 (3), pp. 255-266; (1996) Desirable Outcomes for Children's Learning, , London: Author; Elliot, C.D., Smith, P., McCulloch, K., (1996) British Ability Scales (2nd Ed.), , (BAS II). Windsor, UK: NFER-Nelson; Elliot, K., Sammons, P., Exploring the use of effect sizes to evaluate the impact of different influences on child outcomes (2004) What Does It Mean? the Use of Effect Sizes in Educational Research, pp. 6-24. , K. Elliot & I. Schagen (Eds.). Slough, UK: NFER; Feinstein, L., Robertson, D., Symons, J., (1998) Pre-school Education and Attainment in the NCDS and BCSI, , London: Centre for Economic Performance; Glaser, B., Strauss, A., (1967) The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research, , Chicago, IL: Aldine Publishing Co; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models (2nd Ed.), , London: Edward Arnold; Goldstein, H., (1998) Models for Reality: New Approaches to the Understanding of Educational Processes, , (A professorial lecture). London: Institute of Education; Harms, T., Clifford, R., Cryer, D., (1998) Early Childhood Environment Rating Scale Revised, , New York/London: Teachers' College Press; Hogan, A.E., Scott, K.G., Bauer, C.R., The Adaptive Social Behaviour Inventory (ASBI): A new assessment of social competence in high-risk three year olds (1992) Journal of Psychoeducational Assessments, 10 (3), pp. 230-239; Johnson, R., Onwuegbuzie, A., Mixed methods research: A research paradigm whose time has come (2004) Educational Researcher, 33 (7), pp. 14-26; McCartney, K., Jordan, E., Parallels between research on child care and research on school effects (1990) Educational Researcher, 19 (1), pp. 24-27; Melhuish, E.C., Pre-school care and education: Lessons from the 20th and the 21st century (1993) International Journal of Early Years Education, 1, pp. 19-32; Mortimore, P., Sammons, P., Stoll, L., Lewis, D., Ecob, R., (1988) School Matters: The Junior Years, , Wells, UK: Open Books; Early child care and children's development prior to school entry: Results from the NICHD study of early child care (2002) American Educational Research Journal, 39 (1), pp. 133-164; Osborn, A.F., Milbank, J.E., (1987) The Effects of Early Education: A Report from the Child Health and Education Study, , New York: Clarendon Press; Sammons, P., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Taggart, B., Elliot, K., (2002) Measuring the Impact of Pre-school on Children's Cognitive Progress over the Pre-school Period, , (EPPE Tech. Paper 8a). London: DfES/Institute of Education; Sammons, P., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Taggart, B., Elliot, K., (2003) Measuring the Impact of Pre-school on Children's Social Behavioural Progress over the Pre-school Period, , (EPPE Tech. Paper 8b). London: DfES/Institute of Education; Sammons, P., Smees, R., Taggart, B., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Elliot, K., (2003) The Early Years Transition and Special Educational Needs (EYTSEN) Project, , (Tech. Paper 1). London: DfES/Institute of Education; Schweinhart, L.J., Barnes, H.V., Weikart, D.P., (1993) Significant Benefits: The High Scope Perry Pre-school Study Through Age 27, , (Monograph of the High/Scope Educational Research Foundation, No 19). Ypsilanti, MI: High Scope Press; Siraj-Blatchford, I., Expanding combined nursery provision: Bridging the gap between care and education (1995) The Early Years: The Way Forward, pp. 1-17. , P. Gammage & J. Meighan (Eds.). Nottingham, UK: Education New Books; Siraj-Blatchford, I., Sylva, K., Muttock, S., Gilden, R., Bell, D., (2002) Researching Effective Pedagogy in the Early Years, , (DfES Research Rep. 356). London: DfES; Siraj-Blatchford, I., Sylva, K., Taggart, B., Sammons, P., Melhuish, E., (2003) Intensive Case Studies of Practice Across the Foundation Stage, , (EPPE Tech. Paper 10). London: DfES/University of London, Institute of Education; Slavin, R.E., Karweit, N.L., Wasik, B.A., (1994) Preventing Early School Failure, , Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon; Strauss, A., Corbin, J., (1990) Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded Theory Procedures and Techniques, , Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications; Sylva, K., School influences on children's development (1994) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35 (1), pp. 135-170; Sylva, K., Wiltshire, J., The impact of early learning on children's later development (1993) European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 1 (1), pp. 17-40; Sylva, K., Roy, C., Painter, M., (1980) Childwatching at Playgroup and Nursery, , London: Grant McIntyre; Sylva, K., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Taggart, B., (2003) The Early Childhood Environment Rating Scales: 4. Curricular Subscales, , Stoke on Trent, UK: Trentham Books; Sylva, K., Siraj-Blatchford, I., Melhuish, E., Sammons, P., Taggart, B., Evans, E., Dobson, A., Sadler, S., (1999) Characteristics of the Centres in the EPPE Sample: Observational Profiles, , (EPPE Tech. Paper 6). London: DfES/Institute of Education; Tashakkori, A., Teddlie, C., (2003) Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioural Research, , Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage; Tymms, P., Merrell, C., Henderson, B., The first year at school: A quantitative investigation of the attainment and progress of pupils (1997) Educational Research and Evaluation, 3 (2), pp. 101-118; Wells, G., (1985) Language, Learning and Education, , Windsor, UK: NFER/Nelson UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-22544434343&doi=10.1080%2f13645570500154840&partnerID=40&md5=3728b19b08dd0d5bae050a8de82770ef ER - TY - JOUR TI - Seasonal fluctuations in birth weight and neonatal limb length; does prenatal vitamin D influence neonatal size and shape? T2 - Early Human Development J2 - Early Hum. Dev. VL - 81 IS - 7 SP - 609 EP - 618 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1016/j.earlhumdev.2005.03.013 SN - 03783782 (ISSN) AU - McGrath, J.J. AU - Keeping, D. AU - Saha, S. AU - Chant, D.C. AU - Lieberman, D.E. AU - O'Callaghan, M.J. AD - Queensland Centre for Mental Health Research, Park Centre for Mental Health, Wacol, QLD 4076, Australia AD - Department of Psychiatry, University of Queensland, St Lucia, QLD 4065, Australia AD - Queensland Fertility Group, 225 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, QLD 4000, Australia AD - Department of Anthropology, Harvard University, 11 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138, United States AD - Child Development and Rehabilitation Services, University of Queensland, Mater Misericordiae Hospital, Raymond Terrace, South Brisbane, QLD 4101, Australia AB - Background: Birth weight is known to fluctuate with season of birth, however, there is little information about seasonal variation in neonatal anthropometric measures. Aims: The aim of this study was to examine seasonal fluctuations in birth weight and selected anthropometric measures. Study design and subjects: The birth weight of singletons born after at least 37 weeks gestation was extracted from a perinatal register in south-east Queensland (n = 350,171). Mean monthly birth weights for this period were examined. Based on a separate birth cohort, principal component analysis was undertaken on neonatal anthropometric measures (n = 1233). Seasonality was assessed by (a) spectral analysis of time series data, (b) monthly and seasonal comparison of outcomes. Results: Based on register data, birth weight displayed clear annual periodicity. Birth weight differed significantly when compared by month and season. Infants born in October were the heaviest (3484 g), while May-born infants were the lightest (3459 g; P = 0.001). Based on the cohort anthropometric data, three components were identified related to (a) overall size, (b) limb length, and (c) head size and skin-fold thickness. Each of these components displayed significant seasonal variation. In particular, prominent seasonal fluctuations in limb length were identified, with peak limb length associated with winter/spring birth. Conclusion: Environmental factors that have regular seasonal fluctuation influence both the size and shape of neonates. Animal experiments suggest that prenatal hypovitaminosis D may underlie greater limb length. Because birth weight and limb length are associated with a broad range of important health outcomes, the seasonal exposures underlying these effects warrant further scrutiny from a public health perspective. © 2005 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Anthropometry KW - Birth weight KW - Limb length KW - Seasons KW - Vitamin D KW - vitamin D KW - anthropometry KW - article KW - Australia KW - birth KW - birth weight KW - cephalometry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - environmental exposure KW - environmental factor KW - examination KW - gestational age KW - human KW - leg length KW - newborn KW - outcomes research KW - prenatal care KW - principal component analysis KW - register KW - seasonal variation KW - skinfold thickness KW - spectroscopy KW - spring KW - time series analysis KW - vitamin deficiency KW - winter KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Size KW - Body Weights and Measures KW - Extremities KW - Female KW - Fetal Development KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Periodicity KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Care KW - Seasons KW - Vitamin D N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EHDED C2 - 15972254 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McGrath, J.J.; Queensland Centre for Mental Health Research, Park Centre for Mental Health, Wacol, QLD 4076, Australia; email: john_mcgrath@qcsr.uq.edu.au N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Vitamin D, 1406-16-2 N1 - References: Kramer, M.S., Determinants of low birth weight: Methodological assessment and meta-analysis (1987) Bull World Health Organ, 65 (5), pp. 663-737; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Susser, E., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323 (7308), pp. 310-3114; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325 (7359), p. 305; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322 (7280), pp. 199-203; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85 (3), pp. 189-196; Sorensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M.W., Fischer, P., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315 (7105), pp. 401-403; Susser, E., Matte, T.D., Early antecedents of adult health (1998) J Urban Health, 75 (2), pp. 236-241; Barker, D.J., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Churchill Livingstone Edinburgh; Hindmarsh, P.C., Geary, M.P., Rodeck, C.H., Kingdom, J.C., Cole, T.J., Intrauterine growth and its relationship to size and shape at birth (2002) Pediatr Res, 52 (2), pp. 263-268; Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Wield, G.A., The relation of small head circumference and thinness at birth to death from cardiovascular disease in adult life (1993) BMJ, 306 (6875), pp. 422-426; Kramer, M.S., Olivier, M., McLean, F.H., Dougherty, G.E., Willis, D.M., Usher, R.H., Determinants of fetal growth and body proportionality (1990) Pediatrics, 86 (1), pp. 18-26; Kramer, M.S., McLean, F.H., Olivier, M., Willis, D.M., Usher, R.H., Body proportionality and head and length 'sparing' in growth-retarded neonates: A critical reappraisal (1989) Pediatrics, 84 (4), pp. 717-723; Sacks, D.A., Determinants of fetal growth (2004) Curr Diabetes Rep, 4 (4), pp. 281-287; Morley, R., Dwyer, T., Carlin, J.B., Studies of twins: Can they shed light on the fetal origins of adult disease hypothesis? (2003) Twin Res, 6 (6), pp. 520-525; Selvin, S., Janerich, D.T., Four factors influencing birth weight (1971) Br J Prev Soc Med, 25 (1), pp. 12-16; Roberts, D.F., Environment and the fetus (1975) The Biology of Human Fetal Growth, , D.F. Roberts A.M. Thomson Taylor and Francis London; Matsuda, S., Sone, T., Doi, T., Kahyo, H., Seasonality of mean birth weight and mean gestational period in Japan (1993) Hum Biol, 65 (3), pp. 481-501; Wohlfahrt, J., Melbye, M., Christens, P., Andersen, A.M., Hjalgrim, H., Secular and seasonal variation of length and weight at birth (1998) Lancet, 352 (9145), p. 1990; Waldie, K.E., Poulton, R., Kirk, I.J., Silva, P.A., The effects of pre- and post-natal sunlight exposure on human growth: Evidence from the southern Hemisphere (2000) Early Hum Dev, 60 (1), pp. 35-42; Murray, L.J., O'Reilly, D.P., Betts, N., Patterson, C.C., Davey Smith, G., Evans, A.E., Season and outdoor ambient temperature: Effects on birth weight (2000) Obstet Gynaecol, 96 (5 PART 1), pp. 689-695; Phillips, D.I., Young, J.B., Birth weight, climate at birth and the risk of obesity in adult life (2000) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 24 (3), pp. 281-287; Gloria-Bottini, F., Meloni, G.F., Finocchi, A., Porcu, S., Amante, A., Bottini, E., Rh system and intrauterine growth. Interaction with season of birth (2000) Dis Markers, 16 (3-4), pp. 139-142; Keeping, J.D., Najman, J.M., Morrison, J., Western, J.S., Andersen, M.J., Williams, G.M., A prospective longitudinal study of social, psychological and obstetric factors in pregnancy: Response rates and demographic characteristics of the 8556 respondents (1989) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 96 (3), pp. 289-297; O'Callaghan, F.V., O'Callaghan, M., Najman, J.M., Williams, G.M., Bor, W., Maternal alcohol consumption during pregnancy and physical outcomes up to 5 years of age: A longitudinal study (2003) Early Hum Dev, 71 (2), pp. 137-148; Keeping, J.D., (1981) Determinants and Components of Size at Birth, , [MD thesis]. University of Queensland;; Institute, S., (2001) SAS 8.02; Kramer, M.S., Morin, I., Yang, H., Platt, R.W., Usher, R., McNamara, H., Why are babies getting bigger? Temporal trends in fetal growth and its determinants (2002) J Pediatr, 141 (4), pp. 538-542; Done, S.J., Holbrook, N.J., Beggs, P.J., The quasi-biennial oscillation and Ross river virus incidence in Queensland, Australia (2002) Int J Biometeorol, 46 (4), pp. 202-207; Mercer, J.B., Cold-an underrated risk factor for health (2003) Environ Res, 92 (1), pp. 8-13; McGeehin, M.A., Mirabelli, M., The potential impacts of climate variability and change on temperature-related morbidity and mortality in the United States (2001) Environ Health Perspect, 109 (2 SUPPL.), pp. 185-189; Naughton, M.P., Henderson, A., Mirabelli, M.C., Kaiser, R., Wilhelm, J.L., Kieszak, S.M., Heat-related mortality during a 1999 heat wave in Chicago (2002) Am J Prev Med, 22 (4), pp. 221-227; Holick, M.F., Environmental factors that influence the cutaneous production of vitamin D (1995) Am J Clin Nutr, 61 (3 SUPPL.), pp. 638S-645S; Wehr, T.A., A 'clock for all seasons' in the human brain (1996) Prog Brain Res, 111, pp. 321-342; Wehr, T.A., Effect of seasonal changes in daylength on human neuroendocrine function (1998) Horm Res, 49 (3-4), pp. 118-124; McMichael, A.J., (2001) Human Frontiers, Environments and Disease, , Cambridge University Press Cambridge; Kennaway, D.J., Flanagan, D.E., Moore, V.M., Cockington, R.A., Robinson, J.S., Phillips, D.I., The impact of fetal size and length of gestation on 6-sulphatoxymelatonin excretion in adult life (2001) J Pineal Res, 30 (3), pp. 188-192; Kennaway, D.J., Programming of the fetal suprachiasmatic nucleus and subsequent adult rhythmicity (2002) Trends Endocrinol Metab, 13 (9), pp. 398-402; Cardinali, D.P., Ladizesky, M.G., Boggio, V., Cutrera, R.A., Mautalen, C., Melatonin effects on bone: Experimental facts and clinical perspectives (2003) J Pineal Res, 34 (2), pp. 81-87; Eyles, D., Brown, J., MacKay-Sim, A., McGrath, J., Feron, F., Vitamin D3 and brain development (2003) Neuroscience, 118 (3), pp. 641-653; Rummens, K., Van Bree, R., Van Herck, E., Zaman, Z., Bouillon, R., Van Assche, F.A., Vitamin D deficiency in guinea pigs: Exacerbation of bone phenotype during pregnancy and disturbed fetal mineralization, with recovery by 1,25(OH)2D3 infusion or dietary calcium-phosphate supplementation (2002) Calcif Tissue Int, 71 (4), pp. 364-375; Deluca, H.F., Zierold, C., Mechanisms and functions of vitamin D (1998) Nutr Rev, 56 (2 PART 2), pp. 4-S10; Webb, A.R., Kline, L., Holick, M.F., Influence of season and latitude on the cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D3: Exposure to winter sunlight in Boston and Edmonton will not promote vitamin D3 synthesis in human skin (1988) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 67 (2), pp. 373-378; McGrath, J.J., Kimlin, M.G., Saha, S., Eyles, D.W., Parisi, A.V., Vitamin D insufficiency in south-east Queensland (2001) Med J Aust, 174 (3), pp. 150-151; MacLennan, W.J., Hamilton, J.C., Darmady, J.M., The effects of season and stage of pregnancy on plasma 25-hydroxy-vitamin D concentrations in pregnant women (1980) Postgrad Med J, 56 (652), pp. 75-79; Lander, E.S., Linton, L.M., Birren, B., Nusbaum, C., Zody, M.C., Baldwin, J., Initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome (2001) Nature, 409 (6822), pp. 860-921; Darwish, H., Deluca, H.F., Vitamin D-regulated gene expression (1993) Crit Rev Eukaryot Gene Expr, 3 (2), pp. 89-116; Prufer, K., Barsony, J., Retinoid X receptor dominates the nuclear import and export of the unliganded vitamin D receptor (2002) Mol Endocrinol, 16 (8), pp. 1738-1751; Raval-Pandya, M., Freedman, L.P., Li, H., Christakos, S., Thyroid hormone receptor does not heterodimerize with the vitamin D receptor but represses vitamin D receptor-mediated transactivation (1998) Mol Endocrinol, 12 (9), pp. 1367-1379; Deluca, H.F., Krisinger, J., Darwish, H., The vitamin D system: 1990 (1990) Kidney Int Suppl, 29, pp. 2-S8; Johnson, C.S., Hershberger, P.A., Bernardi, R.J., McGuire, T.F., Trump, D.L., Vitamin D receptor: A potential target for intervention (2002) Urology, 60 (3 SUPPL. 1), pp. 123-130; Weber, G.W., Prossinger, H., Seidler, H., Height depends on month of birth (1998) Nature, 391 (6669), pp. 754-755; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Upton, M., Hole, D., Gillis, C., Watt, G., Height and risk of death among men and women: Aetiological implications of associations with cardiorespiratory disease and cancer mortality (2000) J Epidemiol Community Health, 54 (2), pp. 97-103; Gunnell, D., Okasha, M., Smith, G.D., Oliver, S.E., Sandhu, J., Holly, J.M., Height, leg length, and cancer risk: A systematic review (2001) Epidemiol Rev, 23 (2), pp. 313-342; Gunnell, D., Can adult anthropometry be used as a 'biomarker' for prenatal and childhood exposures? (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31 (2), pp. 390-394; McGrath, J., Does 'imprinting' with low prenatal vitamin D contribute to the risk of various adult disorders? (2001) Med Hypotheses, 56 (3), pp. 367-371 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21844456905&doi=10.1016%2fj.earlhumdev.2005.03.013&partnerID=40&md5=fa7b59c4f7074f0048fdda730641321a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adult socioeconomic, educational, social, and psychological outcomes of childhood obesity: A national birth cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 330 IS - 7504 SP - 1354 EP - 1357 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1136/bmj.38453.422049.E0 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Viner, R.M. AU - Cole, T.J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Royal Free and University College Medical School, University College London, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AD - Centre for Paediatric Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, University College London, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Objectives: To assess adult socioeconomic, educational, social, and psychological outcomes of childhood obesity by using nationally representative data. Design: 1970 British birth cohort Participants: 16 567 babies born in Great Britain 5-11 April 1970 and followed up at 5, 10, and 29-30 years. Main outcome measures: Obesity at age 10 and 30 years. Self reported socioeconomic, educational, psychological, and social outcomes at 30 years. Odds ratios were calculated for die risk of each adult outcome associated with obesity in childhood only, obesity in adulthood only, and persistent child and adult obesity, compared with those obese at neither period. Results: Of the 8490 participants with data on body mass index at 10 and 30 years, 4.3% were obese at 10 years and 16.3% at 30 years. Obesity in childhood only was not associated with adult social class, income, years of schooling, educational attainment, relationships, or psychological morbidity in either sex after adjustment for confounding factors. Persistent obesity was not associated with any adverse adult outcomes in men, though it was associated among women with a higher risk of never having been gainfully employed (odds ratio 1.9, 95% confidence interval 1.1 to 3.3) and not having a current partner (2.0, 1.3 to 3.3). Conclusions: Obesity limited to childhood has little impact on adult outcomes. Persistent obesity in women is associated with poorer employment and relationship outcomes. Efforts to reduce the socioeconomic and psychosocial burden of obesity in adult life should focus on prevention of the persistence of obesity from childhood into adulthood. KW - academic achievement KW - article KW - body mass KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - employment KW - follow up KW - human KW - income KW - longitudinal study KW - obesity KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - self report KW - sex ratio KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - adult KW - child KW - educational status KW - female KW - male KW - prognosis KW - risk KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Body Mass Index KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Obesity KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prognosis KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :126 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 15901644 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Viner, R.M.; Department of Paediatrics, Royal Free and University College Medical School, University College London, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom; email: R.Viner@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Reilly, J.J., Methven, E., McDowell, Z.C., Hacking, B., Alexander, D., Stewart, L., Health consequences of obesity (2003) Arch Dis Child, 88, pp. 748-752; Gortmaker, S.L., Must, A., Perrin, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Dietz, W.H., Social and economic consequences of overweight in adolescence and young adulthood (1993) N Engl J Med, 329, pp. 1008-1012; Sargent, J.D., Blanchflower, D.G., Obesity and stature in adolescence and earnings in young adulthood. Analysis of a British birth cohort (1994) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 148, pp. 681-687; Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., (2002) The Design and Conduct of the 1999-2000 Surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Birth Cohort Study. UK Data Archive, , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education. (CLS Cohort Studies Working Paper I); Spencer, E.A., Appleby, P.N., Davey, G.K., Key, T.J., Validity of self-reported height and weight in 4808 EPIC-Oxford participants (2002) Public Health Nutr, 5, pp. 561-565; Crawley, H.F., Portides, G., Self-reported versus measured height, weight and body mass index amongst 16-17 year old British teenagers (1995) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 19, pp. 579-584; Maxwell, S.E., Delaney, H.D., Bivariate median splits and spurious statistical significance (1993) Psychol Bull, 113, pp. 181-190; Laitinen, J., Power, C., Ek, E., Sovio, U., Jarvelin, M.R., Unemployment and obesity among young adults in a northern Finland 1966 birth cohort (2002) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 26, pp. 1329-1338; Mustillo, S., Worthman, G., Erkanli, A., Keeler, G., Angold, A., Costello, E.J., Obesity and psychiatric disorder: Developmental trajectories (2003) Pediatrics, 111, pp. 851-859; Goodman, E., Whitaker, R.C., A prospective study of the role of depression in the development and persistence of adolescent obesity (2002) Pediatrics, 109, pp. 497-504; Onyike, C.U., Crum, R.M., Lee, H.B., Lyketsos, C.G., Eaton, W.W., Is obesity associated with major depression? Results from the third national health and nutrition examination survey (2003) Am J Epidemiol, 158, pp. 1139-1147; Ferraro, K.F., Thorpe Jr., R.J., Wilkinson, J.A., The life course of severe obesity: Does childhood overweight matter? (2003) J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci, 58, pp. S110-S119; Wright, C.M., Parker, L., Lamont, D., Craft, A.W., Implications of childhood obesity for adult health: Findings from thousand families cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 1280-1284 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20544471338&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.38453.422049.E0&partnerID=40&md5=1468e4b8b0c21cfb5d26de5e6d0ecc4c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Growth in early life and childhood IQ at age 11 years: The Newcastle Thousand Families study T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 673 EP - 677 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyi038 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Pearce, M.S. AU - Deary, I.J. AU - Young, A.H. AU - Parker, L. AD - Paediatric and Lifecourse Epidemiology Research Group, School of Clinical Medical Sciences, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LPP, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - School of Neurology, Neurobiology and Psychiatry, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom AB - Background: It has been suggested that in addition to genetic factors, fetal and post-natal growth influence childhood cognition, although it is unclear whether such an effect continues throughout childhood. This study aimed at investigating the potential relationships between childhood IQ at age 11 years and birth weight and height at the ages of 9 and 13 years, after adjusting for the confounding factors available to this investigation. Methods: The Newcastle Thousand Families study, a prospectively followed cohort, originally consisted of all 1142 births in the city of Newcastle in May and June 1947. Using data on 733 members of this cohort, we investigated the associations between IQ at age 11, and birth weight and height at ages 9 and 13 years. Results: Birth weight showed no association with childhood IQ. However, height at age 9 years was a significant predictor of childhood IQ after adjusting for socioeconomic status (standardized regression coefficient b = 2.6, 95% CI 1.6-3.6, P < 0.0001). Height at age 13 was also a significant predictor of IQ after adjusting for socioeconomic status (b = 3.4, 95% CI 2.3-4.4, P = 0.001), and explained an additional 2.5% of the variation in IQ scores to that already explained by socioeconomic status and height at age nine. Conclusions: These results suggest a continuing effect of post-natal growth on childhood cognition beyond the age of 9 years. Post-natal growth, which may be influenced by genetic factors and nutrition and socioeconomic circumstances in childhood, may be more important than fetal growth in terms of childhood cognition. © The Author 2005; all rights reserved. KW - Birth weight KW - Child KW - Cognition KW - Fetal origins hypothesis KW - Growth KW - Height KW - cognition KW - adolescent KW - age KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body height KW - child development KW - child nutrition KW - childhood KW - cognition KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - family study KW - female KW - fetus growth KW - heredity KW - human KW - human experiment KW - intelligence quotient KW - male KW - postnatal development KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - regression analysis KW - school child KW - scoring system KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Intelligence KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Male KW - Parity KW - Prospective Studies KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :42 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 15746206 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pearce, M.S.; Sir James Spence Institute, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, Royal Victoria Infirmary, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom; email: M.S.Pearce@ncl.ac.uk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., The developmental origins of adult disease (2003) Eur. J. Epidemiol., 18, pp. 733-736; Morgane, P.J., Austin-La France, R., Bronzino, J., Prenatal malnutrition and development of the brain (1993) Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev., 17, pp. 91-128; Boomsma, D.I., van Beijsterveldt, C.E.M., Rietveld, M.J.H., Bartels, M., van Baal, G.C.M., Genetics mediate relation of birth weight to childhood IQ (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 1426-1427; Drilllen, C.M., The incidence of mental and physical handicaps in school age children of very low birth weight. II (1967) Pediatrics, 39, pp. 238-247; Hutton, J.L., Pharaoh, P.O.D., Cooke, R.W.I., Stevenson, R.C., Differential effects of pre-term birth and small gestational age on cognitive and motor development (1997) Arch. Dis. Child Fetal Neonatal. Ed., 76, pp. F75-F81; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive ability in childhood: A systematic review (2004) Psychol. Bull., 130, pp. 989-1030; Rowe, D.C., IQ, birth weight and number of sexual partners in White, African American and mixed race adolescents (2002) Popul. Environ., 23, pp. 513-524; Gorman, B.K., Birth weight and cognitive development in adolescence: Causal relationship or social selection? (2002) Soc. Biol., 49, pp. 13-34; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) Int. J. Epidemiol., 31, pp. 342-348; Mueller, W.H., The genetics of size and shape in children and adults (1986) Human Growth, , Faulkner F, Tanner JM (eds). NewYork: Plenum Press; Gunnell, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Frankel, S.J., Kemp, M., Peters, T.J., Socioeconomic and dietary influences on leg length and trunk in childhood: A reanalysis of the Carnegie (Boyd Orr) survey of diet and health in prewar Britain (1937-39) (1998) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 12 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 96-113; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Hardy, R.J., Paul, A.A., Marshall, S.F., Cole, T.J., Leg and trunk length at 43 years in relation to childhood health, diet and family circumstances; evidence from the 1946 national birth cohort (2002) Int. J. Epidemiol., 31, pp. 383-390; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Wilkinson, R.J., Family conflict and slow growth (1997) Arch. Dis. Child, 77, pp. 326-330; Miller, F., Court, S.D.M., Walton, W., Knox, E.G., (1960) Growing Up in Newcastle Upon Tyne, , London: Oxford University Press; Tuvemo, T., Jonsson, B., Persson, I., Intellectual and physical performance and morbidity in relation to height in a cohort of 18-year-old Swedish conscripts (1999) Horm. Res., 52, pp. 186-191; Daniels, M.C., Adair, U.S., Growth in young Filipino children predicts schooling trajectories through high school (2004) J. Nutr., 134, pp. 1439-1446; Spence, J., Walton, W., Miller, F., Court, S.D.M., (1954) A Thousand Families in Newcastle Upon Tyne, , London: Oxford University Press; Miller, F., Court, S.D.M., Knox, E.G., Brandon, S., (1974) The School Years in Newcastle Upon Tyne 1952-62, , London: Oxford University Press; Freeman, J.V., Cole, T.J., Chinn, S., Jones, P.R.M., White, E.M., Preece, M.A., Cross sectional stature and weight references curve for the UK, 1990 (1995) Arch. Dis. Child, 73, pp. 17-24; Lamont, D., Parker, L., White, M., Risk of cardiovascular disease measured by carotid intima-media thickness at age 49-51: Lifecourse study (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 273-278; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-310; Shenkin, S.D., Stan, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch. Dis. Child, 85, pp. 189-197; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Susser, E., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 310-314; Somerfelt, K., Andersson, H.W., Sonnander, K., Cognitive development of term small for genestational age children at five years of age (2000) Arch. Dis. Child, 83, pp. 25-30; Gale, C.R., O'Callaghan, F.J., Godfrey, K.M., Law, C.M., Martyn, C.N., Critical periods of brain growth and cognitive function in children (2004) Brain, 127, pp. 321-329; Grantham-McGregor, S., Linear growth retardation and cognition (2002) Lancet, 359, p. 542; Lundgren, E.M., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Tuvemo, T., Intellectual and psychological performance in males born small for gestational age with and without catch-up growth (2001) Pediatr. Res., 50, pp. 91-96; Downie, B., Mulligan, J., Stratford, R.J., Betts, P.R., Voss, L.D., Are short normal children at a disadvantage? The Wessex growth study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 97-100; Berger, A., Insulin-like growth factor and cognitive function (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 203; Oddy, W.H., Kendall, G.E., Blair, E., Breast feeding and cognitive development in childhood: A prospective birth cohort study (2003) Paediatr. Perinatal Epidemiol., 17, pp. 81-90; Li, L., Power, C., Influences on childhood height: Comparing two generations in the 1958 British birth cohort (2004) Int. J. Epidemiol., 33, pp. 1320-1328 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20744455672&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyi038&partnerID=40&md5=27f72e2ce6096cbcb92ac181c9bc53fb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intellectual disabilities and socioeconomic inequalities in health: An overview of research T2 - Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities J2 - J. Appl. Res. Intellect. Disabil. VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 111 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1468-3148.2005.00239.x SN - 13602322 (ISSN) AU - Graham, H. AD - Institute for Health Research, Lancaster University, Lancaster, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Policy, Institute for Health Research, Lancaster University, Lancaster LAI 4YT, United Kingdom AB - Background There is an enduring association between socioeconomic position and health, both over time and across major causes of death. Children and adults with intellectual disabilities are disproportionately represented among the poorer and less healthy sections of the population. But research on health inequalities, and on the broader societal influences on health, has yet to be integrated into perspectives and policy for people with intellectual disabilities. Methods The paper reviews evidence on the patterns and causes of socioeconomic inequalities in health. Results It points to evidence that socioeconomic position is the fundamental determinant of health, drawing on longitudinal studies to highlight how it exerts its influence on health from before birth and across the lifecourse. The factors shaping an individual's socioeconomic position are also discussed. Conclusions The paper concludes by identifying research and policy challenges. © 2005 BILD Publications. KW - Health inequalities KW - Social determinants KW - Socio-economic N1 - Cited By :43 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Graham, H.; Department of Social Policy, Institute for Health Research, Lancaster University, Lancaster LAI 4YT, United Kingdom; email: h.m.graham@lancaster.ac.uk N1 - References: Annandale, E., Hunt, K., Gender inequalities in health: Research at the crossroads (2000) Gender Inequalities in Health, pp. 1-35. , (eds E. Annandale & K. Hunt) . Open University Press, Buckingham; Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Blane, D., The lifecourse, the social gradient and health (1999) Social Determinants of Health, pp. 64-80. , (eds M. M. Marmot & R. G. Wilkinson) . Oxford University Press, Oxford; Bradbury, B., Jenkins, S.P., Micklewright, J., (2001) The Dynamics of Child Poverty in Industrialised Countries, , Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Brewer, M., Goodman, A., Myck, M., Shephard, A., Shaw, J., (2004) Poverty and Inequality in Great Britain: 2004, , IFS commentary no. 96. Institute for Fiscal Studies, London; Bunker, J., (2001) Medicine Matters after All: Measuring the Benefits of Medical Care, a Healthy Lifestyle and a Just Social Environment, , Nuffield Trust, London; Charlton, J., Murphy, M., Trends in causes of mortality: 1841-1994 - And overview (1997) The Health of Adult Britain: 1841-1994, , (eds J. Charlton & M. Murphy). The Stationery Office, London; Chote, R., Emmerson, C., Simpson, H., (2003) The IFS Green Budget, , Institute for Fiscal Studies, London; Cooper, H., Arber, S., Smaje, C., Social class or deprivation? Structural factors and children's limiting longstanding illness in the 1990s (1998) Sociology of Health and Illness, 20, pp. 289-311; Cox, B.D., Huppert, F.A., Whichelow, M.J., (1993) The Health and Lifestyle Survey: Seven Years on, , Dartmouth Publishing, Aldershot; Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Explanations for socioeconomic differentials in mortality (1994) European Journal of Public Health, 4, pp. 131-144; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position ad mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) British Medical Journal, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Lifecourse approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause-specific adult mortality (2001) Poverty, Inequality and Health, pp. 88-124. , (eds D. Leon & G. Walt), Oxford University Press, Oxford; (2003) Households below Average Income 1994/5-2001/2, , The Stationery Office, London; Drever, F., Whitehead, M., (1997) Health Inequalities, , Office for National Statistics, London; Elliott, J., Hatton, C., Emerson, E., The health of people with learning disabilities in the UK: Evidence and implications for the NHS (2003) Journal of Integrated Care, 11, pp. 9-17; Emerson, E., The prevalence of psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents with and without intellectual disabilities (2003) Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 47, pp. 51-58; Emerson, E., Poverty and children with intellectual disabilities in the world's richer countries (2004) Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability, 29, pp. 319-337; Farr, W., Life and death in England (1885) Vital Statistics: Memorial Volume of Selections from the Reports and Writings of William Farr, , (ed. N. A. Humphreys). The Sanitory Institute of Great Britain, London; (2000) Bulletin of the World Health Organization, 78, pp. 88-96; Flaherty, J., Veit-Wilson, J., Dornan, P., (2004) Poverty: The Facts, , Child Poverty Action Group, London; Glennerster, H., (2001) United Kingdom Education 1997-2001, , CASE paper 50. Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics, London; Graham, H., Building an interdisciplinary science of health inequalities: The example of lifecourse research (2002) Social Science & Medicine, 55, pp. 2007-2018; Graham, H., Social determinants and their unequal distribution: Clarifying policy understandings (2004) Millbank Quarterly, 82, pp. 1101-1124; Graham, H., Tackling health inequalities in England: Remedying health disadvantages, narrowing gaps or reducing health gradients (2004) Journal of Social Policy, 33, pp. 115-131; Graham, H., Blackburn, C., The socio-economic patterning of health and smoking behaviour among mothers with young children on income support (1998) Sociology of Health and Illness, 20, pp. 215-240; Graham, H., Power, C., (2004) Childhood Disadvantage and Adult Health: A Lifecourse Framework, , http://www.hda.nhs.uk/evidence, Health Development Agency, London; Harding, S., Rosato, M., Brown, J., Smith, J., Social patterning of health and mortality: Children, aged 6-15 years, followed up for 25 years in the ONS Longitudinal Study (1999) Health Statistics Quarterly, 3, pp. 30-34; Hertzman, C., Population health and child development: A view from Canada (2001) Income, Socioeconomic Status and Health: Exploring the Relationships, pp. 44-55. , (eds J. A. Auerbach & B. Krimgold) . National Policy Association, London; Hobcraft, J.N., Kiernan, K.E., Childhood poverty, early motherhood and adult social exclusion (2001) British Journal of Sociology, 52, pp. 495-517; House, J.S., Williams, D.R., Understanding and explaining socioeconomic and racial/ethnic disparities in health (2000) Promoting Health: Intervention Strategies from Social and Behavioural Health, pp. 81-124. , (eds B. D. Smedley & S. L. Syme) . National Academy Press, Washington, DC; Idler, E.L., Angel, R.L., Self-rated health and mortality in the NHANES-1 epidemiologic follow-up study (1990) American Journal of Public Health, 80, pp. 446-452; (1998) Report of the Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health (Acheson Report), , The Stationery Office, London; Jefferis, B., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birthweight, childhood socio-economic environment and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 305-308; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Graham, H., Manor, O., Changing social gradients in cigarette smoking and cessation over two decades of adult follow up in a British birth cohort (2004) Journal of Public Health Medicine, 26, pp. 13-18; Karlsen, S., Nazroo, J.Y., Relation between racial discrimination, social class and health among ethnic groups (2002) American Journal of Public Health, 92, pp. 624-631; King, A., (2000) The New Zealand Health Strategy, , Ministry of Health, Wellington; Krieger, N., A glossary for social epidemiology (2001) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 55, pp. 693-700; Krieger, N., Discrimination and health (2000) Social Epidemiology, pp. 36-75. , (eds L. F. Berkman & I. Kawachi), Oxford University Press, Oxford; Kubzansky, L.D., Krieger, N., Kawachi, I., Rockhill, B., Steel, G., Berkman, L.F., United States: Social inequality and the burden of poor health (2001) Challenging Inequities in Health: from Ethics to Action, pp. 105-121. , (eds T. Evans, M. Whitehead, F. Diderichsen, A. Bhuiya & M. Wirth) . Oxford University Press, Oxford; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Langenberg, C., Richards, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mortality in adults aged 26-54 related to socio-economic conditions in childhood and adulthood: Post war birth cohort study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 1076-1080; Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Lynch, J., Hallqvist, J., Power, C., Life course epidemiology (2003) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 57, pp. 778-783; Kuh, D., Power, C., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Socioeconomic pathways between childhood and adult health (2003) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology: Tracing the Origins of Ill Health from Early to Adult Life, 2nd Edn, pp. 371-395. , (eds D. L. Kuh & Y. Ben-Shlomo) . Oxford University Press, Oxford; Leonard, H., Wen, X., The epidemiology of mental retardation: Challenges and opportunities in the new millennium (2002) Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 8, pp. 117-134; Leventhal, T., Brooks-Gunn, J., The neighbourhoods they live in: The effects of neighborhood residence on child and adolescent outcomes (2000) Psychological Bulletin, 126, pp. 309-337; Lupton, R., (2003) Poverty Street: the Dynamics of Neighbourhood Decline and Renewal, , The Policy Press, Bristol; Lupton, R., Power, A., Social exclusion and neighbourhoods (2002) Understanding Social Exclusion, pp. 118-140. , (eds J. Hills, J. Le Grand & D. Piachaud) . Oxford University Press, Oxford; Machin, S., Vignoles, A., Educational inequality: The widening socioeconomic gap (2004) Fiscal Studies, 25, pp. 107-128; Mackenbach, J.P., Bakker, M.J., Kunst, A.E., Diderichsen, F., Socioeconomic inequalities in Europe: An overview (2002) Reducing Health Inequalities: A European Perspective, pp. 3-24. , (eds J. P. Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker) . Routledge, London; Marmot, M.G., Early life and adult disorder: Research themes (1997) British Medical Bulletin, 53, pp. 3-9; Marmot, M., Siegrist, J., Theorell, T., Health and the psychosocial environment at work (1999) Social Determinants of Health, pp. 64-80. , (eds M. M. Marmot & R. G. Wilkinson) . Oxford University Press, Oxford; Massey, D.S., The age of extremes: Concentrated affluence and poverty in the twenty-first century (1996) Demography, 33, pp. 395-412; Maughan, B., Collishaw, S., Pickles, A., Mild mental retardation: Psychosocial functioning in adulthood (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 351-366; (2001) Healthy People 2000 Final Review, , Public Health Service, Hyattsville, MD; Nazroo, J.Y., (1997) The Health of Britain's Ethnic Minorities: Findings from a National Survey, , Policy Studies Institute, London; Nazroo, J.Y., Genetic, cultural or socioeconomic vulnerability? Explainging ethnic inequalities in health (1998) Sociology of Health and Illness, 20, pp. 714-734; Nazroo, J.Y., The structuring of ethnic inequalities in health: Economic position, racial discrimination and racism (2003) American Journal of Public Health, 93, pp. 277-284; (2002) Living in Britain: Results from the 2000 General Household Survey, , The Stationery Office, London; (2001) Society at a Glance: OECD Social Indicators, , OECD, Paris; Pamuk, E.R., Social class inequality in mortality from 1921 to 1972 in England and Wales (1985) Population Studies, 39, pp. 17-31; Power, C., Hertzman, C., Health and human development from life course research (2004) Population Health: Policy Dilemmas, , (eds M. Barer, R. Evans, C. Hertzman & J. Heyman). Oxford University Press, Oxford; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalites in self-rated health in the 1958 birth cohort: Lifetime social circumstances or social moblity? (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 449-453; Power, C., Manor, O., Matthews, S., The duration and timing of exposure: Effects of socio-economic environment on adult health (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89, pp. 1059-1066; Pugh, H., Moser, K., Measuring women's mortality differentials (1990) Women's Health Counts, , (ed. H. Roberts). Routledge, London; Sefton, T., (2002) Recent Changes in the Distribution of the Social Wage, , CASE paper 62. Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London; Singh, G.K., Yu, S.M., US childhood mortality, 1950 through 1993: Trends and socioeconomic differentials (1996) American Journal of Public Health, 86, pp. 505-512; (2001) A New Commitment to Neighbourhood Renewal: a National Strategy Action Plan, , Report by the Social Exclusion Unit, Cabinet Office, London; (2000) Health on Equal Terms - National Goals for Public Health, , English version of SOU 2000:91. Ministry of Health and Social Affairs, Stockholm; (2002) Closing the Gap: A National Blueprint to Improve the Health of Persons with Mental Retardation, , US Department of Health and Human Services, Rockville, MD; Van Doorslaer, E., Wagstaff, A., Rutten, F., (1993) Equity in the Finance and Delivery of Health Care: An International Perspective, , Oxford University Press, Oxford; Walby, S., (1999) New Agendas for Women, , Macmillan, London; Wannamethee, G., Shaper, A.G., Self-assessed health status ad mortality in middle aged British men (1991) International Journal of Epidemiology, 20, pp. 239-245; Whitehead, M., William Farr's legacy to the study of inequalities in health (2000) Bulletin of the World Health Organisation, 78, pp. 86-96; Whitehead, M., Diderichsen, F., International evidence on health inequalities (1997) Health Inequalities, pp. 44-69. , (eds F. Drever & M. Whitehead) . Office for National Statistics, London; Williams, D.R., Race, socioeconomic status and health: The added effects of racism and discrimination (1999) Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, pp. 173-188; Williams, D.R., Yu, Y., Jackson, J.S., Anderson, N.B., Racial differences in physical and mental health: Socioeconomic status, stress and discrimination (1997) American Journal of Health Psychology, 2, pp. 335-351; (1998) World Health Declaration, Health-for-all Policy for the Twenty-first Century, , WHA51.7. Fifty First World Health Assembly (Alma-Ata declaration), WHO, Geneva; (1948) Consitution of the World Health Organization, , WHO, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20444379319&doi=10.1111%2fj.1468-3148.2005.00239.x&partnerID=40&md5=abfd55116a9f8fddbf2dc6328fe9bb2a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Predictions of mortality from pleural mesothelioma in Italy: A model based on asbestos consumption figures supports results from age-period-cohort models T2 - International Journal of Cancer J2 - Int. J. Cancer VL - 115 IS - 1 SP - 142 EP - 147 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1002/ijc.20820 SN - 00207136 (ISSN) AU - Marinaccio, A. AU - Montanaro, F. AU - Mastrantonio, M. AU - Uccelli, R. AU - Altavista, P. AU - Nesti, M. AU - Costantini, A.S. AU - Gorini, G. AD - Epidemiology Unit, Occupational Medicine Department, Natl. Inst. for Occup. Safety/Prev., Rome, Italy AD - Ticino Cancer Registry, Cantonal Institute of Pathology, Locarno, Switzerland AD - U. of Toxicol. and Biomed. Sciences, Natl. Agy. New Technol., Ener./E., Rome, Italy AD - U. of Occup. and Environ. Epidemiol., Ctr. for Stud. and Prev. of Cancer, Florence, Italy AD - Epidemiology Unit, Department of Occupational Medicine, Natl. Inst. for Occup. Safety/Prev., Via Alessandria 220/E, 00198 Rome, Italy AB - Italy was the second main asbestos producer in Europe, after the Soviet Union, until the end of the 1980s, and raw asbestos was imported on a large scale until 1992. The Italian pattern of asbestos consumption lags on average about 10 years behind the United States, Australia, the United Kingdom and the Nordic countries. Measures to reduce exposure were introduced in the mid-1970s in some workplaces. In 1986, limitations were imposed on the use of crocidolite and in 1992 asbestos was definitively banned. We have used primary pleural cancer mortality figures (1970-1999) to predict mortality from mesothelioma among Italian men in the next 30 years by age-cohort-period models and by a model based on asbestos consumption figures. The pleural cancer/mesothelioma ratio and mesothelioma misdiagnosis in the past were taken into account in the analysis. Estimated risks of birth cohorts born after 1945 decrease less quickly in Italy than in other Western countries. The findings predict a peak with about 800 mesothelioma annual deaths in the period 2012-2024. Results estimated using age-period-cohort models were similar to those obtained from the asbestos consumption model. © 2005 Wiley-Liss, Inc. KW - Asbestos consumption KW - Mesothelioma KW - National data KW - Pleural cancer KW - asbestos KW - crocidolite KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cohort analysis KW - diagnostic error KW - environmental exposure KW - Europe KW - human KW - Italy KW - major clinical study KW - pleura cancer KW - pleura mesothelioma KW - priority journal KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Asbestos KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Mesothelioma KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Statistical KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :81 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJCNA C2 - 15645436 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Marinaccio, A.; Epidemiology Unit, Department of Occupational Medicine, Natl. Inst. for Occup. Safety/Prev., Via Alessandria 220/E, 00198 Rome, Italy; email: a.marinaccio@mdl.ale.ispesl.it N1 - Chemicals/CAS: asbestos, 1332-21-4; crocidolite, 12001-28-4, 53799-46-5, 61105-31-5; Asbestos, 1332-21-4 N1 - References: McDonald, J.C., McDonald, A.D., The epidemiology of mesothelioma in historical context (1996) Eur Resp J, 9, pp. 1932-1942; Boffetta, P., Burdorf, A., Goldberg, M., Merler, E., Siemiatycki, J., Towards the coordination of European research on the carcinogenic effects of asbestos (1998) Scand J Work Environ Health, 24, pp. 312-317; Spirtas, R., Connelly, R.R., Tucker, M.A., Survival patterns for malignant mesothelioma: The SEER experience (1988) Int J Cancer, 41, pp. 525-530; Magnani, C., Viscomi, S., Dalmasso, P., Ivaldi, C., Mirabelli, D., Terracini, B., Survival after pleural malignant mesothelioma: A population-based study in Italy (2002) Tumori, 88, pp. 266-269; Marinaccio, A., Nesti, M., Analysis of survival of mesothelioma cases in Italian register (ReNaM) (2003) Eur J Cancer, 39, pp. 1290-1295; Peto, J., Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Negri, E., The European mesothelioma epidemic (1999) Br J Cancer, 79, pp. 666-672; Gorini, G., Merler, E., Chellini, E., Crocetti, E., Costantini, A.S., Is the ratio of pleural mesothelioma mortality to pleural cancer mortality approximately unity for Italy? considerations from the oldest regional mesothelioma register in Italy (2002) Br J Cancer, 86, pp. 1970-1971; Montanaro, F., Bray, F., Gennaro, V., Merler, E., Tyczynski, J.E., Parkin, D.M., Pleural mesothelioma incidence in Europe: Evidence of some deceleration in the increasing trends (2003) Cancer Causes Control, 14, pp. 791-803; McDonald, J.C., Health implications of environmental exposure to asbestos (1985) Environ Health Perspect, 62, pp. 319-328; Selikoff, I.J., Hammond, E.C., Seidmann, H., Latency of asbestos disease among insulation workers in the United States and Canada (1980) Cancer, 46, pp. 2736-2740; Segura, O., Burdorf, A., Looman, C., Update of predictions of mortality from pleural mesothelioma in the Netherlands (2003) Occup Environ Med, 60, pp. 50-55; Hemminki, K., Li, X., Mesothelioma incidence seems to have leveled off in Sweden (2003) Int J Cancer, 103, pp. 145-146; (2003) Mesothelioma Mortality in Great Britain: Estimating the Future Burden, , Health and Safety Executive; Kjaergaard, J., Anderson, M., Incidence rates of malignant mesothelioma in Denmark and predicted future number of cases among men (2000) Scand J Work Environ Health, 26, pp. 112-117; Ulvestad, B., Kjaerheim, K., Moller, B., Andersen, A., Incidence trends of mesothelioma in Norway, 1965-1999 (2003) Int J Cancer, 107, pp. 94-98; Järvholm, B., Englund, A., Albin, M., Pleural mesothelioma in Sweden: An analysis of the incidence according to the use of asbestos (1999) Occup Environ Med, 56, pp. 110-113; Karjalainen, A., Pukkala, E., Mattson, K., Tammilehto, L., Vainio, H., Trends in mesothelioma incidence and occupational mesotheliomas in Finland in 1960-1995 (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23, pp. 266-270; Gilg Soint Ilg, A., Bignon, J., Valleron, A.J., Estimation of the past and future burden of mortality from mesothelioma in France (1998) Occup Environ Med, 55, pp. 760-765; Price, B., Ware, A., Mesothelioma trends in the United States: An update based on surveillance, epidemiology and end results program data for 1973 through 2003 (2004) Am J Epidemiol, 159, pp. 107-112; Leigh, J., Davidson, P., Leigh, H., Berry, D., Malignant mesothelioma in Australia, 1945-2000 (2002) Am J Ind Med, 41, pp. 188-201; Zanetti, R., Crosignani, P., Rosso, S., (1997) Il Canero in Italia: I Dati di Incidenza dei Registri Tumori, , Rome: Pensiero Scientifico Editore; Parkin, D.M., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 7. , Lyon: IARC; (1991) Previsioni della Popolazione: Anni 2001-2051, , Italian Institute of Statistics. Rome, Italy; Peto, J., Hodgson, J.T., Matthews, F.E., Jones, J.R., Continuing increase in mesothelioma mortality in Britain (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 535-539; Clayton, D., Schiffler, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates: I, age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schiffler, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates: II, age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; McCullagh, P., Nelder, J.A., (1989) Generalized Linear Models, , London: Chapman and Hall; (2002) Statistiche del Commercio con l'Estero e Statistiche della Produzione Industriale: Vari Anni, , Italian Institute of Statistics. Rome, Italy; Banaei, A., Auvert, B., Goldberg, M., Gueguen, A., Luce, D., Goldberg, S., Future trends in mortality of French men from mesothelioma (2000) Occup Environ Med, 57, pp. 488-494; Iwatsubo, Y., Matrat, M., Michel, E., Boutin, C., Galateau-Salle, F., Jougla, E., Bignon, J., Brochard, P., Estimation of the incidence of pleural mesothelioma according to death certificates in France (2002) Am J Ind Med, 42, pp. 188-199; Bruno, C., Comba, P., Maiozzi, P., Vetrugno, T., Accuracy of death certification of pleural mesothelioma in Italy (1996) Eur J Epidemiol, 12, pp. 421-423; Nesti, M., Marinaccio, A., Chellim, E., Malignant mesothelioma in Italy, 1997 (2004) Am J Ind Med, 45, pp. 55-62. , Regional Operational Centers; Neumann, V., Gunther, S., Muller, K.M., Fischer, M., Malignant mesothelioma: German mesothelioma register 1987-1999 (2001) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 74, pp. 383-395; Desoubeaux, N., Bouvier, V., Gervais, R., Galateau-Salle, F., Thibon, P., Leplumey, T., Herbert, C., Letourneux, M., Mésothéliomes malins en Basse-Normandie: Analyse descriptive, facteurs pronostiques et survie-une étude de population (2001) Rev Epidemiol Sante Publ, 49, pp. 523-529; Yeung, P., Rogers, A., Johnson, A., Distribution of mesothelioma cases in different occupational groups and industries in Australia, 1979-1995 (1999) Appl Occup Environ Hyg, 14, pp. 759-767; Bianchi, C., Giarelli, L., Grandi, G., Brollo, A., Ramani, L., Zuch, C., Latency periods in asbestos-related mesothelioma of the pleura (1997) Eur J Cancer Prev, 6, pp. 162-166; Lanphear, B., Buncher, C., Latent period for malignant mesothelioma of occupational origin (1992) Occup Med, 34, pp. 718-721; Takahashi, K., Huuskonen, M.S., Tossavainen, A., Higashi, T., Okubo, T., Rantanen, J., Ecological relationship between mesothelioma incidence/mortality and asbestos consumption in ten western countries and Japan (1999) J Occup Health, 41, pp. 8-11; Tossavainen, A., National mesothelioma incidence and past use of asbestos (2003) Monaldi Arch Chest Dis, 59, pp. 146-149 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17644387735&doi=10.1002%2fijc.20820&partnerID=40&md5=69c367d2ae731e10ff7ac08d360ac1a1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Teenage smoking and lung cancer incidence in early adult age, 1954-1998 ST - Tenåringsrøyking og lungekreft i tidlig voksen alder, 1954-98 T2 - Tidsskrift for den Norske Laegeforening J2 - Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen. VL - 125 IS - 9 SP - 1174 EP - 1176 PY - 2005 SN - 00292001 (ISSN) AU - Strand, T.-E. AU - Malayeri, C. AU - Eskonsipo, P.K.J. AU - Grimsrud, T.K. AU - Norstein, J. AU - Grotmol, T. AD - Det Medisinske Fakultet, Universitetet i Tromsø, 9037 Tromsø, Norway AB - Objective. To describe national trends in Norway in lung cancer incidence among young adults and its relationship to adolescent smoking. Material and methods. Between 1954 and 1998, a total of 1108 non-carcinoid lung cancers in individuals aged 20-44 were reported to the Cancer Registry of Norway. Temporal variations were studied in age and sex-specific rates, in age-adjusted rates, and in cohort specific rates. The association between cancer incidence and smoking prevalence was evaluated. Results. The incidence among women aged 40-44 in Norway continued to increase into the most recent time interval (1994-1998) whereas the rate among men aged 40-44 was essentially constant after 1970. Consequently, the incidence rates converged among male and female young adults. The incidence at age 40-44 was highly correlated with smoking prevalence at age 15-19 in males (r = 0.88) and females (r = 0.82) within the same birth cohort. Interpretation. The lung cancer incidence in young Norwegian women now equals that of men. The risk at age 40-44 was closely associated with teenage smoking, indicating that duration and age of onset are important. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - article KW - birth KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - cohort analysis KW - correlation analysis KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Norway KW - onset age KW - prevalence KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - age KW - incidence KW - lung tumor KW - Norway KW - register KW - smoking KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Norway KW - Prevalence KW - Registries KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: TNLAA C2 - 15880154 LA - Norwegian N1 - Correspondence Address: Strand, T.-E.; Det Medisinske Fakultet, Universitetet i Tromsø, 9037 Tromsø, Norway N1 - References: Hansen, S., Norstein, J., Næss, Å., (2004) Kreft i Norge 2001, , Oslo: Kreftregisteret, Institutt for populasjonsbasert kreftforskning; (2004) Stadig Færre Røykere i Norge, , http://www.ssb.no/emner/03/01/royk/, 2.8; Rønneberg, A., Hafstad, A., Lund, K.E., Røykevaner siden 1910 blant norske menn og kvinner født etter 1890 (1994) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 114, pp. 1623-1626; (2004) Survey of Nordic Cancer Registries, , http://ncu.cancer.dk/ancr/survey.shtml, 2.8; Haenszel, W., Loveland, D., Sirken, M.G., Lung-cancer mortality as related to residence and smoking histories. I. White males (1962) J Natl Cancer Inst, 28, pp. 947-1001; Dos Santos Silva, I., (1999) Cancer Epidemiology: Principles and Methods. 2. Utg., , Lyon: International Agency for Reserarch on Cancer; (1999) S-Plus 2000 Professional Release 2, , Seattle, WA: Insightful Corporation; Lubin, J.H., Richter, B.S., Blot, W.J., Lung cancer risk with cigar and pipe use (1984) J Natl Cancer Inst, 73, pp. 377-381; Engeland, A., Haldorsen, T., Andersen, A., The impact of smoking habits on lung cancer risk: 28 years' observation of 26,000 Norwegian men and women (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 366-376; Boffetta, P., Pershagen, G., Jockel, K.H., Cigar and pipe smoking and lung cancer risk: A multicenter study from Europe (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 697-701; Engeland, A., Trends in the incidence of smoking-associated cancers in Norway, 1954-93 (1996) Int J Cancer, 68, pp. 39-46; Day, N.E., Charnay, B., Time trends, cohort effects, and aging as influence on cancer incidence (1982) Trends in Cancer Incidence, pp. 51-65. , Magnus K, red. London: Hemisphere Publishing Corporation; Knorr-Held, L., Rainer, E., Projections of lung cancer mortality in West Germany: A case study in Bayesian prediction (2001) Biostatistics, 2, pp. 109-129; Kreuzer, M., Kreienbrock, L., Gerken, M., Risk factors for lung cancer in young adults (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 1028-1037; Boffetta, P., Kreuzer, M., Benhamou, S., Risk of lung cancer from tobacco smoking among young women from Europe (2001) Int J Cancer, 91, pp. 745-746; Jemal, A., Chu, K.C., Tarone, R.E., Recent trends in lung cancer mortality in the United States (2001) J Natl Cancer Inst, 93, pp. 277-283; Doll, R., Peto, R., Cigarette smoking and bronchial carcinoma: Dose and time relationships among regular smokers and lifelong non-smokers (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 303-313; Haldorsen, T., Grimsrud, T.K., Cohort analysis of cigarette smoking and lung cancer incidence among Norwegian women (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 1032-1036; Rønneberg, A., Lund, K.E., Hafstad, A., Lifetime smoking habits among Norwegian men and women born between 1890 and 1974 (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 267-276; Hegmann, K.T., Fraser, A.M., Keaney, R.P., The effect of age at smoking initiation on lung cancer risk (1993) Epidemiology, 4, pp. 444-448; Benhamou, S., Benhamou, E., The effect of age at smoking initiation on lung cancer risk (1994) Epidemiology, 5, p. 560; Wiencke, J.K., Thurston, S.W., Kelsey, K.T., Early age at smoking initiation and tobacco carcinogen DNA damage in the lung (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 614-619; Kreuzer, M., Pohlabeln, H., Ahrens, W., Occupational risk factors for lung cancer among young men (1999) Scand J Work Environ Health, 25, pp. 422-429; Dreyer, L., Andersen, A., Pukkala, E., Avoidable cancers in the Nordic countries. Occupation (1997) APMIS Suppl, 76, pp. 68-79; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Trends in cancer mortality sex ratios in Europe, 1950-1989 (1992) World Health Stat Q, 45, pp. 117-164; Wramner, B., Zatonski, W., Pellmer, K., Premature mortality in lung cancer as an indicator of effectiveness of tobacco use prevention in a gender perspective - A comparison between Poland and Sweden (2001) Cent Eur J Public Health, 9, pp. 69-73; Tverdal, A., Dødelighet av lungekreft- nå høyere hos kvinner enn hos menn under 50 år (2001) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 121, pp. 2487-2488; Strand, T.E., Malayeri, C., Eskonsipo, P.K.J., Adolescent smoking and trends in lung cancer incidence among young adults in Norway 1954-1998 (2004) Cancer Causes Control, 15, pp. 27-33 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-18744415723&partnerID=40&md5=9244be2b68bfad944920e2976978509b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth dimensions and risk of depression in adulthood: Cohort study of Danish men born in 1953 T2 - British Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Br. J. Psychiatry VL - 186 IS - MAY SP - 400 EP - 403 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1192/bjp.186.5.400 SN - 00071250 (ISSN) AU - Osler, M. AU - Nordentoft, M. AU - Andersen, A.-M.N. AD - Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Psychiatry, HS Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, Blegdamsvej 3, DK-2200, Copenhagen N, Denmark AB - Background: Two British cohort studies have reported birth weight to be associated with self-reported depression in adulthood, even after adjustment for socio-economic factors. Aims: To examine the relationship between birth dimensions and discharge from a psychiatric ward with a depression diagnosis in adulthood. Method: A cohort of 10 753 male singletons born in Copenhagen, Denmark in 1953 and for whom birth certificates had been traced in 1965 were followed from 1969 until 2002, with record linkage for date of first admission to a psychiatric ward that led to a discharge diagnosis of depression. Results: A total of 190 men, corresponding to 1.8% of the cohort, had a discharge diagnosis of depression. The Cox's regression analyses failed to show any association between birth dimensions (birth weight and ponderal index) and risk of psychiatric ward diagnosis of depression in adult life, before or after adjustment for social indicators at birth. Conclusions: This study does not support the existence of a relation between birth dimensions and psychiatric ward admission for depression in adult men. KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - article KW - birth KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - Denmark KW - depression KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - psychiatric department KW - Adult KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Height KW - Cohort Studies KW - Denmark KW - Depressive Disorder KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJPYA C2 - 15863744 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Osler, M.; Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, Blegdamsvej 3, DK-2200, Copenhagen N, Denmark; email: m.osler@pubhealth.ku.dk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life (2nd Edn.), , London: Churchill Livingstone; Brown, A.S., Van Os, J., Driessens, C., Further evidence of relation between prenatal famine and major affective disorders (2000) American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, pp. 190-195; Gale, C.R., Martyn, C.N., Birth weight and later risk of depression in a national birth cohort (2004) British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, pp. 28-33; Grambsch, P.M., Therneau, T.M., Proportional hazard tests and diagnostics based on weighted residuals (1994) Biometrika, 81, pp. 515-526; Harding, J.E., The nutritional basis of the fetal origins of adult disease (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 15-23; Høgh, E., Wolf, P., Project Metropolitan: A longitudinal study of 12,270 boys from the Metropolitan area of Copenhagen, Denmark, 1953-1977 (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research, pp. 99-103. , (eds S. A. Mednick & A. E. Baert). London: Oxford University Press; Joseph, K.S., Kramer, M.S., Review of the evidence on fetal and early childhood antecedents of adult chronic disease (1996) Epidemiological Review, 18, pp. 158-174; Law, C.M., Shiell, A.W., Is blood pressure inversely related to birth weight? The strength of evidence from systematic review of the literature (1996) Journal of Hypertension, 14, pp. 935-941; Lawlor, D.A., Davey Smith, G., Bruckdorfer, R., Those confounded vitamins: What can we learn from the difference between observational versus randomised trial evidence? (2004) Lancet, 363, pp. 1724-1727; Munk-Jørgensen, P., Mortensen, P.B., The Danish Psychiatric Central Register (1997) Danish Medical Bulletin, 44, pp. 82-84; Osler, M., Andersen, A.M.N., Lund, R., Revitalising the Metropolit 1953 Danish Male Birth cohort: Background, aims and design (2004) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 18, pp. 385-394; Preti, A., Cardascia, L., Zen, T., Obstetric complications in patients with depression - A population-based case-control study (2000) Journal of Affective Disorders, 61, pp. 101-106; (2001) Stata Statistical Software: Release 7.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corp; Thompson, C., Syddall, H., Rodin, I., Birth weight and the risk of depressive disorder in late life (2001) British Journal of Psychiatry, 179, pp. 450-455; Weiss, N.S., Can the 'specificity' of an association be rehabilitated as a basis for supporting a causal hypothesis? (2001) Epidemiology, 13, pp. 6-9; Wilcox, A.J., On the importance - And the unimportance - Of birthweight (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 1233-1241; (1967) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries and Causes of Death (ICD-8), , Geneva: WHO; (1992) International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD-10), , Geneva: WHO UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-18644377265&doi=10.1192%2fbjp.186.5.400&partnerID=40&md5=cb6c6283d9529471062bf324f39c1877 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Management of hearing loss in Apert syndrome T2 - Journal of Laryngology and Otology J2 - J. Laryngol. Otol. VL - 119 IS - 5 SP - 385 EP - 390 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1258/0022215053945714 SN - 00222151 (ISSN) AU - Rajenderkumar, D. AU - Bamiou, D. AU - Sirimanna, T. AD - Department of Audiological Medicine, Great Ormond Street Children's Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Audiological Medicine, Royal National Throat, Nose and Ear Hospital, Grays Inn Road, London WC1X 8DA, United Kingdom AB - Background: Apert syndrome is one of the craniosynostosis syndromes, with a birth prevalence estimated to be between 9.9 and 15.5/million, and accounts for 4.5 per cent of craniosynostoses. Although conductive hearing loss is common in Apert syndrome there are contradicting reports regarding the cause of this hearing loss. There is also no detailed information available on the management of hearing loss in Apert syndrome. Materials and methods: A retrospective analysis of case notes of Apert syndrome patients seen between 1970 and 2003 at Great Ormond Street Children's Hospital, London, was undertaken. Results: Seventy case notes were obtained. The incidence of congenital hearing impairment was between 3 and 6 per cent. Almost all patients had otitis media with effusion (glue ear), which tended to persist into adult life. More than 56 per cent of cases developed permanent conductive hearing loss by 10-20 years. Repeated grommet insertion was common; even though 35 per cent had trouble with ear discharge and persistent conductive hearing loss. Statistically, grommets made no difference to the risk of developing permanent hearing loss. Conclusion: This study, of the largest number of Apert syndrome cases assembled to date, showed that early optimization of hearing with possible hearing aids needs to be considered. Repeated grommet insertion does not help in optimizing hearing, especially if ear discharge complicates the picture. KW - Apert Syndrome KW - Hearing Aids KW - Hearing Loss KW - Otitis Media with Effusion KW - acrocephalosyndactyly KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - clinical feature KW - clinical protocol KW - computer assisted tomography KW - conduction deafness KW - congenital deafness KW - female KW - follow up KW - hearing aid KW - hearing loss KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - nuclear magnetic resonance imaging KW - outcomes research KW - pathophysiology KW - patient care KW - prevalence KW - retrospective study KW - school child KW - secretory otitis media KW - tympanostomy tube KW - United Kingdom KW - Acrocephalosyndactylia KW - Adolescent KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Child KW - Female KW - Hearing Aids KW - Hearing Loss, Conductive KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Ear Ventilation KW - Otitis Media with Effusion KW - Reoperation KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JLOTA C2 - 15949104 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rajenderkumar, D.; Department of Audiological Medicine, Royal National Throat, Nose and Ear Hospital, Grays Inn Road, London WC1X 8DA, United Kingdom; email: deepakrkumar@hotmail.com N1 - References: Czeizel, A.E., Elek, C., Susanszky, E., Birth prevalence study of Apert syndrome (1993) Am J Med Genet, 45, pp. 392-393; Cohen Jr., M.M., Kreiborg, S., Lammer, E.J., Cordero, J.F., Mastroiacovo, P., Erickson, J.D., Birth prevalence study of the Apert syndrome (1992) Am J Med Genet, 42, pp. 655-659; Blank, C.E., Apert syndrome (a type of acrocephalosyndactyly): Observations on a British series of thirty-nine cases (1960) Ann Hum Genet, 24, pp. 151-164; Apert, E., Type I acrocephalosyndactyly (1906) Bull Soc Med Paris, 23, pp. 1310-1330; Peterson-Falzone, S.J., Pruzansky, S., Parris, P.J., Laffer, J.L., Nasopharyngeal dysmorphology in the syndromes of Apert and Crouzon (1981) Cleft Palate, 4, pp. 237-250; Peterson, S.J., Pruzansky, S., Palatal anomalies in the syndromes of Apert and Crouzon (1974) Cleft Palate, 11, pp. 394-403; Phillips, S.G., Miyamoto, R.T., Congenital conductive hearing loss in Apert syndrome (1986) Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg, 95, pp. 429-433; Bergstrom, L., Neblett, L.M., Hemenway, W.G., Otologic manifestations of acrocephalosyndactyly (1972) Arch Otolaryngol, 96, pp. 117-123; McGill, T., Otolaryngologic aspects of Apert syndrome (1991) Clin Plast Surg, 18, pp. 309-313; Gould, H.J., Caldarelli, D.D., Hearing and otopathology in Apert syndrome (1982) Arch Otolaryngol, 108, pp. 347-349; (2004) Recommended Procedure: Pure Tone Air and Bone Conduction Threshold Audiometry with and without Masking and Determination of Uncomfortable Loudness Levels, , http://www.thebsa.org.uk/docs/bsapta.doc, 15 June; Huang, F., Sweet, R., Tewfik, T.L., Apert syndrome and hearing loss with ear anomalies: A case report and literature review (2004) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 68, pp. 495-501; Shipster, C., Hearst, D., Dockrell, J.E., Kilby, E., Hayward, R., Speech and language skills and cognitive functioning in children with Apert syndrome: A pilot study (2002) Int J Lang Comm Dis, 37, pp. 325-343 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20044392182&doi=10.1258%2f0022215053945714&partnerID=40&md5=7133d5999bae319c6683a3d05e8c0d41 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The role of cognitive ability (intelligence) in explaining the association between socioeconomic position and health: Evidence from the Whitehall II prospective cohort study T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 161 IS - 9 SP - 831 EP - 839 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1093/aje/kwi109 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Singh-Manoux, A. AU - Ferrie, J.E. AU - Lynch, J.W. AU - Marmot, M. AD - INSERM U687, Natl. Hosp. of Saint-Maurice (HNSM), Saint-Maurice, France AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - Ctr. Social Epidemiol./Pop. Hlth., School of Public Health, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, United States AD - INSERM U687, HNSM, 14 Rue de Val d'Osne, 94415 Saint-Maurice Cédex, France AB - Associations among cognitive ability, socioeconomic position, and health have been interpreted to imply that cognitive ability could explain social inequalities in health. The authors test this hypothesis by examining three questions: Is cognitive ability related to health? To what extent does it explain social inequalities in health? Do measures of socioeconomic position and cognitive ability have independent associations with health? Relative indices of inequality were used to estimate associations, using data from the Whitehall II study (baseline, 1985-1988), a British prospective cohort study (4,158 men and 1,680 women). Cognitive ability was significantly related to coronary heart disease, physical functioning, and self-rated health in both sexes and additionally to mental functioning in men. It explained some of the relation between socioeconomic position and health: 17% for coronary heart disease, 33% for physical functioning, 12% for mental functioning, and 39% for self-rated health. In analysis simultaneously adjusted for all measures of socioeconomic position, cognitive ability retained an independent association only with physical functioning in women. These results suggest that, although cognitive ability is related to health, it does not explain social inequalities in health. Copyright © 2005 by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health. All rights reserved. KW - Cognition KW - Cohort studies KW - Intelligence KW - Socioeconomic factors KW - cognition KW - health status KW - socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - article KW - cognition KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - fitness KW - health status KW - human KW - intelligence KW - ischemic heart disease KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental performance KW - physical activity KW - prospective study KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - Adult KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Intelligence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies KW - Questionnaires KW - Social Class KW - Eastern Hemisphere KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - United Kingdom KW - Western Europe KW - World N1 - Cited By :75 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 15840615 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Singh-Manoux, A.; INSERM U687, HNSM, 14 Rue de Val d'Osne, 94415 Saint-Maurice Cédex, France; email: Archana.Singh-Manoux@st-maurice.inserm.fr N1 - References: (1980) Inequalities in Health: Report of a Working Group, , London, United Kingdom: Department of Health and Social Security; Kitagawa, E.M., Hauser, P.M.S., (1973) Differential Mortality in the Unites States: A Study of Socioeconomic Inequality, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Lahelma, E., Lundberg, O., Manderbacka, K., Changing health inequalities in the Nordic countries? (2001) Scand J Public Health Suppl, 55, pp. 1-5; Moss, N., Krieger, N., Measuring social inequalities in health (1995) Public Health Rep, 110, pp. 302-305; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., Whitehead, M., (1986) The Black Report and the Health Divide, , Harmondsworth, United Kingdom: Penguin Books Ltd; Acheson, D., (1998) Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health, , London, United Kingdom: The Stationery Office; Dahl, E., High mortality in lower salaried Norwegian men: The healthy worker effect (1993) J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, pp. 192-194; Fox, A.J., Goldblatt, P.O., Adelstein, A.M., Selection and mortality differentials (1982) J Epidemiol Community Health, 36, pp. 69-79; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social selection: What does it contribute to social-class differences in health? (1993) Sociol Health Illn, 15, pp. 2-15; Marmot, M., Ryff, C.D., Bumpass, L.L., Social inequalities in health: Next questions and converging evidence (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 901-910; Lubinski, D., Introduction to the special section on cognitive abilities: 100 Years after Spearman's (1904) "'General intelligence,' objectively determined and measured" (2004) J Pers Soc Psychol, 86, pp. 96-111; Deary, I.J., Whiteman, M.C., Starr, J.M., The impact of childhood intelligence on later life: Following up the Scottish Mental Surveys of 1932 and 1947 (2004) J Pers Soc Psychol, 86, pp. 130-147; Gottfredson, L.S., Intelligence: Is it the epidemiologists' elusive "fundamental cause" of social class inequalities in health? (2004) J Pers Soc Psychol, 86, pp. 174-199; Gottfredson, L.S., Deary, I.J., Intelligence predicts health and longevity, but why? (2004) Curr Direct Psychol Sci, 13, pp. 1-4; Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Longitudinal cohort study of childhood IQ and survival up to age 76 (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 1-5; Gottfredson, L.S., Mainstream science on intelligence: An editorial with 52 signatories, history and bibliography (1997) Intelligence, 24, pp. 13-23; Anstey, K.J., Luszcz, M.A., Giles, L.C., Demographic, health, cognitive, and sensory variables as predictors of mortality in very old adults (2001) Psychol Aging, 16, pp. 3-11; Bassuk, S.S., Wyppij, D., Berkman, L.F., Cognitive impairment and mortality in the community-dwelling elderly (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 151, pp. 676-688; Fried, L.P., Kronmal, R.A., Newman, A.B., Risk factors for 5-year mortality in older adults (1998) JAMA, 279, pp. 585-592; Liu, I.Y., LaCroix, A.Z., White, L.R., Cognitive impairment and mortality: A study of possible confounders (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 136-143; Neale, R., Brayne, C., Johnson, A., Cognition and survival: An exploration in a large mulitcentre study of the population aged 65 years and over (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, pp. 1383-1388; Pavlik, V.N., De Moraes, S.A., Szklo, M., Relation between cognitive function and mortality in middle-aged adults. The Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities Study (2003) Am J Epidemiol, 157, pp. 327-334; Smits, C.H., Deeg, D.J., Kriegsman, D.M., Cognitive functioning and health as determinants of mortality in an older population (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 978-986; Swan, G.E., Carmelli, D., LaRue, A., Performance on the Digit Symbol Substitution Test and 5-year mortality in the Western Collaborative Group Study (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 32-40; Wilson, R.S., Beckett, L.A., Bienias, J.L., Terminal decline in cognitive function (2003) Neurology, 60, pp. 1782-1787; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 70, pp. 73-97; O'Toole, B.J., Stankov, L., Ultimate validity of psychological tests (1992) Pers Individ Dif, 13, pp. 699-716; Hart, C.L., Taylor, M.D., Davey Smith, G., Childhood IQ, social class, deprivation, and their relationships with mortality and morbidity risk in later life: Prospective observational study linking the Scottish Mental Survey 1932 and the Midspan studies (2003) Psychosom Med, 65, pp. 877-883; Kuh, D., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Childhood cognitive ability and deaths up until middle age: A post-war birth cohort study (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 408-413; Osler, M., Andersen, A.M., Due, P., Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function, and adult mortality: A longitudinal cohort study of Danish men born in 1953 (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 681-686; Marmot, M.G., Davey Smith, G., Stansfeld, S., Health inequalities among British civil servants: The Whitehall II study (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 1387-1393; Gottfredson, L.S., Dissecting practical intelligence theory: Its claims and evidence (2003) Intelligence, 31, pp. 343-397; Heim, A.W., (1970) AH4 Group Test of General Intelligence, , Windsor, United Kingdom: NFER-Nelson Publishing Company Ltd; Rabbitt, P., Does it all go together when it goes? The Nineteenth Bartlett Memorial Lecture (1993) Q J Exp Psychol A, 46, pp. 385-434; (1977) International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, , Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; Rose, G.A., Blackburn, H., Gillum, R.F., (1982) Cardiovascular Survey Methods. 2nd Ed., , Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; Macfarlane, P., Methodology of ECG interpretation in the Glasgow program (1990) Methods Inf Med, 29, pp. 354-361; Ware, J.E., Snow, K.K., Kosinski, M., (1993) SF-36 Health Survey: Manual and Interpretation Guide, , Boston, MA: The Health Institute, New England Medical Center; Ware, J.E., Kosinski, M., Keller, S.D., (1994) SF-36 Physical and Mental Health Summary Scales: A User's Manual, , Boston, MA: The Health Institute, New England Medical Center; Ware, J.E., Kosinski, M., Bayliss, M.S., Comparison of methods for the scoring and statistical analysis of SF-36 health profile and summary measures: Summary of results from the Medical Outcomes Study (1995) Med Care, 33 (SUPPL.), pp. AS264-AS279; Goldberg, D.P., (1972) The Detection of Psychiatric Illness by Questionnaire, , London, United Kingdom: Oxford University Press, (Institute of Psychiatry Maudsley mongraphs no. 21); Mackenbach, J.P., Kunst, A.E., Measuring the magnitude of socio-economic inequalities in health: An overview of available measures illustrated with two examples from Europe (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 757-771; Blakely, T.A., Kennedy, B.P., Kawachi, I., Socioeconomic inequality in voting participation and self-rated health (2001) Am J Public Health, 91, pp. 99-104; Krieger, N., Chen, J.T., Waterman, P.D., Geocoding and monitoring of US Socioeconomic inequalities in mortality and cancer incidence: Does the choice of area-based measure and geographic level matter? (2002) Am J Epidemiol, 156, pp. 471-482; Singh-Manoux, A., Clarke, P., Marmot, M., Multiple measures of socioeconomic position and psychosocial health: Proximal and distal effects (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 1192-1199; Bartley, M., Sacker, A., Firth, D., Understanding social variation in cardiovascular risk factors in women and men: The advantage of theoretically based measures (1999) Soc Sci Med, 49, pp. 831-845; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Why do poor people behave poorly? Variation in adult health behaviours and psychosocial characteristics by stages of the socioeconomic lifecourse (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 809-819 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17744388561&doi=10.1093%2faje%2fkwi109&partnerID=40&md5=2f19dbf4eb52dd6df178437fa51a71fb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Origins of the "black/white" difference in blood pressure: Roles of birth weight, postnatal growth, early blood pressure, and adolescent body size - The Bogalusa heart study T2 - Circulation J2 - Circulation VL - 111 IS - 15 SP - 1932 EP - 1937 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1161/01.CIR.0000161960.78745.33 SN - 00097322 (ISSN) AU - Cruickshank, J.K. AU - Mzayek, F. AU - Liu, L. AU - Kieltyka, L. AU - Sherwin, R. AU - Webber, L.S. AU - Srinavasan, S.R. AU - Berenson, G.S. AD - Tulane Ctr. for Cardiovasc. Health, Tulane Univ. Med. Ctr. Sch. Pub. H., New Orleans, LA, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, Tulane Univ. Med. Ctr. Sch. Pub. H., New Orleans, LA, United States AD - Department of Biostatistics, Tulane Univ. Med. Ctr. Sch. Pub. H., New Orleans, LA, United States AD - Clinical Epidemiology Group, Univ. of Manchester Medical School, Manchester, United Kingdom AD - Clinical Epidemiology Group, University Department of Medicine, Manchester Royal Infirmary, Manchester M13 9WL, United Kingdom AB - Background - The determinants of differences in blood pressure that emerge in adolescence between black Americans of predominantly African descent and white Americans of predominantly European descent are unknown. One hypothesis is related to intrauterine and early childhood growth. The role of early blood pressure itself is also unclear. We tested whether differences in birth weight and in carefully standardized subsequent measures of weight, height, and blood pressure from 0 to 4 or 5 years were related to black/white differences in blood pressure in adolescence. Methods and Results - Two Bogalusa cohorts who had complete follow-up data on birth weights and early childhood and adolescent anthropometric and blood pressure measures were pooled. One hundred eighty-five children (48 black and 47 white boys and 41 black and 49 white girls) were followed up and studied after 15 to 17 years. Birth weights were a mean 443 and 282 g lower in black boys and girls, respectively, than in whites (P<0.001). Blood pressures in adolescence were 3.4/1.9 and 1.7/0.6 mm Hg higher, respectively, and tracked from early childhood. In regression analyses, birth weight accounted for the ethnic difference in adolescent blood pressure, which was also independently predicted, in decreasing impact order, by adolescent height, adolescent body mass index, and systolic blood pressure at 4 to 5 years and inversely by growth from 0 to 4 to 5 years. Conclusions - If these results can be replicated in larger and independent samples, they suggest that efforts to improve intrauterine growth in black infants as well as lessen weight gain in adolescence might substantially reduce excess high blood pressure/hypertension in this ethnic group. © 2005 American Heart Association, Inc. KW - Birth weight KW - Blood pressure KW - Ethnic groups KW - Pediatrics KW - adult KW - anthropometry KW - article KW - birth weight KW - blood pressure measurement KW - blood pressure monitoring KW - blood pressure regulation KW - body height KW - body size KW - body weight KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - ethnic difference KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - linear regression analysis KW - male KW - medical assessment KW - postnatal growth KW - prediction KW - prenatal growth KW - priority journal KW - race difference KW - sample size KW - systolic blood pressure KW - Adolescent KW - African Continental Ancestry Group KW - Birth Weight KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Mass Index KW - Body Size KW - Child, Preschool KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Fetal Development KW - Growth KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Logistic Models N1 - Cited By :78 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CIRCA C2 - 15837946 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cruickshank, J.K.; Clinical Epidemiology Group, University Department of Medicine, Manchester Royal Infirmary, Manchester M13 9WL, United Kingdom; email: clinep@man.ac.uk N1 - References: Voors, A.W., Webber, L.S., Berenson, G.S., Time course studies of blood pressure in children: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 320-334; Voors, A.W., Webber, L.S., Berenson, G.S., Time course study of blood pressure in children over a 3-year period: Bogalusa Heart Study (1980) Hypertension, 2, pp. 102-108; Shear, C.L., Burke, G., Freedman, D.S., Berenson, G.S., Value of childhood blood pressure measurements and family history in predicting future blood pressure status: Results from 8 years of follow-up in the Bogalusa Heart Study (1986) Pediatrics, 77, pp. 862-869; Lauer, R.M., Clarke, W.R., A longitudinal view of blood pressure during childhood: The Muscatine Study (1988) Stat Med, 7, pp. 47-57; Gillman, M.W., Rosner, B., Evans, D.A., Keough, M.E., Smith, L.A., Taylor, J.O., Hennekens, C.H., Use of multiple visits to increase blood pressure tracking correlations in childhood (1991) Pediatrics, 87, pp. 708-711; Bao, W., Threefoot, S.A., Srinivasan, S.R., Berenson, G.S., Essential hypertension predicted by tracking of elevated blood pressure from childhood to adulthood: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1995) Am J Hypertens, 8, pp. 657-1656; Voors, A., Foster, T., Frerichs, R., Webber, L., Berenson, G., Studies of blood pressures in children, ages 5-14 years, in a total biracial community: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1976) Circulation, 54, pp. 319-327; Voors, A., Webber, L., Frerichs, R., Berenson, G., Body height and body mass as determinants of basal blood pressure in children: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1977) Am J Epidemiol, 106, pp. 101-108; Voors, A., Harsha, D., Webber, L., Berenson, G., Relation of blood pressure to stature in healthy young adults (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 115, pp. 833-840; Lauer, R.M., Clarke, R., Childhood risk factors for high adult blood pressure: The Muscatine study (1989) Pediatrics, 79, pp. 1-25; Foster, T.A., Voors, A.W., Webber, L.S., Frerichs, R.R., Berenson, G.S., Anthropometric and maturation measurements of children ages 5-14 years in a biracial community: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1977) Am J Clin Nutr, 30, pp. 582-591; Berenson, G.S., Foster, T.A., Frank, G.C., Frerichs, R.R., Srinivasan, S.R., Voors, A.W., Webber, L.S., Cardiovascular disease risk factor variables at the pre-school age: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1978) Circulation, 57, pp. 603-612; Voors, A.W., Webber, L.S., Berenson, G.S., Blood pressure of children, ages 2 1/2-5 1/2 years, in a total community: The Bogalusa Heart Study (1978) Am J Epidemiol, 107, pp. 403-411; Huxley, R.R., Shiell, A.W., Law, C.M., The role of size at birth and postnatal catch-up growth in determining systolic blood pressure: Systematic review of the literature (2000) J Hypertens, 18, pp. 815-831; Huxley, R., Neil, A., Collins, R., Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis: Is there really an inverse association between birthweight and subsequent blood pressure? (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 659-665; Donker, G.A., Labarthe, D.R., Harrist, R.B., Selwyn, B.J., Wattigney, W., Berenson, G.S., Low birth weight and blood pressure at age 7-11 years in a biracial sample (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 387-397; Lucas, A., Fewtrell, M.S., Cole, T.J., Fetal origins of adult diseases: The hypothesis revisited (1999) BMJ, 319, pp. 245-249; Singhal, A., Wells, J., Cole, T.J., Fewtrell, M., Lucas, A., Programming of lean body mass: A link between birth weight, obesity, and cardiovascular disease? (2003) Am J Clin Nutr, 77, pp. 26-30; Eriksson, J.G., Forsén, T., Tuomilehto, J., Winter, P.D., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Catch-up growth in childhood and death from coronary heart disease: Longitudinal study (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 427-431; Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, 2nd Ed., , Edinburgh, Scotland: Churchill Livingstone; Law, C.M., De Swiet, M., Osmond, C., Fayers, P.M., Barker, D.J., Cruddas, A.M., Fall, C.H., Initiation of hypertension in utero and its amplification throughout life (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 24-27; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Is there a sex difference in the association between birth weight and systolic blood pressure in later life? Findings from meta-regression analysis (2002) Am J Epidemiol, 156, pp. 1100-1104; Curhan, G.C., Chertow, G.M., Willett, W.C., Spiegelman, D., Colditz, G.A., Manson, J.E., Speizer, P.E., Stampfer, M.J., Birth weight and adult hypertension and obesity in women (1996) Circulation, 94, pp. 1310-1315; Curhan, G.C., Willett, W.C., Rimm, E.B., Spiegelman, D., Ascherio, A.L., Stampfer, M.J., Birth weight and adult hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and obesity in US men (1996) Circulation, 94, pp. 3246-3250; Nilsson, P.M., Ostergrer, P.O., Nyberg, P., Soderstrom, M., Allebeck, P., Low birth weight is associated with elevated systolic blood pressure in adolescence: A prospective study of a birth cohort of 149378 Swedish boys (1997) J Hypertens, 15 (2 PART), pp. 1627-1631; Rosner, B., Prineas, R., Daniels, S.R., Loggie, J., Blood pressure differences between blacks and whites in relation to body size among US children and adolescents (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 151, pp. 1007-1019; Forrester, T.E., Wilks, R., Bennett, F.I., Simeon, D., Osmond, C., Allen, M., Chung, A.P., Scott, P., Fetal growth and cardiovascular risk factors in Jamaican schoolchildren (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 156-160; Cruickshank, J.K., Mbanya, J.C., Wilks, R., Balkau, B., McFarlane-Anderson, N., Forrester, T., Sick genes, sick individuals or sick populations with chronic disease? The emergence of diabetes and high blood pressure in African-origin populations (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, pp. 111-117; Falkner, B., Hulman, S., Kushner, H., Birth weight versus childhood growth as determinants of adult blood pressure (1998) Hypertension, 31, pp. 145-150; Lopes, A.A., Port, F.K., The low birth weight hypothesis as a plausible explanation for the black/white differences in hypertension, non-insulin-dependent diabetes, and end-stage renal disease (1995) Am J Kidney Dis, 25, pp. 350-356; Mzayek, F., Sherwin, R., Fonseca, V., Valdez, R., Srinivasan, S., Cruickshank, J.K., Berenson, G.S., Differential associations of birth weight with multiple cardiovascular risk variables in blacks and whites: The Bogalusa Heart Study (2004) Ann Epidemiol, 14, pp. 258-264; Ezzati, M., Hoorn, S.V., Rodgers, A., Lopez, A.D., Mathers, C.D., Murray, C.J., Estimates of global and regional potential health gains from reducing multiple major risk factors (2003) Lancet, 362, pp. 271-280; Cooper, R.S., Rotimi, C.N., Kaufman, J.S., Muna, W.F., Mensah, G.A., Hypertension treatment and control in sub-Saharan Africa: The epidemiological basis for policy (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 614-617; Alexander, G.R., Kogan, M., Bader, D., Carlo, W., Allen, M., Mor, J., US birth weight/gestational age-specific neonatal mortality: 1995-1997 rates for whites, Hispanics, and blacks (2003) Pediatrics, 111, pp. e61-e66; Harding, S., Rosato, M.G., Cruickshank, J.K., Lack of change in birthweights of infants by generational status among Indian, Pakistani, Bangladeshi, Black Caribbean, and Black African mothers in a British cohort study (2004) Int J Epidemiol, 33, pp. 1279-1285 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17644369002&doi=10.1161%2f01.CIR.0000161960.78745.33&partnerID=40&md5=279cab3e59ba12ed2cd1cbdb0c341427 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adult health and social outcomes of children who have been in public care: population-based study T2 - Pediatrics J2 - Pediatrics VL - 115 IS - 4 SP - 894 EP - 899 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1542/peds.2004-1311 SN - 00314005 (ISSN) AU - Viner, R.M. AU - Taylor, B. AD - Department of Paediatrics and Child Health, Royal Free and University College Medical School, Royal Free Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer St, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom AB - Objective. To examine adult socioeconomic, educational, social, and health outcomes of being in public care in childhood. Methods. The 1970 British birth cohort was followed up at 5 (N = 13 135), 10 (14 875), 16 (11 622), and 30 years (11 261). Cases were defined as those ever in statutory or voluntary public care at 5, 10, and 16 years. Self-reported adult outcomes were occupation, educational achievement, general health, psychological morbidity, history of homelessness, school exclusion, and convictions. Results. A total of 343 (3.6%) of 9557 had been in public care <17 years. Nonwhite children were more likely to have been in care (odds ratio [OR]: 3.3; 95% confidence interval [CI]: 2.1-5.4). Controlling for socioeconomic status, men with a history of public care were less likely to attain high social class (OR: 0.6; 95% CI: 0.4-0.9) and more likely to have been homeless (OR: 2.0; 95% CI: 1.1-3.8), have a conviction (OR: 2.3; 95% CI: 1.5-3.4), have psychological morbidity (OR: 1.8; 95% CI: 1.1-3.0), and be in poor general health (OR: 1.6; 95% CI: 1.1-2.6). Similar associations were found in women. Men but not women with a history of care were more likely to be unemployed (OR: 2.6; 95% CI: 1.4 -5.0) and less likely to attain a higher degree (OR: 0.4; 95% CI: 0.2- 0.7). Non-white ethnicity was associated with poorer adult outcomes of being in care. Conclusions. Public care in childhood is associated with adverse adult socioeconomic, educational, legal, and health outcomes in excess of that associated with childhood or adult disadvantage. Copyright © 2005 by the American Academy of Pediatrics. KW - Foster care KW - Population health KW - Psychiatric disorders KW - Public health KW - Public policy KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - education KW - ethnology KW - female KW - health status KW - homelessness KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - public health service KW - self report KW - sex difference KW - socioeconomics KW - crime KW - ethnic group KW - foster care KW - health status KW - mental disease KW - mental health KW - statistics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Crime KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Female KW - Foster Home Care KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health KW - Occupations KW - Sex Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :69 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PEDIA C2 - 15805361 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Viner, R.M.; Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer St, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom; email: r.viner@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Acheson, D., (1998) Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health (Great Britain), , London, United Kingdom: The Stationery Office; Simms, M.D., Dubowitz, H., Szilagyi, M.A., Health care needs of children in the foster care system (2000) Pediatrics, 106, pp. 909-918; (1999) Health and Personal Social Services Statistics for England, , London, United Kingdom: The Stationery Office; Williams, J., Jackson, S., Maddocks, A., Cheung, W.Y., Love, A., Hutchings, H., Case-control study of the health of those looked after by local authorities (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85, pp. 280-285; Hill, C.M., Watkins, J., Statutory health assessments for looked-after children: What do they achieve? (2003) Child Care Health Dev, 29, pp. 3-13; Mitic, W., Rimer, M.L., The educational attainment of children in care in British Columbia (2003) Child Youth Care Forum, 32, p. 133; Rosenfeld, A.A., Pilowsky, D.J., Fine, P., Foster care: An update (1997) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 36, pp. 448-457; Horwitz, S.M., Simms, M.D., Farrington, R., Impact of developmental problems on young children's exits from foster care (1994) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 15, pp. 105-110; Chernoff, R., Combs-Orme, T., Risley-Curtiss, C., Heisler, A., Assessing the health status of children entering foster care (1994) Pediatrics, 93, pp. 594-601; Heath, A.F., Colton, M.J., Aldgate, J., Failure to escape: A longitudinal study of foster children's educational attainment (1994) Br J Social Work, 24, pp. 241-260; Fanshel, D., Finch, S.J., Grundy, J.F., (1990) Foster Children in a Life Course Perspective, , New York, NY: Columbia University Press; Flint, B.M., Patridge, J.G., Stark, E.G., (1996) Pathways to Maturity: Insights from A Thirty-Year Study of Deprived Children, , Toronto, Ontario, Canada: University of Toronto Press; Evans, A., (1996) We Don't Choose to Be Homeless: Report of the National Enquiry into Preventing Youth Homelessness, , London, United Kingdom: CHAR; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-Year-Olds, , Oxford, United Kingdom: Pergamon Press; Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., The Design and Conduct of the 1999-2000 Surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Birth Cohort Study (2002) CLS Cohort Studies Working Paper 1, , UK Data Archive. London, United Kingdom: Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education; King, M., At risk drinking among general practice attenders: Validation of the CAGE questionnaire (1986) Psychol Med, 16, pp. 213-217; Buchsbaum, D.G., Buchanan, R.G., Centor, R.M., Schnoll, S.H., Lawton, M.J., Screening for alcohol abuse using CAGE scores and likelihood ratios (1991) Ann Intern Med, 115, pp. 774-777; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London, United Kingdom: Longmans; Thorpe, K., Golding, J., MacGillivray, I., Greenwood, R., Comparison of prevalence of depression in mothers of twins and mothers of singletons (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 875-878; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 34, pp. 333-341; Biehal, N., Clayden, J., Stein, M., (1992) Prepared for Living? A Survey of Young People Leaving the Care of Three Local Authorities, , London, United Kingdom: National Children's Bureau; Biehal, N., Clayden, J., Stein, M., (1995) Moving On. Young People and Leaving Care Schemes, , London, United Kingdom: HMSO; Cheung, S.Y., Buchanan, A., Malaise scores in adulthood of children and young people who have been in care (1997) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 38, pp. 575-580; Buchanan, A., Ten Brinke, J., Flouri, E., Parental background, social disadvantage, public "care," and psychological problems in adolescence and adulthood (2000) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 39, pp. 1415-1423; McCann, J.B., James, A., Wilson, S., Dunn, G., Prevalence of psychiatric disorders in young people in the care system (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1529-1530; Wellings, K., Wadsworth, J., Johnson, A., Field, J., Macdowall, W., Teenage fertility and life chances (1999) Rev Reprod, 4, pp. 184-190; Polnay, L., Ward, H., Promoting the health of looked after children. Government proposals demand leadership and a culture change (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 661-662 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-23244459869&doi=10.1542%2fpeds.2004-1311&partnerID=40&md5=32eb885f78eeead50427c37694f9a9bc ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cardiovascular risk at age 53 years in relation to the menopause transition and use of hormone replacement therapy: A prospective British birth cohort study T2 - BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology J2 - BJOG Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 112 IS - 4 SP - 476 EP - 485 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2005.00416.x SN - 14700328 (ISSN) AU - Kuh, D. AU - Langenberg, C. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Kok, H. AU - Cooper, R. AU - Butterworth, S. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - Julius Ctr. Hlth. Sci./Prim. Care, University Medical Center, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objectives: To investigate cardiovascular risk factors and changes in risk factor levels in relation to menopausal stage, hysterectomy status and hormone replacement therapy use in a cohort of women aged 53 years with prospective data on smoking, lifetime socio-economic circumstances, and blood pressure and obesity at age 43 years. Design: A prospective study. Setting: England, Scotland and Wales. Population A cohort of women from the Medical Research Council Survey of Health and Development. Methods: A total of 1303 women, aged 53 years, from a UK birth cohort study with measures of cardiovascular risk factors were classified by five menopausal status groups (premenopause, perimenopause, postmenopause, hysterectomy and hormone replacement therapy user). Body mass index, glycosolated haemoglobin, blood pressure, high density lipoprotein, low density lipoprotein and total cholesterol measurements were taken, and analysed within the groups taking confounding variables into account. Changes in body mass index and blood pressure measurement in the same women obtained when 43 years of age were also compared. Main outcome measures: Body mass index, glycosolated haemoglobin, blood pressure, high density lipoprotein, low density lipoprotein and total cholesterol. Results: At 53 years, body mass index, waist circumference, total and low density lipoprotein cholesterol, and glycosolated haemoglobin (HbA1c) varied by menopausal status group, but blood pressure did not. Levels of total cholesterol and HbA1c increased across the natural menopause transition, before and after adjustment for body mass index, smoking and lifetime socio-economic circumstances. After adjustment for confounders, levels of risk factors for hysterectomised women were similar to those of naturally postmenopausal women. Women on hormone replacement therapy had lower levels of total and low density lipoprotein cholesterol, HbA1c, and were less obese than postmenopausal women. The lower obesity levels were partly due to these women already being less obese at age 43 years. Conclusions: This study showed that naturally postmenopausal or hysterectomised women had higher levels of metabolic risk factors compared with premenopausal or perimenopausal women of the same age. The long term stability of these differences and their translation into variations in incidence of cardiovascular disease remain to be seen. The lower levels of metabolic risk factors for women on hormone replacement therapy may protect against future cardiovascular disease or may be overwhelmed by other adverse, and as yet unknown, effects of hormone replacement therapy. © RCOG 2005. KW - cholesterol KW - glycosylated hemoglobin KW - hemoglobin A1c KW - high density lipoprotein KW - low density lipoprotein KW - low density lipoprotein cholesterol KW - adult KW - article KW - blood pressure measurement KW - body mass KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cholesterol blood level KW - cigarette smoking KW - climacterium KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - heart protection KW - hormone substitution KW - human KW - hysterectomy KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - menopause KW - obesity KW - postmenopause KW - premenopause KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - protein blood level KW - risk assessment KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Mass Index KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Hemoglobin A, Glycosylated KW - Hormone Replacement Therapy KW - Humans KW - Hysterectomy KW - Lipids KW - Menopause KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BIOGF C2 - 15777448 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.; MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cholesterol, 57-88-5; glycosylated hemoglobin, 9062-63-9; hemoglobin A1c, 62572-11-6; Hemoglobin A, Glycosylated; Lipids N1 - References: Barrett-Connor, E., Bush, T.L., Estrogen and coronary heart disease in women (1991) JAMA, 265, pp. 1861-1867; Barrett-Connor, E., An epidemiologist looks at hormones and heart disease in women (2003) J Endocrinol Metab, 88, pp. 4031-4042; Crawford, S.L., Johannes, C.B., The epidemiology of cardiovascular disease in postmenopausal women (1999) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 84, pp. 1803-1806; Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Stampfer, M.J., Rosner, B., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H., Menopause and the risk of coronary heart disease in women (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 1105-1110; Hu, F.B., Grodstein, F., Hennekens, C.H., Age at natural menopause and risk of cardiovascular disease (1999) Arch Intern Med, 159, pp. 1061-1066; Kuller, L.H., Meilahn, E.N., Cauley, J.A., Gutai, J.P., Matthews, K.A., Epidemiologic studies of menopause: Changes in risk factors and disease (1994) Exp Gerontol, 29, pp. 495-509; Matthews, K.A., Meilahn, E., Kuller, L.H., Kelsey, S.F., Caggiula, A.W., Wing, R.R., Menopause and risk factors for coronary heart disease (1989) N Engl J Med, 321, pp. 641-646; Poehlman, E.T., Toth, M.J., Ades, P.A., Rosen, C.J., Menopause-associated changes in plasma lipids, insulin-like growth factor I and blood pressure: A longitudinal study (1997) Eur J Clin Invest, 27, pp. 322-326; Sargeant, L.A., Wareham, N.J., Khaw, K.T., Hormone replacement therapy and glucose tolerance in EPIC-Norfolk: A population-based study (1999) Diabetes Metab Res Rev, 16, pp. 20-25; Okada, M., Nomura, S., Ikoma, Y., Effects of postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy on HbA(1c) levels (2003) Diabetes Care, 26, pp. 1088-1092; Hsia, J., Barad, D., Margolis, K., Usefulness of prior hysterectomy as an independent predictor of Framingham risk score (The Women's Health Initiative) (2003) Am J Cardiol, 92, pp. 264-269; Luoto, R., Kaprio, J., Reunanen, A., Rutanen, E.-M., Cardiovascular morbidity in relation to ovarian function after hysterectomy (1995) Obstet Gynecol, 85, pp. 515-522; Stoney, C.M., Owens, J.F., Guzick, D.S., Matthews, K.A., A natural experiment on the effects of ovarian hormones on cardiovascular risk factors and stress reactivity: Bilateral salpingo oophorectomy versus hysterectomy only (1997) Health Psychol, 16, pp. 349-358; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and gynnaecological disorders: A life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 64-85. , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., Social and behavioural influences on the uptake of hormone replacement therapy among younger women (2000) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 107, pp. 731-739; Schneider, H.P.G., Cross-national study of women's use of hormone replacement therapy (HRT) in Europe (1997) Int J Fertil, 42, pp. 365-375; MacLennan, A.H., Wilson, D.H., Taylor, A.W., Hormone replacement therapy: Prevalence, compliance and the 'healthy women' notion (1998) Climacteric, 1, pp. 42-49; Patterns of use of hormone replacement therapy in one million women in Britain, 1996-2000 (2002) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 109, pp. 1319-1330; Armitage, M., Nooney, J., Evans, S., Recent concerns surrounding HRT (2003) Clin Endocrinol, 59, pp. 145-155; Barrett-Connor, E., Grady, D., Hormone replacement therapy, heart disease, and other considerations (2003) Annu Rev Public Health, 19, pp. 55-72; Shulman, L.P., Effects of progestins in different hormone replacement therapy formulations on estorgen-induced lipid changes in postmenopasual women (2002) Am J Cardiol, 89, pp. 47E-55E; Bittner, V., Lipoprotein abnormalities related to women's health (2002) Am J Cardiol, 90, pp. 77i-84i; Effects of estrogen or estrogen/progestin regimens on heart disease risk factors in postmenopaual women (1995) JAMA, 273, pp. 199-208; Hemminki, E., McPherson, K., Impact of postmenopausal hormone therapy on cardiovascular events and cancer: Pooled data from clinical trials (2003) BMJ, 315, pp. 149-153; Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. Principal results from the Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial (2002) JAMA, 288, pp. 321-333; Hulley, S., Grady, D., Bush, T., Randomized trial of estrogen plus progestin for secondary prevention of coronary heart disease in postmenopausal women (1998) JAMA, 280, pp. 605-613; Veral, V., Banks, E., Reeves, G., Evidence from randomised trials on the long-term effects of hormone replacement therapy (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 942-944; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S.B., Hardy, R.J., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and costs associated with study longevity (2003) Soc Sci Med, 57, pp. 2193-2205; Langenberg, C., Hardy, R., Brunner, E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Central and total obesity in middle aged men and women in relation to life-time socioeconomic status: Evidence from a national birth cohort (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 816-822; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Langenberg, C., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birth weight, childhood social class and change in adult blood pressure in the 1946 British birth cohort (2003) Lancet, 362, pp. 1178-1183; Skidmore, P.M.L., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D., Langenberg, C., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birth weight and lipids in a national birth cohort study (2004) Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 24, pp. 588-594; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menopause Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; Brambilla, D., McKinlay, S.M., Johannes, C.B., Defining the perimenopause for application in epidemiologic investigations (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 1091-1095; McKinlay, S., Bifano, N., McKinlay, J., Smoking and age at menopause in women (1985) Ann Intern Med, 103, pp. 350-356; Doll, R., Gray, R., Hafner, B., Peto, R., Mortality in relation to smoking: 22 Years' observations on female British doctors (1980) BMJ, 280, pp. 967-971; Prescott, E., Hippe, M., Schnohr, P., Hein, H.O., Vestbo, J., Smoking and risk of myocardial infarction in women and men: Longitudinal population study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1043-1047; Moorhead, T., Hannaford, P., Warskyj, M., Prevalence and characteristics associated with use of hormone replacement therapy in Britain (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, pp. 290-297; Heslop, P., Davey Smith, G., Macleod, J., Hart, C., The socioeconomic position of employed women, risk factors and mortality (2001) Soc Sci Med, 53, pp. 477-485; Wamala, S.P., Lynch, J., Kaplan, G.A., Women's exposure to early and later life socioeconomic disadvantage and coronary heart disease risk: The Stockholm Female Coronary Risk Study (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, pp. 275-284; Jongbloet, P.H., Kersemaekers, W.M., Zielhuis, G.A., Verbeek, A.I., Menstrual disorders and month of birth (1994) Ann Hum Biol, 21, pp. 511-518; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Social and environmental conditions across the life course and age at menopause in a British birth cohort study Br J Obstet Gynaecol, , In press; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., The association of socioeconomic position across the life course and age at menopause: The British Women's Heart and Health Study (2003) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 110, pp. 1078-1087; Crawford, S.L., Casey, V.A., Avis, N.E., McKinlay, S.M., A longitudinal study of weight and the menopause transition: Results from the Massachusetts women's health study (2000) Menopause, 7, pp. 96-104; Akahoshi, M., Soda, M., Nakashima, E., The effects of body mass index on age at menopause (2002) Int J Obesity, 26, pp. 961-968; Gaspard, U.J., Gottal, J.M., Van Den Brûle, F.A., Postmenopausal changes of lipid and glucose metabolism: A review of their main aspects (1995) Maturitas, 21, pp. 171-178; Wing, R.R., Matthews, K.A., Kuller, L.H., Meilahn, E.N., Waist to hip ratio in middle-aged women. Associations with behavioral and psychosocial factors and with changes in cardiovascular risk factors (1991) Arterioscler Thromb, 11, pp. 1250-1257; Poehlman, E.T., Toth, M.J., Gardner, A.W., Changes in energy balance and body composition at menopause: A controlled longitudinal study (1995) Ann Intern Med, 123, pp. 673-675; Chang, C.-J., Wu, C.-H., Yao, W.-J., Yang, Y.-C., Wu, J.-S., Lu, F.-H., Relationships of age, menopause and central obesity on cardiovascular disease risk factors in Chinese women (2000) Int J Obesity, 24, pp. 1699-1704; Svendsen, O.L., Hassager, C., Christiansen, C., Age- and menopause-related variations in body composition and fat distribution in healthy women as measured by dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (1995) Metabolism, 44, pp. 369-373; Peters, H.W., Westendorp, C.D., Hak, A.E., Menopausal status and risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1999) J Intern Med, 246, pp. 521-528; Tré́mollières, F.A., Pouilles, J.M., Cauneille, C., Ribot, C., Coronary heart disease risk factors and menopause: A study in 1684 French women (1999) Atherosclerosis, 142, pp. 415-423; Matthews, K.A., Kuller, L.H., Sutton-Tyrell, K., Chang, Y.F., Changes in cardiovascular risk factors during the perimenopause and postmenopause and carotid artery atherosclerosis in healthy women (2001) Stroke, 32, pp. 1104-1111; Simon, D., Senan, C., Gamier, P., Saint-Paul, M., Papoz, L., Epidemiological features of glycated haemoglobin A1c-distribution in a healthy population. The Telecom study (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 864-869; Pasquali, R.P., Casimirri, F., Pascal, G., Influence of menopause on blood cholesterol levels in women: The role of body composition, fat distribution and hormonal milieu (1997) J Int Med, 241, pp. 195-203; Proudler, A.J., Felton, C.V., Stevenson, J.C., Ageing and the response of plasma insulin, glucose and C-peptide concentrations to intravenous glucose in postmenopausal women (1992) Clin Sci, 83, pp. 489-494; Wu, S.I., Chou, P., Tsai, S.T., The impact of years since menopause on the development of impaired glucose tolerance (2001) J Clin Epidemiol, 54, pp. 117-120; Park, S., Barrett-Connor, E., Wingard, D.L., Shan, J., Edelstein, S., GHb is a better predictor of cardiovascular disease than fasting or postchallenge plasma glucose in women without diabetes. The Rancho Bernardo study (1996) Diabetes Care, 19, pp. 450-456; Brett, K.M., Madans, J.H., Use of postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy: Estimates from a nationally representative cohort study (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 536-545; Kritz-Silverstein, D., Barrett-Connor, E., Long-term postmenopausal hormone use, obesity, and fat distribution in older women (1996) JAMA, 275, pp. 46-49; Nabulsi, A.A., Foison, A.R., White, A., Association of hormone-replacement therapy with various cardiovascular risk factors in postmenopausal women (1993) N Engl J Med, 328, pp. 1069-1075; Godsland, I.F., Gangar, K., Walton, C., Insulin resistance, secretion, and elimination in postmenopausal women receiving oral or transdermal hormone replacement therapy (1993) Metabolism, 42, pp. 846-853; Troisi, R.J., Cowie, C.C., Harris, M.I., Hormone replacement therapy and glucose metabolism (2000) Obstet Gynecol, 96, pp. 665-669; Vestergaard, P., Hermann, A.P., Silgren, L., Effect of 5 years of hormonal replacement therapy on menopausal symptoms and blood pressure - A randomised controlled study (2003) Maturitas, 46, pp. 123-132; Executive summary of the third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 2486-2497; Wilder, L.B., Bachorik, P.S., Finney, C.A., Moy, T.F., Becker, D.M., The effect of fasting status on the determination of low-density and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (1995) Am J Med, 99, pp. 374-377; Craig, S.R., Amin, R.V., Russell, D.W., Paradise, N.F., Blood cholesterol screening influence of fasting state on cholesterol results and management decisions (2000) J Gen Intern Med, 15, pp. 395-399 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17144421528&doi=10.1111%2fj.1471-0528.2005.00416.x&partnerID=40&md5=e9dfdda5b86f6e3036fc94f40058a3f6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intrauterine growth and intelligence within sibling pairs: Findings from the Mater-University study of pregnancy and its outcomes T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 59 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 282 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1136/jech.2004.025262 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Lawlor, D.A. AU - Bor, W. AU - O'Callaghan, M.J. AU - Williams, G.M. AU - Najman, J.M. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Child Devmt. and Rehab. Services, Mater Children's Hospital, Brisbane, QLD, Australia AD - School of Population Health, Univ. of Queensland Medical School, Brisbane, QLD, Australia AD - School of Social Science, University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD, Australia AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To examine the association between intrauterine growth and intelligence. Design: Population based birth cohort study of sibling pairs born within a maximum of three years of each other. Setting: Mater-University women and children's hospital, Brisbane, Australia. Participants: 235 (470 children) sibling pairs. Results: Among one randomly selected sibling from each pair verbal comprehension at age 5, general intelligence at age 14, and reading ability at age 14 increased linearly with increasing gestational age and sex standardised birth weight z scores. With adjustment for maternal age, race, and smoking during pregnancy, birth order, family income, and parental education the associations with verbal comprehension at age 5 and general intelligence at age 14 remained, whereas the association with reading ability at age 14 was attenuated to the null. Within sibling pairs, differences in intrauterine growth were positively associated with differences in verbal comprehension at age 5 (test score difference per one unit difference in birth weight z score = 1.52 (0.11 to 3.26)) and general intelligence at age 14 (1.09 (0.01 to 2.18)), but not with reading ability at age 14. Conclusions: Socioeconomic position or other fixed maternal characteristics do not seem to explain the positive association between intrauterine growth and childhood intelligence. KW - child development KW - academic achievement KW - adolescent KW - article KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - comprehension KW - female KW - gestational age KW - human KW - income KW - intelligence KW - intelligence quotient KW - male KW - normal human KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal growth KW - reading KW - sibling KW - smoking KW - socioeconomics KW - statistical analysis KW - fetus development KW - intelligence test KW - mother KW - physiology KW - pregnancy KW - preschool child KW - sex difference KW - sibling KW - socioeconomics KW - Adolescent KW - Birth Weight KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Fetal Development KW - Gestational Age KW - Humans KW - Intelligence KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Male KW - Mothers KW - Pregnancy KW - Reading KW - Sex Factors KW - Siblings KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 15767380 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lawlor, D.A.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: d.a.lawlor@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Breslau, N., Chilcoat, H., DelDotto, J., Low birth weight and neurocognitive status at six years of age (1996) Biol Physchiatry, 40, pp. 389-397; Sorensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Birthweight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85, pp. 189-197; Jefferles, B., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-308; Osler, M., Andersen, A.-M.N., Due, P., Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function and adult mortality. A longitudinal study of Danish men born in 1953 (2003) J Epidemiol Community Health, 57, pp. 681-686; Record, R.G., McKeown, T., Edwards, J.H., The relationship of measured intelligence to birth weight and duration of gestation (1969) Ann Hum Genet Lond, 33, pp. 71-79; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 310-314; Scarr, S., Effects of birth weight on later intelligence (1969) Soc Biol, 16, pp. 249-256; Willerman, L., Churchill, J.A., Intelligence and birth weight in identical twins (1967) Child Dev, 38, pp. 623-629; Boomsma, D.I., Van Beijsterveldt, C.E., Rietveld, M.J., Genetics mediate relation of birth weight to childhood IQ (2001) BMJ, 323, p. 1426; Najman, J.M., Aird, R., Bor, W., The generational transmission of socioeconomic inequalities in child cognitive development and emotional health (2004) Soc Sci Med, 58, pp. 1147-1158; Dunn, L.M., Dunn, L.M., (1981) Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised, , New York: American Guidance Service; De Lemos, M.M., (1989) Standard Progressive Matrices, Australian Manual, , Victoria: The Australian Education Council for Research; Wilkinson, G.S., (1993) Wide Range Achievement Test (WRAT3) Administration Manual, , Wilmington, DE: Wide Range UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-15544388220&doi=10.1136%2fjech.2004.025262&partnerID=40&md5=5d9645ccbfd123a967beb7abb2379ea0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adolescent drinking level and adult binge drinking in a national birth cohort T2 - Addiction J2 - Addiction VL - 100 IS - 4 SP - 543 EP - 549 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.2005.01034.x SN - 09652140 (ISSN) AU - Jefferis, B.J.M.H. AU - Power, C. AU - Manor, O. AD - Ctr. Paediatr. Epidemiol./B., Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AD - Sch. of Pub. Hlth. and Comm. Med., Hebrew University, Hadassah Medical Organization, Jerusalem, Israel AD - Ctr. Paediatr. Epidemiol./B., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Aims: To assess (i) continuities in binge drinking across adulthood and (ii) the association between adolescent drinking level and adult binge drinking. Design: Population-based prospective birth cohort. Setting: England, Scotland and Wales. Participants: All births during one week in March 1958 (n = 8520 in analysis). Measurements: Alcohol consumption reported at 16, 23, 33 and 42 years. Binge drinkers were identified by dividing number of units of alcohol consumed in the last week by usual drinking frequency, with limits of ≥10 units/occasion for men and ≥7 for women. Findings: Four in five cohort members drank alcohol at least twice a month. Prevalences of binge drinking at 23, 33 and 42 years among men were 37%, 28% and 31% and among women 18%, 13% and 14%. Most binge drinkers in adulthood changed drinking status during this period. Nevertheless, binge drinking at age 23 increased the odds of binge drinking at 42 years: odds ratio (OR) 2.10 (95% CI 1.85, 2.39) for men; OR 1.56 (95% CI 1.29, 1.89) for women. Women who rarely or never drank aged 16 were less likely than light drinkers (0-2 units/week) to binge drink as adults, OR at 23 years 0.65 (95% CI 0.55, 0.77). Men who were heavier drinkers (≥7 units/week) at 16 years were more likely than light drinkers to binge drink throughout adulthood; at 42 years, OR 1.64 (95% CI 1.33, 2.08). Conclusions: Binge drinking is common in British men and women throughout adulthood with continuities between the 20s and 40s. Adolescent drinking has a modest although important association with adult binge drinking. © 2005 Society for the Study of Addiction. KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Alcohol KW - Binge drinking KW - Prospective cohort KW - alcohol KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - drinking behavior KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - sex difference KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Alcoholic Intoxication KW - Cohort Studies KW - Ethanol KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Prospective Studies KW - Regression Analysis N1 - Cited By :88 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADICE C2 - 15784069 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jefferis, B.J.M.H.; Ctr. Paediatr. Epidemiol./B., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: B.Jefferis@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: alcohol, 64-17-5; Ethanol, 64-17-5 N1 - References: Rehm, J., Room, R., Graham, K., Monteiro, M., Gmel, G., Sempos, C.T., The relationship of average volume of alcohol consumption and patterns of drinking to burden of disease: An overview (2003) Addiction, 98, pp. 1209-1228; (2001) Statistics Handbook a Compilation of Drinks Industry Statistics. 28th Edn., , London: Publications Brewing Publications Limited; Leifman, H., Hemstrom, O., Ramstedt, M., The ECAS-survey on drinking patterns and alcohol related problems (2001) Alcohol in Post War Europe, pp. 105-126. , Norstrom, T., ed. Stockholm: National Institute of Public Health; (1995) Sensible Drinking, , Report of an Inter-Departmental Working Group. London: Department of Health; Walker, A., Maher, J., Coulthard, M., Goddard, E., Thomas, M., (2001) Living in Britain: Results from the 2000/01 General Household Survey, , London: The Stationery Office; Pearson, H., Public health: The demon drink (2004) Nature, 428, pp. 598-600; Dyer, O., Goverment must take unpopular decisions to reduce alcohol consumption (2004) BMJ, 328, p. 542; (2004) Alcohol Harm Reduction Strategy for England, , http://www.strategy.gov.uk/files/pdf/al04SU.pdf, London: The Cabinet Office; Kuntsche, E., Rehm, J., Gmel, G., Characteristics of binge drinkers in Europe (2004) Social Science and Medicine, 59, pp. 113-127; Schulenberg, J.E., Maggs, J.L., A developmental perspective on alcohol use and heavy drinking during adolescence and the transition to young adulthood (2002) Journal of Studies on Alcohol Supplement, 14, pp. 54-70; Hill, K.G., White, H.R., Chung, I.J., Hawkins, J.D., Catalano, R.F., Early adult outcomes of adolescent binge drinking: Person- And variable-centered analyses of binge drinking trajectories (2000) Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 24, pp. 892-901; Casswell, S., Pledger, M., Pratap, S., Trajectories of drinking from 18 to 26 years: Identification and prediction (2002) Addiction, 97, pp. 1427-1437; Tucker, J.S., Orlando, M., Ellickson, P.L., Patterns and correlates of binge drinking trajectories from early adolescence to young adulthood (2003) Health Psychology, 22, pp. 79-87; Gladstone, J., Levy, M., Nulman, I., Koren, G., Characteristics of pregnant women who engage in binge alcohol consumption (1997) Canadian Medical Association Journal, 156, pp. 789-794; Bennett, P., Smith, C., Nugent, Z., Patterns of drinking in Wales (1991) Alcohol and Alcoholism, 26, pp. 367-374; Malyutina, S., Bobak, M., Kurilovitch, S., Ryizova, E., Nikitin, Y., Marmot, M., Alcohol consumption and binge drinking in Novosibirsk, Russia, 1985-95 (2001) Addiction, 96, pp. 987-995; Makela, P., Fonager, K., Hibell, B., Nordlund, S., Sabroe, S., Simpura, J., Episodic heavy drinking in four Nordic countries: A comparative survey (2001) Addiction, 96, pp. 1575-1588; Naimi, T.S., Brewer, R.D., Mokdad, A., Denny, C., Serdula, M.K., Marks, J.S., Binge drinking among US adults (2003) JAMA, 289, pp. 70-75; Wilsnack, R.W., Vogeltanz, N.D., Wilsnack, S.C., Harris, T.R., Ahlstrom, S., Bondy, S., Ferri, E., Smith, K., Gender differences in alcohol consumption and adverse drinking consequences: Cross-cultural patterns (2000) Addiction, 95, pp. 251-265; Fillmore, K.M., Women's drinking across the adult life course as compared to men's (1987) British Journal of Addiction, 82, pp. 801-811; Wennberg, P., Bohman, M., Andersson, T., Variations and stability in drinking patterns in a cohort of Swedish males (2000) Scandinavian Journal of Public Health, 28, pp. 312-316; Collins, D., Deepchand, K., Fitzgerald, R., Perry, J., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Smith, K., (2001) National Child Development Study and 19 70 British Cohort Study 1999-2000 Surveys. Stability Change and Development in the British Population. Technical Report, , http://www.cls.ioe.ac.uk/Cohort/Ncds2000/mainncds00.htm; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33; the Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Dight, S.E., (1976) Scottish Drinking Habits, , A Survey of Scottish Drinking Habits and Attitudes Towards Alcohol Carried Out in 1972 for the Scottish Home and Health Department. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Marmot, M., Ghodshe, A.H., Jarvis, S., Kemm, J.R., Ritson, E.B., Wallace, P., (1995) Alcohol and the Heart in Perspective Sensible Limits Reaffirmed, , Report of a Working Group to the Royal College of Physicians, the Royal College of Psychiatrists, and the Royal College of General Practitioners. London: British Medical Association; Feunekes, G.I.V.V., Van Staveren, W.A., Kok, F.J., Alcohol intake assessment: The sober facts (1999) American Journal of Epidemiology, 150, pp. 105-112; Erens, B., Primatesta, P., Prior, G., (2001) Health Survey for England - Health of Minority Ethnic Groups '99, , London: The Stationery Office; (2004) Calling Time. The Nation's Drinking As a Major Health Issue, , London: Academy of Medical Sciences; Boreham, R., McManus, S., (2003) Smoking, Drinking and Drug Use among Young People in England in 2002, , London: The Stationery Office UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17244364586&doi=10.1111%2fj.1360-0443.2005.01034.x&partnerID=40&md5=f68ace1b9bc135b7e4b8fd7aa32abbf7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Common visual defects and peer victimization in children T2 - Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science J2 - Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 1177 EP - 1181 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1167/iovs.04-0597 SN - 01460404 (ISSN) AU - Horwood, J. AU - Waylen, A. AU - Herrick, D. AU - Williams, C. AU - Wolke, D. AD - Department of Community Medicine, Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Bristol Eye Hospital, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Jacobs Foundation, Zurich, Switzerland AD - University of Bristol, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom AB - PURPOSE. To investigate whether wearing glasses, having manifest strabismus, or having a history of wearing an eye patch predisposes preadolescent children to being victimized more frequently at school and whether the impact may be different on boys than on girls. METHODS. Data were examined on 6536 children from the Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children (ALSPAC) based in the United Kingdom. At 7.5 years, the children undertook a detailed eye examination by orthoptists, including a cover test and visual acuity assessment. At 8.5 years, trained psychologists assessed the children's bullying involvement as either victim or perpetrator for overt and relational bullying, in a standard interview. RESULTS. Children currently wearing glasses or with a history of wearing eye patches were 35% to 37% more likely to be victims of physical or verbal bullying, even after adjustment for social class and maternal education. No interactions were found between sex and visual problems in the prediction of bullying. CONCLUSIONS. For those children who require glasses, opticians should be aware of the risks of bullying, and strategies should be developed and discussed that help reduce their vulnerability. Copyright © Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology. KW - amblyopia KW - article KW - bullying KW - childhood disease KW - controlled study KW - education KW - female KW - group psychology KW - human KW - interview KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - orthoptics KW - parental schooling KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - school KW - school child KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - spectacles KW - strabismus KW - United Kingdom KW - victim KW - visual acuity KW - visual disorder KW - aggression KW - child KW - educational status KW - questionnaire KW - sensory deprivation KW - statistics KW - strabismus KW - United Kingdom KW - violence KW - visual disorder KW - Aggression KW - Child KW - Crime Victims KW - Educational Status KW - Eyeglasses KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Prospective Studies KW - Questionnaires KW - Sensory Deprivation KW - Social Class KW - Strabismus KW - Violence KW - Vision Disorders N1 - Cited By :69 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IOVSD C2 - 15790876 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Horwood, J.; University of Bristol, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom; email: j.horwood@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Whitney, I., Smith, P.K., A survey of the nature and extent of bullying in junior/middle and secondary schools (1993) Educ Res, 35, pp. 3-25; Björkqvist, K., Sex Differences in physical, verbal, and indirect aggression: A review of recent research (1994) Sex Roles, 30, pp. 177-188; Crick, N.R., Grotpeter, J.K., Relational aggression, gender, and social-psychological adjustment (1995) Child Development, 66, pp. 710-722; Smith, P., Ananiadou, K., The nature of school bullying and the effectiveness of school-based interventions (2003) J Appl Psychoanal Studies, 5, pp. 189-209; Wolke, D., Woods, S., Schulz, H., Stanford, K., Bullying and victimization of primary school children in South England and South Germany: Prevalence and school factors (2001) Br J Psychol, 92, pp. 673-696; Hawker, D., Boulton, M., Twenty years research on peer victimization and psychosocial maladjustment: A meta-analytic review of cross-sectional studies (2000) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 41, pp. 441-455; Wolke, D., Woods, S., Bloomfield, L., Karstadt, L., The association between direct and relational bullying and behaviour (2000) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 41, pp. 989-1002; Wolke, D., Stanford, K., Bullying in school children (1999) Developmental Psychology, pp. 341-360. , Messer D, Millar S, eds. London: Arnold; Olweus, D., Annotation: Bullying at school: Basic facts and effects of a school based intervention program (1994) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1171-1190; Crozier, W.R., Dimmock, P., Name calling and nicknames in a sample of primary school children (1999) Br J Educ Psychol, 69, pp. 505-516; Lahteenmaki, P., Huostila, J., Hinkka, S., Salmi, T., Childhood cancer patients at school (2002) Eur J Cancer, 38, pp. 1227-1240; Vance, Y., Eiser, C., The school experience of the child with cancer (2002) Child Care Health Dev, 28, pp. 5-19; Neumark-Sztainer, D., Falkner, N., Story, M., Perry, C., Hannan, P.J., Mulert, S., Weight-teasing among adolescents: Correlations with weight status and disordered eating behaviors (2002) Int J Obesity, 26, pp. 123-131; Pearce, M.J., Boergers, J., Prinstein, M.J., Adolescent obesity, overt and relational peer victimization, and romantic relationships (2002) Obesity Res, 10, pp. 386-393; Georgeson, J., Harris, M., Milich, R., Young, J., "Just teasing": Personality effects on perceptions and life narratives of childhood teasing (1999) Personality Soc Psychol Bull, 25, pp. 1254-1267; Kowalski, R., "I was only kidding!": Victims' and perpetrators' perceptions of teasing (2000) Personality Soc Psychol Bull, 26, pp. 231-241; Keltner, D., Capps, L., Kring, A., Young, R., Heery, E., Just teasing: A conceptual analysis and empirical review (2001) Psychol Bull, 127, pp. 229-248; Packwood, E.A., Cruz, O.A., Rychwalski, P.J., Keech, R.V., The psychosocial effects of amblyopia study (1999) J AAPOS, 3, pp. 15-17; Uretmen, O., Egrilmez, S., Kose, S., Pamaukçu, K., Akkin, C., Palamar, M., Negative social bias against children with strabismus (2003) Acta Ophthalmol Scand, 81, pp. 138-142; Olitsky, S.E., Sudesh, S., Graziano, A., Hamblen, J., Brooks, S.E., Shaha, S.H., The negative psychosocial impact of strabismus in adults (1999) J AAPOS, 3, pp. 209-211; Menon, V., Saha, J., Tandon, R., Mehta, M., Khokhar, S., Study of the psychosocial aspects of strabismus (2002) J Pediatr Ophthalmol Strabismus, 39, pp. 203-208; Mruthyunjaya, P., Simon, J.W., Pickering, J.D., Lininger, L.L., Subjective and objective outcomes of strabismus surgery in children (1996) J Pediatr Ophthalmol Strabismus, 33, pp. 167-170; Terry, R.L., Macy, R.J., Childrens social judgments of other children who wear eyeglasses (1991) J Soc Behav Personality, 6, pp. 965-974; Terry, R.L., Stockton, L.A., Eyeglasses and childrens schemata (1993) J Soc Psychol, 133, pp. 425-438; Satterfield, D., Keltner, J.L., Morrison, T.L., Psychosocial aspects of strabismus study (1993) Arch Ophthalmol, 111, pp. 1100-1105; Golding, J., Pembrey, M., Jones, R., ALSPAC: The Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children. I. Study methodology (2001) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 15, pp. 74-87; Williams, C., Harrad, R., Harvey, I., Sparrow, J., Team, A.S., Screening for amblyopia in preschool children: Results of a population-based, randomised controlled trial (2001) Ophthalmic Epidemiol, 8, pp. 279-295; Williams, C., Northstone, K., Harrad, R., Sparrow, J., Harvey, I., Amblyopia treatment outcomes after screening before 3 years vs. at 3 years of age: Follow-up from a randomised trial (2002) BMJ, 324, pp. 1549-1551; Williams, C., Northsorie, K., Harrad, R., Sparrow, J., Team, A.S., Amblyopia treatment outcomes after screening at 3 vs. screening at school entry: Observational data from a prospective cohort study (2003) Br J Ophthalmol, 87, pp. 988-993; (1991) Standard Occupational Classification, , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Osborn, A., Butler, N., Morris, A., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds: A Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , London: Routledge & Kegan; Arlinghaus, S., Eye-contact graphs (1985) Behav Sci, 30, pp. 108-117; Horwood, A., Compliance with first time spectacle wear in children under eight years of age (1998) Eye, 12, pp. 173-178 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-18244408844&doi=10.1167%2fiovs.04-0597&partnerID=40&md5=20492d083a7b1fcfd5c0624259ffad04 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social and environmental conditions across the life course and age at menopause in a British birth cohort study T2 - BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology J2 - BJOG Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 112 IS - 3 SP - 346 EP - 354 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2004.00348.x SN - 14700328 (ISSN) AU - Hardy, R. AU - Kuh, D. AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WCIE 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To assess whether socio-economic status, environmental stress and hardship throughout the life course are associated with age at menopause. Design: Birth cohort study. Setting: England, Scotland, Wales. Sample: A total of 1515 women from a stratified sample of all births in one week in 1946. Methods: Age at menopause was collected using annual postal questionnaires from age 47 to 53 years. Information on socio-economic conditions and hardship were collected at contacts throughout life from age 2 to 43 years. Socio-economic indicator variables were defined to represent cumulative exposure to hardship in childhood and in adulthood. Main outcome measures: Age at menopause. Results: Cox's proportional hazard models indicated that women whose fathers were in a manual social class occupation at three time points during her childhood had an earlier age at menopause than those whose fathers were in non-manual occupations at all three (HR: 1.51; 95% CI: 0.93-2.47). Similar findings were seen for household crowding. These socio-economic gradients could not be explained by adult socio-economic status, behaviour and lifestyle or by psychological health and stress, but were attenuated by other early life factors. Women who experienced parental divorce early in life (before five years of age) had double the rate of menopause of those whose parents did not divorce (HR: 2.14; 95% CI: 1.33-3.42). There were no consistent findings with adult socio-economic indicators. Conclusions: There is some evidence of a cumulative effect of socio-economic circumstances in childhood, but not in adulthood, on age at menopause. Childhood nutrition, cognition and emotional stress possibly underlie the social gradient. © RCOG 2004. KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - divorce KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - household KW - human KW - lifestyle KW - menopause KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - social aspect KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Crowding KW - Divorce KW - Environment KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Housing KW - Humans KW - Menopause KW - Middle Aged KW - Social Class KW - Stress, Psychological N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BIOGF C2 - 15713152 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hardy, R.; MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WCIE 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Stanford, J.L., Hartge, P., Brinton, L.A., Hoover, R.N., Brookmeyer, R., Factors influencing the age at natural menopause (1987) J Chronic Dis, 40, pp. 995-1002; McKinlay, S., Brambilla, D., Posner, J., The normal menopause transition (1992) Am J Hum Biol, 4, pp. 37-46; Luoto, R., Kaprio, J., Uutela, A., Age at menopause and sociodemographic status in Finland (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 64-76; Torgerson, D.J., Avenell, A., Russell, I.T., Reid, D.M., Factors associated with onset of menopause in women aged 45-49 (1994) Maturitas, 19, pp. 83-92; Bromberger, J.T., Matthews, K.A., Kuller, L.H., Wing, R.R., Meilahn, E.N., Plantinga, P., Prospective study of the determinants of age at menopause (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 124-133; Do, K.-A., Treloar, S.A., Pandeya, N., Predictive factors of age at menopause in a large Australian twin study (1998) Hum Biol, 70, pp. 1073-1091; Shinberg, D.S., An event history analysis of age at last menstrual period: Correlates of natural and surgical menopause among midlife Wisconsin women (1998) Soc Sci Med, 46, pp. 1381-1396; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M., Smoking, body mass index, socioeconomic status and the age at menopause transition in a British national cohort (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 845-851; Gold, E.B., Bromberger, J., Crawford, S., Factors associated with age at natural menopause in a multiethnic sample of midlife women (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 153, pp. 865-874; Wise, L.A., Krieger, N., Zierler, S., Harlow, B.L., Lifetime socioeconomic position in relation to onset of perimenopause (2002) J Epidemiol Community Health, 56, pp. 851-860; Rich-Edwards, J., A life course approach to women's reproductive health (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 23-43. , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Richards, M., Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime cognitive function and timing of the natural menopause (1999) Neurology, 53, pp. 308-314; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Does early growth influence timing of the menopause? Evidence from a British birth cohort (2002) Hum Reprod, 17, pp. 2474-2479; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S.L., Hardy, R.J., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Soc Sci Med, 57, pp. 2193-2205; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: The influence of the menopause, social factors and health in earlier life (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, pp. 923-933; Brambilla, D.J., McKinlay, S.M., A prospective study of factors affecting age at menopause (1989) J Clin Epidemiol, 42, pp. 1031-1039; Brambilla, D.J., McKinlay, S.M., Johannes, C.B., Defining the perimenopause for application in epidemiologic investigations (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 1091-1095; Lindelow, M., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Development of a scale to measure symptoms of anxiety and depression in the general UK population: The Psychiatric Symptom Frequency Scale (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 549-557; Rodgers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1289-1308; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J R Stat Soc, B, 74, pp. 187-220; Farewell, V.T., An application of Cox's proportional hazards model to multiple infection data (1979) J R Stat Soc, C, 28, pp. 136-143; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Reproductive characteristics and age at inception of the perimenopause in a British national cohort (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 612-620; Douglas, J.W.B., Broken families and child behaviour (1970) J R Coll Phys, 4, pp. 203-210; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1979) Roots of Delinquency, , Oxford: Martin Robertson; Rodgers, B., Power, C., Hope, S., Parental divorce and adult psychological distress. Evidence from a national birth cohort (1997) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 38, pp. 867-872; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M., Lifetime risk factors for women's psychological distress in midlife (2002) Soc Sci Med, 55, pp. 1957-1973; Williams, R., Hostility, psychosocial risk factors, changes in brain serotonergic function, and heart disease (2002) Stress and the Heart: Psychosocial Pathways to Coronary Heart Disease, pp. 86-100. , Stansfeld S, Marmot M, editors. London: BMJ Books; Marshall, S.F., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D., Socioeconomic variations in hysterectomy in a national birth cohort up to age 52 (2000) BMJ, 320, p. 1579; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and urogenital disorders: A life course approach (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 64-85. , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford: Oxford University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-14644414805&doi=10.1111%2fj.1471-0528.2004.00348.x&partnerID=40&md5=5587206a79d66657dbc6e68ca1e236ca ER - TY - JOUR TI - Biosocial correlates of stature in a British national cohort T2 - Journal of Biosocial Science J2 - J. Biosoc. Sci. VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 245 EP - 251 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1017/S0021932004006558 SN - 00219320 (ISSN) AU - Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N. AU - Lasker, G.W. AD - Dept. of Biological Anthropology, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, United States AB - Analyses of height variation using the 1970 UK national cohort study (12,508 children at age 10 and 5470 at age 16) found clear evidence that children of higher socioeconomic status (as measured by social class, crowding, tenure, type of accommodation, income and receipt of government financial assistance) were on average taller than children of lower socio-economic status but there was little or no difference in average stature between children living in urban or rural areas. Significant differences in height remained for most of the variables after removing the effects of father's social class suggesting that reliance on social class per se to explain height variation is inadvisable. © 2004 Cambridge University Press. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - body height KW - child KW - crowding KW - female KW - government KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - rural area KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - social status KW - United Kingdom KW - urban area KW - Adolescent KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Crowding KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Income KW - Male KW - Rural Population KW - Social Class KW - Urban Population N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBSLA C2 - 15768777 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dept. of Biological Anthropology, University of CambridgeUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Fogelman, K., (1983) Britain's Sixteen-Year-Olds, , National Children's Bureau, London; Goldstein, H., Factors influencing the height of seven-year-old children - Results from the national Child Development Study (1971) Human Biology, 43, pp. 92-111; Lasker, G.W., Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Effects of social class differences and social mobility on growth in height, weight and body mass index in a British cohort (1989) Annals of Human Biology, 16, pp. 1-8; Lasker, G.W., Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Influence of social class on the correlation of stature of adult children with that of their mothers and fathers (1996) Journal of Biosocial Science, 28, pp. 117-122; Lindgren, G., Height, weight and menarche in Swedish urban children in relation to socioeconomic factors (1976) Annals of Human Biology, 3, p. 510; Liodgren, G.W., Cernerud, L., Physical growth and socioeconomic background of Stockholm schoolchildren born in 1933-1963 (1992) Annals of Human Biology, 19, pp. 1-16; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., The biology of social class (1990) Biosocial Aspects of Social Class, , Mascie-Taylor, C. G. N. (ed.). Oxford University Press, Oxford; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Biosocial influences on stature: A review (1991) Journal of Biosocial Science, 23, pp. 113-128; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Biological correlates of social and geographical mobility in humans: An overview (1998) Human Biology and Social Inequality, , Shetty, P. S. & Strickland, S. S. (eds). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Boldsen, J.L., Regional and social analysis of height variation in a contemporary British sample (1985) Annals of Human Biology, 12, pp. 315-324; Stinson, S., Growth variation: Biological and cultural factors (2000) Human Biology, , Stinson, S., Bogin, B., Huss-Ashmore, R. & O'Rourke; D. (eds). Wiley-Liss, New York; Tanner, J.M., (1962) Growth at Adolescence, 2nd Edn., , Blackwell Scientific, Oxford; Terrell, T.R., Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Biosocial correlates of stature in a 16-year old British cohort (1991) Journal of Biosocial Science, 23, pp. 401-408; Topp, S.G., Cook, J., Holland, W.W., Elliott, A., Influence of environmental factors on height and weight of school children (1970) British Journal of Preventive and Social Medicine, 24, p. 154 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-14644401805&doi=10.1017%2fS0021932004006558&partnerID=40&md5=8ce5e2bd4993d679e9684f72c1856a93 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The EPICure study: Associations and entecedents of neurological and developmental disability at the 30 months of age following extremely preterm birth T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood: Fetal and Neonatal Edition J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. Fetal Neonatal Ed. VL - 90 IS - 2 SP - F134 EP - F140 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1136/adc.2004.052407 SN - 13592998 (ISSN) AU - Wood, N.S. AU - Costeloe, K. AU - Gibson, A.T. AU - Hennessy, E.M. AU - Marlow, N. AU - Wilkinson, A.R. AD - Academic Division of Child Health, Queens Medical Centre, East Block, Nottingham NG7 2UH, United Kingdom AD - Academic Division of Child Health, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, United Kingdom AD - Queen Mary, University of London, London, United Kingdom AD - Jessop Wing, Royal Hallamshire Hospital, Sheffield, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatrics, University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AB - Aims: To describe perinatal factors associated with later morbidity among extremely preterm children at 30 months of age corrected for prematurity. Population: Of 308 surviving children born at ≤25 weeks gestation in the United Kingdom and Ireland from March to December 1995, 283 (92%) were evaluated at 30 months of age corrected for prematurity. Methods: Cerebral palsy, severe motor disability, and Bayley scores were used as dependent variables in sequential multiple regression analyses to identify factors associated with adverse outcomes. Results: Adverse outcomes were consistently more common in boys. Factors related to perinatal illness, ultrasound evidence of brain injury, and treatment (particularly postnatal steroids) were associated with adverse motor outcomes (cerebral palsy, disability or Bayley psychomotor development index). Increasing duration of postnatal steroid treatment was associated with poor motor outcomes. A score was developed for severe motor disability with good negative predictive value. In contrast, mental development was associated with a broader range of factors: ethnic group, maternal educational level, the use of antenatal steroids, and prolonged rupture of membranes in addition to chronic lung disease. Conclusion: Male sex is a pervasive risk factor for poor outcome at extremely low gestations. Avoidable or effective treatment factors are identified, which may indicate the potential for improving outcome. KW - article KW - Bayley score KW - brain injury KW - cerebral palsy KW - cognition KW - developmental disorder KW - disability KW - disease association KW - echography KW - ethnic group KW - female KW - human KW - Ireland KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental development KW - morbidity KW - motor dysfunction KW - perinatal morbidity KW - prematurity KW - prenatal care KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - psychomotor development KW - scoring system KW - steroid therapy KW - United Kingdom KW - Cerebral Palsy KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Developmental Disabilities KW - Female KW - Gestational Age KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Premature KW - Male KW - Morbidity KW - Movement Disorders KW - Prognosis KW - Psychomotor Disorders KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors KW - Steroids N1 - Cited By :254 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 15724037 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Marlow, N.; Academic Division of Child Health, Queens Medical Centre, East Block, Nottingham NG7 2UH, United Kingdom; email: neil.marlow@nottingham.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Steroids N1 - References: Wood, N.S., Marlow, N., Costeloe, K., Neurologic and developmental disability after extremely preterm birth (2000) N Engl J Med, 343, pp. 378-384. , EPICure Study Group; Vohr, B.R., Wright, L.L., Dusick, A.M., Neurodevelopmental and functional outcomes of extremely low birth weight infants in the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Neonatal Research Network, 1993-1994 (2000) Pediatrics, 105, pp. 1216-1226; Hagberg, B., Hagberg, G., Beckung, E., Changing panorama of cerebral palsy in Sweden. VIII. Prevalence and origin in the birth year period 1991-94 (2001) Acta Paediatr, 90, pp. 271-277; Phoroah, P.O.D., Platt, M.J., Cooke, T., The changing epidemiology of cerebral palsy (1996) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 75, pp. F169-F173; Stanley, F.J., Blair, E., Alberman, E., (2000) Cerebral Palsies: Epidemiology and Causal Pathways. Clinics in Developmental Medicine, 151. , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Murphy, D.J., Sellers, S., MacKenzie, I.Z., Case-control study of antenatal and intrapartum risk factors for cerebral palsy in very preterm singleton babies (1995) Lancet, 346, pp. 1449-1454; Kuban, K.C.K., Leviton, A., Cerebral palsy (1994) N Engl J Med, 330, pp. 188-195; Costeloe, K., Hennessy, E.M., Gibson, A.T., The EPICure Study: Outcomes to discharge from hospital for infants born at the threshold of viability (2000) Pediatrics, 106, pp. 659-671; Amiel-Tison, C., Stewart, A., Follow up studies during the first five years of life: A pervasive assessment of neurological function (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 496-502; Bayley, N., (1993) Manual for the Bayley Scales of Infant Development, 2nd Ed., , San Antonio: The Psychological Corporation; (1995) Disability and Perinatal Care: Measurement of Health Status at Two Years. Report of Two Working Groups, , Oxford: NPEU; Box, M., Terminology and classification of cerebral palsy (1964) Dev Med Child Neurol, 6, pp. 295-297; (2000) Stata Statistical Software: Release 7.0, , Stata Corporation: College Station, TX; Cooke, R.W.I., Cerebral palsy in very low birthweight infants (1990) Arch Dis Child, 65, pp. 201-206; Dammann, O., Leviton, A., Does prepregnancy bacterial vaginosis increase a mother's risk of having a preterm infant with cerebral polsy? (1997) Dev Med Child Neurol, 39, pp. 836-840; Wu, Y.W., Colford Jr., J.M., Chorioamnionitis as a risk factor for cerebral palsy: A meta-analysis (2000) JAMA, 284, pp. 1417-1424; Hitti, J., Tarczy-Hornoch, P., Murphy, J., Amniotic fluid infection, cytokines, and adverse outcome among infants at 34 weeks' gestation or less (2001) Obstet Gynecol, 98, pp. 1080-1088; Volpe, J.J., Neurobiology of periventricular leukomalacia in the premature infant (2001) Pediatr Res, 50, pp. 553-562; Zupan, V., Gonzalez, P., Lacaze-Masmonteil, T., Periventricular leukomalacia: Risk factors revisited (1996) Dev Med Child Neurol, 38, pp. 1061-1067; Perlman, J.M., White matter injury in the preterm infant: An important determination of abnormal neurodevelopment outcome (1998) Early Hum Dev, 53, pp. 99-120; Hack, M., Wilson-Costello, D., Friedman, H., Neurodevelopment and predictors of outcomes of children with birth weights of less than 1000 g: 1992-1995 (2000) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 154, pp. 725-731; Gray, P.H., Jones, P., O'Callaghan, M.J., Maternal antecedents for cerebral palsy in extremely preterm babies: A case-control study (2001) Dev Med Child Neurol, 43, pp. 580-585; Jobe, A.H., Glucocorticoids, inflamation and the perinatal lung (2001) Semin Neonatol, 6, pp. 331-342; Watts, D.H., Krohn, M.A., Hillier, S.L., The association of occult amniotic fluid infection with gestational age and neonatal outcome among women in preterm labor (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 79, pp. 351-357; Smulian, J.C., Shen-Schwarz, S., Vintzileos, A.M., Clinical chorioamnionitis and histologic placental inflammation (1999) Obstet Gynecol, 94, pp. 1000-1005; Leviton, A., Paneth, N., White matter damage in preterm newborns: An epidemiological perspective (1990) Early Hum Dev, 24, pp. 1-22; Cooke, R.W.I., Early and late cranial ultrasonographic appearances and outcome in very low birthweight infants (1987) Arch Dis Child, 62, pp. 931-937; Pinto-Martin, J.A., Riolo, S., Cnaan, A., Cranial ultrasound prediction of disabling and nondisabling cerebral palsy at age two in a low birth weight population (1995) Pediatrics, 95, pp. 249-254; Reynolds, P.R., Dale, R.C., Cowan, F.M., Neonatal cranial ultrasound interpretation: A clinical audit (2001) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 84, pp. F92-F95; Pierrat, V., Duquennoy, C., Van Haastert, I.C., Ultrasound diagnosis and neurodevelopmental outcome of localised and extensive cystic periventricular leucomalacia (2001) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 84, pp. F151-F166; Borrington, K.J., Hazards of systemic steroids for ventilator-dependent preterm infants: What would a parent want? (2001) Can Med Assoc J, 165, pp. 33-34; Doyle, L.W., Davis, P., Morley, C., Risks and benefits of steroids in preterm infants (2001) J Pediatr, 138, pp. 784-786; Doyle, L.W., Davis, P., Postnatal corticosteroids in preterm infants: Systematic review of effects on mortality and motor function (2000) J Paediatr Child Health, 36, pp. 101-107; Halliday, H.L., Ehrenkranz, R.A., Doyle, L.W., Early postnatal (<96 hours) corticosteroids for preventing chronic lung disease in preterm infants (2003) Cochrane Database Syst Rev, (1). , CD001146; Halliday, H.L., Ehrenkranz, R.A., Doyle, L.W., Delayed (>3 weeks) postnatal corticosteroids for chronic lung disease in preterm infants (2003) Cochrane Database Syst Rev, (1). , CD001145; Yeh, T.F., Lin, Y.J., Huang, C.C., Early dexamethasone therapy in preterm infants: A follow-up study (1998) Pediatrics, 101, pp. E7; Wood, N.S., Costeloe, K., Gibson, A.T., The EPICure study: Growth and associated problems in children born at 25 weeks or less gestational age (2003) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 88, pp. F493-F497; Stork, A.R., Waldemar, A.C., Tyson, J.E., Adverse effects of early dexamethasone treatment in exrremely-low-birth- weight infants (2001) N Engl J Med, 344, pp. 95-101; Garg, M., Kurzner, S.I., Bautista, D.B., Clinically unsuspected hypoxia during sleep and feeding in infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia (1988) Pediatrics, 81, pp. 635-642; Durand, M., McEvoy, C., MacDonald, K., Spontaneous desaturations in intubated very low birth weight infants with acute and chronic lung disease (1992) Pediatr Pulmonol, 13, pp. 136-142; Ment, L.R., Schwartz, M., Makuch, R.W., Association of chronic sublethal hypoxia with ventriculomegaly in the developing rat brain (1998) Brain Res, 111, pp. 197-203; Takashima, S., Becker, L.E., Developmental neuropothology in bronchopulmonary dysplasia: Alteration of glial fibrillary acidic protein and myelination (1984) Brain Dev, 6, pp. 451-457; Hargitai, B., Szabo, V., Hajdu, J., Apoptosis in various organs of preterm infants: Histopathologic study of lung, kidney, liver, and brain of ventilated infants (2001) Pediatr Res, 50, pp. 110-114; Vohr, B.R., Coll, C.G., Lobato, D., Neurodevelopmental and medical status of low birth weight survivors of bronchopulmonary dysplasia at 10 to 12 years of age (1991) Dev Med Child Neurol, 33, pp. 690-697; Vrlenich, L.A., Bozynski, M.E., Shyr, Y., The effect of bronchopulmonary dysplasia on growth at school age (1995) Pediatrics, 95, pp. 855-859; Northway, W.H., Moss, R.B., Carlisle, K.B., Late pulmonary sequelae of bronchopulmonary dysplasia (1990) N Engl J Med, 323, pp. 1793-1799; Hack, M., Taylor, H.G., Klein, N., School-age outcomes in children with birth weights under 750 g (1994) N Engl J Med, 331, pp. 753-759; O'Shea, M.T., Goldstein, D.J., Deregnier, R.A., Outcome at 4 to 5 years of age in children recovered from neonatal chronic lung disease (1996) Dev Med Child Neurol, 38, pp. 830-839; Singer, L., Yamashita, T., Lilien, L., A longitudinal study of developmental outcome of infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia and very low birth weight (1997) Pediatrics, 100, pp. 987-993; Bohm, B., Katz-Salomon, M., Cognitive development at 5.5 years of children with chronic lung disease of prematurity (2003) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 88, pp. F101-F105; Bowen, J.R., Starte, D.R., Arnold, J.D., Extremely low birthweight infants at 3 years: A developmental profile (1993) J Paediatr Child Health, 29, pp. 276-281; Katz-Salamon, M., Gerner, E.M., Jonsson, B., Early motor and mental development in very preterm infants with chronic lung disease (2000) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 83, pp. F1-F6; Agarwal, R., Chiswick, M.L., Rimmer, S., Antenatal steroids are associated with a reduction in the incidence of cerebral white matter lesions in very low birthweight infants (2002) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 86, pp. F96-F101; Baud, O., Foix-L'Helias, L., Kaminski, M., Antenatal glucocorticoid treatment and cystic periventricular leukomalacia in very premature infants (1999) N Engl J Med, 341, pp. 1190-1196; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebonov, P.K., Economic deprivation and early childhood development (1994) Child Dev, 65, pp. 296-318; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, p. 305; Fawer, C.L., Besnier, S., Forcada, M., Influence of perinatal, developmental and environmental factors on cognitive abilities of preterm children without major impairments at 5 years (1995) Early Hum Dev, 43, pp. 151-164; Lee, H., Barratt, M.S., Cognitive development of preterm low birth weight children at 5 to 8 years old (1993) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 14, pp. 242-249; Sammerfelt, K., Ellertsen, B., Markestad, T., Parental factors in cognitive outcome of non-handicapped low birthweight infants (1995) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 73, pp. F135-F142; Landry, S.H., Smith, K.E., Swank, P.R., Environmental effects on language development in normal and high-risk child populations (2002) Semin Pediatr Neurol, 9, pp. 192-200; Wolke, D., Schultz, J., Meyer, R., Entwicklungslangzeitfolgen bei ehemaligen, sehr unreifen Frühgeborenen (2001) Monatsschr Kinderheilk, 149 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 53-61 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-14744295489&doi=10.1136%2fadc.2004.052407&partnerID=40&md5=86d196ca6eb3e33a51960a61a3cb60c0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Family background, schooling and childlessness in Australia T2 - Journal of Biosocial Science J2 - J. Biosoc. Sci. VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 243 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1017/S0021932004006546 SN - 00219320 (ISSN) AU - Parr, N.J. AD - Demographic Research Group, Div. of Economic and Fin. Studies, Macquarie University, Sydney, NSW, Australia AB - Using data from Wave 1 of the Household Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) survey, this paper analyses the extent to which childlessness among Australian women aged 40-54 years varies according to the size and type of family in which they were brought up, and the level and type of schooling they had. Multilevel logistic analysis shows that having been educated in a non-government school, having stayed at school to year 12, having a small number of siblings, at age 14 having a father who was either dead or absent, at age 14 having a father who was employed in a professional occupation, or being a migrant from North or West Europe, North America, East Asia or South-East Asia, all are significantly associated with higher rates of childlessness among women in the 40-54 years age range. The effects of these early lifecourse variables on marital and socioeconomic status in later life, and hence on childlessness, are also considered. The implications of the findings for fertility trends and for Australia's public debate are discussed. © 2004 Cambridge University Press. KW - adult KW - Asia KW - Australia KW - education KW - Europe KW - family KW - family size KW - female KW - female infertility KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - marriage KW - North America KW - review KW - social status KW - Adult KW - Australia KW - Educational Status KW - Family KW - Female KW - Fertility KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Marital Status KW - Middle Aged KW - Reproductive Behavior KW - Schools KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBSLA C2 - 15768776 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Parr, N.J.; Demographic Research Group, Div. of Economic and Fin. Studies, Macquarie University, Sydney, NSW, Australia N1 - References: (1997) Australian Standard Classification of Occupations (ASCO), Second Edition, , Catalogue Number 1220-0. Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra; (2001) Births, , Catalogue Number 3301-0. Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra; (2002) Births, , Catalogue Number 3301-0. Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra; (2002) Social Trends, , Catalogue Number 4102-0. Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra; (2003) Schools, , Catalogue Number 4221-0. Australian Bureau of Statistics, Canberra; Axinn, W.G., Clarkberg, M.E., Thornton, A., Family influences on family size preferences (1994) Demography, 31, pp. 65-79; Becker, G., (1981) A Treatise on the Family, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA; Berringion, A., Diamond, I., Marital dissolution among the 1958 British birth cohort: The role of cohabitation (1999) Population Studies, 53, pp. 19-38; Carmichael, G.A., McDonald, P., Fertility trends and differentials (2003) The Transformation of Australia's Population 1970-2030, pp. 40-76. , Siew-Ean Khoo & McDonald, P. (eds). UNSW Press, Sydney; Cherlin, A.J., Kiernan, K.E., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Parental divorce in childhood and demographic outcomes in young adulthood (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 299-318; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models, , Arnold Press, New York; Goldstein, H., Rasbash, J., Plewis, I., Drape, K.D., Browne, W., Yang, M., Woodhouse, G., Healy, M., (1998) A User's Guide to MLwiN, , Institute of Education, London; Goward, P., (2002) Address Given to the Women, Management, Employment Relations Conference, , http://www.hreoc.gov.au/speeches/sex_discrim/pml_working_women.html, Sheraton on the Park, Sydney, 26th July 2002; Goward, P., (2002) Work and Family: The Challenge for Modern Australia, , http://www.hreoc.gov.au/speeches/sex_discrim/work_and_family.html, Royal Women's Hospital Tracy and Maund Address, at the Royal Women's Hospital, Carlton, Melbourne, 27 August 2002; Gray, E., What do we know about men's fertility levels in Australia? (2002) People and Place, 10, pp. 1-11; Howard, J., (2001) Address at the Federal Liberal Party Campaign Launch, , http://www.pm.gov.au/news/speeches/2001/speech1311.htm, Sydney 28th October 2001; Hugo, G., (1992) Australia's Contemporary and Future Fertility and Mortality: Trends, Differentials and Implications. Population Issues and Australia's Future: Environment, Economy and Society: Final Report, pp. 1-118. , Population Issues Committee, National Population Council AGPS, Canberra; Jain, S.K., McDonald, P.F., Fertility of Australian birth cohorts: Components and differentials (1997) Journal of the Australian Population Association, 14, pp. 31-46; Kiernan, K., Who remains childless? (1989) Journal of Biosocial Science, 21, pp. 387-398; Kiernan, K.E., Cherlin, A., Parental divorce and partnership dissolution in adulthood: Evidence from a British cohort study (1999) Population Studies, 53, pp. 38-48; Lillard, L.A., Waite, L.J., A joint model of childbearing and marital disruption (1993) Demography, 30, pp. 653-681; McDonald, P., Gender equity, social institutions and the future of fertility (2000) Journal of Population Research, 17, pp. 1-16; McDonald, P., Sustaining fertility through public policy: The range of options (2002) Population, 57, pp. 417-446; McDonald, P., Reforming family support policy in Australia (2003) People and Place, 11, pp. 1-15; Merlo, R., Rowland, D., The prevalence of childlessness in Australia (2000) People and Place, 8, pp. 21-32; Parr, N.J., Lucas, D., Mok, M., Branch migration and the international dispersal of families (2000) International Journal of Population Geography, 6, pp. 213-227; Rowland, D.T., Consequences of childlessness in later life (1998) Australasian Journal on Ageing, 17, pp. 24-28; Watson, N., Wooden, M., (2002) The Hilda Survey and the Potential to Contribute to Population Research, , http://www.melbourneinstitute.com/hilda/confpapern03.pdf, Paper presented to the 11th Biennial Conference of the Australian Population Association, Sydney 2-4 October 2002; Watson, N., Wooden, M., (2002) The Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) Survey: Wave 1 Survey Methodology, , Hilda Project Technical Paper Series No. 1/02; Weston, R., Qu, L., Men's and women's reasons for not having children (2001) Family Matters, 58, pp. 10-15 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-14644430447&doi=10.1017%2fS0021932004006546&partnerID=40&md5=b5e8e4934f00b08280193bee95f22ad6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Smoking and fracture risk: A meta-analysis T2 - Osteoporosis International J2 - Osteoporosis Int. VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 155 EP - 162 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1007/s00198-004-1640-3 SN - 0937941X (ISSN) AU - Kanis, J.A. AU - Johnell, O. AU - Oden, A. AU - Johansson, H. AU - De Laet, C. AU - Eisman, J.A. AU - Fujiwara, S. AU - Kroger, H. AU - McCloskey, E.V. AU - Mellstrom, D. AU - Melton, L.J. AU - Pols, H. AU - Reeve, J. AU - Silman, A. AU - Tenenhouse, A. AD - WHO Collaborating Ctr. Metab. B., Univ. of Sheffield Medical School, Beech Hill Road, Sheffield, S10 2RX, United Kingdom AD - Department of Orthopaedics, Malmö General Hospital, Malmö, Sweden AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus Medical Center, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Garvan Institute of Medical Research, St. Vincent's Hospital, NSW, Australia AD - Department Clinical Studies, Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Department of Surgery, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Department Geriatric Medicine, University of Goteborg, Goteborg, Sweden AD - Division of Epidemiology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, United States AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Strangeways Research Laboratories, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - ARC Epidemiology Research Unit, University of Manchester, Manchester, United Kingdom AD - Division of Bone Metabolism, Montreal General Hospital, Montreal, Que., Canada AB - Smoking is widely considered a risk factor for future fracture. The aim of this study was to quantify this risk on an international basis and to explore the relationship of this risk with age, sex and bone mineral density (BMD). We studied 59,232 men and women (74% female) from ten prospective cohorts comprising EVOS/EPOS, DOES, CaMos, Rochester, Sheffield, Rotterdam, Kuopio, Hiroshima and two cohorts from Gothenburg. Cohorts were followed for a total of 250,000 person-years. The effect of current or past smoking, on the risk of any fracture, any osteoporotic fracture and hip fracture alone was examined using a Poisson model for each sex from each cohort. Covariates examined were age, sex and BMD. The results of the different studies were merged using the weighted β-coefficients. Current smoking was associated with a significantly increased risk of any fracture compared to non-smokers (RR = 1.25; 95% Confidence Interval (CI) = 1.15-1.36). Risk ratio (RR) was adjusted marginally downward when account was taken of BMD, but it remained significantly increased (RR = 1.13). For an osteoporotic fracture, the risk was marginally higher (RR = 1.29; 95% CI = 1.13-1.28). The highest risk was observed for hip fracture (RR = 1.84; 95% CI = 1.52-2.22), but this was also somewhat lower after adjustment for BMD (RR = 1.60; 95% CI = 1.27-2.02). Risk ratios were significantly higher in men than in women for all fractures and for osteoporotic fractures, but not for hip fracture. Low BMD accounted for only 23% of the smoking-related risk of hip fracture. Adjustment for body mass index had a small downward effect on risk for all fracture outcomes. For osteoporotic fracture, the risk ratio increased with age, but decreased with age for hip fracture. A smoking history was associated with a significantly increased risk of fracture compared with individuals with no smoking history, but the risk ratios were lower than for current smoking. We conclude that a history of smoking results in fracture risk that is substantially greater than that explained by measurement of BMD. Its validation on an international basis permits the use of this risk factor in case finding strategies. © International Osteoporosis Foundation and National Osteoporosis Foundation 2004. KW - Body mass index KW - Hip fracture KW - Meta-analysis KW - Osteoporotic fracture KW - Smoking KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - anamnesis KW - article KW - bone density KW - clinical examination KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - female KW - fragility fracture KW - health hazard KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - male KW - observation KW - Poisson distribution KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - sex KW - smoking KW - validation process KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Body Mass Index KW - Bone Density KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Odds Ratio KW - Osteoporosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :458 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OSINE C2 - 15175845 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kanis, J.A.; WHO Collaborating Ctr. Metab. B., Univ. of Sheffield Medical School, Beech Hill Road, Sheffield, S10 2RX, United Kingdom; email: w.j.pontefract@shef.ac.uk N1 - References: Nelson, H.D., Morris, C.D., Kraemer, D.F., Mahon, S., Carney, N., Nygren, P., Helfand, M., Osteoporosis in postmenopausal women: Diagnosis and monitoring (2002) Evidence Report/technology Assessment No. 28, , Oregon Health and Science University Evidence-Based Practice Center (eds) Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD; Law, M.R., Hackshaw, A.K., A meta-analysis of cigarette smoking, bone mineral density and risk of hip fracture; recognition of a major effect (1997) Br Med J, 315, pp. 841-846; Huopio, J., Kroger, H., Honkanen, R., Saarikoski, S., Alhava, E., Risk factors for perimenopausal fractures: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 219-227; Bohannon, A.D., Hanlon, J.T., Landerman, R., Gold, D.T., Association of race and other potential risk factors with non-vertebral fractures in community-dwelling elderly women (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 1002-1009; Mallmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Bergstrom, R., Risk factors for fractures of the distal forearm: A population-based case-control study (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 298-304; Kelsey, J.L., Browner, W.S., Seeley, D.G., Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Risk factors for fracture of the distal forearm and proximal humerus (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 477-489; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) New Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Osteoporosis: Review of the evidence for prevention, diagnosis and treatment and cost-effectiveness analysis (1998) Osteoporos Int [Suppl 4], 8, pp. 1-88; (1998) Physicians Guide to Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis, pp. 1-38. , National Osteoporosis Foundation, Washington DC; Brown, J., Josse, R.G., Clinical practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis in Canada (2002) Canad Med Assoc J [Suppl 10], 167, pp. S1-S34; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 390-406; (1999) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment, , Royal College of Physicians, London; (2000) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment. Update on Pharmacological Interventions and An Algorithm for Management, , Royal College of Physicians, London; Kanis, J.A., Black, D., Cooper, C., Dargent, P., Dawson-Hughes, B., De Laet, C., Delmas, P., Tenenhouse, A., A new approach to the development of assessment guidelines for osteoporosis (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 527-536; Kanis, J.A., Diagnosis of osteoporosis and assessment of fracture risk (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 1929-1936; Kreiger, N., Tenenhouse, A., Joseph, L., The Canadian Multicenter Osteoporosis Study (CaMos): Background, rationale, methods (1999) Can J Aging, 18, pp. 376-387; Jones, G., Nguyen, T.V., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilbert, C., Eisman, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women. The Dubbo Osteoporosis Epidemiology Study (DOES) (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 277-282; Nguyen, T.V., Eisman, J.A., Kelly, P.J., Sambrook, P.N., Risk factors for osteoporotic fractures in elderly men (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 144, pp. 255-263; O'Neill, T.W., Felsenberg, D., Varlow, J., Cooper, C., Kanis, J.A., Silman, A.J., The prevalence of vertebral deformity in European men and women: European vertebral osteoporosis study (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1010-1017; Felsenberg, D., Silman, A.J., Lunt, M., Ambrecht, G., Ismail, A.A., Finn, J.D., Cockerill, W.C., O'Neill, T.W., Incidence of vertebral fracture in Europe: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (EPOS) (2002) J Bone Miner Res, 17, pp. 716-724; Ismail, A.A., Pye, S.R., Cockerill, W.C., Lunt, M., Silman, A.J., Reeve, J., Banzer, D., O'Neill, T.W., Incidence of limb fracture across Europe: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (EPOS) (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 565-571; Svanborg, A., 70-Year-old people in Gothenburg. A population study in an industrialised Swedish city II. Journal Presentation of Social and Medical Conditions (1977) Acta Med Scand [Suppl], 611, p. 5; Johansson, C., Black, D., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Mellstrom, D., Bone mineral density is a predictor of survival (1998) Calcif Tissue Int, 63, pp. 190-196; Stenstrom, M., Olsson, J.O., Mellstrom, D., Thyroid hormone replacement is not related to increased risk of osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporos Int [Suppl 2], 11, pp. S144; Fujiwara, S., Kasagi, F., Yamada, M., Kodama, K., Risk factors for hip fracture in Japanese cohort (1997) J Bone Miner Res, 12, pp. 998-1004; Fujiwara, S., Fumiyoshi, K., Masunari, N., Naito, K., Suzuki, G., Fukunage, M., Fracture prediction from bone mineral density in Japanese men and women (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 1547-1553; Honkanen, R., Kroger, H., Tuppurainen, M., Alhava, E., Saarikoski, S., Fractures and low axial bone density in perimenopausal women (1995) J Clin Epidemiol, 48, pp. 881-888; Melton III, L.J., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Wahner, H.W., Riggs, B.L., Relative contributions of bone density, bone turnover and clinical risk factors to long-term fracture prediction (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 312-318; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., O'Connor, M.K., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Bone density and fracture risk in men (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 1915-1923; Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., De Jong, P.T., Van Den Ouweland, F.A., Determinants of disease and disability in the elderly: The Rotterdam study (1991) Eur J Epidemiol, 7, pp. 403-422; De Laet, C.E., Van Hout, B.A., Burger, H., Hofman, A., Weel, A.E., Pols, H.A.P., Hip fracture prediction in elderly men and women: Validation of the Rotterdam study (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 1587-1593; Johansson, H., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Oglesby, A., McCloskey, E.V., Kanis, J.A., Optimisation of BMD measurements to identify high-risk groups for treatment - A test analysis (2003) J Bone Miner Res, , in press; Kanis, J.A., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Dawson, A., The burden of osteoporotic fractures: A method for setting intervention thresholds (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 417-427; Higgins, J.P.T., Thompson, S.G., Deeks, J.J., Altman, D.G., Measuring inconsistency in meta-analyses (2003) Br Med J, 327, pp. 557-560; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) Lancet, 312, pp. 1254-1259; Cornuz, J., Feskanich, D., Willett, W.C., Smoking, smoking cessation and risk of hip fracture in women (1999) Am J Med, 106, pp. 311-314; Sowers, M.R., Clark, M.K., Hollis, B., Wallace, R.B., Jannausch, M., Radial bone mineral density in pre- And perimenopausal women: A prospective study of rates and risk factors for loss (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 647-657; Hannan, M.T., Felson, D.T., Dawson Hughes, B., Tucker, K.L., Cupples, L.A., Wilson, P.W.F., Keil, D.P., Risk factors for longitudinal bone loss in elderly men and women. The Framingham Osteoporosis Study (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 710-720; Burger, H., De Laet, C., Van Daele, P., Weel, A., Witteman, J., Hofman, A., Pols, H., Risk factors of increased bone loss in an elderly population. The Rotterdam Study (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 871-879; Hermann, A.P., Brot, C., Gram, J., Kolthoff, N., Mosekilde, L., Premenopausal smoking and bone density in 2,015 perimenopausal women (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 780-787; McKinlay, S.M., Bifano, N.L., McKinley, J.B., Smoking and age at menopause in women (1985) Ann Intern Med, 103, pp. 350-356; Seeman, E., The effects of tobacco and alcohol use on bone (1996) Osteoporosis 1996, pp. 577-597. , Marcus R, Feldman D, Kelsey J (eds) Academic, San Diego; Kiel, D.P., Baron, J.A., Anderson, J.J., Hannan, M.T., Felson, D.T., Smoking eliminates the potential effects of oral estrogens on the risk for hip fractures among women (1992) Ann Intern Med, 116, pp. 716-721; Hoidrup, S., Gronbaek, M., Pedersen, A.T., Lauritzen, J.B., Gottschau, A., Schroll, M., Hormone replacement therapy and hip fracture risk: Effects of modifications by tobacco smoking, alcohol intake, physical activity and body mass index (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1085-1093; Johnell, O., Gullberg, B., Kanis, J.A., Allander, E., Elffors, L., Dequeker, J., Dilsen, G., Ribot, C., Risk factors for hip fracture in European women: The MEDOS study (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1802-1815; Gunnes, M., Mellstrom, D., Johnell, O., How well can a previous fracture indicate a new fracture? A questionnaire study of 29,802 postmenopausal women (1998) Acta Orthop Scand, 69, pp. 508-512; Ensrud, K.E., Nevitt, M.C., Yunis, C., Cauley, J.A., Seeley, D.G., Fox, K.M., Correlates of impaired function in older women (1994) J Am Geriatr Soc, 42, pp. 481-489; Nelson, H.D., Nevitt, M.E., Scott, J.C., Stone, K.L., Cummings, S.R., Smoking, alcohol and neuromuscular and physical function of older women (1994) JAMA, 272, pp. 1825-1831; Svendsen, O.L., Hassager, C., Skodt, T., Christiansen, C., Impact of soft tissue on in vivo accuracy of bone mineral measurements in the spine, hip and forearm: A human cadaveric study (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 868-873; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Intervention thresholds for osteoporosis (2001) Bone, 31, pp. 26-31; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Klotzbeucher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbot, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-739; (2002) Glucocorticoid-induced Osteoporosis. Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment, , Bone and Tooth Society of Great Britain, National Osteoporosis Society and Royal College of Physicians. Royal College of Physicians, London; Delmas, P.D., Eastell, R., Garnero, P., Seibel, M.J., Stepan, J., The use of biochemical markers of bone turnover in osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporos Int [Suppl 6], 11, pp. S2-S17 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-19944432683&doi=10.1007%2fs00198-004-1640-3&partnerID=40&md5=422f6f167d979c3fc8f33039314462da ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changes in diet and physical activity in the 1990s in a large British sample (1958 birth cohort) T2 - European Journal of Clinical Nutrition J2 - Eur. J. Clin. Nutr. VL - 59 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 56 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1038/sj.ejcn.1602032 SN - 09543007 (ISSN) AU - Parsons, T.J. AU - Manor, O. AU - Power, C. AD - Dept. of Paediatric Epidemiology, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London, United Kingdom AD - Sch. of Public Health/Comm. Medicine, Hebrew University, Hadassah, Jerusalem, Israel AB - Objectives: To investigate whether adults studied in 1991 and 1999 (at ages 33 and 42 y) improved their diet and their physical activity level, in the direction of recommendations issued during the same period. Design: Longitudinal 1958 British birth cohort study. Setting: England, Scotland and Wales. Participants: All births, 3rd-9th March, 1958. A minimum of 11 341 participants provided data at 33y, 11 361 at 42 y. Main outcome measures: Frequency of leisure time activity and consumption of (i) fried food, (ii) chips, (iii) wholemeal bread and (iv) fruit and salad/raw vegetables, at 33 and 42 y. Results: Most people changed their physical activity and dietary habits over the 8-y period. About a third of men and women increased, and a third decreased their activity frequency. Findings for fried food consumption were similar. A significantly greater proportion of cohort members decreased their chips consumption (32%), rather than increased it (17%) and increased their fruit and salad consumption (30%), rather than decreased it (25%). In all, 26% of men and 33% of women consistently ate, or switched to eating mostly wholemeal bread, while 56% of men and 48% of women consistently ate less or switched to eating less. Social gradients were seen for activity and diet in 1991, but associations between social factors or body mass index and change in activity or diet were inconsistent. Conclusions: Lifestyle habits such as dietary intake and physical activity are slow to change. Current health promotion strategies may need to be supplemented with additional methods to affect the desired change in these habits. © 2005 Nature Publishing Group All rights reserved. KW - Cohort study KW - Diet KW - Physical activity KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - bread KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - dietary intake KW - eating habit KW - feeding behavior KW - female KW - food intake KW - fruit KW - frying KW - health promotion KW - human KW - leisure KW - lifestyle KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - meal KW - physical activity KW - raw food KW - sex ratio KW - social aspect KW - United Kingdom KW - vegetable KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diet KW - Exercise KW - Female KW - Food Habits KW - Great Britain KW - Health Behavior KW - Health Promotion KW - Humans KW - Leisure Activities KW - Male KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCNE C2 - 15266307 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Parsons, T.J.; Dept. of Paediatric Epidemiology, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London, United Kingdom; email: t.parsons@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Agresti, A., (1990) Categorical Data Analysis, , New York: Wiley; A report on activity patterns and fitness levels (1992), Allied Dunbar Health and Fitness Survey London: Sports Council and Health Education Authority; American College of Sports Medicine position stand. The recommended quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory and muscular fitness in healthy adults (1990) Med. Sci. Sports Exerc., 22, pp. 265-274. , American College of Sports Medicine; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; National Food Survey 2000 (2001), http://www.defra.gov.uk/esg/Work_htm/publications/cf/nfs/current/nfs.htm, Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs London: The Stationary Office; Dietary reference values for food energy and nutrients for the United Kingdom (1991), Department of Health London: The Stationary Office. Report of the Panel on Dietary Reference Values of the Committee on Medical Aspects of Food Policy; (1992) The Health of the Nation: A Strategy for Health in England, , Department of Health London: The Stationary Office; Nutritional aspects of cardiovascular disease (1994), Department of Health Report of the cardiovascular review group of the Committee on Medical Aspects of Food Policy. London: The Stationary Office; More people more active more often (1995) Physical Activity in England: A Consultation Paper, , Department of Health London: The Stationary Office; Nutritional aspects of the development of cancer (1998), Department of Health Report of the working group on diet and cancer of the Committee on Medical Aspects of Food and Nutrition Policy. London: The Stationary Office; Diet and cardiovascular disease (1984), Department of Health and Social Security Committee on Medical Aspects of Food Policy. Report of the Panel on Diet in Relation to Cardiovascular Disease. London: The Stationary Office; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; The Balance of Good Health (2002), http://www.nutrition.org.uk/information/dietandhealth/balanceddiet.html, Food Standards Agency; Cardiovascular disease '98 (1999), http://www.doh.gov.uk/public/hse98.htm, Health Survey for England London: The Stationary Office; Hillsdon, M., Cavill, N., Nanchahal, K., Diamond, A., White, I.R., National level promotion of physical activity: Results from England's ACTIVE for LIFE campaign (2001) J. Epidemiol.Community Health, 55, pp. 755-761; Introduction to the National Child Development Study (NCDS) (2002), http://www.cls.ioe.ac.uk/Cohort/Ncds/Documentation/maindocs.htm; Adults aged 19 to 64 years (2002), 1. , http://www.foodstandards.gov.uk/science/101717/ndnsdocuments /printedreportpage, National Diet and Nutrition Survey London: The Stationary Office; Osler, M., Heitmann, B.L., Hoidrup, S., Jorgensen, L.M., Schroll, M., Food intake patterns, self rated health and mortality in Danish men and women. A prospective observational study (2001) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 55, pp. 399-403; Pate, R.R., Pratt, M., Blair, S.N., Haskell, W.L., Macera, C.A., Bouchard, C., Buchner, D., Wilmore, J.H., Physical activity and public health. A recommendation from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American College of Sports Medicine (1995) JAMA, 273, pp. 402-407; (1990) The Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults, , The Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults London: HMSO; Whichelow, M.J., Changes in dietary habits (1993) The Health and Lifestyle Survey. Seven Years on, pp. 197-220. , ed. BD Cox, FA Huppert & MJ Whichelow, Aldershot: Dartmouth Publishing Company; Whichelow, M.J., Prevost, A.T., Dietary patterns and their associations with demographic, lifestyle and health variables in a random sample of British adults (1996) Br. J. Nutr., 76, pp. 17-30; Willett, W., Nutritional Epidemiology (1998) Modern Epidemiology, pp. 623-642. , ed. KJ Rothman & S Greenland, Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-12144267940&doi=10.1038%2fsj.ejcn.1602032&partnerID=40&md5=43c78bb6873a062ce57feff04fdfbd13 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth prevalence and survival in cystic fibrosis: A national cohort study in the Netherlands T2 - Chest J2 - Chest VL - 128 IS - 4 SP - 2309 EP - 2315 PY - 2005 DO - 10.1378/chest.128.4.2309 SN - 00123692 (ISSN) AU - Slieker, M.G. AU - Uiterwaal, C.S.P.M. AU - Sinaasappel, M. AU - Heijerman, H.G.M. AU - Van Laag, J.D. AU - Van Der Ent, C.K. AD - Cystic Fibrosis Center Utrecht, University Medical Center Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - Julius Center for Health Sciences and Primary Care, University Medical Center Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - Department of Pediatric Gastro-Enterology, Erasmus Medical Center, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Adult Cystic Fibrosis Center, Haga Teaching Hospital, The Hague, Netherlands AD - Cystic Fibrosis Center Utrecht, University Medical Center Utrecht, PO Box 85090, 3508 AB Utrecht, Netherlands AB - Background: Birth prevalence and survival in patients with cystic fibrosis (CF) in the Netherlands were last investigated > 30 years ago. However, since then the birth prevalence may have decreased because of genetic counseling and an increased number of newborns of non-European descent. Although survival of CF patients has increased worldwide, a significantly lower median age at death was recently reported in the Netherlands compared with data from the United States. Objectives: To analyze birth prevalence and survival in CF patients in the Netherlands, and to compare this survival data with US CF data. Design: Survey of all CF patients living in the Netherlands, and analysis of Dutch CF mortality statistics using data from the Dutch central statistics office, Statistics Netherlands (Voorburg, the Netherlands), and a comparison with Cystic Fibrosis Foundation (Bethesda, MD) patient registry data. Setting: All CF centers in the Netherlands and the United States. Participants: All CF patients treated in the Netherlands on January 1, 2001, and all persons who died of CF between 1974 and 2000, and an equivalent US population. Measurements: Birth prevalence and birth cohort-specific survival. Results: The overall birth prevalence of CF for 1974 to 1994 was 1 in 4,750 live births, which is a considerable decrease compared with 1961 to 1965 (1 in 3,600 live births). Estimated survival to 30 years increased from 6% in the 1950-to-1954 cohort, to 36% in the 1970-to-1973 cohort. Exact survival could be calculated from 1974 onwards. Survival to 15 years increased from 72% from the 1974-to-1979 cohort, to 91% in the 1985-to-1989 cohort. Survival in the United States in the 1980-to-1984 cohort was better compared to the Netherlands, but this difference has disappeared over subsequent cohorts. Conclusions: The actual birth prevalence of CF in the Netherlands is clearly lower than it was 30 years ago. Survival in CF has dramatically improved. The difference in survival between the Netherlands and the United States, as observed in the cohorts born > 20 years ago, has disappeared. KW - Birth prevalence KW - Cystic fibrosis KW - Survival KW - article KW - birth KW - cohort analysis KW - cystic fibrosis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - Netherlands KW - newborn KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - survival rate PB - American College of Chest Physicians N1 - Cited By :47 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CHETB C2 - 16236889 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Slieker, M.G.; Cystic Fibrosis Center Utrecht, University Medical Center Utrecht, PO Box 85090, 3508 AB Utrecht, Netherlands; email: m.g.slieker@umcutrecht.nl N1 - References: Kate, L.P., Cystic fibrosis in the Netherlands (1977) Int J Epidemiol, 6, pp. 23-34; Mahadeva, R., Webb, K., Westerbeek, R.C., Clinical outcome in relation to care in centres specialising in cystic flbrosis: Cross sectional study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1771-1775; Merelle, M.E., Schouten, J.P., Gerritsen, J., Influence of neonatal screening and centralized treatment on long-term clinical outcome and survival of CF patients (2001) Eur Respir J, 18, pp. 306-315; Fogarty, A., Hubbard, R., Britton, J., International comparison of median age at death from cystic fibrosis (2000) Chest, 117, pp. 1656-1660; Kulich, M., Rosenfeld, M., Goss, C.H., Improved survival among young patients with cystic fibrosis (2003) J Pediatr, 142, pp. 631-636; Dodge, J.A., Morison, S., Lewis, P.A., Incidence, population, and survival of cystic fibrosis in the UK, 1968-95: UK Cystic Fibrosis Survey Management Committee (1997) Arch Dis Child, 77, pp. 493-496; (2003) Patient Registry 2002 Annual Report, , Bethescla, MD: Cystic Fibrosis Foundation; Lewis, P.A., Morison, S., Dodge, J.A., Survival estimates for adults with cystic fibrosis born in the United Kingdom between 1947 and 1967: The UK Cystic Fibrosis Survey Management Committee (1999) Thorax, 54, pp. 420-422; Van Der Laag, J., Sinaasappel, M., Heijerman, H.G., (1998) Diagnostiek en Behandeling Van Cystic Fibrosis, , Utrecht, the Netherlands: CBO; Statistics Netherlands, , www.statline.cbs.nl/; Kerem, E., Kaiman, Y.M., Yahav, Y., Highly variable incidence of cystic fibrosis and different mutation distribution among different Jewish ethnic groups in Israel (1995) Hum Genet, 96, pp. 193-197; Scotet, V., Audrezet, M.P., Roussey, M., Impact of public health strategies on the birth prevalence of cystic fibrosis in Brittany, France (2003) Hum Genet, 113, pp. 280-285; De Vries, H.G., Collee, J.M., De Walle, H.E., Prevalence of delta F508 cystic fibrosis carriers in the Netherlands: Logistic regression on sex, age, region of residence and number of offspring (1997) Hum Genet, 99, pp. 74-79; Farrell, P.M., Kosorok, M.R., Rock, M.J., Early diagnosis of cystic fibrosis through neonatal screening prevents severe malnutrition and improves long-term growth: Wisconsin Cystic Fibrosis Neonatal Screening Study Group (2001) Pediatrics, 107, pp. 1-13; Gregg, R.G., Wilfond, B.S., Farrell, P.M., Application of DNA analysis in a population-screening program for neonatal diagnosis of cystic fibrosis (CF): Comparison of screening protocols (1993) Am J Hum Genet, 52, pp. 616-626; Bossi, A., Casazza, G., Padoan, R., What is the incidence of cystic fibrosis in Italy? Data from the National Registry (1988-2001) (2004) Hum Biol, 76, pp. 455-467; Mabogunje, O.A., Wang, C.I., Mahour, H., Improved survival of neonates with meconium ileus (1982) Arch Surg, 117, pp. 37-40; Cystic Fibrosis Mutation Database, , www.genet.sickkids.on.ca/cftr; Dankert-Roelse, J.E., Te Meerman, G.J., Long term prognosis of patients with cystic fibrosis in relation to early detection by neonatal screening and treatment in a cystic fibrosis centre (1995) Thorax, 50, pp. 712-718; Britton, J.R., Effects of social class, sex, and region of residence on age at death from cystic fibrosis (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 483-487; Curtis, J.R., Burke, W., Kassner, A.W., Absence of health insurance is associated with decreased life expectancy in patients with cystic fibrosis (1997) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 155, pp. 1921-1924; Bobadilla, J.L., Macek Jr., M., Fine, J.P., Cystic fibrosis: A worldwide analysis of CFTR mutations; correlation with incidence data and application to screening (2002) Hum Mutat, 19, pp. 575-606; Frederiksen, B., Lanng, S., Koch, C., Improved survival in the Danish center-treated cystic fibrosis patients: Results of aggressive treatment (1996) Pediatr Pulmonol, 21, pp. 153-158; Frederiksen, B., Koch, C., Hoiby, N., Changing epidemiology of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection in Danish cystic fibrosis patients (1974-1995) (1999) Pediatr Pulmonol, 28, pp. 159-166; Emerson, J., Rosenfeld, M., McNamara, S., Pseudomonas aeruginosa and other predictors of mortality and morbidity in young children with cystic fibrosis (2002) Pediatr Pulmonol, 34, pp. 91-100; Lewis, P.A., Inferences for health provision from survival data in cystic fibrosis (1998) Arch Dis Child, 79, pp. 297-299 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-27144525477&doi=10.1378%2fchest.128.4.2309&partnerID=40&md5=095796d0a4e6d10e9a62f8c3ad2148b4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Perinatal outcomes at Bella Coola General Hospital: 1940 to 2001. T2 - Canadian journal of rural medicine : the official journal of the Society of Rural Physicians of Canada = Journal canadien de la médecine rurale : le journal officiel de la Société de médecine rurale du Canada J2 - Can J Rural Med VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 28 PY - 2005 SN - 12037796 (ISSN) AU - Thommasen, H.V. AU - Klein, M.C. AU - Mackenzie, T. AU - Grzybowski, S. AD - Faculty of Medicine, University of British Columbia, 4202 Davie Avenue, Prince George, BC, V2M 4G7 Canada. AB - OBJECTIVE: To describe perinatal outcomes (mortality, weight, condition at birth) at an isolated, rural hospital. DESIGN: A retrospective cohort study. Study population: Neonates born to women beyond 20 weeks' gestation who delivered in the Bella Coola General Hospital (BCGH) between Mar. 7, 1940, and June 9, 2001, inclusive. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Information collected from the labour and delivery case room record book includes Aboriginal status, date of delivery, birth weight, newborn mortality, and newborn condition at birth. RESULTS: There were 2373 deliveries, including 12 sets of twins. Total newborn mortality rates declined from approximately 4.7% in the 1940-1954 time period to 0.7% in the 1970-1984 time period and have remained near that level ever since. From 1940-1960 BCGH's perinatal mortality rate was higher than Canada's; it was lower than Canada's in the 1970s, higher in the 1980s and about the same for the 1990s. The condition of the vast majority (approximately 90%) of newborns was described as being "good" at birth. Approximately 5% of newborns had birth weights < 2500 g, and this has not changed much over the years. In the 1951-1962 time period Aboriginal women had a higher percentage (8%) of infants with birth weight < 2500 g compared with non-Aboriginal women (5%), but this percentage has declined over time to the point where the rate for both groups is now around 5%. CONCLUSIONS: Women giving birth in the low technology environment of the BCGH experienced acceptable neonatal outcomes. Trends in perinatal mortality, morbidity and low-birth-weight rates mirror those recorded for Canada. KW - American Indian KW - Apgar score KW - article KW - birth weight KW - Canada KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - general hospital KW - human KW - infant mortality KW - male KW - newborn KW - newborn disease KW - retrospective study KW - rural population KW - twins KW - Apgar Score KW - Birth Weight KW - British Columbia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Hospitals, General KW - Humans KW - Indians, North American KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Newborn, Diseases KW - Male KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Rural Population KW - Twins N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 15656920 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thommasen, H.V. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17544378893&partnerID=40&md5=91254fb183e818b827f32394ada25d1a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Influences on childhood height: Comparing two generations in the 1958 British birth cohort T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 1320 EP - 1328 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyh325 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Li, L. AU - Power, C. AD - Ctr. of Paediat. Epidemiol./Biostat., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Background. Genetics and early environment are known to influence height, but evidence is sparse on changes in these influences over time. Methods. The 1958 British birth cohort study includes all children born between March 3, 1958 and March 9, 1958, who were followed to age 41 yr, and one-third of their offspring in 1991. Childhood height in each generation (measured at 7 yr for cohort members and 4-18 yr for offspring) was converted to a standard deviation score based on the 1990 British growth reference. We used multilevel models to analyse influences on height in order to allow for the hierarchical within-family data structure. Results. Childhood height increased by 1 cm between 1958 cohort members and their offspring. Several influences on childhood height in the older generation (maternal smoking, breastfeeding, maternal age, social class, maternal education, and parental divorce) did not affect childhood height in the younger generation. Parental height was most strongly associated with childhood height and effects did not diminish between generations [adjusted increase ∼2 cm for 1 maternal or paternal height standard deviation score (SDS)]. Third- or later-borns and those with three or more siblings had deficits of 1-2 cm (adjusted estimates) in both generations. Other factors, particularly indicators of socioeconomic position, showed weaker effects in the younger generation. For example, the growth deficit of 1.1 cm (adjusted estimate) among cohort members from households with >1.5 persons/room had disappeared in the offspring. Conclusions. Within Great Britain, the adverse effects of environmental factors on childhood height have lessened between recent generation. © International Epidemiological Association 2004; all rights reserved. KW - Britain KW - Childhood height KW - Cohort study KW - Early-life influences KW - Intergenerational comparison KW - height KW - adult KW - article KW - birth order KW - body height KW - breast feeding KW - child growth KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - divorce KW - education KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - follow up KW - genetics KW - human KW - male KW - maternal age KW - priority journal KW - reference value KW - scoring system KW - sibling KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Parents KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :39 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 15358746 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Li, L.; Ctr. of Paediat. Epidemiol./Biostat., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: L.Li@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Sinclair, D.D.P., (1998) Human Growth After Birth, , 6th edn. Oxford: Oxford Medical Publications; Mueller, W.H., The genetics of size and shape in children and adults (1986) Human Growth, , Falkner F, Tanner JM (eds). New York: Plenum Press; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M., Parental height: Childhood environment and subsequent adult height in a national birth cohort (1989) Int. J. Epidemiol., 18, pp. 663-668; Bobak, M., Kriz, B., Leon, D., Danova, J., Marmot, M., Socioeconomic factors and height of preschool children in the Czech Republic (1994) Am. J. Public Health, 84, pp. 1167-1170; Cernerud, L., Elfving, J., Social inequality in height. A comparison between 10-year-old Helsinki and Stockholm children (1995) Scand. J. Soc. Med., 23, pp. 23-27; Kromeyer, K., Hauspie, R.C., Susanne, C., Socioeconomic factors and growth during childhood and early adolescence in Jena children (1997) Ann. Hum. Biol., 24, pp. 343-353; Li, L., Manor, O., Power, C., Early environment and child-to-adult growth trajectories in the 1958 British birth cohort (2004) Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 80, pp. 185-192; Takaishi, M., Secular changes in growth of Japanese children (1994) J. Pediatr. Endocrinol., 7, pp. 163-173; Hughes, J.M., Li, L., Chinn, S., Rona, R.J., Trends in growth in England and Scotland, 1972 to 1994 (1997) Arch. Dis. Child, 76, pp. 182-189; Cole, T.J., Secular trends in growth (2000) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 59, pp. 317-324; Cernerud, L., The association between height and some structural social variables: A study of 10-year-old children in Stockholm during 40 years (1993) Ann. Hum. Biol., 20, pp. 469-476; Prebeg, Z., Changes in growth patterns in Zagreb school children related to socio-economic background over the period 1973-1991 (1998) Ann. Hum. Biol., 25, pp. 425-439; Kuh, D.L., Power, C., Rodgers, B., Secular trends in social class and sex differences in adult height (1991) Int. J. Epidemiol., 20, pp. 1001-1009; Cavelaars, A.E., Kunst, A.E., Geurts, J.J., Persistent variations in average height between countries and between socio-economic groups: An overview of 10 European countries (2000) Ann. Hum. Biol., 27, pp. 407-421; Silventoinen, K., Kaprio, J., Lahelma, E., Koskenvuo, M., Relative effect of genetic and environmental factors on body height: Differences across birth cohorts among Finnish men and women (2000) Am. J. Public Health, 90, pp. 627-630; (1997) The Health of Adult Britain 1841-1994, 1. , UK Office for National Statistics; Goldstein, H., Factors influencing the height of seven-year-old children. Results from the National Child Development Study (1958 cohort) (1971) Hum. Biol., 43, pp. 92-111; Rona, R.J., Genetic and environmental factors in the control of growth in childhood (1981) Br. Med. Bull., 37, pp. 265-272; Fogelman, K., Manor, O., Smoking in pregnancy and development into early adulthood (1988) BMJ, 297, pp. 1233-1236; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; (1994), Centre for Longitudinal Studies Institute of Education. National Child Development Study composite file including selected perinatal data and sweeps one to five [computer file]. National Birthday Trust Fund, National Children's Bureau, City University Social Statistics Research Unit [original data producers]. Colchester, Essex: The Data Archive [distributor]. SN:3148; Power, C., Lake, J.K., Cole, T.J., Body mass index and height childhood to adulthood in the 1958 British born cohort (1997) Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 66, pp. 1094-1101; Freeman, J.V., Cole, T.J., Chinn, S., Jones, P.R., White, E.M., Preece, M.A., Cross sectional stature and weight reference curves for the UK, 1990 (1995) Arch. Dis. Child, 73, pp. 17-24; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models, , 2nd edn. NewYork: John Wiley & Sons Inc; Brundtland, G.H., Liestol, K., Walloe, L., Height, weight and menarcheal age of Oslo schoolchildren during the last 60 years (1980) Ann. Hum. Biol., 7, pp. 307-322; Rona, R.J., A surveillance system of growth in Britain (1989) Auxology '88. Perspectives in the Science of Growth and Development, , Tanner J, (ed.). Selected Papers from the Fifth International Auxology Congress. Exeter UK, July 1988. London: Smith-Gordon (Nishiura); Bielicki, T., Physical growth as a measure of the economic well-being of populations: The twentieth century (1986) Human Growth, , Falkner F, Tanner JM (eds). New York: Plenum Press; (1991) Social Trends, 21. , Central Statistical Office; (1991) Mortality Statistics. Perinatal and Infant: Social and Biological Factors 1991, , OPCS. Series DH3 no. 25. London: HMSO; Li, L., Manor, O., Power, C., Are inequalities in height narrowing? Comparing effects of social class on height in two generations Arch. Dis. Child, , in press; Rona, R.J., Swan, A.V., Altman, D.G., Social factors and height of primary schoolchildren in England and Scotland (1978) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 32, pp. 147-154; Herngreen, W.P., van Buuren, S., van Wieringen, J.C., Reerink, J.D., Verloove-Vanhorick, S.P., Ruys, J.H., Growth in length and weight from birth to 2 years of a representative sample of Netherlands children (born in 1988-89) related to socioeconomic status and other background characteristics (1994) Ann. Hum. Biol., 21, pp. 449-463; Ong, K.K., Preece, M.A., Emmett, P.M., Ahmed, M.L., Dunger, D.B., Size at birth and early childhood growth in relation to maternal smoking, parity and infant breast-feeding: Longitudinal birth cohort study and analysis (2002) Pediatr. Res., 52, pp. 863-867; Prentice, A., Cole, T.J., Whitehead, R.G., Impaired growth in infants born to mothers of very high parity (1987) Hum. Nutr. Clin. Nutr., 41, pp. 319-325; Cooper, J., Jones, C., Estimates of the numbers of first, second, third, and higher order births (1992) Popul. Rends., 70, pp. 8-14; Ong, K.K., Ahmed, M.L., Emmett, P.M., Preece, M.A., Dunger, D.B., Association between postnatal catch-up growth and obesity in childhood: Prospective cohort study (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 967-971; Teranishi, H., Nakagawa, H., Marmot, M., Social class difference in catch up growth in a national British cohort (2001) Arch. Dis. Child, 84, pp. 218-221; Martin, R.M., Smith, G.D., Mangtani, P., Frankel, S., Gunnell, D., Association between breast feeding and growth: The Boyd-Orr cohort study (2002) Arch. Dis. Child (Fetal Neonatal Ed.), 87, pp. F193-F201; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Breast feeding and child development at five years (1984) Dev. Med. Child Neurol., 26, pp. 73-80; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Wilkinson, R.G., Family conflict and slow growth (1997) Arch. Dis. Child, 77, pp. 326-330; Cernerud, L., Differences in height between socially more and less privileged 10 year old Stockholm children born in 1933-1963 (1992) Scand. J. Soc. Med., 20, pp. 5-10; Bielicki, T., Malina, R.M., Waliszko, H., Monitoring the dynamic of social stratification: Statural variation among Polish conscripts in 1976 and 1986 (1992) Am. J. Hum. Biol., 4, pp. 345-352 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-12344267888&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyh325&partnerID=40&md5=ac3c015a97f2ebeae1d7893de5ebea79 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Lack of change in birthweights of infants by generational status among Indian, Pakistani, Bangladeshi, Black Caribbean, and Black African mothers in a British cohort study T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 1279 EP - 1285 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyh186 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Harding, S. AU - Rosato, M.G. AU - Cruickshank, J.K. AD - MRC Social/Public Hlth. Science Unit, University of Glasgow, 4 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, Queens University, Belfast BT12 6BJ, United Kingdom AD - Clinical Epidemiology Group, Unit of Chronic Disease Epidemiology, University of Manchester Med. School, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom AB - Aim. To test the hypothesis that an intergenerational increase would occur in birthweights of babies born to UK-born compared with overseas-born (migrant) minority women. Method. Live singleton births to mothers present at the 1991 Census in a national longitudinal study were classified by mother's country of birth and ethnic origin as reported in the census. During 1983-2000, 52 554 White, 1788 Indian, 1538 Pakistani, 995 Bangladeshi, 300 Black Caribbean, and 299 Black African live singleton births were identified. Mean birthweights were adjusted for maternal age, socio-economic circumstances, gender, year of birth, and birth order. Results. Adjusted mean birthweights were: 3400 g (95% CI: 3395, 3405) for infants of UK-born White mothers; 3033 g (95% CI: 2980, 3087) of UK-born Indian mothers and 3066 g (95% CI: 3034, 3097) of migrant Indian mothers; 3110 g (95% CI: 3049, 3172) of UK-born Pakistani mothers and 3123 g (95% CI: 3087, 3159) of migrant Pakistani mothers; 3026 g (95% CI: 2922, 3130) of UK-born Bangladeshi mothers and 3110 g (95% CI: 3076, 3145) of migrant Bangladeshi mothers; 3268 g (95% CI: 3177, 3359) of UK-born Black Caribbean mothers and 3238 g (95% CI: 3089, 3388) of migrant Black Caribbean mothers; and 3167 g (95% CI: 3004, 3330) of UK-born Black African mothers and 3302 g (95% CI: 3208, 3395) of migrant Black African mothers. The proportions of low birthweight infants (< 2500 g), generally greater among migrant mothers than White UK-born mothers, were similar by generational status within the ethnic groups. Conclusion. There are no significant differences in mean birthweights of infants by generational status among mothers from these main ethnic minority groups in the UK. © International Epidemiological Association 2004; all rights reserved. KW - Birthweights KW - Ethnicity KW - Generational status KW - ethnic minority KW - African Caribbean KW - article KW - Bangladesh KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - ethnic difference KW - ethnic group KW - gender KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - hypothesis KW - Indian KW - infant KW - longitudinal study KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - maternal age KW - migration KW - Negro KW - Pakistan KW - priority journal KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Africa KW - African Continental Ancestry Group KW - Bangladesh KW - Birth Weight KW - Caribbean Region KW - Cohort Studies KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - India KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Pakistan KW - Transients and Migrants N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 15155695 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Harding, S.; MRC Social/Public Hlth. Science Unit, University of Glasgow, 4 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom; email: seeromanie@msoc.mrc.gla.ac.uk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Birth Statistics (2000) Review of the Registrar General on Births and Patterns of Family Building in England and Wales, , Series FM1 no. 29. London: Office for National Statistics; Mortality Statistics: Childhood, infant and perinatal, England and Wales (2002) Review of the Registrar General on Deaths in England and Wales, 2000, , Series DH3, No 33. London: The Stationary Office; Pallotto, E.K., Collins, J.W., David, R., Enigma of maternal race and infant birth weight: A population-based study of US-born Black & Caribbean-born Black women (2000) Am. J. Epidemiol., 151, pp. 1080-1085; Riste, L., Farida Khan, F., Cruickshank, J.K., High Diabetes prevalence in all ethnic groups including Europeans in a British inner city: Poverty, history, inactivity or 21st century Europe? (2001) Diabetes Care, 24, pp. 1377-1383; Cruickshank, J.K., Mbanya, J.C., Wilks, R., Hypertension in four African-origin populations: Current 'Rule of Halves', quality of blood pressure control and attributable risk (fraction) for cardiovascular disease (2001) J. Hypertension, 19, pp. 41-46; Huxley, R., Neil, A., Collins, R., Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis: Is there really an inverse association between birthweight and subsequent blood pressure? (2002) Lancet, 360, p. 659; Erikson, J.G., Forsen, T., Correspondence - Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis (2003) Lancet, 360, p. 2072; Cruickshank, J.K., Beith, C., Koudsi, A., Correspondence - Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis (2003) Lancet, 360, pp. 2073-2074; Draper, E.S., Abrams, K.R., Clarke, M., Fall in birth weight of third generation Asian infants (1995) BMJ, 311, p. 876; Dhawan, S., Birth weights of infants of first generation Asian women in Britain compared with second generation Asian women (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 86-88; Margetts, B.M., Mohd Yusaf, S., Al Dallal, Z., Jackson, A.A., Persistence of low birthweight in second generation South Asian babies born in the United Kingdom (2002) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 56, pp. 684-687; Hattersley, L., Creeser, R., (1995) Longitudinal Study 1971-1991: History, Organisation and Quality of Data, , London: HMSO; Guendelman, S., English, P.B., Effect of United States residence on birth outcomes among Mexican immigrants: An exploratory study (1996) Am. J. Public Health, 86, pp. 303-305; Cabral, H., Fried, L.E., Levenson, S., Foreign-born and US-born Black women: Differences in health behaviors & birth outcomes (1990) Am. J. Public Health, 80, pp. 70-72; Fuentes-Afflick, E., Hessol, N., Peŕez-Stable, E.J., Maternal birthplace, ethnicity and low birth weight in California (1998) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 152, pp. 1105-1112; Hummer, R.A., Beigler, M., De Turk, P.B., Race, ethnicity, nativity and infant mortality in the United States (1999) Social Forces, 77, pp. 1083-1118; Harding, S., Balarajan, R., Limiting long-term illness among Black Caribbeans, Black Africans, Indians, Pakistanis, Bangladeshis and Chinese born in the UK (2001) Ethnicity Health, 5, pp. 41-46; Nazroo, J.Y., (1997) The Health of Britain's Minorities, , London: Policy Studies Institute; National Institute for Ethnic Studies in Health and Social Policy (2000) Ethnic Differences in Drinking and Smoking, , London: Department of Health; Harding, S., Mortality of migrants from the Indian subcontinent to England and Wales: Effect of duration of residence (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 287-292; Emmanuel, I., Filakti, H., Alberman, E., Evans, S.J.W., Intergenerational studies of human birth weight from the 1958 birth cohort. Evidence for a multigenerational effect (1992) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 99, pp. 67-74; Emanuel, I., Leisenring, W., Williams, M.A., The Washington State Intergenerational Study of Birth Outcomes: Methodology and some comparisons of maternal birthweight and infant birth weight and gestation in four ethnic groups (1999) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 13, pp. 352-371; Costa, D.L., Race and pregnancy outcomes in the twentieth century: A long-term comparison (2003), NBER Working Paper no.9593 (www.nber.org/confer/2003/daes03/costa.pdf)UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-12344308165&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyh186&partnerID=40&md5=ac25c0bf80916ba79884535904d95817 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of childhood fractures in Britain: A study using the general practice research database T2 - Journal of Bone and Mineral Research J2 - J. Bone Miner. Res. VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 1976 EP - 1981 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1359/JBMR.040902 SN - 08840431 (ISSN) AU - Cooper, C. AU - Dennison, E.M. AU - Leufkens, H.G.M. AU - Bishop, N. AU - Van Staa, T.P. AD - MRC Epidemiology Resource Centre, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Department of Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacotherapy, University of Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - Academic Child Health, University of Sheffield Medical School, Sheffield, United Kingdom AD - Division of Pharmacoepidemiology, Procter and Gamble Pharmaceuticals, Staines, United Kingdom AD - Procter and Gamble, United Kingdom AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom AB - A population-based British cohort study, including ∼6% of the population, was used to derive age- and sex-specific incidence rates of fractures during childhood. Fractures were more common among boys than girls, with peak incidences at 14 and 11 years of age, respectively. At childhood peak, incidence rates were only surpassed later in life at 85 years of age among women and never among men. Introduction: Fractures account for 25% of accidents and injuries in childhood; however, the descriptive epidemiology of childhood fractures remains uncertain. Materials and Methods: Age- and sex-specific incidence rates for fractures at various skeletal sites were derived from the General Practice Research Database (a population-based British cohort containing computerized medical records of ∼7,000,000 residents) between 1988 and 1998. Results: A total of 52,624 boys and 31,505 girls sustained one or more fractures over the follow-up period, for a rate of 133.1/10,000 person-years. Fractures were more common in boys (161.6/10,000 person-years) than girls (102.9/10,000 person-years). The most common fracture in both sexes was that of the radius/ulna (30%). Fracture incidence was greater among boys than girls at all ages, with the peak incidence at 14 years of age among boys and 11 years of age among girls. Marked geographic variation was observed in standardized fracture incidence, with significantly (p < 0.01) higher rates observed in Northern Ireland, Wales, and Scotland compared with southeast England. Conclusions: Fractures are a common problem in childhood, with around one-third of boys and girls sustaining at least one fracture before 17 years of age. Rates are higher among boys than girls, and male incidence rates peak later than those among females. At their childhood peak, the incidence of fractures (boys, 3%; girls, 1.5%) is only surpassed at 85 years of age among women and never among men. The most common site affected in both genders is the radius/ulna. Studies to clarify the pathogenesis of these fractures, emphasizing bone fragility, are now required. © 2004 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. KW - Childhood KW - Epidemiology KW - Fracture KW - Osteoporosis KW - article KW - child KW - childhood injury KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - incidence KW - information retrieval KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical record KW - patient information KW - population research KW - radius fracture KW - sex difference KW - ulna fracture KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - data base KW - fracture KW - infant KW - middle aged KW - newborn KW - pathology KW - preschool child KW - radius KW - time KW - topography KW - ulna KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Databases KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Radius KW - Sex Factors KW - Time Factors KW - Topography, Medical KW - Ulna N1 - Cited By :270 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMRE C2 - 15537440 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cooper, C.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom; email: cc@mrc.soton.ac.uk N1 - References: Landin, L.A., Fracture patterns in children (1983) Acta Orthop Scand Suppl, 54, pp. 1-109; Houshian, S., Mehdi, B., Larsen, M.S., The epidemiology of elbow fracture in children: Analysis of 355 fractures, with special reference to supracondylar humerus fractures (2001) J Orthop Science, 6, pp. 312-315; Hinton, R.Y., Lincoln, A., Crockett, M.M., Sponseller, P., Smith, G., Fractures of the femoral shaft in children. Incidence, mechanisms, and sociodemographic risk factors (1999) Patient Care Manage, 81, pp. 500-509; Walley, T., Mantgani, A., The UK general practice research database (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1097-1099; Jick, H., Jick, S.S., Derby, L.E., Validation of information recorded on general practitioner based computerised data resource in the United Kingdom (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 766-768; Van Staa, T.P., Abenhaim, L., The quality of information recorded on a UK database of primary care records: A study of hospitalization due to hypoglycaemia and other conditions (1994) Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf, 3, pp. 15-21; Van Staa, T.P., Abehaim, L., Cooper, C., Begaud, B., Zhang, B., Leufkens, H.G.M., The use of a large pharmaco-epidemiological database to study exposure to oral corticosteroids and risk of fractures: Validation of study population and results (2000) Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf, 9, pp. 359-366; Van Staa, T.P., Cooper, C., Leufkens, H.G.M., Bishop, N., Children and the risk of fractures caused by oral corticosteroids (2003) J Bone Miner Res, 18, pp. 913-918; Larsen, C.F., Brondum, V., Skov, O., Epidemiology of scaphoid fractures in Odense, Denmark (1992) Acta Orthop Scand, 63, pp. 216-218; Horak, J., Nilsson, B.E., Epidemiology of fracture of the upper end of the humerus (1975) Clin Orthop, 112, pp. 250-253; Jensen, S.L., Andresen, B.K., Mencke, S., Nielsen, P.T., Epidemiology of ankle fractures (1998) Acta Orthop Scand, 69, pp. 48-50; Emami, A., Mjoberg, B., Ragnarsson, B., Larsson, S., Changing epidemiology of tibial shaft fractures (1996) Acta Orthop Scand, 67, pp. 557-561; Tytherleigh-Strong, G., Walls, N., McQueen, M.M., The epidemiology of humeral shaft fractures (1998) J Bone Joint Surg Br, 80, pp. 249-253; Buhr, A.J., Cooke, A.M., Fracture patterns (1959) Lancet, 1, pp. 531-536; Jones, I.E., Taylor, R.W., Williams, S.M., Manning, P.J., Goulding, A., Four-year gain in bone mineral in girls with and without past forearm fractures: A DXA study. Dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (2002) J Bone Miner Res, 17, pp. 1065-1072; Landin, L., Nilsson, B.E., Bone mineral content in children with fractures (1983) Clin Orthop, 178, pp. 292-296; Rizzoli, R., Bonjour, J.-P., Ferrari, S.L., Osteoporosis, genetics and hormones (2001) J Mol Endocrinol, 26, pp. 79-94; Rockwood Jr., C.A., Wilkins, K.E., The present status of children's fractures (2001) Fractures in Children, 5th Ed., pp. 6-19. , Bealy JH, Kassem JR (eds.) Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, New York, NY, USA; Acheson, D., (1998) Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health Report, , The Stationery Office, London, UK; Khosla, S., Melton III, L.J., Dekutoski, M.B., Achenbach, S.J., Oberg, A.L., Riggs, D.L., Incidence of childhood distal forearm fractures over 30 years: A population-based study (2003) JAMA, 290, pp. 1479-1485 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21644455059&doi=10.1359%2fJBMR.040902&partnerID=40&md5=9bdf1663c4a99cf7a34cf595aed89cf9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The worldwide epidemiology of Kawasaki disease T2 - Progress in Pediatric Cardiology J2 - Prog. Pediatr. Cardiol. VL - 19 IS - 2 SPEC.ISS. SP - 99 EP - 108 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/j.ppedcard.2004.08.002 SN - 10589813 (ISSN) AU - Nakamura, Y. AU - Yanagawa, H. AD - Department of Public Health, Jichi Medical School, 3311-1 Yakushiji, Minamikawachi, T., Japan AD - Saitama Prefectural University, Japan, Japan AB - The academic papers concerning Kawasaki disease are reviewed in this article from an epidemiologic view point. In Japan, 17 nationwide surveys have been conducted every 2 years since 1970 and 186,069 patients have been registered. Age (the age-specific incidence rate expressed by a single-peak curve with the peak representing 9-11-month-old infants; 81.7% aged under 4 years) and sex (male/female ratio=1.4) distributions were revealed. Although no nationwide outbreak has been observed since the outbreak in 1986, the incidence rate has gradually increased over the last 16 years. The disease has been reported in more than 60 countries around the world and some countries have experienced epidemics in addition to Japan. Although several case-control studies showed suspected risk factors such as rug shampoo and living near a body of water, these have not been confirmed. Follow-up of persons with a history of the disease is now disclosing the long-term prognosis of the disease. The following five aspects of the epidemiology of Kawasaki disease are proposed: (1) continuing the nationwide surveys in Japan and other countries, (2) continuing the follow-up studies, (3) coping with an outbreak, (4) discussing a new etiologic theory with epidemiologic data and (5) descriptive epidemiology in countries other than Japan. © 2004 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Case-control studies KW - Data collection KW - Epidemiology KW - Follow-up studies KW - Mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome KW - age distribution KW - Australia KW - Barbados KW - China KW - Denmark KW - disease course KW - epidemic KW - epidemiological data KW - Finland KW - follow up KW - France KW - health survey KW - heart disease KW - human KW - incidence KW - Italy KW - Jamaica KW - Japan KW - Mexico KW - mortality KW - mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome KW - New Zealand KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - recurrent disease KW - review KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - Saudi Arabia KW - sex difference KW - Singapore KW - South Africa KW - Spain KW - Sweden KW - Taiwan KW - Thailand KW - United Kingdom KW - United States N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPCAF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Department of Public Health, Jichi Medical School, 3311-1 Yakushiji, Minamikawachi, T.Japan; email: nakamuyk@jichi.ac.jp N1 - References: Yanagawa Nakamura Yashiro, M.Y.H., Kawasaki, T., (2004) Epidemiology of Kawasaki Disease: A 30-year Achievement, , Shindan-To-Chiryosha Tokyo; (1970) The diagnostic guidelines of Kawasaki disease, , Japanese Kawasaki Disease Research Committee 1st ed; Yanagawa, H., Sonobe, T., Changes in the diagnostic guidelines for Kawasaki disease (2004) Epidemiology of Kawasaki Disease: A 30-year Achievement, pp. 24-32. , H. Yanagawa Y. Nakamura M. Yashiro T. Kawasaki Shindan-To-Chiryosha Tokyo; Yashiro, M., Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Changes in the age specific incidence rates of Kawasaki disease in patients reported to the 15th nationwide survey. Nippon Shonika Gakkai Zasshi (2001) J. Jpn. Pediatr. Soc., 105, pp. 437-441; Nakamura, Y., Epidemiology of Kawasaki disease. Shoni Kango (2001) Jpn. J. Child Nurs. Month., 24, pp. 201-206; Cook, D.H., Antia, A., Attie, F., Gersony, W.M., Kamiya, T., Kato, H., Results from an international survey of Kawasaki disease in 1979-82 (1989) Can. J. Cardiol., 5, pp. 389-394; Jiao, F., Yang, L., Qiao, J., Li, Y., Yanagawa, H., Kawasaki, T., Epidemiological and clinical characteristics of Kawasaki disease in Shanxi province. Zhonghua Liu Xing Bing Xue Za Zhi (2000) Chin. J. Epidemiol., 21, pp. 97-99; Jiao, F., Yang, L., Li, Y., Qiao, J., Guo, X., Zhang, T., Epidemiologic and clinical characteristics of Kawasaki disease in Shaanxi Province, China, 1993-1997 (2001) J. Trop. Pediatr., 47, pp. 54-56; Wang, D., Hu, B., Wang, F., Zhang, T., Kawasaki, T., Yanagawa, H., Study on the epidemiological features of Kawasaki disease in Jiangsu. Zhonghua Liu Xing Bing Xue Za Zhi (2000) Chin. J. Epidemiol., 21, pp. 94-96; Hsiao, Y.J., Chen, R.N., Huang, Y.F., Kao, A.H., Sung, C.T., Clinical analysis of Kawasaki disease in infants below 6 months of age (1988) Acta Paediatr. Sin., 29, pp. 318-323; Lee, W.B., Tay, H.S.J., Yip, L.C.W., Yap, K.H., Chan, Y.K., Low, P.S., Kawasaki syndrome in Chinese children (1989) Ann. Trop. Paediatr., 9, pp. 147-151; Ng, P.M., Wong, Y.K., Tan, L.C., Tan, W.K., Kawasaki disease: The Singapore experience (1989) Ann. Acad. Med. Singapore, 18, pp. 15-18; Thisyakorn, C., Thisyakorn, U., Kawasaki disease in Thai children (1995) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 14, pp. 324-326; Smith, K.P., Goldwater, N.P., Kawasaki disease in Adelaide: A review (1993) J. Paediatr. Child Health, 29, pp. 126-131; Royle, J.A., Williams, K., Elliott, E., Sholler, G., Nolan, T., Allen, R., Kawasaki disease in Australia, 1993-95 (1998) Arch. Dis. Child., 78, pp. 33-39; Williams, K., Elliott, E., Role of the Australian Paediatric Surveillance Unit in monitoring communicable diseases of childhood (1998) Commun. Dis. Intell., 22, pp. 283-287; Gentles, L.T., Clarkson, M.P., Trenholme, A.A., Lennon, R.D., Neutze, M.J., Kawasaki disease in Auckland, 1979-1988 (1990) N. Z. Med. J., 103, pp. 389-391; Ghazal, S.S., Alhowasi, M., El Samady, M.M., Kawasaki disease in a paediatric hospital in Riyadh (1999) Ann. Trop. Paediatr., 18, pp. 295-299; Kibel, A.M., Kawasaki disease (1988) S. Afr. Med. J., 73, pp. 617-618; Pelteret, M.R., Kawasaki disease: A review of 21 cases in childhood (1988) South. Afr. J. Epidemiol. Infect., 3 (3), pp. 6-8; Hall, M.S., Glickman, M., The British Paediatric Surveillance Unit (1988) Arch. Dis. Child., 63, pp. 344-346; Hall, M.S., Glickman, M., Report from the British Paediatric Surveillance Unit (1988) Arch. Dis. Child., 63, pp. 1117-1118; Hall, M.S., Surveillance of Kawasaki disease in the British Isles (1989) Arch. Dis. Child., 64, pp. 121-128; Hall, M.S., Glickman, M., Report form British Paediatric Surveillance Unit (1989) Arch. Dis. Child., 64, pp. 439-440; Lynn, R., Hall, M.S., The British Paediatric Surveillance Unit: Activities and developments in 1990 and 1991 (1992) Commun. Dis. Rep. CDR Rev., 2, pp. R145-R148; Tizard, J.E., Suzuki, A., Levin, M., Dillon, K.M., Clinical aspects of 100 patients with Kawasaki disease (1991) Arch. Dis. Child., 66, pp. 185-188; Casey, F., Craig, B., Shanks, D., Jackson, P., Mulholland, C.H., Kawasaki disease: The Northern Ireland experience (1993) Ir. J. Med. Sci., 162, pp. 397-400; Chantepie, A., Mauran, P., Lusson, R.J., Vaillant, C.M., Bozio, A., Complications cardiovasculaires du syndrome de Kawasaki: Resultats d'une enquete cardiopediatrique multicentrique francaise (2001) Arch. Pediatr., 8, pp. 713-719; Gonzalez Pascual, E., Villanueva Lamas, J., Ros Viladoms, J., Pons Odena, M., Ruiz Garcia-Diego, S., Enfermedad de Kawasaki. Presentacion de cincuenta casos (1999) An. Esp. Pediatr., 50, pp. 39-43; Grech, V., Incidence and outcome of Kawasaki disease in Malta (1999) Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 455, pp. 69-72; Bulow, S.L.M., Stender Hansen, U., Hansen, D., Karup Pedersen, F., Herlin, T., Ramsoe Jacobsen, J., Kawasaki's sygdom. Forekomst i Danmark i perioden 1981-1990 (1994) Ugeskr. Laeger, 156, pp. 4813-4816; Schiller, B., Fasth, A., Bjorkhem, G., Elinder, G., Kawasaki disease in Sweden: Incidence and clinical features (1995) Acta Paediatr., 84, pp. 769-774; Pelkonen, P., Salo, E., Epidemiology of Kawasaki disease (1994) Clin. Exp. Rheumatol., 12 (10), pp. S83-S85; Rauch, M.A., Kaplan, L.S., Nihill, R.M., Pappas, G.P., Hurwitz, S.E., Schonberger, B.L., Kawasaki syndrome clusters in Harris County, Texas, and eastern North Carolina: A high endemic rate and a new environmental risk factor (1988) Am. J. Dis. Child., 142, pp. 441-444; Rauch, A.M., Glode, M.P., Wiggins Jr., J.W., Rodriguez, J.G., Hopkins, R.S., Hurwitz, E.S., Outbreak of Kawasaki syndrome in Denver, Colorado: Association with rug and carpet cleaning (1991) Pediatrics, 87, pp. 663-669; Ichida, F., Fatica, N., O'Loughlin, J.E., Klein, A.A., Snyger, M.S., Levin, A.R., Epidemiologic aspects of Kawasaki disease in a Manhattan hospital (1989) Pediatrics, 84, pp. 235-241; Windsor, B.M.A., Schell, L.W., Davis, P.J., Kawasaki syndrome in Wisconsin (1991) Wis. Med. J., 90, pp. 227-231; Mason, H.W., Schneider, T., Takahashi, M., The epidemiology and etiology of Kawasaki disease (1991) Cardiol. Young, 1, pp. 196-205; Davis, L.R., Waller, L.P., Mueller, A.B., Dykewicz, A.C., Schonberger, B.L., Kawasaki syndrome in Washington State: Race-specific incidence rates and residential proximity to water (1995) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 149, pp. 66-69; Taubert, A.K., Rowley, H.A., Shulman, T.S., Nationwide survey of Kawasaki disease and acute rheumatic fever (1991) J. Pediatr., 119, pp. 279-282; Taubert, A.K., Rowley, H.A., Shulman, T.S., Seven-year national survey of Kawasaki disease and acute rheumatic fever (1994) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 13, pp. 704-708; Holman, C.R., Belay, D.E., Clarke, J.M., Kaufman, F.S., Schonberger, B.L., Kawasaki syndrome among American Indian and Alaska Native children, 1980 through 1995 (1999) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 18, pp. 451-455; Moss, W.K., Kawasaki disease. Kawasaki disease? (2000) Alaska Med., 42 (2), pp. 30-36; Bronstein, E.D., Besser, E.R., Burns, C.J., Passive surveillance for Kawasaki disease in San Diego County (1997) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 16, pp. 1015-1018; Bronstein, E.D., Dille, N.A., Austin, P.J., Williams, M.C., Palinkas, A.L., Burns, C.J., Relationship of climate, ethnicity and socioeconomic status to Kawasaki disease in San Diego County, 1994 through 1998 (2000) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 19, pp. 1087-1091; Belay, E.D., Holman, R.C., Clarke, M.J., Destefano, F., Shahriari, A., Davis, R.L., The incidence of Kawasaki syndrome in West Coast health maintenance organizations (2000) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 19, pp. 828-832; Holman, C.R., Shahriari, A., Effler, V.P., Belay, D.E., Shonberger, B.L., Kawasaki syndrome hospitalizations among children in Hawaii and Connecticut (2000) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 154, pp. 804-808; Vizcaino-Alarcon, A., Arevalo-Salas, A., Rodriguez-Lopez, A.M., Sadowinski-Pine, S., Enfermedad de Kawasaki en ninos mexixanos (1991) Bol. Med. Hosp. Infant. Mex., 48, pp. 398-408; Pierre, R., Sue-Ho, R., Watson, D., Kawasaki syndrome in Jamaica (2000) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 19, pp. 539-543; St John, M.A., Ishmael, G.R., Outcome of Kawasaki disease in Barbados (1992) West Indian Med. J., 41 (2), pp. 68-71; Fatica, S.N., Ichida, F., Engle, A.M., Lesser, L.M., Rug shampoo and Kawasaki disease (1989) Pediatria, 84, pp. 231-234; Burns, J.C., Mason, W.H., Glode, M.P., Shulman, S.T., Melish, M.E., Meissner, C., Clinical and epidemiologic characteristics of patients referred for evaluation of possible Kawasaki disease (1991) J. Pediatr., 118, pp. 680-686; Patriarca, A.P., Rogers, F.M., Morens, M.D., Schonberger, B.L., Kaminski, M.R., Kawasaki syndrome: Association with the application of rug shampoo (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 578-580; Lin, C.Y.F., Bailowitz, A., Koslowe, P., Israel, E., Kaslow, A.R., Kawasaki syndrome: A case-control study during an outbreak in Maryland (1985) Am. J. Dis. Child., 139, pp. 277-299; Rogers, F.M., Kochel, L.R., Hurwitz, S.E., Kawasaki syndrome: Is rug shampoo important? (1985) Am. J. Dis. Child., 139, pp. 777-779; Klein, B.S., Rogers, M.F., Patrican, L.A., White, M.C., Burgdorfer, W., Schell, W.L., Kawasaki syndrome: A controlled study of an outbreak in Wisconsin (1986) Am. J. Epidemiol., 124, pp. 306-316; Daniels, R.S., Specker, B., Association of rug shampooing and Kawasaki disease (1991) J. Pediatr., 118, pp. 485-488; Brosius, L.C., Newburger, W.J., Burns, C.J., Hojnowski-Diaz, P., Zierler, S., Leung, M.Y.D., Increased prevalence of atopic dermatitis in Kawasaki disease (1988) Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J., 7, pp. 863-866; Silva, A.E.E., Maeno, Y., Hashmi, A., Smallborn, F.J., Silverman, D.E., McCrindle, B.W., Cardiovascular risk factors after Kawasaki disease: A case-control study (2001) J. Pediatr., 138, pp. 400-405; Oki, I., Tanihara, S., Ojima, T., Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., A multicenter collaborative study on the risk factors of cardiac sequelae due to Kawasaki disease: A one-year follow-up study (2000) Acta Paediatr., 89, pp. 1435-1438; Hirata, S., Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Incidence rate of recurrent Kawasaki disease and related risk factors: From the results of nationwide surveys of Kawasaki disease in Japan (2001) Acta Paediatr., 90, pp. 40-44; Hirata, S., Nakamra, Y., Matsumoto, K., Yanagawa, H., Long-term consequences of Kawasaki disease among first-year junior high school students (2002) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 156, pp. 77-80; Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Kawasaki, T., Mortality among children with Kawasaki disease in Japan (1992) New Engl. J. Med., 326, pp. 1246-1249; Nakamura, Y., Yanagwa, H., Kato, H., Kawasaki, T., Mortality rates for patients with a history of Kawasaki disease in Japan (1996) J. Pediatr., 128, pp. 75-81; Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Kato, H., Harada, K., Kawasaki, T., Mortality among patients with a history of Kawasaki disease: The third look (1998) Acta Paediatr. Jpn., 40, pp. 419-423; Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Harada Kato, H., Kawasaki, T., Mortality among persons with a history of Kawasaki disease in Japan: Existence of cardiac sequelae elevated the mortality (2000) J. Epidemiol., 10, pp. 372-375; Nakamura, Y., Yanagawa, H., Harada, K., Kato, H., Kawasaki, T., Mortality among persons with a history of Kawasaki disease in Japan: The fifth look (2002) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 156, pp. 162-165 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-8444243637&doi=10.1016%2fj.ppedcard.2004.08.002&partnerID=40&md5=57eda10ad70c9a3eb22ad890ae6a929b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Schooling, socioeconomic context and literacy development T2 - Educational Psychology J2 - Educ. Psychol. VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 867 EP - 883 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/0144341042000271746 SN - 01443410 (ISSN) AU - D'Angiulli, A. AU - Siegel, L.S. AU - Hertzman, C. AD - University College of the Cariboo, Kamloops, BC, Canada AD - University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada AD - Research Centre, University College of Cariboo, 900 McGill Road, Kamloops, BC V2C 5N3, Canada AB - This longitudinal study examined the relationship between schooling, literacy development, and socioeconomic context, as reflected by a composite measure of socioeconomic status (SES). Reading, spelling, and phonological abilities were assessed from kindergarten to grade three in Canadian children in a school district with intensive literacy activities. In kindergarten, there were significant associations between SES and all the abilities assessed but these associations declined systematically to non-significant levels by grade three. Risk and prevalence of reading failure also decreased with more schooling. The results suggest that the attenuation of the association between SES and literacy-related skills, and the progressive reduction of the risk for reading failure, were positive outcomes associated with the literacy school program, especially in the early grades. N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: D'Angiulli, A.; Research Centre, University College of Cariboo, 900 McGill Road, Kamloops, BC V2C 5N3, Canada; email: adangiulli@cariboo.bc.ca N1 - Funding text: We thank the students, principals, staff, and teachers of North Vancouver School District, Robin Brayne, Mike Rockwell, Penny King, Jason Curteis, and Baragar Demographics. We thank the Human Early Learning Partnership, Sidney McLean, and Stefania Maggi. We thank Dafna Kohen and Jim Dunn for comments on earlier drafts. We acknowledge funding from the Natural Science and Engineering Research Council to L. S. Siegel, and from the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council, the Killam Trust, and H.E.L.P. to A. D'Angiulli. N1 - References: Blachman, B.A., Tangel, D.M., Ball, E.W., Black, R., McGraw, C.K., Developing phonological awareness and word recognition skills: A two-year intervention with low-income, inner-city children (1999) Reading and Writing, 11, pp. 239-273; Bradley, R.H., Corwyn, R.F., Socioeconomic status and child development (2002) Annual Review of Psychology, 53, pp. 371-399; Breznitz, Z., Reducing the gap in reading performance between Israeli lower- and middle-class first-grade pupils (1987) Journal of Psychology, 121, pp. 491-500; Brooks-Gunn, J., Duncan, G.J., Britto, P.R., Are socioeconomic gradients for children similar to those for adults? Achievement and health of children in the United States (1999) Developmental Health and the Wealth of Nations: Social, Biological, and Educational Dynamics, pp. 94-124. , D. P. Keating & C. Hertzman (Eds.). New York: The Guilford Press; Burgess, S., The role of shared reading in the development of phonological awareness: A longitudinal study of middle to upper class children (1997) Early Child Development and Care, 127-128, pp. 191-199; Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Gordon, R., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanow, P.K., Neighbourhood and family influences on the intellectual and behavioural competence of preschool and early school-age children (1997) Neighbourhood Poverty: Context and Consequences for Development, pp. 79-118. , J. Brooks-Gunn, G. Duncan, & J. L. Alber (Eds.). New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Chiappe, P., Siegel, L.S., Phonological awareness and reading acquisition in English-and Punjabi-speaking Canadian children (1999) Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, pp. 20-28; Coleman, J.S., Social capital in the creation of human capital (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 94 (SUPPL.), pp. S95-S120; Craig, J.G., Kermis, M.D., Digdon, N.L., (2001) Children Today (2nd Canadian Ed.), , Toronto: Prentice-Hall; D'Angiulli, A., Siegel, L.S., Cognitive functioning as measured by the WISC-R: Do children with learning disabilities have distinctive patterns of performance? (2003) Journal of Learning Disabilities, 36, pp. 48-58; D'Angiulli, A., Siegel, L.S., Hertzman, C., Phonological awareness moderates the effects of socioeconomic variables on literacy development (2002) International Journal of Behavioural Medicine, 9, p. 70; Danziger, S.K., Child poverty, public policies, and welfare reform (1995) Children and Youth Services Review, 17, pp. 1-2; Dickinson, D.K., Snow, C.E., Interrelationships among prereading and oral language skills in kindergartners from two social classes (1987) Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 2, pp. 1-25; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, , New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Ehri, L.C., Nunes, S.R., Willows, D.M., Schuster, B.V., Yaghoub-Zadeh, Z., Shanahan, T., Phonemic awareness instruction helps children learn to read: Evidence from the National Reading Panel's meta-analysis (2001) Reading Research Quarterly, 36, pp. 250-287; Garmezy, N., Resiliency and vulnerability to adverse developmental outcomes associated with poverty (1992) Saving Children at Risk: Poverty and Disabilities, pp. 45-60. , T. Thompson & S. C. Hupp (Eds.): Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications; Gersten, R.M., Becker, W.C., Heiry, T.J., White, W.A., Entry IQ and yearly academic growth of children in direct instruction programs: A longitudinal study of low SES children (1984) Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 6, pp. 109-121; Goldman, R., Fristoe, M., Woodcock, R., (1974) Goldman-Fristoe-Woodcock Auditory Skills Test Battery, , Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service; Guralnick, M.J., A model of early intervention (2004) Early Intervention: The Essential Readings, , M. A. Feldman (Ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishing; Hagans-Murillo, K.S., The effects of phonological awareness instruction on socioeconomic status differences in the acquisition of early literacy and reading skills in first graders from low socioeconomic settings (2001) Dissertation Abstracts International, 61 (7 A), p. 2591; Harris, R., Mercier, M., A test for geographers: The geography of educational achievement in Toronto and Hamilton, 1997 (2000) The Canadian Geographer, 44, pp. 210-227; Hart, B., Risley, T.R., American parenting of language-learning children: Persisting differences in family-child interactions observed in natural home environments (1992) Developmental Psychology, 28, pp. 1096-1105; Hays, W.L., (1994) Statistics (5th Ed.), , Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace; Heath, S.B., Oral and literate traditions among Black Americans living in poverty (1989) American Psychologist, 44, pp. 367-373; Heath, S.B., (1983) Ways with Words: Language, Life, and Work in Communities and Classrooms, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; High, P., Hopmann, M., LaGasse, L., Linn, H., Evaluation of a clinic-based program to promote book sharing and bedtime routines among low-income urban families with young children (1998) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 152, pp. 459-465; Hus, Y., Early reading for low-SES minority language children: An attempt to"catch them before they fall" (2001) Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 53, pp. 173-182; Jantz, R.K., The effects of sex, race, IQ and SES on the reading scores of sixth graders for both levels and gains in performance (1987) Psychology in the Schools, 11, pp. 90-94; Jefferis, B.M.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 1-6; Keating, D.P., Hertzman, C., (1999) Developmental Health and the Wealth of Nations: Social, Biological, and Educational Dynamics, , New York: The Guilford Press; Klebanov, P.K., Brooks-Gunn, J., McCarton, C., McCormick, M.C., The contribution of neighborhood and family income to developmental test scores over the first three years of life (1998) Child Development, 69, pp. 1420-1436; Linan-Thompson, S., Hickman-Davis, P., Supplemental reading instruction for students at risk for reading disabilities: Improve reading 30 minutes at a time (2002) Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 17, pp. 242-251; Lonigan, C.J., Bloomfield, B.G., Anthony, J.L., Bacon, K.D., Phillips, B.M., Samwel, C.S., Relations among emergent literacy skills, behavior problems, and social competence in preschool children from low- and middle-income backgrounds (1999) Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 19, pp. 40-53; Lundberg, I., Frost, J., Petersen, O., Effects of an extensive program for stimulating phonological awareness in preschool children (1988) Reading Research Quarterly, 23, pp. 263-284; MacKay, T., Watson, K., Literacy, social disadvantage and early intervention: Enhancing reading achievement in primary school (1999) Educational and Child Psychology, 16, pp. 30-36; Maggi, S., Hertzman, C., Kohen, D., D'Angiulli, A., Neighbourhood and class climate effects on the school performance of highly competent children The Journal of Educational Research, , in press; McCulloch, A., Joshi, H.E., Neighbourhood and family influences on the cognitive ability of children in the British National Child Development Study (2001) Social Science and Medicine, 53, pp. 579-591; McDermott, S., Explanatory model to describe school district prevalence rates for mental retardation and learning disabilities (1994) American Journal on Mental Retardation, 99, pp. 175-185; McLoyd, V.C., Socioeconomic disadvantage and child development (1998) American Psychologist, 53, pp. 185-204; Mendelsohn, A.L., Mogilner, L.N., Dreyer, B.P., Forman, J.A., Weinstein, S.C., Broderick, M., The impact of a clinic-based literacy intervention on language development in inner-city preschool children (2001) Pediatrics, 107, pp. 130-134; Neter, J., Kutner, M.H., Nachtsheim, C.J., Wasserman, W., (1996) Applied Linear Statistical Models (4th Ed.), , New York: McGraw-Hill; Nicholson, T., Gallienne, G., Struggletown meets Middletown: A survey of reading achievement levels among 13-year-old pupils in two contrasting socioeconomic areas (1995) New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 30, pp. 15-23; Ogbu, J.U., Research currents: Cultural ecological influences on minority school learning (1985) Language Arts, 62, pp. 860-869; Ottley, P., Bennett, L., (2000) Launch into Reading Success Through Phonological Awareness Training, , Austin, TX: Pro-Ed; Pagani, L., Boulerice, B., Tremblay, R.E., The influence of poverty on children's classroom placement and behavior (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 311-339. , G. J. Duncan & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.). New York: Russel Sage Foundation; Patterson, C.J., Kupersmidt, J.B., Vaden, N.A., Income level, gender, ethnicity, and household composition as predictors of children's school-based competence (1990) Child Development, 61, pp. 485-494; Pungello, E.P., Kupersmidt, J.B., Burchinal, M.R., Patterson, C.J., Environmental risk factors and children's achievement from middle childhood to early adolescence (1996) Developmental Psychology, 32, pp. 755-767; Ramey, C.T., Ramey, S.L., Early intervention and early experience (1998) American Psychologist, 53, pp. 109-120; Rosenthal, R., (1991) Meta-Analytic Procedures for Social Research (Rev. Ed.), , Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications; Rosner, J., Simon, D., The auditory analysis test: An initial report (1971) Journal of Learning Disabilities, 4, pp. 40-48; Scanlon, E., Devine, K., Residential mobility and youth well-being: Research, policy, and practice issues (2001) Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare, 25, pp. 119-138; Shonkoff, J.P., Phillips, D.A., (2000) From Neurons to Neighbourhoods: The Science of Early Childhood Development, , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Smart, D., Prior, M., Sanson, A., Oberklaid, F., Children with reading difficulties: A six-year follow-up from early primary school to secondary school (2001) Australian Journal of Psychology, 53, pp. 45-53; Smith, J.R., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanow, P., The consequences of living in poverty for young children's cognitive and verbal ability and early school achievement (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 132-189. , G. J. Duncan & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.). New York: Russel Sage Foundation; Snow, C.E., Barnes, W.S., Chandler, J., Goodman, I.F., Hemphill, L., (1991) Unfulfilled Expectations: Home and School Influences on Literacy, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Stuart, M., Getting ready for reading: Early phoneme awareness and phonics teaching improves reading and spelling in inner-city second language learners (1999) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 69, pp. 587-605; Vadasy, P.F., Jenkins, J.R., Pool, K., Effects of tutoring in phonological and early reading skills on students at risk for reading disabilities (2000) Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, pp. 576-590; Walker, D., Greenwood, C., Hart, B., Carta, J., Prediction of school outcomes based on early language production and socioeconomic factors (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 606-621; Wilkinson, G.S., (1993) The Wide Range Achievement Test-3, , Wilmington, DE: Jastak Associates; Willms, J.D., Quality and inequality in children's literacy: The effects of families, schools, and communities (1999) Developmental Health and the Wealth of Nations: Social, Biological, and Educational Dynamics, pp. 72-93. , D. P. Keating & C. Hertzman (Eds.). New York: The Guilford Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-8644235992&doi=10.1080%2f0144341042000271746&partnerID=40&md5=f6bd3dc3c9466a4e0ab4c9752a5055ad ER - TY - CONF TI - Ground penetrating radar and its use in forest road stability analysis C3 - Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference Ground Penetrating Radar, GPR 2004 J2 - Proc. Tenth Int. Conf. Ground Penetrating Radar GPR VL - 2 SP - 639 EP - 642 PY - 2004 SN - 9090179593 (ISBN) AU - Ékes, C. AU - Friele, P. AD - Terraprobe Geoscience Corp., 5210 Sunningdale Rd, Burnaby, BC V5B 1M5, Canada AD - Baumann Engineering, Box 612, Squamish, BC VON 3G0, Canada AB - Two case studies are presented where GPR was used as the chief investigative tool to understand the underlying cause for road failures as they relate to fill slope stability in the Coast Mountains of British Columbia, Canada. 1. Bridge River Road: GPR was applied to map the depth of volcanic ash under a 800 m long section of the Bridge River forest service road (FSR) built in 1984. Both 50 and 100 MHz antennae reached sufficient depth penetration (8 and 16 m respectively) and provided good data quality. The thickness of the overlying volcanic ash was noted by a horizontally continuous reflection pattern. The results indicated a variable thickness of ash over rocky colluvium. Comparing interpreted ash thickness with landslide locations and available geological information it was apparent that ash thickness alone was not necessarily the cause of the landslides. Steep slopes, excessive side-cast and undercutting due to wave action at the base of the fill slope all appeared to contribute to instability. GPR data, once confirmed through drilling was successfully used to find the appropriate engineering solution. 2. Zeballos Canyon Road: GPR was used to delineate the contact between the road fill and the underlying bench on a section of the Zeballos Canyon FSR built in 1970. Recent fill slope failures suggested the potential for more extensive instability. The purpose of the study was to assess the extent of benching in the road prism and the thickness of fill material along a 1570 m long section of the road using GPR and field observations. Two profiles along the alignment and 53 cross sections were surveyed at 30 meter intervals with 100 MHz antennae. Radar interpretation was based on identifying characteristic reflection patterns. Bedrock depth was interpreted based on identifying. 1) a hyperbolic and 2) a strong, discontinuous, surface parallel reflection pattern. By comparing the GPR profiles with detailed topographic cross-sections, we were able to make specific recommendations for follow up work. The effective use of GPR requires an interdisciplinary approach, combining geophysics, terrain analysis, and road engineering. Bringing these skill sets together, these case studies demonstrate that GPR is an efficient, non-destructive and cost effective tool in characterising the nature of slope stability problems as they relate to road construction in the forestry geotechnical sector. KW - Forestry geotechnical sector KW - Ground penetrating radar (GPR) KW - Road construction KW - Slope stability KW - Bridges KW - Geophysics KW - Landslides KW - Maps KW - Rivers KW - Road construction KW - Slope stability KW - Forest geotechnical sector KW - Forest service road (FSR) KW - Geological information KW - Slope reconstruction KW - Ground penetrating radar systems A2 - Slob E. A2 - Yarovoy A. A2 - Rhebergen J.B. T2 - Proceedings of the Tenth International Conference Ground Penetrating Radar, GPR 2004 Y2 - 21 June 2004 through 24 June 2004 CY - Delft N1 - Conference code: 64540 N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ékes, C.; Terraprobe Geoscience Corp., 5210 Sunningdale Rd, Burnaby, BC V5B 1M5, Canada; email: gpr@terraprobe.com N1 - References: Ryder, J.M., Geomorphology of the southern part of the Coast mountains of British Columbia (1981) Zeitschrift für Geomorphologie N.F. Supplementband, 37, pp. 120-147; Martin, Y., Rood, K., Schwab, J.W., Church, M., Sediment transfer by shallow landsliding in the Queen charlotte Islands, British Columbia (2002) Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, 39, pp. 189-205; Jakob, M., The impacts of logging on landslide activity at clayoquot sound (2000) Catena, 38, pp. 279-300. , British Columbia; Guthrie, R.H., The effects of logging on frequency and distribution of landslides in three watersheds on Vancouver Island (2002) Geomorphology, 43, pp. 273-292 A4 - TNO-FEL, The Netherlands; Geophysical Survey Systems, Inc., USA; 3D Radar-AS, Norway; Allied Associates, UK; Ingegneria dei Sistemi-SPA, Italy UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-16244417832&partnerID=40&md5=4421847e3db3fab590d4731c11919b60 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evidence from data searches and life-table analyses for gender-related differences in absolute risk of hip fracture after Colles' or spine fracture: Colles' fracture as an early and sensitive marker of skeletal fragility in white men T2 - Journal of Bone and Mineral Research J2 - J. Bone Miner. Res. VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 1933 EP - 1944 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1359/JBMR.040917 SN - 08840431 (ISSN) AU - Haentjens, P. AU - Johnell, O. AU - Kanis, J.A. AU - Bouillon, R. AU - Cooper, C. AU - Lamraski, G. AU - Vanderschueren, D. AU - Kaufman, J.-M. AU - Boonen, S. AD - Department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Brussels, Belgium AD - Malmö Hospital, University of Malmö, Malmö, Sweden AD - WHO Collaborating Centre for Metabolic Bone Diseases, University of Sheffield Medical School, Sheffield, United Kingdom AD - Leuven University, Division of Endocrinology, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Leuven, Belgium AD - Leuven University Center for Metabolic Bone Diseases, Division of Geriatric Medicine, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Leuven, Belgium AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Unit for Osteoporosis and Metabolic Bone Diseases, Ghent University Hospital, Ghent, Belgium AD - Division of Geriatric Medicine, Leuven University, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Leuven, Belgium AD - Leuven University Center for Metabolic Bone Diseases, Division of Geriatric Medicine, Universitaire Ziekenhuizen K.U. Leuven, Herestraat 49, Leuven B-3000, Belgium AB - Based on data searches and life-table analyses, we determined the long-term (remaining lifetime) and short-term (10- and 5-year) absolute risks of hip fracture after sustaining a Colles' or spine fracture and searched for potential gender-related differences. In aging men, Colles' fractures carry a higher absolute risk for hip fracture than spinal fractures in contrast to women. These findings support the concept that forearm fracture is an early and sensitive marker of male skeletal fragility. Introduction: Colles' fracture occurrence has been largely ignored in public health approaches to identify target populations at risk for hip fracture. The aim of this study was to estimate the long-term and short-term absolute risks of hip fracture after sustaining a Colles' or spine fracture and to search for potential gender-related differences in the relationship between fracture history and future fracture risk. Materials and Methods: To determine the long-term (remaining lifetime) and short-term (10- and 5-year) absolute risks of hip fracture, we applied life-table methods using U.S. age- and sex-specific hip fracture incidence rates, U.S. age-specific mortality rates for white women and men, pooled hazard ratios for mortality after Colles' and spine fracture, and pooled relative risks for hip fracture after Colles' and spine fracture, estimated from cohort studies by standard meta-analytic methods. Results: Our results indicate that the estimated remaining lifetime risks are dependent on age in both genders. In women, remaining lifetime risks increase until the age of 80 years, when they start to decline because of the competing probabilities of fracture and death. The same pattern is found in men until the age of 85 years, the increment in lifetime risk being even more pronounced. As expected, the risk of sustaining a hip fracture was found to be higher in postmenopausal women with a previous spine fracture compared with those with a history of Colles' fracture. In men, on the other hand, the prospective association between fracture history and subsequent hip fracture risk seemed to be strongest for Colles' fracture. At the age of 50, for example, the remaining lifetime risk was 13% in women with a previous Colles' fracture compared with 15% in the context of a previous spine fracture and 9% among women of the general population. In men at the age of 50 years, the corresponding risk estimates were 8%, 6%, and 3%, respectively. Similar trends were observed when calculating 5- and 10-year risks. Conclusions: In aging men, Colles' fractures carry a higher absolute risk for hip fracture than spinal fractures in contrast to women. These findings support the concept that forearm fracture is an early and sensitive marker of male skeletal fragility. The gender-related differences reported in this analysis should be taken into account when designing screening and treatment strategies for prevention of hip fracture in men. © 2004 American Society for Bone and Mineral Research. KW - Absolute risk KW - Colles' fracture KW - Hip fracture KW - Spine fracture KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - Colles fracture KW - controlled study KW - disease marker KW - early diagnosis KW - female KW - fragility fracture KW - health survey KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - life table KW - lifespan KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - postmenopause KW - postmenopause osteoporosis KW - probability KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - sample size KW - screening test KW - sex difference KW - spine fracture KW - age KW - aged KW - aging KW - bone KW - Colles fracture KW - hip fracture KW - life table KW - middle aged KW - osteoporosis KW - pathology KW - risk KW - sex difference KW - spine fracture KW - time KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aging KW - Bone and Bones KW - Colles' Fracture KW - Female KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Life Tables KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis KW - Osteoporosis, Postmenopausal KW - Risk KW - Sex Factors KW - Spinal Fractures KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMRE C2 - 15537435 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Boonen, S.; Leuven University Center for Metabolic Bone Diseases, Division of Geriatric Medicine, Universitaire Ziekenhuizen K.U. Leuven, Herestraat 49, Leuven B-3000, Belgium; email: steven.boonen@uz.kuleuven.ac.be N1 - References: Haentjens, P., Autier, P., Barette, M., Boonen, S., The economic cost of hip fractures among elderly women. A one-year, prospective, observational cohort study with matched-pair analysis (2001) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 83, pp. 496-500; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 821-828. , Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group; Cuddihy, M.-T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, W.M., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Forearm fractures as a predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Gardsell, P., Johnell, O., Nilsson, B.E., Nilsson, J.A., The predictive value of fracture, disease, and falling tendency for fragility fractures in women (1989) Calcif Tissue Int, 45, pp. 327-330; Ismail, A.A., Cockerill, W., Cooper, C., Finn, J.D., Abendroth, K., Parisi, G., Banzer, D., O'Neill, T.W., Prevalent vertebral deformity predicts incident hip though not distal forearm fracture: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (2001) Osteoporos Int, 2, pp. 85-90; Kotowicz, M.A., Melton III, L.J., Cooper, C., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Risk of hip fracture in women with vertebral fracture (1994) J Bone Miner Res, 9, pp. 599-605; Lauritzen, J.B., Lund, B., Risk of hip fracture after osteoporosis fractures. 451 women with fracture of lumbar spine, olecranon, knee or ankle (1993) Acta Orthop Scand, 64, pp. 297-300; Lauritzen, J.B., Schwartz, P., McNair, P., Lund, B., Transbol, I., Radial and humeral fractures as predictors of subsequent hip, radial or humeral fractures in women, and their seasonal variation (1993) Osteoporos Int, 3, pp. 133-137; Mallmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessén, T., Krusemo, U.-B., Bergström, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fracture predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Owen, R.A., Melton III, L.J., Ilstrup, D.M., Johnson, K.A., Riggs, B.L., Colles' fracture and subsequent hip fracture risk (1982) Clin Orthop, 71, pp. 37-43; Robinson, C.M., Royd, M., Abraham, A., McQueen, M.M., Court-Brown, C.M., Christie, J., Refractures in patients at least forty-five years old. A prospective analysis of twenty-two thousand cases (2002) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 84, pp. 1528-1533; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Black, D.M., Jergas, M., Palermo, L., Nevitt, M.C., Genant, H., Cummings, S.R., Do vertebral fractures predict hip and other osteoporotic fractures? (1994) J Bone Miner Res, 9, pp. S330; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landman, P.B., Abbott III, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical analysis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-739; Haentjens, P., Autier, P., Collins, J., Velkeniers, B., Vanderschueren, D., Boonen, S., Colles' fracture, spine fracture and subsequent hip-fracture risk in men and women: A meta-analysis (2003) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 85, pp. 1936-1943; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Jonsson, B., Dawson, A., Dere, W., Risk of hip fracture derived from relative risks: An analysis applied to the population of Sweden (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 120-127; Schlesselman, J.J., Risk of endometrial cancer in relation to use of combined oral contraceptives. A practitioner's guide to meta-analysis (1997) Hum Reprod, 12, pp. 1851-1863; Petitti, D.B., Sidney, S., Hip fracture in women. Incidence, in-hospital mortality, and five-year survival probabilities in members of a prepaid health plan (1988) Clin Orthop, 246, pp. 150-155; Arias, E., United States life tables, 2000 (2002) National Vital Statistics Reports, 51 (3), pp. 1-41. , National Center for Health Statistics, Hyattsville, MD, USA; Browner, W.S., Pressman, A.R., Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Mortality following fractures in older women. The study of osteoporotic fractures (1996) Arch Intern Med, 156, pp. 1521-1525; Center, J.R., Nguyen, T.V., Schneider, D., Sambrook, Ph., Eisman, J.A., Mortality after all major types of osteoporotic fracture in men and women: An observational study (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 878-882; Cooper, C., Atkinson, E.J., Jacobsen, S.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Population-based study of survival after osteoporotic fractures (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 137, pp. 1001-1005; Ensrud, K.E., Thompson, D.E., Cauley, J.A., Nevitt, M.C., Kado, D.M., Hochberg, M.C., Santora, A.C., Black, D.M., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict mortality and hospitalization in older women with low bone mass (2000) J Am Geriatr Soc, 48, pp. 241-249; Ismail, A.A., O'Neill, T.W., Cooper, C., Finn, J.D., Bhalla, A.K., Cannata, J.B., Delmas, P., Silman, A.J., Mortality associated with vertebral deformity in men and women: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (EPOS) (1998) Osteoporos Int, 8, pp. 291-297; Kado, D.M., Browner, W.S., Palermo, L., Nevitt, M.C., Genant, H.K., Scott, J.C., Cummings, S.R., Vertebral fractures and mortality in older women: The Study of Osteoporotic Fractures (1999) Arch Intern Med, 159, pp. 1215-1220; Olsson, H., Hägglund, G., Reduced cancer morbidity and mortality in a prospective cohort of women with distal forearm fractures (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 422-427; Bacon, W.E., Maggi, S., Looker, A., Harris, T., Nair, C.R., Giaconi, J., Honkanen, R., Gonzalez, N., International comparison of hip fracture rates in 1988-89 (1996) Osteoporos Int, 6, pp. 69-75; Hinton, R.Y., Smith, G.S., The association of age, race, and sex with the location of proximal femoral fractures in the elderly (1993) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 75, pp. 752-759; Karagas, M.R., Lu-Yao, G.L., Barrett, J.A., Beach, M.L., Baron, J.A., Heterogeneity of hip fracture: Age, race, sex, and geographic patterns of femoral neck and trochanteric fractures among the US elderly (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 677-682; Cooper, C., Campion, G., Melton III, L.J., Hip fractures in the elderly: A world-wide projection (1992) Osteoporos Int, 2, pp. 285-289; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., Lewallen, D.G., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Age-related hip fractures in men: Clinical spectrum and short-term outcomes (1995) Osteoporos Int, 5, pp. 419-426; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Determinants of reduced survival following hip fractures in men (1995) Clin Orthop, 319, pp. 260-266; Schurch, M.A., Rizzoli, R., Mermillod, B., Vasey, H., Michel, J.P., Bonjour, J.P., A prospective study on socioeconomic aspects of fracture of the proximal femur (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1935-1942; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton III, L.J., Predictors of hip fractures in elderly men (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1900-1907; Anderson, F., Cooper, C., Hip and vertebral fractures (1999) Osteoporosis in Men, pp. 29-50. , Orwoll E (ed.) Academic Press, San Diego, CA, USA; Black, D.M., Cummings, S.R., Melton III, L.J., Appendicular bone mineral and a woman's lifetime risk of hip fracture (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 639-646; Chrischilles, E.A., Butler, C.D., Davis, C.S., Wallace, R.B., A model lifetime osteoporosis impact (1991) Arch Intern Med, 151, pp. 2026-2032; Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Rubin, S.M., Lifetime risks of hip, Colles', or vertebral fracture and coronary heart disease among white postmenopausal women (1989) Arch Intern Med, 149, pp. 2445-2448; Doherty, D.A., Sanders, K.M., Kotowicz, M.A., Prince, R.L., Lifetime and five-year age-specific risks of first and subsequent osteoporotic fractures in postmenopausal women (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 16-23; Johnell, O., Gullberg, B., Allander, E., Kanis, J.A., The apparent incidence of hip fracture in Europe: A study of national register sources (1992) Osteoporos Int, 2, pp. 298-302; Johnell, O., Gullberg, B., Kanis, J.A., The hospital burden of vertebral fracture in Europe: A study of national register sources (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 138-144; Jones, G., Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilgert, C., Eismn, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women: The Dubbo Osteoporosis Epidemiology Study (DOES) (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 277-282; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Dawson, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Ten year probabilities of osteoporotic fractures according to BMD and diagnostic thresholds (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 989-995; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Sembo, I., Redlund-Johnell, I., Dawson, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Long-term risk of osteoporotic fracture in Malmö (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 669-674; Kanis, J.A., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Dawson, A., The burden of osteoporotic fracture: A method for setting intervention thresholds (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 417-427; Lauritzen, J.B., Schwarz, P., Lund, B., McNair, P., Transbol, I., Changing incidence and residual lifetime risk of common osteoporosis-related fractures (1993) Osteoporos Int, 3, pp. 127-132; Melton III, L.J., Chrischilles, E.A., Cooper, C., Riggs, B.L., How many women have osteoporosis? (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 1005-1010; Melton, L.J., Kan, S.H., Wahner, H.W., Riggs, B.L., Lifetime fracture risk: An approach to hip fracture risk assessment based on bone mineral density and age (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 985-994; Oden, A., Dawson, A., Dere, W., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., Kanis, J.A., Lifetime risk of hip fractures is underestimated (1998) Osteoporos Int, 8, pp. 599-603; Petitti, D.B., Sidney, S., Hip fracture in women. Incidence, in-hospital mortality, and five-year survival probabilities in members of a prepaid health plan (1988) Clin Orthop, 246, pp. 150-155; Ross, P.D., Wasnich, R.D., Davis, J.W., Fracture prediction models for osteoporosis prevention (1990) Bone, 11, pp. 327-331; Bilezikian, J.P., Osteoporosis in men (1999) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 84, pp. 3431-3434; Boonen, S., Vanderschueren, D., Geusens, P., Bouillon, R., Age-associated endocrine deficiencies as potential determinants of femoral neck (type II) osteoporotic fracture occurrence in elderly men (1997) Int J Androl, 20, pp. 134-143; Khosla, S., Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Klee, G.G., Riggs, B.L., Relationship of serum sex steroid levels and bone turnover markers with bone mineral density in men and women: A key role for bioavailable oestrogen (1998) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 83, pp. 2266-2274; Orwoll, E.S., Klein, R.F., Osteoporosis in men (1995) Endocr Rev, 16, pp. 87-116; Burger, H., De Laet, C.E., Van Daele, P.L., Weel, A.E., Witteman, J.C., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A., Risk factors for increased bone loss in an elderly population: The Rotterdam study (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 871-879; De Laet, C.E., Van Hout, B.A., Burger, H., Weel, A.E., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A., Hip fracture prediction in elderly men and women: Validation in the Rotterdam study (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 1587-1593; Jones, G., Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilbert, C., Eisman, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women: The Dubbo Osteoporosis Epidemiology Study (DOES) (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 277-282; Looker, A.C., Orwoll, E.S., Johnston Jr., C.C., Lindsay, R.L., Wahner, H.W., Dunn, W.L., Calvo, M.S., Heyse, S.P., Prevalence of low femoral bone density in older U.S. adults from NHANES III (1997) J Bone Miner Res, 12, pp. 1761-1768; O'Neill, T.W., Felsenberg, D., Varlow, J., Cooper, C., Kanis, J.A., Silman, A.J., The prevalence of vertebral deformity in European men and women: The European Vertebral Osteoporosis Study (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1010-1018; Mann, T., Oviatt, S.K., Wilson, D., Nelson, D., Orwoll, E.S., Vertebral deformity in men (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 1259-1265; Singer, B., McLauchlan, G., Robinson, C., Christie, J., Epidemiology of fractures in 15,000 adults: The influence of age and gender (1998) J Bone Joint Surg Br, 80, pp. 243-248; Melton III, L.J., Crowson, C., O'Fallon, W., Fracture incidence in Olmsted County, Minnesota: Comparison of urban with rural rates and changes in urban rates over time (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 29-37; Vanderschueren, D., Boonen, S., Bouillon, R., Osteoporosis and osteoporotic fractures in men: A clinical perspective (2000) Baillieres Clin Endocrinol Metab, 14, pp. 299-315; Schouten, L.J., Straatman, H., Kiemeney, L.A.L.M., Verbeek, A.L.M., Cancer incidence: Life table risk versus cumulative risk (1994) J Epidemiol Community Health, 48, pp. 596-600; Melton III, L.J., Therneau, T.M., Larson, D.R., Long-term trends in hip fracture prevalence: The influence of hip fracture and survival (1998) Osteoporos Int, 8, pp. 68-74; Lindsay, R., Silverman, S.L., Cooper, C., Hanley, D.A., Barton, I., Broy, S.B., Licata, A., Seeman, E., Risk of new vertebral fracture in the year following a fracture (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 320-323; Dupont, W.D., Plummer, W.D., Understanding the relationship between relative and absolute risk (1996) Cancer, 77, pp. 2193-2199; Seshadri, S., Wolf, P.A., Beiser, A., Au, R., McNulty, K., White, R., D'Agostino, R.B., Lifetime risk of dementia and Alzheimer's disease (1997) Neurology, 49, pp. 1498-1504 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-21644473494&doi=10.1359%2fJBMR.040917&partnerID=40&md5=6a2f717be6f29370718ab5cd979835ee ER - TY - JOUR TI - Function and quality-of-life of survivors of pelvic and lower extremity osteosarcoma and Ewing's sarcoma: The Childhood Cancer Survivor Study T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 91 IS - 11 SP - 1858 EP - 1865 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6602220 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Nagarajan, R. AU - Clohisy, D.R. AU - Neglia, J.P. AU - Yasui, Y. AU - Mitby, P.A. AU - Sklar, C. AU - Finklestein, J.Z. AU - Greenberg, M. AU - Reaman, G.H. AU - Zeltzer, L. AU - Robison, L.L. AD - Div. Pediat. Epidemiol./Clin. Res., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, 420 Delaware St, SE Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States AD - Department of Orthopedic Surgery, University of Minnesota, Mayo Mail Code 806, 420 Delaware St., SE Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States AD - Div. Hematol./Oncol./Blood/Marrow T., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, 420 Delaware St, SE Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States AD - Cancer Prevention Research Program, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Res. Center, 1100 Fairview Ave. N., Seattle, WA 98109, United States AD - Department of Pediatrics, Mem. Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, 1275 York Ave, New York, NY 10021, United States AD - Dept. of Pediat. Hematology/Oncology, J. J. Children Cancers Cancer Ctr., 2653 Elm Ave, Long Beach, CA 90806, United States AD - Department of Hematology/Oncology, Hospital for Sick Children, 555 University Ave., Toronto, Ont. M5G1X8, Canada AD - Department of Hematology/Oncology, Children's National Medical Center, 111 Michigan Ave, NW, Washington, DC 20010, United States AD - Department of Pediatrics, Univ. of California at Los Angels, #22-464 MDCC, 10833 Le Conte Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90095, United States AB - Limb-sparing surgeries have been performed more frequently than amputation based on the belief that limb-sparing surgeries provide improved function and quality-of-life (QOL). However, this has not been extensively studied in the paediatric population, which has unique characteristics that have implications for function and QOL. Using the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study, 528 adult long-term survivors of pediatric lower extremity bone tumours, diagnosed between 1970 and 1986, were contacted and completed questionnaries assessing function and QOL. Survivors were an average of 21 years from diagnosis with an average age of 35 years. Overall they reported excellent function and QOL Compared to those who had a limb-sparing procedure, amputees were not more likely to have lower function and QOL scores and self-perception of disability included general health status, lower educational attainment, older age and female gender. Findings from this study suggest that, over time, amputees do as well as those who underwent limb-sparing surgeries between 1970 and 1986. However, female gender, lower educational attainment and older current age appear to influence function, QOL and disability. © 2004 Cancer Research UK. KW - Bone tumour KW - Ewing's sarcoma KW - Function KW - Lower extremity KW - Osteosarcoma KW - Quality of life KW - adult KW - amputation KW - arthrodesis KW - article KW - bone tumor KW - cancer survival KW - childhood cancer KW - cohort analysis KW - endoprosthesis KW - Ewing sarcoma KW - female KW - femur KW - functional assessment KW - health status KW - human KW - limb salvage KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - osteosarcoma KW - pelvis cancer KW - physical disability KW - priority journal KW - quality of life KW - Quality of Life for Cancer Survivors KW - questionnaire KW - rating scale KW - scoring system KW - self evaluation KW - tibia KW - Toronto Extremity Salvage Score KW - treatment outcome KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Amputees KW - Bone Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Education KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Lower Extremity KW - Male KW - Osteosarcoma KW - Pelvis KW - Quality of Life KW - Sarcoma, Ewing's KW - Survivors N1 - Cited By :93 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 15534610 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nagarajan, R.; Div. Pediat. Epidemiol./Clin. Res., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, 420 Delaware St, SE Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States; email: nagar003@umn.edu N1 - References: Aboulafia, A., Malawer, M., Surgical management of pelvic and extremity osteosarcoma (1993) Cancer, 71 (SUPPL.), pp. 3358-3366; Arndt, C.A., Crist, W.M., Common musculoskeletal tumors of childhood and adolescence (1999) N Engl J Med, 341, pp. 342-352; Bacci, G., Ferrari, S., Bertoni, F., Rimondini, S., Longhi, A., Bacchini, P., Farni, C., Picci, P., Prognostic factors in non-metastatic Ewing's sarcoma of bone treated with adjuvant chemotherapy: Analysis of 359 patients at the Instituto Orthopedico Rizzoli (2000) J Clin Oncol, 18, pp. 4-11; Bacci, G., Ferrai, S., Mercuri, M., Longhi, A., Capanna, R., Tienghi, A., Brach Del Prever, A., Picci, P., Neoadjuvant chemotherapy for extremity osteosarcoma - Preliminary results of the Rizzoli's 4th study (1998) Acta Oncol, 37, pp. 41-48; Bhatia, S., Landier, W., Robison, L., Late effects of childhood cancer therapy (2003) Progress in Oncology 2002, pp. 171-201. , De Vita V, Hellman S, Rosenberg S (eds). Sudbury, MA: Jone and Barlett Publications; Bielack, S.S., Kempf-Bielack, B., Delling, G., Exner, G.U., Flege, S., Helmke, K., Kotz, R., Winkler, K., Prognostic factors in high-grade osteosarcoma of the extremities or trunk: An analysis of 1702 patients treated on neoadjuvant cooperative osteosarcoma study group protocols (2002) J Clin Oncol, 20, pp. 776-790; Brindis, C., Irwin, C., Millstein, S., United States profile (1992) Textbook of Adolescent Medicine, pp. 12-27. , McAarnaey E, Kreipe R, Orr D, Comerci G (eds). Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders; Burgert, E.O., Nesbit, M.E., Garnsey, L.A., Gehan, E.A., Herrmann, J., Vietti, T.J., Cangir, A., Gilula, L., Multimodal therapy for the management of nonpelvic, localized Ewing's sarcoma of bone: Intergroup study IESS-II (1990) J Clin Oncol, 8, pp. 1514-1524; Cheng, E., Gebhardt, M., Allograft reconstruction of the shoulder after bone tumor resection (1991) Orthop Clin North Am, 22, pp. 37-48; Dahlin, D.C., Coventry, M.H., Scalon, P., Ewing's sarcoma (1961) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 43, pp. 185-192; Davis, A.M., Devlin, M., Griffin, A.M., Wunder, J.S., Bell, R.S., Functional outcome in amputation versus limb sparing of patients with lower extremity sarcoma: A matched case-control study (1999) Arch Phys Med Rehabil, 80, pp. 615-618; Davis, A.M., Wright, J.G., Williams, J.I., Bombardier, C., Griffin, A., Bell, R.S., Development of a measure of physical function for patients with bone and soft tissue sarcoma (1996) Qual Life Res, 5, pp. 508-516; Ettinger, R., Heiney, S., Cancer in adolescents and young adults (1993) Cancer, 71 (SUPPL.), pp. 3276-3280; Felder-Puig, R., Formann, A.K., Mildner, A., Bretschneider, W., Bucher, B., Windhager, R., Zoubek, A., Topf, R., Quality of life and psychosocial adjustment of young patients after treatment of bone cancer (1998) Cancer, 83, pp. 69-75; Ferrel, B.R., Hassay Dow, K., Grant, M., Measurements of the quality of life in cancer survivors (1995) Qual Life Res, 4, pp. 523-531; Ferrel, B.R., Hassay Dow, K., Leigh, S., Ly, J., Gulasekaram, P., Quality of life in long-term cancer survivors (1995) Oncol Nurs Forum, 22, pp. 915-922; Friedman, M.A., Carter, S.K., The therapy of osteogenic sarcoma: Current status and thoughts for the future (1972) J Surg Oncol, 4, pp. 482-510; Kagan, L., Use of denial in adolescents with bone cancer (1976) Health Soc Work, 1, pp. 70-87; Kreipe, R., Normal somatic adolescent growth and development (1992) Textbook of Adolescent Medicine, pp. 44-67. , McAarnaey E, Kreipe R, Orr D, Comerci G (eds). Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders; Langeveld, N.E., Stam, H., Grootenhuis, M.A., Last, B.F., Quality of life in young adult survivors of childhood cancer (2002) Support Care Cancer, 10, pp. 579-600; Lindner, N.J., Ramm, O., Hillmann, A., Roedl, R., Gosheger, G., Brinkschmidt, C., Juergens, H., Winkelmann, W., Limb salvage and outcome of osteosarcoma. The University of Muenster experience (1999) Clin Orthop, 358, pp. 83-89; Link, M.P., Goorin, A.L., Miser, A.W., Green, A.A., Pratt, C.B., Belasco, J.B., Pritchard, J., Vietti, T.J., The effect of adjuvant chemotherapy on relapse-free survival in patients with osteosracoma of the extremity (1986) N Engl J Med, 314, pp. 1600-1606; Marchese, V., Ogle, S., Womer, R., Dormans, J., Ginsberg, J.P., An examination of outcome measures to assess functional mobility in childhood survivors of osteosarcoma (2004) Pediatr Blood Cancer, 42, pp. 41-45; Nagarajan, R., Neglia, J.P., Clohisy, D.R., Robison, L.L., Limb salvage and amputation in survivors of pediatric lower-extremity bone tumors: What are the long-term implications? (2002) J Clin Oncol, 20, pp. 4493-4501; Nagarajan, R., Neglia, J.P., Clohisy, D.R., Yasui, Y., Greenberg, M., Hudson, M., Zevon, M.A., Robison, L.L., Education, employment, insurance and marital status among 694 survivors of pediatric lower extremity bone tumors (2003) Cancer, 97, pp. 2554-2564; Nesbit, M.E., Gehan, E.A., Burgert, E.O., Vietti, T.J., Cangir, A., Tefft, M., Evans, R., Gilula, L., Multimodal therapy for the management of primary, nonmetastaitic Ewing's sarcoma of bone: A long term follow up of the first intergroup study (1990) J Clin Oncol, 8, pp. 1664-1674; Neugebauer, A., The experience of chronic illness and physical disability: Consequences for quality of life and social relationships (2000) Psychology, p. 146. , Berkeley CA: University of California; Provisor, A.J., Ettinger, L.J., Nachman, J.B., Krailo, M.D., Makley, J.T., Yunis, E.J., Huvos, A.G., Miser, J.S., Treatment of nonmetastatic osteosarcoma of the extremity with preoperative and postoperative chemotherapy: A report from the Children's Cancer Group (1997) J Clin Oncol, 15, pp. 76-84; Ries, L., Smith, M., Gurney, J., Linet, M., Tamra, T., Young, J., Bunin, G., Cancer incidence and survival among children and adolescents: United States SEER Program 1975-1995 (1999) National Cancer Institute, SEER Program, , Vol. NIH Publication No.99-4649. Bethesda, MD: NIH; Robbison, L., Mertens, A., Boice, J.D., Breslow, N.E., Donaldson, S.S., Green, D., Li, F.P., Zeltzer, L.K., Study design and cohort characteristics of the childhood cancer survivor study: A multi institutional collaborative project (2002) Med Pediatr Oncol, 38, pp. 229-239; Rosen, G., Marcove, R.C., Caparros, B., Nirenberg, A., Kosloff, C., Huvos, A.G., Primary osteogenic sarcoma: The rationale for preoperative chemotherapy and delayed surgery (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 2163-2177; Rougraff, B.T., Simon, M.A., Kneisl, J.S., Greenberg, D.B., Mankin, H.J., Limb salvage compared with amputation for osteosarcoma of the distal end of the femur. A long-term oncological, functional, and quality-of-life study (1994) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 76, pp. 649-656; Ruggieri, P., De Cristofaro, R., Picci, P., Bacci, G., Biagini, R., Casadei, R., Ferraro, A., Campanacci, M., Complications and surgical indications in 144 cases of nonmetastatic osteosarcoma of the extremities treated with neoadjuvant chemotherapy (1993) Clin Orthop, 295, pp. 226-238; Simon, M.A., Limb salvage for osteosarcoma in the 1980s (1991) Clin Orthop, 270, pp. 264-270; Simon, M.A., Aschliman, M.A., Thomas, N., Mankin, H.J., Limb-salvage treatment versus amputation for osteosarcoma of the distal end of the femur (1986) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 68, pp. 1331-1337; Sluga, M., Windhager, R., Lang, S., Heinzl, H., Bielack, S., Kotz, R., Local and systemic control after ablative and limb sparing surgery in patients with osteosarcoma (1999) Clin Orthop, 358, pp. 120-127; Springfield, D.S., Introduction to limb-salvage surgery for sarcomas (1991) Orthop Clin North Am, 22, pp. 1-5; Wang, C.C., Schulz, M.D., A study of fifty cases treated at Massachusetts general hospital 1930-1952 inclusive (1953) N Engl J Med, 248, pp. 571-576; Yaw, K.M., Pediatric bone tumors (1999) Semin Surg Oncol, 16, pp. 173-183; Znajda, T., Wunder, J., Bell, R., Davis, A., Gender issues in patients with extremity soft-sarcoma: A pilot study (1999) Cancer Nurs, 22, pp. 111-118 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-19944428054&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6602220&partnerID=40&md5=4388ea598acfb37720f8ec9788069817 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Historical measures of social context in life course studies: Retrospective linkage of addresses to decennial censuses T2 - International Journal of Health Geographics J2 - Int. J. Health Geogr. VL - 3 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1186/1476-072X-3-27 SN - 1476072X (ISSN) AU - Rose, K.M. AU - Wood, J.L. AU - Knowles, S. AU - Pollitt, R.A. AU - Whitsel, E.A. AU - Diez Roux, A.V. AU - Yoon, D. AU - Heiss, G. AD - Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, United States AD - Department of Medicine, The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, United States AD - The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor School of Public Health, Ann Arbor, MI, United States AD - Dept. of City and Regional Planning, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, United States AB - Background: There is evidence of a contribution of early life socioeconomic exposures to the risk of chronic diseases in adulthood. However, extant studies investigating the impact of the neighborhood social environment on health tend to characterize only the current social environment. This in part may be due to complexities involved in obtaining and geocoding historical addresses. The Life Course Socioeconomic Status, Social Context, and Cardiovascular Disease Study collected information on childhood (1930-1950) and early adulthood (1960-1980) place of residence from 12,681 black and white middle-aged and older men and women from four U.S. communities to link participants with census-based socioeconomic indicators over the life course. Results: Most (99%) participants were linked to 1930-50 county level socioeconomic census data (the smallest level of aggregation universally available during this time period) corresponding to childhood place of residence. Linkage did not vary by race, gender, birth cohort, or level of educational attainment. A commercial geocoding vendor processed participants' self-reported street addresses for ages 30, 40, and 50. For 1970 and 1980 censuses, spatial coordinates were overlaid onto shape files containing census tract boundaries; for 1960 no shape files existed and comparability files were used. Several methods were tested for accuracy and to increase linkage. Successful linkage to historical census tracts varied by census (66% for 1960, 76% for 1970, 85% for 1980). This compares to linkage rates of 94% for current addresses provided by participants over the course of the ARIC examinations. Conclusion: There are complexities and limitations in characterizing the past social context. However, our results suggest that it is feasible to characterize the earlier social environment with known levels of measurement error and that such an approach should be considered in future studies. © 2004 Rose et al; licensee BioMed Central Ltd. N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C7 - 27 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rose, K.M.; Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, United States; email: kathryn-rose@unc.edu N1 - References: Diez-Roux, A.V., Merkin, S.S., Arnett, D., Chambless, L., Massing, M., Nieto, F.J., Sorlie, P., Watson, R.L., Neighborhood of residence and incidence of coronary heart disease (2001) N. Engl. J. Med., 345, pp. 99-106; Diez-Roux, A.V., Nieto, F.J., Caulfield, L., Tyroler, H.A., Watson, R.L., Szklo, M., Neighborhood differences in diet: The Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities (ARIC) Study (1999) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 53, pp. 55-63; Diez-Roux, A.V., Nieto, F.J., Muntaner, C., Tyroler, H.A., Comstock, G.W., Shahar, E., Cooper, L.S., Szklo, M., Neighborhood environments and coronary heart disease: A multilevel analysis (1997) Am. J. Epidemiol., 146, pp. 48-63; LeClere, F.B., Rogers, R.G., Peters, K., Neighborhood social context and racial differences in women's heart disease mortality (1998) J. Health Soc. Behav., 39, pp. 91-107; Van Lenthe, F.J., Mackenbach, J.P., Neighbourhood deprivation and overweight: The GLOBE study (2002) Int. J. Obes. Relat. Metab. Disord., 26, pp. 234-240; Ostir, G.V., Eschbach, K., Markides, K.S., Goodwin, J.S., Neighbourhood composition and depressive symptoms among older Mexican Americans (2003) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 57, pp. 987-992; Krieger, N., Waterman, P.D., Chen, J.T., Soobader, M.J., Subramanian, S.V., Monitoring socioeconomic inequalities in sexually transmitted infections, tuberculosis, and violence: Geocoding and choice of area-based socioeconomic measures - The public health disparities geocoding project (US) (2003) Public Health Rep., 118, pp. 240-260; Hart, C.L., Smith, G.D., Blane, D., Inequalities in mortality by social class measured at stages of the lifecourse (1998) Am. J. Public Health, 88, pp. 471-474; Wamala, S.P., Lynch, J., Kaplan, G.A., Women's exposure to early and later life socioeconomic disadvantage and coronary heart disease risk: The Stockholm Female Coronary Risk Study (2001) Int. J. Epidemiol., 30, pp. 275-284; Marmot, M., Shipley, M., Brunner, E., Hemingway, H., Relative contribution of early life and adult socioeconomic factors to adult morbidity in the Whitehall II study (2001) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 55, pp. 301-307; Bonner, M.R., Han, D., Nie, J., Rogerson, P., Vena, J.E., Freudenheim, J.L., Positional accuracy of geocoded addresses in epidemiologic research (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 408-412; Cayo, M.R., Talbot, T.O., Positional error in automated geocoding of residential addresses (2003) Int. J. Health Geographics, 19, p. 10; Krieger, N., Waterman, P., Lemieux, K., Zierler, S., Hogan, J.W., On the wrong side of the tracts? Evaluating the accuracy of geocoding in public health research (2001) Am. J. Public Health, 91, pp. 1114-1116; Whitsel, E.A., Rose, K.M., Wood, J.L., Henley, A.C., Liao, D., Heiss, G., Accuracy and repeatability of commercial geocoding in the Life Course Socioeconomic Status, Social Context and Cardiovascular Disease study (2004) Am. J. Epidemiol., 160, pp. 1023-1029; McElroy, J.A., Remington, P.L., Trenthan-Dietz, A., Robert, S.A., Newcomb, P.A., Geocoding addresses from a large population-based study: Lessons learned (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 399-407; Life Course Socioeconomic Status, Social Context and Cardiovascular Disease (LC-SES) Study: Manual of Procedures, , http://www.lifecourseepi.info/lifecourse2/forms/MOP3904_web.pdf; http://www.naco.org, National Association of Counties; Giele, J.Z., Elder, G.H., Life course research: Development of a field (1998) Methods of Life Course Research: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches, pp. 5-27. , Edited by: Giele JZ, Elder GH. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications; Elder, G.H., George, L.K., Shanahan, M.J., Psychosocial stress over the life course (1996) Psychosocial Stress: Perspectives on Structure, Theory, Life Course, and Methods, pp. 247-292. , Edited by: Kaplan HB. Orlando: Academic Press; Rothman, K.J., Greenland, S., (1998) Modern Epidemiology, , 2nd edition. Philapelphia, Pennsylvaina: Lippincott-Raven Publishers; Berney, L.R., Blane, D.B., Collecting retrospective data: Accuracy of recall after 50 years judged against historical records (1997) Soc. Sci. Med., 45, pp. 1519-1525; Krieger, N., Chen, J.T., Waterman, P.D., Soobader, M.J., Subrmanian, S.V., Carson, R., Geocoding and monitoring of US socioeconomic inequalities in mortality and cancer incidence: Does the choice of area-based measure and geographic level matter?: The Public Health Disparities Geocoding Project (2002) Am. J. Epidemiol., 156, pp. 471-482; Soobader, M., LeClere, F.B., Hadden, W., Maury, B., Using aggregate geographic data to proxy individual socioeconomic status: Does size matter? (2001) Am. J. Public Health, 91, pp. 632-636; Geronimus, A.T., Bound, J., Use of census-based aggregate variables to proxy for socioeconomic group: Evidence from national samples (1998) Am. J. Epidemiol., 148, pp. 475-486; Muramatsu, N., County-level income inequality and depression among older Americans (2003) Health Serv. Res., 38, pp. 1863-1883; Franzini, L., Spears, W., Contributions of social context to inequalities in years of life lost to heart disease in Texas, USA (2003) Soc. Sci. Med., 57, pp. 1847-1861; Feldman, L., McMullan, C., Abernathy, T., Angina and socio-economic status in Ontario: How do characteristics of the county you live in influence your chance of developing heart disease? (2004) Can. J. Public. Health, 95, pp. 228-232; Yabroff, K.R., Gordis, L., Assessment of a national health interview survey-based method of measuring community socioeconomic status (2003) Ann. Epidemiol., 13, pp. 721-726; Karpati, A., Galea, S., Awerbuch, T., Levins, R., Variability and vulnerability at the ecological level: Implications for understanding the social determinants of health (2002) Am. J. Public Health, 92, pp. 1768-1772; Life Course Socioeconomic Status, Social Context and Cardiovascular Disease (LC-SES) Study, Census Tract SES http://www.lifecourseepi.info/lifecourse2/census/; The Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities (ARIC) Study: Design and objectives (1989) American Journal of Epidemiology, 129, pp. 687-702. , ARIC Investigators; Life Course Socioeconomic Status, Social Context and Cardiovascular Disease (LC-SES) Study http://www.lifecourseepi.info; (1970) Census Tracts, No 1-241, Table A U.S, 1. , U.S. Bureau of the Census Government Printing Office, Washington D.C; Census of Housing, U.S. Bureau of the Census: 1961-1963: Volume 3 (1960), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington D.CUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-13144273786&doi=10.1186%2f1476-072X-3-27&partnerID=40&md5=210b5c6666ac0686237538a85855bd03 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Impact of congenital colour vision deficiency on education and unintentional injuries: Findings from the 1958 British birth cohort T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 329 IS - 7474 SP - 1074 EP - 1075 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1136/bmj.38176.685208.F7 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Cumberland, P. AU - Rahi, J.S. AU - Peckham, C.S. AD - C. Paediatr. Epidemiol./Biostatist., Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Paediatric Epidemiology, C. Paediatr. Epidemiol./Biostatist., Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom KW - academic achievement KW - accident KW - adaptation KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - color vision defect KW - congenital color vision deficiency KW - education KW - female KW - genetic disorder KW - human KW - injury KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mathematics KW - occupational accident KW - priority journal KW - reading KW - screening KW - traffic accident KW - unintentional injury KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Color Vision Defects KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Risk Factors KW - Wounds and Injuries N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 15465847 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rahi, J.S.; C. Paediatr. Epidemiol./Biostatist., Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: j.rahi@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: (1987) Colour Vision, pp. 1-8. , London: HMSO. (Medical series guidance notes MS7); Hofroyd, E., Hall, D.M.B., A re-appraisal of screening for colour vision impairments (1997) Child Care Health Dev, 23, pp. 391-398; Essen, J., Fogelman, K., Ghodsian, M., Long-term changes in the school attainment of a national sample of children (1978) Educ Res, 20, pp. 300-305; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socio-economic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-308; Lampe, L.M.L., Doster, M.E., Beal, B.B., Summary of three year study of academic and school achievement between color-deficient and normal primary age pupils: Phase 2 (1973) J Sch Health, 43, pp. 309-311 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-8544270126&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.38176.685208.F7&partnerID=40&md5=48ae8109fba8a4b714e675eb8e06d5bf ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time trends in adolescent mental health T2 - Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines J2 - J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry Allied Discip. VL - 45 IS - 8 SP - 1350 EP - 1362 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-7610.2004.00335.x SN - 00219630 (ISSN) AU - Collishaw, S. AU - Maughan, B. AU - Goodman, R. AU - Pickles, A. AD - MRC Social Genet./Devmtl. Psychiat., Institute of Psychiatry, King's College London, 16 De Crespigny Park, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Child/Adolescent Psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, 16 De Crespigny Park, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom AD - School of Epidemiology/Hlth. Science, Centre for Census/Survey Research, University of Manchester, Manchester, United Kingdom AB - Background: Existing evidence points to a substantial rise in psychosocial disorders affecting young people over the past 50 years (Rutter & Smith, 1995). However, there are major methodological challenges in providing conclusive answers about secular changes in disorder. Comparisons of rates of disorder at different time points are often affected by changes in diagnostic criteria, differences in assessment methods, and changes in official reporting practices. Few studies have examined this issue using the same instruments at each time point. Methods: The current study assessed the extent to which conduct, hyperactive and emotional problems have become more common over a 25-year period in three general population samples of UK adolescents. The samples used in this study were the adolescent sweeps of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 Birth Cohort Study, and the 1999 British Child and Adolescent Mental Health Survey. Comparable questionnaires were completed by parents of 15-16-year-olds at each time point (1974, 1986, and 1999). Results and conclusions: Results showed a substantial increase in adolescent conduct problems over the 25-year study period that has affected males and females, all social classes and all family types. There was also evidence for a recent rise in emotional problems, but mixed evidence in relation to rates of hyperactive behaviour. Further analyses using longitudinal data from the first two cohorts showed that long-term outcomes for adolescents with conduct problems were closely similar. This provided evidence that observed trends were unaffected by possible changes in reporting thresholds. © Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 2004. KW - Adolescence KW - Birth cohorts KW - Mental health KW - Time trends KW - UK KW - adolescent KW - adolescent disease KW - article KW - behavior disorder KW - child development KW - childbirth KW - clinical study KW - cohort analysis KW - conduct disorder KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - emotional disorder KW - evidence based medicine KW - family KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - hyperactivity KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - mental health KW - outcomes research KW - parent KW - population research KW - questionnaire KW - sampling KW - social class KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity KW - Conduct Disorder KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Mood Disorders KW - Population Surveillance KW - Prevalence KW - Severity of Illness Index KW - United States N1 - Cited By :372 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPPDA C2 - 15482496 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Collishaw, S.; MRC Social Genet./Devmtl. Psychiat., Institute of Psychiatry, 16 De Crespigny Park, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom; email: s.collishaw@iop.kcl.ac.uk N1 - References: Achenbach, T.M., Conners, C.K., Quay, H.C., Verhulst, F.C., Howell, C.T., Replication of empirically derived syndromes as a basis for taxonomy of child/adolescent psychopathology (1989) Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, pp. 299-323; Achenbach, T.M., Dumenci, L., Rescorla, L.A., Ten-year comparisons of problems and competencies for national samples of youth: Self, parent and teacher reports (2002) Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 10, pp. 194-203; Achenbach, T.M., Dumenci, L., Rescorla, L.A., Are American children's problems still getting worse? A 23-year comparison (2003) Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 31, pp. 1-11; Angold, A., Costello, E.J., Erkanli, A., Comorbidity (1999) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, pp. 57-87; Butler, N., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-Year-Olds, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Caron, C., Rutter, M., Comorbidity in child psychopathology - Concepts, issues and research strategies (1991) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, pp. 1063-1080; The changing rate of major depression (1992) Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, pp. 3098-3105. , Cross-National Collaborative Group; Dickens, W.T., Flynn, J.R., Heritability estimates versus large environmental effects: The IQ paradox resolved (2001) Psychological Review, 108, pp. 346-369; Diekstra, R.F.W., Kienhorst, C.W.M., de Wilde, E.J., Suicide and suicidal behaviour among adolescents (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 686-782. , M. Rutter & D.J. Smith (Eds.), Chichester: John Wiley & Sons; East, K., Campbell, S., (1999) Aspects of Crime. Young Offenders 1999, , http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/youthjustice1.html, Home Office Internet publication. Retrieved 14 March from; Elander, J., Rutter, M., Use and development of the Rutter parents' and teachers' scales (1996) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 6, pp. 63-78; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Mental health, educational, and social role outcomes of adolescents with depression (2002) Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, pp. 225-231; Ferri, E., Bynner, J., Wadsworth, M., (2003) Changing Britain. Changing Lives. Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, , London: Institute of Education Publications; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain, , London: MacMillan; Fombonne, E., Increased rates of psychosocial disorders in youth (1998) European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 248, pp. 14-21; Fombonne, E., Wostear, G., Cooper, V., Harrington, R., Rutter, M., The Maudsley long-term follow-up of child and adolescent depression. I. Psychiatric outcomes in adulthood (2001) British Journal of Psychiatry, 179, pp. 210-217; Goodman, R., The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: A research note (1997) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38, pp. 581-586; Hess, L.E., Changing family patterns in Western Europe: Opportunity and risk factors for adolescent development (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 104-193. , M. Rutter & D.J. Smith (Eds.), Chichester: John Wiley & Sons; Hill, J., Biological, psychological and social processes in the conduct disorders (2002) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 43, pp. 133-164; Hill, J., Maughan, B., Conduct disorders in childhood and adolescence (2001), pp. 507-552. , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Suicide among children, adolescents, and young adults: United States, 1980-1992 (1995) Journal of the American Medical Association, 274, pp. 451-452. , JAMA. (editorial); De Jong, P.F., Short-term trends in Dutch children's attention problems (1997) European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 6, pp. 73-80; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Swartz, M., Blazer, D.G., Nelson, C.B., Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. I. Lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence (1993) Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, pp. 85-96; King, M., At risk drinking among general practice attenders: Validation of the CAGE questionnaire (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 213-217; Lewinsohn, P.M., Rohde, P., Klein, D.N., Seeley, J.R., Natural course of adolescent major depressive disorder: I. Continuity into young adulthood (1999) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, pp. 56-63; Lewinsohn, P.M., Rohde, P., Seeley, J.R., Fischer, S.A., Age-cohort changes in the lifetime occurrence of depression and other mental disorders (1993) Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, pp. 110-120; Mander, A., Clayton, D., HOTDECK: Stata module to impute missing values using the hotdeck method (1999), Statistical Software Components S36690 (rev. 12 September 2002). Boston MA: Boston College, Department of Economics; Manor, O., Matthews, S., Power, C., Self-rated health and longstanding illness: Inter-relationships with morbidity in early adulthood (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 600-607; Maughan, B., Pickles, A., Rowe, R., Costello, E.J., Angold, A., Developmental trajectories of aggressive and non-aggressive conduct problems (2000) Journal of Quantitative Criminology, 16, pp. 199-221; Maughan, B., Rutter, M., Antisocial children grown up (2001) Conduct Disorders in Childhood and Adolescence, pp. 507-552. , J. Hill & B. Maughan (Eds.), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Mayfield, D., McLeod, G., Hall, P., The CAGE questionnaire. Validation of a new alcohol screening instrument (1974) American Journal of Psychiatry, 131, pp. 1121-1123; Meltzer, H., Gatward, R., Goodman, R., Ford, T., (2000) The Mental Health of Children and Adolescents in Great Britain: Summary Report, , London: The Stationery Office; Nazroo, J., Becher, H., Kelly, Y., McMunn, A., Children's health (2001) Health Survey for England: The Health of Minority Ethnic Groups '99. Vol. 1: Findings, , B. Erens, P. Primatesta, & G. Prior (Eds.), London: The Stationery Office; (2000) Population Trends, 102. , Office for National Statistics. London: The Stationery Office; (1993) Standard Occupational Classification, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. London: The Stationery Office; Prosser, J., McArdle, P., The changing mental health of children and adolescents: Evidence for a deterioration? (1996) Psychological Medicine, 26, pp. 715-725; Rahim, S.I.A., Cederblad, M., Effects of rapid urbanisation on child behaviour and health in a part of Khartoum, Sudan (1984) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 25, pp. 629-641; Roberts, R.E., Attkisson, C.C., Rosenblatt, A., Prevalence of psychopathology among children and adolescents (1998) American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 715-725; Robins, L.N., Making sense of the increasing prevalence of conduct disorder (2001) Research and Innovation on the Road to Modern Child Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Festschrift for Professor Sir Michael Rutter, pp. 115-128. , J. Green & W. Yule (Eds.), Glasgow: Gaskell; Robins, L.N., Regier, D.A., (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, , New York: The Free Press; Rubin, D.B., (1987) Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys, , New York: John Wiley and Sons; Rutter, M., Causal concepts and their testing (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 7-34. , M. Rutter & D.J. Smith (Eds.), Chichester: John Wiley & Sons; Rutter, M., Psychosocial adversity and child psychopathology (2001) Research and Innovation on the Road to Modern Child Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Festschrift for Professor Sir Michael Rutter, pp. 129-152. , J. Green & W. Yule (Eds.), Glasgow: Gaskell; Rutter, M., Giller, H., Hagell, A., (1998) Antisocial Behavior By Young People, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Smith, D.J., (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, , Chichester: John Wiley & Sons; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Schafer, J.L., (1997) Analysis of Incomplete Multivariate Data, , London: Chapman & Hall; Schoon, I., Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Parsons, S., Wiggins, R.D., Sacker, A., The influence of context, timing, and duration of risk experiences for the passage from childhood to midadulthood (2002) Child Development, 73, pp. 1486-1504; Scott, S., Knapp, M., Henderson, J., Maughan, B., Financial cost of social exclusion: Follow up study of antisocial children into adulthood (2001) British Medical Journal, 323, pp. 191-194; Shaffer, D., The epidemiology of teen suicide: An examination of risk factors (1988) Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 49, pp. 36-41; Smith, D.J., Rutter, M., Time trends in psychosocial disorders of youth (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 763-781. , M. Rutter & D.J. Smith (Eds.), Chichester: John Wiley & Sons; (2002) Stata Statistical Software: Release 7.0, , StataCorp. College Station, Texas: Stata; Verhulst, F.C., van der Ende, J., Rietbergen, A., Ten-year time trends of psychopathology in Dutch children and adolescents: No evidence for strong trends (1997) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 96, pp. 7-13; West, P., Sweeting, H., Fifteen, female and stressed: Changing patterns of psychological distress over time (2003) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 44, pp. 399-411 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-7444243860&doi=10.1111%2fj.1469-7610.2004.00335.x&partnerID=40&md5=a76f5c81da1f2cae10ced8a094540bec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth cohort studies in psychiatry: Beginning at the beginning T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 34 IS - 8 SP - 1375 EP - 1383 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1017/S0033291704003277 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Colman, I. AU - Jones, P.B. AD - Department of Psychiatry, University of Cambridge, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Box 189, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom KW - cannabis KW - alcoholism KW - analytical error KW - birth order KW - cannabis addiction KW - case control study KW - child development KW - child parent relation KW - child psychiatry KW - cognitive defect KW - cohort analysis KW - delusion KW - dementia KW - depression KW - environmental exposure KW - habit KW - hallucination KW - heredity KW - human KW - hypothesis KW - information processing KW - life event KW - longitudinal study KW - low birth weight KW - medical literature KW - MEDLINE KW - mental disease KW - methodology KW - national health service KW - neuroscience KW - New Zealand KW - privacy KW - prospective study KW - psychoanalysis KW - psychological aspect KW - psychology KW - research ethics KW - retrospective study KW - review KW - risk assessment KW - schizophrenia KW - social aspect KW - survival KW - Cohort Studies KW - Epidemiologic Studies KW - Humans KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - Research Design N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 15724869 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jones, P.B.; Department of Psychiatry, University of Cambridge, Box 189, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom; email: pbj21@cam.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cannabis, 8001-45-4, 8063-14-7 N1 - References: Andréasson, S., Allebeck, P., Engström, A., Rydberg, U., Cannabis and schizophrenia. A longitudinal study of Swedish conscripts (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 1483-1486; Arseneault, L., Cannon, M., Poulton, R., Murray, R., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Cannabis use in adolescence and risk for adult psychosis: Longitudinal prospective study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 1212-1213; Barker, D.J.P., (1993) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , British Medical Journal: Plymouth; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies, and Disease in Later Life, , British Medical Journal: Plymouth; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Kuh, D., A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives (2002) International Journal of Epidemiology, 31, pp. 285-293; Brewer, R.I., Haslum, M.N., Stewart-Brown, S., Recent findings from the 1970 Child Health and Education Study (1982) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 75, pp. 781-784; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , E & S Livingstone: Edinburgh; Cannon, M., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Harrington, H., Taylor, A., Murray, R.M., Poulton, R., Evidence for early-childhood, pan-developmental impairment specific to schizophreniform disorder: Results from a longitudinal birth cohort (2002) Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, pp. 449-456; Cannon, M., Jones, P., Huttunen, M.O., Tanskanen, A., Huttunen, T., Rabe-Hesketh, S., Murray, R.M., School performance in Finnish children and later development of schizophrenia: A population-based longitudinal study (1999) Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, pp. 457-463; Cannon, T.D., van Erp, T.G., Bearden, C.E., Loewy, R., Thompson, P., Toga, A.W., Huttunen, M.O., Tsuang, M.T., Early and late neurodevelopmental influences in the prodrome to schizophrenia: Contributions of genes, environment, and their interactions (2003) Schizophrenia Bulletin, 29, pp. 653-669; Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T.E., Taylor, A., Craig, I.W., Harrington, H., McClay, J., Poulton, R., Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene (2003) Science, 301, pp. 386-389; Chalmers, T.C., Celano, P., Sacks, H.S., Smith Jr., H., Bias in treatment assignment in controlled clinical trials (1983) New England Journal of Medicine, 309, pp. 1358-1361; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B.C., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births Vol. 1. The First Week of Life, , Wm Heinemann: London; Clouston, T.S., (1891) The Neuroses of Development, , Oliver & Boyd: Edinburgh; Colditz, G.A., Miller, J.N., Mosteller, F., How study design affects outcomes in comparisons of therapy. I: Medical (1989) Statistics in Medicine, 8, pp. 441-454; Croudace, T.J., Jarvelin, M.R., Wadsworth, M.E., Jones, P.B., Developmental typology of trajectories to nighttime bladder control: Epidemiologic application of longitudinal latent class analysis (2003) American Journal of Epidemiology, 157, pp. 834-842; David, A.S., Malmberg, A., Brandt, L., Allebeck, P., Lewis, G., IQ and risk for schizophrenia: A population-based cohort study (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 1311-1323; Done, D.J., Crow, T.J., Johnstone, E.C., Sacker, A., Childhood antecedents of schizophrenia and affective illness: Social adjustment at ages 7 and 11 (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 699-703; Douglas, J.W.B., (1964) The Home and the School, , Macgibbon and Kee: London; Douglas, J.W.B., (1968) All Our Future, , Peter Davies Ltd: London; Fergusson, D.M., Goodwin, R.D., Horwood, L.J., Major depression and cigarette smoking: Results of a 21-year longitudinal study (2003) Psychological Medicine, 33, pp. 1357-1367; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., The Christchurch Health and Development Study: Review of findings on child and adolescent mental health (2001) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 35, pp. 287-296; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Swain-Campbell, N.R., Cannabis dependence and psychotic symptoms in young people (2003) Psychological Medicine, 33, pp. 15-21; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Wright, R., The Christchurch child development study (1978) New Zealand Nursing Journal, 71, pp. 25-27; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Horwood, L.J., Risk factors and life processes associated with the onset of suicidal behaviour during adolescence and early adulthood (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 23-39; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , ed. National Children's Bureau: London; Gale, C.R., Martyn, C.N., Birth weight and later risk of depression in a national birth cohort (2004) British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, pp. 28-33; Giuffra, L.A., Risch, N., Diminished recall and the cohort effect of major depression: A simulation study (1994) Psychological Medicine, 24, pp. 375-383; Golding, J., Children of the nineties. A longitudinal study of pregnancy and childhood based on the population of Avon (ALSPAC) (1990) West of England Medical Journal, 105, pp. 80-82; Goodyer, I.M., Herbert, J., Altham, P.M., Adrenal steroid secretion and major depression in 8- to 16-year-olds, III. Influence of cortisol/DHEA ratio at presentation on subsequent rates of disappointing life events and persistent major depression (1998) Psychological Medicine, 28, pp. 265-273; Goodyer, I.M., Herbert, J., Tamplin, A., Psychoendocrine antecedents of persistent first-episode major depression in adolescents: A community-based longitudinal enquiry (2003) Psychological Medicine, 33, pp. 601-610; Goodyer, I.M., Herbert, J., Tamplin, A., Altham, P.M., First-episode major depression in adolescents. Affective, cognitive and endocrine characteristics of risk status and predictors of onset (2000) British Journal of Psychiatry, 176, pp. 142-149; Goodyer, I.M., Park, R.J., Herbert, J., Psychosocial and endocrine features of chronic first-episode major depression in 8-16 year olds (2001) Biological Psychiatry, 50, pp. 351-357; Heron, J., O'Connor, T.G., Evans, J., Golding, J., Glover, V., The course of anxiety and depression through pregnancy and the postpartum in a community sample (2004) Journal of Affective Disorders, 80, pp. 65-73; Hope, S., Rodgers, B., Power, C., Marital status transitions and psychological distress: Longitudinal evidence from a national population sample (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 381-389; Huppert, F.A., Keverne, B., Baylis, N., The science of well-being - Integrating neurobiology, psychology and social science Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London (Series B), , (in press); Isohanni, M., Jones, P., Kemppainen, L., Croudace, T., Isohanni, I., Veijola, J., Rasanen, S., Rantakallio, P., Childhood and adolescent predictors of schizophrenia in the Northern Finland 1966 birth cohort - A descriptive life-span model (2000) European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 250, pp. 311-319; Isohanni, M., Jones, P.B., Moilanen, K., Rantakallio, P., Veijola, J., Oja, H., Koiranen, M., Jarvelin, M., Early developmental milestones in adult schizophrenia and other psychoses. A 31-year follow-up of the Northern Finland 1966 Birth Cohort (2001) Schizophrenia Research, 52, pp. 1-19; Jaffee, S.R., Moffitt, T.E., Caspi, A., Fombonne, E., Poulton, R., Martin, J., Differences in early childhood risk factors for juvenile-onset and adult-onset depression (2002) Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, pp. 215-222; Jones, P., Rodgers, B., Murray, R., Marmot, M., Child development risk factors for adult schizophrenia in the British 1946 birth cohort (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 1398-1402; Jones, P.B., Rantakallio, P., Hartikainen, A.L., Isohanni, M., Sipila, P., Schizophrenia as a long-term outcome of pregnancy, delivery, and perinatal complications: A 28-year follow-up of the 1966 north Finland general population birth cohort (1998) American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 355-364; Jones, P.B., Tarrant, C.J., Specificity of developmental precursors to schizophrenia and affective disorders (1999) Schizophrenia Research, 39, pp. 121-125; Kim-Cohen, J., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Harrington, H., Milne, B.J., Poulton, R., Prior juvenile diagnoses in adults with mental disorder: Developmental follow-back of a prospective-longitudinal cohort (2003) Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, pp. 709-717; Klerman, G.L., Weissman, M.M., Increasing rates of depression (1989) Journal of the American Medical Association, 261, pp. 2229-2235; Lewis, G., David, A., Andreasson, S., Allebeck, P., Schizophrenia and city life (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 137-140; Lewis, G., David, A.S., Malmberg, A., Allebeck, P., Nonpsychotic psychiatric disorder and subsequent risk of schizophrenia. Cohort study (2000) British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, pp. 416-420; Lewis, S.W., Murray, R.M., Obstetric complications, neurodevelopmental deviance, and risk of schizophrenia (1987) Journal of Psychiatric Research, 21, pp. 413-421; Lindelow, M., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Development of a scale to measure symptoms of anxiety and depression in the general UK population: The psychiatric symptom frequency scale (1997) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 51, pp. 549-557; Lindsay, J., Laurin, D., Verreault, R., Hebert, R., Helliwell, B., Hill, G.B., McDowell, I., Risk factors for Alzheimer's disease: A prospective analysis from the Canadian Study of Health and Aging (2002) American Journal of Epidemiology, 156, pp. 445-453; Malmberg, A., Lewis, G., David, A., Allebeck, P., Premorbid adjustment and personality in people with schizophrenia (1998) British Journal of Psychiatry, 172, pp. 308-313. , (discussion, 314-315); McGee, R.O., Silva, P.A., (1982) A Thousand New Zealand Children: Their Health and Development from Birth to Seven, , Medical Research Council of New Zealand: Auckland; Miller, J.N., Colditz, G.A., Mosteller, F., How study design affects outcomes in comparisons of therapy. II: Surgical (1989) Statistics in Medicine, 8, pp. 455-466; Neale, R., Brayne, C., Johnson, A.L., Cognition and survival: An exploration in a large multicentic study of the population aged 65 years and over (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 1383-1388; Neeleman, J., Sytema, S., Wadsworth, M., Propensity to psychiatric and somatic ill-health: Evidence from a birth cohort (2002) Psychological Medicine, 32, pp. 793-803; Newman, S.C., Bland, R.C., Incidence of mental disorders in Edmonton: Estimates of rates and methodological issues (1998) Journal of Psychiatric Research, 32, pp. 273-282; O'Connell, P., Woodruff, P.W., Wright, I., Jones, P., Murray, R.M., Developmental insanity or dementia praecox: Was the wrong concept adopted? (1997) Schizophrenia Research, 23, pp. 97-106; Patten, S.B., Recall bias and major depression lifetime prevalence (2003) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 38, pp. 290-296; Paykel, E.S., Hayhurst, H., Abbott, R., Wadsworth, M., Stability and change in milder psychiatric disorder over 7 years in a birth cohort (2001) Psychological Medicine, 31, pp. 1373-1384; Poulton, R., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T.E., Cannon, M., Murray, R., Harrington, H., Children's self-reported psychotic symptoms and adult schizophreniform disorder: A 15-year longitudinal study (2000) Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, pp. 1053-1058; Rantakallio, P., Groups at risk in low birth weight infants and perinatal mortality (1969) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 193 (SUPPL.), pp. 5-71; Rantakallio, P., The longitudinal study of the northern Finland birth cohort of 1966 (1988) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 2, pp. 59-88; Richards, M., Shipley, B., Fuhrer, R., Wadsworth, M.E., Cognitive ability in childhood and cognitive decline in mid-life: Longitudinal birth cohort study (2004) British Medical Journal, 328, p. 552; Robins, L.N., (1966) Deviant Children Grown Up: A Sociological and Psychiatric Study of a Sociopathic Personality, , William & Wilkins Co.: Baltimore; Rockwood, K., Wentzel, C., Hachinski, V., Hogan, D.B., MacKnight, C., McDowell, I., Prevalence and outcomes of vascular cognitive impairment (2000) Neurology, 54, pp. 447-451. , Vascular Cognitive Impairment Investigators of the Canadian Study of Health and Aging; Rodgers, B., Behaviour and personality in childhood as predictors of adult psychiatric disorder (1990) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines, 31, pp. 393-414; Rossow, I., Amundsen, A., Alcohol abuse and suicide: A 40-year prospective study of Norwegian conscripts (1995) Addiction, 90, pp. 685-691; Rossow, I., Amundsen, A., Alcohol abuse and mortality: A 40-year prospective study of Norwegian conscripts (1997) Social Science & Medicine, 44, pp. 261-267; Sacker, A., Wiggins, R.D., Age-period-cohort effects on inequalities in psychological distress, 1981-2000 (2002) Psychological Medicine, 32, pp. 977-990; Sacks, H., Chalmers, T.C., Smith Jr., H., Randomized versus historical controls for clinical trials (1982) American Journal of Medicine, 72, pp. 233-240; Sigurdsson, E., Van Os, J., Fombonne, E., Are impaired childhood motor skills a risk factor for adolescent anxiety? Results from the 1958 U.K. birth cohort and the National Child Development Study (2002) American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, pp. 1044-1046; Silva, P.A., Stanton, W.R., (1996) From Child to Adult: The Dunedin Multidisciplinary Health and Development Study, , Oxford University Press: Auckland; Simon, G.E., VonKorff, M., Ustun, T.B., Gater, R., Gureje, O., Sartorius, N., Is the lifetime risk of depression actually increasing? (1995) Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 48, pp. 1109-1118; Smith, K., Joshi, H., The Millenium Cohort Study (2002) Population Trends, 107, pp. 30-35; St John, P.D., Montgomery, P.R., Kristjansson, B., McDowell, I., Cognitive scores, even within the normal range, predict death and institutionalization (2002) Age and Ageing, 31, pp. 373-378; van Os, J., Jones, P., Lewis, G., Wadsworth, M., Murray, R., Developmental precursors of affective illness in a general population birth cohort (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 625-631; van Os, J., Jones, P.B., Early risk factors and adult person-environment relationships in affective disorder (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 1055-1067; Wadsworth, M.E., Butterworth, S.L., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D.J., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., Hilder, W.S., Connor, M., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Social Science & Medicine, 57, pp. 2193-2205; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Weinberger, D.R., Implications of normal brain development for the pathogenesis of schizophrenia (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 660-669; Weinberger, D.R., From neuropathology to neurodevelopment (1995) Lancet, 346, pp. 552-557; Zammit, S., Allebeck, P., David, A.S., Dalman, C., Hemmingsson, T., Lundberg, I., Lewis, G., A longitudinal study of premorbid IQ Score and risk of developing schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, severe depression, and other nonaffective psychoses (2004) Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, pp. 354-360 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-10044233986&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291704003277&partnerID=40&md5=3e4b435638bf88e3b63dabc1a431c9a0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time to death and health expenditure: An improved model for the impact of demographic change on health care costs T2 - Age and Ageing J2 - Age Ageing VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 556 EP - 561 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/ageing/afh187 SN - 00020729 (ISSN) AU - Seshamani, M. AU - Gray, A. AD - University of Pennsylvania, School of Medicine, 3450 Hamilton Walk, Philadelphia, PA 19104, United States AD - Health Economics Research Centre, University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AB - Background: Obtaining well-founded estimates of the effect of demographic change on future health expenditures is a pressing issue in all developed countries. Thus far, expenditure projections have examined the effect of age on health care costs, but fail to account for the influence of remaining life expectancy on costs. Objective: This paper seeks to create a more accurate projection model that considers the concentration of costs towards the end of life, and to compare this model with the more traditional approach that holds age- and sex-specific per capita expenditures constant. Methods: We used a longitudinal hospital dataset which followed 90 929 patients aged 65 and older from 1970 to death, to create an economic model of hospital costs based on patient age and time remaining to death. We then applied the model to England population projections to predict the effect of demographic changes on hospital expenditures from 2002 to 2026. Results: The decline in age-specific mortality rates over time postpones death to later ages, pushing back death-related costs. Accounting for this in expenditure projections gave a predicted annual growth rate of 0.40% - half of the rate predicted with a traditional method. Conclusions: Using richer data and more refined methods than have hitherto been employed, this study strongly confirms that the pressure of population increases and ageing demographic structure on hospital expenditures will be partially countered by the postponement of death-related hospital costs to later in life - a finding consistent with emerging epidemiological evidence, and heartening for policy makers and physicians alike. © British Geriatrics Society 2004; all rights reserved. KW - Ageing KW - Elderly KW - England KW - Health expenditures KW - Hospital cost KW - Projection KW - age KW - aged KW - aging KW - article KW - data analysis KW - data base KW - death KW - demography KW - developed country KW - female KW - health care cost KW - hospital running cost KW - human KW - life expectancy KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - methodology KW - mortality KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - statistical model KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aging KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - England KW - Female KW - Health Expenditures KW - Health Services for the Aged KW - Hospital Costs KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Life Expectancy KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Econometric KW - Population Dynamics KW - Terminal Care N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AANGA C2 - 15308460 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Seshamani, M.; University of Pennsylvania, School of Medicine, 3450 Hamilton Walk, Philadelphia, PA 19104, United States; email: Meena.Seshamani@marshallscholarship.org N1 - References: Review of assumptions and methods of the Medicare Trustees' financial projections (2000), Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports. Department of Health and Human Services, Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services; Dang, T.T., Antolin, P., Oxley, H., Fiscal implications of ageing: Projections of age-related spending (2001), Economics Department Working Papers No. 305. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development; Fries, J.F., Compression of morbidity in the elderly (2000) Vaccine, 18, pp. 1584-1589; Manton, K.G., Gu, X., Changes in the prevalence of chronic disability in the United States black and nonblack population above age 65 from 1982 to 1999 (2001) PNAS, 98, pp. 6354-6359; Freedman, V.A., Martin, L.G., Contribution of chronic conditions to aggregate changes in old-age functioning (2000) Am. J. Public Health, 90, pp. 1755-1760; Waidmann, T.A., Liu, K., Disability trends among elderly persons and implications for the future (2000) J. Gerontol., 55, pp. S298-S307; Robine, J.M., Mormiche, P., Sermet, C., Examination of the causes and mechanisms of the increase in disability-free life expectancy (1998) J. Aging and Health, 10, pp. 171-191; Crimmins, E.M., Saito, Y., Ingegneri, D., Trends in disability-free life expectancy in the United States, 1970-90 (1997) Pop. Dev. Rev., 23, pp. 555-572; Lubitz, J., Prihoda, R., The use and costs of medicare services in the last 2 years of life (1984) Health Care Financing Rev., 5, pp. 117-131; Lubitz, J., Riley, G.F., Trends in Medicare payments in the last year of life (1993) The New Eng. J. Med., 328, pp. 1092-1096; Hogan, C., Lunney, J., Gabel, J., Lynn, J., Medicare beneficiaries' costs of care in the last year of life (2001) Health Affairs, 20, pp. 188-195; Stooker, T., van Acht, J.W., van Barneveld, E.M., van Vliet, R.C.J.A., van Hout, B.A., Hessing, D.J., Costs in the last year of life in The Netherlands (2001) Inquiry, 38, pp. 73-80; Zweifel, P., Felder, S., Meiers, M., Ageing of population and health care expenditure: A red herring? (1999) Health Economics, 8, pp. 485-496; Seshamani, M., Gray, A., Ageing and health care expenditure: The red herring argument revisited (2004) Health Economics, 13, pp. 303-314; Wanless, D., Securing our future health: Taking a long-term view (2002), London, HM Treasury; Himsworth, R.L., Goldacre, M.J., Does time spent in hospital in the final 15 years of life increase with age at death? A population based study (1999) Br. Med. J., 319, pp. 1338-1339; Gill, L., Goldacre, M.J., Simmons, H., Bettley, G., Griffith, M., Computerised linking of medical records: Methodological guidelines (1993) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 47, pp. 316-319; Lee, P., Goldacre, M.J., Trends in hospital admission rates in the Oxford Record Linkage Study area (2000), University of Oxford, Unit of Health Care Epidemiology; Mortality Statistics (1986), Office of National Statistics. London, Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Seshamani, M., Gray, A., A longitudinal study of the effects of age and time to death on hospital costs (2004) J. Health Economics, 23, pp. 217-235; Miller, T., Increasing longevity and Medicare expenditures (2001) Demography, 38, pp. 215-226; McGrail, K., Green, B., Barer, M.L., Evans, R.G., Hertzman, C., Normand, C., Age, cost of acute and long-term care and proximity to death: Evidence for 1987-88 and 1994-95 in British Columbia (2000) Age Ageing, 29, pp. 249-253; Temkin-Greener, H., Meiners, M.R., Petty, E.A., Szydlowski, J.S., The use and cost of health services prior to death: A comparison of the Medicare-only and the Medicare-Medicaid elderly populations (1992) The Milbank Quarterly, 70, pp. 679-701 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-8644284989&doi=10.1093%2fageing%2fafh187&partnerID=40&md5=fe9d51a1def75f40ab92d87f01475982 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood disadvantage and health inequalities: A framework for policy based on lifecourse research T2 - Child: Care, Health and Development J2 - Child Care Health Dev. VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 671 EP - 678 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2214.2004.00457.x SN - 03051862 (ISSN) AU - Graham, H. AU - Power, C. AD - Institute for Health Research, Lancaster University, Lancaster LA1 4YT, United Kingdom AD - Ctr. Paediatr. Epidemiol./Biostat., Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AB - Tackling health inequalities is moving up the policy agenda of richer societies like the UK, with governments looking for evidence to guide policy review and development. Observational studies of how childhood disadvantage compromises health in adulthood are an important part of the evidence base, but are largely inaccessible to the policy community. We develop a framework which captures the findings of these studies. Our framework highlights how disadvantage in childhood adversely affects both socio-economic circumstances and health in adulthood through a set of interlocking processes. Key among these are children's developmental health (their physical, cognitive and emotional development) and health behaviours, together with the associated educational and social trajectories. In breaking down the link between childhood disadvantage and adult health into its constituent elements, the framework provides a basis for understanding where and how policies can make a difference. The paper argues that the process of policy review and development needs to include both new programmes and the mainstream policies in which they are embedded. © 2004 Blackwell Publishing Ltd. KW - Child disadvantage KW - Health inequalities KW - Policy KW - adulthood KW - child KW - child development KW - child health KW - child health care KW - childhood KW - cognition KW - education KW - emotion KW - evidence based medicine KW - health behavior KW - health care delivery KW - health care policy KW - health program KW - health services research KW - health status KW - human KW - priority journal KW - review KW - social aspect KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child Welfare KW - Educational Status KW - Evidence-Based Medicine KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Psychosocial Deprivation KW - Public Policy N1 - Cited By :73 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCHDD C2 - 15527477 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Graham, H.; Institute for Health Research, Lancaster University, Lancaster LA1 4YT, United Kingdom; email: hm.graham@lancaster.ac.uk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh, UK; Blane, D., The life course, the social gradient and health (1999) Social Determinants of Health, pp. 67-80. , (eds M. Marmot & R.G. Wilkinson) Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK; Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Lifecourse approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause-specific adult mortality (2001) Poverty, Inequality and Health, pp. 88-124. , (eds D. Leon & G. Walt), Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK; (2003) Households Below Average Income 1994/5-2001/2, , Department of Work and Pensions (DWP) The Stationery Office, London, UK; Hertzman, C., McLean, S.A., Kohen, D.E., Dunn, J., Evans, T., (2002) Early Development in Vancouver: Report of the Community Asset Mapping Project (CAMP), , http://www.earlylearning.ubc.ca, Human Early Learning Partnership (HELP), University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada. URL; Hobcraft, J., (2003) Continuities and Change in Pathways to Young Adult Disadvantage, , CASEpaper 66. LSE Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London, UK; Hobcraft, J., Kiernan, K., (1999) Childhood Poverty, Early Motherhood and Adult Social Exclusion, , STICERD, LSE, London, UK; Jefferis, B., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth-weight, childhood socio-economic environment and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 305-308; Keating, D., Hertzman, C., (1999) Developmental Health and the Wealth of Nations, , The Guilford Press, NY, USA; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Langenberg, C., Richards, R., Wadsworth, N.E.J., Mortality in adults aged 26-54 related to socioeconomic conditions in childhood and adulthood: Post war birth cohort study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325, pp. 1076-1080; Kuh, D.C., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Socioeconomic pathways between childhood and adult health (2003) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology: Tracing the Origins of III Health from Early to Adult Life, pp. 371-395. , 2nd edn. (eds D.L. Kuh & Y. Ben-Shlomo), Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK; Machin, S., Unto them that hath... (2003) CentrePiece, 8, pp. 5-9; Nickell, S., (2003) Poverty and Worklessness in Britain, , LSE Centre for Economic Performance, London, UK; Piachaud, D., Sutherland, H., (2003) Poverty in Britain: The Impact of Government Policy Since 1997, , Joseph Rowntree Foundation, York, UK; Power, C., Hertzman, C., Health and human development from life course research (2004) Population Health: Policy Dilemmas, , (eds M. Barer, R. Evans, C. Hertzman & J. Heyman). Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK; Power, C., Manor, O., Matthews, S., The duration and timing of exposure: Effects of socio-economic environment on adult health (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89, pp. 1059-1066; Power, C., Matthews, S., Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1584-1589 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-9444246967&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-2214.2004.00457.x&partnerID=40&md5=c6464ff054f3fc4ac6dfd76779c137e2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood predictors of self reported chronic fatigue syndrome/myalgic encephalomyelitis in adults: National birth cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 329 IS - 7472 SP - 941 EP - 943 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1136/bmj.38258.507928.55 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Viner, R. AU - Hotopf, M. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., Middlesex Hospital, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychological Medicine, Institute of Psychiatry, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To study childhood risk factors for chronic fatigue syndrome in adult life. Design: Examination of data from the 1970 British birth cohort. Participants: 16 567 babies born 5-11 April 1970, followed up at 5, 10, 16, and 29-30 years. Main outcome measures: Chronic fatigue syndrome/myalgic encephalomyelitis (CFS/ME). identified by self report at age 30 years. Data from childhood from questionnaires given to parents and teachers. Maternal mental health assessed with the malaise inventory. Results: 93 (0.8%, 95% confidence interval 0.7 to 1.0) of 11 261 participants reported ever having CFS/ME, and 48 (0.4%, 0.3 to 0.6) had the condition currently. Higher risk of CFS/ME was associated with having a limiting longstanding condition in childhood (odds ratio 2.3, 1.4 to 3.9), female sex (2.3, 1.4 to 2.6), and high social class in childhood (2.2, 1.4 to 3.5). Higher levels of exercise in childhood were associated with lower risk (0.5, 0.2 to 0.9). Maternal psychological disorder, psychological problems in childhood, birth weight, birth order, atopy, obesity, school absence, academic ability, and parental illness were not associated with risk of CFS/ME. Conclusions: We identified no association between maternal or child psychological distress, academic ability, parental illness, atopy, or birth order and increasing risk of lifetime CFS/ME. Sedentary behaviour increased the risk. KW - academic achievement KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - atopy KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - child KW - childhood KW - chronic fatigue syndrome KW - confidence interval KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - malaise KW - male KW - mental compliance KW - mental health KW - obesity KW - parental behavior KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - risk factor KW - school KW - self report KW - sex ratio KW - social class KW - teacher KW - chronic fatigue syndrome KW - cohort analysis KW - preschool child KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Fatigue Syndrome, Chronic KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :70 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 15469945 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Viner, R.; Department of Paediatrics, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., Middlesex Hospital, London W1T 3AA, United Kingdom; email: R.Viner@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Hotopf, M., Noah, N., Wessely, S., Chronic fatigue and minor psychiatric morbidity after viral meningitis: A controlled study (1996) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 60, pp. 504-509; Levine, P.H., Epidemiologic advances in chronic fatigue syndrome (1997) J Psychiatr Res, 31, pp. 7-18; Salit, I.E., Precipitating factors for the chronic fatigue syndrome (1997) J Psychiatr Res, 31, pp. 59-65; Krilov, L.R., Fisher, M., Friedman, S.B., Reitman, D., Mandel, F.S., Course and outcome of chronic fatigue in children and adolescents (1998) Pediatrics, 102, pp. 360-366; White, P.D., Thomas, J.M., Kangro, H.O., Bruce-Jones, W.D., Amess, J., Crawford, D.H., Predictions and associations of fatigue syndromes and mood disorders that occur after infectious mononucleosis (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 1946-1954; MacDonald, K.L., Osterholm, M.T., LeDell, K.H., White, K.E., Schenck, C.H., Chao, C.C., A case-control study to assess possible triggers and cofactors in chronic fatigue syndrome (1996) Am J Med, 100, pp. 548-554; Brimacombe, M., Helmer, D.A., Natelson, B.H., Birth order and its association with the onset of chronic fatigue syndrome (2002) Hum Biol, 74, pp. 615-620; Endicott, N.A., Chronic fatigue syndrome in psychiatric patients: Lifetime and premorbid personal history of physical health (1998) Psychosom Med, 60, pp. 744-751; Hall, G.H., Hamilton, W.T., Round, A.P., Increased illness experience preceding chronic fatigue syndrome: A case control study (1998) J R Coll Physicians Lond, 32, pp. 44-48; Sullivan, P.F., Kovalenko, P., York, T.P., Prescott, C.A., Kendler, K.S., Fatigue in a community sample of twins (2003) Psychol Med, 33, pp. 263-281; Fisher, L., Chalder, T., Childhood experiences of illness and parenting in adults with chronic fatigue syndrome (2003) J Psychosom Res, 54, pp. 439-443; Chalder, T., Goodman, R., Wessely, S., Hotopf, M., Meltzer, H., Epidemiology of chronic fatigue syndrome and self reported myalgic encephalomyelitis in 5-15 year olds: Cross sectional study (2003) BMJ, 327, pp. 654-655; Irving, B., Bloxsom, C., (2002) Predicting Adolescent Delinquent Behaviour and Criminal Conviction by Age 30: Evidence from the 1970 British Birth Cohort, , London: Police Foundation; Wessely, S., Chalder, T., Hirsch, S., Pawlikowska, T., Wallace, P., Wright, D.J., Postinfectious fatigue: Prospective cohort study in primary care (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1333-1338; Garralda, E., Rangel, L., Levin, M., Roberts, H., Ukoumunne, O., Psychiatric adjustment in adolescents with a history of chronic fatigue syndrome (1999) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 38, pp. 1515-1521 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-7044238934&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.38258.507928.55&partnerID=40&md5=2ea67e6fa028eb08e27175a1b2ba5805 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Survival and complications in patients with thalassemia major treated with transfusion and deferoxamine T2 - Haematologica J2 - Haematologica VL - 89 IS - 10 SP - 1187 EP - 1193 PY - 2004 SN - 03906078 (ISSN) AU - Borgna-Pignatti, C. AU - Rugolotto, S. AU - De Stefano, P. AU - Zhao, H. AU - Cappellini, M.D. AU - Del Vecchio, G.C. AU - Romeo, M.A. AU - Forni, G.L. AU - Gamberini, M.R. AU - Ghilardi, R. AU - Piga, A. AU - Cnaan, A. AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Ferrara, Ferrara, Italy AD - IRCCS San Matteo, Pavia, Italy AD - Division of Pediatrics, Ferrara Hospital, Italy AD - Microcytemia Center, Ospedali Galliera, Genova, Italy AD - Department of Medicine, University of Milan, Italy AD - Department of Pediatrics, University of Milan, Italy AD - Dept. of Pediatrics, Biostatistics, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Univ. of Pennsylvania Sch. of Med., Philadelphia, PA, United States AD - Dipto. di Med. Clin. e Sperimentale, Sezione di Pediatria, Università Ferrara, Via Savonarola 9, 44100 Ferrara, Italy AB - Background and Objectives. Seven Italian centers reported data on survival, causes of death and appearance of complications in patients with thalassemia major. The interactions between gender, birth cohort, complications, and ferritin on survival and complications were analyzed. Design and Methods. Survival after the first decade was studied for 977 patients born since 1960 whereas survival since birth and complication appearance was studied for the 720 patients born after 1970. Better survival was demonstrated for patients born in more recent years (p<0.00005) and for females (p=0.0003); 68% of the patients are alive at J the age of 35 years. In the entire population 67% of the deaths were due to heart disease. Results. There was a significant association between birth cohort and complication-free survival (p<0.0005). The prevalence of complications was: heart failure 6.8%, arrhythmia 5.7%, hypogonadism 54.7%, hypothyroidism 10.8%, diabetes 6.4%, HIV infection 1.7%, and thrombosis 1.1%. Lower ferritin levels were associated with a lower probability of heart failure (hazard ratio = 3.35, p<0.005) and with prolonged survival (hazard ratio = 2.45, p<0.005), using a cut-off as low as 1,000 ng/mL Interpretation and Conclusions. Survival and complication-free survival of patients with thalassemia major continue to improve, especially for female patients born shortly before or after the availability of iron chelation. KW - Causes of death KW - Ferritin KW - Hemosiderosis KW - Survival KW - Thalassemia KW - deferoxamine KW - ferritin KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - birth KW - blood transfusion KW - cause of death KW - child KW - clinical trial KW - diabetes mellitus KW - female KW - gender KW - heart arrhythmia KW - heart disease KW - heart failure KW - human KW - Human immunodeficiency virus infection KW - hypogonadism KW - hypothyroidism KW - iron chelation KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - multicenter study KW - prevalence KW - survival KW - thalassemia major KW - thrombosis KW - treatment outcome KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Arrhythmia KW - Blood Transfusion KW - Chelation Therapy KW - Cohort Studies KW - Deferoxamine KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 KW - Female KW - Ferritins KW - Heart Failure, Congestive KW - HIV Infections KW - Humans KW - Hypogonadism KW - Hypothyroidism KW - Iron Chelating Agents KW - Italy KW - Life Tables KW - Male KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Splenectomy KW - Survival Analysis KW - Thalassemia KW - Thrombosis N1 - Cited By :644 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HAEMA C2 - 15477202 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Borgna-Pignatti, C.; Dipto. di Med. Clin. e Sperimentale, Sezione di Pediatria, Università Ferrara, Via Savonarola 9, 44100 Ferrara, Italy; email: bre@unife.it N1 - Chemicals/CAS: deferoxamine, 70-51-9; ferritin, 9007-73-2; Deferoxamine, 70-51-9; Ferritins, 9007-73-2; Iron Chelating Agents N1 - References: Bianco, I., Clinical and therapeutic aspects of Mediterranean anaemia (1986) Il Progr Med, 42, pp. 471-475; Ehlers, K.H., Giardina, P.J., Lesser, M.L., Engle, M.A., Hilgartner, M.W., Prolonged survival in patients with β-thalassemia major treated with deferoxamine (1991) J Pediatr, 118, pp. 540-545; Thomas, E.D., Buckner, C.D., Sanders, J.E., Papayannopoulou, T., Borgna-Pignatti, C., De Stefano, P., Marrow transplantation for thalassaemia (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 227-229; Locatelli, F., Rocha, V., Reed, W., Bernaudin, F., Ertem, M., Grafakos, S., Related umbilical cord blood transplant in patients with thalassemia and sickle cell disease (2003) Blood, 101, pp. 2137-2143; Zurlo, M.G., De Stefano, P., Borgna-Pignatti, A., Di Palma, A., Piga, A., Melevendi, C., Survival and causes of death in thalassaemia major (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 27-30; Borgna-Pignatti, C., Rugolotto, S., De Stefano, P., Piga, A., Di Gregorio, F., Gamberini, M.R., Survival and disease complications in thalassemia major (1998) Ann NY Acad Sci, 850, p. 227; Evered, D.C., Ormston, B.J., Smith, P.A., Hall, R., Bird, T., Grades of hypothyroidism (1973) Br Med J, 1, pp. 657-662; Kalbfleisch, J.D., Prentice, R.L., (1980) The Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data, , New York: John Wiley; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J R Stat Soc, B34, pp. 187-220; Stata Statistical Software: Release 7.0, , College Station, TX, USA. Stata Corporation; Modell, B., Letsky, E.A., Flynn, D.M., Peto, R., Weatherall, D.J., Survival and desferrioxamine in thalassaemia major (1982) Br Med J, 284, pp. 1081-1084; Brittenham, G.M., Griffith, P.M., Nienhuis, A.W., McLaren, C.E., Young, N.S., Tucker, E.E., Efficacy of deferoxamine in preventing complications of iron overload in patients with thalassemia major (1994) N Engl J Med, 331, pp. 567-573; Modell, B., Khan, M., Darlison, M., Survival in β-thalassaemia major in the UK: Data from the UK Thalassaemia Register (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 2051-2052; Piga, A., Longo, F., Consolati, A., DeLeo, A., Carmellino L Mortality and morbidity in thalassemia with conventional treatment. Third international conference on bone marrow transplantation in thalassemia (1997) Bone Marrow Transplant, 19 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 11-13; De Montalembert, M., Costagliola, D.G., Lefrere, J.J., Cornu, G., Lombardo, T., Cosentino, S., Prevalence of markers for human immunodeficiency virus types 1 and 2, human T-lymphotropic virus type 1, cytomegalovirus, and hepatitis B and C virus in multiply transfused thalassemia patients (1992) Transfusion, 32, pp. 509-512. , The French Study Group on Thalassaemia; Borgna-Pignatti, C., Carnelli, V., Caruso, V., Dore, F., De Mattia, D., Di Palma, A., Thromboembolic events in β thalassemia major: An Italian multicenter study (1998) Acta Haematol, 99, pp. 76-79; Eldor, A., Rachmilewitz, E.A., The hypercoagulable state in thalassemia (2002) Blood, 99, pp. 36-43; Bronspiegel-Weintrob, N., Olivieri, N.F., Tyler, B., Andrews, D.F., Freedman, M.H., Holland, F.J., Effect of age at the start of iron chelation therapy on gonadal function in β-thalassemia major (1990) N Engl J Med, 323, pp. 713-719; Sabato, A., De Sanctis, V., Atti, G., Capra, L., Bagni, B., Vullo, C., Primary hypothyroidism and the lowT3 syndrome in thalassaemia major (1983) Arch Dis Child, 58, pp. 120-127; De Sanctis, V., Zurlo, M.G., Senesi, E., Boffa, C., Cavallo, L., Di Gregorio, F., Insulin dependent diabetes in thalassaemia (1988) Arch Dis Child, 63, pp. 58-62; Prati, D., Zanella, A., Farma, E., De Mattel, C., Bosoni, P., Zappa, M., A multicenter prospective study on the risk of acquiring liver disease in anti-hepatitis C virus negative patients affected from homozygous β-thalassemia (1998) Blood, 92, p. 3460; De Montalembert, M., Girot, R., Mattlinger, B., Lefrere, J.J., Transfusion-dependent thalassemia: Viral complications (epidemiology and follow-up) (1995) Semin Hematol, 32, pp. 280-287; Brittenham, G.M., Cohen, A.R., McLaren, C.E., Martin, M.B., Griffith, P.M., Nienhuis, A.W., Hepatic iron stores and plasma ferritin concentration in patients with sickle cell anemia and thalassemia major (1993) Am J Hematol, 42, pp. 81-85; Olivieri, N.F., Brittenham, G.M., Iron-chelating therapy and the treatment of thalassemia (1997) Blood, 89, pp. 739-761; Cohen, A., Cohen, I.J., Schwartz, E., Scurvy and altered iron stores in thalassemia major (1981) N Engl J Med, 304, p. 158; De Virgiliis, S., Cornacchia, G., Sanna, G., Argiolu, F., Galanello, R., Fiorelli, G., Chronic liver disease in transfusion-dependent thalassemia: Liver iron quantitation and distribution (1981) Acta Haematol, 65, pp. 32-39; Olivieri, N.F., Nathan, D.G., MacMillan, J.H., Wayne, A.S., Liu, P.P., McGee, A., Survival in medically treated patients with homozygous β-thalassemia (1994) N Engl J Med, 331, pp. 574-578; Platt, O.S., Brambilla, D.J., Rosse, W.F., Milner, P.F., Castro, O., Steinberg, M.H., Mortality in sickle cell disease. Life expectancy and risk factors for early death (1994) N Engl J Med, 330, pp. 1639-1644; Mathers, C.D., Sadana, R., Salomon, J.A., Murray, C.J., Lopez, A.D., Healthy life expectancy in 191 countries, 1999 (2001) Lancet, 357, pp. 1685-1691; Hershko, C., Cappellini, M.D., Galanello, R., Piga, A., Tognoni, G., Masera, G., Purging iron from the heart (2004) BrJ Haematol, 125, pp. 545-551 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20844460608&partnerID=40&md5=b5734df5d4bc39d2acafd3f3cd67133e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Gender earnings differentials across individuals over time in British cohort studies T2 - International Journal of Manpower J2 - Int. J. Manpow. VL - 25 IS - 3-4 SP - 251 EP - 263 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1108/01437720410541380 SN - 01437720 (ISSN) AU - Makepeace, G. AU - Dolton, P. AU - Joshi, H. AD - Cardiff Business School, Cardiff University, Cardiff, UK, United Kingdom AD - University of Newcastle, Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK, United Kingdom AD - Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London, UK, United Kingdom AB - This paper analyses gender wage differentials in full-time employment using recently released data from the National Child Development Study and the British Cohort Study 1970. The paper compares the situations of individuals in their early thirties in 1991 and 2000 and the position of full-time employees in NCDS as the cohorts aged between 33 and 42. The distribution of individuals' experiences of unequal pay is emphasised by comparing distributions of gender differentials of an "index of unequal treatment". Passing from age 33 to 42, unequal treatment increased substantially, across the whole distribution. KW - Gender KW - Pay differentials KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cardiff Business School, Cardiff University, Cardiff, UKUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Anderson, T., Forth, J., Metcalf, H., Kirby, S., (2001) The Gender Pay Gap, , Women and Equality Unit, Cabinet Office London; (2003) Changing Britain Changing Lives, , Bynner, J. Ferri, E. Wadsworth, M. Institute of Education London; Dolton, P., Joshi, H., Makepeace, G., (2002) Unpacking unequal pay between men and women across cohort and lifecycle, , Cohort Studies Discussion Paper No. 2, Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education; (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , Ferri, E. National Children's Bureau London; Jenkins, S., Earnings discrimination measurement (1994) Journal of Econometrics, 61 (1), pp. 81-102; Joshi, H.E., Paci, P., (1998) Unequal Pay of Women and Men: Evidence from the British Birth Cohort Studies, , (with Makepeace, G. and Waldfogel, J.) MIT Press Cambridge, MA; Juhn, C., Murphy, K., Pierce, B., Wage inequality and the rise in the returns to skill (1993) Journal of Political Economy, 101 (3), pp. 410-42; Makepeace, G.H., Paci, P., Joshi, H., Dolton, P.J., How unequally has equal pay progressed since the 1970s? a study of two British birth cohorts (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34 (3), pp. 534-56; Paci, P., Joshi, H., Makepeace, G., Pay gaps facing men and women born in 1958: Differences within the labour market (1995) The Economics of Equal Opportunities, pp. 87-111. , Humphries, J. Rubery, J. Equal Opportunities Commission Manchester; Blinder, A.S., Wage discrimination: Reduced form and structural variables (1973) Journal of Human Resources, 8, pp. 436-65; Booth, A., Francesconi, M., Frank, J., Glass ceilings and sticky floors (2003) European Economic Review, 47, pp. 295-322; Pay Task Force, E., (2001) Just Pay, , Equal Opportunities Commission Manchester; Jones, D.R., Makepeace, G.H., Equal worth, equal opportunities: Pay and promotion in an internal labour market (1996) Economic Journal, 106, pp. 401-9; Joshi, H., Paci, P., Life in the labour market (1997) Twenty-Something in the Nineteen Ninties, Getting On, Getting by and Getting Nowhere, , Bynner Ferri Dartmouth Press; Kingsmill, D., (2001) Women's Employment and Pay, , Cabinet Office and DTI, available at: www.kingsmillreview.gov.uk/; Oaxaca, R., Male-female wage differentials in urban labour markets (1973) International Economic Review, 14 (3), pp. 693-709 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4344612919&doi=10.1108%2f01437720410541380&partnerID=40&md5=2cc1ebf2d5c377692a3616f0e81e107b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mothers' nonauthoritarian child-rearing attitudes in early childhood and children's adult values T2 - European Psychologist J2 - Eur. Psychol. VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 154 EP - 162 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1027/1016-9040.9.3.154 SN - 10169040 (ISSN) AU - Flouri, E. AD - University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AD - Ctr. for Res. Parenting/Children, Dept. of Social Plcy. and Social Wk., University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AD - Statistics at St. Hilda's College, United States AD - University of Oxford, 32 Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2ER, United Kingdom AB - This study used longitudinal data from the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) to examine links between mothers' nonauthoritarian child-rearing attitudes, assessed when children were aged 5, and children's values at age 30 (antiracism, right-wing beliefs, support for authority, support for traditional marital values, support for working mothers, political cynicism, environmentalism, and support for the work ethic). Mothers' nonauthoritarian child-rearing attitudes were positively related to cohort members' antiracism and environmentalism, and were negatively related to cohort members' support for authority, support for traditional marital values, and support for the work ethic even after mothers' values (liberalism and support for working mothers) and known early (parental social class, socioeconomic disadvantage, family structure, general ability, and emotional and behavioral problems) and concurrent (social class, partner status, religiosity, self-reported physical health, and depressed mood) confounding Jactors were controlled for. KW - BCS70 KW - Child-rearing attitudes KW - Parenting KW - Values N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Flouri, E.; University of Oxford, 32 Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2ER, United Kingdom; email: eirini.flouri@socres.ox.ac.uk N1 - References: Austin, E.J., Deary, I.J., Whiteman, M.C., Fowkes, F.G.R., Pedersen, N.L., Rabbitt, P., Bent, N., McInnes, L., Relationships between ability and personality: Does intelligence contribute positively to personal and social adjustment? (2002) Personality and Individual Differences, 32, pp. 1391-1411; Barber, B.K., Parental psychological control: Revisiting a neglected construct (1996) Child Development, 67, pp. 3296-3319; Baumrind, D., Child care practices anteceding three patterns of preschool behavior (1967) Genetic Psychology Monographs, 75, pp. 43-88; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., (2000) The Design and Conduct of the 1999-2000 Surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Cohort Study, , London: Center for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education; Friedman, H.S., Long-term relations of personality and health: Dynamisms, mechanisms, tropisms (2000) Journal of Personality, 68, pp. 1089-1107; Fustenberg, F.F., Cook, P.D., Eccles, J., Elder, G.H., Sameroff, A., (1999) Managing to Make It: Urban Families and Adolescent Success, , Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Guastello, D.D., Peissig, R.M., Authoritarianism, environmentalism, and cynicism of college students and their parents (1998) Journal of Research in Personality, 32, pp. 397-410; Holden, G.W., Edwards, L.A., Parental attitudes toward child-rearing: Instruments, issues, and implications (1989) Psychological Bulletin, 106, pp. 29-58; Inglehart, R., (1990) Culture Shift in Advanced Industrial Society, , Princeton: Princeton University Press; Inglehart, R., Culture and democracy (2000) Culture Matters, , S. Huntington & L. Harrison (Eds.). New York: Basic Books; Inglehart, R., Baker, W.E., Modernization, cultural change, and the persistence of traditional values (2000) American Sociological Review, 65, pp. 19-51; Katainen, S., Päikkönen, K., Keskivaara, P., Keltikangas- Järvinen, L., Maternal child-rearing attitudes and role satisfaction and children's temperament as antecedents of adolescent depressive tendencies: Follow-up study of 6- to 15-year-olds (1999) Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 28, pp. 139-163; Kasser, T., Koestner, R., Lekes, N., Early family experiences and adult values: A 26-year, prospective longitudinal study (2002) Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, pp. 826-835; Kochanska, G., Kuczynski, L., Radke-Yarrow, M., Correspondence between mothers' self-reported and observed child-rearing practices (1989) Child Development, 60, pp. 56-63; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five-Year-Olds, , London: Routledge; Peterson, B.E., Smirles, K.A., Wentworth, P.A., Generativity and authoritarianism: Implications for personality, political involvement, and parenting (1997) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, pp. 1202-1216; Rindfleisch, A., Burroughs, J.E., Denton, F., Family structure, materialism and compulsive consumption (1997) Journal of Consumer Research, 23, pp. 312-325; Richins, M.L., Dawson, S., A consumer values orientation for materialism and its measurement: Scale development and validation (1992) Journal of Consumer Research, 19, pp. 303-316; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, pp. 333-341; Rutter, M.J., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behavior, , London: Longman; Schoon, I., Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Parsons, S., Wiggins, R.D., Sacker, A., The influence of context, timing, and duration of risk experiences for the passage from childhood to midadulthood (2002) Child Development, 73, pp. 1486-1504; Scott, L.H., Measuring intelligence with the Goodenough-Harris drawing test (1981) Psychological Bulletin, 89, pp. 483-505; Shepherd, P., Survey and response (1997) Twenty-Something in the 1990s: Getting on, Getting by, Getting Nowhere, pp. 129-136. , J. Bynner, E. Ferri, & P. Shepherd (Eds.). Aldershot: Ashgate; Thompson, A., Hollis, C., Richards, D., Authoritarian parenting attitudes as a risk for conduct problems: Results from a British national cohort study (2003) European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 12, pp. 84-91; Waller, N.G., Kojetin, B.A., Bouchard Jr., T.J., Lykken, D.T., Tellegen, A., Genetic and environmental influences on religious interests, attitudes and values: A study of twins reared apart and together (1990) Psychological Science, 1, pp. 138-142 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-7444237546&doi=10.1027%2f1016-9040.9.3.154&partnerID=40&md5=b1c894de4e81f1004dfebec2e984dbc7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early childbearing and housing choices T2 - Journal of Housing Economics J2 - J. Hous. Econ. VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 170 EP - 194 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/j.jhe.2004.07.001 SN - 10511377 (ISSN) AU - Ermisch, J. AU - Pevalin, D.J. AD - Inst. for Social/Economic Research, University of Essex, Essex, United Kingdom AB - The paper presents a simple dynamic model of childbearing and housing demand incorporating imperfect fertility control, which suggests that early childbearing can have long-term effects on housing demand. An IV estimate of the effect of early childbearing on the probability of owner-occupation at age 30, based on information about miscarriages from the British Cohort Study 1970 data, indicates a large negative effect, and suggests that it is acceptable to treat the age-at-first-birth indicators as exogenous. Housing demand equations are estimated using data from the British Household Panel Survey 1991-2001, and these indicate that births early in adulthood substantially reduce housing demand later in life. © 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. KW - Fertility KW - Housing demand dynamics KW - Housing tenure KW - Treatment effects N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JHECF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ermisch, J.; Inst. for Social/Economic Research, University of Essex, Essex, United Kingdom; email: ermij@essex.ac.uk N1 - References: Angrist, J.D., Imbens, G.W., Rubin, D.W., Identification of causal effects using instrumental variables (1996) J. Amer. Statistical Assoc., 91, pp. 444-472; Angrist, J.D., Treatment effect heterogeneity in theory and practice (2004) Econ. J., 114, pp. C52-C83; Banks, J., Smith, Z., Wakefield, M., The distribution of financial wealth in the UK: Evidence from the 2000 BHPS data (2002), Institute for Fiscal Studies Working Paper WP02/21, London; Bennett, N.G., Bloom, D.E., Miller, C.K., The influence of nonmarital childbearing on the formation of first marriages (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 47-62; Bloom, H.S., Accounting for no-shows in experimental evaluation designs (1984) Evaluation Rev., 8, pp. 225-246; Burdett, K., Ermisch, J., Single Mothers (2002), ISER Working paper 2002-30, University of Essex; Chevalier, A., Viitanen, T.K., The long-run labour market consequences of teenage motherhood in Britain (2003) J. Population Econ., 16, pp. 323-343; Di Salvo, P., Ermisch, J., Analysis of the dynamics of housing tenure choice in Britain (1997) J. Urban Econ., 42, pp. 1-17; Ermisch, J., The demand for housing in Britain and population ageing: Microeconometric evidence (1996) Economica, 63, pp. 383-404; Ermisch, J., Halpin, B., Becoming a homeowner in Britain in the 1990s (2004) Home Ownership and Social Inequality in Comparative Perspective, , K. Kurz H.-P. Blossfeld (Eds.) Stanford University Press Social Inequality Series; Ermisch, J., Pevalin, D.J., Who has a Child as a Teenager? (2003), ISER Working paper 2003-30, University of Essex; Ermisch, J., Pevalin, D.J., Does a 'Teen-birth' have Longer-term Impacts on the Mother? Evidence from the 1970 British Cohort Study (2003), ISER Working paper 2003-28, University of Essex; Geronimus, A., Korenman, S., The socioeconomic consequences of teenage childbearing reconsidered (1992) Quart. J. Econ., 107, pp. 1187-1214; Grossman, M., Joyce, T., Unobservables, pregnancy resolutions, and birth weight production functions in New York City (1990) J. Polit. Economy, 98, pp. 983-1007; Guilkey, D., Murphy, J., Estimation and testing in the random effects probit model (1993) J. Econometrics, 59, pp. 301-317; Heckman, J.J., Instrumental variables: A study of implicit behavioral assumptions used in making program evaluations (1997) J. Human Res., 32, pp. 441-462; Hoffman, S., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg, F., Re-evaluating the costs of teenage childbearing (1993) Demography, 30, pp. 1-13; Hotz, V.J., Mullins, C.H., Sanders, S.G., Bounding causal effects using data from a contaminated natural experiment: Analyzing the effects of teenage childbearing (1997) Rev. Econ. Stud., 64, pp. 575-603; Imbens, G., Angrist, J., Identification and estimation of local average treatment effects (1994) Econometrica, 62, pp. 467-476; Lichter, D.T., Graefe, D.R., Finding a mate? The marital and cohabitation histories of unwed mothers (2001) Out of Wedlock, pp. 317-343. , L.L. Wu B. Wolfe (Eds.) Russell Sage Foundation New York; Olsen, R.J., Farkas, G., Endogenous covariates in duration models and the effect of adolescent childbirth on schooling (1989) J. Human Res., 24, pp. 39-53; Ribar, D.C., Teenage fertility and high school completion (1994) Rev. Econ. Statist., 76, pp. 413-424; Ribar, D.C., The socioeconomic consequences of young women's childbearing: Reconciling disparate evidence (1999) J. Population Econ., 12, pp. 547-565; Rosenzweig, M.R., Wolpin, K., Sisters, siblings, and mothers: The effect of teen-age childbearing on birth outcomes in a dynamic family context (1995) Econometrica, 63, pp. 303-326; Rosenzweig, M.R., Schultz, T.P., Fertility and investments in human capital: Estimates of the consequence of imperfect fertility control in Malaysia (1987) J. Econometrics, 36, pp. 163-184; Upchurch, D.M., Lillard, L.A., Panis, C.W.A., The impacts of nonmarital childbearing on subsequent marital formation and dissolution (2001) Out of Wedlock, pp. 344-380. , L.L. Wu B. Wolfe (Eds.) Russell Sage Foundation New York; Wills, R.J., A theory of out-of-wedlock childbearing (1999) J. Polit. Economy, 107, pp. S33-S64 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-13844292554&doi=10.1016%2fj.jhe.2004.07.001&partnerID=40&md5=9d5c643bc4b8aa08362af267efab1919 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The importance of cognitive development in middle childhood for adulthood socioeconomic status, mental health, and problem behavior T2 - Child Development J2 - Child Dev. VL - 75 IS - 5 SP - 1329 EP - 1339 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1111/j.1467-8624.2004.00743.x SN - 00093920 (ISSN) AU - Feinstein, L. AU - Bynner, J. AD - Institute of Education, University of London, London, United Kingdom AD - Bedford Grp. Lifecourse/Stat. Studs., Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom AB - This study examined the extent to which continuities and discontinuities in cognitive performance between ages 5 and 10 predicted adult income, educational success, household worklessness, criminality, teen parenthood, smoking, and depression. Assessed were the degree of this change during middle childhood, the influence of socioeconomic status (SES) on this change, and the extent to which this change influenced adult outcomes. The analyses were conducted on 11,200 individuals from the UK Birth Cohort Study who were born in 1970 and who were resurveyed at ages 5, 10, 16, 26, and 30. Substantial discontinuities emerged during middle childhood, with strong SES influences. Changes in middle childhood strongly affected adult outcomes, often outweighing the effects of cognitive development before age 5. KW - adolescent KW - adolescent pregnancy KW - adult KW - article KW - behavior disorder KW - child KW - child development KW - cognitive defect KW - cohort analysis KW - crime KW - family KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - male KW - mental disease KW - pregnancy KW - preschool child KW - prospective study KW - psychological aspect KW - risk factor KW - social environment KW - socioeconomics KW - statistics KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child Behavior Disorders KW - Child Development KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Crime KW - Family KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mental Disorders KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy in Adolescence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Environment KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :74 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CHDEA C2 - 15369517 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Feinstein, L.; Bedford Grp. Lifecourse/Stat. Studs., Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom; email: lf@bg.ioe.ac.uk N1 - References: Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Howlett, B.C., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of Health and Behaviour in Britain's Five-year-olds, , Oxford, England: Pergammon; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study: First Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10-Year Follow-up, , University of Bristol: Department of Child Health; Card, D., The causal effect of education on earnings (1999) Handbook of Labor Economics, 3, pp. 1802-1843. , O. Ashenfelter & D. Card (Eds.). Elsevier-North Holland; Clarke, A.M., Clarke, A.D.B., (1998) Early Experience: Myth and Evidence, , London: Open Books; (2002) Education and Skills - Delivering the Results: A Strategy to 2006, , London: Author; Eccles, J.S., Gootman, J., (2002) Community Programs to Promote Youth Development, , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Feinstein, L., (2002) Quantitative Estimates of the Social Benefits of Learning, 1: Crime, , (Wider Benefits of Learning Research Report: 5). London: Institute of Education; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 70, pp. 73-98; Feinstein, L., Symons, J., Attainment in secondary school (1999) Oxford Economic Papers, 51, pp. 300-321; Ferri, E., Bynner, J., Wadsworth, M.E., (2003) Changing Britain: Changing Lives, , London: Bedford Way Papers, Institute of Education; Glass, N., Sure Start: The development of an early intervention programme for young children in the United Kingdom (1999) Children and Society, 13, pp. 257-264; Gregg, P., Wadsworth, M., More work in fewer households (1996) New Inequalities: The Changing Distribution of Income and Wealth in the UK, , J. Hills (Ed.). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; Hammond, C., (2002) Learning to Be Healthy, , (The Wider Benefits of Learning Papers: No. 3). London: Institute of Education; Harris, D.B., (1963) Children's Drawings as Measures of Intellectual Maturity, , New York: Harcourt, Brace and World Inc; Harris, J.R., (1998) The Nurture Assumption, , New York: Touchstone; Kiernan, K., Transition to parenthood: Young mothers, young fathers - Associated factors and later life experience (1995) London School of Economics Discussion Paper, , WSP/113; Koppitz, E.M., (1968) Psychological Evaluation of Children's Human Figure Drawings, , New York: Grune & Stratton; McVicker Hunt, J., (1961) Intelligence and Experience, , New York: Ronald Press; Moffitt, T., Adolescence-limited and lifecourse persistent anti-social behaviour: A developmental taxonomy (1993) Psychological Review, 100, pp. 674-701; Ramey, C.T., Campbell, F.A., Burchinal, M., Skinner, M.L., Gardner, D.M., Ramey, S.L., Persistent effects of early childhood education on high risk children and their mothers (2000) Applied Developmental Science, 4, pp. 2-14; Robins, L., Rutter, M., (1990) Straight and Devious Pathways from Childhood to Adulthood, , Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; Rolf, J., Masten, A.S., Cicchetti, D., Nuechterlein, K.H., Weintraub, S., (1990) Risk and Protective Factors in the Development of Psychopathology, , Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Maughan, B., Mortimore, P., Ouston, J., (1979) Fifteen Thousand Hours: Secondary Schools and Their Effects on Children, , Cambridge: Harvard University Press; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longmans; Schaffer, H.R., The early experience assumption: Past present and future (2002) Growing Points in Developmental Science, pp. 22-46. , W. W. Hartup & R. K. Silbereisen (Eds.). New York: Psychology Press; Robertson, D., Symons, J., Do peer groups matter? Peer group versus schooling effects on academic attainment (2003) Economica, 70, pp. 31-53; (1998) Bringing Britain Together: A National Strategy for Neighbourhood Renewal, , CM4045). London: The Stationery Office; Yeung, W.J., Linver, M.R., Brooks-Gunn, J., How money matters for young children's development: Investment and family process (2002) Child Development, 73, pp. 1861-1879 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-7444252738&doi=10.1111%2fj.1467-8624.2004.00743.x&partnerID=40&md5=f472d61b0bc65be451bac5cedac25a6c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent demographic developments in France T2 - Population J2 - Population VL - 59 IS - 5 SP - 595 EP - 634 PY - 2004 DO - 10.2307/3654919 SN - 16342941 (ISSN) AU - Prioux, F. AD - Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133 bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France AB - France has registered a relatively high natural increase and a rather weak estimated net migration, although the number of aliens issued with residence permits has risen sharply since 1997. While fertility has been running at nearly 1.9 children per woman for the past four years, completed cohort fertility has been dropping steeply since the 1960 cohort, and could fall below two children per woman in the 1970 cohort. Civil unions (PACSs) are rising every year, but marriages have been decreasing since 2000. The proportion of the never-married (in legal terms) thus continues to rise from one cohort to the next. The proportion of men never having lived in a stable partnership is also on a mild uptrend, as is the age of first union formation. Marriages after union formation are becoming less common, and dissolutions more common, so that an ever greater number of men and women form several successive unions. After a period of stability, the frequency of divorce has started rising again in the past two years. Life expectancy at birth fo r women (82.9 years in 2003) is rising more slowly than that of men (75.9 years). The resulting convergence should persist, as excess male mortality due to cancer is now decreasing. Because of an exceptional heat wave, 2003 witnessed about 15,000 more deaths than normal, mostly among older persons, particularly women over 75. KW - cohort analysis KW - demographic survey KW - demographic trend KW - divorce KW - fertility KW - life expectancy KW - marriage KW - mortality KW - population migration KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - France KW - Western Europe N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Prioux, F.; Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133 bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France; email: prioux@ined.fr N1 - References: Barre, C., Vanderschelden, M., (2004) Enquête « Ébude De L'histoire Familiale » De 1999 Résultats Déaillés, p. 48. , (INSEE Résultats, Société no 33) + CD Rom; Beaumel, C., Désesquelles, A., Richet-Mastain, L., Vatan, M., (2004) La Situation Démographique En 2002. Mouvement De La Population, p. 44. , (INSEE Résultats, Société no 34) + CD Rom; Cassan, F., Mazuy, M., Clanché, F., "Refaire sa vie de couple est plus fréquent pour les hommes" (2001) INSEE Premiére, , no 797; (2004) Recent Demographic Developments in Europe, p. 120. , Council of Europe 2003, Council of Europe Publishing + CD-ROM; Désesquelles, A., Richet-Mastain, L., "Bilan démographique 2003: Stabilité des naissances, augmentation des décès" (2004) INSEE Première, Et Bulletin Mensuel De Statistique, pp. 141-156. , no 948, no 2; Hémon, D., Jougla, E., (2003) Surmortalité Liée à La Canicule D'août 2003, , Rapport d'étape [Progress Report], September 25 2003, INSERM; Hémon, D., Jougla, E., (2004) Surmortalé Lieée à La Canicule D'août 2003, p. 76. , Rapport remis au ministre de la Santé de la Protection sociale [Report to the Minister of Health and Social Protection], October 26, 2004, INSERM; Léger, J.-F., "Les entrées d'étrangers sur le marchçais du travail franǐs (1990 à 2001)" (2004) Revue Européenne Des Migrations Internationales, 20 (1); Meslé, F., "Life expectancy: A female advantage under threat?" (2004) Population & Societies, , http://www.ined.fr/englishversion/publications, no 402, June,2004 (available online at:); Meslé, F., "Ecart d'espérance de vie emre les sexes : Les raisons du recul de l'avantage féminin" (2004) Revue D'épidémiologie Et De Santé Publique, 52 (4), pp. 333-352; Munoz-Pérez, F., Prioux, F., "Children born outside marriage and their parents. Recognitions and legitimations since 1965" (2000) Population: An English Selection, 12, pp. 139-195; Prioux, F., "L'évotution démographique récente en France" (1999) Population, 54 (3), pp. 449-479; Prioux, F., "Recent demographic developments in France" (2003) Population-E, 58 (4-5), pp. 525-558; Prioux, F., " Age at first union in France. A two-stage process of change" (2003) Population-E, 58 (4-5), pp. 559-578; Sardon, J.-P., "Recent demographic trends in the developed countries" (2004) Population-E, 59 (2), pp. 263-314; Thierry, X., "Recent immigration trends in France and elements for a comparison with the United Kingdom" (2004) Population-E, 59 (5), pp. 635-672; Vilain, A., "Les interruptions volontaires de grossesse en 2002" (2004) Ébudes Et Résultats, p. 348 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33750575370&doi=10.2307%2f3654919&partnerID=40&md5=7fa902da7d8243f4984bc3fc668c9277 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Thimerosal exposure in infants and developmental disorders: A retrospective cohort study in the United Kingdom does not support a causal association T2 - Pediatrics J2 - Pediatrics VL - 114 IS - 3 SP - 584 EP - 591 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1542/peds.2003-1177-L SN - 00314005 (ISSN) AU - Andrews, N. AU - Miller, E. AU - Grant, A. AU - Stowe, J. AU - Osborne, V. AU - Taylor, B. AD - Statistics Unit, Health Protection Agency, Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, London, United Kingdom AD - Immunisation Department, Health Protection Agency, Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, London, United Kingdom AD - Centre for Community Child Health, Royal Free and University College Medical School, Royal Free Campus, London, United Kingdom AD - Morbidity and Health Care Team, Office for National Statistics, London, United Kingdom AD - Immunisation Department, Health Protection Agency, Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, 61 Colindale Ave, London NW9 5EQ, United Kingdom AB - Objective. After concerns about the possible toxicity of thimerosal-containing vaccines in the United States, this study was designed to investigate whether there is a relationship between the amount of thimerosal that an infant receives via diphtheria-tetanus-whole-cell pertussis (DTP) or diphtheria-tetanus (DT) vaccination at a young age and subsequent neurodevelopmental disorders. Methods. A retrospective cohort study was performed using 109 863 children who were born from 1988 to 1997 and were registered in general practices in the United Kingdom that contributed to a research database. The disorders investigated were general developmental disorders, language or speech delay, tics, attention-deficit disorder, autism, unspecified developmental delays, behavior problems, encopresis, and enuresis. Exposure was defined according to the number of DTP/DT doses received by 3 and 4 months of age and also the cumulative age-specific DTP/DT exposure by 6 months. Each DTP/DT dose of vaccine contains 50 μg of thimerosal (25 μg of ethyl mercury). Hazard ratios (HRs) for the disorders were calculated per dose of DTP/DT vaccine or per unit of cumulative DTP/DT exposure. Results. Only in 1 analysis for tics was there some evidence of a higher risk with increasing doses (Cox's HR: 1.50 per dose at 4 months; 95% confidence interval [CI]: 1.02-2.20). Statistically significant negative associations with increasing doses at 4 months were found for general developmental disorders (HR: 0.87; 95% CI: 0.81-0.93), unspecified developmental delay (HR: 0.80; 95% CI: 0.69-0.92), and attention-deficit disorder (HR: 0.79; 95% CI: 0.64-0.98). For the other disorders, there was no evidence of an association with thimerosal exposure. Conclusions. With the possible exception of tics, there was no evidence that thimerosal exposure via DTP/DT vaccines causes neurodevelopmental disorders. Copyright © 2004 by the American Academy of Pediatrics. KW - Cohort study KW - Neurodevelopment KW - Safety KW - Thimerosal KW - Thiomersal KW - Vaccines KW - diphtheria pertussis tetanus Haemophilus influenzae type b vaccine KW - diphtheria tetanus vaccine KW - ethylmercury derivative KW - thiomersal KW - diphtheria pertussis tetanus vaccine KW - diphtheria tetanus vaccine KW - preservative KW - thiomersal KW - age KW - article KW - attention deficit disorder KW - autism KW - behavior disorder KW - birth KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - data base KW - developmental disorder KW - disease association KW - dose calculation KW - drug research KW - drug safety KW - enuresis KW - feces incontinence KW - general practice KW - health hazard KW - high risk patient KW - human KW - infant KW - language disability KW - nerve cell differentiation KW - perinatal drug exposure KW - priority journal KW - register KW - retrospective study KW - speech disorder KW - statistical significance KW - tic KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - attention deficit disorder KW - autism KW - chemically induced disorder KW - developmental disorder KW - female KW - follow up KW - language disability KW - male KW - multivariate analysis KW - proportional hazards model KW - speech disorder KW - survival KW - tic KW - Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity KW - Autistic Disorder KW - Cohort Studies KW - Developmental Disabilities KW - Diphtheria-Tetanus Vaccine KW - Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis Vaccine KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Language Disorders KW - Male KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Preservatives, Pharmaceutical KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Speech Disorders KW - Survival Analysis KW - Thimerosal KW - Tics N1 - Cited By :135 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PEDIA C2 - 15342825 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Miller, E.; Immunisation Department, Health Protection Agency, Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, 61 Colindale Ave, London NW9 5EQ, United Kingdom; email: liz.miller@hpa.org.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: thiomersal, 54-64-8; Diphtheria-Tetanus Vaccine; Diphtheria-Tetanus-Pertussis Vaccine; Preservatives, Pharmaceutical; Thimerosal, 54-64-8 N1 - References: Winship, K.A., Organic mercury compounds and their toxicity (1986) Adv Drug React Ac Pois Rev, 3, pp. 141-180; Pichichero, M.E., Cernichiari, E., Lopreiato, J., Treanot, J., Mercury concentrations and metabolism in infants receiving vaccines containing thiomersal: A descriptive study (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 1737-1741; Freed, G.L., Andreae, M.C., Cowan, A.E., Katz, S.L., The process of public policy formulation: The case of thimerosal in vaccines (2002) Pediatrics, 109, pp. 1153-1159; Thimerosal in vaccines: A joint statement by the American Academy of Pediatrics and the Public Health Service (1999) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 48, pp. 563-565; Thiomersal as a vaccine preservative (2000) Wkly Epidemiol Rec, 75, pp. 12-16; (2001) Immunization Safety Review: Thimerosal-Containing Vaccines and Neurodevelopmental Disorders, , www.nap.edu/openbook/0309076366/html/19.html; Chen, R.T., Glasser, J., Rhodes, P., The vaccine safety data link project. A new tool for improving vaccine safety monitoring in the United States (1997) Pediatrics, 99, pp. 765-773; Safety of thiomersal-containing vaccines (2002) Wkly Epidemiol Rec, 77, p. 390; Lawson, D.H., Sherman, V., Hollowell, J., The General Practice Research Database (1998) Q J Med, 91, pp. 445-452; Walley, T., Mantgani, A., The UK General Practice Research Database (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1097-1099; Heron, J., Golding, J., Thimerosal exposure in infants and developmental disorders: A prospective cohort study does not support a causal association (2004) Pediatrics, 114, pp. 577-583; (2001) S-Plus 6 for Windows Guide to Statistics, 1. , Seattle, WA: Insightful Corp; Verstraeten, T., Davis, R., DeStefano, F., Safety of thimerosal-containing vaccines: A two-phased study of computerized health maintenance organization databases (2003) Pediatrics, 112, pp. 1039-1048; Van Staa, T.-D., Abenhaim, L., The quality of information recorded on a UK database of primary care records: A study of hospitalizations due to hypoglycaemia and other conditions (1994) Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf, 3, pp. 15-21; Jick, H.J., Jick, S.S., Derby, L.E., Validation of information recorded on general practitioner based computerized data resource in the UK (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 766-778; Black, C., Kaye, J.A., Jick, H., Relation of childhood gastrointestinal disorders to autism: Nested case-control study using data from the UK General Practice Research Database (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 419-421; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds. A Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , London, United Kingdom: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Hviid, A., Stellfeld, M., Wohlfahrt, J., Melbye, M., Association between thimerosal-containing vaccine and autism (2003) JAMA, 290, pp. 1763-1766 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4344620583&doi=10.1542%2fpeds.2003-1177-L&partnerID=40&md5=ee9c6c362c3d349dc9e8422f85f8d9d3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk factors for fracture in a UK population: A prospective cohort study T2 - QJM - Monthly Journal of the Association of Physicians J2 - QJM Mon. J. Assoc. Phys. VL - 97 IS - 9 SP - 569 EP - 574 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/qjmed/hch097 SN - 14602725 (ISSN) AU - Porthouse, J. AU - Birks, Y.F. AU - Torgerson, D.J. AU - Cockayne, S. AU - Puffer, S. AU - Watt, I. AD - York Trials Unit, Department of Health Sciences, University of York, Seebohm Rowntree Building, York YO10 5DD, United Kingdom AB - Background: Common clinical risk factors for fracture in older women have been identified. To date, most of these risk factors have not been confirmed in a UK population. Aim: To confirm the important risk factors for fracture in older women. Design: Comprehensive cohort study (CCS) with a nested randomized controlled trial. Methods: The CCS included 4292 women aged >70 years. We assessed potential risk factors for fracture, and followed-up participants for 24 months for incidence of non-vertebral fractures. Results: Odds ratios (ORs) for predicting any non-vertebral fracture were: previous fracture, 2.67 (95%CI 2.10-3.40); a fall in the last 12 months, 2.06 (95%CI 1.63-2.59); and age (per year increase), 1.03 (95%CI 1.01-1.05). ORs for predicting hip fracture were: previous fracture, 2.31 (95%CI 1.31-4.08); low body weight (<58 kg), 2.20 (95%CI 1.28-3.77); maternal history of hip fracture, 1.68 (95%CI 0.85-3.31); a fall in the last 12 months, 2.92 (95%CI 1.70-5.01); and age (per year increase), 1.09 (95%CI 1.04-1.13). ORs for predicting wrist fracture were: previous fracture, 2.29 (95%CI 1.56-3.34); and a fall in the last 12 months, 1.60 (95%CI 1.10-2.31). Being a current smoker was not associated with an increase in risk, and was consistent across all fracture types. Discussion: Older women with the clinical risk factors identified in this study should be investigated for osteoporosis or offered preventive treatment. © Association of Physicians 2004; all rights reserved. KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - body weight KW - clinical trial KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - falling KW - female KW - follow up KW - fragility fracture KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - osteoporosis KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - randomized controlled trial KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - United Kingdom KW - wrist fracture KW - Accidental Falls KW - Aged KW - Body Weight KW - England KW - Family Health KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prospective Studies KW - Recurrence KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Wrist Injuries N1 - Cited By :42 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: QMJPF C2 - 15317925 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Porthouse, J.; York Trials Unit, Department of Health Sciences, University of York, Seebohm Rowntree Building, York YO10 5DD, United Kingdom; email: jp38@york.ac.uk N1 - References: Schurch, M.A., Rizzoli, R., Mermillod, B., Vasey, H., Michel, J.P., Bonjour, J.P., A prospective study on the socio-economic aspects of fracture of the proximal femur (1996) J. Bone Min. Res., 11, pp. 1935-1942; Dolan, P., Torgerson, D.J., The cost of treating osteoporotic fractures in the United Kingdom female population (1998) Osteoporosis Int., 8, pp. 611-617; Torgerson, D.J., Iglesias, C.P., Reid, D.M., The economics of fracture prevention (2000) Key Advances in the Effective Management of Osteoporosis, , Barlow D, Francis R, Miles A, eds. London, Aesculapius Medical Press; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) Br. Med. J., 312, pp. 1254-1259; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporosis Int., 7, pp. 390-406; (1999) Clinical Guidelines for the Prevention and Treatment of Osteoporosis, , Royal College of Physicians. London, RCP; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K., Ensrud, K.E., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N. Engl. J. Med., 332, pp. 767-773. , for the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group; Eddy, D.M., Johnston, C.C., Cummings, S.R., Dawson-Hughes, B., Lindsay, R., Melton, L.J., Osteoporosis: Cost-effectiveness analysis and review of the evidence for prevention, diagnosis and treatment (1997) Osteoporosis Int., 2 (SUPPL.), pp. 1-72; McGrother, C.W., Donaldson, M.M.K., Clayton, D., Abrams, K.R., Clarke, M., Evaluation of a hip fracture risk score for assessing elderly women: The Melton osteoporotic fracture (MOF) study (2002) Osteoporosis Int., 13, pp. 89-96; van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporosis Int., 13, pp. 624-629; Appraisal Consultation Document: Technologies for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis and prevention of osteoporotic fractures in postmenopausal women (2004), National Institute for Clinical Excellence; Birks, Y.F., Porthouse, J., Addie, C., Loughney, K., Saxon, L., Baverstock, M., Randomised Controlled Trial of Hip Protectors among Women Living in the Community (2004) Osteoporosis Int., , the Primary Care Hip Protector Trial Group. in press; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures (1999) J. Bone Min. Res., 14, pp. 821-828. , for the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group; Fox, K.M., Cummings, S.R., Powell-Threets, K., Stone, K., Family history and risk of osteoporotic fracture (1998) Osteoporosis Int., 8, pp. 557-562. , for the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group; Ensrud, K.E., Lipschutz, R.C., Cauley, J.A., Seeley, D., Nevitt, M.C., Scott, J., Body size and hip fracture risk in older women: A prospective study (1997) Am. J. Med., 103, pp. 275-280. , for the Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group; Dargent-Molina, P., Poitiers, F., Breart, G., In elderly women weight is the best predictor of a very low bone mineral density: Evidence from the EPIDOS study (2000) Osteoporosis Int., 11, pp. 881-888. , for the EPIDOS Group; Vestergaard, P., Mosekilde, L., Fracture risk associated with smoking: A meta-analysis (2003) J. Intern. Med., 254, pp. 572-583; Law, M.R., Hackshaw, A.K., A meta-analysis of cigarette smoking, bone mineral density and risk of hip fracture: Recognition of a major effect (1997) Br. Med. J., 315, pp. 841-846; Nguyen, T.V., Center, J.R., Sambrook, P.N., Eisman, J.A., Risk factors for proximal humerus, forearm, and wrist fractures in elderly men and women (2001) Am. J. Epidemiol., 153, pp. 587-595; Dargent-Molina, P., Douchin, M.N., Cormier, C., Meunier, P.J., Breart, G., Use of clinical risk factors in elderly women with low bone mineral density to identify women at higher risk of hip fracture: The EPIDOS prospective study (2002) Osteoporosis Int., 13, pp. 593-599. , for the EPIDOS study group; Vogt, M.T., Cauley, J.A., Tomaino, M.M., Stone, K., Williams, J.R., Herndon, J.H., Distal radius fractures in older women: A 10-year follow-up study of descriptive characteristics and risk factors. The Study of Osteoporotic Fractures (2002) J. Am. Geriat. Soc., 50, pp. 97-103; Black, D.M., Steinbuch, M., Palermo, L., Dargent-Molina, P., Lindsay, R., Hoseyni, M.S., An assessment tool for predicting fracture risk in postmenopausal women (2001) Osteoporosis Int., 12, pp. 519-528; Pal, B., Questionnaire survey of advice given to patients with fractures (1999) Br. Med. J., 318, pp. 500-501; Torgerson, D.J., Dolan, P., Prescribing by general practitioners after an osteoporotic fracture (1998) Ann. Rheum. Dis., 57, pp. 378-379; Bergmann, M., Byers, T., Freedman, D.S., Mokdad, A., Validity of self-reported diagnoses leading to hospitalization: A comparison of self-reports with hospital records in a prospective study of American adults (1998) Am. J. Epidemiol., 147, pp. 969-977; Bush, T.L., Miller, S.R., Golden, A.L., Hale, W.E., Self-report and medical record report agreement of selected medical conditions in the elderly (1989) Am. J. Public Health, 79, pp. 1554-1556; Colditz, G.A., Martin, P., Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., Sampson, L., Rosner, B., Validation of questionnaire information on risk factors and disease outcomes in a prospective cohort of women (1986) Am. J. Epidemiol., 123, pp. 894-900; O'Neill, T.W., Cockerill, W., Finn, J.B., Cannata, J.B., Hoszowski, K., Validity of self-report of fractures: Results from a prospective study in men and women across Europe (2000) Osteoporosis Int., 11, pp. 248-254. , AA; Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Browner, W.S., Seeley, D.G., Canley, J.A., Vogt, T.M., The accuracy of self-report of fractures in elderly women: Evidence from a prospective study (1992) Am. J. Epidemiol., 135, pp. 490-499 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4544314130&doi=10.1093%2fqjmed%2fhch097&partnerID=40&md5=16404f623d8344fe77e5471f7a8501d5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The wage effects of obesity: A longitudinal study T2 - Health Economics J2 - Health Econ. VL - 13 IS - 9 SP - 885 EP - 899 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1002/hec.881 SN - 10579230 (ISSN) AU - Baum II, C.L. AU - Ford, W.F. AD - Economics and Finance Department, Middle Tennessee State University, Box 27, Murfreesboro, TN 37132, United States AB - We use National Longitudinal Survey of Youth (NLSY) data to examine the effects of obesity on wages by gender. Sample means indicate that both men and women experience a persistent obesity wage penalty over the first two decades of their careers. We then control for a standard set of socioeconomic and familial variables but find that standard covariates do not explain why obese workers experience persistent wage penalties. This suggests that other variables - including job discrimination, health-related factors and/or obese workers' behavior patterns - may be the channels through which obesity adversely affects wages. The study closes with a discussion of the public policy implications suggested by these findings. Copyright © 2004 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. KW - Body mass index KW - Discrimination KW - Obesity KW - Wages KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - career KW - controlled study KW - employment KW - experience KW - family life KW - female KW - health status KW - health survey KW - human KW - job performance KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - obesity KW - policy KW - priority journal KW - salary KW - sex difference KW - socioeconomics KW - worker KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Bias (Epidemiology) KW - Body Mass Index KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Causality KW - Cost of Illness KW - Efficiency KW - Female KW - Health Behavior KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Least-Squares Analysis KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Models, Econometric KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Obesity KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Prejudice KW - Salaries and Fringe Benefits KW - Sex Distribution KW - Sex Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :195 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HEECE C2 - 15362180 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Baum II, C.L.; Economics and Finance Department, Middle Tennessee State University, Box 27, Murfreesboro, TN 37132, United States; email: cbaum@mtsu.edu N1 - References: Rundle, R.A., Obesity tops smoking for medical costs (2003) Wall Street J., 12, pp. B7. , March; Philipson, T., The world-wide growth in obesity: An economic research agenda (2001) Health Econ., 10, pp. 1-7; Sturm, R., The effects of obesity, smoking, and drinking on medical problems and costs (2002) Health Affairs, 21, pp. 245-253; Gortmaker, S.L., Must, A., Perrin, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Dietz, W.H., Social and economic consequences of overweight in adolescence and young adulthood (1993) New Engl. J. Med., 329, pp. 1008-1012; Averett, S., Korenman, S., The economic reality of the beauty myth (1996) J. Hum. Res., 31, pp. 304-330; Harper, B., Beauty, stature, and the labour market (2000) Oxford Bull. Econ. Statist., 62, pp. 771-800; Register, C.A., Williams, D.R., Wage effects of obesity among young workers (1990) Soc. Sci. Q., 71, pp. 130-141; Loh, E.S., The economic effects of physical appearance (1993) Soc. Sci. Q., 74, pp. 420-438; Pagan, J.A., Davila, A., Obesity, occupational attainment, and earnings (1997) Soc. Sci. Q., 78, pp. 756-770; Levine, P.B., Gustafson, T.A., Velenchik, A.D., More bad news for smokers? The effects of cigarette smoking on wages (1997) Ind. Lab. Relat. Rev., 50, pp. 493-509; Kaestner, R., The effect of illicit drug use on the wages of young adults (1991) J. Lab. Econ., 9, pp. 381-412; Register, C.A., Williams, D.R., Labor market effects of marijuana and cocaine use among young men (1992) Ind. Lab. Relat. Rev., 45, pp. 435-448; Gill, A.M., Michaels, R.J., Does drug use lower wages? (1992) Ind. Lab. Relat. Rev., 45, pp. 419-434; Berger, M.C., Leigh, J.P., The effect of alcohol use on wages (1988) Appl. Econ., 20, pp. 1343-1351; Oaxaca, R., Male-female wage differentials in urban markets (1973) Int. Econ. Rev., 14, pp. 694-709; Blau, F.D., Ferber, M., Discrimination: Empirical evidence from the United States (1987) Am. Econ. Rev., 77, pp. 316-320; (1996) NSLY79 1996 Users' Guide, , Center for Human Resource Research. The Ohio State University: Columbus, OH; (1983) The Statistical Bulletin of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, 64, pp. 2-9. , Metropolitan Life Insurance Company of New York; England, P., The failure of human capital theory to explain occupational sex segregation (1982) J. Hum. Res., 17, pp. 358-370; Becker, G., Murphy, K., A theory of rational addiction (1988) J. Polit. Econ., 96, pp. 675-700 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4644247412&doi=10.1002%2fhec.881&partnerID=40&md5=826e4e9290ca2cca2d8c806764523325 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Estimating the beginning of the waterpipe epidemic in Syria T2 - BMC Public Health J2 - BMC Public Health VL - 4 SP - 1 EP - 5 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1186/1471-2458-4-32 SN - 14712458 (ISSN) AU - Rastam, S. AU - Ward, K.D. AU - Eissenberg, T. AU - Maziak, W. AD - Syrian Center for Tobacco Studies, Aleppo, Syrian Arab Republic AD - Center for Community Health, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, United States AD - Department of Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA, United States AD - Inst. of Epidemiol. and Social Med., University of Muenster, Muenster, Germany AB - Background: Waterpipe smoking is becoming a global public health problem, especially in the Eastern Mediterranean region (EMR). Methods: We try in this study, which is a cross sectional survey among a representative sample of waterpipe smokers in cafes/restaurants in Aleppo-Syria, to assess the time period for the beginning of this new smoking hype. We recruited 268 waterpipe smokers (161 men, 107 women; mean age ± standard deviation (SD) 30.1 ± 10.2, response rate 95.3%). Participants were divided into 4 birth cohorts (≤ 1960, 1961-1970, 1971-1980, >1980) and year of initiation of waterpipe smoking and daily cigarette smoking were plotted according to these birth cohorts. Results: Data indicate that unlike initiation of cigarette smoking, which shows a clear age-related pattern, the nineties was the starting point for most of waterpipe smoking implicating this time period for the beginning of the waterpipe epidemic in Syria. Conclusion: The introduction of new flavored and aromatic waterpipe tobacco (Maassel), and the proliferation of satellite and electronic media during the nineties may have helped spread the new hype all over the Arab World. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - birth KW - catering service KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - cultural anthropology KW - epidemic KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - male KW - review KW - sample KW - smoking KW - Syrian Arab Republic KW - waterpipe smoking PB - BioMed Central Ltd. N1 - Cited By :68 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus C7 - 32 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Maziak, W.; Syrian Center for Tobacco Studies, Aleppo, Syrian Arab Republic N1 - References: Maziak, W., Eissenberg, T., Klesges, R.C., Keil, U., Ward, K.D., Adapting smoking cessation interventions for developing countries: A model for the Middle East (2004) Int J Tuberc Lung Dis, 8 (4), pp. 403-413. , [PubMed Abstract] Return to citation in text: [1] [2]; Maziak, W., Ward, K.D., Afifi Soweid, R.A., Eissenberg, T., Tobacco smoking using a waterpipe: A re-emerging strain in a global epidemic (2004) Tobacco Control, , in press. Return to citation in text: [1]; Maziak, W., Fouad, M.F., Hammal, F., Asfar, T., Bachir, E.M., Rastam, S., Eissenberg, T.E., Ward, K.D., Prevalence and characteristics of narghile smoking among university students in Aleppo, Syria (2004) Int J Tuberc Lung Dis, 8, pp. 882-889. , [PubMed Abstract] Return to citation in text: [1]; Chaaya, M., Awwad, J., Campbell, O.M., Sibai, A., Kaddour, A., Demographic and psychosocial profile of smoking among pregnant women in Lebanon: Public health implications (2003) Matern Child Health J, 7 (3), pp. 179-186. , [PubMed Abstract] [Publisher Full Text]; Tamim, H., Terro, A., Kassem, H., Ghazi, A., Khamis, T.A., Hay, M.M., Musharrafieh, U., Tobacco use by university students, Lebanon, 2001 (2003) Addiction, 98 (7), pp. 933-939. , [PubMed Abstract][Publisher Full Text]; Maziak, W., Eissenberg, T., Asfar, T., Rastam, S., Hammal, F., Bachir, M.E., Fouad, M.F., Ward, K.D., Beliefs and attitudes related to narghile smoking among university students in Syria (2004) Ann Epidemiol, , in press. Return to citation in text: [1] [2] [3]; The global youth tobacco survey collaborative group: Tobacco use among youth: A cross-country comparison (2002) Tob Cont, 11, pp. 252-270. , [Publisher Full Text] Return to citation in text: [1]; Bedwani, R., El-Khwsky, F., Renganathan, E., Braga, C., Abu Seif, H.H., Abul Azm, T., Zaki, A., La Vecchia, C., Epidemiology of bladder cancer in Alexandria, Egypt: Tobacco smoking (1997) Int J Cancer, 73, pp. 64-67. , [PubMed Abstract][Publisher Full Text] Return to citation in text: [1]; Gupta, P.C., Murti, P.R., Bhonsle, R.B., Epidemiology of cancer by tobacco products and the significance of TSNA (1996) Crit Rev Toxicol, 26, pp. 183-198. , [PubMed Abstract] Return to citation in text: [1]; Jabbour, S., El-Roueiheb, Z., Sibai, A.M., Narghile (water-pipe) smoking and incident coronary heart disease: A case-control study (2003) Ann Epidemiol, 13, p. 570. , [Publisher Full Text] Return to citation in text: [1]; Kiter, G., Ucan, E.S., Ceylan, E., Kilinc, O., Water-pipe smoking and pulmonary functions (2000) Respir Med, 94, pp. 891-894. , [PubMed Abstract] [Publisher Full Text] Return to citation in text: [1]; Maziak, W., Eissenberg, T.E., Ward, K.D., Factors related to level of narghile use: The first insights on tobacco dependence in narghile users (2004) Drug Alcohol Depend, , in press. Return to citation in text: [1]; Kandela, P., Nargile smoking keeps Arabs in wonderland (2000) Lancet, 356, p. 1175. , [PubMed Abstract] Return to citation in text: [1]; Shafagoj, Y.A., Mohammed, F.I., Levels of maximum end-expiratory carbon monoxide and certain cardiovascular parameters following hubble-bubble smoking (2002) Saud Med J, 23, pp. 953-958. , Return to citation in text: [1]; Shihadeh, A., Investigation of mainstream smoke aerosol of the argileh water pipe (2003) Food Chem Toxicol, 41, pp. 143-152. , [PubMed Abstract] [Publisher Full Text] Return to citation in text: [1] UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4544327826&doi=10.1186%2f1471-2458-4-32&partnerID=40&md5=bc415a5dcf46a56ed6ea03a69f4e6519 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Estimating the beginning of the waterpipe epidemic in Syria T2 - BMC public health J2 - BMC Public Health VL - 4 SP - 32 PY - 2004 SN - 14712458 (ISSN) AU - Rastam, S. AU - Ward, K.D. AU - Eissenberg, T. AU - Maziak, W. AD - Syrian Center for Tobacco Studies, Aleppo, Syria. samer@scts-sy.org AB - BACKGROUND: Waterpipe smoking is becoming a global public health problem, especially in the Eastern Mediterranean region (EMR). METHODS: We try in this study, which is a cross sectional survey among a representative sample of waterpipe smokers in cafes/restaurants in Aleppo-Syria, to assess the time period for the beginning of this new smoking hype. We recruited 268 waterpipe smokers (161 men, 107 women; mean age +/- standard deviation (SD) 30.1 +/- 10.2, response rate 95.3%). Participants were divided into 4 birth cohorts (1980) and year of initiation of waterpipe smoking and daily cigarette smoking were plotted according to these birth cohorts. RESULTS: Data indicate that unlike initiation of cigarette smoking, which shows a clear age-related pattern, the nineties was the starting point for most of waterpipe smoking implicating this time period for the beginning of the waterpipe epidemic in Syria. CONCLUSION: The introduction of new flavored and aromatic waterpipe tobacco (Maassel), and the proliferation of satellite and electronic media during the nineties may have helped spread the new hype all over the Arab World. KW - water KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - attitude to health KW - catering service KW - comparative study KW - cross-sectional study KW - epidemiology KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - middle aged KW - perception KW - psychology KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - socioeconomics KW - Syrian Arab Republic KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Health Knowledge, Attitudes, Practice KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Restaurants KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Social Perception KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Syria KW - Water N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 15294023 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: water, 7732-18-5; Water UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84898231577&partnerID=40&md5=e95a53bd3c26a5ff635f26d36fd56928 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Is the association of birth weight with premenopausal breast cancer risk mediated through childhood growth? T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 519 EP - 524 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601972 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Dos Santos Silva, I. AU - De Stavola, B.L. AU - Hardy, R.J. AU - Kuh, D.J. AU - McCormack, V.A. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, University College, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Several studies have found positive associations between birth weight and breast cancer risk at premenopausal ages. The mechanisms underlying this association are not known, but it is possible that it may be mediated through childhood growth. We examined data from a British cohort of 2176 women born in 1946 and for whom there were prospective measurements of birth weight and of body size throughout life. In all, 59 breast cancer cases occurred during follow-up, 21 of whom were known to be premenopausal. Women who weighed at least 4 kg at birth were five times (relative risk (RR) = 5.03; 95% confidence interval = 1.13, 22.5) more likely to develop premenopausal breast cancer than those who weighed less than 3 kg (P-value for linear trend = 0.03). This corresponded to an RR of 2.31 (0.95, 5.64) per 1 kg increase in birth weight. Birth weight was also a predictor of postnatal growth, that is, women who were heavy at birth remained taller and heavier throughout their childhood and young adulthood. However, the effect of birth weight on premenopausal breast cancer risk was only reduced slightly after simultaneous adjustment for height and body mass index (BMI) at age 2 years and height and BMI velocities throughout childhood and adolescence (adjusted RR = 1.94 (0.74, 5.14) per 1 kg increase in birth weight). The pathways through which birth weight is associated with premenopausal breast cancer risk seem to be largely independent of those underlying the relation of postnatal growth to risk. © 2004 Cancer Research UK. KW - Birth weight KW - Body mass index KW - Breast cancer KW - Growth KW - Height KW - Menarche KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body mass KW - breast cancer KW - cancer risk KW - child KW - child growth KW - childhood KW - confidence interval KW - female KW - follow up KW - height KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - measurement KW - menarche KW - premenopause KW - priority journal KW - velocity KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Height KW - Body Mass Index KW - Body Weight KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Menarche KW - Middle Aged KW - Premenopause KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 15266328 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dos Santos Silva, I.; Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: isabel.silva@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: G9819083, Research Councils UK, Research Councils UK N1 - Funding text: The MRC National Survey of Health and Development is funded by the UK Medical Research Council. This work was conducted within the MRC Co-Operative on ‘Life-course and trans-generational influences on disease risk’ (Grant No. G9819083). N1 - References: Clayton, D., Hills, M., Statistical Methods in Epidemiology (1993) Oxford: Oxford University Press; De Stavola, B.L., Dos Santos Silva, I., McCormack, V., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D.J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Childhood growth and breast cancer (2004) Am J Epidemiol, 159, pp. 671-682; De Stavola, B.L., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Dos Santos Silva, I., Wadsworth, M., Swerdlow, A.J., Birth weight, childhood growth and risk of breast cancer in a British birth cohort (2000) Br J Cancer, 83, pp. 964-968; Santos Silva, I., De Stavola, B.L., Mann, V., Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Prenatal factors, childhood growth trajectories and age at menarche (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 405-412; Ekbom, A., Trichopoulos, D., Adami, H.-O., Hsieh, C.-C., Lan, S.-J., Evidence of prenatal influences on breast cancer risk (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 1015-1018; Hankinson, S.E., Willett, W.C., Colditz, G.A., Hunter, D.J., Michaud, D.S., Deroo, B., Rosner, B., Pollak, M., Circulating concentrations of insulin-like growth factor-I and risk of breast cancer (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1393-1396; Hsieh, C.C., Trichopoulos, D., Katsouyanni, K., Yuasa, S., Age at menarche, age at menopause, height and obesity as risk factors for breast cancer: Associations and interactions in an international case-control study (1990) Int J Cancer, 46, pp. 796-800; Hübinette, A., Lichtenstein, P., Ekbom, A., Cnattingius, S., Birth characteristics and breast cancer risk: A study among like-sexed twins (2001) Int J Cancer, 91, pp. 248-251; Innes, K., Byers, T., Schymura, M., Birth characteristics and subsequent risk for breast cancer in very young women (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 152, pp. 1121-1128; Kaaks, R., Lundin, E., Manjer, J., Rinaldi, S., Biessy, C., Söderberg, S., Lenner, P., Hallmans, G., Prospective study of IGF-I, IGF-binding proteins, and breast cancer risk, in northern and southern Sweden (2002) Cancer Causes Control, 13, pp. 307-316; Kaijser, M., Litchtenstein, P., Granath, F., Erlandsson, G., Cnattingius, S., Ekbom, A., In utero exposures and breast cancer: A study of opposite-sexed twins (2001) J Natl Cancer Inst, 93, pp. 60-62; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menop Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; Luo, Z.C., Cheung, Y.B., He, Q., Albertsson-Wikland, K., Karlberg, J., Growth in early life and its relation to pubertal growth (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 65-73; McCormack, V.A., Dos Santos Silva, I., De Stavola, B.L., Moshen, R., Leon, D., Lithell, H.O., Foetal growth and subsequent risk of breast cancer: Results from a long-term follow-up of a Swedish cohort of over 5000 women (2003) BMJ, 326, pp. 248-251; Michels, K.B., Trichopoulos, D., Robins, J.M., Rosner, B.A., Manson, J.E., Hunter, D.J., Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Birth weight as a risk factor for breast cancer (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1542-1546; Sanderson, M., Williams, M.A., Malone, K.E., Stanford, J.L., Emanuel, I., White, E., Daling, J.R., Perinatal factors and the risk of breast cancer (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 34-37; Schafer, J.L., Multiple imputation: A primer (1999) Stat Methods Med Res, 8, pp. 3-15; Sørensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M., Steffensen, F.H., Fischer, P., Sørensen, T.I., Birth weight and length as predictors for adult height (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 726-729; Tanner, J.M., (1989) Foetus into Man. Physical Growth from Conception to Maturity, 2nd Edn., , Ware (Herts): Castlemead Publications; Endogenous sex hormones and breast cancer in postmenopausal women: Re-analysis of nine prospective studies (2002) J Natl Cancer Inst, 94, pp. 606-616; Thomas, H.V., Key, T.J., Allen, D.S., Moore, J.W., Dowsett, M., Fentiman, I.S., Wang, D.Y., A prospective study of endogenous serum hormone concentrations and breast cancer risk in premenopausal women in the island of Guernsey (1997) Br J Cancer, 75, pp. 1075-1079; Titus-Ernstoff, L., Egan, K.M., Newcomb, P.A., Ding, J., Trentham-Dietz, A., Greenberg, E.R., Baron, J.A., Willett, W.C., Early life factors in relation to breast cancer risk in postmenopausal women (2002) Cancer Epidemiol Biomark Prev, 11, pp. 207-210; Toniolo, P., Brunning, P.F., Akhmedkhanov, A., Bonfrer, J.M., Koenig, K.L., Lukanova, A., Shore, R.E., Zeleniuch-Jacquotte, Serum insulin-like growth factor-I and breast cancer (2000) Int J Cancer, 88, pp. 828-832; Trichopoulos, D., Hypothesis: Does breast cancer originate in utero? (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 939-940; Trichopoulos, D., Intrauterine environment, mammary gland mass and breast cancer risk (2003) Breast Cancer Res, 5, pp. 42-44; Tuvemo, T., Cnattingius, S., Jonsson, B., Prediction of male adult stature using anthropometric data at birth: A nationwide population-based study (1999) Pediatr Res, 46, pp. 491-495; Vach, W., Blettner, M., Missing data in epidemiological studies (2000) Encyclopedia of Epidemiological Methods, pp. 598-612. , Gail MH, Benichou J (eds) New York: John Wiley; Van Den Brandt, P.A., Spiegelman, D., Yaun, S.-S., Adami, H.O., Beeson, L., Folsom, A.R., Fraser, G., Hunter, D.J., Pooled analysis of prospective cohort studies on height, weight, and breast cancer risk (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 152, pp. 514-527; Vatten, L.J., Mæhle, B.O., Lund Nilsen, T.I., Tretli, S., Hsieh, C.-C., Trichopoulos, D., Trichopoulos, D., Stuver, S.O., Birth weight as a predictor of breast cancer: A case-control study in Norway (2002) Br J Cancer, 86, pp. 89-91; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S.L., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D.J., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., Hilder, W.S., Connor, M., The life course prospective design; an example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Soc Sci Med, 57, pp. 2193-2205; Yen, S.C.C., Endocrinology of pregnancy (1989) Journal Title: Maternal-Fetal Medicine, pp. 375-403. , Creasy RK, Resnic R (eds) Philadelphia: WB Saunders UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4143133439&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601972&partnerID=40&md5=4677dbfa8760cb155f0dec07ced426a9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Relation between children's height and outdoor air pollution from coal-burning sources in the British 1946 birth cohort T2 - International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health J2 - Int. Arch. Occup. Environ. Health VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 383 EP - 386 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1007/s00420-004-0522-5 SN - 03400131 (ISSN) AU - Bobak, M. AU - Richards, M. AU - Wadsworth, M. AD - Intl. Centre for Health and Society, Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AD - MRC National Survey of Health/Devmt., Dept. of Epiddemiology/Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objective: Air pollution is associated with a number of health outcomes in childhood. In this study, we investigated whether air pollution is related to children's height. Methods: The 1946 British birth cohort study recruited 5,362 children born in 1 week in March 1946. Height was measured when the children were aged 2, 4, 6, 7, 11 and 15 years. Data on socio-economic conditions and other characteristics were obtained in interviews. Areas of children's residence were categorised into four groups of air pollution on the basis of published coal-consumption data. Results: After controlling for socio-economic factors, we found that air pollution was associated with children's height at several ages. The association, adjusted for socio-economic factors, was strongest at the age of 7 years, when children in the most polluted areas were 1.2 (95% confidence interval 0.5-1.8) cm shorter than those in the least polluted areas. After the age of 7 years the effect of air pollution diminished and disappeared by the age of 15 years. Further adjustment for birth weight and respiratory illness in childhood did not change this pattern. Conclusions: Children's height was inversely associated with air pollution, but the magnitude of the effect depended on age. However, the biological mechanisms linking children's growth with air pollution are not evident, and it remains to be confirmed whether the relationship is genuine and causal. © Springer-Verlag 2004. KW - Air pollution KW - Children KW - Growth KW - Height KW - Outdoor KW - coal KW - adolescent KW - air pollution KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body height KW - child KW - child growth KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - demography KW - energy resource KW - environmental exposure KW - female KW - health hazard KW - human KW - interview KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - respiratory tract disease KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Air Pollutants KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Coal KW - Cookery KW - Environmental Exposure KW - Great Britain KW - Growth KW - Heating KW - Humans KW - Interviews KW - Linear Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IAOHD C2 - 15338223 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bobak, M.; Intl. Centre for Health and Society, Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: m.bobak@ucl.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Air Pollutants; Coal N1 - Funding details: RCUK, Research Councils UK N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgements The study was funded by the UK Medical Research Council. N1 - References: Berkey, C.S., Dockery, D.W., Wang, X., Wypij, D., Ferris, B.G., Height velocity standards for US adolescents (2003) Stat. Med., 12, pp. 403-414; Bobak, M., Outdoor air pollution, birth weight and prematurity (2000) Environ. Health Perspect., 108, pp. 173-176; Bobak, M., Leon, D.A., Air pollution and infant mortality in the Czech Republic, 1986-88 (1992) Lancet., 340, pp. 1010-1014; Bobak, M., Leon, D.A., The effect of air pollution on infant mortality appears specific for respiratory causes in the postneonatal period (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 666-670; Bobak, M., Leon, D.A., Pregnancy outcomes and outdoor air pollution: An ecological study in districts of the Czech Republic 1986-1988 (1999) Occup. Environ. Med., 56, pp. 539-543; Bobak, M., Richards, M., Wadsworth, M., Air pollution and low birth weight in Britain in 1946 (2001) Epidemiology, 12, pp. 358-359; Health effects of outdoor air pollution (1996) Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 153, pp. 3-50. , Committee of the Environmental and Occupational Health Assembly of the American Thoracic Society; Dejmek, J., Selevan, S.G., Benes, I., Pilcik, T., Sram, R.J., Fetal growth and maternal exposure to particulate matter during pregnancy (1999) Environ. Health Perspect., 107, pp. 475-480; Douglas, J.W.B., Waller, R.E., Air pollution and respiratory infection in children (1966) Br. J. Prev. Soc. Med., 20, pp. 1-8; Eskenazi, B., Bergmann, J.J., Passive and active maternal smoking during pregnancy, as measured by serum cotinine, and postnatal smoke exposure. I. Effects on physical growth at age 5 years (1995) Am. J. Epidemiol., 142 (9 SUPPL.), pp. S10-S18; Goldstein, H., Factors influencing the height of seven-year-old children: Results from the National Child Development (1971) Study Hum. Biol., 43, pp. 92-111; Jedrychowski, W., Maugeri, U., Jedrychowska-Bianchi, I., Body growth rate in preadolescent children and outdoor air quality (2002) Environ. Res., 90, pp. 12-20; Lipfert, F.W., (1994) Air Pollution and Community Health. A Critical Review and Data Source Book, , 1st edn. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York; Pikhart, H., Bobak, M., Kriz, B., Air pollution and height of preschool children in the Czech Republic (2002) Epidemiology, 13 (SUPPL.), pp. S178. , (Abstract presented at the 14th Conference of the International Society for Environmental Epidemiology in Vancouver, Canada, 11-15 August 2002); Raizenne, M., Dales, R., Burnett, R., Air pollution exposures and children's health (1998) Can. J. Public Health, 89 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S43-S53; Ritz, B., Yu, F., The effect of ambient carbon monoxide on low birth weight among children born in Southern California between 1989 and 1993 (1999) Environ. Health Perspect., 107, pp. 17-25; Ritz, B., Yu, F., Chapa, G., Fruin, S., Effect of air pollution on preterm birth among children born in Southern California between 1989-1993 (2000) Epidemiology, 11, pp. 502-511; Rona, R.J., Genetic and environmental factors in the control of growth in childhood (1981) Br. Me. Bull., 37, pp. 265-272; Schwela, D., Air pollution and health in urban areas (2000) Rev. Environ. Health, 15, pp. 13-42; Tanner, J.M., Davies, P., Clinical longitudinal standards for height and height velocity for North American children (1985) J. Pediatr., 107, pp. 317-328; Wadsworth, M.E.J., The imprint of time: Childhood, history and adult life (1991), London Clarendon Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworh, S.L., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., Connor, M., The life course design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Soc. Sci. Med., 57, pp. 2193-2205; Woodruff, T.J., Grillo, J., Schoendorf, K.C., The relationship between selected causes of postneonatal infant mortality and particulate air pollution in the United States (1997) Environ. Health Perspect., 105, pp. 608-612 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4644297443&doi=10.1007%2fs00420-004-0522-5&partnerID=40&md5=0fef69dfa371fb4bf7f7bae4dd6826f2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birthweight and work participation in adulthood T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 849 EP - 856 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyh111 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Kristensen, P. AU - Bjerkedal, T. AU - Irgens, L.M. AD - Natl. Inst. of Occupational Health, PO Box 8149, 0033 Oslo, Norway AD - Div. of Military Medical Res./Devmt., Joint Norwegian Medical Services, 0753 Oslo, Norway AD - Medical Birth Registry of Norway, Locus of Registry Based Epidemiology, University of Bergen, 5018 Bergen, Norway AD - Norwegian Institute of Public Health, 0403 Oslo, Norway AB - Background. In a number of studies, birthweight has been associated with cognition and educational attainment into adult age. However, the association is not clear between birthweight and work participation in adulthood. We investigated this association assessing to which extent it was influenced by circumstances concerning family background or disease in early life. Methods. Through linkage between several national registers containing personal information from birth into adult age we established a longitudinal, population-based cohort study. Study participants were all 308 829 singletons born in Norway in 1967-1971 as registered by the Medical Birth Registry of Norway who were national residents at age 29. The study outcome was unemployment defined as a lack of personal income among people who were not under education in the calendar year of their 29th birthday as registered by the National Insurance Administration and Statistics Norway. Results. Birthweight below the standardized mean was associated with unemployment. The risk of unemployment increased by decreasing birthweight for both women and men and also after adjustment for potential confounding factors. The association was evident both in people with or without social disadvantage, as well as people with or without childhood disease. Still, birthweight below the standardized mean explained much less of the unemployment risk than did social disadvantage (attributable fractions 8.0% versus 28.3% for women and 10.0% versus 40.2% for men). Conclusion. Birthweight below the standardized mean was independently associated with unemployment at age 29, also in the normal birthweight range. © International Epidemiological Association 2004; all rights reserved. KW - Adult KW - Birthweight KW - Child KW - Cohort studies KW - Employment KW - Follow-up studies KW - Social environment KW - labor participation KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - article KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - education KW - employment KW - family KW - female KW - health insurance KW - human KW - income KW - longitudinal study KW - low birth weight KW - male KW - medical assessment KW - Norway KW - outcomes research KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - register KW - risk assessment KW - social environment KW - standardization KW - statistics KW - unemployment KW - work capacity KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Premature KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Norway KW - Prevalence KW - Risk KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Unemployment N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 15166206 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kristensen, P.; Natl. Inst. of Occupational Health, PO Box 8149, 0033 Oslo, Norway; email: petter.kristensen@stami.no N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., Simmonds, S.J., Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 577-580; Power, C., Li, L., Manor, O., A prospective study of limiting longstanding illness in early adulthood (2000) Int. J. Epidemiol., 29, pp. 131-139; Power, C., Li, L., Cohort study of birthweight, mortality, and disability (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 840-841; Cheung, Y.B., Khoo, K.S., Karlberg, J., Machin, D., Association between psychological symptoms in adults and growth in early life: Longitudinal follow up study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 749-751; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-308; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birthweight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national UK birth cohort (2002) Int. J. Epidemiol., 31, pp. 342-348; Strauss, R.S., Adult functional outcome of those born small for gestational age: Twenty-six-year follow-up of the 1970 British Birth Cohort (2000) J. Am. Med. Assoc., 283, pp. 625-632; Phillips, D.I.W., Handelsman, D.J., Eriksson, J.G., Forsén, T., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Prenatal growth and subsequent marital status: Longitudinal study (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 771; Dahl, E., Social mobility and health: Cause or effect? More likely that adverse social circumstances cause ill health than the other way around (editorial) (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 435-436; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social selection: What does it contribute to social class differences in health? (1993) Sociol. Health Illness, 15, pp. 1-15; Irgens, L.M., The Medical Birth Registry of Norway. Epidemiological research and surveillance throughout 30 years (2000) Acta Obstet. Gynecol. Scand., 79, pp. 435-439; (1997) Births in Norway Through 30 Years, , Medical Birth Registry of Norway. Bergen: Medical Birth Registry of Norway; Bjerkedal, T., Thune, O., Basic benefit and attendance benefit to children in Norway - Prevalence and cause specific rates (1994) Tidsskr Nor Lœgeforen, 114, pp. 1941-1945; Preston, D.L., Lubin, J.H., Pierce, D.A., McConney, M.E., (1993) Epicure, , Seattle: Hirosoft International Corporation; Greenland, S., Application of stratified analysis methods (1997) Modern Epidemiology, pp. 281-300. , Rothman KJ, Greenland S (eds). 2nd Edn. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Burström, B., Whitehead, M., Lindholm, C., Diderichsen, F., Inequality in the social consequences of illness: How well do people with long-term illness fare in the British and Swedish labor markets? (2000) Int. J. Health Serv., 30, pp. 435-451; Davey Smith, G., Ebrahim, S., Frankel, S., How policy informs the evidence (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 184-185. , (editorial); Rose, G., Sick individuals and sick populations (1985) Int. J. Epidemiol., 14, pp. 32-38 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4644352996&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyh111&partnerID=40&md5=cf9f24dfe73251f6b3c37e7f5b01285e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Review of an institutional experience of coronary arterial fistulas in childhood set in context of review of the literature T2 - Cardiology in the Young J2 - Cardiol. Young VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 380 EP - 385 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1017/S1047951104004056 SN - 10479511 (ISSN) AU - Holzer, R. AU - Johnson, R. AU - Ciotti, G. AU - Pozzi, M. AU - Kitchiner, D. AD - Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Royal Liverpool Children's NHS Trust, Eaton Road, Liverpool L12 2AP, United Kingdom AB - Coronary artery fistulas are uncommon in children. We conducted a retrospective review of the case notes of 17 children who presented to our institution with the diagnosis of a coronary fistula since 1970. Their median age was 2.3 years. In five patients, there were associated congenital cardiac anomalies, with four having these as part of the spectrum of tetralogy of Fallot. Surgical correction was performed in nine patients, while in five closure was achieved using percutaneous embolization with coils. No complications or deaths were encountered related to the treatments chosen. In two patients, further procedures were needed to close residual fistulas. The median follow-up was 16 years, and on echocardiography, all fistulas appeared to be successfully closed, albeit that we lost three patients to follow up. We also conducted a review of 426 cases of coronary fistulas reported in children in the English literature. We have compared these findings with our institutional experience. © Cambridge University Press. KW - Congenital KW - Coronary vessel anomalies KW - Heart defects KW - Retrospective study KW - Review of reported cases KW - age distribution KW - angiocardiography KW - blood vessel fistula KW - child KW - comparative study KW - congenital heart malformation KW - coronary vessel malformation KW - female KW - follow up KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - male KW - methodology KW - newborn KW - postoperative complication KW - preschool child KW - retrospective study KW - review KW - risk assessment KW - sex ratio KW - time KW - transesophageal echocardiography KW - treatment outcome KW - United Kingdom KW - vascular surgery KW - Age Distribution KW - Arterio-Arterial Fistula KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Coronary Angiography KW - Coronary Vessel Anomalies KW - Echocardiography, Transesophageal KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Heart Defects, Congenital KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk Assessment KW - Severity of Illness Index KW - Sex Distribution KW - Time Factors KW - Treatment Outcome KW - Vascular Surgical Procedures N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CYAOB C2 - 15680043 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kitchiner, D.; Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Royal Liverpool Children's NHS Trust, Eaton Road, Liverpool L12 2AP, United Kingdom; email: denise.kitchiner@rlch-tr.nwest.nhs.uk N1 - References: Knippel, M., Ravizza, P., Gullace, G., Bana, G., Savoia, M., Locatelli, V., Colombi, P., An unusual case of congenital double coronary arteriovenous fistula (1982) Chest, 81, pp. 382-384; Ogden, J.A., Secondary coronary arterial fistulas (1971) J Pediatr, 78, pp. 78-85; Mahoney, L.T., Schieken, R.M., Lauer, R.M., Spontaneous closure of a coronary artery fistula in childhood (1982) Pediatr Cardiol, 2, pp. 311-312; Urrutia-S, C.O., Falaschi, G., Ott, D.A., Cooley, D.A., Surgical management of 56 patients with congenital coronary artery fistulas (1983) Ann Thorac Surg, 35, pp. 300-307; Wilde, P., Watt, I., Congenital coronary artery fistulas: Six new cases with a collective review (1980) Clin Radiol, 31, pp. 301-311; Sherwood, M.C., Rockenmacher, S., Colan, S.D., Geva, T., Prognostic significance of clinically silent coronary artery fistulas (1999) Am J Cardiol, 83, pp. 407-411; Mavroudis, C., Backer, C.L., Rocchini, A.P., Muster, A.J., Gevitz, M., Coronary artery fistulas in infants and children: A surgical review and discussion of coil embolization (1997) Ann Thorac Surg, 63, pp. 1235-1242; De Nef, J.J., Varghese, P.J., Losekoot, G., Congenital coronary artery fistula. Analysis of 17 cases (1971) Br Heart J, 33, pp. 857-862; Wong, K.T., Menahem, S., Coronary arterial fistulas in childhood (2000) Cardiol Young, 10, pp. 15-20; Dabizzi, R.P., Teodori, G., Barletta, G.A., Caprioli, G., Baldrighi, G., Baldrighi, V., Associated coronary and cardiac anomalies in the tetralogy of Fallot (1990) An Angiographic Study. Eur Heart J, 11, pp. 692-704; Brenner, J.I., Burwell, L.R., Hubbell, M.M., Newton Jr., M.C., Krovetz, L.J., Nolan, S.P., Single coronary artery with a fistula to the main pulmonary artery in a patient with tetralogy of Fallot (1977) Ann Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 73, pp. 738-741; Lowe, J.E., Oldham Jr., H.N., Sabiston Jr., D.C., Surgical management of congenital coronary artery fistulas (1981) Ann Surg, 194, pp. 373-380; McNamara, J.J., Gross, R.E., Congenital coronary artery fistula (1969) Surgery, 65, pp. 59-69; Satou, G.M., Perry, S.B., Gauvreau, K., Geva, T., Echocardiographic predictors of coronary artery pathology in pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum (2000) Am J Cardiol, 85, pp. 1319-1324; Liberthson, R.R., Sagar, K., Berkoben, J.P., Weintraub, R.M., Levine, F.H., Congenital coronary arteriovenous fistula. Report of 13 patients, review of the literature and delineation of management (1979) Circulation, 59, pp. 849-854; Morgan, J.R., Forker, A.D., O'Sullivan Jr., M.J., Fosburg, R.G., Coronary arterial fistulas: Seven cases with unusual features (1972) Am J Cardiol, 30, pp. 432-436; Qureshi, S.A., Tynan, M., Catheter closure of coronary artery fistulas (2001) J Interv Cardiol, 14, pp. 299-307; Hakim, F., Madani, A., Goussous, Y., Cao, Q.L., Hijazi, Z.M., Transcatheter closure of a large coronary arteriovenous fistula using the new Amplatzer Duct Occluder (1998) Cathet Cardiovasc Diagn, 45, pp. 155-157; Okubo, M., Nykanen, D., Benson, L.N., Outcomes of transcatheter embolization in the treatment of coronary artery fistulas (2001) Catheter Cardiovasc Interv, 52, pp. 510-517; Pedra, C.A., Pihkala, J., Nykanen, D.G., Benson, L.N., Antegrade transcatheter closure of coronary artery fistulas using vascular occlusion devices (2000) Heart, 83, pp. 94-96; Sadiq, M., Wilkinson, J.L., Qureshi, S.A., Successful occlusion of a coronary arteriovenous fistula using an Amplatzer Duct Occluder (2001) Cardiol Young, 11, pp. 84-87; Thomson, L., Webster, M., Wilson, N., Transcatheter closure of a large coronary artery fistula with the Amplatzer Duct Occluder (1999) Catheter Cardiovasc Interv, 48, pp. 188-190; Holzer, R., Waller III, B.R., Kahana, M., Hijazi, Z.M., Percutaneous closure of a giant coronary arteriovenous fistula using multiple devices in a 2-day-old neonate (2003) Catheter Cardiovasc Interv, 60, pp. 291-294 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-20544437420&doi=10.1017%2fS1047951104004056&partnerID=40&md5=232dae743e651e1472bec75a83c30c93 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A meta-analysis of previous fracture and subsequent fracture risk T2 - Bone J2 - Bone VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 375 EP - 382 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/j.bone.2004.03.024 SN - 87563282 (ISSN) AU - Kanis, J.A. AU - Johnell, O. AU - De Laet, C. AU - Johansson, H. AU - Oden, A. AU - Delmas, P. AU - Eisman, J. AU - Fujiwara, S. AU - Garnero, P. AU - Kroger, H. AU - McCloskey, E.V. AU - Mellstrom, D. AU - Melton, L.J. AU - Pols, H. AU - Reeve, J. AU - Silman, A. AU - Tenenhouse, A. AD - WHO Collaborating Ctr. Metab. B., Univ. of Sheffield Medical School, Sheffield, United Kingdom AD - Department of Orthopaedics, Malmo General Hospital, Sweden AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus Medical Center, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Consulting Statistician, Gothenburg, Sweden AD - INSERM Unite 403, Hopital Edouard Herriot, Lyon, France AD - Bone and Mineral Research, Garvan Institute of Medical Research, NSW, Australia AD - Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Department of Surgery, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Department of Geriatric Medicine, University of Goteborg, Sweden AD - Division of Epidemiology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, United States AD - Strangeways Research Laboratories, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - ARC Epidemiology Research Unit, University of Manchester, Manchester, United Kingdom AD - Division of Bone Metabolism, The Montreal General Hospital, Montreal, Canada AD - WHO Collaborating Ctr. Metab. B., Univ. of Sheffield Medical School, Beech Hill Road, S10 2RX, Sheffield, United Kingdom AB - Previous fracture is a well-documented risk factor for future fracture. The aim of this study was to quantify this risk on an international basis and to explore the relationship of this risk with age, sex, and bone mineral density (BMD). We studied 15259 men and 44902 women from 11 cohorts comprising EVOS/EPOS, OFELY, CaMos, Rochester, Sheffield, Rotterdam, Kuopio, DOES, Hiroshima, and two cohorts from Gothenburg. Cohorts were followed for a total of 250000 person-years. The effect of a prior history of fracture on the risk of any fracture, any osteoporotic fracture, and hip fracture alone was examined using a Poisson model for each sex from each cohort. Covariates examined were age, sex, and BMD. The results of the different studies were merged by using the weighted β-coefficients. A previous fracture history was associated with a significantly increased risk of any fracture compared with individuals without a prior fracture (RR = 1.86; 95% CI = 1.75-1.98). The risk ratio was similar for the outcome of osteoporotic fracture or for hip fracture. There was no significant difference in risk ratio between men and women. Risk ratio (RR) was marginally downward adjusted when account was taken of BMD. Low BMD explained a minority of the risk for any fracture (8%) and for hip fracture (22%). The risk ratio was stable with age except in the case of hip fracture outcome where the risk ratio decreased significantly with age. We conclude that previous history of fracture confers an increased risk of fracture of substantial importance beyond that explained by measurement of BMD. Its validation on an international basis permits the use of this risk factor in case finding strategies. © 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. KW - Hip fracture KW - Meta-analysis KW - Osteoporotic fracture KW - Prior fracture KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - anamnesis KW - article KW - bone density KW - bone mineral KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - fracture KW - fragility fracture KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Poisson distribution KW - risk assessment KW - sex difference KW - statistical parameters KW - statistical significance KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Bone Density KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Risk Assessment N1 - Cited By :636 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BONED C2 - 15268886 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kanis, J.A.; WHO Collaborating Ctr. Metab. B., Univ. of Sheffield Medical School, Sheffield, United Kingdom; email: w.j.Pontefract@shef.ac.uk N1 - References: Cummings, S.R., Melton, L.J., Epidemiology and outcomes of osteoporotic fractures (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 1761-1767; Robinson, C.M., Royds, M., Abraham, A., McQueen, M.M., Court-Brown, C.M., Christie, J., Refractures in patients at least forty-five years old. A prospective analysis of twenty-two thousand and sixty patients (2002) J. Bone Joint Surg. Am., 84, pp. 1528-1533; Nevitt, M.C., Ross, P.D., Palermo, L., Musliner, T., Genant, H.K., Thompson, D.E., Association of prevalent vertebral fractures, bone density and alendronate treatment with incident vertebral fractures: Effect of number and spinal location of fractures (1999) Bone, 25, pp. 613-619; Lindsay, R., Silverman, S.L., Cooper, C., Hanley, D.A., Barton, I., Broy, S.B., Risk of new vertebral fracture in the year following a fracture (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 320-323; Johnell, O., Oden, A., Caulin, F., Kanis, J.A., Acute and long-term increase in fracture risk after hospitalisation for vertebral fracture (2001) Osteoporosis Int., 12, pp. 207-214; Gunnes, M., Mellstrom, D., Johnell, O., How well can a previous fracture indicate a new fracture? a questionnaire study of 29,802 postmenopausal women (1998) Acta Orthop. Scand., 69, pp. 508-512; Ross, P.D., Davis, J.W., Epstein, R.S., Wasnich, R.D., Pre-existing fractures and bone mass predict vertebral fracture incidence in women (1991) Ann. Intern. Med., 114, pp. 919-923; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? a British cohort study (2002) Osteoporosis Int., 13, pp. 624-629; Gay, J.D., Radial fracture as an indicator of osteoporosis: A 10-year follow-up study (1974) Can. Med. J. Assoc., 111, pp. 156-157; Mallmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population based cohort study with 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif. Tissue Int., 52, pp. 269-272; Lauritzen, J.B., Schwarz, P., McNair, P., Radial and humeral fractures as predictors of subsequent hip, radial or humeral fractures in women, and their seasonal variation (1993) Osteoporosis Int., 3, pp. 133-137; Cuddihy, M.T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton, L.J., Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporosis Int., 9, pp. 469-475; Finsen, V., Benum, P., Colles fracture as an indicator of increased risk of hip fracture. An epidemiological study (1987) Ann. Chir. Gynaecol., 76, pp. 114-118; Kotowicz, M.A., Melton, L.J., Cooper, C., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Risk of hip fracture in women with vertebral fracture (1994) J. Bone Miner. Res., 9, pp. 599-605; Lauritzen, J.B., Lund, B., Risk of hip fracture after osteoporosis fractures: 451 women with fracture of the lumbar spine, olecranon, knee or ankle (1993) Acta Orthop. Scand., 64, pp. 297-300; Melton, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporosis Int., 10, pp. 214-221; Tuppurainen, M., Kroger, H., Honkanen, R., Puntila, E., Huopio, J., Saarikoski, S., Risks of perimenopausal fractures - A prospective population-based study (1995) Acta Obstet. Gynecol. Scand., 74, pp. 624-628; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures (1999) J. Bone Miner. Res., 14, pp. 821-828; Honkanen, R., Tuppurainen, M., Kroger, H., Alhava, E., Puntilla, E., Associations of early premenopausal fractures with subsequent fractures vary by sites and mechanisms of fractures (1997) Calcif. Tissue Int., 60, pp. 327-331; Burger, H., Van Dade, P.L.A., Algra, D., Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., Schutte, H.A., Vertebral deformities as predictors of non-vertebral fractures (1994) Br. Med. J., 309, pp. 991-992; Karlsson, M.K., Hasserius, R., Obrant, K.J., Individuals who sustain non-osteoporotic fractures continue to also sustain fragility fractures (1993) Calcif. Tissue Int., 53, pp. 229-231; Davis, J.W., Grove, J.S., Wasnich, R.D., Spatial relationships between prevalent and incident spine fractures (1999) Bone, 24, pp. 261-264; Ross, P.D., Genant, H.K., Davis, J.W., Miller, P.D., Wasnich, R.D., Predicting vertebral fracture incidence from prevalent fractures and bone density among non-black, osteoporotic women (1993) Osteoporosis Int., 3, pp. 120-126; Wasnich, R.D., Davis, J.W., Ross, P.D., Spine fracture risk is predicted by non-spine fractures (1994) Osteoporosis Int., 4, pp. 1-5; Black, D.M., Cummings, S.R., Karpf, D.B., Cauley, J.A., Thompson, D.E., Nevitt, M.C., Randomised trial of effect of alendronate on risk of fracture in women with existing vertebral fractures. Fracture intervention trial research group (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1535-1541; Cummings, S., Black, D., Thompson, D.E., Applegate, W.B., Barrett, C., Musliner, T.A., Effect of alendronate on risk of fracture in women with low bone density but without vertebral fractures (1998) JAMA, 280, pp. 2077-2082; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbot, T.A., Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) JBMR, 15, pp. 721-739; Nguyen, T.V., Eisman, J.A., Kelly, P.J., Sambrook, P.N., Risk factors for osteoporotic fractures in elderly men (1996) Am. J. Epidemiol., 144, pp. 255-263; Ensrud, K.G., Nevitt, M.C., Unis, C., Cauley, J.A., Seeley, D.G., Fox, K.M., Correlates of impaired function in older women (1994) J. Am. Geriatr. Soc., 42, pp. 481-489; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Et Al. E., E.K., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women (1995) N. Engl. J. Med., 332, pp. 767-773; Torgerson, D.J., Campbell, M.K., Thomas, R.E., Reid, D.M., Predictor of perimenopausal fractures by bone mineral density and other factors (1996) J. Bone Miner. Res., 11, pp. 293-297; Osteoporosis Foundation, N., Osteoporosis: Review of the evidence for prevention, diagnosis and treatment and cost-effectiveness analysis (1998) Osteoporosis Int., 8 (SUPPL. 4), pp. 1-88; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporosis Int., 7, pp. 390-406; College Of Physicians, R., (1999) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment, , London: The Royal College of Physicians of London; College Of Physicians, R., (2000) Osteoporosis: Clinical Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment. Update on Pharmacological Interventions and an Algorithm for Management, , London: RCP; (2002) Glucocorticoid-induced Osteoporosis. Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment. Bone and Tooth Society of Great Britain, National Osteoporosis Society and Royal College of Physicians, , London: RCP; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Dawson, A., Ten year risk of osteoporotic fracture and the effect of risk factors on screening strategies (2002) Bone, 30, pp. 251-258; Kanis, J.A., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Dawson, A., The burden of osteoporotic fractures: A method for setting intervention thresholds (2001) Osteoporosis Int., 12, pp. 417-427; Kanis, J.A., Diagnosis of osteoporosis and assessment of fracture risk (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 1929-1936; Garnero, P., Sornay-Rendu, E., Chapuy, M.-C., Delmas, P.D., Increased bone turnover in late postmenopausal women is a major determinant of osteoporosis (1996) J. Bone Miner. Res., 11, pp. 337-349; Felsenberg, D., Silman, A.J., Lunt, M., Ambrecht, G., Ismail, A.A., Finn, J.D., Incidence of vertebral fracture in Europe: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (EPOS) (2002) J. Bone Miner. Res., 17, pp. 716-724; Ismail, A.A., Pye, S.R., Cockerill, W.C., Lunt, M., Silman, A.J., Reeve, J., Incidence of limb fracture across Europe: Results from the European prospective osteoporosis study (EPOS) (2002) Osteoporosis Int., 13, pp. 565-571; O'Neill, T.W., Felsenberg, D., Varlow, J., Cooper, C., Kanis, J.A., Silman, A.J., The prevalence of vertebral deformity in European men and women: European vertebral osteoporosis study (1996) J. Bone Miner. Res., 11, pp. 1010-1017; Kreiger, N., Tenenhouse, A., Joseph, L., The Canadian Multicenter Osteoporosis Study (CaMos): Background, rationale, methods (1999) Can. J. Aging, 18, pp. 376-387; Melton III, L.J., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Wahner, H.W., Riggs, B.L., Relative contributions of bone density, bone turnover and clinical risk factors to long-term fracture prediction (2003) J. Bone Miner. Res., 18, pp. 312-318; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., O'Connor, M.K., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Bone density and fracture risk in men (1998) J. Bone Miner. Res., 13, pp. 1915-1923; Johansson, H., Oden, A., Johnell, O., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Oglesby, A., Optimisation of BMD measurements to identify high risk groups for treatment - A test analysis (2003) J. Bone Miner. Res., , (in press); Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., De Jong, P.T., Van Den Ouweland, F.A., Determinants of disease and disability in the elderly: The Rotterdam study (1991) Eur. J. Epidemiol., 7, pp. 403-422; De Laet, C.E.D.H., Van Hout, B.A., Burger, H., Hofman, A., Weel, A.E.A.M., Pols, H.A.P., Hip fracture prediction in elderly men and women: Validation of the Rotterdam study (1998) J. Bone Miner. Res., 13, pp. 1587-1593; Honkanen, R., Kroger, H., Tuppurainen, M., Alhava, E., Saarikoski, S., Fractures and low axial bone density in perimenopausal women (1995) J. Clin. Epidemiol., 48, pp. 881-888; Svanborg, A., 70 Year old people in Gothenburg. A population study in an industrialised Swedish city ii. Journal presentation of social and medical conditions (1977) Acta Med. Scand., 611 (SUPPL.), p. 5; Johansson, C., Black, D., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Mellstrom, D., Bone mineral density is a predictor of survival (1998) Calcif. Tissue Int., 63, pp. 190-196; Stenstrom, M., Olsson, J.-O., Mellstrom, D., Thyroid hormone replacement is not related to increased risk of osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporosis Int., 11 (SUPPL. 2), p. 144; Jones, G., Nguyen, T.V., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilbert, C., Eisman, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women. The Dubbo osteoporosis epidemiology study DOES (1994) Osteoporosis Int., 4, pp. 277-282; Fujiwara, S., Kasagi, F., Yamada, M., Kodama, K., Risk factors for hip fracture in Japanese cohort (1997) J. Bone Miner. Res., 12, pp. 998-1004; Fujiwara, S., Fumiyoshi, K., Masunari, N., Naito, K., Suzuki, G., Fukunage, M., Fracture prediction from bone mineral density in Japanese men and women (2003) J. Bone Miner. Res., 18, pp. 1533-1547; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) Lancet, 312, pp. 1254-1259; Nelson, H.D., Nevitt, M.E., Scott, J.C., Stone, K.L., Cummings, S.R., Smoking, alcohol and neuromuscular and physical function of older women (1994) JAMA, 272, pp. 1825-1831; Kanis, J.A., (1996) Textbook of Osteoporosis, , Oxford, UK: Blackwell; Mayhew, P., Loveridge, N., Power, J., Kroger, H.P.J., Parker, M., Reeve, J., Discrimination between cases of hip fracture and controls is improved by hip structural analysis. An ex vivo study of the femoral neck (2003) Bone, , (in press); Crabtree, N., Loveridge, N., Parker, M., Rushton, N., Power, J., Bell, K.L., Intracapsular hip fracture and the region-specific loss of cortical bone: Analysis by quantitative computed tomography (pQCT) (2001) J. Bone Miner. Res., 16, pp. 1318-1328; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., De Laet, C., Jonsson, B., Intervention thresholds for osteoporosis (2001) Bone, 31, pp. 26-31; Delmas, P.D., Eastell, R., Garnero, P., Seibel, M.J., Stepan, J., The use of biochemical markers of bone turnover in osteoporosis (2000) Osteoporosis Int., 11 (SUPPL. 6), pp. 2-S17; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Jonsson, B., Dawson, A., Dere, W., Risk of hip fracture derived from relative risks: An analysis applied to the population of Sweden (2000) Osteoporosis Int., 11, pp. 120-127 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3242728658&doi=10.1016%2fj.bone.2004.03.024&partnerID=40&md5=a51c46814914de211525f32b7eebe310 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Long-term outcome in adolescents with Hodgkin's lymphoma: Poor results using regimens designed for adults T2 - Leukemia and Lymphoma J2 - Leuk. Lymphoma VL - 45 IS - 8 SP - 1579 EP - 1585 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/1042819042000209404 SN - 10428194 (ISSN) AU - Yung, L. AU - Smith, P. AU - Hancock, B.W. AU - Hoskin, P. AU - Gilson, D. AU - Vernon, C. AU - Linch, D.C. AD - Royal Free/Univ. College Med. School, London WC1E 6HX, United Kingdom AD - Yorkshire Cancer Research, Academic Unit of Clinical Oncology, Weston Park Hospital, Sheffield S10 2SJ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Oncology, Mount Vernon Hospital, Northwood, Middlesex, United Kingdom AD - Department of Oncology, Cookridge Hospital, Leeds, United Kingdom AD - Department of Oncology, Hammersmith Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Haematology, University College London, 98 Chenies Mews, London WC1E 6HX, United Kingdom AB - It is unclear whether the outcome in adolescents with Hodgkin's lymphoma is as good as that in children and there are no prospective randomized trials comparing regimes used in children and adults in this setting. We have therefore performed an analysis of 210 adolescent patients diagnosed with Hodgkin's lymphoma between 1970-1997 and registered on the database held by the British National Lymphoma Investigation. Patients were treated according to adult regimens current at the time of their diagnosis. The complete response rate recorded in 209 patients was 76%. This was highly dependent on disease stage being 95% in patients with localized disease but 63% in those with advanced disease. The 5 year event free survival for the whole cohort was 50% falling to 41% at 20 years with overall survival of 81% falling to 68% at 5 and 20 years respectively. There is no significant difference in the 3 decades pertaining to this analysis. Of the 62 deaths in this cohort, 70% were due to Hodgkin's lymphoma but of the 13 deaths occurring beyond 10 years, only 3 were due to Hodgkin's lymphoma, the reminder being attributable to the late effects of therapy. Results from paediatric groups have been much more encouraging than those presented from this cohort. It seems the use of risk-adjusted combined modality therapy with minimization of radiation fields and doses and reduction of anthracycline and alkylator exposure has been successful in children and should be used in adolescents. © 2004 Taylor & Francis Ltd. KW - Adolescence KW - Hodgkin's disease KW - Hodgkin's lymphoma KW - Paediatric KW - Treatment KW - alkylating agent KW - anthracycline derivative KW - bleomycin KW - chlorambucil KW - chlormethine KW - doxorubicin KW - etoposide KW - prednisolone KW - procarbazine KW - vinblastine KW - vincristine sulfate KW - adolescent KW - advanced cancer KW - article KW - cancer localization KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer radiotherapy KW - cancer registry KW - cancer staging KW - cancer survival KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data base KW - drug dose reduction KW - drug response KW - female KW - groups by age KW - Hodgkin disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - radiation field KW - risk assessment KW - treatment failure KW - treatment outcome KW - treatment planning KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - Cohort Studies KW - Disease-Free Survival KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Humans KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Survival Rate KW - Time Factors KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LELYE C2 - 15370209 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Linch, D.C.; Dept. of Hematology, University College London, 98 Chenies Mews, London WC1E 6HX, United Kingdom; email: d.linch@ucl.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: bleomycin, 11056-06-7; chlorambucil, 305-03-3; chlormethine, 51-75-2, 55-86-7, 82905-71-3; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; etoposide, 33419-42-0; prednisolone, 50-24-8; procarbazine, 366-70-1, 671-16-9; vinblastine, 865-21-4; vincristine sulfate, 2068-78-2 N1 - Tradenames: leukeran N1 - References: Carbone, P.P., Kaplan, H.S., Musshoff, K., Smithers, D.W., Tubiana, M., "Report on the Committee on Hodgkin's Disease Staging Classification" (1971) Cancer Research, 31, p. 1860; Rosenberg, S.A., Boiron, M., DeVita, V.T., "Report on the committee on Hodgkin's disease staging procedures" (1971) Cancer Research, 31, p. 1864; Lister, T.A., Crowther, D., Sutcliffe, S.B., Glatstein, E., Canellos, G.P., Young, R.C., "Report of a Committee convened to discuss the evaluation and Staging of Patients with Hodgkin's disease: Cotswolds meeting" (1989) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 7 (11), pp. 1630-1636; Specht, L., Gray, R.G., Clarke, M.J., Peto, R., "Influence of more extensive radiotherapy and adjuvant chemotherapy on long-term outcome of early-stage Hodgkin's disease: A meta-analysis of 23 randomized trials involving 3,888 patients. International Hodgkin's Disease Collaborative Group" (1998) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 16 (3), pp. 830-843; DeVita Jr., V.T., Serpick, A.A., Carbone, P.P., "Combination chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease" (1970) Annals of Internal Medicine, 73, pp. 881-895; Hancock, B.W., Vaughan, H.G., Vaughan, H.B., Haybittle, J.L., Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., "British National Lymphoma Investigation randomised study of MOPP (mustine, Oncovin, procarbazine, prednisolone) against LOPP (Leukeran substituted for mustine) in advanced Hodgkin's disease-long term results" (1991) British Journal of Cancer, 63 (4), pp. 579-582; McElwain, T.J., Toy, J., Smith, E., Peckham, M.J., Austin, D.E., "A combination of chlorambucil, vinblastine, procarbazine and prednisolone for treatment of Hodgkin's disease" (1977) British Journal of Cancer, 36, pp. 276-280; Bonadonna, G., Zucali, R., Monfardini, S., De Lena, M., Uslenghi, C., "Combination chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease with adriamycin, bleomycin, vinblastine, and imidazole carboxamide versus MOPP" (1975) Cancer, 36 (1), pp. 252-259; Viviani, S., Bonadonna, G., Santoro, A., Bonfante, V., Zanini, M., Devizzi, L., "Alternating versus hybrid MOPP and ABVD combinations in advanced Hodgkin's disease: Ten-year results" (1996) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 14 (5), pp. 1424-1430; Canellos, G.P., Anderson, J.R., Propert, K.J., Nissen, N., Cooper, M.R., Henderson, E.S., "Chemotherapy of advanced Hodgkin's disease with MOPP, ABVD, or MOPP alternating with ABVD" (1992) New England Journal of Medicine, 327 (21), pp. 1478-1484; Duggan, D.B., Petroni, G.R., Johnson, J.L., Glick, J.H., Fisher, R.I., Connors, J.M., "Randomised comparison of ABVD and MOPP/ABV hybrid for the treatment of Advanced Hodgkin's disease: Report of an intergroup trial" (2003) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 21 (4), pp. 607-614; Diehl, V., Franklin, J., Pfreundschuh, M., Lathan, B., Paulus, U., Hasenclever, D., "Standard and increased-dose BEACOPP chemotherapy compared with COPP-ABVD for advanced Hodgkin's disease" (2003) New England Journal of Medicine, 348 (24), pp. 2386-2395; Hancock, S.L., Donaldson, S.S., Hoppe, R.T., "Cardiac disease following treatment of Hodgkin's disease in children and adolescents" (1993) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 11 (7), pp. 1208-1215; Vaughan, H.B., Vaughan, H.G., Linch, D.C., Anderson, L., "Late mortality in young BNLI patients cured of Hodgkin's disease" (1994) Annals of Oncology, 5 (SUPPL. 2), pp. s65-s66; Ng, A.K., Bernardo, M.P., Weller, E., Backstrand, K.H., Silver, B., Marcus, K.C., "Long-term survival and competing causes of death in patients with early-stage Hodgkin's disease treated at age 50 or younger" (2002) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 20 (8), pp. 2101-2108; Hancock, S.L., Tucker, M.A., Hoppe, R.T., "Factors affecting late mortality from heart disease after treatment of Hodgkin's disease" (1993) Journal of American Medical Association, 270 (16), pp. 1949-1955; Schellong, G., "Treatment of children and adolescents with Hodgkin's disease: The experience of the German-Austrian Paediatric Study Group" (1996) Baillieres Clinical Haematology, 9 (3), pp. 619-634; Schellong, G., Potter, R., Bramswig, J., Wagner, W., Prott, F.J., Dorffel, W., "High cure rates and reduced long-term toxicity in pediatric Hodgkin's disease: The German-Austrian multicenter trial DAL-HD-90 (1999) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 17 (12), pp. 3736-3744. , The German-Austrian Pediatric Hodgkin's Disease Study Group"; Donaldson, S.S., Link, M.P., "Combined modality treatment with low-dose radiation and MOPP chemotherapy for children with Hodgkin's disease" (1997) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 5 (5), pp. 742-749; Hutchinson, R.J., Fryer, C.J., Davis, P.C., Nachman, J., Krailo, M.D., O'Brien, R.T., "MOPP or radiation in addition to ABVD in the treatment of pathologically staged advanced Hodgkin's disease in children: Results of the Children's Cancer Group Phase III Trial" (1998) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 16 (3), pp. 897-906; Hunger, S.P., Link, M.P., Donaldson, S.S., "ABVD/MOPP and low-dose involved field radiotherapy in Pediatric Hodgkin's disease: The Stanford experience" (1994) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 12 (10), pp. 2160-2166; Vecchi, V., Pileri, S., Burnelli, R., Bontempi, N., Comelli, A., Testi, A.M., "Treatment of pediatric Hodgkin disease tailored to stage, mediastinal mass, and age. An Italian (AIEOP) multicenter study on 215 patients" (1993) Cancer, 72 (6), pp. 2049-2057; Vecchi, V., Burnelli, R., Di Fabio, F., Frezza, G., "Childhood Hodgkin's disease: Results of the Italian multicentric study AIEOP-MH'89-CNR" (1997) Medical Paediatric Oncology, 29 (5), p. 434; Vaughan-Hudson, B., "The BNLI: Past and Present" (1998) Clinical Oncology, 10, pp. 212-218. , on behalf of the British National Lymphoma Investigation; Clarke, C.A., Glaser, S.L., Prehn, A.W., "Age-specific survival after Hodgkin's disease in a population-based cohort (United States)" (2001) Cancer Causes Control, 12 (9), pp. 803-812; Weiner, M.A., Levanthal, B.G., Marcus, R., "Intensive chemotherapy and low-dose radiotherapy for the treatment of advanced stage Hodgkin's disease in pediatric patients: A Pediatric Oncology Group Study" (1991) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 9 (9), pp. 1591-1598; "Initial treatment of stage IIIA Hodgkin's disease. Comparison of radiotherapy with combined chemotherapy. British National Lymphoma Investigation" (1976) Lancet, pp. 991-996. , British National Lymphoma Investigation. (1976); Jones, S.E., Haut, A., Weick, J.K., Wilson, H.E., Grozea, P., Fabian, C.J., "Comparison of adriamycin-containing chemotherapy (MOP-BAP) with MOPP-Bleomycin in the management of advanced Hodgkin's disease. A Southwest Oncology Group Study" (1983) Cancer, 51, pp. 1339-1347; Hancock, B.W., Vaughan, H.G., Vaughan, H.B., Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., Haybittle, J.L., "LOPP alternating with EVAP is superior to LOPP alone in the initial treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease: Results of a British National Lymphoma Investigation trial" (1992) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 10 (8), pp. 1252-1258; Hancock, B.W., Gregory, W.M., Cullen, M.H., Hudson, G.V., Burton, A., Selby, P., "ChlVPP alternating with PABlOE is superior to PABlOE alone in the initial treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease: Results of a British National Lymphoma Investigation/Central Lymphoma Group randomized controlled trial" (2001) British Journal of Cancer, 84 (10), pp. 1293-1300; Cullen, M.H., Stuart, N.S., Woodroffe, C., Murphy, A., Fletcher, J., Blackledge, G.R., "ChlVPP/PABlOE and radiotherapy in advanced Hodgkin's disease. The Central Lymphoma Group" (1994) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 12 (4), pp. 779-787; Tubiana, M., Henry-Amar, M., Hayat, M., Burgers, M., Qasim, M., Somers, R., "The EORTC treatment of early stage Hodgkin's disease: The role of radiotherapy" (1984) International Journal of Radiation Oncology Biology Physics, 10, p. 197; Swerdlow, A.J., Douglas, A.J., Hudson, G.V., Hudson, B.V., Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., "Risk of second primary cancers after Hodgkin's disease by type of treatment: Analysis of 2846 patients in the British National Lymphoma Investigation" (1992) British Medical Journal, 301, pp. 1137-1143; Frezzato, M., Castaman, G., Rodeghiero, F., "Fulminant sepsis in adults splenectomized for Hodgkin's disease" (1993) Haematologica, 78 (6 SUPPL. 2), pp. 73-77; Donaldson, S.S., Hancock, S.L., "Second cancers after Hodgkin's disease in childhood" (1996) New England Journal of Medicine, 334 (12), pp. 792-794; Yung, L., Linch, D.C., "Seminar in Hodgkin's Lymphoma" (2003) Lancet, 361, pp. 943-951; Landman-Parker, J., Pacquement, H., Leblanc, T., Habrand, J.L., Terrier-Lacombe, M.J., Bertrand, Y., "Localised childhood Hodgkin's disease: Response-adapted chemotherapy with etoposide, bleomycin, vinblastine, and prednisone before low-dose radiation therapy-results of the French Society of Pediatric Oncology Study MDH90" (2000) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 18 (7), pp. 1500-1507; Connors, J.M., Klimo, P., Adams, G., Burns, B.F., Cooper, I., Meyer, R.M., "Treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease with chemotherapy-comparison of MOPP/ABV hybrid regimen with alternating courses of MOPP and ABVD: A report from the National Cancer Institute of Canada clinical trials group" (1997) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 15 (4), pp. 1638-1645; Bhatia, S., Robison, L.L., Oberlin, O., Greenberg, M., Bunin, G., Fossati-Bellani, F., "Breast cancer and other second neoplasms after childhood Hodgkin's disease" (1996) New England Journal of Medicine, 334 (12), pp. 745-751; Cutuli, B., Dhermain, F., Borel, C., de Larochefordiere, A., Graic, Y., de Lafontan, B., "Breast cancer in patients treated for Hodgkin's disease: Clinical and pathological analysis of 76 cases in 63 patients" (1997) European Journal of Cancer, 33 (14), pp. 2315-2320; Metayer, C., Lynch, C.F., Clarke, E.A., Glimelius, B., Storm, H., Pukkala, E., "Second cancers among long-term survivors of Hodgkin's disease diagnosed in childhood and adolescence" (2000) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 18 (12), pp. 2435-2443; Raemaekers, J., Kluin-Nelemans, H., Teodorovic, I., Meerwaldt, C., Noordijk, E., Thomas, J., "The achievements of the EORTC Lymphoma Group. European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer" (2002) European Journal of Cancer, 38 (SUPPL. 4), pp. S107-S113; Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Boyle, P., La Vecchia, C., "Trends in mortality from Hodgkin's disease in western and eastern Europe" (2002) British Journal of Cancer, 87, pp. 291-293 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042731977&doi=10.1080%2f1042819042000209404&partnerID=40&md5=a1160bf66c60357c6c5b13da72fde322 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The incidence of end-stage renal disease is increasing faster than the prevalence of chronic renal insufficiency T2 - Annals of Internal Medicine J2 - Ann. Intern. Med. VL - 141 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 101+I PY - 2004 SN - 00034819 (ISSN) AU - Hsu, C.-Y. AU - Vittinghoff, E. AU - Li, F. AU - Shlipak, M.G. AD - Univ. of California, San Francisco, San Francisco, CA, United States AD - Division of Nephrology, Univ. of California, San Francisco, 672 HSE, 513 Parnassus Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94143-0532, United States AB - Background: The steady increase in end-stage renal disease (ESRD) incidence is a worldwide public health crisis. Objective: To determine whether the increasing incidence of ESRD in the United States is preceded by increased prevalence of chronic renal insufficiency. Design: Birth cohort analysis. Setting: Nationally representative Second and Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys (NHANES II [1976-1980] and III [1988-1994]) and nationally comprehensive U.S. Renal Data System registry. Patients: Adults, 20 to 74 years of age, surveyed in NHANES II (midpoint, 1978) and NHANES III (midpoint, 1991), and adults, 25 to 79 years of age, who developed ESRD in 1983 and 1996. Measurements: Prevalent chronic renal insufficiency (estimated glomerular filtration rate, 15 to 59 mL/min per 1.73 m2) and new ESRD cases. Results: From 1978 to 1991, the number of adults age 20 to 74 years with chronic renal insufficiency increased from 2.6 to 3.9 million, an increase in prevalence from 1970 to 2460 per 100 000 persons. However, the increased incidence of ESRD was even greater during this period. For every 1000 adults with chronic renal insufficiency in 1978, 9 new cases of ESRD developed in 1983, but every 1000 adults with chronic renal insufficiency in 1991 produced 16 new cases of ESRD in 1996 (relative risk, 1.7 [95% CI, 1.1 to 2.7]). Limitations: We could not follow individual patients with chronic renal insufficiency for the development of ESRD, and we used estimated rather than measured glomerular filtration rate. Conclusions: During the period examined, growth in incident ESRD outpaced growth in prevalent chronic renal insufficiency, demonstrating that the ESRD epidemic in the United States is not merely a function of more cases of kidney disease. Future research should examine other potential contributors to ESRD growth, such as improved survival from nonrenal diseases and more liberal entry into treatment programs. KW - adult KW - aged KW - chronic kidney failure KW - epidemic KW - female KW - glomerulus filtration rate KW - health survey KW - human KW - incidence KW - kidney failure KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - public health KW - register KW - review KW - United States KW - article KW - chronic disease KW - disease course KW - kidney disease KW - middle aged KW - risk factor KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Chronic Disease KW - Disease Outbreaks KW - Disease Progression KW - Female KW - Glomerular Filtration Rate KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Kidney Diseases KW - Kidney Failure, Chronic KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prevalence KW - Risk Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :183 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AIMEA C2 - 15262664 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hsu, C.-Y.; Division of Nephrology, Univ. of California, San Francisco, 672 HSE, 513 Parnassus Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94143-0532, United States; email: hsuchi@medicine.ucsf.edu N1 - References: Xue, J.L., Ma, J.Z., Louis, T.A., Collins, A.J., Forecast of the number of patients with end-stage renal disease in the United States to the year 2010 (2001) J Am Soc Nephrol, 12, pp. 2753-2758. , PMID: 11729245; Excerpts from the United States Renal Data Systems 2002 annual report: Atlas of end-stage renal disease in the United States (2003) Am J Kidney Dis, 41 (4 SUPPL. 2), pp. v-ix. , PMID: 12696022; Port, F.K., The end-stage renal disease program: Trends over the past 18 years (1992) Am J Kidney Dis, 20, pp. 3-7. , PMID: 1626554; Muntner, P., Coresh, J., Powe, N.R., Klag, M.J., The contribution of increased diabetes prevalence and improved myocardial infarction and stroke survival to the increase in treated end-stage renal disease (2003) J Am Soc Nephrol, 14, pp. 1568-1577. , PMID: 12761257; McDowell, A., Engel, A., Massey, J.T., Maurer, K., Plan and operation of the Second National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1976-1980 (1981) Vital Health Stat 1, pp. 1-144. , Series 1. [PMID: 7344293]; Plan and operation of the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-94. Series 1: Programs and collection procedures (1994) Vital Health Stat 1, (32), pp. 1-407. , PMID: 7975354; K/DOQI clinical practice guidelines for chronic kidney disease: Evaluation, classification, and stratification (2002) Am J Kidney Dis, 39, pp. S1-S266. , PMID: 11904577; Levey, A.S., Bosch, J.P., Lewis, J.B., Greene, T., Rogers, N., Roth, D., A more accurate method to estimate glomerular filtration rate from serum creatinine: A new prediction equation (1999) Ann Intern Med, 130, pp. 461-470. , Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. [PMID: 10075613]; Levey, A.S., Greene, T., Kusek, J.W., Beck, G.J., A simplified equation to predict glomerular filtration rate from serum creatinine (2000) J Am Soc Nephrol, 11, pp. 155A; Coresh, J., Astor, B.C., McQuillan, G., Kusek, J., Greene, T., Van Lente, F., Calibration and random variation of the serum creatinine assay as critical elements of using equations to estimate glomerular filtration rate (2002) Am J Kidney Dis, 39, pp. 920-929. , PMID: 11979335; Harris, M.I., Hadden, W.C., Knowler, W.C., Bennett, P.H., Prevalence of diabetes and impaired glucose tolerance and plasma glucose levels in U.S. population aged 20-74 yr (1987) Diabetes, 36, pp. 523-534. , PMID: 3817306; Harris, M.I., Flegal, K.M., Cowie, C.C., Eberhardt, M.S., Goldstein, D.E., Little, R.R., Prevalence of diabetes, impaired fasting glucose, and impaired glucose tolerance in U.S. adults. The Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-1994 (1998) Diabetes Care, 21, pp. 518-524. , PMID: 9571335; Little, R.J., Rubin, D.B., (1987) Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, pp. 55-57. , New York: Wiley; Coresh, J., Wei, G.L., McQuillan, G., Brancati, F.L., Levey, A.S., Jones, C., Prevalence of high blood pressure and elevated serum creatinine level in the United States: Findings from the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (1988-1994) (2001) Arch Intern Med, 161, pp. 1207-1216. , PMID: 11343443; Feller, W., (1957) An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications. 2nd Ed., , New York: Wiley; DuBois, D., DuBois, E.F., Clinical calorimetry: A formula to estimate the appropriate surface area if height and weight be known (1916) Arch Intern Med, 17, pp. 863-871; Cockcroft, D.W., Gault, M.H., Prediction of creatinine clearance from serum creatinine (1976) Nephron, 16, pp. 31-41. , PMID: 1244564; Hsu, C.Y., Lin, F., Vittinghoff, E., Shlipak, M.G., Racial differences in the progression from chronic renal insufficiency to end-stage renal disease in the United States (2003) J Am Soc Nephrol, 14, pp. 2902-2907. , PMID: 14569100; NKF-DOQI clinical practice guidelines for peritoneal dialysis adequacy (1997) Am J Kidney Dis, 30, pp. S67-S136. , National Kidney Foundation. [PMID: 9293258]; II. NKF-K/DOQI clinical practice guidelines for peritoneal dialysis adequacy: Update 2000 (2001) Am J Kidney Dis, 37, pp. S65-S136. , PMID: 11229968; Hakim, R.M., Lazarus, J.M., Initiation of dialysis (1995) J Am Soc Nephrol, 6, pp. 1319-1328. , PMID: 8589305; Mattix, H.J., Hsu, C.Y., Shaykevich, S., Curhan, G., Use of the albumin/creatinine ratio to detect microalbuminuria: Implications of sex and race (2002) J Am Soc Nephrol, 13, pp. 1034-1039. , PMID: 11912263 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3142779938&partnerID=40&md5=9783139cda9ef9fae8c45b42630a9dfa ER - TY - JOUR TI - The cervical cancer epidemic that screening has prevented in the UK T2 - Lancet J2 - Lancet VL - 364 IS - 9430 SP - 249 EP - 256 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(04)16674-9 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Peto, P.J. AU - Gilham, P.C. AU - Fletcher, O. AU - Matthews, F.E. AD - London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., London, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton, United Kingdom AD - MRC Biostatistics Unit, Institute of Public Health, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel St, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Background Recent reports suggest that the reduction in mortality achieved by the UK national cervical screening programme is too small to justify its financial and psychosocial costs, except perhaps in a few high-risk women. Methods We analysed trends in mortality before 1988, when the British national screening programme was launched, to estimate what future trends in cervical cancer mortality would have been without any screening. Findings Cervical cancer mortality in England and Wales in women younger than 35 years rose three-fold from 1967 to 1987. By 1988, incidence in this age-range was among the highest in the world despite substantial opportunistic screening. Since national screening was started in 1988, this rising trend has been reversed. Interpretation Cervical screening has prevented an epidemic that would have killed about one in 65 of all British women born since 1950 and culminated in about 6000 deaths per year in this country. However, these estimates are subject to substantial uncertainty, particularly in relation to the effects of oral contraceptives and changes in sexual behaviour. 80% or more of these deaths (up to 5000 deaths per year) are likely to be prevented by screening, which means that about 100 000 (one in 80) of the 8 million British women born between 1951 and 1970 will be saved from premature death by the cervical screening programme at a cost per life saved of about £36 000. The birth cohort trends also provide strong evidence that the death rate throughout life is substantially lower in women who were first screened when they were younger. KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer prevention KW - cancer screening KW - death KW - epidemic KW - female KW - health program KW - human KW - national health service KW - priority journal KW - time series analysis KW - United Kingdom KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Mass Screening KW - Middle Aged KW - Uterine Cervical Neoplasms KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :481 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 15262102 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Peto, P.J.; Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel St, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: julian.peto@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - References: Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., La Vecchia, C., Cervical cancer mortality in young women in Europe: Patterns and trends (2000) Eur J Cancer, 36, pp. 2266-2271; Parkin, D.M., Nguyen-Dinh, X., Day, N.E., The impact of screening on the incidence of cervical cancer in England and Wales (1985) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 92, pp. 150-157; Walboomers, J.M.M., Jacobs, M.V., Manos, M.M., Human papillomavirus is a necessary cause of invasive cervical cancer worldwide (1999) J Pathol, 189, pp. 12-19; Simms, I., Fairley, C.K., Epidemiology of genital warts in England and Wales: 1971 to 1994 (1997) Genitourin Med, 73, pp. 365-367; Dillner, J., Trends over time in the incidence of cervical neoplasia in comparison to trends over time in human papillomavirus infection (2000) J Clin Virol, 12, pp. 7-23; Nobbenhuis, M.A.E., Helmerhorst, T.J.M., Van Den Brule, A.J.C., Cytological regression and clearance of high-risk human papillomavirus in women with abnormal cervical smear (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 1782-1783; Kitchener, H.C., Wheeler, P., Desai, M., The ARTISTIC Trial: A Randomised Trial in Screening to Improve Cytology (2004) 21st International Papillomavirus Conference, , Feb 20-26, 2004; Mexico City, Mexico: abstr 268; Deacon, J.M., Evans, C.D., Yule, R., Sexual behaviour and smoking as determinants of cervical HPV infection and of CIN3 among those infected: A case-control study nested within the Manchester cohort (2000) Br J Cancer, 83, pp. 1565-1572; Peto, J., Gilham, C., Deacon, J., Cervical HPV infection and neoplasia in a large population based prospective study: The Manchester cohort Br J Cancer, , (in press); Peyton, C.L., Schiffman, M., Lorincz, A.T., Comparison of PCR- and hybrid capture-based human papillomavirus detection systems using multiple cervical specimen collection strategies (1998) J Clin Microbiol, 36, pp. 3248-3254; Smith, J.S., Green, J., Berrington De Gonzalez, A., Cervical cancer and use of hormonal contraceptives: A systematic review (2003) Lancet, 361, pp. 1159-1167; Castellsague, X., Bosch, F.X., Munoz, N., Environmental co-factors in HPV carcinogenesis (2002) Virus Res, 89, pp. 191-199; (1984) Social Trends, 14. , London: HMSO; (1994) Cervical Cytology 1992-93: Summary Information from Form KC53, , England. London: Department of Health; (2001) Cervical Screening Programme, England 2000-01: Statistical Bulletin 2001/22, , London: Department of Health; Sasieni, P., Adams, J., Effect of screening on cervical cancer mortality in England and Wales: Analysis of trends with an age period cohort model (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 1244-1245; WHO Statistical Information System (WHOSIS), , http://www3.who.int/whosis/menu.cfm; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research, Vol II: The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies - IARC Scientific Publications No 82, 2. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Van Ballegooijen, M., Van Den Akker-Van Marle, E., Patnick, J., Overview of important cervical cancer screening process values in European Union (EU) countries, and tentative predictions of the corresponding effectiveness and cost-effectiveness (2000) Eur J Cancer, 36, pp. 2177-2188; Parkin, D.M., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (2000) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, Vol VII: IARC Scientific Publications No 143, 7. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Botting, B., Dunnell, K., Trends in fertility and contraception in the last quarter of the 20th century (2000) Popul Trends, 100, pp. 32-39; Johnson, A.M., Wadsworth, J., Wellings, K., Field, J., (1994) Sexual Attitudes and Lifestyles, , Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Press; Swerdlow, A., Dos Santos Silva, I., Doll, R., (2001) Cancer Incidence and Mortality in England and Wales: Trends and Risk Factors, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; (2001) Sexually Transmitted Infections in the UK: New Episodes Seen at Genitourinary Medicine Clinics, 1995-2000, , http://www.hpa.org.uk/infections/topics_az/hiv_and_sti/publications/ sti_report2001.pdf, London: Public Health Laboratory Service; (2002) Social Trends, 32. , http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_social/Social_Trends32/ Social_Trends32.pdf, London: Stationery Office; Redburn, J.C., Murphy, M.F.G., Hysterectomy prevalence and adjusted cervical and uterine cancer rates in England and Wales (2001) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 108, pp. 388-395; Green, J., Berrington De Gonzalez, A., Sweetland, S., Risk factors for adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix in women aged 20-44 years: The UK national case-control study of cervical cancer (2003) Br J Cancer, 89, pp. 2078-2086; Green, J.A., Kirwan, J.M., Tierney, J.F., Survival and recurrence after concomitant chemotherapy and radiotherapy for cancer of the uterine cervix: A systematic review and meta-analysis (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 781-786; Koss, L.G., Stewart, F.W., Foote, F.W., Jordan, M.J., Bader, G.M., Day, E., Some histological aspects of behavior of epidermoid carcinoma in situ and related lesions of the uterine cervix (1963) Cancer, 16, pp. 1160-1211; Elfgren, K., Jacobs, M., Walboomers, J.M., Meijer, C.J., Dillner, J., Rate of human papillomavirus clearance after treatment of cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (2002) Obstet Gynecol, 100, pp. 965-971; McIndoe, W.A., McLean, M.R., Jones, R.W., Mullins, P.R., The invasive potential of carcinoma in situ of the cervix (1984) Obstet Gynecol, 64, pp. 451-458; Kinlen, L.J., Spriggs, A.I., Women with positive cervical smears but without surgical intervention: A follow-up study (1978) Lancet, 2, pp. 463-465; Sasieni, P., Adams, J., Cuzick, J., Benefit of cervical screening at different ages: Evidence from the UK audit of screening histories (2003) Br J Cancer, 89, pp. 88-93; Anttila, A., Pukkala, E., Soderman, B., Kallio, M., Nieminen, P., Hakama, M., Effect of organised screening on cervical cancer incidence and mortality in Finland, 1963-1995: Recent increase in cervical cancer incidence (1999) Int J Cancer, 83, pp. 59-65; Miller, A.B., The (in)efficiency of cervical screening in Europe (2002) Eur J Cancer, 38, pp. 321-326; Sasieni, P., Adams, J., Changing rates of adenocarcinoma and adenosquamous carcinoma of the cervix in England (2001) Lancet, 357, pp. 1490-1493; Quinn, M., Babb, P., Jones, J., Allen, E., Effect of screening on incidence of and mortality from cancer of cervix in England: Evaluation based on routinely collected statistics (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 904-1008; Lea, R., (2000) Healthcare in the UK: The Need for Reform, , London: Institute of Directors; Raffle, A.E., Alden, B., MacKenzie, E.F.D., Detection rates for abnormal cervical smears: What are we screening for? (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1469-1473; Raffle, A.E., Alden, B., Quinn, M., Babb, P.J., Brett, M.T., Outcomes of screening to prevent cancer: Analysis of cumulative incidence of cervical abnormality and modelling of cases and deaths prevented (2003) BMJ, 326, p. 901; Van Den Akker-Van Marle, M.E., Van Ballegooijen, M., Habbema, J.D.F., Low risk of cervical cancer during a long period after negative screening in the Netherlands (2003) Br J Cancer, 88, pp. 1054-1057; Screening for squamous cervical cancer: Duration of low risk after negative results of cervical cytology and its implication for screening policies (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 659-664 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3242723235&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2804%2916674-9&partnerID=40&md5=9335a523db04abc2f9f913a07f11e0ca ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birthweight and psychological distress in adult twins: A longitudinal study T2 - Acta Paediatrica, International Journal of Paediatrics J2 - Acta Paediatr. Int. J. Paediatr. VL - 93 IS - 7 SP - 965 EP - 968 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/08035250410026824 SN - 08035253 (ISSN) AU - Cheung, Y.B. AU - Ma, S. AU - Machin, D. AU - Karlberg, J. AD - Div. Clin. Trials Epidemiol. Sci., National Cancer Centre, Singapore, Singapore AD - Epidemiol. and Dis. Control Division, Ministry of Health, Singapore, Singapore AD - Clinical Trials Centre, University of Hong Kong, China AD - Div. Clin. Trials Epidemiol. Sci., National Cancer Centre, 11 Hospital Drive, Singapore, 169610, Singapore AB - Aim: To assess the relation between birthweight and psychological distress as measured by the Malaise Inventory in adult twins. Methods: Data were drawn from the 1958 British birth cohort study, which included twins followed from birth to age 42 y. We examined the relation between birthweight and psychological distress at ages 23, 33 and 42 y measured by the psychological scale of the Malaise Inventory. Analyses were performed both between subjects (n = 282) and within twin pairs (n = 112). The generalized estimating equations approach was used to handle the repeated measurements. Results: Between the 282 twins, the difference in psychological distress score was -0.45 (95% confidence interval -0.74 to -0.15) per Z-score increase in birthweight- for-gestational age. Within twin pairs, the heavier co-twins tended to have a psychological distress score lower than that of their lighter co-twins, the mean difference being -0.35 (-0.78 to 0.09). Conclusion: Results from the between-subject analysis agreed with previous findings from adult singletons that psychological health is related to birthweight. The within-pair analysis suggested a similar relation but did not attain statistical significance. KW - Birthweight KW - Foetal growth KW - Psychological health KW - Twins KW - article KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - correlation analysis KW - distress syndrome KW - female KW - follow up KW - gestational age KW - human KW - information processing KW - male KW - measurement KW - mental stress KW - newborn KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - statistical significance KW - twins KW - Adult KW - Birth Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Regression (Psychology) KW - Regression Analysis KW - Sex Factors KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Time Factors KW - Twins N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APAEE C2 - 15303814 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cheung, Y.B.; Div. Clin. Trials Epidemiol. Sci., National Cancer Centre, 11 Hospital Drive, Singapore, 169610, Singapore; email: ctecyb@nccs.com.sg N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Clark, P.M., Programming of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis and the fetal origins of adult disease hypothesis (1998) Eur J Pediatr, 157 (1 SUPPL.), pp. S7-10; Welberg, L.A., Seckl, J.R., Holmes, M.C., Inhibition of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, the foeto-placental barrier to maternal glucocorticoids, permanently programs amygdala GR mRNA expression and anxiety-like behaviour in the offspring (2000) Eur J Neurosci, 12, pp. 1047-1054; Welberg, L.A., Seckl, J.R., Holmes, M.C., Prenatal glucocorticoid programming of brain corticosteriod receptors and corticotrophin-releasing hormone: Possible implications for behaviour (2001) Neuroscience, 104, pp. 71-79; Nilsson, P.M., Nyberg, P., Ostergren, P.O., Increased susceptibility to stress at a psychological assessment of stress tolerance is associated with impaired fetal growth (2001) Int J Epidemiol, 30, pp. 75-80; Phillips, D.I., Walker, B.R., Reynolds, R.M., Flanagan, D.E., Wood, P.J., Osmond, C., Low birthweight predicts elevated plasma cortisol concentrations in adults from 3 populations (2000) Hypertension, 35, pp. 1301-1306; Fernald, L.C., Grantham-McGregor, S.M., Stress response in schoolage children who have been growth retarded since early childhood (1998) Am J Clin Nutr, 68, pp. 394-405; Kagan, J.J., Reznick, S., Snidman, N., Biological bases of childhood shyness (1988) Science, 240, pp. 167-171; Cheung, Y.B., Khoo, K.S., Karlberg, J., Machin, D., Association between physiological symptoms in adults and growth in early life: Longitudinal follow-up study (2002) Br Med J, 325, pp. 749-751; Cheung, Y.B., Early origins and adult correlates of psychosomatic distress (2002) Soc Sci Med, 55, pp. 937-948; Williams, S., Poulton, R., Twins and maternal smoking: Ordeals for the fetal origins hypothesis? A cohort study (1999) Br Med J, 318, pp. 897-900; Doyle, D., Leon, D., Morton, S., De Stavola, B., Twins and the fetal origins hypothesis. Patterns of growth retardation differ in twins and singletons (1999) Br Med J, 319, p. 517; Phillips, D.I.W., Osmond, C., Twins and the fetal origins hypothesis. Many variables differ between twins and singleton infants (1999) Br Med J, 319, p. 517; Owen, P., Patel, N.B., Epidemiology of multiple pregnancy (1995) Multiple Pregnancy, pp. 1-11. , Ward RH, Whittle M, editors. London: RCOG Press; Dwyer, T., Blizzard, L., Morley, R., Ponsonby, A.L., Within pair association between birth weight and blood pressure at age 8 in twins from a cohort study (1999) Br Med J, 319, pp. 1325-1329; Kaprio, J., Fetal growth retardation in twins (1999) Electronic British Medical Journal, , http://www.bmj.com/cgi/eletters/319/7208/517#EL1; Foley, D.L., Neale, M.C., Kendler, K.S., Does intra-uterine growth discordance predict differential risk for adult psychiatric disorder in a population-based sample of monozygotic twins? (2000) Psychiatr Genet, 10, pp. 1-8; Wichers, M.C., Purcell, S., Danckaerts, M., Derom, C., Derom, R., Vlietinck, R., Van Os, J., Prenatal life and post-natal psychopathology: Evidence for negative gene-birth weight interaction (2002) Psy Med, 32, pp. 1165-1174; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, J., (1991) Health and Class: The Early Years, , London: Chapman & Hall; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 34, pp. 333-341; Fayers, P.M., Machin, D., (2000) Quality of Life: Assessment, Analysis and Interpretation, pp. 215-216. , Chichester: Wiley; Rooney, R., Hay, D., Levy, F., Small for gestational age as a predictor of behavioral and learning problems in twins (2003) Twin Res, 6, pp. 46-54; Pryor, J.E., Thompson, J.M., Robinson, E., Clark, P.M., Becroft, D.M., Pattison, N.S., Calvish, N., Mitchell, E.A., Stress and lack of social support as risk factors for small-for-gestational-age birth (2003) Acta Paediatr, 92, pp. 62-64; Fairclough, D.L., (2002) Design and Analysis of Quality of Life Studies in Clinical Trials, , Boca Raton: Chapman & Hall; Vlietinck, R., Drom, R., Neale, M.C., Maes, H., Van Loon, H., Derom, C., Thiery, M., Genetic and environmental variation in the birth weight of twins (1989) Behav Genet, 19, pp. 151-161; Van Os, J., Wichers, M., Danckaerts, M., Van Gestel, S., Derom, C., Vlietinck, R., A prospective twin study of birth weight discordance and child problem behavior (2001) Biological Psychi, 50, pp. 593-599 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042611653&doi=10.1080%2f08035250410026824&partnerID=40&md5=c19a42e95f793b311a36bae96bd88243 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Suspended particulates and lung health ST - Schwebstaub und lungengesundheit T2 - Wiener Klinische Wochenschrift, Supplement J2 - Wien. Klin. Wochenschr. Suppl. VL - 116 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 12 PY - 2004 SN - 03005178 (ISSN) AU - Neuberger, M. AU - Moshammer, H. AD - Abteilung fur Praventivmedizin, Institut für Umwelthygiene, Medizinischen Universität Wien, Wien, Austria AD - Institut für Umwelthygiene, Kinderspitalgasse 15, A-1095 Wien, Austria AB - Based on several severe air pollution episodes, a temporal correlation between high concentrations of particulate matter (PM) and SO2 pollution and acute increases in respiratory and cardiopulmonary mortality had been established in Vienna for the 1970's. After air pollution had decreased in Austria in the 1980's - as documented by data on SO2, and total suspended particles (TSP) - no such associations between day-to-day changes of SO2 and TSP and mortality have been documented any more, however, traffic related pollutants like fine particles and NO2 remained a problem. Therefore, short term effects of PM on lung function, morbidity and mortality were investigated in Vienna, Linz, Graz and a rural control area. Long-term exposure and chronic disease - even more important for public health - were studied in repeated cross-sectional, a mixed longitudinal and a birth cohort study on school children in the city of Linz. Lung function growth was found impaired from long-term exposure to air pollutants and improved in districts where ambient air pollution had decreased. Where only TSP and SO 2 had decreased, no continuous improvement of small airway function was found and end-expiratory flow rates stayed impaired where NO 2-reduction from technical improvements of cars and industry was counterbalanced by increase of motorized (diesel) traffic. Remaining acute effects of ambient air pollution in 2001 from PM, NO2 and co-pollutants found in a time series study also show that continuing efforts are necessary. Active surface of particles inhaled several hours to days before spirometry was found related to short-term reductions in forced vital capacity-FVC (p < 0.01), forced expiratory volume in one second-FEV 1 (p < 0.01) and maximal expiratory flow rate at 50% of vital capacity-MEF50 (p < 0.05). In pupils with asthma or previous airway obstruction 4-week-diaries proved that the following symptoms increased with acute exposure to higher active surface of particles: wheezing (p < 0.01), dyspnea, cough when going to sleep, cough at night (p < 0.05). Efforts to reduce exposure to fine particles from motor traffic and passive smoking have to be increased if we want to achieve full recovery of children from air pollution effects and best respiratory performance in adulthood. Surveillance seems to be necessary not only for particle mass but also for particle number and surface. Little is known on the mechanisms of irreversible long-term effects of PM such as myocardial infarction and cancer. In a prospective cohort study on 1630 dust-exposed and 1630 non dust-exposed workers matched for smoking we found an increase of lung cancer related to nonfibrous insoluble PM. Other studies were able to relate lung cancer to specific particles like those from diesel engines, and a large prospective study of the American Cancer Society was able to link lung cancer in the general population with long-term exposure to fine particles from combustion processes. All these recent epidemiological findings will have consequences for occupational and ambient air PM standards. KW - Children KW - Health KW - Lung cancer KW - Lung function KW - Particulate matter KW - nitrogen dioxide KW - sulfur dioxide KW - air pollution KW - Austria KW - child growth KW - cohort analysis KW - conference paper KW - dust exposure KW - exhaust gas KW - heart infarction KW - human KW - long term exposure KW - lung cancer KW - lung disease KW - lung function test KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - occupational exposure KW - suspended particulate matter KW - Adult KW - Air Pollutants KW - Austria KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Chronic Disease KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dust KW - Female KW - Forecasting KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Lung Diseases KW - Male KW - Nitrogen Dioxide KW - Risk Assessment KW - Rural Population KW - Sulfur Dioxide KW - Urban Population N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: WKWSA C2 - 15518085 LA - German N1 - Correspondence Address: Neuberger, M.; Institut für Umwelthygiene, Kinderspitalgasse 15, A-1095 Wien, Austria; email: manfred.neuberger@univie.ac.at N1 - Chemicals/CAS: nitrogen dioxide, 10102-44-0; sulfur dioxide, 7446-09-5; Air Pollutants; Dust; Nitrogen Dioxide, 10102-44-0; Sulfur Dioxide, 7446-09-5 N1 - References: Neuberger, M., Umwelttoxikologie und epidemiologie der schwefeloxide (1974) Mittlg Österr San Verw, 6, pp. 190-210; Neuberger, M., Rutkowski, A., Friza, H., Haider, M., Grippe, luftverunreinigung und mortalität in Wien (1987) Forum Städtehygiene, 38, pp. 7-11; Neuberger, M., Horak, F., Frischer, T., Kundi, M., Puxbaum, H., Studnicka, M., Austrian project on health effects of particulates: First results on lung function changes in children (2001) WHO Newsletter, 28, pp. 2-5; Horak, F., Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Frischer, T., Studnicka, M., Hauck, H., Gesundheitseffekte von partikeln. Erste teilergebnisse des AUPHEP (Austrian Project on Health Effects of Particulates) (2002) Atemw Lungenkrkh, 28, pp. 291-292; Peters, A., Dockery, D.W., Muller, J.E., Mittleman, M.A., Increased particulate air pollution and the triggering of myocardial infarction (2001) Circulation, 103, pp. 2810-2815; Moshammer, H., Neuberger, M., The active surface of suspended particles as a predictor of lung function and pulmonary symptoms in Austrian school children (2003) Atmospheric Environment, 37 (13), pp. 1737-1744; Neuberger, M., Moshammer, H., Kundi, M., Declining ambient air pollution and lung function improvement in Austrian children (2002) Atmospheric Environment, 36 (11), pp. 1733-1736; Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Wiesenberger, W., Frank, W., Lungenfunktionsreferenzwerte für Schüler von 6 bis 16 Jahren (1994) Pneumologie, 48, pp. 175-181; Gründorfer, W., Popper, L., Staubexposition und bronchuskarzinom-inzidenz. Internat (1966) Kongress für Arbeitsmedizin, 3, pp. 173-176; Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., (1990) Occupational Dust Exposure and Cancer Mortality, 97, pp. 65-73. , IARC Scientific Publications; Moshammer, H., Neuberger, M., Lung cancer and dust exposure: Results of a prospective cohort study following 3260 workers for 50 years (2004) Br J Occup Environ Med, 61, pp. 157-162; Pope, A.C., Burnett, R.T., Thun, M.J., Calle, E.E., Krewski, D., Ito, K., Lung cancer, cardiopulmonary mortality and long-term exposure to fine particulate air pollution (2002) JAMA, 287, pp. 1132-1141 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-2642563792&partnerID=40&md5=e4a8300c5893cf0c83e47a59db67955d ER - TY - JOUR TI - An investigation into using national longitudinal studies to examine trends in educational attainment and development T2 - Educational Research J2 - Educ. Res. VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 119 EP - 136 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/0013188042000222412 SN - 00131881 (ISSN) AU - McNiece, R. AU - Bidgood, P. AU - Soan, P. AD - Kingston University, Kingston upon Thames, United Kingdom AD - School of Mathematics, Kingston University, Penrhyn Road, Kingston upon Thames, Surrey KT1 2EE, United Kingdom AB - Longitudinal studies can provide individual histories of educational attainment and are becoming widely used in educational research. Two national longitudinal studies, the National Child Development Study (NCDS) and the British Cohort Study of 1970 (BCS70), are used here to investigate changing trends in the educational attainment of children in the UK over time. Multilevel modelling is used to examine variation between different social groups in attainment in mathematics and reading and to examine educational progress during secondary education; the results of these analyses are compared for the two different cohorts. In both cohorts, the main source of variation in achievement is due to differences in social background; differences between regions and local education authorities are found to be negligible. Changes in the mathematics and reading attainment of the different social groups between the cohorts reflect recognized trends in educational attainment and highlight some trends not previously reported. KW - Educational attainment KW - Ethnicity KW - Gender KW - Longitudinal studies (NCDS, BCS70) KW - Multilevel modelling KW - Social class N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McNiece, R.; School of Mathematics, Kingston University, Penrhyn Road, Kingston upon Thames, Surrey KT1 2EE, United Kingdom; email: r.mcniece@kingston.ac.uk N1 - References: Blatchford, P., Burke, J., Farquhar, C., Plewis, I., Tizard, B., Educational achievement in the infant school: The influence of ethnic origin, gender and home on entry skills (1985) Educational Research, 27 (1), pp. 52-60; Brandsma, H.P., Knuver, J.W.M., Effects of school and classroom characteristics on pupil progress in language and arithmetic (1989) International Journal of Educational Research, 13 (7), pp. 777-778; Dale, A., Davies, R., (1994) Analysing Social and Political Change: A Casebook of Methods, , London, Sage; Davie, R., Behaviour and adjustment in school of seven year olds: Sex and social class differences (1973) Early Child Care and Development, 2 (1), pp. 39-47; (1977) Education in Schools, , (White Paper) London, HMSO; (1983) Curriculum 11-16: Towards a Statement of Entitlement Curriculum Reappraisal, , London, HMSO; (1985) Better Schools, , London, HMSO; Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., (2000) 1970 British Cohort Study Twenty-six-year Follow-up. Guide to Data Available at the ESRC Data Archive, , London, SSRU, City University; Drew, D., Gray, J., The fifth year examinations achievements of black young people in England and Wales (1990) Educational Research, 32 (2), pp. 107-117; Epstein, D., Elwood, J., Hey, V., Maw, J., (1998) Failing Boys? Issues in Gender and Underachievement, , Buckingham, Open University Press; Fogelman, K., (1976) Britain's Sixteen-year-olds, , London, National Children's Bureau; Fogelman, K., Assessment of examination performance in different types of schools (1984) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A, 147 (4), pp. 569-581; Gillborn, D., Drew, D., Race, class and school effects (1992) New Community, 18 (4), pp. 551-565; Gillborn, D., Mirza, H., (2000) Educational Inequality: Mapping Race, Class and Gender. A Synthesis of Research Evidence, , London, OFSTED; Goldstein, H., Some models for analyzing longitudinal data on educational attainment (1979) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A, 142 (4), pp. 407-442; Goldstein, H., Efficient statistical modelling of longitudinal data (1986) Annals of Human Biology, 13 (2), pp. 129-141; Goldstein, H., (1987) Multilevel Models in Educational and Social Research, , London, Griffin; Goldstein, H., Healy, M., Rasbash, J., Multilevel time series models with applications to repeated measures data (1994) Statistics in Medicine, 13, pp. 1643-1655; Goldstein, H., Rasbash, J., Yang, M., Woodhouse, G., Pan, H., Nuttall, D., Thomas, S., A multilevel analysis of school examination results (1993) Oxford Review of Education, 19 (4), pp. 425-433; Goodman, A., Butler, N., (1999) BCS70 - The 1970 British Cohort Study: The Sixteen-year Follow-up. A Guide to the BCS70 16-year Data Available at the ESRC Data Archive, , London, SSRU, City University; Gray, J., Goldstein, H., Thomas, S., Predicting the future: The role of past performance in determining trends in institutional effectiveness at A-level (2001) British Educational Research Journal, 27 (4), pp. 391-405; Hand, D., Crowder, M., (1996) Practical Longitudinal Data Analysis, , London, Chapman & Hall; Haque, Z., Bell, J.F., Evaluating the performances of minority ethnic pupils in secondary schools (2001) Oxford Review of Education, 27 (3), pp. 357-368; McNiece, R., Jolliffe, F., An investigation into regional differences in educational performance in the national child development study (1998) Educational Research, 40 (1), pp. 17-30; Menard, S., (1991) Longitudinal Research, , London, Sage; (1996) Gender Divide: Performance Differences between Boys and Girls at School, , London, OFSTED/Equal Opportunities Commission; (1998) The National Literacy Strategy: The Second Year, , London, OFSTED; Paterson, L., Socio-economic status and educational attainment: A multi-dimensional and multi-level study (1991) Evaluation and Research in Education, 5 (3), pp. 97-121; Plewis, I., Assessing and understanding the educational progress of children from different ethnic groups (1988) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 151 (2), pp. 316-326; Plewis, I., Reading progress (1993) A Guide to ML3 for New Users, , G. Woodhouse (Ed.) (London, University of London Institute of Education); Plewis, I., (1997) Statistics in Education, , London, Edward Arnold; Sammons, P., Nuttall, D., Cuttance, P., Thomas, S., (1993) Continuity of School Effects: A Longitudinal Analysis of Primary and Secondary School Effects on GCSE Performance, , London, Department of Curriculum Studies, Institute of Education; Sammons, P., Gender, ethnic and socio-economic differences in attainment and progress: A longitudinal analysis of student achievement over nine years (1995) British Educational Research Journal, 21 (4), pp. 465-485; Sukhanandan, L., Lee, B., Keller, S., (2000) An Investigation into Gender Differences in Achievement: Phase 2, School and Classroom Practices, , Slough, NFER; Shepherd, P., (1995) The National Child Development Study. An Introduction, Its Origins and the Methods of Data Collection, , Working Paper No. 1, NCDS User Support Group; Thomas, S., Sammons, P., Mortimore, P., Smees, R., (1995) Stability and Consistency in Secondary Schools' Effects on Students' GCSE Outcomes over Three Years, , London, ISEIC, University of London Institute of Education; Tomlinson, H., (1993) Education and Training 14-19: Continuity and Diversity in the Curriculum, , London, Longman; Woodward, W., (2002) GCSE Gender Gap Continues to Grow, , www.education-guardian.co.uk/gcses2002, accessed 1 February 2004; Yang, M., Woodhouse, G., Progress from GCSE to A- and AS-level: Institutional and gender differences, and trends over time (2001) British Educational Research Journal, 27 (3), pp. 245-267; Yang, M., Goldstein, H., Browne, W., Woodhouse, G., Multivariate multilevel analyses of examination results (2002) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 165 (1), pp. 137-153 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042566988&doi=10.1080%2f0013188042000222412&partnerID=40&md5=2941113a8b9b4cfb1e422713883281f4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mobility in pupils' cognitive attainment during school life T2 - Oxford Review of Economic Policy J2 - Oxf. Rev. Econ. Policy VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 229 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/oxrep/grh012 SN - 0266903X (ISSN) AU - Feinstein, L. AD - Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom AB - This paper considers the extent of mobility in pupils' attainment relative to peers as they move through school. Considerable shifts in position are demonstrated using data from the 1958 and 1970 UK birth cohorts and from the National Pupil Database for 2002. These shifts in attainment in primary and secondary school are shown to relate strongly to social class, demonstrating that the large social-class attainment gap in the UK is not a one-off effect prior to school entry but a compounding effect throughout school life. These changes in relative attainment during school are also shown to relate strongly to adult economic outcomes. These results suggest that although there are good arguments in support of an increase in pre-school expenditures, equality of opportunity also requires enhanced investments for the worst-off throughout school. © Oxford University Press and the Oxford Review of Economic Policy Limited 2004; all rights reserved. KW - class KW - cognition KW - educational attainment KW - mobility KW - socioeconomic conditions KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - United Kingdom KW - Western Europe N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Feinstein, L.; Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom N1 - References: Bloom, B., (1964) Stability and Change in Human Characteristics, , New York, John Wiley; Brooks-Gunn, J., Duncan, G.J., Maritato, N., Poor families, poor outcomes: The well-being of children and youth (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, , G. J. Duncan and J. Brooks-Gunn (eds), New York, Russell Sage; Bynner, J., Childhood risks and protective factors in social exclusion (2001) Children and Society, 15, pp. 285-301; (2002) Education and Skills - Delivering the Results: A Strategy to 2006, , DfES London, Department for Education and Skills; (2002) 14-19 Opportunity and Excellence, , DfES London, Department for Education and Skills; (2003) Statistics of Education: Pupil Progress By Pupil Characteristics: 2002, , DfES London, Department for Education and Skills; (2004) 14-19 Reform: Interim Report, , DfES London, Department for Education and Skills; Dweck, C.S., Elliott, E.S., Achievement motivation (1983) Handbook of Child Psychology, 4, pp. 643-691. , P. H. Mussen (ed.), 3rd edn, New York, Wiley; Feinstein, L., The early years are important but they are not all: The need for a developmental perspective on equality of opportunity (2003) New Economy, 10 (4), pp. 213-218; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 70 (277), pp. 73-98; Feinstein, L., Bynner, J., The importance of developmental trajectories in mid-childhood: Effects on adult outcomes in the UK 1970 birth cohort Child Development, , Forthcoming; Glass, N., Sure start: The development of an early intervention programme for young children in the United Kingdom (1999) Children and Society, 13, pp. 257-264; Gregg, P., Wadsworth, J., More work in fewer households (1996) New Inequalities: The Changing Distribution of Income and Wealth in the UK, , J. Hills (ed.), Cambridge, Cambridge University Press; Hanushek, E.A., Kain, J.F., Rivkin, S.G., (1998) Teachers, Schools and Academic Achievement, , NBER Working Paper W6691; Haveman, R., Wolfe, B., The determinants of children's attainments: A review of methods and findings (1995) Journal of Economic Literature, 33, pp. 1829-1878; Kagan, J., (1998) Three Seductive Ideas, , Cambridge, MA, Cambridge University Press; Karoly, L.A., Greenwood, P.W., Everingham, S.S., Houbé, J., Kilburn, M.R., Rydell, C.P., Sanders, M., Chiesa, J., (1998) Investing in Our Children: What We Know and Don't Know About the Costs and Benefits of Early Childhood Interventions, , Santa Monica, CA, RAND; McVicker Hunt, J., (1961) Intelligence and Experience, , New York, The Ronald Press; Pollard, A., Triggs, P., (2000) What Teachers Do: Changing Policy and Practice in Primary Education, , London, Continuum; Ramey, C., Ramey, S., Persistent effects of early childhood education on high risk children and their mothers (2000) Applied Developmental Science, 4 (1); Rutter, M., Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms (1990) Risk and Protective Factors in the Development of Psychopathology, , J. Rolf, A. S. Masten, D. Cicchetti, K. H. Nuechterlein, and S. Weintraub (eds), Cambridge, Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Nature nurture integration: The example of anti-social behaviour (1997) American Psychologist, 52, pp. 390-398; Schoon, I., Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Parsons, S., Wiggins, R.D., Sacker, A., The influence, timing and duration of risk experiences for the passage of childhood to midadulthood (2002) Child Development, 73, pp. 1486-1504; Schweinhart, L.J., Barnes, H.V., Weikart, D.P., Significant benefits: The high/scope Perry preschool study through age 27 (1993) Monographs of the High/Scope Educational Research Foundation, (10); Seifer, R., Sameroff, A.J., Baldwin, C.P., Baldwin, A., Child and family factors that ameliorate risk between 4 and 13 years of age (1992) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, pp. 893-903; Silberg, J., Rutter, M., Neale, M., Eaves, L., Genetic moderation of environmental risk for depression and anxiety in adolescent girls (2002) British Journal of Psychiatry, (SPEC. ISSUE); Wachs, T.D., (2000) Necessary But Not Sufficient, , Washington, DC, American Psychological Association; Wilson, R.S., The Louisville twin study: Developmental synchronies in behaviour (1983) Child Development, 54, pp. 298-316 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3242879883&doi=10.1093%2foxrep%2fgrh012&partnerID=40&md5=5c0ef1b674759aa67dd5af9d0f774f3e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Educational inequality: The widening socio-economic gap T2 - Fiscal Studies J2 - Fisc. Stud. VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 107 EP - 128 PY - 2004 SN - 01435671 (ISSN) AU - Machin, S. AU - Vignoles, A. AD - Department of Economics, London School of Economics, University College London, United Kingdom AD - Ctr. for the Economics of Education, Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics, United Kingdom AB - In this paper, we consider research on links between higher education and family background, focusing particularly on the experiences of two cohorts of individuals born in 1958 and 1970. The findings point to a rise in educational inequality during the period relevant to these two cohorts. Specifically, links between educational achievement and parental income / social class strengthened during this period. Furthermore, a person's actual (measured) ability became a poorer predictor of whether they would get a degree than was previously the case. The expansion of higher education in the UK during this period appears to have disproportionately benefited children from richer families rather than the most able. Furthermore, the labour market success or failure of individuals became more closely connected to their parents' income, revealing a fall in the extent of intergenerational mobility over time. N1 - Cited By :69 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Machin, S.; Department of Economics, London School of Economics, University College London, London, United Kingdom N1 - References: Blanden, J., Goodman, A., Gregg, P., Machin, S., Changes in intergenerational mobility in Britain (2002) Generational Income Mobility in North America and Europe, , M. Corak (ed.), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, forthcoming; Gregg, P., Machin, S., Changes in educational inequality (2003) Discussion Paper, , Centre for the Economics of Education, forthcoming; Machin, S., Educational inequality and the expansion of UK higher education (2004) Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 54, pp. 230-249. , Special Issue on the Economics of Education; Bynner, J., Butler, N., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., The design and conduct of the 1999-2000 surveys of the national child development study and the 1970 british cohort study (2000) Working Paper No. 1, 1. , ftp://cls.ioe.ac.uk/pub/Cohort/Acrobat/Cswp1.pdf, Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Cohort Studies; Cameron, S.V., Heckman, J.J., The dynamics of educational attainment for black, Hispanic, and white males (2001) Journal of Political Economy, 109, pp. 455-499; Carneiro, P., Heckman, J.J., The evidence on credit constraints in post-secondary schooling (2003) Economic Journal, 112, pp. 705-734; Danziger, S., Waldfogel, J., Investing in children: What do we know? What should we do? (2000) CASEpaper No. 34, 34. , London School of Economics, Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion; Dearden, L., Machin, S., Reed, H., Intergenerational mobility in Britain (1997) Economic Journal, 107, pp. 47-64; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 70, pp. 73-97; Galindo-Rueda, F., Vignoles, A., Class ridden or meritocratic? An economic analysis of recent changes in Britain (2005) Journal of Human Resources, , forthcoming; Gibbons, S., Machin, S., Valuing English primary schools (2003) Journal of Urban Economics, 53, pp. 197-219; (2004) Paying for Primary Schools: Supply Constraints, School Popularity or Congestion?, , London School of Economics, Centre for Economic Performance, mimeo; Gipps, C., Stobart, G., (1997) Assessment: A Teacher's Guide to the Issues, , London: Hodder and Stoughton; Glennerster, H., United Kingdom education 1997-2001 (2001) CASEpaper No. 50, 50. , London School of Economics, Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion; Grawe, N., (2000) The Three-day Week of 1974 and Measurement Error in the NCDS and FES Data Sets, , Carleton College, unpublished mimeo; Gregg, P., Harkness, S., Machin, S., Poor kids: Trends in child poverty in Britain, 1968-96 (1999) Fiscal Studies, 20, pp. 163-187; Machin, S., Childhood disadvantage and success or failure in the labour market (1999) Youth Employment and Joblessness in Advanced Countries, , D. Blanchflower and R. Freeman (eds), Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research; The relationship between childhood experiences, subsequent educational attainment and adult labour market performance (2000) Child Well Being in Modern Nations: What Do We Know?, , K. Vleminckx and T. Smeeding (eds), Bristol: Policy Press; Hobcraft, J., Intergenerational and life-course transmission of social exclusion: Influences and childhood poverty, family disruption and contact with the police (1998) CASEpaper No. 15, 15. , London School of Economics, Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion; Kiernan, K., Transition to parenthood: Young mothers, young fathers - Associated factors and later life experiences (1995) Welfare State Programme Discussion Paper No. WSP/113, WSP-113. , London School of Economics, STICERD; Machin, S., Wage inequality in the UK (1996) Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 12 (1), pp. 47-64; Wage inequality in the 1970s 1980s and 1990s (1999) The State of Working Britain, , P. Gregg and J. Wadsworth (eds), Manchester: Manchester University Press; Wage inequality since 1975 (2003) The Labour Market under New Labour, , P. Gregg and J. Wadsworth (eds), Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan; Micklewright, J., A note on household income in NCDS3 (1986) Working Paper No. 18, 18. , City University NCDS User Support Group; Solon, G., Biases in the estimation of intergenerational earnings correlations (1989) Review of Economics and Statistics, 71, pp. 172-174; Intergenerational mobility in the labor market (1999) Handbook of Labor Economics, 3 A. , O. Ashenfelter and D. Card (eds), Amsterdam: North-Holland UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042565143&partnerID=40&md5=e0ce239cb59348d951302691e4a3818e ER - TY - JOUR TI - An overview of progress in childhood cancer survival T2 - Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing J2 - J. Pediatr. Oncol. Nurs. VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 160 EP - 164 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1177/1043454204264407 SN - 10434542 (ISSN) AU - Smith, M. AU - Hare, M.L. AD - Cancer Therapy Evaluation Program, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, United States AD - Office of Extramural Programs, Natl. Institute of Nursing Research, National Institutes of Health, United States AD - Department of Pediatrics, Cancer Therapy Evaluation Program, NCI, 6130 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20892, United States AB - Survival for children with cancer has continued to improve over the past 20 years, with 5-year survival rates now approaching 80% and with an increasing number of children surviving into adulthood. In recognition of the need to address important issues for survivors of childhood cancer, the National Cancer Institute (NCI) has supported the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (CCSS) since 1993. The CCSS has established a cohort of over 14,000 5-year survivors of childhood cancer initially diagnosed between 1970 and 1986 and has obtained comprehensive summaries of treatment received by these survivors through abstraction of medical records for chemotherapy, radiation therapy, and surgical procedures. Survivors in the CCSS cohort completed a baseline questionnaire and follow-up questionnaires to provide information about their current status. The CCSS collected buccal cells for DNA isolation from members of the survivor cohort to allow evaluations of the contribution of genetic factors to long-term sequelae of cancer therapy. The CCSS is now poised to expand its contributions through studies designed to gain greater insight into the biological basis for long-term adverse effects of cancer treatment and is enlarging its efforts to include more recently treated cohorts of patients. The experts present at the work group, Moving the Research Agenda Forward for Children With Cancer, offered several possibilities for utilizing CCSS data in expanding research opportunities concerned with cancer survivorship. KW - Childhood cancer survival KW - Longitudinal cohort study KW - acute lymphoblastic leukemia KW - cancer chemotherapy KW - cancer radiotherapy KW - cancer surgery KW - cancer survival KW - cancer therapy KW - cheek KW - child KW - childhood cancer KW - cohort analysis KW - conference paper KW - DNA isolation KW - follow up KW - heredity KW - Hodgkin disease KW - human KW - medical record KW - medical research KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - questionnaire KW - surgical technique KW - survival rate KW - age distribution KW - cancer registry KW - female KW - forecasting KW - genetics KW - health status KW - male KW - mortality KW - needs assessment KW - neoplasm KW - organization and management KW - psychological aspect KW - research KW - review KW - second cancer KW - sex ratio KW - statistics KW - survivor KW - treatment outcome KW - United States KW - DNA KW - Age Distribution KW - Child KW - DNA, Neoplasm KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Forecasting KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Needs Assessment KW - Neoplasms KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Questionnaires KW - Research KW - SEER Program KW - Sex Distribution KW - Survival Rate KW - Survivors KW - Treatment Outcome KW - United States N1 - Cited By :36 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JONUE C2 - 15296046 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, M.; Department of Pediatrics, Cancer Therapy Evaluation Program, NCI, 6130 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20892, United States; email: smithm@ctep.nci.nih.gov N1 - Chemicals/CAS: DNA, 9007-49-2; DNA, Neoplasm N1 - References: Green, D.M., Whitton, J.A., Stovall, M., Mertens, A.C., Donaldson, S.S., Ruymann, F.B., Pregnancy outcome of female survivors of childhood cancer: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2002) American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 187, pp. 1070-1080; Green, D.M., Whitton, J.A., Stovall, M., Mertens, A.C., Donaldson, S.S., Ruymann, F.B., Pregnancy outcome of partners of male survivors of childhood cancer: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2003) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 21, pp. 716-721; Harras, A., Edwards, B.K., Blot, W.J., Ries, L.A.G., (1996) Cancer: Rates and Risks (4th Ed.), , Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; Hudson, M.M., Mertens, A.C., Yasui, Y., Hobbie, W., Chen, H., Gurney, J.G., Health status of adult long-term survivors of childhood cancer: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2003) Journal of the American Medical Association, 290, pp. 1583-1592; Mertens, A.C., Yasui, Y., Neglia, J.P., Potter, J.D., Nesbit Jr., M.E., Ruccione, K., Late mortality experience in five-year survivors of childhood and adolescent cancer: The Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2001) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 19, pp. 3163-3172; Mitby, P.A., Robison, L.L., Whitton, J.A., Zevon, M.A., Gibbs, I.C., Tersak, J.M., Utilization of special education services and educational attainment among long-term survivors of childhood cancer: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2003) Cancer, 97, pp. 1115-1126; Neglia, J.P., Friedman, D.L., Yasui, Y., Mertens, A.C., Hammond, S., Stovall, M., Second malignant neoplasms in five-year survivors of childhood cancer: Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2001) Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 93, pp. 618-629; Oeffinger, K.C., Mertens, A.C., Sklar, C.A., Yasui, Y., Fears, T., Stovall, M., Obesity in adult survivors of childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2003) Journal of Clinical Oncology, 21, pp. 1359-1365; Ries, L.A.G., Eisner, M.P., Kosary, C.L., Hankey, B.F., Miller, B.A., Clegg, L., (2003) SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975-2000, , Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; Robison, L.L., Mertens, A.C., Boice, J.D., Breslow, N.E., Donaldson, S.S., Green, D.M., Study design and cohort characteristics of the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study: A multi-institutional collaborative project (2002) Medical Pediatric Oncology, 38, pp. 229-239; Ross, J.A., Oeffinger, K.C., Davis, S.M., Mertens, A.C., Langer, E., Kiffmeyer, W.R., Leptin receptor gene polymorphism (Gln223Arg) and obesity in survivors of childhood ALL: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (CCSS) (2003) Blood, 102, pp. 223a; Smith, M.A., Anderson, B.D., Ries, L.A., Continuing improvements in outcome for children with cancer in the United States, 1979-1998 (2002) Proceedings of the American Society of Clinical Oncologists, 21, pp. 388a; Zebrack, B.J., Zeltzer, L.K., Whitton, J., Mertens, A.C., Odom, L., Berkow, R., Psychological outcomes in long-term survivors of childhood leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: A report from the Childhood Cancer Survivor Study (2002) Pediatrics, 110, pp. 42-52 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-4043086923&doi=10.1177%2f1043454204264407&partnerID=40&md5=a4faf09d98ca4b0035a3e82d8365c733 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cigarette Advertising and Female Smoking Prevalence in Spain, 1982-1997: Case Studies in International Tobacco Surveillance T2 - Cancer J2 - Cancer VL - 100 IS - 8 SP - 1744 EP - 1749 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1002/cncr.20147 SN - 0008543X (ISSN) AU - Shafey, O. AU - Fernández, E. AU - Thun, M. AU - Schiaffino, A. AU - Dolwick, S. AU - Cokkinides, V. AD - American Cancer Society, Department of Epidemiology, Surveillance Research, Atlanta, GA, United States AD - Catalan Institute of Oncology, Cancer Prevention and Control Unit, Barcelona, Spain AD - Department of Public Health, University of Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain AD - International Tobacco Surveillance, American Cancer Society, 1599 Clifton Road NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-4251, United States AB - BACKGROUND. Compared with northern Europe and the U.S., the widespread initiation of cigarette smoking began 20-40 years later among young women in Spain because of strong cultural prohibitions against female smoking. In this study, the authors examined the correlation between the rapid increase in female smoking prevalence and tobacco industry cigarette marketing practices in Spain during a period of rapid social liberalization. METHODS. The authors examined age-specific, period-specific, and birth cohort-specific increases in cigarette smoking among young women in Spain in relation to internal documents from Philip Morris beginning in 1971, cigarette advertising from 1982 to 1997, and the increase in the market share of blond tobacco and "light" cigarettes preferred by women. RESULTS. Some increase in cigarette smoking occurred among Spanish women before 1970, but the increase was substantially smaller and occurred later than in many Western countries. However, after 1970, the prevalence of cigarette smoking increased rapidly in Spanish women of all ages < 50 years. The rapid increase in female smoking coincided with massive increases in television advertising, especially to women, and increases in the market share of blond tobacco, "light cigarettes," and international tobacco brands. CONCLUSIONS. The increase in cigarette smoking among young Spanish women illustrates how aggressive marketing can exploit periods of social liberalization and rapidly increase cigarette smoking among women, even in countries in which female smoking traditionally has been unacceptable. Strategies are needed to prevent similar increases in smoking by women elsewhere. © 2004 American Cancer Society. KW - Advertising KW - Female KW - Prevalence KW - Smoking KW - Spain KW - adult KW - advertizing KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - case study KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - normal human KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - Spain KW - television KW - tobacco industry KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Advertising KW - Female KW - Gender Identity KW - History, 20th Century KW - Humans KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Social Conditions KW - Spain KW - Tobacco Industry KW - Women's Health KW - Women's Rights N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CANCA C2 - 15073865 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Shafey, O.; International Tobacco Surveillance, American Cancer Society, 1599 Clifton Road NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-4251, United States; email: omar.shafey@cancer.org N1 - References: Fernandez, E., Schiaffino, A., Borras, J.M., Prevalence of cigarette smoking by birth cohort among males and females in Spain, 1910-1990 (2003) Eur J Cancer Prev, 12, pp. 57-62; Schiaffino, A., Fernandez, E., Borrell, C., Gender and educational differences in smoking initiation rates in Spain from 1948 to 1992 (2003) Eur J Public Health, 13, pp. 56-60; Forey, B., Hamling, J., Lee, P., (2002) International Smoking Statistics: A Collection of Historical Data from 30 Economically Developed Countries. 2nd Edition, , London: Oxford University Press; (2002) Health, United States, 2002: With Chartbook on Trends in the Health of Americans, , DHHS Pub. No. 1232. Hyattsville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health; Shafey, O., Cokkinides, V., Cavalcante, T.M., Case studies in international tobacco surveillance: Cigarette smuggling in Brazil (2002) Tobacco Control, 11, pp. 215-219; Shafey, O., Dolwick, S., Guindon, G.E., (2003) Tobacco Control Country Profiles, 2003, , Atlanta American Cancer Society; Lopez, A., Collishaw, N., Piha, T., A descriptive model of the cigarette epidemic in developed countries (1994) Tobacco Control, 3, pp. 242-247; (1999) Encuestas Nacionales de Salud 1987, 1993, 1995 y 1997, , Madrid: Ministerio de Sanidad y Consumo; Ferlay, J., Bray, F., Pisani, P., (2001) Globocan 2000: Cancer Incidence, Mortality, and Prevalence Worldwide, Version 1.0 [Computer Program], , Lyon, France: IARC; Fernandez, E., Gonzalez, J., Borras, J., Recent decline in cancer mortality in Catalonia (Spain). A joinpoint regression analysis (2001) Eur J Cancer, 37, pp. 2222-2228; Franco, J., Perez-Hoyos, S., Plaza, P., Changes in lung-cancer mortality trends in Spain (2002) Int J Cancer, 97, pp. 102-105; Borras, J., Borras, J.M., Galceran, J., Trends in smoking-related cancer incidence in Tarragona, Spain, 1980-96 (2001) Cancer Causes Control, 12, pp. 903-908; Gomez, A.M., Shaping true Catholic womanhood: Francoist educational discourse on women (1999) Constructing Spanish Womanhood: Female Identity in Modern Spain, pp. 51-68. , Radcliff PB, editor. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press; Jones, A., Spanish women and the transformation of politics (1995) J Mediterranean Studies, 5, pp. 96-107; The Birth of Altadis, , http://www.altadis.com/en/quienes/nuestrahistoria.html, Altadis S.A; (1992), http://www.pmdocs.com, Summary. Philip Morris USA, Inc. Bates no. 2501201589/1612; Salguero, C., (1987) Board Presentation - Latin America/Iberia, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc. Bates no. 2504048788/8800; (1974) Philip Morris, Ambassador of Quality, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc. Bates no. 2045089406/9419; Maxwell, J.C., (2002) The Maxwell Consumer Report: 2001 International Tobacco Report Part One and Part Two, , Richmond, VA: Davenport & Company LLC; Bosch, F.X., Cardis, E., Black tobacco and cancer: Introducing an epidemiological review (1991) Eur J Cancer, 27, pp. 1345-1348; (2000) Tobacco Journal International. Voges Tobacco Encyclopedia, , Mainz, Germany: Verlagsgruppe Rhein Main GmbH & Company; Perliski, G., http://www.hoovers.com/free/co/factsheetxhtml?ID=61627; (2002) Tobacco Industry Advertising Expenditures in Spain, 1982-1997, , Madrid: INFOADEX, S.A; Worldwide Cost of Living Survey, , http://ein.enumerate.com/asp/wcol_WCOLHome.asp; World Population Prospects 1950-2050, , http://www.un.org/esa/population/unpop.htm; Malone, R.E., Balbach, E.D., Tobacco industry documents: Treasure trove or quagmire? (2000) Tobacco Control, 9, pp. 334-338; (2000), http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc. document site. Philip Morris USA, Inc., November 3; Joossens, L., Sasco, A., (1999) Some Like It "Light": Women and Smoking in the European Union, , Brussels: European Network for Smoking Prevention; Weissman, G., (1971) Capital Appropriation Request $2,217,771 - For Spain, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc., October 25. Bates no. 2012581058; (1982) Latin America/Iberia Region Five Year Plan 820000-860000, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc., January. Bates no. 2043557316/7355; Salguero, C., (1985) Latin America/Iberia Region Three Year Plan 860000-880000, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc., December 23. Bates no. 2500013677/3810; (1987) Latin America/Iberia Region Three Year Plan 870000-890000, , http://www.pmdocs.com, Philip Morris USA, Inc., January. Bates no. 2503001211/1365; Amos, A., Haglund, M., From social taboo to "torch of freedom": The marketing of cigarettes to women (2000) Tobacco Control, 9, pp. 3-8; Kaufman, N.J., Nichter, M., The marketing of tobacco to women: Global perspectives (2001) Women and the Tobacco Epidemic: Challenges for the 21st Century, pp. 69-98. , Samet JM, Yoon S-Y, editors. Geneva: World Health Organization; Gajalakshmi, C.K., Jha, P., Ransom, K., Global patterns of smoking and smoking-attributable mortality (2000) Tobacco Control in Developing Countries, pp. 11-39. , Chaloupka F, editor. Oxford: Oxford University Press; (2001) Women and Smoking: A Report of the Surgeon General, , Rockville: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Office of the Surgeon General; Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, , http://www.who.int/tobacco/fctc/text/final/en/ UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1842529505&doi=10.1002%2fcncr.20147&partnerID=40&md5=dbca6613a2af3072fa8a226d16cdec8d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Country of birth, country of residence, and menopausal transitions and symptoms: British birth cohort and Australian longitudinal study on women's health T2 - Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health J2 - Aust. New Zealand J. Public Health VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 144 EP - 151 PY - 2004 SN - 13260200 (ISSN) AU - Lee, C. AU - Mishra, G. AU - Kuh, D. AD - School of Psychology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, QLD 4072, Australia AD - MRC Human Nutrition Research, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - Medical Research Council, Natl. Survey of Health/Development, Royal Free/Univ. College London, London, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To explore endocrine-related and general symptoms among three groups of middle-aged women defined by country of birth and country of residence, in the context of debates about biological, cultural and other factors in menopause. Methods: British-born women participating in a British birth cohort study (n=1,362) and age-matched Australian-born (n=1,724) and British-born (n=233) Australian women selected from the Australian Longitudinal Study on Women's Health (ALSWH) responded to two waves of surveys at ages 48 and 50. Results: Australian-Australian and British-Australian women report reaching menopause later than British-British women, even after accounting for smoking status and parity. Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) use was lower and hysterectomy was more common among both Australian groups, probably reflecting differences in health services between Britain and Australia. The Australian-Australian and British-Australian groups were more likely to report endocrine-related symptoms than the British-British group, even after adjusting for menopausal status. British-British women were more likely to report some general symptoms. Conclusions: Symptom reporting is high among Australian and British midlife women and varies by country of residence, country of birth and menopausal status. Implications: The data do not support either a simple cultural or a simple biological explanation for differences in menopause experience. KW - biological factor KW - hormone KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - Australia KW - birth KW - controlled study KW - cultural factor KW - endocrine system KW - female KW - groups by age KW - health service KW - health survey KW - hormone substitution KW - human KW - hysterectomy KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - menopausal syndrome KW - smoking KW - symptomatology KW - United Kingdom KW - Australia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Geography KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Menopause KW - Middle Aged KW - Questionnaires KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Women's Health N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AZPHF C2 - 15233354 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lee, C.; School of Psychology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, QLD 4072, Australia; email: c.lee@psy.uq.edu.au N1 - References: Robinson, G., Cross-cultural perspectives on menopause (1996) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 184, pp. 453-458; Herrington, D.M., Howard, T.D., From presumed benefit to potential harm - Hormone therapy and heart disease (2003) N. Engl. J. Med., 349, pp. 519-521; Boulet, M.J., Oddens, B.J., Lehert, P., Climacteric and menopause in seven south-east Asian countries (1994) Maturitas, 19, pp. 157-176; Dennerstein, L., Smith, A., Morse, C., Menopausal symptoms in Australian women (1993) Med. J. Aust., 159, pp. 232-236; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: The influence of the menopause, social factors and health in earlier life (1997) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 104, pp. 923-933; Zapantis, G., Santoro, N., The menopausal transition: Characteristics and management (2003) Best Pract. Res. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 17, pp. 33-52; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and urogenital disorders: A life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford (UK): Oxford University Press; Dennerstein, L., Dudley, E.C., Hopper, J.L., Guthrie, J.R., Burger, H.G., A prospective population-based study of menopausal symptoms (2000) J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 96, pp. 351-358; Ballinger, C.B., Psychiatric aspects of the menopause (1990) Br. J. Psychiatry, 156, pp. 773-787; Matthews, K.A., Wing, R.R., Kuller, L.H., Influences of natural menopause on psychological characteristics and symptoms of middle-aged healthy women (1990) J. Consult Clin. Psychol., 58, pp. 345-351; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime risk factors for women's psychological distress in midlife (2002) Soc. Sci. Med., 55, pp. 1957-1973; Gold, E.B., Sternfield, B., Kelsey, J.L., Relation of demographic and life-style factors to symptoms in a multi-racial/ethnic population of women 40-55 years of age (2000) Am. J. Epidemiol., 152, pp. 463-473; Mishra, G., Lee, C., Dobson, A.J., Brown, W., Menopausal transitions, symptoms and country of birth: The Australian Longitudinal Study on Women's Health (2002) Aust. N. Z. J. Public Health, 26, pp. 563-570; Castles, S., Foster, W., Iredale, R., Withers, G., (1998) Immigration and Australia: Myths and Realities, , Sydney (NSW): Allen Unwin; Stahl, C., Ball, R., Inglis, C., Gutman, P., (1993) Global Population Movements and Their Implications for Australia, , Canberra (ACT): AGPS; Appleyard, A.T., (1964) British Emigration to Australia, , Canberra (ACT): Australian National University; Strong, K., Trickett, P., Bhatia, K., The health of overseas-born Australians, 1994-1996 (1998) Aust. Health Rev., 21, pp. 124-133; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work from the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 11, pp. 2-20; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's Health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J. Br. Menopause So., , In press; Brown, W.J., Bryson, L., Byles, J., Dobson, A.J., Women's Health Australia: Recruitment for a national longitudinal cohort study (1998) Women Health, 28, pp. 23-40; Lee, C., (2001) Women's Health Australia: What Do We Know? What Do We Need to Know?, , editor. Brisbane (QLD): Australian Academic Press; (1997) Australian Standard Classification of Occupations, , Australian Bureau of Statistics. 2nd ed. Canberra (ACT): AGPS; Catalogue No.: 1220.0; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Change in psychological and vasomotor symptom reporting during the menopause (2002) Soc. Sci. Med., 55, pp. 1975-1988; Byles, J.E., Mishra, G., Schofield, M., Factors associated with hysterectomy among women in Australia (2000) Health Place, 6, pp. 301-308; Marshall, S., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Socioeconomic variation in hysterectomy in a national birth cohort up to age 52 (2000) Br. Med. J., 320, p. 1579; Power, C., Parsons, T., Overweight and obesity from a life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford (UK): Oxford University Press; Eriksson, J., Forsen, T., Tuomilehto, J., Osmond, C., Barker, D., Size at birth, childhood growth and obesity in adult life (2001) Int. J. Obes., 25, pp. 735-740; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Chaturvedi, N., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birth weight, childhood growth and abdominal obesity in adult life (2002) Int. J. Obes., 26, pp. 40-47; Schooling, M., Kuh, D., A life course approach to women's health behaviours (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, , Kuh D, Hardy R, editors. Oxford (UK): Oxford University Press; Taffe, J., Dennerstein, L., Retrospective self-report compared with menstrual diary data prospectively kept during the menopausal transition (2000) Climacteric, 3, pp. 183-191 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1942435576&partnerID=40&md5=79db810fd00d6831b453dec9361e9bc3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - School-leaving decisions in Australia: A cohort analysis T2 - Education Economics J2 - Educ. Econ. VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 66 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/0964529042000193943 SN - 09645292 (ISSN) AU - Le, A.T. AU - Miller, P.W. AD - Business School, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawly, WA 6009, Australia AB - The decision to invest in education is influenced by a large number of economic, social, family, personal and institutional factors. Many of these changed in Australia during the 1970s and 1980s. Several of the more important of these changes, such as the Equal Pay for Equal Work decision of 1969, the Equal Pay for Work of Equal Value decision of 1972 and the Sex Discrimination Act of 1984, are not expected to have impacted equally on the schooling decisions of males and females. The broader economic environment of this period also seems to have favoured females. Using the Youth in Transition Survey, this paper attempts to explain differences in the schooling decisions of two cohorts, namely individuals born in 1961 and 1970, which would have made their school-leaving decisions during the 1970s and 1980s. The aims are to establish whether the way in which education decisions are made differ across cohorts, and to assess whether any such differences can be related to the institutional reforms and labour market changes that occurred over the 1960-1980 period. The analyses show that females have a higher probability of completing year 12 than males and the gender difference in rates of year 12 completion widened over the decade under review. The increase in the probability of females completing year 12 relative to that of males is due almost entirely to differential rates of change in the characteristics of males and females. Changes in the estimated coefficients play a minor role in explaining the gender difference in school-leaving decisions. This suggests that major changes in the labour market with a focus on females per se during the 1970s and 1980s have had little impact on the difference in school-leaving decisions between males and females. © 2004 Taylor and Francis Ltd. KW - educational attainment KW - gender disparity KW - labor market KW - labor participation KW - Australasia KW - Australia N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Le, A.T.; Business School, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling Highway, Crawly, WA 6009, Australia N1 - References: (2000) Youth in Transition, 1961 Cohort, , Australian Council for Educational Research (computer file) (Canberra, Social Science Data Archives, The Australian National University); (2000) Youth in Transition, 1970 Cohort, , Australian Council for Educational Research (computer file) (Canberra, Social Science Data Archives, The Australian National University); Becker, G.S., Lewis, H.G., On the interaction between quantity and quality of children (1973) Journal of Political Economy, 82, pp. S279-S288; Birrell, R., The educational achievements of non-English speaking background students and the politics of the community languages movement (1987) The Economics of Immigration: Proceedings of a Conference, pp. 91-121. , Baker, L. and Miller, P.W. (Eds) (Canberra, Australian Government Publishing Service); Blinder, A., Wage discrimination: Reduced form and structural estimates (1973) Journal of Human Resources, 8, pp. 436-455; Blinder, A., On dogmatism in human capital theory (1976) Journal of Human Resources, 11, pp. 8-22; Borland, J., Education and the structure of earnings in Australia (1996) Economic Record, 72, pp. 370-380; Broom, L.P., Duncan-Jones, F.L., McDonnell, P., (1977) Investigating Social Mobility, , Departmental Monograph No. 1 (Department of Sociology, The Research School of Social Sciences, Australian National University); Carpenter, P.G., Fleishman, J.A., Linking intentions and behavior: Australian students' college plans and college attendance (1987) American Educational Research Journal, 24, pp. 79-105; Carpenter, P.G., Western, J.S., Aspirations for higher education (1982) Australian Journal of Education, 26, pp. 266-278; Chiswick, B.R., Koutroumanes, S., An econometric analysis of the demand for private schooling (1996) Research in Labor Economics, 15, pp. 209-237; Chiswick, B.R., Koutroumanes Hofrenning, S., A method for proxying a respondent's religious background: An application to school choice decisions (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34, pp. 193-207; Chiswick, B.R., Miller, P.W., The determinants of post-immigration investments in education (1994) Economics of Education Review, 13, pp. 163-177; (1977) Primary and Secondary Schooling in Australia, , Commonwealth Department of Education (Canberra, Australian Government Publishing Service); Debelle, G., Swann, T., (1998) Stylised Facts of the Australian Labour Market, , Research Discussion Paper, No. 9802 (Sydney, Reserve Bank of Australia); Doiron, D.J., Riddell, W.C., The Impact of unionization on male-female earnings differences in Canada (1994) Journal of Human Resources, 29, pp. 504-534; Even, W.E., Macpherson, D.A., The decline of private-sector unionism and the gender wage gap (1993) Journal of Human Resources, 28, pp. 279-296; Farber, H.S., The decline of unionisation in the United States: What can be learned from recent experience (1990) Journal of Labor Economics, 8, pp. S75-S105; Fitzgerald, J., Gottschalk, P., Moffitt, R., An analysis of sample attrition in panel data: The Michigan panel study of income dynamics (1998) Journal of Human Resources, 33, pp. 251-299; Gregory, R.G., Duncan, R.C., Segmented labour market theories and the Australian experience of equal pay for women (1981) Journal of Post Keynesian Economics, 3, pp. 403-429; Heckman, J.J., Sample selection bias as a specification error (1979) Econometrica, 47, pp. 153-161; Kidd, M.P., Meng, X., Trends in the Australian gender wage differential over the 1980s: Some evidence on the effectiveness of legislative reform (1997) Australian Economic Review, 30, pp. 31-44; Lamb, S., Cultural consumption and the educational plans of Australian secondary school students (1989) Sociology of Education, 62, pp. 95-108; Le, A.T., Miller, P.W., Australia's unemployment problem (2000) Economic Record, 76, pp. 74-104; Le, A.T., Miller, P.W., The rising education levels of females in Australia (2002) Education Economics, 10, pp. 1-24; Le, A.T., Miller, P.W., Inter-temporal decompositions of labour market and social outcomes (2004) Australian Economic Papers, 43, pp. 10-20; Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., (1995) Graduating from Higher Education, , Canberra, Department of Employment, Education and Training, Australian Government Publishing Service; Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., Participation in education and training 1980-1994 (1999) LSAY Research Report Number 13, , Victoria, Australian Council for Educational Research; McGavin, P.A., School participation of Australians aged sixteen: An analysis of youth unemployment (1981) Economic Record, 57, pp. 379-381; Marks, G.N., Fleming, N., Long, M., McMillan, J., Patterns of participation in year 12 and higher education in Australia: Trends and issues (2000) LSAY Research Report Number 17, , Victoria, Australian Council for Education Research; Miller, P.W., The determinants of school participation rates: A cross-sectional analysis for New South Wales and Victoria (1983) Economic Record, 59, pp. 43-56; Miller, P.W., Volker, P., Socioeconomic influences on educational attainment: Evidence and implications for the tertiary education finance debate (1989) The Australian Journal of Statistics, 31 A, pp. 47-70; Miller, P.W., Mulvey, C., Martin, N., Genetic and environmental contributions to educational attainment in Australia (2001) Economics of Education Review, 20, pp. 211-224; Nelson, C.R., Startz, R., The distribution of the instrumental variables estimator and its t-ratio when the instrument is a poor one (1990) Journal of Business, 63, pp. S125-S140; Nielsen, H.S., Discrimination and detailed decomposition in a logit model (1998) Economics Letters, 61, pp. 115-120; Norris, K., Mclean, B., Changes in earnings inequality, 1975 to 1998 (1999) Australian Bulletin of Labour, 25, pp. 23-31; Oaxaca, R., Male-female wage differentials in urban labor markets (1973) International Economic Review, 14, pp. 693-709; O'Higgins, N., YTS, employment, and sample selection bias (1994) Oxford Economic Papers, 46, pp. 605-628; Preston, A., Where are we now with human capital theory in Australia? (1997) Economic Record, 73, pp. 51-78; Puhani, P.A., The Heckman correction for sample selection and its critique (2000) Journal of Economic Surveys, 14, pp. 53-68; Saha, L.J., Gender, school attainment and occupational plans: Determinants of aspirations and expectations among Australian urban school leavers (1982) Australian Journal of Education, 26, pp. 247-265; Smith, J.P., Welch, F.R., Black economic progress after myrdal (1989) Journal of Economic Literature, 27, pp. 519-564; Stolzenberg, R.M., Relles, D.A., Tools for intuition about sample selection bias and its correction (1997) American Sociological Review, 62, pp. 494-507; Veall, M.R., Zimmermann, K.F., Pseudo-R2 measures for some common limited dependent variable models (1996) Journal of Economic Surveys, 10, pp. 241-259; Vickery, J., (1999) Unemployment and Skills in Australia, , Research Discussion Paper, No. 1999-12 (Sydney, Reserve Bank of Australia); Wellington, A.J., Changes in the male/female wage gap, 1976-85 (1993) Journal of Human Resources, 28, pp. 383-411; Williams, T., Carpenter, P.G., Private schooling and public achievement (1990) Australian Journal of Education, 34, pp. 3-24; Williams, T., Carpenter, P., Private schooling and public achievement in Australia (1991) International Journal of Educational Research, 15, pp. 411-431; Wiliams, T., Harsel, Y., Clancy, J., Miller, H., Greenwood, C., (1987) Participation in Education, , Hawthorn, Victoria, Australian Council for Educational Research; Williams, T., Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., (1993) Year 12 in the 1980's, , Canberra, Department of Employment, Education and Training, Australian Government Publishing Service; Williams, T., Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., (1993) Entering Higher Education in the 1980s, , Canberra, Department of Employment, Education and Training, Australian Government Publishing Service UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-2442617152&doi=10.1080%2f0964529042000193943&partnerID=40&md5=b512d87c42972ea373594d58d8f599fa ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood Growth and Breast Cancer T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 159 IS - 7 SP - 671 EP - 682 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/aje/kwh097 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - De Stavola, B.L. AU - Dos Santos Silva, I. AU - McCormack, V. AU - Hardy, R.J. AU - Kuh, D.J. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology, Univ. College London Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Adult height is known to be positively associated with breast cancer risk. The mechanism underlying this association is complex, since adult height is positively correlated with age at menarche, which in turn is negatively associated with breast cancer risk. The authors used prospective data from a British cohort of 2,547 girls followed from birth in 1946 to the end of 1999 to examine breast cancer risk in relation to childhood growth. As expected, adult height was positively associated with age at menarche and breast cancer. In childhood, cases were taller and leaner, on average, than noncases. Significant predictors of breast cancer risk in models containing all components of growth were height velocity at age 4-7 years (for a one-standard-deviation increase, odds ratio (OR) = 1.54, 95% confidence interval (CI): 1.13, 2.09) and age 11-15 years (OR = 1.29, 95% CI: 0.97, 1.71) and body mass index velocity (weight (kg)/height (m)2/year) at age 2-4 years (OR = 0.63, 95% CI: 0.48, 0.83). The effects of these variables were particularly marked in women with early menarche (age <12.5 years). These findings suggest that women who grow faster in childhood and reach an adult height above the average for their menarche category are at particularly increased risk of breast cancer. KW - Body height KW - Body weight KW - Breast neoplasms KW - Child KW - Growth KW - Menarche KW - cancer KW - child development KW - risk factor KW - weight KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - body mass KW - breast cancer KW - cancer risk KW - child KW - child growth KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - menarche KW - prospective study KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Body Height KW - Body Mass Index KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Growth KW - Humans KW - Menarche KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :84 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 15033645 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: De Stavola, B.L.; Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: bianca.destavola@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - References: Gray, G.E., Pike, M.C., Henderson, B.E., Breast cancer incidence and mortality rates in different countries in relation to known risk factors and dietary practices (1979) Br J Cancer, 39, pp. 1-7; Micozzi, M., Cross-cultural correlations of childhood growth and adult breast cancer (1987) Am J Phys Anthropol, 73, pp. 525-537; Albanes, D., Jones, D., Schatzkin, A., Adult stature and risk of breast cancer (1988) Cancer Res, 48, pp. 1658-1662; Li, C.I., Stanford, J.L., Daling, J.R., Anthropometric variables in relation to risk of breast cancer in middle-aged women (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 208-213; Van Den Brandt, P.A., Spiegelman, D., Yaun, S.S., Pooled analysis of prospective cohort studies on height, weight, and breast cancer risk (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 152, pp. 514-527; Gunnell, D., Okasha, M., Holly, J., Height and cancer risk: A systematic review of prospective studies and possible mechanisms (2001) Epidermol Rev, 23, pp. 296-325; De Waard, F., Trichopoulos, D., A unifying concept of the aetiology of breast cancer (1988) Int J Cancer, 41, pp. 666-669; Lund Nielsen, T., Vatten, L., Adult height and risk of breast cancer: A possible effect of early nutrition (2001) Br J Cancer, 85, pp. 959-961; Russo, J., Tay, L., Russo, I., Differentiation of the mammary gland and susceptibility to carcinogenesis (1982) Breast Cancer Res Treat, 2, pp. 5-73; Frazier, L., Angell, J., Willett, W., Adolescent diet and risk of breast cancer (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 145 (SUPPL.), pp. S46; Berkey, C.S., Gardner, J.D., Frazier, A.L., Relation of childhood diet and body size to menarche and adolescent growth in girls (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 152, pp. 446-452; Hsieh, C.-C., Trichopoulos, D., Katsouyanni, K., Age at menarche, age at menopause, height and obesity as risk factors for breast cancer: Associations and interactions in an international case-control study (1990) Int J Cancer, 46, pp. 796-800; Luo, Z.C., Cheung, Y.B., He, Q., Growth in early life and its relation to pubertal growth (2003) Epidemiology, 14, pp. 65-73; Le Marchand, L., Kolonel, L.N., Earle, M.E., Body size at different periods of life and breast cancer risk (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 137-152; Li, C.I., Malone, K.E., White, E., Age when maximum height is reached as a risk factor for breast cancer among young US women (1997) Epidemiology, 8, pp. 559-565; Coates, R.J., Uhler, R.J., Hall, H.L., Risk of breast cancer in young women in relation to body size and weight gain in adolescence and early adulthood (1999) Br J Cancer, 81, pp. 167-174; Berkey, C.S., Frazier, A.L., Gardner, J.D., Adolescence and breast carcinoma risk (1999) Cancer, 85, pp. 2400-2409; Hilakivi-Clarke, L., Forsen, T., Erikkson, J.G., Tallness and overweight during childhood have opposing effects on breast cancer risk (2001) Br J Cancer, 85, pp. 1680-1684; Herrington, L., Husson, G., Relation of childhood height and later risk of breast cancer (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 154, pp. 618-623; Swerdlow, A.J., De Stavola, B.L., Floderus, B., Risk factors for breast cancer at young ages in twins: An international population-based study (2002) J Natl Cancer Inst, 94, pp. 1238-1246; Sanderson, M., Shu, X.O., Jin, F., Weight at birth and adolescence and premenopausal breast cancer risk in a low-risk population (2002) Br J Cancer, 86, pp. 84-88; Wadsworth, M.E., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Wadsworth, M.E., Butterworth, S.L., Hardy, R.J., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity (2003) Soc Sci Med, 57, pp. 2193-2205; De Stavola, B.L., Hardy, R., Dos Santos Silva, I., Birthweight, childhood growth and risk of breast cancer (2000) Br J Cancer, 83, pp. 964-968; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menopause Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; Schoenfeld, D.A., Partial residuals for the proportional hazards regression model (1982) Biometrika, 39, pp. 499-503; Rubin, D.B., Inference and missing data (1976) Biometrika, 63, pp. 581-592; Schafer, J.L., Multiple imputation: A primer (1999) Stat Methods Med Res, 8, pp. 3-16; Little, R.J., Rubin, D.B., (1987) Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, , New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; Hosmer, D.W., Lemeshow, S., (1989) Applied Logistic Regression, , New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; Vach, W., Blettner, M., Missing data in epidemiological studies (2000) Encyclopedia of Epidemiological Methods, pp. 598-612. , Gail MH, Benichou J, eds. New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, Inc; (2003) Stata 8 Reference Manual, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporation; Muthén, L., Muthén, B., (2002) Mplus: Statistical Analysis with Latent Variables. Version 2.1. User's Guide, , Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén; Diets, W.H., "Adiposity rebound": Reality or an epiphenomenon? (2000) Lancet, 356, pp. 2027-2028; Williams, S., Dickson, N., Early growth, menarche, and adiposity rebound (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 580-581; Tanner, J.M., (1989) Foetus into Man: Physical Growth from Conception to Maturity. 2nd Ed., , Ware, United Kingdom: Castlemead Publications; Faris, P.D., Ghali, W.A., Brant, R., Multiple imputation versus data enhancement for dealing with missing data in observational health care outcome analyses (2002) J Clin Epidemiol, 55, pp. 184-191; Arnold, A.M., Kronmal, R.A., Multiple imputation of baseline data in the Cardiovascular Health Study (2003) Am J Epidemiol, 157, pp. 74-84; Karlberg, J., Luo, Z.C., Foetal size to final height (2000) Acta Pediatr, 89, pp. 632-636; He, Q., Karlberg, J., Body mass index in childhood and its association with height gain, timing of puberty and final height (2001) Pediatr Res, 49, pp. 244-251; Bernstein, L., Pike, M.C., Ross, R.K., Age at menarche and estrogen concentrations of adult women (1991) Cancer Causes Control, 2, pp. 221-225; Kuller, L.H., The etiology of breast cancer-from epidemiology to prevention (1995) Public Health Rev, 23, pp. 157-213; Power, C., Parsons, T., Overweight and obesity from a life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 204-228. , Kuh D, Hardy R, eds. Oxford, United Kingdom: Oxford University Press; Dos Santos Silva, I., De Stavola, B.L., Mann, V., Prenatal factors, childhood growth trajectories and age at menarche (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 405-412; Bogin, B., (1999) Patterns of Human Growth. 2nd Ed., , Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; Hilakivi-Clarke, L., Cho, E., DeAssis, S., Maternal and prepubertal diet, mammary development and breast cancer risk (2001) J Nutr, 131 (SUPPL.), pp. 154S-157S; Juul, A., Serum levels of insulin-like growth factor I and its binding proteins in health and disease (2003) Growth Horm IGF Res, 13, pp. 113-170; Wadsworth, M.E., Butterworth, S.L., Montgomery, S.M., Health (2003) Changing Britain, Changing Lives: Three Generations at the Turn of the Century, pp. 207-236. , Ferri E, Bynner J, Wadsworth ME, eds. London, United Kingdom: Institute of Education Press; Laird, N.M., Ware, J.H., Random-effects models for longitudinal data (1982) Biometrics, 38, pp. 963-974; Muthén, B.O., Curran, P.J., General longitudinal modelling of individual differences in experimental designs: A latent variable framework for analysis and power estimation (1995) Psychol Methods, 2, pp. 371-402; Schafer, J.L., (1997) Analysis of Incomplete Multivariate Data, , London, United Kingdom: Chapman and Hall Ltd UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1642420999&doi=10.1093%2faje%2fkwh097&partnerID=40&md5=c4cd4e028ba1049f65a092f4c4f1c360 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Psychological outcomes in midadulthood associated with mother's child-rearing attitudes in early childhood: Evidence from the 1970 British birth cohort T2 - European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry J2 - Eur. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 41 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1007/s00787-004-0355-5 SN - 10188827 (ISSN) AU - Flouri, E. AD - Dept. of Social Plcy. and Social Wk., University of Oxford, 32 Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2ER, United Kingdom AB - This study used longitudinal data from the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) to examine the role of mother's child-rearing attitudes assessed when cohort members were aged 5 in children's psychological well-being (psychological functioning, psychological distress, life satisfaction and self-efficacy) at age 30. Although at the multivariate level mother's child-rearing attitudes were not related to sons' psychological well-being in adult life, in daughters self-efficacy and life satisfaction at age 30 were related to mother's anti-child autonomy attitudes and mother's non-authoritarian child-rearing attitudes, respectively. In addition, mother's non-authoritarian child-rearing attitudes had a protective effect against later psychological distress and low self-efficacy in daughters who had experienced significant material disadvantage in early childhood. KW - Child-rearing attitudes KW - Parenting KW - Psychological well-being KW - adulthood KW - age KW - article KW - attitude KW - birth KW - child KW - child psychology KW - child rearing KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - distress syndrome KW - evidence based medicine KW - female KW - human KW - life satisfaction KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental health KW - mother child relation KW - self concept KW - United Kingdom KW - wellbeing KW - Adult KW - Attitude KW - Child Rearing KW - Child, Preschool KW - Family KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Linear Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Maternal Behavior KW - Mental Health KW - Mother-Child Relations KW - Mothers KW - Parenting KW - Personal Satisfaction KW - Psychometrics KW - Questionnaires KW - Self Efficacy KW - Social Class KW - Stress, Psychological N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EAPSE C2 - 14991430 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Flouri, E.; Dept. of Social Plcy. and Social Wk., University of Oxford, 32 Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2ER, United Kingdom; email: eirini.flouri@socres.ox.ac.uk N1 - References: Ainsworth, M.D.S., Blehar, M.C., Waters, E., Wall, S., (1978) Patterns of Attachment. A Psychological Study of the Strange Situation, , Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development. Experiments by Nature and Design, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA; Butler, N., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five. A Study of Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-Year Olds, , Pergamon Press, Oxford; Chen, X., Chen, Y., Wang, L., Liu, M., Noncompliance and child-rearing attitudes as predictors of aggressive behaviour. A longitudinal study in Chinese children (2002) Intern J Behav Develop, 26, pp. 225-233; Coleman, J.S., Social capital in the creation of human capital (1988) Am J Sociol, 94 (SUPPL.), pp. S95-120; Compas, B., Promoting successful coping during adolescence (1995) Psychosocial Disturbances in Young People. Challenges for Prevention, pp. 247-273. , Rutter M (ed). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Corcoran, M., Rags to rags. Poverty and mobility in the United States (1995) Ann Rev Sociol, 21, pp. 237-267; DeNeve, K., Happy as an extraverted clam? The role of personality for subjective well-being (1999) Curr Directions in Psychol Sci, 8, pp. 141-144; Feinstein, L., Symons, J., Attainment in secondary school (1999) Oxford Economic Papers, 51, pp. 300-321; Farrington, D., The development of offending and antisocial behaviour from childhood. Key findings from the Cambridge study of delinquent development (1995) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 36, pp. 929-964; Flouri, E., Buchanan, A., Childhood predictors of labor force participation in adult life (2002) J Family Econ Issues, 23, pp. 101-120; Franz, C.E., McClelland, D.C., Weinberger, J., Childhood antecedents of conventional social accomplishment in midlife adults. A 36-year prospective study (1991) J Personality Soc Psychol, 60, pp. 586-595; Goldberg, D.P., (1978) Manual of the General Health Questionnaire, , NFER-NELSON, Windsor; Haveman, R., Wolfe, B., The determinants of children's attainments. A review of methods and findings (1995) J Econ Lit, 33, pp. 1829-1878; Hoffman, M.L., Affective and cognitive processes in moral internalization (1983) Social Cognition and Social Development. A Sociocultural Perspective, pp. 236-274. , Higgins ET, Ruble DN, Hartup WW (eds). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, MA; Katainen, S., Päikkönen, K., Keskivaara, P., Keltikangas-Jä rvinen, L., Maternal child-rearing attitudes and role satisfaction and children's temperament as antecedents of adolescent depressive tendencies. Follow-up study of 6- to 15-year-olds (1999) J Youth and Adolesc, 28, pp. 139-163; Kovacs, M., Devlin, B., Internalizing disorders in childhood (1998) J Child Psychol and Psychiatry, 39, pp. 147-163; Maccoby, E.E., Parenting and its effects on children. On reading and misreading behavior genetics (2000) Ann Rev Psychol, 51, pp. 1-27; Mahoney, A., Pargament, K.I., Tarakeshwar, N., Swank, A.B., Religion in the home in the 1980s and 1990s. A meta-analytic review and conceptual analysis of links between religion, marriage, and parenting (2001) J Family Psychol, 15, pp. 559-596; Patterson, G.P., Some characteristics of a developmental theory of early onset delinquency (1996) Frontiers of Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 81-124. , Lenzenweger MF, Haugaard JJ (eds). Oxford University Press, New York; Pulkki, L., Keltikangas-Järvinen, L., Ravaja, N., Viikari, J., Child-rearing attitudes and cardiovascular risk among children. Moderating influence of parental socioeconomic status (2003) Preventive Med, 36, pp. 55-63; Pulkkinen, L., Nygren, H., Kokko, K., Successful development. Childhood antecedents of adaptive psychosocial functioning in adulthood (2002) J Adult Develop, 9, pp. 251-265; Rutter, M.J., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , Longman, London; Schoon, I., Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Parsons, S., Wiggins, R.D., Sacker, A., The influence of context, timing, and duration of risk experiences for the passage from childhood to midadulthood (2002) Child Develop, 73, pp. 1486-1504; Scott, L.H., Measuring intelligence with the Goodenough-Harris drawing test (1981) Psychol Bull, 89, pp. 483-505; Shepherd, P., Survey and response (1997) Twenty-something in the 1990s. Getting on, Getting by, Getting Nowhere, pp. 129-136. , Bynner J, Ferri E, Shepherd P (eds). Ashgate, Aldershot; Wallerstein, J.S., The long-term effects of divorce on children. A review (1991) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 30, pp. 231-236; Weissman, M., Jensen, P., What research suggests for depressed women with children (2002) J Clin Psychiatry, 63, pp. 641-647 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1442349762&doi=10.1007%2fs00787-004-0355-5&partnerID=40&md5=80798737d5f5f08ba39569137e15cd52 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Projecting and monitoring the life course of the Marijuana/Blunts generation T2 - Journal of Drug Issues J2 - J. Drug Issues VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 361 EP - 388 PY - 2004 SN - 00220426 (ISSN) AU - Golub, A. AU - Johnson, B.D. AU - Dunlap, E. AU - Sifaneck, S. AD - Natl. Devmt. and Res. Inst., Inc., United States AD - Inst. for Spec. Populations Research, Natl. Devmt. and Res. Inst., Inc., United States AB - Since the 1990s, marijuana has been the drug of choice among American youths, especially those that tend to sustain arrests. Previous birth cohorts had greater use of crack, powder cocaine, or heroin. This paper summarizes prior research that strongly suggests drug eras tend to follow a regular course. These insights then serve as the basis for projecting trends in marijuana use both for the general population nationwide and for Manhattan arrestees. To the extent that current trends persist, the prospects for the "Marijuana/Blunts Generation" (born 1970 and later) may be relatively good. These young persons may successfully avoid "hard drugs" as well as the attendant health, social, and legal problems for their entire life, but they may experience higher levels of smoking-related ailments. The conclusion presents issues for continued drug surveillance and ethnographic research to more accurately understand the Marijuana/Blunts Era and to provide an indicator of future changes as they occur. KW - cannabis KW - cocaine KW - diamorphine KW - accuracy KW - adult KW - article KW - birth KW - cannabis addiction KW - cohort analysis KW - drug choice KW - drug surveillance program KW - ethnic difference KW - experience KW - futurology KW - health status KW - heroin dependence KW - history of medicine KW - human KW - juvenile delinquency KW - legal aspect KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - population research KW - risk benefit analysis KW - smoking KW - smoking cessation KW - social problem KW - United States N1 - Cited By :38 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JDGIA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Natl. Devmt. and Res. Inst., Inc.United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cannabis, 8001-45-4, 8063-14-7; cocaine, 50-36-2, 53-21-4, 5937-29-1; diamorphine, 1502-95-0, 561-27-3 N1 - References: (2003) 2000 Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring: Annual Report, , www.adam-nij.net, NCJ 193013. Washington, D.C.: National Institutes of Justice; Alwin, D.F., McCammon, R.J., Generations, cohorts and social change (2003) Handbook of the Life Course, pp. 23-49. , J.T. Mortimer & M.J. Shanahan (Eds.). New York: Kluwer; Arnett, J.J., Emerging adulthood: A theory of development from the late teens through the twenties (2000) American Psychologist, 55 (5), pp. 469-480; Bachman, J.G., Wadsworth, K.N., O'Malley, P.M., Johnston, L.D., Schulenberg, J.E., (1997) Smoking, Drinking and Drug Use in Young Adulthood: The Impacts of New Freedoms and New Responsibilities, , Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Becker, H.S., (1963) Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance, , Free Press, New York; History, culture, and subjective experience: An exploration of the social bases of drug-induced experience (1967) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 8, pp. 163-176; Blumstein, A., Wallman, J., (2000) The Crime Drop in America, , New York: Cambridge; (1999) Youth Use of Cigars: Patterns of Use and Perceptions of Risk, , Washington, DC: DHHS; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, , New York: Russell Sage; Elder, G.H., (1999) Children of the Great Depression: Social Change in Life Experience, 25 th Anniversary Edition, , Boulder, CO: Westview; Eterno, J., (2002), Personal communication on October 11 with the Commanding Officer of the New York City Police Department Mapping Support Unit; Feldman, A.L., Sullivan, J.T., Passero, M.A., Lewis, D.C., Pneumothorax in polysubstance-abusing marijuana and tobacco smokers: Three cases (1993) Journal of Substance Abuse, 5, pp. 183-186; Feucht, T.E., Kyle, G.M., (1996) Methamphetamine Use among Adult Arrestees: Findings from the Drug Use Forecasting (DUF) Program, , www.adam-nij.net, National Institute of Justice Research in brief, NCJ 161842; Filiegel, S.E., Roth, M.D., Kleerup, E.C., Barsky, S.H., Simmons, M.S., Tashkin, D.P., Tracheobronchial histopathology in habitual smokers of cocaine, marijuana, and/or tobacco (1997) Chest, 112, pp. 319-326; (1998) Emerging Drug Problems: Despite Changes in Detection and Response Capability, Concerns Remain, , GAO/HEHS-98-130; Gfroerer, J.C., Epstein, J.F., Marijuana initiates and their impact on future drug abuse treatment need (1999) Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 54, pp. 229-237; Gfroerer, J.C., Wu, L.T., Penne, M.A., (2002) Initiation of Marijuana Use: Trends, Patterns, and Implications, , (Analytic Series: A-17, DHHS Publication No. SMA 02-2711). Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Office of Applied Studies; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Cohort differences in drug use pathways to crack among current crack abusers in New York City (1994) Criminal Justice and Behavior, 21 (4), pp. 403-422; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., The crack epidemic: Empirical findings support a hypothesized diffusion of innovation process (1996) Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 30 (3), pp. 221-231; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., (1997) Crack's Decline: Some Surprises Across U.S. Cities, , www.adam-nij.net, National Institute of Justice Research in brief, NCJ 165707; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Cohort changes in illegal drug use among arrestees in Manhattan: From the heroin injection generation to the blunts generation (1999) Substance Use and Misuse, 34 (13), pp. 1733-1763; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Variation in youthful risk of progression from alcohol/tobacco to marijuana and hard drugs across generations (2001) American Journal of Public Health, 91 (2), pp. 225-232; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., (2001) The Rise of Marijuana as the Drug of Choice among Youthful Arrestee, , www.adam-nij.net, National Institute of Justice Research in Brief, NCJ 187490; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., The misuse of the 'gateway theory' in U.S. policy on drug abuse control: A secondary analysis of the muddled deduction (2002) International Journal of Drug Policy, 13 (1), pp. 5-19; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., The new heroin users among Manhattan arrestees: Variations by race/ethnicity and mode of consumption (2004) Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, , forthcoming; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Labouvie, E., On correcting biases in self-reports of age at first substance use with repeated cross-section analysis (2000) Journal of Quantitative Criminology, 16 (1), pp. 45-68; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Sifaneck, S.J., Chesluk, B., Parker, H., Is the U.S. experiencing an incipient epidemic of hallucinogen use? (2001) Substance Use and Misuse, 36 (12), pp. 1699-1729; Golub, A., Johnson, B.D., Taylor, A., Liberty, H., The validity of arrestees' self-reports: Variations across questions and persons (2002) Justice Quarterly, 19 (3), pp. 101-126; Gong Jr., H., Filiegel, S., Tashkin, D.P., Barbers, R.G., Tracheobronchial changes in habitual, heavy smokers of marijuana with and without tobacco (1987) American Review of Respiratory Disease, 136, pp. 142-149; Grinspoon, L., Bakalar, J.B., Marihuana (1997) Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th Ed.), pp. 199-206. , J.H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R.B. Millman, and J.G. Langrod (Eds.). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins; Hamid, A., The developmental cycle of a drug epidemic: The cocaine-smoking epidemic of 1981-1991 (1992) Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24 (4), pp. 337-348; Hamid, A., Curtis, R., McCoy, K., McGuire, J., Conde, A., Bushell, W., Lindenmayer, R., Settembrino, J., The heroin epidemic in New York City: Current status and prognoses (1997) Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29 (4), pp. 375-391; Harrison, L., The validity of self-reported drug use in survey research: An overview and critique of research methods (1997) The Validity of Self Reported Drug Use: Improving the Accuracy of Survey Estimates, pp. 17-36. , L. Harrison & A. Hughes (Eds.). National Institute on Drug Abuse Research Monograph 167. Washington, DC: National Institute on Drug Abuse; Hartman, D., Golub, A.L., The social construction of the crack epidemic in the print media (1999) Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31 (4), pp. 423-433; Hunt, D., Rhodes, W., (2001) Methodology Guide for ADAM, , www.adam-nij.net, Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice; Hunt, L.G., Chambers, C.D., (1976) The Heroin Epidemics: A Study of Heroin Use in the U.S., Part 2, 1965-75, , Holliswood, NY: Spectrum; (1999) Marijuana and Medicine: Assessing the Science Base, , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Johnson, B.D., Golub, A., Generational trends in heroin use and injection among arrestees in New York City (2002) One Hundred Years of Heroin, pp. 91-128. , D.F. Musto (Ed.). Westport, CT: Auburn House; Johnson, B.D., Golub, A., Dunlap, E., The rise and decline of hard drugs, drug markets and violence in New York City (2000) The Crime Drop in America, pp. 164-206. , A. Blumstein & J. Wallman (Eds.). New York: Cambridge; Johnson, B.D., Muffler, J., Sociocultural (1997) Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (3 rd Ed.), pp. 107-117. , J. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. Millman, & J. Langrod (Eds.). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins; Johnson, L.D., O'Malley, P.M., Bachman, J.G., (2002) Monitoring the Future: National Survey Results on Drug Use, 1975-2001, Vol. 1: Secondary School Students, 1. , NIH Publication No. 02-5106. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes on Drug Abuse; Johnston, L.D., Toward a theory of drug epidemics (1991) Persuasive Communication and Drug Abuse Prevention, pp. 93-132. , D.H. Donohew, H. Sypher, & W. Bukoski (Eds.). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum; Jonnes, J., Hip to be high: Heroin and popular culture in the twentieth century (2002) One Hundred Years of Heroin, pp. 227-236. , D.F. Musto (Ed.). Westport, CT: Auburn House; Kandel, D.B., Convergence in prospective longitudinal surveys of drug use in normal populations (1978) Longitudinal Research on Drug Use: Empirical Findings and Methodological Issues, pp. 3-38. , D.B. Kandel (Ed.). Washington: Hemisphere; Kandel, D.B., (2002) Stages and Pathways of Drug Involvement: Examining the Gateway Hypothesis, , New York: Cambridge; Korper, S.P., Council, C.L., (2002) Substance Use by Older Adults: Estimates of Future Impact on the Treatment System, , DHHS Publication No. SMA-3-3763, Analytic Series A-21. Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services; Magura, S., Kang, S.Y., Validity of self-reported drug use in high risk populations: A meta-analytical review (1996) Substance Use and Misuse, 31 (9), pp. 1131-1153; Morral, A.R., McCaffrey, D.F., Paddock, S.M., Reassessing the marijuana gateway effect (2002) Addiction, 97, pp. 1493-1504; Musto, D.F., (1978) The American Disease: Origins of Narcotic Control, , New York, Oxford; The rise and fall of epidemics: Learning from history (1993) Drugs, Alcohol, and Tobacco: Making the Science and Policy Connections, , G. Edwards, J. Strang, & J.H Jaffe (Eds.). New York: Oxford; (1997) Drug Use Forecasting: Annual Report on Adult and Juvenile Arrestees, 1996, , Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice; Newman, K., Ethnography, biography, and cultural history: Generational paradigms in human development (1996) Ethnography and Human Development: Context and Meaning in Social Inquiry, pp. 371-393. , R. Jessor, A. Colby, & R.A. Shweder (Eds.). Chicago: Chicago; Oetting, E.R., Donnermeyer, J.F., Primary socialization theory: The etiology of drug use and deviance. I (1998) Substance Use and Misuse, 33 (4), pp. 995-1026; Orcutt, J.D., Turner, J.B., Shocking numbers and graphic accounts: Quantified images of drug problems in the print media (1993) Social Problems, 40, pp. 190-206; Reinarman, C., Levine, H.G., Crack in context: America's latest demon drug (1997) Crack in America: Demon Drugs and Social Justice, pp. 1-17. , C. Reinarman & H.G. Levine (Eds.). Berkeley: California; Rogers, E.M., (1995) Diffusion of Innovations, Fourth Edition, , New York: Free Press; Sherman, M.P., Campbell, L.A., Gong Jr., H., Roth, M.D., Tashkin, D.P., Antimicrobial and respiratory burst characteristics of pulmonary alveolar macrophages recovered from smokers of marijuana alone, smokers of tobacco alone, smokers of marijuana and tobacco, and nonsmokers (1991) American Review of Respiratory Disease, 144, pp. 1351-1356; Shryock, H.S., Siegel, J.S., (1976) The Methods and Materials of Demography, , Condensed edition by E.G. Stockwell. San Diego: Academic; Sifaneck, S.J., Kaplan, C.D., Dunlap, E., Johnson, B.D., Blunts and blowtjes: Cannabis use practices in two cultural settings and their implications for secondary prevention (2004) Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology, 31 (1), pp. 1-11; Silverman, E.B., (1999) NYPD Battles Crime: Innovative Strategies in Policing, , Northeastern: Boston; (1996) The Development and Implementation of a New Data Collection Instrument for the 1994 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse, , www.samhsa.gov, Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 96-3084; (2002) 2000 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse: Public Use File Codebook, Main Study, , www.icpsr.umich.edu, DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 01-3514. Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services; (2002) Results from the 2001 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Vol. 1: Summary of National Findings, 1. , www.samhsa.gov, DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 02-3758. Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services; Wright, D., Gfroerer, J., Epstein, J., The use of external data sources and ratio estimation to improve estimates of hardcore drug use from the NHSDA (1997) The Validity of Self-reported Drug Use: Improving the Accuracy of Survey Estimates, pp. 477-497. , L. Harrison, & A. Hughes (Eds.), NIDA Research Monograph 167, NIH Publication No. 97-4147. Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse; Zimmer, L., Morgan, J.P., (1997) Marijuana Myths Marijuana Facts: A Review of the Scientific Evidence, , New York: The Lindesmith Center UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042769519&partnerID=40&md5=14de45a469b15a6f685c0bd6d95ef21f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increased mortality rates in young and middle-aged patients with malignant germ cell tumours T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 90 IS - 3 SP - 607 EP - 612 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601558 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Fosså, S.D. AU - Aass, N. AU - Harvei, S. AU - Tretli, S. AD - Norwegian Radium Hospital, Department of Clinical Research, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway AD - Cancer Registry of Norway, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway AB - Cisplatin-based chemotherapy of malignant germ cell tumours (MGCT) has been reported to increase the risk of cardiovascular morbidity. A high incidence of second nongerm cell malignancies is well documented in MGCT survivors. The death risk due to these conditions is, however, more unknown in MGCT patients. Standard mortality rates (SMRs) were established in 3378 Norwegian MGCT patients treated from 1962 to 1997 aged ≤55 years. The patients represented three principal treatment strategies: 1962/ 1969 (period 1): radiotherapy only; 1970/1979 (period 2): radiotherapy with or without noncisplatin-containing chemotherapy; 1980/ 1997 (period 3): surgery only or radiotherapy or cisplatin-based chemotherapy. Patients were censored when they reached the age of 60 years. Patients not dying from MGCT displayed significantly increased SMRs for respectively diseases of the circulatory system (SMR: 1.2, 95% confidence interval (CI); 1.0-1.5), benign gastrointestinal disorders (SMR: 2.1, 95% CI: 1.1-3.5) and nongerm cell malignancies (SMR: 2.0, 95% CI: 1.7-2.4). The SMRs for diseases of the circulatory system were similar in the three observation periods, whereas the highest SMR for benign gastrointestinal disorders was observed in patients from period 2. The risk of dying from a nongerm cell malignancy was increased both in periods 2 and 3. In conclusion, although the overall SMR for diseases of the circulatory system is increased in MCGT survivors, the introduction of cisplatin-based chemotherapy into the treatment of MGCT has so far not resulted in increased death rates due to these conditions. Patients with MGCT have a significantly increased relative death risk due to a second nongerm cell cancer, even after the introduction of modern treatment principles with overall reduction of radiotherapy. The increased death risk due to benign gastrointestinal disorders, probably related to radiotherapy, requires future indepth analysis. © 2004 Cancer Research UK. KW - Cardiovascular diseases KW - Malignant germ cell tumours KW - Mortality KW - Nongerm cell cancer KW - antineoplastic agent KW - bleomycin KW - cisplatin KW - cyclophosphamide KW - dactinomycin KW - doxorubicin KW - methotrexate KW - mitomycin KW - vinblastine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - appendicitis KW - article KW - cancer chemotherapy KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer radiotherapy KW - cancer surgery KW - cancer survival KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cause of death KW - cholelithiasis KW - confidence interval KW - controlled study KW - esophagus ulcer KW - female KW - follow up KW - gastroduodenal ulcer KW - gastrointestinal disease KW - germ cell tumor KW - human KW - iatrogenic disease KW - infant KW - liver cirrhosis KW - liver disease KW - lymph node dissection KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - metastasis KW - mortality KW - multimodality cancer therapy KW - neoplasm KW - non seminomatous germinoma KW - Norway KW - observation KW - peritonitis KW - priority journal KW - radiation injury KW - register KW - risk factor KW - second cancer KW - seminoma KW - survival KW - vascular disease KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cisplatin KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms, Germ Cell and Embryonal KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Radiation Injuries KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :60 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 14760372 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fosså, S.D.; Norwegian Radium Hospital, Department of Clinical Research, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway; email: s.d.fossa@klinmed.uio.no N1 - Chemicals/CAS: bleomycin, 11056-06-7; cisplatin, 15663-27-1, 26035-31-4, 96081-74-2; cyclophosphamide, 50-18-0; dactinomycin, 1402-38-6, 1402-58-0, 50-76-0; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; methotrexate, 15475-56-6, 59-05-2, 7413-34-5; mitomycin, 1404-00-8; vinblastine, 865-21-4; Cisplatin, 15663-27-1 N1 - References: Biermann, C.W., Froschle, G., Kuhlencordt, R., Schwarz, R., Gonnermann, D., Bile duct carcinoma after abdominal irradiation for urologic malignancies (1994) Helv Chir Acta, 60, pp. 1131-1136; Bokemeyer, C., Berger, C.C., Kuczyk, M.A., Schmoll, H.J., Evaluation of long-term toxicity after chemotherapy for testicular cancer (1996) J Clin Oncol, 14, pp. 2923-2932; Dawson, L.A., Ten Haken, R.K., Lawrence, T.S., Partial irradiation of the liver (2001) Semin Radiat Oncol, 11, pp. 240-246; Ellis, P.A., Fitzharris, B.M., George, P.M., Robinson, B.A., Atkinson, C.H., Colls, B.M., Fasting plasma lipid measurements following cisplatin chemotherapy in patients with germ cell tumours (1992) J Clin Oncol, 10, pp. 1609-1614; Engeland, A., Haldorsen, T., Tretli, S., Hakulinen, T., Hörte, L.G., Luostarinen, T., Magnus, K., Vaittinen, P., Prediction of cancer incidence in the Nordic countries up to the years 2000 and 2010. A Collaborative Study of the Five Nordic Cancer Registries (1993) APMS, 101, p. 67; Fosså, S.D., Aass, N., Kaalhus, O., Radiotherapy for testicular seminoma stage I: Treatment results and long-term post-irradiation morbidity in 365 patients (1989) Int J Rad Oncol Biol Phys, 16, pp. 383-388; Fosså, S.D., Aass, N., Winderen, M., Börmer, O.P., Olsen, D.R., Long-term renal function after treatment for malignant germ cell tumours (2003) Ann Oncol, 13, pp. 222-228; Fosså, S.D., Horwich, A., Russell, J.M., Roberts, J.T., Cullen, M.H., Hodson, N.J., Jones, W.G., Stenning, S.P., Optimal planning target volume for stage I testicular seminoma: A Medical Research Council Testicular Tumour Working Group (1999) J Clin Oncol, 17, pp. 1146-1154; Geraci, J.P., Mariano, M.S., Jackson, K.L., Radiation hepatology of the rat: Microvascular fibrosis and enhancement of liver dysfunction by diet and drugs (1992) Radiat Res, 129, pp. 322-332; Glanzmann, C., Kaufmann, P., Jenni, R., Hess, O.M., Huguenin, P., Cardiac risk after mediastinal irradiation for Hodgkin's disease (1998) Radioth Oncol, 46, pp. 51-62; Hansen, S.W., Groth, S., Daugaard, G., Rossing, N., Rorth, M., Long-term effects on renal function and blood pressure of treatment with cisplatin, vinblastine, and bleomycin in patients with germ cell cancer (1988) J Clin Oncol, 6, pp. 1728-1731; Hoff Wanderås, E., Fosså, S.D., Tretli, S., Risk of subsequent non-germ cell cancer after treatment of germ cell cancer in 2006 Norwegian male patients (1997) Eur J Cancer, 33, pp. 253-262; Hoff Wanderås, E., Fosså, S.D., Tretli, S., Klepp, O., Toxicity in long-term survivors after adriamycin containing chemotherapy of malignant germ cell tumours (1994) Int J Oncol, 4, pp. 681-688; Horwich, A., Bell, J., Mortality and cancer incidence following radiotherapy for seminoma of the testis (1994) Rad Oncol, 30, pp. 193-198; Huddart, R.A., Norman, A., Shahidi, M., Horwich, A., Coward, D., Nicholls, J., Dearnaley, D.P., Cardiovascular disease as a long-term complication of treatment for testicular cancer (2003) J Clin Oncol, 21, pp. 1513-1523; Lederman, G.S., Sheldon, T.A., Chaffey, J.T., Herman, T.S., Gelman, R.S., Coleman, C.N., Cardiac disease after mediastinal irradiation for seminoma (1987) Cancer, 60, pp. 772-776; Meinardi, M.T., Gietema, J.A., Van Der Graaf, W.T.A., Van Veldhuisen, D.J., Runne, M.A., Sluiter, W.J., De Vries, E.G., Sleijfer, D.T., Cardiovascular morbidity in long-term survivors of metastatic testicular cancer (2000) J Clin Oncol, 18, pp. 1725-1732; Molstad, P., Andersen, K., Reduced mortality after acute myocardial infarction (2002) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 122, pp. 1271-1275; Moul, J.W., Retroperitoneal fibrosis following radiotherapy for stage I testicular seminoma (1992) J Urol, 147, pp. 124-126; Nord, C., Bjøro, T., Ellingsen, D., Mykletun, A., Dahl, O., Klepp, O., Bremnes, R.M., Fosså, S.D., Gonadal hormones in long- term survivors 10 years after treatment for unilateral testicular cancer (2003) Eur Urol, 44, pp. 322-328; Nord, C., Fosså, S.D., Egeland, T., Excessive annual BMI increase after chemotherapy among young survivors of testicular cancer (2003) Br J Cancer, 88, pp. 36-41; Petersen, P.M., Skakkebæk, N.E., Giwercman, A., Gonadal function in men with testicular cancer: Biological and clinical aspects (1998) APMIS, 106, pp. 24-36; Raghavan, D., Cox, K., Childs, A., Grygiel, J., Sullivan, D., Hypercholesterolemia after chemotherapy for testis cancer (1992) J Clin Oncol, 10, pp. 1386-1389; Stensvold, E., Aass, N., Gladhaug, I., Stenwig, A.E., Claussen, O.P., Fosså, S.D., Erroneous diagnosis of pancreatic cancer - A possible pitfall after radiotherapy of testicular cancer (2003) Eur J Surg Oncol, , in press; Travis, L.B., Andersson, M., Gospodarowicz, M., Van Leeuwen, F.E., Bergfeldt, K., Lynch, C.F., Curtis, R.E., Gilbert, E., Treatment-associated leukemia following testicular cancer (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 1165-1171; Travis, L.B., Curtis, R.E., Storm, H., Hall, P., Holowaty, E., Van Leeuwen, F.E., Kohler, B.A., Boice Jr., J.D., Risk of second malignant neoplasms among long-term survivors of testicular cancer (1997) J Natl Cancer Inst, 89, pp. 1429-1439; Van Leeuwen, F.E., Stiggelbout, A.M., Van Den Belt-Dusebout, A.W., Noyon, R., Eliel, M.R., Van Kerkhoff, E.H., Delemarre, J.F., Somers, R., Second cancer risk following testicular cancer: A follow-up study of 1909 patients (1993) J Clin Oncol, 11, pp. 415-424; Warde, P., Specht, L., Horwich, A., Oliver, T., Panzarella, T., Gospodarowicz, M., Von Der Maase, H., Prognostic factors for relapse in stage I Seminoma managed by surveillance: A pooled analysis (2002) J Clin Oncol, 20, pp. 4448-4452; Yeoh, E., Horowitz, M., Russo, A., Muecke, T., Robb, T., Chatterton, B., The effects of abdominal irradiation for seminoma of the testis on gastrointestinal function (1995) J Gastroenter Hepat, 10, pp. 125-130 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1542269284&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601558&partnerID=40&md5=adea867439a0dc6cd1c53d4b8183b441 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birthweight, childhood growth, and blood pressure at 43 years in a British birth cohort T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 129 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyh027 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AU - Langenberg, C. AU - Kuh, D. AD - Med. Res. Council Natl. Survey Hlth., Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, Royal Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Background. Low birthweight is associated with high blood pressure in later life, but it is unclear whether the association is confounded with or modified by maternal and socioeconomic factors or childhood growth. Methods. A total of 3157 men and women from a British birth cohort study where the survey members have been followed up regularly since their birth in 1946 were included in analyses. The associations between birthweight, childhood growth and blood pressure at 43 years of age were assessed using multiple regression models. Results. Systolic blood pressure (SBP) decreased by 2.3 mmHg (95% CI: 0.8, 3.5) for men and 1.8 mmHg (95% CI: 0.1, 3.5) for women per 1-kg increase in birthweight. The effect was stronger in first born or those born to younger mothers. There was no confounding with any maternal, socioeconomic, or childhood growth variable. SBP increased by 1.45 mmHg (95% CI: 0.11, 2.78) in women and 0.46 mmHg (95% CI: -0.70, 1.62) in men per standard deviation of body mass index (BMI) change between ages 7 and 15 years. Among women this effect was not completely accounted for by adult size and was independent of birthweight. Conclusions. The determinants of birthweight, possibly related to maternal health during pregnancy, may impact on the relationship with SBP in middle life. The importance of tackling the increasing levels of childhood obesity seen in later cohorts is highlighted by the detrimental impact on SBP of large increases in BMI during adolescence. © International Epidemiological Association 2004; all rights reserved. KW - Birth order KW - Birthweight KW - Blood pressure KW - Childhood growth KW - Cohort study KW - Maternal age KW - Socioeconomic status KW - hypertension KW - adolescence KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - age KW - article KW - birth weight KW - blood pressure KW - body mass KW - body size KW - child growth KW - childbirth KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - correlation analysis KW - female KW - follow up KW - gender KW - health survey KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal welfare KW - mother KW - multiple regression KW - obesity KW - pregnancy KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - socioeconomics KW - systolic blood pressure KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Order KW - Birth Weight KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Mass Index KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Growth KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Maternal Age KW - Sex Distribution KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :78 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 15075157 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hardy, R.; Med. Res. Council Natl. Survey Hlth., Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, Royal Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: rebecca.hardy@ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies, and Disease in Later Life, , London: BMJ Publishing Group; Law, C.M., Shiell, A.W., Is blood pressure inversely related to birth weight? The strength of evidence from a systematic review (1996) J. Hypertens., 14, pp. 935-941; Huxley, R.R., Shiell, A.W., Law, C.M., The role of size at birth and postnatal catch-up growth in determining systolic blood pressure: A systematic review of the literature (2000) J. Hypertens., 18, pp. 815-831; Leon, D.A., Koupilova, I., Birth weight, blood pressure, and hypertension (2000) Fetal Origins of Cardiovascular Disease, pp. 23-48. , Barker DJP (ed.). New York: Marcel Dekker; Huxley, R., Neil, A., Collins, R., Unravelling the fetal origins hypothesis: Is there really an inverse association between birthweight and subsequent blood pressure? (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 659-665; Odent, M., Tsufino, J., Studies exploring health in relation to intrauterine life should look at birth order (1997) BMJ, 314, p. 1416; Walker, B.R., McConnachie, A., Noon, J.P., Webb, D.J., Watt, G.C., Contribution of parental blood pressure to association between low birth weight and high blood pressure: Cross-sectional study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 834-837; Williams, S., Poulton, R., Twins and maternal smoking: Ordeals for the fetal origins hypothesis? A cohort study (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 897-900; Koupilova, I., Leon, D.A., Vagero, D., Can confounding by socio-economic and behavioural factors explain the association between size at birth and blood pressure at age 50 in Sweden (1997) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 51, pp. 14-18; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Cripps, H.A., Midwinter, R.E., Colley, J.R., Blood pressure in a national birth cohort at the age of 36 related to social and familial factors, smoking and body mass (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 1534-1538; Lucas, A., Fewtrell, M.S., Cole, T.J., Fetal origins of adult disease - The hypothesis revisited (1999) BMJ, 319, pp. 245-249; Forsen, T., Nissinen, A., Tuomilehto, J., Notkola, I.L., Eriksson, J., Vinni, S., Growth in childhood and blood pressure in Finnish children (1998) J. Hum. Hypertens., 12, pp. 397-402; Whincup, P.H., Bredow, M., Payne, P., Sadler, S., Golding, J., Size at birth and blood pressure at 3 years of age: The Avon Longitudinal Study of Pregnancy and Childhood (ALSPAC) (1999) Am. J. Epidemiol., 149, pp. 730-739; Blake, K.V., Gurrin, L.C., Evans, S.F., Adjustment for current weight and the relationship between birth weight and blood pressure in childhood (2000) J. Hypertens., 18, pp. 1007-1012; Walker, S.P., Gaskin, P., Powell, C.A., Bennett, F.I., Forrester, T.E., Grantham-McGregor, S., The effects of birth weight and postnatal linear growth retardation on blood pressure at age 11-12 years (2001) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 55, pp. 394-398; Zureik, M., Bonithon-Kopp, C., Lecomte, E., Siest, G., Ducimetiere, P., Weights at birth and in early infancy, systolic blood pressure in subjects aged 8 to 24 years (1996) Hypertension, 27, pp. 339-345; Falkner, B., Hulman, S., Kushner, H., Birth weight versus childhood growth as determinants of adult blood pressure (1998) Hypertension, 31, pp. 145-150; Cheung, Y.B., Low, L., Osmond, C., Barker, D., Karlberg, J., Fetal growth and early postnatal growth are related to blood pressure in adults (2000) Hypertension, 36, pp. 795-800; Law, C.M., Shiell, A.A.W., Newsome, C.A., Fetal, infant and childhood growth and adult blood pressure. A longitudinal study from birth to 22 years of age (2002) Circulation, 105, pp. 1088-1092; Eriksson, J., Forsen, T., Tuomilehto, J., Osmond, C., Barker, D., Fetal and childhood growth and hypertension in adult life (2000) Hypertension, 36, pp. 790-794; Law, C.M., de Swiet, M., Osmond, C., Initiation of hypertension in utero and its amplification throughout life (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 24-27; Holland, F.J., Stark, O., Ades, A.E., Peckham, C.S., Birth weight and body mass index in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood as predictors of blood pressure at age 36 (1993) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 47, pp. 432-435; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediat. Perinat. Epidemiol., 11, pp. 2-20; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.J.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Maxwell, M.H., Waks, U.A., Schroth, P.C., Karam, M., Dornfeld, L.P., Error in blood pressure measurement due to incorrect cuff size in obese patients (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 33-36; Leon, D.A., Koupilova, I., Lithell, H.O., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Little, R.J.A., Rubin, D.B., (1987) Statistical Analysis With Missing Data, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Schafer, J., (1997) Analysis of Incomplete Multivariate Data, , London: Chapman & Hall; Kuh, D.J.L., (1993) Assessing the Influence of Early Life on Adult Health, , PhD thesis. University of London; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E.D., (1969) Perinatal Problems, , Edinburgh: E & S Livingstone; Himmelmann, A., Svenson, A., Hansson, L., Relation of maternal blood pressure during pregnancy to birth weight and blood pressure in children: The Hypertension in Pregnancy Offspring Study (1994) J. Intern. Med., 235, pp. 347-352; McCowan, L.M.E., Buist, R.G., North, R.A., Gamble, G., Perinatal morbidity in chronic hypertension (1996) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 103, pp. 123-129; Churchill, D., Perry, I.J., Beevers, D.G., Ambulatory blood pressure in pregnancy and fetal growth (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 7-10; Parazzini, F., Bortolus, R., Chatenoud, L., Risk factors for pregnancy-induced hypertension in women at high risk for the condition (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 306-308. , Italian Study of Aspirin in Pregnancy Group; Odegard, R.A., Vatten, L.J., Nilsen, S.T., Salvesen, K.A., Austgulen, R., Risk factors and clinical manifestations of pre-eclampsia (2000) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 107, pp. 1410-1416; Taittonen, L., Nuutinen, M., Turtinen, J., Uhari, M., Prenatal and postnatal factors in predicting later blood pressure among children: Cardiovascular risk in young Finns (1996) Pediatr. Res., 40, pp. 627-632; Pettitt, D.J., Aleck, K.A., Baird, H.R., Carraher, M.J., Bennett, P.H., Knowler, W.C., Congenital susceptibility to NIDDM. Role of intrauterine environment (1988) Diabetes, 37, pp. 622-628; Silverman, B.L., Metzger, B.E., Cho, N.H., Loeb, C.A., Impaired glucose tolerance in adolescent offspring of diabetic mothers. Relationship to fetal hyperinsulinism (1995) Diabetes Care, 18, pp. 611-617; Plagemann, A., Harder, T., Kohlhoff, R., Rohde, W., Dorner, G., Glucose tolerance and insulin secretion in children of mothers with pregestational IDDM or gestational diabetes (1997) Diabetologia, 40, pp. 1094-1100; Magee, M.S., Walden, C.E., Benedetti, T.J., Kopp, R.H., Influence of diagnostic criteria on the incidence of gestational diabetes and perinatal morbidity (1993) JASA, 269, pp. 609-615; Breschi, M.C., Seghieri, G., Bartolomei, G., Gironi, A., Baldi, S., Ferrannini, E., Relation of birthweight to maternal plasma glucose and insulin concentrations during normal pregnancy (1993) Diabetologia, 36, pp. 1315-1321; Sermer, M., Naylor, C.D., Gare, D.J., Impact of increasing carbohydrate intolerance on maternal-fetal outcomes in 3627 women without gestational diabetes (1995) Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., 173, pp. 146-156; Barker, D.J.P., Forsen, T., Eriksson, J.G., Osmond, C., Growth and living conditions in childhood and hypertension in adult life: A longitudinal study (2002) J. Hypertens., 20, pp. 1951-1956; Phillips, D.I.W., Walker, B.R., Reynolds, R.M., Low birth weight predicts elevated plasma cortisol concentration in adults from 3 populations (2000) Hypertension, 35, pp. 1301-1306; Kolacek, S., Kapetanovic, T., Luzar, V., Early determinants of cardiovascular risk factors in adults. B. Blood pressure (1993) Acta Paediatr., 82, pp. 377-382; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Wilkinson, R.J., Family conflict and slow growth (1997) Arch. Dis. Child., 77, pp. 326-330; Gunnell, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Frankel, S.J., Kemp, M., Peters, T.J., Socioeconomic and dietary influences on leg length and trunk length in childhood: A reanalysis of the Carnegie (Boyd Orr) survey of diet and health in prewar Britain (1937-39) (1998) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 12 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 96-113; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Hardy, R.J., Paul, A.A., Marshall, S.F., Cole, T.J., Leg and trunk length at 43 years in relation to childhood health, diet and family circumstances; evidence from the 1946 national birth cohort (2002) Int. J. Epidemiol., 31, pp. 383-390; Leeson, C.P., Kattenhorn, M., Deanfield, J.E., Lucas, A., Duration of breast feeding and arterial distensibility in early adult life: Population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 643-647; Lauer, R.M., Clarke, W.R., Childhood risk factors for high adult blood pressure: The Muscatine Study (1989) Pediatrics, 84, pp. 633-641; Sinaiko, A.R., Donahue, R.P., Jacobs, D.R., Prineas, R.J., Relation of weight and rate of increase in weight during childhood and adolescence to body size, blood pressure, fasting insulin, and lipids in young adults. The Minneapolis Children's Blood Pressure Study (1999) Circulation, 99, pp. 1471-1476; Srinivasan, S.R., Myers, L., Berenson, G.S., Rate of change in adiposity and its relationship to concomitant changes in cardiovascular risk variables among biracial (black-white) children and young adults: The Bogalusa Heart Study (2001) Metabolism, 50, pp. 299-305; Sinaiko, A.R., Steinberger, J., Moran, A., Prineas, R.J., Jacobs, D.R., Relation of insulin resistance to blood pressure in childhood (2002) J. Hypertens., 20, pp. 509-517; Gutin, B., Islam, S., Manos, T., Cucuzzo, N., Smith, C., Stachura, M.E., Relation of percentage body fat and maximal aerobic capacity to risk factors for atherosclerosis and diabetes in black and white seven- to eleven-year-old children (1994) J. Pediatr., 125, pp. 847-852; Arslanian, S., Suprasongsin, C., Insulin sensitivity, lipids, and body composition in childhood: Is 'syndrome X' present? (1996) J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 81, pp. 1058-1062; Gower, B.A., Nagy, T.R., Goran, M.I., Visceral fat, insulin sensitivity, and lipids in prepubertal children (1999) Diabetes, 48, pp. 1515-1521; Beckett, L.A., Rosner, B., Roche, A.F., Guo, S., Serial changes in blood pressure from adolescence into adulthood (1992) Am. J. Epidemiol., 135, pp. 1166-1177; Bao, W., Srinivasan, S.R., Wattigney, W.A., Berensen, G.S., Persistence of the multiple cardiovascular risk clustering related to syndrome x from childhood to young adulthood (1994) Arch. Intern. Med., 154, pp. 1842-1848; Raitakari, O.T., Porkka, K.V.K., Rasanen, L., Ronnemaa, T., Vikari, J.S.A., Clustering and six year cluster-tracking of serum total cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol and diastolic blood pressure in children and young adults (1994) J. Clin. Epidemiol., 47, pp. 1085-1093; Vanhala, M., Vanhala, P., Kumpusalo, E., Halonen, P., Takala, J., Relation between obesity from childhood to adulthood and the metabolic syndrome (1998) BMJ, 317, p. 319; Sharma, A.M., Grassi, G., Obesity and hypertension: Cause or consequence? (2001) J. Hypertens., 19, pp. 2125-2126; Kuh, D.J.L., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Patterns and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 46, pp. 914-916; Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., Kuh, D., The influence of childhood weight and socioeconomic status on change in adult body mass index in a British national cohort (2000) Int. J. Obesity, 24, pp. 725-734 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-13444288521&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyh027&partnerID=40&md5=900941b915b4e3e7c8cac8518f992941 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adolescent smoking and trends in lung cancer incidence among young adults in Norway 1954-1998 T2 - Cancer Causes and Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 33 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1023/B:CACO.0000016575.31651.b0 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Strand, T.-E. AU - Malayeri, C. AU - Eskonsipo, P.K.J. AU - Grimsrud, T.K. AU - Norstein, J. AU - Grotmol, T. AD - Faculty of Medicine, University of Tromsø, N-9037 Tromsø, Norway AD - Cancer Registry of Norway, Inst. of Pop.-based Cancer Research, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway AB - Objective: To describe the national trends in lung cancer incidence among young adults and the relationship to adolescent smoking. Methods: Between 1954 and 1998, a total of 1108 non-carcinoid lung cancers were reported to the Cancer Registry of Norway in individuals aged 20-44 years. Temporal variations were studied in age and sex specific rates, in age-adjusted rates, and by means of age-period-cohort modelling. The association between cancer incidence and smoking prevalence was evaluated. Results: The lung cancer incidence rate among women aged 40-44 in Norway continued to increase into the most recent time interval (1994-1998) whereas the rate among men aged 40-44 was essentially constant after 1970. Consequently, lung cancer incidence rates converged among male and female young adults. Lung cancer incidence rates at age 40-44 were highly correlated with smoking prevalence at age 15-19 in males (r = 0.88) and females (r = 0.82) within the same birth cohort. Conclusions: The lung cancer incidence rate in young Norwegian women now equals that of men. The risk at age 40-44 was closely associated with teenage smoking, indicating that duration and age of onset are important. KW - Lung cancer KW - Teenage smoking KW - Trend KW - Young adult KW - adolescence KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - evaluation KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Norway KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - register KW - smoking KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Norway KW - Prevalence KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 14970732 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Grimsrud, T.K.; Cancer Registry of Norway, Inst. of Pop.-based Cancer Research, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway; email: tom.k.grimsrud@kreftregisteret.no N1 - Funding text: q This study was performed at the Cancer Registry of Norway with financial support from the Nordic Cancer Union and the Norwegian Cancer Society. * Address correspondence to: Dr Tom K Grimsrud, Cancer Registry of Norway, Institute of Population-based Cancer Research, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway. Ph.: +47-2333-3922; Fax: +47-2245-1370; E-mail: tom.k.grimsrud@kreftregisteret.no N1 - References: Doll, R., Progress against cancer: An epidemiologic assessment. The 1991 John C. Cassel Memorial Lecture (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 675-688; Tobacco Smoking (1986) IARC Monogr Eval Carcinogenic Risks Hum., 38, pp. 1-421. , Lyon: IARC; Kreuzer, M., Kreienbrock, L., Gerken, M., Risk factors for lung cancer in young adults (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 1028-1037; Rønneberg, A., Lund, K.E., Hafstad, A., Lifetime smoking habits among Norwegian men and women born between 1890 and 1974 (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 267-276; (2001) Survey of Nordic Cancer Registries, pp. 7-18. , http://www.cancer.dk/ANCR/report.pdf, Copenhagen, Denmark: Danish Cancer Society; Haenszel, W., Loveland, D., Sirken, M.G., Lung-cancer mortality as related to residence and smoking histories. I. White males (1962) J Natl Cancer Inst, 28, pp. 947-1001; Dos Santos Silva, I., (1999) Cancer Epidemiology: Principles and Methods. 2nd Edn., pp. 119-133. , Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer; (1999) S-Plus 2000 Professional Release 2, , Seattle, WA: Insightful Corporation; (2001) Stata Statistical Software: Release 7.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporaion; Lubin, J.H., Richter, B.S., Blot, W.J., Lung cancer risk with cigar and pipe use (1984) J Natl Cancer Inst, 73, pp. 377-381; Engeland, A., Haldorsen, T., Andersen, A., Tretli, S., The impact of smoking habits on lung cancer risk: 28 years' observation of 26,000 Norwegian men and women (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 366-376; Boffetta, P., Pershagen, G., Jockel, K.H., Cigar and pipe smoking and lung cancer risk: A multicenter study from Europe (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 697-701; Engeland, A., Trends in the incidence of smoking-associated cancers in Norway, 1954-1993 (1996) Int J Cancer, 68, pp. 39-46; Day, N.E., Charnay, B., Time trends, cohort effects, and aging as influence on cancer incidence (1982) Trends in Cancer Incidence, pp. 51-65. , Magnus K, ed. London: Hemisphere Publishing Corporation; Knorr-Held, L., Rainer, E., Projections of lung cancer mortality in West Germany: A case study in Bayesian prediction (2001) Biostatistics, 2, pp. 109-129; Boffetta, P., Kreuzer, M., Benhamou, S., Risk of lung cancer from tobacco smoking among young women from Europe (2001) Int J Cancer, 91, pp. 745-746; Jemal, A., Chu, K.C., Tarone, R.E., Recent trends in lung cancer mortality in the United States (2001) J Natl Cancer Inst, 93, pp. 277-283; Doll, R., Peto, R., Cigarette smoking and bronchial carcinoma: Dose and time relationships among regular smokers and lifelong non-smokers (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 303-313; Haldorsen, T., Grimsrud, T.K., Cohort analysis of cigarette smoking and lung cancer incidence among Norwegian women (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 1032-1036; Hegmann, K.T., Fraser, A.M., Keaney, R.P., The effect of age at smoking initiation on lung cancer risk (1993) Epidemiology, 4, pp. 444-448; Benhamou, S., Benhamou, E., The effect of age at smoking initiation on lung cancer risk (1994) Epidemiology, 5, p. 560; Wiencke, J.K., Thurston, S.W., Kelsey, K.T., Early age at smoking initiation and tobacco carcinogen DNA damage in the lung (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 614-619; Dreyer, L., Andersen, A., Pukkala, E., Avoidable cancers in the Nordic countries. Occupation (1997) APMIS Suppl, 76, pp. 68-79; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Trends in cancer mortality sex ratios in Europe, 1950-1989 (1992) World Health Stat Q, 45, pp. 117-164; Wramner, B., Zatonski, W., Pellmer, K., Premature mortality in lung cancer as an indicator of effectiveness of tobacco use prevention in a gender perspective - A comparison between Poland and Sweden (2001) Cent Eur J Public Health, 9, pp. 69-73; Dwyer, T., Blizzard, L., Shugg, D., Hill, D., Ansari, M.Z., Higher lung cancer rates in young women than young men: Tasmania, 1983 to 1992 (1994) Cancer Causes Control, 5, pp. 351-358; Blizzard, L., Dwyer, T., Case-control study of lung cancer during 1994-1997 in the birth cohort in Tasmania, Australia, with an excess of female cases during 1983-1992 (2003) Cancer Causes Control, 14, pp. 123-129; Tverdal, A., Lung cancer mortality - Now higher in women than in men under 50 years (2001) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 121, pp. 2487-2488 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1542614435&doi=10.1023%2fB%3aCACO.0000016575.31651.b0&partnerID=40&md5=0142f49da698c7d65d3d6657c4033e60 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight and later risk of depression in a national birth cohort T2 - British Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Br. J. Psychiatry VL - 184 IS - JAN. SP - 28 EP - 33 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1192/bjp.184.1.28 SN - 00071250 (ISSN) AU - Gale, C.R. AU - Martyn, C.N. AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom AB - Background: Low birth weight increases the risk of childhood behavioural problems, but it is not clear whether poor foetal growth has a long-term influence on susceptibility to depression. Aims: To examine the relation between birth weight and risk of psychological distress and depression. Method: At age 16 years 5187 participants in the 1970 British Cohort Study completed the 12-item General Health Questionnaire to assess psychological distress. At age 26 years 8292 participants completed the Malaise Inventory to assess depression and provided information about a history of depression. Results: Women whose birth weight was ≤ 3 kg had an increased risk of depression at age 26 years (OR=1.3; 95% CI 1.0-1.5) compared with those who weighed > 3.5 kg. Birth weight was not associated with a reported history of depression or with risk of psychological distress at age 16 years. In men there were no associations between any measurement and the full range of birth weight but, compared with men of normal birth weight, those born weighing ≤ 2.5 kg were more likely to be psychologically distressed at age 16 years (OR=1.6, 95% CI 1.1-2.5) and to report a history of depression at age 26 years (OR=1.6, 95% CI 1.1-2.3). Conclusions: Impaired neurodevelopment during foetal life may increase susceptibility to depression. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - birth weight KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - depression KW - disease association KW - disease predisposition KW - distress syndrome KW - female KW - human KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - questionnaire KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Depressive Disorder KW - Disease Susceptibility KW - Female KW - Fetal Growth Retardation KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Psychiatric Status Rating Scales KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :161 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJPYA C2 - 14702224 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gale, C.R.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom; email: crg@mrc.soton.ac.uk N1 - References: Banks, M.H., Validation of the General Health Questionnaire in a young community sample (1983) Psychological Medicine, 13, pp. 349-353; Breslau, N., Psychiatric sequelae of low birth weight (1995) Epidemiological Reviews, 17, pp. 96-106; Breslau, N., Klein, N., Allen, L., Very low birth weight: Behavioral sequelae at nine years of age (1988) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 27, pp. 605-612; Brodman, K., Erdmann, A.J., Wolff, H.G., (1949) Cornell Medical Index Health Questionnaire, , New York: Cornell Medical College; Brown, A.S., Van Os, J., Driessens, C., Further evidence of relation between prenatal famine and major affective disorder (2000) American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, pp. 190-195; Buchanan, A., Ten Brinke, J., Flouri, E., Parental background, social disadvantage, public 'care' and psychological problems in adolescence and adulthood (2000) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, pp. 1415-1423; Frost, A.K., Reinherz, H.Z., Pakiz-Camras, B., Risk factors for depressive symptoms in late adolescence (1999) American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 69, pp. 370-381; Goldberg, D., (1978) Manual of the General Health Questionnaire, , Windsor: National Foundation for Educational Research; Goodman, S.H., Gotlib, I.H., Risk for psychopathology in the children of depressed mothers: A developmental model for understanding mechanisms of transmission (1999) Psychology Reviews, 106, pp. 458-490; Kelly, Y.J., Nazroo, J.Y., McMunn, A., Birthweight and behavioural problems in children: A modifiable effect (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 88-94; Lewinsohn, P.M., Duncan, E.M., Stanton, A.K., Age at first onset for non-bipolar depression (1986) Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 95, pp. 378-383; Luoma, I., Tamminen, T., Kaukonen, P., Longitudinal study of maternal depressive symptoms and child well-being (2001) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, pp. 1367-1374; Nilsson, P.M., Nyberg, P., Ostergren, P.-O., Increased susceptibility to stress at a psychological assessment of stress tolerance is associated with impaired fetal growth (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 75-80; Orr, S.T., Miller, C.A., Maternal depressive symptoms and the risk of poor pregnancy outcome. Review of the literature and preliminary findings (1995) Epidemiological Reviews, 17, pp. 165-171; Paarlberg, K.M., Vingerhoets, A.J., Passchier, J., Psychosocial predictors of low birthweight: A prospective study (1999) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 106, pp. 834-841; Preti, A., Cardascia, L., Zen, T., Obstetric complications in patients with depression - A population-based case - Control study (2000) Journal of Affective Disorders, 61, pp. 101-106; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, pp. 333-341; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longmans; Steckler, T., Holsboer, F., Reul, J.M., Glucocorticoids and depression (1999) Baillière's Best Practice Research in Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 13, pp. 597-614; Thompson, C., Syddall, H., Rodin, I., Birth weight and the risk of depressive disorder in late life (2001) British Journal of Psychiatry, 179, pp. 450-455; Weinstock, M., Alterations induced by gestational stress in brain morphology and behaviour of the offspring (2001) Progress in Neurobiology, 65, pp. 427-451 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0347634391&doi=10.1192%2fbjp.184.1.28&partnerID=40&md5=6a7590316e34df5c1e30d75986b3f91e ER - TY - JOUR TI - The generational transmission of socioeconomic inequalities in child cognitive development and emotional health T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 58 IS - 6 SP - 1147 EP - 1158 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(03)00286-7 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Najman, J.M. AU - Aird, R. AU - Bor, W. AU - O'Callaghan, M. AU - Williams, G.M. AU - Shuttlewood, G.J. AD - Schools Social Sci. and Pop. Hlth., University of Queensland, Queensland, Australia AD - Mater Hospital, South Brisbane, QLD, Australia AD - School of Population Health, University of Queensland, Queensland, Australia AD - School of Public Health, University of Queensland, Public Health Building, Herston Road, Herston, QLD 4006, Australia AB - Socioeconomic inequalities in the health of adults have been largely attributed to lifestyle inequalities. The cognitive development (CD) and emotional health (EH) of the child provides a basis for many of the health-related behaviours which are observed in adulthood. There has been relatively little attention paid to the way CD and EH are transmitted in the foetal and childhood periods, even though these provide a foundation for subsequent socioeconomic inequalities in adult health. The Mater-University of Queensland Study of Pregnancy (MUSP) is a large, prospective, pre-birth cohort study which enrolled 8556 pregnant women at their first clinic visit over the period 1981-1983. These mothers (and their children) have been followed up at intervals until 14 years after the birth. The socioeconomic status of the child was measured using maternal age, family income, and marital status and the grandfathers' occupational status. Measures of child CD and child EH were obtained at 5 and 14 years of age. Child smoking at 14 years of age was also determined. Family income was related to all measures of child CD and EH and smoking, independently of all other indicators of the socioeconomic status of the child. In addition, the grandfathers' occupational status was independently related to child CD (at 5 and 14 years of age). Children from socioeconomically disadvantaged families (previous generations' socioeconomic status as well as current socioeconomic status) begin their lives with a poorer platform of health and a reduced capacity to benefit from the economic and social advances experienced by the rest of society. © 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Child KW - Cognitive KW - Grandfather KW - Longitudinal KW - Mental health KW - Socioeconomic KW - cognition KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - child KW - child development KW - childbirth KW - cognitive development KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - emotional stability KW - family life KW - female KW - follow up KW - health behavior KW - human KW - income KW - infant KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - marriage KW - maternal age KW - mental health KW - occupation KW - outcomes research KW - outpatient department KW - pregnancy KW - smoking KW - social aspect KW - socioeconomics PB - Elsevier Ltd N1 - Cited By :96 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 14723909 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Najman, J.M.; School of Public Health, University of Queensland, Public Health Building, Herston Road, Herston, QLD 4006, Australia; email: j.najman@uq.edu.au N1 - References: Achenbach, T.M., (1991) Manual for the Child Behavior Checklist/4-18 and 1991 Profile, , Burlington, VT: University of Vermont Department of Psychiatry; Alwin, D.F., Thornton, A., Family origins and the schooling process: Early versus late influence of parental characteristics (1984) American Sociological Review, 49, pp. 794-802; Amminger, G.P., Pape, S., Rock, D., Robers, S.A., Squires-Wheeler, E., Kestenbaum, C., Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L., The New York high risk project: Comorbidity for axis 1 disorders is preceded by childhood behavioral disturbance (2000) Journal of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 188 (11), pp. 751-756; Baharudin, R., Luster, T., Factors related to the quality of the home environment and children's achievement (1998) Journal of Family Issues, 19 (4), pp. 375-393; Barker, D.J.P., The foetal and infant origins of inequalities in health in Britain (1991) Journal of Public Health Medicine, 1 (2), pp. 64-68; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Kuh, D., A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models. Empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives (2002) International Journal of Epidemiology, 31, pp. 285-293; Benzeval, M., The self-reported health status of lone parents (1998) Social Science & Medicine, 46 (10), pp. 1337-1353; Bor, W., Najman, J.M., Andersen, M.J., O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G.M., Behrens, B.C., The relationship between low family income and psychological disturbance in young children: An Australian longitudinal study (1997) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 31, pp. 664-675; Bracken, B.A., Murray, A.M., Stability and predictive validity of the PPVT-R over an eleven month interval (1984) Educational & Psychological Research, 4 (1), pp. 41-44; Cohen, P., Belmont, L., Dryfoos, J., Stein, A., Zayac, S., The effects of teenaged motherhood and maternal age on offspring intelligence (1980) Social Biology, 27 (2), pp. 138-154; De Lemos, M.M., (1989) Standard Progressive Matrices: Australian Manual, , Hawthorn, Victoria: Australian Council for Educational Research; De Lemos, M.M., The Australian re-standardization of the standard progressive matrices (1989) Psychological Test Bulletin, 2 (2), pp. 17-24; Dean, R.S., The use of the Peabody picture vocabulary test with emotionally disturbed adolescents (1980) Journal of School Psychology, 18 (2), pp. 172-175; Disney, E.R., Elkins, I.J., McGue, M., Iacono, W.G., Effects of ADHD, conduct disorder, and gender on substance use and abuse in adolescence (1999) American Journal of Psychiatry, 156 (10), pp. 1515-1521; Dixon, C., Charles, M.A., Craddock, A.A., The impact of experiences of parental divorce and parental conflict on young Australian adult men and women (1998) Journal of Family Studies, 4 (1), pp. 21-34; Duncan, G., Yeung, W., Brooks-Gunn, J., Smith, J., How much does childhood poverty affect the life chances of children? (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 406-423; Dunn, L.M., Dunn, L.M., (1981) Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-revised, , Circle Lines, MN: American Guidance Service; Dura, J.R., Myers, E.G., Freathy, D.T., Stability of the wide range achievement test in an adolescent psychiatric inpatient setting (1989) Educational & Psychological Measurement, 49 (1), pp. 253-256; Friedman, H.S., Long-term relations of personality and health: Dynamisms, mechanisms and tropisims (2000) Journal of Personality, 68 (6), pp. 1089-1107; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Hillemeier, M.M., Does maternal age adversely affect child development? Evidence from cousin comparisons in the United States (1994) Population & Development Review, 20 (3), pp. 585-609; Harper, S., Lynch, J., Hsu, W.L., Everson, S.A., Hillmeier, M.M., Raghunathar, T.E., Saloner, J.T., Kaplan, G.A., Life course socioeconomic conditions and adult psychological functioning (2002) International Journal of Epidemiology, 31, pp. 395-403; Herrenkohl, T.I., Maguin, E., Hill, K.G., Hawkins, J.D., Abbott, R.D., Catalano, R.F., Developmental risk factors for youth violence (2000) Journal of Adolescent Health, 26 (3), pp. 176-186; Jefferis, B.J., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birthweight, childhood socioeconomic environment and cognitive development in the 1958 British Birth Cohort Study (2002) British Medical Journal, 325 (7359), p. 305; Kenny, D.T., Adolescent pregnancy in Australia (1995) Australia's Adolescents: A Health Psychology Perspective, pp. 239-245. , D.T. Kenny, & R.F.S. Job. Armidale, NSW: University of New England; Kotulak, R., Inside the brain: Revolutionary discoveries of how the mind works (1998) Preventive Medicine, 27, pp. 246-247; Kumpulainen, K., Rasanen, E., Henttonen, I., Hamalainen, M., Roine, S., The persistence of psychiatric deviance from the age of 8 to the age of 15 years (2000) Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 35 (1), pp. 5-11; Lantz, P.M., House, J.S., Lepkowski, J.M., Williams, D.R., Mero, R.P., Chen, J., Socioeconomic factors, health behaviors, and mortality: Results from a nationally representative prospective study of us adults (2001) Journal of American Medical Association, 279, pp. 1703-1708; Mishra, S.P., Reliability and validity of the WRAT with Mexican-American children (1981) Psychology in the Schools, 18 (2), pp. 154-158; Myers, R.S., Neurocognitive, psychosocial, and medical factors in a cardiovascular population (1998) Dissertation Abstracts International: The Sciences and Engineering, 58 (9 B), p. 5133; Nagin, D., Tremblay, R.E., Trajectories of boys' physical aggression, opposition, and hyperactivity on the path to physically violent and nonviolent juvenile delinquency (1999) Child Development, 70 (5), pp. 1181-1196; Naglieri, J.A., Pfeiffer, S.I., Stability, concurrent and predictive validity of the PPVT-R (1983) Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39 (6), pp. 965-967; Najman, J.M., Bampton, M., An ASCO based occupational status hierarchy for Australia: A research note (1991) Australian & New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 31 (2), pp. 218-231; Najman, J.M., Behrens, B.C., Andersen, M., Bor, W., O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G.M., Impact of family type and family quality on child behavior problems: A longitudinal study (1997) Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36 (10), pp. 1357-1365; Najman, J.M., Shaw, M.E., Bor, W., O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G., Andersen, M., Working class authoritarian an child socialisation: An Australian study (1994) Australian Journal of Marriage and Family, 15 (3), pp. 137-146; Pagani, L., Boulerice, B., Vitaro, R., Tremblay, R.E., Effects of poverty and delinquency in boys: A change and process model approach (1999) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 40 (8), pp. 1209-1219; Pierce, E.W., Ewing, L.J., Campbell, S.B., Diagnostic status and symptomatic behavior of hard-to-manage preschool children in middle childhood and early adolescence (1999) Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 28 (1), pp. 44-57; Pine, D.S., Cohen, P., Brook, J., Coplan, J.D., Psychiatric symptoms in adolescence as predictors of obesity in early adulthood: A longitudinal study (1997) American Journal of Public Health, 87 (8), pp. 1303-1310; Quinn, P.J., O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G.M., Najman, J.M., Andersen, M.J., Bor, W., The effect of breastfeeding on child development at 5 years: A cohort study (2001) Journal of Paediatric Child Health, 37 (5), pp. 465-469; Raven, J., The Raven progressive matrices: An overview of international norming studies (1989) Psychological Test Bulletin, 2 (2), pp. 7-16; Setter, C., Peter, R., Siegrist, J., Hort, W., Impact of school and vocational education on smoking behaviour: Results from a large-scale study on adolescents and young adults in Germany' (1998) Sozial und Praventivmedizin, 43 (3), pp. 133-140; Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., (2001) Archives Disease Childhood, 85 (3), pp. 189-196; Smith, J.R., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanov, P.K., Consequences of living in poverty for young children's cognitive and verbal ability and early school achievement (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 132-189. , G.J. Duncan, & J. Brooks-Gunn. New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Spieker, S.J., Bensley, L., Roles of living arrangements and grandmother social support in adolescent mothering and infant attachment (1994) Developmental Psychology, 30, pp. 102-111; Starr, J.M., Deary, I.J., Lemmon, H., Whalley, L.J., Mental ability age 11 years and health status age 77 years (2000) Age-Aging, 29 (6), pp. 523-528; Stenbacka, M., The role of competence factors in reducing the future risk of drug use among young Swedish men (2000) Addiction, 95 (10), pp. 1573-1581; Struner, R.A., Green, J.A., Funk, S.G., Preschool Denver developmental screening test as a predictor of later school problems (1985) Journal of Pediatrics, 57, pp. 744-753; Sundean, D.A., Salopek, T.F., Achievement and intelligence in primary and elementary classes for the educable mentally retarded (1971) Journal of School Psychology, 9 (2), pp. 150-156; Tirozzi, G.N., Closing remarks (1998) Preventive Medicine, 27, pp. 248-249; Turley, R.N., (1999) Child Cognitive Development: Separating the Effects of Mother's Age at Childbirth from Mother's Family Background., , Association Paper: American Sociological Association; Van Rossum, C.T., Shipley, M.J., Van De Mheen, H., Grobbee, D.E., Marmot, M.G., Employment grade differences in cause specific mortality. a 25 year follow up of civil servants from the first Whitehall study (2000) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 54 (3), pp. 178-184; Wasserman, R.C., Diblasio, C.M., Bond, L.A., Young, P.C., Colletti, R.B., Infant temperament and school age behavior: 6-year longitudinal study in a pediatric practice (1990) Pediatrics, 85 (5), pp. 801-11807; Wilkinson, G.S., (1993) The Wide Range Achievement Test: Administration Manual, , Wilmington, Delaware: Wide Range; Williams, G.M., O'Callaghan, M., Najman, J.M., Bor, W., Andersen, M.J., Richards, D.U.C., Maternal cigarette smoking and child psychiatric morbidity: A longitudinal study (1998) Paediatrics, 102 (1), p. 11; Woodward, C.A., Santa Barbara, J., Roberts, R., Test-retest reliability of the wide range achievement test (1975) Journal of Clinical Psychology, 31 (1), pp. 81-84; Wynder, E.L., Introduction to the report on the conference on the "critical" period of brain development (1998) Preventive Medicine, 27, pp. 166-167; Zahn-Waxler, C., Kochanska, G., Krupnik, J., McKnew, D., Patterns of guilt in children of depressed and well mothers (1990) Developmental Psychology, 26, pp. 51-59; Zubrick, S.R., Silburn, S.R., Garton, A., Burton, P., Dalby, R., Carlton, J., Shepherd, C., Lawrence, D., (1995) Western Australian Child Health Survey: Developing Health and Well-being in the Nineties, , Perth, Western Australia: Australian Bureau of Statistics and the Institute for Child Health Research UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0347320656&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2803%2900286-7&partnerID=40&md5=24ca70d9f1d0c022de61b56ba1f3309c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Variations in the risk of disability pension in Norway 1970 - 99: A gender-specific age-period-cohort analysis T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Public Health J2 - Scand. J. Public Health VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 340 EP - 348 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1080/14034940410029487 SN - 14034948 (ISSN) AU - Gjesdal, S. AU - Gunnar Maeland, J. AU - Lie, R.T. AD - Division for Social Medicine, Program for Health Economics, University of Bergen, Bergen, Norway AD - Division for Medical Statistics, Department of Public Health and Primary Health Care, University of Bergen, Bergen, Norway AB - Aims: A study was undertaken to investigate whether cohort or period effects could explain the varying and generally increasing incidence of disability pension in Norway between 1970 and 1999. Methods: The study used data from a complete national register of new disability cases in Norway, including all cases of disability pension in the 16 - 60 age group categorized according to age and gender for each year from 1970 to 1999. The population at risk was defined for each year from census data and number of individuals already receiving disability pension. Data were organized in five-year age groups, five-year time periods and corresponding overlapping nine-year birth cohorts. Age- and gender-specific rates were displayed graphically for periods and cohorts. Separate Poisson regression models were fitted for age periods and age cohorts. Finally a combined age, period, and cohort model was applied. Results: The overall incidence was 7.4/1,000 non-disabled persons per year for women and 6.0/1,000 for men. For women 52.1% of the cases were in the 51 - 60 age group, whereas the corresponding figure for men was 57.6%. Statistical analysis showed an increasing trend for both genders, more pronounced for women than men. All time periods deviated significantly from the trend, either upwards or downwards. Age-cohort models showed less variation, but recent cohorts had higher than expected rates, especially for men. Conclusions: Further studies should investigate why Norwegian women were more affected by the period effects than men. An increasing incidence of disability pension among recent cohorts is a major challenge for the Norwegian welfare system. © 2004, Sage Publications. All rights reserved. KW - disability pension KW - incidence KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - health care policy KW - high risk population KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - Norway KW - pension KW - Poisson distribution KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - sex difference KW - statistical analysis KW - work disability KW - workman compensation KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Insurance, Disability KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Norway KW - Pensions KW - Registries KW - Risk Adjustment KW - Risk Assessment KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 15513666 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gjesdal, S.; Division for Social Medicine, University of Bergen, Ulriksdal 8c, 5009 Bergen, Norway N1 - References: Lund, E., [Disability pensions in Norway 1977-87] (1990) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 110, pp. 1387-1389; Westin, S., [Disability insurance on the decline] (1993) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 113, pp. 2229-2230; Rikstrygdeverket [Norwegian National Insurance Administration], (2002) Trygdestatistisk Årbok 2002 [Statistical yearbook of social insurance], , Oslo: Rikstrygdeverket; (1990) Norges offentlige utredninger [Norwegian Public Reviews/“white paper”]. Uførepensjon [Disability pension], p. 17. , NOU Oslo, 1990; (2000) Norges offentlige utredninger [Norwegian Public Reviews/“white paper”]. Sykefravær og uførepensjonering - et inkluderende arbeidsliv [Sickness absence and disability pension - and including labour market], p. 27. , NOU Oslo, 2000; Claussen, B., Restricting the influx of disability beneficiaries by means of law: experiences in Norway (1998) Scand J Soc Med, 26, pp. 1-7; Månsson, N.-O., (1997) Disability pension [Medical dissertation], , Malmo: Lund University; Poole, C.J., Retirement on grounds of ill health: cross sectional survey in six organisations in United Kingdom (1997) Br Med J, 314, pp. 929-932; Brenner, H., Ahern, W., Sickness absence and early retirement on health grounds in the construction industry in Ireland (2000) Occup Environ Med, 57, pp. 615-620; Jeune, B., Mikkelsen, S., Olsen, J., Sabroe, S., Epidemiological research in disability pensioning (1980) Scand J Soc Med, 16, pp. S5-S7; Borg, K., Hensing, G., Alexanderson, K., Predictive factors for disability pension - an 11-year follow up of young persons on sick leave due to neck, shoulder, or back diagnoses (2001) Scand J Public Health, 29, pp. 104-112; Gjesdal, S., Bratberg, E., Diagnosis and duration of sickness absence as predictors for disability pension: Results from a three-year multi-register based and prospective study (2003) Scand J Public Health, 31, pp. 246-254; Waddell, G., (1998) The back pain revolution, , 1st ed. Edinburgh, London, New York: Churchill Livingstone; Rothenbacher, D., Brenner, H., Arndt, V., Fraisse, E., Zschenderlein, B., Fliedner, T.M., Disorders of the back and spine in construction workers: prevalence and prognostic value for disability (1997) Spine, 22, pp. 1481-1486; Hagen, K.B., Holte, H.H., Tambs, K., Bjerkedal, T., Socioeconomic factors and disability retirement from back pain: a 1983 - 1993 population-based prospective study in Norway (2000) Spine, 25, pp. 2480-2487; Bruusgaard, D., Evensen, A.R., Bjerkedal, T., Fibromyalgia - a new cause for disability pension (1993) Scand J Soc Med, 21, pp. 116-119; Gjesdal, S., Kristiansen, A.M., [Norwegian fibromyalgia epidemic - its rise or possible decline. What is the trend based on disability statistics?] (1997) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 117, pp. 2449-2453; Månsson, N.O., Rastam, L., Eriksson, K.F., Israelsson, B., Socioeconomic inequalities and disability pension in middle-aged men (1998) Int J Epidemiol, 27, pp. 1019-1025; Krokstad, S., Johnsen, R., Westin, S., Social determinants of disability pension: a 10-year follow-up of 62,000 people in a Norwegian county population (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 1183-1191; Krause, N., Lynch, J., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Goldberg, D.E., Salonen, J.T., Predictors of disability retirement (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23, pp. 403-413; Holte, H.H., Tambs, K., Bjerkedal, T., Manual work as predictor for disability pensioning with osteoarthritis among the employed in Norway 1971 - 1990 (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 487-494; Riise, T., Kyvik, K.R., Moen, B., A cohort study of disability pensioning among Norwegian painters, construction workers, and workers in food processing (1995) Epidemiology, 6, pp. 132-136; Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., The occurrence of disability and early old-age pensions among members of the carpenters and cabinet makers’ trade union (1980) Scand J Soc Med, 16, pp. S28-S33; Guberan, E., Usel, M., Permanent work incapacity, mortality and survival without work incapacity among occupations and social classes: a cohort study of ageing men in Geneva (1998) Int J Epidemiol, 27, pp. 1026-1032; Westin, S., Schlesselman, J.J., Korper, M., Long-term effects of a factory closure: unemployment and disability during ten years’ follow-up (1989) J Clin Epidemiol, 42, pp. 435-441; Nordic Social Statistical Committee, (1999) Social Protection in the Nordic Countries 1997: scope, expenditure and financing, , Copenhagen: Nordic Social Statistical Committee; Rikstrygdeverket [National Social Insurance Administration], (1998) The Norwegian Social Insurance Scheme: a survey, , Oslo: Rikstrygdeverket; Gjesdal, S., Bratberg, E., The role of gender in long-term sickness absence and transition to permanent disability benefits (2002) Eur J Public Health, 12, pp. 180-186; Marklund, S., (1995) Rehabilitering i et samhallsperspective [Rehabilitation in a societal perspective], , editor 2nd ed. Lund: Studentlitteratur; Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Barker, D.J., Clark, P.M., Fetal undernutrition and disease in later life (1997) Rev Reprod, 2, pp. 105-112; Aarts, L.J.M., (1992) De Jong PR. Economic aspects of disability behavior, , Amsterdam: North-Holland; Brage, S., Nygard, J.F., Tellnes, G., The gender gap in musculoskeletal-related long-term sickness absence in Norway (1998) Scand J Soc Med, 26, pp. 34-43; Leijon, M., Hensing, G., Alexanderson, K., Gender trends in sick-listing with musculoskeletal symptoms in a Swedish county during a period of rapid increase in sickness absence (1998) Scand J Soc Med, 26, pp. 204-213; Alexanderson, K., Sydsjo, A., Hensing, G., Sydsjo, G., Carstensen, J., Impact of pregnancy on gender differences in sickness absence (1996) Scand J Soc Med, 24, pp. 169-176; Mastekaasa, A., Parenthood, gender and sickness absence (2000) Soc Sci Med, 50, pp. 1827-1842; Upmark, M., Lundberg, I., Sadigh, J., Allebeck, P., Bigert, C., Psychosocial characteristics in young men as predictors of early disability pension with a psychiatric diagnosis (1999) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 34, pp. 533-540; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Annu Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Robertson, C., Boyle, P., Age - period - cohort models of chronic disease rates, II: Graphical approaches (1998) Stat Med, 17, pp. 1325-1339; CYTEL Software Corporation, (1999) EGRET for Windows, , Cambridge, MA: CYTEL Software Corp; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, I: Age - period and age - cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Holford, T.R., Analysing the temporal effects of age, period and cohort (1992) Stat Methods Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II: Age - period - cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Robertson, C., Boyle, P., Age - period - cohort analysis of chronic disease rates, I: Modelling approach (1998) Stat Med, 17, pp. 1305-1323; Askildsen, J., Bratberg, E., Nilsen, #x00D8;., (2000) Sickness absence over the business cycle, , Bergen: Departement of Economics, University of Bergen; (2002) Education at a glance OECD indicators; Krokstad, S., Johnsen, R., Westin, S., Medical and non-medical risk factor criteria for disability pension (2002) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 122, pp. 1479-1485; Hellevik, O., Age differences in value orientation - life cycle or cohort effects? (2002) Int J Public Opinion Res, 14, pp. 286-302; Macintyre, S., Hunt, K., Sweeting, H., Gender differences in health: are things really as simple as they seem? (1996) Soc Sci Med, 42, pp. 617-624; Statistisk Sentralbyrå [Statistics Norway], (1994) Historical statistics, , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå; Statistisk Sentralbyrå [Statistics Norway], (2001) Arbeidskraftundersøkelsen 1.kvartal [The labour marked survey], , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå; Akerlind, I., Alexanderson, K., Hensing, G., Leijon, M., Bjurulf, P., Sex differences in sickness absence in relation to parental status (1996) Scand J Soc Med, 24, pp. 27-35; Ihlebaek, C., Eriksen, H.R., Ursin, H., Prevalence of subjective health complaints (SHC) in Norway (2002) Scand J Public Health, 30, pp. 20-29 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-12544253234&doi=10.1080%2f14034940410029487&partnerID=40&md5=a230e7b6b660462f3b562c6fed99e772 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in asthma, allergic rhinitis and eczema among Swedish conscripts from farming and non-farming environments. A nationwide study over three decades T2 - Clinical and Experimental Allergy J2 - Clin. Exp. Allergy VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 43 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2222.2004.01841.x SN - 09547894 (ISSN) AU - Bråbäck, L. AU - Hjern, A. AU - Rasmussen, F. AD - Mid Sweden R. and D. Centre, Sundsvall Hospital, Sweden AD - Unit of Paediatrics, Dept. Women's and Children's Hlth., Uppsala University, Sweden AD - Centre for Epidemiology, Swed. Natl. Bd. of Hlth. and Welfare, Sweden AD - Epidemiology Research Unit, Department of Public Health Sciences, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Epidemiology Research Group, Department of Public Health Sciences, Karolinska Institutet, SE 171 76 Stockholm, Sweden AB - Background: Asthma and allergies are less common in children who have been raised in farming environments. Objectives: To assess whether children who grow up in a farming environment have been protected against the general increase in atopic disorders in Sweden and whether other rural environments could also be protective. Method: Linkage at an individual level of three national registers in Sweden: The Swedish Military Service Conscription Register (MSCR), the Register of the Total Population (RTP) and the Population and Housing Censuses (PHC). Asthma, allergic rhinitis and eczema at conscription were analysed in relation to area of residence, parental occupation, maternal age, family size and being the first born for 1 309 652 male conscripts in three successive cohorts born between 1952 and 1981. Results: Allergic rhinitis and eczema displayed a continuous increase throughout the study period, whereas the rise in asthma mainly occurred in conscripts born after 1961. Farming environments and rural living already provided protection from allergic rhinitis in conscripts born during the 1950s, but the protective effect was greater in later cohorts. An inverse association was observed between farm living and asthma, but mainly in conscripts born after 1970. The adjusted risk ratios for asthma in conscripts from farming vs. non-farming families were 1.00 (95% CI 0.93-1.07), 0.94 (95% CI 0.88-1.01) and 0.85 (95% CI 0.79-0.91) in conscripts born in 1952-1961, 1962-1971 and 1972-1981, respectively. Rural living per se had no effect on the occurrence of asthma. Eczema was less common in rural areas, but the time trend was similar in urban and rural areas. Conclusions: Our findings suggest that environmental changes affecting the whole of society have promoted an increase in asthma, allergic rhinitis and eczema in both farming and non-farming environments. A lower risk of allergic rhinitis in conscripts whose parents were involved in farming was observed in all birth cohorts, whereas the protective effect of growing up on a farm on the risk of asthma appears to be a fairly recent phenomenon. KW - Allergic rhinitis KW - Asthma KW - Conscripts KW - Eczema KW - Epidemiology KW - Farm environment KW - Rural KW - Time trend KW - Urban KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - agricultural worker KW - allergic rhinitis KW - analysis KW - article KW - asthma KW - atopy KW - birth order KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - eczema KW - environment KW - environmental exposure KW - ethnic group KW - family size KW - genetic linkage KW - health survey KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - occupation KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - protection KW - register KW - resident KW - rural area KW - Sweden KW - urban area KW - Adolescent KW - Agriculture KW - Dermatitis, Atopic KW - Environment KW - Epidemiologic Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Parents KW - Prevalence KW - Respiratory Hypersensitivity KW - Risk KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :111 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CLEAE C2 - 14720260 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rasmussen, F.; Epidemiology Research Group, Department of Public Health Sciences, Karolinska Institutet, SE 171 76 Stockholm, Sweden; email: finn.rasmussen@phs.ki.se N1 - References: Von Mutius, E., The rising trends in asthma and allergic disease (1998) Clin Exp Allergy, 28 (5 SUPPL.), pp. 45-49; Pearce, N., Sunyer, J., Cheng, S., Comparison of asthma prevalence in the ISAAC and the ECRHS. ISAAC Steering Committee and the European Community Respiratory Health Survey. International Study of Asthma and Allergies in Childhood (2000) Eur Respir J, 16, pp. 420-426; Weiss, S.T., Eat dirt - The hygiene hypothesis and allergic diseases (2002) N Engl J Med, 347, pp. 930-931; Bråbäck, L., Hedberg, A., Perinatal risk factors for atopic disease in conscripts (1998) Clin Exp Allergy, 28, pp. 936-942; Hjern, A., Rasmussen, F., Hedlin, G., Age at adoption, ethnicity and atopic disorder - A study of internationally adopted boys in Sweden (1999) Pediatr Allergy Immunol, 10, pp. 101-106; Strachan, D.P., Harkins, L.S., Johnston, I.D., Anderson, H.R., Childhood antecedents of allergic sensitization in young British adults (1997) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 99, pp. 6-12; Bråbäck, L., Kälvesten, L., Urban living as a risk factor for atopic sensitization in Swedish schoolchildren (1991) Pediatr Allergy Immunol, 2, pp. 14-19; Matricardi, P.M., Franzinelli, F., Franco, A., Sibship size, birth order, and atopy in 11,371 Italian young men (1998) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 101, pp. 439-444; Braun-Fahrländer, C., Gassner, M., Grize, L., Prevalence of hay fever and allergic sensitization in farmer's children and their peers living in the same rural community. SCARPOL team. Swiss Study on Childhood Allergy and Respiratory Symptoms with Respect to Air Pollution (1999) Clin Exp Allergy, 29, pp. 28-34; Downs, S.H., Marks, G.B., Mitakakis, T.Z., Leuppi, J.D., Car, N.G., Peat, J.K., Having lived on a farm and protection against allergic diseases in Australia (2001) Clin Exp Allergy, 31, pp. 570-575; Horak, F., Studnicka, M., Gartner, C., Parental farming protects children against atopy: Longitudinal evidence involving skin prick tests (2002) Clin Exp Allergy, 32, pp. 1155-1159; Kilpelainen, M., Terho, E.O., Helenius, H., Koskenvuo, M., Farm environment in childhood prevents the development of allergies (2000) Clin Exp Allergy, 30, pp. 201-208; Leynaert, B., Neukirch, C., Jarvis, D., Chinn, S., Burney, P., Neukirch, F., Does living on a farm during childhood protect against asthma, allergic rhinitis, and atopy in adulthood? (2001) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 164, pp. 1829-1834; Riedler, J., Eder, W., Oberfeld, G., Schreuer, M., Austrian children living on a farm have less hay fever, asthma and allergic sensitization (2000) Clin Exp Allergy, 30, pp. 194-200; Riedler, J., Braun-Fahrländer, C., Eder, W., Exposure to farming in early life and development of asthma and allergy: A cross-sectional survey (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 1129-1133; Von Mutius, E., Braun-Fahrländer, C., Schierl, R., Exposure to endotoxin or other bacterial components might protect against the development of atopy (2000) Clin Exp Allergy, 30, pp. 1230-1234; Braun-Fahrländer, C., Riedler, J., Herz, U., Environmental exposure to endotoxin and its relation to asthma in school-age children (2002) N Engl J Med, 347, pp. 869-877; Aberg, N., Asthma and allergic rhinitis in Swedish conscripts (1989) Clin Exp Allergy, 19, pp. 59-63; Rothman, K., Greenland, S., Mantel-Haenszel estimation: Pure-Count Data (1998) Modern Epidemiology, 2nd Edn., p. 270. , Rothman K, Greenland S, eds. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven; (2003) Yearbook of Agricultural Statistics, , http://www.scb.se/templates/product_37559.asp/, Statistics Sweden; Court, C.S., Cook, D.G., Strachan, D.P., Comparative epidemiology of atopic and non-atopic wheeze and diagnosed asthma in a national sample of English adults (2002) Thorax, 57, pp. 951-957; Pearce, N., Pekkanen, J., Beasley, R., How much asthma is really attributable to atopy? (1999) Thorax, 54, pp. 268-272; Wuthrich, B., Schindler, C., Leuenberger, P., Ackermann-Liebrich, U., Prevalence of atopy and pollinosis in the adult population of Switzerland (SAPALDIA study). Swiss Study on Air Pollution and Lung Diseases in Adults (1995) Int Arch Allergy Immunol, 106, pp. 149-156; Weiland, S.K., Von Mutius, E., Hirsch, T., Prevalence of respiratory and atopic disorders among children in the East and West of Germany five years after unification (1999) Eur Respir J, 14, pp. 862-870; Krause, T., Koch, A., Friborg, J., Poulsen, L.K., Kristensen, B., Melbye, M., Frequency of atopy in the Arctic in 1987 and 1998 (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 691-692; Von Mutius, E., Weiland, S.K., Fritzsch, C., Duhme, H., Keil, U., Increasing prevalence of hay fever and atopy among children in Leipzig, East Germany (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 862-866; Jogi, R., Janson, C., Björnsson, E., Boman, G., Björkstén, B., The prevalence of asthmatic respiratory symptoms among adults in Estonian and Swedish university cities (1996) Allergy, 51, pp. 331-336; Heinrich, J., Nowak, D., Wassmer, G., Age-dependent differences in the prevalence of allergic rhinitis and atopic sensitization between an eastern and a western German city (1998) Allergy, 53, pp. 89-93; Von Ehrenstein, O.S., Von Mutius, E., Illi, S., Baumann, L., Bohm, O., Von Kries, R., Reduced risk of hay fever and asthma among children of farmers (2000) Clin Exp Allergy, 30, pp. 187-193; Mortz, C.G., Lauritsen, J.M., Bindslev-Jensen, C., Andersen, K.E., Prevalence of atopic dermatitis, asthma, allergic rhinitis, and hand and contact dermatitis in adolescents. The Odense Adolescence Cohort Study on Atopic Diseases and Dermatitis (2001) Br J Dermatol, 144, pp. 523-532; Herd, R.M., Tidman, M.J., Prescott, R.J., Hunter, J.A., Prevalence of atopic eczema in the community: The Lothian Atopic Dermatitis study (1996) Br J Dermatol, 135, pp. 18-19; Magnus, P., Jaakkola, J.J., Secular trend in the occurrence of asthma among children and young adults: Critical appraisal of repeated cross sectional surveys (1997) Br Med J, 314, pp. 1795-1799; Radon, K., Danuser, B., Iversen, M., Respiratory symptoms in European animal farmers (2001) Eur Respir J, 17, pp. 747-754 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0842313338&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-2222.2004.01841.x&partnerID=40&md5=fbb34f44190d6224dd628f7623631d28 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Study of seizure and epilepsy in Chinese children in Hong Kong: Period prevalence and patterns T2 - Journal of Child Neurology J2 - J. Child Neurol. VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 25 PY - 2004 SN - 08830738 (ISSN) AU - Wong, V. AD - Div. of Neurodevelopmental Pediat., Dept. of Pediatrics/Adolescent Med., The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China AB - The Hong Kong Children's Seizure and Epilepsy Registry was set up for all children with a history of seizures or epilepsy followed up in the Epilepsy Clinic of the University of Hong Kong. The aim was to study the pattern of seizures and epileptic disorders in Chinese children. The objective was to study the period prevalence of epilepsy and the pattern of epilepsy in Chinese children. A prospective study of seizure and epilepsy in Chinese children was conducted from 1985 to 1997 in Hong Kong. The population census of 1997 was used to calculate the period prevalence of epilepsy in Chinese children. Altogether, 1103 children aged < 19 years at first assessment with epilepsy were included in the study. The period prevalence rate of epilepsy in 1997 (January to December) is estimated to be 4.5 per 1000 children aged < 19 years. The estimated period prevalence rate of children and adolescents with epilepsy in our children is 4.5 per 1000 children. KW - carbamazepine KW - clobazam KW - clonazepam KW - corticotropin KW - ethosuximide KW - gabapentin KW - lamotrigine KW - nitrazepam KW - phenobarbital KW - phenytoin KW - prednisone KW - primidone KW - pyridoxine KW - topiramate KW - valproic acid KW - vigabatrin KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - calculation KW - child KW - child care KW - Chinese KW - controlled study KW - disease course KW - drug use KW - electroencephalogram KW - epilepsy KW - female KW - hemispherectomy KW - Hong Kong KW - human KW - ketogenic diet KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - neurologic examination KW - pediatric surgery KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - seizure KW - Adolescent KW - Asian Continental Ancestry Group KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Cultural Comparison KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Epilepsy KW - Female KW - Hong Kong KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Population Surveillance KW - Prognosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Seizures KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOCNE C2 - 15032378 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wong, V.; Div. of Neurodevelopmental Pediat., Dept. of Pediatrics/Adolescent Med., The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China; email: vcnwong@hkucc.hku.hk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: carbamazepine, 298-46-4, 8047-84-5; clobazam, 22316-47-8; clonazepam, 1622-61-3; corticotropin, 11136-52-0, 9002-60-2, 9061-27-2; ethosuximide, 77-67-8; gabapentin, 60142-96-3; lamotrigine, 84057-84-1; nitrazepam, 146-22-5; phenobarbital, 50-06-6, 57-30-7, 8028-68-0; phenytoin, 57-41-0, 630-93-3; prednisone, 53-03-2; primidone, 125-33-7; pyridoxine, 12001-77-3, 58-56-0, 65-23-6, 8059-24-3; topiramate, 97240-79-4; valproic acid, 1069-66-5, 99-66-1; vigabatrin, 60643-86-9 N1 - References: Shorvon, S.D., Epidemiology, classification, natural history, and genetics of epilepsy (1989) Lancet, 336, pp. 93-96; Cowan, L., Bodensteiner, J.B., Leviton, A., Doherty, L., Prevalence of the epilepsies in children and adolescents (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 94-106; Guidelines for epidermiologic studies on epilepsy (1993) Epilepsia, 134, pp. 592-596. , Commission on Epidemiology and Prognosis, International League Against Epilepsy; Blom, S., Heijbel, J., Bergfors, P.G., Incidence of epilepsy in children: A follow up study three years after the first seizure (1978) Epilepsia, 19, pp. 343-350; Beilmann, A., Napa, A., Hämarik, M., Incidence of childhood epilepsy in Estonia (1999) Brain Dev., 21, pp. 166-174; Sillanpaa, M., Jalava, M., Kaleva, O., Long-term prognosis of seizures with onset in childhood (1998) N. Engl. J. Med., 338, pp. 1715-1722; Sidenvall, R., Forsgren, L., Blomquist, H.K., A community-based propective study of epileptic seizures in children (1993) Acta Paediatr., 82, pp. 60-65; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 857-861; Ellenberg, J.H., Hirtz, D.G., Nelson, K.B., Age at onset of seizures in young children (1984) Ann. Neurol., 15, pp. 127-134; Braathen, G., Theorell, K., A general hospital population of childhood epilepsy (1995) Acta Paediatr., 84, pp. 1143-1146; Doerfer, J., Wasser, S., An epidermologic study of febrile seizures and epilepsy in children (1987) Epilepsy Res., 1, pp. 149-151; Doose, H., Sitepu, B., Childhood epilepsy in a German city (1983) Neuropediatrics, 14, pp. 220-224; Camfield, C.S., Camfield, P.R., Gordon, K., Incidence of epilepsy in childhood and adolescence: A population based study in Nova Scotia from 1977 to 1985 (1996) Epilepsia, 137, pp. 19-23; Kurtz, Z., Tookey, P., Ross, E., Epilepsy in young people: 23 year follow up of the British National Child Development Study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 339-342; Rantala, H., Ingalsuo, H., Occurrence and outcome of epilepsy in children younger than 2 years (1999) J. Pediatr., 135, pp. 761-764; Cavazzuti, G.B., Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school age children of Modena, Italy (1980) Epilepsia, 21, pp. 57-62; Steffenberg, U., Hedström, A., Lindroth, A., Intractable epilepsy in a population-based series of mentally retarded children (1998) Epilepsia, 139, pp. 767-775; Shepherd, C., Hosking, G., Epilepsy in school children with intellectual impairments in Sheffield: The size and nature of the problem and the implications for service provision (1989) J. Ment. Defic. Res., 133, pp. 511-514; Pazzaglia, P., Frank-Pazzaglia, L., Record in grade school of pupils with epilepsy: An epidemiological study (1976) Epilepsia, 17, pp. 361-366; Baumann, R.J., Marx, M.B., Leonidakis, M.G., Epilepsy in rural Kentucky: Prevalence in a population of school age children (1978) Epilepsia, 19, pp. 75-80; Waaler, P.E., Blom, B.H., Skeidsvoll, H., Mykletun, A., Prevalence, classification, and severity of epilepsy in children in western Norway (2000) Epilepsia, 41, pp. 802-810; von Wendt, L., Rantakallio, P., Saukkonen, A.L., Makinen, H., Epilepsy and associated handicaps in a 1 year birth cohort in northern Finland (1985) Eur. J. Pediatr., 1144, pp. 149-151; Hauser, W.A., Annegers, J.F., Kurland, L.T., Prevalence of epilepsy in Rochester, Minnesota: 1940-1980 (1991) Epilepsia, 32, pp. 429-445; Eriksson, K.J., Koivikko, M.J., Prevalence, classification, and severity of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes in children (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 1275-1282; Goodridge, D.M.G., Shorvon, S.D., Epileptic seizures in a population of 6000. 1: Demography, diagnosis and classification (1983) BMJ, 287, pp. 641-644; Kramer, U., Nevo, Y., Neufeld, M.Y., Epidemiology of epilepsy in childhood: A cohort of 440 consecutive patients (1998) Pediatr. Neurol., 18, pp. 46-50; Freeman, J.M., Jacobs, H., Vining, E., Rabin, C.E., Epilepsy and the inner city schools: A school-based program that makes a difference (1984) Epilepsia, 25, pp. 438-442; Hauser, W.A., Annegers, J.F., Kurland, L.T., Incidence of epilepsy and unprovoked seizures in Rochester, Minnesota: 1935-1984 (1993) Epilepsia, 34, pp. 453-468; Sander, J.W., Shorvon, S.D., Incidence and prevalence studies in epilepsy and their methodological problems: A review (1987) J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry, 50, pp. 829-839; Sander, J.W., Shorvon, S.D., Epidemiology of the epilepsies (1996) J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry, 61, pp. 433-443; Hauser, W.A., Kurland, L.T., The epidemiology of epilepsy in Rochester, Minnesota, 1935 through 1967 (1975) Epilepsia, 16, pp. 1-66; Pavlovic, M., Jarebinski, M., Pekmezovic, T., Seizure disorders in preschool children in a Serbian district (1998) Neuroepidemiology, 17, pp. 105-110; Van der Berg, B.J., Yerushalmy, J., Studies on convulsive disorders in young children. I. Incidence of febrile and nonfebrile convulsions by age and other factors (1969) Pediatr. Res., 3, pp. 298-304; Ishida, S., Prevalence of epilepsy in Okayama prefecture: A neuroepidemiologic study (1985) Folia Psychiatr. Neurol. Jpn., 139, pp. 325-332; Joensen, P., Prevalence, incidence and classfication of epilepsy in the Faroes (1986) Acta Neurol. Scand., 74, pp. 150-155; Tsuboi, T., Prevalence and incidence of epilepsy in Tokyo (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 103-110; Lavados, J., Germain, L., Morales, L., A descriptive study of epilepsy in the district of El-Salvador, Chile, 1984-1988 (1992) Acta Neurol. Scand., 85, pp. 249-256; Placencia, M., Shorvon, S.D., Paredes, V., Epileptic seizures in an Andean region of Ecuador (1992) Brain, 115, pp. 771-782; Rwiza, H.T., Kilonzo, G.P., Haule, J., Prevalence and incidence of epilepsy in Ulanga, a rural Tanzanian district: A community-based study (1992) Epilepsia, 33, pp. 1051-1056; Cockerell, O.C., Eckle, I., Goodridge, D.M., Epilepsy in a population of 6000 reexamined: Secular trends in first attendance rates, prevalence, and prognosis (1995) J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry, 58, pp. 570-576; Olafsson, E., Hauser, W.A., Ludvigsson, P., Incidence of epilepsy in rural Iceland: A population-based study (1996) Epilepsia, 137, pp. 951-955; Tekle-Haimanot, R., Forsgren, L., Ekstedt, J., Incidence of epilepsy in rural central Ethiopia (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 541-546; Mani, K.S., Rangan, G., Srinivas, H.V., The Yellandur study: A community-based approach to epilepsy in rural South India: Epidemiological aspects (1998) Seizure, 7, pp. 281-288; Kwong, K.L., Chak, W.K., Wong, S.N., So, K.T., Epidemiology of childhood epilepsy in a cohort of 309 Chinese children (2001) Pediatr. Neurol., 24, pp. 276-282; Tidman, L., Saravanan, K., Gibbs, J., Epilepsy in mainstream and special educational primary school settings (2003) Seizure, 112, pp. 47-51; Kotsopoulos, I.A.W., van Merode, T., Kessels, F.G.H., Systematic review and meta-analysis of incidence studies of epilepsy and unprovoked seizures (2002) Epilepsia, 143, pp. 1402-1409; Asawavichienjinda, T., Sitthi-Amorn, C., Tanyanont, W., Prevalence of epilepsy in rural Thailand: A population-based study (2002) J. Med. Assoc. Thai., 85, pp. 1066-1073; Sillanpaa, M., Jalava, M., Shinnar, S., Epilepsy syndromes in patients with childhood-onset seizures in Finland (1999) Pediatr. Neurol., 121, pp. 533-537; (2001), Population data from Census Hong Kong. Website of Census and Statistics Department, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region: Available at: www.info.gov.hk/censtatd; Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 389-399. , Commission on Classification and Terminology, International League Against Epilepsy; Proposal for revised clinical and electroencephalographic classification of epileptic seizures (1981) Epilepsia, 22, pp. 489-501. , Commission of Classification and Terminology, International League Against Epilepsy; Proposal for classification of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes (1985) Epilepsia, 116, pp. 268-278. , Commission on Classification and Terminology, International League Against Epilepsy; Engel Jr., J., A proposed diagnostic scheme for people with epileptic seizures and with epilepsy: Report of the ILAE Task Force on Classification and Terminology (2001) Epilepsia, 42, pp. 796-803; Wong, V., Hong Kong Children's Seizure & Epilepsy Registry (HKCSER) (1997) Neurol. J. Southeast Asia, 2, pp. 201-206; Wong, V., Hong Kong Children's Seizure and Epilepsy Registry (HKCSER) (1997) Proceedings of the 9th Annual Scientific Meeting of Hong Kong Neurological Society, 11, pp. 25-26. , Hong Kong, Hong Kong Neurological Society; Wong, V., Hong Kong Children's Seizure & Epilepsy Registry (HKCSER) (1998) Brain Dev., 20, p. 443. , Proceedings of the 8th International Child Neurology Congress (Slovenia, 1998 September 13-17) UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1542393777&partnerID=40&md5=909ffb6773b7cdf3851f23f1b1f126be ER - TY - JOUR TI - Can we disentangle life course processes of accumulation, critical period and social mobility? An analysis of disadvantaged socio-economic positions and myocardial infarction in the Stockholm Heart Epidemiology Program T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 58 IS - 8 SP - 1555 EP - 1562 PY - 2004 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(03)00344-7 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Hallqvist, J. AU - Lynch, J. AU - Bartley, M. AU - Lang, T. AU - Blane, D. AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, Division of Social Medicine, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm 171 76, Sweden AD - Department of Epidemiology, Ctr. for Hum. Growth and Development, University of Michigan, United States AD - Survey Research Center, University of Michigan, United States AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, University College, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Faculty of Medicine, INSERM U588, Toulouse-Purpan, France AD - Dept. of Social Science and Medicine, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom AB - The accumulation hypothesis would propose that the longer the duration of exposure to disadvantaged socio-economic position, the greater the risk of myocardial infarction. However there may be a danger of confounding between accumulation and possibly more complex combinations of critical periods of exposure and social mobility. The objective of this paper is to investigate the possibility of distinguishing between these alternatives. We used a population based case-control study (Stockholm Heart Epidemiology Programme) of all incident first events of myocardial infarction among men and women, living in the Stockholm region 1992-94. The analyses were restricted to men 53-70 years, 511 cases and 716 controls. From a full occupational history each subject was categorized as manual worker or non-manual at three stages of the life course, childhood (from parent's occupation), at the ages 25-29 and 51-55, resulting in 8 possible socio-economic trajectories. We found a graded response to the accumulation of disadvantaged socio-economic positions over the life course. However, we also found evidence for effects of critical periods and of social mobility. A conceptual analysis showed that there are, for theoretical reasons, only a limited number of trajectories available, too small to form distinct empirical categories of each hypothesis. The empirical task of disentangling the life course hypotheses of critical period, social mobility and accumulation is therefore comparable to the problem of separating age, period, and cohort effects. Accordingly, the interpretation must depend on prior knowledge of more specific causal mechanisms. © 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Life course KW - Myocardial infarction KW - Social mobility KW - Socioeconomic position KW - Sweden KW - cardiovascular disease KW - epidemiology KW - socioeconomic status KW - acute heart infarction KW - adult KW - aged KW - anamnesis KW - article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - health program KW - human KW - learning KW - life event KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - population research KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - statistical analysis KW - worker KW - Eurasia KW - Europe KW - Northern Europe KW - Scandinavia KW - Stockholm [Sweden] KW - Sweden PB - Elsevier Ltd N1 - Cited By :179 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 14759698 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hallqvist, J.; Department of Public Health Sciences, Division of Social Medicine, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm 171 76, Sweden; email: johan.hallqvist@phs.ki.se N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, babies and health in later life, , London: Churchill Livingstone; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socio-economic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British birth cohort (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socio-economic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) British Medical Journal, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., & Lynch, J. W. (2003). Socioeconomic differentials. In Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y. (Eds.), A lifecourse approach to chronic disease epidemiology, Vol. 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press, in press; Hart, C., Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Inequalities in mortality by social class measured at 3 stages of the life course (1998) American Journal of Public Health, 88, pp. 471-474; Holland, P., Berney, L., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D.J., Montgomery, S.M., Life course accumulation of disadvantage: Childhood health and hazard exposure during adulthood (2000) Social Science & Medicine, 50, pp. 1285-1295; Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Morgenstern, H., (1982) Epidemiologic research. Principles and quantitative methods, , Belmont: Lifetime learning publications, Wadsworth Inc; Kuh, D., & Ben-Schlomo, Y. (Eds.). (1997). A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Kauhanen, J., Wilson, T.W., Smith, N.L., Salonen, J.T., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Shema, S.J., Cumulative impact of sustained economic hardship on physical, cognitive, psychological, and social functioning (1997) New England Journal of Medicine, 337, pp. 1889-1895; Mann, S., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Colley, J., Accumulation of factors influencing respiratory illness in members of a national birth cohort and their offspring (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 286-291; Montgomery, S., Bartley, M., Cook, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Health and social precursors of unemployment in young men in Great Britain (1996) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 50, pp. 415-422; Montgomery, S., Berney, L., Blane, D., Prepubertal stature and blood pressure in early old age (2000) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 82, pp. 358-363; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self rated health in the 1958 birth cohort: Lifetime social circumstances or social mobility? (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 449-453; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self-rated health: Explanations from different stages of life (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1009-1013; Power, C., Manor, O., Matthews, S., The duration and timing of exposure: Effects of socio-economic environment on adult health (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89, pp. 1059-1065; Reuterwall, C., Hallqvist, J., Ahlbom, A., de Faire, U., Diderichsen, F., Hogstedt, C., Pershagen, G., Theorell, T., Wiman, B., & Wolk, A., The SHEEP study group (1999). Higher relative but lower absolute risks of myocardial infarction in women than in men for some major risk factors in the SHEEP study. Journal of Internal Medicine, 246, 161-174; Rothman, K. J., Greenland, S. (Eds.), (1998). Modern epidemiology (2nd ed.). Boston: Lippincott-Raven Publishers; Wamala, S.P., Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Women's exposure to early and later life socioeconomic disadvantage and coronary heart disease risk: The Stockholm female coronary risk study (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 275-284; Wunsch, G., Duchene, J., Thiltges, E., Salhi, M., Socioeconomic differences in mortality: A life course approach (1996) European Journal of Population, 12, pp. 167-185 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0842305110&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2803%2900344-7&partnerID=40&md5=8c1ebebffef10adbdecf08a25ba5f678 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The Existence of Dyslexia without Severe Literacy Problems T2 - Annals of Dyslexia J2 - Ann. Dyslexia VL - 53 SP - 340 EP - 354 PY - 2003 SN - 07369387 (ISSN) AU - Miles, T.R. AU - Wheeler, T.J. AU - Haslum, M.N. AD - University of Wales, Bangor, United Kingdom AD - University College, Chester, United Kingdom AD - University of the West of England, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - School of Psychology, Brigantia Building, Penrallt Road, Bangore, Gwynedd, N. Wales LL 57 5AS, United Kingdom AB - This paper is concerned with those who display positive indicators on tests for dyslexia but seemingly do not have any severe literacy problems. A case study is presented by way of illustration. On the basis of data from the British Births Cohort Study (12,905 10-year-old children), it was found that some seemingly normal achievers who showed signs of dyslexia (N = 422) obtained different results on five measures associated with dyslexia than did other normal achievers without such signs (N = 4,998). The measures used were: underachievement at word recognition; and underachievement at spelling, reading comprehension, pseudoword reading, and mathematics. The proportion of boys to girls in the groups was also noted. It is suggested that these were cases of mild dyslexia, who, on the basis simply of reading and spelling tests, might escape detection. The consequences for the concept of dyslexia are discussed, and it is suggested that the needs of dyslexies with only mild literacy problems should not be overlooked. N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Miles, T.R.; School of Psychology, Brigantia Building, Penrallt Road, Bangore, Gwynedd, N. Wales LL 57 5AS, United Kingdom; email: t.r.miles@bangor.ac.uk N1 - References: Berry, D., Lindgren, B.W., (1996) Statistics: Theory and Methods (2nd Ed.), , Belmont, CA: Duxbury Press; Critchley, M., (1970) The Dyslexic Child, , London: Heinemann; Critchley, M., Critchley, E.A., (1978) Dyslexia Defined, , London: Heinemann; (1985) Edinburgh Reading Test, , London: Hodder and Stoughton; Elliott, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1979) The British Ability Scales, , Windsor: NFER-Nelson; Hallgren, B., Congenital word blindness: A clinical and genetic study (1950) Acta Psychiatrica et Neurologica, Supplementum, 65, pp. i-xi; Henry, M., Ganschow, L., Miles, T.R., The issue of definition: Some problems (2000) Perspectives, 26 (1), pp. 381-43; Hermann, K., (1959) Reading Disability: A Medical Study of Congenital Word Blindness, , Copenhagen: Munksgaard; Hinshelwood, J., (1917) Congenital Word Blindness, , London: H. K. Lewis; Miles, T.R., (1982) The Bangor Dyslexia Test, , Wisbech, Cambs: Learning Development Aids; Miles, T.R., (1993) Dyslexia: The Pattern of Difficulties (2nd Ed.), , London: Whurr; Miles, T.R., A suggested taxonomy and some consequences (1994) Dyslexia in Children: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, pp. 1951-214. , A. Fawcett & R.I. Nicolson (Eds.). London: Harvester Wheatsheaf; Miles, T.R., Haslum, M.N., Dyslexia: Anomaly or normal variation? (1986) Annals of Dyslexia, 36, pp. 103-117; Miles, T.R., Haslum, M.N., Wheeler, T.J., Gender ratio in dyslexia (1998) Annals of Dyslexia, 48, pp. 271-55; Miles, T.R., Haslum, M.N., Wheeler, T.J., Mathematical abilities of dyslexic 10-year-olds (2001) Annals of Dyslexia, 51, pp. 2991-321; Miles, T.R., Wheeler, T.J., Towards a new theory of dyslexia (1974) Dyslexia Review, 11, pp. 9-11. , Summer; Morgan, W.P., A case study of congenital word blindness (1896) British Medical Journal, 2, p. 1378; Orton, S.T., (1937) Reading, Writing and Speech Problems in Children: Selected Papers, , Austin, TX: PRO-ED; Schonell, F.J., Schonell, F.E., (1952) Diagnostic and Attainment Testing, , London: Oliver & Boyd; Singleton, C., (1999) Dyslexia in Higher Education: Policy, Provision and Practice, , University of Hull: Higher Education Funding Councils for England and Scotland UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0742289005&partnerID=40&md5=86555197dfe2bf7e4cc729a34ad4d2cd ER - TY - JOUR TI - A lesson for education: University expansion and falling income mobility T2 - New Economy J2 - New Econ. VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 194 EP - 198 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1046/j.1468-0041.2003.00316.x SN - 10703535 (ISSN) AU - Machin, S. AU - Gregg, P. AD - Centre for Economic Performance, LSE, London, United Kingdom AB - A key question is whether rising inequality within generations, including increased inequality during the childhood years, has been associated with changes in inequality across generations. In this article we consider this question, asking whether the extent of intergenerational mobility has also altered over time. We use data on two birth cohorts (one born in 1958, the other in 1970). Our key findings are as follows: • the extent of intergenerational mobility in economic status has reduced substantially over time. Individuals' earnings and income are more closely tied to parental income for the more recent cohort than they are for the older cohort. • this has been, at least partially, driven by the fact that the rapid expansion of the higher education system over this period was concentrated among people from higher income backgrounds. This has acted to slow down and restrict the extent of mobility up or down the distribution across generations. • differences in education policy are significant in explaining the observed patterns of change. KW - educational development KW - equity KW - income distribution KW - intergenerational transfer KW - mobility KW - socioeconomic status KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Machin, S.; Centre for Economic Performance, LSE, London, United Kingdom N1 - References: Blanden, J., Goodman, A., Gregg, P., Machin S, Changes in intergenerational mobility in Britain (2002) Generational Income Mobility in North America and Europe, , forthcoming in Corak M (ed) Cambridge University Press; Blanden, J., Gregg, P., Machin, S., (2003) Changes in Educational Inequality, , Centre for the Economics of Education Discussion Paper (forthcoming); Goodman, A., Johnson, P., Webb, S., (1997) Inequality in the UK, , Institute for Fiscal Studies; Machin, S., Wage Inequality in the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s (1999) The State of Working Britain, , Gregg P and Wadsworth J (eds) Manchester University Press; Micklewright J, (1986) A Note on Household Income in NCDS3, , City University NCDS User Support Group Working Paper 18 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344256582&doi=10.1046%2fj.1468-0041.2003.00316.x&partnerID=40&md5=08ad68c128eccd63ec59daaee0082d88 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Patterns of Interphalangeal Hand Joint Involvement of Osteoarthritis among Men and Women: A British Cohort Study T2 - Arthritis and Rheumatism J2 - Arthritis Rheum. VL - 48 IS - 12 SP - 3371 EP - 3376 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1002/art.11339 SN - 00043591 (ISSN) AU - Poole, J. AU - Sayer, A.A. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M. AU - Kuh, D. AU - Cooper, C. AD - Southampton General Hospital, University of Southampton, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom AB - Objective. To characterize the pattern of involvement of osteoarthritis (OA) of the hand among men and women of the same age. Methods. Structured hand examinations were performed on 1,467 men and 1,519 women who were age 53 years and born in England, Scotland, or Wales during the first week of March 1946 (identified through the United Kingdom National Survey of Health and Development). OA at each joint site was characterized using a previously validated examination schedule. The interrelationship of involvement of different hand joints was analyzed by logistic regression and cluster analyses. Results. There was clear evidence of polyarticular involvement in the hand joints of both the men and the women. Among the women, 161 subjects had ≥4 joints involved, compared with only 41 subjects expected in this category (P < 0.001). Among the men, 87 subjects were observed to have ≥4 joints involved, in contrast with only 7 subjects expected (P < 0.001). The pattern of hand joint involvement (characterized by clustering primarily by row and symmetric joint involvement, rather than clustering by ray) was found to be almost identical between the men and the women. Conclusion. This study confirms the existence of a polyarticular subset of OA among men that has characteristics similar to those of the variant observed among women. The data suggest that the genetic or metabolic influences underlying this particular variant of OA acts similarly in both sexes. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - clinical observation KW - cluster analysis KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - gender KW - genetic disorder KW - hand disease KW - health survey KW - human KW - interphalangeal joint KW - logistic regression analysis KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - metabolic disorder KW - osteoarthritis KW - priority journal KW - statistical significance KW - United Kingdom KW - validation process KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Finger Joint KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoarthritis KW - Prevalence KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ARHEA C2 - 14673988 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cooper, C.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom; email: cc@mrc.soton.ac.uk N1 - References: Felson, D.T., Epidemiology of hip and knee osteoarthritis (1988) Epidemiol Rev, 10, pp. 1-28; Van Saase, J.L.C.M., Van Romunde, L.K.J., Cats, A., Vandenbroucke, J.P., Valkenburg, H.A., Epidemiology of osteoarthritis: Zoetermeer survey. Comparison of radiological osteoarthritis in a Dutch population with that in ten other populations (1989) Ann Rheum Dis, 48, pp. 271-280; Kellgren, J.H., Moore, R., Generalised osteoarthritis in Heberden's nodes (1952) BMJ, 1, pp. 181-187; Egger, P., Cooper, C., Hart, D.J., Doyle, D.V., Coggon, D., Spector, T.D., Patterns of joint involvement in osteoarthritis of the hand: The Chingford study (1995) J Rheumatol, 22, pp. 1509-1513; Wadsworth, M.E., Kuh, D.J., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work from the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., The life course prospective design: An example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity Soc Sci Med, , In press; Hart, D., Spector, T., Egger, P., Coggon, D., Cooper, C., Defining osteoarthritis of the hand for epidemiological studies: The Chingford study (1994) Ann Rheum Dis, 53, pp. 220-223; Everitt, B.S., Landau, S., Leese, M., (2001) Cluster Analysis, , London: Arnold; Altman, R., Alarcon, G., Appelrouth, D., Bloch, D., Borenstein, D., Brandt, K., The American College of Rheumatology criteria for the classification and reporting of osteoarthritis of the hand (1990) Arthritis Rheum, 33, pp. 1601-1610; Haygarth, J., (1805) A Clinical History of Diseases, Part 2: A Clinical History of Nodosity of the Joints, , London: Cadell and Davies; O'Brien, W.M., Clement, A.R., Acheson, R.N., Symptoms and pattern of osteoarthritis in the hand in the New Haven survey of joint disease (1966) Population Studies in Rheumatic Diseases, pp. 398-406. , Bennett PH, Wood PHN, editors. Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica Foundation International Congress. Series no. 148; Acheson, R.N., Chan, Y., Clement, A.R., New Haven survey of joint diseases XII: Distribution of symptoms of osteoarthritis in the hand with reference to handedness (1970) Ann Rheum Dis, 29, pp. 275-285; Dieppe, P., Cushnaghan, J., The natural course and prognosis of osteoarthritis (1992) Osteoarthritis: Diagnosis and Medical/Surgical Management. 2nd Ed., pp. 399-412. , Moskowitz R, Howell DJ, Goldberg VM, Mankin JH, editors. London: Saunders; Strecher, R.M., Heberden's nodes: A clinical description of osteoarthritis of the finger joints (1955) Ann Rheum Dis, 14, pp. 1-10; Crain, D.C., Interphalangeal osteoarthritis (1961) JAMA, 175, pp. 1049-1053; Peter, J.B., Pearson, C.M., Marmor, L., Erosive osteoarthritis of the hands (1966) Arthritis Rheum, 9, pp. 365-388; Ehrlich, G.E., Inflammatory osteoarthritis. I. The clinical syndrome (1972) J Chron Dis, 25, pp. 317-328; Utsinger, P.D., Resnick, D., Shapiro, R.F., Wiesner, K.B., Roentgenologic, immunologic, and therapeutic study of erosive (inflammatory) osteoarthritis (1978) Arch Intern Med, 138, pp. 693-697; Lane, N.E., Bloch, D.A., Jones, H.H., Simpson, V., Fries, J.F., Osteoarthritis in the hand: A comparison of handedness and hand use (1989) J Rheumatol, 16, pp. 637-642; Cooper, C., Inskip, H., Croft, P., Campbell, L., Smith, G., McLaren, M., Individual risk factors for hip osteoarthritis: Obesity, hip injury and physical activity (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 516-522; Reading, I., Walker-Bone, K., Palmer, K., Coggon, D., Cooper, C., Does physical examination assist in the evaluation of disorders of the neck and upper limb? (2003) Rheumatology, 42 (SUPPL. 1), p. 15 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0346220064&doi=10.1002%2fart.11339&partnerID=40&md5=a991be95bae18fb48e8760ac46c7bbde ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent declining trend in ectopic pregnancy. Population-based study from Sør-Trøndelag county, Norway, 1970-2002 ST - Færre ekstrauterine svangerskap - Økt kvinnelig fertilitet gjennom 1990-årene? T2 - Tidsskrift for den Norske Laegeforening J2 - Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen. VL - 123 IS - 21 SP - 3011 EP - 3014 PY - 2003 SN - 00292001 (ISSN) AU - Bakken, I.J. AU - Skjeldestad, F.E. AD - Seksjon for Epidemiologisk Forskning, SINTEF Unimed, 7465 Trondheim, Norway AD - Institutt for Laboratoriemedisin, Barne- og Kvinnesykdommer, Norges Teknisk-Naturvitens. Univ., Norway AB - Background. The purpose of this study was to investigate trends in ectopic pregnancy in relation to fertility patterns in general. Materials and methods. All women hospitalised with ectopic pregnancy in Sør-Trøndelag county 1970-2002 were identified through hospital discharge registries (ICD-8, -9, -10). Medical records were reviewed in order to identify patients who were residents of the county and had ectopic pregnancy verified by histology. Incidence rates were analysed by age, previous ectopic pregnancy and previous infertility treatment. Cumulative incidence rates were analysed by birth cohort. Ectopic pregnancy related to the number of births (extrauterine ratio) was analysed by age and parity. Results. The incidence of ectopic pregnancy (per 10 000 women-years) increased from 4.2 in 1970-74 to 15.1 in 1990-94, then declined to 6.5 in 2000-02. Women 25 - 34 years old had highest incidence rates throughout the whole study period and the sharpest decline after 1990-94. The proportion of women with previous ectopic pregnancy or previous infertility declined after 1990-94. Cumulative incidence rates by age 30 were lowest for the youngest cohorts. The extrauterine ratio increased by age throughout the whole period and decreased in all age and parity specific groups throughout the 1990s. Interpretation. After the epidemic increase in ectopic pregnancy observed from 1970 to the end of the 1980s, the annual number of cases has declined sharply. The observations indicate better primary treatment for primary ectopic pregnancy and primary infertility and improved female fertility through the 1990s. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - ectopic pregnancy KW - female KW - female fertility KW - human KW - incidence KW - infertility therapy KW - major clinical study KW - maternal age KW - medical record KW - Norway KW - parity KW - population research KW - female infertility KW - fertility KW - Norway KW - pregnancy KW - register KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Fertility KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infertility, Female KW - Norway KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy, Ectopic KW - Registries N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: TNLAA C2 - 14618165 LA - Norwegian N1 - Correspondence Address: Bakken, I.J.; Seksjon for Epidemiologisk Forskning, SINTEF Unimed, 7465 Trondheim, Norway; email: inger.j.bakken@sintef.no N1 - References: Sandvei, R., Ulstein, M., Wollen, A.L., Fertility following ectopic pregnancy with special reference to previous use of an intrauterine contraceptive device (IUCD) (1987) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 66, pp. 131-135; Skjeldestad, F.E., Hadgu, A., Eriksson, N., Epidemiology of repeat ectopic pregnancy: A population-based prospective cohort study (1998) Obstet Gynecol, 91, pp. 129-135; Ego, A., Subtil, D., Cosson, M., Legoueff, F., Houfflin-Debarge, V., Querleu, D., Survival analysis of fertility after ectopic pregnancy (2001) Fertil Steril, 75, pp. 560-566; Onsrud, M., Økende hyppighet av extrauterin graviditet (1980) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 100, pp. 944-947; Skjeldestad, F.E., Svare, S., Sørdal, T., Haarstad, I., Brobak, H., Extrauterine svangerskap. Prevalens i Trøndelag 1970-84 (1987) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 107, pp. 2723-2725; Dahlstrøm, B., Urnes, A., Sørnes, T., Nesheim, B.I., Epidemi av extrauterin graviditet i østre Akershus. Søking etter mulige årsaker (1989) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 109, pp. 45-48; Skjeldestad, F.E., Kendrick, J.S., Atrash, H.K., Daltveit, A.K., Increasing incidence of ectopic pregnancy in one Norwegian county - A population based study, 1970-1993 (1997) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 76, pp. 159-165; Storeide, O., Veholmen, M., Eiae, M., Bergsjø, P., Sandvei, R., The incidence of ectopic pregnancy in Hordaland County, Norway 1976-1993 (1997) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 76, pp. 345-349; Kamwendo, F., Forslin, L., Bodin, L., Danielsson, D., Epidemiology of ectopic pregnancy during a 28 year period and the role of pelvic inflammatory disease (2000) Sex Transm Infect, 76, pp. 28-32; Mäkinen, J.I., Ectopic pregnancy falls in Finland (2000) Lancet, 348, p. 1500; Flett, G.M., Urquhart, D.R., Fraser, C., Terry, P.B., Fleming, J.C., Ectopic pregnancy in Aberdeen 1950-1985 (1988) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 95, pp. 740-746; Rajkhowa, M., Glass, M.R., Rutherford, A.J., Balen, A.H., Sharma, V., Cuckle, H.S., Trends in the incidence of ectopic pregnancy in England and Wales from 1966 to 1996 (2000) BJOG, 107, pp. 369-374; Weström, L., Bengtsson, L.P., Mårdh, P.A., Incidence, trends, and risks of ectopic pregnancy in a population of women (1981) BMJ, 282, pp. 15-18; Hockin, J.C., Math, B., Jessamine, A.G., Trends in ectopic pregnancy in Canada (1984) Can Med Assoc J, 131, pp. 737-740; Egger, M., Low, N., Smith, G.D., Lindblom, B., Herrmann, B., Screening for chlamydial infections and the risk of ectopic pregnancy in a county in Sweden: Ecological analysis (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1776-1780; (2003) Hovedtabell: 030226 Folkemengde Etter Kjønn og Ettårig Aider, , http://www3.ssb.no, Oslo: Statistisk sentralbyrå (7.1.2003); Bakken, I.J., Skjeldestad, F.E., Insidens og behandling av ekstrauterine svangerskap i Norge 1990-2001 (2003) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 123, pp. 3016-3020; Bjartling, C., Osser, S., Persson, K., The frequency of salpingitis and ectopic pregnancy as epidemiologic markers of Chlamydia trachomatis (2000) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 79, pp. 123-128; Gjønnæss, H., Dalaker, K., Ånestad, G., Mårdh, P.A., Kvile, G., Bergan, T., Pelvic inflammatory disease: Etiologic studies with emphasis on chlamydial infection (1982) Obstet Gynecol, 59, pp. 550-555; Nybo Andersen, A.M., Wohlfahrt, J., Christens, P., Olsen, J., Melbye, M., Maternal age and fetal loss: Population based register linkage study (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 1708-1712 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0642368616&partnerID=40&md5=fed9cbdee39a8bbea44af1bbd56fd088 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The current status of smoking behavior in Taiwan: Data analysis from National Health Interview Survey in 2001 T2 - Taiwan Journal of Public Health J2 - Taiwain J. Public Health VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 453 EP - 464 PY - 2003 SN - 10232141 (ISSN) AU - Cheng, T.-Y. AU - Wen, C.-P. AU - Tsai, M.-C. AU - Tsai, S.-P. AD - Division of Health Policy Research, National Health Research Institutes, 109, Min-Chuan East Road, Taipei 114, Taiwan AD - School of Public Health, Univ. of Texas Health Science Center, United States AB - Objectives: To analyze the prevalence of current smokers and ex-smokers and smoking behavior among adults in Taiwan. Method: The study subjects came from a representative sample of the population in Taiwan and the data was collected through the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) in 2001. Results: The smoking rate was 46.5% in males and 4.2% in females and the ex-smoker rate was 7.1% in males and 0.5% in females. The average daily consumption was 17.2 cigarettes among male daily smokers. The median age of smoking initiation among males declined from 20 to 18 years old and among females from 30 to 20, in the birth cohort of 1970-74. Conclusions: The male smoking rate has been decreasing slowly and the number of ex-smokers has remained low. Smoking was initiated at an earlier period in life than two decades ago. The future emphasis of tobacco control policies in Taiwan should include: (1) the development of a surveillance system for smoking, to be conducted year after year with consistent standardized questionnaires and (2) strategies to sharply increase cessation rates and to prevent smoking from being initiated. KW - National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) KW - Prevalence KW - Smoking KW - age distribution KW - article KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - female KW - frequency analysis KW - health behavior KW - health statistics KW - health survey KW - human KW - human experiment KW - interview KW - male KW - population research KW - public health service KW - sex ratio KW - smoking cessation KW - Taiwan N1 - Cited By :37 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: TGWZA LA - Chinese N1 - Correspondence Address: Wen, C.-P.; Division of Health Policy Research, National Health Research Institutes, 109, Min-Chuan East Road, Taipei 114, Taiwan; email: cwengood@nhri.org.tw N1 - References: Liaw, K.M., Chen, C.J., Mortality attributable to cigarette smoking in Taiwan: A 12-year follow-up study (1998) Tob Control, 7, pp. 141-148; (1990) The Health Benefits of Smoking Cessation. A Report of the Surgeon General, , Washington DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; Chinese source; (1998) Guidelines for Controlling and Monitoring the Tobacco Epidemic, , Geneva: World Health Organization; Schoenborn, C.A., Vickerie, J.L., Barnes, P.M., Cigarette smoking behavior of adults: United States, 1997-98 (2003) Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics; No. 331, , Hyattsville, Maryland: National Center for Health Statistics; Tyas, S.L., Pederson, L.L., Psychosocial factors related to adolescent smoking: A critical review of the literature (1998) Tob Control, 7, pp. 409-420; Isohanni, M., Moilanen, I., Rantakallio, P., Determinants of teenage smoking, with special reference to non-standard family background (1991) Br J Addict, 86, pp. 391-398; Bauman, K.E., Foshee, V.A., Linzer, M.A., Effect of parental smoking classification on the association between parental and adolescent smoking (1990) Addict Behav, 15, pp. 413-422; Newman, I.M., Ward, J.M., The influence of parental attitude and behavior on early adolescent cigarette smoking (1989) J Sch Health, 59, pp. 150-152; Biglan, A., Duncan, T.E., Ary, D.V., Peer and parental influences on adolescent tobacco use (1995) J Behav Med, 18, pp. 315-330; Botvin, G.J., Baker, E., Goldberg, C.J., Correlates and predictors of smoking among Black adolescents (1992) Addict Behav, 17, pp. 97-103; Hirschman, R.S., Leventhal, H., Glynn, K., The development of smoking behavior: Conceptualization and supportive cross-sectional survey data (1984) J Appl Soc Psychol, 14, pp. 184-206; Spear, S.F., Akers, R.L., Social learning variables and the risk of habitual smoking among adolescents: The Muscatine study (1988) Am J Prev Med, 4, pp. 336-342; Difranza, J.R., Savageau, J.A., Aisquith, B.F., Youth access to tobacco: The effects of age, gender, vending machine locks, and "It's the Law" programs (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 221-224; Stantion, W.R., Oei, T.P.S., Silva, P.A., Sociodemographic characteristics of adolescent smokers (1994) Int J Addict, 29, pp. 913-925; Hammarstrom, A., Janlert, U., Unemployment and change of tobacco habits: A study of young people from 16 to 21years of age (1994) Addiction, 89, pp. 1691-1696; Blackford, K.A., Bailey, P.H., Coutu-Wakulczyk, G.M., Tobacco use in northeastern Ontario teenagers: Prevalence of use and associated factors (1994) Can J Public Health, 85, pp. 89-92; Chinese source; Chinese source; Schei, E., Sogaard, A.J., The impact of military service on young men's smoking behavior (1994) Prev Med, 23, pp. 242-248; Bjornson, W., Rand, C., Connett, J.E., Gender differences in smoking cessation after 3 years in the lung health study (1995) Am J Public Health, 85, pp. 223-230; Coambs, R.B., Kozlowski, L.T., Age interacts with heaviness of smoking in prediction success in cessation of smoking (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 246-246; Tillgren, P., Haglund, B.J.A., Lundberg, M., The sociodemographic pattern of tobacco cessation in the 1980s: Results from a panel study of living condition survey in Sweden (1996) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 50, pp. 625-630; Stronks, K., Mheen, H.D., Looman, C.W.N., Mackenback, J.P., Cultural, material, and psychosocial correlates of the socioeconomic gradient in smoking behavior among adults (1997) Prev Med, 26, pp. 754-766; Hu, S.C., Lanese, R.R., The applicability of the theory of planned behavior to the intention to quit smoking across workplaces in southern Taiwan (1998) Addict Behav, 23, pp. 225-237; Gerlach, K.K., Shopland, D.R., Martman, A.M., Gibson, J.T., Pechacek, T.F., Workplace smoking policies in the United States: Results from a national survey of more than 100000 workers (1997) Tob Control, 6, pp. 199-206; Farkas, A.J., Gilpin, E.A., Distefan, J.M., Pierce, J.P., The effects of household and workplace smoking restrictions on quitting behaviours (1999) Tob Control, 8, pp. 261-265; Lynch, J., Kaplan, G., Socioeconomic Position (2000) Social Epidemiology, pp. 13-35. , Berkman L, Kawachi I, eds. New York: Oxford University Press; Chinese source; Hu, T.W., Sung, H.Y., Keeler, T.E., Reducing cigarette consumption in California: Tobacco Taxes vs an Anti-smoking media campaign Am J Public Health, 85, pp. 1218-1222; Hu, T.W., Keeler, T.E., Sung, H.Y., The impact of California Anti-Smoking legislation on cigarette sales, consumption, and prices (1995) Tob Control, 4 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 534-538; Chinese source; Chinese source; Wen, C.P., Tsai, S.P., Chung, W.S., Hsu, C.C., Shih, Y.T., Bridge the Gap in Life Expectancy of the Aborigines in Taiwan (2003) Int J Epidemiol, , in press; (1989) Reducing the Health Consequences of Smoking: 25 Years of Progress. A Report of the Surgeon General, , Washington DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; Leistikow, B.N., Martin, D.C., Samuels, S.J., Injury death excesses in smokers: A 1990-95 United States national cohort study (2000) Inj Prev, 6, pp. 277-280; Coffield, A.B., Maciosek, M.V., McGinnis, J.M., Priorities among recommended clinical preventive services (2001) Am J Prev Med, 21, pp. 1-9; (2001) Women and Smoking. A Report of the Surgeon General, pp. 594-595. , Washington DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; Chinese sourceUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1842636268&partnerID=40&md5=97615391e68f790d8f84206777d7bd0e ER - TY - JOUR TI - The contribution of hip fracture to risk of subsequent fractures: Data from two longitudinal studies T2 - Osteoporosis International J2 - Osteoporosis Int. VL - 14 IS - 11 SP - 879 EP - 883 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1007/s00198-003-1460-x SN - 0937941X (ISSN) AU - Colón-Emeric, C. AU - Kuchibhatla, M. AU - Pieper, C. AU - Hawkes, W. AU - Fredman, L. AU - Magaziner, J. AU - Zimmerman, S. AU - Lyles, K.W. AD - Ctr. for the Stud. Aging/Hum. Devmt., Dept. of Biometry and Bioinformatics, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, United States AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Prev. Med., Univ. of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, United States AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., Boston Univ. School of Public Health, Boston, MA, United States AD - Cecil G. Sheps Ctr. Hlth. Serv. Res., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, United States AD - Geriat. Res. Educ. and Clin. Center, Durham VA Medical Center, Durham, NC, United States AB - Background: The contribution of hip fracture to the risk of subsequent fractures is unclear. Methods: Data from the Baltimore Hip Studies and the Established Populations for Epidemiologic Studies of the Elderly (EPESE) were used. Baltimore subjects enrolled at the time of hip fracture (n = 549) and EPESE subjects without previous fractures at baseline (n = 10,680) were followed for 2-10 years. Self-reported nonhip skeletal fracture was the outcome, and hip fracture was a time-varying covariate in a survival analysis stratified by study site. The model was adjusted for race, sex, age, BMI, stroke, cancer, difficulty walking across a room, dependence in grooming, dependence in transferring, and cognitive impairment. Results: The rate of all subsequent self-reported fractures after hip fracture was 10.4 fractures/100 person-years. The unadjusted hazard of nonhip skeletal fracture was 2.52 (95% confidence interval 2.05 to 3.12) for subjects with hip fracture compared with subjects without; when adjusted for other known fracture risk factors the hazard ratio was 1.62 (1.30 to 2.02). Men and women had a similar relative risk increase. The increased risk of secondary fracture after hip fracture persisted over time. Conclusions: A hip fracture is associated with a 2.5-fold increased risk of subsequent fracture, which is not entirely explained by prefracture risk factors. Careful attention to secondary prevention is warranted in these patients. KW - Aged KW - Epidemiology KW - Hip fracture KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - body mass KW - cancer KW - cognitive defect KW - controlled study KW - disability KW - disease association KW - elderly care KW - female KW - fracture KW - gait KW - grooming KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - race difference KW - risk factor KW - secondary prevention KW - sex difference KW - stroke KW - survival KW - walking KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Risk Assessment KW - Risk Factors KW - Survival Analysis KW - United States N1 - Cited By :107 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OSINE C2 - 14530910 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Colón-Emeric, C.; Ctr. for the Stud. Aging/Hum. Devmt., Dept. of Biometry and Bioinformatics, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, United States; email: colon001@mc.duke.edu N1 - References: Torgerson, D., Dolan, P., Prescribing by general practitioners after an osteoporotic fracture (1998) Ann Rheum Dis, 57, pp. 378-379; Colon-Emeric, C., Yballe, L., Sloane, R., Expert physician recommendations and current practice patterns for evaluating and treating men with osteoporotic hip fracture (2000) J Am Geriatr Soc, 48, pp. 1261-1263; Klotzbuecher, C., Ross, P., Landsman, P., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-739; Ismail, A., Cockerill, W., Cooper, C., Prevalent vertebral deformity predicts incident hip though not distal forearm fracture: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 85-90; Melton III, L.J., Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Cuddihy, M., Gabriel, S., Crowson, C., Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Magaziner, J., Simonsick, E., Kashner, M., Predictors of functional recovery one year following hospital discharge for hip fracture: A prospective study (1990) J Gerontol, 45, pp. M101-M107; Kane, R.L., Chen, Q., Finch, M., Functional outcomes of posthospital care for stroke and hip fracture patients under medicare (1998) J Am Geriatr Soc, 46, pp. 1525-1533; Gunnes, M., Mellstrom, D., Johnell, O., How well can a previous fracture indicate a new fracture? (1998) Acta Orthop Scand, 69, pp. 508-512; Melton III, L.J., Ilstrup, D., Beckenbaugh, R., Hip fracture recurrence: A population-based study (1982) Clin Orthop, 167, pp. 131-138; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Colon-Emeric, C., Sloane, R., Hawkes, W., The risk of subsequent skeletal fractures in community dwelling men and male veterans with hip fracture (2000) Am J Med, 109, pp. 324-326; Cornoni-Huntley, J., Blazer, D.G., Lafferty, M.E., (1990) Established Populations for Epidemiologic Studies of the Elderly, 2. , National Institute on Aging, Bethesda, MD; Magaziner, J., Hawkes, W., Hebel, J.R., Zimmerman, S.I., Recovery from hip fracture is eight areas of function (2000) J Gerontol, 55 A (9), pp. M448-M507; Fredman, L., Hawkes, W., Zimmerman, S.I., Extending gerontological research through linking investigators' studies to public-use datasets (2001) Gerontologist, 41 (1), pp. 15-22; Weatherall, M., A meta-analysis of 25 hydroxyvitamin D in older people with fracture of the proximal femur (2000) N Z Med J, 113, pp. 137-140; Bruce, D.G., St John, A., Nicklason, F., Secondary hyperparathyroidism in patients from Western Australia with hip fracture: Relationship to type of hip fracture, renal function, and vitamin D deficiency (1999) J Am Geriatr Soc, 47, pp. 354-359; Fox, K.M., Magaziner, J., Hawkes, W.G., Loss of bone density and lean body mass after hip fracture (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 31-35; Fox, K.M., Hawkes, W.G., Hebel, J.R., Mobility after hip fracture predicts health outcomes (1998) J Am Geriatr Soc, 46, pp. 169-173; Marcantonio, E.R., Flacker, J.M., Michaels, M., Delirium is independently associated with poor functional recovery after hip fracture (2000) J Am Geriatr Soc, 48, pp. 618-624; Randell, A., Nguyen, T., Bhalerao, N., Deterioration in quality of life following hip fracture: A prospective study (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 460-466; Ismail, A.A., O'Neill, T.W., Cockerill, W., Validity of self-report of fractures: Results from a prospective study in men and women across Europe (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11 (3), pp. 248-254 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-18844467137&doi=10.1007%2fs00198-003-1460-x&partnerID=40&md5=1b39088dba3840671683e78efc47e3c3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intelligence and class mobility in the British population T2 - British Journal of Psychology J2 - Br. J. Psychol. VL - 94 IS - 4 SP - 551 EP - 561 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1348/000712603322503097 SN - 20448295 (ISSN) AU - Nettle, D. AD - Departments of Psychology, Open University, Watton Hall, Milton Keynes MK7 6AA, United Kingdom AB - Performance on intelligence tests is known to be associated with class mobility, with high scorers tending to move up the socio-economic hierarchy, and low scorers tending to move down. However, much remains unknown about the association. It is possible that the importance of intelligence varies across different occupational areas, or that there is friction acting against mobility, such that a person from an underprivileged background would have to be more intelligent in order to reach a given position than someone who had had greater social advantage. Data from a longitudinal study of a broad, socially representative cohort of the British population (the NCDS) are used to investigate these questions. The results show that intelligence test scores in childhood are associated with class mobility in adulthood uniformly across all social classes. There is no evidence that those from underprivileged backgrounds have to be disproportionately able in order to reach the professional classes. The study reveals an apparently high level of social mobility and meritocracy in contemporary Britain. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - female KW - human KW - intelligence KW - intelligence test KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - occupation KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Intelligence KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Occupations KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :57 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 14687461 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nettle, D.; Departments of Psychology, Open University, Watton Hall, Milton Keynes MK7 6AA, United Kingdom; email: d.nettle@open.ac.uk N1 - References: Bouchard, T.J., Segal, N.L., Environment and IQ (1985) Handbook of Intelligence: Theories, Methods and Applications, pp. 391-464. , B. B. Wolman (Ed.). New York: Wiley; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: E&S Livingstone; Bynner, J., Butler, N.R., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., (2001) The Design and Conduct of the 1999-2000 Surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Cohort Study, , London: Institute of Education, Centre for Longditudinal Studies; Capron, C., Duyme, M., Assessment of effects of socioeconomic status on IQ in a full cross-fostering design (1989) Nature, 340, pp. 552-553; Douglas, J.W.B., (1964) The Home and the School, , London: McGibbon and Kee; Dumaret, A., Stewart, J.T., IQ, scholastic performance and behaviour of sibs raised in contrasting environments (1985) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, pp. 553-580; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau, City University, Economic and Social Research Council; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain: Collected Papers from the National Child Development Study, , London: Macmillan; Herrnstein, R.J., Murray, C., (1994) The Bell Curve: Intelligence and Class Structure in American Life, , New York: Free Press; Horn, J.L., Loehlin, J.C., Willerman, L., Intellectual resemblance among adoptive and biological relatives: The Texas adoption project (1979) Behavior Genetics, 9, pp. 177-207; Hunter, J.E., Hunter, R.F., Validity and utility of alternative predictors of job performance (1984) Psychological Bulletin, 96, pp. 72-98; Jencks, C., (1972) Inequality: A Reassessment of the Effect of Family and Schooling in America, , New York: Basic Books; Leask, S.J., Crow, T.J., Word acquisition reflects lateralization of hand skill (2001) Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, pp. 513-516; Leete, R., Fox, J., Registrar General's social classes: Origins and uses (1977) Population Trends, 8, pp. 1-7; Mackintosh, N.J., (1998) IQ and Human Intelligence, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Biosocial correlates of IQ (1984) The Biology of Human Intelligence, pp. 99-127. , C. J. Turner & H. J. Miles (Eds.). London: Proceedings of the Eugenics Society; Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Gibson, J.B., Social mobility and IQ components (1978) Journal of Biosocial Science, 10, pp. 263-276; McCall, R.B., Childhood IQs as predictors of adult educational and occupational status (1977) Science, 197, pp. 482-483; Murnane, R.J., Willett, J.B., Levy, F., The growing importance of cognitive skills in wage determination (1995) Review of Economics and Statistics, 77, pp. 251-266; Nettle, D., Height and reproductive success in a cohort of British men (2002) Human Nature, 13, pp. 473-491; (1980) Classification of Occupations 1980, , London: HMSO; Robbins, L., (1963) Higher Education: Report of the Committee Appointed by the Prime Minister under the Chairmanship of Lord Robbins, 1961-3, , London: HMSO; Scarr, S., Weinberg, R.A., Intellectual similarities within families of both adopted and biological children (1977) Intelligence, 1, pp. 170-191; Schmidt, F.L., Ones, D.S., Personnel selection (1992) Annual Review of Psychology, 43, pp. 627-670; Steele, C.M., Aronson, J., Stereotype threat and the intellectual test performance of African Americans (1995) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, pp. 797-811; Tittle, C.R., Rotolo, T., IQ and stratification: An empirical evaluation of Herrnstein and Murray's social change argument (2000) Social Forces, 79, pp. 1-28; Waller, J.H., Achievement and social mobility: Relationships amongst IQ score, education and occupation in two generations (1971) Social Biology, 18, pp. 252-259 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344584396&doi=10.1348%2f000712603322503097&partnerID=40&md5=94f10bce5f22f56ba95d32863a3e7592 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, and measles vaccine in an English population, 1979-1998 T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 57 IS - 11 SP - 883 EP - 887 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1136/jech.57.11.883 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Seagroatt, V. AU - Goldacre, M.J. AD - Unit of Health-Care Epidemiology, Department of Public Health, University of Oxford, Old Road, Oxford OX3 7LF, United Kingdom AD - Unit of Health-Care Epidemiology, Department of Public Health, University of Oxford, Oxford, United Kingdom AB - Study objectives: To study the hospitalised incidence of Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC) from 1979 to 1998; and to determine whether the introduction of the measles vaccination programme was associated with an increase in the young. Design: Analysis of linked data on hospital admissions; a cohort analysis of the effect of the measles vaccination programme on the incidence of hospitalised CD and UC; and a comparison of these results with those from previous studies on the association between measles vaccine and CD or UC. Settings: Southern England. Subjects: People admitted to hospital with a main diagnosis of CD (1959 people) or UC (2018 people). Main results: Overall, the incidence of hospitalised CD showed no significant change over the 20 year period: the average change per year was 0.08% (95% confidence interval: -0.7% to 0.9%). The relative risk associated with the measles vaccination programme was not significant (0.91: 0.5 to 1.4). The estimate differed significantly from the relative risk of 3.0 obtained in the original study reporting an association, but agreed with the combined estimate from three subsequent studies (0.95: 0.6 to 1.5). The results for UC were similar. Conclusions: The incidence of hospitalised CD and UC remained stable over the 20 years, 1979 to 1998. Whatever caused the marked increases in CD and UC in the mid-20th century must itself have stabilised in this region. These results, together with those from other studies, provide strong evidence against measles vaccine causing CD or UC. KW - measles vaccine KW - disease prevalence KW - health services KW - historical perspective KW - measles KW - vaccination KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - Crohn disease KW - drug efficacy KW - female KW - health program KW - hospital admission KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - measles vaccination KW - ulcerative colitis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Crohn Disease KW - England KW - Female KW - Hospitalization KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Measles Vaccine KW - Middle Aged KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 14600114 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Seagroatt, V.; Unit of Health-Care Epidemiology, Department of Public Health, University of Oxford, Old Road, Oxford OX3 7LF, United Kingdom; email: valerie.seagroatt@dphpc.ox.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Measles Vaccine N1 - References: Logan, R.F., Inflammatory bowel disease incidence: Up, down or unchanged? (1998) Gut, 42, pp. 309-311; Thompson, N.P., Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Is measles vaccination a risk factor for inflammatory bowel disease? (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1071-1074; Feeney, M., Clegg, A., Winwood, P., A case-control study of measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 764-766. , The East Dorset Gastroenterology Group; Morris, D.C., Montgomery, S.M., Thompson, N.P., Measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease (2000) Am J Gasteroenterol, 95, pp. 3507-3512; Davis, R.L., Kramarz, P., Bohlke, K., Measles-mumps-rubella and other measles-containing vaccines do not increase the risk for inflammatory bowel disease: A case-control study from the Vaccine Safety Datalink project (2001) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 155, pp. 354-359; Primatesta, P., Goldacre, M.J., Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis in England and the Oxford record linkage study area: A profile of hospitalised morbidity (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 922-928; (1993) GLIM4. The Statistical System for Generalized Linear Interactive Modelling, , Oxford: Numerical Algorithms Group; http://www.phls.co.uk/topics_az/vaccination/cover.htm; Barton, J.R., Gillon, S., Ferguson, A., Incidence of inflammatory bowel disease in Scottish children between 1968 and 1983; marginal fall in ulcerative colitis, three-fold rise in Crohn's disease (1989) Gut, 30, pp. 618-622; Armitage, E., Drummond, H.E., Wilson, D.C., Increasing incidence of both juvenile-onset Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis in Scotland (2001) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 13, pp. 1439-1447; Kyle, J., Crohn's disease in the northeastern and northern Isles of Scotland: An epidemiological review (1992) Gastroenterology, 103, pp. 392-399; Farrington, P., Miller, E., Measles vaccination as a risk factor for inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1362. , Letter UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0242656192&doi=10.1136%2fjech.57.11.883&partnerID=40&md5=c02eabd5c649ff9738ec0aeb2bd25e79 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adverse pregnancy outcomes near landfill sites in Cumbria, northwest England, 1950-1993 T2 - Archives of Environmental Health J2 - Arch. Environ. Health VL - 58 IS - 11 SP - 692 EP - 698 PY - 2003 DO - 10.3200/AEOH.58.11.692-698 SN - 00039896 (ISSN) AU - Dummer, T.J.B. AU - Dickinson, H.O. AU - Parker, L. AD - School of Social Science, Liverpool John Moores University, Liverpool, United Kingdom AD - Centre for Health Services Research, University of Newcastle, Newcastle, United Kingdom AD - Paediatr./Lifecourse E. R. G., School of Clinical Medical Sciences, University of Newcastle, Newcastle, United Kingdom AD - Sir James Spence Inst. Child Hlth., University of Newcastle, Royal Victoria Infirmary, Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom AB - Although several researchers have addressed the risk of congenital anomaly in relation to proximity to landfill sites, few have considered the risks of stillbirth or neonatal death for mothers who reside near landfills. The authors studied all 4,325 stillbirths, 3,430 neonatal deaths, and 1,569 lethal congenital anomalies that occurred among 287,993 births to mothers residing in Cumbria, northwest England, during the years 1950 to 1993. Logistic regression models, with data stratified by time period and adjusted for subject-specific demographic factors, were used to investigate the risk for each outcome in regard to proximity at birth to landfill sites within Cumbria. For the years 1970-1993, a small but significantly increased risk of death from "Other congenital anomalies of nervous system" (International Classification of Diseases, 9th rev. [ICD-9], code 742) was found in children of mothers living near domestic waste landfill sites. There was no increased risk of any other lethal adverse pregnancy outcome associated with residence near the landfills studied. The authors' finding of increased risk of death from "Other congenital anomalies of nervous system" closer to landfill sites (e.g., continuous odds ratio = 1.14 [95% confidence interval = 1.03, 1.25] for increasing proximity to landfill sites during 1976-1993) was consistent with findings of other researchers; however, a casual effect could not be inferred from this statistical association, and the possibility that this was a chance finding (in view of multiple significance testing) could not be excluded. Further research incorporating actual pollution data collected around landfill sites and the examination of both lethal and nonlethal congenital anomalies is recommended. KW - Congenital anomalies KW - Epidemiology KW - Landfills KW - Neonatal death KW - Pollution KW - Stillbirth KW - article KW - congenital disorder KW - domestic waste KW - human KW - landfill KW - logistic regression analysis KW - major clinical study KW - nervous system malformation KW - newborn death KW - pollution KW - pregnancy complication KW - priority journal KW - stillbirth KW - United Kingdom KW - Abnormalities KW - Birth Certificates KW - Cohort Studies KW - Death Certificates KW - England KW - Female KW - Geographic Information Systems KW - Humans KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Maternal Exposure KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Outcome KW - Refuse Disposal KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AEHLA C2 - 15702893 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Parker, L.; Sir James Spence Inst. Child Hlth., University of Newcastle, Royal Victoria Infirmary, Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom; email: louise.parker@ncl.ac.uk N1 - References: El-Fadel, M., Findikakis, A.N., Leckie, J.O., Environmental impacts of solid waste landfilling (1997) J Environ Manage, 50, pp. 1-25; Mukarjee, D., Health impacts of polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins: A critical review (1998) J Air Waste Manag Assoc, 48, pp. 157-165; Crews, D., Willingham, E., Skipper, J.K., Endocrine disrupters: Present issues, future directions (2000) Q Rev Biol, 75, pp. 243-260; Larkin, M., Public-health message about dioxins remains unclear (1999) Lancet, 353, p. 1681; Watanabe, S., Kitamura, K., Nagahashi, M., Effects of dioxins on human health: A review (1999) J Epidemiol, 9, pp. 1-13; Dolk, H., Vrijheid, M., Armstrong, B., Risk of congenital anomalies near hazardous-waste landfill sites in Europe: The EUROHAZCON study (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 423-427; Elliott, P., Briggs, D., Morris, S., Risk of adverse birth outcomes in populations living near landfill sites (2001) Br Med J, 323, pp. 363-368; Vrijheid, M., Dolk, H., Armstrong, B., Chromosomal congenital anomalies and residence near hazardous landfill sites (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 320-322; Vianna, N.J., Polan, A.K., Incidence of low birthweight among Love Canal residents (1984) Science, 226, pp. 1217-1219; Goldman, L.R., Paigen, B., Magnant, M.M., Low birth weight, prematurity and birth defects in children living near the hazardous waste site, Love Canal (1985) Haz Waste Haz Mat, 2, pp. 209-223; Geschwind, S.A., Stolwijk, J.A.J., Bracken, M., Risk of congenital malformations associated with proximity to hazardous waste sites (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 1197-1207; Berry, M., Bove, F., Birthweight reduction associated with residence near a hazardous waste landfill (1997) Environ Health Perspect, 105, pp. 856-861; Croen, L.A., Shaw, G.A., Sanbonmatsu, L., Maternal residential proximity to hazardous waste sites and risk for selected congenital malformations (1997) Epidemiol, 8, pp. 347-354; Goldberg, M.S., Goulet, L., Riberdy, H., Low birth weight and preterm births among infants born to women living near a municipal solid waste landfill site in Montreal, Quebec (1995) Environ Res, 69, pp. 37-50; Shaw, G.M., Chulman, P.H., Frisch, J.D., Congenital malformations and birthweight reduction in areas with potential environmental contamination (1992) Arch Environ Health, 47, pp. 147-153; Sosniak, W.A., Kaye, W.E., Gomez, T.M., Data linkage to explore the risk of low birthweight associated with maternal proximity to hazardous waste sites from the National Priorities List (1994) Arch Environ Health, 49, pp. 251-255; Marshal, E.G., Gensburg, L.J., Deres, D.A., Maternal residential exposure to hazardous wastes and risk of central nervous system and musculoskeletal birth defects (1997) Arch Environ Health, 52, pp. 416-425; McNamee, R., Dolk, H., Does exposure to landfill waste harm the fetus? (2001) Br Med J, 323, pp. 351-352; Dickinson, H.O., Parker, L., Harris, D., Audit of ascertainment of deaths to children born in Cumbria, UK in 1950-1989, through the NHS Central Register (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 438-442; Parker, L., Smith, J., Dickinson, H.O., The creation of a database of workers at a nuclear facility - An exercise in record linkage (1997) Appl Occup Environ Hyg, 12, pp. 40-45; Local Government Act 1972, Schedule 1. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 1972; p 236; Parker, L., Craft, A., Smith, J., Geographical distribution of preconceptual radiation doses to fathers employed at the Sellafield nuclear installation, West Cumbria (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 966-971; Births and Deaths Registration Act 1953. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 1953; Stillbirth (Definition) Act 1992. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 1992; (1982) International Classification of Diseases, 9th Rev., , (ICD-9) Geneva: World Health Organization; Royal Mail Postcode Services. Postzon. Portsmouth, UK: National Postcode Centre, 1992; (1990) Standard Occupational Classification, 1-3. , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; (1989) Sitefile Digest, , Shrewsbury, UK: Aspinwall and Company Ltd; (1995) Arc/Info, Version 7.0.3, , Redlands, CA: Environmental Systems Research Institute; Botting, B., (1995) The Health of Our Children, , OPCS Decennial Supplement. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Hosmer, D.W., Lemeshow, S., (1989) Applied Logistic Regression, , New York: Wiley; Pearce, M.S., Dickinson, H.O., Aitken, M., Still-births among the offspring of male radiation workers at the Sellafield nuclear reprocessing plant: Detailed results and statistical aspects (2002) J Royal Stat Soc, 165 (3), pp. 523-548; Royall, R.M., Model robust confidence intervals using maximum likelihood estimators (1986) Int Stat Rev, 54, pp. 221-226; Dummer, T.J.B., Dickinson, H.O., Pearce, M.S., Stillbirth risk with social class and deprivation: No evidence for increasing inequality (2000) J Clin Epidemiol, 53, pp. 147-155; (1995) The OPCS Monitoring System for Congenital Malformations, p. 43. , London: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Occasional paper UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-11944257197&doi=10.3200%2fAEOH.58.11.692-698&partnerID=40&md5=ae8cdb1a24863b623cdcf0e289ce404c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence trends of mesothelioma in Norway, 1965-1999 T2 - International Journal of Cancer J2 - Int. J. Cancer VL - 107 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 98 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1002/ijc.11357 SN - 00207136 (ISSN) AU - Ulvestad, B. AU - Kjaerheim, K. AU - Møller, B. AU - Andersen, A. AD - Cancer Registry of Norway, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway AB - Asbestos exposure is considered to be the only important risk factor for malignant mesothelioma. The importation of asbestos to Norway increased after World War II and peaked in 1970. Stringent regulations took effect in 1977, and importation and use of asbestos practically ended in Norway in the late 1970s, until importation was prohibited in 1982. Our study aimed to analyze the incidence of mesothelioma in Norway according to temporal variation, to study the consequences of the use of asbestos and the asbestos ban effectiveness. An age-period-cohort model was used to analyze time trends for pleural mesotheliomas. From 1965-1999, the annual number of pleural mesotheliomas rose gradually both in males and females, and the highest annual number of pleural mesotheliomas was recorded in 1999 with 73 new cases diagnosed. The age-adjusted log linear drift of malignant mesothelioma of the pleura during the observation period rose 31.1% per 5 years among men and 15.9% among women. In 1995-1999, the age-adjusted incidence rate for men was 16.6 per million person-years for men and 2.3 for women. Cohort-specific risks increased for men born up to around 1935. After this the risks seem to stabilize. The rates were determined by age and by birth cohort. The delayed period effect of the asbestos regulation by the late 1970s will probably have its greatest effects on the mesothelioma rates around 2010. © 2003 Wiley-Liss, Inc. KW - Age-period-cohort model KW - Asbestos KW - Epidemiology KW - Occupational expoxure KW - asbestos KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - malignant mesothelioma KW - Norway KW - occupational exposure KW - peritoneum mesothelioma KW - pleura mesothelioma KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - time KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Asbestos KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Mesothelioma KW - Middle Aged KW - Norway KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Risk Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJCNA C2 - 12925962 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ulvestad, B.; Cancer Registry of Norway, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway; email: bente.ulvestad@kreftregisteret.no N1 - Chemicals/CAS: asbestos, 1332-21-4; Asbestos, 1332-21-4 N1 - References: Wagner, J.C., Sleggs, C.A., Marchand, P., Diffuse pleural mesothelioma and asbestos exposure in the North Western Cape Province (1960) Br J Ind Med, 17, pp. 260-271; Schottenfeld, D., Fraumeni, J.F., (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, 2nd Ed., pp. 653-656. , New York: Oxford University Press; Peto, J., Hodgson, J.T., Matthews, F.E., Jones, J.R., Continuing increase in mesothelioma mortality in Britain (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 535-539; Kjaergaard, J., Andersson, M., Incidence rates of malignant mesothelioma in Denmark and predicted future number of cases among men (2000) Scand J Work Environ Health, 26, pp. 112-117; Karjalainen, A., Pukkala, E., Mattson, K., Tammilehto, L., Vainio, H., Trends in mesothelioma incidence and occupational mesotheliomas in Finland in 1960-1995 (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23, pp. 266-270; Ariad, S., Barchana, M., Yukelson, A., Geffen, D.B., A worrying increase in the incidence of mesothelioma in Israel (2000) Isr Med Assoc J, 2, pp. 828-832; Jarvholm, B., Englund, A., Albin, M., Pleural mesothelioma in Sweden: An analysis of the incidence according to the use of asbestos (1999) Occup Environ Med, 56, pp. 110-113; (1977) Asbestos. Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man, 14. , Lyon: IARC. 848p; Spirtas, R., Heineman, E.F., Bernstein, L., Beebe, G.W., Keehn, R.J., Stark, A., Harlow, B.L., Benichou, J., Malignant mesothelioma: Attributable risk of asbestos exposure (1994) Occup Environ Med, 51, pp. 804-811; Dreyer, L., Andersen, A., Pukkala, E., Occupation (1997) APMIS, 105 (SUPPL. 76), pp. 68-79. , Avoidable cancers in the Nordic countries; McDonald, J.C., McDonald, A.D., Epidemiology of mesothelioma from estimated incidence (1977) Prev Med, 6, pp. 426-446; Andersson, M., Olsen, J.H., Trend and distribution of mesothelioma in Denmark (1985) Br J Cancer, 51, pp. 699-705; Janssen-Heijnen, Damhuis, R.A.M., Klinkhamer, P.J.J.M., Schipper, R.M., Coebergh, J.W.W., Increased but low incidence and poor survival of malignant mesothelioma in the southeastern part of the Netherlands since 1970: A population based study (1999) Eur J Cancer Prev, 8, pp. 311-314; Gennaro, V., Montanaro, F., Lazzarotto, A., Bianchelli, M., Celesia, M.V., Mesothelioma registry of the Liguria region. Incidence and occupational etiology in a high risk area (2000) Epid Prev, 24, pp. 213-218; (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 7. , Lyon: IARC Sci Publ; Mowe, G., Gylseth, B., Hartveit, F., Skaug, V., Occupational asbestos exposure, lung-fiber concentration and latency time in malignant mesothelioma (1984) Scand J Work Environ Health, 10, pp. 293-298; Leigh, J., Davidson, P., Hendrie, L., Berry, D., Malignant mesothelioma in Australia, 1945-2000 (2002) Am J Ind Med, 41, pp. 188-201; Peto, J., Seidman, H., Selikoff, I.J., Mesothelioma mortality in asbestos workers: Implications for models of carcinogenesis and risk assessment (1982) Br J Cancer, 45, pp. 124-135; Andersen, N., Berg, K., Noer, G., Mesothelioma of the pleura (1960) Acta Tub Scand, 39, pp. 320-330; Semb, G., Diffuse malignant mesothelioma. A clinicopathological study of 10 fatal cases (1963) Acta Chir Scand, 126, pp. 78-91; Newhouse, M.L., A study of the mortality of workers in an asbestos factory (1969) Br J Ind Med, 26, pp. 294-301; Mowe, G., (1994) The History of Asbestos-Related Diseases in Norway. Advances in Modern Environmental Toxicology, , Princeton, NJ: Princeton Scientific Publishing. 147p; Carbone, M., Rizzo, P., Pass, H., Simian virus 40: The link with human malignant mesothelioma is well established (2000) Anticancer Res, 20, pp. 875-878; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Ilg, A., Bignon, J., Valleron, A., Estimation of the past and future burden of mortality from mesothelioma in France (1998) Occup Environ Med, 55, pp. 760-765; McCaughey, W.T.E., Kannerstein, M., Churg, J., (1985) Tumors and Pseudotumors of the Serous Membranes. Atlas of Tumor Pathology, 2nd Series, Fascicle 20, , Washington, DC: Armed Forces Institute of Pathology; Albin, M., Magnani, C., Krstev, S., Rapiti, E., Shefer, I., Asbestos and cancer: An overview of current trends in Europe (1999) Environ Health Perspec, 107, pp. 289-297; Britton, M., The epidemiology of mesothelioma (2002) Semin Oncol, 29, pp. 18-25; Nielsen, A.M., Olsen, J.H., Madsen, P.M., Francis, D., Almind, M., Peritoneal mesotheliomas in Danish women: Review of histopathologic slides and history of abdominal surgery (1994) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 73, pp. 581-585; Klein, G., Powers, A., Croce, C., Association of SV40 with human tumors (2002) Oncogene, 21, pp. 1141-1149; Huncharek, M., Non-asbestos related diffuse malignant mesothelioma (2002) Tumorigenesis, 88, pp. 1-9 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0042415327&doi=10.1002%2fijc.11357&partnerID=40&md5=8b3e9cf51ccd56ff71df3f4b2a7249c6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cancer risk following organ transplantation: A nationwide cohort study in Sweden T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 89 IS - 7 SP - 1221 EP - 1227 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601219 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Adami, J. AU - Gäbel, H. AU - Lindelöf, B. AU - Ekström, K. AU - Rydh, B. AU - Glimelius, B. AU - Ekbom, A. AU - Adami, H.-O. AU - Granath, F. AD - Dept. Med. Epidemiol. Biostatist., Karolinska Institutet, SE-171 77 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Transplant Unit, National Board of Health and Welfare, SE-106 30 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Dermatology, Karolinska Hospital, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Oncology, Radiology and Clinical Immunology, University Hospital, SE-751 85 Uppsala, Sweden AD - Radiumhemmet, Karolinska Hospital, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Box 281, SE-171 77 Stockholm, Sweden AB - A substantial excess risk of lymphomas and nonmelanoma skin cancer has been demonstrated following organ transplantation. Large sample size and long follow-up time may, however, allow more accurate risk estimates and detailed understanding of long-term cancer risk. The objective of the study was to assess the risk of cancer following organ transplantation. A nationwide cohort study comprising 5931 patients who underwent transplantation of kidney, liver or other organs during 1970-1997 in Sweden was conducted. Complete follow-up was accomplished through linkage to nationwide databases. We used comparisons with the entire Swedish population to calculate standardised incidence ratios (SIRs), and Poisson regression for multivariate internal analyses of relative risks (RRs) with 95% confidence intervals (CI). Overall, we observed 692 incident first cancers vs 171 expected (SIR 4.0; 95% CI 3.7-4.4). We confirmed marked excesses of nonmelanoma skin cancer (SIR 56.2; 95% CI 49.8-63.2), lip cancer (SIR 53.3; 95% CI 38.0-72.5) and of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) (SIR 6.0; 95% CI 4.4-8.0). Compared with patients who underwent kidney transplantation, those who received other organs were at substantially higher risk of NHL (RR 8.4; 95% CI 4.3- 16). Besides, we found, significantly, about 20-fold excess risk of cancer of the vulva and vagina, 10-fold of anal cancer, and five-fold of oral cavity and kidney cancer, as well as two- to four-fold excesses of cancer in the oesophagus, stomach, large bowel, urinary bladder, lung and thyroid gland. In conclusion, organ transplantation entails a persistent about four-fold increased overall cancer risk. The complex pattern of excess risk at many sites challenges current understanding of oncogenic infections that might become activated by immunologic alterations. © 2003 Cancer Research UK. KW - Cohort study KW - Epidemiology KW - Organ transplantation KW - adult KW - anus cancer KW - article KW - bladder cancer KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer localization KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - confidence interval KW - data base KW - diagnostic accuracy KW - esophagus cancer KW - female KW - follow up KW - high risk population KW - human KW - immunopathology KW - infection risk KW - intermethod comparison KW - kidney cancer KW - kidney transplantation KW - large intestine cancer KW - lip cancer KW - lung cancer KW - lymphoma KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - mouth cancer KW - multivariate analysis KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - organ transplantation KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - sampling KW - skin cancer KW - stomach cancer KW - Sweden KW - thyroid cancer KW - vagina cancer KW - vulva cancer KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hospitalization KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Organ Transplantation KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :422 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 14520450 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Adami, J.; Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Box 281, SE-171 77 Stockholm, Sweden; email: johanna.adami@mep.ki.se N1 - References: Adami, H.O., McLaughlin, J., Ekbom, A., Berne, C., Silverman, D., Hacker, D., Persson, I., Cancer risk in patients with diabetes mellitus (1991) Cancer Causes Control, 2, pp. 307-314; Alloub, M.I., Barr, B.B., McLaren, K.M., Smith, I.W., Bunney, M.H., Smart, G.E., Human papillomavirus infection and cervical intraepithelial neoplasia in women with renal allografts (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 153-156; Barr, B.B., Benton, E.C., McLaren, K., Bunney, M.H., Smith, I.W., Blessing, K., Hunter, J.A., Human papilloma virus infection and skin cancer in renal allograft recipients (1989) Lancet, 1, pp. 124-129; Birkeland, S.A., Lokkegaard, H., Storm, H.H., Cancer risk in patients on dialysis and after renal transplantation (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 1886-1887; Birkeland, S.A., Storm, H.H., Lamm, L.U., Barlow, L., Blohme, I., Forsberg, B., Eklund, B., Frodin, L., Cancer risk after renal transplantation in the Nordic countries, 1964-1986 (1995) Int J Cancer, 60, pp. 183-189; Blohme, I., Brynger, H., Malignant disease in renal transplant patients (1985) Transplantation, 39, pp. 23-25; Bouwes Bavinck, J.N., Claas, F.H., Hardie, D.R., Green, A., Vermeer, B.J., Hardie, I.R., Relation between HLA antigens and skin cancer in renal transplant recipients in Queensland, Australia (1997) J Invest Dermatol, 108, pp. 708-711; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., Statistical methods in cancer research (1987) IARC Sci Publ, 2, pp. 1-406. , The design and analysis of cohort studies; Fairley, C.K., Sheil, A.G., McNeil, J.J., Ugoni, A.M., Disney, A.P., Giles, G.G., Amiss, N., The risk of ano-genital malignancies in dialysis and transplant patients (1994) Clin Nephrol, 41, pp. 101-105; Frisch, M., Glimelius, B., Van Den Brule, A.J., Wohlfahrt, J., Meijer, C.J., Walboomers, J.M., Goldman, S., Melbye, M., Sexually transmitted infection as a cause of anal cancer (1997) N Engl J Med, 337, pp. 1350-1358; Galloway, D.A., Daling, J.R., Is the evidence implicating human papillomavirus type 16 in esophageal cancer hard to swallow? (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 1421-1423; Goedert, J., (2000) Infectious Causes of Cancer. Targets for Intervention, , Press H (ed). New Jersey; Gokal, E., Renal oestodystrophy and aluminium bone disease in CAPD patients (1988) Clin Nephrol, (30 SUPPL.), pp. 64-67; Harris, N.L., Jaffe, E.S., Stein, H., Banks, P.M., Chan, J.K., Cleary, M.L., Delsol, G., Gatter, K.C., A revised European-American classification of lymphoid neoplasms: A proposal from the International Lymphoma Study Group (1994) Blood, 84, pp. 1361-1392; Hoshida, Y., Tsukuma, H., Yasunaga, Y., Xu, N., Fujita, M.Q., Satoh, T., Ichikawa, Y., Aozasa, K., Cancer risk after renal transplantation in Japan (1997) Int J Cancer, 71, pp. 517-520; Hoover, R., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Risk of cancer in renal-transplant recipients (1973) Lancet, 2, pp. 5-7; Huang, J.Q., Sridhar, S., Chen, Y., Hunt, R.H., Meta-analysis of the relationship between Helicobacter pylori seropositivity and gastric cancer (1998) Gastroenterology, 114, pp. 1169-1179; IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans (1995) Human Papillomaviruses, 64. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Kantor, A.F., Hoover, R.N., Kinlen, L.J., McMullan, M.R., Fraumenti J.F., Jr., Cancer in patients receiving long-term dialysis treatment (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 126, pp. 370-376; Kinlen, L.J., Immunosuppression and cancer (1992) IARC Sci Publ, 116, pp. 237-253; Kinlen, L.J., Sheil, A.G., Peto, J., Doll, R., Collaborative United Kingdom-Australasian study of cancer in patients treated with immunosuppressive drugs (1979) Br Med J, 2, pp. 1461-1466; Kyllonen, L., Salmela, K., Pukkala, E., Cancer incidence in a kidney-transplanted population (2000) Transpl Int, 13 (1 SUPPL.), pp. S394-S398; Lagiou, P., Kuper, H., Stuver, S.O., Tzonou, A., Trichopoulos, D., Adami, H.O., Role of diabetes mellitus in the etiology of hepatocellular carcinoma (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 1096-1099; Lindelof, B., Sigurgeirsson, B., Gabel, H., Stern, R.S., Incidence of skin cancer in 5356 patients following organ transplantation (2000) Br J Dermatol, 143, pp. 513-519; Maisonneuve, P., Agodoa, L., Gellert, R., Stewart, J.H., Buccianti, G., Lowenfels, A.B., Wolfe, R.A., Boyle, P., Cancer in patients on dialysis for end-stage renal disease: An international collaborative study (1999) Lancet, 354, pp. 93-99; Mork, J., Lie, A.K., Glattre, E., Hallmans, G., Jellum, E., Koskela, P., Moller, B., Dillner, J., Human papillomavirus infection as a risk factor for squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck (2001) N Engl J Med, 344, pp. 1125-1131; Nilsson, A.C., Spetz, C.L., Carsjo, K., Nightingale, R., Smedby, B., Reliability of the hospital registry. The diagnostic data are better than their reputation (1994) Lakartidningen, 91, p. 598; Nyren, O., McLaughlin, J.K., Gridley, G., Ekbom, A., Johnell, O., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Adami, H.O., Cancer risk after hip replacement with metal implants: A population-based cohort study in Sweden (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 28-33; Opelz, G., Henderson, R., Incidence of non-Hodgkin lymphoma in kidney and heart transplant recipients (1993) Lancet, 342, pp. 1514-1516; Penn, I., The changing pattern of posttransplant malignancies (1991) Transplant Proc, 23, pp. 1101-1103; Penn, I., Tumors after renal and cardiac transplantation (1993) Hematol Oncol Clin North Am, 7, pp. 431-445; Penn, I., Cancers in renal transplant recipients (2000) Adv Ren Replace Ther, 7, pp. 147-156; Porreco, R., Penn, I., Droegemueller, W., Greer, B., Makowski, E., Gynecologic malignancies in immunosuppressed organ homograft recipients (1975) Obstet Gynecol, 45, pp. 359-364; Shankaran, V., Ikeda, H., Bruce, A.T., White, J.M., Swanson, P.E., Old, L.J., Schreiber, R.D., IFNgamma and lymphocytes prevent primary tumour development and shape tumour immunogenicity (2001) Nature, 410, pp. 1107-1111; Sillman, F., Stanek, A., Sedlis, A., Rosenthal, J., Lanks, K.W., Buchhagen, D., Nicastri, A., Boyce, J., The relationship between human papilloma-virus and lower genital intraepithelial neoplasia in immunosuppressed women (1984) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 150, pp. 300-308; (1998) Cancer Incidence in Sweden, , Stockholm: National Board of Health Welfare; (2000), Publication no 7; Weiderpass, E., Persson, I., Adami, H.O., Magnusson, C., Lindgren, A., Baron, J.A., Body size in different periods of life, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, and risk of postmenopausal endometrial cancer (Sweden) (2000) Cancer Causes Control, 11, pp. 185-192; Ylitalo, N., Sorensen, P., Josefsson, A.M., Magnusson, P.K., Andersen, P.K., Ponten, J., Adami, H.O., Melbye, M., Consistent high viral load of human papillomavirus 16 and risk of cervical carcinoma in situ: A nested case-control study (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 2194-2198 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0242361191&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601219&partnerID=40&md5=0bdecdf36059218fd0d14d5d19eb1c1a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Blood pressure and site-specific cancer mortality: Evidence from the original Whitehall study T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 89 IS - 7 SP - 1243 EP - 1247 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601255 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Batty, G.D. AU - Shipley, M.J. AU - Marmot, M.G. AU - Davey Smith, G. AD - Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Blegdamsvej 3, DK-2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AD - Division of Epidemiology, Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AB - Studies relating blood pressure to cancer risk have some shortcomings and have revealed inconsistent findings. In 17 498 middle-aged London-based government employees we related systolic and diastolic blood pressure recorded at baseline examination (1967-1970) to the risk of cancer mortality risk at 13 anatomical sites 25 years later. Following adjustment for potential confounding and mediating factors, inverse associations between blood pressure and mortality due to leukaemia and cancer of the pancreas (diastolic only) were seen. Blood pressure was also positively related to cancer of the liver and rectum (diastolic only). The statistically significant blood pressure-cancer associations seen in this large-scale prospective investigation offering high power were scarce and of sufficiently small magnitude as to be attributable to chance or confounding. © 2003 Cancer Research UK. KW - Blood pressure KW - Epidemiology KW - Men KW - Neoplasm KW - Whitehall KW - adult KW - article KW - bladder cancer KW - brain cancer KW - cancer mortality KW - controlled study KW - diastolic blood pressure KW - esophagus cancer KW - human KW - kidney cancer KW - leukemia KW - liver cancer KW - lung cancer KW - lymphoma KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - pancreas cancer KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - prostate cancer KW - rectum cancer KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - stomach cancer KW - systolic blood pressure KW - Adult KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 14520454 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Batty, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Blegdamsvej 3, DK-2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark; email: david.batty@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - References: (1967) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death (Eighth Revision), , Geneva: World Health Organisation; Armstrong, B., Stevens, N., Doll, R., Retrospective study of the association between use of rauwolfia derivatives and breast cancer in English women (1974) Lancet, 2, pp. 672-675; Armstrong, B.K., White, E., Saracci, R., (1994) Principles of Exposure Measurement in Epidemiology, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Batty, G.D., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M., Davey Smith, G., Physical activity and cause-specific mortality in men with type 2 diabetes/impaired glucose tolerance: Evidence from the Whitehall study (2002) Diab Med, 19, pp. 580-588; Brenner, H., Long-term survival rates of cancer patients achieved by the end of the 20th century: A period analysis (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 1131-1135; Buck, C., Donner, A., Cancer incidence in hypertensives (1987) Cancer, 59, pp. 1386-1390; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 775-779; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J R Stat Soc (Ser B), 34, pp. 187-220; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M.G., Rose, G., Plasma cholesterol concentration and mortality. The Whitehall Study (1992) JAMA, 267, pp. 70-76; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Intermittent claudication, heart disease risk factors, and mortality. The Whitehall Study (1990) Circulation, 82, pp. 1925-1931; De Waard, F., Baanders-van Halewijn, E.A., A prospective study in general practice on breast-cancer risk in postmenopausal women (1974) Int J Cancer, 14, pp. 153-160; Dyer, A.R., Stamler, J., Berkson, D.M., Lindberg, H.A., Stevens, E., High blood-pressure: A risk factor for cancer mortality? (1975) Lancet, 1, pp. 1051-1056; Filipovsky, J., Ducimetiere, P., Darne, B., Richard, J.L., Abdominal body mass distribution and elevated blood pressure are associated with increased risk of death from cardiovascular diseases and cancer in middle-aged men. The results of a 15- To 20-year follow-up in the Paris prospective study I (1993) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord, 17, pp. 197-203; Fletcher, A.E., Beevers, D.G., Bulpitt, C.J., Coles, E.C., Dollery, C.T., Ledingham, J.G., Palmer, A.J., Webster, J., Cancer mortality and atenolol treatment (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 622-623; Fraser, G.E., Phillips, R.L., Beeson, W.L., Hypertension, antihypertensive medication and risk of renal carcinoma in California Seventh-Day Adventists (1990) Int J Epidemiol, 19, pp. 832-838; Goldbourt, U., Holtzman, E., Yaari, S., Cohen, L., Katz, L., Neufeld, H.N., Elevated systolic blood pressure as a predictor of long-term cancer mortality: Analysis by site and histologic subtype in 10 000 middle-aged and elderly men (1986) J Natl Cancer Inst, 77, pp. 63-70; Grossman, E., Messerli, F.H., Boyko, V., Goldbourt, U., Is there an association between hypertension and cancer mortality? (2002) Am J Med, 112, pp. 479-486; Grove, J.S., Nomura, A., Severson, R.K., Stemmermann, G.N., The association of blood pressure with cancer incidence in a prospective study (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 942-947; Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Isles, C.G., McGhee, S.M., Robertson, J.W., Gillis, C.R., Wapshaw, J.A., Lever, A.F., Incidence of and mortality from cancer in hypertensive patients (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 609-611; Jarrett, R.J., Shipley, M.J., Hunt, R., Physical activity, glucose tolerance, and diabetes mellitus: The Whitehall study (1986) Diab Med, 3, pp. 549-551; Jarrett, R.J., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Weight and mortality in the Whitehall Study (1982) Br Med J (Clin Res Ed), 285, pp. 535-537; Kannel, W.B., Neaton, J.D., Wentworth, D., Thomas, H.E., Stamler, J., Hulley, S.B., Kjelsberg, M.O., Overall and coronary heart disease mortality rates in relation to major risk factors in 325,348 men screened for the MRFIT. Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial (1986) Am Heart J, 112, pp. 825-836; Khaw, K.T., Barrett-Connor, E., Systolic blood pressure and cancer mortality in an elderly population (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 120, pp. 550-558; Kirchner F.K., Jr., Braren, V., Smith, C., Wilson, J.P., Foster, J.H., Hollifield, J.W., Rhamy, R.K., Renal carcinoma discovered incidentally by arteriography during evaluation for hypertension (1976) J Urol, 115, pp. 643-645; Lee, M.R., Renin-secreting kidney tumours. A rare but remediable cause of serious hypertension (1971) Lancet, 2, pp. 254-255; Leon, D.A., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Strachan, D., Adult height and mortality in London: Early life, socioeconomic confounding, or shrinkage? (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 5-9; Lewington, S., Clarke, R., Qizilbash, N., Peto, R., Collins, R., Age-specific relevance of usual blood pressure to vascular mortality: A meta-analysis of individual data for one million adults in 61 prospective studies (2002) Lancet, 360, pp. 1903-1913; Lichtenstein, M.J., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Systolic and diastolic blood pressures as predictors of coronary heart disease mortality in the Whitehall study (1985) Br Med J (Clin Res Ed), 291, pp. 243-245; Marmot, M.G., Rose, G., Shipley, M., Hamilton, P.J.S., Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 244-249; Melman, A., Grim, C.E., Weinberger, M.H., Increased incidence of renal cell carcinoma with hypertension (1977) J Urol, 118, pp. 531-532; Miura, K., Dyer, A.R., Greenland, P., Daviglus, M.L., Hill, M., Liu, K., Garside, D.B., Stamler, J., Pulse pressure compared with other blood pressure indexes in the prediction of 25-year cardiovascular and all-cause mortality rates: The Chicago Heart Association Detection Project in Industry Study (2001) Hypertension, 38, pp. 232-237; Neal, B., MacMahon, S., Chapman, N., Effects of ACE inhibitors, calcium antagonists, and other blood-pressure-lowering drugs: Results of prospectively designed overviews of randomised trials (2000) Lancet, 356, pp. 1955-1964. , Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists' Collaboration; Raynor W.J., Jr., Shekelle, R.B., Rossof, A.H., Maliza, C., Paul, O., High blood pressure and 17-year cancer mortality in the Western Electric Health Study (1981) Am J Epidemiol, 113, pp. 371-377; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J., McCartney, P., Rose, G., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Smoking and other risk factors for coronary heart-disease in British civil servants (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 979-984; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J.S., McCartney, P., Rose, G., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Rose, G., Cardiorespiratory disease and diabetes among middle-aged male civil servants (1974) Lancet, 1, pp. 469-473; Rose, G., Standardisation of observers in blood-pressure measurement (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 673-674; Rose, G., Hamilton, P.S., Keen, H., Reid, D.D., McCartney, P., Jarrett, R.J., Myocardial ischaemia, risk factors and death from coronary heart-disease (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 105-109; Rose, G., McCartney, P., Reid, D.D., Self-administration of a questionnaire on chest pain and intermittent claudication (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 42-48; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field studies (1962) Bull World Health Organ, 27, pp. 645-658; Rose, G.A., Holland, W.W., Crowley, E.A., A sphygmomanometer for epidemiologists (1964) Lancet, 1, pp. 296-300; (1959) Build and Blood Pressure Study, 1. , Chicago: Society of Actuaries; Svardsudd, K., Tibblin, G., Mortality and morbidity during 13.5 years' follow-up in relation to blood pressure. The study of men born in 1913 (1979) Acta Med Scand, 205, pp. 483-492; Wannamethee, G., Shaper, A.G., Blood pressure and cancer in middle-aged British men (1996) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 22-31 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0242361185&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601255&partnerID=40&md5=a689a8074d65551257d9d4213793f519 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Colles fracture, spine fracture, and subsequent risk of hip fracture in men and women a meta-analysis T2 - Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery - Series A J2 - J. Bone Jt. Surg. Ser. A VL - 85 IS - 10 SP - 1936 EP - 1943 PY - 2003 SN - 00219355 (ISSN) AU - Haentjens, P. AU - Autier, P. AU - Collins, J. AU - Velkeniers, B. AU - Vanderschueren, D. AU - Boonen, S. AD - Dept. of Orthopaedics/Traumatology, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Laarbeeklaan 101, B-1090 Brussels, Belgium AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Academisch Ziekenhuis, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Laarbeeklaan 101, B-1090 Brussels, Belgium AD - Center for Research in Epidemiology, Health Information Systems Luxemburg, Rue Dicks 18, L-1471 Luxemburg, Luxembourg AD - Department of Obstetrics, McMaster University, 1200 Main Street West, Hamilton, Ont. L8N 3Z5, Canada AD - Division of Endocrinology, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Brusselse straat 69, B-3000 Leuven, Belgium AD - Division of Geriatric Medicine, Leuven Univ. Ctr. Metab. Bone Dis., Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Brusselse straat 69, B-3000 Leuven, Belgium AB - Background: In postmenopausal women, a history of any fracture is an important risk factor for a future hip fracture. Whether similar findings apply to aging men remains to be established. We conducted a systematic review and metaanalysis of the literature to compare men and women with respect to the relative risk of hip fracture after a wrist or spine fracture. Methods: Studies published in full from January 1982 through September 2002 in English, French, or German were identified from the PubMed database and from reference lists of retrieved articles. We included cohort studies that reported fractures associated with minimal trauma of the wrist or spine as a risk factor for a subsequent hip fracture among (white) women and men who were fifty years old or older. Data were extracted by two independent reviewers and were checked for accuracy in a second review. Differences in assessments were resolved by consensus of the two reviewers. Results: Nine cohort studies were included in this meta-analysis: five studies were conducted in the United States and four, in Europe. After homogeneity of association was demonstrated across all studies, a fixed-effects meta-analysis was used to calculate pooled relative risks with 95% confidence intervals. Among postmenopausal women, the relative risks for a future fracture of the hip after a fracture of the wrist or spine were 1.53 (95% confidence interval, 1.34 to 1.74; p < 0.001) and 2.20 (95% confidence interval, 1.92 to 2.51; p < 0.001), respectively. In older men, these relative risks were 3.26 (95% confidence interval, 2.08 to 5.11; p < 0.001) and 3.54 (95% confidence interval, 2.01 to 6.23; p < 0.001), respectively. Fractures of the distal part of the radius increased the relative risk of hip fracture significantly more in men than in women (p = 0.002). The impact of a spine fracture, conversely, did not differ between genders (p = 0.11). Sensitivity analyses with use of random-effects methodology confirmed these findings to be robust. Conclusions: This meta-analysis suggests that a previous spine fracture has an equally important impact on the risk of a subsequent hip fracture in both genders. The prospective association between a Colles fracture and a subsequent hip fracture, however, is significantly stronger among men than among postmenopausal women. Men with a Colles fracture are at high risk for a future hip fracture and should be evaluated as candidates for preventive measures. Level of Evidence: Prognostic study, Level 1-2 (systematic review of Level-1 studies). See Instructions to Authors for a complete description of levels of evidence. KW - aging KW - clinical trial KW - Colles fracture KW - disease association KW - female KW - hip fracture KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - meta analysis KW - postmenopause KW - priority journal KW - review KW - risk factor KW - spine fracture KW - spine injury KW - wrist fracture KW - wrist injury KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Colles' Fracture KW - Female KW - Hip Fractures KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Postmenopause KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Spinal Fractures N1 - Cited By :86 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBJSA C2 - 14563801 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Haentjens, P.; Dept. of Orthopaedics/Traumatology, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Laarbeeklaan 101, B-1090 Brussels, Belgium; email: orthsp@az.vub.ac.be N1 - References: Autier, P., Haentjens, P., Bentin, J., Baillon, J.M., Grivegnee, A.R., Closon, M.C., Boonen, S., Costs induced by hip fractures: A prospective controlled study in Belgium (2000) Osteoporos Int, 11, pp. 373-380. , Belgian Hip Fracture Study Group; Haentjens, P., Autier, P., Barette, M., Boonen, S., The economic cost of hip fractures among elderly women. A one-year, prospective, observational cohort study with matched-pair analysis (2001) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 83, pp. 493-500. , Belgian Hip Fracture Study Group; Seeman, E., Osteoporosis in men (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9 (SUPPL. 2), pp. S97-S110; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton L.J. III, Determinants of reduced survival following hip fractures in men (1995) Clin Orthop, 319, pp. 260-265; Kanis, J.A., Johnell, O., Oden, A., Jonsson, B., De Laet, C., Dawson, A., Risk of hip fracture according to the World Health Organization criteria for osteopenia and osteoporosis (2000) Bone, 27, pp. 585-590; Marshall, D., Johnell, O., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1254-1259; Vanderschueren, D., Boonen, S., Bouillon, R., Action of androgens versus estrogens in male skeletal homeostasis (1998) Bone, 23, pp. 391-394; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 821-828; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbott T.A. III, Berger, M., Patients with prior fractures have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-739; Owen, R.A., Melton L.J. III, Ilstrup, D.M., Johnson, K.A., Riggs, B.L., Colles' fracture and subsequent hip fracture risk (1982) Clin Orthop, 171, pp. 37-43; Malimin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessen, T., Krusemo, U.B., Bergstrom, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Cuddlhy, M.T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton L.J. III, Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Melton L.J. III, Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Ismail, A.A., Cockerill, W., Cooper, C., Finn, J.D., Abendroth, K., Parisi, G., Banzer, D., O'Neill, T.W., Prevalent vertebral deformity predicts incident hip though not distal forearm fracture: Results from the European Prospective Osteoporosis Study (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 85-90; Greenland, S., Quantitative methods in the review of epidemiologic literature (1987) Epidemiol Rev, 9, pp. 1-30; Schlesselman, J.J., Risk of endometrial cancer in relation to use of combined oral contraceptives. A practitioner's guide to meta-analysis (1997) Hum Reprod, 12, pp. 1851-1863; Deeks, J.J., Altman, D.G., Bradburn, M.J., Statistical methods for examining heterogeneity and combining results from several studies in meta-analysis (2001) Systematic Reviews in Health Care: Meta-Analysis in Context. 2nd Ed., pp. 285-312. , Egger M, Smith GD, Altman DG, editors. London: BMJ; Black, D.M., Jergas, M., Palermo, L., Nevitt, M.C., Genant, H., Cummings, S.R., Do vertebral fractures predict hip and other osteoporotic fractures? (1994) J Bone Miner Res, 9, pp. S330; Burger, H., Van Daele, P.L., Algra, D., Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., Schutte, H.E., Birkenhager, J.C., Pols, H.A., Vertebral deformities as predictors of non-vertebral fractures (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 991-992; Cummings, S.R., Nevitt, M.C., Browner, W.S., Stone, K., Fox, K.M., Ensrud, K.E., Cauley, J., Vogt, T.M., Risk factors for hip fracture in white women. Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 767-773; Elliot, C.A., Price, V.H., Wallace, W.A., The predictive value of radial and hip fracture for future risk in Nottinghamm (1990) Osteoporosis 1990, pp. 216-217. , Christiansen C, Overgaard K, editors. Copenhagen: Osteopress; Ensrud, K.E., Black, D.M., Palermo, L., Bauer, D.C., Barrett-Connor, E., Quandt, S.A., Thompson, D.E., Karpf, D.B., Treatment with alendronate prevents fractures in women at highest risk: Results from the Fracture Intervention Trial (1997) Arch Intern Med, 157, pp. 2617-2624; Gardsell, P., Johnell, O., Nilsson, B.E., Nilsson, J.A., The predictive value of fracture, disease, and falling tendency for fragility fractures in women (1989) Calcif Tissue Int, 45, pp. 327-330; Gardsell, P., Johnell, O., Nilsson, B.E., The predictive value of forearm bone mineral content measurements in men (1990) Bone, 11, pp. 229-232; Gunnes, M., Mellstrom, D., Johnell, O., How well can a previous fracture indicate a new fracture? A questionnaire study of 29,802 postmenopausal women (1998) Acta Orthop Scand, 69, pp. 508-512; Honkanen, R., Tuppuralnen, M., Kroger, H., Alhava, E., Puntila, E., Associations of early premenopausal fractures with subsequent fractures vary by sites and mechanisms of fractures (1997) Calcif Tissue Int, 60, pp. 327-331; Johansson, C., Melistrom, D., An earlier fracture as a risk factor for new fracture and its association with smoking and menopausal age in womem (1996) Maturitas, 24, pp. 97-106; Karlsson, M.K., Hasserius, R., Obrant, K.J., Individuals who sustain nonosteoporotic fractures continue to also sustain fragility fractures (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 53, pp. 229-231; Kelsey, J.L., Browner, W.S., Seeley, D.G., Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Risk factors for fractures of the distal forearm and proximal humerus. The Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 477-489; Khan, S.A., De Geus, C., Holroyd, B., Russell, A.S., Osteoporosis follow-up after wrist fractures following minor trauma (2001) Arch Intern Med, 161, pp. 1309-1312; Kotowicz, M.A., Melton L.J. III, Cooper, C., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Risk of hip fracture in women with vertebral fracture (1994) J Bone Miner Res, 9, pp. 599-605; Lauritzen, J.B., Lund, B., Risk of hip fracture after osteoporosis fractures. 451 Women with fracture of lumbar spine, olecranon, knee or ankle (1993) Acta Orthop Scand, 64, pp. 297-300; Lauritzen, J.B., Schwarz, P., McNair, P., Lund, B., Transbol, I., Radial and humeral fractures as predictors of subsequent hip, radial or humeral fractures in women, and their seasonal variation (1993) Osteoporos Int, 3, pp. 133-137; Lindsay, R., Silverman, S.L., Cooper, C., Hanley, D.A., Barton, I., Broy, S.B., Licata, A., Seeman, E., Risk of new vertebral fracture in the year following a fracture (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 320-323; Melton L.J. III, Ilstrup, D.M., Beckenbaugh, R.D., Riggs, B.L., Hip fracture recurrence. A population-based study (1982) Clin Orthop, 167, pp. 131-138; Meyer, H.E., Henriksen, C., Falch, J.A., Pedersen, J.I., Tverdal, A., Risk factors for hip fracture in a high incidence area: A case-control study from Oslo, Norway (1995) Osteoporos Int, 5, pp. 239-246; Mussolino, M.E., Looker, A.C., Madans, J.H., Langlois, J.A., Orwoll, E.S., Risk factors for hip fracture in white men: The NHANES I Epidemiologic Follow-up Study (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 918-924; Nevitt, M.C., Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Genant, H.K., Fox, K., Stone, K., Risk factors for first and recurrent vertebral fractures: A prospective study (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S468; Nevitt, M.C., Ross, P.D., Palermo, L., Musliner, T., Genant, H.K., Thompson, D.E., Association of prevalent vertebral fractures, bone density, and alendronate treatment with incident vertebral fractures: Effect of number and spinal location of fractures (1999) Bone, 25, pp. 613-619. , The Fracture Intervention Trial Research Group; Nguyen, T.V., Elsman, J.A., Kelly, P.J., Sambrook, P.N., Risk factors for osteoporotic fractures in elderly men (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 144, pp. 255-263; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton L.J. III, Predictors of hip fractures in elderly men (1995) J Bone Miner Res, 10, pp. 1900-1907; Ross, P.D., Davis, J.W., Epstein, R.S., Wasnich, R.D., Pre-existing fractures and bone mass predict vertebral fracture incidence in women (1991) Ann Intern Med, 114, pp. 919-923; Ross, P.D., Genant, H.K., Davis, J.W., Miller, P.D., Wasnich, R.D., Predicting vertebral fracture incidence from prevalent fractures and bone density among nonblack, osteoporotic women (1993) Osteoporos Int, 3, pp. 120-126; Seeley, D.G., Kelsey, J., Jergas, M., Nevitt, M.C., Predictors of ankle and foot fractures in older women. The Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1347-1355; Torgerson, D.J., Campbell, M.K., Thomas, R.E., Reid, D.M., Prediction of perimenopausal fractures by bone mineral density and other risk factors (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 293-297; Tuppuralnen, M., Honkanen, R., Kroger, H., Saarikoski, S., Alhava, E., Osteoporosis risk factors, gynaecological history and fractures in perimenopausal women-the results of the baseline postal enquiry of the Kuopio Osteoporosis Risk Factor and Prevention Study (1993) Maturitas, 17, pp. 89-100; Wasnich, R.D., Davis, J.W., Ross, P.D., Spine fracture risk is predicted by non-spine fractures (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 1-5; Wu, F., Mason, B., Horne, A., Ames, R., Clearwater, J., Liu, M., Evans, M.C., Reld, I.R., Fractures between the ages of 20 and 50 years increase women's risk of subsequent fractures (2002) Arch Intern Med, 162, pp. 33-36; Van Staa, T.P., Leufkens, H.G., Cooper, C., Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study (2002) Osteoporos Int, 13, pp. 624-629; Robinson, C.M., Royds, M., Abraham, A., McQueen, M.M., Court-Brown, C.M., Christie, J., Refractures in patients at least forty-five years old. A prospective analysis of twenty-two thousand and sixty patients (2002) J Bone Joint Surg Am, 84, pp. 1528-1533; Bllezlklan, J.P., Osteoporosis in men (1999) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 84, pp. 3431-3434; Boonen, S., Vanderschueren, D., Geusens, P., Bouillon, R., Age-associated endocrine deficiencies as potential determinants of femoral neck (type II) osteoporotic fracture occurrence in elderly men (1997) Int J Androl, 20, pp. 134-143; Khosla, S., Melton L.J. III, Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Klee, G.G., Riggs, B.L., Relationship of serum sex steroid levels and bone turnover markers with bone mineral density in men and women: A key role for bioavailable estrogen (1998) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 83, pp. 2266-2274; Orwoll, E.S., Klein, R.F., Osteoporosis in men (1995) Endocr Rev, 16, pp. 87-116; Burger, H., De Laet, C.E., Van Daele, P.L., Weel, A.E., Witteman, J.C., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A., Risk factors for increased bone loss in an elderly population: The Rotterdam Study (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 871-879; De Laet, C.E., Van Hout, B.A., Burger, H., Weel, A.E., Hofman, A., Pols, H.A., Hip fracture prediction in elderly men and women: Validation in the Rotterdam Study (1998) J Bone Miner Res, 13, pp. 1587-1593; Jones, G., Nguyen, T., Sambrook, P.N., Kelly, P.J., Gilbert, C., Elsman, J.A., Symptomatic fracture incidence in elderly men and women: The Dubbo Osteoporosis Epidemiology Study (DOES) (1994) Osteoporos Int, 4, pp. 277-282; Looker, A.C., Orwoll, E.S., Johnston C.C., Jr., Lindsay, R.L., Wahner, H.W., Dunn, W.L., Calvo, M.S., Heyse, S.P., Prevalence of low femoral bone density in older U.S. adults from NHANES III (1997) J Bone Miner Res, 12, pp. 1761-1768; Poor, G., Atkinson, E.J., Lewallen, D.G., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton L.J. III, Age-related hip fractures in men: Clinical spectrum and short-term outcomes (1995) Osteoporos Int, 5, pp. 419-426; O'Neill, T.W., Felsenberg, D., Varlow, J., Cooper, C., Kanis, J.A., Sliman, A.J., The prevalence of vertebral deformity in European men and women: The European Vertebral Osteoporosis Study (1996) J Bone Miner Res, 11, pp. 1010-1018; Mann, T., Oviatt, S.K., Wilson, D., Nelson, D., Orwoll, E.S., Vertebral deformity in men (1992) J Bone Miner Res, 7, pp. 1259-1265; Singer, B.R., McLauchian, G.J., Robinson, C.M., Christie, J., Epidemiology of fractures in 15,000 adults: The influence of age and gender (1998) J Bone Joint Surg Br, 80, pp. 243-248; Melton L.J. III, Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Fracture incidence in Olmsted County, Minnesota: Comparison of urban with rural rates and changes in urban rates over time (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 29-37; Vanderschueren, D., Boonen, S., Bouillon, R., Osteoporosis and osteoporotic fractures in men: A clinical perspective (2000) Baillieres Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab, 14, pp. 299-315; Prudham, D., Evans, J.G., Factors associated with falls in the elderly: A community study (1981) Age Ageing, 10, pp. 141-146 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0141993063&partnerID=40&md5=757cf4cfc48d87c680512866db1dd37f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Socioeconomic position in early life, birth weight, childhood cognitive function, and adult mortality. A longitudinal study of Danish men born in 1953 T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 57 IS - 9 SP - 681 EP - 686 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1136/jech.57.9.681 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Osler, M. AU - Andersen, A.-M.N. AU - Due, P. AU - Lund, R. AU - Damsgaard, M.T. AU - Holstein, B.E. AD - Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Blegdamsvej 3, 2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark AD - Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Objective: To examine the relation between socioeconomic position in early life and mortality in young adulthood, taking birth weight and childhood cognitive function into account. Design: A longitudinal study with record linkage to the Civil Registration System and Cause of Death Registry. The data were analysed using Cox regression. Setting: The metropolitan area of Copenhagen, Denmark. Subjects: 7493 male singletons born in 1953, who completed a questionnaire with various cognitive measures, in school at age 12 years, and for whom birth certificates with data on birth and parental characteristics had been traced manually in 1965. This population was followed up from April 1968 to January 2002 for information on mortality. Main outcome measures: Mortality from all causes, cardiovascular diseases, and violent deaths. Results: Men whose fathers were working class or of unknown social class at time of birth had higher mortality rates compared with those whose fathers were high/middle class: hazard ratio 1.39 (95% Cl 1.15 to 1.67) and 2.04 (95% Cl 1.48 to 2.83) respectively. Birth weight and childhood cognitive function were both related to father's social class and inversely associated with all cause mortality. The association between father's social class and mortality attenuated (HR working class1.30 (1.08 to 1.56); HRunkown class 1.81 (1.30 to 2.52)) after control for birth weight and cognitive function. Mortality from cardiovascular diseases and violent deaths was also significantly higher among men with fathers from the lower social classes. Conclusion: The inverse association between father's social class at time of birth and early adult mortality remains, however somewhat attenuated, after adjustment for birth weight and cognitive function. KW - child health KW - cognition KW - mortality KW - socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cognition KW - father KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - mortality KW - questionnaire KW - register KW - socioeconomics KW - violence KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Birth Weight KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cognition KW - Creativeness KW - Denmark KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Social Class KW - Violence KW - Denmark N1 - Cited By :130 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 12933773 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Osler, M.; Department of Social Medicine, Institute of Public Health, University of Copenhagen, Blegdamsvej 3, 2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark; email: M.Osler@pubhealth.ku.dk N1 - References: Davey Smith, G., Gunnel, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Life-course approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause-specific adult mortality (2000) Poverty, Inequality and Health. An International Perspective, pp. 88-124. , Len D, Walt G, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Langenberg, C., Mortality in adults aged 26-54 years related to socioeconomic conditions in childhood and adulthood: Postwar birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 1076-1080; Frankel, S., Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Childhood socioecnomic position and adult cardiovascular mortality: The Boyd Orr Cohort (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1081-1084; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Kuh, D., A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, emperical challenges and interdiciplinary perspectives (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, pp. 285-293; Hertzman, C., The biological embedding of early experience and its effect on health in adulthood (1995) Ann NY Acad Sci, 896, pp. 85-95; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Barker, D.J.P., Forsen, T., Uutela, A., Size at birth and resilience to effects of poor living conditions in adult life: Longitudinal study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 1273-1275; Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Longitudinal cohort study of childhood IQ and survival up to age 76 (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 1-5; Barker, D.I.P., (1994) Mothers Babies and Disease Later in Life, , London: BMJ Publishing Group; Leon, D.A., Lithell, H.O., Vågerö, D., Reduced fetal growth rate and increased risk of death from ischemic heart disease: Cohort study of 15,000 Swedish men and women 1915-29 (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 241-245; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Sørensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Jefferis, B.J.M.H., Power, C., Hertzman, C., Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study (2002) BMJ, 325, pp. 305-308; Høgh, E., Wolf, P., Project Metropolitan: A longitudinal study of 12,270 boys from the Metropolitan Area of Copenhagen, Denmark, 1953-1977 (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research, , Mednick SA, Baert AE, eds. London: Oxford University Press; Svensson, A., (1964) Sociale Och Regionala Faktarers Samband Med Över- Och Underpresentation i Skolearbetet. Pedagagiska Institutionen, , Göteborgs: Göteborgs Universitet; Mednick, S.A., The association basis of the creative process (1962) Psychol Rev, 69, pp. 202-232; Grambsch, P.M., Therneau, T.M., Proportional hazard tests and diagnostics based on weighted residuals (1994) Biometrika, 81, pp. 515-526; Schuerger, J.M., Witt, A.C., The temporal stability of individually tested intelligence (1989) J Clin Psychol, 45, pp. 294-302; Sternberg, R.J., The holy grail of intelligence (2000) Science, 289, pp. 399-401; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prosepctive observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Ditlevsen, S., Christensen, U., Lynch, J., (2002) The Mediation Proportion: A Structural Equation Approach with an Application to a Common Problem in Social Epidemiology, , Research report 02/11. Copenhagen: University of Copenhagen, Department of Biostatistics UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0042319112&doi=10.1136%2fjech.57.9.681&partnerID=40&md5=0d0f89e7f20758dc7b83e405a42527a6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Life-course body size and perimenopausal mammographic parenchymal patterns in the MRC 1946 British birth cohort T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 89 IS - 5 SP - 852 EP - 859 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601207 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - McCormack, V.A. AU - Dos Santos Silva, I. AU - De Stavola, B.L. AU - Perry, N. AU - Vinnicombe, S. AU - Swerdlow, A.J. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Kuh, D. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol./Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg./Trop. Medicine, London WCIE 7HT, United Kingdom AD - Department of Diagnostic Imaging, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London ECI 7BE, United Kingdom AD - Med. Res. Cncl. Natl. Surv. Hlth./D., Dept. of Epidemiol./Public Health, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WCIE 6BT, United Kingdom AD - Section of Epidemiology, Institute of Cancer Research, 15 Cotswold Road, Belmont, Surrey SM2 5NG, United Kingdom AB - Dense mammographic parenchymal patterns are associated with an increased risk of breast cancer. Certain features of body size have been found to be associated with breast cancer risk, but less is known about their relation to breast density. We investigated the association of birth size, childhood growth and life-course changes in body size with Wolfe grade in 1298 perimenopausal women from a British cohort of women born in 1946. The cohort benefits from repeated measures of body size in childhood and adulthood. We obtained mammograms for 90% of women who at age 53 years reported having previously had a mammogram. We found no associations with birth weight or maximum attained height. Body mass index (BMI) at age 53 years and breast size were independently and inversely associated with Wolfe grade (P-value for trend < 0.001 for both). Women who reached puberty later were at a greater odds of a higher Wolfe grade than women who had an earlier puberty (odds ratio associated with a 1 year delay in menarche 1.14, 95% CI: 1.01-1.27, adjusted for BMI and breast size at mammography). A higher BMI at any age during childhood or adult life was associated with a reduction in the odds of a higher Wolfe grade, after controlling for breast size and BMI at mammography, for example, standardised odds ratio for height at age 7 was 0.72 (95% CI: 0.64, 0.81). These findings reveal the importance of taking life-course changes in body size, and not just contemporaneous measures, into account when using mammographic density as an intermediate marker for risk of breast cancer. © 2003 Cancer Research UK. KW - Body size KW - Breast density KW - Growth KW - Life-course KW - Mammographic parenchymal patterns KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body density KW - body mass KW - body size KW - breast cancer KW - breast density KW - cancer risk KW - climacterium KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - life event KW - major clinical study KW - mammography KW - priority journal KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aging KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Constitution KW - Body Height KW - Body Mass Index KW - Breast KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Climacteric KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Mammography KW - Menarche KW - Middle Aged N1 - Cited By :51 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 12942117 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McCormack, V.A.; Dept. of Epidemiol./Pop. Health, London Sch. of Hyg./Trop. Medicine, London WCIE 7HT, United Kingdom; email: valerie.mccormack@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: Academy of Medical Royal Colleges, Academy of Medical Royal Colleges N1 - Funding details: Institute of Population and Public Health, Institute of Population and Public Health N1 - Funding details: National Council for Forest Research and Development, National Council for Forest Research and Development N1 - Funding details: London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine N1 - Funding details: Iowa Department of Public Health, Iowa Department of Public Health N1 - Funding details: G9819083, Division of Acquisition and Cooperative Support, Division of Acquisition and Cooperative Support N1 - Funding details: Medical Research Council, Medical Research Council N1 - Funding text: 1Department of Epidemiology and Population Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, UK; 2Department of Diagnostic Imaging, St Bartholomew’s Hospital, London EC1 7BE, UK; 3Medical Research Council National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free & University College Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, UK N1 - References: Anderson, J.A., Regression and ordered categorical variables (1984) JR Stat Soc B, 1, pp. 1-30; Armstrong, B., Sloan, M., Ordinal regression models for epidemiologic data (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 129, pp. 191-204; Bartow, S.A., Pathak, D.R., Mettler, F.A., Key, C.R., Pike, M.C., Breast mammographic pattern: A concatenation of confounding and breast cancer risk factors (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 813-819; Boyd, N.F., Byng, J.W., Jong, R.A., Fishell, E.K., Little, L.E., Miller, A.B., Lockwood, G.A., Yaffe, M.J., Quantitative classification of mammographic densities and breast cancer risk: Results from the Canadian National Breast Screening Study (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 670-675; Boyd, N.F., Lockwood, G.A., Byng, J.W., Little, L.E., Yaffe, M.J., Tritchler, D.L., The relationship of anthropometric measures to radiological features of the breast in premenopausal women (1998) Br J Cancer, 78, pp. 1233-1238; Brisson, J., Morrison, A.S., Kopans, D.B., Sadowsky, N.L., Kalisher, L., Twaddle, J.A., Meyer, J.E., Cole, P., Height and weight, mammographic features of breast tissue, and breast cancer risk (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 371-381; Byrne, C., Schairer, C., Wolfe, J., Parekh, N., Salane, M., Brinton, L.A., Hoover, R., Haile, R., Mammographic features and breast cancer risk: Effects with time, age and menopause status (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 1622-1629; Cole, T.J., Weight/heightp compared to weight/height2 for assessing adiposity in childhood: Influence of age and bone age on p during puberty (1986) Ann Hum Biol, 13, pp. 433-451; De Stavola, B.L., Gravelle, I.H., Wang, D.Y., Allen, D.S., Bulbrook, R.D., Fentiman, I.S., Hayward, J.L., Chaudary, M.C., Relationship of mammographic parenchymal patterns with breast cancer risk factors and risk of breast cancer in a prospective study (1990) Int J Epidemiol, 19, pp. 247-254; De Stavola, B.L., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Dos Santos Silva, I., Wadsworth, M., Swerdlow, A.J., Birthweight, childhood growth and risk of breast cancer in a British cohort (2000) Br J Cancer, 83, pp. 964-968; Ekbom, A., Thurfjell, E., Hsieh, C.C., Trichopoulos, D., Adami, H.O., Perinatal characteristics and adult mammographic patterns (1995) Int J Cancer, 61, pp. 177-180; Gravelle, I.H., Bulstrode, J.C., Bulbrook, R.D., Wang, D.Y., Allen, D., Hayward, J.L., A prospective study of mammographic parenchymal patterns and risk of breast cancer (1986) Br J Radiol, 59, pp. 487-491; Gram, I.T., Funkhouser, E., Tabar, L., Anthropometric indices in relation to mammographic patterns among peri-menopausal women (1997) Int J Cancer, 73, pp. 323-326; Grove, J.S., Goodman, M.J., Gilbert F.I., Jr., Mi, M.P., Factors associated with mammographic pattern (1985) Br J Radiol, 58, pp. 21-25; Hsieh, C.C., Trichopoulos, D., Breast size, handedness and breast cancer risk (1991) Eur J Cancer, 27, pp. 131-135; Hsieh, C.C., Trichopoulos, D., Katsouyanni, K., Yuasa, S., Age at menarche, age at menopause, height and obesity as risk factors for breast cancer: Associations and interactions in an international case-control study (1990) Int J Cancer, 46, pp. 796-800; Hunter, D.J., Willett, W.C., Diet, body size and breast cancer (1993) Epidemiol Rev, 15, pp. 110-132; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study (2003) J Br Menopause Soc, 9, pp. 55-60; McCormack, V.A., Dos Santos Silva, I., De Stavola, B.L., Mohsen, R., Leon, D.A., Lithell, H.O., Fetal growth and subsequent risk of breast cancer: Results from long term follow up of Swedish cohort (2003) Br Mea J, 326, pp. 248-251; Michels, K.B., Trichopoulos, D., Robins, J.M., Rosner, B.A., Manson, J.E., Hunter, D.J., Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Birthweight as a risk factor for breast cancer (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1542-1546; Oza, A.M., Boyd, N.F., Mammographic parenchymal patterns: A marker of breast cancer risk (1993) Epi Rev, 5, pp. 196-208; Parsons, R.J., Power, C., Logan, S., Summerbell, C.D., Childhood predictors of adult obesity: A systematic review (1999) Int J Obesity, 23 (SUPPL. 8), pp. S1-S107; Pike, M.C., Spicer, D.V., Dahmoush, L., Press, M.F., Estrogens, progestogens, normal breast cell proliferation, and breast cancer risk (1993) Epidemiol Rev, 15, pp. 17-35; Sala, E., Warren, R., McCann, J., Duffy, S., Luben, R., Day, N., High-risk mammographic parenchymal patterns and anthropometric measures: A case-control study (1999) Br J Cancer, 81, pp. 1257-1261; Salminen, T., Hakama, M., Meikkila, M., Saarenmaa, I., Favorable change in mammographic parenchymal patterns and breast cancer risk factors (1998) Int J Cancer, 78, pp. 410-414; Schafer, J.L., Multiple imputation: A primer (1999) Stat Methods Med Res, 8, pp. 3-15; Sorkin, J.D., Muller, D.C., Andres, R., Longitudinal change in height of men and women: Implications for interpretation of the body mass index (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 969-977; Van Den Brandt, P.A., Spiegelman, D., Yaun, S.S., Adami, H.O., Beeson, L., Folsom, A.R., Fraser, G., Hunter, D.J., Pooled analysis of prospective cohort studies on height, weight, and breast cancer risk (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 152, pp. 514-527; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Butterworth, S., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Richards, M., Langenberg, C., Hilder, W.S., Connor, M., The life course prospective design; an example of benefits and problems associated with study longevity Soc Sci Med, , in press; Whitehead, J., Carlile, T., Kopecky, K.J., Thompson, D.J., Gilbert F.I., Jr., Present, A.J., Threatt, B.A., Hadaway, E., The relationship between Wolfe's classification of mammograms, accepted breast cancer risk factors, and the incidence of breast cancer (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 994-1006; Willett, W.C., Browne, M.L., Bain, C., Lipnick, R.J., Stampfer, M.J., Rosner, B., Colditz, G.A., Speizer, F.E., Relative weight and risk of breast cancer among premenopausal women (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 731-740; Wolfe, J.N., Breast patterns as an index of risk for developing breast cancer (1976) Am J Roentgenol, 126, pp. 1130-1139 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0141730413&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601207&partnerID=40&md5=a24755ba0f8af11d654208196b302937 ER - TY - JOUR TI - High coronary heart disease rates among Dutch women of the baby boom, born 1945-1959: Age-cohort analysis and projection T2 - European Journal of Public Health J2 - Eur. J. Public Health VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 226 EP - 229 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1093/eurpub/13.3.226 SN - 11011262 (ISSN) AU - Bonneux, L. AU - Looman, C.W.N. AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus University Rotterdam, PO Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - Background: After a steep decline in older generations, coronary heart disease mortality is stagnating in female cohorts born after the Second World War. We analysed past trends and predicted future health care needs for coronary heart disease in the Dutch population. Methods: A loglinear age-cohort model relates numbers of deaths and hospital admissions for coronary heart disease to sex, age, birth cohort and population size, and projects age-cohort changes over the future population. Population size, population forecasts and coronary heart disease mortality (period 1970-1999) are from vital statistics. Numbers of hospitalised acute coronary events are from the nationwide hospital register (period 1980-1999). Results: Among men, the rate ratios of deaths and hospital admissions were, respectively, 0.21 (death) and 0.78 (survivors at discharge) in the cohorts born in the period 1948-1962 compared to the period 1918-1922. Among women, the same rate ratios were 0.41 and 1.89. The projection model predicts 22% less deaths from coronary heart disease and 22% more survivors of an infarction in 2015, among men. Among women, there will be 5% less deaths and 70% more survivors of an infarction, most of these being middle age members of the baby boom cohorts. Conclusions: Stagnating all-cause mortality is correlated with an upward trend in coronary heart disease risk in the female baby boomers. Heart health care needs among middle-aged women will increase sharply. These changes are correlated to high lung cancer mortality and high smoking rates in these cohorts. KW - Baby boom cohorts KW - Coronary heart disease KW - Lung cancer KW - Smoking KW - Women KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - birth KW - cancer mortality KW - cigarette smoking KW - death KW - female KW - gender KW - health care need KW - heart infarction KW - hospital admission KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - population size KW - priority journal KW - survival KW - vital statistics KW - Adult KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Forecasting KW - Hospitalization KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Netherlands KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJPHF C2 - 14533724 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bonneux, L.; Department of Public Health, Erasmus University Rotterdam, PO Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands; email: l.bonneux@jc.azu.nl N1 - References: Bonneux, L., Looman, C.W., Barendregt, J.J., Van der Maas, P.J., Regression analysis of recent changes in cardiovascular mortality and morbidity in the Netherlands (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 789-792; Van der Wilk, E.A., Achterberg, P.W., Kramers, P.G.N., (2001) Long Live the Netherlands [in Dutch], p. 43. , Bilthoven: National Institute of Public Health and the Environment; (2001) Statistics Netherlands, , http://www.cbs.nl/default.asp; (2001), http://www.prismant.nl/; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Barendregt, J.J., Looman, C.W.N., Brønnum-Hansen, H., A comparison of cohort smoking intensities in two countries (2002) Bull WHO, 80, pp. 26-32; Healy, B., The Yentl syndrome (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 274-276; Khaw, K.T., Where are the women in coronary heart disease? (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 1145-1146; Peto, R., Lopez, A.D., Boreham, J., Thun, M., Heath, C., Mortality from tobacco in developed countries: Indirect estimation from vital statistics (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 1268-1278; Lawlor, D.A., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Sex matters: Secular and geographical trends in sex differences in coronary heart disease mortality (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 541-545; Gunning-Schepers, L., The health benefits of prevention: A simulation approach (1989) J Health Policy, 12 (1-2 SPEC. ISSUE), pp. 93-129; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Lightwood, J.M., Glantz, S.A., Short-term economic and health benefits of smoking cessation: Myocardial infarction and stroke (1997) Circulation, 96, pp. 1089-1096; Lifestyle and risk factor management and use of drug therapies in coronary patients from 15 countries: Principal results from EUROASPIRE II Euro Heart Survey Programme (2001) Eur Heart J, 22, pp. 554-572; Mennen, L.I., Witteman, J.C.M., Geleijnse, J.M., Riskfactors for cardiovascular diseases among the elderly (1995) Nederl Tijdschr Geneeskd, 139, pp. 1983-1988; Smit, H.A., Verschuren, W.M.M., Bueno de Mesquita, H.B., Seidell, J.C., (1994) The Monitoring Project on Risk Factors for Chronic Diseases (MORGEN Project). Annual Reports 1993-1997 [in Dutch], , Bilthoven: National Institute of Public health and the Environment UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0141625248&doi=10.1093%2feurpub%2f13.3.226&partnerID=40&md5=6d7e68782502d8b4a24505b6fa796c6f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence of gastrointestinal diseases in two British national birth cohorts T2 - Gut J2 - Gut VL - 52 IS - 8 SP - 1117 EP - 1121 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1136/gut.52.8.1117 SN - 00175749 (ISSN) AU - Ehlin, A.G.C. AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Ekbom, A. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset M9:01, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Institutionen Medicin Karolinska S., Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - IBD Study Group, Department of Medicine, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Medical School, London, United Kingdom AB - Background: Few studies have investigated the prevalence of multiple gastrointestinal diseases in the general British population. Aim: To examine the prevalence of Crohn's disease (CD), ulcerative colitis (UC), irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), gall stones (GS), and peptic ulcer disease (PUD). Subjects: The 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS) are two one week national birth cohorts born in 1970 and 1958, respectively. All cohort members living in Great Britain were interviewed in 1999/2000. Methods: The prevalence rates of the five diseases were calculated, and associations with sex and childhood social class were investigated using logistic regression. Results: At age 30 years, the prevalence rates per 10 000 (95% confidence interval (CI)) in the 1970 and 1958 cohorts, respectively, were: CD 38 (26-49), 21 (13-30); UC 30 (20-41), 27 (18-37); IBS 826 (775-877), 290 (267-330); GS 88 (71-106), 78 (62-94); and PUD 244 (214-273), 229 (201-256). There was a significantly higher proportion with CD (p=0.023) and IBS (p=0.000) in the 1970 cohort compared with the 1958 cohort at age 30 years. Comparing the cohorts in the 1999/2000 sweep, UC, GS, and PUD were significantly (p=0.001, p=0.000, p=0.000) more common in the 1958 cohort. There was a statistically significant trend for a higher risk of GS with lower social class in both cohorts combined (p=0.027). Conclusion: The study indicates an increasing temporal trend in the prevalence of CD and suggests a period effect in IBS, possibly due to adult life exposures or variation in recognition and diagnosis of IBS. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - controlled study KW - Crohn disease KW - disease association KW - female KW - gallstone KW - gastrointestinal disease KW - human KW - irritable colon KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - peptic ulcer KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - race difference KW - risk factor KW - social class KW - ulcerative colitis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Age of Onset KW - Cholelithiasis KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Colonic Diseases, Functional KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Peptic Ulcer KW - Prevalence KW - Regression Analysis N1 - Cited By :61 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GUTTA C2 - 12865268 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ehlin, A.G.C.; Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset M9:01, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden; email: Anna.Ehlin@medks.ki.se N1 - References: Jones, R.H., Clinical economics review: Gastrointestinal disease in primary care (1996) Aliment Pharmacol Ther, 10, pp. 233-239; Casati, J., Toner, B.B., Psychosocial aspects of inflammatory disease (2000) Biomed Pharmacother, 54, pp. 388-393; Rubin, G.P., Hungin, A.S., Kelly, P., Epidemiological features of inflammatory bowel disease in the north of England (1995) Gastroenterology, 110, pp. A1004; Devlin, H.B., Datta, D., Dellipiani, The incidence and prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in North Tees Health District (1980) World J Surg, 4, pp. 183-193; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Thompson, N.P., Prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in British 26 year olds: National Longitudinal Birth Cohort (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1058-1059; Probert, C.S.J., Jayanthi, V., Pinder, D., Epidemiologic-study of ulcerative proctocolitis in Indian migrants and the indigenous population of Leicestershire (1992) Gut, 33, pp. 687-693; Lee, F.I., Costello, F.T., Crohn's disease in Blackpool - Incidence and prevalence 1968-80 (1985) Gut, 26, pp. 274-278; Ekbom, A., Helmick, C., Zack, M., The epidemiology of inflammatory bowel disease: A large, population-based study in Sweden (1991) Gastroenterology, 100, pp. 350-358; Fellows, I.W., Freeman, J.G., Holmes, G.K.T., Crohn's disease in the city of Derby, 1951-85 (1990) Gut, 31, pp. 1262-1265; Gollop, J.H., Phillips, S.F., Melton I.J. III, Epidemiologic aspects of Crohn's disease: A population based study in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1943-1982 (1988) Gut, 29, pp. 49-56; Keighley, A., Miller, D.S., Hughes, A.O., The demographic and social characteristics of patients with Crohn's disease in the Nottingham area (1976) Scand J Gastroent, 11, pp. 293-296; Mayberry, J.F., Dew, M.J., Morris, J.S., An audit of Crohn's disease in a defined population (1983) J Coll Physicians Lond, 17, pp. 196-198; Bernstein, C.N., Kraut, A., Blanchard, J.F., The relationship between inflammatory bowel disease and socioeconomic variables (2001) Am J Gastroenterol, 96, pp. 2117-2125; Tallay, N.J., Boyce, P.M., Jones, M., Is the association between irritable bowel syndrome and abuse explained by neuroticism? A population based study (1998) Gut, 42, pp. 47-53; Woodman, C.L., Breen, K., Noyes, R., The relationship between irritable bowel syndrome and psychiatric illness (1998) Psychosomatics, 39, pp. 45-54; Gwee, K.A., Leong, Y.L., Graham, C., The role of psychological and biological factors in postinfective gut dysregulation (1999) Gut, 44, pp. 400-406; Österberg, E., Blomquist, L., Krakau, I., A population study of irritable bowel syndrome and mental health (2000) Scand J Gastroenterol, 35, pp. 264-268; Jones, R., Lydeard, S., Irritable bowel syndrome in the general population (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 87-90; Mendall, M.A., Kumar, D., Antibiotic use, childhood affluence and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) (1998) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 10, pp. 59-62; Erlinger, S., Gallstones in obesity and weight loss (2000) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 12, pp. 1347-1352; Everson, G.T., McKinley, C., Kern, F., Mechanism of gallstone formation in women- effects of exogenous estrogen (premarin) and dietary cholesterol on hepatic lipid-metabolism (1991) J Clin Invest, B7, pp. 237-246; Chapman, B.A., Wilson, I.R., Frampton, C.M., Prevalence of gallbladder disease in diabetes mellitus (1996) Dig Dis Sci, 41, pp. 2222-2228; Jørgensen, T., Prevalence of gallstones in a Danish population (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 126, pp. 912-921; Veldhuyzen Van Zanten, S.J.O., Sherman, P.M., Helicobacter pylori infection as a cause of gastisis, duodenal ulcer, gastric ulcer and nonulcerdyspepsia: A systematic Overview (1994) Can Med Assoc J, 150, pp. 177-185; Blum, A.L., Helicobacter pylori and peptic ulcer disease (1996) Scand J Gastroenterol, 31, pp. 24-27; Kreiss, C., Blum, A.L., Epidemiology and risk factors of peptic ulcer (2001) Chirurg, 67, pp. 7-13; Kurata, J.H., Haile, B.M., Elashoff, J.D., Sex differences in peptic ulcer disease (1985) Gastroenterology, 88, pp. 96-100; Bernersen, B., Johnsen, R., Straume, B., Towards a true prevalence of peptic ulcer: The Sorreisa Gastrointestinal Disorder Study (1990) Gut, 31, pp. 989-992; Rosenstock, S.J., Jorgensen, T., Prevalence and incidence of peptic-ulcer disease in a Danish County - A prospective cohort study (1995) Gut, 36, pp. 819-824; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality: The First Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1998) Twenty-Something in the 1990s, , Aldershot: Ashgate; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-Up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Petrie, A., Estimation (1987) Lecture Notes on Medical Statistics, 2nd Edn., , Oxford: Blackwell Scientific publications; Holland, P., Berney, L.R., Blane, D., Life course accumulation of disadvantage: Childhood health and hazard exposures during adulthood (2000) Soc Sci Med, 50, pp. 1285-1295; Van Der Luchts, F., Groothoff, J., Social inequalities and health among children aged 10-11 in the Netherlands: Cause and consequences (1995) Soc Sci Med, 40, pp. 1305-1311; Sitas, F., Forman, D., Yarnell, J.W., Helicobacter pylori infection rates in relation to age and social class in a population of Welsh men (1991) Gut, 32, pp. 25-28; Malaty, H.M., Graham, D.Y., Importance of Childhood socioeconomic status on the current prevalence of Helicobacter pylori infection (1994) Gut, 35, pp. 742-745; Gent, A.E., Hellier, M.D., Grace, R.H., Inflammatory bowel disease and domestic hygiene in infancy (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 766-767; Blanchard, J.F., Bernstien, C.N., Wajda, A., Small-area variations and sociodemographic correlates for the incidence of Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 154, pp. 328-335; Black, J.W., Duncan, W.A.M., Durant, C.J., Definition and antagonism of histamine H2-receptors (1972) Nature, 236, pp. 385-390; Fellenius, E., Berglindh, T., Sachs, G., Substituted benzimidazoles inhibit gastric acid secretion by blocking (H++K+)ATPase (1981) Nature, 290, pp. 159-161; Labenz, J., Borsch, G., Highly significant change of the clinical course of relapsing and complicated peptic ulcer disease after cure of Helicobacter pylori infection (1994) Am J Gastroenterol, 89, pp. 1785-1788; Current european concepts in the management of Helicobacter pylori infection. The Maastricht Consensus Report (1997) Gut, 41, pp. 8-13; Rubin, G.P., Hungin, A.P.S., Kelly, P.J., Inflammatory bowel disease: Epidemiology and management in an English general practice population (2000) Aliment Pharmacol Ther, 14, pp. 1553-1559; Lapidus, A., Bernell, O., Hellers, G., Incidence of Crohn's disease in Stockholm County 1955-1989 (1997) Gut, 41, pp. 480-486; Lindberg, E., Jarnerot, G., The incidence of Crohn's disease is not decreasing in Sweden (1991) Scand J Gastroenterol, 26, pp. 495-500; Rose, J.D.R., Roberts, G.M., Williams, G., Cardiff Crohn's Disease Jubilee: The incidence over 50 years (1988) Gut, 29, pp. 346-351; Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality and the incidence of inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 472-473; Montgomery, S.M., The silent pathogenesis of inflammatory bowel disease (1999) Inflamm Bowel Dis Monit, 1, pp. 34-38; Loftus, E.V., Silverstein, M.D., Sandborn, W.J., Ulcerative colitis in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1940-1993: Incidence, prevalence, and survival (2000) Gut, 46, pp. 336-343; Haug, K., Schrumpf, E., Fluge, G., Epidemiology of Crohn's disease in Western Norway (1989) Gastroenterology, 24, pp. 1271-1275; Munkholm, P., Langholz, E., Nielsen, O.H., Incidence and prevalence of Crohn's disease in the County of Copenhagen, 1962-87 - A sixfold increase in incidence (1992) Scand J Gastroenterol, 27, pp. 609-614; Kyle, J., Crohn's Disease in the Northeastern and Northern Isles of Scotland: An epidemiological review (1992) Gastroenterology, 103, pp. 392-399; Moum, B., Vatn, M.H., Ekbom, A., Incidence of inflammatory bowel-disease in Southeastern Norway - Evaluation of methods after 1 year of registration (1995) Digestion, 56, pp. 377-381; Sawczenko, A., Sandhu, B.K., Logan, R.F.A., Prospective survey of childhood inflammatory bowel disease in the British Isles (2001) Lancet, 357, pp. 1093-1094; Armitage, E., Drummond, H., Ghosh, S., Incidence of juvenile-onset Crohn's disease in Scotland (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 1496-1497; Gillen, C.D., Andrews, H.A., Prior, P., Allan, Crohn's disease and colorectal cancer (1994) Gut, 35, pp. 651-655; Ekbom, A., Helmick, C., Zack, M., Adami, H.-O., Increased risk of large bowel cancer in Crohn's disease with colonic involvement (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 357-359; Mellemkjaer, L., Olsen, J.H., Frisch, M., Cancer in patients with ulcerative colitis (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 60, pp. 330-333; Karlen, P., Lofberg, R., Brostrom, O., Increased risk of cancer in ulcerative colitis (1999) Am J Gastroenterol, 94, pp. 1047-1052; Ekbom, A., Helmick, C., Zack, M., Extracolonic malignancies in inflammatory bowel disease (1991) Cancer, 67, pp. 2015-2019; Heaton, K.W., O'Donnell, U., Braddon, F.E., Symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome in a British urban community: Consulters and non-consulters (1992) Gastroenterology, 102, pp. 1962-1967; Kennedy, T.M., Jones, R.H., Epidemiology of cholecystectomy and irritable bowel syndrome in a UK population (2000) Br J Surg, 87, pp. 1658-1663; Beckingham, I.J., ABC of diseases of liver, pancreas and biliary system: Gallstone disease BMJ, 322, pp. 91-94. , 1-13-2001; Everhart, J.E., Khare, M., Hill, M., Prevalence and ethnic difference in gallbladder disease in United States (1999) Gastroenterology, 117, pp. 632-639; Jorgensen, T., Gall stones in a Danish population: Fertility period, pregnancies, and exogenous female sex hormones (1988) Gut, 29, pp. 433-439; Suadicani, P., Hein, H.O., Gyntelberg, F., Genetic and life-style determinants of peptic ulcer: A study of 3387 men aged 54 to 74 years: The Copenhagen Male Study (1999) Scand J Gastroenterol, 34, pp. 12-17; Ahmed, M.E.K., Arbab, B.M.O., Homeida, M.M.A., Social inequalities and health status in Western Germany (1994) Public Health, 108, pp. 341-356 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037622921&doi=10.1136%2fgut.52.8.1117&partnerID=40&md5=63b335f859ca531896fe64c23dd0e6d4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Lifetime antecedents of cognitive reserve T2 - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology J2 - J. Clin. Exp. Neuropsychol. VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 614 EP - 624 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1076/jcen.25.5.614.14581 SN - 13803395 (ISSN) AU - Richards, M. AU - Sacker, A. AD - MRC Natl. Survey of Hlth./Devmt., University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Survey of Hlth./Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - We used path analysis on data from the British 1946 birth cohort to model lifetime antecedents of cognitive reserve, represented by the NART at 53 years, and compared this model for verbal memory and psychomotor function at this age, cognitive outcomes that are sensitive to age-associated decline. We showed independent paths from childhood cognition, educational attainment and adult occupation to cognitive reserve, with that from childhood cognition the strongest, and that from adult occupation the weakest. A similar pattern was found for the verbal memory and psychomotor outcomes, although the pathways were weaker than those to the NART. The pattern was also mirrored by the paths from paternal occupation to childhood cognition, educational attainment and adult occupation, with that to childhood cognition the strongest, and that to adult occupation the weakest. The direct influence of paternal occupation on cognitive reserve was negligible, and almost entirely mediated by childhood cognitive ability and educational attainment. KW - academic achievement KW - adult KW - aging KW - article KW - cognition KW - cognitive reserve KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - intelligence quotient KW - male KW - memory KW - model KW - normal human KW - occupation KW - outcomes research KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - psychomotor activity KW - sex difference KW - verbal memory KW - Adaptation, Physiological KW - Age Factors KW - Cognition KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Fathers KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Statistical KW - Neuronal Plasticity KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Occupations KW - Population Surveillance KW - Psychomotor Performance KW - Recruitment, Neurophysiological KW - Sex Distribution KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Verbal Learning N1 - Cited By :196 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JCENE C2 - 12815499 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Richards, M.; MRC Natl. Survey of Hlth./Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: m.richards@ucl.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: MRC, Medical Research Council N1 - Funding text: Funding for this study was provided by the Medical Research Council. We thank Professor Michael Wadsworth for helpful comments on an earlier version of the manuscript. N1 - References: Albert, M.S., Jones, K., Savage, C.R., Berkman, L., Seeman, T., Blazer, D., Rowe, J.W., Predictors of cognitive change in older persons: MacArthur Studies of Successful Aging (1995) Psychology and Aging, 10, pp. 578-589; Anderson, J.A., Johnstone, B.M., Remley, D.T., Breast-feeding and cognitive development: A meta-analysis (1999) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 70, pp. 525-535; Anstey, K., Christensen, H., Education, activity, health, blood pressure and apolipoprotein E as predictors of cognitive change in old age: A review (2000) Gerontology, 46, pp. 163-177; Arbuckle, J.C., Full information estimation in the presence of incomplete data (1996) Advanced Structural Equation Modeling Techniques, pp. 243-277. , G.A. Marcoulides & R.E. Schumacker (Eds.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Arbuckle, J.C., (1999) Amos for Windows. Analysis of Moment Structures (Version 4.01), , Chicago: Small-Waters Corp; Arbuckle, T.Y., Gold, D.P., Andres, D., Schwartzman, A.E., Chaikelson, J., The role of psychosocial context, age, and intelligence in memory performance of older men (1992) Psychology and Aging, 7, pp. 25-36; Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life (2nd Ed.), , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Bassuk, S.S., Glass, T.A., Berkman, L.F., Social disengagement and incident cognitive decline in community-dwelling elderly persons (1999) Annals of Internal Medicine, 131, pp. 165-173; Belmont, L., Marolla, F.A., Birth order, family size, and intelligence (1973) Science, 182, pp. 1096-1101; Bentler, P.M., Comparative fit indices in structural models (1990) Psychological Bulletin, 107, pp. 238-246; Bonaiuto, S., Rocca, W.A., Lippi, A., Giannandrea, E., Mele, M., Cavarzeran, F., Amaducci, L., Education and occupation as risk factors for dementia: A population-based case-control study (1995) Neuroepidemiology, 14, pp. 101-109; Callahan, C.M., Hall, K.S., Hui, S.L., Musick, B.S., Unverzagt, F.W., Hendrie, H.C., Relationship of age, education, and occupation with dementia among a community-based sample of African Americans (1996) Archives of Neurology, 53, pp. 134-140; Capron, C., Duyme, M., Assessment of effects of socio-economic status on IQ in a full cross-fostering study (1989) Nature, 340, pp. 552-554; Carmelli, D., Swan, G.E., LaRue, A., Eslinger, P.J., Correlates of change in cognitive function in survivors from the Western Collaborative Group Study (1997) Neuroepidemiology, 16, pp. 285-295; Carroll, J.B., (1993) Human Cognitive Abilities: A Survey of Factor Analytic Studies, , Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press; Christensen, H., Hofer, S.M., Mackinnon, A.J., Korten, A.E., Jorm, A.F., Henderson, A.S., Age is no kinder to the better educated: Absence of an association investigated using latent growth techniques in a community sample (2001) Psychological Medicine, 31, pp. 15-28; Crawford, J.R., Stewart, L.E., Parker, D.M., Besson, J.A.O., De Lacey, G., Prediction of WAIS IQ with the National Adult Reading Test: Cross-validation and extension (1989) British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, pp. 267-273; Dartigues, J.F., Gagnon, M., Letenneur, L., Barberger-Gateau, P., Commenges, D., Evaldre, M., Salamon, R., Principal lifetime occupation and cognitive impairment in a French elderly cohort (Paquid) (1992) American Journal of Epidemiology, 135, pp. 981-988; Deary, I., Whalley, L., Lemmon, H., Crawford, J., Starr, J., The stability of individual differences in mental ability from childhood to old age: Follow-up of the 1932 Scottish Mental Survey (2000) Intelligence, 28, pp. 49-55; (1972) Burnham Further Education Committee Grading Courses, , London: HMSO; Douglas, J.W.B., (1964) The Home and the School, , London: MacGibbon & Kee; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanov, P.K., Economic deprivation and early childhood development (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 296-318; Evans, D.A., Beckett, L.A., Albert, M.S., Hebert, L.E., Scherr, P.A., Funkenstein, H.H., Taylor, J.O., Level of education and change in cognitive function in a community population of older persons (1993) Annals of Epidemiology, 3, pp. 71-77; Feinstein, L., Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort (2003) Economica, 277, pp. 73-98; Gale, C.R., Martyn, C.N., Cooper, C., Cognitive impairment and mortality in a cohort of elderly people (1996) British Medical Journal, 312, pp. 608-611; Geerlings, M.I., Schmand, B., Jonker, C., Lindeboom, J., Bouter, L.M., Education and incident Alzheimer's disease: A biased association due to selective attrition and use of a two-step diagnostic procedure? (1999) International Journal of Epidemiology, 28, pp. 492-497; Halsey, H.H., Webb, J., (2000) Twentieth Century British Social Trends, , London: Macmillan; Helmer, C., Letenneur, L., Rouch, I., Richard-Harston, S., Barberger-Gateau, P., Fabrigoule, C., Orgogozo, J.M., Dartigues, J.F., Occupation during life and risk of dementia in French elderly community residents (2001) Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 71, pp. 303-309; Hultsch, D.F., Hertzog, C., Small, B.J., Dixon, R.A., Use it or lose it: Engaged lifestyle as a buffer of cognitive decline in aging (1999) Psychology and Aging, 14, pp. 245-263; Jacobs, D.M., Sano, M., Dooneief, G., Marder, K., Bell, K.L., Stern, Y., Neuropsychological detection and characterization of preclinical Alzheimer's disease (1995) Neurology, 45, pp. 957-962; Jama, J.W., Launer, L.J., Witteman, J.C., Den Breeijen, J.H., Breteler, M.M., Grobbee, D.E., Hofman, A., Dietary antioxidants and cognitive function in a population-based sample of older persons. The Rotterdam Study (1996) American Journal of Epidemiology, 144, pp. 275-280; Jorm, A.F., Rodgers, B., Henderson, A.S., Korten, A.E., Jacomb, P.A., Christensen, H., Mackinnin, A., Occupation type as a predictor of cognitive decline and dementia in old age (1998) Age and Aging, 27, pp. 477-483; Kaplan, G.A., Turrell, G., Lynch, J.W., Everson, S.A., Helkala, E.L., Salonen, J.T., Childhood socioeconomic position and cognitive function in adulthood (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 256-263; Koletzko, B., Aggett, P.J., Bindrels, J.G., Bung, P., Ferre, P., Gil, A., Lentze, M.J., Strobel, S., Growth, development and differentiation: A functional food science approach (1998) British Journal of Nutrition, 80 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S5-S45; Kramer, A.F., Hahn, S., Cohen, N.J., Banich, M.T., McAuley, E., Harrison, C.R., Chason, J., Colcombe, A., Ageing, fitness and neurocognitive function (1999) Nature, 400, pp. 418-419; Kramer, R.A., Allen, L., Gergen, P.J., Health and social characteristics and children's cognitive functioning: Results from a national cohort (1995) American Journal of Public Health, 85, pp. 312-318; Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Kuh, D., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Patterns and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 114-119; La Rue, A., Koehler, K.M., Wayne, S.J., Chiulli, S.J., Haaland, K.Y., Garry, P.J., Nutritional status and cognitive functioning in a normally aging sample: A 6-y reassessment (1997) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 65, pp. 20-29; Maguire, E.A., Gadian, D.G., Johnsrude, I.S., Good, C.D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R.S., Frith, C.D., Navigation-related structural change in the hippocampi of taxi drivers (2000) Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 97, pp. 4398-4403; Masur, D.M., Sliwinski, M., Lipton, R.B., Blau, A.D., Crystal, H.A., Neuropsychological prediction of dementia and the absence of dementia in healthy elderly persons (1994) Neurology, 44, pp. 1427-1432; McKeown, T., Record, R.G., Relationship between childhood infections and measured intelligence (1976) British Journal of Preventive and Social Medicine, 30, pp. 101-106; Nelson, H.E., Willison, J.R., (1991) National Adult Reading Test (NARD (2nd Ed.), , Windsor: NFER-Nelson; (1970) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Pigeon, D.A., Tests used in the 1954 and 1957 surveys (1964) The Home and the School, , J.B.W. Douglas (Ed.). London: Macgibbon & Key, Appendix 1; Plassman, B., Welsh, K., Helms, M., Brandt, J., Page, W., Breitner, J., Intelligence and education as predictors of cognitive state in late life: A 50-year follow-up (1995) Neurology, 45, pp. 1446-1450; Plomin, R., Genetics and general cognitive ability (1999) Nature, 402 (6761 SUPPL.), pp. C25-C29; Rabbitt, P., Does it all go together when it goes? The nineteenth Bartlett Memorial Lecture (1993) Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46 A, pp. 385-434; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Birth weight, postnatal growth and cognitive function in a national birth cohort (2002) International Journal of Epidemiology, 31, pp. 342-348; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., Does active leisure protect cognition? Evidence from a national birth cohort (2003) Social Science and Medicine, 65, pp. 785-792; Rutter, M., Family and school influences on cognitive development (1985) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, pp. 683-704; Sacker, A., Schoon, I., Bartley, M., Social inequality in educational achievement and psychosocial adjustment throughout childhood: Magnitude and mechanisms (2002) Social Science and Medicine, 55, pp. 863-880; Salthouse, T.A., The processing speed theory of adult age differences in cognition (1996) Psychological Review, 103, pp. 403-428; Schaie, K.W., (1996) Intellectual Development in Adulthood, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Schiff, M., Lewontin, R., (1986) Education and Class: The Irrelevance of IQ Genetic Studies, , Oxford: Clarendon; Schmand, B., Smit, J.H., Geerlings, M.I., Lindeboom, J., The effect of intelligence and education on the development of dementia. A test of the brain reserve hypothesis (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 1337-1344; Snow, R.E., Yalow, E., Education and intelligence (1982) Handbook of Human Intelligence, , R.J. Steinberg (Ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Snowdon, D.A., Kemper, S.J., Mortimer, J.A., Greiner, L.H., Wekstein, D.R., Markesbery, W.R., Linguistic ability in early life and cognitive function and Alzheimer's disease in late life. Findings from the Nun Study (1996) Journal of the American Medical Association, 275, pp. 528-532; Steiger, J.H., Structural model evaluation and modification: An internal estimation approach (1990) Multivariate Behavioural Research, 25, pp. 173-180; Stern, Y., Gurland, B., Tatemichi, T.K., Tang, M.X., Wilder, D., Mayeux, R., Influence of education and occupation on the incidence of Alzheimer's disease (1994) Journal of the American Medical Association, 271, pp. 1004-1010; Tizard, B., Hughes, M., (1984) Young Children Learning: Talking and Thinking at Home and School, , London: Fontana; Tizard, B., Hughes, M., Carmichael, H., Pinkerton, G., Language deprivation and social class: Is verbal deprivation a myth? (1983) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 24, pp. 533-542; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Martin Robertson; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Public Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Weinberg, M.K., Tronick, E.Z., Emotional characteristics of infants associated with maternal depression and anxiety (1998) Pediatrics, 102 (5 SUPPL. E), pp. 1298-1304; Welberg, L.A.A., Seckl, J.R., Prenatal stress, glucocortocoids and the programming of the brain (2001) Journal of Neuroendocrinology, 13, pp. 113-128; Whalley, L., Starr, J., Athawes, R., Hunter, D., Pattie, A., Deary, I., Childhood mental ability and dementia (2001) Neurology, 55, pp. 1455-1459; White, L., Katzman, R., Losonczy, K., Salive, M., Wallace, R., Berkman, L., Taylor, J., Havlik, R., Association of education with incidence of cognitive impairment in three established populations for epidemiologic studies of the elderly (1994) Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 47, pp. 363-374 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038015279&doi=10.1076%2fjcen.25.5.614.14581&partnerID=40&md5=bea8761924f89a84e03d062382ad9259 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Testing hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and psychosis T2 - Drug and Alcohol Dependence J2 - Drug Alcohol Depend. VL - 71 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 48 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1016/S0376-8716(03)00064-4 SN - 03768716 (ISSN) AU - Degenhardt, L. AU - Hall, W. AU - Lynskey, M. AD - Natl. Drug/Alcohol Research Centre, University of NSW, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia AB - Aim: To model the impact of rising rates of cannabis use on the incidence and prevalence of psychosis under four hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and psychosis. Methods: The study modelled the effects on the prevalence of schizophrenia over the lifespan of cannabis in eight birth cohorts: 1940-1944, 1945-1949, 1950-1954, 1955-1959, 1960-1964, 1965-1969, 1970-1974, 1975-1979. It derived predictions as to the number of cases of schizophrenia that would be observed in these birth cohorts, given the following four hypotheses: (1) that there is a causal relationship between cannabis use and schizophrenia; (2) that cannabis use precipitates schizophrenia in vulnerable persons; (3) that cannabis use exacerbates schizophrenia; and (4) that persons with schizophrenia are more liable to become regular cannabis users. Results: There was a steep rise in the prevalence of cannabis use in Australia over the past 30 years and a corresponding decrease in the age of initiation of cannabis use. There was no evidence of a significant increase in the incidence of schizophrenia over the past 30 years. Data on trends the age of onset of schizophrenia did not show a clear pattern. Cannabis use among persons with schizophrenia has consistently been found to be more common than in the general population. Conclusions: Cannabis use does not appear to be causally related to the incidence of schizophrenia, but its use may precipitate disorders in persons who are vulnerable to developing psychosis and worsen the course of the disorder among those who have already developed it. © 2003 Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Cannabis use KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - cannabis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - Australia KW - cohort analysis KW - disease association KW - disease predisposition KW - drug use KW - female KW - human KW - hypothesis KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - population research KW - prediction KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - psychosis KW - schizophrenia KW - time KW - Cannabis PB - Elsevier Ireland Ltd N1 - Cited By :191 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DADED C2 - 12821204 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Degenhardt, L.; Natl. Drug/Alcohol Research Centre, University of NSW, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia; email: l.degenhardt@unsw.edu.au N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cannabis, 8001-45-4, 8063-14-7 N1 - References: Allebeck, P., Adamsson, C., Engstrom, A., Rydberg, U., Cannabis and schizophrenia: A longitudinal study of cases treated in Stockholm County [published erratum appears in Acta Psychiatr. Scand. 1993 Oct; 88 (4) 304] (1993) Acta Psychiatr. Scand., 88, pp. 21-24; Andreasson, S., Allebeck, P., Cannabis and mortality among young men: A longitudinal study of Swedish conscripts (1990) Scand. J. Soc. Med., 18, pp. 9-15; Andreasson, S., Allebeck, P., Rydberg, U., Cannabis and schizophrenia: A longitudinal study of Swedish conscripts (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 1483-1486; Anthony, J.C., Helzer, J., Syndromes of drug abuse and dependence (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America, pp. 116-154. , L.N. Robins, & D.A. Regier. New York: The Free Press; Bamrah, J., Freeman, H., Goldberg, D., Epidemiology of schizophrenia in Salford, 1974-84: Changes in an urban community over 10 years (1992) Br. J. Psychiatry, 159, pp. 802-810; Basu, D., Malhotra, A., Bhagat, A., Varma, V.K., Cannabis psychosis and acute schizophrenia - A case-control study from India (1999) Eur. Addict. Res., 5 (2), pp. 71-73; Batel, P., Addiction and schizophrenia (2000) Eur. Psychiatry, 15 (2), pp. 115-122; Berkson, J., Limitations of the application of fourfold table analysis to hospital data (1946) Biometr. Bull., 2, pp. 47-53; Bernardson, G., Gunne, L.M., Forty-six cases of psychosis in cannabis abusers (1972) Int. J. Addict., 7, pp. 9-16; Blanchard, J., Brown, S., Horan, W., Sherwood, A., Substance use disorders in schizophrenia: Review, integration, and a proposed model (2000) Clin. Psychol. Rev., 20 (2), pp. 207-234; Brewin, J., Cantwell, R., Dalkin, T., Fox, R., Medley, I., Glazebrook, C., Kwiecinski, R., Harrison, G., Incidence of schizophrenia in Nottingham: A comparison of two cohorts, 1978-1980 and 1992-1994 (1997) Br. J. Psychiatry, 171 (8), pp. 140-144; Brown, S., Excess mortality of schizophrenia. A meta-analysis (1997) Br. J. Psychiatry, 171, pp. 502-508; Carney, M.W.P., Bacelle, L., Robinson, B., Psychosis after cannabis use (1984) Br. Med. J., 288, p. 1047; Caron, C., Rutter, M., Comorbidity in child psychopathology: Concepts, issues and research strategies (1991) J. Child. Psychol. Psychiatry, 32 (2), pp. 1063-1080; Carone, B., Harrow, M., Westermeyer, J., Posthospital course and outcome in schizophrenia (1991) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 48, pp. 247-253; Castle, D., Wesseley, S., Der, G., Murray, R., The incidence of operationally defined schizophrenia in Camberwell, 1965-84 (1991) Br. J. Psychiatry, 159, pp. 790-794; Chen, K., Kandel, D.B., The natural history of drug use from adolescence to the mid-thirties in a general population sample [see comments] (1995) Am. J. Public Health, 85 (1), pp. 41-47; Chopra, G.S., Smith, J.W., Psychotic reactions following cannabis use in East Indians (1974) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 30, pp. 24-27; Cuffel, B.J., Heithoff, K.A., Lawson, W., Correlates of patterns of substance abuse among patients with schizophrenia (1993) Hospital Community Psychiatry, 44, pp. 247-251; Degenhardt, L., Hall, W., The association between psychosis and problematical drug use among Australian adults: Findings from the National Survey of Mental Health and Well-Being (2001) Psychol. Med., 31 (4), pp. 659-668; Degenhardt, L., Lynskey, M., Hall, W., Cohort trends in the age of initiation of drug use in Australia (2000) Aust. N. Z. J. Public Health, 24 (4), pp. 421-426; DiMaggio, C., Martinez, M., Menard, J.-F., Petit, M., Thibaut, F., Evidence of a cohort effect for age at onset of schizohprenia (2001) Am. J. Psychiatry, 158 (3), pp. 489-492; Donnelly, N., Hall, W., (1994) Patterns of cannabis use in Australia. NCADA Monograph Series No. 27, , Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service; Eagles, J., Is schizophrenia disappearing? (1991) Br. J. Psychiatry, 158, pp. 834-835; Eagles, J., Whalley, L., Decline in the diagnosis of schizophrenia among first admissions to Scottish mental hospitals from 1969 to 1978 (1985) Br. J. Psychiatry, 146, pp. 151-154; Eaton, W.W., Mortensen, P.B., Herrman, H., Freeman, H., Bilker, W., Burgess, P., Wooff, K., Long-term course of hospitalization for schizophrenia: Part I. Risk for rehospitalization (1992) Schizophr. Bull., 18 (2), pp. 217-228; Eaton, W.W., Mortensen, P.B., Herrman, H., Freeman, H., Bilker, W., Burgess, P., Wooff, K., Long-term course of hospitalization for schizophrenia: Part II. Change with passage of time (1992) Schizophr. Bull., 18 (2), pp. 229-240; Eva, J., Cannabis psychosis (1992) Psychiatr. Bull., 16, pp. 310-311; Fowler, I., Carr, V., Carter, N., Lewin, T., Patterns of current and lifetime substance use in schizophrenia (1998) Schizophr. Bull., 24 (3), pp. 443-455; Galbaud Du Fort, G., Newman, S., Bland, R., Psychiatric comorbidity and treatment seeking: Sources of selection bias in the study of clinical populations (1993) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 181 (8), pp. 464-474; Geddes, J., Black, R., Whalley, L., Eagles, J., Persistence of the decline in the diagnosis of schizophrenia among first admissions to Scottish hospitals from 1969 to 1988 (1993) Br. J. Psychiatry, 163, pp. 620-626; Goldstein, G., Hall, W., Andrews, G., The incidence of schizophrenia in New South Wales, Australia (1984) Acta Psychiatr. Scand., 70, pp. 220-227; Gruber, A.J., Pope, H.G., Cannabis psychotic disorder: Does it exist? (1994) Am. J. Addict., 3, pp. 72-83; Gut-Fayand, A., Dervaux, A., Olie, J.-P., Substance abuse and suicidality in schizophrenia: A common risk factor linked to impulsivity (2001) Psychiatry. Res., 102, pp. 65-72; Haefner, H., Epidemiology of schizophrenia (1987) Search for the Causes of Schizophrenia, , H. Haefner, W. Gattaz, & W. Janzarik. Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Haefner, H., An der Heiden, W., The contribution of European case registers to research on schizophrenia (1986) Schizophr. Bull., 12, pp. 26-51; Hall, W., Cannabis use and psychosis (1998) Drug Alcohol Rev., 17, pp. 433-444; Hall, W., Degenhardt, L., Cannabis use and psychosis: A review of clinical and epidemiological evidence (2000) Aust. N. Z. J. Psychiatry, 34, pp. 26-34; Hall, W., Swift, W., The THC content of cannabis in Australia: Evidence and implications (2000) Aust. N. Z. J. Public Health, 24, pp. 503-508; Hall, W., Goldstein, G., Andrews, G., Lapsley, H., Bartels, R., Silove, D., Estimating the economic costs of schizophrenia (1985) Schizophr. Bull., 11, pp. 598-611; Hall, W., Teesson, M., Lynskey, M., Degenhardt, L., The 12-month prevalence of substance use and ICD-10 substance use disorders in Australian adults: Findings from the National Survey of Mental Health and Well-Being (1999) Addiction, 94 (10), pp. 1541-1550; Hambrecht, M., Haefner, H., Cannabis, vulnerability, and the onset of schizophrenia: An epidemiological perspective (2000) Aust. N. Z. J. Psychiatry, 34, pp. 468-475; Harrison, G., Cooper, J., Gancarczyk, R., Changes in the administrative incidence of schizophrenia (1991) Br. J. Psychiatry, 159, pp. 811-816; Jablensky, A., McGrath, J., Herrman, H., Castle, D., Gureje, O., Evans, M., Carr, V., Harvey, C., Psychotic disorders in urban areas: An overview of the Study on Low Prevalence disorders (2000) Aust. N. Z. J. Psychiatry, 43, pp. 221-236; Jablensky, A., Sartorius, N., Ernberg, G., Schizophrenia: manifestations, incidence and course in different cultures. A World Health Organization Ten-Country Study (1991) Psychological Medicins Supplement, 20; Jones, P., Cannon, M., The new epidemiology of schizophrenia (1998) Psychiatr. Clin. North Am., 21 (1), pp. 1-25; Joyce, P., Changing trends in first admissions and readmissions for mania and schizophrenia in New Zealand, 1974-1984 (1987) Aust. N. Z. J. Psychiatry, 21, pp. 82-86; Kendell, R., Malcolm, D., Adams, W., The problem of detecting changes in the incidence of schizophrenia (1993) Br. J. Psychiatry, 162, pp. 212-218; Linszen, D.H., Dingemans, P.M., Lenior, M.E., Cannabis abuse and the course of recent-onset schizophrenic disorders (1994) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 51, pp. 273-279; Makkai, T., McAllister, I., (1998) Patterns of drug use in Australia, 1985-1995, , Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service; Mason, P., Harrison, G., Glazebrook, C., Medley, I., Croudace, T., The course of schizophrenia over 13 years. A report from the International Study on Schizophrenia (ISoS) coordinated by the World Health Organization (1996) Br. J. Psychiatry, 169 (5), pp. 580-586; Mathers, D., Ghodse, A., Caan, A., Scott, S., Cannabis use in a large sample of acute psychiatric admissions (1991) Br. J. Addict., 86, pp. 779-784; McCoy, A., (1980) Drug Traffic: Narcotics and Organised Crime in Australia, , Sydney: Harper and Row; McGuire, P., Jones, R., Harvey, I., Williams, M., McGuffin, P., Murray, R., Morbid risk of schizophrenia for relatives of patients with cannabis associated psychosis (1995) Schizophr. Res., 15, pp. 277-281; McKay, D.R., Tennant, C.C., Is the grass greener? The link between cannabis and psychosis (2000) Med. J. Aust., 172 (6), pp. 284-286; Mueser, K., Yarmnold, P., Levinson, D., Singh, H., Bellack, A., Kee, K., Morrison, R., Yadalam, K., Prevalence of substance abuse in schizophrenia: Demographic and clinical correlates (1990) Schizophr. Bull., 16, pp. 31-56; Mueser, K.T., Drake, R.E., Wallach, M.A., Dual diagnosis: A review of etiological theories (1998) Addict. Behav., 23 (6), pp. 717-734; Munk-Jorgensen, P., Decreasing rates of incident schizophrenia cases in psychiatric services: A review of the literature (1995) Eur. Psychiatry, 10, pp. 129-141; Munk-Jorgensen, P., Mortensen, P., Incidence and other aspects of the epidemiology of schizophrenia in Denmark, 1971-1987 (1992) Br. J. Psychiatry, 161, pp. 489-495; Parker, G., O'Donnell, M., Walter, S., Changes in the diagnoses of the functional psychoses associated with the introduction of lithium (1985) Br. J. Psychiatry, 146, pp. 377-382; Robins, L.N., Regier, D.A., (1991) Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiological Catchment Area study, , New York: The Free Press; Rolfe, M., Tang, M., Sabally, S., Todd, J., Sam, E., Hatib N'Jie, A., Psychosis and cannabis abuse in the Gambia: A case-control study (1993) Br. J. Psychiatry, 163, pp. 798-801; Rosenthal, R., Is schizophrenia addiction prone? (1998) Curr. Opin. Psychiatry, 11, pp. 45-48; Sidney, S., Beck, J.E., Tekawa, I.S., Quesenberry C.P., Jr., Friedman, G.D., Marijuana use and mortality (1997) Am. J. Public Health, 87 (4), pp. 585-590; Solomons, K., Neppe, V.M., Kuyl, J.M., Toxic cannabis psychosis is a valid entity (1990) S. Afr. Med. J., 78, pp. 476-481; Suvisaari, J., Haukka, J., Tanskanen, A., Lonnqvist, J., Decline in the incidence of schizophrenia in Finnish birth cohorts born from 1954 to 1965 (1999) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 56, pp. 733-740; Takei, N., Lewis, G., Sham, P., Murray, R., Age-period-cohort analysis of the incidence of schizophrenia in Scotland (1996) Psychol. Med., 26, pp. 963-973; Tennant, F.S., Groesbeck, C.J., Psychiatric effects of hashish (1972) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 27, pp. 133-136; Thornicroft, G., Cannabis and psychosis: Is there epidemiological evidence for an association? (1990) Br. J. Psychiatry, 157, pp. 25-33; Tien, A.Y., Anthony, J.C., Epidemiological analysis of alcohol and drug use as risk factors for psychotic experiences (1990) J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 178 (8), pp. 473-480; Wylie, A.S., Scott, R.T.A., Burnett, S.J., Psychosis due to 'skunk' (1995) Br. Med. J., 311, p. 125; Ziedonis, D., Trudeau, K., Motivation to quit using substances among individuals with schizophrenia: Implications for a motivation-based treatment model (1997) Schizophr. Bull., 23, pp. 229-238 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038042275&doi=10.1016%2fS0376-8716%2803%2900064-4&partnerID=40&md5=fd6115b070a6e09eb3453f0103ba3cf4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Outcome of follicular lymphoma grade 3: Is anthracycline necessary as front-line therapy? T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 89 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 42 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6601006 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Chau, I. AU - Jones, R. AU - Cunningham, D. AU - Wotherspoon, A. AU - Maisey, N. AU - Norman, A.R. AU - Jain, P. AU - Bishop, L. AU - Horwich, A. AU - Catovsky, D. AD - Department of Medicine, Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5PT, United Kingdom AD - Department of Histopathology, Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5PT, United Kingdom AD - Department of Computing, Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5PT, United Kingdom AD - Academic Department of Haematology, Royal Marsden Hospital, Fulham Road, London, SW3 6JJ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Academic Radiotherapy, Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Sutton, Surrey, SM2 5PT, United Kingdom AB - A grading system (grades 1-3) for follicular lymphoma (FL) is used in the WHO classification for lymphoid malignancies based on the absolute number of centroblasts in the neoplastic follicles. Grade 3 FL is further subdivided into 3a and 3b depending on the presence or absence of centrocytes. A total of 231 patients with FL, referred from 1970 to 2001, were identified from our prospectively maintained database. Original diagnostic materials were available for review on 215 patients and these were reclassified according to the WHO grading system. Follicular lymphoma grades 1, 2 and 3 accounted for 92, 68 and 55 patients, respectively. No significant overall survival (OS) differences were observed among FL grades 1-3 (log rank P=0.25) or between grades 3a and 3b (log rank P=0.20). No significant failure-free survival (FFS) differences were observed among FL grades 1-3 (log rank P=0.72) or between grades 3a and 3b (log rank P=0.11). First-line anthracyclines did not influence OS or FFS (log rank P=0.86, P=0.58, respectively) in patients with FL grade 3. There are long-term survivors among patients with FL grade 3 with a continuing risk of relapse. Anthracyclines did not appear to influence survival or disease relapses when given as front-line therapy in our series. The role of anthracyclines should be further evaluated in large randomised studies. © 2003 Cancer Research UK. KW - Anthracycline KW - Cytological grading KW - Follicular lymphoma KW - WHO classification KW - anthracycline derivative KW - antineoplastic agent KW - bleomycin KW - cyclophosphamide KW - dexamethasone KW - doxorubicin KW - etoposide KW - fludarabine KW - lomustine KW - methotrexate KW - mitoxantrone KW - prednisolone KW - vincristine KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer classification KW - cancer combination chemotherapy KW - cancer grading KW - cytology KW - data base KW - female KW - follicular lymphoma KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - outcomes research KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - world health organization KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Antibiotics, Antineoplastic KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - Clinical Trials KW - Databases, Factual KW - Disease-Free Survival KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Lymphoma, Follicular KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Prognosis KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :44 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 12838297 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cunningham, D.; Department of Medicine, Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5PT, United Kingdom; email: dcunn@icr.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: bleomycin, 11056-06-7; cyclophosphamide, 50-18-0; dexamethasone, 50-02-2; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; etoposide, 33419-42-0; fludarabine, 21679-14-1; lomustine, 13010-47-4; methotrexate, 15475-56-6, 59-05-2, 7413-34-5; mitoxantrone, 65271-80-9, 70476-82-3; prednisolone, 50-24-8; vincristine, 57-22-7; Antibiotics, Antineoplastic N1 - References: Anderson, J.R., Vose, J.M., Bierman, P.J., Weisenberger, D.D., Sanger, W.G., Pierson, J., Bast, M., Armitage, J.O., Clinical features and prognosis of follicular large-cell lymphoma: A report from the Nebraska Lymphoma Study Group (1993) J Clin Oncol, 11, pp. 218-224; Armitage, J.O., Weisenburger, D.D., New approach to classifying non-Hodgkin's lymphomas: Clinical features of the major histologic subtypes (1998) J Clin Oncol, 16, pp. 2780-2795. , Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma Classification Project; Bartlett, N.L., Rizeq, M., Dorfman, R.F., Halpern, J., Homing, S.J., Follicular large-cell lymphoma: Intermediate or low grade? (1994) J Clin Oncol, 12, pp. 1349-1357; Coiffier, B., Lepage, E., Briere, J., Herbrecht, R., Tilly, H., Bouabdallah, R., Morel, P., Gisselbrecht, C., CHOP chemotherapy plus rituximab compared with CHOP alone in elderly patients with diffuse large-B-cell lymphoma (2002) N Engl J Med, 346, pp. 235-242; Cox, D., Oakes, D., (1984) Analysis of Survival Data, , New York: Chapman & Hall; Ferlay, J., Bray, F., Pisani, P., Parkin, D.M., (2001) GLOBOCAN 2000-Cancer Incidence Mortality and Prevalence Worldwide, Version 1.0, , Lyon: IARC Press; Harris, N.L., Jaffe, E.S., Stein, H., Banks, P.M., Chan, J.K., Cleary, M.L., Delsol, G., Gatter, K.C., A revised European-American classification of lymphoid neoplasms: A proposal from the International Lymphoma Study Group (1994) Blood, 84, pp. 1361-1392; Kaplan, E.L., Meier, P., Non parametric estimation from incomplete observations (1958) J Am Statist Assoc, 53, pp. 457-481; Mann, R.B., Berard, C.W., Criteria for the cytologic subclassification of follicular lymphomas: A proposed alternative method (1983) Hematol Oncol, 1, pp. 187-192; Martin, A.R., Weisenburger, D.D., Chan, W.C., Ruby, E.I., Anderson, J.R., Vose, J.M., Bierman, P.J., Armitage, J.O., Prognostic value of cellular proliferation and histologic grade in follicular lymphoma (1995) Blood, 85, pp. 3671-3678; McLaughlin, P., Grillo-Lopez, A.J., Link, B.K., Levy, R., Czuczman, M.S., Williams, M.E., Heyman, M.R., Dallaire, B.K., Rituximab chimeric anti-CD20 monoclonal antibody therapy for relapsed indolent lymphoma: Half of patients respond to a four-dose treatment program (1998) J Clin Oncol, 16, pp. 2825-2833; Miller, T.P., LeBlanc, M., Grogan, T.M., Fisher, R.I., Follicular lymphomas: Do histologic subtypes predict outcome? (1997) Hematol Oncol Clin N Am, 11, pp. 893-900; Nathwani, B.N., Harris, N.L., Weisenberger, D.D., Isaacson, P.G., Piris, M.A., Berger, F., Muller-Hermelink, H.K., Swerdlow, S.H., Follicular lymphoma (2001) World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology & Genetics of Tumours of Haematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues, pp. 162-167. , Jaffe ES, Harris NL, Stein H, Vardiman JW (eds). Lyon: IARC Press; Newell, G.R., Cabanillas, F.G., Hagemeister, F.J., Butler, J.J., Incidence of lymphoma in the US classified by the working formulation (1987) Cancer, 59, pp. 857-861; Peto, R., Peto, J., Asymtotically efficient invariant procedures (1972) J R Statist Soc, 135, pp. 185-206; Ries, L.A.G., Eisner, M.P., Kosary, C.L., Hankey, B.F., Miller, B.A., Clegg, L., Edwards, B.K., (2001) SEER Cancer Statistic Review, 1973-1998, , Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; Rodriguez, J., McLaughlin, P., Fayad, L., Santiago, M., Hess, M., Rodriguez, M.A., Romaguera, J., Cabanillas, F., Follicular large cell lymphoma: Long-term follow-up of 62 patients treated between 1973-1981 (2000) Ann Oncol, 11, pp. 1551-1556; Rodriguez, J., McLaughlin, P., Hagemeister, F.B., Fayad, L., Rodriguez, M.A., Santiago, M., Hess, M., Cabanillas, F., Follicular large cell lymphoma: An aggressive lymphoma that often presents with favorable prognostic features (1999) Blood, 93, pp. 2202-2207; Rosenberg, S.A., Berard, C.W., Brown, B.W., Burke, J., Dorfman, R.F., Glatstein, E., Hoppe, R.T., Simon, R., National Cancer Institute sponsored study of classifications of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas: Summary and description of a working formulation for clinical usage (1982) Cancer, 49, pp. 2112-2135. , The Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma Pathologic Classification Project; Tezcan, H., Vose, J.M., Bast, M., Bierman, P.J., Kessinger, A., Armitage, J.O., Limited stage I and II follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: The Nebraska Lymphoma Study Group experience (1999) Leukemia Lymphoma, 34, pp. 273-285; A predictive model for aggressive non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1993) N Engl J Med, 329, pp. 987-994; Wendum, D., Sebban, C., Gaulard, P., Coiffier, B., Tilly, H., Cazals, D., Boehn, A., Gisselbrecht, C., Follicular large-cell lymphoma treated with intensive chemotherapy: An analysis of 89 cases included in the LNH87 trial and comparison with the outcome of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (1997) J Clin Oncol, 15, pp. 1654-1663. , Groupe d'Etude des Lymphomes de l'Adulte UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0042346024&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6601006&partnerID=40&md5=fb14d3370f88c87217424a161afdcc90 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Analysis of prevalence trends of autism spectrum disorder in Minnesota T2 - Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine J2 - Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med. VL - 157 IS - 7 SP - 622 EP - 627 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1001/archpedi.157.7.622 SN - 10724710 (ISSN) AU - Gurney, J.G. AU - Fritz, M.S. AU - Ness, K.K. AU - Sievers, P. AU - Newschaffer, C.J. AU - Shapiro, E.G. AD - Div. of Pediat. Epidemiol./Clin. R., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Div. of Pediat. Clin. Neuroscience, Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, United States AD - Division of Special Education, Minnesota Dept. Children, Fam./Lrng., St Paul, MN, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, Bloomberg School of Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, United States AD - Div. of Pediat. Epidemiol./Clin. R., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, 420 Delaware St SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States AB - Background: Alarming increases in the prevalence of autism spectrum disorder have been reported recently in the United States and Europe. Objectives: To quantify and characterize prevalence trends over time in autism spectrum disorder in Minnesota. Methods: We conducted an age-period-birth cohort analysis of special educational disability data from the Minnesota Department of Children, Families & Learning from the 1981-1982 through the 2001-2002 school years. Results: Prevalence rates of autism spectrum disorder rose substantially over time within single-age groups and increased from year to year within birth cohorts. Autism spectrum disorder prevalence among children aged 6 to 11 years increased from 3 per 10000 in 1991-1992 to 52 per 10000 in 2001-2002. All other special educational disability categories also increased during this period, except for mild mental handicap, which decreased slightly from 24 per 10 000 to 23 per 10 000. We found that federal and state administrative changes favoring identification of autism spectrum disorders corresponded in time with the increasing rates. Conclusions: We observed dramatic increases in the prevalence of autism spectrum disorder as a primary special educational disability starting in the 1991-1992 school year, and the trends show no sign of abatement. We found no corresponding decrease in any special educational disability category to suggest diagnostic substitution as an explanation for the autism trends in Minnesota. We could not assess changes in actual disease incidence with these data, but federal and state administrative changes in policy and law favoring better identification and reporting of autism are likely contributing factors to the prevalence increases and may imply that autism spectrum disorder has been underdiagnosed in the past. KW - age distribution KW - article KW - autism KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - disability KW - education KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - United States KW - Adolescent KW - Age Distribution KW - Autistic Disorder KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Disability Evaluation KW - Disabled Children KW - Education, Special KW - Eligibility Determination KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Minnesota KW - Prevalence KW - Social Security N1 - Cited By :120 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APAME C2 - 12860781 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gurney, J.G.; Div. of Pediat. Epidemiol./Clin. R., Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, 420 Delaware St SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455, United States; email: gurney@epi.umn.edu N1 - References: Lord, C., Cook, E.H., Leventhal, B.L., Amaral, D.G., Autism spectrum disorders (2000) Neuron, 28, pp. 355-363; Juul-Dam, N., Townsend, J., Courchesne, E., Prenatal, perinatal, and neonatal factors in autism, pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified, and the general population (2001) Pediatrics [Serial Online], 107, pp. e63. , http://www.pediatrics.org/cgi/content/full/107/4/e63; DeLong, G.R., Autism: New data suggest a new hypothesis (1999) Neurology, 52, pp. 911-916; Accardo, P., Bostwick, H., Zebras in the living room: The changing faces of autism (1999) J Pediatr, 135, pp. 533-535; Bonde, E., Comorbidity and subgroups in childhood autism (2000) Eur Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 9, pp. 7-10; Fombonne, E., The epidemiology of autism: A review (1999) Psychol Med, 29, pp. 769-786; Liu, J., Nyholt, D.R., Magnussen, P., A genomewide screen for autism susceptibility loci (2001) Am J Hum Genet, 69, pp. 327-340; Lauritsen, M., Mors, O., Mortensen, P.B., Ewald, H., Infantile autism and associated autosomal chromosome abnormalities: A register-based study and a literature survey (1999) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 40, pp. 335-345; Szatmari, P., Jones, M.B., Zwaigenbaum, L., MacLean, J.E., Genetics of autism: Overview and new directions (1998) J Autism Dev Disord, 28, pp. 351-368; (2000) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Revised Fourth Edition, , Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press Inc; Mayes, S.D., Calhoun, S.L., Symptoms of autism in young children and correspondence with the DSM (1999) Infants Young Child, 12, pp. 90-97; Volkmar, F.R., Klin, A., Siegel, B., Field trial for autistic disorder in DSM-IV (1994) Am J Psychiatry, 151, pp. 1361-1367; Filipek, P.A., Accardo, P.J., Baranek, G.T., The screening and diagnosis of autistic spectrum disorders (1999) J Autism Dev Disord, 29, pp. 439-484; Filipek, P.A., Accardo, P.J., Ashwal, S., Practice parameter: Screening and diagnosis of autism: Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Child Neurology Society (2000) Neurology, 55, pp. 468-479; Baird, G., Charman, T., Baron-Cohen, S., A screening instrument for autism at 18 months of age: A 6-year follow-up study (2000) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 39, pp. 694-702; Mahoney, W.J., Szatmari, P., MacLean, J.E., Reliability and accuracy of differentiating pervasive developmental disorder subtypes (1998) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 37, pp. 278-285; Gresham, F.M., MacMillan, D.L., Early intervention project: Can its claims be substantiated and its effects replicated? (1998) J Autism Dev Disord, 28, pp. 5-13; Gill, A.R., Interventions for autism (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 670-671; Koegel, R.L., Koegel, L.K., McNerney, E.K., Pivotal areas in intervention for autism (2001) J Clin Child Psychol, 30, pp. 19-32; Jacobson, J.W., Mulick, J.A., System and cost research issues in treatments for people with autistic disorders (2000) J Autism Dev Disord, 30, pp. 585-593; Yeargin-Allsopp, M., Rice, C., Karapurkat, T., Doernberg, N., Boyle, N., Murphy, C., Prevalence of autism in a US metropolitan area (2003) JAMA, 289, pp. 49-55; Nash, M., The secrets of autism (2002) Time, , http://www.time.com/printout/0,8816,234018,00.html, April 29; (2002) Autism Epidemic: Is the NIH and CDC Response Adequate? Hearings Before the Committee on Government Reform, United States House of Representatives, , 107th Cong, 1st Sess (April 18); (2002) CDC Activities Related to Autism: Hearings Before the Committee on Government Reform, United States House of Representatives, , 107th Cong, 1st Sess (April 18); Hearings Before the Committee on Government Reform, United States House of Representatives, , 107th Cong, 1st Sess (April 18) (testimony of L. Grossman, PhD); Halfon, N., Newacheck, P.W., Prevalence and impact of parent-reported disabling mental health conditions among US children (1999) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 38, pp. 600-609; Gillberg, C., Steffenburg, S., Schaumann, H., Is autism more common now than ten years ago? (1991) Br J Psychiatry, 158, pp. 403-409; Hillman, R.E., Kanafani, N., Takahashi, T.N., Miles, J.H., Prevalence of autism in Missouri: Changing trends and the effect of a comprehensive state autism project (2000) Mo Med, 97, pp. 159-163; (1999) Changes in the Population of Persons With Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders in California's Developmental Services System: 1987 through 1998: A Report to the Legislature, , Sacramento: California Dept of Developmental Services; March; Yazbak, F.E., Autism 99: A National Emergency, , http://www.garynull.com/Documents/autism_99.htm; Fombonne, E., Is there an epidemic of autism? (2001) Pediatrics, 107, pp. 411-412; Croen, L.A., Grether, J.K., Selvin, S., Descriptive epidemiology of autism in a California population: Who is at risk? (2002) J Autism Dev Disord, 32, pp. 217-224; Fombonne, E., The prevalence of autism (2003) JAMA, 289, pp. 87-89; Measles, MMR, and autism: The confusion continues (2000) Lancet, 355, p. 1379; Wakefield, A., Montgomery, S., Measles, mumps, rubella vaccine: Through a glass, darkly (2000) Adverse Drug React Toxicol Rev, 19, pp. 265-283; Taylor, B., Miller, E., Farrington, C.P., Autism and measles, mumps, and rubella vaccine: No epidemiological evidence for a causal association (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 2026-2029; Morris, D.L., Montgomery, S.M., Thompson, N.P., Ebrahim, S., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease: A national British Cohort Study (2000) Am J Gastroenterol, 95, pp. 3507-3512; Madsen, K.M., Hviid, A., Vestergaard, M., A population-based study of measles, mumps, and rubella vaccination and autism (2002) N Engl J Med, 347, pp. 1477-1482; Peltola, H., Patja, A., Leinikki, P., No evidence for measles, mumps, and rubella vaccine-associated inflammatory bowel disease or autism in a 14-year prospective study (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1327-1328; Dales, L., Hammer, S.J., Smith, N.J., Time trends in autism and in MMR immunization coverage in California (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 1183-1185; Gillberg, C., Heijbel, H., MMR autism: Commentaries (1998) Autism, 2, pp. 423-424; Farrington, C.P., Miller, E., Taylor, B., MMR autism: Further evidence against a causal association (2001) Vaccine, 19, pp. 3632-3635; Kaye, J.A., Del Mar Melero-Montes, M., Jick, H., Mumps, measles, and rubella vaccine and the incidence of autism recorded by general practitioners: A time trend analysis (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 460-463; Marwick, C., US report finds no link between MMR and autism (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 1083; Vastag, B., Congressional autism hearings continue: No evidence MMR vaccine causes disorder (2001) JAMA, 285, pp. 2567-2569; Makela, A., Nuorti, J.P., Peltola, H., Neurologic disorders after measles-mumps-rubella vaccination (2002) Pediatrics, 110, pp. 957-963; Ramsay, S., UK starts campaign to reassure parents about MMR-vaccine safety (2001) Lancet, 357, p. 290; Lee, J.W., Melgaard, B., Clements, C.J., Kane, M., Mulholland, E.K., Olive, J.M., Autism, inflammatory bowel disease, and MMR vaccine (1998) Lancet, 351, p. 905; Black, D., Prempeh, H., Baxter, T., Autism, inflammatory bowel disease, and MMR vaccine (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 905-906; Edwards, K.M., State mandates and childhood immunization (2000) JAMA, 284, pp. 3171-3173; Feikin, D.R., Lezotte, D.C., Hamman, R.F., Individual and community risks of measles and pertussis associated with personal exemptions to immunization (2000) JAMA, 284, pp. 3145-3150; Halsey, N.A., Hyman, S.L., Measles-mumps-rubella vaccine and autistic spectrum disorder: Report from the New Challenges in Childhood Immunizations Conference convened in Oak Brook, Illinois, June 12-13, 2000 (2001) Pediatrics [Serial Online], 107, pp. e84. , http://www.pediatrics.org/cgi/content/full/107/5/e84; Patel, R., Kinsinger, L., Childhood immunizations: American College of Preventive Medicine Practice Policy (1997) Am J Prev Med, 13, pp. 74-77; Boyle, C.A., Bertrand, J., Yeargin-Allsopp, M., Surveillance of autism (1999) Infant Young Child, 12, pp. 75-78; Gillberg, C., Wing, L., Autism: Not an extremely rare disorder (1999) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 99, pp. 399-406; Baird, G., Charman, T., Cox, A., Current topic: Screening and surveillance for autism and pervasive developmental disorders (2001) Arch Dis Child, 84, pp. 468-475; (1999) Assistance to States for the Education of Children with Disabilities, , codified at 34 CFR §300,34047-34100; (1999) Twenty-first Annual Report to Congress on the Implementation of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act, , Washington, DC: Office of Special Education Projects, US Dept of Education; (2000) Twenty-second Annual Report to Congress on the Implementation of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act, , Washington, DC: Office of Special Education Projects, US Dept of Education; Lord, C., Risi, S., Lambrecht, L., The Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-Generic: A standard measure of social and communication deficits associated with the spectrum of autism (2000) J Autism Dev Disord, 30, pp. 205-223; London, E.A., The environment as an etiologic factor in autism: A new direction for research (2000) Environ Health Perspect, 108 (SUPPL. 3), pp. 401-404; Silberman, S., The geek syndrome (2001) Wired Magazine, , http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/9.12/aspergers.html, December; (2000) Promising Practices for the Identification of Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders: The Minnesota Autism Project, , http://cfl.state.mn.us/SPECED/Guidelines/autism.pdf, November UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037820401&doi=10.1001%2farchpedi.157.7.622&partnerID=40&md5=16ccd99d9695b033f24a76b3bc243623 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Eczematous Skin Disease and Recall of Past Diagnoses: Implications for Smallpox Vaccination T2 - Annals of Internal Medicine J2 - Ann. Intern. Med. VL - 139 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 7+I32 PY - 2003 SN - 00034819 (ISSN) AU - Naleway, A.L. AU - Belongia, E.A. AU - Greenlee, R.T. AU - Kieke Jr., B.A. AU - Chen, R.T. AU - Shay, D.K. AD - Epidemiology Research Center, Marshfield Clin. Research Foundation, Mailstop ML2, 1000 North Oak Avenue, Marshfield, WI 54449, United States AB - Background: Persons with atopic dermatitis or eczema, regardless of disease severity or activity, may develop eczema vaccination if they or their close contacts receive the smallpox vaccine. According to current recommendations, a preexposure vaccination program should identify these persons and exclude them from participating. Objective: To determine the prevalence of diagnosed atopic dermatitis and eczema in a defined population and assess the sensitivity of screening questions to identify patients who have received these diagnoses. Design: Population-based prevalence survey and telephone interview. Setting: 14 ZIP code regions in Wisconsin. Patients: Persons given a diagnosis of atopic dermatitis or eczema in 2000 and 2001 were identified from a population-based cohort. Persons with a history of atopic dermatitis diagnosed since 1979 were eligible for the telephone survey. Measurements: Prevalence of diagnosed atopic dermatitis or eczema; proportions of respondents able to recall a past diagnosis of atopic dermatitis, eczema, or recurrent rash. Results: The prevalence of atopic dermatitis or eczema diagnosis in 2000 or 2001 was 0.8%. At least 2.4% of the cohort would be ineligible for smallpox vaccination because of active skin disease in themselves or household members. Among 94 adult respondents with atopic dermatitis, 55 (59%) correctly self-reported skin disease. Seventy-nine (60%) of 133 household contacts of adults with atopic dermatitis correctly reported the presence of skin disease in a household member. Parental recall of skin disease in children with atopic dermatitis was 70% (123 of 177). Conclusions: Identifying dermatologic contraindications to smallpox vaccination by relying only on a self-reported history of rash illnesses is likely to miss a substantial proportion of individuals who should not receive smallpox vaccine in a preexposure vaccination campaign. KW - smallpox vaccine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - atopic dermatitis KW - controlled study KW - disease activity KW - disease severity KW - drug contraindication KW - eczema KW - eczema vaccinatum KW - health survey KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - newborn KW - patient selection KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - rash KW - screening KW - smallpox KW - vaccination KW - vaccination reaction KW - atopic dermatitis KW - child KW - drug contraindication KW - eczema KW - herpes simplex KW - interview KW - methodology KW - middle aged KW - preschool child KW - prevalence KW - recall KW - risk factor KW - telephone KW - United States KW - vaccination KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Dermatitis, Atopic KW - Eczema KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Interviews KW - Kaposi Varicelliform Eruption KW - Mental Recall KW - Middle Aged KW - Prevalence KW - Risk Factors KW - Smallpox Vaccine KW - Telephone KW - Vaccination KW - Wisconsin N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AIMEA C2 - 12834312 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Belongia, E.A.; Epidemiology Research Center, Marshfield Clin. Research Foundation, Mailstop ML2, 1000 North Oak Avenue, Marshfield, WI 54449, United States; email: belongia.edward@mcrf.mfldclin.edu N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Smallpox Vaccine N1 - References: Bicknell, W.J., The case for voluntary smallpox vaccination (2002) N Engl J Med, 346, pp. 1323-1325. , PMID: 11923492; Bicknell, W.J., Smallpox and smallpox vaccination (2002) N Engl J Med, 347, pp. 691-692; Lane, J.M., Smallpox and smallpox vaccination (2002) N Engl J Med, 347, pp. 691-692. , PMID: 12200562; Henderson, D.A., Inglesby, T.V., Bartlett, J.G., Ascher, M.S., Eitzen, E., Jahrling, P.B., Smallpox as a biological weapon: Medical and public health management (1999) JAMA, 281, pp. 2127-2137. , Working Group on Civilian Biodefense. [PMID: 10367824]; Recommendations for using smallpox vaccine in a pre-event vaccination program: Supplemental recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) and the Healthcare Infection Control Practices Advisory Committee (HICPAC) (2003) MMWR Dispatch, 52, pp. 1-16. , www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/m2d226.htm; Update: Adverse events following smallpox vaccination - United States, 2003 (2003) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 52, pp. 278-282; Breman, J.G., Henderson, D.A., Diagnosis and management of smallpox (2002) N Engl J Med, 346, pp. 1300-1308. , PMID: 11923491; Lane, J.M., Ruben, F.L., Neff, J.M., Millar, J.D., Complications of smallpox vaccination, 1968: Results of ten statewide surveys (1970) J Infect Dis, 122, pp. 303-309. , PMID: 4396189; Vaccinia (smallpox) vaccine: Recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP), 2001 (2001) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 50 (RR-10), pp. 1-26; Kemper, A.R., Davis, M.M., Freed, G.L., Expected adverse events in a mass smallpox vaccination campaign (2002) Eff Clin Pract, 5, pp. 84-90. , PMID: 11990216; Greenberg, M., Complications of vaccination against smallpox (1948) Am J Dis Child, 76, pp. 492-502; Copeman, P.W., Wallace, H.J., Eczema vaccinatum (1964) Br J Med, 2, pp. 906-908; Waddington, E., Bray, P.T., Evans, A.D., Richards, I.D., Cutaneous complications of mass vaccination against smallpox in South Wales 1962 (1964) Annual Report and Transactions of the London Dermatologic Society, 50, pp. 22-41; Goldstein, J.A., Neff, J.M., Lane, J.M., Koplan, J.P., Smallpox vaccination reactions, prophylaxis, and therapy of complications (1975) Pediatrics, 55, pp. 342-347. , PMID: 238178; Lane, J.M., Ruben, F.L., Neff, J.M., Millar, J.D., Complications of smallpox vaccination, 1968 (1969) N Engl J Med, 281, pp. 1201-1208. , PMID: 4186802; Neff, J.M., Lane, J.M., Fulginiti, V.A., Henderson, D.A., Contact vaccinia - Transmission of vaccinia from smallpox vaccination (2002) JAMA, 288, pp. 1901-1905. , PMID: 12377090; Hanifin, J.M., Rajka, G., Diagnostic features of atopic dermatitis (1980) Acta Dermatovener, 92, pp. 44-47; Laughter, D., Istvan, J.A., Tofte, S.J., Hanifin, J.M., The prevalence of atopic dermatitis in Oregon schoolchildren (2000) J Am Acad Dermatol, 43, pp. 649-655. , PMID: 11004621; Eczema/Atopic Dermatitis, , www.aad.org/pamphlets/eczema.html; Neame, R.L., Berth-Jones, J., Kurinczuk, J.J., Graham-Brown, R.A., Prevalence of atopic dermatitis in Leicester: A study of methodology and examination of possible ethnic variation (1995) Br J Dermatol, 132, pp. 772-777. , PMID: 7772484; Williams, H., Disease definition and measures of disease frequency (2001) J Am Acad Dermatol, 45, pp. S33-S36. , PMID: 11423870; Schultz Larsen, F., Diepgen, T., Svensson, A., The occurrence of atopic dermatitis in north Europe: An international questionnaire study (1996) J Am Acad Dermatol, 34, pp. 760-764. , PMID: 8632070; Worldwide variation in prevalence of symptoms of asthma, allergic rhinocon-junctivitis, and atopic eczema: ISAAC, the International Study of Asthma and Allergies in Childhood (ISAAC) Steering Committee (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1225-1232. , PMID: 9643741; Herd, R.M., Tidman, M.J., Prescott, R.J., Hunter, J.A., Prevalence of atopic eczema in the community: The Lothian Atopic Dermatitis study (1996) Br J Detmatol, 135, pp. 18-19. , PMID: 8776352; Ellis, C.N., Drake, L.A., Prendergast, M.M., Abramovits, W., Boguniewicz, M., Daniel, C.R., Cost of atopic dermatitis and eczema in the United States (2002) J Am Acad Dermatol, 46, pp. 361-370. , PMID: 11862170; Kay, J., Gawkrodger, D.J., Mortimer, M.J., Jaron, A.G., The prevalence of childhood atopic eczema in a general population (1994) J Am Acad Dermatol, 30, pp. 35-39. , PMID: 8277028; McNally, N.J., Williams, H.C., Phillips, D.R., Strachan, D.P., Is there a geographic variation in eczema prevalence in the UK? Evidence from the 1958 British Birth Cohort Study (2000) Br J Dermatol, 142, pp. 712-720. , PMID: 10792221; DeStefano, F., Eaker, E.D., Broste, S.K., Nordstrom, D.L., Peissig, P.L., Vierkant, R.A., Epidemiologic research in an integrated regional medical care system: The Marshfield Epidemiologic Study Area (1996) J Clin Epidemiol, 49, pp. 643-652. , PMID: 8656225; Williams, H.C., Burney, P.G., Hay, R.J., Archer, C.B., Shipley, M.J., Hunter, J.J., The U.K. Working Party's Diagnostic Criteria for Atopic Dermatitis. I. Derivation of a minimum set of discriminators for atopic dermatitis (1994) Br J Dermatol, 131, pp. 383-396. , PMID: 7918015; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume II. The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Hastie, T.J., Tibshirani, R.J., (1990) Generalized Additive Models, , New York: Chapman & Hall; Smallpox Vaccination Report. Status and Adverse Events, , www.cdc.gov/od/oc/media/smpxrprt.htm; Smallpox Safety Summary, , www.smallpox.army.mil/media/pages/SPSafetySum.asp UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-1642576126&partnerID=40&md5=f9f6a655ab6aa027c9400649b0a54238 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Maternal smoking during pregnancy and appetite control in offspring T2 - Journal of Perinatal Medicine J2 - J. Perinat. Med. VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 251 EP - 256 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1515/JPM.2003.034 SN - 03005577 (ISSN) AU - Toschke, A.M. AU - Ehlin, A.G.C. AU - Von Kries, R. AU - Ekbom, A. AU - Montgomery, S.M. AD - Division of Pediatric Epidemiology, Inst. Social. Pediat./Adol. Med., Ludwig-Maximilians University Munich, Munich, Germany AD - Department of Medicine, Karolinska Hospital, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Ludwig-Maximilians University Munich, Inst. for Social. Pediat./Adol. Med., Epidemiology Unit, Heiglhofstrasse 63, D-81377 Munich, Germany AB - Aims: Intrauterine exposure to tobacco smoke products has been associated with long-term neurobehavioral effects. Modified appetite control might explain the recently observed association between maternal smoking during pregnancy and obesity in offspring. Methods: Some 10,557 British adults aged 42 years born between 3-9 March 1958 were followed up in a birth cohort study (NCDS). The main outcome measure was self-reported poor appetite at age 42 years and main exposure was maternal smoking during pregnancy. Results: The proportion of offspring with poor appetite increased with maternal smoking during pregnancy: non-smoking 4.5%; (4.0%-5.0%), medium smoking 5.6%; (4.5%-6.8%), variable smoking 6.8%; (4.9%-9.1%) and heavy smoking 7.7%; (6.3%-9.4%). The unadjusted odds ratios for maternal smoking during pregnancy (ever/never) and poor appetite is 1.49 (1.25-1.77) and after adjustment for BMI at 42 years and other potential confounding factors it is 1.22 (1.01-1.48). Conclusions: Offspring of mothers who smoked during pregnancy were more likely to report a poor appetite independent of a number of potential confounding factors. Although not in the expected direction, the results suggest maternal smoking during pregnancy may influence appetite perception through a developmental influence or through confounding by social factors. KW - Epidemiology KW - Logistic models KW - Perinatal risks KW - Pregnancy KW - Primary prevention KW - Smoking KW - tobacco smoke KW - adult KW - appetite KW - article KW - cognition KW - exposure KW - female KW - human KW - obesity KW - pregnancy KW - priority journal KW - progeny KW - smoking KW - social aspect KW - Adult KW - Appetite KW - Appetite Regulation KW - Body Mass Index KW - Depression KW - Dyspepsia KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPEMA C2 - 12825482 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Toschke, A.M.; Ludwig-Maximilians University Munich, Inst. for Social. Pediat./Adol. Med., Epidemiology Unit, Heiglhofstrasse 63, D-81377 Munich, Germany; email: michael@toschke.de N1 - References: Bundred, P., Kitchiner, D., Buchan, I., Prevalence of overweight and obese children between 1989 and 1998: Population based series of cross sectional studies (2001) BMJ, 322, p. 326; Dietz, W.H., Childhood weight affects adult morbidity and mortality (1998) J Nutr, 128, pp. 411S; Ekinysmith, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS, , University of London, London, (Studies CfL, ed.); Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33. The Fifth Follow Up of the National Child Development Study, , National Children's Bureau, London; Grant, G., Nolan, M., Ellis, N., A reappraisal of the Malaise Inventory (1990) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 25, p. 170; Hales, C.N., Barker, D.J., Type 2 [non-insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus: The thrifty phenotype hypothesis (1992) Diabetologia, 35, p. 595; Jorenby, D.E., Hatsukami, D.K., Smith, S.S., Fiore, M.C., Allen, S., Jensen, J., Baker, T.B., Characterization of tobacco withdrawal symptoms: Transdermal nicotine reduces hunger and weight gain (1996) Psychopharmacology (Berl), 128, p. 130; Kandel, D.B., Wu, P., Davies, M., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and smoking by adolescent daughters (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, p. 1407; Levin, E.D., Wilkerson, A., Jones, J.P., Christopher, N.C., Briggs, S.J., Prenatal nicotine effects on memory in rats: Pharmacological and behavioral challenges (1996) Brain Res Dev Brain Res, 97, p. 207; Montgomery, S.M., Ekbom, A., Smoking during pregnancy and diabetes mellitus in a British longitudinal birth cohort (2002) BMJ, 324, p. 26; Montgomery, S.M., Cook, D.G., Bartley, M.J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Unemployment predates symptoms of depression and anxiety resulting in medical consultation in young men (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, p. 95; Ogden, C.L., Troiano, R.P., Briefel, R.R., Kuczmarski, R.J., Flegal, K.M., Johnson, C.L., Prevalence of overweight among preschool children in the United States, 1971 through 1994 (1997) Pediatrics, 99, pp. E1; Peters, M.A., Ngan, L.L., The effects of totigestational exposure to nicotine on pre- and postnatal development in the rat (1982) Arch Int Pharmacodyn Ther, 257, p. 155; Power, C., Jefferis, B.J., Fetal environment and subsequent obesity: A study of maternal smoking (2002) Int J Epidemiol, 31, p. 413; Toschke, A.M., Koletzko, B., Slikker, W.J., Hermann, M., Von Kries, R., Childhood obesity is associated with maternal smoking in pregnancy (2002) Eur J Pediatr, 161, p. 445; Vach, W., Missing values; statistical theory and computational Practice (1994) Computational Statistics, p. 345. , Dirschedl P, R Ostermann (eds). Heidelberg: Physica-Verlag; Xu, Z., Seidler, F.J., Ali, S.F., Slikker W., Jr., Slotkin, T.A., Fetal and adolescent nicotine administration: Effects on CNS serotonergic systems (2001) Brain Res, 914, p. 166; Yanai, J., Pick, C.G., Rogel-Fuchs, Y., Zahalka, E.A., Alterations in hippocampal cholinergic receptors and hippocampal behaviors after early exposure to nicotine (1992) Brain Res Bull, 29, p. 363 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038745372&doi=10.1515%2fJPM.2003.034&partnerID=40&md5=e32de25ee2b0168c41aed5a9298147c4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Women's health in midlife: Findings from a British birth cohort study T2 - Journal of the British Menopause Society J2 - J. Br. Menopause Soc. VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 55 EP - 60 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1258/136218003100322206 SN - 13621807 (ISSN) AU - Kuh, D. AU - Hardy, R. AD - MRC Nat. Survey of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Publ. Health, Royal Free and University College, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - The Medical Research Council's National Survey of Health and Development (MRCNSHD) is a prospective cohort study of 2547 women and 2815 men, a sample of all the births that took place in England, Scotland and Wales between 3-9 March 1946. It is one of the longest running large-scale studies of human development in the world, aiming to identify lifetime biological, social and psychological pathways to health and disease, from early life to ageing. A special study of women's health in midlife and the menopausal transition in this cohort was undertaken by sending to women study members eight annual postal questionnaires from when they were 47 to when they were 54 years old. The findings from the women's health study so far have highlighted associations between multiple risk factors at each life stage, and women's health and disease in later life. The authors suggest that a life course approach may provide a better understanding of women's health during the middle years of life than an approach which restricts itself to contemporary social or hormonal experiences. Of particular interest are their results linking ovarian ageing to developmental factors. Replication of these findings in other life course cohorts is being sought. KW - Ageing KW - Cohort KW - Menopause KW - Midlife KW - Population KW - hormone KW - adulthood KW - age KW - aging KW - body size KW - breast disease KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - hormone substitution KW - human KW - hysterectomy KW - lifestyle KW - menopausal syndrome KW - menopause KW - nutrition KW - ovary KW - postal mail KW - public health KW - questionnaire KW - review KW - risk factor KW - symptomatology KW - United Kingdom KW - Aging KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Menopause KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JBMSF C2 - 12844426 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.; MRC Nat. Survey of Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Publ. Health, Royal Free and University College, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Ness, R., Kuller, L., (1998) Women in Health and Disease, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Goldman, M., Hatch, M., (2000) Women and Health, , New York: Academic Press; Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Kuh, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology: Tracing the Origins of Ill-Health From Early to Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Life-course approaches to socio-economic differentials in cause specific adult mortality (2000) Poverty, Inequality and Health: An International Perspective, pp. 88-124. , In Leon D, Walt G, eds; Oxford: Oxford University Press; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Treloar, S.A., Do, K.-A., Martin, N.G., Genetic influences on the age at menopause (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 1084-1085; Crawford, S.L., (2000) Epidemiology: Methodologic Challenges in the Study of the Menopause Menopause: Biology and Pathogiology, , Academic Press; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Reproductive characteristics and the age at inception of perimenopause in a British national cohort (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 1-9; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wardsworth, M., Smoking, body mass index, socioeconomic status and the age at menopause transition in a British national cohort (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 845-851; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Menopause and gynnaecological disorders: A life course perspective (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, , In Kuh D, Hardy R, eds; Oxford: Oxford University Press; McKinlay, S., Bifano, N., McKinlay, J., Smoking and age at menopause in women (1985) Inn Intern Med, 103, pp. 350-356; Shinberg, D.S., An event history analysis of age at last menstrual period: Correlates of natural and surgical menopause among midlife Wisconsin women (1998) Soc Sci Med, 46, pp. 1381-1396; Cresswell, J.L., Egger, P., Fall, C.H.D., Is the age of menopause determined in-utero? (1997) Early Hum Dev, 49, pp. 143-148; Treloar, S.A., Sadrzadeh, S., Do, K.-A., Birth weight and age at menopause in Australian female twin pairs: Exploration of the fetal origin hypothesis (2000) Hum Reprod, 15, pp. 55-59; De Bruin, J.P., Nikkels, P.G.J., Bruinse, H.W., Morphometry of human ovaries in normal and growth-restricted fetuses (2001) Early Hum Dev, 60, pp. 179-192; De Bruin, J.P., Dorland, M., Bruinse, H.W., Fetal growth retardation as a cause of impaired ovarian development (1998) Early Hum Dev, 51, pp. 39-46; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Does early growth influence timing of the menopause (2002) Hum Reprod, 17, pp. 2474-2479; Richards, M., Kuh, D.L., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime cognitive function and timing of natural menopause (1999) Neurology, 53, pp. 308-314; Kuh, D., Stirling, S., Socioeconomic variation in admisstion for diseases of female genital system and breast in a national cohort aged 15-43 (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 840-843; Marshall, S.F., Hardy, R.J., Kuh, D., Socioeconomic variations in hysterectomy in a national birth cohort up to age 52 (2000) BMJ, 320, p. 1579; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., Social and behavioural influences on the uptake of hormone replacement therapy among younger women (2000) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 107, pp. 731-739; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: The influence of the menopause, social factors and health in earlier life (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, pp. 923-933; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Changes in psychological and vasomotor symptom reporting during the menopuase (2002) Soc Sci Med, 55, pp. 1975-1988; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime risk factors for women's psychological distress in midlife (2002) Soc Sci Med, 55, pp. 1957-1973; Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. Principal results from the Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial (2002) JAMA, 288, pp. 321-333; Rodgers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1289-1308; Frohlich, K., Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Menstrual characteristics during the inception of perimenopause: What are the predictors and what do they predict? (2000) J Women's Health Gender-Based Med, 9, pp. 35-42; Kuh, D., Cardozo, L., Hardy, R., The pattern and predictors of incontinence in women during middle life (1999) J Epidemiol Community Health, 53, pp. 453-458; Ballard, K.D., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The role of the menopause in women's experiences of the 'change of life' (2002) Sociol Health Illness, 23, pp. 397-424; McLaren, L., Kuh, D., Body dissatisfaction in midlife Women Aging, , (in press); McLaren, L., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Women's body dissatisfaction at midlife and lifetime body size: A prospective study Health Psychol, , (in press); McLaren, L., Hardy, R., Gauvin, L., Kuh, D., Positive and negative body-related comments and their relationship with body dissatisfaction in middle-aged women Psychol Health, , (in press); De Stavola, B.L., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Birthweight, childhood growth and risk of breast cancer in a British birth cohort (2000) Br J Cancer, 7, pp. 964-968; Trichopoulos, D., Hypothesis: Does breast cancer originate in utero? (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 939-940; Dos Santos Silva, I., De Stavola, B., Breast cancer aetiology: Where do we go from here? (2002) A Life Course Approach to Women's Health, pp. 44-63. , In Kuh D, Hardy R, eds; Oxford: Oxford University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037830001&doi=10.1258%2f136218003100322206&partnerID=40&md5=39bb433c7f3cf8bac87db2799119c84f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in Canada, 1970-1996: Age-period-cohort analysis T2 - Hematological Oncology J2 - Hematol. Oncol. VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 57 EP - 66 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1002/hon.703 SN - 02780232 (ISSN) AU - Liui, S. AU - Semenciw, R. AU - Mao, Y. AD - McLaughlin Ctr. Pop. Hlth. Risk A., Institute of Population Health, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AD - Risk Assessment Division, Ctr. for Chron. Dis. Prev./Control, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AD - Risk Assessment Division, LCDC Building #6, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada AB - Previous studies have shown that the incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) has increased in many parts of the world in recent decades. Using data obtained from the Canadian Cancer Registry, the present study examined time trends in NHL incidence in Canada between 1970 and 1996 and the effects of age, period of diagnosis and birth cohort on incidence patterns for each sex separately. Results showed that overall age-adjusted incidence rates increased substantially, from 7.3 and 5.2 per 100 000 in 1970-1971 to 14.0 and 10.0 per 100 000 in 1995-1996 in males and females, respectively. Diffuse lymphoma was the major histological subtype, accounting for approximately 76% of NHL cases over the 27-year period. The data suggest that period effects have played a major role, although birth cohort effects may also have been involved. Sex-specific patterns of the incidence were similar over the time period of diagnosis but were distinct among recent birth cohorts. In conclusion, there is in fact a marked increase in NHL in Canada which cannot be explained in terms of improvements in diagnosis, changes in NHL classification and the increase in AIDS-associated NHL alone. The birth cohort effect in NHL suggests that changes in risk factors may have contributed to the observed increase. Copyright © 2003 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. KW - Cancer incidence KW - Epidemiology KW - Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma KW - Time trends KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - age KW - Canada KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer risk KW - disease association KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - priority journal KW - review KW - sex difference KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Canada KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Effect KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Registries KW - Sex Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HAOND C2 - 12802810 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mao, Y.; Risk Assessment Division, LCDC Building #6, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada; email: yang_mao@hc-sc.gc.ca N1 - References: Coleman, M.P., Estève, J., Damiecki, P., Arslan, A., Renard, H., (1993) Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, pp. 673-704. , International Agency for Research on Cancer JARC Sci Publ no. 121): Lyon; Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Boyle, P., Holford, T.R., Liu, W.L., Flannery, J., Epidemiology of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in Connecticut, 1935-1988 (1992) Cancer, 70, pp. 840-849; Groves, F.D., Linet, M.S., Travis, L.B., Devesa, S.S., Cancer surveillance series: Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma incidence by histological subtype in the United States from 1978 through 1995 (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 1240-1251; Serraino, D., Salamina, G., Franceschi, S., The epidemiology of AIDS-associated non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in the World Health Organization European Region (1992) Br J Cancer, 66, pp. 912-916; Reynolds, T., Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma rate climbed rapidly (1991) J Natl Cancer Inst, 83, pp. 232-234; Cartwright, R.A., Changes in the descriptive epidemiology of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in Great Britain (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5441-5442; Carli, P.M., Boutron, M.C., Maynadie, M., Bailly, F., Caillot, D., Petrella, T., Increase in the incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas: Evidence for a recent sharp increase in France independent of AIDS (1994) Br J Cancer, 70, pp. 713-715; Cartwright, R.A., McNally, R.J.Q., Epidemiology of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Cambridge Medical Reviews (1994) Hematol Oncol, 3, pp. 1-34; McNally, R.J.Q., Alexander, F.E., Staines, A., Cartwright, R.A., A comparison of three methods of analysis for age-period-cohort models with application to incidence data on non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 32-46; (2001) Canadian Cancer Statistics 2001, pp. 15-47. , NCIC: Toronto, Canada; Devesa, S.S., Fears, T., Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma time trends: United States and international data (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5432-5440; Band, P.R., Gaudette, L., Hill, G.B., (1993) The Making of the Canadian Cancer Registry: Cancer Incidence in Canada and Its Regions, 1969 to 1988, pp. 16-21. , Canadian Council of Cancer Registries: Ottawa; Le, N.D., Marrett, L.D., Robson, D.L., Semenciw, R.M., Turner, D., Walter, S.D., (1995) Canadian Cancer Incidence Altas, 1, pp. 20-24. , Health Canada, Catalogue H49-6/1-1996: Ottawa; (1977) International Classification of Diseases JCD-9, 1975 Revision), 1. , World Health Organization: Geneva; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 6, pp. 865-870. , International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC Sci Publ no. 120): Lyon; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Holford, T.R., Analysing the temporal effects of age, period and cohort (1992) Stat Methods Med Res, 1, pp. 313-337; Holford, T.R., Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Mckay, L.A., Time trends of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: Are the real? What do they mean? (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5443-5456; Shahpar, C., Li, G., Homicide mortality in the United States, 1935-1994: Age, period, and cohort effects (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1213-1222; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Liu, S., Semenciw, R., Waters, C., Wen, S.W., Mery, L.S., Mao, Y., Clues to the aetiological heterogeneity of testicular seminomas and non-seminomas: Time trends and age-period-cohort effects (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 826-831; (1997) GENMOD Release 6.12, , SAS Institute Inc.: Cary, NC; Banks, P.M., Changes in diagnosis of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas over time (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5453-5455; Obrams, G.I., O'Conor, G., Time trends and pathological classification: A summary (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), p. 5570; Liu, S., Semenciw, R., Waters, C., Wen, S.W., Mao, Y., Time trends and sex patterns in Hodgkin's disease in Canada, 1970-1995 (2000) Can J Pub Health, 91, pp. 188-192; McNally, R.J.Q., Roman, E., Cartwright, R.A., Leukemias and lymphomas: Time trends in the UK, 1984-1993 (1999) Cancer Causes Control, 10, pp. 35-42; Newt, R., Ferlay, J., Beral, V., Devesa, S.S., The epidemiology of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: Comparison of nodal and extra-nodal sites (1997) Int J Cancer, 72, pp. 923-930; Cartwright, R., Brincker, H., Carli, P.M., The rise in incidence of lymphomas in Europe 1985-1992 (1999) Eur J Cancer, 35, pp. 627-633; Rabkin, C.S., Devesa, S.S., Zahm, S.H., Gail, M.H., Increasing incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1993) Semin Hematol, 30, pp. 286-296; Harge, P., Devesa, S.S., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1994) Cancer Survey, 19, pp. 423-453; Harnly, M.E., Swan, S.H., Holly, E.A., Kelter, A., Padian, N., Temporal trends in the incidence of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and selected malignancies in a population with a high incidence of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 261-267; Beral, V., Peterman, T., Berkelma, R., Jaffe, H., AIDS-associated non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 805-809; Pluda, J.M., Venson, D.J., Tosato, G., Parameters affecting the development of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in patients with severe human immunodeficiency virus infection receiving anitretroviral therapy (1993) J Clin Oncol, 11, pp. 1099-1107; Creiner, T.C., Medeiros, L.J., Jaffe, E.S., Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1995) Cancer, 75, pp. 370-380; (1999) HIV and AIDS in Canada: Surveillance Report to June 30, 1999, pp. 5-31. , (ISSN 1488-1926) Minister of Public Works and Government Services Canada; Levine, A.M., Shibata, D., Sullivan-Halley, J., Epidemiological and biological study of acquired immuno-deficiency syndrome-related lymphoma in the county of Los Angeles: Preliminary results (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5482-5484; Mueller, N.E., Mohar, A., Evans, A., Viruses other than HIV and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5479-5481; (1997) Epstein-Barr Virus and Kaposi's Sarcoma Herpesvirus/Human Herpesvirus 8, 70, pp. 82-126. , International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, France; Amadori, D., Nanni, O., Falcini, F., Chronic lymphocytic leukaemias and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas by histological type in farming-animal breeding workers: A population case-control study based on job titles (1995) Occup Environ Med, 52, pp. 374-379; Schumacher, M.C., Farming occupations and mortality from non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in Utah. A case-control study (1985) J Occup Med, 27, pp. 580-584; Tatham, L., Tolbert, P., Kjeldsberg, C., Occupational risk factors for subgroups of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1997) Epidemiology, 8, pp. 551-558; Hoar, S.K., Blair, A., Holmes, F.F., Agricultural herbicide use and risk of lymphoma and soft-tissue sarcoma (1986) JAMA, 256, pp. 1141-1147; Schroeder, J.C., Olshan, A.F., Baric, R., Agricultural risk factors for t(14; 18) subtypes of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (2001) Epidemiology, 12, pp. 701-709; Zahm, S.H., Blair, A., Pesticides and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5485-5488; Woods, J.S., Polissar, L., Severson, R.K., Heuser, L.S., Kalander, B.G., Soft tissue sarcoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in relation to phenoxyherbicide and chlorinated phenol exposure in western Washington (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 78, pp. 899-910; Hartge, P., Devesa, S.S., Grauman, D., Fears, T.R., Fraumeni, J.F., Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and sunlight (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 298-300; Franceschi, S., Serraino, D., Carbone, A., Talarnini, R., La Vecchia, C., Dietary factors and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: A case-control study in the Northeastern part of Italy (1989) Nutr Cancer, 12, pp. 333-341; Bernstein, L., Ross, R.K., Prior medication use and health history as risk factors for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: Preliminary results from a case-control study in Los Angeles County (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5510-5515; Hartge, P., Devesa, S.S., Quantification of the impact of known risk factors on time trends in non-Hodgkin's lymphoma incidence (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5566-5569 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037838831&doi=10.1002%2fhon.703&partnerID=40&md5=2adf2cff51b128885843f23fd01ba92c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Malnutrition at age 3 years and lower cognitive ability at age 11 years independence from psychosocial adversity T2 - Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine J2 - Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med. VL - 157 IS - 6 SP - 593 EP - 600 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1001/archpedi.157.6.593 SN - 10724710 (ISSN) AU - Liu, J. AU - Raine, A. AU - Venables, P.H. AU - Dalais, C. AU - Mednick, S.A. AD - School of Nursing, University of California, Los Angeles, CA, United States AD - Department of Psychology, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, United States AD - Social Science Research Institute, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, United States AD - Department of Psychology, University of York, York, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-1061, United States AB - Background: Early malnutrition is linked to poor cognition, but long-term effects have not been extensively examined and psychosocial confounds have not always been controlled. Objective: To test the hypothesis that malnutrition at age 3 years will be associated with poorer cognitive ability at age 11 years independent of psychosocial confounds. Design: A prospective, longitudinal study of a birth cohort of 1559 children originally assessed at age 3 years for malnutrition (low hemoglobin level, angular stomatitis, kwashiorkor, and sparse, thin hair) and followed up to age 11 years. Setting and Participants: A community sample of 1559 children (51.4% boys and 48.6% girls) born between September 1, 1969, and August 31, 1970, in 2 towns in the island of Mauritius, with 68.7% Indians and 25.7% Creoles (African origin). Main Outcome Measures: Verbal and spatial ability measured at ages 3 and 11 years and reading, scholastic ability, and neuropsychologic performance measured at age 11 years. Results: Malnourished children had poorer cognition at both ages. Deficits were stable across time, applied to all sex and ethnic groups, and remained after controlling for multiple measures of psychosocial adversity. Children with 3 indicators of malnutrition had a 15.3-point deficit in IQ at age 11 years. Conclusions: Malnutrition at age 3 years is associated with poor cognition at age 11 years independent of psychosocial adversity. Promoting early childhood nutrition could enhance long-term cognitive development and school performance, especially in children with multiple nutritional deficits. KW - hemoglobin KW - academic achievement KW - Africa KW - article KW - child KW - cognitive defect KW - cognitive development KW - disease association KW - female KW - human KW - intelligence quotient KW - kwashiorkor KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - malnutrition KW - Mauritius KW - nutritional deficiency KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - social psychology KW - stomatitis KW - verbal behavior KW - Anemia KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cognition KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Female KW - Hair Diseases KW - Humans KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Kwashiorkor KW - Male KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Nutrition Disorders KW - Prospective Studies KW - Stomatitis N1 - Cited By :74 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APAME C2 - 12796242 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Raine, A.; Department of Psychology, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-1061, United States; email: raince@usc.edu N1 - Chemicals/CAS: hemoglobin, 9008-02-0 N1 - References: Galler, J.R., Ramsey, F.C., Morley, O.S., Archer, E., Salt, P., The long-term effects of early kwashiorkor compared with marasmus, IV: Performance on the national high school entrance examination (1990) Pediatr Res, 28, pp. 235-239; Grantham-McGregor, S., Ani, C., A review of studies on the effect of iron deficiency on cognitive development in children (2001) J Nutr, 131 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 649S-666S; Lozoff, B., Jimenez, E., Hagen, J., Mollen, E., Wolf, A.W., Poorer behavioral and developmental outcome more than 10 years after treatment for iron deficiency in infancy (2000) Pediatrics, 105, pp. e51; Bennis-Taleb, N., Remacle, C., Hoet, J.J., Reusens, B., A low-protein isocaloric diet during gestation affects brain development and alters permanently cerebral cortex blood vessels in rat offspring (1999) J Nutr, 129, pp. 1613-1619; Morgane, P.J., Austin-LaFrance, R., Bronzino, J.D., Prenatal malnutrition and development of the brain (1993) Neurosci Biobehav Rev, 17, pp. 91-128; Morgane, P.J., Mokler, D.J., Galler, J.R., Effects of prenatal protein malnutrition on the hippocampal formation (2002) Neurosci Biobehav Rev, 26, pp. 471-483; Pinero, D., Jones, B., Beard, J., Variations in dietary iron alter behavior in developing rats (2001) J Nutr, 131, pp. 311-318; Tonkiss, J., Galler, J.R., Shukitt-Hale, B., Rocco, F.J., Prenatal protein malnutrition impairs visual discrimination fearning in adult rats (1991) Psychobiology, 19, pp. 247-250; Galler, J.R., Ramsey, F., Forde, V., A follow-up study of the influence of early malnutrition on subsequent development, IV: Intellectual performance during adolescence (1986) Nutr Behav, 3, pp. 211-222; Pollitt, E., Developmental sequel from early nutritional deficiencies: Conclusive and probability judgements (2000) J Nutr, 130 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 350S-353S; Pollitt, E., Gorman, K.S., Engle, P.L., Martorell, R., Rivera, J., Early supplementary feeding and cognition: Effects over two decades (1993) Monogr Soc Res Child Dev, 58, pp. 1-99; Pollitt, E., Durnin, J.V., Husaini, M., Jahari, A., Effects of an energy and micronutrient supplement on growth and development in undernourished children in Indonesia: Methods (2000) Eur J Clin Nutr, 54 (SUPPL. 2), pp. S16-S20; Lucas, A., Morley, R., Cole, T.J., Lister, G., Leeson-Payne, C., Breast milk and subsequent intelligence quotient in children born preterm (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 261-264; Pollitt, E., Iron deficiency and educational deficiency (1997) Nutr Rev, 55, pp. 133-141; Bruner, A.B., Joffe, A., Duggan, A.K., Casella, J.F., Brandt, J., Randomised study of cognitive effects of iron supplementation in non-anaemic iron-deficient adolescent girls (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 992-996; Grantham-McGregor, S.M., Walker, S.P., Chang, S., Nutritional deficiencies and later behavioural development (2000) Proc Nutr Soc, 59, pp. 47-54; Raine, A., Venables, P.H., Mednick, S.A., Low resting heart rate at age 3 years predisposes to aggression at age 11 years: Evidence from the Mauritius Child Health Project (1997) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 36, pp. 1457-1464; Raine, A., Reynolds, C., Venables, P.H., Mednick, S.A., Farrington, D.P., Fearlessness, stimulation-seeking, and large body size at age 3 years as early predispositions to childhood aggression at age 11 years (1998) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 55, pp. 745-751; Raine, A., Yaralian, P., Reynolds, C., Venables, P., Mednick, S., Spatial but not verbal cognitive deficits at age 3 years in persistently antisocial individuals (2002) Dev Psychopathol, 14, pp. 25-44; Raine, A., Reynolds, C., Venables, P.H., Mednick, S.A., Stimulation seeking and intelligence: A prospective longitudinal study (2002) J Pers Soc Psychol, 82, pp. 663-674; (1964) Declaration of Helsinki: Recommendations Guiding Doctors in Clinical Research Adopted by the 18th World Medical Assembly, , Helsinki, Finland: World Medical Association; (1979) The Belmont Report: Ethical Principles and Guidelines for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research, , Washington, DC: US Dept of Health and Human Services; Wong, O.L., Hess, C.S., (2000) Clinical Manual of Pediatric Nursing, , St Louis, Mo: MosbyYear Book Inc; Manary, M.J., Broadhead, R.L., Yarasheski, K.E., Whole-body protein kinetics in marasmus and kwashiorkor during acute infection (1998) Am J Clin Nutr, 67, pp. 1205-1209; Subotzky, E.F., Heese, H.D., Sive, A.A., Dempster, W.S., Sacks, R., Malan, H., Plasma zinc, copper, selenium, ferritin and whole blood manganese concentrations in children with kwashiorkor in the acute stage and during refeeding (1992) Ann Trop Paediatr, 12, pp. 13-22; Friedman, M., Orraca-Tetteh, R., Hair as an index of protein malnutrition (1978) Adv Exp Med Biol, 105, pp. 131-154; Spencer, L.V., Callen, J.P., Hair loss in systemic disease (1987) Dermatol Clin, 5, pp. 565-570; Gibson, R.S., (1990) Principles of Nutritional Assessment, , Oxford, England: Oxford University Press; Bell, B., A longitudinal psychophysiological study of 3-year-old Mauritian children: The Joint Child Health Project (1977) Primary Prevention of Schizophrenia in High-Risk Groups: Report on a Working Group, 9-12 June, 1975, pp. 24-26. , Copenhagen, Denmark: World Health Organization; Boehm, A., (1986) Boehm Test of Basic Concepts - Preschool Version, , San Antonio, Tex: Psychological Corporation; Wechsler, D., (1967) Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence, , San Antonio, Tex: Psychological Corporation; Pumfrey, P.D., (1985) Reading Tests and Assessment Techniques. 2nd Ed., , London, England: Hodder & Stoughton; Reitan, R.M., Validity of the Trail Making Test as an indicator of organic brain damage (1958) Percept Mot Skills, 8, pp. 271-276; Reitan, R.M., Correlations between the Trail-Making Test and the WechslerBellevue Scale (1959) Percept Mot Skills, 9, pp. 127-130; Lezak, M.D., (1983) Neuropsychological Assessment. 2nd Ed., , New York, NY: Oxford University Press; Rutter, M., Family, area, and school influences in the genesis of conduct disorder (1978) Aggression and Anti-social Behavior in Childhood and Adolescence, pp. 95-113. , Hersov LA, Shaffer D, eds. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons Inc; Moffitt, T.E., Juvenile delinquency and attention deficit disorder: Boys' developmental trajectories from age 3 to age 15 (1990) Child Dev, 61, pp. 893-910; Guesry, P., The role of nutrition in brain development (1998) Prev Med, 27, pp. 189-194; Pollitt, E., The developmental and probabilistic nature of the functional consequences of iron-deficiency anemia in children (2001) J Nutr, 131 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 669S-675S; Wasantwisut, E., Nutrition and development: Other micronutrients' effect on growth and cognition (1997) Southeast Asian J Trop Med Public Health, 28 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 78-82; Pollitt, E., Functional significance of the covariance between protein energy malnutrition and iron deficiency anemia (1995) J Nutr, 125 (SUPPL.), pp. 2272S-2277S; Van Stuijvenberg, M.E., Kvalsvig, J.D., Faber, M., Kruger, M., Kenoyer, D.G., Benade, A.J., Effect of iron-, iodine-, and beta-carotene-fortified biscuits on the micronutrient status of primary school children: A randomized controlled trial (1999) Am J Clin Nutr, 69, pp. 497-503. , published correction appears in Am J Clin Nutr. 1999;69:1294; Pollitt, E., Watkins, W.E., Husaini, M.A., Three-month nutritional supplementation in Indonesian infants and toddlers benefits memory function 8 y later (1997) Am J Clin Nutr, 66, pp. 1357-1363; Shankar, N., Tandon, O.P., Bandhu, R., Madan, N., Gomber, S., Brainstem auditory evoked potential responses in iron-deficient anemic children (2000) Indian J Physiol Pharmacol, 44, pp. 297-303; De los Monteros, A.E., Korsak, R.A., Tran, T., Vu, D., De Vellis, J., Edmond, J., Dietary iron and the integrity of the developing rat brain: A study with the artificially reared rat pup (2000) Cell Mol Biol (Noisy-le-grand), 46, pp. 501-515; Albers, S.E., Brozena, S.J., Fenske, N.A., A case of kwashiorkor (1993) Cutis, 51, pp. 445-446; Pfeiffer, C.C., Braverman, E.R., Zinc, the brain and behavior (1982) Biol Psychiatry, 17, pp. 513-532; Keller, K.A., Chu, Y., Grider, A., Coffield, J.A., Supplementation with L-histidine during dietary zinc repletion improves short-term memory in zinc-restricted young adult male rats (2000) J Nutr, 130, pp. 1633-1640; Beers, M.H., Berkow, R., (1999) Merck Manual of Diagnosis & Therapy. 17th Ed., , Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck & Co Inc; Persson, V., Ahmed, F., Gebre-Medhin, M., Greiner, T., Relationships between vitamin A, iron status and helminthiasis in Bangladeshi school children (2000) Public Health Nutr, 3, pp. 83-89; Fishman, S.M., Christian, P., West, K.P., The role of vitamins in the prevention and control of anaemia (2000) Public Health Nutr, 3, pp. 125-150; Sheitman, B.B., Murray, M.G., Snyder, J.A., IQ scores of treatment-resistant schizophrenia patients before and after the onset of the illness (2000) Schizophr Res, 46, pp. 203-207; Austin, M.P., Mitchell, P., Wilhelm, K., Cognitive function in depression: A distinct pattern of frontal impairment in melancholia? (1999) Psychol Med, 29, pp. 73-85; Raine, A., (1993) The Psychopathology of Crime: Criminal Behavior as a Clinical Disorder, , San Diego, Calif: Academic Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037975585&doi=10.1001%2farchpedi.157.6.593&partnerID=40&md5=9217e4ee4df903ce0a23e42470592ae6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cumulative risk and population attributable fraction in prevention T2 - Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology J2 - J. Clin. Child Adolesc. Psychol. VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 228 EP - 235 PY - 2003 SN - 15374416 (ISSN) AU - Davis, C.H. AU - MacKinnon, D.P. AU - Schultz, A. AU - Sandler, I. AD - Department of Psychology, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85283, United States AB - Compares the use of relative risk versus population attributable fraction in determining the target population for multirisk prevention programs in psychology. Results show that relative risk generally increases as a function of cumulative risk. Guided by this measure, prevention programs should target populations with the largest cumulative risk. However, relative risk does not account for the prevalence of a particular level of cumulative risk in the population. Therefore, because the largest cumulative risk is experienced by only a small portion of the population, prevention programs guided by this measure will not always have the greatest public health benefit to reduce the incidence of problem outcomes in the population. On the other hand, the population attributable fraction, which does take into account the prevalence of a particular level of cumulative risk, does not increase appreciably after a cumulative risk of one, two, or three because the majority of people in the population will experience these levels of cumulative risk. Guided by this measure, prevention programs that target the higher proportion of people who have a more moderate level of risk would have the maximum impact on the population. National data sets from Great Britain (the British Births Cohort Study [BCS]) and the United States (National Longitudinal Study of Youth [NLSY]) are used to explore this pattern of effects. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - behavior disorder KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - cross-sectional study KW - epidemiology KW - evaluation KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - outcome assessment KW - program development KW - risk KW - statistical analysis KW - statistics KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Child Behavior Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Data Interpretation, Statistical KW - Epidemiologic Research Design KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Odds Ratio KW - Outcome Assessment (Health Care) KW - Program Development KW - Risk KW - United States N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12679280 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Davis, C.H.; Department of Psychology, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85283, United States; email: caroline.davis@asu.edu N1 - Funding details: ASU, Arizona State University N1 - Funding details: P30 MH39246–16, NIMH, National Institute of Mental Health N1 - Funding details: BCS, British Cardiovascular Society N1 - Funding details: Home Office N1 - Funding details: LankellyChase Foundation N1 - Funding details: JRCT, Joseph Rowntree Charitable Trust N1 - Funding details: NICHD, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development N1 - Funding details: MRC, Medical Research CouncilN1 - Funding text: This research was supported by the National Institute of Mental Health Grant P30 MH39246–16 to Irwin Sandler to fund a Preventive Intervention Research Center at Arizona State University. N1 - References: Amato, P.R., Keith, B., Parental divorce and the well-being of children: A meta-analysis (1991) Psychological Bulletin, 110, pp. 26-46; Bolger, K.E., Patterson, C.J., Thompson, W.W., Kupersmidt, J.B., Psychosocial adjustment among children experiencing persistent and intermittent family economic hardship (1995) Child Development, 66, pp. 1107-1129; Bousser, M.G., Kittner, S.J., Oral contraceptives and stroke (2000) Cephalalgia, 20, pp. 183-189; Boyle, M.H., Offord, D.R., Primary prevention of conduct disorder: Issues and prospects (1990) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, pp. 227-233; Butler, N., Bynner, J.M., (1996) 1970 British Cohort Study: Sixteen-Year Follow-Up, , Colchester, Essex: UK Data Archive; Butler, N., Bynner, J.M., (1997) 1970 British Cohort Study: Ten-Year Follow-Up, , Colchester, Essex: UK Data Archive; Butler, N., Dowling, S., Osborn, A., (1990) 1970 British Cohort Study: Five-Year Follow-Up, , Colchester, Essex: UK Data Archive; (1999) NLS Handbook 1999: The National Longitudinal Surveys of Labor Market Experience, , Columbus: Ohio State University; Difranza, J.R., Lew, R.A., Effect of maternal cigarette smoking on pregnancy complications and sudden infant death syndrome (1995) The Journal of Family Practice, 40, pp. 385-394; Farrington, D.P., Offending from 10 to 25 years of age (1983) Prospective Studies of Crime and Delinquency, pp. 17-37. , K. T. Van Dusen & S. A. Mednick (Eds.). Boston: Kluwer-Nijhoff; Forehand, R., Biggar, H., Kotchick, B.A., Cumulative risk across family Stressors: Short- and long-term effects for adolescents (1998) Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, pp. 119-128; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Cook, T., Eccles, J., Elder, G.H., Sameroff, A.J., (1999) Urban Families and Academic Success, , Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Goodyer, I.M., Developmental psychopathology: The impact of recent life events in anxious and depressed school-age children (1994) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 87, pp. 327-329; Hawkins, J.D., Cantalano, R.F., Miller, J.Y., Risk and protective factors for alcohol and other drug problems in adolescence and early adulthood: Implications for substance abuse prevention (1992) Psychological Bulletin, 112, pp. 64-105; Leblanc, M., Frechette, M., (1989) Male Criminal Activity from Childhood through Youth: Multilevel and Developmental Perspectives, , New York: Springer-Verlag; Levin, M.L., The occurrence of lung cancer in man (1953) Acta Union International Contra Cancrum, 9, pp. 531-541; Loeber, R., Stouthamer-Loeber, M., Green, S.M., Age at onset of problem behavior in boys and later disruptive and delinquent behaviors (1991) Criminal Behavior and Mental Health, 1, pp. 229-246; Marchand, J.F., Hock, E., The relation of problem behaviors in preschool children to depressive symptoms in mothers and fathers (1998) The Journal of Genetic Psychology, 159, pp. 353-366; Morabia, A., The essential tension between absolute and relative causality (2001) American Journal of Public Health, 91, pp. 355-356; Mortensen, P.B., Pedersen, C.B., Westergaard, T., Wohlfart, J., Ewald, H., Mors, O., Effects of family history and place and season of birth on the risk of schizophrenia (1999) New England Journal of Medicine, 340, pp. 603-608; Najman, J.M., Bor, W., Andersen, M.J., O'Callaghan, M., Williams, G.M., Preschool children and behaviour problems: A prospective study (2000) Childhood: A Global Journal of Child Research, 7, pp. 439-466; Palli, D., Russo, A., Decarli, A., Dietary patterns, nutrient intake and gastric cancer in a high-risk area of Italy (2001) Cancer Causes and Control, 12, pp. 163-172; Pearl, J., (2000) Causality, , Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; Peterson, J.L., Zill, N., Marital disruption, parent - Child relationships, and behavioral problems in children (1986) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 48, pp. 295-307; Radloff, L.S., The CES - D scale: A self-report depression scale for research in the general population (1977) Applied Psychological Measurement, 1, pp. 385-401; Roberts, R.E., Attkisson, C.C., Rosenblatt, A., Prevalence of psychopathology among children and adolescents (1998) American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 715-725; Robins, J.M., Causal inference from complex longitudinal data (1997) Latent Variable Modeling with Applications to Causality, pp. 69-117. , M. Berkane (Ed.). New York: Springer-Verlag; Rockhill, B., Newman, B., Weinberg, C., Use and misuse of population attributable fractions (1998) American Journal of Public Health, 88, pp. 15-19; Rothman, K.J., Greenland, S., (1998) Modern Epidemiology (2nd Ed.), , Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; Rutter, M., Protective factors in children's responses to stress (1979) Primary Prevention of Psychopathology: Vol. 3. Social Competence in Children, 3. , M. W. Kent & J. E. Rolf (Eds.). Hanover, NH: University Press of New England; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behavior, , London: Longman; Sandler, I., Ayers, T., Suter, J., Schultz, A., Twohey, J., Adversities, strengths and public policy Youth, Families, and Communities: Strengths-Based Research and Policy, , in press. K. Matton, C. Schellenback, B. Leadbeater, & A. Solarz (Eds.). Washington: American Psychological Association; Sandler, I., Wolchik, S., Davis, C., Haine, R., Ayers, T., Resilience and Vulnerability: Adaptation in the Context of Childhood Adversities, , in press. S. S. Luthar (Ed.); Sturmans, F., Mulder, P.G.H., Valkenburg, H.A., Estimation of the possible effect of interventive measures in the area of ischemic heart disease by the population attributable fraction percentage (1977) American Journal of Epidemiology, 105, pp. 281-289; Tavini, A., Braga, C., La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., Russo, A., Francheshci, S., Population attributable fraction for breast cancer in Italy: Education, family history and reproductive and hormonal factors (1997) International Journal of Cancer, 70, pp. 159-163; Tolan, P.H., Implications of age of onset for delinquency risk (1987) Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, pp. 47-65; Whisman, M.A., Bruce, M.L., Marital dissatisfaction and incidence of major depressive episode in a community sample (1999) Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, pp. 674-678; Wonderlich, S.A., Wilsnack, R.W., Wilsnack, S.C., Harris, T.R., Childhood sexual abuse and bulimic behavior in a nationally representative sample (1996) American Journal of Public Health, 86, pp. 1082-1086 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037508828&partnerID=40&md5=3114e65dd3d22fe395561b95820124b7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Authoritarian parenting attitudes as a risk for conduct problems: Results from a british national cohort study T2 - European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry J2 - Eur. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 84 EP - 91 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1007/s00787-003-0324-4 SN - 10188827 (ISSN) AU - Thompson, A. AU - Hollis, C. AU - Richards, D. AD - Child/Adol. Mental Health Service, Lincoln Partnership, NHS Trust, 10/11 Lindum Terrace, Lincoln, LN2 5RS, United Kingdom AD - Section of Developmental Psychiatry, University of Nottingham, Queens Medical Centre, Nottingham, NG7 2 UH, United Kingdom AD - Division of Child Health, University of Nottingham, Queens Medical Centre, Nottingham, NG7 2 UH, United Kingdom AB - This study examines the associations, and possible causal relationship, between mothers' authoritarian attitudes to discipline and child behaviour using cross-sectional and prospective data from a large population sample surveyed in the 1970 British Cohort Study. Results show a clear linear relationship between the degree of maternal approval of authoritarian child-rearing attitudes and the rates of conduct problems at age 5 and age 10. This association is independent of the confounding effects of socio-economic status and maternal psychological distress. Maternal authoritarian attitudes independently predicted the development of conduct problems 5 years later at age 10. The results of this longitudinal study suggest that authoritarian parenting attitudes expressed by mothers may be of significance in the development of conduct problems. KW - Conduct problems KW - Discipline KW - Parental attitudes KW - article KW - authority KW - child KW - child behavior KW - child development KW - child psychiatry KW - child rearing KW - conduct disorder KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - distress syndrome KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mother child relation KW - parental behavior KW - socioeconomics KW - Authoritarianism KW - Child KW - Child Behavior Disorders KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mathematical Computing KW - Mother-Child Relations KW - Parenting KW - Personality Inventory KW - Prospective Studies KW - Psychometrics KW - Reproducibility of Results KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :53 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EAPSE C2 - 12664272 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thompson, A.; Child/Adol. Mental Health Service, Lincoln Partnership, NHS Trust, 10/11 Lindum Terrace, Lincoln, LN2 5RS, United Kingdom N1 - References: (1994) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edn., , American Psychiatric Association, Washington DC; Baumrind, D., Child care practices anteceding three patterns of preschool behavior (1967) Genetic Psychology Monographs, 75, pp. 43-88; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-Year-Olds, , Pergamon Press, Oxford; Cundall, D.B., Children and mothers at clinics: Who is disturbed? (1987) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 62, pp. 820-824; Deater-Deckard, K., Dodge, K.A., Externalising behavior problems and discipline revisited: Nonlinear effects and variation by culture, context and gender (1997) Psychological Inquiry, 8, pp. 161-175; Dekovic, M., Janssens, J.M.A.M., Parents' child rearing style and child's sociometric status (1992) Developmental Psychology, 28, pp. 925-932; Dodge, K.A., Bates, J.E., Pettit, G.S., Mechanisms in the cycle of violence (1990) Science, 250, pp. 1678-1683; Dodge, K.A., Pettit, G.S., Bates, J.E., Valente, E., Social information processing patterns partially mediate the effect of early physical abuse on later conduct problems (1995) Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104, pp. 632-643; Frick, P.J., Family dysfunction and the disruptive behavior disorders: A review of recent empirical findings (1994) Advances in Clinical Child Psychology, 16, pp. 203-226; Grusec, J.E., Kuczynski, L., Direction of effect in socialization: A comparison of the parent's versus the child's behavior as determinants of disciplinary techniques (1980) Developmental Psychology, 16, pp. 1-9; Holden, G.W., Edwards, L.A., Parental attitudes towards child rearing: Instruments, issues and implications (1989) Psychological Bulletin, 106, pp. 29-58; Hops, H., Biglan, A., Sherman, L., Arthur, J., Friedman, L., Osteen, V., Home observations of family interactions of depressed women (1987) Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55, pp. 341-346; Kochanska, G., Kuczynski, L., Radke-Yarrow, M., Correspondence between mothers' self-reported and observed child-rearing practices (1989) Child Development, 60, pp. 56-63; Lahey, B.B., Walman, I.D., McBurnett, K., Annotation: The development of antisocial behavior. An integrative causal model (1999) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 5, pp. 669-682; Loeber, R., Green, S.M., Lahey, B.B., Frick, P.J., McBurnett, K., Findings on disruptive behavior disorders from the first decade of the Developmental Trends Study (2000) Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 3, pp. 37-60; Loeber, R., Stouthamer-Loeber, M., Family factors as correlates and predictors of juvenile conduct problems and delinquency (1986) Crime and Justice. An Annual Review of Research, 7. , Tonry M, Morris N (eds). The University of Chicago Press, Chicago; Maccoby, E.E., Martin, J.A., Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction (1983) Socialization, Personality and Social Development, Vol. IV. Handbook of Child Psychology (4th Edn), 4, pp. 1-101. , Hetherington EM (ed). Wiley, New York; Meltzer, H., Gatward, R., Goodman, R., Ford, T., (2000) Mental Health of Children and Adolescents in Great Britain, , Stationery Office, London; Norusis, M.J., (1995) SPSS for Windows Release 6.1, , SPSS Inc, Illinois; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) Social Life of Britain's Five-Year-Olds, , Routledge and Kegal Paul, London; Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J.R., Parental caregiving and child externalizing behavior in nonclinical samples: A meta analysis (1994) Psychological Bulletin, 116, pp. 55-74; Rutter, M., Giller, H., (1983) Juvenile Delinquency: Trends and Perspectives, pp. 132-148. , Penguin, Harmondsworth, Middlesex; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London, Longman; Snyder, J., Discipline as a mediator of the impact of maternal stress and mood on child conduct problems (1991) Development and Psychopathology, 3, pp. 263-276; Streiner, D.L., Norman, G.R., (1995) Health Measurement SCAles. A Practical Guide to Their Development and Use, 2nd Edn., , Oxford University Press, Oxford; Webster-Stratton, C., Stress: A potential disruptor of parent perceptions and family interactions (1990) Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 19, pp. 302-312 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038744516&doi=10.1007%2fs00787-003-0324-4&partnerID=40&md5=e3d7e6129d56406d27b6f10b9b616187 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Relation between number of siblings and adult mortality and stroke risk: 25 Year follow up of men in the collaborative study T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 385 EP - 391 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1136/jech.57.5.385 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Hart, C.L. AU - Davey Smith, G. AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 1 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Study objective: To investigate the relation between number of siblings, mortality risk, and stroke risk. Design: Prospective cohort study. Setting: 27 workplaces in Scotland. Participants: 5765 employed men aged 35-64 from a variety of different workplaces, screened between 1970 and 1973. Main results: There were strong relationships between number of siblings and socioeconomic variables and also with adult behavioural measures. Men with greater numbers of siblings had an increased risk of dying of all causes, coronary heart disease, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and respiratory disease over a 25 year follow up period. Adjustment for risk factors could explain these associations, excepting stomach cancer mortality. With the definition of stroke as either a hospital admission for stroke or death from stroke, there was a strong relation between number of siblings and haemorrhagic stroke, but not ischaemic stroke. Conclusions: Number of siblings is strongly related to mortality risk, but as it is also related to many risk factors, adjustment for these can generally explain the relation with mortality. The exceptions are stomach cancer mortality and haemorrhagic stroke, which are known to be related to deprivation in childhood, and, in the case of stomach cancer to childhood infection. KW - health risk KW - mortality KW - sibling KW - stroke KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - follow up KW - hospital admission KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - prospective study KW - respiratory tract disease KW - risk factor KW - sibling KW - stomach cancer KW - stroke KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cerebrovascular Accident KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Prospective Studies KW - Respiratory Tract Diseases KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Siblings KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Stomach Neoplasms KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :65 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 12700225 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hart, C.L.; Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 1 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom; email: c.l.hart@udcf.gla.ac.uk N1 - References: Beeton, M., Pearson, K., On the inheritance of the duration of life and the intensity of natural selection in man (1901) Biometrika, 1, pp. 50-89; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Some social and physical correlates of intergenerational social mobility: Evidence from the West of Scotland Collaborative Study (1999) Sociology, 33, pp. 169-183; Davey Smith, G., Gunnell, D., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Life-course approaches to socioeconomic differentials in cause-specific adult mortality (2000) Poverty, Inequality and Health, pp. 88-124. , Leon D, Walt G, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field surveys (1962) Bull World Health Organ, 27, pp. 645-658; Prineas, R.J., Crow, R.S., Blackburn, H., (1982) The Minnesota Code Manual of Electrocardiographic Findings: Standards and Procedures for Measurement and Classification, , Boston, MA: John Wright; Hawthorne, V.M., Watt, G.C.M., Hart, C.L., Cardiorespiratory disease in men and women in urban Scotland: Baseline characteristics of the Renfrew/Paisley (Midspan) Study population (1995) Scott Med J, 40, pp. 102-107; Hart, C.L., Watt, G.C.M., Davey Smith, G., Pre-existing ischaemic heart disease and ischaemic heart disease mortality in women compared with men (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 508-515; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis for epidemiological purposes (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 775-779; Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Hole, D.J., Alcohol consumption and mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease and stroke: Results from a prospective cohort study of Scottish men with 21 years of follow up (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 1725-1729; Carstairs, V., Morris, R., (1991) Deprivation and Health in Scotland, , Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press; (1966) Classification of Occupations 1966, , London: HMSO; Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Influence of socioeconomic circumstances in early and later life on stroke risk among men in a Scottish cohort study (2000) Stroke, 31, pp. 2093-2097; Hart, C., Hole, D., Davey Smith, G., Comparison of risk factors for stroke incidence and stroke mortality in 20 years of follow-up in men and women in the Renfrew/Paisley study in Scotland (2000) Stroke, 31, pp. 1893-1896; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society (B), 34, pp. 187-220; Moyes, C.D., Stature and birth rank. A study of schoolchildren in St Helena (1981) Arch Dis Child, 56, pp. 116-120; O'Leary, S.R., Wingard, D.L., Edelstein, S.L., Is birth order associated with adult mortality? (1996) Ann Epidemiol, 6, pp. 34-40; Lundberg, O., The impact of childhood living conditions on illness and mortality in adulthood (1993) Soc Sci Med, 36, pp. 1047-1052; Wagner, M.E., Schubert, H.J., Schubert, D.S., Family size effects: A review (1985) J Genet Psychol, 146, pp. 65-78; Whincup, P., Cook, D., Papacosta, O., Relation of blood pressure to number of siblings (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, p. 891; Okasha, M., McCarron, P., McEwen, J., Determinants of adolescent blood pressure: Findings from the Glasgow University student cohort (2000) J Hum Hypertens, 14, pp. 117-124; Trevisan, M., Krogh, V., Klimowski, L., Absence of siblings - A risk factor for hypertension? (1991) N Engl J Med, 324, pp. 1285-1295; Ravelli, G., Belmont, L., Obesity in nineteen-year-old men: Family size and birth order associations (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 66-70; Scott, J.A., Intelligence, physique, and family size (1962) Br J Prev Soc Med, 16, pp. 165-173; Grant, M.W., Rate of growth in relation to birth rank and family size (1964) Br J Prev Soc Med, 18, pp. 35-42; Rona, R., Chinn, S., Genetic and environmental influences on growth (1995) J Med Screen, 2, pp. 133-139; McGonigle, G., McKinlay, P., An investigation into the effect of certain factors upon child health and child weight (1932) Journal of Hygiene, 32, pp. 465-488; Szklo, M., Tonascia, J., Gordis, L., Psychosocial factors and the risk of myocardial infarctions in white women (1976) Am J Epidemiol, 103, pp. 312-320; Paffenbarger R., Jr., Wolf, P., Notkin, J., Chronic disease in former college students. 1. Early precursors of fatal coronary heart disease (1966) Am J Epidemiol, 83, pp. 314-328; Rose, G., Familial patterns in ischaemic heart disease (1964) Br J Prev Soc Med, 18, pp. 75-80; Oscherwitz, M., Krasnoff, S., Moretti, L., The relationship of myocardial infarction to parental mortality and longevity (1968) J Chron Dis, 21, pp. 341-348; Vitullo, F., Marchioli, R., Di Mascio, R., Family history and socioeconomic factors as predictors of myocardial infarction, unstable angina and stroke in an Italian population (1996) Eur J Epidemiol, 12, pp. 177-185; Ball, T., Castro-Rodriguez, J., Griffith, K., Siblings, day-care attendance, and the risk of asthma and wheezing during childhood (2000) N Engl J Med, 343, pp. 538-543; Gastric cancer and Helicobacter pylori: A combined analysis of 12 case control studies nested within prospective cohorts (2001) Gut, 49, pp. 347-353; Parsonnet, J., Helicobacter pylori and gastric adenocarcinoma (1999) Microbes and Malignancy. Infection as a Cause of Human Cancers, pp. 372-408. , Parsonnet J, ed. New York: Oxford University Press; Woodward, M., Morrison, C., McCall, K., An investigation into factors associated with Helicobacter pylori infection (2000) J Clin Epidemiol, 53, pp. 175-181; Hansson, L., Baron, J., Nyren, O., Early-life risk indicators of gastric cancer. A population-based case-control study in Sweden (1994) Int J Cancer, 57, pp. 32-37; Hemminki, K., Mutanen, P., Birth order, family size, and the risk of cancer in young and middle-aged adults (2001) Br J Cancer, 84, pp. 1466-1471; McCarron, P., Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., The relation between adult height and haemorrhagic and ischaemic stroke in the Renfrew/Paisley study (2001) J Epidemiol Community Health, 55, pp. 404-405; Eriksson, J.G., Forsen, T., Tuomilehto, J., Early growth, adult income, and risk of stroke (2000) Stroke, 31, pp. 869-874; Hypponen, E., Leon, D., Kenward, M., Prenatal growth and risk of occlusive and haemorrhagic stroke in Swedish men and women born 1915-29: Historical cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 1033-1034; Kramer, M.S., Determinants of low birth weight: Methodological assessment and meta-analysis (1987) Bull World Health Organ, 65, pp. 663-737; Yates, P., A change in the pattern of cerebrovascular disease (1964) Lancet, 1, pp. 65-69; Leon, D.A., Davey Smith, G., Infant mortality, stomach cancer, stroke, and coronary heart disease: Ecological analysis (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 1705-1706; Danesh, J., Appleby, P., Persistent infection and vascular disease: A systematic review (1998) Exp Opin Invest Drugs, 7, pp. 691-713 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037406408&doi=10.1136%2fjech.57.5.385&partnerID=40&md5=be378f95880e71e991968d50e3196098 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Breast cancer, birth cohorts, and Epstein-Barr virus: Methodological issues in exploring the "hygiene hypothesis" in relation to breast cancer, Hodgkin's disease, and stomach cancer T2 - Cancer Epidemiology Biomarkers and Prevention J2 - Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 405 EP - 411 PY - 2003 SN - 10559965 (ISSN) AU - Krieger, N. AU - Strong, E.F. AU - Makosky, C. AU - Weuve, J. AD - Department of Health, Harvard School of Public Health, 677 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA 02115, United States AB - To address methodological issues in exploring a variant of the "hygiene hypothesis" that posits delayed infection by Epstein-Barr virus contributes to rising rates of breast cancer and Hodgkin's disease, we examined birth cohort trends in the incidence of both cancers plus stomach cancer, building on previously reported year-of-diagnosis cross-sectional associations of age-standardized rates. Using published data from the United States Connecticut state cancer registry (1935-1998) for women for each cancer site, we obtained age-specific incidence rates by birth cohort (1870-1874 to 1970-1974), along with age-standardized incidence rates for selected calendar years (1935-1939, 1940-1944,..., 1990-1994, 1995-1998). Clear secular trends in incidence rates, in the opposite direction, were evident for: (a) breast cancer and for Hodgkin's disease in young adults (increasing), and (b) stomach cancer (decreasing). Correlations between the incidence of breast cancer among women ages 50-54 and Hodgkin's disease among young adults (ages 20-24) were stronger for birth cohort (Pearson correlation, 0.85) than for cross-sectional analyses (Pearson correlation, 0.68). Stronger associations between the incidence of breast cancer and non-Hodgkin's disease were evident for birth cohort compared with cross-sectional analyses, findings consonant with (but not "proof" of) the hygiene hypothesis. One methodological implication is that tests of the hygiene hypothesis must take into account birth cohort effects and age at incidence of the outcomes under study; age-standardized cross-sectional analyses may be misleading. KW - adult KW - article KW - breast cancer KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - correlation analysis KW - disease association KW - Epstein Barr virus KW - female KW - Hodgkin disease KW - human KW - hygiene KW - hypothesis KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - stomach cancer KW - virus infection KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Connecticut KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Registries KW - Stomach Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CEBPE C2 - 12750234 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Krieger, N.; Department of Health, Harvard School of Public Health, 677 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115, United States; email: nkrieger@hsph.harvard.edu N1 - References: Hamlin, C., (1998) Public Health and Social Justice in the Age of Chadwick. Britain: 1800-1854, , Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press; Tomes, N., (1998) The Gospel of Germs: Men, Women, and the Microbe in American Life, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Krieger, N., Epidemiology and social sciences: Towards a critical reengagement in the 21st century (2000) Epiderniol. Rev., 11, pp. 155-163; Barrett-Connor, E., Infection and chronic disease epidemiology: Separate and unequal? (1979) Am. J. Epidemiol., 109, pp. 243-249; Strachan, D.P., Family size, infection and atopy: The first decade of the "hygiene hypothesis" (2000) Thorax, 55 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S2-S10; Bach, J.-F., The effect of infections on susceptibility to autoimmune and allergic diseases (2002) N. Engl. J. Med., 347, pp. 911-920; Yazdanbakhsh, M., Kremsner, P.G., Van Ree, R., Allergy, parasites, and the hygiene hypothesis (2002) Science (Wash. DC), 296, pp. 490-494; Yasui, Y., Potter, J.D., Stanford, J.L., Rossing, M.A., Winget, M.D., Bronner, M., Daling, J., Breast cancer risk and "delayed" primary Epstein-Barr virus infection (2001) Cancer Epidemiol. Biomark. Prev., 10, pp. 9-16; Pagano, J.S., Epstein-Barr virus: The first human tumor virus and its role in cancer (1999) Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians, 111, pp. 573-580; Raab-Traub, N., Epstein-Barr virus, lymphoproliferative diseases, and nasopharyngeal carcinoma (1999) Microbes and Malignancy: Infection as a Cause of Human Cancers, pp. 180-206. , J. Parsonnet (ed.). New York: Oxford University Press; Glaser, S.L., Jarrett, R.F., The epidemiology of Hodgkin's disease (1996) Baillieres Clin. Haematol., 9, pp. 401-416; Glaser, S.L., Lin, R.J., Stewart, S.L., Ambinder, R.F., Jarrett, R.F., Brousset, P., Pallesen, G., Claviez, A., Epstein-Barr virus-associated Hodgkin's disease: Epidemiologic characteristics in international data (1997) Int. J. Cancer, 70, pp. 375-382; Grufferman, S., Delzell, E., Epidemiology of Hodgkin's disease (1984) Epidemiol. Rev., 6, pp. 76-106; Levine, R., Zhu, K., Gu, Y., Brann, E., Hall, I., Caplan, L., Baum, M., Self-reported infectious mononucleosis and 6 cancers: A population-based, case-control study (1998) Scand. J. Infect. Dis., 30, pp. 211-214; Alexander, F.E., Jarrett, R.F., Lawrence, D., Armstrong, A.A., Freeland, J., Gokhlae, D.A., Kane, E., Cartwright, R.A., Risk factors for Hodgkin's disease by Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) status: Prior infection by EBV and other agents (2000) Br. J. Cancer, 82, pp. 1117-1121; Lawson, J.S., Tran, D., Rawlinson, W.D., From Bittner to Barr: A viral, diet and hormone breast cancer aetiology hypothesis (2001) Breast Cancer Res., 3, pp. 81-85; Labat, M.L., Possible retroviral etiology of human breast cancer (1998) Biomed. Pharmacother., 52, pp. 6-12; Moore, D.H., Charney, J., Kramarsky, B., Lasfargues, E.Y., Sarkar, N.H., Brennan, M.J., Burrows, J.H., Vaidya, A.B., Search for a human breast cancer virus (1971) Nature (Lond.), 229, pp. 611-614; Bulbrook, R.D., Endocrine, genetic and viral factors in the etiology of breast cancer (1972) Proc. Royal Soc. Med., 65, pp. 646-648; Shah, K.V., Bang, F.B., Abbey, H., Considerations for epidemiologic studies to test the hypothesis of viral causation of human breast cancer (1972) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (Bethesda), 48, pp. 1035-1038; Kelsey, J.L., Bernstein, L., Epidemiology and prevention of breast cancer (1996) Annu. Rev. Public Health, 17, pp. 47-67; Krieger, N., Exposure, susceptibility, and breast cancer risk: A hypothesis regarding exogenous carcinogens, breast tissue development, and social gradients, including black/white differences, in breast cancer incidence (1989) Breast Cancer Res. Treat., 13, pp. 205-223; Labrecque, L.G., Barnes, D.M., Fentiman, I.S., Griffin, B.E., Epstein-Barr virus in epithelial cell tumors: A breast cancer study (1995) Cancer Res., 55, pp. 39-45; Bonnet, M., Guinebretiere, J.M., Kremmer, E., Grunewald, V., Benhamou, E., Contesso, G., Joab, I., Detection of Epstein-Barr virus in invasive breast cancers (1999) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (Bethesda), 91, pp. 1376-1381; Fina, F., Romain, S., Ouafik, L., Palmari, J., Ben Ayed, F., Benharkat, S., Bonnier, P., Martin, P.M., Frequency and genome load of Epstein-Barr virus in 509 breast cancers from different geographical areas (2001) Br. J. Cancer, 84, pp. 783-790; Lespagnard, L., Cochaux, P., Larsimont, D., Degeyter, M., Velu, T., Heimann, R., Absence of Epstein-Barr virus in medullary carcinoma of the breast as demonstrated by immunophenotyping, in situ hybridization and polymerase chain reaction (1995) Am. J. Clin. Pathol., 103, pp. 449-452; Glaser, S.L., Ambinder, R.F., DiGiuseppe, J.A., Horn-Ross, P.L., Hsu, J.L., Absence of Epstein-Barr virus EBER-1 transcripts in an epidemiologically diverse group of breast cancers (1998) Int. J. Cancer, 75, pp. 555-558; Chu, J.S., Chen, C.C., Chang, K.J., In situ detection of Epstein-Barr virus in breast cancer (1998) Cancer Lett., 124, pp. 53-57; Brink, A.A.T.P., Ven den Brule, A.J.C., Van Diest, P., Meijer, C.J.L.M., RE: Detection of Epstein-Barr virus in invasive breast cancer (2000) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (Bethesda), 92, pp. 655-656; Chu, P.G., Chang, K.L., Chen, Y.Y., Chen, W.G., Weiss, L.M., No significant association of Epstein-Barr virus infection with invasive breast carcinoma (2001) Am. J. Pathol., 159, pp. 571-578; Dadmanesh, F., Peterse, J.L., Sapino, A., Fonelli, A., Eusebi, V., Lymphoepithelioma-like carcinoma of the breast: Lack of evidence of Epstein-Barr virus infection (2001) Histopathology, 38, pp. 54-61; Kijima, Y., Hokita, S., Takao, S., Baba, M., Natsugoe, S., Yoshinaka, H., Aridome, K., Aikou, T., Epstein-Barr virus involvement is mainly restricted to lymphoepithelial type of gastric carcinoma among various epithelial neoplasms (2001) J. Med. Virol., 64, pp. 513-518; Hjalgrim, H., Askling, J., Sorensen, P., Madsen, M., Rosdahl, N., Storm, H.H., Hamilton-Dutoit, S., Melbye, M., Risk of Hodgkin's disease and other cancers after infectious mononucleosis (2000) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (Bethesda), 92, pp. 1522-1528; Krieger, N., Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: An ecosocial perspective (2001) Int. J. Epidemiol., 30, pp. 668-677; Kelsey, J., Thompson, W.D., Evans, A.S., (1986) Methods in Observational Epidemiology, , New York: Oxford University Press; Boffetta, P., Infection with Helicobacter pylori and parasites, social class and cancer (1997) Social Inequalities and Cancer, pp. 325-329. , M. Koveginas, N. Pearce, M. Susser, and P. Bofetta (eds.), IARC Sci. Publ. No. 138. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Stanley, K., Stjernsward, J., Koroltchouk, V., Cancers of the stomach, lung and breast: Mortality trends and control strategies (1988) World Health Stat. Q., 41, pp. 107-114; Heston, J.F., Kelly, J.A.B., Meigs, J.W., Flannery, J.T., (1986) Forty-five Years of Cancer Incidence in Connecticut: 1935-1979, , National Cancer Institute (NCI) Monograph No. 70, NIH Publ. No. 86-2652. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; Doll, R., Payne, P., Waterhouse, J., (1970) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents: A Technical Report. International Union Against Cancer, , Geneva: IARC; Doll, R., Muir, C., Waterhouse, J., (1970) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents. Vol. II, International Union Against Cancer, 2. , Lyon, France: IARC; Waterhouse, J., Muir, C., Correa, P., Powell, J., (1976) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 3. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 15. Lyon, France: IARC; Waterhouse, J., Muir, C., Shanmugaratnam, K., (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 4. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 42. Lyon, France: IARC; Muir, C., Waterhouse, J., Mack, T., Powell, J., Whelan, S., (1987) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 5. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 88. Lyon, France: IARC; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 6. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 120. Lyon, France: IARC; Parkin, D.M., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 7. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 143. Lyon, France: IARC; Anderson, R.N., Rosenberg, H.M., Age standardization of death rates: Implementation of the year 2000 standard (1998) National Vital Statistics Reports, 37 (3). , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics; Rosner, B., (2000) Fundamentals of Biostatistics, Ed. 5, , Pacific Grove, CA: Duxbury; Koveginas, M., Pearce, N., Susser, M., Bofetta, P., (1997) Social Inequalities and Cancer, pp. 325-329. , IARC Sci. Publ. No. 138. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Junker, A.K., Thomas, E.E., Radcliffe, A., Forsyth, R.B., Davidson, A.G., Rymo, L., Epstein-Barr virus shedding in breast milk (1991) Am. J. Med. Sci., 302, pp. 220-223; Melosi, M.V., (2001) The Sanitary City: Urban Infrastructure in American from Colonial Times to the Present, , Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038284718&partnerID=40&md5=b5714da8fab6edb8e5de65ae92bfd613 ER - TY - JOUR TI - No excess risk of colorectal cancer among alcoholics followed for up to 25 years T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 88 IS - 7 SP - 1044 EP - 1046 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6600846 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Ye, W. AU - Romelsjö, A. AU - Augustsson, K. AU - Adami, H.-O. AU - Nyrén, O. AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Instituter, Box 281, S171 77 Stockholm, Sweden AD - Ctr. Social Res. on Alcohol/Drugs, Stockholm University, Stockholm S106 91, Sweden AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm S171 76, Sweden AD - Department of Epidemiology, Harvard Center for Cancer Prevention, Harvard University, Boston, MA 02115, United States AB - We conducted a population-based retrospective cohort study among 179 398 Swedish patients hospitalised for alcoholism from 1970 to 1994, and found no excess risk for colorectal cancers, overall or at any anatomical subsite. Our findings challenge the hypothesis that alcohol intake is a risk factor for cancer of the large bowel. © 2003 Cancer Research UK. KW - Alcohol KW - Alcoholism KW - Colorectal cancers KW - adult KW - alcohol consumption KW - alcoholism KW - article KW - cancer patient KW - cancer risk KW - carcinogenesis KW - colon cancer KW - colorectal cancer KW - controlled study KW - documentation KW - female KW - human KW - long term care KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - risk factor KW - Adult KW - Alcoholism KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colorectal Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 12671702 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ye, W.; Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Instituter, Box 281, S171 77 Stockholm, Sweden; email: Weimin.Ye@mep.ki.se N1 - References: Adami, H.O., McLaughlin, J.K., Hsing, A.W., Wolk, A., Ekbom, A., Holmberg, L., Persson, I., Alcoholism and cancer risk: A population-based cohort study (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 419-425; Bailar, J.C., Ederer, F., Significance factors for the ratio of a Poisson variable to its expectation (1964) Biometrics, 20, pp. 639-643; Gerhardsson De Verdier, M., Romelsjo, A., Lundberg, M., Alcohol and cancer of the colon and rectum (1993) Eur J Cancer Prev, 2, pp. 401-408; Giovannucci, E., An updated review of the epidemiological evidence that cigarette smoking increases risk of colorectal cancer (2001) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 10, pp. 725-731; Giovannucci, E., Ascherio, A., Rimm, E.B., Colditz, G.A., Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., Physical activity, obesity, and risk for colon cancer and adenoma in men (1995) Ann Intern Med, 122, pp. 327-334; Giovannucci, E., Rimm, E.B., Ascherio, A., Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Alcohol, low-methionine-low-folate diets, and risk of colon cancer in men (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 265-273; Glynn, S.A., Albanes, D., Pietinen, P., Brown, C.C., Rautalahti, M., Tangrea, J.A., Gunter, E.W., Taylor, P.R., Colorectal cancer and folate status: A nested case-control study among male smokers (1996) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 5, pp. 487-494; Glynn, S.A., Albanes, D., Pietinen, P., Brown, C.C., Rautalahti, M., Tangrea, J.A., Taylor, P.R., Virtamo, J., Alcohol consumption and risk of colorectal cancer in a cohort of Finnish men (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 214-223; Goldbohm, R.A., Van Den Brandt, P.A., Van't Veer, P., Dorant, E., Sturmans, F., Hermus, R.J., Prospective study on alcohol consumption and the risk of cancer of the colon and rectum in the Netherlands (1994) Cancer Causes Control, 5, pp. 95-104; Hakulinen, T., Lehtimaki, L., Lehtonen, M., Teppo, L., Cancer morbidity among two male cohorts with increased alcohol consumption in Finland (1974) J Natl Cancer Inst, 52, pp. 1711-1714; Hsing, A.W., McLaughlin, J.K., Chow, W.H., Schuman, L.M., Co Chien, H.T., Gridley, G., Bjelke, E., Blot, W.J., Risk factors for colorectal cancer in a prospective study among U.S. white men (1998) Int J Cancer, 77, pp. 549-553; Kune, G.A., Vitetta, L., Alcohol consumption and the etiology of colorectal cancer: A review of the scientific evidence from 1957 to 1991 (1992) Nutr Cancer, 18, pp. 97-111; Le Marchand, L., Wilkens, L.R., Kolonel, L.N., Hankin, J.H., Lyu, L.C., Associations of sedentary lifestyle, obesity, smoking, alcohol use, and diabetes with the risk of colorectal cancer (1997) Cancer Res, 57, pp. 4787-4794; Monson, R.R., Lyon, J.L., Proportional mortality among alcoholics (1975) Cancer, 36, pp. 1077-1079; Munoz, S.E., Navarro, A., Lantieri, M.J., Fabro, M.E., Peyrano, M.G., Ferraroni, M., Decarli, A., Eynard, A.R., Alcohol, methylxanthine-containing beverages, and colorectal cancer in Cordoba, Argentina (1998) Eur J Cancer Prev, 7, pp. 207-213; Mutzell, S., Tibblin, G., Bergman, H., Heavy alcohol drinking and related symptoms in a population study of urban men (1987) Alcohol Alcohol, 22, pp. 419-426; Nagata, C., Shimizu, H., Kametani, M., Takeyama, N., Ohnuma, T., Matsushita, S., Cigarette smoking, alcohol use, and colorectal adenoma in Japanese men and women (1999) Dis Colon Rectum, 42, pp. 337-342; Nyren, O., McLaughlin, J.K., Gridley, G., Ekbom, A., Johnell, O., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Adami, H.O., Cancer risk after hip replacement with metal implants: A population-based cohort study in Sweden (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 28-33; Potter, J.D., Nutrition and colorectal cancer (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 127-146; Potter, J.D., Colorectal cancer: Molecules and populations (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 916-932; Ramstedt, M., Per capita alcohol consumption and liver cirrhosis mortality in 14 European countries (2001) Addiction, 96 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S19-S33; Robinette, C.D., Hrubec, Z., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Chronic alcoholism and subsequent mortality in World War II veterans (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 687-700; Schmidt, W., Popham, R.E., The role of drinking and smoking in mortality from cancer and other causes in male alcoholics (1981) Cancer, 47, pp. 1031-1041; Seitz, H.K., Poschl, G., Simanowski, U.A., Alcohol and cancer (1998) Recent Dev Alcohol, 14, pp. 67-95; Sharpe, C.R., Siemiatycki, J., Rachet, B., Effects of alcohol consumption on the risk of colorectal cancer among men by anatomical subsite (Canada) (2002) Cancer Causes Control, 13, pp. 483-491; Sigvardsson, S., Hardell, L., Przybeck, T.R., Cloninger, R., Increased cancer risk among Swedish female alcoholics (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 140-143; Spak, F., Hallstrom, T., Prevalence of female alcohol dependence and abuse in Sweden (1995) Addiction, 90, pp. 1077-1088; Su, L.J., Arab, L., Nutritional status of folate and colon cancer risk: Evidence from NHANES I epidemiologic follow-up study (2001) Ann Epidemiol, 11, pp. 65-72; Tavani, A., Ferraroni, M., Mezzetti, M., Franceschi, S., Lo Re, A., La Vecchia, C., Alcohol intake and risk of cancers of the colon and rectum (1998) Nutr Cancer, 30, pp. 213-219; Thun, M.J., Namboodiri, M.M., Heath C.W., Jr., Aspirin use and reduced risk of fatal colon cancer (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 1593-1596; Tonnesen, H., Moller, H., Andersen, J.R., Jensen, E., Juel, K., Cancer morbidity in alcohol abusers (1994) Br J Cancer, 69, pp. 327-332; Ye, W., Chow, W.H., Lagergren, J., Yin, L., Nyren, O., Risk of adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastric cardia in patients with gastroesophageal reflux diseases and after antirefiux surgery (2001) Gastroenterology, 121, pp. 1286-1293 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038707384&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6600846&partnerID=40&md5=2c7a9b10abdd5ad9dba2e3e782603461 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cancer incidence in Denmark following exposure to poliovirus vaccine contaminated with simian virus 40 T2 - Journal of the National Cancer Institute J2 - J. Natl. Cancer Inst. VL - 95 IS - 7 SP - 532 EP - 539 PY - 2003 SN - 00278874 (ISSN) AU - Engels, E.A. AU - Katki, H.A. AU - Nielsen, N.M. AU - Winther, J.F. AU - Hjalgrim, H. AU - Gjerris, F. AU - Rosenberg, P.S. AU - Frisch, M. AD - Div. of Cancer Epidemiology/Genetics, National Cancer Institute, Department of Health/Human Services, 6120 Executive Blvd., Rockville, MD 20892, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology Research, Danish Epidemiology Science Center, Statens Serum Institut, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Institute of Cancer Epidemiology, Danish Cancer Society, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - University Clinic of Neurosurgery, Neuroscience Center, H.S. Rigshospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Background: Early poliovirus vaccines were accidentally contaminated with simian virus 40 (SV40). In Denmark, poliovirus vaccine was administered to most children from 1955 through 1961. SV40 DNA sequences have been detected in several human malignancies, including mesothelioma, ependymoma, choroid plexus tumors, and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. To clarify whether SV40 infection increases risk of these cancers or of cancers arising in children, we examined cancer incidence in three Danish birth cohorts. Methods: Population-based cancer incidence data from 1943 through 1997 were obtained from the Danish Cancer Registry. The relationship between exposure to SV40-contaminated vaccine and cancer incidence was evaluated by examining incidence in birth cohorts that differed in exposure to SV40-contaminated vaccine. In addition, cancer incidence was examined in children who were 0-4 years of age before, during, and after the period of vaccine contamination. Incidence was compared using Poisson regression, adjusting for age differences. All statistical tests were two-sided. Results: After 69.5 million person-years of follow-up, individuals exposed to SV40-contaminated poliovirus vaccine as infants (i.e., born 1955-1961) or children (i.e., born 1946-1952) had lower overall cancer risk (age-adjusted relative risk [RR] = 0.86, 95% confidence interval [CI] = 0.81 to 0.91 and RR = 0.79, 95% CI = 0.75 to 0.84, respectively; P<.001 for both) than unexposed individuals (i.e., born 1964-1970, after the vaccine was cleared of SV40 contamination). Specifically, SV40 exposure was not associated with increased incidence of mesothelioma, ependymoma, choroid plexus tumor, or non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. After 19.5 million person-years of follow-up, incidence of all cancers combined, of intracranial tumors, and of leukemia among children aged 0-4 years was also not associated with SV40 exposure. Ependymoma incidence was higher during the exposed period than during the unexposed period (RR = 2.59, 95%CI = 1.36 to 4.92; P = .004 versus the period before contamination); however, incidence peaked in 1969, after the vaccine was cleared of SV40. Conclusion: Exposure to SV40-contaminated poliovirus vaccine in Denmark was not associated with increased cancer incidence. KW - poliomyelitis vaccine KW - virus DNA KW - poliomyelitis vaccine KW - age KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - cancer risk KW - childbirth KW - childhood cancer KW - choroid plexus tumor KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - correlation analysis KW - Denmark KW - disease association KW - DNA determination KW - DNA sequence KW - drug contamination KW - drug exposure KW - ependymoma KW - follow up KW - human KW - human tissue KW - intracranial tumor KW - leukemia KW - major clinical study KW - mesothelioma KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - Poisson distribution KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - regression analysis KW - risk assessment KW - Simian virus 40 KW - virus infection KW - confidence interval KW - Denmark KW - female KW - incidence KW - infant KW - male KW - neoplasm KW - preschool child KW - register KW - risk KW - virology KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Denmark KW - Drug Contamination KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Neoplasms KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Poliovirus Vaccines KW - Registries KW - Risk KW - Simian virus 40 N1 - Cited By :58 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JNCIA C2 - 12671021 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Engels, E.A.; Viral Epidemiology Branch, Div. of Cancer Epidemiology/Genetics, National Cancer Institute, 6120 Executive Blvd., Rockville, MD 20892, United States; email: engelse@exchange.nih.gov N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Poliovirus Vaccines N1 - References: Shah, K., Nathanson, N., Human exposure to SV40: Review and comment (1976) Am. J. Epidemiol., 103, pp. 1-12; Sweet, B.H., Hilleman, M.R., The vacuolating virus, SV40 (1960) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 105, pp. 420-427; Gerber, P., Hottle, G.A., Grubbs, R.E., Inactivation of vacuolating virus (SV40) by formaldehyde (1961) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 108, pp. 205-209; Shah, K.V., Polyoma viruses (JC virus, BK virus, and simian virus 40) and human cancer (2000) Infectious Causes of Cancer: Targets for Intervention, pp. 461-474. , Goedert JJ, editor. Totowa (NJ): Humana; Cicala, C., Pompetti, F., Carbone, M., SV40 induces mesotheliomas in hamsters (1993) Am. J. Pathol., 142, pp. 1524-1533; Rabson, A.S., O'Conor, G.T., Kirschstein, R.L., Branigan, W.J., Papillary ependymomas produced in Rattus (Mastomys) natalensis inoculated with vacuolating virus (SV40) (1962) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 29, pp. 765-787; Kirschstein, R.L., Gerber, P., Ependymomas produced after intracerebral inoculation of SV40 into new-born hamsters (1962) Nature, 195, pp. 299-300; Diamandopoulos, G.T., Leukemia, lymphoma, and osteosarcoma induced in the Syrian golden hamster by simian virus 40 (1972) Science, 176, pp. 173-175; Bergsagel, D.J., Finegold, M.J., Butel, J.S., Kupsky, W.J., Garcea, R.L., DNA sequences similar to those of simian virus 40 in ependymomas and choroid plexus tumors of childhood (1992) N. Engl. J. Med., 326, pp. 988-993; Carbone, M., Pass, H.I., Rizzo, P., Marinetti, M., Di Muzio, M., Mew, D.J., Simian virus 40-like DNA sequences in human pleural mesothelioma (1994) Oncogene, 9, pp. 1781-1790; Testa, J.R., Carbone, M., Hirvonen, A., Khalili, K., Krynska, B., Linnainmaa, K., A multi-institutional study confirms the presence and expression of simian virus 40 in human malignant mesotheliomas (1998) Cancer Res., 58, pp. 4505-4509; Carbone, M., Rizzo, P., Procopio, A., Giuliano, M., Pass, H.I., Gebhardt, M.C., SV40-like sequences in human bone tumors (1996) Oncogene, 13, pp. 527-535; Lednicky, J.A., Stewart, A.R., Jenkins, J.J., Finegold, M.J., Butel, J.S., SV40 DNA in human osteosarcomas shows sequence variation among T-antigen genes (1997) Int. J. Cancer, 72, pp. 791-800; Vilchez, R.A., Madden, C.R., Kozinetz, C.A., Halvorson, S.J., White, Z.S., Jorgensen, J., Association between simian virus 40 and non-Hodgkin lymphoma (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 817-823; Shivapurkar, N., Harada, K., Reddy, J., Scheuermann, R.H., Xu, Y., McKenna, R.W., Presence of simian virus 40 DNA sequences in human lymphomas (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 851-852; Circular on vaccination against poliomyelitis (1955), Danish Ministry of the Interior. April 13, [Danish]; (1956), Gallup. Survey titled "Polio vaccination in Denmark" performed at the request of the Danish National Association Against Poliomyelitis [Danish]; (1962), Gallup. Survey titled "Polio vaccination, April 1962" performed at the request of the Danish National Association Against Poliomyelitis. [Danish]; Girardi, A.J., Sweet, B.H., Hilleman, M.R., Factors influencing tumor induction in hamsters by vacuolating virus, SV40 (1963) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 112, pp. 662-667; von Magnus, H., The manufacturing of polio vaccines (1955) Ugeskr Laeger, 117, pp. 461-462. , [Danish]; von Magnus, H., von Magnus, P., Petersen, I., Godtfredsen, A., Ronkjaer, M., Polio vaccination in Denmark in April-June 1955. I. The production of formalinized poliovaccine and preliminary results (1955) Danish Med. Bull., 2, pp. 226-233; Storm, H.H., Michelsen, E.V., Clernmensen, I.H., Pihl, J., The Danish Cancer Registry - History, content, quality, and use (1997) Danish Med. Bull., 44, pp. 535-539; (1976) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, , 1st ed. Geneva (Switzerland): World Health Organization; Gjerris, F., Harmsen, A., Klinken, L., Reske-Nielsen, E., Incidence and long term survival of children with intracranial tumours treated in Denmark 1935-1959 (1978) Br. J. Cancer, 38, pp. 442-451; Gjerris, F., Agerlin, N., Børgesen, S.E., Buhl, L., Haase, J., Klinken, L., Epidemiology and prognosis in children treated for intracranial tumours in Denmark 1960-1984 (1998) Childs Nerv. Syst., 14, pp. 302-311; McCullagh, P., Nelder, J.A., (2002) Generalized Linear Models, pp. 193-244. , 3rd ed. London, (U.K.): Chapman and Hall; Hastie, T.J., Tibshiram, R.J., Generalized additive models (1990), pp. 22-26. , London (U.K.): Chapman and Hall; Schwarz, G., Estimating the dimension of a model (1978) Ann. Stat., 6, pp. 461-464; Shah, K.V., Daniel, R.W., Strickler, H.D., Goedert, J.J., Investigation of human urine for genomic sequences of the primate polyornaviruses simian virus 40, BK virus, and JC virus (1997) J. Infect. Dis., 176, pp. 1618-1621; Li, R.M., Branton, M.H., Tanawattanacharoen, S., Falk, R.A., Jennette, J.C., Kopp, J.B., Molecular identification of SV40 infection in human subjects and possible association with kidney disease (2002) J. Am. Soc. Nephrol., 13, pp. 2320-2330; Bofill-Mas, S., Pina, S., Girones, R., Documenting the epidemologic patterns of polyomaviruses in human populations by studying their presence in urban sewage (2000) Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 66, pp. 238-245; Strickler, H.D., Rosenberg, P.S., Devesa, S.S., Hertel, J., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Goedert, J.J., Contamination of poliovirus vaccines with simian virus 40 (1955-1963) and subsequent cancer rates (1998) JAMA, 279, pp. 292-295; Geissler, E., SV40 and human brain tumors (1990) Prog. Med. Virol., 37, pp. 211-222; Carroll-Pankhurst, C., Engels, E.A., Strickler, H.D., Goedert, J.J., Wagner, J., Mortimer E.A., Jr., Thirty-five year mortality following receipt of SV40-contaminated polio vaccine during the neonatal period (2001) Br. J. Cancer, 85, pp. 1295-1297; Völter, C., zur Hansen, H., Alber, D., de Villiers, E.M., A broad spectrum PCR method for the detection of polyomaviruses and avoidance of contamination by cloning vectors (1998) Dev. Biol. Stand., 94, pp. 137-142; Gordon, G.J., Chen, C.J., Jaklitsch, M.T., Richards, W.G., Sugarbaker, D.J., Bueno, R., Detection and quantification of SV40 large T-antigen DNA in mesothelioma tissues and cell lines (2002) Oncol. Rep., 9, pp. 631-634; Capello, D., Rossi, D., Gaudino, G., Carbone, A., Gaidano, G., Simian virus 40 infection in lymphoproliferative disorders (2003) Lancet, 361, pp. 88-89; Weggen, S., Bayer, T.A., von Deimling, A., Reifenberger, G., von Schweinitz, D., Wiestler, O.D., Low frequency of SV40, JC and BK polyomavirus sequences in human medulloblastomas, meningiomas and ependymomas (2000) Brain Pathol., 10, pp. 85-92; Reuther, F.J., Löhler, J., Herms, J., Hugo, H.H., Schindler, C., Leithäuser, F., Low incidence of SV40-like sequences in ependymal tumours (2001) J. Pathol., 195, pp. 580-585; Krainer, M., Schenk, T., Zielinski, C.C., Müller, C., Failure to confirm presence of SV40 sequences in human tumours (1995) Eur. J. Cancer, 31 A, p. 1893; Strickler, H.D., Goedert, J.J., Fleming, M., Travis, W.D., Williams, A.E., Rabkin, C.S., Simian virus 40 and pleural mesothelioma in humans (1996) Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev., 5, pp. 473-475; Hübner, R., Van Marck, E., Reappraisal of the strong association between simian virus 40 and human malignant mesothelioma of the pleura (Belgium) (2002) Cancer Causes Control, 13, pp. 121-129; Engels, E.A., Sarkar, C., Daniel, R.W., Gravitt, P.E., Verma, K., Quezado, M., Absence of simian virus 40 in human brain tumors from northern India (2002) Int. J. Cancer, 101, pp. 348-352; Strickler, H.D., A multicenter evaluation of assays for detection of SV40 DNA and results in masked mesothelioma specimens (2001) Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev., 10, pp. 523-532. , International SV40 Working Group UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037413949&partnerID=40&md5=8154bc71fba4bf1c9aa2c9237c2d6fe7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Dental age and dental health determined longitudinally from patient records in three towns in Finland T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 61 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 109 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1080/00016350310001460 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Korhonen, M. AU - Larmas, M. AD - Department of Pedodontics, Oulu, Finland AD - Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, P.O. Box 5281, FI-90401 Oulu, Finland AD - Health Center of Oulu, Oulu, Finland AB - The aims of this study were to test the suitability of normal dental records in determining the eruption times of teeth and to compare the retrospective longitudinal DMF values with the statistical cross-sectional means. Patient records for two cohorts (1970 and 1980) were collected from three Finnish towns. The study population comprised 1910 children. The eruption times of the permanent teeth, DMFT and DMFS curves (excluding F due to fractures and M due to orthodontic reasons) were investigated for the year of examination in different study locations. The cross-sectional DMF values were compared to longitudinally calculated data. Tooth eruption was earlier in girls than in boys. However, girls did not have significantly higher DMF values than boys. In all towns, dental health was significantly better in the 1980 cohort than in the 1970 cohort. Comparison of the cross-sectional DMF values in the municipal health center statistics showed that the mean statistics gave considerably higher values than the measured values did after 15 years of age. The inconsistency between measured longitudinal DMF values and the cross-sectional statistical DMF values indicates the importance of creating computer programs for analyzing data longitudinally from normal dental records. KW - Dental health survey KW - DMF index KW - DMFS KW - Tooth count KW - Tooth eruption KW - age KW - article KW - calculation KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - computer program KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - dental care KW - dental health KW - female KW - Finland KW - health center KW - human KW - male KW - medical record KW - normal human KW - orthodontics KW - population KW - retrospective study KW - scoring system KW - tooth eruption KW - Adolescent KW - Age Determination by Teeth KW - Age Factors KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Dental Caries KW - Dental Records KW - DMF Index KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Fluoridation KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Oral Health KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sex Factors KW - Tooth Eruption N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 12790508 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Korhonen, M.; Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, P.O. Box 5281, FI-90401 Oulu, Finland; email: marjut.korhonen@oulu.fi N1 - References: Birkeland, J.I.M., Haugejorden, O., Fehr, F.R.Vd., Analyses of the caries decline and incidence among Norwegian adolescents 1985-2000 (2002) Acta Odontol Scand, 60, pp. 281-289; Haavikko, K., The formation and the alveolar and clinical eruption of the permanent teeth: An orthopantomographic study (1970) Proc Finn Dent Soc, 66, pp. 103-170; Pahkala, R., Pahkala, A., Laine, T., Eruption pattern of permanent teeth in a rural community in northeastern Finland (1991) Acta Odontol Scand, 49, pp. 341-349; Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Larmas, M.A., Timing of eruption of permanent teeth: Standard Finnish patient documents (1994) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 22, pp. 286-288; Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Larmas, M.A., Effect of early or late eruption of permanent teeth on caries susceptibility (1996) J Dent, 24, pp. 245-250; Nyström, M., Kleemola-Kujala, E., Evälahti, M., Pecks, L., Kataja, M., Emergence of permanent teeth and dental age in Finns (2001) Acta Odontol Scand, 59, pp. 49-56; Korhonen, M., Käkilehto, T., Larmas, M., Tooth-by-tooth survival analysis of the first caries attack in different age cohorts and health centers in Finland (2003) Acta Odontol Scand, 61, pp. 1-5; Larmas, M.A., Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Timing of first restorations in permanent teeth: A new system for oral health determination (1995) J Dent, 23, pp. 347-352; Härkänen, T., Larmas, M.A., Virtanen, J.I., Arjas, E., Applying modern survival analysis methods to longitudinal dental caries studies (2002) J Dent Res, 81, pp. 144-148; Eriksson, A.-L., (1993) Occurrence of Dental and Dentoalveolar Injuries and Their Late Complications in the Permanent Dentition. A Follow-Up Study of Turku Children and Adolescents, , (Dissertation), Turku; (1988) SAS Language Guide for Personal Computers, Release 6.03 Edition, , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038665181&doi=10.1080%2f00016350310001460&partnerID=40&md5=002ce0e1057dc61c0f12c28a76bf60c8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Choice of school in Australia: Determinants and consequences T2 - Australian Economic Review J2 - Aust. Econ. Rev. VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 78 PY - 2003 SN - 00049018 (ISSN) AU - Le, A.T. AU - Miller, P.W. AD - Department of Economics, The University of Western Australia, Western Australia, Australia AB - This article examines the determinants of school choice (government, Catholic or other independent schools) as well as the success in completing year 12 for cohorts of students born in 1961 and 1970. The results show that those attending Catholic and other independent schools have favourable socio-economic backgrounds. Ability has a significant and positive effect on the probability of completing year 12. There is no evidence of unobserved selection effects on the probability of completing year 12 for the 1961 cohort. For the 1970 cohort, there is negative selection into other independent schools and positive selection into Catholic schools. Decomposition results further reveal that selection on the basis of observed characteristics accounts for only a small part of the observed differences in year 12 completion rates across the three school systems. In comparison, selection on the basis of unobserved factors is an important part of the difference in year 12 completion rates. The school effects for both cohorts are much larger than those reported in previous studies. KW - education KW - Australia N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Le, A.T.; Department of Economics, The University of Western Australia, Western Australia, Australia N1 - References: Anderson, D.S., Vervoorn, A.E., (1983) Access to Privilege: Patterns of Participation in Australian Post-Secondary Education, , Australian National University Press, Canberra; Schools, Australia, , Australian Bureau of Statistics (various issues), Cat. no. 4221.0, ABS, Canberra; (2000) Youth in Transition, 1961 Cohort, , Australian Council for Educational Research computer file, Social Science Data Archives, Australian National University, Canberra; (2000) Youth in Transition, 1970 Cohort, , Australian Council for Educational Research Computer file, Social Science Data Archives, Australian National University, Canberra; Blinder, A.S., Wage discrimination: Reduced form and structural estimates (1973) Journal of Human Resources, 8, pp. 436-455; Blinder, A.S., On dogmatism in human capital theory (1976) Journal of Human Resources, 11, pp. 8-22; Carpenter, P., Type of school and academic achievement (1985) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 21, pp. 219-236; Chiswick, B.R., Koutroumanes, S., An econometric analysis of the demand for private schooling (1996) Research in Labor Economics, 15, pp. 209-237; Chiswick, B.R., Koutroumanes Hofrenning, S., A method for proxying a respondent's religious background: An application to school choice decisions (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34, pp. 193-207; Chiswick, B.R., Miller, P.W., A model of destination-language acquisition: Application to male immigrants in Canada (2001) Demography, 38, pp. 391-409; Cramer, J.S., Ridder, G., Pooling states in the multinomial logit model (1991) Journal of Econometrics, 47, pp. 267-272; (1997) School Funding: Consultation Report, , Department of Employment, Education, Training and Youth Affairs DEETYA, Canberra; Doiron, D.J., Riddell, W.C., The impact of unionization on male-female earnings differences in Canada (1994) Journal of Human Resources, 24, pp. 504-534; Dunn, T.R., An empirical demonstration of bias in HSC examination results (1982) Australian Journal of Education, 26, pp. 190-203; Farber, H.S., The decline of unionisation in the United States: What can be learned from recent experience (1990) Journal of Labor Economics, 8, pp. S75-S105; Freebairn, J., Porter, M., Walsh, C., (1987) National Economic Priorities 1987: Spending and Taxing, , Australian Reform Options, Allen and Unwin, Sydney; Graetz, B., Private schools and education attainment: Cohort and generational effects (1990) Australian Journal of Education, 34, pp. 174-191; Heckman, J.J., Sample selection bias as a specification error (1979) Econometrica, 47, pp. 153-162; Jones, F.L., On decomposing the wage gap: A critical comment on Blinder's method (1983) Journal of Human Resources, 18, pp. 126-130; Le, A.T., Miller, P.W., Educational attainment in Australia: A cohort analysis (2002) LSAY Research Report No. 25, , Australian Council for Educational Research, Victoria; Lee, L.-F., Generalized econometric models with selectivity (1983) Econometrica, 51, pp. 507-512; Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., Participation in education and training 1980-1994 (1999) LSAY Research Report No. 13, , Australian Council for Educational Research, Victoria; Marks, G.N., Fleming, N., Long, M., McMillan, J., Patterns of participation in year 12 and higher education in Australia: Trends and issues (2000) LSAY Research Report No. 17, , Australian Council for Educational Research, Victoria; Miller, P.W., The wage effect of the occupational segregation of women in Great Britain (1987) Economic Journal, 97, pp. 885-896; Miller, P.W., Volker, P., Socioeconomic influences on educational attainment: Evidence and implications for the tertiary education finance debate (1989) Australian Journal of Statistics, 31 A, pp. 47-70; Neal, D., The effects of Catholic secondary schooling on educational achievement (1997) Journal of Labor Economics, 15, pp. 98-123; Nielsen, H.S., Discrimination and detailed decomposition in a logit model (1998) Economics Letters, 61, pp. 115-120; Oaxaca, R., Male-female wage differentials in urban labor markets (1973) International Economic Review, 14, pp. 693-709; O'Higgins, N., YTS, employment, and sample selection bias (1994) Oxford Economic Papers, 46, pp. 605-628; Reimers, C.W., Labor market discrimination against Hispanic and black men (1983) Review of Economics and Statistics, 65, pp. 570-579; Stolzenberg, R.M., Relles, D.A., Tools for intuition about sample selection bias and its correction (1997) American Sociological Review, 62, pp. 493-507; Vella, F., Do Catholic schools make a difference?: Evidence from Australia (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34, pp. 208-224; Western, J.S., (1983) Social Inequality in Australian Society, , McMillan, Melbourne; Williams, R., The economic determinants of private schooling in Australia (1985) Economic Record, 61, pp. 622-628; Williams, T., Carpenter, P.G., Private schooling and public achievement (1990) Australian Journal of Education, 34, pp. 3-24; Williams, T., Carpenter, P.G., Private schooling and public achievement in Australia (1991) International Journal of Education Research, 15, pp. 411-431; Williams, T., Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., (1993) Entering Higher Education in the 1980s, , Department of Employment, Education and Training, AGPS, Canberra; Williams, T., Long, M., Carpenter, P., Hayden, M., (1993) Year 12 in the 1980s, , Department of Employment, Education and Training, AGPS, Canberra UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037367077&partnerID=40&md5=52de48deaa02e16fe666d9b30dcff586 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Three decades of pleural cancer and mesothelioma registration in Austria where asbestos cement was invented T2 - International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health J2 - Int. Arch. Occup. Environ. Health VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 161 EP - 166 PY - 2003 SN - 03400131 (ISSN) AU - Neuberger, M. AU - Vutuc, C. AD - Abteilung für Epidemiologie, Institut für Krebsforschung, Universität Wien, Borschkegasse 8a, 1090 Vienna, Austria AD - Abteilung fur Praventivmedizin, Institut für Umwelthygiene, Universität Wien, Vienna, Austria AB - Recently, a new mesothelioma epidemic was predicted from observations made in Western Europe. From early observations in Austria the lower increase in cases of mesothelioma compared with neighbor countries had been related to different uses of asbestos. In order to test this hypothesis, incidence and mortality of pleural cancer [International Classification of Diseases (ICD)-8/9 163] were analyzed for three decades and supplemented by data from a cohort study in the factory that had been the largest consumer of asbestos imported to Austria and from all Austrian occupational diseases registered between 1990 and 2001. In men, mortality rates (based on 15 to 45 deaths/year) were lowest in 1980-1989, but similar in 1970-1979 and 1990-2001. No increase in younger-birth cohorts was detected. Incidence rates (based on 13 to 44 cases/year) increased (36%) non-significantly (P = 0.14). In women, a significant decrease in mortality and incidence rates (P < 0.01) was observed from 1970. Rates from work-related mesothelioma (based on only 0-7 men and 0-4 women/year) must be interpreted with caution. In the cohort of 2,816 asbestos cement workers 26 pleural mesotheliomas were registered from 1990 through mid-1999. Six of these cases (three male and three female) had not been registered as an occupational disease, but all of these cases had been encoded under ICD 163 in mortality statistics. One female cohort member registered as having asbestosis according to the death certificate had died from mesothelioma according to the statistics of occupational diseases. We conclude that no epidemic of mesothelioma due to past asbestos exposure is to be expected in Austria. © Springer-Verlag 2002. KW - Asbestos KW - Incidence KW - Mesothelioma KW - Mortality KW - Occupational disease KW - asbestos KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - asbestosis KW - Austria KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer registry KW - cement industry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - death KW - epidemic KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - occupational cancer KW - occupational disease KW - occupational exposure KW - pleura cancer KW - pleura mesothelioma KW - statistics KW - Asbestos KW - Austria KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Mesothelioma KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Registries N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IAOHD C2 - 12733090 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vutuc, C.; Abteiling für Epidemiologie, Institut für Krebsforschung, Universität Wien, Borschkegasse 8a, 1090 Vienna, Austria; email: christian.vutuc@univie.ac.at N1 - Chemicals/CAS: asbestos, 1332-21-4; Asbestos, 1332-21-4 N1 - References: Adachi, S., Kawamura, K., Takemoto, K., A trial on the quantitative risk assessment of man-made mineral fibers by the rat intraperitoneal administration assay (2001) Ind Health, 39, pp. 168-174; Banaei, A., Auvert, B., Goldberg, M., Computer modeling of population exposure to a carcinogen: The example of asbestos and mesothelioma mortality in France (2000) Comput Biomed Res, 33, pp. 97-109; Bergmann, L., The construction of the Neues Burgtheater in Vienna and the problem of asbestos in rooms - A historical look back (1998) Zbl Arbeitsmed, 39, pp. 9-11; Berry, M., Mesothelioma incidence and community asbestos exposure (1997) Environ Res, 75, pp. 34-40; Bianchi, C., Brollo, A., Ramani, L., Bianchi, T., Malignant mesothelioma in Europe (2000) Int J Med Biol Environ, 28, pp. 103-107; Carbone, M., Rizzo, P., Pass, H., Simian Virus 40: The link with human malignant mesothelioma is well established (2000) Anticancer Res, 20, pp. 875-877; Asbestverordnung (1990) Bundesgesetzblatt für die Republik Österreich 139/324/1990; Feigl, W., Friedl, H.P., Daten aus der österreichischen Gesundheitsstatistik und ihre Verwendbarkeit für epidemiologische Untersuchungen (1979) Österreichische Ärztezeitung, 34, pp. 1313-1316; Gun, R.T., Mesothelioma: Is asbestos exposure the only cause? (1995) Med J Aust, 162, pp. 429-431; Hansen, J., De-Klerk, N.H., Musk, A.W., Hobbs, M.S., Environmental exposure to crocidolite and mesothelioma: Exposure-response relationships (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 157, pp. 69-75; Hillerdal, G., Berg, J., Malignant mesothelioma secondary to chronic inflammation and old scars (1985) Cancer, 55, pp. 1968-1972; Huncharek, M., Non-asbestos related diffuse malignant mesothelioma (2002) Tumori, 88, pp. 1-9; Jemal, A., Grauman, D., Devesa, S., Recent geographic patterns of lung cancer and mesothelioma mortality rates in 49 shipyard counties in the United States, 1970-94 (2000) Am J Ind Med, 37, pp. 512-521; Karjalainen, A., Pukkala, E., Mattson, K., Tammilehto, L., Vainio, H., Trends in mesothelioma incidence and occupational mesotheliomas in Finland in 1960-1995 (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23, pp. 266-270; Langgassner, J., Kytir, J., Vutuc, C., Doblhammer-Reiter, G., (1998) Atlas of Mortality in Austria by Causes of Death 1984/94, , Austrian Central Statistical Office, Vienna (ISBN 3-7046-1351-7); LaVecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Boyle, P., Maisonneuve, P., Levi, F., Trends of cancer mortality in Europe, 1955-1989, II (1992) Eur J Cancer, 28, pp. 514-599; LaVecchia, C., Decarli, A., Peto, J., Levi, F., Tomei, F., Negri, E., An age, period and cohort analysis of pleural cancer mortality in Europe (2000) Eur J Cancer Prev, 9, pp. 179-184; Leigh, J., Davidson, P., Hendrie, L., Berry, D., Malignant mesothelioma in Australia, 1945-2000 (2002) Am J Ind Med, 41, pp. 188-201; Leithner, A., Weinhaeusel, A., Windhager, R., Absence of SV40 in Austrian tumors correlates with low incidence of mesotheliomas (2002) Cancer Biol Ther, 1, p. 379; McDonald, A.D., McDonald, J.C., Malignant mesothelioma in North America (1980) Cancer, 46, pp. 1650-1656; McDonald, J.C., McDonald, A.D., Epidemiology of mesothelioma from estimated incidence (1977) Prev Med, 6, pp. 426-446; McDonald, J.C., McDonald, A.D., The epidemiology of mesothelioma in historical context (1996) Eur Respir J, 9, pp. 1932-1942; Mehnert, W.H., Bender, E., Graffi, A., Schramm, T., Wildner, G.P., Mesotheliome beim Goldhamster IV (1974) Arch Geschwulstforsch, 43, pp. 22-35; Meyer, J.D., Holt, D.L., Chen, Y., Cherry, N.M., McDonald, J.C., Surveillance of work-related and occupational respiratory disease in the UK (2001) Occup Med, 51, pp. 204-208; Murray, M.H., (1907) Report of Departmental Committee on Compensation for Industrial Diseases, Minutes of Evidence, 3946, pp. 127-128. , HMSO, London; Neuberger, M., (1979) Neue Wege zur Risikobewertung von Luftschadstoffen, , Facultas, Wien; (ISBN 3-85076-079-0).; English translation: Asbetos: Epidemiological contribution to risk evaluation, Facultas, Vienna 1981 (ISBN 3-85076-104-5); Neuberger, M., Pleural plaques from low levels of asbestos (1989) Sourcebook on Asbestos Diseases, 4, pp. 231-275. , In: Peters GA, Peters BJ (eds); (medical research). Garland, New York; Butterworth, Salem; Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Individual asbestos exposure, smoking and mortality - A cohort study in the asbestos cement industry (1990) Br J Ind Med, 47, pp. 615-620; Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Zum Berufskrebsrisiko durch Asbest in Österreich (1991) Materialien zur Umwelthygienischen Beurteilung Mineralischer Fasern, Band 1: Beurteilung der Krebsgefahr durch Asbest und Andere Faserige Feinstäube, 7, pp. 74-96. , WaBoLu - Schriftenreihe des Bundesgesundheitsamtes Berlin.; In: Fischer M (ed); Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Cancer in asbestos cement production and implications for risk management (1993) Congress of the International Commission on Occupational Health, Nice, p. 197. , (abstract); Neuberger, M., Kundi, M., Friedl, H.P., Environmental asbestos exposure and cancer mortality (1984) Arch Environ Health, 39, pp. 261-265; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., Cancer incidence in 5 continents (1992) IARC Scientific Publication 120, 6. , IARC, Lyon; Pelnar, P.V., (1985) Non-asbestos Related Malignant Mesothelioma. A Review of the Scientific and Medical Literature, , Canadian Asbestos Information Centre; Peterson, J.T., Greenberg, S.D., Buffler, P.A., Non-asbestos-related malignant mesothelioma: A review (1984) Cancer, 54, pp. 951-960; Peto, J., Hodgson, J.T., Matthews, F.E., Jones, J.R., Continuing increase in mesothelioma mortality in Britain (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 535-539; Peto, J., Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Negri, E., The European mesothelioma epidemic (1999) Br J Cancer, 79, pp. 666-672; Price, B., Analysis of current trends in United States mesothelioma incidence (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 211-218; Rodelsperger, K., Jockel, K.H., Pohlabeln, H., Romer, W., Woitowitz, H.J., Asbestos and man-made vitreous fibers as risk factors for diffuse malignant mesothelioma: Results from a German hospital-based case-control study (2001) Am J Ind Med, 39, pp. 262-275; Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H., (1978) Asbestos and Disease, , Academic Press, New York; Spirtas, R., Heinerman, E.F., Bernstein, L., Beebe, G.W., Keehn, R.J., Stark, A., Harlow, B.L., Benichou, J., Malignant mesothelioma: Attributable risk of asbestos exposure (1994) Occup Environ Med, 51, pp. 804-811; Takahashi, K., Huuskonen, M.S., Tossavainen, A., Higashi, T., Okubo, T., Rantanen, J., Ecological relationship between mesothelioma incidence/mortality and asbestos consumption in ten Western countries and Japan (1999) J Occup Health, 41, pp. 8-11 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038039158&partnerID=40&md5=d465479ce64e378336618b0ca20901dd ER - TY - JOUR TI - Occupational exposures and gastrointestinal cancers among Finnish women T2 - Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - J. Occup. Environ. Med. VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 305 EP - 315 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1097/01.jom.0000052963.43131.44 SN - 10762752 (ISSN) AU - Weiderpass, E. AU - Vainio, H. AU - Kauppinen, T. AU - Vasama-Neuvonen, K. AU - Partanen, T. AU - Pukkala, E. AD - Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Epidemiology, Finnish Inst. of Occupational Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - School of Public Health, University of Tampere, Tampere, Finland AD - Ctrl. American Inst. Studs. Toxic S., Universidad Nacional, Heredia, Costa Rica AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Inst. Stat./Epidemiol. Cancer Res., Helsinki, Finland AD - Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, U. of Field and Intervention Studies, 150 cours Albert Thomas, F-69372 Lyon Cedex 8, France AB - A cohort including all female workers born 1906 through 1945 (n = 413,877) in Finland was identified through the Population Census of Finland of 1970. Incident cases of cancers of the gastrointestinal tract were explored during 1971 to 1995. Job titles in census records were converted to exposures of 31 occupational agents through a job-exposure matrix. For each agent, the product of level and probability of exposures was calculated and subdivided in three categories: zero, low and medium/high. Poisson regression models estimated relative risks (RR) for each agent, standardized for birth cohort, follow-up period, and socioeconomic status. Adjustment at job title level was done for alcohol use for cancers of the esophagus and liver and smoking for pancreatic cancer. The results showing either statistically significant RR at the medium/high level of exposure (RRH) or statistically significant trend (P < 0.05) over the exposure categories were considered as positive findings. Colon cancer risk (2009 cases) was positively associated with sedentary work (RRH 1.3, 95% CI = 1.1-1.6; P trend 0.001) and negatively associated with perceived workload (P trend = 0.007). For stomach cancer (1881 cases), we observed an association with exposure to electromagnetic fields (RRH 1.44, 95% CI = 1.01-2.05) and man-made vitreous fibers (MMVF) (p trend 0.03). Rectal cancer (1323 cases) showed an association with chromium (RRH 1.9, 95% CI= 1.2-3.1) and oil mist (RR 2.0; 95% CI = 1.0-3.9). For pancreas cancer (1302 cases) we found associations with exposure to chromium (RRH 1.8; 95% CI = 1.0-3.1; P trend 0.01), electromagnetic fields (RRH 1.8; 95% CI = 1.2-2.8; P trend 0.02), and sedentary work (RRH 1.3; 95% CI = 1.0-1.7; P trend 0.05). We found no significant associations between any FINJEM agents and cancers of the esophagus (389 cases), liver (389 cases), and gallbladder (651 cases). Having examined the associations between seven cancer sites and over 30 exposures there exists the real possibility that some of the associations detected are chance findings. Therefore, the associations observed should need to be confirmed in other studies. KW - chromium KW - adult KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - digestive system cancer KW - electromagnetic field KW - esophagus cancer KW - Finland KW - gallbladder cancer KW - human KW - liver cancer KW - major clinical study KW - occupational exposure KW - occupational hazard KW - pancreas cancer KW - smoking KW - stomach cancer KW - workload KW - Colonic Neoplasms KW - Electromagnetic Fields KW - Esophageal Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Gallbladder Neoplasms KW - Gastrointestinal Neoplasms KW - Humans KW - Medical Record Linkage KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Rectal Neoplasms KW - Regression Analysis KW - Stomach Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :42 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOEMF C2 - 12661188 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Weiderpass, E.; Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, U. of Field and Intervention Studies, 150 cours Albert Thomas, F-69372 Lyon Cedex 8, France; email: Weiderpass@iarc.fr N1 - Chemicals/CAS: chromium, 16065-83-1, 7440-47-3 N1 - References: Siemiatycki, J., (1991) Risk Factors for Cancer in the Workplace, , Boca Raton: CRC Press; Cocco, P., Ward, M.H., Buiatti, E., Occupational risk factors for gastric cancer: An overview (1996) Epidemiol Rev, 18, pp. 218-234; Boffetta, P., Kogevinas, M., Simonato, L., Wilbourn, J., Saracci, R., Current perspectives on occupational cancer risks (1995) Int J Occup Environ Health, 1, pp. 315-325; (2002) IARC Handbooks of Cancer Prevention, Weight Control and Physical Activity, 6. , Lyon: IARC Press; Weiderpass, E., Partanen, T., Kaaks, R., Occurrence, trends and environment etiology of pancreatic cancer (1998) Scand J Work Environ Health, 24, pp. 165-174; Ojajärvi, A., Partanen, T., Ahlbom, A., Occupational exposures and pancreatic cancer: A meta-analysis (2000) Occup Environ Med, 57, pp. 316-324; Ojajärvi, A., Partanen, T., Ahlbom, A., Risk of pancreatic cancer in workers exposed to chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents and related compounds: A meta-analysis (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 153, pp. 841-850; Partanen, T., Kauppinen, T., Boffetta, P., Weiderpass, E., Pancreas cancer (1998) Encyclopaedia of Occupational Health and Safety, 1, pp. 410-411. , Savolainen H., ed. Geneva: International Labour Office; Weiderpass, E., Pukkala, E., Kauppinen, T., Breast cancer and occupational exposures in women in Finland (1999) Am J Ind Med, 36, pp. 48-53; (1974) Population Census 1970: Occupation and Social Position, 6 C, p. 104. , Helsinki: Official statistics of Finland; Kauppinen, T., Toikkanen, J., Pukkala, E., From cross-tabulations to multipurpose exposure information systems: A new job-exposure matrix (1998) Am J Ind Med, 33, pp. 409-417; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Vol. II - The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 82, p. 406. , Lyon: IARC Scientific Publications; Kolari, R., (1983) Occupational Mobility 1970/1975. Official Statistics of Finland No. 97, , Helsinki: Statistics Finland; Teppo, L., Pukkala, E., Lehtonen, M., Data quality and quality control of a population-based cancer registry. Experience in Finland (1994) Acta Oncol, 33, pp. 365-369; Garabrant, D.H., Peters, J.M., Mack, T.M., Bernstein, L., Job activity and colon cancer risk (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 1005-1014; Vena, J.E., Graham, S., Zielezny, M., Brasure, J., Swanson, M.K., Occupational exercise and risk of cancer (1987) Am J Clin Nutr, 45, pp. 318-327; Fraser, G., Pearce, N., Occupational physical activity and risk of cancer of the colon and rectum in New Zealand males (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 45-50; Hsing, A.W., McLaughlin, J.K., Chow, W.H., Risk factors for colorectal cancer in a prospective study among U.S. white men (1998) Int J Cancer, 77, pp. 549-553; Levi, F., Pasche, C., Lucchini, F., Tavani, A., La Vecchia, C., Occupational and leisuretime physical activity and the risk of colorectal cancer (1999) Eur J Cancer Prev, 8, pp. 487-493; Tavani, A., Braga, C., La Vecchia, C., Physical activity and risk of cancers of the colon and rectum: An Italian casecontrol study (1999) Br J Cancer, 79, pp. 1912-1916; (1991) Health Behaviour Among Finnish Adults' Survey 1978-1991; Pukkala, E., Cancer risk by social class and occupation. A survey of 109,000 cancer cases among Finns of working age (1995) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, 7, p. 277. , Basel: Karger; Simpson, J., Roman, E., Law, G., Pannett, B., Women's occupation and cancer: Preliminary analysis of cancer registrations in England and Wales, 1971-1990 (1999) Am J Ind Med, 36, pp. 172-185; Ruiz Gomez, M.J., Pastor Vega, J.M., De la Pena, L., Gil Carmona, L., Martinez Morillo, M., Growth modification of human adenomcarcinoma cells exposed to a low-frequency electromagnetic field (1999) J Physiol Biochem, 552, pp. 79-83; Phillips, J.L., Winters, W.D., Rutledge, L., In vitro exposure to electromagnetic fields: Changes in tumour cell properties (1986) Int J Radiat Biol Relat Stud Phys Chem Med, 493, pp. 463-469 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037343863&doi=10.1097%2f01.jom.0000052963.43131.44&partnerID=40&md5=fc620d28a4fac733c4bb3f684116deca ER - TY - JOUR TI - Association between dementia and midlife risk factors: The radiation effects research foundation Adult Health Study T2 - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society J2 - J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. VL - 51 IS - 3 SP - 410 EP - 414 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1046/j.1532-5415.2003.51117.x SN - 00028614 (ISSN) AU - Yamada, M. AU - Kasagi, F. AU - Sasaki, H. AU - Masunari, N. AU - Mimori, Y. AU - Suzuki, G. AD - Department of Clinical Studies, Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Department of Statistics, Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Third Dept. of Internal Medicine, Hiroshima Univ. School of Medicine, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Hiroshima Atom. Bomb Casualty Cncl., Health Promotion Center, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Department of Clinical Studies, Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, 5-2 Hijiyama Park, Minami-ku, Hiroshima 732-815, Japan AB - OBJECTIVES: To investigate the association between midlife risk factors and the development of vascular dementia (VaD) or Alzheimer's disease (AD) 25 to 30 years later. DESIGN: A prevalence study within a longitudinal cohort study. SETTING: Subjects in the Adult Health Study (a prospective cohort study begun in 1958) have been followed through biennial medical examinations in Hiroshima, Japan. PARTICIPANTS: One thousand seven hundred seventy-four subjects in Hiroshima, Japan born before September 1932 (1,660 with no dementia, 114 with dementia (51 with AD, and 38 with VaD) diagnosed from 1992 to 1997 according to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition criteria). MEASUREMENTS: The subjects were examined for effect on dementia of sex, age, education, atomic bomb radiation dose, and midlife factors associated with risk (smoking, alcohol intake, physical activity, dietary habits, systolic blood pressure (SBP), body mass index, and history of diabetes mellitus) that had been evaluated in 1965-1970. RESULTS: VaD prevalence increased significantly with age, higher SBP, and lower milk intake. The odds ratios of VaD for age (in 5-year increments), SBP (10 mmHg increments), and milk intake (almost daily/less than four times a week) were 1.29, 1.33, and 0.35, respectively. The risk factors for VaD were compatible with the risk factors for stroke in this study population. AD prevalence increased significantly with age and lower education. Other midlife factors and radiation dose did not show any significant association with VaD or AD. CONCLUSION: Increased SBP and low milk intake in midlife were associated with VaD detected 25 to 30 years later. Early behavioral control of the risk factors for vascular disease might reduce the risk of dementia. KW - Alzheimer's disease KW - Midlife risk factors KW - Vascular dementia KW - academic achievement KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - Alzheimer disease KW - article KW - atomic bomb KW - body mass KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - diabetes mellitus KW - evaluation KW - feeding behavior KW - female KW - gender KW - health KW - human KW - Japan KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical examination KW - medical research KW - milk level KW - multiinfarct dementia KW - non profit organization KW - physical activity KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - prospective study KW - psychiatric diagnosis KW - radiation dose KW - radiation response KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - statistical significance KW - stroke KW - systolic blood pressure KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Dementia KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Japan KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Nuclear Warfare KW - Prevalence KW - Radiation Injuries KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :151 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JAGSA C2 - 12588587 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Yamada, M.; Department of Clinical Studies, Radiat. Effects Research Foundation, 5-2 Hijiyama Park, Minami-ku, Hiroshima 732-815, Japan; email: yamada@rerf.or.jp N1 - References: Ritchie, K., Kildea, D., Robine, M., The relationship between age and the prevalence of senile dementia: A meta-analysis of recent data (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 763-769; Yoshitake, T., Kiyohara, Y., Kato, I., Incidence and risk factors of vascular dementia and Alzheimer's disease in a defined elderly Japanese population: The Hisayama Study (1995) Neurology, 45, pp. 1161-1168; Yamada, M., Sasaki, H., Mimori, Y., Prevalence and risks of dementia in the Japanese population: RERF's Adult Health Study Hiroshima subjects (1999) J Am Geriatr Soc, 47, pp. 189-195; Kokmen, E., Whisnant, J.P., O'Fallon, W.M., Dementia after ischemic stroke: A population-based study in Rochester, Minnesota (1960-1984) (1996) Neurology, 19, pp. 154-159; Takeya, Y., Poppet, J.S., Shimizu, Y., Epidemiologic studies of coronary heart disease and stroke in Japanese men living in Japan, Hawaii and California: Incidence of stroke in Japan and Hawaii (1984) Stroke, 15, pp. 15-23; Snowdon, D.A., Greiner, L.H., Mottimet, J.A., Brain infatction and the clinical expression of Alzheimer's disease. The Nun Study (1997) JAMA, 277, pp. 813-817; Skoog, I., Lernfelt, B., Landahi, S., 15-Year longitudinal study of blood pressure and dementia (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1141-1145; Leibson, C.L., Rocca, W.A., Hanson, V.A., Risk of dementia among persons with diabetes mellitus: A population-based cohort study (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 301-308; Curb, J.D., Rodrigues, B.L., Abbott, R.D., Longitudinal association of vascular and Alzheimer's dementias, diabetes, and glucose tolerance (1999) Neurology, 52, pp. 971-975; Launer, L.J., Andersen, K., Dewey, M.E., Rates and risk factors for dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Results from EURODEM pooled analyses (1999) Neurology, 52, pp. 78-84; Smith, A.L., Cole, R., Smyth, K.A., The protective effects of physical exercise on the development of Alzheimer's disease (1998) Neurology, 50, pp. 89-90; Brenner, D.E., Kukull, W.A., Van Belle, G., Relationship between cigarette smoking and Alzheimer's disease in a population-based case-control study (1993) Neurology, 43, pp. 293-300; White, L.R., Petrovitch, H., Ross, W., Brain aging and midlife tofu consumption (2000) J Am College Nutr, 19, pp. 1-13; Wong, F.L., Yamada, M., Sasaki, H., Noncancer disease incidence in the atomic bomb survivors: 1958-86 (1993) Radiat Res, 135, pp. 418-430; Teng, E., Hasegawa, K., Homma, A., The Cognitive Abilities Screening Instrument (CASI): A practical test for cross-cultural epidemiological studies of dementia (1994) Int Psychogeriatr, 6, pp. 45-48; Larson, E.B., McCurry, S.M., Graves, A.B., Standardization of the clinical diagnosis of the dementia syndrome and its subtypes in a cross-national study: The Ni-Hon Sea experience (1998) J Gerontol A Biol Szi Med Sci, 53 A, pp. 313-319; Kannel, W.B., Sorlie, P., Some health benefit of physical activity (1979) Arch Intern Med, 139, pp. 857-861; Roesh, W.C., (1987) Final Report on the Reassessment of Atomic Bomb Radiation Dosimetry in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, , Hiroshima: RERF; Erkinjuntti, T., Hachinski, V., Rethinking vascular dementia (1993) Cerebrovasc Dis, 3, pp. 3-23; Van Swieten, J.C., Geyskes, O.G., Derixm, M.A., Hypertension in the elderly is associated with white matter lesion and cognitive decline (1991) Ann Neurol, 30, pp. 825-830; Ross, G.W., Pettovitch, H., White, L.R., Characterization of risk factors for vascular dementia. The Honolulu Asia Aging Study (1999) Utology, 53, pp. 337-343; Tillotson, J., Kato, H., Nichaman, M., Epidemiological study of coronary heart disease and stroke in Japanese men living in Japan, Hawaii, and California. Methodology for comparison of diet (1973) Am J Clin Nutr, 26, pp. 177-184; Kinio, Y., Beral, V., Akiba, S., Possible protective effect of milk, meat and fish for cerebrovascular disease mortality in Japan (1999) J Epidemiol, 9, pp. 268-274; Swan, G.E., DeCarli, C., Miller, B.L., Association of midlife blood pressure to late-life cognitive decline and brain morphology (1998) Neurology, 51, pp. 986-993; Bots, M.L., Van Swieten, J.C., Breteler, M.B., Cerebral white matter lesions and atherosclerosis in the Rotterdam Study (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1232-1237 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344837411&doi=10.1046%2fj.1532-5415.2003.51117.x&partnerID=40&md5=53351e1c813e00764bf773278bb26010 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Twins as a natural experiment to study the causes of mild language delay: I: Design; Twin-singleton differences in language, and obstetric risks T2 - Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines J2 - J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry Allied Discip. VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 326 EP - 341 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1111/1469-7610.00125 SN - 00219630 (ISSN) AU - Rutter, M. AU - Thorpe, K. AU - Greenwood, R. AU - Northstone, K. AU - Golding, J. AD - SGDP Research Centre, Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom AD - School of Early Childhood, Queensland Univ. of Technology, Kelvin Grove, QLD 4059, Australia AD - Research and Devmt. Support Unit, Bristol Royal Infirmary, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - U. of Paediat./Perinatal Epidemiol., University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Background: Twins tend to lag behind singletons in their language development, but the causes were unknown. The possibilities suggested include obstetric complications, twin-specific features, and postnatal differences in family interaction. The present study was designed to pit these alternatives against one another as possible causal influences. Method: The Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children (ALSPAC) was used to identify the 116 twin pairs (of whom 96 participated) and 114 pairs of singletons (of whom 98 participated) whose ages were no more than 30 months apart. The McArthur Communicative Development Inventory was completed at 20 months, and the Pre-School Language Scales (PLS-3), and the McCarthy Scales of Children's Abilities at 36 months. Obstetric and perinatal complications were assessed on the basis of detailed systematic parental reports, together with a systematic coded abstraction of all medical records dealing with pregnancy and the neonatal period. Family background details were assessed from parental reports, and the primary carer's verbal functioning was assessed by the Mill Hill Vocabulary Scale. Congenital anomalies were assessed using the method of Waldrop and Halverson. Results: The language of twins was 1.7 months below that of singletons at 20 months and 3.1 months at 3 years. The verbal cognitive score of twins was about half a standard deviation lower than that of singletons. The twin-singleton differences in language level were found to be unassociated with obstetric/perinatal features as assessed from both parental reports and medical records, to birthweight or gestation, to birthweight discrepancy within the twin pair, or to congenital anomalies. Conclusions: It is concluded that obstetric/perinatal features do not account for the slower language development in twins as compared with singletons, within a sample born after at least 33 weeks gestation. KW - Congenital anomalies. KW - Language delay KW - Obstetric/perinatal complications KW - Singletons KW - Twin KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - birth weight KW - breast feeding KW - caregiver KW - clinical feature KW - cognition KW - congenital malformation KW - controlled study KW - disease severity KW - experimental design KW - family history KW - female KW - gestation period KW - human KW - infant KW - language KW - language development KW - language disability KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - McArthur communicative development inventory KW - McCarthy scale of children abilities KW - medical record KW - newborn disease KW - newborn period KW - obstetric care KW - pre school language scale KW - pregnancy KW - rating scale KW - risk assessment KW - smoking KW - twins KW - verbalization KW - case control study KW - language disability KW - methodology KW - pregnancy complication KW - preschool child KW - risk factor KW - statistical analysis KW - twins KW - United Kingdom KW - Abnormalities KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Child, Preschool KW - Diseases in Twins KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Language Development Disorders KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Matched-Pair Analysis KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Research Design KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :87 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPPDA C2 - 12635964 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rutter, M.; SGDP Research Centre, Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom; email: j.wickham@iop.kcl.ac.uk N1 - References: Allen, M.C., Factors affecting developmental outcome (1995) Multiple Pregnancy: Epidemiology, Gestation and Outcome, pp. 599-612. , In L.G. Keith, E. Papiernik, D.M. Keith, & B. Luke (Eds.); New York/London: The Parthenon Publishing Group; Baron, R.M., Kenny, D.A., The moderator-mediator variable distinction in social psychological research: Conceptual, strategic, and statistical considerations (1986) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, pp. 1173-1182; Bishop, D.V.M., Bishop, S.J., 'Twin language': A risk factor for language impairment? (1998) Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 41, pp. 150-160; Bornstein, M.H., Ruddy, M.G., Infant attention and maternal stimulation: Prediction of cognitive and linguistic development in singletons and twins (1984) Attention and Performance X: Control of Language Processes, pp. 433-445. , In H. Boumah & D.G. Bouwhuis (Eds.); London/Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum; Casaer, P., De Vries, L., Marlow, N., Prenatal and perinatal risk factors for psychosocial development (1991) Biological Risk Factors for Psychosocial Disorders, pp. 139-174. , In M. Rutter & P. Casaer (Eds.); Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Clark, P.M., Dickman, Z., Features of interaction of infant twins (1984) Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae, 33, pp. 165-171; Cogill, S.R., Caplan, H.L., Alexandra, H., Robson, K.M., Kumar, R., Impact of maternal postnatal depression on cognitive development of young children (1986) British Medical Journal, 292, pp. 1165-1167; Cohn, J.F., Campbell, S.B., Matais, R., Hopkins, J., Face-to-face interactions of postpartum depressed and nondepressed mother-infant pairs at 2 months (1990) Developmental Psychology, 26, pp. 15-23; Conway, D., Lytton, H., Pysh, F., Twin-singleton language differences (1980) Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 12, pp. 264-271; Cooke, R.W.I., Abernethy, L.J., Cranial magnetic resonance imaging and school performance in very low birthweight infants in adolescence (1999) Archives of Disease in Childhood: Fetal Neonatal Edition, 81, pp. F116-F121; Cox, A.D., Puckering, C., Pound, A., Mills, M., The impact of maternal depression in young children (1987) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 28, pp. 917-928; Dewey, D., Crawford, S.G., Creighton, D.E., Sauve, R.S., Long-term neuropsychological outcomes in very low birth weight children free of sensorineural impairments (1999) Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 21, pp. 851-865; Falkner, F., Matheny A.P., Jr., The long term development of twins: Anthropometric factors and cognition (1995) Multiple Pregnancy: Epidemiology, Gestation and Perinatal Outcome, pp. 613-624. , In L.G. Keith, E. Papiernik, D.M. Keith, & B. Luke (Eds.); New York/London: The Parthenon Publishing Group; Farrington, D., Studying changes within individuals: The causes of offending (1988) Studies of Psychosocial Risk: The Power of Longitudinal Data, pp. 158-183. , In M. Rutter (Ed.); Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Fenson, L., Dale, P.S., Reznick, J.S., Thal, D., Bates, E., Hartung, J.P., Pethnick, S., Reilly, J.S., (1991) Technical Manual for the MacArthur Communicative Development Inventories, , San Diego: San Diego State University; Field, T., Sanberg, D., Garcia, A., Vega-Lahr, N., Goldstein, S., Guy, L., Pregnancy problems, post-partum depression and early mother-infant interactions (1985) Developmental Psychology, 21, pp. 1152-1156; Field, T., Healy, B., Goldstein, S., Guthertz, M., Behavior-state matching and synchrony in mother-infant interactions of nondepressed versus depressed dyads (1990) Developmental Psychology, 26, pp. 7-14; Gillberg, C., Gillberg, I.C., Infantile autism: A total populations study of reduced optimality in the pre-, and neonatal period (1983) Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 13, pp. 153-166; Golding, J., Pembrey, M., Jones, R., ALSPAC - The Avon Longitudinal Study of Parents and Children I: Study methodology (2001) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 15, pp. 74-87; Lytton, H., Conway, D., Sauve, R., The impact of twinship on parent-child interaction (1977) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, pp. 97-107; Lytton, H., Watts, D., Dunn, B.E., Twin-singleton differences in verbal ability: Where do they stem from? (1987) Intelligence, 11, pp. 359-369; (1988) Twinning and Twins, , MacGillivray, I., Campbell, D.M., & Thompson, B. (Eds.); Chichester: Wiley; Machin, G.A., Still, K., The twin-twin transfusion syndrome: Vascular anatomy of monochorionic placentas and their clinical outcomes (1995) Multiple Pregnancy: Epidemiology, Gestation and Perinatal Outcome, pp. 367-394. , In L.G. Keith, E. Papiernik, D.M. Keith, & Luke (Eds.); New York, London: The Parthenon Publishing Group; Marlow, N., Roberts, B.L., Cooke, R.W.I., Motor skills in extremely low birthweight children at the age of 6 years (1989) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 64, pp. 839-847; McCarthy, D., (1972) The McCarthy Scales of Children's Abilities, , New York: Psychological Corporation/Harcourt Brace Johanovich; Mills, M., Puckering, C., Pound, A., Cox, A., What is it about depressed mothers that influences their children's functioning? (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 11-17. , In J Stephenson (Ed.); Oxford: Pergamon; Mogford, K., Language development in twins (1988) Language Development in Exceptional Circumstances, pp. 80-95. , In D. Bishop & K. Mogford (Eds.); Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Murray, L., Effects of postnatal depression on infant development: Direct studies of early mother-infant interactions (1988) Mothermood and Mental Illness: Causes and Consequences, pp. 159-190. , In R. Kumar & I.F. Brockington (Eds.); Toronoto: Wright; (1997) Postpartum Depression and Child Development, , Murray, L., & Cooper, P.J. (Eds.); New York: Guilford Press; Myrianthopoulos, N.C., Melnick, M., Malformations in monozygotic twins: A possible source of environmental influence on the developmental genetic clock (1977) Gene-Environment Interactions in Common Diseases, pp. 206-220. , In E. Inouye & H. Nishimusa (Eds.); Baltimore: University Park Press; Myrianthopoulos, N.C., Nichols, P.L., Broman, S.H., Intellectual development of twins - Comparison with singletons (1976) Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae, 25, pp. 376-380; (1991) Standard Occupational Classification, 1-3. , London: HMSO; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five-Year-Olds: A Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Plomin, R., DeFries, J.C., McClearn, G.E., Rutter, M., (1997) Behavioral Genetics (3rd edn), , New York: W.H. Freeman; Powers, W.F., Kiely, J.L., Fowler, M.G., The role of birthweight, gestational age, race and other infant characteristics in twin intrauterine growth and infant mortality (1995) Multiple Pregnancy: Epidemiology, Gestation and Perinatal Outcome, pp. 163-174. , In L.G. Keith, E. Papiernik, D.M. Keith, & B. Luke (Eds.); New York/London: The Parthenon Publishing Group; Raven, J.C., Court, J.H., Raven, J., (1988) The Mill Hill Vocabulary Scale: 1988 Revision, , London: H.K. Lewis; Record, R.G., McKeown, T., Edwards, J.H., An investigation of the difference in measured intelligence between twins and single births (1970) Annals of Human Genetics, 34, pp. 11-20; Robin, M., Josse, D., Tourette, C., Mother-twin interaction during early childhood (1988) Acta Genetica Medicae et Gemellologiae, 37, pp. 151-159; Rutter, M., Epidemiological/longitudinal strategies and causal research in child psychiatry (1981) Journal of American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 20, pp. 513-544; Rutter, M., Bolton, P., Harrington, R., Le Couteur, A., Macdonald, H., Simonoff, E., Genetic factors in child psychiatric disorders: 1. A review of research strategies (1990) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, pp. 3-37; Rutter, M., Chadwick, O., Schachar, R., Hyperactivity and minimal brain dysfunction: Epidemiological perspectives on questions of cause and classification (1983) The Child at Psychiatric Risk, pp. 80-107. , In R.E. Tarter (Ed.); New York: Oxford University Press; Rutter, M., Madge, N., (1976) Cycles of Disadvantage, , London: Heinemann Educational; Rutter, M., Pickles, A., Murray, R., Eaves, L., Testing hypotheses of specific environmental risk mechanisms for psychopathology (2001) Psychological Bulletin, 127, pp. 291-324; Rutter, M., Redshaw, J., Growing up as a twin: Twin-singleton differences in psychological development (1991) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, pp. 885-896; Rutter, M., Silberg, J., O'Connor, T., Simonoff, E., Genetics and child psychiatry: 1. Advances in quantitative and molecular genetics (1999) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, pp. 3-18; Stein, A., Gath, D.H., Bucher, J., Bond, A., Cooper, P.J., The relationship between post-natal depression and mother-child interaction (1991) British Journal of Psychiatry, 158, pp. 46-52; Stewart, A.L., Rifkin, L., Amess, P.N., Kirkbride, V., Townsend, J.P., Miller, D.H., Lewis, S.W., Murray, R.M., Brain structure and neurocognitive and behavioural function in adolescents who were born very preterm (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 1653-1657; Thorpe, K.J., Golding, J., MacGillivray, I., Greenwood, R., Comparison of prevalence of depression in mothers of twins and mothers of singletons (1991) British Medical Journal, 302, pp. 875-878; Thorpe, K., Greenwood, R., Eivers, A., Rutter, M., Prevalence and developmental course of 'secret language' (2001) International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders, 36, pp. 43-62; Thorpe, K., Rutter, M., Greenwood, R., Twins as a natural experiment to study the causes of mild language delay: II: Family interaction risk factors (2003) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 43, pp. 342-355; Tomasello, M., Mannle, S., Kruger, A.C., Linguistic environment of 1-2 year old twins (1986) Developmental Psychology, 22, pp. 169-176; Touwen, B.C.L., Huisjes, H.J., Jurgens-V-D-Zee, A.D., Bierman-Van-Bendenburg, M.E.C., Smrkovsky, M., Olinga, A.A., Obstetrical conditions and neonatal neurologial morbidity: An analysis with the help of the optimality concept (1980) Early Human Development, 4, pp. 207-228; Waldrop, M.F., Halverson C.F., Jr., Minor physical anomalies and hyperactive behaviour in young children (1971) Exceptional Infant. Vol. 2: Studies in Abnormalities, pp. 343-380. , In J. Hellmut (Ed.); New York: Bruner/Mazel; Wolke, D., The psychological development of prematurely born children (1998) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 78, pp. 567-570; Wolke, D., Meyer, R., Cognitive status, language attainment and pre-reading skills of 6-year-old very preterm children and their peers: The Bavarian Longitudinal Study (1999) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 41, pp. 94-109; Zimmerman, I.L., Steiner, V.G., Pond, R.E., (1992) Pre-School of Language Scales - 3, , San Antonio: Psychological Corporation/Harcourt Brace Johanovich UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038390542&doi=10.1111%2f1469-7610.00125&partnerID=40&md5=4c100cd6490c4ce0b29c5f520ed61b14 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Permanent childhood hearing impairment - Epidemiology, age at identification, and causative factors ST - Høretab hos børn - Epidemiologi, identifikation og årsager gennem 30 år T2 - Ugeskrift for Laeger J2 - Ugeskr. Laeg. VL - 165 IS - 6 SP - 574 EP - 579 PY - 2003 SN - 00415782 (ISSN) AU - Parving, A. AU - Hauch, A.-M. AU - Christensen, B. AD - Audiologisk afdeling, H:S Bispebjerg Hospital, DK-2400 København NV, Denmark AB - Introduction: The survey describes paediatric audiology through 30 years within Copenhagen City concerning epidemiology, age at identification, and causes of permanent hearing impairment in children. Material and methods: Three longitudinal ten years birthcohorts are included: 1970-1979 (n = 69); 1980-1989 (n = 64), and 1990-1999 (n = 104) provided with hearing aids, living in the Copenhagen City at the time of the data collection in January 1982, 1992, and 2002. The cohorts 1970-1979 and 1980-1989 have previously been described (1), whereas the 1990-1999 birth cohort is evaluated as part of a prospective registry study. The estimated prevalences are based on the age-matched background population. Results: The estimated prevalence of children provided with hearing aids is 1.97/1000 and the estimated prevalence of congenital hearing impairment is 1.50/1000 - without longitudinal changes from 1970-1979 over 1980-1989 to 1990-1999. The proportion of at-risk children in the three-pooled birth-cohorts is 63.3%. The median age at identification of the birth-cohort 1990-1999 was 18 months, 1980-1989 16 months, and 1970-1979 43 months. Only 6% of children with congenital hearing impairment born 1990-1999 are identified at the age of six months, and only 27% at the age of one year. An increase in the prevalence of genetic hearing immpairment in the cohort 1970-1979 was demonstrated. Discussion: The prevalence of permanent hearing impairment in childhood through three decades is unchanged, and the age at identification of children with congenital hearing impairments is still delayed. Factors causing hearing impairment demonstrate an increase in genetic factors, which, however, are not significant. KW - article KW - birth KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - Denmark KW - evaluation KW - female KW - genetic disorder KW - hearing aid KW - hearing impairment KW - heredity KW - human KW - infant KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - onset age KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - prospective study KW - register KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Hearing Aids KW - Hearing Loss KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: UGLAA C2 - 12608025 LA - Danish N1 - Correspondence Address: Parving, A.; Audiologisk afdeling, H:S Bispebjerg Hospital, DK-2400 København NV, Denmark; email: ap03@bbh.hosp.dk N1 - References: Parving, A., Congenital hearing disability - Epidemiology and identification: A comparison between two health authority districts (1993) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 27, pp. 29-46; Parving, A., Salomon, G., Medfødt hørenedsættelse hos børn i København en oversigt (1993) Ugeskr Læger, 155, pp. 1178-1182; (1995) Vejledning i Profylaktiske Lægeundersøgelser af Børn i Alderen fra 0-6 År og Vejledning i Anvendelse af et Autoriseret Journalkort, , København: Sundhedsstyrelsen; Parving, A., Paediatric audiological medicine - A survey from a regional department (1992) J Aud Med, 1, pp. 99-111; Parving, A., Hauch, A.-M., Permanent childhood hearing impairment - Some cross-sectional characteristics from a surveillance program (2001) Int Ped, 16, pp. 33-37; Jensen, J.H., Ostri, B., Hjernestammeaudiometri og ukonventionel audiometri hos småbørn - En sammenligning med senere rentoneaudiometri (1991) Ugeskr Læger, 153, pp. 1055-1057; Parving, A., Aetiological diagnosis in hearing-impaired children - Clinical value and application of a modern examination programme (1984) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 7, pp. 29-38; Tekin, M., Arnos, K.S., Pandya, A., Advances in hereditary deafness (2001) Lancet, 358, pp. 1082-1089; Jacobsen, S., Grønskov, K., Brøndum-Nielsen, K., Parving, A., Is there a relationship between U-shaped audiograms and mutations in Connexin 26 (2001) Scand Audiol, 30, pp. 184-188; (1993) NIH Consensus Statement: Early Identification of Hearing Impairment in Infants and Young Children, 11, pp. 1-25. , Bethesda, Maryland: National Institute of Health; Grandori, F., Lutman, M., (1998) European Consensus Statement on Neonatal Hearing Screening. From the European Consensus Development Conference on Neonatal Hearing Screening, , Milan 15-16 May 1998. Bruxelles: European Commission; Mencher, G.T., Challenge of epidemiological research in the developing world: Overview (2000) Audiology, 39, pp. 178-183; Kennedy, C., Controlled trial of universal neonatal screening for early identification of permanent childhood hearing impairment (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 1957-1964. , Wessez Universal Neonatal Hearing Screening Trial Group; Prieve, B., Dalzell, L., Berg, A., Bradley, M., Cacace, T., Campbell, D., The New York State Universal Newborn hearing screening project: Outpatient outcome measures (2000) Ear and Hear, 21, pp. 92-103; Yoshinaga-Itano, C., Sedey, A.L., Coulter, D.K., Mehl, A.L., Language of early-and later-identified children with hearing loss (1998) Pediatrics, 102, pp. 1161-1171; Davis, A., Bamford, J., Wilson, I., Ramkalawan, T., Wright, M., Foreshaw, S., A critical review of the role of neonatal hearing screening in the detection of congenital hearing impairment (1997) Health Techn Assess, 1, pp. 1-177; Thompson, D.C., McPhillips, H., Davis, R.L., Lieu, T.A., Homer, C.A., Helfand, M., Universal newborn hearing screening - Summary of evidence (2001) JAMA, 286, pp. 2000-2010; Tranebjærg, L., Genetiske årsaker til hørselsap - Satus og perspektiver (1999) Nor Lægeforen, 119, pp. 1919-1924; Steel, K.P., Kros, C.J., A genetic approach to understanding auditory function (2001) Nature Genetics, 27, pp. 143-149; Van Laer, L., Coucke, P., Mueller, R.F., Caethoven, G., Flothmann, K., Prasad, S.D., A common founder for the 35deIG GJB2 gene mutation in connexin 26 hearing impairment (2001) J Med Gen, 38, pp. 515-518; noteUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037415549&partnerID=40&md5=8e40886c8e03d3ed0cf01927a2df6fec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Inequality in the early cognitive development of British children in the 1970 cohort T2 - Economica J2 - Economica VL - 70 IS - 277 SP - 73 EP - 97 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1111/1468-0335.t01-1-00272 SN - 00130427 (ISSN) AU - Feinstein, L. AD - London School of Economics, London, United Kingdom AB - This paper develops an index of development for British children in the 1970 cohort, assessed at 22 months, 42 months, 5 years and 10 years. The score at 22 months predicts educational qualifications at age 26 and is related to family background. The children of educated or wealthy parents who scored poorly in the early tests had a tendency to catch up, whereas children of worse-off parents who scored poorly were extremely unlikely to catch up and are shown to be an at-risk group. There is no evidence that entry into schooling reverses this pattern. KW - cognition KW - educational attainment KW - income distribution KW - socioeconomic indicator KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :248 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Feinstein, L.; London School of Economics, London, United Kingdom N1 - References: Barnett, W.S., Long-term effects of early childcare programs on cognitive and school outcomes (1995) The Future of Children, 5 (3), pp. 25-50. , Los Altos, Cal.: Center for the Future of Children, The David and Lucile Packard Foundation; Bartholomew, D., (1973) Stochastic Model for Social Processes, , Chichester: John Wiley; Bayley, N., Consistency and variability in the growth of intelligence from birth to eighteen years (1949) Journal of Genetic Psychology, 75, pp. 165-196; Berrueta-Clement, J., Schweinhart, L.J., Barnett, W.S., Epstein, A.S., Weikart, D.P., Changed lives: The effects of the Perry pre-school programme on youths through age nineteen (1984) Monograph of the High/Scope Educational Research Foundation, 8. , Ypsilanti, Mich.: High/Scope Press; Bornstein, M.H., Sigman, M.D., Continuity in mental development from infancy (1986) Child Development, 57, pp. 251-274; Chamberlain, R., Davey, A., Cross-sectional study of developmental test items in children aged 94-97 weeks: Report of the British births child study (1976) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18, pp. 54-70; Coleman, J.S., (1966) Equality of Educational Opportunity, 2. , Washington DC: US Government Printing Office; (1999) Sure-Start: A Guide for Trailblazers, , DfEE London: DfEE; Dougherty, T.M., Haith, M.M., Infant expectations and reaction time as predictors of childhood speed of processing and IQ (1997) Developmental Psychology, 33, pp. 146-155; Feinstein, L., (2000) The Relative Economic Importance of Academic, Psychological and Behavioural Attributes Developed in Childhood, pp. 209-234. , Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper no. 443; Feinstein, L., Robertson, D., Symons, J., Pre-school education and attainment in the NCDS and BCS (1999) Education Economics, 7 (3); Hanushek, E.A., The economics of schooling: Production and efficiency in public schools (1986) Journal of Economic Literature, 24, pp. 1141-1177; Harris, D.B., (1963) Children's Drawings As Measures of Intellectual Maturity, , New York: Harcourt, Brace and World; Klebanov, K.B., Brooks-Gunn, J., McCarton, C., McCormick, M.C., The contribution of neighbourhood and family income to developmental test scores over the first three years of life (1998) Child Development, 96, pp. 1420-1436; Koppitz, E.M., (1968) Psychological Evaluation of Children's Human Figure Drawings, , New York: Grure and Stratton; Liaw, F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Cumulative familial risks and low birth-weight children's cognitive and behavioural development (1994) Journal of Child Psychology, 23, pp. 360-372; Liebowitz, A., Home investments in children (1974) Journal of Political Economy, 82, pp. 111-131; Neligan, G.A., Prudham, D., Norms for four standard development milestones by sex, social class and place in family (1969) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurologs, 11, p. 413; Ramey, S.L., Ramey, C.T., Early childhood experiences and developmental competence (2000) Securing the Future: Investing in Children from Birth to College, pp. 122-150. , J. Waldfogel and S. Danziger (eds.), New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Schmitt, J., (1993) The Changing Structure of Male Earnings in Britain, 1974-1988, , Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper, no. 122, March; Schweinhart, L., Weikart, C., Larner, M., Consequences of three pre-school curriculum models through age fifteen (1986) Early Education Research Quarterly, 1, pp. 15-45; Shorrocks, A., The measurement of mobility (1978) Econometrica, 46, pp. 1013-1024; Spearman, C., General intelligence, objectively determined and measured (1904) American Journal of Psychology, 15, pp. 201-293; Waldfogel, J., (1999) Early Childhood Interventions and Outcomes, , CASE Paper 21, Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Wilson, R.S., The Louisville twin study: Developmental synchronies in behaviour (1983) Child Development, 54, pp. 298-316; Zeanah, C.H., Boris, N.W., Larrieu, J.A., Infant development and developmental risk: A review of the past ten years (1997) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36 (2), pp. 165-178 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037321725&doi=10.1111%2f1468-0335.t01-1-00272&partnerID=40&md5=5918932fe4a6c12314118612efb85396 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Tooth-by-tooth survival analysis of the first caries attack in different age cohorts and health centers in Finland T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 5 PY - 2003 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Korhonen, M. AU - Käkilehto, T. AU - Larmas, M. AD - Department of Pedodontics, University of Oulu, Oulu University Hospital, Oulu, Finland AD - Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, P.O. Box 52981, FI-90401 Oulu, Finland AB - The aims of this study were to test the hypothesis that existing patient records serve as a source of data for survival analysis of dental health and to develop a system for routinely conducted survival analysis of dental health from tooth eruption to first caries attack. Patient records for three cohorts were collected from four towns in Finland: Oulu, Turku, Kuopio, and Kemi. The study population comprised 2103 children born and living in these towns. The Kaplan-Meier curves for dental caries were drawn separately for each tooth and for the maxilla and mandible (for each age cohort). Placements of the first restoration of all teeth in each age cohort were investigated. The 1960 cohort had an extremely high post-eruptive morbidity in all teeth. The 1970 cohort had relatively high immediate post-eruptive morbidity in both molars, but much lower than that of the 1960 cohort. The filling increment rates for second molars were lower than those of the first molars in the 1970 cohort. Characteristic of the 1980 cohort was a rapid increase in the caries increment of the premolars and second molars 4 years after eruption. The results indicate a big difference in tooth-by-tooth dental health in Finland. A huge decline in caries attack was seen from the 1960 cohort to the 1980 cohort, but a deterioration of dental health in premolars and second molars is clearly seen in the 1980 cohort in the 1990s. KW - Dental caries KW - Dental health KW - Survival analysis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - dental caries KW - dental health KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - infant KW - Kaplan Meier method KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mandible KW - maxilla KW - medical record KW - molar tooth KW - morbidity KW - newborn KW - premolar tooth KW - survival KW - tooth eruption KW - tooth filling KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Determination by Teeth KW - Age of Onset KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Bayes Theorem KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dental Caries KW - Dental Records KW - Dental Restoration, Permanent KW - DMF Index KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Survival Analysis KW - Tooth KW - Tooth Eruption KW - Tooth Extraction N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 12635773 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Korhonen, M.; Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, P.O. Box 52981, FI-90401 Oulu, Finland; email: marjut.korhonen@oulu.fi N1 - References: Härkänen, T., Larmas, M., Virtanen, J., Arjas, E., Applying modern survival analysis methods to longitudinal dental caries studies (2002) J Dent Res, 81, pp. 144-148; Hujoel, P.P., Löe, H., Anerud, A., Boysen, H., Leroux, B.G., Forty-five-year tooth survival probabilities among men in Oslo, Norway (1998) J Dent Res, 77, pp. 2020-2027; Hannigan, A., O'Mullane, D.M., Barry, D., Schäfer, F., Roberts, A.J., A re-analysis of a caries clinical trial by survival analysis (2001) J Dent Res, 80, pp. 427-431; Larmas, M., Virtanen, J., Bloigu, R., Timing of first restorations in permanent teeth: A new system for oral health determination (1995) J Dent, 23, pp. 347-352; Suni, J., Changes in the cumulative tooth and surface-specific survival rates between four age cohorts (1997) Annales Universitatis Turkuensis D, p. 260; Hausen, H., Kärkkäinen, S., Seppä, L., Caries data collected from public health records compared with data based on examinations by trained examiners (2001) Caries Res, 35, pp. 360-365; Carlos, J.P., Gittelsohn, A.M., Longitudinal studies of the natural history of caries. II. A life-table study of caries incidence in the permanent teeth (1965) Arch Oral Biol, 10, pp. 739-751; Hausen, H., Milen, A., Tala, H., Nordling, H., Paunio, I., Heinonen, O.P., Caries frequency among 6-17-year old-participants of the Finnish public dental care during 1975-1979 (1983) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 11, pp. 74-80; Seppä, L., Hausen, H., Pöllänen, L., Helasharju, K., Kärkkäinen, S., Past caries recordings made in Public Dental Health Care Centers as predictors of caries prevalence in early adolescence (1989) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 17, pp. 277-281; (1988) SAS Language for Personal Computers, Release 6.03 Edition, , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037331847&partnerID=40&md5=9d545b03e3e9dbf50344b397004c73cb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality of hepatitis B surface antigen-positive blood donors in England and Wales T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 118 EP - 124 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1093/ije/dyg039 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Crook, P.D. AU - Jones, M.E. AU - Hall, A.J. AD - London Sch. of Hygiene/Tropical Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - The Institute of Cancer Research, Epidemiology Section, Block D, Sutton SM2 5NG, United Kingdom AB - Background. Large population-based cohort studies in areas of high hepatitis B virus (HBV) prevalence have provided the evidence establishing hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) carriage as a risk factor for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) and liver disease. Fewer studies have examined this in Western countries, where both HBV infection and carriage are less common and transmission patterns differ. This is the only prospective population-based study to examine this relationship in Europe. Methods. In all, 2681 male and 977 female blood donors in England and Wales, found to be HBsAg positive during routine blood-donation screening, were followed up from recruitment in 1970-1982 to December 1999 and their cause-specific mortality was analysed. This was compared with that of the general population of England and Wales. Results. During a mean of 22 years of follow-up, 17.4% of the 420 deaths were due to HCC or liver disease. There were 20 deaths from HCC in male HBsAg carriers, representing a significantly high standardized mortality ratio (SMR) compared to the male population of England and Wales of 26 (SMR = 26.26; 95% CI: 16.04-40.54). The HCC incidence rate in males was 33.5 per 100 000 person years and 4.4 per 100 000 person years in females. Men had 8.5 (SMR = 8.50; 95 % CI: 6.25-11.31) and women had 3.9 times the risk of death from liver disease (SMR = 3.89; 95% CI: 1.26-9.09). The risk of circulatory disease deaths was reduced in both males and females. There was a significant increased risk of non-Hodgkins lymphoma that was not apparent in the first decade of follow-up. The increased risk of HCC and liver disease in men fell with follow-up. Conclusion. Hepatitis B surface antigen carriage is a significant risk factor in England and Wales for both liver disease and HCC mortality. However, this risk has declined with duration of follow-up. This could be due to natural reversion to HBsAg negativity or as a result of treatment and avoidance of other risk factors. The increased risk of non-Hodgkins lymphoma seen in longer follow-up is likely to be related to HIV infection acquired subsequent to recruitment. KW - Chronic liver disease KW - Cohort KW - Hepatitis B virus KW - Hepatocellular carcinoma KW - Population-based KW - hepatitis B surface antigen KW - hepatitis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - blood donor KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer risk KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - Europe KW - female KW - follow up KW - hepatitis B KW - Hepatitis B virus KW - human KW - ischemia KW - liver cell carcinoma KW - liver disease KW - male KW - mortality KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - population KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - seroconversion KW - seroprevalence KW - United Kingdom KW - virus carrier KW - virus transmission KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Blood Donors KW - Carcinoma, Hepatocellular KW - Cause of Death KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hepatitis B KW - Hepatitis B Surface Antigens KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Liver Diseases KW - Liver Neoplasms KW - Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :39 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 12690022 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hall, A.J.; London Sch. of Hygiene/Tropical Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: andy.hall@lshtm.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hepatitis B Surface Antigens N1 - References: Van, D.P., Vellinga, A., Epidemiology of hepatitis B and C in Europe (1998) Acta Gastroenterol. Belg., 61, pp. 175-182; (2001) Hepatitis Viruses, , International Agency for Research on Cancer Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Beasley, R.P., Hwang, L.Y., Overview on the epidemiology of hepatocellular carcinoma (1991) Viral Hepatitis & Liver Disease, pp. 532-535. , Hollinger FB (ed.). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins; Beasley, R.P., Lin, C.C., Hepatoma risk among HBsAg carriers (1978) Am. J. Epidemiol., 108, p. 247; Beasley, R.P., Hwang, L.Y., Lin, C.C., Chien, C.S., Hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatitis B virus. A prospective study of 22 707 men in Taiwan (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 1129-1133; Nomura, A., Stemmermann, G.N., Wasnich, R.D., Presence of hepatitis B surface antigen before primary hepatocellular carcinoma (1982) JAMA, 247, pp. 2247-2249; McMahon, B.J., Alberts, S.R., Wainwright, R.B., Bulkow, L., Lanier, A.P., Hepatitis B-related sequelae. Prospective study in 1400 hepatitis B surface antigen-positive Alaska native carriers (1990) Arch. Intern. Med., 150, pp. 1051-1054; Fukao, A., An epidemiological study on relationship between hepatitis B virus and hepatocellular carcinoma (1985) Nippon Shokakibyo Gakkai Zasshi, 82, pp. 232-238; Tu, J.T., Gao, R.N., Zhang, D.H., Gu, B.C., Hepatitis B virus and primary liver cancer on Chongming Island, People's Republic of China (1985) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 69, pp. 213-215; Ding, Z.G., Epidemiological study on relationship between hepatitis B and liver cancer - A prospective study on development of liver cancer and distribution of HBsAg carriers and liver damage persons in Guangxi (1988) Zhonghua Liu Xing Bing Xue Za Zhi, 9, pp. 220-223; Sakuma, K., Saitoh, N., Kasai, M., Relative risks of death due to liver disease among Japanese male adults having various statuses for hepatitis B s and e antigen/antibody in serum: A prospective study (1988) Hepatology, 8, pp. 1642-1646; Yeh, F.S., Yu, M.C., Mo, C.C., Luo, S., Tong, M.J., Henderson, B.E., Hepatitis B virus, aflatoxins, and hepatocellular carcinoma in southern Guangxi, China (1989) Cancer Res., 49, pp. 2506-2509; Mori, M., Hara, M., Wada, I., Prospective study of hepatitis B and C viral infections, cigarette smoking, alcohol consumption, and other factors associated with hepatocellular carcinoma risk in Japan (2000) Am. J. Epidemiol., 151, pp. 131-139; Prince, A.M., Alcabes, P., The risk of development of hepatocellular carcinoma in hepatitis B virus carriers in New York. A preliminary estimate using death-records matching (1982) Hepatology, 2, pp. 15S-20S; Dodd, R.Y., Nath, N., Increased risk for lethal forms of liver disease among HBsAg-positive blood donors in the United States (1987) J. Virol. Methods, 17, pp. 81-94; Oshima, A., Tsukuma, H., Hiyama, T., Fujimoto, I., Yamano, H., Tanaka, M., Follow-up study of HBs Ag-positive blood donors with special reference to effect of drinking and smoking on development of liver cancer (1984) Int. J. Cancer, 34, pp. 775-779; Tokudome, S., Ikeda, M., Matsushita, K., Maeda, Y., Yoshinari, M., Hepatocellular carcinoma among female Japanese hepatitis B virus carriers (1987) Hepatogastroenterology, 34, pp. 246-248; Hall, A.J., Winter, P.D., Wright, R., Mortality of hepatitis B positive blood donors in England and Wales (1985) Lancet, 1, pp. 91-93; Dragosics, B., Ferenci, P., Hitchman, E., Denk, H., Long-term follow-up study of asymptomatic HBsAg-positive voluntary blood donors in Austria: A clinical and histologic evaluation of 242 cases (1987) Hepatology, 7, pp. 302-306; Sherman, M., Peltekian, K.M., Lee, C., Screening for hepatocellular carcinoma in chronic carriers of hepatitis B virus: Incidence and prevalence of hepatocellular carcinoma in a North American urban population (1995) Hepatology, 22, pp. 432-438; Ross, R.K., Urinary aflatoxin biomarkers and risks of hepatocellular carcinoma (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 943-946; London, W.T., Evans, A.A., Buetow, K., Molecular and genetic epidemiology of hepatocellular carcinoma: Studies in China and Senegal (1995) Princess Takamatsu Symp., 25, pp. 51-60; (1978), Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. Comparison of the 8th and 9th International Classification of Diseases. Incorporating short list bridge-coding, 1978 (a sample) for England & Wales; Coleman, M., Douglas, A., Hermon, C., Peto, J., Cohort study analysis with a FORTRAN computer program (1986) Int. J. Epidemiol., 15, pp. 134-137; Monson, R.R., (1980) Occupational Epidemiology, pp. 54-59. , Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press; Sobeslavsky, O., Prevalence of markers of hepatitis B virus infection in various countries: A WHO collaborative study (1980) Bull World Health Organ, 58, pp. 621-628; Sampliner, R.E., The duration of hepatitis B surface antigenemia (1979) Arch. Intern. Med., 139, pp. 145-146 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0242432492&doi=10.1093%2fije%2fdyg039&partnerID=40&md5=41dc437e7b8c144b7c76ed13763458b6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence of cigarette smoking by birth cohort among males and females in Spain, 1910-1990 T2 - European Journal of Cancer Prevention J2 - Eur.J. Cancer Prev. VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 62 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1097/00008469-200302000-00009 SN - 09598278 (ISSN) AU - Fernandez, E. AU - Schiaffino, A. AU - Borràs, J.M. AU - Shafey, O. AU - Villalbí, J.R. AU - La Vecchia, C. AD - Cancer Prevention and Control Unit, Institut Catala d'Oncologia, L'Hospitalet, Barcelona, Spain AD - Department of Public Health, Universitat de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain AD - Dept. Epidemiol./Surveillance Res., American Cancer Society, Atlanta, GA, United States AD - Ist. Ric. Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Milan, Italy AD - Ist. di Stat. Medica e Biometria, Univ. degli Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy AD - Catalan Institute of Oncology, Cancer Prevention and Control Unit, Av. Gran Via s/n, Km 2.7, 08907 L'Hospitalet (Barcelona), Spain AB - We analysed the prevalence of cigarette smoking among subsequent birth cohorts of Spanish males and females. Data were drawn from the Spanish NHIS conducted in 1993 (n = 26 400), 1995 (n = 8300) and 1997 (n = 8300). From the original computer files, the three surveys were pooled to obtain a single sample. A total of 33 223 subjects (16 036 men and 17 187 women) born between 1900 and 1979, ≥ 16 years old, were directly interviewed and with complete information on the history of smoking included for analysis. Based on each respondent's sex and calendar year of birth, the person was classified into a particular sex-birth cohort in the decades from 1900-09 to 1970-79. For each year from date of birth to date of survey, respondents were further classified as either cigarette smoker or nonsmoker. The prevalence of cigarette smoking among successive cohorts of Spanish men and women was estimated, with correction for excess mortality of smokers. In men, the peak in smoking was reached in the 1950-59 birth cohort (prevalence rate of 68% at ages 20-29), after increases during the previous calendar years. Smoking among women was rare until 1960. Female smoking prevalence rates increased progressively among subsequent cohorts until 1980. The age distribution of smoking prevalence in women in 1990 mimics that observed in men 40 years earlier. A substantial delay in the spread of the tobacco epidemic among men is apparent. In women, the delay in the initiation of the smoking epidemic ended with a quick diffusion of the habit. © 2003 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. KW - Epidemiology KW - Gender differences KW - Smoking KW - adult KW - article KW - cigarette smoking KW - epidemic KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - male KW - mortality KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - Spain KW - tobacco dependence KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prevalence KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Spain KW - Tobacco Use Disorder N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJUPE C2 - 12548111 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fernandez, E.; Catalan Institute of Oncology, Cancer Prevention and Control Unit, Av. Gran Via s/n, Km 2.7, 08907 L'Hospitalet (Barcelona), Spain; email: efernandez@ico.scs.es N1 - References: Banegas Banegas, J.R., Díez Gañan, L., Rodríguez Artalejo, F., Mortalidad atribuible al tabaquismo en España 1998 (2001) Med Clin (Barc), 117, pp. 692-694; Birkett, N.J., Trends in smoking by birth cohort for births between 1940 and 1975: A reconstructed cohort analysis of the 1990 Ontario Health Survey (1997) Prev Med, 26, pp. 534-541; Borràs, J., Borràs, J.M., Galceran, J., Trends in smoking-related cancer incidence in Tarragona, Spain (2001) Cancer Causes Control, 12, pp. 903-908; Borras, J.M., Fernandez, E., Schiaffino, A., Pattern of smoking initiation in Catalonia (Spain) from 1948 to 1992 (2000) Am J Public Health, 9, pp. 1459-1462; Borrell, C., Pasarín, M.I., (2001) Resultats Preliminars de l'Enquesta de Salut de Barcelona, 2000, , Barcelona: Institut Municipal de Salut Pública, Ajuntament de Barcelona; Brenner, H., A birth cohort analysis of the smoking epidemic in West Germany (1993) J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, pp. 54-58; Cavelaars, A.E., Kunst, A.E., Geurts, J.J., Educational differences in smoking: International comparison (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 1102-1107; (1989) Reducing the Health Consequences of Smoking: 25 Years of Progress. A Report of the Surgeon General, , Rockville, MD: Office on Smoking and Health; (1981) Boletin Epidemiologico Semanal, 1502, pp. 289-291; Fernández, E., Carné, J., Schiaffino, A., El abandono del hábito tabáquico en Cataluña (1999) Gac Sanit, 13, pp. 353-360; Fernandez, E., Garcia, M., Schiaffino, A., Smoking initiation and cessation by gender and educational level in Catalonia (Spain) (2001) Prev Med, 32, pp. 218-223; Fernandez, E., Gonzalez, J.R., Borras, J.M., Recent decline in cancer mortality in Catalonia (Spain). A joinpoint regression analysis (2001) Eur J Cancer, 37, pp. 2222-2228; Fernandez, E., Schiaffino, A., Garcia, M., Widening social inequalities in smoking cessation in Spain, 1987-1997 (2001) J Epidemiol Community Health, 55, pp. 729-730; Fernandez, E., Schiaffino, A., Pérez, G., Smoking and mortality in Southern Europe. The Catalan Health Interview Survey Follow-up Study (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 153 (11), pp. S134; Ferrence, R.G., Sex differences in cigarette smoking in Canada 1900-1978: A reconstructed cohort study (1988) Can J Public Health, 79, pp. 160-165; Franco, J., Pérez-Hoyos, S., Plaza, P., Changes in lung-cancer mortality trends in Spain (2002) Int J Cancer, 97, pp. 102-105; Garrido, L., (1992) Las dos Biografías de la Mujer en España, , Madrid: Instituto de la Mujer; González Enríquez, J., Villar Álvarez, F., Banegas Banegas, J.R., Tendencia de la mortalidad atribuible al tabaquismo en España, 1978-1992: 600 000 Muertes en 15 años (1997) Med Clin (Barc), 109, pp. 577-582; Harris, J., Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900-80 (1983) JNCI, 71, pp. 473-479; Hatziandreu, E.J., Pierce, J.P., Fiore, M.C., The reliability of self-reported cigarette consumption in the United States (1989) Am J Public Health, 79, pp. 1020-1023; Huber, G.L., Pandina, R.J., The economics of tobacco (1997) The Tobacco Epidemic, pp. 28-29. , Bolliger CT, Fagerström KO (editors): Basel: Karger Publishing; La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Pagano, R., Prevalence of cigarette smoking among subsequent cohorts of Italian males and females (1986) Prev Med, 15, pp. 606-613; La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Decarli, A., Trends in smoking and lung cancer mortality in Switzerland (1988) Prev Med, 17, pp. 712-724; Laaksonen, M., Uuutela, A., Vartiainen, E., Development of smoking by birth cohort in the adult population in eastern Finland 1972-97 (1999) Tob Control, 8, pp. 161-168; López-Abente, G., Pollán, M., Vergara, A., Tendencia temporal de la incidencia de cȧncer en Navarra y Zaragoza (2000) Gac Sanit, 14, pp. 100-109; López-Nicolás, A., How important are tobacco prices in the propensity to start and quit smoking? An analysis of smoking histories from the Spanish National Health Survey (2002) Health Econ, 11, pp. 521-535; Mendoza Berjano, R., Batista Foguet, J.M., Sanchez Garcia, M., El consumo de tabaco, alcohol y otras drogas en los adolescentes escolarizados españoles (1998) Gac Sanit, 12, pp. 263-271; (1999) Encuestas Nacionales de Salud, 1993, 1995, 1997, , Madrid: Ministerio de Sanidad y Consumo; Morabia, A., Costanza, M.C., Bernstein, M.S., Ages at initiation of cigarette smoking and quit attempts among women: A generation effect (2002) Am J Public Health, 92, pp. 71-74; Movimiento Natural de la Población y Censo de la Población (1910-1990). Instituto Nacional de Estadistica, Madrid; años: 1910, 1920, 1930, 1940, 1950, 1960, 1970, 1980, 1990; Newcombe, R.G., Two sided confidence intervals for the single proportion: Comparison of seven methods (1998) Stat Med, 17, pp. 857-872; Nordlund, L.A., Trends in smoking habits and lung cancer in Sweden (1998) Eur J Cancer Prev, 7, pp. 109-116; (1983) Cigarette Smoking: 1972 to 1982, , OPCS Monitor; Paluzie, G., Sans, S., Balana, L., Tendencias seculares del tabaquismo según el nivel educativo entre 1986 y 1996: Estudio MONICA-Catalun̄a (2001) Gac Sanit, 15, pp. 303-311; Pelletier, F., Marcil-Gratton, N., Légaré, J., A cohort approach to tobacco use and mortality: The case of Quebec (1996) Prev Med, 25, pp. 730-740; Regidor, E., Gutierrez-Fisac, J.L., Calle, M.E., Trends in cigarette smoking in Spain by social class (2001) Prev Med, 33, pp. 241-248; Schiaffino, A., Fernandez, E., Borrell, C., Gender and educational differences in smoking initiation rates in Spain from 1948 to 1992 (2003) Eur J Public Health, , in press; Villalbi, J., Lopez, V., La prevención del tabaquismo como problema politico (2001) Gac Sanit, 15, pp. 265-272; Villalbi, J.R., Pasarin, M.I., Nebot, M., Mortalidad por cáncer de pulmón: Inicio de declive en los varones de Barcelona (2001) Med Clin (Barc), 117, pp. 727-731; Waldron, I., Patterns and causes of gender differences in smoking (1991) Soc Sci Med, 32, pp. 989-1005 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037327073&doi=10.1097%2f00008469-200302000-00009&partnerID=40&md5=c1f57e7cfbda56a3eca5a20cd2e9dcdd ER - TY - JOUR TI - Do clever brains age more slowly? Further exploration of a nun result T2 - British Journal of Psychology J2 - Br. J. Psychol. VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 71 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1348/000712603762842101 SN - 20448295 (ISSN) AU - Rabbitt, P. AU - Chetwynd, A. AU - Mclnnes, L. AD - Age/Cogn. Perf. Research Centre, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom AD - Department of Biomathematics, University of Lancaster, Lancaster, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Northumbria, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, United Kingdom AB - Recent epidemiological evidence suggests that Individuals who have higher levels of mental ability In youth experience a slower cognitive decline as they grow old. In a sample of 3,263 Newcastle residents, average scores on a vocabulary test (Raven's 1965 'Mill Hill A') did not vary, while average scores on a test of fluid mental ability (the Heim, 1970, AH 4 (I) group Intelligence test) sharply declined with age from 49 to 92 years. In young adults, Mill Hill A scores are good proxies for AH 4 (I) scores. This relationship allowed Individuals' youthful AH 4(I) test scores to be estimated from their current, unchanged, Mill Hill A scores so that age-related changes in AH 4 test scores over the adult life-span could be estimated and compared between high and low ability groups, men and women, and individuals of different levels of socio-economic advantage. The cross-sectional estimated rate of age-related decline in general mental ability was found to be the same for people of all levels of ability and socio-economic advantage, and not to differ between men and women. KW - age KW - aged KW - aging KW - article KW - brain KW - cognitive defect KW - female KW - human KW - intelligence KW - intelligence test KW - language test KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - middle aged KW - occupation KW - physiology KW - psychological aspect KW - psychological model KW - sex difference KW - statistics KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aging KW - Brain KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Intelligence KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Language Tests KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Psychological KW - Occupations KW - Sex Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12648389 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rabbitt, P.; Age/Cogn. Perf. Research Centre, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom; email: rabbit@psy.man.ac.uk N1 - References: Andersen, M., Evidence for a single global factor of developmental change - Too good to be true? (1995) Australian Journal of Psychology, 47, pp. 18-24; Birren, J.E., Psychological aspects of aging: Intellectual functioning (1968) Gerontologist, 8, pp. 16-23; Heim, A.W., (1970) The AH 4 Group Test of Intelligence, , Windsor, UK: NFER-Nelson; Horn, J.L., The theory of fluid and crystallized intelligence in relation to concepts of cognitive psychology and aging in adulthood (1982) Aging and Cognitive Processes, pp. 48-96. , F. I. M. Craik & S. Trehub (Eds.). Boston, MA: Plenum; Houx, P.J., Vreeling, F.W., Jolles, J., Age-associated cognitive decline is related to biological life-events (1991) Alzheimer's Disease: Basic Mechanisms, Diagnosis and Therapeutic Strategies, pp. 353-359. , K. Iqbal, D. R. C. McLachlan, B. Winblad, & H. M. Wisniewski (Eds.). Chichester, UK: Wiley; Jensen, A.R., Chronometric analysis of mental ability (1980) Journal of Social and Biological Structures, 3, pp. 181-224; Jensen, A.R., Whang, P.A., Reaction times and intelligence: A comparison of Chinese-American and Anglo-American children (1993) Journal of Biosocial Science, 25, pp. 397-410; Leon, D.A., Reduced foetal growth rate and increased risk of death from ischaemic heart disease: A cohort study of 15,000 Swedish men and women born 1915-29 (1998) British Medical Journal, 317 (7153), pp. 241-245; (1980) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Rabbitt, P., Does it all go together when it goes? (1993) Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46 (A), pp. 385-433; Rabbitt, P.M., Donlan, C., Bent, N., McInnes, L., Abson, V., The University of Manchester Age and Cognitive Performance Research Centre and North East Age Research longitudinal programmes 1982 to 1997 (1993) Zeifschrift für Gerontologie, 26, pp. 176-183; Raven, J.C., (1965) The Mitt Hill Vocabulary Scale, , London: Lewis; Snowden, D.A., Kemper, S.J., Mortimer, J.A., Greinier, L.H., Wekstein, D.R., Markesbery, W.R., Linguistic ability in early life and cognitive function and Alzheimer's disease in later life: Findings from the nun study (1996) Journal of the American Medical Association, 21, pp. 528-532; Snowden, D.A., Ostwald, S.K., Kane, R.E.L., Keenan, N.L., Years of life with good and poor mental and physical function in the elderly (1989) Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 42, pp. 1055-1066; Sorensenson, H.T., Birthweight and cognition: A historical cohort study (1997) British Medical Journal, 315 (7105), pp. 401-403; Vemon, P.A., Speed of information processing and intelligence (1983) Intelligence, 7, pp. 53-70 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0041696567&doi=10.1348%2f000712603762842101&partnerID=40&md5=95cb9ee96ffc38f41a36fa871d77a7ad ER - TY - JOUR TI - Practice parameter: Treatment of the child with a first unprovoked seizure: Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Society T2 - Neurology J2 - Neurology VL - 60 IS - 2 SP - 166 EP - 175 PY - 2003 SN - 00283878 (ISSN) AU - Hirtz, D. AU - Berg, A. AU - Bettis, D. AU - Camfield, C. AU - Camfield, P. AU - Crumrine, P. AU - Gaillard, W.D. AU - Schneider, S. AU - Shinnar, S. AD - Natl. Inst. Neurol. Disorders/Stroke, NIH, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - Department of Pediatric Neurology, IWK Health Center, Halifax, NS, Canada AD - Department of Neurology, Children's National Medical Center, Washington, DC, United States AD - Department of Neurology, Montefiore Medical Center, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, New York, NY, United States AD - American Academy of Neurology, 1080 Montreal Ave., St. Paul, MN 55116, United States AB - The Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Society develop practice parameters as strategies for patient management based on analysis of evidence regarding risks and benefits. This parameter reviews published literature relevant to the decision to begin treatment after a child or adolescent experiences a first unprovoked seizure and presents evidence-based practice recommendations. Reasons why treatment may be considered are discussed. Evidence is reviewed concerning risk of recurrence as well as effect of treatment on prevention of recurrence and development of chronic epilepsy. Studies of side effects of anticonvulsants commonly used to treat seizures in children are also reviewed. Relevant articles are classified according to the Quality Standards Subcommittee classification scheme. Treatment after a first unprovoked seizure appears to decrease the risk of a second seizure, but there are few data from studies involving only children. There appears to be no benefit of treatment with regard to the prognosis for long-term seizure remission. Antiepileptic drugs (AED) carry risks of side effects that are particularly important in children. The decision as to whether or not to treat children and adolescents who have experienced a first unprovoked seizure must be based on a risk-benefit assessment that weighs the risk of having another seizure against the risk of chronic AED therapy. The decision should be individualized and take into account both medical issues and patient and family preference. KW - anticonvulsive agent KW - carbamazepine KW - diazepam KW - felbamate KW - lamotrigine KW - oxcarbazepine KW - phenobarbital KW - phenytoin KW - topiramate KW - valproic acid KW - zonisamide KW - abdominal pain KW - alopecia KW - anhidrosis KW - anorexia KW - anticonvulsant therapy KW - aplastic anemia KW - appetite disorder KW - ataxia KW - behavior disorder KW - blood dyscrasia KW - bone marrow toxicity KW - childhood disease KW - chronic disease KW - clinical practice KW - clinical trial KW - cognitive defect KW - decision making KW - depression KW - drowsiness KW - drug indication KW - epilepsy KW - evidence based medicine KW - gingiva hyperplasia KW - headache KW - health care quality KW - hirsutism KW - human KW - hyperkinesia KW - hyperthermia KW - hyponatremia KW - irritability KW - liver toxicity KW - medical literature KW - medical society KW - nausea KW - nephrolithiasis KW - patient care KW - practice guideline KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - rash KW - recurrent disease KW - review KW - risk benefit analysis KW - seizure KW - sleep disorder KW - somnolence KW - Stevens Johnson syndrome KW - treatment outcome KW - treatment planning KW - tremor KW - vertigo KW - weight gain KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Anticonvulsants KW - Behavior KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Clinical Trials KW - Cognition KW - Cohort Studies KW - Drug Eruptions KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Prognosis KW - Recurrence KW - Remission Induction KW - Risk Assessment KW - Seizures KW - Sleep Stages KW - Treatment Outcome KW - United States N1 - Cited By :141 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NEURA C2 - 12552027 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hirtz, D.; American Academy of Neurology, 1080 Montreal Ave., St. Paul, MN 55116, United States; email: wedlund@aan.com N1 - Chemicals/CAS: carbamazepine, 298-46-4, 8047-84-5; diazepam, 439-14-5; felbamate, 25451-15-4; lamotrigine, 84057-84-1; oxcarbazepine, 28721-07-5; phenobarbital, 50-06-6, 57-30-7, 8028-68-0; phenytoin, 57-41-0, 630-93-3; topiramate, 97240-79-4; valproic acid, 1069-66-5, 99-66-1; zonisamide, 68291-97-4; Anticonvulsants N1 - References: Verity, C.M., Ross, E.N., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first ten years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 857-861; Camfield, C.S., Camfield, P.R., Gordon, K., Wirrell, E., Dooley, J.M., Incidence of epilepsy in childhood and adolescence: A population-based study in Nova Scotia from 1977 to 1985 (1996) Epilepsia, 37, pp. 19-23; Hauser, W., Annegers, J., Kurland, L., Incidence of epilepsy and unprovoked seizures in Rochester, Minnisota, 1935-1984 (1993) Epilepsia, 34, pp. 453-468; Jallon, P., Goumaz, M., Haenggeli, C., Morabia, A., Incidence of first epileptic seizures in the canton of Geneva, Switzerland (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 547-552; Hirtz, D., Ashwal, S., Berg, A., Practice parameter: Evaluating a first nonfebrile seizure in children (2000) Neurology, 55, pp. 616-623; Practice parameter: Long-term treatment of the child with simple febrile seizures (1999) Pediatrics, 103, pp. 1307-1309; Guidelines for epidemiologic studies on epilepsy (1993) Epilepsia, 37, pp. 592-596; Gowers, W.R., (1881) Epilepsy and Other Chronic Convulsive Diseases: Their Causes, Symptoms and Treatment, p. 242. , London: J & A Churchill; Goddard, G.V., Mc Intyre, D.C., Leech, C.K., A permanent change in brain function resulting from daily electrical stimulation (1969) Exp Neurol, 25, pp. 295-330; Berg, A.T., Shinnar, S., Do seizures beget seizures? An assessment of the clinical evidence in humans (1997) J Clin Neurophysiol, 14, pp. 102-110; Wasterlain, C.G., Recurrent seizures in developing brain are harmful (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 728-734; Meldrum, B., Physiological changes during prolonged seizures and epileptic brain damage (1978) Neuropaediatrie, 9, pp. 203-212; Cavazos, J.E., Das, I., Sutula, T.P., Neuronal loss induced in limbic pathways by kindling: Evidence for induction of hippocampal sclerosis by repeated brief seizures (1994) J Neurosci, 14, pp. 3106-3121; Chen, K., Baram, T.Z., Soltesz, I., Febrile seizures in the developing brain result in persistent modification of neuronal excitability in limbic circuits (1999) Nat Med, 5, pp. 888-894; Schmid, R., Tandon, P., Stafstrom, C.E., Holmes, G.L., Effects of neonatal seizures on subsequent seizure-induced brain injury (1999) Neurology, 53, pp. 1754-1761; Camfield, P.R., Recurrent seizures in the developing brain are not harmful (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 735-737; Maytal, J., Shinnar, S., Moshé, S.L., Alvarez, L.A., Low morbidity and mortality of status epilepticus in children (1989) Pediatrics, 83, pp. 323-331; Harvey, A.S., Nolan, T., Carlin, J.B., Community-based study of mortality in children with epilepsy (1993) Epilepsia, 34, pp. 597-603; Callenbach, P.M., Westendorp, R.G., Geerts, A.T., Mortality risk in children with epilepsy: The Dutch study of epilepsy in childhood (2001) Pediatrics, 107, pp. 1259-1263; Donner, E.J., Smith, C.R., Snead, O.C., Sudden unexplained death in children with epilepsy (2001) Neurology, 57, pp. 430-434; Camfield, C.S., Camfield, P.R., Veugelers, P., Death in children with epilepsy: A population-based study (2002) Lancet, 315, pp. 1891-1895; Austin, J.K., Dunn, D.W., Assessing children's concerns about epilepsy (1996) Clin Nurs Practice Epilepsy, 3, pp. 11-12; Austin, J.K., Concerns and fears of children with seizures (1993) Clin Nurs Practice Epilepsy, 1, pp. 4-10; O'Dell, C., Shinnar, S., Initiation and discontinuation of antiepileptic drugs (2001) Neurol Clin, 19, pp. 289-311; Shinnar, S., Berg, A.T., Moshe, S.L., The risk of seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked febrile seizure in childhood: An extended follow-up (1996) Pediatrics, 98, pp. 216-225; Hauser, W.A., Rich, S.S., Annegers, J.F., Anderson, V.E., Seizure recurrence after a first unprovoked seizure: An extended follow-up (1990) Neurology, 40, pp. 1163-1170; Stroink, H., Brouwer, O.F., Arts, W.F., Geerts, A.T., Peters, A.C., Van Donselaar, C.A., The first unprovoked, untreated seizure in childhood: A hospital based study of the accuracy of the diagnosis, rate of recurrence, and long term outcome after recurrence. Dutch Study of Epilepsy in Childhood (1998) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 64, pp. 595-600; Shinnar, S., Berg, A.T., O'Dell, C., Newstein, D., Moshe, S.L., Hauser, W.A., Predictors of multiple seizures in a cohort of children prospectively followed from the time of their first unprovoked seizure (2000) Ann Neurol, 48, pp. 140-147; Boulloche, J., Leloup, P., Mallet, E., Parain, D., Tron, P., Risk of recurrence after a single, unprovoked, generalized tonic-clonic seizure (1989) Dev Med Child Neurol, 31, pp. 626-632; Camfield, P.R., Camfield, C.S., Dooley, J.M., Tibbles, J.A.R., Fung, T., Garner, B., Epilepsy after a first unprovoked seizure in childhood (1985) Neurology, 35, pp. 1657-1660; Annegers, J.F., Shirts, S.B., Hauser, W.A., Kurland, L.T., Risk of recurrence after an initial unprovoked seizure (1986) Epilepsia, 27, pp. 43-50; Hart, Y.M., Sander, J.W.A.S., Johnson, A.L., Shorvon, S.D., National general practice study of epilepsy: Recurrence after a first seizure (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 1271-1274; Martinovic, Z., Jovic, N., Seizure recurrence after a first generalized tonicclonic seizure in children, adolescents and young adults (1997) Seizure, 6, pp. 461-465; Berg, A.T., Shinnar, S., Levy, S.R., Testa, F.M., Smith-Rapaport, S., Beckerman, B., Early development of intractable epilepsy in children: A prospective study (2001) Neurology, 56, pp. 1445-1452; Berg, A.T., Shinnar, S., The risk of seizure recurrence following a first unprovoked seizure: A quantitative review (1991) Neurology, 41, pp. 965-972; Shinnar, S., Berg, A.T., Moshe, S.L., Shinnar, R., How long do new-onset seizures in children last? (2001) Ann Neurol, 49, pp. 659-664; Dodson, W.E., De Lorenzo, P.J., Pedley, T.A., Shinnar, S., Treiman, D.M., Wannamaker, D.B., The treatment of convulsive status epilepticus: Recommendations of the Epilepsy Foundation of America's Working Group on Status Epilepticus (1993) JAMA, 270, pp. 854-859; Chandra, B., First seizure in adults: To treat or not to treat (1992) Clin Neurol Neurosurg, 94, pp. S61-S63; Musicco, M., Beghi, E., Solari, A., Viani, F., Treatment of first tonic-clonic seizure does not improve the prognosis of epilepsy (1997) Neurology, 49, pp. 991-998; Das, C.P., Sawhney, I.M.S., Lal, V., Prabhakar, S., Risk of recurrence of seizures following single unprovoked idiopathic seizure (2000) Neurol India, 48, pp. 357-360; Camfield, P., Camfield, C., Dooley, J., Smith, E., Garner, B., A randomized study of carbamazepine versus no medication after a first unprovoked seizure in childhood (1989) Neurology, 39, pp. 851-852; Hirtz, D.G., Ellenberg, J.H., Nelson, K.B., The risk of recurrence of nonfebrile seizures in children (1984) Neurology, 34, pp. 637-641; Camfield, P.R., Camfield, C.S., Dooley, J.M., Smith, S., Smith, E., Long-term outcome is unchanged by anti-epileptic drug treatment after a first seizure: A 15-year follow-up from a randomized trial in childhood (2002) Epilepsia, 43, pp. 662-663; Behavioral and cognitive effects of anticonvulsant therapy (RE9537) (1995) Pediatrics, 96, pp. 538-540; Yerby, M.S., Teratogenic effects of antiepileptic drugs: What do we advise patients? (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 957-958; The cognitive and behavioral effects of clobazam and standard monotherapy are comparable (1999) Epilepsy Res, 33, pp. 133-143; Clobazam has equivalent efficacy to carbamazepine and phenytoin as monotherapy for childhood epilepsy (1998) Epilepsia, 39, pp. 952-959; Vining, E.P., Mellits, E.D., Dorsen, M.M., Psychologic and behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs in children: A double-blind comparison between phenobarbital and valproic acid (1987) Pediatrics, 80, pp. 165-174; Chen, Y.J., Kang, W.M., So, W.C.M., Comparison of antiepileptic drugs on cognitive function in newly diagnosed epileptic children: A psychometric and neurophysiological study (1996) Epilepsia, 37, pp. 81-86; Berg, I., Butler, A., Ellis, M., Foster, J., Psychiatric aspects of epilepsy in childhood treated with carbamazepine, phenytoin or sodium valproate: A random trial (1993) Dev Med Child Neurol, 35, pp. 149-157; Forsythe, I., Butler, R., Berg, I., McGuire, R., Cognitive impairment in new cases of epilepsy randomly assigned to carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate (1991) Dev Med Child Neurol, 33, pp. 524-534; Thilothammal, N., Banu, K., Tatnam, R.S., Comparison of phenobarbitone, phenytoin with sodium valproate: Randomized, double-blind study (1996) Indian Pediatr, 33, pp. 549-555; Aman, M.G., Werry, J.S., Paxton, J.W., Turbott, S.H., Effects of phenytoin on cognitive-motor performance in children as a function of drug concentration, seizure type, and time of medication (1994) Epilepsia, 35, pp. 172-180; Aman, M.G., Werry, J.S., Paxton, J.W., Turbott, S.H., Steward, A.W., Effects of carbamazepine on psychomotor performance in children as a function of drug concentration, seizure type, and time of medication (1990) Epilepsia, 31, pp. 51-60; Aman, M.G., Werry, J.S., Paxton, J.W., Turbott, S.H., Effect of sodium valproate on psychomotor performance in children as a function of dose, fluctuations in concentration, and diagnosis (1987) Epilepsia, 28, pp. 115-124; De Silva, M., MacArdle, B., McGowan, M., Randomised comparative monotherapy trial of phenobarbitone, phenytoin, carbamazepine, or sodium valproate for newly diagnosed childhood epilepsy (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 709-713; Calandre, E.P., Dominguez-Granados, R., Gomez-Rubio, M., Molina-Font, J.A., Cognitive effects of long-term treatment with phenobarbital and valproic acid in school children (1990) Acta Neurol Scand, 81, pp. 504-506; Williams, J., Bates, S., Griebel, M.L., Does short-term antiepileptic drug treatment in children result in cognitive or behavioral changes? (1998) Epilepsia, 39, pp. 1064-1069; Stores, G., Williams, P.L., Styles, E., Zaiwalla, Z., Psychological effects of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in epilepsy (1992) Arch Dis Child, 67, pp. 1330-1337; Mandelbaum, D.E., Burack, G.D., The effect of seizure type and medication on cognitive and behavioral functioning in children with idiopathic epilepsy (1997) Dev Med Child Neurol, 39, pp. 731-735; Verity, C.M., Hosking, G., Easter, D.J., A multicentre comparative trial of sodium valproate and carbamazepine in pediatric epilepsy (1995) Dev Med Child Neurol, 37, pp. 97-108; Prasad, A.N., Setfanelli, M., Nagarajan, L., Seizure exacerbation and developmental regression with carbamazepine (1998) Can J Neurol Sci, 25, pp. 287-294; Dreifuss, F.E., Langer, D.H., Moline, K.A., Maxwell, J.E., Valproic acid hepatic fatalities. II. US experience since 1984 (1989) Neurology, 39, pp. 201-207; Dreifuss, F.E., Rosman, N.P., Cloyd, J.C., A comparison of rectal diazepam gel and placebo for acute repetitive seizures (1998) N Engl J Med, 338, pp. 1869-1875; Morton, L.D., Rizkallah, E., Pellock, J., New drug therapy for acute seizure management (1997) Semin Pediatr Neurol, 4, pp. 51-63; Jacobs, M.P., Fischbach, G.D., Davis, M.R., Future directions for epilepsy research (2001) Neurology, 57, pp. 1536-1542 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037469218&partnerID=40&md5=f082713f9ed3ef3ef179e1958eaf2bb8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mothers with living children and children with living mothers: the role of fertility and mortality in the period 1911-2050. T2 - Population trends J2 - Popul Trends IS - 112 SP - 36 EP - 44 PY - 2003 SN - 03074463 (ISSN) AU - Murphy, M. AU - Grundy, E. AD - Department of Social Policy, London School of Economics. AB - Whether an individual has one or more surviving children at a given age and/or a surviving parent depends both on fertility (not only number of children, but also timing of childbearing) and mortality. We consider the contribution of changes in mortality and fertility to past and likely future trends on availability of such kin. The proportion of people aged 60 with a mother alive will more than double between those born in 1911 and 1970, and the figure will increase for at least the next 30 years. While there are increasing concerns about the availability of informal care for elderly people from children in the next quarter century or so, in fact we conclude that a higher proportion of elderly people are likely to have a surviving child than for any generation ever born in Britain, and will have more than any foreseeable future cohort. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - demography KW - family size KW - female KW - fertility KW - human KW - middle aged KW - mortality KW - mother KW - probability KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Demography KW - Family Characteristics KW - Female KW - Fertility KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Mothers KW - Probability KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12870428 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Murphy, M. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0142090467&partnerID=40&md5=80e7d91f2f667a2d54254aa6210b3097 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Angiosarcoma of the breast: A 30 year perspective with an optimistic outlook T2 - British Journal of Plastic Surgery J2 - Br. J. Plast. Surg. VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 134 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1016/S0007-1226(03)00025-0 SN - 00071226 (ISSN) AU - Georgiannos, S.N. AU - Sheaff, M. AD - Department of Academic Surgery, Barts and the London NHS Trust, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel, London E1 1BB, United Kingdom AD - Department of Histopathology, Barts and the London NHS Trust, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel, London E1 1BB, United Kingdom AB - The aim of this study was to investigate the incidence and clinicopathological features of angiosarcoma of the breast by focusing on those cases passing through a busy general teaching hospital over a 30 year period. A search was carried out of all cases in the files of the Department of Pathology of the Royal London Hospital from 1970 to 2000. Four cases were identified as primary angiosarcomas involving the breast. The medical and surgical histories, macroscopic and microscopic features and clinical outcome with long-term follow-up are described in each case. Similarities were identified, such as initial presentation with a 'bruise' and a latent period before the diagnosis was established. Half of our cases followed irradiation for breast cancer. In all cases the prognosis after surgery was excellent. The rarity of primary mammary angiosarcoma was confirmed. In younger patients the lesion was not associated with previous radiotherapy, but the older patients presented after radiotherapy for adenocarcinoma of the breast. Although very uncommon, these tumours must be considered in the differential diagnosis, especially with the increasing use of fine-needle-aspiration and core biopsy for preoperative diagnosis. The prognosis after complete surgical excision may be better than generally believed. © 2003 The British Association of Plastic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Angiosarcoma KW - Breast KW - Radiotherapy KW - antineoplastic agent KW - adult KW - anamnesis KW - angiosarcoma KW - article KW - aspiration biopsy KW - breast adenocarcinoma KW - breast cancer KW - cancer incidence KW - case report KW - differential diagnosis KW - excision KW - female KW - follow up KW - histopathology KW - human KW - human tissue KW - long term care KW - mammography KW - mastectomy KW - microscopy KW - pathology KW - preoperative evaluation KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - teaching hospital KW - United Kingdom PB - Churchill Livingstone N1 - Cited By :39 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJPSA C2 - 12791356 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sheaff, M.; Department of Histopathology, Barts and the London NHS Trust, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel, London E1 1BB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Rosen, P.P., Oberman, H.A., Tumors of the mammary gland (1993) Atlas of Tumor Pathology, , third series, fascicle 7, Washington, DC: Armed Forces Institute of Pathology; Georgiannos, S.N., Chin Aleong, J., Goode, A.W., Sheaff, M., Secondary neoplasms of the breast: A survey of the 20th century (2001) Cancer, 92, pp. 2259-2266; Parkin, D.M., Laara, E., Muir, C.S., Estimates of the worldwide, frequency of sixteen major cancers in 1980 (1988) Int. J. Cancer, 41, pp. 184-197; Number of female deaths from cancer by site and age, England and Wales, 1999 (2001), Cancer Trends in England and Wales 1950-1999, Department of Health, London: Department of Health; Aydogdu, M., Trams, G., Angiosarcoma of the breast after conservatively operated breast carcinoma - A sequela of adjuvant radiotherapy? (1996) Geburtshilfe Frauenheilkd, 56, pp. 60-62; Britt, L.D., Lambert, P., Sharma, R., Ladaga, L.E., Angiosarcoma of the breast. Initial misdiagnosis is still common (1995) Arch. Surg., 130, pp. 221-223; Zincone, G.E., Perego, P., Rossi, G.M., Bovo, G., A case of breast angiosarcoma: Diagnostic imaging and review of the literature (1995) Tumori, 81, pp. 387-396; Elwady, N., Ousehal, A., Alibon, F., Tazi, Z., Boukind, H., Kadiri, R., Angiosarcoma of the breast. Radiological aspects. About one case (2000) J. Radiol., 81, pp. 50-53; Mansouri, H., Jalil, A., Chouhou, L., A rare case of angiosarcoma of the breast in a man: Case report (2000) Eur. J. Gynaecol. Oncol., 21, pp. 603-604; Sheaff, M., Baithun, S., Pathological effects of ionizing radiation (1997) Curr. Diagn. Pathol., 4, pp. 106-115; Fineberg, S., Rosen, P.P., Cutaneous angiosarcoma and atypical vascular lesions of the skin and breast after radiation therapy for breast carcinoma (1994) Am. J. Clin. Pathol., 102, pp. 757-763; Parham, D.M., Fisher, C., Angiosarcomas of the breast developing post radiotherapy (1997) Histopathology, 31, pp. 189-195; Autio, P., Kariniemi, A.L., Angiosarcoma. A rare secondary malignancy after breast cancer treatment (1999) Eur. J. Dermatol., 9, pp. 118-121; Majeski, J., Austin, R.M., Fitzgerald, R.H., Cutaneous angiosarcoma in an irradiated breast after breast conservation therapy for cancer: Association with chronic breast lymphedema (2000) J. Surg. Oncol., 74, pp. 208-212; Cozen, W., Bernstein, L., Wang, F., The risk of angiosarcoma following primary breast cancer (1999) Br. J. Cancer, 81, pp. 532-536; Huang, J., Mackillop, W.J., Increased risk of soft tissue sarcoma after radiotherapy in women with breast cancer (2001) Cancer, 92, pp. 172-180; Benda, J.A., Al-Jurf, A.S., Benson A.B. III, Angiosarcoma of the breast following segmental mastectomy complicated by lymphedema (1987) Am. J. Clin. Pathol., 87, pp. 651-655; Bolin, D.J., Lukas, G.M., Low-grade angiosarcoma of the breast following radiotherapy (1996) Am. Surg., 62, pp. 668-672; Moskaluk, C.A., Merino, M.J., Danforth, D.N., Medeiros, L.J., Low-grade angiosarcoma of the skin of the breast: A complication of lumpectomy and radiation therapy for breast carcinoma (1992) Hum. Pathol., 23, pp. 710-714; Vesoulis, Z., Cunliffe, C., Fine-needle aspiration biopsy of postradiation epithelioid angiosarcoma of breast (2000) Diagn. Cytopathol., 22, pp. 172-175; Gupta, R.K., Naran, S., Dowle, C., Needle aspiration cytology and immunocytochemical study in a case of angiosarcoma of the breast (1991) Diagn. Cytopathol., 7, pp. 363-365; Rosen, P.P., Vascular tumors of the breast: III. Angiomatosis (1985) Am. J. Surg. Pathol., 9, pp. 652-658; Guillou, L., Fletcher, C.D., Benign lymphangioendothelioma (acquired progressive lymphangioma): A lesion not to be confused with well-differentiated angiosarcoma and patch stage Kaposi's sarcoma: Clinicopathologic analysis of a series (2000) Am. J. Surg. Pathol., 24, pp. 1047-1057; Fisher, C.J., Hanby, A.M., Robinson, L., Millis, R.R., Mammary hamartoma - A review of 35 cases (1992) Histopathology, 20, pp. 99-106; Silverman, L.R., Deligdisch, L., Mandeli, J., Greenspan, E.M., Chemotherapy for angiosarcoma of the breast: Case report of 30-year survival and analysis of the literature (1994) Cancer Invest., 12, pp. 145-155; Rosen, P.P., Kimmel, M., Ernsberger, D., Mammary angiosarcoma. The prognostic significance of tumor differentiation (1988) Cancer, 62, pp. 2145-2151; Merino, M.J., Carter, D., Berman, M., Angiosarcoma of the breast (1983) Am. J. Surg. Pathol., 7, pp. 53-60; Donnell, R.M., Rosen, P.P., Lieberman, P.H., Angiosarcoma and other vascular tumors of the breast (1981) Am. J. Surg. Pathol., 5, pp. 629-642; Azzopardi, J.G., Problems in Breast Pathology. Major Problems in Pathology, 11 (1979), London: WB Saunders; Bundred, N.J., O'Reilly, K., Smart, J.G., Long term survival following bilateral breast angiosarcoma (1989) Eur. J. Surg. Oncol., 15, pp. 263-264 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038819598&doi=10.1016%2fS0007-1226%2803%2900025-0&partnerID=40&md5=0d2749e53d9b1bbdad3da22c81012d1d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Oral metastases: Report of 24 cases T2 - British Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery J2 - Br. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. VL - 41 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 6 PY - 2003 DO - 10.1016/S0266-4356(02)00301-7 SN - 02664356 (ISSN) AU - van der Waal, R.I.F. AU - Buter, J. AU - van der Waal, I. AD - Dept. Oral/Max. Surg./Oral Pathology, VU University Medical Centre/ACTA, P.O. Box 7057, 1007 MB Amsterdam, Netherlands AD - Department of Medical Oncology, VU University Medical Centre/ACTA, Amsterdam, Netherlands AB - Aim: To study patients with oral metastatic tumours for the distribution of sex and age, the oral site and histopathological type of the metastasis, the primary tumour site and length of follow-up. Patients and methods: All patients who had an oral metastasis diagnosed during the period January 1970-January 2001 at the Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery/Oral Pathology, VU University Medical Centre, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, were included in this retrospective case study. Results: Of 1537 patients with newly diagnosed oral cancers, 24 had metastatic tumours. There was an equal sex distribution and age at the time of diagnosis ranged from 8 to 90 years (median 60). The metastatic tumours most commonly involved the bone (18/24), the mandible being the most common (15/18). The predominant histological type was adenocarcinoma. In most patients (n = 16) the primary tumour was already known before the oral metastatic lesion appeared. The most common primary tumours were breast, lung, kidney, and prostate, in that order. Prognosis was poor (median survival 6 months, range 1-60). Conclusions: Oral metastases are rare and may present at any age in both sexes and predominantly involve bony structures, particularly the mandible. A third of oral metastases appeared to be the first indication of an occult malignant process elsewhere. © 2003 The British Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - adenocarcinoma KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - bone metastasis KW - breast cancer KW - cancer localization KW - cancer survival KW - clinical article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - gender KW - histopathology KW - human KW - kidney cancer KW - lung cancer KW - male KW - mandible cancer KW - metastasis KW - mouth cancer KW - Netherlands KW - prognosis KW - prostate cancer KW - retrospective study KW - school child PB - Churchill Livingstone N1 - Cited By :156 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOSE C2 - 12576032 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: van der Waal, I.; Dept. Oral/Max. Surg./Oral Pathology, VU University Medical Centre/ACTA, P.O. Box 1007, 1007 MB Amsterdam, Netherlands; email: i.vanderwaal@vumc.nl N1 - Funding details: National Institutes of Health, National Institutes of Health N1 - Funding details: National Institutes of Health, National Institutes of Health N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgements We thank Mrs M.J. Oostindiër, Comprehensive Cancer Centre West, Leiden, The Netherlands, and Ms E.A. van der Wilk, National Institute of Public Health and the Environment, Bilthoven, The Netherlands, for providing detailed figures for the incidence of cancer as well as for valuable discussion. The authors have no conflict of interest or funding sources to disclose. N1 - References: Parkin, D.M., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 7. , eds. Lyon: International Association of Cancer Registries; Ferlay, J., Bray, F., Pisani, P., Parkin, D.M., Globocan 2000. Cancer Incidence, Mortality and Prevalence Worldwide (2001), Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer Press; Hirshberg, A., Leibovich, P., Buchner, A., Metastases to the oral mucosa: Analysis of 157 cases (1993) J. Oral. Pathol. Med., 22, pp. 380-385; Hirshberg, A., Leibovich, P., Buchner, A., Metastatic tumors to the jawbones: Analysis of 390 cases (1994) J. Oral. Pathol. Med., 23, pp. 337-341; Hanahan, D., Weinberg, R.A., The hallmarks of cancer (2000) Cell, 100, pp. 57-70; Hirshberg, A., Buchner, A., Metastatic tumours to the oral region. An overview (1995) Oral. Oncol., 31, pp. 355-360; van der Waal, I., van der Kwast, W.A.M., Jaw metastases (1974) Oral. Surg. Oral. Med. Oral. Pathol., 37, pp. 850-857; Visser, O., Coebergh, J.W.W., Schouten, L.J., van Dijck, J.A.A.M., (2001) Incidence of Cancer in The Netherlands 1997, , eds. Utrecht: Association of Comprehensive Cancer Centres; Kuttan, N.A., Rosin, M.P., Ambika, K., Priddy, R.W., Bhakthan, N.M., Zhang, L., High prevalence of expression of p53 oncoprotein in oral carcinomas associated with betel and tobacco chewing (1995) Eur. J. Cancer B. Oral. Oncol., 31, pp. 169-173 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0345701461&doi=10.1016%2fS0266-4356%2802%2900301-7&partnerID=40&md5=775a3020409c12aeafbe1995badf0c66 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Equality and opportunity in education: Evidence from the 1958 and 1970 birth cohort studies T2 - Oxford Review of Education J2 - Oxf. Rev. Educ. VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 405 EP - 425 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1080/0305498022000013599 SN - 03054985 (ISSN) AU - Bynner, J. AU - Joshi, H. AD - Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom AB - There is controversy about whether inequalities and educational outcomes are increasing or decreasing. Using longitudinal data collected in two birth cohort studies started in 1970 and 1958 respectively, the paper examines the evidence in relation to two outcomes, probability of leaving school at 16 and highest qualification achieved. Multi-variate analysis (logistic and OLS regression) was used to model the relationships of these educational outcomes to family social class, taking account of a wide range of early life variables, including living in an urban as opposed to rural location. It is concluded that the impact of social class on educational achievement has not changed across the 12 years covered by the two studies, a result that applies in both rural and urban areas of Britain. N1 - Cited By :62 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bynner, J.; Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, University of London, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom N1 - References: Atkinson, A.B., Social exclusion, poverty and unemployment (1997) CASE paper, 4, pp. 1-20. , A.B. Atkinson & J. Hills (Eds) Exclusion, Employment and Opportunity, London, Centre for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics and Political Science; Bernstein, B., Davies, B.C., Some sociological comments on Plowden (1969) Perspectives on Plowden, , London, Routledge & Kegan Paul; Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J.-C., (1977) Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture, , Beverley Hills, CA, Sage; Bowles, S., Gintis, H., (1976) Schooling in Capitalist America, , London, Routledge & Kegan Paul; Breen, R., The persistence of class origin inequalities among school leavers in the Republic of Ireland, 1984-1993 (1998) British Journal of Sociology, 49, pp. 275-298; Breen, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., Class inequality and meritocracy: A critique of Saunders and an alternative analysis (1999) British Journal of Sociology, 50, pp. 1-27; Breen, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., Class, mobility and merit: The experience of two British birth cohorts (1999) European Sociological Review, 17, pp. 81-101; Brooks-Gunn, J., Berlin, L.J., (2000) Profile and Synthesis of Initiatives Addressing Children's Early Education and Development; Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Satsas, M., (2000) Obstacles and Opportunities on the Route to Adulthood. Evidence from rural and urban Britain, , London, Smith Institute; Bynner, J., Childhood risks and protective factors in social exclusion (2001) Children and Society, 15, pp. 285-301; Bynner, J., Parsons, S., Qualifications, basic skills and accelerating social exclusion (2001) British Journal of Education and Work, 14, pp. 279-291; Bynner, J., Morphy, L., Parsons, S., Women, employment and skills (1997) Women and Skills, , H. METCALF (Ed.) (London, Policy Studies Institute); Bynner, J., Steedman, J., (1995) Difficulties with Basic Skills, , London, Basic Skills Agency; Champion, T., Internal migration and the spatial distribution of population (1989) The Changing Population in Britain, pp. 110-132. , H. JOSHI (Ed.); Chapman, P., Phimister, E., Shucksmith, M., Upward, R., Vera-Toscano, E., (1998) Poverty and Exclusion in Rural Britain: The dynamics of low income and employment, , York, Joseph Rowntree Trust; Cohen, J., Multiple regression as a general data-analytic system (1968) Psychological Bulletin, 70, pp. 426-443; Collins, R., (1979) The Credential Society, , New York, Academic Press; (2001) Early Head Start Strategies, , Washington DC, Department of Health and Human Services; Feinstein, L., (1998) Pre-School Educational Inequality? British Children in the 1970 Cohort, , Discussion Paper 404 (London, Centre for Economic Performance, The London School of Economics); Glass, N., Sure start: The development of an early intervention programme for young children in the United Kingdom (1999) Children and Society, 13, pp. 257-264; Graham, J., Bowling, B., Young people and crime (1995) Home Office Research Study, 145. , London, Home Office; Hakim, C., (1996) Key Issues in Women's Work, , London, Athlone; Halsey, A.H., (1972) Educational Priority: Problems and policies, , London, HMSO; Handy, C., (1984) The Future of Work, , Oxford, Blackwell; Jencks, C., (1972) Inequality: An assessment of the effect of family and schooling in America, , New York, Basic Books; Joshi, H., Cooksey, E., Wiggins, R.D., McCulloch, A., Verropoulou, G., Clarke, L., Diverse family living situations and child development: A multi-level analysis comparing longitudinal evidence from Britain and the United States (1999) International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 13, pp. 292-314; McCulloch, A., Joshi, H.E., Neighbourhood and family influences on the cognitive ability of children in the british national child development study (2001) Social Science and Medicine, 53 (5), pp. 579-591; Parsons, S., Bynner, J., (1998) Influences on Adult Basic Skills, , London, Basic Skills Agency; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, J., (1991) Health and Glass: The early years, , London, Chapman Hall; Rake, K., (2000) Women's Incomes over the Lifetime, , London, The Cabinet Office/Stationery Office; Roberts, K., (1984) School Leavers and their Prospects, , Milton Keynes, Open University Press; Saunders, P., (1996) Unequal but Fair? A study of class barriers in Britain, , London, International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); Saunders, P., Social mobility in Britain: An empirical evaluation of two competing theories (1997) Sociology, 31, pp. 261-288; (1999) Bridging the Gap: New Opportunities for 16-18 Year-Olds Not in Education Employment or Training, , London, The Stationery Office; (2000) Report of Policy Action Team 12: Young People, , London, the Stationery Office; Tawney, R.H., (1952) Equality, 4th edn, , London, Capricorn UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036887826&doi=10.1080%2f0305498022000013599&partnerID=40&md5=1c09387fa7f77aeb27a4a5d43ba861df ER - TY - JOUR TI - Programme sensitivity and effectiveness of mammography service screening in Helsinki, Finland T2 - Journal of Medical Screening J2 - J. Med. Screen. VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 153 EP - 158 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1136/jms.9.4.153 SN - 09691413 (ISSN) AU - Anttila, A. AU - Koskela, J. AU - Hakama, M. AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Liisankatu 21 B, FIN-O0170 Helsinki, Finland AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AD - Helsinki City Health Department, Helsinki, Finland AD - University of Tampere, Tampere, Finland AB - Objectives: To evaluate the effectiveness of mammography service screening. Setting: Helsinki (population 0.5 million), the capital of Finland, the breast cancer service screening programme was started gradually in 1986. Materials and methods: The study was based on the data from the breast cancer screening programme in Helsinki. All incident cases of breast cancer and rates in the female population in Helsinki during the period 1970-97, and information on the subsequent breast cancer mortality were derived from the files of the Finnish Cancer Registry. To estimate the sensitivity of the programme, the number of screen detected cancers were compared with the overall number of breast cancers at the targeted age groups. Effects of screening were estimated for cumulative incidence and for the refined mortalities among the birth cohorts screened. Results: Altogether 144 400 invitations had been sent during 1986-97 among the 50-9 year old women as targeted in Helsinki. The average attendance rate was 82%; and 545 breast cancers were detected by screening, with a detection rate of 0.46%. In the birth cohort of women born between the start of 1935 and the end of 1939-namely, those subjected to most complete screening and long follow up time since the onset of the programme-there was an increase in the cumulative incidence of breast cancer (relative risk (RR) 1.18, 95% confidence interval (95% Cl) 1.09 to 1.27). The estimated sensitivity of the screening programme was 58%; and 53% if corrected for overdiagnosis. There was also a decrease of 19% (RR 0.81, 95% Cl 0.62 to 1.05) in the refined mortality within this screened birth cohort, compared with the death rate of women of comparable ages in the non-screened reference cohort. Conclusion: The study provides further support to the hypothesis that service screening with mammography reduces the risk of breast cancer mortality. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - breast cancer KW - breast disease KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer registry KW - cancer screening KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mammography KW - risk assessment KW - screening test KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Mammography KW - Mass Screening KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Program Evaluation N1 - Cited By :42 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JMSCF C2 - 12518004 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Anttila, A.; Finnish Cancer Registry, Liisankatu 21 B, FIN-O0170 Helsinki, Finland; email: ahti.anttila@cancer.fi N1 - References: Nyström, L., Rutqvist, L., Wall, S., Breast cancer screening with mammography: Overview of Swedish randomised trials (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 973-978; Nyström, L., Andersson, I., Bjurstam, N., Long term effects of mammography screening: Updated overview of the Swedish randomised trials (2002) Lancet, 359, pp. 909-919; Wald, N.J., Chamberlain, J., Hackshaw, A., Consensus conference on breast cancer screening. Paris, 4-5 February, 1993. Report of the evaluation committee (1994) Bull Cancer, 81, pp. 825-834. , European Society of Mastology; Shapiro, S., Coleman, E.A., Broeders, M., Breast cancer screening programmes in 22 countries: Current policies, administration and guidelines (1998) Int J Epidemiol, 27, pp. 735-742; Hakama, M., Pukkala, E., Heikkilä, M., Effectiveness of the public health policy for breast cancer screening in Finland: Population based cohort study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 864-867; Törnberg, S., Carstensen, J., Hakulinen, T., Evaluation of the effect on breast cancer mortality of population based mammography screening programmes (1994) J Med Screen, 1, pp. 184-187; Jonsson, H., Nyström, L., Törnberg, S., Service screening with mammography of women aged 50-69 years in Sweden: Effects on mortality from breast cancer (2001) J Med Screen, 8, pp. 152-160; Tabar, L., Vitak, B., Chen, H.H., Beyond randomized controlled trials: Organized mammographic screening substantially reduces breast carcinoma mortality (2001) Cancer, 91, pp. 1724-1731; McCann, J., Duffy, S., Day, N., Predicted long term mortality reduction associated with the second round of breast screening in East Anglia (2001) Br J Cancer, 84, pp. 423-428. , East Anglia Breast Screening Programme; Stockton, D., Davies, T., Day, N., Retrospective study of reasons for improved survival in patients with breast cancer in East Anglia: Earlier diagnosis or better treatment (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 472-475; Blanks, R.G., Moss, S.M., McGahan, C.E., Effect of NHS breast screening programme on mortality from breast cancer in England and Wales, 1990-8: Comparison of observed with predicted mortality (2000) BMJ, 321, pp. 665-669; Quinn, M., Allen, E., Changes in incidence of and mortality from breast cancer in England and Wales since introduction of screening (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 1391-1395. , United Kingdom Association of Cancer Registries; Landelijke evaluatie van bevolkingsonderzoek naar borstkanker in Nederland (2000) LETB, 8, pp. 1-93; Gotzsche, P., Olsen, O., Is screening for breast cancer with mammography justifiable? (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 129-134; Gotzsche, P., Olsen, O., Screening for breast cancer with mammography (Cochrane Review) (2001) Cochrane Database Syst Rev, 4. , CD001877; Teppo, L., Pukkala, E., Lehtonen, M., Data quality and quality control of a population-based cancer registry. Experience in Finland (1994) Acta Oncologica, 33, pp. 365-369; Gardner, M.J., Altman, D.G., (1989) Statistics with Confidence: Confidence Intervals and Statistical Guidelines, pp. 116-118. , London: BMJ Group; Mammography screening for breast cancer in Copenhagen April 1991 to March 1997 (1998) APMIS, 106 (SUPPL. 83), pp. 1-44. , H:S Copenhagen hospital corporation; Broeders, M., Peer, P., Straatman, H., Diverging breast cancer mortality rates in relation to screening? A comparison of Nijmegen to Arnhem and the Netherlands 1969-97 (2001) Int J Cancer, 92, pp. 303-308; Hakama, M., Pukkala, E., Söderman, B., Implementation of screening as a public health policy: Issues in design and evaluation (1999) J Med Screen, 6, pp. 209-216 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036977642&doi=10.1136%2fjms.9.4.153&partnerID=40&md5=6a8ab8c20b3068e7b3b07fa7bc52aaa0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increased risk of childhood type 1 diabetes in children born after 1985 T2 - Diabetes Care J2 - Diabetes Care VL - 25 IS - 12 SP - 2197 EP - 2201 PY - 2002 DO - 10.2337/diacare.25.12.2197 SN - 01495992 (ISSN) AU - Svensson, J. AU - Carstensen, B. AU - Molbak, A. AU - Christau, B. AU - Mortensen, H.B. AU - Nerup, J. AU - Borch-Johnsen, K. AD - Steno Diabetes Centre, Gentofte, Denmark AD - Steno Diabetes Centre, Niels Steensensvej 2, 2820 Gentofte, Denmark AB - OBJECTIVE - The incidence rate of childhood type 1 diabetes is thought to be increasing; however, Danish studies have not confirmed this. Using a national diabetes register initiated in 1996 and two previous regional incidence studies, we studied the age-specific incidence of type 1 diabetes over 30 years. Here, we describe the incidence rates of type 1 diabetes in Danish children from 1996 to 2000 and evaluate trends in age-specific incidence rates from 1970 to 2000. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS - A nationwide registration of all newly diagnosed cases of type 1 diabetes among children under the age of 15 years was established in Denmark in 1996. Incidence rates of type 1 diabetes in Denmark were obtained from this register. Age-specific incidence rates were compared with data collected from 1970 to 1976 and from 1980 to 1984, both population-based studies using existing national routine registration of hospitalizations within the survey areas. Population data were obtained from Statistics Denmark. RESULTS - During the study period, 1,421 Danish children developed type 1 diabetes before the age of 15 years. The incidence rates by age-groups were: 12.7, 19.4, and 26.3 for the 0-4, 5-9, and 10-14 years age-groups, respectively, and 19.5 for the 0-14 years age-group per 100,000 in the period 1996-2000. An age-period-cohort analysis showed a modest drift effect (yearly increase) of 1.2% (0.7-1.8) from 1970 to 2000, and a significant birth cohort effect with an increased risk for children born after 1985 was observed. CONCLUSIONS - The incidence rate of type 1 diabetes is rising in children living in Denmark. The steep increase in the youngest age-group was explained by the increased risk for cohorts born at the beginning of the 1980s. KW - insulin KW - adolescent KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - Denmark KW - groups by age KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - incidence KW - information processing KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - major clinical study KW - risk factor KW - statistics KW - age KW - age distribution KW - Denmark KW - female KW - infant KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - male KW - migration KW - preschool child KW - register KW - statistical model KW - Adolescent KW - Age Distribution KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Denmark KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 KW - Emigration and Immigration KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Models, Statistical KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :60 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DICAD C2 - 12453960 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Svensson, J.; Steno Diabetes Centre, Niels Steensensvej 2, 2820 Gentofte, Denmark; email: jasv@novonordisk.com N1 - Chemicals/CAS: insulin, 9004-10-8 N1 - References: Karvonen, M., Viik-Kajander, M., Moltchanova, E., Libman, I., LaPorte, R., Tuomilehto, J., Incidence of childhood type 1 diabetes worldwide: Diabetes Mondiale (Dia-Mond) Project Group (2000) Diabetes Care, 23, pp. 1516-1526; Onkamo, P., Vaananen, S., Karvonen, M., Tuomilehto, J., Worldwide increase in incidence of type I diabetes - The analysis of the data on published incidence trends (1999) Diabetologia, 42, pp. 1395-1403; Green, A., Patterson, C.C., Trends in the incidence of childhood-onset diabetes in Europe 1989-1998 (2001) Diabetologia, 44 (3 SUPPL.), pp. B3-B8; Green, A., Andersen, P.K., Svendsen, A.J., Mortensen, K., Increasing incidence of early onset type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus: A study of Danish male birth cohorts (1992) Diabetologia, 35, pp. 178-182; Pociot, F., Norgaard, K., Hobolth, N., Andersen, O., Nerup, J., A nationwide population-based study of the familial aggregation of type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in Denmark: Danish Study Group of Diabetes in Childhood (1993) Diabetologia, 36, pp. 870-875; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-468; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Molbak, A.G., Norgaard, K., Christau, B., Kjaer, M., Nerup, J., Incidence of type 1 insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Denmark: Evidence of secular trend (1987) Diabetologia, 30, pp. 559A; Christau, B., Kromann, H., Christy, M., Andersen, O., Ortved, Nerup, J., Incidence of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (0-29 years of onset) in Denmark (1976) Acta Med Scand, 624 (SUPPL.), pp. 54-60; Holford, T.R., Analysing the temporal effects of age, period and cohort (1992) Stat Methods Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Variation and trends in incidence of childhood diabetes in Europe: EURODIAB ACE Study Group (2000) Lancet, 355, pp. 873-876; Karvonen, M., Pitkaniemi, J., Tuomilehto, J., The onset age of type 1 diabetes in Finnish children has become younger (1999) Diabetes Care, 22, pp. 1066-1070; Nystrom, L., Dahlquist, G., Rewers, M., Wall, S., The Swedish childhood diabetes study: An analysis of the temporal variation in diabetes incidence 1978-1987 (1990) Int J Epidemiol, 19, pp. 141-146; Tuomilehto, J., Rewers, M., Reunanen, A., Lounamaa, P., Lounamaa, R., Tuomilehto-Wolf, E., Akerblom, H.K., Increasing trend in type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in childhood in Finland: Analysis of age, calendar time and birth cohort effects during 1965 to 1984 (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 282-287; Staines, A., Bodansky, H.J., Lilley, H.E., Stephenson, C., McNally, R.J., Cartwright, R.A., The epidemiology of diabetes mellitus in the United Kingdom: The Yorkshire Regional Childhood Diabetes Register (1993) Diabetologia, 36, pp. 1282-1287; Rewers, M., Stone, R.A., LaPorte, R.E., Drash, A.L., Becker, D.J., Walczak, M., Kuller, L.H., Poisson regression modelling of temporal variation in incidence of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, and Wielkopolska, Poland, 1970-1985 (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 129, pp. 569-581; Pundziute-Lycka, A., Dahlquist, G., Nystrom, L., Amqvist, H., Bjork, E., Blohme, G., Bolinder, J., Ostman, J., Type I diabetes in the 0-34 years group in Sweden (2002) Diabetologia, 45, pp. 783-791; Tuomilehto, J., Virtala, E., Karvonen, M., Lounamaa, R., Pitkaniemi, J., Reunanen, A., Tuomilehto-Wolf, E., Toivanen, L., Increase in incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus among children in Finland (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 984-992; Stene, L.C., Magnus, P., Lie, R.T., Sovik, O., Joner, G., Birth weight and childhood onset type 1 diabetes: Population based cohort study (2001) Br Med J, 322, pp. 889-892; Dahlquist, G.G., Patterson, C., Soltesz, G., Perinatal risk factors for childhood type 1 diabetes in Europe: The EURODIAB Substudy 2 Study Group (1999) Diabetes Care, 22, pp. 1698-1702; Bache, I., Bock, T., Volund, A., Buschard, K., Previous maternal abortion, longer gestation, and younger maternal age decrease the risk of type 1 diabetes among male offspring (1999) Diabetes Care, 22, pp. 1063-1065; Patterson, C.C., Carson, D.J., Hadden, D.R., Waugh, N.R., Cole, S.K., A case-control investigation of perinatal risk factors for childhood IDDM in Northern Ireland and Scotland (1994) Diabetes Care, 17, pp. 376-381 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0242524331&doi=10.2337%2fdiacare.25.12.2197&partnerID=40&md5=29183956b7aa7c50549671d28024abad ER - TY - JOUR TI - Gender wage differences in West Germany: A cohort analysis T2 - German Economic Review J2 - Ger. Econ. Rev. VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 379 EP - 414 PY - 2002 SN - 14656485 (ISSN) AU - Fitzenberger, B. AU - Wunderlich, G. AD - University of Mannheim, Germany AD - Center for European Economic Research, Germany AB - A comprehensive descriptive analysis of gender wage differences over a long time period does not exist for West Germany. Using an empirical approach which explicitly takes into account changes of wage distributions for both males and females as well as life-cycle and birth cohort effects, we go beyond conventional decomposition techniques of the average gender wage gap. The paper provides stylized facts of the level and dynamics of the gender wage gap from 1975-95. The empirical analysis is based upon the IAB employment subsample. Our findings confirm the importance of distributional effects relating to skill level and employment status. While life-cycle wage growth is in general much lower for females compared to males, comparing their estimated time trends implies that the gender wage gap has narrowed substantially in the lower part of the wage distribution especially for low-and medium-skilled females but much less so in the upper part of the wage distribution. Surprisingly, we do not find any cohort effects for wages of female employees. KW - cohort analysis KW - gender disparity KW - wage determination KW - wage gap KW - Germany N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fitzenberger, B.; University of Mannheim, Department of Economics, Mannheim 68131, Germany; email: bernd.fitzenberger@vwl.uni-mannheim.de N1 - References: Bender, S., Haas, A., Klose, C., The IAB employment subsample 1975-1995 (2000) Schmollers Jahrbuch, 120, pp. 649-662; Bender, S., Hilzendegen, J., Rohwer, G., Rudolph, H., Die IAB-Beschäftigtenstichprobe 1975-1990 (1996) Beiträge zur Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung, 197. , Institut für Arbeitsmarkt- und Berufsforschung der Bundesanstalt für Arbeit (IAB) Nürnberg; Blau, F., Kahn, L., Wage structure and gender earnings differentials: An international comparison (1996) Economica, 63, pp. S29-S62; Blau, F., Kahn, L., Swimming upstream: Trends in the gender wage differential in the 1980s (1997) Journal of Labor Economics, 15, pp. 1-42; Boockmann, B., Steiner, V., (2000) Cohort Effects and the Returns to Education in West Germany, , Discussion Paper No. 00-05, Center for European Economic Research (ZEW), Mannheim; Chamberlain, G., Quantile regression, censoring, and the structure of wages (1994) Advances in Econometrics: Sixth World Congress, 1. , C. Sims (ed.), Econometric Society Monograph; Fitzenberger, B., The moving blocks bootstrap and robust inference for linear least squares and quantile regressions (1998) Journal of Econometrics, 82, pp. 235-287; Fitzenberger, B., (1999) Wages and Employment Across Skill Groups: An Analysis for West Germany, , Physica-Verlag, Heidelberg; Fitzenberger, B., Hujer, R., MaCurdy, T., Schnabel, R., Testing for uniform wage trends in West Germany: A cohort analysis using quantile regressions for censored data (2001) Empirical Economics, 26, pp. 41-86; Gosling, A., Machin, S., Meghir, C., The changing distribution of male wages in the UK (2000) Review of Economic Studies, 67, pp. 635-666; Heckman, J.J., Robb, R., Using longitudinal data to estimate age, period and cohort effects in earnings equations (1985) Cohort Analysis in Social Research, , W. Mason and S. Fienberg (eds.), Academic Press, New York; Hunt, J., The transition in East Germany: When is a ten point fall in the gender wage gap bad news? (1997) NBER Working Paper No. 6167; Joshi, H., Paci, P., (1998) Unequal Pay for Women and Men: Evidence from the British Birth Cohort Studies, , MIT Press, Cambridge, MA; Koenker, R., Bassett, G., Regression quantiles (1978) Econometrica, 46, pp. 33-50; Kunze, A., (2000) Male-Female Wage Differentials - A Longitudinal Analysis of Young Skilled Workers in Germany, , Ph.D. thesis, Department of Economics, University College London; Lauer, Ch., (2000) Gender Wage Gap in West Germany: How Far Do Gender Differences in Human Capital Matter?, , Discussion Paper No. 00-07, Center for European Economic Research (ZEW), Mannheim; MaCurdy, T.E., Mroz, T., (1995) Measuring Macroeconomic Shifts in Wages from Cohort Specifications, , unpublished manuscript, Stanford University and University of North Carolina; Möller, J., Changes of the structure of wages and employment with respect to qualifications in Germany (1999) Jahrbücher für Nationalökonomie und Statistik, 219, pp. 8-31; (1993) Economic Outlook-Earnings Inequality: Changes in the 1980's, , OECD Ch. 5, OECD, Paris; (1996) Economic Outlook - Earnings Inequality, Low Paid Employment and Earnings Mobility, , OECD Ch. 3, OECD, Paris; (1999) Economic Outlook, , OECD OECD, Paris; Powell, J.L., Censored regression quantiles (1986) Journal of Econometrics, 32, pp. 143-155; Prey, H., (1999) Die Entwicklung der geschlechtsspezifischen Lohndifferenz in Westdeutschland 1984-96, , Diskussionspapier Nr. 57 des Forschungsinstituts für Arbeit und Arbeitsrecht an der Universität St. Gallen; Steiner, V., Lauer, Ch., (2000) Private Erträge von Bildungsinvestitionen in Deutschland, , Discussion Paper No. 00-18, Center for European Economic Research (ZEW), Mannheim; Steiner, V., Wagner, K., Has earnings inequality in Germany changed in the 1980's? (1998) Zeitschrift für Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaften, 118 (1), pp. 29-59; Weiler, A., Zwischen Angleichung und Differenzierung - Entwicklung geschlechtsspezifischer Entgeltstrukturen in Westdeutschland (1997) WSI-Mitteilungen, 2, pp. 126-134 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036851110&partnerID=40&md5=97609f257860788d2d6d45232426eefa ER - TY - JOUR TI - Determinants for non-use of contraception at first intercourse; A study of 10,841 young Danish women from the general population T2 - Contraception J2 - Contraception VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 345 EP - 350 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S0010-7824(02)00333-5 SN - 00107824 (ISSN) AU - Svare, E.I. AU - Kjaer, S.K. AU - Thomsen, B.L. AU - Bock, J.E. AD - Danish Cancer Society, Institute of Cancer Epidemiology, Department of Virus, Hormones and Cancer, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Gynaecology, Rigshospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Based on interview data from 10,841 Danish women aged 20 to 29 years, determinants for non-use of contraception at first intercourse (NU) were studied. One-fourth of the women (n = 2704) reported NU, whereas condoms and oral contraceptives were used by, respectively, 59% and 15%. NU decreased with the birth year of the first male partner (OR = 3.6; 95% CI: 2.8-4.8 for ≤1954 vs. 1968-1974) mainly in favor of condom use. Other determinants were the birth cohort of the woman (OR = 1.4; 95% CI: 1.0-1.9 for 1961-1962 vs. 1970-1972) and the calendar year of the first intercourse (OR = 1.4; 95% CI: 1.2-1.7 for 1985-1986 vs. 1987-1992), both initially in favor of oral contraception and later in favor of condom use, whereas young age at first intercourse was associated with a high prevalence of NU (OR = 1.8; 95% CI: 1.4-2.1 for ≤14 years vs. ≥17 years) at the expense of both oral contraception and condom use. Finally, NU was found to predict high-risk sexual behavior in terms of subsequent multiple sex partners, non-use of condoms, and induced abortion. © 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved. KW - Birth cohorts KW - First coitus KW - High-risk sexual behavior KW - Male partner KW - Multivariate analysis KW - Non-use of contraception KW - Risk factors KW - Sexual education KW - Women KW - oral contraceptive agent KW - adult KW - article KW - birth KW - cohort analysis KW - coitus KW - condom KW - confidence interval KW - contraception KW - controlled study KW - Denmark KW - drug use KW - female KW - human KW - induced abortion KW - interview KW - male KW - population research KW - prediction KW - prevalence KW - risk factor KW - sexual behavior KW - sexual intercourse KW - adolescent KW - age KW - Denmark KW - incidence KW - register KW - sexual education KW - sexuality KW - statistics KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Coitus KW - Contraception KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Registries KW - Sex Education KW - Sexual Behavior KW - Sexual Partners N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCPTA C2 - 12443965 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Svare, E.I.; Danish Cancer Society, Institute of Cancer Epidemiology, Department of Virus, Copenhagen, Denmark; email: svare@cancer.dk N1 - References: Osler, M., David, H.P., Morgall, J., Rasmussen, N.K., Family planning services delivery. Danish experience (1990) Dan Med Bull, 37, pp. 95-105; Kjaer, S.K., Van den Brule, A.J.C., Bock, J.E., Human papillomavirus - The most significant risk determinant of cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (1996) Int J Cancer, 65, pp. 601-606; Svare, E.I., Kjaer, S.K., Poll, P., Bock, J.E., Determinants for contraceptive use in young, single Danish women from the general population (1997) Contraception, 55, pp. 287-294; (1989) SAS/STAT user's guide, 4th ed. (Vol. 1, 2), , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc; Johnson, A., Wadsworth, J., Wellings, K., Field, J., (1994) Sexual attitudes, and lifestyles, Chapt. 4, , Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications; Brindis, C., Boggess, J., Katsaranis, F., Mantell, M., McCarter, V., Wolfe, A., A profile of the adolescent male family planning client (1998) Fam Plann Perspect, 30, p. 63; Edwards, S., The role of men in contraceptive decision-making: Current knowledge, and future implications (1994) Fam Plann Perspect, 26, pp. 77-82; Mauldon, J., Luker, K., The effects of contraceptive education on method use at first intercourse (1996) Fam Plann Perspect, 28, pp. 19-24; David, H.P., Morgall, J.M., Osler, M., Rasmussen, N.K., Jensen, B., United States and Denmark: Different approaches to health care, and family planning (1990) Stud Fam Plann, 21, pp. 1-19; Mosher, W.D., McNally, J.W., Contraceptive use at first premarital intercourse: United States, 1965-1988 (1991) Fam Plann Perspect, 23, pp. 108-116; Wielandt, H., Wermuth, L., Pedersen, M.R., Contraceptive use in a sample of young Danish females (1988) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 67, pp. 319-321; Abma, J., Driscoll, A., Moore, K., Young women's degree of control over first intercourse: An exploratory analysis (1998) Fam Plann Perspect, 30, pp. 12-18; Zabin, L.S., The association between smoking, and sexual behaviour among teens in US contraceptive clinics (1984) Am J Publ Health, 74, pp. 261-263; Andersson-Ellström, A., Forssman, L., Milsom, I., Age of sexual debut related to life-style, and reproductive health factors in a group of Swedish girls (1996) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 75, pp. 484-489 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036849458&doi=10.1016%2fS0010-7824%2802%2900333-5&partnerID=40&md5=33d6ae2b53a003eb89ca399a4ee4be39 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The longterm influence of socio-economic disadvantage on the psychosocial adjustment of women ST - Die langzeitwirkungen sozial-ökonomischer benachteiligung auf die psychosoziale anpassung von frauen T2 - Zeitschrift fur Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychotherapie J2 - Z. Psychosom. Med. Psychother. VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 381 EP - 395 PY - 2002 SN - 14383608 (ISSN) AU - Schoon, I. AD - School of Social Sciences, Dep. of Psychology, City University, Northampton Square, GB-London EC1V OHB, United Kingdom AB - On the basis of a prospective longitudinal study of over 15,000 women this paper examines the long-term influences of socio-economic disadvantages on psychosocial adjustment. The study draws on data from two British cohort studies carried out 12 years apart from each other. A contextual developmental perspective is adopted to analyse the pathways linking childhood experiences to adult functioning in a changing socio-historical context. The study suggests a causal chain process linking the early and persisting experience of socio-economic adversity to behavioural maladjustment of girls during childhood and adolescence. Socio-economic adversity and behavioural maladjustment in adolescence, in turn, predict the development of depressive symptoms in adulthood. The influence of socio-economic adversity on individual development, however, also depends on the wider socio-historical context in which development takes place. It is concluded that for a better understanding of psychosocial adjustment across the lifespan we have to consider the interactions of a changing individual in a changing context. KW - Conduct Disorder KW - Depression KW - Longitudinal Analysis KW - Social Risk KW - Women KW - adult KW - article KW - attention deficit disorder KW - behavior KW - cohort analysis KW - depression KW - female KW - human KW - lifespan KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - maladjustment KW - risk factor KW - social psychology KW - socioeconomics KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Depression KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Personality Development KW - Poverty KW - Prospective Studies KW - Psychosocial Deprivation KW - Quality of Life KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Adjustment N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ZPPSB C2 - 12407496 LA - German N1 - Correspondence Address: Schoon, I.; School of Social Sciences, Dep. of Psychology, City University, Northampton Square, GB-London EC1V OHB, United Kingdom; email: I.Schoon@city.ac.uk N1 - References: Ackerman, B.P., Schoff, K., Levinson, K., Youngstrom, E., Izard, C.E., The relations between cluster indexes of risk and promotion and the problem behaviours of 6- and 7-year-old children from economically disadvantaged families (1999) Dev Psychol, 6, pp. 1355-1366; Arbuckle, J.L., (1999) Amos for Windows. Analysis of moment structures. Version 4.01, , Chicago: SmallWaters Corp; Arbuckle, J.L., Full information estimation in the presence of incomplete data (1996) Advanced Structural Equation Modeling Techniques, , Marcoulides, G.A., Schumacker, R.E. (Hg.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Bentler, P.M., Comparative fit indices in structural models (1990) Psychol Bull, 107, pp. 238-246; Birch, H.G., Gussow, J.D., (1970) Disadvantaged children: Health, nutrition and school failure, , New York: Grune & Stratton; Bolger, K.E., Patterson, C.J., Thompson, W.W., Psychosocial adjustment among children experiencing persistent and intermittent family economic hardship (1995) Child Dev, 66, pp. 1107-1129; Bollen, K.A., (1989) Structural equations with latent variables, , New York: Wiley; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Brown, G.W., Harris, T.O., (1989) Life events and illness, , London: Unwin & Hyman; Browne, M.W., Cudeck, R., Alternative ways of assessing model fit (1993) Testing structural equation models, pp. 136-162. , Bollen, K.A., Long, J.S. (Hg.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage; Butler, N., Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., (1997) 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) Ten-year Follow-up: A Guide to the BCS70 10-year Data available at the Economic and Social Research Unit Data Archive, , Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London; Cicchetti, D., Tucker, D., Development and self-regulatory structures of the mind (1994) Development and Psychopathology, 6, pp. 533-549; Clarke, A.D.B., Clarke, A.M., (1981) Sleeper effects in development: Fact or artefact: Developmental Review, 1, pp. 344-360; Clarke, A.D.B., Clarke, A.M., (2000) Early experience and the life path, , London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers; Cohen, J., A power primer (1992) Psychol Bull, 112 (1), pp. 155-159; Davie, R., Butler, H., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven: The Second Report of the National Child Development Study (1958 Cohort), , London: Longman; Dodge, K.A., Pettit, G.S., Bates, J.E., Socialization mediators on the relation between socio-economic status and child conduct problems (1994) Child Dev, 65, pp. 649-665; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanov, P.K., Economic deprivation and early childhood development (1994) Child Dev, 65, pp. 296-318; Elander, J., Rutter, M., An update on the status of the Rutter Parents' and Teachers' scales (1996) Child Psychology and Psychiatry Review, 1, pp. 31-35; Felner, R.D., Brand, S., DuBois, D.L., Adan, A., Mulhall, P.F., Evans, E.G., Socioeconomic disadvantage, proximal environmental experiences, and socioemotional and academic adjustment in early adolescence: Investigation of a mediated effects model (1995) Child Dev, 66, pp. 774-792; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Educational, psychosocial and sexual outcomes of girls with conduct problems in early adolescence (2000) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 41, pp. 779-792; Ferri, E., Smith, K., Where you life and who you live with (1997) Getting on, getting by, getting nowhere. Twenty-something in the 1990's, pp. 53-76. , Bynner, J., Ferri E., Shepherd, P. (Hg.). Aldershot: Ashgate; Freud, A., Probleme der pubertät (1960) Psyche, 14, pp. 1-24; Garmezy, N., Resilience and vulnerability to adverse developmental outcomes associated with poverty (1991) American Behavioral Scientist, 34, pp. 416-430; Garmezy, N., Masten, A., Chronic adversities (1994) Child and adolescent psychiatry: Modern approaches, pp. 191-208. , Rutter, M., Taylor, E., Hersov, L. (Hg.). (3rd ed.). Oxford: Blackwell Scientific; Hammen, C., Cognitive, life stress, and interpersonal approaches to a developmental psychopathological model of depression (1992) Development and Psychopathology, 4, pp. 189-206; Montgomery, S.M., Schoon, I., Health and health behaviour (1997) Getting on, getting by, getting nowhere. Twenty-something in the 1990's, pp. 77-96. , Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P. (Hg.). Aldershot: Ashgate; Nolen-Hoeksema, S., (1990) Sex differences in depression, , Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press; (1980) Standard Classification of Occupations (SOC), , London: HSMO; Power, C., Social and economic background and class inequalities in health among young adults (1991) Soc Sci Med, 32, pp. 411-417; Pungello, E.P., Kupersmidt, J.B., Burchinal, M.R., Patterson, C.J., Environmental risk factors and children's achievement from middle childhood to early adolescence (1996) Dev Psychol, 32, pp. 755-767; Richman, N., Depression in mothers of young children (1978) J R Soc Med, 71, pp. 489-493; Robins, L.N., A 7-year history of conduct disorder: Variations in definition, prevalence, and correlates (1998) Historical and Geographical Influences on Psychopathology, pp. 37-56. , Cohen, P., Slombowski, C., Robins, L.N. (Hg.). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum; Robins, L.N., Rutter, M., (1990) Straight and devious pathways from childhood to adulthood, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Rudolf, G., Motzkau, H., Auswirkungen von biographischen belastungen (1997) Z Psychosom Med Psychoanal, 43, pp. 349-368; Rutter, M., Family and school influences on behavioural development (1985) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 26, pp. 349-368; Rutter, M., Madge, N., (1976) Cycles of disadvantage: A review of research, , London: Heinemann Educational Books; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longmans; Schoon, I., Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Parsons, S., Wiggins, R.D., Sacker, A., The influence of context, timing and duration of risk experiences for the passage from childhood to early adulthood (2002) Child Dev (im Druck); Schoon, I., Montgomery, S.M., Zum zusammenhang von frühkindlichen lebenserfahrungen und depression im erwachsenenalter (1997) Z Psychosom Med Psychoanal, 43, pp. 319-333; Shepherd, P., Analysis of Response Bias (1993) Life at 33. The Fifth Follow-Up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 84-188. , Ferri, E. (Hg.). London: National Children's Bureau and City University; Shepherd, P., (1995) The National Child Development Study. An Introduction, its Origins and the Methods of Data Collection, , SSRU, City University London: Working Paper Nr. 1; Shepherd, P., Survey and Response (1997) Getting on, getting by, getting nowhere. Twenty-something in the 1990's, pp. 129-136. , Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P. (Hg.). Aldershot: Ashgate; Smith, D.J., Rutter, M., Time trends in psychosocial disorders of youth (1995) Psychological Disorder in Young People. Time Trends and Their Causes, , Rutter, M., Smith, D.J. (Hg.). Chichester: Wiley; Steiger, J.H., Structural model evaluation and modification: An internal estimation approach (1990) Multivariate Behavioural Research, 25, pp. 173-180; Van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., Van den Bos, J., Mackenbach, J.P., The contribution of childhood environment to the explanation of socio-economic inequalities in health in adult life: A retrospective study (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 13-24; West, P., Sweeting, H., Nae job, nae future. Young people and health in a context of unemployment (1996) Health and Social Care in the Community, 4, pp. 50-62; Werner, E.E., Smith, R.S., (1992) Overcoming the Odds. High risk children from birth to adulthood, , Ithaca: Cornell University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036390686&partnerID=40&md5=95a7b9d9bad9519b3fbe37a4c29ed552 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Natural history of primary sclerosing cholangitis and prognostic value of cholangiography in a Dutch population T2 - Gut J2 - Gut VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 562 EP - 566 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1136/gut.51.4.562 SN - 00175749 (ISSN) AU - Ponsioen, C.Y. AU - Vrouenraets, S.M.E. AU - Prawirodirdjo, W. AU - Rajaram, R. AU - Rauws, E.A.J. AU - Mulder, C.J.J. AU - Reitsma, J.B. AU - Heisterkamp, S.H. AU - Tytgat, G.N.J. AD - Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Academic Medical Centre, Amsterdam, Netherlands AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Rijnstate Hospital, Arnhem, Netherlands AD - Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Academic Medical Centre, Amsterdam, Netherlands AB - Background: Median survival of patients with primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC) has been estimated to be 12 years. Cholangiography is the gold standard for diagnosis but is rarely used in estimating prognosis. Aims: To assess the natural history of Dutch PSC patients and to evaluate the prognostic value of a cholangiographic classification system. Patients: A total of 174 patients with established PSC attending a university hospital and three teaching hospitals from 1970 to 1999. Methods: Charts were reviewed for validity and time of diagnosis, concurrent inflammatory bowel disease, interventions, liver transplantation, occurrence of cholangiocarcinoma, and death. Follow up data were obtained from the charts and from the attending clinician or family physician. Median follow up was 76 months (range 1-300). The earliest available cholangiography was scored using a radiological classification system for the severity of sclerosis, developed in our institution. Survival curves were computed by the Kaplan-Meier method. Cholangiographic staging was used to construct a prognostic model, applying Cox proportional hazards analysis. Results: The estimated median survival from time of diagnosis to death from liver disease or liver transplantation was 18 years. Cholangiocarcinoma was found in 18 (10%) patients. Fourteen patients (8%) underwent liver transplantation. Cholangiographic scoring was inversely correlated with survival. A combination of intrahepatic and extrahepatic scoring, together with age at endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, proved strongly predictive of survival. Conclusions: The observed survival was considerably better than reported in earlier series from Sweden, the UK, and the USA. Classification and staging of cholangiographic abnormalities has prognostic value. KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - bile duct carcinoma KW - cholangiography KW - death KW - diagnostic value KW - disease course KW - endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography KW - enteritis KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - Kaplan Meier method KW - liver transplantation KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical record KW - Netherlands KW - primary sclerosing cholangitis KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - survival time KW - Sweden KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - university hospital KW - Adult KW - Cholangiography KW - Cholangiopancreatography, Endoscopic Retrograde KW - Cholangitis, Sclerosing KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Liver Diseases KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Netherlands KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Prognosis N1 - Cited By :149 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GUTTA C2 - 12235081 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ponsioen, C.Y.; Department of Gastroenterology, Hilversum Hospital, van Riebeeckweg 212, 1213 XZ Hilversum, Netherlands; email: cponsioen@zhh.nl N1 - References: Wiesner, R.H., Grambsch, P.M., Dickson, E.R., Primary sclerosing cholangitis: Natural history, prognostic factors and survival analysis (1989) Hepatology, 10, pp. 430-436; Farrant, J.M., Hayllar, K.M., Wilkinson, M.L., Natural history and prognostic variables in primary sclerosing cholangitis (1991) Gastroenterology, 100, pp. 1710-1717; Broomé, U., Olsson, R., Loof, L., Natural history and prognostic factors in 305 Swedish patients with primary sclerosing cholangitis (1996) Gut, 38, pp. 610-615; Craig, D.A., MacCarty, R.L., Wiesner, R.H., Primary sclerosing cholangitis: Value of cholangiography in determining the prognosis (1991) AJR Am J Roentgenol, 157, pp. 959-964; Olsson, R.G., Asztely, M.S., Prognostic value of cholangiography in primary sclerosing cholangitis (1995) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 7, pp. 251-254; Li-Yeng, C., Goldman, H.I., Sclerosing cholangitis: Broad spectrum of radiographic features (1984) Gastrointest Radiol, 9, pp. 39-47; Majoie, C.B., Reeders, J.W., Sanders, J.B., Primary sclerosing cholangitis: A modified classification of cholangiographic findings (1991) AJR Am J Roentgenol, 157, pp. 495-497; Rajaram, R., Ponsioen, C.Y., Majoie, C.B., Evaluation of a modified cholangiographic classification system for primary sclerosing cholangitis (2001) Abdom Imaging, 26, pp. 43-47; Grambsch, P., Therneau, T., Proportional hazards tests and diagnostics based on weighted residuals (1994) Biometrika, 81, pp. 515-526; Houwelingen van, J.C., Le Cessie, S., Predictive value of statistical models (1990) Stat Med, 9, pp. 1303-1325; Dickson, E.R., Murtaugh, P.A., Wiesner, R.H., Primary sclerosing cholangitis: Refinement and validation of survival models (1992) Gastroenterology, 103, pp. 1893-1901; Broomé, U., Eriksson, L.S., Assessment for liver transplantation in patients with primary sclerosing cholangitis (1994) J Hepatol, 20, pp. 654-659; Olsson, R., Hagerstrand, I., Broomé, U., Sampling variability of percutaneous liver biopsy in primary sclerosing cholangitis (1995) J Clin Pathol, 48, pp. 933-935; Chapman, R.W., Marborgh, B.A., Rhodes, J.M., Primary sclerosing cholangitis: A review of its clinical features, cholangiography, and hepatic histology (1980) Gut, 21, pp. 870-877; Fleming, K.A., The hepatobiliary pathology of primary sclerosing cholangitis (1992) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 4, pp. 266-271 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036785363&doi=10.1136%2fgut.51.4.562&partnerID=40&md5=6bcbea8f9c1fdcf6f7cd78be471adfd0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A personal and historical investigation of the career trends of UK graduate nurses qualifying between 1970 and 1989 T2 - Journal of Advanced Nursing J2 - J. Adv. Nurs. VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 209 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2002.02362.x SN - 03092402 (ISSN) AU - Ring, N. AD - Department of Nursing and Midwifery, University of Stirling, Stirling, United Kingdom AD - Nursing Midwifery Pract. Devmt. U., NHS Scotland, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - Department of Nursing and Midwifery, University of Stirling, Stirling FK9 4LA, United Kingdom AB - Aim. To explore from a personal and historical perspective key career trends of UK graduate nurses qualifying between 1970 and 1989. Background. During the 1970s and 1980s, graduate nurses qualifying from UK academic institutions with nursing and degree qualifications were a controversial minority. Concerns about their practical ability and role resulted in considerable quantitative research about graduate nurse careers. Whilst such research identified key graduate nurse career trends, these trends have yet to be explored from a qualitative perspective. Design. This descriptive study used a phased approach: first, a literature review of earlier studies to identify key career trends of UK graduate nurses qualifying between 1970 and 1989, and second, an exploration of these trends from the perspective of six graduate nurses qualifying during this period using semi-structured interviews. Third, archival material was used to set career trends and interview data within their historical context. Findings. The literature indicated that most graduate nurses remained clinically based, especially in community and intensive care, with few in senior posts above charge nurse/health visitor level (G-grade). Analysis of interview data revealed four major themes significantly influencing graduate nurse careers: wanting to be clinical nurses, the effect of organizational structures and systems, being a woman, and careers by accident not design. Conclusion. Graduate nurses interviewed aspired to clinical posts, yet this was not what some in nursing expected of them during the 1970s and 1980s. The ability of these graduate nurses to fulfil personal career aspirations and develop their careers depended on many factors, not fully acknowledged in earlier studies. For example, organizational structures and systems often delayed fulfilment of career aspirations. Significantly, gender issues embedded within nursing adversely affected career progression of those interviewed, even in the 1990s. In particular, although nurses can combine work and family commitments, for those interviewed this was often at the expense of their career development. KW - Aspirations KW - Career trends KW - Gender KW - Graduate nurses KW - Nursing degrees KW - article KW - career mobility KW - decision making KW - employment KW - interview KW - longitudinal study KW - manpower KW - nurse KW - nursing KW - nursing education KW - organization and management KW - psychological aspect KW - sex difference KW - statistics KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Career Choice KW - Career Mobility KW - Education, Nursing, Baccalaureate KW - Employment KW - Great Britain KW - Interviews KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Sex Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JANUD C2 - 12366650 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ring, N.; Department of Nursing and Midwifery, University of Stirling, Stirling FK9 4LA, United Kingdom; email: nicola.ring@stir.ac.uk N1 - References: Altschul, A., Nursing and higher education (1983) International Journal of Nursing Studies, 20, pp. 123-130; Andrew, S.H., Focus on developments in British nursing; the relevance of post-basic courses to graduate nurses (1984) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 9, pp. 89-101; Auld, M., The need for nurse graduates in Scotland: A view from the Scottish home and health department (1987) Nurse Education Today, 7, pp. 30-33; Bartlett, H.P., Hind, P., Taylor, H.R., A comparison of the career aspirations of degree and P2000 diploma graduates from the UK nursing programmes (1999) Journal of Nursing Management, 7, pp. 37-43; Bendall, E., Pembrey, S., The nurse graduate in the UK - Career motivation (1972) International Nursing Review, 19, pp. 53-92; Bircumshaw, D., Chapman, C., A follow up of the graduates of the Cardiff bachelor of nursing degree course (1988) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 13, pp. 273-279; Chapman, C.M., University education for nurses (1974) Welsh National School of Medicine Review, 1, pp. 59-71; Davies, C., (1990) The Collapse of the Conventional Career: The Future of Work and its Relevance for Post-registration Education in Nursing, Midwifery and Health Visiting, , English National Board for Nursing, Midwifery and Health Visiting, London; Davies, C., (1995) Gender and the Professional Predicament in Nursing, , Open University Press, Milton Keynes; (1972) Report on the Committee of Nursing (Briggs Report), , Cmnd. 5/15. HMSO, London; Dex, S., (1985) The Sexual Division of Work: Conceptual Revolutions in the Social Sciences, , Wheatsheaf Books, Brighton; Evans, J., Men in nursing: Issues of gender segregation and hidden advantage (1997) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 26, pp. 226-231; Finlayson, L., Nazroo, J., (1998) Gender Inequalities in Nursing Careers, , Policy Studies Institute, London; Fraser, M., Titherington, R., Where are they now? The career paths of graduates from post-registration degrees in nursing in England (1991) International Journal of Nursing Studies, 28, pp. 257-265; Halford, S., Savage, M., Witz, A., (1997) Gender, Careers and Organisations: Career Developments in Banking, Nursing and Local Government, , MacMillan, London; Hardy, L.K., Sinclair, H., Hughes, J., Nursing careers: Findings of a follow up survey of graduates in the nursing education and administration certificate courses of the Department of Nursing Studies, University of Edinburgh 1958-75 (1984) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 9, pp. 611-618; House, V., Problems facing the undergraduate nurse (1976) Nursing Times, 72. , 9 December 1935-1936; Howard, J.M., Brooking, J.I., The career paths of nursing graduates from Chelsea College, University of London (1987) International Journal of Nursing Studies, 24, pp. 181-189; Justham, D., Letter (1978) Nursing Times, 147, p. 7. , 28 December; Kemp, J., The graduate's progress (1985) Nursing Times, 81, pp. 42-43. , 4 December; Kemp, J., Graduates in nursing: A report of a longitudinal study at the University of Hull (1988) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 13, pp. 281-287; Kemp, J., Career paths revisited: The experience of graduates in nursing who no longer work full-time (1994) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 20, pp. 377-381; MacGuire, J.M., The nurse/graduate in the UK career paths (1971) International Nursing Review, 18, pp. 367-380; MacGuire, J.M., Nurses with degrees in the UK: Careers and contributions and challenges (1991) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 16, pp. 625-627; MacKay, L., Career women (1988) Nursing Times, 84, pp. 42-44. , 9 March; Marsh, N., Summary report of a study on the career patterns of diplomates/graduates of the under-graduate nursing course in the University of Manchester (1976) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 1, pp. 539-542; Marsh, S., Macalpine, M., Negotiating a 'borderland': Nursing, gender and management (1998) Health Services Management Research, 11, pp. 221-227; Marsland, L., Robinson, S., Murrells, T., Pursuing a career in nursing: Differences between men and women qualifying as registered general nurses (1996) Journal of Nursing Management, 4, pp. 231-241; Martin, J.P., Gastrell, P., An experiment in nurse education at Southampton University (1982) Nursing Times, 78, pp. 73-76. , occasional papers, 30 June; Maxwell, E.K., Maxwell, R.T., Search and research in ethnology: Continuous comparative analysis (1980) Behavioural Science and Research, 13, pp. 219-243; May, K., Interview techniques in qualitative research. Concerns and challenges (1991) Qualitative Nursing Research: A Contemporary Dialogue, pp. 188-201. , (Morse J.M. ed.). Sage Publications, Newbury Park, CA; Mays, N., Pope, C., Rigour and qualitative research (1995) British Medical Journal, 311, pp. 109-112; McKee, L., Snakes and ladders (1998) Nursing Times, 94, pp. 31-32. , 17 June; Montague, S.E.S., Herbert, M.P., Career paths of graduates of a degree linked nursing course (1982) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 7, pp. 359-370; Morse, J.M., (1991) Qualitative Nursing Research: A Contemporary Dialogue, , Sage Publications Beverly Hills, CA; Mortimer, B., Ross, L., (1994) A Report on the Career Paths of Nursing Graduates from Queen Margaret College Queen, , Margaret University College, Edinburgh; Moss, S., (1983) Careers in Nursing and Allied Professions, 2nd Edn., , Kogan Page, London; (2001) Caring for Scotland: The Strategy for Nursing and Midwifery in Scotland, , Scottish Executive, Edinburgh; Nuttall, P.D., Male take-over or female giveaway? (1983) Nursing Times, 79, pp. 10-11. , 11 January; O'Brien, Evaluation of an under-graduate nursing course (1984) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 9, pp. 401-406; Pellietier, D., Duffield, C., Gallagher, R., Soars, L., Donoghue, J., Adams, A., The effects of graduate nurse education on clinical practice and career paths: A pilot study (1994) Nurse Education Today, 14, pp. 314-321; Rafferty, A.M., (1996) Nursing an Intellectual Culture, , 40th Anniversary Lecture to the Department of Nursing Studies, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh; Ratcliffe, P., Gender differences in career progression in nursing: Towards a non-essentialist structural theory (1996) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 23, pp. 389-395; Reid, N.G., Nellis, P., Boore, J., Graduate nurses in Northern Ireland: Their career paths, aspirations and problems (1987) International Journal of Nursing Studies, 24, pp. 215-225; Robinson, S., Murrell, T., Marsland, L., Constructing career pathways in nursing: Some issues for research and policy (1997) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 25, pp. 602-614; Ross, T., The best of both worlds (1979) Nursing Mirror, 148, pp. 18-21. , 22 March; Ross, K., Making sense of qualitative data (1994) The Research Experience in Nursing, pp. 131-146. , (Buckledee J. & McMahon R. eds). Chapman & Hall, London; (1985) The Education of Nurses: A New Dispensation, , Commission on Nursing Education (Chair: Dr H. Judge). Royal College of Nursing, London; Scott-Wright, M., (1973) Nursing and Universities, , Report on inaugural lecture: number 54, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh; Scott-Wright, M., Gilmore, M., Tierney, A., The nurse/graduate in nursing: Preliminary findings of a follow up study of former students of the University of Edinburgh degree/nursing programme (1977) Health Bulletin, 35, pp. 317-324; Scott-Wright, M., Gilmore, M., Tierney, A., The nurse/graduate in nursing: Preliminary findings of a follow up study of former students of the University of Edinburgh degree/nursing programme (1979) International Journal of Nursing Studies, 16, pp. 205-214; Sinclair, H., The careers of graduate nurses (1984) Nursing Times, 80, pp. 21-29; Sinclair, H., Graduate nurses in the UK: Myth and reality (1987) Nurse Education Today, 7, pp. 24-29; Smith, L., A follow up study of the bachelor of nursing graduates 1982-1990, University of Glasgow, Scotland (1993) Journal of Advanced Nursing, 18, pp. 1840-1848; Stern, P.N., Grounded theory methodology: Its uses and processes (1980) Image, 12, pp. 20-23; Waite, R.K., Buchan, J., Thomas, J., (1990) Career Patterns of Scotland's Qualified Nurses (Summary Report), , Institute of Manpower Studies, Brighton, UK; Winson, G., A study of nurse career paths (1992) Senior Nurse, 12, pp. 11-19. , May/June; Wood, J., Letter (1984) Senior Nurse, 1, p. 9. , 30 May; Ziebland, S., Wright, L., Qualitative research methods (1997) Assessment and Evaluation of Health and Medical Care, pp. 102-128. , (Jenkinson C. ed.). Open University Press, Milton Keynes UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036779546&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-2648.2002.02362.x&partnerID=40&md5=3f0c5fec9adbc2c83aaa5b614a7efb2f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Production, reproduction, and education: Women, children, and work in a British perspective T2 - Population and Development Review J2 - Popul. Dev. Rev. VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 445 EP - 474 PY - 2002 SN - 00987921 (ISSN) AU - Joshi, H. AD - Bedford Group Lifecourse Statistical, Institute of Education, London University, United Kingdom AB - This article reviews findings of studies by the author and colleagues on relationships between women's work and the reproduction of the British population based on data for female birth cohorts 1922-70. The studies address three questions: (1) How do children affect women's paid work and lifetime earnings? (2) How does women's employment affect the quantity of children born? (3) How does women's employment affect the "quality" of children? The answers are affected by the woman's educational attainment. On question 1, childrearing may often halve lifetime earnings, but seldom for the well educated. By contrast, any effects from employment to childbearing are most apparent in the late motherhood of the well educated. Child quality, as assessed by indicators of child development, benefits from maternal education and suffers little from maternal employment. The economic advantages for children in dual-career families are thus unabated. A widening gulf between mothers will tend to polarize the life chances of their children, unless there are more options to combine employment and childrearing, especially including good-quality child care for those who cannot afford the market price. Education is a powerful influence, but does not alone solve all issues of equity, whether between families or between sexes. KW - birth rate KW - educational attainment KW - female education KW - wage determination KW - womens employment KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :66 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Joshi, H.; Bedford Group Lifecourse Statistical, Institute of Education, London UniversityUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Arber, S., Ginn, J., (1991) Gender and Later Life, , London: Sage; Becker, G.S., (1981) A Treatise on the Family, , revised and enlarged 1993. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Becker, G.S., Human capital, effort, and the sexual division of labor (1985) Journal of Labor Economics, 3 (1 PART 2), pp. S33-S58. , reprinted in 1993 edition of Treatise on the Family, pp. 54-79; Bernhardt, E., Changing family ties, women's position and low fertility (1993) Women's Position and Demographic Change, pp. 80-103. , Nora Federici, Karen Oppenheim Mason, and Sølvi Sogner (eds.), Oxford: Clarendon Press; Bianchi, S., Maternal employment and time with children: Dramatic change or surprising continuity? (2000) Demography, 37 (4), pp. 401-414; Butz, W., Ward, M., The emergence of countercyclical U.S. fertility (1979) American Economic Review, 69, pp. 318-328; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1997) Twenty-Something in the 1990s: Getting On, Getting Nowhere, , (eds.). Aldershot: Dartmouth Press; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Changing Britain: Changing Lives, , Forthcoming. (eds.). London: Institute of Education; Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Tsatsas, M., (2000) Obstacles and Opportunities: Evidence from Two British Birth Cohort Studies, , Occasional Paper. London: The Smith Institute; Calhoun, C.A., Espenshade, T.J., Childbearing and wives' foregone earnings (1988) Population Studies, 42 (1), pp. 5-37; Callender, C., Millward, N., Lissenburgh, S., Forth, J., Maternity rights and benefits in Britain (1997) Social Security Research Report No. 67, , London: The Stationery Office; Chesnais, J.-C., Fertility, family, and social policy in contemporary Western Europe (1996) Population and Development Review, 22 (4), pp. 729-739; (1998) The NCDS Child and Parent Data Users Guide, , CHRR. Rounds 1-5, Center for Human Resource Research, The Ohio State University; Cigno, A., (1999) Economics of te Family, , Oxford: Clarendon Press; Coleman, D.A., Chandola, T., Britain's place in Europe's population (1999) Changing Britain: Families and Household in the 1990s, pp. 37-67. , Susan McRae (ed.), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Dale, A., Egerton, M., (1997) Highly Educated Women: Evidence from the National Child Development Study, , Department for Education and Employment, research studies series RS25. London: The Stationery Office; Dankmeyer, B., Long run opportunity-costs of children according to education of the mother in the Netherlands (1996) Journal of Population Economics, 9 (3), pp. 349-361; Davies, H.B., Joshi, H.E., The foregone earnings of Europe's mothers (1994) Levels of Life and Families, pp. 102-134. , Olivia Ekert-Jaffé (ed.), Paris: Editions INED; Davies, H.B., Social and family security in the redress of unequal opportunities (1995) The Economics of Equal Opportunities, pp. 313-344. , Jane Humphries and Jill Rubery (eds.), Manchester: Equal Opportunities Commission; Davies, H.B., Gender and income inequality in the UK, 1968-1990: Feminization of earning or of poverty? (1998) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, pp. 33-61. , Series A; Davies, H.B., Joshi, H.E., Peronaci, R., Forgone income and motherhood: What do recent British data tell us? (2000) Population Studies, 54 (3), pp. 293-305; Davies, H.B., Peronaci, R., Joshi, H.E., The gender wage gap and partnership (1998) Discussion Paper in Economics 6/98, , London: Birkbeck College; Davis, K., Wives and work: The sex role revolution and its consequences (1984) Population and Development Review, 10 (3), pp. 397-417; De Cooman, E., Ermisch, J., Joshi, H., The next birth and the labour market: A dynamic model of births in England and Wales (1987) Population Studies, 41 (2), pp. 237-268; Dex, S., (1987) Women's Occupational Mobility: A Lifetime Perspective, , London: Macmillan; Dex, S., Joshi, H.E., Careers and motherhood: Policy for compatibility (1999) Cambridge Journal of Economics, 23 (5), pp. 641-659; Dex, S., Joshi, H.E., Macran, S., A widening gulf among Britain's mothers (1996) Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 12 (1), pp. 65-75; Drew, E., Emerek, R., Mahon, E., (1998) Women, Work, and Family in Europe, , (eds.). London: Routledge; Ekert-Jaffé, O., Joshi, H., Lynch, K., Mougin, R., Rendall, M., Fécondité, calendrier des naissances et milieu social en France et en Grande Bretagne: Politiques sociales et polarisation socio-professionelle (2002) Population, , in press; Ermisch, J.F., Purchased child care, optimal family size and mother's employment: Theory and econometric analysis (1989) Journal of Population Economics, 2 (2), pp. 79-102; Ermisch, J.F., The economic environment for family formation David Coleman (1996) Europe's Population in the 1990s, pp. 147-162. , (ed.), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Ermisch, J.F., Economic influences on birth rates National Institute Economic Review, pp. 71-81. , Nov; Ermisch, J.F., Francesconi, M., (2001) The Effect of Parents' Working on Children's Lives, , London: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Folbre, N., (1994) Who Pays for the Kids? Gender and the Structures of Constraint, , London: Routledge; Gornick, J.C., Meyers, M.K., Ross, K.E., Supporting the employment of mothers: Policy variation across fourteen welfare states (1997) Journal of European Social Policy, 7 (1), pp. 45-70; (2000) National Population Projections 1998-Based, , Government Actuary. Series PP2, No. 22. London: The Stationery Office; Gustafsson, S., Optimal age at motherhood: Theoretical and empirical considerations on postponement of maternity in Europe (2001) Journal of Population Economics, 14, pp. 225-247; Harkness, S., Waldfogel, J., The family gap in pay: Evidence from seven industrialized countries (2001) Research in Labor Economics, , Forthcoming. Also, CASE paper 30, Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Hattersley, L., Creeser, R., (1995) The Longitudinal Study, 1971-1991: History, Organisation and Quality of Data, , LS Series no. 7. London: The Stationery Office; Heitlinger, A., (1993) Women's Equality, Demography, and Public Policies, , New York: St. Martin's Press; Hobcraft, J., Fertility in England and Wales: A fifty-year perspective (1996) Population Studies, 50 (3), pp. 485-524; Hoem, B., The compatibility of employment and childbearing in contemporary Sweden (1993) Acta Sociologica, 3, pp. 101-120; Jenkins, S.P., O'Leary, N.C., Modelling domestic work time (1995) Journal of Population Economics, 8 (3), pp. 265-279; Joshi, H.E., Motherhood and employment: Change and continuity in post war Britain (1985) Measuring Socio-Demographic Change, pp. 70-87. , Occasional Paper No. 34, London: OPCS; Joshi, H.E., The cash opportunity cost of childbearing: An approach to estimation using British evidence (1990) Population Studies, 44 (1), pp. 41-60; Joshi, H.E., Obstacles and opportunities for lone parents as breadwinners in Great Britain (1990) Lone Parent Families: The Economic Challenge, pp. 127-150. , Elizabeth Duskin (ed.), Paris: OECD; Joshi, H.E., The opportunity costs of childbearing: More than mothers' business (1998) Journal of Population Economics, 11, pp. 161-183; Joshi, H.E., Gender and pay: Some more equal than others Social Challenges and Sociological Puzzles, , Forthcoming. A. Heath, J. Ermisch, and D. Gallie (eds.), British Academy Centenary Volume. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Joshi, H.E., Cooksey, E., Wiggins, R.D., McCulloch, A.A., Verropoulou, G., Clarke, L., Diverse family living situations and child development: A multi-level analysis comparing longitudinal evidence from Britain and the United States (1999) International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family, 13, pp. 292-314; Joshi, H.E., Davies, H.B., Daycare in Europe and mothers' foregone earnings (1992) International Labour Review, 131 (6), pp. 561-579; Joshi, H.E., The paid and unpaid roles of women: How should social security adapt? (1994) Social Security: New Challenges to the Beveridge Model, pp. 234-254. , Sally Baldwin and Jane Falkingham (eds.), Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf; Joshi, H.E., The price of parenthood and the value of children (2000) Essays in Memory of Henry Neuburger, pp. 63-76. , Neil Fraser and John Hills (eds.), Bristol: Policy Press; Joshi, H.E., Women's incomes over a synthetic lifetime (2002) The Gender Dimension of Social Change: The Contribution of Dynamic Research to the Study of Women's Life Courses, pp. 115-136. , Angela Dale and Elisabetta Ruspini (eds.). Bristol: Policy Press; Joshi, H.E., Hugh, B.D., Land, H., (1996) The Tale of Mrs Typical, , Occasional Paper 21. London: Family Policy Studies Centre; Joshi, H.E., Hinde, A.P.R., Employment after childbearing: Cohort study evidence (1993) European Sociological Review, 9, pp. 203-227; Joshi, H.E., Newell, M.-L., Job downgrading after childbearing (1987) London Papers in Regional Science 18. Longitudinal Data Analysis: Methods and Applications, pp. 89-102. , M. Uncles (ed.), London: Pion; Joshi, H.E., Overton, E., Forecasting the female labour force in Britain (1988) International Journal of Forecasting, 4, pp. 269-285; Joshi, H.E., Pierella, P., Life in the labour market (1997) Twenty-Something in the Nineteen Nineties: Getting On, Getting By, Getting Nowhere, pp. 31-52. , John Bynner, Elsa Ferri, and Peter Shepherd (eds.), Aldershot: Dartmouth Press; Joshi, H.E., (1998) Unequal Pay for Women and Men: Evidence from the British Birth Cohort Studies, , (with Gerald Makepeace and Jane Waldfogel). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; Joshi, H.E., Pierella, P., Waldfogel, J., The wages of motherhood: Better or worse? (1999) Cambridge Journal of Economics, 23, pp. 543-564; Joshi, H.E., Verropoulou, G., (2000) Maternal Employment and Child Outcomes, , in association with Harriet Harman MP. Occasional Paper. London: The Smith Institute; Kempeneers, M., Lelievre, E., (1991) Employment and Family Within the Twelve, , (Eurobarometer 34), Brussels: Commission of the European Communities; Lesthaeghe, R., Surkyn, J., Cultural dynamics and economic theories of fertility change (1988) Population and Development Review, 14 (1), pp. 1-45; Macran, S., Joshi, H.E., Dex, S., Employment after childbearing: A survival analysis (1996) Work, Employment and Society, 10 (2), pp. 273-296; Makepeace, G.H., Pierella, P., Joshi, H.E., Dolton, P.J., How unequally has equal pay progressed since the 1970s? A study of two British birth cohorts (1999) Journal of Human Resources, 34 (3), pp. 534-556; Martin, J., Ceridwen, R., (1984) Women and Employment: A Lifetime Perspective, , London: HMSO; McCulloch, A.A., Joshi, H.E., Neighbourhood and family influences on the cognitive ability of children in the British national child development study (2001) Social Science and Medicine, 53 (5), pp. 579-591; McCulloch, A.A., Child development and family resources: An exploration of evidence from the second generation of the 1958 birth cohort (2002) Journal of Population Economics, 15 (2), pp. 283-304; McCulloch, A.A., Wiggins, R.D., Sachdev, D., Joshi, H., Internalizing and externalizing children's behaviour problems in Britain and the USA: Relationships to family resources (2000) Children and Society, 14 (5), pp. 368-383; McDonald, P., Gender equity in theories of fertility transition (2000) Population and Development Review, 26 (3), pp. 427-439; Meyers, M., Gornick, J., Ross, K., Public childcare, parental leave and employment (1999) Gender and Welfare State Regimes, pp. 117-146. , Diane Sainsbury (ed.), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Mincer, J., Labour force participation of married women (1962) Aspects of Labor Economics, pp. 63-97. , H. G. Lewis (ed.), Princeton: Princeton University Press; Murphy, M., The contraceptive pill and women's employment as factors in fertility change in Britain 1963-1980: A challenge to the conventional view (1993) Population Studies, 47 (2), pp. 221-243; Ní Bhrolcháin, M., The interpretation and role of work-associated accelerated childbearing in post war Britain (1986) European Journal of Population, 2, pp. 134-154; Ní Bhrolcháin, M., Divorce effects' and causality in the social sciences (2001) European Sociological Review, 17 (1), pp. 33-57. , Special Issue on Causality; (2001) Tracking People: A Guide to Longitudinal Social Sources, , http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_compendia/Tracking_v8.pdf, ONS (Office for National Statistics). London: The Stationery Office; Keeping Track: A Guide to Longitudinal Resources, , http://www.iser.essex.ac.uk/ulsc/projects/ldr4ss/index.php, ONS/ISER (Office for National Statistics/Institute of Economic and Social Research, University of Essex); Pfau-Effinger, B., Gender cultures and the gender arrangement- A theoretical framework for cross-national gender research (1998) Innovation, 11, pp. 147-166; Rake, K., (2000) Women's Incomes Over the Lifetime, , (ed.). Report to Women's Unit, Cabinet Office. London: The Stationery Office; Ruhm, C., Parental employment and child development Journal of Human Resources, , In press; Schoon, I., Parsons, S., Competence in the face of adversity: The impact of early family environment and long-term consequences (2002) Children and Society, 16 (4), pp. 260-272; (1999) Teenage Pregnancy, , The Social Exclusion Unit. Cm 4342. London: The Stationery Office; Taylor, M., (1996) British Household Panel Survey User Manual, , (ed.). Colchester: University of Essex; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time, , Oxford: Clarendon Press; Ward, C., Dale, A., Joshi, H.E., Combining employment with childcare: An escape from dependence? (1996) Journal of Social Policy, 25 (2), pp. 223-247; Weatherall, R., Joshi, H.E., Macran, S., Double burden or double blessing? Employment, motherhood and mortality in the longitudinal study of England and Wales (1994) Social Science and Medicine, 38 (2), pp. 285-297 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036761064&partnerID=40&md5=5bdff52a0f1aeda993814e52731f2d28 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sleep duration and mortality: The effect of short or long sleep duration on cardiovascular and all-cause mortality in working men and women T2 - Sleep Medicine J2 - Sleep Med. VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 314 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S1389-9457(02)00016-3 SN - 13899457 (ISSN) AU - Heslop, P. AU - Smith, G.D. AU - Metcalfe, C. AU - Macleod, J. AU - Hart, C. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Department of Primary Care and General Practice, University of Birmingham, Birmingham, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Scotland, United Kingdom AB - Background: There is evidence to suggest that insufficient sleep may have an adverse effect on physical and psychological health. Previous studies have reported that when adjusting for major risk factors for cardiovascular disease and a number of demographic and social variables, sleeping 7-8 h each night is associated with lower mortality. These studies, however, have excluded any consideration of stress, which is known to be related to a number of behavioural risk factors for disease and, like sleep, may influence neurochemical, hormonal and immunological functioning. Methods: This study revisits the associations between sleep duration, cardiovascular disease risk factors and mortality, taking into account the perceived stress of individuals. The data come from a cohort of working Scottish men and women recruited between 1970 and 1973; approximately half of the cohort was screened for a second time, 4-7 years after the baseline examination. Results: For both men and women, higher self-perceived stress was associated with a reduction in the hours of sleep reported. The pattern of mortality from all causes and the pattern of mortality from cardiovascular disease were consistent for both men and women. When sleep was measured on one occasion only, the risk of dying was reduced for men sleeping more than 8 h in every 24 h compared with those sleeping 7-8 h over the same period. This was after adjustment had been made for age, marital status, social class, cardiovascular risk factors and stress. The risk of dying was increased for women sleeping less than 7 h in every 24 h compared with those sleeping 7-8 h over the same period, after similar adjustments. When the data from the 1st and 2nd screening were considered longitudinally, both men and women who reported that they slept less than 7 h on both occasions that they were questioned, had a greater risk of dying from any cause than those who had reported sleeping 7-8 h at both screenings, after adjusting for age, marital status, social class and stress. Conclusions: Short sleep over a prolonged period may be associated with an increased risk of mortality: men and women who reported sleeping fewer than 7 h in 24 on two occasions between 4 and 7 years apart, had greater risk of dying from any cause over a 25 year period than those who reported sleeping 7-8 h on both occasions that they were questioned. © 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. KW - All cause mortality KW - Cardiovascular mortality KW - Cardiovascular risk factors KW - Self-reported stress KW - Sleep KW - adult KW - article KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - data analysis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - marriage KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - screening test KW - sleep pattern KW - social class KW - stress KW - United Kingdom KW - worker N1 - Cited By :181 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SMLEA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: zetkin@bristol.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: Economic and Social Research Council, Economic and Social Research Council N1 - Funding details: Economic and Social Research Council, Economic and Social Research Council N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgements This work was funded by the UK Economic and Social Research Council Health Variations Programme. The work of Victor Hawthorne, Charles Gillis, David Hole and Pauline MacKinnon has provided us with the data required for this analysis. N1 - References: Broman, J.E., Lundh, L.G., Hetta, J., Insufficient sleep in the general population (1996) Neurophysiol. Clin, 26, pp. 30-39; Van Cauter, E., Spiegel, K., Sleep as a mediator of the relationship between socio-economic status and health: A hypothesis (1999) Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci, pp. 254-261; Spiegel, K., Leproult, R., Van Cauter, E., Impact of sleep debt on metabolic and endocrine function (1999) Lancet, 354, pp. 1435-1439; Gale, C., Martyn, C., Larks and owls and health, wealth and wisdom (1998) Br. Med. J, 317, pp. 1675-1677; Hyyppa, M.T., Kronholm, E., Mattlar, C.E., Mental well-being of good sleepers in a random population sample (1991) Br. J. Med. Psychol, 64, pp. 25-34; Kreuger, J.M., Somnogenic activity of immune response modifiers (1990) Trends Pharmacol. Sci, 11, pp. 122-126; Mendelson, W.B., (1987) Neuroendocrinology and Sleep, , New York: Plenum Medical; Kaplan, G.A., Seeman, T.E., Cohen, R.D., Knudsen, L.P., Mortality among the elderly in the Alameda County Study: Behavioral and demographic risk factors (1987) Am. J. Public Health, 77 (3), pp. 307-312; Wingard, D.L., Berkman, L.F., Brand, R.J., A multivariate analysis of health-related practices - A 9-year mortality follow-up of the Alameda County Study (1982) Am. J. Epidemiol, 115 (5), pp. 765-775; Kripke, D.F., Simons, R.N., Garfinkel, L., Hammond, E.C., Short and long sleep and sleeping pills: Is increased mortality associated? (1979) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 36, pp. 103-116; Belloc, N.B., Relationship of health practices and mortality (1973) Prev. Med, 2, pp. 67-81; Hammond, C.E., Some preliminary findings on physical complaints from a prospective study of 1 064 004 men and women (1964) Am. J. Public Health, 54, pp. 11-23; Heslop, P., Davey Smith, G., Carroll, D., Macleod, J., Perceived stress and coronary heart disease risk factors: The contribution of socio-economic position (2001) Br. J. Health Psychol, 6, pp. 167-178; Twisk, J.W., Snel, J., Kemper, H.C., Van Mechelen, W., Changes in daily hassles and life events and the relationship with coronary heart disease risk factors: A 2-year longitudinal study in 27-29-year old males and females (1999) J. Psychosom. Res, 46, pp. 229-240; Steptoe, A., Wardle, J., Pollard, T.M., Canaan, L., Stress, social support and health-related behaviour: A study of smoking, alcohol consumption and physical exercise (1996) J. Psychosom. Res, 46, pp. 229-240; Brunner, E., Stress and the biology of inequality (1997) Br. Med. J, 314, pp. 1472-1476; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Lifetime socio-economic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) Br. Med. J, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., MacKinnon, P., Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; Reeder, L.G., Chapman, J.M., Coulson, A.H., Socioenvironmental stress, tranquillisers and cardiovascular disease (1968) Proc. Excerpta Med. Int. Congress Ser, 182, pp. 226-238. , Baia Dominzia; Haynes, S., Levine, S., Scotch, N., Feinlein, M., The relationship of psychosocial factors to coronary heart disease in the Framingham Study. I methods and risk factors (1978) Am. J. Epidemiol, 107, pp. 362-383; Schar, M., Reeder, L.G., Dirken, J.M., Stress and cardiovascular health: An international co-operative study II. The male population of a factory at Zurich (1973) Soc. Sci. Med, 7, pp. 585-603; Social Factors, Work, Stress and Cardio-vascular Disease Prevention in the European Union (1998), European Heart Network. Brussels: European Heart Network; Classification of Occupations 1966 (1966), General Register Office. London: HMSO; Whitehead, M., The health divide (1998) Inequalities in Health: The Black Report and the Health Divide, pp. 215-356. , Townsend P. Davidson N, Whitehead M, editors. Harmondsworth: Penguin; Kaplan, G.A., Keil, J.E., Socioeconomic factors and cardiovascular disease: A review of the literature (1993) Circulation, 88 (4), pp. 1973-1998; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The Black Report on socio-economic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) Br. Med. J, 301, pp. 373-377; Hemingway, H., Marmot, M., Psychosocial factors in the aetiology and prognosis of coronary heart disease: Systematic review of prospective cohort studies (1999) Br. Med. J, 318, pp. 1460-1467; Quroshi, A.I., Giles, W.H., Croft, J.B., Bliwise, D.L., Habitual sleep patterns and risk for stroke and coronary heart disease: A 10-year follow-up from NHANES I (1997) Neurology, 48, pp. 904-911; (1999), Stata Corporation. Stata Reference Manual Release 6. Texas: Stata Press; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J. R. Stat. Soc. Ser. B, 34, pp. 187-220; Bliwise, D.L., Sleep in normal aging and dementia (1993) Sleep, 16, pp. 40-81; Young, T., Palya, M., Demsey, J., Skatrud, J., The occurrence of sleep-disordered breathing among middle-aged adults (1993) N. Engl. J. Med, 328, pp. 1230-1235; Kojima, M., Wakai, K., Kawamura, T., Tamakoshi, A., Sleep patterns and total mortality: A 12-year follow-up study in Japan (2000) J. Epidemiol, 10 (2), pp. 87-93; Bliwise, D.L., King, A.C., Harris, R.B., Habitual sleep durations and health in a 50-65-year old population (1994) J. Clin. Epidemiol, 47, pp. 35-41 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036049498&doi=10.1016%2fS1389-9457%2802%2900016-3&partnerID=40&md5=aa858e490e993b3982e025aab4747799 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does a fracture at one site predict later fractures at other sites? A British cohort study T2 - Osteoporosis International J2 - Osteoporosis Int. VL - 13 IS - 8 SP - 624 EP - 629 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1007/s001980200084 SN - 0937941X (ISSN) AU - Van Staa, T.P. AU - Van Staa, T.P. AU - Van Staa, T.P. AU - Leufkens, H.G.M. AU - Cooper, C. AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Department of Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacotherapy, University of Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands AD - Procter and Gamble Pharmaceuticals, Staines, United Kingdom AB - The extent to which a fracture at one skeletal site predicts further fractures at other sites remains uncertain. We addressed this issue using information from the UK General Practice Research Database, which contains the medical records of general practitioners; our study population consisted of all patients aged 20 years or older with an incident fracture during 1988 to 1998. We identified 222 369 subjects (119 317 women, 103 052 men) who had sustained at least one fracture during follow-up. There was a 2- to 3-fold increase in the risk of subsequent fractures at different skeletal sites. A patient with a radius/ulna fracture had a standardized incidence ratio (SIR) of 3.0 (95% confidence interval 2.9-3.1) for fractures at a different skeletal site; for initial vertebral fracture, this ratio was 2.9 (2.8-3.1) and for initial femur/hip fracture it was 2.6 (2.5-2.7). The SIRs were generally higher among men than women. Men aged 65-74 years with a radius/ulna fracture or vertebral fracture had substantially higher rates of subsequent femur/hip fractures than expected; SIRs were 6.0 (3.4-9.9) and 13.4 (7.3-22.5). Corresponding SIRs among women of similar age were 3.3 (2.8-3.9) and 5.8 (4.1-8.1), respectively. Men and women aged 65 years or older with a vertebral fracture had a 5-year risk of femur/hip fracture of 6.7% and 13.3%, respectively. Our results indicate that fractures at any site are strong risk factors for subsequent fractures, among both elderly men and women. KW - Epidemiology KW - Fracture risk KW - Fractures KW - Osteoporosis KW - Risk factors KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - femur fracture KW - fracture KW - human KW - humerus fracture KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - osteoporosis KW - priority journal KW - radius fracture KW - risk assessment KW - tibia fracture KW - ulna fracture KW - United Kingdom KW - vertebra fracture KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Female KW - Fractures, Bone KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Osteoporosis KW - Patient Selection KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :139 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OSINE C2 - 12181620 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cooper, C.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom; email: cc@mrc.soton.ac.uk N1 - References: Consensus development conference. Diagnosis, prophylaxis and treatment of osteoporosis (1993) Am J Med, 94, pp. 646-650; Compston, J.E., Cooper, C., Kanis, J.A., Bone densitometry in clinical practice (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 1507-1510; Kanis, J.A., Delmas, P., Burckhardt, P., Cooper, C., Torgerson, D., Guidelines for diagnosis and management of osteoporosis (1997) Osteoporos Int, 7, pp. 390-406; (1999) Clinical guidelines for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis, , London: RCP; Cooper, C., Kotowicz, M., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Melton L.J. III, Risk of limb fractures among men and women with vertebral fractures (1996) Osteoporosis 1996, pp. 101-104. , Papapoulos SE, Lips P, Pols HAP, Johnston CC, Delmas PD, editors. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Black, D.M., Arden, N.K., Palermo, L., Pearson, J., Cummings, S.R., Prevalent vertebral deformities predict hip fractures and new vertebral deformities but not wrist fractures (1999) J Bone Miner Res, 14, pp. 821-828; Melton L.J. III, Atkinson, E.J., Cooper, C., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Vertebral fractures predict subsequent fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 10, pp. 214-221; Kotowitz, M.A., Melton L.J. III, Cooper, C., Atkinson, E.J., O'Fallon, W.M., Riggs, B.L., Risk of hip fracture in women with vertebral fracture (1994) J Bone Miner Res, 9, pp. 599-605; Owen, R.A., Melton L.J. III, Ilstrup, D.M., Johnson, K.A., Riggs, B.L., Colles' fracture and subsequent hip fracture risk (1982) Clin Orthop, 171, pp. 37-43; Lauritzen, J.B., Lund, B., Risk of hip fracture after osteoporotic fractures (1993) Acta Orthop Scand, 64, pp. 297-300; Karlsson, M.K., Hasserius, R., Obrant, K.J., Individuals who sustain nonosteoporotic fractures continue to also sustain fragility fractures (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 53, pp. 229-231; Malmin, H., Ljunghall, S., Persson, I., Naessen, T., Krusemo, U.B., Bergstrom, R., Fracture of the distal forearm as a forecaster of subsequent hip fracture: A population-based cohort study with 24 years of follow-up (1993) Calcif Tissue Int, 52, pp. 269-272; Cuddihy, M.T., Gabriel, S.E., Crowson, C.S., O'Fallon, W.M., Melton L.J. III, Forearm fractures as predictors of subsequent osteoporotic fractures (1999) Osteoporos Int, 9, pp. 469-475; Johnell, O., Oden, A., Coulin, F., Kanis, J.A., Acute and long-term increase in fracture risk after hospitalization for vertebral fracture (2001) Osteoporos Int, 12, pp. 207-214; Walley, T., Mantgani, A., The UK general Practice Research Database (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1097-1099; Van Staa, T.P., Dennison, E.M., Leufkens, H.G.M., Cooper, C., Epidemiology of fractures in England and Wales (2001) Bone, 29, pp. 517-522; Van Staa, T.P., Abenhaim, L., Cooper, C., Begaud, B., Zhang, B., Leufkens, H.G.M., The use of a large pharmaco-epidemiological database to study exposure to oral corticosteroids and risk of fractures: Validation of study population and results (2000) Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf, 9, pp. 359-366; Greenland, S., Rothman, K.J., Introduction to categorical analysis (1998) Modern epidemiology, pp. 231-252. , Rothman KJ, Greenland S, editors. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven; Klotzbuecher, C.M., Ross, P.D., Landsman, P.B., Abbott T.A. III, Berger, M., Patients with prior fracturs have an increased risk of future fractures: A summary of the literature and statistical synthesis (2000) J Bone Miner Res, 15, pp. 721-727 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036342982&doi=10.1007%2fs001980200084&partnerID=40&md5=11995dc514396d6b91ae11cbd71cfbd0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early origins and adult correlates of psychosomatic distress T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 55 IS - 6 SP - 937 EP - 948 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(01)00225-8 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Cheung, Y.B. AD - Division of Clinical Trials and Epidemiological Sciences, National Cancer Centre, 11 Hospital Drive, Singapore 169610, Singapore AB - Previous studies have demonstrated associations between fetal insults and psychological and developmental outcomes in children and adolescents. It is not clear whether psychosomatic problems in adults also have early origins. This study involved full-term live-born singletons free of congenital anomaly in the 1970 British Birth Cohort Study. Birthweight, gestational age, maternal smoking, parental social class and birth order were recorded around the time of birth. Psychological and somatic distresses were measured by the Malaise Inventory at age 26. A number of socio-behavioural covariates were also measured at this time. Multiple (least square) regression analysis showed that birthweight standardised for gestational age had a "reverse J" relation with psychological distress (p<0.05); gestational age was inversely related to psychological distress (each p<0.05); levels of maternal smoking were positively related to both psychological distress and somatic distress (each p<0.01). Logistic regression analyses of high levels of psychological distress and somatic distress gave similar results. The findings were not strongly affected by adjustment for various adult correlates. In supplementary analyses multiple imputation was used to handle loss to follow-up and missing values at age 26. Approximately, the same patterns of associations were found. The results support the hypothesis of a biological link between perinatal factors and psychological distress in adults. The strengths of the associations were compared with those between the outcome and adult correlates. © 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Child health KW - Fetal growth KW - Maternal health KW - Psychological distress KW - Smoking KW - UK KW - maternal health KW - adjustment KW - adult KW - article KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - distress syndrome KW - female KW - follow up KW - gestational age KW - human KW - male KW - mental health KW - psychosomatic disorder KW - regression analysis KW - smoking KW - social behavior KW - social class KW - symptom KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Birth Order KW - Birth Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Embryonic and Fetal Development KW - Female KW - Gestational Age KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Outcome KW - Psychophysiologic Disorders KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Somatoform Disorders N1 - Cited By :37 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 12220095 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cheung, Y.B.; Division of Clinical Trials Sciences, National Cancer Centre, 11 Hospital Drive, Singapore 169610, Singapore; email: ctecyb@nccs.com.sg N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1998) Mothers, babies and health in later life, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Box, G.E.P., Cox, D.R., An analysis of transformations (1964) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series B, 26, pp. 211-243; Brennan, P.A., Grekin, E.R., Mednick, S.A., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and adult male criminal outcomes (1999) Archive of General Psychiatry, 56, pp. 215-219; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1997) Twenty-something in the 1990s, , Aldershot: Ashgate; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British birth 1970. Volume 1The first week of life, , London: William Heinemann; Cheung, Y.B., Yip, P., Karlberg, J., Mortality of twins and singletons by gestational age: A varying-coefficient approach (2000) American Journal of Epidemiology, 152, pp. 1107-1116; Cheung, Y.B., Yip, P., Karlberg, J., Fetal growth, early postnatal growth and motor development in Pakistani infants (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 66-72; Clark, P.M., Programming of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis and the fetal origins of adult disease hypothesis (1998) European Journal of Pediatrics, 157 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S7-S10; Cleveland, W.S., Robust locally weighted regression and smoothing scatterplots (1979) Journal of American Statistical Association, 74, pp. 829-836; Drillien, C.M., Thomson, A.J.M., Burgoyne, K., Low-birthweight children at early school-age: A longitudinal study (1980) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 22, pp. 26-47; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Horwood, L.J., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and psychiatric adjustment in late adolescence (1998) Archive General Psychiatry, 55, pp. 721-727; Fernald, L.C., Grantham-McGregor, S.M., Stress response in school-age children who have been growth retarded since early childhood (1998) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 68, pp. 394-405; Gjessing, H.K., Skaerven, R., Wilcox, A.J., Errors in gestational age: Evidence of bleeding early in pregnancy (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89, pp. 213-218; Grant, G., Nolan, M., Ellis, N., A reappraisal of the Malaise Inventory (1990) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiolology, 25, pp. 170-178; Gujarati, D.N., (1995) Basic econometrics, , New York: McGraw-Hill; Hirst, M.A., Bradshaw, J.R., Evaluating the Malaise Inventory: A comparison of measures of stress (1983) Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 27, pp. 193-199; Jones, P.B., Rantakallio, P., Hartikainen, A.L., Isohanni, M., Sipila, P., Schizophrenia as a long-term outcome of pregnancy, delivery, and perinatal complications: A 28-year follow-up of the 1966 north Finland general population birth cohort (1998) American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 355-364; Kelly, Y.J., Nazroo, J.Y., McMunn, A., Boreham, R., Marmot, M., Birthweight and behavioural problems in children: A modifiable effect? (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 88-94; Kramer, M.S., Invited commentary: Association between restricted fetal growth and adult chronic disease: Is it causal? Is it important (2000) American Journal of Epidemiology, 152, pp. 605-608; Lagerstrom, M., Bremme, K., Eneroth, P., Janson, C.G., Long-term development for girls and boys at age 16-18 as related to birth weight and gestational age (1994) International Journal of Psychophysiology, 17, pp. 175-180; Lagerstrom, M., Bremme, K., Eneroth, P., Magnusson, D., Behavior at 10 and 13 years of age for children with low birth weight (1990) Perception and Motor Skills, 71, pp. 579-594; Lucas, A., Fewtrell, M.S., Cole, T.J., Fetal origins of adult disease - The hypothesis revisited (1999) British Medical Journal, 319, pp. 245-249; Mander, A., Clayton, D., Hotdeck imputation (2000) Stata Technical Bulletin Reprint, 9, pp. 196-199; Morris, S.S., Victora, C.G., Barros, F., Halpern, R., Menezes, A.M.B., Cesar, J.A., Horta, B.L., Tomasi, E., Length and ponderal index at birth: Associations with mortality, hospitalizations, development and post-natal growth in Brazilian infants (1998) International Journal of Epidemiology, 27, pp. 242-247; Niklasson, A., Ericson, A., Fryer, J.G., Karlberg, J., Lawrence, C., Karlberg, P., An update of the Swedish reference standards for weight, length and head circumference at birth for given gestational age (1977-1981) (1991) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavian, 80, pp. 756-762; Nilsson, P.M., Nyberg, P., Ostergren, P.O., Increased susceptibility to stress at a psychological assessment of stress tolerance is associated with impaired fetal growth (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 75-80; Phillips, D.I., Walker, B.R., Reynolds, R.M., Flanagan, D.E., Wood, P.J., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J., Whorwood, C.B., Low birth weight predicts elevated plasma cortisol concentrations in adults from 3 populations (2000) Hypertension, 35, pp. 1301-1306; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, J., (1991) Health and class: The early years, , London: Chapman & Hall; Pryor, J., Silva, P.A., Brooke, M., Growth, development and behaviour in adolescents born small-for-gestational age (1995) Journal of Paediatrics & Child Health, 31, pp. 403-407; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemology, 34, pp. 333-341; Royston, P., Altman, D.G., Regression using fractional polynomials of continuous covariates: Parsimonious parametric modeling (1994) Applied Statistics, 43, pp. 429-467; Royston, P., Ambler, G., Sauerbrei, W., The use of fractional polynomials to model continuous risk variables in epidemiology (1999) International Journal of Epidemiology, 28, pp. 964-974; Rubin, D.B., Schenker, N., Multiple imputation in health-care databases: An overview and some applications (1991) Statistics in Medicine, 10, pp. 585-598; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, health and behaviour, , London: Longmans; Smedler, A.C., Faxelius, G., Bremme, K., Lagerstrom, M., Psychological development in children born with very low birth weight after severe intrauterine growth retardation: A 10-year follow-up study (1992) Acta Paediatrica, 81, pp. 197-203; Sommerfelt, K., Ellertsen, B., Markestad, T., Personality and behaviour in eight-year-old non-handicapped children with birth weight under 1500 g (1993) Acta Paediatrica, 82, pp. 723-728; Strauss, R.S., Adult functional outcome of those born small for gestational age (2000) Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, pp. 625-632; The Scottish low birthweight study: II. Language attainment, cognitive status, and behavioural problems (1992) Archive of Diseases in Childhood, 67, pp. 682-686; Thompson, E.J., The 1991 census of population in England & Wales (1995) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series A, 158, pp. 203-240; Van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., Looman, C.W.N., Mackenbach, J.P., Role of childhood health in the explanation of socioeconomic inequalities in early adult health (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 15-19; Van der Meulen, J.H.P., Early growth and cognitive development (2001) International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, pp. 72-74; Westwood, M., Kramer, M.S., Munz, D., Lovett, J.M., Watters, G.V., Growth and development of full-term nonasphyxiated small-for-gestational-age newborns: Follow-up through adolescence (1983) Pediatrics, 71, pp. 376-382; Williams, G.M., O'Callaghan, M., Najman, J., Bor, W., Andersen, M., Richards, D., Chinlyn, U., Maternal cigarette smoking and child psychiatric morbidity: A longitudinal study (1998) Pediatrics, 102, pp. 133-134; Wilson, J., The Barker Hypothesis: An analysis (1999) Australia and New Zealand Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, 39, pp. 1-7 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036326537&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2801%2900225-8&partnerID=40&md5=47ffcd16d9390b97edf1a36def9c197a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight, childhood socioeconomic environment, and cognitive development in the 1958 British birth cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 325 IS - 7359 SP - 305 EP - 308 PY - 2002 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Jefferis, B.J.M.H. AU - Power, C. AU - Hertzman, C. AD - Institute of Child Health, Centre for Paediatric Epidemiology and Biostatistics, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - Department of Health Care and Epidemiology, Faculty of Medicine, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, V6T 1Z3, Canada AB - Objectives: To examine the combined effect of social class and weight at birth on cognitive trajectories during school age and the associations between birth weight and educational outcomes through to 33 years. Design: Longitudinal, population based, birth cohort study. Participants: 10 845 males and females born during 3-9 March 1958 with information on birth weight, social class, and cognitive tests. Main outcome measures: Reading, maths, draw a man, copying designs, verbal and non-verbal ability tests at ages 7, 11, and 16, highest qualifications achieved by 33, and trajectories of maths standardised scores at 7-16 years. Results: The outcome of all childhood cognitive tests and educational achievements improved significantly with increasing birth weight. Analysis of maths scores at 7 and of highest qualifications achieved by 33 showed that the relations were robust to adjustment for potential confounding factors. For each kilogram increase in birth weight, maths z score increased by 0.17 (adjusted estimate 0.15, 95% confidence interval 0.10 to 0.21) for males and 0.21 (0.20, 0.14 to 0.25) for females. Trajectories of maths z scores between 7 and 16 years diverged for different social class groups: participants from classes I and II increased their relative position on the score with increasing age, whereas classes IV and V showed a relative decline with increasing age. Birth weight explained much less of the variation in cognition than did social class (range 0.5-1.5% v 2.9-12.5%). Conclusions: The postnatal environment has an overwhelming influence on cognitive function through to early adulthood, but these strong effects do not explain the weaker but independent association with birth weight. KW - academic achievement KW - adolescent KW - age KW - article KW - birth weight KW - cognitive development KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - drawing KW - female KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - mathematics KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - reading KW - school child KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - verbal behavior KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Weight KW - Child KW - Cognition KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence KW - Linear Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Mathematics KW - Social Class KW - Social Environment N1 - Cited By :191 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 12169505 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Institute of Child Health, Ctr. Paediat. Epidemiol./Biostatist., London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: C.Power@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Shenkin, S.D., Starr, J.M., Pattie, A., Rush, M.A., Whalley, L.J., Deary, I.J., Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 (2001) Arch Dis Child, 85, pp. 189-196; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Sorensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Rothman, K.J., Gillman, M.W., Fischer, P., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403; Matte, T.D., Bresnahan, M., Begg, M.D., Susser, E., Influence of variation in birth weight within normal range and within sibships on IQ at age 7 years: Cohort study (2001) BMJ, 323, pp. 310-314; Strauss, R.S., Adult functional outcome of those born small for gestational age: Twenty-six-year follow-up of the 1970 British birth cohort (2000) JAMA, 283, pp. 625-632; Pharoah, P.O., Stevenson, C.J., Cooke, R.W., Stevenson, R.C., Clinical and subclinical deficits at 8 years in a geographically defined cohort of low birthweight infants (1994) Arch Dis Child, 70, pp. 264-270; The Scottish low birthweight study: I. Survival, growth, neuromotor and sensory impairment (1992) Arch Dis Child, 67, pp. 675-681; Ounsted, M.K., Moar, V.A., Scott, A., Small-for-dates babies at the age of four years: Health, handicap and developmental status (1983) Early Hum Dev, 8, pp. 243-258; Drillien, C.M., School disposal and performance for children of different birthweight born 1953-1960 (1969) Arch Dis Child, 44, pp. 562-570; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Stevenson, D.K., Mashiach, S., Danon, Y.L., Birth weight and intellectual performance in late adolescence (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 79, pp. 543-546; Martyn, C.N., Gale, C.R., Sayer, A.A., Fall, C., Growth in utero and cognitive function in adult life: Follow up study of people born between 1920 and 1943 (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1393-1396; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E., Perinatal problems (1969) The second report of the British perinatal mortality survey, , Edinburgh and London: E and S Livingstone; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33. The fifth follow-up of the national child development study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Southgate, V., (1962) Southgate group reading tests: manual of instructions, , London: University of London Press; Goodenough, F.L., (1926) The measurement of intelligence by drawings, , New York: World Book Company; Douglas, J.W.B., (1964) The home and the school, , London: MacGibbon and Kee; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel statistical models, 2nd ed., , London: Institute of Education; Goldstein, H., A study of the response rates of 16-year-olds in the national child development study (1983) Growing up in Great Britain. Papers from the national child development study, pp. 9-18. , Fogelman KR, ed. London and Basingstoke: Macmillan Press; Sommerfelt, K., Andersson, H.W., Sonnander, K., Ahlsten, G., Ellertsen, B., Markestad, T., Cognitive development of term small for gestational age children at five years of age (2000) Arch Dis Child, 83, pp. 25-30; Werner, E.E., Smith, R.S., A longitudinal study of perinatal risk (1986) Risk in intellectual and psychosocial development, , Farran DC, McCenney JD, eds. New York: Academic Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037055696&partnerID=40&md5=3a39d23f80b5993b85292a8e491ba3e4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age-period-cohort effects on inequalities in psychological distress, 1981-2000 T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 977 EP - 990 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1017/S0033291702006013 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Sacker, A. AU - Wiggins, R.D. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free and University College London Medical School, City University, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free and University College London Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WCIE 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Background. In the closing decades of the twentieth century, changes in population sociodemographics took place that might be thought to have an adverse influence on the nation's psychological distress. Here, we examine the stability of social and gender inequalities in psychological distress throughout the 1980s and 1990s. Methods. The study uses data from the 1958 National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Cohort Study collected when the cohort members were aged between 23 and 42. Multilevel logistic regression models were used to examine the effects of social class, gender, age, period and cohort on psychological distress as measured by the Malaise Inventory. Results. We identify clear social inequalities in psychological distress during 1981-2000 that reduced in magnitude over this period. Non-linear age effects were observed: psychological distress improves in early adulthood but declines again on approaching mid-life. The 1970 cohort had poorer psychological distress than the 1958 cohort. Although women had higher rates of psychological distress than men, gender differences reduced in magnitude. Declining rates of women's psychological distress over time have not been matched in men. A reduction in social inequalities over time was also observed. Improvements in the psychological health of those in manual occupations were not equalled among those in non-manual occupations. Conclusions. Both social and gender inequalities have narrowed in the last two decades of the twentieth century. KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - age KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - disease course KW - distress syndrome KW - female KW - gender KW - human KW - logistic regression analysis KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental health KW - occupation KW - psychiatric diagnosis KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - sociology KW - statistical model KW - comparative study KW - mental stress KW - psychological model KW - questionnaire KW - regression analysis KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Models, Psychological KW - Questionnaires KW - Regression Analysis KW - Sex Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Models, Psychological KW - Questionnaires KW - Regression Analysis KW - Sex Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 12214796 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sacker, A.; Dept. of Epidemiol./Public Health, Royal Free and University College, London Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Acheson, D., Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health Report (1998), The Stationery Office: London; Adler, N.E., Boyce, T., Chesney, M.A., Cohen, S., Folkman, S., Kahn, R.L., Syme, S.L., Socioeconomic status an health. The challenge of the gradient (1994) American Psychologist, 49, pp. 15-24; Bartley, M., Sacker, A., Firth, D., Fitzpatrick, R., Social position, social roles and women's health in England: Changing relationships 1984-1993 (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 48, pp. 99-115; Bartley, M., Fitzpatrick, R., Firth, D., Marmot, M., Social distribution of cardiovascular disease risk factors: Change among men in England 1984-1993 (2000) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 54, pp. 806-814; Bebbington, P., Hurry, J., Tennant, C., Sturt, E., Wing, J.K., Epidemiology of mental disorders in Camberwell (1981) Psychological Medicine, 11, pp. 561-579; Bebbington, P.E., Dunn, G., Jenkins, R., Lewis, G., Brugha, T., Farrell, M., Meltzer, H., The influence of age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions: Report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity (1998) Psychological Medicine, 28, pp. 9-19; Bennett, N., Dodd, T., Flatley, J., Freeth, S., Bolling, K., Health Survey for England 1993 (1995), HMSO: London; Blaxter, M., Health and Lifestyles (1990), Routledge: London; Brewer, R.I., Haslum, M.N., Stewart-Brown, S., Recent findings from the 1970 Child Health and Education Study (1982) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 75, pp. 781-784; Bridgwood, A., Lilly, R., Thomas, M., Bacon, J., Sykes, W., Morris, S., Living in Britain. Results from the 1998 General Household Survey (1999), The Stationery Office: London; Briscoe, M., Sex Differences in Psychological Well-being. Psychological Medicine Monograph Supplement I (1982), Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; Brown, G.W., Harris, T.O., Social Origins of Depression. A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women (1978), Tavistock: London; Butler, N., Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) Ten-year Follow-up: A Guide to the BCS70 10-year Data available at the Economic and Social Research Unit Data Archive (1997), Social Statistics Research Unit, City University: London; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., Perinatal Mortality (1963), Livingstone: Edinburgh; Chan, T.W., Halpin, B., Who Marries Whom in Great Britain? (2000), Colchester: Institute for Social and Economic Research; Coleman, D.A., Salt, J., The British Population: Patterns, Trends, and Processes (1992), Oxford University Press: Oxford; Coleman, J., Wolkind, S., Ashley, L., Symptoms of behaviour disturbance and adjustment to school (1977) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 18, pp. 201-210; Costa, P.T., McCrae, R.R., An approach to the attribution of aging, period, and cohort effects (1982) Psychological Bulletin, 92, pp. 238-250; Dohrenwend, B.P., Dohrenwend, B.S., Social and cultural influences on psychopathology (1974) Annual Review of Psychology, 25, pp. 417-452; Eaton, W.W., Kramer, M., Anthony, J.C., Dryman, A., Shapiro, S., Locke, B.Z., The incidence of specific DIS/DSM-III mental disorders: Data from the NIMH Epidemiologic Catchment Area Program (1989) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 79, pp. 163-179; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Lynskey, M.T., The effects of unemployment on psychiatric illness during young adulthood (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 371-381; Ferri, E., Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study (1993), (ed.) National Children's Bureau: London; Ferriman, A., Levels of neurosis remained static in the 1990s (2001) British Medical Journal, 323, p. 130; Fuhrer, R., Stansfeld, S.A., Chemali, J., Shipley, M.J., Gender, social relations and mental health: Prospective findings from an occupational cohort (Whitehall II study) (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 48, pp. 77-87; Giuffra, L., Risch, N., Diminished recall and the cohort effect of major depression: A simulation study (1994) Psychological Medicine, 24, pp. 375-383; Goldberg, D.P., Detecting Psychiatric Illness by Questionnaire (1972), Oxford University Press (Maudsley Monograph 21): London; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models, pp. 97-112. , 2nd edn. Edward Arnold: London; Grant, G., Nolan, M., Ellis, N., A reappraisal of the Malaise Inventory (1990) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 25, pp. 170-178; Hagnell, O., Lanke, J.B.R., Ojesjo, L., Are we entering an age of melancholy? Depressive illnesses in a prospective epidemiological study over 25 years: The Lundby Study, Sweden (1982) Psychological Medicine, 12, pp. 279-289; Hattersley, L., Expectation of life by social class (1997) Health Inequalities, pp. 73-82. , (ed. F. Drever and M. Whitehead), ONS: London; Healy, M.J.R., Multilevel data and their analysis (2001) Multilevel Modelling of Health Statistics, pp. 1-11. , (ed. A. H. Leyland and H. Goldstein), John Wiley. & Sons: Chichester; Jorm, A.F., Does old age reduce the risk of anxiety and depression? A review of epidemiological studies across the life span (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 11-22; Kessler, R.C., A disaggregation of the relationship between socioeconomic status and psychological distress (1982) American Sociological Review, 17, pp. 752-764; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C.B., Hughes, M., Eshleman, S., Wittchen, H.-U., Kendler, K.S., Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States (1994) Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, pp. 8-19; Kohn, R., Dohrenwend, B.P., Mirotznik, J., Epidemiological findings on selected psychiatric disorders in the general population (1998) Adversity, Stress, and Psychopathology, pp. 235-284. , (ed. B.P. Dohrenwend), Oxford University Press: New York; Kopp, M.S., Skrabski, A., Szedmak, S., Socioeconomic factors, severity of depressive symptomatology, and sickness absence rate in the Hungarian population (1995) Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 39, pp. 1019-1029; Koppel, S., McGuffin, P., Socio-economic factors that predict psychiatric admissions at a local level (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 1235-1241; Kringlen, E., Torgersen, S., Cramer, V., A Norwegian psychiatric epidemiological study (2001) American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, pp. 1091-1098; Kuh, D., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime risk factors for women's psychological distress in midlife (2002) Social Science and Medicine, , (in the press); Leaf, P.J., Weissman, M.M., Myers, J.K., Tischler, G.L., Holtzer C.E. III, Social factors related to psychiatric disorder: The Yale Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study (1984) Social Psychiatry, 19, pp. 53-61; Leete, R., Fox, J., Registrar General's social classes: Origins and users (1977) Population Trends, 8, pp. 1-7; Lehtinen, V., Lindholm, T., Veijola, J., Vaisanen, E., The prevalence of PSE-CATEGO disorders in a Finnish adult population cohort (1990) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 25, pp. 187-192; Lehtinen, V., Lindholm, T., Veijola, J., Vaisanen, E., Puukka, P., Stability of prevalence of mental disorders in a normal population cohort followed for 16 years (1991) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 26, pp. 40-46; Lewis, G., Wilkinson, G., Another British disease? A recent increase in the prevalence of psychiatric morbidity (1993) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 47, pp. 358-361; Lewis, G., Bebbington, P., Brugha, T., Farrell, M., Gill, B., Jenkins, R., Meltzer, H., Socioeconomic status, standard of living and neurotic disorder (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 605-609; Lynskey, M., Degenhardt, L., Hall, W., Cohort trends in youth suicide in Australia 1964-1997 (2000) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 34, pp. 408-412; Marsh, C., Social class and occupation (1996) Key Variables in Social Investigation, pp. 123-152. , (ed. R. Burgess), Routledge: London; Mason, K.O., Mason, W.M., Winsborough, H.H., Poole, W.K., Some methodological issues in cohort analysis of archival data (1973) American Sociological Review, 38, pp. 242-258; Mason, W.M., Wolfinger, N.H., (2001), Cohort Analysis. On-line, Working Paper Series No. CCPR-005-01. California Center for Population Research, University of California: Los Angeles, CA; Matheson, J., Summerfield, C., (2001), (ed.) Social Trends No. 31. The Stationery Office: London; Matthews, S., Power, C., Stansfeld, S.A., Psychological distress and work and home roles: A focus on Socioeconomic differences in distress (2001) Psychological Medicine, 31, pp. 725-736; Muntaner, C., Eaton, W.W., Diala, C., Kessler, R.C., Sorlie, P.D., Social class, assets, organizational control and the prevalence of common groups of psychiatric disorders (1998) Social Science and Medicine, 47, pp. 2043-2053; Murphy, J.M., Laird, N.M., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., A 40-year perspective on the prevalence of depression: The Stirling County Study (2000) Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, pp. 209-215; Murphy, J.M., Laird, N.M., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Incidence of depression in the Stirling County Study: Historical and comparative perspectives (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 505-514; O'Brien, R.M., Age period cohort characteristic models (2000) Social Science Research, 29, pp. 123-139; (2001) Psychiatric Morbidity among Adults, 2000, , Office for National Statistics ONS: London; (2002) Trends in Life Expectancy by Social Class 1972-1999, , Office for National Statistics ONS: London; (1980) Classification of Occupations, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys HMSO: London; Ostler, K., Thompson, C., Kinmonth, A.-L.K., Peveler, R.C., Stevens, L., Stevens, A., Influence of Socio-economic deprivation on the prevalence and outcome of depression in primary care. The Hampshire Depression Project (2001) British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, pp. 12-17; Paykel, E.S., Not an age of depression after all? Incidence rates may be stable over time (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 489-490; Pevalin, D.J., Multiple applications of the GHQ-12 in a general population sample: An investigation of long-term retest effects (2000) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 35, pp. 508-512; Power, C., Manor, O., Explaining social class differences in psychological health among young adults: A longitudinal perspective (1992) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 27, pp. 284-291; Rasbash, J., Browne, W., Goldstein, H., Yang, M., Plewis, I., Healy, M., Woodhouse, G., Lewis, T., (2000), A User's Guide to MLwiN. Institute of Education, University of London: London; Regier, D., Farmer, M.E., Rae, D.S., Myers, J.K., Kramer, M., Robins, L.N., George, L.K., Locke, B.Z., One-month prevalence of mental disorders in the United States and sociodemographic characteristics: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area study (1993) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 88, pp. 35-47; Reijneveld, S.A., Schene, A.H., Higher prevalence of mental disorders in socioeconomically deprived urban areas in The Netherlands: Community or personal disadvantage (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 2-7; Rice, N., Binomial regression (2001) Multilevel Modelling of Health Statistics, pp. 27-43. , (ed. A. H. Leyland and H. Goldstein), John Wiley & Sons: Chichester; Robins, L.N., Heltzer, J.E., Weissman, M.M., Orvaschel, H., Gruenberg, E., Burke, J.D., Regier, D.A., Lifetime prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders in three sites (1984) Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, pp. 949-958; Robins, L.N., Wing, J., Wittchen, H.U., Helzer, J.E., Babor, T.F., Burke, J., Farmer, A., Towle, L.H., The Composite International Diagnostic Interview: An epidemiologic instrument suitable for use in conjunction with different diagnostic systems in different cultures (1988) Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, pp. 1069-1077; Rodgers, B., Socio-economic status, employment and neurosis (1991) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 26, pp. 104-114; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, pp. 333-341; Romans-Clarkson, S.E., Walton, V.A., Herbison, G.P., Mullen, P.E., Psychiatric morbidity among women in urban and rural New Zealand: Psycho-social correlates (1990) British Journal of Psychiatry, 156, pp. 84-91; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., Education, Health and Behaviour (1970), Longmans: London; Schmitt, J., Wadsworth, J., Unemployment, inequality and inefficiency (1994) Paying for Inequality, pp. 114-129. , (ed. A. Glynn and D. Miliband), Institute for Public Policy Research: London; Stansfeld, S.A., Marmot, M.G., Social class and minor psychiatric disorder in British civil servants: A validated screening survey using the General Health Questionnaire (1992) Psychological Medicine, 22, pp. 739-749; Stewart-Brown, S., Emotional well-being and its relation to health (1998) British Medical Journal, 317, pp. 1608-1609; Surtees, P.G., Dean, C., Ingham, J.G., Kreitman, N.B., Miller, P.M., Sashidharan, S.P., Psychiatric disorder in women from an Edinburgh community: Associations with demographic factors (1983) British Journal of Psychiatry, 142, pp. 238-246; Timms, D., Gender, social mobility and psychiatric diagnoses (1998) Social Science and Medicine, 46, pp. 1235-1247; Tuchsen, F., Endahl, L.A., Increasing inequality in ischaemic heart disease morbidity among employed men in Denmark 1981-1993: The need for a new preventative policy (1999) International Journal of Epidemiology, 28, pp. 640-644; Turner, R.J., Marino, F., Social support and social structure: A descriptive epidemiology (1994) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 35, pp. 193-212; Twenge, J.M., The age of anxiety? Birth cohort change in anxiety and neuroticism, 1952-1993 (2000) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, pp. 1007-1021; Vinokur, A.D., Price, R.H., Caplan, R.D., Hard times and hurtful partners: How financial strain affects depression and relationship satisfaction of unemployed persons and their spouses (1996) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, pp. 166-179; Weich, S., Lewis, G., Material standard of living, social class, and the prevalence of the common mental disorders in Great Britain (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 8-14; Weich, S., Lewis, G., Poverty, unemployment and common mental disorders: Population based cohort study (1998) British Medical Journal, 317, pp. 115-119; Weich, S., Sloggett, A., Lewis, G., Social roles and the gender difference in rates of the common mental disorders in Britain: A 7-year, population-based cohort study (2001) Psychological Medicine, 31, pp. 1055-1064; White, M., Against Unemployment (1991), Policy Studies Institute: London; Wilkinson, R.G., Unhealthy Societies: The Afflictions of Inequality (1996), Routledge: London; Wing, J.H., Nixon, J., Mann, S.A., Leff, J.P., Reliability of the PSE (ninth edition) used in a population survey (1977) Psychological Medicine, 7, pp. 505-516 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036668018&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291702006013&partnerID=40&md5=c1757264afa62515530838aa4d3292d9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Are inequalities in height underestimated by adult social position? Effects of changing social structure and height selection in a cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 325 IS - 7356 SP - 131 EP - 134 PY - 2002 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Power, C. AU - Manor, O. AU - Li, L. AD - Centre for Paediatric Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Hebrew University, Hadassah, PO Box 12272, Jerusalem 91120, Israel AB - Objectives: To investigate whether changing social structure and social mobility related to height generate (inflate) inequalities in height. Design: Longitudinal 1958 British birth cohort study. Setting: England, Scotland, and Wales. Participants: 10 176 people born 3-9 March 1958 for whom data were available at age 33 years. Main outcome measures: Adult height and social class at age 33 years; class of origin (father's occupation when participant was 7 years old). Results: Adult height showed a social gradient with class at age 7 years and age 33 years. The difference in mean height between extreme groups was greater for class of origin than for adult class, reducing from 2.21 cm to 1.62 cm for men and from 2.18 cm to 1.74 cm for women. This narrowing inequality was due mainly to a decrease in mean height in classes I and II. This was because of the pattern of height related social mobility in which, for example, men moving into classes I and II were taller (mean 177.2 cm) than men remaining in class III manual (mean 176.1 cm) yet shorter than men with class I and II origins (mean 178.3 cm) and the relatively large number of individuals moving into classes I and II. Changes in the structure of society, seen here with the general trend of upward social mobility, have acted to diminish inequalities in adult height. Conclusions: The combination of changing social structure and height related mobility constrains, rather than inflates, inequalities in height and may lead to an underestimation of the role of childhood socioeconomic factors in the development of inequalities in adult disease. KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - outcomes research KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - social structure KW - society KW - socioeconomics KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Social Class KW - Social Mobility N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 12130607 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Centre for Paediatric Epidemiology, Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: cpower@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Davey Smith, G., Ebrahim, S., Frankel, S., How policy informs the evidence (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 184-185; Macintyre, S., Chalmers, I., Horton, R., Smith, R., Using evidence to inform policy: Case study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 222-225; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., Whitehead, M., (1988) Inequalities in health: the Black report and the health divide, , Harmondsworth: Penguin; (1995) Variations in health: what can the department of health and the NHS do?, , HMSO: London; Smith, C.D., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The Black report on socioeconomic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 373-377; Waaler, H.T., Height, weight and mortality (1984) Acta Med Scand Suppl, 679, pp. 1-56; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Inequalities in death - Specific explanations of a general pattern? (1984) Lancet, 1, pp. 1003-1006; Walker, M., Shaper, A.G., Wannamethee, G., Height and social class in middle-aged British men (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 299-303; Yarnell, J.W.G., Limb, E.S., Layzell, J.M., Baker, I.A., Height: A risk marker for ischaemic heart disease: Prospective results from the Caerphilly and Speedwell heart disease studies (1992) Eur Heart J, 13, pp. 1602-1605; Leon, D.A., Smith, C.D., Shipley, M., Strachan, D., Adult height and mortality in London: Early life, socioeconomic confounding, or shrinkage? (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 5-9; Sorkin, J.D., Muller, D.C., Andres, R., Longitudinal changes in the heights of men and women: Consequential effects on body mass index (1999) Epidemiol Rev, 21, pp. 247-260; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: the fifth follow-up of the national child development study, , London: National Children's Bureau; (1994) National Child Developrnent Study Composite File including selected Perinatal Data and sweeps one to five [computer file], , www.cls.ioe.ac.uk/Cohort/Ncds/nhome.htm, Colchester: The Data Archive (SN: 3148); Elstad, J.I., Health-related mobility, health inequalities and gradient constraint (2001) Eur J Public Health, 11, pp. 135-140; Bartley, M., Plewis, I., Does health-selective mobility account for socioeconomic differences in health? Evidence from England and Wales, 1971 to 1991 (1997) J Health Soc Behav, 38, pp. 376-386 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037143041&partnerID=40&md5=b52ddb2ae8b4e56e1e4020efca66ee50 ER - TY - JOUR TI - LASMAS-IDL 7-8 January 2002 Seminar - National Experiences with Cohort Studies and Their Contribution to the Social Sciences ST - Séminaire LASMAS-IDL des 7 et 8 Janvier 2002 — Les experiences nationales d’études de cohortes et leur apport aux sciences sociales T2 - BMS Bulletin of Sociological Methodology/ Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique J2 - Bull. Sociol. Methodol. VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 69 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1177/075910630207500106 SN - 07591063 (ISSN) AU - Bouvard, L. AD - Centre Quetelet, France AB - The objective of this seminar was the presentation of foreign surveys in order to evaluate the pertinence of extending educational panel studies for those leaving the educatioinal system. The first day included presentations on research involving cohorts, panels or retrospective surveys done in the United States, Great Britain and Germany. The second day was intended for sharing experiences with foreign colleagues concerning the necessity, the conception and the operationalization of cohorts studies and the various difficulties encountered in maintaing contact with the individuals involved over long periods of time. © 2002, SAGE Publications Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Cohorts KW - Educational Panels Studies KW - France KW - Germany KW - Great Britain KW - USA PB - SAGE Publications Ltd N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - French N1 - Correspondence Address: Bouvard, L.; Centre QueteletFrance; email: bouvard@mrsh.unicaen.fr N1 - References: Bynner, J., Chilehood Risks qnd Protective Factors in Social Exclusion (2001) Children and Society, 15, pp. 285-301; Bynner, J., Egertaom, M., (2001) The Wider Benefits of Higher Education, , London: Higher Education Funding Council,, et; Bynner, J., Goldstein, H., Alberman, E., Neville Butler and the British Birth Cohort Studies (1998) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 12, pp. 1-14. , et,, sulement; Caille,-P, J.-P., Vallet,-A, L.-A., Les carrières scolaires au collège des élèves étrangers ou issus de l'immigration (1995) Education et Formations, 40, pp. 5-14; Caille,-P, J.-P., Vallet,-A, L.-A., Les élèves étrangers ou issus de l'immigration dans l'école et le collège français, Une étude d'ensemble (1996) Les dossiers d'Education et Formations, 67. , Paris: Ministère de l'Education nationale, DEP,, et; Hauser, R., Seth, M., Education, Ability, and Civic Engagement in the Contemporary United States (2000) Social Science Research, 29 (4), pp. 556-582; Hauser, R., Warren,R, J.R., Huang, M.-H., Carter,Y, W.Y., Arrow, K., Bowles, S., Durlauf, S., (2000) Meritocracy and Inequality, Princeton University Press, Publié aussi comme CDE Working Paper 96-18, pp. 179-229. , Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin-Madison,,, et,,., in, et, (eds.); Echantillon démographique permanent (1998) Economie et Statistique, 317, pp. 6-7; Lelèvre, E., (1999) Biographies d'enquêtes, Bilan de 14 ans de collectes biographiques, collection Méthodes et Savoirs, n. 3, , Paris: I et PUF,, et al. (; Solga, H., Longitudinal Surveys and the Study of Occupational Mobility : Panel and Retrospective Designs in Comparison (2001) Quality and Quantity, 35, pp. 291-309 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84973442619&doi=10.1177%2f075910630207500106&partnerID=40&md5=664290f6e7b06fbee4c950da79f8f968 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Physical activity and risk for breast cancer a prospective cohort study among Swedish twins T2 - International Journal of Cancer J2 - Int. J. Cancer VL - 100 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 81 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1002/ijc.10447 SN - 00207136 (ISSN) AU - Moradi, T. AU - Adami, H.-O. AU - Ekbom, A. AU - Wedrén, S. AU - Terry, P. AU - Floderus, B. AU - Lichtenstein, P. AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Science, Family Medicine Stockholm, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Epidemiology, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Institute of Environmental Medicine, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Science, Family Medicine Stockholm, Karolinska Institute, Alfred Nobels allé 12, 141 52, Huddinge, Sweden AB - The epidemiologic association between physical activity and breast cancer has been corroborated in many studies. Some inconsistencies remain, possibly due to variation in life periods for exposure assessment, confounding and undetected effect modification. In our cohort study, we address some of these questions by taking into account physical activity in different periods of life and by investigating effect modification by birth cohort and body mass index (BMI). Altogether 9,539 same-sex twin women aged 42-70 years who answered a questionnaire about their work and leisure-time physical exercise from ages 25 to 50 during 1967 and 1970 were included in our cohort. During follow-up, 506 breast cancer cases occurred through 1997. We used multivariate Cox models to estimate relative risk (RR) with 95% confidence interval (CI). We found no associations between physical activity and breast cancer overall. Women born between 1901 and 1917 (aged 51-70 at baseline) who reported regular leisure-time activity had a borderline significant 40% lower risk compared with those who reported no activity (RR 0.6; 95% CI 0.4-1.0; test for trend, p = 0.07). This association appeared to be confined to women with a low BMI after the age of 50 and to women with a high BMI during the premenopausal period. We found no evidence that work activity reduces risk for breast cancer. The importance of physical activity for breast cancer risk seems to depend on birth cohort. The association may be limited to normal-weight postmenopausal women and overweight premenopausal women. © 2002 Wiley-Liss, Inc. KW - Body mass KW - Breast neoplasm KW - Cohort studies KW - Exercise KW - Hormones KW - Physical activity KW - Risk factors KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - body mass KW - breast cancer KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - disease association KW - female KW - human KW - leisure KW - major clinical study KW - physical activity KW - priority journal KW - Sweden KW - twins KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Body Mass Index KW - Body Weight KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diseases in Twins KW - Exercise KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupations KW - Postmenopause KW - Premenopause KW - Prospective Studies KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Factors KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJCNA C2 - 12115590 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Moradi, T.; Department of Clinical Science, Family Medicine Stockholm, Karolinska Institute, Alfred Nobels allé 12, 141 52 Huddinge, Sweden; email: Tahereh.Moradi@klinvet.ki.se N1 - References: Gammon, M.D., John, E.M., Britton, J.A., Recreational and occupational physical activities and risk of breast cancer (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 100-117; Smith, A.T., Clemmons, D.R., Underwood, L.E., Ben-Ezra, V., McMurray, R., The effect of exercise on plasma somatomedin-C/insulinlike growth factor I concentrations (1987) Metabolism, 36, pp. 533-537; Adams-Campbell, L.L., Rosenberg, L., Rao, R.S., Palmer, J.R., Strenuous physical activity and breast cancer risk in African-American women (2001) J Natl Med Assoc, 93, pp. 267-275; Breslow, R.A., Ballard-Barbash, R., Munoz, K., Graubard, B.I., Long-term recreational physical activity and breast cancer in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey I epidemiologic follow-up study (2001) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 10, pp. 805-808; Dirx, M.J., Voorrips, L.E., Goldbohm, R.A., Van den Brandt, P.A., Baseline recreational physical activity, history of sports participation and postmenopausal breast carcinoma risk in the Netherlands Cohort Study (2001) Cancer, 92, pp. 1638-1649; Friedenreich, C.M., Physical activity and cancer prevention: From observational to intervention research (2001) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 10, pp. 287-301; Friedenreich, C.M., Bryant, H.E., Courneya, K.S., Case-control study of lifetime physical activity and breast cancer risk (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 154, pp. 336-347; Friedenreich, C.M., Courneya, K.S., Bryant, H.E., Influence of physical activity in different age and life periods on the risk of breast cancer (2001) Epidemiology, 12, pp. 604-612; Gilliland, F.D., Li, Y.F., Baumgartner, K., Crumley, D., Samet, J.M., Physical activity and breast cancer risk in hispanic and non-hispanic white women (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 154, pp. 442-450; Lee, I.M., Cook, N.R., Rexrode, K.M., Buring, J.E., Lifetime physical activity and risk of breast cancer (2001) Br J Cancer, 85, pp. 962-965; Luoto, R., Latikka, P., Pukkala, E., Hakulinen, T., Vihko, V., The effect of physical activity on breast cancer risk: A cohort study of 30,548 women (2000) Eur J Epidemiol, 16, pp. 973-980; Matthews, C.E., Shu, X.O., Jin, F., Dai, Q., Hebert, J.R., Ruan, Z.X., Gao, Y.T., Zheng, W., Lifetime physical activity and breast cancer risk in the Shanghai Breast Cancer Study (2001) Br J Cancer, 84, pp. 994-1001; Bernstein, L., Henderson, B.E., Hanisch, R., Sullivan-Halley, J., Ross, R.K., Physical exercise and reduced risk of breast cancer in young women (1994) J Natl Cancer Inst, 86, pp. 1403-1408; Frisch, R.E., Wyshak, G., Albright, N.L., Albright, T.E., Schiff, I., Witschi, J., Marguglio, M., Lower lifetime occurrence of breast cancer and cancers of the reproductive system among former college athletes (1987) Am J Clin Nutr, 45, pp. 328-335; Moradi, T., Nyren, O., Zack, M., Magnusson, C., Persson, I., Adami, H.O., Breast cancer risk and lifetime leisure-time and occupational physical activity (Sweden) (2000) Cancer Causes Control, 11, pp. 523-531; Thune, I., Brenn, T., Lund, E., Gaard, M., Physical activity and the risk of breast cancer (1997) N Engl J Med, 336, pp. 1269-1275; Verloop, J., Rookus, M.A., Van der Kooy, K., Van Leeuwen, F.E., Physical activity and breast cancer risk in women aged 20-54 years (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 128-135; McTiernan, A., Stanford, J.L., Weiss, N.S., Daling, J.R., Voigt, L.F., Occurrence of breast cancer in relation to recreational exercise in women age 50-64 years (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 598-604; Moore, D.B., Folsom, A.R., Mink, P.J., Hong, C.P., Anderson, K.E., Kushi, L.H., Physical activity and incidence of postmenopausal breast cancer (2000) Epidemiology, 11, pp. 292-296; Gammon, M.D., Schoenberg, J.B., Britton, J.A., Kelsey, J.L., Coates, R.J., Brogan, D., Potischman, N., Brinton, L.A., Recreational physical activity and breast cancer risk among women under age 45 years (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 273-280; Rockhill, B., Willett, W.C., Hunter, D.J., Manson, J.E., Hankinson, S.E., Spiegelman, D., Colditz, G.A., Physical activity and breast cancer risk in a cohort of young women (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 1155-1160; Breast cancer and hormone replacement therapy: Collaborative reanalysis of data from 51 epidemiological studies of 52,705 women with breast cancer and 108,411 women without breast cancer (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1047-1059; Pedersen, N.L., Lichtenstein, P., (2000) The Swedish Twin Registry. A presentation, pp. 11-44. , Stockholm: Swedish Council for Planning and Coordination of Research; Cederlof, R., Friberg, L., Jonsson, E., Kaij, L., Studies on similarity diagnosis in twins with the aid of mailed questionnaires (1961) Acta Genet, 11, pp. 338-362; Cederlof, R., Friberg, L., Lundman, T., The interactions of smoking, environment and heredity and their implications for disease etiology. A report of epidemiological studies on the Swedish twin registries (1977) Acta Med Scand Suppl, 612, pp. 1-128; Mattson, B., (1977) The completeness of registration in the Swedish Cancer Register, , Stockholm: National Board of Health and Welfare; Lin, D.Y., Cox regression analysis of multivariate failure time data: The marginal approach (1994) Stat Med, 13, pp. 2233-2247; Wei, L.J., Lin, D.Y., Regression analysis of multivariate incomplete failure time data by modeling marginal distributions (1989) J Am Stat Assoc, 84, pp. 1065-1073; Lin, D.Y., MULCOX2: A general computer program for the cox regression analysis of multivariate failure time data (1993) Comput Methods Programs Biomed, 40, pp. 279-293; Hunter, D.J., Spiegelman, D., Adami, H.O., Beeson, L., Van den Brandt, P.A., Folsom, A.R., Fraser, G.E., Howe, G.R., Cohort studies of fat intake and the risk of breast cancer - A pooled analysis (1996) N Engl J Med, 334, pp. 356-361; Velie, E., Kulldorff, M., Schairer, C., Block, G., Albanes, D., Schatzkin, A., Dietary fat, fat subtypes and breast cancer in postmenopausal women: A prospective cohort study (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 833-839; Albanes, D., Blair, A., Taylor, P.R., Physical activity and risk of cancer in the NHANES I population (1989) Am J Public Health, 79, pp. 744-750; Friedenreich, C.M., Rohan, T.E., Physical activity and risk of breast cancer (1995) Eur J Cancer Prev, 4, pp. 145-151; Cerhan, J., Chiu, B., Wallace, R., Lemke, J., Lynch, C., Torner, J., Rubenstein, L., Systolic blood pressure, physical activity and risk of breast cancer in elderly women (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. S71; Hirose, K., Tajima, K., Hamajima, N., Inoue, M., Takezaki, T., Kuroishi, T., Yoshida, M., Tokudome, S., A large-scale, hospital-based case-control study of risk factors of breast cancer according to menopausal status (1995) Jpn J Cancer Res, 86, pp. 146-154; Hu, Y.H., Nagata, C., Shimizu, H., Kaneda, N., Kashiki, Y., Association of body mass index, physical activity and reproductive histories with breast cancer: A case-control study in Gifu, Japan (1997) Breast Cancer Res Treat, 43, pp. 65-72; Huang, Z., Hankinson, S.E., Colditz, G.A., Stampfer, M.J., Hunter, D.J., Manson, J.E., Hennekens, C.H., Willett, W.C., Dual effects of weight and weight gain on breast cancer risk (1997) JAMA, 278, pp. 1407-1411; Hunter, D.J., Willett, W.C., Diet, body size and breast cancer (1993) Epidemiol Rev, 15, pp. 110-132; Magnusson, C., Baron, J., Persson, I., Wolk, A., Bergstrom, R., Trichopoulos, D., Adami, H.O., Body size in different periods of life and breast cancer risk in post-menopausal women (1998) Int J Cancer, 76, pp. 29-34; Chu, S.Y., Lee, N.C., Wingo, P.A., Senie, R.T., Greenberg, R.S., Peterson, H.B., The relationship between body mass and breast cancer among women enrolled in the Cancer and Steroid Hormone Study (1991) J Clin Epidemiol, 44, pp. 1197-1206; Enriori, C.L., Reforzo-Membrives, J., Peripheral aromatization as a risk factor for breast and endometrial cancer in postmenopausal women: A review (1984) Gynecol Oncol, 17, pp. 1-21; Sturgeon, S.R., Brinton, L.A., Berman, M.L., Mortel, R., Twiggs, L.B., Barrett, R.J., Wilbanks, G.D., Past and present physical activity and endometrial cancer risk (1993) Br J Cancer, 68, pp. 584-589; Coogan, P.F., Newcomb, P.A., Clapp, R.W., Trentham-Dietz, A., Baron, J.A., Longnecker, M.P., Physical activity in usual occupation and risk of breast cancer (United States) (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 626-631; Cauley, J.A., Gutai, J.P., Kuller, L.H., LeDonne, D., Powell, J.G., The epidemiology of serum sex hormones in postmenopausal women (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 129, pp. 1120-1131; Nelson, M.E., Meredith, C.N., Dawson-Hughes, B., Evans, W.J., Hormone and bone mineral status in endurance-trained and sedentary postmenopausal women (1988) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 66, pp. 927-933; Potischman, N., Swanson, C.A., Siiteri, P., Hoover, R.N., Reversal of relation between body mass and endogenous estrogen concentrations with menopausal status (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 756-758; Eliakim, A., Brasel, J.A., Mohan, S., Barstow, T.J., Berman, N., Cooper, D.M., Physical fitness, endurance training and the growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor I system in adolescent females (1996) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 81, pp. 3986-3992; Plymate, S.R., Hoop, R.C., Jones, R.E., Matej, L.A., Regulation of sex hormone-binding globulin production by growth factors (1990) Metabolism, 39, pp. 967-970; Singh, A., Hamilton-Fairley, D., Koistinen, R., Seppala, M., James, V.H., Franks, S., Reed, M.J., Effect of insulin-like growth factor-type I (IGF-I) and insulin on the secretion of sex hormone binding globulin and IGF-I binding protein (IBP-I) by human hepatoma cells (1990) J Endocrinol, 124, pp. R1-R3; Yen, S.S.C., Chronic anovulation caused by peripheral endocrine disorders (1991) Reproductive endocrinology, pp. 576-631. , Yen SSC, Jaffe RB, eds. Philadelphia: WB Saunders; Bruning, P.F., Bonfrer, J.M., Van Noord, P.A., Hart, A.A., De Jong-Bakker, M., Nooijen, W.J., Insulin resistance and breast-cancer risk (1992) Int J Cancer, 52, pp. 511-516; Hankinson, S.E., Willett, W.C., Colditz, G.A., Hunter, D.J., Michaud, D.S., Deroo, B., Rosner, B., Pollak, M., Circulating concentrations of insulin-like growth factor-I and risk of breast cancer (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1393-1396; Peyrat, J.P., Bonneterre, J., Hecquet, B., Vennin, P., Louchez, M.M., Fournier, C., Lefebvre, J., Demaille, A., Plasma insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1) concentrations in human breast cancer (1993) Eur J Cancer, 4, pp. 492-497; (1991) Sales statistics, , Stockholm: Department of Drug Information UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036643809&doi=10.1002%2fijc.10447&partnerID=40&md5=ea0d5beb86e6892123f0b7416e9e6fc9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The psychological consequences of work-family trade-offs for three cohorts of men and women T2 - Social Psychology Quarterly J2 - Soc. Psychol. Q. VL - 65 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 124 PY - 2002 SN - 01902725 (ISSN) AU - Carr, D. AD - Department of Sociology, University of Michigan, 500 S. State Street, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1382, United States AB - This research investigates (1) the extent to which work-family trade-offs affect men's and women's self-acceptance and their evaluations of their work opportunities, and (2) whether and how these effects differ by birth cohort. Three cohorts are considered: the "Baby Bust" cohort (born 1960-1970), Baby Boomers (born 1944-1959), and the pre-World War H cohort (born 1931-1943). Data are from the Midlife Development in the United States (MIDUS), a survey of 3,000 adults age 25 and older in 1995. Baby Boom women and Baby Bust men who adjusted their employment schedules to accommodate family demands offer significantly worse evaluations of their own work opportunities. Older women and Baby Bust men who adjusted their work schedules have higher self-esteem than their peers who worked continuously. Older men and Baby Boom and Baby Bust women evidenced poorer self-esteem when they cut back on paid employment. Adherence to gender- and cohort-specific role expectations appears to enhance self-evaluations. N1 - Cited By :38 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Carr, D.; Department of Sociology, University of Michigan, 500 S. State Street, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1382, United States; email: carrds@umich.edu N1 - References: Acker, J., Hierarchies, jobs and bodies: A theory of gendered organizations (1990) Gender and Society, 4, pp. 139-158; Baruch, G.K., Barnett, R., Rivers, C., (1983) Lifeprints: New Patterns of Love and Work for Today's Women, , New York: New American Library; Becker, G., Human capital, effort, and the sexual division of labor (1985) Journal of Labor Economics, 3, pp. S33-S58; Becker, G.S., Tomes, N., Human capital and the rise and fall of families (1986) Journal of Labor Economics, 43, pp. 31-39; Bernard, J., The good provider role: Its rise and fall (1981) American Psychologist, 36, pp. 1-12; Brown, T.N., Sellers, S.L., Brown, K.T., Jackson, J.S., Race, ethnicity and culture in the sociology of mental health (1999) Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health, pp. 167-182. , edited by Carol S. Anashensel and Jo C. Phelan. New York: Kluwer; Budig, M.J., England, P., The wage penalty for motherhood (2001) American Sociological Review, 66, pp. 204-225; Burggraf, S.P., (1997) The Feminine Economy and Economic Man, , Boston: Addison-Wesley; Campbell, A., (1981) The Sense of Well-Being in America, , New York: McGraw-Hill; Carr, D., Two paths to self-employment? Women's and men's self-employment in the United States, 1980 (1996) Work and Occupations, 23 (1), pp. 26-53; The fulfillment of career dreams at midlife: Does It matter for women's mental health? (1997) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 38, pp. 331-344; Coltrane, S., (1996) Family Man: Fatherhood, Housework and Gender Equity, , New York: Oxford University Press; Coontz, S., (1992) The Way We Never Were: American Families and the Nostalgia Trap, , New York: Basic Books; Corcoran, M., Duncan, G., Work history, labor force attachment and earnings differences between the races and sexes (1979) Journal of Human Resources, 14, pp. 497-529; Corcoran, M., Duncan, G., Ponza, M., Work experience, job segregation and wages (1984) Sex Segregation in the Workplace: Trends, Explanations, Remedies, pp. 171-191. , edited by Barbara Reskin. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Coser, L.A., (1974) Greedy Institutions: Patterns of Undivided Commitment, , New York: Free Press; Coser, R.L., Rokoff, G., Women in the occupational world: Social disruption and conflict (1971) Social Problems, 18, pp. 535-554; Crittenden, A., (2001) The Price of Motherhood: Why the Most Important Job in the World Is Still the Least Valued, , New York: Metropolitan Books; Desai, S., Waite, L., Women's employment during pregnancy and after the first birth: Occupational characteristics and work commitment (1991) American Sociological Review, 56, pp. 551-566; Doob, C.B., (1995) Social Problems, , New York: Harcourt Brace; Dubeck, P.J., Problems and prospects for more effective integration of work and family in the twenty-first century (1998) Challenges for Work and Family in the Twenty-First Century, pp. 217-224. , edited by Dana Vannoy and Paula J. Dubeck. New York: Aldine; Easterlin, R., (1980) Birth and Fortune: The Impact of Numbers on Personal Welfare, , New York: Basic Books; Eggebeen, D.J., Knoester, C., Does fatherhood matter for men? (2001) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 63, pp. 381-394; England, P., Farkas, G., (1986) Households, Employment and Gender: A Social, Economic and Demographic View, , New York: Aldine; England, P., Swoboda, D., The asymmetry of contemporary gender role change (1988) Free Inquiry, 16 (2), pp. 137-142; Filer, R., Male-female wage differences: The importance of compensating differentials (1985) Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 38, pp. 426-437; Firebaugh, G., Where does social change come from? (1992) Population Research and Policy Review, 11, pp. 1-20; Fodor, I.G., Franks, V., Women in midlife and beyond: The new prime of life (1990) Psychology of Women Quarterly, 14, pp. 445-449; Gecas, V., Schwalbe, M.L., Beyond the looking-glass self: Social structure and efficacy-based self-esteem (1983) Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, pp. 77-88; Gecas, V., Seff, M.A., Social class and self-esteem: Psychological centrality and the relative effects of work and home (1990) Social Psychology Quarterly, 53, pp. 165-173; Gergen, K., (1991) The Saturated Self: Dilemmas of Identity of Contemporary Life, , New York: Basic Books; Gershuny, J., Robinson, J.P., Historical shifts in the household division of labor (1988) Demography, 25, pp. 531-537; Gerson, K., (1985) Hard Choices: How Women Decide About Work, Career and Motherhood, , Berkeley: University of California Press; (1993) No Man's Land: Men's Changing Commitments to Family and Work, , New York: Basic Books; Vannoy, D., Dubeck, P.J., Gender and the future of the family: Implications for the post-industrial workplace (1998) Challenges for Work and Family in the Twenty-First Century, pp. 11-22. , New York: Aldine; Giele, J., Women in adulthood: Unanswered questions (1993) Women in the Middle Years, pp. 1-35. , edited by Janet Z. Giele. New York: Free Press; Glass, J., Camarigg, V., Gender, parenthood and job-family compatibility (1992) American Journal of Sociology, 98, pp. 131-151; Glass, J.L., Estes, S.B., The family responsive workplace (1997) Annual Review of Sociology, 23, pp. 289-313; Glass, J.L., Riley, L., Family responsive policies and employee retention following childbirth (1998) Social Forces, 76, pp. 1401-1435; Goldin, C., (1990) Understanding the Gender Gap: An Economic History of American Women, , New York: Oxford University Press; Gwartney-Gibbs, P., Occupational segregation and lifetime work experience: A test of the polachek hypothesis (1987) Annual meetings of the American Sociological Association, , 1987. Chicago; Hacker, A., (1992) Two Nations: Black and White, Separate, Hostile, Unequal, , New York: Ballantine; Hagestad, G., Social perspectives on the life course (1990) The Handbook of Aging and the Life Course, 3rd ed., pp. 151-168. , edited by Robert H. Binstock and Linda K. George. San Diego: Academic Press; Heiss, J., Social roles (1992) Social Psychology: Sociological Perspectives, pp. 94-129. , edited by Morris Rosenberg and Ralph H. Turner. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction; Hesse-Biber, S., Carter, G.L., (2000) Working Women in America: Split Dreams, , New York: Oxford University Press; Higgins, E.T., Self-discrepancy: A theory relating self and affect (1987) Psychological Review, 94, pp. 319-340; Hochschild, A., (1989) The Second Shift, , New York: Avon; Jackson, J., Structural characteristics of norms (1966) Role Theory: Concepts and Research, pp. 113-126. , edited by Bruce J. Biddle. New York: Wiley; Jacobsen, J., Levin, A., The effects of intermittent labor force attachment on female earnings (1995) Monthly Labor Review, 118, pp. 14-19; Jencks, C., Perman, L., Rainwater, L., What Is a good job? A new measure of labor market success (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 93, pp. 1322-1357; Joshi, H., The cash opportunity cost of childbearing: An approach to estimation using British evidence (1990) Population Studies, 44, pp. 41-60; Joshi, H., Paci, P., Waldfogel, J., The Wages of motherhood: Better or worse? (1999) Cambridge Journal of Economics, 23, pp. 543-564; Jung, C.G., (1933) Modern Man in Search of a Soul, , New York: Harcourt; Kaufman, G., Uhlenberg, P., The influence of parenthood on the work effort of married men and women (2000) Social Forces, 78, pp. 931-941; Kessler, R.C., Neighbors, H.W., A new perspective on the relationship among race, social class and psychological distress (1986) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 27, pp. 107-115; Leibowitz, A., Education and home production (1974) American Economic Review, 64, pp. 20-34; Levinson, D.J., Darrow, C.N., Klein, E., Levinson, M.H., McKee, B., (1978) Seasons of a Man's Life, , New York: Knopf; Levinson, D.J., Levinson, J.D., (1996) Seasons of a Woman's Life, , New York: Knopf; Loh, E.S., Productivity differences and the marriage wage premium for white males (1996) Journal of Human Resources, 31, pp. 566-589; Lundberg, S., Rose, E., Parenthood and the earnings of married men and women (2000) Labour Economics, 7, pp. 689-710; Malin, M.H., Fathers and parental leave (1994) Texas Law Review, 72 (5), pp. 1047-1095; Marsiglio, W., Amato, P., Day, R.D., Lamb, M.E., Scholarship on fatherhood in the 1990s and beyond (2000) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, pp. 1173-1191; Mason, K., Kuhlthau, K., The perceived impact of child care costs on women's labor supply and fertility (1992) Demography, 29, pp. 523-543; McLanahan, S., Adams, J., Parenthood and psychological well-being (1987) Annual Review of Sociology, 13, pp. 237-257; Menaghan, E.G., Role changes and psychological well-being: Variations in effects by gender and role repertoire (1989) Social Forces, 67, pp. 693-714; Meyer, J.W., Ramirez, F.O., Rubinson, R., Boli-Bennett, J., The world educational revolution, 1950-70 (1977) Sociology of Education, 50, pp. 242-258; Moen, P., Wethington, E., The concept of family adaptive strategies (1992) Annual Review of Sociology, 18, pp. 233-251; Moen, P., Yu, Y., Effective work/life strategies: Working couples, work conditions, gender and life quality (2000) Social Problems, 47, pp. 291-326; Noonan, M., A cross-cohort analysis of the effect of parenthood on employment for married men and women (2000) Annual meetings of the Population Association of America,, , 2000. Los Angeles; How much does the long-term cost of a work interruption influence women's employment behavior surrounding first birth? (2001) Annual meetings of the Population Association of America, , 2001. Washington, DC; Presser, H.B., Employment schedules among dual-earner spouses and the division of household labor by gender (1994) American Sociological Review, 59, pp. 348-364; Radin, N., Russell, G., Increased paternal participation and child outcomes (1983) Fatherhood and Family Policy, pp. 191-218. , edited by Michaele Lamb and Abraham Sagi. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Reskin, B., Padavic, I., (1994) Women and Men at Work, , Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press; Riley, M.W., Riley J.W., Jr., Structural lag: Past and future (1994) Age and Structural Lag, pp. 15-36. , edited by Matilda W. Riley, Robert L. Kahn, and Anne Foner. New York: Wiley; Risman, B.J., Johnson-Sumerford, D., Doing it fairly: A study of postgender marriages (1998) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60, pp. 23-40; Rosenberg, M., Pearlin, L.I., Social class and self-esteem among children and adults (1978) American Journal of Sociology, 84, pp. 53-77; Ryff, C.D., Happiness is everything, or is it? Explorations on the meaning of psychological well-being (1989) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, pp. 1069-1081; Salvo, J.J., (1984) Lifetime Work Experience and its Effect on Earnings: Retrospective Data From the 1979 Income Survey Development, , Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census; Shelton, B.A., (1992) Women, Men and Time: Gender Differences in Paid Work, Housework, and Leisure, , Westport, CT: Greenwood; Shelton, B.A., John, D., The division of household labor (1996) Annual Review of Sociology, 22, pp. 299-322; Shu, X., Marini, M.M., Gender-related change in the occupational aspirations of youth (1998) Sociology of Education, 71, pp. 43-67; Sieber, S.D., Toward a theory of role accumulation (1974) American Sociological Review, 39, pp. 567-578; Snarey, J., (1993) How Fathers Care for the Next Generation, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Sorensen, E., (1991) Exploring the Reasons Behind the Narrowing Gender Gap in Earnings, , Washington, DC: The Urban Institute Press; Spain, D., Bianchi, S.M., (1996) Balancing Act: Motherhood, Marriage and Employment Among American Women, , New York: Russell Sage; Stevens, G., Featherman, D.L., A revised socioeconomic index of occupational status (1981) Social Science Research, 10, pp. 364-395; Stryker, S., Serpe, R.T., Commitment, identity salience and role behavior: Theory and research example (1982) Personality, Roles and Social Behavior, pp. 199-218. , edited by William Ickes and E.S. Knowles. New York: Springer-Verlag; Tausig, M., Work and mental health (1999) Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health, pp. 255-276. , edited by Carol S. Anashensel and Jo C. Phelan. New York: Kluwer; Taylor, R.J., Tucker, M.B., Chatters, L.M., Jayakody, R., Recent demographic trends in African American family structure (1997) Family Life in Black America, pp. 14-62. , edited by Robert J. Taylor, James S. Jackson, and Linda M. Chatters. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage; Thoits, P., Multiple identities and psychological well-being: A reformulation and test of the social isolation hypothesis (1983) American Sociological Review, 48, pp. 174-187; Verbrugge, L., Role burdens and physical health of men and women (1986) Women and Health, 11, pp. 47-77; Waldfogel, J., The effect of children on women's wages (1997) American Sociological Review, 62, pp. 209-217; Wilkie, J.R., Changes in U.S. men's attitudes toward the family provider role 1972-1989 (1993) Gender and Society, 7, pp. 261-279; Williams, J., (2000) Unbending Gender: Why Work and Family Conflict and What to Do About It, , New York: Oxford University Press; Zuckerman, H., (1991) The Outer Circle: Women in the Scientific Community, , New York: Norton UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036591620&partnerID=40&md5=4734c09ce6b07654ec2b92ae5eab9d23 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adult infection with hepatitis A despite declining endemicity; in favor of adult vaccination T2 - Vaccine J2 - Vaccine VL - 20 IS - 17-18 SP - 2243 EP - 2248 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S0264-410X(02)00109-3 SN - 0264410X (ISSN) AU - Gillis, D. AU - Grotto, I. AU - Mimouni, D. AU - Huerta, M. AU - Gdalevich, M. AU - Shpilberg, O. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Hadassah University Hospital, Ein-Kerem, Jerusalem, Israel AD - Israel Defense Forces, Medical Corps, Military Post 02149, Israel AD - Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel AD - Department of Hematology, Soroka Medical Center, Beer-Sheba, Israel AB - Seropositivity against hepatitis A was examined among 4806 standing army personnel (4497 males and 309 females) during 1998-1999. Each bi-annual birth cohort examined showed a decline in seropositivity compared to the previous one. When compared with a study performed in 1989, however, for each of the 1961-1962, 1963-1964, 1965-1966, 1967-1968 and 1969-1970 birth cohorts examined, the 1998-1999 study showed 5-15% higher seropositivity. This trend remained after controlling for differences between the two studies in ethnic origin, sibship size and level of education. The overall seroconversion rate is estimated as 1.15% per year and the clinical to subclinical ratio as 1:14. Thus, hepatitis A infection continues to occur in the young adult age group and vaccination of this group should be considered. © 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Birth cohort KW - Hepatitis A KW - Immunity KW - Seropositivity KW - Vaccination KW - hepatitis A vaccine KW - adult KW - adult disease KW - army KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - education KW - endemic disease KW - ethnology KW - family size KW - female KW - hepatitis A KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - seroconversion KW - serology KW - vaccination KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Endemic Diseases KW - Female KW - Hepatitis A KW - Hepatitis A Antibodies KW - Hepatitis A Vaccines KW - Humans KW - Immunoglobulin G KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Israel KW - Male KW - Military Personnel KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Vaccination KW - Vaccines, Inactivated N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: VACCD C2 - 12009279 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gillis, D.; Department of Pediatrics, Hadassah University Hospital, Ein-Kerem, Jerusalem, Israel; email: dgillis@netvision.net.il N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hepatitis A Antibodies; Hepatitis A Vaccines; Immunoglobulin G; Vaccines, Inactivated N1 - References: Kark, J.D., Bar-Shany, S., Hepatitis A antibody in Israel Defense Forces recruits (1980) J. Med. Virol., 6, pp. 341-345; Kark, J.D., Camhy, N.A., Bar-Shany, S., Reduction in hepatitis A antibody prevalence among young adults in Israel (1992) Public Health Rev., 20, pp. 31-40; Gdalevich, M., Grotti, I., Mandel, Y., Mimouni, D., Shemer, J., Ashkenazi, I., Hepatitis A antibody prevalence among young adults in Israel: The decline continues (1998) Epidemiol. Infect., 121, pp. 477-479; Green, M.S., Tsur, S., Slepon, R., Sociodemographic factors and the declining prevalence of anti-hepatitis A antibodies in young adults in Israel: Implications for the new hepatitis A vaccines (1992) Int. J. Epidemiol., 21, pp. 136-141; Kark, J.D., Bar-Shany, S., Shor, S., Merlinski, L., Nili, E., Serological hepatitis A virus infections and ratio of clinical to serological infections in a controlled trial of pre-exposure prophylaxis with immune serum globulin (1985) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 39, pp. 117-122; Kilpatrick, M.E., Escamilla, J., Hepatitis in Peru: The role of children (1986) Am. J. Epidemiol., 124, p. 11113; Sarov, B., (1987) Seroepidemiology and transmission of hepatitis A virus among young children in the Negev, Israel, , PhD dissertation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beersheba, Israel; Gdalevich, M., Gillis, D., Mimouni, D., Grotto, I., Shpilberg, O., Trends in epidemiology of hepatitis in the Israel Defense Forces (2000) Harefuah, 138, pp. 755-757; Swartz, T.A., Levin, J., Ben Porat, E., Epidemiology of hepatitis A in Israel (1984) Monogr. Virol., 15, pp. 53-58; Ambrosch, F., Kunz, C., Frisch-Niggemeyer, W., Wiedermann, G., Wustinger, E., Hepatitis A: Antikorperkonversion unter dem schutz von γ-globulin (hepatitis A: Antibody conversion under γ-globulin) (1980) Wien. Klin. Wochenschr., 92, pp. 156-157; Fujiyama, S., Odoh, K., Kuramoto, I., Mizuno, K., Tsurusaki, R., Sato, T., Current seroepidemiological status of hepatitis A with a comparison of antibody titers after infection and vaccination (1994) J. Hepatol., 21, pp. 641-645; Anis, E., Leventhal, A., Roitman, M., Slater, P.E., Introduction of routine hepatitis A immunization in Israel: The first in the world (2000) Harefuah, 138, pp. 177-180; Green, M.S., Block, C., Apparent effect of immune serum globulin prophylaxis in the military on viral hepatitis incidence in the civilian population in Israel (1989) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 43, pp. 87-90 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037157244&doi=10.1016%2fS0264-410X%2802%2900109-3&partnerID=40&md5=47b56ed219821671eaca85cfcf890401 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A review of epidemiological studies on cancer in relation to the use of anti-ulcer drugs T2 - European Journal of Cancer Prevention J2 - Eur.J. Cancer Prev. VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 123 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1097/00008469-200204000-00002 SN - 09598278 (ISSN) AU - La Vecchia, C.L. AU - Tavani, A. AD - Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Milan, Italy AD - Istituto di Statistica Medica e Biometria, Università degli Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy AD - Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Via Eritrea 62, 20157 Milan, Italy AB - H 2-receptor antagonists have been widely used since the late 1970s for the treatment of gastrointestinal ulcers and other benign conditions of the stomach, oesophagus and duodenum. Several case reports suggested that long-term therapy with H 2-receptor antagonists, mainly cimetidine and ranitidine, might increase the risk of gastric cancer. After early case reports, at least six analytical epidemiological studies (two cohort and four case-control) were published, including a total of about 1000 cases of gastric cancer. The relative risks (RR) were systematically and substantially elevated in the first year since starting H 2-receptor antagonist use, and levelled off in the following years. Some excess risk was still apparent during the first 5 years of drug use, probably due to incorrect diagnosis and treatment of pre-existing neoplastic gastric lesions, but the estimated RR was not above unity for ≥10 years since starting drug treatment in the two studies including information on long-term use. The findings of analytical epidemiological studies are thus consistent with the absence of a causal association between H 2-receptor antagonist use and gastric cancer risk. Data on oesophageal and colorectal cancer do not support a relevant relation between cimetidine use and the risk of these neoplasms. With reference to total cancer mortality, in a Danish cohort study, for males the RR was 1.9 in the first year, and 1.4 in the first 5 years; corresponding values for females were 1.7 and 1.5. In a British cohort study, the RR was 3.4 in the first year, and 1.3 in the years 2-10. The excess risk in the first year was essentially due to gastric cancer. Post-marketing surveillance data for omeprazole and other proton pump inhibitors are much scantier than for H 2-receptor antagonists, particularly on long-term use. © 2002 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. KW - Gastric cancer KW - H 2-receptor antagonists KW - Omeprazole KW - Risk KW - antiulcer agent KW - cimetidine KW - histamine H2 receptor antagonist KW - omeprazole KW - proton pump inhibitor KW - ranitidine KW - cancer risk KW - data analysis KW - digestive system ulcer KW - drug effect KW - human KW - priority journal KW - review KW - stomach cancer KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Cimetidine KW - Clinical Trials KW - Female KW - Histamine H2 Antagonists KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Peptic Ulcer KW - Stomach Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJUPE C2 - 11984128 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: La Vecchia, C.; Ist. di Ric. Farmacol. Mario Negri, Milan, Italy; email: bonifacino@marionegri.it N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cimetidine, 51481-61-9; Histamine H2 Antagonists N1 - References: Adams, W.J., Morris, D.L., Short-course cimetidine and survival with colorectal cancer (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 1768-1769; Adams, W.J., Morris, D.L., Pilot study - Cimetidine enhances lymphocyte infiltration of human colorectal carcinoma. Results of a small randomized control trial (1997) Cancer, 80, pp. 15-21; Bosetti, C., Tavani, A., Negri, E., Trichopoulos, D., La Vecchia, C., Reliability of data on medical conditions, menstrual and reproductive history provided by hospital controls (2001) J Clin Epidemiol, 54, pp. 902-906; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1980) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Vol 1: The Analysis of Case-Control Studies, 1. , IARC Scientific Publication No 32. IARC, Lyon; Caygill, C.P., Hill, M.J., Kirkham, J.S., Northfield, T.C., Mortality from gastric cancer following gastric surgery for peptic ulcer (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 929-931; Choudry, U., Boyce H.W., Jr., Coppola, D., Proton-pump inhibitor-associated gastric polyps: A retrospective analysis of their frequency, and endoscopic, histologic, and ultrastructural characteristics (1998) Am J Clin Pathol, 110, pp. 569-571; Chow, W.-H., Finkle, W.D., McLaughlin, J.K., The relation of gastroesophageal reflux disease and its treatment to adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastric cardia (1995) JAMA, 274, pp. 474-477; Colin-Jones, D.G., Langman, M.J.S., Lawson, D.H., Vessey, M.P., Cimetidine and gastric cancer: Preliminary report from postmarketing surveillance study (1982) BMJ, 285, pp. 1311-1313; Colin-Jones, D.G., Langman, M.J.S., Lawson, D.H., Vessey, M.P., Postmarketing surveillance of the safety of cimetidine: 12 month mortality report (1983) BMJ, 286, pp. 1713-1716; Colin-Jones, D.G., Langman, M.J.S., Lawson, D.H., Vessey, M.P., Postmarketing surveillance of the safety of cimetidine: Mortality during second, third, and fourth years of follow up (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 1084-1088; Colin-Jones, D.G., Langman, M.J.S., Lawson, D.H., Postmarketing surveillance of the safety of cimetidine: 10 year mortality report (1992) Gut, 33, pp. 1280-1284; Corrigan, N.T., O'Riordain, M.G., McEntee, G., Modern anti-ulcer regimens and gastric carcinoma-is there a delay in definitive treatment (1997) Br J Surg, 84 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 62-63; Elder, J.B., Ganguli, P.C., Gillespie, I.E., Cimetidine and gastric cancer (1979) Lancet, 1, pp. 1005-1006; El-Zimaity, H.M., Jackson, F.W., Graham, D.Y., Fundic gland polyps developing during omeprazole therapy (1997) Am J Gastroenterol, 92, pp. 1858-1860; Farrow, D.C., Vaughan, T.L., Sweeney, C., Gastroesophageal reflux disease, use of H 2receptor antagonists, and risk of esophageal and gastric cancer (2000) Cancer Causes Control, 11, pp. 231-238; Feldman, M., Burton, M.E., Histamine-2-receptor antagonists. Standard therapy for acid-peptic diseases. (2) (1990) N Engl J Med, 323, pp. 1749-1755; Fioretti, F., Tavani, A., La Vecchia, C., Franceschi, S., Histamine-2-receptor antagonists and oesophageal cancer (1997) Eur J Cancer Prev, 6, pp. 143-146; Flodgren, P., Borgstrom, S., Jonsson, P.E., Lindstrom, C., Sjogren, H.O., Metastatic malignant melanoma: Regression induced by combined treatment with interferon [HuIFN-alpha(Le)] and cimetidine (1983) Int J Cancer, 32, pp. 657-655; Guslandi, M., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 1406; Griffin, S.M., Raimes, S.A., Proton pump inhibitors may mask early gastric cancer (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 1606-1607; Hahm, K.B., Park, I.S., Kim, H.C., Comparison of antiproliferative effects of 1-histamine-2 receptor antagonists, cimetidine, ranitidine, and famotidine, in gastric cancer cells (1996) Int J Immunopharmacol, 18, pp. 393-399; Hawker, P.C., Muscroft, T.J., Keighley, M.R.B., Gastric cancer after cimetidine in patient with two negative pretreatment biopsies (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 709-710; Hellstrand, K., Asea, A., Dahlgres, C., Hermodsson, S., Histaminergic regulation of NK cells. Role of monocyte-derived reactive oxygen metabolites (1994) J Immunol, 153, pp. 4940-4947; Hellstrand, K., Brune, M., Mellqvist, U.-H., Naredi, P., Histamine, cimetidine and colorectal cancer (1996) Nature Med, 2, p. 364; Hill, M.J., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 1235; Holly, E.A., Lele, C., Bracci, P.M., McGrath, M.S., Case-control study of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma among women and heterosexual men in the San Francisco Bay area, California (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 375-389; Jaskiewicz, K., Louwrens, H.D., Van Wyk, M.J., Woodroof, C.L., Oesophageal mucosal pathology in a population at risk for gastric oesophageal carcinoma (1989) Anticancer Res, 9, pp. 1191-1195; Johnson, A.G., Jick, S.S., Perera, D.R., Jick, H., Histamine-2 receptor antagonists and gastric cancer (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 434-436; Kuylenstierna, R., Munck-Wikland, E., Esophagitis and cancer of the esophagus (1985) Cancer, 56, pp. 837-839; Langman, M.J.S., Antisecretory drugs and gastric cancer (1985) BMJ, 290, pp. 1850-1852; La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., D'Avanzo, B., Franceschi, S., Histamine-2-receptor antagonists and gastric cancer risk (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 355-357; La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., D'Avanzo, B., Moller, H., Franceschi, S., Partial gastrectomy and subsequent gastric cancer risk (1992) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 46, pp. 12-14; La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., D'Avanzo, B., Histamine-2-receptor antagonists and gastric cancer: Update and note on latency and covariates (1992) Nutrition, 8, pp. 177-181; La Vecchia, C., D'Avanzo, B., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., Boyle, P., Gastrectomy and subsequent risk of oesophageal cancer in Milan (1994) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 48, pp. 310-312; Lundegardh, G., Adami, H.O., Helmick, C., Zack, M., Meirik, O., Stomach cancer after partial gastrectomy for benign ulcer disease (1988) New Engl J Med, 319, pp. 195-200; Marshall, M.E., Mendelsohn, L., Butler, K., Treatment of metastatic renal cell carcinoma with coumarin (1,2-benzopyrone) and cimetidine: A pilot study (1987) J Clin Oncol, 5, pp. 862-866; Martin, I.G., Young, S., Sue-Ling, H., Johnston, D., Delays in the diagnosis of oesophagogastric cancer: A consecutive case series (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 467-470; Maton, P.N., Omeprazole (1991) N Engl J Med, 324, pp. 965-975; Møller, H., Toftgaard, C., Cancer occurrence in a cohort of patients surgically treated for peptic ulcer (1991) Gut, 32, pp. 740-741; Møller, H., Lindvig, K., Klefter, R., Mosbech, J., Møller Jensen, O., Cancer occurrence in a cohort of patients treated with cimetidine (1989) Gut, 30, pp. 1558-1562; Møller, H., Nissen, A., Mosbech, J., Use of cimetidine and other peptic ulcer drugs in Denmark 1977-1990 with analysis of the risk of gastric cancer among cimetidine users (1992) Gut, 33, pp. 1166-1169; Mullen, P.W., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 1406; O'Neill, I.K., Chen, J., Bartsch, H., (1991) Relevance to Human Cancer of N-nitroso Compounds, Tobacco, Smoke and Mycotoxins, , IARC Scientific Publication No 105. IARC, Lyon; Reed, P.I., Cassell, P.G., Walters, C.L., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, pp. 1234-1235; Reed, P.I., Smith, P.L., Haines, K., House, F.R., Walters, C.L., Gastric juice N-nitrosamines in health and gastroduodenal disease (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 550-552; Reed, P.I., Smith, P.L., Haines, K., House, F.R., Walters, C.L., Effect of cimetidine on gastric juice N-nitrosamine concentration (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 553-556; Roe, F.J., Cimetidine and gastric cancer (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 1039; Rovere, F., Broccio, G., Granata, A., Fimiani, V., In vivo experimental demonstration that hyperhistamism counteracts tumor growth (1994) Oncol Reports, 1, pp. 175-177; Ruddell, W.S., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 1234; Schumacher, M.C., Jick, S.S., Jick, H., Feld, A.D., Cimetidine use and gastric cancer (1990) Epidemiology, 1, pp. 251-254; Scotcher, S., Sikora, K., Freedman, L., Gastric cancer and cimetidine: Does delay in diagnosis matter? (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 630-631; Svendsen, L.B., Ross, C., Knigge, U., Cimetidine as an adjuvant treatment in colorectal cancer. A double-blind randomized pilot study (1995) Dis Colon Rectum, 38, pp. 514-518; Tavani, A., Fioretti, F., Franceschi, S., La Vecchia, C., Cimetidine and colorectal cancer (1998) Cancer, 82, pp. 2296-2297; Taylor, T.V., Lee, D., Howatson, A.G., Anderson, J., MacLeod, I.B., Gastric cancer in patients who have taken cimetidine (1979) Lancet, 1, pp. 1135-1136; Tersmette, A.C., Goodman, S.N., Offerhaus, G.J., Multivariate analysis of the risk of stomach cancer after ulcer surgery in an Amsterdam cohort of postgastrectomy patients (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 14-21; Tonnesen, H., Knigge, U., Bulow, S., Effect of cimetidine on survival after gastric cancer (1988) Lancet, 2, pp. 990-992; Walker, A.M., Confounding by indication (1996) Epidemiology, 7, pp. 335-336; Wang, H.H., Hsieh, C.-C., Antonioli, D.A., Rising incidence rate of esophageal adenocarcinoma and use of pharmaceutical agents that relax the lower esopahgeal sphincter (United States) (1994) Cancer Causes Control, 5, pp. 573-578; Wayman, J., Hayes, N., Griffin, S.M., The response of early gastric cancer to proton-pump inhibitor (1998) Engl J Med, 338, pp. 1924-1925 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036246407&doi=10.1097%2f00008469-200204000-00002&partnerID=40&md5=45c7409f6a9d95cc3a15a721408fd84d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Change in job satisfaction, and its association with self-reported stress, cardiovascular risk factors and mortality T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 54 IS - 10 SP - 1589 EP - 1599 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(01)00138-1 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Heslop, P. AU - Davey Smith, G. AU - Metcalfe, C. AU - Macleod, J. AU - Hart, C. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Medical School, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, United Kingdom AB - Many studies have suggested that occupational stress may be related to the development of cardiovascular disease (CVD), independently of other known risk factors. Despite the recognition of job satisfaction as a particular form of stress, however, few studies have examined its association with CVD. Those studies that have explored the associations between job satisfaction and CVD risk factors, or job satisfaction and CVD mortality, have been largely cross-sectional in approach and report contradictory findings. This study revisits the associations between job satisfaction, self-reported stress, CVD risk factors and CVD mortality using longitudinal data from a cohort of working Scottish men and women recruited between 1970 and 1973. Approximately half of the cohort was screened for a second time, 4-7yr after the baseline examination. Job satisfaction at baseline was strongly associated with low or moderate perceived stress at 2nd screening. Men and women reporting decreased satisfaction in their jobs between baseline and 2nd screening tended to report moderate or high perceived stress at 2nd screening. Job satisfaction was associated with own occupational class in different directions for men and women. Men in the manual social classes reported more satisfaction with their jobs than their peers, whilst it was women in the non-manual social classes who reported more satisfaction with their jobs than their peers. There was limited evidence of an association between job satisfaction and age-adjusted CVD risk factors (diastolic blood pressure; blood cholesterol; body mass index; forced expiratory volume in 1s; amount of recreational exercise undertaken; cigarette smoking and alcohol consumption) for men, after adjustment for occupational class, but there was no evidence of any association for women. There was also no evidence to suggest that men or women reporting job dissatisfaction on one occasion or on two occasions several years apart, had a significantly greater risk of mortality from CVD. Copyright © 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. KW - Cardiovascular mortality KW - Cardiovascular risk factors KW - Job satisfaction KW - Scotland KW - Self-reported stress KW - cardiovascular disease KW - mortality KW - occupational exposure KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cigarette smoking KW - exercise KW - female KW - human KW - job satisfaction KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - questionnaire KW - recognition KW - screening KW - stress KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Job Satisfaction KW - Leisure Activities KW - Life Style KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Sex Factors KW - Social Class KW - Stress, Psychological KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 12061489 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Davey Smith, G.; Canynge Hall, Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: zetkin@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Alterman, T., Shekelle, R.B., Vernon, S.W., Burau, K.D., Decision latitude, psychologic demand, job strain and coronary heart disease in the Western Electric study (1994) American Journal of Epidemiology, 139, pp. 620-627; Birdi, K., Warr, P., Oswald, A., Age differences in three components of employee well-being (1995) Applied Pstchology: and International Review, 44 (4), pp. 345-373; Bobák, M., Hertzman, C., Škodová, Z., Marmot, M., Association between psychosocial factors at work and nonfatal myocardial infarction in a population-based case-control study in Czech men (1997) Epidemiology, 9 (1), pp. 43-47; Chen, P.Y., Spector, P.E., Negative affectivity as the underlying cause of correlations between stressors and strains (1991) Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, pp. 398-407; Clark, A.E., Job satisfaction in Britain (1996) British Journal of Industrial Relations, 34 (2), pp. 189-217; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socio-economic position and mortality; Prospective observational study (1997) British Medical Journal, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., MacKinnon, P., Gillis, C., Watt, G., Blane, D., Hawthorne, V., Education and occupational social class; Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; European Heart Network (1998). Social factors, work, stress and cardiovascular disease prevention in the European Union. Brussels: European Heart Network; French, J.R.P., Caplan, R.D., Psychosocial factors in coronary heart disease (1970) Industrial Medicine, 39 (9), pp. 383-397; General Register Office (1966). Classification of occupations 1966. London: HMSO; Greenberg, E.S., Grunberg, L., Work, alienation and problem alcohol behaviour (1995) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 36, pp. 83-102; Greenlund, K.J., Liu, K., Knox, S., McCreath, H., Dyer, A.R., Gardin, J., Psycho-social work characteristics and cardiovascular disease risk factors in young adults: The CARDIA study; Coronary artery risk disease in young adults (1995) Social Science and Medicine, 41 (5), pp. 717-723; Hakim, C., Grateful slaves and self-made women; Fact and fantasy in womens work orientations (1991) European Sociological Review, 7, pp. 101-121; Hart, C., Davey Smith, G., Hole, D., Hawthorne, V., Alcohol consumption and mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease and stroke; Results from a prospective cohort study of Scottish men with 21 years of follow-up (1999) British Medical Journal, 318, pp. 1725-1729; Hassan, J., Way of life, stress and differences in morbidity between occupational classes (1989), Fox J. (Ed.), Health Inequalities in European Countries, Brookfield VT: Gower; Haynes, S., Levine, S., Scotch, N., Feinlein, M., Kannell, W.B., The relationship of psychosocial factors to coronary heart disease in the Framingham study; I methods and risk factors (1978) American Journal of Epidemiology, 107, pp. 362-383; Hemingway, H., Marmot, M., Evidence-based cardiology: Psychosocial factors in the aetiology and prognosis of coronary heart disease; Systematic review of prospective cohort studies (1999) British Medical Journal, 318, pp. 1460-1467; House, J., Occupational stress and coronary heart disease; A review and theoretical integration (1974) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 15, pp. 12-27; Hurrell J.J., Jr., McLaney, M.A., Exposure to job stress-a new psychometric instrument (1989) Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 14 (Suppl 1), pp. 27-28; Jenkins, C.D., Recent evidence supporting psychologic and social risk factors for coronary disease; Part 1 (1971) The New England Journal of Medicine, 284 (18), pp. 987-993; Jenkins, C.D., Recent evidence supporting psychologic and social risk factors for coronary disease; Part II (1971) The New England Journal of Medicine, 294 (19), pp. 1033-1038; Karasek, R.A., Baker, D., Marxer, F., Ahlbom, A., Theorell, T., Job decision latitude, job demands and cardiovascular disease; A prospective study of Swedish men (1981) American Journal of Public Health, 71, pp. 694-705; Karasek, R.A., Theorell, T., Schwartz, J.E., Schnall, P.L., Pieper, C.F., Micchela, J.L., Job characteristics in relation to the prevalence of myocardial infarction and some other diagnoses (1988) International Journal of Epidemiology, 78, pp. 910-918; Karasek, R., Theorell, T., (1990), Healthy work; Stress, productivity and the reconstruction of working life, New York: Basic Books; Kasl, S.V., Stress and Health (1984) American Review of Public Health, 5, p. 319; Kasl, S.V., The influence of the work environment on cardiovascular health; A historical, conceptual and methodological perspective (1996) Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 1, pp. 42-31956; Kauppinen-Toropainen, K., Kandolin, I., Mutanen, P., Job dissatisfaction and work-related exhaustion in male and female work (1983) Journal of Occupational Behaviour, 4, pp. 193-207; Landis, J.R., Koch, G.G., The measurement of observer agreement for categorical data (1977) Biometrics, 33, pp. 159-174; Landsbergis, P.A., Occupational stress among healthcare workers; A test of the job demands-control model (1988) Journal of Organizational Behaviour, 9, pp. 217-238; Lepore, S.J., Cynicism, social support, and cardiovascular reactivity (1995) Health Psychology, 14 (3), pp. 210-216; Locke, E.A., The nature and causes of job satisfaction (1976), Dunnette M.D. (Ed.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology, Chicago: Rand-McNally; Macleod, J., Davey Smith, G., Heslop, P., Oliver, S., Hart, C., Always look on the bright side of life? The influence of reporting tendency when exposure and outcome measures are based on self-report (abstract) (1999) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 53 (10), p. 660; Macleod, J., Davey Smith, G., Heslop, P., Metcalfe, C., Hart, C., Stress and Mortality; Confounding or causation? (abstract) (2000) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 54, p. 798; McGrea, G., Controlling neuroticism in the measurement of stress (1990) Stress Medicine, 6, p. 237; Muntaner, C.O., Campo, P.J., A critical appraisal of the demand/controlmodel of the psychosocial work environment; Epistemiological, social, behavioral and class considerations (1993) Social Science and Medicine, 36 (11), pp. 1509-1517; Netterstrøm, B., Suadicani, P., Self-assessed job satisfaction and ischaemic heart disease mortality; A 10-year follow-up of urban bus drivers (1993) International Journal of Epidemiology, 22 (1), pp. 51-56; Palmore, E.B., & Jeffers, F.C. (Eds.) (1971). Prediction of life span. Lexington, MS: Health Lexington Books; Pennebaker, J.W., (1982), The psychology of physical symptoms, New York: Springer; Peter, R., Alfredsson, L., Hammar, N., Siegrist, J., Theorell, T., Westerholm, P., High effort, low reward, and cardiovascular risk factors in employed Swedish men and women; baseline results from the WOLF study (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 540-547; Reeder, L. G., Chapman, J. M., Coulson, & A. H. (1968). Socioenvironmental stress, tranquilisers and cardiovascular disease. Proceedings of the excerpta medica international congress series, Vol. 182, Baia Domizia (pp. 226-238); Sales, S.M., House, J.S., Job dissatisfaction as a possible risk factor in coronary heart disease (1971) Journal of Chronic Diseases, 23, pp. 861-873; Schar, M., Reeder, L.G., Dirken, J.M., Stress and cardiovascular health; An international cooperative study-II. The male population of a factory at Zurich (1973) Social Science and Medicine, 7, pp. 585-603; Siegrist, J., Peter, R., Junge, A., Cremer, P., Seidel, D., Low status control, high effort at work and ischaemic heart disease; Prospective evidence from blue-collar men (1990) Social Science and Medicine, 31, pp. 1127-1134; Siegrist, J., Adverse health effects of high effort/low reward conditions (1996) Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 1, pp. 27-41; Stata Corporation (1999). Stata reference manual release 6. Texas: Stata Press; Theorell, T., Tsutsumi, M.D., Hallquist, J., Reuterwall, C., Hogstedt, C., Fredlund, P., Emlund, N., Johnson, J.V., & the SHEEP study group. (1998). Decision latitude, job strain, and myocardial infarction: a study of working men in Stockholm. American Journal of Public Health, 88(3), 382-388; Veenhoven, R., Questions on happiness; Classical topics, modern answers, blind spots (1991), Strach F., Argyle M., Schwarz N. (Eds.), Subjective well-being, Oxford: Pergamon Press; Watson, D., Clark, L.A., Negative Affectivity; The disposition to experience aversive emotional states (1984) Psychological Bulletin, 96, pp. 465-490; Watson, D., Pennebaker, J.W., Health complaints, stress and distress; exploring the central role of negative affectivity (1989) Psychological Review, 96, pp. 234-254 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036230841&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2801%2900138-1&partnerID=40&md5=c6663453c96c73edaa425dfcdae694a4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Use, abuse and dependence of ecstasy and related drugs in adolescents and young adults - A transient phenomenon? Results from a longitudinal community study T2 - Drug and Alcohol Dependence J2 - Drug Alcohol Depend. VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 159 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1016/S0376-8716(01)00195-8 SN - 03768716 (ISSN) AU - Von Sydow, K. AU - Lieb, R. AU - Pfister, H. AU - Höfler, M. AU - Wittchen, H.-U. AD - Technical University of Dresden, Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, Chemnitzerster No. 46, 01187 Dresden, Germany AD - Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Clinical Psychology and Epidemiology, Kraepelinstrasse 2, 80804 Munich, Germany AB - Objective: To determine incidence and patterns of natural course of ecstasy/stimulant/hallucinogen (ESH) use and disorders as well as cohort effects in a community sample of adolescents and young adults. Method: Cumulative incidence and patterns of ecstasy use and disorders were examined in a prospective longitudinal design (mean follow-up period=42 months) in a representative sample (N=2446) aged 14-24 years at the outset of the study. Patterns of DSM-IV defined ESH use, abuse and dependence were assessed with the Munich Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI). Results: (1) Cumulative lifetime incidence for use of ESH at second follow-up: 9.1%, 1.0% for abuse, 0.6% for dependence; (2) men used and abused ESH more often than women; (3) the younger birth cohort (1977-81) tended to start earlier with substance (ab)use compared to the older birth cohort (1970-77); (4) use of ESH was associated with increasing rates of concomitant use of other licit and illicit drugs; (5) the majority of the lifetime ESH users without disorder had stopped to use these substances and not consumed them during the 12 months preceding the second follow-up; (6) those who had stopped to take ecstasy and related drugs at follow-up also took other illicit drugs less often than those who continued to consume ESH. Conclusions: Use of designer drugs is widespread in our sample, but the probability of developing use disorders is fairly low (1.6%). The majority of the ESH users stopped their use spontaneously in their twenties (80% of the prior users without disorder, 67% of the prior abusers), but 50% of those that once had fulfilled DSM-IV criteria of dependence continued to use these substances. © 2002 Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Abuse KW - Cohort KW - Dependence KW - Ecstasy KW - Gender KW - Hallucinogens KW - Longitudinal study KW - Stimulants KW - Use KW - 3,4 methylenedioxymethamphetamine KW - central stimulant agent KW - illicit drug KW - psychedelic agent KW - adult KW - article KW - controlled study KW - drug abuse KW - drug dependence KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - priority journal KW - probability KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Data Collection KW - Female KW - Germany KW - Hallucinogens KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - N-Methyl-3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Substance-Related Disorders N1 - Cited By :108 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DADED C2 - 11906802 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wittchen, H.-U.; Technical University of Dresden, Clin. Psychology and Psychotherapy, Chemnitzerster No. 46, 01187 Dresden, Germany; email: wittchen@mpipsykl.mpg.de N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hallucinogens; N-Methyl-3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine, 42542-10-9 N1 - References: (1994) Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed., , APA, Washington, DC; Andersen, P.K., Keiding, N., Survival analysis (1996) Advances in Biometry - 50 years of the International Biometric Society, pp. 177-200. , Armitage, P., David, H.A. (Eds.). Wiley & Sons, New York; Andresen, B., Thomasius, R., Anders, L., Moritz, S., Petersen, K.U., Luck, S., Diskussion zur klinischen Neuropsychologie (2000) Ecstasy. Eine Studie zu gesundheitlichen und psychosozialen Folgen des Missbrauchs, pp. 271-280. , Thomasius, R. (Ed.). Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart; Capsules, N.I.D.A., (1993) CAP 16, , US Department of Health and Human Services, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Washington, DC; Chen, K., Kandel, D.B., Predictors of cessation of marijuana use - An event history analysis (1998) Drug Alcohol Depend., 50 (2), pp. 109-121; Christophersen, A.S., Amphetamine designer drugs - An overview and epidemiology (2000) Toxicol. Lett., 15 (112-113), pp. 127-131; Cohen, R.S., Adverse symptomatology and suicide associated with the use of methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA; 'Ecstasy') (1996) Biol. Psychiatry, 39, pp. 819-820; De la Fuente, L., Arenas, M.A.R., Orta, J.V., Paya, J.S., Anta, G.B., Epidemiología del consumo de drogas de deseno en Espana (1997) Med.Clin. (Barc), 108, pp. 54-61; (1998) Annual report on the state of the drugs problem in the European Union, , European Monitoring Center for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA), Lisboa; Fischer, R.B., Designerdrogen im psychiatrischen kontext (2000) Psychiatr Praxis, 27 (4), p. 203; Galliot-Guilley, M., Sueur, C., Lebeau, B., Fompeydie, D., Benezech, A., Bazard, J.P., Ecstasy and related substances (1999) Presse Medicale, 28 (7), pp. 358-362; Grambsch, P.M., Therneau, T.M., Proportional hazard tests and diagnostics based on weighted residuals (1994) Biometrics, 81, pp. 515-526; Green, A.R., Cross, A.J., Goodwin, G.M., Review of the pharmacology and clinical pharmacology of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA or 'Ecstasy') (1995) Psychopharmacology, 119, pp. 247-260; Hammer, T., Vaglum, P., Initiation, continuation or discontinuation of cannabis use in the general population (1990) Br. J. Addict., 85 (7), pp. 899-909; Jansen, K.L.R., Ecstasy (MDMA) dependence (1999) Drug Alcohol Depend., 53, pp. 121-124; Johnston, L.D., O'Malley, P.M., Bachman, J.G., (1992) Smoking, drinking, and illicit drug use among American Secondary School students, College students, and young adults, 1975-1991: Volume II College students and young adults, 2. , National Institute of Drug Abuse, Rockville, MD; Kandel, D.B., Faust, R., Sequence and stages in patterns of adolescent drug use (1975) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 32, pp. 923-932; Kandel, D.B., Logan, J.A., Patterns of drug use from adolescence to young adulthood: I. Periods of risk for initiation, continued use, and discontinuation (1984) Am. J. Public Health, 74 (7), pp. 660-666; Kokkevi, A., Loukadakis, M., Plagianakou, S., Politikou, K., Stefanis, C., Sharp increase in illicit drug use in Greece: Trends from a general population survey on licit and illicit drug use (2000) Eur. Addict. Res., 8, pp. 42-49; Kokkevi, A., Terzidou, M., Politikou, K., Stefanis, C., Substance use among high school students in Greece: Outburst of illicit drug use in a society under change (2000) Drug Alcohol Depend., 58 (1-2), pp. 181-188; Kraus, L., Bauernfeind, R., Repräsentativerhebung zum Gebrauch psychoaktiver Substanzen bei Erwachsenen in Deutschland 1997 (1998) Sucht, Sonderheftl, 44; Kraus, L., Bauernfeind, R., Bühringer, G., (1998) Epidemiologie des Drogenkonsums. Ergebnisse aus Bevolkerungssurveys 1990 bis 1996. Band 107 Schriftenreihe des Bundesministeriums für Gesundheit, 107. , Baden-Baden: Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Holly, A., Schuster, P., Wunderlich, U., Türk, D., Pfister, H., Structure, content and reliability of the Munich-Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI). Substance use sections (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 28-41; Lieb, R., Isensee, B., Von Sydow, K., Wittchen, H.-U., The Early Developmental Stages of Psychopathology Study (EDSP): A methodological update (2000) Eur. Addict. Res., 6, pp. 170-182; Martinez, J.M., Carmen del Rio, M., Lopez, N., Alvarez, F.J., Illegal drug-using trends among students in a Spanish University in the last decade (1984-1994) (1999) Subst. Use Misuse, 34 (9), pp. 1281-1297; McCann, U.D., Szabo, Z., Scheffel, U., Dannals, R.F., Ricaurte, G.A., Positron emission tomographic evidence of toxic effect of MDMA ('Ecstasy') on brain serotonin neurons in human beings (1998) The Lancet, 352, pp. 1433-1437; McGuire, P.K., Cope, H., Fahy, T.A., Diversity of psychopathology associated with use of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine ('Ecstasy') (1994) Br. J. Psychiatry, 165, pp. 391-395; Moffitt, T.E., Adolescence-limited and life-course-persistent antisocial behavior: A developmental taxonomy (1993) Psychol. Rev., 100 (4), pp. 674-701; (1993) CAP 16, , Bethesda, Maryland: Author; Neugarten, B.L., Datan, N., Sociological perspectives on the life cycle (1973) Life-span Developmental Psychology: Personality and Socialization, pp. 53-69. , Baltes, P.B., Schaie, K.W. (Eds.). Academic Press, New York; Parrott, A.C., Sisk, E., Turner, J.J.D., Psychobiological problems in heavy 'ecstasy' (MDMA) polydrug users (2000) Drug Alcohol Depend., 60, pp. 105-110; Pederson, W., Skrondal, A., Ecstasy and new pattern of drug use: A normal population study (1999) Addiction, 94 (11), pp. 1695-1706; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Höfler, M., Schuster, P., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Patterns of cannabis use, abuse and dependence over time: Incidence, progression and stability in a sample of 1228 adolescents (1999) Addiction, 94 (11), pp. 1663-1678; Peroutka, S.J., Pascoe, N., Faull, K.F., Monamine metabolites in the cerebrospinal fluid of recreation users of 3,4 methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA; 'Ecstasy') (1987) Res. Commun. Subst. Abuse, 8, pp. 125-138; Reed, V., Gander, F., Pfister, H., Steiger, A., Sonntag, H., Trenkwalder, C., Hundt, W., Wittchen, H.-U., To what degree does the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) correctly identify DSM-IV disorders? Testing validity issues in a clinical sample (1998) Int. J. Methods Psychiatr. Res., 7 (3), pp. 142-155; Royall, R.M., Model robust confidence intervals using maximum likelihood estimators (1986) Int. Stat. Rev., 54, pp. 221-226; Schifano, F., Potential human neurotoxicity of MDMA ('Ecstasy'): Subjective self-reports, evidence from an Italian drug addiction centre and clinical case studies (2000) Neuropsychobiology, 42, pp. 25-33; Schifano, F., DiFuria, L., Forza, G., Minicuci, N., Bricolo, R., Morgan, M.J., MDMA ('ecstasy') consumption in the context of polydrug abuse: A report on 150 patients (1998) Drug Alcohol Depend., 52, pp. 85-90; Schuetz, Ch.G., Lieb, R., Pfister, H., Von Sydow, K., Wittchen, H.-U., Mental disorders in ecstasy users: A prospective-longitudinal investigation Drug Alcohol Depend.; Schuster, P., Lieb, R., Lamertz, C., Wittchen, H.-U., Is the use of ecstasy and hallucinogens increasing? Results from a community study (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 75-82; Schuster, P., Wittchen, H.-U., Ecstasy- und Halluzinogengebrauch bei Jugendlichen (1996) Gibt es eine Zunahme? Verhaltensther, Praxis - Forschung - Perspektiven, 6 (4), pp. 222-233; Silbereisen, R.K., Miβbrauch und Gebrauch von Alkohol und Drogen im Jugendalter (1997) Public Health und Gesundheitspsychologie, pp. 170-178. , Weinkraut, R., Haisch, J., Kessler, M. (Eds.). Huber, Göttingen; Smart, R., Ogborne, A.C., Drug use and drinking among students in 36 countries (2000) Addict. Behav., 25 (3), pp. 455-460; Solowij, N., Hall, W., Lee, N., Recreational MDMA use in Sydney - A profile of ecstasy users and their experiences with the drug (1992) Br. J. Addict., 87 (8), pp. 1161-1172; (1999) Stata Statistical Software: Release 6.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporation; Von Sydow, K., Lieb, R., Pfister, H., Höfler, M., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., The natural course of cannabis use, abuse and dependence over four years: A longitudinal community study of adolescents and young adults Drug Alcohol Depend., , in press; Szukaj, M., MDMA ('Ecstasy') - Gefährliche droge oder psychotherapeutikum? (1994) Nervenarzt, 65, pp. 802-805; Thomasius, R., (2000) Ecstasy. Eine Studie zu gesundheitlichen und psychosozialen Folgen des Missbrauchs, , Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart; Topp, L., Hando, J., Dillon, P., Roche, A., Solowij, N., Ecstasy use in Australia: Patterns of use and associated harm (1999) Drug Alcohol Depend., 55, pp. 105-115; Tossmann, H.P., Ecstasy-Konsummuster, Konsumkontexte und Komplikationen. Ergebnisse der Ecstasy-Infoline (1997) Sucht, 43 (2), pp. 121-129; Webb, E., Ashton, C.H., Kelly, P., Kamali, F., Alcohol and drug use in UK university students (1996) The Lancet, 348, pp. 922-925; Wittchen, H.-U., Lachner, G., Wunderlich, U., Pfister, H., Test-retest reliability of the computerized DSM-IV version of the Munich-Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI) (1998) Soc. Psychiatry Psychiatr. Epidemiol., 33, pp. 568-578; Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Lachner, G., Nelson, C.B., Early developmental stages of psychopathology study (EDSP): Objectives and design (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 18-27; Wittchen, H.-U., Pfister, H., (1997) DIA-X-Interviews: Manual für Screening-Verfahren und Interview; Interviewheft Längsschnittuntersuchung (DIA-X-Lifetime); Ergänzungsheft (DIA-X-Lifetime); Interviewheft Querschnittuntersuchung (DIA-X-12 Monate); Ergänzungsheft (DIA-X-12Monate); PC-Programm zur Durchführung des Interviews (Längs- und Querschnittuntersuchung); Auswertungsprogramm, , Swets & Zeitlinger Frankfurt; (1990) The Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI), , World Health Organization, Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036532407&doi=10.1016%2fS0376-8716%2801%2900195-8&partnerID=40&md5=a6d0fff098e3b6fb0e1b86087daaba3e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight, health status and physical development of young men after 20 yrs ST - Urodzeniowa masa ciała a stan zdrowia i rozwój fizyczny młodych mȩżczyzn po 20 latach T2 - Polski Merkuriusz Lekarski J2 - Pol. Merkuriusz Lek. VL - 12 IS - 68 SP - 115 EP - 118 PY - 2002 SN - 14269686 (ISSN) AU - Mularczyk-Bal, M. AU - Kopczyński, J. AU - Lewandowski, Z. AU - Rowińska, A. AD - Instytut Medycyny Spolecznej, Akademii Medycznej w Warszawie, ul. Oczki 3, 02-007 Warszawa, Poland AB - The aim of the study was to assess the health status and physical development of young men with low birth weight (LBW) compared to normal birth weight (NBW). The study was based on the birth cohort of children born in Warsaw at six obstetric wards in 1970-74. The data from the medical records of military conscription units, concerning 682 persons with LBW and 408 persons with NBW, were taken for comparison. Mean height and weight of LBW persons were lower then for those with NBW, with similar weight-for-height proportions. The prevalence of hearing loss was higher among LBW then NBW individuals despite similar rates of ear disorders assessed at the mid-point of the follow-up. Also, neurological disorders were more prevalent among LBW then NBW individuals at the time of conscription, which could not be fully ascribed to the possible birth injuries. KW - Adolescence KW - Low birth weight (LBW) KW - article KW - birth injury KW - birth weight KW - health status KW - hearing loss KW - human KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - neurologic disease KW - physical development KW - Poland KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Anthropometry KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status KW - Hearing Loss KW - Humans KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Military Personnel KW - Nervous System Diseases KW - Poland KW - Prevalence N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PMLOB C2 - 11995246 LA - Polish N1 - Correspondence Address: Mularczyk-Bal, M.; Instytut Medycyny Spolecznej, Akademii Medycznej w Warszawie, ul. Oczki 3, 02-007 Warszawa, Poland N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 577-580; Barker, D.J.P., Relation of birth weight and childhood respiratory infection to adult function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 672-675; Borg, E., Perinatal asphyxia, hypoxia, ischemia and hearing loss. An overview (1997) Scand. Audiol., 26, pp. 77-91; Bylund, B., Morbidity and neurological function of very low birth-weight infants from the newborn period to 4 year of age. A prospective study from the south-east region of Sweden (1998) Acta Paediatr., 87, pp. 758-763; Coocke, R.W., Abernethy, L.J., Cranial magnetic resonance and school performance in very low birth weight infants in adolescence (1999) Arch. Dis. Child Fetal Neonatal. Ed., 81, pp. F116-F121; Dunin-Wa̧sowicz, D., Pȩdjch, M., Rowecka-Trzebicka, K., Obserwacje kliniczne noworodków z okoloporodowa̧ leukomalacja̧ (1995) Klinika Pediatr., 3, pp. 47-51; Hack, M., Weissman, B., Borawski-Clark, E., Catch-up growth during childhood among very low birth weight children (1996) Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med., 150, pp. 1123-1129; Hales, C.N., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Hirata, T., Bosque, E., When the grow up, the growth of extremely low birth weight (≤1000g) infants at adolescence (1998) J. Pediatr., 132, pp. 1033-1035; Leon, D.A., Reduced fetal growth rate and increased risk of death from ischaemic heart disease, cohort study of 15000 Swedish men and women born 1915-1929 (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 241-245; Mularczyk-Bal, M., Kopczynski, J., Ocena stanu zdrowia dzieci warszawskich w wieku 9-13 lat urodzonych z mala̧ masa̧ ciała w latach 1970-1974 (1992) Pediatria Polska, 57, pp. 56-63; Prealta-Cancelen, M.P., Growth of adolescents who were born at extremely low birth weight without major disability (2000) J. Pediatr., 136, pp. 633-640; (1992) Rozporza̧dzenie Ministra Obrony Narodowej z dnia 10 czerwca 1992 w sprawie zasad określania zdolności do czynnej służby wojskowej oraz właṡciwości i trybu postȩpowania wojskowych komisji lekarskich w tych sprawach, 57. , Dziennik Ustaw RP, Warszawa 3 sierpnia, poz. 278; Sassen, M.L., Otitis media, respiratory tract infections and hearing loss in pre-term and low birtweight infants (1994) Clinic Otolaryng., 19, pp. 179-184; Sung, I.K., Vohr, B., Oh, W., Growth and neurodevelopmental outcome of very low birth weight infants (1993) J. Pediatr., 123, pp. 618-624; Szamotulska, K., Monitoring celu operacyjnego 13, "Zapobieganie wystepowaniu oraz skutkom wcześniactwa i małej urodzeniowej masy ciala" (2000) Narodowy program zdrowia 1996-2005. Wersja znowelizowena w 2000 roku, pp. 59-60. , Ministerstwo Zdrowia; Van Naarden, K., Decoufle, P., Relative and attributable risks for moderate to profound bilateral sensoneural hearing impairment associated with lower birth weight in children 3 to 10 years old (1999) Pediatrics, 104, pp. 905-910; Weissglas-Kuperus, N., Baerts, W., Sauer, P.J., Early assessment and neurodevelopmental outcome in very low birth weight infants, implications for pediatric practice (1993) Acta Paediatr., 82, pp. 449-453; Whincup, P., Urodzeniowa masa ciała i ciśnienie tȩtnicze porównawcze i odlegle zwia̧zki ujawniaja̧ce siȩ w dzieciństwie (1996) BMJ, pp. 21-25. , wydanie polskie marzec UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036123380&partnerID=40&md5=c940aaf316f1f66b1964de48aca63869 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Strategic offences in the criminal career context T2 - British Journal of Criminology J2 - Br. J. Criminol. VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 395 EP - 411 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1093/bjc/42.2.395 SN - 00070955 (ISSN) AU - Svensson, R. AD - Natl. Council for Crime Prevention, Stockholm, Sweden AB - The objective of this study is to identify those first offences which indicate a high risk for a continued criminal career, and those offences for which this risk is low, i. e. to identify those offences which might be termed strategic offences, and those which would not. Insights of this kind provide an important foundation for strategies in the field of crime policy. If the object is to reduce the level of recruitment into a delinquent lifestyle, then it is probably more worthwhile to concentrate on measures focused on those individuals convicted of high-risk offences rather than on those convicted of low-risk offences. The study is based on data from the register of those convicted of criminal offences in Sweden and includes all persons from the 1960, 1965, 1970 and 1975 birth cohorts who have been convicted of criminal offences. The findings indicate that three offence types can be characterized as strategic offences. The crime most readily identifiable as a strategic offence is vehicle theft, but non-vehicle thefts and robbery (including mugging) are also predictive of a long and serious subsequent career in delinquency. Shoplifting and motoring offences, including drink driving, are indicative of a low risk of becoming a chronic offender. The study concludes that from the perspective of crime policy, it is important to make use of these results in order to identify if possible the group of individuals most at risk of continuing along the criminal career path. N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Svensson, R.; Natl. Council for Crime Prevention, Stockholm, Sweden; email: robert.svensson@bra.se N1 - References: Andersson, J., (1993) A Longitudinal Simulation Study of Incapacitation Effects, , Research report No. 38, Project Metropolitan. Department of Sociology: Stockholm University; Blumstein, A., Farrington, D.F., Moitra, S., Delinquency Careers: Innocents, Desisters, and Persisters (1985) Crime and Justice. An Annual Review of Research, 6, pp. 187-219. , M. Tonry, and N. Morris, eds., Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Blumstein, A., Cohen, J., Roth, J., Visher, C.A., (1986) Criminal Careers and "Careers Criminal", 1. , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Farrington, D.P., Predicting Individual Crime Rates (1987) Prediction and Classification. Criminal Justice Decision Making, 9, pp. 53-101. , D. M. Gottfredson, and M. Tonry, eds., Crime and Justice, Chicago: University Chicago Press; Criminal Career Research in the United Kingdom' (1992) British Journal of Criminology, 32, pp. 521-536; Criminal Career Research: Lessons for Crime Prevention (1992) Studies on Crime and Crime Prevention, 1, pp. 7-29; Key Issues in the Integration of Motivational and Opportunity-Reducing Crime Prevention Strategies (1995) Integrating Crime Prevention Strategies: Propensity and Opportunity, pp. 333-357. , P.-O. H. Wikström, R. V. Clarke, and J. McCord, eds., Brå-report 1995:5. National Council for Crime Prevention. Fritzes: Stockholm; Explaining and Preventing the Globalization of Knowledge - The American Society of Criminology (2000) Criminology, 38, pp. 1-24; Farrington, D.P., Maughan, B., Criminal Careers of Two London Cohorts (1999) Criminal Behavior and Mental Health, 9, pp. 91-106; Farrington, D.P., West, D.J., Criminal, Penal and Life Histories of Chronic Offenders: Risk and Protective Factors and Early Identification (1993) Criminal Behavior and Mental Health, 3, pp. 492-523; Farrington, D.P., Wikström, P.-O.H., Criminal Careers in London and Stockholm: A Cross-National Comparative Study (1994) Cross-National Longitudinal Research on Human Development and Criminal Behavior, pp. 65-89. , E. G. M. Weitekamp, and H. J. Kerner, eds., Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers; Fox, J.A., Tracy, P.E., A Measure of Skewness in Offense Distributions (1988) Journal of Quantitative Criminology, 4, pp. 259-274; Hawkins, J.D., Preventing Crime and Violence Through Communities that Care (1999) European Journal on Criminal Policy and Research, 7, pp. 443-458; Hawkins, J.D., Catalano, R.F., (1992) Communities that Care, , San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass; Le Blanc, M., Common, Temporary and Chronic Delinquencies: Prevention Strategies During Compulsory School (1995) Integrating Crime Prevention Strategies: Propensity and Opportunity, pp. 169-206. , P.-O. H. Wikström, R. V. Clarke, and J. McCord, eds., Brå-report 1995: 5. National Council for Crime Prevention. Fritzes: Stockholm; Loeber, R., Farrington, D.P., Waschbusch, D.A., Serious and Violent Juvenile Offenders (1998) Serious and Violent Juvenile Offenders: Risk Factors and Successful Interventions, pp. 13-29. , R. Loeber and D. P. Farrington, eds., Thousands Oaks, CA: Sage; Nagin, D.S., Land, K.C., Age, Criminal Careers, and Population Heterogeneity: Specification and Estimation of a Nonparametric, Mixed Poisson Model (1993) Criminology, 31, pp. 327-362; Nagin, D.S., Farrington, D.P., Moffitt, T.E., Life-Course Trajectories of Different Types of Offenders (1995) Criminology, 33, pp. 111-139; Petersilia, J., Criminal Career Research: A Review of Recent Evidence (1980) Crime and Justice. An Annual Review of Research, 2, pp. 321-375. , N. Morris and M. Tonry, eds., Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Savitz, L.D., Official Statistics (1982) Contemporary Criminology, pp. 3-15. , L. D. Savitz and, N. Johnston, eds., New York: John Wiley and Sons; Stattin, H., Magnusson, D., Reichel, H., Criminal Activity at Different Ages: A Study Based on a Swedish Longitudinal Research Population (1989) British Journal of Criminology, 29, pp. 368-385; Von Hofer, H., Lenke, L., Thorsson, U., Criminality among 13 Swedish Birth Cohorts (1983) British Journal of Criminology, 23, pp. 263-269; Wikström, P.-O.H., (1987) Patterns of Crime in a Birth Cohort, , Research Report No 24, Project Metropolitan, Department of Sociology: Stockholm University; Wikström, P.-O.H., Self-Control, Temptations, Frictions and Punishment: An Integrated Approach to Crime Prevention (1995) Integrating Crime Prevention Strategies: Propensity and Opportunity, pp. 7-38. , P.-O. H. Wikström, R. V. Clarke, and J. McCord, eds., Brå-report 1995: 5. National Council for Crime Prevention. Fritzes: Stockholm; Wolfgang, M.E., Figlio, R.M., Sellin, T., (1972) Delinquency in a Birth Cohort, , Illinois: University of Chicago Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036253241&doi=10.1093%2fbjc%2f42.2.395&partnerID=40&md5=11acb5a7c92b33ead89376199f52d239 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Impact of the American anti-smoking campaign on lung cancer mortality T2 - International Journal of Cancer J2 - Int. J. Cancer VL - 97 IS - 6 SP - 804 EP - 806 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1002/ijc.10108 SN - 00207136 (ISSN) AU - Rodu, B. AU - Cole, P. AD - Department of Pathology, School of Medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL, United States AD - SDB 81, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294-0007, United States AB - Customary statistics on smoking practices are limited because they do not correlate well with the frequency of smoking-related diseases. Our study developed outcome measures based on lung cancer mortality and used them to assess the anti-smoking campaign. Changes in mortality from lung cancer were used to assess significant smoking among 5-year birth cohorts of white men born from 1901 to 1942. We used each cohort's lung cancer mortality rate at ages 40-44 to indicate its earlier smoking. A lung cancer mortality ratio was developed to describe each cohort's continued smoking from ages 40-44 to 55-59. These ratios were then compared with the durations of the cohorts' exposure to the anti-smoking campaign that began in 1965. Lung cancer mortality in white men ages 40-44 peaked in 1970 and declined continuously thereafter, indicating that the anti-smoking campaign promptly reduced significant smoking among younger men. However, the lung cancer mortality ratio indicates that only half of smokers in the specified birth cohorts were able to quit by ages 55-59, despite receiving ever more intense anti-smoking messages. The anti-smoking campaign produced moderate benefits among younger white male smokers but fewer benefits among older smokers because of the existence of a large number of inveterate smokers. © 2002 Wiley-Liss, Inc. KW - Inveterate smokers KW - Lung cancer mortality KW - Smoking KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer epidemiology KW - cancer mortality KW - Caucasian KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - outcomes research KW - priority journal KW - smoking KW - smoking cessation KW - statistical analysis KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Prevalence KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Smoking Cessation KW - United States N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJCNA C2 - 11857358 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rodu, B.; SDB 81, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL 35294-0007, United States; email: rodu@uab.edu N1 - References: Jackson, R., Beaglehole, R., Secular trends in underreporting of cigarette consumption (1985) Am J Epidemiology, 122, pp. 341-344; Thun, M.J., Myers, D.G., Lally, C., Age and exposure-response relationships between cigarette smoking and premature death. Cancer Prevention Study II Changes in cigarette-related disease risks and their implication for prevention and control. Smoking and control monograph 8, , Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, NIH Publication No. 97-4213; Walker, W.J., Brin, B.N., US lung cancer mortality and declining cigarette tobacco consumption (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 179-185; Lee, P.N., Forey, B.A., Trends in cigarette consumption cannot fully explain trends in British lung cancer rates (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 82-92; Achievements in public health, 1900-1999: Tobacco use: United States (1999) MMWR, 48, pp. 986-993; Cole, P., Rodu, B., Declining cancer mortality in the United States (1996) Cancer, 78, pp. 2045-2048; (1990) The Health Benefits of Smoking Cessation; A report of the Surgeon General, , Rockville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services; Vital Statistics of the United States, Volume II: Mortality, Part A, 1945 to 1992, 2. , Rockville, MD; (1993) Monthly Vital Statistics Report, 42-45. , Hyattsville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, National Center for Health Statistics; (1999) National Vital Statistics Reports, 47 (25). , US Department of Health and Human Services, National Center for Health Statistics. October 5; Doll, R., Peto, R., Wheatley, K., Mortality in relation to smoking: 40 Years' observation on male British doctors (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 901-911; Halpern, M.T., Gillespie, B.W., Warner, K.E., Patterns of absolute risk of lung cancer mortality in former smokers (1993) JNCI, 85, pp. 457-464; Rodu, B., Cole, P., Nicotine maintenance for inveterate smokers (1999) Technology, 6, pp. 17-21; Peto, R., Darby, S., Deo, H., Smoking, smoking cessation, and lung cancer in the UK since 1950: Combination of national statistics with two case-control studies (2000) BMJ, 321, pp. 323-329; Cigarette smoking-attributable mortality and years of potential life lost (1993) MMWR, 42, pp. 645-649; Stratton, K., Shetty, P., Wallace, R., (2001) Clearing the smoke: Assessing the science base for tobacco harm reduction, , Washington, DC: Institute of Medicine, National Academy Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037138449&doi=10.1002%2fijc.10108&partnerID=40&md5=6756688346c05f3209941c303557c3cd ER - TY - JOUR TI - Abdominal wall defects in Denmark, 1970-89 T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 81 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-3016.2002.00392.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Bugge, M. AU - Holm, N.V. AD - Department of Medical Genetics, Institute of Biochemistry and Genetics, University of Copenhagen, Denmark AD - John F. Kennedy Institute, Glostrup, Denmark AD - Institute of Public Health, Epidemiology, University of Southern Denmark, Odense, Denmark AD - Department of Medical Genetics, Institute of Biochemistry and Genetics, Panum Instituttet, Blegdamsvej 3, 2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark AB - In the last two to three decades, increasing rates of gastroschisis but not of omphalocele have been reported from different parts of the world. The present study represents a register containing 469 children born with abdominal wall defects based on data retrieved from 20 birth cohorts (1970-89) in three nationwide registries. A tentative estimate of the completeness as regards identification of liveborn and stillborn infants is a minimum of 95% and 90% respectively. All cases were reclassified to 166 cases of gastroschisis, 258 of omphalocele and 16 of gross abdominal wall defect. The average point prevalence at birth of gastroschisis was 1.33 per 10 000 live and stillbirths. During the first decade, an increase in prevalence occurred culminating in 1976, followed by a decrease reaching its initial value in 1983 and then a new increase. Overall, no significant linear trend could be demonstrated for the entire period. The average point prevalence at birth for omphalocele was 2.07 and for gross abdominal wall defect 0.12 per 10 000 live and stillbirths with no significant change in the period. The geographical distribution of gastroschisis and omphalocele showed no difference per county. KW - abdominal wall defect KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - Denmark KW - female KW - gastroschisis KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - newborn KW - omphalocele KW - prevalence KW - statistical analysis KW - stillbirth KW - urban area KW - Abdominal Muscles KW - Birth Certificates KW - Cohort Studies KW - Death Certificates KW - Denmark KW - Fetal Death KW - Gastroschisis KW - Hernia, Umbilical KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Prevalence KW - Registries N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 11856457 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bugge, M.; W. Johannsen Ctr. Funct. Genome Res., Institute of Biochemistry, Panum Instituttet, Blegdamsvej 3, 2200 Copenhagen N, Denmark; email: MB@IMBG.ku.dk N1 - References: Lindham, S., Omphalocele and gastroschisis in Sweden 1965-76 (1981) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 70, pp. 55-60; (1991) Congenital Malformations Worldwide. A Report from The International Clearinghouse for Birth Defects Monitoring Systems, , Amsterdam: Elsevier; Moore, T.C., Stokes, G.E., Gastroschisis (1953) Surgery, 33, pp. 112-120; (1958) Klassifikation af sygdomme. 7. revision, , København: Sundhedsstyrelsen; (1971) Klassifikation af sygdomme. 8. revision 1, 2, 3, , København: Udgave, Sundhedsstyrelsen, 1982; Misdannelsesregistret 1983-84. Sundhedsstyrelsen (1985) Vitalstatistik, 1, p. 14; Medicinsk fødsels-og misdannelsesstatistik 1989. Sundhedsstyrelsen (1991) Vitalstatistik, 1, p. 28; Mastroiacovo, P., Källen, B., Knudsen, L.B., Lanchester, P.A.L., Castilla, E.E., Mutchinick, O., Absence of limbs and gross body wall defects: An epidemiological study of related rare malformation conditions (1992) Teratology, 46, pp. 455-464; Bishop, Y.M.M., Fienberg, S.E., Holland, P.W., (1974) Discrete Multivariate Analysis: Theory and Practice, pp. 229-237. , Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; Fleiss, J.L., (1974) Statistical Methods for Rates and Proportions, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Mantel, N., Chi-square test with one degree of freedom: Extension of the Mantel-Haenszel procedure (1963) Journal of the American Statistical Association, 58, pp. 690-700; Hauge, M., Bugge, M., Nielsen, J., Early diagnosis of omphalocele constitutes indication for amniocentesis (1983) Lancet, 2, p. 507; Torfs, C., Curry, C., Roeper, P., Gastroschisis (1990) Journal of Pediatrics, 116, pp. 1-6; Nielsen, J., The Danish Cytogenetic Central Register: Organization and results (1980) Topics in Human Genetics, 5, pp. 1-86; Egenaes, J., Bjerkedal, T., Forekomst av gastroschisis og omphalocele i Norge 1967-79 (1982) Tidsskrift for den Norske Laegeforening, 102, pp. 172-176; Tan, K.H., Kilby, M.D., Whittle, M.J., Beattie, B.R., Booth, J.W., Botting, B.J., Congenital anterior abdominal wall defects in England and Wales 1987-93: Retrospective analysis of OPCS data (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 903-906; Hemminki, K., Saloniemi, I., Kyyrönen, P., Kekomäki, M., Gastroschisis and omphalocele in Finland in the 1970s: Prevalence at birth and its correlates (1982) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 36, pp. 289-293; Martinez-Frias, M.L., Salvador, J., Prieto, L., Zaplana, J., Epidemiological study of gastroschisis and omphalocele in Spain (1984) Teratology, 29, pp. 377-382; Roepers, P.J., Harris, J., Lee, G., Neutra, R., Secular rates and correlates for gastroschisis in California 1968-77 (1987) Teratology, 35, pp. 203-210; Penman, D.G., Fisher, R.M., Noblett, H.R., Soothill, P.W., Increase in incidence of gastroschisis in the south west of England in 1995 (1998) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 105, pp. 328-331; Rankin, J., Dillon, E., Wright, C., Congenital anterior abdominal wall defects in the north of England, 1986-96: Occurrence and outcome (1999) Prenatal Diagnosis, 19, pp. 662-668; Forrester, M.B., Merz, R.D., Epidemiology of abdominal wall defects, Hawaii, 1986-97 (1999) Teratology, 60, pp. 117-123; Suita, S., Okamatsu, T., Yamamoto, T., Handa, N., Nirasawa, Y., Watanabe, Y., Changing profile of abdominal wall defects in Japan: Results of a national survey (2000) Journal of Pedatric Surgery, 35, pp. 66-72; Baird, P.A., MacDonald, E.C., An epidemiologic study of congenital malformations of the anterior abdominal wall in more than half a million consecutive live births (1981) American Journal of Human Genetics, 33, pp. 470-478; Byron-Scott, R., Haan, E., Chan, A., Bower, C., Scott, H., Clark, K., A population-based study of abdominal wall defects in South Australia and Western Australia (1998) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 12, pp. 136-151; Calzolari, E., Volpato, S., Bianchi, F., Cianciulli, D., Tenconi, R., Clementi, M., Omphalocele and gastroschisis: A collaborative study of five Italian congenital malformation registries (1993) Teratology, 47, pp. 47-55; Nielsen, O.H., Kvist, N., Brocks, V., Abdominal wall defects in the era of prenatal diagnosis (1995) Pediatric Surgery International, 11, pp. 4-7; Torfs, C.P., Velie, E.M., Oechsli, F.W., Bateson, T.F., Curry, C.J., A population-based study of gastroschisis: Demographic, pregnancy, and lifestyle risk factors (1994) Teratology, 50, pp. 44-53; Stone, D.H., Rimaz, S., Gilmour, W.H., Prevalence of congenital anterior abdominal wall defects in the United Kingdom: Comparison of regional registers (1998) British Medical Journal, 317, pp. 1118-1119 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036152033&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-3016.2002.00392.x&partnerID=40&md5=a2372089ce3c2ea629246ef02d9c1980 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Applying modern survival analysis methods to longitudinal dental caries studies T2 - Journal of Dental Research J2 - J. Dent. Res. VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 144 EP - 148 PY - 2002 SN - 00220345 (ISSN) AU - Härkänen, T. AU - Larmas, M.A. AU - Virtanen, J.I. AU - Arjas, E. AD - Rolf Nevanlinna Institute, University of Helsinki, PO Box 4, FIN-00014 Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Preventive Dentistry and Cariology, Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, PO Box 5281, FIN-90014 Oulu, Finland AB - Before the 1960s, tooth-specific caries risk was reported to be highest at 2 to 4 years after eruption. We studied the tooth-specific caries risk in three contemporary age cohorts in Finland. All together, 4072 boys and girls were followed annually from age 6 to age 18+ years in three age cohorts born in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s. We used a survival model and Bayesian inferential methods in the statistical analyses to establish the secular changes during this period. The analysis was based on the caries risk in individual teeth as a function of tooth age instead of summary measures, such as DMFS values. Our first finding was a marked overall decrease of caries. Moreover, analyses of the 1960 and 1970 cohorts revealed that the risk in molar teeth was highest immediately after eruption; in the youngest cohort, however, the risks of individual teeth were so low that no such dependencies on tooth age could be established. KW - Bayesian inference KW - Dental caries KW - Intensity model KW - Measurement model KW - Survival analysis KW - adolescent KW - algorithm KW - article KW - Bayes theorem KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - dental caries KW - female KW - Finland KW - follow up KW - health survey KW - human KW - incisor KW - male KW - molar tooth KW - pathology KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - survival KW - tooth KW - tooth eruption KW - Adolescent KW - Algorithms KW - Bayes Theorem KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dental Caries KW - Dental Caries Susceptibility KW - DMF Index KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incisor KW - Male KW - Molar KW - Risk Assessment KW - Risk Factors KW - Survival Analysis KW - Tooth KW - Tooth Eruption N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JDREA C2 - 11827260 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Härkänen, T.; Rolf Nevanlinna Institute, University of Helsinki, PO Box 4, FIN-00014 Helsinki, Finland; email: Tommi.Harkanen@RNI.helsinki.fi N1 - References: Andersen, P.K., Borgan, O., Gill, R.D., Keiding, N., (1993) Statistical Models Based on Counting Processes, , New York: Springer Verlag; Carlos, J.P., Gittelsohn, A.M., Longitudinal studies of the natural history of caries-II (1965) Arch Oral Biol, 10, pp. 739-751; Espelid, I., Tveit, A.B., Mejàre, I., Sundberg, H., Hallonsten, A.L., Restorative treatment decisions on occlusal caries in Scandinavia (2001) Acta Odontol Scand, 59, pp. 21-27; Gelman, A., Carlin, J.B., Stern, H.S., Rubin, D.B., (1995) Bayesian Data Analysis, , Boca Raton: Chapman & Hall/CRC; Gilthorpe, M.S., Maddick, I.H., Petrie, A., Introduction to Bayesian modelling in dental research (2000) Community Dent Health, 17, pp. 218-221; Hannigan, A., O'Mullane, D.M., Barry, D., Schäfer, F., Roberts, A.J., A re-analysis of a caries clinical trial by survival analysis (2001) J Dent Res, 80, pp. 427-431; Härkänen, T., Virtanen, J.I., Arjas, E., Caries on permanent teeth: A nonparametric Bayesian analysis (2000) Scand J Stat, 27, pp. 577-588; Hujoel, P.P., Loe, H., Anerud, A., Boysen, H., Leroux, B.G., Forty-five-year tooth survival probabilities among men in Oslo, Norway (1998) J Dent Res, 77, pp. 2020-2027; Larmas, M.A., Use of normal dental records longitudinally as novel indicators of oral health and general well-being of Europeans (1999) Biomedical and Health Research Programme 1994-98. Summaries of Research Projects Supported under Biomed 2, 2, pp. 414-415. , Brussels: European Commission, Directorate General Research; Larmas, M.A., Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Timing of first restorations in permanent teeth: A new system for oral health determination (1995) J Dent, 23, pp. 347-352; Suni, J., Helenius, H., Alanen, P., Tooth and tooth surface survival rates in birth cohorts from 1965, 1970, 1975, and 1980 in Lahti, Finland (1998) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 26, pp. 101-106; Tanner, M.A., Wong, W.H., The calculation of posterior distributions by data augmentation (1987) J Am Statist Assoc, 82, pp. 528-550; Virtanen, J.I., Larmas, M.A., Timing of first fillings on different permanent tooth surfaces in Finnish schoolchildren (1995) Acta Odontol Scand, 53, pp. 287-292; Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Larmas, M.A., Timing of eruption of permanent teeth: Standard Finnish patient documents (1994) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 22, pp. 286-288; Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Larmas, M.A., Effect of early restorations of permanent molars on filling increments of individual teeth (1997) J Dent, 25, pp. 17-24 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036482452&partnerID=40&md5=123794a0005e47610b7df1e8395a9fe1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Smoking during pregnancy and diabetes mellitus in a British longitudinal birth cohort T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 324 IS - 7328 SP - 26 EP - 27 PY - 2002 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Ekbom, A. AD - Enheten för Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset L1:00, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden KW - adult KW - article KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - malnutrition KW - metabolic regulation KW - non insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - obesity KW - onset age KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal exposure KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Obesity KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :146 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 11777801 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset L1:00, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden; email: Montgomery@medks.ki.se N1 - References: Barker, D.J., Hales, C.N., Fall, C.H., Phipps, K., Clark, P.M., Type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus, hypertension and hyperlipidaemia (syndrome X): Relation to reduced foetal growth (1993) Diabetologia, 36, pp. 62-67; Valdez, R., Athens, M.A., Thompson, G.H., Bradshw, B.S., Stern, M.P., Birth-weight and adult health outcomes in a biethnic population in the USA (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 624-631; Orahilly, S., Spivey, R.S., Holman, R.R., Nugent, Z., Clark, A., Turner, R.C., Type-II diabetes of early onset - A distinct clinical and genetic syndrome (1987) BMJ, 294, pp. 923-928; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., An Integrated approach to the design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), p. 1992. , London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies, University of London; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The fifth follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037021827&partnerID=40&md5=44ec67582a4ecf227220bf9d93876546 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Pertussis infection in childhood and subsequent Type 1 diabetes mellitus T2 - Diabetic Medicine J2 - Diabetic Med. VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 986 EP - 993 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1046/j.1464-5491.2002.00841.x SN - 07423071 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Ehlin, A.G.C. AU - Ekbom, A. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Inst. Med. Karolinska Sjukhuset, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Medicine, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset M9:01, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden AB - Aims. Pertussis has been implicated but not proven as a risk for Type 1 diabetes mellitus (DM). Previous studies have investigated paediatric, but not adult-onset Type 1 DM. We investigated association of pertussis exposures and Type 1 DM with follow-up into adulthood. Methods. Longitudinal analysis of 16 820 members (100 with Type 1 DM) of two nationally representative British birth cohorts (the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS)) followed from birth to ages 30 years (BCS70) and 42 years (NCDS). Cox regression analysis with age of onset for Type 1 DM as the dependent variable investigated relationships with pertussis infection and immunization, modelled as time-dependent co-variates. Simultaneous adjustment was made for Wild measles, mumps and chickenpox infections; tetanus and smallpox immunizations; sex, parental social class and cohort. The potential confounding factors were modelled as fixed co-variates. Results. Cox regression analysis produced adjusted odds ratios (ORs) (with 95% confidence intervals (CIs)) of 2.21 (1.35-3.59) and 0.73 (0.49-1.05) for Type 1 DM (with onset at any age) associated with pertussis infections and immunization (trend over number of vaccinations), respectively. Adjusted ORs from Cox regression for Type 1 DM with onset after age 10 years are 2.59 (1.56-4.30) for pertussis infection and 0.63 (0.42-0.94) for pertussis immunization. None of the other infections or immunizations are notably associated with Type 1 DM. Conclusions. Some pertussis infections may be a risk for Type 1 DM and immunization may confer protection. Further research should consider delayed Type 1 DM following pertussis exposures. KW - Adult-onset KW - Immunization KW - Infection KW - Pertussis KW - Type 1 diabetes mellitus KW - pertussis vaccine KW - pertussis vaccine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - bronchitis KW - chickenpox KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - immunization KW - infant KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - measles KW - mumps KW - newborn KW - onset age KW - pertussis KW - pneumonia KW - regression analysis KW - risk factor KW - sex KW - smallpox KW - social class KW - tetanus KW - vaccination KW - follow up KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - longitudinal study KW - methodology KW - pertussis KW - preschool child KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Immunization KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Pertussis Vaccine KW - Risk Factors KW - Whooping Cough N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DIMEE C2 - 12647838 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Enheten for Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset M9:01, SE-171 76 Stockholm, Sweden; email: Scott.Montgomery@medks.ki.se N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Pertussis Vaccine N1 - References: Rose, N.R., Mackay, I.R., Molecular mimicry: A critical look at exemplary instances in human diseases (2000) Cellular Mol Life Sci, 57, pp. 542-551; Classen, J.B., The timing of immunization affects the development of diabetes in rodents (1996) Autoimmunity, 24, pp. 137-145; Classen, D.C., Classen, J.B., The timing of pediatric immunization and the risk of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (1997) Infectious Dis Clin Prac, 6, pp. 1-6; Hummel, M., Fuchtenbusch, M., Schenker, M., Ziegler, A.G., No major association of breast-feeding, vaccinations, and childhood viral diseases with early islet autoimmunity in the German BABYDIAB study (2000) Diabetes Care, 23, pp. 969-974; Heijbell, H., Chen, R.T., Dahlquist, G., Cumulative incidence of childhood-onset IDDM is unaffected by pertussis immunization (1997) Diabetes Care, 20, pp. 173-175; Graves, P.M., Barriga, K.J., Norris, J.M., Hoffman, M.R., Yu, L., Eisenbarth, G.S., Lack of association between early childhood immunizations and β-cell autoimmunity (1999) Diabetes Care, 22, pp. 1694-1697; Blom, L., Nyström, L., Dahlquist, G., The Swedish childhood diabetes study (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 176-181; Zinkernagel, R.M., Immunology taught by viruses (1997) Science, 271, pp. 173-178; Zinkernagel, R.M., Maternal antibodies, childhood infections, and autoimmune diseases (2001) N Engl J Med, 345, pp. 1331-1335; Wurzelman, J.I., Lyles, C.M., Sandler, R.S., Childhood infections and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease (1994) Digestive Dis Sci, 39, pp. 555-560; Gent, A.E., Hellier, M.D., Grace, R.H., Swarbrick, E.T., Coggon, D., Inflammatory bowel disease and domestic hygiene in infancy (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 766-767; Cardinal, J.W., Margison, G.P., Mynett, K.J., Yates, A.P., Cameron, D.P., Elder, R.H., Increased susceptibility to streptozotocin-induced beta-cell apoptosis and delayed autoimmune diabetes in alkylpurine-DNA-N-glycosylase-deficient mice (2001) Mol Cellular Biol, 21, pp. 5605-5613; Ramachandran, A., Snehalatha, C., Joseph, T.A., Vijay, V., Viswanathan, M., Delayed-onset of diabetes in children of low economic stratum - A study from southern India (1994) Diabetes Res Clin Prac, 22, pp. 171-174; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , London: CLS, Institute of Education; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1998) Twenty-Something in the 1990s, , Aldershot: Ashgate; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-Up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Norusis, M.J., (1989) SPSS User's Guide, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Schuster, A., Hofmann, A., Reinhardt, D., Does pertussis infection induce manifestations of allergy (1993) Clin Invest, 71, pp. 208-213; Blane, D., Montgomery, S.M., Berney, L.R., Social class differences in lifetime exposure to environmental hazards (1998) Sociol Health Illness, 20, pp. 532-536; (2002) Immunisation Coverage, , www.phls.co.uk; Nielsen, N.M., Hedegaard, K., Aaby, P., Intensity of exposure and severity of whooping cough (2001) J Infection, 43, pp. 177-181; He, Q.S., Arvilommi, H., Viljanen, M.K., Mertsola, J., Outcomes of Bordetella infections in vaccinated children: Effects of bacterial number in the nasopharynx and patient age (1999) Clin Diagnostic Lab Immunol, 6, pp. 534-536; Aaby, P., Influence of cross-sex transmission on measles mortality in rural Senegal (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 388-391; Aaby, P., Bukh, J., Lisse, I.M., Smits, A.J., Overcrowding and intensive exposure as determinants of measles mortality (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 120, pp. 49-63; Burnet, M., White, D.O., (1972) Natural History of Infectious Disease, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Gibbon, C., Smith, T., Egger, P., Betts, P., Phillips, D., Early infection and subsequent insulin dependent diabetes (1997) Arch Dis Childhood, 77, pp. 384-385; Ludewig, B., Ochsenbein, A.F., Odermatt, B., Paulin, D., Hengartner, H., Zinkernagel, R.M., Immunotherapy with dendritic cells directed against tumor antigens shared with normal host cells results in severe autoimmune disease (2000) J Exp Med, 191, pp. 795-804; Huang, S.W., Taylor, G., Basid, A., The effect of pertussis vaccine on the insulin-dependent diabetes induced by streptozotocin in mice (1984) Pediatric Res, 18, pp. 221-226; Ben-Nun, A., Yossefi, S., Lehmann, D., Protection against autoimmune diseases by bacterial agents II PPD and pertussis toxin as proteins active in protecting mice against experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (1993) Eur J Immunol, 23, pp. 689-696 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036460811&doi=10.1046%2fj.1464-5491.2002.00841.x&partnerID=40&md5=0e7d92e78bb58ce48974537747057211 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The Millennium Cohort Study. T2 - Population trends J2 - Popul Trends IS - 107 SP - 30 EP - 34 PY - 2002 SN - 03074463 (ISSN) AU - Smith, K. AU - Joshi, H. AB - The Millennium Cohort Study is the latest in the line of British birth cohort studies. MCS resembles its predecessors which follow people born in 1946, 1958 and 1970 in the intention to become multi-purpose longitudinal data resource charting many aspects of individual's lives over time. The families of a sample of around 20,000 babies are being interviewed during 2001-02, when eligible babies reach 9 months, to establish the conditions from which they set out in life. The survey contrasts with the previous cohort studies in various ways. Instead of taking all births in one week, the sample of births is spread over a year; the births are from a selection of electoral wards, thereby enabling eventual analysis by neighbourhood characteristics; it also over samples children living in deprived areas, wards with high ethnic minority populations and samples have been boosted in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. The latter UK country has not been covered by the other studies. It interviews fathers as well as mothers, and given that its initial funding comes via the ESRC, puts a greater emphasis on socio-economic data than in early parts of the other studies. MCS has been enhanced by additional Government funding. The research team, based at the Institute of Education, aims to deposit a multi-purpose dataset for public use at the ESRC data Archive in the Spring of 2003. KW - article KW - birth rate KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - female KW - human KW - information processing KW - male KW - medical informatics KW - pilot study KW - social class KW - social environment KW - United Kingdom KW - Birth Rate KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Data Collection KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Pilot Projects KW - Public Health Informatics KW - Social Class KW - Social Environment N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12152184 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, K. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036517291&partnerID=40&md5=d9119f2df1b8ffbbffa912e585265cf9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social exclusion and the transition from school to work: The case of young people not in education, employment, or training (NEET) T2 - Journal of Vocational Behavior J2 - J. Vocat. Behav. VL - 60 IS - 2 SP - 289 EP - 309 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1006/jvbe.2001.1868 SN - 00018791 (ISSN) AU - Bynner, J. AU - Parsons, S. AD - Center for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom AB - In the modern labor market what Côté (1996) describes as "identity capital"-comprising educational, social, and psychological resources-is at a premium in entering and maintaining employment. One consequence is the extension of education and training while young people acquire the qualifications and skills that will enhance their employability. In accordance with the perspective of life span developmental psychology, this places particular pressure on those young people growing up in disadvantaged circumstances and lacking support, especially when attempting to negotiate the transition from school to work. A particular policy concern in Britain has been directed at those young people who leave full-time education at the minimum age of 16 and then spend a substantial period not in education, employment, or training (NEET). This article reports the result of analyzing longitudinal data, collected for a subsample of the 1970 British Birth Cohort Study surveyed at age 21, to model the relationship of NEET status to earlier educational achievement and circumstances and to assess the added difficulties NEET poses in relation to the building of adult identity capital. It is concluded that although poor educational achievement is the major factor in entering NEET, inner city living for boys and lack of parental interest in their education for girls are also important. For young men the consequences of NEET lie mainly in subsequent poor labor market experience. For young women, the majority of whom are teenage mothers, the damaging effects of NEET extend to the psychological domain as well. It is concluded that effective counseling targeted at high risk groups, along the lines of the new UK "ConneXions" service, are needed to help young people avoid the damaging effects of NEET and make a successful transition to adult life. © 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). KW - Education KW - Human capital KW - Identity capital KW - Labor market KW - Qualifications KW - Social capital KW - Teenage motherhood KW - Training KW - Transition to work KW - Unemployment PB - Academic Press Inc. N1 - Cited By :150 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JVBHA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bynner, J.; Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom; email: jb@cls.ioe.ac.uk N1 - References: Arnot, M., David, M., Weiner, G., Closing the gender gap (1999), Cambridge, MA: Polity Press; Atkinson, A.B., Hills, J., Exclusion, employment and opportunity (1997), London: Center for the Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics and Political Science; Banks, M., Bates, I., Breakwell, G., Bynner, J., Emler, N., Jamieson, L., Roberts, K., Careers and identities (1992), Buckingham: Open University Press; Becker, G.S., Human capital (1975), Washing DC: National Bureau of Economic Research; Beck, U., Risk society (1986), London: Sage; Bentley, T., Gurumurthy, R., Destination unknown: Engaging with the problems of marginalised youth (1999), London: Demos; Blustein, D.L., Phillips, S.D., Jobin-Davis, K., Finkelberg, S.L., Roarke, A.E., A theory building investigation of the School-for-work transition (1997) The Counselling Psychologist, 25, pp. 364-402; Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J.-C., Reproduction in education, society and culture (1977), Beverley Hills: Sage; Breen, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., Class, mobility and merit: The experience of two British birth cohorts (2001) European Sociological Review, 17 (2), pp. 1-27; Brooks-Gunn, J., Phelps, E., Elder, G.H., Studying lives through time: Secondary data analyses in developmental psychology (1991) Developmental Psychology, 27, pp. 899-910; Bynner, J., Education and family components of identity in the transition from school to work (1998) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, pp. 29-54; Bynner, J., New routes to employment: Integration and exclusion (1999) From Education to Work: Cross National Perspectives, , W.R. Heinz (Ed.), Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press; Bynner, J., Parsons, S., Getting on with qualifications (1997) Twenty Something in the 1990s: Getting on, Getting by, Getting Nowhere, , J. Bynner, E., Ferri, & P. Shepherd (Eds.), Gower, UK; Ashgate; Bynner, J., Chisholm, L., Furlong, A., Youth, citizenship and social change (1997), Aldershot, UK: Ashgate; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Twenty something in the 1990s: Getting on, getting by, getting nowhere (1997), Aldershot, UK: Ashgate; Bynner, J., Roberts, K., Youth and work: Transition to employment in England and Germany (1991), London: Anglo-German Foundation; Coleman, J., Social capital in the creation of human capital (1998) American Journal of Sociology, 94 (SUPPL.), pp. 95-120; Coles, R., Changing patterns of youth transition: Vulnerable groups, welfare careers and social exclusion (2000) Adversity and Challenge in the Life Course in England and Germany, , J. Bynner & R. K. Silbereisen (Eds.), Basingstoke, UK: Macmillan; Côté, J.E., Sociological perspective on identity formation: The culture-identity link (1996) Journal of Adolescence, 19, pp. 417-428; Côté, J.E., An empirical test of the identity capital model (1997) Journal of Adolescence, 20, pp. 577-597; Crocket, L., Silbereisen, R., Negotiating adolescence in times of social change (2000), Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press; Education and training for the 21st century (1991), DES (Department of Education and Science). London: H.M Stationery Office; Dolton, P., Makepiece, G., Hutton, S., Audas, R., Making the grade: Education, the labour market and young people (1999), York, UK: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., The basic skills of young adults (1994), London: ALBSU; Elder G.H., Jr., Children of the Great Depression: Social change in life experience (1974), Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press; Elder G.H., Jr., Lives and social change (1991) Theoretical Advances in Life Course Research: Status Passages and the Life Course, 1, pp. 58-86. , W.R. Heinz (Ed.), Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag; Evans, K., Educational systems and transitions (2000) Adversity and Challenge in the Life Course in England and Germany, , J. Bynner & R.K. Silbereisen (Eds.). Basingstoke, UK: Macmillan; Evans, K., Furlong, A., Metaphors of youth transitions: Niches, pathways, trajectories or navigations (1997) Youth, Citizenship and Social Change, , J. Bynner, L. Chisholm, & A. Furlong (Eds.), Aldershot, UK: Ashgate; Evans, K., Heinz, W.R., Becoming adults in the 1990s (1994), London: Anglo German Foundation; Furlong, A., Cartmel, F., Young people and social change: Individualisation and risk in late modernity (1997), Buckingham, UK: Open University Press; Griffin, C., Typical girls: Young women from school to the full-time job market (1985), London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; Hakim, C., Key issues in women's work (1996), London: Athlone; Hamilton, S.F., Hamilton, M.A., Creating new pathways to adulthood by adapting German apprenticeship to the United States (1999) From Education to Work: Cross National Perspectives, , W.R. Heinz (Ed.), Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press; Heinz, W.R., The transition from school to work in crisis: Coping with threatening unemployment (1990) Journal of Adolescent Research, 2, pp. 127-141; Jones, G., Wallace, C., Youth, family and citizenship (1992), Buckingham, UK: Open University Press; Istance, D., Rees, G., Williamson, H., Young people not in education, training or employment in south glamorgan (1994), Cardiff, Wales: South Glamorgan Training and Enterprise Council; Pearce, N., Hillman, J., Wasted youth: Raising achievement and tackling social exclusion (1998), London: Institute for Public Policy Research; Power, A., Tunstall, R., Swimming against the tide (1994), York, UK: Joseph Rountree Foundation; Roberts, K., School leavers and their prospects (1984), Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Roberts, K., Clark, S., Wallace, C., Flexibility and individualization: A comparison of transitions into employment in england and Germany (1994) Sociology, 20, pp. 31-54; Robins, L., Rutter, M., Straight and devious pathways from childhood to adulthood (1990), Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press; Rose, R., Prospective evaluation through comparative analysis in time-space perspective (1991) International Comparisons of Vocational Education and Training for Intermediate Skills, , P. Ryan (Ed.), London: Falmer Press; Rutter, M., Tivard, J., Whitemore, K., Education, Health and Behavior (1970), London: Longman; Savickas, M.L., Identity in vocational development (1985) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 27, pp. 327-329; Silbereisen, R.K., Differential timing of vocational choices (1994), Presented to the 13th Biennial Meeting of the Society for the Study of Behavioural Development, Amsterdam; Silva, P.A., Stanton, W.R., Child to adult: The Dunedin Multidisciplinary Health and Development Study (1996), Oxford, UK: Oxford Univ. Press; Bridging the gap: New opportunities for 16-18 year-olds not in education employment or training (1999), Social Exclusion Unit. London: The Stationery Office; Super, D.E., A life-span, life-space approach to career development (1980) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 16, pp. 282-298; Vondracek, F.W., Lerner, R.M., Schulenberg, J.E., Career development: A life-span developmental approach (1986), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Wadsworth, M., The imprint of time: Childhood history and adult life (1991), Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press; Wallace, C., For richer or poorer: Growing up in and out of Work (1987), London: Tavistock; Williamson, H., Status zero youth and the 'underclass': Some considerations (1997) Youth, the Underclass and Social Exclusion, , R. McDonald (Ed.), London: Routledge; Worthington, R.L., Juntunen, C.L., The vocational development of non-college bound youth (1997) The Counselling Psychologist, 25, pp. 323-363 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036208977&doi=10.1006%2fjvbe.2001.1868&partnerID=40&md5=809474b76ef1f423643429c3f6305b76 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood indicators of susceptibility to subsequent cervical cancer T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 87 IS - 9 SP - 989 EP - 993 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6600585 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Ehlin, A.G.C. AU - Sparén, P. AU - Björkstén, B. AU - Ekbom, A. AD - Enheten för Klinisk Epidemiologi, Institutionen för medicin vid Karolinska sjukhuset, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Institutionen för medicinsk epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Centrum för allergiforskning, Institutet för miljömedicin, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Common warts could indicate cervical cancer susceptibility, as both are caused by human papillomavirus (HPV). Eczema was also investigated, as atopic eczema has been negatively associated with warts, but non-atopic eczema may be associated with compromised host defences, as observed in patients with HIV, suggesting increased susceptibility to HPV infection and cervical cancer. 'Cervical cancer' was self-reported during an interview by 87 of 7594 women members of two longitudinal British birth cohorts. The accuracy of the diagnoses is limited by lack of confirmation using medical records. Odds ratios are adjusted for common warts and eczema in childhood; and cigarette smoking, number of cohabiting partners and social class in early adult life. The odds ratios of warts and eczema with cervical cancer are 2.50 (95% confidence interval 1.14-5.47) and 3.27 (1.95-5.49), respectively. The association of eczema with cervical cancer is independent of hay fever as a marker of atopy, suggesting the importance of non-atopic eczema. Both heavier smoking compared with non-smoking and four or more cohabiting partners compared with one/none have odds ratios for cervical cancer of 8.26 (4.25-15.10) and 4.89 (1.39-17.18), respectively. Common warts in childhood may indicate cervical cancer susceptibility; this and the relationship with eczema deserves investigation. © 2002 Cancer Research UK. KW - BCS70 KW - Cervical cancer KW - Eczema KW - HPV KW - NCDS KW - Warts KW - adult KW - article KW - atopy KW - cancer risk KW - cancer susceptibility KW - childhood KW - controlled study KW - correlation analysis KW - eczema KW - female KW - hay fever KW - host resistance KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - smoking habit KW - social class KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - Wart virus KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Disease Susceptibility KW - Eczema KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Uterine Cervical Neoplasms KW - Warts N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12434290 LA - English N1 - References: Bergbrant, I.M., Johansson, S., Robbins, D., Scheynius, A., Faergemann, J., Soderstrom, T., A immunological study in patients with seborrheic dermatitis (1991) Clin Exp Dermatol, 16, pp. 331-338; Bosch, F.X., Manos, M.M., Munoz, N., Sherman, M., Jansen, A.M., Peto, J., Schiffman, M.H., Wheeler, C., Prevalence of human papillomavirus in cervical-cancer - A worldwide perspective (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 796-802; Breitburd, F., Ramoz, N., Salmon, J., Orth, G., HLA control in the progression of human papillomavirus infections (1996) Sem Cancer Biol, 7, pp. 359-371; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1998) Twenty-something in the 1990s, pp. 1-10. , Aldershot: Ashgate; Chan, S.Y., Tan, C.H., Delius, H., Bernard, H.U., Human papillomavirus type 2C is identical to human papillomavirus type-27 (1994) Virology, 201, pp. 397-398; Dahl, M.V., (1996) Clinical Immunodermatology, pp. 147-182. , St Louis: Mosby-Yearbook; Deacon, J.M., Evans, C.D., Yule, R., Desai, M., Binns, W., Taylor, C., Peto, J., Sexual behaviours and smoking as determinants of cervical HPV infection and of CIN3 among those infected: A case-control study nested within the Manchester cohort (2000) Br J Cancer, 83, pp. 1565-1572; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , London: CLS, Institute of Education; Eriksson, N.E., Holmén, A., Högstedt, B., Mikoczy, Z., Hagmar, L., A prospective study of cancer incidence in a cohort examined for allergy (1995) Allergy, 50, pp. 718-722; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 1-15. , London: National Children's Bureau; Franceschi, S., Doll, R., Gallwey, J., La Vecchia, C., Peto, R., Spriggs, A.I., Genital warts and cervical neoplasia: An epidemiological study (1983) Br J Cancer, 48, pp. 621-628; Kjaer, S.K., Dahl, C., Engholm, G., Bock, J.E., Lynge, E., Jensen, O.M., Case-control study of risk-factors for cervical neoplasia in Denmark 2. Role of sexual-activity, reproductive factors, and venereal infections (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 339-349; Krieger, N., Quesenberry, C., Peng, T., Horn-Ross, P., Stewart, S., Brown, S., Swallen, K., Ward, F., Social class, race/ethnicity, and incidence of breast, cervix, colon, lung, and prostate cancer among Asian, black, Hispanic and white residents of the San Fransisco Bay area, 1988-92 (United States) (1999) Cancer Causes Control, 10, pp. 525-537; Källén, B., Gunnarskog, J., Conradson, T.-B., Cancer risk in asthmatic subjects selected from hospital discharge registry (1993) Eur Respir J, 6, pp. 694-697; Mills, P.K., Beeson, L., Fraser, G.E., Phillips, R.L., Allergy and cancer: Organ site-specific results from the Aventist Health Study (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 287-295; Nickoloff, B.J., Turka, L.A., Keratinocytes: Key immunocytes of the integument (1993) Am J Pathol, 143, pp. 325-331; Nickoloff, B.J., Turka, L.A., Immunological functions of non-professional antigen-presenting cells: New insights from studies of T-cell interactions with keratinocytes (1994) Immunol Today, 15, pp. 464-469; Norusis, M.J., (1989) SPSS User's Guide, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Rubben, A., Kalka, K., Spelten, B., Grussendorf-Conen, E.I., Clinical features and age distribution of patients with HPV 2/27/57-induced common warts (1997) Arch Dermatol Res, 289, pp. 337-340; Shimizu, S., Chen, K.R., Tagami, H., Hanabusa, H., Mucocutaneous manifestations in Japanese HIV-positive haemophiliacs (2000) Dermatology, 201, pp. 321-325; Thomas, D.B., Qin, Q., Kuypers, J., Kiviat, N., Ashley, R.L., Koetsawang, A., Ray, R.M., Koetsawang, S., Human papillomaviruses and cervical cancer in Bangkok II. Risk factors for in situ and invasive squamous cell cervical carcinomas (2001) Am J Epidemiol, 153, pp. 732-739; Uthayakumar, S., Nandwani, R., Drinkwater, T., Nayagam, A.T., Darley, C.R., The prevalence of skin disease in HIV infection and its relationship to the degree of immunosuppression (1997) Br J Dermatol, 137, pp. 595-598; Vesterinen, E., Pukkala, E., Timonen, T., Aromaa, A., Cancer incidence among 78000 asthmatic patients (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 976-982; Williams, H., Pottier, A., Strachan, D., Are viral warts seen more commonly in children with eczema (1993) Arch Dermatol, 129, pp. 717-721 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0037152627&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6600585&partnerID=40&md5=78f3c5ad0fa7c8e9cfcf8243873d875e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Teenage aspirations for future careers and occupational outcomes T2 - Journal of Vocational Behavior J2 - J. Vocat. Behav. VL - 60 IS - 2 SP - 262 EP - 288 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1006/jvbe.2001.1867 SN - 00018791 (ISSN) AU - Schoon, I. AU - Parsons, S. AD - City University, London, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom AB - In a follow-up study of over 17,000 individuals born 12 years apart (in 1958 and 1970) this article investigates the formation and realization of teenage career aspirations in a changing sociohistorical context. Two types of analytical models, a mediating model and a contextual systems model, were used to analyze the processes by which the effects of social structure influence teenage aspirations and subsequent occupational attainment. Both models suggest that teenage aspirations in combination with educational attainments are a major driving force in the occupational development of young people and that they mediate the effects of socioeconomic background factors. The contextual system model is an elaboration of the mediating model, providing additional insights into the effects of distal and proximal contexts. Differences in the experiences of young people growing up 12 years apart indicate that the sociohistorical context plays a key role in shaping occupational progression. For the later born cohort the importance of educational credentials has increased, both in influencing teenage aspirations and predicting adult occupational outcomes. © 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). KW - Adult occupational attainment KW - Changing sociohistorical context KW - Teenage aspirations PB - Academic Press Inc. N1 - Cited By :165 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JVBHA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Schoon, I.; City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V 0HB, United Kingdom; email: I.Schoon@city.ac.uk N1 - References: Arbuckle, J.C., Amos for Windows: Analysis of moment structures, Version 4.01 (1999), SmallWaters Corp., Chicago; Arbuckle, J.L., Full information estimation in the presence of incomplete data (1996) Advanced Structural Equation Modeling Techniques, , G.A. Marcoulides & R.E. Schumacker (Eds.), Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum; Banks, M., Bates, I., Breakwell, G., Bynner, J., Emler, N., Jamieson, L., Roberts, K., Careers and identities (1992), Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Bentler, P.M., Comparative fit indices in structural models (1990) Psychological Bulletin, 107, pp. 238-246; Blau, P.M., Duncan, O.D., The American Occupational Structure (1967), New York: Wiley; Bollen, K.A., Structural equations with latent variables (1989), New York: Wiley; Bourdieu, P., Homo academicus (1988), Cambridge, MA: Polity Press; Bronfenbrenner, U., The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design (1979), Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press; Butler, N., Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) ten-year follow-up: A guide to the BCS70 10-year data available at the Economic and Social Research Unit Data Archive (1997), London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; Bynner, J., Education and family components of identity in the transition from school to work (1998) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, pp. 29-53; Bynner, J., Elias, P., McKnight, A., Pan, H., The changing nature of the youth labour market in Great Britain (1999), Rowntree Foundation. Report; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Twenty something in Great Britain: Getting on, getting by, getting nowhere (1997), Gower, UK: Ashgate; Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Tsatsas, M., Obstacles and opportunities on the route to adulthood (2000), London: The Smith Institute; Cohen, J., A power primer (1992) Psychological Bulletin, 112 (1), pp. 155-159; Cook, T.D., Church, M.B., Ajanaku, S., Shadish W.R., Jr., Kim, J.R., Cohen, R., The development of occupational aspirations and expectations among inner-city boys (1996) Child Development, 67, pp. 3368-3385; Davie, R., Butler, H., Goldstein, H., From birth to seven: The second report of the National Child Development Study (1958 cohort) (1972), London: Longman; Dolliver, R.H., Strong Vocational Interest Blank versus expressed vocational interests: A review (1969) Psychological Bulletin, 72, pp. 95-107; Elder G.H., Jr., Children of the Great Depression: Social change in life experience (1999), (25th anniversary ed.). Boulder, CO: Westview Press; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., The constant flux: A study of class mobility in industrial societies (1993), Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press; Erikson, R., Jonsson, J.O., Explaining class inequality in education: The Swedish Test Case (1996) Can Education be Equalised? The Swedish Case in Comparative Perspective, pp. 1-63. , R. Erikson & J.O. Jonsson (Eds.), Oxford, UK: Westview Press; Evans, K., Furlong, A., Metaphors of youth transitions: Niches, pathways, trajectories or navigations (1997) Youth, Citizenship and Social Change in a European Context, pp. 17-41. , J. Bynner, L. Chisholm, & A. Furlong (Eds.), Aldershot, UK: Ashgate; Fogelman, K., Growing up in Great Britain: Papers from the National Child Development Study (1983), London: Macmillan for the National Children's Bureau; Fogelman, K., Britain's sixteen-year-olds (1976), London: National Children's Bureau; Ginzberg, E., Ginsberg, S.W., Axelrod, S., Herma, J.L., Occupational choice: An approach to a general theory (1951), New York: Columbia Univ. Press; Gottfredson, L.S., Circumscription and compromise: A developmental theory of occupational aspirations (1981) Journal of Counceling Psychology, 28, pp. 545-579; Holland, J.L., (1985) Making Vocational Choices, , (2nd ed.). Englewoods Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall; Holland, J.L., Gottfredson, G.D., Using a typology of persons and environments to explain careers: Some extensions and clarifications (1976) The Counseling Psychologist, 6, pp. 20-28; Holland, J.L., Gottfredson, G.D., Studies of the hexagonal model: An evaluation (or, The perils of stalking the perfect hexagon) (1992) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 40, pp. 158-170; Holland, J.L., Gottfredson, G.D., Baker, H.G., Validity of vocational aspirations and interest inventories: Extended, replicated, and reinterpreted (1990) Journal of Counseling Psychology, 37, pp. 337-342; Keller, S., Zavalloni, M., Ambition and social class: A respecification (1964) Social Forces, 43, pp. 58-70; Leete, R., Fox, J., Registrar General's social classes: Origins and users (1977) Population Trends, 8, pp. 1-7; Marsh, C., Social class and occupation (1986) Key Variables in Social Investigation, , R. Burgess (Ed.), London: Routledge; McLaughlin, D.H., Tiedeman, D.V., Eleven-year career stability and change as reflected in the Project Talent data through the Flanagan, Holland, and Roe Occupational Classification Systems (1974) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 5, pp. 177-196; Nurmi, J.-E., How do adolescents see their future?: A review of the development of future orientation and planning (1991) Developmental Review, 11, pp. 1-59; Oden, M., The fulfillment of promise: 40-year follow-up of the Terman gifted group (1968) Genetic Psychology Monographs, 77, pp. 3-93; Classification of occupations (1980), OPCS (Office of Population Censuses and Surveys). London: H.M. Stationery Office; Standard classification of occupations (SOC) (1990), OPCS (Office of Population Censuses and Surveys) and Employment Department Group. London: H.M. Stationery Office; Phipps, B.J., Career dreams of preadolescent students (1995) Journal of Career Development, 22, pp. 19-32; Roberts, K., Schools, parents and social class (1980) Linking Home and School, pp. 41-55. , M. Craft et al. (Eds.), (3rd ed., London: Harper & Row; Roberts, K., The sociology of work entry and occupational choice (1981) Career Development in Britain, pp. 279-299. , A.G. Watts, D.E. Super, & J.M. Kidd (Eds.), Cambridge: CRAC/Hobsons; Rosen, B.C., The achievement syndrome: A psychocultural dimension of social stratification (1956) American Sociological Review, 21, pp. 203-211; Schulenberg, J., Vondracek, F.W., Crouter, A.C., The influence of the family on vocational development (1984) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 10, pp. 129-143; Sewell, W.H., Haller, A.O., Ohlendorf, G.W., The educational and early occupational status attainment process: Replication and revision (1970) American Sociological Review, 35, pp. 1014-1027; Sewell, W.H., Hauser, R.M., Education, occupation, & earnings: Achievement in the early career (1975), New York: Academic Press; Sewell, W.H., Shah, V.P., Social class, parental encouragement, and educational aspirations (1968) American Journal of Sociology, 73, pp. 559-572; Shavit, Y., Blossfeld, H.-P., Persistent inequality (1993), Boulder, CO: Westview Press; Shavit, Y., Müller, W., From school to work: A comparative study of educational qualifications and occupational destinations (1998), Oxford, UK: Oxford Univ. Press; Shepherd, P., Analysis of response bias (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 184-188. , E. Ferri, (Ed.), London: National Children's Bureau and City University; Shepherd, P., The National Child Development Study: An introduction, its origins and the methods of data collection (1995), (Working Paper No. 1). London: SSRU, City University; Steiger, J.H., Structural model evaluation and modification: An internal estimation approach (1990) Multivariate Behavioural Research, 25, pp. 173-180; Super, D.E., Vocational adjustment: Implementing a self concept (1951) Occupations, p. 30; Super, D.E., A life span, life space approach to career development (1980) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 16, pp. 282-298; Trice, A.D., McClellan, N., Do children's career aspirations predict adult occupations?: An answer from a secondary analysis of a longitudinal study (1993) Psychological Reports, 72, pp. 368-370; Vondraceck, F.W., Lerner, R.M., Schulenberg, J.E., Career development: A life-span developmental approach (1986), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Vondracek, F.W., Silbereisen, R.K., Reitzle, M., Wiesner, M., Vocational preferences of early adolescents: Their development in social context (1999) Journal of Adolescent Research, 14, pp. 267-288; Vondracek, F., Career development: A lifespan perspective (1998) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, pp. 1-6; Whitney, D.R., Predicting from expressed vocational choices: A review (1969) Personnel and Guidance Journal, 48, pp. 279-286; Zuckerman, H., Scientific elite (1977), New York: Free PressUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036208741&doi=10.1006%2fjvbe.2001.1867&partnerID=40&md5=8ae60d3ac93e9f6726352a6eef4ff18c ER - TY - JOUR TI - The influence of context, timing, and duration of risk experiences for the passage from childhood to midadulthood T2 - Child Development J2 - Child Dev. VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 1486 EP - 1504 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1111/1467-8624.00485 SN - 00093920 (ISSN) AU - Schoon, I. AU - Bynner, J. AU - Joshi, H. AU - Parsons, S. AU - Wiggins, R.D. AU - Sacker, A. AD - City University, London, United Kingdom AD - The Institute of Education, United States AD - City University, United States AD - Royal Free and University College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AB - This study investigated the long-term effects of social disadvantage on academic achievement and on subsequent attainments in adulthood. The study drew on data collected for over 30,000 individuals born 12 years apart, following their development from birth to adulthood. The pathways that link social disadvantage to individual development across the life course were analyzed in a developmental-contextual systems model. The results showed that the influence of risk factors associated with socioeconomic disadvantage depended on the developmental stage of the individual, the experience of long-term or continuous disadvantage, and the over-all sociohistorical context. Early risk had a moderate influence on the formation of individual competences. The greatest risk was associated with persisting and accumulating experiences of socioeconomic disadvantage throughout childhood and adolescence. Material conditions improved for the later-born cohort, yet pervasive social inequalities existed that affected outcomes during childhood and were consequently reflected in adult attainment. © 2002 by the Society for Research in Child Development, Inc. All rights reserved. KW - achievement KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - parent KW - risk factor KW - social adaptation KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - time KW - Achievement KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Parents KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Adjustment KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Time N1 - Cited By :101 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12361314 LA - English N1 - References: Ackerman, B.P., Schoff, K., Levinson, K., Youngstrom, E., Izard, C.E., The relations between cluster indexes of risk and promotion and the problem behaviours of 6-and 7-year-old children from economically disadvantaged families (1999) Developmental Psychology, 6, pp. 1355-1366; Arbuckle, J.C., Full information estimation in the presence of incomplete data (1996) Advanced Structural Equation Modelling Techniques, , G. A. Marcoulides & R. E. Schumacker (Eds.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum; Arbuckle, J.C., (1999) AMOS for Windows. Analysis of Moment Structures. Version 4.01, , Chicago: SmallWaters Corporation; Axinn, W., Duncan, G.J., Thornton, A., The effects of parents' income, wealth, and attitudes on children's completed schooling and self-esteem (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 518-540. , G. J. Duncan & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.). New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Baltes, P.B., Theoretical propositions of life-span developmental psychology: On the dynamics between growth and decline (1987) Developmental Psychology, 23, pp. 611-626; Banks, M., Bates, I., Breakwell, G., Bynner, J., Emler, N., Jamieson, L., Roberts, K., (1992) Careers and Identities, , Milton Keynes, U.K.: Open University Press; Baumrind, D., The average expectable environment is not good enough. A response to Scarr (1993) Child Development, 64, pp. 1299-1317; Bentler, P.M., Comparative fit indices in structural models (1990) Psychological Bulletin, 107, pp. 238-246; Birch, H.G., Gussow, J.D., (1970) Disadvantaged Children: Health, Nutrition and School Failure, , New York: Grune & Stratton; Blau, P.M., Duncan, O.D., (1967) The American Occupational Structure, , New York: Wiley; Bolger, K.E., Patterson, C.J., Thompson, W.W., Psychosocial adjustment among children experiencing persistent and intermittent family economic hardship (1995) Child Development, 66, pp. 1107-1129; Bollen, K.A., (1989) Structural Equations with Latent Variables, , New York: Wiley; Bollen, K.A., Long, J.S., (1993) Testing Structural Equation Models, , Newbury Park, CA: Sage; Bozdogan, H., Model section and Akaike's Information Criteria (AIC): The general theory and its analytical extensions (1987) Psychometrika, 52, pp. 345-370; Brimer, M.A., Dunn, L.M., (1962) English Picture Vocabulary Test, , Bristol, U.K.: Education Evaluation Enterprises; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Bronfenbrenner, U., Ceci, S.J., Nature-nurture reconceptualized in developmental perspective: A bioecological model (1994) Psychological Review, 101, pp. 568-586; Butler, N., Despotidou, S., Shepherd, P., (1997) 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) Ten-year Follow-up: A Guide to the BCS70 10-year Data Available at the Economic and Social Research Unit Data Archive, , London: City University, Social Statistics Research Unit; Bynner, J., Elias, P., McKnight, A., Pan, H., (1999) The Changing Nature of the Youth Labour Market in Great Britain, , (Report to the Rowntree Foundation). York, U.K.: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1997) Getting On, Getting By, Getting Nowhere. Twenty-something in the 1990's, , Aldershot, U.K.: Ashgate; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Smith, K., (2000) The 1999-2000 Surveys of the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British Cohort Study, , (Working paper No. 1). London: Centre for Longitudinal Studies; Bynner, J., Joshi, H., Tsatsas, M., (2000) Obstacles and Opportunities on the Route to Adulthood, , London: Smith Institute; Caprara, G.V., Rutter, M., Individual development and social change (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People, pp. 35-66. , M. Rutter & D. J. Smith (Eds.). Chichester, U.K.: Wiley; Campbell, F.A., Ramey, C.T., Effects of early intervention on intellectual and academic achievement. A follow-up study of children from low-income families (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 684-698; Campbell, S.B., Pierce, E.W., Moore, G., Marakovitz, S., Newby, K., Boys' externalising problems at elementary school age: Pathways from early behavioural problems, maternal control, and family stress (1996) Development and Psychopathology, 8, pp. 701-719; Caspi, A., Wright, B.R.E., Moffitt, T.E., Silva, P.A., Early failure in the labor market: Childhood and adolescent predictors of unemployment in the transition to adulthood (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 424-451; Clarke, A.D.B., Clarke, A.M., Sleeper effects in development: Fact or artefact (1981) Developmental Review, 1, pp. 344-360; Clarke, A.D.B., Clarke, A.M., (2000) Early Experience and the Life Path, , London: Jessica Kingsley; Cicchetti, D., Garmezy, N., Milestones in the development of resilience (1993) Development and Psychopathology, 5, pp. 497-774; Cicchetti, D., Tucker, D., Development and self-regulatory structures of the mind (1994) Development and Psychopathology, 6, pp. 533-549; Cohen, J., A power primer (1992) Psychological Bulletin, 112, pp. 155-159; Conger, R.D., Conger, K.J., Elder, G.H., Lorenz, F.O., Simons, R.L., Whitbeck, L.B., Family economic stress and adjustment of early adolescent girls (1993) Developmental Psychology, 29, pp. 206-219; Davie, R., Butler, H., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven: The Second Report of the National Child Development Study (1958 Cohort), , London: Longman; Deater-Deckard, K., Dodge, K.A., Bates, J.E., Pettit, G.S., Multiple risk factors in the development of externalising behavior problems: Group and individual differences (1998) Development and Psychopathology, 10, pp. 469-494; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, , New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanov, P.K., Economic deprivation and early childhood development (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 296-318; Duncan, G.J., Rodgers, W.L., Longitudinal aspects of poverty (1988) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 50, pp. 1007-1021; Duncan, G.J., Yeung, W.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Smith, J.R., How much does childhood poverty affect the life chances of children? (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 406-423; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , (Working paper No. 1). London: City University, Social Statistics Research Unit Cohort Studies; Elder, G.H., (1985) Life Course Dynamics, , Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press; Elder, G.H., (1999) Children of the Great Depression. Social Change in Life Experience (25th Anniversary Ed.), , Boulder, CO: Westview Press; Elder, G.H., Pavalko, E.K., Hastings, T.H., Talent, history and the fulfillment of promise (1991) Psychiatry, 54, pp. 251-267; Featherman, D.L., Lerner, R.M., Ontogenesis and sociogenesis. Problematics for theory about development across the life-span (1985) American Sociological Review, 50, pp. 659-676; Feiring, C., Lewis, M., Finality in the eye of the beholder: Multiple sources, multiple time points, multiple paths (1996) Development and Psychopathology, 8, pp. 721-733; Feiner, R.D., Brand, S., DuBois, D.L., Adan, A., Mulhall, P.F., Evans, E.G., Socioeconomic disadvantage, proximal environmental experiences, and socioemotional and academic adjustment in early adolescence: Investigation of a mediated effects model (1995) Child Development, 66, pp. 774-792; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Lawton, J.M., Vulnerability to childhood problems and family social background (1990) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, pp. 1145-1160; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Lynskey, M.T., The childhoods of multiple problem adolescents: A 15-year longitudinal study (1994) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1123-1140; Fitzgerald, H.E., Lester, B.M., Zuckerman, B.S., (1995) Children of Poverty: Research, Health, and Policy Issues, , New York: Garland; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing up in Great Britain. Papers from the National Child Development Study, , London: Macmillan (for the National Children's Bureau); Garmezy, N., Stress-resistant children: The search for protective factors (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 213-233. , A. Davids. (Ed.). Elmsford, NY: Pergamon; Garmezy, N., Resilience and vulnerability to adverse developmental outcomes associated with poverty (1991) American Behavioural Scientist, 34, pp. 416-430; (1978) Edinburgh Reading Test, , Sevenoaks, U.K.: Hodder and Stoughton; Goldstein, H., Some models for analysing longitudinal data on educational attainment (1979) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society (Series A), 142, pp. 407-442; Gottlieb, G., Wahlsten, D., Lickliter, R., The significance of biology for human development: A developmental psychobiological systems view (1998) Handbook of Child Psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical Models of Human Development (5th Ed.), 1, pp. 233-274. , R. M. Lerner (Ed.), W. Damon (Series Ed.). New York: Wiley; Goodenough, F., (1926) Measurement of Intelligence by Drawings, , New York: Harcourt, Brace & World; Greenberg, M.T., Lengua, L.J., Coie, J.D., Pinderhughes, E.E., Predicting developmental outcomes at school entry using a multiple-risk model: Four American communities (1999) Developmental Psychology, 35, pp. 403-417; Hammen, C., Cognitive, life stress, and interpersonal approaches to a developmental psychopathological model of depression (1992) Development and Psychopathology, 4, pp. 189-206; Harris, D.B., (1963) Children's Drawings As Measures of Intellectual Maturity, , New York: Harcourt, Brace & World; Haveman, R., Wolfe, B., (1994) Succeeding Generations: On the Effects of Investments in Children, , New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Hoffman, L.W., A proof and a disproof questioned (1994) Social Development, 3, pp. 60-63; Horowitz, F.D., Child development and the PITS: Simple questions, complex answers, and developmental theory (2000) Child Development, 71, pp. 1-10; Huston, A.C., McLoyd, V.C., Coll, C.G., Children and poverty: Issues in contemporary research (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 275-282; Jackson, J.F., Human behavioral genetics. Scarr's theory and her views on interventions: A critical review and comments on their implications for American children (1993) Child Development, 63, pp. 1318-1332; Koppitz, E.M., (1968) Psychological Evaluation of Children's Human Figure Drawings, , New York: Grune & Stratton; Krieger, N., Williams, D.R., Measuring social class in US public health research: Concepts, methodologies and guidelines (1997) Annual Review of Public Health, 18, pp. 341-378; Leete, R., Fox, J., Registrar General's social classes: Origins and users (1977) Population Trends, 8, pp. 1-7; Lerner, R.M., (1984) On the Nature of Human Plasticity, , New York: Cambridge University Press; Lerner, R.M., Relative plasticity, integration, temporality, and diversity in human development: A developmental contextual perspective about theory, process, and method (1996) Developmental Psychology, 32, pp. 781-786; Lerner, R.M., Von Eye, A., Sociobiology and human development: Arguments and evidence (1992) Human Development, 35, pp. 12-33; Luthar, S.S., Cicchetti, D., Becker, B., The construct of resilience. A critical evaluation and guidelines for future work (2000) Child Development, 71, pp. 543-562; Marsh, C., Social class and occupation (1986) Key Variables in Social Investigation, pp. 123-152. , R. Burgess (Ed.). London: Routledge; Masten, A.S., Best, K.M., Garmezy, N., Resilience and development: Contributions from the study of children who overcome adversity (1990) Development and Psychopathology, 2, pp. 425-444; McLoyd, V.C., The impact of economic hardships on black families and children: Psychological distress, parenting, and socioemotional development (1990) Child Development, 61, pp. 311-346; (1980) Standard Classification of Occupations (SOC), , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; (1990) Standard Classification of Occupations (SOC), , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five-year-olds, , London: Routledge; Pilling, D., (1990) Escape from Disadvantage, , London: Falmer Press; Plomin, R., Bergeman, C.S., The nature of nurture: Genetic influence on "environmental" measures (1991) Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 14, pp. 373-427; Plomin, R., Daniels, D., Why are children in the same family so different from one another? (1987) Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 10, pp. 1-16; Plomin, R., McClearn, G.E., (1993) Nature, Nurture, and Psychology, , Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association; Prandy, K., The revised Cambridge Scale of occupations (1990) Sociology, 24, pp. 629-655; Pringle, M.L.K., Butler, N.R., Davie, R., (1966) 11,000 Seven Year Olds, , London: Longman; Pungello, E.P., Kupersmidt, J.B., Burchinal, M.R., Patterson, C.J., Enviromental risk factors and children's achievement from middle childhood to early adolescence (1996) Developmental Psychology, 32, pp. 755-767; Ramey, C.T., Ramey, S.L., Intensive education intervention for children of poverty (1990) Intelligence, 14, pp. 1-9; Robins, L.N., Rutter, M., (1990) Straight and Devious Pathways from Childhood to Adulthood, , Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Protective factors in children's responses to stress and disadvantage (1979) Primary Prevention in Psychopathology, 3, pp. 49-74. , M. W. Kent & J. E. Rolf (Eds.). Hanover, NH: University Press of New England; Rutter, M., Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms (1990) Risk and Protective Factors in the Development of Psychopathology, pp. 181-214. , J. Rolf, A. S. Masten, D. Chichetti, K. H. Nuechterlin, & S. Weintraub (Eds.). New York: Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Madge, N., (1976) Cycles of Disadvantage: A Review of Research, , London: Heinemann Educational Books; Rutter, M., Maughan, B., Mortimore, P., Ouston, J., (1979) Fifteen Thousand Hours. Secondary Schools and Their Effects on Children, , London: Open Books; Sameroff, A.J., Developmental systems: Contexts and evolution (1983) Handbook of Child Psychology: Vol. 1. History, Theory and Methods, 1, pp. 237-294. , W. Kessen (Ed.), P. H. Mussen (Series Ed.). New York: Wiley; Sameroff, A.J., Seifer, R., Baldwin, A., Baldwin, C., Stability of intelligence from preschool to adolescence: The influence of social and family risk factors (1993) Child Development, 64, pp. 80-97; Scarr, S., Developmental theories for the 1990s: Development and individual differences (1992) Child Development, 63, pp. 1-19; Schoon, I., McCulloch, A., Joshi, H., Wiggins, R.D., Bynner, J., Transitions from school to work in a changing social context (2001) Young, 9, pp. 4-23; Schoon, I., Parsons, S., Teenage aspirations for future careers and occupational outcomes (2002) Journal of Vocational Behavior, 60, pp. 262-288; Schoon, I., Parsons, S., Competence in the face of adversity: The impact of early family environment and long-term consequences Children & Society, , in press; Schulenberg, J., Vondracek, F.W., Crouter, A.C., The influence of the family on voctional development (1984) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 10, pp. 129-143; Scott, L.H., Measuring intelligence with the Good-enough-Harris drawing test (1981) Psychological Bulletin, 89, pp. 483-505; Sewell, W.H., Haller, A.O., Ohlendorf, G.W., The educational and early occupational status attainment process: Replication and revision (1970) American Sociological Revieiv, 35, pp. 1014-1027; Shepherd, P., Analysis of response bias (1993) Life at 33. The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 184-188. , E. Ferri (Ed.). London: National Children's Bureau and City University; Shepherd, P., (1995) The National Child Development Study. An Introduction, Its Origins and the Methods of Data Collection, , (Working paper No. 1). London: City University, Social Statistics Research Unit; Shepherd, P., Survey and response (1997) Getting On, Getting By, Getting Nowhere. Twenty-something in the 1990's, pp. 129-136. , J. Bynner, E. Ferri, & P. Shepherd (Eds.). Aldershot, U.K.: Ashgate; Southgate, V., (1962) Southgate Reading Tests: Manual of Instructions, , London: University of London Press; Sroufe, L.A., Egeland, B., Kreuzer, T., The fate of early experience following developmental change: Longitudinal approaches to individual adaptation in childhood (1990) Child Development, 61, pp. 1363-1373; Steiger, J.H., Structural model evaluation and modification: An internal estimation approach (1990) Multivariate Behavioural Research, 25, pp. 173-180; Szatmari, P., Shannon, H.S., Offord, D.R., Models of multiple risk: Psychiatric disorder and poor school performance (1994) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 4, pp. 231-240; Tizard, J., Psychology and social policy (1976) British Psychological Society Bulletin, 29, pp. 225-234; Walker, D., Greenwood, C., Hart, B., Carta, J., Prediction of school outcomes based on early language production and socio-economic factors (1994) Child Development, 65, pp. 606-621; Werner, E.E., Smith, R.S., (1992) Overcoming the Odds. High Risk Children from Birth to Adulthood, , Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036728390&doi=10.1111%2f1467-8624.00485&partnerID=40&md5=546832677ab6a095ad637437be1fd393 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Amelanotic malignant melanomas of the oral mucosa T2 - British Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery J2 - Br. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 195 EP - 200 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1054/bjom.2001.0713 SN - 02664356 (ISSN) AU - Notani, K. AU - Shindoh, M. AU - Yamazaki, Y. AU - Nakamura, H. AU - Watanabe, M. AU - Kogoh, T. AU - Ferguson, M.M. AU - Fukuda, H. AD - First Department of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry, Hokkaido University, Japan AD - Department of Oral Pathology, School of Dentistry, Hokkaido University, Japan AD - Department of Dental and Oral Surgery, NTT Sapporo Hospital, Japan AD - Department of Dental and Oral Surgery, Tomakomai City General Hospital, Japan AD - Department of Stomatology, University of Otago, Dunedin, New Zealand AB - Oral amelanotic melanomas are rare and the prognosis is poorer than that of pigmented melanomas because of delays in establishing the correct diagnosis and in the initiation of treatment. Amelanotic forms are also thought to be biologically more aggressive than pigmented melanomas. We have seen three cases of oral amelanotic melanomas since 1970, in two of whom the diagnosis was long delayed. Two lesions were not pigmented but one had slight pigmentation. One patient simultaneously had both an amelanotic and a pigmented melanoma in the oral cavity. Lymph node metastases and distant metastases developed in all patients, two of whom eventually died of the disease. Early diagnosis by histological examination together with immunostaining with S100 and HMB-45 are the keys to improve survival for patients with amelanotic melanoma. © 2002 The British Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. KW - cisplatin KW - dacarbazine KW - methylnitrosourea KW - picibanil KW - protein HMB 45 KW - protein S 100 KW - tumor antigen KW - unclassified drug KW - vincristine KW - vindesine KW - coloring agent KW - diagnostic agent KW - melanoma specific antigens KW - melanoma-specific antigens KW - protein S 100 KW - tumor antigen KW - tumor protein KW - aged KW - amelanotic melanoma KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer survival KW - case report KW - controlled study KW - diagnostic accuracy KW - early diagnosis KW - female KW - histopathology KW - human KW - human tissue KW - immunohistochemistry KW - lymph node metastasis KW - male KW - mandible resection KW - maxilla resection KW - mouth cancer KW - neck dissection KW - pigmentation KW - prognosis KW - amelanotic melanoma KW - differential diagnosis KW - fatality KW - follow up KW - gingiva disease KW - immunology KW - jaw tumor KW - lung coin lesion KW - lung tumor KW - lymph node metastasis KW - melanoma KW - metastasis KW - mouth mucosa KW - mouth tumor KW - mouth ulcer KW - multiple cancer KW - pathology KW - physiology KW - survival rate KW - tumor recurrence KW - Aged KW - Antigens, Neoplasm KW - Coin Lesion, Pulmonary KW - Coloring Agents KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Fatal Outcome KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Gingival Diseases KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Lymphatic Metastasis KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Melanoma, Amelanotic KW - Mouth Mucosa KW - Mouth Neoplasms KW - Neoplasm Proteins KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local KW - Neoplasms, Multiple Primary KW - Oral Ulcer KW - Palatal Neoplasms KW - Pigmentation KW - Prognosis KW - S100 Proteins KW - Survival Rate PB - Churchill Livingstone N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOSE C2 - 12054708 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Notani, K.; First Department of Oral Surgery, School of Dentistry, Hokkaido University, Kita 13 jo Nishi chome, Kita-ku, Sapporo 060-8586, Japan; email: ken-1@den.hokudai.ac.jp N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cisplatin, 15663-27-1, 26035-31-4, 96081-74-2; dacarbazine, 4342-03-4; methylnitrosourea, 684-93-5; picibanil, 39325-01-4; vincristine, 57-22-7; vindesine, 53643-48-4; Antigens, Neoplasm; Coloring Agents; melanoma-specific antigens; Neoplasm Proteins; S100 Proteins N1 - Tradenames: ok 432, Chugai, Japan N1 - Manufacturers: Chugai, Japan N1 - References: Seiji, M., Takematsu, H., Hosokawa, M., Acral melanoma in Japan (1983) J. Invest. Dermatol, 80, pp. 56S-60S; Kato, T., Takematsu, H., Tomita, Y., Takahashi, M., Abe, R., Malignant melanoma of mucous membranes: A clinicopathological study of 13 cases in Japanese patients (1987) Arch. Dermatol, 123, pp. 216-220; Chen, Y.J., Wu, C.Y., Chen, J.T., Shen, J.L., Chen, C.C., Wang, H.C., Clinicopathological analysis of malignant melanoma in Taiwan (1999) J. Am. Acad. Dermatol, 41, pp. 945-949; Kato, T., Suetake, T., Tabata, N., Takahashi, K., Tagami, H., Epidemiology and prognosis of plantar melanoma in 62 Japanese patients over a 28-year period (1999) Int. J. Dermatol, 38, pp. 515-519; Takagi, M., Ishikawa, G., Mori, W., Primary malignant melanoma of the oral cavity in Japan; with special reference to mucosal melanomas (1974) Cancer, 34, pp. 359-370; Tanaka, N., Amagasa, T., Iwaki, H., Oral malignant melanoma in Japan (1994) Oral Surg. Oral Med. Oral Pathol, 78, pp. 81-90; Umeda, M., Shimada, K., Primary malignant melanoma of the oral cavity, its histological classification and treatment (1994) Br. J. Oral. Maxillofac Surg, 32, pp. 32-47; Trodahl, J.N., Sprague, W.G., Benign and malignant melanocytic lesions of the oral mucosa. An analysis of 135 cases (1970) Cancer, 25, pp. 812-823; Anneroth, G., Carlson, G.O., Eneroth, C.M., Moberger, G., Primary melanoma in the oral mucosal membrane (1973) Swed. Dent. J, 66, pp. 27-37; Berthelsen, A.P., Andresen, T., Jensen, S.S., Hansen, H., Melanomas of the mucosa in the oral cavity and the upper respiratory passages (1984) Cancer, 54, pp. 907-912; Rapini, R.P., Golitz, L.E., Greer, R.O., Krekorian, E.A., Poulson, T., Primary malignant melanoma of the oral cavity. A review of 177 cases (1985) Cancer, 55, pp. 1543-1551; Ohashi, K., Kasuga, T., Tanaka, N., Enomoto, S., Horiuchi, J., Okada, N., Malignant melanoma of the oral cavity: Heterogeneity of pathological and clinical features (1992) Virchows Arch. A, 420, pp. 43-50; Gorsky, M., Epstein, J.B., Melanoma arising from the mucosal surfaces of the head and neck (1998) Oral Surg. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. Oral Radiol. Endod, 86, pp. 715-719; Irving, M.A., Amelanotic melanoma; an analysis of 77 patients (1981) Curr. Surg, 38, pp. 151-155; White, W.L., Hitchcock, M.G., Dying dogma: The pathological diagnosis of epidermotropic metastatic malignant melanoma (1998) Semin. Diagn. Pathol, 15, pp. 176-188; Rogers, R.S., Gibson, L.E., Mucosal, genital, and unusual clinical variants of melanoma (1997) Mayo. Clin. Proc, 72, pp. 362-366; Stern, S.J., Guillamondegui, O.M., Mucosal melanoma of the head and neck (1991) Head Neck, 13, pp. 22-27; Balch, C.M., Houghton, A., Peters, L., Cutaneous melanoma (1989) Principle & Practice of Oncology, pp. 1499-1542. , De Vita VT Jr, Hellman S, Rosenberg SA, eds. Cancer: 3rd edn. Philadelphia: Lippincott; Steffens, T.A., Bajorin, D.F., Chapman, P.B., A phase II trial of high-dose cisplatin and dacarbazine. Lack of efficacy of high-dose, cisplatin-based therapy for metastatic melanoma (1991) Cancer, 68, pp. 1230-1237; Ishikawa, K., Hayasaka, K., Ikeda, S., Malignant melanoma in Japan: Unique distribution and effect of DAV chemotherapy (part II) (1984) Jpn. J. Cancer Chemother, 11, pp. 467-473; Murren, J.R., DeRosa, W., Durivage, H.J., Davis, C., Makuch, R., Portlock, C.S., High dose cisplatin plus dacarbazine in the treatment of metastatic melanoma (1991) Cancer, 67, pp. 1514-1517; Fretcher, W.S., Green, S., Fretcher, J.R., Dana, B., Jewell, W., Townsend, R., Evaluation of cis-platinum and DTIC combination chemotherapy in disseminated melanoma (1988) Am. J. Clin. Oncol, 11, pp. 589-593; Kurosawa, S., Harada, M., Shinomiya, Y., Terao, H., Nomoto, K., The concurrent administration of OK432 augments the antitumor vaccination effect with tumor cells by sustaining locally infiltrating natural killer cells (1996) Cancer Immunol. Immunother, 43, pp. 31-38; Kirkwood, J.M., Wilson, J., Whiteside, T.L., Donnelly, S., Herberman, R.B., Phase IB trial of picibanil (OK-432) as an immunomodulator in patients with resected high-risk melanoma (1997) Cancer Immunol. Immunother, 44, pp. 137-149; Okamoto, T., Harada, M., Tamada, K., Local injection of OK-432 can augment the TH1-type T-cell response in tumor-draining lymph node cells and increase their immunotherapeutic potential (1997) Int. J. Cancer, 4, pp. 598-605; Nandapalan, V., Roland, N.J., Helliwell, T.R., Williams, E.M., Hamilton, J.W., Jones, A.S., Mucosal melanoma of the head and neck (1998) Clin. Otolaryngol. Allied Sci, 23, pp. 107-116; Balch, C.M., Murad, M., Seng-Jaw, S., Ingalls, A.L., Halpern, N.B., Maddox, W.A., A multifactorial analysis of melanoma; prognostic histopathological features comparing Clark's and Breslow's staging (1978) Ann. Surg, 188, pp. 732-742; Breslow, A., Tumor thickness, level of invasion, and node dissection in stage I cutaneous melanoma (1975) Ann. Surg, 182, pp. 572-575; Clark W.H., Jr., From, L., Bernadino, E.A., Mihm, M.C., The histogenesis and biologic behaviour of primary human malignant melanomas of the skin (1969) Cancer Res, 29, pp. 705-726; Clark W.H., Jr., Ainsworth, A.M., Bernardino, E.A., Yang, C., Mihm, M.C., Reed, R.J., The developmental biology of primary human malignant melanomas (1975) Semin. Oncol, 2, pp. 83-103; Shah, J.P., Amelanotic melanoma (1975), pp. 195-197. , Ariel IM, ed. Progress in Cancer. New York: Grune & Stratton; Huvous, A.G., Shah, J.P., Goldsmith, H.S., A clinicopathologic study of amelanotic melanoma (1972) Surg. Gynecol. Obstet, 135, pp. 917-920; Milton, G.W., Melanoma of the nose and mouth (1977), pp. 157-164. , Milton GW, ed. Malignant melanoma of the skin and mucous membrane. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Ballantyne, A.J., Malignant melanoma of the skin of the head and neck: Analysis of 405 cases (1970) Am. J. Surg, 120, pp. 425-431 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036019887&doi=10.1054%2fbjom.2001.0713&partnerID=40&md5=9e677e87e9e5233b5e8cde848ac8c032 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Vulvar squamous cell carcinoma in young women: A clinicopathologic study of 21 cases T2 - Gynecologic Oncology J2 - Gynecol. Oncol. VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 101 PY - 2002 DO - 10.1006/gyno.2001.6466 SN - 00908258 (ISSN) AU - Al-Ghamdi, A. AU - Freedman, D. AU - Miller, D. AU - Poh, C. AU - Rosin, M. AU - Zhang, L. AU - Gilks, C.B. AD - Department of Pathology, University of British Columbia And, British Columbia Cancer Agency, Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5, United States AD - Department of Gynecologic Oncology, University of British Columbia And, British Columbia Cancer Agency, Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5, United States AD - Department of Dentistry, University of British Columbia And, British Columbia Cancer Agency, Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5, United States AD - School of Kinesiology, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BC, Canada AB - Objectives. Invasive squamous cell carcinoma (ISCC) of the vulva occurs most often in older women and the clinical, pathological, and immunohistochemical features of vulvar ISCC in young women are poorly characterized. The aim of this study was to examine clinical and pathological features of ISCC presenting in women younger than 40 years of age. Methods. Patients younger than 40 years of age who presented with vulvar ISCC were identified in the population-based tumor registry of the British Columbia Cancer Agency (BCCA) for the period 1970-1998. Clinical data and follow-up were obtained. The pathologic material was reviewed and morphologic features assessed. Immunohistochemical staining for MIB-1 and p53 proteins was done and the presence of human papillomavirus (HPV) DNA was assessed by microdissection/PCR. Results. Twenty-one cases, accounting for 5% of all cases of vulvar ISCC encountered at BCCA during this period, were identified, with patient's ages ranging from 17 to 39 years (mean 33). The number of cases of vulvar ISCC in young women, as a percentage of all cases of vulvar ISCC, increased significantly over the study period. Lichen sclerosus was seen in 3 cases. Vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia (VIN) was present in 20 of 21 cases and was multifocal in 4 of them. VIN was subclassified as warty in 7 cases, mixed warty and basaloid in 6, basaloid in 4, and differentiated in 3. There was MIB-1 immunostaining throughout the full thickness of warty and basaloid VIN. Only basal cells stained for MIB-1 in differentiated VIN. Increased p53 expression was present in only 2 cases; both were differentiated-type VIN. HPV DNA was detected in 17 of 20 cases. The tumors were staged as follows: stage IA, 3 cases; stage IB, 13 cases; stage II, 3 cases; stage III, 2 cases. Depth of invasion ranged from <1 to 8.5 mm. The definitive surgical procedure was vulvectomy with lymph node dissection in 14 cases, wide local excision in 6, and excisional biopsy in 1. Clinical follow-up of 1 to 28 years (median, 5 years) showed that 5 patients had local recurrence and 2 died of disease. Of the 21 patients in this study, 1 had concurrent HIV infection and 1 patient with Crohn's disease was treated with corticosteroids; the remaining patients had no clinical evidence of depressed immune function. Conclusions. The incidence of vulvar ISCC in young women has increased over time; this increase cannot be accounted for by ISCC in immunocompromised patients. The overall disease outcome was excellent, with 2 of 21 patients dead of disease. Most tumors were associated with HPV, but cases of ISCC in the absence of HPV, and associated with differentiated VIN, were encountered. p53 staining of the basal layer can aid in recognition of differentiated VIN while MIB-1 staining within the upper layers of the squamous epithelium is consistently present in warty and basaloid VIN, but not in differentiated VIN. © 2001 Elsevier Science. KW - HPV KW - Immune suppression KW - MIB-1 KW - p53. KW - Squamous carcinoma KW - VIN KW - Vulvar cancer KW - Young women KW - protein p53 KW - adult KW - article KW - basal cell KW - cancer classification KW - cancer invasion KW - cancer recurrence KW - cancer registry KW - carcinoma in situ KW - clinical article KW - clinical feature KW - Crohn disease KW - female KW - human KW - Human immunodeficiency virus infection KW - human tissue KW - immunohistochemistry KW - lichen sclerosus et atrophicus KW - outcomes research KW - priority journal KW - squamous cell carcinoma KW - vulva carcinoma KW - vulvectomy KW - Wart virus PB - Academic Press Inc. N1 - Cited By :123 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GYNOA C2 - 11748983 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gilks, C.B.; Department of Pathology, UBC Hospital, 2211 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC V6T 2B5, Canada; email: bgilks@vanhosp.bc.ca N1 - References: Choo, Y.C., Invasive squamous carcinoma of the vulva in young patients (1982) Gynecol Oncol, 13, pp. 158-164; Crum, C.P., Carcinoma of the vulva: Epidemiology and pathogenesis (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 79, pp. 448-454; Kurman, R.J., Trimble, C.L., Shah, K.V., Human papilloma virus and the pathogenesis of vulvar carcinoma (1992) Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol, 4, pp. 582-585; Trimble, C.L., Hildesheim, A., Brinton, L.A., Shah, K.V., Kurman, R.J., Heterogeneous etiology of squamous carcinoma of the vulva (1996) Obstet Gynecol, 87, pp. 59-64; Van Hoeven, K.H., Kovatich, A.J., Immunohistochemical staining for proliferating cell nuclear antigen, Bcl-2, and Ki-67 in vulvar tissues (1996) Int J Gynecol Pathol, 15, pp. 10-16; Monk, B.J., Burger, R.A., Lin, F., Parham, G., Vasilev, S.A., Wilczynski, S.P., Prognostic significance of human papilloma virus DNA in vulvar carcinoma (1995) Obstet Gynecol, 85, pp. 709-715; Messing, M.J., Gallup, D.G., Carcinoma of the vulva in young women (1995) Obstet Gynecol, 86, pp. 51-54; Jones, R.W., Baranyai, J., Stables, S., Trends in squamous cell carcinoma of the vulva: The influence of vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia (1997) Obstet Gynecol, 90, pp. 448-452; Losch, A., Joura, E., Vulvar neoplasia in young women (1999) Gynecol Oncol, 75, p. 519; Cartner, J., Carlson, J., Fowler, J., Hartenbach, E., Adcock, L., Carson, L., Twiggs, L.B., Invasive vulvar tumors in young women - A disease of the immunosuppressed? (1993) Gynecol Oncol, 51, pp. 307-310; Kurman, R.J., Norris, H.J., Wilkinson, E., Tumors of the cervix, vagina, and vulva Atlas of tumor pathology, Third Series, Fascicle 4, p. 1992. , Armed Forces Institute of Pathology; Zhang, L., Michelsen, C., Cheng, X., Zeng, T., Priddy, R., Rosin, M.P., Molecular analysis of oral lichen planus: A premalignant lesion? (1997) Am J Pathol, 8, pp. 323-327; Baay, M.D., Quint, W.G.V., Koudstaal, J., Hollema, H., Duk, M., Murger, M.P., Stolz, E., Herbrink, P., Comprehensive study of several general and type-specific primer pairs for detection of human papillomavirus DNA by PCR in paraffin-embedded cervical carcinomas (1996) J Clin Microbiol, 34, pp. 745-747; Manos, M.M., Ting, Y., Wright, D.K., Lewis, A.J., Broker, T.R., Wolinsky, S.M., Use of polymerase chain reaction amplification for the detection of genital human papillomaviruses (1989) Cancer Cells, 7, pp. 209-214; Snijders, P.J.F., Van den Brule, A.J.C., Schrijnemakers, H.J.F., Snow, G., Meijer, C.J.L.M., Walboomers, J.M.M., The use of general primers in the polymerase chain reaction permits the detection of a broad spectrum of human papillomavirus genotypes (1990) J Gen. Virol, 71, pp. 173-181; Baker, C.C., Phelps, W.C., Lindgren, V., Braun, M.J., Gonda, M.A., Howley, P.M., Structural and transcriptional analysis of human papillomavirus type 16 sequences in cervical carcinoma cell lines (1987) J Virol, 61, pp. 962-971; Schwarz, E., Freese, U.K., Grissman, L., Mayer, W., Roggenbuck, B., Stremlau, A., Structure and transcription of human papillomavirus sequences in cervical carcinoma cell lines (1985) Nature, 314, pp. 111-114; Mesrogli, M., Lellé, R.J., Carcinoma of the vulva in a 13-year-old girl (1986) Geburtshilfe Frauenheilkd, 46 (10), pp. 754-756; El-Zawahry, M., Schistosomal granuloma of the skin (1965) Br J Dermatol, 77, pp. 344-348; Benedet, J.L., Murphy, K.J., Squamous carcinoma in situ of the vulva (1982) Gynecol Oncol, 14, pp. 213-219; Jones, R.W., Mclean, M.R., Squamous carcinoma in situ of the vulva: A review of 31 treated and five untreated cases (1986) Obstet Gynecol, 68, pp. 499-503; Green, T.H., Ulfelder, H., Meigs, J.V., Epidermoid carcinoma of the vulva: An analysis of 238 cases: Part I. Etiology and diagnosis (1958) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 75, p. 834; Hørding, U., Junge, J., Daugaard, S., Lundvall, F., Poulsen, H., Bock, J.E., Vulvar squamous cell carcinoma and papilloma viruses: Indications for two different etiologies (1994) Gynecol Oncol, 52, pp. 241-246; Sturgeon, S.R., Brinton, L.A., Devesa, S.S., Kurman, R.J., In situ and invasive vulvar cancer incidence trends (1973 to 1987) (1992) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 166, pp. 1482-1485; Hording, U., Daugaard, S., Junge, J., Lundvall, F., Human papilloma viruses and multifocal genital neoplasia (1996) Int J Gynecol Pathol, 15, pp. 230-234; Ansink, A.C., Krul, M.R.L., De Weger, R.A., Kleyne, J.A., Pijpers, H., Van Tinteren, H., De Kraker, E.W., Heintz, A.P., Human papilloma virus, lichen sclerosus, and squamous cell carcinoma of the vulva: Detection and prognostic significance (1994) Gynecol Oncol, 52 (2), pp. 180-184; Bloss, J.D., Liao, S.Y., Wilczynski, S.P., Macri, C., Walker, J., Peake, M., Berman, M.L., Clinical and histologic features of vulvar carcinomas analyzed for human papillomavirus status: Evidence that squamous cell carcinoma of the vulva has more than one etiology (1991) Hum Pathol, 22, pp. 711-718; Andersen, W.A., Franquemont, D.W., Williams, J., Taylor, P.T., Crum, C.P., Vulvar squamous cell carcinoma and papillomaviruses: Two separate entities? (1991) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 165, pp. 329-335; Yang, B., Hart, W.R., Vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia of the simplex (differentiated) type (2000) Am J Surg Pathol, 24, pp. 429-441; Buscema, J., Woodruff, J.D., Progressive histological alterations in the development of vulvar cancer. Report of five cases (1980) Amer J Obstet Gynecol, 138, pp. 146-150; Caterson, R.J., Furber, J., Murray, J., McCarthy, W., Mahony, J.F., Sheil, A.G., Carcinoma of the vulva in two young renal allograft recipients (1984) Transplant Proc, 16, pp. 559-561; Lindeque, B.G., Nel, A.E., Du Toit, J.P., Immune deficiency and invasive carcinoma of the vulva in young women: A case report (1987) Gynecol Oncol, 26, pp. 112-118; Roman, L.D., Mitchell, M.F., Burke, T.W., Silva, E.G., Unsuspected invasive squamous carcinoma of the vulva in young women (1991) Gynecol Oncol, 41, pp. 182-185; Kurman, R.J., Toshihiko, T., Schiffman, M.H., Basaloid and warty carcinomas of the vulva: Distinctive types of squamous cell carcinoma frequently associated with human papilloma viruses (1993) Am J Surg Pathol, 17, pp. 133-145 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036141332&doi=10.1006%2fgyno.2001.6466&partnerID=40&md5=1e1f3272c3d7538d40f1d9295012ce36 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The effect of childcare and early education arrangements on developmental outcomes of young children T2 - Canadian Public Policy J2 - Can. Public Policy VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 159 EP - 186 PY - 2002 SN - 03170861 (ISSN) AU - Lefebvre, P. AU - Merrigan, P. AD - Departement des sciences economiques, Centre Res. Econ. Fluctuations/Emp., Universite du Quebec a Montreal, Montreal, Que., Canada AB - This study investigates the relationship between childcare arrangements and developmental outcomes of young children using data from Cycle 1 of the Canadian National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth. Models of the determinants of Motor and Social Development (MSD) scores for children aged 0-47 months, and of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test assessment scores (PPVT) for children aged 4-5 years are estimated controlling for a variety of non-parental childcare and early education characteristics. The results suggest that infant-toddler non-parental care arrangements have insignificant or negligible impacts on developmental outcomes (MSD). For preschoolers, modes of care and early education do not, on average, influence cognitive development (PPVT). The results of fixed effect estimates for a sample of siblings aged 0-47 months confirm the preceding conclusion. The analysis is repeated to identify the determinants of the probability that the child's MSD (PPVT) score is in the bottom part of the distribution of MSD (PPVT) scores and the conclusions are similar. KW - child care KW - child development N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lefebvre, P.; Departement des sciences economiques, Centre Res. Econ. Fluctuations/Emp., Universite du Quebec a Montreal, Montreal, Que., Canada N1 - References: Angrist, J., Krueger, A., Empirical strategies in labor economics (1999) Handbook of Labor Economics, 3 A. , ed. O. Ashenfelter and D. Card, North Holland: Elsevier; Barnow, B., Cain, G., Goldberger, A., Issues in the analysis of selectivity bias (1996) The Economics of Training, 1-65, pp. 182-198. , ed. O. Ashenfelter and R. LaLonde, Theory and Measurement. Elgar Reference Collection. International Library of Critical Writings in Economics Cheltenham, UK: Elgar; Bartley, M., Birthweight and later socio-economic development disadvantages: Evidence from the 1958 British Cohort Study (1994) British Medical Journal, 309 (695), pp. 1475-1478; Belsky, J., Parental and nonparental childcare and children's socioemotional development: A decade review (1990) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 52, pp. 885-903; Blau, D., The production of quality in childcare centers (1997) The Journal of Human Resources, 32 (2), pp. 354-387; Blau, D., The effects of childcare characteristics on child development (1999) The Journal of Human Resources, 34 (4), pp. 786-822; Blau, D., Hagy, A., The demand for quality in childcare (1998) The Journal of Political Economy, 106 (1), pp. 104-146; Blau, D., Mocan, N., (1999) The Supply of Quality in Childcare Centers, , manuscript, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Blau, F., Grossberg, A., Maternal labor supply and children's cognitive development (1992) Review of Economics and Statistics, 74, pp. 474-481; Campbell, F., Ramsey, C., Effects of early intervention on intellectual and academic achievement: A follow-up study of children from low-income families (1994) Child Development, 65 (2), pp. 684-698; Cleveland, G., Hyatt, D., Determinants of childcare choices: A comparison of results for Ontario and Québec (1993) Canadian Journal of Regional Sciences, 16 (1), pp. 53-67; Cleveland, G., Subsidizing childcare for low-income families (1998) Choices: Family Policy, , Montreal: Institute for Research on Public Policy; Cleveland, G., Krashinsky, M., (1998) The Benefits and Costs of Good Childcare, , Toronto: Department of Economics, University of Toronto at Scarborough; Cleveland, G., Gunderson, M., Hyatt, D., Childcare costs and the employment decisions of women: Canadian evidence (1996) Canadian Economic Journal, 29 (1), pp. 132-151; Currie, J., Thomas, D., Does head start make a difference? (1995) American Economic Review, 85 (3), pp. 341-364; Gamoran, A., Mare, R., Bethke, L., (1999) Effects of Nonmaternal Childcare on Inequality in Cognitive Skills, , http://www.ssc.wisc.edu/irp, Discussion Papers No. 1186-99. Madison: Institute for Research on Poverty, University of Wisconsin-Madison at; Goelman, H., (2000) Quality in Childcare Centres Across Canada" and "Quality in Family Childcare Across Canada", , http://www.uoguelph.ca/cfww, Guelph, ON: Centre for Families, Work and Well-Being, University of Guelph at; Hagy, A., The demand for childcare quality: An hedonic price theory approach (1998) The Journal of Human Resources, 33 (3), pp. 683-710; Hanushek, E., The trade-off between child quantity and quality (1992) Journal of Political Economy, 100 (1), pp. 84-117; Hayes, C., Palme, J., Zaslow, M., (1990) Who Cares for America's Children? Childcare Policy for the 1990s, , eds. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Hill, A., O'Neill, J., Family endowments and the achievements of young children with special reference to the underclass (1994) Journal of Human Resources, 24 (4), pp. 1064-1100; National longitudinal survey of children and youth (1998) User's Handbook and Microdata Guide, , Human Resources Development Canada and Statistics Canada Release 2. Ottawa: Supply and Services Canada; James-Burdumy, S., (1999) The Effect of Maternal Labor Force Participation and Income on Child Development, , PhD dissertation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University; Kohen, D., Hertzman, C., The importance of quality childcare (1998) Conference Investing in Children, , Paper given at Applied Research Branch, Strategic Policy, Human Resources Development Canada; Kohen, D., Hertzman, C., Viens, M., (1998) Environmental Changes and Children's Competencies, , Working Paper No. W-98-25E Ottawa: Applied Research Branch, Strategic Policy, Human Resources Development Canada; Lamb, M., Non-parental childcare: Context, quality, correlates and consequences (1998) Child Psychology in Practice, , ed. I. Sigel and K. Renninger. New York: Wiley; Lamb, M., Sternberg, K., Do we really know how day care affects children? (1990) Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 11, pp. 351-379; Lefebvre, P., Merrigan, P., (1998) Family Background, Family Income, Maternal Work and Child Development, , Working Paper No. W-98-12E. Ottawa: Applied Research Branch, Strategic Policy, Human Resources Development Canada; Lefebvre, P., (1998) Work Schedules, Job Characteristics, Parenting Practices, and Children's Outcomes, , Working Paper No. W-98-1E. Ottawa: Applied Research Branch, Strategic Policy, Human Resources Development Canada; Lefebvre, P., Comportements d'utilisation du temps non marchand des families au Canada et au Québec: Une modélisation sur les micro-données du Budget-temps de 1986 et 1992 (1999) L'Actualité économique: Revue d'analyse économique, 75 (4), pp. 625-663; Lindsay Chase-Lansdale, P., (1998) How Developmental Psychologists Think about Family Process and Child Development in Low Income Families, , http://www.jcpr.org, Chicago: Northwestern/University of Chicago Joint Poverty Research Center. At; Lipps, G., Yiptong-Avila, J., (1999) From Home to School - How Canadian Children Cope, , Cat. No. 89FO117XIE. Ottawa: Culture, Tourism and the Centre for Education Statistics, Statistics Canada; Love, J., Schochet, P., Meckstroh, A., Are they in danger? What research does - and doesn't - Tell us about childcare quality and children well-being (1996) Childcare Research and Policy Papers, , http://www.mathematica-mpr.com, Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research Inc. At; Mayer, F., Rose, R., L'effet des politiques de financement des services de garde sur les choix des modes de garde des familles québécoises (1998) L'Actualité économique: Revue d'analyse économique, 74 (1), pp. 63-94; Powell, L., The impact of childcare costs on the labour supply of married mothers: Evidence from Canada (1997) Canadian Journal of Economics, 30 (3), pp. 577-594; Ruhm, C., Parental employment and child cognitive development (2000) NBER Working Paper No. 7666, , http://www.papers.nber.org, Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research. At UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0036324279&partnerID=40&md5=41f8ec82cb21a8a38c49e768e607cee4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changes and trends in attack distributions and progression of dental caries in three age cohorts in Finland T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Biostatistics J2 - J. Epidemiol. Biostat. VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 325 EP - 329 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1080/13595220152601792 SN - 13595229 (ISSN) AU - Virtanen, J.I. AD - Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, PO Box 5281, 90014 Oulu, Finland AB - Background. Several factors are claimed to have contributed to the decline in dental caries that has occurred over recent decades in many industrialised countries. Methods. A retrospective cohort design follow-up study of trends in dental caries in three age cohorts born a decade apart is reported from Finland. Subjects born in the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s (n = 1275) were monitored annually through their patient records, and changes in the distribution, extent and rate of caries attack (caries leading to restorations or extractions) were analysed. Logistic and Poisson regression techniques were employed to detect trends and Kaplan-Meier survival methods were used for the rate analyses. Results. A marked decrease in caries was observed and the proportion of disease-free subjects increased gradually towards the younger cohorts. Logistic regression analysis showed clear trends, in that the odds ratios (ORs) for the cohort effect were 8.93 [95% confidence interval (CI) = 7.95-10.04] and 4.32 (95% CI = 3.92-4.75) in the 1960 and 1970 cohorts, respectively, relative to the 1980 cohort, and that for the age (year) effect was 1.44 (95% CI = 1.42-1.46). Similar types of cohort and age effects (p < 0.0001) were found in the disease progression analyses. The rate analyses showed statistically highly significant differences between the three cohorts (p < 0.001) for both sexes. The caries decline was a lasting one, in spite of the delay in restorations observed in the youngest cohort. Discussion. The results indicate a vast and continuous trend in the incidence of dental caries leading to restorations and extractions. Significant changes in the rate and extent of disease progression have taken place, which will inevitably affect the future public health agenda. KW - Dental caries KW - Epidemiology KW - Progression KW - Trends KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - dental caries KW - dental surgery KW - disease course KW - Finland KW - follow up KW - human KW - industrialization KW - major clinical study KW - medical record KW - patient monitoring KW - public health KW - regression analysis KW - statistical analysis KW - survival rate KW - tooth extraction KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cohort Effect KW - Dental Caries KW - Disease Progression KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Statistics, Nonparametric KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JEBOB C2 - 12036266 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Virtanen, J.I.; Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, PO Box 5281, 90014 Oulu, Finland N1 - References: Von der Fehr, F.R., Caries prevalence in the Nordic countries (1994) Int Dent J, 44, pp. 371-378; Speechley, M., Johnston, D.W., Some evidence from Ontario, Canada, of a reversal in the dental caries decline (1996) Caries Res, 30, pp. 423-427; Poulsen, S., Scheutz, F., Dental caries in Danish children and adolescents 1988-1997 (1999) Community Dent Health, 16, pp. 166-170; Virtanen, J.I., The decrease in dental caries: Secular trends in time to first restoration and extraction of permanent teeth in three age cohorts in Finland (1998) J Epidemiol Biostat, 3, pp. 395-401; Virtanen, J.I., Larmas, M.A., Timing of first fillings on different permanent tooth surfaces in Finnish schoolchildren (1995) Acta Odontol Scand, 53, pp. 287-292; Kalbfleisch, J.D., Prentice, R.L., The statistical analysis of failure time data (1980), New York: Wiley; (1993) SAS Companion for the Microsoft Windows environment, , SAS Institute Inc. version 6, first ed. Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc; (1999) SPSS for Windows Base User's Guide, , SPSS Inc. Release 9.0. Chicago, III: SPSS Inc; Parviainen, K., Nordling, H., Ainamo, J., Occurrence of dental caries and gingivitis in low, medium and high fluoride areas in Finland (1977) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 5, pp. 287-291; Gordon, M., Newbrun, E., Comparison of trends in the prevalence of caries and restorations in young adult populations of several countries (1986) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 14, pp. 104-109; World Health Organisation global goals for oral health by the year 2000 (1982) Int Dent J, 32, pp. 74-77. , Fédération Dentaire Internationale; Palmore, E., When can age, period, and cohort be separated? (1978) Soc Forces, 57, pp. 282-295; Clayton, D., Hills, M., Statistical models in epidemiology (1993), Oxford: Oxford University PressUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035208172&doi=10.1080%2f13595220152601792&partnerID=40&md5=84224bf9732a50333b85d0ba22fa248e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Pregnancy smoking and childhood conduct problems: A causal association? T2 - Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines J2 - J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry Allied Discip. VL - 42 IS - 8 SP - 1021 EP - 1028 PY - 2001 SN - 00219630 (ISSN) AU - Maughan, B. AU - Taylor, C. AU - Taylor, A. AU - Butler, N. AU - Bynner, J. AD - Institute of Psychiatry, London, United Kingdom AD - International Centre for Child Studies, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom AB - Recent investigations have highlighted associations between maternal smoking in pregnancy and antisocial behaviour in offspring, and suggested the possibility of a causal effect. We used data from the 1970 British birth cohort study (BCS70) to examine these links in a large, population-based sample studied prospectively from birth to age 16. We found a strong dose-response relationship between the extent of pregnancy smoking and childhood-onset conduct problems, but no links with adolescent-onset antisocial behaviours. Effects on childhood-onset conduct problems were as marked for girls as for boys, and were robust to controls for a variety of social background factors and maternal characteristics. Controls for mothers' subsequent smoking history modified this picture, however, suggesting that the prime risks for early-onset conduct problems may be associated with persistent maternal smoking - or correlates of persistent smoking - rather than with pregnancy smoking per se. KW - Conduct disorder KW - Deliquency KW - Longitudinal studies KW - Prenatal smoking KW - adolescent KW - anamnesis KW - antisocial behavior KW - article KW - attention deficit disorder KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - clinical trial KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - correlation function KW - data analysis KW - diagnostic procedure KW - disease association KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - juvenile delinquency KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - newborn KW - onset age KW - population research KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal exposure KW - progeny KW - prospective study KW - questionnaire KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - smoking habit KW - social aspect KW - statistical analysis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Conduct Disorder KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Maternal Exposure KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :67 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPPDA C2 - 11806683 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Maughan, B.; Dept. of Child and Adol. Psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, 16 De Crespigny Park, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Angold, A., Erkanli, A., Costello, E.J., The epidemiology of disorders of conduct: Nosological issues and comorbidity (2001) Cambridge Monographs in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: Conduct Disorders, pp. 126-168. , In J. Hill & B. Maughan (Eds.); Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Brennan, P.A., Grekin, E.R., Mednick, S.A., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and adult male criminal outcomes (1999) Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, pp. 215-219; Brimer, M.A., Dunn, L.M., (1962) English Picture Vocabulary Test, , Bristol, U.K.: Education Evaluation Enterprises; (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-Year Olds, , Butler, N., & Golding, J. (Eds.); Oxford: Pergamon Press; Elander, J., Rutter, M., Use and development of the Rutter parents' and teachers' scales (1996) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 6, pp. 63-78; Ernst, M., Moolchan, E.T., Robinson, M.L., Behavioural and neural consequences of prenatal exposure to nicotine (2001) Journal of American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, pp. 630-641; Fergusson, D.M., Prenatal smoking and antisocial behaviour (1999) Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, pp. 223-224; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Lynskey, M.T., Maternal smoking before and after pregnancy - Effects on behavioural outcomes in middle childhood (1993) Pediatrics, 92, pp. 815-822; Fergusson, D.M., Lynskey, M.T., Maternal age and cognitive and behavioural outcomes in middle childhood (1993) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 7, pp. 77-91; Fergusson, D.M., Woodward, L.J., Horwood, L.J., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and psychiatric adjustment in late adolescence (1998) Archive of General Psychiatry, 55, pp. 721-727; (1977) Manual of the Edinburgh Reading Test. Stage 2 and 4, , Sevenoaks, U.K.: Hodder & Stoughton; Klebanoff, M.A., Levine, R.J., Clements, J.D., DerSimonian, R., Wilkins, D.G., Serum cotinine concentration and self-reported smoking during pregnancy (1998) American Journal of Epidemiology, 148, pp. 259-262; Lassen, K., Oei, T.P.S., Effects of maternal cigarette smoking during pregnancy on long-term and cognitive parameters of child development (1998) Addictive Behaviours, 23, pp. 635-653; Moffitt, T.E., Adolescence-limited and life-course-persistent antisocial behaviour: A developmental taxonomy (1993) Psychological Review, 100, pp. 674-701; Orlebeke, J.F., Knol, D.L., Verhulst, F.C., Increase in child behaviour problems resulting from maternal smoking during pregnancy (1997) Archives of Environmental Health, 52, pp. 317-321; Rantakallio, P., Läärä, E., Isohanni, M., Moilanen, I., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and delinquency of the offspring: An association without causation? (1992) International Journal of Epidemiology, 21, pp. 1106-1113; Räsänen, P., Hakko, H., Isohanni, M., Hodgins, S., Järvelin, M.R., Tiihonen, J., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and risk of criminal behaviour among adult male offspring in the Northern Finland 1966 birth cohort (1999) American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, pp. 857-862; Rodgers, B., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Pickles, A., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, pp. 333-341; (1992) Smoking and the Young, , London: Author; (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , Rutter, M., Tizard, J., & Whitmore, K. (Eds.); London: Longmans; (1999) Stata Statistical Software: Release 6.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporation; Wakschlag, L.S., Lahey, B.B., Loeber, R., Green, S.M., Gordon, R.A., Leventhal, B.L., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and the risk of conduct disorder in boys (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 670-676; Weissman, M.M., Warner, V., Wickramaratne, P.J., Kandel, D.B., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and psychopathology in offspring followed to adulthood (1999) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, pp. 892-899; Williams, G.M., O'Callaghan, M., Najman, J.M., Bor, W., Anderson, M.J., Richards, D., U., C., Maternal cigarette smoking and child psychiatric morbidity: A longitudinal study (1998) Pediatrics, 102, pp. E111-E118 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035674208&partnerID=40&md5=c44ec77b9c78c260d4ac6992a3d4ad37 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childbearing is delayed but fertility is stable ST - Les naissances sont retardées mais la fécondité est stable T2 - Population J2 - Population VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 611 EP - 644 PY - 2001 SN - 00324663 (ISSN) AU - Toulemon, L. AU - Mazuy, M. AD - Institut National d'Études Démographiques, Paris, France AD - Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133, bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France AB - The number of births in France has been roughly constant since 1976, the year of stabilization at the end of the baby boom. After declining in the early 1990s, it has been increasing since 1995 despite the fall in the number of people of an age to be parents: the first baby boomers now approaching retirement age will have had an average of 2.1 children per woman, but will be replaced by smaller cohorts after 1973 due to the delayed age at childbearing. This delay accounts for the total period fertility rate being stable since 1976 at a lower level, of around 1.8 children per woman; a model in which the fertility of women who are already mothers varies with the age of the last child, and not with the age of the mother, produces an estimate of over 2.0 children per woman, close to the completed cohort fertility. The latter will decline slightly for the post-1956 birth cohorts, and is projected to stabilize at around 2.0 children per woman for the 1970 cohort, due to a slight increase in women who will remain childless. Notwithstanding this increase in childlessness, the distribution of women by number of children has been remarkably stable for twenty-five years: family sizes are very homogeneous since nearly two in five women have exactly two children. N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: POPUA LA - French N1 - Correspondence Address: Toulemon, L.; Institut National d'Études Démographiques, 133, bd Davout, 75980 Paris Cedex 20, France; email: toulemon@ined.fr N1 - References: Bongaarts, J., Feeney, G., On the Quantum and Tempo of Fertility (1998) Population and Development Review, (2), pp. 271-291; Brutel, Ch., Projections de population à l'horizon 2050. Un vieillissement inéluctable (2001) Insee Première, (762), 4p; Calot, G., Une notion intéressante : L'effectif moyen des générations soumises au risque. I - Présentation méthodologique (1984) Population, 39 (6), pp. 947-976; Calot, G., Une notion intéressante : L'effectif moyen des générations soumises au risque. II - Quelques exemples d'applications (1985) Population, 40 (1), pp. 103-130; Calot, G., Relations entre indicateurs démographiques longitudinaux et transversaux (1992) Population, 47 (5), pp. 1189-1240; Calot, G., L'analyse démographique conjoncturelle (1999) The Joy of Demography... and Other Disciplines : Liber Amicorum Presented to Dirk Van de Kaa on the Occasion of His Retirement as Professor of Demography at the University of Amsterdam, pp. 295-323. , dans Kuijsten A., Gans H. de, Feijter H. de (eds), Groningen, Nethur-Demography (NethurD); Amsterdam, Thela thesis, 1999; Cassan, F., Héran, F., Toulemon, L., Étude de l'histoire familiale. L'édition 1999 de l'enquête Famille (2000) Courrier des Statistiques, (93), pp. 25-37; Daguet, F., La parenthèse du baby-boom (1996) Insee Première, (479), 4p; Daguet, F., L'évolution de la fécondité des générations nées de 1917 à 1949 : Analyse par rang de naissance et niveau de diplôme (2000) Population, 55 (6), pp. 1021-1034; Desplanques, G., (1985) Fécondité Générale. Résultats de l'Enquête Famille, (143), 248p. , Coll. Archives et documents, Paris, Insee; Dinh, Q.C., La population de la France à l'horizon 2050 (1994) Économie et Statistique, (274), pp. 7-32; Doisneau, L., Bilan démographique 2000 : Une année de naissances et de mariages (2001) Insee Première, (757), 4p; Premières estimations démographiques pour 2000 (2001) Statistiques en Bref, (16-2000). , thème 3; Feeney, G., Yu, J., Period Parity Progression Measures of Fertility in China (1987) Population Studies, (1), pp. 77-102; Festy, P., Toute décomposition supplémentaire est-elle un gain pour l'analyse? (1993) Population, 48 (2), pp. 431-434; La Situation Démographique en... : Mouvement de la Population, , diverses années, Coll. Insee résultats (publication annuelle); Beaumel, C., Doisneau, L., Vatan, M., La publication la plus récente porte sur 1998 (2001) La Situation Démographique en 1998 : Mouvement de la Population, (738-739), 291p. , Coll. Insee résultats, série Démographie-société, no 80-81; Keilman, N., Van Imhoff, E., Cohort Quantum as a Function of Time-dependent Period Quantum for Non-repeatable Events (1995) Population Studies, (2), pp. 347-352; Lavertu, J., (1997) Fécondité et Calendrier de Constitution des Familles : Enquête Famille 1990, (579), 144p. , Coll. Insee résultats, série Démographie-société, no 62; Leridon, H., Un taux d'accroissement constant comme objectif démographique et méthode de projection (1983) Population, 38 (2), pp. 343-360; Lévy, M.L., Le calendrier de la fécondité (1990) Population et Sociétés, (249), 4p; Mazuy, M., Toulemon, L., (2001) Étude de l'Histoire Familiale. Premiers Résultats de l'Enquête en Ménages, (93), 86p. , Ined, Coll. Dossiers et recherches de l'Ined; Rallu, J.-L., Toulemon, L., Les mesures de la fécondité transversale. I - Constructions des différents indices (1993) Population, 48 (1), pp. 7-26; Rallu, J.-L., Toulemon, L., Les mesures de la fécondité transversale. II - Application à la France de 1946 à 1989 (1993) Population, 48 (2), pp. 369-404; Ryder, N., The Process of Demographic Translation (1964) Demography, (1), pp. 74-82; Toulemon, L., Très peu de couples restent volontairement sans enfant (1995) Population, 50 (4-5), pp. 1079-1110; Van Imhoff, E., Keilman, N., On the quantum and tempo of fertility : Comment (2000) Population and Development Review, (3), pp. 549-553 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0008630635&partnerID=40&md5=82bda9ea0aee86c06688fafc13e781cb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Fetal programming of cardiovascular function through exposure to maternal undernutrition T2 - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society J2 - Proc. Nutr. Soc. VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 505 EP - 513 PY - 2001 SN - 00296651 (ISSN) AU - Langley-Evans, S.C. AD - Nutritional Biochemistry, University of Nottingham, Sutton Bonington, United Kingdom AB - A substantial and robust body of epidemiological evidence indicates that prenatal dietary experience may be a factor determining cardiovascular disease risk. Retrospective cohort studies indicate that low birth weight and disproportion at birth are powerful predictors of later disease risk. This prenatal influence on non-communicable disease in later life has been termed programming. Maternal nutritional status has been proposed to be the major programming influence on the developing fetus. The evidence from epidemiological studies of nutrition, fetal development and birth outcome is, however, often weak and inconclusive. The validity of the nutritional programming concept is highly dependent on experimental studies in animals. The feeding of low-protein diets in rat pregnancy results in perturbations in fetal growth and dimensions at birth. The offspring of rats fed low-protein diets exhibit a number of metabolic and physiological disturbances, and are consistently found to have high blood pressure from early postnatal life. This experimental model has been used to explore potential mechanisms of programming through which maternal diet may programme the cardiovascular function of the fetus. Indications from this work are that fetal exposure to maternally-derived glucocorticoids plays a key role in the programming mechanism. Secondary to this activity, the fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis may stimulate renin-angiotensin system activity, resulting in increased vascular resistance and hypertension. KW - Fetal programming KW - Hypertension KW - Pregnancy KW - cardiovascular function KW - conference paper KW - disease predisposition KW - fetus KW - fetus development KW - human KW - hypertension KW - hypothalamus hypophysis adrenal system KW - low birth weight KW - malnutrition KW - maternal nutrition KW - metabolic disorder KW - physiology KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal exposure KW - protein restriction KW - renin angiotensin aldosterone system KW - vascular resistance KW - Animals KW - Birth Weight KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Disease Models, Animal KW - Female KW - Glucocorticoids KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Kidney KW - Nutrition Disorders KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Rats KW - Renin-Angiotensin System KW - Risk Factors KW - Animalia N1 - Cited By :145 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PNUSA C2 - 12069404 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Langley-Evans, S.C.; Nutritional Biochemistry, University of Nottingham, Sutton Bonington, United Kingdom; email: simon.langley-evans@nottingham.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Glucocorticoids N1 - References: Anguita, R.M., Sigulem, D.M., Sawaya, A.L., Intrauterine food restriction is associated with obesity in young rats (1993) Journal of Nutrition, 123, pp. 1421-1428; Antonov, A.N., Children born during the siege of Leningrad in 1942 (1947) Journal of Pediatrics, 30, pp. 250-259; Arishima, K., Nakama, K., Monkava, Y., Hashimot, Y., Eguchi, Y., Maternal-fetal interrelations of plasma corticosterone concentrations at the end of gestation in the rat (1977) Journal of Endocrinology, 72, pp. 239-240; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers Babies and Disease in Later Life, , London: BMJ Publishing Group; Bartley, M., Power, C., Davey-Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth-weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Benediktsson, R., Lindsay, R.S., Noble, J., Seckl, J.R., Edwards, C.R.W., Glucocorticoid exposure in utero: New model for adult hypertension (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 339-341; Calder, P.C., Yaqoob, P., The level of protein and fat in the diet of pregnant rats both affect lymphocyte function in the offspring (2000) Nutrition Research, 20, pp. 995-1005; Campbell, D.M., Hall, M.H., Barker, D.J.P., Cross, J., Shiell, A.W., Godfrey, K.M., Diet in pregnancy and the offsprings blood pressure 40 years later (1996) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 103, pp. 273-280; Celsi, G., Kistner, A., Eklof, A.C., Ceccatelli, S., Aizman, R., Jacobson, S., Inhibition of renal growth by prenatal dexamethasone and the programming of blood pressure in the offspring (1997) Journal of the American Society for Nephrology, 8, pp. A1360; Chatelain, J., Dupouy, J.-P., Allaume, P., Fetal-maternal adrenocorticotropin and corticosterone relationships in the rat: Effects of maternal adrenalectomy (1980) Endocrinology, 106, pp. 1297-1302; Clark, P.M., Hindmarsh, P.C., Shiell, A.W., Law, C.M., Honour, J.W., Barker, D.J.P., Size at birth and adrenocortical function in childhood (1996) Clinical Endocrinology, 45, pp. 721-726; Crowe, C., Dandekar, P., Fox, M., Dhingra, K., Bennet, L., Hanson, M.A., The effects of anaemia on heart, placenta and body weight, and blood pressure in fetal and neonatal rats (1995) Journal of Physiology, 488, pp. 515-519; Doyle, W., Wynn, A.H.A., Crawford, M.A., Wynn, S.W., Nutritional counselling and supplementation in the second and third trimester of pregnancy: A study in a London population (1992) Journal of Nutrition and Medicine, 3, pp. 249-256; Dunn, R.L., Langley-Evans, S.C., Jackson, A.A., Whorwood, C.B., Hypertension in the mouse following intrauterine exposure to a maternal low-protein diet (2001) Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 60, pp. 51A; Edwards, C.R.W., Benediktsson, R., Lindsay, R.S., Seckl, J.R., Dysfunction of placental glucocorticoid barrier: Link between fetal environment and adult hypertension (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 355-357; Edwards, C.R.W., Benediktsson, R., Lindsay, R.S., Seckl, J.R., 11α-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases: Key enzymes in determining tissue-specific glucocorticoid effects (1996) Steroids, 61, pp. 263-269; Forrester, T.E., Wilks, R.J., Bennett, F.I., Simeon, D., Osmond, C., Allen, M., Chung, A.P., Scott, P., Fetal growth and cardiovascular risk factors in Jamaican schoolchildren (1996) British Medical Journal, 312, pp. 156-160; Forsen, T., Eriksson, J.G., Tuomilehto, J., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Growth in utero and during childhood among women who develop coronary heart disease: Longitudinal study (1999) British Medical Journal, 319, pp. 1403-1407; Gardner, D.S., Jackson, A.A., Langley-Evans, S.C., Maintenance of maternal diet-induced hypertension in the rat is dependent upon glucocorticoids (1997) Hypertension, 30, pp. 1525-1530; Gardner, D.S., Jackson, A.A., Langley-Evans, S.C., Prenatal undernutrition alters postnatal vascular sensitivity to angiotensin II (1997) Clinical Science, 95 (SUPPL. 39), pp. 14P; Godfrey, K.M., Forrester, T., Barker, D.J.P., Jackson, A.A., Landman, J.P., Hall, J.S.T.E., Cox, V., Osmond, C., The relation of maternal nutritional status during pregnancy to blood pressure in childhood (1994) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 101, pp. 398-403; Godfrey, K.M., Robinson, S., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Cox, V., Maternal nutrition in early and late pregnancy in relation to placental and fetal growth (1996) British Medical Journal, 312, pp. 410-414; Hales, C.N., Desai, M., Ozanne, S.E., Crowther, N.J., Fishing in the stream of diabetes: From measuring insulin to the control of fetal organogenesis (1996) Biochemical Society Transactions, 24, pp. 341-350; Hall, S.M., Zeman, F.J., Kidney function of the progeny of rats fed a low protein diet (1968) Journal of Nutrition, 95, pp. 49-56; Harrap, S.B., Preventing adult disease: Windows of opportunity (1998) Clinical Science, 94, pp. 337-338; Harrap, S.B., Mirakian, C., Datodi, S.R., Lever, A.F., Blood pressure and lifespan following brief ACE inhibitor treatment in young spontaneously hypertensive rats (1994) Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology, 21, pp. 125-127; Hastings-Roberts, M.M., Zeman, F.J., Effects of protein deficiency, pair-feeding, or diet supplementation on maternal, fetal and placental growth in rats (1977) Journal of Nutrition, 107, pp. 973-982; Hinchcliffe, S.A., Lynch, M.R.J., Sargent, P.H., Howard, C.V., Van Zelzen, D., The effect of intrauterine growth retardation on the development of renal nephrons (1992) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 99, pp. 296-301; Hoy, W.E., Mathews, J.D., McCredie, D.A., Pugsley, D.J., Hayhurst, B.G., Rees, M., Kile, E., Wang, Z., The multi-dimensional nature of renal disease: Rates and associations of albuminuria in an Australian aboriginal community (1998) Kidney International, 54, pp. 1296-1304; Iglesias-Barreira, V., Ahn, M.-T., Reussens, B., Dahri, S., Hoet, J.J., Remacle, C., Pre- and postnatal low protein diet affect pancreatic islet blood flow and insulin release in adult rats (1996) Endocrinology, 137, pp. 3797-3801; Jackson, A.A., Langley-Evans, S.C., McCarthy, H.D., Nutritional influences in early life upon obesity and body proportions (1996) Origins and Consequences of Obesity. CIBA Foundation Symposium, 201, pp. 407-435. , [WPT James and G Shaper, editors]. Chichester, West Sussex: John Wiley and Sons; Kind, K.L., Clifton, P.M., Katsman, A.I., Tsiounis, M., Robinson, J.S., Owens, J.A., Restricted fetal growth and the response to dietary cholesterol in the guinea pig (1999) American Journal of Physiology, 277, pp. R1675-R1682; Konje, J.C., Bell, S.C., Morton, J.J., De Chazal, R., Taylor, D.J., Human fetal kidney morphometry during gestation and the relationship between weight, kidney morphometry and plasma active renin concentration at birth (1996) Clinical Science, 91, pp. 169-175; Kornel, L., Prancan, A.V., Kanamarlapudi, N., Hynes, J., Kuzianik, E., Study on the mechanisms of glucocorticoid-induced hypertension: Glucocorticoids increase transmembrane Ca2+ influx in vascular smooth muscle in vivo (1995) Endocrine Research, 21, pp. 203-210; Kramer, M.S., Joseph, K.S., Enigma of fetal/infant-origins hypothesis (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1254-1255; Kwong, W.Y., Wild, A.E., Roberts, P., Willis, A.C., Fleming, T.P., Maternal undernutrition during the preimplantation period of rat development causes blastocyst abnormalities and programming of postnatal hypertension (2000) Development, 127, pp. 4195-4202; Langley, S.C., Browne, R.F., Jackson, A.A., Altered glucose tolerance in rats exposed to maternal low protein diets in utero (1994) Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 109 A, pp. 223-229; Langley, S.C., Jackson, A.A., Increased systolic blood pressure in adult rats induced by fetal exposure to maternal low protein diet (1994) Clinical Science, 86, pp. 217-222; Langley, S.C., Seakins, M., Grimble, R.F., Jackson, A.A., The acute phase response of adult rats is altered by in utero exposure to maternal low protein diets (1994) Journal of Nutrition, 124, pp. 1588-1596; Langley-Evans, S.C., Intrauterine programming of hypertension: Nutrient interactions (1996) Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 114 A, pp. 327-333; Langley-Evans, S.C., Maternal carbenoxolone treatment lowers birthweight and induces hypertension in the offspring of rats fed a protein-replete diet (1997) Clinical Science, 93, pp. 423-429; Langley-Evans, S.C., Hypertension induced by fetal exposure to a maternal low protein diet, in the rat, is prevented by pharmacological blockade of glucocorticoid synthesis (1997) Journal of Hypertension, 15, pp. 537-544; Langley-Evans, S.C., Intrauterine programming of hypertension by glucocorticoids (1997) Life Sciences, 60, pp. 1213-1221; Langley-Evans, S.C., Critical differences between two low protein diet protocols in the programming of hypertension in the rat (2000) International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 51, pp. 11-17; Langley-Evans, S.C., Gardner, D.S., Jackson, A.A., Maternal protein restriction influences the programming of the rat hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (1996) Journal of Nutrition, 126, pp. 1578-1585; Langley-Evans, S.C., Gardner, D.S., Jackson, A.A., Association of disproportionate growth of fetal rats in late gestation with raised systolic blood pressure in later life (1996) Journal of Reproduction and Fertility, 106, pp. 307-312; Langley-Evans, S.C., Jackson, A.A., Captopril normalises systolic blood pressure in rats with hypertension induced by fetal exposure to maternal low protein diets (1995) Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 110 A, pp. 223-228; Langley-Evans, S.C., Nwagwu, M.O., Impaired growth and increased activities of glucocorticoid-sensitive enzymes in tissues of rat fetuses exposed to maternal low protein diets (1998) Life Sciences, 63, pp. 605-615; Langley-Evans, S.C., Phillips, G.J., Benediktsson, R., Gardner, D.S., Edwards, C.R.W., Jackson, A.A., Seckl, J.R., Protein intake in pregnancy, placental glucocorticoid metabolism and the programming of hypertension (1996) Placenta, 17, pp. 169-172; Langley-Evans, S.C., Phillips, G.J., Gardner, D.S., Jackson, A.A., Role of glucocorticoids in programming of maternal diet-induced hypertension in the rat (1996) Journal of Nutritional Biochemistry, 7, pp. 173-178; Langley-Evans, S.C., Phillips, G.J., Jackson, A.A., In utero exposure to maternal low protein diets induces hypertension in weanling rats, independently of maternal blood pressure changes (1994) Clinical Nutrition, 13, pp. 319-324; Langley-Evans, S.C., Phillips, G.J., Jackson, A.A., Fetal exposure to a maternal low protein diet alters the susceptibility of the young adult rat to sulfur dioxide-induced lung injury (1997) Journal of Nutrition, 127, pp. 202-209; Langley-Evans, S.C., Welham, S.J.M., Jackson, A.A., Fetal exposure to maternal low protein diets impairs nephrogenesis and promotes hypertension in the rat (1999) Life Sciences, 64, pp. 965-974; Langley-Evans, S.C., Welham, S.J.M., Sherman, R.C., Jackson, A.A., Weanling rats exposed to maternal low protein diets during discrete periods of gestation exhibit differing severity of hypertension (1996) Clinical Science, 91, pp. 607-615; Langley-Evans, S.C., Wood, S., Jackson, A.A., Enzymes of the gamma-glutamyl cycle are programmed in utero by maternal nutrition (1995) Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 39, pp. 28-35; Lelievre-Pegorier, M., Euzet, S., Merlet-Benichou, C., Effect of fetal exposure to gentamicin on phosphate transport in young rat kidney (1993) American Journal of Physiology, 265, pp. F807-F812; Leon, D.A., Fetal growth and later disease: Epidemiological evidence from Swedish cohorts (1999) Fetal Programming: Influences on Development and Disease in Later Life, pp. 12-29. , [PMS O'Brien, T Wheeler and DJP Barker, editors]. London: RCOG Press; Levy, L., Jackson, A.A., Modest restriction of dietary protein during pregnancy in the rat: Fetal and placental growth (1993) Journal of Developmental Physiology, 19, pp. 113-118; Liggins, G.C., Premature delivery of foetal lambs infused with glucocorticoids (1969) Journal of Endocrinology, 45, pp. 515-523; Lindsay, R.S., Lindsay, R.M., Edwards, C.R.W., Seckl, J.R., Inhibition of 11α-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase in pregnant rats and the programming of blood pressure in the offspring (1996) Hypertension, 27, pp. 1200-1204; Lucas, A., Programming by nutrition in man (1992) Early Diet, Later Consequences, pp. 24-28. , [D Conning, editor]. London: British Nutrition Foundation; Mackenzie, H.S., Brenner, B.M., Fewer nephrons at birth: A missing link in the etiology of essential hypertension? (1995) American Journal of Kidney Diseases, 26, pp. 91-98; Marchand, M.C., Dunn, R.L., Jackson, A.A., Langley-Evans, S.C., Programming of blood pressure and renal structure in rats exposed to nitrogen-supplemented maternal low protein diets (2001) Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 60, pp. 139A; Mathews, F., Yudkin, P., Neil, A., Influence of maternal nutrition on outcome of pregnancy: Prospective cohort study (1999) British Medical Journal, 319, pp. 339-343; Matthes, J.W.A., Lewis, P.A., Davies, D.P., Bethel, J.A., Relation between birth weight at term and systolic blood pressure in adolescence (1994) British Medical Journal, 308, pp. 1074-1077; Mercuri, O., De Tomas, M.E., Itarte, H., Prenatal protein depletion and delta 9, delta 6 and delta 5 desaturase (1979) Lipids, 14, pp. 822-825; Merlet-Benichou, C., Gilbert, T., Muffat-Joly, M., Lelievre-Pegorier, M., Leroy, B., Intrauterine growth retardation leads to a permanent nephron deficit in the rat (1994) Pediatric Nephrology, 8, pp. 175-180; Moore, V.M., Miller, A.G., Boulton, T.J.C., Cockington, R.A., Hamilton Craig, I., Magarey, A.M., Robinson, J.S., Placental weight, birth measurements and blood pressure at age 8 years (1996) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 74, pp. 538-541; Narce, M., Poisson, J.-P., Belleville, J., Chanusot, B., Depletion of delta 9 desaturase (EC 1.14.99.5) enzyme activity in growing rats during dietary protein restriction (1992) British Journal of Nutrition, 68, pp. 627-637; Nwagwu, M.O., Cook, A., Langley-Evans, S.C., Evidence of progressive deterioration of renal function in rats exposed to a maternal low protein diet in utero (2000) British Journal of Nutrition, 83, pp. 79-85; Persson, E., Jansson, T., Low birth weight is associated with elevated adult blood pressure in the chronically catheterized guinea-pig (1993) Acta Physiologica Scandinavica, 115, pp. 195-196; Petry, C.J., Ozanne, S.E., Wang, C.L., Hales, C.N., Early protein restriction and obesity independently induce hypertension in year old rats (1997) Clinical Science, 93, pp. 147-152; Phillips, D.I.W., Walker, B.R., Reynolds, R.M., Flanagan, D.E.H., Wood, P.J., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Whorwood, C.B., Low birth weight predicts elevated plasma cortisol concentrations in adults from 3 populations (2000) Hypertension, 35, pp. 1301-1306; Pickard, C.L., McCarthy, H.D., Browne, R.F., Jackson, A.A., Altered insulin response to a glucose load in rats following exposure to a low protein diet in utero (1996) Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 55, pp. 44A; Prentice, A.M., Cole, T.J., Foord, F.A., Lamb, W.H., Whitehead, R.G., Increased birthweight after prenatal dietary supplementation of rural African women (1987) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 46, pp. 912-925; Ravelli, A.C.J., Van der Meulen, J.H.P., Michels, R.P.J., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Hales, C.N., Bleker, O.P., Glucose tolerance in adults after exposure to the Dutch Famine (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 173-177; Rees, W.D., Hay, S.M., The effect of maternal protein deficiency on the expression of the growth arrest specific gene 6 (gas6) in the fetal kidney (1998) Biochemical Society Transactions, 667, p. 70; Rees, W.D., Hay, S.M., Brown, D.S., Antipatis, C., Palmer, R.M., Maternal protein deficiency causes hypermethylation of DNA in the livers of rat fetuses (2000) Journal of Nutrition, 130, pp. 1821-1826; Reinisch, J.M., Simon, N.G., Karwo, W.G., Prenatal exposure to prednisone in humans and animals retards intra-uterine growth (1978) Science, 202, pp. 436-438; Rich-Edwards, J., Stampfer, M., Manson, J., Rosner, B., Colditz, G., Willett, W., Speizer, F., Hennekens, C., Birthweight, breast-feeding and the risk of coronary heart disease in the nurses health study (1995) American Journal of Epidemiology, 141, pp. S78; Roach, H.I., Langley-Evans, S.C., Cooper, C., Protein deficiencies during pregnancy affect skeletal development in the offspring (1999) Journal of Bone and Mineral Research, 14 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S394; Rush, D., Stein, Z., Susser, M., A randomized controlled trial of prenatal nutritional supplementation in New York City (1980) Pediatrics, 65, pp. 683-697; Sayer, A.A., Dunn, R.L., Langley-Evans, S.C., Cooper, C., Intrauterine exposure to a maternal low protein diet shortens lifespan in rats (2001) Gerontology, 47, pp. 9-14; Sherman, R.C., (1999) The role of the renin-angiotensin system in the fetal programming of hypertension, , PhD Thesis, University of Southampton; Sherman, R.C., Jackson, A.A., Langley-Evans, S.C., Long term modification of the excretion of prostaglandin E2 by fetal exposure to a maternal low protein diet in the rat (1999) Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism, 43, pp. 98-106; Sherman, R.C., Langley-Evans, S.C., Early administration of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor captopril, prevents the development of hypertension programmed by intrauterine exposure to a maternal low protein diet (1998) Clinical Science, 94, pp. 373-381; Sherman, R.C., Langley-Evans, S.C., Antihypertensive treatment in early postnatal life modulates prenatal dietary influences upon blood pressure in the rat (2000) Clinical Science, 98, pp. 269-275; Stein, C.E., Fall, C.H.D., Osmond, C., Cox, V., Barker, D.J.P., Fetal growth and coronary heart disease in South India (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1269-1273; Stewart, P.M., Whorwood, C.B., Mason, J.I., Type 2 11α-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase in fetal and adult life (1995) Journal of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 55, pp. 465-471; Tangalakis, K., Lumbers, E.R., Moritz, K.M., Towstoless, M.K., Wintour, E.M., Effect of cortisol on blood pressure and vascular reactivity in the ovine fetus (1992) Experimental Physiology, 77, pp. 709-717; Thame, M., Wilks, R.J., McFarlane-Anderson, N., Bennett, F.I., Forrester, T.E., Relationship between maternal nutritional status and infants weight and body proportions at birth (1997) European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 51, pp. 134-138; Willett, W.C., Diet and health: What should we eat? (1994) Science, 264, pp. 532-537; Woodall, S.M., Johnston, B.M., Breier, B.H., Gluckman, P.D., Chronic maternal undernutrition in the rat leads to delayed postnatal growth and elevated blood pressure of offspring (1996) Pediatric Research, 40, pp. 438-443; Yajnik, C.S., Fall, C.H.D., Vaidya, U., Pandit, A.N., Bavdekar, A., Bhat, D.S., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Fetal growth and glucose and insulin metabolism in four-year-old Indian children (1995) Diabetic Medicine, 12, pp. 330-336; Zeman, F.J., Effects of maternal protein restriction on the kidney of the newborn young of rats (1968) Journal of Nutrition, 94, pp. 111-117; Zeman, F.J., Stanbrough, E.C., Effect of maternal protein deficiency on cellular development in the fetal rat (1969) Journal of Nutrition, 99, pp. 274-282 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035663647&partnerID=40&md5=9881ef2bc99f4231433cc5c672f7ced4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Stability and change in milder psychiatric disorder over 7 years in a birth cohort T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 1373 EP - 1384 PY - 2001 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Paykel, E.S. AU - Hayhurst, H. AU - Abbott, R. AU - Wadsworth, M. AD - University of Cambridge, Department of Psychiatry, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, University College, London, United Kingdom AD - Douglas House, 18E Trumpington Road, Cambridge CB2 2AH, United Kingdom AB - Background. Relatively little is known regarding stability or change over time in milder psychiatric disorder identified in epidemiological studies. Methods. Data were analysed on 2890 subjects from the 1946 British birth cohort study. Psychiatric disorder was identified at age 36 years using the Present State Examination Index of Definition and 7 years later at age 43 using a symptom scale, employing a threshold to give identical 6% prevalence of disorder. Predictors were derived from recent social data and information collected earlier in childhood and younger adulthood. Results. Over 7 years, there was considerable movement between case and non-case status. Only 1.7% of the sample satisfied case criteria at both points. Approximately two-thirds of cases at age 36 had fallen below case levels at age 43 and two-thirds of cases at age 43 were new cases. Most onsets and remissions were between definite case and non-case levels, rather than around the threshold. The strongest predictors of onset and remission were recent demographic, social and life stress variables, and earlier reported nervous disorder, with contributions from parental social background, and life history variables in adolescence. Conclusions. There is considerable change over 7 years in milder psychiatric disorder, with around two-thirds of it episodic or fluctuating and one-third chronic. Recent social variables are strong predictors of change or chronicity, with some lasting contributions from childhood social setting and earlier life history. KW - adolescence KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - article KW - birth KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - demography KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mental disease KW - neurologic disease KW - onset age KW - parent KW - prevalence KW - remission KW - social aspect KW - stress KW - symptom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Catchment Area (Health) KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Disease Progression KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mental Disorders KW - Prevalence KW - Risk Factors KW - Severity of Illness Index KW - Social Support KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 11722152 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Paykel, E.S.; University of Cambridge, Department of Psychiatry, Douglas House, 18E Trumpington Road, Cambridge CB2 2AH, United Kingdom N1 - References: De Boers, E., Beekman, A.T.F., Deeg, D.J.H., Van Dyck, R., Van Tilburg, W., Predictors of change in anxiety symptoms of older persons: Results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 515-527; Douglas, J.W.B., Mulligan, D.G., Emotional adjustment and educational achievement - The preliminary results of a national sample of children (1961) Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 54, pp. 885-891; Duncan-Jones, P., Fergusson, D.M., Ormel, J., Horwood, L.J., A Model of Stability and Change in Minor Psychiatric Symptoms: Results from Three Longitudinal Studies (1990) Psychological Medicine Monograph Supplement 18, , Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; Eaton, W.W., Anthony, J.C., Gallo, J., Cai, G., Tien, A., Romanoski, A., Lykestsos, C., Chen, L.-S., Natural history of diagnostic interview schedule/DSM-IV major depression: The Baltimore Epidemiologic Catchment Area follow-up (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 993-999; Eysenck, H., A short questionnaire for the measurement of two dimensions of personality (1958) Journal of Applied Psychology, 43, pp. 14-17; Geerlings, S.W., Beekman, A.T.F., Deeg, D.J.H., Van Tilburg, W., Physical health and the onset and persistence of depression in older adults: An eight-wave prospective community-based study (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 369-380; Hagnell, O., Lanke, J., Rorsman, B., Öjesjö, L., Are we entering an age of melancholy? Depressive illnesses in a prospective epidemiological study over 25 years: The Lundby Study, Sweden (1982) Psychological Medicine, 12, pp. 279-289; Jorm, A.F., Does old age reduce the risk of anxiety and depression: A review of epidemiological studies across the adult life span (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 11-21; Judd, L.L., Akiskal, H.S., Maser, J.D., Zeller, P.J., Endocott, J., Coryell, W., Paulus, M.P., Keller, M.B., A prospective 12-year study of subsyndromal and syndromal depressive symptoms in unipolar major depressive disorders (1998) Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, pp. 694-700; Kawakami, N., Roberts, R.E., Lee, E.S., Araki, S., Changes in rates of depressive symptoms in a Japanese working population: Life-table analysis from a 4-year follow-up study (1995) Psychological Medicine, 25, pp. 1181-1190; Kessler, R.C., Magee, W.J., Childhood adversities and adult depression: Basic patterns of association in a US national survey (1993) Psychological Medicine, 23, pp. 679-690; Lehtinen, V., Lindholm, T., Veijola, J., Väisänen, E., Puukka, P., Stability of prevalences of mental disorders in a normal population cohort followed for 16 years (1991) Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 26, pp. 40-46; Lindelow, M., Hardy, R., Rodgers, B., Development of a scale to measure symptoms of anxiety and depression in the general UK population: The psychiatric symptom frequency scale (1997) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 51, pp. 549-557; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Monson, R.R., Lieghton, A.H., Diagnosis and outcome: Depression and anxiety in a general population (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 117-126; Murphy, J.M., Laird, N.M., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Incidence of depression in the Stirling County Study: Historical and comparative perspectives (2000) Psychological Medicine, 30, pp. 505-514; Oldehinkel, A.J., Wittchen, H.-U., Schuster, P., Prevalence, 20-month incidence and outcome of unipolar depressive disorders in a community sample of adolescents (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 655-668; Paykel, E.S., Cooper, Z., Ramana, R., Hayhurst, H., Life events, social support and marital relationships in the outcome of severe depression (1996) Psychological Medicine, 26, pp. 121-133; Pintner, R., Forlano, G., Four retests of a personality inventory (1938) Journal of Educational Psychology, 29, pp. 93-100; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., The effects of divorce and separation on mental and physical health in a national UK birth cohort (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 1121-1128; Rodgers, B., Adult affective disorders and early environment (1990) British Journal of Psychiatry, 157, pp. 539-550; Rodgers, B., Reported parental behaviour and adult affective symptoms 1: Associations and moderating factors (1996) Psychological Medicine, 26, pp. 51-61; Rodgers, B., Mann, S.A., The reliability and validity of PSE assessments by lay interviewers: A national population survey (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 689-700; Smith, A.L., Weissman, M.M., (1992) Epidemiology, Handbook of Affective Disorders, pp. 111-129. , 2nd edn. (ed. E. S. Paykel), chapter 8, Churchill Livingstone: Edinburgh; Surtees, P.G., Sashidharan, S.P., Dean, C., Affective disorder amongst women in the general population: A longitudinal study (1986) British Journal of Psychiatry, 148, pp. 176-186; Van Os, J., Jones, P.B., Early risk factors and adult person-environment relationships in affective disorder (1999) Psychological Medicine, 29, pp. 1055-1067; Van Os, J., Jones, P., Lewis, G., Wadsworth, M., Murray, R., Developmental precursors of affective illness in a general population birth cohort (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 625-631; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood History and Adult Life, , Clarendon Press: Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.L., Hilder, W.S., Yousef, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Wing, J.K., A technique for studying psychiatric morbidity in inpatient and outpatient series and in general population samples (1976) Psychological Medicine, 6, pp. 665-671; Wing, J.K., Cooper, J.E., Sartorius, N., (1974) The Measurement and Classification of Psychiatric Symptoms, , Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; Wing, J.K., Mann, S.A., Leff, J.P., Nixon, J.M., The concept of a 'case' in psychiatric population surveys (1978) Psychological Medicine, 8, pp. 203-217 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034759277&partnerID=40&md5=fec07f09122979752f9d586cb43871ee ER - TY - JOUR TI - Academic and non-academic predictors of success on the Nottingham undergraduate medical course 1970-1995 T2 - Medical Education J2 - Med. Educ. VL - 35 IS - 11 SP - 1056 EP - 1064 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-2923.2001.01042.x SN - 03080110 (ISSN) AU - James, D. AU - Chilvers, C. AD - School of Human Development, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, United Kingdom AD - NHS Executive Trent, Sheffield, United Kingdom AD - School of Human Development, University of Nottingham, Queen's Medical Centre, Nottingham, NG7 2UH, United Kingdom AB - Objectives: To identify academic and non-academic predictors of success of entrants to the Nottingham medical course over the first 25 completed years of the course's existence. Setting, design and main outcome measures: Retrospective study of academic and non-academic characteristics of 2270 entrants between 1970 and 1990, and their subsequent success. Analyses were undertaken of two cohorts (entrants between 1970 and 1985 and entrants between 1986 and 1990). Results: Overall, 148 of 2270 (6.5%) entrants left the course, with the highest proportion being from the first 6 years (10.7%). Of the 148 leavers, 58 (39.2%) did so after obtaining their BMedSci degree. Concerning non-academic factors, in the 1970-85 cohort, applicants from the later years and those not taking a year out were more successful. However, these two factors had no influence on outcome in 1986-90. In contrast, ethnicity and gender were highly significant predictors of success in obtaining honours at BMBS in 1986-90 but at no other exam nor in the earlier years. Older, mature or graduate entrants were more successful at obtaining a first-class degree at BMedSci for the whole 21 years. However, they were less likely to be successful at passing the BMBS. With regard to academic factors, overall, A grades at Ordinary level/General Certificate of Secondary Education (O-Level/GCSE) were inconsistent independent predictors of success. However, for 1986-90, high grades at O-Level/GCSE chemistry and biology were strong independent predictors of success at BMedSci and BMBS. Very few Advanced level (A-Level) criteria were independent predictors of success for 1970-85. In contrast, for 1986-90 entrants, achieving a high grade at A-Level chemistry predicted success at obtaining a first-class degree at BMedSci, and a high grade at A-Level biology predicted success at BMBS. Over the 21 years, the majority of entrants achieved significantly lower grades at A-Level than predicted. General Studies A-Level was a poor predictor of achievement. Conclusions: On balance our current GCSE A-grade requirements should remain. Biology should be added to Chemistry as a compulsory A-Level subject. If predicted A-Level grades are borderline then the lower estimate should be used. General Studies should continue not to be used in selection. Performance of more recent mature entrants at BMBS needs further study. The recent gender and ethnic biases in obtaining honours at BMBS is currently being examined. The motivation of applicants planning to take deferred entry should be carefully explored at interview. KW - *Educational measurement KW - Achievement KW - Cohort studies KW - Demographic factors KW - Education, medical, undergraduate, methods KW - Great Britain KW - academic achievement KW - article KW - biology KW - chemistry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - ethnic difference KW - examination KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - medical education KW - motivation KW - normal human KW - performance KW - sex difference KW - United Kingdom KW - Achievement KW - Cohort Studies KW - College Admission Test KW - Demography KW - Education, Medical, Undergraduate KW - Educational Measurement KW - England KW - Forecasting KW - Humans N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: MEDUD C2 - 11703642 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: James, D.; School of Human Development, University of Nottingham, Queen's Medical Centre, Nottingham NG7 2UH, United Kingdom N1 - References: McManus, I.C., Factors affecting likelihood of applicants being offered a place in medical schools in the United Kingdom in 1996 and 1997: Retrospective study (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 1111-1116; James, D.K., Driver, L., Ethnic and sex differences in selection for admission to Nottingham University Medical School (1999) BMJ, 319, pp. 351-352; Cohen, J., Cohen, P., (1983) Applied Multiple Regression/Correlation Analysis for the Behavioural Sciences, , Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Ahmed, B., Ahmed, L.B., Al-Jouhari, M.M., Factors determining the performance of medical students of the Faculty of Medicine, University of Kuwait (1988) Med Educ, 22, pp. 506-508; Alfayez, S.F., Strand, D.A., Carline, J.D., Academic, social and cultural factors influencing medical school grade performance (1990) Med Educ, 24, pp. 230-238; Chan-Ob, T., Boonyanaruthee, V., Medical student selection: Which matriculation scores and personality factors are important? (1999) J Med Assoc Thailand, 82, pp. 604-610; Garvey, F.J., Academic performance of medical students: Data from the intake of 1968 (1968) Med J Aust, 2, pp. 800-803; Hoschl, C., Kozeny, J., Predicting academic performance of medical students: The first three years (1997) Am J Psychiatr, 154 (6 SUPPL.), pp. 87-92; McManus, I.C., Richards, P., Prospective survey of performance of medical students during preclinical years (1986) BMJ, 293 (6539), pp. 124-127; Neame, R.L., Powis, D.A., Bristow, T., Should medical students be selected only from recent school-leavers who have studied science? (1992) Med Educ, 26, pp. 433-440; Powis, D.A., Selecting medical students (1994) Med Educ, 28, pp. 443-469; Reede, J.Y., Predictors of success in medicine. Review (1999) Clin Orthopaed Related Res, 362, pp. 72-77; Epstein, R., Maturity in medical students (1996) Lancet, 347 (8993), pp. 55-56; Rolfe, I.E., Pearson, S., Powis, D.A., Smith, A.J., Time for a review of admission to medical school? (1995) Lancet, 346 (8986), pp. 1329-1333; Scott, C.S., Greig, L.M., Brock, D.M., Hunt, D.D., Shaad, D.C., Carline, J.D., Early identification of future medical students using initial undergraduate grades (1988) Med Educ, 22, pp. 389-392; Abbasi, K., Is medical school selection discriminatory? (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 1097-1098; Esmail, A., Commentary: League tables will help (1998) BMJ, 317, p. 1116 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034755404&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-2923.2001.01042.x&partnerID=40&md5=3ef172e1639174073842d7cd48bd2bbb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing thyroid cancer incidence in Canada, 1970-1996: Time trends and age-period-cohort effects T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 85 IS - 9 SP - 1335 EP - 1339 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1054/bjoc.2001.2061 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Liu, S. AU - Semenciw, R. AU - Ugnat, A.-M. AU - Mao, Y. AD - Health Surveillance and Epidemiology Division, Centre for Healthy Human Development, Health Canada, Ottawa, Canada AD - Surveillance and Risk Assessment Division, Centre for Chronic Disease Prevention and Control, Health Canada, Ottawa, Canada AB - We examined time trends in thyroid cancer incidence in Canada by age, time period and birth cohort between 1970 and 1996. Age-specific incidence rates by time period and birth cohort were calculated and age-period-cohort modelling used to estimate effects underlying the observed trends. Overall age-adjusted incidence rates of thyroid cancer doubled, from 3.3 and 1.1 per 100 000 in 1970-72 to 6.8 and 2.2 per 100 000 in 1994-96, among females and males respectively. Almost all the increase between 1970-72 and 1994-96 was due to papillary carcinoma of the thyroid. Age, birth cohort and period effects significantly improved the fit of the model for females, while age and birth cohort effects were significant determinants of the incidence among males. There were significant differences in the patterns/curvature for age, period and birth cohort effects between women and men. Our results suggest that the increases in thyroid cancer incidence in Canada may be associated with more intensive diagnostic activities and change in radiation exposure in childhood and adolescence. Temporal changes in reproductive factors among young women may explain some of the gender differences observed. © 2001 Cancer Research Campaign. KW - Canada KW - Incidence KW - Poisson regression KW - Thyroid cancer KW - Time trends KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - Canada KW - cancer incidence KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - ionizing radiation KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - papillary carcinoma KW - pathogenesis KW - priority journal KW - radiation exposure KW - radiodiagnosis KW - school child KW - sex difference KW - statistical model KW - statistics KW - thyroid cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Canada KW - Carcinoma, Papillary KW - Child KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Reproduction KW - Sex Factors KW - Thyroid Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :173 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 11720471 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mao, Y.; Surveillance Division, Ctr. for Chronic Dis. Prev./Cont., Health Canada, Ottawa, Ont., Canada N1 - References: Akslen, L.A., Haldorsen, T., Thoresen, S.Ø., Glattre, E., Incidence pattern of thyroid cancer in Norway: Influence of birth cohort and time period (1993) Int J Cancer, 53, pp. 183-187; Band, P.R., Gaudette, L., Hill, G.B., Holowaty, E.J., Huchcroft, S.A., Johnston, G.M., Illing, E.M., Semenciw, R.M., (1993) The making of the Canadian cancer registry: Cancer incidence in Canada and it regions, 1969 to 1988, pp. 16-21. , Ottawa: Canadian Council of Cancer Registries; Boice J.D., Jr., The danger of X-rays - Real or apparent? (1986) N Eng J Med, 315, pp. 828-830; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, 1: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Coleman, M.E., Estève, J., Damiecki, P., Arslan, A., Renard, H., (1993) Trends in cancer incidence and mortality, pp. 673-704. , IARC Sci Publ no. 121. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Dos Santos Silva, I., Swerdlow, A.J., Thyroid cancer epidemiology in England and Wales: Time trends and geographical distribution (1993) Br J Cancer, 67, pp. 330-340; Franceschi, S., La Vecchia, C., Thyroid carcinoma (1994) Trends in cancer incidence and mortality, 19-20, pp. 393-422. , Doll R. (ed). Fraumeni JF, Muir CS. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York; Galanti, M.R., Lambe, M., Ekbom, A., Sparen, P., Pettersson, B., Parity and risk of thyroid cancer: A nested case-control study of a nationwide Sweden cohort (1995) Cancer Causes and Control, 6, pp. 37-44; Gaudette, L., Lee, L., (1997) Cancer incidence in Canada, 1969-1993, , Ottawa; Ministry of Industry (catalogue 82-566-XPB); Therapeutic Abortions 1994 (1996), Catalogue No. 82-219-XPB Statistics Canada, Ottawa; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Annu Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Holford, T.R., Analysing the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1992) Stat Meth Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Holford, T.R., Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Mckay, L.A., Time trends of Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma: Are the real? What do they mean? (1992) Cancer Research, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5443-5446; Inskip, P.D., Ekbom, A., Galanti, M.R., Grimelius, L., Boice J.D., Jr., Medical diagnostic X rays and thyroid cancer (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 1613-1621; Levi, F., Franceschi, S., Gulie, C., Negri, E., La Vecchia, C., Female thyroid cancer: The role of reproductive and hormonal factors in Switzerland (1993) Oncology, 50, pp. 309-315; Liu, S., Semenciw, R., Waters, C., Wen, S.W., Mery, L.S., Mao, Y., Clues to the etiologic heterogeneity of testicular seminomas and non-seminomas: Time trends and age-period-cohort effects (2000) Int J Epidemiol, 29, pp. 826-831; Mack, W.J., Preston-Martin, S., Bernstein, L., Qian, D., Xiang, M., Reproductive and hormonal risk factors for thyroid cancer in Los Angeles County females (1999) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarker Prev, 8, pp. 991-997; Mao, Y., Ugnat, A.-M., Hill, G., Fry, R., Kreiger, N., Fincham, S., Ionizing radiation exposure as a risk factor for thyroid cancer Cancer Prevention and Control, , in press; (2000) Canadian Cancer Statistics 2000, pp. 13-41. , Toronto; Negri, E., Maso, L.D., Ron, E., Vecchia, C.L., Mark, S.D., Preston-Martin, S., A pooled analysis of case-control studies of thyroid cancer: II. Menstrual and reproductive factors (1999) Cancer Causes and Control, 10, pp. 143-155; O'Callaghan, F.K., Osmond, C., Marthn, C.N., Trends in epilepsy mortality in England and Wales and the United States, 1950-1994 (2000) Am J Epidemiol, 151, pp. 182-189; Paoff, K., Preston-Martin, S., Mack, W.J., Monroe, K., A case-control study of maternal risk factors for thyroid cancer in young women (California, United States) (1995) Cancer Causes and Control, 6, pp. 389-397; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer incidence in five continents, 6, pp. 865-870. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC Sci Publ no. 120); Pettersson, B., Adami, H.O., Wilander, E., Coleman, M.P., Trends in thyroid cancer incidence in Sweden, 1958-1981, by histo-pathological type (1991) Int J Cancer, 48, pp. 28-33; Preston-Martin, S., Bernstein, L., Pike, M.C., Maldonado, A.A., Henderson, B.E., Thyroid cancer among young women related to prior thyroid disease and pregnancy history (1987) Br J Cancer, 55, pp. 191-195; Ron, E., Thyroid cancer (1995) Oxford Textbook of Oncology, 2, pp. 1000-1021. , Peckham M (ed). Pinedo H, Veronesi U. Oxford University Press, Oxford; Ron, E., Kleinerman, R.A., Boice J.D., Jr., Livolsi, V.A., Flannery, J.T., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., A population-based case-control study of thyroid cancer (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 79, pp. 1-12; Shahpar, C., Li, G., Homicide mortality in the United States, 1935-1994: Age, period, and cohort effects (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1213-1222; Shore, R.E., Woodard, E., Hildreth, N., Dvoretsky, P., Hempelmann, L., Pasternack, B., Thyroid tumors following thymus irradiation (1985) J Natl Cancer Inst, 74, pp. 1177-1184; Shore, R.R., Issues and epidemiological evidence regarding radiation-induced thyroid cancer (1992) Rad Res, 131, pp. 98-111; Spitz, M.R., Sider, J.G., Katz, R.L., Pollack, E.S., Newell, G.R., Ethnic patterns of thyroid cancer incidence in the United States, 1973-1981 (1988) Int J Cancer, 42, pp. 549-553; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Zheng, T., Holford, T.R., Chen, Y., Ma, J.Z., Flannery, J., Liu, W., Time trend and age-period-cohort effect on incidence of thyroid cancer in Connecticut, 1935-1992 (1996) Int J Cancer, 67, pp. 504-509 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035798459&doi=10.1054%2fbjoc.2001.2061&partnerID=40&md5=f46c83878b41badb162f08df0a8fcf7b ER - TY - JOUR TI - The natural course of cannabis use, abuse and dependence over four years: A longitudinal community study of adolescents and young adults T2 - Drug and Alcohol Dependence J2 - Drug Alcohol Depend. VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 347 EP - 361 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1016/S0376-8716(01)00137-5 SN - 03768716 (ISSN) AU - Von Sydow, K. AU - Lieb, R. AU - Pfister, H. AU - Höfler, M. AU - Sonntag, H. AU - Wittchen, H.-U. AD - Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Clinical Psychology and Epidemiology, Kraepelinstrasse 2, 80804 Munich, Germany AB - Objectives: To determine incidence and patterns of natural course of cannabis use and disorders as well as cohort effects in a community sample of adolescents and young adults. Method: Cumulative incidence and patterns of cannabis use and disorders were examined in a prospective longitudinal design (mean follow-up period = 42 months) in a representative sample (N = 2446) aged 14-24 years at the outset of the study. Patterns of cannabis use, abuse and dependence (DSM-IV) were assessed with the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI). Results: (1) Cumulative lifetime incidence for cannabis use (at second follow-up): 47%; 5.5% for cannabis abuse, 2.2% for dependence. (2) Men used and abused cannabis more often than women. (3) The majority of the older participants (18-24 years at baseline) had reduced their cannabis use at follow-up, while younger participants (14-17 years at baseline) more often had increased their use and developed abuse or dependence. (4) The younger birth cohort (1977-1981) tended to start earlier with substance (ab)use compared to the older birth cohort (1970-1977). (5) Cannabis use was associated with increasing rates of concomitant use of other licit and illicit drugs. Conclusions: Cannabis use is widespread in our sample, but the probability of developing cannabis abuse or dependence is relatively low (8%). The natural course of cannabis use is quite variable: about half of all cannabis users stopped their use spontaneously in their twenties, others report occasional or more frequent use of cannabis. © 2001 Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Abuse KW - Cannabis KW - Cohort KW - Dependence KW - Gender KW - Longitudinal study KW - Use KW - cannabis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - community KW - controlled study KW - drug abuse KW - drug dependence KW - drug use KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - incidence KW - lifespan KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - sex difference KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Cohort Studies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Germany KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Marijuana Abuse KW - Prevalence KW - Recurrence KW - Substance-Related Disorders KW - Survival Analysis KW - Cannabis N1 - Cited By :136 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DADED C2 - 11672949 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wittchen, H.-U.; Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Clinical Psychology and Epidemiology, Kraepelinstrasse 2, 80804 Munich, Germany; email: wittchen@mpipsykl.mpg.de N1 - Funding details: 01 EB 9901/6, Ministry of Science Research and Technology, Ministry of Science Research and Technology N1 - Funding details: 01 EB 9901/6, Ministry of Science Research and Technology, Ministry of Science Research and Technology N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgements This work is part of the Early Developmental Stages of Psychopathology (EDSP) Study and is funded by the German Ministry of Research and Technology, project No. 01 EB 9405/6 and 01 EB 9901/6. Principal investigators are Dr Hans-Ulrich Wittchen and Dr Roselind Lieb. Current or former staff members of the EDSP group are Dr Kirsten von Sydow, Dr Gabriele Lachner, Dr Axel Perkonigg, Dr.-Psych. Peter Schuster, Dr Franz Gander, Dipl.-Stat. Michael Höfler, Dipl.-Psych. Holger Sonntag, Dipl.-Psych. Esther Beloch, Mag. phil. Martina Fuetsch, Dipl.-Psych. Elzbieta Garczynski, Dipl.-Psych. Alexandra Holly, Dipl.-Psych. Barbara Isensee, Dipl.-Psych. Marianne Mastaler, Dipl.-Psych. Nina Müller, Dr Chris Nelson, Dipl.- Inf. Hildegard Pfister, Dr Victoria Reed, Dipl.-Psych. Dilek Türk, Dipl.-Psych. Antonia Vossen, Dr Ursula Wunderlich and Dipl.-Psych. Petra Zimmermann. Scientific advisors are Dr Jules Angst (Zurich), Dr Jürgen Margraf (Basel), Dr Günther Esser (Potsdam), Dr Kathleen Merikangas (Yale, New Haven) and Dr Ron Kessler (Harvard, Boston). We thank Robin Carter for her help in proofreading this manuscript. Our special thanks go to the participants of this study. N1 - References: Adlaf, E.M., Ivis, F.J., Smart, R.G., (1997) Ontario student drug use survey: 1077-1997, , Addiction Research Foundation, Toronto; (1994) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th, , American Psychiatric Association, Washington DC; Andersen, P.K., Keiding, N., Survival Analysis (1996) Advances in Biometry - 50 Years of the International Biometric Society, pp. 177-200. , Armitage, P., David, H.A. (Eds.). Wiley, New York; Anthony, J.C., Epidemiology of drug dependence and illicit drug use (1991) Curr. Opin. Psychiatry, 4, pp. 435-439; Anthony, J.C., Warner, L.A., Kessler, R.C., Comparative epidemiology of dependence on tobacco, alcohol, controlled substances, and inhalants: Basic findings from the National Comorbidity Survey (1994) Exp. Clin. Psychopharmacol., 2 (1), pp. 244-268; Bachman, J.G., Johnston, L.D., O'Malley, P.M., Explaining recent increases in students' marijuana use: Impacts of perceived risks and disapproval, 1976 through 1996 (1998) Am. J. Public Health, 88 (6), pp. 887-892; Bauman, A., Phongsavan, P., Epidemiology of substance use in adolescence: Prevalence, trends and policy implications (1999) Drug Alcohol Depend., 55, pp. 187-207; Brook, J.S., Kessler, R.C., Cohen, P., The onset of marijuana use from preadolescence and early adolescence to young adulthood (1999) Dev. Psychopathol., 11, pp. 901-914; Chabrol, H., Callahan, St., Fredaigue, N., Cannabis use by French adolescents (2000) J. Am. Adolesc. Psychiatry, 39 (4), pp. 400-401; Chen, K., Kandel, D.B., Predictors of cessation of marijuana use - An event history analysis (1998) Drug Alcohol Depend., 50 (2), pp. 109-121; Cicchetti, D., Luthar, S.S., Developmental approaches to substance use and abuse (1999) Dev. Psychopathol., 11, pp. 655-656; Feehan, M., McGee, R., Raja, S.N., Williams, S.M., DSM-III-R disorders in New Zealand 18-year-olds (1994) Aust. NZ J. Psychiatry, 28 (1), pp. 87-99; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, J., Cannabis use and dependence in a New Zealand birth cohort (2000) NZ Med. J., 113 (1109), pp. 156-158; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, J., Does cannabis use encourage other forms of illicit drug use? (2000) Addiction, 95 (4), pp. 505-520; Glantz, M.D., A developmental psychopathology model of drug abuse vulnerability (1992) Vulnerability of Drug Abuse, pp. 389-418. , Glantz, M.D., Pickens R. (Eds.). American Psychological Association Washingon, DC; Grambsch, P.M., Therneau, T.M., Proportional hazard tests and diagnostics based on weighted residuals (1994) Biometrika, 81, pp. 515-526; Hammer, T., Vaglum, P., Initiation, continuation or discontinuation of cannabis use in the general population (1990) Br. J. Addict., 85 (7), pp. 899-909; Höfler, M., Lieb, R., Perkonigg, A., Schuster, P., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.U., Covariates of cannabis use progression in a representative population sample of adolescents: A prospective examination of vulnerability and risk factors (1999) Addiction, 94 (11), pp. 1679-1694; Ivis, F.J., Adlaf, E.M., A comparison of trends in drug use among students in the USA and Ontario, Canada: 1975-1997 (1999) Drug Educ. Prev. Policy, 6 (1), pp. 17-27; Johnston, L.D., O'Malley, P.M., Bachman, J.G., (1992) Smoking, drinking, and illicit drug use among American Secondary School students, College students, and young adults. 1975-1991, , US Dept. of Health and Human Services, Rockville, MD; Kandel, D.B., Faust, R., Sequence and stages in patterns of adolescents drug use (1975) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 32, pp. 923-932; Kandel, D.B., Logan, J.A., Patterns of drug use from adolescence to young adulthood: I. Periods of risk for initiation, continued use, and discontinuation (1984) Am. J. Public Health, 74 (7), pp. 660-666; Kandel, D.B., Raveis, V.H., Cessation of illicit drug use in young adulthood (1989) Arch. General Psychiatry, 46, pp. 109-116; Kandel, D.B., Davies, M., Progression to regular marijuana involvement: Phenomenology and risk factors for near-daily use (1992) Vulnerability to drug abuse, pp. 211-253. , Glantz, M.D., Pickens, R. (Eds.). American Psychological Association, Washington DC; Kandel, D.B., Chen, K., Warner, L.A., Kessler, R.C., Grant, B., Prevalence and demographic correlates of symptoms of last year dependence on alcohol, nicotine, marijuana and cocaine in the U.S. population (1997) Drug Alcohol Depend., 44, pp. 11-29; Kendler, K.S., Karkowski, L.M., Corey, L.A., Prescorr, C.A., Neale, M.C., Genetic and environmental risk factors in the aetiology of illicit drug initiation and subsequent misuse in women (1999) Br. J. Psychiatry, 175, pp. 351-356; Kandel, D.B., Chen, K., Types of marijuana users by longitudinal course (2000) J. Studies on Alcohol, 61 (3), pp. 367-378; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C.B., Hughes, M., Eshleman, S., Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey (1994) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 51, pp. 8-19; Kokkevi, A., Loukadakis, M., Plagianakou, S., Politikou, K., Stefanis, C., Sharp increase in illicit drug use in Greece: Trends from a general population survey on licit and illicit drug use (2000) Eur. Addict. Res., 8, pp. 42-49; Konings, E., Duboisarber, F., Narring, F., Michaud, P.A., Identifying adolescent drug users - Results of a national survey on adolescent health in Switzerland (1995) J. Adolesc. Health, 16 (3), pp. 240-247; Kraus, L., Schumann, J., Wiblishauser, P.U., Herbst, K., Die entwicklung des konsums von legalen und illegalen drogen in den neuen bundesländern (1994) Sucht, 2, pp. 107-120; Kraus, L., Bauernfeind, R., Bühringer, G., (1998) Epidemiologie des Drogenkonsums: Ergebnisse aus Bevölkerungssurveys 1990 bis 1996, , Nomos Verlag Baden-Baden; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Holly, A., Schuster, P., Wunderlich, U., Structure, content and reliability of the Munich-Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI). Substance use sections (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 28-41; Lewinsohn, P.M., Hops, H., Roberts, R.E., Seeley, J.R., Rohde, P., Andrews, J.A., Affektive störungen bei jugendlichen: Prävalenz, komorbidität und psychosoziale korrelate (1992) Verhaltenstherapie, 2, pp. 132-139; Lieb, R., Isensee, B., Von Sydow, K., Wittchen, H.-U., The Early Stages of Psychopathology Study (EDSP): A methodological update (2000) Eur. Addict. Res., 6, pp. 170-182; Merrill, J.C., Kleber, H.D., Shwartz, M., Liu, H., Lewis, S.R., Cigarettes, alcohol, marijuana, other risk behaviors, and American youth (1999) Drug Alcohol Depend., 56, pp. 205-212; Miller, P.M., Plant, M., Drinking and smoking and illicit drug use among 15 and 16 year olds in the United Kingdom (1996) Br. Med. J., 313 (7054), pp. 394-397; Moffitt, T.E., Adolescence-limited and life-course-persistent antisocial behavior: A developmental taxonomy (1993) Psychol. Rev., 100 (4), pp. 674-701; Nelson, C.B., Wittchen, H.-U., The EDSP: Setting the stage! (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 5-7; Neugarten, B.L., Datan, N., Sociological perspectives on the life cycle (1973) Life-span Developmental Psychology: Personality and Socialization, , Baltes, P.B., Schaie, K.W. (Eds.). Academic Press, New York; Newcomb, M.D., Maddahian, E., Bentler, P.M., Risk factors for drug use among adolescents: Concurrent and longitudinal analyses (1986) Am. J. Public Health, 76 (5), pp. 525-531; Nordlohne, E., Reißig, M., Hurrelmann, K., Drogengebrauch in ost und west: Zur situation des drogengebrauchs bei jugendlichen in den alten und neuen ländern der bundesrepublik (1993) Sucht, 39 (1), pp. 10-34; Offord, D.R., Boyle, M.H., Campbell, D., Goering, P., Lin, E., Wong, M., One-year prevalence of psychiatric disorder in Ontarians 15 to 64 years of age (1996) Can. J. Psychiatry, 41 (9), pp. 559-563; Pederson, W., Skrondal, A., Ecstasy and new patterns of drug use: A normal population study (1999) Addiction, 11, pp. 1695-1701; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Wittchen, H.-U., Prevalence of use, abuse and dependence of illicit drugs among adolescents and young adults in a community sample (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 58-66; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Wittchen, H.-U., Substance use, abuse and dependence in Germany: A review of selected epidemiological data (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 8-17; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Höfler, M., Schuster, P., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Patterns of cannabis use, abuse and dependence over time: Incidence, progression and stability in a sample of 1228 adolescents (1999) Addiction, 94 (11), pp. 1663-1678; Reed, V., Gander, F., Pfister, H., Steiger, A., Sonntag, H., Trenkwalder, C., To what degree the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) correctly identifies DSM-IV disorders? Testing validity issues in a clinical sample (1998) Int. J. Methods Psychiatric Res., 7 (3), pp. 142-155; Reuband, K.-H., The epidemiology of drug use in Germany: Basic data and trends (1992) Drug Addiction Treatment Research. German and American Perspectives, pp. 3-16. , Bühringer, G., Platt, J.J. (Eds.). Krieger, Malabar, FL; Royall, R.M., Model robust confidence intervals using maximum likelihood estimators (1986) Int. Stat. Rev., 54, pp. 221-226; Schumann, J., Kraus, L., (1995) Befragung zum Konsum von Alkohol, Tabak, Medikamenten und illegalen Drogen-Eine Pilotstudie, Sucht, Sonderband, pp. 9-12; Silbereisen, R.K., Miβbrauch und gebrauch von alkohol und drogen im jugendalter (1997) Public Health und Gesundheitspsychologie, pp. 170-178. , Weinkraut, R., Haisch, J., Kessler M. (Eds.). Huber, Göttingen; Smart, R.G., Ogborne, A.C., Drug use and drinking among students in 36 countries (2000) Addict. Behav., 25 (3), pp. 455-460; (1999) Stata Statistical Software: Release 6.0, , Stata Corporation, College Station, TX; Warner, L.A., Kessler, R.C., Hughes, M., Anthony, J.C., Nelson, C.B., Prevalence and correlates of drug use and dependence in the United States (1995) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 52, pp. 219-229; Weinberg, N.Z., Rahdert, E., Colliver, J.D., Glantz, M.D., Adolescent substance abuse: A review of the past 10 years (1998) J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry, 37 (3), pp. 252-261; Wittchen, H.-U., Pfister, H., (1997) DIA-X-Interviews: Manual für Screening-Verfahren und Interview; Interviewwhaft Längsschnittuntersuchung (DIA-X 12 Monate); Ergänzungsheft (DIA-X 12 Monate); PC-Programm zur Durchführung des Interviews (Längs- und Querschnittsuntersuchung); Auswertungsprogramm, , Frankfurt: Swets & Zeitlinger; Wittchen, H.-U., Nelson, C.B., Early developmental stages of substance abuse (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4, pp. 1-2; Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Lachner, G., Nelson, C.B., Early Developmental Stages of Psychopathology study (EDSP): Objectives and design (1998) Eur. Addict. Res., 4 (1-2), pp. 18-27; (1990) Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI): a) CIDI-interview (version 1.0), b) CIDI-user manual, c) CIDI-training manual d) CIDI-computer programs, , Geneva: World Health Organisation UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035500620&doi=10.1016%2fS0376-8716%2801%2900137-5&partnerID=40&md5=7bd3a27b3a6b6c8df41c23f02a7e55b1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The effect of income on car ownership: Evidence of asymmetry T2 - Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice J2 - Transp. Res. Part A Policy Pract. VL - 35 IS - 9 SP - 807 EP - 821 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1016/S0965-8564(00)00018-5 SN - 09658564 (ISSN) AU - Dargay, J.M. AD - ESRC Transport Studies Unit, Centre for Transport Studies, University College London, Gower Street, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AD - Tel.: +44-020-7679-1583, United Kingdom AB - This paper examines the effect of income on car ownership, and specifically the question of hysteresis or asymmetry. Although there is little doubt that rising income leads to higher car ownership, less is understood about the effect of falling income. Traditional demand modelling is based on the implicit assumption that demand responds symmetrically to rising and falling income. The object of this study is to test this assumption statistically. Using a dynamic econometric model relating household car ownership to income, the number of adults and children in the household, car prices and lagged car ownership, income decomposition techniques are employed to separately estimate elasticities with respect to rising and falling income. The equality of these elasticities - no hysteresis - is tested statistically against the inequality - hysteresis - hypothesis. Various functional specifications are tested in order to assure the robustness of the results to assumptions concerning functional form. The estimation is based on cohort data constructed from 1970 to 1995 UK Family Expenditure Surveys, and a pseudo-panel methodology is employed. The results indicate that car ownership responds more strongly to rising than to falling income - there is a 'stickiness' in the downward direction. In addition, there is evidence that the income elasticity is not constant, but instead declines with increasing car ownership. © 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - Income KW - Economic and social effects KW - Economics KW - Ground vehicles KW - Robustness (control systems) KW - Transportation KW - car ownership KW - consumption behavior KW - demand elasticity KW - household expenditure KW - income N1 - Cited By :130 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dargay, J.M.; ESRC Transport Studies Unit, Centre for Transport Studies, University College London, Gower Street, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: j.dargay@ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Dargay, J., Gately, D., The demand for transportation fuels: Imperfect price reversibility? (1997) Transportation Research, 31 B (1), pp. 71-82; Dargay, J., Gately, D., Income's effect on car and vehicle ownership worldwide: 1960-2015 (1999) Transportation Research, 33 (PART A), pp. 101-138; Dargay, J.M., Vythoulkas, P.C., Estimation of dynamic transport demand models using pseudo-panel data (1998) The Eighth World Conference on Transport Research, , Antwerp, Belgium, July; Dargay, J.M., Vythoulkas, P.C., Estimation of a dynamic car ownership model: A pseudo panel approach (1999) Journal of Transport Economics and Policy, 33 (3), pp. 283-302; Deaton, A., Panel data from time series of cross-sections (1985) Journal of Econometrics, 30, pp. 109-126; Golob, T.F., The dynamics of household travel time expenditure and car ownership decisions (1990) Transportation Research, 24 A (6), pp. 443-463; Goodwin, P.B., Habit and hysteresis in mode choice (1977) Urban Studies, 14, pp. 95-99; Goodwin, P.B., Dix, M.C., Layzell, A.D., The case for heterodoxy in longitudinal analysis (1987) Transportation Research, 21 A (45), pp. 363-376; Goodwin, P.B., Car dependence (1995) A Report to the RAC Foundation for Motoring and the Environment, , ISBN 0 86211355 5; Goodwin, P.B., The end of equilibrium (1998) Theoretical Foundations of Travel Choice Modeling, , Garling, T., Laitila, T., Westin, K. (Eds.), Elsevier, Amsterdam; Hensher, D.A., Barnard, P.O., Smith, N.C., Milthorpe, F.W., Modelling the dynamics of car ownership and use: A methodological and empirical synthesis (1987) Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Travel Behavior, , Gower Publishing, Aldershot; Hensher, D.A., Wrigley, N., Statistical modelling of discrete choices in discrete time with panel data (1986) Behavioral Research for Transport Policy, pp. 97-116. , VNU Science Press, Utrecht, Netherlands; Kitamura, R., Bunch, D.S., Heterogeneity and state dependence in household car ownership: A panel analysis using ordered-response probit models with error components (1990) Transportation and Traffic Theory, , Koshi, M. (Ed.), Elsevier, Amsterdam; MacKinnon, J., White, H., Davidson, R., Tests for model specification in the presence of alternative hypotheses: Some further results (1983) J. Econometrics, 21, pp. 53-70; Madre, J.L., Bussière, Y., Armoogum, J., Demographic dynamics of mobility in urban areas: A case study of Paris and Grenoble (1995) Proceedings of the Seventh World Conference on Transport Research, , 16-21 July, Sydney, Australia. Elsevier, Amsterdam; Mannering, F., Winston, C., A dynamic empirical analysis of household vehicle ownership and utilization (1985) Rand J. Economics, 16 (2), pp. 215-236; Pendyala, R.M., Kostyniuk, L.P., Goulias, K.G., A repeated cross-sectional evaluation of car ownership (1995) Transportation, 22, pp. 165-184; Train, K., Lohrer, M., (1982) Vehicle Ownership and Usage: An Integrated System of Disaggregate Demand Models, , Cambridge Systematics, Berkeley, CA UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035501671&doi=10.1016%2fS0965-8564%2800%2900018-5&partnerID=40&md5=ff84b315bebcbf1e9a13f96bd931e30d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Gävleborg study of patients with anorexia nervosa: More boys than girls required intensive care ST - Studie i Gävleborg av patienter med anorexia nervosa: Fier pojkar än flickor intensivvårdas T2 - Lakartidningen J2 - Lakartidningen VL - 98 IS - 42 SP - 4578 EP - 4582 PY - 2001 SN - 00237205 (ISSN) AU - Jonsson, P.H. AD - Barn- och Ungdomspsykiatriska Kliniken, Hälsinglands Sjukhus, Hudiksvall, Sweden AD - BUP-kliniken, Länssjukhuset, SE-801 87 Gävle, Sweden AB - In the early 1970's British doctors (Beaumont et al) published clinical findings and concluded that anorexia nervosa is a disease occurring in both sexes. Until then it had been considered a female disease only. A number of studies have reported a rather poor outcome for boys and men. In a Danish study infertility was noted in affected men. The aim of this study is to describe typical arrays of clinical data in order to assess attitudes and values concerning the effect of treatment on 28 teenagers out of a total of 48 children and adolescents. A sociometric questionnaire was used to assess the youngsters' knowledge of their disease, their opinions concerning the competence of staff, their feelings concerning treatment, including parental involvement in therapy and medications used, as well as their opinions concerning the results of treatment. All boys are alive (in 1999), 19 years after falling ill. The boys were much more reluctant to accept inpatient care than were the girls, who seem to show greater autonomy. Participants' final appraisal of treatment is slightly positive, whereas in the hypothetical situation that a friend might fall ill with an eating disorder, a sizeable majority would recommend contact with child psychiatry. KW - adolescent KW - anorexia nervosa KW - article KW - attitude to health KW - child KW - child hospitalization KW - comparative study KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - intensive care KW - male KW - mortality KW - patient compliance KW - patient satisfaction KW - psychological aspect KW - questionnaire KW - statistics KW - Sweden KW - Adolescent KW - Anorexia Nervosa KW - Attitude to Health KW - Child KW - Child, Hospitalized KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Intensive Care KW - Male KW - Patient Compliance KW - Patient Satisfaction KW - Questionnaires KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 11715231 LA - Swedish N1 - Correspondence Address: Jonsson, P.H.; BUP-kliniken, Länssjukhuset, SE-801 87 Gävle, Sweden; email: per.p.jonsson@lg.se N1 - References: Råstam, M., (1990) Anorexia Nervosa in Swedish Urban Teenagers [Dissertation], , Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet;; Beaumont, P.J.V., Beardwood, C.J., Russel, F.M., The occurence of the syndrome of anorexia nervosa in male subjects (1972) Psychol Med, 2, pp. 216-231; Bruch, H., Anorexia nervosa in the male (1971) Psychosom Med, 33, pp. 31-47; Toifl, K., Lischka, A., Waldhauser, F., Klinische Befunde (1988) Klin Padiatr, 200, pp. 113-119; Tolstrup, K., Brinch, M., Isager, T., Nielsen, S., Nystrup, J., Severin, B., Long term outcome of 151 cases of anorexia nervosa (1985) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 71, pp. 380-387; Burns, T., Crisp, A.H., Factors affecting prognosis in male anorectics (1985) J Psychatr Res, 19, pp. 323-328; Higgs, J.F., Goodyer, I.M., Birch, J., Anorexia nervosa and food avoidance emotional disorder (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 346-351; Margo, J.L., Anorexia nervosa in males. A comparison with female pa-tients (1987) Br J Psychiatry, 151, pp. 80-83; Steinhausen, H.C., Seidel, R., Outcome in adolescent eating disorders (1993) Int J Eat Disord, 14, pp. 487-496; Steiner, H., Lock, J., Anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa in children and adolescents: A review of the past 10 years (1998) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 37, pp. 352-359; Walford, G., McCune, N., Long-term outcome in early-onset anorexia nervosa (1991) Br J Psychiatry, 159, pp. 383-389; (1987) MINI-D-R, Diagnostiska Kriterier Enligt DSM-III-R, , Danderyd: Pilgrim Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035904531&partnerID=40&md5=b2d7d0e5af1e26bee06e0fe87dcff713 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Rubella seropositivity in the United States, 1988-1994 T2 - Clinical Infectious Diseases J2 - Clin. Infect. Dis. VL - 33 IS - 8 SP - 1279 EP - 1286 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1086/322651 SN - 10584838 (ISSN) AU - Dykewicz, C.A. AU - Kruszon-Moran, D. AU - McQuillan, G.M. AU - Williams, W.W. AU - Van Loon, F.P.L. AU - Cossen, C. AU - Forghani, B. AU - Hadler, S.C. AD - National Immunization Program, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Atlanta, United States AD - National Center for Health Statistics, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Hyattsville, MD, United States AD - California State Department of Health Services, Viral and Rickettsial Disease Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, United States AB - Data obtained in the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES III), conducted during 1988-1994, were analyzed to determine the epidemiology of rubella seropositivity in the United States, including risk factors for low rubella seropositivity. Serological samples obtained from NHANES III study participants ≥6 years of age were tested for rubella IgG antibodies. "Rubella seropositivity" was defined as serum rubella IgG antibody level ≥10 IU by enzyme immunoassay. Overall, rubella seropositivity rates in the United States were 92% in persons aged 6-11 years, 83% in persons aged 12-19 years, 85% in persons aged 20-29 years, 89% in persons aged 30-39 years, and ≥93% in persons aged ≥40 years. The lowest rate (78%) of any United States birth cohort of the 20th century occurred among persons born from 1970-1974. Eliminating rubella and chronic rubella syndrome in the United States will require international efforts, including vaccination of preschool- and school-age children and all susceptible young adults. KW - immunoglobulin G KW - rubella antibody KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - article KW - child KW - controlled study KW - female KW - health program KW - human KW - infection control KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - rubella KW - seroprevalence KW - United States KW - vaccination KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Antibodies, Viral KW - Child KW - Female KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Immunoenzyme Techniques KW - Immunoglobulin G KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Rubella KW - Rubella virus KW - Seroepidemiologic Studies KW - United States N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 11565065 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antibodies, Viral; Immunoglobulin G N1 - References: Witte, J.J., Karchmer, A.W., Case, G., Epidemiology of rubella (1969) Am J Dis Child, 118, pp. 107-111; Surveillance summary rubella - United States (1970) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 19, pp. 335-337; Preblud, S.R., Serdula, M.K., Frank, J.A., Brandling-Bennett, A.D., Hinman, A.R., Rubella vaccination in the United States: A ten-year review (1980) Epidemiol Rev, 2, pp. 171-194; Reported incidence of notifiable diseases in the United States, 1972 (1973) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 21, p. 4; Summary of notifiable diseases, United States - 1985 (1987) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 34, p. 3; Rubella and congenital rubella syndrome - United States, 1994-1997 (1997) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 46, pp. 350-354; Shlian, D.M., Screening and immunization of rubella-susceptible women. Experience in a large, prepaid medical group (1978) JAMA, 240, pp. 662-663; (1986) DHHS publication no. (PHS) 87-1232, p. 119. , Health, United States, 1986. Washington DC: US Government Printing Office; National, state, amd urban area vaccination coverage levels among children aged 19-35 months - United States, 1997 (1998) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 47, pp. 547-554; (2000) Healthy people 2010. Conference ed., 1. , http://www.health.gov/healthypeople/document/html/volume1/14immunization.htm, Washington, DC: US Department of Health and Human Services, January; objective 14-11: 14-11; Plan and operation of the third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-1994 (1994) Vital Health Stat, 1, pp. 1-407; Forghani, B., Schmidt, N.J., Antigen requirements, sensitivity, and specificity of enzyme immunoassays for measles and rubella viral antibodies (1979) J Clin Microbiol, 9, pp. 657-664; Ezzati, T., Khare, M., Nonresponse adjustment in a national health survey (1993) Proceedings of the Survey Research Methods Section of the American Statistical Association, pp. 339-344. , Alexandria, VA: American Statistical Association; Mohadjer, L., Montaquila, J., Waksberg, J., National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey III: weighting and examination methodology, p. 1996. , Hyattsville, MD: Westat; Shah, B.V., Barnwell, B.G., Hurt, P.N., La Vange, L.M., SUDAAN users manual, Release 5.50, p. 1991. , Research Triangle Park, NC: Research Triangle Institute; Collett, D., Statistical inference for binary data (1991) Binary modeling, pp. 17-42. , London: Chapman and Hall; Johnson, C.E., Kumar, M.L., Whitwell, J.K., Antibody persistence after primary measles-mumps-rubella vaccine and response to a second dose given at four to six vs. eleven to thirteen years (1996) Pediatr Infect Dis J, 15, pp. 687-692; LeBaron, C., Forghani, B., Reef, S., Immunogenicity and adverse events of a 2nd dose of rubella vaccine (1997) Program and abstracts of the 37th Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy (Toronto), p. 240. , Washington, DC: American Society for Microbiology; Chu, S.Y., Bernier, R.H., Stewart, J.A., Rubella antibody persistence after immunization. Sixteen-year follow-up in the Hawaiian islands (1988) JAMA, 259, pp. 3133-3136; Rubella outbreak - Westchester County, New York, 1997-1998 (1999) Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 48, pp. 560-563; Plotkin, S.A., Katz, M., Cordero, J.F., The eradication of rubella (1999) JAMA, 281, pp. 561-562; Thomas, A., Reef, S., Dykewicz, C., Hadler, J., A rubella outbreak in Hispanic adults (1996) Proceedings of the 30th National Immunization Conference (Washington, DC), p. 172. , Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; Vaccination coverage by race/ethnicity and poverty level among children aged 19-35 months - United States, 1996 (1997) Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 46, pp. 963-969; Hinman, A.R., Bart, K.J., Orenstein, W.A., Preblud, S.R., Rational strategy for rubella vaccination (1983) Lancet, 1, pp. 39-40; (1999) Health, United States, 1999, with health and aging chartbook, p. 116. , http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/products/pubs/pubd/hus/hus.htm, Hyattsville, MD; Rubella and pregnancy. ACOG technical bulletin number 171 - August 1992 (1993) Int J Gynaecol Obstet, 42, pp. 60-66; Measles, mumps, and rubella - Vaccine use and strategies for elimination of measles, rubella, and congenital rubella syndrome, and control of mumps: recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) (1998) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 47 (8), pp. 1-57; Schluter, W.W., Reef, S.E., Redd, S.C., Dykewicz, C.A., Changing epidemiology of congenital rubella syndrome in the United States (1998) J Infect Dis, 178, pp. 636-641; Demographic characteristics of persons without a regular source of medical care - Selected states, 1995 (1998) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 47, pp. 277-279; Andersen, R., Lewis, S.Z., Giachello, A.L., Aday, L.A., Chiu, G., Access to medical care among the Hispanic population of the Southwestern United States (1981) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 22, pp. 78-89; Himmelstein, D.U., Woolhandler, S., Care denied: US residents who are unable to obtain needed medical services (1995) Am J Public Health, 85, pp. 341-344; Tingle, A.J., Chantler, J.K., Pot, K.H., Paty, D.W., Ford, D.K., Postpartum rubella immunization: Association with development of prolonged arthritis, neurological sequelae, and chronic rubella viremia (1985) J Infect Dis, 152, pp. 606-612; Tingle, A.J., Mitchell, L.A., Grace, M., Randomised double-blind placebo-controlled study on adverse effects of rubella immunisation in seronegative women (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 1277-1281; Slater, P.E., Ben-Zvi, T., Fogel, A., Ehrenfield, M., Ever-Hadni, S., Absence of an association between rubella vaccination and arthritis in under-immune postpartum women (1995) Vaccine, 13, pp. 1529-1532; Frenkel, L.M., Nielsen, K., Garakian, A., Jin, R., Wolinsky, J.S., Cherry, J.D., A search for persistent rubella virus infection in persons with chronic symptoms after rubella and rubella immunization and in patients with juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (1996) Clin Infect Dis, 22, pp. 287-294; Ray, P., Black, S., Shinefield, H., Risk of chronic arthropathy among women after rubella vaccination (1997) JAMA, 278, pp. 551-556; Slater, P.E., Chronic arthropathy after rubella vaccination in women. False alarm? (1997) JAMA, 278, pp. 594-595; Local data for local decision making - Selected counties, Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New York, 1997 (1998) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 47, pp. 809-813; Zimmerman, R.K., Barker, W.H., Strikas, R.A., Developing curricula to promote preventive medicine skills. The Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) Project (1997) JAMA, 278, pp. 705-711. , Time Development Committee; Knox, E.G., Theoretical aspects of rubella vaccination strategies (1985) Rev Infect Dis, 7, pp. S194-S197 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035887956&doi=10.1086%2f322651&partnerID=40&md5=e33dddaaf75ba5184aa96cee9c9dc7f5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sources of bias in special needs provision in mainstream primary schools: Evidence from two British cohort studies T2 - European Journal of Special Needs Education J2 - Europ. J. Spec. Needs Educ. VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 276 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1080/08856250110074409 SN - 08856257 (ISSN) AU - Sacker, A. AU - Schoon, I. AU - Bartley, M. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Royal Free and Univ. Coll. London, Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V 0HB, United Kingdom AB - This study examines inequality during late childhood in children's access to special needs help in mainstream primary schools using data from two British cohorts: the National Child Development Study (NCDS) and the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70). It explores the source of any biases in the provision of special help using measures of individual gender, attainment and psychosocial adjustment; family social class; school composition; and education regions. Pervasive gender bias was found both in the identification of children with special needs and in the provision of help to children with special needs. There were more children from manual homes receiving help in school than children from professional homes, but when reading, mathematics and psychosocial adjustment scores were taken into account, the gradient reversed, so that children from professional homes were more likely to be getting help. The influence of the school's composition showed the same reversal. Once test scores were considered, schools with a greater proportion of above average children were more likely to be able to provide help for those with special needs than schools with a greater proportion of children with problems. Regional variation suggests that areas in southeast England are better funded than average, while areas of deprivation are not provided with sufficient resources to meet their children's needs. KW - Bias KW - Britain KW - Cohort studies KW - Inequalities KW - Special needs KW - article KW - child care KW - child development KW - cohort analysis KW - family KW - financial management KW - gender KW - health care access KW - health care need KW - human KW - individuality KW - primary school KW - priority journal KW - psychosocial care KW - resource allocation KW - school child KW - school health service KW - social interaction KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJSEE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sacker, A.; Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Royal Free and Univ. Coll. London, Medical School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: a.sacker@public-health.ucl.ac.uk N1 - Funding text: This work was funded by the UK Economic and Social Research Council grant no. R00429334394. Data from the National Child Development Study and the 1970 British ChoSoutrwdtsy eu ed rbypethe pESRlDiCAa vert. Tahcohwsciehadoort ur ie the original collection and analysis of the data bear no responsibility for further aaynss lainindertp triWe oewtnstahi.toh aDr Jenny nCk o,froher rhbpfeeaudlteltvic and comments. N1 - References: Allan, J., Brown, S., Riddell, S., Permission to speak? Theorising special education inside the classroom (1998) Theorising Special Education, pp. 21-31. , In: Clark, C., Dyson, A. and Millward, A. (Eds); London: Routledge; Amira, S., Abramowitz, S.I., Gomes-Schwartz, B., Socially-charged pupil and psychologist effects on psychoeducational decisions (1977) Journal of Special Education, 11 (4), pp. 433-440; Anderson, K.G., Gender bias and special education referrals (1997) Annals of Dyslexia, 47, pp. 151-162; Barona, A., Faykus, S.P., Differential effects of sociocultural variables on special education eligibility categories (1992) Psychology in the Schools, 29 (4), pp. 313-320; Bernard, R., Clarizio, H., Socioeconomic bias in special education placement decisions (1981) Psychology in the Schools, 18 (2), pp. 178-183; Bradshaw, J., Child welfare in the United Kingdom: Rising poverty, falling priorities for children (1997) Child Poverty Deprivation in the Industrialized Countries, 1945-1995, pp. 210-232. , In: Cornia, G. A. and Danziger, S. (Eds); Oxford: Clarendon Press; Brimer, M.A., Dunn, L.M., (1962) Manual for the Picture Vocabulary Test, , Bristol: Education Evaluation Enterprises; Buck, D., The constructs used by statement panel decision-makers (1999) Educational Psychology in Practice, 15 (1), pp. 81-88; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Haslum, M.N., Stewart-Brown, S., Recent findings from the 1970 Child Health and Education Study (1982) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 75 (10), pp. 781-784; Cornia, G.A., Child poverty and deprivation in the industrialized countries: From the end of World War II to the end of the Cold War era (1997) Child Poverty and Deprivation in the Industrialized Countries, 1945-1995, pp. 25-63. , In: Cornia, G.A. and Danziger, S. (Eds); Oxford: Clarendon Press; Croll, P., Moses, D., (2000) Special Needs in the Primary School: One in Five?, , London: Cassell; Daniels, H., Hey, V., Leonard, D., Smith, M., Issues of equity in special needs education from a gender perspective (1999) British Journal of Special Education, 26 (1), pp. 189-195; Dyson, A., Social educational disadvantage: Reconnecting special needs education (1997) British Journal of Special Education, 24 (1), pp. 152-157; Emanuelsson, I., Persson, B., Who is considered to be in need of special education: Why, how and by whom? (1997) European Journal of Special Needs Education, 12 (1), pp. 127-136; Evans, J., The impact of the Special Educational Needs Tribunal on local education authorities' policy and planning for special educational needs (1999) Support for Learning, 14 (1), pp. 74-79; Gelb, S.A., Mizokawa, D.T., Special education and social structure: The commonality of "exceptionality" (1986) American Educational Research Journal, 23 (4), pp. 543-557; Gerber, M., Reforming special education: Beyond inclusion (1996) Disability and the Dilemmas of Education and Justice, , In: Christenson, C. and Rizvi, F. (Eds); Buckingham: Open University Press; Gipps, C., Gross, H., Goldstein, H., (1987) Warnock's Eighteen Per Cent. Children with Special Needs in Primary Schools, , London: Falmer Press; (1978) Edinburgh Reading Test, , Sevenoaks: Hodder and Stoughton; (1994) Code of Practice on the Identification and Assessment of Special Educational Needs, , London: HMSO; (1997) Excellence for All Children: Meeting Special Educational Needs, , London: HMSO; (1981) Education Act, , London: HMSO; (1988) Education Reform Act, , London: HMSO; (1993) Education Act, , London: HMSO; Green, L., 'Possible gender bias within teachers' perceptions of pupils with special needs (1993) Support for Learning, 8 (2), pp. 77-80; Hendren, T.E., Routh, D.K., 'Social class bias in psychologists' evaluation of children (1979) Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4 (4), pp. 353-362; Huebner, E.S., 'Bias in teachers' special education decisions as a function of test score reporting format (1988) Journal of Educational Research, 81 (4), pp. 217-220; Johnstone, D., Warwick, C., Community solutions to inclusion: Some observations on practice in Europe and the United Kingdom (1999) Support for Learning, 14 (1), pp. 8-12; Keogh, B.K., Early ID: Selective perception or perceptive selection? (1977) Academic Therapy, 12 (3), pp. 267-274; Kratovil, J., Bailey, S.M., Sex equity and disabled students (1986) Theory Into Practice, 25 (4), pp. 250-256; Leete, R., Fox, J., 'Registrar-General's social classes: Origins and users (1977) Population Trends, 8, pp. 1-7; McGee, R., Silva, P.A., Williams, S., Parents' and teachers' perceptions of behaviour problems in seven year old children (1983) Exceptional Child, 30 (2), pp. 151-161; Manners, G., Decentralizing London, 1945-1975 (1986) London: Problems of Change, pp. 42-51. , In: Clout, H. and Wood, P. (Eds); London: Longman; Matuszek, P., Oakland, T., Factors influencing teachers' and psychologists' recommendations regarding special class placement (1979) Journal of School Psychology, 17 (2), pp. 116-125; Mittler, P., Equal opportunities - For whom? (1999) British Journal of Special Education, 26, pp. 3-7; Norwich, B., Ideological dilemmas in special needs education (1993) Oxford Review of Education, 19 (4), pp. 527-546; Peagam, E., Special needs or educational apartheid? The emotional and behavioral difficulties of Afro-Caribbean children (1994) Support for Learning, 9 (1), pp. 33-38; Podell, D.M., Soodak, L.C., Teacher efficacy and bias in special education referrals (1993) Journal of Educational Research, 86 (4), pp. 247-253; Pringle, M.K., Butler, N.R., Davie, R., (1967) 11,000 Seven-Year-Olds: First Report of the National Child Development Study (1958 Cohort), , London: Longman; Roberts, S., Socio-economic status in relation to learning problems of students (1975) Education, 96 (1), pp. 81-84; Rubin, R.A., Krus, P., Balow, B., Factors in special class placement (1973) Exceptional Children, 39 (7), pp. 525-532; Rutter, M., 'A children's behaviour questionnaire for completion by teachers: Preliminary findings (1967) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 8 (1), pp. 1-11; Rydin, Y., (1993) Urban and Environmental Planning in the UK, , Basingstoke: Macmillan; (1978) The Education of Pupils with Learning Difficulties in Primary and Secondary Schools in Scotland, , London: HMSO; Slee, R., The politics of theorising special education (1998) Theorising Special Education, pp. 126-136. , In: Clark, C., Dyson, A. and Millward, A. (Eds); London: Routledge; Southgate, V., (1962) Southgate Group Reading Tests: Manual of Instructions, , London: University of London Press; Stott, D.H., (1964) The Social Adjustment of Children, , London: University of London Press; Thomas, G., Davis, P., Special needs: Objective reality or personal construction? Judging reading difficulty after the Code of Practice (1997) Educational Research, 39 (3), pp. 263-270; Thomas, G., Loxley, A., (2001) Deconstructing Special Education and Constructing Inclusion, , Buckingham: Open University Press; Tudor Hart, J., The inverse care law (1971) Lancet, 1 (7696), pp. 405-412; Vardill, R., Imbalance in the numbers of boys and girls identified for referral to educational psychologists: Some issues (1996) British Journal of Special Education, 23 (1), pp. 123-129; Verhulst, F.C., Akkerhuis, G.W., 'Agreement between parents' and teachers' ratings of behavioral/emotional problems of children aged 4-12 (1989) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30 (1), pp. 123-136; Vislie, L., Langfeldt, G., Finance, policy making and the organisation of special education (1996) Cambridge Journal of Education, 26 (1), pp. 59-70; (1978) The Education of Handicapped Children and Young People, , London: HMSO; Wedell, K., Children with special educational needs: Past, present future (1990) Special Education: Past, Present and Future, pp. 17-33. , In: Evans, P. and Varma, V. (Eds); London: Falmer Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035497719&doi=10.1080%2f08856250110074409&partnerID=40&md5=3216cb02f8a68af45af655eabaeec8dd ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years: The Scottish Mental Survey 1932 T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. VL - 85 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 195 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1136/adc.85.3.189 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Shenkin, S.D. AU - Starr, J.M. AU - Pattie, A. AU - Rush, M.A. AU - Whalley, L.J. AU - Deary, I.J. AD - Geriatric Medicine, Department of Clinical and Surgical Sciences, University of Edinburgh, 21 Chalmers Street, Edinburgh EH3 9EW, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, 7 George Squares, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Mental Health, Clinical Research Centre, Royal Cornhill Hospital, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB25 2ZH, United Kingdom AB - Aims - To examine the relation between birth weight and cognitive function at age 11 years, and to examine whether this relation is independent of social class. Methods - Retrospective cohort study based on birth records from 1921 and cognitive function measured while at school at age 11 in 1932. Subjects were 985 live singletons born in the Edinburgh Royal Maternity and Simpson Memorial Hospital in 1921. Moray House Test scores from the Scottish Mental Survey 1932 were traced on 449 of these children. Results - Mean score on Moray House Test increased from 30.6 at a birth weight of <2500 g to 44.7 at 4001-4500 g, after correcting for gestational age, maternal age, parity, social class, and legitimacy of birth. Multiple regression showed that 15.6% of the variance in Moray House Test score is contributed by a combination of social class (6.6%), birth weight (3.8%), child's exact age (2.4%), maternal parity (2.0%), and illegitimacy (1.5%). Structural equation modelling confirmed the independent contribution from each of these variables in predicting cognitive ability. A model in which birth weight acted as a mediator of social class had poor fit statistics. Conclusion - In this 1921 birth cohort, social class and birth weight have independent effects on cognitive function at age 11. Future research will relate these childhood data to health and cognition in old age. KW - Barker hypothesis KW - Birth weight KW - Intelligence KW - Social class KW - article KW - birth weight KW - child development KW - cognition KW - female KW - gestational age KW - health survey KW - human KW - intelligence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - social class KW - statistical model KW - United Kingdom KW - Age Factors KW - Birth Weight KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Cognition KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Illegitimacy KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Linear Models KW - Male KW - Parity KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Social Class KW - Statistics, Nonparametric N1 - Cited By :83 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 11517097 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Deary, I.J.; Department of Psychology, University of Edinburgh, 7 George Squares, Edinburgh EH8 9JZ, United Kingdom; email: i.deary@ed.ac.uk N1 - References: Bouchard T.J., Jr., Genetic and environmental influences on adult intelligence and special mental abilities (1998) Hum Biol, 70, pp. 257-279; Barker, D.J.P., Maternal nutrition, fetal nutrition, and disease in later life (1997) Nutrition, 13, pp. 807-813; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, babies and disease in later life, , London: BMJ Publishing Group; Morgane, P.J., Austin-LaFrance, R., Bronzino, J., Prenatal malnutrition and development of the brain (1993) Neurosci Biobehav Rev, 17, pp. 91-128; Drillien, C.M., The incidence of mental and physical handicaps in school age children of very low birth weight. II (1967) Pediatrics, 39, pp. 238-247; Rose, S.A., Feldman, J.F., Prediction of IQ and specific cognitive abilities at 11 years from infancy measures (1995) Dev Psychol, 31, pp. 685-696; Hutton, J.L., Pharoah, P.O., Cooke, R.W., Stevenson, R.C., Differential effects of preterm birth and small gestational age on cognitive and motor development (1997) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 76, pp. F75-F81; Richards, M., Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Birth weight and cognitive function in the British 1946 birth cohort: Longitudinal population based study (2001) BMJ, 322, pp. 199-203; Sorensen, H.T., Sabroe, S., Olsen, J., Birth weight and cognitive function in young adult life: Historical cohort study (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 401-403. , published erratum appears in BMJ 1998;316:747; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Birth weight and intellectual performance in late adolescence (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 79, pp. 543-546; Martyn, C.N., Gale, C.R., Sayer, A.A., Fall, C., Growth in utero and cognitive function in adult life: Follow up study of people born between 1920 and 1943 (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1393-1396; Hack, M., Effects of intrauterine growth retardation on mental performance and behavior, outcomes during adolescence and adulthood (1998) Eur J Clin Nutr, (SUPPL. 1), pp. S65-S70; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Baxter-Jones, A.D., Cardy, A.H., Helms, P.J., Influence of socioeconomic conditions on growth in infancy: The 1921 Aberdeen birth cohort (1999) Arch Dis Child, 81, pp. 5-9; Kramer, M.S., Seguin, L., Lydon, J., Goulet, L., Socio-economic disparities in pregnancy outcome: Why do the poor fare so poorly? (2000) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 14, pp. 194-210; Wiener, G., The relationship of birth weight and length of gestation to intellectual development at ages 8 to 10 years (1970) J Pediatr, 76, pp. 694-699; Moore, V.M., Miller, A.G., Boulton, T.J., Placental weight, birth measurements, and blood pressure at age 8 years (1996) Arch Dis Child, 74, pp. 538-541; Deary, I.J., Whalley, L.J., Lemmon, H., The stability of individual differences in mental ability from childhood to old age: Follow-up of the 1932 Scottish Mental Survey (2000) Intelligence, 28, pp. 49-55; (1933) The intelligence of scottish children. A national survey of an age group, , London: University of London Press; Bentler, P.M., (1995) EQS Structural Equations Program Manual, , Encino, CA: Multivariate Software, Inc; Fall, C.H., Vijayakumar, M., Barker, D.J., Weight in infancy and prevalence of coronary heart disease in adult life (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 17-19; (1921) 67th Annual Report of the Registrar General for Scotland, 1921, , London: HMSO; (2001) 2000 Preliminary Return, Population and Vital Events, Scotland, , Edinburgh: General Register Office for Scotland; Lanting, C.I., Fidler, V., Huisman, M., Neurological differences between 9-year-old children fed breast-milk or formula-milk as babies (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 1319-1322; Macintyre, S., The Black report and beyond: What are the issues? (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 723-745; Joseph, K.S., Kramer, M.S., Review of the evidence on fetal and early childhood antecedents of adult chronic disease (1996) Epidemiol Rev, 18, pp. 158-174; Cleveland, H.H., Jacobson, K.C., Lipinski, J.J., Rowe, D.C., Genetic and shared environmental contributions to the relationship between the home environment and child and adolescent achievement (2000) Intelligence, 28, pp. 69-86 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034834779&doi=10.1136%2fadc.85.3.189&partnerID=40&md5=ef7b2bd6ca2a2c0f1fcd0f5eaee29d78 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Inflammatory bowel disease and laterality: Is left handedness a risk? T2 - Gut J2 - Gut VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 202 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1136/gut.49.2.199 SN - 00175749 (ISSN) AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Galloway, M.L. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Royal Free and University College Hospital Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Enheten für Klinisk Epidemiologi, Karolinska Sjukhuset and Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Background - Left handedness has been associated with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and autoimmune diseases. Aims - To determine whether left handedness is associated with IBD in two prospective national birth cohorts. Methods - Subjects with Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC) were identified from two national longitudinal birth cohorts at age 26 years (1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70), born in 1970) and age 33 years (National Child Development Study (NCDS), born in 1958). Laterality was determined at age 10 (BCS70) or seven (NCDS) years, based on hand preference for writing and foot preference for kicking a ball (BCS70 only). Multiple logistic regression was used to assess the relationship of handedness with CD, UC, and IBD in the cohorts combined and adjusted for sex. Results - Both cohorts combined showed increased adjusted relative odds of 2.13 (95% confidence interval (CI) 0.97-4.65; p=0.059), 2.13 (95% CI 0.92-4.91; p=0. 077), and 2.13 (95% CI 1.20-3.78; p=0.010) for CD, UC, and IBD, respectively in left handers. Conclusions - The study suggests a link between IBD and left handedness which may be genetic and/or environmental in origin. KW - Handedness KW - Inflammatory bowel disease KW - article KW - colon Crohn disease KW - environmental factor KW - heredity KW - human KW - left handedness KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - statistical analysis KW - ulcerative colitis KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Functional Laterality KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GUTTA C2 - 11454794 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Morris, D.L.; Inflammatory Bowel Dis. Study Group, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Hosp. Med. S., Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom; email: Wisemail@compuserve.com N1 - References: Dellatolas, G., Annesi, I., Jallon, P., An epidemiological reconsideration of the Geschwind-Galaburda theory of cerebral lateralization (1990) Arch Neurol, 47, pp. 778-782; Smith, J., Left-handedness: Its association with allergic disease (1987) Neuropsychologia, 25, pp. 665-674; Soper, H.V., Satz, P., Orsini, D.L., Handedness patterns in autism suggest subtypes (1986) J Autism Dev Disord, 16, pp. 155-167; Geschwind, N., Behan, P., Left-handedness: Association with immune disease, migraine, and developmental learning disorder (1982) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 79, pp. 5097-5100; Becker, J.T., Bass, S.M., Dew, M., Hand preference, immune system disorder and cognitive function among gay/bisexual men: The Multicenter AIDS Cohort Study (MACS) (1992) Neuropsychologia, 30, pp. 229-235; Searleman, A., Fugagli, A.K., Suspected autoimmune disorders and left-handedness: Evidence from individuals with diabetes, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (1987) Neuropsychologia, 25, pp. 367-374; Meyers, S., Janowitz, H.D., Left-handedness and inflammatory bowel disease (1985) J Clin Gastroenterol, 7, pp. 33-35; Bryden, M.P., McManus, I.C., Bulman-Fleming, M., Evaluating the empirical support for the Geschwind-Behan-Galaburda model of cerebral lateralisation (1994) Brain Cogn, 26, pp. 103-167; McKeever, W.F., Rich, D.A., Left handedness and immune disorders (1990) Cortex, 26, pp. 33-40; Obrzut, J.E., The Geschwind-Behan-Galaburda theory of cerebral lateralization: Thesis, antithesis, and synthesis (1994) Brain Cogn, 26, pp. 267-274; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., (1997) An integrated approach to the design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , London, SSRU, The City University; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Thompson, N.P., Prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in British 26 year-olds: National longitudinal birth cohort (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1058-1059; Thompson, N.P., Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Is measles vaccination a risk factor for inflammatory bowel disease? (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1071-1074; Shepherd, P., Analysis of response bias (1993) Life at 33: The fifth follow-up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 184-187. , Ferri E, ed. National Children's Bureau; Shepherd, P., Survey and response (1997) Twenty-something in the 1990's, pp. 129-136. , Bynner JM, Ferri E, Shepherd P, eds. UK: Ashgate; Le Roux, A., Sex differences and the incidence of left-handedness (1979) J Psychol, 102, pp. 261-262; Peter, M., Durding, B.M., Footedness of left- and right-handers (1979) Am J Psychol, 92, pp. 133-142; Geschwind, N., Behan, P., Laterality, hormones and immunity (1984) Cerebral dominance: the biological foundations, , Geschwind N, Galaburda AM, eds. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press; Yokoyama, M.M., Hara, A., Shiotsuki, Lymphocyte subsets of left-handers (1987) Brain Behav Immun, 1, pp. 36-39; Chengappa, K.N., Ganguli, R., Yang, Z., Non-right sidedness: An association with lower IL-2 production (1992) Life Sci, 51, pp. 1843-1849; Chengappa, K.N., Ganguli, R., Ulrich, R., The prevalence of autoantibodies among right and left handed schizophrenic patients and control subjects (1992) Biol Psychiatry, 32, pp. 803-811; Leviton, A., Kilty, T., Seasonal variation in the birth of left-handed schoolgirls (1979) Arch Neurol, 36, pp. 115-116; Haslam, N., Mayberry, J.F., Probert, C.S., Month-of-birth is a risk factor for Crohn's disease (1997) Gut, 41 (SUPPL. 3), pp. A175; Morris, D.L., Montgomery, S.M., Kyle, J., Is season of birth a risk factor for Crohn's disease (1999) Gut, 45 (SUPPL. V), pp. A124; Sandler, R.S., Epidemiology of inflammatory bowel disease (1994) Inflammatory bowel disease, from bench to bedside, pp. 5-30. , Targan SR, Shanahan F, eds. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins; Yeo, R.A., Gangestad, S.W., Developmental origins of variation in human hand preference (1993) Genetica, 89, pp. 281-296; St. Marseille, A., Braun, C.M.J., Comments on immune aspects of the Geschwind-Behan-Galburda model and of the article of Bryden, Mcmanus and Bulman-Fleming (1994) Brain Cogn, 26, pp. 281-290 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034916867&doi=10.1136%2fgut.49.2.199&partnerID=40&md5=0f0f0053ae338efdfe51699d12377255 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Unequal pay for women and men: Evidence from the british birth cohort studies T2 - International Journal of Manpower J2 - Int. J. Manpow. VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 475 EP - 486 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1108/ijm.2001.22.5.475.3 SN - 01437720 (ISSN) AU - Neuman, S. AD - Bar-Ilan University, Ramat-Gan, Israel N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Neuman, S.; Bar-Ilan University, Ramat-Gan, Israel N1 - References: Blinder, A.S., Wage discrimination: reduced form and structural estimates (1973) Journal of Human Resources, 8, pp. 436-455; Brown, R., Moon, M., Zoloth, B.S., Incorporating occupational attainment in studies of male-female earnings differentials (1980) Journal of Human Resources, 15, pp. 3-28; Miller, P.W., The effect of the occupational segregation of women in Britain (1987) The Economic Journal, 97, pp. 885-896; Neumark, D., Employers’ discriminatory behavior and the estimation of wage discrimination (1988) Journal of Human Resources, 23, pp. 279-295; Neuman, S., Oaxaca, R., Estimating labor market discrimination with selectivity corrected wage equations: methodological considerations and an illustration from Israel (1998) CEPR Discussion Papers #1915, London.; Neuman, S., Silber, J., Wage discrimination across ethnic groups: evidence from Israel (1996) Economic Inquiry, 34, pp. 648-661; Oaxaca, R.L., Male-female wage differentials in urban labor markets (1983) International Economic Review, 14, pp. 693-709; Oaxaca, R.L., Ransom, M.R., On discrimination and the decomposition of wage differentials (1994) Journal of Econometrics, 61, pp. 5-21 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84986038187&doi=10.1108%2fijm.2001.22.5.475.3&partnerID=40&md5=a88cff9a8dd8acbe68b91e47f1e8748a ER - TY - JOUR TI - The birth rate of hypospadias in the Turku area in Finland T2 - APMIS, Supplement J2 - APMIS Suppl. VL - 109 IS - 103 SP - S43 EP - S47 PY - 2001 SN - 0903465X (ISSN) AU - Virtanen, H.E. AU - Kaleva, M. AU - Haavisto, A.-M. AU - Schmidt, I.M. AU - Chellakooty, M. AU - Main, K.M. AU - Skakkebaek, N.E. AU - Toppari, J. AD - Department of Physiology, University of Turku, Kiinamyllynkatu 10, 20520 Turku, Finland AB - Reports based on national registers of congenital malformations have suggested that the birth rate of hypospadias has increased during the last few decades. Register-based information may, however, have pitfalls because of changes in diagnostics, reporting accuracy and registration system. The aim of this study was to determine the current birth rate of hypospadias in Turku University Central Hospital (TUCH) in Finland. This was a prospective study on live-born boys born in TUCH from 1997 to 1999. In the total birth cohort (n=5,798) as well as in a special subcohort group (n=1,505) 0.3% of boys had hypospadias. Only one scrotal hypospadias was found in a boy who had a chromosomal anomaly. Other hypospadias were glandular or coronal. No increase was found in the birth rate of hypospadias when comparing our result with register-based data of boys born in Finland during the years 1970 to 1986 and surgically treated for hypospadias by the age of 8 years. No difference was found either from malformation register-based data concerning the nationwide birth rate of hypospadias during the years 1993 to 1998. Due to differences in national registration systems between countries, prospective studies with equal assessment criteria are needed in order to make reliable international comparisons. KW - Congenital malformations KW - Hypospadias KW - accuracy KW - birth rate KW - chromosome aberration KW - conference paper KW - congenital malformation KW - controlled study KW - diagnostic procedure KW - disease classification KW - Finland KW - human KW - hypospadias KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - newborn KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - register N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APSUE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Virtanen, H.E.; Department of Physiology, University of Turku, Kiinamyllynkatu 10, 20520 Turku, Finland; email: helena.virtanen@utu.fi N1 - References: Akre, O., Lipworth, L., Cnattingius, S., Sparen, P., Ekbom, A., Risk factor patterns for cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 364-369; Weidner, I.S., Moller, H., Jensen, T.K., Skakkebaek, N.E., Risk factors for cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) J Urol, 161, pp. 1606-1609; Moller, H., Weidner, I.S., Epidemiology of cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 352-354; Toppari, J., Larsen, J.C., Christiansen, P., Giwercman, A., Grandjean, P., Guillette L.J., Jr., Male reproductive health and environmental xenoestrogens (1996) Environ Health Perspect, 104 (SUPPL. 4), pp. 741-803; Paulozzi, L.J., International trends in rates of hypospadias and cryptorchidism (1999) Environ Health Perspect, 107, pp. 297-302; Dolk, H., Rise in prevalence of hypospadias (1998) Lancet, 351, p. 770; Paulozzi, L.J., Erickson, J.D., Jackson, R.J., Hypospadias trends in two US surveillance systems (1997) Pediatrics, 100, pp. 831-834; Hemminki, E., Merilainen, J., Teperi, J., Reporting of malformations in routine health registers (1993) Teratology, 48, pp. 227-231; Aho, M., Koivisto, A.M., Tammela, T.L., Auvinen, A., Is the incidence of hypospadias increasing? Analysis of Finnish hospital discharge data 1970-1994 (2000) Environ Health Perspect, 108, pp. 463-465; Adami, H.O., Bergstrom, R., Mohner, M., Zatonski, W., Storm, H., Ekbom, A., Testicular cancer in nine northern European countries (1994) Int J Cancer, 59, pp. 33-38; Carlsen, E., Giwercman, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebaek, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 609-613; Swan, S.H., Elkin, E.P., Fenster, L., The question of declining sperm density revisited: An analysis of 101 studies published 1934-1996 (2000) Environ Health Perspect, 108, pp. 961-966; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebaek, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tract? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Bergstrom, R., Adami, H.O., Mohner, M., Zatonski, W., Storm, H., Ekbom, A., Increase in testicular cancer incidence in six European countries: A birth cohort phenomenon (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 727-733; Skakkebaek, N.E., Rajpert-De Meyts, E., Jorgensen, N., Carlsen, E., Petersen, P.M., Giwercman, A., Germ cell cancer and disorders of spermatogenesis: An environmental connection? (1998) APMIS, 106, pp. 3-11; Jensen, T.K., Vierula, M., Hjollund, N.H., Saaranen, M., Scheike, T., Saarikoski, S., Semen quality among Danish and Finnish men attempting to conceive (2000) Eur J Endocrinol, 142, pp. 47-52. , The Danish First Pregnancy Planner Study Team UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034913172&partnerID=40&md5=b7ef731d72e03ee81d9031efbac9986b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Life markers in biographical narratives of people from three cohorts: A life span perspective in its historical context T2 - Human Development J2 - Hum. Dev. VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 171 EP - 190 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1159/000057057 SN - 0018716X (ISSN) AU - Grob, A. AU - Krings, F. AU - Bangerter, A. AD - Institute of Psychology, University of Bern, Muesmattstrasse 45, CH-3000 Bern, Switzerland AB - Human development is often understood as an interplay between biological, sociohistorical, and social factors, as well as individual developmental actions. However, historical influences on development have rarely been investigated. The present study discusses societal change in the course of this century and investigates its impact on the life course by analyzing biographical narratives. This impact is illustrated by results from a study where participants from three birth cohorts (1920-25; 1945-50; 1970-75) were interviewed about important markers in their experienced and expected biographies. Although distribution of life markers over the life span was analogous across cohorts, participants from the younger cohorts perceived themselves as having more control on setting important life markers across their biographies. Their narratives referred more often to personal and less often to contextual and sociohistorical themes. Copyright © 2001 S. Karger AG, Basel. KW - (Auto-)biography KW - Historical context KW - Life markers KW - Life span development KW - Narrative KW - Perceived control KW - Socio-historical change N1 - Cited By :36 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HUDEA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Grob, A.; Institute of Psychology, University of Bern, Muesmattstrasse 45, CH-3000 Bern, Switzerland; email: Alexander.Grob@psy.unibe.ch N1 - References: Baltes, P.B., On the incomplete architecture of human ontogeny: Selection, optimization, and compensation as foundation of developmental theory (1997) American Psychologist, 52, pp. 366-380; Bamberg, M.G.W., (1997) Oral Versions of Personal Experience, , Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum; Bamberg, M.G.W., (1997) Narrative Development: Six Approaches, , Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum; Baumeister, R.F., (1991) Meanings of Life, , New York: Guilford; Beck, U., (1986) Risikogesellschaft. Auf dem Weg in Eine Andere Moderne. [Risk Society: On the Way to Another Modernity.], , Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp; Berry, J.M., West, R.L., Cognitive self-efficacy in relation to personal mastery and goal setting across the life span (1993) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 16, pp. 351-379; Brandtstädter, J., Action, culture and development: Points of convergence (1997) Culture and Psychology, 3, pp. 335-352; Bronfenbrenner, U., (1979) The Ecology of Human Development, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Church, A.T., Lonner, W.J., The cross-cultural perspective in the study of personality: Rationale and current research (1998) Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, pp. 32-62; Conway, M.A., The inventory of experience: Memory and identity (1997) Collective Memory of Political Events: Social Psychological Perspectives, pp. 21-45. , J.W. Pennebaker, D. Paez & B. Rimé (Eds.), Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum; Coupland, N., Coupland, J., Giles, H., (1991) Language, Society and the Elderly: Discourse, Identity and Aging, , Oxford: Blackwell; De Vries, B., Watt, D., A lifetime of events: Age and gender variations in the life story (1996) International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 42, pp. 81-102; Elder G.H., Jr., (1974) Children of the Great Depression: Social Change in Life Experience, , Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Elder G.H., Jr., The life course as developmental theory (1998) Child Development, 69, pp. 1-12; Erikson, E.H., (1959) Identity and the Life Cycle, , New York: International University Press; Fend, H., The cultural scripts of control and individualization: Consequences for growing up during adolescence in modern societies (2000) Control of Human Behavior, Mental Processes, and Awareness, pp. 487-503. , W.J. Perrig & A. Grob (Eds.), Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Fitzgerald, J.M., Vivid memories and the reminiscence phenomenon: The role of a self narrative (1988) Human Development, 31, pp. 261-273; Grob, A., Identifying societal change by studying biographies of people from different cohorts (1998) Paper to the VIth Biennial Conference of the European Association for Research on Adolescence, , June. Budapest, Hungary; Grob, A., Dynamics of perceived control across adolescence and adulthood (2000) Control of Human Behavior, Mental Processes, and Awareness, pp. 325-344. , W.J. Perrig & A. Grob (Eds.), Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates; Grob, A., Krings, F., Bangerter, A., (2000) Life Markers in Biographies of Three Swiss Cohorts, , Research Report No. 72, Institute of Psychology, University of Basel, Switzerland; Grob, A., Little, T.D., Wanner, B., Control judgements across the life span (1999) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 23, pp. 833-854; Grundmann, M., Historical context of father absence: Some consequences for the family formation of German men (1996) International Journal of Behavioral Development, 19, pp. 415-432; Hareven, T.K., Historical perspectives on the family and aging (1995) Handbook of Aging and the Family, pp. 13-31. , R. Blieszner & V.H. Bedford (Eds.), Westport, CT: Greenwood Press; Havighurst, R.J., (1948) Developmental Tasks and Education, , New York: McKay; Heckhausen, J., (1999) Developmental Regulation in Adulthood: Age-normative and Sociostructural Constraints As Adaptive Challenges, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Heckhausen, J., Krüger, J., Developmental expectations for the self and most other people: Age grading in three functions of social comparison (1993) Developmental Psychology, 29, pp. 539-548; Held, T., Institutionalization and deinstitutionalization of the life course (1986) Human Development, 29, pp. 157-162; Hernandez, D.J., America's Children: Resources from Family, Government, and the Economy, 1993. , New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Imhof, A.E., Life course patterns of women and their husbands: 16th to 20th century (1986) Human Development and the Life Course: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, pp. 247-270. , A.B. Sørensen, F.E. Weinert & L.R. Sherrod (Eds.), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Jüttemann, G., Thomae, H., (1987) Biographie und Psychologie. [Biography and Psychology], , Berlin: Springer; Jüttemann, G., Thomae, H., (1998) Biographische Methoden in Den Humanwissenschaften [Biographical Methods in Humanities], , Weinheim: Psychologie Verlags Union; Kaelble, H., The change of employment sectors in Europe in the 19th and 20th century (1997) Historical Social Research, 22, pp. 5-28; Kleining, G., Heuristics for investigation of biographies and generations (1998) Biographische Methoden in den Humanwissenschaften, pp. 175-192. , G. Jüttemann & H. Thomae (Eds.), Weinheim: Psychologie Verlags Union; Kogan, N., Personality and aging (1990) Handbook of the Psychology of Aging, pp. 330-346. , J.E. Birren & K.W. Schaie (Eds.), San Diego: Academic Press; Kohli, M., The institutionalization of the life course (1985) Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 37, pp. 1-29; Kohli, M., Social organization and subjective construction of the life course (1986) Human Development and the Life Course: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, pp. 271-292. , A.B. Sørensen, F.E. Weinert & L.R. Sherrod (Eds.), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Kohli, M., Meyer, J.W., Social structure and social construction of life stages (1986) Human Development, 29, pp. 145-149; Lachman, M.E., Locus of control in aging research: A case for multidimensional and domain-specific assessment (1986) Psychology and Aging, 1, pp. 34-40; Lachman, M.E., Perceived control over memory aging: Developmental and intervention perspectives (1991) Journal of Social Issues, 47, pp. 159-175; Lerner, R.M., Relative plasticity, integration, temporality, and diversity in human development: A developmental contextual perspective about theory, process, and method (1996) Developmental Psychology, 32, pp. 781-786; Magnusson, D., (1993) Human Ontogeny: A Longitudinal Perspective, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Mannheim, K., The problem of generations (1952) Essays on the Sociology of Knowledge, pp. 276-321. , K. Mannheim (Ed.), London: Routledgc & Keegan Paul; Mayer, K.U., Structural constraints on the life course (1986) Human Development, 29, pp. 163-170; Neugarten, B.L., Time, age, and the life cycle (1979) American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, pp. 887-894; Neugarten, B.N., Hagestad, G.O., Age and the life course (1976) Handbook of Aging and Social Sciences, , R. Binstock & E. Shanas (Eds.), New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold; Nurmi, J.-E., How do adolescents see their future? A review of the development of future orientation and planning (1991) Developmental Review, 11, pp. 1-59; Rosenthal, G., Reconstruction of life stories. Principles of selection in generating stories for narrative biographical interviews (1993) The Narrative Study of Lives, pp. 59-91. , R. Josselson & A. Lieblich (Eds.), Newbury Park: Sage; Rubin, D.C., Wetzler, S.E., Nebes, R.D., Autobiographical memory across the lifespan (1986) Autobiographical Memory, pp. 202-221. , D.C. Rubin (Ed.), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Sarbin, T.R., (1986) Narrative Psychology: The Storied Nature of Human Conduct, , New York: Praeger; Settersten R.A., Jr., The salience of age in the life course (1997) Human Development, 40, pp. 257-281; Settersten R.A., Jr., Hagestad, G.O., What's the latest? Cultural age deadlines for family transitions (1996) The Gerontologist, 36, pp. 178-188; Settersten R.A., Jr., Hagestad, G.O., What's the latest? II. Cultural age deadlines for educational and work transitions (1996) The Gerontologist, 36, pp. 602-613; Skinner, E.A., A guide to constructs of control (1996) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, pp. 549-570; Sørensen, A.B., Social structure and mechanisms of life-course processes (1986) Human Development and the Life Course: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, pp. 177-198. , A.B. Sørensen. F.E. Weinert & L.R. Sherrod (Eds.), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Straub, J., (1989) Historisch-psychologische Biographieforschung Theoretische, Methodologische und Methodische Argumentationen in Systematischer Absicht [Historical Psychological Biography Research. Theoretical, Methodological, and Methodical Arguments in Systematic Perspective], , Heidelberg: Asanger; Triandis, H.C., Cross-cultural perspectives on personality (1997) Handbook of Personality Psychology, pp. 439-464. , R. Hogan, J.A. Johnson & S.R. Briggs (Eds.), San Diego, CA: Academic Press; (1997) Statistical Abstract of the United States: 1997, , Washington, DC; Welch, D.C., West, R.L., Self-efficacy and mastery: Its application to issues of environmental control, cognition, and aging (1995) Developmental Review, 15, pp. 150-171; Zapf, W., Development and social structure of modern societies (1995) Einführung in die Hauptbegriffe der Soziologie, pp. 181-191. , H. Korte & B. Schäfers (Eds.). Opladen: Leske & Budrich; Zepelin, H., Sills, R.A., Heath, M.W., Is age becoming irrelevant? An explanatory study of perceived age norms (1986) International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 24, pp. 241-256 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0043196758&doi=10.1159%2f000057057&partnerID=40&md5=17e84efc6dfdbb12c6e16f7c4c14d514 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The socioeconomic position of employed women, risk factors and mortality T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 477 EP - 485 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(00)00350-6 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Heslop, P. AU - Davey Smith, G. AU - Macleod, J. AU - Hart, C. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Medical School, University of Birmingham, Birmingham, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, United Kingdom AB - Many studies have demonstrated the graded association between socioeconomic position and health. Few of these studies have examined the cumulative effect of socioeconomic position throughout the lifecourse, and even fewer have included women. Those that have explored gender differences affirm the importance of studying the factors that predict women and men's health separately. This study addresses the associations between cross-sectional and longitudinal socioeconomic position, risk factors for cardiovascular disease and mortality from various causes. Analyses are based on data from a cohort of working Scottish women recruited between 1970 and 1973. Five socioeconomic measures were explored in relation to diastolic blood pressure, plasma cholesterol concentration, body mass index, forced expiratory volume in 1s (FEV1), amount of recreational exercise taken, cigarette smoking and alcohol consumption. In general, for each of the five measures of socioeconomic position, there were significant differences in at least one of the age-adjusted physiological risk factors for cardiovascular disease (diastolic blood pressure, plasma cholesterol concentration, body mass index, FEV1). There were also significant differences in the percentage of current cigarette smokers according to different measures of socioeconomic position, although this was not the case for the other behavioural risk factors for cardiovascular disease (amount of recreational exercise taken, and alcohol consumption). Measures of socioeconomic position were also examined in relation to cause of death for the women who died before 1 January 1999. After adjusting for age and risk factors, a composite measure of lifetime socioeconomic experience was a more potent predictor of all cause mortality and mortality from cardiovascular disease than other measures of socioeconomic position. It therefore seems that conventional measures of socioeconomic position, estimated at one point in time, do not adequately capture the effects of socioeconomic circumstances on the risk of mortality among employed women. Thus, a broader range of explanatory factors for mortality differentials than currently exists must be considered, and must include consideration of factors operating throughout the lifecourse. Copyright © 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. KW - Inequalities KW - Mortality KW - Scotland KW - Socioeconomic position KW - Women KW - cholesterol KW - life history KW - medical geography KW - mortality KW - risk factor KW - socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - age KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - body mass KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cholesterol blood level KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - diastolic blood pressure KW - disease association KW - employment KW - exercise KW - female KW - forced expiratory volume KW - gender KW - health KW - human KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - risk factor KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Women, Working KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :63 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 11459398 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Davey Smith, G.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: zetkin@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Abbott, P., Sapsford, R., (1987), Women and social class, London: Tavistock; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, W.M., The association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Brunner, E., Shipley, M.J., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Marmot, M., When does cardiovascular risk start? Past and present socioeconomic circumstances and risk factors in adulthood (1999) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 53, pp. 757-764; Carstairs, V., Morris, R., (1991), Deprivation and health in Scotland, Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series B, 34, pp. 187-220; Davey Smith, G., Down at heart-the meaning and implications of social inequalities in cardiovascular disease (1997) Journal of the Royal College of Physicians of London, 31 (4), pp. 414-424; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The black report on socioeconomic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) British Medical Journal, 301, pp. 373-377; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., Explanations for socioeconomic differentials in mortality; Evidence from Britain and elsewhere (1994) European Journal of Public Health, 4, pp. 131-144; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality; Prospective observational study (1997) British Medical Journal, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., MacKinnon, P., Gillis, C., Watt, G., Blane, D., Hawthorne, V., Education and occupational social class; Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Hole, D., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause specific adult mortality; Prospective observational study (1998) British Medical Journal, 316, pp. 1631-1635; Denton, M., Walters, V., Gender differences in structural and behavioural determinants of health; An analysis of the social production of health (1999) Social Science & Medicine, 48, pp. 1221-1235; Department of Health (1995). Variations in health: What can the department of health and the NHS do? London: Department of Health; Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Systematic review of randomised controlled trials of multiple risk factor interventions for preventing coronary heart disease (1997) British Medical Journal, 314, pp. 1666-1674; European Heart Network (1998). Social factors, work, stress and cardiovascular disease: Prevention in the European Union. Brussels: European Heart Network; Fox, J., (1989), Health inequalities in European countries, Aldershot: Gower; General Register Office (1966). Classification of occupations 1966. London: HMSO; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Colditz, G.A., Manson, J.E., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle aged US women; A prospective study (1995) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Alcohol consumption and mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease, and stroke; Results from a prospective cohort study of Scottish men with 21 years of follow up (1999) British Medical Journal, 318, pp. 1725-1729; Hayes, B.C., Miller, R.L., The silenced voice; Female social mobility patterns with particular reference to the British Isles (1993) British Journal of Sociology, 44 (4), pp. 653-672; Heath, A. (1990). Class and political partisanship. In J. Clarke, C. Modgil, & S. Modgil (Eds.), John H. Goldthorpe consesus and controversy. London: Falmer Press; Heath, A., Britten, N., Women's jobs do make a difference (1984) Sociology, 18, pp. 475-490; Holme, I., Helgeland, A., Hjermann, I., Lund-Larsen, P.G., Coronary risk factors and socioeconomic status (1976) The Lancet, 2 (8000), pp. 1396-1398; Kuh, D., & Ben-Schlomo, Y. (Eds.) (1997). A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Lantz, P.M., House, J.S., Lepkowski, J.M., Williams, D.R., Mero, R.P., Chen, J., Socioeconomic factors, health behaviors and mortality; Results from a nationally representative prospective study of US adults (1998) Journal of the American Medical Association, 279 (21), pp. 1703-1708; Liberatos, P., Link, B.G., Kelsey, J.L., The measurement of social class in epidemiology (1988) Epidemiological Review, 10, pp. 87-121; Luoto, R., Pekkanen, J., Uutela, A., Tuomilehto, J., Cardiovascular risks and socioeconomic status; Differences between men and women in Finland (1994) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 48, pp. 348-354; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Tuomilehto, J., Salonen, J.T., Do cardiovascular risk factors explain the relation between socioeconomic status, risk of all-cause mortality, cardiovascular mortality, and acute myocardial infarction? (1996) American Journal of Epidemiology, 144 (10), pp. 934-942; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Shema, S.J., Cumulative impact of sustained economic hardship on physical, cognitive, psychological and social functioning (1997) New England Journal of Medicine, 337, pp. 1889-1895; Mackenbach, J.P., Kunst, A.E., Groenhof, F., Borgan, J., Costa, G., Faggiano, F., Jozan, P., Valkonen, T., Socioeconomic inequalities in mortality among women and among men; An international study (1999) American Journal of Public Health, 89 (12), pp. 1800-1806; Macintyre, S., The black report and beyond; What are the issues? (1997) Social Science and Medicine, 44 (6), pp. 723-745; Macintyre, S. (1998). Social inequalities and health in the contemporary world: A comparative view. In S. Strickland, & P. Shetty (Eds.), Human biology and social inequality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Marmot, M., Ryff, C.D., Bumpass, L.L., Shipley, M., Marks, N.F., Social inequalities in health; Next questions and converging evidence (1997) Social Science and Medicine, 44 (6), pp. 901-910; Marshall, G., Newby, H., Rose, D., Vogler, C., (1988), Social class in modern Britain, London: Hutchinson; Matthews, S., Manor, O., Power, C., Social inequalities in health; Are there gender differences? (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 48, pp. 49-60; Power, C., Matthews, S., Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample (1997) The Lancet, 350, pp. 1584-1589; Rodin, J., Ickovics, J.R., Women's health; Review and research agenda as we approach the 21st century (1990) American Psychologist, 45 (9), pp. 1018-1034; Shaper, A.G., Pocock, S.J., Walker, M., Phillips, A.N., Whitehead, T.P., Macfarlane, P.W., Risk factors for ischaemic heart disease; The prospective phase of the British regional heart study (1985) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 39 (3), pp. 197-209; Stata Corporation. (1999). Stata reference manual release 6. Texas: Stata Press; Walby, S. (1986). Gender, class and stratification: Towards a new approach In R. Crompton, & M. Mann (Eds.), Gender and stratification. Cambridge: Polity Press; Webb, S. (1990). Counter-arguments. In L. Stanley (Ed.), Feminist praxis. London: Routledge; World Health Organisation Monica Project. (1994). Ecological analysis of the association between mortality and the major risk factors of cardiovascular disease. International Journal of Epidemiology 23(3), 505-515UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034970202&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2800%2900350-6&partnerID=40&md5=6d7a345015c4be30ca2c07e4617e1751 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Class, mobility and merit: The experience of two British birth cohorts T2 - European Sociological Review J2 - Eur. Sociol. Rev. VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 81 EP - 101 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1093/esr/17.2.81 SN - 02667215 (ISSN) AU - Breen, R. AU - Goldthorpe, J.H. AD - Dept. of Polit. and Social Sciences, European University Institute, Via del Roccettini 9, 1-50016 San Domenico di Fiesole (Fl), Italy AD - Nuffield College, Oxford OX1 1NF, United Kingdom AB - The controversial issue of 'meritocracy' can be most productively addressed if it is treated as one of direction of change over time: i.e. whether individual merit, understood in terms of ability, effort, or educational attainment, is growing in importance in processes of social selection. To test the thesis of 'increasing merit selection', we analyse data from two British cohort studies relating to children born in 1958 and 1970 respectively. We find that, from the later to the earlier cohort, the pattern of relative rates of class mobility changed little; and that individual merit, as we are able to measure it, did not play a greater part in mediating the association between class origins and destinations. In fact, the effects of ability and educational attainment on individuals' relative mobility chances diminished somewhat. These findings, we argue, are less surprising than they may at first appear if viewed in the context of the problematic relationship between the idea of meritocracy and the operation of a free-market economy. N1 - Cited By :147 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Breen, R.; Dept. of Polit. and Social Sciences, European University Institute, Via del Roccettini 9, 1-50016 San Domenico di Fiesole (Fl), Italy; email: Breen@datacomm.iue.it N1 - References: Bell, D., On meritocracy and equality (1972) The Public Interest, 29, pp. 29-68; Bell, D., (1973) The Coming of Post-industrial Society, , Basic Books, New York; Beau, P.M., Duncan, O.D., (1967) The American Occupational Structure, , Wiley, New York; Bond, R., Saunders, P., Routes to success: Influences on the occupational attainment of young British males (1999) British Journal of Sociology, 50, pp. 217-249; Breen, R., Individual level models for mobility tables and other cross-classifications (1994) Sociological Methods and Research, 23, pp. 147-173; Breen, R., The persistence of class origin inequalities among school leavers in the Republic of Ireland, 1984-1993 (1998) British Journal of Sociology, 49, pp. 275-298; Breen, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., Class inequality and meritocracy: A critique of Saunders and an alternative analysis (1999) British Journal of Sociology, 50, pp. 1-27; Breen, R., Whelan, C.T., From ascription to achievement? Origins, education and entry to the labour force in the Republic of Ireland during the twentieth century (1993) Acta Sociologica, 38, pp. 3-17; Butler, N., Bynner, J.M., (1997) 1970 British Cohort Study: Ten-year Follow-up, 1980, , The Data Archive, University of Essex; Despotidu, S., Shepherd, P., (1998) 1970 British Cohort Study: Twenty-six-year Follow-up, 1996, , Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; Douglas, J.W.B., (1967) The Home and the School, 2nd Edn., , Panther Books, London; Elliott, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1978) British Ability Scales, , National Foundation for Educational Research, London; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., (1992) The Constant Flux: A Study of Class Mobility in Industrial Societies, , Clarendon Press, Oxford; Gammage, P., (1975) Socialisation, Schooling and Locus of Control, , PhD thesis, University of London; Ganzeboom, H.B.G., Heath, A.F., Roberts, J., (1992) Trends in Educational and Occupational Achievement in Britain, , Paper presented to the ISA Research Committee on Social Stratification and Mobility, Trento, 1992; Goldberger, A.S., Manski, C.F., The Bell Curve (1995) Journal of Economic Literature, 33, pp. 762-776. , by Herrnstein and Murray; Goldthorpe, J.H., Problems of "meritocracy" (1996) Can Education Be Equalized?, pp. 255-287. , Erikson, R and Jonsson, J.O. (eds) Westview Press, Boulder, Colo; Goldthorpe, J.H., Llewellyn, C., Payne, C., (1987) Social Mobility and Class Structure in Modern Britain, 2nd Edn., , Clarendon Press, Oxford; Halsey, A.H., Towards meritocracy? The case of Britain (1977) Power and Ideology in Education, pp. 173-186. , Karabel, J. and Halsey, A.H. (eds) Oxford University Press, New York; Hauser, R.M., (1998) Mental Ability and the Sources of Occupational Success, , Paper presented to the International Sociological Association Research Committee on Social Stratification and Mobility, Taiwan, 1998; Hayek, F., (1960) The Constitution of Liberty, , Routledge, London; Hayek, F., (1976) Law, Legislation and Liberty, , Routledge, London; Heath, A.F., McDonald, S.-K., Social change and the future of the left (1987) Political Quarterly, 53, pp. 364-377; Heath, A.F., Cheung, S.-Y., Education and occupation in Britain (1998) From School to Work: A Comparative Study of Educational Qualifications and Occupational Destinations, pp. 71-101. , Shavit, Y and Müller, W. (eds) Clarendon Press, Oxford; Heath, A.F., Mills, C., Roberts, J., Towards meritocracy? Recent evidence on an old problem (1992) Social Research and Social Reform, pp. 217-243. , Heath, A.F. and Crouch, C. (eds) Clarendon Press, Oxford; Heckman, J.J., Lessons from The Bell Curve (1995) Journal of Political Economy, 103, pp. 1091-1120; Jonsson, J.O., (1992) Towards the Merit-Selective Society?, , Swedish Institute for Social Research, Stockholm; Jonsson, J.O., Stratification in post-industrial society: Are educational qualifications of growing importance? (1996) Can Education Be Equalized?, pp. 113-144. , Erikson, R. and Jonsson, J.O. (eds) Westview Press, Boulder, Colo; Keegan, J., (1976) The Face of Battle, , Pimlico, London; King, G., How not to lie with statistics: Avoiding common mistakes in quantitative political science (1986) American Journal of Political Science, 30, pp. 666-687; Kruskal, W., Majors, R., Concepts of relative importance in recent scientific literature (1989) American Statistician, 43, pp. 2-6; Logan, J.A., A multivariate model for mobility tables (1983) American Journal of Sociology, 89, pp. 324-349; Marshall, G., Swift, A., Roberts, S., (1997) Against the Odds? Social Class and Social Justice in Industrial Societies, , Clarendon Press, Oxford; Mills, C., Payne, C., (1989) Service Class Entry in Work-life Perspective, , ESRC Social Change and Economic Life Initiative, Working Paper 10; Nathan, G., (1999) A Review of Sample Attrition and Representativeness in Three Longitudinal Surveys, , Government Statistical Service Methodology Series No. 13; Saunders, P., (1996) Unequal but Fair? A Study of Class Barriers in Britain, , IEA, London; Saunders, P., Social mobility in Britain: An empirical evaluation of two competing theories (1997) Sociology, 31, pp. 261-288; Treiman, D.J., Industrialization and social stratification (1970) Social Stratification: Research and Theory for the 1970s, pp. 207-234. , Laumann, E.O. (ed.) Bobbs Merrill, Indianapolis; Treiman, D.J., Ganzeboom, H.G.B., Cross-national comparative status attainment research (1990) Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 9, pp. 105-127; Treiman, D.J., Yip, K.-B., Educational and occupational attainment in 21 countries (1989) Cross-National Research in Sociology, pp. 373-394. , Kohn, M.L. (ed.) Sage, Newbury Park; Young, M., (1958) The Rise of the Meritocracy, , Penguin, Harmondsworth UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035373903&doi=10.1093%2fesr%2f17.2.81&partnerID=40&md5=619a087eba4d93eb915c8f910937ca1b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Psychological distress and work and home roles: A focus on socio-economic differences in distress T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 725 EP - 736 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1017/S0033291701003683 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Matthews, S. AU - Power, C. AU - Stansfeld, S. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, St. Bartholomew's at the Royal London School of Medicine and Dentistry, Queen Mary and Westfield College, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Background. Home and work factors have been linked to psychological status, but less is known about their contribution to social inequalities in psychological status. We examine whether social inequalities in psychological distress can be explained by work-home factors and whether the impact of these potential explanatory factors is similar for men and women. Methods. Data are from the 1958 British birth cohort study. We sought to explain social class differences in psychological distress at age 33. Explanatory factors were classified as work-home roles: i.e. employment, marital status, domestic responsibility, children and elderly care; and work-home characteristics: i.e. job-strain, insecurity, unsocial working hours, youngest child's age, number of children and level of involvement in childcare. Results. A social gradient in psychological distress was found: odds ratios for classes IV and V v. I and II were 2·65 (men) and 3·02 (women). Work factors had consistently stronger associations with psychological distress and with social class among men than women. Work factors had a greater impact on class differences in psychological distress in men. Associations for home roles and characteristics were less consistent and their combined effect on class differences in distress was negligible for both sexes. Conclusion. Explanations for the social gradient differ for men and women. Work may be more important for men than women, but the impact of home factors was not strong during the early adulthood of this cohort. KW - adult KW - adulthood KW - article KW - birth KW - child care KW - classification KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - distress syndrome KW - elderly care KW - employment KW - female KW - home KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - marriage KW - mental health KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - sociology KW - statistical analysis KW - United Kingdom KW - work KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Child of Impaired Parents KW - Cohort Studies KW - Employment KW - Family Relations KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Marital Status KW - Sex Factors KW - Social Class KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Workload N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 11352374 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Aneshensel, C.S., Frerichs, R.R., Clark, V.A., Family roles and sex differences in depression (1981) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 22, pp. 379-393; Bartley, M., Sacker, A., Firth, D., Fitzpatrick, R., Social position, social roles and women's health in England: Changing relationships 1984-1993 (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 48, pp. 99-115; Baruch, G.K., Barnett, R.C., Role quality and psychological well-being (1987), pp. 63-73. , In Spouse, Parent, Worker (ed. F. J. Crosby) Yale University Press: New Haven; Bifulco, A., Brown, G.W., Moran, P., Ball, C., Campbell, C., Predicting depression in women: The role of past and present vulnerability (1998) Psychological Medicine, 28, pp. 39-50; Brown, G.W., Harris, T.O., (1978), Social Origins of Depression: A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women. Tavistock: London; (1994), Centre for Longitudinal Studies Institute of Education National Child Development Study Composite File including selected Perinatal Data and sweeps one to five [computer file]. National Birthday Trust Fund, Bureau, City University Social Statistics Research Unit [original data producers]. The Data Archive Distributor: Colchester, Essex. SN: 3148; Davey-Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The Black Report on socio-economic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) British Medical Journal, 301, pp. 373-377; Dohrenwend, B.P., Levav, I., Shrout, P.E., Schwartz, S., Naveh, G., Link, B.G., Skodol, A.E., Stueve, A., Socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorders: The causation - Selection issue (1992) Science, 255, pp. 946-952; Elliot, J., Huppert, F.A., In sickness and in health: Associations between physical and mental well-being, employment and parental status in a British nationwide sample of married women (1991) Psychological Medicine, 21, pp. 515-524; Ferri, E., (1993), Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study. National Children's Bureau: London; Fox, J., (1989), Health Inequalities in European Countries. Gower: Aldershot; Gore, S., Mangione, T.W., Social roles, sex roles and psychological distress: Additive and interactive models of sex differences (1983) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 24, pp. 300-312; Hall, E.M., Double exposure: The combined impact of the home and work environments on psychosomatic strain in Swedish women and men (1992) International Journal of Health Services, 22, pp. 239-260; Hibbard, J.H., Pope, C.R., Employment characteristics and health status among men and women (1987) Women and Health, 12, pp. 85-102; Hong, J., Mailick Seltzer, M., The psychological consequences of multiple roles: The non-normative case (1995) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 36, pp. 386-398; Hope, S., Power, C., Rodgers, B., Does financial hardship account for elevated psychological distress in lone mothers? (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 49, pp. 1637-1649; Howe, L.K., (1973), Women in the workplace. Humanist September/ October, 21-25; Hunt, K., Annandale, E., Just the job? Is the relationship between health and domestic and paid work gender specific? (1993) Sociology of Health and Illness, 15, pp. 632-664; Karasek, R.A., Job demands, job decision latitude and mental strain: Implications for job redesign (1979) Administration Science Quarterly, 24, pp. 285-308; Karasek, R.A., Theorell, T., (1990), Healthy Work. Basic Books: New York; Kohn, M.L., Naoi, A., Schoenbach, C., Schooler, C., Slomczynski, K.M., Position in the class-structure and psychological functioning in the United-States, Japan, and Poland (1990) American Journal of Sociology, 95, pp. 964-1008; Koskinen, S., Martelin, T., Why are socioeconomic mortality differences smaller among women than among men? (1994) Social Science and Medicine, 38, pp. 1385-1396; LaRocco, J.M., House, J.S., French J.R., Jr., Social support, occupational stress, and health (1980) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 21, pp. 202-218; Loscocco, K.A., Spitze, G., Working conditions, social support, and the well-being of female and male factory workers (1990) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 31, pp. 313-327; Macintyre, S., The Black report and beyond: What are the issues? (1997) Social Science and Medicine, 44, pp. 723-745; Manor, O., Matthews, S., Power, C., Comparing measures of health inequality (1997) Social Science and Medicine, 45, pp. 761-771; Marmot, M.G., Davey-Smith, G., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., White, I., Feeney, A., Health inequalities among British civil servants: The Whitehall II study (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 1387-1393; Martikainen, P., Women's employment, marriage, motherhood and mortality; a test of the multiple role and role accumulation hypotheses (1995) Social Science and Medicine, 40, pp. 199-212; Martikainen, P., Stansfeld, S., Hemingway, H., Marmot, M., Determinants of socioeconomic differences in change in physical and mental functioning (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 49, pp. 499-507; Matthews, S., Hertzman, C., Ostry, A., Power, C., Gender, work roles and psychosocial work characteristics as determinants of health (1998) Social Science and Medicine, 46, pp. 1417-1424; Matthews, S., Stansfeld, S., Power, C., Social support at age 33: The influence of gender, employment status and social class (1999) Social Science and Medicine, 49, pp. 133-142; Maughan, B., McCarthy, G., Childhood adversities and psychosocial disorders (1997) British Medical Bulletin, 53, pp. 156-169; Menaghan, E.G., Role changes and psychological well-being: Variations in effects by gender and role repertoire (1989) Social Forces, 67, pp. 693-714; Ostergren, P.O., Lindbladh, E., Isacsson, S.O., Odeberg, H., Svensson, S.E., Social network, social support and the concept of control - A qualitative study concerning the validity of certain stressor measures used in quantitative social epidemiology (1995) Scandinavian Journal of Social Medicine, 23, pp. 95-102; Power, C., Matthews, S., Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1584-1589; Power, C., Stansfeld, S.A., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Hope, S., Childhood and adulthood risk factors for socio-economic differentials in psychological distress (2000), (Submitted); Rodgers, B., Mann, S.L., Re-thinking the analysis of intergenerational social mobility: A comment on John W. Fox's 'Social class, mental illness, and social mobility' (1993) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 34, pp. 165-172; Rodgers, B., Pickles, A., Power, C., Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Validity of the Malaise Inventory in general population samples (1999) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, pp. 333-341; Ross, C.E., Mirowsky, J., Households, employment and the sense of control (1992) Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, pp. 217-235; Sieber, S.D., Toward a theory of role accumulation (1974) American Sociological Review, 39, pp. 567-578; Sogaard, A.J., Kritz-Silverstein, D., Wingard, D.L., Finnmark Heart Study: Employment status and parenthood as predictors of psychological health in women, 20-49 years (1994) International Journal of Epidemiology, 23, pp. 82-90; Stansfeld, S.A., Head, J., Marmot, M.G., Explaining social class differences in depression and well being (1998) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 33, pp. 1-9; Stansfeld, S.A., Fuhrer, R., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M.G., Work characteristics predict psychiatric disorder: Prospective results from the Whitehall II Study (1999) Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 56, pp. 302-307; Surtees, P.G., Dean, C., Ingham, J.G., Kreitman, N.B., McMiller, P.C., Sashidharan, S.P., Psychiatric disorder in women from an Edinburgh community: Associations with demographic factors (1983) British Journal of Psychiatry, 142, pp. 238-246; Thoits, P.A., Multiple identities and psychological well-being: A reformulation and test of the social isolation hypothesis (1983) American Sociological Review, 48, pp. 174-187. , April; Valkonen, T., Adult mortality and level of education: A comparison of six countries (1989), pp. 142-160. , In Health Inequalities in European Countries (ed. J. Fox) Gower: Aldershot; Waldron, I., Jacobs, J.A., Effects of labor force participation on women's health: New evidence from a longitudinal study (1988) Journal of Occupational Medicine, 30, pp. 977-983; Warr, P., Parry, G., Paid employment and women's psychological well-being (1982) Psychological Bulletin, 91, pp. 498-516; Weich, S., Sloggett, A., Lewis, G., Social roles and gender difference in the prevalence of common mental disorders (1998) British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, pp. 489-493; Williams, K.J., Suls, J., Alliger, G.M., Learner, S.M., Wan, C.K., Multiple role juggling and daily mood states in working mothers: An experience sampling study (1991) Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, pp. 664-674 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035003460&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291701003683&partnerID=40&md5=e225aafb537ea829e5b6c0972ade4bd2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The birth rate of hypospadias in the Turku area in Finland T2 - APMIS J2 - APMIS VL - 109 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 100 PY - 2001 SN - 09034641 (ISSN) AU - Virtanen, H.E. AU - Kaleva, M. AU - Haavisto, A.-M. AU - Schmidt, I.M. AU - Chellakooty, M. AU - Main, K.M. AU - Skakkebaek, N.E. AU - Toppari, J. AD - Departments of Physiology and Paediatrics, University of Turku, Turku, Finland AD - University Department of Growth and Reproduction, Rigshospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Physiology, University of Turku, Kiinamyllynkatu 10, 20520 Turku, Finland AB - Reports based on national registers of congenital malformations have suggested that the birth rate of hypospadias has increased during the last few decades. Register-based information may, however, have pitfalls because of changes in diagnostics, reporting accuracy and registration system. The aim of this study was to determine the current birth rate of hypospadias in Turku University Central Hospital (TUCH) in Finland. This was a prospective study on live-born boys born in TUCH from 1997 to 1999. In the total birth cohort (n=5,798) as well as in a special subcohort group (n=1,505) 0.3% of boys had hypospadias. Only one scrotal hypospadias was found in a boy who had a chromosomal anomaly. Other hypospadias were glandular or coronal. No increase was found in the birth rate of hypospadias when comparing our result with register-based data of boys born in Finland during the years 1970 to 1986 and surgically treated for hypospadias by the age of 8 years. No difference was found either from malformation register-based data concerning the nationwide birth rate of hypospadias during the years 1993 to 1998. Due to differences in national registration systems between countries, prospective studies with equal assessment criteria are needed in order to make reliable international comparisons. KW - Congenital malformations KW - Hypospadias KW - article KW - birth rate KW - chromosome aberration KW - clinical article KW - congenital malformation KW - Finland KW - genital malformation KW - human KW - hypospadias KW - infant KW - male KW - newborn KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - register KW - Birth Rate KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Hypospadias KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Neonatal Screening KW - Population Surveillance KW - Prospective Studies N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APMSE C2 - 11399000 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Virtanen, H.E.; Department of Physiology, University of Turku, Kiinamyllynkatu 10, 20520 Turku, Finland; email: helena.virtanen@utu.fi N1 - References: Akre, O., Lipworth, L., Cnattingius, S., Sparen, P., Ekbom, A., Risk factor patterns for cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 364-369; Weidner, I.S., Moller, H., Jensen, T.K., Skakkebaek, N.E., Risk factors for cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) J Urol, 161, pp. 1606-1609; Moller, H., Weidner, I.S., Epidemiology of cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1999) Epidemiology, 10, pp. 352-354; Toppari, J., Larsen, J.C., Christiansen, P., Giwercman, A., Grandjean, P., Guillette L.J., Jr., Male reproductive health and environmental xenoestrogens (1996) Environ Health Perspect, 104 (SUPPL. 4), pp. 741-803; Paulozzi, L.J., International trends in rates of hypospadias and cryptorchidism (1999) Environ Health Perspect, 107, pp. 297-302; Dolk, H., Rise in prevalence of hypospadias (1998) Lancet, 351, p. 770; Paulozzi, L.J., Erickson, J.D., Jackson, R.J., Hypospadias trends in two US surveillance systems (1997) Pediatrics, 100, pp. 831-834; Hemminki, E., Merilainen, J., Teperi, J., Reporting of malformations in routine health registers (1993) Teratology, 48, pp. 227-231; Aho, M., Koivisto, A.M., Tammela, T.L., Auvinen, A., Is the incidence of hypospadias increasing? Analysis of Finnish hospital discharge data 1970-1994 (2000) Environ Health Perspect, 108, pp. 463-465; Adami, H.O., Bergstrom, R., Mohner, M., Zatonski, W., Storm, H., Ekbom, A., Testicular cancer in nine northern European countries (1994) Int J Cancer, 59, pp. 33-38; Carlsen, E., Giwercman, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebaek, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 609-613; Swan, S.H., Elkin, E.P., Fenster, L., The question of declining sperm density revisited: An analysis of 101 studies published 1934-1996 (2000) Environ Health Perspect, 108, pp. 961-966; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebaek, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tract? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Bergstrom, R., Adami, H.O., Mohner, M., Zatonski, W., Storm, H., Ekbom, A., Increase in testicular cancer incidence in six European countries: A birth cohort phenomenon (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 727-733; Skakkebaek, N.E., Rajpert-De Meyts, E., Jorgensen, N., Carlsen, E., Petersen, P.M., Giwercman, A., Germ cell cancer and disorders of spermatogenesis: An environmental connection? (1998) APMIS, 106, pp. 3-11; Jensen, T.K., Vierula, M., Hjollund, N.H., Saaranen, M., Scheike, T., Saarikoski, S., Semen quality among Danish and Finnish men attempting to conceive (2000) Eur J Endocrinol, 142, pp. 47-52. , The Danish First Pregnancy Planner Study Team UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035023935&partnerID=40&md5=811ed1d12b589c712e8eadab348c4197 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Teenage childbearing and long-term socioeconomic consequences: A case study in Sweden T2 - Family Planning Perspectives J2 - Fam. Plann. Perspect. VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 70 EP - 74 PY - 2001 SN - 00147354 (ISSN) AU - Otterblad Olausson, P. AU - Haglund, B. AU - Ringbäck Weitoft, G. AU - Cnattingius, S. AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Context: Whether long-term socioeconomic problems experienced by many teenage mothers are a reflection of preexisting disadvantage or are consequences of teenage motherhood per se remains unclear. Methods: National data on all women born in Sweden from 1941 to 1970 who were younger than age 30 when they first gave birth (N=888,044) were analyzed. The outcome measures, assessed during adulthood, were employment status, socioeconomic status, educational attainment, single motherhood, family size, receipt of disability pension and dependence on welfare. Multiple logistic regression techniques were used to adjust for maternal birth cohort and for socioeconomic background of the woman's family. Results: Compared with Swedish women who first gave birth at ages 20-24, those who were teenage mothers had significantly increased odds of each unfavorable socioeconomic outcome in later life, even after the data were adjusted for family socioeconomic situation and maternal birth cohort. For example, teenage motherhood was positively associated with low educational attainment (odds ratios of 1.7-1.9, depending on the specific age during adolescence when the woman gave birth), with single living arrangements (odds ratios, 1.5-2.3), with high parity (odds ratios, 2.6-6.0), with collecting a disability pension (odds ratios, 1.6-1.9) and with welfare dependency (odds ratios, 1.9-2.6). These trends were usually linear, with the highest odds ratios corresponding to women who had had their first child at the youngest ages. Conclusions: A longitudinal analysis of record-linkage data from Sweden supports the view that childbearing during adolescence poses a risk for socioeconomic disadvantage in later life - even for adolescents from relatively comfortable backgrounds and for those who studied beyond elementary school. KW - adolescent KW - adolescent pregnancy KW - adult KW - article KW - education KW - family size KW - female KW - human KW - pension KW - risk assessment KW - single parent KW - socioeconomics KW - Sweden KW - welfare KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Education KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Middle Aged KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Odds Ratio KW - Poverty KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy in Adolescence KW - Public Assistance KW - Risk KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :51 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: FPGPA C2 - 11330853 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Otterblad Olausson, P.; Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Hoffman, S.D., Teenage childbearing is not so bad after all - Or is it? A review of the new literature (1998) Family Planning Perspectives, 30 (5), pp. 236-239; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Maternal youth or family background? On the health disadvantages of infants with teenage mothers (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, 137 (2), pp. 213-225; Kiernan, K.E., Becoming a young parent: A longitudinal study of associated factors (1997) British Journal of Sociology, 48 (3), pp. 406-428; Otterblad Olausson, P., Lichtenstein, P., Cnattingius, S., Aetiology of teenage childbearing: Reasons for familial effects (2000) Twin Research, 3 (1), pp. 23-27; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., Social barriers faced by adolescent parents and their children (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, 258 (11), pp. 1500-1504; Kiernan, K.E., (1997) British Journal of Sociology, , see reference 1; Card, J.J., Long-term consequences for children of teenage parents (1981) Demography, 18 (2), pp. 137-156; Friede, A., Do sisters of childbearing teenagers have increased rates of childbearing? (1986) American Journal of Public Health, 76 (10), pp. 1221-1224; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Levine, J.A., Brooks-Gunn, J., The children of teenage mothers: Patterns of early childbearing in two generations (1990) Family Planning Perspectives, 22 (2), pp. 54-61; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, , see reference 2; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Reevaluating the costs of teenage childbearing (1993) Demography, 30 (1), pp. 1-13; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., The social consequences of teenage parenthood (1976) Family Planning Perspectives, 8 (4), pp. 148-151; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., The socioeconomic costs of teenage childbearing: Evidence and interpretation (1993) Demography, 30 (2), pp. 281-290; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., Teenage childbearing: An adaptive strategy for the socioeconomically disadvantaged or a strategy for adapting to socioeconomic disadvantage? (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 149 (8), pp. 912-915; Trussell, J., Teenage pregnancy in the United States (1988) Family Planning Perspectives, 20 (6), pp. 262-272; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., Adolescent mothers and their children later in life (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, 19 (4), pp. 142-151; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., Teenaged pregnancy and childbearing (1989) American Psychologist, 44 (2), pp. 313-320; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg F.F., Jr., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, , see reference 4; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., (1989) American Psychologist, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Hillemeier, M.M., Does young maternal age adversely affect child development? Evidence from cousin comparisons in the United States (1994) Population and Development Review, 20 (3), pp. 585-609; (1984) Swedish Socioeconomic Classification (in Swedish with an English summary), Reports on Statistical Coordination, 1982, , Örebro, Sweden: Statistics Sweden; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg F.F., Jr., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, , see reference 4; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., (1989) American Psychologist, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Hillemeier, M.M., (1994) Population and Development Review, , see reference 5; Hoffman, S.D., (1998) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg F.F., Jr., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Christie, B., Projects making emergency pill more available (1999) British Medical Journal, 319 (7211), p. 661; Otterblad Olausson, P., (2000) Teenage childbearing: pregnancy outcomes and long-term consequences for the mothers, , doctoral thesis, Karolinska Institutet: Stockholm, Sweden; Santow, G., Bracher, M., Explaining trends in teenage childbearing in Sweden (1999) Studies in Family Planning, 30 (3), pp. 169-182; Santow, G., Bracher, M., Explaining trends in teenage childbearing in Sweden (1999) Studies in Family Planning, 30 (3), pp. 169-182; Dos Santos Silva, I., Beral, V., Socioeconomic differences in reproductive behaviour (1997) IARC Scientific Publications, 138, pp. 285-308; Samueloff, A., Schimmel, M.S., Eidelman, A.I., Grandmultiparity: Is it a perinatal risk? (1998) Clinics in Perinatology, 25 (3), pp. 529-538; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, , see reference 2; Trussell, J., (1988) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Larsson, J., Svanberg, L., Teenage deliveries in a Swedish population in the 1970's (1983) Acta Obstetricia Gynecologica Scandinavica, 62 (5), pp. 467-472; Furstenberg F.F., Jr., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Corcoran, J., Consequences of adolescent pregnancy/parenting: A review of the literature (1998) Social Work in Health Care, 27 (2), pp. 49-67 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035031957&partnerID=40&md5=ad8174399afa1ed09524de5440c12bdb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent trends in cutaneous melanoma incidence among whites in the United States T2 - Journal of the National Cancer Institute J2 - J. Natl. Cancer Inst. VL - 93 IS - 9 SP - 678 EP - 683 PY - 2001 SN - 00278874 (ISSN) AU - Jemal, A. AU - Devesa, S.S. AU - Hartge, P. AU - Tucker, M.A. AD - Division of Cancer Epidemiology and Genetics, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - National Institutes of Health, EPS 8049, 6120 Executive Blvd., Rockville, MD 20892, United States AB - Background: It is not yet clear whether increasing melanoma incidence is real or whether recent incidence trends mainly reflect improved diagnosis. To address this question, we examined the most recent melanoma incidence patterns among the white population stratified by sex, age, tumor stage, and tumor thickness by use of data from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program. Methods: We examined log-transformed age-specific rates for melanoma by 5-year age groups and time periods by year of diagnosis and birth cohort. Melanoma trends were further examined among broader age groups (<40 years, 40-59 years, and ≥60 years) by tumor stage and tumor thickness. Rates were age-adjusted to the 1970 U.S. standard population, and trends were tested by use of a two-sided Student's t test. Results: Melanoma incidence increased in females born since the 1960s. From 1974-1975 through 1988-1989, upward trends for the incidence of localized tumors and downward trends for the incidence of distant-stage tumors occurred in the age group under 40 years. In the more recent time period, 1990-1991 through 1996-1997, age-specific rates among females compared with males generally remained stable or declined more for distant-stage tumors and increased less for local-stage tumors. Thin tumors (<1 mm) increased statistically significantly in all age groups (P<.05 for all), except in men under age 40 years. In contrast, rates for thick tumors (≥4 mm) increased statistically significantly (P = .0003) only in males aged 60 years and older. Conclusion: Melanoma incidence may well continue to rise in the United States, at least until the majority of the current population in the middle-age groups becomes the oldest population. The recent trends may reflect increased sunlight exposure. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - birth KW - cancer epidemiology KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer localization KW - cancer staging KW - Caucasian KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - gender KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - population KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - skin cancer KW - standard KW - statistical analysis KW - sun exposure KW - thickness KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Aged KW - Sex Factors KW - Skin Neoplasms KW - Time Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :343 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JNCIA C2 - 11333289 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jemal, A.; National Institutes of Health, 6120 Executive Blvd., Rockville, MD 20892, United States; email: jemala@exchange.nih.gov N1 - References: Ries, L.A., Wingo, P.A., Miller, D.S., Howe, H.L., Weir, H.K., Rosenberg, H.M., The annual report to the nation on the status of cancer, 1973-1997, with a special section on colorectal cancer (2000) Cancer, 88, pp. 2398-2424; Ries, L.A., Eisner, M.P., Kosary, C.L., Hankey, B.F., Miller, B.A., Clegg, L., (2000), editors. SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1973-1997. Bethesda (MD): National Cancer Institute; Mack, T.M., Floderus, B., Malignant melanoma risk by nativity, place of residence at diagnosis, and age at migration (1991) Cancer Causes Control, 2, pp. 401-411; Walter, S.D., King, W.D., Marrett, L.D., 1999. Association of cutaneous malignant melanoma with intermittent exposure to ultraviolet radiation: Results of a case-control study in Ontario, Canada (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 418-427; Fears, T.R., Scotto, J., Schneiderman, M.A., Mathematical model of age and ultraviolet effects on the incidence of skin cancer among whites in the United States (1977) Am J Epidemiol, 105, pp. 420-427; Osterlind, A., Tucker, M.A., Stone, B.J., Jensen, O.M., The Danish case-control study of cutaneous malignant melanoma. II. Importance of UV-light exposure (1988) Int J Cancer, 42, pp. 319-324; Gilchrest, B.A., Eller, M.S., Geller, A.C., Yaar, M., The pathogenesis of melanoma induced by ultraviolet radiation (1999) N Engl J Med, 340, pp. 1341-1348; Jemal, A., Devesa, S.S., Fears, T.R., Hartge, P., Cancer surveillance series: Changing patterns of cutaneous malignant melanoma mortality rates among whites in the United States (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 811-818; Kim, H.J., Fay, M.P., Feuer, E.J., Midthune, D.N., Permutation tests for joinpoint regression with applications to cancer rates (2000) Stat Med, 19, pp. 335-351; Devesa, S.S., Donaldson, J., Fears, T., Graphical presentation of trends in rates (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 300-304; McCullagh, P., Nelder, J.A., Generalized linear models (1989), New York: Chapman & Hall; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K.C., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Snedecor, G.W., Cochran, W.G., (1980) Statistical Methods, p. 491. , 7th ed. Ames (IA): The Iowa State University Press; (1989), 2. , SAS Institute Inc. SAS/STAT user's guide. Version 6. 4th ed. Cary (NC): SAS Institute Inc; Fritz, A., Ries, L.A., (1998) Codes and Coding Instructions, , editors. SEER extent of diseases - 1988. 3rd ed. Bethesda (MD): National Cancer Institute; Dennis, L.K., White, E., Lee, J.A., Recent cohort trends in malignant melanoma by anatomic site in the United States (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 93-100; Scotto, J., Pitcher, H., Lee, J.A., Indications of future decreasing trends in skin-melanoma mortality among whites in the United States (1991) Int J Cancer, 49, pp. 490-497; Robinson, J.K., Rigel, D.S., Amonette, R.A., Trends in sun exposure knowledge, attitudes, and behaviors: 1986 to 1996 (1997) J Am Acad Dermatol, 37 (2 PART 1), pp. 179-186; Armstrong, B.K., English, D.R., Cutaneous malignant melanoma (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 1282-1312. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF Jr, editors. 2nd ed. New York (NY): Oxford University Press; Cooke, K.R., Skegg, D.C., Fraser, J., Trends in malignant melanoma of skin in New Zealand (1983) Int J Cancer, 31, pp. 715-718; Streetly, A., Markowe, H., Changing trends in the epidemiology of malignant melanoma: Gender differences and their implications for public health (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 897-907; Armstrong, B.K., Kricker, A., Cutaneous melanoma (1994) Cancer Surv, 19-20, pp. 219-240; Philipp, R., Hastings, A., Briggs, J., Sizer, J., Are malignant melanoma time trends explained by changes in histopathological criteria for classifying pigmented skin lesions? (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 14-16; van der Esch, E.P., Muir, C.S., Nectoux, J., Macfarlane, G., Maisonneuve, P., Bharucha, H., Temporal change in diagnostic criteria as a cause of the increase of malignant melanoma over time is unlikely (1991) Int J Cancer, 47, pp. 483-489; Dennis, L.K., Analysis of the melanoma epidemic, both apparent and real: Data from the 1973 through 1994 Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program registry (1999) Arch Dermatol, 135, pp. 275-280; Hall, H.I., Miller, D.R., Rogers, J.D., Bewerse, B., Update on the incidence and mortality from melanoma in the United States (1999) J Am Acad Dermatol, 40, pp. 35-42; Schuchter, L., Schultz, D.J., Synnestvedt, M., Trock, B.J., Guerry, D., Elder, D.E., A prognostic model for predicting 10-year survival in patients with primary melanoma (1996) Ann Intern Med, 125, pp. 369-375. , The Pigmented Lesion Group; Swerlick, R.A., Chen, S., The melanoma epidemic: More apparent than real? (1997) Mayo Clin Proc, 72, pp. 559-564; Glass, A.G., Hoover, R.N., The emerging epidemic of melanoma and squamous cell skin cancer (1989) JAMA, 262, pp. 2097-2100; Koh, H.K., Norton, L.A., Geller, A.C., Sun, T., Rigel, D.S., Miller, D.R., Evaluation of the American Academy of Dermatology's National Skin Cancer Early Detection and Screening Program (1996) J Am Acad Dermatol, 34, pp. 971-978; Manual of the international statistical classification of diseases, injuries, and causes of death (1977), 1. , World Health Organization (WHO). 9th rev. Geneva (Switzerland): WHO; Merlino, L.A., Sullivan, K.J., Whitaker, D.C., Lynch, C.F., The independent pathology laboratory as a reporting source for cutaneous melanoma incidence in Iowa, 1977-1994 (1997) J Am Acad Dermatol, 37, pp. 578-585; Koh, H.K., Clapp, R.W., Barnett, J.M., Nannery, W.M., Tahan, S.R., Geller, A.C., Systematic underreporting of cutaneous malignant melanoma in Massachusetts. Possible implications for national incidence figures (1991) J Am Acad Dermatol, 24, pp. 545-550 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035795581&partnerID=40&md5=727ca4baae34feefcacf23b36c2af4fe ER - TY - JOUR TI - Physical and psychological effects of injury: Data from the 1958 British birth cohort study T2 - European Journal of Public Health J2 - Eur. J. Public Health VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 84 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1093/eurpub/11.1.81 SN - 11011262 (ISSN) AU - Li, L. AU - Roberts, I. AU - Power, C. AD - Department of Paediatric Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1 EH, United Kingdom AB - Background: There is only scant evidence for the long-term health effects of road traffic injuries. We therefore assessed the extent to which motor vehicle driver injuries influence limiting long-standing illness and psychological distress using data from a nationwide study (the 1958 British birth cohort) in early adulthood. Methods: Information was obtained on driver injuries occurring between ages 23 and 33 years and limiting illnesses and psychological distress at age 33 years. The risks of injury-related adverse consequences were derived using logistic regression and expressed as odds ratios (ORs) and 95% confidence intervals. Results: A single injury was associated with limiting illness (OR=2.01 and 95% Cl: 1.38-2.94). The association between a single injury and psychological distress was strong for a recent injury occurring between ages 30 and 33 years (OR=1.86 and 95% Cl: 1.24-2.81), but not for injuries occurring earlier on. The population attributable fraction for limiting illness with one injury was 3.8% (range 1.7-5.3%) and with two or more injuries was 1.0% (range 0.5-1.3%). After controlling for potential confounding factors the corresponding figures were 4.2% (range 2.2-5.6%) and 1.1% (range 0.5-1.3%) respectively. Conclusions: Driver injuries are associated with a substantial increase in disability and, also in the short term, with increases in psychological distress. These results highlight the need for identifying effective strategies for the prevention of road traffic injuries as well as more effective approaches for rehabilitation of the injured. KW - Disability KW - Driver injury KW - Long-standing illness KW - Psychological distress KW - article KW - disease association KW - distress syndrome KW - follow up KW - motor vehicle KW - physical disability KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - psychosocial environment KW - traffic accident KW - Accidents, Traffic KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - State Medicine KW - Stress Disorders, Post-Traumatic KW - Treatment Outcome KW - Wounds and Injuries N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJPHF C2 - 11276576 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Roberts, I.; Dept. Paediatr. Epidemiol./Biostat., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: (1992) Mortality statistics: cause (DH2), , London: HMSO; (1995) Transport statistics Great Britain, , London: HMSO; (1991) The health of the nation, , London: HMSO; Roberts, I., Hollis, S., Campbell, F., Yates, D., Declining injury rates for children and young adults: The contribution of hospital care (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1239-1241; Di Gallo, A., Parry-Jones, W., Psychological sequelae of road traffic accidents: An inadequately addressed problem (1996) Br J Psychiatr, 169, pp. 405-407; Barker, M., Power, C., Roberts, I., Injuries and the risk of disability in teenagers and young adults (1996) Arch Dis Child, 75, pp. 156-158; Mayou, R., Bryant, B., Duthie, R., Psychiatric consequences of road traffic accidents (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 647-651; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: the fifth follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, health and behaviour, , Longman: London; Di Gallo, A., Barton, J., Parry-Jones, W.L., Road traffic accidents: Early consequences in children and adolescents (1997) Br J Psychiatr, 170, pp. 358-362; Green, M.M., McFarlane, A.C., Hunter, C.E., Griggs, W.M., Undiagnosed post-traumatic stress disorder following motor vehicle accidents (1993) Med J Aust, 159, pp. 529-534; Murray, C.J.L., Lopez, A.D., (1996) The global burden of disease: a comprehensive assessment of mortality and disability from diseases, injuries and risk factors in 1990 and projected to 2020, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035102485&doi=10.1093%2feurpub%2f11.1.81&partnerID=40&md5=b418ec81cff0abb3d143083f01e2b12a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of childhood epilepsy in a cohort of 309 Chinese children T2 - Pediatric Neurology J2 - Pediatr. Neurol. VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 276 EP - 282 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1016/S0887-8994(01)00247-8 SN - 08878994 (ISSN) AU - Ling Kwong, K. AU - Chak, W.K. AU - Wong, S.N. AU - So, K.T. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Tuen Mun Hospital, Hong Kong, Hong Kong AB - The present study describes the characteristics of epilepsy in a cohort of Chinese epileptic children. All children with active epilepsy who were under 15 years of age and residing in the catchment area of Tuen Mun Hospital, Hong Kong were monitored. Etiology, seizure types, and epilepsy syndromes were classified according to the recent guidelines of the International League Against Epilepsy. A total of 309 children were recruited into the study. The etiology of epilepsy was idiopathic in 42% of the children, cryptogenic in 16.8%, and remote symptomatic in 40.8%. Perinatal factors were the most frequently found cause of epilepsy. Seizure types were partial in 48.5% of the children and generalized in 46.9%. Epilepsy syndromes could be classified in all but seven patients, with 48.2% localization related and 49.5% generalized. Generalized seizures were more prevalent in children less than 5 years of age. Additional neuroimpairments affected 36% of our epileptic children. Sixty-nine percent of patients were seizure free for more than 1 year. The authors conclude that the International League Against Epilepsy can be applied successfully to a population-based cohort of Chinese epileptic children. A larger, longitudinal epidemiologic study is needed to answer questions concerning the true prevalence, incidence, types, and etiologies in the Chinese population. © 2001 by Elsevier Science Inc. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - benign childhood epilepsy KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - focal epilepsy KW - grand mal seizure KW - Hong Kong KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - morbidity KW - neurologic disease KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - Adolescent KW - Age Distribution KW - Age of Onset KW - Catchment Area (Health) KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - China KW - Cohort Studies KW - Epilepsy KW - Female KW - Genetic Predisposition to Disease KW - Hong Kong KW - Hospitals KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Population Surveillance KW - Prevalence N1 - Cited By :48 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PNEUE C2 - 11377102 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ling Kwong, K.; Department of Pediatrics, Tuen Mun Hospital, Tsing Chung Koon Rd., Hong Kong, Hong Kong N1 - References: Hauser, W., Annegers, J., Kurland, L., Incidence of epilepsy and unprovoked seizures in Rochester, Minnesota: 1935-1984 (1993) Epilepsia, 34, pp. 453-678; Berg, A.T., The epidemiology of seizures and epilepsy in children (1995) Childhood Seizures, pp. 1-10. , S. Shinnar, N. Amir, & D. Branski. Basel: S. Karger; Sidenvall, R., Forsgren, L., Heijbel, J., Prevalence and characteristics of epilepsy in northern Sweden (1996) Seizure, 5, pp. 139-146; Sidenvall, R., Epidemiology (1990) Paediatric Epilepsy, pp. 1-8. , M. Sillanpaa, S.I. Johanssen, G. Blennow, & M. Dam. Petersfield: Wrightson; Leviton, A., Cowan, L.D., Epidemiology of seizure disorders in children (1982) Neuroepidemiology, 1, pp. 40-83; Hauser, W.A., Nelson, K.B., Epidemiology of epilepsy in children (1989) Clev Clin J Med, 56 (SUPPL. 2), pp. 185-S194; Shorvon, S.D., Farmer, P.J., Epilepsy in developing countries: A review of epidemiological, sociocultural and treatment aspects (1988) Epilepsia, 29 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 36-S54; Rwiza, H.T., Kilonzo, G.P., Haule, J., Prevalence and incidence of epilepsy in Ulanga, a rural Tanzanian district: A community-based study (1992) Epilepsia, 33, pp. 1051-1056; Tsuboi, T., Prevalence and incidence of epilepsy in Tokyo (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 103-110; Braathen, G., Theorell, K., A general hospital population of childhood epilepsy (1995) Acta Pediatr, 84, pp. 1143-1146; Hauser, W.A., Annergers, J.F., Kurland, L.T., Prevalence of epilepsy in Rochester, Minnesota: 1940-1980 (1991) Epilepsia, 32, pp. 429-445; Proposal for revised clinical and electroencephalographic classification of epileptic seizures (1981) Epilepsia, 22, pp. 489-501; Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 389-399; Guidelines for epidemiologic studies on epilepsy (1993) Epilepsia, 34, pp. 592-596; Sander, J.W.A.S., Shorvon, S.D., Incidence and prevalence studies in epilepsy and their methological problems: A review (1987) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 50, pp. 829-839; Kong, F.Y., An analytic epidemiologic survey of epilepsy in the Hui and Han nationality districts of Yinchuan (1989) Chung Hau Shen Ching Ching Shen Ko Tsa Chih, 22, pp. 111-113; Li, S.C., Schoenberg, B.S., Wang, C.C., Cfheng, X., Zhou, S., Boli, C.L., Epidemiology of epilepsy in urban areas of the People's Republic of China (1985) Epilepsia, 26, pp. 391-394; Bharucha, N.E., Bharucha, A.E., Bharucha, E.P., Prevalence of peilepsy in the Parsi community of Bombay (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 111-115; Lai, C.W., Huang, X.S., Lai, Y.H., Zhang, Z.Q., Liu, G.J., Yang, M.Z., Survey of public awareness, understanding, and attitudes toward epilepsy in Henan Province, China (1990) Epilepsia, 31, pp. 182-187; Chung, M.Y., Chang, Y.C., Lai, Y.H., Lai, C.W., Survey of public awareness, understanding, and attitudes toward epilepsy in Taiwan (1995) Epilepsia, 36, pp. 488-493; Cowan, L.D., Leviton, A., Bodensteiner, J.B., Doherty, L., Problems in estimating the prevalence of epilepsy in children: The yield from different sources of information (1989) Paediatr Perinatal Epidemiol, 3, pp. 386-401; Camfield, C.S., Camfield, P.R., Gordon, K., Wirrell, E., Dooley, J.M., Incidence of epilepsy in childhood and adolescence: A population-based study in Nova Scotia from 1977 to 1985 (1996) Epilepsia, 37, pp. 19-23; Sillanpaa, M., Jalava, M., Shinnar, S., Epilepsy syndromes in patients with childhood-onset seizures in Finland (1999) Pediatr Neurol, 21, pp. 533-537; Endziniene, M., Pauza, V., Mizeviciene, I., Prevalence of epilepsy in Kaunas, Lithuania (1997) Brain Dev, 19, pp. 379-387; Annegers, J.F., Rocca, W.A., Hauser, W.A., Causes of epilepsy: Contributions of the Rochester Epidemiology Project (1996) Mayo Clin Proc, 71, pp. 570-575; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Folding, J., Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the Child Health and Education Study (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 857-861; Hart, Y.M., Sander, J.W.A., Johnson, A.L., Shorvon, S.D., National General Practice Study of Epilepsy: Recurrence after a first seizure (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 1267-1271; Eriksson, K.J., Koivikko, M.J., Prevalence, classification, and severity of epilepsy and epileptic syndromes in children (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 1275-1282; Kramer, U., Nevo, Y., Neufeld, M.Y., Fatal, A., Leitner, Y., Harel, S., Epidemiology of epilepsy in childhood: A cohort of 440 consecutive patients (1998) Pediatr Neurol, 18, pp. 46-55; Beilmann, A., Soot, N.A., Talvik, I., Talvik, T., Prevalence of childhood epilepsy in Estonia (1999) Epilepsia, 40, pp. 1011-1019; Kramer, U., Phatal, A., Neufeld, M.Y., Leitner, Y., Harel, S., Outcome of seizures in the first year of life (1997) Eur J Pediatr Neurol, 5, pp. 165-167; Doose, H., Sitepu, B., Childhood epilepsy in a German city (1983) Neuropediatrics, 14, pp. 220-224; Brorson, L.O., Wranne, L., Long-term prognosis in childhood epilepsy: Survival and seizure prognosis (1987) Epilepsia, 28, pp. 324-330; Sillanpää, M., Epilepsy in children: Prevalence, disability and handicap (1992) Epilepsia, 33, pp. 444-449; Hauser, W.A., Status epilepticus: Frequency, etiology and neurological sequelae (1983) Advances in Neuology: Status Epilepticus, 34, pp. 3-14. , In: Delgado-Escueta AV, Wasterlain CG, Treiman DM, Porter RJ, eds. New York: Raven Press; Chevrie, J.J., Aicardi, J., Convulsive disorders in the first year of life. Etiological factors (1977) Epilepsia, 18, pp. 489-498; Aubourg, P., Dulac, O., Plouin, P., Diebler, C., Infantile status epilepticus as a complication of 'near miss' sudden infant death (1985) Dev Med Child Neurol, 27, pp. 40-48; Cavazzuti, G.B., Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school-age children in Modena, Italy (1980) Epilepsia, 21, pp. 57-62; Murphy, C.C., Trevathan, E., Yeargin-Allsopp, M., Prevalence of epilepsy and epileptic seizures in 10-year-old children: Results from the Metropolitan Atlanta Developmental Disabilities Studies (1995) Epilepsia, 36, pp. 866-872 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034996849&doi=10.1016%2fS0887-8994%2801%2900247-8&partnerID=40&md5=23d78a9b9ba031a803270d82bd61ea4d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cervical cancer in Canada: Changing patterns in incidence and mortality T2 - International Journal of Gynecological Cancer J2 - Int. J. Gynecol. Cancer VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 31 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1046/j.1525-1438.2001.011001024.x SN - 1048891X (ISSN) AU - Liu, S. AU - Semenciw, R. AU - Probert, A. AU - Mao, Y. AD - Bureau of Reproductive and Child Health, Center for Healthy Human Development, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AD - Cancer Bureau, Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Control, Population and Public Health Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AD - Cancer Bureau, LCDC Building #6, Tunney's Pasture, AL 0601C1, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada AB - Data on incidence of cervical cancer by histologic subtype and mortality for the Canadian provinces of Ontario, Saskatchewan, and British Columbia were used to examine time trends by age, calender period, and birth cohort. Age-adjusted incidence rate of squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix decreased from 11.1 per 100,000 women in 1970-72 to 5.3 in 1994-96, while the rate for cervical adenocarcinoma increased from 1.1 per 100,000 women to 1.5 over the same period. Age-adjusted mortality rate declined from 7.9 per 100,000 women in 1953-55 to 1.9 in 1995-97. The patterns in age-specific mortality rates in 1953-72 were different from those in 1973-97; younger women experienced larger reductions in mortality during the earlier period while older women benefited to a greater extent during the latter period. Age-period-cohort modeling showed that cohort effects were responsible for the decreasing trends in incidence of squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix and increasing trends in adenocarcinoma, and both period and cohort effects account for the observed trends in mortality. The results suggest that Pap smear screening has played a significant role in the reduction in squamous cell cervical carcinoma. The causes for the increase in cervical adenocarcinoma are unclear. KW - Cervical cancer KW - Epidemiology KW - Incidence KW - Poisson regression KW - Time trend KW - adenocarcinoma KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - Canada KW - cancer incidence KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mortality KW - Papanicolaou test KW - priority journal KW - squamous cell carcinoma KW - statistical analysis KW - statistical model KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - Adenocarcinoma KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Canada KW - Carcinoma, Squamous Cell KW - Epidemiologic Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Mass Screening KW - Middle Aged KW - Uterine Cervical Neoplasms KW - Vaginal Smears N1 - Cited By :74 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJGCE C2 - 11285030 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mao, Y.; Cancer Bureau, LCDC Building 6, Tunney's Pasture, AL 0601C1 Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada; email: yang_mao@hc-sc.gc.ca N1 - References: Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, Vol VI IARC, 120, pp. 35-870. , Sci Publications: Lyon; Hunter, R.D., Carcinoma of the cervix (1995) Oxford Textbook of Oncology, 2, pp. 1324-1349. , Peckham M, Pinedo H, Veronesi U, eds. Oxford: Oxford University, Press; Wharton, V., Neoplasms of the cervix (1995) Cancer Medicine, 4th edn., 2, pp. 2227-2261. , Holland JF, Frei E III, Bast RC Jr, et al. eds. Williams & Wilkins: Toronto; Armstrong, B., Holman, D., Increasing mortality from cancer of the cervix in young Australian women (1981) Med J Aust, 9, pp. 460-462; Bjorge, T., Thoresen, S.Q., Skare, G.B., Incidence, survival and mortality in cervical cancer in Norway (1993) Eur J Cancer, 29 A, pp. 2291-2297. , 1956-90; Bergström, R., Sparen, P., Adami, H.-O., Trends in cancer of the cervix uteri in Sweden following cytological screening (1999) Br J Cancer, 81, pp. 159-166; Jin, F., Devesa, S.S., Xiang, Y.B., Gao, Y.T., Temporal patterns in cervical cancer incidence and survival in urban Shanghai (1999) Cancer Strategy, 1, pp. 210-212; Anderson, G.H., Boyes, D.A., Beneder, J.L., Organization and results of the cervical cytology screening programme in British Columbia (1988) BMJ, 296, pp. 975-978. , 1955-85; Quinn, M., Babb, P., Jones, J., Allen, E., Effect of screening on incidence of and morality from cancer of cervix in England: Evaluation based on routinely collected statistics (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 904-907; Pettersson, F., Bjorkholm, E., Naslumd, I., Evaluation of screening for cervical cancer in Sweden. Trends in incidence and mortality 1958-80 (1985) Int J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 521-527; Sasieni, P., Adams, J., Effect of screening on cervical cancer mortality in England and Wales: Analysis of trends with an age period cohort model (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 1244-1245; Miller, A.B., Lindsay, J., Hill, G.B., Mortality from cancer of the uterus in Canada and its relationship to screening for cancer of the cervix (1976) Int J Cancer, 17, pp. 602-612; Mitchell, H., Medley, G., Gordon, I., Giles, G., Cervical cytology reported as negative and risk of adenocarcinoma of the cervix: No strong evidence of benefit (1995) Br J Cancer, 71, pp. 894-897; Zheng, T., Holford, T.R., Ma, Z., The continuing increase in adenocarcinoma of the uterine cervix: A birth cohort phenomenon (1996) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 252-258; Devesa, S.S., Young, J.L., Brinton, I.A., Fraumeni, J.F., Recent trends in cervix uteri cancer (1989) Cancer, 64, pp. 2184-2190; Arraiz, G.A., Wigle, D.T., Mao, Y., Is cervical cancer increasing among young women in Canada? (1990) Can J Public Health, 81, pp. 396-397; (2000) Canadian Cancer Statistics, pp. 11-41. , Toronto: NCIC; Gaudette, L., Lee, J., (1997) Cancer incidence in Canada 1969-1993, catalogue 82-566-XPB, pp. xiv-xvii. , Ottawa: Ministry of Industry; Mills, C.J., Cervical cancer: Toward the implementation of organized screening (1993) Chron Dis Can, 14, pp. 110-112; Snider, J., Beauvais, J., Levy, I., Villeneuve, P., Pennock, J., Trends in mammography and Pap smear utilization in Canada (1996) Chron Dis Can, 17, pp. 108-117; Larsen, N., Invasive cervical cancer rising in young white females (news) (1994) J Natl Cancer Inst, 86, pp. 86-87; Band, P.R., Gaudette, L., Hill, G.B., (1993) The making of the Canadian cancer registry: cancer incidence in Canada and its regions, pp. 16-21. , 1969-88. Ottawa: Canadian Council of Cancer Registries; Le, N.D., Marrett, L.D., Robson, D.L., Semenciw, R.M., Turner, D., Walter, S.D., (1995) Canadian Cancer Incidence Atlas, 1, pp. 20-24. , Ottawa: Health Canada; Kotz, S., Johnson, N.L., Change-point model (1982) Encyclopaedia of Statistical Science, 1, p. 415. , Toronto: Wiley; Bartholomew, D.J., A test of homogeneity, for ordered alternatives (1959) Biometrika, 46, pp. 36-48; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, I. age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II. age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Ann Rev Publ Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Holford, T.R., Analysing the temporal effects of age, period, and cohort (1992) Stat Meth Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Shahpar, C., Li, G., Homicide mortality in the United States. 1935-94: Age, period, and cohort effects (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1213-1222; Holford, T.R., Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Mckay, L.A., Time trends of Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma: Are the real? What do they mean? (1992) Cancer Res (Suppl), 52, pp. 5443-5446; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Miller, A.B., Anderson, G., Brisson, J., Report of a national workshop on screening for cancer of the cervix (1991) CMAJ, 145, pp. 1301-1325; Berkel, J., Proceedings of the second national workshop on cervical cancer screening (1992) Chron Dis Can, 13 (4 S), pp. S1-S41; Cervical cancer screening programs (The Walton Report) (1976) CMAJ, 114, pp. 1003-1033; Howes, A.E., Mauch, P.M., Cancer of the Uterine Cervix (1995) Comprehensive Textbook of Oncology 2nd edn., 2, pp. 1020-1028. , Toronto: Williams & Wilkins; Beral, V., Cancer of the cervix: A sexually transmitted infection? (1984) Lancet, 1, pp. 1037-1040; Hofferth, S.L., Kahn, J.R., Baldwin, W., Premarital sexual activity among US teenage women over the past three decades (1987) Fam Plan Perspect, 19, pp. 46-53 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035100520&doi=10.1046%2fj.1525-1438.2001.011001024.x&partnerID=40&md5=f768566d26f6599da0cfa9494c42ef8c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Teenage Childbearing and Long-Term Socioeconomic Consequences: A Case Study in Sweden T2 - Perspectives on Sexual and Reproductive Health J2 - Perspect. Sex. Reprod. Health VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 70 EP - 74 PY - 2001 SN - 15386341 (ISSN) AU - Olausson, P.O. AU - Haglund, B. AU - Weitoft, G.R. AU - Cnattingius, S. AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Swedish Medical Birth Registry, Sweden AD - Centre for Epidemiology, National Board of Health and Welfare, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Dept. Women's and Children's Hlth., Uppsala Univerity, Uppsala, Sweden AD - Dept. of Pub. Hlth. and Clin. Med., Umeå University, Umeå, Sweden AB - Context: Whether long-term socioeconomic problems experienced by many teenage mothers are a reflection of preexisting disadvantage or are consequences of teenage motherhood per se remains unclear. Methods: National data on all women born in Sweden from 1941 to 1970 who were younger than age 30 when they first gave birth (N=888,044) were analyzed. The outcome measures, assessed during adulthood, were employment status, socioeconomic status, educational attainment, single motherhood, family size, receipt of disability pension and dependence on welfare. Multiple logistic regression techniques were used to adjust for maternal birth cohort and for socioeconomic background of the woman's family. Results: Compared with Swedish women who first gave birth at ages 20-24, those who were teenage mothers had significantly increased odds of each unfavorable socioeconomic outcome in later life, even after the data were adjusted for family socioeconomic situation and maternal birth cohort. For example, teenage motherhood was positively associated with low educational attainment (odds ratios of 1.7-1.9, depending on the specific age during adolescence when the woman gave birth), with single living arrangements (odds ratios, 1.5-2.3), with high parity (odds ratios, 2.6-6.0), with collecting a disability pension (odds ratios, 1.6-1.9) and with welfare dependency (odds ratios, 1.9-2.6). These trends were usually linear, with the highest odds ratios corresponding to women who had had their first child at the youngest ages. Conclusions: A longitudinal analysis of record-linkage data from Sweden supports the view that childbearing during adolescence poses a risk for socioeconomic disadvantage in later life -even for adolescents from relatively comfortable backgrounds and for those who studied beyond elementary school. N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Olausson, P.O.; Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Huffman, S.D., Teenage childbearing is not so bad after all - Or is it? a review of the new literature (1998) Family Planning Perspectives, 30 (5), pp. 236-239; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Maternal youth or family background? on the health disadvantages of infants with teenage mothers (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, 137 (2), pp. 213-225; Kiernan, K.E., Becoming a young parent: A longitudinal study of associated factors (1997) British Journal of Sociology, 48 (3), pp. 406-428; Otterblad Olausson, P., Lichtenstein, P., Cnattingius, S., Aetiology of teenage childbearing: Reasons for familial effects (2000) Twin Research, 3 (1), pp. 23-27; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., Social barriers faced by adolescent parents and their children (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, 258 (11), pp. 1500-1504; Kiernan, K.E., (1997) British Journal of Sociology, , see reference 1; Card, J.J., Long-term consequences for children of teenage parents (1981) Demography, 18 (2), pp. 137-156; Friede, A., Do sisters of childbearing teenagers have increased rates of childbearing? (1986) American Journal of Public Health, 76 (10), pp. 1221-1224; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Levine, J.A., Brooks-Gunn, J., The children of teenage mothers: Patterns of early childbearing in two generations (1990) Family Planning Perspectives, 22 (2), pp. 54-61; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, , see reference 2; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Reevaluating the costs of teenage childbearing (1993) Demography, 30 (1), pp. 1-13; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., The social consequences of teenage parenthood (1976) Family Planning Perspectives, 8 (4), pp. 148-151; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., The socioeconomic costs of teenage childbearing: Evidence and interpretation (1993) Demography, 30 (2), pp. 281-290; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., Teenage childbearing: An adaptive strategy for the socioeconomically disadvantaged or a strategy for adapting to socioeconomic disadvantage? (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 149 (8), pp. 912-915; Trussell, J., Teenage pregnancy in the United States (1988) Family Planning Perspectives, 20 (6), pp. 262-272; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., Adolescent mothers and their children later in life (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, 19 (4), pp. 142-151; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., Teenaged pregnancy and childbearing (1989) American Psychologist, 44 (2), pp. 313-320; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg Jr., F.F., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, , see reference 4; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., (1989) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Hillemeier, M.M., Does young maternal age adversely affect child development? evidence from cousin comparisons in the United States (1994) Population and Development Review, 20 (3), pp. 585-609; Swedish Socioeconomic Classification (1984) Reports on Statistical Coordination, 1982, , Örebro, Sweden: Statistics Sweden; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) American Journal of Epidemiology, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg Jr., F.F., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Stevens-Simon, C., Lowy, R., (1995) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, , see reference 4; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., (1989) Demography, , see reference 4; Geronimus, A.T., Korenman, S., Hillemeier, M.M., (1994) Population and Development Review, , see reference 5; Hoffman, S.D., (1998) Demography, , see reference 1; Hoffman, S.D., Foster, E.M., Furstenberg Jr., F.F., (1993) Demography, , see reference 4; Christie, B., Projects making emergency pill more available (1999) British Medical Journal, 319 (7211), p. 661; Otterblad Olausson, P., (2000) Teenage Childbearing: Pregnancy Outcomes and Long-term Consequences for the Mothers, , doctoral thesis, Karolinska Institutet: Stockholm, Sweden; Santow, G., Bracher, M., Explaining trends in teenage childbearing in Sweden (1999) Studies in Family Planning, 30 (3), pp. 169-182; (1999) Studies in Family Planning, 30 (3), pp. 169-182; Dos Santos Suva, I., Beral, V., Socioeconomic differences in reproductive behaviour (1997) IARC Scientific Publications, 138, pp. 285-308; Samueloff, A., Schimmel, M.S., Eidelman, A.I., Grandmultiparity: Is it a perinatal risk? (1998) Clinics in Perinatology, 25 (3), pp. 529-538; Spivak, H., Weitzman, M., (1987) Journal of the American Medical Association, , see reference 2; Trussell, J., (1988) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Larsson, J., Svanberg, L., Teenage deliveries in a Swedish population in the 1970's (1983) Acta Obstetricia Gynecologica Scandinavica, 62 (5), pp. 467-472; Furstenberg Jr., F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Morgan, P., (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, , see reference 4; Corcoran, J., Consequences of adolescent pregnancy/parenting: A review of the literature (1998) Social Work in Health Care, 27 (2), pp. 49-67 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0347890286&partnerID=40&md5=e3c9fdc3b4a9db52f773ba0f0cff8fd2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent trends in lung cancer mortality in the United States T2 - Journal of the National Cancer Institute J2 - J. Natl. Cancer Inst. VL - 93 IS - 4 SP - 277 EP - 283 PY - 2001 SN - 00278874 (ISSN) AU - Jemal, A. AU - Chu, K.C. AU - Tarone, R.E. AD - Division of Cancer Epidemiology and Genetics, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - Office of Special Populations Research, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - National Institutes of Health, EPS 8049, 6120 Executive Blvd., Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AB - Background: Previous age-period-cohort analyses of lung cancer incidence and mortality rates in the United States have demonstrated a decrease in risk by birth cohort through 1950, consistent with declining trends in smoking prevalence. This study was conducted to examine recent lung cancer trends, including trends among the cohorts born after 1950. Methods: Lung cancer mortality rates from 1970 through 1997 for whites aged 24-83 years and for blacks aged 30-83 years were investigated. Using age-period-cohort analyses with 2-year age and 2-year calendar-period intervals, we examined changes in the slope of the trends in birth-cohort and calendar-period effects. All statistical tests are two-sided. Results: There was an unexpected, statistically significant moderation in the rate of decrease of the birth-cohort trend in lung cancer mortality for whites born after 1950, with a corresponding smaller and statistically nonsignificant moderation for blacks. These data are consistent with smoking initiation rates: Rates of both cigarette and marijuana smoking initiation increased for children aged 12-17 years from 1965 through 1977. There was a statistically significant decrease in the slope of the calendar-period trend for lung cancer mortality in 1990 for both whites and blacks that was observed primarily in people 55 years of age and older. Conclusions and Implications: The birth-cohort pattern of lung cancer mortality after 1950 appears to reflect the early impact of teenage cigarette smoking on lung cancer risk in people under the age of 45 years, although a contribution from marijuana smoking cannot be ruled out. This result provides additional support for increasing smoking cessation and prevention programs for teenagers. The calendar-period decrease in lung cancer mortality after 1990 may reflect the long-term benefits of reductions in tobacco carcinogens in cigarettes and increases in smoking cessation beginning around 1960. KW - cannabis KW - carcinogen KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - birth KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - Caucasian KW - child KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - male KW - Negro KW - prevalence KW - preventive medicine KW - priority journal KW - smoking cessation KW - statistical analysis KW - tobacco KW - United States KW - Adult KW - African Americans KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Marijuana Smoking KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Prevalence KW - Risk KW - Sex Distribution KW - Smoking KW - United States N1 - Cited By :139 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JNCIA C2 - 11181774 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jemal, A.; National Institutes of Health, Div. of Cancer Epidemiol./Genetics, 6120 Executive Blvd., Bethesda, MD 20892, United States; email: Jemala@exchange.nih.gov N1 - References: Greenlee, R.T., Murray, T., Bolden, S., Wingo, P.A., Cancer statistics, 2000 (2000) CA Cancer J Clin, 50, pp. 7-33; Doll, R., Peto, R., The causes of cancer: Quantitative estimates of avoidable risks of cancer in the United States today (1981) J Natl Cancer Inst, 66, pp. 1191-1308; (1989), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Reducing the health consequences of smoking: 25 years of progress. A report of the Surgeon General. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Disease Control, Center for Chronic Disease Prevention, Office on Smoking and Health. DHHS Publ. No. (CDC) 89-8411; Shopland, D.R., Tobacco use and its contribution to early cancer mortality with a special emphasis on cigarette smoking (1995) Environ Health Perspect, 103 (SUPPL. 8), pp. 131-142; Harris, J.E., Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900-80 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 473-479; Brown, C.C., Kessler, L.G., Projections of lung cancer mortality in the United States: 1985-2025 (1988) J Natl Cancer Inst, 80, pp. 43-51; Devesa, S.S., Blot, W.J., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Declining lung cancer rates among young men and women in the United States: A cohort analysis (1989) J Natl Cancer Inst, 81, pp. 1568-1571; Zheng, T., Holford, T.R., Boyle, P., Chen, Y., Ward, B.A., Flannery, J., Time trend and the age-period-cohort effect on the incidence of histologic types of lung cancer in Connecticut, 1960-1989 (1994) Cancer, 74, pp. 1556-1567; Cummings, K.M., Changes in the smoking habits of adults in the United States and recent trends in lung cancer mortality (1984) Cancer Detect Prev, 7, pp. 125-134; Wingo, P.A., Ries, L.A., Giovino, G.A., Miller, D.S., Rosenberg, H.M., Shopland, D.R., Annual report to the nation on the status of cancer, 1973-1996, with a special section on lung cancer and tobacco smoking (1999) J Natl Cancer Inst, 91, pp. 675-690; Chu, K.C., Baker, S.G., Tarone, R.E., A method for identifying abrupt changes in U.S. cancer mortality trends (1999) Cancer, 86, pp. 157-169; Burns, D.M., Lee, L., Shen, L.Z., Gilpin, E., Tolley, H.D., Vaughn, J., Cigarette smoking behavior in the United States (1997), Changes in cigarette-related disease risks and their implication for prevention and control. Smoking and tobacco control monograph No. 8. Bethesda (MD): U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National National Cancer Institute; NIH Publ. No. 97-4213; Trends in cigarette smoking among high school students - United States, 1991-1999 (2000) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 49, pp. 755-758; Manual of the international statistical classification of diseases, injuries, and causes of death (1977), 1. , World Health Organization (WHO). 9th revision. Geneva (Switzerland): WHO; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K.C., Implications of birth cohort patterns in interpreting trends in breast cancer rates (1992) J Natl Cancer Inst, 84, pp. 1402-1410; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K.C., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Snedecor, G.W., Cochran, W.G., (1980) Statistical Methods, p. 491. , 7th ed. Ames (IA): The Iowa State University Press; Day, N.E., Charnay, B., Time trends, cohort effects, and aging as influence on cancer incidence (1982), pp. 51-65. , Magnus K, editor. Trends in cancer incidence: causes and practical implications. Washington (DC): Hemisphere; McCullagh, P., Nelder, J.A., (1989) Generalized Linear Models, pp. 126-128. , 2nd ed. New York (NY): Chapman & Hall; (1999), pp. 105-111. , Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Summary of findings from the 1998 National Household Survey on Drug Abuse. Rockville (MD): U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, SAMHSA, Office of DHHS Publ No. SMA 99-3327; Burns, D.M., Garfinkel, L., Samet, J.M., Introduction, summary, and conclusions (1997), Changes in cigarette-related disease risks and their implication for prevention and control. Smoking and tobacco control monograph No. 8. Bethesda (MD): U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National National Cancer Institute; NIH Publ No. 97-4213; Holford, T.R., The estimation of age, period and cohort effects for vital rates (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 311-324; Presson, C.C., Chassin, L., Sherman, S.J., Olshavsky, R., Bensenberg, M., Corty, E., Predictors of adolescents' intensions to smoke: Age, sex, race, and regional differences (1984) Int J Addict, 19, pp. 503-519; Mittelmark, M.B., Murray, D.M., Luepker, R.V., Pechacek, T.F., Pirie, P.L., Pallonen, U.E., Predicting experimentation with cigarettes: The childhood antecedents of smoking study (CASS) (1987) Am J Public Health, 77, pp. 206-208; Allen, K.F., Moss, A.J., Giovino, G.A., Shopland, D.R., Pierce, J.P., Teenage tobacco use: Data estimates from the teenage attitudes and practices survey, United States, 1989 (1993), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics. Advance Data No. 224, Feb; Peterson A.V., Jr., Kealey, K.A., Mann, S.L., Marek, P.M., Sarason, I.G., Hutchinson Smoking Prevention Project: Long-term randomized trial in school-based tobacco use prevention-results on smoking (2000) J Natl Cancer Inst, 92, pp. 1979-1991; Hoffman, D.L., Brunemann, K.D., Gori, G.B., Wynder, E.L., On the carcinogenicity of marijuana smoke (1975) Recent Adv Phytochemistry, 9, pp. 63-81; Cohen, S., Adverse effects of marijuana: Selected issues (1981) Ann N Y Acad Sci, 362, pp. 119-124; Taylor III, F.M., Marijuana use as a potential respiratory tract carcinogen: A retrospective analysis of a community hospital population (1988) South Med J, 81, pp. 1213-1216; Sherman, M.P., Aeberhard, E.E., Wong, V.Z., Simmons, M.S., Roth, M.D., Tashkin, D.P., Effects of smoking marijuana, tobacco or cocaine alone or in combination of DNA damage in human alveolar macrophages (1995) Life Sci, 56, pp. 2201-2207; Barsky, S.H., Roth, M.D., Kleerup, E.C., Simmons, M., Tashkin, D.P., Histopathologic and molecular alterations in bronchial epithelium in habitual smokers of marijuana, cocaine, and/or tobacco (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 1198-1205; Sidney, S., Quesenberry C.P., Jr., Friedman, G.D., Tekawa, I.S., Marijuana use and cancer incidence (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 722-728. , (California, United States); Ries, L.A., Eisner, M.P., Kosary, C.L., Hankey, B.F., Miller, B.A., Clegg, L., (2000), Editors. SEER cancer statistics review, 1973-1997. Bethesda (MD): National Cancer Institute; Doll, R., An epidemiologic perspective of the biology of cancer (1978) Cancer Res, 38 (11 PART 1), pp. 3573-3583; Doll, R., Peto, R., Cigarette smoking and bronchial carcinoma: Dose and time relationships among regular smokers and life long non-smokers (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 303-313; Peto, R., Doll, R., The control of lung cancer (1984), pp. 1-19. , Mizell M, Correa P, editors. Lung cancer: causes and prevention. Deerfield Beach (FL): Verlag Chemie International; Brown, C.C., Chu, K.C., Use of multistage models to infer stage affected by carcinogenic exposure: Example of lung cancer and cigarette smoking (1987) J Chronic Dis, 40, pp. 171S-179S; Hoffman, D., Djordjevic, M.V., Brunnemann, K.D., Changes in cigarette design and composition over time and how they influence yields of smoke constituents (1996) J Smoking Rel Disorders, 6, pp. 9-23; Giovino, G.A., Schooley, M.W., Zhu, B.P., Chrismon, J.H., Tumar, S.L., Peddicord, J.P., Surveillance for selected tobacco use-behaviors - United States, 1900-1994 (1994) Mor Mortal Wkly Rep CDC Surveill Summ, 43, pp. 1-43; Piantadosi, S., Byar, D.P., Green, S.B., The ecological fallacy (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 893-904; Tobacco use among high school students - United States, 1997 (1998) Mor Mortal Wkly Rep CDC Surveill Summ, 47, pp. 229-233 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035925082&partnerID=40&md5=bd68a2d7d24e4621443834284851e7d8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Dyslipidemia and an unfavorable fatty acid profile predict left ventricular hypertrophy 20 years later T2 - Circulation J2 - Circulation VL - 103 IS - 6 SP - 836 EP - 841 PY - 2001 SN - 00097322 (ISSN) AU - Sundström, J. AU - Lind, L. AU - Vessby, B. AU - Andrén, B. AU - Aro, A. AU - Lithell, H.O. AD - Departments of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University, Sweden AD - Departments of Medical Sciences, Uppsala University, Sweden AD - Department of Nutrition, KTL (National Public Health Institute), Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Public Health and Caring Sciences/Geriatrics, PO Box 609, SE-75125 Uppsala, Sweden AD - Kålsängsgränd 10D, SE-75319 Uppsala, Sweden AB - Background - Left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) is a common risk factor for cardiovascular mortality. Causes other than hypertension have not previously been investigated longitudinally. The aim of the present study was to determine hemodynamic, metabolic, and psychosocial predictors at 50 years of age for the prevalence of echocardiographic LVH and geometric subtypes at age 70 by use of a large sample of men from the general population followed up for 20 years. Methods and Results - In 1970 to 1973, all men born from 1920 to 1924 and residing in Uppsala County, Sweden, were invited to participate in a health survey aimed at identifying risk factors for cardiovascular disease. At a reinvestigation 20 years later, echocardiographic left ventricular mass index was determined in 475 subjects. A 1-SD increase in body mass index, systolic or diastolic blood pressure, fasting LDL/HDL cholesterol, serum triglycerides, or the serum cholesterol ester proportion of several saturated fatty acids or oleic acid at age 50 significantly increased the odds of having LVH at age 70 by 27% to 41%, whereas an increase in linoleic acid proportion was protective. Almost all metabolic predictors were independent of ischemic heart disease, valvular disease, and use of antihypertensive medication at age 70. Conclusions - Dyslipidemia and indices of a low dietary intake of linoleic acid and high intake of saturated and monounsaturated fats, as well as hypertension and obesity, at age 50 predicted the prevalence of LVH 20 years later in this prospective longitudinal cohort study, thereby suggesting that lipids may be important in the origin of LVH. KW - Epidemiology KW - Fatty acids KW - Hypertrophy KW - Insulin KW - Lipids KW - fatty acid KW - high density lipoprotein cholesterol KW - linoleic acid KW - low density lipoprotein cholesterol KW - oleic acid KW - saturated fatty acid KW - triacylglycerol KW - aged KW - antihypertensive therapy KW - article KW - body mass KW - cholesterol blood level KW - diastolic blood pressure KW - disease association KW - dyslipidemia KW - echocardiography KW - fat intake KW - follow up KW - heart left ventricle hypertrophy KW - heart left ventricle mass KW - human KW - hypertension KW - ischemic heart disease KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - obesity KW - prediction KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - Sweden KW - systolic blood pressure KW - valvular heart disease KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Mass Index KW - Cholesterol Esters KW - Cholesterol, HDL KW - Cholesterol, LDL KW - Dietary Fats KW - Echocardiography, Doppler KW - Fatty Acids KW - Health Surveys KW - Heart Ventricles KW - Hemodynamic Processes KW - Humans KW - Hyperlipidemias KW - Hypertrophy, Left Ventricular KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Obesity KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prospective Studies KW - Psychology KW - Risk Factors KW - Sweden KW - Time Factors KW - Triglycerides N1 - Cited By :85 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CIRCA C2 - 11171792 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sundström, J.; Pub. Hlth./Caring Sci./Geriat. Dept., PO Box 609, SE-75125 Uppsala, Sweden; email: johan.sundstrom@geriatrik.uu.se N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cholesterol Esters; Cholesterol, HDL; Cholesterol, LDL; Dietary Fats; Fatty Acids; Triglycerides N1 - References: Koren, M.J., Devereux, R.B., Casale, P.N., Relation of left ventricular mass and geometry to morbidity and mortality in uncomplicated essential hypertension (1991) Ann Intern Med, 114, pp. 345-352; Levy, D., Garrison, R.J., Savage, D.D., Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study (1990) N Engl J Med, 322, pp. 1561-1566; Verdecchia, P., Schillaci, G., Borgioni, C., Adverse prognostic significance of concentric remodeling of the left ventricle in hypertensive patients with normal left ventricular mass (1995) J Am Coll Cardiol, 25, pp. 871-878; Levy, D., Anderson, K.M., Savage, D.D., Echocardiographically detected left ventricular hypertrophy: Prevalence and risk factors: The Framingham Heart Study (1988) Ann Intern Med, 108, pp. 7-13; Hammond, I.W., Devereux, R.B., Alderman, M.H., Relation of blood pressure and body build to left ventricular mass in normotensive and hypertensive employed adults (1988) J Am Coll Cardiol, 12, pp. 996-1004; Sundstrom, J., Lind, L., Andren, B., Left ventricular geometry and function are related to electrocardiographic characteristics and diagnoses (1998) Clin Physiol, 18, pp. 463-470; Post, W.S., Larson, M.G., Myers, R.H., Heritability of left ventricular mass: The Framingham Heart Study (1997) Hypertension, 30, pp. 1025-1028; Manolio, T.A., Levy, D., Garrison, R.J., Relation of alcohol intake to left ventricular mass: The Framingham Study (1991) J Am Coll Cardiol, 17, pp. 717-721; Lauer, M.S., Anderson, K.M., Levy, D., Influence of contemporary versus 30-year blood pressure levels on left ventricular mass and geometry: The Framingham Heart Study (1991) J Am Coll Cardiol, 18, pp. 1287-1294; Dahlof, B., Pennert, K., Hansson, L., Reversal of left ventricular hypertrophy in hypertensive patients: A meta-analysis of 109 treatment studies (1992) Am J Hypertens, 5, pp. 95-110; Majahalme, S., Turjanmaa, V., Weder, A., Blood pressure levels and variability, smoking, and left ventricular structure in normotension and in borderline and mild hypertension (1996) Am J Hypertens, 9, pp. 1110-1118; Lauer, M.S., Anderson, K.M., Kannel, W.B., The impact of obesity on left ventricular mass and geometry: The Framingham Heart Study (1991) JAMA, 266, pp. 231-236; De Simone, G., Devereux, R.B., Daniels, S.R., Gender differences in left ventricular growth (1995) Hypertension, 26, pp. 979-983; MacMahon, S.W., Wilcken, D.E., Macdonald, G.J., The effect of weight reduction on left ventricular mass: A randomized controlled trial in young, overweight hypertensive patients (1986) N Engl J Med, 314, pp. 334-339; Marcus, R., Krause, L., Weder, A.B., Sex-specific determinants of increased left ventricular mass in the Tecumseh Blood Pressure Study (1994) Circulation, 90, pp. 928-936; Lind, L., Andersson, P.E., Andren, B., Left ventricular hypertrophy in hypertension is associated with the insulin resistance metabolic syndrome (1995) J Hypertens, 13, pp. 433-438; Paolisso, G., Galderisi, M., Tagliamonte, M.R., Myocardial wall thickness and left ventricular geometry in hypertensives: Relationship with insulin (1997) Am J Hypertens, 10, pp. 1250-1256; Reaven, G.M., Banting lecture 1988: Role of insulin resistance in human disease (1988) Diabetes, 37, pp. 1595-1607; Ohya, Y., Abe, I., Fujii, K., Hyperinsulinemia and left ventricular geometry in a work-site population in Japan (1996) Hypertension, 27, pp. 729-734; Sundstrom, J., Lind, L., Nystrom, N., Left ventricular concentric remodeling rather than left ventricular hypertrophy is related to the insulin resistance syndrome in elderly men (2000) Circulation, 101, pp. 2595-2600; Nikkari, T., Serum fatty acids and coronary heart disease in Finnish populations (1986) Prog Lipid Res, 25, pp. 437-450; Ohrvall, M., Berglund, L., Salminen, I., The serum cholesterol ester fatty acid composition but not the serum concentration of alpha tocopherol predicts the development of myocardial infarction in 50-year-old men: 19 years follow-up (1996) Atherosclerosis, 127, pp. 65-71; Hedstrand, H., A study of middle-aged men with particular reference to risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1975) Ups J Med Sci Suppl, 19, pp. 1-61; Andren, B., Lind, L., Hedenstierna, G., Left ventricular hypertrophy and geometry in a population sample of elderly males (1996) Eur Heart J, 17, pp. 1800-1807; Levy, D., Savage, D.D., Garrison, R.J., Echocardiographic criteria for left ventricular hypertrophy: The Framingham Heart Study (1987) Am J Cardiol, 59, pp. 956-960; Ganau, A., Devereux, R.B., Roman, M.J., Patterns of left ventricular hypertrophy and geometric remodeling in essential hypertension (1992) J Am Coll Cardiol, 19, pp. 1550-1558; Ganau, A., Saba, P.S., Roman, M.J., Ageing induces left ventricular concentric remodelling in normotensive subjects (1995) J Hypertens, 13, pp. 1818-1822; Vessby, B., Tengblad, S., Lithell, H., Insulin sensitivity is related to the fatty acid composition of serum lipids and skeletal muscle phospholipids in 70-year-old men (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 1044-1050 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035852665&partnerID=40&md5=16725ca754ed4248b15371e9215e398f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Lung cancer mortality rates in birth cohorts in the United States from 1960 to 1994 T2 - Lung Cancer J2 - Lung Cancer VL - 31 IS - 2-3 SP - 91 EP - 99 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1016/S0169-5002(00)00170-7 SN - 01695002 (ISSN) AU - Mannino, D.M. AU - Ford, E. AU - Giovino, G.A. AU - Thun, M. AD - Air Pollution and Respiratory Health Branch, Division of Environmental Hazards and Health Effects, National Center for Environmental Health (NCEH), 1600 Clifton Road, M/S E-17, Atlanta, GA 30333, United States AD - Chronic Disease Prevention Branch, Division of Nutrition, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion (NCCDPHP), CDC, 4770 Buford Highway, M/S K-26, Atlanta, GA 30341, United States AD - Office On Smoking and Health, NCCDPHP, CDC, 4770 Buford Highway, M/S K-26, Atlanta, GA 30341, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology and Surveillance Research, American Cancer Society, 1599 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333, United States AB - We sought to describe the changing death rates from lung cancer in the US white population in sequential birth cohorts, adjusting for cohort smoking prevalence and duration. We searched the US mortality database (1960-1994) for all deaths among whites in which lung cancer was listed as the underlying cause of death. To determine the population at risk for lung cancer, we used the 1970, 1978-1980, and 1992 National Health Interview Surveys to estimate the annual number of current and recent smokers (those who had quit within 5 years) in 11 5-year birth cohorts, starting in 1901. We then determined annual lung cancer mortality rates for each birth cohort, stratified by sex and adjusting for the prevalence and duration of smoking. The population-based rates of lung cancer mortality were much higher among men than among women across all ages and birth cohorts, reflecting higher smoking rates among men. These differences decreased after we controlled for current and recent smoking within the cohorts and were slightly increased in women after we controlled for duration of smoking. Differences in lung cancer death rates across birth cohorts of US men and women primarily reflect differences in the prevalence and duration of smoking in these birth cohorts. Changes in cigarette design that have greatly reduced tar yields have a relatively small effect compared with that of people's smoking status and duration of smoking. Copyright © 2001 Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd. KW - Epidemiology KW - Lung cancer KW - Mortality KW - Smoking KW - tar KW - age KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - cause of death KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - data base KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - male KW - mortality KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - time KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Databases, Factual KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Prevalence KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Smoking Cessation KW - United States N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LUCAE C2 - 11165388 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mannino, D.M.; Air Pollution/Respiratory Hlth Br., Div. Environ Hazards/Hlth Effects, National Center Environ Health, 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333, United States; email: dmm6@cdc.gov N1 - References: Gilliland, F.D., Samet, J.M., Lung cancer (1994) Cancer Surveys: Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, 19-20. , Doll R., Fraumeni J.F., Muir C.S. (Eds.), Plainview, NY: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Devesa, S.S., Blot, W.J., Stone, B.J., Recent cancer trends in the United States (1995) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 87, pp. 175-182; Doll, R., Hill, A.B., Smoking and carcinoma of the lung: preliminary report (1950) Br. Med. J., 2, pp. 739-748; Doll, R., Peto, R., (1981), The Causes of Cancer, New York: Oxford University Press; US Department of Health and Human Services. The health consequences of smoking: cancer. A report of the Surgeon General. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office on Smoking and Health, 1982. Washington, D.C. DHHS Publication No. (PHS)82-50179; Thun, M.J., Day-Lally, C.A., Calle, E., Excess mortality among cigarette smokers: changes in a 20-year interval (1995) Am. J. Pub. Health, 85, pp. 1223-1230; Wu-Williams, A.H., Samet, J.M., Lung cancer and cigarette smoking (1994), Samet J.M. (Ed.), Epidemiology of Lung Cancer, New York: Marcel Dekker Inc; DeVesa, S.S., Blot, W.J., Fraumeni, J.F., Declining lung cancer rates among young men and women in the United States: a cohort analysis (1989) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 81, pp. 1568-1571; Horm, J.W., Kessler, L.G., Falling rates of lung cancer in men in the United States (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 425-426; National Center for Health Statistics. Technical appendix. Vital Statistics of the United States, 1990. Volume II, Mortality Part A. Washington: Public Health Service, 1994; Health Interview Survey Procedure, 1957-1974. Vital Health Statistics 1975. Series 1 (11); Massey, J.T., Moore, T.F., Parsons, V.L., Tadros, W., Design and estimation for the National Health Interview Survey, 1994 (1985) Vital Health Stat., 2 (21), p. 1989; Halpern, M.T., Gillepsie, B.W., Warner, K.E., Patterns of absolute risk of lung cancer mortality in former smokers (1993) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 85, pp. 457-464; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Reducing the health consequences of smoking: 25 years of progress. A report of the Surgeon General. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service,Centers for Disease Control, Office on Smoking and Health, 1989. Washington, D.C. DHHS Publication No. (CDC)89- 8411; Giovino, G.A., Schooley, M.W., Zhu, B.P., Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Surveillance for selected tobacco-use behaviors - United States, 1994 (1994) MMWR, 43, pp. 1-43; Gori, G.B., Lynch, C.J., Toward less hazardous cigarettes (1978) J. Am. Med. Assoc., 240, pp. 1255-1259; Thun, M.J., Heath, C.W., Changes in mortality from smoking in two American Cancer Society prospective studies since 1959 (1997) Prev. Med., 26, pp. 422-426; Benowitz, N.L., Hall, S.M., Herning, R.I., Smokers of low-yield cigarettes do not consume less nicotine (1983) New Engl. J. Med., 309, pp. 139-142 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035139411&doi=10.1016%2fS0169-5002%2800%2900170-7&partnerID=40&md5=96275c2f5c61685e0a205e54d0be2e12 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Entry into parenthood and the outcome of cohabiting partnerships in Britain T2 - Journal of Marriage and Family J2 - J. Marriage Fam. VL - 63 IS - 1 SP - 80 EP - 96 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1111/j.1741-3737.2001.00080.x SN - 00222445 (ISSN) AU - Berrington, A. AD - Department of Social Statistics, University of Southampton, Southampton, SO17 1BJ, United Kingdom AB - Data from a national cohort study of men and women born in Britain in 1958 are used to examine factors influencing the outcome of cohabiting first partnerships. Conception is found to be a key factor promoting marriage for both men and women. Observed gender differences in the estimated impact of children on partnership stability are likely due to the incomplete reporting of past fertility among men. Social class and educational differentials in the likelihood of female cohabitors experiencing a conception, and their likelihood of subsequent marriage, suggest that the role of cohabitation varies according to socioeconomic background. KW - Birth cohort KW - Cohabitation KW - Partnership dissolution KW - Premarital conception N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JMFAA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Berrington, A.; Department of Social Statistics, University of Southampton, Southampton, SO17 1BJ, United Kingdom; email: amb6@soton.ac.uk N1 - References: Agresti, A., (1996) An Introduction to Categorical Data Analysis, , New York: Wiley; Allison, P., Discrete-time methods for the analysis of event histories (1982) Sociological Methodology, pp. 61-98. , S. Leihardt (Ed.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; Axinn, W.G., Barber, J.S., Living arrangements and family formation attitudes in early adulthood (1997) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 59, pp. 595-611; Barlow, A., Mothers and family restructuring: Legal rationality and moral discourses (1999) Economic and Social Research Council Seminar on Parenting, Motherhood and Paid Work, , April London, England; Bennett, N.G., Bloom, D.E., Miller, C.K., The influence of nonmarital childbearing on the formation of first marriages (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 47-62; Bernhardt, E., Hoem, B., Cohabitation and social background: Trends observed for Swedish women born between 1936 and 1960 (1985) European Journal of Population, 1, pp. 375-395; Berrington, A., Diamond, D., Marital dissolution among the 1958 British birth cohort: The role of cohabitation (1999) Population Studies, 58, pp. 19-38; Blossfeld, H.-P., Manting, D., Rohwer, G., Patterns of change in family formation in the Federal Republic of Germany and the Netherlands: Some consequences for solidarity between generations (1993) Solidarity of Generations: Demographic, Economic and Social Change and Its Consequences: Vol. 1, 1, pp. 175-196. , H. Becker & P. Hormones (Eds.). Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Thesis; Bumpass, L., Sweet, J., National estimates of cohabitation (1989) Demography, 26, pp. 615-625; Burgoyne, J., Afterword (1991) Marriage, Domestic Life and Social Change, Writings for Jacqueline Burgoyne (1944-1988), pp. 235-256. , D. Clark (Ed.). London: Routledge; Coward, J., Conceptions outside marriage: Regional differences (1987) Population Trends, 50, pp. 24-30; Diamond, I., Clements, S., Stone, N., Ingham, R., Spatial variation in teenage conceptions in South and West England (1999) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 162, pp. 273-290; Di Salvo, P., NCDS partnership histories (1995) National Child Development Study Data Note No. 2, 2. , London: City University; Di Salvo, P., Smith, K., NCDS housing event history (1995) National Child Development Study Data Note No. 1, 1. , London: City University; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., (1996) Partnership Formation and Dissolution in Great Britain, , (Working Paper No. 96-10). Colchester, England: University of Essex, Economic and Social Research Council Research Centre on Micro-social Change; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., (1998) Cohabitation in Great Britain: Not for Long, but Here to Stay, , (Working Paper No. 98-1). Colchester, England: University of Essex, Economic and Social Research Council Research Centre on Micro-social Change; Granström, F., (1997) Sweden Standard Country Report. Fertility and Family Surveys in the Countries of the ECE Region, , New York: United Nations; Haskey, J., Kiernan, K., Cohabitation in Great Britain: Characteristics and estimated numbers of cohabiting partners (1989) Population Trends, 58, pp. 23-32; Kiernan, K.E., Cherlin, A.J., Parental divorce and partnership dissolution in adulthood: Evidence from a British cohort study (1999) Population Studies, 53, pp. 39-48; Kiernan, K.E., Diamond, I., The age at which childbearing starts - A longitudinal study (1983) Population Studies, 37, pp. 363-380; Kiernan, K.E., Estaugh, V., (1993) Cohabitation, Extramarital Childbearing and Social Policy, , London: Family Policy Studies Centre; Kravdal, O., Wanting a child without a firm commitment to the partner: Interpretations and implications of a common behaviour pattern among Norwegian cohabitants (1997) European Journal of Population, 13, pp. 269-298; (1998) Supporting Families: A Consultation Paper, , London: Stationery Office; Latten, J., De Graaf, A., (1997) The Netherlands Standard Country Report. Fertility and Family Surveys in the Countries of the ECE Region, , New York: United Nations; Leridon, H., Cohabitation, marriage, separation: An analysis of life histories of French cohorts from 1968 to 1985 (1990) Population Studies, 44, pp. 127-144; Loomis, L.S., Landale, N.S., Nonmarital cohabitation and childbearing among Black and White American women (1994) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 56, pp. 949-962; Manning, W.D., Marriage and cohabitation following premarital conception (1993) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 55, pp. 839-850; Manning, W.D., Smock, P.J., Why marry? Race and the transition to marriage among cohabitors (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 509-520; Manting, D., (1994) Dynamics in Marriage and Cohabitation: An Inter-temporal, Life Course Analysis of First Union Formation and Dissolution, , Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Netherlands Graduate School of Research in Demography; Maughan, B., Hagell, A., Poor readers in adulthood: Psychosocial functioning (1996) Development and Psychopathology, 8, pp. 457-476; McRae, S., (1993) Cohabiting Mothers: Changing Marriage and Motherhood?, , London: Policy Studies Institute; Murphy, M., Demographic and socio-economic influences on recent British marital breakdown patterns (1985) Population Studies, 39, pp. 441-460; (1998) Birth Statistics, 1997, , (Series FM1 No. 26). London: Stationery Office; Oppenheimer, V.K., A theory of marriage timing (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 94, pp. 563-591; Russell, S., Life course antecedents of premarital conception in Great Britain (1994) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 56, pp. 480-492; Rutter, M., A children's behavior questionnaire for completion by teachers: Preliminary findings (1967) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 8, pp. 1-11; Shepherd, P., (1995) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Origins of the Study and the Methods of Data Collection, , (Working Paper No. 1). London: City University; Smock, P.J., Manning, W.D., Cohabiting partners' economic circumstances and marriage (1997) Demography, 34, pp. 331-341; Thornton, A., Influence of the marital history of parents on the marital and cohabitational experiences of children (1991) American Journal of Sociology, 96, pp. 868-894; Teachman, J.D., Early marriage, premarital fertility and marital dissolution (1983) Journal of Family Issues, 4, pp. 105-126; Toulemon, L., Cohabitation is here to stay (1997) Population: An English Selection, 9, pp. 11-46; Wu, Z., The stability of cohabiting relationships: The role of children (1995) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 57, pp. 231-236; Wu, Z., Balakrishnan, T.R., Dissolution of premarital cohabitation in Canada (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 521-532 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0035255987&doi=10.1111%2fj.1741-3737.2001.00080.x&partnerID=40&md5=d18551a3ba68b1cd58e73ce33a7da672 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in the mortality (1950-1997) and incidence (1975-1993) of malignant ovarian neoplasm among Japanese women: Analyses by age, time, and birth cohort T2 - Gynecologic Oncology J2 - Gynecol. Oncol. VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 71 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1006/gyno.2001.6335 SN - 00908258 (ISSN) AU - Tamakoshi, K. AU - Kondo, T. AU - Yatsuya, H. AU - Hori, Y. AU - Kikkawa, F. AU - Toyoshima, H. AD - Department of Public Health, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, Japan AD - Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, Japan AB - Objective. The purpose of this study was to explore epidemiological features of malignant ovarian neoplasm in Japan. Methods. The number of deaths from malignant ovarian neoplasm was obtained from the national vital statistics. Estimated incidence rates, based on several cancer registries, were also used for analyses. We divided the subjects into two age groups (0-29 and 30+ years) and examined secular trends in mortality (1950-1997) and incidence (1975-1993) by age, time, and birth cohort. Results. The age-adjusted mortality rate has increased approximately 4-fold (from 0.9 to 3.6 per 100,000 women) from 1950 to 1997. Age-specific mortality rates showed a rising pattern in the elderly, whereas mortality in the younger people tended to increase in the 1950s and 1960s, but then decreased in the 1970s and afterward. In analyses using a mathematical model, the time effect in the population aged 0-29 years increased with advancing period up to 1970, and then decreased. The cohort effects had positive values, which indicate higher than additive influence from age/time effect, for birth cohorts from 1900 to 1935. The age-adjusted incidence rate increased approximately 1.5-fold (from 3.6 to 5.7) from 1975 to 1993. The rate increased in the early 1980s, but has remained stable since the late 1980s. Age-specific incidence rates in older age groups increased steadily up to 1985, and have remained stable since, while the rates in younger women have remained almost unchanged. Conclusion. The major effects on malignant ovarian neoplasm in Japan are supposed to be due to declining parity and therapeutic improvements. © 2001 Academic Press. KW - Cohort effect KW - Incidence KW - Japan KW - Malignant ovarian neoplasm KW - Mortality KW - Time effect KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - childbirth KW - cohort analysis KW - dose time effect relation KW - female KW - high risk population KW - human KW - Japan KW - major clinical study KW - malignant neoplastic disease KW - mathematical model KW - ovary tumor KW - population research KW - priority journal PB - Academic Press Inc. N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GYNOA C2 - 11585415 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Tamakoshi, K.; Department of Public Health, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, Japan; email: tamako@med.nagoya-u.ac.jp N1 - References: Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer incidence in five continents, 6. , Lyon: IARC; Coleman, M.P., Esree, J., Damiecki, P., Arslan, A., Renard, H., Trends in cancer incidence and mortality (1993) IARC Publication No. 21, , Lyon: IARC; La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., Descriptive epidemiology of ovarian cancer in Europe (1992) Gynecol Oncol, 46, pp. 208-215; Koper, N.P., Kiemeney, L.A.L., Massuger, L.A.G., Thomas, C.M.G., Schije, C.P.T., Verbeek, A.L.M., Ovarian cancer incidence (1989-1991) and mortality (1954-1993) in The Netherlands (1996) Obstet Gynecol, 88, pp. 387-393; Parkin, D.M., Pisani, P., Ferlay, J., Estimates of the worldwide incidence of 25 major cancers in 1990 (1999) Int J Cancer, 80, pp. 827-841; Pisani, P., Parkin, D.M., Bray, F., Ferlay, J., Estimates of the worldwide mortality from 25 cancers in 1990 (1999) Int J Cancer, 83, pp. 18-29; Scully, R.E., Classification of human ovarian tumors (1987) Environ Health Perspect, 73, pp. 15-24; Dos Santos Silvia, I., Swerdlow, A.J., Ovarian germ cell malignancies in England: Epidemiological parallels with testicular cancer (1991) Br J Cancer, 63, pp. 814-818; (1952) Vital Statistics of Japan, 1950-1996, 3. , Tokyo: Health and Welfare Statistics Assoc; Cancer incidence and incidence rates in Japan in 1994: Estimates on data from seven population-based cancer registries (1999) Jpn J Clin Oncol, 29, pp. 361-364; Selvin, S., (1996) Statistical analysis of epidemiologic data. 2nd ed., , New York: Oxford Univ Press; Turkey, J., (1977) Exploratory data analysis, , Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley; Baker, H.R., Kwon, T.H., Current status of the treatment of gynecologic cancer by site: Ovary (1976) Cancer, 38, pp. 610-619; Edwards, C.L., Herson, J., Gershenson, D.M., Copeland, L.J., Wharton, J.T., A prospective randomized clinical trial of melphalan and cis-platinum versus hexamethylmelamine, adriamycin, and cyclophosphamide in advanced ovarian cancer (1983) Gynecol Oncol, 15, pp. 261-277; Omura, G., Blessing, J.A., Ehrich, C.E., Miller, A., Yordan, E., Creasman, W.T., Homesley, H.D., A randomized trial of cyclophosphamide and doxorubicin with or without cisplatin in advanced ovarian carcinoma: A Gynecologic Oncology Group study (1986) Cancer, 57, pp. 1725-1730; Abu-Rustum, N.R., Aghajanian, C., Management of malignant germ cell tumors of the ovary (1998) Semin Oncol, 25, pp. 235-242; Casagrande, J.T., Louie, E.W., Pike, M.C., Roy, S., Ross, R.K., Henderson, B.E., "Incessant ovulation" and ovarian cancer (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 170-173; Cramer, D.W., Welch, W.R., Determinants of ovarian cancer risk. II. Inferences regarding pathogenesis (1983) J Natl Cancer I, 71, pp. 717-721; Adami, H.O., Hsieh, C.C., Lambe, M., Trichopoulos, D., Leon, D., Persson, I., Ekbom, A., Janson, P.O., Parity, age at first childbirth, and risk of ovarian cancer (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 1250-1254; Risch, H.A., Marrett, L.D., Howe, G.R., Parity, contraception, infertility, and the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 585-597; Siskind, V., Green, A., Bain, C., Purdie, D., Beyond ovulation: Oral contraceptives and epithelial ovarian cancer (2000) Epidemiology, 11, pp. 106-110; Whittemore, A.S., Harris, R., Itnyre, J., Collaborative analysis of 12 U.S. case-control studies. II. Invasive epithelial ovarian cancer in white women (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 1184-1203; Negri, E., Fraceschi, S., Tzonou, A., Booth, M., La Vecchia, C., Parazzini, F., Beral, V., Trichopoulos, D., Pooled analysis of 3 European case-control studies: I. Reproductive factors and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer (1991) Int J Cancer, 49, pp. 50-56; Dos Santos Silva, I., Swerdlow, A.J., Recent trends in incidence of and mortality from breast, ovarian and endometrial cancers in England and Wales and their relation to changing fertility and oral contraceptive use (1995) Br J Cancer, 72, pp. 485-492; Weiss, N.S., Lyon, J.L., Liff, L.M., Vollermer, W.M., Daling, J.R., Incidence of ovarian cancer in relation to the use of oral contraceptives (1981) Int J Cancer, 28, pp. 669-671; Rosenberg, L., Palmer, J.R., Zauber, A.G., Strom, B.L., Harlap, S., Shapiro, S., A case-control study of oral contraceptive use and invasive epithelial ovarian cancer (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 654-661; Gnagy, S., Ming, E.E., Devesa, S.S., Hartge, P., Whttemore, A.S., Declining ovarian cancer rates in U.S. women in relation to parity and oral contraceptive use (2000) Epidemiology, 11, pp. 103-105; Kushi, L.H., Mink, P.J., Folsom, A.R., Anderson, K.E., Zheng, W., Lazovich, D., Sellers, T.A., Prospective study of diet and ovarian cancer (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 21-31; (1997) Food, nutrition and the prevention of cancer: a global perspective, , Washington, DC: Am Inst for Cancer Res; Byers, T., Marshall, J., Graham, S., Mettlin, C., Swanson, M., A case-control study of dietary and nondietary factors in ovarian cancer (1983) J Natl Cancer I, 71, pp. 681-686; La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Negri, E., Parazzini, F., Gentile, A., Cecchetti, G., Fasoli, M., Franceschi, S., Dietary factors and the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer (1987) J Natl Cancer I, 79, pp. 663-669; Slattery, M.L., Schuman, K.L., West, D.W., French, T.K., Robison, L.M., Nutrient intake and ovarian cancer (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 130, pp. 497-502; Shu, X.O., Gao, Y.T., Yuan, J.M., Zeigler, R.G., Brinton, L.A., Dietary factors and epithelial ovarian cancer (1989) Br J Cancer, 59, pp. 92-96; Risch, H.A., Jain, M., Marrett, L.D., Howe, G.R., Dietary fat intake and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer (1994) J Natl Cancer I, 86, pp. 1409-1415; Armstrong, B., Doll, R., Environmental factors and cancer incidence and mortality in different countries, with special reference to dietary practices (1975) Int J Cancer, 15, pp. 617-631; Rose, D.P., Boyar, A.P., Wynder, E.L., International comparisons of mortality rates for cancer of the breast, ovary, prostate, and colon, and per capita food consumption (1986) Cancer, 58, pp. 2363-2371; Kodama, M., Murakami, M., Kodama, T., Chronological transition of the age-adjusted incidence rates (AAIRs) of 20 major neoplasias from early 1960s to mid-1980s (1999) Anticancer Res, 19, pp. 779-787 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034796594&doi=10.1006%2fgyno.2001.6335&partnerID=40&md5=aa7211ea259e61f6d6b415466c1de661 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Occupational exposures and cancers of the endometrium and cervix uteri in Finland T2 - American Journal of Industrial Medicine J2 - Am. J. Ind. Med. VL - 39 IS - 6 SP - 572 EP - 580 PY - 2001 DO - 10.1002/ajim.1056 SN - 02713586 (ISSN) AU - Weiderpass, E. AU - Pukkala, E. AU - Vasama-Neuvonen, K. AU - Kauppinen, T. AU - Vainio, H. AU - Paakkulainen, H. AU - Boffetta, P. AU - Partanen, T. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Finnish Institute of Occupational Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AD - University of Tampere, School of Public Health, Tampere, Finland AD - International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France AB - Background: Endometrial cancer incidence rates are low in Asia and Africa and high in North America and Northern Europe. Cervical cancer is often the most common female cancer in developing countries, and infection with human papillomavirus (HPV) is its main risk factor. However, other factors, such as occupational exposures may modify the HPV-related risk. We conducted an exploratory register-linkage study in Finland to assess the role of occupational exposures on incidence rates of cancers of the endometrium and cervix uteri. Methods: Occupational risk factors for endometrial and cervical cancers were explored in a 25-year follow-up of female workers born 1906-1945 (N = 413,877) identified through the Population Census of Finland of 1970. Job titles in census records were converted to exposures of 31 occupational agents through a job-exposure matrix. Poisson regression models estimated relative risks (RR) for each agent, standardized for birth cohort, follow-up period, and socio-economic status. For each agent, the product of level and probability of exposure was calculated and subdivided in three categories: zero, low, and medium/high. Adjustment at the job title level was done for the turnover rate (endometrial and cervical cancers), mean parity, and age at first birth (endometrial cancer). Results: Endometrial cancer (2,833 cases) was associated with exposure to animal dust (RR 1.2, low level, 174 cases) and sedentary work (RR 1.3, high level, 145 cases). Cervical cancer (1,101 cases) was associated with exposure to aliphatic and alicyclic (RR 1.3, low level, 91 cases), aromatic (RR 1.2, low level, 318 cases; RR 1.4, high level, 41 cases), and chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents (RR 1.3, low level, 50 cases), silica dust (RR 1.2, low level, 251 cases), and wood dust (RR 1.2, low level, 249 cases). Conclusions: This study suggests that occupational exposures may be associated with increased risk of endometrial and cervical cancers. © 2001 Wiley-Liss, Inc. KW - Cervix uteri cancer KW - Endometrial cancer KW - Finland KW - Job exposure matrix KW - Occupational exposures KW - alicyclic hydrocarbon KW - aliphatic hydrocarbon KW - aromatic hydrocarbon KW - chlorinated hydrocarbon KW - industrial chemical KW - silicon dioxide KW - article KW - calculation KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - dust KW - endometrium cancer KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - occupational exposure KW - occupational hazard KW - regression analysis KW - risk factor KW - sitting KW - social status KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - wood dust KW - Adult KW - Endometrial Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Occupations KW - Risk KW - Risk Factors KW - Uterine Cervical Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 11385641 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Weiderpass, E.; Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, 150, Cours Albert Thomas, F-69372, Lyon, Cedex 8, France; email: weiderpass@iarc.fr N1 - References: Alterman, T., Burnett, C., Peipins, L., Lalich, N., Halperin, W., Occupation and cervical cancer: An opportunity for prevention (1997) J Womens Health, 6, pp. 649-657; (1997), American Institute for Cancer Research; Anttila, A., Pukkala, E., Sallmen, M., Hernberg, S., Hemminki, K., Cancer incidence among Finnish workers exposed to halogenated hydrocarbons (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 797-806; Berg, M.-A., Peltoniemi, J., Puska, P., (1991) Health behaviour among Finnish adult population, , Publications of the Finnish National Public Health Institute B, 3/1991; Berlin, K., Edling, C., Persson, B., Ahlborg, G., Hillert, L., Hogstedt, B., Lundberg, I., Orbaek, P., Cancer incidence and mortality of patients with suspected solvent-related disorders (1995) Scand J Work Environ Health, 21, pp. 362-367; Blair, A., Decoufle, P., Grauman, D., Causes of death among laundry and dry cleaning workers (1979) Am J Publ Health, 69, pp. 508-511; Blair, A., Dosemeci, M., Heineman, E.F., Cancer and other causes of death among male and female farmers from twenty-three states (1993) Am J Ind Med, 23, pp. 729-742; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical methods in cancer research. Volume II - The design and analysis of cohort studies, 82, pp. 1-406. , Lyon: IARC Sci Publ; Brinton, L.A., Epidemiology of cervical cancer - Overview (1992), 119, pp. 3-23. , Muñoz N, Bosch FX, Shah KV, Meheus A, editors. The epidemiology of cervical cancer and human papillomavirus. Lyon: IARC Sci Publ; Bulbulyan, M., Hoar Zahm, S., Zaridze, D.G., Occupational cancer mortality among urban women in the former USSR (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 299-307; (1974) Population census 1970: Occupation and social position, 9. , VI C:104, Helsinki: Official Statistics of Finland; Cramer, D.W., Uterine cervix (1982), pp. 881-900. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF Jr, editors. Cancer epidemiology and prevention. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders; Dosemeci, M., Cocco, P., Gomez, M., Steward, P.A., Heineman, E.F., Effects of three features of a job-exposure matrix on the risk estimates (1994) Epidemiology, 5, pp. 124-127; (2000) Cancer incidence in Finland 1996 and 1997, , Cancer Society in Finland Publication No 61. Helsinki, Finland; Hall, N.E.L., Rosenman, K.D., Cancer by industry: Analysis of a population-based cancer registry with an emphasis on blue-collar workers (1991) Am J Ind Med, 19, pp. 145-150; Hirose, K., Tajima, K., Hamajima, N., Takezaki, T., Inoue, M., Kuroishi, T., Kuzuya, K., Tokudome, S., Sub-site (cervix/endometrium)-specific risk and protective factors in uterus cancer (1996) Jpn J Cancer Res, 87, pp. 1001-1009; Hoskins, W.J., Perez, C.A., Young, R.C., Gynecologic tumors (1993), pp. 1156-1225. , DeVita VT, Hellman S, Rosenberg SA, editors. Cancer principles and practice of oncology. Philadelphia: Lippincott; (1990), pp. 73-74. , Tomatis L, Aitio A, Day NE, Heseltine E, Kaldor J, Miller AB, Parkin DM, Riboli E, editors. Cancer: causes, occurrence and control. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; (1997), 7. , Parkin DM, Whelan SL, Ferlay J, Raymond L, and Young J, editors. Cancer incidence in five continents. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Kauppinen, T., Toikkanen, J., Pukkala, E., From cross-tabulations to multipurpose exposure information systems: A new job-exposure matrix (1998) Am J Ind Med, 33, pp. 409-417; Kjaerheim, K., Andersen, A., Cancer incidence among waitresses in Norway (1994) Cancer Causes Control, 5, pp. 31-37; Kolari, R., (1983) Occupational mobility 1970/1975. Official statistics of finland no 97, , Helsinki: Official Statistics of Finland; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., Selected physical activities and the risk of endometrial cancer (1993) Br J Cancer, 67, pp. 846-851; Lynge, E., Anttila, A., Hemminki, K., Organic solvents and cancer (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 406-419; McDuffie, H.H., Women at work: Agriculture and pesticides (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 1240-1246; McTiernan, A., Ulrich, C., Slate, S., Potter, J., Physical activity and cancer ethiology: Associations and mechanisms (1998) Cancer Causes Control, 9, pp. 487-509; Meurman, L.O., Pukkala, E., Hakama, M., Incidence of cancer among anthophyllite asbestos miners in Finland (1994) Occup Environ Med, 51, pp. 421-425; Moradi, T., Nyren, O., Bergström, R., Gridley, G., Linet, M., Wolk, A., Dosemeci, M., Adami, H.-O., Risk for endometrial cancer in relation to occupational physical activity: A nation-wide cohort study in Sweden (1998) Int J Cancer, 76, pp. 665-670; Moradi, T., Weiderpass, E., Signorello, L.B., Persson, I., Nyren, O., Adami, H.-O., Physical activity and post menopausal endometrial cancer risk (Sweden) (2000) Cancer Causes Control, 11, pp. 829-837; Olson, S.H., Vena, J.E., Dorn, J.P., Marshall, J.R., Zielezky, M., Laughlin, R., Grahan, S., Exercise, occupational activity and risk of endometrial cancer (1997) Ann Epidemiol, 7, pp. 46-53; Pukkala, E., Cancer risk by social class and occupation. A survey of 109,000 cancer cases among Finns of working age (1995) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, 7. , Basel: Karger, 277 p; Ruder, A.M., Ward, E.M., Brown, D.P., Cancer mortality in female and male dry-cleaning workers (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 867-874; Sala, M., Dosemeci, M., Zahm, S.H., A death certificate-based study of occupational and mortality from reproductive cancers among women in 24 US states (1998) J Occup Environ Med, 40, pp. 632-639; Savitz, D.A., Andrews, K.W., Brinton, L.A., Occupation and cervical cancer (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 357-361; Shu, X.O., Hatch, M.C., Zheng, W., Gao, Y.T., Brinton, L.A., Physical activity and risk of endometrial cancer (1993) Epidemiology, 4, pp. 342-349; Slattery, M.L., Robison, L.M., Schuman, K.L., French, T.K., Abbot, T.M., Overall, J.C., Gardner, J.W., Cigarette smoking and exposure to passive smoke are risk factors for cervical cancer (1989) J Am Med Assoc, 261, pp. 1593-1598; Stubbs, H.A., Harris, J., Spear, R.C., A proportionate mortality analysis of California agricultural workers, 1978-1979 (1984) Am J Ind Med, 6, pp. 305-320; Weiderpass, E., Pukkala, E., Kauppinen, T., Mutanen, P., Paakkulainen, H., Vasama-Neuvonen, K., Boffetta, P., Partanen, T., Breast cancer and occupational exposures in women in Finland (1999) Am J Ind Med, 36, pp. 48-53; Wesseling, C., Ahlbom, A., Antich, D., Rodriguez, A.C., Castro, R., Cancer in banana plantation workers in Costa Rica (1996) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 1125-1131; Williams, R.R., Stegens, N.L., Goldsmith, J.R., Associations of cancer site and type with occupation and industry from the Third National Cancer Survey Interview (1997) J Natl Cancer Inst, 59, pp. 1147-1185; (1997) Food, nutrition and prevention of cancer: a global perspective, pp. 1-670. , The American Institute for Cancer Research; Zheng, W., Shu, X.O., McLaughlin, J.K., Chow, W.H., Gao, Y.T., Blot, W.J., Occupational physical activity and the incidence of cancer of the breast, corpus uteri, and ovary in Shanghai (1993) Cancer, 71, pp. 3620-3624 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034976575&doi=10.1002%2fajim.1056&partnerID=40&md5=85e679c9af863117e29a63d7709a0369 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease: A national British Cohort Study T2 - American Journal of Gastroenterology J2 - Am. J. Gastroenterol. VL - 95 IS - 12 SP - 3507 EP - 3512 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1016/S0002-9270(00)02081-5 SN - 00029270 (ISSN) AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Thompson, N.P. AU - Ebrahim, S. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Inflammatory Bowel Disease Study Group, Department of Medicine, Royal Free and University College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - University Department of Primary Care and Population Sciences, Royal Free and University College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Inflammatory Bowel Disease Study Group, Department of Medicine, Royal Free and University College Medical School, London NW3 2QG, United Kingdom AB - Objective: Measles vaccination has been suggested as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease. Atypical age of measles infection has also been associated with Crohn's disease. This study was designed to examine the relationship of measles vaccination and age of measles vaccination with later inflammatory bowel disease. Methods: A prospective population-based national birth cohort was used, of those born in 1 wk in April 1970 in Great Britain. The data are from 7616 responding members of the 1970 British Cohort Study with complete vaccination data, who were traced at age 26 yr. A diagnosis of Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, and diabetes mellitus (a control disease) was obtained by survey at age 26 yr, and confirmed by physicians. Vaccination data were from survey at age 5 yr. Measles and mumps infection data were obtained from the survey at age 10 yr. Adjustment was made for sex, household crowding in childhood, and father's social class at birth. Results: No statistically significant association was found between measles vaccination status at 5 yr and Crohn's disease (adjusted odds ratio [OR] 0.67, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.27-1.63), ulcerative colitis (adjusted OR 0.57, 95% CI 0.20-1.61), or diabetes (adjusted OR 0.75, 95% CI 0.33-1.74). There was a statistically significant trend (p = 0.040) with increasing age of measles vaccination for risk of Crohn's disease, although this was based on very few cases vaccinated after age 2 yr. Conclusions: In this cohort, monovalent measles vaccination status is not associated with inflammatory bowel disease by age 26 yr. Older age at measles vaccination needs to be examined in other studies to confirm whether it is a genuine risk for Crohn's disease. (C) 2000 by Am. Coll. of Gastroenterology. KW - adult KW - article KW - Crohn disease KW - diabetes mellitus KW - enteritis KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - measles vaccination KW - mumps KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - ulcerative colitis KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Crohn Disease KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Measles Vaccine KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Vaccination N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJGAA C2 - 11151885 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wakefield, A.J.; Inflammatory Bowel Dis. Study Group, Department of Medicine, Royal Free/Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London NW3 2QG, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Measles Vaccine N1 - References: Gilat, T., Hacohen, D., Lilos, P., Childhood factors in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease (1987) Scand J Gastroenterol, 22, pp. 1009-1024; Thompson, N.P., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A., Perinatal and childhood risk factors for inflammatory bowel disease: A casecontrol study (1995) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 7, pp. 385-390; Pardi, D.S., Tremaine, W.J., Sandborne, W.J., Early measles virus infection is associated with the development of inflammatory bowel disease (2000) Am J Gastroenterol, 95, pp. 1480-1485; Lewin, J., Dhillon, A.P., Sim, R., Persistent measles virus infection of the intestine: Confirmation by immunogold electron microscopy (1995) Gut, 36, pp. 564-569; Miyamoto, H., Tanaka, T., Kitamoto, N., Detection of immunoreactive antigen with a monoclonal antibody to measles virus in tissue from patients with Crohn's disease (1995) J Gastroenterol, 30, pp. 28-33; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Pounder, R.E., Paramyxovirus infections in childhood and subsequent inflammatory bowel disease (1999) Gastroenterology, 116, pp. 796-803; Wakefield, A.J., Pittilo, R.M., Sim, R., Evidence of persistent measles virus infection in Crohn's disease (1993) J Med Virol, 39, pp. 345-353; Wakefield, A.J., Sim, R., Akbar, A.N., In situ immune responses in Crohn's disease: A comparison with acute and persistent measles virus infection (1997) J Med Virol, 51, pp. 90-100; Balzola, F.A., Castellino, F., Colombatto, P., IgM antibody against measles virus in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. A marker of virus-related disease? (1997) Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 9, pp. 661-663; Ekbom, A., Wakefield, A.J., Zack, M., Perinatal measles infection and subsequent Crohn's disease (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 508-510; Ekbom, A., Daszak, P., Kraaz, W., Crohn's disease after in-utero measles virus exposure (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 515-517; Izuka, M., Nakagomi, O., Chiba, M., Absence of measles virus in Crohn's disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 199; Haga, Y., Funakoshi, O., Kuroe, Absence of measles viral genomic sequence in intestinal tissues from Crohn's disease by nested polymerase chain reaction (1996) Gut, 38, pp. 211-215; Fisher, N.C., Yee, L., Nightingale, P., Measles virus serology in Crohn's disease (1997) Gut, 41, pp. 66-69; Afzal, M.A., Minor, P.D., Begley, Absence of measles-virus genome in inflammatory bowel disease (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 646-647; Jones, P., Fine, P., Piracha, S., Crohn's disease and measles (1997) Lancet, 349, p. 473; Nielson, L.L.W., Nielson, N.M., Melby, Exposure to measles in utero and Crohn's disease: Danish register study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 196-197; Halsey, N.A., Modlin, J.F., Jabbour, J.T., Risk factors in subacute sclerosing panencephalitis: A case-control study (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 111, pp. 415-424; Zilber, N., Rannon, L., Alter, M., Measles, measles vaccination, and risk of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) (1983) Neurology, 33, pp. 1558-1560; Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Age of older siblings and inflammatory bowel disease (1999) Gut, 44 (SUPPL. 1), pp. A29; Montgomery, S.M., Twamley, S.I., Morris, D.L., Birth order influences IBD risk and phenotype (1999) Gut, 44 (SUPPL. 1), pp. A29; Classen, D.C., Classen, J.B., The timing of pediatric immunization and the risk of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (1997) Infect Dis Clin Pract, 6, pp. 1-6; Classen, J.B., The timing of immunization affects the development of diabetes in rodents (1996) Autoimmunity, 24, pp. 137-145; Thompson, N.P., Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Is measles vaccination a risk factor for inflammatory bowel disease? (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 1071-1073; Feeney, M., Clegg, A., Winwood, J., A case-control study of measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 764-766; Patriarca, P.A., Beeler, J.A., Measles vaccination and inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1362; Farrington, P., Miller, E., Measles vaccination as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1362; Macdonald, T., Measles vaccination as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1363; Miller, D., Renton, A., Measles vaccination as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1363; Baxter, T., Radford, J., Measles vaccination as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1995) Lancet, 345, p. 1363; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Pounder, R.E., Measles vaccination as a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 350, p. 1774; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Thompson, N.P., Prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in British 26 year-olds: National longitudinal birth cohort (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1058-1059; Norussis, M.J., SPSS User's guide, p. 1990. , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Riis, P., Differential diagnosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease and other disorders, including diverticular disease (1998), pp. 191-198. , Allan RN, Keighley MRB, Alexander-Williams J, Hawkins C, eds. Inflammatory bowel diseases, 2nd ed. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., Twenty-something in the 1990s, p. 1998. , Aldershot: Ashgate; Montgomery, S.M., Bjornsson, S., Johannsson, J.H., Concurrent viral epidemics in Iceland are a risk for inflammatory bowel disease (1998) Gut, 42, pp. A41; Soffer, D., Rannon, L., Alter, M., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis: An epidemiologic study in Israel (1976) Am J Epidemiol, 103, pp. 67-74; Detels, R., Brody, J.A., McNew, J., Further epidemiological studies of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1973) Lancet, 2, pp. 11-14; Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality and the incidence of inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 472-473; Gent, A.E., Hellier, M.D., Grace, R.H., Inflammatory bowel disease and domestic hygiene in infancy (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 766-767 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033637367&doi=10.1016%2fS0002-9270%2800%2902081-5&partnerID=40&md5=9d4c10ee349b17612c09e26a2e5b1f3d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Study of two cohorts of workers exposed to methyl methacrylate in acrylic sheet production T2 - Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - Occup. Environ. Med. VL - 57 IS - 12 SP - 810 EP - 817 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1136/oem.57.12.810 SN - 13510711 (ISSN) AU - Tomenson, J.A. AU - Bonner, S.M. AU - Edwards, J.C. AU - Pemberton, M.A. AU - Cummings, T.F. AU - Paddle, G.M. AD - ICI Epidemiology Unit, Brunner House, PO Box 7, Winnington Northwich, Cheshire CW8 4DJ, United Kingdom AD - British Steel, Health and Safety, Swinden House Moorgate, Rotherham, S60 3AR, United Kingdom AD - ICI Acrylics, Safety, Health and Environment Department, Duckworth Street PO Box 34, Darwen, Lancs, BB3 1QB, United Kingdom AD - ICI Chemicals and Polymers, Occupational Health Wilton Site, PO Box 54, Middlesbrough, Cleveland, TS90 8JA, United Kingdom AB - Objectives - To study mortality among 4324 workers at two United Kingdom factories, Darwen, Lancashire and Wilton, Cleveland, producing polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) sheet. The Darwen factory is still active, but the Wilton one was closed in 1970. Also, to investigate patterns of mortality after exposure to methyl methacrylate; in particular, mortality from colon and rectal cancer. Methods - All male employees at the Darwen factory with a record of employment in 1949-88 and all men ever employed at the Wilton factory (1949-70) were investigated. The vital status of both cohorts was ascertained on 31 December 1995. The exposure of 1526 subjects at the Darwen plant who were engaged from 1949 onwards could be characterised. The mean duration of exposure was 7.6 years at 13.2 ppm (8 hour time weighted average), although exposures in some work groups were as high as 100 ppm. It was not possible to calculate the cumulative exposure of workers first employed at the Darwen plant before 1949 or workers at the Wilton factory. Results - In the Darwen cohort, 622 deaths were identified and a further 700 deaths in the Wilton cohort. Mortalities for the cohort were compared with national and local rates and expressed as standardised mortality ratios (SMRs). In the subcohort of Darwen workers with more than minimal exposure to MMA, reduced mortalities compared with national and local rates, were found for all causes (SMR 94), and colorectal cancer (SMR 92), but mortality from all cancers was slightly increased (SMR 104). No relations were found with cumulative exposure to MMA. In the subcohort of Wilton workers, mortality from all causes of death was significantly reduced (SMR 89), but mortality from all cancers (SMR 103) and colorectal cancer (SMR 124) were increased. The excess of colorectal cancer was confined to employees with less than 1 year of employment. Conclusion - The study provided no clear evidence that employment at the factories or exposure to MMA had adversely affected the mortalities of workers. KW - Methyl methacrylate KW - Mortality KW - acrylic acid KW - methacrylic acid methyl ester KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - colorectal cancer KW - human KW - long term exposure KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - occupational exposure KW - plastic industry KW - priority journal KW - textile industry KW - United Kingdom KW - worker KW - Adult KW - Cause of Death KW - Chemical Industry KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colorectal Neoplasms KW - England KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Methylmethacrylate KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Polymethyl Methacrylate KW - Retrospective Studies N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OEMEE C2 - 11077009 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Tomenson, J.A.; ICI Epidemiology Unit, Brunner House, PO Box 7, Northwich, Cheshire CW8 4DJ, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: acrylic acid, 10344-93-1, 79-10-7; methacrylic acid methyl ester, 80-62-6; Methylmethacrylate, 80-62-6; Polymethyl Methacrylate, 9011-14-7 N1 - References: Maher, K.V., DeFonso, L.R., (1984) Interim communication on the results of a mortality study hired prior to 1946, , Bristol, Pennsylvania: Rohm and Haas Report; Walker, A.M., Cohen, A.J., Loughlin, J.E., Mortality from cancer of the colon or rectum among workers exposed to ethyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate (1991) Scand J Work Environ Health, 17, pp. 7-19; Collins, J.J., Page, L.C., Carporossi, J.C., Mortality patterns among men exposed to methyl methacrylate (1989) J Occup Med, 31, pp. 41-46; Lucas, L.J., (1995) An investigation of the mortality patterns of acrylic sheet manufacturing workers exposed to methyl methacrylate and ethyl acrylate, , West Paterson, New Jersey: Cytec; (1967) Manual of the international classification of diseases, injuries and causes of death, 8th rev, , Geneva: WHO; (1977) Manual of the international classification of diseases, injuries and causes of death, 9th rev, , Geneva: WHO; Marsh, G.M., Preininger, M., OCMAP: A user oriented occupational cohort mortality analysis program (1980) American Statistician, 34, p. 245; Gardner, M.J., Winter, P.D., Barker, D.J.P., (1984) Atlas of mortality from selected diseases in England and Wales 1968-78, , Chichester: John Wiley; Preston, D.L., Lubin, J.H., (1993) EPICURE: Risk regression and data analysis software, , Seattle, WA: Hirosoft; Lamm, S.H., Levine, M.S., Starr, J.A., Analysis of excess lung cancer risk in short term employees (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 1202-1209; Rossiter, C.E., Respiratory cancer among mineral wool workers (1991) J Occup Med, 33, p. 586; Pickering, C.A.C., Brainbridge, D., Birtwistle, I.H., Occupational asthma due to methylmethacrylate in an orthopaedic theatre sister (1986) BMJ, 292, pp. 1362-1363; Savonius, B., Heskinen, H., Tuppurainen, M., Erratum: Occupational respiratory disease caused by acrylates (1993) Clin Exp Allergy, 23, p. 712; (1986) Toxicology and carcinogenesis studies of methyl methacrylate (CAS no. 80-62-6) in F344/N rats and B6°C3F, mice (inhalation studies), pp. 87-2570. , Research Triangle Park, NC: NTP, (NTP TR 314, NIH); Nomura, A., Stomach cancer (1996), pp. 707-724. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF, eds. Cancer epidemiology and prevention, 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press; Smith, G.D., Hart, C., Blane, D., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause specific adult mortality: Prospective observational study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1631-1635 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033678405&doi=10.1136%2foem.57.12.810&partnerID=40&md5=6c75fbb41dbf50496ee531df35685f79 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Beauty, stature and the labour market: A British Cohort study T2 - Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics J2 - Oxf. Bull. Econ. Stat. VL - 62 IS - SUPPL. SP - 771 EP - 800 PY - 2000 SN - 03059049 (ISSN) AU - Harper, B. AB - The influence of physical appearance in the labour market is examined using longitudinal cohort data covering 11,407 individual born in Britain in 1958. Results show that physical appearance has a substantial effect on earnings and employment patterns for both men and women. Irrespective of gender, those who are assessed as unattractive or short, experience a significant earnings penalty. Tall men receive a pay premium while obese women experience a pay penalty. The bulk of the pay differential for appearance arises from employer discrimination, although we find evidence for productivity differences among occupations. The impact of physical appearance is also evident in the marriage market. Among women, those who are tall or obese are less likely to be married; while among men, lower marriage rates are found for those who are short or unattractive. N1 - Cited By :125 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Averett, S., Korenman, S., The economic reality of the beauty myth (1996) Journal of Human Resources, 31, pp. 304-330; Becker, G., (1957) The Economics of Discrimination, , Chicago University Press, Chicago; Boldsen, J.L., Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., Analysis of height variation in a contemporary British sample (1985) Human Biology, 57, pp. 473-480; Connolly, S., Micklewright, J., Nickell, S., The occupational success of young men who left school at sixteen (1992) Oxford Economic Papers, 44, pp. 460-479; Eisenberg, N., Roth, K., Bryniarski, K.A., Murray, E., Sex differences in the relationship of height to children's actual and attributed social and cognitive competencies (1984) Sex Roles, 11, pp. 719-734; Felson, R.B., Bohrnstedt, G.W., "Are the good beautiful or the beautiful good?" The relationship between children's perceptions of ability and perceptions of physical attractiveness (1979) Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, pp. 386-392; Gillis, J.S., Avis, W.E., The male-taller norm in mate selection (1980) Personality and Social Psychological Bulletin, 6, pp. 396-401; Hamermesh, D.S., Biddle, J.E., Beauty and the labor market (1994) American Economic Review, 84, pp. 1174-1194; Hamermesh, D.S., Biddle, J.E., Beauty, productivity, and discrimination: Lawyers' looks and lucre (1998) Journal of Labour Economics, 16, pp. 172-201; Harper, B.A., Male occupational mobility in Britain (1995) Bulletin, 57, pp. 349-369; Harper, B.A., Haq, M., Occupational attainment of men in Britain (1997) Oxford Economic Papers, 49, pp. 638-650; Hatfield, E., Sprecher, S., (1986) Mirror, Mirror ...: The Importance of Looks in Everyday Life, , State University of New York Press, Albany; Jackson, L.A., Hunter, J.E., Hodge, C.N., Physical attractiveness and intellectual competence: A meta-analytic review (1995) Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, pp. 108-122; Kannel, W., Health and obesity: An overview (1983) Health and Obesity, , H. L. Conn, E. A. DeFelice, and P. T. Kuo (eds), Raven, New York; Lee, L., Generalized models of selectivity (1983) Econometrica, 51, pp. 507-512; Loh, E.S., The economic effects of physical appearance (1993) Social Science Quarterly, 74, pp. 420-438; Lynn, R., A nutrition theory of the secular increases in intelligence; positive correlations between height, head size and IQ (1989) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 59, pp. 372-377; Martel, L.F., Biller, H.B., (1987) Stature and Stigma, , D. C. Heath and Company, Lexington; Robertson, D., Symons, J., The occupational choice of British children (1990) Economic Journal, 100, pp. 828-841; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , Longman, London; Sargent, J.D., Blanchflower, D.G., Obesity and stature in adolescence and earnings in young adulthood: Analysis of a British birth cohort (1994) Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 148, pp. 681-687; Sobal, J., Stunkard, A.J., Socioeconomic status and obesity: A review of the literature (1989) Psychological Bulletin, 105, pp. 260-275; Sorensen, T.I., Sonne-Holm, S., Intelligence test performance in obesity in relation to educational attainment and parental social class (1985) Journal of Biosocial Science, 17, pp. 379-387; Waldfogel, J., The price of motherhood: Family status and women's pay in a young British cohort (1995) Oxford Economic Papers, 47, pp. 584-610 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0012979718&partnerID=40&md5=a1c61b80d6c7b335f0f1a013681a4a73 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Secular trends in the adult height of children born in S. Paulo city, Brazil, from 1950 to 1976 ST - Tendência secular da altura na idade adulta de crianças nascidas na cidade de São Paulo entre 1950 e 1976 T2 - Revista de Saude Publica J2 - Rev. Saude Publica VL - 34 IS - 6 SUPPL. SP - 102 EP - 107 PY - 2000 SN - 00348910 (ISSN) AU - Franca Jr., I. AD - Departamento de Saude Materno-infantil, Faculdade de Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo, São Paulo, SP, Brazil AB - Objective The purpose of this study was to estimate the secular trend/change in the height of young males born in the city of S. Paulo behveen 1950 and 1976 and measured in the year they turn 18 years. Methods A random and representative sample (6,942 individuals) was evaluated in military draft. Statistical analyses included Shapiro-Wilk test for normality of height distribution in each birth cohort, and linear regression analysis for trend on heights. Results/Conclusions Stature has increased 3.42 centimeters during the 27 years covered by the study (1.26 cm/decade). The trend was not linear: in the 50s, there was a statistically significant increase (0.84 cm/decade); in the 60s, a smaller but non-significant increase (0,5 cm/decade) was seen; in the period of 1970-76, a greater increase in heights (2,9 cm/decade) was observed. The secular change rate observed was comparable to the rate seen in other countries. The most recent birth cohorts (1975 and 1976) achieved the higher statures in the study (∼175 cm). Despite these height increments, deficits of 1.8 e 6.2 cm were seen when the taller cohorts of the study were compared to American young males born in 1961 (NCHS) and Dutch men born in 1972. If there won't be any changes in the accelerated rates of the 70s, young people of São Paulo may overcome these deficits in about one or three decades. KW - Adolescence # KW - Anthropometry KW - Body heigh # KW - Military personnel # KW - Time series KW - adolescent KW - anthropometry KW - article KW - body height KW - Brazil KW - human KW - male KW - physiology KW - soldier KW - statistical model KW - Adolescent KW - Anthropometry KW - Body Height KW - Brazil KW - Humans KW - Linear Models KW - Male KW - Military Personnel N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: RSPUB C2 - 11428195 LA - Portuguese N1 - Correspondence Address: Franca Jr., I.; Departamento de Saude Materno-infantil, Faculdade de Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo, São Paulo, SP, Brazil; email: ifjunior@usp.br N1 - References: Anselmo, M.A.C., Campana, A.O., (1987) Avaliação do Estado Nutritional em Estudantes, Funcionários e Professores Universitários, Seus Parentes Idosos e em Candidates ao Servico Militar, , São Paulo: UNESP, Faculdade de Medicina, Departamento de Clínica Médica; Mimeo; Armitage, P., Berry, G., (1994) Statistical Methods in Medical Research, , Oxford: Blackwell Science; Bogin, B., (1988) Patterns of Human Growth, , New York: Cambridge University Press; Brandão, S.A., (1998) Tendência Secular da Altura de Conscritos na Cidade de Campinas Das Classes de 1949 a 1976 [Dissertação], , Campinas: Faculdade de Ciências Médicas da Universidade Estadual de Campinas;; (1988) Constituição da República Federativa do Brasil, 1988, , Brasilia: Centra Gráfico do Senado Federal;; Cavalli-Sforza, L.L., Bodmer, W., (1971) The Genetics of Human Populations, , San Francisco: Freeman; Cochran, W.G., (1977) Sampling Techniques, , New York: John Wuley; Costa, D., Steckel, R.V., Long-term trends in health, welfare, and economic growth in the United States (1997) Health and Welfare during Industrialization, pp. 47-89. , Steckel, RH, Floud, R. Chicago: Chicago University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-17644443720&partnerID=40&md5=14150407a9ebc5c73f684e65db5da11b ER - TY - JOUR TI - The Early Developmental Stages of Psychopathology Study (EDSP): A methodological update T2 - European Addiction Research J2 - Eur. Addict. Res. VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 170 EP - 182 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1159/000052043 SN - 10226877 (ISSN) AU - Lieb, R. AU - Isensee, B. AU - Von Sydow, K. AU - Wittchen, H.-U. AD - Clinical Psychology and Epidemiology Unit, Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Munich, Germany AD - Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Clinical Psychology and Epidemiology Unit, Kraepelinstrasse 2, D-80804 München, Germany AB - The objectives of the community-based Early Developmental Stages of Psychopathology (EDSP) Study are described along with a detailed account of the overall design, special design features, sample characteristics and instruments used. The EDSP employed a prospective-longitudinal design to study substance use and other mental disorders in a representative population sample of 3,021 subjects aged 14-24 years (birth cohorts 1970-1981) at 'baseline' - the outset of the study. Two follow-up investigations were conducted after the baseline investigation covering an overall period of 3-4 years. Special design features are the linkage with a family supplement (EDSP-FS) as well as neurobiological laboratory studies of high-risk subjects. Copyright © 2000 S. Karger AG, Basel. KW - Adolescents KW - Community study KW - Epidemiology KW - Family history KW - Prospective longitudinal design KW - Substance use disorders KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child behavior KW - development KW - family history KW - family life KW - female KW - follow up KW - high risk population KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical research KW - mental disease KW - neurobiology KW - priority journal KW - substance abuse KW - validation process KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child of Impaired Parents KW - Comorbidity KW - Female KW - Germany KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Development KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Substance-Related Disorders N1 - Cited By :170 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EADRE C2 - 11124570 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lieb, R.; Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Clin. Psychol. and Epidemiology Unit, Kraepelinstrasse 2, D-80804 München, Germany; email: lieb@mpipsykl.mpg.de N1 - References: Nelson, C.B., Wittchen, H.-U., The EDSP: Setting the stage! (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 5-7; Epidemiological research in Germany (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 203-204; John, U., Analytische epidemiologie des substanzmissbrauchs in Deutschland (2000) Sucht, 46, pp. 6-8; Küfner, H., Schumann, J., Duwe, A., Bühringer, G., Project 1: Longitudinal risk cohort study on the onset, course, prevalence and prevention of illegal drug abuse (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 205-206; Lieb, R., Schuster, P., Pfister, H., Wunderlich, Z., Holly, A., Mastaler, M., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Projects 2 and 3: Vulnerability and protective factors in early developmental stages of substance use disorders (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 206-207; Hapke, U., Rumpf, H.-J., Meyer, C., Dilling, H., John, U., Project 4: Substance use, abuse and dependence among the adult population in a rural and urban region of Northern Germany (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 208-209; Rumpf, H.-J., Hapke, U., Dawedeit, A., Meyer, C., John, U., Project 5: Triggering and maintenance factors of remitting from alcohol dependence without formal help (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 209-210; Wittchen, H.-U., Nelson, G.B., Lachner, G., Prevalence of mental disorders and psychosocial impairments in adolescents and young adults (1998) Psychol Med, 28, pp. 109-126; Wittchen, H.-U., Lieb, R., Perkonigg, A., Early developmental stages of substance abuse and dependence: Examples from a prospective longitudinal study (1999), pp. 7-22. , Ladewig D (ed): Basic and Clinical Science of Substance-Related Disorders. Bibl Psychiatr. Basel, Karger; Wittchen, H.-U., Lieb, R., Schuster, P., Oldehinkel, T., When is onset? Investigations into early developmental stages of anxiety and depressive disorders (1999), pp. 259-302. , Rapoport JL (ed): Childhood Onset of 'Adult' Psychopathology, Clinical and Research Advances. Washington, American Psychiatric Press; Lieb, R., Schuster, P., Pfister, H., Fuetsch, M., Höfler, M., Isensee, B., Müller, N., Wittchen, H.-U., Epidemiologie des konsums, missbrauchs und der abhängigkeit von legalen und illegalen drogen bei jugendlichen und jungen erwachsenen: Die prospektiv-longitudinale verlaufsstudie EDSP (2000) Sucht, 46, pp. 18-31; Rumpf, H.-J., Meyer, Ch., Hapke, U., Bischof, G., John, U., Inanspruchnahme suchtspezifischer hilfen von alkoholabhängigen und -missbrauchern: Ergebnisse der TACOS-bevölkerungsstudie (2000) Sucht, 46, pp. 9-17; Küfner, H., Duwe, A., Schumann, J., Bühringer, G., Prädiktoren des drogenkonsums und der suchtentwicklung durch faktoren in der kindheit: Grundlagen und ergebnisse einer empirischen studie (2000) Sucht, 46, pp. 32-53; Bischof, G., Rumpf, H.-J., Hapke, U., Meyer, C., John, U., Remission ohne formelle Hilfen und Inanspruchnahme stationärer behandlung bei alkoholabhängigen: Ein vergleich auslösender faktoren (2000) Sucht, 46, pp. 54-61; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Wittchen, H.-U., Substance use, abuse and dependence in Germany: A review of selected epidemiological data (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 8-17; Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Lachner, G., Nelson, C.B., Early developmental stages of psychopathology study (EDSP): Objectives and design (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 18-27; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., Perkonigg, A., Holly, A., Schuster, P., Wunderlich, U., Türk, D., Pfister, H., Structure, content and reliability of the Munich-Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI): Substance use sections (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 28-41; Nelson, C.B., Wittchen, H.-U., Smoking and nicotine dependence: Results from a sample of 14- to 24-year-olds in Germany (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 42-49; Holly, A., Wittchen, H.-U., Patterns of use and their relationship to DSM-IV abuse and dependence of alcohol among adolescents and young adults (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 50-57; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Wittchen, H.-U., Prevalence of use, abuse and dependence of illicit drugs among adolescents and young adults in a community sample (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 58-66; Lieb, R., Pfister, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Use, abuse and dependence of prescription drugs in adolescents and young adults (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 67-74; Schuster, P., Lieb, R., Lamertz, C., Wittchen, H.-U., Is the use of ecstasy and hallucinogens increasing? Results from a community study (1998) Eur Addict Res, 4, pp. 75-82; Schuster, P., Wittchen, H.U., Ecstasy- und halluzinogengebrauch bei jugendlichen: Gibt es eine zunahme? (1996) Verhaltenstherapie, 6, pp. 222-232; Holly, A., Türk, D., Nelson, C.B., Pfister, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Prävalenz von alkoholkonsum, alkoholmissbrauch und -abhängigkeit bei jugendlichen und jungen erwachsenen (1997) Z Klin Psychol, 26, pp. 171-178; Perkonigg, A., Beloch, E., Garczynski, E., Nelson, C.B., Pfister, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Prävalenz von drogenmissbrauch und -abhängigkeit bei jugendlichen und jungen erwachsenen: Gebrauch, diagnosen und auftreten erster missbrauchs- und abhängigkeitsmerkmale (1997) Z Klin Psychol, 26, pp. 247-257; Wittchen, H.-U., Höfler, M., Perkonigg, A., Sonntag, H., Lieb, R., Wie stabil sind drogenkonsum und das auftreten klinisch-diagnostisch relevanter missbrauchs- und abhängigkeitsstadien be jugendlichen? Eine epidemiologische studie am beispiel von cannabis (1998) Kindheit Entwicklung, 7, pp. 188-198; Höfler, M., Lieb, R., Perkonigg, A., Schuster, P., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Covariates of cannabis use progression in a representative population sample of adolescents: A prospective examination of vulnerability and risk factors (1999) Addiction, 94, pp. 1679-1694; Perkonigg, A., Lieb, R., Höfler, M., Schuster, P., Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Patterns of cannabis use, abuse and dependence over time: Incidence, progression and stability in a sample of 1,228 adolescents (1999) Addiction, 94, pp. 1663-1678; Sonntag, H., Wittchen, H.-U., Höfler, M., Kessler, R.C., Stein, M.B., Are social fears and DSM-IV social anxiety disorder associated with smoking and nicotine dependence in adolescents and young adults (2000) Eur Psychiatry, 15, pp. 67-75; Wittchen, H.-U., Pfister, H., DIA-X-Interviews: Manual für Screening-Verfahren und Interview; Interviewheft Längsschnittuntersuchung (DIA-X-12 Monate); Ergänzungsheft (DIA-X-12 Monate); PC-Programm zur Durchführung des Interviews (Längs- und Querschnittuntersuchung); Auswertungsprogramm, p. 1997. , Frankfurt, Swets & Zeitlinger; (1990) Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI), , Geneva, World Health Organization, Division of Mental Health; (1994) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, ed 4, , Washington, APA; (1994) International Classification of Diseases, rev 10, , Geneva, World Health Organization, Division of Mental Health; Wittchen, H.-U., Lachner, G., Wunderlich, U., Pfister, H., Test-retest reliability of the computerized DSM-IV version of the Munich-Composite International Diagnostic Interview (M-CIDI) (1998) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 33, pp. 568-578; Reed, V., Gander, F., Pfister, H., Steiger, A., Sonntag, H., Trenkwalder, C., Hundt, W., Wittchen, H.-U., To what degree does the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) correctly identify DSM-IV disorders? Testing validity issues in a clinical sample (1998) Int J Methods Psychiatr Res, 7, pp. 142-155; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., Das Composite International Diagnostic Interview Substance Abuse Module (CIDI-SAM) (1996), pp. 147-156. , Mann K, Buchkremer G (eds): Sucht: Grundlagen, Diagnostik, Therapie. Stuttgart, Fischer; Dlugosch, G.E., Krieger, W., Fragebogen zur Erfassung des Gesundheitsverhaltens, p. 1994. , Frankfurt am Main, Swets; Leigh, B.C., Stacy, A.W., Alcohol outcome expectancies: Scale construction and predictive utility in higher order confirmatory models (1993) Psychol Assess, 5, pp. 216-229; Derogatis, L.R., (1986) SCL-90-R: Self-Report Symptom Inventory, , Weinheim, Beltz; Maier-Diewald, W., Wittchen, H.-U., Hecht, H., Werner-Eilert, K., (1983) Die Münchner Ereignisliste (MEL) - Anwendungsmanual, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., (1995) Skala zum Vergleich von Kompetenzen, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Schauder, Th., (1991) Die Aussagenliste zum Selbstwertgefühl für Kinder und Jugendliche, , Weinheim, Beltz; Perkonigg, A., Wittchen, H.-U., (1995) Problemlösekompetenz-Skala: Forschungsversion, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Reznick, J.S., Hegeman, J.M., Kaufman, E.R., Woods, S.W., Jacobs, M., Retrospective and concurrent self-report of behavioral inhibition and their relation to adult mental health (1992) Dev Psychopathol, 4, pp. 301-321; Perkonigg, A., Wittchen, H.-U., (1995) The Daily-Hassles Scale: Forschungsversion, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Schumacher, J., Eisemann, M., Brähler, E., Rückblick auf die eltern: Der fragebogen zum erinnerten elterlichen erziehungsverhalten (FEE) (1999) Diagnostica, 45, pp. 194-204; Bohner, G., Hormuth, S.E., Schwarz, N., Die stimmungsskala: Vorstellung und validierung einer deutschen version des 'Mood Survey' (1991) Diagnostica, 37, pp. 135-148; Harvey, P.D., Greenberg, B.R., Serper, M.R., The affective lability scales: Development, reliability, and validity (1989) J Clin Psychol, 45, pp. 786-793; Wagnild, G.M., Young, H.M., Development and psychometric evaluation of the resilience scale (1993) J Nurs Manag, 1, pp. 165-178; Kuhl, J., Fuhrmann, A., (1997) Selbststeuerungs-Inventar: SSI (Kurzversion), , Universität Osnabrück, Vorpublikationsabzug; Wittchen, H.-U., (1995) Premenstrual Symptom Scale: Forschungsversion, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Addis, M.E., Truax, P., Jacobson, N.S., Why do people think they are depressed? The reasons for depression questionnaire (1995) Psychotherapy, 32, pp. 476-483; Wunderlich, U., Wittchen, H.-U., (1998) Fragebogen zu Selbstmordversuchen, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Wittchen, H.-U., (1997) Erleben des ersten angstanfalls, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Fydrich, T., Renneberg, B., Schmitz, B., Wittchen, H.-U., (1997) SKID II: Strukturiertes Klinisches Interview für DSM-IV (SKID-II), Achse II: Persönlichkeitsstörungen, , Eine deutschsprachige, erweiterte Bearbeitung der amerikanischen Originalversion des SCID-II von First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, Williams JBW, Benjamin L (Version 3/96). Göttingen, Hogrefe; Cohen, P.R., The effects of instruments and informants on ascertainment (1988), pp. 31-52. , Dunner DL, Gershon ES, Barrett JE (eds): Relatives at risk for mental disorder. New York, Raven Press; Andreasen, N.C., Rice, J., Endicott, J., Reich, T., Coryell, W., The family history approach to diagnosis: How useful is it? (1986) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 43, pp. 421-429; Rice, J.P., Reich, Th., Bucholz, K.K., Neuman, R.J., Fishman, R., Rochberg, N., Hesselbrock, V.M., Begleiter, H., Comparison of direct interview and family history diagnoses of alcohol dependence (1995) Alcohol Clin Exp Res, 19, pp. 1018-1023; Kendler, K.S., Roy, M.-A., Validity of a diagnosis of lifetime major depression obtained by personal interview versus family history (1995) Am J Psychiatry, 152, pp. 1608-1614; Andreasen, N.C., Endicott, J., Spitzer, R.L., Winokur, G., The family history method using diagnostic criteria: Reliability and validity (1977) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 34, pp. 229-235; Lieb, R., Wittchen, H.-U., Höfler, M., Fuetsch, M., Stein, M., Merikangas, K.R., Parental psychopathology, parenting styles and the risk of social phobia in offspring: A prospective-longitudinal community study (2000) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 57, pp. 859-866; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., (1997) Münchener Composite International Diagnostic Interview, M-CIDI (familiengenetische Version), Elternbefragung, Version 2.0, , München, Pax-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Epstein, N.B., Baldwin, L.M., Bishop, D.S., The McMaster family assessment device (1983) J Marriage Fam Ther, 9, pp. 171-180; Lachner, G., Wittchen, H.-U., (1997) Skala elterlicher Erziehungsmassnahmen EMAS-P: Forschungsversion, , München, Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie, Eigendruck; Mattejat, F., (1993) Subjektive Familienstrukturen. Untersuchungen zur Wahrnehmung der Familienbeziehungen und zu ihrer Bedeutung für die psychische Gesundheit von Jugendlichen, , Göttingen, Hogrefe UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034529053&doi=10.1159%2f000052043&partnerID=40&md5=510db136340e400224125d89f089d4c7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Clues to the aetiological heterogeneity of testicular seminomas and non-seminomas: Time trends and age-period-cohort effects T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 826 EP - 831 PY - 2000 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Liu, S. AU - Semenciw, R. AU - Waters, C. AU - Wen, S.W. AU - Mery, L.S. AU - Mao, Y. AD - Bureau of Reproductive and Child Health, Laboratory Centre for Disease Control, Canada AD - Cancer Bureau, Laboratory Centre for Disease Control, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AD - Cancer Bureau, LCDC Building #6, Tunneys Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada AB - Background. Most previous epidemiological studies have treated testicular cancer as a single entity. However, some investigators suggest that testicular seminomas and nonseminomas may have different risk profiles. We examine the time trends in incidence of the two main histological types separately. Methods. From 1970 through 1995, 7296 cases of testicular cancer were registered in the Canadian provinces of Ontario, Saskatchewan and British Columbia. In addition to analyses of the secular trends by age group and birth cohort, an age-period-cohort (APC) model with standard Poisson assumptions was fitted to the data to assess the time effects. Results. The age-adjusted incidence rate for seminomas increased by 53%, from 1.5 per 100 000 males in 1970-1971 to 2.3 per 100 000 males in 1994-1995. Non-seminomas increased by 91%, from 1.1 to 2.1 per 100 000 males over the same period. Non-seminomas were more frequent at young ages whereas seminomas dominated in older ages. In contrast to seminomas, non-seminomas occurred predominantly among adolescent men (15-19 years), with a fourfold increase between 1970-1971 and 1994-1995. Age-period-cohort modelling showed that the increase in the risk of both seminomas and non-seminomas followed a birth cohort pattern, but with differences in birth cohorts in addition to significantly distinct age patterns. Conclusions. Our findings support the hypothesis postulating aetiological heterogeneity in the development of seminomas and non-seminomas. We suggest that epidemiological studies of testicular cancer treat seminomas and non-seminomas separately. KW - Canada KW - Cancer incidence KW - Cohort effect KW - Statistical models KW - Testicular cancer KW - adolescence KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - birth KW - Canada KW - cancer classification KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - histopathology KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - seminoma KW - testis cancer KW - time KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Canada KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Registries KW - Seminoma KW - Testicular Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 11034964 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mao, Y.; Cancer Bureau, Lab. Centre for Disease Control, LCDC Bldg. 6, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada N1 - References: Brown, L.M., Pottern, L.M., Hoover, R.N., Devesa, S.S., Aselton, P., Flannery, J.T., Testicular cancer in the United States: Trends in incidence and mortality (1986) Int J Epidemiol, 15, pp. 164-170; Boyle, P., Kaye, S.B., Robertson, A.G., Changes in testicular cancer in Scotland (1987) Eur J Cancer Clin Oncol, 23, pp. 827-830; Adami, H.-O., Bergstrom, R., Mohner, M., Testicular cancer in nine Northern European countries (1994) Int J Cancer, 59, pp. 33-38; Zheng, T., Holford, T.R., Ma, Z., Ward, B.A., Flannnery, J., Boyle, P., Continuing increase in incidence of germ-cell testis cancer in young adults: Experience from connecticut, USA, 1935-1992 (1996) Int J Cancer, 65, pp. 723-729; Bergstrom, R., Adami, H.-O., Mohner, M., Increase in testicular cancer incidence in six European countries: A birth cohort phenomenon (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 727-733; Liu, S., Wen, S.W., Mao, Y., Mery, L., Rouleau, J., Birth cohort effects underlying the increasing testicular cancer incidence in Canada (1999) Can J Public Health, 90, pp. 176-180; Stone, J.M., Cruickshank, D.G., Sandeman, T.F., Matthews, J.P., Trebling of the incidence of testicular cancer in Victoria, Australia (1950-1985) (1991) Cancer, 68, pp. 211-219; Akre, O., Ekbom, A., Hsieh, C.C., Trichopoulos, D., Adami, H.-O., Testicular nonseminoma and seminoma in relation to perinatal characteristics (1996) J Natl Cancer Inst, 88, pp. 883-889; Wanderas, E.H., Tretli, S., Fossa, S.D., Trends in incidence of testicular cancer in Norway 1955-1992 (1995) Eur J Cancer, 31 A, pp. 2044-2048; Weir, H.K., Marrett, L.D., Moravan, V., Trends in the incidence of testicular germ cell cancer in Ontario by histologic subgroup, 1964-1996 (1999) Can Med Assoc J, 160, pp. 201-205; Band, P.R., Gaudette, L., Hill, G.B., (1993), pp. 16-21. , The Making of the Canadian Cancer Registry: Cancer Incidence in Canada and its Regions, 1969 to 1988. Ottawa: Canadian Council of Cancer Registries; Gaudette, L., Lee, J., (1997), pp. 14-17. , Cancer Incidence in Canada 1969-1993. Catalogue 82-566-XPB. Ottawa: Ministry of Industry; Le, N.D., Marrett, L.D., Robson, D.L., Semenciw, R.M., Turner, D., Walter, S.D., (1995), 1, pp. 20-24. , Canadian Cancer Incidence Atlas. Ottawa: Health Canada; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992), 6, pp. 865-870. , Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, IARC Scientific Publication No. 120. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Annu Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Holford, T.R., Analysing the temporal effects of age, period and cohort (1992) Stat Meth Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Shahpar, C., Li, G., Homicide mortality in the United States, 1935-1994: Age, period and cohort effects (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1213-1222; Holford, T.R., Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Mckay, L.A., Time trends of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: Are they real? What do they mean? (1992) Cancer Res, 52 (SUPPL.), pp. 5443-5446; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K.C., Evaluation of birth cohort patterns in population disease rates (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 85-91; Adami, H.-O., Bergstrom, R., Sparean, P., Baron, J., Increasing cancer risk in younger birth cohorts in Sweden (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 773-777; Horwich, A., Malcom, D.M., Hendry, W.F., Testicular tumours (1995), 2, pp. 1407-1414. , Peckham M, Pinedo H, Yeronesi U (eds). Oxford Textbook of Oncology. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Depue, R.H., Maternal and gestational factors affecting the risk of cryptorchidism and inguinal hernia (1984) Int J Epidemiol, 13, pp. 311-318; Brown, L.M., Pottern, L.M., Hoover, R.N., Testicular cancer in young men: The search for causes of the epidemic increase in the United States (1987) J Epidemiol Community Health, 41, pp. 349-354; Kardom, J.W.P.F., Hayes, R.B., Pottern, L.M., Brown, L.M., Hoover, R.N., Testicular cancer in young men and parental occupational exposure (1991) Am J Industr Med, 20, pp. 219-227; Depue, R.H., Pike, M.C., Henderson, B.E., Estrogen exposure during gestation and risk of testicular cancer (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 1151-1155; Moller, H., Clues to the aetiology of testicular germ-cell tumours from descriptive epidemiology (1993) Eur Urol, 23, pp. 8-15; Prener, A., Hsieh, C.C., Engholm, G., Trichopoulos, D., Jensen, O.M., Birth order and risk of testicular cancer (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 265-272; Swerdlow, A.J., Huttly, S.R., Smith, P.G., Prenatal and familial associations of testicular cancer (1987) Br J Cancer, 55, pp. 571-577; Moller, H., Jorgenen, N., Forman, D., Trends in incidence of testicular cancer in boys and adolescent men (1995) Int J Cancer, 61, pp. 761-764 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033762170&partnerID=40&md5=0d58921624d47dabb126080dc821a45f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Re-survey of the Whitehall study of London civil servants: Changes in risk factors for cardiovascular disease during 29 years of follow-up T2 - Journal of Cardiovascular Risk J2 - J. Cardiovasc. Risk VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 251 EP - 257 PY - 2000 SN - 13506277 (ISSN) AU - Clarke, R. AU - Breeze, E. AU - Youngman, L. AU - Sherliker, P. AU - Bell, P. AU - Shah, S. AU - Shipley, M. AU - Collins, R. AU - Leon, D. AU - Marmot, M. AU - Fletcher, A. AD - Clinical Trial Service Unit, Nuffield Dept. of Clinical Medicine, Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford OX2 6HE, United Kingdom AB - Background: Substantial uncertainty persists about the relevance of blood pressure and cholesterol to the risk of cardiovascular disease in the elderly. Objective: To investigate the determinants of cardiovascular risk in old age, and the relevance of such risk factors when recorded in middle and old age. Methods: A re-survey in 1997 of 8537 survivors of a cohort of men who were originally examined in 1967-1970 when aged 40-69 years. Results: Completed questionnaires were received from 7050 (82%) of the survivors, and blood pressure and blood samples from 5427 (64%). The response rate declined with increasing age, was inversely related to markers of socioeconomic status in 1967-70 and in 1997, and was lower in those who had been current smokers or had a higher blood pressure level in 1967-70. After excluding those with reported cardiovascular disease (25% of respondents), the mean levels of total cholesterol and apolipoprotein B were lower in older age groups, whereas apolipoprotein A1 levels did not vary much with age. Among those with risk factors recorded both in 1967-70 and 1997, the prevalence of smoking had declined by two-thirds (32% in 1970 and 12% in 1997), the prevalence of diabetes had increased (0.3% versus 4.5%), and the mean systolic blood pressure had increased by 16 mmHg (130 versus 146 mmHg), but the diastolic blood pressure had not changed materially (80 versus 81 mmHg), and the measured levels of total cholesterol had increased by 0.5 mmol/l (although that change may be artefactual). Conclusion: Follow-up of vital status in this cohort should permit an assessment of the relevance of risk factors recorded in middle and old age to cardiovascular disease in old age. (C) 2000 Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. KW - Cardiovascular risk factors KW - Elderly KW - apolipoprotein A1 KW - apolipoprotein B KW - cholesterol KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - article KW - blood pressure KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cholesterol blood level KW - cigarette smoking KW - controlled study KW - diabetes mellitus KW - disease association KW - follow up KW - human KW - lipoprotein blood level KW - male KW - priority journal KW - social status KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Apolipoproteins A KW - Apolipoproteins B KW - Biological Markers KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Cholesterol KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status Indicators KW - Humans KW - London KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Questionnaires KW - Reproducibility of Results KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JCRIE C2 - 11006895 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Clarke, R.; Clinical Trial Service Unit, Nuffield Dept. of Clinical Medicine, Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford OX2 6HE, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Apolipoproteins A; Apolipoproteins B; Biological Markers; Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: Weverling-Rijnsburger, A.W.E., Blauw, G.J., Lagaay, A.M., Knock, D.L., Meinders, A.E., Westendorp, R.G.J., Total cholesterol and risk of mortality in the oldest old (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1119-1123; Langer, R., Ganiats, T.G., Barrett-Connor, E., Paradoxical survival of elderly men with high blood pressure (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 1356-1358; Glynn, R.J., Field, T.S., Rosner, B., Hebert, P.R., Taylor, J.O., Hennekens, C.H., Evidence for a positive relation between blood pressure and mortality in elderly people (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 825-829; Mattila, K., Haavisto, M., Rajala, S., Heikinheimo, R., Blood pressure and five year survival in the very old (1988) BMJ, 265, pp. 3255-3264; Hakala, S.M., Tilvis, R.S., Strandberg, T.E., Blood pressure and mortality in an older population: A 5 year follow-up of the Helsinki Ageing study (1997) Eur Heart J, 18, pp. 1019-1023; Reid, D.D., Brett, G.Z., Hamilton, P.J.S., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Rose, G., Cardiorespiratory disease and diabetes in middle-aged male civil servants (1974) Lancet, 1, pp. 469-473; Rose, G., Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J.S., McCartney, P., Keen, H., Jarrett, R.J., Myocardial ischaemia, risk factors and death from coronary heart-disease (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 105-109; Block, W.D., Jarrett, K.J., Levine, J.B., An improved automated determination of serum total cholesterol with single colour reagent (1966) Clin Chem, 10, pp. 681-689; Rose, G., Shipley, M.J., Plasma cholesterol and death from coronary heart disease: 10 year results from the Whitehall study (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 306-307; Shipley, M.J., Pocock, S.J., Marmot, M.G., Does plasma cholesterol concentration predict mortality from coronary heart disease in elderly people? 18 year follow-up of the Whitehall study (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 89-92; Clarke, R., Breeze, E., Sherliker, P., Shipley, M., Youngman, L., Fletcher, A., Design, objectives and lessons from a 25-year follow-up re-survey of survivors in the Whitehall study of London Civil Servants (1998) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 52, pp. 364-369; Danesh, J., Semmence, J., Gault, S., Appleby, P., Peto, R., Postcodes as useful markers of social class: Population-based study in 26000 British households (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 843-845; Allain, C.C., Poon, L.S., Chan, C.S.G., Richmond, W., Fu, P.C., Enzymatic determination of total serum cholesterol (1974) Clin Chem, 20, pp. 470-475; Pinnell, A.E., Northam, B.E., New automated dye-binding method for serum albumin determination with bromocresol purple (1978) Clin Chem, 24, pp. 80-86; Youngman, L.D., Lyon, V., Collins, R., Peto, R., Problems with mailed blood in large scale epidemiological studies and methods of correction (1993) FASEB J, 1, p. 377; Clarke, R., Shipley, M., Lewington, S., Youngman, L., Collins, R., Marmot, M., Peto, R., Underestimation of risk associations due to regression dilution in long-term follow-up of prospective studies (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 341-353; Svardsudd, K., Tibblin, G., A longitudinal blood pressure study. Change of blood pressure during 10 year in relation to initial values. The study of men born in 1913 (1980) J Chronic Dis, 33, pp. 627-636; Pearson, J.D., Morrell, C.H., Brandt, L.J., Landis, P.K., Fleg, J.L., Age-associated changes in blood pressure in a longitudinal study of healthy men and women (1997) J Gerontol, 52 A, pp. M177-M183; Wald, N., Nicolaides-Bouman, A., (1991), UK smoking statistics. 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford University PressUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033822255&partnerID=40&md5=9cd124c3198ab1c2f829725cc325e532 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Influence of socioeconomic circumstances in early and later life on stroke risk among men in a Scottish Cohort Study T2 - Stroke J2 - Stroke VL - 31 IS - 9 SP - 2093 EP - 2097 PY - 2000 SN - 00392499 (ISSN) AU - Hart, C.L. AU - Hole, D.J. AU - Smith, G.D. AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 1 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom AB - Background and Purpose - The purpose of the study was to investigate stroke risk by socioeconomic measures. Methods - The analysis was based on a large cohort study of 5765 working men, from 27 workplaces in Scotland, who were screened between 1970 and 1973. Stroke was defined as having a hospital admission with a main diagnosis of stroke or dying of stroke in the 25-year follow-up period. Results - There were 416 men who had a stroke. Men with manual occupations when screened, on first entering the workforce, men with manual occupations, and men whose fathers had manual occupations had significantly higher rates of stroke than men in the nonmanual categories. Men who left full-time education at age 16 years or under also had significantly higher rates of stroke. Men living in more deprived areas had higher rates of stroke, but the rates were not statistically significant. The most marked difference was in relation to father's social class, and although adjusting for risk factors for stroke attenuated the relative rates, men whose fathers were in manual social classes had higher relative rates of stroke than men whose fathers were in nonmanual classes (adjusted relative rate for father's social class III manual was 1.37 [95% CI 1.03 to 1.81] and for father's social class IV or V was 1.46 [1.09 to 1.96]). Men who were upwardly mobile (father's social class manual, own social class nonmanual) had a rate of stroke similar to that of stable manual men. Conclusions - Poorer socioeconomic circumstance was associated with greater stroke risk, with adverse early-life circumstances of particular importance. KW - Cerebrovascular disorders KW - Epidemiology KW - Prospective studies KW - Social class KW - adult KW - article KW - education KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - manual labor KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - socioeconomics KW - stroke KW - United Kingdom KW - Cerebrovascular Accident KW - Cohort Studies KW - Education KW - Fathers KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hospitalization KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Occupations KW - Questionnaires KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Social Class KW - Social Mobility KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :57 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJCCA C2 - 10978035 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hart, C.L.; Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 1 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom; email: c.l.hart@udcf.gla.ac.uk N1 - References: Warlow, C., Epidemiology of stroke (1998) Lancet, 352 (SUPPL. III), pp. 1-4; Gale, C.R., Martyn, C.N., The conundrum of time trends in stroke (1997) J R Soc Med, 90, pp. 138-143; (1998), Annual Report of the Registrar General for Scotland 1997. Edinburgh, UK: General Register Office for Scotland; Van Gijn, J., Dennis, M., Issues and answers in stroke care (1998) Lancet, 352 (SUPPL. III), pp. 23-27; Kunst, A., Del Rios, M., Groenhof, F., Mackenbach, J., Socioeconomic inequalities in stroke mortality among middle-aged men: An international overview (1998) Stroke, 29, pp. 2285-2291; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C.L., Blane, D., Hole, D., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause specific adult mortality: Prospective observational study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1631-1635; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., MacKinnon, P., Gillis, C., Watt, G., Blane, D., Hawthorne, V., Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field surveys (1962) Bull World Health Organ, 27, pp. 645-658; Prineas, R.J., Crow, R.S., Blackburn, H., (1982), The Minnesota Code Manual of Electrocardiographic Findings: Standards and Procedures for Measurement and Classification. Boston, Mass: John Wright; Hawthorne, V.M., Watt, G.C.M., Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Cardiorespiratory disease in men and women in urban Scotland: Baseline characteristics of the Renfrew/Paisley (Midspan) Study population (1995) Scott Med J, 40, pp. 102-107; Hart, C.L., Watt, G.C.M., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hawthorne, V.M., Preexisting ischaemic heart disease and ischaemic heart disease mortality in women compared with men (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 508-515; Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Alcohol consumption and mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease and stroke: Results from a 21 year follow up study of Scottish men (1999) BMJ, 318, pp. 1725-1729; Carstairs, V., Morris, R., (1991), Deprivation and Health in Scotland. Aberdeen, UK: Aberdeen University Press; (1966), General Register Office Classification of Occupations 1966. London, UK: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Social mobility and 21 year mortality in a cohort of Scottish men (1998) Soc Sci Med, 47, pp. 1121-1130; Hanlon, P., Walsh, D., Whyte, B., Scott, S., Lighthody, P., Gilhooly, M., Hospital use by an ageing cohort: An investigation into the association between biological, behavioural and social risk markers and subsequent hospital utilization (1998) J Public Health Med, 20, pp. 467-476; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J R Stat Soc (B), 34, pp. 187-220; Hart, C., Davey Smith, G., Hole, D., Risk factors and 20-year stroke mortality in men and women in the Renfrew/Paisley study in Scotland (1999) Stroke, 30, pp. 1999-2007; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Inequalities in death: Specific explanations of a general pattern? (1984) Lancet, 1, pp. 1003-1006; Shaper, A.G., Phillips, A., Pocock, S., Walker, M., Macfarlane, P., Risk factors for stroke in middle aged British men (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 1111-1115; Bennett, S., Socioeconomic inequalities in coronary heart disease and stroke mortality among Australian men, 1979-1993 (1996) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 266-275; Van Rossum, C., Van de Mheen, H., Breteler, M., Grobbee, D., Mackenbach, J., Socioeconomic differences in stroke among Dutch elderly women the Rotterdam Study (1999) Stroke, 30, pp. 357-362; Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., Davey Smith, G., The contribution of risk factors to stroke differentials by adulthood socioeconomic position among men and women in the Renfrew/Paisley study Am J Public Health, , In press; Maheswaran, R., Elliott, P., Strachan, D.P., Ebrahim, S., Davey Smith, G., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Socioeconomic deprivation, ethnicity, and stroke mortality in Greater London and south east England (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 127-137; Starr, J.M., Thomas, B., Whalley, L.J., Population risk factors for hospitalization for stroke in Scotland (1996) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 276-281; Wannamethee, S.G., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Influence of fathers' social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Colditz, G.A., Manson, J.E., Stampfer, M.J., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Frankel, S., Smith, G.D., Gunnell, D., Childhood socioeconomic position and adult cardiovascular mortality: The Boyd Orr Cohort (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 150, pp. 1081-1084; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C.L., Upton, M., Hole, D., Gillis, C., Watt, G.C.M., Hawthorne, V., Height and risk of death among men and women: Aetiological implications of associations with cardiorespiratory disease and cancer mortality (2000) J Epidemiol Community Health, 54, pp. 97-103; Njolstad, I., Arnesen, E., Lund-Larsen, P.G., Body height, cardiovascular risk factors, and risk of stroke in middle-aged men and women: A 14-year follow-up of the Finnmark Study (1996) Circulation, 94, pp. 2877-2882; Parker, D., Lapane, K., Lasater, T., Carleton, R., Short stature and cardiovascular disease among men and women from two southeastern New England communities (1998) Int J Epidemiol, 27, pp. 970-975; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Smith, G.D., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular-disease risk-factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Davey Smith, G., Ben Shlomo, Y., Geographical and social class differentials in stroke mortality: The influence of early-life factors (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 134-137; Barker, D., (1998), Mothers, Babies and Health in Later Life. Edinburgh, UK: Churchill-Livingstone; Gunnell, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Frankel, S., Nanchahal, K., Braddon, F.M., Pemberton, J., Peters, T.J., Childhood leg length and adult mortality: Follow up of the Carnegie (Boyd Orr) Survey of Diet and Health in Pre-war Britain (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 142-152 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033816184&partnerID=40&md5=adddedc60698ba9bc63197301993de83 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The initial care of newborn infants and subsequent hay fever T2 - Allergy: European Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology J2 - Allergy Eur. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. VL - 55 IS - 10 SP - 916 EP - 922 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1034/j.1398-9995.2000.00480.x SN - 01054538 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Murch, S.H. AD - Department of Medicine, Royal Free and University, College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Gastroenterology, Royal Free and University, College Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Division of Clinical Epidemiology, Department of Medicine, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Background: Patterns of neonatal exposure to microorganisms have changed substantially over the last 100 years, and it has been suggested that this has influenced the risk of immune-mediated disease. Using a proxy measure, we tested the hypothesis that the initial handling of newborn infants, which is known to affect the pattern of exposure to microorganisms, may alter the risk of developing subsequent atopy, as indicated by hay fever. Methods: Analysis was performed on 5519 members of the 1970 British Cohort Study, a nationally representative birth cohort. Cohort members with hay fever were identified at intervals up to the age of 26 years. Details of neonatal care and childhood circumstances were recorded prospectively. Those who had spent their first night away from their mother in the communal infant nursery were selected as likely to have experienced atypical exposure compared with infants who remained with their mother. Adjustment was made for potential confounding factors in infancy and childhood by multiple logistic regression analysis. Results: Unadjusted relative odds (with 95% CI) for developing hay fever among those spending the first night in the communal nursery, when compared with other infants who remained with the mother, were 1.48 (1.23-1.77), P<0.001. Comprehensive adjustment for the potential confounding factors, including feeding practices on the first day of life, markers of social and material circumstances, and region, did not substantially alter this relationship, with adjusted relative odds of 1.31 (1.08-1.59), P=0.005. Conclusions: While our proxy measure is associated with an increased risk of hay fever, further research is required to confirm that this is due to the pattern of infectious exposure in very early life. The results are consistent with the hypothesis that the first challenges are particularly important in the development of the newborn infant's immune system. KW - Atopy KW - BCS70 KW - Hay fever KW - Neonatal KW - article KW - atopy KW - environmental factor KW - fever KW - hay fever KW - human KW - infection risk KW - newborn care KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Communicable Diseases KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Environmental Exposure KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant Care KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Logistic Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Nurseries, Hospital KW - Pregnancy KW - Questionnaires KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Seasonal KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LLRGD C2 - 11030371 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Division of Clinical Epidemiology, Department of Medicine, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Nakagomi, T., Itaya, H., Tominaga, T., Yamaki, M., Hisamatsu, S., Nakagomi, O., Is atopy increasing? (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 121-122; Woolcock, A.J., Peat, J.K., Evidence for the increase in asthma worldwide (1997), pp. 122-139. , The rising trends in asthma. Chichester: John Wiley; Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Lewis, S., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Britton, J., Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 717-721; Kramer, U., Heinrich, J., Wist, M., Wichmann, H.-E., Age of entry to day nursery and allergy in later childhood (1999) Lancet, 353, pp. 450-454; Rook, G.A.W., Stanford, J.L., Give us this day our daily germs (1998) Immunol Today, 19, pp. 113-116; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., , p. 1992. , An integrated approach to the design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS). London: SSRU, City University; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., , p. 1998. , Twenty-something in the 1990s. Aldershot: Ashgate; Arber, S., Comparing inequalities in women's and men's health: Britain in the 1990s (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 773-787; Aaby, P., Bukh, J., Lisse, I.M., Shits, A.J., Overcrowding and intensive exposure as determinants of measles mortality (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 120, pp. 49-63; Norusis, M.J., , p. 1998. , SPSS user's guide. Chicago: SPSS, Inc; Shaheen, S., Discovering the causes of atopy (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 987-988; Strachan, D.P., Harkins, L.S., Johnston, I.D.A., Anderson, H.R., Childhood antecedents of allergic sensitization in young British adults (1997) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 99, pp. 6-12; Strachan, D.P., Hay fever hygiene and household size (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 1259-1260; Martinez, F.D., Role of viral infections in the inception of asthma and allergies during childhood: Could they be protective? (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 1189-1191; Ronne, T., Measles virus infection without rash in childhood is related to disease in adult life (1985) Lancet, 1, pp. 1-5; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Paramyxovirus infections in childhood and subsequent inflammatory bowel disease (1999) Gastroenterology, 116, pp. 796-803; Wold, A.E., The hygiene hypothesis revised: Is the rising frequency of allergy due to changes in the intestinal flora? (1998) Allergy, 53, pp. 20-25; Matricardi, P.M., Rosmini, F., Riondino, S., Exposure to foodborne and orofecal microbes versus airborne viruses in relation to atopy and allergic asthma: Epidemiological study (2000) BMJ, 320, pp. 412-417; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Golding, J., Butler, N., Breast feeding, eczema, asthma and hay fever (1983) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 37, pp. 95-99; Bodner, C., Godden, D., Seaton, A., Family size, childhood infections and atopic diseases (1998) Thorax, 53, pp. 28-32; Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality and the incidence of inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 472-473; Walker-Smith, J.A., Murch, S.H., , p. 1999. , Diseases of the small intestine in childhood. 4th ed. Oxford: Isis Medical MediaUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033816761&doi=10.1034%2fj.1398-9995.2000.00480.x&partnerID=40&md5=ea4a947d45b2ea439a1a9010ba4957c4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does improvement in case ascertainment explain the increase in sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease since 1970 in the United Kingdom? T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 152 IS - 5 SP - 474 EP - 479 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1093/aje/152.5.474 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Cohen, C.H. AD - Institute for Animal Neurology, Berne University, Monitoring Group, Bern, Switzerland AD - BVET-Monitoring, P.O. Box, CH-3003, Bern, Switzerland AB - The aim of this study was to quantify the improvements in case ascertainment which are considered to explain the rise in the incidence of sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease. The numbers of cases, falling into five 10-year age groups starting at the age of 30 and three calendar periods of report since 1970, were analyzed by Poisson regression, assuming a constant age distribution. The age-period and age-cohort models were applied and discussed. The age-period model showed that underreporting in 1970-1979 was greater among patients aged 70 years or older. The age-cohort model indicated that a cohort factor increased over the first half of the 20th century (e.g., the incidence in the generation born in 1940 was almost twice that in the generation born in 1920); this increase was probably an artifact due to the past underascertainment pattern. However, from a statistical viewpoint, both models lead to a good fit; the cohort factor may appear to be as relevant as the period factor in describing the trends in incidence. Thus, one can imagine an unlikely worst case scenario, assuming that an unknown cohort factor is involved. In that case, the age-cohort model gives more optimistic predictions than Neilson's model (BMJ 1996;312:1038-9). These results are consistent with both interpretations: The rise in incidence is governed by improvements in case ascertainment, and is greater among old people (the most accepted interpretation); this rise may depend on a cohort factor as well, which may correspond to the zoonotic hypothesis (a totally hypothetical interpretation). Interpreting the increase of sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease over generations in terms of exposure to putative environmental factors is still a matter of debate; ongoing epidemiologic surveys may provide more information. Presently, this increase can be explained as an artifact due to the past underreporting pattern, with 79% (95% confidence interval: 56, 90) of the cases among persons aged ≥70 years being missed in 1970-1979. KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob syndrome KW - Incidence KW - Mortality KW - Time factors KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - article KW - controlled study KW - Creutzfeldt Jakob disease KW - environmental factor KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - statistics KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Bias (Epidemiology) KW - Cohort Studies KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Reproducibility of Results KW - Risk Assessment KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 10981462 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cohen, C.H.; BVET-Monitoring, P.O. Box CH-3003, Bern, Switzerland; email: carine.cohen@bvet.admin.ch N1 - References: Cousens, S., Zeidler, M., Esmonde, T., Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in the United Kingdom: Analysis of epidemio-logical surveillance data for 1970-96 (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 389-396; Van Duijn, C., Delasnerie-Laupetre, N., Masullo, C., Case-control study of risk factors of Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in Europe during 1993-95 (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1081-1085; Gore, S., More than happenstance: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in farmers and young adults (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 1416-1418; Gore, S., Commentary: Age related exposure of patients to the agent of BSE should not be downplayed (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 397-398; Bruce, M., Will, R., Ironside, J., Transmissions to mice indicate that 'new variant' Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease is caused by the BSE agent (1997) Nature, 389, pp. 498-501; Hill, A., Desbruslais, M., Joiner, S., The same prion strain causes vCJD and BSE (1997) Nature, 389, pp. 448-450; Wilesmith, J., Wells, G., Cranwell, M., Bovine spongiform encephalopathy: Epidemiological studies (1988) Vet Rec, 123, pp. 638-644; Wilesmith, J., Ryan, J., Atkinson, M., Bovine spongiform encephalopathy: Epidemiological studies on the origin (1991) Vet Rec, 128, pp. 199-203; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Cohen, C., Valleron, A.-J., When did bovine spongiform encephalopathy start? Implications on the prediction of a new variant of Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (nvCJD) epidemic (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 526-531; McCullagh, P., Nelder, J., (1989), Generalized linear models. 2nd ed. (Monographs in statistics and applied probability, no. 37). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press; Bruton, C., Bruton, R., Gentleman, S., Diagnosis and incidence of prion (Creutzfeldt-Jakob) disease: A retrospective archival survey with implications for future research (1995) Neurodegeneration, 4, pp. 357-368; Kieseppa, I., Akaike Information Criterion, curve-fitting, and the philosophical problem of simplicity (1997) Br J Philos Sci, 48, pp. 21-48; Aylin, P., Rooney, C., Drever, F., Increasing mortality from Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in England and Wales since 1979: Ascertainment bias from increase in post-mortems? (1996) Popul Trends, 85, pp. 34-38; Davanipour, Z., Alter, M., Sobel, E., Transmissible virus dementia: Evaluation of a zoonotic hypothesis (1986) Neuroepidemiology, 5, pp. 196-206; Harries-Jones, R., Knight, R., Will, R., Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in England and Wales, 1980-84: A case-control study of potential risk factors (1988) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 51, pp. 1113-1119; Cuzick, J., Velez, R., Doll, R., International variations and temporal trends in mortality from multiple myeloma (1983) Int J Cancer, 32, pp. 13-19; Neilson, S., Bovine spongiform encephalopathy, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and the remoteness of risk to human populations (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1038-1039; Wientjens, D., Risk factors for Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease: A reanalysis of case-control studies (1996) Neurology, 46, pp. 1287-1291; Will, R., Matthews, W., Smith, P., A retrospective study of Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease in England and Wales 1970-1979. II. Epidemiology (1986) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 49, pp. 749-755 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034282871&doi=10.1093%2faje%2f152.5.474&partnerID=40&md5=b455f67e96c5a73161a1532c9395e854 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Use of rubber dam and irrigant selection in UK general dental practice T2 - International Endodontic Journal J2 - Int. Endod. J. VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 436 EP - 441 PY - 2000 SN - 01432885 (ISSN) AU - Whitworth, J.M. AU - Seccombe, G.V. AU - Shoker, K. AU - Steele, J.G. AD - Department of Restorative Dentistry, Dental School, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, United Kingdom AD - Department of Restorative Dentistry, Newcastle Dental School, Framlington Place, Newcastle, NE3 3DE, United Kingdom AB - Aim: To evaluate factors which influence rubber dam use and irrigant selection in UK National Health Service (NHS) endodontics. Methodology: A postal survey was conducted amongst two age cohorts of dentists, representing all of the 1970-73 (older) and 1990-93 (younger) graduates of two northern English dental schools (n = 643). Key and supplementary questions were posed on levels of rubber dam use, irrigant selection, and factors influencing practice in NHS endodontics. After manual checking, validated (dual) entry of responses was made to a flat ASCII data file before analysis with SPSS software. The threshold for statistical significance was set at the 95% probability level. Results: Eighty-five per cent of the valid sample responded to the questionnaire. Regardless of age and qualifying school, less than one-fifth of dentists always or frequently used rubber dam, whilst 60% never used it. Qualifying school had a significant influence on rubber dam use, whilst age had a variable influence. Major disincentives to the use of rubber dam included the perception that patients do not like it, that the NHS fee was inadequate to justify its use, that it took too long to apply, and that dentists had received inadequate training. Frequent users of rubber dam were significantly less likely to cite these disincentives than nonusers. Overall, local anaesthetic solution was the most common endodontic irrigant. Irrigant choice was strongly linked to rubber dam use, and to graduation cohort. Seventy-one per cent of rubber dam users irrigated with sodium hypochlorite, compared with only 38% of nonusers. This pattern was reversed for local anaesthetic irrigation. Younger graduates were significantly more likely to irrigate with local anaesthetic solution than their older counterparts, and the younger graduates of one school showed a highly significant increase in the use of chlorhexidine. Conclusions: 1) The majority of UK Health Service dentists never use rubber dam isolation in endodontic treatment. 2) Qualifying school has a significant impact on rubber dam use, and irrigant selection. 3) Use of rubber dam has a significant association with irrigant choice in endodontics. KW - General practice KW - Irrigants KW - Isolation KW - UK KW - biomedical and dental materials KW - chlorhexidine KW - hydrogen peroxide KW - hypochlorite sodium KW - local anesthetic agent KW - age KW - article KW - chi square distribution KW - clinical practice KW - dental education KW - dental equipment KW - general practice KW - human KW - questionnaire KW - statistics KW - United Kingdom KW - utilization review KW - Age Factors KW - Anesthetics, Local KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Chlorhexidine KW - Dentist's Practice Patterns KW - General Practice, Dental KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Hydrogen Peroxide KW - Questionnaires KW - Root Canal Irrigants KW - Rubber Dams KW - Schools, Dental KW - Sodium Hypochlorite N1 - Cited By :48 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IENJE C2 - 11307462 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Whitworth, J.M.; Department of Restorative Dentistry, Newcastle Dental School, Framlington Place, Newcastle, NE3 3DE, United Kingdom; email: J.M.Whitworth@ncl.ac.uk N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Anesthetics, Local; Chlorhexidine, 55-56-1; Hydrogen Peroxide, 7722-84-1; Root Canal Irrigants; Sodium Hypochlorite, 7681-52-9 N1 - References: A survey of endodontics in general practice in England (1983) British Dental Journal, 154, pp. 222-224; Bystrom, A., Sundqvist, G., Bacteriologic evaluation of the effect of 0.5 per cent sodium hypochlorite in endodontic therapy (1983) Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology, 55, pp. 307-312; Bystrom, A., Happonen, R.-P., Sjögren, U., Sundqvist, G., Healing of periapical lesions of pulpless teeth after endodontic treatment with controlled asepsis (1987) Endodontics and Dental Traumatology, 3, pp. 58-63; Cohen, S.C., Endodontics and litigation: An American perspective (1989) International Dental Journal, 39, pp. 13-16; Ehrich, D.G., Brian, J.D., Walker, W.A., Sodium hypochlorite accident: Inadvertent injection into the maxillary sinus (1993) Journal of Endodontics, 19, pp. 180-182; Engstrom, B., Hard, A.F., Segerstad, L., Ramstrom, G., Frostell, G., Correlation of positive cultures with the prognosis for root canal treatment (1964) Odontologisk Revy, 15, pp. 257-270; Consensus report of the European Society of Endodontology on quality guidelines for endodontic treatment (1994) International Endodontic Journal, 27, pp. 115-124; Gergely, E.J., Rubber dam acceptance (1989) British Dental Journal, 167, pp. 249-252; Glickman, G.N., Preparation for treatment (1998) Pathways of the Pulp, 7th Edn., pp. 80-116. , Cohen S, Burns RC, eds. St Louis, MO: USA: Mosby; Going, R.E., Sawinski, V.J., Frequency of use of the rubber dam: A survey (1967) Journal of the American Dental Association, 75, pp. 158-166; Heling, I., Chandler, N.P., Antimicrobial effect of irrigant combinations within dentinal tubules (1998) International Endodontic Journal, 31, pp. 8-14; Heling, I., Sommer, M., Kot, I., Rubber dam - An essential safeguard (1988) Quintessence International, 88, pp. 377-378; Ireland, L., The rubber dam - Its advantages and application (1962) Texas Dental Journal, 80, pp. 6-15; Jones, C.M., Reid, J.S., Patient and operator attitudes to rubber dam (1988) Journal of Dentistry for Children, 55, pp. 452-454; Joynt, R.B., Davis, E.L., Schreier, P.H., Rubber dam usage among practicing dentists (1989) Operative Dentistry, 14, pp. 176-181; Lambrianidis, T., Beltes, P., Accidental swallowing of endodontic instruments (1996) Endodontics and Dental Traumatology, 12, pp. 301-304; Leonardo, M.R., Tanomaru M. Filho, Silva, L.A., Nelson P. Fihlo, Bonifacio, K.C., Ito, I.Y., In vivo antimicrobial activity of 2% chlorhexidine used as a root canal irrigating solution (1999) Journal of Endodontics, 25, pp. 167-171; McColl, E., Smith, M., Whitworth, J., Seccombe, G., Steele, J., Barriers to improving endodontic care: The views of NHS practitioners (1999) British Dental Journal, 186, pp. 64-68; Marshall, K., Page, J., The use of rubber dam in the UK (1990) British Dental Journal, 169, pp. 286-291; Molander, A., Reit, C., Dahlen, G., Microbiological root canal sampling: Diffusion of a technology (1996) International Endodontic Journal, 29, pp. 163-167; Moller, A.J.R., Fabricius, L., Dahlen, G., Hhman, A.E., Heyden, G., Influence on periapical tissues of indigenous oral bacteria and necrotic pulp tissue in monkeys (1981) Scandinavian Journal of Dental Research, 89, pp. 475-484; Nair, P.N.R., Sjögren, U., Krey, G., Kahnberg, K.-E., Sundqvist, G., Intraradicular bacteria and fungi in root-filled asymptomatic teeth with therapy-resistant periapical lesions: A long-term light and electron microscopic follow-up study (1990) Journal of Endodontics, 16, pp. 580-588; Nichols, E., Preparation of teeth for root canal treatment - Anaesthesia, isolation, surface sterilisation (1984) Endodontics, 4th Edn., pp. 102-117. , Nichols E, Bristol, England, UK: Wright; Oliet, S., Sorin, S.M., Evaluation of clinical results based upon culturing root canals (1969) Journal of the British Endodontic Society, 3, pp. 3-6; Pashley, E.L., Birdsong, N.L., Bowman, K., Pashley, D.H., Cytotoxic effects of NaOCl on vital tissue (1985) Journal of Endodontics, 11, pp. 525-528; Qualtrough, A.J.E., Whitworth, J.M., Dummer, P.M.H., Preclinical Endodontology: An international comparison (1999) International Endodontic Journal, 32, pp. 406-414; Reekie, D., The future of dentistry - The evidence revolution (1998) British Dental Journal, 184, pp. 262-263; Reuter, J.E., The isolation of teeth and the protection of the patient during endodontic treatment (1983) International Endodontic Journal, 16, pp. 173-181; Saunders, W.P., Saunders, E.M., Coronal leakage as a cause of failure in root canal therapy: A review (1994) Endodontics and Dental Traumatology, 10, pp. 105-108; Silversin, J.B., Shafer, S.M., Sheiham, A., Smales, F.C., The teaching and practice of some aspects of endodontics in Great Britain (1975) Journal of Dentistry, 3, pp. 77-80; Sjögren, U., (1996) Success and Failure in Endodontics, , (Odontological Dissertation, 60) Umea, Sweden: Umea University; Sjögren, U., Figdor, D., Persson, S., Sundqvist, G., Influence of infection at the time of root filling on the outcome of endodontic treatment for teeth with apical periodontitis (1997) International Endodontic Journal, 30, pp. 297-306; Sundqvist, G., (1976) Bacteriological Studies of Necrotic Dental Pulps, , (Odontological Dissertation, 7). Umea, Sweden: University of Umea; Wadachi, R., Araki, K., Suda, H., Effect of calcium hydroxide on the dissolution of soft tissues on the root canal wall (1998) Journal of Endodontics, 24, pp. 326-330; White, R.R., Hayes, G.L., Janer, L.R., Residual antimicrobial activity after canal irrigation with chlorhexidine (1997) Journal of Endodontics, 23, pp. 229-231; Zedlow, B.J., Ingle, J.I., Correlation of the positive cultures to the prognosis of endodontically treated teeth: A clinical study (1963) Journal of the American Dental Association, 66, pp. 9-13 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034278798&partnerID=40&md5=03b7c9c65b29acc6f4cd5993ae21484c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time trends and sex patterns in Hodgkin's disease incidence in Canada, 1970-1995 T2 - Canadian Journal of Public Health J2 - Can. J. Public Health VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 188 EP - 192 PY - 2000 SN - 00084263 (ISSN) AU - Liu, S. AU - Semenciw, R. AU - Waters, C. AU - Wen, S.W. AU - Mao, Y. AD - Cancer Bureau, Bldg. 6, AL 0601C1, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada AB - Purpose: To examine time trends and sex patterns in Hodgkin's disease incidence in Canada, from 1970 through 1995. Method: In addition to analyses of the secular trends and sex ratio in incidence rates, age-period-cohort models were fitted to estimate the effects on the trends. Age-specific male/female incidence rate ratios were examined for the disease and for its two major histologic subtypes. Results: The overall age-adjusted incidence rate of Hodgkin's disease decreased significantly in males (3.5 per 100,000 in 1970-71 to 2.8 in 1994-95) but only slightly in females (2.4 per 100,000 to 2.3). There was a significant increase in the incidence among females aged 10-29 and among males aged 10-24, but a dramatic decrease among older ages. Age-period-cohort modelling showed that birth cohort and period effects were responsible for the observed trends in males and females, respectively. Conclusion: The risk factors responsible for Hodgkin's disease are different in females and males. Reproductive factors are likely to be associated with the occurrence of the disease in young women. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - birth KW - Canada KW - cancer incidence KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - gender KW - Hodgkin disease KW - human KW - male KW - model KW - risk factor KW - time KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Canada KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CJPEA C2 - 10927846 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mao, Y.; Cancer Bureau, Bldg. 6, AL 0601C1, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, Ont. K1A 0L2, Canada N1 - References: (1997), pp. 13-25. , National Cancer Institute of Canada (NCIC). Canadian Cancer Statistics Toronto: NCIC; Coleman, M.P., Esteve, J., Damiecki, P., (1993), pp. 673-704. , Trends in cancer incidence and mortality. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, (IARC Sci Publ no. 121); Mueller, N.E., Hodgkin's disease (1995), 2, pp. 893-919. , Peckham M, Pinedo H, Veronesi U (Eds.), Oxford Textbook of Oncology Oxford: Oxford University Press; Chen, Y.T., Zheng, T., Chou, M.C., The increase of Hodgkin's disease incidence among young adults: Experience in Connecticut (1935) Cancer, 79, pp. 2209-2218; Glaser, S.L., Recent incidence and secular trends in Hodgkin's disease and its histologic subtypes (1986) J Chron Dis, 39, pp. 789-798; Spitz, M.R., Sider, J.G., Johnson, C.C., (1986) J Natl Cancer Inst, 76, pp. 235-239. , Ethnic patterns of Hodgkin's disease incidence among children and adolescents in the United States, 1973-82; Jarrett, R.F., Gallagher, R.F., Jones, D.B., Detection of Epstein-Barr virus genomes in Hodgkin's disease: Relation to age (1986) J Chron Dis, 39, pp. 789-798; Glaser, S.L., Lin, R.J., Stewart, S.L., Epstein-Barr virus-associated Hodgkin's disease: Epidemiologic characteristics in international data (1997) Int J Cancer, 70, pp. 375-382; Rabkin, C.S., Biggar, R.J., Baptiste, M.S., Cancer incidence trends in women at high risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection (1993) Int J Cancer, 55, pp. 208-212; Jarrett, R.F., Hodgkin's disease (1992) Bailliere's Clin Haematol, 5, pp. 57-79; Glaser, S.L., Reproductive factors in Hodgkin's disease in women: A review (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 237-246; Band, P.R., Gaudette, L., Hill, G.B., (1993), pp. 16-21. , The making of the Canadian cancer registry: Cancer incidence in Canada and its regions, 1969 to 1988. Ottawa: Canadian Council of Cancer Registries; Gaudette, L., Lee, L., (1997), pp. xiv-xvii. , Cancer incidence in Canada, 1969-1993. Ottawa: Ministry of Industry (catalogue 82-566-XPB); Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Muller, K.E., Dummy variables in regression (1988), pp. 271-272. , Applied Regression Analysis and Other Multivariable Methods. Boston: PWS-KENT Publishing Company; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., (1992), 6, pp. 865-870. , Cancer Incidence in Five Continents. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, (IARC Sci Publ no. 120); Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates, II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Annu Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Holford, T.R., Analysing the effects of age, period, and cohort (1992) Stat Meth Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Glaser, S.L., Swartz, W.G., Time trends in Hodgkin's disease incidence: The role of diagnostic accuracy (1990) Cancer, 66, pp. 2196-2204; Ford, D., Nault, F., (1996) Health Rep, 8, pp. 39-46. , Changing fertility patterns, 1974 to 1994; Miller, A.B., Barclay, T.H.C., Choi, N.W., A study of cancer, parity and age at first pregnancy (1980) J Chron Dis, 33, pp. 595-605; Olsson, H., Olsson, M.L., Ranstam, J., Late age at first full-term pregnancy as a risk factor for women with malignant lymphoma (1990) Neoplasma, 37, pp. 185-191 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033866606&partnerID=40&md5=a11863e442f2cd1c4e19d89d015420fa ER - TY - JOUR TI - The decline in the mortality rates of cervical cancer and a plausible explanation in Shandong, China T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 398 EP - 404 PY - 2000 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Li, H.-Q. AU - Jin, S.-Q. AU - Xu, H.-X. AU - Thomas, D.B. AD - Dept. of Epidemiology and Statistics, Institute of Basic Medicine, Shandong Academy of Medical Sciences, 89 Jingshi Road, Jinan 250062, China AD - Program in Epidemiology, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Res. Center, Seattle, WA 98109-1024, United States AD - Fred Hutchinson Cancer Res. Center, 1100 Fairview Ave N MP-474, Seattle, WA 98109-1024, United States AB - Background. The aim of the present study is to describe the temporal trends in mortality rates of cervical cancer in Shandong Province, China, and to elucidate their likely explanations. Methods. Three retrospective surveys of all causes of death in 1970-1974, 1985-1989 and 1990-1992 in Shandong were carried out. An age-period-cohort analysis based on similar survey data from Qixia, a county in Shandong, from 1970 to 1994 was performed. A correlation analysis between prevalence of syphilis and cervical cancer mortality rates three decades later was conducted. A cross-sectional survey of risk factors for cervical cancer was conducted in 1991 in one city and 12 villages in the province. Results. A marked decline in cervical cancer mortality rates was observed from 1970 to 1992 and in successive birth cohorts from 1892 to 1927, and rates remained relatively constant in subsequent birth cohorts through that of 1952. The decline in these rates was strongly correlated with a decline in positive serological tests for syphilis 32 years previously. The percentages of women with selected risk factors were lower in younger women (30-54 years) than in older women (55-69 years) in both cities and rural areas. Conclusion. These trends are compatible with a decrease in risk of exposure to sexually transmitted factors at an early age after the founding of the People's Republic of China in 1949, and a decline in lifetime duration of exposure to possible co-factors in successive birth cohorts who reached sexual maturity before that time. KW - Age-period-cohort analysis KW - Cervical cancer KW - Correlation study KW - Cross-sectional study KW - Decline mortality KW - cancer KW - health risk KW - mortality KW - womens health KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age distribution KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer epidemiology KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer risk KW - China KW - city KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - risk factor KW - rural area KW - sexual maturity KW - syphilis KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cause of Death KW - China KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk Assessment KW - Sexually Transmitted Diseases KW - Uterine Cervical Neoplasms KW - China N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 10869309 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thomas, D.B.; Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Ctr., Program in Epidemiology, 1100 Fairview Ave N MP-474, Seattle, WA 98109-1024, United States N1 - References: (1979) Atlas of Cancer Mortality in the People's Republic of China, pp. 47-50. , Published by China; Li, L.D., Lu, F.Z., Zhang, S.W., Epidemic distribution of malignant tumor deaths during 1990-1992 in China (1996) J Chin Tumor, 18, pp. 403-407; (1976) International Classification of Diseases. Ninth Revision, , Geneva: WHO; Frost, W.H., The age selection of mortality from tuberculosis in successive decades (1939) Am J Hyg, 30, pp. 91-96; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Variance and dissent: Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chron Dis, 8, pp. 811-830; (1987) Experience of Preventive Medicine in Shandong Province., pp. 406-407. , Hygiene Bureau of Shandong; Waterhouse, J., Muir, C., Correa, P., Powell, J., (1976) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 3. , IARC Scientific Publication No. 15. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Waterhouse, J., Muir, C.S., Shanmugartnam, K., Powell, J., (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 5. , IARC Scientific Publication No. 42. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Muir, C.S., Waterhouse, J., Mack, T., Powell, J., Whelan, S., (1987) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 6. , IARC Scientific Publication No. 88. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Gao, Y.T., Ferlay, J., Powell, J., (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 6. , IARC Scientific Publication No. 120. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Parkin, D.M., Muir, C.S., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 7. , IARC Scientific Publication No. 143. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Wu, L.Y., Semenya, K.A., Hardy, R.E., Cancer rate differentials between blacks and whites in three metropolitan areas: A 10-year comparison (1998) J Nat Med Assoc, 90, pp. 410-416; Sala, M., Dosemeci, M., Zahm, S.H., A death certificate-based study of occupation and mortality from reproductive cancers among women in 24 US states (1998) J Occup Environ Med, 40, pp. 632-639; Igarashi, T., Konno, R., Sato, S., A. Characteristics of uterine cancer detected by mass screening (1998) Jap J Cancer Chemo, 25, pp. 1519-1526; Vioque, J., Fenollar, J., The distribution of cervical cancer mortality in Spain (1981-1986). An ecological study (1995) Med Clin, 104, pp. 287-292; Lamont, D.W., Symonds, R.P., Uptake of cervical screening (1993) Br J Cancer, 68, p. 824; Straton, J.A., Holman, C.D., Edwards, B.M., Cervical cancer screening in Western Australia in 1992: Progress since 1983 (1993) Med J Aust, 159, pp. 65-71; Aareleid, T., Pukkala, E., Thomson, H., Cervical cancer incidence and mortality trends in Finland and Estonia: A screened vs. an unscreened population (1993) Eur J Cancer, 29 A, pp. 745-749; Faggiano, F., Partanen, T., Kogevinas, M., (1997) Socioeconomic Differences in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, pp. 65-176. , IARC Scientific Publications No. 138. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Franco, E.L., Filho, N.C., Villa, L.L., Correlation patterns of cancer relative frequencies with some socio economic and demographic indicators in Brazil: An ecologic study (1988) Int J Cancer, 41, pp. 24-29; Coleman, M.P., Esteve, J., Damiecki, P., Arslan, A., Renard, H., World health organization international agency for research on cancer (1993) Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, pp. 42-446. , IARC Scientific Publications No. 121. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Li, H.Q., Jin, S.K., Wu, F., A method of survival analysis for patients with cervical cancer in Cangshan county, Shandong (1993) Chin J Health Stat, 10, p. 29; Slattery, M.L., Overall J.C., Jr., Abbott, T.M., Sexual activity, contraception, genital infections, and cervical cancer: Support for a sexually transmitted disease hypothesis (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 130, pp. 248-258; Peng, H.Q., Liu, S.L., Mann, V., Human papilloma virus types 16 and 33, herpes simples virus type 2 and other risk factors for cervical cancer in Sichuan province, China (1991) Int J Cancer, 7, pp. 711-716; Donnan, S.P.B., Wong, F.W.S., Ho, S.C., Reproductive and sexual risk factors and human papilloma virus infection in cervical cancer among Hong Kong Chinese (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 32-36; De Sanjose, S., Bosch, F.X., Munoz, N., Socioeconomic differences in cervical cancer: Two case-control studies in Colombia and Spain (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 1532-1538; Thomas, D.B., Ray, R.M., Pardthaisong, T., Prostitution, condom use, and invasive squamous cell cervical cancer in Thailand (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 779-786; Sanchez-Vega, J.T., Torres, M.E., Tay-Zavala, J., Frequency of intraepithelial neoplasia of the cervix and risk factors in women in Mexico City (1997) Ginecol Obstet Mex, 65, pp. 3-7; Biswas, L.N., Manna, B., Maiti, P.K., Sexual risk factors for cervical cancer among rural Indian women: A case-control study (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 491-495; Munoz, N., Bosch, F.X., Cervical cancer and human papillomavirus: Epidemiological evidence and perspective for prevention (1997) Salud Pitblica Mex, 39, pp. 274-282; De Sanjose, S., Bosch, F.X., Munoz, N., (1997) Social Differences in Sexual Behaviour and Cervical Cancer, pp. 309-317. , Lyon: IARC Scientific Publication No. 138. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Yoo, K.Y., Kang, D., Koo, H.W., Risk factors associated with uterine cervical cancer in Korea: A case-control study with special reference to sexual behavior (1997) J Epidemiol, 7, pp. 117-123; Becker, T.M., Lee, F., Daling, J.R., Seroprevalence of and risk factors for antibodies to herpes simplex viruses, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C among southwestern Hispanic and non-Hispanic white women (1996) Sex Transm Dis, 23, pp. 138-144; Daling, J.R., Madeleine, M.M., McKnight, B., The relationship of human papillomavirus-related cervical tumors to cigarette smoking, oral contraceptive use, and prior herpes simplex virus type 2 infection (1996) Cancer Epidemiol Biomark Prev, 5, pp. 541-548; Gomes, C., Dias, M., Falcao, F., Serologic profile of some sexually transmitted diseases in women with squamous intraepithelial lesions (1998) Eur J Gynaecol Oncol, 19, pp. 135-137; Chichareon, S., Herrero, R., Munoz, N., Risk factors for cervical cancer in Thailand: A case-control study (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 50-57; Ngelangel, C., Munoz, N., Bosch, F.X., Causes of cervical cancer in the Philippines: A case-control study (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 43-49; Svare, E.I., Kjaer, S.K., Worm, A.M., Risk factors for HPV infection in women from sexually transmitted disease clinics: Comparison between two areas with different cervical cancer incidence (1998) Int J Cancer, 75, pp. 1-8; Svare, E.I., Kjaer, S.K., Smits, H.L., Risk factors for hpv detection in archival Pap smears. A population-based study from Greenland and Denmark (1998) Eur J Cancer, 34, pp. 1230-1234; Han, C.P., Tsao, Y.P., Sun, C.A., Human papillomavirus, cytomegalovirus and herpes simplex virus infections for cervical cancer in Taiwan (1997) Cancer Lett, 120, pp. 217-221; Reyes-Maldonado, E., Diaz-Fuente, L.A., Gonzalez-Bonilla, C.V., Detection of Chlamydia trachomatis by immunofluorescence, Papanicolaou and immunoperoxidase in women with leucorrhea (1996) Rev Latinoam Microbiol, 38, pp. 65-73; Castellsague, X., Ghaffari, A., Daniel, R.W., Prevalence of penile human Papillomavirus DNA in husbands of women with and without cervical neoplasia: A study in Spain and Colombia (1997) J Infect Dis, 176, pp. 353-361; Birley, H.D., Human Papillomaviruses, cervical cancer and the developing world (1995) Ann Trop Med Parasitol, 89, pp. 453-463; Matsuura, Y., Kawagoe, T., Toki, N., Low grade cervical intraepithelial neoplasia associated with human Papillomavirus infection. Long-term follow-up (1998) Acta Cytol, 42, pp. 625-630; La Ruche, G., You, B., Mensah-Ado, I., Papillomavirus and human immunodeficiency virus infections: Relation with cervical dysplasianeoplasia in African women (1998) Int J Cancer, 76, pp. 480-486; Ho, G.Y., Burk, R.D., Klein, S., Persistent genital human papillomavirus infection as a risk factor for persistent cervical dysplasia (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 1365-1371; Schiffman, M.H., New epidemiology of human papillomavirus infection and cervical neoplasia (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 1345-1347; Yang, G., Xue, H.S., He, Y.J., Ma, J.M., The results of the behavior risk factors and community environment surveillance related STD/HIV in 8 cities of China (1998) Int Conf AIDS, 12, p. 234; Liu, H., Xie, J., Yu, W., A study of sexual behavior among rural residents of China (1998) J Acquir Immune Defic Syndr Hum Retrovir, 19, pp. 80-88 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033949186&partnerID=40&md5=1b72dffcf05a57b010f52654381b2473 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence of depression in the Stirling County Study: Historical and comparative perspectives T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 505 EP - 514 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1017/S0033291799002044 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Murphy, J.M. AU - Laird, N.M. AU - Monson, R.R. AU - Sobol, A.M. AU - Leighton, A.H. AD - Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA, United States AD - Department of Psychiatry, Massachusetts General Hospital, 149 13th Street, Charlestown, MA 02129-2000, United States AB - Background. The Stirling County Study provides a 40-year perspective on the epidemiology of psychiatric disorders in an adult population in Atlantic Canada. Across samples selected in 1952, 1970 and 1992 current prevalence of depression was stable. This paper concerns time trends in annual incidence as assessed through cohorts selected from the first two samples. Methods. Consistent interview data were analysed by a computerized diagnostic algorithm. The cohorts consisted of subjects at risk for a first depression: Cohort-1 (N = 575) was followed 1952-1970; Cohort-2 (N = 639) was followed 1970-1992. Life-table methods were used to calculate incidence rates and proportional hazards procedures were used for statistical assessment. Results. Average annual incidence of depression was 4.5 per 1000 for Cohort-1 and 3.7 for Cohort-2. Differences by gender, age and time were not statistically significant. The stability of incidence and the similarity of distribution by gender and age in these two cohorts corresponds to findings about the two early samples. In contrast, current prevalence in the recent sample was distributed differently and showed an increase among women under 45 years. Conclusions. The stability of the incidence of depression emphasizes the distinctive characteristics of current prevalence in the recent sample and suggests that the dominance of women in rates of depression may have occurred among those born after the Second World War. The results offer partial support for the interpretation of an increase in depression based on retrospective data in other recent studies but they indicate that the increase is specific to women. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - algorithm KW - article KW - Canada KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - depression KW - female KW - gender KW - high risk population KW - human KW - incidence KW - interview KW - life table KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - prevalence KW - retrospective study KW - statistical analysis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Canada KW - Depressive Disorder KW - Epidemiologic Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Reference Values KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :70 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 10883707 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Murphy, J.M.; Department of Psychiatry, Massachusetts General Hospital, 149 13th Street, Charlestown, MA 02129-2000, United States N1 - References: Anderson, A., Auguier, A., Hauck, W.W., Oakes, D., Vandaele, W., Weisberg, H.I., (1980) Statistical Methods for Comparative Studies, , John Wiley: New York; Bland, R.C., Newman, S.C., Orn, H., Epidemiology of psychiatric disorders in Edmonton (1988) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 77 (SUPPL. 338), pp. 1-80; Canino, G.J., Bird, H.R., Shrout, P.E., Ruhio-Stipec, M., Bravo, M., Martinez, R., Sesman, M., Guevara, L.M., The prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders in Puerto Rico (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 727-735; The changing rate of major depression: Cross-national comparisons (1992) Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, pp. 3098-3105; Dohrenwend, B.P., Dohrenwend, B.S., Sex differences and psychiatric disorders (1976) American Journal of Sociology, 81, pp. 1447-1454; Dohrenwend, B.P., Levav, I., Shrout, P.E., Schwartz, S., Naveh, G., Link, B.G., Skodol, A.E., Stueve, A., Socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorders: The causation-selection issue (1992) Science, 255, pp. 946-952; Eaton, W.W., Anthony, J.C., Gallo, J., Cai, G., Tien, A., Romanoski, A., Lyketsos, C., Chen, L.S., Natural history of Diagnostic Interview Schedule/DSM-IV major depression: The Baltimore epidemiologic catchment area follow-up (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 993-999; Giuffra, L.A., Risch, N., Diminished recall and the cohort effect of major depression: A simulation study (1994) Psychological Medicine, 24, pp. 375-383; Goyder, J., (1987) The Silent Minority: Nonrespondents on Sample Surveys, , Westview Press: Boulder, Colorado; Hagnell, O., Lanke, J., Rorsman, B., Öjesjö, L., Are we entering an age of melancholy? Depressive illnesses in a prospective epidemiological study over 25 years: The Lundby Study, Sweden (1982) Psychological Medicine, 12, pp. 279-289; Hagnell, O., Essen-Möller, E., Lanke, J., Öjesjö, L., Rorsman, B., (1990) The Incidence of Mental Illness over a Quarter of a Century: The Lundby Longitudinal Study of Mental Illnesses in a Total Population Based on 42.000 Observation Years, , Almqvist & Wiksell: Stockholm; Holford, T.R., The analysis of rates and survivorship using log-linear models (1980) Biometrics, 36, pp. 299-306; Holzer, C.E., Shea, B.M., Swanson, J.W., Leaf, P.J., Myers, J.K., George, L., Weissman, M.M., Bednarski, P., The increased risk for specific psychiatric disorders among persons of low socioeconomic status (1986) American Journal of Social Psychiatry, 6, pp. 259-271; Hughes, C.C., Tremblay, M.A., Rapoport, R.N., Leighton, A.H., (1960) People of Cove and Woodlot: The Stirling County Study, 2. , Basic Books: New York; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Swart, M., Blazer, D.G., Nelson, C.B., Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey, I: Lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence (1993) Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, pp. 85-96; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Nelson, C.B., Hughes, M., Swartz, M., Blazer, D.G., Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey, II: Cohort effects (1994) Journal of Affective Disorders, 30, pp. 15-26; Kessler, R.C., Wittchen, H.U., Abelson, J.M., Kendler, K.S., Knäuper, B., McGonagle, K., Swartz, M., Zhao, S., Methodological studies of the Composite International Diagnostic-Interview (CIDI) in the US National Comorbidity Survey (1998) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 7, pp. 33-55; Klerman, G.L., Weissman, M.M., Increasing rates of depression (1989) Journal of the American Medical Association, 261, pp. 2229-2235; Laird, N.M., Olivier, D.C., Covariance analysis of censored survival data using loglinear analysis techniques (1981) Journal of the American Statistical Association, 76, pp. 231-240; Leighton, A.H., (1959) My Name Is Legion: The Stirling County Study of Psychiatric Disorder and Social Environment, 1. , Basic Books: New York; Leighton, D.C., Harding, J.S., Macklin, D.B., Macmillan, A.M., Leighton, A.H., (1963) The Character of Danger: The Stirling County Study of Psychiatric Disorder and Social Environment, 3. , Basic Books: New York; Lehtinen, J.V., Lindholm, T., Moring, J., Puukka, P., Väisänen, E., Incidence of mental disorders in the Finnish UKKI Study (1996) British Journal of Psychiatry, 168, pp. 672-678; Monson, R.R., Analysis of relative survival and proportional mortality (1974) Computers and Biomedical Research, 7, pp. 325-332; Murphy, J.M., Continuities in community-based psychiatric epidemiology (1980) Archives of General Psychiatry, 37, pp. 1215-1223; Murphy, J.M., The Stirling County Study: Then and now (1994) International Review of Psychiatry, 6, pp. 329-348; Murphy, J.M., What happens to depressed men? (1995) Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 3, pp. 47-49; Murphy, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Neff, R.K., Olivier, D.C., Leighton, A.H., Stability of prevalence: Depression and anxiety disorders (1984) Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, pp. 990-997; Murphy, J.M., Neff, R.K., Sobol, A.M., Rice, J.X., Olivier, D.C., Computer diagnosis of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1985) Psychological Medicine, 15, pp. 99-112; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Monson, R.R., Leighton, A.H., Diagnosis and outcome: Depression and anxiety in a general population (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 117-126; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Affective disorders and mortality: A general population study (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 473-480; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Incidence of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1988) American Journal of Public Health, 78, pp. 534-540; Murphy, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Leighton, A.H., Pratt, L.A., Prodromes of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1989) British Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 490-495; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Federman, E.B., Leighton, A.H., Depression and anxiety in relation to social status: A prospective epidemiologic study (1991) Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, pp. 223-229; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Laird, N.M., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Identifying depression in a forty-year epidemiologic investigation: The Stirling County Study (1998) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 7, pp. 89-109; Murphy, J.M., Laird, N.M., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., A 40-year perspective on the prevalence of depression: The Stirling County Study (2000) Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, pp. 209-215; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Laird, N.M., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., A comparison of diagnostic interviews for depression in the Stirling County Study: Challenges for psychiatric epidemiology (2000) Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, pp. 230-236; Offord, D.R., Boyle, M.H., Campbell, D., Goering, P., Lin, E., Wong, M., Racine, Y.A., One-year prevalence of psychiatric disorder in Ontarians 15 to 64 years of age (1996) Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 41, pp. 559-563; Robins, L.N., Helzer, J., Croughan, J., Ratcliff, K.S., National institute of mental health diagnostic interview schedule its history, characteristics and validity (1981) Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, pp. 381-389; Robins, L.N., Regier, D.A., (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, , Free Press: New York; Rorsman, B., Hagnell, O., Lanke, J., Mortality in the Lundby Study: Natural death in different forms of mental disorder in a tolal population investigated during a 25-year period (1982) Neuropsychobiology, 8, pp. 188-197; Tsuang, M.T., Woolson, R.F., Mortality in patients with schizophrenia, mania, depression and surgical conditions (1977) British Journal of Psychiatry, 130, pp. 162-166; Weissman, M.M., Klerman, G.L., Sex differences and the epidemiology of depression (1977) Archives of General Psychiatry, 34, pp. 98-111; Weissman, M.M., Bruce, M.L., Leaf, P.J., Florio, L.P., Holzer, C., Affective disorders (1991) Psychiatric disorders in America: The epidemiologic catchment area study, pp. 53-80. , (ed. L. N. Robins & D. A. Regier), Free Press: New York; Weissman, M.M., Bland, R., Joyce, P.R., Newman, S., Wells, J.E., Wittchen, H.U., Sex differences in rates of depression: Cross-national perspectives (1993) Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, pp. 77-84; Wells, J.E., Bushnell, J.A., Hornblow, A.R., Joyce, P.R., Oakley-Browne, M.A., Christchurch psychiatric epidemiology study, part 1: Methodology and lifetime prevalence for specific psychiatric disorders (1989) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 23, pp. 315-326; Wittchen, H.U., Robins, L.N., Cottler, L.B., Sartorius, N., Burke, J.D., Regier, D., Multicentre WHO/ADAMHA field trials: Cross-cultural feasibility, reliability and sources of variance of the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) (1991) British Journal of Psychiatry, 159, pp. 645-658 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034047933&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291799002044&partnerID=40&md5=c68c1fe46689924f36b2f06653e8a5c5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - An age, period and cohort analysis of pleural cancer mortality in Europe T2 - European Journal of Cancer Prevention J2 - Eur.J. Cancer Prev. VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 179 EP - 184 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1097/00008469-200006000-00006 SN - 09598278 (ISSN) AU - La Vecchia, C. AU - Decarli, A. AU - Peto, J. AU - Levi, F. AU - Tomei, F. AU - Negri, E. AD - Ist. di Ric. Farmacologiche M., Milan, Italy AD - Ist. di Stat. Medica e Biometria, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy AD - Ist. Naz. per lo Stud. e la Cura, Milan, Italy AD - Section of Epidemiology, Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton, Surrey, United Kingdom AD - Registre Vaudois des Tumeurs, Inst. Univ. de Medecine Social., Lausanne, Switzerland AD - Istituto di Medicina del Lavoro, Università 'La Sapienza', Rome, Italy AB - Death certification data from pleural cancer in eight European countries providing data to the World Health Organization database over the period 1970-1994 were analysed using a log-linear Poisson model to disentangle the effects of age, birth cohort and period of death. The age effect reached values between 10 and 15/100 000 males at age 80-84 in most countries, except Hungary (6.7), Switzerland (18.0), France (20.6) and the Netherlands (36.5). Cohort effects were steadily and appreciably upwards in all countries up to the generations born in 1940 or 1945, and levelled off for the 1950 cohort, except in Hungary, where persistent rises were observed. Thus, most rises in pleural cancer mortality in Europe were on a cohort of birth basis. Since most pleural cases were asbestos-related mesotheliomas, and since asbestos has an early-stage effect on subsequent mesothelioma risk, exposure early in life is important for determining the subsequent mesothelioma risk of each generation. Consequently, the data indicate that the peak mortality from pleural cancer in most western European countries will be reached in the first decades of the 21st century, i.e. around 2010-2020, when the generations born between 1940 and 1950 will reach the peak age for mesothelioma incidence and mortality. This contrasts with US data, where the peak of pleural cancer incidence has been reached at the end of the 20th century, and reflects a delay in adopting adequate prevention measures since the 1940-1945 generations entered the workforce in the 1960s, when cancer risk from asbestos exposure was already recognized. (C) 2000 Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. KW - Age-revised-cohort models KW - Europe KW - Mortality KW - Pleural cancer KW - asbestos KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer risk KW - cohort analysis KW - death certificate KW - Europe KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - pleura cancer KW - priority journal KW - world health organization KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Europe KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Poisson Distribution KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :39 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJUPE C2 - 10954257 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: La Vecchia, C.; Ist. Ricerche Farmacol. 'M. Negri', Ist. Statistica Medica e Biometria, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Milan, Italy N1 - References: Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Damhuis, R.A.M., Planteydt, H.T., Trends in incidence of pleural mesothelioma in the Rotterdam area (1995) Int J Cancer, 60, p. 883; Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Age, period and cohort models: Review of knowledge and implementation in GLIM (1987) Riv Stat Appl, 20, pp. 397-410; Doll, R., Peto, J., (1985) Effects on Health of Exposure to Asbestos, , HMSO, London; Gilg Soit Ilg, I.A., Bignon, J., Valleron, A.J., Estimation of the past and future burden of mortality from mesothelioma in France (1998) Occup Environ Med, 55, pp. 760-765; Järvholm, B., Sandén, A., Lung cancer and mesothelioma in the pleura and peritoneum among Swedish insulation workers (1998) Occup Environ Med, 55, pp. 766-770; La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Trends of cancer mortality in Europe, 1955-1989. II. Respiratory tract, bone, connective and soft tissue sarcomas, and skin (1992) Eur J Cancer, 28, pp. 514-599; McNally, R.J.Q., Alexander, F.E., Staines, A., Cartwright, R.A., A comparison of three methods of analysis for age-period-cohort models with application to incidence data on Hodgkin's lymphoma (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 32-46; Osmond, C., Using age, period and cohort models to estimate future mortality rates (1985) Int J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 124-129; Osmond, C., Gardner, M.J., Age, period and cohort models applied to cancer mortality rates (1982) Stat Med, 1, pp. 245-259; Peto, J., Seidman, H., Selikoff, I.J., Mesothelioma mortality in asbestos workers: Implications for model of carcinogenesis and risk assessment (1982) Br J Cancer, 45, pp. 124-135; Peto, J., Hodgson, J.T., Matthews, F.E., Jones, J.R., Continuing increase in mesothelioma mortality in Britain (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 535-539; Peto, J., Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Negri, E., The European mesothelioma epidemic (1999) Br J Cancer, 79, pp. 666-672; Price, B., Analysis of current trends in United States mesothelioma incidence (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 211-218; Wagner, J.C., Sleggs, C.A., Marchand, P., Diffuse pleural mesothelioma and asbestos exposure in the North Western Cape Province (1960) Br J Ind Med, 17, pp. 266-271; (1977) International Classification of Disease, 9th Revision, , World Health Organization, Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034129837&doi=10.1097%2f00008469-200006000-00006&partnerID=40&md5=8a2f96313685efe5e9611c1d33d7f57e ER - TY - JOUR TI - The influence of childhood weight and socioeconomic status on change in adult body mass index in a British national birth cohort T2 - International Journal of Obesity J2 - Int. J. Obes. VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 725 EP - 734 PY - 2000 SN - 03070565 (ISSN) AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M. AU - Kuh, D. AD - Med. Res. Cncl. Natl. Survey of H., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, London, United Kingdom AD - Med. Res. Cncl. Natl. Survey of H., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - OBJECTIVE: To investigate the effect of childhood weight and childhood socioeconomic status on the pattern of change in body mass index (BMI) between 20 and 43 years. METHODS: A British birth cohort study where the survey members have been followed up regularly since their birth in 1946, with the most recent of 19 follow-ups when the cohort were aged 43 years. BMI was available at 20, 26, 36 and 43 years of age and thus multilevel models for repeated outcome measures were used to model the patterns of change in BMI. RESULTS: The rate of increase in BMI with age was non-linear, with the rate of increase in mean BMI accelerating with increasing age at different rates for men and women. The mean BMI for men was higher than that for women at all ages. Childhood manual social class, defined in terms of father's occupation, and high relative weight at 14 years of age were associated with higher mean BMI across adult life, and these effects increased with age. The effects of childhood relative weight and social class were independent of educational attainment and adult social class. CONCLUSION: The study provides evidence of a long-term effect of childhood social and biological circumstances on BMI. The pathways underlying these relationships may be social or biological, but are not yet fully understood. KW - Body mass index KW - Change KW - Childhood KW - Cohort study KW - Socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - body weight KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - social status KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Body Mass Index KW - Body Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Models, Statistical KW - Obesity KW - Sex Characteristics KW - Social Class KW - Weight Gain N1 - Cited By :115 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJOBD C2 - 10878679 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hardy, R.; Res. Council Natl. Surv. Hlth. Dev., Dept. Epidemiol. Public Health, Royal Free Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: rebecca.hardy@ucl.ac.uk N1 - Funding details: Academy of Medical Royal Colleges, Academy of Medical Royal Colleges N1 - Funding details: National Council for Forest Research and Development, National Council for Forest Research and Development N1 - Funding details: Iowa Department of Public Health, Iowa Department of Public Health N1 - Funding details: LONDON WC1E 6BT, School of Pharmacy, University College London, School of Pharmacy, University College London N1 - Funding details: National Health and Medical Research Council, National Health and Medical Research Council N1 - Funding details: Research Councils UK, Research Councils UK N1 - Funding text: 1Medical Research Council National Survey of Health and Development, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Royal Free & University College Medical School, London, UK N1 - References: Hubert, H.B., Feinleib, M., McNamara, P.M., Castelli, W.P., Obesity as an independent risk factor for cardiovascular disease: A 26 year follow-up of participants in the Framingham heart study (1983) Circulation, 67, pp. 968-977; Garfinkle, L., Overweight and cancer (1985) Ann Intern Med, 103, pp. 1034-1036; Le Marchand, L., Kolonel, L.N., Earle, M.E., Mi, M.-P., Body size at different periods of life and breast cancer risk (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 137-152; Manson, J.E., Colditz, G.A., Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., Rosner, B., Monson, R.R., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H., A prospective study of obesity and risk of coronary heart disease in women (1990) N Engl J Med, 322, pp. 882-889; Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Hennekens, C.H., Arky, R.A., Speizer, F.E., Weight as a risk factor for clinical diabetes in women (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 501-513; Walker, M., Wannamethee, G., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, A.G., Weight change and risk of heart attack in middle-aged British men (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 694-703; Rimm, E.B., Stampfer, M.J., Giovannucci, E., Ascherio, A., Spiegelman, D., Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Body size and fat distribution as predictors of coronary heart disease among middle-aged and older US men (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 1117-1127; Willett, W.C., Manson, J.E., Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, G.A., Rosner, B., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H., Weight, weight change, and coronary heart disease in women: Risk within the 'normal' weight range (1995) JAMA, 273, pp. 461-465; Lew, E.A., Garfinkle, E., Variations in mortality by weight among 750,000 men and women (1978) J Chronic Dis, 32, pp. 563-575; Wannamethee, G., Shaper, A.G., Body weight and mortality in middle aged British men: Impact of smoking (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 1497-1502; Lee, I.-M., Manson, J.E., Hennekens, C.H., Paffenbarger, R.S., Body weight and mortality. A 27 year follow-up of middle-aged men (1993) JAMA, 270, pp. 2823-2828; Kushner, R.F., Body weight and mortality (1993) Nutr Rev, 51, pp. 127-136; Manson, J.E., Willett, W.C., Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, G.A., Hunter, D.J., Hankinson, S.E., Hennekens, C.H., Speizer, F.E., Body weight and mortality among women (1995) N Engl J Med, 333, pp. 677-685; Gunnell, D.J., Frankel, S.J., Nanchahal, K., Peters, T.J., Davey Smith, G., Childhood obesity and adult cardiovascular mortality: A 57-y follow-up study based on the Body Orr cohort (1998) Am J Clin Nutr, 67, pp. 1111-1118; Stark, O., Atkins, E., Wolff, O.H., Douglas, J.W.B., A longitudinal study of obesity in the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) BMJ, 283, pp. 13-17; Whitaker, R.C., Wright, J.A., Peper, M.S., Seidel, K.D., Dietz, W.H., Predicting obesity in young adulthood from childhood and parental obesity (1997) N Engl J Med, 337, pp. 869-873; Braddon, F.M., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Onset of obesity in a 36 year birth cohort study (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 299-303; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , BMJ Publishing Group: London; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies and Disease in Later Life, , BMJ Publishing Group: London; Leon, D.A., Koupilova, I., Lithell, H.O., Berglund, L., Mohsen, R., Vagero, D., Lithell, U.-B., McKeigue, P.M., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year-old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Fall, C.H.D., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Hales, C.N., Stirling, Y., Meade, T.W., Fetal and infant growth and cardiovascular risk factors in women (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 428-432; Law, C.M., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Fall, C.H.D., Simmonds, S.J., Early growth and abdominal fatness in early life (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 184-186; Power, C., Moynihan, C., Social class and changes in weight-for-height between childhood and early adulthood (1988) Int J Obes, 12, pp. 445-453; Blane, D., Hart, C.I., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Wannamethee, S.G., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Influence of fathers' social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multilevel Statistical Models (2nd Edition), , Edward Arnold: London; Diggle, P.J., Liang, K.-L., Zeger, S.L., (1994) Analysis of Longitudinal Data, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.J.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Stewart, A.L., The reliability and validity of self-reported weight and height (1982) J Chronic Dis, 35, pp. 295-309; Newens, E.M., Goldstein, H., Height, weight, and the assessment of obesity in children (1972) Br J Prev Soc Med, 26, pp. 33-39; Cole, T.J., A method for assessing age-standardized weight-for-height in children seen cross-sectionally (1979) Ann Hum Biol, 6, pp. 249-268; Rasbash, J., Woodhouse, G., (1996) Mln Command Reference, Version la, , Multilevel Models Project, Institute of Education, University of London: London; Woodhouse, G., (1996) Multilevel Modelling Applications: A Guide for Users of Mln, , Multilevel Models Project, Institute of Education, University of London: London; Little, R.J.A., Rubin, D.B., (1987) Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, , Wiley: New York; Sonne-Holme, S., Sorensen, T.I.A., Prospective study of attainment of social class of severely obese subjects in relation to parental social class, intelligence, and education (1986) BMJ, 292, pp. 586-589; Sorensen, T.I.A., Socio-economic aspects of obesity: Causes or effects? (1995) Int J Obes, 19 (SUPPL. 6), pp. S6-S8; Sargent, I.D., Blanchflower, D.G., Obesity and stature in adolescence and earnings in young adulthood (1994) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 148, pp. 681-687; Bao, W., Srinivasan, S.R., Valdez, R., Greenlund, K.J., Wattigney, W.A., Berenson, G.S., Longitudinal changes in cardiovascular risk from childhood to young adulthood in offspring of parents with coronary artery disease (1997) JAMA, 278, pp. 1749-1754; Braddon, F.E.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Cripps, H.A., Social and regional differences in food and alcohol consumption and their measurement in a national birth cohort (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 341-349; Blaxter, M., (1990) Health and Lifestyles, , Routledge: London; Kuh, D.J.L., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Patterns and predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 114-119; (1989) General Household Survey 1986, , Series GHS, No. 16. HMSO: London; Goldthorpe, J.H., (1980) Social Mobility and Class Structure in Modern Britain, , Clarendon Press: Oxford; Halsey, A.H., Health, A.F., Ridge, J.M., (1980) Origins and Destinations: Family, Class and Education in Modern Britain, , Clarendon Press: Oxford; Britten, N., Models of intergenerational class mobility: Findings from the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) Br J Social, 32, pp. 224-238; Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M., Childhood influences on adult male earnings in a longitudinal study (1991) Br J Sociol, 42, pp. 537-555; Kuh, D., Head, J., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M., The influence of education and family background on women's earnings in midlife: Evidence from a British national cohort study (1997) Br J Social Education, 18, pp. 385-405; Douglas, J.W.B., (1964) The Home and the School, , MacGibbon & Kee: London; Wald, N., Kiryluk, S., Barby, S., Doll, R., Pike, M., Peto, R., (1988) U.K. Smoking Statistics, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Albanes, D., Jones, Y., Micozzi, M.S., Mattson, M.E., Associations between smoking and body weight in the US population analysis of NHANES II (1987) Am J Public Health, 77, pp. 439-444; Ravelli, G.-P., Stein, Z.A., Susser, M.W., Obesity in young men after famine exposure in utero and early infancy (1976) New Eng J Med, 295, pp. 349-353; Prynne, C.J., Paul, A.A., Price, G.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Social class differences in foods eaten by a national sample of four-year old children in 1950 Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, , in press; Wang-Clow, F., Lange, M., Laird, N.M., Ware, J.H., A simulation study of estimators for rates of change in longitudinal studies with attrition (1995) Stat Med, 14, pp. 283-297; Park, T., Lee, S.-Y., A test of missing completely at random for longitudinal data with missing observations (1997) Stat Med, 16, pp. 1859-1871 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034117679&partnerID=40&md5=2b2f1f2aa81f32a501d960a653321302 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social and behavioural influences on the uptake of hormone replacement therapy among younger women T2 - British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology J2 - Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 107 IS - 6 SP - 731 EP - 739 PY - 2000 SN - 03065456 (ISSN) AU - Kuh, D. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M. AD - Med. Res. Cncl. Natl. Survey of H., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Survey of Hlth. and Devmt., UCLMS, Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Hlth., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Objective. To describe the social and behavioural influences on the uptake of hormone replacement therapy before the age of 50. Design. Nationally representative birth cohort study with detailed hormone replacement therapy histories and prospective data on health, social and behavioural factors collected throughout life. Setting. England, Scotland and Wales. Population. General population sample of 1572 women followed to the age of 50 years. Main outcome measure. Age at first hormone replacement therapy use. Results. By the age of 50 years, 45% of women had tried hormone replacement therapy and one third were current users. Over two-fifths of users had tried more than one preparation and over one quarter had episodic use. For the vast majority, prescribing conformed to current guidelines. More educated women took hormone replacement therapy for long term prevention compared with their less educated peers. Hysterectomy increased the chances of taking hormone replacement therapy, particularly where an oophorectomy had also been performed, and was associated with longer and more continuous use. Results of a Cox's proportional hazards model showed that the age at which first hormone replacement therapy is used by women who have not had a hysterectomy was influenced by previous contact with health services for menstrual disorders, previous use of oral contraception and cigarettes, past reporting of health problems and low social class. The relation between smoking and low social class with early use of hormone replacement therapy may be due to their association with early menopause. Conclusions. The trend over the last two decades towards greater use of hormone replacement therapy has continued unabated for younger women. So far, hormone replacement therapy users in this generation have had less healthy lifestyles and social advantages than nonusers, in contrast to many older mainly American studies based on earlier generations. This may have long term implications for health and health care as the postwar baby boom generation ages. KW - estradiol plus norethisterone acetate KW - estradiol valerate plus norethisterone KW - estradiol valerate plus norgestrel KW - estrogen KW - kliofen KW - medroxyprogesterone acetate plus estradiol KW - oral contraceptive agent KW - premique KW - prempak KW - tibolone KW - tridestra KW - trisequens KW - unclassified drug KW - adult KW - article KW - drug use KW - early menopause KW - female KW - heart disease KW - hormone substitution KW - human KW - hysterectomy KW - major clinical study KW - menstruation disorder KW - osteoporosis KW - priority journal KW - sexual intercourse KW - smoking habit KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Attitude to Health KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - England KW - Female KW - Health Behavior KW - Hormone Replacement Therapy KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Patient Acceptance of Health Care KW - Prospective Studies KW - Scotland KW - Social Behavior KW - Social Class KW - Social Conformity KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOGA C2 - 10847228 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.; MRC Natl. Survey Health Development, UCLMS, Dept. Epidemiology Public Health, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: estradiol valerate plus norethisterone, 62057-27-6; estradiol valerate plus norgestrel, 65394-89-0; prempak, 71538-66-4; tibolone, 5630-53-5; trisequens, 66100-41-2 N1 - Tradenames: climagest; cycloprogynova; estracomb; estrapak; kliofen; livial; nuvelle; premique; prempak; tridestra; trisequens N1 - References: Moorhead, T., Hannaford, P., Warskyi, M., Prevalence and characteristics associated with use of hormone replacement therapy in Britain (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, pp. 290-297; Townsend, J., Hormone replacement therapy: Assessment of present use, costs and trends (1998) Br J Gen Pract, 48, pp. 955-958; Criqui, M.H., Surrez, K.A., Barrett-Connor, E., McPhilips, J., Wingard, D.L., Garland, C., Postmenopausal estrogen use and mortality (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 606-614; Matthews, K.A., Kuller, L.H., Wing, R.R., Prior to use of estrogen replacement therapy, are users healthier than nonusers? (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 971-978; Johannes, C.B., Crawford, S.L., Posner, J.G., McKinlay, S.M., Longitudinal patterns and correlates of hormone replacement therapy use in middle-aged women (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 439-451; Derby, C.A., Hume, A.L., McFarland Barbour, M., McPhillips, J.B., Lasater, T.M., Carleton, R.A., Correlates of postmenopausal estrogen use and trends through the 1980s in two Southeastern New England communities (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 137, pp. 1125-1135; Persson, J., Adami, H.-O., Bergstrom, R., Krusemo, U.-B., Hoove, R., Survival in women receiving hormone replacement therapy (1990) J Clin Epidemiol, 43, pp. 677-685; Hemminki, E., Malin, M., Topo, P., Selection to postmenopausal therapy by women's characteristics (1993) J Clin Epidemiol, 46, pp. 211-219; Barrett-Connor, E., Grady, D., Hormone replacement therapy, heart disease and other considerations (1998) Annu Rev Publ Health, 19, pp. 55-72; Barrett-Connor, E., Hormone replacement therapy (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 457-461; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.F., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J.L., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work in the British 1946 national birth cohort study, the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1997) Paediat Perinat Epidemiol, 11, pp. 2-20; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: The influence of the menopause, social factors and health in earlier life (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, pp. 923-933; Kuh, D., Stirling, S., Socioeconomic variation in admission for diseases of female genital system and breast in a national cohort aged 15-43 (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 840-843; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Cripps, H.A., Midwinter, R.A., Colley, J.R.T., Blood pressure at age 36 years and social and familial factors, cigarette smoking and body mass in a national birth cohort (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 1534-1538; Braddon, F.E.M., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Onset of obesity in a 36 year birth cohort study (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 299-303; Wing, J.K., Cooper, J.E., Sartorius, N., (1974) Present State Examination, , London: Cambridge University Press; Wing, J.K., Nixon, J.M., Mann, S.A., Leff, J.P., Reliability of the PSE (ninth edition) used in a population study (1977) Psychol Med, 7, pp. 505-516; Rodgers, B., Adult affective disorder and early environment (1990) Br J Psych, 157, pp. 539-550; Braddon, F.E.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Cripps, H.A., Social and regional differences in food and alcohol consumption and their measurement in a national birth cohort (1988) J Epidemiol Com Health, 42, pp. 341-349; Kuh, D.J.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Physical health status at 36 years in a British national birth cohort (1993) Soc Sci Med, 37, pp. 905-916; Britten, N., Validity of claims to lifelong non-smoking at age 36 in a longitudinal study (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 525-529; Kuh, D.J.L., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Patterns and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) J Epidemiol Com Health, 46, pp. 114-119; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J Roy Stat Soc, 34, pp. 187-220; Kalbfleisch, J.D., Prentice, R.L., (1980) The Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data, , New York: John Wiley; Cox, D.R., Oakes, D., (1984) Analysis of Survival Data, , London: Chapman & Hall; SAS technical report 229 (1992) SAS/STATS Software: Changes and Enhancements, , SAS Institute Inc; Cary, North Carolina, USA; Brambilla, D., McKinlay, S.M., Johannes, C.B., Defining the perimenopause for application in epidemiologic investigations (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 1091-1095; Lancaster, T., Surman, G., Lawrence, M., Hormone replacement therapy: Characteristics of users and non-users in a British general practice cohort identified through computerised prescribing records (1995) J Epidemiol Com Health, 49, pp. 389-394; Grodstein, F., Stampfer, M.J., Manson, J.E., Postmenopausal estrogen and progestin use and the risk of cardiovascular disease (1996) N Engl J Med, 335, pp. 453-461; Egeland, G.M., Matthews, K.A., Kuller, L.H., Kelsey, S.F., Characteristics of noncontraceptive hormone users (1988) Prev Med, 17, pp. 403-411; Marks, N.F., Shinberg, D.S., Socioeconomic status differences in hormone therapy (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 148, pp. 1-13; Cauley, J.A., Cummings, S.R., Black, D.M., Mascioli, S.R., Seeley, D.G., Prevalence and determinants of estrogen use in a population study (1990) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 163, pp. 1438-1444; Persson, I., Adami, H.-O., Lindberg, B.S., Johansson, E.D.B., Manel, P., Characteristics of estrogen-treated women (1983) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 62, pp. 297-302; Barrett-Connor, E., Wingard, D.L., Criqui, M.H., Post-menopausal estrogen use and heat disease risk factors in the 1980 s (1989) JAMA, 261, pp. 2095-2100; Greenberg, G., Thompson, S.G., Meade, T.W., Relation between cigarette smoking and use of hormonal replacement therapy for menopausal symptoms (1987) J Epidemiol Com Health, 41, pp. 26-29; McKinlay, S.M., Bifano, N.L., McKinlay, J.B., Smoking and age at menopause in women (1985) Ann Intern Med, 103, pp. 350-356; Hardy, R., Kuh, D., Reproductive characteristics and the age at inception of perimenopause in a british national cohort (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, pp. 1-9; Kuh, D., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime predictors of early menopause: Findings from a british birth cohort study (1999) J Br Menopause Soc, 4 (SUPPL. 1), p. 19; Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, G.A., Willett, W.C., Postmenopausal estrogen therapy and cardiovascular disease. Ten year follow-up from the Nurses Health Study (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 756-762; Brett, K.M., Madans, J.H., Use of postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy: Estimates from a nationally representative cohort study (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 536-545; Hunt, K., Vessey, M., McPherson, K., Coleman, M., Long-term surveillance of mortality and cancer incidence in women receiving hormone replacement therapy (1987) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 94, pp. 620-635; Rosenburg, L., Shapiro, D., Kaufman, D.W., Slone, D., Miettinen, O.S., Stolley, P.D., Patterns and determinants of conjugated estrogen use (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 676-686; Stadel, B.V., Weiss, N., Characteristics of menopausal women - A survey of King and Pierce counties in Washington, 1973-1974 (1975) Am J Epidemiol, 102, pp. 209-216; Standeven, M., Criqui, M.H., Klauber, M.R., Gabriel, S., Barrett-Connor, E., Correlates of change in postmenopausal estrogen use in a population-based study (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 124, pp. 268-274; Richards, M., Kuh, D.L., Hardy, R., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Lifetime cognitive function and timing of the natural menopause (1999) Neurology, 53, pp. 308-314; Bastian, L.A., Couchman, G.M., Rimer, B.K., McBride, C.M., Feaganes, J.R., Siegler, I.C., Perceptions of menopausal stage and patterns of hormone replacement therapy use (1997) J Women's Health, 6, pp. 467-475; Whitlock, E.P., Johnson, R.E., Vogt, T.M., Recent patterns of hormone replacement therapy use in a large managed care organization (1998) J Women's Health, 8, pp. 1017-1026; Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., Colditz, G.A., Rosner, B., Speizer, F.E., Hennekens, C.H., A prospective study of postmenopausal estrogen therapy and coronary heart disease (1985) N Engl J Med, 313, pp. 1044-1049 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034023372&partnerID=40&md5=fd36410fe79f6479091e3294df0beb03 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cohort trends in youth suicide in Australia 1964-1997 T2 - Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Aust. New Zealand J. Psychiatry VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 408 EP - 412 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1046/j.1440-1614.2000.00740.x SN - 00048674 (ISSN) AU - Lynskey, M. AU - Degenhardt, L. AU - Hall, W. AD - Natl. Drug and Alcohol Res. Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia AB - Objective: This paper examines trends in the rate of suicide among young Australians aged 15-24 years from 1964 to 1997 and presents an age-period-cohort analysis of these trends. Method: Study design consisted of an age-period-cohort analysis of suicide mortality in Australian youth aged between 15 and 24 for the years 1964-1997 inclusive. Data sources were Australian Bureau of Statistics data on: numbers of deaths due to suicide by gender and age at death; and population at risk in each of eight birth cohorts (1940-1944, 1945-1949, 1950-1954, 1955-1959, 1960-1964, 1965-1969, 1970-1974, and 1975-1979). Main outcome measures were population rates of deaths among males and females in each birth cohort attributed to suicide in each year 1964-1997. Results: The rate of suicide deaths among Australian males aged 15-24 years increased from 8.7 per 100,000 in 1964 to 30.9 per 100,000 in 1997, with the rate among females changing little over the period, from 5.2 per 100,000 in 1964 to 7.1 per 100,000 in 1997. While the rate of deaths attributed to suicide increased over the birth cohorts, analyses revealed that these increases were largely due to period effects, with suicide twice as likely among those aged 15-24 years in 1985-1997 than between 1964 and 1969. Conclusions: The rate of youth suicide in Australia has increased since 1964, particularly among males. This increase can largely be attributed to period effects rather than to a cohort effect and has been paralleled by an increased rate of youth suicides internationally and by an increase in other psychosocial problems including psychiatric illness, criminal offending and substance use disorders. KW - Australia KW - Cohort effects KW - Period effects KW - Suicide KW - Youth KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - Australia KW - criminal behavior KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - substance abuse KW - suicide KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Australia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Suicide N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANZPB C2 - 10881964 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lynskey, M.; National Drug Alcohol Research Ctr., University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia; email: molynskey@unsw.edu.au N1 - References: (1997) Causes of Death, Australia, , Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics; (1996) The Progress of Nations, , New York: UNICEF; Baume, P., Suicide in Australia: Do we really have a problem? (1996) Australian Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 13, pp. 3-39; Cantor, C.H., De Neulinger, K., Leo, D., Australian suicide trends 1964-1997: Youth and beyond? (1999) Australian Medical Journal, 171, pp. 137-141; Cantor, C.H., Neulinger, K., Roth, J., Spinks, D., (1999) The Epidemiology of Suicide and Attempted Suicide among Young Australians, , Canberra: National Health and Medical Research Council; Diekstra, R.F.W., Kienhorst, C.W.M., De Wilde, E.J., Suicide and suicidal behaviour among adolescents (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 686-761. , Rutter M, Smith DJ, eds. Chichester: John Wiley; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) Journal of Chronic Diseases, 38, pp. 811-830; (1997) Stata Statistical Software: Release 5.0, , College Station, TX: Stata Corporation; Goldney, R.D., Katsikitis, M., Cohort analysis of suicide rates in Australia (1983) Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, pp. 71-74; Granizo, J.J., Guallar, E., Rodriguez-Artalejo, F., Age-period-cohort analysis of suicide mortality rates in Spain, 1959-1991 (1996) International Journal of Epidemiology, 25, pp. 814-820; La Vecchia, C., Bollini, P., Imazio, C., Decarli, A., Age, period of death and birth cohort effects on suicide mortality in Italy 1955-1979 (1986) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 74, pp. 137-143; Hafner, H., Schmidtke, A., Do cohort effects influence suicide rates? (1985) Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, pp. 926-927; Reed, J., Camus, J., Coum, B., Last, J.M., Suicide in Canada: Birth cohort analysis (1985) Canadian Journal of Public Health, 76, pp. 43-47; Murphy, E., Lindesay, J., Grandy, E., 60 years of suicide in England and Wales (1986) Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, pp. 969-976; Woodbury, Ma., Manton, K.G., Blazer, D., Trends in US suicide mortality rates, 1969-1982: Race and sex differences in age, period and cohort components (1988) International Journal of Epidemiology, 17, pp. 356-361; Hall, W., Degenhardt, L., Lynskey, M.T., Cohort trends in overdose mortality in Australia 1964-1996: A window on post-war trends in heroin use (1999) Medical Journal of Australia, 171, pp. 34-37; The changing rate of major depression: Cross-national comparisons (1992) Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, pp. 3098-3105; Fombonne, E., Depressive disorders: Time trends and possible explanatory mechanisms (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 616-685. , Rutter M, Smith DJ, eds. Chichester: John Wiley; Robins, L.N., Tipp, J., Przybeck, T., Antisocial personality (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America: the Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, pp. 258-290. , Robins LN, Regier DA, eds. New York: Free Press; Smith, D.J., Youth crime and conduct disorders: Trends, patterns and causal explanations (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 389-489. , Rutter M, Smith DJ, eds. Chichester: John Wiley; Silbereisen, R.K., Robins, L., Rutter, M., Secular trends in substance use: Concepts and data on the impact of social change on alcohol and drug abuse (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 490-543. , Rutter M, Smith DJ, eds. Chichester: John Wiley; Marttunen, M.J., Aro, H.M., Lonnqvist, J.K., Adolescence and suicide: A review of psychological autopsy studies (1992) European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 2, pp. 10-18; Shaffer, D., Gould, M.S., Fisher, P., Psychiatric diagnosis in child and adolescent suicide (1996) Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, pp. 339-348; Rutter, M., Smith, D.J., (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, , Chichester: John Wiley UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034118487&doi=10.1046%2fj.1440-1614.2000.00740.x&partnerID=40&md5=5085a16e1b28406eb0f69af6260eb325 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cancer surveillance series: Changing patterns of cutaneous malignant melanoma mortality rates among whites in the United States T2 - Journal of the National Cancer Institute J2 - J. Natl. Cancer Inst. VL - 92 IS - 10 SP - 811 EP - 818 PY - 2000 SN - 00278874 (ISSN) AU - Jemal, A. AU - Devesa, S.S. AU - Fears, T.R. AU - Hartge, P. AD - Div. of Cancer Epidemiol. and Genet., National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - National Institutes of Health, Executive Plaza South, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AB - Background: Mortality from melanoma among whites is still increasing in the United States. In this study, we describe the changing patterns of melanoma mortality rates among whites by demographic factors and geography and further assess the relationship between the geographic patterns and the UV radiation (UV-B) level. Methods: Age-adjusted incidence and mortality rates were computed by use of the 1970 U.S. population standard. Annual percent changes of mortality were estimated by fitting regression lines to the logarithm of rates. The relationships between melanoma mortality rates and UV-B level over time were assessed by weighted regressions. All statistical tests were two-sided. Results: From 1950-1954 through 1990-1994, melanoma mortality rates increased by 191% and 84% among males and females, respectively. Mortality rates peaked in the 1930 through 1950 birth cohorts for females and in the 1935 through 1950 birth cohorts for males. In the 1950 through 1969 study period, melanoma mortality rates showed a strong North- South gradient, but the gradient weakened in recent periods. The absolute change in mortality for a 10% increase in UV-B among females decreased from 0.08 additional deaths per 100 000 person-years in 1950-1959 to 0.01 additional deaths in 1990-1995. In contrast, the absolute change in mortality among males showed little change over time; additional deaths increased from 0.11 to 0.12 per 100 000 person-years. Conclusions: Melanoma mortality in the United States reflects the complex interplay of UV radiation levels in each geographic region, the sun-protection behaviors of each generation of males and females in childhood and adulthood, the geographic mobility of the population, and the risk awareness and early detection. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer epidemiology KW - cancer mortality KW - Caucasian KW - early diagnosis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - population dynamics KW - priority journal KW - sunlight protection KW - ultraviolet B radiation KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Female KW - Geography KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Aged KW - Population Surveillance KW - Skin Neoplasms KW - Time Factors KW - Ultraviolet Rays KW - United States N1 - Cited By :100 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JNCIA C2 - 10814676 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jemal, A.; National Institutes of Health, Executive Plaza South, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States; email: jemala@exchange.nih.gov N1 - References: Landis, S.H., Murray, T., Bolden, S., Wingo, P.A., Cancer statistics, 1999 (1999) CA Cancer J Clin, 49, pp. 8-31; Fears, T.R., Scotto, J., Schneiderman, M.A., Mathematical models of age and ultraviolet effects on the incidence of skin cancer among whites in the United States (1977) Am J Epidemiol, 105, pp. 420-427; Osterlind, A., Tucker, M.A., Stone, B.J., Jensen, O.M., The Danish case-control study of cutaneous malignant melanoma. II. Importance of UV-light exposure (1988) Int J Cancer, 42, pp. 319-324; Armstrong, B.K., Melanoma of the skin (1984) Br Med Bull, 40, pp. 346-350; Gutman, M., Inbar, M., Klausner, J.M., Chaitchik, S., Malignant melanoma in different ethnic groups in Israel. Incidence and biologic behavior (1993) Cancer, 71, pp. 2746-2750; Bliss, J.M., Ford, D., Swerdlow, A.J., Armstrong, B.K., Cristofolini, M., Elwood, J.M., Risk of cutaneous melanoma associated with pigmentation characteristics and freckling: Systematic overview of 10 case-control studies (1995) Int J Cancer, 62, pp. 367-376. , The International Melanoma Analysis Group (IMAGE); Cress, R.D., Holly, E.A., Incidence of cutaneous melanoma among non-Hispanic whites, Hispanics, Asians, and Blacks: An analysis of California cancer registry data, 1988-93 (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 246-252; Elwood, J.M., Lee, J.A., Walter, S.D., Mo, T., Green, A.E., Relationship of melanoma and other skin cancer mortality to latitude and ultraviolet radiation in the United States and Canada (1974) Int J Epidemiol, 3, pp. 325-332; Fears, T.R., Scotto, J., Schneiderman, M.A., Skin cancer, melanoma, and sunlight (1976) Am J Public Health, 66, pp. 461-464; Holman, C.D., James, I.R., Gattey, P.H., Armstrong, B.K., An analysis of trends in mortality from malignant melanoma of the skin in Australia (1980) Int J Cancer, 26, pp. 703-709; Lee, J.A., Petersen, G.R., Stevens, R.G., Vesanen, K., The influence of age, year of birth, and date on mortality from malignant melanoma in the populations of England and Wales, Canada, and the white population of the United States (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 110, pp. 734-739; Armstrong, B.K., Kricker, A., Cutaneous melanoma (1994) Cancer Surv, 19-20, pp. 219-240; Devesa, S.S., Silverman, D.T., Young J.L., Jr., Pollack, E.S., Brown, C.C., Horm, J.W., Cancer incidence and mortality trends among whites in the United States, 1947-84 (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 79, pp. 701-770; (1989) SAS/STAT User's Guide, Version 6. 4th Ed., 2. , Cary (NC): SAS Institute Inc; Scotto, J., Fears, T.R., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Solar radiation (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention. 2nd Ed., pp. 355-372. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF Jr, editors. New York (NY): Oxford University Press; Hiatt, R.A., Fireman, B., The possible effect of increased surveillance on the incidence of malignant melanoma (1986) Prev Med, 15, pp. 652-660; Gong, G., Whittemore, A.S., West, D., Moore D.H. II, Cutaneous Melanoma at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory: Comparison with rates in two San Francisco Bay Area counties (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 191-197; Dennis, L.K., Analysis of the melanoma epidemic, both apparent and real: Data from the 1973 through 1994 Surveillance. Epidemiology, and end results program registry (1999) Arch Dermatol, 135, pp. 275-280; Swerlick, R.A., Chen, S., The melanoma epidemic: More apparent than real? (1997) Mayo Clin Proc, 72, pp. 559-564; Burton, R.C., Armstrong, B.K., Non-metastasizing melanoma? (1998) J Surg Oncol, 67, pp. 73-76; Burton, R.C., Armstrong, B.K., Recent incidence trends imply a nonmetastasizing form of invasive melanoma (1994) Melanoma Res, 4, pp. 107-113; Koh, H.K., Clapp, R.W., Barnett, J.M., Nannery, W.M., Tahan, S.R., Geller, A.C., Systematic underreporting of cutaneous malignant melanoma in Massachusetts. Possible implications for national incidence figures (1991) J Am Acad Dermatol, 24, pp. 545-550; Merlino, L.A., Sullivan, K.J., Whitaker, D.C., Lynch, C.F., The independent pathology laboratory as a reporting source for cutaneous melanoma incidence in Iowa, 1977-1994 (1997) J Am Acad Dermatol, 37, pp. 578-585; Bolognia, J.L., Headley, A., Fine, J., Berwick, M., Histologic evaluation of pigmented lesions in Connecticut and its influence on the reporting of melanoma (1992) J Am Acad Dermatol, 26 (2 PART 1), pp. 198-202; Ries, L.A., Kosary, C.L., Hankey, B.F., Miller, B.A., Clegg, L., Edwards, B.K., (1999) SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1973-1996, , Bethesda (MD): National Cancer Institute; Hall, H.I., Miller, D.R., Rogers, J.D., Bewerse, B., Update on the incidence and mortality from melanoma in the United States (1999) J Am Acad Dermatol, 40, pp. 35-42; Miller, D.R., Geller, A.C., Wyatt, S.W., Halpern, A., Howell, J.B., Cockerell, C., Melanoma awareness and self-examination practices: Results of a United States survey (1996) J Am Acad Dermatol, 34, pp. 962-970; Koh, H.K., Geller, A.C., Miller, D.R., Caruso, A., Gage, I., Lew, R.A., Who is being screened for melanoma/skin cancer? Characteristics of persons screened in Massachusetts (1991) J Am Acad Dermatol, 24 (2 PART 1), pp. 271-277; Turner, M., Sun safety: Avoiding noonday sun, wearing protective clothing, and the use of sunscreen (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 1854-1855; Koh, H.K., Preventive strategies and research for ultraviolet-associated cancer (1995) Environ Health Perspect, 103 (SUPPL. 8), pp. 255-257; Koh, H.K., Bak, S.M., Geller, A.C., Mangione, T.W., Hingson, R.W., Levenson, S.M., Sunbathing habits and sunscreen use among white adults: Results of a national survey (1997) Am J Public Health, 87, pp. 1214-1217; Scotto, J., Pitcher, H., Lee, J.A., Indications of future decreasing trends in skin-melanoma mortality among whites in the United States (1991) Int J Cancer, 49, pp. 490-497; Roush, G.C., McKay, L., Holford, T.R., A reversal in the long-term increase in deaths attributable to malignant melanoma (1992) Cancer, 69, pp. 1714-1720; Dennis, L.K., White, E., Lee, J.A., Recent cohort trends in malignant melanoma by anatomic site in the United States (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 93-100; Thorn, M., Sparen, P., Bergstrom, R., Adami, H.O., Trends in mortality rates from malignant melanoma in Sweden 1953-1987 and forecasts up to 2007 (1992) Br J Cancer, 66, pp. 563-567; Walter, S.D., King, W.D., Marrett, L.D., Association of cutaneous malignant melanoma with intermittent exposure to ultraviolet radiation: Results of a case-control study in Ontario, Canada (1999) Int J Epidemiol, 28, pp. 418-427; Lee, J.A., Declining effect of latitude on melanoma mortality rates in the United States. A preliminary study (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 146, pp. 413-417; Mack, T.M., Floderus, B., Malignant melanoma risk by nativity, place of residence at diagnosis, and age at migration (1991) Cancer Causes Control, 2, pp. 401-411; Gilchrest, B.A., Eller, M.S., Geller, A.C., Yaar, M., The pathogenesis of melanoma induced by ultraviolet radiation (1999) N Engl J Med, 340, pp. 1341-1348; Polissar, L., The effect of migration on comparison of disease rates in geographic studies in the United States (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 111, pp. 175-182; Hall, H.I., May, D.S., Lew, R.A., Koh, H.K., Nadel, M., Sun protection behaviors of the U.S. white population (1997) Prev Med, 26, pp. 401-407 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034679024&partnerID=40&md5=cfc83d2bdbb112aadb63fbfea0b3cf70 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Physical work load between 1970 and 1993 - Did it change? T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health J2 - Scand. J. Work Environ. Health VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 161 EP - 168 PY - 2000 SN - 03553140 (ISSN) AU - Torgén, M. AU - Kilbom, Å. AD - National Institute for Working Life, Stockholm, Sweden AD - National Institute for Working Life, Programme for Work and Health, SE-11279 Stockholm, Sweden AB - Objectives. This study investigates changes in self-reported and expert-evaluated physical work loads between 1970 and 1993 in relation to calendar year, birth cohort, and gender in an urban and suburban population sample (232 men and 252 women) born between 1935 and 1952. Methods. A self-administered questionnaire was answered in 1993 concerning different aspects of physical work loads between 1970 and 1993. With the use of a classification matrix, the objective physical work load on different body regions was also assessed. Results. Between 1970 and 1993 the fraction of subjects in blue-collar occupations and the physical work loads decreased among the men, but they both increased among the women. Physical work loads were, in general, higher among the men than among the women at younger ages (below 30 years), but less so at higher ages. Expert evaluations of the musculoskeletal load showed a pattern similar to that of self-reported work loads. Conclusions. The gender difference in work load development with age may have implications for the development of musculoskeletal disorders. KW - Age KW - Birth cohort KW - Gender KW - Job evaluation KW - Occupational KW - Questionnaire KW - Socioeconomic class KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - back KW - birth KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - manual labor KW - musculoskeletal system KW - neck KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - self report KW - sex difference KW - shoulder KW - workload KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Job Satisfaction KW - Male KW - Occupational Health KW - Population Surveillance KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Assessment KW - Rural Population KW - Sex Factors KW - Sweden KW - Urban Population KW - Work KW - Workload N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SWEHD C2 - 10817382 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Torgen, M.; National Institute for Working Life, Programme for Work and Health, SE-11279 Stockholm, Sweden; email: margareta.torgen@niwl.se N1 - References: Kilbom, Å., Messing, K., Aches and pains - An affliction of women (1998) Women's Health at Work, pp. 203-227. , Kilbom Å, Messing K, Bildt Thorbjömsson C. Stockholm: National Institute for Working Life; Bygren, L.O., Met and unmet needs for medical and social services (1974) Scand J Soc Med, (SUPPL. 8), pp. 1-135; (1998) LOUISE: A Longitudinal Data Base for Education, Income, and Employment, , Stockholm: Statistics Sweden SCB; Torgén, M., Alfredsson, L., Köster, M., Wiktorin, C., Smith, K., Kilbom, Å., Reproducibility of a questionnaire for assessment of present and past physical activities (1997) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 70, pp. 107-118; Torgén, M., Winkel, J., Alfredsson, L., Kilbom, Å., Evaluation of questionnaire-based information on previous physical work loads (1999) Scand J Work Environ Health, 25 (3), pp. 246-255; Borg, G., Perceived exertion as an indicator of somatic stress (1970) Scand J Rehabil Med, 2, pp. 92-98; Torgén, M., Punnett, L., Alfredsson, L., Kilbom, Å., Physical capacity in relation to present and past physical load at work: A study of 484 men and women aged 41 to 58 years Am J Ind Med., , In press; (1958) Nordic Occupational Classification Based on International Standard Classification of Occupations, , Geneva: ILO; Vingård, E., Alfredsson, L., Fellenius, E., Hogstedt, C., Disability pensions due to musculo-skeletal disorders among men in heavy occupations (1992) Scand J Soc Med, 20, pp. 31-36; (1989) SAS/STAT User's Guide; Vol I and II, Version 6, 4th Ed., 1. , Cary (NC): SAS Institute Inc; Ilmarinen, J., Job design for the aged with regard to decline in their maximal aerobic capacity, part 1: Guidelines for the practitioner (1992) Int J Ind Ergon, 10, pp. 53-63; Ilmarinen, J., Job design for the aged with regard to decline in their maximal aerobic capacity, part 2: The scientific basis for the guide (1992) Int J Ind Ergon, 10, pp. 65-77; Lusa, S., Louhevaara, V., Kinnunen, K., Are the job demands on physical work capacity equal for young and aging fire fighters? (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 70-74; Oja, P., Louhevaara, V., Korhonen, O., Age and sex as determinants of the relative aerobic strain of nonmotorized mail delivery (1977) Scand J Work Environ Health, 3, pp. 225-233; Tuomi, K., Ilmarinen, J., Martikainen, R., Aalto, L., Klockars, M., Aging, work, life-style and work ability among Finnish municipal workers in 1981-1992 (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 58-65; Nygård, C.-H., Huuhtanen, P., Tuomi, K., Martikainen, R., Perceived work changes between 1981 and 1992 among aging workers in Finland (1997) Scand J Work Environ Health, 23 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 12-19; Nygård, C.-H., Suurnäkki, T., Peltomaa, T., Ilmarinen, J., Objectively assessed job demands among elderly employees in 1981 and 1993 (1995) The Paths to Productive Aging, pp. 325-330. , Kumasoro M. London: Taylor and Francis; Gibbons, L.E., Battié, M.C., Videman, T., Changes in occupational physical loading during the lifetimes of Finnish men (1995) Scand J Work Environ Health, 21, pp. 208-214 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034099118&partnerID=40&md5=8ddc2a6196409ae6760ae96b86063794 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Is there a geographical variation in eczema prevalence in the U.K.? Evidence from the 1958 British birth cohort study T2 - British Journal of Dermatology J2 - Br. J. Dermatol. VL - 142 IS - 4 SP - 712 EP - 720 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-2133.2000.03416.x SN - 00070963 (ISSN) AU - McNally, N.J. AU - Williams, H.C. AU - Phillips, D.R. AU - Strachan, D.P. AD - Res. and Development Directorate, Univ. Coll. London Hospitals NHS T., 112 Hampstead Road, London NW1 21T, United Kingdom AD - Department of Dermatology, Queen's Medical Centre, University of Nottingham, Nottingham NG7 2RD, United Kingdom AD - Asia-Pacific Inst. of Ageing S., Lingnan College, Tuen Mun, Hong Kong AD - Dept. of Public Health Sciences, St. George's Hospital Medical School, Cramner Terrace, London SW17 ORE, United Kingdom AB - Some studies have suggested that the prevalence of atopic eczema may vary between geographical regions. This descriptive study investigates the regional and subregional geography of reported and examined eczema prevalence at the age of 7, 11 and 16 years in Britain using data from the 1958 birth cohort study (n = 828). Estimates of the relative risk of reported eczema associated with residence in each region of the country were calculated and the regional distribution of reported and examined eczema prevalence was compared. The reported prevalence of eczema was mapped at the smaller county level. Comparisons were made with the county-level distribution of asthma and hay fever prevalence. The study showed a marked and statistically significant variation in eczema prevalence across the regions in Britain which was present for examined as well as reported eczema. The highest risk was associated with four regions: North Midlands; Eastern; London and the South- East; and Southern. This regional pattern was not altered significantly after adjustment for social class and family size. The geographical distribution of eczema prevalence was largely maintained when analysed at the county level. Few similarities were found between the county-level distribution of eczema prevalence and that for asthma and hay fever. Explanations for this strong regional variation now need to be sought in terms of environmental and life- style associations. KW - Atopic eczema KW - Environment KW - Geographical distribution KW - Prevalence KW - article KW - atopic dermatitis KW - cohort analysis KW - eczema KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - skin disease KW - statistical analysis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dermatitis, Atopic KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prevalence KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Risk Factors KW - Topography, Medical N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJDEA C2 - 10792221 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McNally, N.J.; Research and Development Directorate, Univ. Coll. London Hosp. NHS Trust, 112 Hampstead Road, London NW1 2LT, United Kingdom; email: nick.mcnally@corporate.uclh.nthames.nhs.uk N1 - References: Schultz Larsen, F., Diepgen, T., Svensson, A., The occurrence of atopic eczema in North Europe: An international questionnaire study (1996) J Am Acad Dermatol, 34, pp. 760-764; Leung, R., Ho, P., Asthma, allergy, and atopy in three south-east Asian populations (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 1205-1210; Pöysä, L., Korppi, M., Pietikäinen, K., Asthma, allergic rhinitis and atopic eczema in Finnish children and adolescents (1991) Allergy, 46, pp. 161-165; Agata, H., Kondo, N., Fukutomi, O., Comparison of allergic diseases and specific IgE antibodies in different parts of Japan (1994) Ann Allergy, 72, pp. 447-450; Von Mutius, E., Fritzsch, C., Weiland, S.K., Prevalence of asthma and allergic disorders among children in united Germany: A descriptive comparison (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 1395-1399; Golding, J., Peters, T.J., Eczema and hay fever (1986) Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , Butler NR, Golding J, eds. Oxford: Pergamon Press; Strachan, D.P., Golding, J., Anderson, M.R., Regional variations in wheezing illness in British children: Effect of migration during early childhood (1990) J Epidemiol Community Health, 44, pp. 231-236; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., (1982) Inequalities in Health: The Black Report., , Harmondsvvorth: Penguin; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain: Collected Papers from the National Child Development Study, , London: MacMillan; Leete, R., Fox, A.J., Registrar general's social classes: Origins and uses (1977) Population Trends, 9, pp. 1-7; Williams, H.C., Strachan, D.P., Hay, R.J., Childhood eczema: Disease of the advantaged? (1994) Br Med J, 308, pp. 1132-1135; Strachan, D.P., Hay fever, hygiene and household size (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 1259-1260; (1993) Epidemiological Graphics, Estimation, and Testing Package Version 1.00.03., , Seattle, WA: Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corporation; (1992) Version 7.0.3., , Redlands, CA: Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc; Kirkwood, B.R., (1988) Essentials of Medical Statistics., , Oxford: Blackwell Science; Clayton, D., Kaldor, J., Empirical Bayes estimates of age-standardized relative risks for use in disease mapping (1987) Biometrics, 43, pp. 671-682; Williams, H.C., Is the prevalence of atopic dermatitis increasing? (1992) Clin Exp Dermatol, 17, pp. 385-391; Langford, I.H., Using empirical Bayes estimates in the geographical analysis of disease risk (1994) Area, 26, pp. 142-149; Gardner, M.J., Epidemiological studies of environmental exposure and specific diseases (1988) Arch Env Health, 43, pp. 102-108; Clayton, D., Bernardinelli, L., Bayesian methods for mapping disease risk (1992) Geographical and Environmental Epidemiology: Methods for Small-area Studies, , Elliott P, Cuzick J, English D, Stern R, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press; Bailey, T.C., Gatrell, A.C., (1995) Interactive Spatial Data Analysis., , Harlow: Longman Scientific and Technical; Douven, W., Scholten, H.J., Spatial analysis in health research (1995) The Added Value of Geographical Information Systems in Public and Environmental Health, , de Lepper MJC, Scholten HJ, Stern RM, eds. Dordrecht: Kluwer; Molloy, H.F., Lamont-Gregory, E., Idzikowski, C., Ryan, T.J., Overheating in bed as an important factor in many common dermatoses (1993) Int J Dermatol, 32, pp. 668-672; Åberg, N., Engström, I., Lindberg, U., Allergic disease in Swedish schoolchildren (1989) Acta Paediatr Scand, 78, pp. 246-252; Arlian, L.G., Bernstein, D., Bernstein, I.L., Prevalence of dust mites in the homes of people with asthma living in eight different geographic areas of the United States (1992) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 90, pp. 292-300; Steiger, T., Borelli, S., Significance of climatic factors in the treatment of atopic eczema (atopic constitutional neurodermatitis) (1991) Handbook of Atopic Eczema, , Ruzicka T, Ring J, Przybilla B, eds. Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Rajka, G., (1975) Atopic Dermatitis., , London: W.B. Saunders; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Wadsworth, M., Peckham, C., Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1939-45 war (1984) Lancet, 1, pp. 1255-1257; McNally, N., Williams, H.C., Phillips, D.R., Atopic eczema and domestic water hardness (1998) Lancet, 352, pp. 527-531; Schäfer, T., Vieluf, D., Behrendt, H., Atopic eczema and other manifestations of atopy: Results of a study in East and West Germany (1996) Allergy, 51, pp. 532-539; Behrendt, H., Krämer, U., Dolgner, R., Elevated levels of total serum IgE in East German children: Atopy, parasites, or pollutants? (1993) Allergol J, 2, pp. 31-40; Bobák, M., Koupilová, I., Williams, H.C., Prevalence of asthma, atopic eczema and hay fever in five Czech towns with different levels of air pollution (1995) Epidemiology, 6 (SUPPL. 35). , Abstr; Williams, H.C., Atopic eczema: We should look to the environment (1995) Br Med J, 311, pp. 1241-1242 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034006607&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-2133.2000.03416.x&partnerID=40&md5=aa602371133c0b186f5f396d15a9f03e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence and prognostic significance of atrial fibrillation during 20-year follow-up of the renrew/paisley cohort T2 - Heart J2 - Heart VL - 83 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - EP - PY - 2000 SN - 13556037 (ISSN) AU - Stewart, S. AU - Hart, C.C. AU - Hole, D.J. AU - McMurray, J.J. AD - CRI in Heart Failure, Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, United Kingdom AB - Background: Atrial fibrillation (AF) is the most common cardiac arrhythmia but there is a paucity of epidemiological data relating to AF within the UK. Methods: We examined the prevalence, co-factors and prognostic significance of AF within the original Renfrew/Paisley population cohort in Scotland. A total of 15,406 men and women were first screened in the early 1970's when aged 45 to 64 years and were subject to 20-years follow-up thereafter. Results: A total of 47 of 8.354 women (5.6/1000) and 53 of 7,052 men (7.5/1000) were found to be in AF at the time of initial examination. Prevalence of AF increased markedly with age in both men and women (rising from 2.8 and 3.4/1000 respectively in those aged 45 to 49 years and 9.5 and 10.1/1000 in those aged 60 to 64 years). AF was independently correlated with male gender (OR 1.8, 95% CIs 1.2, 2.8; p < 0.01). cardiomegally (OR 12.9, 95% CIs 8.3, 20.2; p < 0.001). bronchitis (OR 2.2. 95% CIs 1.1, 4.2: p < 0.05), left ventricular hypertrophy on ECG (OR 4.2, 95% CIs 1.5, 12.3; p < 0.01), myocardial ischaemia on ECG (OR 4.5. 95% CIs 2.7, 7.4; p < 0.001), past history of stroke (OR 3.9, 95% CIs 1.7, 8.7; p < 0.001) and a blood sugar level ≥ 7.0 mmol/L (OR 3.1, 95% CIs 1.6, 6.0; p < 0.001). During subsequent 20-year follow-up, both men and women initially found to be in AF had significantly worse unadjusted mortality rates compared to the remainder of the cohort (79% vs 28% in women and 72% vs 44% in men: p < 0.001). Individuals with AF were significantly more likely to die from a stroke-related death (15% vs 3.7%: p < 0.001). Independent of age, gender, social deprivation, respiratory, cardiac, smoking and diabetic status. AF was associated with an adjusted relative risk of 1.9 (95% CIs 1.5, 2.5; p < 0.001) for dying from any cause. Conclusions: In this Scottish population cohort, prevalence of AF was greater in men and increased markedly with age. During 20-year followup. AF was associated with an adjusted two-fold increased risk of death. N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HEARF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: CRI in Heart Failure, Department of Public Health, University of GlasgowUnited Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33750922415&partnerID=40&md5=3f1f0406dc2a254ef2b989a31db5c3a1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A prospective study of limiting longstanding illness in early adulthood T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 139 PY - 2000 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Power, C. AU - Li, L. AU - Manor, O. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - Sch. of Pub. Hlth. and Comm. Med., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel AB - Background. Chronic illness and disability are of increasing public health importance but little is known about the lifetime influences involved in their onset and progression. We aim to (i) establish whether an individual's rating of limiting illness is stable over a 10-year period from age 23 to 33; (ii) assess the relationship between childhood and adult disability; and (iii) identify lifecourse influences on limiting illness in early adulthood. Methods. Data were from the 1958 British birth cohort, including the original birth survey and follow-ups at ages 7, 11, 16, 23 and 33 years. Limiting longstanding illness was the outcome at both ages 23 and 33. Potential predictors included childhood health and physical development, socioeconomic conditions in early life and adulthood, and behavioural factors. We estimated the effect of potential explanatory factors using logistic regression, in both univariate and multivariate analyses, separately for limiting illness at 23 and 33 years. Results. Prevalence of limiting illness increased from 5.1% (men) and 4.1% (women) at age 23 to 6% for both sexes at age 33. Risk of limiting illness at age 33 was greater for those reporting an illness at age 23 (29.4%, compared with 4.7% of those without illness), though the majority (66%) of 33-year limiting illnesses had no previous record at age 23 or for childhood. Multivariate analysis of limiting illness at age 23 confirmed the high risk for those with childhood disability and also established two further major predictors, namely, injury (adjusted odds ratio [OR] = 1.42, 95% CI: 1.09-1.86) and intermediate socio-emotional status (adjusted OR = 1.73, 95% CI: 1.29-2.31). Additional risks were identified for limiting illness at age 33, including: (i) injury in the preceding 10 years (adjusted OR = 1.55, 95% CI: 1.18-2.04); (ii) body mass index (BMI), for which the relationship was non-linear, with elevated risks for the underweight (adjusted OR = 1.53, 95% CI: 1.03-2.26) and overweight (OR = 1.28, 95% CI: 0.87-1.89); (iii) childhood disadvantage at either or both ages 7 and 11 (adjusted OR = 1.53, 95% CI: 1.07-2.17); and (iv) height at age 7, with a significant non-linear relationship (the adjusted OR for height less than 15th percentile was 1.43 and for height more than the 85th percentile, 1.30). Conclusions. Both childhood and adult factors predict limiting illness in early adulthood. Childhood is important because some adult illnesses originate in early life, and also because childhood environment influences the risk of adult limiting illness several years later. Our findings suggest that studies seeking to understand the causes of limiting illness, that currently tend to focus exclusively on contemporary factors, need also to consider the contribution of environment in early life. KW - Chronic illness KW - Disability KW - Longitudinal cohort KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - child health KW - chronic disease KW - disease course KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - human KW - life event KW - male KW - normal human KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - public health KW - regression analysis KW - risk KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Anthropometry KW - Birth Weight KW - Child KW - Chronic Disease KW - Disabled Persons KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Life Style KW - Male KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 10750615 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Dept. of Epidemiology Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: c.power@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Lahelma, E., Manderbacka, K., Rahkonen, O., Karisto, A., Comparisons of inequalities in health: Evidence from national surveys in Finland, Norway and Sweden (1994) Soc Sci Med, 38, pp. 517-524; Kunst, A.R., Geurts, J.J.M., Van Den Berg, J., International variation in socioeconomic inequalities in self reported health (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 117-123; Dunnell, K., Are we healthier? (1997) The Health of Adult Britain 1841-1994, pp. 173-181. , Charlton J, Murphy M (eds). London: The Stationery Office; (1993) 1991 General Household Survey, 22. , London: HMSO; (1995) 1991 Census, , London: HMSO; Mays, N., Chinn, S., Mui Ho, K., Interregional variations in measures of health from the health and lifestyle survey and their relation with indicators of health care need in England (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 38-47; Martin, S., Sheldon, T.A., Smith, P., Interpreting the new illness question in the UK census for health research on small areas (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 634-641; Haynes, R., Bentham, G., Lovett, A., Eimermann, J., Effect of labour market conditions on reporting of limiting long term illness and permanent sickness in england and wales (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 283-288; Upmark, M., Hemmingsson, T., Romelsjo, A., Lundberg, I., Allebeck, P., Predictors of disability pension among young men (1997) Eur J Public Health, 7, pp. 20-28; Kuh, D.J.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Yusuf, E.J., Burden of disability in a post war birth cohort in the UK (1994) J Epidemiol Community Health, 48, pp. 262-269; Stafford, M., Hemingway, H., Stansfeld, S.A., Brunner, E., Marmot, M., Behavioural and biological correlates of physical functioning in middle aged office workers: The UK Whitehall II study (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 353-358; Cox, B.D., Blaxter, M., Buckle, A.L.J., (1987) The Health and Lifestyle Survey, , London: Health Promotion Research Trust; Power, C., Hetzman, C., Social and biological pathways linking early life and adult disease (1997) Br Med Bull, 53, pp. 210-221; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and Class: The Early Years, , London: Chapman Hall; Rutter, M., A children's behaviour questionnaire for completion by teachers (1967) J Child Psychol Psychiatry, 8, pp. 1-11; Essen, J., Wedge, P., (1982) Continuities in Childhood Disadvantage, , London: Heinemann Educational; Pilling, D., (1990) Escape From Disadvantage, , London: Falmer Press/National Children's Bureau; Barker, M., Power, C., Disability in young adults: The role of injuries (1993) J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, pp. 349-354; Bentham, G., Eimermann, J., Haynes, R., Lovett, A., Brainard, J., Limiting long term illness and its associations with mortality and indicators of social deprivation (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49 (SUPPL. 2), pp. S57-S64; Cohen, G., Forbes, J., Garraway, M., Interpreting self reported limiting long term illness (1995) Br Med J, 311, pp. 722-724; Manor, O., Power, C., (2000) Self Rated Health and Limiting Longstanding Illness: Associations with Specific Health Problems, , Forthcoming; Kurtz, Z., Tookey, P., Ross, E., Epilepsy in young people: 23 year follow up of the British national child development study (1998) Br Med J, 316, pp. 339-342; Pharoah, P.O.D., Stevenson, C.J., Cooke, R.W.I., Stevenson, R.C., Clinical and subclinical deficits at 8 years in a geographically defined cohort of low birthweight infants (1994) Arch Dis Child, 70, pp. 264-270; Preece, M.A., Law, C.M., Davies, P.S.W., The growth of children with chronic paediatric disease (1986) Clin Endocrinol Metab, 15, pp. 435-477; Li, L., Roberts, I., Power, C., (2000) Physical and Psychological Effects of Injury: Data from the 1958 British Birth Cohort Study, , Forthcoming; Finer, N., Obesity (1997) Br Med Bull, 53 (2), pp. 229-450; Rissanen, A., Heliovaara, M., Knekt, P., Reunanen, A., Aromaa, A., Maatela, J., Risk of disability and mortality due to overweight in a Finnish population (1990) Br Med J, 301, pp. 835-837; (1995) Low Income Statistics: Low Income Families 1989-1992, , London, HMSO; Lundberg, O., The impact of childhood living conditions on illness and mortality in adulthood (1993) Soc Sci Med, 36, pp. 1047-1052; Rahkonen, O., Lahelma, E., Huuhka, M., Past or present? Childhood living conditions and current socioeconomic status as determinants of adult health (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 327-336; West, P., Health inequalities in the early years: Is there equalisation in youth? (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 833-858; Gunnell, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Frankel, S., Childhood leg length and adult mortality: Follow up of the Carnegie (Boyd Orr) survey of diet and health in pre-war Britain (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 142-152; Dempsey, P.G., Burdorf, A., Webster, B.S., The influence of personal variables on work related low-back disorders and implications for future research (1997) J Occup Med, 39, pp. 748-759; Marmot, M., Wadsworth, M., Fetal and early childhood environment: Long term health implications (1997) Br Med Bull, 53, pp. 1-227; Kuh, D.L., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology: Tracing the Origins of III Health from Early to Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033993544&partnerID=40&md5=19e5af64b4848e7539efd76852f1cffc ER - TY - JOUR TI - Long-term survival in Hodgkin's disease patientsa comparison of relative survival in patients in trials and those recorded in population-based cancer registries T2 - European Journal of Cancer J2 - Eur. J. Cancer VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 384 EP - 389 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1016/S0959-8049(99)00267-1 SN - 09598049 (ISSN) AU - Roy, P. AU - Vaughan Hudson, G. AU - Vaughan Hudson, B. AU - Esteve, J. AU - Swerdlow, A.J. AD - Service de Biostatistique, Hospices Civils de Lyon, Centre Hospitalo-Universitaire Lyon-Sud, 69495 Pierre-Bénite Cedex, France AD - British National Lymphoma Investigation, Department of Oncology, University College and Middlesex Hospital, London W1N 8AA, United Kingdom AD - Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - The prognosis of Hodgkin's disease (HD) has improved during the last 30 years. This study was planned to analyse long-term survival of HD patients and to compare survival rates estimated from clinical trials and population-based data. Individual data were analysed on 2755 adult HD patients entering randomised clinical trials of the British National Lymphoma Investigation (BNLI) between 1970 and 1987, and 5064 patients with HD incident 1978-1984 recorded in the UK population-based cancer registries participating in the EUROCARE study. Relative survival of Hodgkin's disease patients allowing for mortality expected from general population rates was analysed by a proportional hazards regression model including covariates. Although relative mortality decreased with longer follow-up, it was still significantly positive at 9-10 years after diagnosis in both the clinical trials and the population-based data sets. Relative mortality was worse for late stage than for early stage patients even at 10-15 years after first treatment (BNLI data). Whereas 10-year relative survival was identical in trials and population-based patients at ages under 45 years (>69%), it was much higher in BNLI older patients than in the population-based patients. In the older age group (65-74 years) the BNLI patients had 39% relative survival whilst for the population-based patients it was only 27%. Generalisation of clinical trials results to the general population must be done with caution, especially for older patients. Copyright (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. KW - Hodgkin's disease KW - Prognostic factors KW - Survival KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer registry KW - clinical study KW - clinical trial KW - controlled clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - Hodgkin disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mortality KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - randomized controlled trial KW - survival rate KW - survival time KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - England KW - Female KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prognosis KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Randomized Controlled Trials KW - Registries KW - Survival Analysis KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCAE C2 - 10708941 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Roy, P.; Service Biostatistique, Recherche Clinique, Centre Hospitalier-Universitaire, 69495 Pierre-Benite Cedex, France N1 - References: Kaplan, E.L., Meier, O., Non-parametric estimation from incomplete observations (1958) J Am Stat Assoc, 53, pp. 457-481; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J R Statist Soc Series B, 34, pp. 187-200; Stiller, C.A., Centralised treatment, entry to trials and survival (1994) Br J Cancer, 70, pp. 352-362; Haybittle, J.L., Hayhoe, F.G.J., Easterling, M.J., Review of British National Lymphoma Investigation studies of Hodgkin's disease and development of prognostic index (1985) Lancet, 1, pp. 967-972; MacLennan, K.A., Bennett, M.H., Bosq, J., The histology and immunohistology of Hodgkin's disease: Its relationship to prognosis and clinical behaviour (1990) Treatment Strategy in Hodgin's Disease, pp. 17-25. , Somers R, Henry-Amar M, Meerwald JH, Carde P, eds. Colloque INSERM/John Libbey Eurotext Ltd; Ederer, F., Axtell, L.M., Cutler, S.J., The relative survival rate: A statistical methodology (1961) Nat Cancer Inst Monographs, 6, pp. 101-121; Estève, J., Benhamou, E., Croasdale, M., Raymond, L., Relative survival and the estimation of net survival: Elements for further discussion (1990) Stat Med, 9, pp. 529-538; Berrino, F., Sant, M., Verdecchia, A., (1995) Survival of Cancer Patients in Europe. The Eurocare Study, , Lyon, International Agency for Research on Cancer; Lukes, R.J., Butler, J.J., The pathology and nomenclature of Hodgkin's disease (1966) Cancer Res, 26, pp. 1063-1081; MacLennan, K.A., Bennett, M.H., Tu, A., Relationship of histopathologic features to survival and relapse in nodular sclerosing Hodgkin's disease: A study of 1659 patients (1989) Cancer, 64, pp. 1686-1693; MacLennan, K.A., Bennett, M.H., Vaughan Hudson, B., Vaughan Hudson, G., Diagnosis and grading of nodular sclerosing Hodgkin's disease: A study of 2190 patients (1992) Int Rev Exp Pathol, 33, pp. 27-51; (1976) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology (ICD-O), 1st Edn., , Geneva; Office of population censuses and surveys. English life tables No. 14, 1980-82. Series DS no. 7, 1998; Hedelin, G., (1995) RELSURV 1.0: A Program for Relative Survival Technical Report of the Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, , Faculty of medicine, Louis Pasteur University, Strasbourg, France; Urba, W.J., Longo, D.L., Hodgkin's disease (1992) N Engl J Med, 326, pp. 678-687; Henry-Amar, M., Somers, R., Long term survival in early stages Hodgkin's disease: The EORTC experience (1990) Treatment Strategy in Hodgin's Disease, pp. 151-166. , Somers R, Henry-Amar M, Meerwald JH, Carde P, eds. Colloque INSERM/John Libbey Eurotext Ltd; Vaughan Hudson, B., MacLennan, K.A., Easterling, M.J., Jelliffe, A.M., Haybittle, J.L., Vaughan Hudson, G., The prognostic significance of age in Hodgkin's disease: Examination of 1500 patients (BNLI report No. 23) (1983) Clin Radiol, 34, pp. 503-506; Terblanche, A.P.S., Falkson, G., Matzner, L., The prognostic significance of age in patients with advanced Hodgkin's disease (1988) Eur J Cancer, 24 A, pp. 1805-1809; Walker, A., Schoenfeld, E.R., Lowman, J.T., Mettlin, C.J., MacMillan, J., Grufferman, S., Survival of the older patient compared with the younger patient with Hodgkin's disease (1990) Cancer, 65, pp. 1635-1640; Henry-Amar, M., Aeppli, D.M., Anderson, J., Workshop Statistical Report. Prognostic study of laparotomy findings by clinical trials (Part V) (1990) Treatment Strategy in Hodgkin's Disease, pp. 217-231. , Somers R, Henry-Amar M, Meerwald JH, Carde P, eds. Colloque INSERM/John Libbey Eurotext Ltd; Swerdlow, A.J., Douglas, A.J., Vaughan Hudson, G., Vaughan Hudson, B., Completeness of cancer registration in England and Wales: An assessment based on 2145 patients with Hodgkin's disease independently registered by the British National Lymphoma Investigation (1992) Br J Cancer, 67, pp. 326-329; Stiller, C.A., Draper, G.J., Treatment centre size, entry to trials, and survival in acute lymphoblastic leukaemia (1989) Arch Dis Childhood, 64, pp. 657-661; Davis, S., Dahlberg, S., Myers, M.H., Chen, A., Steinhorn, S.C., Hodgkin's disease in the United States: A comparison of patient characteristics and survival in the Centralized Cancer Patient Data System and the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 78, pp. 471-478 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034005314&doi=10.1016%2fS0959-8049%2899%2900267-1&partnerID=40&md5=0434909ecf991ebe9fe579abc35333ad ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adult functional outcome of those born small for gestational age: Twenty-six-year follow-up of the 1970 British Birth Cohort T2 - Journal of the American Medical Association J2 - J. Am. Med. Assoc. VL - 283 IS - 5 SP - 625 EP - 632 PY - 2000 SN - 00987484 (ISSN) AU - Strauss, R.S. AD - Div. Pediat. Gastroenterol. Nutr., Univ. of Med. and Dent. New Jersey, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, 1 Robert Wood Johnson Pl, CN-19, New Brunswick, NJ 08903-0019, United States AB - Context. Although studies have documented cognitive impairment in children who were born small for gestational age (SGA), other studies have not demonstrated differences in IQ or other cognitive scores. The need exists for long-term studies of such children to assess functional outcomes not measurable with standardized testing. Objective. To determine the long-term functional outcome of SGA infants. Design. Prospective cohort study. Setting and Participants. A total of 14 189 full-term infants born in the United Kingdom on April 5 through 11, 1970, were studied as part of the 1970 British Birth Cohort; 1064 were SGA (birth weight less than the fifth percentile for age at term). Follow-up at 5, 10, 16, and 26 years was 93%, 80%, 72%, and 53%, respectively. Main Outcome Measures. School performance and achievement, assessed at 5, 10, and 16 years; and years of education, occupational status, income, marital status, life satisfaction, disability, and height, assessed at 26 years, comparing persons born SGA with those who were not. Results. At 5, 10, and 16 years of age, those born SGA demonstrated small but significant deficits in academic achievement. In addition, teachers were less likely to rate those born SGA in the top 15th percentile of the class at 16 years (13% vs 20%; P<.01) and more likely to recommend special education (4.9% vs 2.3%; P<.01) compared with those born at normal birth weight (NBW). At age 26 years, adults who were SGA did not demonstrate any differences in years of education, employment, hours of work per week, marital status, or satisfaction with life. However, adults who were SGA were less likely to have professional or managerial jobs (8.7% vs 16.4%; P<.01) and reported significantly lower levels of weekly income (mean [SD], 185 [91] vs 206 [102] (L); P< .01) than adults who were NBW. Adults who were SGA also reported significant height deficits compared with those who were NBW (mean [SD] z score, -0.55 [0.98] vs 0.08 [1.02]; P<.001). Similar results were also obtained after adjusting for social class, sex, region of birth, and the presence of fetal or neonatal distress. Conclusions. In this cohort, adults who were born SGA had significant differences in academic achievement and professional attainment compared with adults who were NBW. However, there were no long-term social or emotional consequences of being SGA: these adults were as likely to be employed, married, and satisfied with life. KW - academic achievement KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - cognitive defect KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - disability KW - female KW - fetus distress KW - follow up KW - functional assessment KW - human KW - income KW - infant KW - life satisfaction KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - marriage KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - sex difference KW - small for date infant KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Child, Preschool KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Small for Gestational Age KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Quality of Life KW - Self Assessment (Psychology) KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :281 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JAMAA C2 - 10665702 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Strauss, R.S.; Pediatric Gastroenterol./Nutri. Div., Univ. of Med./Dent. of New Jersey, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, 1 Robert Wood Johnson Pl, New Brunswick, NJ 08903-0019, United States; email: strausrs@rwja.umdnj.edu N1 - References: Villar, J., Smeriglio, V., Martorell, R., Brown, C.H., Klein, R.E., Heterogeneous growth and mental development of intrauterine growth-retarded infants during the first 3 years of life (1984) Pediatrics, 74, pp. 783-791; Low, J.A., Handley-Derry, M.H., Burke, S.O., Association of intrauterine fetal growth retardation and learning deficits at age 9 to 11 years (1992) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 167, pp. 1499-1505; Harvey, D., Prince, J., Bunton, J., Parkinson, C., Campbell, S., Abilities of children who were small-for-gestational-age babies (1982) Pediatrics, 69, pp. 296-300; Pryor, J., Silva, P.A., Brooke, M., Growth, development, and behavior in adolescents born small-for-gestational age (1995) J Paediatr Child Health, 31, pp. 403-407; Westwood, M., Kramer, M.S., Munz, D., Lovett, J.M., Watters, G.V., Growth and development of full-term nonasphyxiated small-for-gestational-age new-borns: Follow-up through adolescence (1983) Pediatrics, 71, pp. 376-382; Low, J.A., Galbraith, R.S., Muir, D., Killen, H., Pater, B., Karchmar, J., Intrauterine growth retardation: A study of long-term morbidity (1982) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 142, pp. 670-677; Strauss, R.S., Dietz, W.H., Growth and development of full-term children born small-for-gestational age: Effects of genetic and environmental factors (1998) J Pediatr, 133, pp. 67-72; Babson, S.G., Kangas, J., Preschool intelligence of undersized term infants (1969) Am J Dis Child, 117, pp. 553-557; Escalona, S.K., Babies at double hazard: Early development of infants at biologic and social risk (1982) Pediatrics, 70, pp. 670-676; Stein, Z., Susser, M., Saenger, G., Marolla, F., Nutrition and mental performance: Prenatal exposure to the Dutch Famine of 1944-45 seems bit related to mental performance at age 19 (1972) Science, 178, pp. 708-713; Douglas, J.W.B., Gear, R., Children of low-birthweight in the 1946 national cohort (1976) Arch Dis Child, 51, pp. 820-827; Nilsen, S.T., Bergsjo, P., Nome, S., Male twins at birth and 18 years later (1988) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 91, pp. 122-127; Paz, I., Gale, R., Laor, A., Danon, Y.L., Stevenson, D.K., Seidman, D.S., The cognitive outcome of full-term small for gestational age infants at late adolescence (1995) Obstet Gynecol, 85, pp. 452-456; Fitzhardinge, P.M., Steven, E.M., The small-for-date infant, II: Neurological and intellectual sequelae (1972) Pediatrics, 50, pp. 50-57; Hertzig, M.E., Neurological "soft" signs in low birth-weight children (1981) Dev Med Child Neurol, 23, pp. 778-791; Rubin, R.A., Posenblatt, C., Balow, B., Psychological and educational sequelae of prematurity (1973) Pediatrics, 52, pp. 352-363; Mitchell, R.G., Perinatal follow-up (1980) Dev Med Child Neurol, 22, pp. 1-2; Goldenberg, Hack, M., Grantham-McGregor, Schurch, B., Report of the IDECG/IUNS Working Group on IUGR effects on neurological, sensory, cognitive, and behavioral function (1998) Eur J Clin Nutr, 52, pp. S100-S101; Goldthorpe, J.H., Hope, K., (1974) The Social Grading of Occupations: A New Approach and Scale, , Oxford, England: Clarendon Press; Forbes, J.F., Small, M.J., A comparative analysis of birthweight for gestational age standards (1983) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 90, pp. 297-303; Cole, S., (1981) Birthweight Head Circumference, and Length by Gestational Age, Scotland 7973-7979, , Edinburgh, Scotland: Information Services Division, Scottish Health Services Agency; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, (1972) From Birth to Seven: A Report of the National Child Development Study, , London, England: Longman; Brimer, M.A., Dunn, L.M., (1962) English Picture Vocabulary Test Bristol, , England: Education Evaluation Enterprises; Harris, D.B., (1963) Children's Drawings As Measures of Intellectual Maturity, , New York, NY: Harcourt Brace & World;; Kalverboer, (1972) A Profile Test for the Spacial-constructive Development, , Lisse, the Netherlands: Switz & Zeitlinger;; Stunkard, A.J., Albaum, J.M., The accuracy of self-reported weights (1981) Am J Clin Nutr, 34, pp. 1593-1599; Stewart, A.L., The reliability and validity of self-reported weight and height (1982) J Chronic Dis, 35, pp. 295-309; Diener, E., Subjective well-being (1984) Psychol Bull, 95, pp. 542-575; Hack, M., Breslau, N., Weissman, B., Aram, D., Klein, N., Borawski, Effect of very low birth weight and subnormal head size on cognitive abilities at school age (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 231-237; Bendersky, M., Lewis, M., Environmental risk, biological risk, and developmental outcome (1994) Dev Psychol, 30, pp. 484-494; Berlin, L.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., McCarton, C., McCormick, M.C., The effectiveness of early intervention: Examining risk factors and pathways to enhanced development (1998) Prev Med, 27, pp. 238-245; Weikart, D.P., Changing early childhood development through educational intervention (1998) Prev Med, 27, pp. 233-237; Paz, I., Seidman, D.S., Danon, Y.L., Laor, A., Stevenson, D.K., Gale, R., Are children born small for gestation age at increased risk of short stature? (1993) Am J Dis Child, 147, pp. 337-339; Strauss, R.S., Dietz, W.H., The effects of intrauterine growth retardation on early childhood growth (1997) J Pediatr, 130, pp. 95-102; Myers, D.G., Diener, E., Who is happy? (1995) Psychol Sci, 6, pp. 10-19; Schultz, R., Decker, S., Long-term adjustment to physical disability: The role of social support, perceived control, and self-blame (1985) J Pers Soc Psychol, 48, pp. 1162-1172; Fuhrer, M.J., Rintala, D.H., Hart, K.A., Clearman, R., Young, M.E., Relationship of life satisfaction to impairment, disability, and handicap among persons with spinal cord injury living in the community (1992) Arch Phys Med Rehabil, 73, pp. 552-557; Tate, D.G., Riley, B.B., Perna, R., Roller, S., Quality of life issues among women with physical disabilities or breast cancer (1997) Arch Phys Med Rehabil, 78 (SUPPL. 5), pp. S18-S25; Kimmel, P.L., Peterson, R.A., Weihs, K.L., Aspects of quality of life in hemodialysis patients (1995) J Am Soc Nephrol, 6, pp. 1418-14126; McCormick, M.C., Workman-Daniels, K., Brooks-Gunn, J., The behavioral and emotional well-being of school-age children with differing birth weights (1996) Pediatrics, 97, pp. 18-25; Saigal, S., Feeny, D., Rosenbaum, P., Furlong, W., Burrows, E., Stoskipf, B., Self-perceived health status and health-related quality of life of extremely low-birth-weight infants at adolescence (1996) JAMA, 276, pp. 453-459; Hardy, J.B., Drage, J.S., Jackson, E.C., (1979) The First Year of Life, , Baltimore, Md: The Johns Hopkins University Press; Tin, W., Fritz, S., Wariyar, U., Hey, E., Outcome of very preterm birth: Children reviewed with ease at 2 years differ from those followed up with difficulty (1998) Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed, 70, pp. F83-F87; McIntire, D.D., Bloom, S.L., Casey, B.M., Leveno, K.J., Birth weight in relation to morbidity and mortality among newborn infants (1999) N Engl J Med, 340, pp. 1234-1238; Sternberg, R.J., How intelligent is intelligence testing? (1998) So Am, 9, pp. 12-17 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034594641&partnerID=40&md5=874d14122ce3c52b3093644c1cb6c24a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Physical activity and cause-specific mortality in the Whitehall study T2 - Public Health J2 - Public Health VL - 114 IS - 5 SP - 308 EP - 315 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1038/sj.ph.1900675 SN - 00333506 (ISSN) AU - Smith, G.D. AU - Shipley, M.J. AU - Batty, G.D. AU - Morris, J.N. AU - Marmot, M. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London, 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AD - Epidemiology Unit, Department of Epidemiology and Population Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street, London, WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - Health Promotion Research Unit, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - A prospective cohort study of London civil servants was used to examine the relation of physical activity to various causes of death. 6,702 men aged 40-64 y who participated in a baseline examination between 1969 and 1970 were followed up for 25 y during which time there were 2859 deaths. The association of two measures of physical activity (leisure time activity and usual walking pace) with cause-specific mortality was examined. Walking pace demonstrated inverse relations with mortality from all-causes, coronary heart disease (CHD), other cardiovascular disease (CVD), all cancers, respiratory disease, colorectal cancer and haematopoietic cancer following adjustment for risk factors which included age, employment grade, smoking, body mass index, and forced expiratory volume (P [trend] < 0.05 for all). In analyses restricted to men without disease at entry, walking pace retained inverse associations with all-cause, CHD, other cardiovascular disease, and haematopoietic cancer mortality (P [trend] < 0.05 for all). Leisure time activity was also inversely associated with mortality from all-causes, CHD, other CVD, and all-cancers following adjustment for risk factors (P [trend] <0.05 for all). Eliminating deaths in the first 5 and 10 y of follow-up did not greatly alter these associations. It is concluded that physical activity may confer protection against death due to some cancers, in addition to reducing cardiovascular disease risk. KW - Cancer KW - Coronary heart disease KW - Exercise KW - Mortality KW - Physical activity KW - Stroke KW - adult KW - analysis KW - article KW - body mass KW - cancer KW - cancer mortality KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - colorectal cancer KW - controlled study KW - employment KW - follow up KW - forced expiratory volume KW - hematopoiesis KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - leisure KW - male KW - mortality KW - physical activity KW - prospective study KW - respiratory tract disease KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - United Kingdom KW - walking PB - Nature Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :130 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PUHEA C2 - 11035446 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom N1 - References: Cherry, T., A theory of cancer (1922) Med J Australia, 1, pp. 425-438; Sivertsen, I., Dahlstrom, A.W., The relation of muscular activity to carcinoma. A preliminary report (1922) J Cancer Res, 6, pp. 365-378; Powell, K.E., Thompson, P.D., Caspersen, C.J., Kendrick, J.S., Physical activity and the incidence of coronary heart disease (1987) Ann Rev Public Health, 8, pp. 253-287; Berlin, J.A., Colditz, G.A., A meta-analysis of physical activity in the prevention of coronary heart disease (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 612-628; Eaton, C.B., Relation of physical activity and cardiovascular fitness to coronary heart disease, part I: A meta-analysis of the independent relation of physical activity and coronary heart disease (1992) J Am Board Fam Pract, 5, pp. 31-42; Chandrashekhar, Y., Arand, I.S., Exercise as a coronary protective factor (1991) Am Heart J, 6, pp. 1723-1739; Blair, S.N., Physical activity, fitness and coronary heart disease (1994), Bouchard C, Shephard RJ, Stephens T (eds). Physical Activity, Fitness, and Health. Human Kinetics: Champaign, Illinois; The effects of physical activity on health and disease (1996), US Department of Health and Human Services. Physical activity and health: a report of the surgeon general. US Department of Health and Human Services: Atlanta, US; Oliveria, S.A., Lee, I.-M., Is exercise beneficial in the prevention of prostate cancer? (1997) Sports Med, 23, pp. 271-278; Lee, I.-M., Physical activity, fitness, and cancer (1994), Bouchard C, Shephard RJ, Stephens T (eds). Physical Activity, Fitness, and Health. Human Kinetics: Champaign, Illinois; Shephard, R.J., Exercise and cancer: Linkages with obesity? (1996) Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 36, pp. 321-339; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J.S., McCartney, P., Rose, G., Jarrett, R.J., Keen, H., Cardiorespiratory disease and diabetes among middle-aged male civil servants (1974) Lancet, 1, pp. 469-473; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field studies (1962) Bull WHO, 27, pp. 645-658; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 775-779. , Committee of the aetiology of chronic bronchitis; Rose, G., Holland, W.W., Crowley, E.A., A sphygmomanometer for epidemiologists (1964) Lancet, 1, pp. 296-300; Rose, G., The coding of survey electrocardiograms by technicians (1965) Br Heart J, 27, pp. 595-598; Rose, G.A., Blackburn, H., (1968), Cardiovascular Survey Methods (WHO Monograph Series No. 56). WHO; Geneva; Jarrett, R.J., Shipley, M.J., Hunt, R., Physical activity, glucose tolerance, and diabetes mellitus: The Whitehall study (1986) Diabetic Med, 3, pp. 549-551; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) JR Stat Soc, 34, pp. 187-220. , (B); Marmot, M., Changing habits of the community to prevent coronary heart disease (1984), Ferguson A (ed.). Advanced Medicine. Poitman Press: Bath; Lee, I.-M., Paffenbarger R.S., Jr., Hsieh, C.-C., Time trends in physical activity among college alumni 1962-1988 (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 915-925; Phillips, A.N., Davey Smith, G., Bias in relative odds estimation when exposures are measured imprecisely (1992) Statistics in Medicine, 11, pp. 953-961; Davey Smith, G., Phillips, A.N., Confounding in epidemiological studies: Why 'independent effects' may not be all they seem (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 757-759; Morris, J.N., Hardman, A.E., Walking to health (1997) Sports Med, 23, pp. 306-332; Morris, J.N., Clayton, D.G., Everitt, M.G., Semmence, A.M., Burgess, E.H., Exercise in leisure-time: Coronary attack and death rates (1990) Br Heart J, 63, pp. 325-334; Lee, I.-M., Paffenbarger R.S., Jr., Do physical activity and physical fitness avert premature mortality (1996), Holloszy JD (ed). Exercise and Sport Sciences Reviews. Williams and Wilkins: Baltimore; Lee, I.-M., Paffenbarger R.S., Jr., Hennekens, C.H., Physical activity, physical fitness and longevity (1997) Aging, 9, pp. 2-11. , (Milano); Schulman, S.P., Continuum of cardiovascular performance across a broad range of fitness levels in healthy older men (1996) Circulation, 94, pp. 359-367; Rauramaa, R., Salonen, J.T., Seppanen, K., Salonen, R., Venalainen, J., Ihanainen, M., Inhibition of platelet aggregability by moderate-intensity physical exercise: A randomised clinical trial in overweight men (1986) Circulation, 74, pp. 939-944; Sternfeld, B., Cancer and the protective effect of physical activity: The epidemiological evidence (1992) Med Sci Sports Exerc, 24, pp. 1195-1209; Kune, G.A., Kune, S., Watson, L.F., Body weight and physical activity as predictors of colorectal cancer risk (1990) Nutr Cancer, 13, pp. 9-17; Garfinkel, L., Stellman, S.D., Mortality by relative weight and exercise (1988) Cancer, 62, pp. 1844-1850; Paffenbarger, R.S., Hyde, R.T., Wing, A.L., Physical activity and incidence of cancer in diverse populations: A preliminary report (1987) Am J Clin Nutr, 45, pp. 312-317; Wu, A.H., Paganini-Hill, A., Ross, R.K., Henderson, B.E., Alcohol, physical activity and other risk factors for colorectal cancer: A prospective study (1987) Br J Cancer, 55, pp. 687-694; Colditz, G.A., Cannuscio, C.C., Frazier, A.L., Physical activity and reduced risk of colon cancer (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 649-667; Cerban, J.R., Association of smoking, body mass, and physical activity with risk of prostate cancer in the Iowa 65 + rural health study (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 229-238. , (United States); Hartman, T.J., Physical activity and prostate cancer in the Alpha-Tocopherol, Beta-Carotene (ATBC) cancer prevention study (1998) Cancer Causes Control, 9, pp. 11-18. , (Finland); Lee, I.-M., Paffenbarger, R.S., Physical activity and its relation to cancer risk: A prospective study of college alumni (1994) Med Sci Sports Exerc, 26, pp. 831-837; Dosemeci, M., Occupational physical activity, socio-economic status, and risks of 15 cancer sites in Turkey (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 313-321; Polednak, A.P., College athletics, body size, and cancer mortality (1976) Cancer, 38, pp. 382-387; Oliveria, S.A., Christos, P.J., The epidemiology of physical activity and cancer (1997) Ann NY Acad Sci, 833, pp. 79-90; Ji, L.L., Fu, R., Responses of glutathione system and antioxidant enzymes to exhaustive exercise and hydroperoxide (1992) J Appl Physiol, 72, pp. 549-554; Leon, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Strachan, D., Height and mortality in London: Early life influences, socio-economic confounding or shrinkage? (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 5-9; Holly, J., Gunnell, D., Davey Smith, G., Growth hormone, IGF-1 and cancer. Less interventional to avoid cancer? More interventional to prevent cancer? (1999) J Endocrinol, 162, pp. 321-330; Smith, A.T., Clemmons, D.R., Underwood, L.E., The effects of exercise on plasma somatomedin-C/insulin like growth factor I concentrations (1987) Metabolism, 36, pp. 533-537; Davey Smith, G., Phillips, A.N., Neaton, J., Association between smoking and suicide: Demonstration of an artefact in observational epidemiology (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 709-712; (1997), World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Food, Nutrition and the Prevention of Cancer. American Institute for Cancer Research: Washington DC; Simoes, E.J., The association between leisure-time physical activity and dietary fat in American adults (1995) Am J Pub Health, 85, pp. 240-244; Haraldsdottir, J., Andersen, L.B., Dietary factors related to fitness in young men and women (1994) Prev Med, 23, pp. 490-497; Phillips, A.N., Davey Smith, G., The design of prospective epidemiological studies: More subjects or better measurements? (1993) J Clin Epidemiol, 46, pp. 1203-1211; Blair, S.N., Development of public policy and physical activity initiatives (1996) Sports Med, 21, pp. 157-163 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033820727&doi=10.1038%2fsj.ph.1900675&partnerID=40&md5=cba2ee0f75c926200347f81dfebe28a5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Menstrual patterns during the inception of perimenopause: What are the predictors and what do they predict? T2 - Journal of Women's Health and Gender-Based Medicine J2 - J. Women's Health Gender. Med. VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 42 PY - 2000 DO - 10.1089/152460900318939 SN - 15246094 (ISSN) AU - Frohlich, K.L. AU - Kuh, D.J.L. AU - Hardy, R. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - GRIS, Université de Montréal, Montreal, Que., Canada AD - MRC Natl. Surv. on Hlth. and Devmt., Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Surv. on Hlth. and Devmt., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Roy. Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., Gower St. Camp. 1-19 Torrington Pl., London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom AB - Using data from a British national cohort of women born in 1946, this study aims to identify menstrual patterns during the first year of perimenopause (based on the frequency of periods, the numbers of days bled each month, and menstrual flow) to see if they are related to health and behaviors earlier in adult life and if they predict entry into menopause and hormone replacement therapy (HRT) use. Three groups of women were identified using cluster analysis: those who experienced more of these characteristics, those who experienced less, and those who experienced few changes. In polychotomous logistic regression models, the likelihood ratio tests indicated that parity and body mass index (BMI) were significant at the 5% level. The odds ratios from the parity models showed a gradient, with women from the Less cluster being most likely to have no children and those from the More cluster most likely to have at least one child. A similar gradient was detected for BMI, with the Less cluster tending to be underweight. The Less cluster came into menopause significantly faster than the Same and the More groups, where the estimated hazard ratios (HR) (95% confidence interval [CI]) were, respectively, 0.61 (0.37-0.99) and 0.24 (0.11-0.52), There was no association between the clusters and later HRT use. The findings suggest that menstrual characteristics should be more carefully studied in population studies of the climacteric. KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - cigarette smoking KW - cluster analysis KW - education KW - female KW - hormone substitution KW - human KW - menopause KW - menstrual cycle KW - normal human KW - parity KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - regression analysis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Body Mass Index KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Hormone Replacement Therapy KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Menstrual Cycle KW - Menstruation KW - Middle Aged KW - Parity KW - Premenopause N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JWHMF C2 - 10718503 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.J.L.; MRC Natl. Survey Hlth. Dev., Dept. Epidemiol. Public Health, Royal Free Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., 1-19 Torrington Place, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom N1 - References: McKinlay, S.M., The normal menopause transition: An overview (1996) Maturitas, 23, p. 137; Brambilla, D.J., McKinlay, S.M., Johannes, C.B., Defining the perimenopause for application in epiderniologic investigations (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, p. 1090; Dudley, E.C., Hopper, J.L., Taffe, J., Guthrie, J.R., Burger, H.C., Dennerstein, L., Using longitudinal data to define the perimenopause by menstrual cycle characteristics (1998) Climacteric, 1, p. 18; Metcalf, M.G., Donald, R.A., Livesey, J.H., Classification of menstrual cycles in pre- and perimenopausal women (1981) J Endocrinol, 91, p. 1; Seltzer, V.L., Benjamin, F., Deutsch, S., Perimenopausal bleeding patterns and pathologic findings (1990) J Am Med Wom Assoc, 45, p. 132; Li, S., Lanuza, D., Gulanick, M., Perimenopause: The transition into menopause (1996) Health Care Women Int, 17, p. 293; Shapley, M., Abnormal menstrual bleeding in perimenopausal women (1994) Br J Gen Pract, 44, p. 234; McKinlay, S.M., Brambilla, D.J., Posner, J.G., The normal menopause transition (1992) Am J Hum Biol, 4, p. 37; Koster, A., Hormone replacement therapy: Use patterns in 51-year-old Danish women (1990) Maturitas, 12, p. 345; Isaacs, A.J., Britton, A.R., McPherson, K., Why do women doctors in the U.K. take hormone replacement therapy? (1997) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 51, p. 373; Hardy, R., Kuh, D.J.L., Reproductive and menstrual characteristics and the age of inception of the perimenopause (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149, p. 612; McKinlay, S.M., Brambilla, D.J., Posner, J.G., The normal menopause transition (1992) Maturitas, 14, p. 103; Stanford, J.L., Hartge, P., Brinton, L.A., Factors influencing the age at natural menopause (1987) J Chronic Dis, 40, p. 995; Brambilla, D.J., McKinlay, S.M., A prospective study of factors affecting age at menopause (1989) J Clin Epidemiol, 42, p. 1030; Whelan, E.A., Sandler, D.P., McConnaughey, D.R., Menstrual and reproductive characteristics and age at natural menopause (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 131, p. 625; Kuh, D.L., Richards, M., Hardy, R., Lifetime predictors of early menopause: Findings from a British birth cohort study (1999) J Br Menop Soc, 4 (SUPPL. 1), p. 19. , abstract; Gold, E.B., Correlates of age at menopause in a multiracial/ethnic: Sample of women (1999) Am J Epidemiol, 149 (SUPPL.), pp. S26; Willett, W., Stampfer, M.J., Bain, C., Cigarette smoking, relative weight and menopause (1983) Am J Epidemiol, 117, p. 651; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 46, p. 300; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D.J., Childhood influences on adult health: A review of recent work from the British 1946 national birth cohort study (1997) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 11, p. 2. , the MRC National Survey of Health and Development; Kuh, D.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Hardy, R., Women's health in midlife: The influence of the menopause, social factors and health in earlier life (1997) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 104, p. 923; (1972) Burnham Further Education Committee Grading Courses, , London: HMSO; Colhoun, H., Prescott-Clarke, P., (1996) Health Survey for England 1994. Volume I: Findings, 1. , London: HMSO; Kaufert, P., Lock, M., McKinlay, S., Menopause research: The Korpilampi Workshop (1986) Soc Sci Med, 22, p. 1285; (1990) SPSS Reference Guide: Version 4, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; (1985) SAS User's Guide: Statistics, Version 5 Edition, , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc; Kuh, D., Cardozo, L., Hardy, R., Urinary incontinence in middle aged women: Childhood enuresis and other lifetime risk factors in a british prospective cohort (1999) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 53, p. 453; Kaufert, P.A., Gilbert, P., Hassard, T., Researching the symptoms of menopause: An exercise in methodology (1988) Maturitas, 10, p. 117 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0034060529&doi=10.1089%2f152460900318939&partnerID=40&md5=f2da0a4d87a211106f4f1761a5291887 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent demographic change in France ST - L'evolution demographique recente en France T2 - Population J2 - Population VL - 55 IS - 3 SP - 441 EP - 475 PY - 2000 SN - 00324663 (ISSN) AU - Prioux, F. AD - Inst. nat. d'etudes demographiques, 133, bd Davout, 75980 Paris, Cedex 20, France AB - The rise in the period fertility index continued in 1998 and 1999, thanks to a strong recovery in fertility among women aged 30-40 and a stabilization in fertility at lower ages. In spite of this, fertility is expected to gradually decline after the 1960 birth cohort, falling below the replacement level (2.1) The overall number of abortions is stable though tending to increase slightly among young women and decline among older women. Following the strong recovery in 1996 consequent on tax law changes less favourable to unmarried couples with children, the increase in marriage is continuing at a more moderate level, though the proportion never-married at age 50 continues to rise rapidly. After a slight fall in 1996, the number of divorces remained stable in the next two years, and the period index stands at 38 divorces per 100 marriages. Assuming no further increase, the proportion of marriages ending in divorce will be 29% for couples married in 1970 and 35% for those married ten years later. For a number of years, men's life expectancy at birth has been rising slightly faster than that of women: at almost all ages, except for over 70, progress has been slightly better for men than for women. This new pattern appears to be due to the absence of improvements over certain cancers affecting women and even a deterioration for some smoking-related cancers. KW - demographic trend KW - fertility KW - longevity KW - marriage KW - France N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: POPUA LA - French N1 - Correspondence Address: Prioux, F.; Inst. nat. d'etudes demographiques, 133, bd Davout, 75980 Paris, Cedex 20, France; email: prioux@ined.fr N1 - References: Beaumel, C., Eneau, D., Kerjosse, R., La situation demographique en 1997 (1999) Insee Resultats, 75-76. , Demographie-Societe; Blayo, C., L'evolution du recours a l'avortement depuis 1976 (1995) Population, 50 (3), pp. 779-810; (1999) Evolution Demographique Recente en Europe; (1999) Statistiques Demographiques, Donnees 1960-1999, , edition 1999; Enquetes sur l'emploi de 1990 et 1991: Resultats detailles (1992) Insee Resultats, 222-223. , decembre; Enquete sur l'emploi de 1999: Resultats detailles (1999) Insee Resultats, 662-663. , juillet; Statistiques Medicales des Causes de Deces; Kerjosse, R., Bilan demographique 1999, Hausse de la fecondite et recul de la mortalite (2000) Insee Premier, 698. , fevrier; Prioux, F., L'evolution demographique recente (1999) Population, 54 (3), pp. 449-480; Sardon, J.-P., L'evolution du divorce en France (1996) Population, 51 (3), pp. 717-749; Senecal, J., Roussey, M., Bouvier-Colle, M.-H., Hatton, F., Paclot, C., A propos de la mort subite du nourrisson (1998) Population, 53 (4), pp. 841-846; Thierry, X., Chronique de l'immigration. Les entrees d'etrangers en France: Evolutions statistiques et bilan de l'operation de regularisation exceptionnelle de 1997 (2000) Population, 55 (3), pp. 567-620; Toulemon, L., La cohabitation hors mariage's installe dans la duree (1996) Population, 51 (3), pp. 675-715 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033802423&partnerID=40&md5=ab840b8a607ed0c7c7c3ca67e189bcff ER - TY - JOUR TI - An age-period-cohort analysis of 50,875 AIDS cases among injecting drug users in Europe T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 1141 EP - 1148 PY - 1999 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Houweling, H. AU - Wiessing, L.G. AU - Hamers, F.F. AU - Termorshuizen, F. AU - Gill, O.N. AU - Sprenger, M.J. AD - Dept. of Infect. Dis. Epidemiology, Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. and Environ., Bilthoven, Netherlands AD - Health Council of the Netherlands, The Hague, Netherlands AD - Europ. Monitoring Ctr. Drugs Drug A., Lisbon, Portugal AD - Europ. Ctr. Epidemiol. Monitoring A., Saint-Maurice, France AD - PHLS Communic. Dis. Survlnc. Centre, London, United Kingdom AD - Health Council of the Netherlands, PO Box 16052, 2511 VX The Hague, Netherlands AB - Background.The long average incubation time from HIV infection to AIDS makes it difficult to estimate recent HIV transmission from AIDS incidence data. Age-period-cohort (APC) analysis can separate out the effects of age, calendar time and birth cohort to provide a clearer picture of transmission trends. Methods. AIDS incidence data from 1981 to 1994 among intravenous drug users (IDU) for 12 Western European countries were used. Yearly incidences per 100,000 population or 100,000 person-years were calculated by age at diagnosis and 5-year birth cohort (1950-1954, 1955-1959, 1960-1964, 1965-1969 and 1970-1974), and corrected for reporting delay. Incidence patterns were compared between birth cohorts and countries. Results. For most countries the impact was greatest on the cohort born 1960-1964. Comparing incidence patterns in the 1965-1969 to 1960-1964 cohorts suggest the epidemic has plateaued at low to intermediate levels in Austria, Greece and the North-Western European countries, and at high levels in France, Italy and Switzerland. For most countries transmission amongst the 1970-1974 as compared to the 1965-1969 cohorts could not be assessed due to small numbers and short follow-up time. In Spain the epidemic was uncontrolled with a high incidence among recent birth cohorts. In Portugal the epidemic was still at an early and expanding phase. Conclusions. The APC analysis revealed large country differences in the dynamics of the HIV/AIDS epidemic among IDU. Full interpretation of these differences is dependent on information from other sources about the local public health response and trends in drug injecting behaviours. Earlier introduction of the virus and higher prevalence of injecting drug use may explain some of the generally higher incidence in Southern European countries, but the larger part of it is most likely explained by local characteristics of drug users, such as younger age and more frequent sharing of needles and syringes, and a less effective public health response. KW - Age-period-cohort analysis KW - AIDS KW - Birth cohort analysis KW - Europe KW - Injecting drug use KW - Public health KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - age structure KW - drug user KW - medical geography KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - adult KW - article KW - Austria KW - Belgium KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - France KW - Germany KW - Greece KW - human KW - Human immunodeficiency virus infection KW - incubation time KW - intravenous drug abuse KW - Ireland KW - Italy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Netherlands KW - Portugal KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - public health KW - Spain KW - Switzerland KW - United Kingdom KW - virus transmission KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comorbidity KW - Disease Outbreaks KW - Disease Transmission, Horizontal KW - Europe KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors KW - Substance Abuse, Intravenous KW - Europe N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 10661660 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Houweling, H.; Health Council of the Netherlands, PO Box 16052, 2511 VX The Hague, Netherlands; email: hans.houweling@gr.nl N1 - References: Hamers, F.F., Batter, V., Downs, A.M., Alix, J., Cazein, F., Brunet, J.B., The HIV epidemic associated with injecting drug use in Europe: Geographic and time trends (1997) AIDS, 11, pp. 1365-1374; Coutinho, R.A., Bos, J.M., Ruitenberg, E.J., The epidemiology of LAV/ HTLV-III infections in Europe (1986) Clinical Aspects of AIDS and AIDS-related Complex, pp. 7-13. , Staquet M, Hemmer R, Baert A (eds). Oxford: Oxford University Press; Peutherer, J.F., Edmond, E., Simmonds, P., Dickson, J.D., Bath, G.E., HTLV-III antibody in Edinburgh drugs addicts (1985) Lancet, 2, pp. 1129-1130; Robert, C.F., Déglon, J.J., Wintsch, J., Behavioural changes in intravenous drug users in Geneva: Rise and fall of HIV infection, 1980-1989 (1990) AIDS, 4, pp. 657-660; Titti, F., Lazzarin, A., Costigliola, P., Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) seropositivity in intravenous (IV) drug abusers in three cities of Italy: Possible natural history of HIV infection in IV drug addicts in Italy (1987) J Med Virol, 23, pp. 241-248; Des Jarlais, D., Friedman, S.R., Ward, T.P., Harm reduction: A public health response to the AIDS epidemic among injecting drug users (1993) Annu Rev Public Health, 14, pp. 413-450; Downs, A.M., Heisterkamp, S.H., Bruent, J.B., Hamers, F.F., Reconstruction of the HIV/AIDS epidemic among adults in the European Union and in the low prevalence countries of central and Eastern Europe (1997) AIDS, 11, pp. 649-662; Salvaggio, A., Estimating the human immunodeficiency virus infection curve of intravenous drug users in Lombardy, Italy (1995) Eur J Epidemiol, 11, pp. 127-131; Day, N.E., The incidence and prevalence of AIDS and prevalence of other severe HIV disease in England and Wales for 1995 to 1999: Projections using data to the end of 1994 (1996) CDR Rev, 6, pp. R1-R24; Brenner, H., Hernando-Briongos, P., Goos, C., AIDS among drug users in Europe (1991) Drug Alc Depend, 29, pp. 171-181; Papaevangelou, G., Richardson, S.C., HIV prevalence and risk factors among injecting drug users in EC and COST countries (1995) AIDS Research at the EC Level, pp. 73-82. , Baert AE, Koch MA, Montagnier L, Razquin MC, Tyrrel D (eds). Amsterdam: IOS Press; Zaccarelli, M., Rezza, G., Girardi, E., Puro, V., Pezzotti, P., Narciso, P., Monitoring HIV trends in injecting drug users: An Italian experience (1990) AIDS, 4, pp. 1007-1010; Houweling, H., Heisterkamp, S.H., Wiessing, L.G., Coutinho, R.A., Van Wijngaarden, J.K., Jager, J.C., Methods for estimating HIV prevalence: A comparison of extrapolation from surveys on infection rate and risk behaviour with back-calculation for the Netherlands (1998) Eur J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 645-652; Nicolosi, A., Correa Leite, M.L., Musicco, M., Molinari, S., Lazzarin, A., Parenteral and sexual transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in intravenous drug users: A study of seroconversion (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 225-233; Van Ameijden, E.J.C., Van Den Hoek, J.A.R., Van Haastrecht, H.J.A., Coutinho, R.A., The harm reduction approach and risk factors for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) seroconversion in injecting drug users, Amsterdam (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 236-243; Frost, W.H., The age selection of mortality from tuberculosis in successive decades (1939) Am J Hyg, 30, pp. 91-96; Doege, T.C., Tuberculosis mortality in the United States, 1900 to 1960 (1965) JAMA, 192, pp. 1045-1048; Kupper, L.K., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chron Dis, 38, pp. 811-830; Stoneburner, R.L., Lessner, L., Fordyce, E.J., Bevier, P., Chiasson, M.A., Insight into the infection dynamics of the AIDS epidemic: A birth cohort analysis of New York City AIDS mortality (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 138, pp. 1093-1104; Houweling, H., Hamers, F.F., Termorshuizen, F., Gill, O.N., Jager, J.C., Coutinho, R.A., A birth cohort analysis of AIDS in Europe: High incidence among young persons at risk (1998) AIDS, 12, pp. 85-93; Heisterkamp, S.H., Jager, J.C., Ruitenberg, E.J., Correcting reported AIDS incidence: A statistical approach (1989) Stat Med, 8, pp. 963-976; Buehler, J.W., De Cock, K.M., Brunet, J.B., Surveillance definitions for AIDS (1993) AIDS, 7 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S73-S81; Mertens, T.E., Burton, A., Stoneburner, R., Global estimates and epidemiology of HIV infections and AIDS (1994) AIDS, 8 (SUPPL. 1), pp. S361-S372; Multicohort Analysis Project Workshop. Part 1. Immunological markers of AIDS progression: Consistency across five HIV-infected cohorts (1994) AIDS, 8, pp. 911-921; Darby, S.C., Ewart, D.W., Giangrande, P.L.F., Spooner, R.J.D., Rizza, C.R., Importance of age at infection with HIV-1 for survival and development of AIDS in UK haemophilia population (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1573-1579; Brunet, J.B., Des Jarlais, D.C., Koch, M.A., Report on the European community workshop on epidemiology of HIV infections: Spread among intravenous drug abusers and the heterosexual population, Robert Koch Institute, Berlin, 12-14 November 1986 (1987) AIDS, 1, pp. 59-61; Cheingsong-Popov, R., Weiss, R.A., Dalgleish, A., Prevalence of antibody to human T-lymphotropic virus type III in AIDS and AIDS-risk patients in Britain (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 477-480; Gürtler, L.G., Wernicke, D., Eberle, J., Zoulek, G., Deinhardt, F., Schramm, W., Increase in prevalence of anti-HTLV-III in haemophiliacs (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1275-1276; Aiuti, F., Rossi, P., Sirianni, M.C., IgM and IgG antibodies to human T cell lymphotropic retrovirus (HTLV-III) in lymphadenopathy syndrome and subjects at risk for AIDS in Italy (1985) Br Med J, 291, pp. 165-166; Schüpbach, J., Haller, O., Vogt, M., Antibodies to HTLV-III in Swiss patients with AIDS and pre-AIDS and in groups at risk for AIDS (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 265-270; Mortimer, P.P., Vandervelde, E.M., Jesson, J., Pereira, M.S., Burkhardt, F., HTLV-III antibody in Swiss and English intravenous drug abusers (1985) Lancet, 2, pp. 449-450; Fuchs, D., Blecha, H.G., Deinhardt, F., High frequency of HTLV-III antibodies among heterosexual drug abusers in the Austrian Tyrol (1985) Lancet, 1, p. 1506; Rodrigo, J.M., Serra, M.A., Aguilar, E., Del Olmo, J.A., Gimeno, V., Aparisi, L., HTLV-III antibodies in drug addicts in Spain (1985) Lancet, 2, pp. 156-157; Van Haastrecht, H.J.A., Van Den Hoek, J.A.R., Mientjes, G.H.C., Coutinho, R.A., Did the introduction of HIV among homosexuals precede the introduction of HIV among injecting drug users in the Netherlands? (1992) AIDS, 6, pp. 131-132; (1998) Annual Report on the State of the Drugs Problem in the European Union 1998, , Lisbon: European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction; Strang, J., Des Jarlais, D.C., Griffiths, P., Gossop, M., The study of transitions in the route of drug use: The route from one to another (1992) Br J Addiction, 87, pp. 473-483; (1998) Programas de Intercambio de Jeringuillas para la Prevencion del HIV en Paises del sur de Europa, , Final report to DG V of the European Commission on project SOC 96 201324 05F02 (96cVVF2-230-0). Barcelona: PRESUD; Fennema, J.S.A., Van Ameijden, E.J.C., Van Den Hoek, J.A.R., Coutinho, R.A., The impact of young and recent-onset injection drug users on the HIV-1 epidemic in Amsterdam, 1986-1995 Addiction, , in press; Strathdee, S.A., Van Ameijden, E.J.C., Mesquito, F., Wodak, A., Rana, S., Vlahov, D., Can HIV epidemics among injecting drug users be prevented? (1998) AIDS, 12 (SUPPL.A), pp. S71-S79; Drucker, E., Lurie, P., Wodak, A., Alcabes, P., Measuring harm reduction: The effects of needle and syringe exchange programs and methadone maintenance on the ecology of HIV (1998) AIDS, 12 (SUPPL.A), pp. S217-S230; Ingold, F.R., Ingold, S., The effects of the liberalization of syringe sales on the behaviour of intravenous drug users in France (1989) Bull Narc, 41, pp. 67-81; Frischer, M., Taylor, A., Goldberg, D., Elliott, L., Direct evaluation of needle and syringe exchange programmes (1996) Lancet, 347, p. 768; Wiessing, L.G., Houweling, H., Spruit, I.P., HIV among drug users in regional towns near the initial focus of the Dutch epidemic (1996) AIDS, 10, pp. 1448-1449 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033390653&partnerID=40&md5=f9dd6cbbd2da219bfb9ca48c73644fac ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality study of two overlapping cohorts of photographic film base manufacturing employees exposed to methylene chloride T2 - Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - J. Occup. Environ. Med. VL - 41 IS - 12 SP - 1154 EP - 1169 PY - 1999 SN - 10762752 (ISSN) AU - Hearne, F.T. AU - Pifer, J.W. AD - Epidemiology Section, Corp. Hlth., Safety, and Environment, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY, United States AD - Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY 14652-6253, United States AB - The mortality experience of two overlapping cohorts of employees engaged in the manufacture of photographic film support was evaluated to assess the potential chronic health effects of methylene chloride exposure. In the first analysis, we examined causes of death among 1311 men initially employed between 1946 (when the solvent was first used) and 1970; in the second, we updated mortality in a 1964 to 1970 employed cohort of 1013 men. Follow-up was through 1994. The mean exposure among members of the 1946 to 1970 cohort was 39 ppm (8-hour time-weighted average) for 17 years, and the median length of follow-up from first exposure was 34 years. Members of the 1964 to 1970 cohort received an average exposure of 26 ppm for 24 years; median time from first exposure was 35 years. Compared with general population vital statistics, mortality in both cohorts was below expectation for all causes of death, ischemic heart disease, and cancer, including such sites as the lung and liver, which were target organs identified in animal toxicology studies. No statistically significant increases were observed for any cause of death. The combined results of this study and three others in the photographic film and textile fibers industries (~ 7300 subjects) show that long-term exposure to methylene chloride does not increase the risk of death from any cause including specific diagnoses that have been associated with this widely used solvent. KW - dichloromethane KW - article KW - cause of death KW - female KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - liver cancer KW - long term exposure KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - occupational exposure KW - occupational toxicology KW - photography KW - risk assessment KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Industry KW - Male KW - Manufactured Materials KW - Methylene Chloride KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Photography KW - Solvents N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOEMF C2 - 10609238 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Terry Hearne, F.; Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY 14652-6253, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Methylene Chloride, 75-09-2; Solvents N1 - References: Friedlander, B.R., Hearne, T., Hall, S., Epidemiologic investigation of employees chronically exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality analysis (1978) J Occup Med., 20, pp. 657-666; Hearne, F.T., Friedlander, B.R., Follow-up of methylene chloride study (1981) J Occup Med., 23, p. 660; Hearne, F.T., Grose, F., Pifer, J.W., Friedlander, B.R., Raleigh, R.L., Methylene chloride mortality study: Dose-response characterization and animal model comparison (1987) J Occup Med., 29, pp. 217-228; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., Absence of adverse mortality effects in workers exposed to methylene chloride: An update (1990) J Occup Med., 32, pp. 234-240; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Lednar, W.L., Grose, F., (1992) Mortality Study of 1964-1970 Cohort of Employees Exposed to Methylene Chloride: An Update, , Rochester, NY: Eastman Kodak Company; August Report to Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Methylene Chloride. Docket H-071; National toxicology program (1986) Technical Report on the Toxicology and Carcinogenesis Studies of Dichloromethane in F344/N Rats and B6C3F1 Mice (Inhalation Studies), , Bethesda, MD: US Dept of Health and Human Services; NIH Publication No. 86-2562, NTP-TR 306; Stewart, R.D., Fisher, T.N., Hosko, M.J., Peterson, J.E., Baretta, E.D., Dodd, H.C., Experimental human exposure to methylene chloride (1972) Arch Environ Health, 25, pp. 342-348; Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death. 8th Rev., , Geneva: World Health Organization; 1967; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death. 9th Rev., , Geneva: World Health Organization; Gilbert, E.S., Buchanan, J.A., An alternative approach to analyzing occupational mortality data (1984) J Occup Med., 26, pp. 822-828; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Vol II The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2, p. 82. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC); 1987:82-118. Scientific Publications No; Lanes, S.F., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality update of cellulose fiber production workers (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19, pp. 426-428; Gibbs, G.W., Amsel, J., Soden, K., A cohort mortality study of cellulose triacetate-fiber workers exposed to methylene chloride (1996) J Occup Environ Med., 38, pp. 693-697; Tomenson, J.A., Bonner, S.M., Heijne, C.G., Farrar, D.G., Cummings, T.F., Mortality of workers exposed to methylene chloride employed at a plant producing cellulose triacetate film base (1997) J Occup Environ Med., 54, pp. 470-476; Greenwald, P., Friedlander, B.R., Lawrence, C.E., Hearne, T., Earle, K., Diagnostic sensitivity bias - An epidemiologic explanation for an apparent brain tumor excess (1981) J Occup Med., 23, pp. 690-694; Heineman, E.F., Cocco, P., Gomez, M.R., Occupational exposure to chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons and risk of astrocytic brain cancer (1994) Am J Ind Med., 26, pp. 155-169; Thomas, T.L., Fontham, E.T.H., Norman, S.A., Stemhagen, A., Hoover, R.N., Occupational risk factors for brain tumors: A case-referent death-certificate analysis (1986) Scan J Work Environ Health, 12, pp. 121-127; Thomas, T.L., Stewart, P.A., Stemhagen, A., Risk of astrocytic brain tumors associated with occupational chemical exposures: A case-referent study (1987) Scan J Work Environ Health, 13, pp. 417-423; Thomas, T.L., Stolley, P.D., Stemhagen, A., Brain tumor mortality risk among men with electrical and electronic jobs: A case-control study (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst., 79, pp. 233-238; Ott, M.G., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Bronson, J.M., Williams, P.R., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 8-16; Lanes, S.F., Cohen, A., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality of cellulose fiber production workers (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 247-251 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344339007&partnerID=40&md5=aafcf1c85f58b3db9fc75e8084e2245d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Americans' increasing belief in life after death: Religious competition and acculturation T2 - American Sociological Review J2 - Am. Sociol. Rev. VL - 64 IS - 6 SP - 813 EP - 835 PY - 1999 SN - 00031224 (ISSN) AU - Greeley, A.M. AU - Hout, M. AD - University of California, Berkeley, CA, United States AD - NORC, 1155 E. 60th Street, Chicago, IL 60637, United States AB - A greater fraction of American adults believe in life after death in the 1990s than in the 1970s. According to data from the General Social Survey, year-to-year changes are significant, but the increase is most evident when we compare across cohorts and separate religious groups. Protestants have not changed; in every cohort 85 percent believe in life after death. It has been Catholics, Jews, and persons with no religious affiliation who have become more likely to believe in an afterlife. The percentage of Catholics believing in an afterlife rose from 67 percent to 85 percent across cohorts born from 1900 to 1970. Among Jews, this percentage increased from 17 percent (1900 cohort) to 74 percent (1970 cohort). Immigration is a key factor in this increase, as immigrants are significantly less likely to believe in an afterlife than are their grandchildren. We connect the increase among Catholics to the organizing and teching led by Irish American priests and bishops. There is no evidence that contact with Protestants increases belief in life after death among persons who do not convert to a Protestant denomination. KW - immigrant population KW - religion KW - United States N1 - Cited By :79 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Greeley, A.M.; NORC, 1155 E. 60th Street, Chicago, IL 60637, United States; email: agreel@aol.com N1 - References: (1985) Fifty Years of Religious Change, , Princeton, NJ: AIPO; Bellah, R.N., Is there a common American culture? (1998) Journal of the American Academy of Religion, 66, pp. 613-625; Cleveland, W.S., (1994) The Elements of Graphing Data, , Summit, NJ: Hobart Press; Converse, P.E., (1976) The Dynamics of Party Support: Cohort Analyzing Party Identification, , Beverly Hills, CA: Sage; Davis, J.A., Smith, T.W., Marsden, P.V., (1998) General Social Survey Cumulative Codebook, 1972-1998, , Storrs, CT: Roper Center; Dillon, M., (1999) Catholic Identity: Balancing Reason, Earth, and Power, , Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press; Dolan, J.P., (1992) The American Catholic Experience. 2d Ed., , South Bend, IN: University of Notre Dame Press; Fienberg, S.E., Mason, W.M., Identification and estimation of age-period-Cohort models in the analysis of discrete Archival data (1979) Sociological Methodology, 10, pp. 1-67; Finke, R., Stark, R., (1992) The Churching of America, 1776-1990: Winners and Losers in Our Religious Economy, , New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; Religious choice and competition (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 761-766. , Reply to Olson; Gans, H., (1961) Urban Villagers, , Glencoe, IL: Free Press; Greeley, A.M., (1969) Religion in the Year 2000, , Kansas City, MO: Sheed and Ward; (1974) Ethnicity in the United States, , New York: Wiley; (1977) The American Catholic: A Social Portrait, , New York: Basic Books; (1995) Religion As Poetry, , New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books; (1997) Religious Change in America, , Paperback ed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Greeley, A.M., McCready, W.C., McCourt, K., (1976) Catholic Schools in a Declining Church, , Kansas City, MO: Sheed and Ward; Herberg, W., (1955) Protestant-Catholic-Jew, , Garden City, NJ: Doubleday; Hout, M., Goldstein, J.R., How 4.5 million Irish immigrants became 40 million Irish Americans: Demographic and subjective aspects of the ethnic composition of white Americans (1994) American Sociological Review, 59, pp. 64-82; Hout, M., Greeley, A.M., The center doesn't hold: Church attendance in the United States, 1940-1984 (1987) American Sociological Review, 52, pp. 325-345; Land, K., Deane, G., Blau, J., Religious pluralism and church membership (1991) American Sociological Review, 56, pp. 237-250; Lieberson, S., (1980) A Piece of the Pie, , Berkeley, CA: University of California Press; Long, J.S., (1997) Regression Models for Categorical and Limited Dependent Variables, , Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage; Lopreato, J., (1970) Italian Americans, , New York: Random House; Mason, K.O., Mason, W.M., Winsborough, H.H., Poole, W.K., Some methodological issues in the Cohort analysis of Archival data (1973) American Sociological Review, 38, pp. 242-257; McGreevy, J.T., (1996) Parish Boundaries, , Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press; McMahon, E., (1995) What Parish Are You From?, , Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky Press; Morris, C., (1997) American Catholic: The Saints and Sinners Who Built America's Most Powerful Church, , New York: Times Books; Neusner, J., Then Jacob made a vow (1996) Common Ground: A Priest and a Rabbi Read Scripture Together, Rev. Ed., pp. 124-134. , edited by A. Greeley and J. Neusner. Cleveland, OH: Pilgrim Press; Olson, D.V.A., Religious pluralism in contemporary U.S. Counties (1998) American Sociological Review, 63, pp. 759-762. , Comment on Finke and Stark; Orsi, R.A., (1985) The Madonna of 115th Street: Faith and Community in Italian Harlem, 1880-1950, , New Haven, CT: Yale University Press; Pagnini, D., Morgan, S.P., Ethnic intermarriage at the turn of the century (1990) American Journal of Sociology, 95, pp. 405-432; Petersen, T., A comment on presenting results from a Logit and Probit models (1985) American Sociological Review, 50, pp. 130-131; Portes, A., Rumbaut, R., (1990) Immigrant America: A Portrait, , Berkeley, CA: University of California Press; Sherkat, D., Tracking the 'other.' Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, , Forthcoming; Smith, T.W., (1995) Context Effects Resulting from the Revision of the GSS Core in 1994, , GSS Methodological Report No. 84. Chicago, IL: National Opinion Research Center; Thomas, W.I., Znaniecki, F., (1922) The Polish Peasant in Europe and America, , Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press; Warner, R.S., Work in progress toward a new Paradigm for the sociology of religion (1993) American Journal of Sociology, 98, pp. 1044-1093 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033492663&partnerID=40&md5=96f85efa4c32170ec4cfe752bb54df70 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality attributable to drinking, drinking too much, or drinking too little: A comparison of methods T2 - Journal of Public Health Medicine J2 - J. Public Health Med. VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 407 EP - 411 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1093/pubmed/21.4.407 SN - 09574832 (ISSN) AU - White, I.R. AU - Britton, A. AU - Nanchahal, K. AU - McPherson, K. AD - Medical Statistics Unit, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - Cancer and Public Health Unit, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - Health Promotion Research Unit, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Background. The existence of a U-shaped relationship between alcohol consumption and all-cause mortality complicates the calculation and interpretation of mortality attributable to alcohol consumption. Methods. We used the relationships between all-cause mortality and alcohol consumption from four British cohort studies. For each study we defined a 'sensible drinking level' as the level with lowest observed mortality. We estimated the fractions of deaths that were attributable to (1) any drinking (compared with not drinking), (2) drinking more than the 'sensible level', and (3) drinking less than the 'sensible level'. Results. Data from the Doctors' study suggest that on balance 22.3 per cent of deaths are prevented by alcohol consumption, yet the fractions of deaths attributable to drinking more than 8-14 units per week and less than 8-14 units per week are nearly equal (6.5 per cent and 6.4 per cent, respectively). In a sensitivity analysis we show that it is possible for alcohol consumption to prevent deaths overall yet for more deaths to be attributable to drinking above a sensible level than are attributable to drinking below the sensible level. Conclusions. The balance of deaths attributable to or prevented by alcohol consumption provides no information about the deaths attributable to drinking above or below sensible levels. Using all-cause data in this way is likely to exaggerate the protective effect of alcohol consumption, so our results are only illustrative. KW - Alcohol KW - Attributable mortality KW - alcohol KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - human KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - United Kingdom KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Data Collection KW - England KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Risk Factors KW - State Medicine KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPHME C2 - 11469362 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: White, I.R.; Medical Statistics Unit, London School Hygiene Tropical Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom N1 - References: (1995) Sensible Drinking, , London: Department of Health; (1995) Alcohol and the Heart in Perspective: Sensible Limits Reaffirmed, , London: Royal Colleges; Holman, C.D.J., English, D.R., Ought low alcohol intake to be promoted for health reasons? (1996) J R Soc Med, 89, pp. 123-129; Edwards, G., Sensible drinking (1996) Br Med J, 312, p. 1; Sutocky, J.W., Shultz, J.M., Kizer, K.W., Alcohol-related mortality in California, 1980 to 1989 (1993) Am J Publ Hlth, 83, pp. 817-823; Scragg, R., A quantification of alcohol-related mortality in New Zealand (1995) Aust Nz J Med, 25, pp. 5-11; Holman, C.D.J., Armstrong, B.K., Arias, L.N., (1988) The Quantification of Drug-Caused Morbidity and Mortality in Australia (Appendix 1), , Canberra: Commonwealth Department of Community Services and Health; White, I.R., Nanchahal, K., (1997) The Number of Deaths and Person-Years of Life Lost Attributable to Alcohol Consumption in England and Wales in 1995, , Technical report, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine; Holman, C.D.J., Armstrong, B.K., The quantification of drug-caused morbidity and mortality in Australia: The authors respond (1992) Med J Aust, 157, pp. 560-561; Duffy, J.C., Alcohol consumption and all-cause mortality (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 100-105; Lemmens, P.H., Drinking for health: Balancing individual risk and public health hazards (1994) Contemp Drug Probl, 21, pp. 251-271; Duffy, J.C., Alcohol consumption and all-cause mortality (1992) Alcohol and Illness. The Epidemiological Viewpoint, pp. 26-35. , Duffy JC, ed. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press; Holman, C.D.J., English, D.R., An improved aetiologic fraction for alcohol-caused mortality (1995) Aust J Publ Hlth, 19, pp. 138-141; Marmot, M., Brunner, E., Alcohol and cardiovascular disease: The status of the U shaped curve (1991) Br Med J, 303, pp. 565-568; Anderson, P., Cremona, A., Paton, A., Turner, C., Wallace, P., The risk of alcohol (1993) Addiction, 88, pp. 1493-1508; Maclure, M., Demonstration of deductive meta-analysis: Ethanol intake and risk of myocardial infarction (1993) Epidemiol Rev, 15, pp. 328-351; Klatsky, A.L., Epidemiology of coronary heart disease -influence of alcohol (1994) Alcoholism: Clin Exp Res, 18, pp. 88-96; Shaper, A.G., Alcohol intake and mortality (1994) Br Med J, 308, p. 598; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Briony, J.T., Alcohol and mortality: A U-shaped curve (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 580-583; Shaper, A.G., Wannamethee, G., Walker, M., Alcohol and coronary heart disease: A perspective from the British regional heart study (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 482-494; Doll, R., Peto, R., Hall, E., Wheatley, K., Gray, R., Mortality in relation to consumption of alcohol: 13 years' observations on male British doctors (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 911-918; Tunstall-Pedoe, H., Woodward, M., Tavendale, R.A., Brook, R., McCluskey, M.K., Comparison of the prediction by 27 different factors of coronary heart disease and death in men and women of the Scottish heart health study: Cohort study (1997) Br Med J, 315, pp. 722-729; White, I.R., The level of alcohol consumption at which all-cause mortality is least J Clin Epidemiol, , in press; Miettinen, O., Proportion of disease caused and prevented by a given exposure, trait or intervention (1974) Am J Epidemiol, 99, pp. 325-332; McPherson, K., Assessing the net effect of alcohol consumption on mortality in England and Wales (1997) Diet, Nutrition and Chronic Disease: Lessons from Contrasting Worlds, , Shetty PS, McPherson K, eds. London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033385845&doi=10.1093%2fpubmed%2f21.4.407&partnerID=40&md5=cdc2ce80358d4a4e4cc03d0788aed55a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does social mobility affect the size of the socioeconomic mortality differential?: Evidence from the Office for National Statistics Longitudinal Study T2 - Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series A: Statistics in Society J2 - J. R. Stat. Soc. Ser. A Stat. Soc. VL - 162 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 70 PY - 1999 SN - 09641998 (ISSN) AU - Blane, D. AU - Harding, S. AU - Rosato, M. AD - Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, London, United Kingdom AD - Office for National Statistics, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Behav. and Cogn. Science, Imp. Coll. of Sci., Technol. and M., Charing Cross Hospital, St Dunstan's Road, London, W6 8RP, United Kingdom AB - The effect of social mobility on the socioeconomic differential in mortality is examined with data from the Office for National Statistics Longitudinal Study. The analyses involve 46980 men aged 45-64 years in 1981. The mortality risk of the socially mobile is compared with the mortality risk of the socially stable after adjustment for their class of origin (their social class in 1971) and class of destination (their social class in 1981) separately. Among those in employment there is some evidence that movement out of their class of origin is in the direction predicted by the idea of health-related social mobility. This evidence, however, seems strongest for causes of death which are least likely to have been preceded by prolonged incapacity. Movement into the class of destination, however, shows the opposite relationship with mortality. Compared with the socially stable members of their class of destination, the upwardly mobile tend to have higher mortality and the downwardly mobile tend to have lower mortality. This relationship with the class of destination, it is suggested, may explain why socioeconomic mortality differentials do not widen with increasing age. KW - Gradient constraint KW - Mortality KW - Office for National Statistics Longitudinal Study KW - Social class KW - Social mobility KW - Social selection KW - age KW - article KW - biology KW - cause of death KW - Causes Of Death KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - Differential Mortality KW - Economic Factors KW - economics KW - employment KW - health KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - mortality KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - risk factor KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - World KW - Age Factors KW - Biology KW - Causes Of Death KW - Demographic Factors KW - Differential Mortality KW - Economic Factors KW - Employment KW - Health KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - Mortality KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Class KW - Social Mobility KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - World KW - Age Factors KW - Biology KW - Cause of Death KW - Demography KW - Economics KW - Employment KW - Health KW - Mortality KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Class KW - Social Mobility KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :53 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12294995 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Blane, D.; Dept. of Behav. and Cogn. Science, Imp. Coll. of Sci., Technol. and M., Charing Cross Hospital, St Dunstan's Road, London, W6 8RP, United Kingdom; email: d.blane@cxwms.ac.uk N1 - References: Apple, D., How laymen define illness (1960) J. Hlth Hum. Behav., 1, pp. 219-225; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , London: British Medical Journal; Bartley, M., Plewis, I., Does health-selective mobility account for socioeconomic differences in health?: Evidence from England and Wales, 1971 to 1991 (1997) J. Hlth Socl Behav., 38, pp. 376-386; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) Br. Med. J., 309, pp. 1475-1478; Black, D., Morris, J.N., Smith, C., Townsend, P., (1980) Inequalities in Health: Report of a Research Working Group, , London: Department of Health and Social Security; Blane, D., An assessment of the Black report's explanations of health inequalities (1985) Sociol. Hlth Ill., 7, pp. 423-445; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C., Hole, D., Hawthorne, V., The association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) Br. Med. J., 313, pp. 1434-1438; Clifford, P., Heath, A.F., The political consequences of social mobility (1993) J. R. Statist. Soc. A, 156, pp. 51-61; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) Br. Med. J., 314, pp. 547-552; De Graaf, N.D., Heath, A.F., Husbands' and wives' voting behaviour in Britain: Class-dependent mutual influence of spouses (1992) Acta Sociol., 35, pp. 311-322; Faresjo, T., Svardsudd, K., Tibblin, G., Social mobility and health in a prospective study of middle-aged men (1994) Scand. J. Socl Med., 22, pp. 86-89; Fox, A.J., Goldblatt, P.O., (1982) Socio-demographic Mortality Differentials: Longitudinal Study 1971-75, , Series LS I. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Fox, J.W., Social class, mental illness and social mobility: The social selection-drift hypothesis for serious mental illness (1990) J. Hlth Socl Behav., 31, pp. 344-353; Goldberg, E.M., Morrison, S.L., Schizophrenia and social class (1963) Br. J. Psychiatr., 109, pp. 785-791; Goldblatt, P., Changes in social class between 1971 and 1981: Could these affect mortality differential among men of working age? (1988) Popln Trends, 51, pp. 9-17; Mortality by social class, 1971-85 (1989) Popln Trends, 56, pp. 6-15; Herzlich, C., (1973) Health and Illness, , London: Academic Press; Hope, K., Social mobility and fertility (1971) Am. Sociol. Rev., 36, pp. 1019-1032; Illsley, R., Social class selection and class differences in relation to still-births and infant deaths (1955) Br. Med. J., 2, pp. 1520-1526; Kuh, D., Ben Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Lawrence, P.S., Chronic illness and socioeconomic status (1948) Publ. Hlth Rep., 63, pp. 1507-1521; Meadows, S.H., Social class migration and chronic bronchitis (1961) Br. J. Socl Med., 15, pp. 171-178; Ogle, W., (1885) Supplement to the 45th Annual Report of the Registrar General of Births, Deaths and Marriages in England, , London: Eyre and Spottiswoode; Patterson, E., Blaxter, M., Attitudes to health and use of health services (1980) Professional or Public Health, , (ed. R. Illsley). Oxford: Nuffield Provincial Hospitals Trust; Perrott, G.StJ., Collins, S.D., Relation of sickness to income and income change in 10 surveyed communities: Health and depression studies no. 1, method of study and general results for each locality (1935) Publ. Hlth Rep., 50, pp. 595-622; Perrott, G.StJ., Sydenstriker, E., Causal and selective factors in sickness (1955) Am. J. Sociol., 40, pp. 504-512; Phillips, A.N., Davey Smith, G., How independent are 'independent' effects?: Relative risk estimation when correlated exposures are measured imprecisely (1991) J. Clin. Epidem., 44, pp. 1223-1231; Pill, R., Stott, N., Concepts of illness causation and responsibility: Some preliminary data from a sample of working class mothers (1982) Socl Sci. Med., 16, pp. 43-52; Sobel, M.E., Diagonal mobility models: A substantively motivated class of designs for the analysis of mobility effects (1981) Am. Sociol. Rev., 46, pp. 893-906; Social mobility and fertility revisited: Some new models for the analysis of the mobility effects hypothesis (1985) Am. Sociol. Rev., 50, pp. 699-712; West, P., Rethinking the health selection explanation for health inequalities (1991) Socl Sci. Med., 32, pp. 373-384 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033248078&partnerID=40&md5=dee6a58843cf608d8158f7d1fda275a8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Secular changes in the association of parental divorce and children's educational attainment - Evidence from three British birth cohorts T2 - Journal of Social Policy J2 - J. Soc. Policy VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 437 EP - 455 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1017/S0047279499005693 SN - 00472794 (ISSN) AU - Ely, M. AU - Richards, M.P.M. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AU - Elliott, B.J. AD - Centre for Family Research, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., University College Medical School, Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, London, United Kingdom AD - Catherine Marsh Ctr. Census Surv. R., University of Manchester, United Kingdom AB - This article examines the secular trends in the overall association of parental divorce (or separation) and children's educational attainment at school-leaving age during the period spanning a quarter of a century since the second world war in Britain. The study presents a reanalysis of data from the three British birth cohorts which studied children born in 1946, 1958 and 1970. Equivalent educational attainment at the different time points is defined relative to the population distribution at the time, using the median level. The relative risks (with 95 per cent confidence intervals) of lower than median educational attainment associated with parental divorce (or separation) are 1.3 (1.2 to 1.5), 1.4 (1.3 to 1.5) and 1.4 (1.3 to 1.5) for the three cohorts respectively. These results refute the commonly held opinion that the effects of divorce on children have attenuated with the increasing prevalence of divorce. KW - educational attainment KW - marriage KW - social change KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Centre for Family Research, University of CambridgeUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Amato, P.R., Keith, B., Parental divorce and the well-being of children: A meta-analysis (1991) Psychological Bulletin, 110, pp. 26-46; Bradshaw, J., The Prevalence of Child Poverty in the United Kingdom: A comparative perspective (1998) Conference Children and Social Exclusion, , Paper University of Hull, 5-6 March 1998; Cohen, J., (1988) Statistical Power Analysis for the Behavioural Sciences, , Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc., Hillsdale, NJ; Davis, G., March, M., (1988) Grounds for Divorce, , Oxford. Clarendon Press; Dronkers, J., The changing effects of lone parent families on the educational attainment of their children in a European State (1995) Sociology, 28, pp. 171-191; Ely, M., West, P., Sweeting, H., Richards, M.P.M., Teenage Family Life, Lifechances, Lifestyles and Health - A Comparison of Two Contemporary Cohorts, , forthcoming; Elliott, B.J., Richards, M.P.M., Children and divorce: Educational performance and behaviour before and after parental separation (1991) International Journal of Law and the Family, 5, pp. 258-276; Goodman, A., Butler, N.R., (1996) BCS70 - The 1970 British Cohort Study: The Sixteen-year Follow-up. A Guide to the BCS70 16 Year Data Available at the Economic and Social Research Council Data Archive, , Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London; Haskey, J., Recent trends in divorce in England and Wales: The effects of legislative changes (1986) Population Trends, 44, pp. 9-11; Halsey, A.H., Heath, A.F., Ridge, J.M., (1980) Origins and Destinations: Family, Class, and Education in Modern Britain, , Oxford University Press; Jonsson, J., Gahler, M., Family dissolution, family restitution and children's educational careers: Recent evidence from Sweden (1997) Demography, 34, pp. 277-293; Katz, D., Baptista, J., Azen, S.P., Pike, M.C., Obtaining confidence intervals for the risk ratio in cohort studies (1978) Biometrics, 34, pp. 469-474; Kiernan, K.E., The impact of family disruption in childhood on transitions made in young adult life (1992) Population Studies, 51, pp. 41-55; Kiernan, K.E., (1997) The Legacy of Parental Divorce: Social, Economic and Demographic Experiences in Adulthood, , CASE/1 ESRC Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics; Kuh, D.J.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Physical health status at 36 years in a British National Birth Cohort (1993) Social Science Medicine, 37, pp. 905-916; Lewis, J., Kiernan, K.E., The boundaries between marriage, nonmarriage, and parenthood: Changes in behaviour and policy in postwar Britain (1996) Journal of Family History, 21, pp. 372-387; (1997) Social Focus on Families, , HMSO, London; Philips, R., (1988) Putting Asunder: A History of Divorce in Western Society, , Cambridge University Press; Richards, M.P.M., Divorce numbers and divorce legislation (1996) Family Law, pp. 151-153; Richards, M.P.M., Ely, M., Children's well-being, parental divorce and family life; what seems to make the difference in the longer term? (1997) Proceedings of the Child and Family Policy Conference: Enhancing Children's Potential: Minimising Risk and Maximising Resiliency, , Paper Children's Issues Centre, University of Otago, New Zealand. 2-4 July 1997; Rodgers, B., Social and psychological wellbeing of children from divorced families (1996) Australian Research Findings, 31, pp. 174-182; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1979) Roots of Delinquency: Infancy, Adolescence and Crime, , Martin Robertson, Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Maclean, M., Parents' divorce and children's life chances (1986) Children and Youth Services Review, 8, pp. 145-159; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Evidence from three birth cohort studies for longterm and cross-generational effects on the development of children (1986) Children of Social Worlds, , P. Light and M. P. M. Richards (eds.), Polity Press, Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Relationships between parents and children (1986) Public and Private Lives: Reflections on Family Life in Britain, , J. Burgoyne and M. P. M. Richards (eds.); Wadsworth, M.E.J., Maclean, M., Kuh, D., Rodgers, B., Children of divorced and separated parents: Summary and review of findings from a Long-term follow-up study in the UK (1990) Family Practice, 7, pp. 104-109; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Kuh, D., Are gains in child health being undermined? (1993) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 35, pp. 742-745 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032741418&doi=10.1017%2fS0047279499005693&partnerID=40&md5=3fb5fb2dd5a3fddcfb81c09817e300f6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Critical review of the epidemiology literature on the potential cancer risks of methylene chloride T2 - International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health J2 - Int. Arch. Occup. Environ. Health VL - 72 IS - 7 SP - 429 EP - 442 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1007/s004200050396 SN - 03400131 (ISSN) AU - Dell, L.D. AU - Mundt, K.A. AU - McDonald, M. AU - Tritschler II, J.P. AU - Mundt, D.J. AD - Applied Epidemiology, Inc., P.O. Box 2424, Amherst, MA 01004, United States AD - Dept. of Biostatist. and Epidemiol., Sch. of Pub. Hlth. and Hlth. Sci., University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01003, United States AD - Department of Health Studies, University of Chicago, MC2007, 5841 S. Maryland Avenue, Chicago, IL 60637, United States AD - Health Effects Institute, 955 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139, United States AB - Objective: To critically review and summarize the epidemiological evidence published to date on the carcinogenicity of methylene chloride to humans. Methods: Papers for review were identified through Medline (National Library of Medicine) and were limited to epidemiology studies. Studies were classified using three categories. Primary studies focused on the association between methylene chloride and cancer among occupational cohorts primarily exposed to methylene chloride. Secondary studies identified methylene chloride a priori as a potential exposure of interest, and the investigators either characterized the methylene chloride exposure or described results for the methylene chloride-exposed workers separately. Tertiary studies evaluated cohorts either minimally exposed to methylene chloride or presumed exposed but for which no exposure estimation or separate classification was made. Results: No strong or consistent finding for any site of cancer was apparent despite several studies of large occupational cohorts of workers potentially exposed to high concentrations of methylene chloride. Sporadic and weak associations were reported for cancers of the pancreas, liver and biliary passages, breast, and brain. Although these studies collectively cannot rule out the possibility of any cancer risk associated with methylene chloride exposure, they do support a conclusion of no substantive cancer risk. Conclusions: Continued followup of the established cohorts may elucidate the few and inconsistent relationships reported to date; however, it appears likely that risks associated with methylene chloride exposure, if any, are small and limited to rare cancers. The usefulness of additional cohort studies for the evaluation of cancer risks associated with methylene chloride exposure will depend largely on whether the relevant exposure period has passed and whether exposure characterization (e.g., peak or intermittent exposure or intensity) can be improved. KW - Carcinogenicity KW - Cellulose triacetate KW - Epidemiology KW - Methylene chloride KW - Review KW - dichloromethane KW - cancer risk KW - carcinogenicity KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - occupational cancer KW - occupational exposure KW - review KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Canada KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Methylene Chloride KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Risk Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IAOHD C2 - 10541908 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mundt, K.A.; Applied Epidemiology Inc., PO Box 2424, Amherst, MA 01004, United States; email: appliedepi@csi.com N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Methylene Chloride, 75-09-2 N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgements We thank Harvey Checkoway, Ph.D., Terry Hearne, M.S., Jon Amsel, Sc.D., Louis Bloemen, M.Sc., M.P.H., and Peter Voytek, Ph.D., for reviewing and providing critical comments on a draft of this review. This review was sponsored by the Halogenated Solvents Industry Alliance, Washington, D.C. N1 - References: Anderson, K.E., Potter, J.D., Mack, T.M., Pancreatic cancer (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 725-771. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JR (eds). Oxford University, Oxford New York; Beazley, R.M., Cohn, I., Tumors of the pancreas, gallbladder, and extrahepatic ducts (1991) American Cancer Society Textbook of Clinical Oncology, pp. 219-236. , Holleb AI, Fink DJ, Murphy GP (eds). American Cancer Society, Atlanta, Georgia; Blair, A., Hartge, P., Stewart, P.A., McAdams, M., Lubin, J., Mortality and cancer incidence of workers at an aircraft maintenance facility exposed to trichloroethylene and other organic solvents and chemicals: Extended follow-up (1998) Occup Environ Med, 55, pp. 161-171; Burek, J.D., Nitschke, K.D., Bell, T.J., Wackerle, D.L., Childs, R.C., Beyer, J.E., Dittember, D.A., McKenna, M.J., Methylene chloride: A two-year inhalation toxicity and oncogenicity study in rats and hamsters (1984) Fundam Appl Toxicol, 4, pp. 30-47; Cantor, K.P., Stewart, P.A., Brinton, L.A., Dosemeci, M., Occupational exposures and female breast cancer mortality in the United States (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 336-348; Carriaga, M.T., Henson, D.E., Liver, gallbladder, extrahepatic bile ducts, and pancreas (1995) Cancer, 75 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 171-190; Chow, W.H., McLaughlin, J.K., Menck, H.R., Mack, T.M., Risk factors for extrahepatic bile duct cancers: Los Angeles County, California (1994) Cancer Causes Control, 5, pp. 267-272; Collier, H., Methylene dichloride intoxication in industry: A report of two cases (1936) Lancet, 1, pp. 594-595; DiVincenzo, G.D., Kaplan, C.J., Uptake, metabolism, and elimination of methylene chloride vapor by humans (1981) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol, 59, pp. 130-140; Fraumeni, J.F., Devesa, S.S., McLaughlin, J.K., Stanford, J.L., Biliary tract cancer (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 794-805. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF (eds). Oxford University, Oxford New York; Friedlander, B.R., Hearne, T., Hall, S., Epidemiologic investigation of employees chronically exposed to methylene chloride. Mortality analysis (1978) J Occup Med, 20, pp. 657-666; Gibbs, G.W., Amsel, J., Soden, K., A cohort mortality study of cellulose triacetate-fiber workers exposed to methylene chloride (1996) J Occup Environ Med, 38, pp. 693-697; Goldberg, M.S., Thériault, G., Retrospective cohort study of workers of a synthetic textiles plant in Quebec. I. General mortality (1994) Am J Ind Med, 25, pp. 889-907; Gomez, M.R., Cocco, P., Dosemeci, M., Stewart, P.A., Occupational exposure to chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons: Job exposure matrix (1994) Am J Ind Med, 26, pp. 171-183; Hearne, F.T., Friedlander, B.R., Follow-up of methylene chloride study (1981) J Occup Med, 23, p. 660; Hearne, F.T., Grose, F., Pifer, J.W., Friedlander, B.R., Raleigh, R.L., Methylene chloride mortality study: Dose-response characterization and animal model comparison (1987) J Occup Med, 29, pp. 217-228; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., Absence of adverse mortality effects in workers exposed to methylene chloride: An update (1990) J Occup Med, 32, pp. 234-240; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., (1992) Mortality Study of 1964-1970 Cohort of Employees Exposed to Methyle Chloride: An Update, , OSHA Methylene Chloride Docket H-71. OHSA, Washington, DC; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., (1992) Mortality Study of Workers First Employed in a Methylene Chloride Area 1946-1970, , OSHA Methylene Chloride Docket H-71. OHSA, Washington, DC; Heineman, E.F., Cocco, P., Gomez, M.R., Dosemeci, M., Stewart, P.A., Hayes, R.B., Hoar Zahm, S., Blair, A., Occupational exposure to chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons and risk of astrocytic brain cancer (1994) Am J Ind Med, 26, pp. 155-169; Henderson, B.E., Pike, M.C., Bernstein, L., Ross, R.K., Breast cancer (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 1022-1039. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF (eds). Oxford University, Oxford New York; (1996) Environmental Health Criteria: Methylene Chloride, , World Health Organization, Geneva; Kato, I., Nomura, A.M.Y., Stemmermann, G.N., Chyou, P.H., Prospective study of the association of alcohol with cancer of the upper aerodigestive tract and other sites (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 145-151; Lanes, S.F., Cohen, A., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality of cellulose fiber production workers (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 247-251; Lanes, S.F., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality update of cellulose fiber production workers (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19, pp. 426-428; Moerman, C.J., Bueno De Mesquita, H.B., Runia, S., Dietary sugar intake in the aetiology of biliary tract cancer (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 207-214; (1986) Technical Report on the Toxicology and Carcinogenesis Studies of Dichloromethane in F344/N Rats and B6C3F1 Mice (Inhalation Studies), , (NIH publication 86-2562, NTP-TR 306) U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; Ott, G.M., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Bronson, J.M., Williams, M.S., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: General study design and environmental considerations (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 1-7; Ott, G.M., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Bronson, J.M., Williams, M.S., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 8-16; Ott, G.M., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Bronson, J.M., Williams, M.S., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: Clinical laboratory evaluation (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 17-25; Ott, M.G., Carlo, G.L., Steinberg, S., Bond, G.G., Mortality among employees engaged in chemical manufacturing and related activities (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 311-322; Serota, D.G., Thakur, A.K., Ulland, B.M., Kirschman, J.C., Brown, N.M., Coots, R.L., Morgareidge, K., A two-year drinking water study of dichloromethane on rodents (1986) Food Chem Toxicol, 24, pp. 951-963; Shannon, H.S., Haines, T., Bernholz, C., Julian, J.A., Verma, D.K., Jamieson, E., Walsh, C., Cancer morbidity in lamp manufacturing workers (1988) Am J Ind Med, 14, pp. 281-290; Soden, K.J., An evaluation of chronic methylene chloride exposure (1993) J Occup Med, 35, pp. 282-286; Spirtas, R., Stewart, P.A., Lee, J.S., Marano, D.E., Forbes, C.D., Grauman, D.J., Pettigrew, H.M., Cohen, J.L., Retrospective cohort mortality study of workers at an aircraft maintenance facility. I. Epidemiologic results (1991) Br J Ind Med, 48, pp. 515-530; Stewart, R.D., Fisher, T.N., Hosko, M.J., Peterson, J.E., Baretta, E.D., Dodd, H.C., Experimental human exposure to methylene chloride (1972) Arch Environ Health, 25, pp. 342-348; Thomas, T.L., Fontham, E.T.H., Norman, S.A., Stemhagen, A., Hoover, R.N., Occupational risk factors for brain tumors: A case-referent death certificate analysis (1986) Scand J Work Environ Health, 12, pp. 121-127; Thomas, T.L., Stewart, P.A., Stemhagen, A., Correa, P., Norman, S.A., Bleecker, M.L., Hoover, R.N., Risk of astrocytic brain tumors associated with occupational chemical exposures: A case-referent study (1987) Scand J Work Environ Health, 13, pp. 417-423; Thomas, T.L., Stolley, P.D., Stemhagen, A., Fontham, E.T.H., Bleecker, M.L., Stewart, P.A., Hoover, R.N., Brain tumor mortality risk among men with electrical and electronics jobs: A case-control study (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 79, pp. 233-238; Tomenson, J.A., Bonner, S.M., Heijne, C.G., Farrar, D.G., Cummings, T.F., Mortality of workers exposed to methylene chloride employed at a plant producing cellulose triacetate film base (1997) Occup Environ Med, 54, pp. 470-476 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032821033&doi=10.1007%2fs004200050396&partnerID=40&md5=5d432d7d4e1cd1e138e54da2f6e4f5ce ER - TY - JOUR TI - Socioeconomic status and birth weight: Comparison of an area-based measure with the Registrar General's social class T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 53 IS - 8 SP - 495 EP - 498 PY - 1999 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Spencer, N. AU - Bambang, S. AU - Logan, S. AU - Gill, L. AD - Sch. of Postgrad. Medical Education, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To compare the relation of birth weight with socioeconomic status measured by an area-based measure of material deprivation and by the Registrar General's social class. Setting - West Midlands Health Region 1991-93. Study design - Retrospective cohort study. Method - Birthweight data by enumeration district deciles ranked by Townsend Deprivation Index based on 1991 census data for all live births in the West Midlands Health Region were studied in three consecutive whole year birth cohorts, 1991 to 1993 and by Registrar General's social class in a 10% sample of live births (within marriage and jointly registered, provided by the Office of National Statistics) in the same region for the same period. Estimated proportions of births < 2500 g and < 3500 g 'attributable' to social inequalities were compared for both socioeconomic status measures. The proportion of infants in each birthweight group were calculated for both measures. Relative risk (95% confidence intervals) of birth in each birthweight group for lowest versus highest socioeconomic status groups were calculated. Results - The estimated proportions of births < 2500 g 'attributable' to social inequalities were 30% using the area-based measure and 27% using the Registrar General's social class. For births < 3500 g, the estimated proportions were 12% for the area-based measure and 7% for social class. There was a positive linear relation between the proportion of babies weighing ≥ 3500 g and increasing socio-economicc status measured by either method. Gradients in the opposite direction were noted for the proportion of babies born in the other birth weight groups. Relative risk of birth weight < 3500 g was 1.30 (95% CIs 1.28, 1.32) for most versus least deprived decile and 1.17 (95% CIs 1.10, 1.25) for social class V versus I. For birth weight < 2500 g the risks were 1.99 (95% CIs 1.85, 2.18) and 2.04 (95% CIs 1.53, 2.73) respectively and for birth weight < 1500 g, 2.11 (95% CIs 1.73, 2.57) for most versus least deprived decile (numbers too small for analysis in the Office of National Statistics sample). Conclusion - A substantial proportion of births < 2500 g and < 1500 g are statistically 'attributable' to social inequality. The results demonstrate that, using either socioeconomic measure, the likelihood of being born weighing ≥ 3500 g, the most advantageous group, is substantially greater in the socially advantaged. Using the area-based measure, an estimated 12% of births < 3500 g could be ascribed to social inequalities whereas the same figure using social class was 7%. These findings suggest that this proxy measure of socioeconomic status may be a better discriminator in the study of pregnancy outcomes in this population than classification by occupational social class. Another advantage is its almost universal availability in routine records and its universal population coverage. KW - article KW - birth certificate KW - birth weight KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - cultural deprivation KW - female KW - human KW - linear system KW - male KW - newborn KW - normal human KW - prediction KW - pregnancy complication KW - risk factor KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - statistical analysis KW - Birth Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - England KW - Humans KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Very Low Birth Weight KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :76 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 10562868 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Spencer, N.; School Postgraduate Med. Education, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL, United Kingdom N1 - References: Drever, F., Whitehead, M., (1997) Health Inequalities, , Series DS no15. London: Office of National Statistics, The Stationery Office; Fedrick, J., Adelstein, P., Factors associated with low birth weight of infants delivered at term (1978) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 85, pp. 1-7; Read, A.W., Stanley, F.J., Small-for-gestational-age term birth: The contribution of socio-economic, behavioural and biological factors to recurrence (1993) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 7, pp. 177-194; Starfield, B., Shapiro, S., Weiss, J., Race, family income and low birthweight (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 1167-1174; Perinatal and Infant Mortality: Social and Biological Factors, , DH3 series. London: HMSO, annual; Reading, R., Openshaw, S., Jarvis, S.N., Measuring child health inequalities using aggregations of enumeration districts (1990) J Public Health Med, 12, pp. 160-167; Wilcox, M.A., Smith, S.J., Johnson, I.R., The effect of social deprivation on birthweight, excluding physiological and pathological effects (1995) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 102, pp. 918-924; Elmen, H., Hoglund, D., Karlberg, P., Birth weight for gestational age as a health indicator: Birth weight and mortality measures at a local level (1996) European Journal of Public Health, 6, pp. 137-141; Krieger, N., Overcoming the absence of socio-economic data in medical records: Validation and application of census-based methodology (1992) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 703-710; Sloggett, A., Joshi, H., Higher mortality in deprived areas: Community or personal disadvantage? (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1470-1474; Townsend, P., Phillimore, P., Beattie, A., (1988) Health and Deprivation: Inequality and the North, , Beckenham: Croom Helm; (1995) MIDAS PC/ED Conversion Directory, , Manchester: Manchester Information Datasets and Associated Services, University of Manchester; Platt, M.J., Pharaoh, P.O.D., Child health statistical review, 1996 (1996) Arch Dis Child, 75, pp. 527-533; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., The relation of small head circumference and thinness at birth to death from cardiovascular disease in adult life BMJ, 306, pp. 422-426. , 193; Morgenstern, H., Uses of ecologic analysis in epidemiologic research (1982) Am J Public Health, 72, pp. 1336-1344; Reading, R., Openshaw, S., Jarvis, S.N., Are multidimensional social classifications of areas useful in UK health service research? (1994) J Epidemiol Communny Health, 48, pp. 192-200; Cooper, J., Botting, B., Analysing fertility and infant mortality by mother's social class as defined by occupation (1992) Popul Trends, 70, pp. 15-21; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032795908&partnerID=40&md5=3793cbad8240c2a27bb0b5eaa3d5a92a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence of thyroid cancer in Scandinavia following fallout from atomic bomb testing: An analysis of birth cohorts T2 - Cancer Causes and Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 187 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1023/A:1008815327004 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Lund, E. AU - Galanti, M.R. AD - Institute of Community Medicine, University of Tromso, 9037 Tromso, Norway AD - Tobacco Prevention Centre, NOVUM, Huddinge, Sweden AB - Objectives: The occurrence relation between radioactive fallout from nuclear testing at Novaja Semlja in north-west Russia and the incidence of thyroid cancer in Norway and Sweden was studied following a birth cohort approach. Methods: Birth cohorts with presumably different levels of exposure were identified according to calendar year of atomic tests and previous Norwegian estimates of the population dose (born 1947-1950 received low exposure in late childhood, born 1951-1962 received the highest exposure in early childhood, born 1963-1970 were not exposed). For each one-year birth cohort the incidence rates were calculated, with denominators based on exact population figures for each year of follow-up. Results: In a stratified analysis, the relative risk for the highest exposed cohorts born 1951-1962, compared to those not exposed born 1963-1970, was found to decrease with increasing age from a borderline significant relative risk (RR) of 1.7 (95 percent confidence interval, 95% CI: 1.0-3.0) for children in the age-group 7-14 years to no excess risk among those 20-24 years of age (RR: 0.9; 95% CI: 0.7-1.2). The mean age at diagnosis of thyroid cancer in the age-group 7-14 years was lowest in the birth cohorts with the highest exposure. The Poisson regression analysis showed essentially the same results, with an improved fit when adding an interaction term between age and birth-cohort to a basic model with age, gender, birth-cohort and country. Conclusion: These results are compatible with an increased risk of thyroid cancer during childhood and adolescence for subjects exposed to radioactive fallout early in life. Alternative explanations for the pattern of incidence are discussed. KW - Birth cohort KW - Cumulative incidence KW - Fallout KW - Iodine-131 KW - Thyroid cancer KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - atomic bomb KW - cohort analysis KW - dosimetry KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Norway KW - population KW - priority journal KW - radioactive waste KW - regression analysis KW - risk assessment KW - Russian Federation KW - school child KW - Sweden KW - thyroid cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age of Onset KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Environmental Exposure KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Nuclear Warfare KW - Radioactive Fallout KW - Risk Assessment KW - Scandinavia KW - Thyroid Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :30 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 10454063 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lund, E.; Institute of Community Medicine, University of Tromso, 9037 Tromso, Norway N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Radioactive Fallout N1 - Funding text: We wish to acknowledge: Lotti Barlow, the Swedish Cancer Register; Leif Moberg, Statens Strålskyddsinsti-tut, Stockholm; Gunilla Thorsell, Jordbruksverket, Jönköping. In memoriam of Professor Per Oftedal, Oslo. Financial support: Grant 8/96 Artic Monitoring and Assessment Project (AMAP) by the Norwegian Minister of Environment. N1 - References: Pedersen, F., Hougen, A., Thyroid cancer in Norway (1969) UICC Monograph Series-Volume 12: Thyroid Cancer, 12, pp. 71-74. , Hedinger C, ed. Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Hvinden, T., Radioaktiv nedfall i Norge (1963) Teknisk Ukeblad, 37, pp. 873-887; Oftedal, P., Lund, E., Cancer of the thyroid and 131-I fallout in Norway (1983) International Symposium on the Biological Effects of Low-level Radiation with Special Regard to Stochastic and Non-stochastic Effect, pp. 231-239. , Vienna: International Atomic Energy Agency; Lund, F., Oftedal, P., Radioaktivt nedfall og thyreoideakreft i Norge (1985) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 22, pp. 1680-1682; Pettersson, B., Adami, H.-O., Wilander, E., Coleman, M.P., Trends in thyroid cancer incidence in Sweden, 1958 1981, by histopathologic type (1991) Int J Cancer, 48, pp. 28-33; Møller Jensen, O., Carstensen, B., Glattre, E., Malker, B., Pukkala, E., Tulinius, H., (1988) Atlas of Cancer Incidence in the Nordic Countries, , Helsinki: Nordic Cancer Union; Sala, E., Olsen, J.H., Thyroid cancer in the age group 0-19: Time trends and temporal changes in radioactive fallout (1993) Eur J Cancer, 29 A, pp. 1443-1445; Kazakov, V.S., Demidchik, E.P., Astakhova, L.N., Thyroid cancer after Chernobyl (scientific correspondence) (1992) Nature, 359, p. 2; Likhtarev, I.A., Sobolev, B.G., Kairo, I.A., Tronko, N.D., Bogdanova, T.I., Olcinic, V.A., Thyroid cancer in the Ukraine (scientific correspondence) (1995) Nature, 375, p. 365; Hakulinen, T., Andersen, A.A., Malker, B., Pukkala, E., Schou, G., Tulinius, I.I., Trends in cancer incidence in the Nordic Countries. A collaborative study of the five Nordic Cancer Registries (1986) Acta Pathol Microbiol Immunol Scand [A], 94 (SUPPL. 288), pp. 15-16; Mattsson, B., Wallgren, A., Completeness of the Swedish Cancer Register. Non notified cases recorded on death certificates in 1978 (1984) Acta Radiol Oncol, 23, pp. 305-313; Eker, R., Hvinden, T., Berge, G., Bruusgard, A., Eldjarn, L., Hauge, S., Målinger av 131-J nedfall over Norge og beregning av de somatiske virkninger (1970) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 90, pp. 688-691; Till, J.E., Simon, S.L., Kerber, R., Lloyd, R.D., Stevens, W., Lyon, J.L., The Utah Thyroid Cohort Study: Analysis of the dosimetry results (1995) Health Phys, 68, pp. 472-483; Edvarson, K., Fredriksson, L., Lindell, B., Äber, B., (1962) Radio-aktivitetetsmätningar På Livsmedel 1962 (Report), , Medicinalstyrelsens strälskyddsnämnd; Hvinden, T., Lillegraven, A., (1976) Intern Rapport F-625, , Kjeller (Norway): Norwegian Defense Research Establishment; Galanti, M.R., Hansson, L., Lund, E., Bergström, R., Grimelius, L., Stalsberg, H., Reproductive history and cigarettes smoking as risk factors for thyroid cancer in women: A population based case-control study (1996) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 5, pp. 425-431; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume II. The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Iarc Scientific Publication N. 82. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Beir, V., (1990) Exposure to Low Levels of Ionizing Radiation, , Washington DC: National Academy Press; Shore, R.E., Issues and epidemiological evidence regarding radiation-induced thyroid cancer (1992) Radiat Res, 131, pp. 98-111; Hall, P., Mattsson, A., Boice, J.D.J., Thyroid cancer after diagnostic administration of iodine-131 (1996) Radiat Res, 145, pp. 86-92; Holm, L.-E., Dahlqvist, I., Israelsson, A., Lundell, G., Malignant thyroid tumors after iodine-131 therapy (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 188-191; Holm, L.-E., Hall, P., Wiklund, K., Lundell, G., Berg, G., Bjelkengren, G., Cancer risk after Iodine-131 therapy for hyperthyroidism (1991) J Natl Cancer Inst, 83, pp. 1072-1077; Johnson, C.J., Cancer incidence in an area of radioactive fallout downwind from the Nevada Test Site (1984) JAMA, 251, pp. 230-236; Hamilton, T.E., Van Belle, G., Logerfo, J.P., Thyroid neoplasia in Marshall islanders exposed to nuclear fallout (1987) JAMA, 258, pp. 629-636; Kerber, R.A., Till, J.E., Simon, S.L., Lyon, J.L., Thomas, D.C., Preston Martin, S., A cohort study of thyroid disesase in relation to fallout from nuclear weapons testing (1993) JAMA, 270, pp. 2076-2082; Simon, S.L., Lloyd, R.D., Till, J.E., Hawthorne, H.A., Gren, D.C., Rallison, M.R., Development of a method to estimate thyroid dose from fallout radioiodine in a cohort study (1990) Health Phys, 59, pp. 669-691; (1997) National Cancer Institute Study Estimating Thyroid Cancer Doses from I-131 Received by Americans from Nevada Atmospheric Nuclear Bomb Test. Executive Summary, p. 1997. , Http://rex.nci.gov/massmedia/exesum.html; Edvarson, K., Radioaktiv nedfall från kärnladdningexplosioner (1973) Lakartidningen, 70, pp. 2678-2680; Hvinden, T., Lillegraven, A., Lillester, O., Passage of a radioactive cloud over Norway, November 1962 (1964) Nature, 202, pp. 950-952; Akslen, L.A., Haldorsen, T., Thoresen, S.Ø., Glattre, E., Incidence pattern of thyroid cancer in Norway: Influence of birth cohort and time period (1993) Int J Cancer, 53, pp. 183-187; Franceschi, S., La Vecchia, C., Thyroid cancer (1994) Cancer Surv, 19-20, pp. 393-422; Lundell, M., Hakulinen, T., Holm, L.-E., Thyroid cancer after radiotherapy for skin hemangioma in infancy (1994) Radiat Res, 140, pp. 334-339; Inskip, P.D., Ekbom, A., Galanti, M.R., Grimelius, L., Boice J.D., Jr., Medical diagnostic X-rays and thyroid cancer (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 1613-1621 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033000620&doi=10.1023%2fA%3a1008815327004&partnerID=40&md5=dd74c05d8a58ad87d574951c24f54ad6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social support at age 33: The influence of gender, employment status and social class T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 142 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00122-7 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Matthews, S. AU - Stansfeld, S. AU - Power, C. AD - Institute of Child Health, Dept. Epidemiol. Pub. Hlth., U., London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Univ. Coll. London, 1-19 T., London, United Kingdom AB - This paper investigates the conceptualisation and operationalisation of social support and it's relationship to gender, employment status and social class. Clarification of these relationships is sought in order to better understand associations between social support and health. We used data from the 33-year survey of the 1958 British birth cohort study. Individual items and subscales of practical and emotional support were examined. In general, men had lower support than women and social classes IV and V had lower support than classes I and II. Emotional support, either from personal (for example, from friends or family), or combined with organisational sources of support (such as from a church or a financial institution), showed consistent gender and social class patterns. This suggests that emotional support is a robust concept across socio-demographic groups. Less consistent trends were found for practical support, in that socio-demographic trends depended on how practical support was measured. In particular, it depended on whether both personal and organisational sources of support were examined. Gender differences in social support were large and might therefore be expected to contribute to gender differences in health, whereas social class differences in social support were modest, suggesting a minor explanatory role for this factor in accounting for inequalities in health. KW - British birth cohort KW - Employment status KW - Gender KW - Social support KW - employment KW - gender role KW - health impact KW - social network KW - article KW - controlled study KW - correlation function KW - demography KW - employment KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - social support KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Cohort Studies KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Sex Factors KW - Social Class KW - Social Support KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :50 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 10414846 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Matthews, S.; Institute of Child Health, Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, University College London, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: s.matthews@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Aneshensel, C.S., Stone, J.D., Stress and depression: A test of the buffering model of social support (1982) Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, pp. 1392-1396; Antonucci, T.C., Akiyama, H., An examination of sex differences in social support among older men and women (1987) Sex Roles, 17 (11-12), pp. 737-749; Barrera, M., Social support in the adjustment of pregnant adolescents: Assessment issues (1981) Social Networks and Social Support, pp. 69-96. , B.H. Gottlieb. Beverley Hills, CA: Sage Publications; Bartley, M., Unemployment and ill health: Understanding the relationship (1994) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 48, pp. 333-337; Berkman, L.F., Assessing the physical health effects of social networks and social support (1984) Annual Review of Public Health, 5, pp. 413-432; Berkman, L., Breslow, L., (1983) Health and Ways of Living. the Alameda County Study, , New York: Oxford University Press; Billings, A.G., Moos, R.H., The role of coping responses and social resources in attenuating the stress of life events (1981) Journal of Behavioural Medicine, 4 (2), pp. 139-157; Blazer, D., Social support and mortality in an elderly community population (1982) American Journal of Epidemiology, 115, pp. 684-694; Broadhead, W.E., Kaplan, B.H., James, B.H., Wagner, E.H., Schoenbach, V.J., Grimson, R., Heydon, S., Gehlbach, S.H., The epidemiologic evidence for a relationship between social support and health (1983) American Journal of Epidemiology, 117 (5), pp. 521-537; Bromberger, J.T., Matthews, K.A., Employment status and depressive symptoms in middle-aged women: A longitudinal investigation (1994) American Journal of Public Health, 84 (2), pp. 202-206; Brown, G.W., Harris, T.O., (1978) Social Origins of Depression: A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women, , London: Tavistock; Brown, G.W., Andrews, B., Harris, T., Adler, Z., Bridge, L., Social support, self esteem and depression (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 813-831; Brugha, T.S., Bebbington, P.E., MacCarthy, B., Sturt, E., Wykes, T., Potter, J., Gender, social support and recovery from depressive disorders: A prospective clinical study (1990) Psychological Medicine, 20, pp. 147-156; Burke, R.J., Weir, T., Duwors, R.E., Type A behaviour of administrators and wives' reports of material satisfaction and well being (1979) Journal of Applied Psychology, 64 (1), pp. 57-65; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Finch, J., Kinship and friendship (1989) British Social Attitudes: Special International Report, pp. 87-103. , R. Jowell, S. Witherspoon, & L. Brook. Aldershot: Gower Publishing; Fischer, C.S., (1982) To Dwell among Friends, , Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Fitzpatrick, R., Newman, S., Lamb, R., Shipley, M., Social relationships and psychological well-being in rheumatoid arthritis (1988) Social Science & Medicine, 27 (4), pp. 399-403; Fitzpatrick, R., Newman, S., Archer, R., Shipley, M., Social support disability and depression: A longitudinal study of rheumatoid arthritis (1991) Social Science & Medicine, 33 (5), pp. 605-611; Fuhrer, R., Stansfeld, S.A., Hudry-Chemali, J., Shipley, M.J., Gender, social relations and mental health: Prospective findings from an occupational cohort (Whitehall II Study) (1999) Social Science & Medicine, 48 (1), pp. 77-87; Fuller, S.S., Larson, S.B., Life events, emotional support, and health of older people (1980) Research in Nursing and Health, 3, pp. 81-89; Fusilier, M.R., Ganster, D.C., Mayes, B.T., The social support and health relationship - Is there a gender difference (1986) Journal of Occupational Psychology, 59, pp. 145-153; Hoffman, S., Hatch, M.C., Stress, social support and pregnancy outcome: A reassessment based on recent research (1996) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 10, pp. 380-405; House, J.S., (1981) Work Stress and Social Support, , Reading, MA: Addison Wesley; House, J.S., Robbins, C., Metzner, H., The association of social relationships and activities with mortality: Prospective evidence from the Tecumseh Community health study (1982) American Journal of Epidemiology, 116, pp. 123-140; Kaplan, R.M., Hartwell, S.L., Differential effects of social support and social network on physiological and social outcomes in men and women with type II diabetes mellitus (1987) Health Psychology, 6 (5), pp. 387-398; Kaplan, B.H., Cassel, J.C., Gore, S., Social support and health (1977) Medical Care, 15, pp. 47-58; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Cohen, R.D., Brand, R.J., Syme, S.L., Puska, P., Social connections and mortality from all causes and from cardiovascular disease: Prospective evidence from eastern Finland (1988) American Journal of Epidemiology, 128 (2), pp. 370-380; Kawachi, I., Colditz, G.A., Ascherio, A., Rimm, E.B., Giovannucci, E., Stampfer, M.J., Willett, W.C., A prospective study of social networks in relation to total mortality and cardiovascular disease in men in the USA (1996) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 50, pp. 245-251; Kearns, R., Neuwelt, P.M., Hitchman, B., Lennan, M., Social support and psychological distress before and after childbirth (1997) Health and Social Care in the Community, 5 (5), pp. 296-308; Leavy, R., Social support and psychological disorder: A review (1983) Journal of Community Psychology, 11, pp. 3-21; Lekander, M., Fuerst, C.J., Rotstein, S., Blomgren, H., Fredrikson, M., Social support and immune status during and after chemotherapy for breast cancer (1996) Acta Oncologica, 35 (1), pp. 31-37; Lundberg, O., Causal explanations for class inequality in health - an empirical analysis (1991) Social Science & Medicine, 32 (4), pp. 385-393; MacIntyre, S., Hunt, K., Socio-economic position, gender and health (1997) Journal of Health Psychology, 2 (3), pp. 315-334; Matthews, S., Hertzman, C., Ostry, A., Power, C., Gender, work roles and psychosocial work characteristics as determinants of health (1998) Social Science & Medicine, 46 (11), pp. 1417-1424; Miller, P.M., Ingham, J.G., Friends, confidants and symptoms (1976) Social Psychiatry, 11, pp. 51-58; Norbeck, J.S., Peterson Tilden, V., Life stress, social support, and emotional disequilibrium in complications of pregnancy: A prospective, multivariate study (1983) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 24, pp. 30-46; Oakley, A., Hickey, D., Rigby, A.S., Love or money? Social support, class inequality and the health of women and children (1994) European Journal of Public Health, 4, pp. 265-273; Oakley, A., Rigby, A.S., Hickey, D., Life stress, support and class inequality: Explaining the health of women and children (1994) European Journal of Public Health, 4, pp. 81-91; Orth-Gomer, K., Johnson, J.V., Social network interaction and mortality (1987) Journal of Chronic Disease, 40 (10), pp. 949-957; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self-rated health: Explanations from different stages of life (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1009-1014; Rael, E.G.S., Stansfeld, S.A., Shipley, M., Head, J., Feeney, A., Marmot, M., Sickness absence in the Whitehall II study, London: The role of social support and material problems (1995) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 49, pp. 474-481; Roberts, H., Pearson, J.C.G., Madeley, R.J., Hanford, S., Magowan, R., Unemployment and health: The quality of social support among residents in the Trent region of England (1997) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 51, pp. 41-45; Rodgers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 35 (7), pp. 1289-1308; Rogers, M.M., Peoples-Sheps, M.D., Suchindran, C., Impact of a social support program on teenage prenatal care use and pregnancy outcomes (1996) Journal of Adolescent Health, 19, pp. 132-140; Sarason, B.R., Sarason, I.G., Pierce, G.R., Traditional views of social support and their impact on assessment (1990) Social Support: An Interactional View, pp. 9-25. , B.R. Sarason, I.G. Sarason, & G.R. Pierce. New York: John Wiley and Sons; Schaefer, C., Coyne, J.C., Lazarus, R.S., The health-related functions of social support (1981) Journal of Behavioural Medicine, 4 (4), pp. 381-406; Schoenbach, V.J., Kaplan, B.H., Fredman, L., Kleinbaum, D.G., Social ties and mortality in Evans county Georgia (1986) American Journal of Epidemiology, 123 (4), pp. 577-591; Seeman, M., Seeman, T., Sayles, M., Social networks and health status: A longitudinal analysis (1985) Social Psychology Quarterly, 48 (3), pp. 237-248; Shye, D., Mullooly, J.P., Freeborn, D.K., Pope, C.R., Gender differences in the relationship between social network support and mortality: A longitudinal study of an elderly cohort (1995) Social Science & Medicine, 41 (7), pp. 935-947; Stansfeld, S., Marmot, M., Deriving a survey measure of social support: The reliability and validity of the close persons questionnaire (1992) Social Science & Medicine, 35 (8), pp. 1027-1035; Stansfeld, S.A., Fuhrer, R., Shipley, M., Types of social support as predictors of psychiatric morbidity in a cohort of British civil servants (Whitehall II Study) (1998) Psychological Medicine, 28, pp. 881-892; Stansfeld, S.A., Rael, E.G.S., Head, J., Shipley, M., Marmot, M., Social support and psychiatric sickness absence: A prospective study of British civil servants (1998) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 35-48; Stephens, C., Long, N., The impact of trauma and social support on post traumatic stress disorder: A study of New Zealand police officers (1997) Journal of Criminal Justice, 25 (4), pp. 303-314; Thoits, P., Conceptual, methodological and theoretical problems in studying social support as a buffer against life stress (1982) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 23, pp. 145-159; Tiller, J.M., Sloane, G., Schmidt, U., Troop, N., Power, M., Treasure, J.L., Social support in patients with anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa (1997) International Journal of Eating Disorders, 21 (1), pp. 31-38; Turner, R.J., Marino, F., Social support and social structure: A descriptive epidemiology (1994) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 35 (3), pp. 193-212; Turner, R.J., Grindstaff, C.F., Phillips, N., Social support and outcome in teenage pregnancy (1990) Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 31, pp. 43-57; Vanfossen, B.E., Sex differences in the mental health effects of spouse support and equity (1981) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 22 (2), pp. 130-143; Vaux, A., Variations in social support associated with gender, ethnicity and age (1985) Journal of Social Issues, 41 (1), pp. 89-110; Welin, L., Svardsudd, K., Ander-Peciva, S., Tibblin, G., Tibblin, B., Larsson, B., Wilhelmsen, L., Prospective study of social influences on mortality (1985) Lancet, 20, pp. 915-918; Wellman, B., Applying network analyses to the study of support (1981) Social Networks and Social Support, pp. 171-200. , B.H. Gottlieb. Beverley Hills: Sage UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033002211&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2899%2900122-7&partnerID=40&md5=dda151fd69038d0a10e23a4ceeedf6e8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The duration and timing of exposure: Effects of socioeconomic environment on adult health T2 - American Journal of Public Health J2 - Am. J. Public Health VL - 89 IS - 7 SP - 1059 EP - 1065 PY - 1999 SN - 00900036 (ISSN) AU - Power, C. AU - Manor, O. AU - Matthews, S. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AD - Sch. of Pub. Hlth. and Comm. Med., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford St, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Objectives. This study investigated timing and duration effects of socio-economic status (SES) on self-rated health at 33 years of age and established whether health risks are modified by changing SES and whether cumulative SES operates through education. Methods. Data were from the 1958 British birth cohort. Occupational class at birth and at 16, 23, and 33 years of age was used to generate a lifetime SES score. Results. At 33 years of age, 12% of men and women reported poor health. SES at birth and at 16, 23, and 33 years of age was significantly associated with poor health: all ages except 16 years in men made an additional contribution to the prediction of poor health. No large differences in effect sizes emerged, suggesting that timing was not a major factor. Odds of poor health increased by 15% (men) and 18% (women) with a 1-unit increase in the lifetime SES score. Strong effects of lifetime SES persisted after adjustment for education level. Conclusions. SES from birth to 33 years of age had a cumulative effect on poor health in early adulthood. This highlights the importance of duration of exposure to socioeconomic conditions for adult health. KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - controlled study KW - education KW - female KW - health hazard KW - health status KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - prediction KW - regression analysis KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Risk Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :111 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPEA C2 - 10394316 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Dept. of Epidemiology/Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford St, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: c.power@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Elo, I.T., Preston, S.H., Effects of early-life conditions on adult mortality: A review (1992) Popul Index, 58, pp. 186-212; Kuh, D.L., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology: Tracing the Origins of III Health From Early to Adult Life, , Oxford, England: Oxford University Press; Marmot, M., Wadsworth, M., Fetal and early childhood environment: Long term health implications (1997) Br Med Bull, p. 53; Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Mare, R.D., Socioeconomic careers and differential mortality among older men in the United States (1990) Measurement and Mortality: New Approaches, pp. 362-387. , Mare RD, Vallin J, de Souza S, Polloni A, eds. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Wannamethee, G., Whincup, P., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Influence of father's social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Vagero, D., Leon, D., Effect of social class in childhood and adulthood on adult mortality (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 1224-1225; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343 (8896), pp. 524-527; Schwarte, J.E., Freidman, H.S., Tucker, J.S., Tomlinson-Keasey, C., Wingard, D.L., Criqui, M.H., Sociodemographic and psychosocial factors in childhood as predictors of adult mortality (1995) Am J Public Health, 85, pp. 1237-1245; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self rated health in the 1958 birth cohort: Lifetime social circumstances or social mobility? (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 449-453; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self-rated health: Explanations from different stages of life (1998) Lancet, 351 (APRIL 4), pp. 1009-1014; (1992) Allied Dunbar National Fitness Survey, , London, England: Sports Council and Health Education Authority; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and Class: The Early Years, , London, England: Chapman Hall; Kaplan, G.A., Camacho, T., Perceived health and mortality: A nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort (1983) Am J Epidemiol, 117, pp. 292-304; Wannamethee, G., Shaper, A.G., Self-assessed health status and mortality in middle-aged British men (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 239-245; Idler, E.L., Angel, R.L., Self-rated health and mortality in the NHANES-1 epidemiologic follow-up study (1990) Am J Public Health, 80, pp. 446-452; Cox, B.D., Huppert, F.A., Whichelow, M.J., (1993) The Health and Lifestyle Survey: Seven Years On, , Aldershot, England: Dartmouth Publishing; Moller, L., Kristensen, T.S., Hollnagel, H., Self rated health as a predictor of coronary heart disease in Copenhagen, Denmark (1996) J Epidemiol Community Health, 50, pp. 423-428; Appels, A., Bosma, H., Grabauskas, A., Gostautas, A., Sturmans, F., Self rated health and mortality in a Lithuanian and Dutch population (1996) Soc Sci Med, 42, pp. 681-689; Miilunpalo, S., Vuori, I., Oja, P., Pasanen, M., Urponen, H., Self-rated health status as a health measure: The predictive value of self-reported health status on the use of physician services and on mortality in the working age population (1997) J Clin Epidemiol, 50, pp. 517-528; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London, England: National Children's Bureau; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey-Smith, G., Birthweight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Manor, O., Matthews, S., Power, C., Comparing measures of health inequality (1997) Soc Sci Med, 45, pp. 761-771; Betsley, D.A., Kuh, E., Welsch, R.E., (1980) Regression Diagnostics, , New York, NY: John Wiley Inc; Wax, Y., Collinearity diagnostics for a relative risk regression analysis (1992) Stat Med, 11, pp. 1273-1287; Mittlbock, M., Schemper, M., Explained variation for logistic regression (1996) Stat Med, 15, pp. 1987-1997; Agresti, A., (1984) Analysis of Ordinal Categorical Data, , New York, NY: Wiley; Atkinson, A.C., A note on the generalized information criterion for choice of a model (1980) Biometrika, 67, pp. 413-418; Rose, D., (1997) Constructing Classes Toward a New Social Classification for the UK, , London, England: Office for National Statistics; Power, C., Matthews, S., Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1584-1589; Hart, C., Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Hole, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Social mobility, health, and cardiovascular mortality (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 552-553; Moore, D.E., Hayward, M.D., Occupational careers and mortality of elderly men (1990) Demography, pp. 2731-2753; Duleep, H.O., Measuring the effect of income on adult mortality using longitudinal administrative record data (1986) J Hum Resources, 21, pp. 238-251; McDonough, P., Duncan, G.J., Williams, D., House, J., Income dynamics and adult mortality in the United States, 1972 through 1989 (1997) Am J Public Health, 87, pp. 1476-1483; Wolfson, M., Rowe, G., Gentleman, J.F., Tomiak, M., Career earnings and death: A longitudinal analysis of older Canadian men (1993) J Gerontol, 48, pp. S167-S179; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Shema, S.J., Cumulative impact of sustained economic hardship on physical, cognitive, psychological, and social functioning (1997) N Engl J Med, 337, pp. 1889-1895; Brunner, E., Davey Smith, G., Marmot, M., Canner, R., Beksinska, M., O'Brien, J., Childhood social circumstances and psychosocial and behavioural factors as determinants of plasma fibrinogen (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1008-1013; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , London, England: British Medical Journal; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies and Disease in Later Life, , London, England: British Medical Journal; Kuh, D., Power, C., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Social pathways between childhood and adult health (1997) A Lifecourse Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, pp. 169-198. , Kuh D, Ben-Shlomo Y, eds. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press; Duncan, G.J., Brooks-Gunn, J., Klebanov, P.K., Economic deprivation and early childhood development (1994) Child Dev, 65, pp. 296-318; Pagani, L., Boulerice, B., Tremblay, R.E., The influence of poverty on children's placement and behavioral problems (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 311-339. , Duncan GJ, Brooks-Gunn J, eds. New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation; Corcoran, M., Gordon, R., Laren, D., Solon, G., The association between men's economic status and their family and community origins (1992) J Hum Resources, 27, pp. 575-601; Korenman, S., Miller, J.E., Effects of long term poverty on physical health of children in the national longitudinal survey of youth (1997) Consequences of Growing Up Poor, pp. 70-99. , Duncan GJ, Brooks-Gunn J, eds. New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Hole, D., Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 153-160; Dahl, E., Social inequalities in ill-health: The significance of occupational status, education and income-results from a Norwegian survey (1994) Social Health Illness, 16, pp. 644-667; Mackenbach, J.R., Socioeconomic health differences in the Netherlands: A review of recent empirical findings (1992) Soc Sci Med, 34, pp. 213-226; Rahkonen, O., Arber, S., Lahelma, E., Health inequalities in early adulthood: A comparison of young men and women in Britain and Finland (1995) Soc Sci Med, 41, pp. 163-171; Winkleby, M.A., Socioeconomic status and health: How education, income, and occupation contribute to risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 816-820; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Cripps, H.A., Midwinter, R.E., Colley, J.R.T., Blood pressure in a national birth cohort at the age of 36 related to social and familial factors, smoking, and body mass (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 1534-1538; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and ischaemic heart disease during middle age (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 1121-1123; Nystrom Peck, A.M., Childhood environment, intergenerational mobility, and adult health -evidence from Swedish data (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 71-74 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033366795&partnerID=40&md5=61e78d3ccb8fc409679dd227b1225556 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A survey of infections in United Kingdom laboratories, 1994-1995 T2 - Journal of Clinical Pathology J2 - J. Clin. Pathol. VL - 52 IS - 6 SP - 415 EP - 418 PY - 1999 SN - 00219746 (ISSN) AU - Walker, D. AU - Campbell, D. AD - Scottish Ctr. Infect./Environ. Hlth., Clifton House, Clifton Place, Glasgow G3 7LN, United Kingdom AD - Health Promotion, Auckland Healthcare, 2 Owens Road, Epson, Symaids Street, Auckland 1, New Zealand AB - Aims - To identify the number and type of infections occurring in United Kingdom clinical laboratories during 1994 and 1995, following similar surveys covering 1970 to 1989. Methods - A retrospective questionnaire survey was undertaken of 397 responding UK clinical laboratories covering 1994 and 1995. A follow up telephone survey was undertaken with each of the laboratories from which a questionnaire had been received indicating a possible or probable laboratory acquired infection during 1994 or 1995. Results - Questionnaires were sent to 659 laboratories or organisations which were thought to have laboratories, of which 557 responded (response rate of 84.5%). Of these, only 397 were from organisations with laboratories. Over 55 000 person-years of occupational exposure were covered, and only nine cases identified, giving an infection incidence rate overall of 16.2/100 000 person-years, compared with 82.7 infections/100 000 person-years found in a similar survey covering 1988 and 1989, reported previously. Infections were commonest in females, in relatively young staff, in microbiology laboratory workers, and in scientific/technical employees. Gastrointestinal infections predominated, particularly shigellosis, but few specific aetiological factors relating to working practices were identified. No hepatitis B cases were reported. Conclusions - The small number of cases identified indicates high standards of infection control, though there is stir room for improvement. Periodic studies of this kind are not adequate for comprehensive monitoring of the incidence of laboratory acquired infections. That will require the introduction of a routine, active surveillance programme or prospective survey which has the support and commitment of the laboratories themselves. KW - Infection control KW - Laboratory acquired infections KW - Occupational exposure KW - adult KW - article KW - clinical article KW - clinical laboratory KW - female KW - gastrointestinal infection KW - human KW - incidence KW - infection KW - infection control KW - laboratory personnel KW - male KW - microbiology KW - occupational exposure KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - retrospective study KW - shigellosis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Gastrointestinal Diseases KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infection Control KW - Laboratories, Hospital KW - Laboratory Infection KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Retrospective Studies N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JCPAA C2 - 10562807 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Walker, D.; Scottish Ctr. Infect./Envtl. Health, Clifton House, Clifton Place, Glasgow G3 7LN, United Kingdom N1 - References: Grist, N.R., Emslie, J.A.N., Association of clinical pathologists' surveys of infection in British clinical laboratories, 1970-1989 (1994) J Clin Pathol, 47, pp. 391-394; Grist, N.R., Emslie, J.A.N., Infections in British Clinical Laboratories, 1988-1989 (1991) J Clin Pathol, 44, pp. 667-669 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033012535&partnerID=40&md5=f96e86b791760a8c7e1c557c58816aaa ER - TY - JOUR TI - Ovarian cancer and occupational exposures in Finland T2 - American Journal of Industrial Medicine J2 - Am. J. Ind. Med. VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 89 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0274(199907)36:1<83::AID-AJIM12>3.0.CO;2-Q SN - 02713586 (ISSN) AU - Vasama-Neuvonen, K. AU - Pukkala, E. AU - Paakkulainen, H. AU - Mutanen, P. AU - Weiderpass, E. AU - Boffetta, P. AU - Shen, N. AU - Kauppinen, T. AU - Vainio, H. AU - Partanen, T. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., Finnish Inst. of Occupational Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., McGill University, Montreal, Que., Canada AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., Finnish Inst. of Occupational Health, Topeliuksenkatu 41 A, FIN-00250 Helsinki, Finland AB - Background: No single occupational or environmental agent has been established as causing ovarian cancer, existing studies often being based on ecologic or proportional mortality data in which potential confounders related to reproductive history have not been taken into account. Methods: This study linked 324 job titles of occupationally active Finnish women (n = 892,591) at 1970 census with incidence of ovarian cancer (Finnish Cancer Registry, 5,072 cases) during 1971-1995 (over 15 million person-years). The job titles were converted into indicators of exposure to 33 agents, using a national job-exposure matrix based on measurements and surveys (FINJEM). Poisson regression analyses were performed with stratification by birth cohort, follow-up period, and socioeconomic status, and adjusted for mean number of children, mean age at first delivery, and turnover rate for each job title. Results: We found indications of elevated risks for aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (standardized incidence ratio 1.3 (95% CI 1.0-1.7), leather dust (1.4; 0.7-2.7), man-made vitreous fibers (1.3; 0.9-1.8), and high levels of asbestos (1.3; 0.9-1.8), and diesel (1.7; 0.7-4.1), and gasoline (1.5; 1.0-2.0) engine exhausts). Previously reported findings for hairdressers and women in the printing industry were supported in our data, but not for women in dry cleaning jobs. Conclusions: Given the various drawbacks in linkage studies and job-exposure matrices, the excesses found in this study need confirmation in individual-level studies. KW - Asbestos KW - Cancer KW - Engine exhaust KW - Exposure KW - Job exposure matrix KW - Leather dust KW - Man-made vitreous fibers KW - Occupation KW - Ovary KW - Solvents KW - aromatic hydrocarbon KW - asbestos KW - gasoline KW - conference paper KW - exhaust gas KW - female KW - female worker KW - fiber KW - human KW - leather industry KW - major clinical study KW - occupation KW - occupational exposure KW - ovary cancer KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Databases, Factual KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Occupations KW - Odds Ratio KW - Ovarian Neoplasms KW - Regression Analysis KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Women's Health N1 - Cited By :51 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJIMD C2 - 10361591 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vasama-Neuvonen, K.; Dept. of Epidemiol./Biostatistics, Finnish Inst. of Occupational Health, Topeliuksenkatu 41 A, FIN-00250 Helsinki, Finland; email: kvas@occuphealth.fi N1 - References: Acheson, E.D., Gardner, M.J., Pippard, E.C., Grime, L.P., Mortality of two groups of women who manufactured gas masks from chrysotile and crocidolite asbestos. A 40-year follow-up (1982) Br J Ind Med, 29, pp. 344-348; Boffetta, P., Andersen, A., Lynge, E., Barlow, L., Pukkala, E., Employment as hairdresser and risk of ovarian cancer and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas among women (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 61-65; Booth, M., Beral, V., Smith, P., Risk factors for ovarian cancer: A case-control study (1989) Br J Cancer, 60, pp. 4592-4598; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume II: The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, , Lyon: IARC Sci Pub No 92; Carpenter, L., Roman, E., Identifying associations between cancer and occupation in women in Europe. The role of routinely collected national data (1995) Med Lav, 86, pp. 252-255; (1974) Population Census 1970: Occupational and Social Position. Official Statistics of Finland VI C:104, 9. , Helsinki: Central Statistical Office of Finland; Chen, Y., Wu, P.C., Lang, J.H., Ge, W.J., Hartge, P., Brinton, L.A., Risk factors for epithelial ovarian cancer in Beijing, China (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 23-29; Cook, L.S., Kamb, M.L., Weiss, N.S., Perineal powder exposure and the risk of ovarian cancer (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 359-465; Costa, G., Faggiano, F., Lagorio, S., (1995) Occupational Mortality in Italy in the 1980s, , Rome: Istituto Superiore per la Prevenzione la Sicurezza del Lavoro (in Italian); Cralley, L.J., Key, M.M., Groth, D.H., Lainhart, W.S., Ligo, R.M., Fibrous and mineral content of cosmetic talcum powders (1968) Am Ind Hyg Assoc J, 29, pp. 350-354; Cramer, D.W., Welch, W.R., Scully, R.E., Wojciechowski, C.A., Ovarian cancer and talc: A case-control study (1982) Cancer, 50, pp. 372-376; Donna, A., Crosignani, P., Robutti, F., Betta, P.G., Bocca, R., Mariani, N., Ferrario, F., Fissi, R., Triazine herbicides and ovarian epithelial neoplasms (1989) Scand J Work Environ Health, 15, pp. 47-53; Duh, R.W., Asal, N.R., Mortality among laundry and dry cleaning workers in Oklahoma (1984) Am J Public Health, 74, pp. 1278-1280; (1997) Cancer Incidence in Finland 1995, , Cancer Society of Finland Publication No 58. Helsinki, Finland; Greenblatt, M.S., Bennett, W.P.I., Hollstein, M., Harris, C.C., Mutations in the p53 tumor suppressor gene: Clues to cancer etiology and molecular pathogenesis (1994) Cancer Res, 54, pp. 4855-4878; Harlow, B.L., Cramer, D.W., Bell, D.A., Welch, W.R., Perineal exposure to talc and ovarian cancer risk (1992) Obstet Gynecol, 80, pp. 19-26; Hartge, P., Hoover, R., Leshier, L.P., McGowan, L., Talc and ovarian cancer (1983) JAMA, 250, p. 1844; (1993) Occupational Exposures of Hairdressers and Barbers and Personal Use of Hair Colourants, Some Hair Dyes, Cosmetic Colourants, Industrial Dyestuffs and Aromatic Amines, 57. , Lyon, France: IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans; (1995) Dry Cleaning, Some Chlorinated Solvents and Other Industrial Chemicals, 63. , Lyon, France: IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans; (1996) Printing Processes and Printing Inks, Carbon Black, and Some Nitro Compounds, 65. , Lyon, France: IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans; Katz, R.M., Jowett, D., Female laundry and dry cleaning workers in Wisconsin: A mortality analysis (1981) Am J Public Health, 71, pp. 305-307; Kauppinen, T., Toikkanen, J., Pukkala, E., From cross-tabulations to multipurpose exposure information systems: A new job-exposure matrix (1998) Am J Ind Med, 33, pp. 409-417; Keal, E.E., Asbestos and abdominal neoplasms (1960) Lancet, 2, pp. 1211-1216; Kolari, R., Occupational mobility 1970/1975 (1983) Official Statistics of Finland No 97 (In Finnish), , Helsinki: Statistics Finland; Kono, S., Tokudune, S., Ikeda, M., Youshimura, T., Kuratsone, M., Cancer and other causes of death among female beauticians (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 70, pp. 443-446; Lasky, T., Silbergeld, E., p53 mutations associated with breast, colorectal, liver, lung, and ovarian cancers (1996) Environ Health Perspect, 104, pp. 1324-1331; Levine, A.J., Wu, M.C., Chang, A., Silver, A., Attiyeh, E.F., Lin, J., Epstein, C.B., The spectrum of mutations at the p53 locus. Evidence for tissue-specific mutagenesis, selection of mutant alleles, and a "gain of function" phenotype (1995) Ann NY Acad Sci, 768, pp. 111-128; Lynge, E., Thygesen, L., Primary liver cancer among women in laundry and dry-cleaning work in Denmark (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 108-112; Lynge, E., Andreassen Rix, B., Villadsen, E., Andersen, I., Hink, M., Olsen, E., Lucht Moller, U., Silfverberg, E., Cancer in printing workers in Denmark (1995) Occup Environ Health, 52, pp. 738-744; Malker, H.S.R., Gemne, G., A register-epidemiology study on cancer among Swedish printing industry workers (1987) Arch Environ Health, 42, pp. 73-82; Nakamura, K., Mortality patterns among cleaning workers (1985) Jpn J Ind Health, 27, pp. 24-37; Newhouse, M.L., Berry, G., Wagner, J.C., Turok, M.E., A study of the mortality of female asbestos workers (1972) Br J Ind Med, 29, pp. 134-141; Newhouse, M.L., Berry, G., Wagner, J.C., Mortality of factory workers in east London 1933-80 (1985) Br J Ind Med, 42, pp. 4-11; Notkola, V., Pajunen, A., Leino-Arjas, P., (1995) Scaffolds, Factory or Office - A Study of Mortality and Disability by Occupation, , Helsinki: Official Statistics of Finland; Parkin, D.M., Pisani, P., Ferlay, J., Estimates of the worldwide incidence of eighteen major cancers in 1985 (1993) Int J Cancer, 54, pp. 594-606; Pukkala, E., Cancer risks by social class and occupation. A survey of 109,000 cancer cases among Finns of working age (1995) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, 7. , Basel: Karger; Pukkala, E., Nokso-Koivisto, P., Roponen, P., Changing cancer risk pattern among Finnish hairdressers (1992) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 64, pp. 39-42; Rohl, A.N., Langer, A.M., Selikoff, I.J., Tordini, A., Klimentidis, R., Consumer talcums and powders: Mineral and chemical characterization (1976) J Toxicol Environ Health, 2, pp. 255-284; Rosenblatt, K.O., Szklo, M., Rosenshein, N.B., Mineral fiber exposure and the development of ovarian cancer (1992) Gynecol Oncol, 45, pp. 20-25; Ruder, A.M., Ward, E.M., Brown, D.P., Cancer mortality in female and male dry-cleaning workers (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 867-874; Shen, N., Weiderpass, E., Anttila, A., Goldberg, M.S., Vasama-Neuvonen, K.M., Boffetta, P., Vainio, H.U., Partanen, T.J., Epidemiology of occupational and environmental risk factors related to ovarian cancer (1998) Scand J Work Environ Health, 24 (3), pp. 175-182; Spinelli, J.J., Gallagher, R.P., Band, P.R., Threlfall, W.J., Multiple myeloma, leukemia, and cancer of the ovary in cosmetologists and hairdressers (1984) Am J Ind Med, 6, pp. 97-102; Stavraky, K.M., Clarke, E.A., Donner, A., A case-control study of hair-dye use and cancers of various sites (1981) Br J Cancer, 43, pp. 236-239; Teppo, L., Pukkala, E., Lehtonen, M., Data quality and quality control of a population-based cancer registry. Experience in Finland (1994) Acta Oncol, 33, pp. 365-369; Teta, M.J., Walrath, J., Meigs, J.W., Flannery, J.T., Cancer incidence among cosmetologists (1984) J Natl Cancer Inst, 72, pp. 1051-1057; Walker, J.T., Burnett, C.A., Lalich, N.R., Sestito, J.P., Halperin, W.E., Cancer mortality among laundry and dry cleaning workers (1997) Am J Ind Med, 32, pp. 614-619; Wignall, B.K., Fox, A.J., Mortality of female gas mask assemblers (1982) Br J Ind Med, 39, pp. 34-38; Williams, R.R., Stegens, N.L., Goldsmith, J.R., Associations of cancer site and type with occupation and industry from the Third National Cancer Survey Interview (1977) J Natl Cancer Inst, 59, pp. 1147-1185; (1996) The World Health Report 1996, , Geneva: World Health Organization UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033013970&doi=10.1002%2f%28SICI%291097-0274%28199907%2936%3a1%3c83%3a%3aAID-AJIM12%3e3.0.CO%3b2-Q&partnerID=40&md5=e249bbd53206b7fd2c4cf30872370664 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Breast cancer and occupational exposures in women in Finland T2 - American Journal of Industrial Medicine J2 - Am. J. Ind. Med. VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 53 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1002/(SICI)1097-0274(199907)36:1<48::AID-AJIM7>3.0.CO;2-2 SN - 02713586 (ISSN) AU - Weiderpass, E. AU - Pukkala, E. AU - Kauppinen, T. AU - Mutanen, P. AU - Paakkulainen, H. AU - Vasama-Neuvonen, K. AU - Boffetta, P. AU - Partanen, T. AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., Finnish Inst. of Occupational Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AD - Intl. Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, P.O. Box 281, 171 77, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Background: The etiology of breast cancer is not fully understood. Environmental and occupational exposures may contribute to breast cancer risk. Methods: We linked 324 job titles from the 1970 census of 892,591 Finnish women with incidence of breast cancer (23,638 cases) during 1971- 1995. We converted job titles to 31 chemical and two ergonomic agents through a measurement-based, period-specific, national job-exposure matrix. Poisson regression models were fit to the data, with adjustment for birth cohort, follow-up period, socioeconomic status, mean number of children, mean age at first delivery, and turnover rate. Results: For premenopausal breast cancer, medium/high level of occupational exposure to ionizing radiation was associated with a standardized incidence ratio (SIR) of 1.3 (95% confidence interval (CI) 0.7-2.5; trend P = 0.03). For postmenopausal breast cancer, we found an SIR of 1.2 (1.1-1.3) for low level and 1.4 (1.1-1.8) for medium/high level of ionizing radiation (trend P = 0.001); and an SIR 1.3 (1.1-1.7) for medium/high levels of both asbestos and man-made vitreous fibers. Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents showed a significant trend for a modest excess of postmenopausal breast cancer. Conclusions: Our study indicates that occupational exposure to ionizing radiation may be associated with an increased risk of female breast cancer. High-quality studies on environmental and occupational etiology of breast cancer are needed for further elucidation of risk factors. KW - Breast neoplasms KW - Epidemiology KW - Finland KW - Job exposure matrix KW - Occupational exposures KW - Women KW - aromatic hydrocarbon KW - asbestos KW - breast cancer KW - conference paper KW - controlled study KW - female KW - female worker KW - fiber KW - human KW - ionizing radiation KW - major clinical study KW - occupation KW - occupational exposure KW - postmenopause KW - premenopause KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Databases, Factual KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Middle Aged KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Occupations KW - Odds Ratio KW - Postmenopause KW - Premenopause KW - Regression Analysis KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Women's Health N1 - Cited By :43 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJIMD C2 - 10361586 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Weiderpass, E.; Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, P.O. Box 281, 171 77 Stockholm, Sweden; email: Elisabete.Weiderpass@MEP.KI.SE N1 - References: Adams, E.E., Brues, A.M., Breast cancer in female radium dial workers first employed before 1930 (1980) J Occup Med, 22, pp. 583-587; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume II: Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer. IARC Sci Pub No 82; Cantor, K.P., Stewart, P.A., Brinton, L.A., Dosemeci, M., Occupational exposures and female breast cancer mortality in the United States (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 336-348; (1974) Population Census 1970: Occupation and Social Position, 9. , Helsinki: Official Statistics of Finland VI C:104; Dosemeci, M., Cocco, P., Gomez, M., Steward, P.A., Heineman, E.F., Effects of three features of a job-exposure matrix on the risk estimates (1994) Epidemiology, 5, pp. 124-127; Doody, M.M., Mandel, J.S., Boice J.D., Jr., Employment practices and breast cancer among radiologic technologists (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 321-327; Friedenreich, C.M., Rohan, T.E., A review of physical activity and breast cancer (1995) Epidemiology, 6, pp. 311-317; Goldberg, M.S., Labrèche, F., Occupational risk factors for female breast cancer: A review (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, pp. 145-156; Kauppinen, T., Toikkanen, J., Pukkala, E., From cross-tabulations to multipurpose exposure information systems: A new job-exposure matrix (1998) Am J Ind Med, 33, pp. 409-417; Kolari, R., (1983) Occupational Mobility 1970/1975, , Official Statistics of Finland No 97. Helsinki: Statistics Finland; Morton, W.E., Major differences in breast cancer risks among occupations (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 328-335; Notkola, V., Pajunen, A., Leino-Arjas, P., (1995) Scaffolds, Factory, or Office - a Study of Mortality and Disability by Occupation, , Helsinki: Official Statistics of Finland; Pukkala, E., Cancer risk by social class and occupation. A survey of 109,000 cancer cases among Finns of working age (1995) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, 7. , Basel: Karger; Pukkala, E., Poskiparta, M., Apter, D., Vihko, V., Life-long physical activity and cancer risk among Finnish female teachers (1993) Eur J Cancer Prev, 2, pp. 369-376; Pukkala, E., Auvinen, A., Wahlberg, G., Incidence of cancer among Finnish airline cabin attendants, 1967-92 (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 649-652; Rix, B.A., Skov, T., Lynge, E., Socio-economic group, occupation and incidence of breast cancer and genital cancer among women in Denmark (1999) Eur J Public Health, , in press; (1997) Changes and Enhancements though Release 6.12, , Cary, NC: SAS Institute; Stebbings, J.H., Lucas, H.F., Stehney, A.F., Mortality from cancer of major sites in female radium dial workers (1984) Am J Ind Med, 5, pp. 435-459; Thune, I., Brenn, T., Lund, E., Gaard, M., Physical activity and the risk of breast cancer (1997) N Engl J Med, 336, pp. 1269-1275; Wang, J.X., Inskip, P.D., Boice J.D., Jr., Li, B.X., Zhang, J.Y., Fraumeni J.F., Jr., Cancer incidence among medical diagnostic x-ray workers in China, 1950 to 1985 (1990) Int J Cancer, 45, pp. 889-895; Welp, E.A., Weiderpass, E., Boffetta, P., Vainio, H., Vasama-Neuvonen, K., Petralia, S., Partanen, T.J., Environmental risk factors for breast cancer (1998) Scand J Work Environ Health, 24, pp. 3-7 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033020650&doi=10.1002%2f%28SICI%291097-0274%28199907%2936%3a1%3c48%3a%3aAID-AJIM7%3e3.0.CO%3b2-2&partnerID=40&md5=68cca7658d8e502a7ef47d2764575221 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Alcohol consumption and mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease, and stroke: Results from a prospective cohort study of Scottish men with 21 years of follow up T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 318 IS - 7200 SP - 1725 EP - 1729 PY - 1999 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Hart, C.L. AU - Smith, G.D. AU - Hole, D.J. AU - Hawthorne, V.M. AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G128RZ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol BSS 2PR, United Kingdom AD - West of Scotland Cancer Surveillance Unit, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G128KZ, United Kingdom AD - University of Michigan, School of Public Health, Department of Epidemiology, Ann Arbor, MI-18109, United States AB - Objectives. To relate alcohol consumption to mortality. Design. Prospective cohort study. Setting. 27 workplaces in the west of Scotland. Participants. 5766 men aged 35-64 when screened in 1970-3 who answered questions on their usual weekly alcohol consumption. Main outcome measures. Mortality from all causes, coronary heart disease, stroke, and alcohol related causes over 21 years of follow up related to units of alcohol consumed per week. Results. Risk for all cause mortality was similar for non-drinkers and men drinking up to 14 units a week. Mortality risk then showed a graded association with alcohol consumption (relative late compared with non-drinkers 1.34 (95% confidence interval 1.14 to 1.58) for 15-21 units a week, 1.49 (1.27 to 1.75 for 22-34 units, 1.74 (1.47 to 2.06) for 35 or more units). Adjustment for risk factors attenuated the increased relative risks, but they remained significantly above 1 for men drinking 22 or more units a week. There was no strong relation between alcohol consumption and mortality from coronary heart disease after adjustment. A strong positive relation was seen between alcohol consumption and risk of mortality from stroke, with men drinking 35 or more units having double the risk of non-drinkers, even after adjustment. Conclusions. The overall association between alcohol consumption and mortality is unfavourable for men drinking over 22 units a week, and there is no clear evidence of any protective effect for men drinking less than this. KW - alcohol KW - adult KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cause of death KW - cohort analysis KW - follow up KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - stroke KW - United Kingdom KW - workplace KW - Adult KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Cause of Death KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Coronary Disease KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland N1 - Cited By :206 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 10381706 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom; email: zetkin@bristol.ac.uk N1 - References: Uoll, R., Pcto, K., Hall, E., Wheatlcy, K., Gray, R., Mortality in relaü on to consumption of alcohol: 13 years' observations on male British doctors (1994) BMJ, 3, pp. 911-918; Puikoluinen, K., Alcohol and mortality: A review (1995) J Clin F.lrideinî Ol, pp. 455-465; Renaud, S., Gueguen, R., Schenker, J., D'L Loutard, A., Alcohol and mortality in middle-aged men from eastern France (1998) Efiidiinivbgy, 9, pp. 181-188; Grunbxk, M., Deis, A., Sorenscn, T., Bcckcr, U., Schnohr, P., Jensen, G., Mortality associated with moderate intakes of wine, beer, or spirits (1993) B.MJ, 10, pp. 1105-1109; Rimm, E.B., Klatsky, A., Grobbce, D., Stampfer, M.J., (1996) Review of Moderate Alcohol Consumption and Reduced Risk of Coronary Heart Disease: Is the Effect Due to Beer, Wine, or Spirits? Il. 1J, 312, p. 731; Yuan, J., Ross, R.K., Gao, Y., Lenderson Be, I., Yu, M.C., Follow up study of moderate alcohol intake and mortality among middle aged men in Shanghai, China. ll (1997) IJ, 314, pp. 18-23; White, I., The cardioprotective effects of moderate alcohol consumption (1996) BMJ, 12, pp. 1179-1180; Wesiin, S., (1995) Study Confounded by Lack of Correction for Social Da (Ifttcr). & {F, 311, p. 1167; Davcy Smiui, G., Hart, C.I., Hole, D., MacKinnon, Cillis, C., Watt, G., Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk?y (1998) EjiUcmiol Community Health, 2, pp. 153-200; Classification of occupations 1966 Ixjndon: HMSO, p. 19; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis for epidcmiological purposes (1965) Ijincet, pp. 775-779; Rose, A., Blackburn, H., Gillum, R.F., Prineas, R.J., (1982) Cardimmmlm Surrey Methods., , Geneva: World Health Organisation; Hart, C.I., Watt, C.M., Smith, D., Oillis, C.R., Hawthorne, V.M., Pre-existing ischaemic heart disease and ischaemic heart disease mortality in women compared with men (1997) IntJ T'pidemiol, 2, pp. 50-65; Mine, I., Hart, C.I., Davcy Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawtliorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) IIMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Davey Smith, G., Ilart, C.I., Buuie, D., Gillis, C., Lawthorne V., I., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) IIMJ, 3, pp. 547-552; Prineas Rj, G., Crow, R.S., Blackburn, I., (1982) Tlie Minnesota Manual Ofelectrocardiograpliicfindiiuft., , Bristol: John Wright; Ilawthorne, V.M., Watt, G.C.M., Ilart, C.L., Loleij, I., Dave Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Cardiorcspiratory disease in men and women in Scotland: Baseline characteristics of the RenfrewPaisley (Midspan) study population (1995) Sfvttish .M, 40, pp. 102-107; Carstairs, V., Morris, R., Deprh'ation and health in Scotland (1991) Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Pi Ess; (1977) Classification of Diseases 9th Rrcision., , Geneva: WHO; Cox, D., (1972) Regression Models and Life TablesjK Slat SocII, 31, pp. 187-200; S.SSTXT sajkmn: Tie I'llKEC, procedure (1991) Version 6. Clary, North Carolina: SAS Institute, , (SAS Technical Report P-217.); Marmot, M.G., Elliott, P., Shiplcy, M.J., Der, A.R., Ueshiina, H., Betters, G., (1994) Alcohol and Blood Pressure: Die IX1IRSALT Study. HMJ, 308, pp. 1263-1267; Wannamelhce, S.G., Sliapcr, A.G., Patterns of alcohol intake and risk of stroke in middle-aged British men Stroke 199G, 27, pp. I033-1039; Shaper, A.G., Wannamcthce, G., Whincup, P., Alcohol and Blood Pressure in Middle-aged'British Mcnjllum Llyperlens 19S8, 2, pp. 71-78; Brenner, H., Amdt, Rodicnbacher, D., Schubcrtli, S., Fraissc, E., Hiedncr, T., The association between alcohol consumption and all-cause mortality in a cohort of male emploccs in the German construction industry IntJ Fyidemiol, 997, p. 26; Keil, U., Chamblcss, L.E., During, A., Filipiak, B., Sliebcr, J., The relation of alcohol intake to coronary heart disease and all-cause mortality in a beer-drinking population (1997) Epidemiology, 8, pp. 150-156; Shaper, A.G., (1990) Alcohol and Mortality: a Review of Prospective Studies, Lî Rj Addiction, 85, pp. 837-847; Rehm, J.T., Bondy, S.J., Sempos, C.T., Vuong, C.V., Alcohol consumption and coronary heart disease moihidity and mortality (1997) Am J I-'fiidemiol, 14, p. 501; Thun, M.J., Peto, R., An, L.O., Monaco, J.H., Henley, S.J., Heath, C.W., Doll, R., (1997) Alcohol Consumption and Mortality among Middle-aged and Eldeily US Adults. A'Y,M, 337, p. 14; Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, G.A., Willen, W.C., Spcicr, F.E., Icnnekcns, C.I., A Prospective Study of Moderate Alcohol Consumption and the Risk of Coronary Disease and Stroke in Women. A'EnglJMed I9SS, 319, pp. 267-273; Iso, H., Kitamura, A., Shimamoto, T., Sankai, T., Naito, Y., Sato, S., (1995) Alcohol Intake and the Risk of Cardiovascular Disease in Middle-aged Japanese Men. Stroke, 2, pp. 7G7-73; Palomâki, H., Kaste, M., Regular light-to-moderate intake of alcohol and the risk of isché mie stroke (1993) Is Dicre a Beneficial Effect? Stroke, 24, pp. 1828-1832; Sandcrcock, P.A.G., Warlow, C., Jones, L.N., Slarkcy, I.R., (1989) Predisposing Factors for Cerebral Infarction: the Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project. IIMJ, 298, pp. 75-80; Jill, J.S., Shipiey, M.J., Tsemcntis, S.A., Lornhy, R.S., Gill, S.K., Hitchcock, E.R., Alcohol consumption-a risk factor for hemorrhagic and non- Hcmorrhagic stroke (1991) AmJMed, 90, pp. 489-497; Sliinton, R., Sagar, G., Beevers, G., Tlie relation of alcohol consumption to cardiovascular risk factors and stroke (1993) The West Birmingham Stroke Project Neural Xeuromrg Ryehialrj, 56, pp. 458-462; Davcy Smitli, G., Phillips, A., Confounding in epidcmiological studies: hy "independent" effects may not be all they seem (1992) HMJ, 305, pp. 757-759; Woodward, M., Tunstall-I'Cdoe, I.I., Alcohol consumption, diet, coronary risk factors and prevalent coronary heart disease in men and women in the Scottish heart health study (1993) J Epidrmiol Cominunily Health, 19, pp. 351-362; Dight, S.E., (1976) ScoUkli Drinking Habits., , Ixnidon: IIMSO; Smil, J.W.A., Wynne, H.J.A., Scliobhcn, F., Sitsen, A., Liruin, T.W.A., Erkclcns W. Effects of alcohol consumption on pharmacokinetics, efficacy, and safety of fluvastatin (1995) AmJ Cnrrfio, 76, pp. 89-96; Choudhury, S.R., Ueshima, H., Kita, Y., Kobayashi, K.M., Okayama, A., Yamakawa, M., (1991) Alcohol Intake and Serum Lipids in a Japanese Population, Î Ntj Epidemic, 23, pp. 910-971; Davcy Smitli, G., Shiplcy, M., Marmot, M.G., Rose, G., (1992) Plasma Cholesterol Concentration and Mortality: the Whitehall Study.J.-UlA, 267, pp. 70-76; Hole, I., Davey Smith, G., Gcm, W., Hart, C.I., Gillis, C.R., Hawthorne, V.M., (1993) Low Cholesterol and Mortality: Demonstration of a Health Selection Effect JEpidcmiol IJimmunity Health, 47, p. 402; Davcy Smith, G., Lart C, I., Blanc, D., Lolc D, I., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause specific adult mortality: Prospective observational study (1998) Il. IJ, 316, pp. 1631-1635; Kauhanen, J., Kaplan, G.A., De Goldberg, Salonen, J.T., (1997) Beer Hingcing and Mortality: Results from He Kuopio Ischaemic Heart Disease Risk Factor Study, a Pi Ospcctive Population Based Study. 11MJ, 315, pp. 846-851; Kauhanen, J., Kaplan, G.A., Goldberg, D.I., Cohen, R.I., Lakka, T.A., Salonen, J.T., Frequent hangovers and cardiovascular mortality in middle-aged men Epidemiology 19'J7, p. 8; McKce, M., Britton, A., The positie relationship between alcohol and heart disease in eastern Europe: Potential physiological mechanisms (1998) R Soc Mcd, 91, pp. 402-407; (1997) The Health of Adult Britain 1S-11-199-1., , London: Stationery Office UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033606509&partnerID=40&md5=bac25983fba7fe81e9ff56a8197cea39 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time trends in suicide mortality in Lithuania T2 - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Psychiatr. Scand. VL - 99 IS - 6 SP - 419 EP - 422 PY - 1999 SN - 0001690X (ISSN) AU - Kalediene, R. AD - Department of Social Medicine, Kaunas Medical University, Mickevicius str. 9, 3000 Kaunas, Lithuania AB - Objective: The aim of this study was to analyse the time trends of suicides during the period 1970-1995 in Lithuania, and to assess the importance of the effects of age, period and birth cohort as risk factors. Method: Trends in suicides and average annual changes were based on logarithmic regression analysis. For assessment of the effects of age, period and birth cohort on suicide mortality, a log-linear regression model with parameters representing age, period and cohort effects was fitted. Results: Between 1970 and 1995 age-standardized suicide rates almost doubled. There was an increase in suicides in birth cohorts of males from 1910 to 1950, and in cohorts born after 1965. In females, an increase was observed in all successive birth years from 1905 to 1925 and after 1970. The period effect in males and the cohort effect in females were dominant. Conclusion: It is unlikely that suicide rates will decrease in the near future. KW - Mortality KW - Suicide KW - Time trends KW - age KW - article KW - birth KW - female KW - human KW - Lithuania KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - suicide KW - time KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Lithuania KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution KW - Suicide KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APYSA C2 - 10408263 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kalediene, R.; Department of Social Medicine, Keunas Medical University, Mickevicius str. 9, 3000 Kaunas, Lithuania N1 - References: Varnik, A., Wasserman, D., Eklund, G., Suicides in the Baltic countries (1994) Scand J Soc Med, 22, pp. 166-169; Watson, P., Explaining the rising mortality among men in Eastern Europe (1995) Soc Sci Med, 41, pp. 923-934; (1996) Mortality of Lithuanian Population in 1994-1995, , Vilnius: Lithuanian Health Information Centre; (1995) World Health Statistics Annual, 1994, , Geneva: World Health Organization; Kalediene, R., Vilkauskas, L., Petrauskiene, J., Impact of different demographic and social factors on age distribution of suicides in Lithuania (1997) Acta Med Lituanica, 3, pp. 77-82; Francis, B., Green, M., Payne, C., The statistical system for generalised linear interactive modelling (1994) Release 4 Manual, , Oxford: Clarendon Press; Wasserman, D., Varnik, A., Reliability of statistics on violent death and suicide in the former USSR, 1970-1990 (1998) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 96 (SUPPL. 394), pp. 34-41; Wasserman, D., Varnik, A., Eklund, G., Male suicides and alcohol consumption in the former USSR (1994) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 89, pp. 306-313; Kendall, R.E., Alcohol and suicide (1983) Subst Alcohol Actions Misuse, 4, pp. 121-127; Berglund, M., Suicide in alcoholism. A prospective study of 88 suicides. I. The multidimensional diagnosis at the first admission (1984) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 41, pp. 888-891; Hirschfeld, R.M.A., Cross, C.K., Epidemiology of affective disorders (1982) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 39, pp. 35-46; Weissman, M.M., The myth of involutional melancholia (1979) J Am Med Assoc, 242, pp. 742-744; Wickramaratne, P.R., Weissman, M.M., Leaf, P.J., Holford, T.R., Age, period and cohort effects on the risk of major depression: Results from five United States communities (1989) J Clin Epidemiol, 42, pp. 333-343; Doll, R., Progress against cancer: An epidemiologic assessment (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 675-687; Weissman, M.M., Myers, J.K., Affective disorders in a United States community: The use of research diagnostic criteria in an epidemiological survey (1978) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1304-1311; Klerman, G.L., Lavori, P.W., Rice, J., Birth Cohort trends in rates of major depressive disorder among relatives of patients with affective disorder (1985) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 41, pp. 689-693; Hagnell, O., Lanke, J., Rorsman, B., Ojesjo, L., Are we entering an age of melancholy? Depressive illness in a prospective epidemiological study over 25 years: The Lundby Study, Sweden (1982) Psychol Med, 12, pp. 279-289; Murphy, G.E., Wetzel, R.D., Suicide risk by birth cohort in the United States (1980) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 37, pp. 519-523; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Susser, M., Period effects, generation effects and age effects in peptic ulcer mortality (1982) J Chron Dis, 35, pp. 29-40 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033008534&partnerID=40&md5=5abd4107583dabef14a1fb07e5f9bf43 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Asian ethnic origin and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease T2 - European Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology J2 - Eur. J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 543 EP - 546 PY - 1999 SN - 0954691X (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Department of Medicine, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medicine, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Med. School, Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AB - Objective. To assess whether inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) is more prevalent in young Asians than Europeans living in Great Britain. Design. Longitudinal birth cohort study of all those born 5-11 April 1970 in Great Britain - the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70). Methods. The relationship of a diagnosis of ulcerative colitis or Crohn's disease by age 26 years with ethnic origin was investigated among 8432 cohort members with complete data using multiple logistic regression. We adjusted for potential confounding factors, household crowding and sex, as well as for a family history of IBD. Results. Young Asians born in Britain were significantly more likely than indigenous Europeans to have a diagnosis of IBD by age 26 years, with relative odds of 6.10 (95% CI 2.14-17.33). This group of cohort members had ethnic origins in India, Pakistan or Bangladesh (although none of those from Bangladesh had IBD). This relationship remained statistically significant after adjustment for the potential confounding factors and family history of IBD. Conclusion. Young Asians who were born in Britain are at a significantly higher risk of developing IBD than the indigenous European population. This may reflect a greater genetic predisposition to IBD that is uncovered by exposure to environmental factors. KW - Asians KW - BCS70 KW - Crohn's disease KW - IBD KW - Prevalence KW - Ulcerative colitis KW - adult KW - article KW - asian KW - cohort analysis KW - Crohn disease KW - crowding KW - data analysis KW - enteritis KW - environmental factor KW - ethnic group KW - family history KW - female KW - genetic predisposition KW - high risk population KW - household KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk KW - ulcerative colitis KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Bangladesh KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Genetic Predisposition to Disease KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - India KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Pakistan KW - Prevalence N1 - Cited By :62 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJGHE C2 - 10755259 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Department of Medicine, Royal Free Univ. Coll. Medical Sch., Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Probert, C.S.J., Jayanthi, V., Hughes, A.O., Thompson, J.R., Wicks, A.C.B., Mayberry, J.F., Prevalence and family risk of ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease - An epidemiologic study among Europeans and South Asians in Leicestershire (1993) Gut, 34, pp. 1547-1551; Probert, C.S.J., Jayanthi, V., Pinder, D., Wicks, A.C., Mayberry, J.F., Epidemiologic study of ulcerative proctocolitis in Indian migrants and the indigenous population of Leicestershire (1992) Gut, 33, pp. 687-693; Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality and the incidence of inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 472-473; Montgomery, S.M., Bjornsson, S., Johansson, J.H., Thjodleifsson, B., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality rates and Crohn's disease (1997) Gut, 41, pp. A175; Montgomery, S.M., Morris, D.L., Thompson, N.P., Subhani, J., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in British 26-year-olds: National longitudinal birth cohort (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1058-1059; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., (1993) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , London: The City University; Bynner, J.M., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1997) Twenty-something in the 1990s, , Aldershot: Ashgate; Riis, P., Differential diagnosis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease and other disorders, including diverticular disease (1990) Inflammatory Bowel Diseases, 2nd Edn., pp. 191-198. , Allan RN, Keighley MRB, Alexander-Williams J, Hawkins C, editors. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Norusis, M.J., (1998) SPSS User's Guide, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Essen, J., Fogelman, K., Head, J., Children's housing and their health and physical development (1978) Child Health Care Devel, 4, pp. 357-369; Satsangi, J., Welsh, K.I., Bunce, M., Julier, C., Farrant, J.M., Bell, J.I., Contribution of genes of the major histocompatibility complex to susceptibility and disease phenotype in inflammatory bowel disease (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1212-1217; Peeters, M., Nevens, H., Baert, F., Hiele, M., De Meyer, A.-M., Vlietinck, R., Familial aggregation in Crohn's disease: Increased age-adjusted risk and concordance in clinical characteristics (1996) Gastroenterology, 111, pp. 597-603; Breslin, N.P., Todd, A., Kilgallen, C., O'Morain, C., Monozygotic twins with Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis: A unique case report (1997) Gut, 41, pp. 557-560; Calkins, B.M., Mendeloff, A.I., Epidemiology of inflammatory bowel disease (1986) Epidemiol Rev, 8, pp. 60-91; Wurzelman, J.I., Lyles, C.M., Sandler, R.S., Childhood infections and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease (1994) Dig Dis Sci, 39, pp. 555-560; Gilat, T., Hacohen, D., Lilos, P., Langman, M.J.S., Childhood factors in ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease (1987) Scand J Gastroenterol, 22, pp. 1009-1024; Subhani, J., Montgomery, S.M., Thompson, N.P., Ebrahim, S., Wakefield, A.J., Pounder, R.E., UK twin registry of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD): An update on childhood risk factors (1997) Gut, 41, pp. A36; Shivanada, S., Lennard-Jones, J.E., Logan, R., Fear, N., Price, A., Carpenter, L., Incidence of inflammatory bowel disease across Europe: Is there a difference between north and south? results of the European collaborative study on inflammatory bowel disease (EC-IBD) (1996) Gut, 39, pp. 690-697 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033030382&partnerID=40&md5=1415fef22c7938736641395f5504568b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight, body mass index and asthma in young adults T2 - Thorax J2 - Thorax VL - 54 IS - 5 SP - 396 EP - 402 PY - 1999 SN - 00406376 (ISSN) AU - Shaheen, S.O. AU - Sterne, J.A.C. AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Azima, H. AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, Guy's, King's/St Thomas' Sch. of M., London SE1 3QD, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medicine, Roy. Free/Univ. Coll. Medical School, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AB - Background - Impaired fetal growth may be a risk factor for asthma although evidence in children is conflicting and there are few data in adults. Little is known about risk factors which may influence asthma in late childhood or early adult life. Whilst there are clues that fatness may be important, this has been little studied in young adults. The relations between birth weight and childhood and adult anthropometry and asthma, wheeze, hayfever, and eczema were investigated in a nationally representative sample of young British adults. Methods - A total of 8960 individuals from the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) were studied. They had recently responded to a questionnaire at 26 years of age in which they were asked whether they had suffered from asthma, wheeze, hayfever, and eczema in the previous 12 months. Adult body mass index (BMI) was calculated from reported height and weight. Results - The prevalence of asthma at 26 years fell with increasing birth weight. After controlling for potential confounding factors, the odds ratio comparing the lowest birth weight group (< 2 kg) with the modal group (3-3.5 kg) was 1.99 (95% CI 0.96 to 4.12). The prevalence of asthma increased with increasing adult BMI. After controlling for birth weight and other confounders, the odds ratio comparing highest with lowest quintile was 1.72 (95% CI 1.29 to 2.29). The association between fatness and asthma was stronger in women; odds ratios comparing overweight women (BMI 25-29.99) and obese women (BMI ≥ 30) with those of normal weight (BMI < 25) were 1.51 (95% CI 1.11 to 2.06) and 1.84 (95% CI 1.19 to 2.84), respectively. The BMI at 10 years was not related to adult asthma. Similar associations with birth weight and adult BMI were present for wheeze but not for hayfever or eczema. Conclusions - Impaired fetal growth and adult fatness are risk factors for adult asthma. KW - Adult asthma KW - Birth weight KW - Body mass index KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - anthropometry KW - article KW - asthma KW - birth weight KW - body mass KW - child KW - controlled study KW - eczema KW - female KW - hay fever KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - newborn KW - obesity KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - United Kingdom KW - wheezing KW - Adult KW - Asthma KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Mass Index KW - Eczema KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Fetal Growth Retardation KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Obesity KW - Odds Ratio KW - Prevalence KW - Respiratory Sounds KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Seasonal KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :291 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: THORA C2 - 10212102 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Shaheen, S.O.; Department of Public Health Sciences, Guy's, King's St Thomas' School Med., London SE1 3QD, United Kingdom N1 - References: Shaheen, S., Discovering the causes of atopy (1097) BMJ, 314, pp. 987-988; Schwartz, J., Gold, D., Dockery, D.W., Predictors of asthma and persistent wheeze in a national sample of children in the United States. Association with social class, perinatal events, and race (1990) Am Rev Respir Dis, 142, pp. 555-562; Weitzman, M., Gortmaker, S., Sobol, A., Racial, social, and environmental risks for childhood asthma (1090) Am J Dis Child, 144, pp. 1189-1194; Sears, M.R., Holdaway, M.D., Flannery, E.M., Parental and neonatal risk factors for atopy, airway hyperresponsiveness, and asthma (1996) Arch Dis Child, 75, pp. 392-398; Fergusson, D.M., Crane, J., Beasley, R., Perinatal factors and atopic disease in childhood (1997) Clin Exp Allergy, 27, pp. 1394-1401; Kelly, Y.J., Brabin, B.J., Milligan, P., Maternal asthma, premature birth, and the risk of respiratory morbidity in schoolchildren in Merseyside (1995) Thorax, 50, pp. 525-530; Demissie, K., Ernst, P., Joseph, L., Birthweight and preterm birth in relation to indicators of childhood asthma (1997) Can Respir J, 4, pp. 91-97; Braback, L., Hedberg, A., Perinatal risk factors for atopic disease in conscripts (1998) Clin Exp Allergy, 28, pp. 936-942; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Is low birth weight a risk factor for asthma during adolescence? (1991) Arch Dis Child, 66, pp. 584-587; Fleming, D.M., Crombie, D.L., Prevalence of asthma and hay fever in England and Wales (1987) BMJ, 294, pp. 279-283; Bennett, N., Dodd, T., Flatley, J., (1995) The Health Survey for England 1993, , London: HMSO; Rosenbaum, S., Skinner, R.K., Knight, I.B., A survey of heights and weights of adults in Great Britain, 1980 (1985) Ann Hum Biol, 12, pp. 115-127; Gregory, J., Foster, K., Tyler, H., (1990) The Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults, , London: Social Survey Division, Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, HMSO; Burney, P.G., Chinn, S., Rona, R.J., Has the prevalence of asthma increased in children? evidence from the national study of health and growth 1973-86 (1990) BMJ, 300, pp. 1306-1310; Chinn, S., Rona, R.J., Trends in weight-for-height and triceps skinfold thickness for English and Scottish children, 1972-1982 and 1982-1990 (1994) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 8, pp. 90-106; Gold, D.R., Rotnitzky, A., Damokosh, A.I., Race and gender differences in respiratory illness prevalence and their relationship to environmental exposures in children 7 to 14 years of age (1993) Am Rev Respir Dis, 148, pp. 10-18; Luder, E., Melnik, T.A., DiMaio, M., Association of being overweight with greater asthma symptoms in inner city black and Hispanic children (1998) J Pediatr, 132, pp. 699-703; Seidell, J.C., De Groot, L.C., Van Sonsbeek, J.L., Associations of moderate and severe overweight with self-reported illness and medical care in Dutch adults (1986) Am J Public Health, 76, pp. 264-269; Negri, E., Pagano, R., Decarli, A., Body weight and the prevalence of chronic diseases (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 24-29; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Introduction (1986) From Birth to Five. A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five-year-olds, pp. 1-7. , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., (1993) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS). Inter-cohort Analysis Working Paper 1, , London: City University Social Statistics Research Unit (SSRU); Shepherd, P., Survey and response (1997) Twenty-something in the 1990s, pp. 130-136. , Bynner JM, Ferri E, Shepherd P, eds. Aldershot: Ashgate Press; Garrow, J.S., (1988) Obesity and Related Diseases, , London: Churchill Livingstone; Lewis, S., Butland, B., Strachan, D., Study of the aetiology of wheezing illness at age 16 in two national British birth cohorts (1996) Thorax, 51, pp. 670-676; Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Lewis, S., Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts (1997) BMJ, 315, pp. 717-721; (1966) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Leon, D.A., Koupilova, I., Lithell, H.O., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Michels, K.B., Greenland, S., Rosner, B.A., Does body mass index adequately capture the relation of body composition and body size to health outcomes? (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 167-172; Shaheen, S., The beginnings of chronic airflow obstruction (1997) Br Med Bull, 53, pp. 58-70; Strachan, D.P., Epidemiology of hay fever: Towards a community diagnosis (1995) Clin Exp Allergy, 25, pp. 296-303; Strachan, D.P., Harkins, L.S., Johnston, I.D., Childhood antecedents of allergic sensitization in young British adults (1997) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 99, pp. 6-12; Godfrey, K.M., Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Disproportionate fetal growth and raised IgE concentration in adult life (1994) Clin Exp Allergy, 24, pp. 641-648; Dean, G., Lee, P.N., Todd, G.F., Factors related to respiratory and cardiovascular symptoms in the United Kingdom (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 86-96; Lean, M.E., Han, T.S., Seidell, J.C., Impairment of health and quality of life in people with large waist circumference (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 853-856; Stewart, A.W., Jackson, R.T., Ford, M.A., Underestimation of relative weight by use of self-reported height and weight (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 125, pp. 122-126; Siersted, H.C., Boldsen, J., Hansen, H.S., Population based study of risk factors for underdiagnosis of asthma in adolescence: Odense schoolchild study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 651-655; Platts-Mills, T.A.E., Sporik, R.B., Chapman, M.D., The role of domestic allergens (1997) Ciba Foundation Symposium, 206, pp. 173-189; Seaton, A., Godden, D.J., Brown, K., Increase in asthma: A more toxic environment or a more susceptible population? (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 171-174; Troisi, R.J., Speizer, F.E., Willen, W.C., Menopause, postmenopausal estrogen preparations, and the risk of adult-onset asthma. A prospective cohort study (1995) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 152, pp. 1183-1188; Ingram, D., Nottage, E., Ng, S., Obesity and breast disease. The role of the female sex hormones (1989) Cancer, 64, pp. 1049-1053; Brunet, S.-G., Ghadirian, P., Rebbeck, T.R., Effect of smoking on breast cancer in carriers of mutant BRCA1 or BRCA2 genes (1998) J Natl Cancer Inst, 90, pp. 761-766; Gallagher, P., Visser, M., Sepulveda, D., How useful is body mass index for comparison of body fatness across age, sex, and ethnic groups? (1996) Am J Epidemiol, 143, pp. 228-239 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032898751&partnerID=40&md5=605e02f10eaf242ca04b18d3eb734a75 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Can children's health be predicted by perinatal health? T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 276 EP - 280 PY - 1999 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Gissler, M. AU - Järvelin, M.-R. AU - Louhiala, P. AU - Rahkonen, O. AU - Hemminki, E. AD - Natl. R. D. Ctr. Welf. Hlth., Health Services Research Unit, PO Box 220, 00531 Helsinki, Finland AD - University of Oulu, Dept. of Pub. Hlth. and Gen. Pract., Aapistie 1, 90200 Oulu, Finland AD - University of Helsinki, Department of Public Health, PO Box 41, 00014 Helsinki, Finland AD - University of Helsinki, Department of Social Policy, PO Box 18, 00014 Helsinki, Finland AB - Background. The purpose of this paper was to investigate how well children's health until age 7 years can be predicted by perinatal outcome using routine health registers. Methods. Follow-up of one year cohort (N = 60,192) was performed by record linkages with personal identification number. The data came from the 1987 Finnish Medical Birth Register, from six other national registers and from education registers of one county. Results. All perinatal health indicators showed a strong correlation with subsequent health, and prediction of good health was satisfactory: 85% of children who were healthy in the perinatal period did not have any reported health problems in early childhood, and 91% of children healthy in early childhood had been healthy in the perinatal period. However, it was not possible to predict poor health outcome: 76% of the children with reported perinatal problems were healthy in early childhood, and 87% of the children with long-term morbidity in childhood did not have any perinatal problems. Conclusions. Our findings suggest that in assessing risk factors and health care technology, monitoring perinatal health is not enough and long-term follow-ups are needed. While perinatal mortality has been widely used as an indicator to measure the standard of health care and to identify risk groups, its value has been questioned because of definition problems and decreasing perinatal mortality rates in industrialized countries. Finnish health register data were used to assess how well children's health until age 7 years can be predicted by perinatal outcome using routine health registers. Specifically, data came from the 1987 Finnish Medical Birth Register, 6 other national registers, and education registers of 1 county. 60,192 children were traced up to age 7 years through record linkages with personal identification numbers. All perinatal health indicators were strongly correlated with subsequent health: 85% of children who were healthy in the perinatal period reported no health problems during early childhood, and 91% of children healthy in early childhood had also been healthy in the perinatal period. However, poor health outcome could not be predicted: 76% of the children with reported perinatal problems were healthy in early childhood, and 87% of the children with long-term morbidity during childhood had no perinatal problems. These findings suggest that when assessing risk factors and health care technology, it is not enough to only monitor perinatal health status. Rather, long-term follow-ups are also needed. KW - Childhood health KW - Perinatal health KW - Prediction KW - Register study KW - article KW - child KW - child health KW - Finland KW - follow up KW - human KW - infant KW - morbidity KW - newborn KW - normal human KW - perinatal period KW - prediction KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - Age Factors KW - Child Health KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Europe KW - Finland KW - Health KW - Health Status Indexes KW - Infant KW - Measurement KW - Northern Europe KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Research Methodology KW - Research Report KW - Scandinavia KW - Youth KW - Child KW - Child Welfare KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Newborn, Diseases KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Perinatal Care KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Registries KW - Risk Assessment KW - Sensitivity and Specificity N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 10342691 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gissler, M.; STAKES, Health Services Research Unit, PO Box 220, 00531 Helsinki, Finland N1 - References: Ross, G., Perinatal prediction - A potential means for cutting public costs (1994) Am J Perinat, 11, p. 167; Brazy, J.E., Eckerman, C.O., Oehler, J.M., Nursery neurobiologic risk score: Important factors in predicting outcome in very low birthweight infants (1991) J Pediatr, 118, pp. 783-792; Gourbin, C., Masuy-Stroobant, G., Registration of vital data: Are live births and stillbirths comparable all over Europe? (1995) Bull World Health Organ, 73, pp. 449-460; Gissler, M., Ollila, E., Teperi, J., Hemminki, E., Impact of induced abortions and statistical definitions on perinatal mortality figures (1994) Pediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 8, pp. 391-400; Cartlidge, P.H.T., Stewart, J.H., Effect of changing the stillbirth definition on evaluation of perinatal mortality rates (1995) Lancet, 346, pp. 486-488; Forssas, E., Gissler, M., Hemminki, E., Declining perinatal mortality in Finland 1987-1994: Contribution of different subgroups (1998) Eur J Obstetr Gyn, 80, pp. 777-781; Schwartz, R.M., Luby, A.M., Scanlon, J.W., Kellogg, R.J., Effect of surfactant on morbidity, mortality, and resource use in newborn infants weighing 500 to 1500 g (1994) N Engl J Med, 330, pp. 1476-1480; McCormick, M.C., Long-term follow-up of infants discharged from neonatal intensive care units (1989) JAMA, 261, pp. 1767-1772; McCormick, M.C., Gortmaker, S.L., Sobol, A., Very low birth weight children: Behaviour problems and school difficulties in a national sample (1990) J Pediatr, 117, pp. 687-693; Escobar, G.J., Littenberg, B., Petitti, D., Outcome among surviving very low-birth weight infants: A meta-analysis (1991) Arch Dis Childhood, 66, pp. 204-211; Ens-Dokkum, M.H., Am, S., Veen, S., Verloove-Vanhorick, S.P., Brand, R., Ruys, J.H., Evaluation of care for the preterm infant: Review of literature on follow-up of preterm and low birthweight infants. Report from the collaborative Project on Preterm and Small for gestational age infants (POPS) in the Netherlands (1992) Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 6, pp. 434-459; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Gissler, M., Louhiala, P., Hemminki, E., Nordic Medical Birth Registers in epidemilogical research (1997) Eur J Epidemiol, 13, pp. 169-175; Ericson, A., Gunnarskog, J., Källén, B., Otterblad-Olausson, P., A register study of very low birthweight livebom infants in Sweden, 1973-1988 (1992) Acta Obstetr Gynecol Scand, 71, pp. 104-111; Rodriguez, C., Regidor, E., Gutiérrez-Fisac, J.L., Low birth weight in Spain associated with sociodemographic factors (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 38-42; Bille, H., Rostgaard, K., Schiøler, G., (1992) Ekstremt Tidligt Fødte Børn - En Registerundersøgelse, 1, p. 30. , Sundhedstyrelsen. Vitalstatistik Danish: Extremely premature children - A register study; Gissler, M., Teperi, J., Hemminki, E., Meriläinen, J., Data quality after restructuring a nationwide medical birth registry (1995) Scand J Soc Med, 13, pp. 75-80; Gissler, M., Hemminki, E., Louhiala, P., Järvelin, M.-R., Health registers are feasible for measuring health status in childhood - A seven-year follow-up of the 1987 Finnish birth cohort (1998) Pediatr Perinat Epidemiol, 12, pp. 437-455; Barker, D., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , Plymouth: British Medical Journal; Barker, D., (1994) Mother's, Babies and Disease in Later Life, , Plymouth: British Medical Journal; Ben-Schlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., Depriviation in infancy or in adult life: Which is more important for mortality risk? (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 530-534; Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origin of coronary heart disease (the 'Barker hypotheses') (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 411-412; Vågerö, D., Illsley, R., Explaining health inequalities. Beyond Black and Barker (1996) Eur Social Rev, 11, pp. 219-241; Keskimäki, I., Aro, S., Accuracy of data on diagnoses, procedures and accidents in the Finnish Hospital Discharge Register (1991) Int J Health Sci, 2, pp. 15-21; Gissler, M., Ulander, V.-M., Hemminki, E., Rasimus, A., Declining induced abortion rate in Finland: Data-quality of the Abortion Register (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 25, pp. 376-380; Wadsworth, M., Health inequalities in the life course perspective (1997) Soc Sci Med, 44, pp. 859-869 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344197159&partnerID=40&md5=68d05aa4961e277eb906b9a7a900b8d9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Behaviour and cognitive outcomes from middle ear disease T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 35 PY - 1999 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Bennett, K.E. AU - Haggard, M.P. AD - MRC Institute of Hearing Research, University Park, Nottingham NG7 2RD, United Kingdom AB - Objectives - To resolve controversies over associations between a history of middle ear disease and psychosocial or cognitive/educational outcomes. Design - Multipurpose longitudinal birth cohort study. Original cohort comprised all UK births between 5 and 11 April 1970; data were available for approximately 12 000 children at 5 years old and 9000 children at 10 years old. Methods - For 5 year old children, parent reported data were available on health, social, and behavioural factors, including data on two validated markers of middle ear disease. Cognitive tests were administered at 5 and 10 years of age, and behavioural problems rated at 10 years by the child's teacher. Results - After adjustment for social background and maternal malaise, the developmental sequelae of middle ear disease remained significant even at 10 years. The largest effects were observed in behaviour problems and language test data at age 5, but effect sizes were modest overall. Implications - These results provide an epidemiological basis for policies that aim to minimise the sequelae of middle ear disease by awareness in parents and preschool teachers, early referral, and intervention for more serious or persistent cases. KW - Behaviour problems KW - Cognitive development KW - Longitudinal study KW - Middle ear disease KW - antisocial behavior KW - article KW - behavior disorder KW - child KW - cognitive defect KW - cohort analysis KW - hearing impairment KW - human KW - language disability KW - middle ear disease KW - parent KW - priority journal KW - teacher KW - Child KW - Child Behavior Disorders KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Female KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Humans KW - Language Development Disorders KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Odds Ratio KW - Otitis Media KW - Parents KW - Psychological Tests KW - Teaching N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 10325755 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bennett, K.E.; MRC Institute of Hearing Research, University Park, Nottingham NG7 2RD, United Kingdom N1 - References: Roberts, J.E., Schuele, C., Otitis media and later academic performance: The linkage and implications for intervention (1990) Topics in Language Disorder, 11, pp. 43-62; Teele, D.W., Long term sequelae of otitis media: Fact or fantasy? (1994) Pediatr Infect Dis J, 13, pp. 1069-1073; Wallace, I.F., Gravel, J.S., Schwartz, R.G., Ruben, R.J., Otitis media, communication style of primary caregivers, and language skills of 2 year olds: A preliminary report (1996) J Dev Behav Pediatr, 17, pp. 27-35; Rutter, M., Commentary: Some focus and process considerations regarding effects of parental depression on children (1990) Dev Psychol, 26, pp. 60-67; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Silva, P., Kirkland, C., Simpson, A., Stewart, A., Williams, S.M., Some developmental and behavioural problems associated with bilateral otitis media with effusion (1984) J Learn Disabil, 15, pp. 417-421; Schilder, A.G.M., Van Manen, J.G., Zielhuis, G., Grievink, E., Peters, S., Van Den Broek, P., Long-term effects of otitis media with effusion on language, reading and spelling (1993) Clin Otolaryngol, 18, pp. 234-241; Teele, D.W., Klein, J.O., Rosner, B.A., Otitis media with effusion during the first three years of life and development of speech and language (1984) Pediatrics, 74, pp. 282-287; Daly, K.A., Lindgren, B., Giebink, G.S., Validity of parental report of a child's medical history in otitis media research (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 1116-1121; Osborn, A.F., Assessing the socio-economic status of families (1987) Sociology, 21, pp. 429-448; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study. First Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10-Year Follow-up, , Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five-year-olds, , London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Zielhuis, G.A., Rach, G.H., Van Den Bosch, A., Van Den Broek, P., The prevalance of otitis media win effusion. A critical review of the literature (1990) Clin Otolaryngol, 15, pp. 283-288; Bennett, K.E., Haggard, M.P., Accumulation of factors influencing children's middle ear disease - Risk factor modelling on a large population cohort J Epidemiol Community Health, , In press; Haggard, M.P., Birkin, J.A., Browning, G.G., Gatehouse, S., Lewis, S., Behaviour problems in otitis media (1994) Pediatr Infect Dis J, 13, pp. S43-S50; Gortmaker, S.L., Walker, D.K., Weitzman, M., Sobol, A.M., Chronic conditions, socioeconomic risks, and behavioural problems in children and adolescents (1990) Pediatrics, 85, pp. 267-276; Paradise, J.L., Does early-life otitis media result in lasting developmental impairment? why the question persists, and a proposed plan for addressing it (1992) Adv Pediatr, 39, pp. 157-165; Roberts, J.E., Burchinal, M.R., Davis, B.P., Collier, A.M., Henderson, F.W., Otitis media in early childhood and later language (1992) J Speech Hear Res, 34, pp. 1158-1168; Pless, C.E., Pless, I.B., How well they remember -the accuracy of parent reports (1995) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 149, pp. 553-558; Chalmers, D., Stewart, I.A., Silva, P.A., Mulvena, M., (1989) Otitis Media with Effusion in Children- the Dunedin Study, , Oxford: Blackwell; Jones, N.S., Prichard, A.J.N., Radomshij, P., Snashall, S.E., Imbalance and chronic secretory otitis media in children: Effect of myringotomy and insertion of ventilation tubes on body sway (1990) Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol, 99, pp. 477-481; Casselbrant, M.L., Gurman, J.M., Rubenstein, E., Mandel, E.M., Effects of otitis media on the vestibular system in children (1995) Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol, 104, pp. 620-624; Teele, D.W., Klein, J.O., Chase, C., Menyuk, P., Rosner, B.A., Otitis media in infancy and intellectual ability, school achievement, speech and language at age 7 years (1990) J Infect Dis, 162, pp. 685-694; Friel-Patti, S., Finitzo, T., Formby, E., Brown, K.C., A prospective study of early middle ear disease and speech-language development (1987) Texas Journal of Audiology and Speech Pathology, 13, pp. 39-42 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033002801&partnerID=40&md5=33ef9603f6cf5b6ee2027c20abd8d3af ER - TY - JOUR TI - The epidemiology of rheumatoid arthritis in Rochester, Minnesota, 1955- 1985 T2 - Arthritis and Rheumatism J2 - Arthritis Rheum. VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 415 EP - 420 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1002/1529-0131(199904)42:3<415::AID-ANR4>3.0.CO;2-Z SN - 00043591 (ISSN) AU - Gabriel, S.E. AU - Crowson, C.S. AU - O'Fallon, W.M. AD - Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, United States AD - Dept. of Health Sciences Research, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street, SW, Rochester, MN 55905, United States AB - Objective. To describe trends in the epidemiology of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) over a period of 30 years in a population-based cohort. Methods. An inception cohort of Rochester, Minnesota residents who were ≥35 years of age and had RA (as defined by the 1987 American College of Rheumatology criteria for RA) first diagnosed between January 1, 1955 and January 1, 1985 was assembled and followed up until January 1, 1995. Incidence rates were age- and sex-adjusted to the 1970 US white population. Prevalence of RA in this cohort was estimated on January 1, 1985. A birth- cohort analysis was performed by calculating and comparing incidence rates in each of 16 birth cohorts. Results. Of the 425 Rochester residents who fulfilled the inclusion criteria, there were 113 men (26.6%) and 312 women (73.4%), with a mean age at diagnosis of 60.2 years. The mean followup time was 15.1 years. The overall age- and sex-adjusted annual incidence of RA among Rochester, Minnesota residents ≥35 years of age (1955-1985) was 75.3 per 100,000 population (95% confidence interval 68.0-82.5). This incidence was approximately double in women compared with that in men and increased steadily with age, until age 85, after which the incidence of RA decreased. Secular trends in the incidence of RA over the entire study period were demonstrated. The overall prevalence of RA on January 1, 1985 was ~1%. The birth-cohort analysis showed peak incidence rates in the 1880-1895 birth cohorts. Conclusion. The epidemiology of RA is dynamic. The findings in this study lend further support to the hypothesis of a host-environment interaction in the pathogenesis of RA. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - genetic risk KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - pathogenesis KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - rheumatoid arthritis KW - risk factor KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Arthritis, Rheumatoid KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Minnesota KW - Prevalence KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :246 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ARHEA C2 - 10088762 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gabriel, S.E.; Dept. of Health Sciences Research, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street, SW, Rochester, MN 55905, United States N1 - References: Deighton, C.M., Walker, D.J., Griffiths, I.D., Roberts, D.F., The contribution of HLA to rheumatoid arthritis (1989) Clin Genet, 36, pp. 178-182; Aho, K., Koskenvuo, M., Tuominen, J., Kaprio, J., Occurrence of rheumatoid arthritis in a nationwide series of twins (1986) J Rheumatol, 13, pp. 899-902; Silman, A.J., MacGregor, A., Holligan, S., Ollier, W.E.R., Thomson, W., Carthy, D., Concordance rates for rheumatoid arthritis in twins: Results of a nationwide study (1992) Arthritis Rheum, 35 (SUPPL. 9), pp. S47; Jacobsson, L.T.H., Hanson, R.L., Knowler, W.C., Pillemer, S., Pettitt, D.J., McCance, D.R., Decreasing incidence and prevalence of rheumatoid arthritis in Pima Indians over a twenty-five-year period (1994) Arthritis Rheum, 37, pp. 1158-1165; Linos, A., Worthington, J.W., O'Fallon, W.M., Kurland, L.T., The epidemiology of rheumatoid arthritis in rochester, minnesota: A study of incidence, prevalence, and mortality (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 111, pp. 87-98; Dugowson, C.E., Koepsell, T.D., Voigt, L.F., Bley, L., Nelson, J.L., Daling, J.R., Rheumatoid arthritis in women: Incidence rates in group health cooperative, Seattle, Washington, 1987-1989 (1991) Arthritis Rheum, 34, pp. 1502-1507; Hochberg, M.C., Changes in the incidence and prevalence of rheumatoid arthritis in England and Wales, 1970-1982 (1990) Semin Arthritis Rheum, 19, pp. 294-302; Silman, A.J., Has the incidence of rheumatoid arthritis declined in the United Kingdom? (1988) Br J Rheumatol, 27, pp. 77-79; Hannaford, P.C., Kay, C.R., Hirsch, S., Oral contraceptives and rheumatoid arthritis: New data from the Royal College of General Practitioners' oral contraceptive study (1990) Ann Rheum Dis, 49, pp. 744-746; Spector, T.D., Hart, D.J., Powell, R.J., Prevalence of rheumatoid arthritis and rheumatoid factor in women: Evidence for a secular trend (1993) Ann Rheum Dis, 52, pp. 254-257; Silman, A., Currey, H.L.F., Evans, S.J.W., Is rheumatoid arthritis becoming less severe? (1983) J Chronic Dis, 36, pp. 891-897; Silman, A.J., Trends in the incidence and severity of rheumatoid arthritis (1992) J Rheumatol, 19 (SUPPL. 32), pp. 71-73; Kurland, L.T., Molgaard, C.A., The patient record in epidemiology (1981) Sci Am, 245, pp. 54-63; Melton L.J. III, History of the Rochester Epidemiology Project (1996) Mayo Clinic Proc, 71, pp. 266-274; Arnett, F.C., Edworthy, S.M., Bloch, D.A., McShane, D.J., Fries, J.F., Cooper, N.S., The American Rheumatism Association 1987 revised criteria for the classification of rheumatoid arthritis (1988) Arthritis Rheum, 31, pp. 315-324; McCullagh, P., Neider, J.A., (1983) Generalized Linear Models, , New York: Chapman and Hall; Ropes, M.W., Bennett, G.A., Cobb, S., Jacox, R., Jessar, R.A., 1958 revision of diagnostic criteria for rheumatoid arthritis (1958) Bull Rheum Dis, 9, pp. 175-176; Kaipiainen-Seppanen, O., Aho, K., Laakso, M., Shift in the incidence of rheumatoid arthritis toward elderly patients in Finland during 1975-1990 (1996) Clin Exp Rheumatol, 14, pp. 537-542; Kaipiainen-Seppanen, O., Aho, K., Isomaki, H., Laakso, M., Incidence of rheumatoid arthritis in Finland during 1980-1990 (1996) Ann Rheum Dis, 55, pp. 608-611; Silman, A., Bankhead, C., Rowlingson, B., Brennan, P., Symmons, D., Gatrell, A., Do new cases of rheumatoid arthritis cluster in time or in space? (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 628-634; Del Puente, A., Knowler, W.C., Pettitt, D.J., Bennett, P.H., High incidence and prevalence of rheumatoid arthritis in Pima Indians (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 129, pp. 1170-1178; Oen, K., Postl, B., Chalmers, I.M., Ling, N., Schroeder, M.L., Baragar, F.D., Rheumatic diseases in an inuit population (1986) Arthritis Rheum, 29, pp. 65-74; Drosos, A.A., Alamanos, I., Voulgari, P.V., Psychos, D.N., Katsaraki, A., Papadopoulos, I., Epidemiology of adult rheumatoid arthritis in northwest Greece 1987-1995 (1997) J Rheumatol, 24, pp. 2129-2133; Silman, A.J., Are there secular trends in the occurrence and severity of rheumatoid arthritis? (1989) Scand J Rheumatol Suppl, 79, pp. 25-30; Silman, A.J., Epidemiology of rheumatoid arthritis (1994) APMIS, 102, pp. 721-728; Hochberg, M.C., Spector, T.D., Epidemiology of rheumatoid arthritis: Update (1990) Epidemiol Rev, 12, pp. 247-252; Leibson, C.L., Ballard, D.J., Whisnant, J.P., Melton L.J. III, The compression of morbidity hypothesis: Promise and pitfalls of using record-linked data bases to assess secular trends in morbidity and mortality (1992) Milbank Q, 70, pp. 127-154 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032976283&doi=10.1002%2f1529-0131%28199904%2942%3a3%3c415%3a%3aAID-ANR4%3e3.0.CO%3b2-Z&partnerID=40&md5=da69eb975973cd5d5515ef163ae1915f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changing prevalence of allergic rhinitis and asthma T2 - Annals of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology J2 - Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol. VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 252 PY - 1999 SN - 10811206 (ISSN) AU - MichaelSly, R. AD - Section of Allergy and Immunology, Children's National Medical Center, George Washington Univ. Sch. Med. H., Washington, DC, United States AD - Children's National Medical Center, Department of Allergy, Immunology and Pulmonary Medicine, 111 Michigan Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20010-2970, United States AB - Objective: This review will enable the reader to discuss prevalence, risk factors, and prognosis of allergic rhinitis and asthma. Data sources: MEDLINE (PubMed) search using the terms allergic rhinitis, asthma, prevalence, risk factors. Study selection: Human studies published in the English language since 1978, especially studies of relatively large populations in the United States, Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand, with cross referencing to earlier relevant studies. Results: Current prevalence of allergic rhinitis at 16 years of age in cohorts of British children born in 1958 and 1970 increased from 12% in the earlier cohort to 23% and in the later cohort. Local surveys of allergic rhinitis at approximately 18 years of age in the United States in 1962 to 1965 disclosed prevalence of 15% to 28%, while the national survey of 1976 to 1980 disclosed a prevalence of 26%. Thus, it is uncertain whether prevalence of allergic rhinitis has changed in the United States based on these limited data. Data from several sources indicate worldwide increases in prevalence of asthma. Annual Health Interview surveys indicate increases in prevalence of asthma in the United States from 3.1% in 1980 to 5.4% in 1994, but prevalence among impoverished inner city children has been much higher. Combined prevalence of diagnosed and undiagnosed asthma among inner city children has been 26% and 27% at 9 to 12 years of age in Detroit and San Diego. Positive family history and allergy are important risk factors for allergic rhinitis and asthma. Prognosis is guarded; allergic rhinitis resolves in only 10% to 20% of children within 10 years, and at least 25% of young adults who have had asthma during early childhood are symptomatic as adults. Conclusion: Increases in prevalence remain unexplained, but avoidance of recognized allergens should reduce the prevalence of allergic rhinitis and asthma. KW - tobacco smoke KW - allergic rhinitis KW - allergy KW - asthma KW - diet KW - family history KW - heredity KW - human KW - lowest income group KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - race KW - review KW - risk factor KW - social aspect KW - urban area KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Asthma KW - Australia KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Conjunctivitis, Allergic KW - Disease Progression KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Female KW - Genetic Predisposition to Disease KW - Great Britain KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Hypersensitivity, Immediate KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Morbidity KW - New Zealand KW - Prevalence KW - Prognosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Perennial KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Seasonal KW - Risk KW - Risk Factors KW - Skin Tests KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Tobacco Smoke Pollution KW - United States KW - Urban Population KW - World Health N1 - Cited By :334 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ALAIF C2 - 10094214 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sly, R.M.; Children's National Medical Center, Allergy, Immunol./Pulmon. Med. Dept., 111 Michigan Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20010-2970, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - References: Freeman, G.L., Johnson, S., Allergic diseases in adolescents (1964) Am J Dis Child, 107, pp. 549-559; Broder, I., Higgins, M.W., Mathews, K.P., Keller, J.B., Epidemiology of asthma and allergic rhinitis in a total community, Tecumseh, Michigan (1974) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 53, pp. 127-138; McMenamin, P., Costs of hay fever in the United States in 1990 (1994) Ann Allergy, 73, pp. 35-39; Nathan, R.A., Meltzer, E.O., Selner, J.C., Storms, W., Prevalence of allergic rhinitis in the United States (1997) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 99, pp. S808-814; Wright, A.L., Holberg, C.J., Martinez, F.D., Epidemiology of physician-diagnosed allergic rhinitis in childhood (1994) Pediatrics, 94, pp. 895-901; Gergen, P.J., Turkeltaub, P.C., The association of individual allergen reactivity with respiratory disease in a national sample: Data from the second National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1976-80 (NHANES II) (1992) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 90, pp. 579-588; Strachan, D.P., Sibbald, B., Weiland, S.K., Worldwide variations in prevalence of symptoms of allergic rhinoconjunctivitis in children: The International Study of Asthma and Allergies in Childhood (ISAAC) (1997) Pediatr Allergy Immunol, 8, pp. 161-176; Sen, A., The morbidity of rich and poor (1998) Br Med J, 316. , 18 April, not numbered; Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Lewis, S., Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts (1997) Br Med J, 315, pp. 717-721; Sibbald, B., Rink, E., Epidemiology of seasonal and perennial rhinitis; clinical presentation and medical history (1991) Thorax, 46, pp. 895-901; Bahna, S.L., Factors determining development of allergy in infants (1992) Allergy Proc, 13, pp. 21-25; Von Mutius, E., Martinez, F.D., Fritzsch, C., Prevalence of asthma and atopy in two areas of West and East Germany (1994) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 149, pp. 358-364; Duhme, H., Weiland, S.K., Rudolph, P., Asthma and allergies among children in West and East Germany: A comparison between Münster and Greifswald using the ISAAC phase I protocol (1998) Eur Respir J, 11, pp. 840-847; Von Mutius, E., Illi, S., Nicolai, T., Martinez, F.D., Relation of indoor heating with asthma, allergic sensitisation, and bronchial responsiveness: Survey of children in south Bavaria (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 1448-1450; Strachan, D.P., Epidemiology of hay fever: Toward a community diagnosis (1995) Clin Exper Allergy, 25, pp. 296-303; Jarvis, D., Chinn, S., Luczynska, C., Burney, P., The association of family size with atopy and atopic disease (1997) Clin Exper Allergy, 27, pp. 240-245; Martinez, F.D., Role of viral infections in the inception of asthma and allergies during childhood: Could they be protective? (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 1189-1191; Ishizaki, T., Koizumi, K., Ikemori, R., Studies of prevalence of Japanese cedar pollinosis among the residents in a densely cultivated area (1987) Ann Allergy, 58, pp. 265-270; Weiland, S.K., Mundt, K.A., Ruckmann, A., Keil, U., Self-reported wheezing and allergic rhinitis in children and traffic density on street of residence (1994) Ann Epidemiol, 4, pp. 243-247; Duhme, H., Weiland, S.K., Keil, U., The association between self-reported symptoms of asthma and allergic rhinitis and self-reported traffic density on street of residence in adolescents (1996) Epidemiol, 7, pp. 578-582; Peterson, B., Saxon, A., Global increases in allergic respiratory disease: The possible role of diesel exhaust particles (1996) Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol, 77, pp. 263-270; Weiss, S.T., Tager, I.B., Munoz, A., Speizer, F.E., The relationship of respiratory infections in early childhood to the occurrence of increased levels of bronchial responsiveness and atopy (1985) Am Rev Respir Dis, 131, pp. 573-578; Zeiger, R.S., Heller, S., The development and prediction of atopy in high risk children: Follow-up at age seven years in a prospective randomized study of combined maternal and infant food allergen avoidance (1995) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 95, pp. 1179-1190; Strachan, D.P., Cook, D.G., Parental smoking and allergic sensitisation in children (1998) Thorax, 53, pp. 117-123; Settipane, R.J., Hagy, G.W., Settipane, G.A., Long-term risk factors for developing asthma and allergic rhinitis: A 23-year follow-up study of college students (1994) Allergy Proc, 15, pp. 21-25; Kemp, T.J., Siebers, R.W., Fishwick, D., House dust mite allergen in pillows (1996) Br Med J, 313, p. 916; Crane, J., Kemp, T., Siebers, R., Increased house dust mite allergen in synthetic pillows may explain increased wheezing (1997) Br Med J, 314, pp. 1763-1764; Korsgaard, J., Iversen, M., Epidemiology of house dust mite allergy (1991) Allergy, 46 (SUPPL. 11), pp. 14-18; Verhoeff, A.P., Van Strien, R.T., Van Wijnen, J.H., Brunekreef, B., Damp housing and childhood respiratory symptoms: The role of sensitization to dust mites and molds (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 103-110; Wickman, M., Nordvall, S.L., Pershagen, G., Risk factors in early childhood for sensitization to airborne allergens (1992) Pediatr Allergy Immunol, 3, pp. 128-133; Aberg, N., Sundell, J., Eriksson, B., Prevalence of allergic diseases in schoolchildren in relation to family history, upper respiratory infections, and residential characteristics (1996) Allergy, 51, pp. 232-237; Johnstone, D.E., Dutton, A.M., Dietary prophylaxis of allergic disease in children (1966) N Engl J Med, 274, pp. 715-719; Saarinen, U.M., Backman, A., Kajosaari, M., Siimes, M.A., Prolonged breast feeding as prophylaxis for atopic disease (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 163-166; Hide, D.W., Guyer, B.M., Clinical manifestations of allergy related to breast and cows' milk feeding (1981) Arch Dis Childh, 56, pp. 172-175; Saarinen, U.M., Kajosaari, M., Breast-feeding as prophylaxis against atopic disease: Prospective follow-up study until 17 years old (1995) Lancet, 346, pp. 1065-1069; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Golding, J., Butler, N., Breast feeding, eczema, asthma, and hay fever (1983) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 37, pp. 95-99; Nathanson, C.A., Rhyne, M.B., Social and cultural factors associated with asthmatic symptoms in children (1970) Soc Sci Med, 4, pp. 293-306; Barbee, R.A., Lebowitz, M.D., Thompson, H.C., Burrows, B., Immediate skin test reactivity in a general population sample (1976) Ann Intern Med, 84, pp. 129-133; Pedvis, S., Fox, Z.R., Bacal, H.L., Long term follow-up of ragweed hay fever in children (1962) Ann Allergy, 20, pp. 569-577; Linna, O., Kokkonen, J., Lukin, M., A 10-year prognosis for childhood allergic rhinitis (1992) Acta Paediatr, 81, pp. 100-102; Mannino, D.R., Roma, D.M., Pertowski, C.A., Surveillance for asthma - United States, 1960-1995 (1998) MMWR, (NO. SS-1), p. 47; Vollmer, W.M., Osborne, M.L., Buist, A.S., 20-year trends in the prevalence of asthma and chronic airflow obstruction in an HMO (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 157, pp. 1079-1084; Gergen, P.J., Mullally, D.I., Evans R.E. III, National survey of prevalence of asthma among children in the United States, 1976 to 1980 (1988) Pediatrics, 81, pp. 1-7; Weitzman, M., Gortmaker, S.L., Sobol, A.M., Perrin, J.M., Recent trends in the prevalence and severity of childhood asthma (1992) JAMA, 268, pp. 2673-2677; Crain, E.F., Weiss, K.B., Bijur, P.E., An estimate of the prevalence of asthma and wheezing among inner-city children (1994) Pediatrics, 94, pp. 356-362; Christiansen, S.C., Martin, S.B., Schleicher, N.C., Current prevalence of asthma-related symptoms in San Diego's predominantly Hispanic inner city children (1996) J Asthma, 33, pp. 17-26; Joseph, C.L.M., Foxman, B., Leickly, F.E., Prevalence of possible undiagnosed asthma and associated morbidity among urban schoolchildren (1996) J Pediatr, 129, pp. 735-742; Beasley, R., Keil, U., Von Mutius, E., Worldwide variation in prevalence of symptoms of asthma, allergic rhinoconjunctivitis, and atopic eczema: ISAAC (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1225-1232; Burney, P., Chinn, S., Luczynska, C., Variations in the prevalence of respiratory symptoms, self reported asthma attacks, and use of asthma medication in the European Community Respiratory Health Survey (ECRHS) (1996) Eur Respir J, 9, pp. 687-695; Kaur, B., Anderson, H.R., Austin, J., Prevalence of asthma symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment in 12-14 year old children across Great Britain (international study of asthma and allergies in childhood. ISAAC UK) (1998) Br Med J, 316, pp. 118-124; Strachan, D.P., Anderson, H.R., Limb, E.S., A national survey of asthma prevalence, severity, and treatment in Great Britain (1994) Arch Dis Child, 70, pp. 174-178; Ninan, T.K., Russell, G., Respiratory symptoms and atopy in Aberdeen schoolchildren: Evidence from two surveys 25 years apart (1992) Br Med J, 304, pp. 873-875; Omran, M., Russell, G., Continuing increase in respiratory symptoms and atopy in Aberdeen schoolchildren (1996) Br Med J, 312, p. 34; Nystad, W., Magnus, P., Gulsvik, A., Increasing risk of asthma without other atopic diseases in schoolchildren: A repeated cross-sectional study after 13 years (1998) Eur J Epidemiol, 14, pp. 247-252; Peat, J.K., Van Den Berg, R.E., Green, W.F., Changing prevalence of asthma in Australian children (1994) Br Med J, 308, pp. 1591-1597; Adams, R., Ruffin, R., Wakefield, M., Asthma prevalence, morbidity and management practices in South Australia, 1992-1995 (1997) Aust NZ J Med, 27, pp. 672-679; Shaw, R.A., Crane, J., O'Donnell, T.V., Increasing asthma prevalence in a rural New Zealand adolescent population: 1975-89 (1990) Arch Dis Child, 65, pp. 1319-1323; Woolcock, A.J., Peat, J.K., "Evidence for the increase in asthma worldwide" in the rising trends in asthma (1997) Ciba Foundation Symposium 206, pp. 122-134. , Chichester, England, John Wiley & Sons; Goren, A.I., Hellmann, S., Changing prevalence of asthma among schoolchildren in Israel (1997) Eur Respir J, 10, pp. 2279-2284; Vaughan, W.T., Black, J.H., (1954) Practice of Allergy, 3d Ed., , St. Louis, Mosby; Sherman, C.B., Tosteson, T.D., Tager, I.B., Early childhood predictors of asthma (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 83-95; Abdulrazzaq, Y.M., Bener, A., DeBuse, P., Association of allergic symptoms in children with those in their parents (1994) Allergy, 49, pp. 737-743; Litonjua, A.A., Carey, V.J., Burge, H.A., Parental history and the risk for childhood asthma. Does mother confer more risk than father? (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 158, pp. 176-181; Dold, S., Wjst, M., Von Mutius, E., Genetic risk for asthma, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis (1992) Arch Dis Child, 67, pp. 1018-1022; Harris, J.R., Magnus, P., Samuelsen, S.O., Tambs, K., No evidence for effects of family environment on asthma (1997) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 156, pp. 43-49; Burrows, B., Martinez, F.D., Halonen, M., Association of asthma with serum IgE levels and skin-test reactivity to allergens (1989) N Engl J Med, 320, pp. 271-277; Peak, J.K., Salome, C.M., Woolcock, A.J., Longitudinal changes in atopy during a 4 year period: Relation to bronchial hyperresponsiveness and respiratory symptoms in a population sample of Australian schoolchildren (1990) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 85, pp. 65-74; Sunyer, J., Anto, J.M., Castellsague, J., Total serum IgE is associated with asthma independently of specific IgE levels (1996) Eur Respir J, 9, pp. 1880-1884; Sears, M.R., Burrows, B., Flannery, E.M., Relation between airway responsiveness and serum IgE in children with asthma and in apparently normal children (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 1067-1071; Humbert, M., Durham, S.R., Ying, S., IL-4 and IL-5 mRNA and protein in bronchial biopsies from patients with atopic and nonatopic asthma: Evidence against "intrinsic" asthma being a distinct immunopathologic entity (1996) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 154, pp. 1497-1504; Sporik, R., Holgate, S.T., Platts-Mills, T.A.E., Cogswell, J.J., Exposure to house dust mite allergen (Der p I) and the development of asthma in childhood (1990) N Engl J Med, 323, pp. 502-507; Peat, J.K., Tovey, E., Toelle, B.G., House dust mite allergens. A major risk factor for childhood asthma in Australia (1996) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 153, pp. 141-146; Peat, J.K., Woolcock, A.J., Sensitivity to common allergens: Relation to respiratory symptoms and bronchial hyperresponsiveness in children from three different climatic areas of Australia (1991) Clin Exper Allergy, 21, pp. 573-581; Sears, M.R., Burrows, B., Flannery, E.M., Atopy in childhood. I. Gender and allergen related risks for development of hay fever and asthma (1993) Clin Exp Allergy, 23, pp. 941-948; Pollart, S.M., Chapman, M.D., Fiocco, G.P., Epidemiology of acute asthma: IgE antibodies to common inhalant allergens as a risk factor for emergency room visits (1989) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 83, pp. 875-882; Gelber, L.E., Seltzer, L.H., Bouzoukis, J.K., Sensitization and exposure to indoor allergens as risk factors for asthma among patients presenting to hospital (1993) Am Rev Respir Dis, 147, pp. 573-578; Squillace, S.P., Sporik, R.B., Rakes, G., Sensitization to dust mites as a dominant risk factor for asthma among adolescents living in central Virginia (1997) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 156, pp. 1760-1764; Ingram, J.M., Sporik, R., Rose, G., Quantitative assessment of exposure to dog (Can f 1) and cat (Fel d 1) allergens: Relation to sensitization and asthma among children living in Los Alamos, New Mexico (1995) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 96, pp. 449-456; Rosenstreich, D.L., Eggleston, P., Kattan, M., The role of cockroach allergy and exposure to cockroach allergen in causing morbidity among inner-city children with asthma (1997) N Engl J Med, 336, pp. 1356-1363; Halonen, M., Stern, D.A., Wright, A.L., Alternaria as a major allergen for asthma in children raised in a desert environment (1997) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 155, pp. 1356-1361; Henderson, F.W., Henry, M.M., Ivins, S.S., Correlates of recurrent wheezing in school-age children (1995) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 151, pp. 1786-1793; Perzanowski, M.S., Sporik, R., Squillace, S.P., Association of sensitization to Alternaria allergens with asthma among school-age children (1998) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 101, pp. 626-632; Woolcock, A.J., Dusser, D., Fajac, I., Severity of chronic asthma (1998) Thorax, 53, pp. 442-444; Weitzman, M., Gortmaker, S., Walker, D.K., Sobol, A., Maternal smoking and childhood asthma (1990) Pediatrics, 85, pp. 505-511; Strachan, D.P., Cook, D.G., Parental smoking and childhood asthma: Longitudinal and case-control studies (1998) Thorax, 53, pp. 204-212; Tager, I.B., Smoking and childhood asthma - Where do we stand? (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 158, pp. 349-351; Strachan, D.P., Cook, D.G., Parental smoking and allergic sensitisation in children (1998) Thorax, 53, pp. 117-123; Evans, D., Levison, M.J., Feldman, C.H., The impact of passive smoking on emergency room visits of urban children with asthma (1987) Am Rev Respir Dis, 135, pp. 567-572; Wright, A.L., Holberg, C., Martinez, F.D., Relationship of parental smoking to wheezing and nonwheezing lower respiratory tract illnesses in infancy (1991) J Pediatr, 118, pp. 207-214; Strachan, D.P., Cook, D.G., Parental smoking and lower respiratory illness in infancy and early childhood (1997) Thorax, 52, pp. 905-914; Martinez, F.D., Wright, A.L., Taussig, L.M., Asthma and wheezing in the first six years of life (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 133-138; Folkerts, G., Busse, W.W., Nijkamp, F.P., Virus-induced airway hyperresponsiveness and asthma (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 157, pp. 1708-1720; Smith, J.M., Cadoret, R.J., Burns, T.L., Troughton, E.P., Asthma and allergic rhinitis in adoptees and their adoptive parents (1998) Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol, 81, pp. 135-139; Christiani, D.C., Kern, D.G., Asthma risk and occupation as a respiratory therapist (1993) Am Rev Respir Dis, 148, pp. 671-674; Weitzman, M., Gortmaker, S., Sobol, A., Racial, social, and environmental risks for childhood asthma (1990) Am J Dis Child, 144, pp. 1189-1194; Schwartz, J., Cold, D., Dockery, D.W., Predictors of asthma and persistent wheeze in a national sample of children in the United States (1990) Am Rev Respir Dis, 142, pp. 555-562; Peat, J.K., The rising trend in allergic illness: Which environmental factors are important? (1994) Clin Exp Allergy, 24, pp. 797-800; Strachan, D.P., Butland, B.K., Anderson, H.R., Incidence and prognosis of asthma and wheezing illness from early childhood to age 33 in a national British cohort (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 1195-1199; Jenkins, M.A., Hopper, J.L., Bowes, G., Factors in childhood as predictors of asthma in adult life (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 90-93; Oswald, H., Phelan, P.D., Lanigan, A., Outcome of childhood asthma in mid-adult life (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 95-96; Bronnimann, S., Burrows, B., A prospective study of the natural history of asthma (1986) Remission and Relapse Rates. Chest, 90, pp. 480-484; Withers, N.J., Low, L., Holgate, S.T., Clough, J.B., The natural history of respiratory symptoms in a cohort of adolescents (1998) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 158, pp. 352-357; Mazon, A., Nieto, A., Nieto, F.J., Prognostic factors in childhood asthma: A logistic regression analysis (1994) Ann Allergy, 72, pp. 455-461; Abramson, M.J., Puy, R.M., Weiner, J.M., Is allergen immunotherapy effective in asthma? a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials (1995) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 151, pp. 969-974 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0344718441&partnerID=40&md5=66def8ef780f59868626c75328cc8fe3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Alcohol consumption as a major risk factor for the rise in liver cancer mortality rates in Japanese men T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 34 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1093/ije/28.1.30 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Makimoto, K. AU - Higuchi, S. AD - Department of Nursing, Division of Health Sciences, Kanazawa University, Kodatsuno 5-11-80, Kanazawa 920-0942, Japan AD - National Institute of Alcoholism, Yokosuka, Kanagawa, Japan AB - Background. Age-adjusted liver cancer mortality rates have been increasing for both men and women in Japan since 1970; however, increases in mortality rates in men are much greater than those in women. Hepatitis C virus infections and heavy alcohol consumption are considered to be the major risk factors of liver cancer deaths in Japanese. The purpose of this study is (1) to examine the pattern of liver cancer mortalily by gender and birth year to compare those with the pattern of other alcohol-related mortality and (2) to estimate the attributable risk per cent of heavy alcohol consumption for liver cancer deaths in Japanese men. Methods. Age-specific liver cancer mortality rates by gender were compared with those of cirrhosis mortality rates. Then male-to-female mortality rate ratios were calculated by birth cohort and compared with cirrhosis mortality rate ratios and oesophageal cancer mortality rare ratios. The attributable risk per cent of alcohol consumption for liver cancer death was calculated, using female liver cancer mortality rates as standard rates. Results. Examination of both gender and birth cohort mortality rates revealed that male-to-female liver cancer mortality rate ratios by birth cohort correspond well with those rate ratios for liver cirrhosis and oesophageal cancer mortality. The attributable risk per cent of alcohol consumption for liver cancer deaths in Japanese men was 70%. Conclusion. Alcohol consumption is more important than hepatitis C virus infections as a major cause of liver cancer deaths in Japanese men. KW - Alcohol KW - Japanese men KW - Liver cancer KW - Mortality KW - alcohol KW - cancer KW - gender disparity KW - hepatitis KW - mortality KW - adult KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - gender KW - hepatitis c KW - hepatitis c virus KW - human KW - Japan KW - liver cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - Age Factors KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Asia KW - Behavior KW - Biology KW - Cancer--men KW - Causes Of Death--men KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Eastern Asia KW - Japan KW - Liver Cirrhosis KW - Liver Neoplasms--men KW - Men KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Cohort Studies KW - Esophageal Neoplasms KW - Hepatitis C KW - Humans KW - Japan KW - Liver Cirrhosis KW - Liver Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk KW - Risk Factors KW - Japan N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 10195660 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Makimoto, K.; Department of Nursing, Division of Health Sciences, Kanazawa University, Kodatsuno 5-11-80, Kanazawa 920-0942, Japan N1 - References: Parrish, K.M., Higuchi, S., Muramatsu, T., Stinson, F.S., Harford, T.C., A method for estimating alcohol-related cirrhosis mortality in Japan (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 921-926; Parrish, K.M., Higuchi, S., Lucas, L.J., Increased alcohol-related esophageal cancer mortality rates in Japanese men (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 600-605; Mueller, N.E., Evans, A.S., London, W.T., Viruses (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, 2nd Edn., pp. 502-531. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF (eds). New York: Oxford University Press; Kodama, M., Kodama, T., Interrelation between western type cancers and non-western type cancers as regards their risk variations in time and space: VI. Chronological transition of various cancer risks of the world from 1975-1985 (1993) Anticancer Res, 13, pp. 2415-2420; London, W.T., McGlynn, K.A., Liver cancer (1996) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, 2nd Edn., pp. 772-793. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF (eds). New York: Oxford University Press; (1988) Morality Statistics from Malignant Neoplasms 1972-1984: Special Report of Vital Statistics in Japan, , Tokyo, Japan: Statistics and Information Department, Ministry of Health and Welfare; Terris, M., Epidemiology of cirrhosis of the liver: National mortality data (1967) Am J Public Health, 57, pp. 2076-2088; Svendsen, H.O., Mosbech, J., Alcoholic cirrhosis of the liver in the scandinavian countries 1961-1974 (1977) Int J Epidemiol, 6, pp. 345-348; (1992) Death Rates for Malignant Neoplasms for Selected Sites by Sex and Five-year Age Group in 33 Countries, , Aoki K, Kurihara M, Hayakawa N. Suzuki S (eds). Nagoya, Japan: University of Nagoya Coop Press; Tanaka, H., Hiyama, T., Tsukuma, H., Cumulative risk of hepato-cellular carcinoma in hepatitis C virus carriers: Statistical estimations from cross-sectional data (1994) Jpn J Cancer Res, 85, pp. 485-490; Takada, A., Tsutsumi, M., Liver and biliary: National survey of alcoholic liver disease in Japan (1968-91) (1995) J Gastroenterol Hepatol, 10, pp. 509-516; Sata, M., Fukuizumi, K., Uchimura, Y., Hepatitis C virus infection in patients with clinically diagnosed alcoholic liver diseases (1996) J Viral Hepatitis, 3, pp. 143-148; Suzuki, M., Suzuki, H., Mizuno, H., Studies on the incidence of hepatocellular carcinoma in heavy drinkers with liver cirrhosis (1993) Alcohol Alcohol, 28, pp. 109-114; Matsuhashi, T., Yamada, N., Shinzawa, H., Takahashi, T., Effect of alcohol on tumor growth of hepatocellular carcinoma with type C cirrhosis (1996) Intern Med, 35, pp. 443-448; Yano, M., Yatsuhashi, H., Inoue, O., Inokuchi, K., Koga, M., Epidemiology and long-term prognosis of hepatitis C virus infection in Japan (1993) Gut Suppl, pp. S13-S16; Parrish, K.M., Higuchi, S., Dufour, M.C., Alcohol consumption and the risk of developing liver cirrhosis: Implications for future research (1991) J Subst Abuse, 3, pp. 325-335 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032975306&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f28.1.30&partnerID=40&md5=c60df4a92bf7411e6a58ac66772fd092 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The European mesothelioma epidemic T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 79 IS - 3-4 SP - 666 EP - 672 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1038/sj.bjc.6690105 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Peto, J. AU - Decarli, A. AU - La Vecchia, C. AU - Levi, F. AU - Negri, E. AD - Section of Epidemiology, Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton, Surrey SM2 5NG, United Kingdom AD - Ist. di Stat. Medica e Biometria, Univ. degli Studi di Milano, 20133 Milan, Italy AD - Ist. per lo Studio e la Cura dei T., 20133 Milan, Italy AD - Ist. di Ric. Farmacologiche Mario N., 20157 Milan, Italy AD - Registre Vaudois des Tumeurs, Inst. Universitaire de Med. S. et P., CHUV-Falaises 1, CH-1011 Lausanne, Switzerland AD - London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. M., London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Projections for the period 1995-2029 suggest that the number of men dying from mesothelioma in Western Europe each year will almost double over the next 20 years, from 5000 in 1998 to about 9000 around 2018, and then decline, with a total of about a quarter of a million deaths over the next 35 years. The highest risk will be suffered by men born around 1945-50, of whom about 1 in 150 will die of mesothelioma. Asbestos use in Western Europe remained high until 1980, and substantial quantities are still used in several European countries. These projections are based on the fit of a simple age and birth cohort model to male pleural cancer mortality from 1970 to 1989 for six countries (Britain, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands and Switzerland) which together account for three-quarters of the population of Western Europe. The model was tested by comparing observed and predicted numbers of deaths for the period 1990-94. The ratio of mesothelioma to recorded pleural cancer mortality has been 1.6:1 in Britain but was assumed to be 1:1 in other countries. KW - Europe KW - Mesothelioma KW - Mortality trends KW - Pleural cancer KW - asbestos KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - high risk population KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mesothelioma KW - pleura cancer KW - priority journal KW - Western Europe KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Asbestos KW - Disease Outbreaks KW - Europe KW - Forecasting KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Mesothelioma KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Risk Assessment N1 - Cited By :723 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJCAA C2 - 10027347 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Peto, J.; Section of Epidemiology, The Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton SM2 5NG, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Asbestos, 1332-21-4 N1 - Funding details: PF39, The Research Council, The Research Council N1 - Funding details: A1 97.00133.04, Golfers Against Cancer, Golfers Against Cancer N1 - Funding details: Associazione Italiana per la Ricerca sul Cancro, Associazione Italiana per la Ricerca sul Cancro N1 - Funding details: Breast Cancer Campaign, Breast Cancer Campaign N1 - Funding text: This work was conducted within the framework of the CNR (Italian Research Council) ÔClinical Applications of Oncological ResearchÕ (Contracts nos 96.00759.PF39 and 96.00548.PF39) and with the contributions of the Italian Association for Cancer Research, Milan, and the Swiss and Vaud Leagues against Cancer. Professor J Peto was a CNR (A1 97.00133.04) grant recipient. He is supported by the Cancer Research Campaign. N1 - References: Brochard, P., Iwatsubo, Y., Pairon, J.C., Pierre, N., Boutin, C., Bignon, J., Estimation of the pleural mesothelioma incidence in France based on the death certificates and the data of a case-control study (1995) Third International Mesothelioma Conference, , September 1995 Creteil, France; Cullen, M.R., Chrysotile asbestos: Enough is enough (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 1377-1378; Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Mezzanotte, G., Cislaghi, C., Birth cohort, time and age effects in italian cancer mortality (1987) Cancer, 59, pp. 1221-1232; Dement, J.M., Harris R.L., Jr., Symons, M.J., Shy, C., Exposures and mortality among chrysotile asbestos workers. Part I: Exposure estimates (1983) Am J Ind Med, 4, pp. 399-419; Dement, J.M., Harris R.L., Jr., Symons, M.J., Shy, C., Exposures and mortality among chrysotile asbestos workers. Part II: Mortality (1983) Am J Ind Med, 4, pp. 421-433; Doll, R., Peto, J., (1985) Asbestos: Effects on Health of Exposure to Asbestos, , Health and Safety Commission: HMSO: London; (1996) Study on the Impact on the Internal Market of Community Legislation Limiting the Marketing and Use Asbestos, , Environmental Resources Management: London; (1991) Asbestos in Public and Commercial Buildings: A Literature Review and Synthesis of Current Knowledge, , Health Effects Institute: Cambridge MA, USA; (1997) Health and Safety Statistics 1996/97, , HSE Books: Sudbury; Hodgson, J.T., Peto, J., Jones, J.R., Matthews, F.E., Mesothelioma mortality in Britain: Patterns by birth cohort and occupation (1997) Ann Occ Hyg, 41 (SUPPL. 1), pp. 129-133; (1998) Environmental Health Criteria 203: Chrysofile Asbestos, , WHO: Geneva; La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Boyle, P., Maisonneuve, P., Levi, F., Trends of cancer mortality in Europe, 1955-1989: II, respiratory tract, bone, connective and soft tissue sarcomas, and skin (1992) Eur J Cancer, 28, pp. 514-599; Liddell, F.D.K., McDonald, A.D., McDonald, J.C., The 1891-1920 birth cohort of Quebec chrysotile miners and millers: Development from 1904 and mortality to 1992 (1997) Ann Occup Hyg, 41, pp. 13-36; McDonald, A.D., Case, B.W., Churg, A., Dufresne, A., Gibbs, G.W., Sebastien, P., McDonald, J.C., Mesothelioma in Quebec chrysotile miners and millers: Epidemiology and aetiology (1997) Ann Occup Hyg, 41, pp. 707-719; McDonald, A.D., Fry, J.S., Woolley, A.J., McDonald, J.C., Dust exposure and mortality in an American chrysotile textile plant (1983) Br J Ind Med, 40, pp. 361-367; (1996) Mortality Statistics: Review of the Registrar General on Deaths by Cause, Sex and Age in England and Wales, 1993 (Revised) and 1994, 21. , Series DH2 HMSO: London; (1995) Occupational Health Decennial Supplement, 10. , Series DS. HMSO: London; Peto, J., Henderson, B.E., Pike, M.C., Trends in mesothelioma incidence in the United States and the forecast epidemic due to asbestos exposure during World War II (1981) Quantification of Occupational Cancer, pp. 51-69. , Banbury Report 9, Peto R and Schneiderman M (eds). Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory: Cold Spring Harbor, NY; Peto, J., Seidman, H., Selikoff, I.J., Mesothelioma mortality in asbestos workers: Implications for models of carcinogenesis and risk assessment (1982) Br J Cancer, 45, pp. 124-135; Peto, J., Hodgson, J.T., Matthews, F.E., Jones, J.R., Continuing increase in mesothelioma mortality in Britain (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 535-539; Peto, R., Lopez, A.D., Boreham, J., Thun, M., Heath, C., (1994) Mortality from Smoking in Developed Countries 1950-2000, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Price, B., Analyses of current trends in US mesothelioma incidence Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 211-218 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032938943&doi=10.1038%2fsj.bjc.6690105&partnerID=40&md5=a6042183175478c514ea1d766044fcc5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Paramyxovirus infections in childhood and subsequent inflammatory bowel disease T2 - Gastroenterology J2 - Gastroenterology VL - 116 IS - 4 SP - 796 EP - 803 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0016-5085(99)70062-4 SN - 00165085 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - Inflammatory Bowel Dis. Study Group, Department of Medicine, Royal Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AB - Background and Aims: Measles virus has been implicated in the etiology of both inflammatory bowel diseases (IBDs), Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) is caused by atypical measles infection. This study investigated the patterns of infection that are risks for SSPE, early infection and a close temporal relationship between measles and another infection, as potential risks for IBD. Methods: The data are from 7019 members of a nationally representative 1970 British Cohort Study. The ages of five childhood infections were recorded before onset of IBD symptoms. Diagnoses of IBD and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), as a control disease, were identified by age 26 years. Results: Mumps infection before age 2 years was a risk for ulcerative colitis (odds ratio, 25.12; 95% confidence interval, 6.35-99.36). Measles and mumps infections in the same year of life were significantly associated with ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, with odds ratios of 7.47 (2.42-23.06) and 4.27 (1.24- 14.46), but not with IDDM. These relationships are independent of each other as well as sex, social class at birth, household crowding in childhood, and family history of IBD. Conclusions: Atypical paramyxovirus infections in childhood may be risk factors for later IBD. KW - article KW - clinical article KW - colon Crohn disease KW - human KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - Paramyxovirus KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - subacute sclerosing panencephalitis KW - ulcerative colitis PB - W.B. Saunders N1 - Cited By :73 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GASTA C2 - 10092301 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; Inflammatory Bowel Dis. Study Group, Department of Medicine, Royal Free and Univ. Coll. Med. Sch., Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom; email: smm@rfhsm.ac.uk UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033038013&doi=10.1016%2fS0016-5085%2899%2970062-4&partnerID=40&md5=50158b455268b784d95683ed5c707fe7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Pre-school education and attainment in the National Child Development Study and British Cohort Study T2 - Education Economics J2 - Educ. Econ. VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 209 EP - 234 PY - 1999 SN - 09645292 (ISSN) AU - Feinstein, L. AU - Robertson, D. AU - Symons, J. AD - Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics, Houghton St., London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom AB - This paper considers the effect of how children pass time before entrance to school on attainment in primary school. We find in National Child Development Study data that children perform marginally better at 7 and 11 if they spent time with their mother, or at a pre-school, rather than in informal care. This holds when one controls for parental education, social class and assessed parental interest in the child's education, as well as the quality of the peer group. In the British Cohort Study, however, time spent in nurseries effected no improvement in mathematics at 10 as compared with time in informal care, and pre-school children were performing much worse in reading. This worse performance was traceable to reduced vocabulary at 5. Pre-school children were more advanced in copying at 5 relative to children in informal care, but, while copying is a good predictor of scores in both mathematics and reading at 10, this advancement had been offset by then. KW - child development KW - educational attainment KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Feinstein, L.; Centre for Economic Performance, London School of Economics, Houghton St., London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032706967&partnerID=40&md5=67299f3a018464e3d2c2401174aa3dcd ER - TY - JOUR TI - Injuries in the adolescent population in Scotland: patterns and types of injuries sustained. T2 - Health bulletin J2 - Health Bull (Edinb) VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 165 EP - 174 PY - 1999 SN - 03748014 (ISSN) AU - Beattie, T. AU - Richards, D. AU - Belton, N. AU - Moffat, M. AU - Elton, R. AD - Accident & Emergency Department, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Edinburgh. AB - OBJECTIVE: To provide information on the incidence, sex distribution, type, site and severity of injuries requiring medical attention reported in a nationally representative sample of Scottish teenagers studied longitudinally. DESIGN: Health visitors administered structured interviews with parents (usually mothers). Quantitative data were analysed using SPSS-PC, and qualitative and textual data were coded using the Abbreviated Injury Score (AIS). SETTING: Scotland. SUBJECTS: Responses were received in respect of 958 (68%) of the estimated 1,416 teenagers enrolled in the British Cohort Study (BCS 70), and resident in Scotland in 1986/7. RESULTS: 43% of subjects were reported as having experienced one or more unintentional injury events requiring medical attention between the ages of 10 and 16/17. Boys experienced significantly more injuries than girls. Neither social class nor region appeared to be a significant risk factor for reported injury. CONCLUSION: Patterns of accidents in Scottish adolescents are reported. Further areas for study are suggested. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - child KW - classification KW - community health nursing KW - female KW - human KW - injury KW - interview KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - parent KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Community Health Nursing KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Interviews KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Parents KW - Scotland KW - Wounds and Injuries N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2003092771 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Beattie, T. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0038160027&partnerID=40&md5=8b1495345b90798249b4e4128bead36a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parental divorce and partnership dissolution in adulthood: Evidence from a British cohort study T2 - Population Studies J2 - Popul. Stud. VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 48 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1080/00324720308068 SN - 00324728 (ISSN) AU - Kiernan, K.E. AU - Cherlin, A.J. AD - London School of Economics and Political Science, United Kingdom AD - Department of Sociology, Johns Hopkins University, United States AB - From a longitudinal survey of a British cohort born in 1958 this study finds that, by age 33, off-spring of parents who divorced are more likely to have dissolved their first partnerships. This finding persists after taking into account age at first partnership, type of first partnership (marital, pre-marital cohabiting union, and cohabiting union), and indicators of class background and childhood and adolescent school achievement and behaviour problems. Some of these factors are associated with partnership dissolution in their own right, but the association between parental divorce and second generation partnership dissolution is largely independent of them. Demographic factors, including type of and age at first partnership, were important links between parental divorce and partnership dissolution. Moreover, the estimated effects of parental divorce were substantially reduced when the demographic variables were taken into account, suggesting that cohabitation and early partnership may be important pathways through which a parental divorce, or the unmeasured characteristics correlated with it, affect partnership dissolution. © 1999 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. KW - cohabitation KW - demographic trend KW - marriage KW - social structure KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :48 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kiernan, K.E.; London School of Economics and Political ScienceUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Bennett, N.G., Blanc, A.K., Bloom, D.E., Commitment and the modern union: Assessing the link between premarital cohabitation and subsequent marital instability (1988) American Sociological Review, 53, pp. 127-138; Bracher, M., Santow, G., Morgan, S.P., Trussell, J., Marriage dissolution in australia: Models and explanations (1993) Population Studies, 47 (3), pp. 403-425; Bumpass, L.L., Castro Martin, T., Swreet, J.A., The impact of family background and early marital factors on marital disruption (1991) Journal of Family Issues, 12 (1), pp. 22-42; Bumpass, L.L., Sweet, J.A., Differentials in marital instability (1972) American Sociological Review, 37, pp. 754-755; Bumpass, L.L., Sweet, J.A., National estimates of cohabitation: Cohort levels and union stability (1989) Demography, 25, pp. 615-625; Cherlin, A., Furstenberg, F.F., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Kiernan, K.E., Robins, P., Morrison, D.R., Teitler, J.O., Longitudinal studies of effects of divorce on children in great britain and the united states (1991) Science, 252, pp. 1386-1389; Cherlin, A., Kiernan, K.E., Chase-Lansdale, P.L., Parental divorce in childhood and demographic outcomes in young adulthood (1995) Demography, 32, pp. 299-318; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (With discussion) (1972) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 34, pp. 187-220. , Series B; Haskey, J., Pre-marital cohabitation and the probability of subsequent divorce (1992) Population Trends, 68, pp. 10-19. , HMSO, London; Heckman, J.J., Sample selection bias as a specification error (1979) Econometrica, 47, pp. 153-161; Hetherington, M., Parents, children and siblings six years after divorce (1988) Relationships within Families, , R. Hinde and J. Stevenson-Hinde (eds), Oxford: Clarendon Press; Hetherington, M., Coping with family transitions: Winners, losers and survivors (1989) Child Development, 60, pp. 1-14; Hoem, J.M., (1991) Trends and Patterns in Swedish Divorce Risks 1971-1989: A Case of Modern Demographic Analysis, , Research Reports in Demography, University of Stockholm; Hoem, J.M., Hoem, B., The disruption of marital and non-marital unions in contemporary sweden (1992) Demographic Applications of Event History Analysis, , J. Trussell, R. Hankinson and J. Tilton, Oxford: Clarendon Press; Ermisch, J., Francesconi, M., (1996) Partnership Formation and Dissolution in Great Britain, , Working Papers of the ESRC Research Centre on Micro-social Change, 96-10, Colchester University of Essex; Kalbleish, J.D., Prentice, R.L., (1980) The Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data, , New York: Wiley; Kiernan, K.E., Teenage marriage and marital breakdown: A longitudinal study (1986) Population Studies, 40 (1), pp. 35-54; Kiernan, K.E., The impact of family disruption in childhood on transitions made in young adult life (1992) Population Studies, 46 (2), pp. 213-234; Kiernan, K., Hobcraft, J.N., Parental divorce during childhood: Age at first intercourse, partnership and parenthood (1997) Population Studies, 51 (1), pp. 41-55; Klijzing, F., Weeding in the netherlands: First union disruption among men and women born between 1928 and 1965” (1992) European Sociological Review, 8 (1), pp. 53-70; Leridon, H., Cohabitation, marriage and separation: An analysis of life histories of french cohorts 1968 to 1995 (1990) Population Studies, 44 (1), pp. 127-144; Lewis, J., Kiernan, K.E., The boundaries between marriage, non-marriage and parenthood: Changes in behaviour and policy in post-war britain (1996) Journal of Family History, 20 (3), pp. 372-387; Maddala, G.S., (1983) Limited Dependent and Qualitative Variables in Econometrics, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; McLanahan, S., Bumpass, L.L., Intergenerational consequences of family disruption (1988) American Journal of Sociology, 94 (1), pp. 130-152; Morrison Ruane, D., Cherlin, A., The divorce process and young childrens well-being: A prospective analysis” (1995) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 57, pp. 800-812; Murphy, M., Demographic and socio-economic influences on recent british marital breakdown patterns (1985) Population Studies, 39 (3), pp. 441-460; Pope, H., Mueller, C.W., The intergenerational transmission of marital instability: Comparisons by race and sex (1976) Journal of Social Issues, 32 (1), pp. 49-66; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health, and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Shepherd, P., (1985) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Background to the Study and Methods of Data Collection, , NCDS User Support Group, Working Paper No. I City University; Thornton, A., Influence of marital history of parents on the marital and cohabitational experiences of children (1991) American Journal of Sociology, 96, pp. 868-894 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032993080&doi=10.1080%2f00324720308068&partnerID=40&md5=9e600e0916d22ca984fa3cdb337fdba5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The wages of motherhood: Better or worse? T2 - Cambridge Journal of Economics J2 - Camb. J. Econ. VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 543 EP - 564 PY - 1999 SN - 0309166X (ISSN) AU - Joshi, H. AU - Paci, P. AU - Waldfogel, J. AB - Data from two British cohort studies show that women with children have lower wages than childless women. We develop an innovative decomposition of this 'family gap'. The crude pay gap between mothers and childless women in their thirties was similar in 1978 and 1991, but low pay in part-time work became more important in explaining this gap, and human capital less so. We find that, among full-time employees, women who broke their employment at childbirth were subsequently paid less than childless women. In contrast, mothers who maintained employment continuity were as well paid as childless women, but neither were as well remunerated as men. KW - Human capital KW - Mothers KW - Part-time jobs KW - Wages KW - gender issue KW - income distribution KW - wage gap KW - womens employment KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :92 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Joshi, H.; Centre for Longitudinal Studies, Institute of Education, 20 Bedford Way, London WC1H 0AL, United Kingdom; email: hj@cls.ioe.ac.uk N1 - References: Becker, G., Human capital, effort and the sexual division of labour (1985) Journal of Labor Economics, 3, pp. S53-S58; Blau, F.D., Kahn, L.M., Swimming upstream: Trends in the gender wage differential in the 1980s (1997) Journal of Labor Economics, 15, pp. 1-42; Blank, R., Are part-time jobs lousy jobs? (1990) A Future of Lousy Jobs?, , Burtless, G. (ed.), Washington DC, Brookings; Callender, C., Millward, N., Lissenburgh, S., Forth, J., (1997) Maternity Rights and Benefits in Britain 1996, , London, Stationery Office; Corcoran, M., Duncan, G., Ponza, M., A longitudinal analysis of white women's wages (1983) Journal of Human Resources, 18 (1), pp. 497-520; (1995) Social Focus on Women, , London, HMSO; Dex, S., Joshi, H., Macran, S., A widening gulf among Britain's mothers (1996) Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 12 (1), pp. 65-75; Dolton, P., Makepeace, G., Sample selection and male-female earnings differentials in the graduate labour market (1986) Oxford Economic Papers, 38, pp. 317-341; Dolton, P., Makepeace, G., Marital status, child rearing and earnings differentials in the graduate labour market (1987) Economic Journal, 97, pp. 897-922; Elias, P., Gregory, M., (1994) The Changing Structure of Occupations and Earnings in Great Britain 1975-90: An Analysis Based on A New Earnings Survey Panel, , Research Series No. 27, Sheffield, Employment Department; Ermisch, J.F., Wright, R.E., Wage offers and full-time and part-time employment by British women (1993) Journal of Human Resources, 28 (1), pp. 111-133; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow Up of the National Child Development Study, , London, National Children's Bureau; Fuchs, V., (1988) Women's Quest for Economic Equality, , Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press; Goldin, C., (1980) Understanding the Gender Gap, , Oxford, Oxford University Press; Greene, W., (1992) Limdep Version 6·0. User Manual and Reference Guide, , Econometric Software Inc; Greenhalgh, C., Male-female wage differentials: Is marriage an equal opportunity? (1980) Economic Journal, 90, pp. 751-775; Harkness, S.E., The gender earnings gap: Evidence from the UK (1996) Fiscal Studies, 17 (21), pp. 1-36; Heckman, J., Sample selection bias as a specification error (1979) Econometrica, 47, pp. 153-161; Hersch, J., Stratton, L.S., Housework, fixed effects and wages of married workers (1997) Journal of Human Resources, 32 (2), pp. 285-307; Hill, M., The wage effects of marital status and children (1979) Journal of Human Resources, 14 (4), pp. 579-594; Hills, J., (1995) Inquiry into Income and Wealth, 2. , Ch. 4, Joseph Rowntree Foundation, York, UK; Jones, E., Long, J., Part week work and human capital investment by married women (1979) Journal of Human Resources, 14 (4), pp. 563-578; Joshi, H., The cash opportunity cost of childbearing: An approach to estimation using british evidence (1990) Population Studies, 44, pp. 41-60; Joshi, H., Sex and motherhood as handicaps in the labour market (1991) Women's Issues in Social Policy, pp. 179-193. , Groves, D. and Maclean, M. (eds) , London, Routledge; Joshi, H., Macran, S.E., Dex, S., Employment after childbearing and women's subsequent labour force participation: Evidence from the British 1958 birth cohort (1996) Journal of Population Economics, 9 (3), pp. 325-348; Joshi, H., Newell, M.-L., (1989) Pay Differentials and Parenthood: Analysis of Men and Women Born in 1946, , Institute of Employment Research Report, Coventry, University of Warwick; Joshi, H., Paci, P., (1998) Unequal Pay for Women and Men, , Cambridge, MA, MIT Press; Korenman, S., Neumark, D., Marriage, motherhood and wages (1992) Journal of Human Resources, 27, pp. 233-255; Lee, L., Generalised econometric models with selectivity (1983) Econometrica, , March; McRae, S., Returning to work after childbirth: Opportunities and inequalities (1993) European Sociological Review,., 9, pp. 125-138; Macran, S., Dex, S., Joshi, H., Employment after childbearing: A survival analysis (1996) Work, Employment and Society, 10 (2), pp. 273-296; Makepeace, G., Paci, P., Joshi, H., Dolton, P., Has equal treatment in pay progressed since the 1970s? A study across men and women in two cohorts (1999) Journal of Human Resources, , forthcoming; Neumark, D., Korenman, S., Sources of bias in women's wage equations: Results using sibling data (1994) Journal of Human Resources, 29, pp. 379-405. , Spring; Oaxaca, R., Male-female wage differentials in urban labour markets (1973) International Economic Review, 14 (1), pp. 693-709; O'Neill, J., Polachek, S., Why the gender gap in wages narrowed in the 1980s (1993) Journal of Labor Economics, 11, pp. 205-228; Paci, P., Joshi, H., Makepeace, G., Pay gaps facing men and women born in 1958: Differences within the labour market (1995) The Economics of Equal Opportunities, , Humphries, J. and Rubery, J. (eds) , Equal Opportunity Commission; Sorensen, E., (1991) Exploring the Reasons behind the Narrowing Gender Gap in Earnings, , Washington DC, Urban Institute; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Oxford, Clarendon Press; Waldfogel, J., The price of motherhood: Family status and women's pay in a young British cohort (1995) Oxford Economic Papers, 47, pp. 584-610; Waldfogel, J., Working mothers then and now: A cross-cohort analysis of the effects of maternity leave on women's pay (1997) Gender and Family in the Workplace, pp. 92-126. , Blau, F. and Ehrenberg, R. (eds) , New York, Russell Sage; Waldfogel, J., The effects of children on women's wages (1997) American Sociological Review, 62, pp. 209-217; Waldfogel, J., Understanding the 'family gap' in pay for women with children (1998) Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (1), pp. 137-156; Waldfogel, J., The family gap for young women in the United States and Britain: Can maternity leave make a difference? (1998) Journal of Labor Economics, pp. 505-545; Wellington, A., Changes in the male/female wage gap, 1976-1985 (1993) Journal of Human Resources, 28, pp. 383-410; Wright, R.E., Ermisch, J.F., Gender discrimination in the British labour market: A reassessment (1991) Economic Journal, 101, pp. 508-522; Zabalza, A., Arrufat, J.L., The extent of sex discrimination in Great Britain (1985) Women and Equal Pay: the Effects of Legislation on Female Employment and Wages in Britain, , Zabalza, A. and Tzannatos, Z. (eds) , Cambridge University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032726325&partnerID=40&md5=89b43f03b50c9462e82e86ea422c8d13 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Drug-related mortality in Denmark 1970-93 T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Public Health J2 - Scand. J. Public Health VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 53 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1177/14034948990270010101 SN - 14034948 (ISSN) AU - Juel, K. AU - Helweg-Larsen, K. AD - The Danish Institute for Clinical Epidemiology, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - We analysed drug-related mortality in Denmark with respect to secular trends, gender, and regional variations, for the period 1970 - 93, for all deaths from poisoning and among drug addicts. The study was based on the Register of Causes of Death in Denmark and included 6,229 drug-related deaths, defined by specific combinations of manner of death, underlying cause of death, and contributory cause of death. The main outcome measure is age-specific mortality rate. A total of 63% of the drug-related deaths were registered as unnatural deaths. During the period studied, mortality increased for men in the 25 - 49 year age group and for women in all age groups over 25 years of age. For both men and women, the youngest birth cohorts from the mid-1950s and 1960s suffered much higher mortality than those born before 1950; however, the three youngest birth cohorts had almost the same mortality. During the entire period, mortality in the capital, Copenhagen, was much higher than in the provinces, but in the last years, a more favourable trend has been seen in Copenhagen. © 1999, Sage Publications. All rights reserved. KW - birth cohorts KW - cause of death KW - Denmark KW - drugs KW - geography KW - mortality KW - time KW - accident KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cause of death KW - Denmark KW - drug dependence KW - female KW - homicide KW - human KW - intoxication KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - suicide KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Registries KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Sex Distribution KW - Substance-Related Disorders KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 10847671 LA - English N1 - References: Kringsholm, B., Deaths among drug addicts in Denmark in 1968-1986 (1988) Forensic Sci Int, 38, pp. 139-149; Kringsholm, B., HelwegLarsen, K., Narkomandødsfald i Danmark 1982 og 1983 (1986) Ugeskr Læger, 148 (18), pp. 1107-1110; Steentoft, A., Teige, B., Holmgren, P., Vuori, E., Kristinsson, J., Kaa, E., Wethe, G., Simonsen, K.W., Fatal poisoning in young drug addicts in the Nordic countries: a comparison between 19841985 and 1991 (1996) Forensic Sci Int, 78, pp. 29-37; Kaa, E., Drug abuse in western Denmark during the eighties. II. Fatal poisonings among drug abusers (1992) Forensic Sci Int, 55, pp. 75-82; Ortí, R.M., DomingoSalvany, A., Muñoz, A., Macfarlane, D., Suelves, J.M., Anto, J.M., Mortality trends in a cohort of opiate addicts, Catalonia, Spain (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 25 (3), pp. 545-553; Perucci, C.A., Davoli, M., Rapiti, E., Abeni, D.D., Forastiere, F., Mortality of intravenous drug users in Rome: a cohort study (1991) Am J Public Health, 81 (10), pp. 1307-1310; Oppenheimer, E., Tobutt, C., Taylor, C., Andrew, T., Death and survival in a cohort of heroin addicts from London clinics: a 22 year followup study (1994) Addiction, 89, pp. 1299-1308; Ingold, F.R., Study of deaths related to drug abuse in France and Europe (1986) Bulletin on Narcotics, 38 (1), p. 819; Haastrup, S., Jepsen, P.W., Eleven year followup of 300 young opioid addicts (1988) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 77, p. 226; Janssen, W., Trübner, K., Püschel, K., Death caused by drug addiction: a review of the experiences in Hamburg and the situation in the federal republic of Germany in comparison with the literature (1989) Forensic Sci Int, 43, pp. 223-237; Juel, K., HelwegLarsen, K., Dødsfald blandt stofmisbrugere 19701995 stigning, stagnation, forandring (1996) Narkotikarelateret dødelighed i Danmark, 1993, p. 815. , Køzbenhavn Sundhedsstyrelsen UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033306773&doi=10.1177%2f14034948990270010101&partnerID=40&md5=91b9440d9dd22b66e2a161097f3cf41c ER - TY - JOUR TI - The television generation's relation to the mass media in Germany: Accounting for the impact of private television T2 - Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media J2 - J. Broadcast. Electron. Media VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 364 EP - 385 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1080/08838159909364497 SN - 08838151 (ISSN) AU - Peiser, W. AD - Hochschule fuer Musik und Theater Hannover, Germany AD - Institut fuer Publizistik, University of Mainz, Germany AB - This study extends earlier research on the television generation's media-related behavior. Those who have grown up with TV are often said to be (therefore) more devoted to TV and less inclined to read than people born earlier. To provide evidence, data on TV and newspaper use and on attachment to both media in Germany, 1970-1995, were cohort-analyzed, controlling for the age-specific effect of the introduction of private TV in the mid-eighties. While younger birth cohorts are less interested in the newspaper, the TV generation is not more devoted to TV than most of the preceding cohorts. © 1999 Broadcast Education Association. PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Inc. N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Basil, M.D., Primary news source changes. Question wording, availability, and cohort effects (1990) Journalism Quarterly, 67, pp. 708-722; (1989) Audience Responses to Media Diversification. Coping with Plenty, , Becker, L. B., & Schoenbach, K. (Eds.) Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Beentjes, J.W.J., Van Der Voort, T.H.A., Television and young people's reading behaviour. A review of research (1989) European Journal of Communication, 4, pp. 51-77; Bogart, L., (1989) Press and Public. Who Reads What, When, Where, and Why in American Newspapers (2nd Ed.), , Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum; Bower, R.T., (1973) Television and the Public, , New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston; Bower, R.T., (1985) The Changing Television Audience in America, , New York: Columbia University Press; Brody, E.W., (1990) Communication Tomorrow. New Audiences, New Technologies, New Media, , Westport, CT: Praeger; Cobb-Walgren, C.J., Why teenagers do not "read all about it" (1990) Journalism Quarterly, 67, pp. 340-347; Comstock, G., Chaffee, S., Katzman, N., McCombs, M., Roberts, D., (1978) Television and Human Behavior, , New York: Columbia University Press; Danowski, J.A., Ruchinskas, J.E., Period, cohort, and aging effects. A study of television exposure in presidential election campaigns, 1952-1980 (1983) Communication Research, 10, pp. 77-96; Davis, R.H., Davis, J.A., (1985) TV's Image of the Elderly. A Practical Guide for Change, , Lexington, MA: Heath; Dimmick, J.W., McCain, T.A., Bolton, W.T., Media use and the life span. Notes on theory and method (1979) American Behavioral Scientist, 23, pp. 7-31; Fienberg, S.E., Mason, W.M., Identification and estimation of age-period-cohort models in the analysis of discrete archival data (1978) Sociological Methodology 1979, pp. 1-67. , K. F. Schuessler (Ed.), San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; Glenn, N.D., (1977) Cohort Analysis, , Beverly Hills, CA: Sage; Glenn, N.D., Values, attitudes, and beliefs (1980) Constancy and Change in Human Development, pp. 596-640. , O. G. Brim, Jr., & J. Kagan (Eds.), Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Glenn, N.D., Television watching, newspaper reading, and cohort differences in verbal ability (1994) Sociology of Education, 67, pp. 216-230; Greenfield, P., Beagles-Roos, J., Radio vs. television: Their cognitive impact on children of different socioeconomic and ethnic groups (1988) Journal of Communication, 38, pp. 71-92; Inglehart, R., (1977) The Silent Revolution. Changing Values and Political Styles among Western Publics, , Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press; Jennings, M.K., Niemi, R.G., Continuity and change in political orientations. A longitudinal study of two generations (1975) American Political Science Review, 69, pp. 1316-1335; Kertzer, D.I., Generation as a sociological problem (1983) Annual Review of Sociology, 9, pp. 125-149; Kiefer, M.-L., Mass communication III (1987) Massenkommunikation III. Eine Langzeitstudie Zur Mediennutzung und Medienbewertung 1964-1985, pp. 9-261. , K. Berg & M.-L. Kiefer (Eds.), Frankfurt am Main, Germany: Metzner; Kiefer, M.-L., Television and socialization to leisure (1988) Publizistik, 33, pp. 264-276; Kiefer, M.-L., Mass communication IV (1992) Massenkommunikation IV. Eine Langzeitstudie Zur Mediennutzung und Medienbewertung 1964-1990, pp. 9-388. , K. Berg & M.-L. Kiefer (Eds.), Baden-Baden, Germany: Nomos; Kiefer, M.-L., Mass communication V (1996) Massenkommunikation V. Eine Langzeitstudie Zur Mediennutzung und Medienbewertung 1964-1995, pp. 7-382. , K. Berg & M.-L. Kiefer (Eds.), Baden-Baden, Germany: Nomos; Kleinnijenhuis, J., Newspaper complexity and the knowledge gap (1991) European Journal of Communication, 6, pp. 499-522; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) Journal of Chronic Diseases, 38, pp. 811-830; Lazarsfeld, P.F., Afterword: Some reflections on past and future research on broadcasting (1963) The People Look at Television. A Study of Audience Attitudes, pp. 409-422. , G. A. Steiner, New York: Knopf; Lehtonen, J., The information society and the new competence (1988) American Behavioral Scientist, 32, pp. 104-111; Maddox, G.L., Campbell, R.T., Scope, concepts, and methods in the study of aging (1985) Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences 2nd Ed., pp. 3-31. , R. H. Binstock & E. Shanas (Eds.), New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold; Mason, K.O., Mason, W.M., Winsborough, H.H., Poole, W.K., Some methodological issues in cohort analysis of archival data (1973) American Sociological Review, 38, pp. 242-258; McLeod, D.M., Perse, E.M., Direct and indirect effects of socioeconomic status on public affairs knowledge (1994) Journalism Quarterly, 71, pp. 433-442; McLeod, J.M., O'Keefe Jr., G.J., The socialization perspective and communication behavior (1972) Current Perspectives in Mass Communication Research, pp. 121-168. , F. G. Kline & P. J. Tichenor (Eds.), Beverly Hills, CA: Sage; McLuhan, M., (1964) Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man, , New York: McGraw-Hill; McLuhan, M., Fiore, Q., (1967) The Medium Is the Massage, , New York: Bantam Books; Meyer, P., (1985) The Newspaper Survival Book. An Editor's Guide to Marketing Research, , Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press; Meyrowitz, J., (1985) No Sense of Place. The Impact of Electronic Media on Social Behavior, , New York: Oxford University Press; Mutz, D.C., Roberts, D.F., Van Vuuren, D.P., Reconsidering the displacement hypothesis. Television's influence on children's time use (1993) Communication Research, 20, pp. 51-75; Neuman, S.B., (1995) Literacy in the Television Age. The Myth of the TV Effect (2nd Ed.), , Norwood, NJ: Ablex; Peiser, W., (1996) Die Fernsehgeneration [The Television Generation], , Opladen, Germany: Westdeutscher Verlag; Riley, M.W., Aging and cohort succession: Interpretations and misinterpretations (1973) Public Opinion Quarterly, 37, pp. 35-49; Robinson, J.P., The changing reading habits of the American public (1980) Journal of Communication, 30, pp. 141-152; Robinson, J.P., Jeffres, L.W., The great age readership mystery (1981) Journalism Quarterly, 58, pp. 219-224; Rodgers, W.L., Estimable functions of age, period, and cohort effects (1982) American Sociological Review, 47, pp. 774-787; Ryder, N.B., The cohort as a concept in the study of social change (1965) American Sociological Review, 30, pp. 843-861; Stevenson, R.L., The disappearing reader (1994) Newspaper Research Journal, 15 (3), pp. 22-31; Stone, G., (1987) Examining Newspapers. What Research Reveals about America's Newspapers, , Newbury Park, CA: Sage; Viswanath, K., Finnegan Jr., J.R., The knowledge gap hypothesis: Twenty-five years later (1996) Communication Yearbook, 19, pp. 187-227. , B. R. Burleson (Ed.), Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage; Winn, M., (1977) The Plug-in Drug, , New York: Viking Penguin UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33749550644&doi=10.1080%2f08838159909364497&partnerID=40&md5=dcae1787175b6384cda0613f3c94a27d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trend in mortality from respiratory distress syndrome in the United States, 1970-1995 T2 - Journal of Pediatrics J2 - J. Pediatr. VL - 134 IS - 4 SP - 434 EP - 440 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0022-3476(99)70200-3 SN - 00223476 (ISSN) AU - Lee, K.-S. AU - Khoshnood, B. AU - Wall, S.N. AU - Chang, Y.-P. AU - Hsieh, H.-L. AU - Singh, J.K. AD - Center for Perinatal Epidemiology, Chicago Children's Hospital, Pritzker School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, United States AD - MC 6060, Pediatrics, Chicago Children's Hospital, University of Chicago, 5841 S Maryland Ave, Chicago, IL 60637, United States AB - Objective: We examined the trend in mortality caused by respiratory distress syndrome (RDS) and its impact on changes in infant and neonatal mortality rates (IMR, NMR) in the United States. Study design: Data on infant deaths in the United States for the period 1970 through 1995 were used to compare RDS-Specific IMR to other cause-specific IMR. Data from the U.S. birth cohorts of 1985 through 1991 were used to examine birth weight- and RDS-specific NMRs. Results: IMR from RDS declined from 2.6 per 1000 live births in 1970 to 0.4 per 1000 in 1995. More than three quarters of this decline occurred between 1970 and 1985. RDS-specific NMR declined by 13% between 1985 and 1988 and by more than twofold greater, that is, 28%, between 1988 and 1991. There was also a significant reduction in postneonatal mortality from chronic lung diseases between 1988 and 1991. Conclusions: Most of the reduction in mortality from RDS occurred before the introduction of surfactant therapy. The recent accelerated reduction in mortality from RDS between 1988 and 1991 was temporally associated with widespread use of surfactant therapy and was the single most important factor for reduction in overall NMR in the United States. KW - surfactant KW - article KW - atelectasis KW - birth weight KW - cause of death KW - drug use KW - human KW - hyaline membrane disease KW - infant KW - infant mortality KW - newborn KW - newborn mortality KW - priority journal KW - respiratory distress syndrome KW - survival KW - United States PB - Mosby Inc. N1 - Cited By :48 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOPDA C2 - 10190917 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lee, K.-S.; MC 6060, Chicago Children's Hospital, University of Chicago, 5841 S Maryland Ave, Chicago, IL 60637, United States N1 - References: (1974) Vital Statistics of the United States, Annual Volumes, 1970 Through 1991. Vol II. Mortality, 2. , Public Health Service, Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office; Kochanek, K.D., Hudson, B.L., (1995) Advance Report of Final Mortality Statistics, 1992. Monthly Vital Statistics Report, 43 (6 SUPPL.). , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics; Gardner, P., Hudson, B.L., (1996) Advance Report of Final Mortality Statistics, 1993. Monthly Vital Statistics Report, 44 (7 SUPPL.). , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics; Singh, G.K., Kochanek, K.D., MacDorman, M.F., (1996) Advance Report of Final Mortality Statistics, 1994. Monthly Vital Statistics Report, 45 (3 SUPPL.). , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics; Anderson, R.N., Kochanek, K.D., Murphy, S.L., (1997) Report of Final Mortality Statistics, 1995. Monthly Vital Statistics Report, 45 (11 SUPPL. 2). , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics; Horbar, J.D., Soll, R.F., Sutherland, J.M., Kotagal, U., Philip, A.G., Kessler, D.L., A multicenter randomized, placebo-controlled trial of surfactant therapy for respiratory distress syndrome (1989) N Engl J Med, 320, pp. 959-965; Long, W., Corbet, A., Cotton, R., Courtney, S., McGuiness, G., Walter, D., A controlled trial of synthetic surfactant in infants weighing 1250g or more with respiratory distress syndrome (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 1696-1703; Soll, R.F., Hoekstra, R., Fangman, J.J., Multicenter trial of single-dose modified bovine surfactant extract (Survanta) for prevention of respiratory distress syndrome (1990) Pediatrics, 85, pp. 1092-1102; Surfactant replacement therapy for severe neonatal respiratory distress syndrome: An international randomized clinical trial (1988) Pediatrics, 82, pp. 683-691; Gitlin, J.D., Soll, R.F., Parad, R.B., Horbar, J.D., Feldman, H.A., Lucey, J.F., Randomized controlled trial of exogenous surfactant for the treatment of hyaline membrane disease (1987) Pediatrics, 79, pp. 31-37; Fujiwara, T., Konishi, M., Chida, S., Okuyama, K., Ogawa, Y., Takeuchi, Y., Surfactant replacement therapy with a single postventilatory dose of a reconstituted bovine surfactant in preterm neonates with respiratory distress syndrome: Final analysis of a multicenter, double-blind, randomized trial and comparison with similar trials (1990) Pediatrics, 86, pp. 753-764; Speer, C.P., Robertson, B., Curstedt, T., Halliday, H.L., Compagnone, D., Gefeller, O., Randomized European multicenter trial of surfactant replacement therapy for severe respiratory distress syndrome: Single versus multiple doses of Curosurf (1992) Pediatrics, 89, pp. 13-20; Horbar, J.D., Wright, E.C., Onstad, L., Decreasing mortality associated with the introduction of surfactant therapy: An observational study of neonates weighing 601 to 1300 grams at birth (1993) Pediatrics, 92, pp. 191-196; Schwarz, R.M., Luby, A.M., Scanlon, J.W., Kellog, R.J., Effect of surfactant on morbidity, mortality, and resource use in newborn infants weighing 500 to 1500 g (1994) N Engl J Med, 330, pp. 1476-1480; Hamvas, A., Wise, P.H., Yang, R.K., Wampler, N.S., Noguchi, A., Maurer, M.M., The influence of the wider use of surfactant therapy on neonatal mortality among blacks and whites (1996) N Engl J Med, 334, pp. 1635-1640; Palta, M., Weinstein, M.R., McGuinness, G., Gabbert, D., Brady, W., Peter, M.E., A population study: Mortality and morbidity after availability of surfactant therapy (1994) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 148, pp. 1295-1301; (1995) 1985, 1988 and 1991 Birth Cohort Linked Birth and Infant Death Data Set, , Hyattsville (MD): Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Department of Health and Human Services, January 1995, February and May CD-ROM Series 20, No. 2, 4, and 7; The international classification of diseases (1994) Clinical Modification. 4th Ed., , 9th rev. New York: McGraw-Hill; Avery, M.E., Mead, J., Surface properties in relation to atelectasis and hyaline membrane disease (1959) Am J Dis Child, 97, pp. 517-523; Fujiwara, T., Maeta, H., Chida, S., Morita, T., Watabe, Y., Abe, T., Artificial surfactant therapy in hyaline membrane disease (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 55-59; O'Shea, T.M., Preisser, J., Klinepeter, K.L., Dillard, R.G., Trends in mortality and cerebral palsy in a geographically based cohort of very low birth weight neonates born between 1982 to 1994 (1998) Pediatrics, 101, pp. 642-647; Liggins, G.C., Howie, R.N., A controlled trial of antepartum glucocorticoid treatment for prevention of the respiratory distress syndrome in premature infants (1972) Pediatrics, 50, pp. 515-525; Avery, M.E., Historical overview of antenatal steroid use (1995) Pediatrics, 95, pp. 133-135; Horbar, J.D., Increasing use of antenatal corticosteroid therapy between 1990 and 1993 in Vermont Oxford Network (1997) J Perinatol, 17, pp. 309-313; The effect of antenatal steroids for fetal maturation on perinatal outcomes (1994) NIH Consensus Statement 1994 Feb 28-Mar 2, 12, pp. 1-24 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033505589&doi=10.1016%2fS0022-3476%2899%2970200-3&partnerID=40&md5=971baf7d807c912db91e63da50ff36ba ER - TY - JOUR TI - Breast cancer trends of black women compared with white women T2 - Archives of Family Medicine J2 - Arch. Fam. Med. VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 521 EP - 528 PY - 1999 DO - 10.1001/archfami.8.6.521 SN - 10633987 (ISSN) AU - Chu, K.C. AD - Office of Special Populations Research, National Cancer Institute, Bldg. Executive Plaza South, 320, 9000 Rochville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AB - Objective: To investigate why breast cancer mortality rates have decreased in the 1990s for white women but not for black women. Design: Racial differences in breast cancer incidence, survival, and mortality rates were examined using regression methods and age-period-cohort models. Setting: United States breast cancer mortality rates from 1970 through 1995, breast cancer incidence rates from 1980 through 1995, and 3-year survival rates from 1980 through 1993. The incidence and survival data are from the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program, representing 11% of the US population, of the National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Md. Results: For both white and black women aged 30 to 39 years, breast cancer mortality rates began decreasing in 1987. For white women aged 40 to 79 years, breast cancer mortality rates declined after 1989, and for blackwomen aged 40 to 69 years, mortality rates ceased increasing in the middle to late 1980s. Birth cohort trends were similar by race, but calendar period trends and survival rates differed. Conclusions: Declines in mortality rates in women younger than 40 years reflect a favorable birth cohort trend for women born after 1948 and likely reflect changes in risk factors. The increased early detection of breast cancer by mammography and improvements in breast cancer treatment appear to be contributing to the improving mortality trends in older women, although black women appear to have benefited less than white women from early detection and treatment advances. In addition, substantial increases in survival rates for white women with regional disease have contributed to their declining mortality rates and likely reflect an increasing use of beneficial adjuvant therapy. KW - adult KW - African American KW - aged KW - article KW - breast tumor KW - Caucasian KW - comparative study KW - female KW - human KW - incidence KW - middle aged KW - mortality KW - regression analysis KW - statistics KW - United States KW - Adult KW - African Americans KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - European Continental Ancestry Group KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Regression Analysis KW - United States PB - American Medical Association N1 - Cited By :71 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ARFMF C2 - 10575392 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Chu, K.C.; Office of Special Populations Research, National Cancer Institute, Bldg. Executive Plaza South, 320, 9000 Rochville Pike, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States; email: kclOd@iuh.gov N1 - References: Brown, M.L., Kessler, L.G., Rueter, F.G., Is the supply of mammography machines outstripping need and demand? an economic analysis (1990) Ann Intern Med, 113, pp. 547-552; NIH Consensus Conference. Adjuvant therapy for breast cancer (1985) JAMA, 254, pp. 3461-3463; Effects of adjuvant tamoxifen and of cytotoxic therapy on mortality in early breast cancer (1988) NEnglJMed, 319, pp. 1681-1692; Systemic treatment of early breast cancer by hormonal, cytotoxic, or immune therapy: 133 randomised trials involving 31,000 recurrences and 24,000 deaths among 75,000 women (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 1-15 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033227675&doi=10.1001%2farchfami.8.6.521&partnerID=40&md5=3ac02511505c0a34b284de250edaac84 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Life course exposure and later disease: A follow-up study based on medical examinations carried out in Glasgow University (1948-68) T2 - Public Health J2 - Public Health VL - 113 IS - 6 SP - 265 EP - 271 PY - 1999 SN - 00333506 (ISSN) AU - McCarron, P. AU - Davey Smith, G. AU - Okasha, M. AU - McEwen, J. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AB - Evidence for the relationship between exposures in fetal life, infancy, childhood and early adulthood, and risk of chronic disease in later middle-age continues to accumulate. Further understanding of the associations between exposures acting over the life course and current morbidity and mortality in middle-age and later must depend upon the follow-up of previously established cohorts. This paper describes the design of, and background to, a follow-up of individuals who participated in a survey of student health in the University of Glasgow between 1948 and 1968. 15,332 students, almost a quarter of whom were female, had detailed medical information collected from a doctor-administered questionnaire and physical examination. Participation was voluntary; approximately 50% of the student population took part and these students were representative of the entire student population. Data collected include: socio-demographic, behavioural, developmental, anthropometric, and clinical details, as well as details of medical history and family health and structure. Data are over 95% complete for most variables. Over 40% of students were examined on two or more occasions with 1026 students (6.8%) having four or more examinations. Over 90% of students were from social classes I-III. Eighty-two per cent (12,533/15,322) of the students have been traced and flagged through the National Health Service Central Register and attempts are on-going to increase this figure. Those study members who have been traced are representative of the original cohort. To date 1111 (7.2%) of those traced have died. These data constitute a unique record of the health and physical development of a large cohort of students from Glasgow. Follow-up to investigate the relationship between indices of health and development, (height, weight, blood pressure), health behaviours and social circumstances in childhood and young adulthood, and mortality and morbidity in later adulthood is under way. KW - Disease KW - Exposures KW - Follow-up KW - Glasgow University KW - Life course KW - academic research KW - disease prevalence KW - life history KW - medical geography KW - adult KW - article KW - chronic disease KW - demography KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - life table KW - lifespan KW - lifestyle KW - male KW - medical examination KW - medical information KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - physical examination KW - questionnaire KW - socioeconomics KW - Glasgow KW - Scotland(Strathclyde) KW - United Kingdom PB - Elsevier B.V. N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PUHEA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McCarron, P.; Epidemiology Public Health Medicine, Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom N1 - Funding details: Stroke Association, Stroke Association N1 - Funding details: Chest, Heart and Stroke Association Scotland, Chest, Heart and Stroke Association Scotland N1 - Funding text: The authors gratefully acknowledge the support of the Stroke Association, the Scottish Chest Heart and Stroke Association and NHS R&D CVD Programme, Northern and Yorkshire who provided funding for this study. N1 - References: Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Death rates from stroke in England and Wales predicted from past maternal mortality (1987) BMJ, 295, pp. 83-86; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Infant mortality, childhood nutrition, and ischaemic heart disease in England and Wales (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 1077-1081; Williams, D.R.R., Roberts, S.J., Davies, T.W., Deaths from ischaemic heart disease and infant mortality in England and Wales (1979) J Epidemiol Community Health, 33, pp. 199-202; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , BMJ Publishing Group: London; Barker, D.J.P., Relation of birth weight and childhood respiratory infection to adult lung function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 671-675; Amesen, B., Forsdahl, A., The Tromso heart study: Coronary risk factors and their association with living conditions during childhood (1985) J Epidemiol Community Health, 39, pp. 210-214; Nieto, F.J., Szklo, M., Comstock, G.W., Childhood weight and growth rate as predictors of adult mortality (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 201-213; Davey Smith, G., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Hole, D., Adverse socioeconomic conditions in childhood and cause-specific adult mortality: Prospective observational study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 1631-1635; Abraham, S., Collins, C., Nordsieck, M., Relationship of childhood weight status to morbidity in adults (1971) HSMHA Health Rep, 86, pp. 273-284; Gunnell, D.J., Childhood leg length and adult mortality: Follow up of the Carnegie (Boyd Orr) Survey of Diet and Health in Pre-war Britain (1998) J Epidemiol Community Health, 52, pp. 142-152; Frankel, S., Childhood energy intake and adult cancer-The Boyd Orr cohort study (1998) BMJ, 316, pp. 499-504; Wannamethee, S.C., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, C., Walker, M., Influence of fathers social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Blane, D., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Insulin resistance syndrome and childhood social conditions (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 284-285; Lehingue, Y., Environnement foetal et risque cardio-ischémique: Revue de la littérature avec référence particulière au syndrome X (1996) Rev Epidém et Santé Publ, 44, pp. 262-277; Must, A., Long-term morbidity and mortality of overweight adolescents. A follow-up of the Harvard Growth Study of 1922 to 1935 (1992) N Engl J Med, 327, pp. 1350-1355; Hoffmans, M.D., Kromhout, D., De Lezenne, C., The impact of body mass index of 78, 612 18-year old Dutch men on 32-year mortality from all causes (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 749-756; Thorne, M.C., Wing, A.L., Paffenbarger, R.S., Chronic disease in former college students. VII. Early precursors of nonfatal coronary heart disease (1968) Am J Epidemiol, 87, pp. 520-529; Paffenbarger, R.S., Wing, A.L., Chronic disease in former college students. XI Early precursors of adult-onset diabetes mellitus (1973) Am J Epidemiol, 97, pp. 314-323; Paffenbarger, R.S., Wing, A.L., Chronic disease in former college students. XI Early precursors of nonfatal stroke (1971) Am J Epidemiol, 94, pp. 524-530; Paffenbarger, R.S., Wing, A.L., Chronic disease in former college students. X The effects of single and multiple characteristics on risk of fatal coronary heart disease (1969) Am J Epidemiol, 90, pp. 527-535; Paffenbarger, R.S., Wing, A.L., Characteristics in youth predisposing to fatal stroke in later years (1967) Lancet, 1, pp. 753-754; Paffenbarger, R.S., Kampert, J.B., Chang, H.G., Characteristics that predict risk of breast cancer before and after the menopause (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 112, pp. 258-268; Gillum, R.E., Paffenbarger, R.S., Chronic disease in former college students. XVII. Sociocultural mobility as a precursor of coronary heart disease and hypertension (1978) Am J Epidemiol, 108, pp. 289-298; Klag, M.J., Serum cholesterol in young men and subsequent cardiovascular disease (1993) N Engl J Med, 328, pp. 313-318; Labarthe, D.R., Bissa, M., Varas, C., Childhood precursors of high blood pressure and elevated cholesterol (1991) Ann Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 519-541; Yong, L.C., Kuller, L.H., Rutan, C., Bunker, C., Longitudinal study of blood pressure: Changes and determinants from adolescence to middle age. The Dormont High School Follow-up Study, 1957-1963 to 1989-1990 (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 138, pp. 973-983; Davey Smith, G., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Early growth and clotting factors in adult life (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 638-639; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Hales, C.N., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Leon, D.A., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50-year old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Phillips, D.I., Thinness at birth and insulin resistance in adult life (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 150-154; Ravelli, A.C.J., Glucose tolerance in adults after prenatal exposure to famine (1998) Lancet, 351, pp. 173-177; Leon, D.A., Reduced fetal growth rate and increased risk of death from ischaemic heart disease: Cohort study of 15 000 Swedish men and women born 1915-1929 (1998) BMJ, 317, pp. 241-245; Frankel, S., Birthweight, body mass index in middle age, and incident coronary heart disease (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1478-1480; Student Health (1947) Lancet, 2, p. 318; Health at the University (1947) Lancet, 2, p. 949; (1954) Report on Grants Made during the Ten Years April 1943 to March 1953, , Oxford University Press: Oxford; Parnell, R.W., Health examinations of students (1947) Lancet, 2, pp. 939-941; Johnston, W., Cheeseman, B.A., Merrett, J.D., Observations on routine medical examinations of university entrants in Northern Ireland (1957) Brit J Prev Soc Med, 11, pp. 152-161; Johnston, W., Merreti, J.D., Further observations on routine medical examinations of university entrants in Northern Ireland (1962) Brit J Prev Soc Med, 16, pp. 76-83; Grant, C., Hitchens, R.A.N., Some observations on the heights and weights of undergraduates with special reference to the University of Wales (1953) Brit J Prev Soc Med, 7, pp. 60-68; Macklin, A.H., A comprehensive student-health service (1947) Lancet, 2, pp. 935-937; Bailey, N.T.J., A statistical analysis of Cambridge University health service records, 1948-50 (1951) J Hygiene, 49, pp. 81-91; Parnell, R.W., Mortality and prolonged illness among Oxford undergraduates (1951) Lancet, 1, pp. 731-733; Verney, R.E., Robertson, R.E., A student health service (1948) Lancet, 2, pp. 251-255; Anon. Personal Correspondence. Universities of Belfast, Leeds, Edinburgh, Oxford and Cambridge; Richmond, H., Personal Communication. Glasgow; Census 1951 (1952) Census 1951: Report on the Fifteenth Census of Scotland, , HMSO: Edinburgh; Census 1961 (1962) Census 1961: Report on the Sixteenth Census of Scotland, , HMSO: Edinburgh; Brockington, F., Stein, Z., Admission, Achievement, and Social Class (1963) Universities Quarterly, 16, pp. 52-73; Annotations-University students (1950) Lancet, 1, pp. 1044-1045; Martin, W.J., (1949) The Physique of Young Adult Males, , HMSO: London; Schuster, E., First results from the Oxford Anthropometric Laboratory (1919) Biometrika, 8, pp. 40-51; Durnin, J.V.C.A., Weir, J.B., Statures of a group of university students and of their parents (1952) BMJ, 1, pp. 1006-1008; Cathcart, E.P., Hughes, D.E.R., Chalmers, J.C., The physique of man in industry (1935) MRC Industrial Health Research Book Report, 71, pp. 1-43; Burke, C.L., Sources of error in measurement of children's blood pressure in a large epidemiologic study: Bogalusa heart study (1987) J Chron Dis, 40, pp. 83-89; Campbell, R., Macfarlane, A.J., (1987) Where to Be Born?, , National Perinatal Epidemiology Unit: Oxford; MacMahon, S., Blood pressure, stroke and coronary heart disease. Part 1, prolonged differences in blood pressure: Prospective observational studies corrected for the regression dilution bias (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 765-774; Kendrick, S., The development of record linkage in Scotland: The responsive application of probability matching (1997) Proceedings of the 1997 Record Linkage Workshop, , Washington D.C. Mar 20-21st UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0033402886&partnerID=40&md5=2cec90a269edabec64b51f22c164abe2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Work-related cancer in the Nordic countries T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health J2 - Scand. J. Work Environ. Health VL - 25 IS - SUPPL. 2 SP - 1 EP - 114 PY - 1999 SN - 03553140 (ISSN) AU - Andersen, A. AU - Barlow, L. AU - Engeland, A. AU - Kjærheim, K. AU - Lynge, E. AU - Pukkala, E. AD - Cancer Registry of Norway, Montebello, Oslo, Norway AD - National Board of Health and Welfare, Stockholm, Sweden AD - National Institute of Public Health, Oslo, Norway AD - Danish Cancer Society, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AB - This report presents 20 years' of cancer incidence data by occupational group for the Nordic populations. The study covers the 10 million people aged 24-64 years at the time of the 1970 censuses in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden, and the 1 million incident cancer cases diagnosed among these people during the subsequent 20 years. The project was undertaken as a cohort study with linkage of individual records based on the personal identification numbers used in all the Nordic countries. In the 1970 censuses, information on occupation for each economically active member of the household was provided in free text in self-administered questionnaires. The data were centrally coded and computerized in the statistical offices. Norway, Sweden, and Finland used the Nordic Classification of Occupations, while Denmark used a national coding scheme. However, all the data could be reclassified into 53 occupational groups and 1 group of economically inactive persons. Person-years at risk were accumulated from 1 January 1971 until the date of emigration, date of death or 31 December 1987 in Denmark, 1989 in Sweden, 1990 in Finland, and 1991 in Norway. The 4 countries all had nationwide registration of incident cancer cases during the entire study period. All incident cancer cases during the individual risk periods were included in the analysis. Despite minor differences between the countries, the International Classification of Diseases, 7th revision, formed the core basis for the diagnostic coding in all 4 countries. For the present study the incident cancer cases have been classified into 35 broad diagnostic groups. The observed number of cancer cases in each group of persons defined by country, gender, and occupation was compared with the expected number calculated from the age-, gender-, and period-specific person-years and the incidence rates for the national population. The result has been presented as a standardized incidence ratio (SIR), defined as the observed number of cases divided by the expected number and multiplied by 100. In the tables of this report, all the SIR values for which the upper limit of the 95% confidence interval is below 100 are printed in green and all those for which the lower limit of the confidence interval is above 100 are printed in red. For all cancers combined, the study showed a wide variation among the men, from an SIR of 79 for fanners to 159 for waiters. The occupations with the highest SIR values also included seamen and workers producing beverages and tobacco. Among the women the SIR valuesvaried from 83 for gardeners to 129 for tobacco workers. Low SIR values were found for farmers and teachers. Outdoor workers such as fishermen and gardeners had the highest risk of lip cancer, while the lowest risk was found among indoor workers such as physicians and artistic workers. Almost all pleural cancers are associated with asbestos exposure. Accordingly, plumbers, welders, mechanics, and seamen were the occupations with the highest risk. There was also an excess risk of pleural cancer in the occupational group of technical, chemical, physical, and biological workers, including, among others, engineers and chemists potentially exposed to asbestos. The wood workers included in the present study had the highest risk of nasal cancer. Most studies of nasal cancer have shown increased risks associated with exposure to wood dust, both for those in furniture making and for those exposed exclusively to soft wood. Nickel refinery workers are also known for their high risk of nasal cancer. In the present study they were included in the occupational group of smelting workers. Lung cancer was the most frequent cancer among men in the present study. Tobacco smoking is the major risk factor for this disease, but occupational exposures also play an important role. Waiters and tobacco workers had the highest risk of lung cancer. Miners and quarry workers also had a high risk of lung cancer, which may be related to their exposure to silica dust and radon daughters. Among women, tobacco workers had the highest risk of lung cancer and farmers and gardeners had the lowest risk. Waiters had the highest risk of bladder cancer for men, and they were one of the groups at highest risk among the women. Chimney sweeps and male hairdressers also had high SIR values for bladder cancer. Chimney sweeps are exposed to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from chimney soot, and the carcinogenicity of these compounds is well documented. Almost all occupational groups with low SIR values for bladder cancer also had low SIR values for lung cancer, groups such as farmers, gardeners, and those working in pedagogical work. Exposure to the known hepatocarcinogens, Hepatitis B virus and aflatoxins is rare in the Nordic countries, and a large proportion of primary liver cancers can therefore be attributed to alcohol consumption. When primary liver cancer was classified by occupation, high risks werefound for occupational groups with easy access to alcohol at the workplace or with cultural traditions for high alcohol consumption. Among men, waiters, journalists, cooks, beverage workers, and seamen had the highest risk. The lowest SIR values were found for farmers, forestry workers, teachers, wood workers, and gardeners.The risk of colon cancer has been related to sedentary work. The findings in the present study were in agreement, especially for men with this pattern, as journalists and physicians had the highest risk and outdoor workers such as farmers and forestry workers had the lowest risk.The occupational categories with the highest risks of breast cancer in the present study are accompanied by a university or equivalent education. This pattern is in agreement with a relatively late age at first birth among the well-educated Nordic women from the relevant birth cohorts. Malignant melanoma showed the same strong social gradient as cancers of the colon and breast. KW - Cancer KW - Environment KW - Incidence KW - Industry KW - Malignant neoplasms KW - Occupation KW - asbestos KW - nickel KW - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon KW - radon daughter KW - silicon dioxide KW - cancer KW - disease prevalence KW - medical geography KW - occupational exposure KW - adult KW - article KW - bladder cancer KW - breast cancer KW - cancer KW - cancer classification KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer risk KW - cigarette smoking KW - colon cancer KW - Denmark KW - dust exposure KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - lip cancer KW - liver cancer KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - Norway KW - nose cancer KW - occupational exposure KW - occupational health KW - pleura cancer KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - Sweden KW - tobacco KW - Scandinavia PB - Finnish Institute of Occupational Health N1 - Cited By :219 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SWEHD C2 - 10507118 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Andersen, A.; The Cancer Registry of Norway, Montebello, N-0310 Oslo, Norway N1 - Chemicals/CAS: asbestos, 1332-21-4; nickel, 7440-02-0; silicon dioxide, 10279-57-9, 14464-46-1, 14808-60-7, 15468-32-3, 60676-86-0, 7631-86-9 N1 - References: (1855) Fourteenth Annual Report on Births, Deaths and Marriages in England, , London: Her Majesty's Stationary Office; (1846) Seventh Annual Report on Births, Deaths and Marriages in England, , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; Rubin, M., Westergaard, H., (1886) Landbefolkningens Dødelighed i Fyns Stift [Mortality of the Rural Population in the Diocese of Funen], , Copenhagen: PG Philipsen; Sørensen, T., (1884) De øKonomiske Forholds og Beskæftigelsens Indflydelse På Dødeligheden [The Influence of Economic and Occupational Conditions on Mortality], , Copehhagen: CA Reitzel; Clemmesen, J., (1941) Cancer and Occupation in Denmark 1935-39, , Copenhagen: Nyt Nordisk Forlag - Arnold Busck; (1921) Del Nordiske Statistikermøde i København 29. - 31.august 1921. [Meeting of Nordic Statisticians in Copenhagen 29-31 August 1921], , København: Det Statistiske Departement, SM no 4:64:3; Kitagawa, E.M., Hauser, P.M., (1973) Differential Mortality in the United States: A Study in Socioeconomic Epidemiology, , Boston (MA): Harvard University Press; Tønnesen, B.L., (1974) Enkelte Trekk ved Dødelighetsmønsteret i Norge 1960-1964 Sammenliknet Med Andre Land. [Selected Aspects of the Mortality in Norway 1960-1964 Compared with Other Countries], , Oslo: Statistical Central Bureau; Desplanques, G., (1976) La Mortalité des Adultes Suivant le Milieu Social 1955-1971 [Adult Mortality by Social Environment 1955-1971], , Paris: Institut National de la Statistique et des Etudes Economiques, No 195 des Collections dde l'INSEE, serie D no 44; (1982) Dödsfalls-register 1961-70 [Death Register 1961-70], , Stockholm: Statistiska Centralbyrån, Promemorior från SCB 1981 no 5; Goldblatt, P., (1990) Longitudinal Study: Mortality and Social Organisation, , London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Roseo, G., (1995) Mortalità per Professioni in Italia Negli Anni '80 [Occupational Mortality in Italy in the 1980s], , Roma: Istituto superiore per la prevenzione e la sicurezza del lavoro; Lynge, E., (1979) Dødelighet og Erhverv 1970-75 [Mortality and Occupation 1970-75], , København: Danmarks Statistik, Statistiske Undersøgelser no 37; Andersen, O., (1985) Dødelighed og Erhverv 1970-80. [Mortality and Occupation 1970-80], , København: Danmarks Statistik, Statistiske Undersøgelser no 41; Sauli, H., (1979) Occupational Mortality in 1971-1975, , Helsinki: Central Statistical Office of Finland, Studies no 54; Marin, R., (1986) Occupational Mortality in 1970-80, , Helsinki: Central Statistical Office of Finland, Series no 129; Valkonen, T., Martelin, T., Rimpalä, A., Notkala, V., Savela, S., (1993) Socio-economic Mortality Differences in Finland 1981-90, , Helsinki: Statistics Finland, Population 1993 no 1; (1976) Yrke og Dødelighet 1970-1973 [Occupational Mortality 1970-1973], , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå, Statistiske analyser no 21; Borgan, J.K., Kristofersen, L.B., (1986) Dødelighet i Yrker og Socioøkonomiske Grupper 1970-80 [Mortality by Occupation and Socioeconomic Group 1970-80], , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå; Kristofersen, L., (1979) Yrke og Dødelighet [Occupational Mortality], , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå, Rapporter 1979 no 19; (1988) Occupational Mortality in the Nordic Countries 1971-80, , København: Nordic Statistical Secretariat, Statistical Reports of the Nordic Countries; Lynge, E., Thygesen, L., Occupational cancer in Denmark: Cancer incidence in the 1970 census population (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16 (2 SUPPL.), 35p; Pukkala, E., Cancer risk by social class and occupation: A survey of 109,000 cancer cases among Finns of working age (1995) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, p. 7. , Basel: Karger, 1995; (1989) Cancermiljöregister-70: en Samkörning av Cancerregistret 1971-84 och Folk- och Bostadsräkningen 1970 [Cancer-environment Register 1970], , Stockholm: Socialstyrelsen; Eklund, G., Barlow, L., Vaittinen, P., (1994) Cancer-Miljö-registeret 1960-70 [Cancer-environment Register 1960-70], , Stockholm: Socialstyrelsen, EpC-rapport no 4; Carstensen, J., (1987) Occupation, Smoking and Lung Cancer. Cohort Studies Based on Swedish Register Data, , Stockholm: Karolinska Institutet; Malker, H.S.R., (1988) Register-epidemiology in the Identification of Cancer Risks, p. 21. , Solna: Arbetsmiljöinstitutet, 1988. Arbete och Hälsa; Gerhardsson, M., Norell, S.E., Kiviranta, H., Pedersen, N.L., Ahlbom, A., Sedentary jobs and colon cancer (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 123, pp. 775-780; Wiklund, K., Holm, L.E., Trends in cancer risks among Swedish agricultural workers (1986) JNCI, 77, pp. 657-664; Vågerö, D., Persson, G., Cancer survival and social class in Sweden (1987) J Epidemiol Community Health, 41, pp. 204-209; Guenel, P., Raskmark, P., Andersen, J.B., Lynge, E., Incidence of cancer in persons with occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields in Denmark (1993) Br J Ind Med, 50, pp. 758-764; Kristensen, T.S., Lynge, E., Lung cancer among butchers and slaughterhouse workers (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19, pp. 137-147; Lynge, E., Carstensen, B., Andersen, O., Primary liver cancer and renal cell carcinoma in laundry and dry- cleaning workers in Denmark (1995) Scand J Work Environ Health, 21, pp. 293-295; Engholm, G., Palmgren, F., Lynge, E., Lung cancer, smoking, and environment: A cohort study of the Danish population (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1259-1263; Andersen, A., Bjelke, E., Langmark, F., Cancer in waiters (1989) Br J Cancer, 60, pp. 112-115; Tynes, T., Andersen, A., Langmark, F., Incidence of cancer in Norwegian workers potentially exposed to electromagnetic fields (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 81-88; Pukkala, E., Teppo, L., Hakulinen, T., Rimpelä, M., Occupation and smoking as risk determinants of lung cancer (1983) Int J Epidemiol, 12, pp. 290-296; Karjalainen, S., Pukkala, E., Social class as a prognostic factor in breast cancer survival (1990) Cancer, 66, pp. 819-826; Auvinen, A., Karjalainen, S., Pukkala, E., Social class and cancer patient survival in Finland (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 1089-1102; Lynge, E., Kurppa, K., Kristofersen, L., Malker, H., Sauli, H., Silica dust and lung cancer: Results from the Nordic occupational mortality and cancer incidence registers (1986) JNCI, 77, pp. 883-889; Skov, T., Weiner, J., Pukkala, E., Malker, H., Andersen, A., Lynge, E., Risk for cancer of the pharynx and oral cavity among male painters in the Nordic countries (1993) Arch Environ Health, 48, pp. 176-180; Skov, T., Andersen, A., Malker, H., Pukkala, E., Weiner, J., Lynge, E., Risk for cancer of the urinary bladder among hairdressers in the Nordic countries (1990) Am J Ind Med, 17, pp. 217-223; Boffetta, P., Andersen, A., Lynge, E., Barlow, L., Pukkala, E., Employment as hairdresser and risk of ovarian cancer and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas among women (1994) J Occup Med, 36, pp. 61-65; Lynge, E., Andersen, A., Nilsson, R., Barlow, L., Pukkala, E., Nordlinder, R., Risk of cancer and exposure to gasoline vapours (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 449-458; Yearbook of Nordic Statistics, , Stockholm: Nordic Council and the Nordic Statistical Secretariat. (Various years); Statistisk Årbok [Statsitical Yearbook], , København: Danmarks Statistik. (Various years); Valkonen, T., Adult mortality and education: A comparison between six countries (1989) Health Inequalities in European Countries, pp. 142-160. , Fox J, editor. Aldershot: Gower; (1997) National Accounts: Main Aggregates, Vol 1: 1960-95, 1. , Paris: Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development; Trygg, K., Food patterns in the Nordic countries (1991) Ann Nutr Metab, 35 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 3-11; Mørck, H.I., Linde, J., Agner, E., Hein, H.O., Gyntelberg, F., Nielsen, P.E., Tobacco consumption in the Nordic countries 1920-1980 (1982) Nord Med, 97, pp. 134-146; Nielsen, P.E., Zacho, J., Olsen, J.A., Olsen, C.A., Changes in the tobacco consumption in Denmark 1970-87 (1988) Ugeskr Læger, 150, pp. 2229-2233; (1996) Tobakksbruk og Holdninger i Norge - Utviklingen 1973-95 [Tobacco Consumption in Norway 1973-95], , Oslo: Statens Tobakkskaderåd; (1986) Tobaksvanor i Sverige [Tobacco Consumption in Sweden], , Stockholm: Socialstyrelsen, Socialstyrelsen redovisar, no 9; Rimpelä, M., (1978) Aikuisväaestön Tupakointitavat Suomessa 1950-1970 Luvuilla [Adult Use of Tobacco in Finland in the 1950s to 1970s: The State of Smoking in Autumn 1976, Changes in Cigarette Smoking in 1968-1976 and Conclusions of Development of Smoking Habits], , Tampere: University of Tampere, Department of Public Health, Publications on public health, no M 40/78; (1958) Nordisk Yrkesklassifikasjon [Nordic Classification of Occupations, , Oslo: Arbeidsdirektoratet; (1962) International Standard Classification of Occupations 1958, , Geneva: ILO; (1957) International Classification of Diseases. 7th Rev., , Geneva: WHO; (1976) ICD-O: International Classification on Diseases for Oncology: Version 1, , Geneva: WHO; (1951) Manual of Tumor Nomenclature and Coding MOTNAC, , Atlanta (GA): American Cancer Society; (1968) Manual of Tumour Nomenclature and Coding MOTNAC, , New York (NY): American Cancer Society Inc; (1976) International Classification of Diseases. 9th Rev., , Geneva: WHO; (1956) Statistical Codes for Human Tumours, , Geneva: World Health Organization, Document WHO/HS/CANC 24.1 nad 24.2; Jensen, O.M., Carstensen, B., Glattre, E., Malker, B., Pukkala, E., Tulinius, H., (1988) Atlas of Cancer Incidence in the Nordic Countries, , Copenhagen: Nordic Cancer Union; Teppo, L., Pukkala, E., Hakama, M., Hakulinen, T., Herva, A., Saxén, E., Way of life and cancer incidence in Finland: A municipality-based ecological analysis (1980) Scand J Soc Med, (19 SUPPL.); Tuomi, T., Fibrous minerals in the lungs of mesothelioma patients: Comparison between data on SEM, TEM, and personal interview information (1992) Am J Ind Med, 21, pp. 155-162; Tomatis, L., Day, N.E., Heseltine, E., Kaldor, J., Miller, A.B., Parkin, D.M., (1990) Cancer: Causes, Occurrence and Control, , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), IARC scientific publications no 100; Kristensen, P., Andersen, A., Irgens, L.M., Laake, P., Bye, A.S., Incidence and risk factors of cancer among men and women in Norwegian agriculture (1996) Scand J Work Environ Health, 22, pp. 14-26; Olsen, J.H., Jensen, O.M., Occupation and risk of cancer in Denmark: An analysis of 93 810 cancer cases, 1970-1979 (1987) Scand J Work Environ Health, 13 (1 SUPPL.); Baksaas, I., Lund, E., Skjerven, J.E., Langård, S., Vellar, O.D., Aarø, L.E., Cancer in merchant seamen: A group study (1983) Tidsskr Nor Lægeforen, 103, pp. 2317-2320; Tynes, T., Incidence of breast cancer in Norwegian female radio and telegraph operators (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 197-204; Acheson, E.D., Nasal cancer in the furniture and boot and shoe manufacturing industries (1976) Prev Med, 5, pp. 295-315; Kjuus, H., Andersen, A., Langård, S., Knudsen, K.E., Cancer incidence among workers in the Norwegian ferroalloy industry (1986) Br J Ind Med, 43, pp. 227-236; Chromium, nickel and welding. Lyon: IARC, 1990 IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 49; Langård, S., Nickel-related cancer in welders (1994) Sci Total Environ, 148, pp. 303-309; Sjögren, B., Hansen, K.S., Kjuus, H., Persson, P.G., Exposure to stainless steel welding fumes and lung cancer: A meta-analysis (1994) Occup Environ Med, 51, pp. 335-336; Fear, N.T., Roman, E., Carpenter, L.M., Newton, R., Bull, D., Cancer in electrical workers: An analysis of cancer registrations in England, 1981-87 (1996) Br J Cancer, 73, pp. 935-939; Overall evaluation of carcinogenicity: An updating of IARC monographs (1987) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 1-42 (7 SUPPL.). , Lyon: IARC; Harvard report on cancer prevention: Exercise (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7 (1 SUPPL.), pp. S15-S17; Silica, some silicates, coal dust and para-aramis fibrils. Lyon: IARC, 1997 IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 68; Brendstrup, T., Hasle, P., Jensen, E., Nielsen, H., Silberschmid, M., Vendelbo, O., The risk of silicosis from building site dust (1990) Ugeskr Læger, 152, pp. 1882-1886; Printing processes, printing inks, carbon blacks and some nitro compounds. Lyon: IARC, 1996 (1996) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 65; Townsend, J., Roderick, P., Cooper, J., Cigarette smoking by socioeconomic group, sex, and age: Effects of price, income, and health publicity (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 923-927; Steenland, K., Selevan, S., Landrigan, P., The mortality of lead smelter workers: An update (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 1641-1644; Gerhardsson, L., Hagmar, L., Rylander, L., Skerfving, S., Mortality and cancer incidence among secondary lead smelter workers (1995) Occup Environ Med, 52, pp. 667-672; Wolff, M.S., Collman, G.W., Barrett, J.C., Huff, J., Breast cancer and environmental risk factors: Epidemiological and experimental findings (1996) Annu Rev Pharmacol Toxicol, 36, pp. 573-596; Cantor, K.P., Stewart, P.A., Brinton, L.A., Dosemeci, M., Occupational exposures and female breast cancer mortality in the United States (1995) J Occup Environ Med, 37, pp. 336-348; Dean, G., MacLennan, R., McLoughlin, H., Shelley, E., Causes of death of blue-collar workers at a Dublin brewery, 1954-73 (1979) Br J Cancer, 40, pp. 581-589; Carstensen, J.M., Bygren, L.O., Hatschek, T., Cancer incidence among Swedish brewery workers (1990) Int J Cancer, 45, pp. 393-396; Jensen, O.M., Cancer morbidity and cause of death among Danish brewery workers (1979) Int J Cancer, 23, pp. 454-463; Engeland, A., Bjørge, T., Haldorsen, T., Tretli, S., Use of multiple primary cancers to indicate associations between smoker and cancer incidence: An analysis of 500,000 cancer cases diagnosed in Norway during 1953-93 (1997) Int J Cancer, 70, pp. 401-407; Wingren, G., Axelson, O., Epidemiologic studies of occupational cancer as related to complex mixtures of trace elements in the art glass industry (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 95-100; Guidotti, T.L., Mortality of urban firefighters in Alberta, 1927-1987 (1993) Am J Ind Med, 23, pp. 921-940; Forastiere, F., Perucci, C.A., Di Pietro, A., Miceli, M., Rapiti, E., Bargagli, A., Mortality among urban policemen in Rome (1994) Am J Ind Med, 26, pp. 785-798; Coggon, D., Wield, G., Mortality of butchers and cooks identified from the 1961 census of England and Wales (1995) Occup Environ Med, 52, pp. 157-159; Kjærheim, K., Andersen, A., Incidence of cancer among male waiters and cooks: Two Norwegian cohorts (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 419-426; Pukkala, E., Notkola, V., Cancer incidence among Finnish farmers, 1979-93 (1997) Cancer Causes Control, 8, pp. 25-33; Kjærheim, K., Mykletun, R., Aasland, O.G., Haldorsen, T., Andersen, A., Heavy drinking in the restaurant business: The role of social modelling and structural factors of the work-place (1995) Addiction, 90, pp. 1487-1495; Polynuclear aromatic compounds, part I: Chemical, environmental and experimental data. Lyon: IARC, 1983 (1983) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 32; Evanoff, B.A., Gustavsson, P., Hogstedt, C., Mortality and incidence of cancer in a cohort of Swedish chimney sweeps: An extended follow up study (1993) Br J Ind Med, 50, pp. 450-459; Occupational exposures of hairdressers and barbers and personal use of heir colourants: Some hair dyes, cosmetic colourants, industrial dyestuffs and aromatic amines. Lyon: IARC, 1993 (1993) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 57; Pukkala, E., Nokso Koivisto, P., Roponen, P., Changing cancer risk pattern among Finnish hairdressers (1992) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 64, pp. 39-42; Lynge, E., Thygesen, L., Primary liver cancer among women in laundry and dry-cleaning work in Denmark (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 108-112; Pion, I.A., Riegel, D.S., Garfinkel, L., Silverman, M.K., Kopf, A.W., Occupation and the risk of malignant melanoma (1995) Cancer, 75, pp. 637-644; (1970) Folke- og Boligtelling 1970, Hefte VI, Kontrollundersøkelse [Population and Housing Census 1970, Vol VI, Evaluation Survey], 6. , Oslo: Statistisfc Sentralbyrå; (1974) Folk- och Bostadsräkningen 1970: Resultat Från Evalueringsstudier Avseende Sysselsätting och Utbildning [Population and Housing Census 1970: Results from the Evaluation Studies Concerning Economic Activity and Education], , Stockholm: Statistiska Centralbyrån, Statistiska meddelanden Be1974, no 3; Storm, H.H., Completeness of cancer registration in Denmark 1943-1966 and efficacy of record linkage procedures (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 44-49; Holm, N.V., Hauge, M., Jensen, O.M., Studies of cancer aetiology in a complete twin population: Breast cancer, colorectal cancer and leukaemia (1982) Cancer Surveys, 1, pp. 17-32; Østerlind, A., Jensen, O.M., Evaluation of cancer registration in Denmark in 1977: Preliminary evaluation of cancer registration by the Cancer Register and the National Patient Register (1985) Ugeskr Læger, 147, pp. 2483-2488; Tulinius, H., Storm, H.H., Pukkala, E., Andersen, A., Ericsson, J., Cancer in the Nordic countries, 1981-86: A joint publication of the five Nordic cancer registries (1992) APMIS, 100 (31 SUPPL.), pp. 1-194; Lund, E., (1981) The Cancer Registry of Norway: Pilot Study for the Evaluation of Completeness of Reporting to the Cancer Registry, , Oslo: The Cancer Registry of Norway; Teppo, L., Pukkala, E., Lehtonen, M., Data quality and quality control of a population-based cancer registry: Experience in Finland (1994) Acta Oncol, 33, pp. 365-369; Mattson, B., (1984) Cancer Registration in Sweden, , [thesis]. Stockholm: Karolinska Institute; Kolari, R., (1989) Occupational Mortality in Finland 1975/1980/1985, , Helsinki: Central Statistical Office of Finland; Östlin, P., (1989) Occupational Career and Health. Methodological Considerations on the Healthy Worker Effect, , [thesis]. Uppsala (Sweden): Uppsala University; Notkola, V., Pajunen, A., Leino-Arjas, P., (1997) Occupational Mortality by Cause in Finland 1971-1991 and Occupational Mobility, , Helsinki: Statistics Finland, SVT health, no 1; Lynge, E., Andersen, O., Kristensen, T.S., Lung cancer in Danish butchers (1983) Lancet, 1, pp. 527-528; Andersen, A., Berge, S.R., Engeland, A., Norseth, T., Exposure to nickel compounds and smoking in relation to incidence of lung cancer and nasal cancer among nickel refinery workers (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, pp. 708-713; (1997) Data Base on "Health Behaviour among the Finnish Adult Population" Surveys, , Helsinki: National Public Health Institute; Martelin, T., (1984) The Development of Smoking Habits According to Survey Data in Finland, , Helsinki: The National Board of Health, Health education: series original reports, no 1/ 1984. In Finnish, with English summary; Hansen, E.J., Andersen, D., (1985) Alkoholforbrug og Alkohlpolitik [Alcohol Consumption and Alcohol Politics], (145). , København: Socialforskningsinstituttet; Prättälä, R., Berg, M.A., Leino, P., Puska, P., (1992) Lifesyles in Different Occupational Groups among Finnish Men in 1978-1990, , Helsinki: LEL Työeläkekassa, Publication no 20. In Finnish; Kleemola, P., Roos, E., Pletinen, P., Dietary changes by the level of education (1996) J Soc Med, 33, pp. 9-16; Roos, E., Prättälä, R., Lahelma, E., Kleemola, P., Pietinen, P., Modern and healthy? socioeconomic differences in the quality of diet (1996) Eur J Clin Nutr, 50, pp. 753-760; (1994) Folkhälsorapport 1994 [Public Health Report 1994], , Stockholm: Socialstyrelsen, SoS-rapport no 9; Lund-Larsen, K., (1991) Kostholdsdata fra Forbrukerundersøkelsen 1986-88 [Dietary Data from the Consumer Survey 1986-88], , Oslo: Institutt for ernæringsforskning, Universitetet i Oslo, AKF tabellrapport no 8; Kravdal, Ø., (1989) Sociodemographic Differentials in the Number of Children: A Study of Women Born 1935, 1945 and 1955, , Oslo: Statistisk Sentralbyrå, Rapporter 89; Myrskylä, P., (1976) Development and Regional Differences in Finland, , Helsinki: Tilastokeskus, Tutkimuksia no 36. In Finnish; Mørkeberg, H., (1976) Fødslers Placering i Familiens Livsforløb [Child-spacing in the Family Life Cycle], , Copenhagen: Socialforskningsinstituttet, Publication no 68; Hoem, B., Teachers have more children (1994) Valfards Bulletinen, 3, pp. 17-19; Olsen, J.H., Andersen, A., Dreyer, L., Pukkala, E., Tryggvadottir, L., Gerhardsson De Verdier, M., Avoidable cancers in the Nordic countries (1997) APMIS, 105 (76 SUPPL.); Tobacco Consumption 1970-1994 in the Member States of the European Union and in Norway and Iceland, , Stockholm: Statistiska Centralbyrån; Clemmesen, J., Statistical studies in the aetiology of malignant neoplasms (1965) Acta Pathol Scand, 1 (174 SUPPL.); Spitzer, W.O., Hill, G.B., Chambers, L.W., Helliwell, B.E., Murphy, H.B., The occupation of fishing as a risk factor in cancer of the lip (1975) New Engl J Med, 293, pp. 419-424; Lindquist, C., Risk factors in lip cancer: A questionnaire survey (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 521-530; Solar and ultraviolet radiation. Lyon: IARC, 1992 (1992) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 55; Asbestos. Lyon: IARC, 1977 (1977) IARC Monograps on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 14; Pukkala, E., Saarni, H., Cancer incidence among Finnish seafarers, 1967-92 (1996) Cancer Causes Control, 7, pp. 231-239; Langselh, H., Andersen, A., (1997) Kreftrisiko Blant Ansatte i Treforedlingsindustrien [Cancer Risk among Employees in the Pulp and Paper Industry], , Oslo: Kreftregisteret; Peto, J., Dose-response and mortality: Dose-response relationship for asbestos related disease: implications for hygienic standards (1979) Ann NY Acad Sci, 330, pp. 195-203; Wood, leather and some associated industries. Lyon: IARC, 1981 (1981) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 25; Hernberg, S., Westerholm, P., Schultz-Larsen, K., Degerth, R., Kuosma, E., Englund, A., Nasal and sinonasal cancer: Connection with occupational exposures in Denmark, Finland and Sweden (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9, pp. 315-326; Wood dust and formaldehyde. Lyon: IARC, 1995 (1995) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 62; Doll, R., Report of the International Committee on Nickel Carcinogenesis in Man (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 1-84; Engeland, A., Haldorsen, T., Tretli, S., Hakulinen, T., Hørte, L.G., Luostarinen, T., Prediction of cancer incidence in the Nordic countries up to the years 2000 and 2010: A collaborative study of the five Nordic Cancer Registries (1993) APMIS, (38 SUPPL.), pp. 1-124; Finkelstein, M.M., Radiographic abnormalities and the risk of lung cancer among workers exposed to silica dust in Ontario (1995) Can Med Assoc J, 152, pp. 37-43; Damber, L., Larsson, L.G., Underground mining, smoking, and lung cancer: A case-control study in the iron ore municipalities in northern Sweden (1985) JNCI, 74, pp. 1207-1213; Meurman, L.O., Pukkala, E., Hakama, M., Incidence of cancer among anthophyllite asbestos miners in Finland (1994) Occup Environ Med, 51, pp. 421-425; Vainio, H., Boffetta, P., Mechanisms of the combined effect of asbestos and smoking in the etiology of lung cancer (1994) Scand J Work Environ Health, 20, pp. 235-242; Olsen, J.H., Dragsted, L., Autrup, H., Cancer risk and occupational exposure to aflatoxins in Denmark (1988) Br J Cancer, 58, pp. 392-396; Kaczynski, J., Hansson, G., Norkrans, G., Wallerstedt, S., Lack of correlation between hepatitis B virus infection and the increasing incidence of primary liver cancer in Sweden (1991) Acta Oncol, 30, pp. 811-813; Alcohol drinking. Lyon: IARC, 1988 (1988) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, 44; Mandell, W., Eaton, W.W., Anthony, J.C., Garrison, R., Alcoholism and occupations: A review and analysis of 104 occupations (1992) Alcohol Clin Exp Res, 16, pp. 734-746; Gerhardsson, D., Steineck, G., Hagman, U., Rieger, A., Norell, S.E., Physical activity and colon cancer: A case-referent study in Stockholm (1990) Int J Cancer, 46, pp. 985-989. , V; Goldberg, M.S., Labreche, F., Occupational risk factors for female breast cancer: A review (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, pp. 145-156; Fritschi, L., Siemiatycki, J., Melanoma and occupation: Results of a case-control study (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, pp. 168-173 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032832284&partnerID=40&md5=8acaa704e86d8538ad844d1f65f84ded ER - TY - JOUR TI - Patterns of fertility change in Ghana: A time and space perspective T2 - Geografiska Annaler, Series B: Human Geography J2 - Geogr. Ann. Ser. B Hum. Geogr. VL - 80 IS - 4 SP - 203 EP - 213 PY - 1998 SN - 04353684 (ISSN) AU - Agyei-Mensah, S. AU - Aase, A. AD - Dept. of Geogr. and Rsrc. Devmt., University of Ghana, Legon, Ghana AD - Department of Geography, University of Science and Technology, N-7034 Trondheim, Norway AB - This article examines fertility change in Ghana based on a time and space perspective. The sample draws on three birth cohorts of women born in the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s, resident in five distinct societies selected from three settlements in Ghana. The findings of the study show that fertility change is occurring in a socioeconomic and geographically distinct manner. Significant fertility declines are traced to the 1960 birth cohorts in all the study areas. For the 1970 cohort this decline continues in the elite areas whereas the urban indigenous areas exhibit a rise in teenage fertility which is not, however, followed by higher fertility after the age of 20. In the rural area fertility rises from the 1960 to the 1970 cohort up to age 24, which is the end point of study for this cohort. The spatial variability between the five study areas has profound implications for the ongoing fertility change in Ghana and Sub-Saharan Africa. N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Agyei-Mensah, S.; Dept. of Geogr. and Rsrc. Devmt., University of Ghana, Legon, Ghana; email: pip@ug.edu.gh N1 - References: Agyei-Mensah, S., (1997) Fertility Change in a Time and Space Perspective: Lessons from Three Ghanaian Settlements, , Doctoral dissertation, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, April 1997, 361 pages; Ahonsi, B., Components of stably high fertility in three areas of West Africa (1991) Social Science and Medicine, 33 (7), pp. 849-857; Aryee, A.F., Nuptiality patterns in Ghana (1985) Demographic Patterns in Ghana: Evidence from the Ghana Fertility Survev 1979-1980, pp. 17-18. , SINGH, S., OWUSU, J.Y. and SHAH, I.Q. (eds): Voorburg, the Netherlands: International Statistical Institute; Caldwell, J.C., Orubuloye, I., Caldwell, P., Fertility decline in Africa: A new type of transition? (1992) Population and Development Review, 18 (2), pp. 211-242; Cleland, J., A regional review of fertility trends in developing countries: 1960-1990 (1996) The Future Population of the World. What Can we Assume Today, , LUTZ, W. (ed.): London: Earthscan; Cleland, J., Onuoha, N., Timaues, I., Fertility change in Sub-Saharan Africa: A review of the evidence (1994) The Onset of Fertility Transition in Sub-Sahara Africa, pp. 1-20. , LOCOH, T. and HERTRICH, V. (eds): Liege: Derouaux ordina Editions; Cochraine, S., Farid, S., (1989) Fertility in Sub-Saharan Africa: Analysis and Explanation, , Washington DC: The World Bank; Dare, O., Cleland, J., Reliability and validity of survey data on sexual behaviour (1994) Health Transition Review, 4, pp. 93-110; Dyson, T., Murphy, M., The onset of fertility transition (1985) Population and Development Review, 11 (3), pp. 399-440; Frank, O., Bongaarts, J., Behavioural and biological determinants of fertility transition in Sub-Saharan Africa (1991) Statistics in Medicne, 10, pp. 161-195; Jensen, A.M., The status of women and the social context of reproduction (1995) Journal of International Development, 7 (1), pp. 61-79; Mauldin, W., Ross, J., Prospects and programs for fertility reduction, 1900-2015 (1994) Studies in Family Planning, 25, pp. 77-95; (1994) Government of Ghana, National Population Policy (Revised Ed.); (1992) Africa Demographic and Health Surveys Chartbook, 1992; Robertson, C., (1984) Sharing the Same Bowls. A Socioeconomic History and Class in Accra, Ghana, , Bloomington: Indiana University Press; Rosero-Bixby, L., Casterline, J.B., Modelling diffusion effects in fertility transition (1993) Population Studies, 47, pp. 147-167; Muvandi, I., The demographic trann in Southern Africa: Reviewing the evidence from Botsna and Zimbabwe (1994) Demography, 31 (2), pp. 217-227. , S, D; (1989) Ghana Demoraphic and Health Survey 1988; (1994) Ghana Demographic and Health Survey 1993; (1969) Studies in Family Planning, , Ghana: Official Policy Statement. August: 1-7; Vanderpost, C., Regional patterns of fertility transition in Botswana (1992) Geography, pp. 109-122; Van De Walle, E., Foster, A., Fertility decline in Africa: Assessment and prospects (1990) World Bank Technical Discussion Paper 125, , Africa Technical Department Series UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0007180449&partnerID=40&md5=03ea991a306d6eaa15bda7014167c4fb ER - TY - JOUR TI - Measles infection, measles vaccination and the effect of birth order in the aetiology of hay fever T2 - Clinical and Experimental Allergy J2 - Clin. Exp. Allergy VL - 28 IS - 12 SP - 1493 EP - 1500 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-2222.1998.00436.x SN - 09547894 (ISSN) AU - Lewis, S.A. AU - Britton, J.R. AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Nottingham, United Kingdom AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Hucknall Road, Nottingham NG5 IPB, United Kingdom AB - Background. It has recently been suggested that measles infection may reduce the risk of atopy. Objective. To study the independent effect of measles infection and measles vaccination on the occurrence of hay fever in a British national birth cohort. Methods. In over 6000 children born in 1970, details of immunizations and childhood diseases were collected by parental interviews at ages 5, 10 and 16 years, and hay fever within the past year at age 16 years. Results. In univariate analysis, hay fever was less common in those contracting measles infection than in those not infected (OR 0.86, 95% CI 0.76-0,96), and more common in those given measles vaccination than in those not vaccinated (OR 1.16, 95% CI 1.03-1.31). However, these effects were strongly confounded by birth order, which was closely associated with the likelihood of receiving measles vaccination and with the risk of hay fever. A strong interaction between the effects of measles vaccination and infection, and birth order was found, such that in those with many older sibling contacts, hay fever was significantly and independently reduced in relation to both measles infection and measles vaccination relative to those who were neither infected nor vaccinated. Conclusions. Both measles infection and measles vaccination in childhood appear to reduce the risk of hay fever in children with multiple older sibling contacts. Differential exposure or response to the measles virus may explain the effect of birth order on the occurrence of allergic disease. KW - Birth order KW - Hay fever KW - Measles infection KW - Measles vaccination KW - adolescent KW - article KW - birth order KW - controlled study KW - etiology KW - female KW - hay fever KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - measles KW - measles vaccination KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - sibling KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Birth Order KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Measles KW - Measles Vaccine KW - Nuclear Family KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Seasonal KW - Risk Factors KW - Vaccination N1 - Cited By :62 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CLEAE C2 - 10024220 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lewis, S.A.; Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Hucknall Road, Nottingham NG5 IPB, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Measles Vaccine N1 - References: Shaheen, S.O., Aaby, P., Hall, A.J., Measles and atopy in Guinea-Bissau (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1792-1796; Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Lewis, S., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Britton, J., An investigation of the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British Birth Cohorts (1997) Br Med J, 315, pp. 717-721; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Osborn, A.F., Morris, A.C., Rationale for a composite index of social class and its evaluation (1978) Brit J Sociol, 30, pp. 36-60; Miller, C., Live measles vaccine: A 21 year follow up (1987) Br Med J, 295, pp. 22-24; Von Pirquet, C.E., Das verhalten der kutaten tuberkulin reaktion wahrend der masern (1908) Dtsch Med Wochenschr, 34, pp. 1297-1300; Starr, S., Berkovich, S., Effect of measles, gamma-globulin-modified measles and vaccine measles on the tuberculin test (1964) N Engl J Med, 270, pp. 386-391; Griffin, D.E., Ward, B.J., Jauregui, E., Johnson, R.T., Vaisberg, A., Immune activation during measles: Interferon and neopterin in plasma and cerebrospinal fluid in complicated and uncomplicated disease (1990) J Infect Dis, 161, pp. 449-453; Griffin, D.E., Ward, B.J., Differential CD4 T cell activation in measles (1993) J Infect Dis, 168, pp. 275-281; Griffin, D.E., Ward, B.J., Esolen, L.M., Pathogenesis of measles virus infection: An hypothesis for altered immune responses (1994) J Infect Dis, 170, pp. S24-31; Mosmann, T.R., Coffman, R.L., TH1 and TH2 cells: Different patterns of lymphokine secretion lead to different functional properties (1989) Ann Rev Immunol, 7, pp. 145-173; Wierenga, E.A., Snoek, M., De Groot, C., Evidence for compartmentalization of functional subsets of CD2+ T lymphocytes in atopic patients (1990) J Immunol, 144, pp. 4651-4656; Romagnani, S., Induction of TH1 and TH2 responses: A key role for the natural immune response? (1992) Immunol Today, 13, pp. 379-381; Holt, P.G., Immunoprophylaxis of atopy: Light at the end of the tunnel? (1994) Immunol Today, 15, pp. 484-489; Crespi, M., Struthers, J.K., Smith, A.N., Lyons, S.F., Interferon status after measles virus infection (1988) S Afr Med J, 73, pp. 711-712; Lack, G., Renz, H., Saloga, J., Nebulised but not parenteral IFN-gamma decreases IgE production and normalizes airways function in a murine model of allergic sensitisation (1994) J Immunol, 152, pp. 2546-2554; Tang, M.L.K., Kemp, A.S., Thorburn, J., Hill, D.J., Reduced interferon-gamma secretion in neonates and subsequent atopy (1994) Lancet, 344, pp. 983-985; Martinez, F.D., Stern, D.A., Wright, A.L., Holberg, C.J., Taussig, L.M., Halonen, M., Association of interleukin-2 and interferon-gamma production by blood mononuclear cells in infancy with parental allergy skin tests and with subsequent development of atopy (1995) J Allerg Clin Immunol, 96, pp. 652-660; McMenamin, C., Pimm, C., McKersey, M., Holt, P.G., Regulation of IgE responses to inhaled antigen in mice by antigen-specific gamma delta T cells (1994) Science, 265, pp. 1869-1871; Ward, B.J., Griffin, D.E., Changes in cytokine production after measles virus vaccination: Predominant production of IL-4 suggests induction of a TH2 response (1993) Clin Immunol Immunopathol, 67, pp. 171-177; Fireman, P., Friday, G., Kumate, J., Effect of measles virus vaccine on immunologic responsiveness (1969) Pediatrics, 90, pp. 607-611; Shirakawa, T., Enomoto, T., Shimazu, S., Hopkin, J., The inverse association between tuberculin responses and atopic disorder (1997) Science, 275, pp. 77-79; Alm, J.S., Lilja, G., Pershagen, G., Scheynius, A., Early BCG vaccination and development of atopy (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 400-403; Campbell, D.E., Kemp, A.S., Measles and atopy in African children (1996) Lancet, 348, p. 825; Salisbury, D.M., Begg, N.T., (1996) Immunisation Against Infectious Disease, , London: HMSO; Strachan, D.P., Is allergic disease programmed in early life? (1994) Clin Exp Allergy, 24, pp. 603-605; Aaby, P., Bukh, J., Lisse, I.M., Da Silva, M.C., Further community studies on the role of overcrowding and intensive exposure on measles mortality (1988) Rev Infect Dis, 10, pp. 474-477; Aaby, P., Malnutrition and overcrowding/intensive exposure in severe measles infection: Review of community studies (1988) Rev Infect Dis, 10, pp. 478-491; Shaheen, S.O., Aaby, P., Hall, A.J., Cell mediated immunity after measles in Guinea-Bissau: Historical cohort study (1996) Br Med J, 313, pp. 969-974; Martinez, F.D., Role of viral infections in the inception of asthma and allergies during childhood: Could they be protective? (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 1189-1191; Holt, P.G., Environmental factors and primary T-cell sensitisation to inhalant allergens: Reappraisal of the role of infections and air pollution (1995) Pediatr All Immunol, 6, pp. 1-10 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032437778&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-2222.1998.00436.x&partnerID=40&md5=53cb97dbe330cc939945cbf7fd21b424 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Accumulation of factors influencing children's middle ear disease: Risk factor modelling on a large population cohort T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 52 IS - 12 SP - 786 EP - 793 PY - 1998 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Bennett, K.E. AU - Haggard, M.P. AD - MRC Institute of Hearing Research, University Park, Nottingham, NG7 2RD, United Kingdom AB - Study objectives - Data were analysed from a large national birth cohort to examine cumulative and interactive prediction from various risk factors for childhood middle ear disease, and to resolve conflicting evidence arising from small and incompletely controlled studies. The large sample size permitted appropriate covariate adjustment to give generality, and permit demographic breakdown of the risk factors. Setting - A large multi-purpose longitudinal birth cohort study of all births in the UK in one week in 1970, with multiple questionnaire sweeps. Participants - Over 13,000 children were entered into the original cohort. Data on over 12,000 children were available at the five year follow up. Main outcome measures - For children at 5 years, parent reported data were available on health and social factors including data on two markers for middle ear disease: the occurrence of purulent (non-wax) ear discharge and suspected or confirmed hearing difficulty. Main results - In those children who had ever had reported hearing difficulty (suspected or confirmed), after control for socioeconomic status, three of the classic factors (male sex, mother's smoking habits since birth, and attending day care) were significantly more frequent. In those who had ever had ear discharge reported, only mother's smoking habit since birth was significantly more frequent. However, it showed an orderly dose response relation. In addition, a derived general child health score was found to be significantly associated with both the middle ear disease markers. Control for this variable in the analysis of those having reported hearing difficulty reduced the effect size of mother's smoking habit, but it remained statistically significant. For reported ear discharge, even after control for the general health score and social index, mother's smoking habits and day care attendance were both significant predictors. Mother's (but not father's) smoking habits and day care attendance were found to be significant risk factors for middle ear disease. Breast feeding effects were weak and did not generally survive statistical control. Conclusions - A child having all three risk factors (attends day care, a mother who smokes, and male sex) is 3.4 times more likely to have problems with hearing than a child who has none, based on cumulative risk. Further studies should focus on preventative risk modification and well specified intervention. KW - article KW - breast feeding KW - child care KW - day care KW - female KW - follow up KW - hearing impairment KW - human KW - infant KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - middle ear disease KW - newborn KW - prediction KW - preschool child KW - questionnaire KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - secretory otitis media KW - sex difference KW - smoking habit KW - social aspect KW - social status KW - Child Care KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Status KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Logistic Models KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Otitis Media with Effusion KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Class KW - Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - Cited By :33 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 10396519 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bennett, K.E.; Hearing Research, University Park, Nottingham NG7 2RD, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - References: Tos, M., Sequelae of otitis media with and without treatment (1987) Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol, S146, p. 18; Bexell, A., Rastam, L., Isaccsson, S.-O., Parents' response to middle ear infection in their children (1990) Scand J Soc Med, 18, pp. 25-30; Zielhuis, G.A., Heuvelmans-Heinen, E.W., Rach, G.H., Environmental risk factors for otitis media with effusion in pre-school children (1989) Scand J Prim Health Care, 7, pp. 33-38; Daly, K., Giebink, G.S., Le, C.T., Determining risk for chronic otitis media with effusion (1988) Pediatr Infect Dis J, 7, pp. 471-475; Collett, J.P., Burtin, P., Gillet, J., Risk of infectious diseases in children attending different types of day-care setting (1994) Respiration, 61 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 16-19; Etzel, R.A., Pattishall, M.D., Haley, N.J., Passive smoking and middle ear effusion among children in day care (1992) Pediatrics, 90, pp. 228-232; Strachan, D.P., Jarvis, M.J., Feyerabend, C., Passive smoking, salivary cotinine concentrations and middle ear effusions in 7 year old children (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 1549-1552; Hinton, A.E., Passive smoking and otitis media with effusion (1992) BMJ, 304, p. 53; Rowe-Jones, J.M., Brockbank, M.J., Parental smoking and persistent otitis media with effusion in children (1992) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 24, pp. 19-24; Teele, D.W., Klein, J.O., Rosner, B., Epidemiology of otitis media during the first seven years of life in children in Greater Boston: A prospective, cohort study (1989) J Infect Dis, 160, pp. 83-94; Irander, K., Borres, M.P., Bjorksten, B., Middle ear disease in relation to atopy and nasal metachronic cells in infancy (1993) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 26, pp. 1-9; Kraemer, M.J., Richardson, M.A., Weiss, N.S., Risk factors for persistent middle ear effusions: Otitis media, catarrh, cigarette smoke exposure and atopy (1983) JAMA, 249, pp. 1022-1025; Van Cauwenberge, P.B., Kluyskens, P.M., Some predisposing factors in otitis media with effusion (1984) Recent Advances in Otitis Media with Effusion, , Lim DJ, Bluestone CD, Klein JO, et al, eds. Philadelphia: BC Decker; Williamson, I.C., Dunleavey, J., Robinson, D., Risk factors for otitis media with effusion: A 1-year case-control study in 5-7 year old children (1994) Fam Pract, 11, pp. 271-274; Rach, G.H., Zielhuis, G.A., Van Den Broek, P., The influence of chronic persistent otitis media with effusion on language development of 2- To 4-year-olds (1988) Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol, 15, pp. 253-261; Pless, C.E., Pless, I.B., How well they remember - The accuracy of parent reports (1995) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 149, pp. 553-558; Daly, K.A., Lindgren, B., Giebink, G.S., Validity of parental report of a child's medical history in otitis media research (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 1116-1121; Kannel, W.B., An epidemiological perspective in hypertension problem solving (1994) Cardiology, 85, pp. 71-77; Blakley, B.W., Blakley, J.E., Smoking and middle ear disease: Are they related? A review article (1995) Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg, 112, pp. 441-446; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Osborne, A.F., Morris, T.C., The rationale for a composite index of social class and its evaluation (1979) Br J Social, 30, pp. 39-60; (1993) GLIM Statistical Package, , Oxford: The Numerical Algorithm Group; Poswillo, D., Alberman, E., (1992) Effects of Smoking on the Fetus, Neonate, and Child, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Charlton, A., Children and passive smoking: A review (1994) J Fam Pract, 38, pp. 267-277; Froom, J., Culpepper, L., Otitis media in day-care children. A report from the international primary care network (1991) J Fam Pract, 32, pp. 289-294; Duncan, B., Ey, J., Holberg, C.J., Exclusive breast-feeding for at least 4 months protects against otitis media (1993) Pediatrics, 91, pp. 867-872; Ford, K., Labbok, M., Breastfeeding and child health in the United States (1993) J Biosoc Sci, 25, pp. 187-194; Owen, M.J., Badwin, C.D., Swank, P.R., Relation of infant feeding poistion, cigarette smoke exposure, and group day care in the onset and duration of otitis media with effusion in the first two years of life (1993) J Pediat, 123, pp. 702-711; Tainio, V.M., Savilahti, E., Salmenpera, L., Risk factors for infantile recurrent otitis media: Atopy but not type of feeding (1988) Pediatr Res, 23, pp. 509-512; Bauchner, H., Leventhal, J., Sharpiro, E., Studies of breastfeeding and infection: How good is the evidence? (1986) JAMA, 256, p. 887 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031726215&partnerID=40&md5=beda9e817f06e04be82d7cb5dd0dd00d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts T2 - Journal of Laryngology and Otology J2 - J. Laryngol. Otol. VL - 112 IS - 1 SP - 114 EP - 115 PY - 1998 SN - 00222151 (ISSN) AU - Butland, B.K. AU - Strachan, D.P. AU - Lewis, S. AU - Bynner, J. AU - Butler, N. AU - Britton, J. AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St George's Hospital, Medical School, London, United Kingdom AB - OBJECTIVE: To investigate whether changes in certain perinatal and social factors explain the increased prevalence of hay fever and eczema among British adolescents between 1974 and 1986. DESIGN: Two prospective birth cohort studies. SETTING: England, Wales and Scotland. SUBJECTS: 11,195 children born 3-9 March 1958 and 9,387 born 5-11 April 1970. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Parental reports of eczematous rashes and of hay fever or allergic rhinitis in the previous 12 months at age 16. RESULTS: The prevalence of the conditions over the 12 month period increased between 1974 and 1986 from 3.1 per cent to 6.4 per cent (prevalence ratio 2.04 (95 per cent confidence interval 1.79 to 2.32)) for eczema and from 12.0 per cent to 23.3 per cent (prevalence ratio) 1.93 (1.82 to 2.06)) for hay fever. Both conditions were more commonly reported among children of higher birth order and those who were breastfed for longer than one month. Eczema was more commonly reported among girls and hay fever among boys. The prevalence of hay fever decreased sharply between social classes I and V, increased with maternal age up to the early 30s, and was lower in children whose mothers smoked during pregnancy. Neither condition varied significantly with birth weight. When adjusted for these factors, the relative odds of hay fever (1986 v 1974) increased from 2.23 (2.05 to 2.43) to 2.40 (2.19 to 2.63). Similarly, the relative odds of eczema rose from 2.02 (1.73 to 2.36) to 2.14 (1.81 to 2.52). CONCLUSIONS: Taken together, changes between cohorts in sex, birth weight, birth order, maternal age, breast feeding, maternal smoking during pregnancy, and lather's social class at birth did not seem to explain any of the observed rise in the prevalence of hay fever and eczema. However, correlates of these factors which have changed over time may still underlie recent increases in allergic disease, Author. N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JLOTA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Department of Public Health Sciences, St George's Hospital, Medical School, London, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33748393291&partnerID=40&md5=e9b929d1c6e8184da69412a6ee23af5f ER - TY - JOUR TI - The nutrient and food intakes of British male dieters aged 16-17 years T2 - Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics J2 - J. Hum. Nutr. Diet. VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 40 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-277X.1998.00076.x SN - 09523871 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H.F. AU - Summerbell, C.D. AD - Stat., OR Probabilistic Methods R., University of North London, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Prim. Care and Pop. Sci., Royal Free Hospital, School of Medicine, London, United Kingdom AD - STORM, University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom AB - Background: There is little information available about the dieting habits of teenage boys. This study aimed to examine the food and nutrient intake of male teenage dieters and compare these with the patterns reported among female dieters. Method: Male dieters aged 16-17 years were isolated from the 1970 Longitudinal Birth Cohort study group. Five hundred and one males who provided a 4-day unweighed dietary diary, height and weight measurements and appropriate background information. Results: Thirty-nine subjects (7.8%) both reported dieting and had a ratio of reported energy intakes to estimated basal metabolic rate measurements of less than 1.35. Dieters were taller and heavier than non-dieters, with mean BMIs of 24.6 and 20.0, respectively, for the two groups. Dieters reported average energy intakes of 9.16 MJ/day compared to intakes of 12.83 MJ/day among non-dieters, and the percentage of energy provided by protein was higher and that provided by NMES lower among dieters. Reported micronutrient intakes were lower among dieters, with calcium, magnesium, zinc, selenium, iodine, vitamin B6, vitamin C and retinol equivalents the nutrients most vulnerable to reduction in energy intakes. Dieters reported lower intakes of most food groups, but reported intakes of alcohol and meat and meat products were not reduced among dieters. Conclusion: Dieters clearly reported energy intakes which were unlikely to represent levels of intake sufficient to maintain existing weight. The nutrient and food intakes reported by the dieters were likely to reflect either true dieting behaviour during the study period, under-reporting or a combination of these effects. KW - Dieting KW - Energy intake KW - Food intake KW - Nutrient intake KW - Teenage males KW - ascorbic acid KW - calcium KW - iodine KW - magnesium KW - pyridoxine KW - retinol KW - selenium KW - trace element KW - zinc KW - adolescent KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - basal metabolic rate KW - body height KW - body mass KW - body weight KW - caloric intake KW - controlled study KW - diet KW - dietary intake KW - female KW - food intake KW - habit KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - meat KW - normal human KW - nutrient KW - sex difference KW - weight reduction N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JHNDE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.F.; STORM, University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Bandini, L.G., Schoeller, D.A., Cyr, H.N., Dietz, W.H., Validity of reported energy intake in obese and nonobese adolescents (1990) Am. J. Clin. Nutr., 52, pp. 421-425; Bellisle, F., Monneuse, M.-O., Steptoe, A., Wardle, J., Weight concerns and eating patterns: A survey of university students in Europe (1995) Int. J. Obesity, 19, pp. 723-730; Black, A.E., Goldberg, G.R., Jebb, S.A., Livingstone, M.B.E., Cole, T.J., Prentice, A.M., Critical evaluation of energy intake data using fundamental principles of energy physiology. 2. Evaluating the results of published surveys (1991) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 45, pp. 583-599; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1973) British Births 1970, 1. , London: William Heinemann Medical Books; Crawley, H., (1988) Food Portion Sizes, , London: HMSO; Crawley, H.F., Nutrient and food intakes of teenagers aged 16-17 years in Britain. 1. Energy, macronutrients and non-starch polysaccharides (1993) Br. J. Nutr., 70, pp. 15-26; Crawley, H.F., The role of breakfast cereals in the diets of 16-17 year old teenagers in Britain (1993) J. Hum. Nutr. Dietet., 6, pp. 205-216; Crawley, H.F., Portides, G., Self-reported vs. measured height, weight and body mass index amongst 16-17 year old British teenagers (1995) Int. J. Obesity, 19, pp. 579-584; Crawley, H.F., Shergill-Bonner, R., The nutrient and food intakes of 16-17 year old female dieters in the UK (1995) J. Hum. Nutr. Dietet., 8, pp. 25-34; (1991) Dietary Reference Values for Food Energy and Nutrients for the United Kingdom, , Report on Health and Social Subjects 41. London: HMSO; Francis, B., Green, M., Payne, C., (1993) GLIM4, , Oxford: Clarendon Press; Goldberg, G.R., Black, A.E., Jebb, S.A., Cole, T.J., Murgatroyd, P.R., Coward, W.A., Prentice, A.M., Critical evaluation of energy intake data using fundamental principles of energy physiology. 1. Derivation of cut-off limits to identify under-recording (1991) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 45, pp. 569-581; Huenemann, R.L., Shapiro, L.R., Hampton, M.C., Mitchell, B.W., Food and eating practices of teenagers (1968) J. Am. Diet. Assoc., 53, pp. 17-24; Livingstone, M.B.E., Davies, P.S.W., Prentice, A.M., Coward, W.A., Black, A.E., Strain, J.J., McKenna, P.G., Comparison of simultaneous measures of energy intake and expenditure in children and adolescents (1990) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 50, pp. 15A; Mareschi, J.P., Identification of those micronutrients most likely to be insufficient as the result of habitual low energy intake (1991) Modern Lifestyles, Lower Energy Intake and Micronutrient Status, pp. 45-50. , ed K. Pietrzik, London: Springer-Verlag; Mee, B., The men's health awareness campaign survey results (1996) Men's Health, JULY-AUGUST. , London: Rodale Press; Nemeroff, C.J., Stein, R.I., Diehl, N.S., Smilack, K.M., From the Cleavers to the Clintons: Role choices and body orientation as reflected in magazine article content (1994) Int. J. Eating Disord., 16, pp. 167-176; Poppitt, S.D., Swann, D., Black, A.E., Prentice, A.M., Is under-reporting of energy intake in obese women macronutrient specific? Covert measurements in a metabolic facility (1995) Int. J. Obes., 19 (2 SUPPL.), p. 021; Price, G.M., Paul, A.A., Cole, T.J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Intervieweos with higher body mass index were less likely to return diet diaries in a longitudinal national survey (1996) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 55, pp. 218A; Pryer, J.A., Vrijheid, M., Nichols, R., Elliott, P., Who are the 'low energy reporters' in the Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults? (1994) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 53, pp. 235A; Schofield, W.N., Schofield, C., James, W.P.T., Basal metabolic rate (1985) Hum. Nutr.: Clin. Nutr., (1 SUPPL.), pp. 1-96; (1990) SPSS-X User's Guide, 4th Edn., , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Summerbell, C.D., Moody, R.C., Shanks, J., Stock, M.J., Geissler, C., Sources of energy from meals vs. snacks in 220 people in four age groups (1995) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 49, pp. 33-41; Summerbell, C.D., Moody, R.C., Shanks, J., Stock, M.J., Geissler, C., The relationship between feeding frequency and BMI in 220 free-living subjects in 4 age groups (1996) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 50, pp. 513-519; Wardle, J., Beales, S., Restraint, body image and food attitudes in children from 12 to 18 years (1986) Appetite, 7, pp. 209-217 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032408874&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-277X.1998.00076.x&partnerID=40&md5=64e455868e4af33861330af35fd44b1f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sibship size, birth order, and atopy in 11,371 Italian vouna men T2 - American Journal of Rhinology J2 - Am. J. Rhinol. VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 306 PY - 1998 SN - 10506586 (ISSN) AU - Matricardi, P.M. AU - Franzinelli, F. AU - Franco, A. AB - Several theories have been proposed to explain why atopic diseases are increasing in prevalence in Western countries. This trend is most likely related to some unknown factor or factors related to the "Western lifestyle," which may include changes in nutritional habits, housing characteristics, sanitation practices, hygiene standards, or educational models. In an earlier British cohort study it was noted that the risk of allergy was inversely related to the overall number of siblings (sibship size effect); and even the position in the sibship might be relevant, since allergies were less common in the presence of older rather than younger siblings (birth order effect). In light of these findings, it is interesting to speculate whether common infections, when acquired very early in infancy because of unhygienic contacts with older siblings, could better protect from the development of atopy. As a corollary, the decline in cross-infections within young families caused by a decrease in family size and improvement in hygiene standards could be responsible for the increase in atopy in the Western world. Several additional studies have since confirmed the relationship between sibship size and atopy. On the other hand, the association between birth order and atopy has been confirmed in some studies, but not others. The aim of this study was to investigate the association of both sibship size and birth order with atopy in a large population of 11,371 Italian young men. These men were candidates for enrollment into the Italian Air Force, and demographic data such as date of birth, number of older and younger siblings, father's education, and place of residence were acquired by an assisted compilation of standard forms. Serum samples were also obtained for specific IgE testing using the Phadiatop-CAP assay (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden), which was used as a marker of atopy. Subjects with no siblings displayed a peak among the higher concentrations of specific IgE that disappeared progressively with increasing number of siblings. The prevalence of highly positive subjects was inversely related to the number of siblings (25% in those with no siblings versus 9% in those with five or more siblings), with an average prevalence decrease of 3% for each added sibling. Both the number of older and younger siblings resulted in an inverse and significant association with atopy, but the association between atopy and the number of older siblings was significantly stronger. This study reaffirms the findings of earlier studies relating the number of siblings and the birth order with the development of atopy. As mentioned earlier, a good argument for the reason for this finding may relate to infections acquired early in life. The larger number of older siblings, the more likely it is for a child to be infected early in life. Such infection could influence the development of T cells toward the TH-1 type and away from the TH-2 "allergy" immune response. The association of lower prevalence of atopy with increasing numbers of younger siblings also suggests that infections in later childhood might also play a protective or "booster" role against atopy. N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJRHE LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33748091722&partnerID=40&md5=c36cd46742f41dc909b5d3f1b013a852 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Effects of mass screening for neuroblastoma on incidence, mortality, and survival rates in Osaka, Japan T2 - Cancer Causes and Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 631 EP - 636 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1023/A:1008897123707 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Ajiki, W. AU - Tsukuma, H. AU - Oshima, A. AU - Kawa, K. AD - Osaka Cancer Registry, Department of Cancer Control, Osaka Med. Ctr. Cancer/C. D., Osaka, Japan AD - Osaka Med. Ctr. Matern./Childhood H., Osaka, Japan AD - Department of Cancer Control, Osaka Med. Ctr. Cancer/C. D., Nakamichi 1-3-3, Higashinari-ku, Osaka 537-8511, Japan AB - Objectives: To evaluate the effects of mass screening for neuroblastoma, time trends of incidence, mortality, and survival of neuroblastoma in Osaka Prefecture were analyzed. Methods: Data for this analysis was obtained from the population-based Osaka Cancer Registry. Time trends of incidence and mortality rates were analyzed by calendar year and by birth cohort. Survival was compared between before and after the introduction of systematic screening. Results: From 1970-94, 457 cases of neuroblastoma and 182 deaths from neuroblastoma were observed in Osaka. The annual age-standardized incidence rate per million children increased from 7.5 in 1970-84 to 20.5 in 1985-94, while the mortality rates did not differ between these two periods. Analysis by birth cohort showed that the incidence rate at 0 year of age per 100,000 live births increased from 2.30 in 1970-79 (unscreened) to 19.80 in 1988-89 (screening by high-performance liquid chromatography, HPLC). The incidence rate in children 1 and 2-4 years of age also increased according to the introduction of HPLC. The mortality rate in children 1-4 years of age per 100,000 live births slightly decreased from 3.87 in 1970-79 to 3.30 in 1988-89, which was presumed to be derived from the improvement in survival due to the progress in treatment. Conclusions: It is strongly suggested that mass screening for neuroblastoma causes harm because of overdiagnosis, and it has little effect on decreasing the incidence and the mortality of neuroblastoma at 1-4 years of age. KW - Incidence KW - Mortality KW - Neuroblastoma KW - Screening KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer survival KW - diagnostic error KW - high performance liquid chromatography KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - Japan KW - mass screening KW - neuroblastoma KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Japan KW - Male KW - Mass Screening KW - Neuroblastoma KW - Survival Analysis KW - Vanilmandelic Acid N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 10189049 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ajiki, W.; Department Cancer Control Statistics, Osaka Med Center Canc Cardiovasc Dis, Nakamichi 1-3-3, Osaka 537-8511, Japan N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Vanilmandelic Acid, 55-10-7 N1 - Funding details: 537-8511 N1 - Funding details: 8-2, MOHFW, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare N1 - Funding details: Kansai University N1 - Funding details: 8-2, MOHFW, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare N1 - Funding details: College, Osaka Medical CollegeN1 - Funding text: Drs Ajiki, Tsukuma, and Oshima are with the Osaka Cancer Registry, the Department of Cancer Control and Statistics, Osaka Medical Center for Cancer and Cardiovascular Diseases, Osaka, Japan. Dr Kawa is with the Osaka Medical Center for Maternal and Childhood Health, Osaka, Japan. Address correspondence to Dr Ajiki, Department of Cancer Control and Statistics, Osaka Medical Center for Cancer and Cardiovascular Diseases, Nakamichi 1-3-3, Higashinari-ku, Osaka 537-8511, Japan. This study was supported in part by a Grant-in-Aid for Cancer Research from the Japanese Ministry of Health and Welfare (8-2). N1 - References: (1997) Kokumin Eisei no Doko, , Tokyo (Japan): Health and Welfare Statistics Association. in Japanese; Woods, W.G., Tuchman, M., Robison, L., A population-based study of the usefulness of screening for neuroblastoma (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1682-1687; Law, C., Neuroblastoma screening test may do more harm than good (1997) J Natl Cancer Inst, 89, pp. 276-277; Bessho, F., Effects of mass screening on age-specific incidence of neuroblastoma (1996) Int J Cancer, 67, pp. 520-522; Yamamoto, K., Hayashi, Y., Hanada, R., Mass screening and age-specific incidence of neuroblastoma in Saitama Prefecture, Japan (1995) J Clin Oncol, 13, pp. 2033-2038; Nishi, M., Miyaka, H., Takeda, T., Hanai, J., Kikuchi, Y., Takasugi, N., Mass screening for neuroblastoma and mortality in birth cohorts (1997) Int J Cancer, 71, pp. 552-555; Parkin, D.M., Stiller, C.A., Draper, G.J., Bieber, C.A., Terracini, B., Young, J.L., (1988) International Incidence of Childhood Cancer, , Lyon (France): International Agency for Research on Cancer; Parkin, D.M., Whelan, S.L., Ferlay, J., Raymond, L., Young, J., (1997) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, Volume VII, 7. , Lyon (France): International Agency for Research on Cancer; (1990) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, , Geneva (Switzerland): World Health Organization; Jensen, O.M., Parkin, D.M., Maclennan, R., Muir, C.S., Skeet, R.G., (1991) Cancer Registration, Principles and Methods, , Lyon (France): International Agency for Research on Cancer; (1993) SAS Technical Report J-117 SAS/STAT Software, The LIFETEST PHREG Procedure, , Tokyo (Japan): SAS Institute Japan, in Japanese; Stiller, C.A., Parkin, D.M., International variations in the incidence of neuroblastoma (1992) Int J Cancer, 52, pp. 538-543; Gurney, J.G., Davis, S., Severson, R.K., Fang, J.Y., Ross, J.A., Robison, L.L., Trends in cancer incidence among children in the U.S. (1996) Cancer, 78, pp. 532-541; Bernstein, M.L., Leclerc, J.M., Bunin, G., A population-based study of neuroblastoma incidence, survival, and mortality in North America (1992) J Clin Oncol, 10, pp. 323-329; Stiller, C.A., Population based survival rates for childhood cancer in Britain, 1980-91 (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1612-1616 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032436612&doi=10.1023%2fA%3a1008897123707&partnerID=40&md5=756fd3c691ff18070a275310e275ee8d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Has age at onset of drug use changed over the past 25 years? Survival analysis of cross-sectional survey data 1980-1995 ST - Hat sich das alter des erstkonsums illegaler drogen verschoben? Survivalanalyse retrospektiver querschnittsdaten 1980-1995 T2 - Zeitschrift fur Klinische Psychologie und Psychotherapie J2 - Z. Klin. Psychol. Psychother. VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 29 PY - 1998 SN - 16163443 (ISSN) AU - Kraus, L. AU - Bauernfeind, R. AU - Herbst, K. AD - Institut für Therapieforschung, München, Germany AD - IFT Inst. für Therapieforschung, Arbeitsgruppe Soziale Epidemiologie, Parzivalstr. 25, D-80804 München, Germany AB - This study examines the age of onset of illegal drug use. Data are taken from four general population surveys carried out between 1980 and 1995 in West Germany with a total of over 40 000 cases. Prevalence and incidence of the time-dependent event of first drug use are investigated using Survival Analysis. After a period of only slightly increasing prevalence between 1970 and 1990 lifetime experience of illegal drag use has risen sharply since 1990. The observed increase of prevalence in younger age groups can not be explained with an age-shift of onset of drug use. The risk functions of first drug experience show an almost proportional increase over time. Retrospective responses on age of first drug use prove to be highly consistent and do not seem to be systematically influenced by the age at time of survey. Data analyses of all four surveys according to single birth cohorts allow for a more precise examination of the historical process of prevalence and incidence. KW - Age of onset KW - Illicit drugs KW - Population survey KW - Survival analysis KW - amphetamine KW - cannabis KW - cocaine KW - codeine KW - diamorphine KW - illicit drug KW - lysergide KW - methadone KW - morphine KW - opiate KW - adult KW - article KW - drug abuse KW - drug dependence KW - drug use KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - onset age KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - statistical model KW - survival rate N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ZKPPA LA - German N1 - Correspondence Address: Kraus, L.; IFT Inst. für Therapieforschung, Arbeitsgruppe Soziale Epidemiologie, Parzivalstr. 25, D-80804 München, Germany N1 - Chemicals/CAS: amphetamine, 1200-47-1, 139-10-6, 156-34-3, 2706-50-5, 300-62-9, 51-62-7, 60-13-9, 60-15-1; cannabis, 8001-45-4, 8063-14-7; cocaine, 50-36-2, 53-21-4, 5937-29-1; codeine, 76-57-3; diamorphine, 1502-95-0, 561-27-3; lysergide, 50-37-3; methadone, 1095-90-5, 125-56-4, 23142-53-2, 297-88-1, 76-99-3; morphine, 52-26-6, 57-27-2; opiate, 53663-61-9, 8002-76-4, 8008-60-4 N1 - References: Blaze-Temple, D., Lo, S.K., Stages of drug use: A community survey of Perth teenagers (1992) British Journal of Addiction, 87, pp. 215-225; Blossfeld, H.-P., Hamerle, A., Mayer, K.U., (1986) Ereignis-analyse, , Frankfurt/Main: Campus; Breslow, N., A generalized Kruskal-Wallis test for comparing K samples subject to unequal patterns of censorship (1970) Biometrika, 57, pp. 579-594; Bühringer, G., Kraus, L., Herbst, K., Simon, R., Epidemiologic research on substance abuse in Germany and recent trends (1994) Epidemiologic Trends in Drug Abuse. Volume II: Proceedings, 2, pp. 328-341. , National Institute on Drug Abuse (Ed.), Rockville, Maryland: NIDA; Carpentier, Ch., Costes, J.-M., (1995) Drogues et Toxicomanies: Indicateurs et Tendances, , Paris: DGLDT; Chen, K., Kandel, D.B., The natural history of drug use from adolescence to the mid-thirties in a general population sample (1995) American Journal of Public Health, 85, pp. 41-47; Czekay, S., Kolip, P., Geschlechts- und schulspezifischer Alkoholkonsum 12- bis 16jähriger Jugendlicher: Prävalenz, Konsummuster und Einstiegsalter (1996) Sucht, 42, pp. 20-29; (1996) Annual Report on the State of the Drug Problem in the European Union, , Lisbon: European Communities; Fleming, R., Leventhal, H., Glynn, K., Ershler, J., The role of cigarettes in the initiation and progression of early substance use (1989) Addictive Behaviors, 14, pp. 261-272; Groves, R.-H., (1989) Survey Errors and Survey Costs, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Herbst, K., Kraus, L., Die "Verschiebung" des Einstiegsalters bei Heroinkonsumenten: Eine Studie zur Epidemiologie des Drogenkonsums (1995) Zeitschrift für Klinische Psychologie, 24, pp. 90-97; Herbst, K., Kraus, L., Scherer, K., (1996) Repräsentativerhebung Zum Gebrauch Psychoaktiver Substanzen Bei Envachsenen in Deutschland. Schriftliche Erhebung 1995, , Bonn: Bundesministerium für Gesundheit; Herbst, K., Schumann, J., Wiblishauser, P.M., (1993) Repräsentativerhebung Zum Konsum und Mißbrauch Von Illegalen Drogen, Alkoholischen Getränken, Medikamenten und Tabakwaren: Untersuchung in Den Neuen Bundesländern 1992, , Bonn: Bundesministerium für Gesundheit; Hurrelmann, K., Alkohol: Risikoverhalten im Jugendalter (1994) Drogen-Report, 2, pp. 12-16; Expertise über Schätzverfahren zum Umfang der Drogenproblematik in Deutschland (1993) IFT-Berichte Bd. 71, 71. , München: Institut für Therapieforschung; (1987) Konsum und Mißbrauch Von Alkohol, Illegalen Drogen und Tabakwaren. Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Bericht: 83-4232, , München: Infratest; (1994) Drug Misuse in Britain 1994, , London: ISDD; Kalbfleisch, J.D., Prentice, R.L., (1980) The Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Kandel, D.B., Logan, J.A., Patterns of drug use from adolescence to young adulthood: I. Periods of risk for initiation, continued use, and discontinuation (1984) American Journal of Public Health, 74, pp. 660-666; Kandel, D.B., Yamaguchi, K., Developmental patterns of the use of legal, illegal, and medically prescribed psychotropic drugs from adolescence to young adulthood (1985) Etiology of Drug Abuse: Implications for Prevention, pp. 193-235. , C. L. Jones. & R. J. Battejes (Eds.), NIDA Research Monograph No. 56, DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 85-1335, Washington: Government Printing Office; Kandel, D.B., Yamaguchi, K., Chen, K., Stages of progression in drug involvement from adolescence to adulthood: Further evidence for the Gateway Theory (1992) Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 53, pp. 447-457; Kokkevi, A., The 1993 general population survey in Greece: Gender differences in illicit drug use and their implications for planning ethnographic studies (1994) Epidemiologic Trends in Drug Abuse. Volume II: Proceedings, 2, pp. 329-334. , National Institute on Drug Abuse (Ed.), Rockville, Maryland: NIDA; Kraus, L., Schumann, J., Wiblishauser, P.M., Herbst, K., Die Entwicklung des Konsums von legalen und illegalen Drogen in den neuen Bundesländern (1994) Sucht, 40, pp. 107-120; Lachnit, G., Kampe, H., Konsumorientierung und Suchtgefährdung (1996) Sucht, 42, pp. 6-19; Lawless, J.F., (1982) Statistical Models and Methods for Life-time Data, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Miller, R.G., (1981) Survival Analysis, , New York: John Wiley & Sons; Reuband, K.-H., Drug use and drug policy in Western Europe: Epidemiological findings in a comparative perspective (1995) European Addiction Research, 1, pp. 32-41; Robins, L.N., Przybeck, T.R., Age of onset of drug use as a factor in drug and other disorders (1985) Etiology of Drug Abuse: Implications for Prevention, pp. 178-192. , C. L. Jones & R. J. Battejes (Eds.), NIDA Research Monograph No. 56, DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 85-1335, Washington: Government Printing Office; Strecker, H., Ein Beitrag zu Fehlern in statistischen Erhebungen. der Netto- und Bruttofehler sowie Beispiele für besondere Fehlerursachen (1995) Allgemeines Statistisches Archiv, 79, pp. 402-424; Warner, L.A., Kessler, R.C., Hughes, M., Anthony, J.C., Nelson, C.B., Prevalence and correlates of drug use and dependence in the United States (1995) Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, pp. 219-229; Willett, J.B., Singer, J.D., Investigating onset, cessation, relapse, and recovery: Why you should, and how you can, use discrete-time survival analysis to examine event occurence (1993) Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, pp. 952-965; Wittchen, H.-U., Lachner, G., Perkonigg, A., (1996) Vulnerabilitäts- und Protektionsfaktoren Bei Frühstadien Von Substanzmißbrauch und -Abhängigkeit. (Zwischenbericht), , München: Max-Planck-Institut für Psychiatrie (Klinisches Institut); Yu, J., Williford, W.R., The age of alcohol onset and alcohol, cigarette, and marijuana use patterns: An analysis of drug use progression of young adults in New York State (1992) International Journal of Addictions, 27, pp. 1313-1323; Zwart, W.M., Mensink, C., Kuipers, S.B.M., (1994) Key Data, Smoking, Drinking, Drug Use and Gambling among Pupils Aged 10 Years and Older, , Utrecht: Netherlands Institute on Alcohol and Drugs (NIAD) UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031882068&partnerID=40&md5=2740b3ddd4ea750e4831e0af22a85de3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evaluation of five different incisions for correction of radial dysplasia T2 - Journal of Hand Surgery: European Volume J2 - J. Hand Surg. Eur. Vol. VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 185 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0266-7681(98)80171-X SN - 17531934 (ISSN) AU - Pilz, S.M. AU - Muradin, M.S.M. AU - Van Der Meulen, J.J.N.M. AU - Hovius, S.E.R. AD - AZR Dijkzigt, Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - The complications of the five different incisions used for centralization from 1970 to 1996 were evaluated. In five cases access was by an S- shaped incision, in one with a transposition flap. Sixteen centralizations were done using a radial Z-plasty in combination with an ulnar excision and four by using two opposite Z-plasties, preserving wrist mobility as much as possible. In 1995 and 1996 a bilobed flap was used in seven cases. No complications occurred with the primary procedures prior to 1995. In all seven cases where the bilobed flap was used venous congestion was seen. In four out of these seven superficial necrosis of parts of the flaps occurred. In all cases though wound healing occurred spontaneously by delayed primary healing after the standard 8 weeks of cast immobilization. © 1998 The British Society for Surgery of the Hand. KW - article KW - bone dysplasia KW - centralization KW - excision KW - hand surgery KW - human KW - immobilization KW - incision KW - major clinical study KW - plaster cast KW - radius KW - skin transposition flap KW - surgical technique KW - wound healing KW - z plasty KW - Abnormalities, Multiple KW - Bone Diseases, Developmental KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hand Deformities, Congenital KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Radius KW - Surgical Flaps KW - Suture Techniques KW - Syndrome KW - Treatment Outcome KW - Wrist Joint N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 9607656 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pilz, S. M.Lindengasse 41, Vienna, Austria N1 - References: Bayne, L.G., Klug, M.S., Long-term review of the surgical treatment of radial deficiencies (1987) Journal of Hand Surgery, 12 A, pp. 169-179; Blauth, W., Zur Morphologie und Therapie der radialen Klumphand (1969) Archiv Der Orthopädie Und Unfall-Chirurgie, 65, pp. 97-123; Buck-Gramcko, D., Radialization as a new treatment for radial club hand (1985) Journal of Hand Surgery, 10 A, pp. 964-968; Evans, D.M., Gateley, D.R., Lewis, J.S., The use of a bilobed flap in the correction of radial club hand (1995) Journal of Hand Surgery, 20 B, pp. 333-337; Flatt, A.E., Radial club hand (1994) The Care of Congenital Hand Anomalies, pp. 366-411. , In, 2nd edn, St Louis: Quality Medical Publishing; Lamb, D.W., The treatment of radial club hand. Absent radius, aplasia of the radius, hypoplasia of the radius, radial paraxial hemimelia (1972) The Hand, 4, pp. 22-30; Lamb, D.W., Radial club hand. A continuing study of 68 patients with 117 club hands (1977) Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 59 A, pp. 1-13; Manske, P.R., McCarroll, H.R., Sanson, K., Centralization of the radial clubhand: An ulnar surgical approach (1981) Journal of Hand Surgery, 6, pp. 423-433; Sayre, R.H., A contribution to the study of club-hand (1894) Transactions of the American Orthopaedic Association, 6, pp. 208-216; Watson, H.K., Beebe, R.D., Cruz, N.I., A centralization procedure for radial club hand (1984) Journal of Hand Surgery, 9 A, pp. 541-547 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031967516&doi=10.1016%2fS0266-7681%2898%2980171-X&partnerID=40&md5=10aa16587ff830d697c9f08e12f6940e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality and hospitalizations of 24-year-old members of the low- birthweight cohort in Northern Finland T2 - Epidemiology J2 - Epidemiology VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 662 EP - 665 PY - 1998 SN - 10443983 (ISSN) AU - Xu, B. AU - Rantakallio, P. AU - Järvelin, M.-R. AD - Unit of Environmental Epidemiology, National Public Health Institute, Kuopio, Finland AD - Dept. of Pub. Hlth. and Gen. Pract., University of Oulu, Oulu, Finland AD - Unit of Environmental Epidemiology, National Public Health Institute, PL 95, 70701 Kuopio, Finland AB - We followed 11,355 children born in 1966 up to the age of 24 years to investigate the impact of birthweight on long-term outcomes of death and development. As expected, low-birthweight (LBW, 1500-2,499 gm) children showed a higher risk of death than normal-birthweight (NBW, ≥ 2,500 gm) children before the age of 15 years. Rate ratios for LBW children ranged from 25 for the first week of life to 2.5 for ages 5-14 years. Rate ratios of very-low-birthweight (VLBW, <1,500 gm) children for the first year of life were 10 times higher than those of LBW children. Similarly, for the first 14 years of life, surviving LBW children experienced a higher risk of being hospitalized as well as staying in hospitals for over 2 weeks if they were hospitalized. The LBW children still had a higher risk of receiving sick pensions at the age of 24 years. KW - Birth cohort KW - Hospitalization KW - Long-term follow-up KW - Low birthweight KW - Mortality KW - Very low birthweight KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - employment KW - female KW - finland KW - follow up KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - statistical model KW - very low birth weight KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status KW - Hospitalization KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EPIDE C2 - 9799178 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Xu, B.; Unit of Environmental Epidemiology, National Public Health Institute, 70701 Kuopio, Finland N1 - References: McCormick, M.C., The contribution of low birth weight to infant mortality and childhood morbidity (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 82-90; Victora, C.G., Barros, F.C., Huttly, S.R.A., Teixeira, A.M.B., Vaughan, J.P., Early childhood mortality in a Brazilian cohort: The role of birthweight and socioeconomic status (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 911-915; Rantakallio, P., Von Wendt, L., Prognosis for low-birthweight children up to the age of 14: A population study (1985) Dev Med Child Neurol, 27, pp. 655-663; Rantakallio, P., Von Wendt, L., A prospective comparative study of the etiology of cerebral palsy and epilepsy in a one-year birth cohort from Northern Finland (1986) Acta Paediatr Scand, 75, pp. 586-592; The Scottish low birthweight study. I. Survival, growth, neuromotor and sensory impairment (1992) Arch Dis Child, 67, pp. 675-681; Carran, D.T., Scott, K.G., Shaw, K., Beydoun, S., The relative risk of educational handicaps in two birth cohorts of normal and low birthweight disadvantaged chidden (1989) Top Early Child Spec Educ, 9, pp. 14-31; Ross, G., Lipper, E.G., Auld, P.A.M., Educational status and school-related abilities of very low birth weight premature children (1991) Pediatrics, 88, pp. 1124-1134; Olsen, P., Myhrman, A., Rantakallio, P., Educational capacity of low birth weight children up to the age of 24 (1994) Early Hum Dev, 36, pp. 191-203; McCormick, M.C., Shapiro, S., Starfield, B.H., Rehospitalization in the first year of life for high-risk survivors (1980) Pediatrics, 66, pp. 991-999; Furman, L., Baley, J., Borawski-Clark, E., Aucott, S., Hack, M., Hospitalization as a measure of morbidity among very low birth weight infants with chronic disease (1996) J Pediatr, 128, pp. 447-452; Overpeck, M.D., Moss, A.J., Hoffman, H.J., Hendershot, G.E., A comparison of the childhood health status of normal birth weight and low birth weight children (1989) Public Health Rep, 104, pp. 58-70; McCormick, M.C., Workman-Daniels, K., Brooks-Gunn, J., Peckham, G.J., Hospitalization of very low birth weight children at school age (1993) J Pediatr, 122, pp. 360-365; Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Golding, J., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E., Growth in utero, blood pressure in childhood and adult life, and mortality from cardiovascular disease (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 564-567; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Smith, G.D., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Rantakallio, P., Groups at risk in low birth weight children and perinatal mortality (1969) Acta Pediatr Scand, 193 (SUPPL.), pp. 1-71; Rantakallio, P., A follow-up study up to the age of 14 of children whose mothers smoked during pregnancy (1983) Acta Pediatr Scand, 72, pp. 747-753; Lindeman, S.M., Hirvonen, J.I., Hakko, H.H., Lonnqvist, J.K., Use of the National Register of medico-legal autopsies in epidemiological suicide research (1995) Int J Legal Med, 107, pp. 306-309; Hack, M., Klein, N., Taylor, H.G., Long-term developmental outcomes of low birthweight children (1995) Future Child, 5, pp. 176-193; McLeod, A., Ross, P., Mitchell, S., Tay, D., Hunter, L., Hall, A., Paton, J., Mutch, L., Respiratory health in a total very low birthweight cohort and their classroom controls (1996) Arch Dis Child, 74, pp. 188-194; Leeson, C.P., Whincup, P.H., Cook, D.G., Donald, A.E., Papacosta, O., Lucas, A., Deanfield, J.E., Flow-mediated dilation in 9- to 11-year-old children: The influence of intrauterine and childhood factors (1997) Circulation, 96, pp. 2233-2238; Martyn, C.N., Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Mothers' pelvic size, fetal growth, and death from stroke and coronary heart disease in men in the UK (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1264-1268; Saigal, S., Feeny, D., Rosenbaum, P., Furlong, W., Burrows, E., Stoskopf, B., Self-perceived health status and health-related quality of life of extremely low-birth-weight infants at adolescence (1996) JAMA, 276, pp. 453-459 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031690444&partnerID=40&md5=55362717273b15c0e51e3927259fe482 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Year of birth and sperm count in 10 Danish occupational studies T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health J2 - Scand. J. Work Environ. Health VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 407 EP - 413 PY - 1998 SN - 03553140 (ISSN) AU - Bonde, J.P.E. AU - Jensen, T.K. AU - Larsen, S.B. AU - Abell, A. AU - Scheike, T. AU - Hjollund, N.H.I. AU - Kolstad, H.A. AU - Ernst, E. AU - Giwercman, A. AU - Skakkebæk, N.E. AU - Keiding, N. AU - Olsen, J. AD - Department of Occupational Medicine, Aarhus University Hospital, Århus, Denmark AD - Dept. of Growth and Reproduction, National Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Biostatistics, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Reproductive Toxicology Unit, Institute of Anatomy, University of Aarhus, Århus, Denmark AD - Danish Epidemiology Science Center, University of Aarhus, Århus, Denmark AD - Department of Occupational Medicine, Steno Center, Aarhus University Hospital, Nørrebrogade 44, DK - 8000 Århus C, Denmark AB - Objectives. Several reports indicate a secular decline of human sperm counts. It is still not known if these findings are artifacts related to shortcomings in the data and applied methodologies. Even less is known about possible mechanisms, but it has been proposed that potential changes may be related to disruption of the hormonal regulation of testicular development in prenatal life. The objective of this study was to examine whether sperm count was related to year of birth. Methods. An analysis was made of the sperm count of 1196 men participating in 10 cross-sectional occupational sperm studies in 3 regions of Denmark from 1986 through 1995. Results. The median sperm concentration was 63 million per milliliter for men born in 1937-1949 and 52 million per milliliter for men born in 1970 or later, and the median total sperm was 206 million and 117 million, respectively. The inverse relationship between sperm concentration and year of birth was statistically significant even after adjustment for duration of sexual abstinence, season of the year, and study population. However, bias because of differential participation related to age and fertility or lack of comparability across the populations cannot be ruled out. Conclusions. The apparent decline of sperm count with increasing year of birth is compatible with the hypothesis of a common risk factor for male reproductive health operating in prenatal life or early childhood, but the evidence is circumstantial. Age-related selection bias is an alternative and perhaps not a less likely explanation. KW - Birth cohort KW - Environment KW - Epidemiology KW - Male reproduction KW - Secular trend KW - Semen KW - Sperm concentration KW - Sperm density KW - adult KW - article KW - birth KW - cohort analysis KW - denmark KW - hormonal regulation KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - normal human KW - occupational health service KW - priority journal KW - season KW - sexual behavior KW - spermatozoon count KW - statistical analysis KW - testis development KW - Adult KW - Aging KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Denmark KW - Humans KW - Linear Models KW - Male KW - Occupations KW - Semen KW - Sperm Count N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SWEHD C2 - 9869313 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bonde, J.P.E.; Department of Occupational Medicine, The Steno Center, Aarhus University Hospital, Norrebrogade 44, DK - 8000 Aarhus C, Denmark; email: J.P.Bonde@usa.net N1 - Tradenames: Burger-Turk chamber; Makler chamber; Neubauer chamber N1 - References: Leto, S., Frensilli, F.J., Changing parameters of donor semen (1981) Fertil Steril, 36, pp. 766-770; Auger, J., Kunstman, J.M., Czyglik, F., Jouannet, P., Significant decrease of semen characteristics of fertile men from Paris area during the last 20 years (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 281-285; Irvine, S., Cawood, E., Richardson, D., MacDonald, E., Aitken, J., Evidence of deteriorating semen quality in the United Kingdom: Birth cohort study in 577 men in Scotland over 11 years (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 467-471; Van Waeleghem, K., De Clercq, N., Vermeulen, L., Schoonjans, F., Comhaire, F., Deterioration of sperm quality in young healthy Belgian men (1996) Hum Reprod, 11, pp. 325-329; Macleod, J., Wang, Y., Male fertility potential in terms of semen quality: A review of the past, a study of the present (1979) Fertil Steril, 31, pp. 103-116; Bendvold, E., Semen quality in Norwegian men over a 20-year period (1989) Int J Fertil, 34, pp. 401-404; Bostofte, E., Serup, J., Rebbe, H., Has the fertility of Danish men declined through the years in terms of semen quality? A comparison of semen qualities between 1952 and 1972 (1983) Int J Fertil, 28, pp. 91-95; Osser, S., Liedholm, P., Ranstam, J., Depressed semen quality: A study over two decades (1984) Arch Androl, 12, pp. 113-116; Vierula, M., Niemi, M., Keiski, A., Saaranen, M., Saarikoski, S., Suominen, J., High and unchanged sperm counts of Finnish men (1996) Int J Androl, 19, pp. 11-17; Adamopoulos, D.A., Pappa, A., Nicopoulou, S., Andreou, E., Karamertzamis, M., Michopoulos, J., Seminal volume and total sperm number trends in men attending subfertility clinics in the greater Athens area during the period 1977-1993 (1996) Hum Reprod, 11, pp. 1936-1941; Zheng, Y., Bonde, J.P., Ernst, E., Mortensen, J.T., Egense, J., Is semen quality related to the year of birth among Danish infertility clients? (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 1289-1297; James, W.H., Secular trend in reported sperm counts (1980) Andrologia, 12, pp. 381-388; Carlsen, E., Giwercmann, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebæk, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 609-613; Bujan, L., Mansat, A., Pontonnier, F., Mieusset, R., Time series analysis of sperm concentration in fertile men in Toulouse, France between 1977 and 1992 (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 471-472; Fisch, H., Feldshuh, J., Goluboff, E.T., Broder, S.J., Barad, D.H., Semen analyses in 1,283 men from the United States over a 25-year period: No decline in quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1009-1014; Paulsen, C.A., Berman, N.G., Wang, C., Data from men in greater Seattle area reveals no downward trend in semen quality: Further evidence that deterioration of semen quality is not geographically uniform (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1015-1020; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebæk, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tract? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Bonde, J.P.E., Hjollund, N.H.I., Jensen, T.K., Ernst, E., Kolstad, H., Henriksen, T.B., A follow-up study of environmental and biological determinants of fertility among 430 Danish first pregnancy planners: Design and methods (1998) Reprod Toxicol, 12, pp. 19-27; Larsen, S.B., Giwercman, A., Spano, M., Bonde, J., Asclepios. A longitudinal study of semen quality in pesticide spraying Danish farmers Reprod Toxicol., , In press; Jensen, T.K., Giwercman, A., Carlsen, E., Scheike, T., Skakkebæk, N.E., Semen quality among members of organic food associations in Zealand, Denmark (1996) Lancet, 347, p. 1844; Bonde, J., Semen quality and sex hormones among mild steel and stainless steel welders: A cross sectional study (1990) Br J Lnd Med, 47, pp. 508-514; Abel, A., Ernst, E., Bonde, J., Semen quality and sex hormones among green house workers (1997) International Symposium on Environment, Lifestyle and Fertility, , Aarhus University Hospital. Aarhus Dec 7-10 1997. Aarhus (Denmark): Aarhus University Hospital; Spano, M., Kolstad, H., Larsen, S., Cordelli, E., Letter, G., Giwercman, A., The applicability of the flow cytometric sperm chromatin structure assay in epidemiological studies Hum Reprod., , In press; Abell, A., Ernst, E., Bonde, J., High sperm density among members of organic farmers' association (1994) Lancet, 343, p. 149; Bonde, J., Mortensen, J.T., Johansen, J.P., Organic brain damage and semen quality in flexo printers (1987) Ugeskr Læg, 149, pp. 469-471. , English summary; Bonde, J., Semen quality in welders exposed to radiant heat (1992) Br J Ind Med, 49, pp. 5-10; Belsey, M.A., (1980) WHO Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Semen-cervical Muscus Interaction, , Singapore: World Health Organization (WHO), Press Concern; (1990) SAS/STAT User's Guide, Version 6. 4th Ed., pp. 1071-1126. , Cary (NC): SAS Institute; Vine, M.F., Margolin, B.H., Morrison, H.I., Hulka, B.S., Cigarette smoking and sperm density: A meta-analysis (1994) Fertil Steril, 61, pp. 35-43; Bonde, J., Giwercman, A., Occupational hazards to male fecundity (1995) Reprod Med Rev, 4, pp. 59-73; Schwartz, D., Mayaux, M.J., Spira, A., Moscato, M.L., Jouannet, P., Czyglik, F., Semen characteristics as a function of age in 833 fertile men (1983) Fertil Steril, 39 (4), pp. 530-535; Nieschlag, E., Lammers, U., Freischem, C.W., Langer, K., Wickings, E.J., Reproductive functions in young fathers and grandfathers (1982) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 55, pp. 676-681; Johnson, L., Petty, C.S., Neaves, W.B., Influence of age on sperm production and testicular weights in men (1984) J Reprod Fert, 70, pp. 211-218; Larsen, S.B., Abell, A., Bonde, J.P.E., Selection bias in occupational sperm studies (1998) Am J Epidemiol, 147, pp. 681-685; Schwartz, D., Laplanche, A., Jouannet, P., David, G., Withinsubject variability of human semen in regard to sperm count, volume and number of spermatozoa and length of abstinence (1979) J Reprod Fertil, 57, pp. 391-395; Levine, R.J., Bordson, B.L., Mathew, R.M., Brown, M.H., Stanley, J.M., Starr, T.B., Deterioration of semen quality during summer in New Orleans (1988) Fertil Steril, 49, pp. 900-907; Olsen, J., Kuppers-Chinnow, M., Spinelli, A., Seeking medical help for subfecundity: A study based upon surveys in five European Countries (1996) Fertil Steril, 66, pp. 95-100 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-7844220622&partnerID=40&md5=028846e71604dad1c1a6417ea0b0c256 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Leukaemia, lymphoma, and multiple myeloma in seamen on tankers T2 - Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - Occup. Environ. Med. VL - 55 IS - 8 SP - 517 EP - 521 PY - 1998 SN - 13510711 (ISSN) AU - Nilsson, R.I. AU - Nordlinder, R. AU - Hörte, L.-G. AU - Järvholm, B. AD - Department of Occupational Medicine, Sahlgrenska University Hospital, S:t Sigfridsgatan 85, HSE-412 66 Göteborg, Sweden AD - Department of International Health, Social Med. Safety Promotion Unit, Sturegatan 2, HSE-172 83 Sundbyberg, Sweden AD - Institute of Forensic Medicine, University of Uppsala, Uppsala, Sweden AD - Dept. of Occup. and Environ. Med., Umeå University, HSE-901 85 Umeå, Sweden AB - Objectives - To investigate the risk of lymphatic and haematopoietic malignancies in deck crew on tankers exposed to cargo vapours. Methods - The study design was as a nested case-referent study in two cohorts of male Swedish seamen 20-64 years of age at the national census 1960 (n 13,449) and 1970 (n 11,290), respectively. Cases were detected by record linkage with the Swedish Cancer Register 1961-79 and 1971-87, respectively. For each case, three to five age matched referents from the population were selected. Exposure was assessed from data in the Swedish Registry of Seamen and from a register of Swedish ships. Results - Seamen in the 1970 cohort, who had been exposed to cargo vapours for at least one month on chemical or product tankers, had an increased risk of lymphatic and haematopoietic malignancies (Mantel-Haenszel odds ratio (OR) 2.6, 95% confidence interval (95% CI) 1.1 to 5.9)) with a significant exposure-response relation (conditional logistic regression analysis, p = 0.03). The ORs were increased for both lymphoma (3.2), multiple myeloma (4.0), and leukaemia (1.6), but the increase was only significant for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (OR 3.3, 95% CI 1.1 to 10.6). There were no significantly increased risks for the 1960 cohort or for seamen exposed only on crude oil tankers, but these groups had few exposed cases and low cumulative exposure to benzene and other light petroleum products. Conclusions - Seamen exposed to cargo vapours from gasoline and other light petroleum products on chemical or product tankers had an increased incidence of lymphatic and haematopoietic malignancies. One possible cause is exposure to benzene during loading, unloading, and tank cleaning operations. KW - Benzene KW - Cancer KW - Occupation KW - benzene KW - diesel fuel KW - fuel oil KW - gasoline KW - petroleum KW - petroleum derivative KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer registry KW - cancer risk KW - clinical trial KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - leukemia KW - lymphoma KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - multiple myeloma KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - priority journal KW - regression analysis KW - ship KW - tank KW - vapor KW - work environment KW - Adult KW - Benzene KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Humans KW - Leukemia KW - Lymphoma KW - Male KW - Medical Record Linkage KW - Middle Aged KW - Multiple Myeloma KW - Naval Medicine KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Petroleum KW - Risk Factors KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :33 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OEMEE C2 - 9849537 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nilsson, R.I.; Department Occupational Medicine, Sahlgrenska University Hospital, Sigfridsgatan 85, HSE-412 06 Goteborg, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Benzene, 71-43-2; Petroleum N1 - References: Nilsson, R.I., Carneskog, I., Järvholm, B.G., Acute non-lymphatic leukemia among deck officers on coastal tankers: A report of two cases (1988) Am J Ind Med, 14, pp. 657-659; Moen, B.E., Riise, T., Helseth, A., Cancer among captains and mates on Norwegian tankers (1990) APMIS, 98, pp. 185-190; Moen, B.E., Riise, T., Helseth, A., Mortality among seamen with special reference to work on tankers (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 737-741; Moen, B.E., Work with chemicals on the deck of Norwegian chemical tankers (1991) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 62, pp. 543-547; Nilsson, R., Nordlinder, R., Högstedt, B., Symptoms, lung and liver function, blood counts, and genotoxic effects in coastal tanker crews (1997) Int Arch Occup Environ Health, 69, pp. 392-398; Astleford, W.J., Bass, R.L., Buckingham, J.C., (1982) A Crew Exposure Study - Phase I, Volume II - At Sea, , St Antonio, Texas: Southwest Research Institute; Report No CG-D-22-82; Nordlinder, R., Ramnäs, O., Exposure to benzene at different work places in Sweden (1987) Ann Occup Hyg, 31, pp. 345-355; Moen, B.E., Hollund, B.E., Berntsen, M., Exposure of the deck crew to carcinogenic agents on oil product tankers (1995) Ann Occup Hyg, 39, pp. 347-361; Benzene. Some industrial chemicals and dyestuffs (1982) IARC Monogr Eval Carcinog Risks Hum, 29, pp. 93-148. , 1982 Lyon; Aksoy, M., Malignancies due to occupational exposure to benzene (1985) Am J Ind Med, 7, pp. 395-402; La Vecchia, C., Negri, E., D'Avanzo, B., Occupation and lymphoid neoplasms (1989) Br J Cancer, 60, pp. 385-388; Rinsky, R.A., Smith, A.B., Hornung, R., Benzene and leukemia. An epidemiologic risk assessment (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 1044-1050; Infante, P.F., Benzene and leukemia: Cell types, latency and amount of exposure associated with leukemia (1995) Update on Benzene. Advances in Occupational Medicine and Rehabilitation, pp. 107-120. , Imbriani M, Ghittori S, Pezzagno G, et al, eds. Pavia, Italy: Fondazione Salvatore Maugeri Edizroni; Hayes, R.B., Yin, S.-N., Dosemeci, M., Benzene and the dose-related incidence of hematologic neoplasms in China (1997) J Natl Cancer Inst, 89, pp. 1065-1071; National board of health and welfare (1983) The Cancer Registry. Cancer Incidence in Sweden 1980, , Solna: Socialstyrelsen; Mattson, B., (1977) Bortfallet vid Registrering i Svenska Cancerregistret, p. 15. , Stockholm: Statistiska Centralbyrån, 1977. Statistiska meddelanden HS; Brivkalne, M., (1964) Kontrollundersökning i Samband Med 1960 Års Folkräkning, p. 16. , Stockholm: National Central Bureau of Statistics; 1964. Statistiska meddelanden B; Wong, O., Risk of acute myeloid leukaemia and multiple myeloma in workers exposed to benzene (1995) Occup Environ Med, 52, pp. 380-384; Savitz, D.A., Andrews, K.W., Risk of myelogenous leukaemia and multiple myeloma in workers exposed to benzene (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, p. 357; Savitz, D., Andrews, K.W., Review of epidemiologic evidence on benzene and lymphatic and hematopoietic cancers (1997) Am J Ind Med, 31, pp. 287-295; Wong, O., Risk of myelogenous leukaemia and multiple myeloma in workers exposed to benzene (1996) Occup Environ Med, 53, pp. 357-358; Wong, O., An industry wide mortality study of chemical workers occupationally exposed to benzene. II: Dose response analyses (1987) Br J Ind Med, 44, pp. 382-395; Aksoy, M., Hematotoxicity and carcinogenicity of benzene (1989) Environ Health Perspect, 82, pp. 193-197; McMichael, A.J., Spirtas, R., Kupper, L.L., Solvent exposure and leukemia among rubber workers: An epidemiologic study (1975) J Occup Med, 17, pp. 234-239; Wong, O., Harris, F., Smith, T.J., Health effects of gasoline exposure. II. Mortality patterns of distribution workers in the United States (1993) Environ Health Perspect Suppl, 101 (6 SUPPL.), pp. 63-76; Schwartz, E., Proportionate mortality ratio analysis of automobile mechanics and gasoline service station workers in New Hampshire (1987) Am J Med, 12, pp. 91-99; Infante, P.F., Benzene in petrol: A continuing hazard (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 814-815; Schnatter, R., Katz, A.M., Nicolich, M.J., A retrospective mortality study among Canadian petroleum marketing and distribution workers (1993) Environ Health Perspect Suppl, 101 (6 SUPPL.), pp. 85-99; (1962) Navigation 1960. Official Statistics of Sweden. Transport and Communications, , Stockholm: National Central Bureau of Statistics; (1982) Navigation 1980. Official Statistics, of Sweden. Transport and Communications, , Stockholm: Statistics Sweden UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031827148&partnerID=40&md5=8ebec849b00feea1a4c2afbab90b972c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Acute symptomatic seizure disorders in young children - A population study in southern Taiwan T2 - Epilepsia J2 - Epilepsia VL - 39 IS - 9 SP - 960 EP - 964 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1998.tb01445.x SN - 00139580 (ISSN) AU - Huang, C.-C. AU - Chang, Y.-C. AU - Wang, S.-T. AD - Depts. of Pediat. and Public Health, National Cheng Kung University, Medical Center, Tainan, Taiwan AD - Department of Pediatrics, Chang Gung Children's Hospital, Kaohsiung, Taiwan AD - Department of Pediatrics, National Cheng Kung University, Medical Center, 138 Sheng-Li Rd., Tainan 704, Taiwan AB - Purpose: To determine the incidence, etiology, and prognosis of acute symptomatic seizures in children by age 3 years. Methods: In a population- based birth cohort study of all 15,209 neonatal survivors born in Tainan City between October 1989 and December 1991, parents or caretakers of 13,493 children aged 3 years were surveyed by telephone regarding any provoked convulsive disorder, particularly acute symptomatic seizure, in the children; medical records were reviewed. Results: Sixty-three children (39 boys, 24 girls) had acute symptomatic seizures (incidence 0.46 in 100). The leading causes of acute symptomatic seizures were acute gastroenteritis, encephalitis/encephalopathy, and bacterial meningitis. Age-specific incidence was highest in the group aged 1-12 months. Intracranial hemorrhage, bacterial meningitis, and metabolic disturbance were the major causes of acute symptomatic seizures in children aged 1-12 months. Acute gastroenteritis, encephalitis/encephalopathy, and bacterial meningitis accounted for 85% of the causes in children aged 13-24 months, and gastroenteritis and encephalitis/encephalopathy were the predominant causes in those aged 25-36 months. By age 5 years, subsequent unprovoked seizures developed in 14% of the survivors of acute symptomatic seizures. Conclusions: Many acute symptomatic seizures are preventable. The risk of subsequent unprovoked seizures is determined by underlying precipitating factors. Public education regarding the danger of shaken-baby syndrome and excessive water supplement, as well as and nationwide vaccination against bacterial meningitis in young children, is necessary. KW - Acute symptomatic seizure KW - Children KW - article KW - bacterial meningitis KW - battered child syndrome KW - brain hemorrhage KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - convulsion KW - encephalitis KW - female KW - gastroenteritis KW - health education KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - seizure KW - taiwan KW - telephone KW - Acute Disease KW - Age Factors KW - Brain Diseases KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Encephalitis KW - Female KW - Gastroenteritis KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Meningitis, Bacterial KW - Metabolic Diseases KW - Seizures KW - Sex Factors KW - Taiwan N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EPILA C2 - 9738675 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Huang, C.-C.; Department of Pediatrics, Natl. Cheng Kung Univ. Med. Center, 138 Sheng-Li Rd., Tainan 704, Taiwan N1 - References: Aicardi, J., (1994) Epilepsy in Children, , New York: Raven Press, International Review of Child Neurology Series; Hauser, W.A., The prevalence and incidence of convulsive disorders in children (1994) Epilepsia, 35 (2 SUPPL.), pp. S1-6; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 857-861; Tsuboi, T., Prevalence and incidence of epilepsy in Tokyo (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 103-110; Tsuboi, T., Epidemiology of febrile and afebrile convulsions in children in Japan (1984) Neurology, 34, pp. 175-181; Jallon, P., Goumaz, M., Haenggeli, C., Morabia, A., Incidence of first epileptic seizures in the Canton of Geneva, Switzerland (1997) Epilepsia, 38, pp. 547-552; Annegers, J.F., Hauser, W.A., Lee, R.J., Rocca, W.A., Incidence of acute symptomatic seizures in Rochester, Minnesota, 1935-1984 (1995) Epilepsia, 36, pp. 327-333; Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 389-399; Huang, C.C., Chang, Y.C., Chow, N.H., Wang, S.T., Level of transforming growth factor beta 1 is elevated in cerebrospinal fluid of children with acute bacterial meningitis (1997) J Neurol, 244, pp. 634-638; Shaken baby syndrome: Inflicted cerebral trauma (1993) Pediatrics, 92, pp. 872-875; Keating, J.P., Schears, G.J., Dodge, P.R., Oral water intoxication in infants: An American epidemic (1991) Am J Dis Child, 145, pp. 985-990; Komori, H., Wada, M., Eto, M., Oki, H., Aida, K., Fujimoto, T., Benign convulsions with mild gastroenteritis: A report of 10 recent cases detailing clinical varieties (1995) Brain Dev, 17, pp. 334-337; Lin, S.H., Hsu, H.Y., Wang, P.J., Rotavirus gastroenteritis associated with afebrile seizures in childhood (1996) Acta Paediatr Sin, 37, pp. 204-207; Bass, D.M., Rotavirus and other agents of viral gastroenteritis (1996) Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics, 15th Ed., pp. 914-916. , Behrman RE, Kliegman RM, Arvin AM, eds. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders; Chen, H.J., Chen, B.S., Wang, S.F., Lai, M.H., Rotavirus gastroenteritis in children: A clinical study of 125 patients in Hsin-Tien area (1991) Acta Paediatr Sin, 32, pp. 73-78; Contino, M.F., Lebby, T., Arcinue, E.L., Rotaviral gastroenteritis infection causing afebrile seizures in infancy and childhood (1994) Am J Emerg Med, 12, pp. 94-95; Nishimura, S., Ushijima, H., Nishimura, S., Detection of rotavirus in cerebrospinal fluid and blood of patients with convulsions and gastroenteritis by means of reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (1993) Brain Dev, 15, pp. 457-459; Duhaime, A.C., Gennarelli, T.A., Thibault, L.E., Bruce, D.A., Margulies, S.S., Wiser, R., The shaken baby syndrome: A clinical, pathological, and biochemical study (1987) J Neurosurg, 66, pp. 409-415; Vanapruks, V., Prapaitrakul, K., Water intoxication and hyponatremic convulsions in neonates (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 734-735; Arieff, A.I., Ayus, J.C., Fraser, C.L., Hyponatremia and death or permanent brain damage in healthy children (1992) Br Med J, 304, pp. 1218-1222; Wright, P.F., Approaches to prevent acute bacterial meningitis in developing countries (1989) Bull WHO, 67, pp. 479-486; Wilfert, C.M., Epidemiology of Haemophilus influenzae type b infections (1990) Pediatrics, 85, pp. 631-635; Schuchat, A., Robinson, K., Wenger, J.D., Bacterial meningitis in the United States in 1995 - Active surveillance team (1997) N Engl J Med, 337, pp. 970-976; Annegers, J.F., Hauser, W.A., Beghi, E., Nicolosi, A., Kurland, L.T., The risk of unprovoked seizures after encephalitis and meningitis (1988) Neurology, 38, pp. 1407-1410 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031687332&doi=10.1111%2fj.1528-1157.1998.tb01445.x&partnerID=40&md5=2ac740a7b30a68b33ecd4eac20f65985 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in opiate overdose deaths in Australia 1979-1995 T2 - Drug and Alcohol Dependence J2 - Drug Alcohol Depend. VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 77 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0376-8716(98)00044-1 SN - 03768716 (ISSN) AU - Hall, W. AU - Darke, S. AD - Natl. Drug and Alcohol Res. Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia AB - Aims: to determine if there had been an increase in the rate of opioid overdose deaths between 1979 and 1995, and to describe the characteristics of persons who died of an opioid overdose. Method: opioid overdose deaths were defined according to ICD-9 as deaths due to drug dependence (codes 304.0 and 304.7) and accidental opiate poisoning (code E850.0). Data were obtained from a national register of deaths compiled by the Australian Bureau of Statistics on: age at death, sex and jurisdiction of all such deaths between 1979 and 1995 inclusive. Mortality rates were calculated for each sex for the 15-24, 25-34 and 35-44 age groups. Results: the number of opioid overdose deaths rose from 70 in 1979 to 550 in 1995. The rate (per million of the population aged 15-44) increased from 10.7 to 67.0. The increase was more marked among males than females, increasing 6.8 times among males (from 15.3 in 1979 to 104.6 in 1995) and 4.7 times among females (from 5.9 in 1979 to 27.9 in 1995). New South Wales consistently accounted for around a half of all male overdose fatalities and its overdose mortality rate was almost twice that in Victoria, and three times that in the remaining states. The average age at death for males increased from 24.5 years in 1979 to 30.6 years in 1995. The increase in overdose mortality was greatest among men and women aged 35 to 44 years, and 25 and 34 years. An analysis by birth cohort showed that 46% of male overdose deaths and 50% of female overdose deaths in the period occurred among those born between 1960 and 1969. Deaths among persons born between 1950 and 1959 accounted for 38% of male and 33% of female deaths. Conclusions: there has been a statistically significant increase in opioid overdose mortality between 1979 and 1995, most of it occurring among persons who initiated heroin use in the late 1970s and early 1980s. Recent initiations of heroin use among those born between 1970 and 1979 have begun to be reflected in an increased rate of opioid overdose deaths. If their mortality experience replicates that of earlier birth cohorts then opioid overdose mortality will continue to increase. KW - Australia KW - Opiate overdose deaths KW - Trends KW - diamorphine KW - opiate KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - australia KW - biostatistics KW - cause of death KW - drug overdose KW - female KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - opiate addiction KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Australia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Narcotics KW - Opioid-Related Disorders KW - Overdose KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :86 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DADED C2 - 9788009 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hall, W.; National Drug Alcohol Research Ctr., University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Narcotics N1 - References: Anthony, J.C., Hezer, J.E., Syndromes of drug abuse and dependence (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, , Robins L.N., Regier, D.A. (Eds), The Free Press, New York; (1996) Australian Illicit Drug Report, 1995-1996, , Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra; Caplehorn, J.R.M., Dalton, S.Y.N., Cluff, M.C., Petrenas, A.M., Retention in methadone maintenance and heroin addicts' risk of death (1994) Addiction, 89, pp. 203-207; Chen, K., Kandel, D.B., The natural history of drug use from adolescence to the mid-thirties in a general population sample (1995) Am. J. Public Health, 85, pp. 41-47; Darke, S., Hall, W., Levels and correlates of polydrug use among heroin users and regular amphetamine users (1995) Drug Alcohol Depend., 39, pp. 231-235; Darke, S., Zador, D., Fatal heroin overdose: A review (1996) Addiction, 91, pp. 1757-1764; Darke, S., Hall, W., The distribution of naloxone to heroin users (1997) Addiction, 92, pp. 1195-1199; Darke, S., Ross, J., Hall, W., Benzodiazepine use among injecting heroin users (1995) Med. J. Aust., 162, pp. 645-647; Darke, S., Ross, J., Hall, W., The injection of methadone syrup in Sydney, Australia (1996) Drug Alcohol Depend., 43, pp. 191-198; Darke, S., Ross, J., Hall, W., Overdose among heroin users in Sydney, Australia: I. Prevalence and correlates of non-fatal overdose (1996) Addiction, 91, pp. 405-411; Darke, S., Zador, D., Sunjic, S., Toxicological findings and circumstances of heroin-related deaths in South Western Sydney, 1995 (1997) Technical Report No. 40, 40. , National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, Sydney; English, D., Holman, C.J.D., Milne, E., (1995) The Quantification of Drug Caused Morbidity and Mortality in Australia, 1995 Ed., , Commonwealth Department of Human Services and Health, Canberra; Feacham, R.G.A., (1995) Valuing the Past... Investing in the Future: Evaluation of the National HIV/AIDS Strategy 1993-1994 to 1995-1996, , Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra; Frischer, M., Goldberg, D., Rahman, M., Berney, L., Mortality and survival among a cohort of drug injectors in Glasgow, 1982-1994 (1997) Addiction, 92, pp. 419-427; Hall, W., (1995) The Demand for Methadone Maintenance Treatment in Australia, Technical Report No. 28, 28. , National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, Sydney; Hall, W., Methadone maintenance treatment as a crime control measure (1996) Crim. Justice Bull. No.29, 29, pp. 1-12; Maher, L., (1996) Illicit Drug Reporting System (IDRS): Ethnographic Component, Technical Report No. 36, 36. , National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, Sydney; Manderson, D., (1993) From Mr sin to Mr Big: A History of Australian Drug Laws, , Oxford University Press, Melbourne; O'Doherty, M., Farrington, A., Estimating local opioid addict mortality (1997) Addict. Res., 4, pp. 321-327; Oppenheimer, E., Tobbutt, C., Taylor, C., Andrew, T., Death and survival in a cohort of heroin addicts from London clinics: A 22 year follow-up (1994) Addiction, 89, pp. 1299-1308; Perucci, C.A., Davoli, M., Rapiti, E., Abeni, D.D., Forastieri, F., Mortality of intravenous drug users in Rome: A cohort study (1991) Am. J. Public Health, 81, pp. 1307-1310; Plant, M., Plant, M., Risk-Takers (1992) Alcohol, Drugs, Sex and Youth, , Routledge, London; Ryan, T.P., (1997) Modern Regression Methods, , Wiley, New York; Sanchez, J., Rodriguez, B., De La Fuente, L., Opiates or cocaine: Mortality from acute reactions in six major Spanish cities (1995) J. Epidemiol. Communal Health, 49, pp. 554-560; Strang, J., Darke, S., Hall, W., Farrell, M., Ali, R., Heroin overdose: The case for take-home naloxone (1996) Br. Med. J., 312, p. 1435; Sunjic, S., Zador, S., Methadone-related deaths in New South Wales (1997) Med. J. Aust., 166, pp. 54-55; Ward, J., Mattick, R., Hall, W., (1992) Key Issues in Methadone Maintenance Treatment, , University of New South Wales Press, Sydney; Weatherburn, D., Lind, B., (1995) Drug Law Enforcement and its Impact on the Heroin Market, , New South Wales Bureau of Crime Statistics and Research, Sydney; Zador, D., Sunjic, S., Darke, S., Heroin-related deaths in New South Wales, 1992: Toxicological findings and circumstances (1996) Med. J. Aust., 64, pp. 204-207 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032168130&doi=10.1016%2fS0376-8716%2898%2900044-1&partnerID=40&md5=2f9ba7d93b90e804333c563ec26f7e3a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Neville Butler and the British Birth Cohort studies T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 12 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - 1 EP - 14 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-3016.1998.0120s1001.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Bynner, J. AU - Goldstein, H. AU - Alberman, E. AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London, United Kingdom KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - newborn disease KW - review KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Cohort Studies KW - Great Britain KW - History, 20th Century KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 9690270 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bynner, J.; Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031928325&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-3016.1998.0120s1001.x&partnerID=40&md5=2969b2d51fafe3906bc983ab13d06fa3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Three generations of children - An edited transcript of a video recording made in March 1982 of the then directors of the three major British cohort studies in conversation T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 12 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - 15 EP - 30 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-3016.1998.0120s1015.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Bynner, J. AU - Goldstein, H. AU - Douglas, J. AU - Butler, N. AU - Pringle, M.K. KW - adolescence KW - article KW - childhood KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Cohort Studies KW - Great Britain KW - History, 20th Century KW - Humans N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 9690271 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031928814&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-3016.1998.0120s1015.x&partnerID=40&md5=4dfe866f0a9135fcdb84d88c1f8a2ba8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intergenerational influences affecting birth outcome. II. Preterm delivery and gestational age in the children of the 1958 British birth cohort T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 12 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - 61 EP - 75 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1046/j.1365-3016.1998.0120s1061.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Hennessy, E. AU - Alberman, E. AD - Dept. Environm. Preventive Medicine, St Bartholomew's and Royal London, School of Medicine and Dentistry, Charterhouse Square, London EC1M 6BQ, United Kingdom AB - The 1958 British cohort study has data to investigate intergenerational effects on preterm delivery and on gestational age in non-preterm births, allowing for many confounders that may differ in the more pathological preterm babies. Previous results for all gestational ages have been inconsistent. The strongest and only likely independent intergenerational effect on non-preterm gestational age found is parental gestational age (adjusted regression coefficient = 0.067 weeks per week in mothers and 0.045 in fathers). The preterm analysis has low power; however, reported history of hypertension in mothers (any), in fathers and in the maternal grandmother (measured in the 1958 pregnancy) all significantly and independently increased the risk of preterm birth [OR = 1.7, 2.0, 1.5 respectively]. The absolute risk was particularly high in hypertensive mothers who had been preterm themselves (21%). Other possible intergenerational influences of height, weight, fetal growth and gestation were not significant enough and/or consistent enough between parents to speculate whether they are truly intergenerational or confounded by other factors acting during the pregnancy. Excepting mother's weight for height, no genetic or environmental influence studied affects both gestational age and fetal growth in term births. However, many maternal factors that reduce either fetal growth or gestation in term births are associated with increased risk of preterm birth. KW - article KW - body height KW - body weight KW - cohort analysis KW - gestational age KW - human KW - maternal age KW - premature labor KW - risk KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Body Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Gestational Age KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Premature KW - Male KW - Maternal Age KW - Pregnancy N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 9690274 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hennessy, E.; Dept. Environm. Preventive Medicine, St Bartholomew's and Royal London, School of Medicine and Dentistry, Charterhouse Square, London EC1M 6BQ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031880175&doi=10.1046%2fj.1365-3016.1998.0120s1061.x&partnerID=40&md5=d486cb3489cb037ad88b77e5160c1ee9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Life expectancy in British Marfan syndrome populations T2 - Clinical Genetics J2 - Clin. Genet. VL - 54 IS - 2 SP - 124 EP - 128 PY - 1998 SN - 00099163 (ISSN) AU - Gray, J.R. AU - Bridges, A.B. AU - West, R.R. AU - McLeish, L. AU - Stuart, A.G. AU - Dean, J.C.S. AU - Porteous, M.E.M. AU - Boxer, M. AU - Davies, S.J. AD - Institute of Medical Genetics, University Hospital of Wales, Cardiff CF4 4XW, United Kingdom AD - Stirling Royal Infirmary NHS Trust, Livilands, Stirling, FK8 2AU, United Kingdom AD - University of Wales, College of Medicine, Cardiff, United Kingdom AD - Medical Genetics, Department of Pathology, Ninewells Hosp. and Medical School, Dundee, United Kingdom AD - Department of Cardiology, University Hospital of Wales, Cardiff, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medical Genetics, Aberdeen Royal Hospitals NHS Trust, Aberdeen Royal Infirmary, Aberdeen, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medical Genetics, Western General Hospital, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - Institute ot Medical Genetics, University Hospital of Wales, Cardiff CF4 4XW, United Kingdom AB - A total of 206 patients with Marfan syndrome were ascertained throughout genetic clinics in Wales and Scotland during the period 1970-1990. There were 45 deaths representing 22% of the cohort. Mean age at death was 45.3 ± 16.5 years. 50% median cumulative survival in the total cohort (n = 206) was 53 years for males and 72 years for females. Multivariate analysis confirmed severity as the best independent indicator of survival. These findings and survival curves will assist in the counselling of British families and individuals with Marfan syndrome. KW - Life expectancy KW - Marfan syndrome KW - Survival KW - article KW - disease severity KW - female KW - human KW - life expectancy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - marfan syndrome KW - multivariate analysis KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Life Expectancy KW - Male KW - Marfan Syndrome KW - Middle Aged KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Severity of Illness Index KW - Sex Factors KW - Survival Rate N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CLGNA C2 - 9761390 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Gray, J.R.; Institute of Medical Genetics, University Hospital of Wales, Cardiff CF4 4XW, United Kingdom N1 - References: Gray, J.R., Bridges, A.B., Faed, M.J.W., Ascertainment and severity of Marfan syndrome in a Scottish population (1994) J Med Genet, 31, pp. 51-54; Pyeritz, R.E., McKusick, V.A., The Marfan syndrome: Diagnosis and management (1979) New Engl J Med, 300 (14), p. 772; Murdoch, J.L., Walker, B.A., Danks, D., Life expectancy and causes of death in the Marfan syndrome (1972) New Engl J Med, 286 (15), p. 804; Finkbohner, R., Johnston, D., Crawford, E.S., Coselli, J., Milewicz, D.M., (1995) Circulation, 91 (3), pp. 728-733; Shores, J., Berger, K.R., Murphy, E.A., Pyeritz, R.E., Progression of aortic dilatation and the benefit of long -Term beta-adrenergic-blockade in Marfans' syndrome (1994) New Engl J Med, 330 (19), pp. 1335-1341; Silverman, D.I., Burton, K.J., Gray, J.R., Life expectancy in the Marfan syndrome (1995) Am J Cardiol, 75, pp. 157-160; Beighton, P., De Paepe, A., International nosology of heritable disorders of connective tissue, Berlin, 1986 (1988) Am J Med Genet, 29 (3), p. 581; Gray, J.R., Davies, S.J., A clinical severity grading scale for Marfan Syndrome (1996) J Med Genet, 33, pp. 758-759 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031715893&partnerID=40&md5=04544d58098496bbcc30341a31194b15 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Forty years on: Professor Neville Butler and the British Birth Cohort Studies T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 12 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - 31 EP - 44 PY - 1998 SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Ferri, E. AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London, United Kingdom AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V 0BN, United Kingdom AB - This paper traces the major contribution made by Professor Neville Butler, over a period of 40 years, to the foundation and subsequent development of two of Britain's three national birth cohort studies: the National Child Development Study, which has monitored the lives of all those in Britain born in the week 3-9 March 1958, and the British Cohort Study 1970, which has similarly followed the development of those born in the week 5-11 April 1970. Some recent findings from the two studies in the areas of health and health behaviour are briefly summarised, as are the plans for their future development. © 1998 Blackwell Science Ltd. KW - article KW - child behavior KW - child development KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Body Height KW - Body Weight KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Great Britain KW - History, 20th Century KW - Humans KW - Inflammatory Bowel Diseases KW - Mental Health KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 9690272 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ferri, E.; Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V 0BN, United Kingdom N1 - References: Magnussen, D., Bergmann, L.R., (1990) Data Quality in Longitudinal Research, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Shepherd, P., The National Child Development Study: An introduction to the origins of the study and the methods of data collection (1985) NCDS User Support Group Working Paper No. 1, , London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., An integrated approach to the design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS) (1992) Inter-cohort Analysis Working Paper 1, , London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; (1995) NCDS User Support Group Working Paper 2, , London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, revised May; (1997) Working Paper 2, , London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, April; Power, C., A review of child health in the 1958 birth cohort: National Child Development Study (1992) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 6, pp. 81-110; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E.D., (1969) Perinatal Problems, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; (1967) Children and Their Primary Schools. 2 Vols. (The Plowden Report), 2. , London: HMSO; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven, , London: Longman/National Children's Bureau; Wedge, P., The second follow-up of the National Child Development Study (1969) Concern, 3, pp. 34-39; Fogelman, K.R., (1976) Britain's Sixteen-Year-Olds, , London: National Children's Bureau; Power, C., Fox, A.J., Manor, O., Fogelman, K., Health in childhood and social inequalities in young adults (1990) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 153, pp. 17-28; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and Class: the Early Years, , Andover: Chapman & Hall; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau and City University; Bynner, J., Parsons, S., (1997) It Doesn't Get Any Better, , London: Basic Skills Agency; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1973) British Births 1970. Vol. 1: The First Week of Life, 1. , London: Heinemann; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970. Vol. 2: The First Week of Life, 2. , London: Heinemann; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Howlett, B.C., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five-Year-Olds, , Oxford: Pergamon; Osborne, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five-Year-Olds: a Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study. First Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10-Year Follow-up, , Bristol: Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Howlett, B.C., Stewart-Brown, S., Brewer, R.I., Prosser, H., (1983) Child Health and Education Study. A Collection of Papers from the 10-Year Follow-up. Report to the Department of Health and Social Security, , Bristol: Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Atkinson, J., Butler, N.R., Vision problems in under 5s (1985) The At-Risk Infant: Psycho/socio/ Medical Aspects, , Editors: Harel S, Anastasiow NJ. London: Paul Brookes Publishing; Stewart-Brown, S., Butler, N.R., Visual activity in a national sample of 10 year old children (1985) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 39, pp. 107-112; Biljur, P.E., Stewart-Brown, S., Butler, N.R., Child behaviour and accidental injury in 11,966 pre-school children (1986) American Journal of Diseases of Children, 140, pp. 487-492; Wadsworth, J., Burnell, I., Taylor, B., Butler, N.R., Family type and accidents in pre-school children (1983) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 37, pp. 100-104; Lewis, S., Richards, D., Bynner, J., Butler, N.R., Britton, J., Prospective study of risk factors for early and persistent wheezing in childhood (1995) European Respiratory Journal, 305, pp. 326-327; Golding, J., Butler, N.R., Convulsive disorders in the Child Health and Education Study (1983) Research Progress in Epilepsy, , Editor: Clifford Rose G. London: Pitman; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. I. Prevalence and recurrence in the first five years of life (1985) British Medical Journal, 290, pp. 1307-1310; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. II. Medical history and intellectual ability at 5 years of age (1985) British Medical Journal, 290, pp. 1311-1315; Golding, J., Hicks, P., Butler, N.R., (1982) Eczema in the First Five Years, , Report to the National Eczema Society. Bristol: Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Butler, N.R., Preventing childhood handicap (1984) Action Research, 2, pp. 9-10; Haslum, M.N., Morris, A.C., Butler, N.R., A cohort study of special educational needs in ten-year-olds in the United Kingdom (1985) Understanding Learning Disabilities: International and Multidisciplinary Views, , Editors: Duane DD, Leong CK. New York: Plenum Press; Butler, N.R., Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., (1981) Teenage Mothering, , Report to the Dept. of Health and Social Security. Bristol: Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Golding, J., Butler, N.R., Teenage mothering: Admission to hospital and accidents during the first five years (1983) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 58, pp. 6-11; Wadsworth, J., Taylor, B., Osborn, A., Butler, N.R., Teenage mothering: Child development at five years (1983) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 25, pp. 305-313; Osborne, A.F., Butler, N.R., (1985) Ethnic Minority Children. A Comparative Study from Birth to Five Years, , London: Commission for Racial Equality; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., (1993) Literacy and Numeracy Skills of British 21-Year-Olds. Preliminary Report to the Adult Literacy and Basic Skills Unit (ALBSU), , London: Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; Bynner, J., Ferri, E., Shepherd, P., (1997) Twenty-Something in the 1990s: Getting On, Getting By, Getting Nowhere, , Aldershot: Ashgate; Power, C., Hertzman, C., Social and biological pathways linking early life and adult disease (1997) British Medical Bulletin, 53, pp. 210-221; Power, C., Matthews, S., Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample (1997) Lancet, 350, pp. 1584-1589; Power, C., Hertzman, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Social differences in health: Life cycle effects between ages 23 and 33 in the 1958 British birth cohort (1997) American Journal of Public Health, 87, pp. 1499-1503; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self-rated health in the 1958 birth cohort: Lifetime social circumstances or social mobility (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 449-453; Montgomery, S., Bartley, M.J., Cook, D.J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Are young unemployed men at greater risk of future illness, even before they experience any unemployment? (1995) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 49, p. 552; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Cook, D.J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Health and social precursors of unemployment in young men in Great Britain (1996) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 50, pp. 415-422; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Wilkinson, R.G., Family conflict and slow growth (1997) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 77, pp. 326-330; Power, C., Lake, J.K., Cole, T.J., Measurement and long-term health risks of child/ adolescent fatness (1997) International Journal of Obesity, 21, pp. 507-526; Lake, J.K., Power, C., Cole, T.J., Significant social class gradient in menstrual disorders (1995) British Medical Journal, 311, p. 1503; Lake, J.K., Power, C., Cole, T.J., Women's reproductive health: The role of body mass index in early and adult life (1997) International Journal of Obesity, 21, pp. 432-438; Montgomery, S.M., Schoon, I., Health and health behaviour (1997) Twenty-Something in the 1990s, , Editors: Bynner J, Ferri E, Shepherd P. Aldershot: Ashgate; Maughan, B., Taylor, A., Selection into Marriage, , (forthcoming) provisional title; Schoon, I., Montgomery, S.M., Zum Zusammenhang von fruehkindlicher Lebenserfahrung und Depression im Erwachsenalter (1997) Zeitschrift für Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychoanalyse, 43, pp. 319-333; Done, D.J., Crow, T.J., Johnstone, E.C., Sacker, A., Childhood antecedents of schizophrenia and affective illness (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 699-703; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Buchanan, A., Ten Brinke, J.-A., (1997) What Happened When They Were Grown Up?, , York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation; Rodgers, B., Power, C., Hope, S., Parental divorce and adult psychological distress: Evidence from a national birth cohort: a research note (1997) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 38, pp. 867-872; Golding, J., Illegitimate births: Do they suffer in the long term? (1989) Early Influences Shaping the Individual, , Editors: Doxiadis S, Stewart S. New York: Plenum Press; Collishaw, S., Maughan, B., Pickles, A., Infant adoption: Psychosocial outcomes in adulthood (1998) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 33, pp. 57-65; Charlton, A., While, D., Smoking and menstrual problems in 16-year-olds (1996) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 89, pp. 193-195; Hope, S., Power, C., Rodgers, B., Parental separation and alcohol consumption: Changing lifecourse patterns (1998) Addiction, 93, pp. 505-514; Montgomery, S.M., Thompson, N.P., Subhani, J., Ebrahim, S., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A., Inflammatory bowel disease in a national birth cohort (1997) GUT, 40 (1 SUPPL.), pp. A22. , 1997; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., Butler, N.R., Fryer, J.G., Lawrence, C.J., Chamberlain, G.V.P., Plus ça change: Predictors of birthweight in two national studies (1983) British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 90, pp. 1040-1045; Peters, T., Harragin, R., Golding, J., Do the maternal and social factors related to birthweight change over time? (1985) Health Visitor, 58, pp. 226-227; Peters, T., Adelstein, P., Golding, J., Butler, N.R., The effects of work in pregnancy: Short and long-term associations (1984) Pregnant Women at Work, , Editor: Chamberlain G. London: RSM/Macmillan; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Golding, J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Acute appendicitis and bathrooms in three samples of British children (1988) British Medical Journal, 262, pp. 956-958; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Peckham, C.S., Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1939-45 war (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1255-1257; Chilvers, C., Apparent doubling of frequency of undescended testes in England and Wales 1962-81 (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 330-332; Calnan, M., Douglas, J., Goldstein, H., Tonsillectomy and circumcision: Comparisons of two cohorts (1978) International Journal of Epidemiology, 7, pp. 79-85; Kuh, D., Shlomo, Y., (1997) A Life Course Approach to Chronic Disease Epidemiology, , Oxford: Oxford University Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031904946&partnerID=40&md5=81d5fe86b74d50b0c1fb40076dff9a93 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Urbanization and psychosis: A study of 1942-1978 birth cohorts in The Netherlands T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - Psychol. Med. VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 871 EP - 879 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1017/S0033291798006898 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Marcelis, M. AU - Navarro-Mateu, F. AU - Murray, R. AU - Selten, J.-P. AU - Van Os, J. AD - Dept. of Psychiat. and Neuropsychol., Europ. Grad. School of Neuroscience, Maastricht University, PO Box 616, 6200 MD Maastricht, Netherlands AB - Background. Urban birth is associated with later schizophrenia. This study examined whether this finding is diagnosis-specific and which individuals are most at risk. Methods. All live births recorded between 1942 and 1978 in any of the 646 Dutch municipalities were followed-up through the National Psychiatric Case Register for first psychiatric admission for psychosis between 1970 and 1992 (N = 42115). Results, Urban birth was linearly associated with later schizophrenia (incidence rate ratio linear trend (IRR), 1.39; 95% confidence interval (95% CI), 1.36 1.42), affective psychosis (IRR, 1.18; 95% CI, 1.15-1.21) and other psychosis (IRR, 1.27; 95% CI, 1.24-1.30). Individuals born in the highest category of the three-level urban exposure were around twice as likely to develop schizophrenia. Associations were stronger for men and for individuals with early age of onset. The effect of urban birth was also stronger in the more recent birth cohorts. Conclusions. There are quantitative differences between diagnostic categories in the strength of the association between urban birth and later psychiatric disorder. High rates of psychosis in urban areas may be the result of environmental factors associated with urbanization, the effect of which appears to be increasing over successive generations. KW - adult KW - article KW - environmental factor KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - manic depressive psychosis KW - netherlands KW - onset age KW - psychosis KW - risk assessment KW - schizophrenia KW - sex difference KW - urbanization KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Demography KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Netherlands KW - Psychotic Disorders KW - Risk Factors KW - Schizophrenia KW - Seasons KW - Sex Factors KW - Urban Population N1 - Cited By :174 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 9723142 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Van Os, J.; Dept Psychiatry and Neuropsychology, European Grad School of Neuroscience, Maastricht University, PO Box 616, 6200 MD Maastricht, Netherlands N1 - References: Bebbington, P., Wilkins, S., Jones, P.B., Foerster, A., Murray, R., Toone, B., Lewis, S., Life events and psychosis. Initial results from the Camberwell Collaborative Psychosis Study (1993) British Journal of Psychiatry, 162, pp. 72-79; Bijl, R., Van Zessen, G., Ravelli, A., Psychiatrische morbiditeit onder volwassenen in Nederland: Het NEMESIS-onderzoek. II. Prevalentie van psychiatrische stoornissen (1997) Dutch Journal of Medicine, 141, pp. 2453-2460; Brown, G., Harris, R., Peto, J., Life events and psychiatric disorders. Part 2: Nature of causal link (1973) Psychological Medicine, 3, pp. 159-176; Brown, G., Prudo, R., Psychiatric disorder in a rural and an urban population: 1. Aetiology of depression (1981) Psychological Medicine, 11, pp. 581-599; Brown, A.S., Susser, E.S., Lin, S.P., Neugebauer, R., Gorman, J.M., Increased risk of affective disorders in males after second trimester prenatal exposure to the Dutch Hunger Winter of 1944 to 1945 (1995) British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, pp. 601-606; Castle, D.J., Murray, R., The neurodevelopmental basis of sex differences in schizophrenia (1991) Psychological Medicine, 21, pp. 565-575; (1993) Bevolking der Gemeenten Van Nederland, , CBS-publikaties: The Hague; (1993) Regionaal Statistisch Zakboek 1993, , CBS-publikaties: The Hague; Davey, S., Giles, G., Spatial factors in mental health care in Tasmania (1979) Social Science and Medicine, 13 D, pp. 87-94; Eaton, W., Residence, social class and schizophrenia (1974) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 15, pp. 289-299; Elkis, H., Friedman, L., Wise, A., Meltzer, H., Meta-analyses of studies of ventricular enlargement and cortical sulcal prominence in mood disorders (1995) Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, pp. 735-746; Freeman, H., Schizophrenia and city residence (1994) British Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (23 SUPPL.), pp. 39-50; Hill, A., The environment and disease: Association or causation? (1965) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 58, pp. 295-300; Jarvis, E., On the supposed increase of insanity (1851) American Journal of Insanity, 8, pp. 333-364; Korf, D.J., Nabben, T., Schreuders, M., (1995) Antenne 1994: Trends in Alcohol, Tabak, Drugs en Gokken Bij Jonge Amsterdammers, , Jellinek Preventie: Amsterdam; Kuipers, S.B.M., Mensink, C., DeZwart, W.M., (1993) Jeugd en Riskant Gedrag. Roken, Drinken, Druggebruik en Gokken Onder Scholieren Vanaf 10 Jaar, , NIAD: Utrecht; Lewis, G., David, A., Andreasson, S., Allebeck, P., Schizophrenia and city life (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 137-140; Murray, R., O'Callaghan, E., Castle, D., Lewis, S., A neurodevelopmental approach to the classification of schizophrenia (1992) Schizophrenia Bulletin, 18, pp. 319-332; Navarro, F., Van Os, J., Jones, P., Murray, R.M., Explaining sex differences in course and outcome in the functional psychoses (1996) Schizophrenia Research, 21, pp. 161-170; Neijmeijer, L., Hutschemaekers, G., (1995) GGZ in Het Algemeen Ziekenhuis, , Nederlands Centrum Geestelijke Volksgezondheid: Utrecht; O'Callaghan, E., Cotter, D., Colgan, K., Larkin, C., Walsh, D., Waddington, J., Confinement of winter birth excess in schizophrenia to the urban-born and its gender specificity (1995) British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, pp. 51-54; Paykel, E., Contribution of life events to causation to psychiatric illness (1978) Psychological Medicine, 8, pp. 245-253; (1997) Nationale Milieuverkenning 1997-2020, pp. 113-119. , Tjeenk Willink BV: Alphen aan den Rijn; Rutter, M., Cox, A., Tupling, C., Berger, M., Yule, W., Attainment and adjustment in two geographical areas (1975) British Journal of Psychiatry, 126, pp. 493-509; Selten, J., Sijben, N., First admission rates for schizophrenia in immigrants to the Netherlands. The Dutch national case register (1994) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 29, pp. 71-77; Selten, J., Slaets, J., Kahn, R., Schizophrenia in Surinames and Dutch Antillean immigrants to the Netherlands: Evidence of an increased incidence (1997) Psychological Medicine, 27, pp. 807-811; Sham, P., Genetic Epidemiology (1996) British Medical Bulletin, 52, pp. 466-473; (1995) STATA Statistical Software: Release 5.0, , College Station: Texas; Susser, E., Neugebauer, R., Hoek, H., Brown, A., Lin, S., Labovitz, D., Gorman, J., Schizophrenia after prenatal famine (1995) Archives of General Psychiatry, 166, pp. 601-606; Sytema, S., Social indicators and psychiatric admission rates: A case-register study in the Netherlands (1991) Psychological Medicine, 21, pp. 177-184; Takei, N., Sham, P., O'Callaghan, E., Murray, R., Cities, winter birth and schizophrenia (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 558-559; Takei, N., Sham, P.E.O.C., Glover, G., Murray, R., Schizophrenia: Increased risk associated with winter and city birth - A case control study in 12 regions within England and Wales (1995) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 49, pp. 106-109; Takei, N., Van Os, J., Murray, R., Maternal exposure to influenza and risk of schizophrenia: A 23-year study from the Netherlands (1995) Journal of Psychiatric Research, 29, pp. 435-445; Takei, N., Lewis, G., Sham, P., Murray, R., Age-period-cohort analysis of the incidence of schizophrenia in Scotland (1996) Psychological Medicine, 26, pp. 963-973; Torrey, E., Bowler, A., Geographical distribution of insanity in America: Evidence for an urban factor (1990) Schizophrenia Bulletin, 16, pp. 591-604; Torrey, E.F., Bowler, A.E., Clark, K., Urban birth and residence as risk factors for psychoses: An analysis of 1880 data (1997) Schizophrenia Research, 25, pp. 169-176; Van Os, J., Galdos, P., Lewis, G., Mann, A., Bourgeois, M., Schizophrenia sans frontieres (1993) British Medical Journal, 307, pp. 489-492; Van Os, J., Takei, N., Navarro, F., Murray, R.M., Season and place of birth in a sample of 22631 patients with a diagnosis of schizophrenia (1996) European Psychiatry, 11 (4 SUPPL.), p. 428; Van Os, J., Jones, P., Lewis, G., Murray, R., Developmental risk factors for affective disorder in a general population birth cohort (1997) Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, pp. 625-632; Van Os, J., Wright, P., Murray, R.M., Risk factors for emergence and persistence of psychosis (1997) Progress in Clinical Psychiatry, pp. 152-206. , ed. M. Weller and D. Van Kammen, W. B. Saunders: New York UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031850757&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291798006898&partnerID=40&md5=75966655ddd7a2ce8ac136a081bdba45 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Meconium ileus secondary to cystic fibrosis. The East London experience T2 - Pediatric Surgery International J2 - Pediatr. Surg. Int. VL - 13 IS - 5-6 SP - 365 EP - 369 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1007/s003830050341 SN - 01790358 (ISSN) AU - Mushtaq, I. AU - Wright, V.M. AU - Drake, D.P. AU - Mearns, M.B. AU - Wood, C.B.S. AD - Department of Paediatric Surgery, Qu. Elizabeth Hospital for Children, Hackney Road, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Medicine, Qu. Elizabeth Hospital for Children, Hackney Road, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Surgery, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London, WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Meconium ileus (MI) affects 15% of neonates with cystic fibrosis (CF). The authors reviewed the management and outcome of 51 neonates presenting to a single institution between 1976 and 1995 with MI secondary to CF. Clinical presentation included abdominal distension (96%), bilious vomiting (49%), and delayed passage of meconium (36%). A family history of CF was present in 4 cases (8%). Twenty-three neonates presented with MI and evidence of volvulus, atresia, or perforation (complicated MI). Of these, 16 underwent stoma formation, 1 appendicectomy, and 6 resection with primary anastomosis. Twenty-eight neonates presented with uncomplicated MI. Of these, 11 were managed non-operatively by Gastrografin enema (10) or enteral N-acetylcysteine (1). The remainder required stoma formation (15) or bowel resection with primary anastomosis (2). Early postoperative complications occurred in 2 neonates (4%). In this hospital the 1-year survival for this condition has increased from 49% (1953-1970) to 98% (1976-1995) irrespective of the surgical procedure performed or the presence of volvulus, atresia, or perforation. In our experience, bowel resection with primary anastomosis is as safe as stoma formation and is associated with a reduced length of initial hospital stay. KW - Cystic fibrosis KW - Meconium ileus KW - acetylcysteine KW - diatrizoate KW - abdominal distension KW - anastomosis KW - appendectomy KW - article KW - clinical feature KW - cystic fibrosis KW - family history KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - intestine atresia KW - intestine perforation KW - intestine resection KW - major clinical study KW - meconium ileus KW - newborn KW - postoperative complication KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - volvulus KW - vomiting KW - Anastomosis, Surgical KW - Cystic Fibrosis KW - Enterostomy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intestinal Obstruction KW - Intestine, Small KW - Intraoperative Complications KW - Laparotomy KW - London KW - Male KW - Meconium KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Survival Rate N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSUIE C2 - 9639619 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mushtaq, I.; Department of Paediatric Surgery, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - Tradenames: gastrografin, schering, United Kingdom N1 - Manufacturers: schering, United Kingdom N1 - References: Anderson, D.H., Cystic fibrosis of the pancreas and its relation to celiac disease (1938) Am J Dis Child, 56, pp. 344-399; Bishop, H.C., Koop, C.E., Management of meconium ileus (1957) Ann Surg, 145, pp. 410-414; Bishop, H.C., Ziegler, M.M., Meconium ileus (1988) Rob & Smith's Operative Surgery, 4th Edn., pp. 300-310. , Spitz L, Nixon HH (eds) Butterworths, Boston London; Caniano, D.A., Beaver, B.L., Meconium ileus; a fifteen year experience with forty-two neonates (1987) Surgery, 102, pp. 699-703; Chappell, J.S., Management of meconium ileus by resection and end-to-end anastomosis (1977) S Afr Med J, 52, pp. 1093-1094; Cook, R.C.M., Intraluminal intestinal obstruction (1990) Neonatal Surgery, 3rd Edn., pp. 511-522. , Lister J, Irving I (eds) Butterworths, Boston London; Docherty, J.G., Zaki, A., Coutts, J.A.P., Evans, T.J., Carachi, R., Meconium ileus: A review 1972-1990 (1992) Br J Surg, 79, pp. 571-573; Donnison, A.B., Schwachman, H., Gross, R.E., Review of 164 children with meconium ileus seen at the Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston (1966) Pediatrics, 37, p. 833; Farber, S.J., The relation of pancreatic achylia to meconium ileus (1944) J Pediatr, 24, pp. 387-392; Fitzgerald, R., Conlon, K., Use of the appendix stump in the treatment of meconium ileus (1989) J Pediatr Surg, 24, pp. 899-900; Gross, R.E., (1953) The Surgery of Infancy and Childhood, pp. 175-191. , Saunders, Philadelphia; Hiatt, R.B., Wilson, P.E., Celiac syndrome; therapy of meconium ileus (1948) Surg Gynecol Obstet, 87, pp. 317-327; Holsclaw, D.S., Eckstein, H.B., Nixon, H.H., Meconium ileus: A 20-year review of 109 cases (1965) Am J Dis Child, 109, p. 101; Lansteiner, K., Darmverschluss durch eingedictes Meconium Pankreatitis (1905) Zentralbl Allg Pathol, 16, p. 903; McDonald, J.A., Trusler, G.A., Meconium ileus: A critical eleven-year review at the Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Canada (1960) Can Med Assoc J, 83, p. 881; McPartlin, J.F., Dickson, J.A.S., Swain, V.A.J., Meconium ileus: Immediate and long-term survival (1972) Arch Dis Child, 47, pp. 207-210; Nguyen, L.T., Youssef, S., Guttman, F.M., Laberge, J.M., Albert, D., Doody, D., Meconium ileus: Is a stoma necessary? (1986) J Pediatr Surg, 21, pp. 766-768; Noblett, H.R., Treatment of uncomplicated meconium ileus by Gastrografin enema: A preliminary report (1969) J Pediatr Surg, 4, pp. 190-197; Rescorla, F.J., Grosfeld, J.L., West, K.J., Vane, D.W., Changing patterns of treatment and survival in neonates with meconium ileus (1989) Arch Surg, 124, pp. 837-840; Sawyer, S.M., Taylor, R., MacMahon, R., Robertson, C.F., Meconium ileus in cystic fibrosis. A 20-year review of morbidity, mortality and management (1994) Pediatr Surg Int, 9, pp. 180-184; Scanlin, T.F., Cystic fibrosis (1988) Pulmonary Diseases and Disorders, 2nd Edn., pp. 1273-1294. , Fishman AP (ed) McGraw-Hill, New York; Swenson, O., (1958) Pediatric Surgery, pp. 319-324. , Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York; Swenson, O., (1969) Pediatric Surgery, 3rd Edn., pp. 672-685. , Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031749772&doi=10.1007%2fs003830050341&partnerID=40&md5=18c4012244783ddd0185be600338c918 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prenatal and perinatal antecedents of febrile convulsions and afebrile seizures: Data from a national cohort study T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 12 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - 76 EP - 95 PY - 1998 SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Greenwood, R. AU - Golding, J. AU - Ross, E. AU - Verity, C. AD - Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Community Paediatrics, King's College, London, United Kingdom AD - Child Development Centre, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Division of Child Health, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom AB - The assumption is often made that brain damage during the perinatal period is likely to result in neurological abnormalities such as epilepsy and cerebral palsy. However, there has been accumulating evidence that cerebral palsy is rarely, if ever, a result of intrapartum events, but few studies of other neurological abnormalities have been undertaken. We analysed data on 16163 children from the 1970 British national cohort study and followed to age 10, focusing on the 378 who developed febrile convulsions (FCs) and 63 children with idiopathic afebrile seizures (IAS). Children with IAS were significantly more likely not to have been breast fed (P < 0.001), and this was independent of features such as birthweight and maternal disorder. A similar finding was apparent for FCs (P < 0.05). Although children with low birthweight were at increased risk of both conditions, there was no association with maternal smoking in pregnancy. No associations were found between indications of fetal distress during labour and later febrile convulsions or afebrile seizures. There was no evidence that intervention during labour would have improved these outcomes. However, associations were found with abnormalities earlier in pregnancy, suggesting a prenatal rather than an intrapartum aetiology. © 1998 Blackwell Science Ltd. KW - article KW - birth weight KW - brain injury KW - breast feeding KW - cerebral palsy KW - child KW - controlled study KW - disease association KW - epilepsy KW - febrile convulsion KW - fetus distress KW - human KW - infant KW - labor KW - major clinical study KW - maternal disease KW - newborn KW - perinatal period KW - risk KW - seizure KW - smoking KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Delivery, Obstetric KW - Female KW - Fetal Distress KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Male KW - Pregnancy KW - Seizures KW - Seizures, Febrile N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 9690275 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Unit of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Division of Child Health, 24 Tyndall Avenue, Bristol BS8 1TQ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Nelson, K.B., Ellenberg, J.H., Predisposing and causative factors in childhood epilepsy (1987) Epilepsia, 28, pp. S16-S24; Nelson, K.B., Ellenberg, J.H., Prenatal and perinatal antecedents of febrile seizures (1990) Annals of Neurology, 27, pp. 127-131; Ross, E.M., Peckham, C.S., Seizure disorder in the National Child Development Study (1983) Research Progress in Epilepsy, , Editor: Rose C. London: Pitman; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970. Vol 1. The First Week of Life, 1. , London: William Heineman; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Febrile seizures: Long-term management of children with fever-associated seizures (1980) British Medical Journal, 281, pp. 277-279. , Summary of an NIH Consensus Statement; Nelson, K.B., Ellenberg, J.H., Febrile Seizures (1983) Pediatric Epidemiology, pp. 173-198. , Editor: Dreyfuss FE. Boston: John Wright PSG; Proposal for revised clinical and electroencephalographic classification of epileptic seizures (1981) Epilepsia, 22, pp. 489-501; Baumann, R.J., Problems in epidemiologic studies of the consequences of febrile seizures in children (1981) Febrile Seizures, pp. 27-33. , Editors: Nelson KB, Ellenberg JH. New York: Raven Press; Klebanoff, M.A., Invited commentary: The epidemiology of febrile seizures, or the epidemiology of study participation (1990) American Journal of Epidemiology, 132, pp. 474-477; Lilienfeld, A.M., Pasamanick, B., The association of maternal and fetal factors with the development of cerebral palsy and epilepsy (1955) American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 70, pp. 93-101; Forsgren, L., (1990) Epidemiology of Seizure Disorders: Clinical Characterization and Analysis of Risk Factors in Children with Febrile Convulsions, Newly Referred Adults and Mentally Retarded Persons with Epilepsy, (270). , Umea University Medical Dissertations; Van Den Berg, B.J., Yerushalmy, J., Studies on convulsive disorders in young children. V. Excess of early fetal deaths among pregnancies preceding the birth of children with febrile or nonfebrile convulsions (1974) Journal of Pediatrics, 84, pp. 837-840; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. I. Prevalence and recurrence in the first 5 years of life (1985) British Medical Journal, 290, pp. 1307-1310; Ross, E.M., Peckham, C.S., West, P.B., Butler, N.R., Epilepsy in childhood: Findings from the National Child Development Study (1980) British Medical Journal, 1, pp. 207-210; Forsgren, L., Sidenvall, R., Blomquist, H., Heijbel, J., Nystrom, L., Pre- And perinatal factors in febrile convulsions (1991) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 80, pp. 218-225 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031902180&partnerID=40&md5=2d59d401674a20a4d8fdc798568c65f9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Long-term intellectual and behavioral outcomes of children with febrile convulsions T2 - New England Journal of Medicine J2 - New Engl. J. Med. VL - 338 IS - 24 SP - 1723 EP - 1728 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1056/NEJM199806113382403 SN - 00284793 (ISSN) AU - Verity, C.M. AU - Greenwood, R. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, United Kingdom AD - U. Paediatr. Perinatal Epidemiol., Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Child Development Centre, Box 107, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom AB - Background: Hospital-based studies have reported that children with febrile convulsions have subsequent mental retardation and behavior problems. In contrast, population-based studies have reported a better outcome. Methods: We identified 398 children with febrile convulsions among 14,676 children enrolled in the Child Health and Education Study, a national population-based study in the United Kingdom of children born in one week in April 1970. The children were comprehensively assessed at the age of 10. After excluding 16 children who had neurodevelopmental problems before their first febrile convulsion and 1 child whose case was atypical, we studied 381 children, 287 with simple febrile convulsions and 94 with complex febrile convulsions. We compared them with the rest of the cohort using measures of academic progress, intelligence, and behavior that included questionnaires, standardized tests, and formal tests. Results: At the 10-year assessment, only 4 of 102 measures of academic progress, intelligence, and behavior differed significantly between the entire group of children with febrile convulsions and the group without febrile convulsions - no more than would be expected by chance. Similar results were found when children with simple febrile convulsions and those with complex febrile convulsions were analyzed separately. The children with recurrent episodes of febrile convulsions had outcomes similar to those of the children with only one episode each. Special schooling was required for more children who had febrile convulsions in the first year of life than for those who had had them later in life (5 of 67, or 7.5 percent, vs. 4 of 265, or 1.5 percent; P=0.02), but these numbers were small. Conclusions: Children who had febrile convulsions performed as well as other children in terms of their academic progress, intellect, and behavior at 10 years of age. KW - academic achievement KW - antisocial behavior KW - article KW - behavior disorder KW - child KW - clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - febrile convulsion KW - human KW - hyperactivity KW - infant KW - intelligence KW - learning disorder KW - major clinical study KW - mental deficiency KW - parent counseling KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - Age Factors KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Child KW - Child Behavior KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Intelligence KW - Male KW - Prospective Studies KW - Seizures, Febrile N1 - Cited By :158 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NEJMA C2 - 9624192 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Verity, C.M.; Development Centre, Box 107, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Baumer, J.H., David, T.J., Valentine, S.J., Roberts, J.E., Hughes, B.R., Many parents think their child is dying when having a first febrile convulsion (1981) Dev Med Child Neurol, 23, pp. 462-464; Febrile convulsions (1994) Epilepsy in Children. 2nd Ed., pp. 253-275. , Aicardi J. New York: Raven Press; Wallace, S.J., (1988) The Child with Febrile Seizures, , London: Butterworth; Lennox, M.A., Febrile convulsions in childhood: Their relationship to adult epilepsy (1949) J Pediatr, 35, pp. 427-435; Aicardi, J., Chevrie, J.-J., Febrile convulsions: Neurological sequelae and mental retardation (1976) International Brain Research Organization Monograph Series. Vol. 2. Brain Dysfunction in Infantile Febrile Convulsions, 2, pp. 247-257. , Brazier MAB, Coceani F, eds. New York: Raven Press; Wallace, S.J., Cull, A.M., Long-term psychological outlook for children whose first fit occurs with fever (1979) Dev Med Child Neurol, 21, pp. 28-40; Ellenberg, J.H., Nelson, K.B., Febrile seizures and later intellectual performance (1978) Arch Neurol, 35, pp. 17-21; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. I. Prevalence and recurrence in the first five years of life (1985) BMJ, 290, pp. 1307-1310; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. II. Medical history and intellectual ability at 5 years of age (1985) BMJ, 290, pp. 1311-1315; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claircaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970. Vol. 1. The First Week of Life, 1. , London: William Heinemann; Febrile seizures: Long-term management of children with fever-associated seizures: Summary of an NIH consensus statement (1980) BMJ, 281, pp. 277-279; Nelson, K.B., Ellenberg, J.H., Predictors of epilepsy in children who have experienced febrile seizures (1976) N Engl J Med, 295, pp. 1029-1033; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behavior, , London: Longman; Conners, C.K., A teacher rating scale for use in drug studies with children (1969) Am J Psychiatry, 126, pp. 884-888; Osborne, A.F., (1987) The Effects of Early Education, , Oxford, England: Clarendon Press; Elliott, C.D., (1983) British Ability Scales: Manual 2: Technical Handbook, , Windsor, England: NFER-Nelson; Fisher, R.A., Yates, F., (1963) Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural and Medical Research. 6th Ed. Rev., , Edinburgh, Scotland: Oliver and Boyd; Mann, H.B., Whitney, D.R., On a test of whether one of two random variables is stochastically larger than the other (1947) Ann Math Stat, 18, pp. 50-60; Annegers, J.F., Hauser, W.A., Shirts, S.B., Kurland, L.T., Factors prognostic of unprovoked seizures after febrile convulsions (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 493-498; Ross, E.M., Peckham, C.S., West, P.B., Butler, N.R., Epilepsy in childhood: Findings from the National Child Development Study (1980) BMJ, 280, pp. 207-210; Verity, C.M., Golding, J., Risk of epilepsy after febrile convulsions: A national cohort study (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1373-1376. , Erratum, BMJ 1992;304: 147; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 857-861; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Outcome of childhood status epilepticus and lengthy febrile convulsions: Findings of a national cohort study (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 225-228; Schiottz-Christensen, E., Bruhn, P., Intelligence, behaviour and scholastic achievement subsequent to febrile convulsions: An analysis of discordant twin-pairs (1973) Dev Med Child Neurol, 15, pp. 565-575; Wallace, S.J., Neurological and intellectual deficits: Convulsions with fever viewed as acute indications of life-long developmental defects (1976) International Brain Research Organization Monograph Series. Vol. 2. Brain Dysfunction in Infantile Febrile Convulsions, 2, pp. 259-277. , Brazier MAB, Coceani F, eds. New York: Raven Press; Millichap, J.G., (1968) Febrile Convulsions, , New York: Macmillan; Wolf, S.M., Forsythe, A., Behavior disturbance, phenobarbital, and febrile seizures (1978) Pediatrics, 61, pp. 728-731; Aldridge Smith, J., Wallace, S.J., Febrile convulsions: Intellectual progress in relation to anticonvulsant therapy and to recurrence of fits (1982) Arch Dis Child, 57, pp. 104-107; Camfield, P., Camfield, C., Diazepam to prevent febrile seizures (1993) N Engl J Med, 329, p. 2034 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032507889&doi=10.1056%2fNEJM199806113382403&partnerID=40&md5=f34669362513c96ed55bea365cc11f7e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Design, objectives, and lessons from a pilot 25 year follow up re-survey of survivors in the Whitehall study of London Civil Servants T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 52 IS - 6 SP - 364 EP - 369 PY - 1998 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Clarke, R. AU - Breeze, E. AU - Sherliker, P. AU - Shipley, M. AU - Youngman, L. AU - Fletcher, A. AU - Fuhrer, R. AU - Leon, D. AU - Parish, S. AU - Collins, R. AU - Marmot, M. AD - Clinical Trial Service Unit, Nuffield Department of Clinical Medicine, Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford, OX2 6HE, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London Medical School, London, United Kingdom AB - Design - To assess the feasibility of conducting a re-survey of men who are resident in the United Kingdom 25 years after enrollment in the Whitehall study of London Civil Servants. Methods - A random sample of 401 study survivors resident in three health authority areas was selected for this pilot study. They were mailed a request to complete a self administered questionnaire, and then asked to attend their general practice to have their blood pressure, weight, and height measured and a blood sample collected into a supplied vacutainer, and mailed to a central laboratory. Using a 2 x 2 factorial design, the impact of including additional questions on income and of an informant questionnaire on cognitive function was assessed. Results - Accurate addresses were obtained from the health authorities for 96% of the sample. Questionnaires were received from 73% and blood samples from 61% of the sample. Questions on income had no adverse effect on the response rate, but inclusion of the informant questionnaire did. Between 1970 and 1995 there were substantial changes within men in the mean blood pressure and blood total cholesterol recorded, as reflected by correlation coeffcients between 1970 and 1995 values of 0.26, and 0.30 for systolic and diastolic blood pressure and 0.38 for total cholesterol. Conclusion - This pilot study demonstrated the feasibility of conducting a re-survey using postal questionnaires and mailed whole blood samples. The magnitude of change in blood pressure and blood total cholesterol concentrations within individuals was greater than anticipated, suggesting that such remeasurements may be required at different intervals in prospective studies to help interpret risks associations properly. These issues will be considered in a re-survey of the remaining survivors of the Whitehall study. KW - cholesterol KW - aged KW - article KW - blood pressure KW - body height KW - body weight KW - cholesterol blood level KW - clinical trial KW - cognition KW - diastolic blood pressure KW - follow up KW - general practice KW - health status KW - human KW - human experiment KW - income KW - male KW - mean arterial pressure KW - methodology KW - normal human KW - patient KW - pilot study KW - questionnaire KW - systolic blood pressure KW - united kingdom KW - Aged KW - Biological Markers KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Height KW - Body Weight KW - Cholesterol KW - Feasibility Studies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status Indicators KW - Humans KW - London KW - Male KW - Pilot Projects KW - Regression Analysis N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 9764257 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Clarke, R.; Clinical Trial Service Unit, Nuffield Dept. Clinical Medicine, Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford OX2 6HE, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Biological Markers; Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: McMahon, S., Peto, R., Cutler, J., Blood pressure, stroke and coronary heart disease; prolonged differences in blood pressure; prospective observational studies corrected for regression dilution bias (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 765-774; Neaton, J.D., Wentworth, D., Overall findings and differences by age for 316,099 white men. Multiple Risk factor Intervention Trial Research Group (1992) Arch Intern Med, 152, pp. 56-64; Glynn, R.J., Field, T.S., Rosner, B., Evidence for a positive linear relationship between blood pressure and mortality in elderly people (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 825-829; Benfante, R., Hwang, L.J., Masaki, K., To what extent do cardiovascular risk factors measured in elderly men represent their mid-life values measured 25 years earlier? A preliminary report from the Honolulu Heart Study (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 206-216; (1995) Epidemiology and Prevention of Cardiovascular Diseases in Elderly People. Report of a WHO Study Group, , WHO Technical Report 853 Geneva: WHO; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Do socioeconomic differences in mortality persist after retirement? 25 year follow-up of civil servants from the first Whitehall study (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1177-1180; Gardner, M.J., Heady, J.A., Some effects of within-person variability in epidemiological studies (1973) J Chronic Dis, 26, pp. 781-795; Davis, C.E., Rifkind, B.M., Brenner, H., A single cholesterol measurement underestimates the risk of coronary heart disease: An empirical example from the Lipid Research Clinics Mortality Follow-up (1990) JAMA, 264, pp. 3044-3046; Tornberg, S.A., Jakobsson, K.F.S., Eklund, G.A., Stability and validity of a single serum cholesterol measurement in a prospective cohort study (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 797-803; Clarke, R., Shipley, M., Collins, R., Underestimation of risk associations due to regression dilution in long-term follow-up of prospective studies Am J Epidemiol, , in press; Reid, D.D., Brett, G.Z., Hamilton, P.J., Cardiorespiratory disease and diabetes among middle-aged male civil servants: A study of screening and intervention (1974) Lancet, 1, pp. 469-473; Reid, D.D., Hamilton, P.J.S., McCartney, P., Smoking and other risk factors for coronary heart disease (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 979-984; Richie, K., Fuhrer, R., A comparative study of the performance of screening tests for senile dementia using receiver operating characteristics analysis (1992) J Clin Epidemiol, 45, pp. 627-637; Blessed, G., Tomlinson, B.E., Roth, M., The association between quantitative measures of dementia and of senile change in the cerebral gray matter of elderly subjects (1968) Br J Psychiatry, 149, pp. 698-709; Shipley, M.J., Pocock, S.J., Marmot, M.G., Does plasma cholesterol concentration predict mortality from coronary heart disease in elderly people? 18-year follow-up in the Whitehall study (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 98-102; Davey-Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M., Plasma cholesterol and mortality: The Whitehall study (1992) JAMA, 267, pp. 70-76; Parish, S., Peto, R., Collins, R., Cigarette smoking, tar yields and non-fatal myocardial infarction: 14000 cases and 32000 controls in the United Kingdom (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 471-477; Youngman, L.D., Lyon, V., Collins, R., Problems with mailed blood in large scale epidemiological studies and methods of correction (1993) FASEB J, 1, p. 377; Breeze, E., Trevor, G., Wilmot, A., (1991) The General Household Survey 1989, , London: HMSO; Rowlands, O., Singleton, N., Maher, J., (1996) Living in Britain in the 1995 General Household Survey, , London: HMSO UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031726411&partnerID=40&md5=7e2e2c742d7201afd79da5531a813e40 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in cigarette smoking habits in The Netherlands in relation to age, gender and educational level 1987-1991 T2 - European Journal of Public Health J2 - Eur. J. Public Health VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 160 EP - 165 PY - 1998 SN - 11011262 (ISSN) AU - Smit, H.A. AU - Kromhout, D. AD - Dept. Chron. Dis. Environ. E., Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. Environ. P., Bilthoven, Netherlands AD - Division of Public Health Research, Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. Environ. P., Bilthoven, Netherlands AD - Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. Environ. P., P.O. Box 1, 3720 BA Bilthoven, Netherlands AB - The objective of the study was to obtain information on recent trends in smoking habits in socioeconomic subgroups (gender, age and educational level) in The Netherlands. The data were analysed from the Monitoring Project on Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors yearly cross-sectional surveys that were performed between 1987 and 1991. Each year a random sample of men and women aged 20-59 years in three towns in The Netherlands was invited to participate in the study. The overall response rate was 50% for men and 57% for women. A total of over 36,000 subjects participated in the study. The age- standardized prevalence of current, former and never smoking was the outcome measure. Data on smoking habits were collected by means of a self- administered questionnaire. The age-standardized smoking prevalence between 1987 and 1991 fell from 41.4 to 38.9% in men (-0.5 percentage points per year and 95% Cl: -1.0 to -0.02) and from 42.0 to 38.2% in women (-0.8 percentage points per year and 95% Cl: -1.3 to -0.3). The prevalence of current smoking decreased in men with low education and in women with low and intermediate/high education. In the 1961-1970 birth cohort of men with intermediate/high education a relatively large increase of 2.8 percentage points (95% Cl: 1.0-4.5) per year was observed. The decrease in smoking prevalence observed between 1987 and 1991 was small compared to the period before 1987. Differences in the magnitude and direction of trends were observed between birth cohorts and educational levels. The results of the study emphasize the need for an approach that is targeted toward specific sociodemographic subgroups. KW - Smoking prevalence KW - Trend KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - cigarette smoking KW - education KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - netherlands KW - normal human KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - sex difference N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJPHF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smit, H.A.; National Institute of Public Health, Environmental Protection, P.O. Box 1, 3720 BA Bilthoven, Netherlands; email: jet.smit@rivm.nl N1 - References: (1995) Annual Report 1994, , The Hague: Foundation of Public Health and Smoking, in Dutch; Van Reek, J., Smoking behaviour in the Netherlands and the United Kingdom: 1958-1982 (1984) Rev Epidemiol Santé Publ, 32, pp. 383-390; Wijga, A., Smit, H.A., Kromhout, D., Trends in smoking prevalence from 1974 to 1986 in young adults in the Netherlands (1994) Rev Epidemiol Santé Publ, 42, pp. 542-547; Verschuren, W.M.M., Van Leer, E., Blokstra, A., Cardiovascular risk factors in the Netherlands (1993) Neth J Cardiol, 4, pp. 205-210; De Bruin, A., Picavet, H.S.J., Nossikov, A., (1996) Health Interview Surveys: Towards International Harmonization of Methods and Instruments, , Copenhagen: WHO Regional Publications; (1996) Statistical Yearbook 1996, , 's-Gravenhage: Sdu/uitgeverij, in Dutch; (1989) SAS/STAT User's Guide. Version 6, 4th Edn., 1-2. , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc; Burns, D.M., Tobacco smoking (1994) Epidemiology of Lung Cancer, pp. 15-50. , Samet JM, editor. New York: Marcel Dekker; Britten, N., Validity of claims to lifelong non-smoking at age 36 in a longitudinal study (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 525-529; Van De Mheen, P.J., Gunning-Schepers, U., Reported prevalences of former smokers in survey data: The importance of differential mortality and misclassification (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 52-57; Giovino, G.A., Schooley, M.W., Zhu, B.P., Surveillance for selected tobacco-use behaviors-United States, 1900-1994 (1994) MMWR, 43, pp. 1-43; Osler, M., Smoking habits in Denmark from 1953 to 1991: A comparative analysis of results from three nationwide health surveys among adult Danes in 1953-1954, 1986-1987 and 1990-1991 (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 862-871; Pierce, J.P., Fiore, M.C., Novotny, T.E., Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States: Educational differences are increasing (1989) JAMA, 261, pp. 56-60; Pierce, J.P., International comparisons of trends in cigarette smoking prevalence (1989) Am J Public Hlth, 79, pp. 152-157; Warner, K.E., Effects of the antismoking campaign: An update (1989) Am J Public Hlth, 79, pp. 144-151; Brownson, R.C., Jackson-Thompson, J., Wilkerson, J.C., Demographic and socioeconomic differences in beliefs about the health effects of smoking (1992) Am J Public Hlth, 82, pp. 99-103; Townsend, J., Roderick, P., Cooper, J., Cigarette smoking by socioeconomic group, sex, and age: Effects of price, income, and health publicity (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 923-927; Pierce, J.P., Lee, L., Gilpin, E.A., Smoking initiation by adolescent girls, 1944 through 1988: An association with targeted advertising (1994) JAMA, 271, pp. 608-611; Davis, R.M., Current trends in cigarette advertising and marketing (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 725-732 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031840766&partnerID=40&md5=67cc8c359261ab9a3f0b53387f9c00be ER - TY - JOUR TI - The relationship between parental separation in childhood and problem drinking in adulthood T2 - Addiction J2 - Addiction VL - 93 IS - 4 SP - 505 EP - 514 PY - 1998 SN - 09652140 (ISSN) AU - Hope, S. AU - Power, C. AU - Rodgers, B. AD - Epidemiology and Public Health, Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AD - NH and MRC Psychiat. Epidemiol. R., Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia AD - Epidemiology and Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WCIN 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Aims. To investigate the association between parental separation and alcohol consumption and problem drinking in early adulthood (at ages 23 and 33). Design. The study used longitudinal data from the 1958 British birth cohort study, a large representative national sample followed to age 33. Setting. Great Britain. Participants. 11,407 subjects were interviewed at age 33 in 1991 (69% of the target population). Analyses are based on 4606 men and 4892 women with data at ages 23 and 33. Measurements. Units of alcohol consumed in the previous week at ages 23 and 33. Heavy drinking was defined as more than 20 units/week (women) and more than 35 units/week (men). Problem drinking was indicated by the four-item CAGE measure. Information on parental separation was reported by subjects at age 33; parental deaths were ascertained from data recorded in childhood sweeps of the survey. Findings. At age 23, the relationship between parental separation and alcohol consumption was weak and inconsistent, but by age 33 a stronger and more consistent relationship had emerged. Higher levels of alcohol consumption, heavy drinking and problem drinking (odds ratios 1.29-1.90) were found for those who had experienced parental divorce in childhood, but not later parental divorce or parental death. These results were not substantially attenuated by possible mediating factors, such as marital status or socio-economic circumstances. Conclusions. The risk associated with early parental divorce appeared to strengthen between ages 23 and 33. Life-course factors influencing the manifestation of alcohol problems in those from divorced families need to be identified. KW - alcohol KW - adult KW - alcohol abuse KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - child parent relation KW - cohort analysis KW - death KW - divorce KW - drinking behavior KW - female KW - human KW - interview KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - marriage KW - risk factor KW - socioeconomics KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Alcoholism KW - Divorce KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Life Change Events KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADICE C2 - 9684389 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hope, S.; Epidemiology and Public Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Amato, P.R., Keith, B., Parental divorce and adult well-being: A meta-analysis (1991) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 53, pp. 43-58; Amato, P.R., Keith, B., Parental divorce and the well-being of children: A meta-analysis (1991) Psychological Bulletin, 110, pp. 26-46; Aseltine, R.H., Pathways linking parental divorce with adolescent depression (1996) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 37, pp. 133-148; Bell, D.S., Champion, R.A., Deviancy, delinquency and drug use (1979) British Journal of Psychiatry, 134, pp. 269-276; Bennett, N., Jarvis, L., Rowlands, O., Singleton, N., Haselden, L., (1996) Living in Britain: Results from the 1994 General Household Survey, pp. 113-135. , London, HMSO; Bernadt, M.W., Taylor, C., Mumford, J., Smith, B., Murray, R.M., Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism (1982) Lancet, 1, pp. 325-328; Breier, A., Kelsoe, J.R., Kirwin, P.D., Beller, S.A., Wolkowitz, O.M., Pickar, D., Early parental loss and development of adult psychopathology (1988) Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, pp. 987-993; Dunbar, G.C., Morgan, D.D.V., The changing pattern of alcohol consumption in England and Wales 1978-85 (1987) British Medical Journal, 295, pp. 807-810; Estaugh, V., Power, C., Family disruption in early life and drinking in young adulthood (1991) Alcohol and Alcoholism, 26, pp. 639-644; Ewing, J.A., Detecting alcoholism-the CAGE questionnaire (1984) Journal of the American Medical Association, 252, pp. 1905-1907; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London, National Children's Bureau and City University; Glenn, N.D., Kramer, K.B., The marriages and divorces of the children of divorce (1987) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 49, pp. 811-825; Gomberg, E.S.L., Lisansky, J.M., Antecedents of alcohol problems in women (1984) Alcohol Problems in Women: Antecedents, Consequences and Interventions, pp. 233-259. , WILSNACK, S. C. & BECKMAN, L. J. (Eds) (London, Guilford Press); Hartka, E., Fillmore, K.M., Cross-cultural and cross-temporal explanations of drinking behavior -c ontributions from epidemiology, life-span developmental psychology and the sociology of aging (1989) British Journal of Addiction, 84, pp. 1409-1417; Hedges, B., Alcohol consumption (1996) Health Survey for England 1994, pp. 337-368. , COLHOUN, H. & PRESCOTT-CLARKE, P. (Eds) (London, HMSO); Hetherington, E.M., Effects of father absence on personality development in adolescent daughters (1972) Developmental Psychology, 7, pp. 313-326; Higley, J.D., Hasert, M.F., Suomi, S.J., Linnoila, M., Nonhuman primate model of alcohol abuse: Effects of early experience, personality, and stress on alcohol consumption (1991) Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 88, pp. 7261-7265; Kalter, N., Long-term effects of divorce on children: A developmental vulnerability model (1987) American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 57, pp. 587-600; Kendler, K.S., Neale, M.C., Prescott, C.A., Childhood parental loss and alcoholism in women: A causal analysis using a twin-family design (1996) Psychological Medicine, 26, pp. 79-95; Koller, K.M., Williams, W.T., Early parental deprivation and later behavioural outcomes: Cluster analysis study of normal and abnormal groups (1974) Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 8, pp. 89-96; Kuh, D., Maclean, M., Women's childhood experience of parental separation and their subsequent health and socioeconomic status in adulthood (1990) Journal of Biosocial Science, 22, pp. 1221-2135; Maughan, B., Mccarthy, G., Childhood adversities and psychosocial disorders (1997) British Medical Bulletin, 53, pp. 156-169; Mayfield, D., Mcleod, G., Hall, P., The CAGE questionnaire: Validation of a new alcoholism screening instrument (1974) American Journal of Psychiatry, 131, pp. 1121-1123; Mullen, P.E., Martin, J.C., Anderson, J.C., Romans, S.E., Herbison, G.P., The long-term impact of the physical, emotional, and sexual abuse of children: A community study (1996) Child Abuse and Neglect, 20, pp. 7-21; Parker, G., Early environment (1992) Handbook of Affective Disorders, pp. 171-183. , PAYKEL, E. S. (Ed.) (New York, Guilford Press); Pope, H., Mueller, C.W., The intergenerational transmission of marital stability: Comparisons by race and sex (1976) Journal of Social Issues, 32, pp. 49-66; Power, C., Estaugh, V., The role of family formation and dissolution in shaping drinking behaviour in early adulthood (1990) British Journal of Addiction, 85, pp. 521-530; Power, C., Matthews, S., Manor, O., Inequalities in self-rated health in the 1958 birth cohort: Life time social circumstances or social mobility? (1996) British Medical Journal, 313, pp. 449-453; Rodgers, B., Pathways between parental divorce and adult depression (1994) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35, pp. 1289-1308; Rodgers, B., Power, C., Hope, S., Parental divorce and adult psychological distress: Evidence from a national birth cohort (1997) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38, pp. 867-872; (1987) A Great and Growing Evil: The Medical Consequences of Alcohol Abuse, , London, Tavistock; (1986) Alcohol Our Favourite Drug, , London, Tavistock; Sieber, M.F., Angst, J., Alcohol, tobacco, and cannabis: 12-year longitudinal associations with antecedent social context and personality (1990) Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 25, pp. 281-292; Smart, R.G., Adlaf, E.M., Knoke, D., Use of the CAGE scale in a population survey of drinking (1991) Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 52, pp. 593-596; Tennant, C., Parental loss in childhood (1988) Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, pp. 1045-1050; Tennant, C., Bernardi, E., Childhood loss in alcoholics and narcotic addicts (1988) British Journal of Addiction, 83, pp. 695-703; Tennant, F.S., Detels, R., Clark, V., Some childhood antecedents of drug and alcohol abuse (1975) American Journal of Epidemiology, 102, pp. 377-385; Wallerstein, J.S., Corbin, S.B., Daughters of divorce: Report from a ten-year follow-up (1989) American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 59, pp. 593-604; Weissman, M.M., Klerman, G.L., Sex differences and the epidemiology of depression (1977) Archives of General Psychiatry, 34, pp. 98-111; Whichelow, M.J., Trends in alcohol consumption (1993) Health and Lifestyle Survey: Seven Years on, pp. 237-255. , Cox, B. D., HUPPERT, F. A. & WHICHELOW, M. J. (Eds) (Aldershot, Dartmouth); Wilsnack, R.W., Wilsnack, S.C., Klassen, A.D., Women's drinking and drinking problems: Patterns from a 1981 national survey (1984) American Journal of Public Health, 74, pp. 1231-1238; Wilson, P., (1980) Drinking in England and Wales, , London, HMSO UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031956335&partnerID=40&md5=f37f4cd3bf1d301a186a4ccf03c736b6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Oral contraception and eye disease: Findings in two large cohort studies T2 - British Journal of Ophthalmology J2 - Br. J. Ophthalmol. VL - 82 IS - 5 SP - 538 EP - 542 PY - 1998 SN - 00071161 (ISSN) AU - Vessey, M.P. AU - Hannaford, P. AU - Mant, J. AU - Painter, R. AU - Frith, P. AU - Chappel, D. AD - Department of Public Health, Institute of Health Sciences, Headington, Oxford OX3 7LF, United Kingdom AD - Department of General Practice and Primary Care, Foresterhill Health Centre, Aberdeen AB25 2AY, United Kingdom AD - Oxford Eye Hospital, Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford OX2 6HE, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Medical School, Newcastle on Tyne NE2 4HH, United Kingdom AB - Aim - To investigate the relation between oral contraceptive use and certain eye diseases. Methods - Abstraction of the relevant data from the two large British cohort studies of the effects of oral contraception, the Royal College of General Practitioners' (RCGP) Oral Contraception Study and the Oxford-Family Planning Association (Oxford-FPA) Contraceptive Study. Both cohort studies commenced in 1968 and were organised on a national basis. Between them they have accumulated over 850,000 person years of observation involving 63,000 women. Results - The conditions considered in the analysis were conjunctivitis, keratitis, iritis, lacrimal disease, strabismus, cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and retinal vascular lesions. With the exception of retinal vascular lesions, there was no consistent evidence of important increases in risk of eye diseases in users of oral contraception. There was about a twofold increase in the risk of retinal vascular lesions in recent pill users in both studies (statistically significant only in the RCGP study). The increase was not limited to any specific type of lesion and may well reflect diagnostic bias. Conclusion - Oral contraceptive use does not appear to increase the risk of eye disease, with the possible exception of retinal vascular lesions. The relationship between oral contraceptive (OC) use and eye disease was investigated through abstraction of salient data from the two large British cohort studies of the effects of OCs: the Royal College of General Practitioners' (RCGP) OC Study and the Oxford-Family Planning Association (FPA) Contraception Study. Together, these studies have accumulated over 850,000 person-years of observation since 1968 involving 63,000 women. The conditions considered in the analysis were conjunctivitis, keratitis, iritis, lacrimal disease, strabismus, cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and retinal vascular lesions. The only eye disease for which there was consistent evidence of a notable increase in risk in OC users was retinal vascular lesions. The relative risk of retinal vascular lesions in OC users compared to never users was 2.0 (95% confidence interval (CI), 1.0-3.8) in the RCGP data set and 2.4 (95% CI, 0.4-9.2) in the Oxford-FPA Study. This increased risk was not concentrated in any one diagnostic category (e.g., retinal vascular occlusion, retinal vein thrombosis, retinal hemorrhage). KW - oral contraceptive agent KW - adult KW - article KW - cataract KW - cohort analysis KW - conjunctivitis KW - data analysis KW - eye disease KW - female KW - glaucoma KW - human KW - iritis KW - keratitis KW - lacrimal gland disease KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - retina detachment KW - retina vasculitis KW - risk assessment KW - strabismus KW - Biology KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Contraception KW - Contraceptive Methods--side effects KW - Developed Countries KW - England KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Northern Europe KW - Ophthalmological Effects--women KW - Oral Contraceptives--side effects KW - Physiology KW - Prospective Studies KW - Research Methodology KW - Research Report KW - Studies KW - United Kingdom KW - Women KW - Adult KW - Bias (Epidemiology) KW - Cohort Studies KW - Contraceptives, Oral KW - Eye Diseases KW - Family Practice KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Retinal Diseases KW - Retinal Vessels N1 - Cited By :37 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOPA C2 - 9722322 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vessey, M.P.; Department of Public Health, Institute of Health Sciences, Oxford OX3 7LF, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Contraceptives, Oral N1 - References: Wood, J.R., Ocular complications of oral contraceptives (1977) Ophthalmic Sem, 2, pp. 371-402; Garg, S.K., Chase, P., Marshall, G., Oral contraceptives and renal and retinal complications in young women with insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (1994) JAMA, 271, pp. 1099-1102; Klein, B.E.K., Klein, R., Ritter, L.L., Is there evidence of an estrogen effect on age related lens opacities? The Beaver Dam Eye Study (1994) Arch Ophthalmol, 112, pp. 85-91; Cumming, R.G., Mitchell, P., Hormone replacement therapy, reproductive factors, and cataract. The Blue Mountains Eye Study (1997) Am J Epidemiol, 145, pp. 242-249; (1974) Oral Contraceptives and Health, , London: Pitman Medical; Vessey, M.P., Doll, R., Peto, R., A long-term follow-up study of women using different methods of contraception - An interim report (1976) J Biosoc Sci, 8, pp. 373-427; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Vol II. The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Lyons: IARC; Thorogood, M., Oral contraceptives and cardiovascular disease: An epidemiologic overview (1993) Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Safey, 2, pp. 3-16; Radnot, M., Follmann, P., Ocular side-effects of oral contraceptives (1973) Ann Clin Res, 5, pp. 197-204; Varga, M., Recent experiences on the ophthalmologic complications of oral contraceptives (1976) Ann Ophthalmol, 8, pp. 925-934; Hannaford, P.C., Kay, C.R., Vessey, M.P., Combined oral contraceptives and liver disease (1997) Contraception, 55, pp. 145-151; Beral, V., Hermon, C., Kay, C., Mortality in relation to method of follow-up in the Royal College of General Practioners' Oral Contraception Study (1996) Evidence-guided Prescribing of the Pill, pp. 327-339. , Hannaford PC, Webb AMC, eds. Parthenon: Carnforth UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031750608&partnerID=40&md5=53c0a4f60f35b31f277166482cc9dc9f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in colorectal cancer incidence in Sweden 1959-93 by gender, localization, time period, and birth cohort T2 - Cancer Causes and Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 152 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1023/A:1008826109697 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Thörn, M. AU - Bergström, R. AU - Kressner, U. AU - Sparén, P. AU - Zack, M. AU - Ekbom, A. AD - Department of Surgery, University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden AD - Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Statistics, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden AD - Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA, United States AD - Department of Surgery, University Hospital, S-751 85 Uppsala, Sweden AB - Objectives: This study examined invasive colorectal cancer incidence- rates in Sweden from 1959 through 1993 (n = 134,643 cases). Methods: Age- standardized rates were calculated using the Swedish population in 1970 as a reference. Results: In right-sided colon cancer (ascending and transverse colon including right and left flexures), male age-standardized rates rose from 8.0 to 15.0 (1.8 percent annually, 95 percent confidence interval [CI] = 1.3-2.4) and female rates increased from 9.1 to 14.4 (1.5 percent annually, CI = 1.0-2.0). For left-sided colon cancer (descending and sigmoid colon), the rates have been stable recently. For rectal cancer, the rates among men rose from 18.8 to 23.0 and among women from 10.7 to 14.7. For both men and women, the relative risk (RR) of right-sided colon cancer had been increasing in successive generations, until leveling-off in those born after 1930. The RR of left-sided colon cancer had been almost constant for cohorts born before 1930 but steadily decreasing in later-born cohorts. The RR of rectal cancer was slightly increasing in successive cohorts. Conclusions: Changes in lifestyle or carcinogenic exposures during early life probably explain Swedish colorectal cancer incidence-trends better than improved diagnostic activities. KW - Age factors KW - Cohort studies KW - Colonic neoplasms KW - Incidence KW - Rectal neoplasms KW - Sweden KW - carcinogen KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer risk KW - colorectal cancer KW - environmental exposure KW - female KW - gender KW - human KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - sweden KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Carcinogens KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colonic Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Life Style KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Rectal Neoplasms KW - Sex Factors KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :36 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 9578291 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thorn, M.; Department of Surgery, University Hospital, S 751 85 Uppsala, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Carcinogens N1 - Funding details: SLS, Svenska Läkaresällskapet N1 - Funding details: S-751, HSPH, Harvard School of Public Health N1 - Funding details: Department of Surgery N1 - Funding details: Uppsala Universitet N1 - Funding text: Drs Thörn and Kressner are with the Department of Surgery, University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden. Authors are also affiliated with the Department of Medical Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm (Drs Thörn, Bergström, Sparén, and Ekbom); Department of Statistics, Uppsala University, Uppsala (Dr Bergström); Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA, USA (Dr Zack); Department of Epidemiology, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA, USA (Dr Ekbom). Address correspondence to Dr Thörn, Department of Surgery, University Hospital, S-751 85 Uppsala, Sweden. This study was supported by research grants from the Swedish Society of Medicine. N1 - References: (1992) Cancer Facts and Figures - 1992, , Atlanta, GA (USA): ACS; Cancer Incidence in Sweden 1959-1993, , Stockholm, Sweden: National Board of Health and Welfare, 1961-96; Muir, C., Waterhouse, J., Mack, T., Powell, J., Whelan, S., (1987) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 5. , Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Boyle, P., Zaridze, D.G., Smans, M., Descriptive epidemiology of colorectal cancer (1985) Int J Cancer, 36, pp. 9-18; Bean, R.W., Melton III, L.J., Maruta, M., Dockerty, M.B., Frydenberg, H.B., O'Fallen, W.M., Trends in right and left-sided colon cancer (1983) Dis Colon Rectum, 26, pp. 393-398; Vobecky, J., Leduc, C., Devroede, G., Sex differences in the changing anatomic distribution of colorectal carcinoma (1984) Cancer, 54, pp. 3065-3069; Ghahremani, G.G., Dowlatshahi, K., Colorectal carcinomas: Diagnostic implications of their changing frequency and anatomic distribution (1989) World J Surg, 13, pp. 321-324. , Discussion 324-5; De Jong, U.W., Day, N.E., Muir, C.S., The distribution of cancer within the large bowel (1972) Int J Cancer, 10, pp. 463-477; Jensen, O.M., Different age and sex relationship for cancer of the subsites of the large bowel (1984) Br J Cancer, 50, pp. 825-829; Whittemore, A.S., Colorectal cancer incidence among Chinese in North America and the People's Republic of China: Variation with sex, age and anatomical site (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 563-568; Dubrow, R., Bernstein, J., Holford, T.R., Age-period-cohort- modelling of large-bowel-cancer incidence by anatomic sub-site and sex in Connecticut (1993) Int J Cancer, 53, pp. 907-913; Johansen, C., Mellemgaard, A., Skov, T., Kjaergaard, J., Lynge, E., Colorectal cancer in Denmark 1943-1988 (1993) Int J Colorect Dis, 8, pp. 42-47; Dubrow, R., Johansen, C., Skov, T., Holford, T.R., Age-period-cohort modelling of large-bowel-cancer incidence by anatomic sub-site and sex in Denmark (1994) Int J Cancer, 58, pp. 324-329; (1957) International Classification of Diseases, Seventh Revision, , Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; Fleiss, J.L., The standardization of rates (1981) Statistical Methods for Rates and Proportions, pp. 237-255. , Fleiss JL. New York, NY (USA): John Wiley and Sons; McCullagh, P., Neider, J.A., (1989) Generalized Linear Models (2nd Edition), , London, England (UK): Chapman & Hill; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort model (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Jass, J.R., Path, M.R.C., Do all colorectal carcinomas arise in preexisting adenomas? (1989) World J Surg, 13, pp. 45-51; Eddy, D.M., Screening for colorectal cancer (1990) Ann Intern Med, 113, pp. 373-384; Desigan, G., Wang, M., Alberti-Flor, J., Dunn, G.D., Halter, S., Vaughan, S., De novo carcinoma of the rectum: A case report (1985) Am J Gastroenterol, 80, pp. 553-556; Shamsuddin, A.M., Kato, Y., Kunishima, N., Sugano, H., Trump, B.F., Carcinoma in situ in nonpolyploid mucosa of the large intestine. Report of a case with significance in strategies for early detection (1985) Cancer, 56, pp. 2849-2854; Bedenne, L., Faivre, J., Boutron, M.C., Piard, F., Cauvin, J.M., Hillon, P., Adenocarcinoma sequence or 'de novo' carcinogenesis? A study of adenomatous remnants in a population-based series of large bowel cancers (1992) Cancer, 69, pp. 883-888; Sato, M., Ahnen, D.J., Regional variability of colonocyte growth and differentiation in the rat (1992) Anat Rec, 233, pp. 409-414; Sato, M., Yamada, K., Ahnan, D.J., Proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) expression in human colonic mucosa (1990) Gastroenterology, 98, pp. A307; McMichael, A.J., Potter, J.D., Do intrinsic sex differences in lower alimentary tract physiology influence the sex-specific risks of bowel cancer and other biliary and intestinal diseases? (1983) Am J Epidemiol, 118, pp. 620-627; Buffill, J.A., Colorectal cancer: Evidence for distinct genetic categories based on proximal or distal tumor location (1990) Ann Int Med, 113, pp. 779-788; Mellemgaard, A., Engholm, G., Lynge, E., High and low risk groups for cancer of colon and rectum in Denmark: Multiplicative Poisson models applied to register linkage data (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 249-256; Garabrant, D.H., Peters, J.M., Mack, T.M., Bernstein, L., Job activity and colon cancer risk (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 1005-1014; Vena, J., Graham, S., Zielezny, M., Swanson, M.K., Barnes, R.E., Nolan, J., Lifetime occupational exercise and colon cancer (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 357-365; Gerhardsson, M., Norell, S.E., Kiviranta, H., Petersen, N.L., Ahlbom, A., Sedentary jobs and colon cancer (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 123, pp. 775-780; Cox, B., Little, J., Reduced risk of colorectal cancer among recent generations in New Zealand (1992) Br J Cancer, 66, pp. 386-390 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031896554&doi=10.1023%2fA%3a1008826109697&partnerID=40&md5=103500c870fc226a2e5b898c0a7fafb2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence of inflammatory bowel disease in British 26 year olds: National longitudinal birth cohort T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 316 IS - 7137 SP - 1058 EP - 1059 PY - 1998 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Morris, D.L. AU - Thompson, N.P. AU - Subhani, J. AU - Pounder, R.E. AU - Wakefield, A.J. AD - University Department of Medicine, Royal Free Hospital, School of Medicine, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - crohn disease KW - enteritis KW - gender KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - normal human KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - regression analysis KW - social class KW - ulcerative colitis KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Studies KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Prevalence KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 9552907 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; University Department of Medicine, Royal Free Hospital, School of Medicine, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom; email: smm@rfhsm.ac.uk N1 - References: Mayberry, J., Rhodes, J., Hughes, L.E., Incidence of Crohn's disease in Cardiff between 1934 and 1977 (1979) Gut, 20, pp. 602-608; Keighley, A., Miller, D.S., Hughes, A.O., Langman, M.J.S., The demographic and social characteristics of patients with Crohn's disease in the Nottingham area (1976) Scand J Gastroenterol, 2, pp. 293-296; Evans, J.G., Acheson, E.D., An epidemiological study of ulcerative colitis, and regional enteritis in the Oxford area (1965) Gut, 6, pp. 311-324; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J.M., Montgomery, S.M., Shepherd, P., (1993) Au Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS) 1993, , London; Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, (Intercohort analysis working paper 1.); Montgomery, S.M., Pounder, R.E., Wakefield, A.J., Infant mortality and the incidence of inflammatory bowel disease (1997) Lancet, 349, pp. 472-473 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032481824&partnerID=40&md5=859345cba00f6006eec95bbe8e218855 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Unemployment, cigarette smoking, alcohol consumption and body weight in young British men T2 - European Journal of Public Health J2 - Eur. J. Public Health VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 27 PY - 1998 SN - 11011262 (ISSN) AU - Montgomery, S.M. AU - Cook, D.G. AU - Bartley, M.J. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - University Department of Medicine, Royal Free Hospital, School of Medicine, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St. George's Hospital Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Univ. College London Medical School, United Kingdom AD - MRC Natl. Surv. of Hlth. and Devmt., Univ. College London Medical School, United Kingdom AD - University Department of Medicine, Royal Free Hospital, School of Medicine, Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AB - The relationship of unemployment experienced between the ages of 16 and 33 years with smoking, alcohol consumption and obesity was examined in 2,887 men who were members of the 1958 longitudinal British birth cohort study (NCDS). Cigarette smoking, alcohol consumption, measured as units consumed in the past week and as problem drinking using the CAGE questionnaire and the body mass index (BMI) were measured at age 33 years. Both the amount of unemployment accumulated between the ages of 16 and 33 years and recent unemployment experienced in the year prior to interview at age 33 years were examined. When compared with men who had never been unemployed, the adjusted relative odds amongst men with over three years of accumulated unemployment (after adjustment for possible confounding socioeconomic and behavioural factors measured prior to unemployment) were 2.11 (95% CI: 1.42-3.12) for smoking, 2.13 (95% CI: 1.32-3.42) for a low BMI and non-significant for a high BMI; 1.52 (95% CI: 1.04-2.24) for no alcohol consumed; non-significant for high alcohol consumption, but 2.15 (95% CI: 1.39-3.33) for problem drinking. Men who had experienced unemployment in the year prior to the interview, compared to those who had not, after adjustment, were significantly more likely to smoke (RO 2.92, 95% CI: 2.13-4.01), drink heavily (RO 1.73, 95% CI: 1.18-2.54) and to have a drink problem (RO 2.90, 95% CI: 1.99-4.21). Unemployment may play a significant part in establishing life-long patterns of hazardous behaviour in young men. KW - Alcohol KW - Body mass index KW - Cigarette smoking KW - Unemployment KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - alcohol consumption KW - alcoholism KW - article KW - body mass KW - body weight KW - cigarette smoking KW - drinking behavior KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - obesity KW - priority journal KW - unemployment KW - united kingdom N1 - Cited By :90 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJPHF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Montgomery, S.M.; University Department of Medicine, Royal Free Hosp. School of Medicine, Rowland Hill Street, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Cook, D.G., Cummins, R.O., Bartley, M.J., Shaper, A.G., Health of unemployed middle aged men in Great Britain (1982) Lancet, 1, pp. 1290-1294; Daniel, W.W., Stilgoe, E., Where are they now? A follow up study of the unemployed (1979) Political Econ Plan; Moylan, S., Davies, R., The disadvantages of the unemployed (1980) Employment Gazette, 88, pp. 830-832; Moylan, S., Millar, J., Davies, R., (1984) For Richer, for Poorer: DHSS Cohort Study of Unemployed Men, , London: HMSO; Moser, K.A., Fox, A.J., Jones, D.R., Unemployment and mortality in the OPCS longitudinal study (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1324-1328; Moser, K.A., Goldblatt, P.O., Fox, A.J., Jones, D.R., Unemployment and mortality: Comparison of the 1971 and 1981 longitudinal study samples (1987) BMJ, 294, pp. 86-90; Morris, J.K., Cook, D.G., Shaper, A.G., Loss of employment and mortality (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 1135-1139; Cook, D.G., A critical view of the unemployment and health debate (1985) Statistician, 34, pp. 73-82; Wagstaff, A., Unemployment and health: Some pitfalls for the unwary (1986) Hlth Trends, 18, pp. 79-81; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1986) Class and Health, pp. 50-74. , Wilkinson RG, editor. Cambridge: Tavistock; Robinson, N., Yateman, N.A., Protopapa, L.E., Bush, L., Unemployment and diabetes (1989) Diabetic Med, 6, pp. 797-803; Clausen, B., Bjorndal, A., Hjort, P.F., Health and re-employment in a two year follow-up of long term unemployed (1993) J Epidemiol Commun Hlth, 47, pp. 14-18; Smith, R., (1987) Unemployment and Health: A Disaster and a Challenge, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Jahoda, M., The impact of unemployment in the 1930s and the 1970s (1979) Bull Br Psychol Soc, 32, pp. 309-314; Warr, P.B., Job loss, unemployment and psychological well-being (1984) Role Transitions, , Allen V, Van de Vliert E, editors. New York: Plenum Press; Warr, P.B., (1987) Work, Unemployment and Mental Health, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Isakson, K., Unemployment and mental health and the psychological function of work in male welfare clients in Stockholm (1989) Scand J Soc Med, 17, pp. 165-169; Banks, M.H., Jackson, P.R., Unemployment and the risk of minor psychiatric disorder in young people: Cross-sectional and longitudinal evidence (1982) Psychol Med, 12, pp. 189-198; White, M., (1991) Against Unemployment, , London: Policy Studies Institute; Whelan, C.T., The role of income, life-style deprivation and financial strain in mediating the impact of unemployment on psychological distress: Evidence from the Republic of Ireland (1992) J Occupat Organizat Psychol, 65, pp. 331-334; Morris, J.K., Cook, D.G., Shaper, A.G., Non-employment and changes in smoking, drinking and body weight (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 536-541; Bartley, M.J., Unemployment and ill health: Understanding the relationship (1994) J Epidemiol Commun Hlth, 48, pp. 333-337; Hammarström, A., Janlert, U., Theorell, T., Youth unemployment and ill health: Results from a 2-year follow-up study (1988) Soc Sci Med, 26, pp. 1025-1033; Montgomery, S.M., The Relationship of Unemployment with Health and Health Behaviour in Young Men (Dissertation), , The City University, London; Lahelma, E., Kangas, R., Manderbacka, K., Drinking and unemployment: Contrasting patterns among men and women (1995) Drug Alcohol Depend, 37, pp. 71-82; Shepherd, P., (1985) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Background to the Study and the Methods of Data Collection, , London: NCDS Working Paper No 1, Social Statistics Research Unit, City University; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33, , London: National Children's Bureau; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E.D., (1969) Perinatal Problems, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and Class: The Early Years, , London: Chapman and Hall; Montgomery, S.M., Bartley, M.J., Cook, D.G., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Health and social precursors of unemployment in young men in Great Britain (1996) J Epidemiol Commun Hlth, 50, pp. 415-422; Liskow, B., Campbell, J., Nickel, E.J., Powel, B.J., Validity of the CAGE questionnaire in screening for alcohol dependence in a walk-in (triage) clinic (1995) J Studies Alcohol, 36 (3), pp. 277-281; (1970) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; (1980) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Norusis, M., (1990) SPSS User's Guide, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; Plewis, I., (1985) Analysing Change, , London: Wiley; Hammarstrom, A., Health consequences of unemployment (1994) Public Hlth, 108, pp. 403-412; Bennet, N., Dodd, T., Flatley, J., Freeth, S., Boiling, K., (1995) The Health Survey for England 1993, , London: HMSO; Lee, P., Townsend, P., A study of inequality, low incomes and unemployment in London, 1985-92 (1994) Int Labour Rev, 133, pp. 579-595; Gregg, P., Wadsworth, J., A short history of labour turnover, job tenure and job security, 1975-93 (1995) Oxford Rev Econ Policy, 11 (1), pp. 73-90; Ferrie, J.E., Shipley, M.J., Marmot, M.G., Stansfeld, S., Davey Smith, G., Health effects of anticipation of job change and non-employment: Longitudinal data from the Whitehall II study (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 1264-1269; Corti, L., For better or worse? Annual change in smoking, self-assessed health and subjective well-being (1994) Changing Households, , Buck N, Gershuny J, Rose D, Scott J, editors. Manchester: ESRC Research Centre on Micro-Social Change; Ross, C.E., Mirowsky, J., Does employment affect health? (1995) J Hlth Soc Behav, 36, pp. 230-243; Tiggeman, M., Winefield, A.H., The effects of unemployment on mood, self-esteem, locus of control and depressive effect on school leavers (1984) J Occupat Psychol, 57, pp. 33-42 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031953964&partnerID=40&md5=f83e8e47fccc98e4a5871e7c4f7469ec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Inequalities in mortality by social class measured at 3 stages of the lifecourse T2 - American Journal of Public Health J2 - Am. J. Public Health VL - 88 IS - 3 SP - 471 EP - 474 PY - 1998 SN - 00900036 (ISSN) AU - Hart, C.L. AU - Smith, G.D. AU - Blane, D. AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychiatry, Charing Cross Westminster Med. Sch., London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 2 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow, G12 8RG, United Kingdom AB - Objectives. This study examined how social class, measured at 3 stages of life, contributes to mortality risk. Methods. A cohort of employed Scottish men (n = 5567) provided their fathers' occupation and their own first and current occupations, from which social class in childhood, at labor-market entry, and at screening (1970 to 1973) was determined. Relative rates of mortality and relative indices of inequality were calculated from 21 years of follow-up. Results. Mortality risk was similar at each stage of life, with men in the higher social classes having the lowest risk. Social class at screening produced the greatest relative indices of inequality. Conclusions. The widening of inequalities in mortality in adulthood suggests the importance of the accumulation of poor socioeconomic circumstances throughout life. KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cause of death KW - heart death KW - mortality KW - risk assessment KW - screening KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - Adult KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Occupations KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :66 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPEA C2 - 9518987 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hart, C.L.; Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, 2 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RG, United Kingdom N1 - References: (1980) Inequalities in Health: Report of a Research Working Group, , London, England: Department of Health and Social Security; Barker, D.J.P., Bull, A.R., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Fetal and placental size and risk of hypertension in adult life (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 259-262; Fall, C.H.D., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Winter, P.D., Clark, P.M.S., Hales, C.N., Relation of infant feeding to adult serum cholesterol concentration and death from ischaemic heart disease (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 801-805; Burr, M.L., Sweetnam, P.M., Family size and paternal unemployment in relation to myocardial infarction (1980) J. Epidemiol Community Health, 34, pp. 93-95; Notkola, V., Punsar, S., Karvonen, M.J., Haapakoski, J., Socio-economic conditions in childhood and mortality and morbidity caused by coronary heart disease in adulthood in rural Finland (1985) Soc Sci Med., 21, pp. 517-523; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.K., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and ischaemic heart disease during middle age (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 1121-1123; Lundberg, O., The impact of childhood living conditions on illness and mortality in adulthood (1993) Soc Sci Med., 36, pp. 1047-1052; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle-aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Forsdahl, A., Living conditions in childhood and subsequent development of risk factors for arteriosclerotic heart disease (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 34-37; Elo, I.T., Preston, S.H., Effects of early-life conditions on adult mortality: A review (1992) Popul Index, 58, pp. 186-212; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., Deprivation in infancy or in adult life: Which is more important for mortality risk? (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 530-534; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birthweight and later socio-economic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1477; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; (1966) Classification of Occupations 1966, , London, England: Her Majesty's Stationery Office; (1977) International Classification of Diseases. 9th Revision, , Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; Cox, D., Regression models and life tables (1972) J R Stat Soc B., 34, pp. 187-200; Norušis, M.J., (1993) SPSS for Windows Advanced Statistics Release 6.0, , Chicago, Ill: SPSS Inc; Easton, D.F., Peto, J., Babiker, A.G., Floating absolute risk: An alternative to relative risk in survival and case-control analysis avoiding an arbitrary reference group (1991) Stat Med., 10, pp. 1025-1035; Pamuk, E.R., Social class inequality in mortality from 1921 to 1972 in England and Wales (1985) Popul Stud., 39, pp. 17-31; Kunst, A.E., Mackenbach, J.P., International variation in the size of mortality differences associated with occupational status (1994) Int J Epidemiol, 23, pp. 742-750; (1991) EGRET Reference Manual, , Seattle, Wash: Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corporation and Cytel Software Corporation; Armitage, P., (1971) Statistical Methods in Medical Research, , Oxford, England: Blackwell; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social class differences in years of potential life lost: Size, trends and principal causes (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 429-432; Davey Smith, G., Neaton, J.D., Wentworth, D., Stamler, R., Stamler, J., Socioeconomic differentials in mortality risk among men screened for the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial, part I: Results for 300 865 white men (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 486-496; Davey Smith, G., Wentworth, D., Neaton, J.D., Stamler, R., Stamler, J., Socioeconomic differentials in mortality risk among men screened for the multiple risk factor intervention trial, part II: Results for 20 224 black men (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 497-504; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The Black Report on Socioeconomic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 373-377; Kuh, D., Davey Smith, G., When is mortality risk determined? Historical insights into a current debate (1993) Soc Hist Med., 6, pp. 101-123; (1995) Variations in Health: What Can the Department of Health and the NHS Do?, , London, England: Department of Health UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031958453&partnerID=40&md5=35fd02280c82c060503f6f06a5ea04e9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Education and occupational social class: Which is the more important indicator of mortality risk? T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. Epidemiol. Community Health VL - 52 IS - 3 SP - 153 EP - 160 PY - 1998 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Davey Smith, G. AU - Hart, C. AU - Hole, D. AU - MacKinnon, P. AU - Gillis, C. AU - Watt, G. AU - Blane, D. AU - Hawthorne, V. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - West of Scotland Cancer Surveillance Unit, Ruchill Hospital, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of General Practice, University of Glasgow, Woodside Health Centre, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Academic Department of Psychiatry, Charing Cross and Westminster Medical School, London, United Kingdom AD - University of Michigan, School of Public Health, Department of Epidemiology, Ann Arbor, MI, United States AB - Study objectives - In the UK, studies of socioeconomic differentials in mortality have generally relied upon occupational social class as the index of socioeconomic position, while in the US, measures based upon education have been widely used. These two measures have different characteristics; for example, social class can change throughout adult life, while education is unlikely to alter after early adulthood. Therefore different interpretations can be given to the mortality differentials that are seen. The objective of this analysis is to demonstrate the profile of mortality differentials, and the factors underlying these differentials, which are associated with the two socioeconomic measures. Design - Prospective observational study. Setting - 27 work places in the west of Scotland. Participants - 5749 men aged 35-64 who completed questionnaires and were examined between 1970 and 1973. Findings - At baseline, similar gradients between socioeconomic position and blood pressure, height, lung function, and smoking behaviour were seen, regardless of whether the education or social class measure was used. Manual social class and early termination of full time education were associated with higher blood pressure, shorter height, poorer lung function, and a higher prevalence smoking. Within education strata, graded association between smoking and social class remains strong, whereas within social class groups the relation between education and smoking is attenuated. Over 21 years of follow up, 1639 of the men died. Mortality from all causes and from three broad cause of death groups (cardiovascular disease, malignant disease, and other causes) showed similar associations with social class and education. For all cause of death groups, men in manual social classes and men who terminated full time education at an early age had higher death rates. Cardiovascular disease was the cause of death group most strongly associated with education, while the non-cardiovascular non-cancer category was the cause of death group most strongly associated with adulthood social class. The graded association between social class and all cause mortality remains strong and significant within education strata, whereas within social class strata the relation between education and mortality is less clear. Conclusions - As a single indicator of socioeconomic position occupational social class in adulthood is a better discriminator of socioeconomic differentials in mortality and smoking behaviour than is education. This argues against interpretations that see cultural - rather than material - resources as being the key determinants of socioeconomic differentials in health. The stronger association of education with death from cardiovascular causes than with other causes of death may reflect the function of education as an index of socioeconomic circumstances in early life, which appear to have a particular influence on the risk of cardiovascular disease. KW - educational status KW - medical geography KW - mortality risk KW - occupational risk KW - socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - article KW - blood pressure KW - body height KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cause of death KW - education KW - human KW - human experiment KW - lung function KW - male KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - occupation KW - questionnaire KW - risk assessment KW - smoking KW - social class KW - Adult KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Educational Status KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Forced Expiratory Volume KW - Health Status KW - Humans KW - Lung Diseases KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Prevalence KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - UK N1 - Cited By :433 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 9616419 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom N1 - References: Schellekens, J., Mortality and socio-economic status in two eighteenth-century Dutch villages (1989) Population Studies, 43, pp. 391-404; Fox, J., (1989) Health Inequalities in European Countries, , Aldershot: Gower; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, D., The Black Report on socioeconomic inequalities in health 10 years on (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 373-377; Davey Smith, G., Carroll, D., Rankin, S., Socio-economic differentials in mortality: Evidence from Glasgow graveyards (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 1554-1557; Kunst, A.K., Mackenbach, J.P., The size of mortality differences associated with educational level in nine industrialized countries (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, pp. 932-937; Liberatos, P., Link, B.G., Kelsey, J.L., The measurement of social class in epidemiology (1988) Epidemiol Rev, 10, pp. 87-121; Moser, K., Pugh, H., Goldblatt, P., Mortality and the social classification of women (1990) Longitudinal Study: Mortality and Social Organisation, pp. 145-162. , Goldblatt P, ed. London: HMSO; Goldblatt, P., Mortality and alternative social classifications (1990) Longitudinal Study: Mortality and Social Organisation, pp. 163-192. , Goldblatt P, ed. London: HMSO; Rogot, E., Sorlie, P.D., Johnson, N.J., Schmitt, C., (1993) A Mortality Study of 1.3 Million Persons by Demographic, Social, and Economic Factors: 1979-1985 Follow-Up, U.S. National Longitudinal Mortality Study, , Washington D C: N I H; Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Explanations for socioeconomic differentials in mortality: Evidence from Britain and elsewhere (1994) European Journal of Public Health, 4, pp. 131-144; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., The magnitude and causes of socio-economic differentials in mortality: Further evidence from the Whitehall study (1990) J Epidemiol Community Health, 44, pp. 260-265; Krieger, N., Fee, E., Social class: The missing link in U.S. health data (1994) Int J Health Serv, 24, pp. 25-44; Stevenson, T.H.C., The social distribution of mortality from different causes in England and Wales, 1910-12 (1923) Biometrika, 15, pp. 382-400; Pamuk, E.R., Social class inequality in mortality from 1921 to 1972 in England and Wales (1985) Population Studies, 39, pp. 17-31; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social class differences in years of potential life lost: Size, trends and principal causes (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 429-432; Hinkle, L.E., Whitney, H., Lehman, E.W., Occupation, education and coronary heart disease (1968) Science, 161, pp. 238-246; Mare, R.D., Socio-economic careers and differential mortality among older men in the United States (1990) Measurement and Analysis of Mortality: New Approaches, pp. 362-387. , Vallin J, D'Souza S, Palloni A, eds. Oxford: Clarendon Press; Sorlie, P.D., Backlund, E., Keller, J.B., U.S. Mortality by economic, demographic, and social characteristics: The National Longitudinal Mortality Study (1995) Am J Public Health, 85, pp. 949-956; Reid, I., (1989) Social Class Differences in Britain: Life-chances and Life-styles, , Glasgow: Fontana Press; (1990) General Household Survey 1988, , London: D H S S; Winkleby, M.A., Jatulis, D.E., Frank, E., Fortmann, S.P., Socioeconomic status and health: How education, income, and occupation contribute to risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 816-820; Pekkanen, J., Tuomilehto, J., Uutela, A., Vartiainen, E., Nissinen, A., Social class, health behaviour, and mortality among men and women in eastern Finland (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 589-593; Fuchs, V.R., Economics, health, and post-industrial society (1979) Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 57, pp. 153-182; Pincus, T., Callahan, L.F., Associations of low formal education level and poor health status: Behavioural, in addition to demographic and medical, explanations? (1994) J Clin Epidemiol, 47, pp. 355-361; Hawthorne, V.M., Gillis, C.R., Lorimer, A.R., Calvert, F.R., Walker, T.J., Blood pressure in a Scottish Island Community (1969) BMJ, 4, pp. 651-654; Hawthorne, V.M., Gillis, C.R., Maclean, D.S., Monitoring health in Scotland (1972) Int J Epidemiol, 1, pp. 369-374; Hawthorne, V.M., Fry, J.S., Smoking and health: The association between smoking behaviour, total mortality, and cardiorespiratory disease in west central Scotland (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 260-266; Hawthorne, V.M., Watt, G.M.C., Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Cardiorespiratory disease in men and women in urban Scotland: Baseline characteristics of the Renfrew/Paisley (Midspan) study population (1995) Scott Med J, 40, pp. 102-107; Rose, G.A., Blackburn, H., Gillum, R.F., Prineas, R.J., (1982) Cardiovascular Survey Methods, , Geneva: WHO; Definition and classification of chronic bronchitis for epidemiological purposes (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 775-779; (1966) Classification of Occupations 1966, , London: HMSO; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J R Stat Soc B, 34, pp. 187-220; Harding, S., Social class differences in mortality of men: Recent evidence from the OPCS Longitudinal Study (1995) Population Trends, 80, pp. 31-37; (1986) Occupational Mortality 1979-1980, 1982-1983, , London: HMSO; Osborne, G.S., (1966) Scottish and English Schools, , London: Longmans; Hunter, S.L., (1972) The Scottish Educational System. 2nd Ed., , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Elo, I.T., Preston, S.H., Educational differentials in mortality: United States, 1979-85 (1996) Soc Sci Med, 42, pp. 47-57; Menchik, P.L., Economic status as a determinant of mortality among black and white older men: Does poverty kill? (1993) Population Studies, 47, pp. 427-436; Bosma, H., (1994) A Cross-cultural Comparison of the Role of Some Psychosocial Factors in the Etiology of Coronary Heart Disease, , Den Haag: CIP-DATA Koninklijke Bibliotheek; Seltzer, C.C., Jablon, S., Army rank and subsequent mortality by cause: 23-year follow-up (1977) Am J Epidemiol, 105, pp. 559-566; Holme, I., Helgeland, A., Hjermann, I., Leren, P., Lund-Larsen, P.G., Four-year mortality by some socio-economic indicators: The Oslo Study (1980) J Epidemiol Community Health, 34, pp. 48-52; Leigh, J.P., Direct and indirect effects of education on health (1983) Soc Sci Med, 17, pp. 227-234; Kenkel, D.S., Health behavior, health knowledge, and schooling (1991) Journal of Political Economy, 99, pp. 287-305; Farrell, P., Fuchs, V.R., Schooling and health: The cigarette connection (1982) J Health Econ, 1, pp. 217-230; Blane, D., Hart, C.L., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Hawthorne, V.M., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies and Disease in Later Life, , London: BMJ Publications; Davey Smith, G., Hart, C., Blane, D., Gillis, C., Hawthorne, V., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Davey Smith, G., Ben-Shlomo, Y., Geographical and social class differentials in stroke mortality - The influence of early-life factors (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 134-137 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031911312&partnerID=40&md5=0d547e5304c7ec2a155f1bff7fbe2e28 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epilepsy in young people: 23 year follow up of the British national child development study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 316 IS - 7128 SP - 339 EP - 342 PY - 1998 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Kurtz, Z. AU - Tookey, P. AU - Ross, E. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Institute of Child Health, University College London Medical School, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - Department of Community Paediatrics, King's College School of Medicine and Dentistry, London SE11 4QW, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To estimate the incidence and prevalence of epilepsy during childhood and early adult life in England, Scotland, and Wales. Design: Prospective study of 17,414 children born in England, Scotland, and Wales between 3 and 9 March 1958, followed up at 7, 11, 16, and 23 years of age, with a review of those with epilepsy at age 28. Subjects: People with epilepsy developing at or before age 23. Main outcome measures: The age specific incidence, cumulative incidence, and prevalence of epilepsy. Results: 124 young people had a confirmed diagnosis of epilepsy during their first 23 years (cumulative incidence 8.4 per 1000; 95% confidence interval 6.8 to 10.0). 6 had died by age 23. 46 (37%) had neurological impairment or another major health problem in addition to epilepsy. The prevalence of active epilepsy at age 23 was 6.3 per 1000 (4.9 to 7.7). Conclusions: A wide variety of seizure disorders is included under the term epilepsy. A third of cases had generalised seizures. In only a quarter was the onset of seizures attributed to a specific cause. Children with additional health problems were more likely to continue to have seizures in early adult life than those with epilepsy alone. 1 in 8 were prescribed drug treatment for 6 years or more after their last seizure. All deaths occurred in young adults over the age of 16. KW - anticonvulsive agent KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - epilepsy KW - follow up KW - human KW - incidence KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - seizure KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - England KW - Epilepsy KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Scotland KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :86 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 9487166 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Tookey, P.; Dept. Epidemiology Public Health, Institute of Child Health, Univ. Coll. London Medical School, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom; email: p.tookey@ich.ucl.ac.uk N1 - References: Cowan, L.D., Bodensteiner, J.B., Leviton, A., Doherty, L., Presence of the epilepsies in children and adolescents (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 94-106; Holdsworth, J., Whitmore, K., A study of children with epilepsy attending normal schools (1974) Dev Med Child Nuron, 196, pp. 746-765; Stores, G., School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavioural problems (1978) Dev Med Child Neurol, 20, pp. 502-508; Brorson, L.O., Wranne, L., Long-term prognosis in childhood epilepsy: Survival and seizure prognosis (1957) Epilepsia, 28, pp. 324-330; Scambler, G., Sociological aspects of epilepsy (1987) Epilepsy, pp. 497-510. , Hopkins A, ed. London: Chapman and Hall; Ross, E.M., Peckham, C.S., Seizure disorder in the National Child Development Study (1983) Research Progress M Epilepsy, pp. 46-59. , Rose FC, ed. London: Pitman; Britten, N., Morgan, K., Pbc, F., Britten, H., Epilepsy and handicap from birth to age 36 (1986) Dev Med Child Neurol, 28, pp. 719-728; Sander, J.W., Shorvon, S.D., Incidence and prevalence studies in epilepsy and their methodological problems: A review (1987) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 50, pp. 829-839; Roger, J., Dravet, C., Bureau, M., Dreifuss, F.E., Wolf, P., (1992) Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence. 2nd Ed., , London: John Libbey; Reynolds, E.H., Changing view of prognosis of epilepsy (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 1112-1114; Ross, E.M., Peckham, C.S., West, P.B., Butler, N.R., Epilepsy in childhood: Findings from the national child development study (1980) B.MJ, 280, pp. 207-210; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1965) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Ed, F.K., Growing up in Great Britain (1983) Papers from the National Child Development Study. London: Macmillan; Power, C., A review of child health in the 1958 birth cohort: National child development study (1992) Pediatr Pninat Epidemiol, 6, pp. 81-110; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Vol 2. the Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Lyons: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Classification, C.O., Proposal for the revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 389-398; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 857-861; Mamta, S., Natural history and prognosis of epilepsy: Report of a multi-institutional study in Japan (1981) Epilepsia, 22, pp. 35-53; Harrison, W.A., Taylor, D.G., Childhood seizures: A 25-year follow-up (1976) Lancet, 1, pp. 948-957; Hauser, W.A., Annegers, J.F., Elveback, L.R., Mortality in patients with epilepsy (1980) Epilepsia, 21, pp. 399-412; Gyh, L., Brodie, M.J., (1992) Sudden Death in Epilepsy: an Avoidable Outcome? J R Soc Med, 85, pp. 609-11 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032583859&partnerID=40&md5=ac24f619711ea8196b49d678f330ef2f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recurrence risks in offspring of adults with major heart defects: Results from first cohort of British collaborative study T2 - Lancet J2 - Lancet VL - 351 IS - 9099 SP - 311 EP - 316 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(97)06486-6 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Burn, J. AU - Brennan, P. AU - Little, J. AU - Holloway, S. AU - Coffey, R. AU - Somerville, J. AU - Dennis, N.R. AU - Allan, L. AU - Arnold, R. AU - Deanfield, J.E. AU - Godman, M. AU - Houston, A. AU - Keeton, B. AU - Oakley, C. AU - Scott, O. AU - Silove, E. AU - Wilkinson, J. AU - Pembrey, M. AU - Hunter, A.S. AD - Clinical Genetics Unit, Western General Hospital, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - Mothercare Unit of Clinical Genetics, Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AD - GUCH Unit, Royal Brompton Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Wessex Clinical Genetics Service, Princess Anne Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Guy's Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Cardiol. Dept. Roy. Liverpool C., Liverpool, United Kingdom AD - Cardiology Department, Gt. Ormond St. Hosp. for Sick C., London, United Kingdom AD - Cardiology Department, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Edinburgh, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Glasgow, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton, United Kingdom AD - Department of Clinical Cardiology, Hammersmith Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Killingbeck Hospital, Leeds, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Birmingham Children's Hospital, Birmingham, United Kingdom AD - Department of Paediatric Cardiology, Freeman Hospital, Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom AD - Department of Human Genetics, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE2 4AH, United Kingdom AB - Background. Congenital heart defects are generally assumed to have a multifactorial aetiology. We have tested this hypothesis by studying adults with heart defects and their families. Methods. We identified 1094 patients who survived surgery for major cardiac defects before 1970. We chose individuals with disturbance of situs or segmental connection, with atrioventricular septal defect or with tetralogy of Fallot. After exclusion and non-participation, 727 individuals were traced. Each was visited by an investigator and completed a detailed questionnaire. If possible, all 'normal' offspring were examined by a paediatric cardiologist. Findings. The 727 individuals had 393 live offspring. There were 71 miscarriages and five terminated pregnancies. Overall, we found recurrent heart defects in 16 liveborn offspring - a recurrence risk of 4.1%. This result differed significantly from sibling risk (2,1%; p = 0.021). More congenital heart defects occurred in the offspring of affected women than in those of affected men (p = 0.047); when all malformations (cardiac and non-cardiac) in the offspring were taken into account the excess was more significant (p = 0.032). We found an excess of miscarriages in the offspring of affected women (p = 0.001). In tetralogy of Fallot, heart defects occured in seven (3.1%) of 223 offspring, 12 (2.2%) of 539 siblings, five (0.3%) of 1575 second-degree relatives, and eight (0.3%) of 2728 third-degree relatives. Interpretation. Our findings do not support a polygenic basis for all heart defects. Atrioventricular septal defect seems to be a single-gene defect and tetralogy of Fallot a polygenic disorder with a small number of interacting genes. Our data suggest that isolated transposition of the great arteries is a sporadic defect. KW - article KW - congenital heart malformation KW - Fallot tetralogy KW - female KW - heart atrium septum defect KW - human KW - induced abortion KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - progeny KW - questionnaire KW - recurrence risk KW - sex difference KW - sibling KW - spontaneous abortion PB - Lancet Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :253 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 9652610 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Burn, J.; Department of Human Genetics, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, Newcastle upon Tyne NE2 4AH, United Kingdom N1 - Funding text: Acknowledgments We thank the British Heart Foundation, the Medical Research Council, the Borwick Trust, and Glaxo-Wellcome for financial support. We are especially grateful to our family visitors Paddy Walsh, Jenny Cole, Becky Coffrey, and Jean Le Gassicke for their role in data collection, and to Linda Burn for secretarial support. We also thank Anthea Stevenson for statistical and database assistance, and Martin Farrall (Head of Applications, Statistical Genetics Group, Wellcome Trust Centre for Human Genetics, Oxford, UK) for use of his computer-modelling program. N1 - References: Pierpont, M.E.M., Gobel, J.W., Moller, J.H., Edwards, J.E., Cardiac malformations in relatives of children with truncus arteriosus or interruption of the aortic arch (1988) Am J Cardiol, 61, pp. 423-427; Williamson, E.M., A family study of atrial septal defect (1969) J Med Genet, 6, pp. 255-261; Zetterqvist, P., (1972) A Clinical and Genetic Study of Congenital Heart Defects, , Sweden: University of Uppsala; Dennis, N.R., Warren, J., Risks to the offspring of patients with some common congenital heart defects (1981) J Med Genet, 18, pp. 8-16; Cziezel, A., Poroni, A., Peterffy, E., Tarcal, E., Studies of children of parents operated on for congenital cardiovascular malformations (1982) Br Heart J, 47, pp. 290-293; Emanuel, R., Somerville, J., Inns, A., Withers, R., Evidence of congenital heart disease in the offspring of parents with atrioventricular defects (1983) Br Heart J, 49, pp. 144-147; Rose, V., Gold, R.J.M., Lindsay, G., Allen, M., A possible increase in the incidence of congenital heart defects among the offspring of affected parents (1985) JACC, 6, pp. 376-382; Nora, J.J., Nora, A.H., Maternal transmission of congenital heart diseases: New recurrence risk figures and the questions of cytoplasmic inheritance and vulnerability to teratogens (1987) Am J Cardiol, 59, pp. 459-463; Zellers, T.M., Driscoll, D.J., Michels, V.V., Prevalence of significant congenital heart defects in children of parents with Fallot's tetralogy (1990) Am J Cardiol, 65, pp. 523-526; Driscoll, D.J., Michels, W., Gersony, W.M., Occurrence risk for congenital heart defects in relatives of patients with aortic stenosis, pulmonary stenosis, or ventricular septal defect (1993) Circulation, 87, pp. 1114-1120; Connolly, H.M., Warnes, C.A., Ebstein's anomaly: Outcome of pregnancy (1994) JACC, 23, pp. 1194-1198; Whittemore, R., Wells, J.A., Castellsague, X., A second-generation study of 427 probands with congenital heart defects and their 837 children (1994) JACC, 23, pp. 1459-1467; Farrall, M., Holder, S., Familial recurrence-pattern analysis of cleft lip with or without cleft palate (1992) Am J Hum Genet, 50, pp. 270-277; Risch, N., Linkage strategies for genetically complex traits, I: Multilocus models (1990) Am J Hum Genet, 46, pp. 222-228; Sumner, R.G., Phillips, J.H., Jacoby, W.J.J., Trucker, D.H., Forme fruste of endocardial cushion defect (1967) Am J Med Sci, 254, pp. 266-283; Nora, J.J., Multifactorial inheritance hypothesis for the etiology of congenital heart disease (1968) Circulation, 38, pp. 604-617; Burn, J., The actiology of congenital disease (1987) Paediatric Cardiology, pp. 15-63. , Anderson RH, Macartney FI, Shinebourne EA, Tynan M, eds. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Whittemore, R., Hobbins, E.J., Engle, M.A., Pregnancy and its outcome in women with and without surgical treatment of congenital heart disease (1982) Am J Cardiol, 50, pp. 361-370; Wilson, D.I., Goodship, J.A., Burn, J., Cross, I.E., Scambler, P.J., Deletions within chromosome 22q11 in familial congenital heart disease (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 573-575; Trainer, A.H., Morrison, N., Dunlop, A., Wilson, N., Tolmie, J., Chromosome 22q11 microdeletions in tetralogy of Fallot (1996) Arch Dis Child, 74, pp. 62-63; Ryan, A.K., Goodship, J.A., Wilson, D.I., Spectrum of clinical features associated with interstitial chromosome 22q11 deletions: A European collaborative study (1997) J Med Genet, 34, pp. 798-804; Sheffield, V.C., Pierpont, M.E., Nishimura, D., Identification of a complex congenital heart defect susceptibility locus by using DNA pooling and shared segment analysis (1997) Hum Mol Genet, 6, pp. 117-121; Wilson, L., Curtis, A., Korenburg, J.R., A large dominant pedigree of atrioventricular septal defect (AVSD): Exclusion from the down's syndrome critical region on chromosome 21 (1993) Am J Hum Genet, 53, pp. 1262-1268; Wilson, L., (1996) The Aetiology of Atrioventricular Septal Defect, , University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK, PhD thesis; Nance, W.E., Anencephaly and spina bifida: An etiologic hypothesis (1971) Birth Defects, 7, pp. 97-102; Burn, J., Gibbens, D., Hypothesis: May spina bifida result from an X-linked defect in a selective abortion mechanism? (1979) J Med Genet, 16, pp. 210-214; Newbury-Ecob, R.A., Leanage, R., Raeburn, J.A., Young, I.D., Holt-Oram syndrome: A clinical genetic study (1996) J Med Genet, 33, pp. 300-307; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , London: BMJ Publishing UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032583944&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2897%2906486-6&partnerID=40&md5=77b04d1b05c0c609a1a87518ed3e69a7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Consistent effects of high socioeconomic status and low birth order, and the modifying effect of maternal smoking on the risk of allergic disease during childhood T2 - Respiratory Medicine J2 - Respir. Med. VL - 92 IS - 10 SP - 1237 EP - 1244 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0954-6111(98)90427-9 SN - 09546111 (ISSN) AU - Lewis, S.A. AU - Britton, J.R. AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Hucknall Road, Nottingham, United Kingdom AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Hucknall Road, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom AB - Birth order, maternal age, gestational age, birth weight, maternal smoking, and social class have all been associated with allergic rhinitis, eczema and asthma in childhood, but the consistency of independent effects of these exposures in relation to all of these allergic conditions has not been investigated. We have compared and contrasted the independent effects of these putative risk factors on parent-reported hayfever, eczema and wheeze by age 16 years and in the past 12 months at age 16 using data from the 1970 British birth cohort. The 1970 British birth cohort comprised all children born in England, Scotland and Wales in one week of April 1970, and follow-up surveys at birth, 5, 10 and 16 years of age involved a cumulative total of 17,427 children. We have used data on over 6000 children with complete data at every stage. Social advantage was a risk factor common to each of wheeze at, and hayfever and eczema at and by age 16. Low birth order was an independent risk factor for eczema and hayfever at age 16, but not for wheeze. However, wheeze at age 16 was significantly increased in relation to maternal smoking, with a significant interaction such that the effect of smoking was greatest in those of high birth order and, in the absence of maternal smoking, low birth order was a risk factor for wheeze at age 16. Social advantage and low birth order appear to be the independently consistent determinants of atopic disease. Maternal smoking is an additional risk factor for wheeze, which applies primarily in low socioeconomic groups. KW - cigarette smoke KW - adolescent KW - allergic disease KW - allergic rhinitis KW - article KW - asthma KW - atopy KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - cohort analysis KW - eczema KW - female KW - gestational age KW - hay fever KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - maternal behavior KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - social class KW - social status KW - United Kingdom KW - wheezing PB - W.B. Saunders Ltd N1 - Cited By :58 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: RMEDE C2 - 9926155 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lewis, S.A.; Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Hucknall Road, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Strachan, D.P., Hay fever, hygiene, and household size (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 1259-1260; Strachan, D.P., Taylor, E.M., Carpenter, R.G., Family structure, neonatal infection, and hay fever in adolescence (1996) Arch Dis Child, 74, pp. 422-426; Olesen, A.B., Ellingsen, A.R., Olesen, H., Juul, S., Thestrup-Pederson, K., Atopic dermatitis and birth factors: Historical follow up by record linkage (1997) Br Med J, 314, pp. 1003-1008; Martinez, F.D., Wright, A.L., Holberg, C.J., Morgan, W.J., Taussig, L.M., Maternal age as a risk factor for wheezing lower respiratory illnesses in the first year of life (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 136, pp. 1258-1268; Schwartz, J., Gold, D., Dockery, D.W., Weiss, S.T., Speizer, F.E., Predictors of asthma and persistent wheeze in a national sample of children in the United States (1990) Am Rev Respir Dis, 142, pp. 555-562; Anderson, H.R., Bland, J.M., Peckham, C.S., Risk factors for asthma up to 16 years of age (1987) Chest, 91, pp. 127S-130S; David, T.J., Ewing, C.I., Atopic eczema and preterm birth (1988) Arch Dis Child, 63, pp. 435-436; Ware, J.H., Dockery, D.W., Spiro, A., Speizer, F.E., Ferris, B.G., Passive smoking, gas cooking, and respiratory health in children living in six cities (1984) Am Rev Respir Dis, 129, pp. 366-374; Cunningham, J., Oconnor, G.T., Dockery, D.W., Speizer, F.E., Environmental tobacco smoke, wheezing, and asthma in children in 24 communities (1996) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 153, pp. 218-224; Ehrlich, R.I., DuToit, D., Jordaan, E., Zwarenstein, M., Potter, P., Volmink, J.A., Weinberg, E., Risk factors for childhood asthma and wheezing - Importance of maternal and household smoking (1996) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 154, pp. 681-688; Soyseth, V., Kongerud, J., Boe, J., Postnatal maternal smoking increases the prevalence of asthma but not of bronchial hyperresponsiveness or atopy in their children (1995) Chest, 107, pp. 389-394; Murray, A.B., Morrison, B.J., The effect of cigarette smoking from the mother on bronchial hyperresponsiveness and severity of symptoms in children with asthma (1986) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 77, pp. 575-581; Chilmonczyk, B.A., Salmun, L.M., Megathlin, K.N., Association between Exposure to Environmental Tobacco Smoke and Exacerbations of Asthma in Children (1993) N Engl J Med, 328, pp. 1665-1669; Hide, D.W., Matthews, S., Matthews, L., Effect of allergen avoidance in infancy on allergic manifestations at age 2 years (1994) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 93, pp. 842-846; Chandra, R.K., Puri, S., Hamed, A., Influence of maternal diet during lactation and use of formula feeds on development of atopic eczema in high risk infants (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 228-230; Chandra, R.K., Five-year follow-up of high-risk infants with family history of allergy who were exclusively breast-fed or fed partial whey hydrolysate, soy, and conventional cow's milk formulas (1997) J Pediatr Gast Nutrition, 24, pp. 380-388; Strachan, D.P., Epidemiology of hay fever: Towards a community diagnosis (1995) Clin Exp Allergy, 25, pp. 296-303; Saarinen, U.M., Kajosaari, M., Blackman, A., Siimes, M.A., Prolonged breast feeding as prophylaxis for atopic disease (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 163-168; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Lewis, S., Rutland, B., Strachan, D., Bynner, J., Richards, D., Butler, N., Britton, J., Study of the aetiology of wheezing illness at age 16 in two national British birth cohorts (1996) Thorax, 51, pp. 670-676; Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Lewis, S., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Britton, J., Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts (1997) Br Med J, 315, pp. 717-721; Osborn, A.F., Morris, A.C., Rationale for a composite index of social class and its evaluation (1978) Br J Sociology, 30, pp. 36-60; Strachan, D.P., Harkins, L.S., Johnston, I.D.A., Anderson, H.R., Childhood antecedents of allergic sensitisation in young British adults (1997) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 99, pp. 6-12; Williams, H.C., Strachan, D.P., Hay, R.J., Childhood eczema - Disease of the advantaged (1994) Br Med J, 308, pp. 1132-1135; Strachan, D.P., Allergy and family size: A riddle worth solving (1997) Clin Exp Allergy, 27, pp. 235-236; Lewis, S., Richards, D., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Britton, J., Prospective study of risk factors for early and persistent wheezing in childhood (1995) Eur Resp J, 8, pp. 349-356; Hanrahan, J.P., Tager, I.B., Segal, M.R., Tosteson, T.D., Castile, R.G., Van Vunakis, H., Weiss, S.T., Speizer, F.E., The effect of maternal smoking during pregnancy on early infant lung function (1992) Am Rev Respir Dis, 145, pp. 1129-1135; Tager, I.B., Hanrahan, J.P., Tosteson, T.D., Lung function, pre- and post-natal smoke exposure, and wheezing in the first year of life (1993) Am Rev Respir Dis, 147, pp. 811-817; Stick, S.M., Burton, P.R., Gurrin, L., Sly, P.D., Lesouef, P.N., Effects of maternal smoking during pregnancy and a family history of asthma on respiratory function in newborn infants (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1060-1064; Martinez, F.D., Morgan, W.J., Wright, A.L., Holberg, C., Taussig, L.M., Initial airway function is a risk factor for recurrent wheezing respiratory illnesses during the first three years of life (1991) Am Rev Respir Dis, 143, pp. 312-316; Wright, A.L., Holberg, C.J., Martinez, F.D., Morgan, W.J., Taussig, L.M., Breast feeding and lower respiratory tract illness in the first year of life (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 946-949; Beaudry, M., Dufour, R., Marcoux, S., Relation between infant feeding and infections during the first six months of life (1995) J Pediatr, 126, pp. 191-197; Stoddard, J.J., Miller, T., Impact of parental smoking on the prevalence of wheezing respiratory illness in children (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 96-102; Strachan, D.P., Butland, B.K., Anderson, H.R., Incidence and prognosis of asthma and wheezing illness from early childhood to age 33 in a national British cohort (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 1195-1199; Tager, I.B., Ngo, L., Hanrahan, J.P., Maternal smoking during pregnancy: Effects on lung function during the first 18 months of life (1995) Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 152, pp. 977-983; Cunningham, J., Dockery, D.W., Speizer, F.E., Maternal smoking during pregnancy as a predictor of lung function in children (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 139, pp. 1139-1152; Chan, K.N., Noble-Jamieson, C.M., Elliman, A., Bryan, E.M., Silverman, M., Lung function in children of low birth weight (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 1284-1293; Rona, R.J., Gulliford, M.C., Chinn, S., Effects of prematurity and intrauterine growth on respiratory health and lung function in childhood (1993) Br Med J, 306, pp. 817-820; Galdes-Sebaldt, M., Sheller, J.R., Grogaard, J., Stahlman, M., Prematurity is associated with abnormal airway function in childhood (1989) Pediatr Pulmonol, 7, pp. 259-264; Barker, D.J.P., Godfrey, K.M., Fall, C., Osmond, C., Winter, P.D., Shaheen, S.O., Relation of birth weight and childhood respiratory infection to adult lung function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) Br Med J, 303, pp. 671-675; Wilson, N.M., The significance of early wheezing (1994) Clin Exp Allergy, 24, pp. 522-529; Vonmutius, E., Martinez, F.D., Fritzsch, C., Nicolai, T., Reitmeir, P., Thiemann, H., Skin test reactivity and number of siblings (1994) Br Med J, 308, pp. 692-695 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031756823&doi=10.1016%2fS0954-6111%2898%2990427-9&partnerID=40&md5=b698096857578537cf4539256aec9bd5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence of permanent childhood hearing impairment - Its role in audit of local paediatric hearing health services T2 - Journal of Audiological Medicine J2 - J. Audiol. Med. VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 100 EP - 109 PY - 1998 SN - 09637133 (ISSN) AU - Parving, A. AU - Jensen, J.H. AD - Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Audiology, Gentofte University Hospital, Hellerup, Denmark AD - Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital H:S, DK 2400 Copenhagen NV, Denmark AB - This audit describes the services offered to children with permanent hearing impairment (≤ 25 dB HL) in the better-hearing ear averaged across 0.5-4 kHz in 3 longitudinal birth cohorts, i.e. 1970-4; 1980-4 and 1990-4, in two health authority districts (HAD) - the Copenhagen City and County - respectively. Based on previous estimated prevalences of 1.5/1000 of congenital/early onset hearing impairment an under ascertainment of 67% in the city HAD could be demonstrated at the time of data collection for the 1990-4 birth cohort, whereas the County HAD had a prevalence of congenital/early onset hearing impairment of 1.4/1000, which was compatible with previous estimates. The median age at identification of 12 months in the County HAD represents an improvement compared to previous five-year birth cohorts; however, identification is still being delayed. Detection and identification of children with congenital/early onset of permanent hearing impairment in the two HADs is poor and necessary improvements should be based on appropriate goals and standards for the quality of these services. KW - article KW - child KW - child health care KW - congenital deafness KW - controlled study KW - denmark KW - hearing impairment KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - medical audit KW - onset age KW - prevalence N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JAUME LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Parving, A.; Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital H:S, DK 2400 Copenhagen NV, Denmark; email: bbhaudap@pip.dknet.dk N1 - References: Almind, G., (1984) Forebyggende Arbejde Med Småhørnsfamilier i Almen Praksis og Sundhedspleje, , Dissertation, Holbaek; Barr, B., Early detection of hearing impairment (1980) Disorders of Auditory Function III, pp. 33-42. , Taylor IG, Markides A (eds) London: Academic Press; Bentzen, O., Jensen, J.H., Early detection and treatment of deaf children. A European concept (1981) Early Management of Hearing Loss, pp. 85-103. , Gerber SE, Mencher GT (eds) San Francisco: Grune & Stratton; Bess, F.H., Paradise, J.L., Universal screening for infant hearing impairment: Not simple, not risk free, not necessarily beneficial, and not presently justified (1994) Pediatrics, 93 (2), pp. 330-334; David, A., Parving, A., Towards appropriate epidemiology data on childhood hearing disability: A comparative European study of birth cohorts 1982-8 (1994) Journal of Audiological Medicine, 3, pp. 35-47; Davis, A., Wood, S., The epidemiology of childhood hearing impairment; factors of relevance to planning of services (1992) British Journal of Audiology, 26, pp. 77-90; Fortnum, H., Davis, A., Butler, A., Stevens, J., (1996) Health Service Implications of Changes in Aetiology and Referral Patterns of Hearing-impaired Children in Trent 1985-1993, , Main Report. Nottingham: MRC Institute of Hearing Research; Gerber, S., Review of a high-risk register for congenital or early onset deafness (1990) British Journal of Audiology, 24, pp. 347-356; Madsen, M., Lindahl, A., Osler, M., Bjerregaard, P., (1991) Børns Sundhed ved Skolestart 1988/89, , Copenhagen: DIKE; Martin, J.A.M., Bentzen, O., Colley, J.R.T., Hennebert, D., Holm, C., Iurato, S., DeJonge, A., Morgan, A., Childhood deafness in the European Community (1981) Scandinavian Audiology, 10, pp. 165-174. , Stokcholm; Mauk, G.W., Behrens, T.R., Historical, political, and technological context associated with early identification of hearing loss (1993) Seminars Hearing, 14, pp. 1-17; Mencher, G.T., A program for neonatal hearing screening (1974) Audiology, 31, pp. 495-500; Naeem, Z., Newton, V., Prevalence of sensorineural hearing loss in Asian children (1996) British Journal of Audiology, 30, pp. 332-339; Early identification of hearing impairment in infants and young children (1993) National Institute of Health, 11, pp. 1-25; Parving, A., Hearing disorders in childhood, some procedures for detection, identification and diagnostic evaluation (1985) International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 9, pp. 31-57; Parving, A., Longitudinal study of hearing disabled children. A follow-up investigation (1988) International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 15, pp. 223-244; Parving, A., Hørenedsættelse hos børn - Epidemiologi og identifikation (1988) Ugeskrift for Laeger, 150, pp. 721-725; Parving, A., Detection of the infant with congenital/early acquired hearing disability (1991) Acta Otolaryngology, 482 (SUPPLEMENTUM), pp. 111-116. , Stockholm; Parving, A., Pediatric audiological medicine - A survey from a regional department (1992) Journal of Audiological Medicine, 1, pp. 99-111; Parving, A., Congenital hearing disability - Epidemiology and identification: A comparison between two health authority districts (1993) International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 27, pp. 29-46; Parving, A., Factors causing hearing impairment - Some perspectives from Europe (1995) Journal of America Academy of Audiology, 6, pp. 387-395; Parving, A., Christensen, B., Children < 4 years of age referred to an audiological department (1992) International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 23, pp. 161-170; Parving, A., Christensen, B., Epidemiology of permanent hearing impairment in childhood in relation to costs of a health surveillance program (1996) International Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 34, pp. 9-23; Parving, A., Salomon, G., The effect of neonatal universal hearing screening in a health surveillance perspective - A controlled study of two health authority districts (1996) Audiology, 35, pp. 158-168; Parving, A., Stephens, D., Profound permanent hearing impairment in childhood - Causative factors in two European countries (1997) Acta Oto-Laryngologica, 117, pp. 158-160; Salomon, G., Anthonisen, B., Groth, J., Thomsen, P.P., Oto-acoustic hearing screening in newborns: Optimization (1992) Screening Children for Auditory Function, pp. 191-206. , Bess FH, Hall JW (eds) Nashville, Tennesee: Bill Wilkerson Center Press; Salomon, G., Groth, J., Anthonisen, B., Preliminary results and considerations in hearing screening of newborns based on otoacoustic emissions (1993) British Journal of Audiology, 27, pp. 139-141; Stensland-Junker, K., Barr, B., Maliniemi, S., Wasz-Hockert, O., BOEL-screening. A program for the early detection of communicative disorders. Preliminary reports from a study on 1,000 Finnish infants (1978) Audiology, 17, pp. 51-62; (1982) Vejledning i Profylaktiske Laegeundersøgelser af Boern i Alderen fra 0-6 År og Vejledning i Anvendelse af et Autoriseret Journalkort, , Copenhagen: Sundhedsstyrelsen; Sutton, G.J., Rowe, S.J., Risk factors for childhood sensorineural hearing loss in the Oxford Region (1997) British Journal of Audiology, 31, pp. 39-54; Vanniasegaram, I., Tungland, O.P., Bellman, S., A 5-year review of children with deafness in a multiethnic community (1993) Journal of Audiological Medicine, 2, pp. 9-19; White, K.R., Maxon, A.B., Universal screening for infant hearing impairment: Simple, beneficial and presently justified (1995) Journal of Pediatric Otorhinolaryngology, 32, pp. 201-211 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031928216&partnerID=40&md5=91a3a6deecdb5a80c4e4b72cfc4ab945 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality in men of Irish heritage in West Scotland T2 - Public Health J2 - Public Health VL - 112 IS - 4 SP - 229 EP - 232 PY - 1998 SN - 00333506 (ISSN) AU - Abbotts, J. AU - Williams, R. AU - Davey Smith, G. AD - MRC Medical Sociology Unit, 6 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR AB - Britons of Irish parentage have been found to exhibit poorer health and to die at a younger age than the general population. This paper expands the investigation of Irish mortality patterns in Britain, to include men with patrilineal Irish descent from the immigration of the 19th and 20th centuries. Five thousand, seven hundred and sixty-six male employees aged between 35 and 64 y were examined in 27 workplace settings in Glasgow, Grangemouth and Clydebank between 1970 and 1973. Twenty-one years' mortality follow-up was analysed from a survey involving a health questionnaire and medical examination, using name analysis to identify those of patrilineal Irish descent. Fitting Cox's proportional hazards model to date of death, using date of birth and Irish name as covariates, resulted in the patrilineal Irish showing elevated mortality from all causes (relative risk 1.22; 95% CI [1.08, 1.38]) and coronary heart disease (relative risk 1.53; 95% CI [1.27, 1.83]). Mortality risk for men with an Irish surname was also elevated for cerebrovascular disease (relative risk 1.30; 95% CI [0.86, 1.95]), respiratory disease (relative risk 1.17; 95% CI [0.73, 1.86]) and injury or poisoning (relative risk 1.42; 95% CI [0.78, 2.61]), although the low numbers of men dying from these causes, meant that differences did not reach statistical significance at the 5% level. No differences were observed for cancer or other causes. Previous work has shown high mortality for second generation Irish, whereas this study indicates high all-cause mortality and an excess of deaths from coronary heart disease in the much larger group of men with patrilineal Irish descent from the immigration of the 19th and 20th centuries. KW - Ethnic minorities KW - Irish KW - Mortality KW - West Scotland KW - ethnicity KW - health status KW - immigrant population KW - medical geography KW - mortality KW - adult KW - article KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - ethnic group KW - human KW - immigration KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical examination KW - mortality KW - questionnaire KW - respiratory tract disease KW - statistical model KW - United Kingdom KW - Scotland KW - UK PB - Elsevier B.V. N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PUHEA C2 - 9724945 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Abbotts, J.; MRC Medical Sociology Unit, 6 Lilybank Gardens, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Annandale, E., Hunt, K., (1989) The West of Scotland 20-07 Study: Health in the Community: Distributions of Basic Information from the First Sweep of Data Collection on the 35 Year Old Cohort 1987, , MRC Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper no. 13; Williams, R., Medical, economic and population factors in areas of high mortality: The case of Glasgow (1994) Soc Health and Illness, 16, pp. 143-181; Williams, R., Britain's regional mortality: A legacy of disaster from the Celtic periphery? (1994) Soc Sci Med, 39, pp. 189-199; Williams, R., The Health Costs of Britain's industrialisation: A perspective from the Celtic periphery (1993) Locating Health: Sociological and Historical Explorations, pp. 179-204. , Platt S, Thomas H, Scott S, Williams G (eds). Avebury: Aldershot, England; Marmot, M.G., Adelstein, A.M., Bulusu, M., (1984) Immigrant Mortality in England and Wales 1970-78: Causes of Death by Country of Birth, , HMSO: London; Wild, S., McKeigue, P., Cross sectional analysis of mortality by country of birth in England and Wales 1970-1992 (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 705-710; Raftery, J., Jones, D.R., Rosato, M., The mortality of first and second generation Irish immigrants in the UK (1990) Soc Sci Med, 31, pp. 577-584; Harding, S., Balarajan, R., Patterns of mortality in second generation Irish living in England and Wales: Longitudinal study (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1389-1392; Barker, D.J.P., Fetal and infant origins of adult disease (1992) BMJ, , Publishing: London; Smith, D., Lifetime socio-economic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Blane, D., The association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socio-economic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Williams, R., The Health of the Irish in Britain (1992) The Politics of Race and Health, pp. 81-103. , Ahmad W (ed). Race Relations Research Unit: Bradford; Hickman, M., (1995) Religion, Class and Identity, pp. 244-245. , Avebury: Aldershot, England; Foster, R.F., (1988) Modern Ireland 1600-1972, , Penguin: London; Williams, R., Can data on Scottish Catholics tell us about descendants of the Irish in Scotland (1993) New Commun, 19, pp. 296-309; Macintyre, S., The West of Scotland 20-07 study: Health in the community (1989) Readings for a New Public Health, pp. 56-74. , Martin C, MacQueen D (eds). Edinburgh University Press: Edinburgh; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life tables (1972) J Roy Stat Soc Series B, 34, pp. 187-220; Balarajan, R., Balusu, L., Mortality among immigrants to England and Wales, 1979-83 (1990) Mortality and Geography. A Review in the Mid-1980s, England and Wales, , Britton M (ed). HMSO: London; Wannamethee, G., Whincup, P., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Influence of fathers' social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Abbotts, J.E., Williams, R., Davey Smith, G., Association of physiological behavioural and socio-economic factors with elevated mortality in men of Irish heritage in West Scotland (1998) MRC Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper; Balarajan, R., Yuen, P., British smoking and drinking habits - Variation by country of birth (1986) Community Med, 8, pp. 237-294; Mullen, K., Williams, R., Hunt, K., Irish descent, religion and alcohol and tobacco use (1996) Addiction, 91, pp. 237-248; Kelleher, D., Hillier, S., The health of the Irish in England (1996) Researching Cultural Differences in Health, , Kelleher D, Hillier S (eds). Routledge: London and New York; Weiss, E.J., A polymorphism of a platelet glycoprotein receptor as an inherited risk factor for coronary thrombosis (1996) Engl J Med, 334, pp. 1090-1094 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031876615&partnerID=40&md5=d79f96579c5696758707e37b7d32a1a2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Tooth and tooth surface survival rates in birth cohorts from 1965, 1970, 1975, and 1980 in Lahti, Finland T2 - Community Dentistry and Oral Epidemiology J2 - Community Dent. Oral Epidemiol. VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 106 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0528.1998.tb01935.x SN - 03015661 (ISSN) AU - Suni, J. AU - Helenius, H. AU - Alanen, P. AD - Lahti Health Center, Lahti, Finland AD - Department of Biostatistics, Medical Faculty, University of Turku, Finland AD - Institute of Dentistry, University of Turku, Finland AD - Tammikatu 17, 15 520 Lahti, Finland AB - Differences in the tooth and tooth surface survival rates between four cohorts born in 1965, 1970, 1975, and 1980 were analysed in a historical cohort study including data on the permanent teeth of children aged 5-7 years at baseline and 19 years at the end of the study. A statistically significant reduction in caries occurrence in fissured surfaces in the three oldest cohorts was seen during the 3 years after the eruption of the teeth. Caries occurrence in the cohorts bom in 1975 and 1980 did not differ from each other. The occurrence of caries in smooth surfaces was low in all age cohorts. Therefore, despite a systematic decrease in caries occurrence towards the younger cohorts, no significant differences were found between the cohorts in smooth surface decay. After the 3 first posteruptive years, practically no differences in survival rates between the cohorts were observed. In the two youngest cohorts, the figures during the 3 first years after eruption did not differ from the figures for the later years. Throughout the study, caries occurrence was symmetric and no gender differences were observed. No postponement of decay was found by the end of the follow-up time. © Munksgaard, 1998. KW - Caries KW - Secular changes KW - Survival rates KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - cost benefit analysis KW - dental caries KW - economics KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - male KW - preventive dentistry KW - survival KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cost-Benefit Analysis KW - Dental Caries KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Preventive Dentistry KW - Survival Analysis PB - Blackwell Munksgaard N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CDOEA C2 - 9645403 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Suni, J.Tammikatu 17, 15 520 Lahti, Finland; email: jorma.suni@lahti.fi N1 - References: Downer, M.C., Changing patterns of disease in the western world (1984) Cariology Today, pp. 1-12. , Guggenheim B, editor. Basel: Karger; Winter, G.B., Epidemiology of dental caries (1990) Arch Oral Biol, 35, pp. 1-7S; Symposium report: Caries status in Europe and predictions of future trends (1990) Caries Res, 24, pp. 381-396; Marthaler, T.M., O'Mullane, D.M., Wrbic, V., The prevalence of dental caries in Europe 1990-1995 (1996) Caries Res, 30, pp. 237-255; Marthaler, T.M., Explanations for changing patterns of disease in the Western world (1984) Cariology Today, pp. 13-23. , Guggenheim B, editor. Basel: Karger; Marthaler, T.M., Steiner, M., Bandi, A., Werden verfärbte Molarenfissuren innerhalb von vier Jahren häufiger kariös als nichtverfärbte (1990) Schweiz Monatschr Zahnmed, 100, pp. 841-846; Nadanovsky, P., Sheiham, A., Relative contribution of dental services to the changes in caries levels of 12-year-old children in 18 industrialized countries in the 1970s and early 1980s (1995) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 23, pp. 331-339; Bratthall, D., Dental caries: Intervened - Interrupted - interpreted (1996) Eur J Oral Sci, 104 (SUPPL.), pp. 415-491; Carlos, J.P., Gittelsohn, A.M., Longitudinal studies of the natural history of caries I: Eruption patterns of the permanent teeth (1965) J Dent Res, 46, pp. 509-516; Carlos, J.P., Gittelsohn, A.M., Longitudinal studies of the natural history of caries II (1965) Arch Oral Biol, 10, pp. 739-751; Isokangas, P., Tiekso, J., Alanen, P., Mäkinen, K.K., Long-term effect of xylitol chewing gum on dental caries (1989) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 17, pp. 200-203; Bohannan, H.M., The impact of decreasing dental caries prevalence: Implications for dental education (1982) J Dent Res, 61, pp. 1367-1377; Abemathy, J.R., Graves, R.C., Greenberg, B.G., Bohannan, H.M., Disney, J.A., Application of life table methodology in determining dental caries rates (1986) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 14, pp. 261-264; Collett, D., (1994) Modelling Survival Data in Medical Research, , London: Chapman & Hall;; (1990) SAS/STAT User's Guide, Version 6. 4th Ed., 1-2. , Cary (NC): SAS Institute; Bryhni, I.L., Elligsen, S.S., Naas, S., Rolstad, M., Sellaeg, J., Wikstrand, K., Behandlingskriterier for karies (1985) Nor Tannlegeforen Tid, 95, pp. 693-698; Elderton, R.J., Nuttal, N.M., Variation among dentists in planning treatment (1983) Br Dent J, 154, pp. 201-206 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032039043&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-0528.1998.tb01935.x&partnerID=40&md5=e3a439b83bea075c8b29e6105da1a846 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Rural women’s economic realities T2 - Journal of Women and Aging J2 - J. Women Aging VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 41 EP - 65 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1300/J074v10n04_04 SN - 08952841 (ISSN) AU - McLaughlin, D.K. AD - Department of Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology, Population Research Institute, The Pennsylvania State University, United States AB - The economic position of many elders has improved over the past few decades. Several groups of elders remain disadvantaged, however, including nonmetropolitan elders and women in any setting. This study examines differences in household income and poverty rates for metropolitan and nonmetropolitan women ages 55 and over in 1970, 1980 and 1990. Comparison of median incomes for women the same age across birth cohorts reveals that much of the improvement in women’s economic well-being occurs because younger cohorts have higher incomes when they enter older ages. There also is evidence that incomes decline as the cohort ages. Nonmetro women have lower incomes and higher poverty rates than metro women in every comparison, even when demographic characteristics arc controlled. While the metro/nonmetro income gap declines from 1970 to 1980, it increases from 1980 to 1990. The largest income gap occurs for women ages 55 to 64 in J990, the youngest cohort examined, offering no evidence to support convergence of household incomes among metro and nonmetro older women in the near future. © 1998 by the Haworth Press, Inc. All rights reserved. KW - age KW - aged KW - aging KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - female KW - financial management KW - human KW - income KW - lifestyle KW - marriage KW - middle aged KW - multivariate analysis KW - review KW - rural population KW - statistical model KW - statistics KW - United States KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aging KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Financial Management KW - Humans KW - Income KW - Life Style KW - Marriage KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Statistical KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Rural Population KW - United States N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 9919872 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: McLaughlin, D.K.; Department of Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology, Population Research Institute, The Pennsylvania State UniversityUnited States N1 - References: Beller, D.J., Coverage patterns of full-time employees under private retirement plans (1981) Social Security Bulletin, 44 (1-3), pp. 11-47; Bokemeier, J.L., Sachs, C., Keith, V., Labor force participation of metropolitan, nonmetropolitanj and farm women: A comparative study (1983) Rural Sociology, 48, pp. 515-539; Bound, J., Duncan, G.J., Laren, D.S., Oleinick, L., Poverty dynamics in widowhood (1991) Journal of Gerontology, 46, pp. S115-S124; Brown, D.L., Beale, C.L., Diversity in post-1970 population trends (1981) Nonmetropolitan America in Transition, , A.H. Hawley & S.M. Mazie (eds.), Chapel Hill, NC: The University of North Carolina Press; Burkhauser, R.V., Butler, J.S., Holden, K.C., How the death of a spouse affects economic well-being after retirement: A hazard model approach (1991) Social Science Quarterly, 70, pp. 3-23; Burkhauser, R.V., Duncan, G.J., Economic risks of gender roles: Income loss and life events over the life course (1989) Social Science Quarterly, 70, pp. 3-22; Burkhauser, R.V., Duncan, G.J., United States public policy and the elderly: The disproportionate risk to the well-being of women (1991) Journal of Population Economics, 4, pp. 217-231; Burkhauser, R.V., Holden, K.C., Feaster, D.J., Incidence, timing and events associated with poverty: A dynamic view of poverty in retirement (1988) Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 43, pp. S46-S52; Cancian, M., Danziger, S., Gottschalk, P., Working wives and family income inequality among married couples (1994) Uneven Tides: Rising Inequality in America, pp. 195-221. , S. Danziger and P. Gottschalk (eds.), New York: Russell Sage Foundation; Choi, N.G., Long-term elderly widows and divorcees: Similarities and differences (1995) Journal of Women & Aging, 7, pp. 69-92; Choi, N.G., The never-married and divorced elderly: Comparison of economic and health status, social support, and living arrangement (1996) Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 26 (1-2), pp. 3-25; Clark, R.L., Ghent, L.S., Headen, A.E., Jr., Retiree health insurance and pension coverage: Variations by firm characteristics (1994) Journal of Gerontology, 49, pp. S53-S61; Coe, R.D., A longitudinal examination of poverty in the elderly years (1988) The Gerontologist, 28, pp. 540-544; Colclough, C., Uneven development and racial composition in the deep South, 1970-1980 (1988) Rural Sociology, 53, pp. 73-86; Coward, R.T., Poverty and aging in rural America (1987) Human Services in the Rural Environment, 10, pp. 41-47; Crystal, S., Shea, D., Cumulative advantage, cumulative disadvantage, and inequality among elderly people (1990) The Gerontologist, 30, pp. 437-443; Crystal, S., Waehrer, K., Later-life economic inequality in longitudinal perspective (1996) Journal of Gerontology, 51B, pp. S307-S318; Duncan, G.J., Hill, M.S., Rodgers, W., (1986) The Changing Status of the Young and Old, , Survey Research Center, University of Michigan; Duncan, G.J., Smith, K.R., The rising affluence of the elderly: How far, how fair, and how frail? (1989) Annual Review of Sociology, 15, pp. 261-289; Elder, G.H., Pavalko, R.K., Work careers in men's later years: Transitions, trajectories, and historical change (1993) Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 48, pp. S180-S191; Falk, W.W., Talley, C.R., Rankin, B.H., Life in the forgotten South: The black belt (1993) Forgotten Places: Uneven Development in Rural America, pp. 53-75. , T.A. Lyson & W.W, Falk (Eds.), Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas; Fossett, M.A., Seibert, M.T., (1997) Long Time Coming: Racial Inequality in the Nonmetropolitan South, 1940-1990, , Boulder. CO: Westview Press; Gendell, M., Siegel, J.S., Trends in retirement age in the United States, 1955-1993, by sex and race (1996) Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 5IB, pp. S132-S139; Glasgow, N., (1988) The Nonmetro Elderly: Economic and Demographic Status, , Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service; Glasgow, N., Holden, K.C., McLaughlin, D.K., Rowles, G.D., The rural elderly and poverty (1993) Persistent Poverty in Rural America, pp. 259-291. , Rural Sociological Society Task Force on Rural Poverty (Eds.), Boulder, Co: Westview Press; Hatch, L.R., Effects of work and family on women’s later-life resources (1990) Research on Aging, 12, pp. 311-338; Hardy, M.A., Hazelrigg, L.E., The gender of poverty in an aging population (1993) Research on Aging, 15, pp. 243-278; Henretta, J.C., Campbell, R.T., Status attainment and status maintenance: A study of stratification in old age (1976) American Sociological Review, 41, pp. 981-992; Holden, K.C., Burkhauser, R.V., Feaster, D.J., The timing of falls into poverty after retirement and widowhood (1988) Demography, 25, pp. 405-414; Holden, K.C., Burkhauser, R.V., Myers, D.A., The dynamics of poverty among the elderly: Income transitions at older stages of life (1986) The Gerontologist, 26, pp. 292-297; Holden, K.C., Smock, P.J., The economic costs of marital dissolution: Why do women bear a disproportionate cost? (1991) Annual Review of Sociology, 15, pp. 51-78; Jensen, L., McLaughlin, D.K., The escape from poverty among rural and urban elders (1997) The Gerontologist, 37, pp. 462-468; Jensen, L., Tienda, M., Nonmetropolitan minority families in the United States: Trends in racial and ethnic stratification, 1959-1986 (1989) Rural Sociology, 54, pp. 509-532; Johnson, K.M., Recent population redistribution trends in nonmetropolitan America (1989) Rural Sociology, 54, pp. 301-326; Johnson, K.M., Demographic change in nonmetropolitan America, 1980 to 1990 (1993) Rural Sociology, 58, pp. 347-365; Kivett, V.R., Schwenk, F.N., The consumer expenditures of elderly women: Racial, marital, and rural/urban impacts (1994) Journal of Family and Economic Issues, 15, pp. 261-277; Lee, G., Lassey, M.L., Rural-urban differences among the elderly: Economic, social and subjective factors (1980) Journal of Social Issues, 36, pp. 62-74; Lonsdale, R.E., Seyler, H.L., (1979) Nonmetropolitan Industrialization, , Washington, DC: V.H. Winston; McLaughlin, D.K., Holden, K.C., Nonmetropolitan elderly women: A portrait of economic vulnerability (1993) Journal of Applied Gerontology, 12, pp. 320-334; McLaughlin, D.K., Jensen, L., Poverty among older Americans: The plight of nonmetropolitan elders (1993) Journals of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 48, pp. S44-S54; McLaughlin, D.K., Jensen, L., Becoming poor: The experiences of elders (1995) Rural Sociology, 60, pp. 202-229; McLaughlin, D.K., Jensen, L., The rural elderly: A demographic portrait (1998) Aging in Rural Settings, pp. 15-43. , R.T. Coward and J.A. Krout (Eds.), New York: Springer Publishing; McLaughlin, D.K., Perman, L., Returns versus endowments in the earnings attainment process for metropolitan and nonmetropolitan men and women (1991) Rural Sociology, 56, pp. 339-365; Morgan, L.A., (1991) After Marriage Ends: Economic Consequences for Midlife Women, , Newbury Park, CA: Sage; Olson, L.K., Women and social security: A progressive approach (1994) Journal of Aging & Social Policy, 6, pp. 43-56; Ozawa, M.N., The economic status of vulnerable older women (1995) Social Work, 40, pp. 323-331; O’Rand, A.M., The precious and the precocious: Understanding cumulative disadvantage and cumulative advantage over the life course (1996) The Gerontologist, 36, pp. 230-238; Pienta, A.M., Burr, J.A., Mutchler, J.E., Women’s labor force participation in later life: The effects of early work and family experiences (1994) Journal of Gerontology, 49, pp. S231-S239; Quadagno, J., Women's access to pensions and the structure of eligibility rules (1988) Sociological Quarterly, 29, pp. 541-558; Reskin, B.F., Hartmann, H.L., (1986) Women's Work, Men's Work: Sex Segregation on the Job, , Washington, DC: National Academy Press; Riley, M.W., Aging and cohort succession: Interpretations and misinterpretations (1973) Public Opinion Quarterly, pp. 35-49. , Spring; Ross, C.M., Danziger, S., Smolensky, E., Interpreting changes in the economic status of the elderly: 1949-1979 (1987) Contemporary Policy Issues, 5, pp. 98-112. , (August); Smeeding, T.M., Economic status of the elderly (1990) Handbook of Aging and Social Sciences, pp. 362-381. , R.H. Binstock & L.K. George (Eds.), (3rd ed.), San Diego: Academic Press; Smith, K.R., Moen, P., Passage through mid life: Women’s changing family roles and economic well-being (1988) Sociological Quarterly, 29, pp. 503-524; Tickamyer, A.R., Bokemeier, J., Sex differences in labor market experiences (1988) Rural Sociology, 53, pp. 166-189; Tickamyer, A.R., Duncan, C.M., Poverty and opportunity structure in rural America (1990) Annual Review of Sociology, 16, pp. 67-86; Warlick, J.L., Why is poverty after 65 a woman's problem? (1985) Journal of Gerontology, 40, pp. 751-757; Zick, C.D., Smith, K.R., Immediate and delayed effects of widowhood on poverty: Patterns from the 1970s (1986) Gerontologist, 26, pp. 669-675; Zick, C.D., Smith, K.R., Patterns of economic change surrounding the death of a spouse (1991) Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 46, pp. S310-S320 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0032253884&doi=10.1300%2fJ074v10n04_04&partnerID=40&md5=9d21db8ecda43f75c3e0e6324e5e1ad7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of epilepsy in childhood: A cohort of 440 consecutive patients T2 - Pediatric Neurology J2 - Pediatr. Neurol. VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 50 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0887-8994(97)00154-9 SN - 08878994 (ISSN) AU - Kramer, U. AU - Nevo, Y. AU - Neufeld, M.Y. AU - Fatal, A. AU - Leitner, Y. AU - Harel, S. AD - Pediatric Neurology Unit, Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel AD - Department of Neurology, Sackler Faculty of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel AD - Child Development Center, Beit Habriut Strauss, 14 Balfour Street, Tel Aviv 65211, Israel AB - This study analyzes the relative frequency and age of onset of the different seizure types in a 20-year cohort of a pediatric neurology outpatient clinic of an urban hospital that serves the majority of the city's population (Tel Aviv Medical Center). Only patients with two or more unprovoked seizures were included. Neonatal seizures were excluded from the analysis. The different seizure types in descending order of frequency were: partial seizures secondarily generalized (20.6%), complex partial seizures (12.5%), West syndrome (9%), simple partial seizures (8.6%), benign rolandic epilepsy of childhood (8%), absence seizures (7%), generalized tonic-clonic seizures (6.6%), generalized tonic seizures (5%), myoclonic seizures (2.2%), benign occipital epilepsy of childhood (2%), mixed type seizures (1.8%), Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (1.5%), juvenile myoclonic epilepsy (0.9%), atypical absence (0.6%), Landau-Kleffner syndrome, Ohtahara syndrome, myoclonic astatic epilepsy, electrical status epilepticus in sleep and startle epilepsy (0.2% each), and unclassifted seizures (12%). The findings of this study confirm that there are more pediatric patients with partial seizures (52%) than primary generalized seizures (33%) and that partial seizures secondarily generalized is the most frequent seizure type in this age group. KW - absence KW - adolescent KW - article KW - benign childhood epilepsy KW - child KW - complex partial seizure KW - disease classification KW - epileptic state KW - focal epilepsy KW - grand mal seizure KW - human KW - infant KW - landau kleffner syndrome KW - lennox gastaut syndrome KW - major clinical study KW - myoclonus seizure KW - narcolepsy KW - neurology KW - outpatient KW - priority journal KW - tonic clonic seizure KW - tonic seizure KW - west syndrome KW - Adolescent KW - Age of Onset KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - Female KW - Hospitals, Municipal KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Israel KW - Male KW - Retrospective Studies N1 - Cited By :83 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PNEUE C2 - 9492091 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kramer, U.; Child Development Center, 14 Balfour Street, Tel Aviv 65211, Israel N1 - References: Hauser, W.A., Annegers, J.F., Kurland, L.T., Prevalence of epilepsy in Rochester, Minnesota: 1940-1980 (1991) Epilepsia, 32, pp. 429-445; Proposal for revised clinical and electroencephalographic classification of epileptic seizures (1981) Epilepsia, 22, pp. 489-501; Proposal for revised classification of epilepsies and epileptic syndromes (1989) Epilepsia, 30, pp. 389-399; Camfield, C.S., Camfield, P.R., Gordon, K., Wirrell, E., Dooley, J.M., Incidence of epilepsy in childhood and adolescence: A population-based study in Nova Scotia from 1977 to 1985 (1996) Epilepsia, 37, pp. 19-23; Juul-Jemen, P., Foldspang, A., Natural history of epileptic seizures (1983) Epilepsia, 24, pp. 297-312; Ellenberg, J.H., Hirtz, D.G., Nelson, K.B., Age at onset of seizures in young children (1984) Ann Neurol, 15, pp. 127-134; Blom, S., Heijbel, J., Bergfors, P.G., Incidence of epilepsy in children: A follow-up study three years after the first seizure (1978) Epilepsia, 19, pp. 343-350; Cavazzuti, G.B., Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school-age children in Modena, Italy (1980) Epilepsia, 21, pp. 57-62; Murphy, C.C., Trevathan, E., Yeargin-Allsopp, M., Prevalence of epilepsy and epileptic seizures in 10-year-old children: Results from the metropolitan atlanta developmental disabilities study (1995) Epilepsia, 36, pp. 866-872; Sidenvall, R., Forgren, L., Kison Blomquist, H., Heijbel, J., A community-based prospective incidence study of epileptic seizures in children (1993) Acta Pediatr, 82, pp. 60-65; Alving, J., Classification of the epilepsies: An investigation of 402 children (1979) Acta Neurol Scand, 60, pp. 157-163; Gastaut, H., Gastaut, G.E., Silva, G.E., Fernandez-Sanchez, G.R., Relative frequency of different types of epilepsy: A study employing the classification of the international league against epilepsy (1975) Epilepsia, 16, pp. 457-461; Sofijanov, N.G., Clinical evolution and prognosis of childhood epilepsies (1982) Epilepsia, 23, pp. 61-69; Glaser, G.H., Dixon, M.S., Psychomotor seizures in childhood: A clinical study (1956) Neurology, 6, pp. 646-655; Keranen, T., Sillanpaa, M., Riekkinen, P.J., Distribution of seizure types in an epileptic population (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 1-7; Grunewald, R.A., Chroni, E., Panayiotopoulos, C.P., Delayed diagnosis of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy (1992) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 55, pp. 497-499; Hauser, W.A., Epidemiology of epilepsy in children (1995) Neurosurg Clin North Am, 6, pp. 419-429; Cockerell, O.C., Eckle, I., Goodridge, D.M.G., Sander, J.W.A., Shorvon, S.D., Epilepsy in a population of 60000 re-examined: Secular trends in first attendance rates, prevalence, and prognosis (1995) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 58, pp. 570-576; Bodensteiner, J.B., Brownsworth, R.D., Knapik, J.R., Kanter, M.C., Cowan, L.D., Leviton, A., Interobserver variability in the ILAE classification of seixures in childhood (1988) Epilepsia, 29, pp. 123-128; Verity, C.M., Ross, E.M., Golding, J., Epilepsy in the first years of life: Findings of the child health and education study (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 857-861 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031952808&doi=10.1016%2fS0887-8994%2897%2900154-9&partnerID=40&md5=413fd49303463a9083dda698f8ce379f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Liver cirrhosis mortality trends in Eastern Europe, 1970-1989. Analyses of age, period and cohort effects and of latency with alcohol consumption T2 - Addiction Biology J2 - Addict. Biol. VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 422 PY - 1998 DO - 10.1080/13556219871958 SN - 13556215 (ISSN) AU - Corrao, G. AD - Department of Statistics, Italy AD - Dipartimento di Statistica, Univ. degli Studi di Milano, Viale Sarca 202, Edificio U7, Milano, Italy AB - There is evidence that in some Eastern European countries alcohol-related deaths have an important impact on mortality. In the whole European population increasing trends in mortality were observed until the second half of the 1970s, followed by a decline in the following decades. By contrast, in Eastern Europe continuously rising trends have been observed. The aim of the present study is to describe cirrhosis mortality trends in Eastern European countries between 1970 and 1989. This is a descriptive study in seven European countries, compared with Europe as a whole. A Poisson's log-linear age-period-cohort model is used to ascertain whether the recent trend in mortality represents a short-term fluctuation or an emerging long-term trend. In addition, changes in cirrhosis death rates were regressed onto changes in per capita alcohol consumption (1961-89) in order to evaluate the latency period between trends. The birth-cohort effects suggested that in Eastern Europe as a whole, and in particular in Hungary, Bulgaria and Romania, the mortality will probably increase in the next decade. Eastern European countries showed a latency period between trends in alcohol consumption and in mortality rates of many years, whereas in Europe as a whole the cirrhosis mortality rates were explained by their relationship with per capita alcohol consumption which lagged by only a few years. Further increases in cirrhosis mortality, and probably in other alcohol-related problems, are expected in several Eastern European countries. Epidemiological studies aimed to estimate the proportion of disease attributable to known risk factors of cirrhosis, and monitoring programmes of viral infections and of alcohol consumption and alcohol-related problems, should be implemented to address the planning of public health programmes. KW - alcohol KW - age KW - alcohol consumption KW - alcohol liver cirrhosis KW - article KW - eastern europe KW - human KW - latent period KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - public health service KW - risk factor KW - statistical analysis N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADBIF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Corrao, G.; Dipartimento di Statistica, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Edificio U7, Viale Sarca 202, Milano, Italy; email: giovanni.corrao@unimi.it N1 - Chemicals/CAS: alcohol, 64-17-5 N1 - References: Varvasovsky, Z., Baim, C., McKee, M., Deaths from cirrhosis in Poland and Hungary: The impact of different alcohol policies during 1980s (1997) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 51, pp. 167-171; Bobak, M., Marmot, M., East-West mortality divide and its potential explanations: Proposed research agenda (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 421-425; Chenet, L., McKee, M., Fulop, N., Changing life expectancy in central Europe: There is a single reason? (1996) J Public Health Med, 18, pp. 329-336; Velkova, A., Wolleswinkel-Van Den Bosch, J.H., Mackenbach, J.P., The East-West life expectancy gap: Differences in mortality from conditions amenable to medical intervention (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 75-84; Cockerham, W.C., The social determinants of the decline of life expectancy in Russia and eastern Europe: A lifestyle explanation (1997) J Health Soc Behav, 38, pp. 117-130; Corrao, G., Ferrari, P., Zambon, A., Torchio, P., Aricò, S., Decarli, A., Trends of liver cirrhosis mortality in Europe, 1970-1989: Age-period-cohort analysis and changing alcohol consumption (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 100-109; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chron Dis, 38, pp. 811-830; (1994) The Sex and Age Distribution of World Population, , New York: UN; (1994) World Drink Trends. International Beverage Alcohol Consumption and Production Trends, , Produktschap Voor Gedistillerde Dranken. Oxford: NCT Publications Ltd; Osmond, C., Gardner, M.J., Age, period and cohort models applied to cancer mortality rates (1982) Stat Med, 1, pp. 245-259; Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Age, period and cohort models: Review of knowledge and implementation in GLIM (1987) Riv Stat Appl, 20, pp. 397-410; McCullagh, R.J., Neider, J.A., (1988) Generalized Linear Models, , Cambridge: Chapman and Hall & Cambridge University Press; Corrao, G., Ferrari, P., Zambon, A., Torchio, P., Are the recent trends in liver cirrhosis mortality affected by the changes of alcohol consumption? Analysis of latency period in European countries (1997) J Stud Alcohol, 58, pp. 486-498; Frost, W.H., The age selection of mortality from tubercolosis in successive decades (1939) Am J Hyg, 30, pp. 91-96; Clayton, D., Schiffers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period and cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Smart, R.G., Recent international reductions and increases in liver cirrhosis deaths (1988) Alcohol Clin Exp Res, 12, pp. 239-242; Mele, A., Stazi, M.A., Gill, O.N., Pasquini, P., Prevention of hepatitis B in Italy: Lessons from surveillance of type-specific acute viral hepatitis (1990) Epidemiol Infect, 104, pp. 135-141; Mele, A., Stazi, M.A., Corona, R., Decline of incidence of A, B and NonA-NonB hepatitis in Italy. Results of four years surveillance (1990) Ital J Gastroenterol, 22, pp. 274-280; Ledermann, S., Alcool, alcoolisme, alcoolisation. Donnés scientifiques de caractère physiologique, économique et sociale (1956) Inst Nat d'Etudes Demogr Trav Doc, 29, pp. 124-128; Skog, O.J., Liver cirrhosis epidemiology: Some methodological problems (1980) Br J Addict, 75, pp. 227-243; Brunn, K., Edwards, G., Lumio, M., (1975) Alcohol Control Policies in Public Health Perspective, 25. , Helsinki: Finnish foundation of alcohol studies. New Brunswick NJ: Rutgers Center of Alcohol Studies; Schmidt, W., The epidemiology of cirrhosis of the liver: A statistical analysis of mortality data with special reference to Canada (1977) Alcohol and the Liver, pp. 1-26. , Fisher MM, Rankin JG, editors. New York: Plenum Press; Rush, B.R., Gliksman, L., Brook, R., Alcohol availability, alcohol consumption and alcohol-related damage. I. The distribution of consumption model (1986) J Stud Alcohol, 47, pp. 1-10; Smart, R.G., Mann, R.E., Large decreases in alcohol-related problems following a slight reduction in alcohol consumption in Ontario 1975-83 (1987) Br J Addict, 82, pp. 285-291; Mann, R.E., Anglin, L., The relationship between alcohol-related traffic fatalities and per capita consumption of alcohol, Ontario 1957-1983 (1988) Accident Ann Prev, 20, pp. 441-446; Mann, R.E., Smart, R.G., Anglin, L., Rush, B.R., Are decreases in liver cirrhosis rates a result of increased treatment for alcoholism? (1991) Br J Addict, 83, pp. 683-688; Mann, R.E., Smart, R.G., Anglin, L., Adlaf, E.M., Reductions in cirrhosis deaths in the United States: Association with per capita consumption and AA membership (1991) J Stud Alcohol, 52, pp. 361-365; Holder, H.D., Parker, R.N., Effect of alcoholism treatment on cirrhosis mortality: A 20-year multivariate time series analysis (1992) Br J Addict, 87, pp. 1263-1274; Cook, P.J., Tauchen, G., The effect of liquor taxes on heavy drinking (1982) Bell J Econ, 13, pp. 379-390; Wald, I., Moskalewicz, J., Alcohol policy in a crisis situation (1984) Br J Addict, 79, pp. 331-335; (1994) Alcohol Policy during Extensive Socio-economic Change; Report on a Workshop on Alcohol and Market Economy, , Cracow 4-5 June 1993. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe; Iwarson, S., Jilg, W., Stroffolini, T., Substantial decline of notified hepatitis B in major parts of Europe after 1985 (1994) Scand J Infect Dis, 26, pp. 19-22; Van Damme, P., Tormans, G., Beutels, P., Van Doorslaer, E., Hepatitis B prevention in Europe: A preliminary economic evaluation (1995) Vaccine, 13 (SUPPL.), pp. 54-57; Nanji, A.A., French, S.W., Relationship between pork consumption and cirrhosis (1985) Lancet, 1, pp. 681-683; Qiao, Z.K., Halliday, M.L., Coates, R.A., Rankin, J.G., Relationship between liver cirrhosis death rate and nutritional factors in 38 countries (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 414-418; Rotily, M., Durbec, J.B., Berthezene, P., Sarles, H., Diet and alcohol in liver cirrhosis: A case-control study (1990) Eur J Clin Nutr, 44, pp. 595-603; Corrao, G., Lepore, A.R., Torchio, P.F., Interaction between dietary pattern and alcohol intake on the risk of liver cirrhosis (1995) Rev Epidemiol Santé Publ, 43, pp. 7-17; Corrao, G., Ferrari, P.A., Galatola, G., Exploring the role of diet in modifying the effect of known disease determinants. Application to risk factors of liver cirrhosis (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 1136-1146; Corrao, G., Zambon, A., Torchio, P.F., Aricò, S., La Vecchia, C., Di Orio, F., Attributable risk for liver cirrhosis in Italy (1998) J Hepatol, 28, pp. 608-614; Corrao, G., Aricò, S., Independent and combined action of hepatitis C virus infection and alcohol consumption on the risk of symptomatic liver cirrhosis (1998) Hepatology, 27, pp. 914-919 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031662226&doi=10.1080%2f13556219871958&partnerID=40&md5=2093d3d27bcbc921619f6ae50dd33dce ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early life and later determinants of adult disease: A 50 year follow-up study of the Newcastle Thousand Families cohort T2 - Public Health J2 - Public Health VL - 112 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 93 PY - 1998 SN - 00333506 (ISSN) AU - Lamont, D.W. AU - Parker, L. AU - Cohen, M.A. AU - White, M. AU - Bennett, S.M.A. AU - Unwin, N.C. AU - Craft, A.W. AU - Alberti, K.G.M.M. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Newcastle, Sir James Spence Inst. Child Hlth., Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 4LP AD - School of Health Care Sciences, School of Health School Sciences, University of Newcastle, Framlington Place, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 4HH AD - Department of Medicine, Medical School, University of Newcastle, Framlington Place, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 4HH AD - Department of Child Health, University of Newcastle, Sir James Spence Inst. Child Hlth., Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 4LP, United Kingdom AB - The relative contribution of socioeconomic, behavioural and biological factors operating in fetal and infant life, childhood and adulthood to risk for cardiovascular disease, respiratory diseases and non-insulin-dependent diabetes in middle age has become an important research issue. All 1142 babies born in Newcastle upon Tyne in May and June 1947 were recruited into a prospective cohort study of child health (the 'Thousand Families' study) and followed in great detail to the age of 15 y, with a brief further follow up at age 22 y. Children from poorer families were at greatest risk of severe respiratory tract infection in infancy. Children from professional and managerial families were on average taller and heavier throughout childhood than those from semi- and unskilled manual social classes. Repeated infections in early childhood greatly increased the risk of developing chronic respiratory disease by age 15 y. This paper outlines a new investigation designed to trace surviving members of this cohort and to chart the relationships between their socioeconomic circumstances, lifestyles, experiences and health from birth through to the present day. Existing data on socioeconomic circumstances and infections in infancy and childhood, infant nutrition, birthweight and physical development to age 22 y will be linked to information gained from a new study. This comprises a postal questionnaire survey of study members' adult health, socioeconomic circumstances and lifestyle, and a hospital based clinical examination including heart and lung function, glucose tolerance, blood lipids and anthropometric measurements at age 49-51 y. Out of a target sample of 979 people for whom sufficient data are available on the first year of life, 866 (88%) have been traced and 649 are still resident in the North of England. Those study members who have been traced are highly representative of the original cohort. The Thousand Families cohort provides a unique opportunity for detailed epidemiological study because of the wealth of data available on infant and childhood socioeconomic and family circumstances, all of which was collected prospectively. In addition, there has been comparatively little loss to follow-up since 1948. KW - Cohort KW - Infection KW - Lifecourse KW - Morbidity KW - Socioeconomic KW - cardiovascular disease KW - disease risk KW - respiratory disease KW - risk factor KW - socioeconomic status KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - adult disease KW - anthropometric parameters KW - article KW - birth weight KW - cardiovascular disease KW - child KW - child health KW - cohort analysis KW - diabetes mellitus KW - female KW - glucose tolerance test KW - human KW - infant KW - lifestyle KW - lipid blood level KW - lung function test KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - morbidity KW - newborn KW - nutrition KW - physical development KW - respiratory tract disease KW - socioeconomics KW - England KW - Tyneside KW - UK PB - Elsevier B.V. N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PUHEA C2 - 9581450 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lamont, D.W.; University of Newcastle, Sir James Spence Inst. Child Health, Royal Victoria Infirmary, Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , BMJ Publishing Group: London; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies and Disease in Later Life, , BMJ Publishing Group: London; Barker, D.J.P., Relation of birthweight and childhood respiratory infection to adult lung function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 671-675; Barker, D.J.P., Relation of fetal and infant growth to plasma flbrinogen and Factor VII concentrations in adult life (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 148-152; Barker, D.J.P., Type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus, hypertension and hyperlipidaemia (Syndrome X): Relation to reduced fetal growth (1993) Diabetologia, 36, pp. 62-67; Hales, C.N., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Koupilova, I., Leon, D.A., Vagero, D., Can confounding by sociodemographic and behavioural factors explain the association between size at birth and blood pressure at age 50 in Sweden? (1997) J Epidemiol Community Health, 51, pp. 14-18; Kramer, M.S., Joseph, K.S., Enigma of the fetal/infant origins hypothesis (1996) Lancer, 348, pp. 1254-1255; Fall, C.H.D., Fetal and infant growth and cardiovascular risk factors in women (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 428-432; Frankel, S., Birth weight, body mass index in middle age, and incident coronary heart disease (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1478-1480; Leon, D.A., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Lithell, H.O., Relation of size at birth to non-insulin dependent diabetes and insulin concentrations in men aged 50-60 years (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 406-410; McCance, D.R., Birth weight and non-insulin dependent diabetes: Thrifty genotype, thrifty phenotype, or surviving small baby genotype? (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 942-945; Whincup, P.H., Childhood size is more strongly related than size at birth to glucose and insulin levels in 10-11 year old children (1997) Diabetalogia, 40, pp. 319-326; Taylor, S.J.C., Size at birth and blood pressure: Cross-sectional study in 8-11 year old children (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 475-480; Colley, J.R.T., Douglas, J.W.B., Reid, D.D., Respiratory disease in young adults: Influence of early childhood lower respiratory tract illness, social class, air pollution and smoking (1973) BMJ, 2, pp. 195-198; Shaheen, S.O., The relationship between pneumonia in early childhood and impaired lung function in late adult life (1994) Am J Respir Crir Care Med, 149, pp. 616-619; Gliksman, M.D., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Wannamethee, S.G., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Influence of father's social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1259-1263; Blane, D., Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 1434-1438; Bartley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., Deprivation in infancy or in adult life: Which is more important for mortality risk? (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 530-534; Davey Smith, G., Lifetime socioeconomic position and mortality: Prospective observational study (1997) BMJ, 314, pp. 547-552; Power, C., Hertzman, C., Social and biological pathways linking early life and adult disease (1997) Fetal and Early Childhood Environment: Long Term Health Implications. Br Med Bull, 53, pp. 210-221. , Marmot M, Wadsworth M (eds); Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origin of coronary heart disease (the 'Barker hypothesis') (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 411-412; Martyn, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Mothers' pelvic size, fetal growth, and death from stroke and coronary heart disease in men in the UK (1996) Lancet, 348, pp. 1264-1268; Spence, J.C., Miller, F.J.W., (1939) Report of an Investigation into the Causes of Infantile Mortality in Newcastle Upon Tyne, , Christie, Malcolm: Newcastle upon Tyne, 1941; Spence, J., Walton, W.S., Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., A Thousand Families in Newcastle Upon Tyne, , Oxford University Press: London, 1954; Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., Walton, W.S., Knox, E.G., (1960) Growing Up in Newcastle Upon Tyne, , Oxford University Press: London; Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., Knox, E.G., Brandon, S., (1974) The School Years in Newcastle Upon Tyne 1952-62, , Oxford University Press: London; Miller, F.J.W., Kolvin, I., Fells, H., Becoming deprived: A cross-generation study based on the Newcastle upon Tyne 1000-Family Survey (1985) Longitudinal Studies in Child Psychology and Psychiatry, , Nicol AR (ed). John Wiley: London; Kolvin, I., A longitudinal study of deprivation: Life cycle changes in one generation - Implications for the next generation (1983) Epidemiological Approaches in Child Psychiatry 11, 11. , Schmidt MH, Remschmidt H (eds), G. Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart; Kolvin, I., Parent, Child, Grandchild: The transmission of disadvantage (1988) The Child in His Family, pp. 535-559. , Anthony EJ, Childand C (eds). Wiley: New York; Kolvin, I., (1990) Continuities of Deprivation: The Newcastle Thousand Families Study, , Gower, Aldershot; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., (1982) Inequalities in Health: the Black Report, , Penguin Books: London; Wadsworth, M., The survey that shocked the nation (1996) MRC News, pp. 28-32; Gunnell, D.J., Lifecourse exposure and later disease: A follow-up study based on a survey of family diet and health in pre-war Britain (1996) Public Health, 110, pp. 85-94; Glynn, R.J., Buring, J.E., Ways of measuring rates of recurrent events (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 364-366; Rosner, B., Munoz, A., Autoregressive modelling for analysis of longitudinal data with unequally spaced examinations (1988) Statistics in Medicine, 7, pp. 59-71; Hart, C.L., Pre-existing ischaemic heart disease and ischaemic heart disease mortality in women compared with men (1997) Int J Epidemiol, 26, pp. 508-515; Marshall, D., Johnell, G., Wedel, H., Meta-analysis of how well measures of bone mineral density predict occurrence of osteoporotic fractures (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 1254-1259; Ebrahim, S., Use of B mode ultrasound of peripheral arteries as an end point in clinical trials (1994) Br Heart J, 72, pp. 501-503; Beck, J., Periodontal disease and cardiovascular disease (1996) J Periodontol, 67, pp. 1123-1137; Shah, H.N., Oral pathogens as contributors to systemic infections (1996) Trends in Microbiol, 4, pp. 372-374 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031924905&partnerID=40&md5=eceede60ff7f14306951ae036ef488db ER - TY - JOUR TI - Child to adult body mass index in the 1958 British birth cohort: Associations with parental obesity T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - ARCH. DIS. CHILD. VL - 77 IS - 5 SP - 376 EP - 381 PY - 1997 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Lake, J.K. AU - Power, C. AU - Cole, T.J. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - MRC Dunn Nutrition Unit, Cambridge, United Kingdom AB - Objectives - To assess relations between the adiposity of children and their parents and to establish whether tracking of adiposity from childhood to adulthood varies according to the parental body mass index (BMI). Methods - Longitudinal data from the 1958 British birth cohort study were used (6540 men and 6207 women). The height and weight of the study subjects were measured at 7, 11, 16, 23 (self reported), and 33 years. Parental height and weight wore self reported when their children were 11 years old. The children were classified into six parental BMI (weigh/height) groups. Results - At each age of follow up the mean BMI of the children increased as the parental BMI increased. Higher risks of adult (33 year) obesity were evident among children with overweight or obese parents: the odds for sons and daughters with two obese parents (compared with those with both parents of normal BMI) were 8.4 and 6.8, respectively. The children of two obese parents also showed the strongest child to adult tracking of BMI as indicated by the correlation between ages 7 and 33 (r = 0.46, 0.54, sons and daughters, respectively). Conclusions - The children of obese and overweight parents have an increased risk of obesity. Subjects with two obese parents are fatter in childhood and also show a stronger pattern of tracking from childhood to adulthood as the prevalence of parental obesity increases in the general population the of child to adult tracking of BMI is likely to strengthen. KW - Body mass index KW - Child to adult tracking KW - Obesity KW - Parent KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - disease association KW - disease predisposition KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - obesity KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - self report KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Body Mass Index KW - Child KW - Child of Impaired Parents KW - Fathers KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Mothers KW - Obesity KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :235 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 9487953 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lake, J.K.; Department of Epidemiol./Pub. Hlth., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Garrow, J.S., Importance of obesity (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 704-706; Wpt, J., The origins and consequences of obesity (1996) Ciba Foundation Symposium 201, , Chichester: Wiley; Garn, S.M., Clark, D.C., Trends in fatness and the origins of obesity (1976) Pediatrics, 57, pp. 443-456; Guillaume, M., Lapidus, L., Beckers, F., Lambert, A., Bjorntorp, P., Familial trends of obesity through three generations: The Belgian-Luxembourg child study (1996) Int J Obes, 19, pp. S5-9; Maffeis, C., Micciolo, R., Must, A., Zaffariello, M., Pinelli, L., Parental and perinatal factors associated with childhood obesity in north-east Italy (1994) Int J Obes, 18, pp. 301-305; Charney, E., Goodman, H.C., McBride, M., Lyon, B., Pratt, R., Childhood antecedents of adult obesity. Do chubby infants become obese adults? (1976) N Engl J Med, 295, pp. 6-9; Esposito-Del Puente, A., Scalfi, L., De Filippo, E., Familial and environmental influences on body composition and body fat distribution in childhood in southern Italy (1994) Int J Obes, 18, pp. 596-601; Garn, S.M., Sullivan, T.V., Hawthorne, V.M., Fatness and obesity of the parents of obese individuals (1989) Am J Clin Nutr, 50, pp. 1308-1313; Stunkard, A.J., Sorenson, T.I.A., Hanis, C., An adoption study of human obesity (1986) N Engl J Med, 314, pp. 193-198; Keiller, S.M., Colley, J.R.T., Carpenter, R.G., Obesity in school children and their parents (1979) Ann Hum Biol, 6, pp. 443-455; Price, R.A., Stunkard, A.J., Ness, R., Childhood onset (age < 10) obesity has high familial risk (1990) Int J Obes, 15, pp. 185-195; Ayatollahi, S.M.T., Obesity in school children and their parents in southern Iran (1992) Int J Obes, 16, pp. 845-850; Duran-Tauleria, E., Rona, R.J., Chinn, S., Factors associated with weight for height and skinfold thickness in British children (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 466-473; Greenlund, K.J., Liu, K., Dyer, A.R., Kiefe, C.I., Burke, G.L., Yunis, C., Body mass index in young adults: Associations with parental body size and education in the CARDIA study (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 480-485; Lissau, I., Sorensen, T.I.A., Parental neglect during childhood and increased risk of obesity in young adulthood (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 324-327; Lissau-Lund-Sorensen, I., Sorensen, T.I.A., Prospective study of the influence of social factors in childhood on risk of overweight in young adulthood (1992) Int J Obes, 16, pp. 169-175; Lissau, I., Sorensen, T.I.A., School difficulties in childhood and risk of overweight in young adulthood: A ten year prospective population study (1993) Int J Obes, 17, pp. 169-175; Rona, R.J., Chinn, S., National study of health and growth: Social and biological factors associated with weight-for-height and triceps skinfold of children from ethnic groups in England (1987) Ann Hum Biol, 14, pp. 231-248; Ravelli, G.P., Belmont, L., Obesity in nineteen year old men: Family size and birth order associations (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 66-70; Rona, R.J., Chinn, S., National study for health and growth: Social and family factors and obesity in primary school children (1982) Ann Hum Biol, 9, pp. 131-145; Locard, E., Mamelle, N., Billette, A., Miginiac, M., Munoz, F., Rey, S., Risk factors of obesity in a 5 year old population - Parental versus environmental factors (1992) Int J Obes, 16, pp. 721-729; Gortmaker, S.L., Must, A., Sobol, A.M., Peterson, K., Colditz, G.A., Dietz, W.H., Television viewing as a cause of increasing obesity among children in the United States, 1986-1990 (1996) Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med, 150, pp. 356-362; Dietz, W., Factors associated with childhood obesity (1991) Nutrition, 7, pp. 290-291; Dietz, W.H., Gortmaker, S.L., Do we fatten our children at the television set? Obesity and television viewing in children and adolescents (1985) Pediatrics, 75, pp. 807-812; Rolland-Cachera, M.F., Deheeger, M., Akrout, M., Bellisle, F., Influence of macronutrients on adiposity development: A follow up study of nutrition and growth from 10 months to 8 years of age (1995) Int J Obes, 19, pp. 573-578; Sorensen, T.I.A., Holst, C., Stunkard, A.J., Skovgaard, L.T., Correlations of body mass index of adult adoptees and their biological and adoptive relatives (1992) Int J Obes, 16, pp. 227-236; Serdula, M.K., Ivery, D., Coates, R.J., Freedman, D.S., Williamson, D.F., Byers, T., Do obese children become obese adults? A review of the literature (1993) Prev Med, 22, pp. 167-177; Power, C., Lake, J.K., Cole, T.J., Measurement and long-term health risks of child/adolescent fatness (1997) Int J Obes, 21, pp. 507-526; Power, C., Lake, J.K., Cole, T.J., Body mass index and height from childhood to adult life in the 1958 British birth cohort (1997) Am J Clin Nutr, 66; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , London: National Children's Bureau; Power, C., Moynihan, C., Social class and changes in weight-for-height between childhood and early adulthood (1988) Int J Obes, 12, pp. 445-453; Knight, I., (1984) The Heights and Weights of Young Adults in Great Britain, , London: HMSO; Must, A., Dallai, G.E., Dietz, W.H., Reference data for obesity: 85th and 95th percentiles of body mass index (wt/ht2) and triceps skinfold thickness (1991) Am J Clin Nutr, 53, pp. 839-846; Kendall, M., Stuart, A., (1977) The Advanced Theory of Statistics, p. 419. , London: Griffin; Bennett, N., Dodd, T., Flatley, J., Freeth, S., Bolling, K., (1995) The Health of Our Nation: Health Survey for England 1993, pp. 31-43. , London: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Gulliford, M.C., Rona, R.J., Chinn, S., Trends in body mass index in young adults in England and Scotland from 1973 to 1988 (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 187-190; Gortmaker, S.L., Dietz, W.H., Sobol, A.M., Wehler, C.A., Increasing pediatric obesity in the United States (1987) Am J Dis Child, 141, pp. 535-540; Shah, M., Hannan, P.J., Jeffery, R.W., Secular trend in body mass index in the adult population of three communities from the upper mid-western part of the USA: The Minnesota Heart Health Program (1991) Int J Obes, 15, pp. 499-503; Sorensen, T.I.A., Price, R.A., Secular trends in body mass index among Danish young men (1990) Int J Obes, 14, pp. 411-419; Rice, T., Bouchard, C., Perusse, L., Rao, D.C., Familial clustering of multiple measures of adiposity and fat distribution in the Quebec family study: A trivariate analysis of percent body fat, body mass index, and trunk-to-extremity skinfold ratio (1995) Int J Obes, 19, pp. 902-908; Wing, R.R., Epstein, L.H., Ossip, D.J., Laporte, R.E., Reliability and validity of self-report and observers' estimates of relative weight (1979) Addict Rehav, 4, pp. 133-140 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030825835&partnerID=40&md5=bb348be4e92c5321e3c07811804807dd ER - TY - JOUR TI - No evidence for decreasing semen quality in four birth cohorts of 1,055 Danish men born between 1950 and 1970 T2 - Fertility and Sterility J2 - Fertil. Steril. VL - 68 IS - 6 SP - 1059 EP - 1064 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0015-0282(97)00377-4 SN - 00150282 (ISSN) AU - Rasmussen, P.E. AU - Erb, K. AU - Westergaard, L.G. AU - Laursen, S.B. AD - Fertility Clinic, Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Odense University Hospital, Odense, Denmark AD - Fertility Clinic, Odense University Hospital, DK-5000 Odense C, Denmark AB - Objective: To compare the quality of semen in 1,055 Danish men born between 1950 and 1970 who are assumed to represent a random sample of the Danish male population of fertile age. Design: Retrospective review of data on semen quality at the time of the female partner's first IVF treatment. Setting: The Fertility Clinic, Odense University Hospital, Odense, Denmark. Patient(s): One thousand fifty-five male partners of women with tubal infertility who were referred for IVF treatment consecutively during the period 1990-1996. Intervention(s): Analysis of the semen samples delivered and used in connection with the couples' first IVF treatment. Main Outcome Measure(s): Year of birth, age at time of sample collection, sperm concentration, and semen volume. Result(s): The mean sperm concentration (± SD) was 183.7 x 106 mL and the mean semen volume (± SD) was 3.9 mL. A considerable variation in both parameters was found from year to year, but no significant change occurred in either parameter throughout the entire period. When four birth cohorts were compared, a later year of birth was not associated with any change in sperm concentration or semen volume. Conclusion(s): Sperm concentration and semen volume were not related to year of birth, indicating that sperm quality has not changed in the Danish male population during the last 20-30 years. KW - Male factor infertility KW - Semen quality KW - Semen volume KW - Sperm concentration KW - Time-related change KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - female infertility KW - fertilization in vitro KW - human KW - human cell KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - meta analysis KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - semen abnormality KW - semen analysis KW - seminal plasma KW - spermatozoon count KW - uterine tube sterilization KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Infertility, Female KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Semen KW - Sperm Count N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: FESTA C2 - 9418697 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rasmussen, P.E.; Fertility Clinic, Odense University Hospital, DK-5000 Odense C, Denmark N1 - References: Carlsen, E., Giwercman, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebaek, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 609-613; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebaek, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tracts? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Sherins, R.J., Are semen quality and male fertility changing? (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, p. 327; Bromwich, P., Cohen, J., Stewart, I., Walker, A., Decline in sperm counts: An artefact of changed reference range of "normal"? (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 19-22; Olsen, G.W., Bodner, K.M., Ramlow, J.M., Ross, C.E., Lipshultz, L.I., Have sperm counts been reduced 50 percent in 50 years? A statistical model revisited (1995) Fertil Steril, 63, pp. 887-893; Farrow, S., Falling sperrn quality: Fact or fiction? (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 1-2; Lipshultz, L.I., "The debate continues" - The continuing debate over the possible decline in semen quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 909-911; Fisch, H., Goluboff, E.T., Geographic variations in sperm counts: A potential cause of bias in studies of semen quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1044-1046; Auger, J., Kunstmann, J.M., Czyglik, F., Jounnat, P., Decline in semen quality among fertile men in Paris during the past 20 years (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 281-285; Irvine, S., Cawood, E., Richardson, D., MacDonald, E., Aitken, J., Evidence of deteriorating semen quality in the United Kingdom: Birth cohort study in 577 men in Scotland over 11 years (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 467-471; MacLeod, J., Gold, R.Z., The male factor in fertility and infertility. II. Spermatozoon counts in 1000 men of known fertility and in 1000 cases of infertile marriage (1951) J Urol, 66, pp. 436-449; Leto, S., Frensilli, F.J., Changing parameters of donor semen (1981) Fertil Steril, 36, pp. 766-770; Nelson, C.M.K., Bunge, R.G., Semen analysis: Evidence for changing parameters of male fertility potential (1974) Fertil Steril, 25, pp. 503-507; Bostofte, E., Serup, J., Rebbe, H., Has the fertility of Danish men declined through the years in terms of semen quality? A comparison of semen qualities between 1952 and 1972 (1983) Int J Fertil, 28, pp. 91-95; Paulsen, C.A., Berman, N.G., Wang, C., Data from men in greater Seattle area reveals no downward trend in semen quality: Further evidence that deterioration of semen quality is not geographically uniform (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1015-1020; (1992) Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Semen-cervical Mucus Interaction. 3rd Ed., p. 4. , New York: Cambridge University Press; Neuwinger, J., Behre, H.M., Nieschlag, E., External quality control in the andrology laboratory: An experimental multicenter trial (1990) Fertil Steril, 54, pp. 308-314; Mortimer, D., Templeton, A.A., Lenton, E.A., Coleman, R.A., Influence of abstinence and ejaculation-to-analysis delay on semen analysis parameters of suspected infertile men (1982) Arch Androl, 8, pp. 251-256; Sherman, J.K., Guidelines for the banking of human semen (1979) Newsletter of the American Association of Tissue Banks, 3, pp. 7-8; Bujan, L., Mansat, A., Pontonnier, F., Mieusset, R., Time series analysis of sperm concentration in fertile men in Toulouse, France between 1977 and 1992 (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 471-472; Fisch, H., Feldshuh, J., Goluboff, E.T., Broder, S.J., Olson, J.H., Borad, D.H., Semen analyses in 1,283 men from the United States over a 25-year period: No decline in quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 109-114; MacLeod, J., Wang, Y., Male fertility potential in terms of semen quality: A review of the past, a study of the present (1979) Fertil Steril, 31, pp. 103-116; Souminen, J., Vierula, M., Semen quality in Finnish men (1993) Br Med J, 306, p. 1579 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031466596&doi=10.1016%2fS0015-0282%2897%2900377-4&partnerID=40&md5=e802e1e0f1b945ea4605fb4ec137d813 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Is semen quality related to the year of birth among Danish infertility clients? T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 26 IS - 6 SP - 1289 EP - 1297 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1093/ije/26.6.1289 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Zheng, Y. AU - Bonde, J.P.E. AU - Ernst, E. AU - Mortensen, J.T. AU - Egense, J. AD - Steno Institute of Public Health, Department of Occupational Medicine, University of Aarhus, Denmark AD - Department of Gynecology, University Hospital of Aarhus, Denmark AD - Department of Occupational Medicine, Hospital of Aalborg, Aalborg, Denmark AD - Department of Clinical Chemistry, Sønderborg Sygehus, Sønderborg, Denmark AD - Department of Occupational Medicine, University Hospital of Aarhus, Noerrebrogade 37-39, 8000 Aarhus C, Denmark AB - Background. There is circumstantial evidence that human sperm count may have declined during past decades. The purpose of this study was to identify the association between semen quality and year of birth. Methods. The study comprised 8608 men consulting four Danish medical centres from 1968 to 1992 because of infertility. Data on semen quality and urogenital disorders were obtained from medical records while lifestyle data were collected from a subset of the population by a postal questionnaire (response 80%). Semen characteristics were analysed as a linear function of year of birth, centre, season and calendar year at time of semen examination, sexual abstinence and lifestyle factors. Effects of age were accounted for by restriction and stratified analysis. Results. The sperm count declined with increasing year of birth at two of the four centres, but this association disappeared when confounders were adjusted for. Within the subset of men born 1950-1970 we revealed a decrease in the average sperm count by 1.9 mill/ml (95% confidence interval [CI]: 1.45, 2.27) per one advancing year of birth. This was consistent across centres even after adjustment for effects of covariates. The proportion of morphologically normal sperm cells changed in parallel with the sperm count, while semen volume did not decline in any time periods. Conclusions. We found a birth cohort effect on sperm count and morphology among Danish infertile men born after 1950 but not in men born in the first part of the century. The findings are compatible with an environmental impact during prenatal life but the evidence is far from unequivocal. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - denmark KW - female KW - growth KW - human KW - infertility KW - lifestyle KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical record KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - sexual behavior KW - sperm KW - spermatozoon count KW - urogenital tract disease KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aging KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Fertility KW - Humans KW - Infertility, Male KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Semen KW - Sperm Count KW - Spermatozoa N1 - Cited By :29 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 9447409 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bonde, J.P.E.; Department of Occupational Medicine, University Hospital of Aarhus, Noerrebrogade 37-39, 8000 Aarhus C, Denmark N1 - References: Leto, S., Frensilli, F.J., Changing parameters of donor semen (1981) Fertil Steril, 36, pp. 766-770; Auger, J., Czyglik, F., Kunstmann, J.M., Jouannet, P., Significant decrease of semen characteristics of fertile men from Paris area during the last 20 years (1994) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 281-285; Van Waeleghem, K., De Clercq, N., Vermeulen, L., Schoonjans, F., Comhaire, F., Detonation of sperm quality in young Belgian men during recent decades (1994) Human Reproduction, 9 (SUPPL. 4), p. 73; Irvine, S., Cawood, E., Richardson, D., MacDonald, E., Aitken, J., Evidence of deteriorating semen quality in the United Kingdom: Birth cohort study in 577 men in Scotland over 11 years (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 467-471; Macleod, J., Wang, Y., Male fertility potential in terms of semen quality: A review of the past, a study of the present (1979) Fertil Steril, 31, pp. 103-116; Bendvold, E., Semen quality in Norwegian men over a 20-year period (1989) Int J Fertil, 34, pp. 401-404; Bostofte, E., Serup, J., Rebbe, H., Has the fertility of Danish men declined through the years in terms of semen quality? A comparison of semen qualities between 1952 and 1972 (1983) Int J Fertil, 28, pp. 91-95; James, W.H., Secular trend in reported sperm counts (1980) Andrologia, 12, pp. 381-388; Osser, S., Liedholm, P., Ranstam, J., Depressed semen quality: A study over two decades (1984) Arch Androl, 12, pp. 113-116; Carlsen, E., Giwercmann, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebæk, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 609-613; Farrow, S., Falling sperm quality: Fact or fiction? (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 1-2; Olsen, G.W., Bodner, K.M., Ramlow, J.M., Ross, C.E., Lipschultz, L.I., Have sperm counts been reduced 50 percent in 50 years? A statistical model revisited (1995) Fertil Steril, 63, pp. 887-893; Bromwich, P., Cohen, J., Stewart, I., Walker, A., Decline in sperm counts: An artefact of changed reference range of 'normal'? (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 19-22; Fisch, H., Goiuboff, E.T., Geographic variations in sperm counts: A potential cause of bias in studies of semen quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1044-1046; Tummon, I.S., Mortimer, D., Decreasing quality of semen (1992) Br Med J, 305, pp. 1228-1229; Brake, A., Krause, W., Decreasing quality of semen (1992) Br Med J, 305, p. 1498; Paulsen, C.A., Berman, N.G., Wang, C., Data from men in greater Seattle area reveals no downward trend in semen quality: Further evidence that deterioration of semen quality is not geographically uniform (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1015-1020; Fisch, H., Feldshuh, J., Goluboff, E.T., Broder, S.J., Barad, D.H., Semen analyses in 1283 men from the United States over a 25-year period: No decline in quality (1996) Fertil Steril, 65, pp. 1009-1014; Bonde, J.P., Giwercman, A., Occupational hazards to male fecundity (1995) Reprod Med Rev, 4, pp. 59-73; Colborn, T., Clement, C., Chemically-induced alterations in sexual and functional development: The wildlife/human connection (1992) Advances in Modern Environmental Toxicology, 21. , Princeton, NJ: Princeton Scientific Publishing Co., Inc; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebaek, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tract? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Kelce, W.R., Stone, C.R., Laws, S.C., Gray, L.E., Kemppainen, J.A., Wilson, E.M., Persistent DDT metabolite p,p -DDE is a potent androgen receptor antagonist (1995) Nature, 375, pp. 581-585; Kelce, W.R., Monosson, E., Gamcsik, M.P., Laws, S.C., Gray, L.E.J., Environmental hormone disruptors: Evidence that vinclozolin developmental toxicity is mediated by antiandrogenic metabolites (1994) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol, 126, pp. 276-285; Macleod, J., Semen quality in one thousand men of known fertility and in eight hundred cases of infertile marriage (1951) Fertil Sleril, 2, pp. 115-139; Mortensen, J.T., Risk for reduced sperm quality among metal workers, with special reference to welders (1988) Scan J Work Environ Health, 14, pp. 27-30; Belsey, M.A., (1980) WHO Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Semen Cervical Mucus Interaction, , Singapore: WHO, Press Concern; Homonnai, Z.T., Fainman, N., David, M.P., Paz, G.F., Semen quality and sex hormone pattern of 29 middle aged men (1982) Andrologia, 14, pp. 164-170; Schwartz, D., Mayaux, M.J., Spira, A., Study of a group of 484 fertile men. Part II: Relation between age (20-59) and semen characteristics (1981) Int J Androl, 4, pp. 450-465; Schwartz, D., Mayaux, M.J., Spira, A., Semen characteristics as a function of age in 833 fertile men (1983) Fertil Steril, 39, pp. 530-535; Ratcliffe, J.M., Schrader, S.M., Clapp, D.E., Halperin, W.E., Turner, T.W., Hornung, R.W., Semen quality in workers exposed to 2-ethoxyethanol (1989) Br J Ind Med, 46, pp. 399-406; Welch, L., Schrader, S., Turner, T., Cullen, M., Effects of exposure to ethylene glycol ethers on shipyard painters: II. Male reproduction (1988) Am J Ind Med, 14, pp. 509-526; Bonde, J.P., Semen quality and sex hormones among mild steel and stainless steel welders: A cross sectional study (1990) Br J Ind Med, 47, pp. 508-514; Johnson, L., Petty, C.S., Neaves, W.B., Influence of age on sperm production and testicular weights in men (1984) J Reprod Fertil, 70, pp. 211-218; Neaves, W.B., Johnson, L., Porter, J.C., Parker, C.R.J., Petty, C.S., Leydig cell numbers, daily sperm production, and serum gonadotropin levels in aging men (1984) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 59, pp. 756-763; Schwartz, D., Laplanche, A., Jouannet, P., David, G., Within-subject variability of human semen in regard to sperm count, volume and number of spermatozoa and length of abstinence (1979) J Reprod Fertil, 57, pp. 391-395; Rachootin, P., Olsen, J., Prevalence and socioeconomic correlates of subfecundity and spontaneous abortion in Denmark (1982) Int J Androl, 11, pp. 245-249 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031449158&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f26.6.1289&partnerID=40&md5=ef9458877bb256b55b57b6b5067d9ad1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Estimation and projections of colorectal cancer trends in Italy T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - INT. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 924 EP - 932 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1093/ije/26.5.924 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Capocaccia, R. AU - De Angelis, R. AU - Frova, L. AU - Gatta, G. AU - Sant, M. AU - Micheli, A. AU - Berrino, F. AU - Conti, E. AU - Gafà, L. AU - Roncuccl, L. AU - Verdecchia, A. AD - Lab. of Epidemiol. and Biostatistics, Istituto Superiore di Sanità, viale Regina Elena 299, 00161 Rome, Italy AD - National Institute of Statistics, Rome, Italy AD - Division of Epidemiology, National Cancer Institute, Milan, Italy AD - Latina Cancer Registry, Latins, Italy AD - Ragusa Cancer Registry, Ragusa, Italy AD - Colorectal Cancer Registry, Modena, Italy AB - Background. Occurrence of and prognosis for tumours of the colon and rectum are thought to be changing rapidly due to simultaneous changes in risk factor prevalence, early diagnosis and treatment. In this paper time trends of morbidity, survival and mortality for colorectal cancer during the period 1970-1990 are estimated and analysed. Methods. Mortality trends were obtained from official death certificates. Relative survival rates were computed from population-based cancer registries. Incidence and prevalence rates were estimated from mortality and survival data. Results. Incidence rates were increasing during the period considered, with a lower rate of increase for the youngest birth cohorts. Relative survival rates of both colon and rectum cancers were higher for women, and for younger age groups, and were positively associated with period of diagnosis. No significant survival difference among the cancer registries used was found. A total of about 155,000 prevalent cases, 40% of which had been diagnosed ≤ 7 years before, were estimated in the Italian population for the year 1990. Mortality rates were slightly increasing for men and stable for women. Projections of colorectal cancer trends to the year 2000 indicate major expected rises in both incidence and prevalence. Conclusion. Colorectal cancer represents a problem of growing impact for health services in Italy. This conclusion can probably be extended to many developed countries. KW - Colorectal cancer KW - Italy KW - Occurrence KW - Survival KW - Time trends KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer registry KW - cancer survival KW - colon cancer KW - colorectal cancer KW - death certificate KW - early diagnosis KW - female KW - human KW - italy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - rectum cancer KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Colorectal Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Forecasting KW - Humans KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Prevalence KW - Registries KW - Risk Assessment KW - Sex Distribution KW - Survival Rate N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 9363511 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Capocaccia, R.; Lab. Epidemiology Biostatistics, Istituto Superiore di Sanita, viale Regina Elena 299, 00161 Rome, Italy N1 - References: Coleman, M.P., Estève, J., Damiecki, P., Arslan, H., Renard, A., (1993) Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC Sci Pub. No 121; Berrino, F., Krogh, V., I consumi alimentari in Italia in relazione ai tumori dell'apparato digerente (1996) Ann Ist Super Sanità, 4, pp. 421-432. , Capocaccia R, Verdecchia A, Terracini B (eds). Epidemiologia dei tumori dell'apparato digerente in Italia; Berrino, F., Sant, M., Verdecchia, A., Capocaccia, R., Estève, J., Hakulinen, T., (1995) Survival of Cancer Patients in Europe, , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC Sci Pub No.132; Capocaccia, R., Farchi, G., Prati, S., (1990) La Mortalità in Italia Nell'anno 1990, , Reports of the Istituto Superiore di Sanità, ISTISAN 93/23; Capocaccia, R., Caselli, G., (1990) Popolazione Residente Per Età e Sesso Nelle Province Italiane, , Dipartimento di Scienze Demografiche dell'Università degli Studi di Roma 'La Sapienza'. Fonti e Strumenti 2; Capocaccia, R., De Angelis, R., Frova, L., Estimation and projections of stomach cancer trends in Italy (1995) Cancer Causes Control, 6, pp. 339-346; Hakulinen, T., On long term relative survival rates (1977) J Chron Dis, 30, pp. 431-443; Hakulinen, T., Tenkanen, L., Abeywickrama, K., Testing equality of relative survival patterns based on aggregated data (1987) Biometrics, 43, pp. 313-325; Hakulinen, T., Abeywickrama, K., A computer program package for relative survival analysis (1987) Comput Prog Biomed, 19, pp. 197-207; Estève, J., Benumou, E., Croasdale, M., Raymond, L., Relative survival and the estimation of net survival: Elements for further discussion (1990) Stat Med, 9, pp. 529-538; Ponz, M., Micheli, A., Gatta, G., La sopravvivenza per tumori del colon e del retto in Italia (1996) Ann Ist Super Sanità, 4, pp. 527-536. , Capocuccia R, Verdecchia A. Terracini B (eds). Epidemiologia dei tumori dell'apparuto digerente in Italia; Verdecchia, A., Capocaccia, R., Egidi, V., Golini, A., A method for the estimation of chronic disease morbidity and trends from mortality data (1989) Stat Med, 8, pp. 201-216; Capocaccia, R., Verdecchia, A., Micheli, A., Sant, M., Qatta, G., Berrino, F., Breast cancer incidence and prevalence estimated from survival and mortality (1990) Cancer Causes Control, 1, pp. 23-30; Capocaccia, R., Micheli, A., Berrino, F., Time trends of lung and larynx cancers in Italy (1994) Int J Cancer, 57, pp. 1-8; De Angelis, R., Frova, L., Capocaccia, R., Verdecchia, A., Incidenza e prevalenza dei tumori dell'apparato digerente in Italia: Stime dai dati di mortalità (1996) Ann Ist Super Sanità, 4, pp. 537-550. , Capocaccia R, Verdecchia A, Terracini B (eds). Epidemiologia del tumori dell'apparato digerente in Italia; Capocaccia, R., Negri, E., La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Time trends of lung cancer in Italy (1993) Eur J Cancer, 29 A, pp. 1288-1292; Zanetti, R., Crosignani, P., (1992) Cancer in Italy, Incidence Data from Cancer Registries, 1983-1987, , Torino, Italy: Lega Italiana per la lotta contro i tumori; Sant, M., Capocaccia, R., Verdecchia, A., Comparisons of colon cancer survival among European countries: The EUROCARE study (1995) Int J Cancer, 63, pp. 43-48; Tomatis, L., (1990) Cancer: Causes, Occurrence and Control, , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC Sci Pub. No. 100; DeCosse, J.J., Ngoi, S.-S., Jacobson, J.S., Gender and colorectal cancer (1993) Eur J Cancer Prevention, 2, pp. 105-115; Haller, D.G., An overview of adjuvant therapy for colorectal cancer (1995) Eur J Cancer, 31 A, pp. 1255-1263; Negri, E., La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Projection to the end of the century of mortality from major cancer sites in Italy (1990) Tumori, 76, pp. 420-428; Steele, G., Follow-up plans after treatment of primary colon and rectum cancer (1991) World J Surg, 15, pp. 583-588 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030718560&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f26.5.924&partnerID=40&md5=75cad1b8e252f58a7ecdaaf14ebebab2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Investigation into the increase in hay fever and eczema at age 16 observed between the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 315 IS - 7110 SP - 717 EP - 721 PY - 1997 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Butland, B.K. AU - Strachan, D.P. AU - Lewis, S. AU - Bynner, J. AU - Butler, N. AU - Britton, J. AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St. George's Hospital Medical School, London SW17 ORE, United Kingdom AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London EC1V OHB, United Kingdom AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, United Kingdom AD - Intl. Centre for Child Studies, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To investigate whether changes in certain perinatal and social factors explain the increased prevalence of hay fever and eczema among British adolescents between 1974 and 1986. Design: Two prospective birth cohort studies. Setting: England, Wales, and Scotland. Subjects: 11,195 children born 3-9 March 1958 and 9387 born 5-11 April 1970. Main outcome measures: Parental reports of eczematous rashes and of hay fever or allergic rhinitis in the previous 12 months at age 16. Results: The prevalence of the conditions over the 12 month period increased between 1974 and 1986 from 3.1% to 6.4% (prevalence ratio 2.04 (95% confidence interval 1.79 to 2.32)) for eczema and from 12.0% to 23.3% (prevalence ratio 1.93 (1.82 to 2.06)) for hay fever. Both conditions were more commonly reported among children of higher birth order and those who were breast fed for longer than 1 month. Eczema was more commonly reported among girls and hay fever among boys. The prevalence of hay fever decreased sharply between social classes I and V, increased with maternal age up to the early 30s, and was lower in children whose mothers smoked during pregnancy. Neither condition varied significantly with birth weight. When adjusted for these factors, the relative odds of hay fever (1986 v 1974) increased from 2.23 (2.05 to 2.43) to 2.40 (2.19 to 2.63). Similarly, the relative odds of eczema rose from 2.02 (1.73 to 2.36) to 2.14 (1.81 to 2.52). Conclusions: Taken together, changes between cohorts in sex, birth weight, birth order, maternal age, breast feeding, maternal smoking during pregnancy and father's social class at birth did not seem to explain any of the observed rise in the prevalence of hay fever and eczema. However, correlates of these factors which have changed over time may still underlie recent increases in allergic disease. KW - adolescent KW - allergic rhinitis KW - article KW - birth order KW - birth weight KW - breast feeding KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - eczema KW - hay fever KW - health statistics KW - human KW - maternal welfare KW - perinatal period KW - priority journal KW - rash KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Birth Order KW - Breast Feeding KW - Cohort Studies KW - Eczema KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Maternal Age KW - Pregnancy KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Rhinitis, Allergic, Seasonal KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :185 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 9314757 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Butland, B.K.; Department of Public Health Sciences, St George's Hospital Medical School, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom; email: b.nicholas@sghms.ac.uk N1 - References: Strachan, D.P., Time trends in asthma and allergy: Ten questions, fewer answers (1995) Clin Exp Allergy, 25, pp. 791-794; Burr, M.L., Butland, B.K., King, S., Vaughan-Williams, E., Changes in asthma prevalence: Two surveys 15 years apart (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 1452-1456; Ninan, T.K., Russell, G., Respiratory symptoms and atopy in Aberdeen schoolchildren: Evidence from two surveys 25 years apart (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 873-875; Fleming, D.M., Crombie, D.L., Prevalence of asthma and hay fever in England and Wales (1987) BMJ, 294, pp. 279-283; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Wadsworth, M., Peckham, C., Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1939-45 war (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1255-1257; Lewis, S., Butland, B., Strachan, D., Bynner, J., Richards, D., Butler, N., Britton, J., Study of the aetiology of wheezing illness at age 16 in two national British birth cohorts (1996) Thorax, 51, pp. 670-676; Golding, J., Peters, T., Eczema and hayfever (1986) From Birth to Five. A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , Butler NR, Golding J, eds. Oxford: Pergamon Press; Strachan, D.P., Epidemiology of hay fever: Towards a community diagnosis (1995) Clin Exp Allergy, 25, pp. 296-303; Strachan, D.P., Taylor, E.M., Carpenter, R.G., Family structure, neonatal infection and hay fever in adolescence (1996) Arch Dis Child, 74, pp. 422-426; Von Mutius, E., Martinez, F.D., Fritzsch, C., Nicolai, T., Reitmeir, P., Thiemann, H.H., Skin test reactivity and number of siblings (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 692-695; Strachan, D.P., Hay fever, hygiene, and household size (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 1259-1260; Saarinen, U.M., Kajosaari, M., Backman, A., Siimes, M.A., Prolonged breast feeding as prophylaxis for atopic disease (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 163-166; Ronchetti, R., Bonci, E., Cutrera, R., De Castro, G., Indinnimeo, L., Midulla, F., Enhanced allergic sensitisation related to parental smoking (1992) Arch Dis Child, 67, pp. 496-500; (1951) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; (1966) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Davie, R., Butler, N., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven (with Full Statistical Appendix): A Report of the National Child Development Study, , London: Longman; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five. A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; (1989) SAS/STAT User's Guide, Version 6, 4th Edition, , Cary, NC; SAS Institute; Sibbald, B., Rink, E., D'Souza, M., Is the prevalence of atopy increasing (1990) Br J Gen Pract, 40, pp. 338-340; Williams, H.C., Strachan, D.P., Hay, R.J., Childhood eczema: Disease of the advantaged? (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 1132-1135; Nakagomi, T., Itaya, H., Tominaga, T., Yamaki, M., Hisamatsu, S., Nakagomi, O., Is atopy increasing? (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 121-122; Astarita, C., Harris, R.I., De Fusco, R., Franzese, A., Biscardi, D., Mazzacca, F.R.M., Altucci, P., An Epidemiological study of atopy in children (1988) Clin Allergy, 18, pp. 341-350; Søyseth, V., Kongerud, J., Boe, J., Postnatal maternal smoking increases the prevalence of asthma but not of bronchial hyperresponsiveness or atopy in their children (1995) Chest, 107, pp. 389-394; Finn, R., John Bostock, hay fever, and the mechanism of allergy (1992) Lancet, 340, pp. 1453-1455; (1993) Trends in Outdoor Air Pollution in the UK. Factsheet 93-5, , London: St George's Hospital Medical School Department of Public Health Sciences UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030776880&partnerID=40&md5=8a0dccc3e875ee80d62d9cef4be80d11 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Audit of ascertainment of deaths to children born in Cumbria, UK, 1950-89 through the NHS central register T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 438 EP - 442 PY - 1997 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Dickinson, H.O. AU - Parker, L. AU - Harris, D. AU - Botting, B. AU - Lawson, A. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Victoria Infirmary, University of Newcastle, Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 4LP, United Kingdom AD - National Health Service Central Register, Office for National Statistics, Birkdale, Southport, United Kingdom AD - Office for National Statistics, St Catherine's House, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Occupational Health and Medical Statistics, Princess Royal Building, Westlakes Research Institute, Whitehaven, Cumbria, United Kingdom AB - Study objective - To evaluate the completeness of notification of deaths by the National Health Service Central Register (NHSCR) for England and Wales. Design - Deaths for a birth cohort were ascertained through scanning the relevant volumes of NHSCR. Attempts were made to confirm these deaths and additional deaths were ascertained through searching local records. Logistic regression was used to investigate how the probability of a death being missed by NHSCR varied with the year of birth, age at death, sex, and social class. Setting - Deaths up to the end of 1989 in the CA postal area among 264,046 children born between 1950 and 1989 to mothers living in Cumbria. Results - NHSCR originally ascertained 4139 deaths; local searches confirmed 3338 (81%) of these and found an additional 342. Most deaths missed by the NHSCR were neonatal deaths in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1950s, 31% of children who died in the neonatal period either were not entered on NHSCR or, if they were entered, there was no record of their death. For children born from 1970 onwards, ascertainment of deaths through NHSCR was over 99% complete. Conclusions - The NHSCR was started in 1948 for the administration of records of National Health Service patients. It seems that many babies who died soon after birth were not therefore recorded. In parallel with the increasing use of NHSCR for epidemiological purposes, there has been a substantial and continuing improvement in its clerical procedures since the mid 1960s. KW - clerical procedure KW - death notification KW - logistic regression KW - methodological approach KW - adult KW - article KW - cause of death KW - data base KW - death certificate KW - human KW - medical audit KW - medical record KW - national health service KW - regression analysis KW - united kingdom KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Death Certificates KW - England KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Registries KW - Regression Analysis KW - Time Factors KW - UK, England, Cumbria N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 9328554 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dickinson, H.O.; Department of Child Health, University of Newcastle, Royal Victoria Infirmary, Queen Victoria Road, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 4LP, United Kingdom N1 - References: Parker, L., Craft, A.W., Smith, J., Geographical distribution of preconceptional radiation doses to fathers employed at the Sellafiold nuclear installation, West Cumbria (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 966-971; Parker, L., Dickinson, H.O., Smith, J., The creation of a database of children of workers at a nuclear facility - An exercise in record linkage (1997) Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 12, pp. 40-45; Compton, E., (1972) Great Britain: Local Government Boundary Commission for England Reports., , London: HMSO; Botting, B., Reilly, H., Harris, D., Use of Office of Population Censuses and Surveys records in medical research and clinical audit (1995) Health Trends, 27, pp. 4-7; (1989) Collaborative Survey of Perinatal, Late Neonatal and Infant Death in the Northern Region, 1989, , Newcastle upon Tyne: Northern Region Health Authority; Knox, E.G., Stewart, A.M., Knealc, G.W., Gilman, E.A., Prenatal irradiation and childhood cancer (1987) J Radiol Prot, 7, pp. 177-179; Stewart, A.M., Webb, J., Hewitt, D., A survey of childhood malignancies (1987) BMJ, 1, pp. 1495-1508; (1977) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, 1. , Geneva: World Health Organisation; (1978) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, 2. , Geneva: World Health Organization; (1990) Standard Occupational Classification, 1-3. , 2, London: HMSO; (1995) Stata Statistical Software: Release 4.0, , Texas: Stata Corporation; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume 2 - The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2. , Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Rothman, K.J., (1986) Modern Epidemiology, , Boston/Toronto: Little, Brown and Company; Hawkins, M.M., Swerdlow, A.J., Completeness of cancer and death follow-up obtained through the NHSCR for England and Wales (1992) Br J Cancer, 66, pp. 408-413; Darby, S.C., O'Hagan, J.A., Kendall, G.M., Doll, R., Fell, T.P., Muirhead, C.R., Completeness of follow up in a cohort study of mortality using the United Kingdom NHSCR and records held by the Department of Social Security (1991) J Epidemiol Community Health, 45, pp. 65-70 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030766058&partnerID=40&md5=2160e5df2384cd4bdebb3dd20569ba6a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changing structure, changing experiences: How policy effects reverberate through secondary‐school students’ life chances T2 - Research Papers in Education J2 - Res. Pap. Educ. VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 299 EP - 316 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1080/0267152970120305 SN - 02671522 (ISSN) AU - Wallace, G. AD - University of Derby, United States AB - The 1988 Education Reform Act for England and Wales reshaped relationships between government, local authorities and schools by legislating for national curricula, national assessment and formula funding. What in the 1944 Education Act had been typified as a partnership (albeit an unequal one) between these three corporate bodies‐‐each with a different role‐‐was redefined as a quasi‐market of competition and choice within a centralized system of control and accountability. Alongside this went continuing efforts to make education more vocationally relevant. Here we consider how such policy changes reverberate in the lives of secondary‐school students.Following a review of shifting policy priorities since the 1960s, we illustrate our case with evidence from a 4‐year longitudinal study of around 85 English secondary‐school students. Significant in our findings have been our observations of the way each year of secondary schooling constitutes a structured transitional state, each with its respective pattern of differentiation. We adopt the concept of ‘life chances’, seen as the differential capacities students bring into schools, to show how these are reflected in and reinforced by the way the 14‐year‐olds reacted to Standard Assessment Tests and options and the 15‐year‐olds found work experience.We show how recent changes to GCSE increasingly operate to differentiate between ‘winners’ and ‘losers’ at 16+. Dependent upon family as well as school for sources of information and support, individual students navigate their way, develop their personal aspirations and make choices in situations of which they understand little. We conclude that the widening of social divisions which has characterized the last decade or so of social policy is structured into the legislation designed to reform schooling. Whilst the innovations have been typified as a quasi‐market, designed to drive up standards through competition, there are also consequences more reminiscent of the counter‐productive ‘manpower (sic) planning’ policies of the mid‐century. We call for a national, participative, democratic debate on the kind of education required by citizens of the twenty‐first century. © 1997, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. All rights reserved. KW - Life chances KW - Parentocracy KW - Policy effects KW - Quasi‐markets KW - School career KW - Secondary school N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wallace, G.; University of Derby, Western Road, Derby, DE3 5GX, United States; email: G.M.Wallace@derby.ac.uk N1 - References: Abbott, P., Sapsford, R., (1987) Women and Social Class, , London: Tavistock; Ader, J., (1975) Building Implications of the Multi-Option School, , Paris: OECD; Arnott, M., Munn, P., Moore, C., The Scottish experience of devolved school management (1995) Schools, Markets and Management, , WALLACE, G, Dorset: Hyde; Ashton, D.N., Education (1987) Unemployment and Labour Markets, , Lewes: Falmer; Ashton, D.N., Lowe, G., Making Their Way: Education (1991) Training and the Labour Market in Canada and Britain, , Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Ashton, D.N., Maguire, M.J., Garland, V., (1982) Youth and the Labour Market (Research Paper No, p. 34. , London: Department of Employment; Bates, I., Rlseboroug, G., (1993) Youth and Inequality, , Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Benn, C., Simon, B., (1970) Half Way There, , Harmondsworth: Penguin; Berends, M., Educational stratification and students social bonding to school’ (1995) British Journal of Sociology of Education, 16 (3), pp. 327-352; Blyth, W.A., Derricot, R., (1977) The Social Significance of Middle Schools, , London: Batsford; Bourdieu, P., Boltansky, L., Changes in social structure and changes in the demand for education (1977) Contemporary Europe: Social Structures and Cultural Patterns, , GINER, S. and ARCHER, M.S, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Brown, P., Schooling for inequality? Ordinary kids in school and the labour market (1987) BROWN, P. and ASHTON, D.N. Education, Unemployment and Labour Markets, , Lewes: Falmer; Brown, P., Cultural capital and social exclusion: Some observations on recent trends in education, employment and the labour market (1995) Work Employment and Society, 9 (1), pp. 29-51; Brown, S., Riddell, S., Class (1992) Race and Gender in Schools: A New Agenda for Policy and Practice in Scottish Education, , Papers from a round table conference organized by the Educational Institute of ScotlandEdinburgh: Scottish Council for Research in Education; Buckmaster, C., Stop nationalising our schools Education in Great Britain and Ireland, pp. 133-137. , undated, Monday Club pamphletReprinted in: BELL, R. FOWLER, G. and LITTLE, K. (1973)., Milton Keynes: Open University; Burgess, R.G., Whatever happened to the Newsom course? (1988) Education, Training and the New Vocationalism, , POLLARD, A. PURVIS, J. and WALFORD, G, Milton Keynes: Open University; Burnhill, P., Garner, C., McPherson, A.F., Social change, school attainment and entry into higher education, 1976—1986 (1988) Education and the Youth Labour Market, , RAFFE, D, London: Falmer; Callaghan, J., (1976) Speech Made by the Right Honourable James Callaghan, , P.M) at Ruskin College Oxford, October, to launch the ‘Great Debate’ into education; Corrigan, P., (1979) Schooling the Smash Street Kids, , London and Basingstoke: Macmillan; Cox, C.B., Boyson, R., (1977) Black Paper, , London: Critical Education Quarterly; Cox, C.B., Dyson, A.E., (1969) Black Paper: The Fight for Education, , London: Critical Quarterly Society; Cox, C.B., Dyson, A.E., (1969) Black Paper Two: The Crisis in Education, , London: Critical Education Quarterly; Cullingford, C., (1991) The Inner World of the School, , London: Cassell; Dale, R., Pires, E., Linking people and jobs: The indeterminate place of educational credentials (1984) Selection, Certification and Control, , BROADFOOT, P, Lewes: Falmer; Delamont, S., Research note — citation and social mobility research: Self-defeating behaviour? (1989) The Sociological Review, 37 (2), pp. 332-337; Delamont, S., Galton, M., (1986) Inside the Secondary Classroom, , London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; (1977) Education in Schools: A Consultative Document, , Green PaperLondon: HMSO; Derricot, R., Richards, C., The school curriculum: Some unchartered territory (1980) The school curriculum: Some unchartered territory, , HARGREAVES, A. and TICKLE, L. (Eds); Dunford, J., No student is a traffic island (1995) Times Educational Supplement, 24 November, p. 12; Frances, J., Levacic, R., Mitchell, J., Thompson, G., Introduction (1991) Markets, Hierarchies and Networks, , THOMPSON, G„ FRANCES, J., LEVACIC, R. and MITCHELL, J, London: Sage; Fullan, M., (1992) The New Meaning of Educational Change, , London: Cassell; Furlong, A., Growing Up in a Classless Society? (1992) School to Work Transition, , Edinburgh University Press; Furlong, J., (1993) Schooling for Jobs, , Aldershot: Avebury; Furlong, A., Pettinga, R., (1992) Preparing Young People for Work: The Youthscan Report, , Leicester: University of Leicester Centre for Labour Market Studies; Gerwitz, S., Ball, S., Bowe, R., (1995) Markets, Choice and Equity in Education, , Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Glass, D.V., (1954) Social Mobility in Britain, , London: Routledge; Goffman, E., (1961) Asylums, , Harmondsworth: Penguin; Goldthorpe, J., Women and class analysis: A reply to the replies (1984) Sociology, 18 (4), pp. 475-490; Goldthorpe, J.H., (1980) Social Mobility and Class Structure in Modern Britain, , with LLEWELLYN, C. and PAYNE, C, Oxford: Clarendon; Goldthorpe, J., Marshall, G., The promising future of class analysis: A response to recent critiques (1992) Sociology, 26 (3), pp. 381-400; Goldthorpe, J., Payne, C., On the class mobility of women: Results from different approaches to the analysis of recent British data (1986) Sociology, 20 (4), pp. 531-555; Goldthorpe, J.H., (1969) LOCKWOOD, D„ BECHHOFER, , F. and PLATT, J, Cambridge University Press; Halsey, A.H., Schools for democracy (1983) Contemporary Education Policy, , AHIER, J. and FLUDE, M, London: Croom Helm; Halsey, A.H., Heath, A.F., Ridge, J.M., Origins and Destinations: Family (1980) Class and Education in Modern Britain, , Oxford: Clarendon; Hargreaves, A., The ideology of the middle school (1980) HARGREAVES, , A. and TICKLE, L. (Eds); Hargreaves, A., Tickle, L., (1980) Middle Schools, Origins, Ideology and Practice, , London: Harper & Rowe; Hargreaves, D., (1967) Social Relations in a Secondary School, , London and Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Harris, S., Rudduck, J., Establishing the seriousness of learning in the secondary school (1993) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 63 (2), pp. 322-336; Harris, S., Rudduck, J., Wallace, G., Political contexts and school careers (1995) Teaching and Learning in Changing Times, , HUGHES, M, London: Blackwell; Harris, S., Wallace, G., Rudduck, J., Its not that I haven’t learnt much. It’s just that I don’t understand what I’m doing”: Metacognition and secondary school students’ (1995) Research Papers in Education, 10 (2), pp. 253-271; Heath, A., Brittan, N., Womens jobs do make a difference’ (1984) Sociology, 18 (4), pp. 475-490; Heath, A., Ridge, J., Schools, examinations and occupational attainment (1983) Achievement and Inequality in Education, , PURVIS, J. and HALES, M, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Hopper, E., Notes on stratification, education and mobility in industrial societies (1971) Readings in the Theory of Educational Systems, , HOPPER, E, London: Hutchinson; Hopper, E., (1981) Social Mobility, , London: Blackwell; Hutton, W., The State We’re (1996) The State We’re, , revised ednLondon: Vintage; Karabel, J., Halsey, A.H., (1977) Power and Ideology in Education, , New York: Oxford University Press; Kogan, M., (1971) The Politics of Education, , Harmondsworth: Penguin Education; Lacey, C., (1970) Hightown Grammar, , Manchester University Press; Lampard, R., Parentsoccupations and their children’s occupational attainment: A contribution to the debate on the class assignment of females’ (1995) Sociology, 29 (4), pp. 715-728; Lampard, R., (1993) Quasi-Markets and Social Policy, , LE GRANDE, J. and BARTLETT, W, Basingstoke: Macmillan; Louis, K.S., Miles, M.B., (1992) Improving the Urban High School: What Works and Wlty, , London: Cassell; Nash, R., Classrooms Observed (1973) London and Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul.; (1963) Half Our Future, , NEWSOM REPORT. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION AND SCIENCE. CENTRAL, London: HMSO; Nicholson, S.B., Quoted Quoted, , undated, DUNFORD, J; (1976) Education Committee: Use of Credentials in Employment, , Paris: OECD; Pahl, R.E., Does class analysis without class theory have a promising, future: A reply to Goldthorpe and Marshall (1993) Sociology, 27 (2), pp. 253-258; Patterson, L., Raffe, D., Staying on in full-time education in Scotland, 1985-1991 (1995) Oxford Review of Education, 21 (1), p. 3; Payne, G., (1987) Mobility and Change in Modern Society, , London: Macmillan; Payne, G., (1987) Employment and Opportunity, , London: Macmillan; Payne, J., (1995) Routes beyond Compulsory Schooling (Youth Cohort Report No, p. 31. , Sheffield: University of Sheffield; Payne, J., (1995) Qualifications between 16 and 18 (Youth Cohort Report No, p. 32. , Sheffield: University of Sheffield; Children and their Primary Schools (1967) London: HMSO; Pollard, A., Purvis, J., Walford, G., (1988) Education, Training and the New Vocationalism, , Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Raffe, D., Unemployment and school motivation; the case of truancy (1986) Educational Review, 38 (1), pp. 11-19; Raffe, D., (1988) Education and the Youth Labour Market: Schooling and Scheming, , London, Falmer; Raffe, D., Surridge, P., (1995) More of the Same? Participation of 16-18 Year Olds in Education, NCE Briefing New Series, p. 6. , London: National Commission on Education; Ranson, S., Local democracy for education (1996) Forum, 38 (1), pp. 11-13; Rist, R.C., Student social class and teacher expectation (1970) Harvard Educational Review, 40 (3), pp. 411-451; Roberts, K., Career trajectories and the mirage ofincreased social mobility (1993) In, 40 (3), pp. 411-451. , BATES, I. and RISEBOROUGH, G. (Eds); Rosenthal, R., Jacobson, L., Pygmalion in the Classroom (1968) New York, , Holt, Reinhart and Winston; Rudduck, J., Harris, S., Wallace, G., Coherence and students’ experience of learning in the secondary school’ (1994) Cambridge Journal of Education, 24, 24, p. 2; Rudduck, J., Chaplain, R., Wallace, G., (1995) School Improvement, , What Can Pupils Tell Us? London: Fulton; Runciman, W.G., Occupational class and the assessment of inequality (1974) Poverty, , WEDDERBURN, D., Inequality and the Class Structure. Cambridge University Press; Rutter, M., Maughan, B., Mortimore, P., Osborne, J., (1979) Fifteen Thousand Hours, , London: Open Books; Sammons, P., Hillman, J., Mortimore, P., (1994) Key Characteristics of Effective Schools: A Review of School Effectiveness Research, , London: OFSTED; Shilling, C., Work experience as contradictory practice (1987) British Journal of Sociology of Education, 8 (4), pp. 407-423; Taylor, W., Education: A redefinition (1980) Talk Given at a Conference of Local Authority Inspectors and Advisers, , London: London Institute of Education; Thompson, G., Frances, J., Levacic, R., Mitchell, J., (1991) Markets, Hierarchies and Networks, , London: Sage; Walford, G., Faith-based schools, diversity and inequity (1995) Harvard Educational Review, 40 (3), pp. 411-451. , WALLACE, G. (Ed); Wallace, G., (1992) Local Management of School^: Research and Experience (BEPA Dialogues, 6. , Clevedon: Multilingual Matters; Wallace, G., (1993) Local Management, Central Control: Schools in the Market Place, , Dorset: Hyde; Wallace, G., (1995) Schools, Markets and Management, , Dorset: Hyde; Wallace, G., Rudduck, J., Harris, S., Students secondary school careers: Research in a climate of “moving perspectives’” (1994) Researching Education Policy: Ethical and Methodological Issues, pp. 170-183. , HALPIN, D. and TROYNA, B, London: Falmer; Wells, I., Mc Gibbon, T., (1990) First Experiences of LMS: Summary Series No, p. 12. , Belfast: Northern Ireland Council for Educational Research; Wells, I., Mc Gibbon, T., (1990) Local Management of Schools: Questionnaire Evidence from the Pilot School, , Belfast: Northern Ireland Council for Educational Research; Wells, I., Mc Gibbon, T., (1990) Local Management of Schools: Information from Interviews with Teachers and School Governors, , Belfast: Northern Ireland Council for Educational Research; Williamson, B., The peripheralisation of youth in the labour market (1983) Contemporary Education Policy. London, , AHIER, J. and FLUDE, M, Croom Helm; Willis, P., (1977) Learning to Labour, , Famborough: Saxon House UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-85023734566&doi=10.1080%2f0267152970120305&partnerID=40&md5=4985f46b54c07497ba975c6d040f34a2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - AIDS in women in the United States: Recent trends T2 - Journal of the American Medical Association J2 - J. AM. MED. ASSOC. VL - 278 IS - 11 SP - 911 EP - 916 PY - 1997 SN - 00987484 (ISSN) AU - Wortley, P.M. AU - Fleming, P.L. AD - Division of HIV/AIDS Prevention, Natl. Centers HIV, STD, and TB Prev., Centers for Dis. Contr. and Prev., Atlanta, GA, United States AD - Centers for Dis. Contr. and Prev., Mailstop E-47, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333, United States AB - Context - The effect of the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) epidemic on women is substantial and warrants an updated analysis. Objective - To describe AIDS incidence trends in women. Design - We analyzed national surveillance data on women 13 years of age and older with AIDS reported through June 1996. Data were adjusted for reporting delay, unreported risk, and the 1993 change in AIDS surveillance case definition to assess overall trends and examine trends by age group and birth cohort. Setting - Surveillance conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in collaboration with state and local health departments. Results - In 1995, women accounted for 19% of AIDS cases in adults; AIDS incidence rates per 100 000 women were highest in black women (50.1), women in the Northeast (22.3), heterosexual contacts (5.5), and women living in metropolitan statistical areas with more than 1 million residents (15.9). Greatest increases in rates between 1991 and 1995 by region and mode of transmission were in the South and in heterosexual contacts. Greatest increases in AIDS incidence rates were observed in heterosexually infected women born between 1970 and 1974, ie, women who were 14 to 18 years old in 1988. Conclusions - These trends predict continued growth of the number of AIDS cases in women, especially in those in the South and those infected heterosexually, and suggest that successive cohorts of young women may be at risk for human immunodeficiency virus infection as they reach adolescence and young adulthood. Prevention programs must reach young women before they initiate sexual activity and drug use. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - health survey KW - high risk population KW - human KW - human immunodeficiency virus prevalence KW - intravenous drug abuse KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - race KW - rural area KW - sexual behavior KW - sexual transmission KW - united states KW - urban area KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Population Surveillance KW - Sexual Behavior KW - Substance Abuse, Intravenous KW - United States N1 - Cited By :159 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JAMAA C2 - 9302243 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wortley, P.M.; Centers for Dis. Ctrl. and Prev., Mailstop E-47, 1600 Clifton Rd NE, Atlanta, GA 30333, United States N1 - References: (1996) HIV/AIDS Surveill Rep., p. 8. , Atlanta, Ga: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; Mortality attributable to HIV infection among persons aged 25-44 years - United States, 1994 (1996) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep., 45, pp. 121-125; Rosenberg, P.S., Scope of the AIDS epidemic in the United States (1995) Science, 270, pp. 1372-1375; Karon, J., Rosenberg, P.S., McQuillan, G., Khare, M., Gwinn, M., Petersen, L.R., Prevalence of HIV infection in the United States, 1985-1992 (1996) JAMA, 276, pp. 126-131; Bacchetti, P., Jewell, N., Nonparametric estimation of the incubation period of AIDS based on a prevalent cohort with unknown infection times (1991) Biometrics, 47, pp. 947-960; Hewitt, M., (1989) Defining 'Rural' Areas: Impact on Health Care Policy and Research, pp. 1-56. , Washington, DC: Office of Technology Assessment; July; Karon, J.M., Green, T.A., Hanson, D.L., Ward, J.W., Estimating the number of AIDS-defining opportunistic illness diagnoses from data collected under the 1993 AIDS surveillance definition J Acquir Immune Defic Syndr Hum Retrovirol., , In press; Farizo, K.M., Buehler, J.W., Chamberland, M.E., Spectrum of disease in persons with human immunodeficiency virus infection in the United States (1992) JAMA, 267, pp. 1798-1805; Karon, J.M., Devine, O.J., Morgan, W.M., Predicting AIDS incidence by extrapolating from recent trends (1989) Mathematical and Statistical Approaches to AIDS Epidemiology: Lecture Notes in Biomathematics, pp. 58-88. , Castillo-Chavez C, ed. New York, NY: Springer Verlag NY Inc; Karon, J.M., Buehler, J.W., Byers, R.H., (1993) Projections of the Numbers of Persons Diagnosed with AIDS and of Immunosuppressed HIV-Infected Persons, 1992-1994: Statistical Methods and Parameter Estimates, , Atlanta, Ga: US Dept of Health and Human Services; State Population Estimates by Age, Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin: 1990-1994, , http://www.census.gov/population/www/estimates/st_sasrh.html; County Population Estimates by Age, Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin: 4/1/90 to 7/1/94, , http://www.census-.gov/population/www/estimates/co_casrh.html; Karon, J.M., Berkelman, R.L., The geographic and ethnic diversity of AIDS incidence in homosexual/ bisexual men in the United States (1991) J Acquir Immune Defic Syndr Hum Retrovirol., 4, pp. 1179-1189; AIDS associated with injecting-drug use - United States, 1995 (1996) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep., 45, pp. 392-398; Nwanyanwu, O.C., Chu, S.Y., Green, T.A., Buehler, J.W., Berkelman, R.L., Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in the United States associated with injecting drug use, 1981-1991 (1993) Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse, 19, pp. 399-408; Hu, D.J., Fleming, P.L., Mays, M.A., Ward, J.W., The expanding regional diversity of the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome epidemic in the United States (1994) Arch Intern Med., 154, pp. 654-659; Prevots, D.R., Allen, D.M., Lehman, J.S., Green, T.A., Petersen, L.R., Gwinn, M., Trends in seroprevalence among injection drug users entering drug treatment centers. United States, 1988-1993 (1995) Am J Epidemiol., 143, pp. 733-742; Males, M.A., Chew, K.S.Y., The age of fathers in California adolescent births (1996) Am J Public Health, 86, pp. 565-568; (1994) Sex and America's Teenagers, , New York, NY: Alan Guttmacher Institute; (1994) Births to Teen Moms by Age of Mother, by Age of Father and Race of Mother, US, 1992, , Washington, DC: US Dept of Health and Human Services; Miller, K., Clark, L., Moore, J.S., Heterosexual risk for HIV among female adolescents: Sexual initiation with older male partners Fam Plann Perspect., , In press; Webster, L.A., Rolfs, R.T., Surveillance for primary and secondary syphilis - United States, 1991 (1993) MMWR CDC Surveill Summ., 42, pp. 13-19; Webster, L.A., Berman, S.M., Greenspan, J.R., Surveillance for gonorrhea and primary syphilis among adolescents, United States - 1981-1991 (1993) MMWR CDC Surveill Summ., 42, pp. 1-11; Schmid, G.P., Sanders, L.L., Blount, J.H., Alexander, E.R., Chancroid in the United States: Reestablishment of an old disease (1987) JAMA, 58, pp. 3265-3268; Michael, R.T., Gagnon, J.H., Laumann, E.O., Kolata, G., (1994) Sex in America: A Definitive Survey, pp. 42-66. , New York, NY: Little Brown & Co Inc;; Battjes, R.J., Pickens, R.W., Haverkos, H.W., Sloboda, Z., HIV risk factors among injecting drug users in five US cities (1994) AIDS, 8, pp. 681-687; Chaisson, R.E., Bacchetti, P., Osmond, D., Cocaine use and HIV infection in intravenous drug users in San Francisco (1989) JAMA, 261, pp. 561-565; Schoenbaum, E.E., Hartel, D., Selwyn, P.A., Risk factors for human immunodeficiency virus infection in injection drug users (1989) N Engl J Med., 321, pp. 874-879; Novick, D.M., Trigg, H.L., Des Jarlais, D.C., Friedman, S.R., Vlahov, D., Kreek, M.J., Cocaine injection and ethnicity in parenteral drug users during the early years of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) epidemic in New York City (1989) J Med Virol., 21, pp. 181-185; Brookmeyer, R., Reconstruction and future trends of the AIDS epidemic in the United States (1991) Science, 253, pp. 37-42; Des Jarlais, D.C., Friedman, S.R., Novick, D.M., Sotheran, J.L., Thomas, P., Yancovitz, S.R., HIV-1 infection among intravenous drug users in Manhattan, New York City, from 1977 through 1987 (1989) JAMA, 261, pp. 1008-1012; Des Jarlais, D.C., Friedman, S.R., Sotheran, J.L., Continuity and change within an HIV epidemic: Injecting drug users in New York City, 1984 through 1992 (1994) JAMA, 271, pp. 121-127; Chiasson, M.A., Stoneburner, R.L., Hildebrant, D.S., Heterosexual transmission of HIV-1 associated with use of smokeable freebase cocaine (crack) (1991) AIDS, 5, pp. 1121-1126; Otten, M., Zaidi, A., Peterman, T., High rate of HIV seroconversion among patients attending urban sexually transmitted disease clinics (1994) AIDS, 8, pp. 549-553; Diaz, T., Chu, S.Y., Crack cocaine use and sexual behavior among people with AIDS (1993) JAMA, 269, pp. 2845-2846; Edlin, B.R., Irwin, K.L., Faruque, S., Intersecting epidemics: Crack cocaine use and HIV infection among inner-city young adults (1994) N Engl J Med., 331, pp. 1422-1427; Ellerbrock, T.V., Lieb, S., Harrington, P.E., Heterosexually transmitted human immunodeficiency virus infection among pregnant women in a rural Florida community (1992) N Engl J Med., 327, pp. 1704-1709; Epidemic early syphilis - Escambia County, Florida 1987 and July 1989-June 1990 (1991) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep., 40, pp. 323-325; Epidemic early syphilis - Montgomery County, Alabama, 1990-91 (1991) MMWR Morbid Mortal Wkly Rep., 40, pp. 314-323; Catania, J.A., Coates, T.J., Stall, R., Prevalence of AIDS-related risk factors and condom use in the United States (1992) Science, 258, pp. 1101-1106; Gwinn, M., Pappaioanou, M., George, R., Prevalence of HIV infection in childbearing women in the United States (1991) JAMA, 65, pp. 1704-1708; Gwinn, M., Wortley, P., Epidemiology of HIV infection in women and newborns (1996) Clin Obstet Gynecol., 39, pp. 292-304; Chu, S.Y., Hanson, D.L., Jones, J.L., Pregnancy rates among women infected with human immunodeficiency virus: The Adult/Adolescent HIV Spectrum of Disease Project Group (1996) Obstet Gynecol., 87, pp. 195-198; Klevens, R.M., Fleming, P.L., Neal, J.J., Li, J., Does misclassification of HIV exposure impact AIDS trends among heterosexuals in the United States? (1996) Proceedings of the XI International Conference on AIDS, , July 7-12, Vancouver, British Columbia. Abstract Th.C.340; Hser, Y.I., Anglin, M.D., Booth, M.W., Sex differences in addict careers, 3: Addiction (1987) Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse, 13, pp. 231-251; Vanichensi, S., Des Jarlais, D.C., Choopanya, K., Condom use with primary partners among injecting drug users in Bangkok, Thailand and New York City, United States (1993) AIDS, 7, pp. 887-891; Paone, D., Caloir, S., Shi, Q., Des Jarlais, D., Sex, drugs, and syringe exchange in New York City: Women's experiences (1995) J Am Med Wom Assoc., 50, pp. 109-114; Watters, J.K., Trends in risk behavior and HIV seroprevalence in heterosexual injection drug users in San Francisco, 1986-1992 (1994) J Acquir Immune Defic Syndr Hum Retrovirol., 7, pp. 1276-1281; Continued sexual risk behavior among HIV-seropositive drug-using men - Atlanta (1996) MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep., 45, pp. 151-152; Singh, B.K., Koman, J.J., Catan, V.M., Sexual risk behavior among injection drug-using human immunodeficiency virus-positive clients (1993) Int J Addict., 28, pp. 735-747; Guinan, M.E., Leviton, L., Prevention of HIV infection in women: Overcoming barriers (1995) J Am Med Worn Assoc., 50, pp. 74-77 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030773675&partnerID=40&md5=1ba1c1267c0ee0f52630b06831f8cfc0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The mortality of Royal Naval submariners 1960-1989. T2 - Journal of the Royal Naval Medical Service J2 - J R Nav Med Serv VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 25 PY - 1997 SN - 00359033 (ISSN) AU - Inskip, H. AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit (University of Southampton), Southampton General Hospital. AB - The mortality pattern of 15,318 Royal Naval submariners has been examined to asses the long term effects on health of serving in submarines. The main outcome measures used were standardised mortality ratios (SMRs) which present the submariners' mortality rates as a percentage of those for men in England and Wales. The SMR for all causes of death combined was low at 86, this being comparable to findings in other studies of Armed Forces personnel. Cancer mortality was particularly low with an SMR of 69 and there was no particular cancer site which showed an excess. Raised mortality from digestive diseases was seen: the excess was attributable to cirrhosis of the liver which gave rise to an SMR of 221 based on 12 deaths, alcohol being a contributory factor in eight. This excess mortality from cirrhosis was concentrated in the period 1970-79 and occurred in men who had left the Royal Navy. Deaths from accidents and violence were also higher than expected with an SMR of 115, but this was due to high levels of accidents occurring after discharge from the Navy. KW - article KW - cause of death KW - follow up KW - human KW - male KW - military medicine KW - soldier KW - statistics KW - United Kingdom KW - Cause of Death KW - England KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Military Personnel KW - Submarine Medicine KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 9282437 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Inskip, H. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030627897&partnerID=40&md5=b3ff53fb9c8ecc12adba9fac38796caa ER - TY - JOUR TI - Secular change in psychosocial risks: The case of teenage motherhood T2 - Psychological Medicine J2 - PSYCHOL. MED. VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 1129 EP - 1144 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1017/S0033291797005576 SN - 00332917 (ISSN) AU - Maughan, B. AU - Lindelow, M. AD - MRC Child Psychiatry Unit, Univ. College London Medical School, Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, London, United Kingdom AD - MRC Child Psychiatry Unit, Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom AB - Background. Many social and demographic correlates of psychiatric disorder have shown marked secular changes in recent decades. This study was designed to explore some of the implications of these trends, focusing on the illustrative case of teenage motherhood. Method. Prospective data from two British birth cohort studies (the 1946 and 1958 cohorts) were used to examine the social, educational and behavioural precursors of teenage versus older age at motherhood, and the implications of teenage motherhood for women's later marital and social circumstances and risks of psychiatric morbidity, in samples born 12 years apart. Results. Educational and social disadvantage were associated with similarly increased risks of teenage motherhood in both cohorts, but the findings suggested an additional association with teacher-rated adolescent conduct problems in the more recent sample. Rates of teacher-rated emotional problems were not elevated among teenage mothers in either cohort. In adult life, teenage motherhood was associated with a range of adverse social outcomes, including partnership breakdowns, large family size, and poorer housing conditions. Relative risks of these adult adversities were similar for teenage mothers in the two cohorts, but absolute levels of adversity were higher in the more recent sample, reflecting general secular changes in many of the indicators involved. In the later, but not the earlier, cohort, teenage motherhood was also associated with increased risks for psychiatric morbidity in adulthood. Conclusions. The findings underline the importance of taking account of secular trends in examining the impact of psychosocial risks. KW - adolescent KW - adolescent pregnancy KW - adult KW - article KW - controlled study KW - education KW - family size KW - female KW - housing KW - human KW - human experiment KW - mental disease KW - normal human KW - risk assessment KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Birth Rate KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Cohort Effect KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Databases, Factual KW - Domestic Violence KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Health KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Mental Health KW - Odds Ratio KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy in Adolescence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Behavior Disorders KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :57 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PSMDC C2 - 9300517 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Maughan, B.; MRC Child Psychiatry Unit, Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Abrahamse, A.F., Morrison, P.A., Waite, L.J., Teenagers willing to consider single parenthood: Who is at greatest risk? (1988) Family Planning Perspectives, 20, pp. 13-18; Adams, B., Ghodsian, M., Richardson, K., Evidence for a low upper limit of heritability of mental test performance in a national sample of twins (1976) Nature, 263, pp. 314-316; Aseltine, R.H., Kessler, R.C., Marital disruption and depression in a community sample (1993) Journal of Health and Social Behaviour, 34, pp. 237-251; Baltes, P.B., Longitudinal and cross-sectional sequences in the study of age and generation effects (1968) Human Development, 11, pp. 145-171; Bardone, A.M., Moffitt, T.E., Caspi, A., Dickson, N., Silva, P.A., Adult mental health and social outcomes of adolescent girls with depression and conduct disorder (1996) Development and Psychopathology, 8, pp. 811-829; Bebbington, P.E., Hurry, J., Tennant, C., The Camberwell Community Survey: A summary of results (1991) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 26, pp. 195-201; Bromberger, J.T., Matthews, K.A., Employment status and depressive symptoms in middle-aged women: A longitudinal investigation (1994) American Journal of Public Health, 84, pp. 202-206; Brown, G.W., Harris, T., (1978) The Social Origins of Depression: A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women, , Tavistock Publications: London; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Morality, , Livingstone; Coleman, D.A., Population (1988) British Social Trends since 1900: A Guide to the Changing Social Structure of Britain, pp. 33-134. , ed. A. H. Halsey, Macmillan: London; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, G., (1972) From Birth to Seven, , Longman in Association with National Children's Bureau: London; Douglas, J.W.B., Ross, J.M., Simpson, H.R., (1968) All Our Future: A Longitudinal Study of Secondary Education, , Peter Davies: London; Elander, J., Rutter, M., Use and development of the Rutter Parent and Teacher Scales (1996) International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 5, pp. 1-16; Elster, A.B., Ketterlinus, R., Lamb, M.E., Association between parenthood and problem behavior in a national sample of adolescents (1990) Paediatrics, 85, pp. 1044-1050; Ensminger, M.E., Sexual activity and problem behaviors among black, urban adolescents (1990) Child Development, 61, pp. 2032-2046; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , National Children's Bureau: London; Fogelman, K., (1976) Britain's Sixteen-Year-Olds, , National Children's Bureau: London; Fraser, A.M., Brockert, J.E., Ward, R.H., Association of young maternal age with adverse reproductive outcomes (1995) New England Journal of Medicine, 332, pp. 1113-1117; Furstenberg, F.F., Brooks-Gunn, J., Chase-Lansdale, L., Teenaged pregnancy and child-bearing (1989) American Psychologist, 44, pp. 313-320; Halsey, A.H., (1988) British Social Trends since 1900: A Guide to the Changing Social Structure of Britain, , Macmillan: London; Harrington, R.C., Affective disorders (1994) Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: Modern Approaches, 3rd. Edn., pp. 330-351. , ed. M. Rutter, E. Taylor and L. Hersov, Blackwell Scientific: Oxford; Harris, T., Brown, G.W., Bifulco, A., Loss of parent in childhood and adult psychiatric disorder: A tentative overall model (1990) Development and Psychopathology, 2, pp. 311-328; Heim, A.W., (1967) Manual of the AH4 Group Test of General Intelligence, , National Foundation for Educational Research: Windsor; Hess, L.E., Changing family patterns in Western Europe: Opportunity and risk factors for adolescent development (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 104-193. , ed. M. Rutter and D. J. Smith, Wiley: Chichester; Horowitz, S.M., Klerman, L.V., Kuo, H.S., Jekel, J.F., Intergenerational transmission of school-age parenthood (1991) Family Planning Perspectives, 23, pp. 168-172; Kendall, M.G., Stuart, A., (1973) The Advanced Theory of Statistics, , Hafner Publishing Company: New York; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Swartz, M., Blazer, D.G., Nelson, C.B., Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. I: Lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence (1993) Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, pp. 85-96; Kiernan, K., Teenage motherhood - Associated factors and consequences - The experiences of a British birth cohort (1980) Journal of Biosocial Science, 12, pp. 393-405; Kiernan, K.E., (1995) Transition to Parenthood: Young Mothers, Young Fathers - Associated Factors and Later Life Experiences, , Welfare State Programme Discussion paper WSP/113. London School of Economics: London; Kiernan, K., Eldridge, S.M., Age at marriage: Inter and intra cohort variation (1987) British Journal of Sociology, 38, pp. 44-63; Kovacs, M., Krol, R.S.M., Voti, L., Early onset psychopathology and the risk for teenage pregnancy among clinically referred girls (1994) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, pp. 106-113; Macfarlane, A., Mugford, M., (1984) Birth Counts: Statistics of Pregnancy and Childbirth, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office: London; Maughan, B., Pickles, A., Adopted and illegitimate children growing up (1990) Straight and Devious Pathways from Childhood to Adulthood, pp. 36-61. , ed. L. N. Robins & M. Rutter, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; Quinton, D., Pickles, A., Maughan, B., Rutter, M., Partners, peers, and pathways: Assortative pairing and continuities in conduct disorder (1993) Developmental Psychopathology, 5, pp. 763-783; Rajala, U., Uusimaki, A., Keinanen-Kiukaanniemi, S., Kivela, S.L., Prevalence of depression in a 55-year old Finnish population (1994) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 29, pp. 126-130; Robins, L.N., Regier, D., (1990) Psychiatric Disorders in America, , The Free Press: New York; Robins, L.N., Price, R.K., Adult disorders predicted by childhood conduct problems: Results from the NIMH Epidemiological Catchment Area Project (1991) Psychiatry, 54, pp. 116-132; Rodgers, B., Mann, S.A., The reliability and validity of PSE assessments by lay interviewers: A national population survey (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 689-700; Rutter, M., A childrens behaviour questionnaire for completion by teachers: Preliminary findings (1967) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 8, pp. 1-11; Rutter, M., Smith, D.J., (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, , Wiley: Chichester; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , Longmans: London; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Yule, W., Graham, P., Whitmore, K., Research Report: Isle of Wight Studies 1964-1974 (1976) Psychological Medicine, 6, pp. 313-332; Schaie, K.W., A general model for the study of developmental problems (1965) Psychological Bulletin, 64, pp. 92-107; Shah, B.V., Barnwell, B.G., Hunt, P.N., LaVange, L.M., (1992) SUDAAN User's Manual: Professional Software for Survey Data Analysis for Multi-stage Sample Designs, , Research Triangle Institute: Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; Shepherd, P., Appendix 1: Analyses of response bias (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, pp. 184-188. , ed. E. Ferri, National Children's Bureau: London; Simms, M., Smith, C., (1986) Teenage Mothers and Their Partners, , HMSO: London; Smith, D.J., Youth crime and conduct disorders (1995) Psychosocial Disorders in Young People: Time Trends and Their Causes, pp. 389-489. , ed. M. Rutter and D. J. Smith, Wiley: Chichester; Smith, T., Influence of socioeconomic factors on attaining targets for reducing teenage pregnancies (1993) British Medical Journal, 306, pp. 1232-1235; Wadsworth, M., (1979) Roots of Delinquency: Infancy, Adolescence and Crime, , Martin Robertson: London; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The Imprint of Time: Childhood, History and Adult Life, , Clarendon Press: Oxford; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.J.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Wedge, P., The second follow-up of the National Child Development Study (1969) Concern, 3, pp. 34-39; Wing, J.K., Cooper, J.E., Sartorius, N., (1974) Present State Examination, , Cambridge University Press: Cambridge; Yamaguchi, K., Kandel, D., Drug use and other determinants of premarital pregnancy and its outcome: A dynamic analysis of competing life events (1987) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 49, pp. 257-270; Zoccolillo, M., Co-occurrence of conduct disorder and its adult outcomes with depressive and anxiety disorders: A review (1992) Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, pp. 547-556 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030800899&doi=10.1017%2fS0033291797005576&partnerID=40&md5=00fdbb4dc243fb1d0085cd2f69b50b00 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Impact of maternal and child health strategy on child survival in a rural community of pondicherry T2 - Indian Pediatrics J2 - Indian Pediatr. VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 785 EP - 792 PY - 1997 SN - 00196061 (ISSN) AU - Dutt, D. AU - Srinivasa, D.K. AD - Dept. of Prev. and Social Medicine, Ctr. Disaster Preparedness Train., Jawaharlal Inst. Postgrad. Med. E., Pondicherry, 605 006, India AD - Department of Community Medicine, Kasturba Medical College, Manipal, Karnataka 576 119, India AB - Objective: To determine the impact of Maternal and Child Health (MCH) services on child survival in a socio-economically backward rural community. Setting; Twelve villages in Pondicherry with a population of 16803. Design: Prospective study. Subjects: A birth cohort of 356 live births (LB) born between January 1st and December 31st 1988. Methods: The live births were followed-up from birth to five years age (1988-1993). The health care received by this cohort and the antenatal services received by the cohort mothers was reviewed. Outcome measures related to child survival were determined and their changing trend since 1967 was examined. Results: Fifty-four per cent of the cohort children were from families below the poverty line. Antenatal registration and tetanus immunization coverage of the mothers of the cohort was 100%. Immunization coverage of the cohort children was more than 98% for BCG, DPT (three doses) and OPV (three doses) and 82% for measles. The infant mortality rate had reduced from 201/1000 LB in 1967 to 64/1000 LB (95% Cl 58.9-68.1) in 1989. The child death rate decreased from 29.4/1000 children 1-4 years of age (1970) to 18/1000 (95% Cl 13.9-22.1) in 1992. There were no deaths due to neonatal tetanus or measles. Neonatal mortality (35/1000 LB; 95% Cl 29.9-40.1) was higher than the post-neonatal mortality (29/1000 LB; 95% Cl 24.1-33.9). Fifty eight per cent of the neonatal deaths were due to non-infective causes like prematurity, birth asphyxia, birth injuries and congenital anomalies. Eighty per cent of post neonatal deaths were due to infections. Overall, the child survival index was high (91.27%; 95% Cl 88.14-94.26). This was inspite of the low socio-economic background of the children's families. Conclusions: Good MCH services can substantially improve child survival inspite of prevailing low socio-economic situations. Inputs for neonatal care need to be strengthened to further enhance child survival. KW - Child survival KW - Infant mortality KW - Maternal and child health strategy KW - age KW - article KW - Asia KW - cause of death KW - Causes Of Death KW - child KW - Child Mortality--changes KW - Child Survival--changes KW - cohort analysis KW - Demographic Factors KW - developing country KW - Economic Factors KW - Family And Household KW - Family Relationships KW - family size KW - female KW - follow up KW - health KW - health care delivery KW - health service KW - human KW - immunization KW - India KW - infant KW - infant mortality KW - Infant Mortality--changes KW - juvenile KW - Length Of Life KW - Low Income Population KW - male KW - Maternal-child Health Services KW - mortality KW - mother KW - newborn KW - outcome assessment KW - parent KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - poverty KW - pregnancy KW - preschool child KW - primary health care KW - prospective study KW - Research Report KW - rural population KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - Southern Asia KW - statistics KW - Survivorship KW - Age Factors KW - Asia KW - Causes Of Death KW - Child KW - Child Mortality--changes KW - Child Survival--changes KW - Delivery Of Health Care KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developing Countries KW - Economic Factors KW - Family And Household KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Relationships KW - Health KW - Health Services KW - Immunization KW - India KW - Infant Mortality--changes KW - Length Of Life KW - Low Income Population KW - Maternal-child Health Services KW - Mortality KW - Mothers KW - Parents KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Poverty KW - Primary Health Care KW - Research Report KW - Rural Population KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Southern Asia KW - Survivorship KW - Youth KW - Cause of Death KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - India KW - Infant KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Maternal Health Services KW - Outcome Assessment (Health Care) KW - Pregnancy KW - Prospective Studies KW - Rural Population N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: INPDA C2 - 9492416 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dutt, D.; Department of Community Medicine, Kasturba Medical College, Manipal, Karnataka 576 119, India N1 - References: (1989) World Health Statistics Annual, pp. 3-5. , Geneva, World Health Organization; Bhargava, S.K., Banerjee, S.K., Choudhury, P., Kumari, S., A longitudinal study of morbidity and mortality pattern from birth to six years of age in infants of varying birth weight (1979) Indian Pediatr, 16, pp. 967-973; Ghosh, S., Ramanujachayulu, T.K.T.S., Hooja, V., Madhavan, S., Mortality pattern in an urban birth cohort (1979) Indian J Med Res, 69, pp. 616-623; Datta, B., Krishna, N.D., Mane, R., Lila, R., Longitudinal study on morbidity and mortality pattern of children in Delhi during the first two years of life - Review of 1000 children (1967) Indian J Med Res, 55, pp. 504-509; Mosley, H., Child survival research and policy (1985) World Health Forum, 6, pp. 352-353; (1967) Report on the Baseline Health Survey of Rural Health Center Ramnathpuram, Villianur Commune Pondicherry State, pp. 9-54. , Pondicherry, JIPMER; Yojna. New Delhi, July 15,1994; pp 2-3; Lal S. National Program on Integrated Child Development Services. New Delhi, National Institute of Health and Family Welfare 1988; pp 9-54; Gopal Krishna, R., Dutta, S.P., Recording system of an health center practicing comprehensive health care (1967) Indian J Med Edn, 6, pp. 1-5; Government of India. National Health Policy. New Delhi, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare 1983; pp 1-7; Srinivasa, D.K., Danabalan, M., Anand, D., Infant mortality trends in a rural health center of Pondicherry (1974) J Indian Med Assoc, 62, pp. 39-43; Kumar, V., Raina, N., Experiences in prevention and management of birth asphyxia in the community (1991) A Global Strategy for Prevention and Management of Birth Asphyxia Through Maternal and Newborn Care at Primary Health Care Level in Developing Countries, pp. 47-51. , Ed. Pandurangi R. Sheffield, Commonwealth Association of Mental Handicap and Developmental Disabilities; Anderson, G.C., Marks, E.A., Wahlberg, B., Kangaroo care for premature infants (1986) Am J Nurs, 86, pp. 807-812; Dutta, S.P., Srinivasa, D.K., Kale, R.V., Mortality trends in villages of Rural Health Centre, Pondicherry (1972) Indian J Med Res, 60, pp. 296-304; Ross, J.A., Rich, M., Janet, P.M., Pensac, M., Child survival programs (1988) Family Planning and Child Survival in 100 Developing Countries, pp. 227-234. , New York, Center for Population Studies and Family Health, Columbia University; Premrajan, K.C., Srinivasa, D.K., Child health care: Is there any gender difference? (1991) J Family Welfare, 37, pp. 27-31; (1988) The State of the World Children, pp. 32-79. , Oxford, Oxford University Press; Goldcare, M., Griffith, K., (1983) Performance Indicators-A Commentary on the Literature, pp. 7-9. , Oxford, Unit of Clinical Epidemiology, University of Oxford; Williams, G., Save the babies (1986) World Health Forum, 7, pp. 391-398; Srinivasa, D.K., Danabalan, M., Prabhakaran, G.N., Anand, D., Influence of maternal care, parity, birth weight on neonatal mortality: A prospective study in an urban community (1976) Indian J Med Res, 64, pp. 358-366 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031216537&partnerID=40&md5=9b83ad1a8e3105171829d6de879a539c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age-specific education and income gradients in morbidity and mortality in a Canadian province T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - SOC. SCI. MED. VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 397 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(96)00354-1 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Mustard, C.A. AU - Derksen, S. AU - Berthelot, J.-M. AU - Wolfson, M. AU - Roos, L.L. AD - Manitoba Ctr. Hlth. Plcy. and Eval., Dept. of Community Health Sciences, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Man. R2H 2A6, Canada AD - Population Health Program, Can. Institute for Advanced Research, Toronto, Ont., Canada AD - Manitoba Ctr. Hlth. Plcy. and Eval., St. Boniface Gen. Hosp. Res. Centre, 351 Tache Ave, Winnipeg, Man. R2H 2A6, Canada AB - While important age-related trends in the use of health care services over the past two decades in Canada have been well described, a comprehensive description of socioeconomic gradients in morbidity and mortality across age cohorts for a representative population has not been accomplished to date in Canada. The objective of this study was to describe age-specific socioeconomic differentials in mortality and morbidity for a representative sample of a single Canadian province. The study sample was formed from the linkage of individual respondent records in the 1986 census to vital statistics records and comprehensive records of health care utilization for a 5% sample of residents of the province of Manitoba. Using two measures of socioeconomic status derived from census responses, attained education and household income, individuals were stratified into age-specific quartile ranks. Based on diagnostic information contained on health care utilization records, the proportion of the sample in treatment during a 12-month observation period was calculated for 15 broadly defined categories of morbidity and tested for differences across socioeconomic quartiles, mortality was inversely associated with both income and education quartile rank. In the analysis of morbidity, no association between socioeconomic status and treatment prevalence was observed in the majority of the 122 age and disorder-specific strata tested. Of the observed associations, however, negative relationships were dominant, indicating a higher treatment prevalence among individuals of lower attained education or lower household income. Across the age course, negative relationships were most frequently present among young and middle aged adults, those aged 30-64, and were more consistently found for income than for education. The general findings of this study of a representative Canadian population support observations from other developed country settings that socioeconomic differences in relative rates of mortality and morbidity over the life course are greatest in the adult years. KW - Canada KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - Socioeconomic status KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - canada KW - education KW - health care utilization KW - human KW - income KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - social status KW - vital statistics KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Feasibility Studies KW - Female KW - Health Surveys KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Manitoba KW - Medical Record Linkage KW - Middle Aged KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - National Health Programs KW - Pilot Projects KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - health inequality KW - medical geography KW - mortality rate KW - socioeconomic status KW - Canada N1 - Cited By :79 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 9232733 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mustard, C.A.; Manitoba Ctr Hlth Policy Evaluation, St Boniface Gen Hosp Research Centre, 351 Tache Ave., Winnipeg, Man. R2H 2A6, Canada N1 - References: Ader, R., Cohen, N., Felton, D., Psychoneuroimmunology: Interactions between the nervous system and the immune system (1995) Lancet, 345, pp. 99-103; Anderson, G., Grumbach, K., Luft, H., Roos, L.L., Mustard, C., Use of coronary artery bypass surgery in the United States and Canada. Influence of age and income (1993) Journal of the American Medical Association, 269, pp. 1661-1666; Barer, M.L., Evans, R.G., Hertzman, C., Lomas, J., Aging and health care utilization: New evidence on old fallacies (1987) Social Science & Medicine, 24, pp. 851-862; Barker, D.J., Martyn, C.N., The maternal and fetal origins of cardiovascular disease (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 8-11; Barker, D.J., Osmond, C., Infant mortality, childhood nutrition and ischaemic heart disease in England and Wales (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 1077-1081; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) British Medical Journal, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Benzeval, M., Judge, K., Whitehead, M., (1995) Tackling Inequalities in Health: An Agenda for Action, , King's Fund, London; Bergner, M., Bobbitt, R.A., Pollard, W.E., Martin, D.P., Gilson, B.S., The sickness impact profile: Validation of a health status measure (1976) Medical Care, 14, pp. 57-67; Bergner, M., Rothman, M.L., Health status measures: An overview and guide for selection (1987) Annual Review of Public Health, 8, pp. 191-210; Bland, J.M., Altman, D.G., Multiple significance tests: The Bonferroni method (1995) British Medical Journal, 310, p. 170; Blane, D., An assessment of the Black Report's "explanations of health inequalities" (1985) Sociology of Health and Illness, 7, pp. 423-445; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social selection: What does it contribute to social class differences in health? (1993) Sociology of Health and Illness, 15, pp. 1-15; Blishen, B.R., McRoberts, H.A., A revised socioeconomic index for occupations in Canada (1976) Canadian Review of Social Anthropology, 13, pp. 71-73; Bowling, A., (1991) Measuring Health. A Review of Quality of Life Measurement Scales, , Open University Press, Milton Keyes; Braverman, P., Schaff, V.M., Egerter, S., Bennett, T., Schecter, W., Insurance-related differences in the risk of ruptured appendix (1994) New England Journal of Medicine, 331, pp. 444-449; Callahan, L.F., Pincus, T., Formal education level as a significant marker of clinical status in rheumatoid arthritis (1988) Arthritis and Rheumatism, 31, pp. 1346-1357; Cohen, M., MacWilliam, L., Measuring the health of the population (1995) Medical Care, 33, pp. DS21-DS42; Feldman, J.J., Makuc, D.M., Kleinman, J.C., Cornoni-Huntley, J., National trends in educational differentials in mortality (1989) American Journal of Epidemiology, 129, pp. 919-933; Ford, G., Ecob, R., Hunt, K., Macintyre, S., West, P., Patterns of class inequality in health through the lifespan: Class gradients at 15, 35 and 55 years in the West of Scotland (1994) Social Science & Medicine, 39, pp. 1037-1050; Fries, J.F., Aging, natural death and the compression of morbidity (1980) New England Journal of Medicine, 330, pp. 130-135; Gordon, N.H., Crowe, J.P., Brumberg, D.J., Berger, N.A., Socioeconomic factors and race in breast cancer recurrence and survival (1992) American Journal of Epidemiology, 135, pp. 609-618; Haug, M.E., Measurement in social stratification (1977) Annual Review of Sociology, 3, pp. 51-79; Hertzman, C., Wiens, M., (1994) Child Development and Long-term Outcomes: A Population Health Perspective and Summary of Successful Interventions, , Unpublished. Office of Health Promotion, B.C. Ministry of Health, Vancouver; Houle, C., Berthelot, J.M., David, P., Mustard, C.A., Roos, L.L., Wolfson, M.C., (1996) Project on Matching Census 1986 Database and Manitoba Health Care Files: Private Households Component, , Unpublished. Analytic Studies Branch Research Paper Series, No. 91, Statistics Canada; House, J.S., Robbins, C., Age, psychological stress and health (1983) Aging in Society: Selected Review of Recent Research, pp. 175-197. , ed. M. W. Riley, Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ; House, J.S., Kessler, R.C., Herzog, A.R., Mero, R.P., Kinney, A.M., Breslow, M.J., Age, socioeconomic status and health (1990) Milbank Quarterly, 68, pp. 383-411; Kaplan, G.A., Camacho, T., Perceived health and mortality: A nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort (1983) American Journal of Epidemiology, 117, pp. 292-304; Kitagawa, E.M., Hauser, P.M., (1973) Differential Mortality in the United States: A Study of Socioeconomic Epidemiology, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge; Krieger, N., Fee, E., Social class: The missing link in US health data (1994) International Journal of Health Services, 24, pp. 25-44; Liberatos, P., Link, B.G., Kelsey, J.L., The measurement of social class in epidemiology (1988) Epidemiologic Reviews, 10, pp. 87-121; Liu, K., Relationship of education to major risk factors and death from coronary heart disease, cardiovascular diseases and all causes: Findings of three Chicago epidemiologic studies (1982) Circulation, 66, pp. 1308-1314; Manga, P., Equality of access and inequalities in health status: Policy implications of a paradox (1987) Health and Canadian Society: Sociological Perspectives, p. 637. , eds D. Coburn, C. D'Arcy, G. Torrance and P. New, Fitzhenry and Whiteside, Toronto; (1995) Precision of the Sample Estimate of Population Utilization of Hospital Care, , Technical Note 6, Statistics Canada/MCHPE Linkage Project; Marmot, M.G., McDowall, M.E., Mortality decline and widening social inequalities (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 274-276; Marmot, M.G., Kogevinas, M., Elston, M.A., Social/economic status and disease (1987) Annual Review of Public Health, 8, pp. 111-135; McDowell, I., Newell, C., (1987) Measuring Health: A Guide to Rating Scales and Questionnaires, , Oxford University Press, New York; McGinnis, J.M., Lee, P.R., Healthy people 2000 at mid decade (1995) Journal of the American Medical Association, 273, pp. 1123-1129; Millar, W.J., Wigle, D.T., Socioeconomic disparities in risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1986) Canadian Medical Association Journal, 134, pp. 127-132; Mossey, J.M., Shapiro, E., Self-rated health: A predictor of mortality among the elderly (1982) American Journal of Public Health, 72, pp. 800-808; Muhajarine, N., Mustard, C.A., Roos, L.L., Young, T.K., Gelskey, D.E., A comparison of survey data and physician claims data for detecting hypertension Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, , in press; Mustard, C.A., Roos, N.P., The relationship of prenatal care and pregnancy complication to birth-weight outcome (1994) American Journal of Public Health, 84, pp. 1450-1457; Mustard, C.A., Derksen, S., Berthelot, J.M., Wolfson, M., Roos, L.L., Carriere, K.C., (1995) Socioeconomic Gradients in Mortality and the Use of Health Care Services at Different Stages in the Life Course, , Report 95.04, Manitoba Centre for Health Policy and Evaluation, Winnipeg; Mustard, C.A., Derksen, S., Tataryn, D., Persistence of intensive use of mental health care (1996) Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 41, pp. 93-101; Newacheck, P.W., Halfon, N., The association between mother's and children's use of physician services (1986) Medical Care, 24, pp. 30-38; Pappas, G., Queen, S., Hadden, W., Fisher, G., The increasing disparity in mortality between socioeconomic groups in the United States, 1960 and 1986 (1993) New England Journal of Medicine, 329, pp. 103-109; Pincus, T., Callahan, L.F., Associations of low formal education level and poor health status: Behavioral, in addition to demographic and medical, explanations (1994) Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 47, pp. 355-361; Pincus, T., Callahan, L.F., Burkhauser, R.V., Most chronic disease are reported more frequently by individuals with fewer than 12 years of formal education in the age 18-64 United States population (1987) Journal of Chronic Disease, 40, pp. 865-874; Pineo, P.C., Porter, J., McRoberts, H.A., The 1971 census and the Socioeconomic classification of occupations (1977) Canadian Review of Social Anthropology, 14, pp. 91-102; Power, C., Social and economic background and class inequalities in health among young adults (1991) Social Science & Medicine, 32, pp. 411-417; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., Fogelman, K., Health in childhood and social inequalities in health in young adults (1990) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Association, 153, pp. 17-28; Missing: A strategy for health of the nation (1991) British Medical Journal, 303, pp. 299-302; Roberge, R., Berthelot, J.M., Wolfson, M., The health utility index: Measuring health differences in Ontario by Socioeconomic status (1995) Health Reports, 7, pp. 25-32; Roos, L.L., Wajda, A., Record linkage strategies. Part I: Estimating information and evaluation approaches (1991) Methods of Information in Medicine, 30, pp. 117-123; Roos, N.P., How a universal health care system responds to an aging population: Demographics, supply, and utilization in 1975 and 1983 in Manitoba, Canada (1989) Journal on Aging and Health, 1, pp. 411-429; Roos, N.P., Shapiro, E., The Manitoba longitudinal study on aging: Preliminary findings on health care utilization by the elderly (1992) Medical Care, 19, pp. 644-657; Roos, N.P., Havens, B., Black, C., Living longer but doing worse: Assessing health status in elderly persons at two points in time in Manitoba, Canada, 1971 and 1983 (1993) Social Science & Medicine, 36, pp. 273-282; Roos, N.P., Shapiro, E., Tate, R.B., Does a small minority of elderly account for a majority of health care expenditures? A sixteen year perspective (1989) Milbank Quarterly, 67, pp. 347-369; Rothman, K.J., No adjustments are needed for multiple comparisons (1990) Epidemiology, 1, pp. 43-46; Shah, B.V., Barnwell, B.G., Hunt, P.N., LaVange, L.M., (1991) SUDAAN Users Manual, Release 5.50, , Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC; Stone, D.A., Making the poor count (1994) American Prospect, 17, pp. 84-88; Streiner, D.L., Norman, G.R., (1989) Health Measurement Scales. A Practical Guide to Their Development and Use, , Oxford University Press, New York; Torrance, G.W., Zhang, Y., Feeny, D., Boyle, M.H., (1992) Multi-attribute Preference Functions for a Comprehensive Health Status Classification System, , Unpublished. Centre for Health Economics and Policy Analysis, McMaster University, Hamilton; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., (1988) Inequalities in Health: The Black Report, , Penguin Books, New York; Ugnat, A.M., Mark, E., Life expectancy by sex, age and income level (1987) Chronic Diseases in Canada, 8, pp. 12-13; Waldron, I., Contributions of biological and behavioral factors to changing sex differences in ischaemic heart disease mortality (1995) Adult Mortality in Developed Countries: From Description to Explanation, pp. 161-178. , eds A. D. Lopez, G. Caselli and T. Valkonen, Clarendon Press, Oxford; Weissman, J.S., Gatsonis, C., Epstein, A.M., Rates of avoidable hospitalization by insurance status in Massachusetts and Maryland (1992) Journal of the American Medical Association, 268, pp. 2388-2394; Wenneker, M.B., Weissman, J.S., Epstein, A.M., The association of payer with utilization of cardiac procedures in Massachusetts (1990) Journal of the American Medical Association, 264, pp. 1255-1260; Wilkins, R., Policy-relevant health information: The Canadian experience in assessing socio-economic differentials in mortality (1995) Adult Mortality in Developed Countries: From Description to Explanation, pp. 307-326. , eds A. D. Lopez, G. Caselli G. and T. Valkonen, Clarendon Press, Oxford; Wilkins, R., Adams, O., Brancker, A., Changes in mortality by income in urban Canada from 1971 to 1986 (1991) Health Reports, 1, pp. 137-174; Williams, D.R., Socio-economic differentials in health: A review and redirection (1990) Social Psychology Quarterly, 53, pp. 81-99; Winkleby, M.A., Jatulis, D.E., Frank, E., Fortmann, S.P., Socioeconomic status and health: How education, income, and occupation contribute to risk factors for cardiovascular disease (1992) American Journal of Public Health, 82, pp. 816-820; Wolfson, M., Evans, J.M., Statistics Canada's Low Income Cut-Offs: Methodological Concerns and Possibilities (1989) Research Paper Series, , Analytic Studies Branch, Statistics Canada, Ottawa; Wolfson, M., Rowe, G., Gentleman, J.F., Tomiak, M., Career earnings and death: A longitudinal analysis of older Canadian men (1993) Journal of Gerontology, 43, pp. S167-S179; Woolhandler, S., Himmelstein, D.U., Reverse targeting of preventive care due to lack of health insurance (1988) Journal of the American Medical Association, 259, pp. 2872-2874; Young, T.K., Gelskey, D.E., Macdonald, S., Hook, E., Hamilton, S., (1991) The Manitoba Heart Health Survey Technical Report, , Department of Community Health Sciences, Faculty of Medicine, University of Manitoba UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030617480&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2896%2900354-1&partnerID=40&md5=92fe07f9d1abe7010fb846fc1d8a7f9c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Dietary pattern and 20 year mortality in elderly men in Finland, Italy, and the Netherlands: Longitudinal cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 315 IS - 7099 SP - 13 EP - 17 PY - 1997 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Huijbregts, P. AU - Feskens, E. AU - Räsänen, L. AU - Fidanza, F. AU - Nissinen, A. AU - Menotti, A. AU - Kromhout, D. AD - Dept. Chron. Dis. Environ. E., Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. the Environ., PO Box 1, NL-3720 BA Bilthoven, Netherlands AD - Division of Nutrition, Dept. of Appl. Chem. and Microbiol., University of Helsinki, 00014 Helsinki, Finland AD - Inst. of Food Sciences and Nutrition, University of Perugia, Perugia, 00610, Italy AD - Dept. of Comm. Hlth. and Gen. Pract., University of Kuopio, 70211 Kuopio, Finland AD - Division of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55454-1015, United States AB - Objective: To investigate the association of dietary pattern and mortality in international data. Design: Cohort study with 20 years' follow up of mortality. Setting: Five cohorts in Finland, the Netherlands, and Italy. Subjects: Population based random sample of 3045 men aged 50-70 years in 1970. Main outcome measures: Food intake was estimated using a cross check dietary history. In this dietary survey method, the usual food consumption pattern in the 6-12 months is estimated. A healthy diet indicator was calculated for the dietary pattern, using the World Health Organisation's guidelines for the prevention of chronic diseases. Vital status was verified after 20 years of follow up, and death rates were calculated. Results: Dietary intake varied greatly in 1970 between the three countries. In Finland and the Netherlands the intake of saturated fatty acids and cholesterol was high and the intake of alcohol was low; in Italy the opposite was observed. In total 1796 men (59%) died during 20 years of follow up. The healthy diet indicator was inversely associated with mortality (P for trend < 0.05). After adjustment for age, smoking, and alcohol consumption, the relative risk in the group with the healthiest diet indicator compared with the group with the least healthy was 0.87 (95% confidence interval 0.77 to 0.98). Estimated relative risks were essentially similar within each country. Conclusions: Dietary intake of men aged 50-70 is associated with a 20 year, all cause mortality in different cultures. The healthy diet indicator is useful in evaluating the relation of mortality to dietary patterns. KW - alcohol KW - cholesterol KW - saturated fatty acid KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - diet KW - fat intake KW - finland KW - follow up KW - food intake KW - human KW - italy KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - mortality KW - netherlands KW - practice guideline KW - priority journal KW - risk KW - smoking KW - world health organization KW - Aged KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Data Collection KW - Diet KW - Energy Intake KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Italy KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Netherlands KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :236 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 9233319 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Huijbregts, P.; Chronic Diseases Environ. Epidemiol., NI Public Health and the Environment, PO Box 1, NL-3720 BA Bilthoven, Netherlands N1 - References: Kushi, L.H., Lew, R.A., Stare, F.J., Ellison, C.R., El Lozy, M., Bourke, G., Diet and 20-year mortality from coronary heart disease. The Ireland-Boston Diet-Heart Study (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 811-818; Dolecek, T.A., Grandits, G., Dietary polyunsaturated fatty acids and mortality in the multiple risk factor intervention trial (MRFIT) (1991) World Rev Nutr Diet, 66, pp. 205-216; Kim, I., Williamson, D.F., Byers, T., Koplan, J.P., Vitamin and mineral supplement use and mortality in a US cohort (1993) Am J Public Health, 83, pp. 546-550; Kromhout, D., Bosschieter, E.B., De Lezenne Coulander, C., Dietary fibre and 10-year mortality from coronary heart disease, cancel and all causes. The Zutphen study (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 519-522; Kromhout, D., Bosschieter, E.B., De Lezenne Coulander, C., The inverse relation between fish consumption and 20-year mortality from coronary heart disease (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 1205-1209; Gordon, T., Fisher, M., Rifkind, B.M., Some difficulties inherent in the interpretation of dietary data from free-living populations (1984) Am J Clin Nutr, 39, pp. 152-156; Nube, M., Kok, F.J., Vandenbroucke, J.P., Van Der Heide-Wessel, C., Van Der Heide, R.M., Scoring of prudent dietary habits and its relation to 25-year survival (1987) J Am Diet Assoc, 87, pp. 171-175; Trichopoulou, A., Kouris-Blazos, A., Wahlqvist, M.L., Gnardellis, C., Lagiou, P., Polychronopoulos, E., Diet and overall survival in elderly people (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 1457-1460; Kant, A.K., Schatzkin, A., Harris, T.B., Ziegler, R.G., Block, G., Dietary diversity and subsequent mortality in the first national health and nutrition examination survey epidemiologic follow-up study (1993) Am J Clin Nutr, 57, pp. 434-440; Farchi, G., Mariotti, S., Menotti, A., Seccareccia, F., Torsello, S., Fidanza, F., Diet and 20-year mortality in two rural population groups of middle-aged men in Italy (1989) Am J Clin Nutr, 50, pp. 1059-1103; Diet, nutrition, and the prevention of chronic diseases (1990) WHO Technical Report Series No 797, , Report of a WHO Study Group. Geneva: World Health Organisation; Keys, A., (1980) Seven Countries. A Multivariate Analysis of Death and Coronary Heart Disease, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Huijbregts, P.P.C.W., Feskens, E.J.M., Räsänen, L., Alberti-Fidanza, A., Mutanen, M., Fidanza, F., Dietary intake in five ageing cohorts of men in Finland, Italy and the Netherlands (1995) Eur J Clin Nutr, 49, pp. 852-860; Burke, B.S., The dietary history as a tool in research (1947) J Am Diet Assoc, 23, pp. 1041-1046; Hartog, C., Van Schaik, Th.F.S.M., Dalderup, L.M., The diet of volunteers participating in a long term epidemiological field survey on coronary heart disease at Zutphen, the Netherlands (1965) Voeding, 26, pp. 184-208; Pekkarinen, M., Dietary surveys in connection with coronary heart disease studies in Finland (1981) New Trends in Nutrition, Lipid Research, and Cardiovascular Diseases, pp. 243-261. , Bazan NG, Paoletti R, Iacono JM, eds. New York: Liss; Current Topics in Nutrition and Disease, 5; Kromhout, D., Changes in energy and macronutrients in 871 middle-aged men during 10 years of follow-up (the Zutphen study) (1983) Am J Clin Nutr, 37, pp. 287-294; Alberti-Fidanza, A., Seccareccia, F., Torsello, S., Diet of two rural population groups of middle-aged men in Italy (1988) Int J Vitamin Nutr Res, 58, pp. 442-451; Bloemberg, B.P.M., Kromhout, D., Obermann-de Boer, G.L., Van Kampen-Donker, M., The reproducibility of dietary intake data assessed with the cross-check dietary history method (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 130, pp. 1047-1056; Alberti-Fidanza, A., Alunni Paolacci, C., Chiuchiu, M.P., Colli, R., Fruttini, D., Cereducci, G., Dietary studies on two rural Italian population groups of the seven countries study. I. Food and nutrient intake at the first year of follow-up in 1991 (1994) Eur J Clin Nutr, 48, pp. 85-91; Hautvast, J.G.A.J., Cominissie uniforme codering voedingsenquetes; ontwikkeling van een systeem om gegevens van voedingsenquetes met behulp van de computer te verwerken (1975) Voeding, 36, pp. 356-361; Farchi, G., Fidanza, F., Mariotti, S., Menotti, A., Alcohol and mortality in the Italian rural cohorts of the seven countries study (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 74-81; Farchi, G., Fidanza, F., Grossi, P., Lancia, A., Mariotti, S., Menotti, A., Relationship between eating patterns meeting recommendations and subsequent mortality in 20 years (1995) Eur J Clin Nutr, 49, pp. 408-419; Huijbregts, P.P.C.W., Feskens, E.J.M., Kromhout, D., Dietary patterns and cardiovascular risk factors in elderly men: The Zutphen elderly study (1995) Int J Epidermiol, 24, pp. 313-330; Fidanza, F., The Mediterranean Italian diet: Keys to conternporary thinking (1991) Proc. Nutr Soc, 50, pp. 519-526; Willett, W.C., Sacks, F., Trichopoulou, A., Drescher, G., Ferro-Luzzi, A., Helsing, E., Mediterranean diet pyramid: A cultural model for healthy eating (1995) Am J Clin Nutr, 61 (6 SUPPL.), pp. 1402-6S; Willett, W.C., Diet and health: What should we eat? (1994) Science, 264, pp. 532-537; Kromhout, D., Saris, W.H., Horst, C.H., Energy intake, energy expenditure, and smoking in relation to body fatness: The Zutphen study (1988) Am J Clin Nutr, 47, pp. 668-674 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030996521&partnerID=40&md5=91a25508cb5e873d6b02228ed78592cf ER - TY - JOUR TI - Women's reproductive health: The role of body mass index in early and adult life T2 - International Journal of Obesity J2 - INT. J. OBES. VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 432 EP - 438 PY - 1997 SN - 03070565 (ISSN) AU - Lake AU - Power, C. AU - Cole, T.J. AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Biostatist., Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London, WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - MRC Dunn Nutrition Unit, Downhams Lane, Milton Road, Cambridge, CB4 1XJ, United Kingdom AB - BACKGROUND: Higher risks of menstrual problems and infertility have been found in underweight and overweight women but evidence is inconsistent especially in relation to the effect of age of onset of obesity. OBJECTIVE: To determine whether body mass index (BMI) in adulthood or childhood affects the reproductive health of women. METHODS: Heights, weights (at 7, 11, 16, 23 and 33 y) and reproductive data were available for 5799 females in the 1958 British birth cohort study. Body mass index (BMI) was calculated as weight/height. Age-specific cut-offs were used to define overweight and obesity. Reproductive outcomes reported at age 33 included: menstrual problems (also reported at 16 y), hypertension in pregnancy and subfertility. RESULTS: Early menarcheal age was associated with higher risks of menstrual problems by 16 y but this relationship did not persist to 33 y. Obesity at 23 y and obesity at 7 y both independently increased the risk of menstrual problems by age 33 (OR = 1.75, OR = 1.59 respectively) after adjusting for other confounding factors. Obesity at 23 y increased the risk of hypertension in pregnancy (OR = 2.37), after adjusting for confounders. Consistent with these findings, obese women at 23 y were less likely to conceive within 12 months of unprotected intercourse after adjustment for confounders (RR = 0.69). CONCLUSIONS: Overweight and obesity in early adulthood appears to increase the risk of menstrual problems, hypertension in pregnancy and subfertility. Other than menstrual problems, childhood body mass index had little impact on the reproductive health of women. KW - Body mass index KW - Fertility KW - Longitudinal studies KW - Menarche KW - Menstruation disorders KW - Obesity KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - body mass KW - body weight KW - female KW - female infertility KW - health KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - maternal hypertension KW - menarche KW - menstruation disorder KW - obesity KW - onset age KW - priority journal KW - reproduction KW - risk KW - school child KW - subfertility KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aging KW - Body Mass Index KW - Child KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Infertility, Female KW - Menstruation Disturbances KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications, Cardiovascular KW - Reproduction KW - Risk Factors KW - Women's Health N1 - Cited By :150 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJOBD C2 - 9192225 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lake, J.K.; Dept. Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, 30 Guilford Street, London, WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom N1 - Funding details: Medical Research Council, Medical Research Council N1 - Funding text: We would like to acknowledge the support of the Medical Research Council. N1 - References: Pasquali, R., Casimirri, F., The impact of obesity on hyperandrogenism and polycystic ovary syndrome in premenopausal women (1993) Clin Endocrinol, 39, pp. 1-16; Yen, S.S.C., The polycystic ovary syndrome (1980) Clin Endocrinol, 12, pp. 177-208; Kiddy, D.S., Sharp, P.S., White, D.M., Scanlon, M.F., Mason, H.D., Bray, C.S., Poison, D.W., Franks, S., Differences in clinical and endocrine features between obese and non-obese subjects with polycystic ovary syndrome: An analysis of263 consecutive cases (1990) Clin Endocrinol, 32, pp. 213-220; Rich-Edwards, J.W., Goldman, M.B., Willett, W.C., Hunter, D.J., Stampfer, M.J., Colditz, E.A., Manson, J.E., Adolescent body mass index and infertility caused by ovulatory disorder (1994) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 171, pp. 171-177; Zaadstra, B.M., Seidell, J.C., Van Noord, P.A.H., Tevelde, E.R., Habbema, J.D.F., Vrieswijk, B., Karbaat, J., Fat and female fecundity: Prospective study of body fat distribution on conception rates (1993) Br Med J, 306, pp. 484-487; Van Noord-Zaadstra, B.M., Seidel, J.C., Vrieswijk, B., Van-Noord, P.A.H., The relationship between fat distribution and fertility: A prospective study in healthy Dutch women (1991) Int J Obes, 15, p. 36; Grodstein, F., Goldman, M.B., Cramer, D.W., Body mass index and ovulatory infertility (1994) Epidemiol, 5, pp. 247-250; Hartz, A.J., Barboriak, P.N., Wong, A., Katayama, K.P., Rimm, A.A., The association of obesity with infertility and related menstrual abnormalities in women (1979) Proc Nutr Soc, 3, pp. 57-73; Combes, R., Altomare, E., Tramoni, M., Vague, J., Obesity and menstrual disorders (1979) Medical Complications of Obesity, 26, pp. 285-288. , Mancini M, Lewis B, Contaldo F (eds). Serona Symposi, Academic Press: New York; Bruni, V., Bucciantini, S., Caruso, S., Dei, M., Fiaschi, A., Lippi, G., Rosati, D., Cappelli, G., Obesity in adolescence (1985) Adolescence in Females, pp. 309-320. , Flamigni C, Venturoli S, Givens JR (eds). Year Book Medical Publisher: Chicago; Hartz, A.J., Rupley, D.C., Rimm, A.A., The association of girth measurements with disease in 32856 women (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 71-80; Green, B.B., Weiss, N.S., Daling, J.R., Risk of ovulatory infertility in relation to body weight (1988) Fertil Steril, 50, pp. 721-726; Howe, G., Westhoff, C., Vessey, M., Yeats, D., Effects of age, cigarette smoking, and other factors on fertility: Findings in a large prospective study (1985) Br Med J, 290, pp. 1697-1700; Wilcox, A., Weinberg, C., Baird, D., Caffeinated beverages and decreased fertility (1988) Lancet, 2, pp. 1453-1456; Bennett, N., Dodd, T., Flatley, J., Freeth, S., Bolling, K., (1995) The Health of Our Nation: Health Survey for England 1993, pp. 31-43. , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys: London; Gulliford, M.C., Rona, R.J., Chinn, S., Trends in body mass index in young adults in England and Scotland from 1973 to 1988 (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 187-190; Gortmaker, S.L., Dietz, W.H., Sobol, A.M., Wehler, C.A., Increasing pediatric obesity in the United States (1987) Am J Dis Childhood, 141, pp. 535-540; Shah, M., Hannan, P.J., Jeffery, R.W., Secular trend in body mass index in the adult population of three communities from the upper mid-western part of the USA: The Minnesota Heart Health Program (1991) Int J Obes, 15, pp. 499-503; Sorensen, T.I.A., Price, R.A., Secular trends in body mass index among Danish young men (1990) IntJ Obes, 14, pp. 411-419; Montemagno, U., Contaldo, F., Martinnelli, P., Votino, F., Gynaecological complications of obesity (1979) Medical Complications of Obesity, pp. 227-283. , Mancini M, Lewis B, Contaldo F (eds). Academic Press: London; Frisch, R.E., The right weight: Body fat, menarche and fertility (1994) Proc Nutr Soc, 53, pp. 113-129; Sundell, G., Milsom, I., Andersch, B., Factors influencing the prevalence of severity of dysmenorrhoea in young women (1990) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 97, pp. 588-594; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Livingstone: Edinburgh; Ferri, E., (1993) Life at 33: The Fifth Follow-up of the National Child Development Study, , National Children's Bureau: London; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and Class: The Early Years, , Chapman & Hall: London; Goldstein, H., A study of response rates of 16-year-olds in the NCDS (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain, pp. 9-18. , Fogelman K (ed). Macmillan Press: London; Knight, I., (1984) The Heights and Weights of Young Adults in Great Britain, , HMSO: London; Power, C., Moynihan, C., Social class and changes in weight-for-height between childhood and early adulthood (1988) Int J Obes, 12, pp. 445-453; Joffe, M., Li, Z., Male and female factors in fertility (1994) Am J Epidemiol, 140, pp. 921-929; Joffe, M., Villard, L., Zhimin, L., Plowman, R., Vessey, M., Long-term recall for time-to-pregnancy (1993) Fertil Steril, 60, pp. 99-104; Joffe, M., Villard, L., Li, Z., Plowman, R., Vessey, M., A time to pregnancy questionnaire designed for long-term recall: Validity in Oxford, England (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 314-319; (1983) J R Coll Physician, 17, p. 1; Peckham, C.S., Stark, O., Simonite, V., Wolff, O.H., Prevalence of obesity in British children born in 1946 and 1958 (1983) Br Med J, 286, pp. 1237-1242; Stark, O., Atkins, E., Wolff, O.H., Douglas, J.W.B., Longitudinal study of obesity in the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) Br Med J, 283, pp. 13-17; Stone, P., Cook, D., Hutton, J., Purdie, G., Murray, H., Harcourt, L., Measurements of blood pressure, edema and proteinuria in a pregnant population of New Zealand (1995) Aust NZJ Obstet Gynaecol, 35, pp. 32-37; Ranta, P., Jouppila, P., Spalding, M., Jouppila, R., The effect of maternal obesity on labor and labor pain (1995) Anaesthesia, 50, pp. 322-326; Galtierdereure, F., Montpeyroux, F., Boulot, P., Bringer, J., Jaffiol, C., Weight excess before pregnancy - Complications and cost (1995) Int J Obes, 19, pp. 443-448; Falsetti, L., Pasonetti, E., Mazzani, M.D., Gastaldi, A., Weight loss and menstrual cycle: Clinical and endocrinological evaluation (1992) Gynecol Endocrinol, 6, pp. 49-56; Harlow, S.D., Park, M., A longitudinal study of risk factors for the occurrence, duration and severity of menstrual cramps in a cohort of college women (1996) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 103, pp. 1134-1142; Paganini-Hill, A., Ross, R.K., Reliability of recall of drug usage and other health related information (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 116, pp. 114-122; Bean, J.A., Leeper, J.D., Wallace, R.B., Sherman, B.M., Jagger, H., Variations in the reporting of menstrual histories (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 109, pp. 181-185; Zielhuis, G.A., Hulscher, M.E.J.L., Florack, E.I.M., Validity and reliability of a questionnaire on fecundability (1992) Int J Epidemiol, 21, pp. 1151-1156; Bradlow, J., Coulter, A., Brooks, P., (1992) Patterns of Referral, , Health Services Research Unit: Oxford; Clayton, R.N., Ogden, V., Hodgkinson, J., Worswick, L., Rodin, D.A., Dyers, S., Meade, T.W., How common are polycystic ovaries in normal women and what is their significance for the fertility of the population? (1992) Clin Endocrinol, 37, pp. 127-134; Frisch, R.E., Body fat, puberty and fertility (1984) Biol Rev Camb Philos Soc, 59, pp. 161-188; Frisch, R.E., Fatness and fertility (1988) Sci Am, 258, pp. 88-95; Reid, R.L., Van Vugt, D.A., Weight-related changes in reproductive function (1987) Fertil Steril, 48, pp. 905-913; Cole, T.J., Weight-stature indices to measure underweight, over-weight and obesity (1991) Anthropometric Assessment of Nutritional Status, pp. 83-111. , Himes JH (ed). Alan R Liss: New York; Freeman, J., Power, C., Rodgers, B., Weight for height indices of adiposity in childhood and early adult life (1995) Int J Epidemiol, 24, pp. 970-976 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030913050&partnerID=40&md5=b274fa44c1205dc8449c4aff3c330bbd ER - TY - JOUR TI - No increased mortality in later life for cohorts born during famine T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - AM. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 145 IS - 11 SP - 987 EP - 994 PY - 1997 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Kannisto, V. AU - Christensen, K. AU - Vaupel, J.W. AD - Odense University Medical School, Odense, Denmark AD - Danish Epidemiology Science Centre, Steno Institute of Public Health, Aarhus University Hospital, Aarhus, Denmark AD - Sanford Institute, Duke University, Durham, NC, United States AD - Odense University Medical School, Winslowparken 17, DK-5000 Odense C, Denmark AB - Nutrition early in life may influence adult mortality. The fetal- origins hypothesis suggests that nourishment before birth and during the individual's infancy programs the development of risk factors for several important diseases of middle and old age. The present study was designed to evaluate the impact of extreme nutritional deprivation in utero and during infancy and early childhood on mortality in later life. The authors analyzed the survival of the cohorts born in Finland during the severe 1866-1868 famine and during the 5 years immediately preceding and 5 years immediately following the famine. The study included 331,932 individuals born prior to the famine, 161,744 born during the famine, and 323,321 born after the famine. The authors assessed survival by cohorts from birth to age 17 years and from age 17 to 40, 60, and 80 years, as well as average length of life after age 80 years. Survival from birth to age 17 years was significantly lower in cohorts born before and during the famine than in the cohorts born after the famine (males, 0.566 vs. 0.671, a difference of 0.105 (95% confidence interval (CI) 0.102-0.108); females, 0.593 vs. 0.692, a difference of 0.099 (95% CI 0.096-0.102)). At subsequent ages, including old age, mortality was practically identical in the famine-born cohorts and in the five cohorts born before and after the crisis. For both males and females, survival from 17 to 80 years and mean remaining lifetime at age 80 years were very similar across the 13 cohorts studied. These findings suggest that, although cohorts subjected to prolonged and extreme nutritional deprivation in utero and during infancy and early childhood suffer an immediate rise in mortality, after the crisis has passed, they carry no aftereffects that influence their survival in later life. KW - cohort effect KW - fetal growth retardation KW - mortality KW - nutrition KW - survival rate KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - child KW - child nutrition KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - fetus KW - finland KW - follow up KW - human KW - hunger KW - infant KW - infant nutrition KW - intrauterine growth retardation KW - life event KW - life expectancy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - newborn KW - nutritional deficiency KW - survival KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Deficiency Diseases KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Environment KW - Europe KW - Famine KW - Finland KW - Food Supply KW - Health KW - Historical Survey KW - Mortality KW - Natural Resources KW - Northern Europe KW - Nutrition KW - Nutrition Disorders KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Scandinavia KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Birth Rate KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant Nutrition Physiology KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Mortality KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution KW - Starvation KW - Survival Analysis KW - adult mortality KW - famine period KW - historical study KW - medical geography KW - mortality impact KW - nineteenth century KW - nutritional status KW - survival rate KW - Finland N1 - Cited By :104 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 9169907 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Christensen, K.; Odense University Medical School, Winslowparken 17, DK-5000 Odense C, Denmark N1 - References: Kermack, W., McKendrick, A., McKinlay, P., Death-rates in Great Britain and Sweden: Some general regularities and their significance (1934) Lancet, 1, pp. 698-703; Elo, I.T., Preston, S.H., Effects of early-life condition on adult mortality: A review (1992) Population Index, 58 (2), pp. 186-212; Waaler, H.T., Height, weight and mortality (1984) Acta Med Scand, 679 (SUPPL.), pp. 1-56; Fogel, R.W., (1993) Economic Growth, Population Theory, and Physiology: The Bearing of Long-term Processes on the Making of Economic Policy, , Stockholm: The Nobel Foundation; Carmichael, C.M., McGue, M., A cross-sectional examination of height, weight, and body mass index in adult twins (1995) J Gerontol, 50 (4), pp. B237-B244; Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , London: British Medical Journal; Barker, D.J.P., Gluckman, P.D., Godfrey, K.M., Fetal nutrition and cardiovascular disease in adult life (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 938-941; Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Early growth and death from cardiovascular disease in women (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1519-1524; Barker, D.J.P., Fetal origins of coronary heart disease (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 171-174; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Rodin, I., Low weight gain in infancy and suicide in adult life (1995) BMJ, 311, p. 1203; Power, C., National trends in birth weight: Implication for future adult diseases (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 1270-1271; Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origin of coronary heart disease (the Barker hypothesis) (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 411-412; Vågerö, D., Leon, D., Ischaemic heart disease and low birth weight: A test of the fetal-origins hypothesis from the Swedish Twin Registry (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 260-263; Christensen, K., Vaupel, J., Holm, N.V., Twin mortality after age 6: Fetal origins hypothesis versus twin method (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 432-436; Susser, M., Stein, Z., Timing in prenatal nutrition: A reprise of the Dutch famine study (1994) Nutr Rev, 52, pp. 84-94; Turpeinen, O., (1986) Nälkä vai Tauti Tappoit? Kauhunvuodet 1866-1868. (Was Hunger or Disease the Killer? Years of Terror 1866-1868). (in Finnish with English Summary), , Helsinki: Societas Historica Finlandiae; Kolari, R., (1980) Kohorttikuolleisuus Suomessa v:sta 1851 Lähtien. (Cohort Mortality in Finland since 1851). (in Finnish with English Summary), , (Study no. 57). Helsinki: Statistics Finland; Turpeinen, O., (1972) Ikäryhmittäinen Koulleisuus Soumessa vv. 1751-1970. (Mortality by Age Group in Finland, 1751-1970), , Helsinki: Statistics Finland; (1993) Causes of Death 1991, , Copenhagen: Vitalstatistik; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies, and Diseases in Later Life, , London: British Medical Journal; Ravelli, G.P., Stein, Z.A., Susser, M.W., Obesity in young men after famine exposure in utero and early infancy (1976) N Engl J Med, 295, pp. 349-353; Magnusson, D., Bergman, L.R., Rudinger, G., (1991) Problems and Methods in Longitudinal Research: Stability and Changes, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030613568&partnerID=40&md5=a01342fb6abc9339df0d22d47e6b089d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Misclassification of smoking status and lung cancer risk from environmental tobacco smoke in never-smokers T2 - Epidemiology J2 - EPIDEMIOLOGY VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 304 EP - 309 PY - 1997 SN - 10443983 (ISSN) AU - Nyberg, F. AU - Isaksson, I. AU - Harris, J.R. AU - Pershagen, G. AD - Institute of Environmental Medicine, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Div. of Environmental Epidemiology, Institute of Environmental Medicine, Karolinska Institute, S-171 77 Stockholm, Sweden AB - Lung cancer risk estimates for exposure to environmental tobacco smoke remain controversial, a major unresolved issue being misclassification of smokers. We studied misclassification rates in two large cohorts using information on smoking obtained several years apart. Cohort I included Swedish twins born between 1886 and 1925 who answered questionnaires in 1961 and again in 1967 or 1970. Cohort 11 was a random stratified population sample of individuals born between 1894 and 1945 who responded to postal smoking surveys in 1963 and 1969. We considered those who stated that they had never smoked in the second questionnaire, but who reported smoking or former smoking in the first questionnaire, to be misclassified. In cohort I, 4.9% of male and 4.5% of female ever-smokers were misclassified, corresponding to 11.1% and 1.3% of reported never-smokers, respectively. Cohort II yielded similar results. A follow-up through 1992 of cohort I showed a relative risk for lung cancer among misclassified men of 1.9 (95% confidence interval (CI) = 0.4-9.1], as compared with 4.5 (95% CI = 2.0-9.9) and 13.3 (95% CI = 6.5-27.0) for former and current smokers, respectively. No case occurred among misclassified women. Although misclassification of smokers exists, our results indicate that it mainly concerns light smokers or long-time ex-smokers, who have only a very moderately elevated risk of lung cancer. It therefore appears unlikely that confounding by smoking explains the increased risk for lung cancer related to environmental tobacco smoke exposure. KW - bias KW - environmental tobacco smoke KW - lung cancer KW - misclassification KW - passive smoking KW - relative risk KW - tobacco smoke KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - clinical trial KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - environmental exposure KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - patient coding KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - randomized controlled trial KW - smoking KW - smoking habit KW - sweden KW - Bias (Epidemiology) KW - Cohort Studies KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Sweden KW - Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EPIDE C2 - 9115027 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nyberg, F.; Div. of Environmental Epidemiology, Institute of Environmental Medicine, Karolinska Institute, S-171 77 Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - References: (1992) Respiratory Health Effects of Passive Smoking: Lung Cancer and Other Disorders, , Report No. EPA/ 600/6-90/006F. Washington DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Lee, P.N., Misclassification of Smoking Habits and Passive Smoking: A Review of the Evidence (1988) International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health Supplement, , Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Pershagen, G., Passive smoking and lung cancer (1994) Epidemiology of Lung Cancer, pp. 109-130. , Samet JM. New York: Marcel Dekker; Wald, N.J., Nanchahal, K., Thompson, S.G., Cuckle, H.S., Does breathing other people's tobacco smoke cause lung cancer? (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 1217-1222; (1986) Environmental Tobacco Smoke: Measuring Exposures and Assessing Health Effects, , Washington DC: National Academy Press; Lee, P.N., Passive smoking and lung cancer association: A result of bias? (1987) Hum Toxicol, 6, pp. 517-524; Lee, P.N., (1992) Environmental Tobacco Smoke and Mortality, , Basel: Karger; Idle, J.R., Titrating exposure to tobacco smoke using cotinine - A minefield of misunderstandings (1990) J Clin Epidemiol, 43, pp. 313-317; Riboli, E., Haley, N.J., Tredaniel, J., Saracci, R., Preston-Martin, S., Trichopoulos, D., Misclassification of smoking status among women in relation to exposure to environmental tobacco smoke (1995) Eur Respir J, 8, pp. 285-290; Bauman, K.E., Koch, G.G., Bryan, E.S., Haley, N.J., Downton, M.I., Orlandi, M.A., On the measurement of tobacco use by adolescents: Validity of self-reports of smokeless tobacco use and validity of cotinine as an indicator of cigarette smoking (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 130, pp. 327-337; Gritz, E.R., Baer-Weiss, V., Benowitz, N.L., Van Vunakis, H., Jarvik, M.E., Plasma nicotine and cotinine concentrations in habitual smokeless tobacco users (1981) Clin Pharmacol Ther, 30, pp. 201-209; Hirayama, T., Life-style and mortality: A large-scale census-based cohort study in Japan (1990) Contributions to Epidemiology and Biostatistics, 6. , Wahrendorf J (ed). Basel: Karger; Britten, N., Validity of claims to lifelong non-smoking at age 36 in a longitudinal study (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 525-529; McLaughlin, J.K., Dietz, M.S., Mehl, E.S., Blot, W.J., Reliability of surrogate information on cigarette smoking by type of informant (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 126, pp. 144-146; Cederlöf, R., Friberg, L., Lundman, T., The interactions of smoking, environment and heredity and their implications for disease etiology: A report of epidemiological studies on the Swedish twin registries (1977) Acta Med Scand Suppl, 612, pp. 1-128; Cederlöf, R., Friberg, L., Hrubek, Z., Lorich, U., (1975) The Relationship of Smoking and Some Social Covariables to Mortality and Cancer Morbidity: A Ten Year Follow-up in a Probability Sample of 55 000 Swedish Subjects Age 18 to 69, , 2 vols. Stockholm: Department of Environmental Hygiene, Karolinska Institute; Persson, P.G., Norell, S.E., Retrospective versus original information on cigarette smoking: Implications for epidemiologic studies (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 130, pp. 705-712; Svensson, C., (1988) Lung Cancer Etiology in Women, , Doctoral Thesis. Stockholm: Karolinska Institute UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030999019&partnerID=40&md5=3f1049543f8551d2a7754dd2010ca590 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Descriptive epidemiology of cerebrovascular disease in Austria ST - Deskriptive Epidemiologie zerebrovaskularer Erkrankungen in Osterreich T2 - Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift J2 - WIEN. MED. WOCHENSCHR. VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 30 EP - 33 PY - 1997 SN - 00435341 (ISSN) AU - Vutuc, C. AU - Haidinger, G. AU - Waldhoer, T. AD - Abteilung für Epidemiologie, Instituts F. Tumorbiologie - K., Universität Wien, Austria AD - Abteilung für Epidemiologie, Inst. F. Tumorbiologie - K., Universität Wien, Borschkegasse 8a, A-1090 Wien, Austria AB - The trend of cerebrovascular mortality (ICD-9: 530-538) is analyzed. Age-standardized mortality rates for men and women were calculated, covering the period 1970 to 1994. Furthermore, the development of mortality rates (1974 to 1994) was analyzed for age groups and birth cohorts (5-years intervals). The number of deaths has decreased, from a total of 14,734 in 1970 (6109 men, 8625 women) to 9917 (-32%) in 1994 (men 3541, -42%; women 6376, -26%); age-standardized death rates in men from 201.4/10 5 (-54.7%) to 91.9/10 5, in women 160/10 5 to 77/10 5 (-51.7%). The trend within individual age groups does not show any sex-specific differences. In all birth cohorts the mortality trend in men and women decreases towards younger age groups. The observed linear decrease of mortality in men and women towards younger age groups leads to the assumption that this trend is determined by decreasing incidence, indicating a secular trend. This trend may only be explained but by its risk reducing effect in both, men and women of any age group. Establishing a representative stroke register seems most desirable, in order to make possible assertions as to the trend of incidence and prevalence. KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - mortality KW - trend KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - austria KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - prevalence KW - register KW - stroke KW - Austria KW - cause of death KW - cross-sectional study KW - incidence KW - middle aged KW - sex difference KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Austria KW - Cause of Death KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: WMWOA LA - German N1 - Correspondence Address: Vutuc, C.; Abteilung fur Epidemiologie, Inst. Tumorbiologie/Krebsforschung, Universitat Wien, Borschkegasse 8a, A-1090 Wien, Austria N1 - References: Haidinger, G., Schnaberth, G., Vutuc, C., Personalbedarf für stationäre Neuro-Rehabilitation in Österreich (1995) Neuropsychiatrie, 9, pp. 177-181; Holzner, J., The role of autopsy in the control of mortality in Austria (1991) Autopsy in Epidemiology and Medical Research, 112, pp. 25-35. , Riboli E. Delendi M (eds): Lyon, IARC Scientific Publications; La Vecchia, C., Levi, F., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Trends in mortality from cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disease (1993) Soz Präventivmed, 38 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 3-71; Smejcova, I., Hauser, F., Macholda, F., Vutuc, C., Entwicklung der Lungenkrebssterblichkeit: Vergleich Tschechoslowakei/Österreich (1992) Arbeitsmed Sozialmed Präventivmed, 27, pp. 233-236; Vutuc, C., Gredler, B., Analyse der Entwicklung der Magen-Darmkrebssterblichkeit in Österreich (1984) Zbl Bakt Hyg I Abt Grig B, 179, pp. 586-595; Vutuc, C., Waldhoer, T., Haidinger, G., Impact of non-invasive imaging techniques on the trend of pancreatic carcinoma in Austria (1996) Wien Med Wschr, 12, pp. 258-260; Wolf, P.A., D'Agostino, B., O'Neal, A., Sytkowski, P., Kase, C.S., Belanger, A.J., Kannel, W.B., Secular trends in strole incidence and Mortality. The Framingham Study (1992) Stroke, 23, pp. 1551-1555; (1993) World Health Statistics Annual, , Geneva, World Health Organization UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031046593&partnerID=40&md5=4f218f2d810d708b99ce33909d023212 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Feeding frequency and BMI among teenagers aged 16-17 years T2 - International Journal of Obesity J2 - INT. J. OBES. VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 159 EP - 161 PY - 1997 SN - 03070565 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H. AU - Summerbell, C. AD - STORM, University North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom AB - The aim of this study was to examine the relationship between feeding frequency (FFQ) and body mass index (BMI) in a free-living group of teenagers, since recent evidence suggests that this may be an artifact of under-reporting. The data was cross-sectional, and a sample of 731 respondents (M = 298, F= 433) from the 1970 Longitudinal Birth Cohort Study were investigated. An initial significant relationship between FFQ and BMI was found for both males and females. However, the removal of overweight males who were dieting and a group of non-dieting females with BMI < 25 who perceived themselves to be overweight negated this relationship for males and females respectively. In conclusion, the apparent relationship between FFQ and BMI observed in this and other free-living studies appears to be an artifact of dieting and dietary restraint rather than simply under-reporting. KW - BMI KW - Energy intake KW - Feeding frequency KW - Teenagers KW - Under-reporting KW - adolescence KW - adolescent KW - article KW - body mass KW - caloric intake KW - cohort analysis KW - diet KW - feeding behavior KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Body Image KW - Body Mass Index KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Eating KW - Feeding Behavior KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Sex Characteristics N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJOBD C2 - 9043972 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.; STORM, University North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031028967&partnerID=40&md5=75a82c14bcb6639631a1a924521e2460 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Dietary and lifestyle differences between Scottish teenagers and those living in England and Wales T2 - European Journal of Clinical Nutrition J2 - EUR. J. CLIN. NUTR. VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 87 EP - 91 PY - 1997 SN - 09543007 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H. AD - Stat., OR Probabilistic Methods R., University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To investigate the dietary differences reported by teenagers in Scotland compared with teenagers from elsewhere in Britain, allowing for a range of other demographic, personal and lifestyle variables. Design: Data was taken from the 1970 longitudinal birth cohort study which collected data cross-sectionally at 16-17 y. Setting: The respondents were distributed throughout Britain. Subjects: A sub-sample of 1615 respondents was selected (M = 658, F = 957). The criterion for selection were a completed 4 d dietary diary and a 4 d activity diary and the completion of a number of other questionnaires to provide demographic and lifestyle data by both the respondent and the parent of the respondent. Results: The diets of Scottish teenagers were significantly different to those of teenagers in England and Wales even when allowing for differences in smoking habits, parental smoking, alcohol intake, family size and housing tenure: factors which were also different among the Scottish cohort. Intakes of fibre, magnesium, phosphorous, retinol equivalents, carotene and riboflavin were significantly lower in Scotland among males and females, as were intakes of non-processed vegetables and non-fried potato, skimmed milks, fat spreads high in polyunsaturates and beer. Scottish teenagers drank more soft drinks and ate more chips and white bread than their counterparts in England and Wales. No differences were noted in intakes of vitamin C and fruit based on regional distribution: lower intakes of fruit in Scotland appeared to be associated with the higher incidence of teenage smoking. Conclusions: The diets of Scottish teenagers appeared to be further from current dietary recommendations than the diets of teenagers elsewhere in Britain, but the lower intakes of fruit among Scottish teenagers commonly reported is likely to be associated with teenage smoking rather than living in Scotland itself. Care should be taken when evaluating dietary surveys that known confounding variables are included. KW - Food KW - Nutrient KW - Scotland KW - Smoking KW - Teenage KW - alcohol KW - carotene KW - riboflavin KW - adolescent KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - diet KW - family size KW - female KW - fruit KW - housing KW - human KW - lifestyle KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - normal human KW - smoking habit KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Ascorbic Acid KW - Diet KW - England KW - Family Characteristics KW - Female KW - Food KW - Housing KW - Humans KW - Life Style KW - Male KW - Nutrition Physiology KW - Scotland KW - Smoking KW - Wales KW - Solanum tuberosum N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCNE C2 - 9049566 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.; STORM, The University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Ascorbic Acid, 50-81-7 N1 - References: Anderson, A.S., Macintyre, S., West, P., Adolescent meal patterns: Grazing habits in the West of Scotland (1993) Health Bulletin, 51, pp. 158-165; Anderson, A.S., Macintyre, S., West, P., Dietary patterns among adolescents in the West of Scotland (1994) Br. J. Nutr., 71, pp. 111-122; Bull, N.L., Dietary habits of 15-25 year olds (1985) Hum Nutr: Appl. Nutr., 39 A (1 SUPPL.), pp. 1-68; Crawley, H.R., Nutrient and food intakes of teenagers aged 16-17 years in Britain. 1. Energy, macronutrients and non-starch polysaccharides (1993) Br. J Nutr., 70, pp. 15-26; Crawley, H.F., While, D., The diet and body weight of British teenage smokers at 16-17 years (1995) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 49, pp. 904-914; Cresswell, J., Busby, A., Young, H., Inglis, V., Dietary patterns of third year secondary schoolgirls in Glasgow (1983) Hum Nutr: Appl. Nutr., 37 A, pp. 301-306; Currie, C., Todd, J., (1992) Health Behaviours of Scottish Schoolchildren, , Report 1: National and regional patterns. Research Unit in Health and Behavioural Change. Health Education Board for Scotland, Edinburgh; (1989) Family Expenditure Study 1987, , HMSO: London; (1989) The Diets of British Schoolchildren, , Report on Health and Social Subjects 26. HMSO: London; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCOS), , Intercohort analysis working papers, 1. SSRU. City University: London; Francis, B., Green, M., Payne, C., (1993) GLIM4, , Clarendon Press: Oxford; Goldberg, G.R., Black, A.E., Jebb, S.A., Cole, T.J., Murgatroyd, P.R., Coward, W.A., Prentice, A.M., Critical evaluation of energy intake data using fundamental principles of energy physiology. 1. Derivation of cut-off limits to identify under-recording (1991) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 45, pp. 569-581; Gregory, J., Foster, K., Tyler, H., Wiseman, M., (1990) The Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults, , HMSO: London; Jones, S., (1990) The Youthscan Leisure Diaries, , University Bath: Bath; Margetts, B.M., Jackson, A.A., Interactions between people's diet and their smoking habits: The dietary and nutritional survey of British adults (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1381-1384; (1989) Food Consumption and Expenditure 1987, , HMSO: London; (1981) Registrar General's Classification of Occupations, 1980. Office of Population, Censuses and Surverys, London; (1989) General Household Survey 1987, , Office of Population, Censuses and Surveys; London; Pill, R., Peters, T.J., Robbing, M.R., Social class and preventive health behaviour: A British example (1995) J. Epidem. Comm. Hlth, 49, pp. 28-32; Strain, J.J., Thompson, K.A., Barker, M.E., Dietary intakes of smokers and non-smokers in the Northern Ireland population (1991) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 50, pp. 101A; Sweeting, H., Anderson, A., West, P., Socio-demographic correlates of dietary habits in mid-to late adolescence (1994) Eur. J. Clin. Nutr., 48, pp. 736-748; Tunstall-Pedoe, H., Smith, W.C.S., Crombie, I.K., Tavendale, R., Coronary risk factor and lifestyle variation across Scotland: Results from the Scottish Heart Health Study (1989) Scott. Med. J., 34, pp. 556-560; Uemara, K., Pisa, Z., Trends in cardiovascular disease mortality in industrialised countries since 1950 (1988) World Health Statistics Quarterly, 41, pp. 155-178; West, P., Sweeting, H., Distribution of basic information from the 1990 follow-up of the Twenty 07 Study youth cohort (1992) Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper, 32. , MRC Medical Sociology Unit: Glasgow; Whichelow, M.J., Erzinclioglu, S.W., Comparison of the diets of smokers and non-smokers (1990) Proc. Nutr. Soc., 49, pp. 42A; (1991) Diet, Nutrition and the Prevention of Chronic Diseases, , Technical Report Series No. 797. WHO: Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031044722&partnerID=40&md5=0607405d8c983e3dd0f532f69c627460 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Erends of liver cirrhosis mortality in europe, 1970-1989: Age-period-cohort analysis and changing alcohol consumption T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - INT. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 100 EP - 109 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1093/ije/26.1.100 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Corrao, G. AU - Ferrari, P. AU - Zambon, A. AU - Torchio, P. AU - Aricò, S. AU - Decarli, A. AD - Inst. of Stat. and Math. Sciences, University of Milan, Italy AD - Division of Gastroenterology, Ospedale Mauriziano Umberto I, Torino, Italy AD - Institute of Medical Statistics, University of Milan, Italy AD - Ist. Sci. Statistiche M., Univ. degli Studi di Milano, Via Conservatorio 7, 20122 Milano, Italy AB - Background. Since the mid 1970s, a striking reduction in alcohol-related problems has been observed in many Western countries. Liver cirrhosis mortality is considered to be a major indicator of alcohol-related problems in the general population. The aim of the present study is to describe liver cirrhosis mortality trends in European countries between 1970 and 1989. Methods. This is a descriptive study on liver cirrhosis mortality in 25 European countries, and in four grouped European regions. A Poisson log-linear age-period-cohort model is used to clarify whether the recent trend in mortality represents a short-term fluctuation or an emerging long-term trend. In addition, a descriptive comparison between trends in per capita alcohol consumption and liver cirrhosis mortality is conducted. Results. In the whole European population and in that of Western and Southern Europe increasing period effects were observed until the second half of the 1970s followed by a decline in the next periods. In Eastern Europe the decline in period effects started in the first half of the 1980s, whereas in Northern Europe an increasing period effect was observed until the second half of the 1970s, followed by a stabilization. Similar trends were observed for per capita alcohol consumption. The age effect analysis showed a continuously rising effect in Eastern Europe, whereas an attenuation of the effect at around age 65 years was observed in Western Europe. Intermediate patterns were observed in Southern and Northern Europe. The birth cohort effect suggested that in the Western and Southern populations mortality could continue to decrease over the next decade, while in Eastern and Northern Europe mortality is still rising and this will probably continue for the next decade. conclusions. The age-period-cohort analysis allows targeting of health care and prevention programmes based on future trends. Aetiological acid prognostic factors act differently in Europe. A better understanding of the trends would require more detailed information on alcoholism treatment rates, alcohol habits, viral hepatitic infections and other factors involved in the aetiopathogenesis of the disease. KW - Age effect KW - Alcohol consumption KW - Cohort effect KW - Liver cirrhosis KW - Mortality KW - Period effect KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - alcoholism KW - article KW - comparative study KW - eastern europe KW - europe KW - female KW - geographic distribution KW - health care KW - human KW - liver cirrhosis KW - male KW - mortality KW - preventive medicine KW - priority journal KW - southern europe KW - virus hepatitis KW - western europe KW - age KW - age distribution KW - alcohol liver cirrhosis KW - behavior KW - Causes Of Death KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - Demographic Factors KW - developed country KW - Diseases KW - drinking behavior KW - Eastern Europe KW - Europe KW - Geographic Factors KW - incidence KW - liver cirrhosis KW - methodology KW - middle aged KW - Mortality--changes KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - risk factor KW - sex ratio KW - statistical model KW - Studies KW - survival rate KW - Age Factors KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Behavior KW - Causes Of Death KW - Comparative Studies KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Europe KW - Geographic Factors KW - Liver Cirrhosis KW - Mortality--changes KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Studies KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Cohort Studies KW - Europe KW - Europe, Eastern KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Linear Models KW - Liver Cirrhosis, Alcoholic KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution KW - Survival Rate N1 - Cited By :70 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 9126509 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Corrao, G.; Inst. Sci. Statistiche Matematiche, 'Marcello Boldrini', Universita deglis Studi di Milano, Via Conservatoria 7, 20122 Milano, Italy N1 - References: Halliday, M.L., Contes, R.A., Rankin, J.G., Changing trends of cirrhosis mortality in Ontario, Canada, 1911-1986 (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 199-208; (1990) Global Estimates for Health Situation. Assessment and Projections. 1990, , Geneve: WHO, Division of epidemiology, surveillance and health situation and trend assessment; Grant, B.F., Noble, J., Malin, H., Decline in liver cirrhosis mortality and components of change: United States 1973-1983 (1986) Alcohol Hlth Res Word, 10, pp. 66-69; Kendell, R.E., The beneficial consequences of the United Kingdom's declining per capita consumption of alcohol in 1982-92 (1984) Alcohol Alcohol, 19, pp. 271-276; Romelsj, A., Decline in alcohol-related inpatients care and mortality in Stockholm County (1987) Br J Addict, 82, pp. 653-663; Smart, R.G., Recent international reductions and increases in liver cirrhosis deaths (1988) Alcohol Clin Exp Res, 12, pp. 239-242; Mann, R.E., Smart, R.G., Anglin, L., Adlaf, E.M., Reductions in cirrhosis deaths in the United States: Association with per capita consumption and AA membership (1991) J Stud Alcohol, 52, pp. 361-365; Corrao, G., Torchio, P.F., Decarli, A., Galatola, G., Aricò, S., Di Orio, F., Effect of age, birth cohort and period of death on Italian liver cirrhosis mortality, 1972-1986 (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 475-482; Brunn, K., Edwards, G., Lumio, M., (1975) Alcohol Control Policies in Public Health Perspective, 25. , Helsinki: Finnish Foundation of Alcohol studies (Distributed by Rutgers Center of Alcohol Studies, New Brunswick, NJ, USA); Mann, R.E., Anglin, L., The relationship between alcohol-related traffic fatalities and per capita consumption of alcohol, Ontario 1957-1983 (1988) Accid Accid Prev, 20, pp. 441-446; Rush, B.R., Gliksman, L., Brook, R., Alcohol availability, alcohol consumption and alcohol-related damage. I. The distribution of consumption model (1986) J Stud Alcohol, 47, pp. 1-10; Schmidt, W., The epidemiology of cirrhosis of the liver: A statistical analysis of mortality data with special reference to Canada (1977) Alcohol and the Liver, pp. 1-26. , Fisher M M, Rankin J G (eds). New York: Plenum Press; Skog, O.J., Liver cirrhosis epidemiology: Some methodological problems (1980) Br J Addict, 75, pp. 227-243; Smart, R.G., Mann, R.E., Large decreases in alcohol-related problems following a slight reduction in alcohol consumption in Ontario 1975-83 (1987) Br J Addict, 82, pp. 285-291; Cook, P.J., Tauchen, G., The effect of liquor taxes on heavy drinking (1982) Bell J Economics, 13, pp. 379-390; Holder, H.D., Parker, R.N., Effect of alcoholism treatment on cirrhosis mortality: A 20-year multivariate time series analysis (1992) Br J Addict, 87, pp. 1263-1274; Mann, R.E., Smart, R.G., Anglin, L., Rush, B.R., Are decreases in liver cirrhosis rates a result of increased treatment for alcoholism? (1991) Br J Addict, 83, pp. 683-688; Smart, R.G., Mann, R.E., Factors in recent reductions in liver cirrhosis deaths (1991) J Stud Alcohol, 52, pp. 232-240; Dufour, M.C., Chronic liver disease and cirrhosis (1993) Digestive Diseases in the United States: Epidemiology and Impact, , Everhart J (ed.). Washington DC: Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chron Dis, 38, pp. 811-830; (1972) World Health Statistics Annual. Vital Statistics and Causes of Death, , Geneve: WHO; (1967) International Classification of Diseases, 8th Revision, , Geneve: WHO; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries and Causes of Death, 1. , based on the recommendations of the Ninth Revision Conference, 1975, and adopted by the Twenty-Ninth World Health Assembly. Geneve: WHO; (1994) The Sex and Age Distribution of World Population, , New York: UN; (1994) World Drink Trends. International Beverage, Alcohol Consumption and Production Trends, , Oxford: NCT Publications Ltd; (1987) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 5, pp. 790-795. , Muir C, Waterhouse J, Mack T, Powell J, Whelan S (eds). Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer; Osmond, C., Gardner, M.J., Age, period and cohort models applied to cancer mortality rates (1982) Stat Med, 1, pp. 245-259; Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Age, period and cohort models: Review of knowledge and implementation in GLIM (1987) Rivista di Statistica Applicata, 20, pp. 397-410; Frost, W.H., The age selection of mortality from tuberculosis in successive decades (1939) Am J Hyg, 30, pp. 91-96; Decarli, A., La Vecchia, C., Cancer mortality in Italy, 1955-1978 (1984) Tumori, 70, pp. 579-742; Roush, G.C., Schymura, M.J., Holford, T.R., White, C., Flannery, J.T., Time period compared to birth cohort in Connecticut incidence rates for twenty-five malignant neoplasm (1985) J Natl Cancer Inst, 74, pp. 779-788; Boyle, P., Robertson, C., Statistical modelling of lung cancer and laryngeal cancer incidence in Scotland, 1960-1979 (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 125, pp. 731-744; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Randriamiharisca, A., Effects of age, birth cohort and period of death on Swiss cancer mortality, 1951-1984 (1987) Int J Cancer, 40, pp. 439-449; Lee, W.C., Lin, R.S., Age-period-cohort analysis of pancreatic cancer mortality in Taiwan, 1971-1986 (1990) Int J Epidemiol, 19, pp. 839-847; Robertson, C., Boyle, P., Age, period and cohort models: The use of individual records (1986) Stat Med, 5, pp. 527-538; Clayton, D., Schiffers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schiffers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period and cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Ledermann, S., (1956) Alcool, Alcoolisme, Alcoolisation. Donnés Scientifiques de Caractère Physiologique, Economique et Sociale, 29, pp. 124-128. , Paris: Institute National d'Etudes Demographiques Travaux et Documents. Presses Universitaires de France; Saunders, J.B., Latt, N., Epidemiology of alcoholic liver disease (1993) Baillière's Clin Gastroenterology, 7, pp. 555-579; Pequignot, G., Enquête par interrogatoire sur les circostances diététiques de Ia cirrhose alcoolique en France (1960) Annales Medico Chirurgicals du Centre, 17, pp. 1-21; Thaler, H., Alcoholic cirrhosis: What do we really know about its aetiology? (1990) Tokai J Exp Clin Med, 15, pp. 275-284; Seeley, J.R., Death by liver cirrhosis and the price of beverage alcohol (1960) Can Med Assoc J, 83, pp. 1361-1366; Smart, R.G., The effect of licensing restrictions during 1914-1918 on drunkenness and liver cirrhosis deaths in Britain (1974) Br J Addict, 69, pp. 109-121; Robertson, J., Safe drinking (1994) Br Med J, 308, p. 346; Aricò, S., Galatola, G., Tabone, M., The measure of lifetime alcohol consumption in cirrhotic patients: Reproducibility and clinical relevance (1995) Liver, 15, pp. 202-208; Powell, W.J., Klatskin, G., Duration of survival in patients with Laennec's cirrhosis: Influence of alcohol withdrawal and possible effects of recent changes in general management of the disease (1968) Am J Med, 44, pp. 406-420; Saunders, J.B., Walters, J.R.F., Davies, P., A 20-years prospective study of cirrhosis (1981) Br Med J, 282, pp. 263-266; Saunders, J.B., Wodak, A.D., Williams, R., Past experience of advice and treatment for drinking problems of patients with alcoholic liver disease (1985) Br J Addict, 80, pp. 51-56; D'Amico, G., Morabito, V.S., Pagliaro, L., Marubini, E., Survival and prognostic indicators in compensated and decompensated cirrhosis (1986) Dig Dig Sci, 5, pp. 468-475; Galambos, J.T., (1979) Cirrhosis, , Philadelphia: Saunders; Mele, A., Stazi, M.A., Gill, O.N., Pasquini, P., Prevention of hepatitis B in Italy: Lessons from surveillance of type-specific acute viral hepatitis (1990) Epidemiol Infect, 104, pp. 135-141; Mele, A., Stazi, M.A., Corona, R., Decline of incidence of A, B and NonA-NonB hepatitis in Italy. Results of four years surveillance (1990) It J Gastroenterol, 22, pp. 274-280; Nanji, A.A., French, S.W., Relationship between pork consumption and cirrhosis (1985) Lancet, 1, pp. 681-683; Qiao, Z.K., Halliday, M.L., Coates, R.A., Rankin, J.G., Relationship between liver cirrhosis death rate and nutritional factors in 38 countries (1988) Int J Epidemiol, 17, pp. 414-418; Rotily, M., Durbec, J.B., Berthezene, P., Sarles, H., Diet and alcohol in liver cirrhosis: A case-control study (1990) Eur J Clin Nutr, 44, pp. 595-603; Corrao, G., Lepore, A.R., Torchio, P.F., Interaction between dietary pattern and alcohol intake on the risk of liver cirrhosis (1995) Rev Epidémiol Santé Publique, 43, pp. 7-17; Corrao, G., Ferrari, P.A., Galatola, G., Exploring the role of diet in modifying the effect of known disease determinants. Application to risk factors of liver cirrhosis (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 1136-1146 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030611028&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f26.1.100&partnerID=40&md5=45cc5cc85444b830b913b742ab5df01b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Unemployment and cancer in Denmark, 1970-1975 and 1986-1990. T2 - IARC scientific publications J2 - IARC Sci. Publ. IS - 138 SP - 353 EP - 359 PY - 1997 SN - 03005038 (ISSN) AU - Lynge, E. AU - Andersen, O. AD - Danish Cancer Society, Copenhagen, Denmark. AB - We have analysed cancer mortality and cancer incidence among unemployed persons identified from the Danish linkage studies based on the 1970 census and the 1986 register-based census. In 1970, 1% of Danish men were unemployed; in 1986, 14% were unemployed. In both periods, unemployed men had an excess cancer mortality of close to 25% when they were followed-up for a five-year period and their mortality was compared with that of all men in the labour force. Unemployed women in the 1970 cohort also had an excess cancer mortality of 25%. Cancer incidence data were not available for the 1986 cohort. For both cohorts, the excess risk came mainly from lung cancer. Survey data from Denmark in the 1980s indicated that unemployed men had a slightly higher smoking prevalence before unemployment than men who continued working, and that unemployment did not increase smoking. It is therefore unlikely that the excess lung cancer risk among unemployed men is explained by differences in smoking habits alone. KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - confidence interval KW - Denmark KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - incidence KW - lung tumor KW - male KW - middle aged KW - mortality KW - neoplasm KW - population research KW - prevalence KW - register KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - statistics KW - unemployment KW - Adult KW - Censuses KW - Cohort Studies KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Neoplasms KW - Prevalence KW - Registries KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Unemployment N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 9353676 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lynge, E. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030626479&partnerID=40&md5=4f4aea60ffd51a6436487b4c69b4970d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Long term consequences of intra-uterine malnutrition ST - Consequences a long terme de la nutrition foetale T2 - Archives de Pediatrie J2 - ARCH. PEDIATR. VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 366 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0929-693X(97)86455-X SN - 0929693X (ISSN) AU - Rey, J. AU - Bresson, J.L. AD - Hôpital des Enfants-Malades, 149, ne de Sèvres, 75743 Paris cedex 15, France AB - A large number of animal experimental data indicate that pre- or early postnatal malnutrition can have long term negative consequences on weight and height, with smaller weight and height in adulthood than predicted on genetics basis. Furthermore, according to the Barker's hypothesis, based on data available from British cohort studies, in utero malnutrition could also result in an increased risk of cardiovascular, endocrine and metabolic diseases in adulthood. There are however discordant data in the litterature which invite to be cautious about on this hypothesis, mainly because the role of the socio-economic factors during childhood and adulthood have not been taken into account. KW - blood pressure KW - fetal malnutrition KW - growth KW - impaired glucose tolerance KW - ischaemic heart disease KW - cardiovascular disease KW - fetus KW - human KW - hypertension KW - hypothesis KW - insulin resistance KW - malnutrition KW - pregnancy KW - review KW - risk factor KW - socioeconomics KW - adult KW - animal KW - cardiovascular disease KW - female KW - geography KW - growth disorder KW - hypertension KW - placenta insufficiency KW - pregnancy KW - rat KW - Adult KW - Animals KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Female KW - Geography KW - Growth Disorders KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Insulin Resistance KW - Placental Insufficiency KW - Pregnancy KW - Rats KW - Socioeconomic Factors PB - Elsevier Masson SAS N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: APEDE C2 - 9183410 LA - French N1 - Correspondence Address: Rey, J.; Hopital des Enfants-Malades, 149, Rue de Sevres, 75743 Paris Cedex 15, France N1 - References: Rey, J., Brewon, J.L., Conséquences à long terme de la nuirilion dans l'enfance (1995) Nutrition Da Jeune Enfant, 2, pp. 637-637. , Bnmser O, Carrazza F, Gracev M, Nichols B. Senterte J. éds. New York: Raven PICKS; Moulton, C.R., Age and chemical development in mammals (1923) J Biol Chtm, 37, pp. 79-97; Dubbing, J., Infant nutrition and later achievement (1984) Nutr Rev, 42, pp. 1-7; Pol Litt, E., Timing and vulnerability in research on malnutrilion and cognmon (1996) Nuir Rev, 54, pp. 349-355; Lucus, A., Programming by early nutrition in man (1991) The Childhood Environment and Asfult TUsrasr, pp. 38-55. , Bock GR, Whelan J, eds. CIRA Foundation Symposium 156. Chichesier: John Wuey and Sons; McCance, K.A., Rjod, growth, and time (1962) Lancet, pp. 671-676; McCance, R.A., Widdowson, M., The determinants of growth and fnrm (1974) Proc R Sac Land, 185, pp. 1-17; Widdowwn, F.M., Intn-uterine growth retardation in Ibc pig. I. Organ size und cellular development at birth and after growth to maturity (1971) Biol NeonaU, 19, pp. 329-340; Wharton, B., Food and biological clocks (1992) Proc Nuir Sac, 51, pp. 145-153; Goldberg, G.R., Prentice, A.M., Maternal and fetal determinanis of adult diseases (1994) Nuir Rev, 52, pp. 191-200; Barker, D.I.P., The fetal and infant origins of disease (1995) Ear J Cliin Invest, 25, pp. 457-463; Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origin of coronary heart disease (the "Barker hypothesis"). Hypotheses, no matter how intriguing, need rigorous attempts at refutation (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 411-412; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Infant mortality, childhood nutrition, and ischaemic heart disease in England and Wales (1986) Lanett, 1, pp. 1077-1081; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Death rales from stroke in England and Wales predicted from past maternal mortality (1987) Br Med J, 295, pp. 83-86; Baker, J.P., Growth in utero and coronary heart disease (1996) Nuir Rev, 54, pp. S1-7; Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Osmond, C., Weight in infancy and death from ischacmic heart disease (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 577-580; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Simmands, S.J., Wield, G.A., The isiation of small head circumference and thinness at birth to death from cardiovascular disease in adult life Br Med J 1Q93, 306, pp. 422-426; Fall, C.H.D., Vijayakumar, M., Barker, D.J.P., Weight in infancy and prevalence of coronary heart disease in aduii life (1995) BrMedJ, 310, pp. 17-19; Barker, D.I.P., Manyn, C.N., Osmond, C., Growth in utero and serum cholesterol concentrai ion s in adult life (1993) Br Med J, 207, pp. 1524-1527; Barker, D.J.P., Martyn, C.N., Osmond, C., Wield, G.A., Abnormal liver growth in utero and death from coronary heart disease (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 703-704; Barker, D.J.P., Gluckman, P.D., Godfrey, K.M., Fetal nutritinn and cardiovascular disease in adult life (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 938-941; Fall, C.H.D., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Relation of infant feeding lo adult serum cholesterol concentration and death from ischaemic heart disease (1992) Br Med J, 304, pp. 801-805; Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Early growth and death from cardiovascular disease in women (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 1519-1524; Fall, C.H.D., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Fetal and infant growth and cardiovascular risk factors in women (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 428-432; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Golding, J., Growth in utero, blood pressure in childhood and adult life, and mortality from cardiovascular disease (1989) Br Med J, 298, pp. 564-567; Gennscr, G., Rymark, P., Isberg, P.E., Low birth weight and risk of high blood pressure in adulthood (1988) Br Med J, 296, pp. 1498-1500; Langley-Evans, S., Jackson, A., Intnuterinc programming of hypertension: Nutrient-hormone interactions (1996) Nutr Rev, 54, pp. 163-169; Langley, S.C., Jackson, A.A., Increased systolic blood pressure in adult rats induced by fetal exposure to maternal low proicin diets (1994) Clin Sci, 86, pp. 217-222; Persson, E., Jansson, T., Low binh weight in associated with elevated adult blood pressure in the chronically catheterized guinea-pig (1992) Acta Physiol Scand, 145, pp. 195-196; Merlet-Benichou, C., Uroy, B., Gilbert, T., Lelièvrc-Pégoricr, M., Retard de croissance intra-utérin et déficit en néphrons (1993) Méd Sci, 9, pp. 777-780; Whincup, P.H., Cook, D.G., Shaper, A.G., Early influences on blood pressure: A study of children aged 5-7 years (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 587-591; Barker, D.J.P., Bull, A., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Fetal and placental size and risk of hypertension in adult life (1990) Br Med J, 301, pp. 259-262; Kolacck, Kapetanovic, T., Luzar, V., Early determinants of cardiovascular risk factors in adults. B. Blood pressure (1993) Acia Paediatr, 82, pp. 377-382; Law, C.M., De Swict, M., Osmond, C., Initiation of hypertension in utero and its amplification throughout life (1993) Br MedJ, 306, pp. 24-27; Launcr, L.J., Hofman, A., Grobbee, D.E., Relation between birth weight and blood pressure: Longitudinal study of infants and children (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 1451-1454; Whincup, P., Cook, D., Papacosta, O., Walker, M., Binh weight and blood pressure: Cross sectional and longitudinal relations in childhood (1995) Br Med J, 311, pp. 773-776; Leon, D.A., Knupilova, I., Lithcli, H.O., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 401-406; Matthes, J.W.A., Lewis, P.A., Davies, D.P., Bethel, J.A., Relation between birth weight at term and systolic blood pressure in adolescence Br Med 994, 308, pp. 1074-1077; Cook, J.T.E., Levy, J.C., Page, R.C.L., Association of low binh weight with β cell function in the adult first degree relatives of non-insulin dependent diabetic subjects (1993) Br Med J, 306, pp. 302-306; Uger, J., Levy-Marchal, C., Loch, B., Reduced Final Height and Indications for Early Development of Insulin Resistance in a 20 Year Old Population Bom Wilh Intra Uterine Growth Retardation, , (Soumis); Morley, R., Lceson Paync, C., Lister, G., Lucas, A., Maternal smoking and blood pressure in 7.5 to S year old offspring (1993) Arch Dis Child, 72, pp. 120-124; Beratis, N.G., Panagoulias, D., Varvarigou, A., Increased blood pressure in neonates and infants whose mothers smoked during pregnancy (1996) J Pediatr, 128, pp. 806-812; Morley, R., Lister, G., Leeson-Payne, C., Lucas, A., Size at birth and later blood pressure (1994) Arch Dis Child, 70, pp. 536-537; Godfrey, K.M., Redman, C.W.G., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., The effect of maternal anaemia and iron deficiency on the ratic of fetal weight 10 plcental weight (1991) Br J Obsiei Gynecol, 98, pp. 886-891; Perry, U., Becvcn, D.O., Whincup, P.H., Barcford, D., Predictors of ratio of placental weight to fetal weight in multiethnic community (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 436-439; Hales, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) Br Med J, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Wilkin, T.J., Early nutrition and diabetes mellilus. Nutrition during fetai life and infancy may be crucial to the development of diabetes mellitus (1993) Br MedJ, 306, pp. 283-284; Phillips, D.I.W., Barker, D.J.P., Hales, C.N., Thinness at birth and insulin resistance in adult life (1994) Diabttoiagio, 37, pp. 150-154; Phipps, K., Barker, D.I.P., Hales, C.N., Fetal growth and impaired glucose tolerance in men and women (1993) Diobetologia, 36, pp. 225-228; Barker, D.J.P., Hales, C.N., Fall, C.H.D., Type 2 (non-insulin-dependem) diabetes mellitus, hypertension and hyperlipidaemia (syndrome X): Relation to reduced fetal growth (1993) Diabttotogia, 36, pp. 62-67; Valdez, R., Athens, M.A., Thompson, G.H., Binhweight and adult health outcomes in m biethnic population in the USA (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 624-631; Lithell, H.O., McKeigue, P.M., Bcrglimd, L., Relation of size at birth to non-insulin dependent diabetes and insulin concentrations in men aged 50-60 years (1996) Br Med J, 312, pp. 406-410; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Rom, G., Inequalities in death-specific explanations of a general pattern? (1984) Lancti, 1, pp. 1003-1006; Vigerö, D., Leon, D., Isctutcmic heart disease and low birth weight: A test of the fetal-origini hypothesis from the Swedish Twin Registry (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 260-263; Lynch, J.W., Kaptan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Stracham, D.P., Leon, D.A., Dodgeon, B., Mortality from cardiovascular disease among interregional migrants in England and Wales (1995) Br Med J, 310, pp. 423-427; Shaper, A.G., Elford, J., Place of birth uid adult cardiovascular disease: The British Regional Heart Study (1991) Ada Paediatr Scond, 373 SUPPL, pp. 73-81; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blanc, D., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Smith, G.D., Deprivation in infancy or in adult life: Which is more important for mortality risk? (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 530-534 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031003095&doi=10.1016%2fS0929-693X%2897%2986455-X&partnerID=40&md5=b8cc15acdb8b00c857ba5a29455b07d2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The mortality of Royal Naval submariners 1960-89 T2 - Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - OCCUP. ENVIRON. MED. VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 209 EP - 215 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1136/oem.54.3.209 SN - 13510711 (ISSN) AU - Inskip, H. AU - Snee, M. AU - Styles, L. AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom AB - Objectives - To examine the mortality pattern of submariners in the Royal Navy to assess the long term effects on health of serving in submarines. Any specific cause of death which was increased was considered in advance to be of interest, but attention focused particularly on cancer mortality. Method - A mortality follow up study: 15.138 submariners who had conducted their first submarine training between 1960 and 1979 were followed up through their time in the Navy and into civilian Life, up to the end of 1989. The main outcome measures were the numbers of deaths and standardised mortality ratios (SMRs) which indicate whether the mortality from all causes and specific causes, particularly cancers, exceeds that in men in England and Wales. Results - Mortality in submariners was lower than that for men in England and Wales with an all cause SMR of 86; this was comparable with that found in other studies of armed forces personnel. Cancer mortality was particularly low with an SMR of 69 and there was no particular cancer site which showed an excess. Increased mortality from digestive diseases was found, the excess being attributable to cirrhosis of the liver, which had an SMR of 221 based on 12 deaths, alcohol being a contributory factor in eight. Deaths from accidents and violence were also higher than expected with an SMR of 115, but this was due to high levels of accidents occurring after discharge from the Navy. There was no apparent trend in mortality with time since starting submarine work. Likewise there was no pattern by calendar period, although the excess of cirrhosis of the liver was confined to the period 1970-9. Conclusion - The submariners seemed to be a healthy group with low mortality overall. Working in submarines was not associated with any increased cancer mortality. Excess deaths from cirrhosis of the liver, and from accidents and violence after leaving the Navy, were of some concern but they cannot be attributed directly to the submarine environment. KW - Accidents KW - Cancer KW - Cirrhosis of liver KW - Mortality KW - Submariners KW - accident KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - controlled study KW - human KW - liver cirrhosis KW - major clinical study KW - marine environment KW - occupational cancer KW - priority journal KW - soldier KW - United Kingdom KW - violence KW - war PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OEMEE C2 - 9155783 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Inskip, H.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, Southampton SO16 6YD, United Kingdom N1 - References: Davies, D.M., Sowden, K.R., Jolly, E.J., (1975) Morbidity in the RN Submarine Sen-ice 1969-74., , Alverstoke, Hampshire: Institute of Naval Medicine Report No 10/75; Rjw, L., Problems of radiation and hygiene in enclosed spaces-submarines (1968) Ann Occup Hyg, 11, pp. 347-355; Lambert, R.J.W., Environmental problems in nuclear submarines (1972) Proc R Soc Med 1, 65, pp. 795-796 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031058951&doi=10.1136%2foem.54.3.209&partnerID=40&md5=62ce5efea6bc95e867a5a90387a10aec ER - TY - JOUR TI - The contribution of childhood environment to the explanation of socio-economic inequalities in health in adult life: A retrospective study T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - SOC. SCI. MED. VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 24 PY - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0277-9536(96)00090-1 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Van De Mheen, H. AU - Stronks, K. AU - Van Den Bos, J. AU - Mackenbach, J.P. AD - Department of Public Health, Erasmus University, P.O. Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - In this study the contribution of childhood environment to the explanation of socio-economic inequalities in health in adulthood is examined. Childhood environment was measured using indicators of social, socio-economic and material aspects. Retrospective data obtained from an oral interview, part of the Longitudinal Study on Socio-Economic Health Differences (a longitudinal study in the South East of the Netherlands), were used. Indicators for socio-economic status at adult age were educational and occupational level, whilst health indicators included perceived general health and I self-reports of chronic conditions. The percentage reduction in odds ratios of education and occupation after adjustment for childhood environment was used to estimate the contribution of childhood environment. The results suggest that a substantial part of differences in health between educational and occupational groups can be attributed to differences in childhood environment. Educational level of the mother, occupation of the father and financial situation of the family are the most important childhood characteristics in the explanation of socio-economic health differences in adult life. Different mechanisms of explanation concerning the contribution of childhood environment to:socio-economic differences in adult life are discussed. KW - Childhood environment KW - Self-reported health KW - Socio-economic status KW - article KW - chronic disease KW - education KW - health status KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - Netherlands KW - occupation KW - self report KW - social aspect KW - socioeconomics PB - Elsevier Ltd N1 - Cited By :63 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Van de Mheen, H.; Department of Public Health, Erasmus University, PO Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands N1 - References: Fox, J., (1989) Health Inequalities in European Countries, , Gower, Aldershot; Illsley, R., Svensson, P.G., Health inequities in Europe (1990) Soc. Sci. Med., 31, pp. 223-420; Mackenbach, J.P., Socio-economic health differences in the Netherlands: A review of recent empirical findings (1992) Soc. Sci. Med., 34, pp. 213-226; Davey Smith, G., Blane, D., Bartley, M., Explanations for socio-economic differentials in mortality (1994) Eur. J. Public Hlth, 4, pp. 131-144; Power, C., Social and economic background and class inequalities in health among young adults (1991) Soc. Sci. Med., 32, pp. 411-417; Power, C., A review of child health in the 1958 birth cohort: National child development study (1992) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 6, pp. 81-110; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Follow-up of the first national birth cohort: Findings from the medical research council national survey of health and development (1987) Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol., 1, pp. 95-117; Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M., Parental height: Childhood environment and subsequent adult height in a national birth cohort (1989) Int. J. Epidemiol., 18, pp. 663-668; Lundberg, O., The impact of childhood living conditions on illness and mortality in adulthood (1993) Soc. Sci. Med., 36, pp. 1047-1052; Rona, R.J., Genetic and environmental factors in the control of growth in childhood (1981) Br. Med. J., 37, pp. 265-272; Lundberg, O., Causal explanations for class inequality in health - An empirical analysis (1991) Soc. Sci. Med., 32, pp. 385-393; Power, C., Fogelman, K., Fox, A.J., Health and social mobility during the early years of life (1986) Q. J. Soc. Aff., 2, pp. 397-413; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and ischaemic heart disease during middle age (1990) Br. Med. J., 301, pp. 1121-1123; Lynch, J.W., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Vågerö, D., Leon, D., Effect of social class in childhood and adulthood on adult mortality (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 1224-1225; Nyström Peck, M., The importance of childhood socioeconomic group for adult health (1994) Soc. Sci. Med., 39, pp. 553-562; Ostberg, V., Vågerö, D., Socio-economic differences in mortality among children. Do they persist into adulthood? (1991) Soc. Sci. Med., 32, pp. 403-410; Kuh, D.J.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Yusuf, E.J., Burden of disability in a post war birth cohort in the UK (1994) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 48, pp. 262-269; Mackenbach, J.P., Van De Mheen, H., Stronks, K., A prospective cohort study investigating the explanation of socio-economic inequalities in health in the Netherlands (1994) Soc. Sci. Med., 38, pp. 299-308; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., Portocarero, L., Intergenerational class mobility and the convergence thesis: England, France and Sweden (1983) Br. J. Sociol., 34, pp. 303-342; Belsley, D.A., Kuh, E., Welsch, R.E., (1980) Regression Diagnostics: Identifying Influential Data and Sources of Collinearity, , Wiley, New York; Hosmer, D.W., Lemeshow, S., (1989) Applied Logistic Regression, , Wiley, New York; Van Der Meer, J.B.W., Looman, C.W.N., Mackenbach, J.P., (1993) Sociaal-economische Verschillen in Medische Consumptie (in Dutch), , Instituut Maatschappelijke Gezondheidszorg Erasmus Universiteit, Rotterdam; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Mann, S.L., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D.J.L., Hilder, W.S., Yusuf, E.J., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow up of a national birth cohort (1992) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 46, pp. 300-304; Borrini, G., Dall'ora, P., Della Sala, S., Marinelli, L., Spinnler, H., Autobiographical memory. Sensitivity to age and education of a standardized enquiry (1989) Psychol. Med., 19, pp. 215-224; Fogelman, K., Power, C., Fox, J., Family breakdown, social mobility. National child development study (1987) Working Paper No. 25, 25. , Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) Br. Med. J., 309, pp. 1475-1479; Rodriquez, C., Regidor, E., Gutiérrez-Fisac, J.L., Low birth weight in Spain associated with sociodemographic factors (1995) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 49, pp. 38-42; Amato, P.R., Keith, B., Parental divorce and adult well being: A meta analysis (1991) J. Marr. Fam., 53, pp. 43-58; Pless, I.B., Cripps, H.A., Davies, J.M.C., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Chronic physical illness in childhood: Psychological and social effects in adolescence and adult life (1989) Develop. Med. Child Neurol., 31, pp. 746-755; Lundberg, O., Childhood living conditions, health status, and social mobility: A contribution to the health selection debate (1991) Eur. Soc. Rev., 7, pp. 149-162; Wolfe, B.L., The influence of health on school outcomes (1985) Med. Care, 23, pp. 1127-1138; Wilkinson, R.G., Socioeconomic differentials in mortality: Interpreting the data on size and trends (1986) Class and Health: Research and Longitudinal Data, pp. 1-20. , Edited by Wilkinson R. G. Tavistock, London; Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social selection: What does it contribute to social class differences in health? (1993) Soc. Hlth Illness, 15, pp. 1-15; Kuh, D.J.L., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Patterns and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 46, pp. 114-119; Blaxter, M., (1981) The Health of the Children, , Heinemann, London; Cornia, G.A., Child poverty and deprivation in industrialised countries: Recent trends and policy options Innocenti Occasional Papers, 2. , Unicef International Child Development Centre, Florence; (1985) Targets for Health for All, , World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0031060618&doi=10.1016%2fS0277-9536%2896%2900090-1&partnerID=40&md5=ca9b38c80ad6bba46f8bb329772e0286 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Association of cardiovascular disease risk factors with socioeconomic position during childhood and during adulthood T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 313 IS - 7070 SP - 1434 EP - 1438 PY - 1996 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Blane, D. AU - Hart, C.L. AU - Davey Smith, G. AU - Gillis, C.R. AU - Hole, D.J. AU - Hawthorne, V.M. AD - Academic Department of Psychiatry, Charing Cross Westminster Med. Sch., London W6 8RP, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Department of Clinical Epidemiology AD - W. of Scotland Cancer Survlnc. Unit, Ruchill Hospital, Glasgow G20 9NB, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology, University of Michigan, MI 48109, United States AB - Objective - To investigate strength of associations between risk factors for cardiovascular disease and socioeconomic position during childhood and adulthood. Design - Cross sectional analysis of status of cardiovascular risk factors and past and present social circumstances. Subjects - 5645 male participants in the west of Scotland collaborative study, a workplace screening study. Main outcome measures - Strength of association between each risk factor for cardiovascular disease (diastolic blood pressure, serum cholesterol concentration, level of recreational physical exercise, cigarette smoking, body mass index, and FEV1 score (forced expiratory volume in one second as percentage of expected value) and social class during childhood (based on father's main occupation) and adulthood (based on own occupation at time of screening). Results - All the measured risk factors were significantly associated with both father's and own social class (P < 0.05), apart from exercise and smoking (not significantly associated with father's social class) and body mass index (not significantly associated with own social class). For all risk factors except body mass index, the regression coefficient of own social class was larger than the regression coefficient of father's social class. The difference between the coefficients was significant for serum cholesterol concentration, cigarette smoking, body mass index, and FEV1 score (all P < 0.001). Conclusions - Subjects' status for behavioural risk factors (exercise and smoking) was associated primarily with current socioeconomic circumstances, while status for physiological risk factors (serum cholesterol, blood pressure, body mass index, and FEV1) was associated to varying extents with both past and present socioeconomic circumstances. KW - cholesterol KW - adult KW - article KW - body mass KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cholesterol blood level KW - cigarette smoking KW - exercise KW - forced expiratory volume KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - screening KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Body Mass Index KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cholesterol KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Exercise KW - Family Health KW - Forced Expiratory Volume KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors KW - Scotland KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Social Mobility KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :261 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 8973230 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Blane, D.; Academic Department of Psychiatry, Charing Cross Westminster Med School, London W6 8RP, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , London: BMJ Publishing; Barker, D.J.P., Martyn, C.N., The maternal and fetal origins of cardiovascular disease (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 8-11; Forsdahl, A., Living conditions in childhood and subsequent development of risk factors for arteriosclerotic heart disease: The cardiovascular survey in Finmark 1974-75 (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 34-37; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Cripps, H.A., Midwinter, R.A., Colley, J.R.T., Blood pressure at age 36 years and social and familial factors (1985) BMJ, 291, pp. 1534-1538; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birthweight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and ischaemic heart disease during middle age (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 1121-1123; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Kauhanen, J., Wilson, T.W., Smith, N.L., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Colditz, G.A., Manson, J.A.E., Stampfer, M.J., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Brunner, E., Davey Smith, G., Marmot, M., Canner, R., Beksinska, M., O'Brien, J., Childhood social circumstances and psychosocial and behavioural factors as determinants of plasma fibrinogen (1996) Lancet, 347, pp. 1008-1013; Burr, M.L., Sweetnam, P.M., Family size and paternal unemployment in relation to myocardial infarction (1980) J Epidemiol Community Health, 34, pp. 93-95; Arnesen, E., Forsdahl, A., The Tromso heart study: Coronary risk factors and their association with living conditions during childhood (1985) J Epidemiol Community Health, 39, pp. 210-214; Notkola, V., Punsar, S., Karvonen, M.J., Haapakoski, J., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and mortality and morbidity caused by coronary heart disease in adulthood in rural Finland (1985) Soc Sci Med, 21, pp. 517-523; Notkola, V., Living conditions in childhood and coronary heart disease in adulthood (1985) Commentationes Scientiarum Socialium, 29, pp. 15-119; Hawthorne, V.M., Fry, J.S., Smoking and health: The association between smoking behaviour, total mortality and cardiorespiratory disease in west central Scotland (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 260-266; Ebi-Kryston, K.L., Hawthorne, V.M., Rose, G., Shipley, M.J., Gillis, C.R., Hole, D.J., Breathlessness, chronic bronchitis and reduced pulmonary function as predictors of cardiovascular disease mortality among men in England, Scotland and the United States (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 84-88; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Hole, D.J., Hart, C.L., Watt, G.C.M., Gillis, C.R., Explaining male mortality differentials between the West of Scotland and the South of England (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, p. 541; Marshall, G., Rose, D., Newby, H., Vogler, C., (1988) Social Class in Modern Britain, , London: Unwin Hyman; Goldthorpe, J.H., (1980) Social Mobility and Class Structure in Modern Britain, , Oxford: Clarendon; Hole, D.J., Watt, G.C.M., Davey Smith, G., Hart, C.L., Gillis, C.R., Hawthorne, V.M., Impaired lung function and mortality risk in men and women: Findings from the Renfrew and Paisley prospective population study (1996) BMJ, 313, pp. 711-715; (1966) Classification of Occupations 1966, , London: HMSO; Glass, D.V., (1954) Social Mobility in Britain, , London: Routledge; Erikson, R., Goldthorpe, J.H., (1993) The Constant Flux: A Study of Class Mobility in Industrial Societies, , Oxford: Clarendon; Reid, I., (1989) Social Class Differences in Britain. 3rd Ed., , London: Fontana; Armitage, P., (1971) Statistical Methods in Medical Research, , Oxford: Blackwell; Hawthorne, V.M., Watt, G.C., Hart, C.L., Hole, D.J., Davey Smith, G., Gillis, C.R., Cardiorespiratory disease in men and women in urban Scotland: Baseline characteristics of the Renfrew/Paisley (Midspan) study population (1995) Scot Med J, 40, pp. 102-107; Woodward, M., Shewry, M.C., Cairns, W., Smith, S., Tunstall-Pedoe, H., Social status and coronary heart disease: Results from the Scottish heart health study (1992) Prev Med, 21, pp. 136-148; Shaper, A.G., Pocock, S.J., Walker, M., Cohen, N.M., Wale, C.J., Thomson, A.G., British regional heart study: Cardiovascular risk factors in middle aged men in 24 towns (1981) BMJ, 283, pp. 179-186; Marmot, M.G., Rose, G., Shipley, M.J., Hamilton, P.J., Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 244-249; Marmot, M.G., Davey Smith, G., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., Health inequalities among British civil servants: The Whitehall II study (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 1387-1393; Payne, G., (1987) Mobility and Change in Modern Society, , London: Macmillan; Fox, A.J., Collier, P.F., Low mortality rates in industrial cohort studies due to selection for work and survival in industry (1976) Br J Prev Soc Med, 9, pp. 180-185; Braddon, F.E.M., Rogers, B., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Onset of obesity in a 36 year birth cohort study (1986) BMJ, 293, pp. 299-303; Power, C., Moynihan, C., Social class and changes in weight-for-height between childhood and early adulthood (1988) Int J Obesity, 12, pp. 445-453 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029905893&partnerID=40&md5=9204f01af3b7dad4d7c5428584519b2c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality during 25 years of follow-up of a cohort with diabetes T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - INT. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 1250 EP - 1261 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1093/ije/25.6.1250 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Swerdlow, A.J. AU - Jones, M.E. AD - Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, London Sch. of Hyg. and Trop. Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Background. Diabetes is one of the most common chronic diseases in Western populations. There have been few large published cohort studies of people with diabetes that have had more than 10 years of follow-up, and none other than the present one are in the UK. Such studies are important to understand the long-term fatal consequences of diabetes and their variation over time and between countries. Methods. Cause-specific mortality was analysed in follow-up from 1966-1970 to December 1992 of 5783 members of the British Diabetic Association living in England and Wales during 1966-1970. Comparison was made with age-, sex- and calendar year-specific mortality by cause in the general population of England and Wales. Results. During the follow-up 3399 (58.8%) subjects died. The relative risk of all-cause mortality in the cohort compared to the general population was 2.31 in women and 1.58 in men (both P < 0.001). Relative risks were greater for women than men at almost all ages and for each major diabetes-related cause of death, Absolute excess ('attributable') mortality rates were also greater in women than men, except at ages < 50. Half the deaths in each sex were from circulatory diseases and only 3.4% were from renal disease. The relative risks of mortality for all-causes and circulatory diseases were particularly great at younger ages, but changed little with duration of follow-up. At ages < 40 the relative risks for all-causes were 3.79 in men and 5.51 in women and for ischaemic heart disease were 10.44 and 25.25 respectively (all P < 0.001). At these ages one-third of deaths were due to acute complications of diabetes, suicides and accidents, whereas at older ages these accounted for only 4% of deaths. Conclusions. The mortality rates at young ages in the cohort were around twice those in Sweden, Norway and Israel, suggesting that many of the deaths in England and Wales are preventable. The results also indicate a particular need for investigation and amelioration of cardiovascular risk factors in English and Welsh patients, especially women. KW - Cohort KW - Diabetes mellitus KW - England and Wales KW - Mortality KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cardiovascular risk KW - cause of death KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - diabetes mellitus KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - infant KW - ischemic heart disease KW - kidney disease KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - suicide KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Distribution N1 - Cited By :82 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 9027532 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Swerdlow, A.J.; Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, London School Hygiene Tropical Med., Keppel Street, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Home, P.D., Diagnosing the undiagnosed with diabetes. Professional alertness remains the most efficient approach (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 611-612; Fuller, J.H., Elford, J., Goldblatt, P., Adelstein, A.M., Diabetes mortality: New light on an underestimated public health problem (1983) Diabetologia, 24, pp. 336-341; Waugh, N.R., Dallas, J.H., Jung, R.T., Newton, R.W., Mortality in a cohort of diabetic patients. Causes and relative risks (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 103-104; Krówlewski, A.S., Czyzyk, A., Janeczko, D., Kopczyński, J., Mortality from cardiovascular diseases among diabetics (1977) Diabetologia, 13, pp. 345-350; Panzram, G., Zabel-Langhennig, R., Prognosis of diabetes mellitus in a geographically defined population (1981) Diabetologia, 20, pp. 587-591; Sasaki, A., Horiuchi, N., Hasegawa, K., Uehara, M., Mortality and causes of death in Type 2 diabetic patients. A long-term follow-up study in Osaka District, Japan (1989) Diabetes Res Clin Prac, 7, pp. 33-40; Palumbo, P.J., Elveback, L.R., Chu, C.-P., Connolly, D.C., Kurland, L.T., Diabetes mellitus: Incidence, prevalence, survivorship, and causes of death in Rochester, Minnesota, 1945-1970 (1976) Diabetes, 25, pp. 566-573; Kessler, I.I., Mortality experience of diabetic patients. A twenty-six year follow-up study (1971) Am J Med, 51, pp. 715-724; Borch-Johnsen, K., Kreiner, S., Deckert, T., Mortality of type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in Denmark: A study of relative mortality in 2930 Danish type 1 diabetic patients diagnosed from 1933 to 1972 (1986) Diabetologia, 29, pp. 767-772; Joner, G., Patrick, S., The mortality of children with Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in Norway, 1973-1988 (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 29-32; Dorman, J.S., Laporte, R.E., Kuller, L.H., The Pittsburgh insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) morbidity and mortality study (1984) Diabetes, 33, pp. 271-276; Major cross-country differences in risk of dying for people with IDDM (1991) Diabetes Care, 14, pp. 49-54; International analysis of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus mortality: A preventable mortality perspective (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 142, pp. 612-618; Shenfield, G.M., Elton, R.A., Bhalla, I.P., Duncan, L.J.P., Diabetic mortality in Edinburgh (1979) Diabete Metab (Paris), 5, pp. 149-158; Armstrong, B., Lea, A.J., Adelstein, A.M., Donovan, J.W., White, G.C., Ruttle, S., Cancer mortality and saccharin consumption in diabetics (1976) Br J Prev Soc Med, 30, pp. 151-157; Fuller, J.H., Mortality trends and causes of death in diabetic patients (1993) Diabete Metab (Paris), 19, pp. 96-99; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , Geneva: WHO; Coleman, M., Douglas, A., Hermon, C., Cohort study analyses with a FORTRAN computer program (1986) Int J Epidemiol, 15, pp. 134-137; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research Volume II - The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, 2, pp. 151-152. , Lyon: IARC; Falconer, D.S., Duncan, L.J.P., Smith, C., A statistical and genetical study of diabetes. 1. Prevalence and morbidity (1971) Ann Hum Genet. Lond, 34, pp. 347-369; Laakso, M., Pyörälä, K., Age of onset and type of diabetes (1985) Diabetes Care, 8, pp. 114-117; International evaluation of cause-specific mortality and IDDM (1991) Diabetes Care, 14, pp. 55-60; Moss, S.E., Klein, R., Klein, B.E.K., Cause-specific mortality in a population-based study of diabetes (1991) Am J Public Health, 81, pp. 1158-1162; Borch-Johnsen, K., Nissen, H., Henricksen, E., The natural history of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Denmark: 1. Long-term survival with and without late diabetic complications (1987) Diab Med, 4, pp. 201-210; Balkau, B., Eschwège, E., Ducimetière, P., Richard, J.-L., Warnet, J.-M., The high risk of death by alcohol related diseases in subjects diagnosed as diabetic and impaired glucose tolerant: The Paris prospective study after 15 years of follow-up (1991) J Clin Epidemiol, 44, pp. 465-474; (1985) Mortality Statistics, Cause 1984, England and Wales, , Series DH2 no 11. London: HMSO; Reunanen, A., Mortality in type 2 diabetes (1983) Ann Clin Res, 15 (SUPPL.), pp. 26-28; Kleinman, J.C., Donahue, R.P., Harris, M.I., Finucane, F.F., Madans, J.H., Brock, D.B., Morality among diabetics in a national sample (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 389-401; Lounamaa, P., Lounamaa, R., Tuomilehto, J., Reunanen, A., Mortality of type 1 diabetes: The relative risk is higher in females but the absolute increased risk is higher in males (1991) Diabetologia, 34 (2 SUPPL.), pp. A178; Sartor, G., Nyström, L., Dahlquist, G., The Swedish Childhood Diabetes Study: A seven-fold decrease in short-term mortality? (1991) Diab Med, 8, pp. 18-21; Nyström, L., Östman, J., Wall, S., Wibell, L., Mortality of all incident cases of diabetes mellitus in Sweden diagnosed 1983-1987 at age 15-34 years (1992) Diab Med, 9, pp. 422-427; Green, A., Borch-Johnsen, K., Kragh Andersen, P., Relative mortality of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes in Denmark: 1933-1981 (1985) Diabetologia, 28, pp. 339-342; Kannel, W.B., McGee, D.L., Diabetes and glucose intolerance as risk factors for cardiovascular disease: The Framingham study (1979) Diabetes Care, 2, pp. 120-126; Pan, W.-H., Cedres, L.B., Liu, K., Relationship of clinical diabetes and asymptomatic hyperglycaemia to risk of coronary heart disease mortality in men and women (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 123, pp. 504-516; Feskens, E.J.M., Bowles, C.H., Kromhout, D., Glucose tolerance and mortality from ischemic heart disease in an elderly population. Impact of repeated glucose measurements (1993) Ann Epidemiol, 3, pp. 336-342; Barrett-Connor, E., Khaw, K.-T., Diabetes mellitus: An independent risk factor for stroke? (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 116-123; Green, A., Hougaard, P., Epidemiological studies of diabetes mellitus in Denmark: 5. Mortality and causes of deaths among insulin-treated diabetic patients (1984) Diabetologia, 26, pp. 190-194 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030472345&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f25.6.1250&partnerID=40&md5=d67e9a6950ba3ae29a121eba7393c367 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A review of epidemiological research concerning health effects criteria for recreational waters T2 - Medical Microbiology Letters J2 - Med. Microbiol. Lett. VL - 5 IS - SUPPL. 1 SP - EP - PY - 1996 SN - 10184627 (ISSN) AU - Mavridou, A. AD - National School of Public Health, Alexandras Ave. 196, Athens 11521 AB - The basic aim of investigations into the health effects of swimming or bathing has always been to determine what difference in illness incidence might be expected from swimming in waters containing varying degrees of bacterial pollution. Most studies have been of the prospective epidemic-logical type, now generally termed "Cabelli-styte", after the first study conducted by the EPA in the 1970's. Trained staff approached people leaving the beach and asked them to take part in the study by filling in a questionnaire including details about whether they had entered the water,swum or bathed, their various activities on the beach, their age, employment and details about their state of health .The state of health of these people and their families was followed up. The microorganisms employed to assess water quality varied from one to a combination of total and faecal coliforms, faecal streptococci, E. coli, enterococci and staphylococci. Prospective studies were carried out in Alexandria, Egypt (1980), two in Tel-Aviv , Israeli 1983 & 1991), three in Spain (1983), two in France (1983 & 1987), two in Canada (1985 & 1989), Turkey (1989), Hong Kong (1988) and Australia ( 1989). Practically all of them obtained results in the form of higher morbidity among bathers as compared to non-bathers, the best correlation with water quality being with one or other microorganism where different beaches were compared. Faecal streptococci counts showed a significant relation with the occurrence of gastroenteritis in the 1 -4 age group. The prospective studies received strong criticism concerning the accuracy of their protocol and the comparability of their results. During the last five years a "health volunteer" design has been tried in the U.K. A first step included two pilot studies which were followed by larger-scale ones. Healthy volunteers were recruited and divided into bathing and non-bathing cohorts. Clinical tests were held both before and after exposure. While significantly higher rates of sore thoat, ear and eye symptoms were reported by the bathers three days after the study and diarrhoea three weeks later, there was no correlation between the results of the clinical tests and the perceived symptoms reported. Faecal streptococci counts, measured at chest level, showed a significant dose-response relation with gastroenteritis. Adverse health effects were identified when faecal streptococci counts exceeded 32/100 ml. Studies in our laboratory showed significantly higher counts of staphylococci and anthropogenic fungi when the number of swimmers on the beach increased. N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: MMLEE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: National School of Public Health, Alexandras Ave. 196, Athens 11521 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33846660536&partnerID=40&md5=c10f8995fc92f35c2db84c96cdc9a542 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Phaeochromocytoma in Northern Ireland: A 21 Year Review T2 - European Journal of Surgery J2 - Eur. J. Surg. VL - 162 IS - 9 SP - 695 EP - 702 PY - 1996 SN - 11024151 (ISSN) AU - Beatty, O.L. AU - Russell, C.F.J. AU - Kennedy, L. AU - Hadden, D.R. AU - Kennedy, T.L. AU - Atkinson, A.B. AD - Sir George E. Clark Metabolic Unit, Royal Victoria Hospital, Belfast BT12 6BA, United Kingdom AD - Department of Endocrine Surgery, Royal Victoria Hospital, Belfast BT12 6BA, United Kingdom AD - Royal Victoria Hospital, Belfast BT12 6BA, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To report our experience of 41 patients with phaeochromocytoma. Design: Retrospective study. Setting: Teaching hospital, United Kingdom. Subjects: Forty-one patients who presented with phaeochromocytoma 1970-1991. Interventions: Removal of tumour (n = 38). Main outcome measures: Mortality, morbidity, and recurrence. Results: Thirty-four patients had sporadic tumours, five had the multiple endocrine neoplasia (MEN) type 2 syndrome, and two had non-MEN familial phaeochromocytoma. Thirty-six patients (88%) presented with symptoms of catecholamine excess, and 37 (90%) were hypertensive. The diagnosis was confirmed biochemically in 37. Tumours were located using computed tomography (n = 26), vascular studies (n = 11), and ultrasonography (n = 3). Thirty-eight patients had their tumours resected, of whom 10 (27%) developed complications. There were no postoperative deaths. Two patients were managed conservatively, and one died before diagnosis. Six patients developed recurrent tumours a mean of five years after the initial operation, and another patient had an inoperable tumour at initial diagnosis; four of these seven died from metastatic disease. Metaiodobenzylguanidine (MIBG) scans were positive in three of the patients who developed recurrences. Conclusion: Patients with phaeochromocytoma can now be operated on safely but prolonged follow-up is essential. KW - atenolol KW - catecholamine KW - chlorpromazine KW - labetalol KW - metoprolol KW - phenoxybenzamine KW - prazosin KW - propranolol KW - article KW - cancer recurrence KW - cancer survival KW - clinical article KW - clinical feature KW - computer assisted tomography KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - iceland KW - male KW - pheochromocytoma KW - priority journal KW - safety KW - treatment outcome KW - urinalysis KW - Adrenal Gland Neoplasms KW - Catecholamines KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Hypertension KW - Male KW - Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2a KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local KW - Northern Ireland KW - Pheochromocytoma KW - Retrospective Studies N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EUJSE C2 - 8908450 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Russell, C.F.J.; Royal Victoria Hospital, Belfast BT12 6BA, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Catecholamines N1 - References: Averbuch, S.D., Steakley, C.S., Young, R.C., Malignant phaeochromocytoma: Effective management with a combination of cyclophosphamide, vincristine and dacarbazine (1988) Ann Intern Med, 109, pp. 267-273; Bingham, W., Elliott, J., Lyons, S.M., Management of anaesthesia for phaeochromocytoma (1972) Anaesthesia, 27, pp. 49-60; Black, H., Bursten, S., A clinical screening system for detection of patients with phaeochromocytomas (1984) Yale J Biol Med, 52, pp. 259-272; Bravo, E.L., Tarazi, R.C., Gifford, R.W., Circulating and urinary catecholamines in phaeochromocytoma - Diagnostic and pathophysiologic implications (1979) N Engl J Med, 301, pp. 682-686; Chatal, J.F., Charbonnel, B., Comparison of iodobenzylguanidine imaging with computed tomography in locating phaeochromocytoma (1985) J Clin Endocrinol Metab, 61, pp. 769-772; Daggett, P., Verner, I., Carruthers, M., Intraoperative management of phaeochromocytoma with sodium nitroprusside (1978) BMJ, 2, pp. 311-313; Desmonts, J.M., Le Houelleur, J., Remond, P., Duvaldestein, P., Anaesthetic management of patients with phaeochromocytoma: A review of 102 cases (1977) Br J Anaesth, 49, pp. 991-998; Duncan, M., Compton, P., Lazurus, L., Smythe, G., Measurement of norepinephrine and 3,4-dihydroxyphenylglycol in urine and plasma for the diagnosis of phaeochromocytoma (1988) N Engl J Med, 319, pp. 136-142; Gifford, R.J., Kvale, W., Maher, F., Roth, G., Priestley, J., Clinical features, diagnosis and treatment of phaeochromocytoma: A review of 76 cases (1964) Mayo Clin Proc, 39, pp. 281-302; Hadden, D.R., O'Reilly, F., Kennedy, L., Russell, C., Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2A: A Northern Ireland and Australian family (1987) Henry Ford Hosp Med J, 35, pp. 107-109; Hanson, M.W., Feldman, J.M., Beam, C.A., Leight, G.S., Coleman, R.E., Iodine 131-labelled metaiodobenzylguanidine scintigraphy and biochemical analyses in suspected phaeochromocytoma (1991) Arch Intern Med, 151, pp. 1397-1402; Harper, M.A., Murnaghan, G.A., Kennedy, L., Hadden, D.R., Atkinson, A.B., Phaeochromocytoma in pregnancy. Five cases and a review of the literature (1989) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 96, pp. 594-606; Hull, C.J., Phaeochromocytoma. Diagnosis, preoperative preparation and anaesthetic management (1986) Br J Anaesth, 58, p. 1453; Januszewicz, W., Wocial, B., Clinical and biochemical aspects of phaeochromocytoma: Report of 110 cases (1985) Cardiology, 72 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 131-136; Koshida, K., Nishikawa, T., Ishida, T., Naito, K., Hisazumi, H., A clinical review of 30 phaeochromocytoma patients (1988) Acta Urol Japan, 34, pp. 592-597; Krempf, M., Lumbroso, J., Mornex, R., Use of M-(131I) iodobenzylguanidine in the treatment of malignant phaeochromocytoma (1991) J Clin Endocrinol, 72, pp. 455-461; LCEC Application Note 14. Bioanalytical Systems Inc., West Lafayette, IN 47906, USA; Minno, A., Bennett, W., Kvale, W., Phaeochromocytoma - Study of 15 cases diagnosed at autopsy (1954) N Engl J Med, 251, pp. 959-965; Mitty, H., Cohen, B., Adrenal imaging (1985) Urol Clin North Am, 12, pp. 771-785; Modlin, I.M., Farndon, J.R., Shepherd, A., Phaeochromocytomas in 72 patients: Clinical and diagnostic features, treatment and long term results (1979) Br J Surg, 66, pp. 456-465; Modlinger, R.S., Ertel, N.H., Hauptman, J.B., Adrenergic blockade in phaeochromocytoma (1983) Arch Intern Med, 99, pp. 477-479; Morrison, P.J., Hadden, D.R., Hughes, A.E., Kennedy, L., Russell, C.F.J., Nevin, N.C., Gene probe analysis in an informative family with multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome type 2A (MEN 2A). Improvement in carrier risk estimation (1991) Quart J Med, 79, pp. 597-603; Perry, L.B., Gould, A.B., The anaesthetic management of phaeochromocytoma. Effect of pre-operative adrenergic blocking drugs (1972) Anaesth Analg, 51, p. 36; Plouin, P.F., Chatellier, G., Rougeot, M.A., Recent developments in phaeochromocytoma diagnosis and imaging (1988) Adv Nephrol, 17, pp. 275-286; Plouin, P., Duclos, J., Menard, J., Comoy, E., Bohuon, C., Alexandre, J., Biochemical tests for the diagnosis of phaeochromocytoma urinary versus plasma determinations (1981) BMJ, 282, pp. 853-854; Remine, W., Chong, G., Van Heerden, J., Sheps, S., Harrison, E., Current management of phaeochromocytoma (1974) Ann Surg, 179, pp. 740-748; Ross, E., Griffith, D., The clinical presentation of phaeochromocytoma (1989) Quart J Med, 71, pp. 485-496; Ross, E.J., Prichard, B.N.C., Kaufmann, L., Preoperative and operative management of patients with phaeochromocytoma (1969) Anaesth Analg, 59, pp. 154-162; Scott, H.W., Reynolds, V., Green, N., Clinical experience with malignant phaeochromocytomas (1984) Surgery, 96, pp. 1061-1066; Shapiro, B., Summary, conclusions and future directions of (iodine 131) metaiodobenzylguanidine therapy in the treatment of neural crest tumors (1991) J Nucl Biol Med, 35, pp. 357-363; Shapiro, B., Copp, J.E., Sisson, J.C., Iodine-131 metaiodobenzylguanidine for the locating of suspected phaeochromocytoma: Experience in 400 cases (1985) J Nucl Med, 26, pp. 576-585; Shapiro, B., Sisson, J.C., Lloyd, R., Nakajo, M., Satterlee, W., Beierwaltes, W.H., Malignant phaeochromocytoma: Clinical, biochemical and scintigraphic characterization (1984) Clin Endocrinol, 20, pp. 189-203; Sheps, S.G., Phaeochromocytoma (1984) Clinical Medicine, 7, pp. 1-26. , Spittel JA Jr, Frohnert PP, Sheps SG, eds. Philadelphia; Harper and Row; Sheps, S.G., Jiang, N.-S., Klee, G.G., Diagnostic evaluation for phaeochromocytoma (1988) Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am, 17, pp. 397-414; Sheps, G.G., Jiang, N., Klee, G.C., Van Heerden, J.A., Recent developments in the diagnosis and treatment of phaeochromocytoma (1990) Mayo Clin Proc, 65, pp. 88-95; Stein, P.P., Black, H.R., A simplified diagnostic approach to phaeochromocytoma (1990) Medicine, 70, pp. 46-66; Stewart, R.J., Anderson, J.R., Laird, J.D., Atkinson, A.B., Kennedy, T.L., Meta-iodobenzylguanidine in metastatic phaeochromocytoma (1984) Clin Endocrinol, 21, pp. 525-527; Thomas, J., Rooke, E., Kvale, W., The neurologists experience with phaeochromocytoma: A review of 100 cases (1966) JAMA, 197, pp. 100-104; Tucker, R., Labarthe, D., Frequency of surgical treatment for hypertension in adults at the Mayo Clinic from 1973 through 1975 (1977) Mayo Clin Proc, 52, pp. 549-555; Van Heerden, J.A., Sheps, S.G., Hamberger, B., Sheedy, P.F., Poston, J.G., Remine, W.H., Phaeochromocytoma: Current status and changing trends (1982) Surgery, 91, pp. 367-372; Warren, M.J., Shepstone, B.J., Soper, N., Iodine-131 metaiodobenzylguanidine (131I-MIBG) for the localisation of suspected phaeochromocytoma (1989) Nucl Med Commun, 10, pp. 467-475 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029849297&partnerID=40&md5=0d13e0c1082ff171c0a65f4809d59349 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Survival after peptic ulcer perforation: A time trend analysis T2 - Journal of Clinical Epidemiology J2 - J. CLIN. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 49 IS - 12 SP - 1363 EP - 1371 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0895-4356(96)00278-8 SN - 08954356 (ISSN) AU - Svanes, C. AU - Lie, R.T. AU - Lie, S.A. AU - Kvåle, G. AU - Svanes, K. AU - Søreide, O. AD - Department of Surgery, Haukeland Hospital, University of Bergen, 5021 Bergen, Norway AD - Sect. for Med. Info. and Statistics, University of Bergen, 5021 Bergen, Norway AD - Department of Surgery, National Hospital, University of Oslo, 0027 Oslo, Norway AB - The survival of 1098 patients with ulcer perforation in Norway during the period 1952-1990 was compared with expected survival. Cox regression models incorporating population mortality rates, were used to analyse effects of sex, age, year of birth, and year at risk on excess mortality. Survival was lower in patients than in the general population through a follow-up period of 38 years. Relative survival was lower in women as compared to men, due to more delayed treatment. Long-term survival was lower after praepyloric perforations than after the other perforation types. Relative survival was higher in patients treated 1952-1970 than in those treated more recently. However, adjustment for year of birth revealed a decline in short-term mortality with calendar time, which is in accordance with improved management during the study period. Relative mortality, particularly long-term mortality, was higher in younger birth cohorts, suggesting a shift towards more serious etiologies. KW - Birth cohort KW - Expected survival KW - Gastric resection KW - Mortality KW - Peptic ulcer perforation KW - Relative survival KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - follow up KW - gastrectomy KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - norway KW - peptic ulcer KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - survival rate KW - ulcer perforation KW - Cohort Effect KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Norway KW - Peptic Ulcer Perforation KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors KW - Survival Rate KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JCEPE C2 - 8970486 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Svanes, C.; Dept. of Thoracic Medicine, Haukeland University Hospital, 5021 Bergen, Norway N1 - References: Hudson, N., Faulkner, G., Smith, S.J., Langman, M.J.S., Hawkey, C.J., Logan, R.F.A., Late mortality in elderly patients surviving acute peptic ulcer bleeding (1995) Gut, 37, pp. 177-181; Rørbaek-Madsen, M., Fischer, L., Thomsen, H., Wara, P., Late outcome of bleeding gastric ulcer (1994) Scand J Gastroenterol, 29, pp. 983-987; Lundegårdh, G., Helmick, C., Zack, M., Adami, H.O., Mortality among patients with partial gastrectomy for benign ulcer disease (1994) Dig Dis Sci, 39, pp. 340-346; Tersmette, A.C., Offerhaus, J.A., Giardiello, F.M., Brand, R., Tersmette, K.W.F., Tytgat, G.N.J., Vandenbroucke, J.P., Long-term prognosis after partial gastrectomy for benign conditions (1991) Gastroenterology, 101, pp. 148-153; Stemmermann, G.N., Heilburn, L., Nomura, A., Rhoads, G.G., Glober, G.A., Late mortality after partial gastrectomy (1984) Int J Epidemiol, 13, pp. 299-303; Ross, A.H.M., Smith, M.A., Anderson, J.R., Small, W.P., Late mortality after surgery for peptic ulcer (1982) N Engl J Med, 307, pp. 519-522; Lundegårdh, G., Holmberg, L., Krusemo, U.B., Long-term survival in patients operated on for benign peptic ulcer disease (1991) Br J Surg, 78, pp. 234-236; Schafer, L.W., Larson, D.E., Melton, J., Higgins, J.A., Ilstrup, D.M., The risk of gastric carcinoma after surgical treatment for benign ulcer disease (1983) N Engl J Med, 309, pp. 1210-1213; Watt, P.C.H., Patterson, C.C., Kennedy, T.L., Late mortality after vagotomy and drainage for duodenal ulcer (1984) Br Med J, 288, pp. 1335-1338; Ditlevsen, S., Survival after vagotomy: Results of the Aarhus County Vagotomy Trial (1989) World J Surg, 13, pp. 776-781; Bonnevie, O., Survival in peptic ulcer (1978) Gastroenterology, 75, pp. 1055-1060; Lee, S., Iida, M., Yao, T., Shindo, S., Fujishima, M., Okabe, H., Long term follow-up of 2529 patients with gastric and duodenal ulcer: Survival rate and causes of death (1988) Gastroenterology, 94, pp. 381-386; Westlund, K., Mortality of peptic ulcer patients (1963) Acta Med Scand, (SUPPL.), pp. 398-402; Verheul, H.A., Dekker, E., Bossuyt, P., Moulijn, A.C., Dunning, A.J., Background mortality in clinical survival studies (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 872-875; Lie, S.A., Lie, R.T., Svanes, C., Expected survival and survival of peptic ulcer patients Stat Med, , accepted for publication; Svanes, C., Salvesen, H., Espehaug, B., Svanes, K., Søreide, O., Perforated gastroduodenal ulcer. An analysis of the increase in treatment delay 1935-1985 (1989) Surg Res Comm, 6, pp. 181-188; Clarke, K.W., Gray, D., Keating, N.A., Hampton, J.R., Do women with myocardial infarction receive the same treatment as men? (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 563-566; Svanes, C., Salvesen, H., Stangeland, L., Svanes, K., Søreide, O., Perforated peptic ulcer over 56 years. Time trends in patients and disease characteristics (1993) Gut, 34, pp. 1666-1667; Svanes, C., Lie, R.T., Kvåle, G., Svanes, K., Søreide, O., Incidence of perforated ulcer in Western Norway 1935-90: Cohort or period dependent time trends? (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. 836-844; Sverre, J.M., Laake, P., Sex-specific trends in mortality for the aging population in Norway: A model with age, period and cohort effects (1991) Epidemiol, 2, pp. 182-187; Thomsen, B.L., Keiding, N., Altman, D.G., A note on the calculation of expected survival, illustrated by the survival of liver transplant patients (1991) Stat Med, 10, pp. 733-738; Andersen, P.K., Borch-Johnsen, K., Deckert, T., Green, A., Hougaard, P., Keiding, N., Kreiner, S., A Cox regression model for the relative mortality and its application to diabetes mellitus survival data (1985) Biometrics, 41, pp. 921-932; Svanes, C., Salvesen, H., Espehaug, B., Søreide, O., Svanes, K., A multifactorial analysis of factors related to lethality after treatment of perforated gastroduodenal ulcer 1935-1985 (1989) Ann Surg, 209, pp. 418-423; Kato, I., Nomura, A.M.Y., Stemmermann, G.N., Chyou, P.H., A prospective study of gastric and duodenal ulcer and its relation to smoking, alcohol and diet (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 521-530; Smedley, F., Hickish, T., Taube, M., Yale, C., Leach, R., Wastell, C., Perforated duodenal ulcer and cigarette smoking (1988) J R Soc Med, 81, pp. 92-94; Stemmermann, G.N., Marcus, E.B., Buist, A.S., MacLean, C.J., Relative impact of smoking and reduced pulmonary function on peptic ulcer risk. A prospective study of Japanese men in Hawaii (1989) Gastroenterology, 96, pp. 1419-1424; Reinbach, D.H., Cruickshank, G., McColl, K.E.L., Acute perforated duodenal ulcer is not associated with Helicobacter pylorii infection (1993) Gut, 34, pp. 1344-1347; Cohen, M.M., Treatment and mortality of perforated peptic ulcer: A survey of 852 cases (1971) Can Med Assoc J, 105, pp. 263-269; Wilkinson, P., Laji, K., Ranjadayalan, K., Parsons, L., Timmis, A.D., Acute myocaridal infarction in women: Survival analysis in first six months (1994) Br Med J, 309, pp. 566-569; Bell, M.R., Garratt, K.N., Bresnahan, J.F., Homes, D.R., Immediate and long term outcome after directional coronary atherectomy: Analysis of gender differences (1994) Mayo Clin Proc, 69, pp. 723-729; Hennessy, E., Perforated peptic ulcer: Mortality and morbidity in 603 cases (1969) Aust N Z J Surgery, 38, pp. 243-252; Irvin, T.T., Mortality and perforated peptic ulcer: A case for risk stratification in elderly patients (1989) Br J Surg, 76, pp. 215-218 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030462243&doi=10.1016%2fS0895-4356%2896%2900278-8&partnerID=40&md5=68a4f6c108e67a52fe043b983354ec68 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Five decades of missing females in China T2 - Proceedings - American Philosophical Society VL - 140 IS - 4 SP - 421 EP - 450 PY - 1996 SN - AU - Coale, A.J. AU - Banister, J. AB - Analyzes data from the four modern censuses of China from 1953 to 1990 and from two large-scale retrospective fertility surveys in 1982 and 1988 to trace the record of excess masculinity in successive Chinese birth cohorts, from those born in the last 1930s to those born in the late 1980s. The extent and high quality of the data permit several inferences, including the probable existence of high rates of female infanticide in the 1930s and early 1940s, a large reduction of this practice by the 1960s, the effect of the famine in 1959-61 on the sex ratio in selected cohorts, evidence of the beginning around 1970 of selective termination of childbearing following a male birth, and the emerging impact on the sex ratio at birth in the 1980s of sex-selective abortion. KW - census KW - cultural impact KW - demographic data KW - developing country KW - female infanticide KW - female mortality KW - gender discrimination KW - population fertility KW - sex ratio KW - son preference KW - China N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030410429&partnerID=40&md5=bba157313fd4c84580eb80182ff18c27 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birthweight, body-mass index in middle age, and incident coronary heart disease T2 - Lancet J2 - LANCET VL - 348 IS - 9040 SP - 1478 EP - 1480 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)03482-4 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Frankel, S. AU - Elwood, P. AU - Sweetnam, P. AU - Yarnell, J. AU - Davey Smith, G. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - Medical Research Council, Epidemiology Unit, Llandough Hospital, Penarth, South Glamorgan, United Kingdom AB - Background. Several studies have shown a relation between fetal development, as shown by birthweight, and later coronary heart disease. This study investigated whether this relation is predominantly the consequence of early life exposures, or can best be explained in terms of an interaction between influences in early life and in adulthood. Methods. This prospective study in Caerphilly, South Wales, included 1258 men, aged 45-59 at initial screening, who were able to provide birthweight data. These men are from an initial cohort of 2512 men, from whom information has been obtained in a series of examinations since 1979 on health-related behaviours, incidence of coronary heart disease, and risk factors. The main outcome measure was fatal and non-fatal coronary heart disease during 10 years of follow-up. Findings. Higher birthweight was related to lower risk of coronary heart disease during the follow-up period: coronary heart disease occurred in 46 (11.6%) men in the lowest birthweight tertile, 44 (12.0%) of those in the middle tertile, and 38 (9.1%) of those in the highest tertile (p = 0.03). Stratification of the cohort by body-mass index (BMI) revealed a significant interaction such that the inverse association between birthweight and risk of coronary heart disease was restricted to men in the top tertile of BMI (interaction test p = 0.048 adjusted for age, and p = 0.012 fully adjusted). Within the top BMI tertile, coronary heart disease occurred in 19 (16.4%) of men in the lowest birthweight tertile, 13 (12.6%) of those! in the middle tertile, and 13 (7.5%) of those in the highest tertile (p = 0.0005). These associations were not changed substantially by adjustment for age, father's social class, own social class, marital status, fibrinogen and cholesterol concentrations, systolic blood pressure, and smoking history. Interpretation. The association between birthweight and risk of coronary heart disease cannot be explained by associations with childhood or adulthood socioeconomic status. Nor do conventional risk factors for coronary heart disease in adulthood account for the association. However, there is an important interaction between birthweight and BMI such that the increased risk of coronary heart disease associated with low birthweight is restricted to people who have high BMI in adulthood. Risk of coronary heart disease seems to be defined by the combined effect of early-life and later-life exposures. KW - adult KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body mass KW - controlled study KW - coronary risk KW - fetus development KW - health behavior KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - United Kingdom PB - Lancet Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :355 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 8942776 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, G.D.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers, Babies, and Diseases in Later Life, , London: BMJ; Rich-Edwards, J., Stampfer, M., Manson, J., Birthweight, breastfeeding and the risk of coronary heart disease in the Nurses' Health study (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. S78. , abstr; Eriksson, M., Tibblin, G., Cnattingrus, S., Low birthweight and ischaemic heart disease (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 731-732; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birthweight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Leon, D.A., Koupilova, I., Lithell, H.O., Failure to realise growth potential in utero and adult obesity in relation to blood pressure in 50 year old Swedish men (1996) BMJ, 312, pp. 401-406; Yarnell, J.G.W., Limb, E.S., Layzell, J.M., Baker, I.A., Height: A risk marker for ischaemic heart disease (1992) Eur Heart J, 13, pp. 1602-1605; Frankel, S.J., Elwood, P., Sweetnam, P., Yarnell, J., Davey Smith, G., Birthweight, adult risk factors and incident coronary heart disease: The Caerphilly study (1996) Public Health, 110, pp. 139-143; Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Ravelli, G.-P., Stein, Z.A., Susser, M.W., Obesity in young men after famine exposure in utero and early infancy (1976) N Engl J Med, 295, pp. 349-353; Pond, W.G., Mersmann, H.J., Yen, J.T., Severe feed restriction of pregnant swine and rats: Effects on postweaning growth and body composition of progeny (1985) J Nutr, 115, pp. 179-189 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030607605&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2896%2903482-4&partnerID=40&md5=6c8ec3aee16c6a18b30ecd51b76109e1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Suicide trends in eight predominantly English-speaking countries 1960-1989 T2 - Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology J2 - SOC. PSYCHIATRY PSYCHIATR. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 364 EP - 373 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1007/BF00783426 SN - 09337954 (ISSN) AU - Cantor, C.H. AU - Leenaars, A.A. AU - Lester, D. AU - Slater, P.J. AU - Wolanowski, A.M. AU - O'Toole, B. AD - Australian Inst. Suicide Res./Prev., Griffith University, Queensland 4152, Australia AD - 880 Ouellette Avenue, Windsor, Ont., N9A 1C7, Canada AD - Stockton State College, Pomona, NJ 08240-9988, United States AD - Suicide Res. and Prevention Program, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Ipswich Road, Woollongabba, QLD 4102, Australia AD - Analysis and Consultancy Unit, Epidemiol./Hlth. Info. Branch, Queensland Health, GPO Box 48, Brisbane, QLD 4001, Australia AD - 29, rue de la Procession (e'2 etage), F-75015, Paris, France AD - Department of Psychiatry, Royal Brisbane Hospital, Herston, QLD 4029, Australia AD - Australian Inst. Suicide Res./Prev., Griffith University, P.O. Box 24, Carina, QLD 4152, Australia AB - Suicide rates between 1960 and 1989 were explored for eight predominantly English speaking countries with similar national characteristics. New World countries showed significant similarities but differed from Old World countries. The two North American (NA) New World countries showed more similarity to each other than the two Australasian New World countries. The NA countries showed an unique plateau in the 1980s for males aged 15-29 years. Old World males of all ages showed common rises, suggesting a partial sex-specific influence in the young. However, trends among the 15- to 19-year-olds were significantly different to trends among the 20- to 29-year-olds in both sexes suggesting a substantial youth-related contribution to the rises. Rates among 15- to 19-year-old females rose in the early 1960s, ahead of males but in parallel with rises among older females, suggesting part of the rise was sex- as opposed to age-related. Although rates among the 15- to 19-year-old females showed little change since 1970, this may be partly a function of sex-related improvements - observable in older females - disguising unfavourable youth-related influences. Possible aetiological factors are suggested but remain speculative. Studies of other nations with common cultural characteristics may clarify trends and aetiological issues. Care should be taken to differentiate sex- from age-related influences. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - australia KW - cultural factor KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - new zealand KW - north america KW - onset age KW - sex difference KW - suicide KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Australia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - New Zealand KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sex Factors KW - Suicide KW - United States N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SPPEE C2 - 8952377 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cantor, C.H.; Australian Inst Suicide Res Prevent, Griffith University, Queensland 4152, Australia N1 - References: Cunliff, M., "New world, old world" the historical antithesis (1975) Lessons from America, p. 45. , Rose R (ed) Maxmillan, London; Lipset, S.M., (1990) Continental Divide, , Rouledge, New York; Leenaars, A., Suicide and the continental divide (1995) Arch Suicide Res, 1, pp. 39-58; (1982) Changing Patterns in Suicide Behaviour, , Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen; Diekstra, R.F.W., Suicide and attempted suicide: An international perspective (1989) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 80 (354 SUPPL.), pp. 1-24; Pritchard, C., Youth suicide and gender in Australia and New Zealand compared with countries of the western world 1973-1987 (1992) Aust. N Z J Psychiatry, 26, pp. 609-617; Leenaars, A., Lester, D., A comparison of rates and patterns of suicide in Canada and the United States. 1960-1985 (1990) Death Stud, 16, pp. 417-430; Adam, K.S., Environmental, psychosocial and psychoanalytic aspects of suicidal behavior (1990) Suicide over the Life Cycle: Risk Factors, Assessment and Treatment of Suicidal Patients, pp. 39-51. , Blumenthal SJ, Kupfer DJ (eds) American Psychiatric Press, Washington, D.C; Earls, F., Escobar, J.I., Manson, S.M., Suicide in minority groups: Epidemiologic and cultural perspectives (1990) Suicide over the Life Cycle: Risk Factors, Assessment and Treatment of Suicidal Patients, pp. 585-588. , Blumenthal SJ, Kupfer DJ (eds) American Psychiatric Press, Washington, D.C; Breuer, H., Breuer, J., Fischbach-Breuer, B., Social, toxicological and meteorological data on suicide attempts (1986) Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurol Sci, 235, pp. 367-370; Markush, R.E., Bartolucci, A.A., Firearms and suicide in the United States (1984) Am J Public Health, 74, pp. 123-127; Weber, M., (1949) The Methodology of the Social Sciences, , Free Press, Glencoe Illinois; Erikson, E., (1963) Childhood and Society. 2nd Edn., , Norton, New York; Erikson, E., (1968) Identity: Youth and Crisis, , Norton, New York; Frager, R., Fadiman, J., (1984) Personality and Personal Growth, 2nd Edn., , Harper and Row, New York; Kimmel, D., (1974) Adulthood and Ageing., , Wiley, New York; Neugarten, B., Moore, J., Lowe, J., Age norms, age constraints, and adult socialization (1965) Am J Sociol, 70, pp. 710-717; Leenaars, A., (1991) Life Span Perspectives of Suicide, , Plenum Press, New York; Levinson, D., (1978) The Seasons of a Man's Life, , Knopf. New York; Sainsbury, P., Barraclough, B.M., Differences between suicide rates (1968) Nature, 220, p. 1252; Kleck, G., Miscounting suicides (1988) Suicide Life Threat Behav, 8, pp. 219-236; Hlady, W.G., Middaugh, J.P., The underrecording of suicide in state and national records. Alaska, 1983-1984 (1988) Suicide Life Threat Behav, 18, pp. 237-244; Lester, D., Migration and suicide (1972) Med J Aust, 1, pp. 941-942; Raleigh, V.S., Balajaran, R., Suicide levels and trends among immigrants in England and Wales (1992) Health Trends, 24, pp. 91-94; Brown, J.H., Reporting of suicide: Canadian statistics (1975) Suicide Life Threat Behav, 5, pp. 5-20; (1987) Suicide in Canada, , Author, Ottawa; Syer-Solursh, D., Wyndowe, J.P., (1981) How Coroners' Attitudes Towards Suicide Affect Certification, , Ontario Ministry of the Solicitor General. Toronto; Cantor, C.H., Dunne, M.P., Australian suicide data and the use of the "undetermined" death category (1968-1985) (1990) Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 24, pp. 381-384; Skegg, K., Cox, B., Suicide in New Zealand 1957-1986: The influence of age, period and birth-cohort (1991) Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 25, pp. 181-190; Barraclough, B.M., Are the Scottish and English suicide rates really different? (1972) Br J Psychiatry, 120, pp. 267-273; Jennings, C., Barraclough, B., Legal and administrative influences on the English suicide rate since 1900 (1980) Psychol Med, 10, pp. 407-418; Curran, P.S., Finlay, R.J., McGarry, P.J., Trends in suicide: N. Ireland 1960-86 (1988) Ir J Psychol Med, 5, pp. 98-102; McCarthy, P.D., Walsh, D., Suicide in Dublin (1966) BMJ, 1, pp. 1393-1396; Barraclough, B.M., The different incidence of suicide in Eire and in England and Wales (1978) Br J Psychiatry, 132, pp. 36-38; Walsh, D., The recent increase in reported suicide in Ireland (1976) J Jr Med Assoc, 71, pp. 613-616; Clarke-Finnegan, M., Fahy, T.J., Suicide rates in Ireland (1983) Psychol Med, 13, pp. 385-391; Hawton, K., Youth suicide: Trends indicate increasing hopelessness in young males (1994) Crisis, pp. 159-160; Yang, B., The differential impact of the economy on suicide in the young and the elderly: The American experience (1995) Arch Suicide Res, 1, pp. 111-120; Cantor, C.H., Lewin, T., Firearms and suicide in Australia (1990) Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 24, pp. 500-509; Lester, D., Leenaars, A., Suicide rates in Canada before and after tightening firearm control laws (1993) Psychol Rep, 72, pp. 787-790; May, P.A., Suicide and self-destruction among American Indian youths (1987) Am Indian Alaska Native Ment Health Res, 1, pp. 52-69; Clayer, J.R., Czechowicz, A.S., Suicide by Aboriginal people in South Australia: Comparison with suicide deaths in the total urban and rural populations (1991) Med J Aust, 154, pp. 683-685; Shaffer, D., Garland, A., Gould, M., Fisher, P., Trautman, P., Preventing teen-age suicide: A critical review (1988) J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry, 27, pp. 675-687; Rich, C.L., Young, D., Fowler, R.C., San Diego suicide study: Young vs old subjects (1986) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 43, pp. 577-582; Feehan, M., McGee, R., Raja, S.N., Williams, S.M., DSM-III-R disorders in New Zealand 18-year olds (1994) Aust N Z J Psychiatry, 28, pp. 87-99; Lester, D., State initiatives in addressing youth suicide: Evidence for their effectiveness (1992) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 27, pp. 75-77; Whitlock, F.A., Suicide in Brisbane, 1956 to 1973: The drug death epidemic (1975) Med J Aust, 1, pp. 737-743; Charlton, J., Kelly, S., Dunnell, K., Evans, B., Jenkins, R., Suicide deaths in England and Wales: Trends in factors associated with suicide deaths (1992) Popul Trends, 70, pp. 34-42; La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Levi, F., Worldwide trends in suicide mortality, 1955-1989 (1994) Acta Psychiatr Scand, 90, pp. 53-64 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029853960&doi=10.1007%2fBF00783426&partnerID=40&md5=f02c2a20724a86e76c4354dc4b7defe5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Influence of fathers' social class on cardiovascular disease in middle-aged men T2 - Lancet J2 - LANCET VL - 348 IS - 9037 SP - 1259 EP - 1263 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)02465-8 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Wannamethee, S.G. AU - Whincup, P.H. AU - Shaper, G. AU - Walker, M. AD - Dept. of Prim. Care and Pop. Sci., Roy. Free Hosp. School of Medicine, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom AB - Background. The independent effect of early life circumstances on adult cardiovascular risk is still unresolved. We assessed the associations of father's social class with cardiovascular risk factors and with risk of ischaemic heart disease and stroke in adult life. Methods. We did a longitudinal study of cardiovasular disease in 5934 men aged 40-59 years at enrolment. A cross-sectional measurement survey was done between 1978 and 1980 and a follow-up questionnaire was completed in 1992. The main endpoints were non-fatal myocardial infarction and stroke-based on general practitioners' reports obtained between screening and 1992 and on recall of physician-diagnosed ischaemic heart disease in the 1992 questionnaire. Findings. Father's social class was strongly associated with social class in adulthood (fathers' occupation was manual for 41.3% of professionals [I] vs 89.1% for unskilled manual workers [VI) and was significantly related to height (non-manual vs manual 175.4 cm [SE 0.2] vs 172.9 cm [0.1], p < 0.0001) and obesity (213 [14.1%] vs 804 [20.1%], p < 0.0001) irrespective of adult social class; no association was found with blood glucose (log, 1.69 [0.005] vs 1.70 [0.003], p = 0.22) or cholesterol (6.34 [0.03] vs 6.29 mmol/L [0.02], p = 0.16. Men whose fathers' social class was manual had significantly higher rates of non-fatal infarction (342/4006 vs 92/1510) and self-reported other established risk factors (relative odds 1.3 [95% Cl 1.0-1.7], p < 0.05 and 1.3 [1.1-1.6], p < 0.01, respectively). The influence of father's social class on non-fatal myocardial infarction and ischaemic heart disease was only seen in men whose adult social class was non-manual. No association was seen between father's social class and non-fatal stroke. Interpretation. Father's social class is strongly associated with adult social class. The higher risk of non-fatal myocardial infarction and self-reported physician-diagnosed ischaemic heart disease seen in men whose father's social class was manual suggests that socioeconomic status early in life has some persisting influence on ischaemic heart disease risk in adult life. KW - adult KW - article KW - cardiovascular disease KW - controlled study KW - heart infarction KW - height KW - human KW - ischemic heart disease KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - obesity KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - risk factor KW - social class KW - stroke PB - Lancet Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :186 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 8909377 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wannamethee, S.G.; Primary Care and Population Sciences, Royal Free Hospital School Medicine, London NW3 2PF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Strong, J.P., McGill, H.C., The pediatric aspects of atherosclerosis (1969) J Atherosclerosis Res, 9, pp. 251-259; Forsdahl, A., Are poor living conditions in childhood and adolescence an important risk factor for arteriosclerotic heart disease? (1977) Br J Prev Soc Med, 31, pp. 91-95; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Infant mortality, childhood nutrition, and ischaemic heart disease in England and Wales (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 1077-1081; Forsdahl, A., Living conditions in childhood and subsequent development of risk factors for arteriosclerotic heart disease (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 34-37; Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., Simmonds, S.J., Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 577-580; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Wield, G.A., The relation of small head circumference and thinness at birth to death from cardiovascular disease in adult life (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 422-426; Barker, D.J.P., Bull, A.R., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Fetal and placental size and risk of hypertension in adult life (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 259-262; Hales, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Barker, D.J.P., Martyn, C.N., Osmond, C., Hales, C.N., Fall, C.H.D., Growth in utero and serum cholesterol concentrations in adult life (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1524-1527; Gliksman, M.D., Kawachi, I., Hunter, D., Childhood socioeconomic status and risk of cardiovascular disease in middle-aged US women: A prospective study (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 10-15; Arnesen, E., Forsdahl, A., The Tromso Heart Study: Coronary risk factors and their association with living conditions during childhood (1985) J Epidemiol Community Health, 39, pp. 210-214; Kaplan, G.A., Salonen, J.T., Socioeconomic conditions in childhood and ischaemic heart disease during middle-age (1990) BMJ, 310, pp. 1121-1123; Elford, J., Whincup, P., Shaper, A.G., Early life experience and adult cardiovascular disease: Longitudinal and case-control studies (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 833-844; Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origins of coronary heart disease (the Barker hypothesis) (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 411-412; Shaper, A.G., Pocock, S.J., Walker, M., Cohen, N.M., Wale, C.J., Thomson, A.G., British Regional Heart Study: Cardiovascular risk factors in middle-aged men in 24 towns (1981) BMJ, 282, pp. 179-186; Pocock, S.J., Shaper, A.G., Cook, D.G., Philips, A.N., Social class differences in ischaemic heart disease in British men (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 197-201; Walker, M., Shaper, A.G., Follow-up of subjects in prospective studies in general practice (1984) J R Coll Gen Pract, 34, pp. 365-370; Bruce, N.G., Shaper, A.G., Walker, M., Wannamethee, G., Observer bias in blood pressure studies (1988) J Hypertens, 6, pp. 375-380; Shaper, A.G., Wannamethee, G., Physical activity and ischaemic heart disease (1991) Br Heart J, 66, pp. 384-394; (1980) Classification of Occupations and Coding Index, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. London: HM Stationery Office; Rona, R.J., Genetic and environmental factors in the control of growth in childhood (1981) Br Med Bull, 37, pp. 265-272; Wannamethee, G., Whincup, P.H., Shaper, G., Walker, M., Factors determining case-fatality in myocardial infarction: "Who dies in a heart attack" (1995) Br Heart J, 74, pp. 324-331; Peck, M.N., The importance of childhood socio-economic group for adult health (1994) Soc Sci Med, 39, pp. 553-562; Lynch, J.W., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Childhood and adult socioeconomic status as predictors of mortality in Finland (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 524-527; Fall, C.H., Vijayakumar, M., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Duggleby, S., Weight in infancy and prevalence of coronary heart disease in adult life (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 17-19; Strachan, D.P., Leon, D.A., Dodgeon, B., Mortality from cardiovascular disease among interregional migrants in England and Wales (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 423-427; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birthweight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1479; Barker, D.J.P., Fetal origins of coronary heart disease (1995) BMJ, 311, pp. 171-174; Rodriguez, C., Regidor, E., Gutierrez-Fisac, J.L., Low birth weight in Spain associated with sociodemographic factors (1995) J Epidemiol Community Health, 49, pp. 38-42; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., Butler, N.R., Fryer, J.G., Lawrence, C.J., Chamberlain, G.V.P., Plus ça change: Predictors of birthweight in two national studies (1983) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 90, pp. 1040-1045; Wilcox, M.A., Newton, C.S., Johnson, I.A., Paternal influences on birthweight (1995) Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 74, pp. 15-18 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030577223&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2896%2902465-8&partnerID=40&md5=1e9549b30a1b15e6162277744bab0a3d ER - TY - JOUR TI - The effect of neonatal universal hearing screening in a health surveillance perspective a controlled study of two health authority districts T2 - Audiology J2 - AUDIOLOGY VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 158 EP - 168 PY - 1996 SN - 00206091 (ISSN) AU - Parving, A. AU - Salomon, G. AD - Department of Audiology, Copenhagen Hospital Corporation, Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Audiological Clinic, University County Hospital, Gentofte, Hellerup, Denmark AD - Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital, DK 2400 Copenhagen NV, Denmark AB - This contribution describes the effect of a neonatal hearing screening program in terms of estimated prevalence rate of congenital hearing impairment and age at identification in two five-year cohorts born between 1990 and 1994 as a function of health authority districts (HADs). In addition, identically defined five-year birth cohorts from 1970 to 1974 and 1980 to 1984 living in the same HADs evaluated previously are used in the analysis, offering longitudinal data. In 1990 a non-targetted neonatal hearing screening program based on EOAE was introduced in the County-HAD, whereas the City-HAD continued its child hearing health surveillance program unchanged. Assuming an unchanged prevalence estimate of 1.5 per 1000 of congenital or early acquired (i.e, neonatal period) hearing disability, i.e. ≤ 25 dB HL for the better ear at 0.5-4 kHz in both HADs, an underestimate of 68 per cent in the City and of 20 per cent in the County, respectively, was found at the time of data collection (January 1995). Significant longitudinal improvements in the early identification from the 1970-1974 cohort compared to the 1980-1984 cohort has been demonstrated, but the improvement in the proportion of children identified as a function of both 6 and 12 months of age in the 1990-1994 cohort is significantly greater; showing a median age at identification of 11 months in the County-HAD. The cross-sectional and longitudinal comparisons between the HADs imply that a neonatal universal hearing screening program with a 20 per cent coverage may add significantly to the early identification of children with early-onset hearing impairment. KW - Child health surveillance KW - Congenital hearing KW - EOAE KW - Impairment KW - Neonatal screening KW - age KW - article KW - child KW - child health KW - evoked otoacoustic emission KW - female KW - hearing impairment KW - human KW - human experiment KW - infant KW - male KW - newborn KW - newborn screening KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - Cohort Studies KW - Health Surveys KW - Hearing KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Neonatal Screening KW - Retrospective Studies N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AUDLA C2 - 8864257 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Parving, A.; Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital, DK 2400 Copenhagen NV, Denmark N1 - References: Haggard, M.P., Hughes, E., (1991) Screening of Children's Hearing: A Review of the Literature and Implications of Otitis Media, , London, HMSO; McCormick, B., (1988) Screening for Hearing Impairment in Young Children, , London, Whurr Publishing; Francois, M., Bonfils, P., Narcy, P., Screening for neonatal and infant deafness in Europe in 1992 (1995) Int J Ped Otorhinolaryng, 31, pp. 175-182; (1993) Early Identification of Hearing Impairment in Infants and Young Children, 11, pp. 1-25. , National Institute of Health; Kuhl, P.K., Williams, K.A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K.N., Lindblom, B., Linguistic experience alters phonetic perception in infants by six months of age (1992) Science, 255, pp. 606-608; Menyuk, P., Early development of hearing and language acquisition (1995) European Conference on Audiology, , Holland, March (abstract); Peck, J.E., Development of hearing. Part III. Postnatal development (1995) J Am Acad Audiol, 6, pp. 113-123; Markides, A., Age at fitting of hearing aids and speech intelligibility (1986) Brit J Audiol, 20, pp. 165-168; Ramkalawan, T.W., Davis, A.C., The effects of hearing loss and age of intervention on some language metrics in young hearing-impaired children (1992) Br J Audiol, 26, pp. 97-107; Parving, A., Intervention and the hearing-impaired child - An evaluation of outcome (1992) Int J Ped Otorhinolaryngol, 23, pp. 151-159; Peck, J.E., Development of hearing. Part II. Embryology (1994) J Am Acad Audiol, 5, pp. 359-365; Pujol, R., Lavigne-Rebillard, M., Uziel, A., Development of the human cochlea (1995) Acta Otolaryngol, (482 SUPPL.), pp. 7-17; (1995) Cochlear Implants in Adults and Children, , May; Gibson, J.W.P., Cochlear implants Otolaryngology, 6th Edition, , Scott-Brown: London, Butterworth. In press; Kemp, D.T., Stimulated acoustic emissions from within the human auditory system (1978) J Acoust Soc Amer, 64, pp. 1386-1391; Kemp, D.T., Evidence of mechanical non-linearity and frequency selective wave amplification in the cochlea (1979) Arch Otorhinolaryng, 224, pp. 37-45; Johnsen, N.J., Bagi, P., Elberling, C., Evoked acoustic emissions from the human ear III. Findings in neonates (1983) Scand Audiol, 12, pp. 17-24. , stockh; Johnsen, N.J., Bagi, P., Parbo, J., Elberling, C., Evoked acoustic emissions from the human ear IV. Final results in 100 neonates (1988) Scand Audiol, 17, pp. 27-34; Bray, P., Kemp, D.T., An advanced cochlear echo technique suitable for infant screening (1987) Br J Audiol, 21, pp. 191-204; Stevens, J.C., Webb, H.D., Hodgkinson, J., Cornell, J., Smith, M.F., Baffin, J.T., Click evoked oto-acoustic emissions compared with brain stem electric response (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 1105-1111; Stevens, J.C., Webb, H.D., Quigley, A., Targeted neonatal hearing screening - Results of a long-term study evaluating the use of evoked oto-acoustic emissions and the auditory brain stem response (1995) European Conference on Audiology, , Holland, March (abstract); Bonfils, P., Uziel, A., Pujol, R., Screening for auditory dysfunction in infants by evoked oto-acoustic emissions (1988) Arch Otolaryng Head Neck Surg, 114, pp. 887-890; Salomon, G., Anthonisen, B., Groth, J., Thomsen, P.P., Oto-acoustic hearing screening in newborns: Optimization (1992) Screening Children for Auditory Function, pp. 191-206. , Bess FH, Hall JW (eds) Bill Wilkerson Center Press, Nashville, Tennessee; Salomon, G., Groth, J., Anthonisen, B., Preliminary results and considerations in hearing screening in newborns based on oto-acoustic emissions (1993) Br J Audiol, 27, pp. 139-141; Norton, S.J., Emerging role of evoked otoacoustic emissions in neonatal hearing screening (1994) Am J Otol, 15 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 4-12; Fundamentals and clinical applications (1994) Advances in Oto-acoustic Emissions, 1. , Grandori F (ed.). Commission of the European Community; Kankkunen, A., Pre-school children with impaired hearing (1982) Acta Otolaryngol, (391 SUPPL.), pp. 59-99. , dissertation; Davis, A., Wood, S., The epidemiology of childhood hearing impairment; factors of relevance to planning of services (1992) Br J Audiol, 26, pp. 77-90; Parving, A., Congenital hearing disability - Epidemiology and identification: A comparison between two health authority districts (1993) Int J Ped Otorhinolaryng, 27, pp. 29-46; Stein, L.K., Jabaley, T., Spitz, R., Stoakley, D., McGee, T., The hearing-impaired infant: Patterns of identification and habilitation revised (1990) Ear Hear, 11, pp. 201-205; Ruben, R.J., Effectiveness and efficacy of early detection of hearing impairment in children (1991) Acta Otolaryng, (482 SUPPL.), pp. 127-131. , stockh; Braveman, P.A., Carimo, E., (1994) Screening in Primary Health Care. Setting Priorities with Limited Resources, , WHO, Geneva; Bess, F.H., Paradise, J.L., Universal screening for infant hearing impairment: Not simple, not risk free, not necessarily beneficial, and not presently justified (1994) Pediatrics, 93 (2), pp. 330-334; Parving, A., Pediatric audiological medicine - A survey from a regional department (1992) J Audiol Med, 1, pp. 99-111; Parving, A., Christensen, B., Children ≤4 years of age referred to an audiological department (1992) Int J Ped Otorhinolaryng, 23, pp. 161-170; Almind, G., (1984) Forebyggende Arbejde med Småbørnsfamilier i Almen-praksis og Sundhedspleje, , (Dissertation). Holbæk, ISBN 87/98 1741/0/7; Steensland-Juncker, K., Barr, B., Maliniemi, S., Wasz-Hoekert, O., BOEL-screening. A program for the early detection of communicative disorders. Preliminary reports from a study on 1000 Finnish infants (1978) Audiology, 17, pp. 51-62; Barr, B., Early detection of hearing impairment (1980) Disorders of Auditory Function, 3, pp. 33-42. , Taylor IG, Markides A (eds) London, Academic Press; Bentzen, O., Jensen, J.H., Early detection and treatment of deaf children: A European concept (1981) Early Management of Hearing Loss, pp. 85-103. , Gerber SE, Mencher GT (eds.) San Francisco, Grune & Stratton; Parving, A., Hearing disorders in childhood. Some procedures for detection, identification, and diagnostic evaluation (1985) Int J Ped Otorhinolaryng, 9, pp. 31-57; Hovind, H., Parving, A., Detection of hearing impairment in early childhood (1987) Scand Audiol, 16, pp. 187-192; Parving, A., Hørenedsættelse hos børn - Epidemiologi og identifikation (1988) Ugeskr Laeger, 150, pp. 721-725; Parving, A., Elberling, C., Salomon, G., ECoG and psycho-acoustic tests compared in identification of hearing loss in young children (1981) Audiology, 20, pp. 365-381; Sørensen, M., Christensen, B., Parving, A., Clinical application of brain stem audiometry (1988) Scand Audiol, 17, pp. 223-229; Curnock, D.A., Identifying hearing impairment in infants and young children (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 1225-1226; (1994) Pediatrics, 94 (6), pp. 948-963. , Letter to the editor; White, K.R., Maxon, A.B., Universal screening for infant hearing impairment: Simple, beneficial, and presently justified (1995) J Ped Otorhinolaryng, 32, pp. 201-211; Maxon, A.B., White, K.R., Behrens, T.R., Vohr, B.R., Referral rates and cost efficiency in a universal newborn hearing screening program using transient evoked oto-acoustic emissions (1995) J Am Acad Aud, 6, pp. 271-277; Fortnum, H., Butler, A., Davis, A., Different programmes for the detection of permanent hearing impairment in children and their effect on age of identification (1995) European Conference on Audiology, , Holland, March (abstract); Turner, R., Factors that determine the costs and performance of early identification protocols (1992) J Am Acad Audiol, 3, pp. 233-241 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029739743&partnerID=40&md5=eddfc1fe381a9ebb9a03865391999c38 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Large-scale longitudinal studies: Their utility for geographic enquiry T2 - Area J2 - Area VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 358 EP - 372 PY - 1996 SN - 00040894 (ISSN) AU - Ekinsmyth, C. AD - Department of Geography, University of Portsmouth, Buckingham Building, Lion Terrace, Portsmouth PO1 3HE, United Kingdom AB - There are several large-scale longitudinal studies in Britain today that, although representing a rich resource for geographic enquiry, geographers have been slow to make use of. This paper introduces and discusses a number of the studies that are ongoing, available and valuable for geographic enquiry. KW - geographical enquiry KW - large scale study KW - longitudinal study KW - methodological approach KW - UK N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ekinsmyth, C.; Department of Geography, University of Portsmouth, Buckingham Building, Lion Terrace, Portsmouth PO1 3HE, United Kingdom N1 - References: Braddon, F., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M., Davies, J., Onset of obesity in a 36 year birth cohort study (1986) British Medical Journal, 293, pp. 299-303; Britten, N., Class imagery in a national sample of women and men (1984) British Journal on Sociology, 35, pp. 406-434; Britten, N., Models of intergenerational class mobility: Findings from the National Survey of health and development (1981) British Journal of Sociology, 32, pp. 224-238; Buck, N., Gershuny, J., Rose, D., Scott, J., (1994) Changing Households: The British Household Panel Survey, 1990-1992, , ERSC Research Centre on Micro-social Change, University of Essex, Colchester; Bynner, J., (1993) The Use of Longitudinal Cohort Studies in the Policy Process: An Anglo-German Perspective, , Anglo-German Foundation for the Study of Industrial Society, London; Creeser, R., Hattersley, L., (1994) LS Technical Volume, , HMSO, London; Creeser, R., (1991) An Introduction to the Area Based Variables in the OPCS Longitudinal Study, , LS User Guide No 7 (Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London); Cribier, F., Kych, A., A comparison of retirement migration from Paris and London (1993) Environment and Planning A, 25, pp. 1399-1420; Dale, A., The OPCS Longitudinal Study (1993) The 1991 Census User's Handbook, pp. 312-389. , Dale A and Marsh C HMSO, London; Dale, A., Creeser, R., Dodgeon, B., Gleave, S., Filakti, H., An introduction to the OPCS Longitudinal Study (1993) Environment and Planning A, 25, pp. 1387-1398; Douglas, J., The use and abuse of national cohorts (1976) The Organisation and Impact of Research, pp. 3-21. , Shipman M (ed) Routledge, London; Douglas, J., The value of birth cohort studies (1981) Longitudinal Research: Methods and Uses in Behavioural Science, pp. 176-186. , Schulsinger F, Mednick S and Knop J (eds) Martinus Nijhoff, Boston; Duncan, C., Jones, K., Moon, G., Do places matter? A multi-level analysis of regional variations in health-related behaviour in Britain (1993) Social Science and Medicine, 37 (6), pp. 725-733; Ecob, R., (1987) West of Scotland Twenty-07 Study: The Sampling Scheme, Frame and Procedures for the Cohort Studies, , MRC Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper No 6 (Glasgow); Ekinsmyth, C., The British longitudinal birth cohort studies: Their utility for the study of health and palce (1996) Health and Place, 2 (1), pp. 15-26. , January 1996; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., An Integrated Approach to the Design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS) (1992) SSRU Inter-Cohort Analysis Working Paper Series, Paper No 1, , City University, London; Fielding, A., Inter-regional migration and social change: A study of South-East England based upon data from the OPCS Longitudinal Study (1989) Transactions of the Institutes of British Geographers, 14 (1), pp. 24-36; Fielding, A., Migration and social mobility: Southeast England as an escalator region (1992) Regional Studies, 26, pp. 11-15; Fielding, A., Halford, S., Geographies of opportunity: A regional analysis of gender-specific social and spatial mobilities in England and Wales, 1971-81 (1993) Environment and Planning A, 25, pp. 1421-1440; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain: Collected Papers from the National Child Development Study, , Macmillan, London; Golding, J., Research protocol: European Longitudinal Study of Pregnancy and Childhood (ELSPAC) (1989) Paediatric & Perinatal Epidemiology, 3, pp. 460-469; Golding, J., Children of the nineties: A longitudinal study of pregnancy & childhood based on the population of Avon (ALSPAC) (1990) West of England Medical Journal, 105 (3), pp. 80-82; Golding, J., (1994) A Guide to the Avon Longitudinal Study of Pregnancy and Childhood (ALSPAC), , Institute of Child Health, Bristol; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multi-level Statistical Models, , Edward Arnold, London; Hamnett, C., The relationship between residential migration and housing tenure in London, 1971-1981: A longitudinal analysis (1991) Environment and Planning A, 23, pp. 1147-1162; Hamnett, C., Randolph, B., The OPCS Longitudinal Study: A new tool for social research in England and Wales (1987) Area, 19 (1), pp. 69-73; Hamnett, C., Randolph, B., Ethnic minorities in the London labour market: A longitudinal analysis, 1971-1981 (1988) New Community, 14 (3), pp. 333-346; Hamnett, C., Randolph, B., Racial minorities in the London labour and housing markets: A longitudinal analysis, 1971-1981 (1992) Ethnic Minorities and Industrial Change in Europe and North America, pp. 173-204. , Cross M (ed) Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Jones, K., (1991) Multi-level Models for Geographical Research, , Geobooks, Norwich; Jones, K., Duncan, C., Individuals and their ecologies: Analysing the geography of chronic illness within a multilevel modelling framework (1995) Health and Place, 1, pp. 27-40; Jones, K., Moon, G., Medical geography: Taking space seriously (1993) Progress in Human Geography, 17 (4), pp. 515-524; Kiernan, K., Eldridge, S., Age at marriage: Inter and intra cohort variation (1987) British Journal of Sociology, 38, pp. 44-63; Kuh, D., Maclean, M., Women's childhood experience of parental separation and their subsequent health and socio-economic status in adulthood (1990) Journal of Biosocial Science, 22, pp. 121-135; Macintyre, S., Annandale, E., Ecob, R., Ford, G., Hunt, B., Jamieson, B., MacIver, S., Wyke, S., The West of Scotland Twenty-07 Study: Health in the community (1989) Readings for a New Public Health, pp. 56-74. , Martin C and MacQueen D (eds) Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh; Macintyre, S., MacIver, S., Soomans, A., Area, class and health: Should we be focusing on places or people? (1993) Journal of Social Policy, 22 (2), pp. 213-234; MacIver, S., Macintyre, S., (1987) West of Scotland Twenty-07 Study: Selection of the Study Localities and Region, , MRC Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper No 15, Glasgow; MacIver, S., (1988) West of Scotland Twenty-07 Study: Selection Criteria for the Region and Localities, , MRC Medical Sociology Unit Working Paper No 4 Glasgow; McDowell, L., Housing deprivation: An intergenerational approach (1983) The Structure of Disadvantage, pp. 172-191. , Brown M (ed) Heinemann, London; Nicholson, B., The Longitudinal Study and migration: A cautionary comment (1992) Update, (2), pp. 11-16. , June 1992, LS Support Programme, Social Statistics Reaearch Unit (City University, London); Osborn, A., Butler, N., Morris, A., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds, , Routledge & Kegan Paul, London; Plewis, I., (1990) The Analysis Potential of the LS, , LS User Guide No 3, Social Statistics Research Unit (City University, London); Robinson, V., "Race", gender, and internal migration within England and Wales (1993) Environment and Planning A, 25, pp. 1453-1465; Rose, D., Buck, N., Johnston, R., The British Household Panel Study: A valuable new resource for geograhical research (1994) Area, 26 (4), pp. 368-376; Ross, E., Peckham, C., West, P., Butler, N., Epilepsy in childhood: Findings from the National Child Development Study (1980) British Medical Journal 280, 6209, pp. 207-210; Shepherd, P., (1985) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Background to the Study and the Methods of Data Collection, , NCDS User Support Group, Working Paper No 1 (City University, London); Shepherd, P., (1995) NCDS User Support Group: Working Paper No. 2, 2nd Edition, , City University, London; Wadsworth, M., (1991) The Imprint of Time, , Clarendon Press, Oxford; Wadsworth, M., Prediction of adult disease (1994) The Epidemiology of Childhood Disorders, pp. 498-517. , Pless. I. (ed) Oxford University Press, Oxford UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030433294&partnerID=40&md5=6cfaf5727ce75f4fe4610b2d24cc579d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Impact of non-invasive imaging techniques on the trend of pancreatic cancer mortality in Austria T2 - Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift J2 - WIEN. MED. WOCHENSCHR. VL - 146 IS - 12 SP - 258 EP - 260 PY - 1996 SN - 00435341 (ISSN) AU - Vutuc, Chr. AU - Waldhoer, Th. AU - Haidinger, G. AD - Department of Epidemiology, Inst. of Tum. Biol. - Cancer Res., University of Vienna, Austria AD - Department of Epidemiology, Inst. of Tum. Biol. - Cancer Res., University of Vienna, Borschkegasse 8 a, A-1090 Vienna, Austria AB - Background: The introduction of non-invasive imaging techniques on a large scale may falsely suggest an increase in incidence of pancreatic cancer. In the present study it was investigated whether the new diagnostic techniques have improved the documentation of deaths due to pancreatic cancer and thus have an influence on the trend of mortality. Materials and methods: Age-standardized mortality rates for men and women were calculated covering the period 1970 to 1993. Using Spearman's correlation coefficient, the trends during 1970 to 1993 as well as during 1970 to 1978 and 1981 to 1993 were analyzed for statistical significance. Furthermore, the development of mortality during 1973 to 1993 was analyzed in 5-year intervals for various birth cohorts and age groups. Results: Age-standardized mortality rates have increased significantly since 1970 i.e. by 17% in men (p = 0.0021) and by 20% in women (p = 0.001). The observed trend is not linear but characterized by a step-like rise in 1979/1980, coinciding with the introduction of non-invasive imaging techniques on a large scale. Conclusions: The risk to develop cancer of the pancreas has not significantly changed since 1970. Rather, the documentation of pancreatic cancer on death certificates has improved as a result of the higher diagnostic accuracy, which explains the observed step-like rise in death rates. KW - mortality KW - non-invasive imaging techniques KW - pancreatic cancer KW - trend KW - article KW - austria KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer risk KW - death certificate KW - diagnostic accuracy KW - diagnostic imaging KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - pancreas cancer KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Austria KW - Bias (Epidemiology) KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Death Certificates KW - Diagnostic Imaging KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Registries N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: WMWOA C2 - 8806189 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vutuc, C.; Department of Epidemiology, Institute of Tumor Biology, University of Vienna, Borschkegasse 8 a, A-1090 Vienna, Austria N1 - References: (1995) Cancer Facts and Figures - 1995, p. 17. , Atlanta. American Cancer Society; Berrino, F., Sant, M., Verdecchias, A., Capocaccia, R., Hakulinen, T., Esteve, J., (1995) Survival of Cancer in Europa, 132, pp. 206-218. , The EUROCARE Study. Lyon. IARC Scientific Publications; Coleman, M.P., Esteve, J., Damieckie, P., Arslan, A., Renard, H., (1993) Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, 121, pp. 257-288. , Lyon, IARC Scientific Publications; Friedl, H.P., (1994) Cancer Incidence 1993, , Advisory Technical Council for Health Statistics. Vienna, OESTAT; Holzner, J., The role of autopsy in the control of mortality in Austria (1991) Autopsy in Epidemiology and Medical Research, 112, pp. 25-35. , Riboli E, Delendi M (eds): Lyon, IARC Scientific Publications; La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Boyle, P., Masonneuve, P., Levi, F., Trends of cancer mortality in Europe, 1955-1989: I. Digestive Sites (1992) Eur J Cancer, 28, pp. 132-235; Umek, H., Morphologische Leberdiagnostik in der Radiologie (1978) Acta Med Austriaca, (12 SUPPL.), pp. 1-22 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029742738&partnerID=40&md5=9659422365267988ce4453f4706e469e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sports participation and emotional wellbeing in adolescents T2 - Lancet J2 - LANCET VL - 347 IS - 9018 SP - 1789 EP - 1792 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)91616-5 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Steptoe, A. AU - Butler, N. AD - Department of Psychology, St George's Hospital Medical School, University of London, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom AD - Intl. Centre for Child Studies, Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London, United Kingdom AB - Background. Regular physical activity may have psychological benefits. Our study assessed the association between extent of participation in regular sport or vigorous recreational activity and emotional wellbeing in adolescents aged 16 years. Methods. Data were collected from a cohort of adolescents, born between April 5 and April 11, 1970, in England, Scotland, and Wales, who took part in the follow-up assessment at age 16 years. Emotional wellbeing was assessed by the general health questionnaire (GHQ) and the malaise inventory (divided into psychological and somatic subscales). Information was obtained about participation in ten team and 25 individual sports and vigorous recreational activities during the previous year. Non-vigorous recreations, such as darts and snooker, were assessed separately. Social class and health status (recent illness and use of hospital services) were included in our analyses as possible confounding factors. 2223 boys and 2838 girls with a mean age of 16.3 years (SD 0.38) were included in our analysis. Statistical analysis was by multiple linear and logistic regression. Findings. The sport and vigorous recreational activity index was positively associated with emotional wellbeing independently of sex, social class, health status, and use of hospital services. These associations were significant for the psychological symptom subscale of the malaise inventory (regression coefficient -0.024, 95% CI -0.036 to -0.011, p < 0.001) and the GHQ (odds ratio of emotional unit increase in vigorous physical activity CI 0.985-0.998, p < 0.01). By contrast, participation in non-vigorous activities was associated with high psychological and somatic symptoms on the malaise inventory. Interpretation. We conclude that emotional wellbeing is positively associated with extent of participation in sport and vigorous recreational activity among adolescents. Although causal associations cannot be assumed in this cross-sectional analysis, our results are consistent with experimental evidence that vigorous exercise has favourable effects on emotional state. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - emotion KW - female KW - follow up KW - health status KW - human KW - information processing KW - malaise KW - male KW - multiple regression KW - normal human KW - physical activity KW - priority journal KW - psychologic assessment KW - questionnaire KW - risk KW - social class KW - sport KW - United Kingdom KW - wellbeing PB - Lancet Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :208 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 8667922 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Steptoe, A.; Department of Psychology, St George's Hospital Medical School, University of London, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom N1 - References: Steptoe, A., Physical activity and psychological well-being (1992) Physical Activity and Mental Health, pp. 207-229. , Norgan NG, ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Farmer, M.E., Locke, B.Z., Moscicki, E.K., Dannenberg, A.L., Larson, D.B., Radloff, L.S., Physical activity and depressive symptoms: The NHANES 1 epidemiologic follow-up study (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 128, pp. 1340-1351; Camacho, T.C., Roberts, R.E., Lazurus, N.B., Kaplan, G.A., Cohen, R.D., Physical activity and depression: Evidence from the Alameda County Study (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 220-231; Stephens, T., Physical activity and mental health in the United States and Canada: Evidence from four population surveys (1988) Prev Med, 17, pp. 35-47; Calfas, K.J., Taylor, W.C., Effect of physical activity on psychological variables in adolescents (1994) Pediatr Exercise Sci, 6, pp. 406-423; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Hewlett, B.C., (1985) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of a National Cohort, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Furlong, A., (1993) Schooling for Jobs, , Aldershot: Avebury Press; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longmans; Goldberg, D., (1978) Manual of the General Health Questionnaire, , Windsor: National Foundation for Educational Research; Grant, G., Nolan, M., Ellis, N., A reappraisal of the Malaise Inventory (1990) Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol, 25, pp. 170-178; Banks, M.H., Validation of the General Health Questionnaire in a young community sample (1983) Psychol Med, 13, pp. 349-353; Balding, J., (1989) Young People in 1988, , Exeter: University of Exeter, HEA Schools Health Education Unit; Mirowksy, J., Ross, C.E., Sex differences in distress: Real or artifact? (1995) Am Social Rev, 60, pp. 449-468; Hendry, L., Shucksmith, J., Love, J.G., Glendinning, A., (1993) Young People's Leisure and Lifestyles, , London: Routledge; Armstrong, N., Balding, J., Gentle, P., Kirby, B., Patterns of physical activity among 11 to 16 year old British children (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 203-205; Armstrong, N., McManus, A., Children's fitness and physical activity: A challenge for physical education (1994) Br J Phys Educ, 25, pp. 20-26; Dearing, R., (1993) The National Curriculum and Its Assessment, , London: School Curriculum and Assessment Authority UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029809985&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2896%2991616-5&partnerID=40&md5=3af78481b7c0c4e6955d5c9af27eaf9f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Determinants of mortality from cystic fibrosis in Canada, 1970-1989 T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - AM. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 143 IS - 10 SP - 1007 EP - 1017 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a008664 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Corey, M. AU - Farewell, V. AD - Dept. of Prev. Med. and Biostatist., Univ. of Toronto and the Res. Inst., Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Ont., Canada AD - Department of Statistical Science, University College London, London, United Kingdom AD - Division of Gastroenterology, Hospital for Sick Children, 555 University Avenue, Toronto, Ont. M5G 1X8, Canada AB - The frequency, prevalence, and morality patterns of cystic fibrosis were analyzed in 3,795 patients documented in the Canadian Patient Data Registry in 1970-1989. Cystic fibrosis frequency in the 1970-1979 birth cohort was virtually identical to the commonly quoted 1 in 2,500. In 1985-1989, median survival age was 36.7 years for males and 27.8 years for females, compared with 26.6 and 19.7, respectively, in 1970-1974. However, there were significant regional differences when Canada was divided into the four regions, East, Quebec, Ontario, and West. In Quebec, patients were younger at diagnosis and until recently had greater mortality than patients in other regions, which suggests more severe disease; dramatically improved survival in the 1980s coincided with a change from a restricted fat diet to a high fat diet. Improved survival in Ontario in the 1970s accompanied this change in dietary therapy, which may also account for good survival throughout the study period in the East. The West showed gradually improving survival, similar to that reported in other parts of the world. Proportional hazards analysis showed pulmonary function to be the best predictor of survival. Poorer survival in females was associated with poorer weight, but the interrelation of declining pulmonary function, weight maintenance, sex, and mortality requires further study. The effect of pulmonary colonization with Pseudomonas aeruginosa was confounded with degree of pulmonary dysfunction, but colonization with Burkholderia cepacia (previously Pseudomonas cepacia) was associated with increased mortality at all levels of pulmonary function. KW - cystic fibrosis KW - proportional hazards models KW - survival analysis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - Burkholderia cepacia KW - Canada KW - child KW - controlled study KW - cystic fibrosis KW - fat intake KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - lung infection KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - preschool child KW - Pseudomonas aeruginosa KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - school child KW - sex difference KW - survival PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :278 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 8629607 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Corey, M.; Division of Gastroenterology, Hospital For Sick Children, 555 University Avenue, Toronto, Ont. M5G 1X8, Canada N1 - References: Tizzano, E.F., Buchwald, M., Cystic fibrosis: Beyond the gene to therapy (1992) J Pediatr, 120, pp. 337-349; Gurwitz, D., Corey, M., Francis, P.W., Perspectives in cystic fibrosis (1979) Pediatr Clin N Am, 26, pp. 603-615; Kerem, B., Rommens, J.M., Buchanan, J.A., Identification of the cystic fibrosis gene: Genetic analysis (1989) Science, 245, pp. 1073-1080; Statement on population screening for the cystic fibrosis gene (1990) N Engl J Med, 323, pp. 70-71; Warwick, W.J., Pogue, R.E., Gerber, H.U., Survival patterns in cystic fibrosis (1975) J Chronic Dis, 28, pp. 609-622; (1994) Report of the Canadian Patient Data Registry 1992, , Toronto: Canadian Cystic Fibrosis Foundation; (1990) Canada Year Book 1990, , Ottawa: Statistics Canada, Statistics Canada catalogue no. 11-402E; (1991) Births 1989, (14 SUPPL.). , Health Reports; (1967) Causes of Death 1965-1989, , Ottawa: Statistics Canada; Kaplan, E.L., Meier, P., Nonparametric estimation from incomplete observations (1958) J Am Stat Assoc, 53, pp. 457-481; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J R Stat Soc [B], 34, pp. 187-220; Corey, M., Levison, H., Crozier, D., Five to seven year course of pulmonary function in cystic fibrosis (1976) Am Rev Respir Dis, 114, pp. 1085-1092; Tanner, J.M., Whitehouse, R.H., Takaishi, M., Standards from birth to maturity for height, weight, height velocity and weight velocity (1966) Arch Dis Child, 41, pp. 613-635; Marks, M.I., The pathogenesis and treatment of pulmonary infections in patients with cystic fibrosis (1981) J Pediatr, 98, pp. 173-179; Isles, A., Maclusky, I., Corey, M., Pseudomonas cepacia infection in cystic fibrosis: An emerging problem (1984) J Pediatr, 104, pp. 206-210; (1988) SAS/STAT User's Guide, Release 6.03 Ed., , Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc; (1990) EGRET-Epidemiological Graphics Estimation and Testing Package, , Seattle, WA: Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corp; Peron, Y., Strohmenger, C., (1985) Demographic and Health Indicators: Presentation and Interpretation, , Ottawa: Statistics Canada, Statistics Canada catalogue no. 82-543E; White, P.M., (1986) Ethnic Diversity in Canada. 1986 Census of Canada, , Ottawa: Statistics Canada, Statistics Canada catalogue no. 98-132; Gaskin, K., Gurwitz, D., Durie, P., Improved respiratory prognosis in patients with cystic fibrosis with normal fat absorption (1982) J Pediatr, 100, pp. 857-862; Kerem, E., Reisman, J., Corey, M., Prediction of mortality in patients with cystic fibrosis (1992) N Engl J Med, 326, pp. 1187-1191; Rozen, R., De Braekeleer, M., Daigneault, J., Cystic fibrosis mutations in French Canadians: Three CFTR mutations are relatively frequent in a Quebec population with an elevated incidence of cystic fibrosis (1992) Am J Med Genet, 42, pp. 360-364; Kristidis, P., Bozon, D., Corey, M., Genetic determination of exocrine pancreatic function in cystic fibrosis (1992) Am J Hum Genet, 50, pp. 1178-1184; Crozier, D.N., Cystic fibrosis: A not-so-fatal disease (1974) Pediatr Clin North Am, 21, pp. 935-950; Ramsey, B.W., Farrell, P.M., Pencharz, P., Nutritional support and management in cystic fibrosis: A consensus report (1992) Am J Clin Nutr, 55, pp. 108-116; Pencharz, P.B., Energy intakes and low-fat diets in children with cystic fibrosis (1983) J Pediatr Gastroenterol, 2, pp. 400-402; Fitzsimmons, S.C., The changing epidemiology of cystic fibrosis (1993) J Pediatr, 122, pp. 1-9; Kerem, E., Corey, M., Durie, P., Clinical and genetic comparisons of patients with cystic fibrosis, with or without meconium ileus (1989) J Pediatr, 114, pp. 767-773; Dodge, J.A., Morison, S., Lewis, P.A., Cystic fibrosis in the United Kingdom, 1968-88: Incidence, population and survival (1993) Paediatr Perinatal Epidemiol, 7, pp. 157-166; Hudson, I., Phelan, P.D., Are age, sex, age at diagnosis, or mode of presentation prognostic factors for cystic fibrosis? (1987) Pediatr Pulmonol, 3, pp. 288-297; Huang, N.N., Schidlow, D.V., Szatrowski, T.H., Clinical features, survival rate, and prognostic factors in young adults with cystic fibrosis (1987) Am J Med, 82, pp. 871-879; Corey, M., McLaughlin, F.J., Williams, M., A comparison of survival, growth, and pulmonary function in patients with cystic fibrosis in Boston and Toronto (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 583-591; Pedersen, S.S., Jensen, T., Hoiby, N., Management of Pseudomonas aeruginosa lung infection in Danish cystic fibrosis patients (1987) Acta Paediatr Scand, 76, pp. 955-961; Kerem, E., Corey, M., Gold, R., Pulmonary function and clinical course in patients with cystic fibrosis after pulmonary colonization with Pseudomonas aeruginosa (1990) J Pediatr, 116, pp. 714-719; Lewin, L.O., Byard, P.J., Davis, P.B., Effect of Pseudomonas cepacia colonization on survival and pulmonary function of cystic fibrosis patients (1990) J Clin Epidemiol, 43, pp. 125-131 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029924585&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a008664&partnerID=40&md5=59d8e1f457a489455fbd805d59be643d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Smoking and menstrual problems in 16-year-olds T2 - Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine J2 - J. R. SOC. MED. VL - 89 IS - 4 SP - 193 EP - 195 PY - 1996 SN - 01410768 (ISSN) AU - Charlton, A. AU - While, D. AD - Cancer Res. Campaign Educ. Child S., Sch. of Epidemiol. and Hlth. Sci., University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom AD - Cancer Res. Campaign Educ. Child S., Dept. of Epidemiol. and Hlth. Sci., University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom AB - The British Birth Cohort Study (BCS70) is a cohort study which follows all the people born in England, Scotland and Wales in the week of 5-11 April 1970. The data described here were from the postal questionnaires returned by 2181 young women aged between 16 and 16 1/2 in 1986. Thirty-nine per cent of the respondents had never smoked, 39% had smoked at some time and 22% were regular smokers. Most of the respondents indicated that they had one or more of the following symptoms associated with menstruation: pain, depression, irritability, headaches, cramps. Analysis of the data showed that regular smokers were significantly more likely than those who had never smoked to have all these symptoms. Whilst the percentage of 'sometime smokers' experiencing pain, depression and headaches fell between smokers and 'never-smokers', the percentage experiencing unpleasant symptoms in general, irritability and cramps was the same as for regular smokers. If causality could be demonstrated, messages about immediate health problems such as these might be more powerful health education to young women than information about long-term risks. KW - Adolescents KW - Menstruation KW - Smoking KW - adolescent KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - depression KW - female KW - headache KW - health education KW - human KW - irritability KW - menstruation KW - menstruation disorder KW - muscle cramp KW - normal human KW - pain KW - questionnaire KW - smoking KW - symptom KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Menstruation Disturbances KW - Questionnaires KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JRSMD C2 - 8676315 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Charlton, A.; Cancer Research Campaign Education, School Epidemiology Health Sciences, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Charlton, A., Blair, V., Absence from school related to children's and parental smoking habits (1989) BMJ, 298, pp. 90-92; Smith, D.J., Absenteeism and 'presenteeism' in industry (1972) Arch Environm Hlth, 21, pp. 670-677; Fogelman, K., School attendance, attainment and behaviour (1978) Br J Psychol, 48, pp. 148-158; (1991) General Household Survey: Cigarette Smoking 1972 to 1990. OPCS Monitor SS 91/3, , London: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Townsend, P., Davidson, N., (1982) Inequalities in Health, , Harmondsworth: Penguin Books; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Brinton, L.A., Epidemiology of cervical cancer: An overview (1992) IARC Scient Publ, 119, pp. 3-23 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029939025&partnerID=40&md5=1c15b6bf50e3258dfd1b8763ec268670 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Carboxyhemoglobin levels in methylene chloride-exposed employees T2 - Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine J2 - J. OCCUP. ENVIRON. MED. VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 367 EP - 371 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1097/00043764-199604000-00014 SN - 10762752 (ISSN) AU - Soden, K.J. AU - Marras, G. AU - Amsel, J. AD - Fibers and Film Group, Hoechst Celanese Corporation, Charlotte, NC, United States AD - Hoechst Celanese N.V., Lanaken, Belgium AD - Hoechst Celanese Corporation, Somerville, NJ, United States AD - Fibers and Film Group, Hoechst Celanese Corporation, 5200 77 Center Drive, Charlotte, NC 28201-1026, United States AB - The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has proposed a reduction in the permissible exposure limit for methylene chloride from 500 parts per million (ppm) to 25 ppm (8-hour time-weighted average [TWA]). Part of the rationale for lowering the standard is a concern over potentially adverse cardiac effects secondary to elevated carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) levels as a by-product of methylene chloride metabolism. Employees exposed to methylene chloride as part of a triacetate fiber production process had average values of COHb ranging between 1.77% and 4.00% in the nonsmoking group and between 4.95% and 6.35% in a smoking group, with individually measured methylene chloride exposures averaging up to 99 ppm (8-hour TWA). A dose-response effect was seen only in the nonsmoking group. Additional daily cumulative exposure to methylene chloride did not produce increased levels of COHb. Data from this study support the fact that the COHb levels resulting from exposure to methylene chloride at or below the current American College of Government Industrial Hygienists limit of 50 ppm (8-hour TWA) are of a sufficiently low level that they are unlikely to produce adverse cardiac effects in humans. KW - carboxyhemoglobin KW - dichloromethane KW - industrial chemical KW - solvent KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - dose response KW - employee KW - human KW - industrial hygiene KW - industrial worker KW - ischemic heart disease KW - maximum permissible dose KW - occupational exposure KW - review KW - Belgium KW - Biological Markers KW - Carboxyhemoglobin KW - Chemical Industry KW - Heart Diseases KW - Humans KW - Maximum Allowable Concentration KW - Methylene Chloride KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Smoking KW - Time Factors KW - Ligusticum porteri N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOEMF C2 - 8925320 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Soden, K.J.; Fibers and Film Group, Hoechst Celanese Corporation, 5200 77 Center Drive, Charlotte, NC 28201-1026, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Biological Markers; Carboxyhemoglobin, 9061-29-4; Methylene Chloride, 75-09-2 N1 - References: Gibbs, G.W., (1992) The Mortality of Workers Employed at a Cellulose Acetate and Triacetate Fibres Plan in Cumberland, MD: A 1970 Cohort Followed, , 1970-1989 Final Report to Hoechst Celanese Corp. Alberta, Canada: Hoechst Celanese; May; Lanes, S.F., Cohen, A., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality of cellulose fiber production workers (1990) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 247-251; Lanes, S.E., Rothman, K.J., Dreyer, N.A., Soden, K.J., Mortality update of cellulose fiber production workers (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19, pp. 426-428; Divincenzo, G.D., Kaplan, C.J., Uptake, metabolism, and elimination of methylene chloride vapor by humans (1981) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol., 59, p. 130; Ott, M.G., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9 (1 SUPPL.), pp. 1-16; Stewart, R.D., Forster, H.V., Hake, C.L., (1973) Human Responses to Controlled Exposures of Methylene Chloride Vapor, , [Report No. NIOSH-NCOW-ENVM-MC-73-7.] Milwaukee: The Medical College of Wisconsin; Astrand, I., Ovrum, P., Carlson, A., Exposure to methylene chloride. I. Its concentration in alveoli air and blood during rest and exercise and its metabolism (1975) Scand J Work Environ Health, 1, pp. 78-94; Proposed Standard on Methylene Chloride (56FR 57082-83); Andersen, M.E., Clewell, H.J., Gargas, M.L., Physiologically based pharmokinetic modeling with dichloromethane, its metabolites, carbon monoxide and blood carboxyhemoglobin in rats and humans (1991) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol., 108, pp. 14-27; Kristensen, T.S., Cardiovascular diseases and the work environment: A critical review of the epidemiological literature on chemical factors (1982) Scand J Work Environ Health, 16, pp. 247-251; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., Absence of adverse mortality effects in workers exposed to methylene chloride: An update (1990) J Occup Med., 32, pp. 234-240; Soden, K.J., An evaluation of chronic methylene chloride exposure (1993) J Occup Med., 35, pp. 282-286 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029994943&doi=10.1097%2f00043764-199604000-00014&partnerID=40&md5=3b27e680581eb8f3a4861ae633b77109 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evidence of deteriorating semen quality in the United Kingdom: Birth cohort study in 577 men in Scotland over 11 years T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 312 IS - 7029 SP - 467 EP - 471 PY - 1996 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Irvine, S. AU - Cawood, E. AU - Richardson, D. AU - MacDonald, E. AU - Aitken, J. AD - Medical Research Council, Reproductive Biology Unit, Centre for Reproductive Biology, Edinburgh EH3 9EW, United Kingdom AD - Reproductive Medicine Laboratories, University of Edinburgh, Centre for Reproductive Biology, Edinburgh EH3 9EW, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To determine whether the quality of semen has changed in a group of over 500 Scottish men born between 1951 and 1973. Design - Retrospective review of data on semen quality collected in a single laboratory over 11 years and according to World Health Organisation guidelines. Setting - Programme of gamete biology research funded by Medical Research Council. Subjects - 577 volunteer semen donors. Of these, 171 were born before 1959, 120 were born in 1960-4, 171 in 1965-9, and 115 in 1970-4. Main outcome measures - Conventional criteria of semen quality including semen volume (ml), sperm concentration (106/ml), overall motility (% motile), total number of sperm in the ejaculate (106), and total number of motile sperm in the ejaculate (106). Results - When the four birth cohort groups were compared a later year of birth was associated with a lower sperm concentration, a lower total number of sperm in the ejaculate, and a lower number of motile sperm in the ejaculate. The median sperm concentration fell from 98 x 106/ml among donors born before 1959 to 78 x 106/ml among donors born after 1970 (P = 0.002). The total number of sperm in the ejaculate fell from 301 x 106 to 214 x 106 (P = 0.0005), and the total number of motile sperm in the ejaculate fell from 169.7 x 106 to 129.0 x 106 (P = 0.0065). Conclusion - This study provides direct evidence that semen quality is deteriorating, with a later year of birth being significantly associated with a reduced number of sperm in adult life. KW - adult KW - article KW - controlled study KW - donor KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - male fertility KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - sperm KW - spermatozoon count KW - spermatozoon density KW - spermatozoon motility KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Oligospermia KW - Regression Analysis KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Scotland KW - Semen KW - Sperm Count KW - Sperm Motility N1 - Cited By :364 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 8597676 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Irvine, S.; Medical Research Council, Reproductive Biology Unit, Centre for Reproductive Biology, Edinburgh EH3 9EW, United Kingdom N1 - References: Carlsen, E., Giwercman, A., Keiding, N., Skakkebæk, N.E., Evidence for decreasing quality of semen during past 50 years (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 609-613; Nelson, C.M.K., Bunge, R.G., Semen analysis: Evidence for changing parameters of male fertility potential (1974) Fertil Steril, 25, pp. 503-507; James, W.H., Secular trend in reported sperm counts (1980) Andrologia, 12, pp. 381-388; Leto, S., Frensilli, F.J., Changing parameters of donor semen (1981) Fertil Steril, 36, pp. 766-770; Bostofte, E., Serup, J., Rebbe, H., Has the fertility of Danish men declined through the years in terms of semen quality? A comparison of semen qualities between 1952 and 1972 (1983) International Journal of Fertility, 28, pp. 91-95; Menkveld, R., Van Zyl, J.A., Kotze, T.J.W., Joubert, G., Possible changes in male fertility over a 15-year period (1986) Arch Androl, 17, pp. 143-144; Osser, S., Liedholm, P., Ranstam, J., Depressed semen quality: A study over two decades (1984) Arch Androl, 12, pp. 113-116; Jackson, M.B., The epidemiology of cryptorchidism (1988) Horm Res, 30, pp. 153-156; Giwercman, A., Skatekebæk, N., The human testis - An organ at risk? (1992) Int J Androl, 15, pp. 373-375; An increasing incidence of cryptorchidism and hypospadias (1985) Lancet, 1, p. 1311; Boyle, P., Kaye, S.N., Robertson, A.G., Changes in testicular cancer in Scotland (1987) European Journal of Cancer and Clinical Oncology, 23, pp. 827-830; Østerlind, A., Diverging trends in incidence and mortality of testicular cancer in Denmark (1986) Br J Cancer, 53, pp. 501-505; Sharpe, R.M., Skakkebæk, N.E., Are oestrogens involved in falling sperm counts and disorders of the male reproductive tract? (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 1392-1395; Auger, J., Kunstmann, J.M., Czyglik, F., Jouannet, P., Decline in semen quality among fertile men in Paris during the past 20 years (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 281-285; Bromwich, P., Cohen, J., Stewart, I., Walker, A., Decline in sperm counts: An artefact of changed reference range of "normal"? (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 19-22; Sherins, R.J., Are semen quality and male fertility changing ? (1995) N Engl J Med, 332, pp. 327-328; (1990) Male Reproductive Health and Environmental Chemicals with Oestrogenic Effect, , Copenhagen: Ministry of Environment and Energy; (1995) IEH Assessment on Environmental Oestrogenic Consequences to Human Health and Wildlife, , Leicester: MRC Institute for Environment and Health; Barratt, C.L.R., Matson, P.L., Holt, W.V., British Andrology Society guidelines for the screening of semen donors for donor insemination (1993) Hum Reprod, 8, pp. 1521-1523; Irvine, D.S., Cawood, E.H.H., Richardson, D.W., MacDonald, E., Aitken, R.J., A survey of semen donation; phase II - The view of the donors (1995) Hum Reprod, 10, pp. 2752-2753; Aitken, R.J., Best, F.S.M., Richardson, D.W., Djahanbakch, O., Lees, M.M., The correlates of fertilizing ability in normal fertile men (1982) Fertil Steril, 38, pp. 68-76; (1980) Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Semen-cervical Mucus Interaction, , Singapore: Press Concern; (1987) WHO Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Semen-cervical Mucus Interaction, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; (1992) WHO Laboratory Manual for the Examination of Human Semen and Sperm-cervical Mucus Interaction, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Johnson, L., Spermatogenesis and ageing in the human (1986) J Androl, 7, pp. 331-354; Mortimer, D., Templeton, A.A., Lenton, E.A., Coleman, R.A., Influence of abstinence and ejaculation-to-analysis delay on semen analysis parameters of suspected infertile men (1982) Arch Androl, 8, pp. 251-256; MacLeod, J., Gold, R.Z., The male actor in fertility and infertility. II. Spermatozoon counts in 1000 men of known fertility and in 1000 cases of infertile marriage (1951) J Urol, 66, pp. 436-449; MacLeod, J., Wang, Y., Male fertility potential in terms of semen quality: A review of the past, a study of the present (1979) Fertil Steril, 31, pp. 103-116; Irvine, D.S., Aitken, R.J., Seminal fluid analysis and sperm function testing (1994) Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am, 23, pp. 725-748; Aitken, R.J., Irvine, D.S., Wu, F.C., Prospective analysis of sperm-oocyte fusion and reactive oxygen species generation as criteria for the diagnosis of infertility (1991) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 164, pp. 542-551; Templeton, A., Fraser, C., Thompson, B., The epidemiology of infertility in Aberdeen (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 148-152; Sharpe, R.M., Fisher, J.S., Millar, M.M., Joblling, S., Sumpter, J.F., Gestational exposure of rats to xenoestrogens results in reduced testicular size and sperm production (1995) Environ Health Perspect, 103, pp. 2-9 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030057755&partnerID=40&md5=0690ca35cfa2e6b3e39111eca75dbfdc ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sex and time trends in cardiovascular disease incidence and mortality: The Framingham Heart Study, 1950-1989 T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - AM. J. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 143 IS - 4 SP - 338 EP - 350 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a008748 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Sytkowski, P.A. AU - D'Agostino, R.B. AU - Belanger, A. AU - Kannel, W.B. AD - Framingham Heart Study, Framingham, MA, United States AD - Statistics and Consulting Unit, Department of Mathematics, Boston University, Boston, MA, United States AD - Epidemiol. and Prev. Med. Section, Department of Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA, United States AD - Framingham Heart Study, Statistics and Consulting Unit, Boston University, 111 Cummington Street, Boston, MA 02215, United States AB - Variations in cardiovascular disease mortality between sexes, over time, and across regions point to population differences in the biologic, behavioral, and environmental factors influencing cardiovascular health. The authors examined 20-year trends in risk factors, incidence, and mortality among women and men in Framingham, Massachusetts, who were members of the Framingham Heart Study and aged 50-59 years in 1950, 1960, and 1970. The incidence declined 21% between the female cohorts (p < 0.01 for trend) with the greatest decline occurring between the 1950 and 1960 cohorts. The 20- year incidence declined only 6% between the male cohorts despite an 18% decline (p < 0.05 for trend) during the first 10 years of follow-up. Cardiovascular disease mortality declined 59% between the female cohorts and 53% between the male cohorts (both p < 0.001 for trend). The largest mortality declines occurred between the 1950 and 1960 female cohorts during the second 10 years of follow-up and between the 1960 and 1970 male cohorts during both follow-up periods. Obesity, hypercholesterolemia, and high blood pressure were significantly lower at baseline and 10 years later in the 1970 female cohort compared with the 1950 cohort (all p < 0.001). Smoking and high blood pressure were significantly lower at baseline and 10 years later in the 1970 male cohort compared with the 1950 cohort (both p < 0.001). More than half of the 51% decline in coronary heart disease mortality observed in women between 1950 and 1989 and one third to one half of the 44% decline observed in men could be attributed to improvements in risk factors in the 1970 cohorts. KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - incidence KW - mortality KW - risk factors KW - sex KW - article KW - cardiovascular disease KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - population risk KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - cardiovascular disease KW - disease incidence KW - mortality trend KW - sex difference KW - temporal variation KW - USA, Massachusetts, Framingham PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :136 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 8633618 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sytkowski, P.A.; Statistics and Consulting Unit, Department of Mathematics, Boston University, 111 Cummington Street, Boston, MA 02215, United States N1 - References: Klag, M.J., Whelton, P.K., Seidler, A.J., Decline in US stroke mortality: Demographic trends and antihypertensive treatment (1989) Stroke, 20, pp. 14-21; Ragland, K.E., Selvin, S., Merrill, D.W., The onset of decline in ischemic heart disease mortality in the United States (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 516-531; Davis, W.B., Hayes, C.G., Knowles, M., Geographic variation in declining ischemic heart disease mortality in the United States, 1968-1978. I. Rates and change, whites ages 35-74 years (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 657-672; Wing, S., Hayes, C., Heiss, G., Geographic variation in the onset of decline of ischemic heart disease mortality in the United States (1986) Am J Public Health, 76, pp. 1404-1408; Cooper, R., Stamler, J., Dyer, A., The decline in mortality from coronary heart disease, USA, 1968-1975 (1978) J Chronic Dis, 31, pp. 709-720; Sytkowski, P.A., Kannel, W.B., D'Agostino, R.B., Changes in risk factors and the decline in mortality from cardiovascular disease: The Framingham Heart Study (1990) N Engl J Med, 322, pp. 1635-1641; Dawber, T.R., (1980) The Framingham Study: The Epidemiology of Atherosclerotic Disease, , Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; Belanger, A., Cupples, A., D'Agostino, R.B., Means at each examination and inter-examination variation of specified characteristics: Framingham Heart Study, 30-year follow-up (1988) The Framingham Study: An Epidemiological Investigation of Cardiovascular Disease, , Kannel WB, Wolf PA, Garrison RJ, eds. Sect 36. Washington, DC: GPO, NIH publication no. 88-2970; NTIS PB88-200050; D'Agostino, R.B., Kannel, W.B., Epidemiological background and design: The Framingham Study (1989) Proceedings of the American Statistical Association Sesquicentennial 1988-89, pp. 707-718. , Gail MH, Johnson NL, eds. Sesquicentennial invited paper session. Alexandria, VA: American Statistical Association; Cupples, L.A., D'Agostino, R.B., Some risk factors related to the annual incidence of cardiovascular disease and death using pooled repeated biennial measurements: Framingham Study, 30-year follow-up (1987) The Framingham Study: An Epidemiological Investigation of Cardiovascular Disease, , Kannel WB, Wolf PA, Garrison RJ, eds. Sect 34. Washington, DC: GPO, NIH publication no. 87-2703; NTIS PB87-177499; Health implications of obesity: National Institutes of Health consensus development conference statement (1985) Ann Intern Med, 103, pp. 1073-1077; Cholesterol and triglyceride concentration in serum/plasma pairs (1977) Clin Chem, 23, pp. 60-63; Feinleib, M., Garrison, R.J., Stallones, L., A comparison of blood pressure, total cholesterol, and cigarette smoking in parents in 1950 and their children in 1970 (1979) Am J Epidemiol, 110, pp. 291-303; Searle, S.R., (1971) Linear Models, , New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc; (1985) SAS User's Guide, Version 5 Ed., , Cary, NC: SAS Institute, Inc; Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Morgenstern, H., (1982) Epidemiologic Research: Principles and Quantitative Methods, , New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company; Lawless, J.F., (1982) Statistical Models and Methods for Lifetable Data, , New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc; Leaverton, P.E., Sorlie, P.D., Kleinman, J.C., Representativeness of the Framingham risk model for coronary heart disease mortality: A comparison with a national cohort study (1987) J Chronic Dis, 40, pp. 775-784; Kannel, W.B., Sytkowski, P.A., Risk factors for atherosclerotic disease (1987) Pharmacol Ther, 32, pp. 207-235; Pell, S., Fayerweather, W.E., Trends in the incidence of myocardial infarction and in associated mortality and morbidity in a large employed population, 1957-1983 (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 1005-1011; Elveback, L., Connolly, D.C., Melton III, L.J., Coronary heart disease in residents of Rochester, Minnesota. VII. Incidence, 1950 through 1982 (1986) Mayo Clin Proc, 61, pp. 896-900; Goldberg, R.J., Gore, J.M., Alpen, J.S., Recent changes in attack and survival rates of acute myocardial infarction (1975 through 1982): The Worcester Heart Attack Study (1986) JAMA, 255, pp. 2774-2779; Goldberg, R.J., Gore, J.M., Alpert, J.S., Incidence and case fatality rates of acute myocardial infarction (1975-1984): The Worcester Heart Attack Study (1988) Am Heart J, 115, pp. 761-767; Wolf, P.A., D'Agostino, R.B., O'Neal, A., Secular trends in stroke incidence and mortality. The Framinaham Study (1992) Stroke, 23, pp. 1551-1555; Sobel, B.E., Jaffe, A.S., The value and limitations of cardiac enzymes in the recognition of acute myocardial infarction (1993) Heart Dis Stroke, 2, pp. 26-32; Clarke, K.W., Gray, D., Keating, N.A., Do women with acute myocardial infarction receive the same treatment as men? (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 563-566; Gomez-Marin, O., Folsom, A.R., Kottke, T.E., Improvement in long-term survival among patients hospitalized with acute myocardial infarction, 1970 to 1980: The Minnesota Heart Survey (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 1353-1359; Sytkowski, P.A., Declining mortality from cardiovascular disease (1991) Compr Ther, 17, pp. 39-44; Manton, K.G., Changing concepts of morbidity and mortality in the elderly population (1981) Milbank Mem Fund Q Health Soc, 60, pp. 183-244; Verbrugge, L.M., Longer life but worsening health? Trends in health and mortality of middle-aged and older persons (1984) Milbank Mem Fund Q Health Soc, 62, pp. 475-519; (1972) Blood Pressure Levels in Persons 18-74 Years of Age in 1976-1980, and Trends in Blood Pressure from 1960 to 1980 in the United States, , Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics DHHS publication no. (PHS) 86-1684; Trends in serum cholesterol levels among US adults aged 20 to 74 years. Data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination surveys, 1960 to 1980 (1987) JAMA, 257, pp. 937-942; (1976) Prevention Profile: Health, United States, 1986, pp. 125-126. , Washington, DC: GPO, DHHS publication no. (PHS) 87-1232; Johnson, C.L., Rifkind, B.M., Sempos, C.T., Declining serum total cholesterol levels among US adults: The National Health and Nutrition Examination surveys (1993) JAMA, 269, pp. 3002-3008; Sprafka, J.M., Burke, G.L., Folsom, A.R., Continued decline in cardiovascular disease risk factors: Results of the Minnesota Heart Survey, 1980-1982 and 1985-1987 (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 489-500; Luepker, R.V., Murray, D.M., Jacobs, D.R., Community education for cardiovascular disease prevention: Risk factor changes in the Minnesota Heart Health Program (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, pp. 1383-1393; Walker, W.J., Changing United States life-style and declining vascular mortality: Cause or coincidence? (1977) N Engl J Med, 297, pp. 163-165; Goldman, L., Cook, E.F., The decline in ischemic heart disease mortality rates. An analysis of the comparative effects of medical interventions and changes in lifestyle (1984) Ann Intern Med, 101, pp. 825-836; Pearson, T.A., Determinants of coronary heart disease mortality (1988) Trends in Coronary Heart Disease Mortality: the Influence of Medical Care, pp. 94-98. , Higgins MW, Luepker RV, eds. New York: Oxford University Press; Kaplan, G.A., Cohn, B.A., Cohen, R.D., The decline in ischemic heart disease mortality: Prospective evidence from the Alameda County Study (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 1131-1142 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029669706&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a008748&partnerID=40&md5=e41b5111637cfec61825a7b2563b3d12 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mature maternity: Long term associations in first children born to older mothers in 1970 in the UK T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 429 EP - 435 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1136/jech.50.4.429 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Pollock, J.I. AD - Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Study objectives - To identify the physical, behavioural, medical, and educational outcomes in first children born to women aged 30 or more compared with those born to younger women. Design - Longitudinal cohort study design employing logistic regression analysis of data obtained from the British births survey of 1970 and the child health and education study follow ups to this cohort at ages 5 and 10. Setting - One week birth cohort covering the whole of the United Kingdom. Participants - The carers of 4315 first children born to women during the week of April 5th-llth 1970 inclusive in the whole of the United Kingdom except Northern Ireland, and followed up at both 5 and 10 years of age. In addition, information was obtained from health visitors, the child's teacher at 10, and the medical officer who completed an examination. At 10 the child also completed a questionnaire. Measurements - Data were obtained from questionnaires administered to the carers of the child at each time point, from their teacher at age 10, and from the results of a medical examination at age 10. Educational tests were also conducted at this age. Main results - Having adjusted for the effects of confounding factors, late primiparity was significantly associated with a number of events in labour and delivery involving obstetric interventions ranging from induction to operative deliveries and general anaesthesia. At 5 years of age, controlling additionally for family size at that time, associations were found between late primiparity and fewer adverse measures of behaviour in the child. Both the child's head circumference and the score on a picture based vocabulary test at this age were slightly greater in the index group. At 10 years of age, adjusting for background factors and present family size, late primiparity was associated with few outcome measures. Children born to older mothers, however, scored slightly higher on a broad range of educational tests administered at school. Conclusions - No clearly demonstrable adverse outcomes could be linked to later primiparity in the 1970 child health and education study national cohort study. Modest behavioural and educational advantages were detected in the group witholder first-time mothers. A woman's later primiparity may be associated with their child having a slightly larger head circumference compared with whole of the rest of the study cohort. KW - academic achievement KW - article KW - child KW - child behavior KW - child health KW - cohort analysis KW - education KW - family size KW - follow up KW - general anesthesia KW - head circumference KW - health visitor KW - human KW - human experiment KW - instrumental delivery KW - labor KW - linguistics KW - maternal age KW - medical examination KW - normal human KW - questionnaire KW - teacher KW - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 8882227 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pollock, J.I.; Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Ventura, S.J., (1989) Trends and Variations in First Births to Older Women, 1970-1986. Vital and Health Statistics Series, 21 (47). , Hyattsville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services; Kline, J., Stein, Z., Susser, M., (1989) Conception to Birth, 14. , Monographs in epidemiology and biostatistics New York: Oxford University Press; Van Noord-Zaadstra, B.M., Looman, C.W.N., Alsbach, H., Habbema, J.D.F., De Velde, E.R., Karbaat, J., Delayed childbearing: Effect of age on fecundity and outcome of pregnancy (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 1361-1365; Berkowitz, G.S., Skovron, M.L., Lapinski, R.H., Berkowitz, R.L., Delayed childbearing and the outcome of pregnancy (1990) N Engl J Med, 322 (10), pp. 659-664; Cohen, W.R., Newman, L., Friedman, E.A., Risk of labor abnormalities with advancing maternal age (1980) Obstet Gynecol, 55, pp. 414-416; Grimes, D.A., Close, G.K., Pregnancy outcomes in black women aged 35 and older (1981) Obstet Gynecol, 58, pp. 614-620; Foreman, M.R., Meirik, O., Berendes, H.W., Delayed childbearing in Sweden (1984) JAMA, 252, pp. 3135-3139; Wells-Nystrom, B.L., De Chateau, P., Maternal age and transition to motherhood: Prenatal and perinatal assessments Acta Psychiatr Scand, 76, pp. 719-725. , 198; Harker, L., Thorpe, K., The last egg in the basket? Elderly primiparity - A review of findings (1992) Birth, 19, pp. 23-30; Barkan, S.E., Bracken, M.B., Delayed childbearing: No evidence for increased risk of low birth weight and preterm delivery (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 125 (1), pp. 101-109; Tuck, S.M., Yudkin, S.L., Turnbull, A.C., Pregnancy outcome in elderly primigravidae with and without a history of infertility (1988) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 95, pp. 230-237; Cnattingius, S., Foreman, M.R., Berendes, H.W., Isotalo, L., Delayed childbearing and risk of adverse perinatal outcome: A population-based study (1992) JAMA, 268 (7), pp. 886-890; Aldous, M.B., Edmonson, M.B., Maternal age at first childbirth and risk of low birth weight and preterm delivery in Washington State (1993) JAMA, 270 (21), pp. 2574-2577; Roberts, C.L., Algert, C.S., March, L.M., Delayed childbearingAre there any risks? (1994) Med J Aust, 160 (9), pp. 539-544; Booth, R.T., Williams, G.L., Elderly primigravidae (1964) J Obstet. Gynaecol Br Commonw, 71, pp. 249-254; Frankel, S.A., Wise, M.J., A view of delayed parenting: Some implications of a new trend (1982) Psychiatry, 45 (3), pp. 220-225; Berryman, J.C., Windridge, K.C., Pregnancy after 35: A preliminary report on maternal-fetal attachment (1993) Journal of Reproductive and Infant Psychology, 11, pp. 169-174; Ventura, S.J., First births to older mothers (1989) Am J Public Health, 79 (12), pp. 1675-1677; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Hewlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1970) British Births, , London: William Heineman, 1975; Weinberg, W.A., Dietz, S.G., Penick, E.C., McAlister, W.H., Intelligence, reading achievement, physical size and social class. A study of St Louis Caucasian boys aged 8.0 to 9.6 years attending regular schools (1985) J Pediatr, 4, pp. 482-489; Ounsted, M., Moar, V.A., Scott, A., Associations between size and development at four years among children who were small-for-dates and large-for-dates at birth (1984) Early Human Development, 9 (3), pp. 259-268; Brennan, T.L., Funk, S.G., Frothingham, T.E., Disproportionate intra-uterine head growth and developmental outcome (1985) Dev Med Child Neural, 27 (6), pp. 746-750; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longman UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029811383&doi=10.1136%2fjech.50.4.429&partnerID=40&md5=228336fd5b8c6763d392d9ec686b1a6b ER - TY - JOUR TI - The British longitudinal birth cohort studies: Their utility for the study of health and place T2 - Health and Place J2 - HEALTH PLACE VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 26 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/1353-8292(95)00038-0 SN - 13538292 (ISSN) AU - Ekinsmyth, C. AD - Department of Geography, University of Portsmouth, Buckingham Building, Lion Terrace, Portsmouth PO1 3HE, United Kingdom AB - Very little use has been made in geography of Britain's three longitudinal birth cohort studies. These studies are currently charting the lives of three cohorts born, respectively, in 1946, 1958 and 1970, collecting information at intervals about major aspects of the cohort members' existence. Funding permitting, these studies aim to continue throughout the lives of their cohorts. This paper seeks to provide a brief introduction to the studies, to show what they contain, and to consider their advantages and disadvantages for secondary data analysis, particularly with regard to the study of health and place. KW - Geographical KW - Health KW - Longitudinal KW - Place KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - geography KW - health status KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - medical research KW - priority journal KW - United Kingdom KW - longitudinal birth cohort KW - population study KW - secondary data analysis KW - UK PB - Elsevier Ltd N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HEPLF LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ekinsmyth, C.; Department of Geography, University of Portsmouth, Lion Terrace, Portsmouth PO1 3HE, United Kingdom N1 - References: Atkins, E., Cherry, N., Douglas, J., Kiernan, K., Wadsworth, M., The 1946 British Birth Cohort Survey: An account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe: An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention, , Mednick, S. and Baert, A. (eds), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Blaxter, M., Longitudinal studies in Britain relevant to inequalities in health (1986) Class and Health: Research and Longitudinal Data, , Wilkinson, R. (ed.), London: Tavistock; Braddon, F., Rodgers, B., Wadsworth, M., Davies, J., Onset of obesity in a 36 year birth cohort study (1986) British Medical Journal, 293, pp. 299-303; Britten, N., Models of intergenerational class mobility: Findings from the National Survey of health and development (1981) British Journal of Sociology, 32, pp. 224-238; Britten, N., Davies, J., Colley, J., Early respiratory experience and subsequent cough and peak expiratory flow rate in 36 year old men and women (1987) British Medical Journal, 294, pp. 1317-1320; Britton, M., (1990) Mortality and Geography: A Review of the Mid 1980s, , London: HMSO; Britton, M., Fox, A., Goldblatt, P., Jones, D., Rosato, M., The influence of socio-economic and environmental factors on geographic variation in mortality (1990) Mortality and Geography: A Review of the Mid-1980s, , Britton, M. (ed.), London: HMSO; Buck, N., Gershuny, J., Rose, D., Scott, J., (1994) Changing Households: The British Household Panel Survey, 1990-1992, , Colchester, ESRC Research Centre on Micro-Social Change, University of Essex; Butler, N., Bonham, D., (1963) Perinatal Mortality, , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Butler, N., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five, , Oxford: Pergammon; Bynner, J., (1993) The Use of Longitudinal Cohort Studies in the Policy Process: An Anglo-German Perspective, , London: Anglo-German Foundation for the Study of Industrial Society; Cherry, N., Women, and work stress: Evidence from the 1946 birth cohort (1984) Ergonomics, 27, pp. 519-526; Cherry, N., Nervous strain, anxiety and symptoms amongst 32-year-old men at work in Britain (1984) Journal of Occupational Psychology, 57, pp. 95-105; Creeser, R., Hattersley, L., (1994) LS Technical Volume, , London: HMSO; Dale, A., The OPCS longitudinal study (1993) The 1991 Census User's Handbook, , Dale, A. and Marsh, C. (eds), London: HMSO; Douglas, J., (1964) The Home and the School, , London: MacGibbon and Kee; Douglas, J., The use and abuse of national cohorts (1976) The Organisation and Impact of Social Research, , Shipman, M. (ed.), London: Routledge; Douglas, J., The value of birth cohort studies (1981) Longitudinal Research: Methods and Uses in Behavioural Science, , Schulsinger, F., Mednick, S. and Knop, J. (eds), Boston: Martinus Nijhoff; Douglas, J., The contribution of long-term research to social medicine (1981) Longitudinal Research: Methods and Uses in Behavioural Science, , Schulsinger, F., Sarnoff, A., Mednick, S. and Knop, J. (eds), Boston: Martinus Nijhoff; Duncan, C., Jones, K., Moon, G., Do places matter? A multi-level analysis of regional variations in health-related behaviour in Britain (1993) Social Science and Medicine, 37 (6), pp. 725-733; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., (1994) The Basic Skills of Young Adults, , London: ALBSU; Ekinsmyth, C., Large-scale longitudinal studies: Their utility for geographic enquiry (1996) Area, , forthcoming; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., An integrated approach to the design and analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS) (1992) SSRU Inter-cohort Analysis Working Paper Series, Paper No. 1, , London: City University; Fielding, A., Inter-regional migration and social change: A study of South East England based upon data from the longitudinal study (1989) Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 14, pp. 24-36; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing Up in Great Britain: Collected Papers from the National Child Development Study, , London: Macmillan; Fogelman, K., Wedge, P., The National Child Development Study (1958 British cohort) (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe: An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention, , Mednick, S. and Baert, A. (eds), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Golding, J., Research protocol: European Longitudinal Study of Pregnancy and Childhood (ELSPAC) (1989) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 3, pp. 460-469; Golding, J., Children of the nineties: A longitudinal study of pregnancy and childhood based on the population of Avon (ALSPAC) (1990) West of England Medical Journal, 105 (3), pp. 80-82; Golding, J., (1994) A Guide to The Avon Longitudinal Study of Pregnancy and Childhood (ALSPAC), , Bristol: Institute of Child Health; Goldstein, H., (1995) Multi-Level Statistical Models, , London: Edward Arnold; Gregory, D., People, places and practices: The future of human geography (1985) Geographical Futures, , King, R. (ed.), Sheffield: Geographical Association; (1948) Maternity in Great Britain, , London: Oxford University Press; Jones, K., (1991) Multi-level Models for Geographical Research, , Norwich: Geobooks; Jones, K., Duncan, C., People and places: The multilevel model as a general framework for the quantitative analysis of geographical data (1994) Technical Paper No. 949, Centre for Survey Data Analysis, , Southampton: University of Southampton; Jones, K., Duncan, C., Individuals and their ecologies: Analysing the geography of chronic illness within a multilevel modelling framework (1995) Health and Place, 1, pp. 27-40; Jones, K., Moon, G., Medical geography: Taking space seriously (1993) Progress in Human Geography, 17 (4), pp. 515-524; Kearns, R., The place of health in the health of place: The Hokianga special medical area (1991) Social Science and Medicine, 33, pp. 519-530; Kearns, R., Place and health: Towards a reformed medical geography (1993) Professional Geographer, 45 (2), pp. 139-147; Kiernan, K., Teenage motherhood - Associated factors and consequences - The experience of a British birth cohort (1980) Journal of Biosocial Science, 12, pp. 393-405; Kiernan, K., Eldridge, S., Age at marriage: Inter and intra cohort variation (1987) British Journal of Sociology, pp. 44-63. , 38 pp; Kuh, D., Cooper, C., Physical activity at 36 years: Pattern and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 114-119; Kuh, D., Maclean, M., Women's childhood experience of parental separation and their subsequent health and socio-economic status in adulthood (1990) Journal of Biosocial Science, 22, pp. 121-135; Macintyre, S., Annandale, E., Ecob, R., Ford, G., Hunt, B., Jamieson, B., MacIver, S., Wyke, S., The West of Scotland twenty-07 study: Health in the community (1989) Readings for a New Public Health, , Martin, C. and MacQueen, D. eds Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press; Macintyre, S., MacIver, S., Soomans, A., Area, class and health: Should we be focusing on places or people? (1993) Journal of Social Policy, 22 (2), pp. 213-234; MacIver, S., Macintyre, S., (1987) West of Scotland Twenty-07 Study: Selection of the Study Localities and Region, , Glasgow: MRC Medical Sociology Unit; Maclean, M., Wadsworth, M., The interests of children after parental divorce: A long term perspective (1988) International Journal of Law and the Family, 2, pp. 155-166; Martin, D., Postcodes and the 1991 census of population: Issues, problems and prospects (1992) Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, NS 17, pp. 350-357; Massey, D., Allen, J., (1984) Geography Matters!: A Reader, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; McDowell, L., Measuring housing deprivation in post-war Britain (1979) Area, 11 (3), pp. 264-269; McDowell, L., Housing deprivation: A longitudinal analysis (1982) Area, 14, pp. 144-150; McDowell, L., Housing deprivation: An intergenerational approach (1983) The Structure of Disadvantage, , Brown, M. (ed.), London: Heinemann; Mednick, S., Baert, A., (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Ni Bhrolchain, M., Women's paid work and the timing of births (1986) European Journal of Population, 2, pp. 43-70; Osborn, A., Butler, N., Morris, A., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Years Olds, , London: Routledge and Kegan Paul; Robins, L., Problems in follow-up studies (1977) American Journal of Psychiatry, 134, pp. 904-907; Rodgers, B., Behaviour and personality in childhood as predictors of adult psychiatric disorder (1990) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, pp. 393-414; Ross, E., Peckham, C., West, P., Butler, N., Epilepsy in childhood: Findings from the National Child Development Study (1980) British Medical Journal, 280, pp. 207-210; Schulsinger, F., Mednick, S., Knop, J., (1981) Longitudinal Research: Methods and Uses in Behavioural Science, , Boston: Martinus Nijhoff; Shepherd, P., (1995) NCDS User Support Group: Working Paper No. 2 (Revised Edn), , London: City University; Wadsworth, M., The role of the large-scale longitudinal design in studies of child development (1986) Early Child Development and Care, 25, pp. 291-304; Wadsworth, M., Evidence from three birth cohort studies of longterm and cross-generational effects on the development of children (1986) Children of Social Worlds, , Richards, M. and Light, P. (eds), Oxford: Oxford and Harvard University Press; Wadsworth, M., (1991) The Imprint of Time, , Oxford: Clarendon Pres; Wadsworth, M., The policy usefulness of birth cohort studies of health: Examples from the British 1946 cohort study (1993) The Use of Longitudinal Cohort Studies in the Policy Process: An Anglo-German Perspective, , Bynner, J. (ed.), London: Anglo-German Foundation for the Study of Industrial Society; Wadsworth, M., Prediction of adult disease (1994) The Epidemiology of Childhood Disorders, , Pless, I. (ed.), Oxford: Oxford University Press; Wadsworth, M., Maclean, M., Kuh, D., Rodgers, B., Children of divorced and separated parents: A summary and review of findings from a long-term follow-up study in the U.K (1991) Sauvegarde De l'Enfance, 46, pp. 152-161; Wadsworth, M., Mann, S., Rodgers, B., Kuh, D., Hilder, W., Yusuf, E., Loss and representativeness in a 43 year follow-up of a national birth cohort (1992) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 46, pp. 300-304; Wadsworth, M., Peckham, C., Taylor, B., The role of national longitudinal studies in the prediction of health, development and behaviour (1984) Monitoring Child Health in the United States, , Walker, D. and Richmond, J. (eds), Harvard: Harvard University Press; Wadsworth, M., Rodgers, B., Long term follow-up studies: A critical overview (1989) Review Epidemiologique Et Sante Publique, 37, pp. 533-540 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029669724&doi=10.1016%2f1353-8292%2895%2900038-0&partnerID=40&md5=32a6f15942892dc26634cc294d594c9d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parental smoking and the nutrient intake and food choice of British teenagers aged 16-17 years T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 306 EP - 312 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1136/jech.50.3.306 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H.F. AU - While, D. AD - Statistics, Operational Research and Probability Methods Research Group (STORM), University North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom AD - CRC Education and Child Studies Research Group, Department of Public Health and Epidemiology, University Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom AB - Study objective - To examine the association between parental smoking habits and the nutrient intake and food choice of teenagers aged 16-17 years, allowing for differences in teenage smoking and the social class and regional distribution of the participants. Design - Data were collected from the 1970 longitudinal birth cohort, cross-sectionally at 16-17 years. The smoking habits of teenagers were evaluated from a questionnaire completed by the subjects themselves, and the smoking habits of parents by interview. The nutrient and food intakes of teenagers were quantitatively assessed using a four day unweighed dietary diary. Setting - The participants were distributed throughout Britain. Participants - A subsample of 1222 males and 1735 females was isolated from respondents to the 1970 birth cohort 16-17 year data collection sweep undertaken in 1986-87. Main results - Parental smoking habits were associated with different dietary patterns among teenagers regardless of whether the teenagers themselves smoked. Dietary differences noted were similar to those observed previously among smokers, with lower intakes of fibre, vitamin C, vitamin E, folates, and magnesium in particular reported among both males and females in households where parents were smokers. These lower intakes were associated with lower intakes of fruit juices, wholemeal bread, and some vegetables. Conclusion - Teenagers who lived with parents who smoked had different nutrient and food intakes to those with non-smoking parents, and teenagers exposed to parental smoking appeared to have similar dietary patterns to teenagers who themselves smoked. KW - alpha tocopherol KW - ascorbic acid KW - folic acid KW - magnesium KW - adolescent KW - article KW - bread KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - dietary fiber KW - dietary intake KW - female KW - food preference KW - fruit juice KW - human KW - male KW - mineral intake KW - normal human KW - parental behavior KW - passive smoking KW - questionnaire KW - smoking habit KW - United Kingdom KW - vegetable KW - vitamin intake PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 8935463 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.F.; STORM, The University North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: alpha tocopherol, 1406-18-4, 1406-70-8, 52225-20-4, 58-95-7, 59-02-9; ascorbic acid, 134-03-2, 15421-15-5, 50-81-7; folic acid, 59-30-3, 6484-89-5; magnesium, 7439-95-4 N1 - References: Margetts, B.A., Jackson, A.A., Interactions between people's diet and their smoking habits: The dietary and nutritional survey of British adults (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1381-1384; Bolton-Smith, C., Woodward, M., Brown, C.A., Smith, W.C.S., Tunstall-Pedoe, H., Nutrient intakes from current, ex- and never smokers: Results from the Scottish heart health study (1991) Proc Nutr Soc, 50, pp. 36A; Cade, J., Margetts, B., Smoking and diet: Is the diet of smokers different? (1990) Proc Nutr Soc, 49, pp. 41A; Whichelow, M.J., Erzinclioglu, S.W., Comparison of the diets of smokers and non-smokers (1990) Proc Nutr Soc, 49, pp. 42A; Fehily, A.M., Phillips, K.M., Yarnell, J.W.G., Diet, smoking, social class and body mass index in the Caerphilly heart disease study (1984) Am J Clin Nutr, 40, pp. 827-833; Crawley, H.F., While, D., The dietary habits and body weight of British teenage smokers aged 16-17 years (1995) Eur J Clin Nutr, 49, pp. 904-914; Prättälä, R., (1989) Young People and Food: Socio-cultural Studies of Food Consumption Patterns, , Helsinki: University Helsinki, PhD thesis; Murcott, A., (1983) The Sociology of Food and Eating, , Aldershot: Gower; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, (1975) British Births 1970. Vol. 1: The First Week of Life, 1. , London: Heinemann Medical Books Ltd; Ekinsmyth, C., Bynner, J., Montgomery, S., Shepherd, P., (1992) An Integrated Approach to the Design and Analysis of the 1970 British Cohort Study (BCS70) and the National Child Development Study (NCDS), , Inter-cohort analysis working papers, 1. SSRU 1992. London: City University; (1988) Regional Trends, , London: HMSO; Crawley, H.F., The energy, nutrient and food intakes of teenagers aged 16-17 years in Britain. 1. Energy, macronutrients and non-starch polysaccharides (1993) Br J Nutr, 70, pp. 15-26; Crawley, H.F., (1988) Food Portion Sizes, , London: HMSO; Borelli, R., Cole, T.J., Di Base, G., Contaldo, F., Some statistical considerations on dietary assessment methods (1988) Eur J Clin Nutr, 43, pp. 453-463; Black, A.E., Goldberg, G.R., Jebb, S.A., Livingstone, M.B.E., Cole, T.J., Prentice, A.M., Critical evaluation of energy intake data using fundamental principles of energy physiology: 2. Evaluating the results of published surveys (1991) Eur J Clin Nutr, 45, pp. 583-599; Beverley, B.R., Day, I., Ide, L., (1972) Smoking in Children in Great Britain, , London: Social Sciences Research Council/Medical Research Council; Thomson, M., Holroyd, S., Goddard, E., (1993) Smoking among Secondary Schoolchildren in 1992, , London: OPCS; Payne, C.D., (1985) The GLIM System: Release 3.77, , Oxford: National Algorithms Group; (1990) SPSS-X User's Guide. 4th Ed., , Chicago: SPSS; (1989) The General Household Survey, , London: OPCS; Stanton, W.R., Silva, P.A., Tracking changes in the patterns of parental smoking (1993) J Roy Soc Health February, pp. 12-15; Pearson, R., Richardson, K., The smoking habits of 16 year olds in the national child development study (1978) Public Health, 92, pp. 136-144; (1992) Today's Young Adults: 16-19 Year Olds Look at Diet, Alcohol, Smoking, Drugs and Sexual Behaviour, , London: HEA; Townsend, J., Wilkes, H., Haines, A., Jarvis, M., Adolescent smokers seen in general practice: Health, lifestyle, physical measurements, and response to anti-smoking advice (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 947-950; Bingham, S., The dietary assessment of individuals: Methods, acuracy, new techniques and recommendations (1987) Nutr Abstr Rev, 57 A, pp. 705-742; Charlton, A., Children and passive smoking: A review (1994) J Fam Pract, 38, pp. 267-277; Kallner, A.B., Hartmann, D., Hornig, D., On the requirements of ascorbic acid in man: Steady state turnover and body pool (1981) Am J Clin Nutr, 34, pp. 1347-1355; Kelder, J.H., Perry, C.L., Klepp, K.I., Lytle, L.L., Longitudinal tracking of adolescent smoking, physical activity and food choice behaviours (1994) Am J Public Health, 84, pp. 1121-1126; Diet, nutrition and chronic diseases (1990) Technical Report Series No. 797, , Geneva: WHO UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029886164&doi=10.1136%2fjech.50.3.306&partnerID=40&md5=435ac8f7a1901eed22cb50f642c65e83 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Study of the aetiology of wheezing illness at age 16 in two national British birth cohorts T2 - Thorax J2 - THORAX VL - 51 IS - 7 SP - 670 EP - 676 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1136/thx.51.7.670 SN - 00406376 (ISSN) AU - Lewis, S. AU - Butland, B. AU - Strachan, D. AU - Bynner, J. AU - Richards, D. AU - Butler, N. AU - Britton, J. AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St. George's Hospital, Medical School, Cranmer Terrace, London SW17 ORE, United Kingdom AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V OHB, United Kingdom AD - Department of Child Health, University of Nottingham, Queen's Medical Centre, Nottingham NG7 2UH, United Kingdom AB - Background - Data from two national British birth cohorts were used to measure the increase in prevalence of wheezing illness at age 16 between 1974 and 1986, and to investigate the role of several potential risk factors in the increase. Methods - The occurrence of self-reported asthma or wheezy bronchitis within the past year, and the frequency of attacks of wheezing illness at age 16, were compared in 11262 and 9266 children born in one week of 1958 and 1970, respectively. The effects of several putative risk factors for asthma - including birth weight, maternal age, birth order, breast feeding, maternal smoking in pregnancy, child's personal smoking, and father's social class - on the change in occurrence of wheezing illness at age 16 were assessed by multiple logistic regression. Results - The annual period prevalence of asthma or wheezy bronchitis at age 16 increased from 3.8% in 1974 to 6.5% in 1986 (prevalence ratio (PR) = 1.71, 95% CI 1.52 to 1.93). The proportion of children experiencing attacks more than once a week increased from 0.2% to 0.7% (PR = 3.77, 95% CI 2.28 to 6.23). The prevalence of self-reported eczema and hayfever within the past year doubled between 1974 and 1986, suggesting that the increase in asthma was part of a general increase in the prevalence of atopic disease. However, in the complete dataset, after adjustment for the effects of the risk factors studied, the prevalence odds ratio for asthma or wheezy bronchitis in 1986 compared with 1974 was virtually unchanged from the unadjusted value at 1.77 (95% CI 1.46 to 2.15). Conclusion - The prevalence of wheezing illness in British teenagers increased by approximately 70% between 1974 and 1986. This increase appears to have occurred in the context of a general increase in atopic disease and was largely unexplained by changes in the distribution of maternal age, birth order, birth weight, infant feeding, maternal smoking, active smoking by the child, or father's social class. KW - Adolescent asthma KW - Aetiology KW - Time trends KW - adolescent KW - article KW - atopy KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - smoking KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - wheezing PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :89 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: THORA C2 - 8882071 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lewis, S.; Division of Respiratory Medicine, University of Nottingham, City Hospital, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Anderson, H.R., Is asthma really increasing? (1993) Paediatr Respir Med, 1, pp. 6-10; Anderson, H.R., Butland, B.K., Strachan, D.P., Trends in the prevalence and severity of childhood asthma (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 1600-1604; Burney, P.G.J., Chinn, S., Rona, R.J., Has the prevalence of asthma increased in children? Evidence from the national study of health and growth 1973-80 (1990) BMJ, 300, pp. 1306-1310; Burr, M.L., Butland, B.K., King, S., Vaughan-Wilhams, E., Changes in asthma prevalence: Two surveys 15 years apart (1989) Arch Dis Child, 64, pp. 1452-1456; Gergen, P.J., Mullally, D.I., Fvans, R., National survey of prevalence of asthma among children in the United States, 1976 to 1980 (1988) Pediatrics, 81, pp. 1-7; Mitchell, E.A., Increasing prevalence of asthma in children (1983) N Z Med J, 96, pp. 463-464; Hsieh, K.-H., Shen, J.-J., Prevalence of childhood asthma in Taipei, Taiwan, and other Asian Pacific countries (1988) J Asthma, 25, pp. 73-82; Britton, J.R., Asthma's changing prevalence (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 857-858; Ninan, T.K., Russell, G., Respiratory symptoms and atopy in Aberdeen school children: Evidence from two surveys 25 years apart (1992) BMJ, 304, pp. 873-875; Seaton, A., Godden, D.J., Brown, K., Increase in asthma: A more toxic environment or a more susceptible population? (1994) Thorax, 49, pp. 171-174; Peat, J.K., Van Den Berg, R.H., Green, W.F., Mellis, C.M., Leeder, S.R., Changing prevalence of asthma in Australian children (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 1591-1596; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Stevenson, D.K., Danon, Y.L., Is low birth weight a risk factor for asthma during adolescence (1991) Arch Dis Child, 66, pp. 584-587; Schwartz, J., Gold, D., Dockery, D.W., Weiss, S.T., Speizer, F.E., Predictors of asthma and persistent wheeze in a national sample of children in the United States (1990) Am Rev Respir Dis, 142, pp. 555-562; Burr, M.L., Epidemiology of asthma (1993) Epidemiol Clin Alleregy, 31, pp. 80-102; (1966) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; (1985) SAS Users' Guide: Basics and Statistics. Version 5, , Cary, North Carolina: SAS Institute; (1990) SPSS/PC - 4. Base Manual, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; (1988) EGRET, , Seattle: SERC; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1980) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research. Volume 1: The Analysis of Case-control Studies, 1, p. 76. , Davis W, ed. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC Scientific Publications No. 32); Hill, R., Change in use of asthma as a diagnostic label for wheezing illness in schoolchildren (1989) BMJ, 299, p. 898; Whallett, F.J., Ayres, J.G., Labelling shift from acute bronchitis may be contributing to the recent nse in asthma mortality in the 5-34 age group (1993) Respir Med, 87, pp. 183-186; Hay, I.E.C., Higenbottam, T.W., Has the management of asthma improved? (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 609-611; Barbee, R.A., Brown, W.G., Kaltenborn, W., Halonen, M., Allergen skin-test reactivity in a community population sample: Correlation with age, histamine skin reactions, and total serum immunoglobulin (1981) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 68, pp. 15-19; Lewis, S., Richards, D., Bynner, J., Butler, N., Britton, J., The aetiology of wheezing illness in childhood and adolescence: A prospective study of the independent effects of passive smoking, birth weight, maternal age, and socio-economic status (1995) Eur Respir J, 8, pp. 349-356; Strachan, D.P., The prevalence and natural history of wheezing in early childhood (1985) J R Coll Gen, Pract, 35, pp. 182-184; Luyt, D.K., Burton, P.R., Simpson, H., Epidemiological study of wheeze, doctor diagnosed asthma, and cough in preschool children in Leicestershire (1993) BMJ, 306, pp. 1386-1390; Barker, D.J.P., Godfrey, K.M., Osmond, C., Winter, P.D., Shaheen, S.O., Relation of birth weight and childhood respiratory infection to adult lung function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 671-675; Tager, I.B., Hanrahan, J.P., Tosteson, T.D., Castile, R.G., Brown, R.W., Weiss, S.T., Lung function, pre- and post-natal smoke exposure, and wheezing in the first year of life (1993) Am Rev Respir Dis, 147, pp. 811-817; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and lower respiratory tract illness in early life (1987) Arch Dis Child, 62, pp. 786-791; Anderson, H.R., Bland, J.M., Patel, S., Peckham, C., The natural history of asthma in childhood (1986) J Epidemiol Community Health, 40, pp. 121-129; Von Mutius, E., Martinez, F.D., Fritzsch, C., Nicolai, T., Reitmeir, P., Thiemann, H.-H., Skin test reactivity and number of siblings (1994) BMJ, 308, pp. 692-696; Strachan, D.P., Hay fever, hygiene, and household size (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 1259-1260; Chandra, R.K., Puri, S., Cheema, P.S., Predictive value of cord blood IgE in the development of atopic disease and role of breast feeding in its prevention (1985) Clin Allergy, 15, pp. 517-522; Wald, N., Kiryluk, S., Darby, S., Doll, R., Pike, M., Peto, R., (1988) UK Smoking Statistics, pp. 34-35. , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Arshad, S.H., Hide, D.W., Effect of environmental factors on the development of allergic disorders in infancy (1992) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 90, pp. 235-241; Adams, L., Lonsdale, D., Robinson, M., Rawbone, R., Respiratory impairment induced by smoking in children in secondary schools (1984) BMJ, 288, p. 891 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0030005286&doi=10.1136%2fthx.51.7.670&partnerID=40&md5=a4c83a7a020a10fe76b6d7d1a8067589 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evaluation of birth Cohort patterns in population disease rates T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 143 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 90 PY - 1996 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Tarone, R.E. AU - Chu, K.C. AD - Biostatistics Branch, Division of Cancer Etiology, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - Early Detection Branch, Div. of Cancer Prev. and Control, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, United States AD - National Cancer Institute, Executive Plaza North, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AB - Interpretation of trends in disease rates using conventional age-period-cohort analyses is made difficult by the lack of a unique set of parameters specifying any given model. Because of difficulties inherent in age-period-cohort models, neither the magnitude nor the direction of a linear trend in birth cohort effects or calendar period effects can be determined unambiguously. This leads to considerable uncertainty in making inferences regarding disease etiology based on birth cohort or calendar period trends. In this paper, the authors demonstrate that changes in the direction or magnitude of long term trends can be identified unequivocally in age-period-cohort analyses, and they provide parametric methods for evaluating such changes in trend within the usual Poisson regression framework. Such changes can have important implications for disease etiology. This is demonstrated in applications of the proposed methods to the investigation of birth cohort trends in female breast cancer mortality rates obtained from the National Center for Health Statistics for the United States (1970-1989) and from the World Health Organization for Japan (1955-1979). KW - Breast neoplasms KW - Cohort effect KW - Models, statistical KW - Mortality KW - Poisson distribution KW - Women KW - age-period-cohort analysis KW - breast cancer KW - cohort effect KW - disease trend KW - medical geography KW - methodological evaluation KW - Poisson distribution KW - women's health KW - Japan KW - USA KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - birth rate KW - breast cancer KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer risk KW - epidemiological data KW - female KW - human KW - human tissue KW - japan KW - population research KW - regression analysis KW - statistical analysis KW - united states KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Cohort Effect KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Japan KW - Likelihood Functions KW - Middle Aged KW - Models, Statistical KW - Pregnancy KW - United States N1 - Cited By :84 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 8533751 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Tarone, R.E.; National Cancer Institute, Executive Plaza North, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States N1 - References: Miller, B.A., Ries, L.A.G., Hankey, B.F., (1992) Cancer Statistics Review 1973-1989, , Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute, (NIH publication no. 92-2789); Hoel, D.G., Davis, D.L., Miller, A.B., Trends in cancer mortality in 15 industrialized countries, 1969-1986 (1992) J Natl Cancer Inst, 84, pp. 313-320; Mausner, J.S., Bahn, A.K., (1974) Epidemiology: An Introductory Text, p. 81. , Philadelphia, PA: WB Saunders Company; Andvord, K.F., What can we learn by studying tuberculosis by generations? (1930) Norsk Mag Laegevidensk, 91, pp. 642-660; Frost, W.H., The age selection of mortality from tuberculosis in successive decades (1939) Am J Hyg [Sect A], 30, pp. 91-96; Lancaster, H.O., Deafness as an epidemic disease in Australia (1951) Br Med J, 21, pp. 1429-1432; Dorn, H.F., Cutler, S.J., (1959) Morbidity from Cancer in the United States, , Washington, DC: US GPO, (Public Health Monograph no. 56). (US Public Health Service publication no. 590); MacMahon, B., Breast cancer at menopausal ages: An explanation of observed incidence changes (1957) Cancer, 10, pp. 1037-1044; MacMahon, B., Cohort fertility and increasing breast cancer incidence (1958) Cancer, 11, pp. 250-254; MacMahon, B., Terry, W.D., Application of cohort analysis to the study of time trends in neoplastic disease (1958) J Chronic Dis, 7, pp. 24-35; Stevens, R.G., Moolgavkar, S.H., Lee, J.A.H., Temporal trends in breast cancer (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 115, pp. 759-777; Tarone, R.E., Chu, K.C., Implications of birth cohort patterns in interpreting trends in breast cancer rates (1992) J Natl Cancer Inst, 84, pp. 1402-1410; Hernandez Avila, M., Walker, A.M., Age dependence of cohort phenomena in breast cancer mortality in the United States (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 126, pp. 377-384; Kessler, L.G., The relationship between age and incidence of breast cancer: Population and screening program data (1992) Cancer, 69, pp. 1896-1903; Holford, T.R., The estimation of age, period and cohort effects for vital rates (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 311-324; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chronic Dis, 38, pp. 811-830; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 468-481; Shryock, H.S., Siegel, J.S., Stockwell, E.G., (1976) The Methods and Materials of Demography, p. 542. , (Condensed ed.). New York, NY: Academic Press, Inc; Adami, H.-O., Bergstrom, R., Sparen, P., Increasing cancer risk in younger birth cohorts in Sweden (1993) Lancet, 341, pp. 773-777; Trichopoulos, D., Lipman, R.D., Mammary gland mass and breast cancer risk (1992) Epidemiology, 3, pp. 523-526; Devesa, S.S., Blot, W.J., Stone, B.J., Recent cancer trends in the United States (1995) J Natl Cancer Inst, 87, pp. 175-182 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029667344&partnerID=40&md5=3842c228a507abb92083a4e089a25955 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does religious observance promote health? Mortality in secular vs religious Kibbutzim in Israel T2 - American Journal of Public Health J2 - AM. J. PUBLIC HEALTH VL - 86 IS - 3 SP - 341 EP - 346 PY - 1996 DO - 10.2105/AJPH.86.3.341 SN - 00900036 (ISSN) AU - Kark, J.D. AU - Shemi, G. AU - Friedlander, Y. AU - Martin, O. AU - Manor, O. AU - Blondheim, S.H. AD - Department of Social Medicine, Israel AD - Department of Medical Ecology AD - Dept. of Med. Hadassah Med. Org., Hebrew University, Hadassah Sch. Pub. Hlth./Comm. Med., Ein Karem, Jerusalem, Israel AD - Kibbutz YizreÉl, Emek YizreÉl, Israel AD - Department of Social Medicine, Hadassah University Hospital, Ein Karem, Jerusalem 91010, Israel AB - Objectives. This study assessed the association of Jewish religious observance with mortality by comparing religious and secular kibbutzim. These collectives are highly similar in social structure and economic function and are cohesive and supportive communities. Methods. In a 16-year (1970 through 1985) historical prospective study of mortality in 11 religious and 11 matched secular kibbutzim in Israel, 268 deaths occurred among 3900 men and women 35 years of age and older during 41 347 person-years of observation. Results. Mortality was considerably higher in secular kibbutzim. Cox proportional hazards analysis was used to adjust for age and the matched design: rate ratios were 1.67 (95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.17, 2.39) for men, 2.67 (95% CI = 1.55, 4.60) for women, and 1.93 (95% CI = 1.44, 2.59) overall. Kaplan-Meier survival analysis of birth cohorts confirmed the association. The lower mortality in religious kibbutzim was consistent for all major causes of death. Conclusions. Belonging to a religious collective was associated with a strong protective effect not attributable to confounding by sociodemographic factors. Elucidation of mechanisms mediating this effect may provide etiologic insights and leads for intervention. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - economic aspect KW - female KW - health promotion KW - human KW - human experiment KW - Israel KW - male KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - religion KW - social structure KW - socioeconomics KW - survival PB - American Public Health Association Inc. N1 - Cited By :148 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPEA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kark, J.D.; Department of Social Medicine, Hadassah University Hospital, Ein Karem, Jerusalem 91010, Israel N1 - References: O'Boyle, C.A., Diseases with passion (1993) Lancet, 342, pp. 1126-1127. , Commentary; Galton, F., Statistical inquiries into the efficacy of prayer (1872) Fortnightly Rev, 12, pp. 125-135; Kaplan, B.H., A note on religious beliefs and coronary heart disease (1976) J SC Med Assoc, (SUPPL.), pp. 60-64. , February; Jarvis, G.K., Northcott, H.C., Religion and differences in morbidity and mortality (1987) Soc Sci Med, 25, pp. 813-824; Levin, J.S., Vanderpool, H.Y., Is frequent religious attendance really conducive to better health? Toward an epidemiology of religion (1987) Soc Sci Med, 24, pp. 589-600; West, D.W., Lyon, J.L., Gardner, J.W., Cancer risk factors: An analysis of Utah Mormons and non-Mormons (1980) JNCI, 65, pp. 1083-1095; Durkheim, E., (1951) Suicide, , New York, NY: The Free Press; Durkheim, E., (1961) The Elementary Forms of Religious Life, , New York, NY: Collier Books; Pescosolido, B.A., Georgianna, S., Durkheim, suicide, and religion: Toward a network theory of suicide (1989) Am Social Rev, 54, pp. 33-48; Pappas, G., Queen, S., Hadden, W., Fisher, G., The increasing disparity in mortality between socioeconomic groups in the United States, 1960 and 1986 (1993) N Engl J Med, 329, pp. 103-109 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029867947&doi=10.2105%2fAJPH.86.3.341&partnerID=40&md5=402a89d1da73e00ade3f4ac319c6a045 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birthweight, adult risk factors and incident coronary heart disease: The Caerphilly study T2 - Public Health J2 - PUBLIC HEALTH VL - 110 IS - 3 SP - 139 EP - 143 PY - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3506(96)80066-7 SN - 00333506 (ISSN) AU - Frankel, S. AU - Elwood, P. AU - Sweetnam, P. AU - Yarnell, J. AU - Davey Smith, G. AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AD - MRC Epidemiology Unit, Llandough Hospital, Penarth, South Glamorgan CF6 1XX, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Epidemiol. and Pub. Health, Queens University of Belfast, Mull House Building, Belfast BT12 6BJ, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To determine the relationships between birthweight, the incidence of coronary heart disease, and a range of coronary heart disease risk factors that operate during adult life. Design: Cohort study with a 10-year follow-up period. Setting: The town of Caerphilly, South Wales, and five adjacent villages. Subjects: 1258 men aged 45-59 at time of recruitment between 1979 and 1983. Main outcome measures: All deaths, coronary heart disease deaths, non-fatal CHD events. Results: The validity of the birthweight data was supported by the strong graded associations between birthweight and anthropometric measures in adulthood, particularly height, body mass index, triceps skinfold thickness and percentage body fat. An inverse relationship was found between birthweight and incident fatal and non-fatal CHD, (P = 0.01), though no relationship was found between birthweight and all-cause mortality. Amongst the major CHD risk factors, only fibrinogen shows a statistically significant relationship with birthweight (P = 0.008), fibrinogen levels being lower among the men with lower birthweights. When social and biological variables are included in models relating incident CHD and birthweight, the relationship between birthweight and incident fatal and non-fatal CHD remains essentially unchanged. Conclusion: A graded association between low birthweight and later CHD has been demonstrated in this cohort. This inverse association cannot be explained by the measured social or behavioural variables, or by other risk factors operating in adult life. KW - Birthweight KW - Coronary heart disease KW - Fibrinogen levels KW - Risk factors KW - fibrinogen KW - adult KW - anthropometric parameters KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body fat KW - body height KW - body mass KW - follow up KW - human KW - human experiment KW - ischemic heart disease KW - male KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - risk assessment KW - risk factor KW - skinfold thickness KW - United Kingdom PB - Elsevier B.V. N1 - Cited By :94 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PUHEA C2 - 8668758 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Frankel, S.; Department of Social Medicine, University of Bristol, Canynge Hall, Whiteladies Road, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: fibrinogen, 9001-32-5 N1 - References: Barker, D.J.P., (1992) Fetal and Infant Origins of Adult Disease, , British Medical Association: London; Barker, D.J.P., (1994) Mothers. Babies and Disease in Later Life, , British Medical Association: London; Barker, D.J.P., Fetal origins of coronary heart disease (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 171-174; Labarthe, D., Eissa, M., Varca, C., Childhood precursors of high blood pressure and elevated cholesterol (1991) Ann Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 519-541; Eriksson, M., Tibblin, G., Cnattingrus, S., Low birthweight and ischaemic heart disease (1994) Lancet, 343, pp. 731-732; Rich-Edwards, J., Stampfer, M., Manson, J., Rosner, B., Colditz, G., Willett, W., Speizer, F., Hennekens, C., Birthweight, breastfeeding and the risk of coronary heart disease in the nurses' health study (1995) Am J Epidemiol, 141, pp. S78; Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Fall, C.H.D., Simmonds, S.J., Early growth and death from cardiovascular disease in women (1993) BMJ, 307, pp. 1519-1524; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., Deprivation in infancy or in adult life: Which is more important for mortality risk? (1991) Lancet, 1, pp. 530-534; Paneth, N., Susser, M., Early origin of coronary heart disease (the 'Barker hypothesis') (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 411-412; Bartley, M., Power, C., Blane, D., Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M., Birthweight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study (1994) BMJ, 309, pp. 1475-1478; Elford, J., Whincup, P., Shaper, A.G., Early life experience and adult cardiovascular disease; longitudinal and case-control studies (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 833-844; Durnin, J.V.G.A., Womersley, J., Body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: Measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years (1974) British J Nutr, 32, pp. 77-97; (1985) The Caerphilly Collaborative Heart Disease Studies: Project Description and Manual of Operations, , Cardiff, UK, MRC Epidemiology Unit publication N. ISBN 0 9508951 1 3; Yarnell, J.G.W., Limb, E.S., Layzell, J.M., Baker, I.A., Height: A risk marker of ischaemic heart disease (1992) Eur Heart J, 13, pp. 1602-1605; Yarnell, J.W.G., Baker, I.A., Sweetnam, P.M., Bainton, D., O'Brien, J.R., Whitehead, P.J., Elwood, P.C., Fibrinogen, viscosity and white blood cell count are major risk factors for ischemic heart disease (1991) Circulation, 83 (3), pp. 837-844; Lumey, L.H., Stein, A.D., Ravelli, A.C., Maternal recall of birthweights of adult children: Validation by hospital and well baby clinic records (1994) International Journal of Epidemiology, 23, pp. 1006-1012; Burns, T.L., Moll, P.P., Rost, C.A., Lauer, R.M., Mothers remember birthweights of adolescent children; the Muscatine Ponderosity Family Study (1987) Int J Epidemiol, 16, pp. 550-555; Seidman, D.S., Slater, P.E., Ever-Hadani, P., Gale, R., Accuracy of mothers' recall of birthweight and gestational age (1987) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 94, pp. 731-735; Miller, F.J.W., Billewicz, W.Z., Thomson, A.M., Growth from birth to adult life of 442 Newcastle-upon-Tyne children (1972) Br J Prev Soc Med, 26, pp. 224-230; Fall, C.H.D., Osmond, C., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Hales, C.N., Stirling, Y., Meade, T.W., Fetal and infant growth and cardiovascular risk factors in women (1995) BMJ, 310, pp. 428-432; Martyn, C.N., Meade, T.W., Stirling, Y., Barker, D.J.P., Plasma concentrations of fibrinogen and factor VII in adult life and their relation to intra-uterine growth (1995) Br J Haematol, 89, pp. 142-146; Valdez, R., Athens, M.A., Thompson, G.H., Bradshaw, B.S., Stern, M.P., Birthweight and adult health outcomes in a biethnic population in the USA (1994) Diabetologia, 37, pp. 624-631; Seidman, D.S., Laor, A., Gale, R., Stevenson, D.K., Mashiach, S., Danon, Y.L., Birthweight, current body weight and blood pressure in late adolescence (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 1235-1237 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029933728&doi=10.1016%2fS0033-3506%2896%2980066-7&partnerID=40&md5=f15d1feb9939a2bbf1a7bfed1cdbec80 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The diet and body weight of British teenage smokers at 16-17 years T2 - European Journal of Clinical Nutrition J2 - EUR. J. CLIN. NUTR. VL - 49 IS - 12 SP - 904 EP - 914 PY - 1995 SN - 09543007 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H.F. AU - While, D. AD - Statistics Operat. Res. Probability, Methods Research Group (STORM), University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8SD, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To examine the influence of teenage smoking habits on nutrient intake, food choice and body size. Design: Data was collected cross-sectionally: smoking habits were evaluated by questionnaire; heights and weights were measured and dietary intakes were quantitatively assessed via 4-day unweighed dietary diaries. Subjects: The subjects studied (n = 3430) were participants in the 1970 Longitudinal Birth Cohort, and were nationally distributed throughout Britain. Results: Male and female smokers consumed significantly (P < 0.005) more alcohol and less fibre, thiamin and vitamin C than occasional or never smokers. Male smokers also consumed significantly more fat when expressed as a percentage of energy intake, and significantly less non-milk extrinsic sugar (P < 0.01) and iron (P < 0.005) than occasional or never smokers. Regular and occasional female smokers consumed significantly (P < 0.005) less protein and calcium than never smokers, and regular smokers also reported lower intakes of zinc, selenium, riboflavin, carotene and folates (P < 0.005) and iodine (P < 0.01) than never or occasional smokers. Both male and female smokers were less likely to be consumers of puddings, biscuits and wholemeal bread, but were more likely (P < 0.005) to consume alcoholic beverages and coffee. Intakes of chips, alcoholic beverages and coffee were significantly (P < 0.005) higher among smokers and intakes of puddings, fruit, fruit juices and breakfast cereals lower. Regular female smokers also consumed significantly (P < 0.005) fewer vegetables. Smoking habit did not appear to be related to body size in this cohort. Conclusion: The diets of teenage smokers, particularly teenage girls, appear to be significantly different to those of non-smokers, but smoking was not related to body size. Lower intakes of antioxidant nutrients, fruits, vegetables and cereals by teenage smokers are of particular concern. Sponsorship: This study was supported by a grant from The British Heart Foundation. KW - Adolescent KW - Diet KW - Food KW - Smoking KW - Weight KW - antioxidant KW - ascorbic acid KW - calcium KW - carotene KW - folic acid KW - iodine KW - iron KW - protein KW - riboflavin KW - selenium KW - sugar KW - thiamine KW - zinc KW - adolescent KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - body height KW - body size KW - body weight KW - calcium intake KW - caloric intake KW - cereal KW - coffee KW - controlled study KW - diet KW - dietary fiber KW - dietary intake KW - fat intake KW - female KW - food preference KW - fruit KW - fruit juice KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - nutrient KW - protein intake KW - questionnaire KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - smoking habit KW - united kingdom KW - vegetable KW - vitamin intake KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Body Weight KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Diet KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Nutrition Surveys KW - Questionnaires KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCNE C2 - 8925792 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.F.; Statistics Operat. Res. Probability, Methods Research Group (STORM), University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8SD, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029583689&partnerID=40&md5=65986ef079efe369131687d35fe5755f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changing trends in the epidemiology of malignant melanoma: Gender differences and their implications for public health T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 897 EP - 907 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1093/ije/24.5.897 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Streetly, A. AU - Markowe, H. AD - Central Health Monitoring Unit, Department of Health, Wellington House, Waterloo Road, London, United Kingdom AB - Background: Skin cancer has been identified as a key area in the English health strategy. Review of trends in the epidemiology of melanoma by age, sex and social class can contribute to ensuring that preventive efforts are targeted appropriately and subsequently to monitoring the effects of campaigns. Methods: Descriptive epidemlological study using data for both sexes from cancer registrations by age (England & Wales 1971-1989), and from mortality statistics by age (England & Wales 1951-1970, England 1969-1992) and by social class (England & Wales 1970-1972 for men and women, England & Wales 1979-1980, 1982-1983 for men and Great Britain 1979-1980, 1982-1983 for women). Analysis used age-standardized and age-specific registration rates by sex, age-standardized and age-specific mortality rates by sex and standardized mortality ratios by sex and by social class. Cohort effects are presented based on model fitting of age- and cohort-specific mortality rates for the period 1950-1989. Results: Registration rates of new cases of malignant melanoma increased sharply in both sexes between 1971 and 1989 by 190% in men and 137% in women. Between 1970/1972 and 1990/1992 age-standardized mortality rates increased by 92% in men and 43% in women. In the 15-34 age group mortality rates have declined in women since the late 1970s whilst remaining level in men. The pattern of significantly higher mortality for both men and women in non-manual occupational groups had by the early 1980s diminished in women although it remained in men. In non-manual groups the mortality rate was higher in men than in women whilst for manual groups the opposite was true. Conclusions: A difference in trends in mortality from malignant melanoma between the sexes was demonstrated. Men are an important target group for preventive efforts despite their lower incidence of melanoma. They have a higher mortality rate which is increasing, less knowledge about appropriate primary and secondary preventive measures, present later with disease and respond less to traditional health education approaches. The findings have implications for the planning of primary and secondary prevention programmes. © 1995 International Epidemiological Association. KW - Gender KW - Malignant melanoma KW - Public health KW - cancer incidence KW - gender difference KW - malignant melanoma KW - medical geography KW - public health KW - UK, England KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer prevention KW - cancer registry KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - primary prevention KW - priority journal KW - public health KW - secondary prevention KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Cohort Effect KW - England KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Age KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sex Distribution KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :50 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 8557445 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Streetly, A.; Department of Public Health Medicine, United Medical and Dental Schools, St Thomas's Campus, London SE1 7EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Swerdlow, A.J., International trends in cutaneous melanoma (1990) Ann NY Acad Sci, 609, pp. 235-251; Mackie, R., Hunter, J.A., Aitchinson, T.C., Cutaneous malignant melanoma, Scotland, 1979-89 (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 971-975; Brown, L., Palmer, P.H., Melanoma incidence in Tauranga 1980-9 (1991) N Z Med J, 104, pp. 109-111; Coleman, M.P., Esteve, J., Damiecki, P., Austen, A., Renard, H., (1993) Trends in Cancer Incidence and Mortality, pp. 379-410. , Lyon: IARC, 1993: Scientific publication no. 21, Ch. 16; Elwood, M.J., Swerdlow, A.J., Cox, B., Trends in incidence and mortality from cutaneous melanoma in England and Wales (1989) Trans Menzies Found, 15, pp. 131-135; Ring, I.T., Walker, S.M., Firman, D., Bonett, A., Roder, D., Melanoma in Queensland (1989) Trans Menzies Found, 15, pp. 157-163; Roush, G.C., McKay, L., Holford, T.R., A reversal in the long-term increase in deaths attributable to malignant melanoma (1992) Cancer, 69, pp. 1714-1720; Geller, A.C., Koh, H.K., Miller, D.R., Mercer, M.B., Lew, R.A., Death rates of malignant melanoma among white men—United States 1973-1988 (1992) MMWR, 27, pp. 20-22. , Jan 17; Jones, M.E., Shugg, D., Dwyer, T., Young, B., Bonett, A., Interstate differences in incidence and mortality from melanoma: A re-examination of the latitudinal gradient (1992) Med J Aust, 157, pp. 373-378; Mackie, R.M., Hole, D., Audit of public education campaign to encourage earlier detection of malignant melanoma (1992) Br Med J, 304, pp. 1012-1015; (1992) Statement of Advice from COMARE to Health Departments: Health Effects of Ultraviolet Radiation, , COMARE, PL/CMO (92)5. London: Department of Health; Marks, R., Whiteman, D., Sunburn and melanoma: How strong is the evidence? (1994) Br Med J, 308, pp. 75-76; Kirkpatrick, C.S., Lee, J.A.H., White, E., Melanoma risk by age and socio-economic status (1990) Int J Cancer, 46, pp. 1-4; Chapman, S., Marks, R., King, M., Trends in tans and skin protection in Australian fashion magazines, 1982 through 1991 (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 1677-1680; Office of Population Censuses and Surveys and Cancer Research Campaign (1981) Cancer Statistics: Incidence, Survival and Mortality in England and Wales, (43). , Studies on Medical and Population Subjects, London: HMSO; Heenan, P.J., English, D.R., D’arcy, J., Holman, C., Armstrong, B.K., Survival among patients with clinical stage I cutaneous malignant melanoma diagnosed in Western Australia in 1975/1976 and 1980/1981 (1991) Cancer, 68, pp. 2079-2087; Jatoi, I., Gore, M., Sex, pregnancy, hormones, and melanoma (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 2-3; Mark, R., Hill, D., (1992) The Public Health Approach to Melanoma Control: Prevention and Early Detection, , Geneva: UICC; Ellman, R., Screening for melanoma in the UK (1991) Cancer Screening, pp. 257-266. , Miller A B, Chamberlain J, Day N E, Hackam, M, Prorok P C (eds), Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Koh, H.K., Miller, D.R., Geller, A.C., Lew, R.A., Rampen, F.H.T., Screening for melanoma and other skin cancers (1992) Clinics Dermatol, 10, pp. 97-103; Hill, D., White, M.A., Marks, R., Theobald, T., Borland, R., Roy, C., Melanoma prevention: Behavioural and non-behavioural factors in sunburn among an Australian urban population (1992) Prev Med, 21, pp. 654-669; Cody, R., Lee, C., Behaviours, beliefs and intentions in skin cancer prevention (1990) J Behav Med, 13, pp. 373-389; Cameron, I.H., McGuire, C., Are you dying to get a suntan?—the pre- and post-campaign survey results (1990) Health Educ J, 49, pp. 166-170; Cristofolini, M., Bianchi, R., Boi, S., Effectiveness of the health campaign for die early diagnosis of cutaneous melanoma in Trentino, Italy (1993) J Derm Surg Onc, 19, pp. 117-120; Melia, J., Ellman, R., Coleman, D., Sloane, J., Chamberlain, J., (1992) Evaluation of a Campaign to Promote the Earty Detection of Malignant Melanoma in England and Scotland, pp. 26-29. , International Epidemiological Association. Thirteenth Scientific meeting, Sydney, Australia, September, Abs; Melia, J., Ellman, R., Chamberlain, J., Preventing melanoma (1993) Br Med J, 307, pp. 737-738; (1977) Mortality Statistics: Cause (1974-1992), , Series DH2 (1-19). London: HMSO; (1951) Registrar General’s Statistical Review of England and Wales, , London: HMSO; (1979) Cancer Statistics: Registrations (1971-1989), , Series MBI (1—22). London: HMSO; Clayton, D.G., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; (1978) Registrar General’s Decennial Supplement, Occupational Mortality, Great Britain 1970-72, (1). , Series DS, London: HMSO; (1986) Registrar General’s Decennial Supplement, Occupational Mortality, Great Britain 1979—80, (6). , 1982-83. Series DS, London: HMSO; Roush, G.C., Schymura, M.J., Holford, T.R., Patterns of invasive melanoma in the Connecticut Tumor Registry. Is the longterm increase real? (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 2586-2595; Van Der Esch, E.P., Muir, C.S., Nectoux, J., Temporal change in diagnostic criteria as a cause of the increase of malignant melanoma over time is unlikely (1991) Int J Cancer, 47, pp. 483-490; Melia, J., Ellman, R., Chamberlain, J., Meeting the health of the nation target for skin cancer: Problems with timely prevention and monitoring trends (1994) J Public Health Med, 116, pp. 225-232; Bell, M., Beyl, C.M., Schopf, R.E., Schramm, P., Light exposure of the lower leg as a pathogenetic factor in the occurrence of malignant melanoma (1992) Dermatology, 185, pp. 257-261; Dennis, L.K., White, E., Lee, J.A.H., Recent cohort trends in malignant melanoma by anatomic site in the United States (1993) Cancer Causes and Control, 4, pp. 93-100; (1986) Morbidity Statistics from General Practice: Third National Study, , London: HMSO; Newman, S., Nichols, S., Freer, C., Izzard, L., How much do the public know about moles, skin cancer and malignant melanoma? (1988) Community Med, 4, pp. 351-357; Bonett, A., Roder, D., Esterman, A., Epidemiological features of melanoma in South Australia: Implications for cancer control (1989) Med J Aust, 151, pp. 502-509; (1993) Health of the Nation: One Year On, , London: HMSO; (1993) On the State of the Public Health, 1992. , London: HMSO; Whitehead, S.M., Wroughton, M.A., Elwood, J.M., Davison, J., Stewart, M., Effects of a health education campaign for the earlier diagnosis of melanoma (1989) Br J Cancer, 60, pp. 421-425; Mackie, R., Osterlind, A., Ruiter, D., Report on consensus meeting of the EORTC melanoma group on educational needs for primary and secondary prevention of melanoma in Europe (1991) Eur J Cancer, 27, pp. 1317-1323; Hersey, P., Sillar, R.W., Howe, C.G., Factors related to the presentation of patients with thick primary melanomas (1991) Med J Aust, 154, pp. 583-587; Flay, B.R., Mass media and smoking cessation: A critical review (1989) Am J Public Health, 77, pp. 153-160; EOS—Gallup Europe (1992) Europeans and the Sun: Connotations Attitudes— Behaviour, , Commission of the E C: July; (1991) Suncare Preparations, , London: Mintel International, May; (1992) British Market Research Bureau: Target Group Index, , Toiletries —men; 18. London: British Market Research Bureau; (1992) British Market Research Bureau: Target Group Index, , Cosmetics and Toiletries—women; 20. London. British Market Research Bureau UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028972949&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f24.5.897&partnerID=40&md5=8030bd00bc1ce54e3b270b1a4d9f1e59 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Blood pressure and smoking: Observations on a national cohort T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - ARCH. DIS. CHILD. VL - 73 IS - 4 SP - 294 EP - 297 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1136/adc.73.4.294 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Charlton, A. AU - While, D. AD - School Epidemiology/Health Sciences, Stopford Building, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom AB - The reasons why adult smokers have lower blood pressure than non-smokers have not been determined. It is possible that low blood pressure might precede the onset of smoking. This study investigates this hypothesis in a national cohort study in Britain. Blood pressures and pulse rates taken on a sample of 5019 members of the British Birth Cohort Study (BCS 70) at the age of 10 years were analysed in relation to self reported smoking behaviour at age 16+ years. Prospectively, those children who had lower diastolic blood pressure or pulse rate at age 10 were more likely to have smoked by age 16+ years. Using analysis of variance, pulse rate was significantly related to smoking in young men (p<0.001). Seventy per cent of those with lower pulse (below the 10th centile), 58% with medium pulse, and 52% with the higher pulse (above the 90th centile) had ever smoked by age 16+ years. In young women, pulse rate (p=0.003), diastolic pressure (p=0.024), and systolic pressure (p=0.032) at age 10 were all significantly related to smoking at age 16. This longitudinal study found that lower blood pressure and slower pulse rate were related to the onset of smoking in children. More research is needed on this new observation. KW - Blood pressure KW - Pulse rate KW - Smoking KW - adolescent KW - article KW - blood pressure KW - diastolic blood pressure KW - female KW - heart rate KW - human KW - hypothesis KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - school child KW - smoking PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Charlton, A.; School Epidemiology/Health Sciences, Stopford Building, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PT, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028875097&doi=10.1136%2fadc.73.4.294&partnerID=40&md5=8ca53d019990101246eadbd99e60e2fe ER - TY - JOUR TI - Asthma, enuresis, and chronic illness: Long term impact on height T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - ARCH. DIS. CHILD. VL - 73 IS - 4 SP - 298 EP - 304 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1136/adc.73.4.298 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Power, C. AU - Manor, O. AD - Epidemiology/Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, Guilford St., London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To determine whether common conditions in early childhood, such as asthma and psychosocial illness (mainly enuresis), affect height during later childhood and in adult life. Design - Longitudinal follow up of subjects in the 1958 British Birth Cohort Study. Data from the birth survey and ages 7, 11, 16, and 23 were used. Subjects - 12 537 subjects remaining in the study at age 23, representing 76% of the target population, cohort members still alive and resident in Britain. Results - Heights of children with allergic, acute or psychosomatic illness, or asthma/wheezy bronchitis did not differ by age 7 from those of children without such illnesses. When asthma was graded by severity, there was a trend (not significant) for the severe group to be shorter at ages 16 and 23. Although children with a chronic illness by age 7 were on average almost 0.5 cm shorter than children without such illnesses, this difference was reduced by half and was not significant after adjusting for maternal height, birth weight, parity, and social class at birth. However, a marked and long lasting effect was found for children with psychosocial illness who at age 7 were significantly shorter, by a mean of 0.77 cm. Within this group, enuretic children with a problem at age 11 were more than 1 cm shorter in adulthood, even allowing for other height related factors. Conclusions - Common childhood illnesses do not appear to affect height, either in the short or in the long term, although exceptions include chronic illness and enuresis. The value of height as an indicator of child health status in an industrialised country such as Britain requires further reassessment. KW - Asthma KW - Childhood illness KW - Enuresis KW - Height KW - Longitudinal study KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - asthma KW - body height KW - chronic disease KW - enuresis KW - growth KW - health status KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - priority journal KW - psychosocial disorder KW - school child PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Power, C.; Epidemiology/Biostatistics, Institute of Child Health, Guilford St., London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028803443&doi=10.1136%2fadc.73.4.298&partnerID=40&md5=a3da346fabc0fa0a3c5033115742043f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Self-reported versus measured height, weight and body mass index amongst 16 - 17 year old British teenagers T2 - International Journal of Obesity J2 - INT. J. OBES. VL - 19 IS - 8 SP - 579 EP - 584 PY - 1995 SN - 03070565 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H. AU - Portides, G. AD - Stat Operat Res Probab Meth Res Grp, The University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom AB - OBJECTIVE: To examine the relationships between reported and measured height and weight in a teenage population group, and to assess the impact this may have on estimates of overweight. DESIGN: Data were taken from a sample of teenagers from the 1970 Birth Cohort Study. Multivariate normal regression was used to model differences between self-reported and measured height and weight, using both BMI and a number of other personal and demographic variables to examine influences on reporting differences. RESULTS: Tall, thin individuals were more likely to under-report their height and shorter, fatter individuals to overestimate their height and under-estimate their weight. Self-reported height and weight data when used to calculate BMI would result in a lower estimate of overweight teenagers. Self-assessment of body fatness, (but no other personal or demographic variable), was influential on the height and weight reporting of females in this study. CONCLUSION: Self-reported height and weight data from a teenage population should be used with caution, particularly if classifying individuals by BMI or when using weight measurements to estimate energy requirements. KW - Body image KW - Body mass index KW - Generalised linear modelling KW - Height KW - Teenagers KW - Weight KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - body mass KW - body weight KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - multivariate analysis KW - normal human KW - obesity KW - priority journal KW - regression analysis KW - self concept KW - self report KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Aging KW - Body Height KW - Body Mass Index KW - Body Weight KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Life Style KW - Linear Models KW - Male KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Obesity KW - Self Concept KW - Self Disclosure N1 - Cited By :72 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJOBD C2 - 7489030 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.; Stat Operat Res Probab Meth Res Grp, The University of North London, Holloway Road, London N7 8DB, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029027998&partnerID=40&md5=9cec899ce7e9e6c8cd4de08631916e5e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in incidence of testicular cancer in Norway 1955-1992 T2 - European Journal of Cancer J2 - Eur. J. Cancer VL - 31 IS - 12 SP - 2044 EP - 2048 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1016/0959-8049(95)00321-5 SN - 09598049 (ISSN) AU - Wanderås, E.H. AU - Tretli, S. AU - Fossra, S.D. AD - The Cancer Registry of Norway, Institute for Epidemiological Cancer Research, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway AD - The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway AB - The aim of this study was to explore the incidence of testicular cancer (TC) in Norway, and thereby to increase the understanCling of aetiological factors. From 1955 to 1992, a total number of 3927 TC cases were recorded in Norway, of which 51% were seminomas, 45% non-seminomas and 4% other and unspecified types. The age-standardised incidence rate increased from 2.7 to 8.5 per 100000. The age-specific incidence rate increased in all age groups, but was most marked in the younger population. The significance of birth cohort as a risk factor for development of TC was confirmed. The incidence by birth cohorts from 1916 to 1970 showed an increase by later birth cohorts during the whole period, with the exception of a marked fall for the cohort born during the Second World War. The largest increase occurred after the war. We conclude that environmental factors acting very early in life are of significance in the development of TC. © 1995. KW - aetiology KW - birth cohort-effect KW - environment KW - incidence KW - Norway KW - registries KW - risk factors KW - testicular-neoplasms-epidemiology KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer registry KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - human KW - infant KW - male KW - non seminomatous germinoma KW - norway KW - priority journal KW - seminoma KW - testis cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Humans KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Norway KW - Risk Factors KW - Seminoma KW - Testicular Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :86 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCAE C2 - 8562163 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wanderås, E.H. N1 - References: Parkin, Muir, Whelan, Gao, Ferlay, Powell, (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 120, pp. 972-973. , 2nd edn., VI. IARC Scientific publications; Schottenfeld, Warshauer, Sherlock, Zauber, Leder, Payne, The epidemiology of testicular cancer in young adults (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 112, pp. 232-246; Giwercman, Grindsted, Hansen, Jensen, Skakkebaek, Testicular cancer risk in boys with maldescended testis. A cohort study (1987) J Urol, 138, pp. 1214-1216; Prener, Chung-cheng, Engholm, Trichopoulos, Jensen, Birth order and risk of testicular cancer (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 265-272; Rajpert-De-Meyts, Skakkebaek, The possible role of sex hormones in the development of testicular cancer (1993) Eur Urol, 23, pp. 54-61. , (Review); Walker, Bernstein, Warren, Warner, Zheng, Henderson, The effect of in utero ethinyl oestradiol exposure on the risk of cryptorchid testis and testicular teratoma in mice (1990) Br J Cancer, 62, pp. 599-622; Forman, Gallagher, Møller, Swerdlow, Aetiology and epidemiology of testicular cancer: report of the Consensus Group (1990) EORTC Genitourinary Group Monograph 7: Prostate Cancer and Testicular Cancer, pp. 245-253. , (Review); Møller, Clues to the aetiology of testicular germ cell tumours from descriptive epidemiology (1993) Eur Urol, 23, pp. 8-15; Doll, Payne, Waterhouse, (1966) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, , 2nd edn., UICC, Springer, Berlin; Adami, Bergström, Möhner, Testicular cancer in nine northern European countries (1994) Int J Cancer, 59, pp. 33-38; Bergström R, Adami HO, Möhner M, et al. Increase in testicular cancer incidence in six European countries; a birth cohort phenomenon (submitted); Central Bureau of Statistics, (1949) Statistical Survey 1948, , Oslo; Strøm, Examination into the diet of Norwegian families during the war-years 1942–1945 (1948) Acta Med Scand, 214, pp. 3-47. , (suppl); Hansen, Food conditions in Norway during the War, 1939–1945 (1947) Proc Nutr Soc, 5, pp. 263-270. , 2nd edn; Barbosa, Schultz, Filley, Nieman, The relationship among adiposity diet and hormone concentrations in vegetarian and nonvegetarian postmenopausal women (1990) Am J Clin Nutr, 51, pp. 798-803; Bennet, Ingram, Diet and female sex hormone concentrations: an intervention study for the type of fat consumed (1990) Am J Nutr, 52, pp. 808-812; Brown, Pottern, Hoover, Testicular cancer in young men: the search for causes of the epidemic increase in the United States (1987) J Epidemiol Community Health, 41, pp. 349-354; Coldman, Elwood, Gallagher, Sports activities and risk of testicular cancer (1982) Br J Cancer, 46, pp. 749-756; Rønneberg, Hafstad, Lund, Røykevaner siden 1910 blant norske menn og kvinner født etter 1890 (1994) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 114, pp. 1623-1626; Central, (1988) Bametall i ekteskap. Rapporter 88/21, , 2nd edn., Kongsvinger, Oslo; Bernstein, Depue, Ross, Judd, Pike, Henderson, Higher maternal levels of free estradiol in first compared to second pregnancy: early gestational differences (1986) J Natl Cancer Inst, 76, pp. 1035-1039; Panagiotopoulou, Katsouyanni, Petridou, Garas, Tzonou, Trichopoulos, Maternal age, parity and pregnancy estrogens (1990) Cancer Causes Control, 1, pp. 119-124; Central Bureau of Statistics. Historical Statistics 1978. Oslo-Norway, p52, tbl.17; Roychowdhury, Reproductive hazards in the work environment (1990) Professional Safety, 35, pp. 17-22; McLachlan, Korach, Newbold, Degen, Diethylstilboestrol and other estrogens in the environment (1984) Fundamental and Applied Toxicology, 4, pp. 686-691 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029559623&doi=10.1016%2f0959-8049%2895%2900321-5&partnerID=40&md5=2a63fb6e87463245a911d9b1c811c599 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Treatment and survival in 13560 patients with pancreatic cancer, and incidence of the disease, in the West Midlands: An epidemiological study T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 115 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800820137 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Bramhall, S.R. AU - Allum, W.H. AU - Jones, A.G. AU - Allwood, A. AU - Cummins, C. AU - Neoptolemos, J.P. AD - Academic Department of Surgery, University of Birmingham, City Hospital, Dudley Road, Birmingham, B18 7QH, United Kingdom AD - Academic Department of Surgery, Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham, B15 2TH, United Kingdom AD - University of Birmingham Medical School, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom AD - West Midlands Cancer Registry, Birmingham, B15 2TH, United Kingdom AB - The trends in treatment and outcome of 13560 patients with pancreatic cancer, and in incidence of the disease, in the West Midlands health region were determined between 1957 and 1986 using data from the West Midlands Region Cancer Registry. Patients were divided into those diagnosed in the first 20 years (19570–1976, n = 7888) and the most recent 10 years (1977–1986, n = 5672). The disease was more common in men and the incidence increased up to 1970 after which it levelled off. In the 1977–1986 period a lower proportion of patients had laparotomy alone (825 (14·5 per cent) versus 1552 (19·7 per cent)), a similar proportion had bypass surgery (2010 (35·4 per cent) versus 2760 (35·0 per cent)), while a greater proportion had supportive care (2710 (47·8 per cent) versus 3368 (42·7 per cent)) but the resection rates were the same (145 (2·6 per cent) versus 208 (2·6 per cent)). The 30‐day mortality rates between the two periods unproved for resection (40 (27·6 per cent) versus 94 (45·2 per cent)), bypass surgery (436 (21·7 percent) versus 691 (25·0 per cent)) and laparotomy (372 (45·1 per cent) versus 873 (56·3 per cent)). The 12‐month survival rate for bypass did not significantly differ during the study (14·9 per cent versus 12·4 per cent) but there was a significant improvement in the 5‐year survival for resection (9·7 per cent versus 2·6 per cent, P < 0·015). The resection rates were low and 30‐day mortality rates for surgery were high compared with those of other published series. Copyright © 1995 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - article KW - cancer survival KW - female KW - human KW - laparotomy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - pancreas cancer KW - priority journal KW - treatment outcome KW - united kingdom KW - Actuarial Analysis KW - Adenocarcinoma KW - Aged KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Laparotomy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Prognosis KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Survival Rate N1 - Cited By :449 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7881926 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Neoptolemos, J.P.; Department of Surgery - W4, Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Gordis, L, Gold, EB, Epidemiology of pancreatic cancer (1984) World J Surg, 81, pp. 808-821; Hirayama, T, Epidemiology of pancreatic cancer in Japan (1989) Jpn J Clin Oncol, 19, pp. 208-215; Haddock, G, Carter, DC, Aetiology of pancreatic cancer (1990) Br J Surg, 77, pp. 1159-1166; (1992) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 6. , Parkin DM, Muir CS, Whelan SL, Gao Y‐T, Ferlay J, Powell J, Lyon, International Agency for Research on Cancer,. (IARC scientific publications no. 120.); Crile, G, Jr, Isbister, WH, Hawk, WA, Carcinoma of the ampulla of Vater and the terminal bile and pancreatic ducts (1970) Surg Gynecol Obstet, 131, pp. 1052-1054; Carter, DC, Surgery for pancreatic cancer (1980) BMJ, 1, pp. 744-746; Russell, RCG, Surgical resection for cancer of the pancreas (1990) Baillieres Clin Gastroenterol, 4, pp. 889-916; Gall, FP, Kessler, H, Hermanek, P, Surgical treatment of ductal pancreatic carcinoma (1991) Eur J Surg Oncol, 17, pp. 173-181; Baumel, H, Huguier, M, Manderscheid, JC, Fabre, JM, Houry, S, Fagot, H, Results of resection for cancer of the exocrine pancreas: a study from the French Association of Surgery (1994) Br J Surg, 81, pp. 102-107; Bakkevold, KE, Arnesjo, B, Kambestad, B, Carcinoma of the pancreas and papilla of Vater ‐ assessment of resectability and factors influencing resectability in stage I carcinomas. A prospective multicentre trial in 472 patients (1992) Eur J Surg Oncol, 18, pp. 494-507; Trede, M, Schwall, G, Saeger, HD, Survival after pancreato‐duodenectomy. 118 resections without an operative mortality (1990) Ann Surg, 211, pp. 447-458; Manabe, T, Ohshio, G, Baba, N, Radical pancreatectomy for ductal carcinoma of the head of the pancreas (1989) Cancer, 64, pp. 1132-1137; Allen‐Mersh, TG, Earlam, RJ, Pancreatic cancer in England and Wales: surgeons look at epidemiology (1986) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 68, pp. 154-158; Waterhouse, JAH, (1974) Cancer Handbook of Epidemiology and Prognosis, , Edinburgh, Churchill Livingstone; Armitage, P, Berry, G, (1987) Statistical Methods in Medical Research, , 2nd ed., Oxford, Blackwell Scientific; Jennings, PE, Donald, JJ, Coral, A, Rode, S, Lees, WR, Ultrasound‐guided core biopsy (1989) Lancet, 1, pp. 1369-1371; de Rooij, PD, Rogatko, A, Brennan, MF, Evaluation of palliative surgical procedures in unresectable pancreatic cancer (1991) Br J Surg, 78, pp. 1053-1058; Siegel, JH, Snady, H, The significance of endoscopically placed prostheses in the management of biliary obstruction due to carcinoma of the pancreas: results of nonoperative decompression in 277 patients (1986) Am J Gastroenterol, 81, pp. 634-641; Thompson, JF, Walker, CJ, The management of pancreatic carcinoma: a review of 173 cases (1983) Aust N Z J Surg, 53, pp. 25-30; Ubhi, CS, Doran, J, Palliation for carcinoma of head of pancreas (1986) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 68, pp. 159-162; Krain, LS, The rising incidence of carcinoma of the pancreas ‐ real or apparent? (1970) J Surg Oncol, 2, pp. 115-124; Watanapa, P, Williamson, RCN, Surgical palliation for pancreatic cancer: developments during the past two decades (1992) Br J Surg, 79, pp. 8-20; (1991) Mortality Statistics, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys.,. Series DH1 no 25., London, HMSO; Crist, DW, Cameron, JL, The current status of the Whipple operation for periampullary carcinoma (1992) Adv Surg, 25, pp. 21-49; Willett, CG, Lewandrowski, K, Warshaw, AL, Efird, J, Compton, CC, Resection margins in carcinoma of the head of the pancreas. Implications for radiation therapy (1993) Ann Surg, 217, pp. 144-148; (1980) Survival of Cancer Patients. Cases Diagnosed in Norway 1968–75, , Oslo, The Cancer Registry of Norway; Further evidence of effective adjuvant combined radiation and chemotherapy following curative resection of pancreatic cancer (1987) Cancer, 59, pp. 2006-2010 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028985078&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800820137&partnerID=40&md5=66cd127be7e2548ca1129676611b89ae ER - TY - JOUR TI - The neurovascular tranquilli-leali flap T2 - Journal of Hand Surgery J2 - J. Hand Surg. (GBR) VL - 20 IS - 6 SP - 815 EP - 823 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1016/S0266-7681(95)80055-7 SN - 02667681 (ISSN) AU - Elliot, D. AU - Moiemen, N.S. AU - Jigjinni, V.S. AD - North-East Thames Regional Plastic Surgery Unit, St Andrew's Hospital, Billericay, Essex, United Kingdom AB - A modification of the flap first described in 1935 by Tranquilli-Leali and described again by Atasoy et al (1970) is presented. The relative indications for use of the original and the modified flap are examined in the light of our experience of 116 flaps over a period of 4 years. © 1995 The British Society for Surgery of the Hand. All rights reserved. KW - article KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - neurovascular island flap KW - skin flap KW - surgical technique KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Evaluation Studies KW - Female KW - Finger Injuries KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prognosis KW - Surgical Flaps KW - Wound Healing N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JHASE C2 - 8770749 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Elliot, D.; North-East Thames Regional Plastic Surgery Unit, St Andrew's Hospital, Billericay, Essex, United Kingdom N1 - References: Atasoy, Ioakimidis, Kasdan, Kutz, Kleinert, Reconstruction of the amputated finger tip with a triangular volar flap (1970) Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, 52 A (5), pp. 921-926; Evans, Martin, Step-advancement island flap for fingertip reconstruction (1988) British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 41 (2), pp. 105-111; Ishikawa, Ogawa, Soeda, Yoshida, A new classification of the amputated level for the distal part of the finger (1990) Journal of the Japan Society of Reconstructive Microsurgery, 3, p. 54; Lee, Lau, Chan, A simple and efficient treatment for fingertip injuries (1995) British Journal of Hand Surgery, 20 B (1), pp. 63-71; Lister, (1984) The Hand: Diagnosis and Indications, pp. 85-87. , (including illustrations from Tranquilli-Leali's original paper), Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Lister, (1984) The Hand: Diagnosis and Indications, pp. 120-123. , (including illustrations from Tranquilli-Leali's original paper), Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Lister, Advancement flaps (1991) Fingertip and Nailbed Injuries, pp. 52-61. , (including a complete translation of Transquilli-Leali's original paper into English), G. Foucher, Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Mennen, Wiese, Fingertip injuries management with semiocclusive dressings (1993) Journal of Hand Surgery, 18 B (4), pp. 416-422; Ogo, Does the nail bed really regenerate? (1987) Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 80 (3), pp. 445-447. , (see also letter pertaining to this paper—Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, June 1988); Schuind, Van Genechten, Denuit, Merle, Foucher, Le lambeau en îlot homodactyle en chirurgie de la main: A propos de soixante cas (1985) Annales de Chirurgie de la Main, 4 (4), pp. 306-316; Segmüller, Modifikation des Kutler-Lappens: Neurovaskuläre Stielung (1976) Handchirurgie, 8, pp. 75-76; Tranquilli-Leali, Ricostruzione dell'apice delle falangi ungueali mediante autoplastica volare peduncolata per scorrimento (1935) Infort. Traum. Lavaro, 1, pp. 186-193; Venkataswami, Subramanian, Oblique triangular flap: A new method of repair for oblique amputations of the fingertip and thumb (1980) Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 66 (2), pp. 296-300; Verdan, Egloff, Fingertip injuries (1981) Surgical Clinics of North America, 61 (2), pp. 237-266 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029623103&doi=10.1016%2fS0266-7681%2895%2980055-7&partnerID=40&md5=1b9654211f31dd3c8a44cf126c34cd2a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Reproductive histories of coastal and inland women with and without exposure to methylmercury in Kumamoto T2 - Japanese Journal of Hygiene J2 - JPN. J. HYG. VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 861 EP - 866 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1265/jjh.50.861 SN - 00215082 (ISSN) AU - Inaoka, T. AU - Nagano, M. AD - Department of Public Health, Kumamoto University Sch. of Medicine, 2 2 1 Honjo, Kumamoto 860, Japan AB - To examine the difference in abnormal conception by region and generation and its possible causes in the town of Tsunagi, which experienced intensive methylmercury-pollution during the 1950s and 1960s, reproductive histories of 109 women in 3 coastal villages and 64 controls in 5 inland villages were obtained by visit- and interview-study in 1991. There were about 290 married women in respective regions. The subjects were divided into 4 age groups to form 10-year-birth cohorts from 1915 to 1954. The rate of sterility and those who had never become pregnant after marriage, did not differ between coastal (7.3%) and inland women (6.3%). The younger the birth cohort, the smaller the total number of conceptions. The rate of abnormal conception, i.e., abnormal conception (abortion + stillbirth) per normal conceptions (total number of conceptions number of artificial abortions), in the coastal women tended to increase after the 1960s with its peak (19%) in 1965-70. The rate in the inland women was already as high as 15% in 1945-50, and was constantly above 10% afterwards. However, it did not differ between the two groups during 1950-1970, when severe methylmercury-pollution occurred in the area. Breakdown of the abnormal conceptions in the inland women showed 4 stillbirths and 19 abortions, among the latter of which 16 were related to climbing up and down the hills to fetch water, hard agricultural work and agitation. The abnormal conceptions in the coastal women showed 3 stillbirths and 19 abortions. Sixteen of the latter were not related to any specific physical causes. KW - Abnormal conception KW - Methylmercury-pollution KW - Reproductive histories KW - methylmercury KW - abortion KW - article KW - conception KW - controlled study KW - demography KW - human KW - Japan KW - major clinical study KW - mercurialism KW - physical stress KW - seashore KW - stillbirth PB - Japanese Society for Hygiene N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NEZAA C2 - 8538059 LA - Japanese N1 - Correspondence Address: Inaoka, T.; Department of Public Health, Kumamoto University Sch. of Medicine, 2 2 1 Honjo, Kumamoto 860, Japan N1 - Chemicals/CAS: methylmercury, 16056-34-1, 593-74-8 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028841518&doi=10.1265%2fjjh.50.861&partnerID=40&md5=7ae4b4efdea5183c4bdedbc168925951 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Complications and survival of 315 patients with malignant-phase hypertension T2 - Journal of Hypertension J2 - J. Hypertens. VL - 13 IS - 8 SP - 915 EP - 924 PY - 1995 SN - 02636352 (ISSN) AU - Lip, G.Y.H. AU - Beevers, M. AU - Gareth Beevers, D. AD - University Department of Medicine, City Hospital, Birmingham, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To investigate the factors affecting survival in patients with malignant hypertension by analysing the prognosis of all of the patients referred to the City Hospital, Birmingham, with malignant hypertension since 1965. Results: We identified 315 patients with malignant hypertension (211 men, 104 women; mean age±SD 49.41±2.7 years). Of those patients, 219 were Caucasian, 55 were black and 41 were Asian. Black patients had greater renal impairment and higher blood pressures at presentation. After a median follow-up period of 33 months (range 1-389), 126 patients (40.0%) were still alive, 126 patients (40.0%) were dead, 10 patients (3.2%) were receiving chronic haemodialysis and 53 patients (16.8%) were lost to follow-up. Mean follow-up blood pressures in the patients who died were significantly higher than in those who lived. Median survival times for Caucasian, black and Asian patients were 121.0, 30.4 and 107.5 months, respectively, with the lowest survival time being that of black patients. There was a lower median survival time among patients with proteinuria and high serum urea (>10mmol/l) and creatinine (>200 µmol/l) levels at presentation and if left ventricular hypertrophy was detected on the electrocardiogram, but there was no difference in median survival time between those with and without haematuria, nor between non-smokers and current or former smokers. The most common causes of death were renal failure (39.7%), stroke (23.8%), myocardial infarction (11.1%) and heart failure (10.3%). Median survival times for the patients who presented before 1970, during 1970-1979 and during 1980-1989 were 39.2, 68.6 and 144.0+ months, respectively, demonstrating an improved survival time for the patients who were diagnosed after 1980. Using multivariate Cox’s proportional hazards analyses, the duration of known hypertension and serum urea level at presentation were found to be the main predictors of survival. Conclusion: Malignant hypertension remains a disease with a poor overall prognosis, namely progression to death or chronic renal haemodialysis. The prognosis has improved with recent advances in therapy, with a 5-year survival of 74% of patients. The poor outlook for black patients could be explained by their late presentation with severe hypertension and the higher prevalence of renal impairment in this group. © Lippincott-Raven Publishers. KW - Malignant hypertension KW - Survival KW - creatinine KW - urea KW - adult KW - article KW - blood pressure measurement KW - caucasian KW - cause of death KW - creatinine blood level KW - disease duration KW - ethnic group KW - female KW - follow up KW - heart failure KW - heart infarction KW - heart left ventricle hypertrophy KW - hematuria KW - hemodialysis KW - human KW - kidney disease KW - kidney failure KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - malignant hypertension KW - mortality KW - negro KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - proteinuria KW - smoking KW - stroke KW - survival time KW - united kingdom KW - urea blood level KW - Adult KW - Antihypertensive Agents KW - Electrocardiography KW - Female KW - Human KW - Hypertension, Malignant KW - Kidney KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Proportional Hazards Models KW - Proteinuria KW - Racial Stocks KW - Radiography, Thoracic KW - Retinal Diseases KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :115 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8557970 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lip, G.Y.H.; University Department of Medicine, City Hospital, Dudley Road, Birmingham, B18 7QH, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antihypertensive Agents N1 - References: Keith, N.M., Wagener, H.P., Barker, N.W., Some different types of essential hypertension: Their course and prognosis (1939) Am J Med Sci, 196, pp. 332-339; Leishman, A., Hypertension — treated and untreated: A study of 400 cases (1959) BMJ, 1, pp. 1361-1363; Clough, C.G., Beevers, D.G., Beevers, M., The survival of malignant hypertension in blacks, whites and Asians in Britain (1990) J Hum Hypertens, 4, pp. 94-96; Kincaid-Smith, P., Malignant hypertension (1991) J Hypertens, 9, pp. 893-899; Ahmed, M., Walker, J.M., Beevers, D.G., Beevers, M., Lack of difference betwen malignant and accelerated hypertension (1986) BMJ, 292, pp. 235-237; McGregor, E., Isles, C.G., Jay, J.L., Lever, A.F., Murray, G.D., Retinal changes in malignant hypertension (1986) BMJ, 292, pp. 233-234; Guelpa, G., Luesko, M., Chaignon, M., Guedon, J., Malignant arterial hypertension, symptomatic and prognostic aspect. Retrospective study of 140 observations [in French] (1984) Schweiz Med Wochenschr, 114, pp. 1870-1877; Gudbrandsson, T., Hansson, L., Herlitz, H., Ren, L., Malignant hypertension. Improving prognosis in a rare disease (1979) Acta Med Scand, 206, pp. 495-499; Webster, J., Petrie, J.C., Jeffers, T.A., Lovell, H.G., Accelerated hypertension — patterns of mortality and clinical factors affecting outcome in treated patients (1993) Q J Med, 86, pp. 485-493; Lip, G., Beevers, M., Beevers, D.G., The failure of malignant hypertension to decline: A survey of 24 years’ experience (1994) J Hypertens, 12, pp. 1297-1305; Norusis, M.J., (1990) SPSS Advanced Statistics User’s Guide, , Chicago: SPSS Inc; (1990) EGRET, , Seattle: Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corporation; Sokolow, M., Lyon, T.P., The ventricular complex in left ventricular hypertrophy as observed by unipolar and limb leads (1949) Am Heart J, 37, pp. 161-186; Kincaid Smith, P., What has happened to malignant hypertension? (1985) Handbook of Hypertension, pp. 255-265. , Bulpitt CJ. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Jhetam, D., Dansey, R., Morar, C., Milne, F.J., The malignant phase of essential hypertension in Johannesburg blacks (1982) Sair Med J, 61, pp. 899-902; Veriava, Y., Du Toit, E., Lawley, C.G., Milne, F.J., Reinach, S.G., Hypertension as a cause of end-stage renal failure in South Africa (1990) J Hum Hypertens, 4, pp. 379-383; Hood, B., Orndahl, G., Djork, S., Survival and mortality in malignant (Grade IV) and grade III hypertension (1970) Acta Med Scand, 187, pp. 291-302; Kawazoe, N., Eto, T., Abe, I., Takishita, S., Ueno, M., Kobayashi, K., Long-term prognosis of malignant hypertension; difference between underlying diseases such as essential hypertension and chronic glomerulonephritis (1988) Clin Nephrol, 29, pp. 53-57; Materson, B.J., Reda, D.J., Cushman, W.C., Massie, B.M., Freis, E.D., Kochar, M.S., Single-drug therapy for hypertension in men. A comparison of six antihypertensive agents with placebo (1993) N Engl J Med, 328, pp. 914-921; Saunders, E., Weir, M.R., Kong, B.W., Hollifield, J., Gray, J., Vertes, V., A comparison of the efficacy and safety of a β-blocker, a calcium-channel blocker and a converting enzyme inhibitor in hypertensive blacks (1990) Arch Intern Med, 150, pp. 1707-1713; Isles, C., Brown, J.J., Cumming, A., Lever, A.F., McAreavey, D., Robertson, J., Excess smoking in malignant-phase hypertension (1979) BMJ, 1, pp. 579-581; Breckenridge, A.M., Dollery, C.T., Parry, E.H., Prognosis of treated hypertension. Changes in life expectancy and causes of death between 1952and 1967 (1970) Q J Med, 39, pp. 129-411; Yu, S.H., Whitworth, J.A., Kincard-Smith, P.S., Malignant hypertension: Aetiology and outcome in 83 patients (1986) Clin Exp Hypertens [A], 8, pp. 1211-1230; Guerin, C., Gonthier, R., Berthoux, F.C., Long-term prognosis in malignant or accelerated hypertension (1988) Nephrol Dial Transplant, 3, pp. 33-37; Pohl, J., Thurston, H., Swales, J.D., Hypertension with renal impairment: Influence of intensive therapy (1974) Q J Med, 43, pp. 569-581; Lawton, W.J., The short term course of renal function in malignant hypertensives with renal insufficiency (1982) Clin Nephrol, 17, pp. 277-283; Herlitz, H., Gudbrandsson, T., Hansson, L., Renal function as an indicator of prognosis in malignant essential hypertension (1982) Scand) Urol Nephrol, 16, pp. 51-55; Isles, C.G., Malignant hypertension and hypertensive encephalopathy (1994) Textbook of Hypertension, pp. 1233-1248. , Swales JD. Oxford: Churchill Livingstone; Lip, G., Gammage, M.D., Beevers, D.G., Hypertension and the heart (1994) Br Med Bull, 50, pp. 299-321; Bloxham, C.A., Beevers, D.G., Walker, J.M., Malignant hypertension and cigarette smoking (1979) BMJ, 1, pp. 581-583; George, L.M., Maddock, K., Accuracy of hospital activity notifications for infectious diseases (1979) BMJ, 1, pp. 1332-1339 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029089765&partnerID=40&md5=045f8396414ac5ff9626952693eb31ab ER - TY - JOUR TI - Reliability of visual acuity measurements and screening under Field conditions T2 - Ophthalmic Epidemiology J2 - Ophthalmic Epidemiol. VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 99 EP - 106 PY - 1995 DO - 10.3109/09286589509057089 SN - 09286586 (ISSN) AU - Hawkins, B.S. AD - The Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute and Department of Epidemiology, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, United States AB - Purpose: The purpose of this analysis was to investigate the reliability of visual acuity screening and measurements made under field conditions when standardization of all test conditions is not possible. Setting and Methods: In the Washington County Follow-Up Eye Study conducted in 1985 among cases of ocular histoplasmosis and controls from the same community who had been selected in 1970, a primary goal was to obtain a current visual acuity measurement of each eye of each participant in order to assess 15-year changes in visual acuity. Both visual acuity screening and measurement were accomplished on two separate occasions and in two separate locations (home or workplace and clinic) for 308 eyes and 317 eyes, respectively, of 161 participants. Screening was used to classify the visual acuity as 20/40 or better, worse than 20/40 but at least 20/160, or worse than 20/160. Screening and measurement were accomplished on at least one occasion for the eyes of 192 of 216 eligible individuals. Results: Among 308 eyes screened twice, 289 (94%were classified identically (k̂equals;=0.80). Among 317 eyes with visual acuity measured on two occasions, the measurements were within two lines for 305 eyes (96%; k̂ = 0.50). Among eyes for which classifications of visual acuity from screening and measurement could be compared, 325 (96%of 340 assessed at home and 326 (96%of 338 assessed in clinic were classified in the same way (k̂ = 0.86 and 0.88, respectively). Conclusion: Despite the unavoidable lack of standardization of test conditions when visual acuity was screened and measured in the home or workplace, the results were highly reliable when compared with visual acuity testing in the clinic under standard conditions. © 1995 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Field studies KW - Reliability KW - Visual acuity KW - Washington County Follow-Up Eye Study KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - eye infection KW - follow up KW - histoplasmosis KW - human KW - pathophysiology KW - physiology KW - reproducibility KW - United States KW - vision test KW - visual acuity KW - visual disorder KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Eye Infections, Fungal KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Histoplasmosis KW - Human KW - Maryland KW - Middle Age KW - Reproducibility of Results KW - Vision Disorders KW - Vision Tests KW - Visual Acuity PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OPEPF C2 - 7585241 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hawkins, B.S.; Clinical Trials and Biometry, 550 N. Broadway, Baltimore, MD 21205, United States N1 - References: Klein, R., Klein, B.E.K., Moss, S.E., DeMets, D., Inter-observer variation in refraction and visual acuity measurement using a standardized protocol (1983) Ophthalmology, 90, pp. 1357-1359; Blackhurst, D.W., Maguire, M.G., Reproducibility of refraction and visual acuity measurement under a standard protocol (1989) Retina, 9 (3), pp. 163-169. , Macular Photocoagulation Study Group; Klein, R., Klein, B.E.K., Linton, D.L.P., DeMets, D.L., The Beaver Dam Eye Study: Visual acuity (1991) Ophthalmology, 93 (8), pp. 1310-1315; Hawkins, B.S., Ganley, J.P., Risk of visual acuity impairment attributable to ocular histoplasmosis (1994) Arch Ophthalmol, 112, pp. 655-666; Ganley, J.P., Epidemiologic characteristics of presumed ocular histoplasmosis (1973) Acta Ophthalmologica, (119), pp. 1-63; Ederer, F., Krueger, D.E., Mowery, R.L., Connett, J., Wentworth, D., Lessons from the Visual Acuity Impairment Survey pilot study (1986) Am J Publ Health, 76 (2), pp. 160-165 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029317765&doi=10.3109%2f09286589509057089&partnerID=40&md5=6b49cc96cd8799fc38f5ea4023031a52 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sclerosing mediastinitis: A report on 18 cases T2 - Thorax J2 - THORAX VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 283 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1136/thx.50.3.280 SN - 00406376 (ISSN) AU - Mole, T.M. AU - Glover, J. AU - Sheppard, M.N. AD - Department of Pathology, Royal Brompton Nat. Heart/Long Hosp., London SW3 6NP, United Kingdom AB - Background - Sclerosing mediastinitis is a rare condition which causes dense fibrosis of the mediastinum. Few large studies have been reported to date. The clinical and pathological features of cases have been studied in a specialist referral centre in the UK. Methods - The pathological files of the Royal Brompton Hospital were examined and 18 cases of sclerosing mediastinitis were identified between 1970 and 1993. The clinical notes were obtained and the pathological specimens analysed. Results - There were 12 men and six women of age range 9-64 years. Twelve patients presented with shortness of breath, six had haemoptysis, three had hoarseness, four had pleuritic chest pain, three general weakness, two had dysphagia, and one was asymptomatic. Nine patients had a previous history of pulmonary tuberculosis. Two had autoimmune disease - one rheumatoid arthritis and the other systemic lupus erythematosus. There were three cases of previous malignancy - two undifferentiated carcinoma of the lung and the other Hodgkin's disease. Serological tests revealed only one positive reaction to Histoplasma. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate and serum immunoglobulins were raised in nine patients. Diagnosis was usually by thoracotomy with biopsy. All cases had fibrosis and chronic inflammation with no active granulomas. No infective organisms or positive cultures were obtained in any case. Ten of the 18 cases are alive up to 15 years after diagnosis, with only two deaths and six lost to follow up. Conclusions - Sclerosing mediastinitis is a slowly progressive condition associated with previous tuberculosis, mediastinal malignancy, and autoimmune disease. The outlook is excellent for those cases without underlying malignancy. KW - autoimmune disease KW - histoplasmosis KW - sclerosing mediastinitis KW - tuberculosis KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - autoimmunity KW - clinical article KW - clinical feature KW - computer assisted tomography KW - etiology KW - female KW - fibrosis KW - follow up KW - histoplasmosis KW - human KW - male KW - mediastinitis KW - mediastinum cancer KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - sclerosis KW - tuberculosis PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :67 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: THORA C2 - 7660343 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sheppard, N.; Department of Pathology, Royal Brompton Nat. Heart/Long Hosp., London SW3 6NP, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028897472&doi=10.1136%2fthx.50.3.280&partnerID=40&md5=d37a2f1dc8d3c728829171c6bce0eb95 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Timing of first fillings on different permanent tooth surfaces in finnish schoolchildren T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 53 IS - 5 SP - 287 EP - 292 PY - 1995 DO - 10.3109/00016359509005989 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Virtanen, J.I. AU - Larmas, M.A. AD - Department of Preventive Dentistry and Cariology, Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, Oulu, Finland AB - The timing of the placement of first fillings because of caries on different permanent tooth surfaces was determined at three health centers in Finland. The 927 subjects analyzed were born either in 1970-71 or in 1980-81. Basically, two different types of filling placement site were identified: 1) fissures and pits and 2) proximal and smooth surfaces. In some fissures and pits a 'post-eruptive step'mdash;that is, fillings placed in the year of emergence-was observed. This step had decreased markedly in the cohort born in 1980-81. The curves plateaued (retardation phase) at 50-60% for the occlusal surfaces in first molars for the children born in 1970-71 and at 20-30% for the younger cohort. The time without any filling varied from 1 to 7 years on smooth surfaces, and some surfaces remained totally filling-free. The filling placement curves followed the pattern of caries attack and can thus be used as an indicator of dental health. © 1995 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Filling KW - Permanent tooth surface KW - adolescent KW - article KW - child KW - clinical trial KW - cohort analysis KW - dental caries KW - dental surgery KW - female KW - Finland KW - health KW - health survey KW - human KW - incisor KW - male KW - molar tooth KW - multicenter study KW - time KW - tooth KW - tooth eruption KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dental Caries KW - Dental Fissures KW - Dental Restoration, Permanent KW - DMF Index KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Incisor KW - Male KW - Molar KW - Rural Health KW - Time Factors KW - Tooth KW - Tooth Eruption PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 8553804 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Virtanen, J.I.; Institute of Dentistry, University of Oulu, Aapistie 3, SF-90220, Oulu, Finland N1 - References: Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Larmas, M.A., Timing of eruption of permanent teeth: Standard Finnish patient documents (1994) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 22, pp. 286-288; Larmas, M.A., Virtanen, J.I., Bloigu, R.S., Timing of first restorations in permanent teeth: A new system for oral health determination (1995) J Dent, , In press; National Board of Health (1993) Oral health in Finland 1991. Stakes reports 115, , Stakes, Helsinki; SAS Institute Inc. (1988) SAS® language guide for personal computers, release 6.03 edition, , SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC; Gardner, M.J., Altman, D.G., (1989) Statistics with confidence: Confidence intervals and statistical guidelines, , British Medical Journal, London; Gahnberg, L., Birring, E., Kullander, K., Ganea, I., Asp, E., Evaluation of manifest radiographie dental caries has changed in 5 years. Fewer approximal lesions are recorded (1993) Adv Dent Res, 7, p. 225; Heidmann, J., Holund, U., Poulsen, S., Changing criteria for restorative treatment of approximal caries over a 10-year period (1987) Caries Res, 21, pp. 460-463; Nordblad, A., Larmas, M., Caries and fillings in the permanent dentition of cohorts of schoolchildren in Espoo Finland (1986) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 14, pp. 271-273; Gordon, M., Newbrun, E., Comparison of trends in the prevalence of caries and restorations in young adult populations of several countries (1986) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 14, pp. 104-109; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (1981) The prevalence of dental caries in United States children, the national dental caries prevalence survey, , NIH, Bethesda, MD NIH Publication No. 82–2245; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (1988) Oral health of United States children, national and regional findings, , NIH, Bethesda, MD NIH Publication No. 89–2247; Pitts, N.B., Five-year longitudinal study of restorative treatment received by Scottish children (1991) Br Dent J, 171, pp. 275-279; Pitts, N.B., Davies, J.A., The Scottish Health Boards' dental epidemiological programme: Initial surveys of 5- and 12-year-olds (1992) Br Dent J, 172, pp. 408-413; Li, S.H., Kingman, A., Forthofer, Swango, P., Comparison of tooth surface-specific dental caries attack patterns in US schoolchildren from two national surveys (1993) J Dent Res, 72, pp. 1398-1405; McDonald, S.P., Sheiham, A., The distribution of caries on different tooth surfaces at varying levels of caries—a compilation of data from 18 previous studies (1992) Community Dent Health, 9, pp. 39-48; Ripa, L.W., Leske, G.S., Sposato, A., The surface-specific caries pattern of participants in a school-based fluoride mouthrinsing program with implications for the use of sealants (1985) J Public Health Dent, 45, pp. 90-94; Ripa, L.W., Leske, G.S., Varma, A.O., Longitudinal study of the caries susceptibility of occlusal and proximal surfaces of first permanent molars (1988) J Public Health Dent, 48, pp. 8-13; Bille, J., Hesselgren, K., Thylstrup, A., Dental caries in Danish 7–11 and 13-year-old children in 1963 1972 and 1981 (1986) Caries Res, 20, pp. 534-542; Von Der Fehr, F.R., Epidemiology of dental caries (1986) Textbook of cariology, pp. 266-285. , A Thylstrup, O Fejerskov. Munksgaard, Copenhagen; Fukada, H., Yanagisawa, M., Araki, Y., Hirata, J., Takada, O., Goto, O., Studies on the caries susceptibility of first molars (1982) J Nihon Univ Sch Dent, 24, pp. 35-55; Vehkalahti, M.M., Solavaara, L., Rytömaa, I., An eight-year follow-up of the occlusal surfaces of first permanent molars (1991) J Dent Res, 70, pp. 1064-1067 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029384470&doi=10.3109%2f00016359509005989&partnerID=40&md5=01536017689c61c16dbf9781d341a2bc ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood and adolescent cancer in Spain: Mortality time trends 1956-1990 T2 - European Journal of Cancer J2 - Eur. J. Cancer VL - 31 IS - 11 SP - 1811 EP - 1821 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1016/0959-8049(95)00427-K SN - 09598049 (ISSN) AU - Pollán, M. AU - López-Abente, G. AU - Ruiz-Tovar, M. AU - de Aragón, M.V.M. AD - Cancer Epidemiology Unit, National Centre of Epidemiology, Carlos III Institute of Health, Sinesio Delgado 6, 28029 Madrid, Spain AD - Mortality Statistics Unit, National Centre of Epidemiology, Carlos III Institute of Health, Sinesio Delgado 6, 28029 Madrid, Spain AB - Using log-linear Poisson modelling, trends in childhood cancer mortality among the population under 20 years of age in Spain are described over the 35-year period from 1956 to 1990. Overall cancer mortality and seven specific sites were considered: all leukaemias, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, malignant brain tumours, kidney cancer, malignant bone neoplasms, and a broad category of ill-defined tumours. An age-period-cohort model was used to analyse the influence of age, period of death and birth cohort. Recent trends were estimated by restricting analysis to the last three 5-year periods. In general, mortality began to decline at the beginning of the 1970s, with reductions of 36% in males and 45% in females being registered between 1966-1970 and 1986-1990. The use of age-period-cohort models revealed an initially rising period effect attributable to diagnostic advances. The decline in mortality in post-1965 generations and the final downturn in the period effect are both most certainly a consequence of the remarkable progress achieved in the treatment of such tumours. During the final 15 years, there was a relative decline in mortality of approximately 20% every 5 years. However, in the case of malignant renal tumours in males and malignant bone tumours and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas in both sexes the situation remained stable. © 1995. KW - age-period-cohort models KW - childhood mortality KW - mortality trends KW - Poisson models KW - adolescent KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - child KW - childhood cancer KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - spain KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Bone Neoplasms KW - Brain Neoplasms KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Effect KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Kidney Neoplasms KW - Leukemia KW - Lymphoma KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Sex Factors KW - Spain KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCAE C2 - 8541106 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pollán, M.; Cancer Epidemiology Unit, National Centre of Epidemiology, Carlos III Institute of Health, Sinesio Delgado 6, 28029 Madrid, Spain N1 - References: West, Childhood cancer mortality: international comparisons, 1955–1974 (1984) World Health Stat Q, 37, pp. 98-127; Breslow, Langholz, Childhood cancer incidence: geographical and temporal variations (1983) Int J Cancer, 32, pp. 703-716; Greenberg, Shuster, Epidemiology of cancer in children (1985) Epidemiol Rev, 7, pp. 22-48; Levi, La Vecchia, Lucchini, Negri, Boyle, Patterns of childhood cancer incidence and mortality in Europe (1992) Eur J Cancer, 28 A, pp. 2028-2049; Mosso, Colombo, Giordano, Pastore, Terracini, Magnani, Childhood cancer registry of the province of Torino, Italy. Survival, incidence and mortality over 20 years (1992) Cancer, 69, pp. 1300-1306; Barnard, Bernard-Couteret, Coste, Childhood cancer incidence in the south-east of France a report of the Provence-Alpes-Côte d'Azur and Corsica Regions Pediatrie Cancer Registry 1984–1991 (1993) European Journal of Cancer, 29 A, pp. 2284-2291; Birch, Marsden, Swindell, Incidence of malignant disease in childhood: a 24-year review of the Manchester children's tumour registry data (1980) Br J Cancer, 42, pp. 215-223; Blair, Birch, Patterns and temporal trends in the incidence of malignant disease in children: I. Leukaemia and Lymphoma (1994) Eur J Cancer, 30 A, pp. 1490-1498; Blair, Birch, Patterns and temporal trends in the incidence of malignant disease in children II Solid tumours of childhood (1994) European Journal of Cancer, 30 A, pp. 1498-1511; de Nully Brown, Hertz, Olsen, Yssing, Scheibel, Jensen, Incidence of childhood cancer in Denmark 1943–1984 (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 546-555; Austin, Kolcova, Wotke, Epidemiological aspects of childhood cancer incidence in Czech regions (1989) Neoplasma, 36, pp. 387-392; Young, Ries, Silverbeg, Horm, Miller, Cancer incidence, survival and mortality for children younger than age 15 years (1986) Cancer, 58, pp. 598-602; van Hoff, Schymura, McCrea Curnen, Trends in the incidence of childhood and adolescent cancer in Connecticut, 1935–1979 (1988) Med Pediat Oncol, 16, pp. 78-87; Bleyer, What can be learned about childhood cancer from “Cancer Statistics Review 1973–1988” (1993) Cancer, 71, pp. 3229-3236; Martos, Olsen, Childhood cancer mortality in the European Community 1950–1989 (1993) European Journal of Cancer, 29 A, pp. 1783-1789; La Vecchia, Decarli, Decline of childhood cancer mortality in Italy, 1955–1980 (1988) Oncology, 45, pp. 93-97; Levi, La Vecchia, Childhood cancer in Switzerland: mortality from 1951 to 1984 (1988) Oncology, 45, pp. 313-317; Miller, McKay, Decline in US childhood cancer mortality 1950 through 1980 (1984) J Am Med Assoc, 251, pp. 1567-1570; Parkin, Nectoux, Stiller, Draper, L'incidence des cancers de l'enfant dans le monde (1989) Pediatrie, 44, pp. 725-736; Gardner, Osmond, Interpretation of time trends in disease rates in the presence of generation effects (1984) Stat Med, 3, pp. 113-130; Clayton, Schifflers, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, Schifflers, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Holford, Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Annu Rev Publ Health, 12, pp. 425-457; Holford, Analysing the temporal effects of age, period and cohort (1992) Statist Meth Med Res, 1, pp. 317-337; Aickin, Dunn, Flood, Estimation of population denominators for public health studies at the tract, gender and age-specific level (1991) Am J Publ Health, 81, pp. 918-920; Day, Cumulative rate and cumulative risk (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, , 4th edn., J Watherhouse, C Muir, K Shanmugaratan, J Powell, IARC Sci. Publ. No. 42; Breslow, Extra-Poisson variation in log-linear models (1984) Appl Statist, 33, pp. 38-44; Bennet, An extension of Williams' method for overdispersion models (1988) GLIM Newsletter, 17, pp. 12-18; Martínez de Aragón, Llácer, Marín, Martínez, (1995) Mortalidad en España 1989: Situación en el marco de la Unión Europea, , Instituto de Salud Carlos III, in press; Adami, Glimelius, Sparén, Homberg, Krusemo, Pontén, Trends in childhood and adolescent cancer survival in Sweden 1960 through 1984 (1992) Acta Oncológica, 31, pp. 1-10; Stiller, Bunch, Trends in survival for childhood cancer in Britain diagnosed 1971–1985 (1990) Br J Cancer, 62, pp. 806-815; Bleyer, The impact of childhood cancer on the United States and the world (1990) CA—A Cancer J Clinicians, 40, pp. 355-367; Registro Nacional de Tumores Infantiles, (1992) Estadísticas básicas 3 (1980–1990). Supervivencia 1980–1989, , Generalitat Valenciana, Valencia; Lannering, Marky, Nordborg, Brain tumors in childhood and adolescence in west Sweden dy]1970–1984: epidemiology and survival (1990) Cancer, 66, pp. 604-609; Bunin, Racial patterns of childhood brain cancer by histologie type (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 78, pp. 875-880; Ruiz-Tovar, Pedro-Cuesta, Pollán, López-Abente, Timetrend analysis of mortality from malignant tumors of the nervous system in Spain, 1952–1986 (1995) J Neurol Sci, 131, pp. 15-20; Ministerio de Sanidad y Consumo, (1993) Cancer en Espana, , Ministerio de Sanidad y Consumo, Madrid; Roush, Schymura, Holford, Time period compared to birth cohort in Connecticut incidence rates for twenty-five malignant neoplasms (1985) J Natl Cancer Inst, 74, pp. 779-788; Osmond, Gardner, Adelstein, (1983) Trends in cancer mortality 1951–1980. Analyses by period of birth and death, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Decarli, La Vecchia, Cislaghi, Fasoli, Mezzanotte, Negri, (1986) La moralità per tumori in Italia 1955–1979. Effetti dell'età della generazione di nascita e del periodo di morte, , Lega italiana per la latta contro i tumori, Milan; López-abente, Pollán, Ruiz, Jiménez, Vázquez, (1992) Cancer mortality in Spain, 1952–1986. Effect of age, birth cohort and period of death, , Centro Nacional de Epidemiologfa, Madrid UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028784501&doi=10.1016%2f0959-8049%2895%2900427-K&partnerID=40&md5=9caa431f0c9d6423eaa0473286bce757 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: Clinical features, complications and management in children T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 82 IS - 6 SP - 757 EP - 761 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800820615 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Samuel, M. AU - Spitz, L. AD - Department of Paediatric Surgery, Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, London, United Kingdom AB - Clinical features and management of 47 children with Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome treated since 1970 were reviewed. Haemangiomas and soft tissue and/or skeletal hypertrophy were present in all 47 patients; venous varicosities developed in 37 (79 per cent). There was no clinical evidence of macrofistulous arteriovenous communications in any patient. Thromboembolic episodes occurred in five children (11 per cent) and 25 (53 per cent) experienced thrombophlebitis. The Kasabach‐Merritt syndrome was observed in 21 (45 per cent) and six (13 per cent) presented with high‐output cardiac failure. Other manifestations included haematuria in five (11 per cent), rectal or colonic haemorrhage in six (13 per cent), and vaginal, vulval or penile bleeding in six (13 per cent) children with visceral and pelvic haemangiomas. In 26 patients (55 per cent) symptomatic treatment only was required. Surgery was undertaken in selected cases for complications of the haemangioma, for cosmetic reasons and for chronic venous insufficiency. Only one of four children who underwent resection of varicose veins improved. There was no death, but significant morbidity was associated with the treatment of Kasabach‐Merritt syndrome and high‐output cardiac failure. Copyright © 1995 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - angioosteohypertrophy syndrome KW - article KW - bleeding KW - chronic vein insufficiency KW - clinical article KW - clinical feature KW - disseminated intravascular clotting KW - female KW - hemangioma KW - hematuria KW - high output heart failure KW - human KW - infant KW - male KW - nevus KW - newborn KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - varicosis KW - Adolescent KW - Angiography KW - Bandages KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Klippel-Trenaunay-Weber Syndrome KW - Magnetic Resonance Angiography KW - Palliative Care KW - Phlebography N1 - Cited By :126 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7542989 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Samuel, M.; Department of Paediatric Surgery, Wessex Regional Centre for Paediatric Surgery, Southampton General Hospital, Tremona Road, Southampton, SO9 4XY, United Kingdom N1 - References: Klippel, M, Trenaunay, P, Du noevus variqueux osteohypertrophiques (1900) Archives of General Medicine (Paris), 185, pp. 641-672; Young, AE, Congenital mixed vascular deformities of the limbs and their associated lesions (1978) Birth Defects, 14, pp. 289-296; Baskerville, PA, Ackroyd, JS, Browse, NL, The etiology of the Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome (1985) Ann Surg, 202, pp. 624-627; Servelle, M, Klippel and Trenaunay's syndrome. 768 operated cases (1985) Ann Surg, 201, pp. 365-373; Lindenauer, SM, The Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: varicosity hypertrophy and hemangioma with no arteriovenous fistula (1965) Ann Surg, 162, pp. 303-314; Baskerville, PA, Ackroyd, JS, Lea, Browse, NL, The Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: clinical, radiological and haemodynamic features and management (1985) Br J Surg, 72, pp. 232-236; Szilagyi, DE, Smith, RF, Elliott, JP, Hageman, JH, Congenital arteriovenous anomalies of the limbs (1976) Arch Surg, 111, pp. 423-429; Kasabach, HH, Merritt, KK, Capillary hemangioma with extensive purpura: report of a case (1940) American Journal of Diseases of Children, 59, pp. 1063-1070; Stephan, MJ, Hall, BD, Smith, DW, Cohen, MM, Jr, Macrocephaly in association with unusual cutaneous angiomatosis (1975) J Pediatr, 87, pp. 353-359; Parkes‐Weber, F, Angioma‐formation in connection with hypertrophy of limbs and hemi‐hypertrophy (1907) Br J Dermatol, 19, pp. 231-235; Aelvoet, GE, Jorens, PG, Roelen, LM, Genetic aspects of the Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome (1992) Br J Dermatol, 126, pp. 603-607; Koch, G, Genetic aspects of the phakomatoses. (1972) The Phakomatoses. Handbook of Clinical Neurology, 14, pp. 488-561. , Vinken PJ, Bruyn GW, Amsterdam, North‐Holland; Esterly, NB, Vascular lesions. (1992) Nelson Text‐book of Pediatrics, pp. 1629-1633. , Behrman RE, 14th, edn., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, WB Saunders; Mulliken, JB, Glowacki, J, Hemangiomas and vascular malformations in infants and children: a classification based on endothelial characteristics (1982) Plast Reconstr Surg, 69, pp. 412-422; Dube, B, Pillai, PN, Singhal, GD, Khanna, NN, Blood coagulation studies in children with surface hemangiomas (1975) Int Surg, 60, pp. 524-525; Fishman, SJ, Mulliken, JB, Hemangiomas and vascular malformations of infancy and childhood (1993) Pediatr Clin North Am, 40, pp. 1177-1200; Azizkhan, RG, Life‐threatening hematochezia from a rectosigmoid vascular malformation in Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: long‐term palliation using an argon laser (1991) J Pediatr Surg, 26, pp. 1125-1127; Bartoshesky, LE, Bull, M, Feingold, M, Corticosteroid treatment of cutaneous hemangiomas: how effective? A report on 24 children (1978) Clin Pediatr (Phila), 17, pp. 629-638; Enjolras, O, Riche, MC, Merland, JJ, Escande, JP, Management of alarming hemangiomas in infancy: a review of 25 cases (1990) Pediatrics, 85, pp. 491-498; Gloviczki, P, Stanson, SW, Stickler, GB, Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: the risks and benefits of vascular interventions (1991) Surgery, 110, pp. 469-479; Browse, NL, Burnand, KG, The cause of venous ulceration (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 243-245; Plate, G, Brudin, L, Eklöf, B, Jensen, R, Ohlin, P, Physiologic and therapeutic aspects of congenital vein valve aplasia of the lower limb (1983) Ann Surg, 198, pp. 229-233; Corrigan, JJ, Jr, Coagulation inhibitors (1980) Am J Pediatr Hematol Oncol, 2, pp. 281-285 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029024631&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800820615&partnerID=40&md5=a6ba2818e870d01be8d5a3791d54019f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cancer survival in Sweden during three decades, 1961-1991 T2 - Acta Oncologica J2 - Acta Oncol. VL - 34 IS - 7 SP - 881 EP - 891 PY - 1995 DO - 10.3109/02841869509127200 SN - 0284186X (ISSN) AU - Stenbeck, M. AU - Rosén, M. AU - Holm, L.-E. AD - Centre For Epidemiology, The National Board of Health and Welfare, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Cancer survival in Sweden in 1961-1991 is presented as a comprehensive report from the Swedish Cancer Registry. The report shows both successes and failures, confirms some earlier published results and presents some new findings worth further analysis. Survival has increased for female breast cancer, malignant melanoma, cancers of the testis and thyroid gland, acute leukemia, and Hodgkin's disease. No improvements are found for multiple myeloma or cancers of the liver, gall bladder, and pancreas. Small increases are shown for colorectal cancer and cancers of the stomach, oesophagus, and kidney. Increases in postoperative survival are shown for sites dominated by histologically benign tumors, i.e., intracranial neurinoma, meningioma, and cancers of the endocrine glands such as parathyroid tumors. From 1970-1972 to 1980-1982 the 10-year relative survival rate (RSR) increased from 30% to 38% for males and from 44% to 51% for females. Hence, cancer survival for all cases combined has approached the survival of the general population somewhat. Most of the increases took place in the 1970's. Changes in the distribution of incidence towards cancer sites with better prognoses account for some 10-20% of the observed increases in RSR, whereas the aging of the cancer population reduces the upward trend in RSR for all cases combined by some 1-2% Cancer patients have poorer survival than the population long after 5 years of follow-up. They reach the survival of the population after about 8-12 years for colorectal cancer, 10 years for cervical cancer, 7-10 years for malignant melanoma, 13-18 years for kidney cancer, and more than 19 years for female breast and prostate cancer. For patients diagnosed in 1970-1972 this occurred 16 years after diagnosis at 29% for males and 43% for females when all cancer cases were combined. The extended time until 'statistical cure' for most cancer forms clearly indicates the need to augment the commonly used 5-year RSR with other outcome measures. If cancers on average are discovered earlier today, the 5-year RSR gives an exaggerated impression of the improvement over time. In this case the change in the 10-year RSR is a less biased criterion. ©1995 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer KW - cancer survival KW - child KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - male KW - newborn KW - priority journal KW - sweden KW - Age Factors KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Neoplasms KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Survival Analysis KW - Survival Rate KW - Sweden PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ACTOE C2 - 7492376 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Stenbeck, M.; Centre for Epidemiology, National Board of Health and Welfare, S-106 30, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Lundegårdh, G., Adami, H.-O., Malker, B., Gastric cancer survival in Sweden. Lack of improvement in 19 years (1986) Ann Surg, 204, pp. 546-551; Graf, W., Glimelius, B., Påhlman, L., Bergström, R., Determinants of prognosis in advanced colorectal cancer (1991) Eur J Cancer, 27, pp. 119-123; Adami, H.-O., Malker, B., Rutqvist, L.-E., Persson, I., Ries, L., Temporal trends in breast cancer survival in Sweden: Significant improvement in 20 years (1986) JNCI, 76, pp. 653-659; Adami, H.-O., Glimelius, B., Sparén, P., Holmberg, K.U.B., Pontén, J., Trends in childhood and adolescent cancer survival in Sweden 1960 through 1984 (1992) Acata Oncol, 31, pp. 1-10; Vågerö, D., Persson, G., Cancer survival and social class in Sweden (1987) J Epidemiol Community Health, 41, pp. 204-209; Rutqvist, L.E., (1983) On breast cancer incidence and survival. (Thesis), , Department of General Oncology, Radiumhemmet, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm; Osterman, B., Jonsson, H., Tavelin, B., Lenner, P., Non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma in northern Sweden: Prognostic factors and response to treatment (1993) Acta Oncol, 32, pp. 507-515; Adami, H.-O., Spaé, P., Bergström, R., Holmberg, L., Krusemo, U.B., Pontén, J., Increasing survival trend after cancer diagnosis in Sweden: 1960–1984 (1989) JNCI, 81, pp. 1640-1647; Cancer survival in Sweden in 1961–1991 (1995) Acta Oncol, 34 (4). , Stenbeck, M, Rosén M, editors; Cancer Registry of Norway (1975) Survival of cancer patients: Cases diagnosed in Norway 1953–1967, , Norwegian Cancer Society, Oslo; Cancer Registry of Norway (1980) Survival of cancer patients: Cases diagnosed in Norway 1968–1975, , Norwegian Cancer Registry, Oslo; Hakulinen, T., Pukkala, E., Hakama, M., Lehtonen, M., Saxén, E., Teppo, L., Survival of cancer patients in Finland in 1953–1974 (1981) Ann Clin Res, 13 (31); Carstensen, B., Storm, H.H., Schou, G., Survival of Danish cancer patients 1943–1987 (1993) APMIS, 101 (33); Berkson, J., Gage, R.P., Survival curve for cancer patients following treatment (1952) J Am Stat Ass, 47, pp. 501-515; Easson, E.C., Russell, M.H., (1968) The curability of cancer in various sites, , Pitman Medical Publishing Company Ltd, London; Mattson, B., Wallgren, A., Completeness of the Swedish Cancer Register. Non‐notified cancer cases on death certificates in 1978 (1984) Acta Radiol Oncol, 23, pp. 305-313; Cutler, S.J., Ederer, F., Maximum utilization of the life table method in analyzing survival (1958) J Chron Dis, 8, pp. 699-712; Ederer, F., Axtell, L.M., Cutler, S.J., (1961) The relative survival rate: A statistical methodology, , NCI Monograh No 6; Brinkley, D., Haybittle, J.L., the curability of breast cancer (1975) Lancet, 1, pp. 95-97; Aus, G., Hugosson, J., Norlén, L., Long‐term survival and mortality in prostate cancer treated with noncurative intention J Urol; Enblad, P., Adami, H.-O., Bergström, R., Glimelius, B., Krusemo, U.B., Påhlman, L., (1988) Improved survival of patients with cancers of the colon and rectum? JNCI, 80, pp. 586-591; Grönberg, H., Bergh, A., Damber, J.-E., Jonsson, H., Lenner, P., Ångström, T., Prostate cancer in Northern Sweden. Incidence, survival and mortality in relation to tumour grade (1994) Acta Oncol, 33, pp. 359-363; Adami, H.O., Bergström, R., Holmberg, L., Klareskog, L., Persson, I., Pontén, J., the effect of female sex hormones on cancer survival. A register‐based study in pateitns younger than 20, years at diagnosis (1990) JAMA, 263, pp. 2189-2193; Wiebelt, H., Hakulinen, T., (1991) Do women survive cancer more frequently than men? JNCI, 83, p. 579 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028791307&doi=10.3109%2f02841869509127200&partnerID=40&md5=cbfb2a0785bfe0e34008c08dbd68e35e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Change in Self-esteem Between Year 2 and Year 6: A longitudinal study T2 - Educational Psychology J2 - Educ. Psychol. VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 171 EP - 180 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1080/0144341950150206 SN - 01443410 (ISSN) AU - Davies, J. AU - Brember, I. AD - School of Education, University of Manchester, United Kingdom AB - All Year 2 children in six randomly selected primary schools within one Local Education Authority (LEA) comprised the sample to which the Lawseq self-esteem questionnaire was administered. Four years later, when they were Year 6, they completed the Lawseq again. A two-way analysis of variance with Sex and Occasions was carried out on the 12 individual items of the instrument and the total. There were no significant differences between occasions or sexes on the overall score, but there were significant differences between occasions on seven of the 12 items and between sexes on two items. On only one item was there a significant interaction between sexes and occasions. The mean for the total fell over the 4 years. The means for both occasions were considerably below the mean of 19.00 obtained when Lawrence standardised the test in 1981. Discussion centred on possible reasons for this, such as appropriacy of the instrument for the age-groups under study, stability of administration and changes within society and school. © 1995, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Davies, J.; School of Education, University of Manchester, Humanities Building, Oxford Road, Manchester, M13 9PL, United Kingdom N1 - References: Allport, B., (1937) Personality: a psychological interpretation, , (New York, Holt); Argyle, M., (1967) Psychology and Interpersonal Behaviour, , (London, Pelican); Barker, W., (1979) Child Health and Education Study, , Private Communication, University of Bristol; Barker-lunn, J.C., (1969) Streaming in the Primary School, , (Slough, NFER); Brownfain, J., Stability of the self-concept as a dimension of personality (1952) Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 47, pp. 597-606; Brookover, W.B., Thomas, S., Patterson, A., Self-concept of ability and schools achievement (1964) Sociology of Education, 37, pp. 271-279; Burns, R.B., (1973) Attitudes to Self and to Others, , Unpublished Ph.D, University of Manchester; Burns, R.B., Some implications of self-esteem for social influence (1979) Personality and Persuasibility, , (a), C. Howland & J. Janis (Eds), (New Haven, Yale University Press); Burns, R.B., (1979) The Self-concept Theory, Measurement, Development and Behaviour, , (b), (London, Longman); Burns, R.B., (1982) Self-concept Development and Education, , (London, Holt Rinehart); Campbell, J., Neill, S., (1994) Curriculum Reform at Key Stage 1. Teacher Commitment and Policy Failure, , (Harlow, Longman: ATL); Carrington, B., Tymms, B., Headteachers' perspectives on primary education policy: a national survey (1994) Teacher Education Reform: Current Research, pp. 209-218. , I. Read, H. Constable & P. Griffiths (Eds), (Longman, Paul Chapman); Coopersmith, S., (1967) The Antecedents of Self-esteem, , (San Francisco, Freeman); Cottle, T.J., Self-concept, ego ideal and the response to action (1965) Sociological and Social Research, 50, pp. 78-88; Diggory, J.C., (1966) Self-evaluation—Concepts and Studies, , (New York, Wiley); Ellerman, D.A., Self-regard of primary school children: some Australian data (1980) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 50, pp. 114-122; Gammage, P., (1986) Primary Education: structure and context, , (London, Harper-Row); Gorsuch, R.L., Heniglan, R.P., Barnard, C., Locus of control: an example of dangers in using children's scales with children (1972) Child Development, 43, p. 579; Gipps, C., National Curriculum Assessment: a research agenda (1992) British Journal of Educational Research, 18, pp. 277-287; Hamachek, D.E., (1987) Encounters with the Self, , (New York, Holt, Rhinehart and Winston); Hart, J.G., LAWSEQ: its relation to other measures of self-esteem and academic ability (1985) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 55, pp. 167-169; James, W., (1890) Principles of Psychology, , (New York, Holt); Jourard, S., Identification, parent-cathesis and self-esteem (1957) Journal of Consultative Psychology, 21, pp. 375-380; Katz, P., Zigler, E., Self-image disparity. A developmental approach (1967) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, pp. 180-195; Counselling of retarded readers (1971) Educational Research, 13, pp. 119-124; Lawrence, D., Counselling of retarded readers by non-professionals (1972) Educational Research, 15, pp. 48-51; Lawrence, D., (1973) Improved Reading through Counselling, , (London, Ward Lock); Lawrence, D., The development of a self-esteem questionnaire (1981) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 51, pp. 245-255; Lawrence, D., Improving self-esteem and reading (1985) Educational Research, 27, pp. 194-199; Lawrence, D., (1987) Enhancing Self-esteem in the Classroom, , (London, Harper & Row); Lawrence, E.A., Winschal, J.F., Self-concept and the retarded: research and issues (1973) Exceptional Children, 39, pp. 310-319; Markus, H., Cross, S., Wurf, E., The role of the self-esteem in competence (1990) Competence Considered, , J. Strenberg & J. Kolligan, Jr (Eds), (New Haven, Yale University Press); Metcalf, B.M.A., Self-concept and attitude to school (1981) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 51, pp. 66-76; Mortimore, P., Sammons, P., Stoll, L., Lewis, D., Ecob, R., (1988) School Matters, , (Wells, Open Books); Oppenheim, A.N., (1966) Questionnaire Design and Attitude Measurement, , (London, Heinemann); Piers, E.V., (1969) The Piers-Harris Children's Self-concept Scale, , (Counsellor Recordings and Tests); Piers, E., Harris, P., Age and other correlates of self-concept in children (1964) Journal of Educational Psychology, 55, pp. 91-95; Pollard, A., Broadfoot, P., Croll, P., Osborn, M., Abbot, D., (1994) Changing English Primary Schools? The Impact of the Education Reform Act at Key Stage One, , (London, Cassell); Purkey, W.W., (1970) Self-concept and School Achievement, , (New Jersey, Prentice Hall); Rogers, C., (1951) Client-centred Therapy, , (Boston, Houghton-Mifflin); Rosenthal, R., Jacobson, L., (1968) Pygmalion in the Classroom: teacher expectation and pupils' intellectual development, , (New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston); Schofield, W.M., (1980) Personal and Social Literature Review, , London: Assessment Performance Unit; Schweinhart, L.J., Weirhart, D.P., Larner, M.B., Consequences of three pre-school curriculum models (1986) Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 1, pp. 15-45; Smithers, A., Robinson, P., (1991) Teacher Turnover, , (Manchester, University of Manchester Press); Staines, J.W., The self picture as a factor in the classroom (1958) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 28, pp. 97-111; Thomas, J.B., (1973) Self-concept in Psychology and Education, , (London, NFER); Wells, L.E., Marwell, G., (1976) Self-esteem—Its Conceptualisation and Measurement, , (London, Sage); Williams, J.H., The relationship between self-concept and reading achievement in first grade children (1973) Journal of Educational Research, 66, pp. 378-380; Winer, B.J., (1971) Statistical Principles in Experimental Design, , 2nd Edition, (New York, McGraw Hill); Wylie, R., (1974) The Self-concept, 2. , (Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press) UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0348027889&doi=10.1080%2f0144341950150206&partnerID=40&md5=a1545b859919195ae417acadaa010e9b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Outcome in idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome: A 20 year experience T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Urology and Nephrology J2 - Scand. J. Urol. Nephrol. VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 19 PY - 1995 DO - 10.3109/00365599509180533 SN - 00365599 (ISSN) AU - Andenmatten, F. AU - Bianchetti, M.G. AU - Gerber, H.A. AU - Zimmermann, A. AU - Meregalli, P. AU - Lüthy, C. AU - Oetliker, O.H. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Division of Pediatric Nephrology, University of Berne, Switzerland AD - Pathology, University of Berne, Switzerland AB - 112 patients with idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome have been referred from 1970 through 1989 at the Department of Pediatrics, University of Berne. One patient remitted spontaneously without medication. Ninety-eight patients responded to prednisone: 15 had a single bout of nephrosis, 47 developed a tendency towards relapses and 36 steroid dependence. In 28 patients with tendency towards relapses cure took place on either prednisone alone or prednisone plus cyclophosphamide. In 18 patients with steroid dependency cure took place on prednisone alone or prednisone plus cyclophosphamide. Thirteen patients failed to respond to steroids. The course of the disease was more benign in 68 patients with minimal change disease as compared with 14 patients with focal and segmental glomerular sclerosis. Immunofluorescence studies demonstrated mesangial IgM deposits in 14 out of 54 patients, but this finding was not a marker for poor steroid response or progression to renal failure. The course of the disease was especially unfavourable in patients with persisting nephrosis on completion of the initial course of steroid therapy. In conclusion it appears appropriate to define the disease in terms of steroid responsiveness as steroid resistant patients sometimes show normal glomeruli, steroid responsive patients sometimes have focal and segmental glomerular sclerosis or mesangial IgM deposits, and decisions depend more on the steroid responsiveness than on the histological features. © 1995 Informa UK Ltd. KW - Childhood lipoid nephrosis KW - Focal segmental glomerular sclerosis idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome KW - Idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome KW - IgM idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome KW - Minimal change idiopathic childhood nephrotic syndrome KW - corticosteroid KW - cyclophosphamide KW - prednisone KW - article KW - child KW - disease course KW - female KW - human KW - lipoid nephrosis KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - nephrotic syndrome KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Biopsy KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Kidney KW - Male KW - Nephrotic Syndrome KW - Prognosis KW - Remission Induction KW - Steroids KW - Treatment Outcome PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJUNA C2 - 7618045 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bianchetti, M.G.; Division of Pediatric Nephrology Inseslspital, CH-3010 Berne, Switzerland N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cyclophosphamide, 50-18-0; prednisone, 53-03-2; Steroids N1 - References: Brodehl, J., The treatment of minimal change nephrotic syndrome: lessons learned form multicentre co-operative studies (1991) Eur J Pediatr, 150, pp. 380-387; Brown, G.W., 2 × 2 tables (1985) Am J Dis Child, 139, pp. 410-416; Broyer, M., La néphrose idiopathique de l'enfant et son traitement (1988) Arch Pédiatr, 45, pp. 1-4; Habib, R., Girardin, E., Gagnadoux, M.F., Hinglais, N., Levy, M., Broyer, M., Immunopathological findings in idiopathic nephrosis: clinical significance of glomerular immune deposits (1988) Pediatr Nephrol, 2, pp. 402-408; Habib, R., Levy, M., Gubler, M.C., Clinicopathologic correlations in the nephrotic syndrome (1979) Pediatrician, 8, pp. 325-348; Nephrotic syndrome in children: prediction of histopathology from clinical and laboratory characteristics at time of diagnosis (1978) Kidney Int, 13, pp. 159-165; Ji-Yun, R., Melvin, T., Sibley, R., Michael, A.F., No evidence for a specific role of IgM in mesangial proliferation of idiopathic nephrotic syndrome (1984) Kidney Int, 25, pp. 100-106; Lewis, M.A., Baildom, E.M., Davis, N., Houston, I.B., Postlethwaite, R.J., Nephrotic syndrome: from toddler to twenties (1989) Lancet, 333, pp. 255-259; McEnery, P.T., Strife, C.F., Nephrotic syndrome in childhood: management and treatment in patients with minimal change disease, mesangial proliferation, or focal glomerulosclerosis (1982) Pediatr Clin North Am, 89, pp. 875-894; Melvin, T., Bennett, W., Management of nephrotic syndrome in childhood (1991) Drugs, 42, pp. 30-51; Niaudet, P., Habib, R., Gagnadoux, M.F., Těte, M.J., Broyer, M., Treatment of severe childhood nephrosis (1988) Adv Nephrol, 17, pp. 151-172; O'Brien, P.C., Shampo, M.A., Comparing two proportions: the relative deviate test and chi-square equivalent (1981) Mayo Clin Proc, 56, pp. 513-515; Siegel, N.J., Kashgarian, M., Spargo, B.H., Hayslett, J.P., Minimal change and focal sclerotic lesions in lipoid nephrosis (1974) Nephron, 13, pp. 125-137; Trainin, E.B., Boichis, H., Spitzer, A., Edelmann, C.M., Greifer, I., Late nonresponsiveness to steroids in children with the nephrotic syndrome (1975) J Pediatr, 87, pp. 519-523 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028924999&doi=10.3109%2f00365599509180533&partnerID=40&md5=8f1517afb5e2296276858fca6ba13b85 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Caries treatment through 30 years in children and adolescents in Asker, Norway T2 - Community Dentistry and Oral Epidemiology J2 - Community Dent. Oral Epidemiol. VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 193 EP - 199 PY - 1995 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0528.1995.tb00230.x SN - 03015661 (ISSN) AU - von der Fehr, F.R. AU - Gropen, A.‐M. AD - Department of Cariology, Dental Faculty, University of Oslo, Norway AD - The Public Dental Service. Asker, Akershus, Norway AB - Abstract Asker is a capital suburb where a preventive philosophy has guided the public dental health services for decades. In the period studied the child population aged 3–13 yr increased from 3208 to 6008. In the school age groups 7–15 yr practically all children in the community have participated in the dental service programs. The objective of the paper is to present retrospectively the changes in caries status of children under near optimal dental health care conditions and to expose reported preventive activities. A considerable increase in the proportion of “caries free” pre‐school children occurred in the period 1976–88. A maximum was reached in the latter part of the eighties, where after a leveling off is suggested. For school children a rapid increase in “caries free” children took place for the lowest grades, starting before 1976. The higher grades came later and at a slower pace. The great number of fillings inserted in 1966–72, oscillating around 60 surfaces for the nine school years, decreased rapidly during the following decade and seems now to have settled around a total average of five to six surfaces. This implies a reduction of 90% in 20 yr. In most age groups these changes started before 1970. The major part of the caries decline occurred in the seventies and a leveling off is apparent during the eighties. The average number of filled surfaces per year has fallen from 6.6 in the 1955 birth cohort to 0.7 in the 1977 cohort, a reduction of 89% in 22 yr. The average number of filled surfaces (FS) in 15‐yr‐olds leaving compulsory school decreased during the period 1980–92 from 16.5 to 4.8. In 1980 20% of the children left school with more than 20 filled surfaces, as compared to only 3% in 1992. Operative treatment need has been reduced to a fairly low level among school children and adolescents, but caries is definitely not eradicated. The “caries free” situation is not permanent, but treatment need becomes evident at a later age and is more modest than before. The remarkable reduction and delay of the caries problem is most likely the result of several factors, fluorides seemingly playing the major role. Copyright © 1995, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - community dental health services KW - dental caries decline KW - DMF Index KW - oral health KW - school dentistry KW - anticaries agent KW - fluoride KW - fluoride sodium KW - fluoride varnish KW - toothpaste KW - adolescent KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - deciduous tooth KW - dental care KW - dental caries KW - dental surgery KW - health survey KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - Norway KW - preschool child KW - prevalence KW - public health service KW - retrospective study KW - tablet KW - water supply KW - Adolescent KW - Cariostatic Agents KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Dental Care for Children KW - Dental Caries KW - Dental Restoration, Permanent KW - Dentifrices KW - DMF Index KW - Fluorides KW - Fluorides, Topical KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Norway KW - Prevalence KW - Public Health Dentistry KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sodium Fluoride KW - Tablets KW - Tooth, Deciduous KW - Water Supply N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7587138 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: von der Fehr, F.R.; Department of Cariology, Dental Faculty, University of Oslo, Box 1109, Blindern, Oslo, N-0317, Norway N1 - Chemicals/CAS: fluoride sodium, 51668-54-3, 7681-49-4, 79933-27-0; fluoride varnish, 39287-69-9; fluoride, 16984-48-8; Cariostatic Agents; Dentifrices; Fluorides; Fluorides, Topical; Sodium Fluoride, 7681-49-4; Tablets N1 - References: The First International Conference on the Declining Prevalence of Dental Caries (1982) J Dent Res, 61, pp. 1301-1383. , Glass RL, (Spec Iss); Caries status in Europe and predictions of future trends. Ljubljana, Yugoslavia (1990) Curies Res, 24, pp. 381-396. , Marthaler TM; Schwarz, E, Vigild, M, Skak‐Iversen, L., Danish child oral health status in two decades of organized child oral health care (1994) Tandlœgebladet, 98, pp. 612-618; Kalsbeek, H, Verrips, GHW., Dental caries prevalence and use of fluorides in different European countries (1990) J Dent Res, 69, pp. 728-732. , (Spec); Helsedirektoratet, Årsmelding 1984–92. Tannhelsetjenesten i Norge, , Oslo:, Helsedirekloratet, 198693; Bryhni, IL, Ellingsen, SS, Naas, S., Behandlingskriterier for karies (1985) Norske Tannlegefor Tid, 95, pp. 693-698; Heidmann, J, Hølund, U, Poulser, S., Changing criteria for restorative treatment of approximal caries over a 10‐year period (1987) Caries Res, 21, pp. 460-463; Gimmestad, AL., (1992) Sykdomsregistrering og behandlingsstrategi [Spesialoppgave i Folkehelsevitenskap], p. 56. , Tromsø:, Universitetet i Tromsø; Wang, N., (1992) Karies og kariesbehandling. Rontgenregistreringer på 18‐åringer 1987, 1989, 1990 og 1991, p. 23. , Oslo ;, Universitetet i Oslo; Lunder, N, Tenningås, J, Ellingsæter, B, Bragelien Günther, LA., Kvalitetssikring i praksis. Approksimal karies og behandlingsintervensjon hos 18‐åringer i Oppland fylke (1993) Norske Tannlegefor Tid, 103, pp. 380-383; Heidmann, J., Inconsistencies in a nationwide caries recording system (1985) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 13, pp. 216-218; Birkeland, JM, Bragelien, J., Continual highly significant decrease in caries prevalence among 14‐year‐old Norwegians (1987) Acta Odontol Scand, 45, pp. 135-140; Hope, T., Results of 10 years of supervised fluoride toothbrushing in Rygge, Norway (1979) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 7, pp. 330-334; Haugejorden, O, Birkeland, JM, Løkken, P., Fluorides in the prevention of dental caries in Norway (1983) Drug utilization in Norway during the 1970's – increases, inequalities, innovations, pp. 17-35. , Sakshaug S., Andrew M, Hjort PF, Lunde PKM, ØYdvin K,. Oslo:, Norwegian Medicinal Depot; (1987), p. 185. , Health survey Oslo; Murray, JJ., (1992), 27, pp. 2-8. , Efficacy of preventive agents for dental caries. Systemic fluorides: Water fluoridation. In:, Curzon MEJ, TenCate JM, Efficacy of caries prevent the strategies. Noordwijkerhout, The Netherlands. Caries Res., (SI); Aasenden, R, Peebles, TC., Effects of fluoride supplementation from birth on human deciduous and permanent teeth (1974) Arch Oral Biol, 19, pp. 321-326; Forsman, B., Effekten av odontologisk rådgivning vid barnavårdscentral (1968) Sver Tandlakarforb Tidn, 60, pp. 1100-1110; Fehr, Forbord, S, Gausen, A, Gjermo, PE, Nakrem, S, Oseland, A., (1979) Verdalsprosjektet. En rapport, p. 24. , Oslo:, Helsedirektoratet; Stenvik, R., (1980) Hvorfor får noen mange hull og andre ingen' [Prosjekt videreutdannelsen], p. 32. , Oslo:, Universitetet i Oslo; Rossow, I, Holst, D., Use of fluoride tablets in childhood; a ten year prospective study (1993) J Public Health Dent, 53, pp. 146-150; Rølla, G, ØGaard, B., Reduction in caries incidence in Norway from 1970 to 1984 and some considerations concerning the reasons for this phenomenon (1986) Strategy for dental caries prevention in European countries according to their laws and regulations, pp. 223-229. , Frank RM., O'hickey S., Paris:, Information Retrieval Limited; Massler, M, Pindborg, JJ, Mohammed, C., A compilation of epidemiologic studies of dental caries (1954) Am J Public Health, 44, pp. 1357-1362; Mølstad, P, Botten, G., Sukker, Ernæringsmessige og dietetiske aspekter (1983) Tidsskr Nor Lœgeforen, 103, pp. 2156-2159; (1991) The Norwegian diet and nutrition and food policy, p. 38. , Oslo:, Norwegian National Nutrition Council; Silver, DH., A comparison of 3‐year‐olds' caries experience in 1973, 1981 and 1989 in a Hertfordshire town, related to family behaviour and social class (1992) Brit Dent J, 172, pp. 191-197; Honkala, E., Kannas, L., Rimpela, M, Wold, B, Aaro, LE, Gilles, P., Dental health habits in Austria, England, Finland and Norway (1988) Int Dent J, 38, pp. 131-138; Bellini, HT, Arneberg, P, Fehr, Oral hygiene and caries. A review (1980) Acta Odontol Scand, 39, pp. 257-265; Rølla, G., ØGaard B, Clinical effect and mechanism of cariostatic action of fluoride‐containing toothpastes: a review (1991) Int Dent J, 41, pp. 171-174; Axelsson, P, Paulander, J, Svärdström, G, Tollskog, G, Nordensten, S., (1992), pp. 27-94. , Integrated caries prevention; effect of a needs‐related preventive program on dental caries in children. In:, Curzon MEJ, Ten Cate JM, eds. Efficacy of caries preventive strategies. Noordwijkerhout. The Netherlands: Caries Res:, (S1); 83UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0029355246&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-0528.1995.tb00230.x&partnerID=40&md5=d2bfa29f6791fb4c13b9cea260f062c7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prospective study of risk factors for early and persistent wheezing in childhood T2 - European Respiratory Journal J2 - EUR. RESPIR. J. VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 349 EP - 356 PY - 1995 SN - 09031936 (ISSN) AU - Lewis, S. AU - Richards, D. AU - Bynner, J. AU - Butler, N. AU - Britton, J. AD - Division of Respiratory Medicine, City Hospital, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom AB - The object of this study was to determine the relative importance of low birth weight, preterm birth, low maternal age, household size, exposure to maternal smoking, personal smoking at 16 yrs of age, early termination of breast-feeding and socioeconomic status in the aetiology of wheezing illness in the first 5 yrs of life, and on the persistence of this illness at 16 yrs of age. In 15,712 children born in Britain during one week of April 1970, the occurrence of wheezing by 5 yrs of age, and of wheezing in the past year at 16 yrs of age within this group were analysed in multivariate logistic regression against each potential risk factor. The independent determinants of wheezing by 5 yrs of age were male sex, maternal smoking during pregnancy (odds ratio (OR) for 15+ cigarettes · day-1 =1.39; 95% confidence interval (95% CI) 1.22-1.58) and low birthweight (OR for birthweight <2.5 kg=1.26; 95% CI 1.07-1.50). Of children who had wheezed by 5 yrs of age, 15% reported wheezing in the past 12 months at 16 yrs of age. The persistence of symptoms at 16 yrs of age was independently related to low maternal age (OR for 20 vs 40 yrs of age = 1.96; 95% CI 1.08-3.45) and to high social status (OR for most vs least advantaged=1.95; 95% CI 1.13-3.38). We conclude that low birth weight and maternal smoking in pregnancy are independent risk factors for early childhood wheezing, but in 85% of children with early wheezing it resolves by 16 yrs of age. Persistence of wheeze at 16 yrs of age is related to low maternal age and high socioeconomic status. Therefore, the factors involved in the aetiology of early childhood wheezing may be different from those associated with wheezing which persists into adolescence. KW - Childhood wheeze KW - low birth weight KW - maternal age KW - passive smoking KW - socioeconomic status KW - adolescent KW - asthma KW - breast feeding KW - child KW - cigarette smoking KW - conference paper KW - female KW - human KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - maternal age KW - onset age KW - pregnancy KW - prematurity KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - social status KW - weaning KW - wheezing KW - Adolescent KW - Asthma KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - England KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Maternal Age KW - Pregnancy KW - Prevalence KW - Prospective Studies KW - Respiratory Sounds KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Tobacco Smoke Pollution N1 - Cited By :177 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ERJOE C2 - 7789476 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lewis, S.; Division of Respiratory Medicine, City Hospital, Nottingham NG5 1PB, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028912009&partnerID=40&md5=15a2cd10e6b6a77c0d9ce575da047183 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth weight and later socioeconomic disadvantage: Evidence from the 1958 British cohort study T2 - BMJ J2 - BMJ VL - 309 IS - 6967 SP - 1475 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1136/bmj.309.6967.1475 SN - 09598138 (ISSN) AU - Bartley, M. AU - Power, C. AU - Blane, D. AU - Smith, G.D. AU - Shipley, M. AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London EC1R 0BN, United Kingdom AD - Division of Public Health, Institute of Child Health, London WC1N 1EH, United Kingdom AD - Department of Psychiatry, Charing Cross and Westminster Medical School, London W6 8RP, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health, University of Glasgow, Glasgow G12 8RZ, United Kingdom AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, University College London Medical School, London WC1E 6EA, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To investigate the relation between birth weight and socioeconomic disadvantage during childhood and adolescence in a birth cohort study. Design: Longitudinal analysis of birth weight in relation to social class, household amenities and overcrowding, and financial difficulties as reported by parents at interview when participants were aged 7, 11, and 16 years; and receipt of unemployment or supplementary benefits as reported by participants at age 23. Subjects: Male participants in the 1958 birth cohort (national child development study) born to parents resident in Great Britain during the week of 3-9 March 1958. Data on birth weight and financial difficulties between birth and 23 years were available for 4321; data on housing conditions and social class at ages 7, 11, and 16 years were available for 3370. Main outcome measures: Socioeconomic disadvantage at later ages in men weighing 6 lb (2721g) or under at birth compared with those weighing over 6 lb and between fifths of the distribution of birth weight. Results: Cohort members who weighed 6 lb or under at birth were more likely to experience socioeconomic disadvantage subsequently. Those in lower fifths of the distribution were more likely to experience socioeconomic disadvantage. Conclusion—Low birth weight is associated with socioeconomic disadvantage in childhood and adolescence. Studies of the association of indicators of early development and adult disease need to take into account experiences right through from birth to adulthood if they are to elucidate the combination of risks attributable to developmental problems and socioeconomic disadvantage. © 1994, BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - adolescence KW - adolescent KW - article KW - birth weight KW - child KW - childhood KW - crowding KW - household KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Birth Weight KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Family Characteristics KW - Great Britain KW - Household Articles KW - Housing KW - Human KW - Male KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Unemployment N1 - Cited By :96 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7804048 LA - English N1 - References: (1992) Fetal and infant origins of adult disease, , Barker DJPed., London, BMJ; Williams, D.R.R., Roberts, S.J., Davies, T.W., Deaths from ischaemic heart disease and infant mortality in England and Wales (1979) J Epidemiol Community Health, 33, pp. 199-202; Ben-Shlomo, Y., Davey Smith, G., (1991) Deprivation in infancy or in adult life: which is more important for mortality risk? Lancet, 337, pp. 530-534; Essen, J., Wedge, P., (1982) Continuities in childhood disadvantage, , London, Heinemann Educational; Pilling, D., (1990) Escape from disadvantage, , London, Falmer Press; Brown, M., Madge, N., (1982) Despite the welfare state, , London, Heinemann Educational; Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M., Parental height, childhood environment and subsequent adult height in a national birth cohort (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 663-668; Kuh, D.J.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Physical health status at 36 years in a British national birth cohort (1993) Soc Sci Med, 37, pp. 905-916; Fogelman, K., Manor, O., Smoking in pregnancy and development into early adulthood (1988) BMJ, 297, pp. 1233-1236; Power, C., Manor, O., Fox, A.J., (1991) Health and class: the early years, , London, Chapman Hall; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal mortality: the first report of the 1958 British perinatal mortality survey, , Edinburgh, Livingstone; Essen, J., Fogelman, K., Head, J., Children's housing and their health and physical development (1978) Child Care Health Dev, 4, pp. 357-369; Essex, J., Fogelman, K., Head, J., Childhood housing experiences and school attainment (1978) Child Care Health Dev, 3, pp. 41-58; Goldstein, H., Study of the response rates of 16 year olds in the NCDS (1983) Growing up in Great Britain, , In: Fogelman Ked., London, Macmillan; Bartley, M., Popay, J., Plewis, I., Domestic conditions, paid employment and women's experience of ill-health (1992) Sociology of Health and Illness, 14, pp. 313-343; Goldblatt, P., Mortality and alternative social classifications (1990) Longitudinal study: mortality and social organisation, pp. 163-192. , In: Goldblatt Ped., London, HMSO; Davey Smith, G., Bartley, M., Blane, B., The Black report on socioeconomic inequalities in health ten years on (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 373-377; Davey Smith, G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., The magnitude and causes of socioeconomic differentials in mortality: further evidence from the Whitehall Study (1990) J Epidemiol Community Health, 44, pp. 265-270; Nie, N.H., (1983) Statistical package for the social sciences (SPSS/X), , Chicago, McGraw-Hill; Forsdahl, A., Living conditions in childhood and subsequent development of risk factors for arteriosclerotic heart disease. The cardiovascular survey in Finnmark 1974–75 (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 34-37; Kuh, D., Davey Smith, G., When is mortality risk determined? Historical insights into a current debate (1993) Social History of Medicine, 6, pp. 101-123; Barker, D.J.P., Winter, P.D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., Simmons, S.J., Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease (1989) Lancet, 2, pp. 577-580; Barker, D.J.P., Bull, A.R., Osmond, C., Simmonds, S.J., Fetal and placental size and risk of hypertension in adult life (1990) BMJ, 301, pp. 259-262; Mann, S.L., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Colley, J.R.T., Accumulation of factors influencing respiratory illness in members of a national birth cohort and their offspring (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 36, pp. 286-292; Wadsworth, M.E.J., (1991) The imprint of time: childhood, history and adult life, , Oxford, Clarendon Press; Colley, J.R.T., Douglas, J.W.B., Reid, D., Respiratory disease in young adults: influence of lower respiratory tract illness, social class, air pollution and smoking (1973) BMJ, 2, pp. 195-198; Barker, D.J.P., Martyn, C.N., The maternal and fetal origins of cardiovascular disease (1992) J Epidemiol Community Health, 46, pp. 8-11; Barker, D.J.P., Godfrey, K.M., Fall, C., Osmond, C., Winter, P.D., Shaheen, S.O., Relation of birth weight and childhood respiratory infection to adult lung function and death from chronic obstructive airways disease (1991) BMJ, 303, pp. 671-675; Wilkinson, R.G., Socio-economic differences in mortality: interpreting the data on their size and trends (1986) Class and health: research and longitudinal data, , In: Wilkinson RGed., London, Tavistock; Hales, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Clark, P.M.S., Cox, L.J., Fall, C., Osmond, C., (1991) Fetal and infant growth and impaired glucose tolerance at age 64 BMJ, 303, pp. 1019-1022; Vernon, H.M., (1939) Health in relation to occupation, , London, Oxford University Press; Davey Smith, G., Ben-Shlomo, Y., (1992) Early growth and clotting factors in adult life BMJ, 304, p. 638; Martyn, C.N., Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., (1993) Selective migration by birthweight J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, p. 76; Bentham, G., Migration and morbidity: implications for geographical studies of disease (1988) Soc Sci Med, 26, pp. 49-54; Davey Smith, G., Phillips, A.N., Confounding in epidemiological studies: why “independent” effects may not be all they seem (1992) BMJ, 305, pp. 757-759; Davey Smith, G., Phillips, A.N., Neaton, J.D., (1992) Smoking as “independent” risk factor for suicide: illustration of an artifact from observational epidemiology? Lancet, 340, pp. 709-712 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028054217&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.309.6967.1475&partnerID=40&md5=ba20d5da4c80025f4cb00a7ec1f828af ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social changes and the evolution of reproduction patterns in Xishuangbanna. T2 - Chinese journal of population science J2 - Chin J Popul Sci VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 36 PY - 1994 SN - 10448403 (ISSN) AU - Cheng, X. AU - Shi, R. AB - Reproductive changes were described in Xishuangbanna Autonomous Prefecture in China. Data from a retrospective sample survey conducted from 1986 to 1987 on birth cohorts in the early 1920s revealed for the ethnic minorities of Bulang, Jino, and Dai a fertility rate of 4 or more children. Bulang and Jino women had lower fertility. The birth rate was estimated during the early 1950s at 40%; other local survey data showed an average birth rate of 50.07% in 1953 and 1954. Early records indicated that the area was known for barbarism, tropical diseases, and malaria epidemics. During the 1950s malaria was estimated at over 50%. Small localized surveys revealed average annual mortality rates of 43.6% in 1953 and 1954. Measles and smallpox were also pernicious. There were shortages of food, poor health, and hardly any medical care during the decline of the feudal system. Beliefs in the "pipa ghosts" entering the bodies of malaria victims was believed to cause malaria. Sanitation and hygiene were not practiced, and hospitals catered to mainly local officials and headmen. Data on Cheli County, which is now part of Wuben District in Menghai County, in 1951 and 1983 showed the Dai population increased from 29,634 to 33,209 (12.06%) and the Jino population increased by 4% to 3000. In 1954 mortality ranged from 30.64% to 42.5%, the birth rate was 37.7%, and natural growth was 7.06%. Mortality was high due to lack of medical facilities and medicine. A study in 1981 of elderly women revealed that mortality could be 14 out of 18 children born. Between 1953 and 1991 population in Xishuangbanna increased to 796,352, a growth of 2.76 times. The birth rate declined in 3 periods and has remained around 20%. Dai fertility declined the most. Reproductive characteristics of the Xishuangbanna were high birth rates before 1970 and low birth rates after 1971; high mortality before 1956, a rapid drop during 1959-65, continued decline during 1966-70, and stabilization during 1971-91; and low growth before 1956, high growth during 1957-70, and low growth during 1971-91. Xishuangbanna completed its demographic transition. After liberation, educational advances and access to medical care played significant roles in lowering mortality. KW - reproduction rate KW - article KW - Asia KW - birth rate KW - China KW - cultural anthropology KW - Cultural Background KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developing country KW - Eastern Asia KW - ethnic group KW - Far East KW - fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Measurements KW - methodology KW - Period Analysis KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - research KW - social change KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate KW - China KW - Cultural Background KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developing Countries KW - Eastern Asia KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Rate KW - Period Analysis KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Social Change KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate KW - China KW - Culture KW - Demography KW - Developing Countries KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Far East KW - Fertility KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research KW - Social Change N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12288176 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cheng, X. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028680032&partnerID=40&md5=cf98a2d758174d3d7db79f88715fc01a ER - TY - JOUR TI - The suicide mortality of age groups in both parts of Germany ST - Die Suizidsterblichkeit der Geburtsjahrgänge in beiden Teilen Deutschlands T2 - Sozial- und Präventivmedizin SPM J2 - Soz Präventivmed VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 198 EP - 208 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1007/BF01309219 SN - 03038408 (ISSN) AU - Dinkel, R.H. AU - Görtler, E. AD - Universität Bamberg, Feldkirchenstr. 21, Bamberg, D-96052, Germany AB - In the past a long-term comparison of suicides between the two German states has been prevented by the lack of published data on suicide mortality in the former GDR. These data are available now, showing a surprising similarity in the developments. The level of suicide mortality has been higher in the GDR from the beginning, but both countries experienced very similar reductions in the absolute und relative importance of suicide for overall mortality since the mid 1970's. A cohort analysis of suicide mortality is able to contribute to the explanation of the gap in suicide mortality between East and West Germany. The excess suicide mortality in East Germany is the result of a cohort effect and heavily concentrates on male and female birth cohorts from 1925 to 1945. For these cohorts the excess mortality due to suicide explains up to 25 percent of the total excess mortality compared with the same West German birth cohorts. © 1994 Birkhäuser Verlag. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cause of death KW - child KW - comparative study KW - epidemiology KW - female KW - German Democratic Republic KW - German Federal Republic KW - human KW - male KW - sex difference KW - suicide KW - suicide attempt KW - age KW - germany KW - major clinical study KW - mortality KW - suicide KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cause of Death KW - Child KW - Cohort Effect KW - Comparative Study KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - Germany, East KW - Germany, West KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Sex Factors KW - Suicide KW - Suicide, Attempted PB - Birkhäuser-Verlag N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SZPMA C2 - 7941770 LA - German N1 - Correspondence Address: Dinkel, R.H.; Universität Bamberg, Feldkirchenstr. 21, Bamberg, D-96052, Germany N1 - References: DeCatanzaro D. Suicide and Self-Damaging Behavior. A Sociobiological Perspective, New Xork 1981; Durkheim E. Der Selbstmord, Frankfurt 1983; Müller P. Suizid in Sachsen. Soziologische Annäherung an ein brisantes Thema, in: MMG 16, 1991, S. 136–145; Hoffmeister H, Wiesener G, Junge, B und Kant H. Selbstmordsterblichkeit in der DDR und in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, in: MMW, 132, 1990, S. 603–609; Kirsch, O.V., Suizidalität in Ost und West: Bedeutung sozialer Faktoren? (1991) MMW, 133 (5), p. 18; Pöhls V. Kognitiv-utilitaristische Suizidhandlungstheorie. Darstellung, abgeleitete Massnahmen, Anwendung und Konfrontation mit anderen Suizidhandlungstheorien, Regensburg 1987; Schmidtke A. Verhaltenstheoretisches Modell suizidalen Verhaltens, Regensburg 1988; Baechler J. Suicides, Oxford 1979; Welz R, Pohlmeier H (Hrsg.). Selbstmordhandlungen. Suizid und Suizidversuch aus interdisziplinärer Sicht, Weinheim 1981; Welz R, Möller HJ (Hrsg.). Bestandsaufnahme der Suizidforschung, Regensburg 1984; Ringel E. Der Selbstmord, Wien 1953; Kneerich-Woerner M. Der Selbstmord, Frankfurt am Main 1988; Henseler H. Narzisstische Krisen. Zur Psychodynamik des Selbstmords. Reinbek 1974; Schulze A. Selbstmord und Selbstmordversuche in Leipzig. Zur Erklärung suizidaler Handlungen in der DDR, Regensburg 1986; Douglas JD. The Social Meanings of Suicide, Princeton 1967; Jantzen W, von Salzen W. Autoaggressivität und selbstverletzendes Verhalten. Pathogenese, Neuropsychologie und Psychotherapie, Berlin, 1990; Christe Ch. Suizid im Alter. Dimensionen eines ignorierten Problems, Bielefeld 1989; Vössing G, Welz R, Pohlmeier H. Häufigkeit und Veränderungen der Suizidziffer älterer Menschen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland von 1953 bis 1986, in: Böhme, K., Lungershausen, E.: Suizid und Depression im Alter, Regensburg 1988; Heim N, Konkol N. Suizidverteilung in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (1981–1986), in: Öff. Gesundh.-Wes. 51, 1989, S. 608–613; Casper W. Selbstmordsterblichkeit in der DDR 1961–1989 und nach Bezirken 1989, Sonderheft des Instituts für Medizinische Statistik und Datenverarbeitung, Berlin 1990; Hoffmeister H, Wiesner G, Junge B, Kant H. Selbstmordsterblichkeit in der DDR und in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland, in: MMW, 132, 1990, S. 603–609; Lindner-Braun Ch. Soziologie des Selbstmords, Opladen 1990; Barraclough BM, Hughes J. Suicide: clinical and epidemiological studies, London 1987; Faust V (Hrsg.). Suizidgefahr. Häufigkeit-Ursachen-Motive-Prävention-Therapie. Stuttgart 1984; Moesler TA, Weidenhammer W, Lungershausen E. Vergleich soziodemographischer Daten von selbstaggressiven mit fremdaggressiven Personen im Nürnberger Stadtgebiet. in: Nervenheilkunde, 10, 1991, S. 193–197; Schmitt W, Mundt Ch. Zur Differentialtypologie von Patienten mit harten und weichen Suizidmethoden, in: Der Nervenarzt 62, 1991, S. 440–444; Stosberg K. Sucht und Suizid als Formen abweichenden Verhaltens in der soziologischen Analyse, in Nervenheilkunde, 9, 1990, S. 191–195; Schmidtke A, Häfner H, Möller HJ, Wedler H, Böhme K. Häufigkeiten und Trends von Suizidversuchen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschlandeine methodische Studie, in: Das Öffentliche Gesundheitswesen, 50, 1988, S. 272–277; Stillion JM und McDowell EE. Examining suicide from a lifespan perspective, in: Death Studies, 15, 1991, S. 327–354; Reimer C (Hrsg.). Suizid. Ergebnisse und Therapie. Berlin 1982; Specht F, Schmidtke A (Hrsg.). Selbstmordhandlungen bei Kindern und Jugendlichen, Regensburg 1986; Wolf S. Die suizidale Krise, in: Z. ärztl. Fortbild. 85, 1991, S. 465–468; Venzlaff, U., Die Lebenssituation alter Menschen im Hinblick auf die Suizidgefährdung (1980) MMG, 18, pp. 671-676; Hautzinger M. Selbstmordhandlung im Alter, in: Hautzinger, M., Hoffmann, N. (Hrsg.): Depression und Umwelt, Salzburg 1979, S. 225–237; Dorpat TL, Anderson WF, Ripley HS. The relationship of physical illness to suicide, in: H.L.P. Resnik, Hrsg., Suicide: Diagnosis and management, Boston, 1968, S. 209–219; Schneider, V., Das Auto als Mittel zum Suizid (1990) MMW, 132, pp. 29-30; Jakob O. Der Suizid in der Schweiz 1876–1977, in: Sozial- und Präventivmedizin, 24, 1979, S. 21–27; Angermeyer MC, Robra BP, Wagner P. Suizid in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland 1952–1981, in: MMW, 127, 1985, S., 153–156; Häfner H, Schmidtke A. Suizid und Suizidversuche-Epidemiologie und Ätiologie, in: Nervenheilkunde, 6, 1987, S. 49–63; Dinkel, R.H., Kohortensterbetafeln für die Geburtsjahrgänge ab 1900 bis 1962 in den beiden Teilen Deutschlands (1992) Zeitschrift für Bevölkerungswissenschaft, 1, pp. 95-116 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028169271&doi=10.1007%2fBF01309219&partnerID=40&md5=ccf35986e80283a11c2468f7df0b2f2b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Malignant melanoma incidence in Connecticut (United States): time trends and age-period-cohort modeling by anatomic site T2 - Cancer Causes & Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 341 EP - 350 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1007/BF01804985 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Chen, Y.-T. AU - Zheng, T. AU - Holford, T.R. AU - Berwick, M. AU - Dubrow, R. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University School of Medicine, P.O. Box 208034, New Haven, 06520-8034, CT, United States AD - Cancer Prevention and Research Institute, New York, NY, United States AB - This study examined time trends and age-period-cohort patterns in the incidence of cutaneous malignant melanoma (CMM) by gender and anatomic site in Connecticut (United States) between 1950 and 1989, using data from the population-based Connecticut Tumor Registry. A total of 8,249 invasive CMM incident cases were included. Cases were grouped into melanomas of the head and neck, upper limb, lower limb, and trunk. Between 1950 and 1989, rates increased substantially for all sites. The largest relative increases occurred in melanoma of the upper limb for both males and females; the largest absolute increase occurred for melanoma of the trunk in males; and the smallest increase occurred in head and neck melanoma in females. Recent trends for time periods 1970-89 among birth cohorts 1930-69 indicated that the rate of increase of CMM is slowing substantially among males, but not among females. Nevertheless, continued overall increases in CMM incidence are likely in Connecticut in the 1990s in both genders, with a decrease in the male-female ratio. The age-period-cohort patterns were significantly different between the genders and among anatomic sites, suggesting different trends in carcinogenic exposures (mainly ultraviolet radiation from the sun) or etiologic distinctions between males and females and among the sites. © 1994 Rapid Communications of Oxford Ltd. KW - Age-period-cohort KW - anatomic site KW - cancer incidence KW - cutaneous malignant melanoma KW - gender KW - time trends KW - United States KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - gender KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - melanoma KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - sun exposure KW - tumor localization KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Arm KW - Body Surface Area KW - Cohort Effect KW - Cohort Studies KW - Connecticut KW - Female KW - Head and Neck Neoplasms KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Leg KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Age KW - Models, Statistical KW - Registries KW - Sex Factors KW - Skin Neoplasms KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - Thoracic Neoplasms KW - Time Factors PB - Kluwer Academic Publishers N1 - Cited By :32 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 8080946 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Chen, Y.-T.; Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University School of Medicine, P.O. Box 208034, New Haven, 06520-8034, CT, United States N1 - References: Jensen, O.M., Bolander, A.M., Trends in malignant melanoma of the skin (1980) World Health Stat, 33, pp. 3-26; Roush, G.C., Holford, T.R., Schymura, M.J., White, C., (1987) Cancer Risk and Incidence Trends. The Connecticut Perspective, , Hemisphere Publishing, Washington, DC (US); MacLennan, R., Green, A.C., McLeod, G.R.C., Martin, N.G., Increasing incidence of cutaneous melanoma in Queensland, Australia (1992) JNCI, 84, pp. 1427-32; Osterlind, A., Engholm, G., Jensen, O.M., Trends in cutaneous malignant melanoma in Denmark 1943–1982 by anatomic sites (1988) APMIS, 96, pp. 953-63; Thorn, M., Bergstrom, R., Adami, H-O, Ringborg, U., Trends in the incidence of malignant melanoma in Sweden, by anatomic site, 1960–1984 (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 132, pp. 1066-77; Magnus, K., Habits of sun exposure and risk of malignant melanoma: An analysis of incidence rates in Norway 1955–1977 by cohort, sex, age, and primary tumor site (1981) Cancer, 48, pp. 2329-35; Houghton, A., Flannery, J., Viola, M.V., Malignant melanoma in Connecticut and Denmark (1980) Int J Cancer, 25, pp. 95-104; Stevens, R.G., Moolgavkar, S.H., Malignant melanoma: dependence of site-specific risk on age (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 890-5; Boyle, P., Day, N., Magnus, K., Mathematical modeling of malignant melanoma trends in Norway, 1953–1978 (1983) Am J Epidemiol, 118, pp. 887-96; Roush, G.C., Schymura, M.J., Holford, T.R., Patterns of invasive melanoma in the Connecticut Tumor Registry: Is the long-term increase real? (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 2586-95; Dennis, L.K., White, E., Lee, J.A.H., Recent cohort trends in malignant melanoma by anatomic site in the United States (1993) Cancer Causes Control, 4, pp. 93-100; Heston, J.F., Kelly, J.A.B., Meigs, J.W., Flannery, J.T., Forty-five years of cancer incidence in Connecticut 1935–1979 (1986) NCI Monogr, 70, pp. 1-31; (1976) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, , World Health Organization, 1st edn., World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; (1986) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, Field Trial Edition, , International Agency for Research on Cancer and the National Cancer Institute, IARC, Lyon, France; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Ann Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-47; Baker, R.G., Nelder, J.A., (1978) The GLIM system: Release 3, , Numerical Algorithms Group, Oxford, UK; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-67; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-81; Green, A., MacLennan, R., Youl, P., Martin, N., Site distribution of cutaneous melanoma in Queensland (1993) Int J Cancer, 53, pp. 232-6; Osterlind, A., Hou-Jensen, K., Jensen, O.M., Incidence of cutaneous malignant melanoma in Denmark 1978–1982. Anatomic site distribution, histologic type, and comparison with non-melanoma skin cancer (1988) Br J Cancer, 58, pp. 385-91; Scotto, J., Pitcher, H., Lee, J.A.H., Indications of future decreasing trends in skin-melanoma mortality among Whites in the United States (1991) Int J Cancer, 49, pp. 490-7; van der Esch, E.P., Muir, C.S., Nectoux, J., Temporal change in diagnostic criteria as a cause of the increase of malignant melanoma over time is unlikely (1991) Int J Cancer, 47, pp. 483-90; Koh, H.K., Cutaneous melanoma (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 171-82; Artrong, B.K., Epidemiology of melanoma: intermittent or total accumulated exposure to the sun? (1988) J Dermatol Surg Oncol, 14, pp. 835-49; Young, S.W., A list of photosensitizing agents of interest to the dermatologist (1964) Bull Assoc Milit Derm, 13, pp. 33-5; Lamberg, S.I., A new photosensitizer (1967) JAMA, 201, pp. 121-4; Ashwood-Smith, M.J., Possible cancer hazard associated with 5-methoxypsoralen in suntan preparations (1979) Br Med J, 2, p. 1144; Stoica, A., Hoffman, M., Marta, L., Voiculetz, N., Estradiol and progesterone receptors in human cutaneous melanoma (1991) Neoplasma, 38, pp. 137-45; Osterlind, A., Hormonal and reproductive factors in melanoma risk (1992) Clin Dermatol, 10, pp. 75-8; Walter, S.D., Marrett, L.D., Shannon, H.S., Form, L., Hertzman, C., The association of cutaneous malignant melanoma and fluorescent light exposure (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 749-62; Elwood, J.M., Could melanoma be caused by fluorescent light? A review of relevant epidemiology (1985) Rec Res Cancer Res, 102, pp. 127-36; Walter, S.D., Marrett, L.D., Form, L., Hertzman, C., Shannon, H.S., Roy, P., The association of cutaneous malignant melanoma with the use of sunbeds and sunlamps (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 131, pp. 232-43; Clark, W.H., Jr, Mihm, M.C., Jr, Lentigo maligna and lentigo-maligna melanoma (1969) Am J Pathol, 55, p. 39; Green, A., A theory of site distribution of melanomas: Queensland, Australia (1992) Cancer Causes Control, 3, pp. 513-6 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028362862&doi=10.1007%2fBF01804985&partnerID=40&md5=1a6f5eb54efac37bae668549467f5e42 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Smoking habits since 1910 among Norwegian men and women born after 1890 ST - Røykevaner siden 1910 blant norske menn og kvinner født etter 1890. T2 - Tidsskrift for den Norske Laegeforening J2 - Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen VL - 114 IS - 14 SP - 1623 EP - 1626 PY - 1994 SN - 00292001 (ISSN) AU - Rønneberg, A. AU - Hafstad, A. AU - Lund, K.E. AD - Institutt for epidemiologisk kreftforskning, Montebello, Oslo. AB - This article describes smoking habits among Norwegian men and women born between 1890 and 1974. In order to follow the smoking habits in groups which included the same persons throughout the observation period, the proportion of smokers in five-year birth cohorts of men and women was tabulated by age or calendar year of birth. The percentage of smokers was more than five times higher in men than in women born during the period 1890-94, but the gap declined with later year of birth until no gender difference existed between men and women born after 1950. Male smoking peaked in the 1950s with 76-78% smokers in men born in the period 1915-34. The highest proportion of female smokers was observed around 1970, when 52% smoked among those born in the 1940s. Since 1955, smoking has declined in all cohorts of men, whereas the decline in female smoking started in the early 1970s. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - female KW - history KW - history of medicine KW - human KW - male KW - Norway KW - sex difference KW - smoking KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - History of Medicine, 20th Cent. KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Norway KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8079267 LA - Norwegian N1 - Correspondence Address: Rønneberg, A. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028782598&partnerID=40&md5=6fac75e536f50c4f84ae6d9ea7867cf5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Worldwide pattern of mortality from motor vehicle accidents, 1950-1990 T2 - Sozial- und Präventivmedizin SPM J2 - Soz Präventivmed VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 150 EP - 178 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1007/BF01299659 SN - 03038408 (ISSN) AU - La Vecchia, C. AU - Levi, F. AU - Lucchini, F. AU - Negri, E. AD - Institut universitaire de médecine sociale et préventive, CHUV-Falaises 1, Lausanne, CH-1011, Switzerland AD - Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Università di Milano, Milano, Italy AD - Istituto di Biometria e Statistica Medica, Milano, Italy AD - Registre Vaudois des Tumeurs, Institut universitaire de médecine sociale et préventive, Lausanne, Switzerland AB - Trends in age-specific and age-standardized death certification rates from motor vehicle accidents over the period 1950-1990 were analyzed for 48 countries from four continents (2 from North America, 10 from Latin America, 8 from Asia, 26 from Europe, Australia and New Zealand) on the basis of data produced by the World Health Organization mortality database. In most developed western and Asiatic countries, mortality rates increased until the late 1960's or early 1970's, and declined thereafter to reach values often lower than those of the early 1950's, although the number of circulating vehicles has substantially increased over the same calendar period. The extent of the decline was, however, different in various countries, as well as in the two sexes and in various age groups, thus leading to complex cohort and period patterns. In general, countries (like the U. S. A. or U. K.), where the number of motor vehicles had increased earlier, have now comparatively higher rates at younger than at middle and older age, while the opposite is observed in countries with later spread of motor vehicles. Further, there were a few countries, including Kuwait, Venezuela and several other Latin American countries, Australia and New Zealand, and several southern and eastern European countries, with exceedingly high rates from motor vehicle accidents, and where comprehensive interventions on this important cause of death are therefore a public health priority. © 1994 Birkhäuser Verlag. KW - age KW - article KW - car driving KW - epidemiology KW - health education KW - human KW - prevention KW - preventive medicine KW - traffic accident KW - world health organization KW - Behavior KW - Causes Of Death KW - Demographic Factors KW - Differential Mortality KW - Economic Factors KW - Mortality KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Transportation KW - Travel And Tourism KW - World KW - Accidents, Traffic KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Americas KW - Australia KW - Europe KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - New Zealand KW - South America KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Birkhäuser-Verlag N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SZPMA C2 - 7519384 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Levi, F.; Institut universitaire de médecine sociale et préventive, CHUV-Falaises 1, Lausanne, CH-1011, Switzerland N1 - References: Doll, R., Major epidemics of the 20th century: from coronary thrombosis to AIDS (1987) J R Statist Soc, 150, pp. 373-395; Automobile-related injuries. Components, trends, prevention (1983) JAMA, 249, pp. 3216-3222. , Council on Scientific Affairs; Avery, J.G., Sealt belt success: where next? (1984) BMJ, 288, pp. 662-663; Alcohol and the driver (1986) JAMA, 255, pp. 522-527. , Council on Scientific Affairs; Baker, S.P., Whitfield, R.A., O'Neill, B., Geographic variations in mortality from motor vehicle crashes (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 1384-1387; Foster, G.R., Dunbar, J.A., Whittet, D., Fernando, G.C.A., Contribution of alcohol to deaths in road traffic accidents in Tayside 1982–1986 (1988) BMJ, 296, pp. 1430-1432; West, R., Slowing the speedy. Strong evidence that speed limits reduce deaths (1988) BMJ, 297, pp. 1069-1070; Bodiwala, G.G., Thomas, P.D., Otubushin, A., Protective effect of rearseat restraints during car collisions (1989) Lancet, 1, pp. 369-371; McCarthy, M., The benefit of seat belt legislation in the United Kingdom (1989) J Epidemiol Community Health, 43, pp. 218-222; McGee, D., Rhodes, P., Estimating trends in the effectiveness of seat belts in saving lives, 1975–1985 (1989) Stat Med, 8, pp. 379-385; Chorba, T.L., Reinfurt, D., Hulka, B.S., Efficacy of mandatory seat-belt use legislation. The North Carolina experience from 1983 through 1987 (1988) JAMA, 260, pp. 3593-3597; Van Beeck, E.F., Mackenbach, J.P., Looman, C.W.N., Kunst, A.E., Determinants of traffic accident mortality in the Netherlands: a geographical analysis (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 698-706; Loomis, D.P., Occupation, industry, and fatal motor vehicle crashes in 20 States, 1986–1987 (1991) Am J Public Health, 81, pp. 733-735; Lowenfels, A.B., Wynn, P.S., One less for the road. International trends in alcohol consumption and vehicular fatalities (1992) Ann Epidemiol, 2, pp. 249-256; Evans, L., Frick, M.C., Car size or car mass: which has greater influence on fatality risk? (1992) Am J Public Health, 82, pp. 1105-1112; Robertson, L.S., Fatal car fires from rear-end crashes. The effects of fuel tank placement before and after regulation (1993) Am J Public Health, 83, pp. 1168-1170; La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., La mortalità per incidenti stradali in Italia, 1955–1979 (1986) Giornale Italiano di Ortopedia e Traumatologia, 12, pp. 553-559; (1950) International Classification of Diseases, , World Health Organization, World Health Organization, Geneva; (1957) International Classification of Diseases, , World Health Organization, World Health Organization, Geneva; (1967) International Classification of Diseases, , World Health Organization, World Health Organization, Geneva; (1977) International Classification of Diseases, , World Health Organization, World Health Organization, Geneva; Doll, R., Smith, P.G., Comparison between registries: age-standardized rates (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents. Vol. IV, pp. 671-675. , J.A.H., Waterhouse, C.S., Muir, K., Shanmugaratnam, et al., IARC Scient Publ, No. 42, International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon; Teanby, D., Underreporting of pedestrian road accidents (1992) BMJ, 304, p. 422; Chorba, T.L., Assessing technologies for preventing injuries in motor vehicle crashes (1991) Int J Technol Assess Health Care, 7, pp. 296-314; Salmi, L.R., Battista, R.N., Epidemiologic assessment of hazardous roadway locations (1990) Epidemiology, 1, pp. 311-314; Evans, L., How safe were today's older drivers when they were younger? (1993) Am J Epidemiol, 137, pp. 769-775 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027993892&doi=10.1007%2fBF01299659&partnerID=40&md5=b6da4832289312544d71791e8110fff8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood eczema: Disease of the advantaged? T2 - BMJ J2 - BMJ VL - 308 IS - 6937 SP - 1132 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1136/bmj.308.6937.1132 SN - 09598138 (ISSN) AU - Williams, H.C. AU - Strachan, D.P. AU - Hay, R.J. AD - St John's Institute of Dermatology, United Medical Schools of Guy's and St Thomas's Hospitals, Guy's Hospital, London SE1 9RT, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St George's Hospital Medical School, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To determine whether the increased prevalence of childhood eczema inadvantaged socioeconomic groups is due to increased parental reporting. Design: Comparison of parental reports of eczema with visible eczema recorded by medical officers during a detailed physical examination. Setting: National birth cohort study. Subjects: 8279 children from England, Wales, and Scotland born during 3-9 March 1958 and followed up at the ages of 7, 11, and 16. Main outcome measures: Prevalence of eczema according to parental report compared with medical officer's examination at the ages of 7, 11, and 16. Results: Prevalence of both reported and examined eczema increased with rising social class at the ages of 7, 11, and 16 years. The point prevalence of examined eczema at age 7 was 4.8%, 3.6%, 3.6%, 2.4%, 2.2%, and 2.4% in social classes I, II, III non-manual, III manual, IV, and V respectively (X2 value for linear trend 12.6, P<0.001). This trend persisted after adjustment for potential confounders such as region and family size and was not present for examined psoriasis or acne. Conclusions: Eczema is more prevalent among British schoolchildren in social classes I and II than those in lower classes. Exposures associated with social class are probably at least as important as genetic factors in the expression of childhood eczema. © 1994, BMJ Publishing Group Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - article KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - controlled study KW - eczema KW - environmental exposure KW - high risk population KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - Adolescent KW - Chi-Square Distribution KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Eczema KW - Family Characteristics KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Humans KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Prevalence KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :217 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8173454 LA - English N1 - References: Golding, J., Peters, T.J., The epidemiology of childhood eczema. 1. A population based study of associations (1987) Paediatr Perinatal Epidemiol, 1, pp. 67-79; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., The epidemiology of childhood eczema. 2. Statistical analysis to identify independent early predictors (1987) Paediatr Perinatal Epidemiol, 1, pp. 80-94; Wuthrich, B., (1989) Epidemiology of the allergic diseases: are they really on the increase? Int Arch Allergy Appl Immunol, 90, pp. 3-10; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Wadsworth, M., Peckham, C., Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1938–45 war (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1255-1257; Waters, W.E., Migraine, social class, and familial prevalence (1971) BMJ, 2, pp. 77-81; Atkins, E., Cherry, N.M., Douglas, J.W.B., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the national survey of health and development (1981) An empirical basis for primary prevention: prospective longitudinal research in Europe, pp. 25-30. , In: Mednick SABaert AEeds., Oxford, Oxford University Press; Golding, J., Peters, T.J., Eczema and hay fever (1986) From birth to five–a study of the health and behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , In: Butler NRGolding Jeds., Oxford, Pergamon Press; Shepherd, P.M., (1985) The national child development study: an introduction to the origins of the study and the methods of data collection, , London, NCDS User Support Group, City University; Leete, R., Fox, A.J., Registrar general's social classes: origins and uses (1977) Population Trends, 9, pp. 1-7; Dean, A.G., Dean, J.A., Burton, A.H., Dicker, R.C., (1990) Epi-Info, Version 5.2, , Atlanta, Centers for Disease Control; (1988) Epidemiological graphics, estimation and testing package, , Seattle, Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corporation; Borelli, S., Schnyder, U.W., Neurodermatitis constitutionalis sive atopica. II (1965) Entzundliche dermatosen II, p. 254. , In: Miescher GStorck Heds., New York, Springer; Bowker, N.C., Cross, K.W., Fairburn, E.A., Wall, M., Sociological implications of an epidemiological study of eczema in the City of Birmingham (1976) Br J Dermatol, 95, pp. 137-144; Forster, J., Dungs, M., Wais, U., Urbanek, R., Atopie-verdachtige symptome in den ersten zwei Lebensjahren (1990) Klin Padiatr, 202, pp. 136-140; Burr, M., Miskelly, F.G., Butland, B.K., Merrett, T.G., Vaughan-Williams, E., Environmental factors and symptoms in infants at high risk of allergy (1989) J Epidemiol Community Health, 43, pp. 125-132; Arshad, S.W., Hide, D.W., Effect of environmental factors on the development of allergic disorders in infancy (1992) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 90, pp. 235-241; Strachan, D.P., Hay fever, hygiene and household size (1989) BMJ, 299, pp. 1259-1260; Strachan, D.P., Golding, J., Anderson, H.R., Regional variations in wheezing illness in British children: The effect of migration during early childhood (1990) J Epidemiol Community Health, 44, pp. 231-236; Anderson, H.R., Bland, J.M., Patel, S., Peckham, C., The natural history of asthma in childhood (1986) J Epidemiol Community Health, 40, pp. 121-129; Gergen, P.J., Turkeltaub, P.C., Kovar, M.G., The prevalence of allergic skin test reactivity to eight common aeroallergens in the US population: results from the second national health and nutrition examination survey (1987) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 80, pp. 669-679; Barbee, R.A., Lebowitz, M.D., Thompson, H.C., Burrows, B., Immediate skin test reactivity in a general population sample (1976) Ann Intern Med, 84, pp. 129-133; Freeman, C.L., Johnson, S., Allergic diseases in adolescents (1964) Am J Dis Child, 107, pp. 549-566; Smith, J.M., Incidence of atopic disease (1974) Med Clin North Am, 58, pp. 3-24; Larson, P.-A., Liden, S., Prevalence of skin disease among adolescents 12–16 years of age (1980) Acta Derm Venereol, 60, pp. 415-423; Freeman, G.L., Johnson, S., Allergic diseases in adolescents. I. Description of survey: prevalence of allergy (1964) Am J Dis Child, 107, pp. 549-559; Johnson, M.L.T., Roberts, J., Skin conditions and related need for medical care among persons 1–74 years (1978) Vital Health Statistics, 11, p. 212; Meding, B., Swanbeck, G., Prevalence of hand eczema in an industrial city (1987) Br J Dermatol, 116, pp. 627-634; Smit, H.A., Coenraads, P.J., Epidemiology of contact dermatitis (1993) Monogr Allergy, 31, pp. 29-48; (1979) Morbidity statistics from general practice 1971–2. Second national study, , London, Royal College of General Practitioners, OPCS; Coloff, M.J., Ayres, J., Carswell, F., Howarth, P.H., Merrett, T.G., Mitchell, G.B., The control of allergens of dust mites and domestic pets: a position paper (1992) Clin Exp Allergy, 122, pp. 545-551; Arshad, S.H., Matthews, S., Gant, C., Hide, D., Effect of allergen avoidance on development of allergic disorders in infancy (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 1493-1497; Rajka, G., Atopic dermatitis. Correlation of environmental factors with frequency (1986) Int J Dermatol, 25, pp. 301-304 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028201857&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.308.6937.1132&partnerID=40&md5=f043ff939352846cd5b30a5f3fce58f6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - LONG‐TERM ASSOCIATIONS WITH INFANT FEEDING IN A CLINICALLY ADVANTAGED POPULATION OF BABIES T2 - Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology J2 - Dev. Med. Child Neurol. VL - 36 IS - 5 SP - 429 EP - 440 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1994.tb11869.x SN - 00121622 (ISSN) AU - Pollock, J.I. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Information on infant feeding and child development was obtained from the 1970 British Births Survey and subsequent follow‐ups at five and 10 years of age. A clinically advantaged subsample of infants who were either exclusively bottle‐fed or exclusively breast‐fed for at least three months were selected in order to minimise biases against a disadvantaged bottle‐fed group. Only in the area of educational ability and attainment were differences observed as a function of the child's feeding patterns as an infant. Higher vocabulary test scores at five years and higher British Ability Scales test scores at 10 years were significantly associated with exclusive breast‐feeding for more than three months. These data support and extend results obtained in previous studies on long‐term developmental differences between breast‐fed and bottle‐fed children. Association a long terme avec ľalimentation chez des nourrissons ďune population en bonne santé Des informations concernant ľalimentation de nourrissons et le développement infantile ultérieur, ont été obtenues à partir de la British Births Survey de 1970 et un suivi ultérieur à cinq et dix ans ďâge. Un sous échantillon de nourrissons en excellente santé nourris exclusivement au sein pour les uns, au biberon pour les autres, durant au moins trois mois, ont été selectionnés dans le but de minimiser le bias marquant un groupe nourri au biberon qui aurait pu etre désavantagé par ailleurs. Ne furent considérés en relation avec le type ďalimentation chez le nourrisson que la capacitééducative et le niveau atteint. Un score plus élevé au vocabulaire à cinq ans et à la Higher British Ability Scale à 10 ans fut observé chez. les nourrissons exclusivement nourris au sein pour plus de trois mois. Ces données supportent et confirment les résultats obtenus dans des études précédentes sur les différences de développement à long terme entre nourrissons nourris au sein, ou nourris au biberon. Langzeiter/ahrungen über frühkindliche Ernährung bei einer klinisch besser versorgten Population von Säuglingen Informationen iiber frühklindliche Ernährung und kindliche Entwicklung wurden dem British Births Survey und anschliessenden Kontrolluntersuchungen mit fünf und zehn Jahren entnommen. Es wurde eine klinisch besser versorgte Untergruppe von Kindern ausgewählt, die mindestsens drei Monate ausschließlich mit der Flasche gefüttert Oder ausschließlich gestillt wurden, um Vorurteile gegen eine schlechter versorgte, mit der Flasche ernährte Gruppe möglichst auszuschließen. Nur im Bereich der schulischen Fähigkeiten und Erfolge wurden Unterschiede zwischen den Gruppen beobachtet. Höhere Wortschatz Test Scores mit fünf Jahren und hohere British Ability Scale Test Scores mit zehn Jahren fanden sich signifikant häufiger in der Gruppe der mehr als drei Monate ausschließlich gestillten Kinder. Diese Daten bestätigen und erweitern Befunde aus früheren Studien uber Unterschiede in der l.angzeitentwicklung zwischen gestillten und mit der Flasche ernährten Kindern. Asociaciones a largo plazo de la alinientacidn del lactante en una poblacion de lactantes clinicamenle adelanlada En 1970 se obtuvo del British Birth Survey informatión sobre la alimentación del lactante y su dcsarrollo, asi como los subsiguientes seguimenios a los cinco y diez años de edad. Se seleccionó una submuestra de lactantes esclusivamente criados al pecho o con biberón durante por lo menos tres meses, con objeto de minimizar los sesgos contra un grupo desaventajado críado con biberón. Sólo en las areas de la habilidad educacional y en la adquisición final habian diferencias observadas como función de los esqucmas de alimentación en la lactancia. Unos puntajes mas altos en la prueba de vocabulario a los cinco años y en las escalas British Ability a los 10 años, estaban significativamente asociados a la lactancia exclusivamente materna durante mas de tres meses. Estos datos apoyan y amplian los resultados obtenidos en estudios previos sobre las diferencias de desarrollo a largo plazo entre los niños criados al pecho o con biberón. Copyright © 1994, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - article KW - artificial milk KW - breast milk KW - child KW - child development KW - feeding behavior KW - human KW - infant KW - infant feeding KW - linguistics KW - priority journal KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Bottle Feeding KW - Breast Feeding KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Status KW - Human KW - Infant Nutrition KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence KW - Male KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8168662 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pollock, J.I.; Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Arnold, R., Yule, W., Martin, R., The psychological characteristics of infantile hypercalcaemia: a preliminary investigation (1985) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 27, pp. 49-59; Bauchner, H., Lorenthae, J.M., Shapiro, E.D., Studies of breast‐feeding and infections: how good is the evidence? (1986) Journal of the American Medical Association, 256, pp. 887-892; Bell, R.Z., Level of arousal in breast‐fed and bottle‐fed human newborns (1966) Psychosomatic Medicine, 28, pp. 177-180; Bernal, J., Crying during the first 10 days of life, and maternal responses (1972) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 14, pp. 362-372; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970, Vol. I: The First Week of Life., , London:, Heinemann; Crawford, M.A., Hassam, A.G., Stevens, P.A., Essential fatty acid requirements in pregnancy and lactation with special reference to brain development (1988) Progress in Lipid Research, 20, pp. 31-40; (1984) Present‐day Practice in Infant Feeding. Report on Health and Social Subjects 9., , London:, HMSO; Elliot, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1978) British Ability Scales., , Windsor:, NFER; Habicht, J.‐P., Davanzo, J., Butz, W.P., Does breastfeeding really save lives, or are apparent benefits due to biases? (1986) American Journal of Epidemiology, 123, pp. 279-290; Howie, P., Stewart Forsyth, J., Ogston, S.A., Clark, A., Florey, Protective effect of breast feeding against infection (1990) British Medical Journal, 300, pp. 11-16; Jackson, E.B., Wilkin, L.C., Auerbach, H., Statistical report on incidence and duration of breast‐feeding in relation to personal‐social and hospital maternity factors (1956) Pediatrics, 17, pp. 700-715; Lightwood, R., Sheldon, W., Harris, C., Stapleton, T., Hypercalcaemia in infants with vitamin D (1956) British Medical Journal, 2, p. 149; Little, R.E., Lambert, M.D., Worthington‐Roberts, B., Drinking and smoking at 3 months post‐partum by lactation history (1990) Paediatric Perinatal Epidemiology, 4, pp. 290-302; Lucas, A., Cole, T.J., Breast milk and neonatal necrotising enterocolitis (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 1519-1523; Lucas, A., Gore, S.M., Cole, T.J., Bamford, M.F., Dossetor, J.F.B., Barr, I., DiCarlo, L., Lucas, P.J., Multicentre trial on feeding low birthweight infants: effects of diet on early growth (1984) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 59, pp. 722-730; Lucas, A., Brooke, O.G., Baker, B.A., Bishop, N., Morley, R., High alkaline phosphatase activity and growth in preterm neonates (1989) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 64, pp. 902-909; Lucas, A., Morley, R., Cole, T.J., Early diet in preterm babies and developmental status at 18 months (1990) Lancet, 335, pp. 1477-1481; Lucas, A., Lister, G., Leeson‐Payne, C., Breast milk and subsequent intelligence quotient in children born pre‐term (1992) Lancet, 339, pp. 261-264; Morley, R., Cole, T.J., Powell, R., Lucas, A., Mother's choice to provide breast milk and developmental outcome (1988) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 63, pp. 1382-1385; Newton, N., (1955) Maternal Emotions., , New York:, Hoeber; Ounsted, M., Moar, V.A., Cockburn, J., Redman, C.W.G., Factors associated with the intellectual ability of children born to women with high risk pregnancies (1984) British Medical Journal, 288, pp. 1038-1041; Richards, M.P.M., Feeding and the early growth of the mother‐child relationship (1975) Modern Problems in Paediatrics, 15, pp. 143-154; Rodgers, B., Feeding in infancy and later ability and attainment: a longitudinal study (1978) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 20, pp. 421-426; Rogan, W.J., Gladen, B.C., Breast‐feeding and cognitive development (1993) Early Human Development, 31, pp. 181-193; Sauls, H.S., Potential effect of demographic and other variables in studies comparing morbidity of breast‐fed and bottle‐fed infants (1991) Pediatrics, 64, pp. 523-527; Silva, P.A., Fergusson, D.M., Socioeconomic status, maternal characteristics, child experience and intelligence in pre‐school children (1976) New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies., 2, pp. 180-188; Silva, P.A., Buckfield, P., Spears, G.F., Some maternal and child developmental characteristics associated with breast‐feeding: a report from the Dunedin Multidisciplinary Child Development Study (1978) Australian Paediatric Journal, 14, pp. 265-268; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Breast‐feeding and child development at five years (1984) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 26, pp. 73-80; Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Golding, J., Wadsworth, J., “Breastfeeding, bronchitis and admissions for lower respiratory illness and gastroenteritis during the first five years (1982) Lancet, 1, pp. 1227-1229; Wood, C., Kempson, C., Beech, C., Brooke, O.G., An investigation of crying in the newborn in relation to maternal and infant factors (1988) Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology., 7, pp. 201-205; Wright, C.E., Gaull, G.E., Taurine in human milk: biological significance (1988) Biology of Human Milk. Nestle Nutrition Workshop Series, 15, pp. 95-104. , Hanson, I. A.,. New York:, Vevey/Raven Press; Breast feeding and lower respiratory tract illness in the first year of life (1989) British Medical Journal, 299, pp. 946-949 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028266812&doi=10.1111%2fj.1469-8749.1994.tb11869.x&partnerID=40&md5=b242bff7d578e470e2deadb4f32841f6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The size of mortality differences associated with educational level in nine industrialized countries T2 - American Journal of Public Health J2 - AM. J. PUBLIC HEALTH VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 932 EP - 937 PY - 1994 DO - 10.2105/AJPH.84.6.932 SN - 00900036 (ISSN) AU - Kunst, A.E. AU - Mackenbach, J.P. AD - Department of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine/Health Sciences, Erasmus University, PO Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - Objectives. This study addresses the question of whether inequalities in premature mortality related to educational level differ among countries. Methods. Data on mortality by educational level were obtained from longitudinal studies from nine industrialized countries. The data referred to men between 35 and 64 years of age. The follow-up periods occurred between 1970 and 1982. The size of mortality differences associated with educational level was measured by means of two inequality indices, both based on Poisson regression analysis. Results. Inequalities in mortality are relatively small in the Netherlands, Sweden, Denmark, and Norway and about two times as large in the United States, France, and Italy. Finland and England and Wales occupy intermediate positions. The large inequalities in mortality in the United States and France can be attributed in part to large inequalities in education in these countries. Conclusions. The international pattern found in this study was also observed in a comparison that used occupation as the socioeconomic indicator. Differences between countries in levels of inequality in mortality may be partially explained by the countries' different levels of egalitarian social and economic policies. KW - adult KW - article KW - Denmark KW - education KW - Finland KW - France KW - human KW - industrialization KW - Italy KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - Netherlands KW - Norway KW - Sweden KW - United Kingdom KW - United States PB - American Public Health Association Inc. N1 - Cited By :288 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPEA C2 - 8203689 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kunst, A.E.; Department of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine/Health Sciences, Erasmus University, PO Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028060126&doi=10.2105%2fAJPH.84.6.932&partnerID=40&md5=57e0d2f05d1c7bea3be65165485909b3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changing patterns in the epidemiology and hospital care of peptic ulcer T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 1206 EP - 1217 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1093/ije/23.6.1206 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Primatesta, P. AU - Goldacre, M.J. AU - Seagroatt, V. AD - Unit of Health-Care Epidemiology, Department of Public Health and Primary Care, University of Oxford, Oxford, 0X3 7LF, United Kingdom AB - Primatesta P (Unit of Health-Care Epidemiology, Department of Public Health and Primary Care, University of Oxford, Oxford OX3 7LF, UK), Goldacre M J and Seagroatt V. Changing patterns in the epidemiology and hospital care of peptic ulcer. International Journal of Epidemiology 1994; 23: 1206-1217. Background. Our aim was to study trends in hospital admission rates for peptic ulcer in a geographically defined population, and to distinguish the effects of period, age and birth cohort on the rates. Methods. Analysis of linked, routinely collected abstracts of hospital inpatient care held by the Oxford record linkage study for the period 1970-1986. Age-and sex-specific and age-standardized hospitalization, readmission and operation rates were calculated for patients with peptic ulcer. Age, cohort and period effects were examined using log-linear models. Results. Records for a total of 5462 people with gastric ulcer and 10 186 with duodenal ulcer were identified. Overall, the age-standardized admission rates for both gastric and duodenal ulcer dedined over the study period. The decrease was confined to people <65 years of age. Among elderly patients admission rates for peptic ulcer increased over time, more so in females than in males. Admission rates were higher in the elderly than in young people for both gastric and duodenal ulcer. The apparent age effect was, in fact, mainly attributable to a birth cohort effect: age-specific admission rates were lower in people born after 1925 than in people born at the beginning of the century. This was more marked for males than females. There was a considerable decline in major operations undertaken on peptic ulcer; admission rates for endoscopy Increased; and readmission rates did not show significant changes. Conclusions. The overall decline found for hospital care of peptic ulcer during the study period is consistent with that found in England for mortality rates ascribed to peptic ulcer. The cohort effect found in the data for hospitalized morbidity supports that reported by others for mortality. The cohort effect indicates that the decline was related more to changes in risk factors in the cohorts born in different periods than to the introduction of new pharmacological treatments since the 1970s. © 1994 International Epidemiological Association. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - duodenum ulcer KW - endoscopy KW - female KW - hospital admission KW - hospital care KW - hospital patient KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - medical record KW - mortality KW - peptic ulcer KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - stomach ulcer KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Distribution KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Duodenal Ulcer KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Patient Admission KW - Sex Distribution KW - Stomach Ulcer KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7721523 LA - English N1 - References: Elashoff, J.D., Grossman, M.I., Trends in hospital admission and death rates for peptic ulcer in the United States from 1970 to 1978 (1980) Gastroenterology, 78, pp. 280-285; Sonnenberg, A., Chicarro, M.L., Peptic ulcer in the United States (1991) Rev Esp Enferm Dig, 79, pp. 341-349; Coggon, D., Lambert, P., Langman, M., 20 years of hospital admission for peptic ulcer in England and Wales (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 1302-1304; Bloom, B.S., Fendrick, A.M., Romsey, S.D., Changes in peptic ulcer and gastritis/duodenitis in Great Britain, 1970-1985 (1990) J Clin Gastroenterol, 12, pp. 100-108; Bloom, B.S., Cross-national changes in the effects of peptic ulcer disease (1991) Ann Intern Med, 114, pp. 558-562; Bodemar, G., Walan, A., Cimetidine in the treatment of active duodenal and prepyloric ulcers (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 161-164; Blackwood, W.S., Maudgal, D.P., Pickard, R.G., Lawrence, D., Northfield, T.C., Cimetidine in duodenal ulcer controlled trial (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 174-176; Fineberg, H.V., Pearlman, L.A., Surgical treatment of peptic ulcer in the United States. Trends before and after the introduction of cimetidine (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 1305-1307; Willie, J.H., Clark, C.G., Alexander-Williams, J., Effect of cimetidine on surgery for duodenal ulcer (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 1307-1308; Isemberg, I.J., The impact of H2-receptor antagonists on the complications, morbidity and mortality of peptic ulcer disease (1987) Aliment Pharmacol Ther, 1, pp. 447S-54SS; Ostensen, H., Gudmundsen, T.E., Bolz, K.D., Burhol, P.G., Bonnevie, O., The incidence of gastric ulcer and duodenal ulcer in North Norway (1985) Scand J Gastroenterol, 20, pp. 189-192; Bonnevie, O., The incidence of duodenal ulcer in Copenhagen county (1975) Scand J Gastroenterol, 10, pp. 385-393; Walt, R., Katschinski, B., Logan, R., Ashley, J., Langman, M., Rising frequency of ulcer perforation in elderly people in the United Kingdom (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 489-492; International Classification of Diseases, 8th Revision (1967), Geneva: WHO; International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision (1977), Geneva: WHO; Classification of Surgical Operations—3rd Revision (1975), London: OPCS; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I; Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: Age-period-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; 1981-1982 Morbidity Statistics from General Practice. Third National Study (1986), Series MB5 No. 1; London: HMSO; Sonnenberg, A., Muller, H., Pace, F., Birth-cohort analysis of pepticulcer mortality in Europe (1985) J Chron Dis, 38, pp. 309-317; Sonnenberg, A., Muller, H., Cohort and period effect in pepticulcer mortality from the USA (1984) Gastroenterology, 86, p. 1261; Westbrook, J.I., Rushworth, R.L., The epidemiology of pepticulcer mortality 1953-1989. A birth cohort analysis (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 1085-1092; Goldacre, M.J., Cause-specific mortality: Understanding uncertain tips of the disease iceberg (1993) J Epidemiol Community Health, 47, pp. 491-496; Susser, M., Stein, Z., Civilization and peptic ulcer (1962) Lancet, 1, pp. 115-119; La Vecchia, C., Lucchini, F., Negri, E., Reggi, V., Levi, F., The impact of therapeutic improvement in reducing peptic ulcer mortality in Europe (1993) Int J Epidemiol, 22, pp. 96-106; Series GHS No. 16; London: HMSO, 1989 (1986) Ch, p. 11; Caradoc-Davies, T.H., Non steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, arthritis and gastrointestinal bleeding in elderly in-patients (1984) Age Ageing, 13, pp. 295-298; Taylor, D.N., Blaser, M.J., The epidemiology of Helicobacter pylori infection (1991) Epidemiol Rev, 13, pp. 42-59; Parsonnel, J., Blaser, M.J., Perez-Perez, G.I., Hagrett-Beau, N., Tauxe, R.V., Symptoms and risk factors of Helicobacter pylori infection in a cohort of epidemiologists (1992) Gastroenterology, 102, pp. 41-46; Banatvala, N., Mayo, K., Megraud, F., Jennings, R., Decks, J.J., Feldman, R.A., The cohort effect and Helicobacter pylori (1993) J Inf Dis, pp. 219-221 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028568189&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f23.6.1206&partnerID=40&md5=25593658dcaceafb58147e4aa9e7ac7e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk scoring systems for identification of infants at high risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) or sudden unexpected infant death (SUD) T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - PAEDIATR. PERINAT. EPIDEMIOL. VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 9 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1994.tb00430.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Brooks, J.G. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Box 667, Univ of Rochester School of Medicine, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Rochester, NY 14642, United States AB - The populations studied and the sensitivity and specificity of the Oxford, California, and the Sheffield birth and multistage scores are summarised in Tables 1-3. The California scoring system has not been evaluated adequately in terms of its ability to predict SIDS, as there were only 34 SIDS in the 1970 British birth cohort. With the cutting scores set to produce a specificity for each system of about 80%, when the Oxford, California, and Sheffield birth score were applied to 318 controls and 34 SIDS from the 1970 British birth cohort, they identified 70, 53 and 62%, respectively, of the SIDS as having had high risk scores. They had even lower sensitivity when used to predict SUDS or PP PNP. The data summarised in Tables 1-3 illustrate the wide variability of the performance of the Sheffield birth score in different populations. While these systems do provide a tool for identifying a population of infants at greater than average risk of SIDS and SUDS for research purposes, the performance of these scores is poor enough that their use for clinical purposes is unjustified at this time. Subsequent risk scoring evaluation studies should be carried out on large populations of SIDS and control infants with wide demographic diversity. KW - accuracy KW - high risk patient KW - human KW - infant KW - intermethod comparison KW - prediction KW - reliability KW - review KW - risk assessment KW - scoring system KW - sudden death KW - sudden infant death syndrome KW - variance PB - Blackwell Publishing Ltd N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PPEPE C2 - 8153011 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Brooks, J.G.; Department of Pediatrics, Box 667, Univ of Rochester School of Medicine, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Rochester, NY 14642, United States UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028140066&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-3016.1994.tb00430.x&partnerID=40&md5=903d90f783db5e7a5cc3969d0d9b2945 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Charnley low-friction arthroplasty of the hip. Twenty-year results with cement T2 - The Journal of Arthroplasty J2 - J. Arthroplasty VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 229 EP - 234 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1016/0883-5403(94)90076-0 SN - 08835403 (ISSN) AU - Kavanagh, B.F. AU - Wallrichs, S. AU - Dewitz, M. AU - Berry, D. AU - Currier, B. AU - Ilstrup, D. AU - Coventry, M.B. AB - The first 333 Charnley (Thackray, United Kingdom) total hip arthroplasties performed at the Mayo Clinic between 1969 and 1970 have been followed since that time. One hundred twelve patients (112 hips) remain alive at 20 years. Clinical results remain excellent. The Mayo clinical and roentgenographic hip scoring system rates the results as good to excellent in 39 of 69 hips (with all necessary data to calculate the entire score), fair in 13 hips, and poor in 17 hips. The clinical score alone showed satisfactory results in 77 of 112 hips. Some clinical deterioration was attributed to the advancing age of the patients (mean age at final follow-up evaluation, 84 years). Probable roentgenographic loosening (component migration, complete bone-cement interface, radiolucent line greater than 1 mm, cement fracture) was noted in 12 of 69 acetabular components (17%) and 28 of 69 femoral components (36%). Two patients had required revision since the last report at 15 years for a total of 38 patients (32 revised, 4 Girdlestone arthroplasties, 2 stem fractures not yet revised). The probability of surviving 20 years without revision of the components was 84% (83% for men, 85% for women). The rates of loosening, revision, and failure (revision, Girdlestone, or symptomatic loosening) remain linear over 20 years of follow-up evaluation. If the probability of revision is based on patient age at the time of the initial total hip arthroplasty, there is a significantly increased probability of revision in those patients less than 59 years of age (27%) compared to those 59-65 years of age (13%), 65-70 years (7.5%), and over 70 years (12%). © 1994. KW - cement KW - Charnley total hip arthroplasty KW - revision KW - survival KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - hip arthroplasty KW - human KW - human tissue KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - prosthesis failure KW - prosthesis loosening KW - reoperation KW - scoring system KW - surgical technique KW - total hip prosthesis KW - united kingdom KW - Aged KW - Bone Cements KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hip Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Prosthesis Failure KW - Reoperation KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :117 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOARE C2 - 8077970 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kavanagh, B.F., Greenwich, CT, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Bone Cements N1 - References: Beckenbaugh, Ilstrup, Total hip arthroplasty: a review of three hundred and thirty-three cases with long follow-up (1978) J Bone Joint Surg, 60 A, p. 306; Kavanagh, Dewitz, Ilstrup, Charnley total hip arthroplasty with cement: fifteen year results (1989) J Bone Joint Surg, 71 A, p. 1496; Dorr, Takei, Conaty, Total hip arthroplasties in patients less than forty-five years old (1983) J Bone Joint Surg, 65 A, p. 474; Stauffer, Ten year follow-up sudy of total hip replacement with particular reference to roentgenographic loosening of the components (1982) J Bone Joint Surg, 64 A, p. 970; Gruen, McNiece, Amstutz, "Modes of failure" of cemented stem-type femoral components: a radiographic analysis of loosening. (1979) Clin Orthop Relat Res, 141, p. 17; Kavanagh, Fitzgerald, Jr, Clinical and roentgenographic assessment of total hip arthroplasty: a new hip score (1985) Clin Orthop, 193, p. 133; Kaplan, Meier, Nonparametric Estimation from Incomplete Observations (1958) Journal of the American Statistical Association, 53, p. 457; Chandler, Reineck, Wixson, McCarthy, Total hip replacement in patients younger than thirty years old (1981) J Bone Joint Surg, 63 A, p. 1426; Dorey, Amstutz, Survivorship analysis in the evaluation of joint replacement (1986) J Arthroplasty, 1, p. 63; Wroblewski, 15–21 year results of the Charnley low friction arthroplasty (1986) Clin Orthop, 211, p. 30 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028284420&doi=10.1016%2f0883-5403%2894%2990076-0&partnerID=40&md5=8bb76f86eb0b5452809331e1b782e778 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Leukemia in patients with breast cancer following adjuvant chemotherapy and/or postoperative radiation therapy T2 - Acta Oncologica J2 - Acta Oncol. VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 599 EP - 602 PY - 1994 DO - 10.3109/02841869409121768 SN - 0284186X (ISSN) AU - Hahn, P. AU - Baral, E. AU - Nelson, N. AD - Departments of Radiation Oncology, Manitoba Cancer Treatment and Research Foundation, Winnipeg, Canada AB - We investigated the possible etiological role of adjuvant chemotherapy and postoperative radiation therapy in the development of leukemia. A case-control design with four controls matched to each case of leukemia from a cohort of women who had been treated for breast cancer during the years from 1970 to 1985 was used. Thirteen (0.23% of the women in this cohort developed leukemia over varying lengths of follow-up time, ranging from 3 to 14 years. A higher percentage of the leukemia cases previously had adjuvant chemotherapy compared to their matched controls (54% versus 13% The relative odds estimate of developing leukemia after chemotherapy compared to no chemotherapy was 14.8 (95% C.I. (1.8; 125.3) p < 0.01). This estimate and the test of statistical significance was based on the likelihood function for matched sets with one case and more than one control. Approximately the same percentage of leukemia cases as their controls had received postoperative regional radiation therapy (28% versus 23% No significant association was found between postoperative radiation therapy and development of leukemia. A combination of adjuvant chemotherapy and postoperative radiation therapy was found more frequently in the leukemia cases than in their matched controls (33% versus 9% The leukemia developing in patients having received adjuvant chemotherapy was frequently therapy resistant, resulting in a short survival. ©1994 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - antineoplastic agent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - breast cancer KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - leukemia KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Chemotherapy, Adjuvant KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Female KW - Human KW - Leukemia KW - Leukemia, Radiation-Induced KW - Likelihood Functions KW - Manitoba KW - Middle Age KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Odds Ratio KW - Postoperative Period KW - Registries PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ACTOE C2 - 7946434 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hahn, P.; Department of Radiation Oncology, Manitoba Cancer Treatment and Research Foundation, 100 Olivia Street, Winnipeg R3E OV9, Canada N1 - References: Einhorn, N., Acute leukemia after chemotherapy (1978) Cancer, 41, pp. 444-447; Boice, J.D., Jr., Greene, M.H., Killen, J.Y., Jr., Leukemia and preleukemia after adjuvant treatment of gastrointestinal cancer with Semustine C Methyl-CCNU (1983) New Eng J Med, 309, pp. 1079-1084; Valagussa, P., Tancini, G., Bonadonna, G., Second malignancies after CMF for resectable breast cancer (1987) J Clin Oncol, 5, pp. 1138-1142; Fisher, B., Rockette, H., Fisher, E.R., Leukemia in breast cancer patients following adjuvant chemotherapy or postoperative radiation: the NSABP experience (1985) J Clin Oncol, 3, pp. 1640-1658; Cancer incidence mortality in the province of Manitoba. (1990), pp. 58-59. , Man, Cancer Treatment & Research Foundation Annual Report Statistics; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1980) Statistical methods in cancer research, The analysis of case–control studies., , volume 1, International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon; Fisher, B., Carbone, P., Economou, S.G., 1-phenylalanine mustard (1-PAM) in the management of primary breast cancer (1975) N Eng J Med, 292, pp. 117-122; Bonadonna, G., Brusamoline, E., Valagussa, P., Combination chemotherapy as an adjuvant treatment in operable breast cancer (1976) N Eng J Med, 294, pp. 405-410; Curtis, R.E., Boice, J.D., Jr., Stovall, M., Leukemia risk following radiotherapy for breast cancer (1989) J Clin Oncol, 7, pp. 21-29; Boice, J.D., Cancer following medical irradiation (1977) Cancer, 47, pp. 1081-1090; Curtis, R.E., Hankey, B.F., Myers, M.H., Risk of leukemia associated with the first course of cancer treatment: An analysis of the surveillance, epidemiology and end results program experience (1984) JNCI, 72, pp. 531-544; Coltman, C.A., Dixon, D.O., Second malignancies complicating Hodgkin's disease: a southwest oncology group 10-year follow-up (1982) Cancer Treat Rep, 66, pp. 1023-1033 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027943569&doi=10.3109%2f02841869409121768&partnerID=40&md5=9a8e2b6c882e791d172c58c023ce3f0c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence Rate, Cumulative Incidence, and Cohort Effect of Kawasaki Disease in Japan T2 - Journal of Epidemiology J2 - J. Epidemiol. VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 16 PY - 1994 DO - 10.2188/jea.4.13 SN - 09175040 (ISSN) AU - Nakamura, Y. AU - Yanagawa, H. AU - Hirose, K. AU - Kawasaki, T. AD - Department of Public Health, Jichi Medical School, Minamikawachi, Tochigi, Japan AD - Japan Kawasaki Disease Research Center, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan AB - To get information about secular trend of age-specific incidence rate, cumulative incidence up to 5 years of age, and whether there is a cohort effect of incidence rate of Kawasaki disease, we analyzed the data of nationwide incidence surveys of the disease in Japan from 1970 through 1990. The age-specific incidence rate increased gradually except for three nationwide epidemic years. Cumulative incidence from birth through 4 years of age also increased, and was about 0.5% for males and 0.4% for females who were born in early and middle 1980s. Although some birth cohort showed a high relative risk of incidence rate with statistical significance, there was no meaningful cohort effect on Kawasaki disease. J Epidemiol, 1994; 4: 13-16. © 1994, Japan Epidemiological Association. All rights reserved. KW - cohort effect KW - cumulative incidence KW - incidence rate KW - Kawasaki disease KW - Poisson regression analysis N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Yanagawa, H., Nakamura, Y., Yashiro, M., A nationwide incidence survey of Kawasaki disease in 1985-1986 in Japan. (1988) J Infect Dis, 158, pp. 1296-1301; Nakamura, Y., Fujita, Y., Nagai, M., Cardiac sequelae of Kawasaki disease in Japan: statistical analysis. (1991) Pediatrics, 88, pp. 1144-1147; (1992) The Japanese Research Committee of Kawasaki Disease. Results of the 11th nationwide incidence survey of Kawasaki disease in Japan. Shonika (Pediatrics Jpn), 33, pp. 309-316. , (in Japanese); Haneda, N., Kajino, Y., Saito, M., Mass survey for coronary lesions in school children with history of Kawasaki disease in Shimane Prefecture. (1985) Jpn Circ J, 49, pp. 1280-1284; Takenaka, T., Kano, K., Survey on Kawasaki disease in primary, middle and high schools in Osaka. (1989) Prog Med, 9, pp. 2051-2056. , (in Japanese with English abstract); Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Morgenstein, H., (1982) Epidemiologic research: principles and quantitative methods. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, pp. 130-134; Rothman, K.J., Modern epidemiology. (1986), pp. 29-32. , Little Brown, Boston; Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Muller, K.E., (1988) Applied regression analysis and other multivariate methods, pp. 497-512. , 2nd ed. PWS-KENT, Boston; SAS Institute Inc. (1990) SAS technical report P-200 SAS/STAT software: CALIS and LOGISTIC procedures; release 6.04. SAS Institute, Vary, NC, pp. 175-230; Gregg, N.M., Congenital cataract following German measles in the mother. (1941) Trans Ophthalmol Soc Aust, 3, pp. 35-46; Lancaster, H.O., Deafness as an epidemic disease in Australia. (1951) BMJ, 2, pp. 1429-1432 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-85004560097&doi=10.2188%2fjea.4.13&partnerID=40&md5=334458fa4f3c203ae57da6f630b08606 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The Stirling county study: Then and now T2 - International Review of Psychiatry J2 - Int. Rev. Psychiatry VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 329 EP - 348 PY - 1994 DO - 10.3109/09540269409023271 SN - 09540261 (ISSN) AU - Murphy, J.M. AD - Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Psychiatry Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Massachusetts, United States AD - Department of Epidemiology, Harvard School of Public Health, Massachusetts, United States AB - The Stirling County Study was started more than 40 years ago. In the context of the field of community-based psychiatric epidemiology as a whole, the Stirling Study is reviewed using three time periods. The early years are illustrated by comparison of the Lundby, Midtown, and Stirling Studies. This period ended in critical reviews which emphasized the absence of agreement about psychiatric diagnosis and which suggested that prevalence was over-estimated especially by Stirling and Midtown, both of which gave a current overall rate of about 20% During the middle years effort in the Stirling Study and in psychiatric epidemiology generally was concentrated on issues of reliability and validity of diagnosis. The recent years are illustrated by comparison with the Epidemiologic Catchment Area Program, the Edmonton Epidemiologic Survey, and the National Comorbidity Survey. A current overall rate of approximately 20% can no longer be thought of as an over-estimation since it has appeared in numerous studies. Similarities and differences across studies will, however, continue to draw attention. In terms of similarities, the findings from the Stirling Study from 1952-1970 seem to support a "birth cohort" effect for depression which has been commonly but retrospectively reported in the newer studies. While recent findings from the Stirling Study are not yet available, it is possible that peak prevalence has moved downward from older to younger people as time has moved forward from 1952 to 1992. In terms of differences, results about depression in the Stirling Study are unusual in that they suggest equal vulnerability for men and women. This finding is worthy of attention because long-term outcome of depression was much worse for men than women in terms of association with death and in the liklihood of remaining chronically or recurrently depressed. © 1994 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adult KW - aged KW - comparative study KW - depression KW - diagnostic accuracy KW - epidemiological data KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mental disease KW - priority journal KW - psychiatric diagnosis KW - reliability KW - review KW - sex difference KW - time PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IRPSE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Murphy, J.M.; Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Psychiatry Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Massachusetts, United States N1 - References: (1952) American Psychiatric Association Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, First Edition, , American Psychiatric Association Washington, DC; (1980) American Psychiatric Association Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition, , American Psychiatric Association Washington, DC; (1987) American Psychiatric Association Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, Revised Third Edition, , American Psychiatric Association Washington, DC; Beiser, M., A psychiatric follow-up study of ‘normal’ adults (1971) American Journal of Psychiatry, 127, pp. 1464-1472; Benfari, R., Leighton, A.H., Kessler, I.I., Levin, M.L., Comparison of factor structures in urban New York and rural Nova Scotia population samples: A study in psychiatric epidemiology (1970) The Community as an Epidemiologic Laboratory: A Casebook of Community Studies, , Johns Hopkins Press Baltimore; Benfari, R.C., Leighton, A.H., Beiser, M., Coen, K., CASE: Computer assigned symptom evaluation: An instrument for psychiatric epidemiological application (1972) Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 154, pp. 115-124; Bland, R.C., Newman, S.C., Orn, H., Epidemiology of psychiatric disorders in Edmonton (1988) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 338, pp. 1-80; Bland, R.C., Newman, S.C., Orn, H., Period prevalence of psychiatric disorders in Edmonton (1988) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 338, pp. 33-42; Blazer, D.G., Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Swartz, M.S., The prevalence and distribution of major depression in a national community sample: The National Comorbidity Survey (1994) American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, pp. 979-986; Burnam, M.A., Hough, R.L., Escobar, J.L., Karno, M., Timbrs, D.M., Telles, C.A., Locke, B.Z., Six-month prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders among Mexican-Americans and Non-Hispanic Whites in Los Angeles (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 687-694; Dohrenwend, B.P., Dohrenwend, B.S., The problem of validity in field studies of psychological disorder (1965) Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 70, pp. 52-69; Dohrenwend, B.P., Dohrenwend, B.S., Gould, M.S., Link, B., Neugebauer, R., Wunsch-Hitzig, R., (1980) Mental Illness in the United States: Epidemiological Estimates, , Praeger Publishers New York; Endicott, J., Spitzer, R.L., A diagnostic interview: The Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia (1978) Archives of General Psychiatry, 35, pp. 837-844; Essen-Möller, E., Individual traits and morbidity in a Swedish rural population (1956) Acta Psychiatrica Neurologica Scandinavica, 100, pp. 1-160; Eysenck, H.J., (1947) Dimensions of Personality, , Macmillan Book Co. New York; Felix, R.H., Bowers, R.V., Mental hygiene and socio-environmental factors (1948) Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 26, pp. 125-147; Folstein, M.F., Folstein, S.E., McHugh, P.R., Mini-Mental State: A practical method for grading the cognitive status of patients for the clinician (1975) Journal of Psychiatric Research, 12, pp. 189-198; Hagnell, O., (1966) A Prospective Study of the Incidence of Mental Disorder, , Svenska Bokforlaget Stockholm; Hagnell, O., Essen-Möller, E., Lanke, J., Öjesjö, L., Rorsman, B., (1990) The Incidence of Mental Illness Over a Quarter of a Century, , Almqvist & Wiksell International Stockholm; Hughes, C.C., Tremblay, M.A., Rapoport, R.N., Leighton, A.H., (1960) People of Cove and Woodlot, The Stirling County Study, II. , Basic Books, Inc. New York; Kaplan, B.H., (1971) Psychiatric Disorder and the Urban Environment, , Behavioral Publications New York; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Swartz, M., Blazer, D.G., Nelson, C.B., Sex and depression in the National Comorbidity Survey I: Lifetime prevalence, chronicity and recurrence (1993) Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, pp. 85-96; Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C.B., Hughes, M., Eshleman, S., Wittchen, H., Kendler, K.S., Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey (1994) Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, pp. 8-19; Lapouse, R., Pasamanick, B., Discussion of Treated and untreated mental disorder in the metropolis (1959) Epidemiology of Mental Disorders, , American Association for the Advancement of Science Washington, DC; Lapouse, R., Problems in studying the prevalence of psychiatric disorder (1967) American Journal of Public Health, 57, pp. 947-954; Leighton, A.H., (1950) A proposal for research in the epidemiology of psychiatric disorders. In Milbank Memorial Fund: Epidemiology of Mental Disorder, , Milbank Memorial Fund New York; Leighton, A.H., (1959) My Name Is Legion: The Stirling County Study of Psychiatric Disorder and Socio-cultural Environment, I. , Basic Books. Inc. New York; Leighton, D.C., Harding, J.S., Macklin, D.B., Macmillan, A.M., Leighton, A.H., (1963) The Character of Danger: The Stirling County Study, III. , Basic Books, Inc. New York; Leighton, D.C., Harding, J.S., Macklin, D.B., Hughes, C.C., Leighton, A.H., Psychiatric findings of the Stirling County Study (1963) American Journal of Psychiatry, 119, pp. 1021-1026; Leighton, A.H., Lambo, T.A., Hughes, C.C., Leighton, D.C., Murphy, J.M., Macklin, D.B., (1963) Psychiatric Disorder Among the Yoruba, , Cornell University Press Ithaca; Leighton, A.H., Leighton, D.C., Danley, R.A., Validity in mental health surveys (1966) Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 11, pp. 167-168; Macmillan, A.M., The Health Opinion Survey: technique for estimating prevalence of psychoneurotic and related types of disorders in communities (1957) Psychological Reports, 3, pp. 325-339; Menninger, K., (1959) A Psychiatrist's World, , The Viking Press New York; Murphy, J.M., Lebra, W.P., A cross-cultural comparison of psychiatric disorder: Eskimos of Alaska, Yorubas of Nigeria, and Nova Scotians of Canada (1972) Transcultural Research in Mental Health, , University of Hawaii Press Honolulu; Murphy, J.M., Psychiatric labeling in cross-cultural perspective (1976) Science, 191, pp. 1019-1028; Murphy, J.M., War stress and civilian Vietnamese: A study of psychological effects (1977) Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 56, pp. 92-108; Murphy, J.M., Continuities in community-based psychiatric epidemiology (1980) Archives of General Psychiatry, 37, pp. 1215-1223; Murphy, J.M., Weissman, M.M., Myers, J.K., Ross, C., Locke, B.Z., Slary, A., The Stirling County Study, Monographs in Psychosocial Epidemiology (1986) Community Surveys of Psychiatric Disorders, IV. , Rutgers University Press New Brunswick; Murphy, J.M., Depression in the community: Findings from the Stirling County Study (1990) Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 35, pp. 390-396; Murphy, J.M., Maser, J.D., Cloninger, C.R., Diagnostic comorbidity and symptom co-occurrence: The Stirling County Study (1990) Comorbidity in Anxiety and Mood Disorders, , American Psychiatric Press Washington, DC; Murphy, J.M., Fava, M., Rosenbaum, J.F., Measurement and design in a longitudinal epidemiologic study: Depression and anxiety in a general population (1992) Research Designs and Methods in Psychiatry, , Elsevier Science Publishers Amsterdam; Murphy, J.M., Token, M., Zahner, G.E.P., Tsuang, M.T., Diagnostic schedules and rating scales in adult psychiatry Textbook in Psychiatric Epidemiology, , John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New Yorkin press, a; Murphy, J.M., What happens to depressed men? Harvard Review of Psychiatry, , in press, b; Murphy, J.M., Leighton, A.H., (1965) Approaches to Cross-Cultural Psychiatry, , Cornell University Press Ithaca; Murphy, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Neff, R.K., Olivier, D.C., Leighton, A.H., Stability of prevalence: Depression and anxiety disorders (1984) Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, pp. 990-997; Murphy, J.M., Neff, R.K., Sobol, A.M., Rice, J.X., Olivier, D.C., Computer diagnosis of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1985) Psychological Medicine, 15, pp. 99-112; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Monson, R.R., Leighton, A.H., Diagnosis and outcome: Depression and anxiety in a general population (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 117-126; Murphy, J.M., Berwick, D.M., Weinstein, M.C., Borus, J.F., Budman, S.H., Klerman, G.L., Performance of screening and diagnostic tests: Application of Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) analysis (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 550-555; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Affective disorders and mortality: A general population study (1987) Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, pp. 473-480; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Incidence of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1988) American Journal of Public Health, 78, pp. 534-540; Murphy, J.M., Sobol, A.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Leighton, A.H., Pratt, L.A., Prodromes of depression and anxiety: The Stirling County Study (1989) British Journal of Psychiatry, 155, pp. 490-495; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Olivier, D.C., Sobol, A.M., Pratt, L.A., Leighton, A.H., Mortality risk and psychiatric disorders: Results of a general physician survey (1989) Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 24, pp. 134-142; Murphy, J.M., Olivier, D.C., Monson, R.R., Sobol, A.M., Federman, E.B., Leighton, A.H., Depression and anxiety in relation to social status: A prospective epidemiologic study (1991) Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, pp. 223-229; Murphy, J.M., Monson, R.R., Olivier, D.C., Zahner, G.E.P., Sobol, A.M., Leighton, A.H., Relationships over time between psychiatric and somatic disorders: The Stirling County Study (1992) American Journal of Epidemiology, 136, pp. 95-105; (1978) President's Commission on Mental Health Report to the President, , United States Printing Office Washington, DC; Regier, D.A., Myers, J.K., Kramer, M., Robins, L.N., Blazer, D.G., Hough, R.L., Eaton, W.W., Locke, B.Z., The NIMH Epidemiologic Catchment Area Program (1984) Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, pp. 934-941; Regier, D.A., Boyd, J.H., Burke, J.D., Rae, D.S., Myers, J.K., Kramer, M., Robins, L.N., Locke, B.Z., One-month prevalence of mental disorders in the United States (1988) Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, pp. 977-986; Robins, L.N., Psychiatric epidemiology (1978) Archives of General Psychiatry, 35, pp. 697-702; Robins, L.N., Helzer, J., Croughan, J., Ratcliff, K.S., The NIMH Diagnostic Interview Schedule: It's history, characteristics and validity (1981) Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, pp. 381-389; Robins, L.N., Regier, D.A., (1991) Psychiatric Disorders in America: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, , The Free Press New York; Robins, L.N., Wing, J.K., Wittchen, H.U., Helzer, J.E., Babor, T.F., Burke, J., Farmer, A., Towle, L.H., The Composite International Diagnostic Interview: An epidemiologic instrument suitable for use in conjunction with different diagnostic systems and in different cultures (1988) Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, pp. 1069-1077; Srole, L., Fisher, A.K., The Midtown Manhattan Longitudinal Study vs “The Mental Paradise Lost” Doctrine: A controversy jointed (1980) Archives of General Psychiatry, 37, pp. 209-221; Srole, L., Langner, T.S., Michael, S.T., Opler, M.K., Rennie, T.A.C., (1962) Mental Health in the Metropolis: The Midtown Manhattan Study, , McGraw-Hill New York; Star, S.A., Stouffer, S.A., Guttman, L., Suchman, E.A., Lazarsfeld, P.F., Star, S.A., Clausen, J.A., The screening of psychoneurotics in the Army: Technical development of tests (1950) The American Soldier: Measurement and Prediction, IV. , Princeton University Press Princeton; Teng, E.L., Chui, H.C., The Modified Mini-Mental State (3MS) Examination (1987) Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 48, pp. 314-318; Weissman, M.M., Klerman, G.L., Sex differences and the epidemiology of depression (1977) Archives of General Psychiatry, 34, pp. 98-111; Weissman, M.M., Klerman, G.L., Epidemiology of mental disorders: Emerging trends in the United States (1978) Archives of General Psychiatry, 35, pp. 705-712; Weissman, M.M., Myers, J.K., Harding, P.S., Psychiatric disorders in a US urban community: 1975–1976 (1978) American Journal of Psychiatry, 135, pp. 459-462; (1967) World Health Organization International Classification of Diseases, Eighth Revision, , World Health Organization Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028625576&doi=10.3109%2f09540269409023271&partnerID=40&md5=49b8fb2091f1c6dad234bf337ee52c65 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A Longitudinal Study of Early Childhood Education and Subsequent Academic Achievement T2 - Australian Psychologist J2 - Aust. Psychol. VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 110 EP - 115 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1080/00050069408257333 SN - 00050067 (ISSN) AU - Fergusson, D.M. AU - Horwood, L.J. AU - Lynskey, M.T. AD - Christchurch School of Medicine, Christchurch Hospital, New Zealand AB - The relationships between duration of attendance at early childhood education facilities and measures of intelligence, reading comprehension, mathematical reasoning, and school ability up to the age of 13 years were studied in a birth cohort of New Zealand children. Before adjustment for confounding factors, children who had attended early education facilities for more than two years scored from .33 to .80 SDs higher on tests of cognitive ability and school achievement than children who did not attend early education. However, after adjustment for confounding factors, including parental education levels, socioeconomic status, family size, child ethnicity, infant feeding methods, early mother‐child interaction, and the child's birthweight, these differences reduced to between .13 and .47 SDs. Nonetheless, in all but one case, significant associations were found between duration of attendance at early childhood education and cognitive ability and school achievement after controlling for confounding factors. It is concluded that these findings are consistent with the view that attendance at early childhood education may be associated with subsequent improvement in school achievement with these associations persisting up to the age of 13 years. 1994 Australian Psychological Society N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fergusson, D.M.; Christchurch School of Medicine, PO Box 4345, Christchurch, New Zealand N1 - References: Andersson, B.E., Effects of public day‐care: A longitudinal study (1989) Child Development, 60, pp. 857-866; Berk, R.A., An introduction to sample selection bias in sociological data (1983) American Sociological Review, 48, pp. 386-398; Berrueta‐Clement, J.R., Schweinhart, L.J., Barnett, W.S., Epstein, A.S., Weikart, D.P., (1985) Changed lives: The effects of the Perry Preschool Program on youths through age 19., , High/Scope, Ypsilanti, MI; Bradley, R.M., Caldwell, B.M., Home observation for measurement of the environment: A validation study of screening efficiency (1977) American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 81, pp. 417-424; (1983) As the twig is bent: Lasting effects of preschool programs., , Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ; Dalli, C., Early childhood education in New Zealand: Current issues and policy developments (1990) Early Child Development and Care, 64, pp. 61-70; Datta, L., Epilogue: We never promised you a rose garden, but one may have grown anyhow (1983) As the twig is bent: Lasting effects of preschool programs, pp. 467-479. , Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, Consortium for Longitudinal Studies; Densem, A., (1980) The playcentre way., , New Zealand Playcentre Federation, Auckland; Elardo, R., Bradley, R.M., Caldwell, B.M., A longitudinal study of the relation of infant home environments to language development at age three (1977) Child Development, 48, pp. 595-603; Elley, W.B., Irving, J.C., Revised socio‐economic index for New Zealand (1976) New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 11, pp. 25-36; Elley, W.B., Reid, N.A., (1969) Progressive Achievement Tests: Teacher manual, reading comprehension, reading vocabulary., , New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington; Fergusson, D.M., Fergusson, J.E., Horwood, L.J., Kinzett, N.G., A longitudinal study of dentine lead levels, intelligence, school performance and behaviour. Part II: Dentine lead and cognitive ability (1988) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 29, pp. 793-809; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Shannon, F.T., Lawton, J.M., The Christchurch Child Development Study: A review of epidemiological findings (1989) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 3, pp. 278-301; Haskins, R., Beyond metaphor: The efficacy of early childhood education (1989) American Psychologist, 44, pp. 274-282; Hebbeler, K., An old and a new question on the effects of early education for children from low income families (1985) Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 7, pp. 707-716; Lee, V.E., Brooks‐Gunn, J., Schnur, E., Liaw, F.R., Are Headstart effects sustained? A longitudinal follow‐up comparison of disadvantaged children attending Headstart, no preschool, and other preschool programs (1990) Child Development, 61, pp. 495-507; Meade, A., (1985) The children can choose: A study of early childhood programs in New Zealand., , New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington; Meade, A., (1988) Education to be more: Report of the Early Childhood Care and Education Working Group., , New Zealand Government Printer, Wellington; Osborn, A.F., Milbank, J.E., (1987) The effects of early education: A report from the Child Health and Education Study., , Clarendon Press, Oxford; Reid, N.A., Hughes, D.C., (1974) Progressive Achievement Tests: Teacher manual, mathematics., , New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington; Reid, N.A., Jackson, P.F., Gilmore, A., Croft, C., (1981) Test of scholastic abilities., , New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington; Smith, A.B., Swain, D., (1988) Childcare in New Zealand., , Allen & Unwin, Wellington; Wechsler, D., (1974) Wechsler intelligence scale for children ‐revised., , The Psychological Corporation, New York; White, K.R., Efficacy of early intervention (1985) Journal of Special Education, 41, pp. 401-416; White, K.R., Bush, D.W., Casto, G.C., Learning from reviews of early intervention (1985) Journal of Special Education, 41, pp. 417-428; Zigler, E., Hall, N.W., The implications of early intervention efforts for the primary prevention of juvenile delinquency (1987) From children to citizens, 3, pp. 154-185. , Wilson, J. Q., Lowry, G. C., Springer‐Verlag, New York UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84981962812&doi=10.1080%2f00050069408257333&partnerID=40&md5=a51a973c97cbbf0b9b0b9bbefb7eb011 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Osteitis after newborn vaccination with three different Bacillus calmette-guérin vaccines: Twenty-nine years of experience T2 - Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal J2 - Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 116 PY - 1994 SN - 08913668 (ISSN) AU - Kröger, L. AU - Brander, E. AU - Korppi, M. AU - Wasz-Höckert, O. AU - Backman, A. AU - Kröger, H. AU - Launiala, K. AU - Katila, M.-L. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Department of Surgery, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Clinical Microbiology, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Finnish Antituberculosis Association, Helsinki, Finland AD - Rakuunantie 7, Helsinki, Finland AD - Allergy Hospital, Helsinki, Finland AB - Newborns in Finland have been vaccinated with Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) since the 1950s. Until the end of 1970 the vaccine was made from BCG strain Gothenburg by the Swedish BCG laboratory in Gothenburg and from 1971 on from the same strain in Copenhagen, Denmark. It was replaced by the Glaxo vaccine in 1978. Complications caused by BCG vaccination have been under follow-up, and the data have been collected from nationwide registers. In this study we analyzed the incidence rates of BCG osteitis between the years 1960 and 1988. From 1960 to 1970 the incidence rate was fromto 13.0/100 000 BCG-vaccinated infants (mean, 7.3; median, 6.9). The incidence increased during the years 1971 to 1978 when it varied between 15.3 and 72.9/100 000 BCG- vaccinated infants (mean, 36.9; median, 30.4). Since 1978 the incidence has varied between and 10.1/100 000 BCG-vaccinated infants (mean, 6.4; median, 7.2). In Britain no reports of BCG osteitis have been published despite the use of the same Glaxo vaccine. Our results indicate that the incidence of BCG osteitis in a given population depends on the BCG vaccine used. The follow-up of BCG complications is an essential part of BCG vaccination program. © 1994 by Williams & Wilkins. KW - Bacillus Calmette-Guerin vaccination KW - Newborn vaccination KW - Osteitis KW - Vaccination complication KW - bcg vaccine KW - article KW - bcg vaccination KW - finland KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - newborn KW - osteitis KW - priority journal KW - tuberculosis KW - Animal KW - BCG Vaccine KW - Comparative Study KW - Guinea Pigs KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Osteitis KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :49 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8190535 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kröger, L.; Departments of Pediatrics, Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio, SF-70210, Finland N1 - Chemicals/CAS: BCG Vaccine N1 - Manufacturers: glaxo, United Kingdom; statens serum institut, Denmark N1 - References: Rouillon, A., Waaler, H., BCG vaccination and epidemiological situation: A decision making approach to the use of BCG (1976) Adv Tuberc Res, 19, pp. 64-126; (1988) 11Th Ed, , New York: Elsevier; Lotte, A., Wasz-Hocket, O., Poisson, N., Second IUATLD (1988) Bull Int Union Tuberc Lung Dis, 68, pp. 47-59; Haro, A.S., Tuberculosis in Finland: Past-present-future (1988) Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Yearbook, pp. 40-42. , Helsinki: Finnish Antituberculosis Association; Wasz-Hockert, O., Backman, A., Lotte, A., Osteitis caused by BCG vaccination of newborn (1979) Bull Int Union Tuberc, 54, 325p; Lind, A., The Swedish strain of BCG (1988) Tubercle, 64, pp. 238-244; Foucard, T., Hjelmstedt, A., BCG-osteomyelitis and -osteoarthritis as a complication following BCG-vaccination (1971) Acta Orthop Scand, 42, pp. 142-151; Romanus, V., Childhood tuberculosis in Sweden: An epidemiological study made six years after the cessation of general BCG vaccination of the newborn (1983) Tubercle, 64, pp. 101-110; Minnikin, D.E., Parlett, J.H., Magnusson, M., Ridell, M., Lind, A., Mycolic acid patterns of representatives of Mycobacterium bovis BCG (1984) J Gen Microbiol, 130, pp. 2733-2736; Abou-Zeid, C., Rook, G., Minnikin, D.E., Partlett, J.H., Osborn, T.W., Grange, J.M., Effect of the method of preparation of Bacille Calmette-Guerin (BCG) vaccine on the properties of four daughter strains (1987) J Appl Bacteriol, 63, pp. 449-453; Milstine, J.B., Gibson, J.J., Quality control of BCG vaccine by WHO: A review of factors that may influence vaccine effective-ness and safety (1990) Bull WHO, 68, pp. 93-108; Marik, I., Kubat, R., Filipsky, J., Galliova, J., Osteitis caused by BCG vaccination (1988) J Pediatr Orthop, 8, pp. 332-337; Noah Praveen, K., Smikle, M.F., Prabhakar, P., Pande, D., Johnson, B., Ashley, D., Outbreak of Bacillus Calmette Guerin associated lymphadenitis and abscesses in Jamaican children (1990) Pediatr Infect Dis J, 9, pp. 890-893; Hengster, P., Fille, M., Menanrdi, G., Suppurative lymphadenitis in newborn after change of BCG vaccine (1991) Lancet, 337, pp. 1168-1169; Quast, U., Merkle, W., Bijok, U., Side effects of BCG vaccination with strain Copenhagen 1331 (1986) Dev Biol Stand, 58, pp. 321-329; Nyerges, G., Drinoczy, M., Significance of the number of viable units in BCG vaccines (1986) Dev Biol Stand, 58, pp. 331-336 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028156936&partnerID=40&md5=211eb4815e8024e05f2f16762b408d1f ER - TY - JOUR TI - A cohort study of radiographic alveolar bone loss during adolescence T2 - Journal of Clinical Periodontology J2 - J. Clin. Periodontol. VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 138 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-051X.1994.tb00291.x SN - 03036979 (ISSN) AU - Aass, A.M. AU - Tollefsen, T. AU - Gjermo, P. AD - Department of Periodontology, University of Oslo, Norway AB - Abstract The aim of the present study was to assess the changes in prevalence of early radiographic alveolar bone loss in a birth cohort (all subjects born 1970) over a period of 8 years as related to sex, ethnic origin, orthodontic treatment and socio‐economic status. In 1984, the target population consisted of 2767 subjects. In 1986, 1988 and 1992, sets of bite–wing radiographs were obtained from samples of the same population. Alveolar bone loss was recorded if the distance from the cemento‐enamel junction to the alveolar crest exceeded 2 mm measured on posterior bite‐wing radiographs. The frequency of subjects with radiographic alveolar bone loss increased significantly with age (p≤ 0.05). The number of subjects with 3 or more lesions also increased with age. The demographic variables studied did not seem to influence the prevalence of bone loss significantly in the present cohort study. Copyright © 1994, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - bite‐wing roentgen KW - early periodontitis KW - teenagers KW - adolescent KW - age KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - Norway KW - osteolysis KW - periodontitis KW - prevalence KW - radiography KW - social class KW - tooth radiography KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Alveolar Bone Loss KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Norway KW - Periodontitis KW - Prevalence KW - Radiography, Bitewing KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8144733 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Aass, A.M.; Department of Periodontology, Dental Faculty, Box 1109, Blindern, Oslo, 0317, Norway N1 - References: Aass, A.M., Albandar, J.M., Aasenden, R., Tollefsen, T., Gjermo, P., Variation in radiographic alveolar bone loss in subgroups of 14‐year‐old schoolchildren in Oslo (1988) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 15, pp. 130-133; Aass, A.M., Gjermo, P., Changes in radiographic bone level in orthodontically treated teenagers over a 4‐year period (1992) Community Dentistry and Oral Epidemiology, 20, pp. 90-93; Albandar, J.M., Prevalence of incipient radiographic periodontal lesions in relation to ethnic background and dental care provisions in young adults (1989) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 16, pp. 625-629; Albandar, J.M., Baghdady, V.S., Ohose, L.J., Periodontal disease progression in teenagers with no preventive dental care provisions (1991) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 18, pp. 300-304; Bäckman, N., Holm, A‐K., Keskitalo, E., Gustafsson, L., Dental health of national servicement in Umeå (1981) Swedish Dental Journal, 5, pp. 129-139; Birkeland, J.M., Bragelien, J., Continual highly significant decrease in caries prevalence among 14‐year‐old Norwegians (1987) Acta Odontologica Scandinavica, 45, pp. 135-140; Bjorn, A‐L., Hailing, A., Clinical and roentgenographic examination of 697 Swedish recruits, year 1980 (1983) Swedish Dental Journal, 7, pp. 129-139; Bjørn, H., Hailing, A., Thyberg, H., Radiographic assessment of marginal bone loss (1969) Odontologic Revue, 20, pp. 165-179; Blankenstein, R., Murray, J.J., Lind, O.P., Prevalence of chronic periodontitis in 13–15 year old children (1978) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 5, pp. 285-295; Bradford Hill, A., (1961) Principles of medical statistics, , London, The Lancet Limited; Clerehugh, V., Lennon, M.A., A two‐year longitudinal study of early periodontitis in 14‐ to 16‐year old schoolchildren (1986) Cuminunity Denial Health, 3, pp. 135-141; Clerehugh, V., Lennon, M.A., Worthington, H.V., 5‐year results of early periodontitis in 14‐ to 19‐year‐old adolescents (1990) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 17, pp. 702-708; Crossner, C‐G., Unell, L., A longitudinal study of dental health and treatment need in Swedish teenagers (1986) Community Dentistry und Oral Epidemiology, 14, pp. 10-14; Davies, R.M., Downer, M.C., Lennon, M.A., Destructive forms of periodontal disease in adolescents and young adults (1985) British Denial Journal, 158, pp. 429-436; Gjermo, P., Means and methods in community strategies (1984) Public health aspects of periodontal disease, pp. 121-134. , Goals for periodontal health and acceptable levels of disease., Frandsen, A.,. Berlin, Quintessence; Gjermo, P., Bellini, H.T., Santos, V.P., Martins, J.G., Ferracyoli, J.R., Prevalence of bone loss in a group of Brazilian teenagers assessed on bile–wing radiographs (1984) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 11, pp. 104-113; Hansen, B.F., Gjermo, P., Bergwitz‐Larseri, K.R., Periodontal bone loss in 15‐year‐old Norwegians (1954) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 11, pp. 125-131; Hugoson, A., Koch, G., Bergendal, T., Hallonsten, A‐L., Laurell, L., Lungren, D., Nyman, J.E., Oral health of individuals aged 3–80 years in Jönköbing. Sweden, in 1973 and 1983 (II). A review of clinical and radiographic findings (1986) Swedish Dental Journal, 10, pp. 175-194; Källestål, C., Holm, A‐L., Ollinen, P., Dental health in 13‐year‐olds in Västerbotten County. Sweden. Changes over 20 years (1990) Swedish Dental Journal, 14, pp. 193-200; Källestål, C., Matsson, L., Holm, A‐K., Periodontal conditions in a group of Swedish adolescents (I). A descriptive epidemiologic study (1990) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 17, pp. 601-608; Källestål, C., Matsson, L., (1991) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 18, pp. 1-4. , Marginal bone loss in 16‐year‐old Swedish adolescents in, 1975 and, 1988; Latcham, N.L., Powell, R.N., Jago, J.D., Seymour, G.J., Aitken, J.F., A radiographic study of chronic periodontitis in 15‐year‐old Queensland children (1983) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 10, pp. 37-45; Lennon, M.A., Davies, R.M., Prevalence and distribution of alveolar bone loss in a population of 15‐year‐old schoolchildren (1974) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 1, pp. 175-182; Löe, H., Ånerud, Å, Boysen, H., Smith, M., The natural history of periodontal disease in man. The rate of periodontal destruction before 40 years of age (1978) Journal of Periodontology, 49, pp. 607-620; Papapanou, P.N., Wennström, J.L., Gröndahl, K., Periodontal status in relations to age and tooth type (1988) Journal of Clinical Periodontology, 15, pp. 469-478; Poison, A.M., Reed, B.E., Long term effect of orthodontic treatment on crestal alveolar bone levels (1984) Journal of Periodontology, 55, pp. 28-34; Rølla, G., Øgaard, B., Reduction in caries incidence in Norway from 1970 to 1984 and some considerations concerning this phenomenon (1986) Strategy far dental caries prevention in European countries according 10 their laws and regulations, pp. 223-229. , Frank, R. M., O'Hickey, S.,. Oxford, IRL Press; Sokal, S.S., Rohlf, F.J., (1981) Biometry, , San Francisco, W. H. Freeman and Co; Stoner, J.E., An investigation into the accuracy of measurements made on radiographs of the alveolar crests of dried mandibles (1972) Journal of Periodontology, 43, pp. 699-701; Wolfe, M.D., Carlos, J.P., Periodontal disease in adolescents; epidemiologic findings in Navajo Indians (1987) Community Dentistry and Oral Epidemiology, 15, pp. 33-40; Øgaard, B., Marginal bone support and tooth length in 19‐year olds following orthodontic treatment (1988) European Journal of Orthodontics, 10, pp. 180-186 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028369119&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-051X.1994.tb00291.x&partnerID=40&md5=12f3b2b0c2c80b8050696cf216899c57 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing incidence of type I diabetes in The Netherlands: The second nationwide study among children under 20 years of age T2 - Diabetes Care J2 - DIABETES CARE VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 599 EP - 601 PY - 1994 DO - 10.2337/diacare.17.6.599 SN - 01495992 (ISSN) AU - Ruwaard, D. AU - Hirasing, R.A. AU - Reeser, H.M. AU - Van Buuren, S. AU - Barker, K. AU - Heine, R.J. AU - Geerdink, R.A. AU - Bruining, G.J. AU - Vaandrager, G.J. AU - Verloove-Vanhorick, S.P. AD - Natl. Inst. Pub. Hlth. Environ. P., Bilthoven, Netherlands AD - TNO Inst. of Preventive Health Care, Leiden, Netherlands AD - Juliana Children's Hospital, The Hague, Netherlands AD - Spaarne Hospital Heemstede, Heemstede, Netherlands AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Free University Hospital Amsterdam, Amsterdam, Netherlands AD - Dutch Diabetes Association, Amersfoort, Netherlands AD - Department of Pediatrics, Academic Hospital Rotterdam, Sophia Children's Hospital, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - TNO Inst. Prev. Hlth. Care, Leiden, P.O. Box 124, 2300 AC Leiden, Netherlands AB - OBJECTIVE - A nationwide retrospective study was conducted to assess the incidence of type 1 diabetes in The Netherlands among children <20 years of age in 1988-1990. The first study with a similar design covered 1978-1980. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS - The capture-recapture census method was chosen for analysis of the data. A questionnaire was sent to all Dutch pediatricians and internists, and for the ascertainment, a similar questionnaire was sent out separately to members of the Dutch Diabetes Association, which is the national patient association. RESULTS - The average achieved ascertainment rate was 81%. The ascertainment-adjusted annual incidence was 13.2/100,000 for 0- to 19-year-old children, indicating an increase of 23% compared with the 1978-1980 survey; for 0- to 14-year-olds, the increase amounted to 17%. CONCLUSIONS - This study suggests a sustained increase of type 1 diabetes in The Netherlands because the cumulative incidence studied previously in the 1960-1970 birth cohorts of male army conscripts 18 years of age was also found to rise. In contrast to Northern European countries, an increase in incidence for the age category 0-4 years could not be found. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - female KW - health survey KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - Netherlands PB - American Diabetes Association Inc. N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DICAD C2 - 8082532 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hirasing, R.A.; TNO Inst. of Preventive Health Care, P.O. Box 124, 2300 AC Leiden, Netherlands N1 - References: Bingley, P.J., Gale, E.A.M., Rising incidence of IDDM in Europe (1989) Diabetes Care, 12, pp. 289-295; Joner, G., Søvik, O., Increasing incidence of diabetes mellitus in Norwegian children 0-14 years of age, 1973-1982 (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 79-83; Secular trends in incidence of childhood IDDM in 10 countries (1990) Diabetes, 39, pp. 858-864; Nyström, L., Dahlquist, G., Rewers, M., Wall, S., The Swedish Childhood Diabetes Study: An analysis of the temporal variation in diabetes incidence 1978-1987 (1990) Int J Epidemiol, 19, pp. 141-146; Tuomilehto, J., Rewers, M., Reunanen, A., Lounamaa, P., Lounamaa, R., Tuomilehto-Wolf, E., Åkerblom, H.K., Increasing trend in type 1 (insulin- Dependent) diabetes mellitus in childhood in Finland (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 282-287; Green, A., Andersen, P.K., Svendsen, A.J., Mortensen, K., Increasing incidence of early-onset type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus: A study of Danish male birth cohorts (1992) Diabetologia, 35, pp. 178-182; Drykoningen, C.E.M., Mulder, A.L.M., Vaandrager, G.J., LaPorte, R.E., Bruining, G.J., The incidence of male childhood type I (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus is rising rapidly in the Netherlands (1992) Diabetologia, 35, pp. 139-142; Vaandrager, G.J., Bruining, G.J., Veenhof, F.J., Drayer, N.M., Incidence of childhood diabetes in the Netherlands: A decrease from north to south over Northwestern Europe? (1984) Diabetologia, 27, pp. 203-206; Hook, E.B., Regal, R.R., The value of capture-recapture methods even for apparent exhaustive surveys (1992) Am J Epidemiol, 135, pp. 1060-1067; Death according to causes by death certificates, age and sex, 1940-1990 Annual Reports 1941-1991, , Voorburg, The Netherlands; Green, A., Svejgaard, A., Platz, P., Ryder, L.P., Jakobsen, B.K., Morton, N.E., MacLean, C.J., The genetic susceptibility to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM): Combined segregation and linkage analysis (1985) Genet Epidemiol, 2, pp. 1-15; Dahlquist, G., Blom, L., Tuvemo, T., Nyström, L., Sandström, A., Wall, S., The Swedish Childhood Diabetes Study: Results from a nine-year case register and a one-year case-referent study indicating that type I (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus is associated with both type II (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus and autoimmune disorders (1989) Diabetoiogia, 32, pp. 2-6 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028287537&doi=10.2337%2fdiacare.17.6.599&partnerID=40&md5=fae34b4c3869b71e9a5f82bce3a29d69 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Vagotomy, antrectomy, and Roux-en-Y diversion for complex reoperative gastroesophageal reflux disease T2 - Annals of Surgery J2 - ANN. SURG. VL - 220 IS - 4 SP - 536 EP - 543 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1097/00000658-199410000-00011 SN - 00034932 (ISSN) AU - Ellis Jr., F.H. AU - Gibb, S.P. AU - Hill, L.D. AU - Jordan Jr., P.H. AU - Herrington, J.L. AU - Kelly, K.A. AD - Thoracic/Cardiovascular Surg. Div., New England Deaconess Hospital, 110 Francis Street, Boston, MA 02115, United States AB - Objective: Failure of conventional surgical therapy for treatment of patients with gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) taxes the ingenuity of the esophageal surgeon. This study defines the role of vagotomy, antrectomy, and Roux-en-Y diversion coupled, when necessary, with resection of the esophagogastric junction as an alternative to other surgical procedures currently employed for these complicated cases. Summary Background Data: Currently, the operation in question rarely is performed in the United States. Other procedures, such as interposition of short or long segments of intestine and total esophagectomy with gastric pull-up, are preferred. However, surgeons from Scandinavia, Great Britain, and Europe have published widely on the subject, some even preferring its use as a primary procedure in GERD. Methods: This report reviews the indications and results of the operation in 36 patients who underwent operation between January 1970 and January 1994. Follow-up evaluation was available for review in 33 patients observed from 1 to 20 years postoperatively (average, 6 2/3 years). Of these patients, 32 had undergone 66 previous operative procedures on the distal esophagus and stomach ranging from 1 to 6 per patient. There were no hospital deaths, but complications developed in nine patients (25%); only half of these complications were major. Of patients available for follow-up, 85% were improved by the operation, 24 of the 33 having excellent or good results. Conclusions: The operation of vagotomy, antrectomy, and Roux-en-Y diversion, embodying the principles of acid suppression and alkaline diversion, has proved to be a successful alternative to other operative procedures currently favored in the United States for the treatment of the complex reoperative patient with GERD. KW - adult KW - clinical article KW - clinical trial KW - conference paper KW - esophagitis KW - esophagus resection KW - female KW - gastroesophageal reflux KW - human KW - male KW - priority journal KW - reoperation KW - Roux Y anastomosis KW - stomach antrum resection KW - surgical technique KW - vagotomy PB - Lippincott Williams and Wilkins N1 - Cited By :28 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANSUA C2 - 7944663 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ellis Jr., F.H.; Thoracic/Cardiovascular Surg. Div., New England Deaconess Hospital, 110 Francis Street, Boston, MA 02115, United States N1 - References: Orringer, M.B., Stirling, M.C., Cervical esophagogastric anastomosis for benign disease: Functional results (1988) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 96, pp. 887-893; Gaissert, H.A., Mathisen, D.J., Grillo, H.E., Short-segment intestinal interposition of the distal esophagus (1993) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 106, pp. 860-867; DeMeester, T.R., Johanssen, K.E., Franze, I., Indications, surgical technique, and long-term functional results of colon interposition or bypass (1988) Ann Surg, 208, pp. 460-474; Ellis Jr., F.H., Experimental aspects of surgical treatment of reflux esophagitis and esophageal stricture (1956) Ann Surg, 143, pp. 465-470; Ellis Jr., F.H., Physiologic operation for ulceration and stricture of terminal esophagus (1956) Mayo Clin Proc, 31, pp. 615-619; Payne, W.S., Andersen, H.A., Ellis Jr., F.H., Reappraisal of esophagogastrectomy and antral excision in the treatment of short esophagus (1964) Surgery, 55, pp. 344-348; Washer, G.F., Gear, M.W., Dowling, B.L., Duodenal diversion with vagotomy and antrectomy for severe or recurrent reflux oesophagitis and stricture: An alternative to operation at the hiatus (1986) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 68, pp. 222-226; Matikainen, M., Antrectomy. Roux-en-Y reconstruction and vagotomy for recurrent reflux oesophagitis (1984) Acta Chir Scand, 150, pp. 643-645; Salo, J.A., Ala-Kulju, K.V., Heikkinen, L.O., Kivilaakso, E.O., Treatment of severe peptic esophageal stricture with Roux-en-Y partial gastrectomy, vagotomy, and endoscopic dilation: A follow-up study (1991) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 101, pp. 649-653; DeMiguel, J., Tratamiento de ciertas estrecheces pépticas del esófago mediante vagotomía, gastrectomía parcial y anastomosis gastroyeyunal en "Y" de Roux (1985) Rev Esp Enferm Apar Dig, 67, pp. 511-516; Hesselink, E.J., Sloof, M.S., Bleichrodt, R.P., Jansen, W., Edens, E.J., Gastrectomy and Roux-en-Y duodenal diversion as treatment for severe reflux esophagitis (1988) Diseases of the Esophagus, pp. 1248-1250. , Siewart JR, Hölscher AH, eds. Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Rosetti, M., Hitz, P., Von Aarburg, R., Die distale Y-Gastrektomie bei komplexem und Rezidivreflux (1990) Helv Chir Acta, 56, pp. 935-938; Fékété, F., Pateron, D., What is the place of antrectomy with Roux-en-Y in the treatment of reflux disease? Experience with 83 total duodenal diversions (1992) World J Surg, 16, pp. 349-354; Herrington Jr., J.L., Mody, B., Total duodenal diversion for treatment of reflux esophagitis uncontrolled by repeated antireflux procedures (1976) Ann Surg, 183, pp. 636-644; Payne, W.S., Surgical management of reflux-induced oesophageal stenoses: Results in 101 patients (1984) Br J Surg, 71, pp. 971-973; Ellis Jr., F.H., Gibb, S.P., Esophageal reconstruction for complex benign esophageal disease (1990) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 99, pp. 192-199; Ellis Jr., F.H., Gibb, S.P., Acid suppression and alkaline diversion: A safe and effective operation for patients with complex benign esophageal disease requiring reoperation (1990) Diseases of the Esophagus. Vol 11: Benign Diseases, 11, pp. 391-400. , Little AG, Ferguson MK, Skinner DB, eds. Mt Kisco, NY: Futura Publishing Co Inc; Visick, A.H., A study of failures after gastrectomy. Hunterian lecture (1948) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 3, pp. 266-284; Van Der Mijle, H.C., Beekhuis, H., Bleichrodt, R.P., Kleibeuker, J.H., Transit disorders of the gastric remnant and Roux limb after Roux-en-Y gastrojejunostomy: Relation to symptomatology and vagotomy (1993) Br J Surg, 80, pp. 60-64; Ellis Jr., F.H., Andersen, H.A., Clagett, O.T., Treatment of short stricture by esophagogastrectomy and antral excision (1958) Ann Surg, 148, pp. 526-536; Wells, C., Johnston, J.H., Hiatus hernia: Surgical relief of reflux esophagitis (1955) Lancet, 1, pp. 937-940; Holt, C.J., Large, A.M., Surgical management of reflux esophagitis (1961) Ann Surg, 153, pp. 555-562; Weaver, A.W., Large, A.M., Walt, A.J., Surgical management of severe reflux esophagitis: Eight to seventeen year follow-up study (1970) Am J Surg, 119, pp. 15-18; Payne, W.S., Surgical treatment of reflux esophagitis and stricture associated with permanent incompetence of the cardia (1970) Mayo Clin Proc, 45, pp. 553-562; Royston, C.M., Dowling, B.L., Spencer, J., Antrectomy with Roux-en-Y anastomoses in the treatment of peptic esophagitis and stricture (1975) Br J Surg, 62, pp. 605-607; Washer, G.F., Gear, M.W., Dowling, B.L., Randomized prospective trial of Roux-en-Y duodenal diversion versus fundoplication for severe reflux oesophagitis (1984) Br J Surg, 71, pp. 181-184 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028114707&doi=10.1097%2f00000658-199410000-00011&partnerID=40&md5=f845c3a2fc451561ada48d6622399e48 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiological features of lung cancer in Slovenia T2 - Radiology and Oncology J2 - RADIOL. ONCOL. VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 290 EP - 297 PY - 1994 SN - 13182099 (ISSN) AU - Pompe-Kirn, V. AU - Primic Zalkelj, M. AU - Volk, N. AD - Institute of Oncology, Zaloska 2, 61105 Ljubljana, Slovenia AB - Lung cancer is the most frequent cancer in the world with wide geographical variations in risk. In Europe its incidence trends in men are decreasing in the most affected countries such as Scotland and Finland, increasing moderately in Eastern Europe, and increasing steeply in Southern Europe. The incidence trends in women are increasing everywhere. Many risk factors have been identified, and the overwhelming role of tobacco smoking has been repeatedly demonstrated. According to the data of the Cancer Registry of Slovenia in the time period 1961-1990, the incidence of lung cancer in Slovenia was increasing. In the 80s the increase was moderate in men and steep in women. The cumulative rates in men were in the middle of those established for selected European states and regions while the rates in women were at the bottom. The results of the birth cohort analysis indicated a stabilisation of the rates in men and further increase of the rates in women. About 25% of cases in both sexes were diagnosed in a localised stage. In men the percentage of the localised stage was increasing by age which was explained by a decreasing percentage of the more aggressive small cell carcinoma. More squamous cell carcinomas were registered in men, and more adenocarcinomas in women. The observed survival of lung cancer patients was around 7% for men and 6% for women, and has not changed since 1970. In 1989, 42% of adult men and 24% of adult women in Slovenia were smokers. In the period 1975-1994, the percentage of smokers was decreasing in men, and increasing in women. These results are a challenge for more efficient antismoking campaigns, especially among women. KW - lung neoplasm-epidemiology KW - Slovenia KW - conference paper KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - male KW - smoking KW - Yugoslavia PB - Association of Radiology and Oncology N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: RONCE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pompe-Kirn, V.; Institute of Oncology, Zaloska 2, 61105 Ljubljana, Slovenia UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028589050&partnerID=40&md5=f0fba626ccfd527c9183d84dab55c959 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Late mortality in young BNLI patients cured of Hodgkin's disease T2 - Annals of Oncology J2 - ANN. ONCOL. VL - 5 IS - SUPPL. 2 SP - 65 EP - 66 PY - 1994 SN - 09237534 (ISSN) AU - Vaughan Hudson, B. AU - Vaughan Hudson, G. AU - Linch, D.C. AU - Anderson, L. AD - British Nat. Lymphoma Investigation, Department of Oncology, Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer Street, London W1N 8AA, United Kingdom AB - A retrospective analysis was made of 1057 young patients (aged 15-29) with Hodgkin's disease (HD) who were entered into British National Lymphoma Investigation (BNLI) trials and studies between 1970 and 1992, and who had attained complete remission and remained disease-free thereafter from either their first-line (n = 774) or second-line (n = 283) treatment. Overall survivals at 20 years for those remaining disease-free from first-line and second-line treatment were 93% and 84%, respectively, compared to a survival of approximately 98.5% in the general population. In young patients cured by modern first-line therapeutic techniques, long-term survival should in future be only a little below that expected in the general population, and the emphasis of future trials should be directed towards the improvement of the efficacy of first-line treatment. KW - Hodgkin's disease KW - late mortality KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - cancer mortality KW - cause of death KW - conference paper KW - follow up KW - hodgkin disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - multicenter study KW - priority journal KW - survival KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Antineoplastic Agents KW - Cause of Death KW - Clinical Trials KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - England KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Infection KW - Life Expectancy KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Myocardial Infarction KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Radiotherapy KW - Remission Induction KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Salvage Therapy KW - Splenectomy KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Survival Analysis KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Conference Paper DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANONE C2 - 8204522 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vaughan Hudson, G.; British Nat. Lymphoma Investigation, Department of Oncology, Middlesex Hospital, Mortimer Street, London W1N 8AA, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antineoplastic Agents UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028137709&partnerID=40&md5=061695d39c4b916bcf89741a45976e9e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Lifetime smoking habits among norwegian men and women born between 1890 and 1974 T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 267 EP - 276 PY - 1994 DO - 10.1093/ije/23.2.267 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Rønneberg, A. AU - Erik Lund, K. AU - Hafstad, A. AD - The Cancer Registry of Norway, Institute of Epidemiological Cancer Research, Montebello, Oslo, N-0310, Norway AD - Department of Behavioural Sciences in Medicine, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway AB - Background. The aims of the present study were to provide lifetime smoking data for epidemiological studies of tobacco-induced cancer in Norway, and to sort out the influence of age, gender, and period on the population’s smoking habits in this century. Methods. We used annual surveys of smoking habits from 1954 to 1992, and individual lifetime smoking histories collected in 1965 from a population sample born 1893–1927. The population was divided into 5-year sex-and-birth cohorts born between 1890 and 1974, and smoking habits were described as the proportion of current smokers in 5-year age groups between 15 and 74 years old). We also estimated the average tobacco consumption per smoker by calendar year after 1930. Results. The proportion of smokers increased with each succeeding cohort of men and women until the 1950s, when the highest proportion of male smokers (76–78%) was observed among those born 1915–1934. This peak was followed by a decline in both men and women from 1955 to 1965. A second peak occurred in women around 1970, during which the highest proportion of smokers (52%) was observed in women born 1940–1949. From 1970 to 1990 smoking has declined in all cohorts of men and women, but at a slower rate after 1980 in the younger cohorts. The smoking proportion was more than five times higher in men than in women born 1890–1894, but the gap has declined with each succeeding cohort until no gender difference was present among those born after 1950. The average tobacco consumption per smoker between 1930 and 1950 remained fairly constant around 8.5 g per day in male smokers and 6 g per day in female smokers, followed by a continuous increase to 15 g per day in men and 12 g in women in 1985. Conclusions. The smoking habits in Norway appear to have been strongly influenced by social changes and the increasing awareness of the health hazards of smoking. Each cohort’s response to these events has depended on the members’ age and sex at the time. © 1994 International Epidemiological Association. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - female KW - gender KW - health education KW - human KW - lifespan KW - male KW - Norway KW - priority journal KW - sex ratio KW - smoking habit KW - sociology KW - tobacco KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Cross-Cultural Comparison KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasms KW - Norway KW - Smoking KW - Social Change KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :81 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8082952 LA - English N1 - References: Report of the Advisory committee to the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service (1964), PHS Publication No. 1103. Washington DC: US Public Health Service; Mørck, H.I., Linde, J., Agner, E., Hein, H.O., Gyntelberg, F., Nielsen, P.E., Tobacco consumption and smoking habits in the Nordic countries 1920–1980 (1982) Nordisk Medicin, 97, pp. 134-146; Bjartveit Lund, K.E., Smoking Control in Norway (1987), Oslo: National Council on Smoking and Health; Pedersen, E., Magnus, K., Mork, T., Lung cancer in Finland and Norway. An epidemiological study (1969) Acta Pathol Microbiol Scand; Haenszel, W., Hougen, A., Proportion of respiratory symptoms in Norway (1972) J Chron Dis, 25, pp. 519-544; Zeiner-Henriksen, T., Smoking habits in the Norwegian population (1976) Tidsskrift for Den Norske lægeforening, 96, pp. 617-620. , (in Norwegian); Harns, J.E., Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900–80 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 473-479; Stevens, R.G., Moolgavkar S H. Estimation of relative risk from vital data: Smoking and cancers of the lung and bladder (1979) J Natl Cancer Inst, 63, pp. 1351-1357; Moolgavkar, S.H.S.R.G., Smoking and cancers of bladder and pancreas: Risks and temporal trends. (1981) J Natl Cancer Inst, 67, pp. 15-23; Kreyberg, H.J.A., A study of tobacco smoking in Norway (1954) Br J Cancer, 8, pp. 13-33; Nordvik, H.W., The Norwegian tobacco industry 1850–1940. In: Sejersted F, Strømme Svendsen A (eds) (1978) Leaves of the Tobacco History, pp. 221-290. , Oslo: J L Tiedemanns Tobaksfabrik, (in Norwegian); Zeiner-Henriksen, T., Lund, E., Mortality risk and smoking among middle aged Norwegian men (1985) Tidskrift for Den Norske lægeforening, 105, pp. 353-357. , (in Norwegian); Strømme Svendsen, A., The Norwegian tobacco industry against an international background (1978) Leaves of the Tobacco History, pp. 291-347. , Sejersted F, Strømme Svendsen A (eds), Oslo: J L Tiedemanns Tobaksfabrik, (in Norwegian); Nielsen, T., Tobacco and advertising between the wars. In: Sejersted F, Strømme Svendsen A (eds) (1978) Leaves of the Tobacco History, pp. 348-387. , Oslo: J L Tiedemanns Tobaksfabrik, (in Norwegian); Doll, R., Hill, A.B., The mortality of doctors in relation to their smoking habits. A preliminary report (1954) Br Med J, 1, pp. 1451-1455; Hammond, E.C.H.D., Smoking and death rates — Report on forty-four months of follow-up of 187 783 men. II. Death rates by cause (1958) J am Med Assoc, 166, pp. 1294-1308; Lee, P.N., Tobacco Consumption in Various Countries (1975), Research Paper 6, 4th edn, London: Tobacco Research CouncilUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028350531&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f23.2.267&partnerID=40&md5=dd7f67b517479c36e99f8ce002e0e76d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Occupation, occupational exposure to chemicals and rheumatological disease: A register based cohort study T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Rheumatology J2 - Scand. J. Rheumatol. VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 305 EP - 310 PY - 1994 DO - 10.3109/03009749409099278 SN - 03009742 (ISSN) AU - Lundberg, I. AU - Alfredsson, L. AU - Plato, N. AU - Sverdrup, B. AU - Klareskog, L. AU - Kleinau, S. AD - Department of Occupational Health, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Epidemiology, Institute of Environmental Medicine, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Immunology, Huddinge Hospital, Huddinge, Sweden AD - Department of Rheumatology, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Immunology, Uppsala University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden AB - The cumulative incidence of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) was compared between different occupations, and between different exposure groups based on a job-exposure matrix (JEM). The study population comprised those subjects who in 1980 lived in one of 13 Swedish counties, were born between 1905 and 1945, and who had stated the same occupation in the censuses of 1960 and 1970, a total of 375,035 men and 140,139 women. The study population was followed concerning hospital care for rheumatoid arthritis in 1981-1983 by linkage to the Swedish Hospital Discharge Register. In general there were rather small differences in the relative risk of RA in different exposure groups and different occupations. Most of the occupations associated with an increased risk of RA were occupations in which it was possible to work when the disease was present, i.e. cost accountants, estimating clerks and working proprietors in the retail trade. However, an increased relative risk of RA was also observed in some occupations where selection of RA patients out of heavy work should have biased genuinely increased relative risks towards unity. Such occupations were farmers, upholsterers, lacquerers, concrete workers, and hair-dressers. Substantial handling of organic solvents, according to the JEM, was associated with an increased relative risk. © 1994 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Cohort study KW - Epidemiology KW - Farming KW - Occupation KW - Organic solvents KW - Rheumatoid arthritis KW - organic solvent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - occupation KW - occupational exposure KW - priority journal KW - rheumatoid arthritis KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Arthritis, Rheumatoid KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Hydrocarbons KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mineral Oil KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Occupational Exposure KW - Occupations KW - Registries KW - Risk KW - Solvents KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJRHA C2 - 7801054 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lundberg, I.; Department of Occupational Health, Karolinska Hospital, S-10401, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil, 8020-83-5; Solvents N1 - References: Heath, C., Fortin, P., Epidemiologic Studies of Rheumatoid Arthritis: Future Directions (1992) J Rheumatol, 19, pp. 74-79. , Suppl 32; Hochberg, M., Changes in the Incidence and Prevalence of Rheumatoid Arthritis in England and Wales, 1970–1982 (1990) Semin Arthritis Rheum, 19, pp. 294-302; Silman, A., Ollier, W., Hayton, R., Holligan, S., Smith, I., Twin Concordance Rates for Rheumatoid Arthritis: Preliminary Results from a Nationwide Study. Abstract (1987) Br J Rheumatol, 28, p. 95. , Suppl 2; Spector, T., Epidemiology of Rheumatoid Arthritis (1990) Rheum Dis Clin North Am, 14, pp. 513-538; Gregersen, P., Silver, J., Winchester, R., The Shared Epitope Hypothesis: an Approach to Understanding the Molecular Genetics of Susceptibility to Rheumatoid Arthritis (1987) Arthritis Rheum, 30, pp. 1205-1213; Klockars, M., Koskela, R.S., Järvinen, E., Kolari, P., Rossi, A., Silica Exposure and Rheumatoid Arthritis: a Follow Up Study of Granite Workers 1940–1981 (1987) Br Med J, 294, pp. 997-1000; Koskela, R.S., Klockars, M., Järvinen, E., Mortality and Disability Among Cotton Mill Workers (1990) Br J Ind Med, 47, pp. 384-391; Kleinau, S., Erlandsson, H., Holmdahl, R., Klareskog, L., Adjuvant oils induce arthritis in DA rats. I. Characterization of the Disease and Evidence for an Immunological Involvement (1991) J Autoimmun, 4, pp. 871-880; Kleinau, S., Erlandsson, H., Klareskog, L., Percutaneous Exposure of Adjuvant Oil Causes Arthritis in DA Rats (1994) J Clin Exp Immunol, 96, pp. 281-284; Plato, N., Steineck, G., Methodology and Utility of a Job-Exposure Matrix (1993) Am J Ind Med, 23, pp. 491-502; Rothman, K., (1986) Modern epidemiology, , Little, Brown and Company Boston; Vingård, E., Alfredsson, L., Goldie, I., Hogstedt, C., Occupation and Osteoarthrosis of the Hip and Knee: a Register-Based Cohort Study (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 1025-1031; Hellgren, L., The Prevalence of Rheumatoid Arthritis in Occupational Groups (1970) Acta Rheumatol Scand, 16, pp. 106-113; Flodin, U., Soderfeldt, B., Noorlind-Brage, H., Fredriksson, M., Axelson, O., Multiple Sclerosis, Solvents, and Pets. A Case-Referent Study (1988) Arch Neurol, 45, pp. 620-623; Landtblom, A.-M., Flodin, U., Karlsson, M., Pälhagen, S., Axelson, O., Soderfeldt, B., Sclerosis Multiple and Exposure to SolventsRadiation Ionizing and Animals (1993) Scand J Work Environ Health, 19, pp. 399-404; Gunnarsson, L.-G., Bodin, L., Soderfeldt, B., Axelson, O., A Case-Control Study of Motor Neurone Disease: Its Relation to Heritability, and Occupational Exposures, Particularly to Solvents (1992) Br J Ind Med, 49, pp. 791-798 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0028003910&doi=10.3109%2f03009749409099278&partnerID=40&md5=6fdc39f8b86a493cb218c3cc05009e92 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Results of a rubella screening program for hospital employees: A five-year review (1986-1990) T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 138 IS - 9 SP - 756 EP - 764 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a116913 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Fraser, V. AU - Spitznagel, E. AU - Medoff, G. AU - Dunagan, W.C. AD - Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Disease, Washington University School of Medicine and Barnes Hospital, St. Louis, MO, United States AD - Department of Biostatistics, Division of Infectious Disease, Washington University School of Medicine and Barnes Hospital, St. Louis, MO, United States AB - The Barnes Hospital Employee Health Service (St. Louis, Missouri) rubella screening program was evaluated over the 5-year period between January 1,1986, and December 31,1990. A total of 6,969 new employees were hired, and 6,115 (87.7%) were screened for evidence of rubella immunity by the Employee Health Service. Rubella serology was performed on 5,893 (96.4%) of the screened employees, while 222 (3.6%) had documentation of prior rubella vaccination or rubella infection. The absence of immunity was identified in 325 employees or 5.3% of all those screened. Women were more frequently screened by the Employee Health Service than were men (p<0.0001), and blacks were more frequently screened than were non-Hispanic Caucasians (p<0.0001). Physicians were less frequently screened than were other departmental groups (p<0.0001). The rate of seronegativity for each year of hire varied from 4.45 to 6.76%, but these differences were not significant. Logistic regression analysis demonstrated that 5-year birth cohorts correlated significantly with serologic status. Employees born in 1960-1964 were least likely to be seronegative, and employees born in 1970 or later were most likely to be seronegative. Sex, race, and department group were not predictive of serologic status, although significant differences in results from different rubella assays were detected. Only 13.8% of seronegative employees were subsequently vaccinated by the Employee Health Service. This study demonstrates a lower seronegativity rate than did previous studies. It identifies groups of employees likely to escape rubella screening and low vaccination rates. It finds increasing seronegativity among employees born after 1964 that correlates with the reported increasing rates of rubella in the United States. © 1993 by The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygene and Public Health. KW - Rubella KW - Vaccination KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - caucasian KW - female KW - hospital personnel KW - human KW - immunity KW - male KW - negro KW - priority journal KW - regression analysis KW - rubella KW - screening KW - seroepidemiology KW - serology KW - sex KW - vaccination KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Hospitals, University KW - Human KW - Logistic Models KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Missouri KW - Personnel, Hospital KW - Rubella KW - Rubella Vaccine KW - Seroepidemiologic Studies KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 8237990 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fraser, V.; Division of Infectious Disease, Washington University School of Medicine, Campus Box 8051, 660 S. Euclid Ave, St. Louis, MO 63110, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Rubella Vaccine N1 - References: (1991) MMWR, 40, pp. 93-99. , Increase in rubella and congenital rubella; United States, 1991 (1992) MMWR, 40, pp. 57-58. , Summary of notifiable diseases; Orenstein, W.A., Bart, K.J., Henman, A.R., The opportunity and obligation to eliminate rubella from the United States (1984) JAMA, 251, pp. 1988-1994; Preblud, S.R., Serdula, M.K., Frank, J.A., Jr., Rubella vaccination in the United States: A ten- year review (1980) Epidemiol Rev, 2, pp. 171-194; Nelson, D.B., Layde, M.M., Chatton, T.B., Rubella susceptibility in inner city adolescents: The effect of school immunization law (1982) Am J Public Health, 72, pp. 710-713; Schum, T.R., Nelson, D.B., Duma, M.A., Increasing rubella seronegativity despite a compulsory school law (1990) Am J Public Health, 80, pp. 66-69; Kelley, P.W., Petruccelli, B.P., Stehr-Green, P., The susceptibility of young adult Americans to vaccine-preventable infections. A national sero- survey of US army recruits (1991) JAMA, 266, pp. 2724-2729; (1990) MMWR, 39, pp. 1-18. , Rubella prevention; Storch, G.A., Gruber, C., Benz, B., A rubella outbreak among dental students: Description of the outbreak and analysis of control measures (1985) Infect Control, 6, pp. 150-156; Recommendations for the control of rubella within hospitals (1981) Infect Control, 2, pp. 410-411. , The Advisory Committee on Infections within Hospitals of the American Hospital Association; Polk, B.F., White, J.A., De Girolami, P.C., Anoutbreak of rubella among hospital personnel (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 541-545; Greaves, W.L., Orenstein, W.A., Steller, W.C., Prevention of rubella transmission in medical facilities (1982) JAMA, 248, pp. 861-864; Poland, G.A., Nichol, K.L., Medical schools and immunization policies: Missed opportunities for disease prevention (1990) Ann Intern Med, 113, pp. 628-631; Orenstein, W.A., Heseltine, P., Legagnoux, S.J., Rubella vaccine and susceptible hospital employees: Poor physician participation (1981) JAMA, 245, pp. 711-713; Murray, D.L., Weatherly, M.R., Sperling, J.L., Identification and immunization of medical students susceptible to measles and rubella: A nationwide survey (1985) Am J Public Health, 75, pp. 556-557; Hartstein, A.I., Wuan, M.A., Williams, M.L., Rubella screening and immunization of health care personnel: Critical appraisal of a voluntary program (1983) Am J Infect Control, 11, pp. 1-9; Levey, R., Immunization status of entering house- staff physicians (1988) J Occup Med, 30, pp. 822-823; Crawford, G.E., Gremillion, D.H., Epidemic measles and rubella in Air Force recruits: Impact of immunization (1981) J Infect Dis, 144, pp. 403-410; Bart, K.J., Orenstein, W.A., Preblud, S.R., Universal immunization to interrupt rubella (1985) Rev Infect Dis, 7, pp. 5177-5184; Strassburg, M.A., Stephenson, T.G., Habel, L.A., Rubella in hospital employees (1984) Infect Control, 5, pp. 123-126; Hilton, E., Singer, C., Kozarsky, P., Status of immunity to tetanus, measles, rubella, and polio among US travelers (1991) Ann Intern Med, 115, pp. 32-33 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027444824&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a116913&partnerID=40&md5=fe0534b2d0762a298452268aa2eaa60a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Seroepidemiology, morbidity and vaccination strategies against rubella infection. Eight years experience in oltrepo pavese T2 - European Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Eur J Epidemiol VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 322 EP - 326 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1007/BF00146271 SN - 03922990 (ISSN) AU - Pelissero, C. AU - Marena, C. AU - Aguzzi, F. AU - Bevilacqua, M. AU - Rebasti, F. AD - Dipartimento di Medicina Preventiva, Occupazionale e di Cornunità, Sezione di Igiene Università degli Studi di Pavia, Via Forlanini, Pavia, 2 - 27100, Italy AD - Laboratorio Analisi Ospedale di Broni e Stradella, Voghera, USSL 79, Italy AD - Servizio di Igiene Pubblica, Ambientale e Tutela della Salute nei luoghi di lavoro, Voghera, USSL 79, Italy AD - Servizio Assistenza Sanitaria di Base, Voghera, USSL 79, Italy AB - Selective rubella vaccination of schoolgirls in Italy started 14 years ago following the United Kingdom strategy that was adopted in 1970. The aims of this program were to eliminate the risk of rubella among women of childbearing age, encourage the acquisition of immunity by natural infection during early childhood and allow the vaccine-induced antibody production by the circulating virus. On the basis of this program, between 1982 to 1990, a prospective serosurvey for rubella antibody in the province of Pavia was performed. The results showed a decline in the overall seropositivity rate for rubella antibodies from 57.7% in 1982 to 41.9% in 1984 followed by a remarkable increase in 1985 (53.3%) and in 1987 (56.5%). This trend was confirmed by the number of cases reported to the local Public Health Service. The results of this study provide further evidence of the need to change the current selective immunization policy in order to obtain a significant reduction of risk of the infection in the population. © 1993 Kluwer Academic Publishers. KW - Rubella infection KW - Serological survey KW - Vaccination KW - rubella vaccine KW - article KW - child KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - health care policy KW - health program KW - human KW - human experiment KW - italy KW - rubella KW - seroepidemiology KW - vaccination KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Antibodies, Viral KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Health Policy KW - Health Surveys KW - Human KW - Immunization Programs KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Morbidity KW - Population Surveillance KW - Prospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Rubella KW - Rubella virus KW - Seroepidemiologic Studies KW - Vaccination KW - Women's Health Services PB - Kluwer Academic Publishers N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJEPE C2 - 8405319 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pelissero, C.; Dipartimento di Medicina Preventiva, Occupazionale e di Cornunità, Sezione di Igiene Università degli Studi di Pavia, Via Forlanini, Pavia, 2 - 27100, Italy N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antibodies, Viral N1 - References: Bakski, S.S., Cooper, L.Z., Rubella and mumps vaccines (1990) Pediatr. Clin. North Am., 37, pp. 651-668; Banatvala, J.E., Best, J.M., 0'Shea, S., Dudgeon, J.A., Persistence of rubella antibodies after vaccination: Detection after experimental challenge (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 86-90; Bart, KJ., Orenstein, W.A., Preblud, S.R., Hinman, A.R., Universal immunization to interrupt rubella (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 177-184; Bart, S.W., Stetler, H.C., Preblud, S.R., Fetal risk associated with rubella vaccine: an update (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 95-102; Berkeley, M.I.K.B., Moffat, M.A.J., Russell, D., Surveillance of antibody to rubella virus in Grampian: closing the immunity gap (1991) Br. Med. J., 303, pp. 1174-1176; Cellesi, C., Rossolini, A., Zanchi, A., Gusi, M.G., Rossolini, G.M., Valensin, P.E., Immunità umorale virus-specifica dopo vaccinazione antirubeolica (1989) G. Mal. Infett. Parassit., 41, pp. 985-993; Increase in rubella and congenital rubella (1991) JAMA, 265, pp. 1076-1077. , Centers for Disease Control; Outbreaks of rubella among the Amish-United States, 1991 (1991) MMWR, 40, pp. 264-265. , Centers for Disease Control; Ciammarughi, R., Romagnoli, G., Zanasi, A., Martelli, M.T., Arlotti, M., Prevenzione delta rosolia congenita (1989) G. Mal. Infett. Parassit., 41, pp. 985-993; Cinquetti, S., Collareta, A.L., Casagrande, G., Epidemiologia delta rosolia: analisi valutativa dell'attuale strategia di vaccinazione (1989) Rivista Italiana di Medicina di Comunità, 8, pp. 6-15; Clarke, M., Seagroatt, V., Schild, G.C., Pollock, T.M., Surveys of rubella antibodies in young adults and children (1983) Lancet, 26, pp. 667-669; Cochi, S.L., Edmonds, L.E., Dyer, K., Congenital rubella syndrome in the United States, 1970–1985. On the verge of elimination (1989) Am. J. Epidemiol., 129 (2), pp. 349-361; Dudgeon, J.A., Selective immunization: Protection of the individual (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 185-190; Enders, G., Rubella antibody titers in vaccinated and non-vaccinated women and results of vaccination during pregnancy (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 103-107; Furesz, J., Varughese, P., Acres, S.E., Rubella immunization strategies in Canada (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 191-193; Galli, M.G., Indagine sulla situazione epidemiologica delta rosolia in Italia a distanza di circa vent'anni dall'introduzione delta vaccinazione (1989) Ann. Ig., 1, pp. 247-254; Gomwalk, N.E., Ahmad, A., Prevalence of rubella antibodies on the African continent (1985) Rev. Infect. Dis., 7, pp. 116-121; Gregg, N.M., Congenital cataract following German measles in the mother (1941) Trans. Ophthalmol. Soc. Aust., 3, pp. 35-46; Gudnadòttir, M., Cost-effectiveness of different strategies for prevention of congenital rubella infection: a pratical example from Iceland (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 200-209; Hossain, A., Seroepidemiology of rubella in Saudi Arabia (1989) J. Trop. Pediatr., 35, pp. 169-170; Just, M., Just, V., Berger, R., Duration of immunity after rubella vaccination: A long-term study in Switzerland (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 91-94; Knox, E.G., Theoretical aspects of rubella vaccination strategies (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 194-197; Kono, R., Hirayama, M., Sugishita, C., Epidemiology of rubella and congenital rubella infection in Japan (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 56-63; Lee, S.H., Ewert, D.P., Frederick, P.D., Mascola, L., Resurgence of congenital rubella syndrome in the 1990s. Report on missed opportunities and failed prevention policies among women of childbearing age (1992) JAMA, 267, pp. 2616-2620; Menser, M.A., Hudson, J.R., Murphy, A.M., Cossart, Y.E., Impact of rubella vaccination in Australia (1984) Lancet, 12, pp. 1059-1061; Menser, M.A., Hudson, J.R., Murphy, A.M., Epidemiology of congenital rubella and results of rubella vaccination in Australia (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 37-41; Miller, C.L., Miller, E., Waight, P.A., Rubella susceptibility and the continuing risk of infection in pregnancy (1987) Br. Med. J., 294, pp. 1277-1278; Mingle, J.A.A., Frequency of rubella antibodies in the population of some tropical african countries (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 68-71; Orenstein, W.A., Bart, K.J., Hinman, A.R., The opportunity and obligation to eliminate rubella from the United States (1984) JAMA, 251, pp. 1988-1994; Orenstein, W.A., Herrmann, K.L., Holmgreen, P., Prevalence of rubella antibodies in Massachusetts schoolchildren (1986) Am. J. Epid., 124, pp. 290-298; Pérez-Trallero, E., Cilia Eguiluz, G., Dononsoro Iraeta, M., Saenz Domingues, J.R., Rubella in Guipùzcoa (Basque Country, Spain) a four-year serosurvey (1991) European J. Epidemiol., 4, p. 183; Robertson, S.E., Cochi, S.L., Bunn, G.A., Preventing rubella: assessing missed opportunities for immunization (1987) A.J.P.H., 77, pp. 1347-1349; Robilaro, C., Filippo, V., Scozzafava, A., Infezioni virali e gravidanza: la rosolia (1984) Clin. Ter., 110, pp. 265-269; Schatzmayr, H.G., Aspects of rubella infection in Brazil (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 53-55; Seth, P., Manjunath, N., Balaya, S., Rubella infection: The indian scene (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 64-67; Stanley, F.J., Sim, M., Wilson, G., Worthington, S., The decline in congenital rubella syndrome in Western Australia: an impact of the school girl vaccination program? (1986) A.J.P.H., 76, pp. 35-37; Steward, G.L., Parkman, P.D., Napps, H.E., Douglas, R.D., Hamilton, J.P., Meyer, H.M., Rubella virus haemoagglutination-inhibition test (1967) New England Journal of Medicine, 276, p. 554; Tobin, J.O'H, Sheppard, S., Smithells, R.W., Milton, A., Rubella in the United Kingdom, 1970–1983 (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 47-51; Turner, A., Oljugba, O., Erytema infectiosum in a primary school: investigation of an outbreak in Bury (1989) Public. Health, 103, pp. 391-393; Ukkonen, P., von Bonsdorff, C.H., Rubella immunity and morbidity: effects of vaccination in Finland (1988) Scand. J. Infect. Dis., 20, pp. 255-259; Valensin, P.E., Gusi, M.G., Zanchi, A., Rubella epidemiology over a 14-year period in Siena (Italy): a retrospective serological survey (1988) Microbiol., 11, pp. 119-127; Wannian, S., Rubella in the People's Republic of China (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, p. s72; Wharton, M., Cochi, S.L., Willia, W.W., Measles, mumps, and rubella vaccines (1990) Infects. Dis. Clin. North. Am., 4, pp. 47-73; Wilson, J., Implications of the international initiative against avoidable disablement (“impact”) for rubella control (1985) Clinical Infectious Diseases, 7, pp. 198-199 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027245096&doi=10.1007%2fBF00146271&partnerID=40&md5=22b4e9437a2ec2ba40ad5fd9289d6336 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social epidemiology of chickenpox in two British national cohorts T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 47 IS - 4 SP - 274 EP - 281 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1136/jech.47.4.274 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Pollock, J.I. AU - Golding, J. AD - Division of Epidemiology, Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Study Objective - To provide a quantitative description of factors independently predictive of reported chickenpox infections in two national cohorts of British children. Design - Longitudinal cohort study design employing logistic regression analysis of data obtained in the 1970 British Births Survey (later to become the Child Health and Education Study, CHES), and the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey (later to become the National Child Development Survey, NCDS). Settings - One-week birth cohorts covering the whole of the United Kingdom. Participants - Data were obtained from questionnaires administered to the carers of 10 196 children born in the UK between 5 and 11 April 1970 (CHES) and 10 927 children born in the UK between 3 and 9 March 1958 (NCDS). These numbers consist of the whole of the surviving cohorts excluding those for whom data were incomplete. Measurements - Biological, social, and medical factors in the parents and children, as recorded by the child's principle carer or from clinical notes. Main results - Chickenpox by the age of 10 years was reported to be more common in the children of advantaged families (higher social class, higher parental education levels), with a higher prevalence in those parts of the United Kingdom normally associated with affluence, such as the South East and South West of England, and lower rates in Wales and Scotland. Chickenpox by 10 years was also associated with more crowding in the home. A similar but less marked pattern occurred for chickenpox by the age of 11 years in the 1958 NCDS cohort. This social distribution apparently reflected overall rather than age-specific susceptibility. Conclusions - The national and international pattern of chickenpox epidemiology indicate that both social and climatological factors may be important in defining groups at risk. Further research is indicated if a vaccination service is to be implemented in this country. KW - article KW - chickenpox KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - family history KW - geographic distribution KW - health survey KW - human KW - income KW - infant KW - longitudinal study KW - major clinical study KW - onset age KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - regression analysis KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 8228761 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pollock, J.I.; Division of Epidemiology, Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027168756&doi=10.1136%2fjech.47.4.274&partnerID=40&md5=b041b5c172c0fe386fdf8a98332432dd ER - TY - JOUR TI - The energy, nutrient and food intakes of teenagers aged 16–17 years in Britain: 1. Energy, macronutrients and non-starch polysaccharides T2 - British Journal of Nutrition J2 - Br. J. Nutr. VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 26 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1079/BJN19930101 SN - 00071145 (ISSN) AU - Crawley, H.F. AD - School of Life Sciences, The University of North London, Holloway Road, London, N7 8DB, Kiribati AB - As part of the 16–17 year follow-up of the 1970 longitudinal birth cohort study, The International Centre for Child Studies collected dietary data from a National sample of 4760 teenagers. Dietary intake data were collected in 4 d unweighed dietary diaries, distributed by schools and returned by post. Dietary intake data were quantitatively coded, and the intakes of energy, macronutrients and non-starch polysaccharides (NSP) are reported. Intakes of fat and extrinsic sugars, expressed as a percentage of energy intake, exceeded recent recommendations (Department of Health, 1991), and the intakes of intrinsic sugars, milk sugars and starch, and NSP were considerably lower than recommended. Only 25% of males and 10% of females achieved intakes of 18 g NSP/d. The main food groups contributing fat (%) to the diets of teenagers (for males and females respectively) were meat and meat products (24.2, 22.1), spreading fats (18.6, 18.1) and cereals and cereal products (18, 17.8), whilst the major sources of sugars (%) were (for males and females respectively) sugar and confectionary (28.2, 26.4), cereals and cereal products (24.5, 23) and beverages (21.9, 21.5). Less than half the cohort drank alcohol during the recording period, and about 6% of females drank more than 2 units alcohol/d, and about 6% of males drank more than 3 units alcohol/d. © 1993, The Nutrition Society. All rights reserved. KW - Dietary survey KW - Food choice KW - Nutrient intake KW - Teenagers KW - polysaccharide KW - sugar KW - adolescent KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - beverage KW - caloric intake KW - cereal KW - cohort analysis KW - dietary intake KW - fat intake KW - female KW - food intake KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - meat KW - normal human KW - nutrient KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adolescent Nutrition KW - Diet KW - Diet Records KW - Dietary Carbohydrates KW - Dietary Fats KW - Dietary Proteins KW - Energy Intake KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Food Habits KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Polysaccharides KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :56 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8399097 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Crawley, H.F.; School of Life Sciences, The University of North London, Holloway Road, London, N7 8DB, Kiribati N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Dietary Carbohydrates; Dietary Fats; Dietary Proteins; Polysaccharides N1 - References: Barker, M.E., McLean, S.I., McKenna, P.G., Reid, N.G., Strain, J.J., Thompson, K.A., Williamson, P., Wright, M.E., (1989) Diet, Lifestyle and Health in Northern Ireland, , Coleraine: Centre for Applied Health Studies, University of Ulster; Bingham, S., The dietary assessment of individuals; methods, accuracy, new techniques and recommendations (1987) Nutrition Abstracts and Reviews, 57A, pp. 705-742; Bingham, S.A., Pett, S., Day, K.C., Non-starch polysaccharide intake of a representative sample of British adults (1990) Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 3, pp. 333-337; Black, A.E., Goldberg, G.R., Jebb, S.A., Livingstone, M.B.E., Cole, T.J., Prentice, A.M., Evaluating the results of published surveys (1991) European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 45, pp. 583-599; Borelli, R., Cole, T.J., Di Base, G., Contaldo, F., Some statistical considerations on dietary assessment methods (1989) European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 43, pp. 453-463; Braddon, F.E.M., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Davies, J.M.C., Cripps, H.A., Social and regional differences in food and alcohol consumption and their measurement in a national birth cohort (1988) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 42, pp. 341-349; Bull, N., Dietary habits of 15–25 year olds (1985) Applied Nutrition, 39A, pp. 1-68. , Suppl. I; Bull, N.L., Wheeler, E.F., A study of different dietary survey methods among 30 civil servants (1986) Human Nutrition: Applied Nutrition, 40A, pp. 60-66; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., Perinatal mortality. First report of the 1958 perinatal mortality survey (1963) Edinburgh: E & S Livingstone; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study. First Report to the Department on Education and Science on the 10 Year Follow-up, , Bristol: University Bristol; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1970) British Births, 1, pp. 1-8. , The First Week of Life. London: William Heinemann Medical Books Ltd; Cook, J., Altman, D.G., Moore, D.M.C., Topp, S.G., Holland, W.W., Elliott, A., A survey of the nutritional status of schoolchildren (1973) British Journal of Preventative and Social Medicine, 27, pp. 91-99; Crawley, H., (1988) Food Portion Sizes, , London: H.M. Stationery Office; (1989) The Diets of British Schoolchildren, , Department of Health, Report on Health and Social Subjects no. 36. London: H.M. Stationery Office; Department of Health (1991) Dietary Reference Values for Food Energy and Nutrients for the United Kingdom, , Report on Health and Social Subjects no. 41. London: H.M. Stationery Office; Douglas, J.W.B., The health and survival of children in different social classes: The results of a national survey (1951) Lancet, ii, pp. 440-446; Durnin, J.V.G.A., Lonergan, M.E., Good, J., Ewan, A., A cross-sectional nutritional and anthropometric study, with an interval of 7 years, on 611 young adolescent schoolchildren (1974) British Journal of Nutrition, 32, pp. 169-179; Englyst, H.N., Bingham, S.A., Runswick, S.A., Collinson, E., Cummings, J.A., Dietary fibre (non-starch polysaccharides) in fruit, vegetables and nuts (1988) Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 1, pp. 247-286; Fehily, A.M., Epidemiology for Nutritionists 4. Survey methods (1983) Human Nutrition: Applied Nutrition, 37A, pp. 419-425; Goldberg, G.R., Black, A.E., Jebb, S.E., Cole, T.J., Murgatroyd, P.R., Coward, W.A., Prentice, A.M., Derivation of cut-off limits to identify under-recording (1991) European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 45, pp. 569-581; Greenfield, H., Chuah, L.K., Composition of Australian foods. 12. Hamburgers (1981) Food Technology Australia, 33, pp. 619-620; Greenfield, H., Wimalasiri, P., Han, L.T.N., Balmer, N., Wills, R.B.H., Chinese foods (1981) Food Technology Australia, 33, pp. 176-181; Gregory, J., Foster, K., Tyler, H., Wiseman, M., (1990) The Dietary and Nutritional Survey of British Adults, , London: H.M. Stationery Office; Hackett, A.F., Rugg-Gunn, A.J., Appleton, D.R., (1983) Human Nutrition: Applied Nutrition, 37A, pp. 293-300; Hackett, A.F., Rugg-Gunn, A.J., Appleton, D.R., Eastoe, J.E., Jenkins, G.N., A two-year longitudinal nutritional survey of 405 Northumberland children initially aged 11.5 years (1984) British Journal of Nutrition, 51, pp. 67-74; Holland, B., Unwin, I., Buss, D.H., Cereals and Cereal Products. Third Supplement to McCance and Widdowson's The Composition of Foods (1988), London: H.M. Stationery Office; Holland, B., Unwin, I., Buss, D.H., Milk, Milk products and Eggs. Fourth Supplement to McCance and Widdowson's The Composition of Foods (1989), London: H.M. Stationery Office; Holland, B., Unwin, I., Buss, D.H., (1991) Vegetables and herbs. Fifth Supplement to McCance and Widdowson's The Composition of Foods, , London: H.M. Stationery Office; Livingstone, M.B.E., Davies, P.S.W., Prentice, A.M., Coward, W.A., Black, A.E., Strain, J.J., McKenna, P.G., Comparison of simultaneous measures of energy intake and expenditure in children and adolescents (1990) Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 50, p. 15A; McLaughlin, P.I., Weihrauch, J.L., Vitamin E content of foods (1979) Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 75, pp. 647-665; Marr, J.W., Individual dietary surveys: purposes and methods (1971) World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics, 13, pp. 105-164; (1989) Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, , Food Facts no. 10. London: Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; Nettleton, P.A., Nelson, M., Dietary survey methods. 2. A comparison of nutrient intakes within families using household measures and the semi-weighed method of measuring food intake (1980) Journal of Human Nutrition, 34, pp. 349-354; (1988) Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, , Regional Trends 1986. London: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds. A report on the Child Health and Education Study (1984), London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; Paul, A.A., Southgate, D.A.T., McCance and Widdowson's The Composition of Foods (1978), London: H.M. Stationery Office; Pixley, F., Mann, J., (1988) Dietary factors in the aetiology of gall stones: A case control study, 29, pp. 1511-1515; (1987) Royal College of Physicians, , A Great and Growing Evil: The Medical Consequences of Alcohol Abuse. London and New York: Tavistock; Rugg-Gunn, A.J., Hackett, A.F., Appleton, D.R., Moynihan, P.J., The dietary intake of added and natural sugars in 405 English adolescents (1986) Human Nutrition: Applied Nutrition, 40A, pp. 115-124; Schofield, W.N., Schofield, C., James, W.P.T., Basal metabolic rate (1985) Human Nutrition: Clinical Nutrition, 1, pp. 1-96. , 39C, Suppl; Siveil, L.M., Bull, N.L., Buss, D.H., Wiggins, R.A., Scuffam, D., Jackson, P.A., Vitamin A activity in foods of animal origin (1984) Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 35, pp. 931-939; Southgate, D.A.T., Paul, A.A., Dean, A.C., Christie, A.A., Free sugars in foods (1978) Journal of Human Nutrition, 32, pp. 335-347; (1990) SPSS Inc, , SPSS-X Users’ guide, 4th ed., Chicago: SPSS Inc; Stockley, L., Changes in habitual food intake during weighed inventory surveys and duplication diet collections. A short review (1985) Ecology of Food and Nutrition, 17, pp. 263-269; Tan, S.P., Wenlock, R.W., Buss, D.H., (1985) Immigrant Foods. Second Supplement to McCance and Widdowson's The Composition of Foods, , London: H.M. Stationery Office; Thorn, J., Robertson, J., Buss, D.H., Bunton, N.G., Selenium in British foods (1978) British Journal of Nutrition, 39, p. 391; Townsend, J., Wilkes, H., Haines, A., Jarvis, M., Adolescent smokers seen in general practice: health, lifestyle, physical measurements, and response to anti-smoking advice (1991) British Medical Journal, 303, pp. 947-950; Wenlock, R.W., Buss, D.H., Moxon, R.E., Bunton, N.G., (1982) British Journal of Nutrition, 47, p. 381; Wiles, S.J., Nettleton, P.A., Black, A.E., Paul, A.A., The nutrient composition of some cooked dishes eaten in Britain: a supplementary food composition table (1980) Journal of Human Nutrition, 34, pp. 189-223; Wills, R.B.H., Greenfield, H., Composition of Australian foods. 17. Snack foods (1982) Food Technology Australia, 34, pp. 452-455 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027228419&doi=10.1079%2fBJN19930101&partnerID=40&md5=260afd0b2d253aa496a17126e1dc12d3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Outcome of childhood status epilepticus and lengthy febrile convulsions: Finding of national cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 307 IS - 6898 SP - 225 EP - 228 PY - 1993 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Verity, C.M. AU - Ross, E.M. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To study outcome after lengthy febrile convulsions and status epilepticus in children. Design - Population based birth cohort study. Setting - The child health and education study (16,004 neonatal survivors born in one week in April 1970). Subjects - Information available for 14,676 children. Outcome measures - Clinical information and tests of intellectual performance at five and 10 years after birth. Results - 19 children had lengthy febrile convulsions and 18 had status epilepticus. Two children with status epilepticus died (one at 5 years old); neither death was directly due to the status epilepticus. Four of the 19 (21%) developed afebrile seizures after lengthy febrile convulsions compared with 14 of the 17 (82%) survivors after status epilepticus. Measures of intellectual performance were available for 33 of the 35 survivors: 23 were normal and 10 were not normal but eight of them had preceding developmental delay or neurological abnormality. Conclusion - The outcome in children after lengthy febrile convulsions and status epilepticus is better than reported from studies of selected groups and seems determined more by the underlying cause than by the seizures themselves. KW - article KW - child KW - controlled study KW - epileptic state KW - febrile convulsion KW - female KW - human KW - intellect KW - intelligence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - measurement KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Intelligence KW - Prognosis KW - Recurrence KW - Seizures, Febrile KW - Status Epilepticus KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :124 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 8369681 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Verity, C.M.; Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027284378&partnerID=40&md5=527e62f469c8ee7a5e926e6edb0ca147 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in mortality from malignant cutaneous melanoma in The Netherlands, 1950-1988 T2 - European Journal of Cancer J2 - Eur. J. Cancer VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 107 EP - 111 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1016/0959-8049(93)90585-4 SN - 09598049 (ISSN) AU - Nelemans, P.J. AU - Kiemeney, L.A.L.M. AU - Rampen, F.H.J. AU - Straatman, H. AU - Verbeek, A.L.M. AD - Department of Medical Informatics and Epidemiology, University of Nijmegen, Verlengde Groenestraat 75, 6525 EJ Nijmegen, Netherlands AD - Department of Dermatology, Saint Anna Hospital, Oss, Netherlands AB - This paper presents an analysis of trends in mortality from malignant melanoma of the skin in The Netherlands, 1950-1988. Statistical analyses show that time period effects are needed to describe the mortality trends in The Netherlands. Because this contrasts with reports from other countries, in which the trends were ascribed to a cohort effect only, log-linear models including the three factors age, time period and birth cohort, were fitted to the data. To be able to separate time period effects from birth cohort effects we assumed a mathematical function for the mortality rates in relation to age. The results obtained in this way indicate that time period effects increased up to 1970. An increase of birth cohort effects is seen for cohorts born between 1900 and 1955. For cohorts born after 1955 the mortality from melanoma seems to decrease. The most plausible explanation for the time period effect probably is improvement in death certification. © 1992. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer mortality KW - cancer registry KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - melanoma KW - netherlands KW - priority journal KW - skin cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Age KW - Netherlands KW - Sex Factors KW - Skin Neoplasms KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EJCAE C2 - 1445725 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nelemans, P.J.; Department of Medical Informatics and Epidemiology, University of Nijmegen, Verlengde Groenestraat 75, 6525 EJ Nijmegen, Netherlands N1 - References: Lee, Trend with time of the incidence of malignant melanoma of skin in white populations (1988) Melanoma and Naevi. Incidence, Interrelationships and Implications. Pigment Cell, 9, pp. 1-7. , 2nd edition, JM Elwood, Karger, Basel; Muir, Nectoux, Time trends: malignant melanoma of skin (1982) Trends in Cancer Incidence, pp. 365-385. , K Magnus, 2nd edition, Causes and practical implications, Hemisphere Publishing, Washington; Lee, Petersen, Stevens, Vesanen, The influence of age, year of birth, and date on mortality from malignant melanoma in the populations of England and Wales, Canada and the white population of the United States (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 110, pp. 734-739; Muir, Waterhouse, Mack, Powell, Whelan, Cancer incidence in five continents (1987) IARC Scientific Publications No. 88, , 2nd edition, Vol. 5, Lyon; Jensen, Estève, Møller, Renard, Cancer in the European Community and its member states (1990) Eur J Cancer, 26, pp. 1167-1256; Central Bureau of Statistics, (1988) Overledenen naar doodsoorzaak leeftijd en geslacht in het jaar 1950, 1951, …; Central Bureau of Statistics, (1988) Bevolkingsaantallen naar leeftijd en geslacht in het jaar 1950, 1951, …; Nelder, Wedderburn, Generalised linear models (1972) JR Stat Soc, 135, pp. 370-384; Clayton, Schifflers, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I: Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, Schifflers, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II: The age-period-cohort model (1987) Stat Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Lee, Carter, Secular trends in mortality from malignant melanoma (1970) J Natl Cancer Inst, 45, pp. 91-97; Venzon, Moolgavkar, Cohort analysis of malignant melanoma in five countries (1984) Am J Epidemiol, 119, pp. 62-70; Holman, James, Gatey, Armstrong, Analysis of trends in mortality from malignant melanoma of the skin in Australia (1980) Int J Cancer, 26, pp. 703-709; Boyle, Day, Magnus, Mathematical modelling of malignant melanoma trends in Norway, 1953–1978 (1983) Am J Epidemiology, 118, pp. 887-896; Scotto, Pitcher, Lee, Indications of future decreasing trends in skin-melanoma mortality among whites in the United States (1991) In J Cancer, 49, pp. 490-497; Roush, Schymura, Holford, Patterns of invasive melanoma in the Connecticut Tumor Registry. Is the long-term increase real? (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 2586-2595; Gordon, Lowry, Incidence and aetiology of melanoma (1985) Lancet, 1, p. 583; Philipp, Hastings, Briggs, Sizer, Are malignant melanoma time trends explained by changes in histopathological criteria for classifying pigmented skin lesions? (1987) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 42, pp. 14-16; van der Esch, Muir, Nectoux, Temporal change in diagnostic criteria as a cause of the increase of malignant melanoma over time is unlikely (1991) Int J Cancer, 47, pp. 483-490; Doll, The age distribution of cancer: implications for models of carcinogenesis (1971) JR Stat Soc, 134, pp. 133-166 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027511107&doi=10.1016%2f0959-8049%2893%2990585-4&partnerID=40&md5=38bb0bb07d87bb7ffe9d9da7eca30fe8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Treatment of congenital elevation of the scapula: 10 (2-18) year follow-up of 37 cases of sprengel's deformity T2 - Acta Orthopaedica J2 - Acta Orthop. VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 365 EP - 368 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/17453679308993646 SN - 17453674 (ISSN) AU - Greitemann, B. AU - Rondhuis, J.-J. AU - Karbowski, A. AD - Klinik für Techn. Orthopädie u. Rehabilitation, Klinik für Allgemeine Orthopädie, Westfälische Wilhelms Universität, Robert Koch Strasse 30, D-4400, Münster, Germany AB - We studied retrospectively and partially prospectively all 37 cases of Sprengel's disease who were treated between 1970 and 1990, 23 of whom were operated on. Many of the patients were severely handicapped by abnormal shoulder abduction and elevation. Neurological deficits were not found. 34 of our cases had other congenital malformations. Several operative techniques were used. In cases with only cosmetic problems we now prefer resection of part of the superior angle. In cases with impaired function we prefer the Woodward-procedure. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - clinical article KW - congenital malformation KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - infant KW - joint mobility KW - male KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - scapula KW - shoulder KW - surgical technique KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Keloid KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Prospective Studies KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Scapula PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8322601 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Greitemann, B.; Klinik für Techn. Orthopädie u. Rehabilitation, Klinik für Allgemeine Orthopädie, Westfälische Wilhelms Universität, Robert Koch Strasse 30, D-4400, Münster, Germany N1 - References: Cavendish, M.E., Congenital elevation of the scapula (1972) J Bone Joint Surg (Br), 54 (3), pp. 395-408; Green, W.T., Sprengel's deformity: congenital elevation of the scapula (1972) Amer J Orthop Surg, Instruct Course XXI, 11, pp. 55-72; Jeannopoulos, C.L., Observations on congenital elevation of the scapula (1961) Clin Orthop, 20, pp. 132-138; König, F., Operationsverfahren bei angeborenem Schulterblat-thochstand (1913) Zbl Chir, 40, pp. 1186-1187; Laumann, U., Cire, B., Der angeborene Schulterblatthochstand (1985) Z Orthop, 123 (3), pp. 380-387; Putti, V., Beitrag zur Ätiologie, Pathogenese und Behandlung des angeborenen Hochstandes des Schulterblattes (1908) Fortschr Röntgenstr, 12, pp. 328-349; Robinson, R.A., The surgical importance of the clavicular component of Sprengel's deformity (1926) J Bone Joint Surg (Am), 49, p. 1481; Wilkinson, J.A., Campbell, D., Scapular osteotomy for Sprengel's shoulder (1980) J Bone Joint Surg (Br), 62 (4), pp. 486-490; Woodward, J.W., Congenital elevation of the scapula (1961) J Bone Joint Surg (Am), 43, pp. 219-228 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027273068&doi=10.3109%2f17453679308993646&partnerID=40&md5=8dddf904d898146793ff0a5d341820e4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Are Viral Warts Seen More Commonly in Children With Eczema? T2 - Archives of Dermatology J2 - Arch. Dermatol. VL - 129 IS - 6 SP - 717 EP - 720 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1001/archderm.1993.01680270055006 SN - 0003987X (ISSN) AU - Williams, H. AU - Pottier, A. AU - Strachan, D. AD - St John's Institute of Dermatology, St ' Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Department of Public Health Sciences, St George's Hospital Medical School, London, United States AB - Background and Design.—We sought to test the hypothesis that warts are seen more commonly in individuals with eczema by analyzing skin examination data from a national birth cohort study of 9263 British children born between March 3 and 9, 1958. Results.—Warts were seen less frequently in those with visible eczema at ages 11 and 16 years (relative risk, 0.60; 95% confidence intervals, 0.37 to 0.95; P=.03). This inverse association persisted after adjustment for potential confounders and was consistent within each age and sex group for children with a history of eczema who did not have visible eczema at the time of examination and for children with asthma/wheezy bronchitis regardless of eczema status. Visible acne or psoriasis was not associated with a decreased prevalence of warts. Conclusions.—These findings contradict previous suggestions of an increased risk of viral warts in atopic eczema and raise new questions regarding the role of cell-mediated immunity in atopic subjects. © 1993 American Medical Association All rights reserved. KW - acne KW - adult KW - article KW - atopy KW - cellular immunity KW - child KW - disease association KW - eczema KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - physical examination KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - psoriasis KW - skin examination KW - verruca vulgaris KW - Acne Vulgaris KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Dermatitis, Atopic KW - Human KW - Psoriasis KW - Respiratory Hypersensitivity KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Virus Diseases KW - Warts N1 - Cited By :25 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8507073 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Williams, H.; St John's Institute of Dermatology, St ' Hospital, Lambeth Palace Road, London, SE1 7EH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Baker, H., (1989) Clinical Dermatology, p. 91. , 4th ed. London, England: Ballière; :; du Vivier, A., (1990) Dermatology in Practice, p. 29. , London, England: Gower Medical; :; Mackie, R.M., (1991) Clinical Dermatology, p. 96. , 3rd ed. Oxford, England: Oxford Medical Publishers; :; Highet, A.S., Viral warts (1988) Semin Dermatol, 7, pp. 53-57; Jablonska, S., Wart viruses: human papilloma-viruses (1984) Semin Dermatol, 3, pp. 120-129; Champion, R.H., Parish, W.E., Atopic dermatitis (1992) Textbook of Dermatology, p. 605. , Champion RH, Burton JL, Ebling FJG, eds., 5th ed. Boston, Mass: Blackwell Scientific Publications Inc; :; Robinson, T.W.E., Heath, B., (1983) Virus Diseases and the Skin, p. 150. , New York, NY: Churchill Livingstone Inc; :; Bunney, M.H., (1982) Viral Warts, p. 11. , New York, NY: Oxford University Press; :; Champion, R.H., Parish, W.E., Atopic dermatitis (1986) Textbook of Dermatology, 1, p. 428. , Rook A, Wilkinson DS, Ebling FJG, eds., 4th ed. Boston, Mass: Blackwell Scientific Publications Inc;; Leung, D.Y.M., Rhodes, A.R., Geha, R.S., Enumeration of T cell subsets in atopic dermatitis using monoclonal antibodies (1981) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 67, pp. 450-455; Kragbelle, K., Antibody-dependent monocyte-mediated cytotoxicity in severe atopic dermatitis (1979) Allergy, 34, pp. 35-41; Jensen, J.R., Sand, T.T., Jörgensen, A.S., Thestrup-Pedersen, K., Modulation of natural killer cell activity in patients with atopic dermatitis (1984) J Invest Dermatol, 82, pp. 30-34; Rystedt, I., Stranegård, I.L., Stranegård, O., Recurrent viral infections in patients with past or present atopic dermatitis (1986) Br J Dermatol, 114, pp. 575-582; Currie, J.M., Wright, R.C., Miller, O.G., The frequency of warts in atopic patients (1971) Cutis, 8, pp. 243-245; Larsson, P.A., Lidén, S., Prevalence of skin diseases among adolescents 12-16 years of age (1980) Acta Derm Venereol, 60, pp. 415-423; Vieluf, D., Ruzicka, T., Complications and diseases associated with atopic eczema (1991) Handbook of Atopic Dermatitis, p. 62. , Ruzicka T, Ring J Pryzbilla B, eds., New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co Inc; :; Shepherd, P.M., (1985) The National Child Development Study: An Introduction to the Origins of the Study and the Methods of Data Collection, , London, England; NCDS User Support Group, City University;; Golding, J., Peters, T.J., The epidemiology of childhood eczema, I: a population based study of associations (1987) Pediat Perinat Epidemiol, 1, pp. 67-79; Atkins, E., Cherry, N.M., Douglas, J.W.B., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention: Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe, pp. 25-30. , Mednick SA, Baert AE, eds., New York, NY: Oxford University Press; :; Davie, R., Butler, N., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven: The Second Report of the National Child Development Study (1958 Cohort), pp. 79-80. , New York, NY: Longman Inc; :; (1988) Epidemiological Graphics, Estimation, and Testing Package, , Seattle, Wash: Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corp;; Fritz, K.A., Norris, D.A., Morris, R.L., ADCC effector function in patients with atopic dermatitis (1980) J Am Acad Dermatol, 3, pp. 167-173; Stranegård, O., Stranegård, I.L., T lymphocyte numbers and function in human IgE-mediated allergy (1978) Immunol Rev, 41, pp. 149-170; Uehara, M., Sawai, T., A longitudinal study of contact sensitivity in patients with atopic dermatitis (1989) Arch Dermatol, 125, pp. 366-368; Skurkowich, S.V., Eremkina, E.I., The probable role of interferon in allergy (1975) Ann Allergy, 35, pp. 356-360; Bonifazi, E., Garofalo, L., Pisani, V., Meneghini, C.L., Role of some infectious agents in atopic dermatitis (1985) Acta Derm Venereol Suppl, 114, pp. 98-100; Gianetti, A., Viral skin diseases in atopic dermatitis (1987) Pediatric Dermatology, pp. 110-113. , Happle R, Grosshans E. eds., New York, NY: Springer-Verlag NY Inc; :; Van der Werf, E., Lent, T., Een onderzoek naar het vóókomen en het verloop van wratten bij schoolkindren (1959) Ned Tijdschr Geneesk, 103, pp. 1204-1208; East Anglian Branch of the Society of Medical Officers of Health, The incidence of warts and plantar warts amongst children in East Anglia (1955) Med Off, 94, pp. 55-59; Keefe, M., Dick, D.C., Dermatologists should not be concerned in routine treatment of warts (1988) BMJ, 296, pp. 177-179; Highet, A.S., Kurtz, J., Viral Infections (1992) Textbook of Dermatology, p. 898. , Champion RH, Burton JL, Ebling FJG, eds., 5th ed. Boston, Mass: Blackwell Scientific Inc; :; Husain, M.H., Somerville, R.G., Presence of herpes-simplex virus on eczematous skin (1964) Lancet, 2, p. 391; Hanifin, J.M., Homburger, H.A., Staphylococcal colonization, infection and atopic dermatitis: association not etiology (1986) J Allergy Clin Immunol, 78, pp. 563-566; (1976) Vital and Health Statistics: Skin Conditions of Youths 12-17, , Washington, DC: US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare; UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027178421&doi=10.1001%2farchderm.1993.01680270055006&partnerID=40&md5=2111d6f883bba3bc562603cdccd7dc8e ER - TY - JOUR TI - A long-term follow-up of surgically treated vesicoureteric reflux in girls T2 - Journal of Pediatric Surgery J2 - J. Pediatr. Surg. VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 1034 EP - 1036 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1016/0022-3468(93)90512-J SN - 00223468 (ISSN) AU - Cooper, A. AU - Atwell, J. AD - Wessex Regional Centre for Paediatric Surgery, The Southampton General Hospital, England. Tremona Road Southampton, Southampton, S09 4XY, United Kingdom AB - Ninety-six girls with surgically treated vesicoureteric reflux (VUR) operated on between 1970 and 1975 were studied to determine their post mature growth (height and weight); the incidence of hypertension; the incidence, progression, and development of new renal scars; the incidence of urinary infection; and the outcome of any pregnancies. The average age at follow-up was 20 years 2 months (range, 16 years to 25 years). The final "post mature" height was significantly greater than that of a group of controls from all regions of Great Britain; the incidence of hypertension was 4.5% and the incidence of urinary infections was 37.6%. The majority of subsequent pregnancies were uneventful but urinary infections occurred in 36.4% and 3 of the 20 infants born had VUR. © 1993. KW - Vesicoureteric reflux KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - body height KW - body weight KW - conference paper KW - disease association KW - female KW - follow up KW - growth rate KW - human KW - hypertension KW - major clinical study KW - pregnancy KW - priority journal KW - ureter surgery KW - urinary tract infection KW - vesicoureteral reflux KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Body Weight KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Hypertension, Renal KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Urinary Tract Infections KW - Vesico-Ureteral Reflux N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPDSA C2 - 8229592 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Atwell, J.; Wessex Regional Centre for Paediatric Surgery, The Southampton General Hospital, England. Tremona Road Southampton, Southampton, S09 4XY, United Kingdom N1 - References: Duckett, Bellinger, Cystographic grading primary reflux as an indicator of treatment (1984) Management of Vesicoureteric Reflux, 10. , JH Johnston, International Perspectives in Urology, William & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD; Tanner, Foetus into Man (1978) Physical Growth From Conception to Maturity, p. 62. , Fletcher & Son Ltd; Tanner, Foetus into Man (1978) Physical Growth From Conception to Maturity, pp. 197-199; Kilcoyne, Richter, Alsup, Adolescent hypertension 1. Detection and prevalence (1974) Circulation, 50, pp. 758-764; Loggie, Hypertension in children and adolescents 1. Causes and diagnostic studies (1969) J Pediatr, 74, pp. 331-355; Wallace, Rothwell, Williams, The long term follow up of surgically treated vesicoureteric reflux (1978) Br J Urol, 50, pp. 479-484; Edwards, Normand, Prescod, Disappearance of vesicoureteric reflux during long term prophylaxis of urinary tract infection in children (1977) Br Med J, 2, pp. 285-288; Rolleston, Shannon, Uttley, Relationship of infantile vesicoureteric reflux to renal damage (1970) Br Med J, 1, pp. 460-463; Filly, Friedland, Govan, Development and progression of clubbing and scarring in children with recurrent urinary infection (1974) Radiology, 113, pp. 145-153; Elo, Tallgren, Alftman, Character of urinary tract infections and pyelonephritic scarring after antireflux surgery (1983) J Urol, 129, pp. 343-346; Willscher, Baver, Zammunto, Renal growth and urinary infection following antireflux surgery in infants and children (1976) J Urol, 115, pp. 722-725; Lenaghan, Whitaker, Jensen, The natural history of reflux and long term effects of reflux on the kidney (1976) J Urol, 115, pp. 728-730; Najmaldin, Burge, Atwell, Antenatally diagnosed urological abnormalities: Where do we stand? (1990) Pediatr Surg Int, 5, pp. 195-197; Najmaldin, Burge, Atwell, Fetal vesicoureteric reflux (1990) Br J Urol, 65, pp. 403-406 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027320515&doi=10.1016%2f0022-3468%2893%2990512-J&partnerID=40&md5=22de07679b95cc9d45614c79c17d3117 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The time trend and age—period—cohort effects on incidence of adenocarcinoma of the stomach in connecticut from 1955–1989 T2 - Cancer J2 - Cancer VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 330 EP - 340 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1002/1097-0142(19930715)72:2<330::AID-CNCR2820720205>3.0.CO;2-L SN - 0008543X (ISSN) AU - Zheng, T. AU - Mayne, S.T. AU - Holford, T.R. AU - Boyle, P. AU - Liu, W. AU - Chen, Y. AU - Mador, M. AU - Flannery, J. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, United States AD - Division of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, European Institute of Oncology, Milan, Italy AD - Connecticut Tumor Registry, Hartford, Connecticut, United States AB - Background. Adenocarcinoma of the gastric cardia has been be increasing in Connecticut, and the risk factors responsible for the increasing incidence are unknown. This study examined the incidence pattern of adenocarcinoma of the gastric cardia and distal stomach in Connecticut during the past decades and identified components of birth cohort, period, and age as determinants of the observed time trends by regression modeling. Methods. This study was based on all histologically confirmed incident cases of gastric adenocarcinoma reported to the Connecticut Tumor Registry between 1955 and 1989. Stomach cancers were grouped into cancers of the gastric cardia, distal stomach, or unknown/unspecified subsite. Age‐adjusted incidence rates were calculated by the direct method standardized to the 1970 United States population. A regression model was used to identify birth cohort, period, and age as determinants of the observed time trends. Results. The results indicated that the incidence rate of adenocarcinoma of the cardia is increasing, particularly in white males, whereas adenocarcinoma of the distal stomach is now decreasing in both sexes in Connecticut. Regression modeling suggests that the increase of adenocarcinoma of the cardia may be explained partly by a birth cohort phenomenon. Conclusion. There is little information regarding the risk factors that might be responsible for the observed increasing trend for adenocarcinoma of the cardia, although smoking, alcohol intake, retinol intake, and hiatal hernia have been associated with an increased risk of adenocarcinoma of the cardia or gastric cancer. Considering the different epidemiologic features of adenocarcinoma of the cardia and distal stomach, future analytic studies should separate cancer of the gastric cardia and cancer of the distal stomach in searching for etiologic factors. Copyright © 1993 American Cancer Society KW - adenocarcinoma KW - Connecticut KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - stomach KW - retinol KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - alcohol consumption KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cardia KW - caucasian KW - female KW - hiatus hernia KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - stomach adenocarcinoma KW - united states KW - Adenocarcinoma KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Cardia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Connecticut KW - Diet KW - Female KW - Helicobacter Infections KW - Hernia, Hiatal KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Stomach Neoplasms KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - Time Factors KW - Vitamin A N1 - Cited By :68 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8319166 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Zheng, T.; Cancer Prevention Research Unit for Connecticut at Yale, 26 High Street, New Haven, Connecticut, 06510, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: retinol, 68-26-8, 82445-97-4; Vitamin A, 11103-57-4 N1 - References: Howson, CP, Tomohiko, H, Wynder, EL, The decline in gastric cancer: epidemiology of an unplanned triumph (1986) Epidemiol Rev, 8, pp. 1-27; Jensen, OM, Trends in the incidence of stomach cancer in the five Nordic countries (1982) Trends in cancer incidence: causes and practical implications, pp. 127-142. , Magnus K, editor., New York, Hemisphere Publishing; Hanson, LE, Bergstrom, R, Sparen, P, Adami, HO, The decline in the incidence of stomach cancer in Sweden 1960–1984: a birth cohort phenomenon (1991) International Journal of Cancer, 47, pp. 499-503; Segi, M, Tominaga, S, Aoki, K, Fujimoto, I, (1981) Cancer mortality and morbidity statistics: Japan and the world, , Gann Monograph on Cancer Research, no. 26,. Japanese Cancer Association., Tokyo, Japan Scientific Societies Press; Ayiomamitis, A, The epidemiology of malignant neoplasms of the stomach in Canada during the period 1931–1984 (1987) Am J Gastroenterol, 83, pp. 26-31; Dockerty, J, Marshall, S, Fraser, J, Pearce, N, Stomach cancer in New Zealand: time trend, ethnic group differences and a cancer registry‐based case‐control study (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 45-53; Levi, F, La Vecchia, C, Te, VC, Descriptive epidemiology of adeno‐carcinomas of the cardia and distal stomach in the Swiss Canton of Vaud (1990) Tumori, 76, pp. 167-171; Brenner, H, Ziegler, H, Monitoring and projecting cancer incidence in Saarland, Germany, based on age‐cohort analysis (1992) J Epidemiol Comm Health, 46, pp. 15-20; Blot, WJ, Devesa, SS, Kneller, RW, Fraumeni, JF, Jr., Rising incidence of adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and gastric cardia (1991) JAMA, 265, pp. 1287-1289; Powell, J, McConkey, CC, Increasing incidence of adenocarcinoma of the gastric cardia and adjacent sites (1990) Br J Cancer, 62, pp. 440-443; Golematis, B, Tzardis, P, Hatzikostas, P, Papadimitriou, K, Haritopoulos, N, Changing pattern of distribution of carcinoma of the stomach (1990) Br J Surg, 77, pp. 63-64; Husemann, B, Cardia carcinoma considered as a distinct clinical entity (1989) Br J Surg, 76, pp. 136-139; Wang, HH, Antonioli, DA, Goldman, H, Comparative features of esophageal and gastric adenocarcinomas: recent changes in type and frequency (1986) Hum Pathol, 17, pp. 482-487; Zheng, T, Mayne, ST, Boyle, P, Holford, TR, Liu, WL, Flannery, J, Epidemiology of non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma in Connecticut, 1935–1988 (1992) Cancer, 70, pp. 840-849; Zheng, T, Mayne, ST, Holford, T, Boyle, P, Liu, WL, Cheng, YT, The time trend and age‐period‐cohort effects on incidence of esophageal cancer in Connecticut (1992) Cancer Causes and Control, 3, pp. 481-492; (1976) ICD‐O: International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, , 1st ed., Geneva, World Health Organization; Holford, TR, Zheng, T, Mayne, ST, McKay, LA, Time trends of non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma: are they real? what do they mean? (1992) Cancer Res, 52, pp. 1-4; Holford, TR, The estimation of age, period and cohort effects for vital rates (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 311-324; Holford, TR, Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Ann Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-457; GLIM Working Party (1987) The GLIM system release 3.77, , Oxford, Numerical Algorithms Group; Clayton, D, Schifflers, E, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates: I. age‐period and age‐cohort models (1987) Stats In Med, 6, pp. 449-467; Clayton, D, Schifflers, E, Models for temporal variation in cancer rates: II. age‐period and age‐cohort models (1987) Stats In Med, 6, pp. 469-481; Levine, MS, Caroline, D, Thompson, JJ, Kressel, HY, Laufer, I, Herlinger, H, Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus: relationship to Barrett mucosa (1984) Radiology, 150, pp. 305-309; Yang, PC, Davis, S, Incidence of cancer of the esophagus in the US by histologic type (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 612-617; (1988) Alcohol drinking, 44. , IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, Lyon, International Agency for Research on Cancer; (1985) Tobacco smoking, 38. , IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, Lyon, International Agency for Research on Cancer; MacDonald, WC, MacDonald, JB, Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and/or gastric cardia (1987) Cancer, 60, pp. 1094-1098; Kalish, RJ, Clancy, PE, Orringer, MB, Appelman, HD, Clinical, epidemiologic, and morphologic comparison between adenocarcinomas arising in Barrett's esophageal mucosa and in the gastric cardia (1984) Gastroenterology, 86, pp. 461-467; Li, JY, Ershow, AG, Chen, ZJ, Wacholder, S, Li, GY, Guo, WD, A case‐control study of cancer of the esophagus and gastric cardia in Linxian (1989) Int J Cancer, 43, pp. 755-761; Agudo, A, Gonzalez, CA, Marcos, G, Sanz, M, Saigi, E, Verge, J, Consumption of alcohol, coffee and tobacco, and gastric cancer in Spain (1992) Cancer Causes and Control, 3, pp. 137-143; Flannery, JT, Polednak, AP, Fine, JA, Mayne, ST, Mayne, JT, (1992), Cancer trends and cancer prevention research in Connecticut: a statistical and epidemiological report, 1935–1986. New Haven, CT: MIS Printing; Tally, NJ, Zinsmeister, AR, Weaver, A, DiMagno, EP, Carpenter, HA, Perez‐Perez, GI, Gastric adenocarcinoma and Helicobacter pylori infection (1991) JNCI Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 83, pp. 1734-1739; Forman, D, Newell, DG, Fullerton, F, Yarnell, JWG, Stacey, AR, Wald, N, Association between infection with Helicobacter pylori and risk of gastric cancer: evidence from a prospective investigation (1991) BMJ, 302, pp. 1302-1305; Nomura, A, Stemmermann, GN, Chyou, PH, Kato, I, Perez‐Perez, GI, Blaser, MJ, Helicobacter pylori infection and gastric carcinoma among Japanese Americans in Hawaii (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 1132-1136; Parsonnet, J, Fridman, GD, Vandersteen, DP, Chang, Y, Vogelman, JH, Orentreich, N, Helicobacter pylori infection and the risk of gastric carcinoma (1991) N Engl J Med, 325, pp. 1127-1131; Kneller, RW, Guo, WD, Hsing, AW, Chen, JS, Blot, W, Li, JY, Risk factors for stomach cancer in sixty‐five Chinese counties (1992) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 1, pp. 113-118; Forman, D, Helicobacter pylori infection: a novel risk factor in the etiology of gastric cancer (1991) J Natl Cancer Inst, 83, pp. 1702-1703; Blaser, MJ, Helicobacter pylori and the pathogenesis of gastroduodenal inflammation (1990) J Infect Dis, 161, pp. 626-633; Picton, TD, Owen, DA, MacDonald, WC, Comparison of esophagocardiac and more distal gastric cancer in patients with prior ulcer surgery (1993) Cancer, 71, pp. 5-8; Husemann, B, Cardia carcinoma considered as a distinct clinical entity (1989) Br J Surg, 76, pp. 136-139; Chyou, PH, Nomura, AMY, Hankin, JH, Stemmermann, GN, A case‐cohort study of diet and stomach cancer (1990) Cancer Res, 50, pp. 7501-7504; Modan, B, Lubin, F, Barell, V, Greenberg, RA, Modan, M, Graham, S, The role of starches in the etiology of gastric cancer (1974) Cancer, 34, pp. 2087-2092; Correa, P, Cuello, C, Fajardo, LF, Haenszel, W, Bolanos, O, Ramirez, B, Diet and gastric cancer: nutrition survey in a high risk area (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 70, pp. 673-678; Kono, S, Ikeda, M, Tokudome, S, Kuratsune, M, A case‐control study of gastric cancer and diet in northern Kyushu, Japan (1988) Jpn J Cancer Res (Gann), 79, pp. 1067-1074; Graham, S, Haughey, B, Marshall, J, Brasure, J, Zielezny, M, Freudenheim, J, Diet in the epidemiology of gastric cancer (1990) Nutr Cancer, 13, pp. 19-34; La Vecchia, C, Negri, E, Decarli, A, Avanzo, BD, Franceschi, S, A case‐control study of diet and gastric cancer in northern Italy (1987) Int J Cancer, 40, pp. 484-489; You, W, Blot, W, Chang, Y, Ershow, AG, Yang, Z, An, Q, Diet and high risk of stomach cancer in Shandong, China (1988) Cancer Res, 48, pp. 3518-3523; Correa, P, Fontham, E, Pickle, LW, Chen, V, Lin, Y, Haenszel, W, Dietary determinants of gastric cancer in south Louisiana inhabitants (1985) J Natl Cancer Inst, 75, pp. 645-654; Trichopoulos, D, Ouranos, G, Day, NE, Tzonou, A, Manousos, O, Papadimitriou, C, Diet and cancer of the stomach: a case‐control study in Greece (1985) Int J Cancer, 36, pp. 291-297; Palli, D, Decarli, A, Cipriani, F, Forman, D, Amadore, D, Avellini, C, Plasma pepsinogens, nutrients, and diet in areas of Italy at varying gastric cancer risk (1991) Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev, 1, pp. 45-50; Mayne, ST, Graham, S, Zheng, T, Dietary retinol: prevention or promotion of carcinogenesis in humans? (1991) Cancer Causes and Control, 2, pp. 443-450; Mayer, RJ, Osteen, RT, Feldman, MI, Cancer of the stomach (1990) Cancer manual, pp. 210-219. , Osteen RT, editor., Boston, American Cancer Society, Massachusetts Division; MacDonald, WC, Clinical and pathologic features of adenocarcinoma of the gastric cardia (1972) Cancer, 29, pp. 724-732; Bennett, JR, Medical therapy for gastro‐oesophageal reflux (1989) Reflux oesophagitis, pp. 123-141. , Hennessy TPJ, Cuschieri A, Bennett JR, editors., London, Butterworths; Jamieson, GG, Duranceau, A, (1988) Gastroesophageal reflux, , Philadelphia, WB Saunders; Nebel, OT, Fornes, MF, Castell, DO, Symptomatic gastroesophageal reflux: incidence and precipitating factors (1976) Dig Dis, 21, pp. 953-956; Day, JP, Ritcher, JE, Medical and surgical conditions predisposing to gastroesophageal reflux disease (1990) Gastroenterol Clin North Am, 19, pp. 587-607 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027151816&doi=10.1002%2f1097-0142%2819930715%2972%3a2%3c330%3a%3aAID-CNCR2820720205%3e3.0.CO%3b2-L&partnerID=40&md5=7fed6574ae160afb3036e44c84c12c75 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Bacterial resistance monitoring of Salmonellas isolated from animals, national experience of surveillance schemes in the United Kingdom T2 - Veterinary Microbiology J2 - Vet. Microbiol. VL - 35 IS - 3-4 SP - 313 EP - 319 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1016/0378-1135(93)90156-2 SN - 03781135 (ISSN) AU - Wray, C. AU - McLaren, I.M. AU - Beedell, Y.E. AD - Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Central Veterinary Laboratory, New Haw, Addlestone, United Kingdom AB - Antimicrobial resistance has been monitored in salmonellas isolated from animals in England and Wales since 1970. The current trends are indicated by comparing the results for the years 1981, 1989 and 1990. Seventy-six per cent of all salmonella isolations are still sensitive to all 16 antimicrobials used for testing. Most antimicrobial resistance is encountered in bovine isolations of Salmonella typhimurium especially phage type DT204C. This phage type, which was initially resistant to at least seven antimicrobials, has however become more susceptible in recent years. Ninety-eight per cent of S. dublin strains from cattle are still sensitive to all the antimicrobials used for testing. Although the number of porcine salmonella isolations is small, many show antimicrobial resistance especially to tetracyclines. A large increase in the number of salmonellas isolated from poultry has occurred in recent years and 75% of these strains are sensitive to all the antibiotics used for testing. Although there has been a slight decrease in the percentage of S. enteritidis strains showing susceptibility 87% of isolations are still sensitive. The emergence of resistance to the newer antimicrobials trimethoprim, apramycin and fluorquinolones has been studied and data presented. The results are discussed with regards to the choice of techniques, bacteria monitored and future surveillance programmes in relation to the veterinary use of antimicrobials. © 1993. KW - ampicillin KW - antibiotic agent KW - apramycin KW - chloramphenicol KW - furazolidone KW - nalidixic acid KW - neomycin KW - quinoline derived antiinfective agent KW - streptomycin KW - sulfonamide KW - tetracycline KW - trimethoprim KW - antibiotic resistance KW - conference paper KW - health care policy KW - human KW - infection control KW - nonhuman KW - salmonella KW - salmonellosis KW - Animal KW - Animals, Domestic KW - Anti-Infective Agents KW - Cattle KW - Drug Resistance, Microbial KW - Great Britain KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Salmonella KW - Salmonella Infections, Animal N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: VMICD C2 - 8212515 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wray, C.; Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, Central Veterinary Laboratory, New Haw, Addlestone, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: ampicillin, 69-52-3, 69-53-4, 7177-48-2, 74083-13-9, 94586-58-0; apramycin, 37321-09-8; chloramphenicol, 134-90-7, 2787-09-9, 56-75-7; furazolidone, 67-45-8; nalidixic acid, 389-08-2; neomycin, 11004-65-2, 1404-04-2, 1405-10-3, 8026-22-0; streptomycin, 57-92-1; tetracycline, 23843-90-5, 60-54-8, 64-75-5; trimethoprim, 738-70-5; Anti-Infective Agents N1 - References: Anderson, Datta, Resistance to penicillins and its transfer in enterobacteriaceae (1965) Lancet, 1, pp. 407-409; Blackburn, Schlater, Swanson, Antibiotic resistance of members of the genus Salmonella isolated from chickens, turkeys, cattle and swine in the United States Oct. 1981–Sept. 1982 (1984) Am. J. Vet. Res., 45, pp. 1245-1249; Helmuth, Seiler, Epidemiology and chromosomal location of genes encoding multiresistance in Salmonella dublin (1986) J. Antimicrob. Chemother., 18, pp. 179-181; Piddock, Wray, Mclaren, Wise, Quinolone resistance in Salmonella spp.: veterinary pointers (1990) Lancet, 2, p. 125; Rampling, Upson, Brown, Nitrofurantoin resistance in isolates of Salmonella enteritidis phage type 4 from poultry and humans (1990) J. Antimicrob. Chemother., 25, pp. 285-290; Report, (1969) Joint committee on the use of antibiotics in Animal Husbandry and Veterinary Medicine, , HMSO, London; Richards, Datta, Sojka, Wray, Trimethoprim-resistance plasmids and transposons in Salmonella (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 1194-1195; Smith, (1962) Antibiotics in Agriculture, , M. Woodbine, Butterworth, London; Sojka, Slavin, Brand, Davies, A survey of drug resistance in salmonellae isolated from animals in England and Wales (1972) Br. Vet. J., 128, pp. 189-196; Sojka, Wray, Hudson, A survey of drug resistance in salmonellae isolated from animals in England and Wales during 1973 and 1974 (1977) Br. Vet. J., 133, pp. 292-311; Sojka, Wray, A survey of drug resistance in salmonellae isolated from animals in England and Wales from 1975 to 1978 (1980) Br. Vet. J., 136, pp. 463-477; WHO, Guidelines for the surveillance and control of antimicrobial resistance (WHO/Zoonoses/90.167) (1990) Guidelines for the surveillance and control of antimicrobial resistance (WHO/Zoonoses/90.167); Wray, Some aspects of the occurrence of resistant bacteria in the normal animal flora (1986) J. Antimicrob. Chemother., 18, pp. 141-147; Wray, Hedges, Shannon, Bradley, Apramycin and Gentamicin resistance in Escherichia coli and salmonellas isolated from farm animals (1986) J. Hyg., Camb., 97, pp. 445-456; Wray, Beedell, McLaren, A survey of antimicrobial resistance in salmonellae isolated from animals in England and Wales during 1984 to 1987 (1991) Br. Vet. J., 147, pp. 356-369 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027291508&doi=10.1016%2f0378-1135%2893%2990156-2&partnerID=40&md5=5ad2cfdbf711cb177a104a71d2a1f068 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence and survival rate in cases of biopsy-proven temporal arteritis T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Rheumatology J2 - Scand. J. Rheumatol. VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 289 EP - 291 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/03009749309095141 SN - 03009742 (ISSN) AU - Rajala, S.A. AU - Ahvenainen, J.E. AU - Mattila, K.J. AU - Saarni, M.I. AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Hatanpäadie; Hospital, SF-33100, Tampere, Finland AD - Department of Internal Medicine, University Hospital, SF-33520, Tampere, Finland AD - Department of Public Health, University of Tampere, SF-33500, Tampere, Finland AB - In the population of the city of Tampere. Finland, 66 patients with histologically verified temporal arteritis were identified during the 20-year period from 1969 to 89. The cases were followed up to March 31st in 1901. The annual age- and sex-adjusted incidence of temporal arteritis per 100000 population aged 50 or older was 4.5 in 1970-79 and 9.2 in 1980-89. The patients showed excess mortality although this was not statistically significant. After excluding hypertensive disease, angina pectoris and congestive heart disease the survival of the remaining subgroup did not differ from the control population. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Aged KW - Survival analysis KW - Temporal arteritis KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - clinical article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - morbidity KW - priority journal KW - survival KW - temporal arteritis KW - Aged KW - Biopsy KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Survival Analysis KW - Temporal Arteritis PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJRHA C2 - 8266030 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Rajala, S.A.; Department of Internal Medicine, Hatanpäadie; Hospital, SF-33100, Tampere, Finland N1 - References: Friedman, G., Friedman, B., Benbassat, J., Epidemiology of temporal arteritis in Israel (1982) Isr J Mcd Sc, 18, pp. 241-244; Smith, C., Fidler, W., Pinals, R., The epidemiology of giant cell arteritis (1983) Arthritis Rheum, 26, pp. 1214-1219; Jonasson, F., Cullen, J.F., Elton, R.A., Temporal arteritis. A 14-year epidemiological. clinical and prognostic study (1979) Scott Med J, 24, pp. 111-117; Barrier, J., Pion, R., Massari, R., Pelticr, P., Rojouan, J., Grolleau, J.Y., Approche epidemiologique de la maladie de Horton dans le department de Loire-Atlantique, 110 cas en 10 ans (1970–1979) (1982) Rev de Med Int, 3, p. 13; Huston, K.A., Hunder, G.G., Lie, J.T., Kennedy, R.H., Elveback, L.R., Temporal Arteritis. A 25-Ycar Epidemiologic, Clinical and Pathologic Study (1978) Annals Int Med, 88, pp. 162-167; Bengtsson, B.A., Malmvall, B.E., Prognosis of giant cell arteritis including temporal arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica (1981) Acta Med Scand, 209, pp. 337-345; Sorensen, P., Lorenzen, I., Giant cell arteritis, temporal arteritis and polymyalgia rheumatica (1977) Acta Med Scad, 201, pp. 207-213; Machado, E.B.V., Michet, C.J., Ballad, D.J., Hundcr, G.G., Beard, C.M., Chu, C.P., Trends in incidence and clinical presentation of temporal arteritis in Olmsted county. Minnesota, 1950–1985 (1988) Arthritis Rheum, 31, pp. 745-749; Salvarani, C., Macchioni, P., Zizzi, F., Mantovani, W., Rossi, F., Castri, C., Epidemiologic and immunogenetic aspects of polymyalgia rheumatica and giant cell arteritis in northern Italy (1991) Arthritis Rheum, 34, pp. 351-356; Ahvenainen, J., Polymyalgia arteritica (1988) Acta Univcersitatis Tamperensis ser A, 256. , Dissertation (English summary); Hauser, W.A., Ferguson, R.H., Holley, K.E., Kurland, L.T., Temporal arteritis in Rochester, Minnesota. 1951 to 1967 Mayo Clin Proc Sept, 46, pp. 597-602. , 1971; Godeau, P., Aubert, L., Guillevin, L., Aspect clinique, evolution et prognostic de la maladie de Horton (1982) Ann Med Interne (Paris), 133 (6), pp. 393-400; Anderson, R., Malmvall, B.E., Bengtsson, B.A., Long-term Survival in Giant Cell Arteritis Including Temporal Arteritis and Polymyalgia Rheumatica (1986) Acta Med Scand, 220, pp. 361-364; Graham, E., Holland, A., Avery, A., Russel, R.W.R., Prognosis in giant cell arteritis (1981) Br Med J, 282, pp. 269-271; Nordborg, E., Bengtsson, B.A., Death rates and causes of death in 284 consecutive patients with giant cell arteritis confirmed by biopsy (1989) Br Med J, 299, pp. 549-550; Bisgård, C., Sloth, H., Keiding, N., Juel, K., Excess mortality in giant cell arteritis (1991) J Intern Med, 230, pp. 119-123; Hakulinen, T., Cancer survival corrected for heterogcneity in patient withdrawal (1982) Biamctrics, 38, p. 93342; Hakulinen, T., Abeywickrama, K.H., A computer program package for relative survival analysis (1985) Comput Programs Biomed, 19, pp. 197-207 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027378881&doi=10.3109%2f03009749309095141&partnerID=40&md5=09603210d5af236bb97b4e04cd151467 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Yttrium90 pituitary ablation in diabetic retinopathy: A long-term review T2 - Neuro-Ophthalmology J2 - Neuro-Ophthalmology VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 57 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/01658109309037003 SN - 01658107 (ISSN) AU - Butt, Z. AU - Mutlukan, E. AU - Cullen, J.F. AD - Department of Ophthalmology, Princess Alexandra Eye Pavilion, Royal Infirmary, Chalmers Street, Edinburgh, EH3 9HA, Scotland, United Kingdom AB - . Altogether seven patients had pituitary ablation by yttrium90 performed by neurosurgeons in the 1960's-early 1970's for proliferative diabetic retinopathy with imminent danger of blindness. The authors present a long-term review (16 years-25 years) of the beneficial effects this operation has had on their retinopathy and to some extent, on nephropathy. Six of their patients still have documented evidence of inactive retinopathy. All except one are still alive and leading active lives. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Neovascularization KW - Pituitary ablation KW - Proliferative diabetic retinopathy KW - yttrium 90 KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - clinical article KW - diabetes mellitus KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - hypophysectomy KW - male KW - proliferative retinopathy PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NRPHD LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Butt, Z.; Department of Ophthalmology, Princess Alexandra Eye Pavilion, Royal Infirmary, Chalmers Street, Edinburgh, EH3 9HA, Scotland, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: yttrium 90, 10098-91-6 N1 - References: Joplin, G.F., Hill, D.W., Scott, D.J., Fraser, T.R., Pituitary ablation in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy (1962) Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism, pp. 207-212. , D. A. Pyke. (editor). Pitman, London, MA; Joplin, G.F., Fraser, T.R., Hill, D.W., Oakley, N.W., Scott, D.J., Doyle, F.H., Pituitary ablation for diabetic retinopathy (1965) Q J Med, 34, pp. 443-465; Joplin, G.F., Oakley, N.W., Hill, D.W., Kohner, E.M., Fraser, T.R., Diabetic retinopathy: comparison of disease remission induced by various degrees of pituitary ablation by yttrium90 (1967) Diabetologia, 3, pp. 406-412; Oakley, N.W., Hill, D.W., Joplin, G.F., Kohner, E.M., Fraser, T.R., The treatment of diabetic retinopathy by pituitary implantation of radio-active yttrium (1968) Symposium on the Treatment of Diabetic Retinopathy, pp. 317-329. , M. F. Goldberg, S. L. Fine. (editors). US Government Printing Office, Washington, DCAirlie House, Warrington, VA; Kohner, E.M., Dollery, C.T., Fraser, T.R., Bulpitt, C.J., Effect of pituitary ablation on diabetic retinopathy studied by fluorescence angiography (1970) Diabetes, 19, pp. 703-714; Panisset, A., Kohner, E.M., Cheng, H., Fraser, T.R., New vessels arising from the optic disc: response to pituitary implantation by yttrium90 implant (1971) Diabetes, 20, pp. 824-833; Kohner, E.M., Joplin, G.F., Blach, R.K., Cheng, H., Fraser, T.R., Pituitary ablation in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy: a randomised trial (1972) Trans Ophthalmol Soc UK, 92, pp. 79-90; Kohner, E.M., Hamilton, E.M., Joplin, G.F., Fraser, T.R., Florid diabetic retinopathy and its response to treatment by photocoagulation or pituitary ablation (1976) Diabetes, 25, pp. 1054-1070; Cullen, J.F., Harris, P., Turner, J.W., Donaldson, A.A., Munro, J.F., Duncan, L.J.P., Pituitary ablation by yttrium90 implantation for advancing diabetic retinopathy (1965) Br J Ophthalmol, 49, pp. 405-412; Field, R.A., Present trends of thinking on the effects of artificially induced anterior pituitary insufficiency and of adrenalectomy on diabetic retinopathy (1963) Highlights Ophthalmol, 6, p. 283; Sharp, P.S., Fallon, T.J., Brazier, O.J., Sandler, L., Joplin, J.F., Kohner, E.M., Long-term follow up of patients who underwent yttrium90 pituitary implantation for treatment of proliferative diabetic retinopathy (1987) Diabetologia, 30, pp. 199-207; Ray, B.S., Pazianos, A.G., Greenberg, E., Peretz, W.L., McLean, J.M., I. Results of hypophysectomy. II. Results of yttrium90 implantation in the pituitary gland (1968) JAMA, 203, pp. 79-87; Luft, R., Olivecrona, H., Ikkos, D., Kornerup, T., Ljunggren, H., Hypophysectomy in man (1955) Br Med J, 2, pp. 752-756; Ireland, J.T., Patnaik, B.K., Duncan, L.J.P., Effect of pituitary ablation on the renal arteriolar and glomerular lesions in diabetes (1967) Diabetes, 16, pp. 636-642; Gordon, E.S., Javid, M., Metabolic studies in hypophysectomy for diabetic vascular disease (1962) Diabetes, 11, pp. 470-472; Cullen, J.F., Harris, P., Munro, J.F., Duncan, L.J.P., Pituitary stalk section for advancing diabetic retinopathy (1965) Br J Ophthalmol, 49, pp. 393-404 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027502945&doi=10.3109%2f01658109309037003&partnerID=40&md5=fbb897023f774c5b7b18990110fd6452 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Visualization of retinal vasculitis in eales' disease T2 - Ocular Immunology and Inflammation J2 - Ocul. Immunol. Inflamm. VL - 1 IS - 1-2 SP - 41 EP - 48 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/09273949309086536 SN - 09273948 (ISSN) AU - Atmaca, L.S. AU - Idil, A. AU - Gündüz, K. AD - Vitreoretinal Department, Faculty of Medicine, Ankara University, Ankara, Turkey AB - Between 1970 and 1991 the authors examined 466 patients with Eales' disease. The mean age at diagnosis was 30, ranging between 14 and 55 years. The mean follow-up period was 43.5 months. At the initial examination, 356 cases were bilateral and 110 cases were unilateral (822 eyes). Vitreous hemorrhage was present in 257 of the 822 eyes. In the remaining 565 eyes, the major retinal lesions were retinal neovascularization (40.7%), vascular sheathing (20.7%), vascular sheathing and retinal hemorrhages (10.6%), retinitis proliferans (9.4%), disc neovascularization (9.0%), branch vein occlusion (3.2%), tractional retinal detachment (2.4%), central vein occlusion (1.8%), central vascular sheathing (1.1%), obliterated vessels (1.1%). Forty-nine out of the 110 initially unilateral cases eventually developed bilateral involvement after a mean period of 42 months. The percentage of eyes with a vision of 0.1 and better rose from 68.1% in the initial examination to 77.9% in the final examination. Fluorescein angiograms of the affected eyes show dye leakage with retinal staining, microaneurysms, capillary non-perfusion and neovascularization. Fundus changes are characteristic of Eales' disease. Unilateral cases should be closely followed because of the risk of involvement of the other eye. Fluorescein angiography is a requirement for early identification of vascular changes and for proper follow-up in Eales' disease. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Eales' disease KW - Fluorescein angiography KW - Retinal vasculitis PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OIINE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Atmaca, L.S.G. M. K. Bulvari 23/2, Ankara, Turkey N1 - References: Elliot, A.J., Thirty years observation of patients with Eales' disease (1975) Am J Ophthalmol, 80, pp. 404-408; Gieser, S.C., Murphy, R.P., Eales' disease (1989) Retina, pp. 535-539. , A. P. Schathat, R. B. Murphy, A. Patz. (editors). The CV Mosby Co, St Louis; Elliot, A.J., Periphlebitis retinae (1986) Clinical Ophthalmology, , T. D. Duane. (editor). Harper and Row, PhiladelphiaChapter 16; Spitznas, M., Meyer-Schwickerath, G., Stephan, B., The clinical picture of Eales' disease (1975) Von Graefe's Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol, 194, pp. 73-85; Pahwa, J.M., Garg, M.P., Eales' disease-its clinical course and treatment by photocoagulation-a review of 100 cases (1968) Eye Ear Nose Throat Monthly, 47, p. 174; Renie, W.A., Murphy, R.P., Anderson, K.C., Lippman, S.M., McKusick, V.A., Proctor, L.A., The evaluation of patients with Eales' disease (1983) Retina, 3, pp. 243-248; (1989) Ophthalmic Lasers, , F. A. L'Esperance. (editor). The CV Mosby Co, St Louis; Atmaca, L.S., Fundus changes associated with Behçet's disease (1989) Von Graefe's Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol, 227, pp. 340-344; Dastur, D.K., Singhal, B.S., Eales' disease with neurological involvement. Part 2. Pathology and pathogenesis (1976) J Neurol Sci, 27 (3), pp. 323-345; Kutsal, Y.G., Altioklar, K., Atasu, S., Kutluk, K., Atmaca, L.S., Eales' disease with hemiplegia (1987) Clin Neurol Neurosurg, 89 (4), pp. 283-286 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0002523789&doi=10.3109%2f09273949309086536&partnerID=40&md5=ef5f8b039bd33dffb1d94a4584074d1f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Work attitudes, knowledge and attributions of private and state school pupils: Evidence from the youthscan study T2 - British Journal of Education & Work J2 - British Journal of Education and Work VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 41 EP - 56 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1080/0269000930060204 SN - 02690004 (ISSN) AU - Banks, M.H. AU - Roker, D. AD - MRC/ESRC Social and Applied Psychology Unit, University of Sheffield, United Kingdom AB - The occupational socialisation of young people is identified as taking place both in work contexts, and previous to work entry in school and family settings. The paper focuses on the role of school experiences in the development of work perceptions, undertaken via a comparison of young people educated in private and state schools. Secondary analyses of the YOUTHSCAN longitudinal data set are reported, comparing data collected at age 16 from private and state educated young people (n = 909) drawn from matched social class backgrounds at birth. Data are reported on work related knowledge and skills, employment attributions and perceptions of job-getting, and characteristics viewed as important in future work. Contrary to expectations, few differences were found between the private and state educated samples. It is suggested that whilst educational and career outcomes may be variable between private and state educated young people, wider aspects of work socialisation may result in more similar outcomes. Methodological issues involved in exploring young people's occupational socialisation are discussed. © 1993, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Banks, M.H., Beliefs About Economic Success (1988) ESRC 16-19 Initiative Occasional Paper Series No. 2, , London: City University; Banks, M.H., Feij, J.A., Parkinson, B., Peiro, J.M., National and occupational differences in work content and environment of job entrants (1992) Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 5 (1), pp. 61-79; Boyd, D., (1983) Elites and Their Education, , Slough: NFER; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Howlett, B., (1985) From Birth to Five: A Studv of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five Year Olds, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; (1991) Statistical Bulletin: Independent Schoob in England, , London: HMSO; Dickinson, J., The development of conceptions about the antecedents of occupational achievement (1986), Paper presented at the BPS Developmental Section Conference, University of Exeter; Eglin, G., Public Schools and the Choice at 18+ (1984) British Public Schools: Policy and Practice, , G Walford (ed), London: Falmer; Emler, N., Dickinson, J., Children's representation of economic inequalities: the effects of social class (1985) British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, pp. 191-198; Emler, N., Ohana, J., Dickinson, J., Children's Representations of Social Relations (1990) Social Representations and the Development of Knowledge, , G Duveen and B Lloyd (eds); Feather, N.T., Causal attributions and beliefs about work and unemployment among adolescents in state and independent secondary schools (1993) Australian Journal of Psychology, 35 (20), pp. 211-232; Furnham, A., The perception of poverty amongst adolescents (1982) Journal of Adolescence, 5, pp. 135-147; Frese, M., Occupational socialization and psychological development: An underemphasized research perspective in industrial psychology (1982) Journal of Occupational Psychology, 55, pp. 209-224; Golding, J., Porter, C., National Cohort Studies: The facts about Britain's children (1982) Health Visitor, 55, pp. 639-643; Halsey, A.H., Heath, A.F., Ridge, J.M., The Political Arithmetic of Public Schools (1984) British Public Schools: Policy and Practice, , G Walford (ed), London: Falmer; Mackinnon, D., Public schools today (1987) British Journal of Sociology of Education, 8 (3), pp. 349-354; (1987) The Meaning of Working, , London: Academic Press; Osipow, S., (1983) Theories of Career Development, , (3rd edition). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall; Roker, D., The Political Socialisation of Youth: A Comparison of Private and State Educated Girls (1991), Unpublished PhD: University of Sheffield; Roker, D., Educating the Elite: How Girls in Private Schools Gain the ‘Edge (1992) All Thatchers Children: Youth in a Classless Society, , Chapter in I Bates (ed), Milton Keynes: Open University Press; Roker, D., Banks, M.H., The Political Socialisation of Youth: The Effects of Educational Experience on Political Attitudes (1991) ESRC 16-19 Initiative Occasional Paper No 42, , Social Statistics Research Unit. London: City University; Roker, D., Banks, M.H., Education and careers advice in private and state schools (1992), evidence from a national longitudinal study. Unpublished paper; Super, D., Corning of age in Middleton: careers in the making (1985) American Psychologist, 40, pp. 405-414; Tapper, T., Salter, B., Images of Independent Schooling: Exploring the Perceptions of Parents and Politicians (1984) British Public Schools: Policy and Practice, , G Walford (ed), London: Falmer; Walford, G., Training the elite: for education, training and jobs (1988) Collected Original Resources in Education, 13, pp. 275-296; Walford, G., (1990) Privatization and Privilege in Education, , London: Routledge UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84972822912&doi=10.1080%2f0269000930060204&partnerID=40&md5=255c69eb9fa050a70fb06324fb326bef ER - TY - JOUR TI - Photocoagulation in eales' disease T2 - Ocular Immunology and Inflammation J2 - Ocul. Immunol. Inflamm. VL - 1 IS - 1-2 SP - 49 EP - 54 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/09273949309086537 SN - 09273948 (ISSN) AU - Atmaca, L.S. AU - Idil, A. AU - Gündüz, K. AD - Vitreoretinal Department, Ankara University, Ankara, Turkey AB - Between 1970 and 1991 the authors examined 466 cases with Eales' disease. 359 eyes of 295 of these 466 cases received photocoagulation treatment. The mean age was 30.4, ranging between 14 and 55 years. Ten eyes with persistent vitreous hemorrhage underwent pars plana vitrectomy before photocoagulation. 210 eyes were treated with xenon arc, 135 with argon laser, 12 with krypton laser and two with yellow dye laser. Hypoxic areas and retinal neovascularizations were closed completely in 298 eyes. In 21 eyes with elevated neovascularizations intruding into the vitreous cavity feeder vessel photocoagulation was used. 24 eyes with disc neovascularization were treated with panretinal photocoagulation. 12 eyes with branch vein occlusion and four eyes with central vein occlusion received photocoagulation treatment to areas of non-perfusion and retinal neovascularization. At a mean follow-up of 43 months, seven new retinal neovascularizations and three new disc neovascularizations developed in eyes which previously had received photocoagulation for retinal neovascularization and hypoxia. Nine out of 21 eyes with elevated neovascularizations developed vitreous hemorrhage. Disc neovascularization resolved completely in 13 out of 24 eyes, it partially regressed in eight eyes and did not respond to treatment in three eyes. The visual acuities were improved in 12.3%, maintained in 77.4% and deteriorated in 10.3% of the eyes after treatment. Periodic follow-up and early photocoagulation treatment is useful in stabilizing the retinal lesions and in maintaining functional levels of vision in Eales' disease. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Eales' disease KW - Photocoagulation PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: OIINE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Atmaca, L.S.G. M. K. Bulvari 23/2, Ankara, Turkey N1 - References: Meyer-Schwickerath, G., Lichtkoagulation (1959) Bücherei des Augenarztes, No 33. Beiheft Klin Mbl Augenheilk, , Enke, Stuttgart; Spitznas, M., Meyer-Schwickerath, G., Stephan, B., Treatment of Eales' disease with photocoagulation (1975) Graefe's Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol, 194, pp. 193-198; Magargal, L.E., Walsh, A.W., Magargal, H.E., Treatment of Eales' disease with scatter laser photocoagulation (1989) Ann Ophthalmol, 21, pp. 300-302; Spitznas, M., Eales' disease (1977) Ophthalmic Lasers, pp. 203-207. , F. A. L'Esperance. (editor). The CV Mosby Co, St Louis; Meyer-Schwickerath, G., Eales' disease; treatment with light coagulation (1966) Mod Probl Ophthalmol, 4, p. 10; Pahwa, J.M., Garg, M.P., Eales' disease-its clinical course and treatment by photocoagulation-a review of 100 cases (1968) Eye Ear Nose Throat Monthly, 47, p. 174 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0009443993&doi=10.3109%2f09273949309086537&partnerID=40&md5=bb9aa52a659dec5e305e739d00b42773 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Five‐year‐follow‐up of very low birth weight infants: neurological and psychological outcome T2 - Child: Care, Health and Development J2 - Child Care Health Dev. VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 59 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1993.tb00712.x SN - 03051862 (ISSN) AU - ROUSSOUNIS, S.H. AU - HUBLEY, P.A. AU - DEAR, P.R.F. AD - Regional Child Development Centre, St. James's University Hospital, Leeds, United Kingdom AD - Learning Disabilities Service, Meanwood Park Hospital, Leeds, United Kingdom AD - Neonatal Unit, St. James's University Hospital, Leeds, United Kingdom AB - Summary All surviving infants with birthweight ≤ 1500 g born in 1982 and 1983 at St. James's University Hospital, Leeds, were followed up for 5 years. There were 88 survivors (including 5 in utero transfers) from the original cohort of 126 infants. In their fifth year the following assessments were made; neurological, audiological, intellectual, behavioural, growth and general health. A comparison group of full‐term male infants was also studied with respect to intellectual status, social and emotional behaviour and general health. Principal neurological impairments found were: cerebral palsy 9 (10·2%), hydrocephalus 1 (1·1%), epilepsy 2 (2·3%) and sensorineural deafness 2 (2·3%). One third of the VLBW children required the services of the child development centre. Seventy‐nine of the 88 VLBW children were tested with the WPPSL Seven (8·8%) scored below 70. The VLBW boys had mean IQ scores of 90·6 while the mean for the girls was 100–2. The very low birthweight boys were significantly intellectually impaired compared with their peers. Socially and emotionally they were largely comparable with their full‐term peers. The findings suggest that there has been no increase in severe disability following a policy of active neonatal intensive care. However, the quality of survival of VLBW children born in the 1980s, despite improvements care perinatal care, remains a major concern. Copyright © 1993, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - cerebral palsy KW - deafness KW - epilepsy KW - neurology KW - psychology KW - VLBW infants KW - article KW - cerebral palsy KW - developmental disorder KW - female KW - follow up KW - gestational age KW - growth, development and aging KW - human KW - intelligence test KW - low birth weight KW - male KW - mother KW - newborn KW - preschool child KW - psychological aspect KW - social class KW - socioeconomics KW - Cerebral Palsy KW - Child, Preschool KW - Developmental Disabilities KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Gestational Age KW - Human KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Male KW - Mothers KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Wechsler Scales N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7678787 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: ROUSSOUNIS, S.H.; Regional Child Development Centre, St. James's University Hospital, Beckett Street, Leeds, LS9 7TF, United Kingdom N1 - References: Cooke, R.W.I., Cerebral palsy in very low birthweight infants (1990) Archives of Diseases in Childhood, 65, pp. 201-206; Davies, P., More on follow‐up studies of low birthweight infants (1989) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 31, pp. 143-144; Drillien, C.M., Thompson, A.J.M., Burgoyne, K., Low birthweight children at early school age: a longitudinal study (1980) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 22, pp. 26-47; Dunn, H.G., (1986) Sequelae of Low Birthweight: The Vancouver Study. Clinics in Developmental Medicine No 95/96, , MacKeith Press, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford; Keily, J.L., Paneth, N., Stein, Z., Susser, M., Cerebral palsy and newborn care, 2: mortality and neurological impairment in low birth infants (1981) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 23, pp. 650-659; The fate of the baby under 1501 grams at birth (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 461-463; Lloyd, B.W., Wheldall, K., Perks, D., Controlled study of intelligence and school performance of very low‐birthweight children from a defined geographical area (1988) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 30, pp. 36-42; Lubchenko, L.O., Hansman, C., Dressier, M., Boyd, E., Intrauterine growth as estimated from liveborn birth‐weight data at 24–42 weeks of gestation (1963) Pediatrics, 32, pp. 793-800; Lucas, A., Morley, R., Cole, T.J., Gore, S.M., Davis, J.A., Bamford, M.F.M., Dossetor, J.F.B., Early diet in pre‐term babies and developmental status in infancy (1989) Archives of Diseases in Childhood, 64, pp. 1570-1578; Ornstein, M., Ohlsson, A., Edmonds, J., Asztalos, E., Neonatal follow‐up of very low birthweight/extremely low birthweight to school age: a critical review (1991) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 80, pp. 741-748; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's 5‐year‐olds: a Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , Routledge and Kegan Paul, London; Paneth, N., Keily, J.L., Stein, Z., Susser, M., Cerebral palsy and newborn care, 3: estimated prevalence rates of CP under differing rates of mortality and impairment of low birthweight infants (1981) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 23, pp. 801-817; Portnoy, S., Callias, M., Wolke, D., Gamsu, H., Five‐year‐follow‐up study of extremely low‐birthweight infants (1988) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 30, pp. 590-598; Powell, T.G., Pharoah, P.O.D., Cooke, R.W.I., Survival and mortality in a geographical defined population of low birthweight infants (1986) The Lancet, 1, pp. 539-543; Roussounis, S.H., Gaussen, T.H., Stratton, P., A two‐year‐follow‐up study of children with motor co‐ordination problems identified at school age (1987) Child: care, health and development, 13, pp. 377-391; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , Longman, London; Sameroff, A.J., Seifer, R., Barocas, R., Zax, M., Greenspan, S., Intelligence quotient scores of 4‐year‐old children: social‐environmental risk factors (1987) Pediatrics, 79, pp. 343-380; Smith, A.E.A., Knight‐Jones, E.B., The abilities of very low birthweight children and their classroom controls (1990) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 32, pp. 590-601; Tanner, J.M., Whitehouse, R.H., Clinical longitudinal standards for height, weight, height velocity, weight velocity and stages of puberty (1976) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 51, pp. 170-175; Touwen, B.C.L., Prechtl, H.F.R, (1970) The neurological examination of the child with minor nervous dysfunction. Clinics in developmental medicine No 38, , Heinemann Medical, London; Veen, S., Ens‐Dokkum, M., Schreuder, A., Verloove‐Vanhorick, S., Brand, R., Ruys, J., Impairments, disabilities, and handicaps of very pre‐term and very‐low‐birthweight infants at 5 years of age (1991) The Lancet, 338, pp. 33-36; Wariyar, U., Richmond, S., Hey, E., Pregnancy outcome at 24–31 weeks' gestation: neonatal survivors (1989) Archives of Diseases in Childhood, 64, pp. 678-686; Wechsler, D., (1967) Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence, , The Psychological Corporation, New York; (1980) International Classification of Impairments Disabilities and Handicaps, , WHO, Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027351116&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-2214.1993.tb00712.x&partnerID=40&md5=870262d694c5bf95dcb5ffb58f698e16 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk of second primary cancer after hodgkin's disease in patients in the british national lymphoma investigation: relationships to host factors, histology and stage of hodgkin's disease, and splenectomy T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 68 IS - 5 SP - 1006 EP - 1011 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1038/bjc.1993.470 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Swerdlow, A.J. AU - Douglas, A.J. AU - Vaughan Hudson, G. AU - Vaughan Hudson, B. AD - Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, Department of Epidemiology and Population Sciences, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, United Kingdom AD - British National Lymphoma Investigation, Department of Oncology, University College and Middlesex School of Medicine, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Cancer Studies, St James's University Hospital, Leeds, LS9 7TF, United Kingdom AB - The risks of second primary cancer were analysed in 2846 patients with Hodgkin's disease treated within the British National Lymphoma Investigation during 1970-87. The relative risk (RR) of leukaemia was significantly greater in women (RR = 30.1; 95% confidence limits (CL) 13.0-59.5) than in men (RR = 10.9; 95% CL 4.7-21.5), and showed a significant trend of greater risk with younger age at first treatment (P < 0.001). The relative risk of solid cancers was similar between the sexes, but again significantly greater at young than at older ages of first treatment (P < 0.01). Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma relative risks, although not related to sex or age, were significantly related to histology of the original Hodgkin's disease, and were greatest after lymphocyte predominant Hodgkin's disease (RR = 55.6; 95% CL 18.0-129.7). The relative risk of second cancers did not vary significantly according to whether or not splenectomy had been performed. Leukaemia risk was non-significantly greater after splenectomy than with no splenectomy, which accorded with previous evidence of a modest increased risk associated with this operation. If the greater relative risk of solid second cancers after treatment at young than at older ages persists with longer follow-up, the incidence rates of these second primaries in patients treated young for Hodgkin's disease will become very substantial as they age. This emphasises the need to maintain long-term follow-up surveillance of young Hodgkin's disease patients apparently cured of their disease, and to continue to develop new less carcinogenic treatment regimens. © 1993 Macmillan Press Ltd. KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - female KW - histology KW - hodgkin disease KW - human KW - leukemia KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - splenectomy KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Leukemia KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Risk KW - Sex Factors KW - Splenectomy KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :55 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8217588 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Swerdlow, A.J.; Department of Epidemiology and Population Sciences, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street, London, WCIE 7HT, United Kingdom N1 - Funding details: Lisa Waller Hayes Foundation, Lisa Waller Hayes Foundation N1 - Funding details: CGD Research Trust, CGD Research Trust N1 - Funding details: Manitoba Lung Association, Manitoba Lung Association N1 - Funding details: Breast Cancer Campaign, Breast Cancer Campaign N1 - Funding details: Medical Research Council, Medical Research Council N1 - Funding details: Manitoba Lung Association, Manitoba Lung Association N1 - Funding text: Bonner and Mrs E. Middleton for secretarial help. The Epidemio-logical Monitoring Unit is funded by the Medical Research Council. The BNLI thanks the Lymphoma Research Trust, the Cancer Research Campaign, the Lisa Lear Fund and the Isle of Man Anti-Cancer Association for funding. N1 - References: Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., Easterling, M.J., Vaughan Hudson, B., Vaughan Hudson, G., Jelliffe, A.M., Analysis of histological subtypes in hodgkin’s disease in relation to prognosis and survival (1985) The Cytobiology of Leukaemias and Lymphomas, 20, pp. 15-32. , Quaglino, D. & Hayhoe, F.G.J. (eds). Serono Symposia, Raven Press: New York; Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., Vaughan Hudson, G., Vaughan Hudson, B., Non-hodgkin’s lymphoma arising in patients treated for hodgkin’s disease in the bnli: A 20 year experience (1991) Ann. Oncol, 2, pp. 83-92; Boivin, J.F., Hutchison, G.B., Lyden, M., Godbold, J., Chorosh, J., Schottenfeld, D., Second primary cancers following treatment of hodgkin’s disease (1984) J. Natl Cancer Inst, 72, pp. 233-241; Boivin, J.-F., O’BRIEN, K., Solid cancer risk after treatment of hodgkin’s disease (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 2541-2546; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research Volume II -The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies, , IARC Scientific Publication, No. 82. International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon; Carbone, P.P., Kaplan, H.S., Musshoff, K., Smithers, D.W., Tubiana, M., Report of the committee on hodgkin’s disease staging (1971) Cancer Res, 31, pp. 1860-1861; Coleman, M., Douglas, A., Hermon, C., Cohort study analyses with a fortran computer program (1986) Int. J. Epidemiol, 15, pp. 134-137; Colman, M., Easton, D.F., Horwich, A., Peckham, M.J., Second malignancies and hodgkin’s disease –the royal marsden hospital experience (1988) Radiother. Oncol, 11, pp. 229-238; Hansmann, M.L., Stein, H., Fellbaum, C., Hui, P.K., Parwaresch, M.R., Lennert, K., Nodular paragranuloma can transform into high-grade malignant lymphoma of b type (1989) Hum. Pathol, 20, pp. 1169-1175; Henry-Amar, M., Quantitative risk of second cancer in patients in first complete remission from early stages of hodgkin’s disease (1988) NCI Monogr, 6, pp. 65-72; Henry-Amar, M., Aeppli, D.M., Erson, J., Ashley, S., Bonichon, F., Cox, R.S., Dahlberg, S.J., Vaughan Hudson, B., Study of second cancer risk (1990) Treatment Strategy in Hodgkin’s Disease, pp. 355-380. , Somers, R., Henry-Amar, M., Meerwaldt, J.H. & Carde, P, Colloques INSERM/John Libbey Eurotext: Paris; Kaldor, J.M., Day, N.E., Band, P., Choi, N.W., Clarke, E.A., Coleman, M.P., Hakama, M., Storm, H.H., Second malignancies following testicular cancer, ovarian cancer and hodgkin’s disease: An international collaborative study among cancer registries (1987) Int. J. Cancer, 39, pp. 571-585; Kaldor, J.M., Day, N.E., Clarke, E.A., Van Leeuwen, F.E., Henry-Amar, M., Fiorentino, M.V., & 22 others (1990) New Engl. J. Med, 322, pp. 7-13; Miettinen, M., Franssila, K.O., Saxen, E., Hodgkin’s disease, lymphocyte predominance nodular. Increased risk for subsequent non-hodgkin’s lymphomas (1983) Cancer, 51, pp. 2293-2300; (1990) Health Effects of Exposure to Low Levels of Ionizing Radiation, , Bier, V. National Academy Press: Washington DC; Pedersen-Bjergaard, J., Specht, L., Larsen, S.O., Ersboll, J., Struck, J., Hansen, M.M., Hansen, H.H., Nissen, N.I., Risk of therapy-related leukaemia and pre-leukaemia after hodgkin’s disease. Relation to age, cumulative dose of alkylating agents, and time from chemotherapy (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 83-88; Egret (1989) Statistics and Epidemiology Research Corporation, , Seattle; Sundeen, J.T., Cossman, J., Jaffe, E.S., Lymphocyte predominant hodgkin’s disease nodular subtype with coexistent ‘large cell lymphoma’. Histological progression or composite malignancy? (1988) Am. J. Surg. Pathol, 12, pp. 599-606; Swerdlow, A.J., Douglas, A.J., Vaughan Hudson, G., Vaughan Hudson, B., Bennett, M.H., Maclennan, K.A., Risk of second primary cancers after hodgkin’s disease by type of treatment: Analysis of 2846 patients in the british national lymphoma investigation (1992) Br. Med. J, 304, pp. 1137-1143; Tester, W.J., Kinsella, T.J., Waller, B., Makuch, R.W., Kelley, P.A., Glatstein, E., Devita, V.T., (1984) J. Clin. Oncol, 2, pp. 762-769; Tucker, M.A., Coleman, C.N., Cox, R.S., Varghese, A., Rosenberg, S.A., Risk of second cancers after treatment for hodgkin’s disease (1988) New Engl. J. Med, 318, pp. 76-81; Valagussa, P., Santoro, A., Fossati-Bellani, F., Banfi, A., Bonadonna, G., Second acute leukemia and other malignancies following treatment for hodgkin’s disease (1986) J. Clin. Oncol, 4, pp. 830-837; Van Der Velden, J.W., Van Putten, W.L.J., Guinee, V.F., Pfeiffer, R., Van Leeuwen, F.E., Van Der Linden, E.A.M., Vardomskaya, I., Eghbali, H., Subsequent development of acute non-lymphocytic leukemia in patients treated for hodgkin’s disease (1988) Int. J. Cancer, 42, pp. 252-255; Van Leeuwen, F.E., Somers, R., Taal, B.G., Van Heerde, P., Coster, B., Dozeman, T., Huisman, S.J., Hart, A.A.M., Increased risk of lung cancer, non-hodgkin’s lymphoma, and leukemia following hodgkin’s disease (1989) J. Clin. Oncol, 7, pp. 1046-1058; (1967) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Disease, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , Eighth Revision. WHO: Geneva; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , Ninth Revision. WHO: Geneva UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027360411&doi=10.1038%2fbjc.1993.470&partnerID=40&md5=5e9c0d0da8032bc9bbe189a675388836 ER - TY - JOUR TI - In China, the peak childbearing years have peaked. T2 - Population today J2 - Popul Today VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 5 PY - 1993 SN - 07492448 (ISSN) AU - Kalish, S. AB - The number of women in China in their 20s peaked in 1992 and is now declining. Based on the 1990 Census of China, there are now about 123.2 million women ages 20-29. Projections from China Population Today indicate that the number will decline all through the decade and will be at 102 million by the year 2000, a drop of 17% since 1992. During the same period the women of childbearing age (ages 15-49) will continue to grow from 318.9 million in 1992 to 339.4 million in the year 2000. This is because the large birth cohorts that preceded China's massive campaigns for smaller family size in the 1970s are moving into their 30s. UN projections show the number of women in China in their 20s beginning to rise between 2005 and 2010 and continuing to increase until 2025. The number of children under age 5 (112.1 million in 1990) will begin to fall in the late 1990s, and continue to decline, reaching 86.4 million by 2010. However, by 2025, the number of children under age 5 will be 95.3 million. In China the total fertility rate (TFR) fell from 5.8 in 1970 to 2.2 by 1980. The 1992 average TFR for the world was 3.3 and for other developing countries it was 4.4. China's controversial 1 child per family policy was adopted in 1979 after the birth rate had already fallen to its lowest recorded level. The average age for Chinese women at 1st marriage is 22.2, up from 20.9 in 1970, according to China Population Today. In comparison, the average age at 1st marriage for women in the US is 24.1. Only about 3% of Chinese women married before age 18 in 1988, Contraception. Even in rural areas, less than 4% of women marry under age 18. In contrast, in 1950, more than 40% of Chinese women were married by age 18. KW - nuptiality KW - reproduction rate KW - Antinatalist Policy KW - article KW - Asia KW - birth control KW - birth rate KW - China KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developing country KW - Eastern Asia KW - Estimation Technics KW - Far East KW - fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Measurements KW - forecasting KW - marriage KW - Marriage Age KW - Marriage Patterns KW - One Child Policy KW - policy KW - population KW - population dynamics KW - Population Policy KW - Population Projection KW - research KW - Research Methodology KW - Total Fertility Rate KW - Antinatalist Policy KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate KW - China KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developing Countries KW - Eastern Asia KW - Estimation Technics KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Rate KW - Marriage KW - Marriage Age KW - Marriage Patterns KW - Nuptiality KW - One Child Policy KW - Policy KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Population Policy KW - Population Projection KW - Research Methodology KW - Social Policy KW - Total Fertility Rate KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate KW - China KW - Demography KW - Developing Countries KW - Family Planning Policy KW - Far East KW - Fertility KW - Forecasting KW - Marriage KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Public Policy KW - Research KW - Statistics N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12285784 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kalish, S. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027354734&partnerID=40&md5=f926d44835df5a2b450bb1426b203327 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Determinants of regional differences in lung cancer mortality in the Netherlands T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 37 IS - 5 SP - 623 EP - 631 PY - 1993 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90101-9 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Kunst, A.E. AU - Looman, C.W.N. AU - Mackenbach, J.P. AD - Department of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine and Health Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, P.O. Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - Although regional differences in lung cancer mortality are likely to be attributable to regional differences in tobacco smoking, studies in various countries found only weak relationships. This paper aimed at explaining regional differences in lung cancer mortality in the Netherlands. In a first step, clues for the role of smoking were obtained from a detailed description of regional mortality differences. These differences were found to be strongly determined by cohort effects: they vary between birth cohorts, and have been stable for over 30 years. Regional mortality differences reflect a diffusion of the lung cancer epidemic from high-income regions to low-income regions. These findings are suggestive of a relationship with regional differences in trends in cigarette smoking. In a second step, by means of multiple regression analysis, mortality differences in 1980-84 were related to available data on cigarette smoking and two other possible risk factors: work in transport and manufacturing industry, and air contamination. The independent variables referred to the 1970s. Positive associations with various smoking measures were found for women, but for men the associations were weak or non-existent. Mortality differences among men 45-64 years were associated with work in transport and manufacturing industry. Strong associations with air contamination were found for men and women 65 years and older. Additional analysis showed that regional differences in lung cancer among old men were strongly associated with smoking in 1930, i.e. half a century before. Changes in the regional pattern of tobacco consumption between 1930 and 1970 explain why smoking in 1970 is not associated with mortality differences in the 1980s. This shows that the explanation of regional lung cancer death rates sometimes has to go far back in time. The strong association with air contamination does not constitute firm evidence of an effect, but should be considered as a stimulus to carry out further analysis on the excess lung cancer mortality in polluted regions. © 1993. KW - determinants KW - lung cancer KW - mortality KW - regional differences KW - air contamination KW - cancer mortality KW - industrial pollution KW - lung cancer KW - regional difference KW - tobacco smoking KW - Netherlands KW - adult KW - aged KW - air pollution KW - article KW - assay KW - cancer mortality KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - data analysis KW - demography KW - economic aspect KW - female KW - human KW - industrial worker KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - multiple regression KW - Netherlands KW - risk factor KW - smoking KW - stimulus KW - tobacco KW - traffic KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Air Pollution KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Netherlands KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 8211276 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kunst, A.E.; Department of Public Health, Faculty of Medicine and Health Sciences, Erasmus University Rotterdam, P.O. Box 1738, 3000 DR Rotterdam, Netherlands N1 - References: Blot, Fraumeni, Changing patterns of lung cancer in the United States (1982) Am. J. Epidemiol., 115, p. 664; Howe, Mortality from selected malignant neoplasms in the British Isles: the spatial perspective (1981) Soc. Sci. Med., 15 D, p. 199; Caselli, Les causes des décès en France III Un effort d'interprétation des différences géographiques application à la période 1974–76 (1984) Population (French Edition), 6, p. 1011; Gatzweiler, Steins, Regionale mortalitätsunterschiede in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Daten und hypothesen (1982) Jahrbuch für Regionalwissenschaft, 3, p. 36; Grosclaude, Lux, Van Houte-Minet, Wunsch, Mortalité régionale et comportements différentiels (1979) Pop. Fam., 48, p. 1; Caselli, Egidi, Géographie de la mortalité en Europe: influence de l'environnement et de certains aspects du comportement (1983) Proceedings of the International Population Congress, 2, p. 165. , 3rd edn., IUSSP, Liège, Manilla, 1981; Wagner, Merabishvili, Geographical distribution of lung cancer in the U.S.S.R. (1984) Int. J. Cancer, 34, p. 67; Minowa, Shigematsu, Nagai, Fukutomi, Geographical distribution of lung cancer mortality and environmental factors in Japan (1981) Soc. Sci. Med., 15 D, p. 225; Cleston, Coebergh, (1988) Cancer in the Netherlands: Scenarios on Cancer, pp. 1985-2000. , Kluwer, Dordrecht; Murata, Takayama, Fukuma, A comparative epidemiologic study on geographic distributions of cancers of the lung and the large intestine in Japan (1988) Jap. J. Cancer Res., 79, p. 1005; Mohner, Analyse der geographischen Verteilung von Krebsinzidenzen am Beispiel der Lungentumoren in der DDR den Zeitraum 1978–1982 (1988) Arch. Geschwulstforsch, 58, p. 191; WHO Expert Committee on Smoking Control, Controlling the smoking epidemic (1979) Technical Report Series no. 636, , WHO, Genève; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, The health consequences of smoking (1982) Cancer. A report of the Surgeon General, , USDHHS, Office on Smoking and Health, Rockville (Maryland); Royal College of Physicians, (1983) Health or smoking? Follow-up report of the Royal College of Physicians, , Pitmans, London; Weinberg, Kuller, Redmond, The relationship between the geographic distribution of lung cancer incidence and cigarette smoking in Allegheny county, Pennsylvania (1982) Am. J. Epidemiol., 115, p. 40; Valkonen, Notkola, Influence of socioeconomic and other factors on the geographic variation of mortality in Finland, Sweden and Norway (1977) Yearbook of Population Research in Finland, 15, p. 9; Taioli, Nicolosi, Wynder, Possible role of diet as a host factor in the aetiology of tobacco-induced lung cancer: an ecological study in Southern and Northern Italy (1991) Int. J. Epidemiol., 20, p. 611; Higgins, Air pollution and lung cancer: diesel exhaust, coal combustion (1984) Prev. Med., 13, p. 207; Speizer, Overview of the risk of respiratory cancer from airborne contaminants (1986) Environmental Hlth Persp., 70, p. 9; Dubrow, Wegman, Setting priorities for occupational cancer research and control: synthesis of the results of occupational disease surveillance studies (1983) J.N.C.I., 71, p. 1123; Hoff, Cohort analysis of lung cancer in the Netherlands (1979) Int. J. Epidemiol., 8, p. 41; Reek, Rookgedrag in Nederland van 1958–1982 (1983) Tijdschr. Alcohol Drugs, 9, p. 99; Mackenbach, Kunst, Looman, Cultural and socioeconomic determinants of geographical mortality patterns in the Netherlands (1991) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 45, p. 231; Hofstee, (1981) Short Demographic History of The Netherlands from 1980 to the Present, , Fibula-van Dishoeck, Haarlem; Van Engelsdorp Gastelaars, Ostenhof, Vos, Typologieën van Nederlandse gemeenten naar stedelijkheidsgraad (1980) Monographs Population Census 1971, , Staatsuitgeverij, The Hague; Gadourek, (1963) Riskante gewoonten en zorg voor eigen welzijn (dissertation), , University of Groningen, Groningen; National Institute for Public Health and Environmental Hygiene, Landelijk meetnet luchtkwaliteit: verslag over de periode 1 April 1979–1 April 1980 (1980) Report no. 69/80 LMO, Series NML-RIV no. 18, , National Institute for Public Health, Bilthoven; Gail, The analysis of heterogeneity for indirect standardized mortality ratios (1978) Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series A (General), 141, p. 224; Biersteker, (1966) Verontreinigde lucht (dissertation), , University of Amsterdam, Amsterdam; Mackenbach, (1988) Mortality and medical care (dissertation), , Erasmus University Rotterdam, Rotterdam; Central Bureau of Statistics, (1935) Bedrifjfstelling 31 december 1930, , Algemene Landsdrukkerij, The Hague; Proosdij, (1957) Roken, een individueel- en sociaalgeneeskundige studie (dissertation), , University of Amsterdam, Amsterdam; Blot, Fraumeni, Geographic patterns of lung cancer: industrial correlations (1976) Am. J. Epidemiol., 103, p. 539; Chinn, Florey, Baldwin, Gorgol, The relation of mortality in England and Wales to measurement of air contamination (1981) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 35, p. 174; Swedlow, dos Santos Silva, Geographic distribution of lung and stomach cancer in England and Wales over 50 years: changing and unchanging patterns (1991) Br. J. Cancer, 63, p. 773; Derriennic, Richardson, Mollie, Lellough, Short-term effects of sulphur dioxide pollution on mortality in two French cities (1989) Int. J. Epidemiol., 18, p. 186; Schwartz, Marcus, Mortality and air pollution in London: a time series analysis (1990) Am. J. Epidemiol., 131, p. 185; Krzyzanowski, Wojtyniak, Ten-year mortality in a sample of an adult population in relation to air pollution (1982) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 36, p. 262; Brown, Pottern, Blot, Lung cancer in relation to environmental pollutants emitted from industrial sources (1984) Environmental Res., 34, p. 250 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027330529&doi=10.1016%2f0277-9536%2893%2990101-9&partnerID=40&md5=814443c72fc534fbba8b65077fd6ee75 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Male and female fertility: a comparison of age-specific and cohort fertility of both sexes in Germany. T2 - Genus J2 - Genus VL - 49 IS - 1-2 SP - 147 EP - 158 PY - 1993 SN - 00166987 (ISSN) AU - Dinkel, R.H. AU - Milenovic, I. AB - Data from German sample surveys was used to compare male and female fertility by birth cohort from 1902-04 to 1959-61. The results indicated that prior to 1930 male fertility was higher, and there was a wide range between male and female fertility. The gap narrowed over time among males aged over 40 years, whose mortality declined markedly over time. There were differences in male and female completed fertility for all age cohorts. The war years had an effect on the sex ratio, and the result was a reduced number of births. The marriage market when there was a surplus of male partners yielded a smaller share of childless women and a larger number of births. Factors affecting reproductive potential were the age difference between spouses, the length of the reproductive life span, the sex ratio, male migration, cohort size, and female survivorship. Male and female models can never separately adequately explain true population development. Cohort estimates showed female fertility peaks for cohorts 1950-52 at 15-19 years, 1944-46 at 20-24 years, 1932-40 at 25-29 years, and 1932-34 at 30-34 years. Between 1965 and 1970 there was a baby boom. Completed fertility for cohorts declined from the early 1900s. Male fertility for all cohorts showed smaller rates for men aged under 25 years and larger rates above age 30 years compared to women. Age specific fertility rates for men for all cohorts fluctuated like female rates. Before 1928, men had more children. The decline in male fertility rates at ages 35-39 years ended at cohorts 1938-40. A declining trend in male cohort fertility was evident for all periods for men aged over 40 years. The 1902-04 cohort for men aged over 40 years was about five times as high as female fertility. By the 1929 cohort male and female fertility differences were minimal. Even when the sex ratio was in equilibrium cohort fertility of males and females may be different because not all people reproduce. The share of childlessness within cohorts depends on the scarcity of one sex, such as was evidenced in the shortage of males after 1945. KW - reproduction rate KW - Age Specific Fertility Rate KW - article KW - birth rate KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developed country KW - Europe KW - fertility KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Germany KW - maternal age KW - methodology KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - research KW - sex difference KW - Studies KW - theoretical model KW - Theoretical Studies KW - Western Europe KW - Age Specific Fertility Rate KW - Birth Rate KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Comparative Studies KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Europe KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Rate KW - Germany KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Sex Factors KW - Studies KW - Theoretical Studies KW - Western Europe KW - Birth Rate KW - Cohort Studies KW - Demography KW - Developed Countries KW - Europe KW - Fertility KW - Germany KW - Maternal Age KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12345252 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dinkel, R.H. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027538808&partnerID=40&md5=89cadb5daca7dec28dd52b500172c2ce ER - TY - JOUR TI - Survival rates in lung cancer patients with and without bronchial asthma T2 - Acta Oncologica J2 - Acta Oncol. VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 517 EP - 520 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/02841869309096110 SN - 0284186X (ISSN) AU - Vesterinen, E. AU - Karjalainen, S. AU - Timonen, T. AU - Pukkala, E. AU - Hakulinen, T. AD - Päijät-Häme Central Hospital, Lahti, Finland AD - National Agency For Welfare and Health, Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Pathology, University of Helsinki, Finland AD - Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki, Finland AD - Unit of Cancer Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Bronchial asthma itself or the treatment of asthma may modify the immunological response to cancer. The survival of lung cancer patients with a preceding diagnosis of bronchial asthma was compared with that of non-asthmatic lung cancer patients in Finland during 1970-1989. This was accomplished by linking two nation-wide data registers, the medication reimbursement register and the cancer registry. For 921 out of the 926 asthmatic patients with lung cancer diagnosed after the diagnosis of bronchial asthma, a non-asthmatic referent patient, matching with respect to sex, anatomical site, and histological type of tumour, as well as to age and year of lung cancer diagnosis, was successfully found in the files of the Cancer Registry. Another referent group was formed by using the stage of lung cancer at diagnosis as an extra matching criterion; this search was successful for 895 asthmatic lung cancer patients. The corrected 5-year survival rate of asthmatic lung cancer patients was 8.4% and that of the referent patients, not matched for stage, 9.6% When stage was included as matching criterion the corresponding rates were 8.5% and 8.1% respectively. None of these differences were significant. The prognosis of asthmatic and non-asthmatic lung cancer patients thus seemed to be similar. © 1993 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - asthma KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - survival KW - Asthma KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Prognosis KW - Registries KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Survival Rate PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ACTOE C2 - 8217235 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Vesterinen, E.; Paijat-Hame Central Hospital, Keskussairaalankatu 7, FIN-15850, Lahti, Finland N1 - References: Robinette, C.D., Isaacs, H., Jr., Asthma and subsequent mortality in World War II veterans (1978) J. Chr Dis, 31, pp. 619-624; Vena, J.E., Bona, J.R., Byers, T.E., Middleton, E., Jr., Swanson, M.K., Graham, S., Allergy related diseases and cancer: An inverse association (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 66-74; Reynolds, P., Kaplan, G.A., Asthma and cancer (1987) Am J Epidemiol, 125, pp. 539-540; Timonen, T., Stenius-Aarniala, B., Natural-killer cell activity in asthma (1985) Clin Exp Immunol, 59, pp. 85-90; Vesterinen, E., Timonen, T., Natural killer cell activity in specific and in non-specific bronchial challenge (1988) Ann Allergy, 3, pp. 247-249; Trinchieri, G., Biology of natural killer cells (1989) Adv Immunol, 47, pp. 187-375; Parrillo, J.E., Fauci, S., Mechanism of corticosteroid action on lymphocyte subpopulation (1978) Clin Exp Immunol, 31, pp. 116-125; Malygin, A.M., Redjko, A.A., Pogodina, O.N., Karaseva, N.A., Koval, Y.F., Timonen, T., Prognostic value of non-MHC-restricted killer cell activity in lung cancer (1993) Cancer Immunol Immunother, , (in press); Sáxen, E., Teppo, L., (1978) Finnish Cancer Registry. Twenty-five years of a nationwide cancer registry, pp. 1-47. , Finnish Cancer Registry, Helsinki; Dorn, H.F., Methods of analysis of follow-up studies (1950) Hum Biol, 22, pp. 238-248; Berg, J.W., Disease-oriented end results: A tool for pathological clinical analysis (1964) Cancer, 17, pp. 693-707; Cutler, S.J., Ederer, F., Maximum utilization of the life table method in analyzing survival (1958) J Chr Dis, 8, pp. 699-712; Armitage, P., Berry, G., (1987) Statistical methods in medical research, , Second edition. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford; Hakulinen, T., Teppo, L., Causes of death among female patients with cancer of the breast and intestines (1977) Ann Clin Res, 9, pp. 15-24; Eddy, D.M., Screening for lung cancer (1989) Ann Intern Med, 111, pp. 232-237; Epler, G.R., Screening for lung cancer Is it worthwhile? (1990) Postgrad Med, 87, pp. 181-186 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027425878&doi=10.3109%2f02841869309096110&partnerID=40&md5=8a3c734f063462f734624176681b4bde ER - TY - JOUR TI - Training and Employment in Hearing-Impaired Subjects At 20-35 Years of Age T2 - Scandinavian Audiology J2 - Scand. Audiol. VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 139 PY - 1993 DO - 10.3109/01050399309046029 SN - 01050397 (ISSN) AU - arving, A. AU - Christcnscn, B. AD - Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Training and employment in hearing-impaired subjects at 20-35 years of age. Parving, A. and Christensen, B. (Department of Audiology, Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark). Scand Audiol 1993; 22: 133-139. This study was undertaken in order to evaluate the training and the employment situation in a cohort of hearing-impaired subjects born between 1955 and 1970. A sample of 288 persons was collected from 33 352 consecutive patients with hearing thresholds > 20 dB HL in at least one puretone frequency (250-8000 Hz) in one (right/left) ear and all living in the city of Copenhagen at the time of data collection. The total sample of 288 persons was divided into two groups according to age at onset of their hearing impairment: group 1 comprised 165 persons with congenital/early acquired hearing loss (before 2 years of age); group 2 comprised 123 subjects with acquired hearing loss (after 2 years of age), acting as a reference group. A questionnaire was mailed to all 288 subjects meeting the inclusion criteria, achieving 218 responses (76%). The questionnaire evaluated the educational and employment situation and revealed significant differences, training within crafts being more common in group 1 in contrast to training at university level being more common in group 2. A frequency of 31 %/29% respectively of unemployment at the time of the questionnaire was found in the two hearing-impaired groups, compared with 12% in an age-matched background population. A subdivision according to hearing thresholds indicated that the degree of hearing loss is of importance for education at university level. A question concerning general well-being showed that the majority of hearing-impaired persons, irrespective of age of onset of their hearing impairment, are satisfied with their life. © 1993, Informa UK Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - employment situation KW - hearing impairment KW - training KW - adult KW - article KW - auditory threshold KW - comparative study KW - congenital deafness KW - controlled study KW - education KW - employment KW - hearing impairment KW - hearing loss KW - human KW - information processing KW - major clinical study KW - onset age KW - priority journal KW - pure tone audiometry KW - questionnaire KW - training KW - university KW - Adolescent KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Human KW - Male KW - Quality of Life KW - Questionnaires KW - Social Work N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 8321998 LA - English N1 - References: Arnvig, J., Om arsagerne til davhed og svser tunghorhed (1954), p. 449. , Ugeskr Laeger 116. (in Danish); Markides, A., (1980), eds. Disorders of auditory function, III. London: Academic Press,33 42; Bentzen, O., Audiological service in Denmark (1951), In: Benzcn O. Ewertsen H. W. Salomon G. eds. Danish Audiology -1976; (1976), pp. 35-48. , Kobenhavn: Nyt Nordisk Forlag/Arnold Busck; Bentzen, O., Christensen, B., (1975), How are hard of hearing and deaf children taught in ? In: Ben/en O. Ewertsen H. W. Salomon G. eds. Danish Audiology 1951-1976. Kobenhavn: Nyt Nordisk Forlag/Arnold Busck, 1976; Davis, A.C., The prevalence of hearing impairment and reported hearing disability among adults in Great Britain (1989), 18 (901). , Int J Epidemiol; Diem, K., Lenlner, C., Basel, E.D., (1970), Geigy; Dyssegaard, B., Meadow-OrlansKP (1987), Hørehandicappede skoleelevers socialc og emotionelle funktion. Den Røde Scrie nr 18. Copenhagen, (in Danish); Ewertsen, H.W., (1951), pp. 1-16. , The history of Danish medical audiology -1976. In: Benzen O. Ewertsen H. W. Salomon G. eds. Danish Audiology 1951-1976. Kobenhavn: Nyt Nordisk Forlag/Arnold Busck, 1976;; Gentile, A., Persons with impaired hearing (1975), Vital Health Statistics, Series 10/101. Kobenhavns Kommunes Statistik. Copenhagen 1990 (in Danish); Martin, J.A.M., Aetiological factors relating to childhood deafness in the European Community (1982), 21, p. 149. , Audiology; Martin, J.A.M., Benzen, O., Colley, J.R.T., Hennebert, D., Holm, C., Iurato, S., de Jonge, A., Moore, W.J., ; Morgan, A., Childhood deafness in the European Community (1981), 10 (165). , Scand Audiol, - 74; Newton, V.E., Aetiology of bilateral sensorineural hearing loss in young children (1985), pp. 1-57. , J Otol La ryngol(Suppl. 10); Parving, A., Epidemiology of hearing loss, and aetiological diagnosis of hearing impairment in childhood (1983), 5, p. 159. , Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol; Parving, A., Detection of the infant with congential/early acquired hearing disability (1991), p. 111. , Acta Otolaryngol (Stoekh) a; (Suppl. 482); Parving, A., Intervention and the hearing-impaired childan evaluation of outcome (1991), 23, p. 151. , Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol; Ruben, R.J., Effectiveness and efficacy of early detection of hearing impairment in children Acta Otolaryngol; (1991), p. 127. , (Stoekh)(Suppl. 482); Ruben, R.J., Levine, R., Fischman, G., (1982), 92, pp. 38-46. , et a. l. The moderate to severe sensorineural hearing loss-impaired child: an analysis of etiology, intervention and outcome. Laryngoscope; Thomas, A., Lamont, H., Harris, M., Problems encountered at work by people with severe acquired hearing loss (1982), 16, pp. 39-43. , Br J Audiol; (1969), 12, p. 541. , Vernon. McCay. Sociological and psychological factors associated with hearing loss. J Speech Hear ResUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027231630&doi=10.3109%2f01050399309046029&partnerID=40&md5=ee0177327378a824e48bd9b27ddf1b65 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in cancer mortality in Kanawha County, West Virginia, 1950-1984 T2 - Science of the Total Environment, The J2 - Sci. Total Environ. VL - 127 IS - 1-2 SP - 139 EP - 154 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1016/0048-9697(92)90473-6 SN - 00489697 (ISSN) AU - Talbott, E.O. AU - Day, R.D. AU - Marsh, G.M. AU - Haile-Cattledge, G.T. AU - McKenna, M. AU - Case, B.W. AD - Department of Epidemiology, University of Pittsburgh Graduate School of Public Health, 130 Desoto Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15261, United States AD - Department of Biostatistics, University of Pittsburgh, Graduate School of Public Health, 130 Desoto Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15261, United States AB - There has been much concern about possible adverse health effects related to exposure to toxic chemicals among residents of Kanawha County in southern West Virginia. An epidemiological study of trends in cancer mortality from 1950-1984 among the general population of Kanawha County in southern West Virginia was mounted. Cabell County, West Virginia was chosen to be a comparison county for Kanawha in addition to West Virginia and the total United States. The cancer mortality rates for white males and females were calculated using NCHS mortality data and Census Bureau population data available on the Mortality and Population Data System (MPDS) at the University of Pittsburgh. Mortality rates for cancer in Kanawha and Cabell Countries were evaluated over the time period 1950-1984 with an age-period-cohort (APC) analysis. In this analysis, poisson regression models were fit using the statistical program GLIM (Generalized Linear Models) to determine the separate effects of age, period of death, and birth cohort on the specific cancers of interest (lung, liver, bladder, CNS, leukemia, lympho-reticulosarcoma, all cancers). There were no significant country differences for cancer death rates between Kanawha and Cabell Countries except for leukemia among white males [O.R. = 1.27, 95% (C.I. = 1.03-1.6)], and for lympho-reticulosarcoma [O.R. = 1.66(1.24-2.07)], suggesting a possible occupational exposure. For leukemia, aleukemia, the effect observed seems to have declined. In contrast, the elevation of lympho-reticulosarcoma rates has remained in recent years (1970-1984). © 1992. KW - cancer KW - chemical KW - ecological study KW - epidemiology KW - mortality KW - cancer epidemiology KW - cancer mortality KW - conference paper KW - controlled study KW - ecology KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - united states KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Air Pollutants, Environmental KW - Cause of Death KW - Chemical Industry KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Human KW - Leukemia KW - Lymphoma, Large-Cell KW - Male KW - Occupational Exposure KW - West Virginia KW - cancer incidence KW - chemical exposure KW - epidemiological studies KW - health effect KW - medical geography KW - mortality rate KW - occupational exposure KW - toxic chemical KW - USA, West Virginia, Kanawha County N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: STEVA C2 - 1480952 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Talbott, E.O.; Department of Epidemiology, University of Pittsburgh Graduate School of Public Health, 130 Desoto Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15261, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Air Pollutants, Environmental N1 - References: Mason, McKay, U.S. Cancer Mortality by County: 1950–1969 (1974) DHEW Publ. No. (NIH) 74-615, , U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C; Mason, McKay, Hoover, Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Atlas of Cancer Mortality for U.S. Counties: 1950–1969 (1975) DHEW Publ. No. (NIH) 75-780, , U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C; Mason, McKay, Hoover, Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Atlas of Cancer Mortality Among U.S. Nonwhites: 1950–1969 (1975) DHEW Publ. No. (NIH) 76-1204, , U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C; Hoover, Fraumeni, Jr., Cancer mortality in U.S. counties with chemical industries (1975) Environ. Res., 9, p. 196; Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Geographic patterns of bladder cancer in the United States (1978) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 61, p. 1017; Blot, Brinton, Fraumeni, Jr., Stone, Cancer mortality in U.S. counties with petroleum industries (1977) Science, 198, p. 51; Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Geographic patterns of lung cancer in the United States: Industrial correlations (1976) Am. J. Epidemiol., 103, p. 539; Blot, Stone, Fraumeni, Mooris, Cancer mortality in U.S. counties with shipyard industries during World War II (1979) Environ. Res., 18, p. 281; Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Arsenical air pollution and lung cancer (1975) Lancet, 2, p. 142; Blot, Fraumeni, Jr., Mason, Developing clues to environmental cancer: a stepwise approach with the use of cancer mortality data (1979) Environ. Health Perspect., 32, pp. 53-58; U.S. Census, (1970) Characteristics of the Population, , US Bureau of the Census, Washington DC; U.S. Census, (1970) General Social and Economic Characteristics, , US Bureau of the Census, Washington DC; De Groot, (1977) Personal Communication to the Director of Program Development, , West Virginia Lung Association, Charleston, West Virginia; Hoover, Fraumeni, (1975) Cancer Mortality in U.S. Counties with Chemical Industries, , Epi Branch NCI, Academic Press; Blot, Fraumeni, Geographic patterns of bladder cancer in the United States (1978) J. Natl. Cancer. Inst.; Bond, Shellenberger, Mortality among a large cohort of chemical manufacturing employees (1985) J. Natl. Cancer Inst.; Ott, Carlo, Mortality among employees engages in chemical manufacturing and related activities (1985) Am J Epidemiol; Pifer, Hearne, Mortality Study of Men Employed at a Large Chemical Plant, 1972 through 1982 (1985) Chem. Plant Mart.; Bond, Austin, Use of population-based tumor registry to estimate cancer incidence among a cohort of chemical workers (1988) J. Occup. Med.; Teta, Schnatter, Souley for Epidemiologic Research, 22nd Meeting (1989) Mortality Experience of 88000 Union Carbide Corporation Employees 1974–1983, , Birmingham, Alabama; Rinsky, Ott, Ward, Greenburg, Halperin, Leet, Study of mortality among chemical workers in the Kanawha Valley of West Virginia (1988) Am. J. Ind. Med., 13, pp. 429-438 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027009501&doi=10.1016%2f0048-9697%2892%2990473-6&partnerID=40&md5=a8b6a7a86caeb4460c221a56007a16f7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time trend and age-period-cohort effects on incidence of esophageal cancer in Connecticut, 1935-89 T2 - Cancer Causes and Control J2 - Cancer Causes Control VL - 3 IS - 5 SP - 481 EP - 492 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1007/BF00051361 SN - 09575243 (ISSN) AU - Zheng, T. AU - Mayne, S.T. AU - Holford, T.R. AU - Boyle, P. AU - Liu, W. AU - Chen, Y. AU - Mador, M. AU - Flannery, J. AB - The purpose of this study was to examine the incidence pattern of esophageal eancer in Connecticut (USA) during the past decades, and to identify components of birth cohort, period, and age as determinants of the observed time trends by regression modelling. This study is based on all of the esophageal cancer cases reported to the Connecticut Tumor Registry between 1935 and 1989. A total of 6,310 incident cases were included. Results indicate that among males, the overall age-adjusted incidence rate of esophageal cancer increased after 1935 and peaked between 1955 and 1959. Since then, incidence rates have been relatively stable. Among females, the overall esophageal cancer rate has not changed markedly since 1935. Analysis by histologic type indicates that the incidence rate of squamous cell carcinoma has been declining in this population; adenocarcinoma, however, showed a continuous increase. A fivefold increase among males and a threefold increase among females were observed for adenocarcinoma of the esophagus between 1970 and 1989. If cancers of the esophagus and gastric cardia are considered together, the incidence rate of adenocarcinoma exceeds that of squamous cell carcinoma among males during 1985-89. The observed increasing trend for adenocarcinoma of the esophagus is mainly from cancers arising in the lower third of the esophagus and primarily among Whites, especially White males. The results from regression modeling indicate that both period and birth cohort may have contributed to the observed increasing trend, and adenocarcinoma of the esophagus is likely to increase continuously in this population in the coming years. © 1992 Rapid Communications of Oxford Ltd. KW - Age-period-cohort KW - epidemiology KW - esophageal cancer KW - tumor registry KW - USA KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - esophagus cancer KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - united states KW - Adenocarcinoma KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Carcinoma, Squamous Cell KW - Cohort Studies KW - Connecticut KW - Esophageal Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Regression Analysis KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - Time Factors PB - Kluwer Academic Publishers N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCCNE C2 - 1525329 LA - English N1 - References: Blot, W.J., Devesa, S.S., Kneller, R.W., Fraumeni, J.F., Jr, Rising incidence of adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and gastric cardia (1991) JAMA, 265, pp. 1287-9; Yang, P.C., Davis, S., Incidence of cancer of the esophagus in the US by histologic type (1988) Cancer, 61, pp. 612-7; Powell, J., McConkey, C.C., Increasing incidence of adenocarcinoma of the gastric cardia and adjacent sites (1990) Br J Cancer, 62, pp. 440-3; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Te, V.C., Descriptive epidemiology of adenocarcinomas of the cardia and distal stomach in the Swiss Canton of Vaud (1990) Tumori, 76, pp. 167-71; Levi, F., La Vecchia, C., Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus in Switzerland (1991) JAMA, 22, p. 2960; Hesketh, P.J., Clapp, R.W., Doos, W.G., Splecher, S.J., The increasing frequency of adenocarcinoma of the esophagus (1989) Cancer, 64, pp. 526-30; Wang, H.H., Antonioli, D.A., Goldman, H., Comparative features of esophageal and gastric adenocarcinomas: recent changes in type and frequency (1986) Human Pathol, 17, pp. 482-7; Kalish, R.J., Clancy, P.E., Orringer, M.B., Appelman, H.D., Clinical, epidemiologic, and morphologic comparison between adenocarcinomas arising in Barrett's esophageal mucosa and in the gastric cardia (1984) Gastroenterology, 86, pp. 461-7; Zheng, T., Mayne, S.T., Flannery, J., The time trends of multiple myeloma in Connecticut, 1935–1987 (1992) Int J Cancer, 50, pp. 163-4; Zheng T, Mayne ST, Holford TR, Boyle P, Flannery J. Epidemiology of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in Connecticut, 1935–1988. Cancer (in press); (1976) ICD-O, International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, , World Health Organization, 1st edn, WHO, Geneva; Holford TR, Zheng T, Mayne ST, McKay LA. Time trends of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma: are they real? What do they mean? Cancer Res (in press); Holford, T.R., The estimation of age, period and cohort effects for vital rates (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 311-24; Holford, T.R., Understanding the effects of age, period, and cohort on incidence and mortality rates (1991) Ann Rev Public Health, 12, pp. 425-57; (1987) The GLIM System, Release 3.77, , GLIM Working Party, Numerical Algorithms Group, Ltd, Oxford; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. I. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stats In Med, 6, pp. 449-67; Clayton, D., Schifflers, E., Models for temporal variation in cancer rates. II. Age-period and age-cohort models (1987) Stats In Med, 6, pp. 469-81; Bosch, A., Frias, Z., Caldwell, W.L., Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 1557-61; Webb, J.N., Busuttil, A., Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and esophagogastric junction (1978) Br J Surg, 65, pp. 475-9; Levine, Caroline, D., Thompson, J.J., Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus: relationship to Barrett mucosa (1984) Radiology, 150, pp. 305-9; Enterline, H., Thompson, J., (1984) Pathology of the Esophagus. Barrett's Metaplasia and Adenocarcinoma, pp. 109-27. , Springer-Verlag Inc., New York; Rubio, C.A., Aberg, B., Barrett's mucosa in conjunction with squamous carcinoma of the esophagus (1991) Cancer, 68, pp. 583-6; Haggitt, R.C., Tryzelaar, J., Ellis, F.H., Jr, Colcher, H., Adenocarcinoma complicating columnar epithelium-lined (Barrett's) esophagus (1978) Am J Clin Pathol, 70, pp. 1-5; Skinner, D.B., Walther, B.C., Riddell, R.H., Barrett's esophagus: comparison of benign and malignant cases (1983) Ann Surg, 198, pp. 554-65; Smith, R.L., Boitnott, J.K., Hamilton, S.R., Rogers, E.L., The spectrum of carcinoma arising in Barrett's esophagus (1984) Am J Surg Pathol, 8, pp. 563-73; Thompson, J.J., Zinsser, K.R., Enterline, H.T., Barrett's metaplasia and adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and gastroesophageal junction (1983) Hum Pathol, 14, pp. 42-61; MacDonald, W.C., MacDonald, J.B., Adenocarcinoma of the esophagus and/or gastric cardia (1987) Cancer, 60, pp. 1094-8; Bennett, J.R., Medical therapy for gastro-oesophageal reflux (1989) Reflux Oesophagitis, pp. 123-41. , T.P.J., Hennessy, A., Cuschieri, J.R., Bennett, Butterworth, London; Jamieson, G.G., Duranceau, A., (1988) Gastroesophageal Reflux, , WB Saunders, Philadelphia, PA; Day, J.P., Richter, J.E., Medical and surgical conditions predisposing to gastroesophageal reflux disease (1990) Gastroenterol Clin N Am, 19, pp. 587-697; Wynder, E.L., Mabuchi, K., Etiological and environmenal factors (1973) JAMA, 226, pp. 1546-8; (1986) Tobacco Smoking, , International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC Monogr Eval Carginog Risk Chem Humans, Vol. 38, IARC, Lyon, France; Day, N.E., Munoz, N., Esophagus, (1982) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 596-623. , D., Schottenfeld, J.F., Fraumeni, WB Saunders, Philadelphia, PA; Day, N.E., Munoz, N., Ghadirian, P., Epidemiology of esophageal cancer: a review (1982) Epidemiology of Cancer of the Digestive Tract, pp. 21-5. , P., Correa, W., Haenszel, Nijhoff, The Hague; Devesa, S.S., Silverman, D.T., Young, J.L., Jr, Cancer incidence and mortality trends among whites in the United States: 1947–84 (1987) JNCI, 79, pp. 701-70; Moller, H., Boyle, P., Maisonneuve, P., Changing mortality from esophageal cancer in males in Denmark and other European countries in relation to changing levels of alcohol consumption (1990) Cancer Causes Control, 1, pp. 181-8; Mahaney, F.X., Jr, Lung cancer rates in white males levelling off (1992) JNCI, 84, pp. 83-4; Ernster, V.L., Women, smoking, cigarette advertising and cancer (1987) Women and Cancer, pp. 217-35. , S.D., Stellman, The Haworth Press, Inc., New York; Devesa, S.S., Shaw, G.L., Blot, W.J., Changing patterns of lung cancer incidence by histological type (1991) Cancer Epidemiol Biomark Prevent, 1, pp. 29-34; Devesa, S.S., Blot, W.J., Fraumeni, J.F., Jr, Declining lung cancer among young men and women in the United States: a cohort analysis (1989) JNCI, 81, pp. 1568-71; Auerbach, O., Garfinkel, L., The changing pattern of lung carcinoma (1991) Cancer, 68, pp. 1973-7; Tuyns, A.J., Incidence trends of laryngeal cancer in relation to national alcohol and tobacco consumption (1982) Trends in Cancer Incidence: Causes and Practical Implications, pp. 199-214. , K., Magnus, Hemisphere, Washington, DC; Roush, G.C., Holford, T.R., Schymura, M.J., Larynx (1987) Cancer Risk and Incidence Trends: The Connecticut Perspective, pp. 173-86. , Hemisphere, Washington, DC; (1988) Alcohol Drinking, , International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC Monog Eval Carcinog Risk Chem Humans, Vol. 44, IARC, Lyon, France; Pottern, L.M., Morris, L.E., Blot, W.J., Esophageal cancer among Black men in Washington DC. I. Alcohol, tobacco, and other risk factors (1981) JNCI, 67, pp. 777-83; Levi, F., Ollyo, J.B., La Vecchia, C., Boyle, P., The consumption of tobacco, alcohol and the risk of adenocarcinoma in Barrett's oesophagus (1990) Int J Cancer, 45, pp. 852-4; Li, J.Y., Ershow, A.G., Chen, Z.J., A case-control study of cancer of the esophagus and gastric cardia in Linxian (1989) Int J Cancer, 43, pp. 755-61; Mayne, S.T., Graham, S., Zheng, T., Dietary retinol: prevention or promotion of carcinogenesis in humans? (1991) Cancer Causes Control, 2, pp. 443-50; Tuyns, A.J., Riboli, E., Doornbos, G., Pequignot, G., Diet and esophageal cancer in Calvados (France) (1987) Nutr Cancer, 9, pp. 81-92; Decarli, A., Liati, P., Negri, E., Franceschi, S., La Vecchia, C., Vitamin A and other dietary factors in the etiology of esophageal cancer (1987) Nutr Cancer, 10, pp. 29-37; Brown, L.M., Blot, W.J., Schuman, S.H., Environmental factors and high risk of esophageal cancer among men in Coastal South Carolina (1988) JNCI, 80, pp. 1620-5; Graham, S., Marshall, J., Haughey, B., Nutritional epidemiology of cancer of the esophagus (1990) Am J Epidemiol, 131, pp. 454-67; Van Rensberg, S.J., Krukger, E.F., Louw, M.E.J., duPlessis, J.P., Vitamin A status and esophageal cancer risk: epidemiologic and experimental evidence for a positive association (1981) Nutr Rep Int, 24, pp. 1123-31 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026674515&doi=10.1007%2fBF00051361&partnerID=40&md5=2356ddc2ced6edc4949e948e3fd81232 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age at return marriage and timing of first birth in India's Uttar Pradesh and Kerala states. T2 - Social biology J2 - Soc Biol VL - 39 IS - 3-4 SP - 292 EP - 298 PY - 1992 SN - 0037766X (ISSN) AU - Singh, K.K. AU - Suchindran, C.M. AU - Singh, V. AU - Ramakumar, R. AD - Carolina Population Center, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 27516. AB - The study investigates the relationship between age at marriage and the length of first birth interval in two states of India: Uttar Pradesh and Kerala. Life tables of first-birth intervals and median first-birth intervals are computed for several subgroups of the study population. Multivariate hazards modelling technique is used to study the net effect of age at marriage, controlling for a multiple of socioeconomic factors. The result shows that the average first-birth interval varies by age at marriage and is much longer in Uttar Pradesh than in Kerala. Data from the Uttar Pradesh Rural Development and Population Growth Survey in 1978, the Determinants of Fertility Survey in Eastern Uttar Pradesh in 1987, and the 1980 Kerala Fertility Survey were used to examine the demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of fertility. Specifically, attention focused on the timing of first births in Uttar Pradesh (UP) and Kerala and its relationship with age at first marriage as well as the determinants of the fertility decline. Controls were indicated for religion (Hindu, Muslim, and Christian), education (illiterate or literate for husband and wife), year of marriage (before or after 1970), work status (working or nonworking), and birth cohort ( or 25 years). Women were grouped into those aged up to 13 years of age, 14-15 years, 16-18 years, and 19 and over years. The mean age at marriage increased by .9 from 1978 to 1987 in UP, which was 2 years lower the mean age at marriage in 1980 in Kerala. In both states, mean age of marriage was lower when both husband and wife had little education, and in Kerala when women married before 1970, were nonworking, and were Muslims. The average time of first birth, without a correction for age at marriage, decreased with the increase in age from preadolescent to postadolescent in both states. The median first birth interval was 2 times as long in UP as in Kerala in every age group. Between 1978 and 1987, the median first birth interval varied by .3 months but was greater than in Kerala by 23.6-23.9 months. The overall mean birth interval in Kerala was 20.3 months. The proportion of women not conceiving within 10 years was 3% in Kerala and 10% in UP. In the proportional hazards models, the relative risk of first birth in 1978 in UP was .38, .60, and .68 for the age at marriage groups 13 years, 14-15 years, and 16-18 years. The relative risk in Kerala as almost the same. A number of reasons were given to explain the average delay in the first birth interval according to age at first marriage and the length of first birth interval. One reason was the joint family system prevalent in rural areas, where marriages are arranged and residence within the joint family limits chances for coitus. KW - nuptiality KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - Asia KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developing country KW - Economic Factors KW - employment KW - epidemiology KW - ethnology KW - family planning KW - female KW - fertility KW - Fertility Decline--determinants KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Surveys KW - First Birth KW - human KW - India KW - information processing KW - Interdisciplinary Studies KW - labor KW - life table KW - Life Table Method KW - marriage KW - Marriage Age KW - Marriage Patterns KW - Multiregional Analysis KW - multivariate analysis KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - pregnancy KW - Pregnancy History KW - religion KW - Research Methodology KW - socioeconomics KW - Southern Asia KW - Age Factors KW - Asia KW - Birth Intervals KW - Demographic Analysis KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developing Countries KW - Economic Factors KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Decline--determinants KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Surveys KW - First Birth KW - India KW - Interdisciplinary Studies KW - Life Table Method KW - Marriage KW - Marriage Age KW - Marriage Patterns KW - Multiregional Analysis KW - Nuptiality KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Pregnancy History KW - Research Methodology KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Southern Asia KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Birth Intervals KW - Data Collection KW - Educational Status KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Human KW - India KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Life Tables KW - Marriage KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Pregnancy KW - Religion KW - Sampling Studies KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1340047 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Singh, K.K. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026922143&partnerID=40&md5=491d67b685f816e2d5108f3b69f2f644 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Study on epidemic factors of the decline of cervical cancer mortality in Shandong province T2 - Zhonghua liu xing bing xue za zhi = Zhonghua liuxingbingxue zazhi J2 - Zhonghua Liu Xing Bing Xue Za Zhi VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 202 EP - 204 PY - 1992 SN - 02546450 (ISSN) AU - Li, H. AD - Shandong Academy of Medical Sciences, Jinan. AB - It is well known that the decline in the incidence or mortality rates of cervical cancer was very significant in the eighties as compared with in the seventies in China. In Shandong province the mortality of cervical cancer was reduced by 76.3 percent during from 1974 year to 1989 year. According to the survival time of patients with cervical cancer in Cangshan county showed that the decline in the mortalities was due to cut down the incidences of it. A birth cohorts study of mortality of the disease was made in the period time of from 1970 to 1989 in Qixia county. The results of which indicated that the cohorts of women who reached puberty after 1949 have much lower rates of cervical cancer than the cohorts of women who reached sexual maturity before that time. The correlation analysis showed the main reason for the decline was related to the elimination of the venereal diseases by the end of 1964 year. The birth control programme having been carried out since the beginning in the sixties also found in relation to the decline of cervical cancer in the eighties. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - China KW - cohort analysis KW - factorial analysis KW - family planning KW - female KW - human KW - mortality KW - sexually transmitted disease KW - uterine cervix tumor KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Cervix Neoplasms KW - China KW - Cohort Studies KW - English Abstract KW - Factor Analysis, Statistical KW - Family Planning KW - Female KW - Human KW - Middle Age KW - Sexually Transmitted Diseases N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1301262 LA - Chinese N1 - Correspondence Address: Li, H. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026907550&partnerID=40&md5=cea5fb3fab682e55ead341bbcec22927 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changing patterns of student nurse recruitment--2. T2 - Nursing times J2 - Nurs Times VL - 88 IS - 22 SP - 39 EP - 41 PY - 1992 SN - 09547762 (ISSN) AU - Hinton, C. AU - Martin, J. AU - Hall, J. AB - In 1970, a study was carried out to assess the type of information provided by schools of nursing to recruit prospective candidates to the profession. A follow-up study in 1980 showed that some response had been made to suggestions about particular types of information that potential recruits required (see Part 1, April 29). This week, in Part 2, the changes that have taken place in information exchange between 1980 and 1990 are assessed. KW - adult KW - advertizing KW - article KW - education KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - male KW - medical personnel KW - questionnaire KW - standard KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Advertising KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Questionnaires KW - School Admission Criteria KW - Students, Nursing N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1598300 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hinton, C. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0027127842&partnerID=40&md5=a440ed719f674774f64880ba2f42d08d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence of disease after vasectomy: A record linkage retrospective cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 304 IS - 6829 SP - 743 EP - 746 PY - 1992 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Nienhuis, H. AU - Goldacre, M. AU - Seagroatt, V. AU - Gill, L. AU - Vessey, M. AD - Unit of Clinical Epidemiology, University of Oxford, Oxford 0X3 7LF, United Kingdom AD - Dept. of Pub. Hlth. and Primary Care, Radcliffe Infirmary, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6HE, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To determine whether vasectomy is associated with an increased risk of several diseases, and in particular testicular cancer, after operation. Design-Retrospective cohort study using linked medical record abstracts. Setting - Six health districts in Oxford region. Subjects - 13246 men aged 25-49 years who had undergone vasectomy between 1970 and 1986, and 22 196 comparison subjects who had been admitted during the same period for one of three specified elective operations, appendicitis, or injuries. Main outcome measures - Hospital admission and death after vasectomy or comparison event. Results - The mean durations of follow up were 6·6 years for men with a vasectomy and 7·5 years for men with a comparison condition. The relative risk of cancer of the testis in the vasectomy cohort (4 cases) compared with that in the other cohorts (17 cases) was 0·46 (95% confidence interval 0·1 to 1·4), that of cancer of the prostate (1 v 5 cases) 0·44 (0·1 to 4·0), and that of myocardial infarction (97 v 226 cases) 1-00 (0·8 to 1·3). There was no evidence of an increase associated with vasectomy in the incidence of a range of other diseases. Conclusion - Vasectomy was not associated with an increased risk of testicular cancer or the other diseases studied. With respect to prostatic cancer, while we found no cause for concern, longer periods of observation on large numbers of men are required. KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - controlled study KW - follow up KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk assessment KW - testis cancer KW - united kingdom KW - vasectomy KW - Age Distribution KW - Age Factors KW - Biology KW - Cancer KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Control Groups KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Genitalia KW - Genitalia, Male KW - Incidence KW - Information KW - Information Processing KW - Male Sterilization KW - Measurement KW - Neoplasms KW - Northern Europe KW - Physiology KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Prostate KW - Records KW - Research Methodology KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Sterilization, Sexual KW - Studies KW - Testis KW - United Kingdom KW - Urogenital System KW - Vasectomy--side effects KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - England KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Medical Record Linkage KW - Middle Age KW - Myocardial Infarction KW - Prostatic Neoplasms KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk KW - Testicular Neoplasms KW - Vasectomy N1 - Cited By :68 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 1571679 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Goldacre, M.; Unit of Clinical Epidemiology, University of Oxford, Oxford 0X3 7LF, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026586806&partnerID=40&md5=75c231b826e23b03da689b40495017ee ER - TY - JOUR TI - The incidence of male childhood Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus is rising rapidly in The Netherlands T2 - Diabetologia J2 - Diabetologia VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 139 EP - 142 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1007/BF00402545 SN - 0012186X (ISSN) AU - Drykoningen, C.E.M. AU - Mulder, A.L.M. AU - Vaandrager, G.J. AU - LaPorte, R.E. AU - Bruining, G.J. AD - TNO Institute for Preventive Health Care, Leiden, Netherlands AD - Department of Paediatrics, Subdivision of Hereditary, Congenital Diseases, Erasmus University and University Hospital, Sophia Children's Hospital, Rotterdam, Netherlands AD - Department of Medical Affairs, National Military Service Medical Examination, Kerkrade, Netherlands AD - WHO Collaborating Center for Diabetes Registries Research and Training, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, United States AB - This study evaluates the cumulative incidence of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in male army conscripts 0-18 (inclusive) years of age in the Netherlands (birth cohorts) over 10 years. Data from 2136 cases were retrieved from files of the conscript registry of the Royal Dutch Army. Ascertainment was sought by the capture-recapture method, achieving an average ascertainment rate of 89.7%. Poisson regression modelling was used to determine the change in incidence over time. A significant non-linear increase in the incidence of insulin-dependency in the birth cohorts of 1960-1970 was found. The cumulative incidences of the early birth cohorts 1.85/1000 (1960), 1.76/1000 (1961), 1.11/1000 (1962) were considerably lower than of the later birth cohorts 1.96/1000 (1968), 2.11/1000 (1969), 2.12/1000 (1970). Overall the risk of Type 1 diabetes increased on the average 4.4 % with each annual birth cohort. Only for the 1962 birth cohort was a significant dip in the incidence observed. The results indicate a rapidly increasing incidence of diabetes in males in the Netherlands consistent with the concurrent rapid rise in Northern Europe, found in both sexes. © 1992 Springer-Verlag. KW - child KW - cohort studies KW - incidence KW - longitudinal studies KW - military medicine KW - Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - childhood disease KW - controlled study KW - human KW - infant KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - military medicine KW - priority journal KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - incidence KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - Netherlands KW - soldier KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Insulin-Dependent KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Military Personnel KW - Netherlands KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. PB - Springer-Verlag N1 - Cited By :43 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DBTGA C2 - 1547917 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Drykoningen, C.E.M.; TNO Institute for Preventive Health Care, Leiden, Netherlands N1 - References: Dahlquist, G., Blom, L., Holmgren, G., The epidemiology of diabetes in Swedish children 0–14 years — a six year prospective study (1985) Diabetologia, 28, pp. 802-808; Joner, G., Søvik, O., Increasing incidence of diabetes mellitus in Norwegian children 0–14 years of age 1973–1982 (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 79-83; Reunanen, A., Åkerblom, H.K., Käär, M.L., Prevalence and ten year (1970–1979) incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in children and adolescents in Finland (1982) Acta Pediatr Scand, 71, pp. 893-899; Tuomilehto, J., Rewers, M., Reunanen, A., Increasing trend in Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in childhood in Finland (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 282-287; Secular trends in incidence of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes (IDDM) in ten countries (1990) Diabetes, 39, pp. 858-864. , Diabetes Epidemiology Research International Group; Vaandrager, G.J., Bruining, G.J., Veenhof, F.J., Drayer, N.M., Incidence of childhood diabetes in the Netherlands: a decrease from north to south over North-Western Europe (1984) Diabetologia, 27, pp. 203-206; Vaandrager, G.J., Van Ormondt, M., Bruining, G.J., Increasing prevalence of diabetes mellitus in male army conscripts, aged 18 (1988) Diab Res Clin Practice, 5, p. 634; Green, A., Hauge, M., Holm, N.V., Rasch, L.L., Epidemiological studies of diabetes mellitus in Denmark: 1. A case finding method based on the National Service Conscript Registry (1980) Diabetologia, 19, pp. 355-358; Green, A., Andersen, P.K., Epidemiological studies of diabetes mellitus in Denmark: 3. Clinical characteristics and incidence of diabetes among males aged 0 to 19 years (1983) Diabetologia, 25, pp. 226-230; Death according to causes by death certificates, age and sex, 1940–1980. Annual Reports 1941–1981. Central Office for Statistics, Voorburg, The Netherlands; Vaandrager, G.J., Meijer, W.J., Mortality at onset of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in the young (0–19 years) in the Netherlands 1978–1980 (1987) Ned Tijdschr Geneeskd, 131, p. 13. , abstract in English; Bishop, Y.M.M., Fienberg, S.E., Holland, P.W., (1978) Estimating the size of a closed population. Discrete multivariate analysis, pp. 229-256. , 5th ed, MIT, Cambridge; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical methods in cancer research. Vol. II. The design and analysis of cohort studies, pp. 53-55. , 1 ARC Scientific Publications, no. 82, International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon; Baker, R.J., Nelder, J.A., (1985) GLIM (Generalized Linear Interactive Modeling), , Royal Statistical Society, London; Rewers, M., Stone, R.A., LaPorte, R.E., Poisson regression modelling of temporal trends in incidence of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and Wielkopolske, Poland, 1970–1975 (1989) Am J Epidemiol, 129, pp. 569-581; Schober, E., Frish, H., Incidence of childhood diabetes in Austria 1979–1984 (1988) Acta Pediatr Scand, 77, pp. 299-302; Mølbak, A.G., Nørgaard, K., Christau, B., Kjær, M., Nerup, J., Incidence of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in Denmark — evidence of secular trend (1987) Diabetologia, 30, p. 559A; Levy-Marchal, C., Papoz, L., de Beaufort, C., Incidence of juvenile Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in France (1990) Diabetologia, 33, pp. 465-469; de Beaufort, C.E., Michel, G., Glaesener, G., The incidence of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in subjects aged 0–19 years in Luxembourg: a retrospective study from 1977 to 1986 (1988) Diabetologia, 31, pp. 758-761; Patterson, C.C., Smith, P.G., Webb, J., Heasman, M.A., Mann, J.I., Geographical variation in the incidence of diabetes mellitus in Scottish children during the period 1977–1983 (1988) Diab Med, 5, pp. 160-165; Serrano Ríos, M., Moy, C.S., Martín Serrano, R., Incidence of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in subjects 0–14 years of age in the Comunidad of Madrid, Spain (1990) Diabetologia, 33, pp. 422-424; Burden, A.C., Hearnshaw, J.R., Swift, W.G.F., Childhood diabetes mellitus: an increasing incidence (1989) Diab Med, 6, pp. 334-336; Geographic patterns of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (1988) Diabetes, 37, pp. 8-13. , Diabetes Epidemiology Research International Group; Rewers, M., LaPorte, R.E., Walczak, M., Dmochowski, K., Bogaczynska, E., Appearent epidemic of insulin dependent diabetes in Midwestern Poland (1987) Diabetes, 36, pp. 1-14; Kurtz, Z., Peckham, C.S., Ades, A.E., Changing prevalence of juvenile-onset diabetes mellitus (1988) Lancet, 2, pp. 88-90; Nyström, L., Dahlquist, G., Rewers, M., Wall, S., The Swedish childhood diabetes study. An analysis of the temporal variation in diabetes incidence 1978–1987 (1990) International Journal of Epidemiology, 19, pp. 141-146; Reunanen, A., Åkerblom, H.K., A national drug register as a data source in the study of the epidemiology of IDDM children in Finland (1986) Diabetes, 1985, pp. 408-412. , M., Serrano-Rios, P.J., Lefèbvre, Elsevier, Amsterdam UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026810587&doi=10.1007%2fBF00402545&partnerID=40&md5=8979470955c78a6412d3c35b14fe3b68 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing incidence of early onset Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus: a study of Danish male birth cohorts T2 - Diabetologia J2 - Diabetologia VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 182 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1007/BF00402552 SN - 0012186X (ISSN) AU - Green, A. AU - Andersen, P.K. AU - Svendsen, A.J. AU - Mortensen, K. AD - Institute of Clinical Genetics, Odense University, Denmark AD - Statistical Research Unit, University of Copenhagen, Denmark AB - To provide information of the incidence trends of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus we performed a cohort study of a series of Danish male birth cohorts. All male livebirths in Denmark between 1 January 1949 and 31 December 1964, were investigated regarding the development of Type 1 diabetes during the first 20 years of life using the files of the Danish Conscript Board, supplemented by a search in the Danish National Registry of Deaths. Diagnosis was verified and clinical information obtained from medical records. The material is estimated to be more than 95 % complete. A total of 1705 diabetic subjects were identified of whom 23 were not representative of idiopathic Type 1 diabetes. The cumulative rate of Type 1 diabetes development during the first 20 years of life increased from 2.37 to 2.90 per 1000 for the first eight and last eight birth cohorts, respectively. A log-linear analysis of the incidence revealed significantly increasing incidence rates, independent of age effects, with a maximum in the late 1970's. About 75 % of the cases presented short duration of symptoms prior to diagnosis, and only very few cases were diagnosed incidentally. Cases were diagnosed relatively less frequently during summer months than during winter months. © 1992 Springer-Verlag. KW - duration of symptoms KW - incidence KW - seasonality KW - trends KW - Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - controlled study KW - human KW - infant KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - seasonal variation KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Denmark KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Insulin-Dependent KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Regression Analysis KW - Seasons KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Springer-Verlag N1 - Cited By :49 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DBTGA C2 - 1547924 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Green, A.; Institute of Clinical Genetics, Odense UniversityDenmark N1 - References: Hägglöf, B., Holmgren, G., Wall, S., Incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus among children in a North-Swedish population 1938–1977 (1982) Hum Hered, 32, pp. 408-417; Patterson, C.C., Thorogood, M., Smith, P.G., Heasman, M.A., Clarke, J.A., Mann, J.I., Epidemiology of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes in Scotland 1968–1976: evidence of an increasing incidence (1983) Diabetologia, 24, pp. 238-243; Green, A., Andersen, P.K., Epidemiological studies of diabetes mellitus in Denmark: 3. Clinical characteristics and incidence of diabetes among males aged 0 to 19 years (1983) Diabetologia, 25, pp. 226-230; Joner, G., Søvik, O., Increasing incidence of diabetes mellitus in Norwegian children 0–14 years of age 1973–1982 (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 79-83; Burden, A.C., Hearnshaw, J.R., Swift, P.G.F., Childhood diabetes mellitus: an increasing incidence (1989) Diab Med, 6, pp. 334-336; Nyström, L., Dahlquist, G., Rewers, M., Wall, S., The Swedish Childhood Diabetes Study. An analysis of the temporal variation in diabetes incidence 1978–1987 (1990) International Journal of Epidemiology, 19, pp. 141-146; Soltész, G., Madácsy, L., Békefi, D., Dankó, I., Rising incidence of Type 1 diabetes in Hungarian children (1978–1987) (1990) Diabetic Medicine, 7, pp. 111-114. , the Hungarian Child-hood Diabetes Epidemiology Group; Tuomilehto, J., Rewers, M., Reunanen, A., Increasing trend in Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in childhood in Finland. Analysis of age, calendar time and birth cohort effects during 1965 to 1984 (1991) Diabetologia, 34, pp. 282-287; Rewers, M., LaPorte, R.E., Walczak, M., Dmochowski, K., Bogaczynska, E., Apparent epidemic of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Midwestern Poland (1987) Diabetes, 36, pp. 106-113; Geographic patterns of childhood insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (1988) Diabetes, 37, pp. 1113-1119. , Diabetes Epidemiology Research International Group; Rewers, M., LaPorte, R.E., King, H., Tuomilehto, J., Trends in the prevalence and incidence of diabetes: insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in childhood (1988) World Health Statist Quart, 41, pp. 179-189; Green, A., Geographical distribution of childhood Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes in Europe: The EURODIAB Subarea A Study (1990) Diabetologia, 33, p. A17. , The EURODIAB Subarea A Study Group; Green, A., The role of genetic factors in development of insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (1990) Human diabetes. Genetic, environmental and autoimmune etiology. Current topics in microbiology and immunology, Vol. 164, pp. 3-16. , S., Bækkeskov, B., Hansen, Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York; Green, A., Hauge, M., Holm, N.V., Rasch, L.L., Epidemiological studies of diabetes mellitus in Denmark. I. A case finding method based on the National Service Conscript Registry (1980) Diabetologia, 19, pp. 355-358; Andersen, P.K., Green, A., Evaluation of estimation bias in an illness-death-emigration model (1985) Scand J Statist, 12, pp. 63-68; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical methods in cancer research, Vol. II. The design and analysis of cohort studies, , IARC, Lyon; (1989) GENSTAT 5 Reference Manual, , GENSTAT 5 Committee of the Statistics Department, Rothamstead Experimental Station, Oxford Science Publications, Oxford; Christau, B., Kromann, H., Andersen, O.O., Incidence, seasonal and geographic patterns of juvenile-onset insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in Denmark (1977) Diabetologia, 13, pp. 281-284; Sterky, G., Holmgren, G., Gustavson, K.H., The incidence of diabetes mellitus in Swedish children 1970–1975 (1978) Acta Pædiatr Scand, 67, pp. 139-143; Gray, R.S., Duncan, L.J.P., Clarke, B.F., Seasonal onset of insulin dependent diabetes in relation to sex and age at onset (1979) Diabetologia, 17, pp. 29-32; Durruty, P., Ruiz, F., Garcia de los Rios, M., Age at diagnosis and seasonal variation in the onset of insulin-dependent diabetes in Chile (southern hemisphere) (1979) Diabetologia, 17, pp. 357-360; Fishbein, H.A., LaPorte, R.E., Orchard, T.J., Drash, A.L., Kuller, L.H., Wagener, D.K., The Pittsburgh insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus registry: seasonal incidence (1982) Diabetologia, 23, pp. 83-85; Gleason, R.E., Kahn, C.B., Funk, I.B., Craighead, J.E., Seasonal incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes (IDDM) in Massachusetts, 1964–1973 (1982) Int J Epidemiol, 11, pp. 39-45; Reunanen, A., Åkerblom, H.K., Käär, M-J, Prevalence and ten-year (1970–1979) incidence of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in children and adolescents in Finland (1982) Acta Pædiatr Scand, 71, pp. 893-899; Hours, M., Fabry, J., Siemiatycki, J., Francois, R., Diabète insulino-dépendant juvénile. Etude descriptive dans le département du Rhône (1984) Rev Epidém et Santé Publ, 32, pp. 107-112; Dahlquist, G., Blom, L., Holmgren, G., The epidemiology of diabetes in Swedish children 0–14 years — a six-year prospective study (1985) Diabetologia, 28, pp. 802-808; Schober, E., Frisch, H., Incidence of childhood diabetes mellitus in Austria 1979–1984 (1988) Acta Pædiatr Scand, 77, pp. 299-302; Calori, G., Gallus, G., Garancini, P., Repetto, F., Micossi, P., Identification of the cohort of Type 1 diabetes presenting in Lombardy in 1983–1984: a validated assessment (1990) Diab Med, 7, pp. 595-599; Serrano Rios, M., Moy, C.S., Serrano, R.M., Incidence of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus in subjects 0–14 years of age in the Comunidad of Madrid, Spain (1990) Diabetologia, 33, pp. 422-424; Green, A., Borch-Johnsen, K., Andersen, P.K., Relative mortality of Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes in Denmark: 1933–1981 (1985) Diabetologia, 28, pp. 339-342; Green, A., Svejgaard, A., Platz, P., The genetic susceptibility to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM): combined segregation and linkage analysis (1985) Genet Epidemiol, 2, pp. 1-15; Dahlquist, G., Blom, L., Tuvemo, T., Nyström, L., Sandström, A., Wall, S., The Swedish Childhood Diabetes Study-results from a nine year case register and a one year case-referent study indicating that Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus is associated with both Type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetes mellitus and autoimmune disorders (1989) Diabetologia, 32, pp. 2-6 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026502912&doi=10.1007%2fBF00402552&partnerID=40&md5=923b88a93fcda84bc5168164c3de0860 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epilepsy in the first 10 years of life: Findings of the child health and education study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 305 IS - 6858 SP - 857 EP - 861 PY - 1992 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Verity, C.M. AU - Ross, E.M. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, United Kingdom AB - Objectives - To identify children with afebrile seizures in a national cohort, classify the seizures, and document progress in the first 10 years of life. Design - Population based birth cohort study. Setting - The child health and education study, which includes 16,004 neonatal survivors (98.5% of infants born in the United Kingdom during one week of April 1970). Subjects - 14,676 children for whom relevant information was available. Main outcome measures - Responses to parental and general practitioner questionnaires and hospital records at 5 and 10 years after birth. Results - 84 children (42 boys, 42 girls) had had one or more afebrile seizure (incidence 5.7/1000). 63 children (31 boys, 32 girls) had epilepsy (incidence 4.3/1000). 49 of 55 children had a second seizure within a year of the first. The commonest seizure types were tonic-clonic (42) and complex partial (25). A greater proportion of children with complex partial seizures had recurrences. Children who had infantile spasms or a mixed seizure disorder had a poor outcome. All six children who died had symptomatic seizures in the first year, but seizures were not the direct cause of death. Conclusions - The results of this study are probably representative of seizure patterns in the general population. Outcome after seizures is determined more by the underlying disease than by the seizures themselves. KW - anticonvulsive agent KW - article KW - childhood disease KW - controlled study KW - epilepsy KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - patient education KW - population research KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - seizure KW - united kingdom KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Developmental Disabilities KW - Epilepsy KW - Family Health KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Learning Disorders KW - Male KW - Recurrence KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :61 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 1384897 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Verity, C.M.; Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026783924&partnerID=40&md5=c1e7a4985367ce743cf0f4c3673c0974 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood cancer, intramuscular vitamin K, and pethidine given during labour T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 305 IS - 6849 SP - 341 EP - 346 PY - 1992 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Greenwood, R. AU - Birmingham, K. AU - Mott, M. AD - Institute of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To assess unexpected associations between childhood cancer and pethidine given in labour and the neonatal administration of vitamin K that had emerged in a study performed in the 1970 national birth cohort. Design and setting - 195 children with cancer diagnosed in 1971-March 1991 and born in the two major Bristol maternity hospitals in 1965-87 were compared with 558 controls identified from the delivery books for the use of pethidine during labour and administration of vitamin K. Main outcome measures - Odds ratios for cancer in the presence of administration of pethidine or of intramuscular vitamin K. Both logistic regression and Mantel-Haenszel techniques were used for statistical analyses. Results - Children of mothers given pethidine in labour were not at increased risk of cancer (odds ratio 1.05, 95% confidence interval 0.7 to 1.5) after allowing for year and hospital of delivery, but there was a significant association (p = 0.002) with intramuscular vitamin K (odds ratio 1.97, 95% confidence interval 1.3 to 3.0) when compared with oral vitamin K or no vitamin K. There was no significantly increased risk for children who had been given oral vitamin K when compared with no vitamin K (odds ratio 1.15, 95% confidence interval 0.5 to 2.7). These results could not be accounted for by other factors associated with administration of intramuscular vitamin K, such as type of delivery or admission to a special care baby unit. Conclusions - The only two studies so far to have examined the relation between childhood cancer and intramuscular vitamin K have shown similar results, and the relation is biologically plausible. The prophylactic benefits against haemorrhagic disease are unlikely to exceed the potential adverse effects from intramuscular vitamin K. Since oral vitamin K has major benefits but no obvious adverse effects this could be the prophylaxis of choice. KW - castor oil KW - cremophor KW - pethidine KW - phenol KW - phytomenadione KW - propylene glycol KW - vitamin k group KW - article KW - bleeding KW - child KW - childhood cancer KW - controlled study KW - drug administration KW - human KW - infant KW - intramuscular drug administration KW - major clinical study KW - newborn care KW - oral drug administration KW - priority journal KW - prophylaxis KW - vitamin k deficiency KW - Administration, Oral KW - Analgesia, Obstetrical KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Confounding Factors (Epidemiology) KW - Female KW - Hemorrhagic Disease of Newborn KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Injections, Intramuscular KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Meperidine KW - Neoplasms KW - Odds Ratio KW - Pregnancy KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Vitamin K 1 N1 - Cited By :198 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 1392886 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Institute of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: castor oil, 8001-79-4; cremophor, 39279-69-1, 51142-51-9; pethidine, 28097-96-3, 50-13-5, 57-42-1; phenol, 108-95-2, 3229-70-7; phytomenadione, 11104-38-4, 84-80-0; propylene glycol, 57-55-6; vitamin K group, 12001-79-5; Meperidine, 57-42-1; Vitamin K 1, 84-80-0 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026695340&partnerID=40&md5=65dcecb38de63f09f0838c6a48dec215 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk of second primary cancers after Hodgkin's disease by type of treatment: Analysis of 2846 patients in the British National Lymphoma Investigation T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 304 IS - 6835 SP - 1137 EP - 1143 PY - 1992 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Swerdlow, A.J. AU - Douglas, A.J. AU - Vaughan Hudson, G. AU - Bennett, M.H. AU - MacLennan, K.A. AD - Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, Department of Epidemiology, School of Hygiene/Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To analyse the risk of second primary cancers during long term follow up of patients with Hodgkin's disease. Design - Cohort study. Setting - The British National Lymphoma Investigation (a collaborative group of over 60 participating centres in Britain treating lymphomas). Patients - 2846 patients first treated for Hodgkin's disease during 1970-87, for whom follow up was complete in 99.8%. Main outcome measures - Second primary cancers; uniform pathology reviews confirmed the diagnosis of Hodgkin's disease and of second primary non-Hodgkin's lymphomas. Results - 113 second primary cancers occurred. Relative risk of cancer other than Hodgkin's disease was 2.7 (95% confidence interval 2.3 to 3.3) compared with the general population, with significant risks of leukaemia (16.0 (9.1 to 26.0)); non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (16.8 (9.8 to 26.9)); and cancers of the colon (3.2 (1.4 to 6.2)), lung (3.8 (2.6 to 5.4)), bone (15.1 (1.8 to 54.7)), and thyroid (9.4 (1.1 to 33.9)). Absolute excess risk associated with treatment was greater for solid tumours than for leukaemia and lymphomas. Relative risk of leukaemia increased soon after treatment, reaching a peak after five to nine years. It was increased substantially after chemotherapy (27.9 (12.7 to 52.9)), combined treatment with radiotherapy and chemotherapy (21.5 (7.9 to 46.8)), and relative to number of courses of chemotherapy but was not significantly increased after radiotherapy (2.5 (0.2 to 14.1)). Relative risk of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma increased in the first five years after treatment and remained high but showed no clear relation with type or extent of treatment. Relative risk of solid tumours was less raised initially but increased throughout follow up and for lung cancer 10 years or more after entry was 8.3 (4.0 to 15.3). The risk of solid tumours increased after treatments including radiotherapy and after chemotherapy alone. The risk after chemotherapy increased significantly with time since first treatment. Conclusions - The risk of solid cancer, not of leukaemia, is the major long term hazard to treatment for Hodgkin's disease, and this seemed to apply after chemotherapy as well as after radiotherapy. These risks of second cancers are important in choice of treatment and in follow up of patients, but they are small compared with the great improvements in survival which have been brough about by modern therapeutic methods for Hodgkin's disease. KW - alkylating agent KW - azathioprine KW - chlorambucil KW - chlormethine KW - chlornaphazine KW - cyclophosphamide KW - adult KW - article KW - bladder cancer KW - cancer chemotherapy KW - cancer risk KW - controlled study KW - female KW - follow up KW - hodgkin disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - solid tumor KW - survival rate KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Alkylating Agents KW - Child KW - Chlorambucil KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Male KW - Mechlorethamine KW - Neoplasms, Second Primary KW - Radiotherapy KW - Risk KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :197 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 1392790 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Swerdlow, A.J.; Epidemiological Monitoring Unit, Department of Epidemiology, School of Hygiene/Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: azathioprine, 446-86-6; chlorambucil, 305-03-3; chlormethine, 51-75-2, 55-86-7, 82905-71-3; chlornaphazine, 494-03-1; cyclophosphamide, 50-18-0; Alkylating Agents; Chlorambucil, 305-03-3; Mechlorethamine, 51-75-2 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026560447&partnerID=40&md5=c63783ea43be9dbe152c424da46b60e4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early gastric cancer: 46 cases treated in one surgical department T2 - Gut J2 - Gut VL - 33 IS - 10 SP - 1318 EP - 1322 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1136/gut.33.10.1318 SN - 00175749 (ISSN) AU - Sue-Ling, H.M. AU - Martin, I. AU - Griffith, J. AU - Ward, D.C. AU - Quirke, P. AU - Dixon, M.F. AU - Axon, A.T.R. AU - McMahon, M.J. AU - Johnston, D. AD - Department of Surgery, General Infirmary, Leeds LS 1 3EX, United Kingdom AD - Department of Pathology, General Infirmary, Leeds, United Kingdom AD - Department of Gastroenterology, United Kingdom AB - Forty six consecutive patients with early gastric cancer were treated between 1970 and 1990. The proportion of cases of early gastric cancer increased significantly (p<0.01) from 1% of all cases in the first five year period to 15% in the last five year period, because of greater awareness of the condition and more widespread use of endoscopy. There were 33 men and 13 women, of median age 69 years (range 38-86). Most patients (91%) presented with symptoms indistinguishable from those of peptic ulceration. The median duration of symptoms was four months (range 0-1-36 months). All 46 patients were treated surgically. Three patients (6.5%) died after operation and a further 10 (22%) suffered postoperative complications. None of the surviving patients has been lost to follow up and 25 have been followed up for a minimum period of five years. Five year survival by life table analysis was 98%. These findings suggest that in Britain in the 1990s, as in Japan, it may be possible to diagnose an increasing proportion of patients with gastric cancer at a relatively early pathological stage, when most patients can be cured by radical surgical resection with lymphadenectomy. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - clinical article KW - differential diagnosis KW - early cancer KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - mortality KW - peptic ulcer KW - priority journal KW - stomach cancer KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - England KW - Female KW - Gastrectomy KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Postoperative Period KW - Quality of Life KW - Stomach Neoplasms KW - Survival Rate PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :107 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: GUTTA C2 - 1446852 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Johnston, D.; Department of Surgery, General Infirmary, Leeds LS 1 3EX, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026784769&doi=10.1136%2fgut.33.10.1318&partnerID=40&md5=a9322cc0c4ea63b0ff971966f5f7cdec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Long‐term Results of One‐stage Scrotal Patch Urethroplasty T2 - British Journal of Urology J2 - Br. J. Urol. VL - 69 IS - 6 SP - 621 EP - 628 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1111/j.1464-410X.1992.tb15634.x SN - 00071331 (ISSN) AU - ROGERS, H.S. AU - McNICHOLAS, T.A. AU - BLANDY, J.P. AD - Departments of Urology, Royal London Hospital, St Peter's Hospital, London, United Kingdom AB - Summary— Of 211 patients with urethral strictures undergoing one‐stage dartos pedicled island patch urethroplasty between 1970 and 1987, 194 have been followed up from 3 to 20 years. There was 1 post‐operative death (from hepatitis). During the period of follow‐up, strictures recurred in 14 patients (7%), some of them as late as 15 years after an apparently successful urethroplasty. Calculi forming on hairs required treatment in 6 patients (3%) and it was necessary to revise a redundant skin pouch in 6. © 1992 British Journal of Urology KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - urethra stricture KW - urethroplasty KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Impotence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Recurrence KW - Reoperation KW - Surgical Flaps KW - Urethra KW - Urethral Stricture KW - Urinary Calculi KW - Urinary Tract Infections N1 - Cited By :39 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1638346 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: BLANDY, J.P.; Department of Urology, Royal London Hospital, Whitechapel, London, EI IBB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Attwater, H.L., The history of urethral stricture (1943) British Journal of Urology, 15, pp. 39-51; Berger, B., Sykes, Z., Freedman, M., Patch graft urethroplasty for urethral stricture disease (1976) J. Urol., 115, pp. 681-684; Blandy, J.P., Urethral stricture (1980) Postgrad. Med. J., 56, pp. 383-418; Blandy, J.P., (1986) Operative Urology, pp. 222-224. , Second edition,. Oxford, Blackwell; Blandy, J.P., McDonald, J.H., Heterotopic ossification in uroepithelial regeneration on grafts of ileum and colon (1961) Surg. Forum, 12, pp. 498-500; Blandy, J.P., Singh, M., The technique and results of one‐stage island patch urethroplasty (1975) Br. J. Urol., 47, pp. 83-87; Blandy, J.P., Singh, M., Tresidder, G.C., Urethroplasty by scrotal flap for long urethral strictures (1968) Br. J. Urol., 40, pp. 261-267; Brannan, W., Ochsner, M.G., Fuselier, H.A., Free full thickness skin graft urethroplasty for urethral stricture: experience with 66 patients (1976) J. Urol., 115, pp. 677-680. , et al; Browne, D., An operation for hypospadias (1936) Lancet, 1, pp. 141-143; Chilton, C.P., Shah, P.J.R., Fowler, C.G., The impact of optical urethrotomy on the management of urethral strictures (1983) Br. J. Urol., 55, pp. 705-710. , et al; Colapinto, V., Evans, D.H., Primary carcinoma of the male urethra developing after urethroplasty for stricture (1977) J. Urol., 118, pp. 581-584; Duffy, P.G., Ransley, P.G., Malone, P.S., Combined free autologous bladder mucosa/skin tube for urethral reconstruction: an update (1988) Br. J. Urol., 61, pp. 505-506. , et al; Gardiner, R.A., Flynn, J.T., Paris, A.M.I., The one‐stage island patch urethroplasty (1978) Br. J. Urol., 50, pp. 575-577. , et al; Houston, W., Marjolin's ulcer of urethrostomies and urethroplasty (1987) Br. J. Urol., 59, p. 192; Johanson, B., Reconstruction of the male urethra in strictures (1953) Acta Chir. Scand.; Johnston, S.R., Bagshaw, H.A., Flynn, J.T., Visual internal urethrotomy (1980) Br. J. Urol., 52, pp. 542-545. , et al; Leadbetter, G.W., A simplified urethroplasty for strictures of the bulbous urethra (1960) J. Urol., 83, pp. 54-59; Leadbetter, G.W., Leadbetter, W.F., Urethral strictures in male children (1962) J. Urol., 87, pp. 409-415; Lipsky, H., The use of split‐skin mesh graft in the management of urethral strictures (1986) Br. J. Urol., 58, pp. 174-177; Marion, G., (1936) Traitè d'Urologie, 2, pp. 1110-1118. , Third edition,. Paris, Masson; Mundy, A.R., Stephenson, T.P., Pedicled preputial patch urethroplasty (1988) Br. J. Urol., 61, pp. 48-52; Orandi, A., One stage urethroplasty (1968) Br. J. Urol., 40, pp. 717-719; Orandi, A., One‐stage urethroplasty: 4 year follow‐up (1967) J. Urol., 107, pp. 977-980; Quartey, J.K.M., One stage penile/preputial island flap urethroplasty for urethral stricture (1985) J. Urol., 134, pp. 474-475; Sachse, H., Zur Behandlung der Harnrohrenstriktur. Die transurethral Schlitzung unter Sicht mit scharfen Schnitt (1974) Fortschr. Med., 92, pp. 12-15; Schreiter, F., Mesh‐graft‐Urethroplastik (1984) Aktuel. Urol., 15, pp. 173-179; Swinney, J., Urethroplasty: an assessment after seven years' experience (1953) Br. J. Urol., 29, pp. 293-297; Szemat‐Nikolajenko, R., Cukier, J., (1978) Valves et diaphragmes congénitaux de l'urètre chez l'homme adulte. (Mémoire pour le titre d'Assistant Etranger), , University of Paris, Faculty of Medicine, Necker; Turner‐Warwick, R.T., A technique for posterior urethroplasty (1960) J. Urol., 83, pp. 416-419; Yaxley, R.P., One‐stage urethroplasty (1967) Aust. N. Z. J. Surg., 36, pp. 332-336 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026691366&doi=10.1111%2fj.1464-410X.1992.tb15634.x&partnerID=40&md5=d784359c264c069b06337c03fa3db4fd ER - TY - JOUR TI - The epidemiology of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in england and wales 1970-1989 T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 998 EP - 1006 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1093/ije/21.5.998 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Miller, C. AU - Farrington, C.P. AU - Harbert, K. AD - PHLS Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, 61 Colin dale Avenue, London, NW9 5EQ, United Kingdom AB - Miller C (PHLS Communicable Disease Surveillance Centre, 61 Colindale Avenue, London NW9 5EQ, UK), Farrington C P and Harbert K. The epidemiology of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in England and Wales 1970-1989. International Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 21: 998-1006. Two hundred and ninety cases of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) registered in England and Wales from 1970 to 1989 were followed at 6-monthly intervals. Male to female ratio was 2.8:1. Age at onset increased significantly over the period. Measles was recorded for 81% of cases; in nearly half this had occurred under 2 years. Measles vaccine was documented in 20 cases; in 10 measles was also documented and it could not be positively excluded in the remainder. The calculated risk of SSPE following measles was 4.0/100000 cases compared with the risk after vaccine of 0.14/100 000 doses. Measles under 1 year carried a risk 16 times greater than measles over 5 years. There was an excess of cases in third and subsequent children. The incidence was higher in the northwest than in the southeast of the country. Survival time varied from 4 weeks to 16 years and was shorter when measles had occuned over the mean age of 2.5 years. Of the cases 9% had a history of mental retardation before the onset of SSPE. The incidence of SSPE has fallen following the reduction in measles resulting from vaccination. However, because of the median 8-year interval between measles and onset of SSPE, further cases arising from measles during the study period must still be expected, particularly in adolescents. © 1992 International Epidemiological Association. KW - measles vaccine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - female KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - measles KW - measles vaccination KW - onset age KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - risk KW - school child KW - subacute sclerosing panencephalitis KW - survival time KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Measles KW - Risk Factors KW - Subacute Sclerosing Panencephalitis KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :87 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1468866 LA - English N1 - References: Dawson, J.R., Cellular inclusions in cerebral lesions of lethargic encephalitis (1933) Am J Path, 9, pp. 7-16; Connolly, J., Allen, I., Hurwitz, Millar, L.J., (1967) Measles Virus Antibody and Antigen in Subacute Sclerosing Panencephalitis, 1, pp. 542-615. , Lancet; Connolly, J.H., Haire, M., Hadden, D., Measles immunoglobulins in subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1971) Br Med J, 1, pp. 23-25; Horta-Barbosa, L., Hamilton, R., Wittig, B., Fucillo, D.A., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis: Isolation of measles virus from a brain biopsy (1969) Nature, 221, p. 974; Dick, G., Register of cases of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1973) Br Med J, 3, p. 359; Dick, G., Register of cases of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) (1975) Br Med J, 3, p. 238; Bellman, M., Dick, G., Register of cases of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1977) Br Med J, 1, p. 430; Bellman, M., Dick, G., Surveillance of subacute sclerosing panenccphalitis (1980) Br Med J, 281, p. 393; Hall, S.M., Glickman, M., The British Paediatric Surveillance Unit (1988) Arch Dis Child, 63, pp. 344-346; (1987) Los Angeles, , BDMP PC version, BDMP Statistical Software Inc., 1987; Farrington, C.P., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in England and Wales; transient effects and risk estimates (1991) Stat Med, 10, pp. 1733-1744; On the State of the Public Health (1989) London: HMSO, , Annual Report of the Chief Medical Officer of the Department of Health and Social Security; Fine, P., Clarkson, J.A., Measles in England and Wales: The impact of the measles vaccine programme on the distribution of immunity in the population (1982) Int J Epidemiol, 11, pp. 15-25; (1981) On the State of the Public Health, , Annual Report of the Chief Medical Officer of Health and Social Security for the year, London: HMSO, 1982; (1988) On the State of the Public Health, , Annual Report of the Chief Medical Officer of Health and Social Security for the year, London: HMSO, 1989; Dick, G., personal communication; Dyken, P., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis. Current status. Symposium on pediatric neurology (1985) Neurol Clin, 3, pp. 179-195; Halsey, N.A., Modlin, J.F., Jabbour, M.D., Subacute sclerosing panenccphalitis (SSPE): An epidemiological review (1978) Stevens J G, pp. 101-114. , Todara G J, Fox C F (eds). Persistent viruses New York: Academic Press; Modlin, M.D., Halsey, N.A., Eddins, D.L., Epidemiology of subacute sclerosing panenccphalitis (1979) J Pediatr, 94, pp. 231-236; Dyken, P., Changing character of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in the United States (Review article) (1989) Pediatr Neurol, 5, pp. 339-341; Dyken, P.R., Cunningham, S., Ward, C., The changing pattern of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1989) USA. Proceedings of the 3Rd International Symposium on SSPE, pp. 39-42. , Oct 30-31, Vellore, India; Naruszewicz-Lesiuk Wieczorbewicz Iwinska Gut, J.D.M.B.W., (1989) Epidemiology of SSPE in Poland-3Rd Step of Investigations. Proceedings of the 3Rd International Symposium on SSPE, pp. 59-61. , Oct 30-31, Vellore, India; Kalbiyc, V., Banu, A., Yavuz, R., Subacute Sclerosing Panenccphalitis in Turkey: Epidemiological features (1988) J Trop Pediatr, 34, pp. 301-305; Cemescu, C., St Milea, C., Berbescu, M., SSPE: Some clues to pathogenesis from epidemiological data (1988) Rev Roum Med - Virol, 39, pp. 247-256; Schoub, B.D., Johnson, S., McAnerney, J.M., SSPE in the developing world (Letter) (1990) Lancet, 11, p. 1314; Handford, S.G., (1991) Begg N T. ‘Cover’ (Cover of Vaccination Evaluated Rapidly): 17. Communicable Disease Report, 1, p. R38; Saha, V., John, J., Mukundan, P., High incidence of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in South India (1990) Epidemiol Infect, 94, pp. 151-156; HMSO. Series MB 2 (1990) No, p. 15. , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. Community Disease Statistics 1988. London; Kipps, A., Dick, G., Moodie, J.W., Measles and the central nervous system (1983) Lancet, 1, pp. 1406-1409; Aaby, P., Bukh, J., Lisse, I.M., Smits, A.J., Risk factors in subacute sclerosing panencephalitis: Age and sex-dependent host reactions or intensive exposure? (1984) Rev Inf Die, 6, pp. 239-250; (1989) London, , Educational provision for children with special educational needs, Department of Education and Science, January; Whitaker, J.N., Sever, J.L., Engel, W.K., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in only one of identical twins (1972) N Eng J Med, 287, pp. 864-865; Dhib-Jalbut, S., Haddad, F.S., Subacute sclerosing panencephahtis in one member of identical twins (1984) Neuropediatrics, 15, pp. 49-51; Birth Statistics 1974 (1977) Series FM1, 1. , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, London: HMSO; (1986) Series FM1 No. 15, p. 1988. , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. Birth Statistics, London: HMSO; Ren Wick, J.H., Hypothesis: Anencephaly and spina bifida are usually preventable by avoidance of a specific but unidentified substance present in certain potato tubers (1972) Br J Prevent Soc Med, 26, pp. 67-88; Himmelhoch, J., Pincus, J., Tucker, G., Detre, T., Sub-acute encephalitis: Behavioural and Neurological Aspects (1970) Br J Psychiatry, 116, pp. 531-538; Salib, E.A., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) presenting at the age of 21 as a schizophrenia-like state with bizarre dys- morphophobic features (1988) Brj Psychhl, 152, pp. 709-710; Duncalf, C.M., Kent, J., Harbord, M., Hicks, E.P., Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis presenting as a schizophreniform psychosis (1989) Br J Psychiatry, 155, pp. 557-559; Furby, A., Vallee, L., Rousseaux, M., Rémissions prolongées dansla panencéphalite sclérosante subaigue: 2 cas (1990) Rev Neurol (Paris), 146, pp. 191-195; Grenfell, B.T., Erson, R.M., The estimation of age-reiated rates of infection from case notifications and serological data (1985) J Hyg (Cambridge), 95, pp. 419-436; Office of Population Censuses and Surveys Community Disease Statistics. Series MB 2, , London: HMSO; Lennon, J.L., Black, F.L., Maternally-derived measles immunity in anera of vaccine-protected mothers (1986) J Pediatr, 108, pp. 671-676; Jcnks, P.J., Caul, O.E., Roome, A., Maternally-derived measles immunity in children of naturally infected and vaccinated mothers (1988) Epidemiol Infect, 101, pp. 473-476; Sanders, R.C., Brian, M., Rongap, A., Et at. High incidence of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE) in young children in Papua New Guinea (letter) (1990) Med J Aust, 153, p. 740; Modlin, J.F., Jabbour, M.D., Witte, J.J., Halsey, N.A., Epidemiologicstudies of measles, measles vaccine, and subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (1977) Pediatrics, 4, pp. 505-512; Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis-United States (1982) MMWR, 31, pp. 585-588. , Center for Disease Control; Okuno, Y., Nakao, T., Ishioda, N., Incidence of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis following measles and measles vaccination in Japan (1989) Intj Epidemiol, 18, pp. 684-689; Halsey, N.A., Modlin, J.F., Jabbour, J.T., (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 111, pp. 415-424; Dick, G., Gay, D., Miller, C., A study of subacute sclerosing panencephalitis in general practice (Letter) (1987) J Infect, 15, pp. 282-283 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026440127&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f21.5.998&partnerID=40&md5=66e3844fc7ed8c83199415ec5e796c16 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Treatment of paranasal sinus malignancy: The BCCA experience T2 - Journal of Otolaryngology J2 - J. OTOLARYNGOL. VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 244 EP - 248 PY - 1992 SN - 03816605 (ISSN) AU - Macnab, T.I. AU - Flores, A.D. AU - Anderson, D.W. AD - Department of Otolaryngology, St. Paul's Hospital, 1081 Burrard Street, Vancouver, BC V6Z 1Y6, Canada AB - A retrospective analysis was undertaken of 119 patients treated at the British Columbia Cancer Agency (BCCA) with a diagnosis of paranasal sinus malignancy. All patients from 1970 to 1987 were included in the review. A comparison is drawn between main treatment modalities, namely primary radiotherapy, primary surgical resection and combined therapy. Clinical characteristics of this relatively rare lesion are elucidated. Recommendations regarding optimal therapy are made on the basis of this data. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - paranasal sinus cancer KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - British Columbia KW - Cancer Care Facilities KW - Clinical Protocols KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Paranasal Sinus Neoplasms KW - Prognosis KW - Radiotherapy KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Survival Rate KW - Treatment Outcome N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOTOD C2 - 1527827 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Anderson, D.W.; Department of Otolaryngology, St. Paul's Hospital, 1081 Burrard Street, Vancouver, BC V6Z 1Y6, Canada N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026698969&partnerID=40&md5=a16c6a6d5a82279dbbea079a1bec4d0c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Incidence and prevalence of respiratory tumors in Italy. Estimation from mortality data ST - Incidenza e prevalenza dei tumori respiratori in Italia. Stima dai dati di mortalità. T2 - Annali dell'Istituto Superiore di Sanita J2 - Ann Ist Super Sanita VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 105 PY - 1992 SN - 00212571 (ISSN) AU - Verdecchia, A. AU - Capocaccia, R. AU - Chessa, E. AU - De Angelis, G. AU - Micheli, A. AU - Valente, F. AD - Laboratorio di Epidemiologia e Biostatistica, Istitutio Superiore di Sanità, Roma. AB - This study estimates the incidence and prevalence of larynx and lung cancers using a mathematical model based on available data on specific mortality and survival. In Italy, larynx and lung cancers account for more than 95% of respiratory cancers. In this paper, estimates of age/sex-specific and age-standardized incidence rates and prevalence are presented for the years 1970 and 1987. Age and birth-cohort effects on incidence are also presented by sex and broad geographical area. The procedure was firstly validated using data from four cancer registries: Varese (Northern Italy), Parma (North-Central Italy), Florence (Central Italy), and Ragusa (Southern Italy). Estimates were then carried out at the national level and for each major geographical area (i.e. North, Center and South). Larynx cancer age-standardized incidence rates increased for men by about 25% from 1970 to 1987. Age-specific rates increased for ages greater than 44 years, but decreased for younger ages. Cohort effects are low for older cohorts; they steeply increase and plateau for the 1900-1905 cohorts, and then peak for the 1930 cohort. The risk for cohorts born after 1930 systematically decreases. We estimated that the 1930 birth cohort has a risk five times higher than the 1890 cohort. For women, the incidence rates increased by about 30% from 1970 to 1987, for all age classes. Cohort effects steadily increase from the 1886 birth cohort to the 1960 cohort. The estimated prevalence between ages 30 and 84 increased from about 24,400 cases in 1970 (23,000 males and 1,400 females) to about 51,400 cases in 1987 (48,600 males and 2,800 females). For men, 42% of the increase can be attributed to an increase in the incidence of the disease; 45% can be attributed to population aging, and only 13% to an increase in the survival probability. Corresponding figures for women are 42%, 48%, and 10%. For lung cancer, we estimated 32,000 incident cases for 1987 (28,000 men and 4,000 women), two times the corresponding figures for 1970 (14,000 men and 2,000 women). Looking at age-adjusted rates, the overall risk of lung cancer increased by about 60% for men and 52% for women during a period of 17 years. Age-specific incidence rates increased proportionally with age for ages greater than 50 years. By contrast, there was a slight but systematic risk reduction in younger age classes.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400 WORDS) KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - Europe KW - female KW - head and neck tumor KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - Italy KW - male KW - newborn KW - pleura tumor KW - preschool child KW - prevalence KW - respiratory tract tumor KW - survival KW - theoretical model KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - English Abstract KW - Europe KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Otorhinolaryngologic Neoplasms KW - Pleural Neoplasms KW - Prevalence KW - Respiratory Tract Neoplasms KW - Survival Analysis N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1497250 LA - Italian N1 - Correspondence Address: Verdecchia, A. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026494591&partnerID=40&md5=af4c9252c236cc4864a942f415d34fda ER - TY - JOUR TI - Dementia in Melton Mowbray - a validation of earlier findings T2 - Age and Ageing J2 - AGE AGEING VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 205 EP - 210 PY - 1992 SN - 00020729 (ISSN) AU - Jagger, C. AU - Clarke, M. AU - Anderson, J. AU - Battcock, T. AD - Dept.of Epidemiology and Pub.Health, Clinical Sciences Building, Leicester Royal Infirmary, PO Box 65, Leicester LE2 7LX, United Kingdom AB - In 1981 a survey of elderly persons aged 75 years and over who belonged to a general practice in Melton Mowbray, Leicestershire found a prevalence of moderate cognitive impairment of 4.7%. The criterion which determined the impairment was a score of 7 or under on the CAPE Information/Orientation (IO) sub-test. The prevalence rate has been considered to be much lower than in some key studies, notably the 13% reported in 1970 from Newcastle upon Tyne. Although rates based on cognitive scales are likely to give different results from those based on diagnostic assessment, the suggestion is that the IO sub-test is an insensitive screening instrument for dementia. Using results on the sensitivity and specificity of the CAPE IO sub-test (cut-point 8/9) to detect moderate or severe dementia as defined by clinical diagnosis using the Cambridge Mental Disorders of the Elderly (CAMDEX) schedule, the adjusted prevalence rates of moderate or severe dementia were found to be 3.4% in 1981 and 5.2% in 1988. Both these figures were lower than the observed rates scoring 8 or under on the IO sub-test, confirming that insensitivity of the IO sub-test was not the reason for the supposed low rate in Melton Mowbray in 1981. As the prevalence of dementia in those aged 75 years and over has been reported by other studies to range from 3% to 24%, it is more likely that high rates are due to screening instruments with low specificity. KW - aged KW - article KW - cognitive defect KW - dementia KW - diagnostic value KW - general practice KW - health survey KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mass screening KW - methodology KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Dementia KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Geriatric Assessment KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :8 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AANGA C2 - 1615784 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jagger, C.; Dept.of Epidemiology and Pub.Health, Clinical Sciences Building, Leicester Royal Infirmary, PO Box 65, Leicester LE2 7LX, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026589569&partnerID=40&md5=e271869dc528a4e32ca94b0fb9164812 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of non‐Hodgkin lymphoma in connecticut 1935‐1988 T2 - Cancer J2 - Cancer VL - 70 IS - 4 SP - 840 EP - 849 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1002/1097-0142(19920815)70:4<840::AID-CNCR2820700420>3.0.CO;2-I SN - 0008543X (ISSN) AU - Zheng, T. AU - Mayne, S.T. AU - Boyle, P. AU - Holford, T.R. AU - Liu, W.L. AU - Flannery, J. AD - Cancer Prevention Research Unit, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, United States AD - Division of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, European Institute of Oncology, Milan, Italy AD - Department of Health Services, State Department of Health, Hartford, Connecticut, United States AB - Background. During the past decades, there have been reports of increases in the incidence and mortality rates due to non‐Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL) in many parts of the world. The risk factors responsible for the increasing incidence are largely unknown. This study provided an overview of the incidence pattern of NHL in Connecticut and generated hypotheses for additional investigation. Methods. This study was based on all the NHL cases reported to the Connecticut Tumor Registry (CTR) between 1935 and 1988. Crude, age‐adjusted, and age‐specific incidence rates of NHL were calculated for each sex. Age‐adjusted incidence rates were calculated by the direct method standardized to the 1970 United States standard million population. The data are presented by calendar year and cohort year of birth to examine the secular trends and birth cohort effects. Racial information was not coded before 1957 and is of uncertain validity until the early 1970s; therefore, racial analysis was restricted to 1970–1988. Analyses by histologic subtypes and by anatomic sites were restricted to the last 3 decades (1960‐1988) because more accurate classification systems were used during this time. Results. A total of 11,326 newly diagnosed cases of NHL were included in the study. Of them, 5866 (52%) were diagnosed in men and 5460 (48%) were diagnosed in women. The study results indicated that the incidence rate of NHL has been increasing during the past decades for men and women, whites and blacks, nodular NHL and diffuse NHL, disease originating from lymph nodes and disease originating from other sites, and in all age groups, especially the older age groups. Birth cohort examination did not show any indication of a decline or levelling off in incidence rates among recent birth cohorts. Age‐specific incidence rates in both sexes suggested that the rates increase with age, with a sharp increase beginning at 50 years of age and peaking at 80 years of age. Men had a 30% higher incidence rate than women, and whites had approximately 1.5 times the age‐adjusted incidence rate of blacks. Conclusions. The results indicated that the incidence rate of NHL has been increasing in Connecticut during the past decades and is likely to continue to rise in the coming years. Analytical epidemiologic studies are needed to examine the risk factors that might account for the increase in NHL. Cancer 1992; 70:840–849. Copyright © 1992 American Cancer Society KW - Connecticut KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - non‐Hodgkin lymphoma KW - time trend KW - adult KW - aged KW - aging KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - cancer mortality KW - diet KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - nonhodgkin lymphoma KW - priority journal KW - race difference KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - tumor classification KW - ultraviolet radiation KW - united states KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Connecticut KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Racial Stocks KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :102 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1643616 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Zheng, T.; Cancer Prevention Research Unit for Connecticut at Yale, 26 High Street, New Haven, Connecticut, 06510, United States N1 - References: (1990) Cancer statistics review 1973–1987, , Bethesda, Maryland, National Institute of Health; Heston, JF, Kelly, JAB, Meigs, JW, Flannery, JT, Forty‐five years of cancer incidence in Connecticut 1935–79 (1986) NCJ Monogr, 70, pp. 1-31; Davis, DL, Hoel, D, Fox, J, Lopez, A, International trends in cancer mortality in France, West Germany, Italy, Japan, England and Wales and U.S.A. (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 474-481; Tajima, K, Tominaga, S, Suchi, T, Malignant lymphomas in Japan: epidemiological analysis on adult T‐cell leukemia/lymphoma (1986) Hematol Oncol, 4, pp. 31-44; Boring, CC, Squires, TS, Cancer statistics (1991) CA, 41, p. 28; Greene, MH, Non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma and mycosis fungoides (1983) Cancer epidemiology and prevention, pp. 754-778. , Schottenfeld DD, Fraumeni JF Jr., editors., Philadelphia, Saunders; Muir, C, Waterhouse, J, Mack, I, Powell, J, Whelan, S, (1987) Cancer incidence in five continents: Vol. V, , Lyon, International Agency for Research on Cancer, IARC scientific publications no. 88; (1976) ICD‐O, international classification of diseases for oncology, , 1st ed, Geneva, World Health Organization; Jones, SE, Fuks, Z, Bull, M, Kadin, ME, Dorfman, RF, Kaplan, HS, Non‐Hodgkin's lymphomas: IV. clinicopathologic correlation in 405 cases (1973) Cancer, 31, pp. 806-823; Mann, RB, Jaffe, ES, Berard, CW, Malignant lymphomas: a conceptual understanding of morphologic diversity. A review (1979) Am J Pathol, 94, pp. 105-157; Ultmann, JE, Jacobs, RH, The non‐Hodgkin's lymphomas (1985) CA, 35, pp. 66-87; Cabanillas, F, Chemotherapy as definitive treatment of stage I‐II large cell and diffuse mixed lymphomas (1985) Hematol Oncol, 3, pp. 25-31; Richards, MA, Mootoosamy, I, Reznek, RH, Renal involvement in patients with non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma: clinical and pathological features in 23 cases (1990) Hematol Oncol, 8, pp. 105-110; Reynolds, T, Non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma rate climbed rapidly (1991) J Natl Cancer Inst, 83, pp. 232-234; Persson, B, Dahlander, AM, Fredriksson, M, Brage, HN, Ohlson, C‐G, Axelson, O, Malignant lymphomas and occupational exposures (1989) Br J Ind Med, 46, pp. 516-520; Hardell, L, Eriksson, M, Lenner, P, Lundgren, E, Malignant lymphoma and exposure to chemicals, especially organic solvents, chlorophenols and phenoxy acids: a case‐control study (1981) Br J Cancer, 43, pp. 169-176; Zahm, SH, Weisenburger, DD, Babbitt, PA, Saal, RC, Vaught, JB, Cantor, KP, A case‐control study of non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma and the herbicide 2,4‐dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4‐D) in eastern Nebraska (1990) Epidemiology, 1, pp. 349-356; Alavanja, MCR, Blair, A, Masters, MN, Cancer mortality in the U (1990) J Natl Cancer Inst, 82, pp. 840-848. , S. flour industry; Cartwright, RA, McKinney, PA, O'Brien, C, Richards, IDG, Roberts, B, Lauder, I, Non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma: case control epidemiological study in Yorkshire (1988) Leuk Res, 12, pp. 81-88; Hoar, SK, Blair, A, Frederick, F, Boysen, CD, Robel, RJ, Hoover, R, Agricultural herbicide use and risk of lymphoma and soft‐tissue sarcoma (1986) JAMA, 256, pp. 1141-1147; The association of selected cancers with service in the U. S. military in Vietnam: I. non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma (1990) Arch Intern Med, 150, pp. 2473-2483; Clapp, RW, Cupples, LA, Colton, T, Ozonoff, DM, Cancer surveillance of veterans in Massachusetts, USA, 1982–1988 (1991) Int J Epidemiol, 20, pp. 7-12; Lilienfeld, DE, Gallo, MA, 2,4‐D, 2,4,5‐T and 2,3,7,8‐TCDD: an overview (1989) Epidemiol Rev, 11, pp. 28-58; Linos, A, Blair, A, Cantor, KP, Burmeister, L, VanLier, S, Gibson, RW, Leukemia and non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma among embalmers and funeral directors (1990) J Natl Cancer Inst, 82, pp. 66-67; La Vecchia, C, Negri, E, D'Avanzo, B, Franceschi, S, Occupation and lymphoid neoplasms (1989) Int J Cancer, 60, pp. 385-388; Persson, B, Dahlander, AM, Fredriksson, M, Brage, HN, Ohlson, C‐G, Axelson, O, Malignant lymphomas and occupational exposures (1989) Br J Ind Med, 46, pp. 516-520; Woods, IS, Polissar, L, Severson, RK, Heuser, LS, Kalander, BG, Soft tissue sarcoma and non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma in relation to phenoxyherbicide and chlorinated phenol exposure in western Washington (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 78, pp. 899-910; Cunningham, AS, Lymphomas and animal‐protein consumption (1976) Lancet, 2, pp. 1184-1186; Franceschi, S, Serraino, D, Carbone, A, Talamini, R, La Vecchia, C, Dietary factors and non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma: a case‐control study in the Northeastern part of Italy (1989) Nutr Cancer, 12, pp. 333-341; Ross, MH, Bras, G, Tumor incidence patterns and nutrition in the rat (1965) J Nutr, 87, pp. 245-260; Fernandes, G, Yunis, EJ, Good, RA, Influence of protein restriction on immune functions in NZB mice (1976) J Immunol, 116, pp. 782-790; Byham, LD, Dietary fat and natural killer cell function (1991) Nutrition Today, 26, pp. 31-36; Newberne, PM, Dietary fat, immunological response and cancer in rats (1981) Cancer Res, 41, pp. 3783-3785; Corman, LC, Effects of specific nutrients on the immune response (1985) Med Clin North Am, 69, pp. 759-791; Vitale, JJ, Broitman, SA, Lipids and immune function (1981) Cancer Res, 41, pp. 3706-3710; Alexander, M, Newmark, H, Miller, RG, Oral beta‐carotene can increase the number of OKT4+ cells in human blood (1985) Immunol Lett, 9, pp. 221-224; Watson, RR, Prabhala, RH, Plezia, PM, Alberts, D, Effect of beta‐carotene on lymphocyte subpopulations in elderly humans: evidence for a dose‐response relationship (1991) Am J Clin Nutr, 53, pp. 90-94; Bendich, A, Shapiro, SS, Effect of beta‐carotene and canthaxanthin on the immune responses of the rat (1986) J Nutr, 116, pp. 2254-2262; Tomita, Y, Himeno, K, Nomoto, K, Endo, H, Hirohata, T, Augmentation of tumor immunity against syngeneic tumors in mice by beta‐carotene (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 78, pp. 679-681; Kripke, ML, Effects of UV radiation on tumor immunity (1990) J Natl Cancer Inst, 82, pp. 1392-1396; Romerdahl, CA, Donawho, C, Fidler, IJ, Kripke, ML, Effect of ultraviolet‐B radiation on the in vivo growth of murine melanoma cells (1988) Cancer Res, 48, pp. 4007-4010; Kripke, ML, Immunologic mechanisms in UV radiation carcinogenesis (1981) Adv Cancer Res, 34, pp. 69-106; Penn, I, Malignant tumors in organ transplant recipients (1970) Recent Results Cancer Res, 35, pp. 1-47; Korand, AFC, Dehmei, EM, Kahn, G, Penn, I, Cutaneous complications in immunosuppressed renal homograft recipients (1974) JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Association, 229, pp. 419-424; Pearce, NE, Sheppard, RA, Smith, AH, Teague, CA, Non‐Hodgkin's lymphoma and farming: an expanded case‐control study (1987) Intl Cancer, 39, pp. 155-161; White, WS, Kim, C, Kalkwarf, HJ, Bustos, P, Roe, DA, Ultraviolet light‐induced reductions in plasma carotenoid levels (1988) Am J Clin Nutr, 47, pp. 879-883; Berne, B, Nilsson, M, Vahlquist, A, UV irradiation and cutaneous vitamin A: an experimental study in rabbit and human skin (1984) J Invest Dermatol, 83, pp. 401-404; Berne, B, Vahlquist, A, Fischer, T, Danielson, BG, Berne, C, UV treatment of uraemic pruritus reduces the vitamin A content of skin (1984) Eur J Clin Invest, 14, pp. 203-206; Fuller, CJ, Faulkner, H, Roe, DA, Effect of beta‐carotene on the photosuppression of cellular immune function in normal males [abstract] (1991) FASEB J, 5, p. 1323; Schoen, DJ, Watson, RR, Prevention of UV irradiation induced suppression of monocyte functions by retinoids and carotenoids in vitro (1988) Photochem Photobiol, 48. , 659–653; Mathews‐Roth, MM, Antitumor activity of beta‐carotene, canthaxanthin and phytoene (1982) Oncology, 39, pp. 33-37; Santamaria, L, Bianchi, A, Arnaboldi, A, Andreoni, L, Bermond, P, Chemoprevention of skin cancer by carotenoids (1982) Medecine Biologie Environnement, 10, pp. 359-364; Santamaria, L, Bianchi, A, Arnaboldi, A, 8‐Methoxypsoralen photocarcinogenesis and its prevention by dietary carotenoids. Preliminary results (1984) Medecine Biologie Environnement, 12, pp. 531-537; Gessain, A, Gout, O, Saal, F, Epidemiology and immunovirology of human T‐cell leukemia/lymphoma virus type I‐associated adult T‐cell leukemia and chronic myelopathies as seen in France (1990) Cancer Res, 50, pp. 5692-5695; Oliveira, PD, Matutes, E, Famadas, LC, Schulz, TF, Calabro, ML, Nucci, M, Adult T‐cell leukaemia/lymphoma in Brazil and its relation to HTLV‐I (1990) Lancet, 336, pp. 987-990; Ioachim, HL, Immunopathogenesis of human immunodeficiency virus infection (1990) Cancer Res, 50, pp. 5612-5617; Schmauz, R, Mugerwa, JW, Wright, DH, The distribution of non‐Burkitt, non‐Hodgkin's lymphomas in Uganda in relation to malarial endemicity (1990) Int J Cancer, 45, pp. 650-653 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026723410&doi=10.1002%2f1097-0142%2819920815%2970%3a4%3c840%3a%3aAID-CNCR2820700420%3e3.0.CO%3b2-I&partnerID=40&md5=caa2c167bc225061ead04b21aa2cc47d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Postoperative radiotherapy of squamous cell carcinoma of the tonsil: Factors influencing survival and time to recurrence T2 - Acta Oncologica J2 - Acta Oncol. VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 52 PY - 1992 DO - 10.3109/02841869209088265 SN - 0284186X (ISSN) AU - Kajanti, M.J. AU - Holsti, L.R. AU - Mäntylä, M.M. AD - Department of Radiotherapy and Oncology, Helsinki University Central Hospital, Haart-Maninkatu 4, Sf-00290, Helsinki, Finland AB - From 1970 to 1988,40 patients with squamous cell carcinoma of the tonsillar region were treated with surgery and postoperative split-course radiotherapy. The 5-year survival rate for all the patients was 52.5%; the corresponding figure was 100% in stage I, 75% in stage II, 63% in stage III and 15% in stage IV. The local control rate was 100% in stage I, 89% in stage II, 87% in stage III and 38% in stage IV. In the proportional hazards regression analysis T- and N-category and pretreatment Karnofsky index had the strongest association to survival, whereas T- and N-category and total radiation dose were most strongly associated to time to recurrence. ©1992 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Combined therapy KW - Radiotherapy KW - Surgery KW - Tonsillar carcinoma KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cancer control KW - cancer radiotherapy KW - cancer recurrence KW - cancer staging KW - cancer surgery KW - cancer survival KW - clinical article KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - multimodality cancer therapy KW - postoperative period KW - priority journal KW - radiation dose KW - regression analysis KW - squamous cell carcinoma KW - survival rate KW - tonsil carcinoma KW - Carcinoma, Squamous Cell KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Lymphatic Metastasis KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Metastasis KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Radiotherapy KW - Regression Analysis KW - Time Factors KW - Tonsillar Neoplasms PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ACTOE C2 - 1586505 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kajanti, M.J.; Department of Radiotherapy and Oncology, Helsinki University Central Hospital, Haart-maninkatu 4, SF-00290, Helsinki, Finland N1 - References: TNM-Atlas (1982) Illustrated guide to the classification of malignant tumors, pp. 17-21. , Eds. B Spiessl, O Scheibe, G Wagner. Springer-Ver-lag, New York; Holsti, L.R., Mäntylä, M., Split-course versus continuous radiotherapy. Analysis of a randomized trial from 1964 to 1967 (1988) Acta Oncol, 27, pp. 153-161; Kajanti, M., Mäntylä, M., Squamous cell carcinoma of the tonsillar region. A retrospective analysis of treatment results (1991) Acta Oncol, 30, pp. 629-633; Dixon, W.J., (1988) BMDP Statistical Software 1988, , University of California Press, Berkley, Los Angeles, London; Perez, C., Purdy, J., Breaux, B., Ogura, J., Von Essen, S., Carcinoma of the tonsillar fossa: A non-randomized comparison of preoperative radiation and surgery or irradiation alone. Long-term results (1982) Cancer, 50, pp. 2314-2322; Barrs, D., DeSanto, L., O'Fallon, W., Squamous cell carcinoma of the tonsil and tongue base region (1981) Arch Otolaryngol, 105, pp. 479-485; Givens, C., Johns, M., Cantrell, R., (1981) Carcinoma of the tonsil: analysis of 162 cases: Arch Otolaryngol, 107, pp. 730-734; Dasmahapatra, K., Mohit-Tabatabai, M., Rush, B., Hill, G., Feuennan, M., Ohanian, M., Cancer of the tonsil. Improved survival with combination therapy (1986) Cancer, 57, pp. 451-455; Wong, C., Shun, K., Ang, K., Fletcher, G., Definitive radiotherapy for squamous cell carcinoma of the tonsillar fossa (1989) Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys, 16, pp. 657-662; Dietz, R., Wilhelm, H., SchatAe, W., Das Tonsillenmalignom. Die Ergebnisse der Kombinationstherapie auf Grund 10-jähriger Erfahrungen (1979) HNO, 27, pp. 308-312; Griffin, T., Pajak, T., Gillespie, W.B., Predicting the response of head and neck cancers to radiation therapy with a multi-variate modelling system: an analysis of the RTOG Head and Neck Registry (1984) Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys, 10, pp. 481-487; Vikram, B., Strong, E., Shah, J., Spiro, R., Failure in the neck following multimodality treatment for advanced head and neck cancer (1984) Head Neck Surg, 6, pp. 724-729; Kajanti, M., Holsti, L.R., Radical surgery and postoperative splitcourse radiotherapy in squamous cell carcinoma of the mobile tongue: factors influencing local control and the time to recurrence (1991) Radiother Oncol, , Accepted for publication; Strong, E., Preoperative radiation and radical neck dissection (1969) Surg Clin North Am, 49, pp. 271-276 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026533185&doi=10.3109%2f02841869209088265&partnerID=40&md5=addb3591d21f328e8929b934cdb9731d ER - TY - JOUR TI - US and Foreign Born Mexican American Youth: A Socioeconomic Comparison T2 - International Journal of Adolescence and Youth J2 - Int. J. Adolesc. Youth VL - 3 IS - 3-4 SP - 319 EP - 331 PY - 1992 DO - 10.1080/02673843.1992.9747712 SN - 02673843 (ISSN) AU - Santos, R. AD - University of New Mexico, Department of Economics, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131, United States AB - Mexican Americans represent 12.6 million persons, the largest sub-group of the Hispanic population in the United States. Half of the Mexican American population is under 21 years of age. They encounter difficulties both in school and the labor market; there is a high incidence of non-high school completion and an unfavorable economic status. About a fourth of Mexican American youth are foreign-born and this study compares the socioeconomic characteristics of US-born and foreign-born Mexican Americans. Data from a national longitudinal survey of youth is used to examine how aggregate socioeconomic indicators for Mexican Americans vary by birthplace. Depending on the socioeconomic indicator, the study finds that the problems are often compounded for foreign-born youth; but the unfavorable status of Mexican Americans is not exclusive to the foreign-born. Indeed, one-fifth of the US-born youth fail to complete high school, one-fourth were unemployed, and one-fifth lived in a poverty-income household. Researchers and policy makers will need to give careful attention to the socioeconomic differences between the US-born and foreign-born Mexican Americans, as well as taking into account their gender. © 1992, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Santos, R.; University of New Mexico, Department of Economics, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131, United States N1 - References: Borus, M.E., (1981) Pathways to the Future 1979., , The Ohio State University, Center for Human Resource Research; Columbus, OH; Borus, M.E., Willingness to work among youth (1982) journal of Human Resources, 17, pp. 581-593; Borus, M.E., (1983) Tomorrow's Workers., , Lexington, MA; Lexington Books; Chapa, J., Questions of Mexican American assimilation: socioeconomic parity or underclass formation? (1988) Public Affairs Comment, 25, pp. 1-14. , University of Texas at Austin, Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs; Austin, TX; Chavez, L., Rainbow coalition (1990) New Republic, 203, pp. 14-16; Crowley, J.E., Chapiro, D., Aspirations and expectations of youth in the United States part 1 (1982) Youth and Society, 13 (4), pp. 391-422; Greenwood, M.J., McDowell, J.M., The factor market consequences of US immigration (1986) Journal of Economic Literature, pp. 1738-1772. , 24 December; Quiroz, J., Hispanic initiative on long-term poverty (1989) National Council of La Raza's Quarterly Newsletter; Washington, D.C., 1, pp. 1-8; Rumberger, R.W., Dropping out of high school: the influence of race, sex, and family background (1983) American Educational Research Journal, 20, pp. 199-220; Santos, R., (1985) Hispanic Youth: Emerging Workers., , Praeger Publishers; New York; Shapiro, D., Perceptions of discrimination and other barriers to employment (1981) Pathways to the Future, 1979, pp. 481-509. , (M.E. Borus, ed.); The National Longitudinal Surveys Handbook (1990) The Ohio State University, , Center for Human Resource Research; Columbus, OH; The Select Commission on Immigration and Refugee Policy (1981) US immigration policy and the national interest, , (March, Final report; US Bureau of the Census (1979) Current population reports, , Series P-20, No. 354, US Government Printing Office; Washington, DC. (March; US Department of Labor (1979) Seven years later: the experiences of the 1970 cohort of immigrants to the United States., , Research and Development Monograph No. 71; Washington, DC UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84933486783&doi=10.1080%2f02673843.1992.9747712&partnerID=40&md5=b06c9b7371386e425c9e05c96dc86431 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Secular trends in social class and sex differences in adult height T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 1001 EP - 1009 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1093/ije/20.4.1001 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Kuh, D.L. AU - Power, C. AU - Rodgers, B. AD - MRC National Survey of Health and Development, University College and Middlesex School of Medicine, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, 66-72 Gower Street, London WCIE 6EA, United Kingdom AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, London, United Kingdom AB - Trends in social class and sex differences in adult mean height in Great Britain since the turn of the century were investigated using data from parents and offspring in the 1946 and 1958 British birth cohort studies (n = 50 000). There has been an increase of 1.09 cm per decade in the mean height of men but only 0.36 cm per decade in the mean height of women. On average men from non-manual origins were 1.97 cm taller than men from manual origins and the figure for women was 1.61 cm. Trends in class differences in height for those born between the beginning of the century and 1958 have been small; fluctuations have occurred over the period but were unsynchronized for men and women. © 1991 International Epidemiological Association. KW - adult KW - article KW - body height KW - cohort analysis KW - demography KW - father KW - female KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mother KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Body Height KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Occupations KW - Sex Characteristics KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - adults' height KW - class difference KW - epidemiology KW - secular trend KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - UK N1 - Cited By :108 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 1800396 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kuh, D.L.; MRC National Survey of Health and Development, University College and Middlesex School of Medicine, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, 66-72 Gower Street, London WCIE 6EA, United Kingdom N1 - References: Townsend, P., Davidson, N., Whitehead, M., (1988) Inequalities in Health: The Black Report and The Health Divide, , London: Penguin Books; Pamuk, E., Social class inequality in mortality from 1921 to 1972 in England (1985) Popul Studies, 39, pp. 17-31; (1978) Decennial Supplement. D.S, (1). , London: HMSO; Blaxter, M., Evidence on inequality in health from a national survey (1977) Lancet, 2, pp. 31-33; Barsky, A.J., The paradox of health (1988) N Engl J Med, 318, pp. 415-418; Carr-Hill, R., Time trends in inequalities in health (1988) J Biosoc Sci, 20, pp. 265-273; Floud, R., Measuring European inequality, the use of height data (1989) Health Inequalities in European Countries, , Fox A J, Aldershot: Gower; Van Wieringen, J.E., Secular growth changes (1986) Human Growth. a Comprehensive Treatise, 3, p. 307. , Falkner F, Tanner J M, 2nd ed. New York: Plenum Press; Sandberg, L.G., Steckel, R.H., Heights and economic history: The Swedish case (1987) Ann Hum Biol, 14, pp. 101-110; Tanner, J.M., (1962) Growth at Adolescence, , Oxford: Blackwell; Knight, I., (1984) The Heights and Weights of Adults in Great Britain, , London: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Cox, B.D., Body measurements (Heights, weights, girth, etc) (1987) The Health and Lifestyle Survey, , Cox B D, Blaxter M, Buckle A L J. et al (eds), London: Health Promotion Research Trust; Illsley, R., Social class selection and class differences in relation to stillbirths and infant deaths (1955) B M J, 2, p. 1520; Marmot, M.G., Social inequalities in mortality: The social environment (1986) Class and Health: Research and Longitudinal Data, p. 21. , Wilkinson R G, ed., London: Tavistock; Power, C., Fogelman, K., Fox, A.J., Health and social mobility during the early years of life (1986) Q J Soc Affairs, 2, pp. 397-413; Stewart, A.L., The reliability and validity of self reported weight and height (1982) J Chron Dis, 35, pp. 295-309; Atkins, E., Cherry, N., Douglas, J., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth cohort: An account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) Prospective Longitudinal Research: An Empirical Basis for the Primary Prevention of Psychosocial Disorders, p. 25. , Mednick S A, Baert A E, (eds), Oxford: Oxford University press; Wadsworth, M.E.J., Follow-up of the first British national birth cohort: Findings from the MRC National Survey of Health and Development (1987) Paed Perinatal Epidemiol, 1, pp. 95-117; Fogelman, K., (1983) Growing up in Britain. Papers from the National Child Development Study, , Children’s Bureau Macmillan; Power, C., Moynihan, C., Social class and changes in weight-for-height between childhood and early adulthood (1988) Int J Obesity, 12, pp. 445-453; Stark, O., Atkins, E., Wolff, O.H., Douglas, J.W.B., A longitudinal study of obesity in the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) BMJ, 283, pp. 13-17; (1970) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; (1950) Classification of Occupations, , London: HMSO; Golding, J., (1990) Personal Communication; Whincup, P.H., Cook, D.G., Shaper, A.G., (1988) Social Class and Height BMJ, 297, pp. 980-981; Walker, M., Shaper, A.G., Wannamethee. Height and social class in middle-aged British men (1988) J Epidemiol Community Health, 42, pp. 299-303; Trotter, M., Gleser, G., The effect of ageing on stature (1951) Am J Phys Anthropot, 9, pp. 311-324; Chumlea, W.C., Garry, P.J., Hunt, W.C., Rhyne, R.L., Distributions of serial changes in stature and weight in a healthy elderly population (1988) Hum Biol, 60, pp. 917-925; Miall, W.E., Ashcroft, M.T., Lovell, H.G., Moore, F., A longitudinal study of the decline of adult height with age in two Welsh communities (1967) Hum Biol, 39, pp. 445-454; Hertzog, K.P., Garn, S.M., Hempy, H.O., Partitioning the effects of secular trend and ageing on adult stature (1969) Am J Phys Anthropol, 31, pp. 111-116; Cline, M.G., Meredith, K.E., Boyer, J.T., Burrows, B., Decline in height with age in adults in a general population sample: Estimating maximum height and distinguishing birth cohort effects from actual loss of stature with ageing (1989) Hum Biol, 61, pp. 415-425; Tanner, J.M., (1978) Foetus into Man: Physical Growth from Conception to Maturity, , London: Open Books; Douglas, J., Simpson, H.R., Height in relation to puberty, family size and social class. A longitudinal study (1964) Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 42, pp. 20-35; Goldstein, H., Factors influencing the height of seven-year-old children: Results from the National Child Development Study (1971) Hum Biol, 43, pp. 92-111; Eveleth, P.B., Tanner, J.M., (1976) Worldwide Variation in Human Growth, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Acheson, D., Nutritional monitoring of the health of the nation (1987) J Roy Soc Health, 6, pp. 209-214; Macintyre, S., Social correlates of human height (1988) Sc Prog Oxf, 72, pp. 493-510; Rona, R.J., A surveillance system of growth in Britain (1989) Auxology ‘88. Perspectives in the Science of Growth and Development. Selected Papers from the Fifth International Auxology Congress. Exeter UK, July 1988, , Tanner J M, London, Smith-Gordon (Nishimura); Wolanski, N., Genetic and ecological factors in human growth (1970) Hum Biol, 42, pp. 349-368; Tanner, J.M., Earlier maturation in man (1968) Sci Am, 218, pp. 21-27; Ellis, R.W.B., Growth and health of Belgian children during and after the German occupation, 1940-44 (1945) Arch Dis Child, 20, pp. 97-109; Laporte, M., Effect of war-imposed dietary limitations on growth of Paris schoolchildren (1946) Am J Dis Child, 71, pp. 244-247; Widdowson, E.M., Mental contentment and physical growth (1951) Lancet, 1316, p. 1318; Howe, P.E., Schiller, M., Growth responses of the school child to changes in diet and environmental factors (1952) J Appl Phys, 5, pp. 51-61; Hewitt, D., Westropp, D.K., Acheson, R.M., Oxford Child Health Survey. Effect of childish ailments on skeletal development (1955) Br J Prev Soc Med, 9, pp. 179-186; Pruder, A., Tanner, J.M., Von Hamack, G.A., Catch-up growth following illness or starvation (1963) J Pediatr, 62, pp. 646-659; Brundtland, G.H., Liestol, K., Walbe, L., Height, weight and menarcheal age of Oslo schoolchildren during the last 60 years (1980) Ann Hum Biol, 7, pp. 307-322; Preece, M.A., Growth measurements as indicators of health status (1986) The Health and Development of Children, p. 17. , Miles H B, Still E, London: Eugenics Society; Kaplan, B.A., Brush, G., Mascie-Taylor, C.G.N., The relationship of childhood asthma and wheezy bronchitis with height, weight and bodymass index (1987) Hum Biol, 59, pp. 921-931; Fogel, R.W., Physical growth as a measure of the economic well-being of populations: The eighteenth and nineteenth centuries (1986) Human Growth: A Comprehensive Treatise, 3, p. 263. , Falkner F, Tanner J M, Methodology; Ecological, Genetic and Nutritional Effects on Growth. New York: Plenum Press; Pett, L.B., Ogilvie, G.F., The report on Canadian average weights, heights and skinfolds (1957) Can Bull, 5, pp. 1-81; Bjelke, E., Variation in height and weight in the Norwegian population (1971) Br J Prev Soc Med, 25, pp. 192-202; Greulich, W.W., Some secular changes in the growth of Americanborn and native Japanese children (1976) Am J Phys Anthropol, 45, pp. 553-568; Bielicki, T., Growth and economic wellbeing. Twentieth century (1986) Human Growth. a Comprehensive Treatise, 32, p. 283. , Falkner F, Tanner J M, New York: Plenum Press; Nystrom Peck, A.M., Vagero, D.H., Adult body height and childhood socioeconomic group in the Swedish population (1987) J Epidemiol Community Health, 41, pp. 333-337; Steegmann, A.T., 18th century British military stature: Growth cessation, selective recruiting, secular trends, nutrition at birth, cold and occupation (1985) Hum Biol, 57, pp. 77-95; Stein, Z., Susser, M., Saenger, G., Marolla, F., (1975) Famine and Human Development: The Dutch Hunger Winter of 1944-1945, , New York: Oxford University Press; Meredith, H.V., Findings from Asia, Europe, and North America on secular change in mean height of children, youths, and young adults (1976) Am J Phys Anthropol, 44, pp. 315-326; Tobias, P.V., Growth and stature in Southern African populations (1972) Human Biology of Environmental Change, p. 104. , Vorster D J M, London: International Biological Programme; Stini, W.A., Reduced sexual dimorphism in upper arm muscle circumference associated with protein-deficient diet in a South American population (1972) Am J Phys Anthropol, 36, pp. 341-352; Wolanski, N., Kasprzak, E., Stature as a measure of effects of environmental change (1976) Current Anthropology, 17, pp. 548-552; Hiernaux, J., Hartono, D.B., Physical measurements of the adult Hadza of Tanzania (1980) Ann Hum Biol, 7, pp. 339-346; Eveleth, P.B., Differences between ethnic groups in sex dimorphism in adult height (1975) Ann Hum Biol, 2, pp. 35-39; Gray, J.P., Wolfe, L.D., Height and sexual dimorphism of stature among human societies (1980) Am J Phys Anthropol, 53, pp. 441-456; Bennett, K.A., Hulse, F.S., Shifting patterns of sex dimorphism in three Japanese population (1982) Ann Hum Biol, 9, pp. 441-452; Acheson, R.M., Fowler, G.B., Sex, socio-economic status, and secular increase in stature: A family study (1964) Br J Prev Soc Med, 18, pp. 25-34; Tobias, P.V., Anthropometry among disadvantaged peoples: Studies in Southern Africa (1975) Biosocial Interrelations in Population Adaptation, , Watts E S, Johnston F E, Lasker G W, The Hague: Mouton; Bielicki, T., Charzewski, J., Sex differences in the magnitude of statural gains of offspring over parents (1977) Hum Biol, 49, pp. 265-277; Byard, P.J., Siervogel, R.M., Roche, A.F., Familial correlations for serial measurements of recumbent length and stature (1983) Ann Hum Biol, 10, pp. 281-293; Meredith, H.V., Meredith, E.M., The stature of Toronto children half a century ago and today (1944) Hum Biol, 16, pp. 126-131; Clements, E.M.B., Changes in the mean stature and weight of British children over the past seventy years (1953) B M J, 2, pp. 897-902; Blanksby, B.A., Freedman, L., Barrett, P., Bloomfield, J., Secular changes in the heights and weights of Western Australian primary school children (1974) Ann Hum Biol, 1, pp. 301-309; Cameron, N., The growth of London school children 1904-1966: An analysis of secular trend and intra-county variation (1979) Ann Hum Biol, 6, pp. 505-525; Lindgren, G.W., Hauspie, R.C., Heights and weights of Swedish school children born in 1955 and 1967 (1989) Ann Hum Biol, 16, pp. 397-406; Takahashi, E., Growth and environmental factors in Japan (1966) Hum Biol, 38, pp. 112-130; (1972) US National Center for Health Statistics, Hamill P V V, Johnston F E, Lemeshow S. Height and Weight of Children: Socioeconomic Status, , United States. Vital and Health Statistics Series 1 I—No. 119. Rockville: U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; Van Wieringen, J.C., (1972) Secular Changes of Growth: Review Tables and Graphs in English, , Leiden: Netherlands: Institute for Preventive Medicine TNO; Rona, R.J., Swan, A.V., Altman, D.G., Social factors and height of primary school children in England and Scotland (1978) J Epidemiol Community Health, 32, pp. 147-154; Greulich, W.W., A comparison of the physical growth and development of American born and native Japanese children (1957) Am J Phys Anthropol, 15, pp. 489-516; Kim, Y.S., Growth status of Korean school children in Japan (1982) Ann Hum Biol, 9, pp. 453-458; Bindon, J.R., Zansky, S.M., Growth patterns of height and weight among three groups of Samaoan preadolescents (1986) Ann Hum Biol, 13, pp. 171-178; Greulich, W.W., The growth and developmental status of Guamanian school children in 1947 (1951) Am J Phys Anthropol, 9, pp. 55-70; Steckel, R.H., Growth depression and recovery: The remarkable case of American slaves (1987) Ann Hum Biol, 14, pp. 111-132; Ljung, B., Bergsten-Brucefors, A., Lindgren, G., The secular trend in physical growth in Sweden (1974) Ann Hum Biol, 1, pp. 245-256; Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Parental height, childhood environment and subsequent adult height in a national birth cohort (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 663-668; Hunt, K., (1990) Personal Communication; Nystromm Peck, A.M., (1990) Personal Communication; Relethford, J.H., Lees, F.C., The effects of ageing and secular trend on adult stature in rural Western Ireland (1981) Am J Phys Anthropol, 55, pp. 81-88; Tanner, J.M., Hayashi, T., Preece, M.A., Cameron, N., Increase in length of leg relative to trunk in Japanese children and adults from 1957 to 1977: Comparison with British and with Japanese Americans (1982) Ann Hum Biol, 9, pp. 411-423; Abraham, S., Johnson, C.L., Najjar, M.F., (1979) Weight and Height of Adults 18-74 Years of Age: United States, 1971-1974, (211). , Vital and Health Statistics Series 11, Hyattsville: U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; Lindgren, G.W., Height, weight and menarche in Swedish urban school children in relation to socio-economic and regional factors (1976) Ann Hum Biol, 3, pp. 501-528; Illsley, R., Le Grand, J., The measurement of inequality in health (1987) Health and Economics, , Williams A, London: Macmillan; Blane, D., Davey-Smith, G., Bartley, M., Social class differences in years of potential life lost: Size, trends, and principal causes (1990) B M J, 301, pp. 429-432; Goldblatt, P., Mortality by social class, 1971-85 (1989) Population Trends, 56, pp. 6-15; Valkonen, T., Adult mortality and level of education: A comparison of six countries (1989) Health Inequalities in European Countries, , Fox A J, Aldershot: Gower UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026358574&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f20.4.1001&partnerID=40&md5=f2304a83e7cdb3b9349f563f986e2c16 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age and sexual maturity of southern minke whales: a review and some additional analysis T2 - Report - International Whaling Commission VL - 41 SP - 331 EP - 337 PY - 1991 SN - AU - Kato, H. AU - Sakuramoto, K. AD - National Research Inst. of Far Seas Fisheries, 5-7-1, Orido, Shimizu, Shizuoka 424, Japan AB - Published studies related to temporal trends in age at sexual maturity of southern Balaenoptera acutorostrata are reviewed and additional analyses presented that use age data obtained from Japanese commercial whaling operations from 1983/84 to 1986/87 as well as published data. After reviewing the observed trends and biases, the "age-specific' effect which has been an uncertain factor in considering minke whale transition phase data, is examined; no evidence for this bias is found. The observed decline in age at sexual maturity from 12-13 yr in the mid 1940s to 10 yr in the 1955 cohort is real because it is free from possible truncation biases. The decline from 10 yr in 1955 to 7-8 yr in the early 1970 cohorts based on data corrected for truncation biases is also valid. -from Authors KW - minke KW - sexual maturity KW - whale KW - Antarctica KW - Balaenoptera acutorostrata N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026397299&partnerID=40&md5=3dce300793d52950dfca1833def05d59 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Orthotopic liver transplantation at Addenbrooke's Hospital Cambridge 1968 to 1991. T2 - Clinical transplants J2 - Clin Transpl SP - 119 EP - 125 PY - 1991 SN - 08909016 (ISSN) AU - Jamieson, N.V. AU - Friend, P.J. AU - Johnston, P.S. AU - Alexander, G. AU - Calne, R. AD - University of Cambridge, Department of Surgery, Addenbrooke's Hospital, England. AB - Liver grafting is now established as the optimal treatment for patients with end-stage parenchymal liver disease. Twenty-three years of experience at a single center is presented. The 1-year actuarial patient survival rate for all cases transplanted in Cambridge has now risen from 10% in 1968 to 1970 to 80% in 1990 to 1991. Increasing numbers of patients are being referred for transplantation with an ever-increasing range of indications being developed. Many inborn errors of metabolism can now be cured by liver grafting. There is still, however, considerable scope for improvement in many areas of patient treatment from operative and postoperative care to long-term immunosuppressive management. Much remains to be done to minimize early sepsis- and rejection-related deaths and late immunosuppression-related morbidity. KW - azathioprine KW - cyclosporin KW - tsukubaenolide KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - child KW - comparative study KW - cultural factor KW - donor KW - female KW - follow up KW - graft survival KW - hepatic encephalopathy KW - human KW - immunosuppressive treatment KW - infant KW - liver transplantation KW - male KW - methodology KW - mortality KW - newborn KW - postoperative complication KW - preschool child KW - reoperation KW - statistical analysis KW - survival rate KW - United Kingdom KW - Actuarial Analysis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Azathioprine KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Comparative Study KW - Cross-Cultural Comparison KW - Cyclosporine KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Graft Survival KW - Hepatic Encephalopathy KW - Human KW - Immunosuppression KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Reoperation KW - Survival Rate KW - Tacrolimus KW - Tissue Donors N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1726459 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Jamieson, N.V. N1 - Chemicals/CAS: azathioprine, 446-86-6; cyclosporin, 79217-60-0; tsukubaenolide, 104987-11-3; Azathioprine, 446-86-6; Cyclosporine, 59865-13-3; Tacrolimus, 109581-93-3 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026284160&partnerID=40&md5=4bdc135e5d3c44d6503494e34e3c692e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Disabilities and circumstances of schizophrenic patients--a follow-up study. Comparison of the 1975-85 cohort with the 1970-75 cohort. T2 - The British journal of psychiatry. Supplement J2 - Br J Psychiatry Suppl IS - 13 SP - 34 EP - 36, 44 PY - 1991 SN - 09605371 (ISSN) AU - Johnstone, E.C. AU - Owens, D.G. AU - Leary, J. AD - Northwick Park Hospital, Harrow, Middlesex. KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - daily life activity KW - day care KW - deinstitutionalization KW - female KW - follow up KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - male KW - psychological aspect KW - psychology KW - rating scale KW - schizophrenia KW - United Kingdom KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Adult KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Day Care KW - Deinstitutionalization KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Psychiatric Status Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenic Psychology KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1840768 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Johnstone, E.C. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026235526&partnerID=40&md5=62e5142186085f3e70e321bd8a2e7ad7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Outcome of treatment of first relapse of Hodgkin's disease after primary chemotherapy: Identification of risk factors from the British Columbia experience 1970 to 1988 T2 - Blood J2 - Blood VL - 77 IS - 10 SP - 2292 EP - 2298 PY - 1991 SN - 00064971 (ISSN) AU - Lohri, A. AU - Barnett, M. AU - Fairey, R.N. AU - O'Reilly, S.E. AU - Phillips, G.L. AU - Reece, D. AU - Voss, N. AU - Connors, J.M. AD - Divisions Med. Oncol., Radiat. O., British Columbia Cancer Agency, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada AD - British Columbia Cancer Agency, 600 W 10th Ave, Vancouver, BC V5Z 4E6, Canada AB - The outcome of treatment for a first relapse of Hodgkin's disease after primary chemotherapy was analyzed in 80 patients. They were divided into four groups: group 1 (n = 24) had initially been treated with three cycles of (mechlorethamine, vincristine, prednisone, and procarbazine [MOPP]) and wide-field irradiation therapy; group 2 (n = 25) had six cycles of MOPP; group 3 (n = 15) and group 4 (n = 16) both initially received MOPP/ABVD (MOPP plus doxorubicin, bleomycin, vinblastine, and dacarbazine) or MOPP/ABV hybrid, but group 3 received conventional salvage regimens whereas group 4 was treated with high-dose chemotherapy and autologous bone marrow transplantation as salvage therapy (n = 16). Freedom from second failure (FF2F) was used as the major endpoint. Actuarial FF2F for all patients was 38% after a median follow-up of 75 months for patients who were alive. Risk factor analysis was performed on the 71 patients who had been treated with curative intent. The presence or absence of any one of three risk factors had a strong negative impact on outcome: stage IV disease at primary diagnosis, B symptoms at relapse, or a time from primary treatment to relapse of less than 1 year. Actuarial FF2F at 5 years was 17% in the group of patients with one or more of these three factors present (n = 49). If none of these factors was present FF2F was 82% (n = 22) (P < .001). Even high-dose chemotherapy and autologous bone marrow transplantation were not able to overcome the negative impact of one or more risk factors (FF2F = 19%, n = 12). The outcome of salvage treatments depends most on the presence or absence of these three risk factors and less on the type of salvage treatment. Patients with none of these risk factors present have an excellent outcome if they are treated with non-cross-resistant chemotherapy, or radiotherapy, or both. Novel approaches are needed for patients with one or more of these factors present. Reports on salvage treatments for Hodgkin's disease in first relapse after primary chemotherapy should include data on the proportion of patients having stage IV disease at diagnosis, B symptoms at relapse, and a time from primary treatment to relapse of less than 1 year. © 1991 by The American Society of Hematology. KW - bleomycin KW - chlormethine KW - dacarbazine KW - doxorubicin KW - prednisone KW - procarbazine KW - vinblastine KW - vincristine KW - adult KW - article KW - cancer chemotherapy KW - cancer recurrence KW - controlled study KW - female KW - hodgkin disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - Bleomycin KW - Bone Marrow Transplantation KW - British Columbia KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Doxorubicin KW - Female KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Male KW - Mechlorethamine KW - Middle Age KW - Prednisone KW - Procarbazine KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors KW - Vinblastine KW - Vincristine N1 - Cited By :93 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BLOOA C2 - 1709382 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Connors, J.M.; British Columbia Cancer Agency, 600 W 10th Ave, Vancouver, BC V5Z 4E6, Canada N1 - Chemicals/CAS: bleomycin, 11056-06-7; chlormethine, 51-75-2, 55-86-7, 82905-71-3; dacarbazine, 4342-03-4; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; prednisone, 53-03-2; procarbazine, 366-70-1, 671-16-9; vinblastine, 865-21-4; vincristine, 57-22-7; Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols; Bleomycin, 11056-06-7; Doxorubicin, 23214-92-8; Mechlorethamine, 51-75-2; MOPP protocol; MOPP-ABV protocol; Prednisone, 53-03-2; Procarbazine, 671-16-9; Vinblastine, 865-21-4; Vincristine, 57-22-7 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025742897&partnerID=40&md5=f41dc562b91aa515176f6654b7169ef4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk of epilepsy after febrile convulsions: A national cohort study T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 303 IS - 6814 SP - 1373 EP - 1376 PY - 1991 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Verity, C.M. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom AB - Objective: To identify children with febrile convulsions, classify their febrile convulsions into simple and complex, and determine the number and type of subsequent afebrile seizures in those children. Design: National population based study. Setting: United Kingdom. Subjects: 16004 neonatal survivors born during one week in April 1970. Main outcome measures: Information about febrile and afebrile seizures obtained from questionnaires at 5 and 10 years of age and from hospital records. Results: Information was available for 14676 of the cohort children. 398 (2.7%) of them had had at least one febrile convulsion. 16 children were known to be neurologically or developmentally abnormal before the first attack. Of the remaining 382 children, 305 had had a simple first febrile convulsion and 77 a complex first febrile convulsion. Thirteen of the 382 had had one or more afebrile seizures, nine of whom had developed epilepsy (recurrent afebrile seizures). A higher proportion of children with complex febrile convulsions (6/95) rather than simple febrile convulsions (3/287) developed epilepsy, the risk being highest for those who had had focal febrile convulsions (5/17; χ 2 = 39.9, p < 0.001). Three of the 32 children who had prolonged febrile convulsions developed afebrile complex partial seizures. Conclusions: The risk of epilepsy after febrile convulsions is much less than reported in many hospital studies, and if febrile convulsions cause brain damage that leads to later epilepsy this is a rare occurrence. KW - anticonvulsive agent KW - article KW - brain injury KW - child KW - epilepsy KW - febrile convulsion KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - seizure KW - united kingdom KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Epilepsy KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Infant KW - Prognosis KW - Recurrence KW - Risk Factors KW - Seizures, Febrile KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :200 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 1760604 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Verity, C.M.; Department of Paediatrics, Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge CB2 2QQ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025931729&partnerID=40&md5=17faf521f52d14073d4f89f3f852b801 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Physical fitness and all-cause mortality in hypertensive men T2 - Annals of Medicine J2 - Ann. Med. VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 307 EP - 312 PY - 1991 DO - 10.3109/07853899109148065 SN - 07853890 (ISSN) AU - Blair, S.N. AU - Kohl, H.W. AU - Barlow, C.E. AU - Gibbons, L.W. AD - Institute for Aerobics Research, Dallas, TX, United States AB - All-cause death rates in normotensive and hypertensive men were examined across physical fitness levels. Subjects were 10,224 healthy normotensive men and 1,832 men who reported a history of hypertension, but were otherwise healthy. Physical fitness was determined by maximal treadmill exercise testing. Baseline preventive medical examinations were given during 1970-1981, and mortality surveillance was conducted on the cohort through 1985. There were 240 deaths in the normotensive men and 78 deaths in hypertensive men. Age-adjusted all-cause mortality rates per 10,000 man-years of follow-up in normotensive men ranged from 64.0 in the least fit quintile to 18.6 in the most fit quintile. Corresponding rates for hypertensive men were 110.5 to 24.8. Subjects were further classified into lower and higher blood pressure groups by baseline resting systolic blood pressure (< 140 mmHg and ≥ 140 mmHg). Normotensive and hypertensive men who were more fit had lower death rates compared to less fit men within both of the measured blood pressure strata. The relation between fitness and all-cause mortality held in multiple logistic regression analyses after adjustment for the influence of age, serum cholesterol, resting systolic blood pressure, body mass index, current smoking habit, and length of follow-up. We conclude that low levels of physical fitness result in an increased risk for all-cause mortality in normotensive and hypertensive men. © 1991 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Hypertension KW - Mortality KW - Physical fitness KW - adult KW - aged KW - conference paper KW - controlled study KW - fitness KW - human KW - hypertension KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - Adult KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cause of Death KW - Human KW - Hypertension KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Physical Fitness PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :47 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANMDE C2 - 1930922 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Blair, S.N.; Institute for Aerobics Research, 12330 Preston Road, Dallas, TX, 75230, United States N1 - References: Paffenbarger, R.S., Jr., Hyde, R.T., Wing, A.L., Hsieh, C.C., Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni (1986) N Engl J Med, 314, pp. 605-613; Leon, A.S., Connett, J., Jacobs, D.R., Jr., Rauramaa, R., Leisure-time physical activity levels and risk of coronary heart disease and death (1987) JAMA, 258, pp. 2388-2395; Albanes, D., Blair, A., Taylor, P.R., Physical activity and risk of cancer in the NHANES I population (1989) Am J Public Health, 79, pp. 744-750; Slattery, M.L., Jacobs, D.R., Jr., Physical fitness and cardiovascular disease mortality: The U.S. Railroad Study (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 571-580; Ekelund, L.G., Haskell, W.L., Johnson, J.L., Whaley, F.S., Criqui, M.H., Sheps, D.S., Physical fitness as a predictor of cardiovascular mortality in asymptomatic North American men: The Lipid Research Clinics Mortality Follow-up Study (1988) N Engl J Med, 319, pp. 1379-1384; Blair, S.N., Kohl, H.W., III, Paffenbarger, R.S., Jr., Clark, D.G., Cooper, K.H., Gibbons, L.W., Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: a prospective study of healthy men and women (1989) JAMA, 262, pp. 2395-2401; Cooper, K.H., Pollock, M.L., Martin, R.P., White, S.R., Linnerud, A.C., Jackson, A., Physical fitness levels vs selected coronary risk factors: a cross-sectional study (1976) JAMA, 236, pp. 116-119; Gibbons, L.W., Blair, S.N., Cooper, K.H., Smith, M., Association between coronary heart disease risk factors and physical fitness in healthy adult women (1983) Circulation, 67, pp. 977-983; Blair, S.N., Goodyear, N.N., Gibbons, L.W., Cooper, K.H., Physical fitness and incidence of hypertension in healthy normotensive men and women (1984) JAMA, 252, pp. 487-490; Balke, B., Ware, R.W., An experimental study of physical fitness in Air Force personnel (1959) US Armed Forces J, 10, pp. 675-688; Pollock, M.L., Bohannon, R.L., Cooper, K.H., A comparative analysis of four protocols for maximal treadmill stress testing (1976) Am Heart J, 92, pp. 39-46 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025916369&doi=10.3109%2f07853899109148065&partnerID=40&md5=c3c52d723dd497ef3ab24f5a3279d277 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Temporal trends in chronic obstructive lung disease case fatality in hospitalized US veterans: 1970-1987 T2 - Chest J2 - CHEST VL - 99 IS - 5 SP - 1126 EP - 1133 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1378/chest.99.5.1126 SN - 00123692 (ISSN) AU - Tager, I.B. AU - Segal, M.R. AD - Information Resources Management Service, VA Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, United States AB - Vital statistics data have suggested that age-adjusted mortality from chronic obstructive lung diseases (CLD) is increasing. The present investigation has used the US Veterans Administration (VA) hospital computer database to determine whether trends in CLD case fatality follow trends in CLD population mortality. Data for male patients discharged from 172 VA hospitals from 1970 through 1987 were utilized. Patients were included if they had a CLD as a first-listed hospital discharge diagnosis, did not have any of a number of smoking-related cardiovascular or malignant diseases, and were born in the years 1900 through 1939. While crude case fatality for all CLD increased from 5.2 percent in 1970 to 7.4 percent in 1987, age-adjusted case fatality decreased from a peak of 8.5 percent in 1971 to 5.8 percent (95 percent confidence interval, 5.4 to 6.61 percent) in 1987. This trend was seen for all CLD diagnoses, including asthma. Age-specific case fatality decreased for each successive 5-year birth cohort, and age at death remained relatively constant over the last 14 years of the study. The declining case fatality could not be explained by changes in the ICD coding rubrics. The extent to which case fatality has been declining due to improved treatment and/or cohort-related changes in tobacco smoke exposure could not be determined definitively from the data. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - chronic obstructive lung disease KW - cigarette smoking KW - disease course KW - fatality KW - human KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - smoking cessation N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CHETB C2 - 2019167 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025782841&doi=10.1378%2fchest.99.5.1126&partnerID=40&md5=a32ebff3cb7a9db09ceb1e69e53950e7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Delayed traumatic intracerebral hematoma T2 - British Journal of Neurosurgery J2 - Br. J. Neurosurg. VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 498 PY - 1991 DO - 10.3109/02688699108998478 SN - 02688697 (ISSN) AU - Mertol, T. AU - Guner, M. AU - Acar, U. AU - Atabay, H. AU - Kirisoglu, U. AD - Dokuz Eylül University, School of Medicine, Department of Neurosurgery, Izmir, Turkey AB - Although delayed traumatic intracerebral hematomas (DTICHs) have been frequently reported since 1970, the time interval from trauma to hemorrhage and diagnosis has not been well defined. Eight patients with DITCH were found among 1,320 head-injured patients admitted to the neurosurgical service through the emergency department from March 1989 to March 1990. The mean time interval between initial and follow-up CT scan was 22 h. The mean time interval between initial trauma and diagnosis of DITCH was 24 h. One patient was diagnosed incidentally by magnetic resonance imaging. Three patients underwent operation and five patients were managed conservatively. Three patients died, resulting in a case mortality rate of 37.5% The time interval for DTICHs' development and pitfalls in its diagnosis were discussed. © 1991 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Head injury KW - Intracerebral hematoma KW - Neurologic deterioration KW - Trauma KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - brain hematoma KW - child KW - computer assisted tomography KW - female KW - head injury KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - neurosurgery KW - nuclear magnetic resonance imaging KW - preschool child KW - school child KW - traffic accident KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Case Report KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Craniotomy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Glasgow Coma Scale KW - Head Injuries, Closed KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neurologic Examination KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJNEE C2 - 1764231 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mertol, T.; Department of Neurosurgery, Dokuz Eylül Üniversitesi, Tip Fakultesi, Izmir, Turkey N1 - References: Brown, F.D., Mullan, S., Duda, E.E., Delayed traumatic intracerebral hematomas. Report of three cases (1978) J Neurosurg, 48, pp. 1019-1022; Morin, M.A., Pitts, F.W., Delayed apoplexy following head injury (Traumatische Spat-Apoplexie) (1970) J Neurosurg, 33, pp. 542-547; Merino-de Villasante, J., Taveras, J.M., Computerized tomography (CT) in acute head trauma (1976) Am J Roentgenol, 126, pp. 765-778; Diaz, F.G., Yock, D.H., Larson, D., Tockswold, G.L., Early diagnosis of delayed posttraumatic intracerebral hematomas (1979) J Neurosurg, 50, pp. 17-23; Fukamachi, A., Nagaseki, Y., Kohno, K., Wakao, T., The incidence and developmental process of delayed traumatic intracerebral hematomas (1985) Acta Neurochir (Wien), pp. 7435-7439; Giannotta, S.L., Weiss, M.H., Pitfalls in the diagnosis of head injury (1982) Clin Neurosurg, 29, pp. 288-299; Gudeman, S.K., Ward, J.D., Becker, D.P., Operative treatment in head injury (1982) Clin Neurosurg, 29, pp. 326-345; Kaufman, H.H., Moake, J.L., Olson, J.D., Miner, M.E., du Cret, R.P., Pruessner, J.L., Gildewberg, P.L., Delayed and recurrent intracranial hematomas related to disseminated intravascular clotting and fibrinolysis in head injury (1980) Neurosurgery, 7, pp. 445-449; Robenson, F.C., Kishore, P.R.S., Miller, J.D., Lipper, M.H., Becker, D.P., The value of serial computerized tomography in the management of severe head injury (1979) Surg Neurol, 12, pp. 161-167; Soloniuk, D., Pitts, L.H., Lovely, M., Bartkowski, H., Traumatic intracerebral hematomas: Timing of appearance and indications for operative removal (1986) J Trauma, 26, pp. 787-794; Statham, P.F., Johnston, R.A., Macpherson, P., Delayed deterioration in patients with traumatic frontal contusions (1989) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry, 52, pp. 351-354; Bollinger, O., Veber Traumatische spat-Apoplexie. Ein Beitrag zur Letre von der Hirnershütterung (1891) Internationale Beitröge zur wissenschattlichen medizin, Festchriff, Rudolf virchas, 2, pp. 457-470. , A. Hirschwald, Berlin; Gudeman, S.K., Kishore, P.R.S., Miller, J.D., Girevendulis, A.K., Lipper, M.H., Becker, D.P., The genesis and significance of delayed traumatic intracerebral hematomas (1979) Neurosurgery, 5, pp. 309-313; Dejon, R.N., Delayed traumatic intracerebral hemorrhage (1942) Arch Neurol Psychiatry, 48, pp. 257-266; Bullock, R., Hannemann, C.D., Murray, L., Teasdale, G.M., Recurrent heomatomas following craniotomy for traumatic intracerebral mass (1990) J Neurosurg, 72, pp. 9-14; Andrews, B.T., Management of delayed posttraumatic intracerebral hemorrhage (1988) Contemp Neurosurg, 10 (14), pp. 1-6 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026045255&doi=10.3109%2f02688699108998478&partnerID=40&md5=f5e8431b721b7b276a2ed4d7f1fe7aae ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing incidence of coeliac disease in Sweden T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - ARCH. DIS. CHILD. VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 608 EP - 611 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1136/adc.66.5.608 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Ascher, H. AU - Krantz, I. AU - Kristiansson, B. AD - Department of Pediatrics I, Gothenburg University, East Hospital, S-416 85 Goteborg, Sweden AB - Changes in the incidence of coelic disease was studied among children born in Goteborg, Sweden, between 1970 and 1988. A total of 188 patients with coeliac disease were found. Of these, 83% were less than 2 years old at the time of their first duodenal biopsy and 74% of them have so far been verified according to the criteria of the European Society for Gastroenterology and Nutrition (ESPGAN). The cumulative incidence at 2 years of age/1000 liveborn infants increased significantly from 0.31 in the first birth cohort to 2.93 in the last. This increase could only partly be explained by improvements in detection. Weight for age at diagnosis was generally considerably below the reference value, but was slightly less affected towards the end of the period. The increase in incidence of coeliac disease is the first reported since the middle 1970s and makes the disease one of the most common chronic diseases among Swedish children. KW - article KW - celiac disease KW - child KW - duodenum biopsy KW - female KW - human KW - incidence KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - onset age KW - priority journal KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :89 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 2039251 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ascher, H.; Department of Pediatrics I, Gothenburg University, East Hospital, S-416 85 Goteborg, Sweden UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025811308&doi=10.1136%2fadc.66.5.608&partnerID=40&md5=9cc6bbff8efb110806f9bd70ccb9e8b8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adult personality and psychomotor performance: Cross-sectional and longitudinal analyses T2 - Journals of Gerontology J2 - J. GERONTOL. VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - P275 EP - P284 PY - 1991 SN - 00221422 (ISSN) AU - Schaie, K.W. AU - Willis, S.L. AD - Dpt Human Devel/Family Studies, 110 Henderson Building South, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA 16802, United States AB - Results are presented from cross-sectional and longitudinal analyses of data from the Test of Behavioral Rigidity for 3,442 subjects over the age range from 22 to 84 years. Data are presented on the Behavioral Flexibility, Attitudinal Flexibility, and Social Responsibility questionnaire scales, as well as on performance score measures indexing Associational Flexibility, Instructional Set Flexibility, Copying Speed, and Associational Speed. Data on these scales were obtained for 5 samples examined 7 years apart (1956, 1963, 1970, 1977, and 1984). These data permit analyses of birth cohort differences and rate of change within the same individuals, as well as successive samples drawn from the same cohort over as long as 28-year periods. Results of the analyses confirm the presence of substantial generational differences, with generally only limited change over time within cohorts. KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - aging KW - article KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - personality KW - priority journal KW - questionnaire KW - social behavior KW - united states KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aging KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Association KW - Attitude KW - Behavior KW - Cohort Effect KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Intelligence KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Personality KW - Psychomotor Performance KW - Social Responsibility KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JOGEA C2 - 1940082 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Schaie, K.W.; Dpt Human Devel/Family Studies, 110 Henderson Building South, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA 16802, United States UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025718935&partnerID=40&md5=eb8d00844a21686e2f8ca075503c4477 ER - TY - JOUR TI - What Do Graduates Earn? The Starting Salaries and Earnings Prospects of University Graduates 1960–1986 T2 - Higher Education Quarterly J2 - Higer Educ. Q. VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 78 EP - 90 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1468-2273.1991.tb01557.x SN - 09515224 (ISSN) AU - Bee, M. AD - Oxford Polytechnic, Newcastle University, United Kingdom AB - This paper examines the long term pattern of starting and early‐career salaries of U.K. university graduates relative to average non‐manual earnings. Salary statistics collected by several university careers services are aggregated to create a new data‐set which records starting salary trends at aggregate, faculty and subject levels, and data from the 1960,1970 and 1980 graduate cohort surveys are used to extend the investigation to later years. Considerable differences in remuneration across subjects are reported but the paper demonstrates that graduate starting salaries, generally, have been substantially below average non‐manual earnings throughout the period since 1960. Further, graduates’ relative position has deteriorated over time: whilst at the start of the period graduates six years into their careers could, in most subjects, expect to earn more than the average non‐manual wage, by the end of the period, this was no longer generally so. The paper offers an explanation of graduate salary trends, viewing these as the result of changing demand and supply forces in the graduate labour market, and it concludes by addressing some of the key policy and planning issues to which an awareness of salary levels is relevant. Copyright © 1991, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bee, M.; Oxford Polytechnic, Newcastle UniversityUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Bee, M., Dolton, P.J., Patterns of Change in U.K. Graduate Unemployment, 1962–87 (1990) Higher Education, 20, pp. 25-45; Bee, M., Dolton, P.J., Where Do Graduates Go? The First Destinations of University Graduates 1961–62 to 1986–87 (1990) Studies in Higher Education, 15 (3), pp. 313-329; Dolton, P.J., (1989), The Early Careers of 1980 Graduates: Work Histories, Job Tenure, Career Mobility and Occupational Structure, Department of Employment Research Paper, forthcoming; Kelsall, R.K., Poole, A., Kuhn, A., (1970) Six Years After: First Report on a National Follow‐up of Ten Thousand Graduates of British Universities in 1960, , Higher Education Research Unit, Sheffield University; Pissarides, C., From School to University: the Demand for Post‐compulsory Education in Britain (1982) The Economic Journal, 92, pp. 654-667; Williamson, P., (1981) Early Careers of 1970 Graduates, , Department of Education Research Paper No. 26 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84928832351&doi=10.1111%2fj.1468-2273.1991.tb01557.x&partnerID=40&md5=46d1a315700b7460a8fdebc056aa388f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parkinsonism mortality in the US, 1. Time and space distribution T2 - Acta Neurologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Neurol. Scand. VL - 84 IS - 5 SP - 389 EP - 397 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0404.1991.tb04975.x SN - 00016314 (ISSN) AU - Treves, T.A. AU - Pedro‐Cuesta, J.d. AD - Department of Neurology, Ichilov Hospital, Tel-Aviv, Israel AD - Unit for Neuroepidemiology and Health Services Research, Huddinge Hospital, Karolinska Institute, Huddinge, Sweden AD - Department of Applied Epidemiology, National Centre for Epidemiology, Carlos III" Institute of Health, Madrid, Spain AB - ABSTRACT We studied the time‐space variations of mortality for parkinsonism in the US during the periods 1962‐1985 and 1971‐1978 from statistics on primary cause‐of‐death and multiple causes‐of‐death, respectively. Linear regression analysis and a test for significance of spatial clustering were used. For parkinsonism as a primary cause‐of‐death, up to the late 1970's there was a decrease in mortality for the age groups below 75 and stable rates for the age group 75 years and over. A moderate decrease among those below 75 years, and a sharp increase in mortality among those over 74, were observed for the period since the late 1970s. The variation of the age‐specific mortality during the period 1962‐1985 ranged from 100% in the age group 35‐44 years to + 98% in those aged over 84 years. Within the same age group, the variations across time of mortality due to, and related to parkinsonism, for the period 1971‐1978, were similar. In the spatial analysis, an association between mortality related to parkinsonism and geographical latitude was found. We conclude that: 1) parkinsonism at death is widely distributed; 2) the changes across time can not be explained by a reduction in general mortality; 3) improvements in diagnostic ascertainment and reporting among the elderly may have particularly occurred during the last decade; and 4) the disorder has been progressively confined to the elderly by diminishing in the younger birth cohorts. 1991 Blackwell Munksgaard KW - death certificate KW - epidemiology KW - mortality KW - pakinsonism KW - parkinson's disease KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - parkinson disease KW - parkinsonism KW - priority journal KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cause of Death KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Parkinson Disease KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - United States N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1776386 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Pedro‐Cuesta, J.d.; Department of Applied Epidemiology, National Centre for Epidemiology, Carlos III" Institute of Health, Madrid, 28029, Spain N1 - References: SCHOENBERG, Environmental risk factors for Parkinson's disease: the epidemiological evidence (1987) Can J Neurol Sci, 14, pp. 407-413; WARD, DUVOISIN, INCE, NUTT, ELDRIDGE, R., CALNE, Parkinson's disease in 65 paris of twins and in a set of quadruplets (1983) Neurology, 33 (8), pp. 15-124; KURLAND, Epidemiology: incidence, geographic distribution and genetic considerations. (1958) Pathogenesis and treatment of parkinsonism, pp. 5-43. , FIELDS WS,. Springfield, Ill:, CHARLES C THOMAS; WILLIAMS, Morbidity and mortality with Parkinsonism (1966) J Neurosurg, pp. 138-145; KURLAND, KURTZKE, GOLDBERG, CHOI, WILLIAMS, G., Parkinsonism. (1973) Epidemiology of neurologic and sense organ disorders, pp. 41-63. , KURLAND LT, KURTZKE JF, GOLDBERG ID,. Cambridge:, Harvard University Press; LUZ, KURTZKE, Is Parkinson's disease acquired? Evidence from a geographic comparison with multiple sclerosis (1987) Neurology, 37, pp. 467-471; KURTZKE, GOLDBERG, Parkinsonism death rates by race, sex, and geography (1988) Neurology, 38, pp. 1558-1561; KURTZKE, MURPHY, The changing patterns of death rates in parkinsonism (1990) Neurology, 40, pp. 42-49; CHANDRA, V., BHARUCHA, SCHOENBERG, Mortality data for the US for deaths due to and related to twenty neurologic diseases (1984) Neuroepidemiology, 3, pp. 149-168; DUVOISIN, SCHWEITZER, Paralysis agitans mortality in England and Wales, 1855‐1962 (1966) Br J Prev Med, 20, pp. 27-33; DE PEDRO CUESTA, J., Studies on the prevalence of Paralysis agitans by tracers methodology (1987) Acta Neurol Scand, 75, pp. 1-107; NOBREGA, GLATTRE, E., KURLAND, OKAZAKI, H., Comment on the epidemiology of Parkinsonism including prevalence and incidence statistics for Rochester, Minnesota, 1935‐1966. (1969) Progress in neurogenetics, Genetics and epidemiology of Parkinson's disease, pp. 474-485. , BARBEAU A., BRUNETTE JR,. Amsterdam:, Excerpta Medica Foundation; Vital Statistics of the U.S. Vol II. Mortality. Part A. Years 1962‐1971, 1973‐1984, , U.S. Dept. of Health Education and Welfare NCHS,. Hyattsville, MD; (1968) Eighth Revision International Classification of Diseases, adapted for use in the United States, 1. , U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. NCHS. Public Health Service Publication, No 1693; (1986) Transax: The NCHS System for Producing Multiple Cause‐of‐Death Statistics, pp. 4-12. , Vital & Health Statistics. DHHS Publication, No. (PHS) 86‐1322. NCHS. Hyattsville, MD; (1987) Population estimates and projections, , U.S. Department of Commerce. Bureau of the Census,. Series P‐25, No 519 (1974), 917 (1982) and 1008; BOGUE, (1985) The population of the United States. Historical Trends and Future Projections, pp. 35-145. , New York:, The Free Press; HARADA, H., NISHIKAWA, S., TAKAHASHI, K., Epidemiology of Parkinson's disease in a Japanese city (1983) Arch Neurol, 40, pp. 151-154; (1978) Vital Statistics of the United States, 2, pp. 1-4. , Mortality. Part A. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. NCHS,. Hyattsville, MD; OHNO, Y., AOKI, K., AOKI, N., A test of significance for Geographic Clusters of disease (1979) Int J Epid, 8, pp. 273-281; (1985) Statistical Analysis System (SAS). SAS users guide; Statistics, pp. 655-710. , Version 5 Edition,. Cary, North Carolina, SAS Institute Inc; HOEHN, YAHR, Parkinsonism: onset, progression and mortality (1967) Neurology, 17, pp. 427-442; KESSLER, Epidemiologic studies of Parkinson's disease, III. A community‐based survey (1972) Am J Epidemiol, 96, pp. 242-254; MARTTILA, RINNE, Epidemiology of Parkinson's disease in Finland (1976) Acta Neurol Scand, 53, pp. 81-102; (1977) Manual of the International Statistical Classification for Diseases, Injuries and Causes of Death, Vol 1, 9th revision, p. 429. , Geneva:, WHO; GOODMAN, KENNETH, NOLAN, BREGMAN, HINMAN, Mortality data analysis using a multiplecause approach (1982) HAMA, 247, pp. 793-796; ISRAEL, ROSENBERG, CURTIN, Analytical potential for multiple cause‐of‐death data (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 124, pp. 161-179; MARMOT, Mortality and Parkinson's disease. (1981) Research progress in Parkinson's disease, pp. 9-16. , ROSE FC, CAPILDEO R.,. Kent:, Pitman Medical; LI, SWASH, M., ALBERMAN, E., Morbidity and mortality in motor neuron disease: comparison with multiple sclerosis and Parkinson's disease: age and sex specific rates and cohort analyses (1985) J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiat, 48, pp. 320-327; DE PEDRO‐CUESTA, J., Parkinson's Disease occurrence in Europe (1991) Acta Neurol Scand; BLALOCK, (1964) Causal inferences in non‐experimental research, pp. 97-144. , New York:, W. NORTON & CO; DE PEDRO‐CUESTA, J., ROSENQVIST, U., Tracers for Paralysis Agitans in epidemiological research, III. Refinement of the model for estimation of the prevalence of the disease (1985) Neuroepidemiology, 4, pp. 176-185; DE PEDRO‐CUESTA, J., STAWIARZ, L., Parkinson's disease incidence: magnitude, comparability, time trends (1991) Acta Neurol Scand, 84, pp. 382-388; DIAMOND, MARKHAM, Present mortality in Parkinson's disease: the ratio of observed to expected deaths with a method to calculate expected deaths (1976) J Neurol Transm, 38, pp. 259-269; FLATEN, Geographical associations between aluminium in drinking water and death rates wit dementia (including Alzheimer's disease), Parkinson's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis in Norway (1990) Environmental geochemistry and health, 12, pp. 152-167; MILLER, The neurologic content of family practice (1986) Arch Neurol, 43, pp. 286-288; KURTZKE, KURLAND, GOLDBERG, CHOI, Multiple Sclerosis. (1973) Epidemiology of neurologic and sense organ disorders, pp. 64-107. , KURLAND LT, KURTZKE JF, GOLDBERG ID,. Cambridge:, Harvard University Press; ROTHMAN, (1986) Modern Epidemiology, 1st Ed, pp. 220-226. , Boston:, Little Brown and Co; GLAAB, BROWN, (1976) A history of Urban America, p. 121. , New York, Mac Millan Publ Co UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026056044&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-0404.1991.tb04975.x&partnerID=40&md5=934aac564940fc19f0026eebcc865df4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevention of coronary heart disease in Finland - application of the population strategy T2 - Annals of Medicine J2 - Ann. Med. VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 607 EP - 612 PY - 1991 DO - 10.3109/07853899109148092 SN - 07853890 (ISSN) AU - Salonen, J.T. AD - Department of Community Health and General Practice, University of Kuopio, Kuopio, Finland AB - The North Karelia Project was the first population-based cardiovascular disease prevention programme. Even though it achieved, as compared to the reference population, a sizeable reduction in smoking and small effect in blood pressure and serum cholesterol levels, the effect on coronary and cardiovascular mortality of the programme remains equivocal. This is mainly due to shortcomings in the original study design and unanticipated start of the national decline in coronary mortality at the same time with the programme. North Karelia Project contributed, however, to the initiation of national activities in the prevention of cardiovascular disease. These have produced a favourable trend in lipids in the whole Finnish population. The recommendations and activities by national authorities and organizations have suffered, until recently, from orientation towards screening and individual riskfactors. The success in North Karelia in early 1970's in the reduction of smoking has still not occurred nationally. Further emphasis is needed in the population approach and in the integration of preventive activities into the community and legislation. © 1991 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Health education KW - Health promotion KW - Health services research KW - Population studies KW - Primary prevention KW - adult KW - coronary artery disease KW - education KW - finland KW - health service KW - human KW - normal human KW - population KW - priority journal KW - review KW - Adult KW - Cholesterol KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Health Promotion KW - Human KW - Hypertension KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Pilot Projects KW - Primary Prevention KW - Research Design KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANMDE C2 - 1777216 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Salonen, J.T.; Department of Community Health and General Practice, University of Kuopio, P.O. Box 1627, SF-70211, Kuopio, Finland N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: Keys, A., (1980) Seven countries–a multivariate analysis of death and coronary heart disease, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge; Stamler, J., Shekelle, R., Dietary cholesterol and human coronary heart disease (1988) Arch Pathol Lab Med, 112, pp. 1032-1040; Salonen, J.T., Alfthan, G., Huttunen, J.K., Pikkarainen, J., Puska, P., Association between cardiovascular death and myocardial infarction and serum selenium in a matched-pair longitudinal study (1982) Lancet, 2, pp. 175-179; Punsar, S., Erämetsä, O., Karvonen, M.J., Ryhänen, A., Hilska, P., Vornamo, H., Coronary heart disease and drinking water (1975) J Chron Dis, 28, pp. 259-287; Salonen, J.T., Salonen, R., Korpela, H., Suntioinen, S., Tuomilehto, J., Serum copper and the risk of acute myocardial infarction: a prospective population study in Eastern Finnish men (1991) Am J Epidemiol, 134, pp. 268-276; Salonen, J.T., Tuomilehto, J., Nissinen, A., Kaplan, G.A., Puska, P., Contribution of risk factor changes to the decline in coronary incidence during the North Karelia Project: a within-community analysis (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. 595-601; Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial: risk factor changes and mortality results (1982) JAMA, pp. 1456-1477. , Report of the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial Research Group; Hjerrmann, I., Velve-Byre, K., Holme, I., Leren, P., Effect of diet and smoking intervention on the incidence of coronary heart disease. Report from the Oslo Study Group of a randomized trial in healthy men (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 1303-1310; Multifactorial trial in the prevention of coronary heart disease: 3. Incidence and mortality results (1983) Eur Heart J, 4, pp. 141-147. , WHO European Collaborative Group; Salonen, J.T., Puska, P., Kottke, T.E., Tuomilehto, J., Nissinen, A., Decline in mortality from coronary heart disease in Finland from 1969 to 1979 (1983) Br Med J, 296, pp. 1857-1860; Salonen, J.T., Did the North Karelia Project reduce coronary mortality? (1987) Lancet, 2, p. 269; Tuomilehto, J., Puska, P., Korhonen, H., Trends and determinants of ischaemic heart disease mortality in Finland: with special reference to a possible levelling off in the early 1980s (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. S109-SS17; Salonen, J.T., Puska, P., A community programme for rehabilitation and secondary prevention for patients with acute myocardial infarction as part of a comprehensive community programme forcontrol of cardiovasculardiseases (North Karelia project) (1980) Scand J Rehab Med, 12, pp. 33-42; (1987) Prevention of coronary heart disease in Finland, , Finnish Heart Association, Helsinki; Kottke, T.E., Puska, P., Salonen, J.T., Tuomilehto, J., Nissinen, A., Projected effects of high-risk versus population-based prevention strategies in coronary heart disease (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 121, pp. 697-704; Cruickshanck, J.M., Thorp, J.M., Zacharias, F.J., Benefits and potential harm of lowering high blood pressure (1989) Lancet, 1, pp. 581-584; How far to lower blood pressure (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 251-252. , Editorial; Farnett, L., Mulrow, C.D., Linn, W.D., The J-Curve Phenomenon and the Treatment of Hypertension (1991) JAMA, 265, pp. 489-495; Waeber, B., Scherrer, U., Petrillo, A., Are some hypertensive patients overtreated? A prospective study of ambulatory blood pressure recording (1987) Lancet, 2, pp. 732-734; Berg, M.-A., Niemensivu, H., Piha, T., Puska, P., (1990) Health behaviour among Finnish adult, , Publications of the National Public Health Institute, B 1/1990, elsinki population–Spring 1989; Crouse, J.R., III, Gender, lipoproteins, diet, and cardiovascular risk (1989) Lancet, 1, pp. 318-320; Consensus development conference statement: blood cholesterol and coronary heart disease. Academy of Finland, Medical Research Council (1989) Ann Med, 21, pp. 415-424; Iso, H., Jacobs, D.R., Jr., Wenthworth, D., Neaton, J.D., Cohen, J., Serum cholesterol levels and six-year mortality from stroke in 350,977 men screened for the multiple risk factor intervention trial (1989) N Engl J Med, 320, pp. 904-910; Committee on Prevention of Coronary Heart Disease: Strategies for coronary heart disease prevention in Finland (in Finnish) (1989) Komiteamietintö, , Valtion painatuskeskus, Helsinki; Thom, T.J., International mortality from heart disease: rates and trends (1989) Int J Epidemiol, 18, pp. S20-SS8; Pyörälä, K., Salonen, J.T., Valkonen, T., Trends in coronary heart disease mortality and morbidity and related factors in Finland (1985) Cardiology, 72, pp. 35-51; Marti, B., Salonen, J.T., Tuomilehto, J., Puska, P.I., 0-year trends in physical activity in the eastern Finnish adult population: relationship to socioeconomic and lifestyle characteristics (1988) Acta Med Scand, 224, pp. 195-203; Varo, P., Alfthan, G., Ekholm, P., Aro, A., Koivistoinen, P., Selenium intake and serum selenium in Finland: effect of soil fertilization with selenium (1988) Am J Clin Nutr, 48, pp. 324-329; Parviainen, M., Salonen, J.T., Vitamin c status of 54-year old Eastern Finnish men throughout the year (1990) Int J vit Nutr Res, 60, pp. 47-51; Miettinen, T.A., Huttunen, J.K., Naukkarinen, V., Strandberg, T., Vanhanen, H., Long-term use of probucol in the multifactorial primary prevention of vascular disease (1986) Am J Cardiol, 57, pp. 49H-54H; Strandberg, T.E., Salomaa, V., Vanhanen, H., Naukkarinen, V., Sarna, S., Miettinen, T.A., Long-term effects of probucol and beta-blocker treatment in a primary prevention trial of coronary heart disease (1989) Eur Heart J, 10, p. 217. , Abstract (abstract 1096); Wilhelmsen, L., Berglund, G., Elmfeldt, D., The multifactor primary prevention trial in Göteborg, Sweden (1986) Eur Heart J, 7, pp. 279-288 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0026339381&doi=10.3109%2f07853899109148092&partnerID=40&md5=0e45433647aa06f1c0b09b6b8ca8b0a2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Strategy for management of distal ileal Crohn's disease T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 679 EP - 682 PY - 1991 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800780614 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Andrews, H.A. AU - Keighley, M.R.B. AU - Alexander‐Williams, J. AU - Allan, R.N. AD - Gastroenterology Unit, General Hospital, Birmingham, B4 6NH, United Kingdom AB - We have determined the outcome of a defined policy for the management of distal ileal Crohn's disease using a prospective computer‐based analysis of 139 patients diagnosed between 1970 and 1988 with a mean follow‐up of 10 years. The policy in outline consists of conservative treatment for acute obstructive episodes, resection or strictureplasty for recurrent obstructive episodes, surgical treatment for abscess and fistula formation and specific medical treatment (corticosteroids, immuno‐suppressive therapy or metronidazole) for symptomatic non‐obstructive disease. Twenty‐nine patients had a benign course without resection. The remainder were treated surgically at some time but only 28 of these patients had specific treatment before operation. Thirty‐three needed more than one resection and five needed more than three surgical procedures. Immediate, early or delayed surgical treatment did not affect the reoperation rates or the long‐term outcome. Eleven patients died, ten of causes unrelated to Crohn's disease. Of the 128 living patients, 114 are fit and well, and only two are currently taking specific medication. Fourteen are unwell of whom six either need or have refused further surgery which could restore them to good health. This management policy has achieved excellent long‐term results in nearly all patients, and our findings suggest that the timing of surgery and its nature are more important in determining outcome than specific medical therapy. Copyright © 1991 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - crohn disease KW - female KW - fistula KW - human KW - ileum resection KW - intestine obstruction KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Ileitis KW - Ileum KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Prospective Studies KW - Recurrence KW - Reoperation KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus C2 - 2070232 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Allan, R.N.; Gastroenterology Unit, General Hospital, Birmingham, B4 6NH, United Kingdom N1 - References: Lennard‐Jones, JE, Stalder, GA, Prognosis after resection of chronic regional ileitis (1967) Gut, 8, pp. 332-336; Truelove, SC, Pena, AS, Course and prognosis of Crohn's disease (1976) Gut, 17, pp. 192-201; Binder, V, Hendriksen, C, Kreiner, S, Prognosis in Crohn's disease (1985) Gut, 26, pp. 146-150; Hellers, G, (1979), Crohn's disease in Stockholm County 1955‐1976. MD Thesis, University of Stockholm, Sweden; Higgens, CS, Allan, RN, Crohn's disease of the distal ileum (1980) Gut, 21, pp. 933-940; Andrews, HA, Lewis, P, Allan, RN, Mortality in Crohn's disease ‐ a clinical analysis (1989) Quart J Med, 265, pp. 399-405; Sorensen, VZ, Olsen, BG, Binder, V, Life prospects and quality of life in patients with Crohn's disease (1987) Gut, 28, pp. 382-385 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025908455&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800780614&partnerID=40&md5=8fca1a8d0d0ac95f57f17695fd9f5bec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Valve replacement for calcified aortic stenosis in septuagenarians infers normal life-length T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 44 PY - 1991 DO - 10.3109/14017439109098081 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Lund, O. AU - Nielsen, T.T. AU - Magnussen, K. AU - Pilegaard, H.K. AU - Knudsen, M.A. AD - Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Aarhus University Hospital, Denmark AD - Department of Cardiology, Skejby Hospital, Aarhus University Hospital, Denmark AB - Aortic valve replacement because of pure or predominant stenosis was performed in 1970-1986 on 101 patients aged 70-78 years, including 80 in NYHA function class III or IV. There were 16 deaths within 30 days, and coronary artery disease (unby-passed in all but 1 case) was found in 11 of the 13 with autopsy or preoperative arteriography. None of the 12 patients without significant coronary artery disease at angiography died perioperatively, but one of 12 with combined valve replacement and coronary artery bypass grafting died. Cumulative 1-year survival among the 101 patients/the 85 survivors of the first 30 days and/a normal population matched for sex, age and year of operation was 75/90/96% Corresponding percentages for 5 years were 64/75/77, for 10 years 43/52/52, and for 15 years 35/42/27. Advanced disease with kidney failure or left ventricular end-diastolic pressure >20 mmHg independently increased the overall mortality rate. The linearized rat of cerebral events (haemorrhage, embolism) was 2.7/100 patient years (age-specific background rate 1.6-1.9/100 patient years). The 30-day mortality among septuagenarians was reduced to 3% in 1988-1989 by routine revascularization in significant coronary artery disease. The patients who survived the first 30 days had normal life expectancy. Early operation may further improve the results. © 1991 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Aortic valve stenosis KW - Coronary artery disease KW - Heart valve replacement KW - Old age KW - aged KW - aorta stenosis KW - aorta valve replacement KW - article KW - cause of death KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - symptom KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aortic Valve Stenosis KW - Calcinosis KW - Coronary Artery Bypass KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Heart Valve Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Life Expectancy KW - Male KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 2063152 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lund, O.; Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Aarhus University HospitalDenmark N1 - References: Baird, R.J., Lipton, I.H., Labrosse, C.J., An evaluation of the late results of aortic valve repair (1965) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 49, pp. 562-573; Bessone, L.N., Pupello, D.F., Hiro, S.P., Lopez-Cuenca, E., Glatterer, M.S., Jr., Ebra, G., Surgical management of aortic valve disease in the elderly: a longitudinal analysis (1988) Ann Thorac Surg, 46, pp. 264-269; Block, P.C., Palacios, I.F., Clinical and hemodynamic follow-up after percutaneous aortic valvuloplasty in the elderly (1988) Am J Cardiol, 62, pp. 760-763; Borkon, A.M., Soule, L.M., Baughman, K.L., Aortic valve selection in the elderly patient (1988) Ann Thorac Surg, 46, pp. 270-277; Bretschneider, H.J., Hübner, G., Knoll, D., Lohr, B., Nordbeck, H., Spieckermann, P.G., Myocardial resistance and tolerance to ischemia: physiological and biochemical basis (1975) J Cardiovasc Surg, 16, pp. 241-260; Butchart, E.G., Lewis, P.A., Kulatilake, E.N.P., Breckenridge, I.M., Anticoagulation variability between centres: implications for comparative prosthetic valve assessment (1988) Eur J Cardio-Thorac Surg, 2, pp. 72-81; Clark, R.E., Edmunds, L.H., Jr., Cohn, L.H., Miller, D.C., Weisel, R.D., Guidelines for reporting morbidity and mortality after cardiac valvular operations (1988) Eur J Cardio-Thorac Surg, 2, pp. 293-295; Copeland, J.G., Griepp, R.B., Stinson, E.B., Shumway, N.E., Isolated aortic valve replacement in patients older than 65 years (1977) JAMA, 237, pp. 1578-1581; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J R Statist Soc B, 34, pp. 187-220; Cribier, A., Savin, T., Saoudi, N., Rocha, P., Berland, J., Letac, B., Percutaneous transluminal valvuloplasty of acquired aortic stenosis in elderly patients: an alternative to valve replacement? (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 63-67; Dancy, M., Dawkins, K., Ward, D., Balloon dilatation of the aortic valve: limited success and early restenosis (1988) Br Heart J, 60, pp. 236-239; Delany, D.J., Aortography (1980) Cardiac catheterization and cardiography, pp. 197-211. , In: W Grossman, ed. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia; Desnoyers, M.R., Isner, J.M., Pandian, N.G., Clinical and noninvasive hemodynamic results after aortic balloon valvuloplasty for aortic stenosis (1988) Am J Cardol, 62, pp. 1078-1084; (1985) BMDP statistical software, , In: W D Dixon, ed. University of California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London; Grunkemeier, G.L., Thomas, D.R., Starr, A., Statistical considerations in the analysis and reporting of time-related events. Application to analysis of prosthetic valve-related thromboembolism and pacemaker failure (1977) Am J Cardiol, 39, pp. 257-258; Hancock, E.W., Aortic stenosis, angina pectoris, and coronary artery disease (1977) Am Heart J, 93, pp. 382-393; Leet, E.T., (1980) Statistical methods for survival data analysis., , Lifetime Learning Publications, Belmont, California; Letac, B., Cribier, A., Koning, R., Bellefleur, J.-P., Results of percutaneous transluminal valvuloplasty in 218 adults with valvular aortic stenosis (1988) Am J Cardiol, 62, pp. 598-605; Lund, O., Preoperative risk evaluation and stratification of long-term survival after valve replacement for aortic stenosis. Reasons for earlier operative intervention (1990) Circulation, 82, pp. 124-139; Lund, O., Nielsen, T.T., Pilegaard, H.K., Magnussen, K., Knudsen, M.A., The influence of coronary artery disease and bypass grafting on early and late survival after valve replacement for aortic stenosis (1990) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 100, pp. 327-337; Lund, O., Pilegaard, H.K., Magnussen, K., Knudsen, M.A., Nielsen, T.T., Albrechtsen, O.K., Long-term prosthesis-related and sudden cardiac-related complications after valve replacement for aortic stenosis (1990) Ann Thorac Surg, 50, pp. 396-406; Lund, O., Væth, M., Prediction of late results following valve replacement in aortic valve stenosis. Seventeen years of follow-up examined with the Cox regression analysis (1987) Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 35, pp. 295-303; Lytle, B.W., Cosgrove, D.M., Goormastic, M., Loop, F.D., Aortic valve replacement and coronary bypass grafting for patients with aortic stenosis and coronary artery disease: early and late results (1988) Eur Heart J, 9, pp. 143-147; Mitchell, R.S., Miller, D.C., Stinson, E.B., Significant patient-related determinants of prosthetic valve performance (1986) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 91, pp. 807-817; Nishimura, R.A., Holmes, D.R., Jr., Reeder, G.S., Doppler evaluation of results of percutaneous aortic balloon valvuloplasty in calcific aortic stenosis (1988) Circulation, 78, pp. 791-799; Incidence of stroke in Oxfordshire Community Stroke Project. Incidence of stroke in Oxfordshire: first year's experience of a community stroke register (1983) Br Med J, 287, pp. 713-717; Preusse, C.J., Gebhard, M.M., Bretschneider, H.J., Myocardial “equilibration processes” and myocardial energy turnover during initiation of artificial cardiac arrest with cardioplegic solution—reasons for a sufficiently long cardioplegic perfusion (1981) Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 29, pp. 71-76; Romhilt, D.W., Estes, E.H., Jr, A point-score system for the ECG diagnosis of left ventricular hypertrophy (1968) Am Heart J, 75, pp. 752-758; Søndergaard, T., Senn, A., Klinische Erfahrungen mit der Kardioplegie nach Bretschneider (1967) Langenbecks Arch Chir, 319, pp. 661-664 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025756357&doi=10.3109%2f14017439109098081&partnerID=40&md5=bf05f407e43184efb8b0eddc9a319e38 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Comparison of prevalence of depression in mothers of twins and mothers of singletons T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 302 IS - 6781 SP - 875 EP - 878 PY - 1991 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Thorpe, K. AU - Golding, J. AU - MacGillivray, I. AU - Greenwood, R. AD - Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To determine whether the apparent additional and exceptional stresses associated with bearing and parenting twins affect the emotional wellbeing of mothers. Setting - Great Britain, 1970-5. Design - Cohort study of 13,135 children born between 4 April and 11 April 1970. Mothers of all children, both singletons and twins, were interviewed by health visitors (providing demographic data) and completed a self report reasure of emotional well-being (the Rutter malaise inventory) when the child was 5 years of age. The malaise scores of mothers of twins were compared with those of all mothers of singletons and then with those of mothers categorised by the age spacing of their children (only one child, widely spaced, or closely spaced), taking account of maternal age, social class, and whether the study child had a disability, by using logistic regression. Subjects - 139 mothers of twins - 122 pairs of twins and 17 twins whose co-twin had died - and 12,573 controls, who were mothers of singletons. Results - A significantly higher proportion of mothers of twins at 5 years had malaise scores indicative of depression than mothers of singletons at the same age. Mothers who had borne twins, one of whom had subsequently died, had the highest malaise scores and were three times more likely than mothers of singletons to experience depression. Both mothers of twin pairs and mothers of singletons closely spaced in age were at significantly higher risk of experiencing depression than mothers of children widely spaced in age or mothers of only one child (p < 0.0001). Odds ratios indicated that the risk of depression in mothers of twins was higher than that in mothers of closely spaced singletons. Conclusion - Mothers of twins are more likely to experience depression. This suggests a relation between the additional and exceptional stresses that twins present and the mother's emotional wellbeing. KW - adult KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - depression KW - emotional stress KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - maternal welfare KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - twins KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Bereavement KW - Child Care KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Depression KW - Family Characteristics KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Mothers KW - Prevalence KW - Psychological Tests KW - Social Class KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Twins N1 - Cited By :165 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 2025725 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thorpe, K.; Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025852562&partnerID=40&md5=bd454c7e3a33b3c2b4ea479aed8896fe ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality in tumors of the cervix and corpus uteri in the Province of Florence in 1985-1987 ST - Mortalità per tumori del collo e del corpo dell'utero nella Provincia di Firenze negli anni 1985-1987. T2 - Epidemiologia e prevenzione J2 - Epidemiol Prev VL - 12 IS - 45 SP - 33 EP - 38 PY - 1990 SN - 11209763 (ISSN) AU - Barchielli, A. AU - Buiatti, E. AU - Carli, S. AD - U.O. di Epidemiologia, Centro per lo Studio e la Prevenzione Oncologica, USL 10/E, Firenze. AB - In Florence between 1985 and 1987 two hundred twenty eight women deceased for uterine cancer (ICD-9 code 179, 180, 182); for 79.4% of these the diagnosis reported on the death certificate was "unspecified" cancer of the uterus. Death certificates were cross-checked with the Tuscany Cancer Registry files, with clinical records and with other sanitary archives with the aim of identifying the specific cancer site (cervix/corpus). All deaths before the age 45 were attributed to cervical cancer, but these only represented 6.6% of all subjects deceased for this neoplasia. Age adjusted mortality rates for cervical cancer (0-64 and 0-74 years) were then estimated; in Florence these are low compared to other European and Italian areas, while those from corpus uteri are ranked in an intermediate position. These data are consistent with the incidence rates as given by the Cancer Registry, and may be associated with the existence of a population screening for cervical cancer in the area, which exists since 1970, addressed to women aged 18-60 with a compliance of approximately 50%. KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - comparative study KW - death certificate KW - Denmark KW - female KW - Finland KW - human KW - Italy KW - mortality KW - Spain KW - Sweden KW - Switzerland KW - United Kingdom KW - uterine cervix tumor KW - uterus cancer KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cervix Neoplasms KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Death Certificates KW - Denmark KW - England KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Human KW - Italy KW - Middle Age KW - Scotland KW - Spain KW - Sweden KW - Switzerland KW - Uterine Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2151325 LA - Italian N1 - Correspondence Address: Barchielli, A. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025560343&partnerID=40&md5=a6c5fc1e3a6716ea174e26e00e24fe8d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Leukaemia complicating treatment for Hodgkin's disease: The experience of the British National lymphoma investigation T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - Br. Med. J. VL - 301 IS - 6760 SP - 1077 EP - 1080 PY - 1990 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Devereux, S. AU - Selassie, T.G. AU - Hudson, G.V. AU - Hudson, B.V. AU - Linch, D.C. AD - Kent and Canterbury Hospital, Canterbury CT1 3NG, United Kingdom AD - University of Kent at Canterbury, Canterbury CT2 7NL, United Kingdom AD - Brit. Natl. Lymphoma Investigation, Department of Oncology, Univ. Coll. and Middx. Sch. of Med., London W1N 8AA, United Kingdom AD - Department of Haematology, Univ. Coll. and Middx. Sch. of Med., London WC1E 6HX, United Kingdom AB - Objective - To determine the incidence of and risk factors for the development of secondary acute leukaemia and myelodysplasia in patients treated in British National Lymphoma Investigation's studies of Hodgkin's disease since 1970. Patients - 2676 Patients entered into Hodgkin's disease studies between February 1970 and November 1986. Data accrued up to November 1988 were analysed, ensuring a minimum follow up period of two years. Design - Retrospective analysis of multicentre trial data by case-control and life table methods. Results - 17 Cases of secondary leukaemia were recorded in this group of 2676 patients, giving an overall risk at 15 years of 1·7%. The risks of leukaemia after chemotherapy alone and chemotherapy with radiotherapy were not significantly different. The risk of leukaemia increased sharply with the amount of treatment given as measured by the number of attempts at treatment. The 15 year risks of leukaemia were 0·2%, 2·3%, and 8·1% for patients receiving one, two, or three or more attempts at treatment. The highest risk, 22·8% at 15 years, was observed in patients treated with lomustine (CCNU), and a case-control study suggested that this was an independent risk factor. The risk of secondary leukaemia was largely related to the overall quantity of treatment, although exposure to lomustine seemed to be an important risk factor. Treatment with both drugs and radiation was not more leukaemogenic than treatment with drugs alone. The greatest risk of secondary leukaemia was seen in multiply treated patients who were unlikely to be cured of Hodgkin's disease. Conclusions - Avoidance of secondary leukaemia should be a minor factor in the choice of treatment for Hodgkin's disease. KW - bleomycin KW - carmustine KW - chlorambucil KW - chlormethine KW - cytarabine KW - doxorubicin KW - etoposide KW - lomustine KW - melphalan KW - prednisolone KW - procarbazine KW - vinblastine KW - vincristine KW - article KW - controlled study KW - female KW - hodgkin disease KW - human KW - leukemia KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - priority journal KW - retrospective study KW - Acute Disease KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Leukemia KW - Life Tables KW - Lomustine KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasms, Multiple Primary KW - Radiotherapy KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :56 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 2249071 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Linch, D.C.; Department of Haematology, Univ. Coll. and Middx. Sch. of Med., London WC1E 6HX, United Kingdom N1 - Chemicals/CAS: bleomycin, 11056-06-7; carmustine, 154-93-8; chlorambucil, 305-03-3; chlormethine, 51-75-2, 55-86-7, 82905-71-3; cytarabine, 147-94-4, 69-74-9; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; etoposide, 33419-42-0; lomustine, 13010-47-4; melphalan, 148-82-3; prednisolone, 50-24-8; procarbazine, 366-70-1, 671-16-9; vinblastine, 865-21-4; vincristine, 57-22-7; Antineoplastic Combined Chemotherapy Protocols; Lomustine, 13010-47-4 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025155274&partnerID=40&md5=804b5f226809e77ca23b35b6c1ac99c9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Work, fertility, and the status of women in Mexico ST - Trabajo, fecundidad y condicion femenina en Mexico. T2 - Estudios demograficos y urbanos J2 - Estud Demogr Urbanos Col Mex VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 693 EP - 710, 827 PY - 1990 SN - 01867210 (ISSN) AU - De Oliveira, O. AU - Garcia, B. AB - Among the major transformations affecting Mexican women in recent decades were their growing participation in the labor market and the fertility decline that began in the 1970s with widespread access to contraception. Data from 3 major Mexican fertility surveys, employment surveys, and censuses are used to analyze changes in female employment and their determinants during the years of economic recession in the 1980s. The main characteristics of the Mexican fertility decline are described, and the relationship between fertility and female employment before and during the economic recession is scrutinized for different social sectors. Suggestions for research on the affects of these changes on the social condition of Mexican women are then presented. The proportions of Mexican women over 12 years old who declared themselves economically active increased from 16% in 1970 to 21% in 1979 and 32% in 1987. Until the 1970s the majority of employed women were young and single or childless. But a clear increase occurred between 1976-87 in the economic participation of older women in union. Economic participation of low income and less educated women increased as they sought work or created their own in response to deteriorating living conditions during the recession. Young women with intermediate or higher educational levels did not increase their relative presence in the labor market in the same period. The marked increase in economic participation of less educated women in union with small children was accompanied by a significant increase in manual occupations. Between 1982-87, the proportion of women aged 20-49 in nonsalaried manual occupations rose from 7.6% to 18.5%. Mexico's fertility decline has been well documented. The total fertility rate declined from 6.3 in 1973 to 3.8 in 1986, while the percentage of women in union using a contraceptive method increased from 30.2 in 1976 to 52.7 in 1987. Fertility differentials have been declining but are still considerable. The inhibitory influence of children on female labor force participation in Mexico is clear, but in the years of economic recession the most notable increase in female workers was in women with 3 or more children of whom the youngest was under 3. It appears that the influence of children on women's employment depends on the socioeconomic status of the woman as well as on the dynamism or sluggishness of the labor market. Research is needed on the significance of changes in fertility and female employment for women's status in Mexico. Several recent works have presented results of microsocial analyses of the ways in which women experience changes in their lives resulting from fertility and employment decisions. A methodological strategy for studying these changes and their influence on women's status should focus on comparisons between different generations and birth cohorts, different types of employment, and different socioeconomic statuses. Both macrosocial and microsocial forms of analysis are needed to provide a full picture. KW - nuptiality KW - article KW - birth rate KW - Currently Married--women KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developing country KW - Economic Conditions KW - Economic Factors KW - Economic Recession KW - economics KW - employment KW - Employment--women KW - family KW - Family And Household KW - Family Relationships KW - family size KW - fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Determinants KW - health care manpower KW - Human Resources KW - human rights KW - Labor Force--women KW - Literature Review KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - marriage KW - methodology KW - Mexico KW - mother KW - North America KW - parent KW - Philosophical Overview KW - philosophy KW - population KW - population dynamics KW - Problem Formulation KW - research KW - Research Methodology KW - Research Proposal KW - Research Report KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - South and Central America KW - Western Hemisphere KW - Women's Status KW - Americas KW - Currently Married--women KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developing Countries KW - Economic Conditions KW - Economic Factors KW - Economic Recession KW - Employment--women KW - Family And Household KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Relationships KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Decline KW - Fertility Determinants KW - Human Resources KW - Labor Force--women KW - Latin America KW - Literature Review KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - Marital Status KW - Mexico KW - Mothers KW - North America KW - Nuptiality KW - Parents KW - Philosophical Overview KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Problem Formulation KW - Research Methodology KW - Research Proposal KW - Research Report KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Women's Status KW - Americas KW - Birth Rate KW - Demography KW - Developing Countries KW - Economics KW - Employment KW - English Abstract KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Relations KW - Fertility KW - Health Manpower KW - Latin America KW - Marital Status KW - Marriage KW - Mexico KW - Mothers KW - North America KW - Parents KW - Philosophy KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research KW - Research Design KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Women's Rights N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12284803 LA - Spanish N1 - Correspondence Address: De Oliveira, O. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-19244376030&partnerID=40&md5=00a36ae67596b80f235a6b7290f6b49e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Patterns of change in U.K. graduate unemployment, 1962-87 T2 - Higher Education J2 - High Educ VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 45 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF00162203 SN - 00181560 (ISSN) AU - Bee, M. AU - Dolton, P. AD - School of Business, Oxford Polytechnic, Wheatley, OX9 1HX, Oxford, United Kingdom AD - Department of Economics, University of Bristol, 40 Berkeley Square, Bristol, BS8 1HY, United Kingdom AB - This paper is concerned with the changing pattern over time of unemployment among U.K. graduates at the outset and during the early stages of their careers. It is argued that, although the topic is highly relevant to a wide range of policy issues it has, as yet, received only limited attention from researchers. In the paper, unemployment trends in aggregate, by faculty and by subject are examined, using data from the annual First Destination Return, first compiled for the 1961/2 university graduates, and the 1970 and 1980 Graduate cohort surveys. In addition, differences related to gender and also to type of institution of study are identified, and the relationship between new graduate unemployment and unemployment in the U.K. economy as a whole is investigated. It is demonstrated that the basic trend of new graduate unemployment follows closely that of economy-wide unemployment, but that, within the graduate labour market, there is substantial, and persisting, variation across faculties and subjects. Possible explanations of this variation, arising from differing strengths of demand and supply, are suggested and the paper concludes that there is therefore scope for influence on the graduate labour market to bring about a closer correspondence of demand and supply. © 1990 Kluwer Academic Publishers. PB - Kluwer Academic Publishers N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bee, M.; School of Business, Oxford Polytechnic, Wheatley, OX9 1HX, Oxford, United Kingdom N1 - References: Bee, M. & Dolton, P. J. (1989a). What Do Graduates Earn? The Starting Salaries and Earnings Prospects of University Graduates, 1960–1986, mimeo; Bee, M. & Dolton, P. J. (989b). Where Do Graduates Go? The First Destinations of University Graduates, 1961/2 – 1986/7, mimeo; (1985) The Development of Higher Education into the 1990s, , Department of Education and Science, HMSO, London; Department of Employment Gazette (1979). ‘Going into industry. Trends in graduate employment’, Jan., pp. 18–25; Dolton, P. J. (1989). The Early Careers of 1980 Graduates: Work Histories, Job Tenure, Career Mobility and Occupational Choice, Department of Employment Research Paper, forthcoming; Johnes, G., Taylor, J., Ferguson, G., The employability of new graduates: a study of differences between UK universities (1987) Applied Economics, 19, pp. 695-710; McLain, D.H., Drawing contours from arbitrary data points (1974) Computer Journal, 17 (4), pp. 318-324; Meadows, P. & Cox, R. (1987). ‘Employment of graduates 1975 to 1990’, Employment Gazette, April, 191–200; Tarsh, J. (1982). ‘The labour market for new graduates’, Employment Gazette, May, 205–215; Tarsh, J. (1985). ‘Trends in the graduate labour market’, Employment Gazette, July, 269–273; Taylor, J. (1985). ‘Comparing universities: some observations on the first destinations of new graduates’, Higher Education Review, Autumn, 35–43; Taylor, J., The employability of graduates: differences between universities (1986) Studies in Higher Education, 11 (1), pp. 17-27; Willia, G., First employment of university graduates (1973) Patterns of Change in Graduate Employment, , H., Greenaway, G., Willia, Society for Research into Higher Education, London; Williamson, P. (1979). ‘Flow of new graduates into employment’, Employment Gazette, Feb., 71–75; Williamson, P. (1981). Early Careers of 1970 Graduates, Department of Employment Research Paper, No. 26UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-3042888262&doi=10.1007%2fBF00162203&partnerID=40&md5=fe4f4466b3eeffd55cdce20f415c0b3c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changes in Risk Factors and the Decline in Mortality from Cardiovascular Disease: The Framingham Heart Study T2 - New England Journal of Medicine J2 - New Engl. J. Med. VL - 322 IS - 23 SP - 1635 EP - 1641 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1056/NEJM199006073222304 SN - 00284793 (ISSN) AU - Sytkowski, P.A. AU - Kannel, W.B. AU - D'agostino, R.B. AD - New England Research Institute, Watertown, Mass., United States AD - Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine Section, Department of Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, United States AD - Department of Mathematics, Boston University, Boston, United States AB - A decline in mortality from cardiovascular disease over the past 30 years has been well documented, but the reasons for the decline remain unclear. We analyzed the 10-year incidence of cardiovascular disease and death from cardiovascular disease in three groups of men who were 50 to 59 years old at base line in 1950, 1960, and 1970 (the 1950, 1960, and 1970 cohorts) in order to determine the contribution of secular trends in the incidence of cardiovascular disease, risk factors, and medical care to the decline in mortality. The 10-year cumulative mortality from cardiovascular disease in the 1970 cohort was 43 percent less than that in the 1950 cohort and 37 percent less than that in the 1960 cohort (P = 0.04 by log-rank test). Among the men who were free of cardiovascular disease at base line, the 10-year cumulative incidence of cardiovascular disease declined approximately 19 percent, from 190 per 1000 in the 1950 cohort to 154 per 1000 in the 1970 cohort (0.10<P<0.20 by chi-square test), whereas the 10-year rate of death from cardiovascular disease declined 60 percent (relative risk for the 1950 cohort as compared with the 1970 cohort, 2.53; 95 percent confidence interval, 1.22 to 5.97). Significant improvements were found in risk factors for cardiovascular disease among the men initially free of cardiovascular disease in the 1970 cohort as compared with those in the 1950 cohort, including a lower serum cholesterol level (mean ±SD, 5.72±0.98 mmol per liter [221±38 mg per deciliter], as compared with 5.90±1.03 mmol per liter [228±40 mg per deciliter]) and a lower systolic blood pressure (mean ±SD, 135±19 mm Hg, as compared with 139±25 mm Hg), better management of hypertension (22 percent vs. 0 percent were receiving antihypertensive medication), and reduced cigarette smoking (34 percent vs. 56 percent). We propose that these improvements may have had more pronounced effects on mortality from cardiovascular disease than on the incidence of cardiovascular disease in this population. Our data suggest that the improvement in cardiovascular risk factors in the 1970 cohort may have been an important contributor to the 60 percent decline in mortality in that group as compared with the 1950 cohort, although a decline in the incidence of cardiovascular disease and improved medical interventions may also have contributed to the decline in mortality. A DRAMATIC reduction in mortality from cardiovascular disease over the past 30 years has been well documented1 2 3 4 5; over that period, age-adjusted mortality from cardiovascular disease has fallen by 40 percent in the United States.6,7 The causes of the decline are not well understood, however. Whether it has resulted from a reduced incidence of disease,8,9 an improved case-fatality rate,10,11 or a combination of primary and secondary prevention12 13 14 15 16 17 remains in dispute. Adequate data are not yet available to evaluate these possibilities. We undertook to examine the contribution of secular trends in risk factors, the incidence of disease, and the case-fatality rate… © 1990, Massachusetts Medical Society. All rights reserved. KW - antihypertensive agent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cardiovascular disease KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - cholesterol blood level KW - cigarette smoking KW - coronary artery disease KW - human KW - hypertension KW - incidence KW - male KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - risk factor KW - systolic blood pressure KW - united states KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cholesterol KW - Human KW - Hypertension KW - Male KW - Massachusetts KW - Middle Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :359 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2288563 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Sytkowski, P.A.; New England Research Institute, 9 Galen St., Watertown, MA 02172, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: Havlik, R.J., Feinleib, M., Proceedings of the conference on the decline in coronary heart disease mortality., , Bethesda, Md.: Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1979. (NIH publication no. (PHS) 79–1610.); Cooper, R., Stamler, J., Dyer, A., Garside, D., The decline in mortality from coronary heart disease, U.S.A., 1968–1975 (1978) J Chronic Dis, 31, pp. 709-720; Walker, W.J., Changing United States life-style and declining vascular mortality: cause or coincidence? (1977) N Engl J Med, 297, pp. 163-165; Levy, R.I., Declining mortality in coronary heart disease (1981) Arteriosclerosis, 1, pp. 312-325; Thom, T., Kannel, W., The downward trend in cardiovascular disease mortality (1981) Annu Rev Med, 32, pp. 427-434; Feinleib, M., The magnitude and nature of the decrease in coronary heart disease mortality rate (1984) Am J Cardiol, 54, pp. 2C-6C; Levy, R.I., Moskowitz, J., Cardiovascular research: decades of progress, a decade of promise (1982) Science, 217, pp. 121-129; Pell, S., Fayerweather, W.E., Trends in the incidence of myocardial infarction and in associated mortality and morbidity in a large employed population, 1957–1983 (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 1005-1011; Friedman, G.D., Decline in hospitalization for coronary heart disease and stroke: the Kaiser–Permanente experience in northern California, 1971–1977 Proceedings of the conference on the decline in coronary heart disease mortality., , In: Havlik RJ, Feinleib M, eds. Bethesda, Md.: Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1979:109–14. (NIH publication no. (PHS) 79–1610.); Elveback, L., Coronary, heart disease in Rochester, Minnesota, 1950–1975: incidence and survivorship Proceedings of the conference on the decline in coronary heart disease mortality., , In: Havlik RJ, Feinleib M, eds. Bethesda, Md.: Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1979:116–22. (NIH publication no. (PHS) 79–1610.); Higgins, M.W., Luepker, R.V., (1988) Trends in coronary heart disease mortality: the influence of medical care., , New York: Oxford University Press; Elveback, L.R., Connolly, D.C., Melton, L.J., III, (1986) Coronary heart disease in residents of Rochester, Minnesota, 61, pp. 896-900. , VII. Incidence, 1950 through 1982. Mayo Clin Proc; Goldberg, R.J., Gore, J.M., Alpert, J.S., Dalen, J.E., Recent changes in attack and survival rates of acute myocardial infarction (1975 through 1988): the Worcester Heart Attack Study (1986) JAMA, 25, pp. 2774-2779; Gillum, R.F., Blackburn, H., Feinleib, M., Current strategies for explaining the decline in ischemic heart disease mortality (1982) J Chronic Dis, 35, pp. 467-474; Kannel, W.B., Thom, T., Implications of the recent decline in cardiovascular mortality (1979) Cardiovasc Med, 4, pp. 983-997; Goldman, L., Cook, F., Hashimotso, B., Stone, P., Muller, J., Loscalzo, A., Evidence that hospital care for acute myocardial infarction has not contributed to the decline in coronary mortality between 1973–1974 and 1978–1979 (1982) Circulation, 65, pp. 936-942; Goldman, L., Cook, E.F., The decline in ischemic heart disease mortality rates: an analysis of the comparative effects of medical interventions and changes in lifestyle (1984) Ann Intern Med, 101, pp. 825-836; Gordon, T., Shurtleff, D., Means, at each examination and interexamination variation of specified characteristics: Framingham Study, exam 1 to exam 10 Section 29. In: Kannel WB, Gordon T, eds. The Framingham Study: an epidemiological investigation of cardiovascular disease. Washington, D.C.: Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1973. (DHEW publication no. (NIH) 74–478.); Shurtleff, D., Some, characteristics related to the incidence of cardiovascular disease and death: Framingham Study, 18-year follow-up Section 30. In: Kannel WB, Gordon T, eds. The Framingham Study: an epidemiological investigation of cardiovascular disease. Washington, D.C.: Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1973. (DHEW publication no. (NIH) 74–599.); (1985) SAS user's guide: basics, version 5 edition., , Cary, N.C.: SAS Institute; Lawless, J.F., (1982) Statistical models and methods for lifetime data., , New York: John Wiley; Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Morgenstern, H., (1982) Epidemiologic research: principles and quantitative methods., , London: Lifetime Learning Publications; Searle, S.R., (1971) Linear models., , New York: John Wiley; Marascuilo, L.A., Levin, J.R., (1983) Multivariate statistics in the social sciences., , Monterey, Calif: Brooks/Cole Publishing; Wing, S., Hayes, C., Heiss, G., Geographic variation in the onset of decline of ischemic heart disease mortality in the United States (1986) Am J Public Health, 76, pp. 1404-1408; Davis, W.B., Hayes, C.G., Knowles, M., Riggan, W.B., Van Bruggen, J., Tyroler, H.A., Geographic variation in declining ischemic heart disease mortality in the United States, 1968–1978. 1. Rates and change, whites ages 35–74 years (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 657-672; Kannel, W.B., Sytkowski, P.A., Atherosclerosis risk factors (1987) Pharmacol Ther, 32, pp. 207-235; Levy, R.I., Causes of the decrease in cardiovascular mortality (1984) Am J Cardiol, 54, pp. 7C-13C; Feinstein, A.R., Sosin, D.A., Wells, C.K., The Will Rogers phenomenon: improved technologic diagnosis and stage migration as a source of nontherapeutic improvement in cancer prognosis (1984) Trans Assoc Am Physicians, 97, pp. 19-24; The Will Rogers phenomenon: stage migration and new diagnostic techniques as a source of misleading statistics for survival in cancer (1985) N Engl J Med, 312, pp. 1604-1608; Hurst, J.W., Logue, R.B., Schant, R.C., Wenger, N.K., (1974) The heart., , 3rd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill; Hlatky, M.A., Cotugno, H.E., Mark, D.B., O'Connor, C., Califf, R.M., Pryor, D.B., Trends in physician management of uncomplicated acute myocardial infarction, 1970 to 1987 (1988) Am J Cardiol, 61, pp. 515-518; Gore, J.M., Goldberg, R.J., Alpert, J.S., Dalen, J.E., The increased use of diagnostic procedures in patients with acute myocardial infarction: a community-wide perspective (1988) Trends in coronary heart disease mortality: the influence of medical care., pp. 60-66. , In: Higgins MW, Luepker RV, eds. New York: Oxford University Press; Fleiss, J.L., (1981) Statistical methods for rates and proportions., , 2nd ed. New York: John Wiley; Eisenberg, M.S., Bergner, L., Hallstrom, A., Out-of-hospital cardiac arrest: improved survival with paramedic services (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 812-815; Sytkowski, P.A., D'Agostino, R.B., Belanger, A.J., Bettencourt, K.S., Stokes, J., III, Testing a model that evaluates options for rural emergency medical service development (1984) Med Care, 22, pp. 202-215; Sytkowski, P.A., Jacobs, L., Bennett, B., Emergency medical personnel training. 2. Components of training (1983) Emerg Med Serv Q, 2, pp. 11-19; Killip, T., III, Kimball, J.T., Treatment of myocardial infarction in a coronary care unit: a two year experience with 250 patients (1967) Am J Cardiol, 20, pp. 457-464; Goldberg, R., Szklo, M., Tonascia, J.A., Kennedy, H.L., Time trends in prognosis of patients with myocardial infarction: a population-based study (1979) Johns Hopkins Med J, 144, pp. 73-80; Gomez-Marin, O., Folsom, A.R., Kottke, T.E., Improvement in long-term survival among patients hospitalized with acute myocardial infarction, 1970 to 1980: the Minnesota Heart Survey (1987) N Engl J Med, 316, pp. 1353-1359 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025353476&doi=10.1056%2fNEJM199006073222304&partnerID=40&md5=b55775ffea8ce4a0961442f1210ea254 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Correlation between caries experience in primary and permanent dentition in birth-cohorts 1950-70. T2 - Scandinavian journal of dental research J2 - Scand J Dent Res VL - 98 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 227 PY - 1990 SN - 0029845X (ISSN) AU - Helm, S. AU - Helm, T. AD - Institute for Community Dentistry and Graduate Studies, Royal Dental College, Copenhagen, Denmark. AB - Caries experience in the primary molars and canines at 8 yr of age and in the permanent dentition at 16 was correlated in every fourth birth-cohort between 1950 and 1970 in a Danish community. Correlations between 0.44 and 0.55 were found. Cross-tabulation of the data also revealed close association, but prediction of individual high caries risk children based solely on screening for caries experience in the primary dentition is hardly cost-effective. KW - adolescent KW - article KW - canine tooth KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - deciduous tooth KW - Denmark KW - dental caries KW - follow up KW - health survey KW - human KW - molar tooth KW - prevalence KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Cuspid KW - Denmark KW - Dental Caries KW - DMF Index KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Molar KW - Prevalence KW - Tooth, Deciduous N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2349451 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Helm, S. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025441876&partnerID=40&md5=31eaf62cef3f70bc61b5fc1932b8623f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Regional variations in wheezing illness in British children: Effect of migration during early childhood T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 231 EP - 236 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1136/jech.44.3.231 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Strachan, D.P. AU - Golding, J. AU - Anderson, H.R. AD - Dept. of Public Health Sci., St. George's Hospital, Medical School, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom AB - Study objective - The aim was to examine the regional distribution of wheezing illness among British children, and the age at which geographical differences may be determined. Design - Cross sectional analyses and study of interregional migrants were used. Subjects - The subjects were national cohorts of British children born in 1958 and 1970. Measurements and main results - The regional distribution of wheezing illness showed significant heterogeneity at age 5 (1970 cohort) and 7 (1958 cohort). In both cohorts, children in Scotland had a low prevalence of wheeze, which could not be attributed to underreporting of mild cases. There was a less consistent tendency for high prevalence in Wales, and in the South Western and Midlands regions of England. In the 1958 cohort, the regional differentials diminished progressively with age and were negligible at age 23. There was a poor correlation between the regional distribution of childhood asthma and the common geographical pattern shown by eczema in infancy and hay fever at age 23. Analysis of interregional migrants suggested that the regional variation in each cohort at age 5-7 was primarily related to the region of current residence, and not to the region of birth. Conclusions - Genetic constitution, perinatal exposures, or early childhood experiences are unlikely to account for the regional variation in wheezing illness. Although local patterns of symptom reporting or disease labelling may be acquired by parents who move to a new region, environmental factors operating at a regional level probably determine the prevalence of asthma in primary school children. These influences do not appear to have long lasting effects upon the tendency to wheeze in adolescence and early adulthood. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - environmental exposure KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - migration KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - United Kingdom KW - wheezing KW - children KW - disease variation KW - early migration KW - geographical variation KW - regional distribution KW - wheezing illness KW - UK N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 2273362 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Strachan, D.P.; Dept. of Public Health Sci., St. George's Hospital, Medical School, London SW17 0RE, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025197301&doi=10.1136%2fjech.44.3.231&partnerID=40&md5=383eb04dd12429b396406f28c76b10ab ER - TY - JOUR TI - Resilient children: A longitudinal study of high achieving socially disadvantaged children T2 - Early Child Development and Care J2 - Early Child Dev. Care VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 47 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1080/0300443900620103 SN - 03004430 (ISSN) AU - Osborn, A.F. AD - University of Bristol, School of Education, 35 Berkeley Square, Bristol BSC 1JA, United Kingdom AB - Current interest in “resilient” children — those who are vulnerable to psychopathology yet achieve competence — prompted a study of such children using data from the 1970 British birth cohort. The conceptual framework used to define a sample of “resilient” children within the cohort is described, and results from analyses designed to identify contextual, parenting and experiential factors which substantially increased the chance of resilience in vulnerable children are presented. Vulnerability was defined in terms of the family's socio-economic status when the child was 5, and a Competency Index, based on cognitive/ educational attainment and behavioural adjustment at 10 years, determined which of the vulnerable group were “resilient”. The main finding was that having positive, supportive and interested parents was a major factor which enabled socially vulnerable children to achieve competence. Maternal depression — a condition to which low SES mothers were at high risk — substantiallly reduced the chance of resilience. © 1990, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. All rights reserved. KW - cohort study KW - competence. lonaitudinal KW - Resilient children KW - social disadvantaae N1 - Cited By :37 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Osborn, A.F.; University of Bristol, School of Education, 35 Berkeley Square, Bristol BSC 1JA, United Kingdom N1 - References: Anthony, E.J., Cohler, B.J., (1987) The Invulnerable Child, , New York: The Guilford Press; Brown, G.W., Harris, T., (1978) Social Origins of Depression. A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women, , London: Tavistock Publications; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Howlett, B.C., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's 5-year-olds, , Oxford: Pergamon Press; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study: First Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10-year follow-up, , University of Bristol, Department of Child Health; Clarke, A.D.B., Clarke, A.M., Constancy and change in the growth of human characteristics (1984) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 25, pp. 191-210; Coddington, R.D., The significance of life events as etiologic factors in the diseases of children: I. A survey of professional workers (1972) Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 16, pp. 7-18; Connors, C.K., A teacher rating scale for use in drug studies with children (1969) American Journal of Psychiatry, 126, pp. 884-888; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven: A report of the National Child Development Study, , London: Longman; Dunn, J., Kendrick, C., The arrival of a sibling: changes in patterns of interaction between mother and first-born child (1980) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 21, pp. 119-132; Elliott, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1979) British Ability Scales Manual 3: Directions for Administration and Scoring, , Windsor: NFER; Elliott, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1979) British Ability Scales Manual 4: Tables of Abilities and Norms, , Windsor: NFER; Essen, J., Wedge, P., (1982) Continuities in Childhood Disadvantage, , London: Heinemann Educational Books. van der Eyken, W. (1982). Home Start: A Four-year Evaluation. Leicester: Home-Start Consultancy; Fergusson, D.M., Dimond, M.E., Horwood, L.J., Childhood family placement history and behaviour problems in 6-year-old children (1986) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 27, pp. 213-226; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., The trait and method components of ratings of conduct disorder — Part 1. Maternal and teacher evaluation of conduct disorder in young children (1987) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 28, pp. 249-260; Garmezy, N., Broadening research on developmental risk (1985) Early Identification of Children at Risk: an International Perspective, pp. 45-58. , in Frankenburg, W.K., Emde, R.N. & Sullivan, J.W. (eds.). New York: Plenum Press; Garmezy, N., Stress-resistant children: the search for protective factors (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 213-233. , in Stevenson, J.E. (ed.). Oxford: Pergamon Press; Garmezy, N., Masten, A.S., Tellegen, A., The study of stress and competence in children: a building block for developmental psychopathology (1984) Child Development, 55, pp. 97-111; Garmezy, N., Tellegen, A., Studies of stress-resistant children: methods, variables, and preliminary findings (1984) Advances in Applied Developmental Psychology, 1, pp. 231-287. , in Morrison, F., Lord, C. & Keating, D. (eds.) New York: Academic Press; (1977) Manual of Instructions for the Edinburgh Reading Test Stage 4 Sevenoaks, , Hodder & Stoughton Educational; (1980) Manual of Instructions for the Edinburgh Reading Test Stage 2, , (second edition). Sevenoaks: Hodder & Stoughton Educational; Kruk, S., Wokind, S., A longitudinal study of single mothers and their children (1983) Families at Risk, , in Madge, N. (ed.) London: Heinemann Educational Books Ltd; Masten, A.S., Garmezy, N., Tellegen, A., Pellegrini, D.S., Larkin, K., Larsen, A., Competence and stress in school children: the moderating effects of individual and family qualities (1988) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 29, pp. 745-764; Mills, M., Puckering, C., Pound, A., Cox, A., What is it about depressed mothers that influences their children's functioning? (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 11-17. , in Stevenson, J.E. (ed.) Oxford:Pergamon Press; Osborn, A.F., Assessing the socio-economic status of families (1987) Sociology, 21, pp. 429-448; Osborn, A.F., Family history and child behaviour— the problems and value of studying the effects of change (1986) Proceedings of the International Conference on Longitudinal Methodology, , in press. in Mednick, S. & Horvath, I. (eds.) Budapest.; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds: A Report of the Child Health and Education Study, , London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; Osborn, A.F., Milbank, J.E., (1987) The Effects of Early Education, , Oxford: Oxford University Press; Parker, R.A., (1980) Caring for Separated Children: Plans, Procedures and Priorities, , London: Macmillan Press; Pound, A., Cox, A., Puckering, C., Mills, M., The impact of maternal depression on young children (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 3-10. , in Stevenson, J.E. (ed.) Oxford: Pergamon Press; Quinton, D., Rutter, M., Liddle, C., Institutional rearing, parenting difficulties, and marital support (1984) Psychological Medicine, 14, pp. 102-124; Richman, N., Depression in mothers of young children (1978) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 71, pp. 489-493; Rutter, M., Protective factors in children's response to stress and disadvantage (1979) Primary Prevention of Psychopathology, 3, pp. 49-74. , in Kent, M.W. & Rolf, J.E. (eds.) Social Competence in Children. Hanover, New Hampshire: Univ. Press of New England; Rutter, M., Stress, coping and development: some issues and some questions (1981) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 22, pp. 323-356; Rutter, M., Family and school influences on behavioural development (1985) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, pp. 349-368; Rutter, M., Family and school influences on cognitive development (1985) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, pp. 683-704; Rutter, M., Resilience in the face of adversity: protective factors and resistance to psychiatric disorder (1985) British Journal of Psychiatry, 147, pp. 598-611; Rutter, M., Quinton, D., Liddle, G., Parenting in two generations: looking backwards and looking forwards (1983) Families at Risk, pp. 60-98. , in Madge, N. (ed.) London: Heineman Educational; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour, , London: Longman; Sameroff, A.J., Chandler, M.J., Reproductive risk and the continuum of caretaking casualty (1975) Review of Child Development Research, 4, pp. 187-244. , in Horowitz, F.D., Hetherington, M., Scarr-Salapatek, S. & Siegel, G. (eds.) Chicago: University of Chicago Press; St. Claire, L., Osborn, A.F., The ability and behaviour of children who have been “in care” or separated from their parents (1987), Report for the Economic and Social Research Council Early Child Development and Care, 28, No. 3, monograph; Wadsworth, J., Taylor, B., Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Teenage mothering: child development at five years (1984) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 25, pp. 305-313; Watt, N.F., Anthony, E.J., Wynne, L.C., Rolf, J., (1984) Children at Risk for Schizophrenia: a Longitudinal Perspective, , Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Wedge, P., Some structural factors in social disadvantage: findings from a longitudinal study of children (1983) The Structure of Disadvantage, pp. 192-207. , in Brown, M. (ed.). London: Heinemann. 192–207; Wedge, P., Prosser, H., (1973) Born to Fail?, , London: Arrow Books; Werner, E.E., Stress and protective factors in children's lives (1985) Longitudinal Studies in Child Psychology and Psychiatry, pp. 335-355. , in Nicol, A.R. (ed.) New York: John Wiley & Sons Ltd; Werner, E.E., Smith, R.S., (1982) Vulnerable but Invincible: A Longitudinal Study of resilient children and youth, , New York: McGraw-Hill; Wolkind, S., The first years: pre-school children and their families in the inner city (1985) Recent Research in Developmental Psychopathology, pp. 203-212. , in Stevenson, J.E. (ed.). Oxford: Pergamon; Worland, J., Weeks, D.G., Janes, C.L., Predicting mental health in children at risk (1987) The Invulnerable Child, pp. 185-210. , in Anthony, E.J. & Cohler, B.J. (eds.) New York: The Guilford Press UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0002657453&doi=10.1080%2f0300443900620103&partnerID=40&md5=f3305dbb4765b9f530ace520399c7b69 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of oral cancer in Connecticut, 1935 to 1985 T2 - Cancer J2 - Cancer VL - 65 IS - 12 SP - 2796 EP - 2802 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-0142(19900615)65:12<2796::AID-CNCR2820651232>3.0.CO;2-G SN - 0008543X (ISSN) AU - Chen, J. AU - Katz, R.V. AU - Krutchkoff, D.J. AD - Departments of Oral Diagnosis/Pathology, School of Dental Medicine, University of Connecticut at Farmington, Farmington, Connecticut, United States AD - Behavioral Sciences and Community Health, School of Dental Medicine, University of Connecticut at Farmington, Farmington, Connecticut, United States AB - All cases of oral cancer (N = 9708) recorded by the Connecticut Tumor Registry from 1935 to 1985 were analyzed for time‐trend patterns within 10‐year age‐groups. Crude, age‐specific, age‐adjusted incidence rates and birth cohort analyses were calculated. The average annual age‐adjusted incidence rate was 12.9/100,000 for men and 2.9/100,000 for women (1970 US standard million population). The male age‐adjusted incidence rate decreased 33% from the late 1930s to the early 1980s. The female age‐adjusted incidence rate exhibited a threefold steady increase over this same time period. The male/female ratio for oral cancer incidence declined dramatically from 10.4 to 2.7 for the age‐adjusted rate, nearly a fourfold decrease during the 51‐ year period. Birth cohort analyses for women indicated a marked increase in oral cancer incidence for the birth cohort of 1900, which was sustained in the birth cohorts that followed. Birth cohort analyses for men revealed a decline in oral cancer incidence for birth cohorts born after 1910. The highest incidence rates were found in the urban counties and the lowest in the rural areas. Copyright © 1990 American Cancer Society KW - age KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - female KW - human KW - male KW - mouth cancer KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - united states KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cohort Studies KW - Connecticut KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mouth Neoplasms KW - Registries KW - Rural Population KW - Sex Factors KW - Urban Population N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2340473 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Chen, J.; Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto, 4384 Medical Sciences Building, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1A8, Canada N1 - References: (1988) US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service Centers for Disease Control, pp. 10-11. , Hyattsville, National Center for Health Statistics; Cancer statistics, 1987 (1987) CA, 37, pp. 2-3; Mashberg, A, Barsa, P, Screening for oral and oropharyngeal squamous carcinomas (1984) CA, 34, pp. 262-268; Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Ferraro, RH, Connelly, RR, Eisenberg, H, Cancer of tongue in Connecticut, 1935–1959 (1968) Cancer, 21, pp. 89-96; Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Connelly, RR, Eisenberg, H, Cancer of the floor of the mouth in Connecticut, 1935–1959 (1968) Cancer, 21, pp. 97-101; Wahi, PN, The epidemiology of oral and oropharyngeal cancer: A report of the study in Mainpuri district, Uttar Pradesh, India (1968) Bull WHO, 38, pp. 495-521; Mahboubi, E, The epidemiology of oral cavity, pharyngeal and esophageal cancer outside of North America and Western Europe (1977) Cancer, 40, pp. 1879-1886; Pindborg, JJ, Epidemiological studies on oral cancer (1977) Int Dent J, 27, pp. 172-178; Smith, EM, Epidemiology of oral and pharyngeal cancer in the United States: Review of recent literature (1979) J Natl Cancer Inst, 63, pp. 1189-1198; Eddey, HH, Surgery in cancer of the mouth (1960) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 27, pp. 231-259; Phillips, AJ, Cancer mortality trends in Canada 1941–1958 (1961) British Journal of Cancer, 15, pp. 1-9; Tan, KN, Oral cancer in Australia (1969) Aust Dent J, 14, pp. 50-56; Svejda, J, Kosut, V, Epidemiology of malignant tumors with special regards to the oro‐facial region (1971) Neoplasma, 18, pp. 193-196; Szpak, CA, Stone, MJ, Frenkel, EP, Some observations concerning the demographic and geographic incidence of carcinoma of the lip and buccal cavity (1977) Cancer, 40, pp. 343-348; Flannery, J, Boice, JD, Devesa, SS, Cancer registration in Connecticut and the study of multiple primary cancer, 1935–82 (1985) NCI Monogr, 68, pp. 13-24; Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Eisenberg, H, Cancer of the nasopharynx in Connecticut, 1935 through 1959 (1967) Cancer, 20, pp. 508-511; Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Connelly, RR, Eisenberg, H, Cancer of the pharynx in Connecticut, 1935–1959 (1968) Cancer, 21, pp. 706-713; von Essen, CF, Shedd, DP, Connelly, RR, Eisenberg, H, Cancer of the larynx in Connecticut, 1935–1959 (1968) Cancer, 22, pp. 1315-1322; (1976) International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, pp. 1-45. , ed 1, Geneva, WHO; (1930) Fifteenth census of the United States, p. 3. , Washington, DC, US Government Printing Office, 352; (1940) Sixteenth census of the United States, pp. 2-830. , Washington, DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, 829; (1951) Census of population, 1950, pp. 7-64. , Washington, DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, ;2; (1960) Census of population, 1960, pp. 1-65. , Washington, DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, 8; (1973) Census of population, 1960, pp. 8-126. , Washington, DC, U.S. Government Printing Office, ;1; (1982) Census of population, 1980, pp. 1-200. , Washington, DC, US Government Printing Office, 8; Pindborg, JJ, Mehta, FS, Daftary, DK, Incidence of oral cancer among 30,000 villagers in India in a 7‐year follow‐up study of oral precancerous lesions (1975) Community Dent Oral Epidemiol, 3, pp. 86-88; Devesa, SS, Silverman, DT, Young, JL, Cancer incidence and mortality trends among whites in the United States, 1947–84 (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 79, pp. 701-742; Estimated new cancer cases for all sites plus major sites, by state‐1985 (1985) CA, 35, pp. 28-29; Harris, JE, Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900–80 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 473-479; Wynder, EL, Bross, IJ, Feldman, RM, A study of the etiological factors in cancer of the mouth (1957) Cancer, 10, pp. 1300-1323; Farr, HW, Arthur, K, Epidermoid carcinoma of the mouth and pharynx 1960–64 (1972) J Laryngol Otol, 86, pp. 243-253; Binnie, WH, Epidemiology and aetiology of oral cancer in Britain (1976) Proc R Soc Med, 69, pp. 737-740; Smith, CJ, Global epidemiology and aetiology of oral cancer (1973) Int Dent J, 23, pp. 82-91; Silverman, S, Jr., Epidemiology (1985) Oral Cancer, pp. 2-6. , Silverman S Jr, ed. 2, New York, American Cancer Society; Cutler, SJ, Young, JL, Third national cancer survey: Incidence data (1975) NCI Monogr, 41, pp. 1-454 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025297228&doi=10.1002%2f1097-0142%2819900615%2965%3a12%3c2796%3a%3aAID-CNCR2820651232%3e3.0.CO%3b2-G&partnerID=40&md5=a0b973848581fc9710f77a501d61f23d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Factors associated with childhood cancer in a national cohort study T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 304 EP - 308 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1038/bjc.1990.283 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Paterson, M. AU - Kinlen, L.J. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St Michael’s Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AD - CRC Cancer Epidemiology Unit, The Link Building, 15 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9JZ, United Kingdom AB - Information on 16, 193 infants delivered in Great Britain in one week of April, 1970 was collected by midwives at the birth and during the first 7 days of life. Using multiple sources, 33 children developing cancer by 1980 were identified from this cohort, giving an incidence of 2.04 per 1, 000 total births by the age of 10. Comparisons of these 33 children were made with 99 controls, three for each index case, matched on maternal age, parity and social class. Statistically significant associations were initially found with maternal X-rays and smoking during pregnancy, and the use of analgesics such as pethidine during labour, confirming the findings of retrospective case-control studies. Unexpected statistically significant associations were found with delivery of the child outside term, and drug administration in the first week of life. The latter was found in the absence of an association with neonatal abnormalities in the child and relates mostly to the administration of prophylactic drugs such as vitamin K. Logistic regression involving the whole cohort showed independent statistical associations with maternal smoking (OR 2.5), and drugs to the infant (OR 2.6). After adjusting for these factors no other statistically significant associations were found. © The MacMillan Press Ltd., 1990. KW - article KW - childhood cancer KW - human KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - Adult KW - Breast Feeding KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Gestational Age KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Labor Complications KW - Male KW - Neoplasms KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure Delayed Effects KW - Prospective Studies KW - Radiography KW - Regression Analysis KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :138 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2386748 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St Michael’s Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - Funding details: Hogg Foundation for Mental Health, Hogg Foundation for Mental Health N1 - Funding text: analyses to look at possible adverse effects of opiates in labour were funded by the Mental Health Foundation. Jean Golding is grateful to Dr Martin Mott for constructive criticism and to Yasmin Iles for typing this paper. N1 - References: Butler, N.R., Golding, J., From Birth to Five: A study of the health and behaviour of Britain’s five year olds (1986) Pergamon Press: Oxford; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Haslum, M., Stewart-Brown, S., Child Health and Education Study: Preliminary communication (1982) J. R. Soc. Med., 75, p. 781; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., British Births (1975) Obstetric Care., 2; Gilman, E.A., Kinnier-Wilson, L.M., Kneale, G.W., Childhood cancers and their association with pregnancy drugs and illnesses. Paediatr (1989) Perinatal Epidemiol., 3, p. 66; Gilman, E.A., Kneale, G.W., Knox, E.G., Pregnancy x-rays and childhood cancers: Effects of exposure age and radiation dose (1988) J. Soc. Radiol. Protection, 8, p. 3; Kneale, G.W., Stewart, A.M., Mantel-Haenszel analysis of Oxford data: Independent effects of several birth factors including fetal irradiation (1976) J. Natl Cancer Inst., 56, p. 879; McCkinney, P.A., Cartwright, R.A., Saiu, J.M.T., The inter-regional epidemiological study of childhood cancer (IRESCC): A case-control study of aetiological factors in leukaemia and lymphoma (1987) Arch. Dis. Child., 62, p. 279; Neutel, C.I., Buck, C., Effect of smoking in pregnancy on the risk of cancer in children (1971) J. Natl Cancer Inst., 47, p. 59; Pike, M.C., Morrow, R.H., Statistical analysis of patient- control studies in epidemiology: Factor under investigation an all or none variable (1970) Br. J. Prev. Social Med., 24, p. 42; Stewart, A., Webb, J., Hewitt, D., (1958). A survey of childhood malignancies (1958) Br. Med. J., 1, p. 1495; Stjernfeldt, M., Ludvigsson, J., Berglund, K., Maternal smoking during pregnancy and the risk of childhood cancer (1986) Lancet, 2, p. 687 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025329167&doi=10.1038%2fbjc.1990.283&partnerID=40&md5=e3457d12d22bce6e4080fe2a8e07e474 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A mortality follow-up study of pottery workers: preliminary findings on lung cancer. T2 - IARC scientific publications J2 - IARC Sci Publ IS - 97 SP - 83 EP - 94 PY - 1990 SN - 03005038 (ISSN) AU - Winter, P.D. AU - Gardner, M.J. AU - Fletcher, A.C. AU - Jones, R.D. AD - Medical Research Council Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, England. AB - The possible association between exposure to low levels of silica and lung cancer was investigated by following up pottery workers included in a survey conducted in 1970-71 of respiratory disease among such workers. The initial results show that, among men under the age of 60 at the time of the original survey, mortality has been similar to that expected, but that there was an excess of lung cancer of over 30% even after allowance had been made for cigarette smoking and place of residence. There were no particular excesses of lung cancer by product group or job group. However, there was some indication that lung cancer risk increased with estimated cumulative exposure to respirable quartz. These findings do suggest an association between lung cancer and the low levels of silica found in potteries, and the follow-up will therefore be continued and a more detailed analysis of the data carried out. KW - silicon dioxide KW - adult KW - article KW - cause of death KW - ceramics KW - epidemiology KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - lung tumor KW - male KW - mortality KW - occupational disease KW - pilot study KW - smoking KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Cause of Death KW - Ceramics KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Pilot Projects KW - Silicon Dioxide KW - Smoking KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2164507 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Winter, P.D. N1 - Chemicals/CAS: silicon dioxide, 10279-57-9, 14464-46-1, 14808-60-7, 15468-32-3, 60676-86-0, 7631-86-9; Ceramics; Silicon Dioxide, 7631-86-9 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025069750&partnerID=40&md5=66a4846f1a35675905a9f9166cfb32b0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The oblique facial cleft: a 20-year follow-up T2 - British Journal of Plastic Surgery J2 - Br. J. Plast. Surg. VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 355 EP - 358 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0007-1226(90)90088-H SN - 00071226 (ISSN) AU - Boo-Chai, K. AD - 621 Geylang Road, Singapore 1438 AB - A 20-year follow-up is presented of a patient with an oblique facial cleft, first reported in 1970. The classification of such clefts, proposed at that time, is reviewed in relation to the Tessier classification and the long-term results of surgery reported. © 1990 The Trustees of British Association of Plastic Surgeons. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - article KW - case report KW - classification KW - cleft palate KW - face malformation KW - face surgery KW - female KW - human KW - methodology KW - Abnormalities, Multiple KW - Case Report KW - Cleft Lip KW - Coloboma KW - Eyelids KW - Face KW - Facial Asymmetry KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Maxilla KW - Orbit N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJPSA C2 - 2350644 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Boo-Chai, K. N1 - References: Boo-Chai, The transverse facial cleft; its repair (1969) British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 22, p. 129; Boo-Chai, The oblique facial cleft: a report of 2 cases and a review of 41 cases (1970) British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 23, p. 352; Boo-Chai, The unoperated adult bilateral cleft of the lip and palate (1971) British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 24, p. 250; Chandra, Kumar, Bilateral oblique facial clefts: a case report (1986) Indian Journal of Plastic Surgery, 19, p. 121; Goleria, Congenital aplasia of the maxilla or Tessier soft tissue cleft 5, bone cleft 4, 5 and 6 (1987) Craniofacial Surgery, , D. Marchac, Springer-Verlag, Berlin; Harkins, Berlin, Harding, Longacre, Snodgrass, A classification of cleft lip and cleft palate (1962) Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 29, p. 31; Kaplan, Commissuroplasty and myoplasty for macrostomia (1981) Annals of Plastic Surgery, 7, p. 136; Kawamoto, Jr., Wong, Macomber, Rare cranio-facial clefts (1977) Reconstructive Plastic Surgery, , J.M. Converse, 2nd Edition, W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia; Ortiz-Monasterio, Olmedo, Trigos, Yudorich, Velazquez, Fuente-del-Campo, Final results from the delayed treatment of patients with cleft of the lip and palate (1974) Scandinavian Journal of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 8, p. 109; Rowsell, The amniotic band disruption complex. The pathogenesis of oblique facial clefts; an experimental study in the foetal rat (1989) British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 42, p. 291; Sano, Tani, Nishimura, Bilateral oblique facial cleft (1983) Annals of Plastic Surgery, 11, p. 434; Shimbashi, Tomonari, A follow-up of macrostomia (1987) Japanese Journal of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 30, p. 211; Tessier, Anatomical classification of facial, craniofacial and latero-facial clefts (1976) Journal of Maxillo-facial Surgery, 4, p. 69; Verheyden, Anatomical considerations in the repair of macrostomia (1988) Annals of Plastic Surgery, 16, p. 174 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025293003&doi=10.1016%2f0007-1226%2890%2990088-H&partnerID=40&md5=217338b2877e0120d2e0414a325a8325 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Rising incidence of breast cancer among young women in Sweden T2 - British Journal of Cancer J2 - Br. J. Cancer VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 120 EP - 122 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1038/bjc.1990.24 SN - 00070920 (ISSN) AU - Ranstam, J. AU - Janzon, L. AU - Olsson, H. AD - Department of Community Health Sciences, Lund University, Malmö General Hospital, Malmö, S-214 01, Sweden AD - Department of Oncology, Lund University, University Hospital, Lund, Sweden AB - The national Swedish cancer registry was used to analyse the age-specific time trends in breast cancer incidence in Sweden from 1970 to 1984. The analysis included both a calendar year and a birth cohort approach to estimate time trends in disease occurrence. According to the birth cohort approach there was a statistically significant increase in the incidence with an average annual increase of the incidence of 3.2% (P= 0.0114), 3.4% (P= 0.0002) and 2.2% (P = 0.0264) in the age groups 25-29, 30-34 and 35-39, respectively. Possible causes of the observed increasing incidence are discussed. © Macmillan Press Ltd., 1990. KW - age KW - article KW - breast cancer KW - cancer risk KW - female KW - human KW - priority journal KW - sweden KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Female KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Sweden N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2297482 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ranstam, J.; Department of Community Health Sciences, Lund University, Malmö General Hospital, Malmö, S-214 01, Sweden N1 - References: Baron, A., Byers, T., Greenberg, E.R., Cummings, K.M., Swanson, M., Cigarette smoking in women with cancers of the breast and reproductive organs (1986) J. Natl Cancer Inst, 77, p. 677; Breslow, N.E., Extra-Poisson variation in log-linear models. Appl (1984) Stat, 33, p. 38; Brownson, R., Blackwell, C., Pearson, D., Reynolds, R., Richens, J., Papermaster, B., Risk of breast cancer in relation to cigarette smoking (1988) Arch. Intern. Med, 148, p. 140; De Waard, A., Trichopoulos, D., A unifying concept of the aetiology of breast cancer (1988) Int. J. Cancer, 41, p. 666; Ewertz, M., Carstensen, B., Trends in breast cancer incidence and mortality in Denmark, 1943-1982 (1988) Int. J. Cancer, 41, p. 46; Kampert, J., Whittemore, A., Paffenbarger, R., Combined effect of childbearing, menstrual events, and body size on age-specific breast cancer risk (1988) Am. J. Epidemiol, 128, p. 962; Kay, C.R., Hannaford, P.C., Breast cancer and the pill - a further report from the Royal College of General Practitioners’ oral contraceptive study (1988) Br. J. Cancer, 58, p. 675; Krieger, N., White, E., Rising incidence of breast cancer (1988) J. Natl Cancer Inst, 80, p. 2; La Vecchia, C., Decarli, A., Parazzini, F., General epidemiology of breast cancer in northern Italy (1987) Int. J. Epidemiol, 16, p. 347; McPherson, K., Neil, A., Vessey, M.P., Doll, R., Oral contraceptives and breast cancer (1983) Lancet, p. 2; McPherson, K., Vessey, M.P., Neil, A., Early oral contraceptive use and breast cancer: Results of another case- control study (1987) Br. J. Cancer, 56, p. 653; Meirik, O., Arvidson, A., Springfeld, T.P., Use of oral contraceptives in Sweden. In Hormonal antikonception (1984) National Board of Health and Welfare: Stockholm; Meirik, O., Lund, E., Adami, H.O., Bergstrom, R., Christoffersen, T., Bergsjo, P., Oral contraceptive use and breast cancer in young women (1986) Lancet, 2, p. 650; Michnovicz, J., Hershcopf, R., Naganuma, H., Bradlow, L., Fishman, J., Increased 2-hydroxylation of estradiol as a possible mechanism for the anti-estrogenic effect of cigarette smoking (1986) N. Engl. J. Med, 315, p. 1305; (1988) Cancer Incidence in Sweden. Liber: Stockholm; (1977) Completeness of Registration in the Swedish Cancer Registry, p. 15; Olsson, H., Landin Olsson, M., Moller, T., Ranstam, J., Holm, P., Oral contraceptive use and breast cancer in young women in Sweden (1985) Lancet, 1, p. 749; Olsson, H.J., Moller, T.R., Oral contraceptives and breast cancer (1985) Lancet, p. 2; Pike, M.C., Henderson, B.E., Casagrande, J.T., Rosario, I., Gray, G.E., Oral contraceptive use and early abortion as risk factors for breast cancer in young women (1981) Br. J. Cancer, 43, p. 72; Pike, M.C., Henderson, B.E., Krailo, M.D., Duke, A., Roy, S., Breast cancer in young women and use of oral contraceptives: Possible modifying effect of formulation and age at use (1983) Lancet, 2, p. 926; Rohan, T., McMichael, J., Alcohol consumption and risk of breast cancer (1988) Int. J. Cancer, 41, p. 695; Sandler, D.P., Everson, R.B., Wilcox, A.J., Cigarette smoking and breast cancer (1986) Am. J. Epidemiol, 123, p. 370; Schechter, M.T., Miller, A.B., Howe, G.R., Cigarette smoking and breast cancer: A case control study of screening program participants (1985) Am. J. Epidemiol, 121, p. 479; Stadel, B., Lai, S., Schlesselman, J.J., Murray, P., Oral contraceptives and premenopausal breast cancer in nul- liparous women (1988) Contraception, 38, p. 287; Stadel, B., Rubin, G., Wingo, P., Schlesselman, J., Breast cancer and oral contraceptives (1986) Lancet, 1, p. 436; (1984) Statistical Abstracts of Sweden. Liber: Stockholm; Vessey, M.P., McPherson, K., Yeates, D., Doll, R., Oral contraceptive use and abortion before first term pregnancy in relation to breast cancer risk (1982) Br. J. Cancer, 45, p. 327; White, E., Projected changes in breast cancer incidence due to the trend toward delaying childbearing (1987) Am. J. Public Health, 77, p. 495; White, E., Daling, J.R., Norsted, T.L., Chu, J., Rising incidence of breast cancer among young women in Washington state (1987) J. Natl Cancer Inst, 79, p. 239 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025134204&doi=10.1038%2fbjc.1990.24&partnerID=40&md5=20a8b014ed56a71f1beaa8c3b7cd1d85 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Height and mortality in the counties of England and wales T2 - Annals of Human Biology J2 - Ann. Hum. Biol. VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1080/03014469000000732 SN - 03014460 (ISSN) AU - Barker, D.J.P. AU - Osmond, C. AU - Golding, J. AD - MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General Hospital, United Kingdom AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, United Kingdom AB - Average heights of adults and children in the counties of England and Wales were examined using national samples of people born between 1920 and 1970. Although height increased over this 50-year period the differences between counties persisted. Average height in a county is closely related to its pattern of death rates, which were derived from all deaths during 1968-78. Counties with taller populations have lower mortality from chronic bronchitis, rheumatic heart disease, ischaemic heart disease and stroke, and higher mortality from three hormone-related cancers, of the breast, prostate and ovary. The inverse relation of height with bronchitis and cardiovascular disease is further evidence of risk factors acting in early childhood. The positive relation between height and cancers of the breast, ovary and prostate could suggest that promotion of child growth has disadvantages as well as benefits. © 1990 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adult KW - age KW - article KW - body height KW - child KW - fatality KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - normal human KW - sex difference KW - united kingdom KW - Administrative Districts KW - Biology KW - Cancer KW - Child Development KW - Comparative Studies KW - Counties KW - Death Rate KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Differential Mortality KW - Diseases KW - Endocrine System KW - England KW - Europe KW - Geographic Factors KW - Growth KW - Heart Diseases KW - Hormones KW - Measurement KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Northern Europe KW - Physiology KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Risk Factors KW - Studies KW - United Kingdom KW - Wales KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Body Height KW - Bronchitis KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Comparative Study KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mortality KW - Neoplasms KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Class KW - Wales KW - death rate KW - human height KW - mortality KW - national sample KW - UK, England KW - UK, Wales PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :77 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AHUBB C2 - 2317001 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Barker, D.J.P.; MRC Environmental Epidemiology Unit, University of Southampton, Southampton General HospitalUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Armstrong, B., Doll, R., Environmental factors and cancer incidence and mortality in different countries, with special reference to dietary practices (1975) International Journal of Cancer, 15, pp. 617-631; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Infant mortality, childhood nutrition and ischaemic heart disease in England and Wales (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 1077-1081; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Childhood respiratory infection and adult chronic bronchitis in England and Wales (1986) British Medical Journal, 293, pp. 1271-1275; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Death rates from stroke in England and Wales predicted from past maternal mortality (1987) British Medical Journal, 295, pp. 83-86; Barker, D.J.P., Osmond, C., Golding, J., Kuh, D., Wadsworth, M.E.J., Growth in utero, blood pressure in childhood and adult life, and mortality from cardiovascular disease (1989) British Medical Journal, 298, pp. 564-567; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Haslum, M., Stewart-Brown, S., Recent findings of the 1970 child health and education study: preliminary communication (1982) Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 75, pp. 781-784; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five Year Olds, , Pergamon Press, Oxford; Campbell, J.M., (1924) Maternal mortality, , HMSO, London(Ministry of Health Reports on Public Health and Medical Subjects, No 25.); (1913) Census of England and Wales 1911, 9. , Birthplaces HMSO, London; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, H., (1972) From birth to seven: a report of the National Child Development Study, , Longman, London; Falkner, F., Tanner, J.M., Human Growth, a Comprehensive Treatise (1986) Methodology, Ecological, Genetic and Nutritional Effects on Growth, 3. , Plenum Press, New York and London; Gardner, M.J., Winter, P.D., Barker, D.J.P., (1984) Atlas of mortality from Selected Diseases in England and Wales 1968–78, , John Wiley, Chichester; Little, R.E., Mother's and father's birthweight as predictors of infant birthweight (1987) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 1, pp. 19-31; Marmot, M.G., Shipley, M.J., Rose, G., Inequalities in death — specific explanations of a general pattern? (1984) Lancet, pp. 1003-1006; Notkola, V., (1985) Living conditions in childhood and coronary heart disease in adulthood, , Finnish Society of Sciences and Letters, Helsinki; (1991) Registrar General's statistical review of England and Wales 1911 et seq. Part 1. Tables, medical, , HMSO, Londonet seq; Orr, J.B., (1936) Food, Health and Income, , MacMillan, London; Pike, M.C., Ross, R.K., Breast cancer (1984) British Medical Bulletin, 40, pp. 351-354; Rona, R.J., Florey, C., Du, V., National study of health and growth: respiatory symptoms and height in primary schoolchildren (1980) International Journal of Epidemiology, 9, pp. 35-43; Smyth, A.M., (1904) Physical Deterioration, its Causes and the Cure, , John Murray, London; Tanner, J., Healy, M., Lockhart, R., MacKenzie, J., Whitehouse, R., Aberdeen growth study. 1. The prediction of adult body measurements from measurements taken each year from birth to 5 years (1956) Archives of Diseases of Children, 31, p. 372; Waaler, H.T., Height, weight and mortality. The Norwegian experience (1984) Acta Medica Scandinavica, 679, pp. 1-56; Wadsworth, M., Follow-up of the first national birth cohort: findings from the Medical Research Council National Survey of Health and Development (1987) Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 1, pp. 95-116; van Wieringen, J., Secular growth changes (1986) Human Growth, 3. , 2nd edition Eds. F. Falkner, J. Tanner. Plenum Press, New YorkIn UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025198580&doi=10.1080%2f03014469000000732&partnerID=40&md5=e0d1883d20967b5c9c97ed930d12f10b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Absence of adverse mortality effects in workers exposed to methylene chloride: An update T2 - Journal of Occupational Medicine J2 - J. Occup. Med. VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 234 EP - 240 PY - 1990 SN - 00961736 (ISSN) AU - Hearne, F.T. AU - Pifer, J.W. AU - Grose, F. AD - Epidemiology and Industrial Hygiene Sections, Health and Environment Laboratories, Eastman Kodak Company, Bldg 320, Kodak Park, Rochester, NY, 14652-3615, United States AB - Mortality findings in a 1964 to 1970 cohort of 1013 hourlywage men exposed to methylene chloride were substantially unchanged after 4 additional years of observation through 1988. Mean exposure was 26 ppm (8-hour time-weighted average) for 23 years; median follow-up from first exposure was 33 years. A comparison with death rates in both general population and industrial referents showed nonsignificant deficits in observed-expected ratios for such hypothesized causes as lung and liver cancer and ischemic heart disease. Overall mortality from 1964 to 1988 (n = 238) was significantly decreased v both referent groups. The study had 90% power to detect relative risks of 1.7 and 1.3 for lung cancer and ischemic heart disease, respectively; power was inadequate for hepatic cancer. No pancreatic cancer deaths occurred since the 1984 follow-up; eight have been observed v 4.2 expected (P = .13). An analysis of dose response for selected causes of death demonstrated no statistically significant trend according to either career methylene chloride exposure or latency. Similar results were observed when the data were analyzed using Poisson regression modeling. © by American College of Occupational Medicine. KW - dichloromethane KW - article KW - mortality KW - occupational health KW - priority journal KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cause of Death KW - Cohort Studies KW - Coronary Disease KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Hydrocarbons, Chlorinated KW - Incidence KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Methylene Chloride KW - Middle Age KW - New York KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2319356 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hearne, F.T.; Epidemiology and Industrial Hygiene sections, Health and Environment Laboratories, Eastman Kodak Company, Bldg 320, Kodak Park, Rochester, NY, 14652-3615, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: dichloromethane, 75-09-2; Hydrocarbons, Chlorinated; Methylene Chloride, 75-09-2 N1 - References: Hearne, F.T., Friedlander, B.R., Follow-up of methylene chloride study (1981) J Ocaup Med, 23, p. 660. , Letter; Hearne, F.T., Grose, F., Pifer, J.W., Friedlander, B.R., Raleigh, R.L., Methylene chloride mortality study: Dose-response characterization and animal model comparison (1987) J Occup Med, 29, pp. 217-238; Friedlander, B.R., Hearne, T., Hall, S., Epidemiologic investigation of employees chronically exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality analysis (1978) J Occup Med, 20, pp. 657-666; NTP Technical Report on the Toxicology and Carcinogenesis Studies of Dichloromethane in F344/N Rats and B6C3F, Mice (Inhalation Studies) (1986) National Toxicology Program, , US Dept of Health and Human Services, publication NIH 86–2562, NTP-TR 306; Webster, W.S., Clarkson, T.B., Lofland, H.B., Carbon monoxideaggravated atherosclerosis in the squirrel monkey (1970) Exp Mol Pathol, 13, pp. 36-50; Ott, M.G., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Bronson, J.M., Williams, P.R., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality (1983) Scand J Work Environ Health, 9, pp. 8-16; (1967) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , 8th rev. Geneva: World Health Organization; (1977) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , 9th rev. Geneva: World Health Organization; Gilbert, E.S., Buchanan, J.A., An alternative approach to analyzing occupational mortality data (1984) J Occup Med, 26, pp. 822-828; Hakulinen, T., A Mantel-Haenszel statistic for testing the association between polychotomous exposure and a rare outcome (1981) Am J Epidemiol, 113, pp. 195-196; Mantel, N., Chi-square tests with one degree of freedom: Extensions of the Mantel-Haenszel procedure (1963) J Am Stat Assoc, 58, pp. 690-700; Scarpelli, D.G., Reddy, J.K., Longnecker, D.S., (1987) Experimental Pancreatic Carcinogenesis, , Boca Raton, Fla: CRC Press, Inc; Hearne, F.T., Pifer, J.W., Grose, F., Katz, G.V., Methylene chloride and cancer of the pancreas (1988) J Occup Med, 30, pp. 478-481. , Letter; Mortality of Cellulose Triacetate Production Workers (1989) Interim Report, , Chestnut Hill, Mass: Epidemiology Resources Inc, September UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025215361&partnerID=40&md5=d1edeaeb36c8a1074136c45c0cb0357c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidimiological studies on occupational cancer risk in the tanning, leather and shoe industries ST - STUDE EPIDEMIOLOGIGICI SU RISCHIO CANCEROGENO ED ATTIVITA LAVORATIVA NELL'INDUSTRIA DELLA CONCIA, PELLETTERIA E CALZATURA T2 - Medicina del Lavoro J2 - MED. LAV. VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 184 EP - 211 PY - 1990 SN - 00257818 (ISSN) AU - Costantini, A.S. AU - Merler, E. AU - Saracci, R. AD - Agenzia Internazionale per la Ricerca sul Cancro, Divisione di Epidemiologia e Biostatistica, Lione, Italy AB - A review is made of the epidemiological studies of occupational cancer risks among tannery, leather and shoe industry workers. The risk of nasal cancer associated with exposure to leather dust, which had already been stressed at the beginning of the 1970's, was confirmed in recent studies. However, a decreasing trend of RR was observed among shoe industry workers. The excess of leukemia among shoe workers, which was mainly based on the description of numerous cases of acute myeloblastic leukemia, has also been confirmed by two cohort studies carried out in Italy and the U.K. In addition to the evident increase in these two disease, there are indications of an excess of cancer of other sites among leather and shoe workers, particularly bladder cancer, both among workers assigned to leather finishing operations and in leather goods and shoe production workers. Another interesting result is the excess of lung cancer among tannery workers. This evidence is unanimous in the studies carried out in Italy but is not supported by the majority of studies performed in other countries. For this reason, we consider it extremely important to carry out a multicentric study in Italy, with particular attention to the definition of occupational exposures to carcinogens. There are also other isolated reports of excesses of other cancers in the shoe and leather industries but in our opinion they are of dubious interpretation. KW - carcinogenicity KW - human KW - italy KW - leather industry KW - leukemia KW - occupational cancer KW - review KW - shoe industry KW - article KW - bladder tumor KW - comparative study KW - dust KW - female KW - iatrogenic disease KW - Italy KW - leukemia KW - lung tumor KW - male KW - neoplasm KW - nose tumor KW - occupational disease KW - risk factor KW - shoe KW - United Kingdom KW - United States KW - Bladder Neoplasms KW - Comparative Study KW - Dust KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Italy KW - Leukemia KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Neoplasms KW - Nose Neoplasms KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Risk Factors KW - Shoes KW - Tanning KW - United States N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: MELAA C2 - 2277595 LA - Italian UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025430879&partnerID=40&md5=034538f7f610941aa8fb679b0ff7f0ae ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changes in peptic ulcer and gastritis/Duodenitis in great britain, 1970–1985 T2 - Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology J2 - J. Clin. Gastroenterol. VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 100 EP - 108 PY - 1990 SN - 01920790 (ISSN) AU - Bloom, B.S. AU - Fendrick, A.M. AU - Ramsey, S.D. AD - Leonard Davis Institute of Health Economics, Philadelphia, PA, United States AD - Department of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, United States AB - The signal event of the 1970s in peptic ulcer disease was the introduction of H2 blockers. We examined changing direct and indirect effects of peptic ulcer and gastritis/duodenitis on the British population from 1970 to 1985. Death rates from gastric ulcer declined irregularly for all except women 65 years of age and older, in whom it increased, while for duodenal ulcer mortality declined only for men less than 65 years old and increased sharply for women 65 years and above. Mortality due to gastritis/duodenitis rose irregularly to 1980 and then fell inconsistently through 1985, and was but 1.0 to 1.5% that of peptic ulcer. Elderly women were disproportionately affected, much as with peptic ulcer. There was no significant change in essentially stable time trends for peptic ulcer perforation deaths. Hospitalizations for gastric and duodenal ulcer continued to fall through 1985 except for those age 65 years and above. Hospitalizations for peptic ulcer hemorrhage did not change overall, but the distribution favoring the elderly in the early 1970s reversed. Elderly men and women are now the most likely to bleed for both gastric and duodenal ulcer. Hospitalizations for gastritis/duodenitis increased for all populations. Peptic ulcer operations declined markedly for all groups, most for men and women less than 65 years old. Peptic ulcer as a cause of work loss declined sharply over time for men but was stable for women, while work loss due to gastritis/duodenitis plunged for both sexes beginning in 1979. Mean days off work per spell of absenteeism remained relatively constant: 35–45 days for peptic ulcer and 10–12 days for gastritis/duodenitis. Work loss due to peptic ulcer and gastritis/duodenitis declined importantly relative to that for all diagnoses. © 1990 Raven Press, Ltd., New York. KW - Duodenitis-great Britain KW - Gastritis KW - Peptic ulcer KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - duodenitis KW - female KW - gastritis KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mortality KW - peptic ulcer KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Absenteeism KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Cohort Effect KW - Duodenitis KW - Female KW - Gastritis KW - Great Britain KW - Histamine H2 Antagonists KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Peptic Ulcer KW - Peptic Ulcer Hemorrhage KW - Peptic Ulcer Perforation KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 1968072 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bloom, B.S.; University of Pennsylvania, 2L NEB-420 Service Drive, Philadelphia, PA, 19104-6020, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Histamine H2 Antagonists N1 - References: Brown, R.C., Langman, M.J.S., Lambert, P.M., Hospital admissions for peptic ulcer during 1958-1972 (1976) Br Med J, 1, pp. 35-37; Coggon, D., Lambert, P.M., Langman, M.J.S., 20 Years of hospital admissions for peptic ulcer in England and Wales (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 1302-1304; Susser, M., Period effects, generation effects and age effects in peptic ulcer mortality (1982) J Chron Dis, 35, pp. 29-40; Kurata, J.H., Elashoff, J.D., Nogawa, A.N., Haile, B.M., Sex and smoking differences in duodenal ulcer mortality (1986) Am J Pub Health, 76, pp. 700-702; Walt, R., Logan, R., Katchinski, B., Ashley, M., Langman, M., Rising frequency of ulcer perforation in elderly people in the United Kingdom (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 489-492; Weir, R.D., Perforated peptic ulcer in North-East Scotland (1960) Scottish Med J, 5, pp. 257-264; Jennings, D., Perforated peptic ulcer (1940) Lancet, 1, pp. 395-398, 444-447; Illingworth, C.F.W., Scott, L.D.W., Jamieson, R.A., Acute perforated peptic ulcer (1944) Br Med J, 2, pp. 617-620; Collier, D.S.J., Pain, J.A., Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and peptic ulcer perforation (1985) Gut, 26, pp. 359-363; Somerville, K., Faulkner, G., Langman, M., Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and bleeding peptic ulcer (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 462-466; Carson, J.L., Strom, B.L., Soper, K.A., West, S.L., Morse, M.L., The association of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs with upper gastrointestinal tract bleeding (1987) Arch Intern Med, 147, pp. 85-88; Griffin, M.R., Ray, W.A., Schaffner, W., Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug use and death from peptic ulcer in elderly persons (1988) Ann Intern Med, 109, pp. 359-363; Bloom, B.S., Risk and cost of gastrointestinal side effects associated with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (1989) Arch Intern Med, 149, pp. 1019-1022; Guess, H.A., West, R., Strand, L.M., Fatal upper gastrointestinal hemmorhage or perforation among users and nonus-ers of non steriodal anti-inflammatory drugs in Saskatchewan, Canada, 1983 (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 35-45; Sonnenberg, A., Disability pensions due to peptic ulcer in Germany between 1953 and 1983 (1985) Am J Epidemiol, 122, pp. 106-111; Payer, L., (1988) Medicine and culture, , New York: Henry Holt & Co; Kurata, J.H., Elashoff, J.D., Haile, B.M., Honda, G.D., A reappraisal of time trends in ulcer disease: Factors related to changes in ulcer hospitalization and mortality rates (1988) Am J Publ Health, 1, pp. 576-579; Management of dyspepsia: Report of a working party (1988) Lancet, 1, pp. 576-579; Kurata, J.H., Corboy, E.D., Current peptic ulcer time trends: An epidemiological profile (1988) J Clin Gastroenterol, 10, pp. 259-268; Fineberg, H.V., Pearlman, L.A., Surgical treatment of peptic ulcer in the United States: Trends before and after the introduction of cimetidine (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 1305-1307; Bloom, B., Gessner, U., Long-term technology assessment: Mortality, hospitalizations and work-loss due to peptic ulcer and gastritis/duodenitis in the Federal Republic of Germany (1989) Int J Technol Assess Health Care, 5, pp. 215-226; Duplicate of reference 17. Deleted in proofs; Ministry of Pensions and National Insurance, (1958) Digest of statistics analysing certificates of incapacity, , London: Ministry of Pensions and National Insurance; Culyer, A.J., Maynard, A.K., Cost-effectiveness of duodenal ulcer treatment (1981) Social Sci Med, 15 C, pp. 3-11; Bulthuis, R., Cimetidine and the cost of peptic ulcer in the Netherlands (1984) Effect Health Care, 1, pp. 297-311; Horisberger, B., A review of the epidemiological development of peptic ulcers and an evaluation of duodenal ulcers in the Federal Republic of Germany before and after cimetidine (1983) Economic and medical evaluation of health care technologies, , Culyer AJ, Horisberger B, eds, Berlin: Springer-Verlag; Bloom, B.S., Fox, N.A., Jacobs, J., Patterns of care and expenditures by California Medicaid for peptic ulcer and other acid-related diseases J Clin Gastroenterol, , (in press) UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025189850&partnerID=40&md5=1b9a3731779fb989ee85f48980e99cab ER - TY - JOUR TI - Growth patterns, health and illness in preschool children from a multi‐ethnic, poor socio‐economic status municipality of Melbourne T2 - Journal of Paediatrics and Child Health J2 - J. Paediatr. Child Health VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 136 EP - 141 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1440-1754.1990.tb02410.x SN - 10344810 (ISSN) AU - CARMICHAEL, A. AU - WILLIAMS, H.E. AU - PICOT, S.G. AD - Department of Paediatrics, University of Melbourne, Royal Children's Hospital, Parkville, Victoria, Australia AB - Abstract There are little longitudinal data available for sample populations of Australian children. Previous findings from the Brunswick Family Study, unlike earlier overseas studies, have shown that adverse family and social factors were not associated with growth abnormalities. Follow‐up of 224 children from the cohort at 4 years of age has confirmed absence of significant growth disturbances, no mortality between 1 and 4 years, and serious morbidity due to organic illness in only 4% of the sample. However, 22% of the 4 year olds were found to have behaviour disturbances. These findings from a multi‐ethnic, poorer socio‐economic status population sample illustrate the importance of behaviour disturbances as one aspect of the new morbidity in Australian paediatrics and indicate that the once prevalent growth failure and organic morbidity consequent to family and social disadvantage have all but disappeared. Copyright © 1990, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - behaviour KW - epidemiology KW - family functioning KW - growth KW - preschool children KW - article KW - Australia KW - behavior disorder KW - family KW - growth KW - human KW - longitudinal study KW - morbidity KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - school child KW - social aspect N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus C2 - 2206612 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: CARMICHAEL, A.; Department of Paediatrics, Royal Children's Hospital, Parkville, Victoria, 3052, Australia N1 - References: Douglas, J.W.B., Blomfield, J.M., (1958) Children Under Five, , George Allen and Unwin,. London; Spence, J.C., Walton, W.S., Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., (1954) A Thousand Families in Newcastle‐upon‐Tyne, , Oxford University Press, London; Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., Knox, E.G., Walton, W.S., (1960) Growing Up in Newcastle‐upon‐Tyne, , Oxford University Press, London; Davie, R., Butler, N., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven (Report of NCDS), , Longman, London; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Haslum, M., Stewart‐Brown, S., Recent findings from the 1970 child health and education study: Preliminary communication (1982) J. Roy Soc. Med., 75, pp. 781-784; Werner Emery, E., Bierman, J.M., French, F.E., (1971) The Children of Kauar: A Longitudinal Study from the Prenatal Period to Age 10, , University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu; Silva, P.A., (1976) A Thousand Dunedin Three Year Olds: A Multidisciplinary Study of Child Development, , Research Report to the Medical Research Council of New Zealand; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Shannon, F.T., Birth placement and childhood disadvantage (1981) Soc. Sci. Med., 15 E, pp. 315-326; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Gratton, M.E., Shannon, F.T., Family life events. maternal depression and child rearing problems (1985) Pediatrica., 75, pp. 30-35; Carmichael, A., Williams, H.E., Infant health and family function in a poor socio‐economic status multi‐ethnic municipality (1983) Aust. Paediatr. J., 19, pp. 61-67; Carmichael, A., Williams, H.E., Patterns of illness in an infant population in a poor socio‐economic status multi‐ethnic municipality (1983) Aust. Paediatr. J., 19, pp. 68-72; Carmichael, A., Williams, H.E., Use of health care services in a poor socio‐economic status multi‐ethnic municipality in Melbourne (1983) Aust. Paediatr. J., 19, pp. 225-229; Richman, N., Graham, P., A behaviour screening questionnaire for use with 3‐year‐old children (1971) J. Child. Psychol. Psychiat., 12, pp. 5-33; Richman, N., Stevenson, J., Graham, P.J., Prevalence of behaviour problems in 3‐year‐old children: An epidemiological study in a London borough (1975) J. Child. Psychol. Psychiat., 16, pp. 277-287; Henderson, R.F., (1975) Poverty in Australia, , Commission of Inquiry into Poverty. AGPS,. Canberra; (1986) Poverty Lines: Australia. November, 1985, , University of Melbourne, Parkville; Moss, F.J.W., Plewis, I., Mental distress in mothers of preschool children in inner London (1977) Psychol. Med., 7, pp. 641-654; Wing, J.K., Nixon, J.M., Mann, S.A., Left, J.P., Reliability of the PSE (ninth edition) used in a population study (1977) Psychol. Med., 7, pp. 505-516; Neligan, G.A., Prudham, D., Steiner, H., (1974) The Formative Years (Birth, Family and Development in Newcastle‐upon‐Tyne), , Oxford University Press, London; Lacey, K.A., Parkin, J.M., The normal short child (1974) Arch. Dis. Child, 49, pp. 417-424; Boulton, T.J.C., Nutrition in childhood and its relationships to early somatic growth, body fat, blood pressure and physical fitness (1981) Acta Paediatr. Scand.; Gracey, M., Hitchcock, N.E., Studies of growth of Australian infants. (1985) Nutritional Needs and Assessment of Normal Growth. Nestle Nutrition, pp. 139-164. , Gracey M., Falkner F., eds, Vevey/Raven Press, New York; (1981) NHMRC Percentille Charts (charts and tables of heights, masses and head circumferences of infants, children and adolescents), , AGPS, Canberra; Bialestock, D., Neglected babies: A study of 289 babies admitted consecutively to a reception centre (1966) Med J Aust, pp. 1129-1133; Oates, R.K., Yu, J.S., Children with non‐organic failure to thrive: A community problem (1971) Med. J. Aust., 2, pp. 199-203; Hufton, I.W., Oates, R.K., Non‐organic failure to thrive (1977) Pediatrica, 59, pp. 73-77; Rutter, M., Tizard, J., Whitmore, K., (1970) Education, Health and Behaviour: Isle of Wight Survey, 1964‐65, , Longman, London; Bridges‐Webb, C., The Traralgon health and illness survey, part 2: Prevalence of illness and use of health care (1974) International Journal of Epidemiology, 3, pp. 37-46; Williams, H.E., Chronic or recurrent disorders in children. (1979) The Health and Social Survey of the North‐West Region of Melbourne, , Krupinski J., Mackenzie A., eds,. Special Publication No. 7, Health Commission of Victoria, Melbourne; Earls, F.E., Richman, N., The prevalence of behaviour problems in the three‐year‐old children of West Indies‐born parents (1980) J. Child Psychol. Psychiat., 21, pp. 99-106; Williams, H.E., Carmichael, A., Depression in mothers and behaviour problems with their preschool children (1990) Aust. Paediatr. J. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025316383&doi=10.1111%2fj.1440-1754.1990.tb02410.x&partnerID=40&md5=d489da618c1cd74462cf2fbd56344364 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Female sterilization: a review of methods, morbidity, failure rates and medicolegal aspects T2 - Contemporary Reviews in Obstetrics and Gynaecology J2 - CONTEMP. REV. OBSTET. GYNAECOL. VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 176 EP - 182 PY - 1990 SN - 09539182 (ISSN) AU - Newton, J. AU - McCormack, J. AD - Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Birmingham Maternity Hospital, Queen Elizabeth Medical Centre, Edgbaston, Birmingham B15 2TG, United Kingdom AB - Introduced in England in 1967, laparoscopic sterilization has effected a radical change in female sterilization which 1st consisted of electrocoagulation of the Fallopian tubes. Mechanical methods have since basically replaced electrocoagulation, such as tubal rings and clips. In the mid 1970s, the Filshie clip emerged and has since become the most common form of laparoscopic technique. Research demonstrates that it has a low incidence of surgical difficulty, low morbidity, and low failure rates. Other means of accessing the tubes include minilaparotomy and culdotomy (common in India). Generally women undergo general anesthesia for sterilization. Overall morbidity and mortality (10/10,000) following female sterilization is low. Early morbidity may include surgical complications (bleeding during surgery or torn tubes), technical failure (.6-1% for various laparoscopic techniques), and hemorrhage. Few long term follow up studies have taken place, but possible long term adverse effects are abdominal pain, pain during sexual intercourse, changes in menstruation, and a need for gynecologic surgery. Failure rates vary depending on the method, surgical approach, surgeon skill, and type of patient. The highest failure rate of a laparoscopic or minilaparotomy approach lies with culdotomy (7-15/1000) and the lowest with thermal coagulation (1/1000). The laparotomy approach may be as high as 14/1000. Between 1970-1980, the number of litigations have increased because of sterilization failure. These cases have showed a consistent pattern: insufficient patient information, poor notes with no indications of any counseling, little written information for patients to support verbal counseling, and illegible and meager operation notes. KW - complication KW - female KW - female sterilization KW - legal aspect KW - methodology KW - morbidity KW - normal human KW - review KW - surgery KW - Anesthesia KW - Behavior KW - Clips KW - Contraception KW - Contraception Failure KW - Contraceptive Usage KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Electrocoagulation KW - Equipment And Supplies KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Female Sterilization KW - Gynecologic Surgery KW - Literature Review KW - Litigation KW - Minilaparotomy KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - Northern Europe KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Psychological Factors KW - Regret KW - Sterilization, Sexual KW - Surgery KW - Treatment KW - Tubal Occlusion KW - Tubal Rings KW - United Kingdom KW - Urogenital Surgery KW - Vaginal Approach KW - Anesthesia KW - Behavior KW - Contraception KW - Contraception Behavior KW - Demography KW - Developed Countries KW - Disease KW - Electrocoagulation KW - Emotions KW - Equipment and Supplies KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Great Britain KW - Gynecologic Surgical Procedures KW - Jurisprudence KW - Laparotomy KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Psychology KW - Sterilization, Sexual KW - Sterilization, Tubal KW - Surgery KW - Surgical Instruments KW - Therapeutics N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CROGE C2 - 12283859 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025145318&partnerID=40&md5=fed70a6cb5bf1fd2302a4a75e7bac1d0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age related changes in age of starting to smoke T2 - Journal of Clinical Epidemiology J2 - J. Clin. Epidemiol. VL - 43 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 140 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0895-4356(90)90176-P SN - 08954356 (ISSN) AU - Weinkam, J.J. AU - Sterling, T.D. AD - School of Computing Science, Faculty of Applied Science, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada AB - The Average Age of Starting to Smoke (AASS) has been reported to decline for younger birth cohorts. That apparent decline has been used to support a conclusion of an increase in smoking among younger individuals. However, in some cases the apparent decline is an artifact of the method of computation which arises when the quantity being averaged is related to a quantity used to classify subjects for comparison. In one other case, a second type of error arises because the distribution of smoking initiation with age changed in such a way that the proportion of individuals taking up smoking at older ages declined more rapidly than the proportion starting at younger ages. In fact, comparison of the 1970 National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) to the 1979/80 NHIS shows a uniform decrease in starting to smoke among teens and preteens. Examples are discussed which show that estimates of possible disease related factors actually experienced by a cohort are possible only if other suitable data are available for comparable representative sections of the population at different time periods and for different ages. © 1990. KW - Age dependent errors KW - Average Age of Starting to Smoke KW - Smoking patterns KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - error KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - female KW - human KW - interview KW - male KW - methodology KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - smoking habit KW - statistics KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Data Interpretation, Statistical KW - Female KW - Health Surveys KW - Human KW - Male KW - Prevalence KW - Smoking KW - Time Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JCEPE C2 - 2303843 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Weinkam, J.J.; School of Computing Science, Faculty of Applied Science, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada N1 - References: Sutherland, Recent studies in the epidemiology of tuberculosis, based on the risk of being infected with tubercle bacilli (1976) Adv Tuberc Res, 19, pp. 1-63; Stellman, Garfinkel, Smoking habits and tar levels in a new American Cancer Society prospective study of 1.2 million men and women (1986) J Natl Cancer Inst, 76, p. 1057; U.S.D.H.H., (1989) Reducing the health consequences of smoking: 25 years of progress. A Report of the Surgeon General, , [DHHS publication No. (CDC)89-8411], U.S. Dept Health Hum Services: Office of Smoking and Health; U.S. Public Health Service, Smoking and Health, (1979) A Report of the Surgeon General, , [DHEW publication No. (PBS)70-50066], U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington DC; Davis, (1986) Statement of the American Medical Association to the Subcommittee on Health and the Environment, , United States House of Representatives: Committee on Commerce and Energy; (1984) Women's Health Report of the Public Health Service Task Force of Women's Health Issues, 2. , Department of Health and Human Services, October; Kandel, Logan, Patterns of drug use from adolescence to young adulthood: I. Periods of risk for initiation, continued use, and discontinuation (1984) Am J Public Health, 74, p. 660; La Vecchia, Patterns of cigarette smoking and trends in lung cancer mortality in Italy (1958) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 39, p. 157; Harris, Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900–1980 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, p. 473; JAPHA, Editorial News to the Journal from NCHS (1987) American Journal of Public Health, 77, p. 1502; National Center for Health Statistics. Statistical Design of the Health Interview Survey, (PHS Publication 584-A2); (1958) Concepts and Definitions in the Health Interview Survey, , U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, (Public Health Publication 584-A3)Public Health Service; Weinkam, Sterling, Changes in smoking characteristics by type of employment (1987) Am J Ind Med, 11, p. 539; Warren, Longevity and cause of death from irradiation in physicians (1956) J Am Med Assoc, 162, p. 464; Seltser, Sartwell, Ionizing radiation and longevity of physicians (1958) J Am Med Assoc, 166, p. 585; Green, (1979) Teenage Smoking: Immediate and Longterm Patterns, , National Institute of Education, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025023567&doi=10.1016%2f0895-4356%2890%2990176-P&partnerID=40&md5=97bd8347a2e3a7961f16d4c3021c707e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intraoral squamous cell carcinoma: Epidemiologic patterns in connecticut from 1935 to 1985 T2 - Cancer J2 - Cancer VL - 66 IS - 6 SP - 1288 EP - 1296 PY - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-0142(19900915)66:6<1288::AID-CNCR2820660632>3.0.CO;2-N SN - 0008543X (ISSN) AU - Chen, J. AU - Katz, R.V. AU - Krutchkoff, D.J. AD - Department of Oral Diagnosis, Pathology, University of Connecticut at Farmington, Farmington, Connecticut, United States AD - Department of Behavioral Sciences and Community Health, School of Dental Medicine, University of Connecticut at Farmington, Farmington, Connecticut, United States AB - There were 6181 cases of invasive intraoral squamous cell carcinoma accessioned by the Connecticut State Tumor Registry from 1935 to 1985. Cases were analyzed for age, sex, lesion site, and histologic differentiation. Crude, age‐specific, and age‐ adjusted incidence rates plus birth cohort analyses were also calculated. It was found that incidence rates for both men and women increased over the 51‐year period of study. For men, age‐adjusted incidence rates (1970 United States standard) increased from 4.9/100,000 in 1935 to 1939 to 8.5/100,000 in 1980 to 1985; for women, rates increased from 0.5/100,000 to 3.3/100,000 for the same period. The male‐to‐female ratio for intraoral squamous cell carcinoma declined dramatically from 9.8 to 2.6 during the 51‐year study period primarily because of the steep rate of increased incidence in women relative to that seen in men. The peak age of intraoral squamous cell carcinoma was the seventh decade. Age‐specific analysis showed that the older the age group, the higher the incidence for both sexes. During recent years, there was evidence of slightly increased incidence in men younger than 40. The tongue was the most common site for intraoral squamous cell carcinoma, followed closely by the floor of the mouth. Moderately differentiated tumors were most common (54.3% of the total), followed by both well‐differentiated cases (29.1%) and those that were poorly differentiated (16.6%). Copyright © 1990 American Cancer Society KW - age KW - article KW - cancer incidence KW - female KW - histology KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mouth carcinoma KW - priority journal KW - sex difference KW - squamous cell carcinoma KW - tongue carcinoma KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Carcinoma, Squamous Cell KW - Connecticut KW - Female KW - Gingival Neoplasms KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mouth Floor KW - Mouth Neoplasms KW - Registries KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :67 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2400977 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Chen, J.; Faculty of Dentistry, University of Toronto, 4384 Medical Sciences Building, Toronto, Ontario, M5S I A8, Canada N1 - References: Silverberg, E, Lubera J. Cancer statistics, 1987 (1987) Ca, 37, pp. 2-19; Lucas, RB., (1972) Pathology of Tumors of the Oral Tissues, pp. 121-146. , ed. 2., London, Churchill Livingstone; Rowe, NH., Oral cancer: General considerations (1974) J Mich Dent Assoc, 56, pp. 242-247; Wahi, PN., The epidemiology of oral and oropharyngeal cancer: A report of the study in Mainpuri district Uttar Pradesh, India (1968) Bull WHO, 38, pp. 495-521; Mahboubi, E., The epidemiology of oral cavity, pharyngeal and esophageal cancer outside of North America and Western Europe (1977) Cancer, 40, pp. 1879-1886; Pindborg, JJ., Epidemiological studies on oral cancer (1977) Int Dent J, 27, pp. 172-178; Smith, EM., Epidemiology of oral and pharyngeal cancer in the United States: Review of recent literature (1979) J Natl Cancer Inst, 63, pp. 1189-1198; Chen, J, Katz, RV, Krutchkoff, DJ., Epidemiology of oral cancer in Connecticut: 1935‐85 (1990) Cancer, 65, pp. 2796-2802; (1976) World Health Organization. International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, pp. 1-3. , ed. 1, Geneva, World Health Organization; World Health Organization. Histological typing of oral and oropharyngeal tumors (1971) International Histological Classification of Tumors, pp. 17-18. , Geneva, World Health Organization; Chen, J., (1988) Descriptive epidemiology of oral cancer in Connecticut, , 1935–1985 (Thesis)., Farmington, University of Connecticut; Chen, J, Katz, RV, Krutchkoff, DJ., Epidemiology of oral cancer in Connecticut: (1989) J Dent Res, 68 (910). , 1935–85 (Abstr); Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Ferraro, RH, Connelly, RR, Eisenberg, H., Cancer of tongue in Connecticut,1935–1959 (1968) Cancer, 21, pp. 89-96; Shedd, DP, von Essen, CF, Connelly, RR, Eisnberg, H., Cancer of the floor of the mouth in Connecticut (1968) Cancer, 21, pp. 1935-1959. , 97, 101; Waldron, CA., Oral epithelial tumors. (1970) Thoma's Oral Pathology, pp. 801-860. , Gorlin RJ, Goldman HM, ed. 6, St. Louis, CV Mosby; Shafer, WG, Hine, MK, Levy, BM., (1983) A Textbook of Oral Pathology, pp. 112-119. , ed. 4, Philadelphia, WB Saunders; Wynder, EL, Bross, IJ, Feldman, RM., A study of the etiological factors in cancer of the mouth (1957) Cancer, 10, pp. 1300-1323; Moore, C., Smoking and mouth‐throat cancer (1964) Am J Surg, 108, pp. 565-569; Vogler, WR, Lloyd, JW, Milmore, BK., A retrospective study of etiological factors in cancer of the mouth, pharynx and larynx (1962) Cancer, 15, pp. 246-258; Doll, R., Cancer related to smoking. (1972) The Second World Conference on Smoking and Health, pp. 10-16. , Richardson RG, London, Pitman House; Hartselle, ML., Oral carcinoma as related to the use of tobacco (1977) Ala J Med Sci, 14, pp. 188-194; Mahboubi, E, Sayed, GM., Oral cavity and pharynx. (1982) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 583-595. , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni JF, Philadelphia, WB Saunders; Harris, JE., Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900–80 (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 473-479; Squier, CA., Smokeless tobacco and oral cancer: A cause for concern? (1984) Ca, 34, pp. 242-247; (1986) United States Department of Health and Human Services. The Health Consequences of Using Smokeless Tobacco: A Report of the Surgeon General, pp. 86-2874. , Bethesda, MD, National Institute of Health, ; DHHS publication no. (NIH); Christen, AG., The case against smokeless tobacco: Five facts for the health professional to consider (1980) J Am Dent Assoc, 101, pp. 464-469; Harper, S., In tobacco, where there's smokeless fire (1980) Advertising Age, 5, pp. 85-86; White, DK, Miller, AS, Gomez, L., Occurrence of oral squamous cell carcinoma in persons under 50 years of age (1978) Philadelphia Medicine, 6, pp. 442-443; Shemen, L, Klotz, J, Schotenfeld, D, Strong, EW., Increase of tongue cancer in young men (Letter) (1984) JAMA, 252 (1857); Devesa, SS, Silverman, DT, Young, JL, Cancer incidence and mortality trends among whites in the United States, 1947‐84 (1987) J Natl Cancer Inst, 79, pp. 701-742; Mashberg, A, Meyers, H., Anatomical site and size of 222 early asymptomatic oral squamous cell carcinomas: A continuing prospective study of oral cancer II (1976) Cancer, 37, pp. 2149-2157; Rich, AM, Radden, BG., Squamous cell carcinoma of the oral mucosas: A review of 244 cases in Australia (1984) J Oral Pathol, 13, pp. 459-471; Lederman, M., Bucco‐pharyngeal cancer (1956) Br J Radiol, 29, pp. 536-543; Lederman, M., The anatomy of cancer (1964) J Laryngol Otol, 78, pp. 181-208; Tan, KN., Oral cancer in Australia (1969) Aust Dent J, 14, pp. 50-56; Easson, EC, Palmer, MK., Prognostic factors in oral cancer (1976) Clin Oncol, 2, pp. 191-202; Krolls, SO, Hoffman, S., Squamous cell carcinoma of the oral soft tissues: A statistical analysis of 14,253 cases by age, sex, and race of patients (1976) J Am Dent Assoc, 92, pp. 571-574; Langdon, JD., Epidemiology and aetiology. (1985) Malignant Tumors of the Oral Cavity, pp. 1-13. , Henk JM, Langdon JD, London, Edward Arnold UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024999514&doi=10.1002%2f1097-0142%2819900915%2966%3a6%3c1288%3a%3aAID-CNCR2820660632%3e3.0.CO%3b2-N&partnerID=40&md5=3ac965cf01507f78f3f05d2017732c14 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Volume-corrected mitotic index in human pancreatic cancer: Relation to histologic grade, clinical stage, and prognosis T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology J2 - Scand. J. Gastroenterol. VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 548 EP - 554 PY - 1990 DO - 10.3109/00365529009095529 SN - 00365521 (ISSN) AU - Lipponen, P.K. AU - Eskelinen, M.J. AU - Collan, Y. AU - Marin, S. AU - Alhava, E. AD - Dept. of Pathology and Surgery, University Central Hospital, Kuopio, Finland AD - Dept. of Pathology, University of Turku, Turku, Finland AB - A retrospective study was performed on 59 pancreatic cancer patients diagnosed during 1970-1988. The mean follow-up time of all individual patients was 6.9 months (range, 0-37 months). Histologic grade, clinical stage (UICC), and volume-corrected mitotic index (M/V index) were correlated to the survival of patients. Histologic grade (p = 0.167) and clinical stage (p = 0.066) were not related to overall survival with statistical significance. The M/V index was significantly associated with overall survival (p = 0.004). M/V index (p = 0.004), clinical stage (p = 0.029), and histologic grade (p = 0.126) predicted survival at 1 year after diagnosis. M/V index divided grade-II tumors into two prognostically different groups (p = 0.050). Seven of 59 patients who survived more than 12 months had an M/V index < 2, and patients who survived less than 6 months had significantly higher M/V index values (chi-square = 528.3, p < 0.001). The metastasizing potential of pancreatic cancer and lymph node involvement was also associated with the M/V index. Histologic grade and M/V index were positively correlated (chi-square = 38.6, p < 0.001, r = 0.702). On the basis of our results, it seems that the M/V index is better than histologic grade or clinical stage in predicting survival of pancreatic cancer patients. This result suggests the potential use of the M/V index in selecting patients for different modes of therapy. © 1990 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Clinical stage KW - Histologic grade KW - Pancreatic cancer KW - Survival KW - Volume-corrected mitotic index KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mitosis index KW - pancreas cancer KW - priority journal KW - survival KW - Adenocarcinoma KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Aneuploidy KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mitosis KW - Mitotic Index KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Retrospective Studies PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :23 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJGRA C2 - 2359985 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Eskelinen, M.J.; Dept. of Surgery, University Central Hospital of Kuopio, SF-70210, Kuopio, Finland N1 - References: Cubilla, A.L., Fitzgerald, P.J., Fortner, J.G., Pancreas cancer-duct cell adenocarcinoma: survival in relation to site, size, stage and type of therapy (1978) J Surg Oncol, 10, pp. 465-482; Kummerle, F., Ruckert, K., Surgical treatment of pancreatic cancer (1984) World J Surg, 8, pp. 889-894; Klöppel, G., Pancreatic non-endocrine tumours (1984) Pancreatic pathology, pp. 79-113. , Eds. G Klöppel, P U. Heitz. Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Cubilla, A.L., Fitzgerald, P.J., Tumors of the exocrine pancreas (1984) Atlas of tumor pathology, second series, Fasc. 19, , AFIP, Washington, DC; Matsuno, S., Sato, S., Surgical treatment of carcinoma of the pancreas (1986) Am J Surg, 152, pp. 499-504; Andren-Sandberg, A., Ihse, I., Factors influencing survival after total pancreatectomy in patients with pancreatic cancer (1983) Ann Surg, 198, pp. 605-610; Yamaguchi, K., Enjoji, M., Carcinoma of the pancreas: a clinicopathological study of 96 cases with immunohistochemical observations (1989) Jpn J Clin Oncol, 19, pp. 14-22; Henson, D.E., The histological grading of neoplasms (1988) Arch Pathol Lab Med, 112, pp. 1091-1096; Klöppel, G., Lingenthal, G., Von Bulow, M., Kern, H.F., Histological and fine structural features of pancreatic ductal adenocarcinomas in relation to growth and prognosis: studies in xenografted tumours and clinicopathological correlation in a series of 75 cases (1985) Histopathology, 9, pp. 841-856; Mannell, A., Van Heerden, J.A., Weiland, L.N.H., Ilstrup, D.M., Factors influencing survival after resection for ductal adenocarcinoma of the pancreas (1986) Ann Surg, 203, pp. 403-407; Trede, M., Surgical treatment of pancreatic carcinoma (1985) Surgery, 97, pp. 28-35; Van Heerden, J.A., Pancreatic resection for carcinoma of the pancreas: Whipple versus total pancreatectomy-an institutional perspective (1984) World J Surg, 8, pp. 880-888; Kaiser, M.H., Barkin, J., MacIntyrne, J.M., Pancreatic cancer: assessment of prognosis by clinical presentation (1985) Cancer, 56, pp. 397-402; Collan, Y., Reproducibility, the neglected cornerstone of medical diagnostics (1982) Morphometry in morphological diagnosis, , Eds. Y Collan, T Romppanen. Kuopio University Press, Kuopio Finland; Haapasalo, H., Collan, Y., Volume corrected mitotic index (M/V index) the standard of mitotic activity in neoplasms (1989) Pathol Res Pract, 185, pp. 551-554; Haapasalo, H., Collan, Y., Atkin, N.B., Pesonen, E., Seppä, A., Prognosis of ovarian carcinomas: prediction by histoquantitative methods (1989) Histopathology, 15, pp. 167-178; Lipponen, P.K., Collan, Y., Eskelinen, M., Pesonen, E., Sotarauta, M., Volume corrected mitotic index (M/V index) in bladder cancer; relation to histological grade (WHO), clinical stage (UICC), and survival (1989) Scand J Urol Nephrol, , in press; (1987) TNM classification of malignant tumours., , 4th ed. Eds. P Hermannek, L H. Sobin. Springer, Berlin; Armitage, P., Berry, G., (1988) Statistical methods in medical research., , 2nd ed Blackwell, London; Abe, M., Shibamoto, Y., Takahashi, M., Manabe, T., Tobe, T., Inamoto, T., Intraoperative radiotherapy in carcinoma of the stomach and pancreas (1987) World J Surg, 11, pp. 459-464; Warshaw, A.L., Swanson, R.S., Pancreatic cancer in 1988 Possibilities and probabilities (1988) Ann Surg, 208, pp. 541-553; Silverberg, S.G., Reproducibility of the mitosis count in the histologic diagnosis of smooth muscle tumors of the uterus (1976) Hum Pathol, 7, pp. 451-454; Norris, H.J., Mitosis counting [Editorial] (1976) Hum Pathol, 7, pp. 483-484; Montironi, R., Collan, Y., Scarpelli, M., Reproducibility of mitosis counts and identification of mitotic figures in malignant glial tumors (1988) Appl Pathol, 6, pp. 258-265; Dallenbach, F., Komitowski, D., Digital picture analysis of borderline papillary serous cystadenomas of the ovary (1982) Ovarial-tumoren, pp. 158-166. , Ed. Dallenbach-Hellweg. Springer, Berlin; Bullough, W.S., Mitotic activity in tissue of dead mice and in tissues kept in physiological salt solution (1950) Exp Cell Res, 1, pp. 410-420; Collan, Y., General principles of grading lesions in diagnostic histopathology (1989) Pathol Res Pract, 185, pp. 539-543; Collan, Y., Pesonen, E., Morphometric methods as diagnostic tests in grading in histopathology (1987) Acta Stereol, 6, pp. 443-448 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0025345487&doi=10.3109%2f00365529009095529&partnerID=40&md5=fb5899704104c9eb0d260a8c91dbe1a7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - National Estimates of Cohabitation T2 - Demography J2 - Demography VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 615 EP - 625 PY - 1989 DO - 10.2307/2061261 SN - 00703370 (ISSN) AU - Bumpass, L.L. AU - Sweet, J.A. AD - Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin, 4412 Social Science Building, Madison, 53706, Wisconsin, United States AB - Data from the 1987-1988 National Survey of Families and Households are used to provide national estimates of cohabitation trends and levels. The rapid increase since around 1970 is documented over both birth cohorts and marriage cohorts. Almost half of the persons in their early 30s and half of the recently married have cohabited. Changes in the proportion ever married are compared with changes in the proportion who have either married or cohabited. Much of the decline in marriage has been offset by increased living together without being married. The stability of unions of various types is compared. Cohabitations end very quickly in either marriage or disruption. About 60 percent of all first cohabitations result in marriage. Cohabiting unions and marriages preceded by cohabitation are much more likely to break up than are unions initiated by marriage. Multivariate analysis reveals higher rates of cohabitation among women, whites, persons who did not complete high school, and those from families who received welfare or who lived in a single-parent family while growing up. © 1989 Population Association of America. KW - cohabitation KW - marriage KW - multi-variate analysis KW - national estimate KW - USA KW - article KW - attitude KW - family size KW - housing KW - marriage KW - prevalence KW - United States KW - Attitude KW - Family Characteristics KW - Housing KW - Marriage KW - Prevalence KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - United States N1 - Cited By :312 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2583320 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bumpass, L.L.; Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin, 4412 Social Science Building, Madison, 53706, Wisconsin, United States N1 - References: Balakrishnan, T.R., Rao, K.V., Lapierre-Adamcyk, E., Krotki, K.J., A hazard model analysis of the covariates of marriage dissolution in Canada (1987) Demography, 24, pp. 395-406; Bennett, N.G., Blanc, A.K., Bloom, D.E., Commitment and the modern union (1988) American Sociological Review, 53, pp. 127-138; Booth, A., Johnson, D., Premarital cohabitation and marital success (1988) Journal of Family Issues, 9, pp. 255-272; Bracher, M., Santow, G., (1988) Changing Family Composition From Australian Life-History Data, , Working Paper 6, Australian Family Project, Research School of Social Sciences, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia; Castro Martin, T., Bumpass, L.L., Recent trends and differentials in marital disruption (1989) Demography, 26, pp. 37-51; Clayton, R.R., Voss, H.I., Shacking up: Cohabitation in the 1970s (1977) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 39, pp. 273-283; Glick, P. C., and A. J. Norton. 1977. Marrying, divorcing and living together in the U.S. today. Population Bulletin 32(5); Leridon, H., Villeneuve-Gokalp, C., Les nouveaux couples: Nombre, caractéristiques et attitudes (1988) Population (French Edition), 43, pp. 331-374; Sweet, J.A., (1979) Estimates of Levels, Trends and Characteristics of the “Living Together” Population From the Current Population Survey, , CDE Working Paper 79-49, Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin, Madison; Sweet, J. A., and L. L. Bumpass. 1974. Differentials in marital instability of the black population: 1970. Phylon 35(3); Sweet, J.A., (1987) American Families and Households, , Russell Sage Foundation, New York; Sweet, J. A., L. L. Bumpass, and V. R. A. Call. 1988. The Design and Content of the National Survey of Families and Households (NSFH1). Center for Demography and Ecology, University of Wisconsin, Madison; Tanfer, K., Patterns of premarital cohabitation among never-married women in the United States (1987) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 49, pp. 483-498; Thornton, A., Marriage and cohabitation in the 1980s (1988) Demography, 25, pp. 497-508; Willis, R. J., and R. T. Michael. 1988. Innovation in Family Formation: Evidence on Cohabitation in the U.S. Paper presented at International Union for the Scientific Study of Population Seminar, Sendai City, Japan; Zelnik, M., Kantner, J.F., Sexual activity, contraceptive use and pregnancy among metropolitan area teenagers: 1971–1979 (1980) Family Planning Perspectives, 12 (5), pp. 229-233 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024856287&doi=10.2307%2f2061261&partnerID=40&md5=4b2bcc027159c705174252edad31315f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Hepatitis B virus infection in Northern Ireland 1970-1987. T2 - Ulster Medical Journal J2 - Ulster Med J VL - 58 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 82 PY - 1989 SN - 00416193 (ISSN) AU - Connolly, J.H. AU - McClelland, W.M. AU - O'Neill, H.J. AU - Crowley, D. AB - In the 18 years between 1970 and 1987, 504 patients were found to have hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) in their blood. Acute hepatitis was present in 184 patients and six died (3.3%). The annual incidence of acute hepatitis B virus infection in Northern Ireland was about one-quarter that of England and Wales. A decrease in acute infection occurred in 1986-87, while in England and Wales acute infection has fallen by more than half since the peak in 1984. Hepatitis B virus infection in health care staff and patients in high risk groups were reviewed: 32% were in those of foreign origin or who had known foreign contacts. In blood donors there was a marked fall in incidence of hepatitis B surface antigen carriage from 1982 onwards: the incidence in antenatal patients and those screened for rubella antibody (mainly females) was half that of new blood donors in 1972-81. Carrier rates in blood donors and antenatal patients were less than those from other parts of the United Kingdom. All indices show that Northern Ireland has a lower incidence of hepatitis B virus infection than the rest of the United Kingdom. KW - hepatitis B surface antigen KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - cohort analysis KW - disease transmission KW - female KW - hepatitis B KW - heterozygote KW - human KW - male KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Carrier State KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Hepatitis B KW - Hepatitis B Surface Antigens KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Northern Ireland N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2788948 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Connolly, J.H. N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hepatitis B Surface Antigens UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024642466&partnerID=40&md5=dbd6a88ed63ae77d714047ff1dc06e54 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Predictors of Dyslexia? T2 - The Irish Journal of Psychology J2 - Ir. J. Psychol. VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 622 EP - 630 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1080/03033910.1989.10557776 SN - 03033910 (ISSN) AU - Haslum, M.N. AD - Department of Nursing, Health and Applied Social Studies, Bristol Polytechnic, Frenchay, Bristol, BS16 1QY, United Kingdom AB - Data from the Birth, Five year and Ten year studies of the 1970 British Births Cohort Study were investigated for associations between other variables and membership of a group of dyslexics identified at age 10 years. Binary associations and the results of stepwise multiple regression techniques are examined and discussed. © 1989, Psychological Society of Ireland. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Haslum, M.N.; Department of Nursing, Health and Applied Social Studies, Bristol Polytechnic, Frenchay, Bristol, BS16 1QY, United Kingdom N1 - References: Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five Year Olds., , Oxford: Pergamon; Butler, N.R., Haslum, M.N., Barker, W., Morris, A.C., (1982) Child Health and Education Study: Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10 Year Follow-up., , University of Bristol; Done, D.J., Miles, T.R., (1988) Practical Aspects of Memory: Current Research and Issues, 2. , M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes Chichester: Wiley; Elliott, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1978) The British Ability Scales., , Windsor: NFER-Nelson; Ellis, N.C., Miles, T.R., (1977) Dyslexia as a limitation in the ability to process information., 27, pp. 72-81. , Bulletin of the Orton Society (now Annals of Dyslexia); Lazarsfeld, P., (1955) Survey Design and Analysis., , Foreword. In H. Hyman, New York: The Free Press; Miles, T.R., (1982) The Bangor Dyslexia Test., , Cambridge: Learning Development Aids; Miles, T.R., (1983) Dyslexia: The Pattern of Difficulties., , Oxford: Blackwell; Miles, T.R., (1986) On the persistence of dyslexic difficulties into adulthood., , G.T. Pavlidis D. E. Fisher (Eds), Dyslexia: Its Neuropsychology and Treatment. Chichester: Wiley; Miles, T.R., Haslum, M.N., (1986) Dyslexia: Anomaly or normal variation? Annals of Dyslexia, 36, pp. 103-117; Osborn, A., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five Year Olds., , London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., Lawrence, C.J., Fryer, J.G., Chamberlain, G.V.P., Butler, N.R., (1984) Early Human Development, 9, pp. 225-239; Spring, C., Capps, C., (1974) Journal of Educational Psychology, 66, pp. 780-786; Stanley, G., Hall, R., (1973) British Journal of Educational Psychology, 43, pp. 301-304; Stirling, E.G., Miles, T.R., (1988) Annals of Dyslexia, 38, pp. 50-72; Thomas, P.W., Haslum, M.N., MacGillivray, I., Golding, G., (1989) Early Human Development, 19, pp. 147-152; Thomson, M.E., (1982) British Journal of Psychology, 12, pp. 461-478 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84963201827&doi=10.1080%2f03033910.1989.10557776&partnerID=40&md5=eaa0a46526a118794d234b64ab2e9a7c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cerebral palsy in two national cohort studies T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. VL - 64 IS - 6 SP - 848 EP - 852 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1136/adc.64.6.848 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Emond, A. AU - Golding, J. AU - Peckhamt, C. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AD - Institute of Child Health, London, United Kingdom AB - The prevalence of cerebral palsy in the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey and the 1970 British Births Survey remained constant at 2-5/1000 births (40 and 41 cases, respectively). The prevalence at 10 years was higher in the 1970 cohort in which all children with cerebral palsy survived, whereas 22% of the cases in the 1958 cohort died during the first 10 years of life. A case-control study matched three controls for social class, maternal age, parity and marital state, and a further three controls for the infant's sex, gestation, and birth weight. Comparison of cases and controls showed no consistent differences in social and environmental factors, history of pregnancy, labour, or delivery. Important differences were found in the incidence of respiratory and neurological symptoms in the neonatal period. These prospective data derived from two whole populations of births support the hypothesis that most cases of cerebral palsy are not associated with adverse obstetric factors, and confirm that neonatal neurological symptoms are associated with subsequent cerebral palsy. KW - cerebral palsy KW - child KW - forecasting KW - human KW - infant KW - morbidity KW - neurologic disease KW - newborn KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - respiratory tract disease KW - review KW - school child KW - survival KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Cerebral Palsy KW - Child KW - England KW - Female KW - Human KW - Pregnancy KW - Prospective Studies KW - Socioeconomic Factors PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 2774617 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Emond, A.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, University of Bristol, St Michael's Hill, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024389495&doi=10.1136%2fadc.64.6.848&partnerID=40&md5=edd05806c4e59f3bbbcb3c9821a94431 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Weight-for-height in two national cohorts with particular reference to 10-year-old children T2 - Annals of Human Biology J2 - Ann. Hum. Biol. VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 119 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1080/03014468700006962 SN - 03014460 (ISSN) AU - Thomas, P.W. AU - Peters, T.J. AU - Golding, J. AU - Haslum, M.N. AD - Institute of Child Health, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medical Computing and Statistics, University of Wales College of Medicine, Cardiff, United Kingdom AB - The idea of representing obesity or degree of malnutrition using a weight-for-height power index has existed for many years and several authors believe that such an index should be uncorrelated with height. Data from the 1958 National Child Development Study and the 1970 Child Health and Education Study have therefore been used to determine the values of the constant k which lead to the weight-for-height power index weight/[height]k being uncorrelated with height for specific age groups. Different values of k were needed both for the various age groups, and for the two sexes. For boys and girls respectively, the values of k needed at age 7 years were 2·02 and 2·12, at age 10 the values were 2·53 and 2·58, at age 11, 2·53 and 2·50 and at age 16, 2·42 and 1·71. Different values were also needed for West Indians and Asians and pubertal and pre-pubertal children. The relationships between this power index and other measurements of weight-for-height (including weight/height; weight/[height]2 - the Quetelet index; weight/[height]3 - the Ponderal index; relative weight for height, and standardized weight for height), the examining doctor's assessment of obesity and weight and height themselves were investigated for 10-year-old children born in 1970 to determine which of them could be thought of as best at estimating obesity. We found that there was little to choose between the index which was uncorrelated with height (using derived values of the power), and the Quetelet index. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - age KW - body height KW - body weight KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - normal value KW - school child KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Body Height KW - Body Weight KW - Child KW - Cohort Studies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Obesity KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AHUBB C2 - 2729888 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Thomas, P.W.; Institute of Child Health, University of BristolUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Benn, R.T., Some mathematical properties of weight-for-height indices used as measures of adiposity (1971) British Journal of Preventive Social Medicine, 25, pp. 42-50; Billewicz, W.Z., Kemsley, W.F.F., Thomson, A.M., Indices of adiposity (1962) British Journal of Preventive Social Medicine, 16, pp. 183-188; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E.D., (1969) Perinatal Problems: The Second Report of the British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Mortality: The First Report of the British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh; Chamberlain, G., Philipp, E., Howlett, B., Masters, K., (1978) British Births 1970: Obstetric Care, 2. , Heinemann Medical Books, London; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970: The First Week of Life, 1. , Heinemann Medical Books, London; Cole, T.J., Weight/heightP compared to weight/height2 for assessing adiposity in childhood: Influence of age and bone age on p during puberty (1986) Annals of Human Biology, 13 (5), pp. 433-451; Forbes, G.B., Gallup, J., Hursh, J.B., Estimation of total body fat from potassium-40 content (1961) Science, 133, pp. 101-120; Knight, I., (1984) The Heights and Weights of Adults in Great Britain, , HMSO, London; Ku, L.C., Shapiro, L.R., Crawford, P.B., Huenemann, R.L., Body composition and physical activity in 8-year-old children (1981) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 34, pp. 2770-2775; MacDonald, F.C., Quetelet index as indicator of obesity (1986) Lancet, 1, p. 1043; Parizkova, J., Buzkova, P., Relationship between skinfold thickness measured by Harpenden caliper and densitometric analysis of total body fat in man (1971) Human Biology, 43, pp. 16-21; Roche, A.F., Siervogel, R.M., Chumlea, C., Webb, P., Grading body fatness from limited anthropometric data (1981) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 34, pp. 2831-2838; Rolland-Cachera, M.F., Sempe, M., Guilloud-Bataille, M., Patois, E., Pequignot-Guggenbuhl, F., Fautrad, V., Adiposity indices in children (1982) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 36, pp. 178-184; Obesity (1983) Journal of the Royal College of Physicians, 17, pp. 3-58. , London; Slaughter, M.H., Lohman, T.G., Boileau, R.A., Relationship of anthropometric dimensions to lean body mass in children (1978) Annals of Human Biology, 5 (5), pp. 469-482; Stark, O., Atkins, E., Wolff, O.H., Douglas, J.W.B., Longitudinal study of obesity in the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) British Medical Journal, 283, pp. 13-17; Womersley, J., Durnin, J.V.G.A., The assessment of obesity from measurements of skinfold thickness, limb circumferences, height and weight (1973) The regulation of the adipose tissue mass. Proceedings of the IV International Meeting of Endocrinology, Marseilles: Elsevier, , In UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024556766&doi=10.1080%2f03014468700006962&partnerID=40&md5=ae1aeed69467a96164122768588f0f53 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does fetal heart rate predict subsequent heart rate in childhood? T2 - Early Human Development J2 - Early Hum. Dev. VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 152 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0378-3782(89)90125-4 SN - 03783782 (ISSN) AU - Thomas, P.W. AU - Haslum, M.N. AU - MacGillivray, I. AU - Golding, M.J. AD - Institute of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - An investigation to determine whether there is any relationship between extremes of fetal heart rate during labour and subsequent heart rate at the age of 10 was carried out using data from the 1970 cohort of British Births. In 11,000 nationally representative children it was found that low fetal heart rate (below 120 beats/min) was associated with a heart rate at age 10 which was significantly lower than in those children whose fetal heart rate had remained between 120 and 160 beats/min (P < 0.01). This relationship could not be explained by fetal asphyxiation, maternal antenatal hypotension or the method of pain relief during labour. There was no equivalent relationship with high fetal heart rate during labour. This could imply that some fetuses with low heart rates are not exhibiting fetal distress but have an inherent tendency to relatively slow heart rates. © 1989. KW - childhood KW - fetal KW - heart rate KW - measurements KW - child KW - childhood KW - female KW - fetus KW - fetus heart rate KW - follow up KW - heart rate KW - human KW - human experiment KW - male KW - newborn KW - priority journal KW - Child KW - Fetal Heart KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Heart Rate KW - Human KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Pulse KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EHDED C2 - 2737105 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, M.J.; Institute of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Chamberlain, Philip, Howlett, Masters, (1978) British Births 1970 Volume 2: Obstetric Care, , Heinemann Medical Books, London; Deswiet, Fayers, Shinebourne, Value of repeated blood pressure measurements in children — the Brompton Study (1980) BMJ, 2, pp. 1567-1569; Flynn, Kelly, Fetal monitoring in labour (1982) Recent Advances in Obstetrics and Gynaecology, , J. Bonnar, Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh, No. 14; Phillips, Towell, Abnormal fetal heart rate assoicated with congenital abnormalities (1980) Br. J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 87, pp. 270-274 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024391757&doi=10.1016%2f0378-3782%2889%2990125-4&partnerID=40&md5=99a847ff68b686c82eea423cd66e85d1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evaluation of programs for the diagnosis, treatment and follow-up of hypertension in work site population T2 - Clinical and Experimental Hypertension J2 - Clin. Exp. Hypertens. VL - A11 IS - 8 SP - 1455 EP - 1470 PY - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10641968909038176 SN - 10641963 (ISSN) AU - Eto, T. AU - Abe, I. AU - Tsutsu, N. AU - Kumamoto, K. AU - Takishita, S. AU - Noda, Y. AU - Kobayashi, K. AU - Fukiyama, K. AU - Omae, T. AU - Kojima, K. AD - Second Department of Internal Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Kyushu University, Fukuoka 812, Japan AD - Nishitetu Tuyazaki Hospital, Fukuoka 811-33, Japan AD - 1st Dept. Intern. Med., Miyazaki Medical College, Miyazaki 889-16, Japan AD - Kyushu Central Hospital, Fukuoka, Japan AD - 3rd Dept. Intern. Med., School of Medicine, University of Ryukyus, Okinawa, Japan AD - National Cardiovascular Center, Suita, Japan AB - Hypertensives screened among a work-site male population were treated either with or without antihypertensive drugs according to WHO stage of hypertension, and followed up by medical teams at the work site. The outcome during 8 years of follow-up was compared between two hypertension cohorts; one (cohort 1) instituted in 1970 included 1,092 hypertensives from 11,860 employees, while the other (cohort 2) made in 1975 contained 1,190 from 10,789 persons. Age-adjusted mortality or morbidity rate from cardiovascular diseases (CVD) was lower in cohort 2 than in cohort 1. Multiple regression analysis was used to adjust inter-cohort differences in factors to influence the prognosis, showed that CVD occurred less frequently in cohort 2 than in cohort 1. The results suggest that this system of controlling blood pressure is useful in preventing CVD in a large population. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Blood pressure KW - Cardiovascular diseases KW - Hypertension KW - adult KW - article KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - follow up KW - human KW - hypertension KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Cohort Studies KW - Evaluation Studies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Hypertension KW - Male KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - Occupational Health Services KW - Prognosis KW - Regression Analysis KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CEHYE C2 - 2612018 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Eto, T.; Second Department of Internal Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Kyushu University, Fukuoka 812, Japan N1 - References: Effects of treatment on morbidity in hypertension. Results in patients with diastolic blood pressures averaging 115 through 129 mmHg (1967) JAMA, 202, pp. 1028-1034; Effects of treatment on morbidity in hypertension. II. Results in patients with diastolic blood pressure averaging 90 through 114 mmHg (1970) JAMA, 213, pp. 1143-1152; Five-year findings of the hypertension detection and follow-up program. I. Reduction in mortality of persons with high blood pressure, including mild hypertension (1979) JAMA, 242, pp. 2562-2571; Five-year findings of the hypertension detection and follow-up program. III. Reduction in stroke incidence among persons with high blood pressure (1982) JAMA, 247, pp. 633-638; The Australian therapeutic trial in mild hypertension (1980) Lancet, 2, pp. 1261-1267; Helgeland, A., Treatment of mild hypertension: a five year controlled drug trial (1980) The Oslo study. Am J Med, 69, pp. 725-732; MRC trial of treatment of mild, hypertension: principal results (1985) Br Med J, 91, pp. 97-104; Ueshima, H., Tatara, K., Asakura, S., Okamoto, M., Declining trends in blood pressure level and the prevalence of hypertension, and changes in related factors in Japan, 1956—1980 (1987) J Chron Dis, 40, pp. 137-147; Ueda, K., Omae, T., Control of hypertension in a Japanese community (1985) Handbook of Hypertension Epidemiology of hypertension, 6, p. 412. , Ed. C J. Bulpitt. Elsevier, Amsterdam; Arterial hypertension and ischemic heart disease. Preventive aspects (1962), pp. 3-16. , Report of an Expert Committee. WHO Tech Rep Ser No. 231, Geneva; Eto, T., Tsutsu, N., Abe, I., Takishita, S., Kobayashi, K., Noda, Y., Kojima, K., Omae, T., Glucose tolerance in middle-aged Japanese males with uncomplicated hypertension (1988) J Clin Epidemiol, 41, pp. 835-841; International classification of diseases. Manual of the international statistical classification of diseases (1977) injuries and causes of death, 1. , 9th ed. London; Tominaga, S., (1985) Statistical methods for evaluation of therapeutic effect, p. 50. , Kanishyobo, Tokyoin Japanese; Hamilton, M., Thompson, E.N., Wisniewski, T.K.M., The role of blood pressure control in preventing complications of hypertension (1964) Lancet, 2, pp. 235-238 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024803020&doi=10.3109%2f10641968909038176&partnerID=40&md5=8b1b97e08a624add81802295f1a14987 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Lung Cancer Risk Comparison among Male Smokers between the “Six‐prefecture Cohort” in Japan and the British Physicians' Cohort T2 - Japanese Journal of Cancer Research J2 - Jpn. J. Cancer Res. VL - 80 IS - 12 SP - 1165 EP - 1170 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1349-7006.1989.tb01649.x SN - 09105050 (ISSN) AU - Mizuno, S. AU - Akiba, S. AU - Hirayama, T. AD - Department of Statistics, Radiation Effects Research Foundation, 5‐2, Hijiyama Park, Minami‐ku, Hiroshima, 732, Japan AD - Department of Epidemiology, Radiation Effects Research Foundation, 5‐2, Hijiyama Park, Minami, Hiroshima, 732, Japan AD - Institute of Preventive Oncology, HI Bldg, 1-2 Ichigaya-Sadohara, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo, 162, Japan AB - We estimated the effective duration of cigarette smoking using the data of lung cancer mortality among male smokers of a large‐scale cohort study in Japan and evaluated its role in the lung cancer risk difference between male smokers of the Japanese cohort and the British physicians' cohort. By selecting male cohort members who answered that they had started smoking at ages 18–22 (average = 20.3), the subjects of our analysis, which numbered 49,013, were made relatively homogeneous in terms of age at which smoking was started. Assuming lung cancer mortality to be proportional to the 4.5th power of the effective duration of cigarette smoking, i.e., (age—θ)4,5, as was proposed on the basis of the British cohort study by Doll and Peto, the parameter θ was estimated to be 29.4 for male smokers aged 40–64 in 1966; therefore, the estimated duration of cigarette smoking was, on average, 9.1 years (95% confidence interval=5.8–11.6) shorter than that calculated from the reported age at which smoking was started. Our findings suggested that the low lung cancer mortality relative to daily cigarette consumption in Japan resulted from the shorter duration of cigarette smoking in the Japanese cohort, possibly due to the severe shortage of cigarettes during and shortly after World War II. Once the effective duration of cigarette smoking was adjusted, lung cancer mortality in the range of 5–34 cigarettes per day was fairly comparable to that observed among the cohort of male British physicians. Copyright © 1989, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - British physicians KW - Duration of cigarette smoking KW - Japanese men KW - Lung cancer KW - Six‐prefecture cohort study KW - article KW - cancer risk KW - cigarette smoking KW - cohort analysis KW - controlled study KW - human KW - japan KW - lung cancer KW - male KW - methodology KW - priority journal KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cohort Studies KW - Comparative Study KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Japan KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Smoking KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2516845 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Akiba, S. N1 - References: (1982) The health consequence of smoking, “Cancer, , U. S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office on Smoking and Health, Rockville, Maryland; Segi, M., Kurihara, M., Ishikawa, N., Haenszel, W., Epidemiological survey on lung cancer and smoking (1979) Lung Cancer, 19 (2), pp. 157-164. , ( in Japanese ); Inoue, R., Otsuka, T., Shimura, H., Hirayama, T., A case‐control study of lung cancer (1986) Lung Cancer, 26 (7), pp. 763-767. , ( in Japanese ); Sobue, T., Suzuki, T., Horai, T., Matsuda, M., Fujimoto, I., Relationship between cigarette smoking and histologic type of lung cancer, with special reference to sex difference (1988) Jpn. J. Clin. Oncol., 18, pp. 3-13; Doll, R., Peto, R., Cigarette smoking and bronchial carcinoma: dose and time relationships among regular smokers and lifelong non‐smokers (1978) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 32, pp. 303-313; Hirayama, T., A cohort study on cancer in Japan (1985) Statistical Methods in Cancer Epidemiology, pp. 73-91. , ed, W. J. Blot, T. Hirayama, D. G. Hoel, Radiation Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima; Hirayama, T., Akiba, S., The relationship betweeen cigarette smoking and lung cancer based on a large scale cohort study in Japan (1988) Bull. Biom. Soc. Jpn., 9, pp. 89-101. , ( in Japanese ); Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., (1987) Statistical Methods in Cancer Research, Volume II, The Design and Analysis of Cohort Studies,”, , IARC Scientific Publications No. 82 (International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon ); Pierce, D.A., Preston, D.L., Hazard function modeling for dose‐response analysis of cancer incidence in A‐bomb survivor data (1984) Atomic Bomb Survivor Data: Utilization and Analysis, pp. 51-66. , ed, R. L. Prentice, D.J. Thompson, SIAM, Philadelphia; Hirayama, T., The problem of smoking and lung cancer in Japan with special reference to the rising trend in age‐specific mortality rate by number of cigarettes smoked daily (1987) Jpn. J. Cancer Res., 78, pp. 203-210; Tominaga, S., (1986), pp. 103-113. , Smoking and cancer patterns and trends in Japan. In “Tobacco: A Major International Health Hazard ,” ed, D. G. Zaridze, R., Peto, IARC Scientific Publications No. 74, pp; Shimizu, H., Smoking habits in Japan (1979) Smoking Health, 1 (3), p. 7. , ( in Japanese ); Fujimoto, I., Trends of lung cancer incidence in Japan (1986) Progress in Cancer Clinics. No. 6 Lung Cancer, pp. 168-175. , ed, K. Suemasu, T. Yoneyama, Medical View Co. Ltd, Tokyo ( in Japanese ); Doll, R., Peto, R., The causes of cancer: quantitative estimates of avoidable risks of cancer in the United States today (1981) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 66, pp. 1292-1305 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024807029&doi=10.1111%2fj.1349-7006.1989.tb01649.x&partnerID=40&md5=878ad7c740ed4935fd733a03fce26be9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cardiovascular risk in Young Finns, results from the second follow-up study T2 - Annals of Medicine J2 - Ann. Med. VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 225 PY - 1989 DO - 10.3109/07853898909149938 SN - 07853890 (ISSN) AU - Åkerblom, H.K. AU - Viikari, J. AU - Räsänen, L. AU - Kuusela, V. AU - Uhari, M. AU - Lautala, P. AD - Children's Hospital, II Department of Pediatrics, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Medicine, University of Turku, Turku, Finland AD - Department of Nutrition, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland AD - Central Statistical Office of Finland, Department of Pediatrics, University of Oulu, Oulu, Finland AB - A comprehensive study of coronary heart disease (CHO) risk factors and their determinants in children and adolescents in Finland was initiated in the late 1970's. The main cross-sectional study was undertaken in 1980, with 3596 subjects aged from 3 to 18 years participating. The first follow-up study was carried out in 1983, and the second in 1986. The present report describes briefly some findings in 2746 children and young adults, aged 9,12, 15, 18, 21 and 24 years, participating in 1986. Serum total cholesterol concentrations, mean (SD), ranged between 4.31 (0.73) and 4.91 (0.81) mmol/l in boys, and between 4.73 (0.85) and 5.09 (0.82) mmol/l in girls, respectively. Mean serum cholesterol values had fallen from 1980 to 1986 by 5.4% in such age cohorts, which had been included in all three studies. Fat content in the diet remained unchanged (38 E% whereas the mean P/S ratio increased from 0.24 in 1980 to 0.31 in 1986. Young Finns from East Finland had a higher somatic risk index than those from West Finland (P> 0.001). The clustering of somatic risk factors was stable between 1980 and 1986. Further follow-up of the cohorts will, we hope, provide the tools for implementing primary prevention of CHD in Finland. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - P/S ratio KW - Serum cholesterol KW - Somatic risk index KW - polyunsaturated fatty acid KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - cardiovascular disease KW - child KW - cholesterol blood level KW - fat intake KW - female KW - finland KW - human KW - male KW - normal human KW - prospective study KW - risk factor KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Cholesterol KW - Cohort Studies KW - Coronary Disease KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ANMDE C2 - 2788440 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Åkerblom, H.K.; Children's Hospital, II Department of Pediatrics, Stenbackinkatu 11, SF-00290, Helsinki, Finland N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cholesterol, 57-88-5 N1 - References: Åkerblom, H.K., Viikari, J., Uhari, M., Atherosclerosis precursors in Finnish children and adolescents. I. General description of the cross-sectional study of 1980, and an account of the children's and families' state of health (1985) Acta Paediatr Scand, pp. 49-63; Viikari, J., Akerblom, H.K., Uhari, M., Atherosclerosis Precursors in Children (1985), Proceedings of a symposium held at, Tuohilampi Finland, August, 10-111983, Acta Paediatr Scand; Suppl. 318; Viikari, J., Akerblom, H.K., Nikkari, T., Atherosclerosis precursors in Finnish children and adolescents. IV. Serum lipids in newborns, children and adolescents (1985) Acta Paediatr Scand, pp. 103-109; Rasanen, L., Ahola, M., Kara, R., Uhari, M., Atherosclerosis precursors in Finnish children and adolescents. VIII. Food consumption and nutrient intakes (1985) Acta Paediatr Scand, pp. 135-153; Pesonen, E., Viikari, J., Akerblom, H.K., Rasanen, L., Louhivuori, K., Sarna, S., Geographic origin of the family as a determinant of serum levels of lipids in Finnish children (1986) Circulation, 59, pp. 1119-1126; Tikkanen, M.J., Viikari, J., Akerblom, H.K., Pesonen, E., Apolipoprotein B polymorphism and altered apolipoprotein B and low density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations in Finnish children (1988) Br Med J, 296, pp. 169-170; Lautala, P., Akerblom, H.K., Viikari, J., Atherosclerosis precursors in Finnish children and adolescents. VII. Serum immunoreactive insulin (1985) Acta Paediatr Scand, pp. 127-133; Glueck, C.J., Pediatric primary prevention of atherosclerosis (1986) N Eng J Med, 314, pp. 175-177; Jacobson, M.S., Lillienfeld, D.E., The pediatrician's role in atherosclerosis prevention (1988) J Pediatr, 112, pp. 836-841 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024344646&doi=10.3109%2f07853898909149938&partnerID=40&md5=75e4d30d6146978196cd84c508cacaee ER - TY - JOUR TI - Are Britain's children getting healthier? T2 - Pediatric Reviews and Communications J2 - PEDIATR. REV. COMMUN. VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 235 EP - 245 PY - 1989 SN - 08829225 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Fogelman, K. AD - Institute of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Over 90% of children from Britain's second and third national cohort studies enrolled at birth were contacted when they were aged 10-11 and a medical history was taken for 14,000 children born in 1958 and 13,500 of those born in 1970. Health behaviour of the mothers had changed substantially: in the later cohort breast feeding had decreased whereas maternal smoking had increased. More of the later cohort had visited child health clinics. Later-born children were more likely to have had eczema, discharging ears, diabetes or a squint but less likely to have had defects on visual testing, or a history of pneumonia, measles or pertussis. The data support the contention that immunisation was responsible for reduction in the prevalence of measles. Children in the later cohort were less likely to have had a tonsillectomy or circumcision but the rates of hernia repair and appendicectomy had stayed static. The most important difference between the two cohorts was found in the variation in school absence due to ill-health. The proportion of children who had been absent for prolonged periods had dropped dramatically. The improvement was associated with a number of specific reasons and points to either more effective treatment or changing attitudes towards school attendance. KW - child KW - child health KW - cohort analysis KW - diabetes mellitus KW - health behavior KW - hearing KW - human KW - methodology KW - priority journal KW - review KW - school absence KW - surgery KW - united kingdom KW - vision N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PRECE LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024389417&partnerID=40&md5=dc2791fc3d2789090edfcf3ed6bea863 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Who remains childless? T2 - Journal of Biosocial Science J2 - J. Biosoc. Sci. VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 387 EP - 398 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1017/S0021932000018125 SN - 00219320 (ISSN) AU - Kiernan, K.E. AD - Family Policy Studies Centre, 231 Baker Street, United Kingdom AB - Who are the men and women who are childless in their mid-30s? Life history data for a British cohort born in 1946 show that age at marriage and marital breakdown were clearly associated with childlessness. Women who were only children were more likely to be childless than those with siblings. Further, early menarcheal age, being highly qualified and having a high status occupation were indirectly related to childlessness. For men, particularly amongst those who had experienced a broken marriage, it was the most ambitious, the highly educated and those in professional occupations who were relatively more likely to be childless. © 1989, Cambridge University Press. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - childlessness KW - education KW - female KW - human KW - human experiment KW - pregnancy KW - united kingdom KW - Behavior KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Divorce KW - Economic Factors KW - Educational Status KW - Europe KW - Family And Household KW - Family Demography KW - Family Research KW - Fertility KW - Marriage KW - Marriage Postponement KW - Northern Europe KW - Nuptiality KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Psychological Factors KW - Reproductive Behavior KW - Research Report KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - United Kingdom KW - Voluntary Childlessness--determinants KW - Women's Status KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Attitude KW - Cohort Studies KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Incidence KW - Male KW - Marriage KW - Parents KW - Socioeconomic Factors N1 - Cited By :43 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2808466 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kiernan, K.E.; Family Policy Studies Centre, 231 Baker Street, United Kingdom N1 - References: Atkins, E., Cherry, N.M., Douglas, J.W.B., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention: Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe, , Edited by S. A. Mednick & A. E. Baest. Oxford University Press, London; Baum, F., Cope, D., Some characteristics of intentionally childless wives in Britain (1980) J. biosoc. Sci., 12 (287); Cartwright, A., (1976) How Many Children?, , Routledge & Kegan Paul, London; Douglas, J.W.B., The age at reaching puberty: some associated factors and some educational implications (1966) Scient. Basis Med. Ann. Rev., p. 91; Douglas, J.W.B., The use and abuse of national cohorts (1976) The Organisation and Impact of Social Research, , Edited by M. Shipman. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London; Glass, D.V., Grebenik, E., (1954) The Trend and Pattern of Fertility in Great Britain: A Report of the Family Census of 1946, , HM Stationery Office, London; Grebenik, E., (1983) Fertility report from the 1971 Census, , OPCS, Series DS, No. 5. HM Stationery Office, London; Harlap, S., Davies, M., (1978) The Pill and Births: The Jerusalem Study, , Final Report. National Institute of Child Health and Development, Washington, DC; Kiernan, K.E., Age at puberty in relation to age at marriage and parenthood: a national longitudinal study (1977) Ann. hum. Biol., 4 (301); Kiernan, K.E., The family: formation and fission (1989) Changing Population of Britain, , Edited by H. Joshi. Basil Blackwell, Oxford; Kuczynski, R.R., Childless marriages (1938) Sociol. Rev., 30. , Nos. 2,3,4; Langford, C., (1976) Birth Control Practice and Marital Fertility in Great Britain, , Population Investigation Committee, London; McDonald, P., (1984) Nuptiality and Completed Fertility: A Study of Starting, Stopping and Spacing Behaviour, , World Fertility Survey Comparative Studies, Series No. 35. ISI, Voorburg, Netherlands; Menken, J., Age at fertility: how late can you wait? (1985) Demography, 22, p. 469; (1984) General Household Survey Report 1982, , Opcs. HM Stationery Office, London; (1985) General Household Survey Report 1983, , Opcs. HM Stationery Office, London; Polonko, K., Scanzoni, J., (1981) Patterns Compared for the Voluntary Childless, Undecided Childless, Postponing Childless and Mothers, , Final Report to the National Institute of Child Health and Development, Washington, DC; Stein, Z.A., A woman's age: childbearing and childrearing (1985) Am. J. Epidemiol., 121 (327); Trussell, J., Wilson, C., Sterility in a population with natural fertility (1985) Popul. Stud., 39 (269); Veevers, J.E., (1980) Childless by Choice, , Butterworth, Toronto; Vessey, M.P., Wright, N.H., McPherson, K., Wiggins, P., Fertility after stopping different methods of contraception (1978) Br. med. J., 1 (265); Werner, B., Family building intentions of different generations of women: results from the General Household Survey 1979-83 (1986) Popul. Trends, 44 (17); Werner, B., Chalk, S., Projections of first, second, third and later births (1986) Popul. Trends, 46 (26); Westrom, L., Effect of acute pelvic inflammatory disease on fertility (1975) Am. J. Obstet. Gynec., 121 (707); Whelpton, P.K., Campbell, A.A., Patterson, J.E., (1966) Fertility and Family Planning in the United States, , Princeton University Press, Princeton UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024441829&doi=10.1017%2fS0021932000018125&partnerID=40&md5=360898fd8a5a4253addd3fe840aaece9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Postoperative radiotherapy and late mortality: evidence from the Cancer Research Campaign trial for early breast cancer T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 298 IS - 6688 SP - 1611 EP - 1614 PY - 1989 SN - 02670623 (ISSN) AU - Haybittle, J.L. AU - Brinkley, D. AU - Houghton, J. AU - A'Hern, R.P. AU - Baum, M. AD - Cancer Research Campaign Clinical Trials Centre, Rayne Institute, London SE5 9NU, United Kingdom AB - To identify any excess mortality caused by adjuvant radiotherapy for early breast cancer. Prospective randomised clinical trial. Two thousand subjects needed for study to have a 90% chance of detecting a difference in survival rate of 7% with 95% significance. Patients were followed up until June 1988, giving follow up of 158-216 months. A multicentre trial mainly drawing patients from centres in the United Kingdom. 2800 Women presenting with clinical stage I or II carcinoma of the breast from June 1970 to April 1975. One group of women (n = 1376) had simple mastectomy followed by immediate postoperative radiotherapy (1320 to 1510 rets). The remaining women (n = 1424) had simple mastectomy with subsequent careful observation of the axilla, radiotherapy being delayed until there was obvious progression or recurrence of disease locally. Increased mortality in patients treated with radiotherapy from causes other than breast cancer. Survival was measured from time of first treatment to death or last follow up. Deaths from any cause and from specified causes were counted as events. Comparison over the whole follow up showed a slight excess mortality in the group treated with radiotherapy (relative risk 1.04; 95% confidence interval 0.94 to 1.15). The relative risk of death from breast cancer was 0.97 (0.87 to 1.08) but that of death from other causes was 1.37 (1.09 to 1.72), the increase mainly being in women who had had tumours of the left breast (1.61 (1.17 to 2.24)) and had been treated with orthovoltage (1.85 (1.27 to 2.71)). Analysis of causes of death after five years showed a relative risk of 2.11 (1.25 to 3.59) for new malignancies and 1.65 (1.05 to 2.58) for cardiac disease, the increase in cardiac mortality being most pronounced in patients who had had tumours of the left breast and whose treatment had included orthovoltage radiation (relative risk 2.67 (1.28 to 5.55)). Adjuvant radiotherapy after simple mastectomy for early breast cancer produces a small excess late mortality from other cancers and cardiac disease. The risk has to be balanced against the higher risk of local recurrence when immediate postoperative radiotherapy is not given. The balance has to be assessed for each patient, and for many patients radiotherapy will still be desirable in the initial treatment of their early breast cancer. KW - breast cancer KW - cancer radiotherapy KW - cause of death KW - fatality KW - female KW - heart disease KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mastectomy KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - prospective study KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Cause of Death KW - Clinical Trials KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Female KW - Human KW - Mastectomy KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Postoperative Period KW - Prognosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Radiotherapy KW - Random Allocation KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :158 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 2503148 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024361478&partnerID=40&md5=01b6c8cb968d3698640a8b0e4b05eb2f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Intestinal cancer in patients with crohn's disease: A population study in central Israel T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology J2 - Scand. J. Gastroenterol. VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 346 EP - 350 PY - 1989 DO - 10.3109/00365528909093058 SN - 00365521 (ISSN) AU - Fireman, Z. AU - Grossman, A. AU - Lilos, P. AU - Hacohen, D. AU - Meir, S.B. AU - Rozen, P. AU - Gilat, T. AD - Dept. of Gastroenterology, Ichilov Hospital, and Depts. of Medicine and Mathematics (Statistical Laboratory), Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel AB - A population study of Crohn's disease (CD) during the years 1970-1980 was performed in a defined area in central Israel with 1,400,000 inhabitants. Three hundred and sixty-five patients with definite CD were identified, and a complete follow-up was obtained with particular attention to intestinal cancer. The mean follow-up time was 9.95 years (range, 1-49 years). Forty-four per cent of the patients were operated on, but only a few had total colectomy or bypass operations. Only one patient developed colorectal cancer after 7 years of disease. The observed to expected ratio for this cancer was 1.14 at 10 years of disease and 0.73 at 20 years of disease. The incidence of colorectal cancer was not significantly different from the expected in the population. None of the patients developed small-bowel cancer. At least five patients had extraintestinal malignancies. A review of the literature showed conflicting results with regard to cancer risk in CD. The risk was not significantly increased in the two existing population studies, including the present one. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Crohn's disease KW - Intestinal cancer KW - Israel KW - Population study KW - adult KW - crohn disease KW - female KW - human KW - intestine cancer KW - male KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Colectomy KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Intestinal Neoplasms KW - Israel KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :94 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJGRA C2 - 2734593 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fireman, Z.; Dept. of Gastroenterology, Ichilov Hospital, and Depts. of Medicine and Mathematics (Statistical Laboratory), Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel N1 - References: Greenstein, A.J., Sachar, D.B., Smith, H., Janowitz, H.D., Aufses, A.H., A comparison of cancer risk in Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (1981) Cancer, 48, pp. 2742-2745; Weedon, D.D., Shorter, R.G., Ilstru, P.D.M., Huizenga, K.A., Taylor, W.F., Crohn's disease and cancer (1973) N Engl J Med, 289, pp. 1099-1103; Gyde, S.N., Prior, P., Macartney, J.C., Thompson, H., Waterhouse, J.A.H., Allan, R.N., in Crohn's disease (1980) Gut, 21, pp. 1024-1029; Korelitz, B.I., Carcinoma of the intestinal tract in Crohn's disease: results of a survey conducted by the National Foundation for Ileitis and Colitis (1983) Am J Gastroenterol, 78, pp. 44-46; Kvist, N., Jacobsen, O., Norgaard, P., Ockelmann, H.H., Kvist, H.K., Schou, G., Jarnum, S., Malignancy in Crohn's disease (1986) Scand J Gastroenterol, 21, pp. 82-86; Gollop, J.H., Phillips, S.F., Melton, L.J., III, Zinsmeister, A.R., Epidemiologic aspects of Crohn's disease: a population based study in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1943–1982 (1988) Gut, 29, pp. 49-56; Gilat, T., Fireman, Z., Grossman, A., Hacohen, D., Kadish, U., Ron, E., Rozen, P., Colorectal cancer in patients with ulcerative colitis. A population study in central Israel (1988) Gastroenterology, 94, pp. 870-877; (1984) 1983 Census of Population and Housing Publications, State of Israel, , Central Bureau of Statistics, Jerusalem; Farmer, R.G., Clinical types and differential diagnosis (1985) Bockus Gastroenterology, pp. 2182-2187. , 4th ed. Eds. J E Berk, W S Haubrich, W H Kalser, J LA Roth, F Schaffner. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia; Dixon, W.Y., (1983) BMDP statistical software, , University of California Press; Monson, R.R., Analysis of relative survival and proportional mortality (1974) Comput Biomed Res, 7, pp. 325-332; Rothman, K.J., Boice, J.D., Jr., (1979) Epidemiologic analysis with a programmable calculator, , National Institutes of Health, Washington, D.C.U.S. GPO DHEW publication no. (NIH) 1979;79:1649; Greenstein, A.J., Gennuso, R., Sachar, D.B., Heimann, T., Smith, H., Janowitz, H.D., Aufses, A.H., Extra-intestinal cancers in inflammatory bowel disease (1985) Cancer, 56, pp. 2914-2921 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024544598&doi=10.3109%2f00365528909093058&partnerID=40&md5=957c3f6ffc44e7b0c380f7968873648e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Radiation therapy in early glottic cancer: Analysis of 177 consecutive cases T2 - Acta Oto-Laryngologica J2 - Acta Oto-Laryngol. VL - 108 IS - 5-6 SP - 478 EP - 481 PY - 1989 DO - 10.3109/00016488909125556 SN - 00016489 (ISSN) AU - Fernberg, J.-O. AU - Ringborg, U. AU - Silfverswärd, C. AU - Ewert, G. AU - Haglund, S. AU - Schiratzki, H. AU - Strander, H. AD - Department of General Oncology, Radiumhemmet, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Pathology, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Otolaryngology, Danderyds Sjukhus, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Otolaryngology, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Otolaryngology, Huddinge Sjukhus, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Early vocal cord carcinomas (TiS or T1) in a consecutive series of 177 patients treated by primary radiotherapy over a 10-year period 1970-79 at the Department of General Oncology, Radiumhemmet, Karolinska Sjukhuset, were analysed regarding treatment results. In 137 cases the tumours were invasive (T1N0M0) and in 40 cases carcinoma of in situ type (TiS). Patient were treated with cobalt 60 gamma irradiation in fractions of 2 Gy up to a total dose of 64 Gy delivered as split course (CRE=17.8). Minimum follow-up time was 5 years. Tumour recurred in 21 cases (12% All but 4 patients were rescued by subsequent surgery, giving 98% total survival. Treatment failures after primary radiotherapy were analysed in detail. Failures could not be attributed to treatment irregularities. No difference in pretreatment tumour size was detected when cured patients were compared with patients who relapsed. Biological factors that cause a relative radioresistance are considered to be the main reason for radiotherapy failures in early glottic cancer. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Biological radioresistance KW - Histology KW - Treatment failures KW - glottis carcinoma KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - radiosensitivity KW - radiotherapy KW - Carcinoma KW - Carcinoma in Situ KW - Cobalt Radioisotopes KW - Female KW - Glottis KW - Human KW - Laryngeal Neoplasms KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOLAA C2 - 2589076 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Fernberg, J.-O.; Department of General Oncology, Karolinska Sjukhuset, S-104 01, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Cobalt Radioisotopes N1 - References: Wang, C.C., Treatment of glottic carcinoma by megavoltage radiation therapy and results (1974) Am J Roentgenol, 120, pp. 157-163; Fletcher, G.H., Lindberg, R.D., Hamberger, A., Horiot, J.C., Reasons for irradiation failure in squamous cell carcinoma of the larynx (1975) Laryngoscope, 85, pp. 987-1003; Jakobsson, P., (1973) Glottic carcinoma of the larynx. Factors influencing prognosis following radiotherapy, , Stockholm, Thesis; Jose, A.B., Calhoun, D.L., Mohammed, A., Recurrences after irradiation in early vocal cord cancer with literature review (1984) J Surg Oncol, 27, pp. 224-227; Jose, A.B., Calhoun, D.L., Mohammed, A., Management of early glottic cancer (1981) J Surg Oncol, 17, pp. 163-168; Sung, D.I., Primary radiotherapy for carcinoma in situ and early invasive carcinoma of the glottic larynx (1979) Int J Oncol Biol Phys, 5, pp. 467-472; Harwood, A.R., Radiotherapy in early glottic cancer (1979) Int J Rad Oncol Biol Phys, 5, pp. 473-476; Elman, A.J., In Situ carcinoma of the vocal cords (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 2422-2428; Chacko, D.C., Hendrickson, F.R., Fisher, A., Definitive irradiation of T1-T4N0 larynx cancer (1983) Cancer, 51, pp. 994-1000; Notter, G., Zur Strahlenbehandlung des Stimmbandscarcinoms (1984) HNO, 32, pp. 237-244; van den Bogaert, W., Ostyn, F., Van der Scheuren, E., Glottic carcinoma limited to the vocal cords (1982) Acta Radiol Oncol, 21, pp. 33-37; Mittal, B., Rao, D.V., Marks, J.E., Perez, C.A., Role of irradiation in the management of early vocal cord carcinoma (1983) Int J Rad Oncol Biol Phys, 9, pp. 997-1002; Union Internationale Contre le Cancer (1987) TNM Classification of malignant tumours, , Fourth edition, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Berlin; Overgaard, J., Sand Hansen, H., Jorgensen, K., Hjelm Hansen, M., Primary radiotherapy of larynx and pharynx carcinoma—an analysis of some factors influencing local control and survival (1986) Int J Radiation Oncology Biol Phys, 12, pp. 515-521 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024421372&doi=10.3109%2f00016488909125556&partnerID=40&md5=b100764f06e75f23897c5c24951df823 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The changing utilization of electroconvulsive therapy: A longitudinal study in a norwegian catchment area, 1970-1986 T2 - Nordic Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Nord. J. Psychiatry VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 249 EP - 254 PY - 1989 DO - 10.3109/08039488909098662 SN - 08039488 (ISSN) AU - Horneland, M. AD - Familierådgivn. kontoret i Stavanger, Vaisenhusgt. 39, N-4000, Stavanger, Norway AB - This is a year-to-year study of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) utilization from 1970 to 1986 at the Central Hospital, Rogaland county (SIR), Norway. In the whole period a mean of 2.8% of inpatients were treated with ECT; in the last 3 years, 3-4% In the catchment area of SIR a mean of 10.1 per 100,000 inhabitants received ECT yearly from 1980 to 1986. There was a marked yearly variation in the utilization. Two outstanding peaks occurred; one in 1971, when 4.4% of inpatients received ECT, and the other in 1981, when 8.2% received ECT. In contrast, only 0.9% undervent ECT at the lowest level in 1974. The variation could not be explained by changes in patient turnover or diagnostic distribution. The variation seemed rather to be due to the psychiatrists' changing attitude towards ECT. influenced by ideology and wealth of information. ECT was given twice as frequently to patients from the catchment area of SIR as to those from the neighbouring area. The latter patients had to be transported from another hospital to SIR for ECT. The most frequent ICD-8 diagnoses among the ECT-treated patients were depressive neurosis (34% most of whom actually had endogenous clinical features, affective psychosis (32% and reactive depressive psychosis (18% ECT was given most frequently to the elderly. A Siemens Konvulsator 622, giving quarter-sine-wave pulses of 5-msec duration, was used. A mean of eight treatments per series was given, and 80% of the patients received one series only. In the last 2 years bilateral electrode placement was used in 71% of the treatments. No serious complications were reported. © 1989 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Affective disorders KW - ECT KW - Hospital KW - Longitudinal retrospective study KW - Psychiatric department PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NJPYE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Horneland, M.; Familierådgivn. kontoret i Stavanger, Vaisenhusgt. 39, N-4000, Stavanger, Norway N1 - References: Volden, O., Gotestam, K.G., Bruk av elektrokonvulsiv behandling (ECT) i Norge i tidsrommet 1968–1978 (1982) Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, 102, pp. 411-412; (1987) Statistisk sentralbyrå, , NOS, Oslo, 1971; Latey, R.H., Fahy, T.J., Electroconvulsive therapy in the Republic of Ireland 1982: a summary of findings (1985) Br J Psychiatry, 147, pp. 438-439; Sauer, H., Lascha, E., Stillenmunkes, H.P., Elektrokrampftherapie in der Bundesrepublik Deutchland (1987) Nervartz, 58, pp. 519-522; Thompson, J.W., Blaine, J.O., Use of ECT in the United States in 1975 and 1980 (1987) Am J Psychiatry, 144, pp. 557-562; Smith, W.E., Richman, A., Electroconvulsive therapy: a Canadian perspective (1984) Can J Psychiatry, 29, pp. 693-699; Fredriksen, S., d'Elia, G., Electroconvulsive therapy in Sweden (1979) Br J Psychiatry, 134, pp. 283-287; Heshe, J., Roder, E., Elektroshock i Danmark (1975) Ugeskr Laeger, 137, pp. 939-944; Hedeman, E., Christensen, P., Elektrostimulationsbehandling i Danmark (1982) Ugeskr Laeger, 144, pp. 2339-2341; Pippard, J., Ellam, L., (1981) Electroconvulsive treatment in Great Britain, 1980: A report to the Royal College of Psychiatrists, , Gastrell-Royal College of Psychiatrists., London; Kramer, B.A., Use of ECT in California, 1977–1983 (1985) Am J Psychiatry, 142, p. 10; Lathey, R.H., Fahy, T.J., Some influences on regional variation in frequency of prescription of electroconvulsive therapy (1988) Br J Psychiatry, 152, pp. 196-200; Asnis, G.M., Fink, M., Saferstein, S., ECT in metropolitan New York hospitals: a survey of practice 1975–1986 (1978) Am J Psychiatry, 135, pp. 479-482; Keller, B.M., Lavori, P.M., Klerman, G.L., Low levels and lack of predictors of somatotherapy and psychotherapy received by depressed patients (1986) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 43, pp. 458-466; Kupfer, D.J., Freedman, D.X., Treatment for depression. “Standard” clinical practice as an unexamined topic (1986) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 43, pp. 509-511; Holden, C., Depression research advances treatment lags (1986) Science, 233, pp. 723-727; Endler, N.S., (1982) Holiday of darkness: a psychologist's personal journey out of his depression, , John Wiley & Sons, New York; Holden, C., A guarded endorsement for shock therapy (1985) Science, 228, pp. 1510-1511; Kielholz, P., Treatment for therapy-resistant depression (1986) Psychopathology, 19, pp. 194-200; Bowden, C.L., Current treatment of depression (1985) Hosp Community Psychiatry, 36, pp. 1192-1200 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907129637&doi=10.3109%2f08039488909098662&partnerID=40&md5=1a491932f1d6f4a2fcb80bb7afc8c47d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parental smoking and post-infancy wheezing in children: A prospective cohort study T2 - American Journal of Public Health J2 - AM. J. PUBLIC HEALTH VL - 79 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 171 PY - 1989 DO - 10.2105/AJPH.79.2.168 SN - 00900036 (ISSN) AU - Neuspiel, D.R. AU - Rush, D. AU - Butler, N.R. AU - Golding, J. AU - Bijur, P.E. AU - Kurzon, M. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, NY, United States AB - The contribution of parental smoking to wheezing in children was studied in a subset of all British births between April 5 and 11, 1970 (N = 9,670). Children of smoking mothers had an 18.0 per cent cumulative incidence of post-infancy wheezing through 10 years of age, compared with 16.2 per cent among children of nonsmoking mothers (risk ratio 1.11, 95% CI: 1.02, 1.21). This difference was confined to wheezing attributed to wheezy bronchitis, of which children of smokers had 7.4 percent, and those of nonsmokers had 5.2 percent (risk ratio 1.44, 95% CI: 1.24, 1.68). The incidence of wheezy bronchitis increased as mothers smoked more cigarettes. After multiple logistic regression analysis was used to control for paternal smoking, social status, sex, family allergy, crowding, breast-feeding, gas cooking and heating, and bedroom dampness, the association of maternal smoking with childhood wheezy bronchitis persisted. Some of this effect was explained by maternal respiratory symptoms and maternal depression, but not by neonatal problems, the child's allergic symptoms, or paternal respiratory symptoms. There was a 14 per cent increase in childhood wheezy bronchitis when mothers smoked over four cigarettes per day, and a 49 per cent increase when mothers smoked over 14 cigarettes daily. KW - bronchitis KW - child KW - child health care KW - human KW - maternal behavior KW - parental behavior KW - priority journal KW - review KW - smoking KW - wheezing N1 - Cited By :83 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPEA C2 - 2783639 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024533090&doi=10.2105%2fAJPH.79.2.168&partnerID=40&md5=5896a01dd1bb2b0daf77b73885323de8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The incidence of active tuberculosis in a large urban area T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 129 IS - 6 SP - 1268 EP - 1276 PY - 1989 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a115246 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Enarson, D.A. AU - Wang, J.-S. AU - Dirks, J.M. AD - From the Respiratory Division, Vancouver General Hospital, Department of Medicine, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British, Canada AB - The author8 reviewed all cases of active tuberculosis newly reported to a population-based registry between 1970 and 1985 to compare a large urban area with the mostly rural remainder of the province of British Columbia, Canada. Although incidence rates have declined steadily in the rural area, they have not done so in the urban area. Within the urban area, there was a striking relation between tuberculosis incidence and socioeconomic level. Incidence rates in those born in Canada were observed to be higher for men than for women and higher for men who had never married than for those who had ever married, a difference no longer present within census tract groups. The greatest difference in incidence was between unemployed and employed men. Cases in the poorest census tracts more commonly had advanced, infectious pulmonary disease and were more likely to be alcoholics. The incidence of tuberculosis in the poorest census tracts did not decline as rapidly as In other areas. The characteristics of the disease in the poorest urban census tracts suggest the possibility of selective migration of persons at risk for tuberculosis and of continuing transmission of the disease and call for imaginative case-finding and treatment programs to address this problem. © 1989 by The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health. KW - Ecology KW - Poverty KW - Socioeconomic factors KW - Tuberculosis KW - Unemployment KW - canada KW - economic aspect KW - employment KW - female KW - human KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - mycobacterium tuberculosis KW - nonhuman KW - poverty KW - priority journal KW - socioeconomics KW - tuberculosis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Asia KW - British Columbia KW - Cohort Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Indians, North American KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Tuberculosis KW - Urban Population PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 2786330 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Enarson, D.A.; Health Sciences Center, Edmonton, AB T6G 2B7, Canada N1 - References: Grzybowski, S., (1983) Tuberculosis, a Look at the World Situation- Chest, 84, pp. 756-761; Enarson, D.A., Wade, J.P., Embree, V., Risk of tuberculosis in Canada: Implications for priorities in programs directed at specific groups (1987) Can J Public Health, 78, pp. 305-308; Vancouver, population and housing characteristics by census tracts. Catalogue no. 95-758 (1971) Ottawa, , 1974; Vancouver, census tracts: Selected social and economic characteristics. Catalogue no. 95-978 (1981) Ottawa, 3. , series B, 1983; Enarson, D.A., Active tuberculosis in Indochinese refugees in British Columbia (1984) Can Med Assoc J, 131, pp. 39-42; A tuberculosis survey in England and Wales, 1971: The influence of immigration and country of birth upon notifications (1972) Tubercle, 54, pp. 249-260; Ashley, M.J., Erson, T.W., Leriche, H., The influence of immigration on tuberculosis in Ontario (1974) Am Rev Respir Dis, 110, pp. 137-146; Enarson, D.A., Sjogren, I., Grzybowski, S., Incidence of tuberculosis among Scandinavian immigrants in Canada (1980) Eur J Respir Dis, 61, pp. 139-142; Springett, V.H., An interpretation of statistical trends in tuberculosis Lancet 1952;1, 521, pp. 575-580; Styblo, K., Meijer, J., Recent advances in tuberculosis epidemiology with regard to formulation or readjustment of control programmes (1978) Bull Int Union Tuberc, 52, pp. 283-294; Lowell, A.M., Edwards, L.B., Palmer, C.E., (1969) Tuberculosis, pp. 84-93. , Cambridge: Harvard University Press; Reichman, L.B., O’Day, R., Tuberculosis infection in a large urban population (1978) Am Rev Respir Dis, 117, pp. 705-712; Comstock, G.W., Livesay, V.T., Woolpert, S.F., The prognosis of a positive tuberculin reaction in childhood and adolescence (1974) Am J Epidemiol, 99, pp. 131-138; Horwitz, O., Tuberculosis risk and marital status (1971) Am Rev Respir Dis, 104, pp. 22-31; Horwitz, O., Wilbek, E., Erickson, P.A., Epidemiological basis of tuberculosis eradication. 10. Longitudinal studies on the risk of tuberculosis in the general population of a low-prevalence area (1969) Bull WHO, 41, pp. 95-113; Comstock, G.W., Edwards, L.B., Livesay, V.T., Tuberculosis morbidity in the US Navy: Its distribution and decline (1974) Am Rev Respir Dis, 110, pp. 572-580; Terris, M., Relation of economic status to tuberculosis mortality by age and sex (1948) Am J Public Health, 38, pp. 1061-1070; Holmdahl, S.G., Four population groups with relatively high tuberculosis incidence in Goteberg 1957-1964 (1967) Scand J Respir Dis, 48, pp. 308-320; Capewell, S., France, A.J., Erson, M., The diagnosis and management of tuberculosis in common hostel dwellers (1986) Tubercle, 67, pp. 125-131; Taylor, V., Stead, W., Schecter, G., Tuberculosis control among homeless populations (1987) MMWR, 36, pp. 257-259; Friedman, L.N., Sullivan, G.M., Bevilogua, R.P., Tuberculosis screening in alcoholics and drug addicts (1987) Am Rev Respir Dis, 136, pp. 1188-1192; Grzybowski, S., Allen, E.A., Black, W.A., Inner-city survey for tuberculosis: Evaluation of diagnostic methods (1987) Am Rev Respir Dis, 135, pp. 1311-1315; (1975) Seoul, Korea; Ferebee, S.H., Controlled chemoprophylaxis trials in tuberculosis: A general review (1970) Adv Tuberc Res, 17, pp. 28-106; Grzybowski, S., Barnett, G.D., Styblo K. Contacts of cases of active pulmonary tuberculosis. The Royal Netherlands Tuberculosis Association, The Hague, The Netherlands (1975) Selected Papers, 16, pp. 90-106; Piantadosi, S., Byar, D.P., Green, S.B., The ecological fallacy (1988) Am J Epidemiol, 127, pp. 893-904 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024374862&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a115246&partnerID=40&md5=0a2b631788951f84692796537cf31d0a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Migration trends and population projections for the elderly and their implications T2 - Working Paper - University of Leeds, School of Geography VL - 505 PY - 1988 SN - AU - Rees, P.H. AU - Stillwell, J.C.H. AU - Boden, P. AB - Examines patterns in inter-regional migration by the elderly in 1980-81, and compares them with patterns at other ages and in 1970-71, using a set of 20 British regions. The elderly are observed to be leading actors in the shift of population from metropolitan regions to the rest of the country, but the intensity of that shift is less in 1980-81 than in 1970-71. Migration gains and losses are placed in a wider components framework to ascertain the degree to which internal migration contributes to population redistribution compared with differential mortality or external migration. The influence of ageing in place on the future population of the elderly is assessed through an analysis of fluctuating cohort size. -from Authors KW - ageing KW - migration KW - mortality KW - population projection KW - population redistribution KW - UK N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024160747&partnerID=40&md5=c52fc473e49bccc046e8cd75caa98e01 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Reconsidering urban-fringe agriculture: a longitudinal analysis of capital restructuring on farms in the Metropolitan Green Belt T2 - Transactions - Institute of British Geographers VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 336 PY - 1988 SN - AU - Munton, R. AU - Whatmore, S. AU - Marsden, T. AD - Dept of Geography, Univ College London, 26 Bedford Way, London, WC1H 0AP, UK AB - Changes in the pattern and structure of urban-fringe agriculture are usually explained by reference to local conditions. Attention is rarely drawn to the wider economic imperatives affecting the farming industry. Here attention is drawn to the ways in which industrial and finance capital penetrate farming enterprises and to the response of individual farm businesses to these pressures. Evidence is presented from a longitudinal survey of farm businesses located on the edge of London for the period 1970 to 1985, focusing upon the re-organization of farm business capital and new divisions of land rights. -from Authors KW - capital restructuring KW - farming industry KW - metropolitan green belt KW - urban-fringe agriculture KW - UK, England, London N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0024162422&partnerID=40&md5=a4d4399498257eea556a347a54c3e10d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Length of preschool hospitalization, multiple admissions and later educational attainment and behaviour T2 - Child: Care, Health and Development J2 - Child Care Health Dev. VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 275 EP - 291 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1988.tb00581.x SN - 03051862 (ISSN) AU - HASLVM, M.N. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol, BS2 8DZ, United Kingdom AB - Summary Differences in educational performance and behaviour at age 10 years between 2900 hospitalized and 11 000 non‐hospitalized children in the 1970 British Births Cohort were described previously. In the present analysis associations were found between the length of time children spent in hospital before the age of 5 years and performance on vocabulary tests at age 5 and age 10. Children whose first admission occurred between 2 and 5 years of age were particularly likely to show this association. There was also a relationship between the length of preschool hospitalization and reading and mathematics attainment at age 10. It was the number of times a child was admitted to hospital before the age of 5, rather than the length of stay, which was associated with antisocial and anxious behaviour at age 5. The association was evident when the first admission occurred between 2 and 5 years of age and not before age 2. There was no association with such behaviour at age 10 once social and family factors and readmission between ages 5 and 10 were taken into account. There was a strong association between admission between ages 5 and 10 and behaviour scores at age 10. The results are interpreted as providing evidence for a need to develop the hospital educational service to ameliorate these associations and to review schemes which reduce the anxiety‐provoking aspects of hospitalization for young children. Copyright © 1988, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - academic achievement KW - age KW - antisocial behavior KW - anxiety KW - behavior KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - language development KW - psychological aspect KW - reading KW - school child KW - short survey KW - Achievement KW - Child KW - Child Behavior Disorders KW - Child, Hospitalized KW - Child, Preschool KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Learning Disorders KW - Length of Stay KW - Mathematics KW - Patient Readmission KW - Reading KW - Risk Factors KW - Vocabulary N1 - Cited By :21 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3168169 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: HASLVM, M.N.; Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol, BS2 8DZ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Brimer, M.A., Dunn, L.M., (1962) English Picture Vocabulary Test, , Education Evaluation Enterprises, Bristol; Cadwell, B.S., Lockhart, L.H., A care‐by parent unit: its planning, implementation and patient satisfaction (1981) Children's Health Care, 10, pp. 4-7; (1982) Child Health and Education Study. First Report to the Department of Education and Science on the 10 year follow‐up of the 1970 Birth Cohort, , DES Library, London; Cleary, J., Gray, O.P., Hall, D.J., Rowlandson, P.H., Sainsbury, C.P.Q., Davies, M.M., Parental involvement in the lives of children in hospital (1986) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 61, pp. 779-787; (1959) Report of the Committee on the Welfare of Children in Hospital (The Platt Report), , Mott, London; Connors, C.K., A teacher rating scale for use in drug studies with children (1972) American Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (6), pp. 884-888; Douglas, J.W.B., Early hospital admissions and later disturbances of behaviour and learning (1975) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 17, pp. 456-480; Egbert, L.D., Battit, G.E., Welch, CE., Bartlett, M.K., Reduction of post operative pain by encouragement and instruction of patients (1964) New England Journal of Medicine, 270, pp. 825-827; Elliott, CD., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1978) British Ability Scales, , NFER, Windsor; Ferguson, B.F., Preparing young children for hospital (1979) Paediatrics, 64 (5), pp. 656-684; Golding, J., Haslum, M.N., Hospital admissions (1986) From Birth to Five. A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five Year Olds, , eds, N. R. Butler, J. Golding, Pergamon, Oxford; Haslum, M.N., Howlett, B.C., Golding, J., Morris, A.C, (1987), Hospitalization in early childhood: associations with behavioural disturbance and educational attainment at age 10: evidence from the 1970 national longitudinal cohort study. Unpublished report available from the author; Hayward, J., (1975) Information: A Prescription Against Pain, , Royal College of Nursing, London; (1980) Health and Personal Social Service Statistics for England 1978, , HMSO, London; Janis, I.L., (1958) Psychological Stress: Psychoanalytic and Behavioural Studies of Surgical Patients, , John Wiley, New York; House, (1985) Shortened Edinburgh Reading Test, , Hodder & Stoughton, Sevenoaks; (1980) The Welfare of Children in Hospital, , HMSO, London; Quinton, D., Rutter, M., Early hospital admissions and later disturbances of behaviour: an attempted replication of Douglas' findings (1976) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18, pp. 447-459; Rutter, M., A children's behaviour questionnaire for completion by teachers: preliminary findings (1967) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 8, pp. 1-11; Rutter, M., Cox, A., Tupling, C., Berger, M., Yule, W., Attainment and adjustment in two geographical areas. I. The prevalence of psychiatric disorder (1975) British Journal of Psychiatry, 126, pp. 493-509; Vermillion, B.D., Ballentine, T.V.N., Grosfeld, J.L., The effective use of the parent care unit for infants on the surgical service (1979) Journal of Pediatric Surgery, 14, pp. 321-324 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023720210&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-2214.1988.tb00581.x&partnerID=40&md5=e155087fa3759715a6764042ec1e49ec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Who remains celibate? T2 - Journal of Biosocial Science J2 - J. Biosoc. Sci. VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 253 EP - 264 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1017/S0021932000006593 SN - 00219320 (ISSN) AU - Kiernan, K.E. AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, Northampton Square, United Kingdom AB - Who are the men and women who are single in their mid-30s? This study, which uses life history data for a British cohort born in 1946, shows that an important minority are ‘handicapped’ and these adults are cared for primarily by their families, in particular by elderly parents. Celibates tend to be more introverted, ambitious and to have older marrying parents than their ever-married peers. Single women differ from single men. The women are more likely to be of higher ability, to be graduates and to be in high status occupations whilst single men are more likely to be members of the lowest social class or unemployed. The great majority of single people live either with their parents or on their own. © 1988, Cambridge University Press. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - celibate KW - education KW - human KW - sex difference KW - social class KW - unemployment KW - Behavior KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Educational Status KW - Employment Status KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Family Planning, Behavioral Methods KW - Geographic Factors KW - Handicapped KW - Marital Status KW - Never Married--men KW - Never Married--women KW - Northern Europe KW - Nuptiality KW - Occupational Status KW - Parents KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Psychological Factors KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Sexual Abstinence KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Unemployment KW - United Kingdom KW - Adult KW - Disabled Persons KW - Educational Status KW - Female KW - Human KW - Introversion (Psychology) KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Marriage KW - Sex Behavior KW - Sexual Abstinence N1 - Cited By :31 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2975287 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kiernan, K.E.; Social Statistics Research Unit, City University, Northampton Square, United Kingdom N1 - References: ATKINS, E., CHERRY, N.M., DOUGLAS, J.W.B., KIERNAN, K.E., WADSWORTH, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention: Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe, , Edited by S. A. Mednick & A. E. Baest. Oxford University Press, London; BONE, M., Trends in single women’s sexual behaviour in Scotland (1986) Popul. Trends, 43, p. 7; BROWN, A., KIERNAN, K.E., Cohabitation in Great Britain: evidence from the General Household Survey (1981) Popul. Trends, 25, p. 4; CARTER, H., GLICK, P.C., (1970) Marriage and Divorce: a Social and Economic Study, , Vital and Health Statistics Monographs, American Public Health Association. Harvard University Press, London; CHERRY, N., Components of occupational interest (1974) Br. J. educ. Psychol, 44, p. 22; COOKINGHAM, M.E., Bluestockings, spinsters and pedagogues: women college graduates, 1865 to 1910 (1984) Popul. Stud, 38, p. 3; DOUGLAS, J.W.B., The use and abuse of national cohorts (1976) The Organisation and Impact of Social Research, , Edited by M. Shipman. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London; DOUGLAS, J.W., ROSS, J.M., SIMPSON, H.R., (1968) All Our Future, , Davies London; EYSENCK, H.J., A short questionnaire for the measurement of two dimensions of personality (1958) J. appl. Psychol., 42, p. 14; FREEMAN, R., KLAUS, P., Blessed or not? The new spinster in England and the United States in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries (1984) J. fam. Hist., 9, p. 4; GUY, C., (1983) Asking About Marriage, , National Marriage Guidance Council, London; KIERNAN, K.E., (1986) Transitions in Young Adulthood, , Working Paper No. 16, National Child Development Study User Support Group, City University, London; KIERNAN, K.E., ELDRIDGE, S.M., (1985) A Demographic Analysis of First Marriages in England and Wales 1950 to 1980, , Research Paper No. 85–1. Centre for Population Studies, London; KIERNAN, K.E., ELDRIDGE, S.M., Inter and intra cohort variation in the timing of first marriage (1987) Br. J. Sociol., 38, p. 1; MOUNT, F., (1982) The Subversive Family, , Jonathan Cape, London; Marriage and Divorce Statistics, , HM Stationery Office, London; PARKER, G., (1985) With Due Care and Attention: A Review of Research on Informal Care, , Family Policy Studies Centre, London; (1982) Values and the Changing Family, , Family Policy Studies Centre, London; TOWNSEND, P., (1957) The Family Life of Old People, , Routledge & Kegan Paul London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023920270&doi=10.1017%2fS0021932000006593&partnerID=40&md5=b7312a12e3866db157e6e21ca4a4f604 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Persistence of occurrence of injury: Can injuries of preschool children predict injuries of school-aged children? T2 - Pediatrics J2 - PEDIATRICS VL - 82 IS - 5 SP - 707 EP - 712 PY - 1988 SN - 00314005 (ISSN) AU - Bijur, P.E. AU - Golding, J. AU - Haslum, M. AD - Department of Pediatrics, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, NY 10461, United States AB - Data regarding 10,394 children from the 1970 British birth cohort were used to assess the consistency of injuries reported by parents as occurring between birth and 5 years of age and injuries reported between 5 and 10 years of age. Children with three or more separate injury events reported between birth and 5 years of age were 5.9 times more likely to have three or more injuries reported between 5 and 10 years of age than children without early injuries (95% confidence interval = 4.4 to 8.0). Children with one or more injuries resulting in hospitalization before 5 years of age were 2.5 times as likely to have one or more admissions to the hospital for injuries after 5 years of age than children with no early hospitalizations for injuries (95% confidence interval = 2.0 to 3.3). Stepwise regression was used to identify other predictors of injury. The number of injuries before 5 years of age were the best predictors of injuries reported between 5 and 10 years of age, followed by male sex, aggressive child behavior, young maternal age, many older, and few younger siblings. The findings of this study are consistent with two other large studies that relied on medical records rather than parental report and that focused on more severe injuries. Children with several of the identified risk factors can be predicted to have high rates of accidental injuries and may benefit from focused intervention. KW - accident proneness KW - aggression KW - child KW - forecasting KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - injury KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - review KW - risk factor KW - sex difference KW - Accidents KW - Aggression KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Male KW - Maternal Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - Wounds and Injuries N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PEDIA C2 - 3186349 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023739298&partnerID=40&md5=25665551ada98ac36d74cdb06f7dcef0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology, course and socio-economic influence of inflammatory bowel disease T2 - Schweizerische Medizinische Wochenschrift J2 - SCHWEIZ. MED. WOCHENSCHR. VL - 118 IS - 20 SP - 738 EP - 742 PY - 1988 SN - 00367672 (ISSN) AU - Binder, V. AD - Medical-Gastroenterological Department C, Herlev Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Herlev DK 2730, Denmark AB - Based on the literature and on our own experience from a follow-up study of all inflammatory bowel disease patients in a defined population, the epidemiology, course and socical economic aspects of the diseases are discussed. The incidence of ulcerative colitis has shown geographical differences with a stable incidence in Stockholm, Cardiff, the United Kingdom and Copenhagen compared to a remarkable increase in incidence in Iceland, Faroe Islands, Norway, Scotland and North Tees since 1970. For Crohn's disease there has been an overall increase in incidence in all studies with a tendency towards a plateau in recent years in some areas. The prevalence of ulcerative colitis in 1978 was 117/105 and for Crohn's disease 34/105 in Copenhagen county. The survival of the patients did not differ from that of the background except for a small excess mortality in elderly men with ulcerative colitis within the first 2 years with the disease. 10% of patients with ulcerative colitis were colectomized within 1 year and 23% within 10 years. 55% of patients with Crohn's disease were operated on within 10 years, 11% two or more times. The number of patients in complete remission for 10 years after the initial attack is practically zero. 90% of patients with ulcerative colitis and about 80% with Crohn's disease have full work capacity. The risk of intestinal cancer is 1.4% in ulcerative colitis after 18 years (e.g. twice the risk in the background population) and is markedly lower than in previous reports. In Crohn's disease no increased risk of cancer was found. Patients with inflammatory bowel disease seem to participate in social, family and professional life virtually to the same extent as the background population, although 55% of patients feel their life burdened by the disease. However, only a very small minority of patients with Crohn's disease need disablement pension within 10 years. KW - crohn disease KW - denmark KW - economic aspect KW - female KW - human KW - iceland KW - intestine cancer KW - male KW - norway KW - short survey KW - sweden KW - ulcerative colitis KW - united kingdom KW - Adult KW - Colitis, Ulcerative KW - Crohn Disease KW - Europe KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Quality of Life KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Work N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SMWOA C2 - 3387970 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023914121&partnerID=40&md5=a7eb0a37521171b71532f8832245d20c ER - TY - JOUR TI - CONTROLLED STUDY OF INTELLIGENCE AND SCHOOL PERFORMANCE OF VERY LOW‐BIRTHWEIGHT CHILDREN FROM A DEFINED GEOGRAPHICAL AREA T2 - Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology J2 - Dev. Med. Child Neurol. VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 42 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1988.tb04724.x SN - 00121622 (ISSN) AU - Lloyd, B.W. AU - Wheldall, K. AU - Perks, D. AD - New Cross Hospital, Wolverhampton, West Midlands, United Kingdom AD - Centre for Child Study, Department of Educational Psychology, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom AB - The authors studied the intellectual outcome of 45 of the 47 schoolchildren who had been born with very low birthweights (< 1501g) in Wolverhampton between 1975 and 1978 and were free of major handicap. Their outcome was compared with that of a control group matched for age, sex, race and social class. The very low‐birthweight children had lower IQs, were more likely to be performing poorly or below average at school and were more likely to show emotional disturbance. Those who had had a major neonatal illness were most likely to be performing below average at school. These results may be representative of the outcome for very low‐birthweight babies born in the United Kingdom during the late 1970s. Etude contrôlé de l'intelligence et des performances scolaires des enfants de très faible poids de naissance dans une aire géographique définie Les auteurs ont étudié, le devenir intellectuel de 45 parmi les 47 écoliers nés avec un trés faible poids de naissance (moins de 1501g) mais sans handicap majeur, à Wolverhampton entre 1975 et 1978. Leur devenir a été comparé avec celui d'un groupe contrôle apparié pour l'âge, le sexe, la race et la classe sociale. Les enfants de très faible poids de naissance avaient un QI plus bas, avaient plus de chances de performances médiocres ou au‐dessous de la moyenne à l'école et plus de chances de montrer des perturbations émotives. Ceux des enfants qui avaient présenté une maladie néonatale majeure avaient plus de chances de se situer au‐dessous de la moyenne à l'école. Les auteurs suggèrent que ces résultats peuvent être représentatifs du devenir des nourrissons de trés faible poids de naissance nés au Royaume Uni durant les dernières années 1970. © 1988 Mac Keith Press KW - academic achievement KW - child KW - controlled study KW - female KW - human KW - intelligence KW - low birth weight KW - major clinical study KW - male KW - normal human KW - united kingdom KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Educational Status KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant, Low Birth Weight KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Intelligence KW - Learning KW - Male N1 - Cited By :75 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3371570 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lloyd, B.W.; Department of Paediatrics, North Middlesex Hospital, London, N18 1QX, United Kingdom N1 - References: Drillien, C.M., Thomson, A.J.M., Burgoyne, K., Low‐birthweight children at early school‐age: a longitudinal study (1980) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 22, pp. 26-47; Eilers, B.L., Desai, N.S., Wilson, M.A., Cunningham, M.D., Classroom performance and social factors of children with birthweights of 1,250 grams or less: follow‐up at 5 to 8 years of age (1986) Pediatrics, 77, pp. 203-208; Elliot, C.D., Murray, D.J., Pearson, L.S., (1983) The British Ability Scales (revised edition), , Windsor:, NFER‐Nelson; Fitzhardinge, P.M., Current outcome: ICU populations (1980) Neonatal Neurological Assessment and Outcome. Report of the Seventy‐seventh Ross Conference on Pediatric Research, , Brann, A. W., Volpe, J. J.,. Columbus, Ohio:, Ross Laboratories; Fitzhardinge, P.M., Ramsay, M., The improving outlook for the small prematurely born infant (1973) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 15, pp. 447-459; Francis‐Williams, J., Davies, P.A., Very low birthweight and later intelligence (1974) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 16, pp. 709-728; Hack, M., Fanaroff, A.A., Merkatz, I.R., The low‐birth‐weight infant—evolution of a changing outlook (1979) New England Journal of Medicine, 301, pp. 1162-1165; Illsley, R., Mitchell, R.G., (1984) Low Birthweight: a Medical, Psychological and Social Study, , Chichester:, John Wiley; Jones, I.G., Cameron, D., Social class analysis—an embarrassment to epidemiology (1984) Community Medicine, 6, pp. 37-46; Kiely, J.L., Paneth, N., Follow‐up studies of low‐birthweight infants: suggestions for design, analysis and reporting (1981) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 23, pp. 96-100; Kitchen, W.H., Ryan, M.M., Rickards, A., McDougall, A.B., Billson, F.A., Keir, E.H., Naylor, F.D., A longitudinal study of very low‐birthweight infants. IV: An overview of performance at eight years of age (1980) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 22, pp. 172-188; Kitchen, W.H., Yu, V.Y.H., Orgill, A., Ford, G.W., Rickards, A., Astbury, J., Ryan, M.M., Nave, J.R.M., Collaborative study of very‐low‐birthweight: outcome of two year old survivors (1982) Lancet, 1, pp. 1457-1460; Klein, N., Hack, M., Gallagher, J., Fanaroff, A.A., Preschool performance of children with normal intelligence who were very low‐birth‐weight infants (1985) Pediatrics, 75, pp. 531-537; Lloyd, B.W., Outcome of very‐low‐birthweight babies from Wolverhampton (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 739-741; Michelsson, K., Lindahl, E., Parre, M., Helenius, M., Nine‐year follow‐up of infants weighing 1500g or less at birth (1984) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 73, pp. 835-841; Noble‐Jamieson, C.M., Lukeman, D., Silverman, M., Davies, P.A., Low birthweight children at school age: neurological, psychological and pulmonary function (1982) Seminars in Perinatology, 6, pp. 266-273; (1980) Classification of Occupations, , London:, HMSO; Orgill, A.A., Astbury, J., Bajuk, B., Yu, V.Y.H., Early neurodevelopmental, outcome of very low birthweight infants (1982) Australian Paediatric Journal, 18, pp. 193-196; Powell, T.G., Pharoah, P.O.D., Cooke, R.W.I., Survival and morbidity in a geographically defined population of low birthweight infants (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 539-543; Rutter, M., A children's behaviour questionnaire for completion by teachers (1967) Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 8, pp. 1-11; Steiner, E.S., Sanders, E.M., Phillips, E.C.K., Maddock, C.R., Very low birth weight children at school age: comparison of neonatal management methods (1980) British Medical Journal, 281, pp. 1237-1240; Stewart, A.L., Reynolds, E.O.R., Improved prognosis for infants of very low birthweight (1974) Pediatrics, 54, pp. 724-735; Lipscomb, A.P., Outcome for infants of very low birthweight: survey of world literature (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 1038-1041; Turcan, D., Rawlings, G., Hart, S., Gregory, S., Outcome for infants at high risk or major handicap (1978) Major Mental Handicap: Methods and Costs of Prevention. Ciba Foundation Symposium 59 (New Series), , Elliot, K., O'Connor, M.,. Amsterdam:, Elsevier/Excerpta Medica/North Holland UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023834156&doi=10.1111%2fj.1469-8749.1988.tb04724.x&partnerID=40&md5=dc1871ea2e7bb7fdd362ee1f6d34f088 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Motor vehicle traffic accident mortality in Canada, 1921-1984 T2 - American Journal of Preventive Medicine J2 - AM. J. PREV. MED. VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 220 EP - 230 PY - 1988 SN - 07493797 (ISSN) AU - Millar, W.J. AU - Last, J.M. AD - Department of Epidemiology and Community Medicine, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont., Canada AB - The analysis of motor vehicle traffic accident mortality through the use of cross-sectional and secular death rates indicates that motor vehicle traffic accident death rates increased over all age and sex groups from 1921 to 1970. Each generation, defined as a birth cohort, experienced successively higher motor vehicle traffic accident mortality rates until the 1970s. The most striking increase occurred among youths 15-24 years of ages. Motor vehicle traffic accidents were responsible for 518,488 hospital days in Canadian hospitals in 1981-82. Approximately 47% of the days involved youths below the age of 25. Among youths in the 15-24 age group, about 30% of the hospital separations attributable to motor vehicle traffic accidents involved head injuries. Between 1970 and 1984, motor vehicle traffic accident mortality rates declined in all age groups. The possible reasons for the decline and the current pattern of motor vehicle traffic accident mortality are discussed in terms of the implications for hospital utilization and the prevalence of disability. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - canada KW - fatality KW - human KW - male KW - mortality KW - motorized transport KW - short survey KW - traffic accident KW - Accidents, Traffic KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Canada KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Craniocerebral Trauma KW - Female KW - Head Protective Devices KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Length of Stay KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Seat Belts KW - Sex Factors N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJPME C2 - 3166826 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023732942&partnerID=40&md5=301c6ef1e3c16c343d25f9d902325e1f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Organisation and results of the cervical cytology screening programme in British Columbia, 1955-85 T2 - British Medical Journal (Clinical research ed.) J2 - Brit. Med. J. VL - 296 IS - 6627 SP - 975 EP - 978 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1136/bmj.296.6627.975 SN - 02670623 (ISSN) AU - Anderson, G.H. AU - Boyes, D.A. AU - Benedet, J.L. AU - Riche, J.C.L. AU - Matisic, J.P. AU - Suen, K.C. AU - Worth, A.J. AU - Millner, A. AU - Bennett, O.M. AD - Division of Cytology, Cancer Control Agency of BC, Vancouver, V5Z 4E6, British Columbia, Canada AB - A screening programme to detect preinvasive carcinoma of the cervix was started in British Columbia in 1949. Since 1970 the number of women who have been screened at least once has been maintained at about 85% of the population at risk. More than 500000 cervical smears are being examined each year in the central laboratory. There has been an appreciable increase in the number of cases and rates of carcinoma in situ seen since 1970, particularly in women between 20 and 30 years of age. Since the programme started over 26 000 cases of squamous carcinoma in situ have been detected and treated. The incidence of clinically invasive squamous carcinoma of the cervix has fallen by 78% during the period under review, and mortality from squamous carcinoma of the cervix has fallen by 72%. A colposcopy programme, introduced throughout British Columbia over the past 12 years, has been important in reducing the problems of managing preinvasive lesions, particularly in younger women. It is concluded that the reduction in morbidity and mortality from invasive squamous cancer of the cervix in British Columbia over the past 30 years is directly attributable to the province wide screening programme and that a large potential increase in invasive cervical cancer rates among younger women is being prevented. © 1988, British Medical Journal Publishing Group. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - cancer screening KW - cytology KW - female KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - uterine cervix cancer KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - British Columbia KW - Carcinoma in Situ KW - Carcinoma, Squamous Cell KW - Cervix Neoplasms KW - Colposcopy KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Mass Screening KW - Medical Records KW - Middle Age KW - Vaginal Smears N1 - Cited By :164 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3129115 LA - English N1 - References: Anderson, G.H., Cervical cytology. In: Miller AB, ed. Screening for cancer (1985) London: Academic Press, pp. 87-102; Canadian Task Force. Cervical cancer screening programs (1976) Can Med Assoc, 114, pp. 1003-1033; Anderson, G.H., Flynn, K.J., Hickey, L.A., Riche, J.C., Matisic, J.P., Suen, K.C., A comprehensive internal quality control system for a large cytology laboratory (1987) Acta Cytol, 31, pp. 895-899; Benedet, J.L., Anderson, G.H., Cervical intraepithelial neoplasia in British Columbia: a comprehensive program for detection (1981) diagnosis, and treatment. Gynecol Oncol, 12, pp. 280-291; Laara, E., Day, N.E., Hakama, M., Trends in mortality from cervical cancer in the Nordic countries: association with organised screening programs (1987), pp. 1247-1249. , Lancet; Draper, G.J., Cook, G.A., Changing patterns of cervical cancer rates (1983) Br Med J, 287, pp. 510-512; Wolfendale, M.R., King, S., Usherwood, M.M., Abnormal cervical smears: are we in for an epidemic? (1983), 287, pp. 526-528. , Br Med J; Hofferth, S.L., Kahn, J.R., Baldwin, W., Premarital sexual activity among US teenage women over the past three decades (1987) Family Planning Perspectives, 19, pp. 46-53; Townsend, D.E., Richart, R.M., Marks, E., Nielsen, J., Invasive cancer following outpatient evaluation and therapy for cervical disease (1981) Obstet Gynecol, 57, pp. 145-159; Townsend, D.E., Richart, R.M., Diagnostic errors in colposcopy (1981) Gynecol Oncol, 12, pp. 259-264; Benedet, J.L., Anderson, G.H., Boyes, D.A., Colposcopie accuracy in the diagnosis of microinvasive and occult invasive carcinoma of the cervix (1985) Obstet Gynecol, 65, pp. 557-562; Richart, R.M., Barron, B.A., Screening strategies for cervical cancer and cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (1981) Cancer, 47, pp. 1176-1181; Canadian Task Force (1982) Cervical cancer screening programs: summary of the 1982 Canadian Task Force report, 127, pp. 581-589. , CanMedAssocJ; I ARC Working Group on Evaluation of Cervical Cancer Screening Programmes (1986) Screening for squamous cervical cancer: duration of low risk after negative results of cervical cytology and its implication for screening policies, 293, pp. 659-664. , Br Med J UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023933593&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.296.6627.975&partnerID=40&md5=cf2486635fb03e9dd055c12d27c44b61 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Complete rectal prolapse: The anatomical and functional results of treatment by an extended abdominal rectopexy T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 37 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800750113 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Mann, C.V., Mr AU - Hoffman, C. AD - St. Mark's Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - The London Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Flinders Medical Centre, Bedford Park, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia AB - Between 1970 and 1985 (inclusive), 66 patients presented with complete rectal prolapse; 59 (89 per cent) were treated by extended abdominal rectopexy. Forty‐four patients (75 per cent) have been followed for more than 2 years: all cases were cured of their complete prolapse, no patients died, and major complications were few. Constipation (47 per cent) and incontinence (19 per cent) caused serious problems for many patients postoperatively. Copyright © 1988 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - extended rectopexy KW - functional results KW - Rectal prolapse KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - methodology KW - proctopexy KW - rectum prolapse KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Constipation KW - Fecal Incontinence KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Methods KW - Middle Age KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Rectal Prolapse N1 - Cited By :96 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3337947 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mann, C.V.; The London Hospital, Whitechapel, London, E1 1BB, United Kingdom N1 - References: Butler, EC, Intra‐abdominal repair of rectal prolapse (1964) Diseases of the Colon & Rectum, 7, pp. 546-548; Wells, C, New operation for rectal prolapse (1959) Proc R Soc Med, 52, pp. 602-603; Goligher, JC, (1975) Surgery of the Anus, Rectum and Colon, p. 305. , 3rd ed., London, Ballière Tindall; Frykman, HM, Goldberg, SM, The surgical treatment of rectal procidentia (1969) Surgery, 129, pp. 1225-1230; Keighley, MR, Fielding, JW, Alexander‐Williams, J, Results of Marlex mesh abdominal rectopexy for rectal prolapse in 100 consecutive patients (1983) Br J Surg, 70, pp. 229-232; Morgan, CN, Porter, NA, Klugman, DJ, Ivalon (polyvinyl alcohol) sponge in the repair of complete rectal prolapse (1972) Br J Surg, 59, pp. 841-846; Penfold, JCB, Hawley, PR, Experiences of Ivalon Sponge implant for complete rectal prolapse at St. Mark's Hospital, 1960–1970 (1972) Br J Surg, 59, pp. 846-848; Ripstein, CB, Procidentia—definitive corrective surgery (1972) Dis Colon Rectum, 15, pp. 334-336; Snellmann, B, (1984) Surgery of the Anus, Rectum and Colon, p. 264. , Cited in:, Goligher JC, 5th ed., London, Ballière Tindall; Parks, AG, Post‐anal pelvic floor repair (and the treatment of anorectal incontinence) (1977) Operative Surgery, 4, pp. 249-254. , Todd I, 3rd ed., Colon, Rectum and Anus., London and Boston, Butterworths; Wyatt, AP, Perineal rectopexy for rectal prolapse (1981) Br J Surg, 68, pp. 717-719; Haskell, B, Royner, N, A modified Thiersch operation for complete rectal prolapse using a Teflon prosthesis (1963) Dis Colon Rectum, 6, pp. 192-195; Goligher, JC, Hughes, ESR, Sensibility of the rectum and colon: its role in the mechanism of anal continence (1951) Lancet, 1, pp. 543-548; Keighley, MR, Shouler, PR, Colonic function in patients with rectal prolapse and faecal incontinence (1984) Br J Surg, 71, pp. 892-895; Muir, EG, Treatment of complete rectal prolapse in the adult (1962) Proc R Soc Med, 55, pp. 1086-1087; Goldberg, SH, Gordon, PH, Nivatvongs, S, (1980) Essentials of Ano‐Rectal Surgery, pp. 257-259. , Philadelphia, Lippincott; Christiansen, J, Kirkegaard, P, Delorme's operation for complete rectal prolapse (1981) Br J Surg, 68, pp. 537-538; Gabriel, WB, (1949) Principles and Practice of Rectal Surgery, p. 128. , 4th ed., London, HK Lewis; Notaras, MJ, The use of mersilene mesh in rectal prolapse repair (1973) Proc R Soc Med, 66, pp. 684-686 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023870158&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800750113&partnerID=40&md5=c311998c4186735949a2d2c8f3e60f72 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Risk stratification after myocardial infarction with and without coronary artery bypass grafting T2 - European Heart Journal J2 - EUR. HEART J. VL - 9 IS - SUPPL. G SP - 91 EP - 100 PY - 1988 SN - 0195668X (ISSN) AU - Reid, J.M. AU - Dargie, H.J. AD - Department of Cardiology, Western Infirmary, Glasgow G11 6NT, United Kingdom AB - Two reports from the U.S.A. on asymptomatic men under 60 years gave an incidence of angina pectoris of 0.2-0.4% year-1, of MI of 0.2-0.7% year-1, and of sudden death of 0.1-0.4% year-1. Hammond et al. followed up 234 airmen whose average age was 50 years and whose applications were approved for active flight status following coronary artery surgery performed between 1970 and 1980. The probability of remaining free of cardiac events (abnormal exercise test, development of angina, MI, further cardiac surgery) was 83% in the five years after surgery, compared with 92% in the selected group from the CASS study reported by Chaitman et al. The five-year survival was 91%, which is lower than in the CASS study for men with normal or only slightly impaired left ventricular function. Chaitman et al. concluded that, as the risk of an acute cardiac event or death was low in patients with normal left ventricular function, recertification was appropriate provided the patients fulfilled the necessary criteria. While agreeing with the need for assessing revascularization by post-operative cardiac catheterization, they suggested from the CASS study data that this was not necessary in a specific subgroup of non-smoking, non-hypertensive patients with a normal maximal exercise test and normal left ventricular function. In the U.K., guidelines used by the Civil Aviation Authority in the assessment of satisfactory recovery from bypass graft surgery are absence of symptoms, normal resting and exercise electrocardiography, and normal myocardial perfusion (thallium scan). Repeat angiography one year after surgery is required to demonstrate patency of all the grafts, normal LV function, and that there is no progression of obstructive coronary artery disease in the native circulation. Follow-up angiography is generally required not later than five years following recertification. These requirements are broadly similar to those of the Federal Aviation Administration in the U.S.A. Given the foregoing data it would seem unreasonable to withhold restricted recertification to fly in pilots who, following recovery from an uncomplicated MI, are clinically well and fulfil the following criteria. Ability to complete stage IV (usually) of a Bruce protocol of a treadmill exercise test without chest pain, with an appropriate rise in blood pressure and heart rate and without ECG evidence of reversible ischaemia or the occurrence of an important arrhythmia. Demonstration of normal (>50%) ejection fraction on nuclear ventriculography (for reference purposes). Failure to demonstrate complex ventricular arrhythmias or silent ischaemia on two 24-h ambulatory monitoring tapes. Failure to demonstrate any signficant coronary disease in non infarct-related vessels shown by coronary arteriography. It would also seem logical to apply the same criteria to those persons undergoing coronary bypass grafting following MI with the additional proviso that one year following surgery all grafts can be shown to be patent with no evidence of significant atheromatous narrowing, or progression of native disease. KW - adult KW - airplane crew KW - coronary artery bypass surgery KW - female KW - heart infarction KW - human KW - licence KW - male KW - prognosis KW - risk KW - short survey KW - Coronary Artery Bypass KW - Human KW - Myocardial Infarction KW - Prognosis KW - Risk Factors N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EHJOD C2 - 3042423 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023946418&partnerID=40&md5=e672765cdc6d0f506572180a3028c57b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality of workers at acetylene production plants T2 - British Journal of Industrial Medicine J2 - BR. J. IND. MED. VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 69 PY - 1988 SN - 00071072 (ISSN) AU - Newhouse, M.L. AU - Matthews, G. AU - Sheikh, K. AU - Knight, K.L. AU - Oakes, D. AU - Sullivan, K.R. AD - Department of Occupational Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London, WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - To reduce the risk of explosion oxyacetylene cylinders are filled with a spongy mass, acetone is added to saturate the mass, and acetylene is pumped into the cylinder. The first cylinders manufactured before 1936 used a kapok filling topped off with about 16 oz of crocidolite asbestos, with a metal gauze thimble inserted to reduce risk of flash back. Cylinders must be examined annually. The use of crocidolite ceased in 1972 and other fillings have been adopted since 1970; kapok cylinders now constitute less than 5% of the total stock. To assess possible hazards, a mortality study of workers first employed between 1935 and 1975 and followed up to December 1984 was undertaken. Simulation tests showed low concentrations of asbestos in the air even in the earliest period. The population studied consisted of 370 workers at the Bilston plant in the West Midlands, 611 at the 14 other plants in England and Wales, and 120 in Scotland. No deaths occurred from mesothelial tumours but there was an excess of deaths from cancer, particularly lung cancer, cancer of the stomach, and cancer of the pancreas, the latter accounting for eight deaths. Risks appeared to be concentrated at the Bilston plant. The importance of these findings is discussed. KW - acetylene KW - asbestos KW - crocidolite KW - adult KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - human KW - lung cancer KW - mortality KW - pancreas cancer KW - stomach cancer KW - Acetylene KW - Chemical Industry KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Pancreatic Neoplasms KW - Stomach Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJIMA C2 - 3342189 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: acetylene, 74-86-2; asbestos, 1332-21-4; crocidolite, 12001-28-4, 53799-46-5, 61105-31-5; Acetylene, 74-86-2 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023857645&partnerID=40&md5=87edbe1bfbec875e259089c70b787e8a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality of vermiculite miners exposed to tremolite T2 - Annals of Occupational Hygiene J2 - Ann. Occup. Hyg. VL - 32 IS - inhaled_particles_VI SP - 459 EP - 467 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1093/annhyg/32.inhaled_particles_VI.459 SN - 00034878 (ISSN) AU - Amandus, H.E. AU - Wheeler, R. AU - Armstrong, B.G. AU - McDonald, A.D. AU - McDonald, J.C. AU - Sebastien, P. AD - The Division of Respiratory Disease Studies, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, 944 Chestnut Ridge Road, Morgantown, 26505, United States AD - School of Occupational Health, McGill University, 1110 Pine Ave. West, Montreal, H3A 1 A3, Canada AB - Closely similar cohort mortality studies were conducted independently and in parallel by groups from NIOSH and McGill University among past and present employees of a Montana mine and mill where the vermiculite ore is contaminated by amphibole fibres, mainly of the tremolite- actinolite series. The NIOSH cohort consisted of 569 men hired before 1970, while the McGill cohort consisted of 406 men hired before 1963, and men in both cohorts were employed at least 1 year. Exposures were estimated for each man in fibre-years (f-y) from work histories and all available samples of airborne dust tested by governmental agencies or the company since 1956. A man-years analysis against U.S. white male mortality showed increased SMR’s from lung cancer and non-malignant respiratory disease (NIOSH:2.15 and 2.46; McGill: 2.45 and 2.55). In relation to exposure, the SMR for lung cancer was estimated to increase 0.6% by NIOSH and 1.1% by McGill with each unit increase in f-y. Mortality from mesothelioma was reported as the underlying cause of death in 2 cases in the NIOSH cohort, and as the underlying or contributing cause of death in 4 cases in the McGill cohort. © 1988 The British Occupational Hygiene Society. N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Berry, G., The analysis of mortality by the subject-years method (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 173-184; Cox, D.R., Regression models and life-tables (1972) J. R. Statist. Soc. B, 34, pp. 187-202; Hanley, J., Liddell, F.D.K., Fitting relationship between exposure and standardized mortality ratios (1985) J. Occup. Med, 27, pp. 555-560; Monson, R., Analysis of relative survival and proportional mortality (1974) Computers and Biomedical Research, 1, pp. 325-332; Oldham, P.D., On estimating the arithmetic means of lognormally-distributed populations (1965) Biometrics, 21, pp. 235-239; Thomas, D.C., General relative-risk models for survival time and matched case-control analysis (1981) Biometrics, 37, pp. 673-686 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-85008745521&doi=10.1093%2fannhyg%2f32.inhaled_particles_VI.459&partnerID=40&md5=2e43182df73d9a462d56248d07fc4b4e ER - TY - JOUR TI - Partial sight and blindness in children of the 1970 birth cohort at 10 years of age T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 23 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1136/jech.42.1.17 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Stewart-Brown, S.L. AU - Haslum, M.N. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 2PR, United Kingdom AB - The prevalence and causes of partial sight and blindness (best corrected distant visual acuity of 6/24 or less) have been studied in a nationally representative sample of 15,000 10-year-old children. The prevalence of blindness (acuity <6/60) was between 3.4 and 4.0/10,000. All these children had been registered as blind; less than half were in schools for the blind, the remainder were all in other special schools. The pravalence of partial sight (acuity ≤6/24 ≥6/60) was between 5.4 and 8.7/10,000; less than half of these children were in schools for the visually handicapped or partially sighted; most were in ordinary schools; half were neither registered as partially sighted nor ascertained as in need of special education for visual handicap. The most common cause of partial sight or blindness in this cohort was congenital cataract; the second most common was congenital nystagmus. The study identified a number of children whose best acuity on examination was 6/24 or less who had either no ophthalmological diagnosis or who had been diagnosed as suffering from a refractive error. These children have been included in the study because at the time of the survey they had either not been prescribed spectacles or they had spectacles which they were not wearing; the functional visual level of these children was therefore equivalent to that of those defined as partially sighted. KW - blindness KW - congenital cataract KW - congenital nystagmus KW - diagnosis KW - education KW - epidemiology KW - handicapped child KW - human KW - school child KW - short survey KW - visual acuity KW - visual disorder N1 - Cited By :38 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 3418281 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023890491&doi=10.1136%2fjech.42.1.17&partnerID=40&md5=a4bb07773b65fce77422fa63b9761937 ER - TY - JOUR TI - HBsag-positive swedish blood donors: Natural history and origin of infection T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Infectious Diseases J2 - Scand. J. Infect. Dis. VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 377 EP - 382 PY - 1988 DO - 10.3109/00365548809032471 SN - 00365548 (ISSN) AU - Lindberg, J. AU - Lindholm, A. AD - Department of Infectious Diseases, East Hospital and the Blood Center, Sahlgrens Hospital, Göteborg, Sweden AB - 99 HBsAg-positive blood donors (BDs) were discovered in Göteborg during 1970-84. Of the 82 patients where the outcome is known 46 had transient and 36 persistent antigenemia. Chronic hepatitis was found in 6 patients while 30 were asymptomatic carriers. Three BDs had died, 1 of them from cholangiocellular cancer. An obvious mode of transmission was demonstrated for 19 BDs, i.v. drug abuse being the most frequent one. Five BDs originated from countries with a known high prevalence of hepatitis B virus (HBV). Family contacts of the remaining carriers had serological markers for HBV in the following frequencies: mothers 46% siblings 39% fathers 25% children 13% spouses 10% Only children of female carriers had markers for HBV infection. Intrafamiliar transmission during childhood is an important route of transmission even in a country with low HBV endemicity and amongst people without connection with endemic regions. This population may be susceptible to the consequences of a long-term carriership of HBV. © 1988 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - hepatitis b antigen KW - adult KW - antigen blood level KW - blood donor KW - chronic hepatitis KW - familial incidence KW - fatality KW - female KW - follow up KW - hepatitis b KW - human KW - liver cell carcinoma KW - male KW - priority journal KW - virus carrier KW - virus transmission KW - Adult KW - Blood Donors KW - Carrier State KW - Child KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Hepatitis B KW - Hepatitis B Surface Antigens KW - Human KW - Male KW - Sweden PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJIDB C2 - 3194706 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lindberg, J.; Dept. of Infectious Diseases, Östra Sjukhuset, S-41685, Göteborg, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Hepatitis B Surface Antigens N1 - References: Beasley, R.P., Hwang, L.Y., Lin, C.C., Chin-Siang, C., Hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatitis B virus (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 1129-1133; Zucherman, A.J., Viral hepatitis, the B antigen and liver cancer (1974) Cell, 1, pp. 65-67; Bianchi, L., de Groote, T., Desmot, V.J., Gedigk, P., Korb, G., Popper, H., Poulsen, H., Wepler, W., Acute and chronic hepatitis revisited. Review by an international group (1977) Lancet, 2, pp. 914-919; Helshe, T., Carriers of hepatitis B antigen and transfusion hepatitis in Finland (1974) Scand J Haematol; Szummers, W., Recent advances in the study of the epidemiology of hepatitis B (1975) Am J Pathol, 81, pp. 629-647; Bernier, R.H., Sampliner, R., Gerety, R., Tabor, E., Hamilton, F., Nathanson, N., Hepatitis B infections in households of chronic carriers of hepatitis B surface antigen (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 116, pp. 199-211; Feinman, S.V., Cooter, N., Sinclair, J.C., Wrobel, D.M., Berris, B., Clinical and epidemiological significance of the HBsAg carrier state (1975) Gastroenterology, 68, pp. 113-120; Stevens, C.E., Beasley, R.P., Tsui, J., Lee, W.C., Vertical transmission of hepatitis B antigen i Taiwan (1975) N Engl J Med, 292, pp. 771-774; Iwarson, S., Lindholm, A., Lundin, P., Hermodsson, S., Hepatitis-associated antigen and antibody in Swedish blood donors (1972) Vox Sang, 22, pp. 501-509; Beasley, R.P., Hwang, L.Y., Liu, C.C., Chien, C.S., Hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatitis B virus (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 1129-1132; Tabor, E., Gerety, R.J., Vogel, C.L., Bayley, A.C., Anthony, P.P., Chan, C.H., Barker, L.F., Hepatitis B virus infection and primary hepatocellular carcinoma (1977) J Natl Cancer Inst, 58, pp. 1197-1200; Sakuma, K., Takakara, T., Okuda, K., Truda, F., Mayumi, M., Prognosis of hepatitis B virus surface antigen carriers in relation to routine liver function tests: a prospective study (1982) Gastroenterology, 83, pp. 114-117 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023754053&doi=10.3109%2f00365548809032471&partnerID=40&md5=9e867f70a456fe274ad938094a2f0e50 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Acral (volar‐subungual) melanoma in Auckland, New Zealand T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 72 PY - 1988 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800750125 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Shaw, J.H.F., Mr AU - Koea, J.B. AD - University Department of Surgery, Auckland Hospital, Auckland, New Zealand AB - We have retrospectively reviewed the charts of 34 acral melanoma patients (melanoma arising from the volar skin of the hands, feet or a subungual site) seen in the Auckland area between 1970 and 1985. These 34 patients constituted 3.5 per cent of the total number of patients (972) reviewed over this period. Six of the thirty‐four patients were either Polynesian or Maori. There were 19 men and 15 women, and the mean age of the group was 59 years. The primary lesion arose from the plantar or palmar skin in 25 patients and 9 patients had subungual lesions. All lesions but one were pigmented. Most patients with plantar or palmar lesions presented with clinical stage 1, Clark's level 4 disease, while those with subungual lesions presented most commonly with stage 2, Clark's level 5 disease. Treatment was wide local resection for plantar and palmar lesions and amputation for subungual lesions. Regional lymph node dissection was performed in 10 patients with positive nodes at presentation and in 6 patients who developed metachronous nodal disease. Patients were followed for between 1 and 16 years, and 18 patients died in this period, 15 of metastatic melanoma (mean time 34 months). Subungual melanoma carried a worse prognosis than melanoma arising in palmar or plantar skin. Copyright © 1988 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - acral lentigenous melanoma KW - Malignant melanoma KW - surgical treatment KW - volarsubungual melanoma KW - cancer surgery KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - melanoma KW - prognosis KW - subungual tumor KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Extremities KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Melanoma KW - Middle Age KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Skin Neoplasms N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3337957 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Shaw, J.H.F.; University Department of Surgery, Auckland Hospital, Auckland, New Zealand N1 - References: Reed, RJ, (1976), pp. 27-147. , New concepts in surgical pathology of the skin. In: Hartman W, Kay S, Reed RJ, eds. Histopathology. New York; Gutman, M, Klausner, JM, Inbar, M, Skornick, Y, Baratz, M, Rozin, RR, Acral (volarsubungual) melanoma (1985) Br J Surg, 72, pp. 610-613; Das Gupta, T, Transfield, R, Subungual melanoma—25‐year review of cases (1965) Ann Surg, 161, pp. 545-552; Shaw, JHF, Shannon, T, Clark, M, (1987), Malignant melanoma in Auckland, New Zealand. Surg Gynecol Obstet; Freeman, M, Fairbrother, G, Rose, R, 1982 survey of skin cancer in the Hamilton area (1982) NZ Med J, 95, pp. 529-533; Scott, J, Jolly, K, Clark, A, Melanoma in Otago and Southland (1980) NZ Med J, 92, pp. 422-424; Watson, EC, Melanoma: a 10‐year retrospective survey (1963) Aust NZ J Surg, 33, pp. 31-46; Paladugo, RR, Winberg, CD, Yonemoto, RH, Acral lentigenous melanoma. A clinico‐pathologic study of 36 patients (1983) Cancer, 52, pp. 164-168; Seiji, M, Takahashi, M, Acral melanoma in Japan (1982) Human Pathol, 13, pp. 607-609; Clark, WH, Bernardino, EA, Reed, RJ, Kopf, AW, Acral lentigenous melanomas of mucus membranes in human malignant melanoma (1979) Human Malignant Melanoma, pp. 109-124. , Clark WH, Goldman LI, Mastrengelo MJ, New York, Grune and Stratton; Kremitz, ET, Reed, RJ, Coleman, WP, Sutherland, CM, Carter, RD, Campbell, M, Acral lentigenous melanoma‐a clinicopathologic entity (1982) Ann Surg, 195, pp. 632-645; Fibelman, CE, Stoll, H, Maize, JC, Melanoma of the palms, soles and nailbed. A clinico‐pathologic study (1980) Cancer, 46, pp. 2492-2504; Patterson, WB, Cutaneous melanoma (1978) Clinical Oncology, pp. 281-285. , Rubin R, 5th Ed., New York, American Cancer Society; Patterson, RH, Helwig, EB, Subungual malignant melanoma. A clinico‐pathologic study (1980) Cancer, 46, pp. 2074-2082; Rippey, JJ, Lewin, JB, Lewin, JR, Acral lentigenous melanoma, a Hutchinson's melanotic freckle of the extremities (1978) S Afr Med J, 53, pp. 1016-1017; Rampen, FHJ, At least one centimetre for each millimetre (1984) Br Med J, 289, pp. 782-783; Goldman, LI, Decisions in the management of cutaneous malignant melanoma (1980) Semin Oncol, 7, pp. 370-375; McGovern, VJ, (1983) Melanoma: Histological Diagnosis and Prognosis, , New York, Raven Press; Sugarbaker, EV, McBride, CM, Survival and regional control after isolation‐perfusion for invasive stage 1 melanoma of the extremities (1976) Cancer, 37, pp. 188-198; Calvo, DB, Patt, YZ, Wallace, S, Phase I‐II trial of percutaneous intra‐arterial cis‐diamine‐dischloro platinum(II) for regionally confined malignancy (1980) Cancer, 45, pp. 1278-1283; Veronesi, U, Adamus, J, Aubert, C, A randomised trial of adjuvant chemotherapy and immunotherapy in cutaneous malignant melanoma (1982) N Engl J Med, 307, pp. 913-916 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023839113&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800750125&partnerID=40&md5=5502d70e8695158bb482a85b9a9d14f9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Relationships of age, period, and birth cohort for stomach cancer mortality in Japan T2 - Japanese Journal of Cancer Research J2 - Jpn. J. Cancer Res. VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 547 EP - 558 PY - 1987 SN - 09105050 (ISSN) AU - Hamajima, N. AU - Lee, J.A.H. AD - Department of Preventive Medicine, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, 466, Japan AD - Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health and Community Medicine, SC-36, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 USA AB - The mortality data on stomach cancer in Japan during 1955 to 1980 were analyzed by the use of an age-period-cohort model. Although the model could not give a unique solution of age, period, and cohort parameters, several sets of estimates of the parameters clarified particular features of each effect. Within a plausible range, the features were as follows. The period parameter underwent linear change from 1965 to 1980 for males and from 1970 to 1980 for females. The cohort parameters decreased birth cohort by birth cohort, at least among those who were born after 1891. The curve of the age parameter in females showed a shoulder around age 40 and a subsequent upward slope to age 80, while that in males was unimodal. The curve in females was compatible with the idea that there might be two different main entities in stomach cancer. The model also gave estimates of future trends in stomach cancer mortality under the assumption that there would be no additional change in period effect other than that expected from the recent quinquennia. The number of deaths from stomach cancer in males would be rather stable until 2000, and that in females would decline slightly. The age-adjusted and crude mortality rates would continue to decrease at least until 2000. © 1987. KW - Age-period-cohort model KW - Mortality KW - Stomach cancer KW - age KW - cohort analysis KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - japan KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - stomach KW - stomach cancer KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Human KW - Japan KW - Life Style KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Population Surveillance KW - Stomach Neoplasms KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JJCRE C2 - 3112069 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hamajima, N.; Department of Preventive Medicine, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, 466, Japan UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023260571&partnerID=40&md5=5a5d3b8d4310b6520011e56b87eed933 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does conception before marriage matter? T2 - BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology J2 - BJOG Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 43 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1471-0528.1987.tb02250.x SN - 14700328 (ISSN) AU - GOLDING, J. AU - ROBINSON, J. AU - HENRIQUES, J. AU - THOMAS, P. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Summary. Data from the 1970 British Births survey were used to compare 1380 births conceived before marriage (women who were delivered less than 6 months after marriage) with 13845 births to women who had been married for at least 6 months before delivery. Infants in the premarital conception group were at increased risk because of maternal youth, primiparity and maternal health behaviour such as smoking. Once these factors had been taken into account there was no residual risk of perinatal death or low birthweight. There was a slight excess of preterm deliveries. Copyright © 1987, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - conception KW - diagnosis KW - female genital system KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - marriage KW - perinatal morbidity KW - pregnancy KW - premature labor KW - priority journal KW - Biology KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Weight KW - Comparative Studies KW - Demographic Factors KW - Fertility KW - Fetal Death--indications KW - Fetus KW - Gestational Age KW - Infant Mortality KW - Low Birth Weight--indications KW - Marital Status KW - Mortality KW - Nuptiality KW - Physiology KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Outcomes KW - Premarital Pregnancy KW - Reproduction KW - Reproductive Behavior KW - Research Methodology KW - Studies KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Infant, Premature KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Marriage KW - Maternal Age KW - Parity KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Pregnancy in Adolescence KW - Prognosis KW - Risk KW - Smoking KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3814554 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: GOLDING, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Hewlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970 Volume 1: The First Week of Life, , Heinemann, London; Chamberlain, G., Philipp, E., Hewlett, B., Masters, K., (1978) British Births 1970, Volume 2: Obstetric Care, , Heinemann, London; Golding, J., Henriques, J., Thomas, P., Unmarried at delivery: II Perinatal morbidity and mortality (1986) Early Hum Dev; Henriques, J., Golding, J., Thomas, P., Unmarried at delivery: I The mothers and their care (1986) Early Hum Dev; Illsley, R., (1968) New Fashions in Illegitimacy, , National Council for the Unmarried Mother and her Child, London; Newton, R.W., Hunt, L.P., Psychosocial stress in pregnancy and its relation to low birthweight (1984) Br Med J, 288, pp. 1191-1194; (1970) Classification of Occupations, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; (1984) Social Trends 1984, Vol 14, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., Butler, N.R., Fryer, J.G., Lawrence, C.J., Chamberlain, G.V.P., Plus ca change: predictors of birthweight in two national studies (1983) Br J Obstet Gynaecol, 90, pp. 1040-1045; Wimperis, J., (1960) The Unmarried Mother and Her Child, , George Allen and Unwin, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023143366&doi=10.1111%2fj.1471-0528.1987.tb02250.x&partnerID=40&md5=ae266669a5fe6e720050b6426a13505a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prognosis in adult asthma: A national study T2 - British Medical Journal (Clinical research ed.) J2 - Brit. Med. J. VL - 295 IS - 6604 SP - 949 EP - 952 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1136/bmj.295.6604.949 SN - 02670623 (ISSN) AU - Markowe, H.L.J. AU - Bulpitt, C.J. AU - Shipley, M.J. AU - Rose, G. AU - Crombie, D.L. AU - Fleming, D.M. AD - Department of Epidemiology, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AD - Birmingham Research Unit, Royal College of General Practitioners, Birmingham B17 9DB, United Kingdom AB - Although one million people consult their general practitioners for asthma each year, data on the prognosis of this disease are scarce, particularly in adults. Mortality was studied among 2547 adult asthmatics attending a national sample of 60 general practices between 1970 and 1976; they were compared with a matched group of non-asthmatic patients. Mortality from all causes was significantly raised in the asthmatic cohort (189 deaths v 112 among controls; relative risk 1.61, 95% confidence interval 1.3 to 2.0), especially in women (92 v 42 deaths; relative risk 2.2 (1.5 to 3,1)), and in the oldest age group (55-59 years). In both sexes the predominant cause of excess mortality was respiratory disease, particularly asthma (25 v 0 deaths) and chronic obstructive airways disease (37 v 4 deaths; relative risk 8.8 (2.8 to 23)). Overall, 94% of the asthmatic cohort survived the mean follow up period of eight years compared with 96% of the controls. In contrast to previous findings, the risk of death due to malignant neoplasms was not significantly reduced overall (34 v 36 deaths), though the risk was significantly reduced among those aged under 45 years (2 v 10 deaths; relative risk 0.2 (0.02 to 0.9)) and there was a significant trend of lowering of relative risk with younger age (p<0.01). © 1987, British Medical Journal Publishing Group. All rights reserved. KW - asthma KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - prognosis KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Asthma KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Lung Diseases, Obstructive KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasms KW - Prognosis KW - Risk KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :53 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3119122 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Markowe, H.L.J.; Alexander Fleming House, DHSS, Elephant and Castle, London SEI 6BY, United Kingdom N1 - References: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. (1986) Mortality statistics 1985., , London: Government Statistical Service, (Series DH2 86/2.); Fleming, D.M., Crombie, D.L., Prevalence of asthma and hay fever in England and Wales (1987) Br Med J, 294, pp. 279-283; Jackson, R.T., Beaglehole, R., Rea, H.H., Mortality from asthma: a new epidemic in New Zealand (1982) Br Med J, 285, pp. 771-774; Sly, R.M., Increases in deaths from asthma (1984) Ann Allergy, 53, pp. 20-25; Burney, P.G.J., Asthma mortality in England and Wales: evidence for a further increase, 1974-84 (1986) Lancet, 1, pp. 323-326; Markowe, H.L.J., Asthma mortality in England and Wales (1986) Lancet, 2, p. 636; Preston, T.W., Clarke, R.D., An investigation into the mortality of impaired lives during the period 1947-63 (1966) Journal of the Institute ofActuaries, 92, pp. 27-74; Ogilvie, A.G., Asthma: A study in prognosis of 1000 patients (1962) Thorax, 17, pp. 183-189; Pearson, R.S.B., Asthma-allergy and prognosis (1968) Proc R Soc Med, 61, pp. 467-470; Fry, J., (1966) Profiles of disease., , Edinburgh: Livingstone; Blair, H., Natural history of wheezing in childhood (1979) J R Soc Med, 72, pp. 42-48; AlderSon, M., Mortality from malignant disease in patients with asthma (1974) Lancet, 2, p. 1475; Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, Royal College of General Practitioners, and Department of Health and Social Security. (1974) Morbidity statistics from general practice., , Second national study 1970–71. London: HMSO, (Studies on medical and population subjects No 26.); Morbidity statistics from general practice (1979) Second national study 1971–72., , London: HMSO, (Studies on medical and population subjects No 36.); World Health Organisation. (1977) Manual of the international statistical classification of diseases, injuries and causes of death: based on the recommendations of the ninth revision conference 1975., , Geneva: WHO; Berry, G., The analysis of mortality by the subject-years method (1983) Biometrics, 39, pp. 173-184; Baker, R.J., Nelder, J.A., (1978) The GLIM system, release 3., , Oxford: Numerical Algorithms Group; Robinette, C.D., Fraumeni, J.F., Asthma and subsequent mortality in World War II veterans (1978) J Chronic Dis, 31, pp. 619-624; Alderson, M., Loy, R.M., Mortality from respiratory disease at follow-up of patients with asthma (1977) Br J Dis Chest, 71, pp. 198-202; Barbee, R.A., Dodge, R., Lebowitz, M.L., Burrows, B., The epidemiology of asthma (1985) Chest, 87, pp. 21-58; Vena, J.E., Bona, J.R., Byers, T.E., Middleton, E., Swanson, M.K., Graham, S., Allergy-related diseases and cancer: an inverse association (1986) Am J Epidemiol, 124, pp. 1004-1041; Meers, P.D., Allergy and cancer (1973) Lancet, 1, pp. 884-885; Hughes, W.F., Raitz, R.L., A comparison of cancer occurrence in allergic and non-allergic populations (1979) Arm Allergy, 43, pp. 163-164; Higenbottam, T.W., Feyeraband, C., Clark, T.J.H., Cigarette smoking in asthma (1980) Br J Dis Chest, 74, pp. 279-284; Fatal asthma (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 337-338; Eason, J., Markowe, H.L.J., A controlled investigation of asthma deaths occurring in hospitals in the North East Thames Region (1987) Br Med J, 294, p. 1255; Death from asthma in two regions of England (1982) Br Med J, 285, p. 1251; Stableforth, D., Death from asthma (editorial) (1983) Thorax, 38, pp. 801-805; Crompton, G.K., Grant, I.W.B., Bloomfield, P., Edinburgh Emergency Asthma Admission Service: report on 10 years' experience (1979) Br Med J, 2, p. 1199 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023614113&doi=10.1136%2fbmj.295.6604.949&partnerID=40&md5=cebfb5c1b6c7d97925e61e18936552a5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Relationships of Age, Period, and Birth Cohort for Stomach Cancer Mortality in Japan T2 - Japanese Journal of Limnology J2 - Jpn. J. Limnol. VL - 48 SP - 1 EP - 11 PY - 1987 DO - 10.3739/rikusui.48.Special_1 SN - 00215104 (ISSN) AU - Hamajima, N. AU - Lee, J.A.H. AD - Department of Preventive Medicine, Nagoya University School of Medicine, 65 Tsurumai-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya 466, Japan AD - Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health Community Medicine, SC-36, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195, United States AB - The mortality data on stomach cancer in Japan during 1955 to 1980 were analyzed by the use of an age-period-cohort model. Although the model could not give a unique solution of age, period, and cohort parameters, several sets of estimates of the parameters clarified particular features of each effect. Within a plausible range, the features were as follows. The period parameter underwent linear change from 1965 to 1980 for males and from 1970 to 1980 for females. The cohort parameters decreased birth cohort by birth cohort, at least among those who were bom after 1891. The curve of the age parameter in females showed a shoulder around age 40 and a subsequent upward slope to age 80, while that in males was unimodal. The curve in females was compatible with the idea that there might be two different main entities in stomach cancer. The model also gave estimates of future trends in stomach cancer mortality under the assumption that there would be no additional change in period effect other than that expected from the recent quinquennia. The number of deaths from stomach cancer in males would be rather stable until 2000, and that in females would decline slightly. The age-adjusted and crude mortality rates would continue to decrease at least until 2000. © 1987, The Japanese Society of Limnology. All rights reserved. KW - Age-period-cohort model KW - Mortality KW - Stomach cancer N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - References: Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age-period-cohort analysis: a review and critique (1985) J. Chron. Dis., 38, pp. 811-830; Statistics and Information Department, Minister's Secretariat, Ministry of Health and Welfare (1955) Vital Statistics, , Japan; (1962) Vital Statistics 1960, , Japan; (1967) Vital Statistics 1965, , Japan; (1972) Vital Statistics 1970, , Japan; (1977) Vital Statistics 1975, , Japan; (1982) Vital Statistics 1980, , Japan; Institute of Population Problems. Estimates of future population in Japan (1984) Kosei no Shihyo, 31 (9), p. 407; Segi, M., Kurihara, M., (1966) Cancer mortality for selected sites in 24 countries, 4. , Department of Public Health, Tohoku University School of Medicine; Moorgavkar, S.H., Stevens, R.G., Lee, J.A.H., Effect of age on incidence of breast cancer in females (1979) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 62, pp. 493-501; Osmond, C., Gardner, M.J., Age, period, and cohort models applied to cancer mortality rates (1982) Stat. Med., 1, pp. 245-259; Stevens, R.G., Moolgavkar, S.H., A cohort analysis of lung cancer smoking in British males (1984) Am. J. Epidemiol., 119, pp. 624-641; Baker, R.J., Neider, J.A., (1978) “The GLIM System Release 3”, , Numerical Algorithm Group, Oxford; Breslow, N.E., Day, N.E., Indirect standardization and multiplicative models for rates, with reference to the age adjustment of cancer incidence and relative frequency data (1975) J. Chron. Dis., 28, pp. 289-303; Kuroishi, T., Tominaga, S., Hirose, K., Aoki, K., Segi, M., Cancer mortality in Japan (1981) Gann Monogr., 26, pp. 1-91; Higginson, J., Etiological factors in gastrointestinal cancer in man (1966) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 37, pp. 527-545; Wynder, E.L., Kmet, J., Dungal, N., Segi, M., An epidemiological investigation of gastric cancer (1963) Cancer, 16, pp. 1461-1496; Hirayama, T., Epidemiology of stomach cancer (1971) Gann Monogr., 11, pp. 3-19; Nomura, A., (1982) “Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention,”, pp. 624-637. , ed. D. Schottenfeld and J. F. Fraumeni, Jr. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia; Mirvish, S.S., The etiology of gastric cancer. Intragastric nitrosamide formation and other theories (1983) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 71, pp. 629-647; Howson, C.P., Hiyama, T., Wynder, E.L., The decline in gastric cancer: epidemiology of an unplanned triumph (1986) Epidemiol Rev., 8, pp. 1-27; Segi, M., Fukushima, I., Fujisaku, S., Kurihara, M., Saito, S., Asano, K., Kamoi, M., An epidemiological study on cancer in Japan. The report of the Committee for Epidemiological Study on Cancer, sponsored by the Ministry of Welfare and Public Health (1957) Gann, 48, pp. 1-63; Hamond, E.C., Smoking in relation to the death rates of one million men and women (1966) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 19, pp. 127-204; Kahn, H.A., The Dorn study of smoking and mortality among U.S. veterans: report on eight and one-half years of observation (1966) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 19, pp. 1-125; Haenszel, W., Kurihara, M., Segi, M., Lee, R.K.C., Stomach cancer among Japanese in Hawaii (1972) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 49, pp. 969-988; Haenszel, W., Kurihara, M., Locke, F.B., Shimuzu, K., Segi, M., Stomach cancer in Japan (1976) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 56, pp. 265-278; The Japan Monopoly Corporation (1967) The 18th annual statistics on the monopoly goods., , Tokyo (in Japanese); Joossens, J.V., Goboers, J., Nutrition and gastric cancer (1981) Nutr. Cancer, 2, pp. 250-261; Modan, B., Lubin, F., Barell, V., Greenberg, R.A., Modan, M., Graham, S., The role of starches in the etiology of gastric cancer (1974) Cancer, 34, pp. 2087-2092; Zaldivar, R., Wetterstrand, W.H., Nitrate nitrogen levels in drinking water of urban areas with high- and low-risk populations for stomach cancer: an environmental epidemiology study (1978) Z. Krebsforsch., 92, pp. 227-234; Buell, P., Dunn, J.E., Jr., Cancer mortality among Japanese Issei and Nisei of California (1965) Cancer, 18, pp. 656-664; Haenszel, W., Kurihara, M., Studies of Japanese migrants. I. Mortality from cancer and other diseases among Japanese in the United States (1968) J. Natl Cancer Inst., 40, pp. 43-68; Hirayama, T., Diet and cancer (1979) Nutr. Cancer, 1 (3), pp. 67-81; Willett, W.C., Polk, B.F., Underwood, B.F., Stampher, M.J., Pressel, S., Rosner, B., Taylor, J.O., Hames, C.G., Relation of serum vitamin A and E and carotenoids to the risk of cancer (1984) N. Engl. J. Med., 310, pp. 430-434; Stehr, P.A., Gloninger, M.F., Kuller, L.H., Marsh, G.M., Radford, E.P., Weinberg, G.B., Dietary vitamin A deficiencies and stomach cancer (1985) Am. J. Epidemiol., 121, pp. 65-70; Statistics Bureau of Prime Minister's Office (1950) Japan Statistical Yearbook, , Nihon Statistical Association, Tokyo; Health and Welfare Statistics Association. 8. School health (1984) Kosei no Shihyo, 31 (9), pp. 346-380. , (in Japanese); Statistics Bureau of Management and Coordination Agency (1985) Japan Statistical Yearbook, , Tokyo; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Surveillance, epidemiology, and end results: Incidence and mortality data (1981) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 57, pp. 1973-1977; Holford, T.R., An alternative approach to statistical age-period-cohort analysis (1985) J. Ckron. Dis., 38, pp. 831-836; Juel, K., Demographic factors and cancer mortality. A mathematical model for cancer mortality in Denmark (1983) Int. J. Epidemiol, 12, pp. 1943-1978; Osmond, C., Gardner, M.J., Acheson, E.D., Adelstein, A.M., (1983) Trends in cancer mortality 1951-1980 analyses by period of birth and death., 11. , Series DH1 Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Munoz, N., Correa, P., Cuello, C., Duque, E., Histologic types of gastric carcinoma in high- and low-risk areas (1968) Int. J. Cancer, 3, pp. 809-818; Correa, P., Sasano, N., Stemmermann, G.N., Haenszel, W., Pathology of gastric carcinoma in Japanese populations: comparisons between Miyagi prefecture, Japan, and Hawaii (1973) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 51, pp. 1449-1459; Kubo, T., Geographical pathology of gastric carcinoma (1974) Acta Pathol. Jpn., 24, pp. 465-479; Hamajima, N., Aoki, K., Prediction of male lung cancer mortality in Japan based on birth cohort analysis (1984) Gann, 75, pp. 578-587; Gordon, T., Crittenden, M., Haenszel, W., Cancer mortality trends in United States, 1930-1955 (1961) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 6, pp. 133-298 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-85024252143&doi=10.3739%2frikusui.48.Special_1&partnerID=40&md5=a3ce0c9370cd0853bd120cb192a8f4a2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Birth cohort analysis of suicide mortality in Belgium 1954–1981 by a graphic and a quantitative method T2 - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Psychiatr. Scand. VL - 76 IS - 4 SP - 450 EP - 455 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1987.tb05630.x SN - 0001690X (ISSN) AU - Moens, G.F.G. AU - van Oortmarssen, G.J. AU - Honggokoesoemo, S. AU - van de Voorde, H. AD - School of Public Health, Catholic University of Leuven, Leuven, Belgium AD - Department of Public Health and Social Medicine, Erasmus University of Rotterdam, Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - ABSTRACT: The effect of birth cohort upon the recent increase in Belgian suicide trends was analyzed by two techniques: a graphic display and an Age‐Period‐Cohort (APC) modelling procedure. Both suggest an analogous pattern: suicide mortality steadily increased within successive male cohorts born after 1920 and within female cohorts born even before 1900. Between 1970 and 1980, period related factors seem to have operated independently. Every technique of cohort analysis however has important interpretational limitations because of the variable interplay between age period and cohort factors. As a consequence, explanations remain very tentative. Notwithstanding its rather poor etiological power in suicide epidemiology, cohort analysis is very useful in the more accurate description and prediction of suicide trends. Copyright © 1987, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - Belgium KW - birth cohort analysis KW - suicide KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - Belgium KW - epidemiology KW - human KW - sociology KW - suicide KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Belgium KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Human KW - Middle Age KW - Social Change KW - Statistics KW - Suicide KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3425372 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Moens, G.F.G.; School of Public Health, Catholic University of Leuven, V. Decosterstraat 102, Leuven, B 3000, Belgium N1 - References: (1982) Changing patterns in suicide behaviour, , European Reports and Studies 74, Copenhagen:, Regional Office for Europe WHO; La Vecchia, C., Bollini, P., Imazio, C., Decarli, A., Age, period of death and birth cohort effects on suicide mortality in Italy: 1955–1979 (1986) Acta psychiatr scand, 74, pp. 137-143; McClure, G.M.G., Trends in suicide rate for England and Wales 1975–1980 (1984) Br J Psychiatry, 144, pp. 119-126; McClure, G.M.G., Trends in suicide amongst the young (1984) Br J Psychiatry, 144, pp. 134-138; MacMahon, B., Pugh, T.F., (1970) Epidemiology: Principles and methods, pp. 184-198. , Boston:, Little Brown Co; Kleinbaum, D.G., Kupper, L.L., Morgenstern, H., (1982) Epidemiologic research: Principles and quantitative methods, pp. 130-134. , Belmont:, Lifetime Learning Publ; Solomon, M.I., Hellon, C.P., Suicide and age in Alberta, Canada 1951 to 1977 (1980) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 37, pp. 511-513; Murphy, G.E., Wetzel, R.D., Suicide risk by birth cohort in the United States, 1949 to 1974 (1980) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 37, pp. 519-523; Goldney, R.D., Katsikitis, M., Cohort analysis of suicide rates in Australia (1983) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 40, pp. 71-74; Haefner, H., Schmidtke, A., Do cohort effects influence suicide rates (letter) (1985) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 42 (985); Moens, G.F.G., Honggokoesoemo, S., van de Voorde, H., Birth cohort related factors in suicide mortality: Belgium 1955–1980 Arch Gen Psychiatry; Gardner, M.J., Osmond, C., Interpretation of time trends in disease rates in the presence of generation effects (1984) Stat Med, 3, pp. 113-130; Kupper, L.L., Janis, J.M., Karmous, A., Greenberg, B.G., Statistical age‐period‐cohort analysis: A review and critique (1985) J Chron Dis, 38, pp. 811-830; Gardner, M.J., Osmond, C., Interpretation of disease time trends: Is cancer on the increase? A simple cohort technique and its relation to more advanced models (1983) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 37, pp. 274-278; Moens, G.F.G., The rise of suicide mortality in Belgium between 1968–1972 and 1978–1981: Age, sex and geographical characteristics (1984) Int J Epidemiology, 13, pp. 243-245; Moens, G.F.G., The reliabililty of reported suicide mortality statistics: An experience from Belgium (1985) Int J Epidemiology, 14, pp. 272-275; Osmond, C., Using age, period and cohort models to estimate future mortality rates (1985) Int J Epidemiology, 14, pp. 124-129 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023424494&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-0447.1987.tb05630.x&partnerID=40&md5=6da510fc9e96e6cc183076751f021416 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Silastic implant as a part of temporomandibular joint arthroplasty. Evaluation of its efficacy T2 - British Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery J2 - Br. J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 227 EP - 236 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0266-4356(87)80023-2 SN - 02664356 (ISSN) AU - Kalamchi, S. AU - Walker, R.V. AD - Department of Oral Surgery, UTHSCD, Dallas, TX 75235, United States AB - A study was made of 68 patients who had undergone an intra-articular temporomandibular joint (TMJ) arthroplasty, using silastic implants as a part of the procedure, between 1970 and 1985. The use of silastic as a part of the arthroplasty was made when the disc was non-salvable because of perforation or destroyed because of ankylosis or previous surgery. At surgery, all patients had upper and lower arch bars fixed to their teeth by wiring in order to facilitate post-operative nocturnal elastic intermaxillary fixation of the teeth in occlusion as a part of a 3-month period of follow-up physiotherapy. Both surgery and the follow-up physiotherapy were considered of equal importance in the management of these patients. The study showed that 63 of 68 patients were relieved of their pre-operative signs and symptoms by the surgery and follow-up physiotherapy. These 63 patients have had no recurrence of their problem. © 1987 The British Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. KW - silastic KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - joint prosthesis KW - male KW - osteoarthritis KW - physiotherapy KW - prosthesis KW - temporomandibular joint disorder KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Joint Prosthesis KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Osteoarthritis KW - Physical Therapy Techniques KW - Prosthesis Design KW - Silicone Elastomers KW - Temporomandibular Joint Disorders N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOSE C2 - 3474020 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kalamchi, S.; Department of Oral Surgery, UTHSCD, Dallas, TX 75235, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: silastic, 63394-02-5; Silicone Elastomers N1 - References: Barton, On the treatment of anchylosis by the formation of artificial joints (1826) North American Medical and Surgical Journal, 3, p. 279; Esmarch, (1860) Behandling der Narbigen Kieferklemmer durch Bildung eines Kunstlichen Gelenkes im Unterkiefer, , Schwers, Kiel; Gallagher, Wolford, Comparison of silastic and proplast implant in the temporomandibular joint after condylectomy for osteoarthritis (1982) Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, 40, p. 627; Kent, Misiek, Akin, Hinds, Homsy, Temporomandibular joint condylar prosthesis: a ten year report (1983) Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, 41, p. 248; Kreutziger, Mahan, Temporomandibular degenerative joint disease: diagnostic procedure and comprehensive management (1975) Journal of Oral Surgery, 40, p. 297; Silver, Motamed, Carlotti, Temporomandibular joint with the use of vitallium condylar prosthesis. Report of three cases (1977) Journal of Oral Surgery, 35, p. 909; Ward, Surgery of the temporomandibular joint (1961) Annals of the Royal College of Surgeons, 28, p. 139 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023350912&doi=10.1016%2fS0266-4356%2887%2980023-2&partnerID=40&md5=8c5b34383b25f10b934ff845c36f0878 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Ocular morbidity after radiotherapy of orbital and conjunctival lymphoma T2 - Eye (Basingstoke) J2 - Eye VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 96 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1038/eye.1987.14 SN - 0950222X (ISSN) AU - Bessell, E.M. AU - Henk, J.M. AU - Whitelocke, R.A.F. AU - Wright, J.E. AD - Ophthalmic Clinic, Royal Marsden Hospital, London, SW3, United Kingdom AD - Moorfields Eye Hospital, London, EC1, United Kingdom AB - One hundred and fifteen patients were treated for lymphoma of the conjunctiva and orbit between 1970 and 1984. One hundred and twelve patients received radiotherapy to the orbit, of whom 73 (65 per cent) had at least one year of follow-up by an ophthalmic surgeon. Patients with low-grade lymphomas (97) mostly received 30 Gy in 15 fractions to the orbit over a period of 3 weeks. Those with high-grade lymphomas (18) mostly received 40 Gy in 20 fractions over 4 weeks. Most were treated using anterior and lateral radiation fields to the orbit with shielding of the cornea and lens. This technique delivered a mean lens dose of 15 Gy.The early and late ocular and orbital morbidity in these patients was low. Eight radiation-induced cataracts developed of which only six interfered with vision. None has needed cataract surgery. No patients developed radiation retinopathy and only 5 had disorders of ocular lubrication. © 1987, The Ophthalmological Society of the United Kingdom. All rights reserved. KW - bone KW - conjunctiva tumor KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - human KW - injury KW - lacrimation KW - lymphoma KW - major clinical study KW - morbidity KW - orbit tumor KW - radiation cataract KW - radiotherapy KW - therapy KW - visual system KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cataract KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Conjunctival Neoplasms KW - Corneal Ulcer KW - Eye Diseases KW - Female KW - Human KW - Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Orbital Neoplasms KW - Radiotherapy N1 - Cited By :75 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3556665 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Whitelocke, R.A.F.; Ophthalmic Clinic, Royal Marsden Hospital, London, SW3, United Kingdom N1 - References: Merriam, G.R., Jr., Focht, E.F., A clinical study of radiation cataracts and the relationship to dose (1957) Am. J. Roentgen., 77, pp. 759-785; Merriam, G.R., Jr., Worgul, B.V., Experimental radiation cataract—its clinical relevance (1983) Bull. N. Y. Acad. Med., 59, pp. 372-392; Egbert, P.R., Donaldson, S.S., Moazed, K., Rosenthal, A.R., Visual results and ocular complications following radiotherapy for retinoblastoma (1978) Arch. Ophthalmol., 96, pp. 1826-1830; Parsons, J.T., Fitzgerald, C.R., Hood, C.I., Ellingwood, K.E., Bova, F.J., Million, R.R., The effects of irradiation on the eye and optic nerve (1983) Int. J. Radiat. Oncal. Biol. Phys., 9, pp. 609-622; Chan, R.C., Shukovsky, U., Effects of irradiation on the eye (1976) Radiology, 120, pp. 673-675; Carbone, P.P., Kaplan, H.S., Musshoff, K., Smithers, D.W., Tubiana, M., Report of the committee on Hodgkin’s disease staging classification (1971) Cancer Res, 31, pp. 1860-1861; Morgan, G., Harry, J., Lymphocytic tumours of indeterminate nature: A 5-year follow-up of 98 conjunctival and orbital lesions (1978) Br. J. Ophthalmol., 62, pp. 381-383; Bessell, E.M., Henk, J.M., Whitelocke, R., Wright, J.E., Primary non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma of the orbit (1987) Radiotherapy and Oncology, , (submitted); Deeg, H.J., Flournoy, N., Sullivan, K.M., Sheehan, K., Buckner, C.D., Sanders, J.E., Storb, R., Thomas, E.D., Cataracts after total body irradiation and marrow transplantation: A sparing effect of dose fractionation (1984) Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys., 10, pp. 957-964; Roth, J., Brown, N., Catterall, M., Beal, A., Effects of fast neutrons on the eye (1976) Br. J. Ophthalmol., 60, pp. 236-244; Hayreh, S.S., Post-radiation retinopathy—a fluorescein fundus angiographic study (1970) Br. J. Ophthalmol., 54, pp. 705-714 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023262844&doi=10.1038%2feye.1987.14&partnerID=40&md5=25c2a64913ad684146912226b28ea2c6 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Methylene chloride mortality study: Dose-response characterization and animal model comparison T2 - Journal of Occupational Medicine J2 - J. Occup. Med. VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 217 EP - 228 PY - 1987 SN - 00961736 (ISSN) AU - Heame, F.T. AU - Grose, F. AU - Pifer, J.W. AU - Friedlander, B.R. AU - Raleigh, R.L. AD - Epidemiology and Industrial Hygiene sections, Health and Environment Laboratories, Eastman Kodak Company, Bldg 320, Kodak Park, Rochester, NY, 14650, United States AB - To assess the potential chronic health effects of methylene chloride, the mortality experience of a maturing 1964 to 1970 cohort of 1,013 hourly men was evaluated through 1984. On average, employees were exposed at a rate of 26 ppm (eight-hour time-weighted average) for 22 years; median latency was 30 years. Compared with the general population, no statistically significant excesses were observed for such hypothesized causes as lung cancer (14 observed v 21.0 expected), liver cancer (O v 0.8), and ischemic heart disease (69 v 98.1); dose-response relationships based on career methylene chloride exposure and latency were not demonstrated. Among nonhypothesized causes, a significant deficit was reported for total deaths (176 v 253.2). None of the industrial referent comparisons achieved statistical significance. Sufficient power was available to detect relative risks of 1.6 for lung malignancy and 1.3 for ischemic heart disease. In contrast, there was inadequate power to identify meaningful risk levels for hepatic cancer. With 14 combined lung and liver cancer deaths observed v 36.3 predicted (P <.0001), the mortality estimate projected from a mathematical model derived from an animal bioassay substantially overestimated cancer mortality for these sites. This inconsistency emphasizes the need to incorporate epidemiologic evidence in assessing the human health risks associated with long-term exposure to this widely used solvent. © 1987 The American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine. KW - dichloromethane KW - solvent KW - animal model KW - dose response KW - drug response KW - epidemiology KW - health hazard KW - heart KW - human KW - intoxication KW - liver KW - long term exposure KW - mortality KW - occupational cancer KW - pharmacokinetics KW - priority journal KW - respiratory system KW - Air Pollutants, Occupational KW - Animals KW - Coronary Disease KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Humans KW - Hydrocarbons, Chlorinated KW - Liver Neoplasms KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Methylene Chloride KW - New York KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Risk KW - Seasons N1 - Cited By :51 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3559766 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Heame, F.T.; Epidemiology and Industrial Hygiene sections, Health and Environment Laboratories, Eastman Kodak Company, Bldg 320, Kodak Park, Rochester, NY, 14650, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: dichloromethane, 75-09-2; Air Pollutants, Occupational; Hydrocarbons, Chlorinated; Methylene Chloride, 75-09-2 N1 - References: (1986) NTP Technical Report on the Toxicology and Carcinogenesis Studies of Dichloromethane in F344/N Rats and B6C3F, Mice (Inhalation Studies), , National Toxicology Program. US Dept of Health and Human Services, NIH publication No. 86-2562, NTP-TR 306; Burek, J.D., Nitschke, K.D., Bell, T.J., Methylene chloride: A two-year inhalation toxicity and oncogenicity study in rats and hamsters (1984) Fun dam Appl Toxicol, 4, pp. 30-47; Friedlander, B.R., Hearne, T., Hall, S., Epidemiologic investigation of employees chronically exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality analysis (1978) J Occup Med, 20, pp. 657-666; Hearne, F.T., Friedlander, B.R., Follow-up of methylene chloride study (letter) (1981) J Occup Med, 23, p. 660; Ott, M.G., Skory, L.K., Holder, B.B., Health evaluation of employees occupationally exposed to methylene chloride: Mortality (1983) Scond J Work Environ Health, 9, pp. 8-16; (1967) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, , Eighth Rev, Geneva, World Health Organization; (1977) Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death, Ninth Rev, , Geneva, World Health Organization; Webster, W.S., Clarkson, T.B., Lolland, H.B., Carbon monoxide- aggravated atherosclerosis in the squirrel monkey (1970) Exp Mol Pathol, 13, pp. 36-50; (1969) American National Standard Acceptable Concentrations of Methylene Chloride (Dichloro Methane), ANSI Z37, , 23-1969. American National Standards Institute Inc, New York; (1971) US Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.1000, , Table Z-2; (1986) Occupational exposure to methylene chloride; Advanced notice of proposed rulemaking, 51 (Nov 24), pp. 42257-42266. , Federal Register; Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environment with Intended Changes for 1981 (1981) Cincinnati, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 22p; Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 1986-1987 (1986) Cincinnati, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 36p; Schaffer, A.W., Hoyle, H.R., Nine years experience with the Davis Halide Meter (1961) Am Ind Hyg Assoc J, 22, pp. 93-96; Stockton, S.D., Underhill, D.W., Field evaluation of passive organic vapor samplers (1985) Am Ind Hyg Assoc J, 46, pp. 526-531; Local Climatological Data, Monthly Summaries, Rochester, , New York. National Climatic Data Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, US Dept of Commerce, Washington, DC. 1945-1986; DiVincenzo, G.D., Kaplan, C.J., Uptake, metabolism and elimination of methylene chloride vapor by humans (1981) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol, 59, pp. 130-140; Rao, C.R., (1965) Linear Statistical Inference and Its Application, , New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc; Breslow, N.E., Lubin, J.H., Marek, P., Multiplicative models and cohort anlaysis (1983) J Am Stat Assoc, 78, pp. 1-12; (1985) Addendum to the Health Assessment Document for Dichloromethane (Methylene Chloride), , Final Report. US Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-600/8-82-004FF. Office of Health and Environmental Assessment; (1984) Health, United States, 1983. National Center for Health Statistics, , Dept of Health and Human Services publication No. (PHS) 84-1232. Government Printing Office; Cole, P., Goldman, M.B., Occupation (1975) Persons at High Risk of Cancer, pp. 167-184. , Fraumeni JF Jr (ed). New York, Academic Press Inc; Tomatis, L., Agthe, C., Bartsch, H., Evaluation of the carcinogenicity of chemicals: A review of the monograph program of the International Agency for Research on Cancer (1971 to 1977) (1978) Cancer Res, 38, pp. 877-885; Mack, T.M., Pancreas, in Schottenfeld D (1982) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, pp. 638-667. , Fraumeni JF Jr (eds). Philadelphia, WB Saunders Co; (1979) IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of the Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Humans: Some Halogenated Hydrocarbons, 20, pp. 429-448. , International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France; NTP Technical Report on the Toxicology and Carcinogenesis Studies of 1,2-Dicbloropropane in F344/N Rats and B6C3Ft Mice (Gavage Studies) (1986) National Toxicology Program, , US Dept of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 86-2519. NTP-TR 263; Checkoway, H., Methods of treatment of exposure data in occupational epidemiology (1986) Med Lav, 77, pp. 48-73; Atherley, G., A critical review of time-weighted average as an index of exposure and dose, and of its key elements (1985) Am Ind Hyg Assoc J, 46, pp. 481-487; Green, T., (1986) Mechanisms of methylene chloride toxicity in various species, , Read before the Winter Toxicology Forum, Washington DC, Feb 18; Guess, H.A., Crump, K.S., Low-dose-rate extrapolation of data from animal carcinogenicity experiments: Analysis of a new statistical technique (1976) Math Biosci, 32, pp. 15-36 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023111442&partnerID=40&md5=f3fd57b1400d12ded742a0e806e2240e ER - TY - JOUR TI - The mortality in an age cohort followed from birth to age 70 T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Primary Health Care J2 - Scand. J. Prim. Health Care VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 59 PY - 1987 DO - 10.3109/02813438709024188 SN - 02813432 (ISSN) AU - Rudin, R. AU - Eriksson, H. AU - Ohlson, L.-O. AU - Larsson, B. AU - Welin, L. AU - Tibblin, G. AU - Hallen, O. AU - Svärdsudd, K. AD - Department of ENT Diseases, Gothenburg University, Sahlgren's Hospital, University of Uppsala, Sweden AD - Section of Preventive Medicine, Sahlgren's Hospital and Östra Hospital, University of Uppsala, Sweden AD - Department of Family Medicine, University of Uppsala, Sweden AB - The Study of Men Born in 1913 is a prospective population study of cardiovascular diseases in Gothenburg, Sweden, that started in 1963. To describe survival curves and mortality pattern, all boy-children born alive in 1913 in the city of Gothenburg, were identified. This birth cohort was followed from birth to age 70 for residence, vital status and cause of death. At the age of 50 years, 25% of the birth cohort were dead and at age 70, 43% had died. The high infant mortality and the great impact of infectious diseases in the beginning of this century is illustrated. The death rate for the cohort was almost identical to national figures for men in the same age group. Men who migrated from Gothenburg had a death rate very similar to those who stayed. It can therefore be concluded that the men in the Study of Men Born in 1913 is a representative sample not only of men in Gothenburg but also of men in Sweden as far as mortality is concerned. Special attention was paid to death from otitis media complications, congestive heart failure, and diabetes. Few persons died from these diseases before age 50 when the prospective study started and therefore did not influence the study of the natural history for these conditions to any great extent. Otitis media infections might be studied retrospectively from this age. © 1987 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Cohort KW - Congestive heart failure KW - Diabetes mellitus KW - Methodology KW - Migration KW - Mortality pattern KW - Otitis media KW - Survival curves KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - auditory system KW - child KW - cohort analysis KW - diabetes mellitus KW - endocrine system KW - epidemiology KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - fatality KW - follow up KW - geographic distribution KW - heart KW - heart disease KW - human KW - methodology KW - migration KW - mortality KW - otitis media KW - short survey KW - sweden KW - Causes Of Death KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Communicable Diseases KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Europe KW - Follow-up Studies KW - Geographic Factors KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infections KW - Longterm Effects KW - Mortality--men KW - Northern Europe KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Population Statistics KW - Research Methodology KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Scandinavia KW - Spatial Distribution KW - Sweden KW - Time Factors KW - Vital Statistics KW - Aged KW - Cardiovascular Diseases KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Mortality KW - Otitis Media KW - Prospective Studies KW - Sweden PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJPCD C2 - 3589236 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Svärdsudd, K.; Section for Preventive Medicine, Östra Hospital, S-41685, Gothenburg, Sweden N1 - References: Fuller, J.H., Elford, J., Goldblatt, P., Adelstein, A.M., Diabetes mortality: new light on a underestimated public health problem (1983) Diabetologia, 24, pp. 336-341; Tibblin, G., High blood pressure in men aged 50. A population study of men born in 1913 (1967) Acta Med Scand; Tibblin, G., Wilhelmsen, L., Werkö, L., Risk factors for myocardial infarction and death due to ischemic heart disease and other causes (1975) Am J Cardiol, 35, pp. 514-522; Wilhelmsen, L., Svärdsudd, K., Korsan-Bengtsen, K., Larsson, B., Welin, L., Tibblin, G., Fibrinogen as a risk factor for stroke and myocardial infarction (1984) N Engl J Med, 311, pp. 501-505; Rudin, R., Svärdsudd, K., Tibblin, G., Hallen, O., Middle ear disease in samples from the general population. Prevalence and incidence of otitis media and its sequelae. The Study of Men Born in 1913 and 1923 (1983) Acta Otolaryngol, 96, pp. 237-246; Ohlson, L.-O., Larsson, B., Svärdsudd, K., Welin, L., Eriksson, H., Wilhelmsen, L., Björntorp, P., Tibblin, G., The influence of body fat distribution on the incidence of diabetes mellitus. 13.5 years of follow-up of the participants in the Study of Men Born in 1913 (1985) Diabetes, 34, pp. 1055-1058; Vedin, J.A., Wilhelmsson, C., Eriksson, H., Svärdsudd, K., Epidemiology. In: Vasodilators in congestive heart failure (1980) Acta Med Scand, pp. 13-20; (1982) Statistical yearbook of Gothenburg 1982, , office of Statistics Gothenburg; Bradley, J.V., (1968) Distribution-free statistical tests, pp. 68-86. , Prentice-Hall London; Vedin, J.A., Wilhelmsson, C.E., Bolander, A.-M., Werkö, L., Mortality trends in Sweden 1951–1968 with special reference to cardiovascular causes of death (1971) Acta Med Scand; Bolander, A.-M., A study of cohort mortality in the past hundred years (1970) Cohort mortality of Sweden. Three studies describing past, present, and future trends in mortality, , Statistical Reports, National Central Bureau of Statistics Stockholm; Welin, L., Family study on ischaemic heart disease and its risk factors (1978) The Study of Men Born in 1913 and 1923, , University of Gothenburg Gothenburg Thesis; Fries, J.F., Aging, natural death, and the compression of morbidity (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 130-135; Schneider, E.L., Brody, J.A., Aging, natural death, and the compression of morbidity: another view (1983) N Engl J Med, 309, pp. 854-856; Svanborg, A., 70-year-old people in Göteborg. A population study in an industrialized Swedish city. II. General presentation of social and medical conditions (1977) Acta Med Scand; Svanborg, A., Landahl, S., Mellström, D., Basic issues of health care (1982) New perspectives on old age, , Eds. H. Thomae, GL Maddox Springer, Publishing Company New York UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023151444&doi=10.3109%2f02813438709024188&partnerID=40&md5=aff4d7b91847b7acc76a50c63bb5d719 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The epidemiology of childhood eczema: I. A population based study of associations T2 - Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology J2 - Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol. VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 79 PY - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1987.tb00091.x SN - 02695022 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Peters, T.J. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Department of Medical Computing and Statistics, University of Wales College of Medicine, Cardiff, United Kingdom AB - Summary. Information on whether they thought their child had ever had eczema was obtained from the mothers of 12 555 children in a national cohort of five‐year‐olds born in 1970. This question was part of a multiple battery of questions concerning the medical, social, environmental and behavioural background of the child. These data were linked to the information that had been collected on the cohort at birth, and a profile of characteristics of the children with reported eczema was produced. A large proportion (46/135) of associations were statistically significant at the 1% level. The major associations were with socio‐economic indicators and characteristics of parental health behaviour, with the most advantaged socio‐economic groups and those with more positive health behaviour having increased rates of reported eczema. The patterns of associations form an interesting profile of the backgrounds of children reported to have had eczema. Identification of these factors was necessary before more advanced statistical techniques were employed to investigate which of these variables predominate when they are considered simultaneously, and to generate hypotheses as to which factors may be causally associated with the disorder. Copyright © 1987, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - cohort analysis KW - economic aspect KW - eczema KW - education KW - environmental sanitation KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - life event KW - male KW - methodology KW - parental behavior KW - preschool child KW - psychological aspect KW - questionnaire KW - short survey KW - socioeconomics KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cohort Studies KW - Eczema KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Health Behavior KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Parents KW - Pregnancy KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :38 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3506192 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Taylor, B., Wadsworth, J., Wadsworth, M., Peckham, C., Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since the 1939–45 war (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1255-1257; Davie, R., Butler, N.R., Goldstein, H., (1972) From Birth to Seven: A Report of the National Child Development Study, , London:, Longman; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, L.J., Shannon, F.T., Risk factors in childhood eczema (1982) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 36, pp. 118-122; Davis, L.R., Marten, R.H., Sarkany, I., Atopic eczema in European and negro West Indian infants in London (1961) British Journal of Dermatology, 73, pp. 410-414; Kramer, M.S., Moroz, B., Do breast‐feeding and delayed introduction of solid foods protect against subsequent atopic eczema (1981) J. Pediatr., 98, pp. 546-550; Worth, R.M., Atopic dermatitis among Chinese infants in Honolulu and San Francisco (1962) Hawaii Med. J., 22, pp. 31-34; Rowntree, S., Cogswell, J.J., Platts‐Mills, T.A.E., Development of IgE and IgG antibodies to food and inhalant allergens in children at risk of allergic disease (1985) Arch. Dis. Child., 60, pp. 727-735; Fergusson, D.M., Horwood, D.M., Beautrais, A.L., Eczema and infant diet (1980) Clin. Allergy, 11, pp. 325-331; Wilson, G.F., Asthma in school children (1958) The Journal of the Royal Society for the Promotion of Health, 78, pp. 274-284; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970: Vol. 1: The First Week of Life, , London:, Heinemann Medical Books; Chamberlain, G., Philipp, E., Howlett, B., Masters, K., (1978) British Births 1970: Vol. 2: Obstetric Care, , London:, Heinemann Medical Books; Butler, N.R., Golding, J., (1986) From Birth to Five: A Study of the Health and Behaviour of Britain's Five Year Olds, , Oxford:, Pergamon Press; Osborn, A.F., Butler, N.R., Morris, A.C., (1984) The Social Life of Britain's Five‐Year‐Olds, , London:, Routledge & Kegan Paul; (1966) Classification of Occupations, , London:, HMSO; Brown, G.W., Harris, T.O., (1978) Social Origins of Depression: A Study of Psychiatric Disorder in Women, , London:, Tavistock Publications; Smith, J.M., Incidence of atopic disease (1974) Med. Clin. North Am., 58, pp. 3-24 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023568418&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-3016.1987.tb00091.x&partnerID=40&md5=e531e019e41417dceabbe76b342b3f17 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Patients with addictive disorders needing extensive psychiatric care T2 - Nordic Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Nord. J. Psychiatry VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 195 PY - 1987 DO - 10.3109/08039488709103175 SN - 08039488 (ISSN) AU - Kastrup, M. AD - Res.læge, Lic.med. Marianne Kastrup, Institutt for almen medicin, Københavns Universitet, Juliane Maries Vej 18, DK-2100, København ø, Denmark AB - A nationwide cohort was followed in the Danish psychiatric case register comprising all patients admitted for the first time to a Danish psychiatric institution during the period April 1, 1970 to March 31, 1971. 16.9% of males and 4.4% of females were first-time diagnosed as having a problem of abuse. Abuse was a problem primarily in young males and in large cities. 24.1% of males and 14.7% of females with abuse became revolving-door patients, while 2.6% and 2.88% respectively became long-stay patients. A total of 23.5% of patients with abuse became extensive users of care. The uses and limitations of a case register in delineating such target groups are discussed. © 1987 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Abuse KW - Case register KW - Mental health service PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NJPYE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Kastrup, M.; Res.læge, Lic.med. Marianne Kastrup, Institutt for almen medicin, Københavns Universitet, Juliane Maries Vej 18, DK-2100, København ø, Denmark N1 - References: Munk-Jørgensen, P., Jepsen, P.W., Psykiatrisk misbrugsforskning i Danmark 1983–1984 (1986) Nord Psykiatr Tidsskr, 40, pp. 55-59; Annual statistics, Institute of Psychiatric Demography, Psychiatric Hospital Risskov ; Zierau, F., Eplov, L., Jepsen, P.W., Kastrup, M., Kijne, B., Poulsen, D.L., Rasmussen, S., Bech, P., Multiaksial diagnostik i forbindelse med psykiatrisk tilsynsvirksomhed (1986) Ugeskr Læger, 148, pp. 915-918; Vilstrup, H., Nielsen, P.E., Alkoholforbrugets fordeling i den danske befolkning i 1979 (1981) Ugeskr Læger, 143, pp. 1042-1047; Rosenberg, R., Stofmisbrug (1985) Psykiatri, en tekstbog, , Eds. J Welner, N Reisby, V Lunn, O J Rafaelsen, F Schulsinger FADLs Forlag København; Dupont, A., A national psychiatric case register as a tool for mental health planning, research and administration: The Danish model (1983) Information support to mental health programs, , Ed. E M Laska, Human Sciences Press New York; Kastrup, M., Who became revolving door patients? Findings from a nationwide cohort of firsttime admitted psychiatric patients (1987) Acta Psychiatr Scand., , in press; Kastrup, M., Prediction and profile of the longstay population (1987) Acta Psychiatr Scand., , in press; Woogh, C.M., A cohort through the revolving door (1986) Can J Psychiatry, 31, pp. 214-221; Bille, M., Kastrup, M., Kyneb, P., Patienter i koholambulatorium (1978) Ugeskr Læger, 140, pp. 2951-2953; Munk-Jørgensen, P., Kaldau, R., Sammenligning af sociale forhold for et førstegangsklientel ved to århusianske alkoholambulatorier (1984) Nord Psykiatr Tidsskr, 38, pp. 393-400; Siegel, C., Alexander, M.J., Lin, S., Severe alcoholism in the mental health sector II (1984) J Stud Alcohol, 45, pp. 510-516; Kastrup, M., Bille, M., Dupont, A., Weeke, A., Den psykiatriske funktion i et geografisk afgrænset område I (1984) Ugeskr Læger, 146, pp. 213-218; May, P., Problems in design and conduct of mental health program evaluation (1984) Evaluation of mental health services programs, , Eds. B Cronholm, L von Knorring MFR Stockholm UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907130590&doi=10.3109%2f08039488709103175&partnerID=40&md5=e8948c37bb587dc0d8846ea65664d6f5 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A model for the evaluation of statewide substance abuse prevention programs T2 - Substance Use and Misuse J2 - Subst. Use Misuse VL - 22 IS - 10 SP - 917 EP - 925 PY - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709109689 SN - 10826084 (ISSN) AU - Anderson, R.B. AU - Maypole, D.E. AU - Bsw, K.N.-H. AD - Department of Social Work, University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls, IA, 50614, United States AD - Department of Social Work, University of Minnesota-Duluth, Duluth, MN, 55812, United States AD - Northeast Council on Substance Abuse, Waterloo, IA, 50701, United States AB - A recently completed study of the existing substance abuse prevention programs in Iowa is discussed. Content analyses were made of three sets of material: the prevention grants made to (1) community agencies and (2) community/parents' groups which were funded by the Iowa Department Substance Abuse, and (3) state agency documents. The findings revealed that there were articulation problems between the agencies and that the projects were vaguely conceived and evaluated. Although the federal Community Mental Health Centers Acts of 1963-1965 and the "Hughes Act" of 1970, and various states, have provided funding for substance abuse prevention programs, the overall effectiveness and efficiency of statewide prevention programs have received little attention in publications. A computerized literature search failed to find any evaluations of an overall statewide system. A number of states-for example, California (California State Plan, 1972) and South Carolina (Twentieth Annual Report, 1976)-have advocated the development of "model" prevention delivery systems, but followup evaluations of the "models" were not apparent. Programs in schools have been evaluated frequently (Kinder, Pape, and Walfish, 1980). However, except for Horman (1975), little has been published on the management of statewide substance abuse programs. Certainly, within the context of the present conservative political trend and federal-level budget problems, the need for statewide system level evaluations will increase. This paper describes a study which examined the prevention delivery system in one U.S. state - Iowa. The project studied the Iowa Department of Substance Abuse (IDSA), the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), the district Area Education Agencies (AEA), and the 29 community agencies which received IDSA prevention grants in 1983. Also included are the 21 parent/community groups subsidized by the Iowa Department of Substance Abuse in 1981. First, the prevention delivery system is discussed; and the study methodology, findings, and recommendations then follow. © 1987 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - alcoholism KW - drug abuse KW - evaluation and follow up KW - human KW - human experiment KW - intoxication KW - organization and management KW - prevention KW - public health KW - social aspect KW - United States PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SUMIF C2 - 3692633 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Anderson, R.B.; Department of Social Work, University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls, IA, 50614, United States N1 - References: (1972) California State Plan for Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation, , Human Relations Agency, Office of Alcoholism, Sacramento, CA; Chap. 14, Code of Iowa, All Statutes of a General and Permanent Nature (1982) Acts of the 69th General Assembly, 1, p. 735; Horman, R.E., Management of a state drug and alcohol program (1975) Developments in the Field of Drug Abuse, , In E. Senay, V. Shorty (eds.) Schenkman Publishing, Cambridge, MA; Kinder, B.N., Pape, N.E., Walfish, S., Drug and alcohol education programs: A review of outcome studies (1980) Int. J. Addict., 15 (7), pp. 1035-1054; Preston, J., (1984) Health education consultant, , Area Education Agency VII, Waterloo, IA February 22 Personal interview; (1976), Twentieth Annual Report of the South Carolina Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse—Fiscal Year July 1, 1975-76. South Carolina Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse; Wright, D.A., (1984) Substance education consultant, , Iowa Department of Public Instruction, Des Moines, IA February 27 Personal interview UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907116496&doi=10.3109%2f10826088709109689&partnerID=40&md5=f67102cb60524816a272d748b598e363 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Epidemiology of tetanus in Denmark 1920-1982 T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Infectious Diseases J2 - Scand. J. Infect. Dis. VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 437 EP - 444 PY - 1987 DO - 10.3109/00365548709021676 SN - 00365548 (ISSN) AU - Simonsen, O. AU - Bloch, A.V. AU - Heron, I. AD - The Vaccine Department, State Serum Institute, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Aalborg, Sygehus, Denmark AB - Tetanus is still a major health problem in developing countries and still occurs in countries with a high medical standard. To guide planning of future prophylactic programs, incidence and mortality from tetanus in Denmark previous and present prophylactic efforts have been studied. Incidence and mortality from neonatal tetanus decreased in the thirties probably consequently to social and hygienic improvement, and a very marked decrease coincided with the introduction of vaccination against tetanus in 1947. Since 1970 no case of neonatal tetanus has been observed. Mortality from non-neonatal tetanus was reduced markedly in 2 steps, coinciding with an increased use of tetanus antitoxin around 1930 and the introduction of vaccination respectively. The effect of routine vaccination in childhood from 1950 was especially prominent. Tetanus in childhood is now nearly eradicated. A survey of all hospitalized cases of tetanus 1978-1982 showed that the majority of patients were incompletely or never vaccinated, but 10% had a history of complete vaccination. The majority of cases developed from minor posttraumatic lesions, of which only 41% had been professionally treated, and 13% developed from non-traumatic lesions. It is concluded that vaccination programs offering continuous protection are needed for a complete eradication of tetanus. Fatality remains high, in the present series 9.4% and is mostly due to cardiovascular manifestations. © 1987 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - child KW - child health care KW - denmark KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - incidence KW - mortality KW - newborn care KW - prevention KW - priority journal KW - short survey KW - tetanus KW - vaccination KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Denmark KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Tetanus KW - Vaccination PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :22 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJIDB C2 - 3672049 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Simonsen, O.; Vaccine Department, State Serum Institute, Amager Boulevard 80, DK-2300 Copenhagen S, Denmark N1 - References: Carle, A., Rattone, G., Studio experimentale sull'eziologia del tetano (1884) G Accad Med Torino, 32, p. 174; Nicolaier, A., Über infectiösen Tetanus (1884) Dtsch Med Wochenschr, 10, pp. 842-844; Kitasato, S., Über den Tetanusbacillus (1889) Z Hyg, 7, pp. 225-234; Behring Kitasato, S., Über das Zustandekommen der Diphteri-Immunität und der Tetanus-Immunität bei Thieren (1890) Dtsch Med Wochenschr, 16, pp. 1113-1114; Ramon, G., Descombey, P., Sur l'immunization antitétanique et sur la production de l'antitoxine tétanique (1925) C R Soc Biol (Paris), 93, pp. 508-509; Galazka, A., Cook, R., Neonatal tetanus today and tomorrow (1985), pp. 349-363. , Seventh International Conference on Tetanus 1985 Eds. G Nistico, P Mastroeni, M Pietzurra Gangemi Publ. Co Roma; Perdrup, A., (1945) Om stivkrampe, Tetanus, , Munksgaard Copenhagen (In Danish.); Møller, B., Kristensen, H.S., Behandling af tetanus (1964) Ugeskr Laeger, 126, pp. 888-891. , (In Danish.); Kruse, A., Esmann, V., Tetanus, (1972) Ugeskr Laeger, 134, pp. 261-265. , (In Danish.); Simonsen, O., Klaerke, M., Klaerke, A., Bloch, A.V., Kjeldsen, K., Bentzon, M.W., Heron, I., Immunitet mod stivkrampe og difteri hos børn i 8–11 års alderen (1987) Ugeskr Laeger., 149, pp. 357-361. , (In Danish.); Simonsen, O., Kjeldsen, K., Heron, I., Immunity against tetanus and effect of revaccination 25–30 years after primary vaccination (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1240-1242; La Force, F.M., Young, L.S., Bennett, J.V., Tetanus in the United States (1965–1966) (1969) N Engl J Med, 280, pp. 269-274; Humbert, G., Fillastre, J.-P., Dordain, M., Leroy, J., Robert, M., Delaunay, P., 100 cases of tetanus (1972) Scand J Infect Dis, 4, pp. 129-131; Edmondson, R.S., Flowers, M.W., Intensive care in tetanus: management, complications and mortality in 100 cases (1979) Br Med J, 1, pp. 1401-1404; Newton-John, H.F., Tetanus in Victoria, 1975–1980 (1984) Med J Aust, 140, pp. 194-200; Tetanus—United States, 1982–1984 (1985) MMWR, 34, pp. 602-611; Edsall, G., Specific prophylaxis of tetanus (1959) JAMA, 171, pp. 417-427; Simonsen, O., Badsberg, J.H., Kjeldsen, K., Møller-Madsen, B., Heron, I., The fall off in serum concentration of tetanus antitoxin after primary- and booster vaccination (1986) Acta Pathol Microbiol Immunol Scand (C), 94, pp. 77-82; Alfery, D.D., Rauscher, L.A., Tetanus. A review (1979) Crit Care Med, 7, pp. 176-181; Sanders, R.K.M., Joseph, R., Martyn, B., Peacock, M.L., Intrathecal antitetanus serum (horse) in the treatment of tetanus (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 974-977; Trujullo, M.J., Castillo, A., Espana, J.V., Geuvara, P., Eganez, H., Tetanus in the adult: intensive care and management experience with 233 cases (1980) Crit Care Med, 8, pp. 419-423; Tsueda, K., Oliver, P.B., Richter, R.W., Cardiovascular manifestations of tetanus (1974) Anesthesiology, 40, pp. 588-592 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023237731&doi=10.3109%2f00365548709021676&partnerID=40&md5=233c27aa98f502b3b99fa91c4ce365be ER - TY - JOUR TI - Testicular cancer in the United States: Trends in incidence and mortality T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 164 EP - 170 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1093/ije/15.2.164 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Brown, L.M. AU - Pottern, L.M. AU - Hoover, R.N. AU - Devesa, S.S. AU - Aselton, P. AU - Flannery, J.T. AD - Epidemiology and Biostatistics Program, National Cancer Institute, Landow Building, Room 3C16, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States AD - Boston Collaborative Drug Surveillance Program, Waltham, MA, United States AD - Connecticut Tumor Registry, Hartford, CT, United States AB - The patterns of incidence and mortality of testicular cancer in the United States indicate substantial differences by age, race, time period, and geographical region. An epidemic increase over time in the risk of testicular cancer is noted for young men aged 15-44, with the most recent birth cohorts showing the greatest rate of increase. Indeed, some of the evidence suggests the possibility of two separate increases, one apparent from at least the late 1930's through the late 1950's and the second appearing in the late 1970's. The incidence data for blacks also show a young adult peak, even though the rates for whites are four to five times higher than for blacks at all ages except early childhood. Mortality rates for older men consistently declined over the 30-year period, while rates for younger men showed a dramatic drop only for the most recent time period. Aetiological factors yet to be determined may be responsible for the increasing incidence of testicular cancer in young adults. Survival factors appear to explain the age-specific differences between the incidence and mortality curves over time. © 1986 International Epidemiological Association. KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - incidence KW - male genital system KW - mortality KW - short survey KW - testis cancer KW - united states KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Geography KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Testicular Neoplasms KW - Time Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :87 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 3721677 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Brown, L.M.; Epidemiology and Biostatistics Program, National Cancer Institute, Landow Building, Room 3C16, Bethesda, MD 20892, United States N1 - References: Young, J.L., Percey, C.L., Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results: Incidence and Mortality Data, 1973-77 (1981) National Cancer Institute Monograph 57, pp. 81-2330. , DHHS Publication No. (N1H), Washington, DC; Dorn, H.F., Cutler, S.J., Mortality from Cancer in the United States. Parts I and II (1959) Public Health Monograph 56, , PHS Publication No. 590, Washington, DC; Cutler, S.J., Young, J.L., The Third National Cancer Survey: Incidence Data (1975) National Cancer Institute Monograph 41, pp. 75-787. , DHEW Publication No. (NIH), Washington, DC; Horm, J.W., Asire, A.J., Young, J.L., Jr., Pollack, E.S., Publication No, D., (1984) SEER Program: Cancer Incidence and Mortality in the United States, pp. 1973-1981. , (N1H) 85-1837, Washington, DC; Heston, J.F., Kelly, J.B., Meigs, J.W., Flannery, J.T., Forty-five Years of Cancer Incidence in Connecticut: 1935-79 (1986) Natl Canc Inst Mongr, 70, pp. 1-705; Schottenfeld, D., Warshauer, M.E., Testis (1982) Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention, , Schottenfeld D, Fraumeni J F Jr, Philadelphia, W B Saunders; (1976) Education, and Welfare, , Cancer Patient Survival Number 5. DHHS Publication No. (NIH) 77-992, Washington, DC; Li, F.P., Connelly, R.R., Myers, M., Improved survival rates among testis cancer patients in the United States (1982) JAMA, 247, pp. 825-826; Doll, R., Calum, M., Waterhouse, J., (1970) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 2. , UICC. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Springer-Verlag; Waterhouse, J., Muir, C., Correa, P., Powell, J., (1976) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 111. , Lyon, IARC, Scientific Publication No. 15; Waterhouse, J.A., Muir, C.S., Shanmugaratnum, K., Powell, J., (1982) Cancer Incidence in Five Continents, 4. , Lyon, IARC, Scentific Publication No. 42; Devesa, S.S., Silverman, D.T., Cancer incidence and mortality trends in the United States: 1035-74 (1978) J Natl Cancer Inst, 60, pp. 545-571; Young, J.L., Devesa, S.S., Cutler, S.J., Incidence of cancer in United States blacks (1975) Cancer Res, 35, pp. 3523-3536 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022473548&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f15.2.164&partnerID=40&md5=f2ec4f4e58769c5226390dce27a070a3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Unmarried at delivery. II. Perinatal morbidity and mortality T2 - Early Human Development J2 - Early Hum. Dev. VL - 14 IS - 3-4 SP - 217 EP - 227 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0378-3782(86)90182-9 SN - 03783782 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Henriques, J. AU - Thomas, P. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - The British Birth Survey included 98% of all deliveries in Great Britain in one week of April 1970. For this report, singleton births to 934 Single (never-married), 301 Once-married (widowed, separated or divorced) and 15 225 Married mothers were compared. After allowing for maternal age, parity and smoking history, there was still a reduction in birth weight in the two unmarried groups, which was mainly associated with pre-term gestation rather than growth retardation. Perinatal mortality was considerably elevated, especially for the Once-married. The excess mortality was mainly among the 'Macerated normally formed stillbirths' and 'Asphyxia' categories of the Wigglesworth classification. © 1986. KW - birth weight KW - gestation KW - perinatal mortality KW - single parent KW - adult KW - clinical article KW - etiology KW - female genital system KW - human KW - marriage KW - perinatal morbidity KW - perinatal mortality KW - pregnancy KW - prevention KW - priority journal KW - social aspect KW - united kingdom KW - Asphyxia Neonatorum KW - Birth Weight KW - Comparative Study KW - Divorce KW - Female KW - Gestational Age KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Illegitimacy KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Morbidity KW - Pregnancy KW - Single Person KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EHDED C2 - 3803267 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Butler, Alberman, (1969) Perinatal Problems, the Second Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Chamberlain, Chamberlain, Howlett, Claireaux, (1975) British Births volume 1: the First Week of Life, , Heinemann, London; Forbes, Boddy, Pickering, Wyllie, Perinatal mortality in Scotland: 1970–1979 (1982) J. Epidemiol. Commun. Hlth, 36, pp. 282-288; Golding, Other factors relating to perinatal mortality statistics (1987) Third Report of the WHO Study of Social and Biological Effects on Perinatal Mortality, , J. Golding, John Wright, Bristol, In press; Golding, Robinson, Henriques, Thomas, (1986) Does conception before marriage matter?, , Submitted; Henriques, Golding, Thomas, (1986) Children of single parents: the benefits and hazards. I. Single at delivery, , Submitted; Peters, Golding, Butler, Fryer, Lawrence, Chamberlain, Factors associated with delayed onset of regular respiration (1983) Early Hum. Dev., 9, pp. 209-223; Vincent, (1963) Unmarried Mothers, , Free Press of Glencoe, New York; Wigglesworth, Monitoring perinatal mortality: a pathophysiological approach (1980) Lancet, 2, pp. 684-686 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022973730&doi=10.1016%2f0378-3782%2886%2990182-9&partnerID=40&md5=fddf3f833f43c78df015567df627ce5c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Unmarried at delivery. I. The mothers and their care T2 - Early Human Development J2 - Early Hum. Dev. VL - 14 IS - 3-4 SP - 201 EP - 216 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0378-3782(86)90181-7 SN - 03783782 (ISSN) AU - Henriques, J. AU - Golding, J. AU - Thomas, P. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Information on 934 never married mothers (Single) were compared with 301 who were widowed, divorced or separated (Once-married) and 15 225 who were married at the time of delivery and were part of the 1970 British Births Survey. Once the maternal age and parity differences had been taken into account the major findings concerned the mothers' health behaviour and the obstetric care they received. Single and Once-married mothers were markedly less likely than the Married group to (a) have used contraceptives in the 18 months before conception, (b) to know accurately the date of the last menstrual period, (c) to commence antenatal care before the third trimester, and (d) to attend antenatal or parentcraft classes. Both groups were more likely to smoke, the Once-married group having an especially high rate of heavy smokers. Single mothers were more likely to be anaemic during pregnancy and the Once-married to have a history of bleeding. Both groups were more likely to be delivered in a consultant unit. Relatively high proportions of Single and Once-married mothers had delivered without any pain relief. © 1986. KW - antenatal care KW - maternal smoking KW - obstetric care KW - single parent KW - adult KW - clinical article KW - delivery KW - etiology KW - female genital system KW - human KW - labor KW - marriage KW - pregnancy KW - prenatal care KW - priority journal KW - single parent KW - social aspect KW - united kingdom KW - Analgesia KW - Body Height KW - Comparative Study KW - Contraception KW - Divorce KW - Educational Status KW - Emigration and Immigration KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Illegitimacy KW - Labor, Obstetric KW - Maternal Age KW - Occupations KW - Parity KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Prenatal Care KW - Single Person KW - Smoking KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :4 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: EHDED C2 - 3803266 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Baird, Thomson, General factors underlying perinatal mortality rates (1969) Perinatal Problems: The Second Report of the 1958 Perinatal Mortality Survey, pp. 16-35. , N.R. Butler, E.D. Alberman, E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Bode, (1980) Kids Having Kids—The Unwed Teenage Parent, , F. Watts, New York; Brewer, (1979) Risks in being born, pp. 256-257. , New Society, 1st November; Butler, Alberman, (1969) Perinatal Problems: The Second Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Butler, Bonham, (1963) Perinatal Mortality: The First Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Campbell, (1984) Wigan Pier Revisited: Poverty and Politics in the Eighties, , Virago Press, London; Chamberlain, Philipp, Howlett, Masters, (1978) British Births 1970 Volume 2: Obstetric Care, , Heinemann, London; Chamberlain, Chamberlain, Howlett, Claireaux, (1975) British Births Volume 1: The First Week of Life, , Heinemann, London; Crellin, Kellmer-Pringle, West, Born Illegitimate: Social and Educational Implications (1971) NCB Report, , National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales; Davie, Butler, Goldstein, (1972) From Birth to Seven: The Second Report of the National Child Development Study (1958 cohort), , Longman, London; Held, Self-esteem and social network of the young pregnant teenager (1981) Adolescence, 16, pp. 905-912; Jacobson, (1981) The Ladykillers: Why Smoking is a Feminist Issue, , Pluto Press, London; Lawrence, Merritt, Infants of adolescent mothers: perinatal, neonatal and infancy outcome (1981) Seminars in Perinatology, 15, pp. 19-32; Lenney, Women's self-confidence in achievement settings (1977) Psychological Bulletin, 84 (1), pp. 1-13; MacGillivray, (1983) Pre-eclampsia, , Saunders, London; Macintyre, (1977) Single and Pregnant, , Croom Helm, London; Miles, (1979) Pregnant at School: Joint Working Party on Pregnant School Girls and School Girl Mothers, , National Council for One-parent Families, London; National Institute of Education, (1979) Teenage Smoking: Immediate and Long-term Patterns, , Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington; Peters, Golding, Assessing risk assessment (1985) Clinics in Perinatal Medicine, 4, pp. 235-266. , A. Milunsky, E.A. Friedman, L. Gluck, Plenum Medical Books, New York; Royal, Investigation Committee, (1948) Maternity in Great Britain, , Oxford University Press, London; Russell, Medical and social hazards of teenage pregnancy (1981) Changing Patterns of Conception and Fertility, , D.F. Roberts, R. Chester, Academic Press, London; Schneider, Helping adolescents deal with pregnancy: a psychiatric approach (1982) Adolescence, 17, pp. 285-291; Simms, Smith, Teenage mothers and smoking (1983) Health Education Journal, 42 (3), pp. 87-89; Smith, Teenage mothers: birth control and family building intentions (1983) J. Obstet. Gynaecol., 3, pp. S53-S54; Teichman, (1982) Illegitimacy: A Philosophical Examination, , Blackwell, Oxford; Tew, Effect of scientific obstetrics on perinatal mortality (1981) Hlth Soc. Services J., pp. 444-446 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022973087&doi=10.1016%2f0378-3782%2886%2990181-7&partnerID=40&md5=ff471c055fb403b283201d7a1023eac4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Preschool wheezing and prognosis at 10 T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. VL - 61 IS - 7 SP - 642 EP - 646 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1136/adc.61.7.642 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Park, E.S. AU - Golding, J. AU - Carswell, F. AU - Stewart-Brown, S. AD - Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, University of Bristol, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - Information was collected at birth and at 5 and 10 years of age on the national cohort of children born in one week of April 1970 (the Child Health and Education Study). For 11 465 children, information on wheezing attacks before 5 years was compared with reports of wheezing occurring in the 12 months before the interview at 10 years. Of 2345 children who had had at least one wheezing attack before their fifth birthday, 80% (1869) were free of wheeze at 10 years; only 8% of children who had just one wheezing attack by 5 years wheezed in their 10th year. The more attacks the child had had by the age of 5 the higher the risk of continuing to wheeze at the age of 10, but there were no major differences in prognosis according to the age of the first attack. Half of the children who had been labelled asthmatic at the age of 5 were wheezing at the age of 10 compared with an eighth of those with wheezing not so labelled. There was little evidence to suggest that the prognosis of wheezing with bronchitis was markedly different from that of children with other episodes of wheezing provided they were not said to be asthmatic. A longer follow up is necessary to ascertain whether remission at the age of 10 is followed by relapse later. KW - asthma KW - child KW - child development KW - diagnosis KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - prognosis KW - respiratory system KW - school child KW - wheezing KW - Age Factors KW - Asthma KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Prognosis KW - Respiratory Sounds KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :63 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 3740902 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Golding, J.; Department of Child Health, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, University of Bristol, Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022536068&doi=10.1136%2fadc.61.7.642&partnerID=40&md5=92e5e8b6d9ebce2cda57df72bf319b98 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation: III. Some predictors with a possible influence on the progress in an unselected material T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 44 IS - 5 SP - 257 EP - 262 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/00016358609004731 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Bolin, A. AU - Lavstedt, S. AU - Henrikson, C.O. AD - Department of Oral Radiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Bolin A, Lavstedt S, Henrikson CO. Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation. III. Some predictors with a possible influence on the progress in an unselected material. Acta Odontol Scand 1986;44:257-262. ISSN 0001-6357. The difference in proximal alveolar bone height between 1970 and 1980, the "ABD index" has been measured longitudinally in radiographs from an unselected material. The group constitutes 406 individuals born in 1904-1952 in the county of Stockholm. Thirteen of 18 predictors determined in 1970 were significantly related to the ABD index in the simple correlation analyses. The predictor 'the alveolar bone loss 1970' ('ABL index 1970' had the strongest correlation to the ABD index. In the stepwise multiple regression analysis the predictor ABL index 1970 and three other predictors reached significant levels. These were age, number of lost teeth, and Russell's Periodontal Index. Epidemiology; periodontal diseases; periodontal index; prognosis. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - jaw KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - osteolysis KW - pathology KW - periodontics KW - periodontitis KW - prognosis KW - radiography KW - regression analysis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Alveolar Process KW - Bone Resorption KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Periodontal Index KW - Periodontitis KW - Prognosis KW - Regression Analysis KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 3468735 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bolin, A.; Department of Oral Radiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Scherp, H., Current concepts in periodontal disease research: epidemiological contributions (1964) J Am Dent Assoc, 68, pp. 667-675; Socransky, S.S., Relationship of bacteria to the etiology of periodontal disease (1970) J Dent Res, 49, pp. 203-222; Axelsson, P., Lindhe, J., Effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on caries and periodontal disease in adults (1978) J Clin Periodontol, 5, pp. 133-151; Söderholm, G., Effect of a dental care program on dental health conditions [Thesis] (1979) University of Lund, Malmö; Löe, H., Änerud, A., Boysen, H., Smith, M., The natural history of periodontal disease in man. The rate of periodontal destruction before 40 years of age (1978) J Periodontol, 49, pp. 607-620; Becker, W., Berg, L., Becker, B.E., Untreated periodontal disease: a longitudinal study (1979) J Periodontal, 50, pp. 234-244; Axelsson, P., Lindhe, J., Effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on caries and periodontal disease in adults. Results after 6 years (1981) J Clin Periodontal, 8, pp. 239-248; Lindhe, J., Haffajee, A.D., Socransky, S.S., Progression of periodontal disease in adult subjects in the absence of periodontal therapy (1983) J Clin Periodontol, 10, pp. 433-442; Suomi, J.D., Greene, J.C., Vermillion, J.R., Chang, J.J., Leatherwood, E.C., The effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on the progression of periodontal disease in adults: Results after two years (1969) J Periodontol, 40, pp. 416-420; Soumi, J.D., Greene, J.C., Vermillion, J.R., Doyle, J., Chang, J.J., Leatherwood, E.C., The effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on the progression of periodontal disease in adults: results after third and final year (1971) J Periodontol, 42, pp. 152-160; Soumi, J.D., West, T.D., Chang, J.J., McClendon, B.J., The effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on the progression of periodontal disease in adults: radiographic findings (1971) J Periodontol, 42, pp. 562-564; Björn, A.-L., Dental health in relation to age and dental care (1974) Odontol Rev, 27; Selikowitz, H.-S., Sheiham, A., Albert, D., Williams, G.M., Retrospective longitudinal study of the ratio of alveolar bone loss in humans using bite-wing radiographs (1981) J Clin Periodontol, 8, pp. 431-438; Rohner, F., Cimasoni, G., Vaugnat, P., Longitudinal radiograpnical study on the rate of alveolar bone loss in patients of a dental school (1983) J Clin Periodontol, 10, pp. 643-651; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation. II. A 10-year follow-up study of an epidemiologic material (1986) Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 199-205; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Carstensen, J., Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation. I. Methods of measurement and partial recording (1986) Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 149-157; Pindborg, J.J., Tobacco and gingivitis (1947) J Dent Res, 26, pp. 261-264; Greene, J.C., Vermillion, Jr., The simplified oral hygiene index (1964) J Am Dent Assoc, 68, pp. 25-31; Russell, A.L., A system of classification and scoring for prevalence surveys of periodontal disease (1956) J Dent Res, 35, pp. 350-359; Lavstedt, S., Eklund, G., Some factors of significance for proximal marginal bone loss studied on an epidemiological material (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33, pp. 50-89; Buckley, L.A., Crowley, M.J., A longitudinal study of untreated periodontal disease (1984) J Clin Periodontol, 11, pp. 523-530 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022799365&doi=10.3109%2f00016358609004731&partnerID=40&md5=1e9a88a2d1f64293a5c2f494bfa66f48 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation: II. A 10-year follow-up study of an epidemiologic material T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 199 EP - 205 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/00016358608997721 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Lavstedt, S. AU - Bolin, A. AU - Henrikson, C.O. AD - Department of Oral Radiology, School of Dentistry, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Four hundred and six individuals from an unselected sample from the County of Stockholm aged 18-65 years in 1970 were examined radiographically in 1970 and 1980. The differences in proximal alveolar bone height were recorded, attention being paid to the divergences in projection between the two investigations. The mean of the alveolar bone difference was 5.5% of the mean root length, which corresponds to an average annual bone loss of 0.09 mm. Ninety per cent of the individuals had a difference in alveolar bone height of less than 10% of the root length-that is, an average bone loss of 1.6 mm or less during 10 years. By linear regression analysis it was shown that the difference in alveolar bone height is a function of the initial bone loss; that is, the greater the initial bone loss, the greater the alveolar bone loss during the 10-year period. The result of the regression analysis may facilitate predictions of alveolar bone loss. D Dental radiography; periodontology, clinical study. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - follow up KW - human KW - jaw KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - osteolysis KW - pathophysiology KW - radiography KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Alveolar Process KW - Bone Resorption KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 3465191 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bolin, A.Odontologiska klinikerna. Box 4064, S-141 04, Huddinge, Sweden N1 - References: Schei, O., Waerhaug, J., Lovdal, A., Arno, A., Alveolar bone loss as related to oral hygiene and age (1959) J Periodontol, 30, pp. 7-16; Lavstedt, S., A methodological-roentgenological investigation on marginal alveolar bone loss (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33; Rohner, F., Cimasoni, G., Vaugnat, P., Longitudinal radiographical study on the rate of alveolar bone loss in patients of a dental school (1983) J Clin Periodontol, 10, pp. 643-651; Engelberger, A., Rateitschak, K.H., Marthaler, T.M., Zur Messung des parodontalen Knochenschwun-des (1963) Helv Odontol Acta, 7, pp. 34-38; Björn, H., Hailing, A., Thyberg, H., Radiographic assessment of marginal bone loss (1969) Odontol Rev, 20, pp. 165-179; Bjorn, A.-L., Dental health in relation to age and dental care (1974) Odontol Rev, 27; Söderholm, G., (1979) Effect of a dental care program on dental health conditions, , [Thesis]University of Lund Malmo; Håkansson, J., (1978) Dental care habits, attitudes towards dental health and dental status among 20–60 year old individuals in Sweden, , [Thesis]University of Lund Malmo; Selikowitz, H.-S., Sheiham, A., Albert, D., Williams, G.M., Retrospective longitudinal study of the ratio of alveolar bone loss in humans using bite-wing radiographs (1981) J Clin Periodontol, 8, pp. 431-438; Håkansson, J., Bjorn, A.-L., Jonsson, B., Assessment of the proximal periodontal bone height from radiographs with partial reproduction of the teeth (1981) Swed Dent J, 5, pp. 147-153; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Jonsson, B., Tandtillstand och behov av tandvard hos en nor-malpopulation (1982) En longitudinell epidemiologisk studie. Stockholm: Delegationen for social forsk-ning, 7; Henrikson, C.O., Lavstedt, S., Precision and accuracy in intraoral roentgenological determination of proximal marginal bone loss (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33, pp. 26-49; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Carstensen, J., (1986) Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radio-graphical investigation. I. Methods of measurement and partial recording. Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 149-157; Tronje, G., Welander, U., McDavid, W.D., Morris, C.R., Imaging characteristics of seven rotational panoramic x-ray units. IV. Horizontal and vertical magnification (1985) Dentomaxillofac Radiol, pp. 29-34; Soumi, J.D., West, T.D., Chang, J.J., McClendon, B.J., The effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on the progression of periodontal disease in adults. Radiographic findings (1971) J Periodontol, 42, pp. 562-564; Markkanen, H., Rajala, M., Knuuttila, M., Lammi, S., Alveolar bone loss in relation to periodontal treatment need, socioeconomic status and dental health (1981) J Periodontol, 52, pp. 99-103; Becker, W., Berg, L., Becker, B.E., Untreated periodontal disease. A longitudinal study (1979) J Periodontol, 50, pp. 234-244; Axelsson, P., Lindhe, J., Effect of controlled oral hygiene procedures on caries and periodontal disease in adults (1981) J Clin Periodontol, 8, pp. 239-248; Lindhe, J., Haffajee, A.D., Socransky, S.S., Progression of periodontal disease in adult subjects in the absence of periodontal therapy (1983) J Clin Periodontol, 10, pp. 433-442; Suomi, J.D., Plumbo, J., Barbano, J.P., A comparative study of radiographs and pocket measurements in periodontal disease evaluation (1968) J Periodontol, 39, pp. 311-315; Socransky, S.S., Haffajee, A.D., Goodson, J.M., Lindhe, J., New concepts of destructive periodontal disease (1984) J Clin Periodontol, 11, pp. 21-32 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022762987&doi=10.3109%2f00016358608997721&partnerID=40&md5=cbd3aa0762bbf054727422ff979ba021 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prediction of sudden infant death syndrome: An independent evaluation of four scoring methods T2 - Statistics in Medicine J2 - Stat. Med. VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 126 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1002/sim.4780050203 SN - 02776715 (ISSN) AU - Peters, T.J. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - The performances of four published risk prediction systems for sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) were compared for the 34 cases of SIDS and 48 explained deaths among a cohort of all births in the U.K. during one week in April 1970. With cut‐points for the scores which would include about 20 per cent of the population, the sensitivities of the scoring methods ranged from identifying 40 per cent of the explained deaths to 70 per cent of SIDS. The highest sensitivities were achieved with the Sheffield ‘at birth’ system and a system based on both data from Oxford and general observations from the literature, with the latter system providing the most powerful predictor of SIDS for the study sample. Copyright © 1986 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. KW - Risk prediction KW - Scoring systems KW - Sudden infant death syndrome KW - central nervous system KW - classification KW - clinical article KW - controlled study KW - diagnosis KW - education KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - forecasting KW - human KW - infant KW - organization and management KW - preliminary communication KW - prevention KW - risk KW - scoring system KW - sensitivity KW - sudden infant death syndrome KW - united kingdom KW - Biometry KW - Comparative Study KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Evaluation Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Pregnancy KW - Risk KW - Sudden Infant Death KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3715255 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Peters, T.J.; Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol, BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom N1 - References: Carpenter, R.G., Gardner, A., McWeeny, P.M., Emery, J.L., Multistage scoring system for identifying infants at risk of unexpected death (1977) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 52, pp. 606-612; Oakley, J.R., Tavaré, C.J., Stanton, A.N., Evaluation of the Sheffield system for identifying children at risk from unexpected death in infancy (1978) Archives of Disease in Childhood, 53, pp. 649-652; Harris, J.D.C., Radford, M., Wailoo, M., Carpenter, R.G., Machin, D., Sudden infant death in Southampton and an evaluation of the Sheffield scoring system (1982) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 36, pp. 162-166; Lewak, N., van den Berg, B.J., Beckwith, J.B., Sudden infant death syndrome risk factors (1979) Clinical Pediatrics, 18, pp. 404-411; Murphy, J.F., Newcombe, R.G., Sibert, J.R., The epidemiology of sudden infant death syndrome (1982) Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 36, pp. 17-21; Carpenter, R.G., Gardner, A., Jepson, M., Taylor, E.M., Salvin, A., Sunderland, R., Emery, J.L., Roe, J., Prevention of unexpected infant death: evaluation of the first seven years of the Sheffield intervention program (1983) Lancet, 1, pp. 723-727; Peters, T.J., Golding, J., Assessing risk assessment (1985) Advances in Perinatal Medicine, 4, pp. 235-266. , Milunsky, A., Friedman, E. A., Gluck, L., (eds), Plenum Medical Books, New York; Golding, J., Limerick, S., Macfarlane, J.A., (1985) Sudden Infant Death: Patterns, Puzzles and Problems, , Open Books Publishing, Shepton Mallet; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970, 1. , The First Week of Life, William Heinemann Medical Books, London; Chamberlain, G., Philipp, E., Howlett, B., Masters, K., (1978) British Births 1970, 2. , Obstetric Care, William Heinemann Medical Books, London; Beckwith, J.B., Observations on the pathological anatomy of the sudden infant death syndrome (1970) Sudden Infant Death Syndrome: Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Causes of Sudden Death in Infants, p. 83. , Bergman, A. B., Beckwith, J. B., Ray, C. G., (eds), University of Washington Press, Seattle; Chamberlain, R.N., Simpson, R.N., (1979) The Prevalence of Illness in Childhood, , Pitman Medical Publishing, Tunbridge Wells; Newcombe, R.G., (1979), ‘A critical review of risk prediction with special reference to the perinatal period’, Ph.D. Thesis, University of WalesUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022602181&doi=10.1002%2fsim.4780050203&partnerID=40&md5=09060686ebd71cfe3bc952fff74c1249 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prevalence of cigarette smoking among subsequent cohorts of Italian males and females T2 - Preventive Medicine J2 - Prev. Med. VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 606 EP - 613 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0091-7435(86)90065-4 SN - 00917435 (ISSN) AU - La Vecchia, C. AU - Decarli, A. AU - Pagano, R. AD - Mario Negri Institute for Pharmacological Research, Via Eritrea, 62, 20157 Milan, Italy AD - Institute of Medical Statistics, University of Milan, National Cancer Institute, Via Venezian, 1-20133 Milan, Italy AD - Central Institute of Statistics (ISTAT), Viale Liegi, 11, 00100 Rome, Italy AB - Prevalence of cigarette smoking among successive cohorts of Italian males and females born between 1890 and 1969 was estimated from data of the 1983 National Health Survey (based on 89,765 persons randomly selected within strata of geographical area, size of place of residence, and size of household), opportunely corrected for excess mortality of smokers. The overall participation rate for the original sample was 93.6%; impossibility of tracing or refusal of the interview led to substitution of 2,058 households. Among males, smoking prevalence in the young and middle-aged increased steadily up to the generation born in 1920-1929, which, in its 30s, showed the highest absolute smoking prevalence (68.3% in 1960). Moderate declines followed, chiefly on a calendar-period basis (i.e., between 1970 and 1980 in each birth cohort). These declines occurred later and at a lower rate than in several other Western countries. Among females, cigarette smoking was extremely rare for those generations born at the turn of the century (only about 3% of Italian females born in 1890-1899 ever smoked), but increased steadily in each birth cohort and calendar period to reach a rate only about one-third lower than that of males in the 1960-1969 cohort. © 1986. KW - cigarette smoking KW - epidemiology KW - female KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - intoxication KW - italy KW - male KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Human KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Rural Population KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Urban Population N1 - Cited By :40 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: PVTMA C2 - 3797392 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: La Vecchia, C.; Mario Negri Institute for Pharmacological Research, Via Eritrea, 62, 20157 Milan, Italy N1 - References: Decarli, La Vecchia, Cislaghi, Fasoli, Mezzanotte, Negri, Cancer mortality in Italy, 1955–1979: Effects of age, birth cohort and period of death (1986) La mortalità per tumori in Italia: Effetti dell'età, della generazione di nascita e del periodo di morte, , Lega Italiana per la Lotta Contro i Tumori, Milano; Doll, Gray, Hafner, Peto, Mortality in relation to smoking: 22 years' observations on female British doctors (1980) Brit. Med. J., 280, pp. 967-971; Doll, Peto, Mortality in relation to smoking: 20 years' observations on male British doctors (1976) Brit. Med. J., 2, pp. 1525-1536; Doll, Peto, The causes of cancer: Quantitative estimates of avoidable risks of cancer in the United States today (1981) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 66, pp. 1191-1308; Doxa, I fumatori in Italia (1966) Una nuova indagine sui fumatori, 20. , Boll. Doxa, Nos. 20–21; Hammond, Smoking in relation to the death rates of one million men and women (1966) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 19, pp. 127-204; Harris, Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900–1980 (1983) J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 71, pp. 473-479; Istituto Centrale di Statistica (ISTAT), Andamento demografico e sanitario (1984) Notiziario ISTAT, 5 (9-11); Istituto Centrale di Statistica, Indagine statistica sulle condizioni di salute della popolazione e sul ricorso ai servizi sanitari—1983 (1984) Primi risultati, 4. , Notiziario ISTAT, No. 8; Istituto Centrale di Statistica, Tavole di mortalità della popolazione Italiana per regione, 1977–1979 (1983) Boll. Mensile Statist., 16. , (Suppl.); Kahn, The Dorn study of smoking and mortality among U.S. veterans: Report on eight and one-half years of observations (1966) Natl. Cancer Inst. Monogr., 19, pp. 1-125; La Vecchia, Patterns of cigarette smoking and trends in lung cancer mortality in Italy (1985) J. Epidemiol. Community Health, 39, pp. 157-164; La Vecchia, Smoking in Italy, 1949–1983 (1986) Prev. Med., 15, pp. 274-281; La Vecchia, Decarli, Trends in cancer mortality in Italy, 1955–1978 (1985) Tumori, 71, pp. 201-218; La Vecchia, Decarli, Trends in ischemic heart disease mortality in Italy 1968–1978 (1986) Amer. J. Public Health, 76, pp. 454-456; La Vecchia, Franceschi, Italian lung cancer death rates in young males (1984) Lancet, 1, p. 406; Office of Population, Censuses and Surveys, Cigarette smoking: 1972 to 1982 (1983) OPCS Monitor, 5 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023032945&doi=10.1016%2f0091-7435%2886%2990065-4&partnerID=40&md5=6f76fbc6df86ce12c9f8612da97cdfb8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Atopic dermatitis: A genetic-epidemiologic study in a population-based twin sample T2 - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology J2 - J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 487 EP - 494 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1016/S0190-9622(86)70198-9 SN - 01909622 (ISSN) AU - Schultz Larsen, F. AU - Holm, N.V. AU - Henningsen, K. AD - Department of Dermatology, Institute of Medical Genetics, University of Odense, Denmark AD - Department of Serology, Institute of Forensic Medicine, University of Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Atopic dermatitis is a multifactorial disease that seems both to rise in frequency and to be dependent on a genetic predisposition. In order to clarify these issues we encircled a representative twin series with atopic dermatitis from a total twin population of 592 like-sexed twin pairs. We found (1) that the cumulative incidence rate (0-7 years) of atopic dermatitis in Denmark has increased significantly from 0.03 for the birth cohort 1960-1964 to 0.10 for the birth cohort 1970-1974, (2) that monozygotic twin pairs are more often concordant for atopic dermatitis than dizygotic twin pairs, (3) that monozygotic twins run a risk of 0.86 of having atopic dermatitis if the twin partner has the disease, whereas the disease risk of 0.21 run by dizygotic partners does not differ from the frequency seen in ordinary brothers and sisters. The results indicate (1) that genetic factors play a decisive role in the development of atopic dermatitis and (2) that widespread environmental factors are operating in genetically susceptible individuals. © 1986, American Academy of Dermatology, Inc.. All rights reserved. KW - atopic dermatitis KW - Denmark KW - diagnosis KW - epidemiology KW - genetic predisposition KW - heredity KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - twins N1 - Cited By :313 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3760273 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Schultz Larsen, F.; Department of Dermatology, University of Odense, Odense, DK-5000, Denmark N1 - References: Besnier, E, Premiere note et observations préliminaires pour servir d'introduction à l'étude des prurigos diathesiques (dermatites multiformes prurigineuses chroniques exacerbantes et paroxystiques, du type du prurigo de Hebra) (1892) Ann Dermatol Syph, 3, pp. 634-648; Taylor, B, Wadsworth, M, Wadsworth, J, Peckham, C, Changes in the reported prevalence of childhood eczema since 1939-45 war (1984) Lancet, 2, pp. 1255-1258; Walker, RB, Warin, RP, The incidence of eczema in early childhood (1956) Br J Dermatol, 68, pp. 182-183; Kjellman, N-IM, Atopic disease in seven-year-old children (1977) Acta Paediatrica, 66, pp. 465-471; Engbæck, S, (1982) The morbidity of school age, , Danish Medical Association Press, Copenhagen; Rajka, G, Prurigo Besnier (atopic dermatitis) with special reference to the role of allergic factors (1960) Acta Derm Venereol (Stockh), 40, pp. 285-306; Atherton, DJ, Sewell, M, Soothill, JF, Wells, RS, A doubleblind controlled crossover trial of an antigen avoidance diet in atopic eczema (1978) Lancet, 1, pp. 401-403; Saarinen, UM, Kajosaari, M, Backman, A, Shmes, M, Prolonged breastfeeding as prophylaxis for atopic disease (1979) Lancet, 2, pp. 163-166; Marsh, DG, Meyer, DA, Wilma, B, The epidemiology and genetics of atopic allergy (1981) N Engl J Med, 305, pp. 1551-1559; WHO, The use of twins in epidemiological studies (1966) Report of a WHO meeting of investigators. Acta Genet Med Gemellol (Rome), 15, pp. 111-128; Harvald, B, Hauge, M, Hereditary factors elucidated by twin studies (1965) Genetics and the epidemiology of chronic diseases, pp. 61-76. , editors, JV Neel, MG Shaw, WJ Schull, Public Health Service Publisher, Washington; Spaich, D, Ostertag, M, Untersuchungen über allergische Erkrankungen bei Zwillingen (1936) Z menschl Vererb-Konstitutionslehre, 19, pp. 731-752; Schnyder, UW, Neurodermitis-asthma-rhinitis (1960) A genetic-allergological study. Int Arch Allergy Appl Immunol, 17, pp. 1-106; Niermann, H, (1964) Zwillingsdermatologie, , Springer-Verlag, Berlin; Edfors-Lubs, ML, Allergy in 7000 twin pairs (1971) Acta Allergol, 26, pp. 249-285; Schultz Larsen, F, Holm, NV, Evaluation of an identification method of twin pairs based on the personal numbering system in Denmark (1983) Dan Med Bull, 30, pp. 424-427; Hanifin, JM, Lobitz, WC, Never concepts of atopic dermatitis (1977) Arch Dermatol, 113, pp. 663-670; Hanifin, JM, Rajka, G, Diagnostic features of atopic dermatitis (1980) Acta Derm Venereol [Suppl] (Stockh), 92, pp. 44-47; Hauge, M, Harvald, B, Fischer, M, The Danish Twin Register (1968) Acta Genet Med Gemellol (Rome), 17, pp. 315-332; Smith, C, Concordance in twins. Methods and interpretation (1974) Am J Hum Genet, 26, pp. 454-466; Rothman, KJ, Boice, JD, (1979) Epidemiologic analyses with a programmable calculator (Programme 19), , National Institutes of Health, Washington; Li, CC, Mantel, N, A simple method of estimating the segregation ratio under complete ascertainment (1968) Am J Hum Genet, 20, pp. 61-81 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022528787&doi=10.1016%2fS0190-9622%2886%2970198-9&partnerID=40&md5=c2cb40f626bba4d00c745226443e591c ER - TY - JOUR TI - Age, period of death and birth cohort effects on suicide mortality in Italy, 1955–1979 T2 - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Psychiatr. Scand. VL - 74 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 143 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1986.tb10597.x SN - 0001690X (ISSN) AU - La Vecchia, C. AU - Bollini, P. AU - Imazio, C. AU - Decarli, A. AD - Lstituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche, Lstituto di Statistica Medica, Università di Milano, Italy AB - Abstract— Trends in death rates from all suicides and specific methods of suicide in Italy over the period 1955–79 were analysed on the basis of age‐specific and age‐standardised rates, and through a log‐linear Poisson model to isolate the effects of age, birth cohort and calendar period. In both sexes, a large decrease in mortality from suicide was evident in the late 1950's and early 1960's. Thereafter, death certification rates showed fluctuating trends up to the mid 1970's, when steady increases became evident for both sexes. Nevertheless, overall age‐standardized mortality rates from suicide in the late 1970's were still considerably lower than in the two previous decades (15% in males, 7% in females). The observed variations in suicide mortality, mostly in males, can be explained in terms of period of death effect and be related to changes in the Italian economic situation. This view finds further support from analysis of age‐specific trends (e. g mortality rates in the younger age groups started rising in the early 1970's. together with a rise in unemployment rates among the young). Cohort curves for males born in the current century were U‐shaped as well, with marked declines for generations born between 1905 and 1930, and moderate increases for more recent cohorts. For females, the cohort curve was remarkably flat. Some of the changes in the various methods of suicide can be explained in terms of well‐defined exogenous factors (e.g., the large fall in poisoning by domestic gas is obviously attributable to domestic gas detoxification). Copyright © 1986, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - birth cohorts KW - mortality KW - suicide KW - age KW - central nervous system KW - clinical article KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - human KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - sex KW - sex difference KW - suicide KW - Age Factors KW - Age Specific Death Rate KW - Causes Of Death--changes KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Death Rate KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Differential Mortality KW - Economic Conditions KW - Economic Factors KW - Europe KW - Italy KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - Mediterranean Countries KW - Mortality KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Seasonal Variation KW - Sex Factors KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Southern Europe KW - Suicide--changes KW - Violent Deaths KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and over KW - Cross-Sectional Studies KW - Female KW - Human KW - Italy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Sex Factors KW - Suicide KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :27 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3490740 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: La Vecchia, C.; Lstituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche “Mario Negri” Via Eritrea, Milan, 20157, Italy N1 - References: (1982) World health statistics annual, , Geneva:, WHO; (1982) Changing patterns in suicide behaviour, , Copenhagen:, WHO; Murphy, G.E., Wetzel, RD., Suicide risk by birth cohort in the United States, 1949 to 1974 (1980) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 37, pp. 519-523; Solomon, M.I., Hellon, CP., Suicide and age in Alberta, Canada, 1951 to 1977. A cohort analysis (1980) Arch Gen Psy chiatry, 37, pp. 511-513; Hellon, C.P., Solomon, MI., Suicide and age in Alberta, Canada, 1951 to 1977. The changing profile (1980) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 37, pp. 505-510; Goldney, R.D., Katsikitis, M., Cohort analysis of suicide rates in Australia (1983) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 40, pp. 71-74; McClure, GMG., Trends in suicide rate for England and Wales 1975–80 (1984) Br J Psychiatry, 144, pp. 119-126; Moens, GFG., The rise of suicide mortality in Belgium between 1968–72 and 1978–81: Age, sex and geographical characteristics (1984) Int J Epidemiol, 13, pp. 243-245; Sainsbury, P., Jenkins, JS., The accuracy of officially reported suicide statistics for purposes of epidemiological research (1982) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 36, pp. 43-48; Burvill, P.W., Woodings, T.L., Stenhouse, N.S., McCall, MG., Suicide during 1961–70 of migrants in Australia (1982) Psychol Med, 12, pp. 295-308; , 1-25. , Annuario di statistiche sanitarie, Roma, 195984; (1983), Rico‐struzione della popolazione residente per sesso, etá e regione. Anni 1952–1972, Roma; Popolazione residente per sesso, età e regione (1976) Boll Mens Stat, 10. , 1978:II; Gardner, M.J., Osmond, C., Interpretation of time trends in disease rates in the presence of generation effects (1984) Stat Med, 3, pp. 113-130; Brown, JH., Suicide in Britain. More attempts, fewer deaths, lessons for public policy (1979) Arch Gen Psychiatry, 36, pp. 1119-1124; Liem, R., Rayman, P., Perspectives on unemployment, mental health and social policy (1984) Int J Ment Health, 13, pp. 3-17; (1983), Annuario di Statistiche del Lavoro, 1983. Roma; Cormier, H.J., Klerman, GL., Unemployment and male‐female labor force participation as determinants of chang ing suicide rates of males and females in Quebec (1985) Soc Psychiatry, 20, pp. 109-114; Kreitman, N., Platt, S., Suicide, unemployment, and domes tic gas detoxification in Britain (1984) J Epidemiol Commun Health, 38, pp. 1-6 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022457994&doi=10.1111%2fj.1600-0447.1986.tb10597.x&partnerID=40&md5=4455707fe84f71552074004a2652c0e1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Parents' divorce and children's life chances T2 - Children and Youth Services Review J2 - Child. Youth Serv. Rev. VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 159 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0190-7409(86)90015-0 SN - 01907409 (ISSN) AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AU - Maclean, M. AD - University of Bristol UK, United Kingdom AD - Wolfson College, OxfordUK AB - This paper reports available British data from cross-sectional and longitudinal studies examining the long term impact of parental divorce on children's life chances. The authors suggest that an effect can be traced, lowering the educational attainment of both sexes and the socio-economic status of males in their mid-twenties following parental divorce or separation before the age of fourteen years. This effect is reduced but not removed by remarriage of the custodial parent. © 1986. N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CYSRD LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Maclean, M. N1 - References: Amsden, (1980) The economics of women and work, , Penguin Books, London; Atkins, Cherry, Douglas, Kiernan, Wadsworth, The 1946 British birth cohort survey: An account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) An empirical basis for primary prevention, Prospective longitudinal research in Europe, pp. 25-30. , S.A. Mednick, A.E. Baert, Oxford University Press, Oxford; Barrington, Eekelaar, Gibson, Raikes, (1977) The matrimonial jurisdiction of registrars, , Oxford University, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Oxford; Burgoyne, Clarke, (1984) Making a go of it, , Routledge and Kegan Paul, London; Dominian, (1965) Marital breakdown, , Penguin Books, London; Douglas, Broken families and child behavior (1970) Journal of the Royal College of Physicians, 4, pp. 203-210. , London; Douglas, Early disturbing events and later enuresis (1973) Bladder control and enuresis, pp. 109-117. , K. Kelvin, R.C. MacKeith, S.R. Meadow, Spastics International Medical Publishers, London; Dunnell, (1980) Family formation, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Eekelaar, (1984) Family law and social policy, , Weidenfeld and Nicholson, London; Eekelaar, Clive, Clarke, Raikes, (1977) Custody after divorce, , Oxford University, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Oxford; Eekelaar, Maclean, (1986) Maintenance after Divorce, , Oxford University Press; Elder, Liker, Jaworski, Hardship in lives: Depression influences from the 1930's to old age in post war America (1984) Life-span developmental psychology: Historical and generational effects, pp. 161-201. , C.A. McCluskey, H.W. Reese, Academic Press, New York; Espenshade, (1982) The economic consequences of changing family structures for children, families, and society, , The Urban Institute, Washington D.C, Mimeo; Ferri, (1976) Growing up in a one parent family, , National Foundation for Educational Research, Windsor; Fogelman, (1983) Growing up in Great Britain: Papers from the National Child Development Group Study, , Macmillan, London; Furstenberg, Spanier, (1984) Recycling the family, , Sage, Beverly Hills; Greenberg, Wolfe, The economic consequences of experiencing parental marital disruption (1982) Children And Youth Services Review, 4, pp. 141-162; Hart, (1976) When marriage ends, , Tavistock, London; Hill, Hill, Morgan, (1981) Persistence and change in economic status and the role of changing family composition in five thousand American families, 9. , University of Michigan, Institute for Social Research, Ann Arbor; Hoffman, Marital instability and the economic status of women (1977) Demography, 14, pp. 67-76. , February; Itzin, (1980) Splitting up, , Virago, London; Laslett, (1972) Households and family in past time, , University Press, Cambridge; Layard, The causes of poverty (1978) Background Paper no. 6, , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Leete, Anthony, Divorce and re-marriage: A record linkage study (1979) Population Trends, 16. , Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London; Maclean, Eekelaar, (1983) Children and divorce, , Oxford University, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Oxford; McCord, Some child-rearing antecedents of criminal behavior in adult men (1979) Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, pp. 1477-1486; Mnookin, (1978) Bargaining in the shadow of the law, , Oxford University, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Oxford; Pahl, Patterns of money management within marriage (1980) Journal of Social Policy, 9, pp. 313-335; Richards, Dyson, (1982) Separation, divorce and the development of children: A review, , Department of Health and Social Security, Cambridge Child Care and Development Group, (mimeo); Rutter, Giller, (1983) Juvenile delinquency: Trends and perspectives, , Penguin Books, London; Townsend, (1981) Poverty in the United Kingdom, , Penguin Books, London; Wadsworth, Early life events and later behavioral outcomes in a British longitudinal study (1979) Human functioning in longitudinal perspective, pp. 168-177. , S.B. Sells, R. Crandall, M. Roff, J.S. Strauss, R. Pollin, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore; Wadsworth, (1979) Roots of delinquency: Infancy, adolescence and crime, , Martin Robertson, Oxford, U.S. edition New York: Barnes and Noble; Wadsworth, Early stress and associations with adult health, behaviour and parenting (1984) Stress and disability in childhood, pp. 100-104. , N.R. Butler, B.D. Corner, John Wright and Sons, Bristol; Wadsworth, A lifetime prospective study of human adaption and health (1984) Breakdown in human adaptation to ‘stress’, pp. 80-85. , J. Cullen, J. Siegrist, Martinus Nijhoff, Boston; Wadsworth M.E.J. (in press-a). Evidence from three birth cohort studies lor longterm and cross-generational effects on the development of children. In P. Light & M.P.M. Richards (Eds.), Children of social worlds. Oxford: Polity Press; Wadsworth M.E.J. (in press-b). Relationship between parents and children. In J. Burgoyne & M.P.M. Richards (Eds.), Public and private lives: Reflections on family life in Britain; Wadsworth, Peckham, Taylor, The role of national longitudinal studies in the prediction of health, development and behaviour (1984) Monitoring the health of American children, pp. 63-83. , D.B. Walker, J.B. Richmond, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA; Wallerstein, Kelly, (1980) Surviving the break-up, , Grant Macintyre, London; Weitzman, (1985) The divorce revolution, , Free Press, New York; Wynn, (1964) Fatherless families, , Michael Joseph, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0001500018&doi=10.1016%2f0190-7409%2886%2990015-0&partnerID=40&md5=2be25e4bd75eee6970ba2e36e4fb419d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Early glomerular hyperfiltration in insulin-dependent diabetics and late nephropathy T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Clinical and Laboratory Investigation J2 - Scand. J. Clin. Lab. Invest. VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 201 EP - 206 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/00365518609083660 SN - 00365513 (ISSN) AU - Mogensen, C.E. AD - Second University Clinic of Internal Medicine, Kommunehospitalet, Aarhus, Denmark AB - The aim of this study was to clarify whether early gomerular hyperfiltration, a characteristic feature of insulin-dependent diabetes, is associated with late diabetic nephropathy. In 1984 we re-examined 12 patients previously investigated in our laboratory around 1970; entrance criteria were as follows: (1) male diabetics, clearly insulin-dependent, and age at onset of diabetes ≥20 years; (2) glomerular filtration rate (GFR) and renal plasma flow (RPF) measured at least 7 years before follow-up study; (3) duration of diabetes at initial examination 3-7 years. All patients fulfilling these criteria accepted a re-examination. The end-point at follow-up (final criterium) was the level of urinary albumin excretion (UAE), either elevated (≤15 μg/min) or normal (>15 μg/min). A clear discrimination was seen, patients being either grossly abnormal (95-4117 μg/min) or normal (2.6-7.4 μg/min). A marked difference in initial GFR was seen: 166 ml/min±15.4 in those with high UAE at follow-up versus 138±8.6 in patients with normal UAE at follow-up (2p=0.2% The GFR at follow-up was significantly decreased in diabetics with high follow-up UAE (mean values 166→80 ml/min) but stable in patients with low UAE (138→132 ml/min). Initial blood pressure, plasma glucose and RPF were not different between groups. Marked glomerular hyperfiltration, whatever its cause, may contribute to late glomerular damage in diabetic nephropathy. Early measurements of GFR and UAE can be used to identify patients at risk of subsequently developing nephropathy. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Albumin excretion KW - Diabetes KW - Diabetic nephropathy KW - GFR KW - Kidney function KW - insulin KW - clinical article KW - diabetes mellitus KW - diabetic nephropathy KW - drug therapy KW - endocrine system KW - glomerulus filtration KW - glomerulus filtration rate KW - human KW - insulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - kidney KW - kidney disease KW - kidney plasma flow KW - priority journal KW - proteinuria KW - subcutaneous drug administration KW - therapy KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Insulin-Dependent KW - Diabetic Nephropathies KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Glomerular Filtration Rate KW - Human KW - Kidney KW - Kidney Failure, Chronic KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :223 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJCLA C2 - 3715374 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mogensen, C.E.; Second University Clinic of Internal Medicine, Kommunehospitalet, DK-8000, Aarhus C, Denmark N1 - Chemicals/CAS: insulin, 9004-10-8 N1 - References: Cambier, P., Application de la théorie de Rehberg a l'etude clinique des affections rénales et du diabetes (1934) Ann Med, 35, pp. 273-299; Spühler, O., (1946) Zur Physio-pathologie der Niere, , Bern; Amsler, H.A., (1952) Diabetes mellitus und Kapillarper-meabilität (Inaugural-Dissertation), , Juris Verlag, Zurich; St. Cordes, G., Moro, E.E., Untersuchungen über die Inulinclearance bei Diabetikern mit Retinitis. Wien (1952) Klin Wschr, 64, pp. 175-177; Stadler, G., Schmid, R., Severe functional disorders of glomerular capillaries and renal hemodynamics in treated diabetes mellitus during childhood (1959) Ann Paediat, 193, pp. 129-138; Ditzel, J., Schwartz, M., Abnormally increased glomerular filtration rate in short-term insulin-treated diabetic subjects (1967) Diabetes, 16, pp. 264-267; Mogensen, C.E., Glomerular filtration rate and renal plasma flow in long-term juvenile diabetics without proteinuria (1972) Br Med J, 2, pp. 257-259; Mogensen, C.E., Kidney function and glomerular permeability to macromolecules in juvenile diabetes (1972) Dan Med Bull, 19; Mogensen, C.E., Christensen, C.K., Beck Nielsen, H., Vittinghus, E., Early changes in kidney function, blood pressue and the stages in diabetic nephropathy (1983) Prevention and Treatment of Diabetic Nephropathy, pp. 57-83. , Eds. H Keen, M Legrain. MTP Press Limited, Boston; Christiansen, J.S., On the pathogenesis of the increased glomerular filtration rate in short-term insulin-dependent diabetes (1984) Dan Med Bull, 31, pp. 349-361; Mogensen, C.E., Christensen, C.K., Prediction of diabetic nephropathy in insulin-dependent patients (1984) N Engl J Med, 311, pp. 89-93; Hostetter, T.H., Rennke, H.G., Brenner, B.M., The case for intrarenal hypertension in the initiation and progression of diabetic and other glomerulopathies (1982) Am J Med, 72, pp. 375-380; Hostetter, T.H., Rennke, H.G., Brenner, B.M., Compensatory renal hemodynamic injury: a final common pathways of residual nephron destruction (1982) Am J Kidney Dis, 1, pp. 310-314; Brenner, B.M., Hemodynamically mediated glomerular injury and the progressive nature of kidney disease (1983) Kidney Int, 23, pp. 647-655; Friedman, E.A., Diabetic nephropathy: strategies in prevention and management (1982) Kidney Int, 21, pp. 780-791; Mogensen, C.E., Kidney function and glomerular permeability to macromolecules in early juvenile diabetes (1971) Scand J Clin Lab Invest, 28, pp. 79-90; Mogensen, C.E., Glomerular filtration rate and renal plasma flow in short-term and long-term juvenile diabetes mellitus (1971) Scand J Clin Lab Invest, 28, pp. 91-100; Brøchner-Mortensen, J., Routine methods and their reliability for assessment of glomerular filtration rate in adults (1978) Dan Med Bull, 25, pp. 181-202; Miles, D.W., Mogensen, C.E., Gundersen, H.J.G., Radioimmunoassay for urinary albumin using a single antibody (1970) Scand J Clin Lab Invest, 26, pp. 5-11; Mogensen, C.E., Microalbuminuria and incipient diabetic nephropathy. Editorial review (1984) Diabetic Nephropathy, 3, pp. 75-78; Parving, H.-H., Viberti, G.C., Keen, H., Christiansen, J.S., Lassen, N.A., The haemodynamic origin of diabetic microangiopathy (1983) Metabolism, 32, pp. 943-949; Deckert, T., Lauritzen, T., Parving, H.-H., Christiansen, J.S., Effect of two years of strict metabolic control on kidney function in long-term insulin-dependent diabetics (1983) Diabetic Nephropathy, 2, pp. 6-10; Beck-Nielsen, H., Mogensen, C.E., Richelsen, B., Charles, P., Normalization of glomerular filtration rate and urinary albumin excretion in insulin dependent diabetes induced by improved metabolic control for 1 year (1984) Diabetes Care, , (in press); Mogensen, C.E., Hypertension in Diabetes and the Stages of Diabetic Nephropathy. Editorial Review (1982) Diabetic Nephropathy, 1, pp. 2-7; Mogensen, C.E., Christensen, C.K., Vittinghus, E., The stages in diabetic renal disease. With emphasis on the stage of incipient diabetic nephropathy (1983) Diabetes, 32, pp. 64-78; Christensen, C.K., Abnormal albuminuria and blood pressure rise in incipient diabetic nephropathy induced by exercise (1984) Kidney Int, 25, pp. 819-823 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022480141&doi=10.3109%2f00365518609083660&partnerID=40&md5=aa021bf0c77687fb18ad624bd7ab43b4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - EPILEPSY AND HANDICAP FROM BIRTH TO AGE 36 T2 - Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology J2 - Dev. Med. Child Neurol. VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 719 EP - 728 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1986.tb03923.x SN - 00121622 (ISSN) AU - Britten, N. AU - Morgan, K. AU - Fenwick, P.B.C. AU - Britten, H. AD - Department of Community Medicine, University College London, United Kingdom AD - Southmead and Frenchay District Health Authorities, Bristol, United Kingdom AD - The Maudsley Hospital, London, United Kingdom AD - Brent Health Authority, London, United Kingdom AD - The Middlesex Hospital Medical School, 66-72 Gower Street, London, WC1E 6EA, United Kingdom AB - Fifty‐five subjects with epilepsy were identified in the first 36 years of the 1946 birth cohort study. In 37 cases there was neither evident cause for the epilepsy nor associated brain‐damage and these are referred to as ‘uncomplicated’, the rest as ‘complicated’. Subjects with epilepsy came from poorer social backgrounds than the rest of the cohort. Mortality for both the complicated and uncomplicated groups was high. The educational and occupational achievements, marriage and parenthood, self‐esteem and psychiatric morbidity of those surviving to adult life were compared with individually matched controls drawn from the same population. For the uncomplicated group there was no evidence of handicap at age 26, but 10 years later handicap was evident in this group in the economic sphere and in self‐esteem. Epilepsie et handicap de la naissance à 36 ans Cinquante cinq sujets épileptiques ont été identifiés au cours des 36 premières années de l'étude de la cohorte née en 1946. Dans 37 cas, il n'apparaissait pas de causes évidentes des crises, ni lésions cérébrates associées et ces cas sont référés comme ‘non compliqués’, les autres comme ‘compliqués’. les sujets épileptiques provenaient d'un environnement social plus pauvre que le reste de la cohorte. La mortalité a étéélevée dans le groupe compliqué comme dans le groupe non compliqué. Les performances éducatives et professionnelles, le mariage et la descendance, l'auto‐estimation et la morbidité psychiatrique des cas survivants au cours de la vie adulte ont été compares individuellement avec des contrôles appariés provenant de la même population. Dans le groupe non compliqué, il n'y avait pas d'évidence de handicap à l'âge de 26 ans mais dix ans plus tard, le handicap était évident dans ce groupe, dans la sphère économique et dans l'auto‐estimation. Epilepsie und Behinderung: von der Geburl bis zum 36. Lebensjahr In einer Studie des Geburtenjahrganges 1946 wurden in den ersten 36 Jahren 55 Patienten mit Epilepsie diagnostiziert. Bei 37 Fällen fand sich weder eine eindeutige Ursache für die Anfälle noch ein Hirnschaden, und diese wurden als ‘unkompliziert’ eingestuft, die restlichen als ‘kompliziert’. Die Kinder mit Epilepsie kamen aus einer einfacheren sozialen Schicht als die übrigen Kinder dieser Studie. Die Mortalität war sowohl bei den komplizierten als auch bei den unkomplizierten Fällen hoch. Schulische und berufliche Leistungen, Zahl der Eheschließungen und Elternschaft, Selbstwertgefühl und psychiatrische Morbidität wurden von den Patienten, die bis zum Erwachsenenalter überlebten, mit individuell ausgewählten Kontrollen derselben Population verglichen. Die Patienten der unkomplizierten Gruppe zeigten im Alter von 26 Jahren keine Behinderung, 10 Jahre später jedoch waren deutliche Behinderungen im wirtschaftlichen Bereich und beim Selbstwertgefühl nachweisbar. Epilepsia y minusvalia desde el nacimiento hasta la edad de 36 años Cincuenta y cinco individuos con epilepsia fueron identificados en los primeros 36 años del estudio control de 1946. En 37 casos no habia causa evidente de las crisis ni asociación con lesion cerebral y tales casos son denominanados ‘no complicados' y el resto ‘complicados’. Individuos con epilepsia provenían de un medio social más pobre que el resto del grupo. La mortalidad para ambos grupos, complicados era alta. El nivel educativo y ocupacional alcanzados, matrimonio, paternidad, autoestima y morbilidad psiquiàtrica de aquellos que alcanzaron la edad adulta se comparó con controles individualmente homólogos, sacados de la misma población. En el grupo de no complicados no había evidencia de minusvalia a la edad de 26 años. Pero 10 años más tarde, la minusvalia era evidente en este grupo en la esfera económica y en la autoestima. Copyright © 1986, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - central nervous system KW - clinical article KW - disability KW - education KW - epidemiology KW - epilepsy KW - human KW - mortality KW - occupation KW - priority journal KW - psychological aspect KW - social aspect KW - Adult KW - Disabled Persons KW - England KW - Epilepsy KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Quality of Life N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 2950011 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Britten, N. N1 - References: Atkins, E., Cherry, N.M., Douglas, J.W.B., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M.E.J., The 1946 British birth cohort survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1980) An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention: Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe, , Mednick, S. A., Baert, A. E.,. London:, Oxford University Press; (1978) Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy, 2. , Part 2. Bethesda, MD:, National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare; Cooper, J.E., Epilepsy in a longitudinal survey of 5,000 children (1965) British Medical Journal, 1, pp. 1020-1022; Crombie, D.L., Cross, K.W., Fry, J., Pinsent, R.J.F.H., Watts, C.A.H., A survey of the epilepsies in general practice (1960) British Medical Journal, 2, pp. 416-422; Currie, S., Heathfield, K.W.G., Henson, R.A., Scott, D.F., Clinical course and prognosis of temporal lobe epilepsy. A survey of 666 patients (1971) Brain, 94, pp. 173-190; Gastaut, H., International classification of epileptic seizures (1969) Epilepsia, 10, p. S2; Goodridge, D.M.G., Shorvon, S.D., Epileptic seizures in a population of 6000. II: Treatment and prognosis (1983) British Medical Journal, 287, pp. 645-647; Graham, P., Rutter, M., Organic brain dysfunction and child psychiatric disorder (1968) British Medical Journal, 3, pp. 695-700; Harrison, R.M., Taylor, D.C., Childhood seizures: a 25 year follow‐up (1976) Lancet, 1, pp. 948-951; Hermann, B.P., Whitman, S., Behavioral and personality correlates of epilepsy: a review, methodological critique, and conceptual model (1984) Psychological Bulletin, 95, pp. 451-497; Kurland, L.T., The incidence and prevalence of convulsive disorders in a small urban community (1959) Epilepsia, 1, pp. 143-161; Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C., Richards, P., Long‐term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. I: Social outcome and childhood factors (1979) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 21, pp. 285-298; Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C., Richards, P., Long‐term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. III: Psychiatric aspects in childhood and adult life (1979) Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 21, pp. 630-636; Miller, F.J.W., Court, S.D.M., Walton, W.S., Knox, E.G., (1960) Growing up in Newcastle upon Tyne, , London:, Oxford University Press; Nelson, K.B., Ellenberg, J.H., Predictors of epilepsy in children who have experienced febrile seizures (1976) New England Journal of Medicine, 19, pp. 1029-1033; Passmore, R., Robson, J.S., (1974) Companion to Medical Studies, 3. , Oxford:, Blackwell Scientific; Pike, M.C., Morrow, R.H., Statistical analysis of patient‐control studies in epidemiology (1970) British Journal of Preventive and Social Medicine, 24, pp. 42-44; Pond, D.A., Bidwell, B.H., Stein, L., A survey of epilepsy in fourteen general practices. 1: Demographic and medical data (1960) Psychiatr Neurol Neurochir, 63, pp. 217-236; Rodgers, B., Mann, S.A., The reliability and validity of PSE assessments by lay interviewers: a national population survey (1986) Psychological Medicine, 16, pp. 689-700; Ross, E.M., Evans, D., Epilepsy in Bristol secondary school children (1972) Epilepsia, 13, pp. 7-12; Peckham, C.S., West, P.B., Butler, N.R., Epilepsy in childhood: findings from the National Child Development Study (1980) British Medical Journal, 1, pp. 207-210; Siegel, S., (1956) Nonparametric Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, , New York:, McGraw‐Hill; Sillanpää, M., Medico‐social prognosis of children with epilepsy (1973) Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica, 237, pp. 3-104; Smith, B., Sudden unexplained death in epileptics (1978) Commission for Control of Epilepsy and its Consequences. Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy, 2, pp. 302-312. , Part 2, Section viii, pp.,. Bethesda, MD, National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare; van den Berg, B.J., Yerushalmy, J., Studies on convulsive disorders in young children (1969) Pediatric Research, 3, pp. 298-304; Verity, C.M., Butler, N.R., Golding, J., Febrile convulsions in a national cohort followed up from birth. II: Medical history and intellectual ability at 5 years of age (1985) British Medical Journal, 290, pp. 1311-1315; Wing, J.K., Cooper, J.E., Sartorius, N., (1974) The Measurement and Classification of Psychiatric Symptoms, , London:, Cambridge University Press; (1980) International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities and Handicaps, , Geneva:, W.H.O UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0023002275&doi=10.1111%2fj.1469-8749.1986.tb03923.x&partnerID=40&md5=c6c4202c187d8380dbe16586439cbeaf ER - TY - JOUR TI - Short stay surgery for inguinal hernia: Experience of the Shouldice operation, 1970–1982 T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 124 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800730217 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Devlin, H.B. AU - Gillen, P.H.A. AU - Waxman, B.P. AU - Macnay, R.A. AD - North Tees General Hospital, Hardwick, Stockton‐on‐Tees, Cleveland, TS19 8PE, United Kingdom AD - University of Melbourne, Department of Surgery, Austin Hospital, Melbourne, 3084, Australia AD - Northern Regional Health Authority, Newcastle, NE6 4PY, United Kingdom AB - Between mid 1970 and mid 1982, 696 patients underwent 718 operations for primary inguinal hernias by the Shouldice surgical technique. Follow‐up to 31 December 1983 revealed 6 recurrences, 40 patients died during the follow‐up period and 37 were lost to the study. Five patients required re‐operation for complications of the suture material. Polypropylene was the most efficacious of the suture materials used during the study. Duration of hospital stay and age at operation do not influence the probability of recurrence. The operation gave consistently good results when performed by either a consultant surgeon or a surgeon in training. Using the Shouldice surgical technique the probability of recurrence of the inguinal hernia at 10 years is only 1 per cent. Copyright © 1986 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - Inguinal hernia KW - surgery KW - diagnosis KW - digestive system KW - economic aspect KW - herniorrhaphy KW - hospitalization KW - human KW - inguinal hernia KW - major clinical study KW - peritoneum KW - priority journal KW - small intestine KW - therapy KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hernia, Inguinal KW - Human KW - Length of Stay KW - Male KW - Methods KW - Middle Age KW - Recurrence KW - Reoperation KW - Sutures N1 - Cited By :64 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3947903 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Devlin, H.B.; North Tees General Hospital, Hardwick, Stockton‐on‐Tees, Cleveland, TS19 8PE, United Kingdom N1 - References: Bassini, E, Sulla cura radicale dell'ernia inguinale (1887) Arch Soc Ital Chir, 4, p. 380; Glassow, F, Inguinal hernia repair using local anaesthesia (1984) Ann R Coll Surg Engl, 66, pp. 382-387; Russell, IT, Devlin, HB, Fell, M, Glass, NJ, Newell, DJ, Day case surgery for hernias and haemorrhoids – A clinical, social and economic evaluation (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 844-847; Devlin, HB, Russell, IT, Muller, D, Sahay, AK, Tiwari, PN, Short stay surgery for inguinal hernia – clinical outcome of the Shouldice operation (1977) Lancet, 1, pp. 847-849; Datta, D, Zaida, A, Devlin, HB, Short‐stay surgery for inguinal hernia (1980) Lancet, 2, pp. 99-100; Devlin, HB, Inguinal hernia in adults (1983) Rob and Smith's Operative Surgery, , Dudley H, Pories WI, Carter DC, 4th ed., London, Butterworths; Marsden, AJ, Inguinal hernia: A three‐year review of two thousand cases (1962) Br J Surg, 49, pp. 384-394 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022622885&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800730217&partnerID=40&md5=658f8d9fb27af44e428de6bc68be773d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Plasma cell granuloma of lung and pleura T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 119 EP - 121 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/14017438609106487 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Harjula, A. AU - Mattila, S. AU - Kyösola, K. AU - Heikkilä, L. AU - Mäkinen, J. AD - Department of Pathology, University of Helsinki, Finland AD - Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, Helsinki University Central Hospital, Finland AB - A report is presented of seven patients with plasma cell granuloma of the lung or pleura. Two were operated on in 1970, three in 1971, one in 1973 and one in 1984. None of the patients had smoked cigarettes. Five had a history of infection. Most of the patients were young, healthy and working. The surgical treatment was lobectomy in four cases, bilobectomy in one case and resection of tumour in two cases. The histology of the tumours was re-evaluated, and was similar in all cases. They were composed mainly of plasma cells, lymphocytes and granulocytes, and small foci of calcification were also seen. No recurrence of tumour was found in observation up to 13 years postoperatively. One patient died of pancreatic carcionoma after 6 years. The others are doing well. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - clinical article KW - diagnosis KW - histology KW - histopathology KW - human KW - lung nodule KW - plasma cell granuloma KW - priority journal KW - respiratory system KW - therapy KW - thorax surgery KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Granuloma KW - Granuloma, Plasma Cell KW - Humans KW - Lung Diseases KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Pleural Diseases PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 3738441 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Harjula, A.; Department of Pathology, University of HelsinkiFinland N1 - References: Bahadori, M., Liebow, A.A., Plasma cell granulomas of the lung (1973) Cancer, 31, p. 191; Fisher, C., Grupp, C., Kenning, B., Lincoln, J.C.R., Peter, J.L., Pseudolymphoma of the lung. A rare cause of a solitary nodule (1980) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 80, p. 11; Mandelbaum, I., Brashear, R.E., Hull, M.T., Surgical treatment and course of pulmonary pseudotumor (plasma cell granuloma) (1981) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 82, p. 77; Mäkelä, V., Matilla, S., Mäkinen, J., Plasma cell granuloma (histiocytoma) of lung and pleura. Report on three cases (1972) Acta Pathol Microbiol Scand, 80, p. 634. , section A UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022606168&doi=10.3109%2f14017438609106487&partnerID=40&md5=a554edd7eb05acb48cad5191aff0b563 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation I. Methods of measurement and partial recording T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 149 EP - 157 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/00016358609026567 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Lavstedt, S. AU - Bolin, A. AU - Henrikson, C.O. AU - Carstensen, J. AD - Department of Oral Radiology and Department of Cancer Epidemiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AB - A longitudinal radiographic investigation was made of the progression of the proximal alveolar bone loss over a 10-year period (1970-1980). The material was unselected and consisted of 669 individuals in the county of Stockholm. Sixty-one individuals were randomly selected for evaluation of a recording system using alternative methods of measurement, and 90% of the measurement sites could then be assessed. The correlations between some of the methods were high, such as between measurement of alveolar bone height and root length and between aleveolar bone height and tooth length. To reduce the number of measurements, a partial recording was made, giving a high correlation coefficient between the partial recording and total recording. When five measurement sites (12m, 11m, 33 d, 31 d, 41 m) were used, the correlation coefficient was 0.96, and a slight increase of the coefficient was obtained when using additional sites. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Epidemiology KW - Periodontal diseases KW - Periodontal index KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - female KW - histology KW - human KW - jaw KW - jaw disease KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - osteolysis KW - pathology KW - radiography KW - randomization KW - tooth KW - tooth root KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Alveolar Process KW - Bone Resorption KW - Female KW - Human KW - Jaw Diseases KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Random Allocation KW - Tooth KW - Tooth Root PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 3461661 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Henrikson, C.O.; Department of Oral Radiology, Karolinska Institute, Box 4064, S-141 04, Huddinge, Sweden N1 - References: Sheppard, I.M., Alveolar resorption in diabetes mellitus (1936) Dent Cosm, 78, pp. 1075-1079; Schei, O., Waerhaug, J., Lövdal, A., Arno, A., Alveolar bone loss as related to oral hygiene and age (1959) J Periodontol, 30, pp. 7-16; Engelberger, A., Rateitschak, K.H., Marthaler, T.M., Zur Messung des parodontalen Knochenschwundes (1963) Helv Odontol Acta, 7, pp. 34-38; Björn, H., Hailing, A., Thyberg, H., Radiographic assessment of marginal bone loss (1969) Odontol Rev, 20, pp. 165-179; Selikowitz, H.-S., Sheiham, A., Albert, D., Williams, G.M., Retrospective longitudinal study of the rate of alveolar bone loss in humans using bite-wing radiographs (1981) J Clin Periodontol, 8, pp. 431-438; Håkansson, J., (1978) Dental care habits, attitudes towards dental health and dental status among 20–60 year old individuals in Sweden, , [Thesis]Malmö; Håkansson, J., Björn, A.-L., Jonsson, B.G., Assessment of the proximal periodontal bone height from radiographs with partial reproduction of the teeth (1981) Swed Dent J, 5, pp. 147-153; Rohner, F., Cimasoni, G., Vuagnat, P., Longitudinal radiographical study on the rate of alveolar bone loss in patients of a dental school (1983) J Clin Periodontol, 10, pp. 643-651; Lavstedt, S., Eklund, G., Some factors of significance for proximal marginal bone loss studied on an epidemiological material (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33, pp. 50-89; Henrikson, C.O., Lavstedt, S., Precision and accuracy in intraoral roentgenological determination of proximal marginal bone loss (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33, pp. 26-49; Goodson, J.M., Haffajee, A.D., Socransky, S.S., The relationship between attachment level loss and alveolar bone loss (1984) J Clin Periodontol, 11, pp. 348-359; Wheeler, R.C., (1958) A textbook of dental anatomy and physiology, , 3rd ed. W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia; Reed, B.E., Poison, A.M., Relationships between bitewing and periapical radiographs in assessing crestal alveolar bone levels (1984) J Periodontol, 55, pp. 22-27; Greene, J.C., Vermillion, J.R., The simplified oral hygiene index (1964) J Am Dent Assoc, 68, pp. 25-31; McHugh, W.D., McEwen, J.D., Hitchin, A.D., Dental disease and related factors in 13-year-old children in Dundee (1964) Br Dent J, 117, pp. 253-264; Marthaler, T.M., Engelberger, B., Rateitschak, K.H., Bone loss in Ramfjord's index: substitution of selected teeth (1971) Helv Odontol Acta, 15, pp. 121-126; Lavstedt, S., Eklund, G., Henrikson, C.O., Partial re-rording in conjunction with roentgenologic assessment of proximal marginal bone loss (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, 33, pp. 88-111 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022726652&doi=10.3109%2f00016358609026567&partnerID=40&md5=9d9500ac2ee5c1d87a05624faedb6b3b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation: IV. Smoking and some other factors influencing the progress in individuals with at least 20 remaining teeth T2 - Acta Odontologica Scandinavica J2 - Acta Odontol. Scand. VL - 44 IS - 5 SP - 263 EP - 269 PY - 1986 DO - 10.3109/00016358609004732 SN - 00016357 (ISSN) AU - Bolin, A. AU - Lavstedt, S. AU - Frithiof, L. AU - Henrikson, C.O. AD - Departments of Oral Radiology and Periodontology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden AB - In Sweden people in all age groups now have more remaining teeth than previously. An investigation has been made to identify some predictors of alveolar bone loss in a 10-year period in subjects with at least 20 remaining teeth. The material consisted of 349 individuals, examined radiographically, clinically, and by interview in 1970 and in 1980. These subjects, born in 1904-1952, constituted a subgroup, with regard to remaining teeth, of an unselected sample of the population of the old county of Stockholm. In the unselected sample statistically significant predictors of alveolar bone loss found in a stepwise multiple regression analysis were 1) alveolar bone loss in 1970,2) age, 3) number of lost teeth, and 4) Russell's Periodontal Index (PI). In the subgroup the predictors were in the order 1) Russell's PI and 2) smoking. The prediction values (R2) of further variables were marginal. The analyses showed that there was an interaction between PI and smoking, implying that the effect of smoking on alveolar bone loss was increased in individuals with high PI values. Furthermore, a tendency was found for a dose-response effect of tobacco consumption. This tendency almost disappeared when controlling for PI. Epidemiology; periodontal disease; periodontal index; prognosis; radiography, dental; smoking. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - edentulousness KW - female KW - human KW - jaw KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - osteolysis KW - pathology KW - periodontics KW - periodontitis KW - prognosis KW - radiography KW - smoking KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Alveolar Process KW - Bone Resorption KW - Female KW - Human KW - Jaw, Edentulous, Partially KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Periodontal Index KW - Periodontitis KW - Prognosis KW - Smoking PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :46 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOSCA C2 - 3468736 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Bolin, A.; Departments of Oral Radiology and Periodontology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Bolin, A., Lavstedt, S., Henrikson, C.O., Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographic investigation. III. Some predictors with a possible influence on the progress in an unselected material (1986) Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 257-262; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Jonsson, B., Tandtillstand och behov av tandv Srd hos en normal population. En longitudinell epidemilogisk studie (1982) Delegationen for social forskning. Rapport, 7; Hugoson, A., Koch, G., Thilander, H., Tandhäl-sotillståndet hos 1000 personer i åldrarna 3 till 70 år inom Jönköpings kommun (1974) Tandlakartid, 66, pp. 1284-1297; Arno, A., Schei, O., Lövdahl, A., Waerhaug, J., Alveolar bone loss as a function of tobacco consumption (1959) Acta Odontol Scand, 17, pp. 3-10; Lavstedt, S., Eklund, G., Some factors of significance for proximal marginal bone loss studied on an epidemiological material (1975) Acta Odontol Scand, pp. 50-89; Ismail, A.J., Burt, B.A., Eklund, S.A., Epidemiologic patterns of smoking and periodontal disease in the United States (1983) J Am Dent Assoc, 106, pp. 617-623; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographical investigation. II. A 10-year follow-up study of an epidemiological material (1986) Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 199-205; Pindborg, J.J., Tobacco and gingivitis (1947) J Dent Res, 26, pp. 261-264; Greene, J.C., Vermillion, Jr., The simplified oral hygiene index (1964) J Am Dent Assoc, 68, pp. 25-31; Russell, A.L., A system of classification and scoring for prevalence surveys of periodontal disease (1956) J Dent Res, 35, pp. 350-359; Lavstedt, S., Bolin, A., Henrikson, C.O., Carstensen, J., Proximal alveolar bone loss in a longitudinal radiographical investigation. I. Methods of measurement and partial recording (1986) Acta Odontol Scand, 44, pp. 149-157; Preber, H., Kant, T., Effect of tobacco-smoking on periodontal tissue of 15-year-old schoolchildren. A clinical and radiographical study (1973) J Periodont Res, 8, pp. 278-283; Preber, H., Kant, T., Bergstrom, J., Cigarette smoking, oral hygiene and periodontal health in Swedish army conscripts (1980) J Clin Periodontol, 7, pp. 106-113; Swenson, H.M., The effect of cigarette smoking on plaque formation (1979) J Periodontol, 50, pp. 146-147; Bergström, J., Short-term investigation on the influence of cigarette smoking upon plaque accumulation (1981) Scand J Dent Res, 89, pp. 235-238 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022803375&doi=10.3109%2f00016358609004732&partnerID=40&md5=f7df707fa9d0aeef2a7747be0d768bde ER - TY - JOUR TI - Changes of recollected menarcheal age and month among women in Tokyo over a period of 90 years T2 - Annals of Human Biology J2 - Ann. Hum. Biol. VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 547 EP - 554 PY - 1986 DO - 10.1080/03014468600008721 SN - 03014460 (ISSN) AU - Nakamura, I. AU - Shimura, M. AU - Nonaka, K. AU - Miura, T. AD - Department of Hygiene, Teikyo University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan AD - National Institute of Fitness and Sports in Kanoya, Kagoshima 891, Japan AB - Data on the recollected age at menarche of 47 881 women born between 1881 and 1970 were examined. The mean menarcheal age had changed from 15.1 years in those born up to 1900 to 12.5 years in those born during the 1960s. The age at menarche differed according to the month of birth, and the pattern of average age distribution by month of birth was not the same when the year of birth was different. Among women born before 1955 the menarcheal age was earlier in those born in the summer. However, among women born after 1955, menarche occurred later when they were born in the summer. The monthly distribution of menarche had also changed during this 90-year period. Two peaks in April and August were prominent among those born up to 1960. A third peak in January became also apparent in those born after 1960. © 1986 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - age KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - human experiment KW - japan KW - menarche KW - normal human KW - normal value KW - social aspect KW - Age Factors KW - Asia KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Eastern Asia KW - Japan KW - Menarche--changes KW - Menstruation KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Reproduction KW - Research Methodology KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Studies KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Female KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Menarche KW - Seasons KW - Tokyo PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AHUBB C2 - 3827200 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Nakamura, I.; Department of Hygiene, Teikyo University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan N1 - References: Bojlén, K., Bentzon, M.W., Seasonal variation in the occurrence of menarche in Copenhagen girls (1971) Human Biology, 43, pp. 493-501; Bojlén, K., Bentzon, M.W., Seasonal variation in the occurrence of menarche (1974) Danish Medical Bulletin, 21, pp. 161-168; Brucefors, A., A note on the accuracy of recalled age at menarche (1976) Annals of Human Biology, 3, pp. 71-73; Brundtland, G.H., Liestøl, K., Seasonal variations in menarche in Oslo (1982) Annals of Human Biology, 9, pp. 35-43; Burrel, R.J.W., Healy, M.J.R., Tanner, J.M., Age at menarche in South African Bantu schoolgirls living in the Transkei Reserve (1961) Human Biology, 33, pp. 250-261; Clegg, E.J., Secular changes in age at menarche and adult stature in Hebridean women (1980) Journal of Biosocial Science, 12, pp. 83-91; Damon, A., Bajema, C.J., Age at menarche: accuracy of recall after thirty-nine years (1974) Human Biology, 46, pp. 381-384; Farid-Coupal, N., Contreras, M.L., Castellano, H.M., The age at menarche in Carabobo, Venezuela with a note on the secular trend (1981) Annals of Human Biology, 8, pp. 283-288; Goodman, M.J., Secular changes in recalled age at menarche (letter to the editor) (1983) Annals of Human Biology, 10, p. 585; Grimm, H., Über jahreszeitliche Schwankungen im Eintritt der Menarche (1952) Zentralblatt für Gynäkologie, 74, pp. 1577-1581; Hajn, V., Menarche bei Frauen aus Olomouc (Tschechoslowakei) (1983) Anthropologie, 21, pp. 83-90; Hoshi, H., Kouchi, M., Secular trend of the age at menarche of Japanese girls with special regard to the secular acceleration of the age at peak height velocity (1981) Human Biology, 53, pp. 593-598; Liestøl, K., Social conditions and menarcheal age: the importance of early years of life (1982) Annals of Human Biology, 9, pp. 521-537; Matsuyama, S., Statistical studies on menarche of Japanese and Korean women, especially on the influence of the season (1944) Minzoku Eisei, 12, pp. 197-210. , (in Japanese); Miura, T., Shimura, M., Nakamura, I., Jahreszeitliche Schwankungen von Menarche und Geburtsmonat in Japan (1979) Ärztliche Jugendkunde, 70, pp. 37-40; Moriyama, M., Kashiwazaki, H., Takemoto, T., Suzuki, T., A secular trend in age at menarche in Sendai city and its surroundings (1977) Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine, 123, pp. 393-394; Nagai, N., Matsumoto, K., Mino, T., Takeuchi, H., Takeda, S., The secular trends in the menarcheal age and the maximum growth age in height for Japanese schoolgirls (1980) Wakayama Medical Reports, 23, pp. 41-45; Oldstone, M.B.A., Rodriguez, M., Daughaday, W.H., Lampert, P., Viral perturbation of endocrine function: disordered cell function leads to disturbed homeostasis and disease (1984) Nature, 307, pp. 278-281; Richter, J., Deutet sich das Ende der Sexualakzeleration an? (1981) Zeitschrift für die gesamte Hygiene, 27, pp. 485-487; Shimura, M., Miura, T., Säkularer Wandel in der Saison-Verteilung der Menarche in Tokio (1980) Ärztliche Jugendkunde, 71, pp. 365-368; Shimura, M., Miura, T., Menarchealter und Geburtsmonat in Japan (1981) Ärztliche Jugendkunde, 72, pp. 8-13; Simell, G., Uber das Menarchealter in Finnland (1952) Acta paediatrica, 84, pp. 7-82. , (Supplement); Tanner, J.M., (1962) Growth and Adolescence 2nd edition, pp. 152-155. , Blackwell Scientific Oxford; Tanner, J.M., Trend towards earlier menarche in London, Oslo, Copenhagen, the Netherlands and Hungary (1973) Nature, 243, pp. 95-96; Valsík, J.A., The seasonal rhythm of menarche; a review (1965) Human Biology, 37, pp. 75-90; van Wiergingen, J.C., Secular growth changes (1978) Postnatal Growth, 2. , Eds. F. Falkner, J.M. Tanner Plenum Press New York, London In Human Growth; Wyshak, G., Frisch, R.E., Evidence for a secular trend in age of menarche (1982) New England Journal of Medicine, 306, pp. 1033-1035 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022901772&doi=10.1080%2f03014468600008721&partnerID=40&md5=ff231eb32e2d55ab7cf28e70b0ffd478 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Growth curve and age of maximum increment in mean height for Koreans T2 - Japanese Journal of Hygiene J2 - JPN. J. HYG. VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 659 EP - 665 PY - 1985 SN - 00215082 (ISSN) AU - Jwa, S.I. AU - Mino, T. AU - Konishi, H. AU - Matsumoto, K. AU - Takeda, S. AD - Department of Hygiene, Wakayama Medical College, Wakayama, Japan AB - The Annual Report of Statistics on Education, published yearly by the Korean Government, provides data on the mean height of Korean children at ages 6-17 from 1962 to 1983. By converting the annual cross-sectional data into birth-year cohorts to obtain the growth curve and annual height increments at each cohort, an attempt was made to clarify the recent acceleration of growth among Korean children. The results were as follows: The 1967 cohort of boys, i.e. boys born in 1967, indicated that the age of maximum increment in mean height (MI age) was 13.21 years of age and the 1970 cohort of girls was 10.50 years of age. Their adolescent growth levels were almost the same as the levels for Japanese born in the same period. The 1949-1962 cohorts of both sexes indicated that annual height increments had two modes at 12 and 15 years of age, i.e. bimodality. The ages corresponding to these two modes fall on the points immediately after going on to junior or senior high school, and there were statistically negative correlations between annual increments at these ages and the ratio of students going on to high schools. In the cohorts in which the said ratio was relatively lower, those who entered the upper schools were inclined to be superior to non-high school students in height. It is, therefore, considered that the specific bimodality of annual height increments resulted from the said tendency, that is, from abnormally large increments due to the quality of population size. Our method of calculation computed out the MI age of the cohorts (for boys born in 1965, girls in 1966 and after) showing unimodality. On the other hand, the MI age of the cohorts which showed bimodality was worked out from the estimated value on which the height growth after junior high school in Korea was presumed by actually observing height growth for the whole six years of primary school. It was assumed that the height growth of Koreans follows almost the same growth curve as that of Japanese. The actual change of MI age was found to be in agreement with the logistic curve and a striking lowering. The acceleration of growth in Korea indicated a delay of 20-21 years when compared with Japan, and an acceleration rate was 1.3-1.4 times faster than Japan. KW - adolescent KW - body height KW - cohort analysis KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - geographic distribution KW - growth KW - growth curve KW - growth retardation KW - human KW - japan KW - methodology KW - normal human KW - school child KW - sex difference KW - short survey KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Asian Continental Ancestry Group KW - Body Height KW - Child KW - Growth KW - Humans KW - Japan KW - Korea N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NEZAA C2 - 4068321 LA - Japanese UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022260825&partnerID=40&md5=2e832e74b2ce0ab35fd655b680048e30 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Does delayed onset of regular respiration matter? T2 - Health Visitor J2 - HEALTH VISIT. VL - 58 IS - 9 SP - 255 EP - 256 PY - 1985 SN - 00179140 (ISSN) AU - Peters, T. AU - Harragin, R. AU - Golding, J. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Factors associated with delayed respiration at birth and the subsequent effects of delayed respiration on development are considered, using the British Birth 1970 Survey and information about surviving children at five years of age. KW - asphyxia KW - birth KW - breathing KW - central nervous system KW - follow up KW - human KW - newborn KW - prognosis KW - respiratory system KW - survival N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: HEVIA LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022256826&partnerID=40&md5=74262442f64f4ebfcbfbcac8c74924d3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Another look at the pill and breast cancer T2 - Lancet J2 - LANCET VL - 2 IS - 8462 SP - 985 EP - 987 PY - 1985 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AB - A large case-control study conducted in the USA (the CASH study) presents evidence that early use of oral contraceptives (OCs) is not associated with any subsequent change in the risk of breast cancer in women up to 45 years of age. There is a danger of accepting comfortable results on OCs and breast cancer before we can be certain that there is no effect. If all epidemiological studies had been negative, then the temptation now would be to conclude that the pill has no effect on breast cancer risk. But as long ago as 1981 the cohort study of the Royal College of General Practitioners (RCGP) indicated that among women under 35 years old at diagnosis there was a threefold increased risk of breast cancer, of borderline statistical significance, associated with everuse of the pill. This was dismissed as a chance finding at the time. Of the two large British cohort studies this was the only one to recruit very young women at some risk of long-term exposure before their first pregnancy. At the very least, we must await the updated analysis of this study before final acceptance of the CASH verdict. Investigators should specifically investigate and report on the estimated effects associated with early long-term use of OCs, categorised by the interval between exposure and diagnosis of breast cancer. Considerations of the effect of particular oestrogens and progestagens at particular times of a woman's life lead to quite another dimension of uncertainty, and it is to be hoped that the current epidemiological studies will throw some light on this confused area and emerge with concrete information on the biology of this enigmatic disease. The evidence might be useful for the prevention of breast cancer as well as for safe contraception. This article presents a critical review of the contradictory findings of studies on the link between oral contraceptive (OC) use and breast cancer risk. The most recent of these studies, a large case-control study conducted in the US (the CASH study), found no change in the risk of breast cancer in OC users up to 45 years of age. This finding contrasts with Pike et al's conclusion that longterm use of OCs at a young age is associated with a substantial increase in breast cancer risk up to age 37 years. Further conclusions must await more epidemiologic investigation, mainly case-control studies. It is possible that a latent period is involved. It may be, for example, that 4 or more years of OC use before 25 years of age multiplies the risk of breast cancer by 3, but only after 10 years. If this is the case, the overall results of all epidemiologic studies that include young cases of breast cancer will underestimate any real effect of the longterm risk of early OC use. The precision and accuracy of such studies will improve steadily throughout the 1980s as the proportion of cases of breast cancer under the age of 45 years attributable to OC use increases. Moreover, there is some evidence that OC use among young women in the US lags 5 years behind that in the UK. The observation in the CASH study of risk only among the 20-24-year age group is not consistent unless longterm use among the young is such a recent practice that women over 25 years of age were not commonly exposed. In the future, investigators should specifically explore and report on the estimated effects associated with early longterm use of OCs, categorized by the interval between exposure and diagnosis of breast cancer. Finally, it is hoped that considerations of the effect of particular estrogens and progestagens at particular times of a woman's life will be made. Such evidence has potential for the prevention of breast cancer as well as for safe contraception. KW - estrogen KW - gestagen KW - oral contraceptive agent KW - adverse drug reaction KW - age KW - breast KW - breast cancer KW - cancer risk KW - chemical carcinogenesis KW - drug mixture KW - drug therapy KW - editorial KW - epidemiology KW - human KW - oral drug administration KW - priority journal KW - therapy KW - united states KW - Age Factors KW - Americas KW - Breast Cancer KW - Cancer KW - Contraception--side effects KW - Contraceptive Agents, Female--side effects KW - Contraceptive Agents--side effects KW - Contraceptive Methods--side effects KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Diseases KW - Family Planning KW - Literature Review KW - Neoplasms KW - North America KW - Northern America KW - Oral Contraceptives--side effects KW - Population KW - Population At Risk KW - Population Characteristics KW - Research Methodology KW - United States KW - Adult KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Contraceptives, Oral KW - Female KW - Human KW - Risk N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Editorial DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 2865505 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Contraceptives, Oral UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022360334&partnerID=40&md5=39ba8f8e4792f360d35ce3060f9ee293 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Congenital rubella in the United Kingdom before 1970: the prevaccine era. T2 - Reviews of Infectious Diseases J2 - Rev Infect Dis VL - 7 Suppl 1 SP - S11 EP - 16 PY - 1985 SN - 01620886 (ISSN) AU - Peckham, C. AB - Congenital rubella in England and Wales before the introduction of rubella vaccine is described. Data are derived from selected hospital studies of children with congenital rubella and on prospective follow-up studies of women infected with rubella during pregnancy. Estimates based on epidemiologic studies suggest that rubella accounted for 15% of the cases of sensorineural deafness in children and for 2% of congenital heart defects. From this information it can be calculated that in England and Wales 200-300 babies would have been born with serious defects due to congenital rubella infection each year, in the absence of an epidemic, if rubella vaccination had not been introduced. The importance of continued surveillance of congenital rubella defects and terminations of pregnancy because of rubella infection is stressed. KW - rubella vaccine KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - article KW - child KW - congenital heart malformation KW - female KW - follow up KW - hearing impairment KW - human KW - induced abortion KW - newborn KW - pregnancy KW - pregnancy complication KW - preschool child KW - prospective study KW - rubella KW - United Kingdom KW - Abortion, Induced KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Deafness KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Heart Defects, Congenital KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications, Infectious KW - Prospective Studies KW - Rubella KW - Rubella Vaccine N1 - Cited By :36 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 4001719 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Peckham, C. N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Rubella Vaccine UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022037013&partnerID=40&md5=b66fc46db1ae41ee4d9d753a5799aa77 ER - TY - JOUR TI - "International cooperation in cancer research" research on radiation carcinogenicity T2 - Japanese Journal of Cancer and Chemotherapy J2 - Gan To Kagaku Ryoho VL - 12 IS - 3 Pt 2 SP - 585 EP - 588 PY - 1985 SN - 03850684 (ISSN) AU - Kato, H. AB - Since it is impossible to estimate radiation carcinogenesis in man, particularly its type and the magnitude of risk, from data obtained from animal experiments, it is necessary to conduct studies directly using epidemiological data on human populations. In addition to A-bomb survivors, populations subject to occupational exposure and medical exposure are considered as samples for epidemiological study of radiation carcinogenesis. With regard to A-bomb survivors, the Japanese National Institute of Health and the Atomic Bomb Causality Commission (ABCC) of the U.S. initiated joint programs in 1947, two years after the bombings, and they have energetically engaged in research activities since then. Especially after 1950 a fixed population of approximately 110,000 individuals, composed of A-bomb survivors and non-exposed subjects as controls, was established and a large-scale epidemiological prospective study has been conducted for a long-term follow-up of the population. In 1970 the JNIH-ABCC was reorganized as the Radiation Effects Research Foundation, a joint U.S.-Japan research organization, but the research programs have been continued. The results are often cited as the most reliable data available in the reports of both the United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation (UNSCEAR report) and the U.S. Committee on the Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation (BEIR report), and are also regarded as important data in the calculation of permissible dose (dose limit) by the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP). Scientists from various countries other than the U.S., such as the United Kingdom, Israel, the People's Republic of China and Indonesia in the capacity of visiting research fellows have engaged in collaborative studies in the fields of epidemiology, immunology, cytogenetics and pathology at the REF Recently a British biostatistician, engaged in an analysis of the follow-up study for a fixed population of approximately 20,000 individuals who underwent radiotherapy for ankylosing spondylitis in the United Kingdom, joined the Foundation to make a comparative study of research data concerning a fixed population of A-bomb survivors, especially the mortality rate from cancer, using the same analytical method as that employed in England and confirmed that the developmental pattern of radiation-induced cancer is almost the same in the two populations. This is one typical example of the collaborative studies being carried out. At present, reassessment of radiation dosimetry, which provides a basis for risk estimation, is being conducted with the cooperation of radiation physicists in U.S. and Japan.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400 WORDS) KW - article KW - atomic warfare KW - human KW - international cooperation KW - Japan KW - maximum allowable concentration KW - radiation injury KW - research KW - English Abstract KW - Human KW - International Cooperation KW - Japan KW - Maximum Allowable Concentration KW - Neoplasms, Radiation-Induced KW - Nuclear Warfare KW - Research N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 3985633 LA - Japanese N1 - Correspondence Address: Kato, H. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022038904&partnerID=40&md5=77c85d298dd0fb3fe15e632056e975fa ER - TY - JOUR TI - Spectacle prescribing among 10-year-old children T2 - British Journal of Ophthalmology J2 - Br. J. Ophthalmol. VL - 69 IS - 12 SP - 874 EP - 880 PY - 1985 DO - 10.1136/bjo.69.12.874 SN - 00071161 (ISSN) AU - Stewart-Brown, S. AD - Department of Child Healthy, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Between 10 and 12% of the 10-year-old children in the 1970 national birth cohort were prescribed a pair of spectacles. One-fifth of these childen had no impairment of visual acuity and a further 15-20% had only minimal visual defects. Only two-thirds of children with spectacles could produce them when asked to do so at the survey. school medical examination; this was particularly common among those in the lower social classes and among children who had no detectable impairment. The information presented in this paper combined with that from earlier national birth cohort studies suggests that overprescribing of spectacles to school children is very common. The financial implications of this overprescribing are discussed. KW - child KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - refraction KW - school child KW - spectacles KW - therapy KW - visual acuity KW - visual system KW - Child KW - Eyeglasses KW - Female KW - Headache KW - Human KW - Male KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - Vision Disorders KW - Visual Acuity PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJOPA C2 - 4084477 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Stewart-Brown, S.; Department of Community Medicine, Southmead Hospital, Westbury-on-Trym, Bristol BS10 5NB, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022407858&doi=10.1136%2fbjo.69.12.874&partnerID=40&md5=ad0afc0b37c2c028d322d479bc6c9ea8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Visual acuity in a national sample of 10 year old children T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 107 EP - 112 PY - 1985 DO - 10.1136/jech.39.2.107 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Stewart-Brown, S. AU - Butler, N. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - The prevalence of defects of visual acuity among the 10 year old children in the 1970 birth cohort was 22.1%, but only in one third of these children was the defect more severe than 6/9. Defects were more common among girls. The relation of defects to social class was complex. Comparison with data collected on the children of the 1958 cohort when they were 11 years old suggests that although the prevalence of 6/9 visual acuity has remained constant over the last decade, the prevalence of more severe defects has declined from 12.9% to 7.3%. These findings have a number of implications for the provision of screening programmes and of ophthalmic services for children. KW - cohort analysis KW - diagnosis KW - epidemiology KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - maturity KW - methodology KW - morbidity KW - normal human KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - screening KW - sex difference KW - short survey KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - visual acuity KW - visual impairment KW - visual system N1 - Cited By :15 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 4009094 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021873252&doi=10.1136%2fjech.39.2.107&partnerID=40&md5=352f2c6ef2e160591d9b3ded2b72fe7b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Social class mortality differentials: artefact, selection or life circumstances? T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 PY - 1985 DO - 10.1136/jech.39.1.1 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Fox, A.J. AU - Goldblatt, P.O. AU - Jones, D.R. AD - Social Statistics Research Unit, The City University, Northampton Square, London EC1V 0HB, United Kingdom AB - Data from 10 years follow up of mortality in the OPCS Longitudinal Study are used to relate deaths of men in 1976-81 to their social class as recorded by the 1971 census. Explanations of social class mortality differentials are critically reviewed in the light of these new data. The similarity between the class differentials observed for men aged 15-64 years in this study and those reported in the 1970-2 Decennial Supplement on Occupational Mortality indicate that the published gradients were not in fact grossly distorted by numerator denominator biases. Distortions to gradients observed in the early years of the longitudinal study and ascribed to selective health related mobility out of employment from the principal social classes to the permanently sick had largely worn off after five years of follow up. Sharp gradients at ages over 75 years, similar to those at younger ages, suggest that, for men aged over 50 years, selective health related mobility between social classes does not contribute to differentials in mortality. KW - age KW - economic aspect KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - short survey KW - social aspect KW - social class KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :179 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 3989429 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021907645&doi=10.1136%2fjech.39.1.1&partnerID=40&md5=997f55a2e0b6c4441e90377f9f92fd49 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Head circumference charts updated T2 - Archives of Disease in Childhood J2 - Arch. Dis. Child. VL - 60 IS - 10 SP - 936 EP - 939 PY - 1985 DO - 10.1136/adc.60.10.936 SN - 00039888 (ISSN) AU - Ounsted, M. AU - Moar, V.A. AU - Scott, A. AD - Department of Paediatrics, University of Oxford, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford OX3 9DU, United Kingdom AB - Head circumference measurements from birth to 7 years, obtained from longitudinal data on children born between 1970 and 1977, are set against those from studies made in the United Kingdom earlier this century. A positive secular trend is shown. The children's heads were significantly larger than those born in the same locality 25 years earlier. Growth charts should be updated, as necessary, with each succeeding generation. KW - growth KW - growth curve KW - head circumference KW - human KW - infant KW - preschool child KW - priority journal KW - school child KW - united kingdom KW - Aging KW - Cephalometry KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Head KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Reference Values KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't PB - BMJ Publishing Group N1 - Cited By :41 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADCHA C2 - 4062346 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Ounsted, M.; Department of Paediatrics, University of Oxford, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford OX3 9DU, United Kingdom UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022342386&doi=10.1136%2fadc.60.10.936&partnerID=40&md5=a0e1841771640cb155d193a720a13507 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Genito-urinary tuberculosis in Glasgow 1970 to 1979: A review of 230 patients T2 - Scottish Medical Journal J2 - SCOTT. MED. J. VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 34 PY - 1985 DO - 10.1177/003693308503000107 SN - 00369330 (ISSN) AU - Ferrie, B.G. AU - Rundle, J.S.H. AD - Department of Urology, Royal Infirmary, Glasgow, United Kingdom AB - Two hundred and thirty patients with genito-urinary tuberculosis presenting between 1970 and 1979 were reviewed. In 22 per cent there was a history of previous tuberculosis and a family history in 14 per cent. Night sweats and weight loss were uncommon. The mean duration of medical treatment was 17 months. Surgery was necessary in 49 per cent of patients but reconstructive procedures were only performed in 7 per cent of cases. The mean follow-up period after diagnosis was 46 months. Patients with initial renal calcification were followed-up for a similar time to those with no calcification. Complications during follow-up were no more common in those with initial renal calcification than in those without this feature. With the exception of 1971 and 1972, there was a steady incidence of 20 or so new cases of genito-urinary tuberculosis per year in Glasgow. KW - corticosteroid KW - ethambutol KW - isoniazid KW - rifampicin KW - streptomycin KW - clinical article KW - drug therapy KW - epidemiology KW - female genital system KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - incidence KW - male genital system KW - Mycobacterium tuberculosis KW - nervous system KW - priority journal KW - therapy KW - tuberculosis KW - United Kingdom KW - urinary tract KW - urogenital tuberculosis N1 - Cited By :13 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SMDJA C2 - 3983618 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: ethambutol, 10054-05-4, 1070-11-7, 3577-94-4, 74-55-5; isoniazid, 54-85-3, 62229-51-0, 65979-32-0; rifampicin, 13292-46-1; streptomycin, 57-92-1 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021991841&doi=10.1177%2f003693308503000107&partnerID=40&md5=6d53ddce2ee203327e67d1943fad5835 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A long-term study of the clinical course in 186 patients T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology J2 - Scand. J. Gastroenterol. VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 516 EP - 524 PY - 1985 DO - 10.3109/00365528509089690 SN - 00365521 (ISSN) AU - Krause, U. AU - Ejerblad, S. AU - Bergman, L. AD - Dept. of Surgery, University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden AB - A series of 186 patients treated for Crohn's disease during the period 1956 to 1968 has been followed up in 1970, 1975, and now in 1983. Among 173 patients operated on there were 89 recurrences (52% After a follow-up time >14 years (mean, 18 years) 'radical' resections at the first operation gave a lower recurrence rate (31% fewer reoperations, and a better quality of life compared with non-'radical' resections (recurrence rate, 83% The quality of life estimated for all patients alive in 1983, 152 patients, was good in 89%; 8.6% had moderate subjective symptoms, and 2.6% had pronounced subjective symptoms. With an increasing follow-up time there was no decrease in the patients' quality of life. Ileorectal anastomosis did not give very good results; proctocolectomy and ileostomy, however, gave good results. Regular investigation of all patients is of vital importance to give them a good quality of life. © 1985 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Clinical study KW - Crohn's disease KW - Enterocolitis KW - Regional KW - crohn disease KW - digestive system KW - follow up KW - human KW - life satisfaction KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - small intestine KW - surgery KW - therapy KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Colectomy KW - Crohn Disease KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Ileostomy KW - Ileum KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Prognosis KW - Quality of Life KW - Rectum KW - Recurrence KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :42 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJGRA C2 - 4023619 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Krause, U.; Dept. of Surgery, University Hospital, 5-757 85, Uppsala, Sweden N1 - References: Krause, U., Bergman, L., Norlén, B.J., (1971) Scand J Gastroenterol, 6, pp. 97-108; Bergman, L., Krause, U., (1977) Scand J Gastroenterol, 12, pp. 937-944; Lockhart-Mummery, H.E., Morson, B.C., (1960) Gut, 1, pp. 87-94; Marshak, R.H., Lindner, A.E., (1972) Clin Gastroenterol, 1, pp. 411-432; Edwards, H.J., (1964) J Roy Coll Surg Edinb, 9, pp. 115-127; Goligher, J.C., (1975) Surgery of the anus, rectum and colon, , Bailliére Tindall, London; Goligher, J.C., (1980) Surgery of the anus, rectum and colon, , Bailltere Tindall, London; Hellberg, R., Hulten, L., Rosengren, C., Åhrén, C., (1980) Acta Chir Scand, 146, pp. 435-443; Fasth, S., Hellberg, R., Hultén, L., ÅAhrén, C., (1981) Acta Chir Scand, 147, pp. 569-576; Alexander-Williams, J., Fornaro, M., (1982) Chirurg, 53, pp. 799-801; Krause, U., (1978) Acta Chir Scand, 144, pp. 163-174; Colcock, B.P., Vansan, J.H., (1960) New Engl J Med, 262, pp. 435-439; Fasth, S., Hellberg, R., Hultén, L., Magnusson, O., (1980) Acta Chir Scand, 146, pp. 519-526; Krause, U., (1979) Z Gastroenterol, 17, pp. 171-178; Krause, U., (1982) Scand J Gastroenterol, 17, p. 96; Krause, U., (1984) Ital J Gastroenterol, , (in press); Truelove, S.C., Pena, S., (1976) Gut, 17-17, pp. 192-201; Prior, P., Fielding, J.S., Waterhouse, J.A., Cooke, W.T., (1970) Lancet, 1, pp. 1135-1137; Pennington, L., Hamilton, S.R., Bailess, T.M., Cameron, J.L., (1980) Ann Surg, 192, pp. 311-318; Lee, E.C.G., Papaioannou, N., (1980) Clin Gastroenterol, 9, pp. 419-425; Kåen, R., Serch-Hanssen, A., Thoresen, B.O., Hertz-Berg, J., (1981) Scand J Gastroenterol, 16, pp. 57-64; Nygaard, K., Fausa, O., (1977) Scand J Gastroenterol, 12, pp. 577-584; Wolff, B.G., Beart, R.W., Frydenberg, H.B., Weiland, L.H., Agrez, M.W., Ilstrup, D.M., (1983) Dis Colon Rectum, 26, pp. 230-243; Veidenheimer, M.C., Nugent, F.W., Haggitt, R.C., (1976) Surg Clin North Am, 56, pp. 721-725; Alexander-Williams, J., Buschmann, P., (1980) Clin Gastroenterol, 9, pp. 409-417; Veidenheimer, M.C., Dailey, T.H., Meissner, W.A., (1970) Am J Surg, 119, pp. 375-378; Aggett, P.J., Harries, J.T., (1979) Arch Dis Child, 54, pp. 909-917; Hallbo, S.T., Lanner, E., (1972) Lancet, 2, pp. 780-782; McClain, C., Soutor, C., Zieve, L., (1980) Gastroenterology, 78, pp. 272-279; Weismann, K., Hjort, N., Fischer, A., (1976) Clin Exp Dermatol, 1, pp. 237-242 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021802589&doi=10.3109%2f00365528509089690&partnerID=40&md5=2359fea0a072c288bbc9406ecd06bd44 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Prediction of cervical and low-back pain based on routine school health examinations a nine-to twelve-year follow-up study T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Primary Health Care J2 - Scand. J. Prim. Health Care VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 247 EP - 253 PY - 1985 DO - 10.3109/02813438509013957 SN - 02813432 (ISSN) AU - Hertzberg, A. AD - Kommunelege, Fargarveien 5, Røros, N-7460, Norway AB - The school health records of 302 persons from the village of Röros, Norway, were scrutinized concerning the notes made by the author when performing a routine school health examination of all the subjects, then aged 16, in the years 1970-73. The notes concerning assessment of posture, findings on muscle palpation, subjective complaints and decisions of therapeutic measures were recorded and classified. A follow-up study was made in 1982 by sending the subjects a questionnaire asking information on subjective complaints, health care consumption and incapacity due to cervical and low-back pain during the follow-up period of 9-12 years. Information was obtained from 98% of the material. The initial findings at the school health examination were considered as risk factors, and the reported morbidity during follow-up period as outcome measures. Morbidity from cervical and low-back pain in the groups with and without each risk factor was then compared. The results show that muscular tension in adolescence, especially in the neck and shoulders, is a significant risk factor for later excess morbidity from cervical pain. No consistent risk factor for lumbar pain was found. Cervical pain occurred more frequently in the females than in the males, while there was no difference between the sexes in the occurrence of lumbar pain. Lumbar pain tends to be somewhat more incapacitating than cervical pain. © 1985 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Backache KW - Cervicobrachial disorders KW - Headache KW - School health KW - cervicobrachial neuralgia KW - child KW - clinical article KW - etiology KW - headache KW - human KW - low back pain KW - muscle KW - musculoskeletal system KW - neck pain KW - school health service KW - sex difference KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Back Pain KW - Cervical Vertebrae KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Lumbar Vertebrae KW - Male KW - Medical Records KW - Muscle Contraction KW - Norway KW - Physical Examination KW - Risk KW - School Health Services KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :63 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJPCD C2 - 2934780 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hertzberg, A.; Kommunelege, Fargarveien 5, Røros, N-7460, Norway N1 - References: Johnsson, B., Postural faults in schoolchildren (1983) A physiotherapeutic approach, , Studentlitteratur, Lund; Willner, S., Spinal pantograph—a non-invasive technique for describing kyphosis and lordosis in the thoraco-lumbar spine (1981) Acta Orthop Scand, 52, pp. 525-529; Willner, S., Moiré topography—a method for school screening of scoliosis (1979) Arch Orthop Traumat Surg, 95, pp. 181-185; Giles, L.G., Taylor, J.R., Low-back pain associated with leg length inequality (1981) Spine, 6 (5), pp. 510-521; Rogala, E.J., Scoliosis: Incidence and natural history (1978) J Bone Joint Surg, 60-A (2), pp. 173-176; Dickson, R.A., School screening for scoliosis: Cohort study of clinical course (1980) Br Med J, ii, pp. 265-267; Leaver, J.M., Prescriptive screening for adolescent scoliosis: A review of the evidence (1982) Int J Epidemiol, 11 (2), pp. 101-111; Gyntelberg, F., One year incidence of low back pain among male residents of Copenhagen aged 40–59 (1974) Dan Med Bull, 21, pp. 130-136; Biering-Sørensen, F., A prospective study of low back pain in a general population (1983) Scand J Rehab Med, 15, pp. 71-79; Dullum, L.L., Goldschmidt, A., Undersøgelse af effekten af profylaktisk holdningsundervisning af skoleelever (1976) Ugeskr Læg, 138 (32), pp. 1929-1933; Friberg, O., Clinical symptoms and biomechanics of lumbar spine and hip joints in leg length inequality (1983) Spine, 8 (6), pp. 643-651 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0022198043&doi=10.3109%2f02813438509013957&partnerID=40&md5=e1f6a5f0c79eb451120bdb10d69a23e1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Extent of partial laryngectomies T2 - Acta Oto-Laryngologica J2 - Acta Oto-Laryngol. VL - 99 IS - 3-4 SP - 224 EP - 228 PY - 1985 DO - 10.3109/00016488509108901 SN - 00016489 (ISSN) AU - Krajina, Z. AD - ENT Department, Medical School of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia AB - Clinical experience of laryngeal cancer gave a relatively better prognosis compared with cancer, in other locations in our field. Histological examinations of laryngeal cancer showed that in most of our cases the tumours had an even, microscopically localized growth. Serial sections in our cases confirmed this observation. In the period 1970-78, 52 combined procedures were made out of the frame of vertical or horizontal partial laryngectomy. In the follow-up of 6-14 years, only 6 patients died directly of the tumour. The analysis of our cases is reviewed. © 1985 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - clinical article KW - human KW - laryngectomy KW - larynx KW - larynx cancer KW - priority journal KW - therapy KW - Adult KW - Combined Modality Therapy KW - Constriction, Pathologic KW - Human KW - Laryngeal Diseases KW - Laryngeal Neoplasms KW - Laryngectomy KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Metastasis KW - Postoperative Complications PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AOLAA C2 - 4013714 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Krajina, Z.; The ENT Department, Medical School of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia N1 - References: André, J., Traitement de cancers du larynx (1969) Cah Coll Med Hop (Paris), 10, p. 151; Billroth, T., Citguerrier, Y., La chirurgie conservatrice dans le traitement des cancers du vestibule larynge et du sinus piriforme (1972) Librairie Arnette (Paris); Gluck, T., Soerensen, J., The surgical treatment of cancer of the larynx (1912) Jahrl Årtzl Fortbld, 3, p. 20; Hautant, A., A propos du traitement du cancer du larynx (1929) Ann Mai Oreille, 48, p. 671; Krajina, Z., Konić, V., Zirdum, A., Histoloska analiza parcijalnih laringektomija. V siruĉno nauĉni sastanak ORL Jugoslavije (1978) Zbornik radova (Beograd), p. 269; Krajina, Z., Kosoković, F., Veĉerina, S., Laryngeal reconstruction with sternohyoid fascia in partial laryngectomy (1979) J Laryngol Otol, 93, p. 1181; Labayle, J., La chirurgie partielle du larynx, état actuel de la question (1970) Rev Laryng Otol Rhinol (Bôrd), 91, p. 495; Leroux-Robert, J., Indications et résultats après 5 ans de la chirurgie conservatrice fonctionelle des cancers du larynx et de hypopharynx (1961) VII Congres international d'ORL, , S. Karger, Basel, New York, Paris; Majer, F.H., Rieder, W., Technique de laryngectomie permettant de conserver la perméabilité respiratoire (1959) Ann Otolaryngol Chir Cervicofac, 76, p. 677; Miodonski, J., Enlarged hemilaryngectomy (1962) J Laryngol Otol, 76, p. 266; Ogura, J.H., Dedo, H.H., Glottic reconstruction following subtotal glottis-supraglottic laryngectomy (1965) Laryngoscope, 75, p. 865; Foederl Von Laurens, G., (1906) Chirurgie d'ORL, , Paris UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021801537&doi=10.3109%2f00016488509108901&partnerID=40&md5=d0950f842bf73c7b201bb1c1ffa09e8d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Aggregate Stability and Individual-Level Flux in Mass Belief Systems: The Level of Analysis Paradox T2 - American Political Science Review J2 - Am. Polit. Sci. Rev. VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 97 EP - 116 PY - 1985 DO - 10.2307/1956121 SN - 00030554 (ISSN) AU - Inglehart, R. AD - University of Michigan, United States AB - Converse's findings of low constraint and stability among mass attitudes are only one side of the story; mass attitudes often manifest much more coherent and stable patterns at the aggregate level than would seem possible if one took the results of panel survey analysis at face value. Items designed by Rokeach and Inglehart to tap basic value priorities, show modest individual-level stability, together with remarkably high aggregate stability structured in ways that could not occur if random answering were the prevailing pattern. Materialist/postmaterialist values show large differences between birth cohorts that not only persisted throughout 1970-1984 but seem to reflect distinctive formative experiences that occurred as much as 50 years ago. These aggregate results are much too skewed to result from equiprobable random answering and cannot be attributed to methods effects. They reflect underlying attitudinal predispositions in the respondents themselves. While random response to given items does play an important role, it is much less widespread than Converse's Black and White model implies and does not generally reflect an absence of relevant preferences. Structural equation analysis of multiple indicators demonstrates much stabler, broader orientations underlying the response to given items that account for the high aggregate-level stability observed here. Because it usually measures such orientations imperfectly, individual-level survey data tend systematically to underestimate constraint and stability in mass attitudes. © 1985, American Political Science Association. All rights reserved. N1 - Cited By :99 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Inglehart, R.; University of MichiganUnited States N1 - References: Abramson, P.R., Inglehart, R., (1984) Generational replacement and value change in six west European societies, , Presented at the Annual Meeting of the, American Political Science Association, Washington, D.C; Achen, C.H., Mass political attitudes and the survey response (1975) American Political Science Review, 69, pp. 1218-1231; Barnes, S.H., Kaase, M., (1979) Political action: Mass participation in five western democracies, , et al., Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage; Converse, P.E., Attitudes and non-attitudes: continuation of a dialogue (1970) The quantitative analysis of social problems, pp. 168-190. , Tufte E. R. (ed.), Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley; Converse, P.E., Comment: Rejoinder to Judd and Milburn (1980) American Political Science Review, 45, pp. 644-646; Converse, P.E., Comment: The status of nonattitudes (1974) American Political Science Review, 68, pp. 650-660; Converse, P.E., The nature of belief systems among mass publics (1964) Ideology and discontent, pp. 206-261. , Apter D. (ed.), New York: Free Press; Converse, P.E., Markus, G., Plus ca change … The new CPS election study panel (1979) American Political Science Review, 73, pp. 32-49; Converse, P.E., Pierce, R., Political representation in France, , Unpublished manuscript; Dalton, R.J., Was there a revolution? A note on generational versus life-cycle explanations of value differences (1977) Comparative Political Studies, 9, pp. 459-474; Dalton, R.J., The persistence of values and life-cycle changes (1981) Politische Psychologie, Sonderheft 12 of Politische Vierteljahresschrift, 22, pp. 189-207. , Klingemann H. D., et al., (Eds.); Erikson, R.S., Analyzing one variable-three wave panel data: A comparison of two models (1978) Political Methodology, 5, pp. 151-161; Inglehart, R., The changing structure of political cleavages in western society (1984) Electoral change: Realignment and dealignment in advanced industrial democracies, , Dalton R., et al., (Eds.), Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press; Inglehart, R., New perspectives on value change: Responses to Lafferty and Knutsen, Savage, Boltken, and Jagodzinski (1985) Comparative Political Studies, 17, pp. 485-530; Inglehart, R., Postmaterialism in an environment of insecurity (1981) American Political Science Review, 75, pp. 880-900; Inglehart, R., (1977) The silent revolution: Changing values and political styles among western publics, , Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press; Inglehart, R., The silent revolution in Europe: Intergenerational change in postindustrial societies (1971) American Political Science Review, 65, pp. 991-1017; Inglehart, R., Value priorities and socioeconomic change (1979) Political action, , Barnes S., Kaase M., et al., (Eds.), Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage; Inglehart, R., Hochstein, A., Alignment and dealignment of the electorate in France and the United States (1972) Comparative Political Studies, p. 4; Jackson, D.J., Alwin, D., The factor analysis of ipsative measures (1980) Sociological methods and research, 9, pp. 218-238; Jackson, J.E., The systematic beliefs of the mass public: estimating policy preferences with survey data (1983) Journal of Politics, 45, pp. 840-865; Judd, C.M., Krosnick, J., Milburn, M.A., Political involvement and attitude structure in the general public (1981) American Sociological Review, 46, pp. 660-669; Judd, C.M., Milburn, M.A., The structure of attitude systems in the general public: comparisons of a structural equation model (1980) American Sociological Review, 45, pp. 627-643; Kinder, D.R., Diversity and complexity in American public opinion (1983) Political science: The state of the discipline, pp. 389-428. , Finifter A.W., Washington, D.C.: American Political Science Association; Martin, S.S., New methods lead to familiar Results: A comment on Judd and Milburn, “The structure of attitude systems (1981) American Sociological Review, 46, pp. 670-675; Pierce, J.C., Rose, D., Nonattitudes and American public opinion: examination of a thesis (1974) American Political Science Review, 68, pp. 626-649; Putnam, R., Leonardi, R., Nanetti, R.V., Attitude stability among Italian elites (1979) American Journal of Political Science, 23, pp. 463-494; Rokeach, M., (1968) Beliefs, attitudes and values, , San Francisco: Jossey-Bass; Rokeach, M., (1973) The nature of human values, , New York: Free Press; Stockton, R.R., Wayman, F.W., (1983) A time of turmoil: Values and voting in the 1970s, , East Lansing: Michigan State University Press; Stokes, D.E., Spatial models of party competition (1963) American Political Science Review, 57, pp. 368-377; Van Deth, J., The persistence of materialist and postmaterialist value orientations (1983) European Journal of Political Research, 11, pp. 63-79; Zajonc, R.B., Feeling and thinking: preferences need no inferences (1980) American Psychologist, 35, pp. 151-175; Zajonc, R.B., Markus, H., Affective and cognitive factors in preferences Journal of Consumer Research (in press); Zajonc, R.B., Pietromonaco, P., Bargh, J., Independence and interaction of affect and cognition (1982) Affect and Cognition, pp. 221-227. , Clark M. S. & Fiske S. T., (Eds.), Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum Associates; (1979) Political action: An eight nation study (codebook), , Cologne: Zentralarchiv UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84973993464&doi=10.2307%2f1956121&partnerID=40&md5=0b27f98f54b7ccd1d047495b66fbce39 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Atopic dermatitis in a population based twin series. Concordance rates and heritability estimation T2 - Acta Dermato-Venereologica J2 - ACTA DERM.-VENEREOL. VL - 65 IS - SUPPL. 114 SP - 159 PY - 1985 SN - 00015555 (ISSN) AU - Schultz-Larsen, F.V. AU - Holm, N.V. AD - Department of Dermatology, University of Odense, Odense, Denmark AB - We compiled all like sexed twin pairs (N = 592) of school-age in a geographically limited area of Denmark. A mailed questionnaire relating to atopic dermatitis resulted in a response rate of 0.98. A total of 88 twin individuals had answered either 'Yes' or 'Do not know' to the question of atopic dermatitis among the included responders. These questionnaire probands and their co-twins were clinically examined. A definite diagnosis of atopic dermatitis was made in 69 twins from 48 twin pairs (22 monozygotic twin pairs and 26 dizygotic twins). The zygosity diagnosis was determined by a system of 18 polymorphic genetic markers, which gives rise to a frequency of misclassification of less than 1.0%. The concordance rates of atopic dermatitis gave Pairwise concordance rate: monozygotic 0.77; dizygotic 0.15: Proband concordance rate: monozygotic 0.86; dizygotic 0.21 a statistically significant difference (8 < 0.001) between MZ and DZ twin pairs. The cumulative incidence rate (0-7 years) increased significantly from 0.03 (birth cohort 1960-64) to 0.10 for those born between 1970 and 1974. The computation of the genetic determination gave very high values, which indicates a strong genetic component. KW - atopic dermatitis KW - concordance KW - heredity KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - priority journal KW - twins N1 - Cited By :12 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ADVEA LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021954778&partnerID=40&md5=63c330c9a9f6bdca746ea42dcd1b8d3b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Why are more women working in Britain? T2 - Journal of labor economics J2 - J Labor Econ VL - 3 IS - 1 Pt 2 SP - S147 EP - 176 PY - 1985 SN - 0734306X (ISSN) AU - Joshi, H.E. AU - Layard, R. AU - Owen, S.J. AB - Using a pooled time series, cross section supply function for single year age groups of Britain women, it is determined that female labor force participation rose steadily from World War II to 1977. Until the 1970s, the main increase was among married women aged 35 and over. Possible explanations for the post World War II rise in female labor participation are: 1) part time jobs were more available to women, 2) the drop in real prices of domestic appliances, processed foods, and easy care fabrics reduced the time required to take care of a family, and 3) the effect of long term changes in the roles women see for themselves in life. Women's wages rose sharply between 1973 and 1975, by around 15%; this was due to the Equal Pay Act of 1970. In addition, the educational attainment of women relative to men was constant or declining for cohorts entering the labor force up to the 1960s. Age specific employment rates are explained by 3 kinds of variables: 1) those whose values change from year to year and are age specific--life cycle variables, 2) those whose values change from year to year but affect all ages equally--calendar time variables, and 3) those that differ between cohorts but do not change over the life cycle--cohort variables. Results show that: 1) each preschool child lowers participation by 35% each primary school child by 14% and each secondary school child by 7%; 2) the relative earnings of women are highest early in life, 3) age leads to a decline in participation at an increasing rate, and 4) vacancies registered at employment exchanges are more or less untrended between 1950 and 1974. Completed family size, education, and early unemployment and wartime work experience do not explain the strong trend in the coefficients on the cohort dummies; however, real wages do. In time series, men's wages and women's wages are highly correlated, and each is nearly as highly correlated with time. During the 1970s, the female/male ratio index in each industry rose by 4.5 percentage points, reflecting the vast expansion of service industries. There were also sharp increases in the proportion of women workers within each industry, in spite of the sharp rises in women's pay. KW - nuptiality KW - wage KW - age KW - article KW - developed country KW - Economic Factors KW - economics KW - employment KW - Employment Status KW - Europe KW - Family And Household KW - family size KW - fertility KW - health care manpower KW - health care planning KW - Human Resources--women KW - human rights KW - income KW - Labor Force--women KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - marriage KW - Northern Europe KW - organization and management KW - personnel management KW - population and population related phenomena KW - Resources--women KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - time KW - United Kingdom KW - Women's Status KW - Age Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Economic Factors KW - Educational Status KW - Employment Status KW - England KW - Europe KW - Family And Household KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Size KW - Fertility KW - Human Resources--women KW - Income KW - Labor Force--women KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - Marital Status KW - Northern Europe KW - Nuptiality KW - Organization And Administration KW - Population Characteristics KW - Resources--women KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Time Factors KW - United Kingdom KW - Wages KW - Women's Status KW - Age Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Economics KW - Educational Status KW - Employment KW - England KW - Europe KW - Family Characteristics KW - Fertility KW - Great Britain KW - Health Manpower KW - Health Resources KW - Income KW - Marital Status KW - Marriage KW - Organization and Administration KW - Population Characteristics KW - Salaries and Fringe Benefits KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Time Factors KW - Women's Rights N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12267646 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Joshi, H.E. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021779094&partnerID=40&md5=bceff653288423c5ec3b2ae8c6b8cd72 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Time-series growth in the female labor force. T2 - Journal of labor economics J2 - J Labor Econ VL - 3 IS - 1 Pt 2 SP - S59 EP - 90 PY - 1985 SN - 0734306X (ISSN) AU - Smith, J.P. AU - Ward, M.P. AB - This paper investigates the reasons for the growth in the female labor force in the US during the 20th century. Female labor force participation rates increased by 50% from 1950 to 1970. Real wages have played a significant but hardly exclusive role both in the long term growth in female employment and in the more accelerated growth after 1950. At the beginning of this century, fewer than 1 woman in 5 was a member of the labor force; by 1981 more than 6 in 10 were. Increases in female participation were slightly larger among younger women during the 1970s; for the next 20 years the age shape tilted toward older women. For US women 25-34 years old, labor force participation rates have been rising by more than 2 percentage points per year. Closely intertwined with decisions regarding women's work are those involving marriage and family formation. 2 demographic factors that would play a part in subsequent developments are: nuclearization of the US family and urbanization. Time-series trends in education are observed because schooling affects female labor supply independently of any influence through wages; increased years of schooling across birth cohorts shows that an increase of 1.33 years of schooling increased labor participation by 6.9 percentage points during the pre-World War II era. The swing in marriage rates also affects timing, especially for younger women. Based on disaggregated time series data across the period 1950-1981, mean values at single years of age of labor supply, education, work experience, weekly wages, and fertility are determined. Profiles indicate that female labor supply varies considerably not only across cohorts but also over life cycles within birth cohorts. Results show that: 1) relative female wages defined over the work force were lower in 1980 than in 1950, 2) children, especially when young, reduce labor supply, 3) large negative elasticities are linked to female wages, and 4) with all fertility induced effects included, real wage growth explaines 58% of the postwar increase in female labor supply. Therefore, real wages do explain a considerable part of the postwar increases in female labor supply. KW - nuptiality KW - wage KW - article KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developed country KW - developing country KW - Economic Factors KW - economics KW - employment KW - fertility KW - health care manpower KW - health care planning KW - Human Resources--women KW - human rights KW - income KW - Labor Force--women KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - marriage KW - North America KW - Northern America KW - organization and management KW - personnel management KW - Political Factors KW - politics KW - population KW - population dynamics KW - Resources--women KW - social class KW - social status KW - socioeconomics KW - time KW - United States KW - war KW - Western Hemisphere KW - Women's Status KW - Americas KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Economic Factors KW - Educational Status KW - Fertility KW - Human Resources--women KW - Income KW - Labor Force--women KW - Macroeconomic Factors KW - Marital Status KW - North America KW - Northern America KW - Nuptiality KW - Organization And Administration KW - Political Factors KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Resources--women KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Time Factors KW - United States KW - Wages KW - War KW - Women's Status KW - Americas KW - Demography KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Economics KW - Educational Status KW - Employment KW - Fertility KW - Health Manpower KW - Health Resources KW - Income KW - Marital Status KW - Marriage KW - North America KW - Organization and Administration KW - Politics KW - Population KW - Population Dynamics KW - Salaries and Fringe Benefits KW - Social Class KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Time Factors KW - United States KW - War KW - Women's Rights N1 - Cited By :87 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12267653 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Smith, J.P. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021781770&partnerID=40&md5=f11eca88ace97da8cb4f037283a585ba ER - TY - JOUR TI - Combined multiple-valve procedures factors influencing the early and late results T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 37 PY - 1985 DO - 10.3109/14017438509102818 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Mattila, S. AU - Harjula, A. AU - Kupari, M. AU - Kyllönen, K.E.J. AD - Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, First Department of Medicine, University Central Hospital, Helsinki, Finland AB - The early and late results were retrospectively evaluated in 57 cases of double or triple valve replacement or repair performed in 1970-1983. The causes of the valvular lesions were rheumatic fever (43 cases), bacterial endocarditis (6), syphilis (1) and unknown (7 cases). The preoperative NYHA classification was III in 29 patients and IV in 28, due mainly to dyspnea of effort. Cardiomegaly (mean radiologic volume 880 cm3/m2) and atrial fibrillation were the dominant clinical findings. Surgery was on emergency indications in five cases. Cold cardioplegia combined with external cardiac cooling has been used for myocardial protection since 1977. The valve replacements were 56 aortic, 50 mitral and 2 tricuspid. In addition there were three closed and two open mitral commissurotomies, two mitral plastic repairs, three tricuspid valve anuloplasties (DeVega) and one aortic anuloplasty. Follow-up (0.3-13, mean 3.5 years) was supplemented with a check-up including two-dimensional echophonocardiography and hematologic tests. The operative mortality (10/57 patients) fell from 26% in 1970-1976 to 12% in 1977-1983. The causes of death were low cardiac output in preoperatively ill patients (5), myocardial infarction (2), technical failure (2) and sepsis (1 case). There were 11 late deaths (6.7/100 patient-years of observation), the commonest cause (5 patients) being congestive heart failure. The respective incidences of thromboembolism, paravalvular leak and postoperative endocarditis were 2.1, 4.2 and 2.1 episodes/100 patient-years. Atrial fibrillation, severe cardiomegaly with giant left atrium, and poor hemodynamic state were preoperative indicators of poor long-term survival. Reduced heart size and greatly improved exercise tolerance were the most pertinent findings in the survivors at follow-up examination. © 1985 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adult KW - annuloplasty KW - cardiomegaly KW - cardiovascular system KW - clinical article KW - epidemiology KW - heart KW - heart atrium fibrillation KW - heart valve surgery KW - human KW - mortality KW - priority journal KW - therapy KW - thromboembolism KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aortic Valve KW - Blood Volume KW - Endocarditis KW - Equipment Failure KW - Evaluation Studies KW - Exertion KW - Female KW - Heart Valve Diseases KW - Heart Valve Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mitral Valve KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Thromboembolism KW - Time Factors KW - Tricuspid Valve PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 4012239 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mattila, S.; Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, First Department of Medicine, University Central Hospital, Helsinki, Finland N1 - References: Björk, V.O., Henze, A., Ten years' experience with the Björk-Shiley tilting disc valve (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 78, pp. 331-342; Carpentier, A., Deloche, A., Hanania, G., Forman, J., Sellier, P., Piwnica, A., Dubost, C., Surgical management of acquired tricuspid valve disease (1974) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 67, pp. 53-65; Cunha, C.L.P., Giuliani, E.R., Callahan, J.A., Pluth, J.R., Echophonocardiographic findings in patients with prosthetic heart valve malfunction (1980) Mayo Clin Proc, 55, pp. 231-242; Grondin, R., Meere, C., Limet, R., Lopez-Bescos, L., Delcan, J.-L., Rivera, R., Carpentier's annulus and DeVega's annuloplasty. The end of the tricuspid challenge (1975) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 70, pp. 852-861; Heck, H.A., Wright, C.B., Doty, D.B., Ro-Si, N.P., Ehrenhaft, J.L., Combined multiple-valve procedures: A five-year experience with 125 patients (1979) Ann Thor Surg, 27, pp. 320-327; Macmanus, Q., Grunkemeier, G., Stall, A., Late results of triple valve replacement: a 14-year review (1978) Ann Thor Surg, 25, pp. 402-406; Mattila, S., Harjula, A., Kullönen, K.E.J., Hårtel, G., Tala, P., Surgical intervention in cases of Ebstein's anomaly (1982) Scand J Thor Cardiovasc Surg, 16, pp. 223-227; Oyer, P.E., Stinson, E.B., Reitz, B.A., Miller, D.C., Rossiter, S.J., Shumway, N.E., Long-term evaluation of porcine xenograft bioprosthesis (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 78, pp. 343-350; Rostad, H., Simonsen, S., Nitter-Hauge, S., Combined aortic and mitral valve replacement. A randomized study comparing the Björk-Shiley and Lillehei-Kaster disc valve (1979) Thorac Cardiovasc Surgeon, 27, pp. 308-318; Semb, B.K.H., Hall, K.V., Nitter-Hauge, S., Abdelnoor, M., A 5-year follow-up of the Medtronic-Hall valve: Survival and thromboembolism (1983) Thorac Cardiovasc Surgeon, 31, pp. 61-65 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021940013&doi=10.3109%2f14017438509102818&partnerID=40&md5=1cf20eff642682d207696456bfa482d7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A longitudinal study of marijuana effects T2 - Substance Use and Misuse J2 - Subst. Use Misuse VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 701 EP - 711 PY - 1985 DO - 10.3109/10826088509044290 SN - 10826084 (ISSN) AU - Halikas, J.A. AU - Weller, R.A. AU - Morse, C.L. AU - Hoffmann, R.G. AD - Division of Alcoholism and Chemical Dependency, The Medical College of Wisconsin, United States AD - Kansas University Medical School, Kansas City, KS, United States AD - Division of Alcoholism and Chemical Dependency, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI, 53226, United States AD - Division of Biostatistics and Clinical Epidemiology, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI, 53226, United States AB - One hundred regular marijuana users volunteered to be extensively interviewed in 1968-1970, and 97 were located and reinterviewed 6 to 8 years later. As part of each interview the subjects filled out a checklist review of 105 effects of marijuana. This report focuses on the differential patterns of effects found at the two time intervals. Scores on groupings of items were examined for changes over time. Reports of sensory and hallucinatory items dropped substantially. Reports of appetite effects, sex effects, and intoxication effects on sleep remained stable. Reports of cognitive effects, mood effects, and aftereffects on sleep appeared to be shifting from desirable to undesirable, with the frequency of desirable effects dropping while frequency of undesirable effects remained the same. © 1985 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - cannabis KW - adverse drug reaction KW - central nervous system KW - clinical article KW - drug abuse KW - drug efficacy KW - education KW - human KW - inhalational drug administration KW - interview KW - physical performance KW - psychological aspect KW - social aspect KW - social status KW - United States PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SUMIF C2 - 4044081 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Halikas, J.A.; Division of Alcoholism and Chemical Dependency, The Medical College of Wisconsin, 9455 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI, 53226, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cannabis, 8001-45-4, 8063-14-7 N1 - References: Abel, E.L., Marihuana, learning, and memory (1975) Int. Rev. Neurobiol., 18, pp. 215-219; Adamec, C., Pihl, R.O., Leiter, L., An analysis of the subjective marijuana experience (1976) Int. J. Addict., 11, pp. 295-307; Borg, J., Gershon, S., Alpert, M., Dose effects of smoked marijuana on human cognitive and motor functions (1975) Psychopharmacologia, 42, pp. 211-218; Casswell, S., Marks, D.F., Cannabis and temporal disintegration in experienced and naive subjects (1973) Science, 179, pp. 803-805; Halikas, J.A., Goodwin, D.W., Guze, S.B., Marijuana effects: A survey of regular users (1971) J. Am. Med. Assoc., 217, pp. 692-694; Halikas, J.A., Weller, R.A., Morse, C.L., Hoffman, R.G., Regular marijuana use and its effect on psychosocial variables: A longitudinal study (1983) Comp. Psychol., 24, pp. 229-235; (1982) Marijuana and Health, , National Academy Press, Washington, DC; Melges, F.T., Tinkleberg, J.R., Hollister, L.E., Gillespie, H.K., Marihuana and the temporal span of awareness (1971) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 24, pp. 564-567; Moskowitz, H., McGlothlin, W., Effects of marihuana on auditory signal detection (1974) Psychopharmacologia, 40, pp. 137-145; Pihl, R.O., Shea, D., Costa, L., Dimensions of the subjective marijuana experience (1979) Int. J. Addict., 14, pp. 63-71; Sinnet, E.R., Wampler, K.S., Harvey, W.M., Marijuana-A psychedelic drug (1974) Psychol. Rep., 34, pp. 47-53; Tart, C.T., Marijuana intoxication: Common experiences (1970) Nature, 226, pp. 701-704; Weller, R.A., Halikas, J.A., Change in effects from marijuana: A five to six-year follow-up (1982) J. Clin. Psychiatry, 43, pp. 362-365 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907117448&doi=10.3109%2f10826088509044290&partnerID=40&md5=457a612425c83a374523e92955568f49 ER - TY - JOUR TI - CHANGES IN THE REPORTED PREVALENCE OF CHILDHOOD ECZEMA SINCE THE 1939-45 WAR T2 - The Lancet J2 - Lancet VL - 324 IS - 8414 SP - 1255 EP - 1257 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(84)92805-8 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Taylor, B. AU - Wadsworth, M. AU - Wadsworth, J. AU - Peckham, C. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol; Department of Community Medicine, St Mary's Hospital Medical School, London, United Kingdon AD - Medical Research Council National Survey of Health and Development, University of Bristol; and Department of Community Medicine and General Practice, Charing Cross Hospital Medical School, London, United Kingdon AB - Rates of reported eczema during early childhood were studied in 3 national cohorts of children born in 1946, 1958, and 1970. Overall rates rose from 5·1% in children born in 1946, to 7·3% in those born in 1958, to 12·2% in the 1970 cohort. In the 1958 and 1970 cohorts there was a positive association between eczema and breastfeeding. This relationship remained significant after allowing for parental history of allergy and socioeconomic status. Social classes I and II children born in 1946 were less likely to be reported as having eczema, compared with children from lower social classes, whereas children born into higher social classes in 1958 and 1970 had higher rates. These findings may reflect secular changes in the diagnosis of eczema or may represent a real increase in the disorder. The positive association with breastfeeding in the more recent cohorts suggests a new environmental agent may be crossing in breast-milk. The agent(s) may well be in other infant foods, since the rate of reported eczema in non-breastfed children rose from 5·7% in the 1946 and 1958 cohorts to 11·1% of children born in 1970. © 1984. KW - breast KW - breast feeding KW - child KW - childhood KW - clinical article KW - diagnosis KW - economic aspect KW - eczema KW - human KW - nutrition KW - prevalence KW - priority journal KW - social aspect KW - socioeconomics KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Breast Feeding KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Comparative Study KW - Eczema KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Hypersensitivity KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Questionnaires KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :269 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 6150286 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Taylor, B. N1 - References: Taylor, Wadsworth, Golding, Butler, Breast feeding, eczema, asthma, and hayfever (1983) J Epidemiol Community Health, 37, pp. 95-99; Kramer, Moroz, Do breast feeding and delayed introduction to solid foods protect against subsequent atopic eczema (1981) J Pediatr, 98, pp. 546-550; Gordon, Noble, Ward, Allen, Immunoglobin E and the eczema/asthma syndrome in early childhood (1982) Lancet, 1, pp. 72-74; Cogswell, Alexander, Breast feeding and eczema/asthma (1982) Lancet, 1, p. 910; Joint Committee, (1948) Maternity in Great Britain, , Oxford University Press, Oxford; Atkins, Cherry, Douglas, Kiernan, Wadsworth, The 1946 British Birth Survey: An account ofthe origins, progress and results of the National Survey of Health and Development (1981) An empirical basis for primary prevention: Prospective longitudinal research in Europe, pp. 25-30. , Sa Mednick, Ae Baert, Oxford University Press, Oxford; Butler, Bonham, (1963) Perinatal mortality, , E and S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Butler, Alberman, (1969) Perinatal problems, , E and S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Fogelman, Wedge, The National Child Development Study (1981) An empirical basis for primary prevention: Prospective longitudinal research in Europe, pp. 30-43. , Sa Mednick, Ae Baert, Oxford University Press, Oxford; Taylor, Wadsworth, Butler, Teenage mothering, admission to hospital, and accidents during the first 5 years (1983) Arch Dis Child, 58, pp. 6-11; Chamberlain, Phillip, Howlett, Masters, (1975) British births 1970: Vol 1, The first week of life, , Heinemann, London; Chamberlain, Phillip, Howlett, Masters, (1978) British births 1970: Vol 2, Obstetric care, , Heinemann, London; Everitt, (1977) The analysis of contingency tables, , Chapman and Hall, London; Baker, Nelder, (1977) Generalised interactive modelling system, , Royal Statistical Society, London; Walker, Warin, The incidence of eczema in early childhood (1956) Br J Dermatol, 68, pp. 182-183; Arbeiter, How prevalent is allergy among United States school children (1967) Clin Pediatr, 6, pp. 140-142; Turner, Rosman, O'Mahony, Prevalence and family association of atopic disease and its relationship to serum IgE levels in 1061 school children and their families (1974) Int Arch Allergy, 47, pp. 650-664; Kjellman, Atopic disease in seven year old children (1977) Acta Paediatrica, 66, pp. 465-471; Fergusson, Horwood, Beatrais, Shannon, Taylor, Eczema and infant diet (1981) Clin Allergy, 11, pp. 325-331; Wadsworth, Social class and generation differences in pre-school education (1981) The British Journal of Sociology, 32, pp. 560-582; King, (1937) Feeding and care of baby, , Whitcombe and Tombs, Christchurch, 200; Liddiard, (1944) The mothercraft manual, , Churchill, London, 160; Spock, (1955) Baby and child care, , Bodley Head, London, 374; Golding, Butler, Taylor, Breastfeeding and eczema/asthma (1982) Lancet, 1, p. 623; Talbot, Eczema in childhood (1918) Med Clin N Amer, 1, pp. 985-996; Shannon, Demonstration of food proteins in breast milk by anaphylactic experiments in guinea pigs (1921) American Journal of Diseases of Children, 22, pp. 223-231; Gerrard, Allergy in breast-fed babies to ingredients in breast milk (1979) Ann Allergy, 42, pp. 69-72; Warner, Food allergy in fully breast-fed infants (1980) Clin Allergy, 10, pp. 133-136; Hofvander, Hagman, Linder, Vaz, Slorach, WHO collaborative breastfeeding study I. Organochlorine contaminants in individual samples of Swedish human milk, 1978-1979 (1981) Acta Paediatr Scand, 70, pp. 3-8 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021709228&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2884%2992805-8&partnerID=40&md5=2e34c115fc8e24ff8787d2c64b5b5f3d ER - TY - JOUR TI - APPARENT DOUBLING OF FREQUENCY OF UNDESCENDED TESTIS IN ENGLAND AND WALES IN 1962-81 T2 - The Lancet J2 - Lancet VL - 324 IS - 8398 SP - 330 EP - 332 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(84)92697-7 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Chilvers, C. AU - Forman, D. AU - Pike, M.C. AU - Fogelman, K. AU - Wadsworth, M.E.J. AD - Section of Epidemiology, Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton, United Kingdom AD - Imperial Cancer Research Fund Cancer Epidemiology Unit, National Children's Bureau London, United Kingdon, Oxford AD - Medical Research Council's National Survey of Health and Development Bristol, United Kingdom AB - Examination of Hospital Inpatient Enquiry data for England and Wales for the years 1962-81 shows that the annual number of discharges with a diagnosis of undescended testicle has risen by a factor of 2·3. Cohort analysis suggests that the cumulative rate to age 15 of discharge for undescended testis has risen from 1·4% for the 1952 birth-cohort to 2·9% for the 1977 birth-cohort. Whether this is a reflection of an increase in true cryptorchidism is not known. Changes in known risk factors for cryptorchidism-exogenous oestrogen exposure, being first-born, and low birth-weight-cannot fully account for the apparent increase. With the tendency to carry out orchidopexies on apparently undescended testes at younger ages in order to preserve fertility, it is possible that a considerable number of boys with retractile testes that would have descended naturally at puberty are now being operated upon. © 1984. KW - classification KW - congenital disorder KW - cryptorchism KW - diagnosis KW - human KW - male genital system KW - united kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Cryptorchidism KW - England KW - Humans KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Male KW - Wales N1 - Cited By :174 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 6146873 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Chilvers, C.; Section of Epidemiology, Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton, United Kingdom N1 - References: Swerdlow, Wood, Smith, A case-control study of the aetiology of cryptorchidism (1983) J Epidemiol Community Health, 37, pp. 238-244; Scorer, The descent of the testis (1964) Arch Dis Child, 39, pp. 605-609; Mengel, Zimmerman, Hecker, Timing of repair for undescended testes (1981) The undescended testis., pp. 170-183. , Ew Fonkalsrud, W. Mengel, Year Book Medical Publishers Inc, London; Spitz, Maldescent of the testis (1983) Arch Dis Child, 58, pp. 847-848; Department of Health and Social Security, Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, Welsh Office, (1977) Hospital inpatient enquiry, , HM Stationery Office, London, Series MB4: No 1 et seq; Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, (1984) Final mid-1981 and revised mid-1961 to mid-1980 population estimates for England and Wales, , OPCS Monitor PP1 84/1. London; Case, Cohort analysis of mortality rates as an historical or narrative technique (1956) Br J Prev Soc Med, 10, pp. 159-171; Atkins, Cherry, Douglas, Kiernan, Wadsworth, The 1946 British birth cohort survey: an account of the origins, progress and results of the national survey of health and development (1980) An empirical basis for primary prevention: Prospective longitudinal research in Europe., , Sa Mednick, Ae Baert, Oxford University Press, London; Fogelman, (1983) Growing up in Great Britain: Papers from the national child development study., , MacMillan, London; Fraser, Robinson, Ashley, The patterns of disease in hospital, 1968-1978 (1983) Health Trends, 15, pp. 1-6; Ward, Hunter, The absent testicle A report on a survey carried out among schoolboys in Nottingham (1960) BMJ, 1, pp. 1110-1111; RH. Depue, Maternal and gestational factors affecting the risk of cryptorchidism and inguinal hernia, Int J Epidermiol, (in press)); Rothman, Louik, Oral contraceptives and birth defects (1978) N Engl J Med, 299, pp. 522-524; General Register Office, (1964) The registrar general's statistical review of England and Wales 1962 et seq part II, , HM Stationery Office, London; Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, (1978) Birth Statistics, , HM Stationery Office, London, Series FM1 no 2 (no 8) (1984); Macfarlane, Mugford, (1984) Birth counts, statistics of pregnancy and childbirth, , HM Stationery Office, London; Pharoah, Alberman, Mortality of low birthweight infants in England and Wales 1953 to 1979 (1981) Arch Dis Child, 56, pp. 86-89; Davies, Testicular cancer in England and Wales: some epidemiological aspects (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 928-932; Depue, Pike, Henderson, Estrogen exposure during gestation and risk of testicular cancer (1983) J Natl Cancer Inst, 71, pp. 1151-1155; Martin, Malignancy and the undescended testis (1981) The undescended testis., pp. 144-156. , Ew Fonkalsrud, W. Mengel, Year Book Medical Publishers Inc, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021220065&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2884%2992697-7&partnerID=40&md5=6355527bab2c5b9b234df285b1829254 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Fertility by birth cohorts, 1900-1960 ST - Vruchtbaarheid van geboortegeneraties, 1900-1960. T2 - Maandstatistiek Van De Bevolking J2 - Maandstat Bevolking VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 9 EP - 15 PY - 1984 SN - 01686240 (ISSN) AB - The numbers of liveborn children presented in the table are based on observations made during the period 1950-82. They are ranged according to mother's year at birth. Per birth cohort, the table shows at which ages the mothers gave birth. Age is defined with the focal point being January 1 of the calendar year in which the child is born. As an example, women born in 1955 had 11,705 children in the calendar period 1970-75 in which they were not 20 years of age on January 1st. In the calendar years in which they were 20-24 years of age on January 1 (1976-80), they had 55,837 children. No figures are presented for the age groups 25-29 and older since on January 1, 1983, women born in 1955 were only 27 years old. An example indicates how age specific fertility rates (liveborn children/10,000 females) were computed. To this end, the 1955 cohort and the age group 20-24 were considered. For the calendar years 1976-1980 (inclusive), the average numbers of women born in 1955 were computed. The total of these numbers (568,952.5) then yields the denominator of the rate, the numerator being the 55,837 children mentioned above. The rate itself thus amounts to 981. The numbers of children born in the years 1950-68 are partly based on estimates. More detailed tables can be obtained from the Central Bureau of Statistics on request. (author's modified) KW - age KW - article KW - birth order KW - cohort analysis KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developed country KW - Europe KW - family KW - Family And Household KW - Family Relationships KW - family size KW - fertility KW - Government Publication KW - maternal age KW - Netherlands KW - parent KW - parental age KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - research KW - Research Methodology KW - Western Europe KW - Age Factors KW - Birth Order KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Demographic Analysis KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Europe KW - Family And Household KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Relationships KW - Fertility KW - Government Publication KW - Maternal Age KW - Netherlands KW - Parental Age KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Western Europe KW - Age Factors KW - Birth Order KW - Cohort Studies KW - Demography KW - Developed Countries KW - English Abstract KW - Europe KW - Family Characteristics KW - Family Relations KW - Fertility KW - Government Publications KW - Maternal Age KW - Netherlands KW - Parents KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12339443 LA - Dutch UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021403949&partnerID=40&md5=4c991e3750a59e010dd88b02da87f4fc ER - TY - JOUR TI - Eating habits of ten year olds T2 - Nutrition & Food Science J2 - Nutr. Food Sci. VL - 84 IS - 4 SP - 6 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1108/eb059018 SN - 00346659 (ISSN) AU - Golding, J. AU - Haslum, M. AU - Morris, A. AD - Trust Senior Lecturer, Department of Child Health, United Kingdom AD - Research Associate, University of Bristol, Bristol, United Kingdom AB - All the children born in the UK between the fifth and eleventh of April 1970, 15,000 of them, have been members of the Child Health and Education Study cohort. The group has provided a very wide sample from which to assess facts about British children. © 1984, MCB UP Limited N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84955767163&doi=10.1108%2feb059018&partnerID=40&md5=a3b744741473fdcb83a0d75c33370c16 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Les inegalites sociales devant la mort en grande-bretagne et en France T2 - Social Science and Medicine J2 - Soc. Sci. Med. VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 479 EP - 487 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90043-1 SN - 02779536 (ISSN) AU - Leclerc, A. AU - Lert, F. AU - Goldberg, M. AD - INSERM U.88, 91 Boulevard de l'Hôpital, 75634 Paris Cedex 13, France AB - In this paper data are compared on differential mortality for working men in the United Kingdom and France, for the years 1970-1972 (U.K.) and 1966-1971 (F). Differential mortality in the United Kingdom is described in 'occupational mortality' published by O.P.C.S.; mortality according to 'Catégories socio-professionnelles' has been studied for a large cohort by INSEE (National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies). The comparison between those two sets of data leads to the following conclusions: • social differences in death rates seem to be larger in France than in United Kingdom. • the main causes of death responsible for these inequalities differ in the two countries: respiratory diseases are the main cause in U.K.; in France, accidents and alcohol-related death lead to the largest inequalities. We discuss the difficulties of comparison between countries: some of the apparent differences may relate to the fact that, in France, mortality data concerns a cohort followed since 1954, while British data comes from a transversal survey. Another point of difference is the fact that foreigners are not included in the French study. In every country where data exist on the subject, inequalities in health are found. The reasons why these inequalities exist, and what should be done to reduce them, is a matter for discussion. The purpose of this paper is to contribute to the debate, by throwing light on some aspects of the observed differences. © 1984. KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - alcoholism KW - article KW - comparative study KW - France KW - human KW - male KW - mortality KW - occupation KW - respiratory tract disease KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Alcoholism KW - Comparative Study KW - English Abstract KW - France KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mortality KW - Occupations KW - Respiratory Tract Diseases KW - Social Class N1 - Cited By :16 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SSMDE C2 - 6484634 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Leclerc, A.; INSERM U.88, 91 Boulevard de l'Hôpital, 75634 Paris Cedex 13, France N1 - References: (1978) Occupational Mortality 1970–1972, , Decennial Supplement OPCS, London; Desplanques, (1976) La Mortalité des Adultes Suivant le Milieu Social, 1955–1971, , Collection de l'INSEE, série D 44, Paris; Antonovsky, Social class, life expectancy and overall mortality (1967) Milbank Meml Fund Q., 45, pp. 31-73; Kitagawa, Hauser, (1973) Differential Mortality in the United States, , Harvard University Press, Cambridge; Billette, Hill, Risque relatif de mortalité masculine et les classes sociales au Canada, 1974 (1978) L'Union Méd. Can., 107, pp. 583-590; Bouvier, Varnoux, Cancers et catégories socio-professionnelles (1982) l'INSERM, la Santé Publique et l'Epidémiologie, pp. 24-29. , Monographie INSERM; Gerard, Hemery, La mortalité infantile en France suivant le milieu social (1973) Economie et statistique, 48, pp. 33-41; Antonovsky, Bernstein, Social class and infant mortality (1977) Soc. Sci. Med., 11, pp. 453-470; Morris, Social inequalities undiminished (1979) Lancet, 13 (January), pp. 87-90; Vallin, Facteurs socio-économiques de la mortalité dans les pays développés (1979) OMS: Réunion sur les facteurs et les conséquences socio-économiques de la mortalité, , OMS, Genéve, OMS, DSI/SE/WP/79.4; Inequalities in health. Report of a research working group (1980) Lancet, p. 513. , DHSS, London, 6 septembre, Inequalities in health. Report of a research working group Lancet 1980 DHSS London 545, 6 septembre; Propositions pour une politique de prévention (1982) La Documentation française, , Rapport au Ministre de la Santé; Leclerc, Aiach, Philippe, Vennin, Cebe, Morbidité, mortalité et classe sociale (1979) Rev. Epid. Santé Publ., 27, pp. 331-358; Hart, The black report a challenge to politicians (1982) The Lancet, 2 (January), pp. 35-37; (1977) Code des Catégories Socio-Professionnelles, p. 133. , 6éme édition, INSEE; WHO, (1965) Manual of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, , 8th Revision, WHO, Geneva; Desrosieres, Thevenot, Les mots et les chiffres les nomenclatures socio-professionnelles (1979) Economie et statistique, (110), pp. 49-65; Cribier, Itinéraires professionnels et usure au travail une génération de salariés parisiens (1983) Le Mouvement social, 124, pp. 11-44; Levy, Vallin, La mortalité par catégorie socio-professionnelle Un essai de calcul direct (1981) Population (French Edition), 36, pp. 938-945; Brahimi, La mortalité des étranger en France (1980) Population (French Edition), (3), pp. 603-622; Lederman, Alcool, alcoolisme, alcoolisation T II: mortalité, morbidité, accidents du travail (1964) Travaux et documents No. 41; Garros, Bouvier, Excés de la surmortalité masculine en France et causes médicales de décès (1978) Population (French Edition), (6), pp. 1095-1114; Sawyer, La répartition des revenus dans les pays de l'OCDE (1976) Perspectives économiques de l'OCDE, , Etudes Spéciales; Collins, Klein, Equity and the N.H.S.: self-reported morbidity, access and primary care (1980) Br. med. J., 281, pp. 1111-1115; Mizrahi, (1978) Micro-Economie de la Consummation Médicale, , CREDO; Todd, Statistics of snoking in the United Kingdom (1969) Research paper No. 1, , Tobacco Research Council; Sofres-Seita. Enquête statistique sur la consommation des produits de tabac 1967–1968. Document multi-graphié; Household food consumption and expenditure. London Annual Report; Mercier, Consommation et lieux d'achat des produits alimentaires en 1979 (1982) No. 404 des collections de l'INSEE, , série M, No. 95; Aiach, Leclerc, Alimentation, santé et milieu social (1976) Cah. Sociol. Démogr. Méd., 16, pp. 1-12; Quelques résultats sur les consommateurs de boissons alcooliques et de tabac en France en 1980 (1983) Informations rapides, , Ministère des Affaires Sociales et de la Solidarité Nationale, No. 20; Fox, Goldblatt, (1982) Longitudinal Study: Socio-Demographic Mortality Differentials 1971–75, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys, Series LS No. 1, HMSO, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021118309&doi=10.1016%2f0277-9536%2884%2990043-1&partnerID=40&md5=91da095927dcc242536d8d11793ad9ee ER - TY - JOUR TI - Women and work stress:Evidence rom the 1946 birth cohort T2 - Ergonomics J2 - Ergonomics VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 519 EP - 526 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1080/00140138408963520 SN - 00140139 (ISSN) AU - Cherry, N. AD - School of Occupational Health, McGill University, Canada AB - Women at work throughout Britain, all members ofthe National Survey of Health and Development, were asked whether they were under nervous strain in their work. Data are presented for 826 women at work at age 26 years and 734 women at work at age 32 years. Two in every five women working full-time reported that they were under strain, this proportion being very similar to that for men in full-time work at the same age. Women in part-time work were much less likely to report strain. Strain at work was found to relate both to the level of work (jobs in higher social- group categories having a higher report of strain) and to the level of supervisory responsibility. Women reporting strain were also more likely to report problems with their sleep, frequent headaches, pain in the pit of the stomach and trouble with their back, but such reports seem more closely related to a prior susceptibility to anxiety than to the demands of the present job. It is concluded that, with the possible exception of pregnant women, it may not be helpful to consider women as a group of workers with particular problems in withstanding stress at work. © 1983 Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. KW - HUMAN ENGINEERING - Research KW - FULL-TIME WORK KW - PART-TIME WORK KW - PSYCHOSOMATIC STRESS KW - SEX DIFFERENCES RELATED TO WORK KW - STATUS LEVEL OF WORK KW - PERSONNEL KW - female worker KW - human KW - normal human KW - prevention KW - psychological aspect KW - psychosocial environment KW - stress KW - workload KW - Adult KW - Employment KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Sex Factors KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Women KW - Women, Working N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6468356 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cherry, N.; School of Occupational Health, McGill UniversityCanada N1 - Funding text: The National Survey of Health and Development is supported by the Medical Research Council as part of the work of the Department of Community Health at the University of Bristol. I am grateful to. Professor John Colley and to Dr Michael Wadsworth for allowing me continued access to these data. N1 - References: Atkins, M., Cherry, N.M., Douglas, J., Kiernan, K.E., Wadsworth, M., British birth cohort survey: An account of the origins, progress and results of the national Survey of Health and Development (1946) An Empirical Basis for Primary Prevention: Prospective Longitudinal Research in Europe, , Edited by S. A. MEDNICK and A. E., BABRT Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRFss; Cherry, N.M., Stress, anxiety and work: A longitudinal study. Journal of Occupational (1978) Psychology, 51, pp. 259-270; Cherry, N.M., Nervous strain, anxiety and symptoms in a cohort of 32 years old men at work in Britain (1984) Journal of Occupational Psychology; Eysenck, H.J., A short questionnaire for the measurement of two dimensions ofpersonality (1958) Journal of Applied Psychology, 42, pp. 14-27; Mamelle, M., Dreyfus, I., Van Lierdg, M., Renaud, R., (1982) Mode De Vie Et Grossesse, 11, pp. 55-63 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021224822&doi=10.1080%2f00140138408963520&partnerID=40&md5=c8c774873d4276870448ee5f936238e9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality among patients suffering from organic psychoses T2 - Nordic Journal of Psychiatry J2 - Nord. J. Psychiatry VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 127 EP - 133 PY - 1984 DO - 10.3109/08039488409093350 SN - 08039488 (ISSN) AU - Dimitrijevic, P. AU - Jacobsson, L. AU - Wall, S. AD - Department of Psychiatry, University of Umeåd, S-901 85, Umeå, Sweden AD - Department of Psychiatry, University of Umed, S-901 85, Umeå, Sweden AD - Department of Social Medicine, University of Umeå, S-901 85, Umeå, Sweden AB - Patients suffering from psycho-organic syndromes have a high mortality rate. The present investigation concerns the mortality rate of such patients admitted between 1961 and 1970 to the psychiatric clinic of the University Hospital in Umeå suffering from psychoses of organic origin. Patients were followed up to 1977. Standardized mortality rates and life expectancies were calculated. The excess mortality is mainly due to diseases of the respiratory and circulatory systems. It is argued that it is necessary to maintain sufficient competence levels in the fields of internal medicine and neurology within the psychiatric care system in order to treat this patientgroup properly. © 1984 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NJPYE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dimitrijevic, P.; Department of Psychiatry, University of Umeåd, S-901 85, Umeå, Sweden N1 - References: Ahlström, C.H., Mortality in mental hospitals (1942) Acta psychiatrica scandinavica; Anderson, S., Auquier, A., Hauck, W.W., Oakes, D., Van-Dale, W., Weisberg, H.I., (1980) Statistical Methods for Comparative Studies, , John Wiley & Sons; Colton, T., (1974) Statistics in Medicine, , Little Brown & Co Boston; Fegersten Saugstad, L., Ødegård, Ø., Mortality in psychiatric hospitals in Norway 1950–1974 (1979) Acta psychiatrica scandinavica, pp. 431-447; Rorsman, B., Mortality among psychiatric patients (1974) Acta psychiatrica scandinavica, 50, pp. 354-375; (1967) International Classification of Diseases, , Eight (1965) revision World Health Organization (WHO) WHO, Geneva; Department of Psychiatry, , From the (P D & L J), and the Department of Social Medicine (S W), University of Umeå, S–901 85 Umeå, Sweden UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-34548005188&doi=10.3109%2f08039488409093350&partnerID=40&md5=0149155faef55bedebfa9825b6c20f29 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A longitudinal study of specific gravities of whole blood in dyestuff plant workers T2 - Sangyo Igaku J2 - Jpn. J. Ind. Health VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 404 EP - 413 PY - 1984 DO - 10.1539/joh1959.26.404 SN - 00471879 (ISSN) AU - Yamaguchi, N. AU - Okubo, T. AU - Sugita, M. AD - Department of Preventive Medicine and Public Health, School of Medicine, Keio University, Japan AD - Division of Environmental Epidemiology, University of Occupational, Environmental Health, Japan AD - Department of Public Health, School of Medicine, Tokai University, Japan AB - Specific gravities of whole blood (GB) have been used widely as a screening test of anemia in industrial surveillance systems in Japan. The recent spread of electronic computers enables us to make effective use of a large quantity of information and GB could be used to screen examinees more accurately if the various factors which can bring about fluctuations in GB or the data obtained through past health examinations are taken into consideration. Time trends of GB can be explained by the combination of the physiological effect of aging, environmental factors such as diet or working conditions, and the birth cohort effect. The present study was aimed to identify the factors which bring about fluctuations in GB through longitudinal as well as cross-sectional observations. The study subjects consisted of 1,105 male workers engaged in dyestuff production work or clerical work at a dyestuff plant located in Tokyo during the period from 1953 to 1976. Though a negative association was found between GB and the age of workers through cross-sectional observations, it was found through longitudinal observations that the individual GB had a tendency to rise during the period in each birth cohort. These facts suggest that some environmental factors acted so as to raise the individual GB during this period in opposition to the physiological effect of aging to lower it. In order to evaluate the associations of educational history, working conditions, age and physique of workers with GB, information on these factors obtained through health examinations in 1960, 1965, 1970 and 1975 was analyzed separately by the multidimensional contingency table method. As a result, it was demonstrated that GB was directly related to all of these factors in 1960 and 1965, to age and physique in 1970 and only to age in 1975. These results suggest that environmental factors associated with educational history or working conditions played a greater part in the earlier periods when the average GB was not as high as in the later periods. In summary, the efficiency of GB as a screening test will be considerably improved if the judgment criteria utilize information about these environmental factors as well as the physiological effect of aging based on the information obtained from this study. © 1984, Japan Society for Occupational Health. All rights reserved. KW - adult KW - anemia KW - blood KW - blood and hemopoietic system KW - clinical article KW - controlled study KW - diagnosis KW - dye factory KW - histology KW - human KW - industrial worker KW - intoxication KW - normal value KW - Adult KW - Anemia KW - Dyes KW - English Abstract KW - Human KW - Industry KW - Male KW - Mass Screening KW - Middle Age KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Specific Gravity N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6533361 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Dyes N1 - References: Phillips, R.A., Van Slyke, D.D., Dole, V.P., Emerson, K., Jr., The copper sulfate method for measuring specific gravities of whole blood and plasma (1943) Bull. U.S. Army Med. Dept., No., 71, pp. 66-83; Phillips, R.A., Van Slyke, D.D., Hamilton, P.B., Dole, V.P., Emerson, K., Jr., Archibald, R.M., Measurement of specific gravities of whole blood and plasma by standard copper sulfate solutions (1950) J. Biol. Chem., 183, pp. 305-330; Fienberg, S.E., The Analysis of Cross-Classified Categorical Data (1980), pp. 71-94. , MIT Press, Cambridge; Goodman, L.A., The analysis of multidimensional contingency tables: stepwise procedure and direct estimation methods for building models for multiple classifications (1971) Technometrics, 13, pp. 33-61; Haberman, S.J., Loglinear fit for contingency tables (1972) Appl. Statist., 21, pp. 218-225; Tsuchiya, K., Takahashi, K., Sakurai, H., Seki, Y., Sugita, M., Biologic responses to low level lead exposure (1976) Keio J. Med., 25, pp. 123-130 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021708377&doi=10.1539%2fjoh1959.26.404&partnerID=40&md5=b60c4141a985b1b9f85d822d09c5ff25 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mechanical heart valves in children T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 155 EP - 159 PY - 1984 DO - 10.3109/14017438409102398 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Henze, A. AU - Lindblom, D. AU - Björk, V.O. AD - Thoracic Surgical Clinic, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Longterm follow-up of 17 children, who consecutively underwent replacement of one cardiac valve with the Björk-Shiley prosthesis, is presented. The children's mean age was 8 years (range 4-12 years) and body weight 23.5 kg (range 15.0-38.4 kg) at the time of surgery 1970-80. Nine of the 17 operations (53% were second-stage cardiac surgery. The operations comprised 2 aortic and 7 mitral valve replacements, 2 implantations of prosthesis in aortoventricular plasties (Konno's operation), 4 in the functional mitral orifice of transpositions (3 congenitally corrected and one operated on a.m. Mustard) and 2 valved conduits included in the repair of complex malformations. Two deaths were associated with surgery, but were not related to the valve prosthesis per se. One patient died 37 months postoperatively, due to mechanical valve failure (early and late mortality 12% and 6% respectively). All survivors were followed at least two years, 9 were followed at least 5 years and 6 at least 10 years (mean 7.7 years). Anticoagulation was maintained without pertinent problems. There was one thromboembolic episode (0.87%patient year). Two patients were re-operated because of "outgrown prosthesis" after 8 and 111/2 years. Morbidity otherwise was low and 9 patients (53% had no complications at all. We conclude that the mechanical valve is a suitable substitute for a seriously diseased cardiac valve in childhood. However, if valve replacement is performed in early life, the later need of exchange of the outgrown prosthesis must be faced. © 1984 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - cardiovascular system KW - child KW - complication KW - congenital disorder KW - heart KW - heart valve replacement KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - survival KW - therapy KW - thromboembolism KW - Age Factors KW - Anticoagulants KW - Aortic Valve KW - Body Weight KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Heart Valve Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Male KW - Mitral Valve KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Prosthesis Design KW - Reoperation KW - Thromboembolism KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :10 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 6463629 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Henze, A.; Thoracic Surgical Clinic, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Anticoagulants N1 - References: Attie, F., Kuri, J., Zanoniani, C., Mitral valve replacement in children with rheumatic heart disease (1981) Circulation, 64, pp. 812-887; Berry, B.E., Ritter, D.G., Wallace, R.B., Cardiac valve replacement in children (1974) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 68, pp. 705-710; Björk, V.O., Henze, A., Holmgren, A., Central haemodynamics at rest and during exercise before and after aortic valve replacement with the Björk-Shiley tilting disc valve in patients with isolated aortic stenosis (1973) Scand J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, pp. 111-130; Björk, V.O.B., öök, K., Cernigliaro, C., Holmgren, A., The Björk-Shiley tilting disc valve in isolated mitral lesions (1973) Scand J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 7, pp. 131-148; Björk, V.O., Henze, A., Management of thromboembolism after aortic valve replacement with the Björk-Shiley tilting disc valve (1975) Scand J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 9, pp. 183-191; Björk, V.O., Henze, A., Isolated mitral valve replacement with the Björk-Shiley tilting disc valve prosthesis (1977) Scand J Thorac Cariovasc Surg, 11, pp. 181-187; Björk, V.O., Henze, A., Lindblom, D., Current status of prosthetic heart valves in the mitral position (1982) Paper presented at “International Symposium on the mitral valve” Coronado, pp. 21-24. , California Oct. 1982; Blieden, L.C., Castaneda, A.R., Nicoloff, D.M., Prosthetic valve replacement in children: results in 44 patients (1972) Ann Thorac Surg, 14, pp. 545-552; Dunn, J.M., Porcine valve durability in children (1981) Ann Thorac Surg, 32, pp. 357-368; Fiddler, G.I., Gerlios, L.M., Path, F.R.C., Calcification of glutaraldehyde-preserved porcine and bovine xenograft valves in young children (1983) Ann Thorac Surg, 35, pp. 257-261; Friedman, S., Edmunds, L.H., Cuaso, C.C., Long-term mitral valve replacement in young children (1978) Circulation, 57, pp. 981-986; Galioto, F.M., Midgley, F.M., Kapur, S., Early failures of Ionescu-Shiley bioprosthesis after mitral valve replacement in children (1982) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 83, pp. 306-310; Geha, A.S., Laks, H., Stansel, H.C., Jr., Late failure of porcine valve heterografts in children (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 78, pp. 351-364; Konno, S., Imai, Y., Lida, Y., A new method for prosthetic valve replacement in congenital aortic stenosis associated with hypoplasia of the aortic valve ring (1975) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 70, pp. 909-917; Nudelman, I., Schachner, A., Levy, M.J., Repeated mitral valve replacement in the growing child with congenital mitral valve disease (1980) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 79, pp. 765-769; Rocchini, A.P., Weesner, K.M., Heidelberger, K., Porcine xenograft valve failure in children: an immunologic response (1981) Circulation, 64 (2), pp. 162-171; Rufilanchas, J.J., Juffe, A., Miranda, A.L., Cardiac valve replacement with the Björk-Shiley prosthesis in young patients (1977) Scand J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 11, pp. 11-14; Sade, R.M., Ballenger, J.P., Hohn, A.R., cardiac valve replacement in children. Comparison of tissue with mechanical prosthesis (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 78, pp. 123-127; Silver, M.M., Pollock, J., Silver, M.D., Calcification in porcine xenograft valves in children (1980) Am J Cardiol, 45, pp. 685-689; Smith, J.M., III, Colley, D.A., Ott, D.A., Aortic valve replacement in preteenage children (1980) Ann Thorac Surg, 29, pp. 512-518; Vidne, B., Levy, M.J., Heart valve replacement in children (1970) Thorax, 25, pp. 57-61; Wada, J., Yokoyama, M., Hashimoto, A., Longterm follow-up of artificial valves in patients under 15 years old (1980) Ann Thorac Surg, 29, pp. 519-521; Weinstein, G.S., Mavroudis, C., Ebert, P.A., Preliminary experience with aspirin for anticoagulation in children with prosthetic cardiac valves (1982) Ann Thorac Surg, 33, pp. 549-553 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021282567&doi=10.3109%2f14017438409102398&partnerID=40&md5=1911c6f1bbf29a978a2ee98b302125de ER - TY - JOUR TI - Fertility tables by cohorts for females in Japan T2 - Jinko mondai kenkyu. [Journal of population problems] J2 - Jinko Mondai Kenkyu IS - 167 SP - 58 EP - 63 PY - 1983 SN - 03872793 (ISSN) AU - Ishikawa, A. AB - An attempt is made to determine fertility behavior in Japan by constructing fertility tables for Japanese females according to age. The subject population included Japanese females between the ages of 15-37; the statistics were taken between 1967-1982. A chart of birth rates of the 1960 15-year cohort is presented; also included are graphs indicating 1950, 1960, and 1970 cohorts in percents according to age for 1st child, 2nd child, and 3rd child probability. A table showing total fertility rates and the percentages of women having 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 children between 1970-1981 is presented. Findings indicate that total fertility rates have decreased from 2.13-1.74 from 1970-1980, the sharpest decline observedbeing between 1973-1977. The percentage of Japanese women having no children has risen considerably (from 5.7%-20.8% from 1970-1981) and there has been a slight increase in the percentage of women having only 1 child (from 9.9%-11.2% between 1970-1981). The percentage of women in Japan having 2, 3, 4, or 5 children all decreased somewhat between 1970-1981. KW - age KW - article KW - Asia KW - birth rate KW - Birth Rate--changes KW - Demographic Factors KW - demography KW - developed country KW - developing country KW - Eastern Asia KW - Far East KW - fertility KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Rate--changes KW - Japan KW - measurement KW - methodology KW - parity KW - Parity--changes KW - population KW - population and population related phenomena KW - population dynamics KW - research KW - Research Methodology KW - Total Fertility Rate--changes KW - Age Factors KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate--changes KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Eastern Asia KW - Fertility KW - Fertility Measurements KW - Fertility Rate--changes KW - Japan KW - Measurement KW - Parity--changes KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research Methodology KW - Total Fertility Rate--changes KW - Age Factors KW - Asia KW - Birth Rate KW - Demography KW - Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - English Abstract KW - Far East KW - Fertility KW - Japan KW - Parity KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Population Dynamics KW - Research KW - Research Design N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 12155004 LA - Japanese N1 - Correspondence Address: Ishikawa, A. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020783877&partnerID=40&md5=638c9698c6843412dd4b6fe776b93666 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evidence for increasing prevalence of diabetes mellitus in childhood T2 - British Medical Journal J2 - BR. MED. J. VL - 286 IS - 6381 SP - 1855 EP - 1857 PY - 1983 SN - 09598146 (ISSN) AU - Stewart Brown, S. AU - Haslum, M. AU - Butler, N. AD - Dep. Child Health, Univ. Bristol, Bristol BS2 8DZ, United Kingdom AB - The prevalence of diabetes mellitus among the cohort of children in the Child Health and Education Study studied at age 10 was 1.3/1000. Comparison with prevalences found in the two previous British birth cohort studies suggested that the prevalence of diabetes is doubling roughly every decade. The data suggested that childhood diabetics are a socially advantaged group. These findings have important implications and should be taken into account by health service planners if the needs of these children are to be met in the future. KW - child KW - childhood KW - diabetes mellitus KW - endocrine system KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - health service KW - human KW - prevalence KW - united kingdom KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Insulin-Dependent KW - Female KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Sex Factors KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :59 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BMJOA C2 - 6407601 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020533358&partnerID=40&md5=3618b5dbd2a7ea1aa33eec9a387d51a7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Plus ça change: predictors of birthweight in two national studies T2 - BJOG: An International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology J2 - BJOG Int. J. Obstet. Gynaecol. VL - 90 IS - 11 SP - 1040 EP - 1045 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1111/j.1471-0528.1983.tb06442.x SN - 14700328 (ISSN) AU - PETERS, T.J. AU - GOLDING, J. AU - BUTLER, N.R. AU - FRYER, J.G. AU - LAWRENCE, C.J. AU - CHAMBERLAIN, G.V.P. AD - Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Washington House, Great George Street, Bristol, BS1 5QD, United Kingdom AD - Department of Mathematical Statistics and Operational Research, University of Exeter, Streatham Court, Rennes Drive, Exeter, EX4 4PU, United Kingdom AD - Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, St George's Hospital Medical School, Cranmer Terrace, London, SW17 ORE, United Kingdom AB - Summary. The 16 989 singleton births in one week of March, 1958, studied by the British Perinatal Mortality Survey, were subjected to an analysis of covariance, which showed that major factors associated with birthweight of the infant were: maternal height, history of smoking in pregnancy, parity and history of pre‐eclampsia during the pregnancy. The same analysis was repeated on the data collected on 16 792 singletons born 12 years later in one week of April, 1970 and studied by the British Births Survey. In spite of major changes in obstetric practice and in the maternal population, the same factors were shown to be highly significant and the magnitude of the associations had changed little. Copyright © 1983, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - analysis of variance KW - article KW - birth weight KW - body height KW - comparative study KW - female KW - fetus death KW - human KW - infant mortality KW - maternal age KW - newborn KW - parity KW - preeclampsia KW - pregnancy KW - smoking KW - social class KW - United Kingdom KW - diagnosis KW - female genital system KW - fetus KW - normal human KW - preeclampsia KW - pregnancy KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Birth Weight KW - Body Height KW - Comparative Study KW - Female KW - Fetal Death KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Infant Mortality KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Maternal Age KW - Parity KW - Pre-Eclampsia KW - Pregnancy KW - Smoking KW - Social Class KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6639898 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: PETERS, T.J.; Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, Washington House, Great George Street, Bristol, BS1 5QD, United Kingdom N1 - References: Armitage, P., (1971) Statistical Methods in Medical Research, , Blackwell Scientific Publications,. Oxford; Butler, N.R., Alberman, E.D., (1969) Perinatal Mortality: The Second Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Butler, N.R., Bonham, D.G., (1963) Perinatal Problems: The First Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , E & S Livingstone,. Edinburgh; Chamberlain, G., Philipp, E., Hewlett, B., Masters, K., (1978) British Births 1970 Vol 2: Obstetric Care, , William Heinemann Medical Books Ltd, London; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Hewlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970 Vol 1: The First Week of Life, , William Heinemann Medical Books Ltd, London; Golding, J., Adelstein, P., (1980), Cigarette smoking and pregnancy‐induced hypertension. In Proceedings of the First Congress of the International Society for the Study of Hypertension in Pregnancy Dublin; Goldstein, H., Statistical appendix (1969) Perinatal Problems: The Second Report of the 1958 British Perinatal Mortality Survey, , Butler, N. R., Alberman, E. D., Eds, E & S Livingstone, Edinburgh; Karr, A., (1849), Les Guepes; (1951) Classification of Occupations, , HMSO, London; (1966) Classification of Occupations, , HMSO, London UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020973431&doi=10.1111%2fj.1471-0528.1983.tb06442.x&partnerID=40&md5=96c3a9a7a90eedf512d9e5990e5630e4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Relationship of cigarette smoking and social class to birth weight and perinatal mortality among all births in Britain, 5-11 April 1970 T2 - Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health J2 - J. EPIDEMIOL. COMMUNITY HEALTH VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 249 EP - 255 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1136/jech.37.4.249 SN - 0143005X (ISSN) AU - Rush, D. AU - Cassano, P. AD - The Division of Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, NY, United States AB - The joint associations of maternal cigarette smoking and social class on perinatal outcome were studied in the 1970 British birth cohort (British Births). Whereas smoking was much more frequent among women in social class III, IV, and V, there was little difference in the birthweight decrement associated with smoking across class. Perinatal mortality, however, was increased only among smokers in the manual social classes. Thus whereas the offspring of more privileged smokers were not protected from intrauterine growth retardation, they did not suffer from increased perinatal mortality. Observations of other populations suggest a possible nutritional mediation of this protective effect. KW - birth weight KW - epidemiology KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - newborn KW - normal human KW - perinatal mortality KW - pregnancy KW - smoking KW - social aspect KW - social class N1 - Cited By :78 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JECHD C2 - 6655412 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0021073335&doi=10.1136%2fjech.37.4.249&partnerID=40&md5=f0b72dc8421be198b73230e91f6504f2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Take‐up of benefits by families with disabled children T2 - Child: Care, Health and Development J2 - Child Care Health Dev. VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 145 EP - 156 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1983.tb00312.x SN - 03051862 (ISSN) AU - COOKE, K. AU - BRADSHAW, J. AU - LAWTON, D. AD - Social Policy Research Unit, University of York, United Kingdom AB - Summary The take‐up of four cash benefits by families with disabled children is assessed using a national sample drawn from the 1970 birth cohort. The four benefits are invalid care allowance, attendance allowance, mobility allowance and the Family Fund. None of the few families in the sample who were eligible for the invalid care allowance knew about it or had claimed it, but none would have been better off if they had done so. Take‐up of the attendance allowance was lower than previous studies have suggested; between a half and two‐thirds of those who appeared to be eligible were receiving the attendance allowance. About 80% of those children who were eligible for the mobility allowance were receiving it. About 65% of those families who met the eligibility criteria of the Family Fund had received help. Copyright © 1983, Wiley Blackwell. All rights reserved KW - adolescent KW - article KW - child KW - child health care KW - disability KW - disabled person KW - economics KW - human KW - preschool child KW - social security KW - United Kingdom KW - Adolescent KW - Child KW - Child Health Services KW - Child, Preschool KW - Disability Evaluation KW - Disabled Persons KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Social Security N1 - Cited By :6 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6223719 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: COOKE, K.; Social Policy Research Unit, University of York, Heslington, Yorkshire, YOI 5DD, United Kingdom N1 - References: Baldwin, S.M., Bradshaw, J.R., Cooke, K.R., Glendinning, C., (1981), pp. 82-116. , The disabled person and cash benefits. In Disability: Legislation and Practice, D. Guthrie; Macmillan, London Bradshaw, J.R., Examining benefits for families with handicapped children (1977) Social Security Research Seminar, DHSS, pp. 115-153. , HMSO, London; Bradshaw, J.R., (1980) The Family Fund, , Routledge and Kegan Paul, London; Bradshaw, J.R., Lawton, D., An examination of equity in the administration of the attendance allowance (1980) Policy & Politics, 8, pp. 39-54; Bradshaw, J.R., Lawton, D., Utilization of the Family Fund (1982) Child: care, health and development, 8, pp. 227-237; Casserly, J., Clark, B., (1978), A Welfare Rights Approach to the Chronically Sick and Disabled. Strathclyde Regional Council; Chamberlain, R., Chamberlain, G., Howlett, B., Claireaux, A., (1975) British Births 1970, , Heinemann Medical, London; Cooke, K.R., (1979), A Study of Child Beneficiaries of the Mobility Allowance. Social Policy Research Unit working paper. University of York; Cooke, K.R., An evaluation of the mobility allowance for families with handicapped children (1980) Child: care, health and development, 6, pp. 279-289; Cooke, K.R., Staden, F.M., (1981) The Mobility Allowance: An Evaluative Study, , HMSO, London; Glendinning, C., Phillips, H., (1981), Who Benefits Disability Alliance, London; (1975) Hansard, 898, p. 1720. , col; (1982) Second Report from the Social Services Committee, Session, , 198182. HC 306 1, HMSO, London; Lister, R., (1974) The Take‐up of Means‐Tested Benefits, , Child Poverty Action Group, London; (1976) Means‐Tested Benefits, , NCC, London; (1970), (4 S). , National Insurance Act (, 2); (1975), (37 S.A). , Social Security Pensions ActUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020757706&doi=10.1111%2fj.1365-2214.1983.tb00312.x&partnerID=40&md5=c06a28bbbaa93a41d2a1b3511cfac570 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Drugs and delinquency. A ten year follow-up of drug clinic patients T2 - British Journal of Psychiatry J2 - BR. J. PSYCHIATRY VL - 142 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 173 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1192/bjp.142.2.169 SN - 00071250 (ISSN) AU - Gordon, A.M. AD - The Retreat, York YO1 5BN, United Kingdom AB - The addiction and conviction status of 60 male patients who presented to a London drug clinic in 1970 was re-examined 10 years later. Eleven of the patients had died. Three-quarters of the survivors had been abstinent for five years and one quarter were still addicted in this time. Ninety-seven per cent had received a court conviction by 1981 and 83 per cent were convicted during follow-up. Neither hospital treatment, receipt of a clinic prescription nor imprisonment was associated with eventual abstinence. Poor outcome, in combined terms of continued addiction and re-conviction, related to early parental loss, poor academic achievement, conviction before drug use, longer imprisonment and a high conviction rate. Criminality emerges as the predominant and continuing expression of deviancy in these drug clinic patients. KW - academic achievement KW - adult KW - central nervous system KW - clinical article KW - delinquency KW - drug dependence KW - forensic medicine KW - human KW - parental deprivation KW - psychological aspect KW - therapy KW - United Kingdom N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJPYA C2 - 6839071 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020692136&doi=10.1192%2fbjp.142.2.169&partnerID=40&md5=5d170cc773943aa2b262ee0d110422af ER - TY - JOUR TI - Pulmonary infection with Myocbacterium kansasii in Wales, 1970-9: Review of treatment and response T2 - Thorax J2 - THORAX VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 271 EP - 274 PY - 1983 SN - 00406376 (ISSN) AU - Banks, J. AU - Hunter, A.M. AU - Campbell, I.A. AD - Chest Unit, Llandough Hosp., Penarth, S Glam CF6 1XX, United Kingdom AB - Thirty-five patients (88% male) with pulmonary infection caused by Mycobacterium kansasii have been reviewed. Sixty-six per cent had pre-existing lung disease, chronic bronchitis and emphysema accounting for half of the disorders. Unilateral lesions were present in 69% of patients whose chest radiographs were reviewed and 90% had cavitating disease. The development of unilateral or bilateral disease appeared to be independent of any delay in starting treatment. Five patients died while receiving treatment, but none of these deaths was due to M kansasii infection. The remaining 30 patients were successfully treated with drug regimens, all of which included rifampicin and 86% of which included ethambutol. There was 100% sputum conversion, with no relapses after a mean follow-up period of five-and-a-half years. Rifampicin and ethambutol given for a mean period of 15 months appeared to be a non-toxic, effective combination. KW - cycloserine KW - ethambutol KW - ethionamide KW - isoniazid KW - rifampicin KW - streptomycin KW - thioacetazone KW - viomycin KW - ethambutol KW - rifampicin KW - central nervous system KW - chemotherapy KW - clinical article KW - drug therapy KW - epidemiology KW - human KW - mycobacterium kansasii KW - pneumonia KW - respiratory system KW - survey KW - therapy KW - united kingdom KW - adult KW - aged KW - article KW - atypical mycobacteriosis KW - drug combination KW - female KW - lung disease KW - lung tuberculosis KW - male KW - mycobacteriosis KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Drug Therapy, Combination KW - Ethambutol KW - Female KW - Human KW - Lung Diseases KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mycobacterium Infections KW - Mycobacterium Infections, Atypical KW - Rifampin KW - Tuberculosis, Pulmonary N1 - Cited By :34 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: THORA C2 - 6867979 LA - English N1 - Chemicals/CAS: cycloserine, 339-72-0, 68-39-3, 68-41-7; ethambutol, 10054-05-4, 1070-11-7, 3577-94-4, 74-55-5; ethionamide, 536-33-4; isoniazid, 54-85-3, 62229-51-0, 65979-32-0; rifampicin, 13292-46-1; streptomycin, 57-92-1; thioacetazone, 104-06-3; viomycin, 32988-50-4, 37883-00-4; Ethambutol, 74-55-5; Rifampin, 13292-46-1 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020645870&partnerID=40&md5=0f036aa1d8105c6c8ec029cd60a53396 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Childhood head injuries in Israel: Epidemiology and outcome T2 - Disability and Rehabilitation J2 - Disabil. Rehabil. VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 36 PY - 1983 DO - 10.3109/09638288309166936 SN - 09638288 (ISSN) AU - Horowitz, I. AU - Costeff, H. AU - Sadan, N. AU - Abraham, E. AU - Geyer, S. AU - Najenson, T. AD - Pediatrics Department, Meir Hospital, Kfar-Sava, and Sackler School of Medicine, Tel Aviv, Israel AD - Lowenstein Hospital, Ra'anana and Sackler School of Medicine, Tel-Aviv University, Israel AB - Results are reported of a regional survey of hospitalized head injuries in Israeli children aged 0-7 years during the period 1970-1976. There were 370 such cases surveyed. Incidence of head injury requiring hospitalization was 1.71/1000 per year. Follow-up examination 4-10 years after injury was achieved in 50 per cent of the cases. Late seizures and focal neurological deficit were rare, while school failure and various neuropsychiatric symptoms were common. Prevalence of seizures and new nervous habits was significantly related to severity of injury, while the prevalence of fears, nightmares, dizziness and school failure was not. © 1983 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Brain injuries KW - Child, hospitalized KW - Epidemiology KW - Follow-up studies PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: DREHE LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Horowitz, I.; Pediatrics Department, Meir Hospital, Kfar-Sava, 44281, Israel N1 - References: Huttenlocher, P.R., (1979) Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics, pp. 1781-1788. , W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia; Craft, A.H., Head injury in children (1972) Handbook of Clinical Neurology, 23, pp. 445-458. , Vinken, Bruyn. Elsevier, New York; Levin, J.S., Eisenberg, H.M., Neuro-psychological outcome of closed head-injury in children and adolescents (1979) Child's Brain, 5, pp. 281-292; Jennett, B., Bond, M., Assessment of outcome after severe brain damage (1975) Lancet, 1, pp. 480-484; Flach, J., Malmros, R., A long-term follow-up study of children with severe head injury (1972) Scand. J. Rehab. Med, 4, pp. 9-15; Stover, S.L., Ziegler, E., Head injury in children and teenagers: functional recovery correlated with the duration of coma (1976) Arch. Phys. Med. Rehabil, 57, pp. 201-205; Wechsler, D., (1974) Manual for Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children - Revised (WISC-R), , The Psychological Corporation, New York; Bender, L., (1946) Bender Motor Gestalt Test: cards and manual for instructions, , Am. Orthopsychiat. Assoc. Inc; Benton, A.L., (1974) Revised Visual Retention Test, , The Psychological Corporation, New York; (1976) Behavioral Test Battery for Toxicopsychological Studies, , Institute of Occupational Health, Helsinki; (1979) Manual for the GATE Screening Service, , US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC; Teasdale, G., Jennett, B., Assessment of coma and impaired consciousness. A practical scale (1974) Lancet, 2, pp. 81-84; Fuld, P.A., Fisher, P., (1977) Dev. Med. Child Neurol, 19, pp. 495-502; Bruce, D.A., Schut, L., Bruno, L.A., Wood, J.M., Sutton, L.N., Outcome following severe head injuries in children (1978) J. Neurosurg, 48, pp. 679-688; Shaffer, D., Chadwick, O., Rutter, M., (1975) Psychiatric outcome of localised head injury in children, pp. 191-213. , A CIBA Foundation Symposium 34 (new series); (1971) Statistical Abstracts, No. 22, , Central Department of Statistics, Israel; (1971) Statistical Quarterly No. 4, , Division of Research, Israel Ministry of Welfare; Dillon, H., Leopold, R.L., Children and the post concussion syndrome (1961) J. Amer. Med. Assoc, 175, pp. 86-92; Dencker, S.J., löfring, B., A psychomatic study of identical twins discordant for closed head injury (1958) Acta Psychiat Neurol. Scand, 33; Bond, M.R., (1975) Assessment of psychosocial outcome after severe head-injury, pp. 141-157. , A CIBA Foundation Symposium 34 (new series); Teuber, H.L., Rudel, R.C., Behaviour after cerebral lesion in children and adults (1962) Dev. Med. Child. Neurol, 4, pp. 3-20; Hendrick, E.B., The use of hypothermia in severe head injuries in childhood (1959) Arch. Surg, 79, pp. 362-364; Walker, A.E., Block, B., Heroic treatment of acute head injury. A critical analysis of the results (1960) Ann. Surg, 26, pp. 184-188; Ruesch, J., Intellectual impairment in head injuries (1944) Am. J. Psychiatry, 100, pp. 480-496; Lewin, W., (1966) The Management of Head Injuries, , Bailliére, Tindal & Cassel, London; Bruce, D.A., Raphaely, R.C., Goldberg, A.J., Zimerman, R.A., Bizlnik, L.T., Svhut, L., Kuhk, D.E., Pathophysiology treatment and outcome following severe head injury in children (1979) Child's Brain, 2, pp. 174-191; Najenson, T., 6dCongreso International De Medicina Fisica (1972) Sociology and Rehabilitation in Israel, 2, pp. 474-493; Becker, D.P., Miller, J.D., Greenberg, R.P., Yound, M.F., Sakalas, R., The outcome from severe head injury with intensive management (1977) J. Neurosurg, 47, pp. 491-502; Carlsson, C.A., von Essen, A., Lofgran, J., Factors affecting the clinical course of patients with severe head injury (1968) J. Neurosurg, 29, pp. 242-251 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907039697&doi=10.3109%2f09638288309166936&partnerID=40&md5=4b8e365c1eef80ef1d4d2005abf68352 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Gastroschisis and omphalocele in Denmark. An epidemiological investigation T2 - Ugeskrift for Laeger J2 - UGESKR. LAEG. VL - 145 IS - 17 SP - 1323 EP - 1327 PY - 1983 SN - 00415782 (ISSN) AU - Bugge, M. AU - Hauge, M. AD - Arvepatol. Inst., Odense Univ., DK-5000 Odense C, Denmark AB - About the middle of the nineteen seventies a sudden marked increase in the incidence of gastroschisis was demonstrated in Sweden and Norway. On the basis of this observation, an epidemiological investigation of ten Danish birth cohorts (1970-1979) was undertaken as part of a common internordic project. The average point prevalence at the time of birth was found to be 1.41 per 10,000 for gastroschisis and 1.85 per 10,000 for omphalocele. No definite increase in the course of the period of registration could be demonstrated. The age distribution of mothers and infants with pronounced peak at about 20 years and with no observed cases after the age of 29 years. The frequency of omphalocele is not definitely associated with maternal age. Severe congenital malformations were found mainly accompanying omphalocele and nearly 10% of these were shown to have trisomy. These findings, together with the conditions of perinatal survival and other epidemiological characteristics, emphasize that classification of gastroschisis and omphalocele under one heading is no longer acceptable. KW - classification KW - congenital disorder KW - congenital malformation KW - digestive system KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - gastroschisis KW - geographic distribution KW - geographic pathology KW - human KW - omphalocele KW - stomach KW - trisomy KW - abdominal wall musculature KW - adult KW - article KW - Denmark KW - female KW - newborn KW - umbilical hernia KW - Abdominal Muscles KW - Adult KW - Denmark KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - Hernia, Umbilical KW - Human KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Statistics KW - Stomach N1 - Cited By :17 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: UGLAA C2 - 6224329 LA - Danish UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020626478&partnerID=40&md5=37abfc897d4e654ee71d5f6c7415f36d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Posterior urethral valves in the British isles:A multicenter B.A.P.S. review T2 - Journal of Pediatric Surgery J2 - J. Pediatr. Surg. VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 74 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1016/S0022-3468(83)80276-0 SN - 00223468 (ISSN) AU - Atwell, J.D. AD - Southampton, England, United Kingdom AB - The management of 108 patients with posteriorurethral valves from 7 pediatric surgical centers has been reviewed. All the patients have been treated in the 10 year period since 1970. 53 were under 3 mo of age at presentation (Group I), 8 between 3 mo and 1 yr (Group II), 22 between 1 and 5 yr (Group III), and 25 over 5 yr of age (Group IV). Under 5 yr of age urinary infection (37) and renal failure (22) were the commonest methods of presentation. Over 5 yr of age diurnal and nocturnal enuresis were the commenest sysptoms. Endoscopic fulguration of the valves with or without preliminary catheter drainage has been the treatment of choice. Repeated fulguration of residual valve cusps was often required. The incidence of urethral stricture (2 patients) was highest after the use of the resectoscope. Refashioning and reimplantation of the ureters is associated with a high complication rate and is not recommended. Secondary operations on the bladder neck have been avoided in this series due to the risk of incontinence. 8 patients died (7.4%) and 7 of these deaths occurred in patients presenting under 3 mo of age. One patient died from renal failure 7 yr after the diagnosis of posterior urethral valves at 2 yr of age. It is suggested that the high mortality from renal failure in the group presenting early is related to renal dysplasia. © 1983 Grune & Stratton, Inc. KW - Posterior urethral valves KW - bladder KW - clinical article KW - diagnosis KW - endoscopy KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - geographic distribution KW - human KW - kidney dysplasia KW - kidney failure KW - mortality KW - preschool child KW - school child KW - therapy KW - urethra valve KW - Child, Preschool KW - Drainage KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Male KW - Urethra KW - Urethral Obstruction N1 - Cited By :67 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Review DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JPDSA C2 - 6834230 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Atwell, J.D.; Southampton, England, United Kingdom N1 - References: Tsingoglou, Dickson, Lower urinary obstruction in infancy (1972) Arch Dis Child, 47, pp. 215-217; Williams, Whitaker, Barratt, Urethral valves (1973) Br J Urol, 45, pp. 200-210; Young, Frontz, Baldwin, Congenital obstruction of the posterior urethra (1919) J Urol, 3, p. 289; Hendren, Posterior urethral valves in boys: A broad clinical spectrum (1971) J Urol, 106, pp. 298-307; Williams, Eckstein, Obstructive valves in the posterior urethra (1965) J Urol, 93, pp. 236-246; Bruce, Gonzales, Cutaneous vesicostomy: a useful form of tempory diversion in children (1980) J Urol, 123, pp. 927-928; Allen, Vesicostomy for the tempory diversion of the urine in small children (1980) J Urol, 123, pp. 929-931; Myers, Walder, Prevention of urethral strictures in the management of posterior urethral valves (1981) J Urol, 126, pp. 655-657; Whitaker, Keeton, Williams, Posterior urethral valves: A study of urinary control after operation (1972) J Urol, 108, p. 171; Kurth, Alleman, Schroder, Major and minor complications of posterior urethral valves (1981) J Urol, 126, pp. 517-519; Henneberry, Stephens, Renal hypoplasia and dysplasia in infants with posterior urethral valves (1980) J Urol, 123, pp. 912-915; Ransley P: Personal communicationUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020680611&doi=10.1016%2fS0022-3468%2883%2980276-0&partnerID=40&md5=6de7511e418a5d7f63424624a68f7171 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Cigarette smoking among successive birth cohorts of men and women in the United States during 1900-80 T2 - Journal of the National Cancer Institute J2 - J. NATL. CANCER INST. VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 473 EP - 479 PY - 1983 SN - 00278874 (ISSN) AU - Harris, J.E. AD - Dep. Econ., Massachusetts Inst. Technol., Cambridge, MA 02139, United States AB - Trends in cigarette smoking among successive cohorts of men and women were reconstructed from smoking histories of respondents to the 1978-80 Health Interview Surveys. Estimated smoking rates among the older cohorts were then adjusted for the differential mortality of cigarette smokers and nonsmokers. By 1920, over half of the young male population smoked cigarettes. Not until 1950 did more than a third of the young female population smoke cigarettes. The proportion of men who ever smoked cigarettes progressively declined with each successive cohort born after 1920. By contrast, the proportion of women who ever smoked declined only among cohorts born after 1940. Cessation of cigarette smoking from age 30 years onward was observed for all cohorts of men. Cessation rates accelerated for men who reached age 30 after 1960. By contrast, smoking cessation from age 30 was observed only for women who reached age 30 after 1950. Cessation rates accelerated only for women who reached age 30 after 1970. For each cohort, recent smoking cessation rates for men have exceeded those for women. Maximum exposure to cigarette smoking probably occurred among men who are now in their seventh and eighth decades. By contrast, peak exposure to smoking probably occurred among women who are now only in their fifth and sixth decades. KW - birth order KW - cigarette smoking KW - controlled study KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - human KW - normal human KW - prevalence KW - respiratory system KW - sex difference KW - social aspect KW - united states KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Epidemiology KW - Health Surveys KW - Human KW - Medical History Taking KW - Middle Age KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :148 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JNCIA C2 - 6577223 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020519860&partnerID=40&md5=70f7a75dc5e203d85e95260911f5a5d0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Secular trends in the distributions of the breast cancer risk factors-menarche, first birth, menopause, and weight-in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 118 IS - 1 SP - 78 EP - 89 PY - 1983 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a113619 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Hoel, D.G. AU - Wakabayashi, T. AU - Pike, M.C. AD - National Institute of Environmental Health Sciencesxy, P.O. Box 12233, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709xy, United States AD - Division of Epidemiology and Statistics, Radiation Effects Research Foundation, Hiroshima, Japan AD - Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, University of Southern California Medical School, Los Angeles, CA, United States AB - Hoel, D. G. (National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709), T. Wakabayashi and M. C. Pike. Secular trends in the distributions of the breast cancer risk factors-menarche, first birth, menopause and weight-in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan. Am J Epidemiol 1983; 118: 78-89.The results of a mail survey completed by approximately 21,000 female atomic bomb survivors in Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1970 are studied wtth respect to menarche, first birth, menopause, and weight. These known risk factors for breast cancer can be used to explain some but not all of the differences in Japanese and US breast cancer rates. The results for age at menarche are the most striking, with the presence of a strong secular trend. The average age at menarche in Japan was observed to decrease from 16.4 years for women born In 1902 to 14.4 years for women born in 1942. However, a temporary increase was observed in women whose menarche was expected to occur during the war years of the early 1940s. Differences between US and Japanese women were also observed in age at first birth and nulliparity rates. Age at menopause was similar for the two groups, although US women have a considerably higher rate of surgically induced menopause. Within each birth cohort, It is shown that body weight is negatively correlated with age at menarche and positively correlated with age at menopause. © 1983 by The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health. KW - Age factors KW - Body weight KW - Breast neoplasms KW - Menarche KW - Menopause KW - adolescent KW - age KW - body weight KW - breast KW - breast cancer KW - endocrine system KW - female genital system KW - geographic distribution KW - growth KW - human KW - japan KW - menarche KW - menopause KW - short survey KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Body Weight KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Comparative Study KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Human KW - Japan KW - Menarche KW - Menopause KW - Middle Age KW - Parity KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. KW - United States PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :54 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 6869366 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hoel, D.G.; National Institute of Environmental Health Sciencesxy, P.O. Box 12233, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709xy, United States N1 - References: Waterhouse, J., Muir, C., Correa, P., Cancer Incidence in Five Continents. Lyon: International Agency for Research on Cancer, , Scientific publication no. 15; Macmahon, B., Cole, P., Brown, J., Etiology of human breast cancer: A review (1973) JNCI, 50, pp. 21-42; Haenazel, W., Kurihara, M., Studies of Japanese immigrants. I. Mortality from cancer and other diseases among Japanese in the United States (1968) JNCI, 40, pp. 43-68; Buell, P., Changing incidence of breast cancer in Japanese-American women (1973) JNCI, 51, pp. 1479-1483; (1981) Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results: Incidence and Mortality Data, 1973-77, , Bethesda, MD: NCI Monograph 57, NIH publication no. 81-2330; Miller, A.B., Bulbrook, R.D., The epidemiology and etiology of breast cancer (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 1246-1248; Macmahon, B., (1973) Age at Menarche, , (Vital and Health Statistics, Series 11, No. 133). Washington DC: US GPO, DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 74-1615; Fertility Tables for Birth Cohorts by Color, United States, 1917-1973, , Washington DC: US GPO, (DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 76-1152; Macmahon, B., Worcester, J., (1966) Age at Menopause, United States, 1960-1962, , Vital and Health Statistics, Series 11, No. 19). Washington DC: US GPO, DHEW Publication No. (PHS) 1000; Stoudt, H.W., Damon, A., McFarland, R., (1965) Weight, Height, and Selected Body Dimensions of Adults, United States, 1960-1962, , (Vital and Health Statistics, Series 11, No. 8). Washington DC: US GPO, DHEW Publication No. (HRA) 1-44; Kagawa, Y., Impact of westernization on the nutrition of Japanese: Changes in physique, cancer, longevity and centenarians (1978) Prev Med, 7, pp. 205-217; Krailo, M.D., Pike, M.C., Estimation of the distribution of age at natural menopause from prevalence data (1983) Am J Epidemiol, 117, pp. 356-361; Pike, M.C., Henderson, B.E., Casagrande, J.T., The epidemiology of breast cancer as it relates to menarche, pregnancy, and menopause (1981) Banbury Report 8, Hormones and Breast Cancer, pp. 3-19. , Pike MC, Siiteri PK, Welsch CW, eds., Cold Spring Harbor, NY: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory; Moolgavkar, S.H., Day, N.E., Stevens, R.G., Twostage model for carcinogens: Epidemiology of breast cancer in females (1980) JNCI, 65, pp. 559-569; Bullough, V.L., Age at menarche: A misunderstanding (1981) Science, 213, pp. 365-366; Tanner, J.M., Menarcheal age (1981) Science, 214, p. 604; Wyshak, G., Frisch, R.E., Evidence for a secular trend in age of menarche (1982) N Engl J Med, 306, pp. 1033-1035; Stevens, R.G., Moolgavkar, S.H., Lee, J., Temporal trends in breast cancer (1982) Am J Epidemiol, 115, pp. 759-777; Pike, M.C., Krailo, M.D., Henderson, B.E., Hormonal' Risk Factors and the Age-Incidence of Breast Cancer, , Manuscript; Lindquist, O., Bengtsson, C., Menopausal age in relation to smoking (1979) Acta Med Scand, 205, pp. 73-77; Fergusson, D., Erson, T.J., Morphological evaluation of cell turnover in relation to the menstrual cycle in the "resting" human breast (1981) Br J Cancer, 44, pp. 177-181; Siiteri, P.K., Macdonald, P.C., The role of extraglandular estrogen in human endocrinology (1973) Handbook of Physiology, pp. 615-629. , Geiger SR, et al., eds., New York: American Physiological Society; Siiteri, P.K., Hammond, G.L., Nisker, J.A., Increased availability of serum estrogens in breast cancer a new hypothesis (1981) Banbury Report 8, Hormones and Breast Cancer, pp. 87-101. , Pike MC, Siiteri PK, Welsch CW, eds., Cold Spring Harbor, NY: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory; Nisker, J.A., Hammond, G.L., Davidson, B.J., Serum sex hormone binding globulin capacity and the percentage of free estradiol in postmenopausal women with and without endometrial carcinoma (1980) Am J Obstet Gynecol, 138, pp. 637-642; Armstrong, B.K., Doll, R., Environmental factors and cancer incidence and mortality in different countries, with special reference to dietary practices (1975) Int J Cancer, 15, pp. 617-631; Henderson, B.E., Pike, M.C., Casagrande, J.T., Breast cancer and the estrogen window hypothesis (1981) Lancet, 2, pp. 363-364; Wallace, R., Sherman, B., Bean, J., Menstrual cycle patterns and breast cancer risk factors (1978) Cancer Res, 38, pp. 4021-4024 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020625573&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a113619&partnerID=40&md5=69eacd2e3c8e0329c26b5ca93754bae9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sex differences in separation and divorce: A longitudinal perspective T2 - Issues in Mental Health Nursing J2 - Issues Ment. Health Nurs. VL - 5 IS - 1-4 SP - 103 EP - 120 PY - 1983 DO - 10.3109/01612848309009435 SN - 01612840 (ISSN) AU - Caldwell, R.A. AU - Bloom, B.L. AU - Hodges, W.F. AD - Michigan State University, MI, United States AD - University of Colorado, CO, United States AB - One of the most significant changes in American society in the past two decades has been the dramatic increase in the number of separations and divorces. Between 1962 and 1981, the number of divorces in the United States tripled (National Center for Health Statistics, 1982). From 1970 to 1977, the divorce rate in the United States increased 79 percent (Camara et al., 1980). In the past several years, however, while the number of divorces has continued to increase, the divorce rate has stabilized. Nevertheless, there are currently over one million divorces granted annually in the United States. Since there is an average of one child per divorcing couple, these divorces represent a serious disruption in the lives of more than three million people every year (Bloom et al., in press). Current projections suggest that the near future will be little different from the recent past, and that about one-third of married persons between 25 and 35 years of age in 1975 will divorce (Camara et al., 1980). © 1983 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - adaptive behavior KW - divorce KW - family size KW - female KW - human KW - human relation KW - longitudinal study KW - male KW - marriage KW - psychological aspect KW - review KW - sex difference KW - social support KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Divorce KW - Female KW - Human KW - Interpersonal Relations KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Marriage KW - Sex Factors KW - Single Person KW - Social Support KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :14 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6392188 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Caldwell, R.A.; Michigan State University, MI, United States N1 - References: Ahrons, C.R., The continuing coparental relationship between divorced spouses (1981) American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 51, pp. 415-428; Albrecht, S.L., Kunz, P.R., The decision to divorce: A social exchange perspective (1980) Journal of Divorce, 3, pp. 319-337; Andrews, F.M., Withey, S.B., (1976) Social indicators of well being: American 's perceptions of life quality, , Plenum Press, New York; Bernard, J., (1972) The future of marriage, , World Press, New York; Bloom, B.L., Asher, S.J., White, S.W., Marital disruption as a stressor: A review and analysis (1978) Psychological Bulletin, 85, pp. 867-894; Bloom, B.L., Caldwell, R.A., Sex differences in adjustment during the process of marital separation (1981) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 43, pp. 693-701; Bloom, B.L., Hodges, W.F., The predicament of the newly separated (1981) Community Mental Health Journal, 17, pp. 277-293; Bloom, B.L., Hodges, W.F., Caldwell, R.A., A preventive program for the newly separated: Initial evaluation (1982) American Journal of Community Psychology, 10, pp. 251-264; Brown, C.A., Feldberg, R., Fox, E.M., Kohen, J., Divorce: Chance of a new lifetime (1976) Journal of Social Issues, 32, pp. 119-133; Brown, P., Manela, R., Changing family roles: Women and divorce (1978) Journal of Divorce, 1, pp. 315-328; Camara, K.A., Baker, O., Dayton, C., Impact of separation and divorce on youths and families (1980) Environmental variables and the prevention of mental illness, , In P.M. Insel (ed.) D.C. Heath, Lexington, MA; Chiriboga, D.A., Thurnher, M., Marital lifestyles and adjustment to separation (1980) Journal of Divorce, 3, pp. 379-390; Defrain, J., Eirick, R., Coping as divorced single parents: A comparative study of fathers and mothers (1981) Family Relations, 30, pp. 265-273; Espenshade, T.J., The economic consequences of divorce (1979) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 47, pp. 615-625; Gove, W.R., The relationship between sex-roles, marital status, and mental illness (1972) Social Forces, 57, pp. 34-44; Granvold, D.K., Pedler, L.M., Schellie, S.G., A study of sex role expectancy and female postdivorce adjustment (1979) Journal of Divorce, 2, pp. 383-393; Hackney, G.R., Ribordy, S.C., An empirical investigation of emotional reactions to divorce (1980) Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, pp. 105-110; Hoffman, S., Holmes, J., Husbands, wives and divorce (1976) Five-thousand American families: Patterns of economic progress, 4. , In G.J. Duncan, J.N. Morgan (eds.) Institute for Social Research, Ann Arbor, MI; Kitson, G.C., Sussman, M.B., Marital complaints, demographic characteristics, and symptoms of mental distress in divorce (1982) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 44, pp. 87-101; Mott, F.L., Moore, S.F., The causes of marital disruption among young American women: An interdisciplinary perspective (1919) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 41, pp. 355-365; National Center for Health Statistics. Births, marriages, divorces, and deaths for 1981 (1982) Monthly vital statistics report, 30 (12), pp. 1-12; Nelson, G., Moderators of women's and children's adjustment following parental divorce (1981) Journal of Divorce, 4, pp. 71-83; Pearson, W., Jr., Hendrix, L., Divorce and the status of women (1979) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 47, pp. 375-385; Steinmann, A., Fox, D.J., (1974) The Male Dilemma, , Jason Aroson, New York; Warheit, G.J., Holzer, C.E., Bell, R.A., Arey, S.A., Sex, marital status, and mental health: A reappraisal (1976) Social Forces, 55, pp. 459-470; Weiss, R.S., (1975) Marital Separation, , Basic Books, New York; White, L.K., Sex differentials in the effect of remarriage on global happiness (1979) Journal of Marriage and the Family, 47, pp. 869-876 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020978308&doi=10.3109%2f01612848309009435&partnerID=40&md5=1fe7bea3e995a1abf224f801bcc331b3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Recent findings from the 1970 child health and education study: Preliminary communication T2 - Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine J2 - J. R. SOC. MED. VL - 75 IS - 10 SP - 781 EP - 784 PY - 1982 SN - 01410768 (ISSN) AU - Butler, N.R. AU - Haslum, M. AU - Golding, J. AU - Stewart-Brown, S. AD - Dep. Child Health, Univ. Bristol, R. Hosp. Sick Child., Bristol BS2 8BJ, United Kingdom AB - The progress is described of the longitudinal cohort study based on all children born in England, Scotland and Wales in one week of April 1970. The children and their mothers have been surveyed at birth, at five, and recently, at ten. Analyses of the data presented include the finding of improved intellectual outcome in children who had been immunized against pertussis, compared with poor intellectual outcome in children who had had hospital admissions for the disease itself. Preliminary data collected at 10 show that routine hearing and vision testing during the child's school life fell short of recommended standards. The major aim of the 10-year-old contact, however, is to establish details of the national prevalence and pathogenesis of disability. The identification of disability uses a life skills questionnaire, medical history and examination. KW - child KW - child health care KW - child welfare KW - diagnosis KW - education KW - geographic distribution KW - growth KW - human KW - infant KW - preschool child KW - school child KW - Child KW - Disabled Persons KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Health Surveys KW - Hearing Tests KW - Human KW - Immunization KW - Intelligence KW - Learning Disorders KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Mental Retardation KW - Vision Tests KW - Whooping Cough N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: JRSMD C2 - 6215488 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020465667&partnerID=40&md5=b5663a53407aaa58dd2356372eeb11c8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - A cross-national epidemiological resource: The Swedish and Finnish cohort studies of like-sexed twins T2 - International Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Int. J. Epidemiol. VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 387 EP - 390 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1093/ije/11.4.387 SN - 03005771 (ISSN) AU - Cederlöf, R. AU - Rantasalo, I. AU - Floderus-myrhed, B. AU - Hammar, N. AU - Kaprio, J. AU - Koskenvuo, M. AU - Langinvainio, H. AU - Sarna, S. AD - Department of Environmental Hygiene, Karolinska Institute, National Institute of Environmental Medicine, S-10401, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Public Health Science, University of Helsinki, Haartmaninkatu 3, SF-00290, Helsinki 29, Finland AB - Cederlöf R (Department of Environmental Hygiene, Karolinska Institute and National Institute of Environmental Medicine, S-10401 Stockholm, Sweden), Rantasalo I, Floderus-Myrhed, B, Hammar N, Kaprio J, Koskenvuo M, Langinvainio H, Sarna S. A cross-national epidemiological resource: the Swedish and Finnish cohort studies of like-sexed twins. International Journal of Epidemiology 1982, 11: 387-390.Two large-scale studies of adult like-sexed twin pairs are ongoing in Sweden and Finland. Both studies comprise an unselected series that has been studied in a comparable fashion. Zygosity determination and health questionnaire data-gathering were carried out in 1973 for the Swedish study and in 1975 for the Finnish study for the comparable age groups. Data on hospital usage, cancer incidence and mortality are collected by record-linkage from the respective national registries. Cross-national twin studies can permit testing of hypotheses of the relationships between genetic and cultural factors and major chronic diseases and their risk factors. © 1982 Oxford University Press. KW - dizygotic twins KW - epidemiology KW - fatality KW - geographic distribution KW - heredity KW - human KW - human experiment KW - methodology KW - monozygotic twins KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - twins KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Cross-Cultural Comparison KW - Diseases in Twins KW - Epidemiologic Methods KW - Female KW - Finland KW - Humans KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Morbidity KW - Mortality KW - Pregnancy KW - Sweden KW - Twins KW - Twins, Dizygotic KW - Twins, Monozygotic N1 - Cited By :7 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: IJEPB C2 - 6891377 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Cederlöf, R.; Department of Environmental Hygiene, Karolinska Institute, National Institute of Environmental Medicine, S-10401, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Stamler, J., Epidemiology of coronary heart disease (1973) Med Clin N Am, 57 (1); Keys, A., (1980) Seven Countries. a Multivariate Analysis of Death and Coronary Heart Disease. Cambridge, , Massachusetts, Harvard University Press; Cederlof, R., Friberg, L., Lundman, T., The interactions of smoking, environment and heredity and their implications for disease etiology (1977) A Da Med Scand; Cederlof, R., Epstein, F.H., Friberg, L., Hrubec, Z., Radford, E.P., Twin registries in the study of chronic disease. Report of an International Symposium in San Juan, Puerto Rico, 1-4 Dec, 1969 (1971) Ada Med Scand; Cederlof, R., (1966) The Twin Method in Epidemiological Studies on Chronic Disease, , Diss Acad, University of Stockholm; Medlund, P., Cederlof, R., Floderus-Myrhed, B., Friberg, L., Sorensen, S., A New Swedish Twin Registry (1977) Ada Med Scand; Kaprio, J., Sarna, S., Koskenvuo, M., Rantasalo, I., (1978) The Finnish Twin Registry: Baseline Characteristics, , Section II: Publications of the Department of Public Health Science M37, Helsinki; Kaprio, J., Koskenvuo, M., Artimo, M., Sarna, S., Rantasalo, I., (1979) The Finnish Twin Registry: Baseline Characteristics, , Section I: Publications of the Department of Public Health Science M47, Helsinki; Rose, G.A., The diagnosis of ischaemic heart pain and intermittent claudication in field surveys (1962) WHO Bulletin, 27, p. 645; Standardized questionnaire on respiratory symptoms, College of General Practitioners (1960) Br Med J, 2, p. 1665; Floderus, B., Psycho-social factors in relation to coronary heart disease and associated risk factors (1974) Nord Hyg Tidskr; Cederlof, R., Friberg, L., Jonsson, E., Kaij, L., Studies on similarity diagnosis in twins with the aid of mailed questionnaires (1961) Ada Genet, 11, p. 338; Sarna, S., Kaprio, J., Sistonen, P., Koskenvuo, M., Diagnosis of twin zygosity by mailed questionnaire (1978) Human Heredity, 28, pp. 241-254; Sarna, S., Kaprio, J., Use of multiple logistic analysis in twin zygosity diagnosis (1980) Human Heredity, 30, pp. 71-80; Tarkkonen, L., Koskenvuo, M., Kaprio, J., Langinvainio, H., Floderus-Myrhed, B., (1981) Cross-Validation of the Eysenck Extroversion and Neuroticism Scales in Finland and Sweden, , Publications of the Department of Public Health Science M62, Helsinki; Holmberg, I., A study of mortality among cohorts born in the 18th and 19th century (1970) Cohort Mortality of Sweden. Statistical Reports Be 1970, 3. , National Bureau of Statistics, Stockholm; Kolari, R., Cohort Mortality in Finland from 1851 (1980) Central Statistical Office of Finland, p. 57; Vedin, A., Wilhelmsson, C., Bolander, A.M., Werko, L., Mortality trend in Sweden 1951-1968 with special reference to cardiovascular causes of death (1971) Ada Med Scand; Bolander, A., Comparative study of Mortality by cause in four nordic countries, 1966-1968, with special reference to Male Excess Mortality (1971) Statistical Reports 1971, 9. , National Central Bureau of Statistics; (1976) Myocardial Infarction Community Registers, , Copenhagen, WHO UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020454548&doi=10.1093%2fije%2f11.4.387&partnerID=40&md5=abe421ba70bd26df0d519d1f7bc930a3 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Previous Hospital Care as a Risk Factor for Pneumonia: Implications for Immunization With Pneumococcal Vaccine T2 - JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Association J2 - JAMA VL - 248 IS - 16 SP - 1989 EP - 1995 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1001/jama.1982.03330160037022 SN - 00987484 (ISSN) AU - Fedson, D.S. AU - Baldwin, J.A. AD - Department of Medicine, The University of Chicago, United Kingdom AD - Unit of Clinical Epidemiology, University of Oxford, United Kingdom AB - In the Oxford Record Linkage Study population in 1970, seven hundred ninety-three persons were hospitalized for or died as a result of pneumonia. Thirty-six percent who survived and 49% who died had been discharged from hospital within the previous five years. For the period 1963 through 1970, cohort analysis determined the probability of subsequent readmission and/or death caused by pneumonia within the next five years for patients discharged with any condition and with high-risk conditions only. From this analysis, it was estimated that pneumococcal immunization of relatively few discharged patients would prevent each subsequent readmission and death from pneumococcal pneumonia. These results suggest that, in addition to age and underlying medical condition, patterns of previous hospital care can be used to identify many persons at increased risk of developing pneumonia. If current patterns of previous hospital care are similar to those found in Oxfordshire, physicians should consider giving pneumococcal vaccine to patients who are discharged from hospitals. © 1982, American Medical Association. All rights reserved. KW - pneumococcus vaccine KW - epidemiology KW - hospital care KW - incidence KW - major clinical study KW - pneumonia KW - prevention KW - respiratory system KW - risk factor KW - short survey KW - united states KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Bacterial Vaccines KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Comparative Study KW - Great Britain KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Immunization KW - Infant KW - Middle Age KW - Patient Discharge KW - Patient Readmission KW - Pneumonia KW - Pneumonia, Pneumococcal KW - Risk KW - Streptococcus pneumoniae KW - Time Factors KW - United States N1 - Cited By :45 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7120627 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Baldwin, J.A.; Department of Internal Medicine, University of Virginia Medical Center (Box 494), Charlottesville, VA 22908, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Bacterial Vaccines N1 - References: (1980) Mortality Statistics: Cause—1978, series DH2 No. 5, , Office of Population Censuses and Surveys; Pneumococcal polysaccharide vaccine (1981) MMWR, 30, pp. 410-419; Turk, D.C., Frequencies of pneumococcal types causing serious infections in patients admitted to the Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford, 1969-77 (1978) J Hyg Camb, 81, pp. 227-238; Austrian, R., Douglas, R.M., Schiffman, G., Prevention of pneumococcal pneumonia by vaccination (1976) Trans Assoc Am Physicians, 89, pp. 184-194; Broome, C.V., Facklam, R.R., Fraser, D.W., Pneumococcal disease after pneumococcal vaccination: An alternative method to estimate the efficacy of pneumococcal vaccine (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 549-552; Austrian, R., The assessment of pneumococcal vaccine (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 578-580; Indications for pneumococcal vaccine, editorial (1981) Lancet, 1, pp. 251-253; Hirschmann, J.V., Lipsky, B.A., Pneumococcal vaccine in the United States: A critical analysis (1981) JAMA, 246, pp. 1428-1432; Willems, J.S., Sanders, C.R., Riddiough, M.A., Cost effectiveness of vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia (1980) N Engl J Med, 303, pp. 553-559; Patrick, K.M., Woolley, F.R., A cost-benefit analysis of immunization for pneumococcal pneumonia (1981) JAMA, 245, pp. 473-477; (1979) United States Immunization Survey: 1978, , US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare publication (CDC) 79-8221. Atlanta, Centers for Disease Control; (1965) Hospitalization in the Last Year of Life— United States 1961, , US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare, series 22, 1, table 2. National Center for Health Statistics; (1965) Episodes and Duration of Hospitalization in the Last Year of Life: United States—1961, , US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare, series 22, 2, tables 6 and 10. National Center for Health Statistics; Hilleman, M.R., Carlson, A.J., Jr, McLean, A.A., Streptococcus pneumoniae polysaccharide vaccine: Age and dose responses, safety, persistence of antibody, revaccination, and simultaneous administration of pneumococcal and influenza vaccines (1981) Rev Infect Dis, 3, pp. S31-S42; Heidelberger, M., Dilapi, M.M., Siegel, M., Persistence of antibodies in human subjects injected with pneumococcal polysaccharides (1950) J Immunol, 65, pp. 535-541; Acheson, E.D., (1967) Medical Record Linkage, , Oxford, England, Oxford University Press; Baldwin, J.A., Linked record medical information systems (1973) Proc R Soc Lond, 184, pp. 403-420; Barker, W.H., Mullooly, J.P., Pneumonia and influenza deaths during epidemics: Implications for prevention (1982) Arch Intern Med, 142, pp. 85-89; Austrian, R., Gold, J., Pneumococcal bacteremia with especial reference to bacteremic pneumococcal pneumonia (1964) Ann Intern Med, 60, pp. 759-776; Mufson, M.A., Pneumococcal infections (1981) JAMA, 246, pp. 1942-1948; Foy, H.M., Wentworth, B., Kenny, G.E., Pneumococcal isolations from patients with pneumonia and control subjects in a prepaid medical care group (1975) Am Rev Respir Dis, 111, pp. 595-603; Austrian, R., Random gleanings from a life with the pneumococcus (1975) J Infect Dis, 131, pp. 474-484; Filice, G.A., Darby, C.P., Fraser, D.W., Pneumococcal bacteremia in Charlestown County, South Carolina (1980) Am J Epidemiol, 112, pp. 828-835; Saitz, E.W., Pneumococcal pneumonia: A misleading diagnosis for audit studies (1978) JAMA, 239, p. 2372; (1963) Active Immunization Against Infectious Disease, , Prepared by The Standing Medical Advisory Committee for The Central Health Services Council and The Minister of Health, March; (1975) United States Immunization Survey: 1974, , US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare publication (CDC) 75-8221. Atlanta, Centers for Disease Control; Pantell, R.H., Stewart, T.J., The pneumococcal vaccine: Immunization at a crossroad (1979) JAMA, 241, pp. 2272-2274 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019970820&doi=10.1001%2fjama.1982.03330160037022&partnerID=40&md5=6fd3e6daeb99ffa5418fe0449c0ecd80 ER - TY - JOUR TI - BREAST-FEEDING, BRONCHITIS, AND ADMISSIONS FOR LOWER-RESPIRATORY ILLNESS AND GASTROENTERITIS DURING THE FIRST FIVE YEARS T2 - The Lancet J2 - Lancet VL - 319 IS - 8283 SP - 1227 EP - 1229 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1016/S0140-6736(82)92347-9 SN - 01406736 (ISSN) AU - Taylor, B. AU - Golding, J. AU - Wadsworth, J. AU - Butler, N. AD - Child Health and Education Study, Department of Child Health, University of Bristol, United Kingdom AB - The possible influence of breast-feeding on reported bronchitis and on admissions to hospital for lower-respiratory illness and gastroenteritis during the first five years was assessed in a longitudinal national British study of 13 135 children. Breast-feeding was found to have no significant association with rates of bronchitis or admission to hospital with lower-respiratory illness after allowance was made for influences associated with both lower-respiratory illness and likelihood of breast-feeding (maternal smoking, family social status, and birthweight). Admissions to hospital for gastroenteritis in the first year were marginally less likely in breast-fed infants. © 1982. KW - breast KW - breast feeding KW - bronchitis KW - diagnosis KW - digestive system KW - epidemiology KW - gastroenteritis KW - geographic distribution KW - infant KW - major clinical study KW - newborn KW - normal human KW - normal value KW - preschool child KW - respiratory system KW - respiratory tract disease KW - Breast Feeding KW - Bronchitis KW - Child, Preschool KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Gastroenteritis KW - Great Britain KW - Hospitalization KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Respiratory Tract Diseases KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't N1 - Cited By :43 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: LANCA C2 - 6122982 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Taylor, B.; Child Health and Education Study, Department of Child Health, University of BristolUnited Kingdom N1 - References: Grulee, Sanford, Herron, Breast and artificial feeding (1934) Journal of the American Medical Association, 103, pp. 735-739; Douglas, The extent of breast feeding in Great Britain m 1946 with special reference to the health and survival of children (1950) J Obstet Gynaecol Br Emp, 57, pp. 335-361; Robinson, Infant morbidity and mortality: a study of 3266 infants (1951) Lancet, 1, pp. 788-794; Plank, Milanesi, Infant feeding and infant mortality in rural Chile (1973) Bull WHO, 48, pp. 203-210; Mata, Urrutia, Intestinal colonisation of breast-fed children in a rural area of low socioeconomic level (1971) Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 176, pp. 93-109; Cunningham, Morbidity in breast-fed and artificially fed infants (1977) J Pediatr, 90, pp. 726-729; Cunningham, Morbidity in breast and artificially fed infants II (1979) J Pediatr, 95, pp. 685-689; Watkins, Leeder, Corkhill, The relationship between breast and bottlefeeding and respiratory illness in the first year of life (1979) Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 13, pp. 180-182; Palmer, Avery, Taylor, The influence of obstetric procedures and social and cultural factors on breast feeding rates at discharge from hospital (1979) J Epidemiol Commun Hlth, 33, pp. 248-252; Spence, Walton, Miller, Court, (1954) A thousand families in Newcastle upon Tyne, , Oxford University Press, London; Douglas, Blomfield, (1958) Children under five, , Allen and Unwin, London; O'Donnell, Ferguson, Horwood, Shannon, Health care in early infancy (1978) N Z Med J, 88, pp. 315-317; Fergusson, Horwood, Shannon, Taylor, Infant health and breast-feeding during the first 16 weeks of life (1978) Aust Paediatr J, 14, pp. 254-258; Fergusson, Horwood, Shannon, Taylor, Breast feeding, gastrointestinal and lower respiratory illness in the first two years (1981) Aust Paediatr J, 17, pp. 191-195; Chamberlain, Chamberlain, Howlett, Claireaux, (1975) British births 1970, 1. , Heinemann, London, The first week of life; Chamberlain, Phillipp, Howlett, Masters, (1978) British births 1970, 2. , Heinemann, London, Obstetric care; Osborn, Morris, The rationale for a composite index of social class and its evaluation (1978) The British Journal of Sociology, 30, pp. 39-60; Cox, (1970) The analysis of binary data, , Methuen, London; Bmdp, (1979) Biomedical computer programs P series, , University of California Press, Berkeley; Ironside, Tuxford, Heyworth, A survey of infantile gastroenteritis (1970) Br Med J, 3, pp. 20-24; Larsen, Homer, Relation of breast versus bottle feeding to hospitalisation for gastroenteritis in a middle class U.S. population (1978) J Pediatr, 92, pp. 417-418; Wheatley, Incidence and treatment of infantile gastroenteritis in general practice (1968) Arch Dis Child, 43, pp. 53-57; Adebonojo, Artificial vs breast feeding: relation to infant health in a middle class American community (1972) Clin Pediatr, 11, pp. 25-29; Strauss, More on breast versus bottle feeding and the incidence of illness (1978) J Pediatr, 93, p. 726; Pullan, Toms, Martin, Webb, Appleton, Breast feeding and respiratory syncytial virus infection (1980) BMJ, 2, pp. 1034-1036 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020035697&doi=10.1016%2fS0140-6736%2882%2992347-9&partnerID=40&md5=7b99ed4680e9a99c725a4f974e274b66 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The correspondence between migration intentions and migration behavior: Data from the 1970 cohort of Filipino graduate students in the united states T2 - Population and Environment J2 - Popul Environ VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 25 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1007/BF01359049 SN - 01990039 (ISSN) AU - Card, J.J. AD - American Institutes for Research, United States AB - Data from a longitudinal study of Filipinos who were in graduate school in the U.S. in 1970 were analyzed to investigate why some students who as graduate students intended to return to the Philippines did return, while others failed to do so. There were no differences between the groups in terms of their migration-related attitudes and motivations as students, or in terms of their perceptions as students of relative economic and career opportunities in the Philippines and the U.S. Instead it was found that members of the two groups underwent different social experiences in the U.S. that caused the noncorresponders to change their original plans regarding return home. Youth, openness to American culture, and freedom to remain in the U.S. following the period of study were the primary antecedents of the change sequence. © 1982 Human Sciences Press. PB - Kluwer Academic Publishers-Human Sciences Press N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Card, J.J.; American Institutes for ResearchUnited States N1 - References: Card, J.J., (1980) The aftermath of migration versus return home: Data from the 1970 cohort of Filipino graduate students in the U.S., , American Institutes for Research, P.O. Box 1113, Palo Alto, CA 94302; Bello, W.F., Lynch, F., Makil, P.Q., Brain drain in the Philippines (1969) Modernization: Its impact in the Philippines IV, pp. 92-146. , W.F., Bello, A., de Guzman, II, Ateneo de Manila University Press, Quezon City, Philippines; Cortes, J.R., (1970) Factors associated with the migration of high-level persons from the Philippines to the U.S.A., , Stanford International Development Education Center, Stanford; (1970) Annual Report, , Immigration and Naturalization Service, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C; (1969) Open doors, , Institute of International Education, IIE, New York; Jayme, J. High-level migration from the Philippines to the U.S. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1971; (1973) Immigrant scientists and engineers in the U.S., , National Science Foundation, NSF, Washington, D.C UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33745619658&doi=10.1007%2fBF01359049&partnerID=40&md5=8ad340e782816fa49cb25eda76197a08 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Sib risks for nonspecific mental retardation in British Columbia T2 - American Journal of Medical Genetics J2 - AM. J. MED. GENET. VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 208 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1002/ajmg.1320130210 SN - 01487299 (ISSN) AU - Herbst, D.S. AU - Baird, P.A. AD - Dep. Med. Genet., Univ. British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1W5, Canada AB - Cases of nonspecific mental retardation (MR) born in British Columbia between 1952 and 1970 ascertained through the British Columbia Health Surveillance Registry were linked by birth registration number to family sibships from computer-linked groupings of birth and marriage records in British Columbia. It was possible to retrieve family information for 97% of the cases by this method. Because of good ascertainment and relatively large sample size, the 1952-1965 birth cohort comprising 2,209 index cases was selected for calculations of overall risks and recurrence risks to sibs categorized by sex, MR level, associated neurological disability, and singleton versus multiple birth. The overall risk of affected individuals among all sibs was 4.4±0.6%, which was about ten times greater than the minimum population incidence of nonspecific MR. The risk among subsequent sibs of the first affected case in a family was 3.7±0.8%. These risks varied depending on sex, MR level, and whether the mental retardation was associated with hydrocephalus, microcephalus, cerebral palsy, or epilepsy. The recurrence risk after two affected individuals was 12±7% - about three times greater than after one affected individual. Even though the frequency of MR is greater among twins than in the overall population, the recurrence risk of nonspecific MR was not significantly different for index cases from either singleton or multiple births. KW - central nervous system KW - cerebral palsy KW - congenital disorder KW - epilepsy KW - etiology KW - genetic counseling KW - genetic risk KW - heredity KW - hydrocephalus KW - inheritance KW - mental deficiency KW - microcephaly KW - prevention KW - recurrence risk KW - sex difference KW - sibling N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJMGD C2 - 7137231 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019901028&doi=10.1002%2fajmg.1320130210&partnerID=40&md5=dedd967d750ed9a2039f8823ba8b1450 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The therapeutic community: Success and improvement rates 5 years after treatment T2 - Substance Use and Misuse J2 - Subst. Use Misuse VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 703 EP - 747 PY - 1982 DO - 10.3109/10826088209053012 SN - 10826084 (ISSN) AU - de Leon, G. AU - Wexler, H.K. AU - Jainchill, N. AD - Phoenix House Foundation, New York, NY, 10023, United States AD - New York State Division of Substance Abuse Services, New York, NY, 10047, United States AB - Dropouts (N= 162) and graduates (N= 75) from the 1970-1971 residential population in Phoenix House were interviewed 5 years after treatment. Composite indices of criminality, drug use, and employment described client status on a four-point outcome scale. Success reflected absence of crime and drug use through all years of follow-up; improvement represented a positive change over pretreat-ment status. Graduate success and improvement rates were 75% and 93% respectively. Among dropouts, the rates were 31% and 56% respectively, but increased by time in program from < 1 month to >20 months (Success = 0-57%; Improvement = 5-89% Results at 2-year follow-up were replicated in a 1974 cohort, providing convincing evidence for the effectiveness of treatment in the therapeutic community. © 1982 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - central nervous system KW - criminal behavior KW - geographic distribution KW - short survey KW - therapeutic community KW - therapy KW - United States PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :57 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SUMIF C2 - 7107092 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: de Leon, G.1010 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY, 10028, United States N1 - References: Bale, R.N., Outcome research in therapeutic communities for drug abuse: A critical review 1963-1975 (1979) Int. J. Addict., 14 (8), pp. 1053-1074; Bale, R.N., Vanstone, W.W., Kuldau, J.M., Engelsing, T.M.J., Elashoff, R.M., Zarcone, V.j.p., Therapeutic communities vs. methadone maintenance: A perspective controlled study of narcotic addiction treatment: Design and one-year follow-up (1980) Arch. Gen. Psychiatry, 37, pp. 179-193; Barr, H., Antes, D., (1981) Factors Related to Recovery and Relapse in Follow-Up, , National Institute on Drug Abuse Washington, DCFinal Report of Project Activities, Grant No. 1H81 DA01864; Bondarin, A., New York City's Population-1974 (1976) Socioeconomic Characteristics from the Current Population Survey, , Center for New York City Affairs, New School for Social Research New York, April; Brook, R.C., Whitehead, I.C., (1980) Drug Free Therapeutic Community, , Human Sciences Press New York; Browne, T., (1980) A Multi-variate Analysis of Treatment Processes in the Therapeutic Community., , Unpublished manuscript; Burt, M.R., Pines, S., Glynn, T.J., (1979) Drug Abuse: Its Natural History and the Effectiveness of Current Treatments, , Schenkman Cambridge, Mass; Chambers, C.D., Inciardi, J.A., Three years after the split (1975) Developments in the Field of Drug Abuse, , Schenkman Cambridge, Mass; De Leon, G., (1979) The Therapeutic Community: Study of Effectiveness, , Final Report of Project ActivitiesNIDA Project No. DA-01228, November; De Leon, G., The role of rehabilitation (1981) Drug Abuse in the Modern World-A Perspective for the Eighties, , Eds. G. Nahas, H.C Frick.Pergamon Press New York; De Leon, G., (1982) The Therapeutic Community: Study of Effectiveness, , National Institute on Drug Abuse, Services Research Monograph SeriesIn press; Barbour, B.H., Koffler, A., Hill, J., Fixed-bed charcoal hemoperfusion as a treatment of drug overdose. Abstract No 979 (1975), Sixth International Congress on Nephrology Firerize; De Leon, G., Andrews, M., Wexler, H.K., Jaffe, J., Rosenthal, M.S., Therapeutic community dropouts: Criminal behavior 5 years after treatment (1979) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, 6 (3), pp. 253-271; De Leon, G., Holland, S., Rosenthal, M.S., Phoenix House: Criminal activity of dropouts (1972) J. Am. Med. Assoc., 226 (6), pp. 686-689; De Leon, G., Jainchill, N., Male and female drug abusers: Social and psychological status 2 years after treatment in a therapeutic community (1981) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, 8 (4); DeLeon, F., Rosenthal, M.S., Therapeutic communities (1979) Handbook on Drug Abuse, , Eds. R. Dupont, A. Goldstein, J O'Donnell.National Institute on Drug Abuse Washington, DC; Holland, S., Gateway Houses: Effectiveness of treatment on criminal behavior (1978) Int. J. Addict., 13 (5), pp. 369-381; Joe, G.W., Singh, B.K., Lehman, W., Simpson, D.D., Sells, S.B., (1980) Differences in Client Post Treatment Outcomes Among Drug Abuse Treatment Programs, , Institute of Behavioral Research, Texas Christian UniversityIBR Report 80-12, October; (1977) The Nation's Toughest Drug Law: Evaluating the New York Experience, , The Association of the Bar of the City of New York, Drug Abuse Council, Inc.New York; Nash, G., (1973) The Impact of Drug Abuse Treatment Upon Criminality: A Look at 19 Programs, , Montclair State College Upper Montclair, N.J; Nurco, D., Studying addicts over time: Methodology and preliminary findings (1975) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, 2 (2), pp. 183-196; Nie, N.H., Hull, C.H., Jenkins, J.G., Steinbrenner, K., Bent, D.H.S.P.S.S., (1975) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, , McGraw-Hill New York; Sells, S.B., Treatment effectiveness (1979) Handbook on Drug Abuse, , Eds. R. Dupont, A. Goldstein, J O'Donnell.National Institute on Drug Abuse Washington, DC; Sells, S.B., Simpson, D.D., Joe, G., Demaree, R., Savage, L., Lloyd, M.A., A national follow-up study to evaluate the effectiveness of drug abuse treatment: A report of cohort 1 of the DARP 5 years later (1976) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, 3 (4), pp. 545-556; Sheffet, A.M., Quinones, M.A., Doyle, K.M., Lavenhar, M.A., El Nakah, A., Louria, D.B., Assessment of treatment outcomes in a drug abuse rehabilitation network: Newark, New Jersey (1980) Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse, 7 (2), pp. 141-177; Simpson, D.D., Savage, L.J., Lloyd, M.R., Sells, S.B., (1978) Evaluation of Drug Abuse Treatments Based on First Year Follow-up. DHEW Publ. No, (ADM) 78-701, , National Institute on Drug Abuse, Services Research Monograph Series; Simpson, D.D., Savage, L.J., Sells, S.B., (1980) Evaluation of Outcomes in the First Year after Drug Abuse Treatment: A Replication Study Based on 1972-1973 DARP Admissions, , Institute of Behavioral Research, Texas Christian UniversityIBR Report 80-8; Simpson, D.D., Sells, S.B., (1981) Highlights of the DARP Follow-Up Research on the Evaluation of Drug Abuse Treatment Effectiveness (IBR Report 81-3), , Institute of Behavioral Research, Texas Christian University April; Winick, C., An empirical assessment of therapeutic communities in New York City (1980) Yearbook of Substance Use and Abuse, , Eds. L. Brill, C Winick.Human Sciences Press New York UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84907122420&doi=10.3109%2f10826088209053012&partnerID=40&md5=42de985fb59d2814a0dfc1d2080e20d9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Total hip replacement: A ten-year follow-up of an early series T2 - Acta Orthopaedica J2 - Acta Orthop. VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 397 EP - 406 PY - 1982 DO - 10.3109/17453678208992233 SN - 17453674 (ISSN) AU - Almby, B. AU - Hierton, T. AD - Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden AB - A 10-year follow-up study was made on a consecutive series of 93 patients who underwent hip replacement with a metal-to-metal prosthesis-Müller's so-called self-lubricating total hip prosthesis-during the years 1967-1970. Primarily 106 hips were operated on. One-third of the patients died within the 10-year period. of the other two-thirds (63 patients/75 primarily operated hip joints), 38 (57 per cent) still had their primary prostheses and 29 had undergone reoperation. In 18 of the reoperations a new prosthesis was inserted and in 11 the extraction of the primary prosthesis was not followed by replacement. All 63 surviving patients could be traced at the 10-year follow-up. the majority attended for personal examination, including evaluation of pain, walking ability and range of hip movement, and for radiography. In the group who had retained their primary prosthesis there was on the whole a rather good hip function-nevertheless in 75 per cent of these patients signs of loosening of the prosthesis were visible radiographically. of the patients who had undergone reoperation, those with an exchange prosthesis had a better functional capacity than those who were left with a so-called Girdlestone-hip. Deep infection occurred in 8 per cent of the primary 106 cases. There was no onset of infection later than 4 years after the primary surgery. © 1982 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Arthroplasty KW - Hip KW - Metal-to-metal prosthesis KW - Ten-year follow-up KW - case report KW - diagnosis KW - infection KW - joint KW - prosthesis loosening KW - therapy KW - total hip prosthesis KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Case Report KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hip KW - Hip Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Male KW - Metals KW - Middle Age KW - Osteoarthritis KW - Pain KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Reoperation KW - Surgical Wound Infection PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :20 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7090763 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Almby, B.; Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University Hospital, S-750 14, Uppsala, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Metals N1 - References: Ahlgren, A.A., Gudmundsson, G., Bartholdsson, E., Function after removal of a septic total prosthesis (1980) Acta Orthop. Scand., 51, pp. 541-545; Almby, B., Hierton, T., Total hip replacement with Müller's so-called self lubricated total hip prosthesis (1973) Arthroplasty of the hip, , Ed. George Chapchal.Georg Thieme Stuttgart; Beckenbaugh, R.D., Ilstrup, D.M., Total hip arthroplasty. A review of three hundred and thirty-three cases with long follow-up (1978) J. Bone Joint Surg., 60-A, pp. 306-313; Carlsson, A.S., Josefsson, G., Lindberg, L., Function of fifty-seven septic revised and healed total hip arthroplasties (1980) Acta Orthop. Scand., 51, pp. 937-941; Charnley, J., The long-term results of low-friction arthroplasty of the hip performed as a primary intervention (1972) J. Bone Joint Surg., 54-B, pp. 61-76; Charnley, J., Low friction arthroplasty of the hip (1979) Theory and practice, , Springer Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, New York; Clegg, J., Girdlestone arthroplasty of the hip after infected total hip replacement (1976) J. Bone Joint Surg., 58-B, pp. 134-135; Dandy, D.J., Theodorou, B.C., The management of local complications of total hip replacement by the McKee-Farrar technique (1975) J. Bone Joint Surg., 57-B, pp. 30-35; Dobbs, H.S., Survivorship of total hip replacements (1980) J. Bone Joint Surg., 62-B, pp. 168-173; Hughes, S.P.F., Benson, M.K.D., Infection following total hip replacement in a general hospital without separate orthopaedic theatres (1976) J. Bone Joint Surg., 58-B, pp. 369-370; Lindberg, H.O., Mechanical loosening of femur prosthesis in THR (1981) Acta Orthop. Scand., 52, p. 461; Lindequist, S., Josefsson, G., (1978) Utbytesoperation eller protesextraktion—vilket ger höftpatienten bästa funktionen, , Svenska Läkaresällskapets Riksstämma Stockholm; McKee, G.K., Chen, S.C., The statistics of the McKee-Farrar method of total hip replacement (1973) Clin. Orthop., 95, pp. 26-33; Merle d'Aubigné, R., Postel, M., Functional results of hip arthroplasty with acrylic prosthesis (1954) J. Bone Joint Surg., 36-A, pp. 451-475; Müller, M.E., Prothèses totales de hanche (1966) SICOT XeCongrès, Paris, pp. 329-335; Olsson, S.S., Jernberger, A., Tryggö, D., A follow-up study of 238 operations after 2–7 years (1979) Acta Orthop. Scand., 30, pp. 457-463; Petty, W., Goldsmith, S., Resection arthroplasty following infected total hip arthroplasty (1980) J. Bone Joint Surg., 62-A, pp. 889-896; Stinchfield, F.E., Bigliani, L.U., Neu, H.C., Goss, T.P., Foster, C.R., Late hematogenous infection of total joint replacement (1980) J. Bone Joint Surg., 62-A, pp. 1345-1350; Wilson, P.D., Jr., Amstutz, H.C., Czerniecki, A., Salvati, E.A., Mendes, D.G., Total hip replacement with fixation by acrylic cement (1972) J. Bone Joint Surg., 54-A, pp. 207-235; Visuri, T., Salenius, P., Laurent, L.E., Total hip replacement by the Brunswik prosthesis. A preliminary report of 189 operations (1977) Acta Orthop. Scand., 48, pp. 197-203 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019980372&doi=10.3109%2f17453678208992233&partnerID=40&md5=7db27683385e14d5ca869d5c3d446cda ER - TY - JOUR TI - Pulmonary function after lobectomy for congenital lobar emphysema and congenital cystic adenomatoid malformation: A follow-up study T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 298 PY - 1982 DO - 10.3109/14017438209101066 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Frenckner, B. AU - Freyschuss, U. AD - Department of Paediatric Surgery, St Göran's Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Physiology, Huddinge Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AB - Eight patients with congenital lobar emphysema and eight with congenital cystic adenomatoid malformations were operated upon between 1970 and 1978. A lobectomy was performed in all cases. At follow-up after 3 to 11 years all of the patients without concomitant disease or malformations were subjectively well with a physical performance equal to those of their playmates. Lung function tests indicated lung volumes of about 90% of predicted normal values, indicating some compensatory growth of the remaining lung tissue. Functional impairment owing to loss of lung tissue or residual disease was ruled out by the existence of a normal working capacity and maintenance of the alveolar gas exchange during intense exercise. © 1982 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - clinical article KW - congenital disorder KW - congenital malformation KW - cystic adenomatoid malformation KW - diagnosis KW - fetus KW - human KW - lobar emphysema KW - lung KW - lung function KW - lung lobectomy KW - respiratory system KW - therapy KW - Carbon Dioxide KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Comparative Study KW - Exertion KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Lung KW - Male KW - Pneumonectomy KW - Pulmonary Emphysema KW - Respiration KW - Respiratory Function Tests KW - Rest KW - Spirometry KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :57 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 6820575 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Frenckner, B.; Department of Paediatric Surgery, St Göran's Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Carbon Dioxide, 124-38-9 N1 - References: McBride, J.T., Wohl, M.E., Strieder, D.J., Jackson, A.C., Morton, J.R., Zwerdling, R.G., Griscom, N.T., Schuster, S., Lung growth and airway function after lobectomy in infancy for congenital lobar emphysema (1980) J Clin Invest, 66, p. 962; Brody, J.S., Time course of and stimuli to compensatory growth of the lung after pneumonectomy (1975) J Clin Invest, 56, p. 897; Bucci, G., Cook, C.D., Barrie, H., Studies of respiratory physiology in children. Part V. Total lung diffusion, diffusing capacity of pulmonary membrane and pulmonary capillary blood volume in normal subjects from 7 to 40 years of age (1961) J Pediatr, 58, p. 820; Buhain, W.J., Brody, J.S., Compensatory growth of the lung following pneumonectomy (1973) J Appl Physiol, 35, p. 898; Chin, K.Y., Tang, M.Y., Congenital adenomatoid malformation of one lobe of a lung with general anasarca (1949) Arch Pathol, 48, p. 221; Cook, C.D., Bucci, G., Studies of respiratory physiology in children. The late effects of lobectomy on pulmonary function (1961) Pediatrics, 28, p. 234; Cramp, D.G., Automated enzymatic fluorometric method for the determination of pyruvic and lactic acids in blood (1968) J Clin Pathol, 21, p. 171; Eigen, H., Lemen, R.J., Waring, W.W., Congenital lobar emphysema: Long-term evaluation of surgically and conservatively treated children (1976) Am Rev Respir Dis, 113, p. 823; Engström, I., Karlberg, P., Swarts, C.L., Respiratory studies in children. IX. Relationships between mechanical properties of the lungs, lung volumes and ventilatory capacity in healthy children 7–15 years of age (1962) Acta Paediatr (Stockholm), 51, p. 68; Filler, J., The effects upon pulmonary function of lobectomy performed during childhood (1964) Am Rev Respir Dis, 89, p. 801; Halloran, L.G., Silverberg, S.G., Salzberg, A.M., Congenital cystic adenomatoid malformation of the lung (1972) Arch Surg, 104, p. 715; Langston, C., Sachdeva, P., Cowan, M.J., Haines, J., Crystal, R.G., Thurlbeck, W.M., Alveolar multiplication in the contra-lateral lung after unilateral prieumonectomy in the rabbit (1977) Am Rev Respir Dis, 115, p. 7; Lewis, J.E., Pulmonary and bronchial malformations (1980) Pediatric surgery, , Eds. T.M. Holder, K.W. Ashcroft., W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia; Massion, W.H., Caldwell, D.R., Early, N.A., Schilling, J.A., The relationship of dry lung weights to pulmonary function in dogs and humans (1962) J Surg Res, 2, p. 287; Mattila, S., Järvinen, A., Viljanen, A., The effect of lung resection on pulmonary ventilation and perfusion in man. A radiospirometric study (1974) Ann Chir Gynaecol Fenn, 63, p. 271; DeMuth, G.R., Sloan, H., Congenital lobar emphysema: long-term effects and sequelae in treated cases (1966) Surgery, 59, p. 601; Rannels, D.E., White, D.M., Watkins, C.A., Rapidity of compensatory lung growth following pneumonectomy in adult rats (1979) J Appl Physiol, 46, p. 326; Söderlund, S., Robertson, B., Borlenghi, R., Infantile lobar emphysema (1965) Acta Pediatr Scand., p. 89 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020413423&doi=10.3109%2f14017438209101066&partnerID=40&md5=d868074371ae8b40fd8a9d5e75e0327f ER - TY - JOUR TI - Trends in the use of oral contraceptives among Dutch young women 1975-1981 T2 - Contraception J2 - Contraception VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 208 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1016/0010-7824(82)90088-9 SN - 00107824 (ISSN) AU - van Vliet, H.C.A.M. AU - Hofman, A. AD - Department of Epidemiology, Erasmus University Medical School, Rotterdam, Netherlands AB - Prompted by a recent report of a decrease in the use of oral contraceptive in the U.S.A., we investigated the trends by age and time of oral contraceptives use among Dutch young women, born between 1955 and 1970. They participated in a follow-up study of risk-indicators for cardiovascular disease. A random sample of 596 subjects, initially aged 5-19, and selected from an open population, was invited for annual exams since 1975; 462 youngsters (226 girls) underwent at least three annual exams. They were asked each year whether they used oral contraceptives. Analysis of the trend by age showed an increase of the proportion of oral contraceptives users from less than 5% at an age of 15 to about 50% at 23 years of age. In the 1959-1962 birth-cohort, the proportion of users was twice as large as that of the 1955-1968 cohort. The 1963-1966 cohort followed the pattern of the 1959-1962 birth-cohort. These findings indicate that there has been a strong increase in the use of oral contraceptives among Dutch women born after 1958. We found no evidence for a recent decrease in the use of oral contraceptives in the Netherlands among young women. © 1982. KW - oral contraceptive agent KW - epidemiology KW - female genital system KW - methodology KW - netherlands KW - prevention KW - Age Factors KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Contraception KW - Contraceptive Methods KW - Contraceptive Usage KW - Demographic Factors KW - Developed Countries KW - Europe KW - Family Planning KW - Measurement KW - Netherlands KW - Oral Contraceptives KW - Population KW - Population Characteristics KW - Prevalence KW - Research Methodology KW - Western Europe KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - Contraceptives, Oral KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Netherlands KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Time Factors N1 - Cited By :1 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: CCPTA C2 - 7140296 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Hofman, A.; Department of Epidemiology, Erasmus University Medical School, Rotterdam, Netherlands N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Contraceptives, Oral N1 - References: Shapiro, Slone, Neff, Age-specific secular changes in oral contraceptive use (1981) Am. J. Epidemiol., 114, p. 604; Hofman, Valkenburg, (1980) Epidemiology of Arterial Blood Pressure, pp. 99-117. , H. Kesteloot, J.V. Joossens, Nijhoff, London, The Hague, Boston; Susser, Period effects, generation effects and age effects in peptic ulcer mortality (1982) J. Chron. Dis., 35, pp. 29-40 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019981173&doi=10.1016%2f0010-7824%2882%2990088-9&partnerID=40&md5=070b0905573e5ed95987d6d9286fe8f7 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Adolescent growth in height of Australian aboriginals analysed by the Preece-Baines function: A longitudinal study T2 - Annals of Human Biology J2 - Ann. Hum. Biol. VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 495 EP - 505 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1080/03014468200006031 SN - 03014460 (ISSN) AU - Brown, T. AU - Townsend, G.C. AD - Department of Restorative Dentistry, University of Adelaide, Australia AD - Department of Oral Biology, University of Adelaide, Australia AB - Adolescent growth in height was studied in 62 Australian Aboriginal children enrolled in a longitudinal study at Yuendumu in the Northern Territory of Australia. A direct-search method for minimization of the Preece-Baines Model 1 function was used to estimate mean constants and biological parameters describing the adolescent growth. There were few differences between Aboriginal and British children in the ages at take-off (TO) and peak height velocity (PHV), in adolescent gain or in the percentages of adult height achieved at TO and PHV. Aboriginal boys, however, were shorter than British boys at TO, PHV and adulthood. PHVs in the Aboriginals, 10·3 cm/yr in boys and 8·4 cm/yr in girls, were higher than in British children. In the light of known levels of infant mortality and morbidity at Yuendumu between 1953 and 1970, it is suggested that the high PHVs may be indicative of 'catch-up' growth following early childhood retardation. © 1982 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - aborigine KW - adolescence KW - adolescent KW - anthropometry KW - australia KW - body height KW - clinical article KW - ethnic or racial aspects KW - growth KW - human KW - normal human KW - normal value KW - Adolescent KW - Age Factors KW - Australia KW - Australoid Race KW - Body Height KW - Female KW - Human KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Male KW - Models, Biological KW - Sex Factors KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :26 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AHUBB C2 - 7181442 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Brown, T.; Department of Restorative Dentistry, University of AdelaideAustralia N1 - References: Abbie, A.A., A preliminary survey of the growth pattern of Central Australian Aboriginal males (1961) Oceania, 31, pp. 215-221; Abbie, A.A., Physical characteristics (1966) Aboriginal Man in South and Central Australia, Part 1, pp. 9-45. , Ed. B.C. Cotton., Government Printer, Adelaide, In; Abbie, A.A., The Aboriginal growth pattern (1975) Studies in Physical Anthropology, 2, pp. 1-48. , Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, In; Acheson, R.M., Effects of nutrition and disease on human growth (1960) Human Growth, pp. 73-92. , Ed. J.M. Tanner., Pergamon Press, Oxford, In; Barrett, M.J., Brown, T., Increase in average height of Australian Aborigines (1971) Medical Journal of Australia, 2, pp. 1169-1172; Beall, C.M., Growth in a population of Tibetan origin at high altitude (1981) Annals of Human Biology, 8, pp. 31-38; Bock, R.D., Thissen, D., Statistical problems of fitting individual growth curves (1980) Human Physical Growth and Maturation: Methodologies and Factors, pp. 265-290. , Eds. F.E. Johnston, A.F. Roche, C. Susanne., Plenum Press, New York, In; Brown, T., Barrett, M.J., Growth in Central Australian Aborigines: stature (1971) Medical Journal of Australia, 2, pp. 29-33; Brown, T., Barrett, M.J., Growth in Central Australian Aborigines: weight (1972) Medical Journal of Australia, 2, pp. 999-1002; Brown, T., Barrett, M.J., Dental and craniofacial growth studies of Australian Aborigines (1973) The Human Biology of Aborigines in Cape York, pp. 69-80. , Ed. R.L. Kirk., Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, In; Brown, T., Barrett, M.J., Grave, K.C., Facial growth and skeletal maturation at adolescence (1971) Tandlaegebladet, 75, pp. 1211-1222; Campbell, T.D., Gray, J.H., Hackett, C.J., Physical anthropology of the Aborigines of Central Australia. Part 1. Anthropometry (1936) Oceania, 7, pp. 106-139; Deming, J., Application of the Gompertz curve to the observed pattern of growth in length of 48 individual boys and girls during the adolescent cycle of growth (1957) Human Biology, 29, pp. 83-122; Dixon, L.C.W., Historical survey of the development of optimisation techniques (1972) Non Linear Optimisation, pp. 28-35. , The English Universities Press Ltd., London, In; Elliott, R.B., Maxwell, G.M., Vawser, N., Lactose maldigestion in Australian Aboriginal children (1967) Medical Journal of Australia, 1, pp. 46-49; Eveleth, P.B., Tanner, J.M., (1976) Worldwide Variation in Human Growth, , Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; Goldstein, H., The analysis of models for time-related measurements (1979) The Design and Analysis of Longitudinal Studies. Their Role in the Measurement of Change, pp. 71-115. , Academic Press, London, In; Hauspie, R.C., Adolescent growth (1980) Human Physical Growth and Maturation. Methodologies and Factors, pp. 161-175. , Eds. F.E. Johnston, A.F. Roche, C. Susanne., Plenum Press, New York, In; Hauspie, R.C., Wachholder, A., Baron, G., Cantraine, F., Susanne, C., Graffar, M., A comparative study of the fit of four different functions to longitudinal data of growth in height of Belgian girls (1980) Annals of Human Biology, 7, pp. 347-358. , a; Hauspie, R.C., Das, S.R., Preece, M.A., Tanner, J.M., A longitudinal study of the growth in height of boys and girls of West Bengal (India) aged six months to 20 years (1980) Annals of Human Biology, 7, pp. 429-441. , b; Hooke, R., Jeeves, T.A., Direct search solution of numerical and statistical problems (1961) Journal of the Association for Computing Machinery, 8, pp. 212-229; Kettle, E.S., Weight and height curves for Australian Aboriginal infants and children (1966) Medical Journal of Australia, 1, pp. 972-977; Kirke, D.K., Growth rates of Aboriginal children in Central Australia (1969) Medical Journal of Australia, 2, pp. 1005-1009; Malcolm, L., Protein-energy malnutrition and growth (1979) Human Growth 3. Neurobiology and Nutrition, pp. 361-372. , Eds. F. Falkner, J.M. Tanner., Plenum Press, New York, In; Malcolm, L.A., Bue, B., Eruption times of permanent teeth and the determination of age in New Guinea children (1970) Tropical and Geographical Medicine, 22, pp. 307-312; Marshall, W.A., (1977) Human Growth and its Disorders, p. 118. , Academic Press, New York; Marubini, E., Mathematical handling of long-term longitudinal data (1978) Human Growth 1. Principles and Prenatal Growth, pp. 209-225. , Eds. F. Falkner, J.M. Tanner., Plenum Press, New York, In; Maxwell, G.M., Elliott, R.B., Nutritional state of Australian Aboriginal children (1969) American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 22, pp. 716-725; Middleton, M.R., Francis, S.H., (1976) Yuendumu and its Children. Life and Health on an Aboriginal Settlement, , Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra; Mirwald, R.L., Bailey, D.A., Cameron, N., Rasmussen, R.L., Longitudinal comparison of aerobic power in active and inactive boys aged 7·0 to 17·0 years (1981) Annals of Human Biology, 8, pp. 405-414; Moodie, P.M., (1973) Aboriginal Health, pp. 181-187. , Australian National University Press, Canberra; Moore, W.M., The secular trend in physical growth of urban North American Negro children (1970) Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 35, pp. 62-73; Olsson, D.M., Nelson, L.S., The Nelder-Mead simplex procedure for function minimization (1975) Technometrics, 17, pp. 45-51; Powell, M.J.D., (1969) Harwell Subroutine Library, Routine VAO5A, , A.E.R.E., Harwell; Preece, M.A., Analysis of the human growth curve (1978) Paediatrics and Growth. Scientific Proceedings of the 5th Unigate Workshop, pp. 77-86. , Ed. D. Barltrop., Fellowship of Postgraduate Medicine, London, In; Preece, M.A., Baines, M.J., A new family of mathematical models describing the human growth curve (1978) Annals of Human Biology, 5, pp. 1-24; Tanner, J.M., (1978) Foetus into Man, pp. 154-166. , Open Books, London; Van Wieringen, J.C., Secular growth changes (1978) Human Growth 2. Postnatal Growth, pp. 445-473. , Eds. F. Falkner, J.M. Tanner., Plenum Press, New York, In UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020463178&doi=10.1080%2f03014468200006031&partnerID=40&md5=b9cbca7decfcfa0c603cf56e76a1b7ec ER - TY - JOUR TI - Absences attributed to respiratory diseases in welders T2 - British Journal of Industrial Medicine J2 - BR. J. IND. MED. VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 152 PY - 1982 SN - 00071072 (ISSN) AU - Fawer, R.F. AU - Ward Gardner, A. AU - Oakes, D. AD - TUC Centenary Inst. Occup. Health, London Sch. Hyg. Trop. Med., London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom AB - Certified sickness rates of 36 male welders were examined for the period 1970-9. They were compared with 36 male controls from the same petrochemical plant, matched for age, smoking habits, duration of employment, and social class. Indices of severity (average annual duration), duration (average length of spell), and frequency (inception rate of spells and inception rate per worker) were calculated. Absences for all diseases were similar, but absences attributed to respiratory diseases were slightly higher in welders in severity, duration, and frequency. The proportion of days lost attributed to respiratory diseases was 2.3 times higher in welders compared with controls. This was due to a large increase in absences attributed to lower respiratory tract diseases, the ratio of welders to controls being more than four to one for both severity and inception rate of spells. The comparison between welders and controls in smokers and non-smokers confirms other studies which show that smokers tend to be more affected by welding fumes than non-smokers. KW - absenteeism KW - diagnosis KW - etiology KW - major clinical study KW - occupational disease KW - petrochemical industry KW - respiratory system KW - respiratory tract disease KW - welding KW - Absenteeism KW - Adult KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Great Britain KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Occupational Diseases KW - Respiratory Tract Diseases KW - Retrospective Studies KW - Smoking KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Welding N1 - Cited By :11 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: BJIMA C2 - 7066231 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020057022&partnerID=40&md5=c924fba5264d23b16defd3d9827784e2 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Manchester regional breast study—5 and 10 year results T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 69 IS - 12 SP - 693 EP - 696 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800691202 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - Lythgoe, J.P. AU - Palmer, M.K. AD - Department of Surgery, Royal Preston Hospital, United Kingdom AD - Department of Medical Statistics, Christie Hospital and Holt Radium Institute, Manchester, United Kingdom AB - Patients with early breast cancer (n ‐ 1022) were treated between March 1970 and October 1975 in a prospective clinical trial. The results are presented after follow‐up of 5–10 years. Clinical stage I cancer cases (n = 714) were randomly allocated to treatment by simple mastectomy and postoperative radiotherapy, or simple mastectomy alone. There was no statistically significant difference in overall survival between the two groups. There was a significant reduction in the frequency of local recurrence in those who received early postoperative radiotherapy compared with those who did not. Clinical stage II cancer cases (n = 308) were randomly allocated to treatment by simple mastectomy and postoperative radiotherapy or radical mastectomy alone. There was no statistically significant difference in survival or in the frequency of local recurrence between the two groups. Copyright © 1982 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - breast KW - breast carcinoma KW - clinical trial KW - controlled study KW - epidemiology KW - human KW - major clinical study KW - mastectomy KW - radiotherapy KW - randomized controlled trial KW - survival rate KW - therapy KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - England KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Mastectomy KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Recurrence, Local KW - Neoplasm Staging KW - Postoperative Care KW - Prospective Studies N1 - Cited By :101 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7171967 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Lythgoe, J.P.; Royal Preston Hospital, PO Box 66, Sharoe Green Lane, Preston, PR2 4HT, United Kingdom N1 - References: Lythgoe, J.P., Leck, I., Swindell, R., Manchester regional breast study, preliminary results (1978) Lancet, 1, pp. 744-747; Peto, R., Pike, M.C., Armitage, P., Design and analysis of randomised trials requiring prolonged observation of each patient II: Analysis and Examples (1977) Br. J. Cancer, 35, pp. 1-39; Bond, W.H., The influence of various treatments on survival rates in cancer of the breast (1968) The Treatment of Carcinoma of the Breast, pp. 24-39. , Jarrett A. S., Amsterdam, Excerpta Medica; Stjernsward, J., Decreased survival related to irradiation post‐operatively in early operable breast cancer (1974) Lancet, 2, pp. 1285-1286; Cancer Research Campaign (King's/Cambridge) Trial for early breast cancer (1980) Lancet, 2, pp. 55-60; Turnbull, A.R., Turner, D.T.L., Chant, A.D.B., Treatment of early breast cancer (1978) Lancet, 2, pp. 7-9; Kaae, S., Johansen, H., Simple versus radical mastectomy in primary breast cancer (1967) Prognostic Factors in Breast Cancer—First Tenovus Symposium, pp. 93-102. , Forrest A. P. M., Kunkler P. B., Edinburgh, Churchill Livingstone; Langlands, A.O., Prescott, R.J., Hamilton, T., A clinical trial in the management of operable cancer of the breast (1980) Br. J. Surg., 67, pp. 170-174; Turner, L., Swindell, R., Bell, W.G.T., Radical versus modified radical mastectomy for breast cancer (1981) Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl., 63, pp. 239-243; Cant, E., Shivas, A.A., Forrest, A.P.M., Lymph‐node biopsy during simple mastectomy (1975) Lancet, 1, pp. 995-997 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020366532&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800691202&partnerID=40&md5=6dfcd74f55e72ef6c71a61d263d67aa8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Late results of proximal gastric vagotomy without drainage for duodenal ulcer: 5–9‐year follow‐up T2 - British Journal of Surgery J2 - Br. J. Surg. VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 10 PY - 1982 DO - 10.1002/bjs.1800690104 SN - 00071323 (ISSN) AU - De Miguel, J. AD - Department of Surgery, National Health Service and Virgen de la Salud Clinic, Valladolid, Spain AB - From 1970 to 1974 proximal gastric vagotomy without drainage was performed in 158 patients for duodenal ulcer. One patient died, giving an operative mortality of 0·6 per cent. Nine unrelated deaths occurred during the period of survey and 5 other patients were lost to follow‐up. The remaining 143 patients were followed‐up for a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 9 years. The most frequent symptoms were epigastric fullness and intolerance to milk. Early dumping, detected in 6·7 per cent of the patients, was always mild. Diarrhoea, also very slight and often only related to the ingestion of milk, was seen in 9·6 per cent. Recurrent duodenal ulcer was proved in 7·7 per cent and strongly suspected in 0·7 per cent and the presence of a new gastric ulcer was also proved in 1·4 per cent of patients, making a total incidence of recurrence of 9·8 per cent. Approximately 89 per cent of the patients were classed as having a satisfactory result and 11 per cent were classed as unsatisfactory. Proximal gastric vagotomy is clearly effective in reducing the side‐effects of gastric surgery, while the incidence of recurrent ulceration in the long term is similar to the incidence of recurrence after truncal or selective vagotomy with a drainage procedure. For these reasons, consideration should be given to the wider use of proximal gastric vagotomy in the elective surgical treatment of duodenal ulcer. Copyright © 1982 British Journal of Surgery Society Ltd. KW - duodenum ulcer KW - highly selective vagotomy KW - major clinical study KW - small intestine KW - stomach KW - therapy KW - vagotomy KW - Duodenal Ulcer KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Prognosis KW - Recurrence KW - Vagotomy KW - Vagotomy, Proximal Gastric N1 - Cited By :18 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7053807 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: De Miguel, J.Paseo Zorrilla 30, Valladolid, Spain N1 - References: Jensen, H.E., Amdrup, E., Follow‐up of 100 patients five to eight years after parietal cell vagotomy (1978) World J. Surg., 2, pp. 525-530; Goligher, J.C., Hill, G.L., Kenny, T.E., Proximal gastric vagotomy without drainage for duodenal ulcer; results after 5–8 years (1978) Br. J. Surg., 65, pp. 145-151; Johnston, D., Axon, A.T.R., Highly selective vagotomy for duodenal ulcer: the clinical results after 10 years (1979) Br. J. Surg., 66, p. 874; Jordan, P.H., Our first 35 patients studied five years after parietal cell vagotomy (1979) Arch. Surg., 114, pp. 528-535; Storey, D.W., Boulos, P.B., Wyllie, J.H., Long term results of proximal gastric vagotomy (1980) Gut, 21, p. A455; Kronborg, O., (1981), p. 34. , Selective vagotomy and drainage versus highly selective vagotomy without drainage for duodenal ulcer. Abstracts, International Symposium, ‘Verdict on Vagotomy’, February, Basle, Switzerland; Liavag, I., Roland, M., (1981), p. 37. , Five to ten years experience with PGV for duodenal ulcer. Abstracts, International Symposium, ‘Verdict on Vagotomy’, February, Basle, Switzerland; Goligher, J.C., Pulvertaft, C.N., Irvin, T.T., Five‐to‐eight‐year results of truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty for duodenal ulcer (1972) Br. Med. J., 1, pp. 7-13; Goligher, J.C., Pulvertaft, C.N., de Dombal, F.T., Five‐to‐eight‐year results of Leeds/York controlled trial of selective surgery for duodenal ulcer (1968) Br. Med. J., 2, pp. 781-787; Amdrup, E., Jensen, H.E., Selective vagotomy of the parietal cell mass preserving innervation of the undrained antrum (1970) Gastroenterology, 59, pp. 522-527; Johnston, D., Wilkinson, A.R., Highly selective vagotomy without a drainage procedure in the treatment of duodenal ulcer (1970) Br. J. Surg., 57, pp. 289-296; Johnston, D., Operative mortality and postoperative morbidity of highly selective vagotomy (1975) Br. Med. J., 4, pp. 545-547; Dovale, M., Villa, R., Lozano, M., Nuestra experiencia con vagotomia de células oxinticas (V.C.O.) en el tratamiento del ulcus duodenal (1974) Rev. Esp. Enferm. Apar. Dig., 44, pp. 651-676; Johnston, D., Lyndon, P.J., Smith, R.B., Highly selective vagotomy without a drainage procedure in the treatment of haemorrhage, perforation and pyloric stenosis due to peptic ulcer (1973) Br. J. Surg., 60, pp. 790-797; Jordan, P.H., Hedenstedt, S., Korompai, F.L., Vagotomy of the fundic gland area of the stomach without drainage. A definitive treatment for perforated duodenal ulcer (1976) Am. J. Surg., 131, pp. 523-526; Narbona, A., Chario, T., (1977), p. 221. , Vagotomia gastrica proximal. Suc. Vives Mora Valencia; Sawyers, J.L., Herrington, J.L., Perforated duodenal ulcer managed by proximal gastric vagotomy and suture plication (1977) Ann. Surg., 185, pp. 656-659; Tanner, N.C., Peptic ulcer surgery modification averts complication (1963) JAMA, 223, pp. 606-607; Kennedy, T., Duodenoplasty with proximal gastric vagotomy (1976) Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Engl., 58, pp. 144-146; White, C.M., Keighley, M.R.B., Dorricott, N.J., Gastric emptying after treatment of pyloric stenosis secondary to duodenal ulceration by proximal gastric vagotomy and pyloric dilatation or duodenoplasty (1977) Br. J. Surg., 64, p. 830; de Miguel, J., Recurrence after proximal gastric vagotomy without drainage for duodenal ulcer: a 3–6‐year follow‐up (1977) Br. J. Surg., 64, pp. 473-476; Dorricott, N.J., McNeish, A.R., Alexander‐Williams, J., Prospective randomized multicentre trial of proximal gastric vagotomy or truncal vagotomy and antrectomy for chronic duodenal ulcer: interim results (1978) Br. J. Surg., 65, pp. 152-154; Amdrup, E., Andersen, D., Hostrup, H., The Aarhus County Vagotomy trial. An interim report on primary results and incidence of sequelae following parietal cell vagotomy and selective gastric vagotomy in 748 patients (1978) World J. Surg., 2, pp. 85-90; Johnston, D., Humphrey, C.S., Walker, B.E., Vagotomy without diarrhoea (1972) Br. Med. J., 3, pp. 788-790; Kennedy, T., Johnston, G.W., Macrae, K.D., Proximal gastric vagotomy: interim results of a randomized controlled trial (1975) Br. Med. J., 2, pp. 301-303; Kronborg, O., Madsen, P., A controlled randomized trial of highly selective vagotomy versus selective vagotomy and pyloroplasty in the treatment of duodenal ulcer (1975) Gut, 16, pp. 268-271; Wastell, C., Collin, J., Wilson, T., Prospectively randomized trial of proximal gastric vagotomy either with or without pyloroplasty in treatment of uncomplicated duodenal ulcer (1977) Br. Med. J., 2, pp. 851-853; de Miguel, J., Recidiva ulcerosa en el duodeno o aparición de una úlcera gástrica tras el uso de la vagotomia gástrica proximal sin drenaje por ulcera duodenal (1977) Rev. Esp. Enferm. Apar. Dig., 51, pp. 343-346; Stoddard, C.J., Vassilakis, J.S., Duthie, H.L., Highly selective vagotomy or truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty for chronic duodenal ulceration: a randomized prospective clinical study (1978) Br. J. Surg., 65, pp. 793-796; Christiansen, J., Jensen, H.E., Poulsen, P.E., Prospective controlled vagotomy trial for duodenal ulcer (1981) Annals of Surgery, 193, pp. 49-55; Elder, J.B., Koffman, C.G., Ray, D.J., (1981), p. 33. , Results of a prospective trial of operations for duodenal ulcer: TVP versus HSV. Abstracts, International Symposium, ‘Verdict on Vagotomy’, February, Basle, Switzerland; de Miguel, J., Late results of bilateral selective vagotomy and pyloroplasty for duodenal ulcer: 5–9‐year follow‐up (1974) Br. J. Surg., 61, pp. 264-269; de Miguel, J., (1981), p. 36. , Bilateral selective vagotomy and highly selective vagotomy (proximal gastric vagotomy) for duodenal ulcer: comparative long‐term results. Abstracts, International Symposium ‘Verdict on vagotomy’, February, Basle, Switzerland; Hall, R., Gastric ulcer after highly selective vagotomy (1972) Br. Med. J., 54, p. 789; Amdrup, E., Jensen, H.E., Johnston, D., Clinical results of parietal cell vagotomy (highly selective vagotomy) two to four years after operation (1974) Ann. Surg., 180, pp. 279-284; Makey, D.A., Tovey, F.I., Heald, R.J., Results of proximal gastric vagotomy over 1–5 years in a district general hospital (1979) Br. J. Surg., 66, pp. 39-42; de Miguel, J., Gastric ulcer after conservative surgery for duodenal ulcer (1977) Br. J. Surg., 64, pp. 39-41 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020070070&doi=10.1002%2fbjs.1800690104&partnerID=40&md5=ec2803bf5f20f09f118f1b48f6709020 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Valve replacement for bacterial endocarditis T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 27 PY - 1982 DO - 10.3109/14017438209100604 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Mattila, S. AU - Ketonen, P. AU - Kyllönen, K. AU - Tala, P. AD - Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, University Central Hospital, Helsinki, Finland AB - During the 10-year period 1970-79, 88 patients underwent valve replacement for complications of bacterial endocarditis. The mean age of the patients was 42 (15-60) years. There were 64 men and 22 women. Thirtythree patients had a history of rheumatic fever. In 11 cases the murmur was heard already in childhood. In 44 cases (50% no heart disease was diagnosed before the onset of symptoms of bacterial endocarditis. Strepto- and staphylococci were the most common organisms found in culture. In 12 cases a dental and in 12 a respiratory tract infection preceded the endocarditis. In 51 cases, however, the origin of the infection remained unestablished. Intractable heart failure and embolizations were most common indications for operation. Only 9 patients underwent operation in the acute phase. Aortic valve replacement (AVR) was performed in 58 cases, mitral valve replacement (MVR) in 19, both AVR and MVR in 6, AVR and aneurysm of sinus Valsalva repair in 3 cases, AVR and repair of VSD in one and AVR combined with myocardial revascularization and replacement of the ascending aorta for aneurysm in one case. The early mortality was 9 patients (10% and late mortality 9 patients. During followup times of up to 10 years, 7 patients experienced embolic complications. They recovered uneventfully. One valve prosthesis was replaced because of thrombosis and another due to paraprosthetic leak. Two patients had a late recurrent bacterial endocarditis 5 and 8 years postoperatively. They were treated conservatively and recovered. It was concluded that after valve replacement for bacterial endocarditis, the risk of recurrent infection is relatively low and that results approaching those for elective valve replacement can be achieved. © 1982 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - bacterial endocarditis KW - diagnosis KW - heart KW - heart valve replacement KW - major clinical study KW - staphylococcus KW - streptococcus KW - therapy KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aortic Valve KW - Endocarditis, Bacterial KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Heart Valve Prosthesis KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mitral Valve KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Staphylococcal Infections KW - Streptococcal Infections PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 7071543 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Mattila, S.; Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, University Central Hospital, Helsinki, Finland N1 - References: Boyd, A.D., Spencer, F.C., Isom, O.W., Cunningham, J.N., Reed, G.E., Acinapura, A.J., Tice, D.A., Infective endocarditis. An analysis of 54 surgically treated patients (1976) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 73, pp. 23-30; Hiratzka, L.F., Nelson, R.J., Oliver, C.B., Jengo, J.A., Operative experience with infective endocarditis (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 77, pp. 355-361; Jung, J.Y., Saab, S.B., Almond, C.H., The case for early surgical treatment of left-sided primary infective endocarditis (1975) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 70, pp. 509-518; Parrot, J.C.W., Hill, J.D., Kerth, W.J., Gerbode, F., The surgical management of bacterial endocarditis. A review (1976) Ann Surg, 183, pp. 289-292; Pelletier, L.L., Petersdorf, R.G., Infective endocarditis: a review of 125 cases from the University of Washington Hospitals, 1963–72 (1977) Medicine, 56, pp. 287-313; Rapaport, E., Editorial. The changing role of surgery in the management of infective endocarditis (1978) Circulation, 58, pp. 598-599; Richardson, J.V., Karp, R.B., Kirklin, J.W., Dismukes, W.E., Treatment of infective endocarditis: a 10-year comparative analysis (1978) Circulation, 58, pp. 589-597; Rossiter, S.J., Stinson, E.B., Oyer, P.E., Miller, D.G., Schapira, J.N., Martin, R.P., Shumway, N.E., Prosthetic valve endocarditis (1978) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 76, pp. 795-803; Stinson, E.B., Griepp, R.B., Vosti, K., Copeland, J.G., Shumway, N.E., Operative treatment of active endocarditis (1976) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 71, pp. 659-665; Utley, J.R., Mills, J., Roe, B.B., The role of valve replacement in the treatment of fungal endocarditis (1975) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 69, pp. 255-258; Wilcox, B.R., Murray, G.F., Starek, P.J.K., The long-term outlook for valve replacement in active endocarditis (1977) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 74, pp. 860-863 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0020050849&doi=10.3109%2f14017438209100604&partnerID=40&md5=70a3f587448d55a4025a36a8e6a0579e ER - TY - JOUR TI - An analysis of trends over time of age-specific death rates from lung cancer using a multiplicative model T2 - Japanese Journal of Hygiene J2 - JPN. J. HYG. VL - 36 IS - 5 SP - 763 EP - 767 PY - 1981 SN - 00215082 (ISSN) AU - Nagata, H. AU - Ishigure, K. AU - Asano, H. AD - Dept. Hyg., Kyoto Pref. Univ. Med., Kyoto, Japan AB - The data examined in this study are the age-specific death rates from lung cancer for the years 1960, 1965, 1970 and 1975 for Japanese males ranging in age 45-74, grouped into 5 year age-groups. Two multiplicative models Y(ij) = c α(j)β(j) and Y'(ik) = c'α'(i)γ(k) were examined to see whether they would be useful for such an analysis. The expected number of deaths in an age-year or in an age-cohort cell is expressed by Y(ij)[Y'(ik)], c(c') is a constant, α(i)[α'(i)], β(j), and γ denote, respectively, the effects of age group (i), of year (j) and of birth-cohort (k) on death rate. The first model did not fit the data, but the second model fits very well. The results suggest that it is important to consider the differences in death rates among birth-cohorts in any analysis of the trends over time of lung cancer deaths. KW - epidemiology KW - japan KW - lung carcinoma KW - mortality KW - nonbiological model KW - respiratory system KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - English Abstract KW - Human KW - Japan KW - Lung Neoplasms KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Models, Theoretical N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: NEZAA C2 - 7339073 LA - Japanese UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019814993&partnerID=40&md5=f0fc982e428c698a98d7a0609a57aed8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Evolution of mortality and life expectation of the Belgian population, 1890-1970 T2 - Archives Belges de Medecine Sociale Hygiene Medecine du Travail et Medecine Legale J2 - ARCH. BELG. MED. SOC. HYG. MED. TRAV. MED. LEG. VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 205 EP - 233 PY - 1981 SN - 00039578 (ISSN) AU - Honggokoesoemo, S. AU - Van De Voorde, H. AD - Sch. Maatschappelijke Gezondh. Zorg, KU Leuven, 3000 Leuven, Belgium AB - The mortality and the life expectancy of the Belgian population from 1890 until 1970 has been studied. Generally the life expectancy of the female population increases more than that of the male population. The younger groups have better survival chances than 80 years ago and this improvement applies more to them than to the older groups. In the period of 1890-1947 the mortality rate decreases slowly whereas it decreases quickly in the period of 1947-1961. After 1961, there is a leveling of the mortality trend except under 5 years. The age and sex standardixed death rate indicates an amelioration of 112% during the period under study. The life expectancy at birth increased by 27,75 years for women and 25,13 years for males. The segmented cohort mortality study has pointed out that there is a fast increase in generation mortality ratio in males since 1930, with the aproach of middle-age. An extensive study is required to explain those phenomena as well as to understand the common increase in generation mortality ratio in 1970 of both sexes. A life table of the birth-cohort of 1885-1890 has been constructed and shows a life expectancy which is 4,23 years longer than in the life table of 1890 constructed periodically. The authors conclude that the diversity, observed during this survey, is linked to different ecological niches, having each a separate pattern of mortality and life expectancy. By studying a population, a cohort analysis is necessary, because with the periodical method, the generative dimension of the human population gets lost and one misses the continuity of the life experience. Mortality seems to be more dependent on historical developments and on cumulation of risks, than on periodical events which happen in a particular year. KW - belgium KW - epidemiology KW - geographic distribution KW - life expectancy KW - mortality KW - short survey KW - adolescent KW - adult KW - age KW - aged KW - article KW - Belgium KW - child KW - female KW - human KW - infant KW - male KW - newborn KW - preschool child KW - sex difference KW - statistical analysis KW - Actuarial Analysis KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Belgium KW - Child KW - Child, Preschool KW - English Abstract KW - Female KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Life Expectancy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mortality KW - Sex Factors N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: ABMHA C2 - 7325663 LA - Dutch UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019554293&partnerID=40&md5=29e32d8d172f4da0fc2c0330ea5e19f1 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Increasing mortality from cancer of the cervix in young Australian women T2 - Medical Journal of Australia J2 - MED. J. AUST. VL - 1 IS - 9 SP - 460 EP - 462 PY - 1981 SN - 0025729X (ISSN) AU - Armstrong, B. AU - Holman D'A. AD - NHMRC Res. Unit Epidemiol. Prev. Med., Univ. Dept. Med., Queen Elizabeth II Med. Cent., Nedlands, W.A. 6009, Australia AB - Mortality from uterine cancer in Australia has fallen progressively since 1908, as has mortality from cancer of the cervix specifically since it was distinguished, in statistics, from other uterine cancer in 1950. However, in women aged under 40 years, this trend has reversed recently, and cervical cancer mortality has risen since about 1970. This rise has also been shown by incidence data collected by the New South Wales Central Cancer Registry. Similar increases have been observed in New Zealand, Britain and the United States and, in Britain at least, appear to parallel increases in promiscuous sexual activity. Increases in the frequency of cervical cancer in older women can be expected when the cohorts affected (those born after 1935) reach older age groups. KW - age KW - australia KW - autopsy KW - epidemiology KW - etiology KW - female genital system KW - geographic distribution KW - mortality KW - normal human KW - sexual behavior KW - short survey KW - uterine cervix carcinoma KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Australia KW - Cervix Neoplasms KW - Female KW - History of Medicine, 20th Cent. KW - Human KW - Middle Age N1 - Cited By :38 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: MJAUA C2 - 7019647 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019860106&partnerID=40&md5=d5531224095dff03b0404f2a880df30d ER - TY - JOUR TI - Spontaneous abortion over time: Comparing occurrence in two cohorts of women a generation apart T2 - American Journal of Epidemiology J2 - Am. J. Epidemiol. VL - 114 IS - 4 SP - 548 EP - 553 PY - 1981 DO - 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a113220 SN - 00029262 (ISSN) AU - Wilcox, A.J. AU - Treloar, A.E. AU - Sandler, D.P. AD - National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, United States AD - Carolina Population Center, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, United States AB - A prospective study of menstrual cycles and reproductive outcomes has been in progress since 1935. Data from this study are used to describe the risk of spontaneous abortion in two time periods 26 years apart Out of the total of 3889 women who have enrolled in this study, two cohorts of women are selected for analysis: cohort one consists of 2070 university students who entered the study in 1935-1944, and cohort two consists of 1375 students a generation later, 1961-1970. Cohort one has contributed 2408 pregnancies, and cohort two, 1493 pregnancies. Overall spontaneous abortion risk for the two cohorts is 16.9% and 13.1%, respectively. However age-specific risks of spontaneous abortion do not differ for the two groups, nor is there a difference in the gestational duration of spontaneously aborted pregnancies. © 1981 by The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health. KW - Abortion (miscarriage) KW - Prospective studies KW - epidemiology KW - female genital system KW - menstrual cycle KW - pregnancy KW - spontaneous abortion KW - Abortion, Induced KW - Abortion, Spontaneous KW - Age Factors KW - Americas KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Comparative Studies KW - Developed Countries KW - Diseases KW - Family Planning KW - Fertility Control, Postconception KW - Incidence KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Measurement KW - North America KW - Northern America KW - Pregnancy KW - Pregnancy Complications KW - Pregnancy History KW - Pregnancy Outcomes KW - Prospective Studies KW - Reproduction KW - Research Methodology KW - Students KW - Studies KW - United States KW - Abortion, Spontaneous KW - Adult KW - Comparative Study KW - Data Collection KW - Female KW - Human KW - Maternal Age KW - Menstruation KW - Minnesota KW - Pregnancy KW - Prospective Studies KW - Time Factors PB - Oxford University Press N1 - Cited By :36 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJEPA C2 - 7304585 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wilcox, A.J.; National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, United States N1 - References: Whalen, R.P., Love Canal: Public health time bomb (1978) A Special Report to the New York State, , Governor and Legislature, September; (1979), Human Effects Monitoring Branch, Environmental Protection Agency, February 28; Stein, Z., Susser, M., Warburton, D., Spontaneous abortion as a screening device. The effect of fetal survival on the incidence of birth defects (1975) Am J Epidemiol, 102, pp. 275-290; Kline, J., Stein, Z., Strobino, B., Surveillance of spontaneous abortions: Power in environmental monitoring (1977) Am J Epidemiol, 106, pp. 345-350; Leridon, H., Facts and artifacts in the study of intrauterine mortality: A re-consideration from pregnancy histories (1976) Population Studies, 30, pp. 319-335; Treloar, A.E., Boynton, R.E., Behn, B.G., Variation of the human menstrual cycle through reproductive life (1967) Int J Fertil, 12, pp. 77-126; Treloar, A.E., Menstruation and reproduction (1979) Historical Review of a Research Program. Chapel Hill, , University of North Carolina, Available on request; Naylor, A.F., Warburton D. Sequential analysis of spontaneous abortion. II. Collaborative study data show that gravidity determines a very substantial rise in risk (1979) Fertil Steril, 31, pp. 282-286; Shapiro, S., Jones, E.W., Densen, P.M., A life table of pregnancy terminations and correlates of fetal loss (1967) Milbank Mem Fund Q, 40, pp. 7-45; Shapiro, S., Levine, H.S., Abramowicz, M., Factors associated with early and late fetal loss (1970) Advances in Planned Parenthood, 6, pp. 45-63; Hobel, C.J., Better perinatal health: U.S.A (1980) Lancet, 1, pp. 31-32 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019453776&doi=10.1093%2foxfordjournals.aje.a113220&partnerID=40&md5=920ddf8a37f1acb2776a9a0a59c6eb0a ER - TY - JOUR TI - Wrist ganglia: Incidence and recurrence rate after operation T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery and Hand Surgery J2 - Scand. J. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. Hand Surg. VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 56 PY - 1981 DO - 10.3109/02844318109103412 SN - 02844311 (ISSN) AU - Janzon, L. AU - Niechajev, I.A. AD - Department of Hand Surgery, Allmänna sjukhuset, Malmö, Sweden AB - 165 patients operated on for primary wrist ganglia during 1970-71 were followed-up 5 years later in order to study the recurrence rate after a standardized surgical procedure. A questionnaire was used and the overall response rate was 86% The recurrence rate was 12.7% and the annual incidence rate was 43/100,000 for females and 25/100000 for males, giving a F/M sex ratio of 1.7 to 1. © 1981 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - major clinical study KW - soft tissue KW - therapy KW - wrist ganglion KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Child KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Recurrence KW - Sex Factors KW - Sweden KW - Synovial Cyst KW - Wrist PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :19 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJPSE C2 - 7268314 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Janzon, L.; Department of Hand Surgery, Allmänna sjukhuset, Malmö, Sweden N1 - References: Andrén, L., Eiken, O., Arthographic studies of wrist ganglions (1971) J Bone Joint Surg, 53A, p. 299; Angelides, A.C., Wallace, P.F., The dorsal ganglion of the wrist: Its pathogenesis, gross and macroscopic anatomy, and surgical treatment (1976) J Hand Surgl, 1, p. 228; Carp, L., Stout, A.P., A study of ganglion with special reference to treatment (1928) Surg Gynecol Obstet, 47, p. 460; Esshage, S., Lindstrom, G., Recidivfrekvensen vid operation av dorsala handledsganglier (1968) Nord Med, 80, p. 1290; Hvid-Hansen, O., On the treatment of ganglia (1970) Acta Chir Scand, 136, p. 471; Kvirikko, K.I., Risteli, L., Biosynthesis of collagen and its alterations in pathological states (1976) Med Biol, 54, p. 159; Nelson, C.L., Sawmiller, S., Phalen, G.S., Ganglions of the wrist and hand (1972) J Bone Joint Surg, 54A, p. 1459; Stellbrink, G., Englert, H., Die ganglioplastischen Tumoren der Hand (1970) Handchirurgie, 2, p. 152; Zachariae, L., Vibe-Hansen, H., Ganglia (1973) Acta Chir Scand, 139, p. 625; Öhman, U., Önne, L., Karpalganglion. En efterundersökning (1970) Nord Med, 84, p. 1380 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019472291&doi=10.3109%2f02844318109103412&partnerID=40&md5=8750e87c0f0561536e18dbd5c77473a0 ER - TY - JOUR TI - The prognosis of the healthy HBsag carrier state: A 5- to 8-year follow-up study T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology J2 - Scand. J. Gastroenterol. VL - 16 IS - 8 SP - 1077 EP - 1081 PY - 1981 DO - 10.3109/00365528109181032 SN - 00365521 (ISSN) AU - Wantzin, P. AU - Aldershvile, J. AU - Jans, H. AU - Dybkjaer, E. AU - Nielsen, J.O. AD - Division of Hepatology and the Blood Bank, Hvidovre Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark AD - The Second Dept. of Internal Medicine, Kommunehospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark AB - Thirty-six persons found to be healthy HBsAg carriers by routine donor screening from 1970 to 1973 were offered a follow-up examination in 1978. A total of 21 out of the 34 still living carriers were reexamined clinically, serologically, and biochemically. Seventeen of the 20 still HBsAg-positive carriers had anti-HBe, and 2 were HBeAg-positive. Liver biopsy in these two carriers showed chronic persistent hepatitis. No biochemical abnormalities were found in any but one who was HBeAg-positive and one who was negative for both HBeAg and anti-HBe. Anti-HBc titers varied between 1:3,600 and 1:83,000. Circulating immune complexes were demonstrated in 30% of the healthy HBsAg carriers. On the basis of 5-8 years' follow-up it is concluded that the healthy HBsAg carrier state is a benign condition that has not affected the carrier's quality of life. Progression to a severe, chronic liver disease was not observed in any of the healthy carriers. The importance and nature of circulating immune complexes in healthy HBsAg carriers are unknown and need further investigation. © 1981 Informa UK Ltd. KW - Circulating immune complexes KW - HBV markers KW - Healthy HBsAg carrier KW - Prognosis KW - hepatitis b surface antigen KW - antigen antibody complex KW - diagnosis KW - liver KW - major clinical study KW - virus carrier KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Antigen-Antibody Complex KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hepatitis B Antigens KW - Hepatitis B Surface Antigens KW - Heterozygote KW - Humans KW - Liver Diseases KW - Male KW - Middle Aged KW - Prognosis PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :3 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SJGRA C2 - 7336134 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Wantzin, P.; Medical Dept. A, University of Copenhagen, Rigshospitalet, 9 Blegdamsvej, DK-2100 Copenhagen, Denmark N1 - Chemicals/CAS: Antigen-Antibody Complex; Hepatitis B Antigens; Hepatitis B Surface Antigens N1 - References: Aldershvile, J., Caspani, B., Frösner, G.G., (1980) J. Clin. Microbiol, 11, pp. 458-461; Aldershvile, J., Frösner, G.G., Nielsen, J.O., Hardt, F., Deinhardt, F., Skinhøj, P., The Copenhagen Hepatitis Acuta Programme (1980) J. Infect. Dis, 141, pp. 293-298; Aldershvile, J., Nielsen, J.O., Dietrichson, O., Hardt, F., Juhl, E., Tage-Jensen, U., The Copenhage Hepatitis Acuta Programme (1979) Scand. J. Gastroent, 14, pp. 845-848; Arnold, W., Hess, G., Kösters, W., Hütteroth, T.H., Meyer zum Büschenfelde, K.H., (1978) Acta Hepato-Gastroent, 25, pp. 438-443; Brzosko, W.J., Krawczýnski, K., Nazarewicz, T., Morzycka, M., Nowoslavski, A., (1974) Lancet, 2, pp. 477-482; Eleftheriou, N., Thomas, H.C., Heathcote, J., Sherlock, S., (1975) Lancet, 2, pp. 1171-1173; Gocke, D.J., Hsu, K., Morgan, C., Bombardieri, S., Lockshin, M., Christian, C.L., (1971) J. Exp. Med, 134, pp. 330-336; Gower, R.G., Sausher, W.F., Kohler, P.F., Thorne, G.E., McIntosh, R.M., (1978) J. Allergy Clin. Immunol, 62, pp. 222-228; Hess, G., Nielsen, J.O., Arnold, W., Meyer zum Büschenfelde, K.H., (1977) Scand. J. Gastroent, 12, pp. 325-330; Hütteroth, T.H., Arnold, W., Hopf, U., Meyer zum Büschenfelde, K.H., (1978) Z. Gastroent, 16, pp. 395-402; Jans, H., (1980) Scand. J. Rheum, 9, p. 39; Jans, H., Jersild, K., Taaning, E., Dybkjaer, E., Fog, T., Heltberg, A., (1979) Prot. Biol. Fluids, 26, pp. 255-258; Kaboth, U., Arnold, W., Biswas, R., Proceedings from the 14th Meeting of the European Association for the Study of the Liver (1979), Düsseldorf; Kaboth, U., Schober, A., Arndt, H.J., Vido, I., Selmair, H., Gallasch, E., Verma, P., Creutzfeldt, W., (1970) Dtsch. Med. Wschr, 43, pp. 2157-2165; Knieser, M.R., Jenis, E.H., Lowenthal, D.T., Bancroft, W.H., Burns, W., Shalhoub, R., (1974) Arch. Pathol, 97, pp. 193-200; Kohler, P.F., (1973) Medicine (Baltimore), 52, pp. 419-429; Kohler, P.F., Cronin, R.E., Hammond, W.S., Olin, D., Carr, R.I., (1974) Ann. Intern. Med, 81, pp. 448-451; Nielsen, H., Svehag, S.E., (1976) Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand, 84, pp. 261-269; Nielsen, J.O., Dietrichson, O., Elling, P., Christoffersen, P., (1971) New Engl. J. Med, 285, pp. 1157-1160; Nielsen, J.O., Dietrichson, O., Juhl, E., (1974) Lancet, 2, pp. 913-915; Nielsen, J.O., Le Bouvier, G.L., The Copenhagen Hepatitis Acuta Programme (1973) New Engl. J. Med, 288, pp. 1257-1261; Lamberth, P.H., Tribollet, E., Celada, A., Madalinski, K., Frei, P.C., Miescher, P.A., (1980) J. Clin. Lab. Immunol, 3, pp. 1-8; Lawley, T.J., James, S.P., Jones, E.A., (1980) Gastroenterology, 78, pp. 626-641; Levo, Y., Gorevic, P.D., Kassab, H.J., Zucker-Franklin, D., Franklin, E.C., (1977) New Engl. J. Med, 296, pp. 1501-1504; Reinicke, V., Dybkjaer, E., Poulsen, H., (1972) New Engl. J. Med, 286, pp. 867-870; Sampliner, R.E., Hamilton, F.A., Iseri, O.A., Tabor, E., Boitnott, J., (1979) Amer. J. Med. Sci, 277, pp. 17-22; Takekoshi, Y., Tanaka, M., Miyakawa, Y., Yoshizawa, H., Takahashi, K., Mayumi, M., (1979) New Engl. J. Med, 330, pp. 814-819; Toda, G., Ishimaru, Y., Mayumi, M., Oda, T., (1978) J. Infect. Dis, 138, pp. 211-216; Trepo, C.G., Zuckerman, A.J., Bird, R.C., (1974) J. Clin. Path, 27, pp. 863-868 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019802226&doi=10.3109%2f00365528109181032&partnerID=40&md5=d48fd7fbbbc0bd7a9b7ff9195b59b983 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Five-year survival after coronary bypass surgery T2 - Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal J2 - Scand. Cardiovasc. J. VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 37 PY - 1981 DO - 10.3109/14017438109101022 SN - 14017431 (ISSN) AU - Björk, V.O. AU - Ivert, T. AD - Thoracic Surgical Clinic, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden AB - The survival and mortality of 128 consecutive patients, who underwent coronary bypass surgery at this clinic between 1970 and 1974, was assessed. All survivors were followed for a minimum of 60 months after surgery. The operative mortality was 5.5% With increased experience annual operative mortality declined to 1.6% in 1974. The insertion of IMA grafts was related to a significant lower operative mortality. Six survivors (5% underwent repeat procedures within five years after surgery. The five-year survival rate, calculated with the actuarial method, was 87% Congestive heart failure and triple vessel disease were significantly more common in patients who died of cardiac disease within five years after surgery. © 1981 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - coronary artery surgery KW - heart KW - major clinical study KW - patient follow up KW - survival KW - therapy KW - Adult KW - Coronary Artery Bypass KW - Coronary Disease KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Human KW - Internal Mammary-Coronary Artery Anastomosis KW - Intraoperative Complications KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Myocardial Revascularization KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Prognosis PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SCJOF C2 - 6973816 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Björk, V.O.; Thoracic Surgical Clinic, Karolinska Sjukhuset, Stockholm, Sweden N1 - References: Anderson, R.P., Bronchek, L.I., Grunkemeier, G.L., Lambert, L.E., Starr, A., The analysis and presentation of surgical results by acturial methods (1974) J Surg Res, 16, p. 224; Arnold, M., Wathanacharoen, S., Reed, W.A., Killen, D.A., Crockett, J., King, J.T., McCallister, B.D., Bell, H., Five-year follow-up of patients undergoing coronary artery bypass (1979) Ann Thorac Surg, 27, p. 225; Aronow, W.S., Stemmer, E.A., Two-year follow-up of angina pectoris: Medical or surgical therapy (1975) Ann Int Med, 82, p. 208; Cannom, D.S., Miller, D.C., Shumway, N.E., Fogarty, T.J., Daily, P.O., Hu, M., Brown, B., Harrison, D.C., The long-term follow-up of patients undergoing saphenous vein bypass surgery (1974) Circulation, 49, p. 77; Carey, J.S., Cuckingnan, R.A., Groner, G.F., Skow, J.R., Probability of survival after coronary bypass surgery in Veterans Administration and community hospitals (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 77, p. 39; Carey, J.S., Cuckingnan, R.A., Groner, G.F., Veterans Administration Cooperative Study of surgery for coronary arterial occlusive disease. View from a noncooperating hospital (1979) Circulation, 60, p. 30; Collins, J.J., Cohn, L.H., Sonnenblick, E.H., Herman, M.V., Cohn, P.F., Gorlin, R., Determinants of survival after coronary artery bypass surgery (1973) Circulation, 47-48, p. 132; Coronary artery bypass surgery in stable angina pectoris: Survival at two years (1979) Lancet, 1, p. 890. , European Coronary Surgery Study Group; Friesinger, G.C., Page, E.E., Ross, R.S., Prognostic significance of coronary arteriography (1970) Trans Ass Am Physic, 83, p. 78; Gott, V.L., Outlook for patients after coronary artery revascularization (1974) Am J Cardiol, 33, p. 431; Green, G.E., Kemp, H.G., Alam, S.E., Pierson, R.N., Friedman, M.I., David, I., Coronary bypass surgery. Five-year follow-up of a consecutive series of 140 patients (1979) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 77, p. 48; Isom, O.W., Spencer, F.C., Glassman, E., Cunningham, J.N., Teiko, P., Reed, G.E., Boyd, A.D., Does coronary bypass increase longevity? (1978) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 75, p. 28; Jones, J.W., Ochsner, J.L., Mills, N.L., Hughes, L., Impact of multiple variables on operative and extended survival following coronary artery surgery (1978) Surgery, 83, p. 20; Jonsell, S., A method for the determination of the heart size by teleroentgenography (a heart volume index) (1939) Acta Radiology (Stockholm), 20, p. 325; Kaiser, G.C., Barner, H.B., Tyras, D.H., Codd, J.E., Mudd, J.G., Willman, V.L., Myocardial revascularization: A rebuttal of the cooperative study (1978) Ann Surg, 188, p. 331; Kahja, F., Sharma, S.D., Easley, R.M., Heinle, R.A., Goldstein, S., Left main coronary artery lesions. Risk of Catheterization: Exercise testing and surgery (1974) Circulation, 49-50, p. 136; Kloster, F.E., Kremkau, E.L., Rahimtoola, S.H., Ritzmann, L.W., Griswold, H.E., Neill, W.A., Rösch, J., Starr, A., Prospective randomized study of coronary bypass surgery for chronic stable angina (1977) Cardiovasc Clin, 8, p. 145; Lawrie, G.M., Morris, G.C., Howell, J.F., Ogura, J.W., Spencer, W.H., Cashion, W.R., Winters, W.L., Lie, J.T., Results of coronary bypass more than 5 years after operation in 434 patients. Clinical, treadmill exercise and angiographic correlations (1977) Am J Cardiol, 40, p. 665; Loeb, H.S., Pifarre, R., Sullivan, H., Palac, R., Croke, R.P., Gunnar, R.M., Improved survival after surgical therapy for chronic angina pectoris. One hospital's experinece in a randomized trial (1979) Circulation, 60, p. 22; Mathur, V.S., Guinn, G.A., Anastassiades, L.C., Chahine, R.A., Korompai, F.L., Montero, A.C., Luchi, R.J., Surgical treatment for stable angina pectoris. Prospective randomized study (1975) N Engl J Med, 292, p. 709; Mittler, B.S., Lee, K.L., Rosati, R.A., Surgical versus medical treatment in patients with totally-occluded right and subtotally-occluded left anterior descending coronary arteries (1975) Circulation, 51-52, p. 91; Oldham, H.N., Kong, Y., Bartel, A.G., Morris, J.J., Behar, V.S., Peter, R.H., Rosati, R.A., Sabiston, D.S., Risk factors in coronary artery bypass surgery (1972) Arch Surg, 105, p. 918; Read, R.C., Murphy, M.L., Hultgren, H.N., Takaro, T., Survival of men treated for chronic stable angina pectoris. A cooperative randomized study (1978) J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg, 75, p. 1; Reeves, T.J., Oberman, A., Jones, W.B., Sheffield, L.T., Natural history of angina pectoris (1974) Am J Cardiol, 33, p. 423; Stiles, Q.R., Lindesmith, G.G., Tucker, B.L., Hughes, R.K., Meyer, B.W., Long-term follow-up of patients with coronary artery bypass grafts (1976) Circulation, 54, p. 32 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019501096&doi=10.3109%2f14017438109101022&partnerID=40&md5=1fdff2470e00b24b6ef012259c221e29 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Survey of Queen's university medical graduates T2 - Ulster Medical Journal J2 - ULSTER MED. J. VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 125 PY - 1980 SN - 00416193 (ISSN) AU - Egerton, E.A. AB - Questionnaires were distributed between September and October 1977 to 394 doctors who had graduated from Queen's University in 1950, 1955, 1960, 1965 and 1970, in an attempt to collect information on their chosen specialty/ies and location of practice. Replies were obtained from 357, 88.6% of those believed to be alive. The majority of the respondents (75.9%) were between the ages of 23 and 25 on graduation. Among the 1950 graduates, there was known to be a number of ex-servicemen, although the percentage of 1950 graduates aged 26 or more (24.4%) did not exceed the average percentage for the five cohorts (20.4%) as much as might have been expected. An average of 22% of the respondents were female, an exact reflection of the proportion of the total number of graduates who were female. The vast majority were married (89.6%) and came from Northern Ireland (88.8%). Only 6 (all women) of the 357 respondents were not engaged in some form of medical work at the time of completing the questionnaire. Almost 40% were in general practice; second most popular was anaesthetics with 10.4%, and medicine, surgery and community medicine ranked equally, each attracting 8.1% of the respondents. The sex of the respondents appeared to influence their choice of specialty in that a significant difference was found in the proportion of men and women engaged in community medicine and in surgery. Speaking in terms of percentages, community medicine attracted seven times as many females as males, and surgery attracted seven times as many males as females. All the women who were practising community medicine were either married or widowed, and there is evidence (ref Scottish Council 1979) to support the view that the choice was based primarily on availability of part-time work and compatibility with family commitments. The virtual absence of women in surgery, on the other hand, would appear to be due to an intrinsic lack of interest as well as practical difficulties with inflexible training programmes and domestic responsibilities. Less than half (46.4%) of those resident in Northern Ireland before going to Queen's (317) were still living here; 24.3% were in Great Britain or Eire, and 29.3% were abroad. Of the latter, the greatest concentration (52) was in Canada, 17 were in the United States, 11 were in Australia or New Zealand, and 10 in Africa or Asia. The data indicated a gradual decrease in numbers leaving the province, from approximately 63% of the 'fifties graduates to approximately 44% of the 1970 graduates, at the time of completing the questionnaire in 1977. The vast majority who left did so within eight years of graduation, and the peak period for emigration was within the first three years. The trends in emigration formed a clear pattern, and one that differed from patterns which emerged from similar studies in Great Britain, suggesting an underlying difference in motivating factors. The most commonly quoted reasons for leaving the province were professional advancement, greater job satisfaction and greater financial rewards, in that order. The sectarian violence rated eighth on a list of ten factors influencing the decision to leave. The vast majority of voluntary exiles (over 70%) do not plan to return. Only about 3% had definitely decided to return and many of the remaining 25% of 'possibles' and 'probables' said that the decision depended on a satisfactory outcome to our political problems. The topics which recurred most frequently in the comments made by the respondents were the factors influencing their decision to return to the province and additional information about their past career. KW - career KW - cohort analysis KW - geographic distribution KW - manpower KW - medical education KW - methodology KW - normal human KW - psychological aspect KW - questionnaire KW - short survey KW - university KW - Adult KW - Data Collection KW - Emigration and Immigration KW - Female KW - Health Manpower KW - Human KW - Male KW - Northern Ireland KW - Students, Medical N1 - Cited By :5 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: UMJOA C2 - 7445263 LA - English UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019186426&partnerID=40&md5=f5f0797fd93cd5f07cbd1230689f767b ER - TY - JOUR TI - Haemophilus parainfluenzae—An Uncommon Cause of Septicemia and Endocarditis T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Infectious Diseases J2 - Scand. J. Infect. Dis. VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 89 PY - 1980 DO - 10.3109/inf.1980.12.issue-2.02 SN - 00365548 (ISSN) AU - Julander, I. AU - Lindberg, A.A. AU - Svanbom1, M. AD - Department of Infectious Diseases, Karolinska Institutet, Roslagstull Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AD - Department of Clinical Bacteriology, Karolinska Institutet, Roslagstull Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden AB - 6 cases of endocarditis and 1 of septicemia caused by Haemophilus parainfluenzae have been observed in our hospital from 1970 to 1977, as against no case from 1957 to 1969. The mean age of the patients was 46 years. The clinical picture did not differ from that seen in cases of septicemia and endocarditis from other causes. In 4 cases no underlying heart disease was known. In 2 of them, endocarditis developed in the mitral and in 1 in the aortic valve. Of 3 patients with preexisting heart disease, 2 had involvement of the aortic valve and 1 of the mitral valve. Six patients were cured, 2 or possibly 3 by treatment with ampicillin, 2 with cephalothin, and 1 with co-trimoxazole. In 2 patients intractable heart failure necessitated the insertion of prosthetic valves, and 1 patient died. Thus, cases of septicemia and endocarditis due to H. parainfluenzae have been observed only in recent years and they appear to be serious infections. © 1980, Informa UK Ltd. All rights reserved. KW - article KW - bacterial endocarditis KW - bacterial infection KW - follow up KW - human KW - septicemia KW - bacterial endocarditis KW - bacterium culture KW - blood and hemopoietic system KW - drug administration KW - drug sensitivity KW - drug therapy KW - endocarditis KW - haemophilus parahemolyticus KW - heart KW - in vitro study KW - major clinical study KW - sepsis KW - septicemia KW - therapy KW - Endocarditis, Bacterial KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Haemophilus Infections KW - Human KW - Septicemia KW - ampicillin KW - carbenicillin KW - cefalexin KW - cefalotin KW - cefamandole KW - cefazolin KW - cefradine KW - chloramphenicol KW - cotrimoxazole KW - gentamicin KW - penicillin g KW - streptomycin KW - sulfamethoxazole KW - trimethoprim N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7375829 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Julander, I.; Roslagstull Hospital, Box 5901, S-11489 Stockholm, Sweden N1 - Chemicals/CAS: ampicillin, 69-52-3, 69-53-4, 7177-48-2, 74083-13-9, 94586-58-0; carbenicillin, 17230-86-3, 4697-36-3, 4800-94-6; cefalexin, 15686-71-2, 23325-78-2; cefalotin, 153-61-7, 58-71-9; cefamandole, 30034-03-8, 34444-01-4; cefazolin, 25953-19-9, 27164-46-1; cefradine, 38821-53-3, 57584-26-6; chloramphenicol, 134-90-7, 2787-09-9, 56-75-7; cotrimoxazole, 8064-90-2; gentamicin, 1392-48-9, 1403-66-3, 1405-41-0; penicillin G, 1406-05-9, 61-33-6; streptomycin, 57-92-1; sulfamethoxazole, 723-46-6; trimethoprim, 738-70-5 N1 - References: Blair, C.D., Walker, W., Sodeman, I., Pagano, I., Bacterial endocarditis due to Haemophilus parainfluenzae. , 2, p. 146. , Chest, 1977; Chunn, C.J., Jones, S.R., MacCutchan, J.A., Young, E.J., Gilbert, D.N., Haemophilus parainfluenzae infective endocarditis. Medicine (Baltimore) 56:99, 1977; Editorial. Haemophilus endocarditis. , 1, p. 1349. , Lancet, 1977; Ericsson, H.M., Sherris, J.C., Antibiotic sensitivity testing. Report of an international collaborative study. Acta Pathol Microbiol Scand (B), Suppl. 217, 1971; Geraci, J.E., Wilkowske, C.J., Wilson, W.R., Washington, J.A., Haemophilus endocarditis. Report of 14 patients. Mayo Clin Proc 52:209, 1977; Jailing, B., Malmborg, A.-S., Lindman, A., Boréus, L.D., Evaluation of a micromethod for determination of antibiotic concentration in plasma. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 4:150, 1972; Kilian, M.J., A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species. J Gen Microbiol 93:9, 1976; Lynn, D.J., Kane, J.G., Parker, P.H., Haemophilus parainfluenzae and influenzae endocarditis: A review of forty cases. , 56, p. 115. , Medicine (Baltimore), 1977; Svanbom, M., Strandell, T., Bacterial endocarditis. , 10, p. 193. , I. A prospective study of etiology, underlying factors and foci of infection. Scand J Infect Dis, 1978; Svanbom, M., Septicemia. I. A prospective study of etiology, underlying factors and foci of infection. Scand J Infect Dis 11:187, 1979; Septicemia. II. A prospective study of clinical manifestations and complications results of antimicrobial treatment and a report of a follow-up study. Scand J Infect Dis. In pressUR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0018908339&doi=10.3109%2finf.1980.12.issue-2.02&partnerID=40&md5=5bf07ecec096a94d8e0ae77c7d2f62b8 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Child health and education in the seventies: some results on the 5-year follow up of the 1970 British Births Cohort. T2 - Health Visitor J2 - Health Visit VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 81 EP - 82 PY - 1980 SN - 00179140 (ISSN) AU - Butler, N. KW - article KW - child KW - child development KW - child health care KW - community care KW - education KW - human KW - United Kingdom KW - Child KW - Child Development KW - Child Health Services KW - Community Health Services KW - Education KW - Great Britain KW - Human N1 - Cited By :2 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 6898582 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Butler, N. UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0018990786&partnerID=40&md5=4ea626843b3a2f04f5d7decf639907d9 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Mortality and life expectancy after hip fractures T2 - Acta Orthopaedica J2 - Acta Orthop. VL - 51 IS - 1-6 SP - 163 EP - 170 PY - 1980 DO - 10.3109/17453678008990781 SN - 17453674 (ISSN) AU - Dahl, E. AD - Department of Surgery, Haugesund Hospital, Norway AB - Follow-up data for at least 4 years was collected for 675 patients treated for hip fractures in the period 1961-1970. Compared with a series from the same hospital for the years 1948-1957 the number of patients had more than doubled and a higher hospital mortality was encountered, but the 4-year survival rate was unchanged. the mortality after hip fracture was found to be related to the age and sex of the patient and to the nature and number of associated diseases. the mortality rate was found to be high in the first 2 months following the fracture, but patients surviving the second month showed no excess mortality during the following 4 years, having the same life expectancy as the general population. © 1980 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - Femoral neck fractures KW - Hip fractures KW - Long-term survival KW - Mortality KW - age KW - bone KW - epidemiology KW - geographic distribution KW - hip fracture KW - injury KW - joint KW - life expectancy KW - major clinical study KW - mortality KW - short survey KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Femoral Neck Fractures KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hip Fractures KW - Human KW - Life Expectancy KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Sex Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :135 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus C2 - 7376837 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Dahl, E.; Sentralsjukehuset i Rogaland, Avdeling Stavanger Sjukehus, Kir. avd., 4000, Stavanger, Norway N1 - References: Abrami, G., Stevens, J., Early weight bearing after internal fixation of transcervical fracture of the femur (1964) J. Bone Jt Surg, 46-B, pp. 204-205; Ainsworth, T.H., Jr, Immediate full weight-bearing in the treatment of hip fractures (1971) J. Trauma, 11, pp. 1031-1039; Alffram, P.-A., An epidemiologic study of cervical and trochanteric fractures of the femur in an urban population (1964) Acta orthop. scand; Attenborough, C.G., Fractures near the hip (1977) Geriatric orthopaedics, , M. Devas, Ed., Academic Press, London; Barnes, R., Brown, J.T., Garden, R.S., Nicoll, E.A., Subcapital fractures of the femur (1976) J. Bonejt Surg, 58-B, pp. 2-24; Beals, R.K., Survival following hip fracture (1972) J. chron. Dis, 25, pp. 235-244; Camblin, J.G., Five year retrospective study of femoral neck fractures (1974) Ulster med. J, 43, pp. 136-142; Clark, A.N.G., Wainwright, D., Management of the fractured neck of femur in the elderly female (1966) Geront. din. (Basel), 8, pp. 321-326; Colbert, D.S., O'Muircheartaigh, I., Mortality after hip fracture and assessment of some contributory factors (1976) Irish J. med. sci, 145, pp. 44-50; Dahl, E., Mikkelsen, O.A., Wear of the polyethylene head of the Oscobal prosthesis (1976) Acta orthop. scand, 47, pp. 643-647; Devas, M.B., Geriatric orthopaedics (1974) Brit. med. J, 1, pp. 190-192; Evans, J.G., Fractured proximal femur in Newcastle upon Tyne (1979) Age Ageing, 8, pp. 16-24; Falch, J., Ilebekk, A., Brudd i 0vre femurende (1978) T. norske Laegeforen, 98, pp. 738-739; Fitts, W.T., Jr, Lehr, H.B., Schor, S., Roberts, B., Life expectancy after fracture of the hip (1959) Surg. Gynec. Obstet, 108, pp. 7-12; Garden, R.S., Low-angle fixation in fractures of the femoral neck (1961) J. Bone Jt Surg, 43-B, pp. 647-663; Gordon, P.C., The probability of death following a fracture of the hip (1971) Canad. med. Ass. J, 105, pp. 47-51. , 62; Graham, J., Early or delayed weight-bearing after internal fixation of transcervical fracture of the femur (1968) J. Bonejt Surg, 50-B, pp. 562-569; Häggquist, S.-O., Results of early weight-bearing in cases of operated subcapital femoral neck fractures (1969) Acta orthop. scand, 40, pp. 684-685; Hansen, N., Neidhardt, F.O., Letaliteten ved fractura colli femoris (1970) Ugeskr. Laeg, 37, pp. 1709-1714; Katz, S., Heiple, K.G., Downs, T.D., Ford, A.B., Scott, C.P., Long term course of 147 patients with fracture of the hip (1967) Surg. Gynec. Obstet, 124, pp. 1219-1230; Lindholm, T.S., Puronvarsi, U., Lindholm, R.V., Fractures of the proximal end of the femur with fatal outcome in geriatric patients (1971) Acta chir. scand, 137, pp. 778-781; Lorhan, P.H., Shelby, E.A., Factors influencing mortality in hip fractures (1964) Anesth. Analg. Curr. Res, 43, pp. 539-543; Manpel, J., Marzulli, V., Boley, S.J., The fractured hip, a complication of aging (1961) Arch. Surg, 82, pp. 474-477; Meyn, M.A., Jr, Hopson, C., Jayasankar, S., Fractures of the hip in the institutionalized psychotic patient (1977) Clin. Orthop, 122, pp. 128-134; Mikkelsen, O.A., Langholm, O., Life expectancy after hip fractures in the aged (1964) Acta chir. scand, 127, pp. 46-56; Miller, C.W., Survival and ambulation following hip fracture (1978) J. Bone Jt Surg, 60-A, pp. 930-933; Muckle, D.S., Prosthetic replacement of the femoral head (1977) Femoral neck fractures and hip joint injuries, , D. S. Muckle, Ed., Chapman and Hall, London; Niemann, K.M.W., Mankin, H.J., Fractures about the hip in an institutionalized patient population (1968) J. Bone Jt Surg, 50-A, pp. 1327-1340; Nieminen, S., Early weightbearing after classical internal fixation of medial fractures of the femoral neck (1975) Acta orthop. scand, 46, pp. 782-794; Ramstad, K.R., Fractura pertrochanterica et fractura colli femoris (1966) T. norske Laegeforen, 86, pp. 1619-1623; Reno, J.H., Burlington, H., Fractures of the hip-Mortality survey (1958) Amer. J. Surg, 95, pp. 581-592; Riska, E.B., Factors influencing the primary mortality in the treatment of hip fractures (1970) Injury, 2, pp. 107-115; Schenk, W.G., Jr, Smith, R.G., Stephens, J.G., The fractured hip-a major surgical and sociologic problem (1956) Amer. J. Surg, 91, pp. 618-620; Shaftan, G.W., Herbsman, H., Pavlides, C., Selective conservatism in hip fractures (1967) Surgery, 61, pp. 524-527; Simons, M., Limbosch, J.M., Mortalite dans les fractures du col femoral (1969) Acta orthop. belg, 35, pp. 849-857; Sweet, M.B.E., Zwi, S., Mendelow, A., Kotler, M.N., Graham, W.D., Fractured neck of femur. Associated morbidity and mortality (1967) S. Afr. J. Surg, 5, pp. 57-64; Weeden, R., Rosenthal, H., Miller, P., Mortality statistics on fractured hips (1935–1955) (1957) J. Bone Jt Surg, 39-A, p. 1218; Wong, P.C.N., Mortality in fractures of the femoral neck following treatment (1969) Singapore Med. J, 10, pp. 191-193 UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0018840763&doi=10.3109%2f17453678008990781&partnerID=40&md5=c0556f9963ed6b4f0d8525e650d7b0c4 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Heroin activity in New York City, 1970-1978 T2 - American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse J2 - Am. J. Drug Alcohol Abuse VL - 7 IS - 3-4 SP - 335 EP - 346 PY - 1980 DO - 10.3109/00952998008993431 SN - 00952990 (ISSN) AU - Des Jarlais, D.C. AU - Uppal, G.S. AD - New York State Division of Substance Abuse Services, New York, NY 10047, United States AB - Heroin activity in New York City is traced from 1970 through 1978 using a variety of indicators. A steady decline in the number of new "intensive" users (those who required treatment) is noted, beginning around 1970. Various possible explanations of this decline are examined. Reductions in the supply of heroin or in the demand for heroin do not appear to be causes of the decline in new users, as these reductions occurred after the decline in new users had already begun. Demographic changes-the passing of the baby boom cohort through the period of highest risk of beginning heroin use-also does not appear to be a viable explanation, as trends in use of other drugs do not show a decline. Changes in attitudes toward heroin as a specific drug are left as the most plausible explanation of the decline in the number of new intensive heroin users. © 1980 Informa UK Ltd All rights reserved: reproduction in whole or part not permitted. KW - diamorphine KW - central nervous system KW - drug abuse KW - epidemiology KW - Attitude KW - Heroin KW - Heroin Dependence KW - Human KW - New York City KW - Risk KW - Time Factors PB - Informa Healthcare N1 - Cited By :9 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: AJDAB C2 - 7258166 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Des Jarlais, D.C.; New York State Division of Substance Abuse Services, New York, NY 10047, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: diamorphine, 1502-95-0, 561-27-3; Heroin, 561-27-3 N1 - References: Boyle, J.M., Brunswick, A.F., What Happened in Harlem?: Analysis of a Decline in Heroin Use Among a Generation Unit of Urban Black Youth (1978) Paper Delivered at the Conference on the Utilization of Research in Drug Policy Making, , Washington, D.C., May, 3–5; Cohen, S., (1978) Drug Alcohol Depend, p. 8. , January, Presentation to PACT/NADAP; Dupont, R., Greene, M., The dynamics of a heroin addiction epidemic (1973) Science, 181, pp. 716-722; Greene, M.H., An epidemiological assessment of heroin use (1974) Am. J. Public Health, 64, pp. 1-10; Hunt, L., (1974) Recent Spread of Heroin Use in the United States: Unanswered Questions, , Drug Abuse Council, Washington, D.C; Johnston, D.F., The aging of the baby boom cohorts (1976) Stat. Rep, 76-9, pp. 161-165. , March; Kandel, D., (1978) Longitudinal Research on Drug Use, , Hemisphere, Washington, D.C; Katz, D., Kahn, R., (1966) The Social Psychology of Scoial Organizations, , Wiley, New York; Lyle, J., (1980), U.S. Department of State, Personal Communication; (1976) Heroin Indicators Trend Report, , National Institute on Drug Abuse, Rockville, Maryland, July 1976; (1978) Proceedings of the Community Correspondents Group: Meeting Five, , National Institute on Drug Abuse, Rockville, Maryland, December, 6–8, 1978; (1978) Monitoring Heroin Indicator Trends in New York State: The Epidemiological Monitoring Systems Project, , New York State Division of Substance Abuse Services, Albany, New York, June; (1978) Drug Use in New York State: A Report on the Nonmedical Use of Drugs Among the New York State Household Population, , New York State Division of Substance Abuse Services, Albany, New York, December; O'Donnell, J.A., (1976) Young Men and Drugs-A Nationwide Survey, , NIDA Research Monograph 5, Rockville, Maryland, February UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019276121&doi=10.3109%2f00952998008993431&partnerID=40&md5=f947718fde3cd1d4f34553001c2e7b46 ER - TY - JOUR TI - Chemotherapy of advanced Hodgkin's disease T2 - Seminars in Oncology J2 - Semin. Oncol. VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 155 EP - 173 PY - 1980 SN - 00937754 (ISSN) AU - Coltman Jr., C.A. AD - Clinical Medical Oncology Section, Division of Oncology, Department of Medicine, San Antonio, Tex, United States AB - The benchmark studies of DeVita and associates29 29 DeVita VT, Serpick AA, Carbone PP: Combination chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease, Ann Intern Med 73:881-895 197035 35 DeVita VTCanellos GPMoxley JH: A decade of combination chemotherapy of advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 30:1495-1504 197260 60 DeVita VTLewis BVRozencweig Met al: The chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease: Past experience and future directions. Cancer 42:979-990 1978 have made a major impact on the survival of patients with advanced Hodgkin's disease. Those data have been confirmed by a number of investigators.31 31 Bernard JBoiron MGoguel Aet al: Traitement de la maladie de Hodgkin par une polychimiotherapie associant moutarde a l'azotevincristinemethylhydrazine et prednisone. La Presse Med 52:2647-2649 196734 34 Mbidde EK, Nkwocha J, et al: Chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease. Lancet 2:1397 19743537 37 Frei ELuce JKGamble JFet al: Combination chemotherapy in advanced Hodgkin's disease. Induction and maintenance of remission. Ann Intern Med 79:376-382 1973.38 38 Coltman CA JrFrei E IIIDelaney FC: Effectiveness of actinomycin (A)methotrexate (MTX) and vinblastine (V) in prolonging the duration of combination chemotherapy (MOPP) induced remission in advanced Hodgkin's disease (HD). Proc ASCO9:78 1973.40 40 Focan CBricteux NLemaire Met al: Combination chemotherapy in Hodgkin's disease at advanced stages. Acta Clin Belg 4:298-309 1975. Furthermore, MOPP has been compared with the single agent nitrogen mustard44 44 Huguley CM JrDurant JRMoores RRet al: A comparison of nitrogen mustardvincristineprocarbazine, and prednisone (MOPP) vs. nitrogen mustard in advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 36:1227-1240 1975. and shown to be significantly betterwith respect to complete response ratedurationand survival. No other regimen has been proven to be superior to MOPP in head-to-head comparison.42 42 Nissen NIStutzman LHolland JFet al: Chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease in studies by Acute Leukemia Group B. Arch Intern Med 13:396-401 1973.43 43 Bonadonna GZucali RMonfardino Set al: Combination chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease with adriamycin, bleomycinvinblastineand imidazole carboxamide versus MOPP. Cancer 36:252-259 1975.45 45 British National Lymphoma Investigation: Value of prednisone in combination chemotherapy of stage IV Hodgkin's disease. Br J Med 3:413-414 1975.46 46 Cooper MRSpurg CLGlidengild Oet al: The superiority of a nitrosourea (CCNU) containing four drug combination over MOPP in the treatment of stage III and IV Hodgkin's disease. Proc Am Soc Hematol 18:60 1975.47 47 Bennett JMBakemeier RFCarbone PPet al: Clinical trials with BCNU (NSC-409962) in malignant lymphomas by the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group. Cancer Treat Rev 60:737-745 1976.48 48 Jacobs CPortlock CSRosenberg SA: Prednisone in MOPP chemotherapy for Hodgkin's disease. Br Med J 2:1469-1471 1976.50 50 Nissen NIPajak TFGlidewell Oet al: A comparative study of a BCNU containing 4-drug program versus MOPP versus 3-drug combinations in advanced Hodgkin's disease. A cooperative study by the Cancer and Leukemia Group B. Cancer 43:31-40 1979. A variety of alternatives to MOPP as primary treatment have been developed51 51 Nicholson WMBeard MEVCrowther Det al: Combination chemotherapy in generalized Hodgkin's disease. Br J Med 3:7-10 1970.52 52 Eckhardt SDobrentey EBodrogi I: Results obtained with combination therapy of VM-26natulan and prednisolone in generalized Hodgkin's disease. Chemotherapy 21:248-254 1975.53 53 Bloomfield CDWeiss RBFortuny Iet al: Combined chemotherapy with cyclophosphamidevinblastineprocarbazine, and prednisone (CVPP) for patients with advanced Hodgkin's disease. An alternative program to MOPP. Cancer 38:42-48 1976.54 54 Diggs CHWiernik PHLevi JAet al: Cyclophosphamide, vinblastineprocarbazine and prednisone with CCNU and vinblastine maintenance for advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 39:1949-1954 1977.55 55 Harrison DTNeiman PE: Primary treatment of disseminated Hodgkin's disease with BCNU alone and in combination with vincristineprocarbazineand prednisone. Cancer Treat Rep 61:789-795 1977.56 56 McElwain TJToy JSmith Eet al: A combination of chlorambucilvinblastineprocarbazine and prednisolone for treatment of Hodgkin's disease. Br J Cancer 36:276-280 1977.57 57 Sutcliffe SBWrigley PFMPeto Jet al: MVPP chemotherapy regimen for advanced Hodgkin's disease Br Med J 1:679-683 1978.58 58 Durant JRGams RAVelez-Garcia Eet al: BCNU, velbancyclophosphamideprocarbazineand prednisone (BVCPP) in advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 42:2101-2110 1978.59 59 Morgenfeld MSomoza NMagnasco Jet al: Combined chemotherapy cyclophosphamidevinblastine, procarbazine and prednisone (CVPP) vs. CVPP plus CCNU (CCVPP) in Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 43:1579-1586 1979. and comparable results have been achievedbut few studies have sufficient follow-up for definitive statements concerning disease-free and overall survival compared with MOPP. The salvage treatment of MOPP failures, invoking non-cross-resistant combinationshas been reported by many investigators.62 62 Goldman JMDawson AA: Combination therapy for advanced resistant Hodgkin's disease. Lancet 2:1225-1227 1975.63 63 Osieka RBruntsch UGallmeier WMet al: Post-MOPP-chemotherapie des Morbus Hodgkin. Dtsch Med Wochenschr 32:1177-1182 1976.64 64 Lokich JJFrei EJaffe Net al: New multiple-agent chemotherapy (B-DOPA) for advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 38:667-671 1976.65 65 Levi JAWiernik PHDiggs CH: Combination chemotherapy of advanced previously treated Hodgkin's disease with streptozotocinCCNUadriamycin and bleomycin. Med Ped Oncol 3:33-35 1977.66 66 Vinciguerra VColeman MJarowski CIet al: A new combination chemotherapy for resistant Hodgkin's disease. JAMA 237:33-35 1977.67 67 Case DC JrYoung CWLee BJ III: Combination chemotherapy of MOPP-resistant Hodgkin's disease with adriamycinbleomycindecarbazineand vinblastine (ABDV). Cancer 39:1382-1386 1977.68 68 Williams SDEinhorn LH: Combination chemotherapy with doxorubicin and lomustine. Treatment of refractory Hodgkin's disease. JAMA 238:1659-1661 1977.69 69 Peterson JAmare M: Hodgkin's disease. Combination chemotherapy in resistant Hodgkin's disease. J Kans Med Soc November 1977p 466.70 70 Clamon GHCorder MP: ABVP treatment of MOPP failures with Hodgkin's disease: A re-examination of goals or salvage therapy. Cancer Treat Rep 63:363-367 1978.71 71 Krikorian JGPortlock CSRossenberg SA: Treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease with adriamycinbleomycin, vinblastine and imidazole carboxamide (ABVD) after failure of MOPP therapy. Cancer 41:2107-2111 1978.72 72 Rossof AHKerr ROBraine HGet al: A kinetically designed chemotherapeutic regimen for advanced refractory lymphoma patients. Med Ped Oncol 4:133-139 1978.73 73 Porzig KJPortlock CSRobertson Aet al: Treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease with B-Cave following MOPP failure. Cancer 41:1670-1675 1978.74 74 Santoro ABonadonna G: Prolonged disease-free survival in MOPP-resistant Hodgkin's disease after treatment with adriamycinbleomycinvinblastine and dacarbazine (ABVD). Cancer Chemother Pharmacol 2:101-105 1979.75 75 Fisher RIDeVita VTHubbard SPet al: Prolonged disease-free survival in Hodgkin's disease with MOPP reinduction after first relapse. Ann Intern Med 90:761-763 1979. In generalthe complete response rates are low and the disease-free and median survival data are skimpy. The two best programs with respect to complete response duration are B-DOPA64 and ABVD,74 although in additional trialsthese data have been brought into question.697071 The most complete datahoweverare those of Santoro et al.74 in which 21 MOPP failures were treated with a complete response rate of 62% and a 70% disease-free and a 73% overall survival at 3 yr. It is clear from that there are important prognostic factors influencing complete responseresponse durationand survival in patients with advanced Hodgkin's disease. Because of the influence of these prognostic factorsand because most studies have not been stratified with respect to those factors that predict for responseresponse durationand survivalthe interpretation of many studies is done with considerable difficulty. The question of the value of additional therapy beyond induction has been clearly settledas long as patients have sufficient induction treatment to achieve a pathologically documented complete response. Finallymost recent studies with radiotherapy in addition to chemotherapy in advanced disease, particularly those in which low-dose radiotherapy is directed to areas of major bulk disease, have shown an ability to reduce the 34% recurrence at 5 yr60 to an 8% recurrence at 5 yr.83 83 Prosnitz LRFarber LRFischer JJet al: Long term remission with combined modality therapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer 37:2826-2833 1976. Although we have not developed a chemotherapy regimen that has improved on the complete response rate of MOPPradiotherapyto prevent relapseis an extremely important lead for the future management of Hodgkin's disease. © 1980. KW - altretamine KW - bleomycin KW - carmustine KW - chlorambucil KW - chlormethine KW - cyclophosphamide KW - dacarbazine KW - dactinomycin KW - dichloromethotrexate KW - doxorubicin KW - etoposide KW - imidazole KW - lomustine KW - mitoguazone KW - prednisone KW - procarbazine KW - semustine KW - streptozocin KW - teniposide KW - thiotepa KW - uramustine KW - vinblastine KW - vinblastine sulfate KW - vincristine KW - vincristine sulfate KW - 2,5 piperazinedione KW - age KW - cancer chemotherapy KW - cancer combination chemotherapy KW - hodgkin disease KW - radiotherapy KW - reticuloendothelial system KW - review KW - therapy KW - Adolescent KW - Adult KW - Age Factors KW - Aged KW - Antineoplastic Agents KW - Clinical Trials KW - Comparative Study KW - Drug Therapy, Combination KW - Female KW - Follow-Up Studies KW - Hodgkin Disease KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Prognosis KW - Prospective Studies KW - Support, Non-U.S. Gov't KW - Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S. N1 - Cited By :35 N1 - Export Date: 8 December 2017 M3 - Article DB - Scopus N1 - CODEN: SOLGA C2 - 7003716 LA - English N1 - Correspondence Address: Coltman Jr., C.A.; Clinical Medical Oncology Section, Division of Oncology, Department of Medicine, San Antonio, Tex, United States N1 - Chemicals/CAS: altretamine, 15468-34-5, 2975-00-0, 645-05-6; bleomycin, 11056-06-7; carmustine, 154-93-8; chlorambucil, 305-03-3; chlormethine, 51-75-2, 55-86-7, 82905-71-3; cyclophosphamide, 50-18-0; dacarbazine, 4342-03-4; dactinomycin, 1402-38-6, 1402-58-0, 50-76-0; dichloromethotrexate, 528-74-5; doxorubicin, 23214-92-8, 25316-40-9; etoposide, 33419-42-0; imidazole, 1467-16-9, 288-32-4; lomustine, 13010-47-4; mitoguazone, 459-86-9; prednisone, 53-03-2; procarbazine, 366-70-1, 671-16-9; semustine, 13909-09-6; streptozocin, 18883-66-4; teniposide, 29767-20-2; thiotepa, 52-24-4; uramustine, 66-75-1; vinblastine sulfate, 143-67-9; vinblastine, 865-21-4; vincristine sulfate, 2068-78-2; vincristine, 57-22-7; Antineoplastic Agents N1 - Tradenames: oncovin; velban N1 - References: Hoster, Dratman, Hodgkin's disease (part I) 1832–1947 (1948) Cancer Res, 8, p. 78; Goodman, Wintrobe, Dameshek, Nitrogen mustard therapy (1946) Journal of the American Medical Association, 132, pp. 126-132; Carter, Livingston, Single-agent therapy for Hodgkin's disease (1973) Arch Intern Med, 131, pp. 377-387; Coltman CA JrGams RAGlick JHet al: Cooperative group lymphoma research: A progress report (in press); Gold, Schnider, Salvin, The use of mechlorethaminecyclophosphamide and uracil mustard in neoplastic disease: A cooperative study (1970) J Clin Pharmacol, 10, pp. 110-120; Brindley, Salvin, Cale Potee, Further comparative trial of triethylene thiophosphoramide and mechlorethamine in patients with melanoma and Hodgkin's disease (1964) J Chronic Dis, 17, pp. 19-30; Jacobs, Peters, Luce, Mechlorethamine HCl and cyclophosphamide in the treatment of Hodgkin's disease and the lymphomas (1968) JAMA, 203, pp. 104-110; Solomon, Jacobs, Bateman, Chemotherapy of lymphoma with mechlorethamine and vinblastine (1973) Arch Intern Med, 131, pp. 407-417; Carbone, Spurr, Schneiderman, Management of patients with malignant lymphoma: A comparative study with cyclophosphamide and vinca alkaloids (1968) Cancer Res, 28, pp. 811-822; Haas, Coltman, Jr, Gottlieb, Phase II evaluation of bleomycina Southwest Oncology Group study (1976) Cancer, 38, pp. 8-12; Bennett, Bakemeier, Ezdinli, The evaluation of new chemotherapeutic agents: Hexamethylmelamine (HXM) and bleomycin (Bleo) in malignant lymphoma (1974) Proceedings of the International Cancer Congress, , FlorenceItaly; Hoogstratten, Luce, CCNU (1-(2-chlorethyl)-3cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea) and bleomycin in the treatment of solid tumors and lymphomas (1973) Proc AACR, 14, p. 3; Lessner, BCNU (1,3 BIS(B-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea: Effects on advanced Hodgkin's disease and other neoplasia (1968) Cancer, 22, pp. 451-456; Rege, Owens, BCNU (NSC-409962) in the treatment of advanced Hodgkin's diseaselymphosarcoma and reticulum cell sarcoma (1974) Cancer Chemother Rep, 58, pp. 383-392; Selarwy, Hansen, Superiority of CCNU (1-(2-chlorethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea; NSC 79037) over BCNU (1,3Bis (2-chlorethyl)-1-nitrosoureaNSC 409962) in treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease (1972) Proc AACR, 13, p. 46; Stolinsky, Solomon, Weiner, Results with CCNU in resistant Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (1976) Oncology, 33, pp. 271-273; Gottlieb, Gutterman, McCreedie, Chemotherapy of malignant lymphoma with adriamycin (1973) Cancer Res, 33, pp. 3224-3228; O'Bryan, Luce, Talley, Phase II evaluation of adriamycin in human neoplasia (1973) Cancer, 32, pp. 1-8; Stolinsky, Pugh, Stevens, Clinical experience with procarbazine in Hodgkin's diseasereticulum cell sarcomaand lymphosarcoma (1970) Cancer, 26, pp. 984-990; Frei, III, Luce, Talley, 5-(3,3-dimethyl-1-triazeno) imidazole-4-carboxamide (NSC-45388) in the treatment of lymphoma (1972) Cancer Chemother Rep, 56, pp. 667-670; Frei, III, Spurr, Brindley, Clinical studies of dichloromethetrexate (NSC 29630) (1965) Clin Pharmacol Ther, 6, pp. 160-171; Holland, Regelson, Selawry, Methylglyoxal-bis-guanyl hydrazone—An active agent against Hodgkin's disease and acute myeloblastic leukemia (1964) Acta Un Int Cancer (Louvain), 20, pp. 252-253; Jones, Tucker, Haut, Phase II clinical trial of piperazinedione in Hodgkin's diseasenon-Hodgkin's lymphomaand multiple myeloma: A Southwest Oncology Group study (1977) Cancer Treat Rep, 61, pp. 1617-1621; Cecil, Quagliana, Coltman, Jr, Evaluation of VP-16–213 in malignant lymphoma and melanoma (1978) Cancer Chemother Rep, 62, p. 801; Chiuten, Creech, Glick, The treatment of malignant lymphoma with VM-26 (NSC 122819) (1977) Blood, 50, p. 187; Tranum, Haut, Rivkin, Methyl CCNU in Hodgkin's disease and other tumors (1974) Proc ASCO, 15, p. 171; Lacher, Durant, Combined vinblastine and chlorambucil therapy of Hodgkin's disease (1965) Ann Intern Med, 62, pp. 468-476; DeVita, Moxley, III, Brace, Intensive combination chemotherapy and x-irradiation in the treatment of Hodgkin's disease (1965) Proc AACR, 6, p. 15; DeVita, Serpick, Carbone, Combination chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease (1970) Ann Intern Med, 73, pp. 881-895; Luce, Gamble, Wilson, Combined cyclophosphamidevincristine and prednisone therapy of malignant lymphoma (1971) Cancer, 28, pp. 306-317; Bernard, Boiron, Goguel, Traitement de la maladie de Hodgkin par une polychimiotherapie associant moutarde a l'azotevincristinemethylhydrazine et prednisone (1967) La Presse Med, 52, pp. 2647-2649; Lowenbraun, De Vita, Serpick, Combination chemotherapy with nitrogen mustardvincristineprocarbazineand prednisone in previously treated patients with Hodgkin's disease (1970) Blood, 36, pp. 704-717; Ziegler, Bluming, Fass, Chemotherapy of childhood Hodgkin's disease in Uganda (1972) Lancet, 2, pp. 679-680; Mbidde, Nkwocha, Chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease (1974) Lancet, 2, p. 1397; DeVita, Canellos, Moxley, A decade of combination chemotherapy of advanced Hodgkin's disease (1972) Cancer, 30, pp. 1495-1504; Canellos, Young, DeVita, Combination chemotherapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease in relapse following extensive radiotherapy (1972) Clin Pharmacol Ther, 13, pp. 750-754; Frei, Luce, Gamble, Combination chemotherapy in advanced Hodgkin's disease. Induction and maintenance of remission (1973) Ann Intern Med, 79, pp. 376-382; Coltman, Jr, Frei, III, Delaney, Effectiveness of actinomycin (A)methotrexate (MTX) and vinblastine (V) in prolonging the duration of combination chemotherapy (MOPP) induced remission in advanced Hodgkin's disease (HD) (1973) Proc ASCO, 9, p. 78; Moore, Jones, Bull, MOPP chemotherapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease: Prognostic factors in 81 patients (1973) Cancer, 32, pp. 52-60; Focan, Bricteux, Lemaire, Combination chemotherapy in Hodgkin's disease at advanced stages (1975) Acta Clin Belg, 4, pp. 298-309; Olweny, Katon Gole-Mbidde, Kiire, Childhood Hodgkin's disease in Uganda: A ten year experience (1978) Cancer, 42, pp. 787-792; Nissen, Stutzman, Holland, Chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease in studies by Acute Leukemia Group B (1973) Arch Intern Med, 13, pp. 396-401; Bonadonna, Zucali, Monfardino, Combination chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease with adriamycinbleomycinvinblastineand imidazole carboxamide versus MOPP (1975) Cancer, 36, pp. 252-259; Huguley, Jr, Durant, Moores, A comparison of nitrogen mustardvincristineprocarbazineand prednisone (MOPP) vs. nitrogen mustard in advanced Hodgkin's disease (1975) Cancer, 36, pp. 1227-1240; British National Lymphoma Investigation, Value of prednisone in combination chemotherapy of stage IV Hodgkin's disease (1975) BMJ, 3, pp. 413-414; Cooper, Spurg, Glidengild, The superiority of a nitrosourea (CCNU) containing four drug combination over MOPP in the treatment of stage III and IV Hodgkin's disease (1975) Proc Am Soc Hematol, 18, p. 60; Bennett, Bakemeier, Carbone, Clinical trials with BCNU (NSC-409962) in malignant lymphomas by the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (1976) Cancer Treat Rev, 60, pp. 737-745; Jacobs, Portlock, Rosenberg, Prednisone in MOPP chemotherapy for Hodgkin's disease (1976) Br Med J, 2, pp. 1469-1471; Coltman, Jr, Jones, Grozea, Bleomycin in combination with MOPP for the management of Hodgkin's disease: Southwest Oncology Group experience (1978) Bleomycins—Current Status and New Developments, pp. 227-242. , SK Carter, ST Crooke, H Umezawa, Academic, New York; Nissen, Pajak, Glidewell, A comparative study of a BCNU containing 4-drug program versus MOPP versus 3-drug combinations in advanced Hodgkin's disease. A cooperative study by the Cancer and Leukemia Group B (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 31-40; Nicholson, Beard, Crowther, Combination chemotherapy in generalized Hodgkin's disease (1970) Br J Med, 3, pp. 7-10; Eckhardt, Dobrentey, Bodrogi, Results obtained with combination therapy of VM-26natulan and prednisolone in generalized Hodgkin's disease (1975) Chemotherapy, 21, pp. 248-254; Bloomfield, Weiss, Fortuny, Combined chemotherapy with cyclophosphamidevinblastineprocarbazineand prednisone (CVPP) for patients with advanced Hodgkin's disease. An alternative program to MOPP (1976) Cancer, 38, pp. 42-48; Diggs, Wiernik, Levi, Cyclophosphamidevinblastineprocarbazine and prednisone with CCNU and vinblastine maintenance for advanced Hodgkin's disease (1977) Cancer, 39, pp. 1949-1954; Harrison, Neiman, Primary treatment of disseminated Hodgkin's disease with BCNU alone and in combination with vincristineprocarbazineand prednisone (1977) Cancer Treat Rep, 61, pp. 789-795; McElwain, Toy, Smith, A combination of chlorambucilvinblastineprocarbazine and prednisolone for treatment of Hodgkin's disease (1977) Br J Cancer, 36, pp. 276-280; Sutcliffe, Wrigley, Peto, MVPP chemotherapy regimen for advanced Hodgkin's disease (1978) Br Med J, 1, pp. 679-683; Durant, Gams, Velez-Garcia, BCNUvelbancyclophosphamideprocarbazineand prednisone (BVCPP) in advanced Hodgkin's disease (1978) Cancer, 42, pp. 2101-2110; Morgenfeld, Somoza, Magnasco, Combined chemotherapy cyclophosphamidevinblastineprocarbazine and prednisone (CVPP) vs. CVPP plus CCNU (CCVPP) in Hodgkin's disease (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 1579-1586; DeVita, Lewis, Rozencweig, The chemotherapy of Hodgkin's disease: Past experience and future directions (1978) Cancer, 42, pp. 979-990; Coltman CA Jr: Unpublished data; Goldman, Dawson, Combination therapy for advanced resistant Hodgkin's disease (1975) Lancet, 2, pp. 1225-1227; Osieka, Bruntsch, Gallmeier, PostMOPP-chemotherapie des Morbus Hodgkin (1976) DMW - Deutsche Medizinische Wochenschrift, 32, pp. 1177-1182; Lokich, Frei, Jaffe, New multiple-agent chemotherapy (B-DOPA) for advanced Hodgkin's disease (1976) Cancer, 38, pp. 667-671; Levi, Wiernik, Diggs, Combination chemotherapy of advanced previously treated Hodgkin's disease with streptozotocinCCNUadriamycin and bleomycin (1977) Med Ped Oncol, 3, pp. 33-35; Vinciguerra, Coleman, Jarowski, A new combination chemotherapy for resistant Hodgkin's disease (1977) JAMA, 237, pp. 33-35; Case, Jr, Young, Lee, III, Combination chemotherapy of MOPP-resistant Hodgkin's disease with adriamycinbleomycindecarbazineand vinblastine (ABDV) (1977) Cancer, 39, pp. 1382-1386; Williams, Einhorn, Combination chemotherapy with doxorubicin and lomustine. Treatment of refractory Hodgkin's disease (1977) JAMA, 238, pp. 1659-1661; Peterson, Amare, Hodgkin's disease Combination chemotherapy in resistant Hodgkin's disease (1977) J Kans Med Soc, p. 466; Clamon, Corder, ABVP treatment of MOPP failures with Hodgkin's disease: A re-examination of goals or salvage therapy (1978) Cancer Treat Rep, 63, pp. 363-367; Krikorian, Portlock, Rossenberg, Treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease with adriamycinbleomycinvinblastine and imidazole carboxamide (ABVD) after failure of MOPP therapy (1978) Cancer, 41, pp. 2107-2111; Rossof, Kerr, Braine, A kinetically designed chemotherapeutic regimen for advanced refractory lymphoma patients (1978) Med Ped Oncol, 4, pp. 133-139; Porzig, Portlock, Robertson, Treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease with B-Cave following MOPP failure (1978) Cancer, 41, pp. 1670-1675; Santoro, Bonadonna, Prolonged disease-free survival in MOPP-resistant Hodgkin's disease after treatment with adriamycinbleomycinvinblastine and dacarbazine (ABVD) (1979) Cancer Chemother Pharmacol, 2, pp. 101-105; Fisher, DeVita, Hubbard, Prolonged disease-free survival in Hodgkin's disease with MOPP reinduction after first relapse (1979) Ann Intern Med, 90, pp. 761-763; Young, Canellos, Chabner, Maintenance chemotherapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease in remission (1973) Lancet, 2, pp. 1339-1343; Coltman, Jr, Frei, III, Moon, MOPP maintenance (MM) vs. (VMR) for MOPP induced complete remission (CR) of advanced Hodgkin's disease (HD) (1976) Proc ASCO, 17, p. 300; DeLena, Monfardini, Beretta, Clinical trials with intensive chemotherapy and radiotherapy in Hodgkin's disease (1972) International Symposium on Hodgkin's disease, 36, pp. 403-420. , NCI Monogr; Case, Young, Nisce, Eight-drug combination chemotherapy (MOPP and ABVD) and local radiotherapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease (1976) Cancer Treat Rep, 60, pp. 1217-1223; Kun, DeVita, Young, The treatment of Hodgkin's disease using intensive chemotherapy followed by radiotherapy (1976) Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys, 1, pp. 619-626; Bonadonna, Zucali, DeLena, Combined chemotherapy (MOPP or ABVD)—Radiotherapy approach in advanced Hodgkin's disease (1977) Cancer Treat Rep, 61, pp. 766-777; Rosenberg, Kaplan, Glatstein, Combined modality therapy of Hodgkin's disease: A report on the Stanford trials (1978) Cancer, 42, pp. 991-1000; Prosnitz, Farber, Fischer, Long term remission with combined modality therapy for advanced Hodgkin's disease (1976) Cancer, 37, pp. 2826-2833; Hoppe, Portlock, Glatstein, Alternating chemotherapy and irradiation in the treatment of advanced Hodgkin's disease (1979) Cancer, 43, pp. 472-481; Bonadonna GSanford AZucar Ret al: Improved five year survival in advanced Hodgkin's disease. Cancer Clin Trial (in press)UR - https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-0019312982&partnerID=40&md5=26d37f0061b9ae312961bd139e94f367 ER -